( 33 user online last 15 min. ) |
|
Promotion: Present Your sAPP here - totally non-binding & free of charge" |
|
|
| Site-Report |
|
|
| | |
|
|
Just have a look & order a book |
Don't try phone but buy phone then your phone is my phone: iPhone |
|
|
Our actual sAPPs - effective recommendation pays off! |
|
3rd-Party sAPPs |
| Translated & titled SAP®-Classes beginning with ...: | A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X |
| Explanation for column T (Classtype): |
| C = Class, I = Interface |
Object Type Name T Component name Title .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I ACTIVATE_CHANGE_CONTEXT Activate Change Context Data .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I ACTIVATE_KEYS Activate Key List Data .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I BEFORE_SAVE Before Saving .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I LOCK Lock (Not Required?) .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I SAVE Save .
IFC2DIR_ADMIN I UNLOCK Unlock (Not Required?) .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_ADMIN_AGENT Gets an Admin. Agent Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_CHANGE_CONTEXT Gets a Change Context Handler Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_CHANGE_HANDLER Gets a Change Handler Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_CHECK_AGENT Gets a Check Agent Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_MAINTAIN_AGENT Gets a Change Agent Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_MESSAGE_HANDLER Gets a Message Handler Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_READ_AGENT Gets a Read Agent Instance .
IFC2DIR_AGENT_FACTORY I GET_READ_SERV_AGENT Gets an Instance of Read Agent for Service IF .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I ACTIVATE Activate Change Context .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I ADD_DATA Add Data (Only Database Data, No Changes) .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Triggers Checks at Event BeforeSave .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I DELETE_DATA Delete Data Records .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_C2GUID_FOR_ESI_ID Gets C2GUID for an ESI ID .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_C2GUID_FOR_SEMKEY Gets C2GUID for an External Key .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_DATA Gets Data from Buffer or DB for Selection Condition .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_DATA_BY_ESI_IDS As GET_DATA, for List of ESI-IDs (in int. C2S data format) .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_DELETED_DATA Gets inactive data records, flagged as deleted .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I GET_ESIKEY_FOR_SEMKEY Gets ESi key field (GUID) for an external key .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I INSERT_DATA Add New Data Records .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I IS_DATA_IN_BUFFER Checks whether there is a Data Record in the Buffer .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I QUERY_INACTIVE Gets Changed Data from Buffer, Active/Inactive from DB .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER I UPDATE_DATA Change Data Records .
IFC2DIR_BUFFER_FACTORY I GET_BUFFER Gets Instance for Transactional Buffer .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I ARE_DS_IN_CHANGE_CONT Check Data Records in Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I GET_CHANGE_CONTEXTS Get Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I GET_CHANGE_CONTEXT_FOR_USER Find Change Context for User .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I GET_CURRENT_CHNG_CONT Get Current Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I IS_DS_IN_CHANGE_CONT Check Daten Record in Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I IS_USER_IN_CHNG_CONT Is User in Change Context? .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I SET_DSTS_INTO_CHNG_CONT Put Several Data Records in Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONTEXT I SET_DS_INTO_CHANGE_CONT Put Data Record in Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONT_INT I CLEAN_CONTEXTS Delete user entries for non-existent contexts .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONT_INT I DELETE_CHANGE_CONTEXT Delete Current Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONT_INT I FILTER_DATA_BY_CH_CONT Filters Data by Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CHANGE_CONT_INT I GET_DS_FROM_CHANGE_CONT Gets Data Records from Change Context .
IFC2DIR_CONFIG_ASSEMBLY I ACTIVATE_CONFIG_LINK Activate Assembly Entries .
IFC2DIR_CONFIG_ASSEMBLY I CREATE_CONFIG_LINK Create Assembly Entry .
IFC2DIR_CONFIG_ASSEMBLY I DELETE_CONFIG_LINK Delete Assembly Entry .
IFC2DIR_CONFIG_ASSEMBLY I GET_CFG_LINKS_FOR_TERM Get Assembly Entry for Term .
IFC2DIR_CONFIG_ASSEMBLY I SAVE_CONFIG_LINK Save Assembly Entry .
IFC2DIR_EXIT_FACTORY I GET_NODE_EXIT Gets Instance for Exit Interface .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I CLEAR_BUFFER Resets Transactional Buffer .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I CREATE Creates New Data .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I DELETE Flags Data for Deletion .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I GET_C2GUID_FOR_ESI_ID Gets C2GUID for an ESI ID .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I GET_C2GUID_FOR_SEMKEY Gets C2GUID for an External Key .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I READ_DATA_ACT_INACT Reads Active and Inactive Data .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I SELECT_FOR_CHANGE Reads Data for Processing from Persistence .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I SELECT_FOR_CHANGE_BY_RELATION Reads Data of a Subnode for Proc. from Persistence .
IFC2DIR_MAINTAIN I UPDATE Changes Existing Data .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I ADD_METADATA Metadata of Selected Data Records from DB in Meta-Buffer .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I GET_META_FOR_GUIDS Gets Metadata for GUID List from Meta-Buffer or DB .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I GET_META_FOR_SEL Gets Metadata for Selection Cond. from Meta-Buffer or DB .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I INSERT_META Add Metadata for New Data Rcords in Meta-Buffer .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I SAVE_META Save Metadata and Delete in Meta-Buffer .
IFC2DIR_META_BUFFER I UPDATE_META Insert/Change Metadata for Changed Data Records .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I ADD_METADATA Add Metadata (Only Database Data, No Changes) .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I ADD_TO_GUID_SEM_KEY_MAPPING Adds a data record to the mapping GUID "-" semantic key .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I DEL_FROM_GUID_SEM_KEY_MAPPING Deletes a Data Record from Mapping GUID "-" Semantic Key .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_CHANGED_METADATA Gets Changed Metadata .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_GUID_FOR_KEY Gets a GUID for a Semantic Key .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_INSERT_METADATA Gets the Data Records to be Inserted .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_MDATA_FOR_MARK_AS_DELETED Gets the Data Records to be Flagged as Deleted .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_MDATA_FOR_UNDO_DELETE Gets the Data Records to Reset Delete Flag .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_METADATA_FOR_DELETE Gets the Metadata to be Deleted .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_METADATA_FOR_GUIDS Gets All Metadata of an Instance for GUID List .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_METADATA_FOR_SEMKEY Gets All Metadata of an Instance for Semantic Key .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I GET_UPDATED_METADATA Gets the Data Record to be Updated .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I INSERT_METADATA Enter Metadata .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I MARK_METADATA_AS_DELETED Change Metadata .
IFC2DIR_META_NODE_INST I UPDATE_METADATA Change Metadata .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I ADD_DATA Add Data (Only Database Data, No Changes) .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I CHECK Check the Changed Data of an Instance .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I CLEAR_CHANGE_FLAGS Reset Change Flag (e.g. After Save) .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_ACTIVATE_DELETE_DATA Gets the Inactive Deleted Data Records .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_ACTIVATE_INSERT_DATA Gets the Inactive New Data Records .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_ACTIVATE_UPDATE_DATA Gets the Inactive Changed Data Records .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_BY_ESI_ID Gets All Data of an Instance for Semantic Keys .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_BY_FULL_SPECIFIED_KEY Gets All Data of an Instance for Semantic Keys .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_CHANGED_DATA Gets the Changed Data of an Instance .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_DATA_FOR_DELETE Gets the Data Records of an Instance to be Deleted .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_DATA_FOR_GUIDS Gets All Data of an Instance for a GUID List .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_DATA_FOR_MARK_AS_DELETED Gets the Data Records Flagged for Deletion .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_DATA_FOR_UNDO_DELETE Gets the Data Records to Reset Delete Flag .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_GUID_FOR_ESI_ID Gets a GUID for an ESI ID and Meta-Context .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_GUID_FOR_KEY Gets a GUID for a Semantic Key and Meta-Context .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_INSERT_DATA Gets the New Data Records for an Instance .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I GET_UPDATED_DATA Gets the Changed Data Records for an Instance .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I INSERT_DATA Insert Data .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I MARK_DATA_AS_DELETED Delete Data (Data is only flagged as deleted) .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I SET_ACTIVE All Data Records are Flagged as Active .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST I UPDATE_DATA Change Data .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST_FACTORY I GET_META_NODE_INST Gets Node Instance for Meta-Buffer .
IFC2DIR_NODE_INST_FACTORY I GET_NODE_INST Gets Node Instance for Data-Buffer .
IFC2DIR_READ I READ_CHILD_DATA Gets Active Data for a Subnode from the C2 Directory .
IFC2DIR_READ I READ_DATA Gets Active Data from the C2 Directory .
IFC2DIR_READ_SERV_IF I READ_DATA_AT_APPL_RT Reads Active Data at Application Runtime .
IFC2DIR_REPOSITORY_ADAPTER I APPLY_CONFIGURATION Put Configuration Record in C2 Directory .
IFC2DIR_REPOSITORY_ADAPTER I EXPORT_NODE_CONFIGURATION Create Configuration Record from Configuration Node Contents.
IFC2DIR_REP_ADAPT_FACTORY I GET_REP_ADAPT Get Repository Adaptor .
IFC2DIR_TERM_FACTORY I GET_TERM_DESCRIPTOR Gets a Term Descriptor .
IFC2DIR_TERM_FACTORY I GET_TERM_HANDLER Gets an Instance of a Term Handler .
IFC2DIR_TERM_HANDLER I CREATE_TERM_TARGET_INST Create Data in Term Target Node .
IFC2DIR_TERM_HANDLER I DELETE_TERM_TARGET_INST Delete Data in Term Target Node .
IFC2DIR_TERM_HANDLER I UPDATE_TERM_TARGET_INST Change Data in Term Target Node .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I CHECK Check Data for Time-Dependence .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I CHK_DATES_NOT_INITIAL Check that Date Fields are Not Initial .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I HANDLE_DELETE Handle Time-Dependency after Deletion .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I HANDLE_INSERT Handle Time-Dependency after Insertion .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I HANDLE_UPDATE Handle Time-Dependency after Update .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP I INIT Handle Time-Dependency after Deletion .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_EK_MAPPING_TAB_TYPE Gets Table Type for the Index via External Key .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_END_DATE_FIELD Gets the Name of the End Date Field .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_START_DATE_FIELD Gets the Name of the Start Date Field .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_SYS_HIGHDATE Gets System Start Date .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_SYS_LOWDATE Gets System Start Date .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I GET_TIME_DEP_TYPE Gets the Time-Dependency Type .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I IS_TEXT_TIME_DEPENDENT Are Node Texts Time-Dependent? .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_DESCRIPTOR I IS_TIME_DEPENDENT Is a Node Time-Dependent? .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_FACTORY I GET_TDEP_DESCRIPTOR Gets a Time-Dependence Descriptor .
IFC2DIR_TIME_DEP_FACTORY I GET_TDEP_HANDLER Gets an Instance of a Time-Dependency Handler .
IFC2DIR_TYPE_FACTORY I GET_EXTERNAL_SORT_TAB_TYPE Gets external sorted table type for C2 data .
IFC2DIR_TYPE_FACTORY I GET_EXTERNAL_TAB_TYPE Gets External Table Type for C2 Data .
IFC2DIR_TYPE_FACTORY I GET_EXTERNAL_TYPE Gets External Data Type for C2 Data .
IFC2PERS_FACTORY I GET_META_PERS_ADAPTER Gets Persistence Adaptor for Meta Data .
IFC2PERS_FACTORY I GET_PERS_ADAPTER_MAINT Gets Persistence Adaptor for Configuration Object .
IFC2PERS_FACTORY I GET_PERS_ADAPTER_READ Gets Persistence Adaptor for Read Access .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I ACTIVATE_DELETE Activate Deletions .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I ACTIVATE_INSERT Activate Inserted Data .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I ACTIVATE_UPDATE Activate Changes .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I COPY_ENTITIES Copy Entries .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I DELETE_ENTITIES Deletion of Entries .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I INSERT_ENTITIES Insert Entries .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I MARK_AS_DELETED Flag as Deleted .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I SET_INACTIVE Deactivate .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I UNDO_MARK_AS_DELETED Flag as Deleted .
IFC2PERS_MAINT I UPDATE_ENTITIES Change Entries .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I DELETE_DATA Deletes Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I INSERT_DATA Write Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I MARK_DATA_AS_DELETED Write Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I READ_DATA Read Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I UNDO_MARK_AS_DELETED Write Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I UPDATE_DATA Write Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_META_DATA I WRITE_DATA Write Meta Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_READ I APPLICATION_QUERY Read Active Config. Data at Application Runtime .
IFC2PERS_READ I APPLY_TDEP_TO_FOUND_DATA TDEP: Time-Dependency Analysis of Data .
IFC2PERS_READ I READ_ACTIVE_DATA Read Active Configuration Data .
IFC2PERS_READ I READ_DELETED_DATA Read Data Flagged for Deletion .
IFC2PERS_READ I READ_INACTIVE_DATA Read Inactive Configuration Data for Change Context .
IFC2REP_REPOSITORY I IMPLEMENT_C2_FROM_REP Copy Config. Record from C2 Rep. into C2 Directory .
IFC2REP_REPOSITORY I INSERT_CS_INT_REP Create Configuration Record in C2 Repository .
IFC2REP_REPOSITORY I READ_CS_INT_REP Read Configuration Record in C2 Repository .
IFC2REP_REPOSITORY I UPDATE_CS_INT_REP Change Configuration Record in C2 Repository .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK I CHECK_NODE_BEFORE_ACTIVATE Checks before Activation .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK I CHECK_NODE_BEFORE_SAVE Checks before Saving .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK I CHECK_NODE_ON_CREATE Checks at Creation .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK I CHECK_NODE_ON_DELETE Checks at Deletion .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK I CHECK_NODE_ON_UPDATE Checks at Change .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK_NODE_BEF_ACT I CHECK_NODE_BEFORE_ACTIVATE Checks before Activation .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK_NODE_BEF_SAVE I CHECK_NODE_BEFORE_SAVE Checks before Saving .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK_NODE_ON_CREATE I CHECK_NODE_ON_CREATE Checks at Creation .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK_NODE_ON_DELETE I CHECK_NODE_ON_DELETE Checks at Deletion .
IFC2SEXIT_CHECK_NODE_ON_UPDATE I CHECK_NODE_ON_UPDATE Checks at Change .
IFC2SEXIT_TERM_CHANGE I CHANGE_TARGET_FROM_TERM Data Change in Target Node Depending on Term .
IFC2SEXIT_TERM_TARGET_CHANGE I UPDATE_TERM_FROM_TARGET Data Change in Term Depending on Target Node .
IFC2SEXIT_VALUE_DELETE I COMPLETE_DATA_DELETE Complete Deletions .
IFC2SEXIT_VALUE_INIT I COMPLETE_NEW_DATA Complete New Data .
IFC2SEXIT_VALUE_UPDATE I COMPLETE_DATA_UPDATE Add to Data Changes .
IFUR_D2 I RENDER RENDER .
IFUR_D2_SYSTEM I RENDER RENDER .
IF_ABAP_GZIP_BINARY_HANDLER I USE_OUT_BUF Output Buffer Handler .
IF_ABAP_GZIP_TEXT_HANDLER I USE_OUT_BUF Output Buffer Handler .
IF_ABAP_UNGZIP_BINARY_HANDLER I USE_OUT_BUF Output Buffer Handler .
IF_ABAP_UNGZIP_TEXT_HANDLER I USE_OUT_BUF Output Buffer Handler .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I GET_CHANGED_MODEL Model to be Used for Notification of Changes .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I GET_EXKN Supply Account Assignment Structure .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I GET_EXKNX Supply Change Structure for Account Assignment Structure .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Posted account assignment data procured .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Account Assignment Data Prior to Validation .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I RECEIVE_FROM_COBL Get Data from Account Assignment (Coding) Block .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I SEND_TO_COBL_AT_PAI Supply Account Assignment (Coding) Block in PAI .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I SEND_TO_COBL_AT_PBO Supply Account Assignment (Coding) Block in PBO .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I SET_EXKN Set Account Assignment Structure .
IF_ACCOUNTING_MODEL_MM I SET_EXKNX Set Change Structure for Account Assignment Structure .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I CREATE_ASSETS Create Assets .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I CREATE_ITEM Generate and Add New Account Assignment Object .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_CATEGORY Determine Account Assignment Category .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_COMPANY_CODE Company Code .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_DATA Header Account Assignment Data (Sales Order, Network,...) .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_DEFAULT_VIEW Customizing: Single or Multiple Account Assignment View .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_DISTRIBUTION_INDICATOR Distribution Indicator .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_ITEMS Return Account Assignment Objects .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_PART_INVOICE_INDICATOR Read Partial Invoice Indicator .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_QUANTITY Distributable Quantity .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I GET_REPETITION What is the Status of Repeat Account Assignment? .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I IS_ACTIVE Account Assignment Active for This Object? .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I LOOKUP Determine Account Assignment from Delivery Number .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I REMOVE_ITEM Remove Account Assignment Object .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I SET_CATEGORY Set Account Assignment Category .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I SET_DISTRIBUTION_INDICATOR Change Distribution Indicator .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I SET_PART_INVOICE_INDICATOR Set Partial Invoice Indicator .
IF_ACCT_CONTAINER_MM I SET_REPETITION Switches Repeat Account Assignment (On/Off/All Off) .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I DELETE_ACCSYS Deletes Transferred Accounting System .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_AREA_STATIC Gets Area ID Statically .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_CHART_ACCOUNTS Gets Chart of Accounts .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_CURRENCY_TYPES_STATIC Gets Currency Types .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_DATABASIS_STATIC Gets Data Basis .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Attributes .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_FISCAL_YEAR_VARIANT_STATICGets Fiscal Year Variant .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_REF_VALUATION_RULE Gets the Rule for a Reference Valuation .
IF_ACC_ACCSYS I GET_TEXT Long Text accsys .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I DELETE_DATABASIS Deletes Transferred Data Basis .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_ACCSYS Gets All Posting Relevant Accounting Systems (Buffered) .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_ACCSYS_BY_CONDITION Gets All Accounting Systems for a Data Basis with Condition .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_ACC_CONFIG_STATIC Gets Accounting Configuration .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_ACC_SYSTYPE_STATIC Gets System Type .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_AREA_STATIC Gets AREAID Statistically (to Instantiate Char. Service) .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_DATABASIS_STATIC Determine Corresponding Data Basises from Area ID .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_DATABASIS_TXT_STATIC Read Texts for a Data Basis .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_IOBC_NAMES Gets Info Catalogs .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_RFCDEST_EXT Gets RFCDEST .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I GET_SEL_CHARS_FOR_ACCSYS Returns the Selection Characteristics to the Acc. Systems .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I IS_MAINTAINABLE Checks if possible to maintain / automatic transport .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I REGISTER_FIELDS Registers InfoObjects or Local Characteristics in Data Basis.
IF_ACC_DATABASIS I TRANSPORT_AREAID AREAID Transport .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS_INT I GET_ACCSYS_INT Fetches All Accounting Systms (for Corresponding Selections).
IF_ACC_DATABASIS_INT I GET_KF_CHAR_LIST_USED_LOCALLY Characteristics Used in Technical Components .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS_INT I GET_RFCDEST Fetches RFC .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS_INT I GET_RFCDEST_STATIC Fetches RFCDEST .
IF_ACC_DATABASIS_INT I SET_RFCDEST Sets New RFC Destinations for AREAID .
IF_ACC_DEBCRED_ROLE I GET_VALUE_CREDIT Gets Value for Credit .
IF_ACC_DEBCRED_ROLE I GET_VALUE_DEBIT Gets Value for Debit .
IF_ACC_GL_ACCOUNT_CALLBACK_1 I CHECK_DELETABILITY Check if an account can be deleted .
IF_ACC_GL_ACCOUNT_ROLE I CHECK_BLOCKED_FOR_POSTING Checks Wether an Account is Blocked for Posting .
IF_ACC_GL_ASSGNMT_TYPE I GET_ACC_ASSGNMT_INFO Read Account Assignment Category .
IF_ACC_LOG_OBJ_CAT I GET_CHAR_NAMES Fetches List of Characteristic Names Assigned to Object Type.
IF_ACC_LOG_OBJ_CAT I GET_KF_CHAR_STRUCTURE Delivers KF_CHAR_STRUCTURE Instance of a Logistical Obj Type.
IF_ACC_LOG_OBJ_CAT I GET_STRUCTURE_NAME Delivers Structure Name of Logistical Object Type .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I CHECK_PERIOD_ABS_CLOSED Checks That the Period is Completely Closed .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I CHECK_PERIOD_CLOSED Checks That the Period is Closed .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I CONCATENATE_YEAR_PERIOD Joins Fiscal Year and Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I DETERMINE_PERIOD_DIFFERENCE Finds the Required Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I DET_PERIOD_FROM_DATE Finds the Period to Which a Day Belongs .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_DAYS_IN_PERIOD Finds the Days in a Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_FIRST_DAY_OF_PERIOD Finds the First Day of a Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_FIRST_DAY_OF_YEAR Finds the First Day of a Fiscal Year .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_LAST_DAY_OF_PERIOD Finds the Last Day of a Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_LAST_DAY_OF_YEAR Finds the Last Day of a Fiscal Year .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_NEXT_OPEN_PERIOD Finds the Next Open Period .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_SELECTION_CONDITION Permitted Selection Conditions per Accounting System .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I GET_SELECTION_FIELDS Permitted Selection Conditions per Accounting System .
IF_ACC_PERIOD I SPLIT_YEAR_PERIOD Separates Fiscal Year and Period .
IF_ACC_ROLE I GET_INSTANCE Delivers Instance of the Object that Fills a Roll .
IF_ACC_TECH_COMP I GET_COMPONENT_NAME Provides Component Name in Text Form .
IF_ACC_TECH_COMP I GET_INTEGRATED_KF_CHARS Provides Lis of Required Characteristics of the Component .
IF_ACC_TECH_COMP I GET_KF_CHAR_LIST_USED_LOCALLY Provides Kist of Field Names of the Used Chars and Key Figs .
IF_ACC_TECH_COMP I GET_TERMINATOR Provices Delete Class Instance for Deletion of Local Content.
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I COPY Copy Authorization .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I COPY_CONTENTS Copy Activites for Authorization Holders .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE Delete Entire ACO from DB .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE_HR_OBJECT Delete HR Organizational Unit from ACO .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE_ROLE Delete Role from ACO .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE_USER Delete User from ACO .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE_USER_GROUP Delete User Group from ACO .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I FREE Delete Entire ACO, Delete Entry in Persistence Layer .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_AUTHORIZATION_BY_USER Provide Authorization Object .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_AUTHORIZATION_FOR_USER Get List of All Authorizations for a User .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_CHANGES_FOR_OBJECT Get "Change Documents" .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_HANDLE Retrieve Handle .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_OBJECT Provide Object .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_PERMISSION_LIST Get List with All Authorizations .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I GET_USERS Get List of All Users .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I HAS_AUTHORITY User Has Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I HAS_CHANGED ACL was changed .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I HAS_EXCLUSIVE_AUTHORIZATION User Has Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I HAS_EXTENDED_AUTHORITY User Has Extended Authorizations for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_AUTHORITY_FOR_HR_OBJECT Reset Authorization of an HR Organization Unit for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_AUTHORITY_FOR_ROLE Reset Authorization of Role for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_AUTHORITY_FOR_USER Reset User Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_AUTHORITY_FOR_USER_GROUPReset User Group Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_EXCLUSIVE_AUTHORIZATION Reset Exclusive Authorization .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_INCLUSIVE_AUTHORIZATION Withdraw Transfer of Authorization .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_TEMPLATE Switch Off Template Mode .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_AUTHORITY_FOR_HR_OBJECT Set Authorization of HR Organizational Unit for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_AUTHORITY_FOR_ROLE Set Role Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_AUTHORITY_FOR_USER Set User Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_AUTHORITY_FOR_USER_GROUP Set User Group Authorization for Activity .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_DEL_USR_SELF User Can Delete Itself: Switch On .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_EXCLUSIVE_AUTHORIZATION Set Exclusive Authorization .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_INCLUSIVE_AUTHORIZATION Transfer Authorization from Other Object .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_PARENT_AUTHORIZATION Set Parent Authorization .
IF_ACO_AUTHORIZATION I SET_TEMPLATE Switch On Template Mode .
IF_ACO_COMMON I GET_AUTHORIZATION Retrieve Authorization .
IF_ACO_COMMON I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description (Sort Text) .
IF_ACO_COMMON I GET_ID Get Internal Object ID .
IF_ACO_COMMON I GET_NAME Get External Object ID .
IF_ACO_COMMON I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Get Object Type .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description (Sort Text) .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I GET_ID Get Internal Object ID .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I GET_MEMBER_TYPE Get Authorization Holder Type (User, User Group,...) .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I GET_NAME Get External Object ID .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I GET_USER_IDS Get User IDs .
IF_ACO_MEMBER_INFO I IS_MEMBER User is in group .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I DELETE_ALL_TRIGGERS_FOR_OBJECTDelete All Actions of an Object .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I DETERMINE Start Action Determination .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I GET_ACTIONS Read Actions .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I GET_ACTIONS_FOR_TOOLBAR Read Action for Toolbar .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I GET_EXECUTION_MODE Read Processing Mode .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I PROCESS_ACTIONS Process Actions .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I REFRESH Clear .
IF_ACTIONS_PPF I SET_APPLKEY Set Semantic Application Key .
IF_ACTION_BRF I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_ACTION_BRF I PREPARE Creates (Sub)Tree of Expressions .
IF_ACTION_BRF I SET_ACTION Sets Action .
IF_ACTION_BRF I SET_PROCESSOR Sets Action Processor .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I CREATE_ACTION_DEF Generates an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I DELETE_ACTION_DEF Deletes an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I GET_ACTION_DEF Reads an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I GET_ACTION_DEFS Delivers Action Definitions for an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I GET_PROFILE_OF_ACTION_DEF Returns the Action Profile for an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I MODIFY_ACTION_DEF Changes an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_CUST_PPF I TRANSPORT_ACTION_DEFINITION Writes an Action Definition to a Transport Request .
IF_ACTION_HANDLER_POC I ADD_ACTION_TRIGGER Assign Action Trigger .
IF_ACTION_HANDLER_POC I DEREGISTER_EVENTS Deregisters Global and Local Events .
IF_ACTION_HANDLER_POC I HANDLE_GLOBAL_EVENT Global Event Triggered .
IF_ACTION_HANDLER_POC I REGISTER_EVENTS Registers Local and Global Events .
IF_ACTION_HANDLER_POC I UPDATE_TRIGGER_TAB Adjust Trigger Table after Status Change .
IF_ACTION_POC I EXECUTE Executes Action .
IF_ACTION_PPF I ACTIVATE Activate Action .
IF_ACTION_PPF I DEACTIVATE Delete Action .
IF_ACTION_PPF I EXECUTE Execute Action .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_ACTION_DEFINITION Read Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_ACTION_DEFINITION_DESCR Read Description of Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_ACTION_DEFINITION_LONGTEXTRead Long Text for Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_APPLICATION Read Application .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_APPLKEY Read Application Key .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_CHANGEABLE Read Changeability .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_CONTEXT Read Context .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_DATA_STRUCT Read Attribute as Structure .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_DATECHANGE Read Change Date .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_DATECREATE Read Creation Date .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_DISPATCH Read Processing Time .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_EXECANDDEL Read 'Delete After Execution' .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_EXECDIALOG Read 'Action Is Executable in the Dialog' .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_IS_CHANGED Read Change Indicator .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_IS_INACTIV Read Active Indicator .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_IS_MCREAT Read Manual Creation Indicator .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_IS_REPEAT Read Repeat Indicator .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_MEDIUMDESC Read Processing Description .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PARTINDEP Read Partner Dependency .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PROCESSING Read Processing .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PROCESSING_DESCR Read Processing Description .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PROCESSING_LOG Read Processing Log .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PROCESSING_TYPE Read Processing Type .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_PROCESSING_TYPE_DESCR Read Description of Processing Type .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_SORTFIELDS Read Sort Fields .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_STARTCOND_DATA Get Data of Start Condition .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_START_CONTAINER Read Parameter in Start Condition .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_STATUS Read Status .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_TIMECHANGE Read Change Time .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_TIMECREATE Read Creation Time .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_TOOLBAR Read Toolbar Indicator .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_TTSORT Read Display Sorting .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_USERCHANGE Read Changer .
IF_ACTION_PPF I GET_USERCREATE Read Creater .
IF_ACTION_PPF I PREVIEW Action Preview .
IF_ACTION_PPF I REPEAT Repeat Action .
IF_ACTION_PPF I SET_START_CONTAINER Set Changed Parameters in Start Condition .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I CREATE_PROCESSING Generates Action Processing .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I DELETE_ALL_PROCESSING Deletes All Action Processing .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I DELETE_PROCESSING Deletes an Action Processing .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I GET_PROCESSING Reads an Action Processing .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I GET_PROCESSINGS Returns Action Processing for an Action Definition .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I MODIFY_PROCESSING Changes an Action Processing .
IF_ACTION_PROCESSING_CUST_PPF I TRANSPORT_PROCESSING Writes the Action Processing into a Transport Request .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CONF_PPF I ADD_TEMPLATE_FROM_CUST Inserts an Action Template to Profile Following Customizing .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CONF_PPF I COPY_TEMPLATE Copies an Action Template .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CONF_PPF I DELETE_TEMPLATE Deletes an Action Template .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CONF_PPF I GET_ALL_TEMPLATES_OF_PROFILE Returns all Action Templates of a Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CONF_PPF I TRANSPORT_TEMPLATE Transports an Action Template .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I CREATE_PROFILE Generates an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I DELETE_PROFILE Deletes an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I GET_APPL_OF_PROFILE Returns the Application for an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I GET_PROFILE Reads an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I GET_PROFILES Delivers an Action Profile for an Application .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I MODIFY_PROFILE Changes an Action Profile .
IF_ACTION_PROFILE_CUST_PPF I TRANSPORT_PROFILE Writes the Action Profile into a Transport Request .
IF_ACTION_TODO_TRG I DO Carry Out Activity .
IF_ACTION_TODO_TRG I RESET Resets Activity .
IF_ACTION_TRIGGER_POC I GET_DETAILS Outputs Detail Information about Trigger .
IF_ACTION_TRIGGER_POC I RAISE_EVENT_FROM_EXTERNAL Trigger Event Externally .
IF_AC_IMODE_POC I SET_INPUTMODE_OPTIONAL Set Input Mode to "Optional Entry Field" .
IF_AC_IMODE_POC I SET_INPUTMODE_REQUIRED Set Input Mode to "Required Entry Field" .
IF_AC_IMODE_POC I SET_STATE_ERROR Set Field Status to "Incorrect Value" .
IF_AC_IMODE_POC I SET_STATE_OK Set Field Status to "Value OK" .
IF_AC_LABEL_POC I SET_LABEL Set Text .
IF_AC_LABEL_POC I SET_TOOLTIP Set Tooltip (Quickinfo) .
IF_AC_MISC_POC I SCROLL_INTO_VIEW Scroll Component to Visible Area .
IF_AC_MISC_POC I SET_FOCUS Set Input Focus to Component .
IF_AC_SIGNATURE_POC I ADD_SIGNATURE Add Executed Signature to Display .
IF_AC_SIGNATURE_POC I REMOVE_SIGNATURES Remove all Signatures from Display .
IF_AC_TABLE_POC I APPEND_ROWS Add Lines at the End of Table .
IF_AC_TABLE_POC I DELETE_ROWS Delete Lines at the End of Table .
IF_AC_TABLE_POC I GET_HEADER_TEXT Get Column Headings .
IF_AC_TABLE_POC I SET_HEADER_TEXT Set Column Headings .
IF_AC_TABLE_POC I SET_NUMBER_OF_ROWS Change Number of Lines .
IF_AC_VALUEHELP_POC I IS_DEFAULT_VALUE Get Default Value .
IF_AC_VALUEHELP_POC I SET_DEFAULT_VALUE Set Default Value .
IF_AC_VALUEHELP_POC I SET_VALUE_HELP Switch On/Off / Define Input Help .
IF_AC_VALUE_POC I GET_VALUE Get Value .
IF_AC_VALUE_POC I SET_VALUE Set Value .
IF_AC_VMODE_POC I SET_VIEW_ACTIVE Set Display Mode to "Active/Normal" .
IF_AC_VMODE_POC I SET_VIEW_DISABLED Set Display Mode to "Not Available/Gray" .
IF_AC_VMODE_POC I SET_VIEW_INACTIVE Set Display Mode to "Inactive/Not Ready for Input" .
IF_ADAPTER_RFW I GET_ADAPTER_TEXT Get Adapter Description .
IF_ADAPTER_RFW I GET_NODETYPES Get Node Types .
IF_ADAPTER_RFW I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_ADAPTER_RFW I READ_GRAPH OBSOLETE !!! .
IF_ADAPTER_RFW I SELECT_GRAPH Selection of Graphs to be Read .
IF_ADDRESS_ENHANCEMENT_SERVICE I ENHANCE_ADDRESSES Add Data to Address .
IF_AES_MEMORY_SAVE I MEMORY_SAVE IF for Persistence Service in Address Enhancement Services .
IF_AFTER_PERSISTANCE I VARIFY_OUTGOING_DATA Data after package manager in the SyncService MI_HOST .
IF_AI_APPLICATION_FAULT I GET_RT_FAULT_TEXT Get fault text from WS Runtime if available .
IF_AI_ATTACHMENT I GET_BINARY_DATA Gets Attachment as xstring (always possible) .
IF_AI_ATTACHMENT I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Attachment Type (image/jpeg, text/html,...) .
IF_AI_ATTACHMENT I GET_KIND Attachment Type: String Conversion Possible/Not Possible .
IF_AI_ATTACHMENT I GET_TEXT_DATA Gets Attachment as String - Only Possible for Kind = Text .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I GET_ATTACHMENTS Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I GET_FROM_PARTY Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I GET_INPUT_PAYLOAD Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I GET_MESSAGE_ID Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I GET_OUTPUT_PAYLOAD Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I RESET_ATTACHMENTS Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I SET_ATTACHMENTS Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I SET_FROM_PARTY Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I SET_SERIALIZATION_CONTEXT Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AI_POSTING_CONTROLLER I SET_TO_PARTIES Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_AKB_COLLECTION_QUERY I GET_OBJECTLIST Display Object List .
IF_AKB_COLLECTION_QUERY I GET_SUCCESSORS Ascertain Node Successor .
IF_AKB_COLLECTION_QUERY I LOOKUP_EDGE Insert an Object Reference .
IF_AKB_INTERFACE_QUERY I GET_STATE Interface Status .
IF_AKB_OBJECT I GET_ENVIRONMENT Environment Analysis .
IF_AKB_OBJECT I GET_INFO Query Object info .
IF_AKB_OBJECT I GET_VERSION Read Version from Version Database .
IF_AKB_OBJECT I SET_UP Constructor .
IF_AKB_OBJECT I TEAR_DOWN Destructor .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I GET_AS_STRUCTURE Returns Data as Structure .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I GET_DESCRIPTION Delivers the Name .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I GET_URL Delivers the URL .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I GET_URL_TYPE Returns the Type of URL .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I SET_AS_STRUCTURE Sets the Data from a Structure .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the Name .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I SET_URL Sets the URL .
IF_ALERT_ACTIVITY_API I SET_URL_TYPE Sets the Type of the URL .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I CREATE_ACTIVITY Generates a New Follow-On Activity .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I CREATE_ALERT_RECIPIENT Generates a New Alert Recipient .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I DELETE_ACTIVITY Deletes a Follow-On Activity .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I DELETE_ALERT_RECIPIENT Deletes an Alert Recipient .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ACTIVITIES Returns all follow-on activities .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ACTIVITY Returns a Follow-On Activity for a Key .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ALERT_RECIPIENT Returns an Alert Recipient for a Key .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ALERT_RECIPIENTS Returns all Alert Recipients .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ALIAS Returns the Alias of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_AS_STRUCTURE Returns Object Data as a Structure .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_CLASSIFICATION Returns Alert Classification of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns Description of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_DEVCLASS Returns the application package of the category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ESCALATION Returns Escalation Mechanism .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_EXPIRY_TIME Returns Expiry Time for the Alerts of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_MAX_DELIVERY Returns Maximum Number of Delivery Attempts .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_ORIGLANG Returns the original language of the category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_PRIORITY Returns Priority of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_STATIC_TEXTS Returns the Used Static Texts .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_TECHNICAL_NAME Returns Technical Name of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_USE_DYNAMIC_TEXT Returns Flag for Use of Dynamic Text .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I GET_WORKFLOW_CONTAINER Returns Workflow Container .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_ALIAS Sets Alias of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_AS_STRUCTURE Sets Object Data from a Structure .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_CLASSIFICATION Sets Alert Classification of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_DEVCLASS Sets the application package of the category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_EXPIRY_TIME Sets Expiry Time for the Alerts of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_MAX_DELIVERY Sets Maximum Number of Delivery Attempts .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_ORIGLANG Sets the original language of the category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_PRIORITY Sets Priority of the Category .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_USE_DYNAMIC_TEXT Sets Flag for the Use of Dynamic Text .
IF_ALERT_CATEGORY_API I SET_WORKFLOW_CONTAINER Sets Workflow Container .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_INTERFACE Returns Interface for External Alert Systems .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_PROCESSING_MODE Returns Mode of Alert Processing .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_REQUESTED_STATUS Returns the Setting for Requested Statuses .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_STATUS_DELIVERY_BY_MAIL Returns Setting for Delivery Status by Mail .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_USER_INBOUND_PROCESSING Returns Alert User for Inbound Processing .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I GET_WRITE_PROTOCOL Returns Check Indicator for Logging .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SAVE_CHANGES Saves the Changes .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SET_PROCESSING_MODE Sets Mode of Alert Processing .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SET_REQUESTED_STATUS Sets Setting for Requested Statuses .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SET_STATUS_DELIVERY_BY_MAIL Sets Setting for Delivery Status by Mail .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SET_USER_INBOUND_PROCESSING Sets Alert User for Inbound Processing .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I SET_WRITE_PROTOCOL Sets Check Indicator for Logging .
IF_ALERT_CENTRAL_SERVER_API I UNDO_CHANGES Discards the Changes .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I GET_ALL_CATEGORIES Return All Assigned Alert Categories .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns Description of Classification .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I GET_SUB_CLASSIFICATIONS Returns All Subclassifications .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I GET_SUPER_CLASSIFICATION Returns Superordinate Classification .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I GET_TECHNICAL_NAME Returns Technical Name of Classification .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description of Classification .
IF_ALERT_CLASSIFICATION_API I SET_SUPER_CLASSIFICATION Sets Superordinate Classification .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I CREATE_ESCALATION_RECIPIENT Generates a New Escalation Recipient .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I DELETE_ESCALATION_RECIPIENT Deletes the Escalation Recipient .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I GET_DELAY Returns the Tolerance Time .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I GET_ESCALATION_RECIPIENT Returns the Escalation Recipient .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I GET_IS_ACTIVE Returns Flag for Activating and Deactivating Escalation .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I SET_DELAY Sets Tolerance Time .
IF_ALERT_ESCALATION_API I SET_IS_ACTIVE Sets Flag for Activating and Deactivating Escalation .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_ADD_ACTIVITIES_XML Returns Check Indicator for Activity Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_ADD_RECIPIENTS_XML Returns Check Indicator for Recipient Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_ADD_TEXTS_XML Returns Check Indicator for Text Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_ALLOW_XML_PERSONALIZATION Returns Check Indicator for XML Forwarding Option .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_CATEGORY_CHECK_XML Returns Check Indicator for Category Check .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_HTTP_DESTINATION Returns HTTP Destination of External Alert System .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I GET_SMTP_ADDRESS Returns SMTP Address of External Alert System .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_ADD_ACTIVITIES_XML Sets Check Indicator for Activity Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_ADD_RECIPIENTS_XML Sets Check Indicator for Recipient Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_ADD_TEXTS_XML Sets Check Indicator for Text Transmission .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_ALLOW_XML_PERSONALIZATION Sets Check Indicator for XML Forwarding Option .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_CATEGORY_CHECK_XML Sets Check Indicator for Category Check .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_HTTP_DESTINATION Sets HTTP Destination of External Alert System .
IF_ALERT_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM_API I SET_SMTP_ADDRESS Sets SMTP Address of External Alert System .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_ALERT_ALIAS Returns Alias of Alert Category .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_ALERT_CATEGORY Returns Alert Category .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_ALERT_CATEGORY_DESCRIPTIONReturns Description of Alert Category .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_EVENT_NAME Returns Name of Event .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_EVENT_OBJECT_CATEGORY Returns Category of Event (BOR, ABAP Class...) .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I GET_EVENT_OBJECT_TYPE Returns Object Type of Event (BOR Type, ...) .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I RAISE_EVENT Triggers Event .
IF_ALERT_LOCAL_EVENT I SET_ACTIVATION_FLAG Sets Activation Indicator .
IF_ALERT_RECIPIENT_API I GET_RECIPIENT_TYPE Returns Recipient Type .
IF_ALERT_RECIPIENT_API I GET_USER_LIST Returns Recipient(s) as List of Internal Users .
IF_ALERT_RECIPIENT_API I IS_ESCALATION_RECIPIENT Is recipient an escalation recipient .
IF_ALERT_ROLE_API I GET_ROLE_NAME Returns the Technical Name of Role .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I CHECK_RULE Checks the Rule .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I EDIT_BINDING Calls the Control Editor for the Data Flow .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I EXECUTE_RULE Evaluates Recipient Rule .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I GET_BINDING Returns Data Flow Between Alert Container and Rule Container.
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I GET_RULE_ID Returns Rule ID .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I GET_RULE_TYPE Returns Rule Type .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I SET_BINDING Sets Data Flow Between Alert Container and Rule Container .
IF_ALERT_RULE_API I SET_RULE_ID Sets the Rule ID .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I GET_LONG_TEXT Returns Long Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I GET_NO_ALERT_ID Returns Control Flag for ID in Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I GET_SHORT_TEXT Returns Short Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I GET_TITLE Returns Title .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I SET_LONG_TEXT Sets the Long Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I SET_NO_ALERT_ID Sets Control Flag for ID in Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I SET_SHORT_TEXT Sets Short Text .
IF_ALERT_TEXT_API I SET_TITLE Sets Title .
IF_ALERT_USER_API I GET_USER_NAME Returns the Technical User Name .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I CREATE Create Control .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I DISPLAY Display Hit List .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I FREE Release Control .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I GET_SELECTED_HITS Return Selected Hits .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I GET_TREE_HITLIST Return Tree Hit List .
IF_ALINK_BO_DOCUMENT_TREE_VIS I REFRESH Restructure Tree .
IF_ALINK_ERR_FLAG I SET Set Error Flag .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I CHECK_CONTROL_EXISTENCE Check Whether Control Exists .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I CREATE Generate Display Control for the Display Container .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I DISPLAY Display Control .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I FREE Re-Release Display Control .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I GET_SELECTED_HITS Selected Hit in Control .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I REFRESH Refresh Selected Hit .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST I REFRESH_TREE Refresh Whole Tree .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST_CALLBACK I GET_SUBDIRECTORY_HITLIST Return Hits Behind a Sub-Directory .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST_CALLBACK I LOAD_CONTEXT_MENU Display Selected Documents .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST_CALLBACK I PROCESS_CONTEXT_MENU Execute Function Selected From Context Menu. .
IF_ALINK_HITLIST_CALLBACK I PROCESS_DOUBLE_CLICK Execute Double-Click on a Hit .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I DISPLAY_HITLIST_CONTROL Carry Out Hit List Display in Control .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I EXPORT_TO_RM Export to Record .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I FREE_HITLIST_CONTROL Release Hit List Display Tool .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GENERATE_QUERYMASK Generate Search Query Template for Attributes .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GET_ATTRIBUTES Return Attributes for Hit .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GET_DOCUMENT_ATTRIBUTES Return Definition of Document Attributes .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GET_HITLIST Return Hit List Together with Attributes .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GET_SUBDIRECTORY_HITLIST Return Hit List Behind Hit .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I GET_URL Return URL for Displaying a Hit .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I INITIALIZE Actual Constructor of Classes .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I IS_FTS_ACTIVE Full Text Search Possible .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I PERFORM_SEARCH Execute Search Query To Search Engines .
IF_ALINK_QUERY I SET_IMAGE_CONTAINER Set Container for Screen Display if Inplace Implemented .
IF_ALINK_QUERY_RECORDS I GET_RM_OBJECTS_FROM_HITS Return RM Object List Based on TOARSDOC_S Entries .
IF_ALINK_RECORD_MANAGER I GET_SELECTED_DOCUMENT Return Exactly One Selected Document .
IF_AMORTIZATION_CALCULATOR_CAL I CALCULATE_VALUE Calculates the New Amortized Acquisition Value .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I GET_TABLE Supply Table .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I INSERT_LINE Insert Row .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I INSERT_LINES Insert Lines .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I IS_INITIAL Table Initial? .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I MODIFY_LINE Modify Line Generically .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I READ_LINE Read Line .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I READ_LINES Read Rows .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I REFRESH Reset table .
IF_ANY_TABLE_MM I SET_TABLE Set Table .
IF_APB_LAUNCHPAD_SETVAL I RESOLVE_SET Resolve Set .
IF_APB_LPD_ADDIOTIONAL_OBJECTS I GET_OBJECT_LIST Get list with additional ojectfolders .
IF_APB_LPD_MODIFY_OBJ_TYPE I MODIFY_OBJECT_TYPE Modify or change object type .
IF_APL_ECATT_EXECUTION I CHECK Checking of Script of Executable eCATT Object .
IF_APL_ECATT_EXECUTION I EXECUTE Execution of Script of Executable eCATT Object .
IF_APL_ECATT_EXECUTION I GET_DESTINATION Get RFC Destination .
IF_APL_ECATT_EXECUTION I RESET_EXEC Reset Attributes Relevant for Execution .
IF_APL_ECATT_F4 I GET_VALUES Get Values for Field .
IF_APL_ECATT_F4 I SET_VALUES Set values .
IF_APL_ECATT_OBJ_USAGE I GET_WATCH_FIELDS Get Fields Whose Change Is Registered in the XML Editor .
IF_APL_ECATT_OBJ_USAGE I UPDATE_USAGE_INFO Get and Enter Where-Used List Info .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_EVENTS I RAISE_EV_FIELD_VAL_CHANGED Resolve Event EV_FIELD_VAL_CHANGED .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I GET_SYSTEM_DATA_REF Query System Data Container Object .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I GET_TESTSYS_MAINTAIN Get SD Container/Target System for Maintenance .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I GET_VAR_EXT Query Settings for Using External Variants .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I INIT_PARAMS Initializes Local Data Container for eCatt Module .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I SET_PARAMS Set Parameter Object Reference .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I SET_TESTSYS_MAINTAIN Set SD Container/Target System for Maintenance .
IF_APL_ECATT_PARAMS_USAGE I SET_VAR_EXT Make Settings for Using External Variants .
IF_APL_ECATT_UI_CONTROL I CLOSE Exit UI Control .
IF_APL_ECATT_UI_CONTROL I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_APL_ECATT_UI_CONTROL I HIGHLIGHT_CONTROL Highlighting a Control for Display .
IF_APL_ECATT_UI_CONTROL I RESCON Reset Connections .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I APPEND Append Rows to Table .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I CLEAR Empty Table Row .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I DELETE Delete Row .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get Properties .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I GET_ELEMENT_INFO Node Attributes in XML Instance .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_DATA I SET_VALUE Set Value .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_SCHEMA I LOOKUP_TYPE Examine Meta Data .
IF_APL_ECATT_XML_SCHEMA I VALIDATE Validate Schema .
IF_APPLCLASS_SERVICES_BRF I GET_DEFAULT_CURRENCY Determines Standard Currency .
IF_APPLCLASS_SERVICES_BRF I REGISTER_EVENTS Register Events for User Interaction .
IF_APPLCLASS_SERVICES_BRF I WHERE_USED Where-Used List for BRF Objects in the Application .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I ACTIVATE Follow-up actions after including appl. obj. in hierarchy .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I CLEAR_CHG_IND Clears change indicator .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I CLEAR_KEY Clears key field(s) of application object .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I CLEAR_NODE Clears reference to OHF node .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_CHG_IND Gets change indicator .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_KEY Gets key of application object .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_LOG_KEY Gets key of application log .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_NODE Gets node .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_TYPE Gets type .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I INACTIVATE Follow-up actions after removing appl. obj. from hierarchy .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I KEY_TO_STRING Returns string representation of application object key .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I LOCK Locks application object .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I RE_READ Re reads the old state of the application object .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I SET_CHG_IND Sets change indicator .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I SET_KEY Sets key of application object .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I SET_NODE Sets node .
IF_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I UNLOCK Releases lock on application object .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I CLEAR Delete Object Attributes .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I GET_PREDECESSOR Supplies Link Source .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I GET_SUCCESSOR Supplies Link Target .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_PREDECESSOR Set Source Link .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_PROPERTIES Set Attributes .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_SUCCESSOR Set Link Source .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_LINK_INTERNAL I GET_DATA_FOR_NETPLAN Provides Link Structure .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I CLEAR Delete Table Object Attributes .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I DELETE_ROW Delete Row in Table .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I GET_TABLEDATA Provides Data Table for Table Object .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I GET_TITLE Provides Table Title .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I INSERT_ROW Insert Row in Table .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_CELL_PROPERTIES Set 2 Cell Properties .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Set 1 Column Properties .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_ROW_PROPERTIES Set 2 Row Properties .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLEDATA Insert 1 Table Data .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES Set 1 Table Attributes .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_PROPERTIES Set Table Properties .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_STATUS Set 1 Table Status .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TITLE Set Table Title (Also Possible via Table Properties) .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERNAL I GET_TABID Provides Table Object ID .
IF_AQQGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERNAL I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_ARC_PM_PLAN_CHECK I CHECK Enhance Checks on Task List .
IF_ARC_PM_PLAN_DELETE I DELETE Delete Additional Data .
IF_ARC_PM_PLAN_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive File .
IF_ARC_SD_VBRK_DEL I DEL Delete Technical Additional Data .
IF_ARC_WB2_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_ARC_WB2_DELETE I DELETE Delete Data .
IF_ARC_WB2_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_ACTIVE_PASSIVE Gets the Position Category (Asset/Liability) .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_COMPONENTS Gets the Position's Components .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_COMPONENT_VALUES Gets the Position's Values .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_CURRENCIES Gets Position and Valuation Currencies .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_DIFF_VALUES Gets Values for the Differentiation Characteristics .
IF_ASSESSABLE_POSITION_VAL I GET_POS_MAN_PROC Gets the Position Management Procedure for the Position .
IF_ASYNC_SUBJECT_MM I GET_CHANGES Get Changes .
IF_ASYNC_SUBJECT_MM I PUBLISH Publish .
IF_ASYNC_SUBJECT_MM I RESET_CHANGES Reset Change Buffer .
IF_AS_ITERATOR I CLOSE Close Iterator .
IF_AS_ITERATOR I NEXT Deliver Next Element .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I BUILD_ATP_CATALOGUE MMPUR_ATP_CATALOGUE_EXTRACT .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I GET_ATPCS Populates ATPCS .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I GET_KEY Returns Material Key .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I GET_SAME_MATERIAL Populates ATPCS w. Lock Records of Other Items w. Same Mat. .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I GET_SCHEDULE_BY_KEY Get Schedule Line for ATP from Business Logic .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I IS_VALID Checks Validity of Rule .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I SET_COMMITTED_QUANTITY Updates Confirmed Quantity and Confirmed Date .
IF_ATP_CHECK_MM I SUBTRACT_REQUISITIONS Populates ATPCS with Release Records of Assigned Requisition.
IF_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_DME I GET_ATTRIBUTE Read Attributes by Name .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_ACCESS_DME I SET_ATTRIBUTE Set Attributes by Name .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_MV_DB I GET_MV_ATTR_VALUES_HISTORY Reads All Historical Values of a Multi-Value Attribute .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_MV_DB I GET_MV_ATTR_VALUES_SINGLE Reads All Values of a Multi-Value Attribute per Set .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_MV_DB I SET_MV_ATTR_VALUES Changes the Value of a Multi-Value Attribute .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_PROCESSOR I PREPARE_BITEM_ATTRIBUTE Prepares an Object Attribute .
IF_ATTRIBUTE_PROCESSOR I PREPARE_LINK_ATTRIBUTE Prepares a Relationship Attribute .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST I RUN Execute Tests of a Test Class .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I CLEAR_CONTEXT Delete Explicitly Set Context .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I METHOD_END End of a Test Method .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I METHOD_START Start of a Test Method .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I SET_CONTEXT Report Context Other than Test Method Execution .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I START_LISTENING Switch to Listener Mode .
IF_AUNIT_CLASSTEST_RESULT I STOP_LISTENING Exit Listener Mode .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ACTUAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ACT_TABLE_INITIAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_BOUND Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_BOUND_TYPE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_CHAR_CP Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_CHAR_NP Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_INITIAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_NOT_BOUND Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_ASSERT_NOT_INITIAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_COMPARISON Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DETAIL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DIFFERENT_DATA_TYPE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DIFFERENT_DATA_VALUE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DIFF_FLOAT_VALUES Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DIFF_STRUCTURE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_DIFF_STRUCT_COMPONENTAdd specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_EQUAL_DATA_VALUE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_EXPECTED Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_EXPECTED_VS_ACTUAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_EXP_TABLE_INITIAL Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_INTERN_ERR_EXCEPTION Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_INT_PROBLEM_COMPONENTAdd specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_SEQUENCE_IN_HASH Different Sequence in Hash Table .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_STRING_COMPARISON Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TAB_DIFF_INDEX Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TAB_VALUE_DIFFERENT Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TAB_VALUE_DIFF_INDEX Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TAB_VALUE_MISSING_ACTAdd specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TAB_VALUE_MISSING_EXPAdd specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TYPE_DEEP_STRUCTURE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TYPE_FLAT_STRUCTURE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TYPE_NUMC Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_TYPE_TABLE Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I ANALYSIS_WRONG_SUBRC Add specific analysis .
IF_AUNIT_FAILURE_ASSERT I RAISE Trigger Check Error .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_END_TASK I GET_DESCR_TAB Supplies Table with All Text Descriptions .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_END_TASK I GET_RUNTIME_DESCR Supplies Text Description of Runtime Specification .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_END_TASK I GET_SUMMARY_DESCR Returns text description of error summary .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_END_TASK I GET_TESTED_OBJECTS_DESCR Returns text description of test object overview .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_FAILURE I APPEND_ANALYSIS Add Error Analysis .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_FAILURE I APPEND_STACK Add Error Stack .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_FAILURE I GET_DESCR_TAB Returns the Description for Creating the Information Texts .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_FAILURE I GET_LEVEL Returns Criticality of a Message .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_FAILURE I SET_TEST Test Specifications: Add Program, Class, Method .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_MESSAGE I APPEND_ANALYSIS Add Error Analysis .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_MESSAGE I APPEND_DOCUMENT_TO_ANALYSIS Enhances analysis with reference to documentat. in hypertext.
IF_AUNIT_INFO_MESSAGE I GET_DESCR_TAB Returns the Description for Creating the Information Texts .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_MESSAGE I GET_DOCUMENTS_OF_ANALYSIS Returns list of documents in analysis .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_MESSAGE I SET_TEST Test Specifications: Add Program, Class, Method .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_PROBLEM I IS_OK Evaluation, Test Unit OK? .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I APPEND_ANALYSIS Add Error Analysis .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I APPEND_DOCUMENT_TO_ANALYSIS Enhances analysis with reference to documentat. in hypertext.
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I GET_DESCR_TAB Returns the Description for Creating the Information Texts .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I GET_DOCUMENTS_OF_ANALYSIS Returns list of documents in analysis .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I GET_LEVEL Returns the Error Level .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_RUNTIME I SET_TEST Test Specifications: Add Program, Class, Method .
IF_AUNIT_INFO_STEP I GET_DESCR Returns Information Description .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I ASSERT_FAILURE Reports Occurrence of a Check Error .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I CLASS_END Reports End of a Test Class .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I CLASS_START Reports Start of a Test Class .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I CX_FAILURE Reports Occurrence of an Exception Error .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I EXECUTION_EVENT Gives information on execution of test task .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I METHOD_END Reports End of a Test Method .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I METHOD_START Reports Start of a Test Method .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I PROGRAM_END Reports End of a Program .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I PROGRAM_START Reports Start of a Program .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I RT_FAILURE Reports Occurrence of a Runtime Error .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I TASK_END Reports End of a Test Task .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I TASK_START Reports Start of a New Test Task .
IF_AUNIT_LISTENER I WARNING Reports Occurrence of a Warning .
IF_AUNIT_TEXT I FETCH_RAW_TEXT Gets the Unprocessed Text .
IF_AUNIT_TEXT I FILL_IN_PARAMS Adds Parameter to Text .
IF_AUNIT_TEXT I GET_TEXT Gets the Finished Text .
IF_AUTHORIZATION_BRF I CHECK_AUTHORITY BRF: Authorization Check .
IF_AUTHORIZATION_BRF I GET_INSTANCE BRF: Transfers an Instance (for Singleton Pattern) .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I DOUBLE_CLICK Double Click on Tree Node... .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I DRAG Move node using "Drag" technique .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I DROP Move node using "Drop" technique .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I PERFORM_CMD Execute function .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I REQUEST_CXT_MENU Request context menu .
IF_B2E_XMLAPP I SHOW_ORIGINAL Display original .
IF_B2E_XMLTOOL I PERFORM_CMD Execute function .
IF_B2E_XMLTOOL I REQUEST_CXT_MENU Request context menu .
IF_B2E_XMLTOOL I START Start .
IF_BADI_ADPIC_STO I CHANGE_SI_CATEGORY Change subitem category .
IF_BADI_BP_PAYDETAILS_ADD I BP_PAYMENTDETAILS_ADD Check and Update Business Partner Payment Details .
IF_BADI_BP_PAYDETAILS_ADD I GET_PAYMENT_METHOD Get Payment Method .
IF_BADI_CAPITAL_FLOW_CA_TRR I GET_CAPITAL_FLOW Calculation of Capital Flow .
IF_BADI_CAPITAL_FLOW_TRR I GET_CAPITAL_FLOW Calculation of Capital Flow .
IF_BADI_CATS_APPROVAL I CHECK_APPROVAL_BY_EXCEPTION Does CATS Record Require Approval? .
IF_BADI_CATS_APPROVAL I DETERMINE_APPROVER Determines Approver of a CATS Record .
IF_BADI_COMPONENT_HANDLING I PERFORM_LINE_OPERATION Cut, Insert, Copy Lines .
IF_BADI_COMPONENT_HANDLING I SAVE_ALL_ENTRIES Save Entries .
IF_BADI_COMPONENT_HANDLING I UPDATE_SINGLE_ENTRY Change a Single Table Entry .
IF_BADI_CONTRACLOCK_DETAIL I FILL_CTRACPARTNER_LOCK_DETAIL Update Contract Partner Lock Details .
IF_BADI_CONTRTPARTRNER_DETAIL I FILL_CTRACPARTNERDETAIL Update Contract Partner Details .
IF_BADI_DIM_PROXY_METHODS I GET_BANK_CL_ACCOUNT Get Bank clearing account .
IF_BADI_DIM_PROXY_METHODS I GET_DOC_TYPE_CHRGOFF_RES_WTOFFDocument type and Charge off reason for Write Off .
IF_BADI_DIM_PROXY_METHODS I GET_DOC_TYPE_CLR_RES_CLR_CRDT Doc source key, Doc type and Clr reason for Clear from credi.
IF_BADI_DIM_PROXY_METHODS I GET_DOC_TYPE_CLR_RES_REV_CLR Document type and Clearing reason for Reversal of clearing .
IF_BADI_DIM_PROXY_METHODS I GET_DOC_TYPE_CLR_RES_REV_OI Document type and Clearing reason for Reversal of open items.
IF_BADI_EHSH_POH_CHECK_AUTH I AUTHORITY_CHECK Enhanced Authorization Check .
IF_BADI_EHS_DEF_COMPREL I SET_DEF_COMPREL EHS: Default for Reference Value .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_ACTIONS Define Additional Actions .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_ACTION_CONF Output Confirmation Message for Additional Actions .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_DETAIL_COMP Define Detail Component (Implements IFC_POWL_DETAIL) .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_FIELD_CATALOG Modify Field Catalog .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_MAX_RESULTS Max. Number of Material Master Records MARA Read .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_OBJECTS Determine Objects According to Additional Selection Criteria.
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I GET_SELECTION_CRITERIA Define Additional Definition Criteria .
IF_BADI_FEEDER_POWL I HANDLE_ACTION Perform Additional Actions .
IF_BADI_FVD_AUTODRAFT_CREATE I CHANGE_RESULTS Change Values in Results Table .
IF_BADI_FVD_AUTODRAFT_CREATE I CREATE_DETAIL_RECORDS Create Detail Records .
IF_BADI_FVD_AUTODRAFT_CREATE I CREATE_FOOTER Creae Footer Records .
IF_BADI_FVD_AUTODRAFT_CREATE I CREATE_HEADER Create Header Records .
IF_BADI_FVD_MD_MODEL_LOAN I UDPATE_COMPONENT_SERVICES Update List of Services for Components .
IF_BADI_FVD_MD_MODEL_LOAN I UPDATE_COMPONENT_LIST Update List of Active Components .
IF_BADI_FVD_MD_VIEW_LOAN I GET_CUSTOMER_CONDITION_LAYOUT Layout for Customer-Specific Display of Conditions .
IF_BADI_GM_EXP_DOC I GM_EXP_DOC Export SD doc and DATE_TO to memory .
IF_BADI_HMXCALC0_T7MX70 I CHANGE_T7MX70 Change the value for field IIMOR .
IF_BADI_HREIC_DUEDATE I RECALC_DUEDATE Re-Calculation of Due Date after Status Change .
IF_BADI_HREIC_DUEDATE I RECALC_REMINDER Re-Calculation of Reminder Date after Status Change .
IF_BADI_HRPAYES_URL I GET_URL Return or Url .
IF_BADI_HUMO I PROCESS_FCODE_ALV Processing Function Codes (Authorization Checks) .
IF_BADI_HUMO I STATUS_SET Set Menu Status .
IF_BADI_HU_MAIN I ASSIGNMENT_CHECK Check the HU Assignment .
IF_BADI_HU_MAIN I GM_STATUS_SET Set Customer-Specific Status for Goods Movements .
IF_BADI_HU_MAIN I HEADER_CHECKS Checks when Changing HU Header Attributes .
IF_BADI_HU_MAIN I HEADER_UPDATE_IN_PACKING Change HU Header Data and Update of Other Data .
IF_BADI_HU_MAIN I SELECT Additional Selections .
IF_BADI_HU_SAVE I SAVE General Method for Follow-Up Actions .
IF_BADI_INFORMATION_READER I GET_BADI_DEFINITION Returns Relevant Information for a BAdI Definition .
IF_BADI_INFORMATION_READER I GET_BADI_IMPLEMENTATIONS Returns Table of All BAdI Implementations .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT I CALL_POST_BADI Call Post-BAdI .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT I CALL_PRE_BADI Call Pre-BAdI .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_AUTHORITY I CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_CREATE I CHECK_ADMIN_DATA Create Document: Check Document Management Data .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_CREATE I DOCPART_SET_ADMIN_DATA Create Document Part: Preset Document Management Data .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_CREATE I DOCVERSION_SET_ADMIN_DATA Create Document Version: Preset Document Management Data .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_CREATE I DOC_SET_ADMIN_DATA Create Document: Preset Document Management Data .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_GUI_STATUS I FUNCTION_CODE_PROCESS Process Function Code .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_GUI_STATUS I SET Set GUI Status .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_PROC I POST_PROCESSING After Processing the Document .
IF_BADI_ISHMED_DOC_SEND_RECIPT I GET_RECIPIENTS Determine payee .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECOGNITION I PAUSE Interrupt Speech Recognition .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECOGNITION I START Execute Speech Recognition .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECOGNITION I STOP Stop Speech Recognition .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECOGNITION I TRAINING Correction of Recognized Text .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I DELETE Reject Recording .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I PAUSE Interrupt Recording .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I PAUSE_TRANSCRIBE Interrupt Transcription .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I PLAY Play Recording .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I RECORD Record Recording .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I STOP Stop Recording .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I STOP_TRANSCRIBE End Transcription .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_RECORD I TRANSCRIBE Transcript .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_SYSTEM I INITIALIZE Start, Initialize System .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_SYSTEM I IS_FUNCTION_INSTALLED Is function supported? .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_SYSTEM I IS_INITIALIZED System Is Ready .
IF_BADI_ISH_DI_SYSTEM I STOP End System .
IF_BADI_ISH_DWS_FCODE_REQUEST I EVALUATE Evaluate Global Function Code .
IF_BADI_ISH_DWS_HEADER_COMP I MAKE_DWS_HEADER Create Work Station Header Content .
IF_BADI_ISH_DWS_PAT_OVIEW_COMP I MAKE_PATIENT_OVERVIEW Create Content of Patient Overview .
IF_BADI_ISM_AUDITCAT I REPLACE_AUDITCAT_FROM_DB Replace Alt. Audit Report Category from Database .
IF_BADI_ISM_AUDITCAT I REPLACE_AUDITCAT_FROM_MEMORY Replace Alt. Audit Report Category from Memory .
IF_BADI_ISM_AUDITCAT I SAVE Save Alt. Audit Report Category from Memory .
IF_BADI_ISM_AUDITCAT I SET_AUDITCAT_TO_MEMORY Determine Alt. Audit Report Category and Fill Memory .
IF_BADI_ISM_CIC_SCRIPTING I GET_TEXTSYMBOLS Determine Text Symbols .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Adjust Field Catalog .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I CHANGE_TOOLBAR Customize toolbar .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I GET_ACTIVITY_TO_OKCODE Determine Activity for OK Code .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Determine Additional Data .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I GET_ADDITIONAL_TOOLBAR_OKCODESReturn Additional Toolbar OK Codes .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_BUTTON_CLICK Button Click Handling .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU Context Menu Handling .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Double Click Handling .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_HOTSPOT_CLICK Hotspot Click Handling .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_MENU_BUTTON Handling for Menu Button in Toolbar .
IF_BADI_ISM_MSD_ORDERLIST I HANDLE_TOOLBAR_COMMAND Toolbar Command Handling .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I AFTER_ACTION After Performing Action .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I BEFORE_ACTION Before Performing Action .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I CHECK_ACCEPT Automatic Acceptance .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I CHECK_CURRENT_LEVEL Check Current Step .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I CHECK_NEXT_LEVEL Check Next Step .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I DETERMINE_DUEDATE Determine Due Date .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_MONITORING I PREPARE Preparation .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_OFFER I CHANGE_OFFER Adjust Offer .
IF_BADI_ISM_RENEWAL_OFFER I GET_DATE Determine Date for Offer Creation .
IF_BADI_ISM_REN_REMIND_PRESEL I PRESELECT Preselection .
IF_BADI_ISM_REN_REMIND_SCHEMA I CHECK Procedure Can Be Determined .
IF_BADI_ISM_REN_REMIND_SCHEMA I GET_POSSIBLE_PROCEDURES Determine Possible Monitoring Procedures .
IF_BADI_ISM_REN_REMIND_SCHEMA I GET_SCHEMA Determine Procedure .
IF_BADI_LAMA_FREESELECTIONS I MATERIAL_NUM_RANGE_CONVERSION Material Number Range Conversion (Note: 615035) .
IF_BADI_LE_WMS_PSP I PSP_ALLOWED Allow project stock in dec. WMS .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I CHANGE_SI_CATEGORY_FB Set Subitem Category in Case of Fallback .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SCM_PIC_ATPCSX_PO Change to ATPCSX Depending on Advice Code .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SCM_PIC_FIELD_CATALOGUE_PO Field Catalog in PO in Case of SCM-ATP w. Prod. Replacement .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SCM_PIC_FIELD_CATALOGUE_PR Field Catalog in PR in Case of SCM-ATP w. Prod. Replacement .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SET_SCM_PIC_DFPS Decision re PIC in SCM - Depending on Advice Code .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SET_SCM_PIC_DFPS_FB Decision re PIC in Fallback - Depending on Advice Code .
IF_BADI_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I TRIGGER_ATP Retrigger ATP .
IF_BADI_MI_SYNCHRONIZATION I CHECK_BEFORE_PERSISTANCE BADI before writing Sync data to the Database .
IF_BADI_MI_SYNCHRONIZATION_2 I CHECK_AFTER_PERSISTANCE BADI after calling the creating entries in the middleware .
IF_BADI_PACKAGE_CHANGED I PACKAGE_CHANGED Package Changed .
IF_BADI_RCV_BP_ISOLATION I ADDRESS_DESC_BY_SENDTYPE_GET Provide Name of Address by Send Type .
IF_BADI_RCV_BP_ISOLATION I MEMBERS_OF_GROUP_GET Provide Members of Group .
IF_BADI_RCV_BP_ISOLATION I PARTNER_AND_ADDRESS_DATA_GET Provide Business Partner and Address Data .
IF_BADI_RCV_BP_ISOLATION I PARTNER_DESC_GET Provide Name of Business Partner .
IF_BADI_RCV_BP_ISOLATION I SPOUSE_GET Provide Spouses .
IF_BADI_ROLEMAN_AUTH_CHECK I AUTH_DATA_CHECK Checking Authorizations .
IF_BADI_ROLEMAN_AUTH_GET I AUTH_DATA_GET Determine Authorizations .
IF_BADI_ROLEMAN_AUTH_GET I AUTH_REF_DATA_GET Determine Reference Data for Authorizations .
IF_BADI_SAPLV56L I READ_VTRDI_INDX Read Deliveries for a Transfer Document .
IF_BADI_SDTS_MAPPING I MAP_INPUT_TO_OUTPUT_COMPONENT Map Various Type SDTS Names According to Filter Setting .
IF_BADI_SD_EDI_EDLSCHED I IDOC_DATA_MODIFY IDoc Manipulation in Release Receipt .
IF_BADI_SD_REV_REC_PODEV I GET_PODEV_CUSTSPEC Manage Customer-Specific Event (PODEV) .
IF_BADI_SD_REV_REC_PODEV_DISP I DISPLAY_PODEV_DOCUMENT Display Document for Customer-Specific Event (PODEV) .
IF_BADI_SORTER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transfer .
IF_BADI_SORTER I IS_LAYER_CHANGEABLE In Change Mode? .
IF_BADI_SORTER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transfer .
IF_BADI_SORTER I SET_LAYER_CHANGEABLE Change Mode .
IF_BADI_SORTER I SORT_IMPLS Sort .
IF_BADI_SYSTEM_FINDER I GET_RFC_DEST Get RFC Destination .
IF_BADI_WDK_ENVIRONMENT I CHECK_BASIC Check Kayak environment by switch .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I CLEANUP Support for Garbage Collector .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I GET_OUT_REF Read Out MEOUT Object Instance .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I MAP2E Outbound Mapping .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I MAP2E_IS2ERP Outbound Mapping in ExtensionOut for IS2ERP .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I MAP2I Inbound Mapping .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I MAP2I_IS2ERP Inbound Mapping of ExtensionIn for IS2ERP .
IF_BAPI_MEOUT I SET_ATTRIBUTE Set Attributes for MEOUT Function Group .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I CLEANUP Garbage Collector Support .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I GET_REQ_REF Extraction of MEREQ Handle .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I MAP2E Outbound Mapping .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I MAP2E_IS2ERP Outbound Mapping in ExtensionOut for IS2ERP .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I MAP2I Inbound Mapping .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I MAP2I_IS2ERP Inbound Mapping of ExtensionIn for IS2ERP .
IF_BAPI_MEREQ I SET_ATTRIBUTE Transfer of Data to MEREQ Object .
IF_BBY_NR_RANGE_EXT I CHECK_AGAINST_EXT_NR_RANGE Verification Against External Number Range Interval .
IF_BCA_MDIM_LOANS_RFC I FILL_CTRACPARTNERDETAIL Fill contract partner details .
IF_BCB_ADDRESS I GET_CHANNEL get channel of the address .
IF_BCB_CONTAINER I ADD_ITEM Add an item .
IF_BCB_CONTAINER I DELETE_ITEM Deletes a single Item from Container .
IF_BCB_CONTAINER I GET_CHANNEL Get Channel Type .
IF_BCB_CONTAINER I GET_ITEM Get a single Item in Container .
IF_BCB_CONTAINER I GET_ITEMS Get all Items in Container .
IF_BCM_SAVE I FILL_SAVE_BUFFER Save all personal attributes before save in internal buffer .
IF_BCM_SAVE I REACT_ON_UNDO Responds to "undo" .
IF_BCM_SAVE I RETURN_BOR_KEY Delivers the BOR key for the object .
IF_BCM_SAVE I RETURN_SEM_KEY Delivers semantic key of the object .
IF_BCM_SAVE I SAVE Saving data not entered by Persistence Service .
IF_BCM_SAVE I TIME_SEGMENT Write new time segment? .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I FILL_SAVE_BUFFER Save all personal attributes before save in internal buffer .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I LOCK CM Private: Lock an Object for Change .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I REACT_ON_UNDO Responds to "undo" .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I REFRESH CM private: Deleting all save-relevant buffers again .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I SAVE CM private: Saving data not entered by Persistence Service .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I TIME_SEGMENT Write new time segment? .
IF_BCM_SAVE2 I UNLOCK CM Private: Unlock Object .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I CREATE Create a structure - MANDATORY! .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I CREATE_FOR_PROPAGATED_FOLDER Create structure if successor is in another life cycle phase.
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I CREATE_SUCCESSOR_STRUCTURE Creation of successor structure: Successor in ONE phase .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I DELETE Delete the structure of a product folder .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I FINISH_BASELINE End Baseline process .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I GET_ADMIN_INFO Mapped the attribute of instance in a structure .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I GET_COMPLETE_STRUCTURE Return entire structure table .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I GET_STRUCTURE_KEY Reset the structure key .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I IS_USED Where-used list: is an object in a structure? .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I LOAD Display the structure of a product folder .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I PREPARE_FOR_BASELINE Prepare structure for Baselining (complete...) .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I SAVE Save the structure of a product folder .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I SET_ADMIN_INFO Mapped the structure in attribute of instance .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I SET_COMPLETE_STRUCTURE Transfering entire structure table .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE I UNDO Undoes the changes to the object .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE_VISITOR I END_VISIT Callback After Reading .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE_VISITOR I START_VISIT Callback Before Reading .
IF_BCM_STRUCTURE_VISITOR I VISIT_CM_STRUCTURE Callback for the Structure Read .
IF_BCM_TRAVERSAL I TRAVERSAL_BREADTH_FIRST Traversng Structure: With Increasing Level .
IF_BCM_TRAVERSAL I TRAVERSAL_POST_ORDER Traversing Structure: Post Order - (Parent Last) .
IF_BCM_TRAVERSAL I TRAVERSAL_PRE_ORDER Traversing Structure: Pre Order - (Parent First) .
IF_BCOM_MIME I AS_MIME Return of MIME Representation of a Document .
IF_BCOM_R_REQUEST_CALLBACK I SET_AGENT_LIST Transfer Result of Routing to Application .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I GET_LANGUAGES Gets All BC Set Text Languages .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I GET_RECORD Gets Changed Table Records .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I GET_TABLE Gets Changed Table Contents .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I GET_TABLE_KEYS Gets Table Keys .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I GET_TABNAMES Gets Table Names .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I ISSUE_MESSAGE Send Message .
IF_BCSET_ACTIVATION I REJECT_RECORD Reject Table Record .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FIX_CHANGE Check Authorization to Change Fixed Values .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I CHECK_FIELD Checks Whether a Field Can be Changed .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I DISPLAY_LOCK_INFO Shows the Locking BC Set .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_ALL_LOCKS Gets All Fixed Fields .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_FIELD_LOCKS Gets the Fixed Fields for a Row .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_TABKEYS Gets the Key (External Format) .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_TABKEY_EXTERNAL Gets the External Table Key .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_TABKEY_INTERNAL Gets the Internal Table Key .
IF_BCSET_TABLE_LOCKS I GET_TABLE_KEYS Gets Key (Typed) .
IF_BEFORE_PERSISTANCE I VARIFY_INCOMING_DATA Update data coming from the client .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I ACROSS_SUBCLTYPE_TOPS Iterate across the top nodes that are cross subclaim .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I GET_COVERED_COVTYPES Get the subclaim types that lie under a benefit type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I GET_COVERED_SUBCLTYPES Get the subclaim types that lie under a benefit type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_COVTYPE_BENTYPES Loop over nodes that are cross subclaim type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_COVTYPE_TOPS Iterate across the top nodes of each subclaim type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_CROSSSUBCLT_NODES Loop over nodes that are cross subclaim type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_CROSS_COVTYPE_BENTYPES Loop over nodes that are cross subclaim type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_SUBCLTYPE_BENTYPES Loop over nodes that are cross subclaim type .
IF_BENTYPE_TREE_ICL I LOOP_SUBCLTYPE_TOPS Iterate across the top nodes of each subclaim type .
IF_BFW_CLIENT_POC I LOAD_XML_DOCUMENT Take XML Document for Display .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_CTMENU Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_EXEC Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_IMODE Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_LABEL Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_MISC Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_SIGNATURE Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_TABLE Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_VALUE Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_VALUEHELP Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_COMPONENT_POC I QUERY_IF_VMODE Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_CTHANDLER_POC I EXECUTE Execute Command .
IF_BFW_CTHANDLER_POC I GET_MENU Get Menu Definition .
IF_BFW_CTHANDLER_POC I GET_STATE Get Menu Status .
IF_BFW_CTMENU_POC I GET_HANDLER Get Registered Users .
IF_BFW_CTMENU_POC I SET_HANDLER Register Menu Users .
IF_BFW_CTMENU_POC I UPDATE_MENU Notification: Menu Structure Was Changed .
IF_BFW_CTMENU_POC I UPDATE_STATE Notification: Status of Entries Was Changed .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I CANCEL_CLOSING Cancel Closing of Document (Event: document_closing) .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I PRINT Open Browser Dialog for Printing .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I QUERY_IF_CTMENU Query Reference to Interface .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I REFRESH Reload but do not Create New Proxies .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I REPLACE Replace Own W3 Resources .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I REQUEST_CLOSING Restart Document Closing after "Cancel_Closing" .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I REQUEST_RELOAD Trigger Reloading with New Proxies after "cancel_closing" .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I SHOW_MODAL_DIALOG Display Modal Dialog .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I SHOW_MODELESS_DIALOG Display Modeless Dialog .
IF_BFW_DOCUMENT_POC I W3REQUEST_COMPLETE Confirmation of Requested W3 Resource .
IF_BGRFC_APPL_CHECK_MON_OUT I DELETE_QUEUE_LIST Can method DELETE_QUEUE_LIST( ) be executed? .
IF_BGRFC_APPL_CHECK_MON_OUT I DELETE_UNIT_LIST Can method DELETE_UNIT_LIST( ) be executed? .
IF_BGRFC_APPL_CHECK_MON_OUT I DEST_CONFIG_CHANGE Can configuration for destination be changed? .
IF_BGRFC_CLIENT I DELETE_FAILED_UNIT Deletes Unit with Errors .
IF_BGRFC_CLIENT I GET_UNIT_STATE Gets State of Background RFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_CLIENT I RUN_FAILED_UNIT Restarts Unit with Errors .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_ENTRY I CHECK Checks the entry .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_READER I CHECK Checks created entries .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_READER I CLEAN_UP Resets current changes .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_READER I LOCK Locks the configuration table .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_READER I SAVE Saves the created or saved entries .
IF_BGRFC_CONFIG_READER I UNLOCK Unlock the configuration table .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I ADD_QUEUE_PREFIX Add a .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I CLEAR Reset the Changes .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I DELETE Delete an entry .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I DELETE_QUEUE_PREFIX Removes a queue prefix .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I SET_SERVER_GROUP Sets the RFC serer group .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_ENTRY I UNDELETE_ENTRY Removes delete flag .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_READER I GET Returns the destination object .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_READER I GET_ALL Returns all destination objects .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_INB_DEST_READER I GET_DEST_FOR_QUEUE_PREFIX Returns destination name for a queue prefix .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_SERVER_ENTRY I SET_OUTB_SCHEDULER_CNT Set Number of Outbound Schedulers .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_SUPERVISOR_DEST I SET_DESTINATION Set Destination Name .
IF_BGRFC_CONF_SUPERVIS_READER I GET Gets Supervisor Entry .
IF_BGRFC_DEBUG_UNIT I LOCK_DUE_DEBUG_REQUEST Create Debugging Lock .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_INBOUND I CREATE_QRFC_UNIT Factory Method for Generating Inbound qRFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_INBOUND I CREATE_TRFC_UNIT Factory Method for Generating Inbound tRFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_OUTBOUND I CREATE_QRFC_UNIT Factory Method for Generating Outbound qRFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_OUTBOUND I CREATE_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND Factory Method for Generating Outbound/Inbound qRFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_OUTBOUND I CREATE_TRFC_UNIT Factory Method for Generating Outbound tRFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I DELETE Remove Destination from Internal Data Structures .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I GET_EMERGENCY_RESOURCES Specify Last Resources Used .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I GET_RESOURCES Get Resources for RFC Destination .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I RETURN_RESOURCES Return Resources for RFC Destination .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I SET_EXPIRATION_TIME_INBOUND Validity of Resource (Inbound) .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I SET_EXPIRATION_TIME_OUTBOUND Validity of Resource (Outbound) .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I SET_GATEWAY_QUOTA_INBOUND Percentage Share of Gateway Resources (Inbound) .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I SET_GATEWAY_QUOTA_OUTBOUND Share of Outbound Gateway Resources (Percentage) .
IF_BGRFC_DESTINATION_RESOURCES I UPDATE_RESOURCES Refresh Current Resource State .
IF_BGRFC_EVENT_MANAGER I REREGISTER Update Event Registration (Prevent Timeout) .
IF_BGRFC_EVENT_MANAGER I UNREGISTER Deregister Event .
IF_BGRFC_LOCK I RELEASE Deletes Lock .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I DEBUG_UNIT Enables Debugging of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_DESTINATION_STATE Status of Destination .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_FUNCTION_MODULES Gets Names of Function Modules of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_NUMBER_OF_EXEC_UNITS Number of Executable Units .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_SUSPICIOUS_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Long Running Units and Errors .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_UNITS_BY_DATE Gets Units of Date .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_UNIT_LOCKS Gets Locks of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I GET_UNIT_TYPE Gets Type of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I LOCK_DESTINATION Locks Destination .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I SET_SUPPORTABILITY_LOCK Set Debugging Block .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I TRACE_UNIT Run Unit with Trace .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_INBOUND I UNLOCK_DESTINATION Remove Destination Lock .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I DEBUG_UNIT Enables Debugging of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_DESTINATION_STATE Status of Destination .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_FUNCTION_MODULES Gets Names of Function Modules of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_NUMBER_OF_EXEC_UNITS Number of Executable Units .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_SUSPICIOUS_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Long Running Units and Errors .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_UNITS_BY_DATE Gets Units of Date .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_UNIT_LOCKS Gets Locks of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I GET_UNIT_TYPE Gets Type of Unit .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I LOCK_DESTINATION Locks Destination .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I SET_SUPPORTABILITY_LOCK Set Debugging Block .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I TRACE_UNIT Run Unit with Trace .
IF_BGRFC_MONITOR_OUTBOUND I UNLOCK_DESTINATION Remove Destination Lock .
IF_BGRFC_SERVER I GET_UNIT_ID Gets ID of Own Background RFC Unit .
IF_BGRFC_SERVER I RETRY_UNIT Reset Current Unit (with Reason) .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I DELAY Sets Automatically Removed Lock .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I DISABLE_COMMIT_CHECKS Disables Commit Check .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I FREE Discards Unit .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I GET_FUNCTION_CALL_LIST Gets List of All Function Module Calls .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I GET_FUNCTION_COUNT Gets Number of Function Modules for Unit .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I IS_VALID Is unit valid in current application context? .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I LOCK Sets Lock on Unit .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I SEPARATE_FROM_UPDATE_TASK Decouples Unit from Update .
IF_BGRFC_UNIT I SET_FUNCTION_CALL_ORDER Sets Order of Function Module Calls .
IF_BICS_CONS_EXIT I GET_CUSTOMER_EXIT Return Customer Exit .
IF_BICS_CONS_EXIT I GET_MASTER_DATA_EXIT Return Master Data Exit .
IF_BICS_CONS_EXIT I GET_SUPPORTED_EXIT_TYPES Return Supported Exit Types .
IF_BICS_CONS_MD_EXIT I FREE Exit No Longer Needed .
IF_BICS_CONS_MD_EXIT I GET_EXTENSIONS Return Enhancement Presentations .
IF_BICS_CONS_MD_EXIT I GET_VALUES Return Values for Presentations .
IF_BICS_CONS_MD_EXIT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_BICS_CONS_WEBITEM_CUST_EXIT I EXECUTE Execute customer exit .
IF_BICS_CONS_WEBITEM_CUST_EXIT I FREE Free exit resources .
IF_BICS_CONS_WEBITEM_CUST_EXIT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_BINREL_CA I ARC_RELOAD_LINK Reload Relationship Record from Archive .
IF_BINREL_CA I CREATE_LINK Right Relationship Record .
IF_BINREL_CA I DELETE_LINK Right Relationship Record .
IF_BINREL_CA I READ_LINKS Read Relationships .
IF_BINREL_CA I READ_LINK_AND_PROPERTY Read Relationships .
IF_BINREL_CL I CONNECT_TO_BROWSER Prepare Data for IF_BROWSER_LINK .
IF_BINREL_CL I GET_LINK_DATA Delivers Relationship Record .
IF_BINREL_CL I GET_PARTNER Delivers Reference to Relationship Partner .
IF_BINREL_CL I WRITE_TO_ARCHIVE Write Relationship Record to Archive .
IF_BINREL_PROP_ARCH I ARCHIVE_GET Get Data with ARCHIVE_GET_TABLE from Archive .
IF_BINREL_PROP_ARCH I ARCHIVE_PUT Write Data with ARCHIVE_PUT_TABLE to Archive .
IF_BINREL_PROP_ARCH I GET_RECORD_STRUCTURE Structure Used for Storage in Archive .
IF_BINREL_PROP_ARCH I GET_TABLE_NAME Tables Archived from Data .
IF_BINREL_PROP_ARCH I RELOAD Reload Data in the Database .
IF_BINREL_PROP_CA I DELETE_PROPERTY Deletion of an Attribute .
IF_BINREL_PROP_CA I GET_DBTABLE Attribute Table Name .
IF_BINREL_PROP_CA I GET_PROPERTY Read Attribute .
IF_BINREL_PROP_CA I SET_OBJECTS_FROM_DATA Generation of Attribute Instances from Pre-Selected Data .
IF_BINREL_PROP_CA I SET_PROPERTY Generate or Change an Attribute .
IF_BINREL_PROP_JOIN I SELECT_FOR_ROLE_A Relationships and Attributes for Objects in Role A .
IF_BINREL_PROP_JOIN I SELECT_FOR_ROLE_B Relationships and Attributes for Object in Role B .
IF_BIZC_AUTHORING_SERVICE I GET_FIXED_RESTRICTIONS Get all attributes and their fixed values .
IF_BIZC_AUTHORING_SERVICE I GET_MATCH_ATTRIBUTES Get all attributes, which can be used for filtered search .
IF_BIZC_AUTHORING_SERVICE I LIST List Contexts .
IF_BIZC_AUTHORING_SERVICE I LOOKUP Lookup the named context, return the represented objects .
IF_BIZC_AUTHORING_SERVICE I SEARCH Search for "named context" .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I EXECUTE_ACTION Executes an Action .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_ACTION_DATA Returns Adminsitration Data for a Task .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_CONTEXT_SUBSCREEN Reads Subscreen Data of the Context UI .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_CONTEXT_UI Reads Data from the Context UI .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns Description for a Task .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_DOCUMENTATION Returns URL for a Documentation ID .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_STATUS_PER_OBJECT Returns Status of Configuration of an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_TASKLIST Get the Task List for the Given Object .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I SAVE_CHANGES Saves Status of the Task List .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I SET_ACTION_DATA Sets Administration Data for a Task .
IF_BIZC_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I SET_CONTEXT_UI Sets the Data for the Context UI of a Task .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I ADD_DOCU_TO_OBJECT Add Documentation to an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I ADD_OBJECT_USAGE Add Content Object for a Usage Type .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I COPY_OBJECT_USAGE Copies an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I COPY_USAGE Copies a Usage Type .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_CO_DESCRIPTION Delivers Object Description .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_CO_PERS_STATUS Gets Persistence Status of an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_CO_TECHNICAL_NAME Gets Technical Name of an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_DEPENDENCIES Gets the Associated Software Components .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_DOCUMENTATION Gets the Assigned Documentation .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_DOCUMENTATION_INFO Returns Info Record for a Documentation Link .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_OBJECT_CONFIG_INFO Returns Configuration Info for an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_OBJECT_GUID_BY_PROVIDER_IDGets the Object GUID for a Provider ID .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_OBJECT_HEADERS Returns Flat Info Structure for Object Header .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_OBJECT_USAGE_BY_STATUS Gets Object GUIDs of the Usage Type Filtered by Status .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_OBJECT_USAGE_INFO Returns Flat Info Structure for an Object Usage .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_PROVIDER_ID_BY_OBJECT_GUIDGets the Provider ID for an Object GUID .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I GET_USAGES_OF_OBJECT Where-Used List for Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I REMOVE_DOCU_FROM_OBJECT Remove Documentation from an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I REMOVE_OBJECT_USAGE Remove Content Object from a Usage Type .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I REMOVE_USAGE Removes a Usage Type .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I SET_OBJECT_CONFIG Sets Configuration Info for an Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I UPDATE_DOCU Change Documentation .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I UPDATE_OBJECT Update Content Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTENT_MANAGER I UPDATE_OBJECT_USAGE Update Usage of a Content Object .
IF_BIZC_CONTEXT_UI I GET_SUBSCREEN Gets data for calling a subscreen .
IF_BIZC_CONTEXT_UI I GET_UI_DATA Gets the preconfigured context from the UI .
IF_BIZC_CONTEXT_UI I GET_UI_TECHNOLOGY Gets the used UI technology .
IF_BIZC_CONTEXT_UI I SET_UI_DATA Transfers current data to the UI .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_APPL_SERVERS_FROM_PRODUCT Returns Application Server for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_AUTHORING_PROXY Proxy for Authoring API for Content Providers .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_CALLING_SYSTEM_DATA Determines SYSID and Client of the Calling System .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_CLIENT_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Assigned Client for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_DESTINATION_TO_PRODUCT Determines Destination for the System of a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_JAVA_SERVER_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Server and Port of the Java Server .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_LOGON_GROUPS_FROM_PRODUCT Determines the Logon Groups from SLD for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_LOGSYS_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Logical System for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_MSG_SERVER_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Assigned Message Server for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_SYSTEM_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Assigned System for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I GET_SYS_NUMBER_FROM_PRODUCT Determines Assigned System Number for a Product .
IF_BIZC_DESTINATION_INTERFACE I SYNCHRONIZE Performs a New Synchronization of the Destinations .
IF_BIZC_DOCUMENT I RESET called after update to reset buffered data .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I COMMIT Saves all new or modified objects .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I COPY_OBJECTS Copies Content objects between and within usages .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I DELETE_OBJECTS Deletes Objects .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I DELETE_USAGE Deletes an entire usage .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I EXPORT_USAGE Exports alle data as a usage as an XML string .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I GET_OBJECT_CONFIG_STATUS Determines Current Configuration Status of an Object .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I GET_SELECTED_OBJECTS Objects searched for on selection screen .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I IMPORT_USAGE Imports all data as a usage as an XML string .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I LANGUAGE_UPDATE Reads Language-Specific Texts of an Object .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I READ_OBJECTS All objects of a usage .
IF_BIZC_FW_BIZC_API I ROLLBACK Resets changed objects and deletes new objects .
IF_BIZC_FW_UI I SHOW_CONFIG_SCREEN User Interface for Configuring Content Objects .
IF_BIZC_FW_UI I SHOW_DETAIL_SCREEN Display Detailed Data About a Content Object .
IF_BIZC_FW_UI I SHOW_SELECTION_SCREEN Display Selection Screen (Search, Browse) .
IF_BIZC_FW_UI I SHOW_TEMPLATE_SCREEN Template Editor .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I GET_ID Determine ID / Name of Context .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I GET_TECHNICAL_NAME Read Technical Name .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I GET_TEXT Determine Long Text (Description) .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I IS_CONTENT_OBJECT Is object a Content object? .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I IS_CONTEXT Is object a context? .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I SET_ID Save ID / Name of Context .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I SET_TECHNICAL_NAME Set Technical Name .
IF_BIZC_NAMED_CONTEXT I SET_TEXT Save Long Text (Description) .
IF_BIZC_OPERATION I CHECK_STATUS Checks the Status of an Operation .
IF_BIZC_OPERATION I EXECUTE Executes the Operation .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I GET_AGGREGATED_CONFIG Returns aggregate configuration for a template .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I GET_EXCLUDED_TASKS Gets the excluded tasks from the preconfigured context .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I GET_SUBSCREEN Gets data for calling a subscreen .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I GET_UI_DATA Gets the preconfigured context from the UI .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I GET_UI_TECHNOLOGY Gets the used UI technology .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I SET_EXCLUDED_TASKS Extends the preconfigured context by excluded tasks .
IF_BIZC_PRECONFIGURATION I SET_UI_DATA Transfers the current data to the UI .
IF_BIZC_PRODUCT_INTERFACE I GET_AVAILABLE_PRODUCTS Returns the Products that are Currently Available .
IF_BIZC_PRODUCT_INTERFACE I GET_INSTALLED_PRODUCTS Returns All Installations of a Product with Description .
IF_BIZC_PRODUCT_INTERFACE I GET_PRODUCT_FROM_OBJECT Returns the Product Assigned to an Object .
IF_BIZC_PRODUCT_INTERFACE I IS_SOFTWARE_COMP_INSTALLED Checks Whether Software Component Exists in a Product .
IF_BIZC_TASK I ADD_OBJECTS Assigns Additional Objects to the Task .
IF_BIZC_TASK I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete the Object Assignment .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_CREATION_INFO Returns Generation Data .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_INDEX Returns Index of the Task .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_INDEX_GUID Returns GUID of the Index .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_LAST_MODIFIED_INFO Returns Data About Last Change .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_OBJECTS Returns Objects .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_STATUS Delivers the Status .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_TASK_NAME Returns Technical Name of the Task .
IF_BIZC_TASK I GET_USAGE Returns Object Usage .
IF_BIZC_TASK I SET_LAST_MODIFIED_INFO Sets the Data for Last Change .
IF_BIZC_TASK I SET_STATUS Sets the Status .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I CREATE_TASK Generates a Task .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I DELETE_TASK Deletes a Task .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I GET_TASK Returns a Task .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I GET_TASKS_FOR_OBJECT Returns All Tasks of an Object .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I GET_TASKS_FOR_USAGE Returns All Tasks of a Usage .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I GET_TASK_FOR_XML_NODE Returns a Task for a for an XML Node .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_PERSISTENCY I SAVE_CHANGES Saves the Buffered Changes .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_SERVICE I CONFIRM_ACTION Confirms an Action .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_SERVICE I EXECUTE_ACTION Executes an Action .
IF_BIZC_TASKLIST_SERVICE I GET_ACTION_DATA Returns Current Data for an Action .
IF_BMA_APPLICATION I ANNOTATE Create Note in Dialog .
IF_BMA_APPLICATION I DELEGATE Delegate Migration Task in Dialog .
IF_BMA_APPLICATION I OKCODE_HANDLER OK Code Processing in Transaction .
IF_BMA_APPLICATION I SET_STATUS Change Status of Migration Task in Dialog .
IF_BMA_APPLICATION I SHOW_DOCU Display Migration Documentation .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I ADD_TRANSCRIPT Add One or More Text Lines to Log .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I GET_DETAIL Get More Data from Main Program .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I GET_MIGITEM_ID Get Unique Work Item ID .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSCRIPT Get Log Information .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I IS_READONLY Gets read only status .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I SET_RESPONSIBLE Delegate Responsibility for Migration Task .
IF_BMA_BROWSER_CONTEXT I SET_STATUS Set Status Flag in Worklist .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I ACTIVATE_AUTOCLEANUP Activates Automatic Removal of Deleted Entities .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I ADD Adds a BO to the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I ADD_COLLECTION Adds Another Collection to the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I CLEAR Deletes the Entire Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I FIND Search for a Business Object in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_COPY Returns a Copy of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_CURRENT Returns the Current Focus Business Object of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_CURRENT_INDEX Returns the Index for Current Focus Bus.Objs of Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_FIRST Returns the First Business Object of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_ITERATOR Returns an Iterator Instance for the BO of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_LAST Returns the Last Business Object of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_MARKED Returns the Selected Business Objects .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_MARKED_INDICES Returns a Table of Indexes of the Selected Business Objects .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_NEXT Returns the Next Business Object of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I GET_PREVIOUS Returns the Previous Business Object of the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I MARK Selects a Business Object in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I MARK_ALL Selects all Business Objects in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I PUBLISH_CURRENT Publicizes the Current Focus Element via Event FOCUS_CHANGED.
IF_BOL_BO_COL I REMOVE Deletes a Business Object from the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I SET_MULTI_SELECT Activates Multiselect Mode for Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I SIZE Returns the Number of Business Objects in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I SORT Sort Collection By .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I UNMARK Selects a Business Object in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL I UNMARK_ALL Deselects all Business Objects in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I DELETE_FILTER Delete Filter .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I FILTER_BY_PROPERTY Filter Collection According to Value Specified .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I FIND_BY_PROPERTY Searches for BO with a Specific Value for a Given Attribute .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_BY_INDEX Returns the Business Object for a Given Index .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT Delivers the Current Focus Business Object Instance .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT_INDEX Returns the Index of the Current Focus Business Object .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST Returns the First Business Object Instance .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_LAST Returns the Last Business Object Instance .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Returns the Next Business Object Instance .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I GET_PREVIOUS Returns the Previous Business Object Instance .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_ITERATOR I SIZE Current Number of Entries (Taking Filter Into Account) .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I GET_MARKED Returns the Selected Business Objects .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I GET_MARKED_INDICES Returns a Table of Indexes of the Selected Business Objects .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I MARK Selects a Business Object in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I MARK_ALL Selects all Business Objects in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I UNMARK Selects a Business Object in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_COL_MULTI_SEL I UNMARK_ALL Deselects all Business Objects in the Collection .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I GET_PROPERTIES Returns a Structure with All Business Object Attributes .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I GET_PROPERTY Returns a Reference to an Attribute .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I GET_PROPERTY_AS_STRING Returns an Attribute Converted to a String .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I GET_PROPERTY_AS_VALUE Returns an Attribute .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I IS_PROPERTY_READONLY Checks Whether an Attribute is Read-Only .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I SET_PROPERTIES Set All Business Object Attributes Using a Structure .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I SET_PROPERTY Sets an Attribute .
IF_BOL_BO_PROPERTY_ACCESS I SET_PROPERTY_AS_STRING Sets an Attribute with Conversion from String .
IF_BOL_COL_SORTING I IS_A_GREATER_B Checks whether Element A is Greater than Element B .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I ADD Adds an Entity to Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I ADD_COLLECTION Adds Another Collection to the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I FIND Search for Entity in Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_COPY Returns a Copy of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_CURRENT Returns the Current Focus Entity of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_FIRST Returns the First Entity of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_ITERATOR Returns the Instance of a Local Iterator .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_LAST Returns the Last Entity of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_NEXT Returns the Next Entity of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I GET_PREVIOUS Returns the Previous Entity of the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I REMOVE Remove an Entity from Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I SIZE Returns Number of Enities in the Collection .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL I SORT Sort Collection By .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I DELETE_FILTER Delete Filter .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I FILTER_BY_PROPERTY Filter Collection According to Value Specified .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I FIND_BY_PROPERTY Searches for BO with a Specific Value for a Given Attribute .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_BY_INDEX Returns the Business Object for a Given Index .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT Returns Current Focus Entity in List .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT_INDEX Returns the Index of the Current Focus Business Object .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST Returns First Entity in List .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_LAST Returns Last Entity in List .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Returns Next Entity in List .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I GET_PREVIOUS Returns Previous Entity in List .
IF_BOL_ENTITY_COL_ITERATOR I SIZE Current Number of Entries (Taking Filter Into Account) .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I CHECK_SAVE_NEEDED Checks Whether Data Has to Be Saved .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I CHECK_SAVE_POSSIBLE Checks Whether Data Can Be Saved .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I COMMIT Commit .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_ID Returns Context ID .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_NAME Returns Context Name .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I REVERT Discard Changes .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I ROLLBACK Rollback .
IF_BOL_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I SAVE Save Objects in Transaction .
IF_BOM_MM I GET_DATA Deliver SC Components .
IF_BOM_MM I SET_DATA Set SC Components/Additional Data .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I CALL_CHECK Execute Checks .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I GET_INFOS Get Information on Caller .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I RESET_FIELD_COLOR Reset Color .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I SEND_TREE_EVENT Sends an Event to Caller .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I SEND_USER_COMMAND Sends a Message with UserCommand to Caller .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I SET_CURSOR_TO Position Cursor .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I SET_FIELD Set Field .
IF_BORGR_WIZARD I SET_FIELD_COLOR Select a Field .
IF_BOR_OBJECT_PPF I GET_BOR_OBJECT Read BOR Object Reference of Application .
IF_BOSPS_CE_TREE_MODIFIER I CHANGE_ADD_NODE_DATA Change Add Node data of ALV Tree .
IF_BOSPS_CE_TREE_MODIFIER I NODE_ADDED Node Added (Event) .
IF_BP_DB_TRANSACTION I SAVE_DB Save entry to database table .
IF_BP_DB_TRANSACTION I UPDATE_DB Update entry to database table .
IF_BP_JOB_CHECK I IS_DEFINED Check whether a job is properly defined .
IF_BP_JOB_CHECK I SET_COMPLETED Set the job definition to complete .
IF_BP_JOB_ENGINE I GENERATE_JOB_COUNT Generate job count .
IF_BP_JOB_ENGINE I PLAN_JOB Plan job (without starting condition) .
IF_BP_JOB_ENGINE I PLAN_JOB_STEP Schedule one step for the job .
IF_BP_JOB_ENGINE I RELEASE_JOB Attach start condition to the job .
IF_BP_JOB_ENGINE I START_IMMEDIATELY Start the job immediately .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_ABAP_JOB Create an instance of CL_BP_ABAP_JOB class .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_ABAP_JOB_BY_ID Create an instance of cl_bp_abap_job by guid .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTCMD_JOB Create an instance of cl_bp_extcmd_job class .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTCMD_JOB_BY_ID Create an instance of cl_bp_extcmd_job by guid .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTPRG_JOB Create an instance of cl_bp_extprg_job class .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTPRG_JOB_BY_ID Create an instance of cl_bp_extprg_job by guid .
IF_BP_JOB_FACTORY I MAKE_PERIODIC_JOB Create an instance of periodic job .
IF_BP_JOB_PERIODICITY I ATTACH_PERIODICITY Attach periodicity to a job .
IF_BP_JOB_PERIODICITY I CHECK_PERIODICITY Check validation of periodicity .
IF_BP_JOB_PERIODICITY I GET_PERIODICITY Get periodicity to a job .
IF_BP_JOB_PERIODICITY I RELEASE_PERIODIC_JOB Release periodic job .
IF_BP_JOB_PERIODICITY I SET_PERIODICITY Set periodicity to a job .
IF_BP_JOB_TMPL_FACTORY I MAKE_ABAP_JOB Create an instance of CL_BP_ABAP_JOB_TMPL .
IF_BP_JOB_TMPL_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTCMD_JOB Create an instance of CL_BP_EXTCMD_JOB_TMPL .
IF_BP_JOB_TMPL_FACTORY I MAKE_EXTPRG_JOB Create an instance of CL_BP_EXTPRG_JOB_TMPL .
IF_BP_TRIGGER_FACTORY I MAKE_DATE_TRIGGER Creates a date/time trigger .
IF_BP_TRIGGER_FACTORY I MAKE_EVENT_TRIGGER Creates an event trigger .
IF_BP_TRIGGER_FACTORY I MAKE_ONWORKDAY_TRIGGER Creates a on-workday trigger .
IF_BP_TRIGGER_FACTORY I MAKE_OPMODE_TRIGGER Creates an opmode trigger .
IF_BP_TRIGGER_TMPL_FACTORY I MAKE_DATE_TRIGGER builds a date/time trigger template when used with a factory.
IF_BP_TRIGGER_TMPL_FACTORY I MAKE_EVENT_TRIGGER builds an event trigger template when used with a factory .
IF_BRF_EVENT_BCFL00 I SET_CONTEXT Sets Context Parameter .
IF_BRF_EVENT_FLIGHT I SET_CONTEXT Sets Context Parameter .
IF_BRF_EVENT_ICL I SET_ACTUAL Sets Specific Additional Information .
IF_BRF_EVENT_ICL I SET_CONTEXT Sets Specific Additional Information (incl. Subclaims) .
IF_BRF_EVENT_ICLE I SET_ACTUAL Sets Context Information .
IF_BROWSER_LINK I DISPLAY Relationship Service Specific Method .
IF_BROWSER_LINK I FIND Search Relationship in Int. Table .
IF_BROWSER_LINK I GET_ATTR_ICON Returns the Icon Display of an Attribute .
IF_BROWSER_LINK I GET_ATTR_TEXT Returns the Test Display of an Attribute .
IF_BRR_RULE_METADATA I GET_HEADER_DATA Read DB Header Entry Set During Loading .
IF_BRR_RULE_METADATA I GET_RULE_TYPE 'C' - Condition, 'R'-Rule, 'S'-Rule System .
IF_BRR_RULE_METADATA I SET_HEADER_DATA Sets Data of Current DB Header Entry .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_NAME Returns the Name of the Corresponding BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_NAMESPACE Returns the Namespace of the Corresponding BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_START_PAGE Returns the Start Page of the Corresponding BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_THEME Returns the Subject of the Corresponding BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_URL Returns the URL for the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_REQUEST Returns the Current HTTP Request Object .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_RESPONSE Returns the Current HTTP Response Object .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_RUNTIME Returns the Associated Runtime Object .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I GET_TIMEOUT Returns the Current Timeout for this BSP Application .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I IS_STATEFUL Returns Whether the BSP Application is Stateful (=0/1) .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I SET_STATEFUL Sets this BSP Application in Stateful Processing .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I SET_STATELESS Sets this BSP Application in Stateless Processing .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION I SET_TIMEOUT Sets the Timeout for this BSP Application (If Stateful) .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION_EVENTS I ON_REQUEST Called for every incoming HTTP request .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION_EVENTS I ON_RESPONSE Called for every outgoing HTTP response .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION_EVENTS I ON_START Called if the application is started .
IF_BSP_APPLICATION_EVENTS I ON_STOP Called if the application is ended .
IF_BSP_BEE I RENDER Write BEE to (Page Context) Out Writer .
IF_BSP_BEE I RENDER_TO_STRING Write BEE in String .
IF_BSP_COMPONENT I FILL_VALUES Process or Dispatch: Handle Values .
IF_BSP_COMPONENT I FINISH_INPUT_PROCESSING Process or Dispatch: End of Input Processing .
IF_BSP_COMPONENT I HANDLE_EVENT Process or Dispatch: Handle Event .
IF_BSP_CONTROLLER I FILL_VALUES Process or Dispatch: Handle Values .
IF_BSP_CONTROLLER I FINISH_INPUT_PROCESSING Process or Dispatch: End of Input Processing .
IF_BSP_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_EVENT Process or Dispatch: Handle Event .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I DO_AT_BEGINNING Before an Element .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I DO_AT_END After an Element .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I INITIALIZE Call at Start of New Layout .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I IS_ACTIVE Active for This Page? .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I NAVIGATION_UPDATE Redirect URL/Change Page .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I PAGE_END Call at End of a Page (for Rendering) .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I PAGE_START Call at Start of a Page .
IF_BSP_DELTA_HANDLER I PREAMBLE Should a First "frame" be Rendered? .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I CHANGE_FOCUS Change Focus .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I CHECK_ACTIVE_TOOLBAR Read Active Pushbuttons .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I FILL_DROPDOWN_LISTBOX Read Dropdown Listbox Values .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I FREE_BUFFER Resets Buffer .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I GET_FOCUS_OBJECT_KEY Returns the Last Focus as Object Key .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I MODIFY_DATA Copies Changed Dated .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I PROCESS_EVENT Execution of a UI Event .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I READ_DATA Reads Assigned Differentiation Keys .
IF_BSP_DIFF_KEY_ADAPTER I READ_FOCUS_OBJECT Reads the Diffentiation Key for Focus .
IF_BSP_DISPATCHER I REGISTER Subcomponent Registration .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I COMPILE_TIME_IS_VALID Compile Time Query Whether all Attributes are OK .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I DO_AT_BEGINNING Call at Beginning of a BSP Element .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I DO_AT_END Call at End of a BSP Element .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I DO_AT_ITERATION Call at End of a BSP Element Content .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I DO_SET_DATA Inner BSP Element with DATA Property .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I GET_CLASS_NAMED_PARENT Search Parent of Specific Class Type .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I GET_DIRECT_PARENT Get Direct Parent BSP Element .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENT_NAMED_PARENT Find Parent with Specific Name .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I RAISE_ERROR Raise CX_BSP_ELEMENT_EXCEPTION .
IF_BSP_ELEMENT I RUNTIME_IS_VALID Runtime Query (CX_BSP_ELEMENT_EXCEPTION) .
IF_BSP_HAP_VAL_DET I VALUE_DETERMINATION_UI Value Determination in User Interface .
IF_BSP_METADATA I GET_ABAP_TYPE ABAP Type (d, t, ...) .
IF_BSP_METADATA I GET_LABEL Field Label .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I GET_CONVERSION_EXIT Returns the Name of the Conversion Exit .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I GET_DISPLAY_LENGTH Display Length/Output Length .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I GET_LENGTH Length .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I GET_VALUELIST Returns a List With Possible Values .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I HAS_VALUE_HELP Value Help Supported? .
IF_BSP_METADATA_SIMPLE I UPPERCASE_ONLY Only Supports Capitals .
IF_BSP_METADATA_STRUCT I DESCRIBE_COMPONENT_BY_INDEX Returns the Metadata for a Structure Component (Index) .
IF_BSP_METADATA_STRUCT I DESCRIBE_COMPONENT_BY_NAME Returns the Metadata for a Structure Component (Name) .
IF_BSP_METADATA_STRUCT I GET_COMPONENT_NAMES Returns the Name of all Components in the Structure .
IF_BSP_METADATA_STRUCT I NUM_COMPONENTS Returns the Number of Structure Components in the Structure .
IF_BSP_MODEL I ADD_TO_CHECK_TABLE Inserts the control ID into the check table .
IF_BSP_MODEL I GET_BINDING_INTERFACE Returns a Reference to the Binding Interface .
IF_BSP_MODEL I GET_ERRORS Inserts the Assignment Error to the Specified Messages .
IF_BSP_MODEL I INIT Initialization Method for all Model Implementations .
IF_BSP_MODEL I INSTANTIATE Filling the Model from the Request .
IF_BSP_MODEL I RESET_ERRORS Inserts the Assignment Error to the Specified Messages .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I BUILD_ATTRIBUTE_PATH Returns the Binding Path of an Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns the Value of an Attribute in String Representation .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DATA_REF Returns an Attribute Reference .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I GET_ATTRIBUTE_METADATA Returns the Metadata of an Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAME Returns the (HTML) Name of an Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I GET_ID Returns the ID of the Model .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I IS_ATTRIBUTE_VALID Queries Attribute Valid? .
IF_BSP_MODEL_BINDING I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets an Attribute According to String Representation .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_M_S_XYZ Template: Metadata Getter for Structure Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_M_T_XYZ Template: Metadata Getter for Table Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_M_XYZ Template: Metadata Getter for Simple Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_S_XYZ Template: Getter for Structure Fields/Structure Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_T_XYZ Template: Getter for Table Fields/Table Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _GET_XYZ Template: Getter for Individual Field/Simple Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _SET_S_XYZ Template: Setter for Structure Fields/Structure Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _SET_T_XYZ Template: Setter for Table Fields/Table Attributes .
IF_BSP_MODEL_SETTER_GETTER I _SET_XYZ Template: Setter for Individual Fields/Simple Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I CONVERT_FROM_STRING Sets a Data Reference According to String Representation .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I CONVERT_TO_STRING Returns the Formatted String Representation .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I DISASSEMBLE_PATH Path Breakdown of an Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I GET_ATTRIBUTE_AS_REF Returns the Reference to the Requested Attribute .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I IS_BINDING_EXPRESSION Returns TRUE if Binding Expression .
IF_BSP_MODEL_UTIL I SPLIT_BINDING_EXPRESSION Returns the Name of the Model Attribute and the Att. Path .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I CALL_APPLICATION Calls an external application and passes a return URL .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I ENCODE_PARAMETERS Controls parameter pass coded (default) or uncoded .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I EXIT Exits the running application .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I GET_PARAMETER Gets the parameter from the parameters list .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I GOTO_PAGE Navigates to the specified page (redirect) .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I GOTO_PAGE_CS Navigates to the specified page (redirect) .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I HAS_PARAMETERS Returns bspr_yes if this object contains parameters .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I NEXT_PAGE Follows the specified page exit to the next page .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I RESPONSE_COMPLETE Indicates that full HTTP response is available .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I SET_PARAMETER Adds the parameter to the parameters passed to the next page.
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I USE_ABSOLUTE_URL Use absolute URLs instead of relative URLs .
IF_BSP_NAVIGATION I USE_AUTO_SUBMIT_FORM Use .
IF_BSP_PAGE I COMPARE_TO_BSP_PAGE Compare with Other BSP Page .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION Returns the Associated Application Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION_NAME Returns the Name of the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION_NAMESPACE Returns the Namespace of the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION_START_PAGE Returns the Name of the Start Page of the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION_THEME Returns the Subject of the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_APPLICATION_URL Returns the URL to the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Supplies the Given Page Attribute .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_DELTA_HANDLER Returns the Associated Delta Handling Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_LIFETIME Supplies the Lifetime of This Page (see lifetime_...) .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_OUT Fetches the Current Writer .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_PAGE_CONTEXT Returns the Associated Page Context Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_PAGE_NAME Returns the Name of the Page .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_PAGE_URL Supplies the URL of the Page .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_REQUEST Returns the Request Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_RESPONSE Returns the Response Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I GET_RUNTIME Returns the Associated Runtime Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE I OTR_TRIM Returns the Language-Dependent Text for an OTR Alias .
IF_BSP_PAGE I SERIALIZE Serializes the Content of the Page in a String .
IF_BSP_PAGE I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets the Specified Page Attribute .
IF_BSP_PAGE I SET_CACHING Sets Caching Values .
IF_BSP_PAGE I SET_LIFETIME Sets the Lifetime of this Page (see lifetime_...) .
IF_BSP_PAGE I SET_MIME_TYPE Sets MIME Type of Page .
IF_BSP_PAGE I TO_STRING Creates a Formatting String .
IF_BSP_PAGE I WRITE Writes a Formatted String to the Output .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I DELTA_HANDLING_BEGIN HTML Demarcation Boundary .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I DELTA_HANDLING_END HTML Demarcation Boundary .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I ELEMENT_AT_TOP_OF_STACK List of All Elements on the Stack .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I ELEMENT_PROCESS Processes a BSP Element .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I ELEMENT_STACK_DUMP List of All Elements on the Stack .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_ABSOLUTE_ID Returns the Absolute ID incl. Page ID (and Model ID) .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_MODEL Returns a Reference to the Binding Interface .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_NAVIGATION Nagivation Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_OUT Current Writer .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_PAGE BSP Page Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_PAGE_MIME_TYPE Returns the Mime Type of the Page .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_REQUEST Request Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_RESPONSE Reponse Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I GET_RUNTIME Runtime Object .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I POP_WRITER Old IF_BSP_WRITER On Stack .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I PUSH_WRITER New IF_BSP_WRITER (On Stack) .
IF_BSP_PAGE_CONTEXT I RELEASE "destructor" called from BSPFactory .
IF_BSP_PERSIST_DATA I INSTANTIATE Creates Data from a String Representation .
IF_BSP_PERSIST_DATA I SERIALIZE Creates String Representation of Data to Persist .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I CONSTRUCT_BSP_URL Constructs a URL for a BSP Application or Page .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_DOMAIN_RELAX_SCRIPT Returns JavaScript for Relax Domain .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_EXTERNAL_STYLESHEET Returns the URL of the External Stylesheet, Otherwise Empty .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_EXTERNAL_THEME_ROOT Returns the Root Path for External Theme Objects .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_OTR_TEXT Returns the OTR Text in the Current Language for Alias .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_URL Returns the URL of the Current Page .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_URL_NEW_SESSION Returns a URL for a BSP Page in a New Session .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_URL_SAME_SESSION Returns a URL for a BSP Page in the Same Session .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I GET_URL_STATELESS Returns a URL for a Stateless BSP Page .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I REGISTER_COMPONENT Subcomponent Registration .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I SET_EXTERNAL_THEME_ROOT Set Root Path to External Theme Object for Request Only .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I SET_RIGHT_TO_LEFT Set HTML "Right To Left" .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I WITH_ACCESSIBILITY Confirms whether the Accessibility Function is On .
IF_BSP_RUNTIME I WITH_RIGHT_TO_LEFT HTML "Right To Left" .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_DAY_COLLECTION Returns the Name and Short Description of all Days .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_FIELD_LABEL Returns the Label (Field ID) for a Data Object .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_HISTORY_ID Returns a Global History ID .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_LOCAL_HISTORY_ID Returns a history ID local in application .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_MONTH_COLLECTION Returns the Name and Short ID of all Months .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_QUICKINFO Returns the Quick Info (Short Description) for a Data Object.
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_SIMPLE_HELPVALUES Returns the List of Values from a Simple Search Help .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_SIMPLE_HELPVALUES2 Returns the List of Values from a Simple Search Help .
IF_BSP_SERVICES I GET_TABL_INFO Returns the Type Information and Texts for a Table .
IF_BSP_SESSMAN I HEADER_SCRIPT Include with Workplace-Specific Entries .
IF_BSP_SESSMAN I HEADER_SCRIPT_LIGHT Include with Domain Relax Entries .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I CHECK_IS_NEW_CNODE_ATTR_VALID Checks Whether a New Attribute Name is Possible .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I CHECK_IS_TREE_CNODE Checks Whether a Context Node Represents a Tree Structure .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_APPLICATION_CLASS Returns the Application Class .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_APPLICATION_NAME Returns the Name of the BSP Application .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_APPL_CNTR_IMPLCLASS Provides the Implementation Class of the Appl. Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_COMPONENT_IMPLCLASS Returns Implementation Class of the Component Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_CONTEXT_NODES Provides the Context Node of a Context .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_CONTEXT_NODE_ATTR Provides the Attributes of a Context Node .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_CONTROLLER_IMPLCLASS Provides the Implementation Class of a Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_CUSTOM_CONTROLLERS Provides a List of Custom Controllers for the Application .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_EVENT_HANDLERS Provides the Context Class of a Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_FIRST_LEVEL_MIMES Provides the Assigned MIME Objects from the First Level .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_FLOW_LOGIC_PAGES Returns the Pages with Flow Logic .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_INBOUND_PLUGS Provides the Context Class of a Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_MISSED_GET_I_METHODS Provides the List of Missing GET_I_ Methods .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_OUTBOUND_PLUGS Provides the Context Class of a Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_PAGE_FRAGMENTS Provides Page Fragments .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_ROOT_CONTEXT_NODES Provides the Context Node of a Context .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_RUNTIME_CONTEXT Provides the Context Class of a Controller (Runtime Type) .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_START_URL Provides the URL of the Start Page .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_SUBCONTEXT_NODES Provides the Context Node of a Context .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_TREE_CHILD_NODES Provides the Lower-Level Node of a Tree Node .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_TREE_ROOT_NODES Provides the Root Node of a Tree .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_TYPED_CONTEXT Provides the Context Class of a Controller(Design Time Type).
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_VIEWS Provides All Views of the Application .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_VIEW_CONTROLLERS Provides a List of the View Controllers of the Application .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_VIEW_IMPLCLASS Provides the Implementation Class of a View Controller .
IF_BSP_WD_APPL_MODEL I GET_WINDOWS Provides All Windows of the Application/Components .
IF_BSP_WD_EXT_PROPERTY_ACCESS I GET_MODEL_NODE Delivers Reference of Model Node .
IF_BSP_WD_GENINFO I GET_GENINFO Query Implementing Class .
IF_BSP_WD_GENINFO I GET_GENINFO_ADJUST Query Implementing Class .
IF_BSP_WD_GENINFO I GET_GENINFO_EXT Query Implementing Class .
IF_BSP_WD_GEN_ABAP_STATEMENT I APPEND Attach New Statement .
IF_BSP_WD_GEN_ABAP_STATEMENT I GET_NEXT Returns Next Statement .
IF_BSP_WD_GEN_ABAP_STATEMENT I GET_PREVIOUS Returns Previous Statement .
IF_BSP_WD_GEN_ABAP_STATEMENT I GET_SOURCE Returns Statement Source Text .
IF_BSP_WD_GEN_ABAP_STATEMENT I SET_SOURCE Set Source Text for Statement .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISP I GET_HISTORY Returns the current history for display .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISP I GO_BACK Request backwards navigation .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISP I GO_FORWARD Request forward navigation .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISP I GO_STATE Request a qualified state .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISP I RESET_HISTORY Request to reset the complete history .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE I STATE_DELETE_ALL Delete all stored states .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE I STATE_RESTORE Restore current state .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE I STATE_STORE Store current state .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_CONT I ADD_ITEM Add any named value .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_CONT I GET_ITEM Get any named value .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_CONT I GET_ITEM_LIST Get a list of all element names .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_CONT I REMOVE_ALL_ITEMS Remove all named values .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_CONT I REMOVE_ITEM Remove any named value .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_DESCR I GET_MAIN_ENTITY Returns the Main/Root entity of the View(set) .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_DESCR I GET_STATE_DESCRIPTION Return a user-friendly string describing the state .
IF_BSP_WD_HISTORY_STATE_DESCR I IS_RESTORABLE Returns TRUE if viewset is restorable .
IF_BSP_WD_LOGGING I ADD Add Log Entry .
IF_BSP_WD_NAVIGATION I ERROR_NAVIGATE Navigation with Errors .
IF_BSP_WD_NAVIGATION I NAVIGATE Navigation Call .
IF_BSP_WD_STATE_CONTEXT I GET_MESSAGE_FILTER Returns a Filter for the Global Message Log .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I COLLAPS_NODE Collapse Node .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I EXPAND_NODE Expand Node .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Delivers a List of All Children .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I GET_ICON Delivers Icon for Node .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I GET_ICON_TOOLTIP Delivers Tooltip for the Icon of the Node .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I GET_NODE_NAME Delivers Node Name .
IF_BSP_WD_TREE_NODE I IS_EXPANDED Checks Whether Node is Expanded .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I CHECK_WD_VIEW_EXISTS Checks Whether the Provided Web Screen View Exists .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I CREATE_CONTROLLER Creates a Controller Instance .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I DELETE_CONTROLLER Deletes a Subcontroller .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_CONTROLLER Fetches a Subcontroller .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_CONTROLLER_ID_BY_VIEWNAME Delivers Complete ID for a View Name .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_HELP_ID Delivers ID for Help (ABAP Class Name) .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_HISTORY_MANAGER_DISPLAY Delivers Display Interface of the History Manager .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_MESSAGE_SERVICE Returns Message Service .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_OUT Fetches the Current Writer .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_REPLACEMENT Determines Controller/View Replacement .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_WORKAREA_VIEW Delivers View Currently Displayed in Work Area .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I SET_WORKAREA_OWNER Set Owner (View Controller) of Work Area .
IF_BSP_WD_VIEW_MANAGER I SET_WORKAREA_REF Set Work Area Reference .
IF_BSP_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_DEFAULT_WINDOW_DEF Returns Definition of Default/Start Window .
IF_BSP_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW Returns Window for Specified Name .
IF_BSP_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW_DEF Returns Window Definition for Specified Name .
IF_BSP_WRITER I CLEAR Delete Content .
IF_BSP_WRITER I ENCODE_STRING Endcode String .
IF_BSP_WRITER I FLUSH_TO_PREVIOUS_WRITER Writes Content in Previous Writer .
IF_BSP_WRITER I FLUSH_TO_WRITER Write Content in Specified Writer .
IF_BSP_WRITER I GET_CONTENT Writer Content .
IF_BSP_WRITER I GET_PREVIOUS_WRITER Previous Writer in Stack .
IF_BSP_WRITER I NEW_LINE Print('\r\n') .
IF_BSP_WRITER I PRINT Write a Text to the Output Stream .
IF_BSP_WRITER I PRINT_STRING Writing Text Section .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I APPLICATION_CREATE Create Application .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I APPLICATION_DELETE Delete Application .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I CONN_INFO_GET Get Connection Information .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I EVENT_CLEAR Reset Event .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I EVENT_DEF_CREATE Create Event Definition .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I EVENT_DEF_DELETE Delete Event Definition .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I EVENT_RAISE Trigger Event .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I EVENT_STATUS_GET Query Event Status .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_APPLICATIONS Read List of Applications .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_EVENT_DEFS Read List of Event Definitions .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOBS Select Jobs Using a Filter .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_DEFS Read List of Job Definitions .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_DEF_PARAMS Read Parameters of a Job Definition .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_DEF_PARAMS_DET Read Addnl Information for Parameters of a Job Definition .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_DEF_PAR_VALUES F4 Help for a Parameter .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_DEF_TYPES List of Job Definition Types .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_JOB_FILTERS Read List of Installed Filters .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_OPERATOR_MESSAGES Read Operator Messages .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_QUEUES Read List of Queues .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_SAP_SYSTEMS Read List of Registered SAP Systems .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_SAP_SYSTEM_DETAILS Read Parameters of an SAP System .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_START_OPTIONS Read Schedule Methods .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_START_OPTIONS_DET Read List of Parameters of a Schedule Method .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I GET_START_OPTION_VALUES F4 Help for a Parameter .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_CANCEL Cancel Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_CHANGE Change Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_HOLD Set Job Hold Indicator .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_KILL Kill Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_NOTE_ADD Add a Note .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_OUTPUT_GET Get Job Output .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_OUTPUT_INFO_GET Read Information About Output of a Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_PARAMS_ADD Add a Parameter .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_PARAMS_GET Read Parameters of a Job Instance .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_RELEASE Reset Job Hold Indicator .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_RESCHEDULE Reschedule Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_SCHEDULE Schedule Job .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_SIMPLE_SCHEDULE Simple Job Scheduling .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_STATUS_CONV2SAPBTC Convert External Job Status to SAPBTC Status .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_STATUS_GET Determine Job Status .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_STATUS_NOTIF_SUBSCRIBE Subscribe to Job Status Change Notification .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I JOB_STATUS_NOTIF_UNSUBSCRIBE Remove Job Status Change Notification .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I QUEUE_STATUS_GET Determine Queue Status .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I SDL_CONNECTION_CHECK Check Connection .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I SDL_INFO_GET Get Scheduler Information .
IF_BTC_EXT_SDL I SELECT_JOBS Select Jobs by Criteria .
IF_BTF I CREATE_CONFIGURATION Create configuration .
IF_BTF I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create Document .
IF_BTF I CREATE_EDITOR Create Editor .
IF_BTF I CREATE_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION Create Field Administration .
IF_BTF I CREATE_LINK_ADMINISTRATION Create Link Administration .
IF_BTF I SET_DESTINATION Set RFC Destination .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_CREATE_COMMENTS Reads whether comments are created in the ITF .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_CREATE_FORMATTING Reads whether formatting is created .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_DEFAULT_FONT Gets Default Font .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_PARSER_SELECTION Get Selection of Parser to Be Used .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_TABLE_FONTS Gets Mapping for Fonts as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_TABLE_FONTSIZE Gets Mapping for Font Sizes .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_TABLE_FORMATS Gets Mapping for Character Formats as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_TABLE_PARAGRAPHS Gets Mapping for Paragraph Formats as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I GET_TABLE_STANDARD Gets Standard Values as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_CREATE_COMMENTS Determines whether comments are created in the ITF .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_CREATE_FORMATTING Determines whether formatting is created .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_DEFAULT_FONT Sets Default Font .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_PARSER_SELECTION Defines Selection of Parser to Be Used .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_TABLE_FONTS Sets Mapping for Fonts as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_TABLE_FONTSIZE Sets Mapping for Font Sizes .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_TABLE_FORMATS Sets Mapping for Character Formats as Table .
IF_BTF_CONFIGURATION I SET_TABLE_PARAGRAPHS Sets Mapping for Paragraph Formats as Table .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I COLLECT_FIELDS Find fields .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I COLLECT_LINKS Find Links .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I CONCATENATE Assign attachment .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I CONVERT_CONTENT_TO_ITF Convert Content to ITF and Get .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I GET_CONFIGURATION Get Configuration .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I GET_CONTENT Get Content .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I GET_FIELD_SYNTAX Gets Field Display .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I PARSE_ONLY Parse Only (For Test Purposes) .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I PRINT Internal usage .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I PRINT_WITH_CONFIGURATION Internal usage .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I REPLACE_FIELDS Field Replacement .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I REPLACE_LINKS Link Replacement .
IF_BTF_DOCUMENT I SET_CONTENT Set Content .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I FREE Release Editor .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I GET_CONTENT Read Document Content from Editor .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I GET_DESIGN_MODE Query DesignMode .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I GET_DOCUMENT Query Document .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I GET_DRAGDROP Query DragDrop .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I GET_IS_MODIFIED Query IsModified .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I INSERT_FIELD Insert Field .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I INSERT_HTML Insert Html .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I INSERT_LINK Insert link .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I SET_CONTENT Set Document Content in Editor .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I SET_DESIGN_MODE Set DesignMode .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I SET_DOCUMENT Set Document .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I SET_DRAGDROP Set DragDrop .
IF_BTF_EDITOR I SET_IS_MODIFIED Set IsModified .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_EXTERNAL_EDITOR Query ExternalEditor .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_IMAGE_OPERATIONS Query ImageOperations .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_LOCAL_OPERATIONS Query LocalOperations .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_LOCAL_PRINTING Query LocalPrinting .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_TAB_CONTROL Query TabControl .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I GET_WINDOWS_FONTS Query WindowsFonts .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_EXTERNAL_EDITOR Set ExternalEditor .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_IMAGE_OPERATIONS Set ImageOperations .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_LOCAL_OPERATIONS Set LocalOperations .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_LOCAL_PRINTING Set LocalPrinting .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_TAB_CONTROL Set TabControl .
IF_BTF_EDITOR_OPTIONS I SET_WINDOWS_FONTS Set WindowsFonts .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I GET_ALL_FIELDS Get Names of all Fields .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I GET_FIELD Get Field .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I GET_LANGUAGE Get Language .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I INIT_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION Initialize Field Administration .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I SET_FIELD Set Field .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I SET_FIELDS Set Fields .
IF_BTF_FIELD_ADMINISTRATION I SET_LANGUAGE Set language .
IF_BTF_LINK_ADMINISTRATION I GET_ALL_LINKS Get All Links .
IF_BTF_LINK_ADMINISTRATION I GET_LINK Get Link .
IF_BTF_LINK_ADMINISTRATION I INIT_LINK_ADMINISTRATION Initialize Link Administration .
IF_BTF_LINK_ADMINISTRATION I SET_LINK Set Link .
IF_BTF_LINK_ADMINISTRATION I SET_LINKS Set Links .
IF_BUKF_TERMS_GRID I GET_EXCLUDEDFUNCTIONS Returns the list of excluded functions .
IF_BUKF_TERMS_GRID I GET_FIELDCATALOG Returns the field catalog corresponding to the term .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I CAN_CHANGE_PARTNER Check: May Business Partner Be Changed? .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I CAN_DISPLAY_OVERVIEW_IDS Check: Which Display Formats May Be Displayed? .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I CAN_DISPLAY_PARTNER Check: May Business Partner Be Displayed? .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I DETERMINE_RELSHIP_ACTIVITY Check: Which Activity Is Used for the Relationship? .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I DISPATCH Processing of a Function Code .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I END Initialization: End of a Dialog .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I EXTEND_LOCATOR_CONTEXT_MENU Locator: Extend Context Menu .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I EXTEND_LOCATOR_TABSTRIP Locator: Extend Tabstrip .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I FREE Initialization: Release all Resources .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I KEEP_LOCATOR_OPEN Check: Delete Fullscreen Locator for this Function Code? .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I ON_LOCATOR_CONTEXT_MENU_CLICK Extended Entry Locator Context Menu Was Selected .
IF_BUPA_DIALOG_JOEL_EXIT I START Initialization: Start of Dialog .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I CAN_CHANGE_PARTNER Check if a Business Parnter May be Changed .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I CLEAR_OWNER_MESSAGES Initializes the Message Table .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I COLLECT_MESSAGE Collect a Message from SY Fields .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I CONFIRM_AND_REMOVE_MESSAGES Confirms and Removes Messages from a Message Table .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I DISPLAY_CHANGES_POSSIBLE De/Activates CANCEL, TAKE, SAVE if No Change Possible .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I NAVIGATE_TO Execute New Navigation Command .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I NAVIGATE_TO_DUPLICATE Navigation to a Duplicate .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I REMOVE_CONFIRMED_MESSAGES_FROMRemoves Already Confirmed Messages from a Message Table .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I REQUEST_LEAVING Request to Leave All Active Maintenance .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I SET_NAVIGATION_REQUEST Set Navigation Request .
IF_BUPA_MAINTENANCE_OWNER I SHOW_PARTNER_POPUP Display of General Detail Data on Partner .
IF_BUPR_OVERVIEW_OWNER I COLLECT_MESSAGE Collects Message .
IF_BUSINESS_OBJECT_PPF I GET_BUSINESS_OBJECT Read Business Object Reference of the Application .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I CHANGE_POSTING_DATE Changes the Posting Date of a Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I CLONE_TRANSIENT Generates a Transient Copy of a Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I DELETE_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Deletes a Scheduled Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I FIX_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Fixes a Scheduled Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_ATTRIBUTES Provides Elementary Attributes of the Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_EVENTS Provides the Events that have Occurred in the Business Trans.
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_FLOWS Gets the Business Transaction Flows .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_PARTITIONED_FLOWS Provides the Flows Split by Partition Category .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_PARTITIONS Provides the Flow Partitions of a Category .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I GET_USER_DATA Provides a Reference to the User Data .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I REVERSE_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Reverses a Fixed Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I SET_EXTBUSTRANSID Changes the Business Transaction ID Assigned by Generator .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I SET_FI_POSTING_DATA Sets Posting Information .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I SET_FLOWS Overwrites all the Flows of the Business Transaction .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I SET_PARTITIONS Sets the Flow Partitions for a Category .
IF_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION_TRD I SET_PAYMENT_INFO_DATA Sets Payment Information .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I ACCEPT Approval .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I IS_ACCEPTANCE_ALLOWED Approval Possible? .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I IS_REJECTION_ALLOWED Rejection Possible? .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I IS_RESET_ACC_ALLOWED Can Approval be Cancelled? .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I IS_RESET_REJ_ALLOWED Can Rejection be Cancelled? .
IF_BUYERS_APPROVAL_MM I REJECT Rejection .
IF_C2S_ELMNT_TABLE_UTIL I GET_TABDESCR Get description of a customizing table .
IF_C2S_ELMNT_TABLE_UTIL I READ_FOR_GUID Get table data from Metadata .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Preliminary Data Check as before Saving .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I CHECK_FINAL Preliminary Data Check as before Activation .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I DELETE Flag Data for Deletion .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I INSERT Create Data .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I SELECT_FOR_CHANGE Get Data to Change .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I SELECT_FOR_CHANGE_BY_REL Get Data to Change from Subnodes .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT I UPDATE Change Data .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_MAINT_FACTORY I GET_INBOUND_IF_MAINT Request Inbound Adaptor for Changes .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_READ I QUERY_ACT Read Active Configuration Data .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_READ I QUERY_ACT_INACT Read Active and Inactive Configuration Data .
IF_C2S_INBOUND_READ I QUERY_ACT_INACT_CCONT Read Active and Inactive Configuration in Change Context Def.
IF_C2S_INBOUND_READ_FACTORY I GET_INBOUND_IF_READ Request Instance for Read Adaptor .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_DATA_TAB_TYPE Gets instance of C2-internal table type for data .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_DATA_TYPE Gets instance of C2-internal data type of a node .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_KEY_TABLE_TYPE Gets C2-internal table type for key .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_KEY_TYPE Gets C2-internal key type of a node .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_META_TAB_TYPE Gets table type for C2 meta-data .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_META_TYPE Gets data type for C2 meta-data .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_TEXT_TAB_TYPE Gets C2-internal table type for language-dependent texts .
IF_C2S_META_C2_TYPES I GET_C2_TEXT_TYPE Gets C2-internal type for language-dependent texts .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_EXIT_NAMES Known Names .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_EXIT_NAMES_BO Known Object Exits .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_EXIT_NAMES_FIELD Known Field Exits .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_EXIT_NAMES_NODE Known Node Exits .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_INTERFACE_BO Object Exit Interface .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_INTERFACE_FIELD Field Exit Interface .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_INTERFACE_NODE Node Exit Interface .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I GET_SHORTTEXT Description .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I IS_LOCAL Executed locally .
IF_C2S_META_EXIT I IS_VISIBLE Visibility for IDE .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I FIELD_IS_CHARLIKE Character Field? .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_ACTIVE_OBJECT Active Object .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_ASSOCIATIONS Associations .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_ASSOCIATION_FIELDS Associations .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_CHANGE_INFORMATION Change Information .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_CHILD_NODES Child nodes .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_EXIT Exit .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_EXITS Exit .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_EXIT_REF Exit as Runtime Object .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_FIELD_EXITS Exit .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Attribute .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NAME Object Name .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_ALL_FIELDS Node Fields .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_DATA_STRUCTURE Node Data Structure .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_DATA_STRUCTURE_TYPE Node Structure Type Descriptor(Only Data Part) .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_EXT_FIELDS EEW Include Fields .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_EXT_STRUCTURE Name of EEW Include .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_FIELDS Node Data Fields .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_FIELDS_WITH_PROPERTY Fields with Specified Node Property Value .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_FIELD_TYPE Get Field Data Type .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_KEY_FIELDS Node Key Fields .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_KEY_STRUCTURE_TYPE Node Key Structure Type Descriptor .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_METHOD_NAMES Method Name .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_METHOD_QUERY Method Query .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_PARAMETER Method Parameters .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_STRUCTURE_TYPE Node Structure Type Descriptor (Key and Data) .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_NODE_TIP_FIELDS Time-Dependence Fields .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_PACKAGE Get Package Assignment .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_PARENT_ASSOCIATION Parent Associations .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_PARENT_NODE Parent Nodes .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTIES Attribute .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY Attribute .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I GET_ROOT_NODE Root Node .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT I IS_CODE Is the Node a Code .
IF_C2S_META_OBJECT_APP_SYS I CREATE Create Object .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I CHECK Check .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I CREATE Create Persistence Object for Meta-Object .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I GET_DEFAULT_SETTINGS Read Default Persistence Attributes of a Node .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I GET_SETTINGS Read Persistence Attributes of a Node .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I SAVE Save .
IF_C2S_META_PERSISTENCE I SET_SETTINGS Set Persistence Attributes of a Node .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_CONFIG_OBJECT Optional Configuration Object .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_DEFAULT Default Attribute Value .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES Known Names .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES_BO Known Names .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES_FIELD Known Names .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES_NODE Known Names .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_SHORTTEXT Description .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I GET_TYPE Data Type .
IF_C2S_META_PROPERTY I IS_VISIBLE Visible for IDE .
IF_C2S_META_PROP_CHECK I VALUE_CHECK Conifiguration Object Attribute Value Check .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I CHECK Check .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I CLEAR Delete .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_COMPILED_QUERY Compiled Query .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_COMPLETE_QUERY Execute Query .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_DESCRIPTION Read Description .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_QUERY Get Query .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_QUERY_PARAMETER Get Query Parameter .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_QUERY_PARAM_END_DATE Query Parameter End Date .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_QUERY_PARAM_START_DATE Query Parameter Start Date .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I GET_QUERY_TYPE Get Query Type .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I SET_DESCRIPTION Specify Description .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY I SET_QUERY Specify Query .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I DELETE_PARAMETER Delete Parameter .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Parameter Description .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I GET_FIELD_NAME Get Parameter Field Name .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I GET_PARAMETER_NAMES List of Parameters .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I SET_DESCRIPTION Specify Parameter Description .
IF_C2S_META_QUERY_PARAM I SET_PARAMETER Add/Specify Parameter .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_BCOMODEL I GET_BO_NAME Get BCO Names .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_BCOMODEL I GET_NODE_NAME Get node names .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_BCOMODEL I SET_BO_NAME Set BCO Names .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_BCOMODEL I SET_NODE_NAME Set Node Name .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_FACTORY I GETGENERATOR Returns an Instance of the requested Generator .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_FACTORY I GETUTILIZER Returns an Instance of the requested user .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GENERATOR I EXECUTE Gets the Generator to build the Model .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GENERATOR I GETMODEL Returns the Model which the Generator has created .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GENERATOR I INIT Initializes the Generator with a Context .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GEN_CODEPARS I SET_NODE_NAME Intializes the Generator with a business object node .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GEN_XMIPARS I SETFILENAME Initializes the parser with an XMI filename for uploading .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_GEN_XMIPARS I SETXMI Initializes the parser with an XMI string .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTILIZER I EXECUTE Gets the Utilizer to work with the Model .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTILIZER I INIT Initializes the Utilizer with a Context .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTILIZER I SETMODEL Set the Model which the Utilizer should use .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTIL_APIGEN I GET_PROTOCOL Get Generation Log .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTIL_APIGEN I SET_BC_SIF Set BC Service Interface .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTIL_XMIREND I GETXMI Returns XMI String .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTIL_XMIREND I SETFILENAME Initializes the parser with an XMI filename for downloading .
IF_C2S_SAPIMODEL_UTIL_XMIREND I SETXMI Initializes the parser with an XMI string .
IF_C2S_SAPI_DATA_PROVIDER I READ_DATA Read data .
IF_C2S_SAPI_RUNTIME_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Returns an Interface Instance for an Interface Name .
IF_C2S_SEMANTIC_CHECK I CHECK_AT_UPDATE Checks updated and inserted data / only not expensive checks.
IF_C2S_SEMANTIC_CHECK I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Checks data before save .
IF_C2S_SEMANTIC_CHECK I GET_INSTANCE Get instance of Interface .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_OBJECT_MESSAGE Add Status Message .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_OBJECT_MESSAGE_SYMSG Add Status Message from SY-MSG .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE2_SYMSG Add Process Message (with Object Ref.) from SYMSG .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE_SYMSG Add Process Message (w/o Object Ref.) from SYMSG .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I CLEAR_MESSAGE_HANDLER Delete All Messages .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_OBJECT_MESSAGES Delete Status Messages .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_ALL_MESSAGES Read All Messages .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGE_TEXT_SYMSG Get Text from sy-msg .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESS_FOR_APPL_LOG Convert Messages for Application Log .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I ADD_MESS_FROM_OTHER_INST Copy Message of a other Message Handler Inst. .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I ADD_OBJECT_MESSAGE Add Status Message (Free Text) .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE Add Process Message (w/o Object Ref., Free Text) .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE2 Add Process Message (with Object Ref., Free Text) .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I ADD_PROC_MESSAGE_FROM_EXC Add Process Message (with Object Ref.) From Exception .
IF_C2_MESSAGE_HANDLER_INT I DELETE_ALL_MESSAGES Deletes All Messages of Message Handler .
IF_CACHED_PROP I GET_NEXT_PROP Read Next Property .
IF_CACHED_PROP I SEEK_FIRST_PROP Set Cursor to 1st Property .
IF_CACHED_PROP I SET_PROP Set a Property .
IF_CALENDAR_APPT_READER I GET_CUR_DAY Determine Current Day .
IF_CALENDAR_APPT_READER I GET_WEEK_FROM_DAY Determine Week from Day .
IF_CALENDAR_APPT_READER I READ_APPOINTMENTS Read Appointments .
IF_CALENDAR_DEFINITION I GET_DATE_IN_FIRST_WEEK Gets date from first week of year .
IF_CALENDAR_DEFINITION I GET_FIRST_DAY_OF_WEEK Gets first day of week .
IF_CAPITAL_FLOW_FOR_POS_TRR I GET_CAPITAL_FLOW Calculates the Capital Flow of the Position .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I CALCULATE_FLOWS Calculates the Cash Flow .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I CALCULATE_YIELD Calculates the Yield for Final Due Date .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I GET_MASTER_DATA Returns the Master Data .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I GET_QUANTITY Gets Units or Nominals for a Key Date .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I GET_YIELD_RELEVANT_FLOWS Generates the Yield-Relevant Flows .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I SET_MASTER_DATA Sets the Master Data .
IF_CASHFLOW_CALCULATOR_TRS I SUPPLEMENT_NEW_FLOWS Cahnges Attribute NEW_FLOWS .
IF_CATS_GROUPSELECT I GET_GROUPS Gets Groups (SelID/ViewID) for Personnel Number .
IF_CATS_REPO I ADD_SELECTION_SCREEN_MOD Modify Characteristics of a Field in Selection Screen .
IF_CATS_REPO I ADD_TO_FIELD_SELECTION Transfer Entry to Table of DB Fields to be Selected .
IF_CATS_REPO I DELETE_SELECTION_SCREEN_MOD Reset Selection Screen Modification .
IF_CATS_REPO I GET_USER_DEFAULTS Provide User Settings .
IF_CATS_REPO I GET_VARIABLE_VALUE Provide Value of a Report Variable .
IF_CATS_REPO I SAVE_USER_DEFAULTS Save User Settings .
IF_CATS_REPO I SET_ALV_VARIANT_INFO Set ALV List Variant Info. .
IF_CATS_REPO I SET_ICON Create Icon with Quickinfo .
IF_CATS_REPO I SET_USER_DEFAULTS_BUFFER Write User Settings to Buffer .
IF_CATS_REPO I SET_VARIABLE_VALUE Set Value of a Report Variable .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I ALV_VARIANT_F4 F4 Help for ALV List Variant .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN PAI for Selection Screen .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN_OUTPUT PBO for Selection Screen .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I BADI_START_OF_SELECTION Run start_of_selection Method for BADI .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I CHECK_ALV_VARIANT_INFO Check if Report Name is in Variant Structure .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I CHECK_ALV_VARIANT_NAME Check Name of ALV List Variant is Valid .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I CHECK_TIME_UNIT Check Unit of Measure .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I CHECK_VARIANT_NAME Check Validity of Report Variant .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I END_OF_SELECTION Data selection complete .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I GET_ALV_VARIANT_TEXT Get Long Text for ALV List Variant .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I GET_FIELD_SELECTION Provide Table of DB Fields to be Selected .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I GET_LAST_VARIANT Provide Variant Last Used by User .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I GET_PERAS Process GET PERAS Event from LDB PNPCE .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I INITIALIZATION Program Initialization .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I INIT_BADI BADI Initialization for Customer Exit Processing .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I LOAD_OF_PROGRAM Program Loading Phase .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I SET_INITIAL_TOGGLE_STATE Set Start Status of Screen Toggles .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I SET_QUANTITY_UNIT Set Unit of Measure for Quantity Field Layout .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I SET_SELCRIT_ICONS Icons for selection conditions exist/do not exist .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I START_OF_SELECTION Start of Report Run .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I START_WITH_VARIANT Restart Report with Variant XYZ .
IF_CATS_REPORTING I TOGGLES Set Toggle Texts and Show/Hide Fields .
IF_CBASE_CHECK I CHECK_OWNER Check Owner .
IF_CBASE_CHECK I OWNER_TYPE_CHANGE Authorization for Changing Owner Type .
IF_CBASE_TESTING I CREATE_CFG Create Configurations .
IF_CBASE_TESTING I DELETE_CFG Delete Configurations .
IF_CCALC_ACCUM_ICL I APPLY_LIMDED_PAYI Add-in Already Applied Limits and Deductibles .
IF_CCALC_ACCUM_ICL I BENTYPE_ITEM_TOTAL Total Up Over Items .
IF_CCALC_ACCUM_ICL I BENTYPE_WAIVED_TOTAL Total Up Waived Amounts .
IF_CCALC_ACCUM_ICL I OTHER_BENTYPE_ITEM_TOTAL_GET Total Up Over Items .
IF_CCALC_CLAIM_DATA_ICL I ICL_ITEM_GET Get the Claim Items .
IF_CCALC_CLAIM_DATA_ICL I ICL_PAYI_GET Get the Payment Items .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I BENTYPE_PERIOD_GET Get the allowed benefit types for a period .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I CCALC_BENTYPES_GET Get the Benefit Types Line for an ICL_CCALC Line .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I CCALC_BENTYPES_MATCH Get the Benefit Types Line for an ICL_CCALC Line .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I MESSAGE_ADD Add Message to Log .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I PAYMENT_SUBCL_CORRECT Check and correct payment subclaim .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I POLICY_VERSIONS_GET Get Versions From Policy .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I READ_METHOD_BENTYPES Benefit Types Matching a Particular Read Method .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I SUBCLAIM_GET Get a subclaim from CCALC MEMORY .
IF_CCALC_INT_ICL I SUBCLAIM_POLPROD_GET Get Policy Product of a Subclaim .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I APPLY_BENTYPE_RULES APPLY_BENTYPE_RULES .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I APPLY_ITEM_RULES Calculate Limits for Items .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I APPLY_ITEM_RULES_DEDUCT Deductible Determination for Grace Days .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I CURR_BENTYPE_CALC CURR_BENTYPE_CALC .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I LIM_DED_APPLY lim_ded_apply .
IF_CCALC_NODE_CALC_ICL I PREP_CURR_BENTYPE_CALC Called Before the Recursion Downwards .
IF_CCALC_RESULT_NODE_ICL I CCALC_ITEMS_GET Get CCALC positions corresponding to this node .
IF_CCALC_RESULT_NODE_ICL I NODE_CALC node_calc .
IF_CCALC_RESULT_NODE_ICL I NODE_TYPE_GET What Type of Node Is This .
IF_CCALC_RESULT_NODE_ICL I SUBTREE_CCALC_ITEMS_GET Get All Items That Fall Under This Benefit Type .
IF_CCALC_RNODE_BENTYPE_ICL I ADD_OTHER_DEDUCTS Add Up Already Deducted From Other Claims .
IF_CCALC_RNODE_BENTYPE_ICL I BENTYPE_ATTRIBS_GET Get Attributes of Permitted Benefit Types .
IF_CCALC_RNODE_BENTYPE_ICL I OTHER_BENTYPE_TOTAL_GET Sum of items that contribute to limit, but not to compensatn.
IF_CCALC_RNODE_BENTYPE_ICL I PREV_PAY_TO_CCALC_ITEMS prev_pay_to_ccalc_items .
IF_CCALC_RNODE_BENTYPE_ICL I WRITE_BENTYPE_TOTAL write_bentype_total .
IF_CCALC_TREE_FRAME_ICL I PROC_NORMAL_NODE Process Normal Node .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I COPY_NODE Copies a Definition Node Between 2 Parent Nodes .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I CREATE_REAL_NODE Creates a Node for an Existing MTE Class .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I CREATE_RULE_NODE Creates a Rule Node in the Definition Tree .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I CREATE_VIRTUAL_NODE Creates a Virtual Node in the Definition Tree .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I DELETE Deletes a Monitor Definition /Complete Definition Tree .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I DELETE_NODE Deletes a Definition Node and All Nodes Below It .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I GET_DEFINITION Returns the Definition Tree .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I GET_MONITOR Return Associated Monitors .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I GET_NODE Returns the Content of a Definition Node .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I INITIALIZE Object Initialization .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I MOVE_NODE Move a Definition Node Between 2 Parent Nodes .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I SAVE Saves the Current Monitor Definition to the Database .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I SET_MONITOR Set Reference to Associated Monitor .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIDEF I SET_NODE Returns the contents of a node .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIMESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE Returns the Complete Text of a Message .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIMESSAGE I SET_MESSAGE Sets the Message Attributes in Accordance with BAPI Message .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I CHECK Object checks its consistency and sets its status .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I CLONE Object creates an identical copy of itself .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I DELETE Delete .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I DEQUEUE Remove Database Lock .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I ENQUEUE Database lock removed .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I GET_GUID Returns the GUID .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I GET_NAME Returns the Name of the Object (If Available) .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I GET_NAME2 Returns the Additional Name (Full Specification) .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I GET_OWNER Returns the Creator of the Object (If Known) .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I GET_STATE Object Status: "Database", "Changed", "Contains Errors", ....
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I IS_CONSISTENT Check Object Consistency .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIOBJECT I SAVE Save .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I DELETE Delete Monitor Set .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the Attributes of the Monitor Set .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I GET_SAP_CHANGE_AUTHORIZATION Returns the Current Modification Authorization .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I SAVE Save monitor set .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Monitor Set Attributes .
IF_CCMS_ALMONISET I SET_SAP_CHANGE_AUTHORIZATION Sets the Modification Authorization for SAP Monitor Sets .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I DELETE Delete .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the Description of a Monitor .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I GET_FOLDER Returns the Database Folder of the Monitor .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I GET_MONIDEF Returns the Reference to the Monitor Definition .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I GET_MONISET Returns the Current Reference to the Monitor Set .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I INITIALIZE Object Initialization (Bindings) .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I SAVE Save .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Monitor Description .
IF_CCMS_ALMONITOR I SET_FOLDER Sets the Monitor Database Folder .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I ACCEPT_CURRENT_VERSION Confirm Current Version as Last in Container .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I APPEND_VERSION Add a New Version .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I DELETE Delete Current Version, Cap Version Chain .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I FREE Release Container .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_GUID Returns the Container GUID .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_NAME Return Current Name .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_NAME2 Return Additional Names (such as Monitor Set) .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_NUMBER_OF_VERSIONS Returns the Number of Versions in Container .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_OWNER Return Name of Creator .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I GET_VERSION Returns a Reference to the Requested Version .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I INITIALIZE Initialization of the Version Container .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I SAVE Save Current Version .
IF_CCMS_ALMONIVERSCONT I SET_CURRENT_VERSION Defines the Transferred Object as Current Version .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_LASTCHG Return Last Change .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_RESP_SERVER Return Responsible Application Server .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_SEGMENT Return Segment Reference .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_SEGMNAME Return Segment Name .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_SYSID Return Name of SAP R/3 Associated with Segment .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I GET_VERSION Return Version .
IF_CCMS_AL_AGENT I INITIALIZE Initialize Data Content .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I DECREASE_WORKING_SET Reduce Working Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I DELETE_WORKING_SET Delete Worklist .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I GET_VISUAL_TEST_DATA Determine Visual Test Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I INCREASE_WORKING_SET Enlarge Working Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I SET_DISPLAY_TIME_ZONE Set Time Zone for Alert Data Display .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_DATA_VIEWER I SET_WORKING_SET Set Worklist for Viewer .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_HANDLER I READ_ALERT_DATA Read Asynchronously Determined Alert Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_HANDLER I READ_ALERT_RESET_RC Read RC of Asynchronous Method "Complete Alerts" .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_HANDLER I REQUEST_ALERT_DATA Trigger Determination of Alert Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_ALERT_HANDLER I REQUEST_ALERT_RESET Trigger Completion of Alerts .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_CTXTCLASS Return Context Class .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_CTXTCLIENT Return Context Client .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_CTXTOWNER Return Context Owner .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_LASTCHG Return Last Change .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_MONSID Return Monitored System ID .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_NAME Return Context Name .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_SEGMENT Return Segment Associated with Context .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_STATUS Return Context Status .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I GET_TYPE Return Context Type .
IF_CCMS_AL_CONTEXT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CCMS_AL_DATA_PROXY I SYNCPOINT_REACHED Client Has Reached Data Synchronization Point .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER I DISPATCH_EVENT Optimize the Event Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER I GET_EVENT_QUEUE Get the Whole Event Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER I GET_LISTENER_COMPONENT Get the Listener Reference as Type of VIS_COMPONENT .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER I GET_NEXT_EVENT_FROM_QUEUE Get Next Event from Event Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER I RECEIVE_EVENT Receive an Event .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_SENDER I ADD_EVENT_LISTENER Add a New Event Listener to List of Listeners .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_SENDER I RAISE_EVENT Rais an Event .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_SENDER I REMOVE_ALL_LISTENERS Remove All Event Listeners .
IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_SENDER I REMOVE_EVENT_LISTENER Remove an Event Listener from the List of Listeners .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_CHILD I CREATE_TASK_RESPONSE Create Task Response .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_CHILD I SEND_TASK_RESPONSES Send Task Response to IMC Parent .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_CHILD I WAIT_FOR_TASK_REQUESTS Wait for Task Requests .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_COMMUNICATION I GET_NR_OF_TASK_REQUESTS Determine Number of Asynchronous Tasks to Be Executed .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_COMMUNICATION I RECEIVE_DATA_FIELD Receive a Data Field from an IMC Partner .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_COMMUNICATION I RECEIVE_DATA_TABLE Receive a Data Table from an IMC Partner .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_COMMUNICATION I SEND_DATA_FIELD Send a Data Field to IMC Partner .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_COMMUNICATION I SEND_DATA_TBL Send a Data Table to IMC Partner .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_PARENT I CLOSE_CONNECTION Close IMC Connection to IMC Child .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_PARENT I EXECUTE_TASKS Execute Registered Tasks in IMC Child .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_PARENT I GET_TASK_RESPONSES Read Task Responses from IMC Child .
IF_CCMS_AL_IMC_PARENT I REGISTER_TASK Register a Task for Execution in the IMC Child .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONISET_DIRECTORY I COMPRESS_DIR_SUBTREE Compress Directories Subtree .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONISET_DIRECTORY I EXPAND_DIR_SUBTREE Expand Directories .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONISET_DIRECTORY I GET_DIRECTORY_PRESENTATION Read Directory Presentation .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONISET_DIRECTORY I LOAD_DIRECTORY Load DB Directory .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONISET_DIRECTORY I REFRESH_DIRECTORY Refresh Directory .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I CLEANUP Release Resources, such as IMC .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I COMPRESS_SUBTREE Compress Monitor Subtree .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I EDIT_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Edit Display Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I EDIT_MONITOR_DEFINITION Edit monitor definition .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I EXPAND_SUBTREES Expand Monitor Subtree .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GENERATE_PRESENTATION Generate Monitor Presentation .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GENERATE_TEMPLATE Generate Monitor Template .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GENERATE_ZOOM_PRESENTATION Generate Presentation for Zoomed Monitor Level .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GET_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Read Display Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GET_MONITOR_PRESENTATION Read Monitor Presentation .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GET_REAL_TID_FOR_SUBTREE_NODE Get Read TIDs for a Monitor Subtree .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I GET_TID_FOR_NODE_KEY Determine TID for Node .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I IS_MTE_AN_ATTRIBUTE Check Whether an MTE is an Attribute .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I IS_NODE_AN_ATTRIBUTE Check if Node Key Is an Attribute .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I IS_NODE_ON_TOP Check if Node Key Is On Top (that is, You Can Zoom Out) .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I MARK_NODES Select Monitor Node .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I SAVE Saves the Monitor in the DB .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I SET_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Sets Display Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I SET_GLOBAL_PARAMS Set Global Parameters for the Monitor .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I SET_SAP_MONIDEF_CHNG_PRIV Set Authorization for Modification of SAP Monitor Sets .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I ZOOM_IN Zoom In One Level in Monitor .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR I ZOOM_OUT Zoom Out One Level in Monitor .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I DISPLAY_MONITOR Display the Monitor (Generate It) .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GENERATE_MONITOR Generate Monitor Presentation .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GET_ACTUAL_VIEW Return the Actual View of the Monitor .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GET_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Return the Reference to the Monitor Display Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GET_MONITOR Return the Reference to the Monitor Data Instance .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GET_MONITOR_NAME Return the Name of the Monitor Used .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I GET_MONITOR_SET_ATTRIBUTES Return the Attributes of the Monitor Set Used .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I IS_SENDING_EVENTS Return 'X' if Event Is Raised if an Object Is Selected .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I IS_SUPPORTED_VIEW Checks if a View Is Supported By the Viewer .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I RAISE_SELECTION_EVENT Raise the Event to Inform All Components About Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SEND_SELECTION_EVENT Define if Event Should Be Raised if an Object Is Selected .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SET_ACTUAL_VIEW Set the Actual View of the Monitor .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SET_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Set the Reference to the Monitor Display Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SET_MONITOR Set the Reference to the Monitor Data Instance .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SET_MONITOR_NAME Set the Name of the Monitor Used .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I SET_MONITOR_SET_ATTRIBUTES Set the Attributes of the Monitor Set Used .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_DATA_USER I UPDATE_MONITOR Update the Monitor (Update the Monitor Presentation) .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_FRAMEWORK I TOGGLE_DISPLAY Full Screen On / Off for Framework Member .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I CREATE Create Monitor Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I DELETE Delete Monitor Set in DB .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I EDIT_ATTRIBUTES Edit Monitor Set Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I GET_ATTRIBUTES Read Monitor Set Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I GET_MONITOR_DIRECTORY Determine the Directory of Monitors for Monitor Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I LOAD Load Monitor Set from DB .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I SAVE Save Monitor Set in DB .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I SHOW_ATTRIBUTES Display Monitor Set Attributes .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_SET I TRANSPORT_MONISET Transport monitor set .
IF_CCMS_AL_MONITOR_VIEWER I DISPLAY_MONITOR Display Monitor in Monitor Viewer .
IF_CCMS_AL_MTE_DATA_RETRIEVER I CREATE_PERF_MTE_SAMPLE_CTXT Create Sample Context for a Particular Time Interval .
IF_CCMS_AL_MTE_DATA_RETRIEVER I READ_MTE_DATA Read MTE Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_MTE_DATA_RETRIEVER I REQUEST_MTE_DATA Request MTE Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_MTE_DATA_RETRIEVER I SET_TIMEZONE Set Time Zone for Representation of MTE Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_KEY I COMPARE_TO Compares Two Object Keys .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_KEY I GET_DATA Get the Key Content (Object-Specific) .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_KEY I SET_DATA Set the Key Content (Object-Specific) .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I ADD_TO_OBJECT_SET Add One or More Objects to the Actual Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I CHECK_OBJECT_DATA_STATUS Return 'X' if the Object Data Should Be Updated .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I CLEAR_OBJECT_SET Clear the Actual Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I CLONE Clone the Actual Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_CAPTIONS_OF_OBJECTS Return a Table of Captions of All Objects .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_CAPTION_OF_OBJECT Return the Caption of the Specified Object .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_DOCUMENTATION_TO_OBJECT Return the Documentation to the Specified Object .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_FILTER Return the Actual Object Set Filter .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_INDEX_OF_OBJECT Return the Index of the Specified Object .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_NAME_OF_OBJECT_SET Return the Name of the Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_NUMBER_OF_OBJECTS Return the Number of Objects in the Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_OBJECT Return the Specified Object .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_OBJECT_BY_INDEX Return the Object at the Specified Index .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_OBJECT_PROPERTIES Return a Table Describing the Object Details .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_OBJECT_PROPERTY_GROUPS Return a Table Describing the Groups of Object Details .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I GET_OBJECT_SET Return the Set of Objects .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I IS_EMPTY Check if the Selection Is Empty .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I IS_PART_OF_OBJECT_SET Return 'X' if the Object Is Part of the Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I LOAD_OBJECT_DATA Load Required Object Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I MERGE_WITH_OBJECT_SET Merge the Actual Object Set with the Specified Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I REMOVE_FROM_OBJECT_SET Remove One or More Objects from the Actual Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I SET_FILTER Set the Actual Object Set Filter .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I SET_OBJECT_SET Set the Actual Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET I SET_OBJECT_SET_NAME Set the Name of the Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET_FILTER I CHECK_OBJECT Check Whether a Certain Object Should Be Filtered or Not .
IF_CCMS_AL_OBJECT_SET_FILTER I OPTIMIZE_OBJECT_SET Optimize the Whole Object Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_PARAMETER_VALUE I GET_DEFAULT Return the Default Value .
IF_CCMS_AL_PARAMETER_VALUE I GET_LAST_VALUE Return the (User-Specific) Value .
IF_CCMS_AL_PARAMETER_VALUE I SET_DEFAULT Set the Default Value .
IF_CCMS_AL_PARAMETER_VALUE I SET_LAST_VALUE Set the (User-Specific) Value .
IF_CCMS_AL_PERSONALISATION I DEFINE_DEFAULT_PARAMETER_SET Define the Default Parameter Set (Component-Specific) .
IF_CCMS_AL_PERSONALISATION I DEFINE_PARAMETER_SET Define the Actual Parameter Set (Component-Specific) .
IF_CCMS_AL_PERSONALISATION I LOAD_PARAMETER_SET Read the Actual Parameter Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_PERSONALISATION I SAVE_PARAMETER_SET Save the Actual Parameter Set .
IF_CCMS_AL_PERSONALISATION I UPDATE_PARAMETER_SET Update the Actual Parameter Set (Component-Specific) .
IF_CCMS_AL_RFC_CONNECTIONS I GET_RFC_CONNECTIONS Return RFC Connections .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_AGENTS Return Agents Table .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_CONTEXTS Return Context References Table .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_DESTATT Return Destination-Dependent Attribute .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_NAME Return Segment Name .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_RESP_SERVER Return Responsible Application Server .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_SEGMHOST Return Associated Host .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_SEGMSERVER Return Associated Server .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_SYSID Return Name of SAP R/3 Associated with Segment .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_SYSTEM Return System Reference .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_TYPE Return Segment Type .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I GET_VERSION Return Monitoring Infrastructure Version .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEGMENT I INITIALIZE Initialize Data Content .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I ADD_TO_SELECTION Add One or More Items to the Current Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I CLEAR_SELECTION Clear the Current Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I GET_NUMBER_OF_SELECTED_ITEMS Return the Number of Selected Items .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I GET_SELECTION Return the Set of Selected Items .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I GET_SELECTION_MODE Return the Current Selection Mode(SINGLE or MULTI Selection).
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I IS_EMPTY Check if the Selection Is Empty .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I IS_SELECTED Check if an Item Is Part of the Actual Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I REMOVE_FROM_SELECTION Remove One or More Items from the Current Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I SET_ALL_SELECTED Set All Objects to Selected .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I SET_SELECTION Set the Current Selection .
IF_CCMS_AL_SELECTION_MODEL I SET_SELECTION_MODE Set the Selection Mode (SINGLE or MULTI Selection) .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEL_MODEL_USER I GET_SELECTION_MODEL Set the Reference to a Selection Model .
IF_CCMS_AL_SEL_MODEL_USER I SET_SELECTION_MODEL Return the Reference to a Selection Model .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I GET_CSMSTATUS Return Internal Communication Status .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I GET_DESTINAT_ANA Return Analysis Destination .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I GET_LASTCHG Return Last Change .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I GET_SYSID Return SAP R/3 Name .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I GET_VERSION Return Monitoring Version .
IF_CCMS_AL_SYSTEM I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I DEFINE_TOOLBAR Define the Toolbar .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I GET_DROPDOWN_CONTENT Return the Dropdown Content for a Certain FCODE .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I GET_TOOLBAR Return the Actual Toolbar Reference .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Return the Set of Buttons Used in the Toolbar .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I SET_TOOLBAR Set the Toolbar Reference .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I SET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Set the Set of Buttons Used in the Toolbar .
IF_CCMS_AL_TOOLBAR_USER I UPDATE_TOOLBAR_STATUS Update the Status of the Toolbar (Buttons) .
IF_CCMS_AL_UIA_DATACOLLECTOR I GET_FCAT Deliver Field Catlog .
IF_CCMS_AL_UIA_DATACOLLECTOR I GET_TABLE Deliver Table Content .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I ACTIVATE Activate Visual Component in a GUI Container .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I DESTROY Destroy Visual Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_AS_EVENT_LISTENER Return a Reference with Type IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_LISTENER .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_AS_EVENT_SENDER Return a Reference with Type IF_CCMS_AL_EVENT_SENDER .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_AS_WEB_COMPONENT Return a Reference with Type IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_CAPTION Determine Component Caption .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_CONTAINER Get Reference to Component Container .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_GUID Return the Component GUID .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_MENU Return the Content of the Component Menu .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_CONTAINER Returns Reference to the Application Components Container .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_HEADER Returns Reference to Header Area .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_HEADER_INFO Determine Info in Header Area .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_MAXIMUM_SIZE Return the Maximum Size of the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_MINIMUM_SIZE Return the Minimum Size of the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_NAME Determine Name of a Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I GET_PREFERRED_SIZE Return the Preferred Size of the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I HANDLE_MENUE_ENTRY_SELECTED Event Handler to Handle the Selection of a Menu Entry .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_ACCESSIBLE Return TRUE if the Component Is Accessible .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_COMPONENT_BUSY Is Component Busy? .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_COMPRESSED Delivers TRUE if Component is Iconized .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_HEADER_ENABLED Is Header Area in Component Activated/Deactivated? .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_RUNNING_STANDALONE Return TRUE if Component Runs Standalone .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_TOOLBAR_ENABLED Is Toolbar in Component Activated/Deactivated? .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I IS_VISIBLE Returns TRUE if Component Is Visible .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I RESET Reset Visual Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_CAPTION Set Caption for Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_COMPONENT_CONTAINER Set the Reference to the Component Container .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_CONTAINER Container for Application Components .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_HEADER Set Header Area .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_HEADER_ENABLED Activate/Deactivate Header Area for Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_HEADER_INFO Set Info in Header Area .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_NAME Set Name of a Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_TOOLBAR Set Toolbar .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_TOOLBAR_ENABLED Activate/Deactivate Toolbar for Components .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_COMPONENT I SET_VISIBILITY Inform a Component if it Is Visible/Invisible .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I ADD_DISPATCHER_TO_PATH Define the Last Dispatcher of the Event .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I GET_DATA Gets Event Data .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I GET_NAME Return the Name of the Event .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I GET_SENDER Gets the Event Sender .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I IS_DISPATCHER_PART_OF_PATH Return the Last Dispatcher of the Event .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_EVENT I OPTIMIZE_EVENT_QUEUE Optimizes the Event Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I ADD_CHILD_CONTROLLER Adds a Child Component to the Hierarchy .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I DISPATCH_EVENT Propagates an Event in the Hierarchy .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I GET_EVENT_Q Reads the Complete Event Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I GET_NEXT_EVENT_FROM_Q Read the Next Event to Be Processed from the Queue .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I REMOVE_CHILD_CONTROLLER Deletes a Child Component from the Hierarchy .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I RESET_PARENT_CONTROLLER Deletes the Reference to the Parent Controller .
IF_CCMS_AL_VIS_HIERARCHY_CNTL I SET_PARENT_CONTROLLER Sets the Parent Controller of a Hierarchy Controller .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I GET_DRAG_DROP_BEHAVIOUR Return the DRAG and DROP Behavior .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I GET_FORM_NAME Return the Name of the HTML Form Used .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I GET_HTML_PAGE Return the HTML Code That Renders the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I GET_PAGE_NAME Return Name of the Page That Reners the Component Content .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I HAS_SCROLLABLE_CONTENT Return 'X' if the Content Should Be Scrollable .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I ON_INPUT_PROCESSING 'OnInputProcessing' Event Handler for the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I ON_MANIPULATION 'OnManipulation' Event Handler for the Component .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I SET_CONTENT_TO_SCROLLABLE Define if Content Should Be Scrollable or Not .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I SET_DRAG_DROP_BEHAVIOUR Define the DRAG and DROP Behavior .
IF_CCMS_AL_WEB_COMPONENT I SET_FORM_NAME Set the Name of the HTML Form Used .
IF_CCM_CMPWSP_CIC_EV_HANDLER I HANDLE_EVENT Event Handler .
IF_CCM_NAV_NODE_FATHER I ADD_CHILD_NODE Add a child node .
IF_CCM_NAV_NODE_PRESENTATOR I BUILD_NODE_PRESENTATION build the presentation for a navigation node .
IF_CCM_NAV_NODE_PRES_BUILDER I BUILD_NODE_PRESENTATION Builds the presentation for a navigation node .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_ABOX I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA_SOURCE Adds Additonal Data Source Elements to Action Box Data Flow .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_ABOX I GET_CALL_GROUPS Returns Call Groups for Action Box Definition .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_ABOX I SET_PROFILE Sets the profile .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_DESCRIPTOR I GET_CLUSTER_BUILDER returns the cluster builder .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_DESCRIPTOR I GET_INSTANCE returns an instance of the class .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_DESCRIPTOR I GET_TREE_BUILDER returns the tree builder .
IF_CCM_NAV_VIEW_TOOLBAR I GET_TOOLBAR_HANDLER Delivers Toolbar Handler .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_ATTRIBUTES Check Whether Class Implements a Specific Class Name .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_CLASS Return Class (Agent) .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_CLASS_DESCRIPTION Creates an Instance for Current Class .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_CLASS_ID Provides Attribute List for Current Class .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_PERSISTENT Get Class Name for This Class .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I GET_RELATIONS Supply Dependency List for This Class .
IF_CCM_OP_CLASS I IS_CLASS_ID Return Class Description .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I ADD_OBJECT Add an object to the cluster .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I ADD_RELATION Add a relation to the cluster .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I ADD_RELATION_ELEMENT Add a relation instance to a cluster .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I ADD_ROOT_OBJECT Add a root element .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I GET_ROOT_OBJECTS get table of root elements .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER I SET_CLUSTER_BUILDER Set the cluster builder object .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_ELEMENT_ACCESS extend cluster on element access .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_RELATION_ACCESS extend cluster on relation access .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_ROOT_ADDED build cluster when a root element has been added .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I SET_CLUSTER set cluster .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_ELEMENT I ADD_RELATION add a relation to an object .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_ELEMENT I GET_REF_OBJECT get reference object of cluster element .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_ELEMENT I GET_RELATIONS get relations of element .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_ELEMENT I SET_BUILT set element to built status .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_ELEMENT I SET_UNBUILT set element to unbuilt status .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_REL I GET_DESTINATION_COUNT get number of relation elements .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_REL I GET_RELATION_TYPE get relation type .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_REL I GET_SOURCE_ELEMENT get source element of the relation .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_REL I SET_BUILT set relation to built status .
IF_CCM_OP_CLUSTER_REL I SET_UNBUILT set relation to unbuilt status .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Supplies the Value of an Attribute .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT I GET_CLASS Supply Class Object for Object .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_KEY Supply Key for This Object .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT I GET_RELATED_OBJECTS Provides Objects Related to this Object .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT_MODIFY I SET_OBJECT_DATA Set the Structure of the Object Data Externally .
IF_CCM_OP_OBJECT_MODIFY I SET_VIRTUAL_ATTRIBUTE_DATA Set the Value of the Virtual Attribute Externally .
IF_CCM_SUBSCREEN_WORKSPACE I PAI_AFTER called after Call Subscreen in PAI .
IF_CCM_SUBSCREEN_WORKSPACE I PAI_BEFORE called before Call Subscreen in PAI .
IF_CCM_SUBSCREEN_WORKSPACE I PBO_AFTER called after Call Subscreen in PBO .
IF_CCM_SUBSCREEN_WORKSPACE I PBO_BEFORE called before Call Subscreen in PBO - returns screen number .
IF_CCM_TREE_BUILDER I BUILD_COLUMNS Build the columns of a navigation tree .
IF_CCM_TREE_BUILDER I BUILD_TREE Build the nodes of a navigation tree .
IF_CCM_TREE_BUILDER I SET_TREE Set the tree object .
IF_CCM_TREE_BUILDER I SET_TREE_PROPERTIES Set the general tree properties .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I CREATE creates a new workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I DELETE Deletes a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I EXECUTE Execution of a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_ACTIONS returns all valid actions including their callback methods .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_CCPROC_CLASS_ID returns CCPROC class id .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_CONCURRENCY flag: workspace supports concurrency .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_CONTAINER returns workspace container .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_DISPLAY_TEXT returns workspace display text .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_INTERFACE returns interface of a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_LIFTIME returns lifetime flag .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I GET_WS_DISPLAY gets the display object for a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I REMOVE_WS_DISPLAY removes the display object for a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I SET_DISPLAY_TEXT sets workspace display text .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I SET_LIFTIME sets lifetime flag .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I SET_VISIBLE sets visibility of a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I SET_WS_DISPLAY sets the display object for a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE I UPDATE_DISPLAY_DATA allows to adjust control data on pbo event .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_BROWSER_BACK browser backward .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_BROWSER_FRWD browser forward .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_BROWSER_HOME navigate to home page .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_BROWSER_REFRESH refresh current browser page .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_BROWSER_STOP stop browser navigation .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_DELETE_WS delete workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_HELP help page requested .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_RESUME resume interrupted workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_CALLBACK I CB_STATUS status/trace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_DISPLAY I DELETE deletes a workspace display .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_DISPLAY I GET_GUI_CONTAINER returns the gui container for a workspace's control .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_DISPLAY I IS_VISIBLE returns if workspace is currently visible .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_DISPLAY I LINK_NEW_WORKSPACE links a new workspace to the display .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_EXTENSION I GET_DISPLAY_ICON Sets Workspace Display Icon .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_FACTORY I INSTANTIATE_WORKSPACE returns an obejct implementing the workspace interface .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I CREATE_WORKSPACE creates a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I DELETE_ALL_WORKSPACES deletes all workspaces .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I DELETE_WORKSPACE deletes a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I EXECUTE_WORKSPACE executes a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I HAS_DISPLAY_CLIENT true if a display client is registered .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I REGISTER_DISPLAY_CLIENT registers a display client .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I RESUME_WORKSPACE resumes a workspace .
IF_CCM_WORKSPACE_MANAGER I SET_REPLACE_WORKSPACE sets the workspace to be replaced next .
IF_CCM_WSM_DISPLAY I CREATE_WS_DISPLAY creates a new workspace display .
IF_CCM_WSM_DISPLAY I SELECT_WS_DISPLAY selects a workspace display .
IF_CD_COSTING_COMPONENT I GET_PRICING_DATE Read Valuation Data .
IF_CD_COSTING_COMPONENT I GET_STRATEGIES Read Valuation Strategy Sequence .
IF_CD_COSTING_COMPONENT I SET_PRICING_DATE Set Valuation Date .
IF_CD_COSTING_COMPONENT I SET_STRATEGIES Set Valuation Strategy .
IF_CFX_BADI_BI_EXPORT I AFTER_EXPORT_COMPLETE After Exporting All Objects .
IF_CFX_BADI_BI_EXPORT I CHECK_EXPORT_CHANGE_PRE Check + Change Objects in Selection of Existing Collaboratns.
IF_CFX_BADI_BI_EXPORT I CHECK_EXPORT_CREATE_PRE Check + Change Objects When Creating a New Collaboration .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I CHECK Checks Consistency of Assignments .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I COPY Creates a Copy of the Object Assignment .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I DELETE Delete Object Assignment .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I EXECUTE_STATUS_ACTIVITY Execute Business Activity of Status Management .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I FREE Destructor .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ASSIGNMENTS Returns Assignment Collection Object .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FREE_PERMISSION Checks if Node Assignment Can Be Destroyed .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Determines Object Type .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I GET_PARENT Returnes Parent Object .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I GET_PERSISTENCY_CONTROLLER Returns Persistence Object for Assignment Type .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I SET_ASSIGNMENTS Sets Assignment Collection Object .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT I SET_PARENT Sets Parent Object .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_ARCHIVING I DELETE Deletion of Archived Assignments .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_ARCHIVING I PRE_FETCH Flag Assignment Objects for Reading from Archive .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_ARCHIVING I WRITE Write Assignments to Archive .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I CHECK_CHANGES Determines Whether Changes Exist .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I FETCH Assignment Object Selection from DB .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I INITIALIZE Initializierung According to COMMIT WORK .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I PRE_FETCH Mark Assignment Objects for Data Base Selection .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I REFRESH Destructor - Initialization of All Data .
IF_CGPL_ASSIGNMENT_PERSISTENCY I SAVE Save changes .
IF_CGPL_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK Call Authorization Check .
IF_CGPL_STATUS_MANAGEMENT I ACTIVITY_CHECK Business Activity Check .
IF_CGPL_STATUS_MANAGEMENT I GET_PERMITTED_CHANGES Determines Permitted Status Changes (System/User Status) .
IF_CGPL_USER_OPTIONS I GET_SUBSCREEN_FOR_USER_OPTIONSDelivers Screen and Programs for User Settings .
IF_CGPL_USER_OPTIONS I GET_USER_OPTIONS Read User Settings from Subscreen .
IF_CGPL_USER_OPTIONS I SET_USER_OPTIONS Set User Settings on Subscreen .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I CAST_OBJECT_CHANGED Informs Display Object of Object Change .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I CAST_OBJECT_DELETED Informs Display Object of Object Deletion .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I CHECK_OBJECT Checks Application Object .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Transfer Interface Function Code for Execution .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_ASSIGN_MENU Request Menu with Assignment Functions .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Request for Context Menu Functions .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_CREATE_MENU Request for Menu with Create Functions .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Request for Display Characteristics .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_OBJECT Request for Reference to Object to Be Displayed .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Request for Type of Object to Be Displayed .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I PREPARE_OUTPUT Preparation for Displaying Using Subscreen Call .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I SET_OBJECT Sets Object to Be Displayed .
IF_CGPL_VISUALIZE I VISUALIZE Display in a Control Container .
IF_CG_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS I CHECK_VERSION Internal method returning active/inactive state of CG Object.
IF_CG_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS I CREATE_INACTIVE_VERSION Internal Method to create inactive data on CG object .
IF_CG_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS I INTERNAL_ACTIVATE Internal Method activating DB entries of CG Objects .
IF_CG_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS I IS_NEW Internal Method returning new true or false .
IF_CG_INTERNAL_FUNCTIONS I SET_MODIFIED Internal Method to set modified = X .
IF_CHDOC_CONTAINER_MM I CHECK_UNDO Check re Undos .
IF_CHDOC_CONTAINER_MM I GET_ALLOWED_FIELDS Field List .
IF_CHDOC_CONTAINER_MM I GET_DATA Get Change Documents .
IF_CHDOC_CONTAINER_MM I ROLLBACK Rollback Changes .
IF_CHDOC_CONTAINER_MM I UPDATE Updating of Change Documents .
IF_CHECK_UOM I CHECK_TY2TQ Check Changes in Category of Alternative Unit of Measure .
IF_CHK_IMG I CHECK Checks the Object .
IF_CIF_ENHANCED I CHANGE_SHPPNT_OUT Change Transfer Data for Shipping Points .
IF_CIF_ENHANCE_ERRHDL I ENHANCE_ERROR_HANDLING Enhance CIF Error Handling .
IF_CI_COLLECTOR I COLLECT Triggers Object Collector .
IF_CI_COLLECTOR I DISPLAY_DOCUMENTATION Display Documentation .
IF_CI_COLLECTOR I GET_ATTRIBUTES Supply Collector Properties .
IF_CI_COLLECTOR I PUT_ATTRIBUTES Set Collector Properties .
IF_CI_COLLECTOR I QUERY_ATTRIBUTES Query Attributes .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I EVALUATE Evaluates Explain Plan .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I EXPLAIN Executes Explain .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I EXPLAIN_AND_EVALUATE Executes and Evaluates Individual Explain .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I READ_CC_STATEMENTS Gets SQL statments form cursor cache .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I READ_CC_STATISTICS Gets cursor cache statistics .
IF_CI_CURSOR_CACHE I SQL_TRACE_ANALYZE Executes and Evaluates SQL Trace Explains .
IF_CI_TEST I DISPLAY_DOCUMENTATION Display documentation .
IF_CI_TEST I EXCEPTION Declare Exception .
IF_CI_TEST I NAVIGATE Navigate .
IF_CI_TEST I QUERY_ATTRIBUTES Query Attributes .
IF_CK_MM_NODE_GUI I GET_ICON Icon for Node .
IF_CK_MM_NODE_GUI I GET_TEXT_DESCRIPTION Text of Description .
IF_CK_MM_NODE_GUI I GET_TEXT_KEY Text of Key .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CHECK_OBJECT_STATUS Check Object Status Before Loading Graph for Data Cleansing .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_CHANGE Change Data Cleansing Object .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_DELETE Delete Data Cleansing Object(Deleteion Flag, Archiving Flag).
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_GET_DETAILS Read Details of One of More Objects .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_RELEASE Release Data Cleansing Object (Reset Status/Lock) .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_ROLLBACK Roll Back Changes to Main Object .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I CLEARING_SAVE Make Change Persistent .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I ENHANCE_DESCRIPTION Determing Language-Dependent Object Description .
IF_CLEARING_OBJECT I FILL_ROOT_APPL_KEY Generate Application Key of Header Object .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_CHANGE Change Data Cleansing Object .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_CHECK_COPY Check if Copying is Possible (Initial Creation at Target) .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_CHECK_CUT Check if Reassignment is Possible (Incl. Deletion of Orig.) .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_CHECK_DETAIL Check if Detailed Comparison is Permitted .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_DELETE Delete Referencing Object .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_ENHANCE_DESC Determing Language-Dependent Object Description .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_GET_DETAILS Read Details of One of More Objects .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_GET_REFERENCES Determine All Referencing Objects .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_INSERT Insert Reference for Target Object .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_ROLLBACK Rollback Changes .
IF_CLEARING_REFERRING_OBJECT I CLEAR_REF_SAVE Make Change Persistent .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_ACCEPT Corresponds to the HTTP request header ACCEPT .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_ALERTING_SUPPORTED Specifies whether notifcation such as SMS is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_ANCHOR_PREV_SUPPORTED Specifies whether back action using "anchor" tag is possible.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_ANCHOR_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the "anchor" tag is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_APP_LINKS_SUPPORTED Specifies if the e. loc. application can be called by link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_APP_LINK_TYPES Specifies which type of application links are possible .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BACK_HARD_WIRED Specifies if back action can be executed without "do" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BACK_LABEL Specifies whether back labels are represented by label atts .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BACK_TO_ANY_URL_SUPPORTED Specifies whether back action is possible for any URL .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BIG_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted as large .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BOLD_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted as bold .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BREAKING_SPACE Returns the smallest string for a blank character .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BROWSER_CATEGORY Returns the Browser category .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BROWSER_NAME Returns the name of the Browser .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BROWSER_OS Returns the operating system to the end device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_BROWSER_VERSION Returns the Browser version, such as 5.5 .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CACHE_ENABLED_BY_DEFAULT Specifies whether Browser caching is activated by default .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CERTIFICATES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the device supports client certificates .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CHAR_HEIGHT Returns the screen height in rows .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CHAR_WIDTH Returns the screen width in characters .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_COLOR_DEPTH Returns the color intensity, such as 256 colors .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_COLOR_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the device has a color screen .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Returns the content type, such as HTML or WML .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CONTENT_TYPE_VERSION Returns the version of the content type .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_COOKIES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports cookies .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CSS_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports cascading style sheet.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_CSS_VERSION Returns the CSS version .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEFAULT_ACTION_DESIGN Returns the preferred interface element for actions .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEFAULT_BLOCK_SEPARATOR Returns the preferred character string to separate paragrphs.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEFAULT_BULLET Returns the preferred symbol to label list points .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEFAULT_FORM_STYLE Returns the preferred display type for input templates .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEFAULT_MENU_STYLE Returns the preferred display type for menus .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEVICE_CATEGORY Returns the category of the end device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DEVICE_NAME Returns the name of the end device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DOM_SUPPORTED Specifes whether the device supports DOM .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_DOM_VERSION Returns the DOM version that is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_EMPHASIZED_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted as highlighted .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_EMULATOR Specifies whether the end device can be catgrzd as emulator .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FIELDSET_LAYOUT Rerurns the type of input field grouping .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FIELDSET_TITLE_VISIBLE Specifies whether the title is displayed with field sets .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FONT_PROPORTIONAL Specifies whether proportional font is specified .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FORM_FACTOR Returns the form factor of the end device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FORM_MENU_SUPPORTED Specifies whether forms are possible with the preset menu .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_FRAMES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports frames .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_GRAY_LEVEL Returns the number of gray tones with gray-scale pictures .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_HORZ_SCROLLING_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the device has a horizontal scrollbar .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_HREF_WITH_PARAMS_SUPPORTEDSpecifies whether the HREF attribute can contain URL params .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_HTTP_GET_SUPPORTED Specifies whether HTTP GET is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_HTTP_POST_SUPPORTED Specifies whether HTTP POST is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_IMAGE_ALIGNMENT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether graphics can be aligned .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_IMAGE_LINKS_SUPPORTED Specifies whether a graphic can be used as a link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_IMAGE_SIZE_MAX Returns the max. memory size of a graphic .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_FORMAT_DATE Returns the string that checks the date values .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_FORMAT_NUMERIC Returns the string that checks the numerical values .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_METHOD_HAND_WRITING Specifies whether handwriting recognition is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_METHOD_KEYBOARD Specifies whether data can be input using the keyboard .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_METHOD_KEYPAD Specifies whether data can be input using telephone keypad .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_METHOD_KEYPAD_INTELLSpecifies whether T9 text input is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_METHOD_VOICE Specifies whether language input is supported for data .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_INPUT_SHOWN_WITH_CAPTION Specifies whether the title attribute is used as a label .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_ITALIC_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted in italics .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_JAVA_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the programming language supports Java .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_JAVA_VERSION Returns the Java version that is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_LINKS_SEPARATED Specifies whether two consecutive links are separated .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_LINK_DECORATION Specifies the surrounding character of a link text .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_LINK_TEXT_WIDTH Returns the number of characters in a row .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_LOCAL_IMAGES_SUPPORTED Specifies if the device supports local graphics or symbols .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_LOCAL_VARIABLES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports local variables .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MARQUEE_LINK_SUPPORTED Specifies whether excessively long links can be wrapped .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MARQUEE_TEXT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether excessively long texts can be wrapped .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MAX_LINK_LENGTH Returns the max. size of the HREF attribute of a link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MEDIA_FORMATS Returns the list of the multimedia formats that are supprted.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MEMORY Returns the max. main memory capacity of the device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_MODEL Returns the name of the device type .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NBSP_SUPPORTED Specifies whether non-breaking characters are supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NESTED_TABLES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether nested tables are supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_AFTER_IMAGE Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after an "img" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_AFTER_INPUT Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after an "input" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_AFTER_LINK Specifies whether a "br/" is inserted after a link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_AFTER_SELECT Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after a "select" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BEFORE_IMAGE Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after an "img" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BEFORE_INPUT Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after an "img" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BEFORE_LINK Specifies whether a "br/" is interted before a link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BEFORE_SELECT Specifies whether a "br" is inserted after a "select" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BETWEEN_IMAGES Specifies whether a "br" is inserted betweem "img" tags .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BETWEEN_LINKS Specifies whether a "br/" is inserted between two links .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_NEWLINE_BETW_LINK_AND_TAG Specifies whether a "br" is inserted between a link and tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_OFFLINE_BROWSING_SUPPORTEDSpecifies whether cached pages can be browsed offline .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_OFFLINE_FORMS_SUPPORTED Specifies whether forms can be filled offline .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_PAGE_SIZE_MAX Returns the maximum size of a page .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_PAGE_SIZE_REMAINING Returns the number of rem. bytes for the remaining control .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_PIXEL_HEIGHT Returns the screen height in pixels .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_PIXEL_WIDTH Returns the screen width in pixels .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_REDIR_ABSOLUTE_SUPPORTED Specifies whether an absolute URL can be diverted .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_REDIR_RELATIVE_SUPPORTED Specifies whether a relative URL can be diverted .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SCRIPT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports scripting .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SCRIPT_VERSION Returns the script version that is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SECURE_PROTOCOLS_SUPPORTEDSpecifies whether secure protocols are supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SECURE_PROTOCOL_NAMES Returns the name of the security protocol that is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SELECTION_MENU_SUPPORTED Specifies wehter a menu with numbering is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SELF_HREF No longer supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SETVAR_ON_EVENT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether "setvar" is possible without "onevent" .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SKIPPING_TO_INPUT Specifies if automatic lead at first "input" tag .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SMALL_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted as small .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOFTKEYS_RENDERED_INLINE Specifies whether soft keys are displayed as buttons .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOFTKEY_NUM Returns the number of supported soft keys on the device .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOFTKEY_STYLE1 Describes how soft key 1 is displayed on the screen .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOFTKEY_STYLE2 Describes how soft key 2 is displayed on the screen .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOFTKEY_TITLE_WIDTH Returns the max. length of the soft key label .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SOUND_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the end device can process tones .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_STRONG_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text can be formatted as highlighted .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SUBMIT_ONEVENT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether submit within "onevent" is supported .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_SUB_CATEGORY Is used to group end devices .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TABLE_HAS_BORDERS Specifies whether tables are displayed with gridlines .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TABLE_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the browser supports multi-column tables .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TELEPHONY_LINKS_SUPPORTED Specifies if phone numbers can be directly dialled via link .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TEXT_ALIGNMENT_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text alignment is possible within e. para..
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TEXT_STYLES_SUPPORTED Specifies whether text formatting using "b" etc. is possible.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TITLE_SUPPORTED Specifies if he title attribute of "card" tag is visible .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_TITLE_WIDTH Returns the max. character number of the title .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_UNDERLINE_SUPPORTED Describes whether text can be formatted underlined .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_USER_AGENT Corresponds to the HTTP request header USER AGENT .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_VARS_ACROSS_CARD_SUPPORTEDSpecifies if Browser variables are poss. for different cards.
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_VENDOR Returns the name of the device manufacturer .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_XSL_SUPPORTED Specifies whether the Browser supports XSL .
IF_CLIENT_INFO I GET_XSL_VERSION Returns the XSL version that is supported .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I ACTIVATE_ENTRIES Activates Inactive Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I DELETE Delete All Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I DELETE_ENTRIES Deletes Selected Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I GET_ENTRIES Delivers Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I GET_FOR_VERSION Get Customer Modification Log to Create a Version .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I GET_NOTE_ENTRIES Returns Log Entries of Corrections to Notes .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I INSERT_ENTRIES Adds Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I MODIFY_ENTRIES Updates Selected Log Entries and Adds New Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I MOVE_ENTRIES Deletes Entries and Adds them to New Transport Object .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I RESET Resets Logs to Original .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Deletes All Inactive Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I SAVE Writes and Deletes Log Entries in the Database .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I SAVE_FROM_VERSION Save Data from Version Management .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I SAVE_INTERMEDIATE_VERSION Save Current Status of Upgrade Adjustment .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I SAVE_UPGRADE_MODE Saves the Adjustment Mode for Single Log Entries .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I SET_UPGRADE_MODE Sets Comparison Mode for Each Log Entry .
IF_CLM_TOOL_LOG I UPDATE_ENTRIES Updates Selected Log Entries .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT I CLEAR Clear attribute list .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT I SET_ASSIGNMENTS Set assignments for Object list .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT I SET_ASSIGNMENTS_FOR_OBJECT Set assignments for one Object .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Initialize attribute list .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT I UPDATE_REFERENCE Update reference .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT_CACHE I CLEAR Clear cache .
IF_CLS_ASSIGNMENT_CACHE I GET_HIT_RATE Get hit rate .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I DISPLAY_DOCUMENTATION Display documentation .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ARBTRY_VAL_TYPE Get type of value for attrbts. with arbitrary values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ASPECT Get aspect info .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ASSIGNMENT_PACKAGE_RULE Get restrictions for selecting packages of assignments .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_AUTOMATIC_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Automatic maintenance is allowed. .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_BADI_INFO Get info about implementation for CLS_CHARACTERIZATION .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Manual maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DEFAULT_FLAG X: A default value exists .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DEFAULT_VALUE Get default value .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns the description of an attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DISPLAY_ONLY X: Manual maintenance is not allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DLVUNIT Returns the software component the attribute belongs to .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_EXISTING_OBJECTS_ONLY Only existing objects are allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_EXPL_VALUES_DOMINATE_LINKSX: Explicit values dominate links .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_EXTERNAL_REPRESENTATION Returns the external representation of a value with convexit.
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_HIDE_REMARK X: The remark field is hidden by default in schar .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ICON_OF_VALUE Returns the icon of an attribute value .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_IMPLICIT_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Implicit maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_INTERNAL_REPRESENTATION Returns the internal representation of a value with convexit.
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_KIND Returns the kind how the attribute values are specified .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_MANUAL_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Manual maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_NAME Returns the attribute name .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_NO_OF_VALUES Returns the number of attribute values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_OBJS_OF_TYPEGR Only objects of the specified type group are valid values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_OBJ_VALUES_HAVE_SUBTYPES X: Objects with sub-objects can be specified as values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_SUB_OBJECT_TREATMENT Returns treatment of sub objects .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_TEXT_OF_VALUE Returns an attribute value text (conv. internal -" external).
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_TYPE_DIRECTORY Returns the type directory of the corresponding type domain .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_TYPE_GROUP Get the object type (group) specifying the classifyable set .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VALUES Returns the attribute values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VALUE_OF_TEXT Returns the value of a text (conv. external -" internal) .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VALUE_TABLE Returns value table name .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTABLE_FIELD Get value table field .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTABLE_ICON_F Get icon field .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTEXT_LANGU_F Get language field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTEXT_TABLE Get text table name .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTEXT_TEXT_F Get text field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VTEXT_VALUE_F Get value field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I IS_ASPECT X: The attribute is an aspect for another attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I IS_DOCUMENTATION_AVAILABLE Check whether the attribute is documented .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I IS_SINGLE_VALUED X: The attribute is single-valued .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I IS_VISIBLE_IN_CUSTOMER_SYSTEM X: The attribute is visible in customer systems .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I OBJECT_CAN_BE_CLASSIFIED Checks, if an object can be classified by the attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I RESET_VALUES_LOADED reset the flag 'values_loaded' .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_ARBTRY_VAL_TYPE Get type of value for attrbts. with arbitrary values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_ASPECT Set aspect info .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_ASSIGNMENT_PACKAGE_RULE Set restrictions for selecting packages of assignments .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_AUTOMATIC_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Automatic maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_DEFAULT_FLAG Set flag for the existence of a default value .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_DEFAULT_VALUE Set default value .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_DESCRIPTION Set the description of the attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_EXISTING_OBJECTS_ONLY Set whether only existing objects are allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_EXPL_VALUES_DOMINATE_LINKSX: Explicit values dominate links .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_HIDE_REMARK X: The remark field is hidden by default in schar .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_IMPLICIT_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Implicit maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_KIND Sets the kind how the attribute values are specified .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_MANUAL_CHANGES_ALLOWED X: Manual maintenance is allowed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_OBJS_OF_TYPEGR Only objects of the specified type group are valid values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_OBJ_VALUES_HAVE_SUBTYPES X: Objects with sub-objects can be specified as values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_SINGLE_VALUED Set the flag whether the attribute is single valued .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_SUB_OBJECT_TREATMENT Set treatment of sub objects .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_TYPE_GROUP Set the object type (group) specifying the classifyable set .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VALUES Set the attribute values .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VALUE_TABLE Set value table name .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VISIBLE_IN_CUSTOMER_SYSTEMX: The attribute is displayed in customer systems .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTABLE_FIELD Set value table field .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTABLE_ICON_F Set icon field .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTEXT_LANGU_F Set language field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTEXT_TABLE Set text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTEXT_TEXT_F Set text field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VTEXT_VALUE_F Set value field of the text table .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE I VALUE_IS_VALID Check whether a value is valid for the attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I ALLOW_NEW_LINE The user can create new lines .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I CLEAR_LINE Clear a line .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I FILL_COLUMNS Fill values into the assignment grid .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I FORMAT_COLUMN Format column .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I GET_LAST_CHANGED Get admin data .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I GET_NO_OF_VALUE_COLUMNS No of columns needed in the assignment grid .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I GET_NO_OF_VALUE_ROWS No of rows needed in the assignment grid .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I GET_VALUE Get value .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Handle double-click on an input cell .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I HANDLE_VALUE_CHANGED Update ALV cells if a value has changed .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I READ_COLUMNS Interprete values in the assignment grid .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I REGISTER_EVENTS Register further events (e.g. F4) .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I SET_CHANGEMODE Set changemode .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I SET_FIRST_COLUMN First column of attribute display .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I SET_REMARK_DISPLAY Switch on/off remark display .
IF_CLS_ATTRIBUTE_VISUALIZATION I SET_UP Constructor .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I ADD_VALUES Add values to an existing classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I CREATE Create a classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I EXPLORE_LINKED_ASSIGNMENTS (Re-)read the classifications of linked objects .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I FREE Destructor .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE Get attribute that classifications refer to .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_REF Get reference to the attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_CLIENT_ASSIGNMENTS Get classification of the client .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_CLIENT_ATTRIBUTE For aspects: Get name of the client attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_CLIENT_ATTRIBUTE_REF Get reference of the client attribute .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_GUID Get guid .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_LINKED_ASSIGNMENTS Get classifications of linked objects .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_LINKS Get list of linked objects .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_NO_OF_LINKS Get no of linked objects .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_NO_OF_VALUES Get no of values in the classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_OBJECT Get clasified object .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_VALUES Get classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I IS_INITIALIZED Check state: X = Initialized, otherwise call create .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I SET_LINKS Set list of linked objects .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I SET_VALUES Set classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I SUBTRACT_VALUES Delete values from the classification .
IF_CLS_ATTR_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT I TOUCH Mark as changed .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I CHECK_ASSIGNMENT Check the consistency of a characterization .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I CHECK_ASSIGNMENT_WITH_CONTEXT Check the consistency of a characterization with context .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I CONTEXT_MENU Create new entries in the context menu (start with ACTION:) .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_OBJECT Get the default value(s) .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I GET_EFFECTIVE_VALUE Compute effective value from two values .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I GET_LINKED_ATTRIBUTES List of characteristics that have to changed simultaneously .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I GET_LINKED_OBJECTS Compute list of linked objects .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU_COMMAND Handle commands that start with ACTION: .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I HAS_OWN_COMPUTATION_OF_EFF_VALHas own computation of effective value .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I REFRESH Clear any cached values .
IF_CLS_CHARACTERIZATION I SET_UP_CHARACTERIZATION Initialize Badi. Do not redefine. .
IF_CLS_CROSS_REFERENCE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_FROM_TYPE_GROUP Get attribute from Object type group .
IF_CLS_CROSS_REFERENCE I GET_OBJ_TYPE_GROUPS_FROM_OBJ Get object type group from object .
IF_CLS_CROSS_REFERENCE I GET_OBJ_TYPE_GROUPS_FROM_TYPE Get object type group from type .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I CONTAINS_TYPE X: The group contains the specified type .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns the description of the object type group .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I GET_ELEMENTS Get element list .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I GET_EXPANDED_ELEMENT_LIST Get element list .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I GET_NAME Returns the name of the object type group .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I GET_PROXY_FILTER Obsolete! .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the description of the group .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I SET_ELEMENTS Set element list .
IF_CLS_OBJECT_TYPE_GROUP I SET_PROXY_FILTER Obsolete! .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_ATTRIBUTES Runs compute the distribution of the attribute values .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_ATTRIBUTE_LIST Returns a collection of all relevant attributes .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_ATTRIBUTE_TAB Returns entries of CLS_RE_ATTRIBUTE (internal) .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP Returns the authorization group .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_CONDITION Returns condition of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_CREATE_LIST X: Report runs create object lists .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_CREATE_STAT_DATA X: Report runs create statistical data .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns description of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I GET_NAME Returns the report name .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_ATTRIBUTE_TAB Set attribute of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP Sets the authorization group .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_CONDITION Set condition of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_CREATE_LIST X: Report runs create object lists .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_CREATE_STAT_DATA X: Report runs create statistical data .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_DESCRIPTION Set description of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_DEF I SET_NAME Set report name .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I CHECK_OBJECT_LIST_IS_NOT_EMPTYRun result: Is the object list emtpy? .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I CLONE Create a new run with the same parameters .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I EXECUTE Execute report run .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_COLLECTOR Get collector .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_COUNTERS Run result: Get counters for matching objects .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_DISTRIBUTION Run result: Get distribution of attribute values .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_EXPIRATION_DATE Get expiration date .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_FILTER Get object filter .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_NAME Get report name .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_OBJECTS Run result: Get list of matching objects .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_REPORT_DEF Get reference of report definition .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_STATE Get state of report (created, running, finished,...) .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I GET_VERSION Get version of the report .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SAVE Save run .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SAVE_STATE Save header data of run .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SET_BATCH_ID Set process id .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SET_EXPIRATION_DATE Set expiration date .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SET_FILTER Set object filter .
IF_CLS_REPORT_RUN I SET_STATE Set state of report (created, running, finished,...) .
IF_CLS_TYPE_DIRECTORY I CHECK_FILTERS Check whether an object is part of the type list .
IF_CLS_TYPE_DIRECTORY I GET_TYPE_KIND Get the type of a type (filter, sub-object, main-object,...).
IF_CLS_TYPE_DIRECTORY I OBJECT_IS_IMPLICIT X: The object is not explicitely part of the type list .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I EXECUTE_ITEMS_CMD Execute command .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I EXECUTE_LINKS_CMD Execute command .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I GET_CMD_FOR_ITEMS Command for One or Several Browser Items .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I GET_CMD_FOR_LINKS Command for One or Several Browser Links .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I GET_MENU_BUTTON_COMMANDS Delivers Commands for Dynamic Construction of Context Menu .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I SET_BROWSER_CMD_FOR_ITEMS Set Permitted Browser-Specific Commands .
IF_CMD_HANDLER I SET_BROWSER_CMD_FOR_LINKS Set Permitted Browser-Specific Commands .
IF_CMPD_ASSIGNMENT_MERGE I MERGE Merge Old and New Status .
IF_CMPD_ASSIGNMENT_MERGE I SUBITEM_BEFORE_DETERMINATION What is to be copied from the main item? .
IF_CMPD_ASSIGNMENT_MERGE I SUBITEM_NO_DETERMINATION What is to be copied from the main item? .
IF_CMP_ANNOTATION I GET_CONTEXT Returns Context .
IF_CMP_ANNOTATION I GET_NAME Returns Name .
IF_CMP_ANNOTATION I GET_TYPE Returns Type .
IF_CMP_ANNOTATION I GET_VALUE Returns Value .
IF_CMP_AREA I GET_CODE Returns Coding .
IF_CMP_AREA I GET_END_LINE Returns End Line Number .
IF_CMP_AREA I GET_NAME Returns Name of an Area .
IF_CMP_AREA I GET_START_LINE Returns Start Line Number .
IF_CMP_CALLBACK I CALLBACK_CODE Callback with @callback "id" .
IF_CMP_CALLBACK I CALLBACK_SETVAR Callback with SETVAR NEW ."id"}
IF_CMP_CALLBACK I CALLBACK_VAR Callback with $."id"}$
IF_CMP_CALLBACK_CONTEXT I ADD_VAR Insert a Variable in Context .
IF_CMP_CALLBACK_CONTEXT I GET_VAR Read a Variable from Context .
IF_CMP_REPEAT I ADD_VAR Add variable .
IF_CMP_REPEAT I CREATE_REPEAT Initialize New Repeat Blocks .
IF_CMP_REPEAT I NEXT Initialize Next Program Run .
IF_CMP_SLOT I FIND_SLOT Searches for an Included Slot .
IF_CMP_SLOT I GET_CODE Returns the Code .
IF_CMP_SLOT I GET_FIRST_LINE_NUMBER Returns the line number of the start (if embedded) .
IF_CMP_SLOT I GET_LAST_LINE_NUMBER Returns the line number of the end (if embedded) .
IF_CMP_SLOT I GET_NAME Returns the Name .
IF_CMP_SLOT I SET_CODE Sets the Code .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_DATAPOINT_PATH_INFO Gets Information about Data Point Address .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_DATAPOINT_PATH_LIST Gets Addresses that Match Search Pattern for Data Points .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_DATAPOINT_PATH_STATE Only Gets Status for Address of a Data Point .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_EVENT_PATH_INFO Gets Information about Event Address .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_EVENT_PATH_LIST Gets Addresses that Match Search Pattern for Events .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I GET_EVENT_PATH_STATE Gets Status for Address of an Event .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I NAVIGATE_DATAPOINT_DEFINITION Navigation to Maintenance Environment of Data Point .
IF_CMX_DA_ASSISTANT I NAVIGATE_EVENT_DEFINITION Navigation to Maintenance Environment of Event .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_ADDRESS_DATAPOINT Build for Data Point: Address .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_ADDRESS_EVENT Build for Event: Address .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_EVENT_ACCESS Build for Event Access .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_EVENT_BEGIN Build for Event: Start .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_EVENT_END Build for Event: End .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_ITEM_BEGIN Build for List Entry: Start .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_ITEM_END Build for List Entry: End .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_LIST_BEGIN Build or List: Start .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_LIST_END Build for List: End .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_MESSAGE_RETCODE Build for Message: Return Code .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_MESSAGE_TEXT Build for Message: Text .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_MESSAGE_TYPE Build for Message: SY Fields .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_REQUEST_BEGIN Build for Request: Start .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_REQUEST_END Build for Request: End .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_RESPONSE_BEGIN Build for Response: Start .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_RESPONSE_END Build for Response: End .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_DATE Build for Value: Date .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_FLOAT Build for Value: Floating Point Number .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_INTEGER Build for Value: Integer .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_NUMC Build for Value: Numeric Character String .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_PACKED Build for Value: Packed Number .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_STRING Build for Value: String .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_STRUCTURE Build for Value: Structure .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_TABLE Build for Value: Table .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_TIME Build for Value: Time .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_TIMESTAMPL Build for Value: Time Stamp (Date & Time) .
IF_CMX_DA_BUILDER I AT_VALUE_XSTRING Build for Value: Byte String .
IF_CMX_DA_CLIENT I COMPLETE_PROCESSING Complete Processing; All Data Was Transferred .
IF_CMX_DA_CLIENT I HANDLE_EVENT Handle Event Occurred .
IF_CMX_DA_CLIENT I HANDLE_RESPONSE Process Result of Request .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I EXT_TO_EVENT Creates Event Object from External Object (Director) .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I EXT_TO_RESPONSE Creates Response Object from External Object (Director) .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I XML_FROM_EVENT Creates XML Document from Event Object (MDA Schema) .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I XML_FROM_RESPONSE Creates XML Document from Response Object (MDA Schema) .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I XML_TO_EVENT Creats Event Object from XML Document (MDA Schema) .
IF_CMX_DA_CONVERTER I XML_TO_RESPONSE Creates Response Object from XML Document (MDA Schema) .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I BROWSE_DATAPOINTS Browse for Data Points .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I BROWSE_EVENTS Browse for Events .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I CHECK_DATAPOINT Checks Address for Single Document .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I CHECK_EVENT Checks Address for Single Event .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I GET_DATAPOINTS Gets Data Points Valid for Search Pattern .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I GET_DATAPOINT_STATE Gets Status of Data Point .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I GET_EVENTS Gets Events Valid for Search Pattern .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I GET_EVENT_STATE Gets Status of Event .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I GET_SERVICES Gets Active Services for Search Pattern .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I NAVIGATE_DATAPOINT_DEFINITION Navigation to Maintenance Environment of Data Point .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I NAVIGATE_EVENT_DEFINITION Navigation to Maintenance Environment of Event .
IF_CMX_DA_DICTIONARY I UPDATE_ADDRESS_BUFFER Updates Status of Addresses Checked .
IF_CMX_DA_DIRECTOR I CALL_BUILDER Call Builder with Own Data .
IF_CMX_DA_EVENT I GET_ADDRESS Gets Event Address .
IF_CMX_DA_EVENT I GET_ITEMS Gets Parameters and Messages .
IF_CMX_DA_EVENT I GET_NAME Gets Event Name (Address) .
IF_CMX_DA_EVENT I GET_SERVER Gets Server that Created Event Object .
IF_CMX_DA_EVENT I GET_SUBSCRIPTION Gets Subscription ID (with Dynamic Activation) .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_ADDRESS_OF_DATAPOINT Creates Address Object for Data Point .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_ADDRESS_OF_EVENT Creates Address Object for Event .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_CONVERTER Creates Converter .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_EVENT Creates Event Object .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_EVENT_ASYNC Creates Event Object with Asynchronous Processing .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE_WITH_EXCEPTION Creates Message for Exception .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE_WITH_RETCODE Creates Message for Return Value .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE_WITH_TEXT Creates Message for Short Text .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE_WITH_TYPE Creates Message with ABAP Structure .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_REQUEST Creates Request Object .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_RESPONSE Creates Response Object .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_RESPONSE_ASYNC Creates Response Object with Asynchronous Responses .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_DATE Creates Value from Date .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_FLOAT Creates Value from Floating Point Number .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_INTEGER Creates Value from Integer .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_NUMC Creates Value from Numeric Character String .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_PACKED Creates Value from Packed Number .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_STRING Creates Value from String .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_STRUCTURE Creates Value from Structure .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_TABLE Creates Value from Standard Table .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_TIME Creates Value from Time .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_TIMESTAMPL Creates Value from Time Stamp (Date & Time) .
IF_CMX_DA_FACTORY I CREATE_VALUE_FROM_XSTRING Creates Value from Byte String .
IF_CMX_DA_LOG I WRITE Write Entries .
IF_CMX_DA_MESSAGE I GET_AS_TEXT Gets Simple Text .
IF_CMX_DA_MESSAGE I GET_AS_TYPE Gets ABAP Message .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I DISCARD Clear Instance .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I GET_CLIENT Gets Client for which Request Was Created .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I GET_HANDLE Gets Unique ID for Instance .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I GET_ITEMS Gets Tasks for Server .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I GET_STATE Gets Current Status .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I GET_USER Gets System User who Created Request .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I SUBMIT Close and Send Instance .
IF_CMX_DA_REQUEST I WAIT Instance to Wait for Asynchronous Response .
IF_CMX_DA_RESPONSE I APPEND_RESPONSE Add Further Response Objects .
IF_CMX_DA_RESPONSE I GET_ITEMS Gets Entries .
IF_CMX_DA_RESPONSE I GET_REQUEST Gets Initiating Request .
IF_CMX_DA_RESPONSE I GET_REQUEST_HANDLE Gets Handle of Initiating Request .
IF_CMX_DA_RESPONSE I GET_SERVER Gets Server that Created Response Object .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVER I CANCEL_REQUEST Cancel Processing of Asynchronous Request .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVER I GET_ASYNC_RESPONSES Get Asynchronously Provided Data .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVER I GET_EVENT_OBJECTS Get Asynchronously Created Event Objects .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVER I HANDLE_EVENT_ACCESS Perform Access to Events .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVER I HANDLE_REQUEST Adopt and Process Request .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVICE I GET_ASSISTANT Gets Assistant .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVICE I GET_CLIENT Gets Client .
IF_CMX_DA_SERVICE I GET_SERVER Gets Server .
IF_CMX_DA_SESSION I FREE_LOG Switch Off Logging .
IF_CMX_DA_SESSION I INIT_LOG Switch On Logging .
IF_CMX_DA_SESSION I PING_LOG Address Logging via Connected Sessions .
IF_CMX_DA_SESSION I QUERY_ASYNC_RESPONSES Starts Transfer of Asynchronously Provided Data .
IF_CMX_DA_SESSION I QUERY_EVENTS Starts Transfer of Events .
IF_CMX_DA_UNKNOWN I QUERY_INTERFACE Query Special Interface .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_DATE Gets Value as Date .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_FLOAT Gets Value as Floating Point Number .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_INTEGER Gets Value as Integer .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_REFERENCE Gets Value as Data Reference .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_STRING Gets Value as Character String .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_TIME Gets Value as Time .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_TIMESTAMPL Gets Value as Time Stamp .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_AS_XSTRING Gets Value as Byte String .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_INTO_NUMC Puts Value into Field for Numeric Character Strings .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_INTO_PACKED Puts Value into Field for Packed Number .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_INTO_STRUCTURE Puts Value into Structure of Character Type (C, N, D, T) .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_INTO_TABLE Puts Value into Internal Table .
IF_CMX_DA_VALUE I GET_TYPE Gets Data Type of Value Managed .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_CALCULATION Nodes Generated for Definition of Calculations .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_CONSTANT Generate Node for a Constant (Ident) .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_ACCESS Nodes Generated for Data Access Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_AUTOMATIC Nodes Generated for Automatic Determination of Creation Date.
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_POINT Generate Node for a Data Point .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_REQUEST_SIMPLE Generated Nodes for a Simple Data Request .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_TABLE Nodes Generated for Output/Input of Data Table .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_EVENT Generate Node for an Event .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_EVT_FORMULA Generate Node for a Formula as Event Trigger .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_EVT_FUNCTION Generate Node for a Function as Event Trigger .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_EXTERNAL Generate Node for an External Value (Process Message Type) .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_FIX Generates Nodes for a Fixed Value .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_FUNCTION Nodes Generated for a Function Call .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_DATE Nodes Generated for Date Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_FIELD Nodes Generated for Single Value Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_FIELD_TEXT Nodes Generated for Text Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_NUMBER Nodes Generated for Number Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_PARAM Generated Nodes for Entry of a Parameter .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_SIGNATURE Nodes Generated for Signature Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_INPUT_TIME Nodes Generated for Time Entry .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE Nodes Generated for a Process Message .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE Nodes Generated .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_DATE Nodes Generated for Date Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_FIELD Nodes Generated for Single Value Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_FIELD_TEXT Nodes Generated for Text Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_IMAGE Nodes Generated for Graphic Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_LINK Nodes Generated for Hyperlink Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_NUMBER Nodes Generated for Number Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_OBJECT Nodes Generated for Object Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_PARAM Generated Nodes for Output of a Parameter .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_OUTPUT_TIME Nodes Generated for Time Output .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_PARAMETER Generate Node for a Parameter .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_SYSTEM_COMMAND Nodes Generated for a Command .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_VALIDATION Generate Node for an Input Value Check .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_VAL_FORMULA Generate Node for a Value Check Formula .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_VAL_FUNCTION Generate Node for a Value Check Function .
IF_CMX_PII_FACTORY I CREATE_VARIABLE Generate Node for a Variable .
IF_CMX_PII_FUNCTION I ADD_PARAM Add Reference to Parameter Node .
IF_CMX_PII_FUNCTION I GET_FUNC_NAME Method of Accessing Attribute NAME (read) .
IF_CMX_PII_FUNCTION I GET_PARAM Access Method for Reference Table of Parameter Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_FUNCTION I REMOVE_PARAM Method of Accessing Ref. Table of Parameter Nodes (Delete) .
IF_CMX_PII_FUNCTION I SET_FUNC_NAME Method of Accessing Attribute NAME (write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE I CALL_VISITOR Method of Node that Visitor Receives .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_AUTOMATIC I GET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_AUTOMATIC I SET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I ADD_CALC_FORMULA Adds Formula Part to Internal Formula Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I ADD_TRIGGER Methods of Accessing Trigger (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I GET_CALC_FORMULA Returns Complete Formula .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I GET_CALC_FORMULA_TAB Provides Fragments of the Formula .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I GET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I GET_TRIGGER Method of Accessing Trigger (read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I GET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I REMOVE_CALC_FORMULA Deletes the Internal Formula Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I SET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_CALCULATION I SET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_COMMAND I GET_ACTION_TYPE Access Method for Action Attribute Type (read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_COMMAND I SET_ACTION_TYPE Access Method for Action Attribute Type (write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_COMMAND I SET_TRIGGER Adopt Trigger .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVENT I GET_EVENT_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVENT I SET_EVENT_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FORMULA I ADD_FORMULA Adds Formula Part to Formula Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA Returns Complete Formula .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA_TAB Returns Formula Fragments .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FORMULA I REMOVE_FORMULA Deletes the Internal Formula Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FUNCTION I ADD_PARAM Add Reference to Parameter Node .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EVT_FUNCTION I GET_PARAM Access Method for Reference Table of Parameter Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EXTERNAL I GET_DEFAULT Access Method for Attribute DEFAULT (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_EXTERNAL I SET_DEFAULT Access Method for Attribute DEFAULT (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I GET_URL Access Method for Attribute URL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I GET_VALUE Access Method for Attribute VALUE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I GET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I SET_URL Access Method for Attribute URL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I SET_VALUE Access Method for Attribute VALUE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FIX I SET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I GET_BUTTON_TEXT Access Method for Attribute TEXT (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I GET_DISPLAY Access Method for Attribute DISPLAY (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I GET_TRIGGER Method for Accessing Attribute TRIGGER (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I SET_BUTTON_TEXT Access Method for Attribute TEXT (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I SET_DISPLAY Access Method for Attribute DISPLAY (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FUNCTION I SET_TRIGGER Method for Accessing for Attribute TRIGGER (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FWD_VARDECL I GET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_FWD_VARDECL I SET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I GET_IDENT_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I GET_PARAM Access Method for Reference to Parameter Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I GET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I SET_IDENT_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I SET_PARAM Access Method for Reference to Parameter Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_IDENT I SET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I GET_CONFIRMATION Access Method for Reference to Step Signature (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I GET_DEFAULT Access Method for Attributes DEFAULT_VALUE and DEFAULT_TYPE .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I GET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I GET_VALIDATION Access Method for Referenece to Check Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I GET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I SET_CONFIRMATION Access Method for Reference to Step Signature (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I SET_DEFAULT Access Method for Attributes DEFAULT_VALUE and DEFAULT_TYPE .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I SET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I SET_VALIDATION Access Method for Reference to Check Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_INPUT I SET_VARIABLE Access Method for Reference to Variable Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_OUTPUT I GET_FIX Access Method for Fixed Valuation (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_OUTPUT I GET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_OUTPUT I SET_FIX Access Method for Fixed Valuation (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_OUTPUT I SET_LABEL Access Method for Attribute LABEL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I GET_IDENT Access Method for Reference to Identifier Node (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I GET_OPTIONAL Access Method for Attribute OPTIONAL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I GET_PARAM_NAME Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I GET_PARAM_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I SET_IDENT Access Method to Reference to Identifier Node (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I SET_OPTIONAL Access Method to Attribute OPTIONAL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I SET_PARAM_NAME Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PARAMETER I SET_PARAM_TYPE Access Method for Attribute TYPE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I GET_CURR_BLOCK Access Method for Attribut BLOCK (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I GET_NO Access Method for Attribute NO (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I GET_PREDECESSOR Access Method for Attribute PREDECESSOR (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I INSERT_PREDECESSOR Access Method for Attribute PREDECESSOR (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I SET_CURR_BLOCK Access Method for Attribut BLOCK (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PHASE I SET_NO Access Method for Attribute NO (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_CATEGORY Access Method for Attribute CATEGORY (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_ERROR_LOG Access Method for Attribute ERROR_LOG (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_FTLNR Access Method for Attribute NO (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_FTNO Access Method for Attribute FTNO (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_LAYOUT_URL Access Method for Attribute LAYOUT_URL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_MAX_SIZE Access Method for Attribute MAX_SIZE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_MIN_SIZE Access Method for Attribute MIN_SIZE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_SYMBOLS Access Method for Attribute SYMBOLS (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I GET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute REPEATED (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_CATEGORY Access Method for Attribute CATEGORY (Write)++ .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_ERROR_LOG Access Method for Attribute ERROR_LOG (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_FTLNR Access Method for Attribute NO (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_FTNO Access Method for Attribute FTNO (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_LAYOUT_URL Access Method for Attribute LAYOUT_URL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_MAX_SIZE Access Method for Attribute MAX_SIZE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_MIN_SIZE Access Method for Attribute MIN_SIZE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_SYMBOLS Access Method for Attribute SYMBOLS (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PI I SET_TYPE Access Method for Attribute REPEATED (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PROCESS_STEP I ADD_STEP Inserts Object in Quantity of Referen. Step Objects (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PROCESS_STEP I GET_PARENT Access Method for Parent (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PROCESS_STEP I GET_STEP Access Method for Reference Table (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PROCESS_STEP I REMOVE_STEP Method of Accessing Reference Table (Delete) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_PROCESS_STEP I SET_PARENT Access Method for Parent (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I ADD_STEP Adds Reference to Step Object to Reference Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_LAYOUT Access Method for LAYOUT Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_LOCATION Access Method for PLANT Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_METADATA Access Method for METADATA Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_RECIPE_NAME Accessing Method for Attribute Document Name (read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_SETTINGS Access Method for SETTINGS Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I GET_STEP Access Method to Reference Table (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I SET_LAYOUT Access Method for LAYOUT Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I SET_LOCATION Access Method for PLANT Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I SET_METADATA Access Method for METADATA Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I SET_RECIPE_NAME Access Method for Attribute Document Name (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_RECIPE I SET_SETTINGS Access Method for SETTINGS Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_REQUEST I SET_REQUEST_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFORM I ADD_VAL_FORMULA Adds Formula Term to the Formula Table (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFORM I GET_VAL_FORMULA Delivers the Complete Formula (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFORM I GET_VAL_FORMULA_TAB Delivers the Formula in Fragments (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFORM I REMOVE_VAL_FORMULA Deletes the Internal Formula Table .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFUNC I GET_FUNC_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALFUNC I SET_FUNC_NAME Access Method for NAME Attribute (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I GET_ACCEPT Access Method for Attribute ACCEPT (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I GET_SIG_AUTH Access Method for Attribute SIG_AUTH (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I GET_SIG_MODE Access Method for Attribute SIG_MODE (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I GET_SIG_STRA Access Method for Attribute SIG_STRA (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I GET_TEXT Access Method for Attribute TEXT (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I SET_ACCEPT Access Method for Attribute ACCEPT (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I SET_SIG_AUTH Access Method for Attribute SIG_AUTH (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I SET_SIG_MODE Access Method for Attribute SIG_MODE (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I SET_SIG_STRA Access Method for Attribute SIG_STRA (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VALIDATION I SET_TEXT Access Method for Attribute TEXT (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VARIABLE I GET_GLOBAL Access Method for Attribute GLOBAL (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_VARIABLE I SET_GLOBAL Access Method for Attribute GLOBAL (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I ADD_PARAM Access Method for Parameter (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I ADD_PREDECESSOR Access Method for Predecessor (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I GET_ID Access Method for an XStep ID (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I GET_LIVE_STATE Access Method for Live State (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I GET_PARAM Access Method for Parameter (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I GET_PREDECESSOR Access Method for Predecessor (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I GET_REF_ID Access Method for a Reference XStep ID (Read) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I SET_ID Access Method for an XStep ID (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I SET_LIVE_STATE Access Method for Live State (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_NODE_XS_STEP I SET_REF_ID Access Method for a Reference XStep ID (Write) .
IF_CMX_PII_RECIPE I CHECK Check Semantics .
IF_CMX_PII_RECIPE I GENERATE Generate PI Sheet .
IF_CMX_PII_RECIPE I SIMULATE Simulate PI Sheet .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I CHECK_SEMANTIC Executes the Semantic Check .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I GENERATE_PI_SHEET Executes the PI Sheet Generator .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I GENERATE_XML Executes the XML Generator .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I PARSE Executes the Parser .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I RENDER Executes the Renderer .
IF_CMX_PII_RUNTIME I START_AUTO_CORRECTION Carries Out Automatic Correction .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_AUTOMATIC Visitor Method for Automatic Value Assignment Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_CALCULATION Visitor Method for Calculation Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_CHAR Visitor Method for Characteristic Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_COMMAND Visitor Method for Command .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_CONST Visitor Method for Constant Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_DATAPOINT Visitor Method for Data Point .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_DATA_ACCESS Visitor Method for Manufacturing Data Access .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_EVENT Visitor Method for Conditions (Event) .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_EVT_FORMULA Visitor Method for Condition Formula .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_EVT_FUNCTION Visitor Method for Condition Function .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_EXTERNAL Visitor Method for External Value Assignment Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_FIX Visitor Method for Fixed Value Assignment Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_FUNCTION Visitor Method for Function Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_FWD_VARDECL Visitor Method for Forwards Declaration Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_INPUT Visitor Method for Input Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_MESSAGE Visitor Method for Destination Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_OUTPUT_CHAR Visitor Method for Output Characteristic Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_OUTPUT_VAR Visitor Method for Output Variable Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_PARAM Visitor Method for Parameter Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_PHASE Visitor Method for Phase Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_PI Visitor Method for Process Instruction Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_RECIPE Visitor Method for Recipe Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_VALFORM Visitor Method for Check Formula Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_VALFUNC Visitor Method for Check Function Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_VALIDATION Visitor Method for Check Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_VARIABLE Visitor Method for Variable Node .
IF_CMX_PII_VISITOR I VISIT_XS_STEP Visitor Method for XStep .
IF_CMX_TYPES_AGENT I GET_VALUES_LARGE Gets Data Records in DB LARGE Format for GUIDs .
IF_CMX_TYPES_AGENT I GET_VALUES_MEDIUM Gets Data Records in DB MEDIUM Format for GUIDs .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I GET_DOMAIN_BY_ID Gets a Domain Object for ID .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I GET_DOMAIN_BY_NAME Gets a Domain Object for Name .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I GET_DOMAIN_FORMATS Gets a List of Defined Domain Formats .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I GET_DOMAIN_GROUPS Gets a List of Released Domain Groups .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I GET_DOMAIN_LIST Gets a List of Released Domains .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I PRELOAD_DOMAIN_GROUP Loads all Domains for Group .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DICTIONARY I REFRESH_DOMAIN_BUFFER Updates all Domains Loaded .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I BROWSE_HELP_VALUES SCREEN: Displays the Input Help .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I BROWSE_ONLINE_HELP SCREEN: Displays the Online Documentation .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_DATE Converts Data Format in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_DISPLAY Converts Screen Format in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_FLOAT Converts Floating Point Number in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_INTEGER Converts Integer in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_MDA Converts MDA Value in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_NUMC Converts Numeric Character String in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_PACKED Converts Packed Number in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_STRING Converts Character String in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_STRUCTURE Converts Structure in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_TABLE Converts Table in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_TEXT Converts SAPscript Text Into Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_TIME Converts Time Format in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_VALUE Converts Interal Display from Another Domain .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_FROM_XSTRING Converts Byte Sequence in Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_DATE Converts Internal Display in Date Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_DISPLAY Converts Internal Display in Screen Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_FLOAT Converts Internal Display in Floating Number .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_INTEGER Converts Internal Display in Integer .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_MDA Converts Internal Display in MDA Value .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_NUMC Converts Internal Display in Numeric Character String .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_PACKED Converts Internal Display in Packed Number .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_STRING Converts Internal Display in Character String .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_STRUCTURE Converts Internal Display in Structure .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_TABLE Converts Internal Display in Table .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_TEXT Converts Internal Display in SAPscript Text .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_TIME Converts Internal Display in Time Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I CONV_INTO_XSTRING Converts Internal Display in Byte Sequence .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_CT_FORMAT Gets Corresponding CT Basic Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_DECIMALS Gets the Defined Number of Decimal Places .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Description (Language-Dependent) .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_FORMAT Gets Basic Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_HELP_VALUES Gets Permitted Constant Values (Language-Dependent) .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_LENGTH Gets the Defined Length for Internal Display .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_MIMETYPE Gets the Permitted Mimetype .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I GET_SIZE Gets the Defined Output Length .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I HAS_HELP_VALUES_ONLY Are the Permitted Fixed Values Allowed Only? .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I HAS_VALUE_HELP Is Input Help Available .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I REFRESH Updates the Internal Data .
IF_CMX_TYPES_DOMAIN I VALIDATE Checks a Value .
IF_CMX_TYPES_PROVIDER I DISCARD_DOMAIN Discards a Domain that has Already been Loaded .
IF_CMX_TYPES_PROVIDER I LOAD_DOMAIN_BY_ID Loads a Domain by ID .
IF_CMX_TYPES_PROVIDER I LOAD_DOMAIN_BY_NAME Loads a Domain by Name .
IF_CMX_TYPES_PROVIDER I LOAD_DOMAIN_GROUP Loads a Domain Group .
IF_CMX_TYPES_PROVIDER I REFRESH_BUFFER Updates all Domains Loaded .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CHECK_MIMETYPE Checks an Entered Mime Type .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CHECK_VALUES_CONTEXT Executes a Context Check for Values in API Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_BUFFER_TO_DB Converts Values from Runtime Format in DB Delta .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_DB_TO_BUFFER Converts Values from DB Format in Runtime Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_DB_TO_COPY Converts Values from DB Format in DB Copy .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_DB_TO_DELETE Converts Values from DB Format in DB Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_STRING_TO_VALUE Converts an ASCII Text into Internal Value Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_TEXT_TO_VALUE Converts a SAP Script Text in to the Internal Value Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_VALUE Converts a Value when Exchanging the Assigned Domains .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_VALUE_TO_HTML Converts a Value in Internal Format to HTML Text .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_VALUE_TO_STRING Converts a Value in Internal Format to ASCII Text .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CONV_VALUE_TO_TEXT Converts a Value in Internal Format to SAP Scipt Text .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I CREATE_VALUE_GUID Generates a GUID for Values in DB Format MEDIUM or LARGE .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I GET_EDITOR_TYPE Gets the Editor Type for Mime Type of a Domain .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I GET_SUPPORTED_MIMETYPES Gets the Supported Mime Types for the Domain Format .
IF_CMX_TYPES_UTILITY I REPLACE_VALUE_SYMBOLS Replaces Symbols in Values; &SYMBOL& or SAPScript- .
IF_CMX_XSE_APPLICATION I CREATE_NODE_CUSTOM Generates a New Custom Node for Applicat. of Specified Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_APPLICATION I CREATE_NODE_ROOT Generates a New Root Node .
IF_CMX_XSE_APPLICATION I ON_DISPLAY_CONTEXT Recall for Entry Context Node Request .
IF_CMX_XSE_APPLICATION I ON_DISPLAY_ENTRY Recall for Access Node Request .
IF_CMX_XSE_APPLICATION I ON_UPDATE_SETTINGS Recall for Update of Settings .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I CREATE_NODE_CUSTOM Creates a New Node Without Insert: Custom Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I CREATE_NODE_RUNTIME Creates a New Node Without Insert: Runtime Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I CREATE_NODE_SIMPLE Creates a New Node Without Insert: Every Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION_COMMANDS Gets Application-Specific Commands .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION_CONTEXT Gets the Highest Context Nodes of the Application .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION_LOCATION Gets the Location of the Application if Defined .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION_NAME Gets the Name of the Application .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION_TITLE Gets the Title Text of the Application .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_COMMON_ANCESTOR Gets the Next Shared, Superordinated Node .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_CUSTOM_NODE_FROM_SELECTIONDelivers the Superordinated XSX Custom Node for Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_DEBUG_MODE Gets the Current Display Mode for Technical Details .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_DESTINATION_TYPE Gets the Assgined Destination Type for the Node .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_DRAGDROP_BEHAVIOUR Gets the Drag and Drop Behavior Object for the Node Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_DRAGDROP_ID Gets the Drag and Drop Behavior Handle for the Node Type .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_EDIT_MODE Gets the Actual Process Mode for the Chosen Node .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_ENTRY_NODES Gets the Access Nodes for the Application .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_EXCLUDED_COMMANDS Gets the Deactivated Commands .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_MESSAGE_BUFFER Gets all Data for Update of Message Output .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_PLUGIN Gets a Loaded Plugin .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_ROOT_FROM_SELECTION Gets the Superordinated Root for Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_SELECTED_DESTINATION Gets the Destination Currently Selected .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_SELECTED_NODES Gets the Actual Node Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_SELECTED_SIMULATION Gets the Simulation Copy for the Current Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_SIMULATOR Gets a Loaded Simulation Plugin .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_STEP_FROM_SELECTION Gets the Superordinated Step for Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I GET_XML_FROM_SELECTION Gets the XML Data for Selected Nodes .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I PASTE_NODES_FROM_XML Inserts Nodes After Conversion from XML .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I PASTE_NODES_SIMPLE Inserts a List of Nodes (Clipboard, Drag&Drop) .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I POPUP_TO_CONFIRM Displays a Dialog Box as Confirmation .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I SET_COMMAND_CANCELED Changes the Status of the Current Command: Canceled .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I SET_COMMAND_COMPLETED Changes the Status of the Current Command: Executed .
IF_CMX_XSE_CONTROLLER I SET_SELECTED_NODES Sets the Actual Node Selection .
IF_CMX_XSE_EDITOR I LEAVE Starts the Exit Routine of the Editor .
IF_CMX_XSE_EDITOR I RESET Updates the Settings and Initializes the Display .
IF_CMX_XSE_EDITOR I SELECT Selects the Transferred Nodes if this is Possible .
IF_CMX_XSE_EDITOR I START Starts the Display of the Editor .
IF_CMX_XSE_EDITOR I UPDATE Updates the Settings .
IF_CMX_XSE_FRAME I SET_HIDDEN Hides a Subordinated Component .
IF_CMX_XSE_FRAME I SET_VISIBLE Shows a Subordinated Component .
IF_CMX_XSE_INLINE I GET_SETTINGS Delivers the Settings for the Components .
IF_CMX_XSE_INLINE I SET_CONTAINER Sets the Actual GUI-Container for the Components .
IF_CMX_XSE_INLINE I SET_HIDDEN Sets the Components to Non-Visible .
IF_CMX_XSE_INLINE I SET_PARENT Sets the Supordinated Components .
IF_CMX_XSE_INLINE I SET_VISIBLE Sets the Components to Visible .
IF_CMX_XSE_INTERACTIVE I DO_COMMAND Handles a Command .
IF_CMX_XSE_MANAGER I GET_EDITOR Delivers an Editor Instance .
IF_CMX_XSE_MANAGER I GET_UTILITY Provides the Utility Object .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_APPLICATION I GET_SUBSCREEN Delivers a Subscreen .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_DESTINATION I GET_SUBSCREEN Delivers a Subscreen .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_PLUGIN I GET_PLUGIN Delivers a Plug-In .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_RUNTIME I GET_SUBSCREEN Delivers a Subscreen .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_SIMULATION I GET_PLUGIN Provides a Plug-In for Simulation .
IF_CMX_XSE_SERVICE_WIZARD I GET_WIZARD Provides a Wizard .
IF_CMX_XSE_SUBSCREEN I GET_SETTINGS Settings Request .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I BROWSE_DESTINATIONS Displays a Dialog Box for Selection of Destinations .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I BROWSE_DOMAINS Displays a Dialog Box for Selection of CMX Domains .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I BROWSE_PARAMETERS Displays a Dialog Box for Selection of Parameters for XStep .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I BROWSE_REPOSITORY_ITEMS Displays a Popup for Selection of Repository Items .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I BROWSE_SYMBOLS Displays a Dialog Box for Selection of Valuation Symbols .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I EDIT_COMPLEX_VALUE Processes a Complex Value in an Appropriate Editor .
IF_CMX_XSE_UTILITY I GET_REPOSITORY_ITEM_INFO Provides Node Information about a Repository Item .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I GET_AUTHORITY_GROUP Authorization Group Output .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I GET_FOLDER_DATA Delivers Additional Data on an SXS Folder .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I GET_LOCATION Output Location .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I GET_MTEXT Output Descriptive Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I SET_AUTHORITY_GROUP Change authorization group .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I SET_LOCATION Change Location .
IF_CMX_XSR_FOLDER_INTERACTIVE I SET_MTEXT Change Descriptive Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_ITEM_INTERACTIVE I GET_ITEM_DATA Delivers Additional Data on an SXS Item .
IF_CMX_XSR_ITEM_INTERACTIVE I GET_LOCATION Output Location .
IF_CMX_XSR_ITEM_INTERACTIVE I GET_MTEXT Output Descriptive Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_ITEM_INTERACTIVE I GET_WHERE_USED_LIST Delivers List for Where-Used List for Standard XStep .
IF_CMX_XSR_ITEM_INTERACTIVE I SET_MTEXT Change Descriptive Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_NODE_INTERACTIVE I GET_STEXT Output Short Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_NODE_INTERACTIVE I SET_STEXT Change Short Text .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_INTERACTIVE I GET_VALIDITY_DATE Output Validity Date .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_INTERACTIVE I GET_VERSION Output Version Number .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_INTERACTIVE I GET_VERSION_DATA Delivers Additional Data on an SXS Version .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_INTERACTIVE I SET_VALIDITY_DATE Change Validity Date .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_INTERACTIVE I SET_VERSION Change Version Number .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_STATUS I ACTION_STATUS_CHECK Check Status Change .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_STATUS I GET_STATES Output List Status .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_STATUS I GET_STATUS_OBJECT Output Status Object (without Authorization Check) .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_STATUS I SET_STATUS_OBJECT Change Status Object (without Authorization Check) .
IF_CMX_XSR_VERSION_STATUS I STATUS_CHANGE Change status .
IF_CMX_XS_AGENT I AFTER_SAVE After Saving the Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_AGENT I LOAD Loading of Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_AGENT I PREPARE_LOAD Prepare for Loading of Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_AGENT I PREPARE_SAVE Prepare for Saving of Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_AGENT I SAVE Saving of Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I CHECK_PROPERTY_DOMAIN Checks a Domain for Usage in the Property Index .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I DELETE Deletes Archived Trees from the Database .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I GET_CLOG Loads Attributes and Addresses from the Change Logs .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I GET_CLOG_DOCUMENT Loads a CLOG for a Handle .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I GET_DOCUMENT Loads an XML Document for a URI .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I GET_ITEMS Loads Tree Attribute from the Archive .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I GET_ROOTS Loads a Tree from the Archive .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I MARK_FOR_ARCHIVE Selects Persistent Trees for Archiving .
IF_CMX_XS_ARCHIVE_MANAGER I WRITE_TO_ARCHIVE Writes the Trees Marked for Archiving to the Archive .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_CONTEXT Context Assignment Builder .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_CUSTOM_NODE_BEGIN SXS Custom Node Builder: Start .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_CUSTOM_NODE_END SXS Custom Node Builder: End .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_DESTINATION Destination Assignment Builder .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_GENERATION Builder for Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_INSTRUCTION Process Instruction Builder .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_PARAMETER_EXCHANGE Builder for Parameter: Exchange .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_PARAMETER_INPUT Builder for Parameter: Input .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_PARAMETER_LOCAL Builder for Parameter: Local .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_PARAMETER_OUTPUT Builder for Parameter: Output .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_REFERENCE_BEGIN Builder for Step Reference: Start .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_REFERENCE_END Builder for Step Reference: End .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_ROOT_BEGIN Builder for Root: Start .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_ROOT_END Builder for Root: End .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_STEP_BEGIN Builder for Root: Start .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_STEP_END Builder for Step: End .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_XS_DOM_BEGIN Builder for XS Tree from XS DOM: Start .
IF_CMX_XS_BUILDER I AT_XS_DOM_END Builder for XS Tree from XS DOM: End .
IF_CMX_XS_CHANGE_OBJECT I DEREGISTER_PERSISTENT Deregister Persistent Objects on the API .
IF_CMX_XS_CHANGE_OBJECT I GET_LOADED Persistent Roots of the Change Object .
IF_CMX_XS_CHANGE_OBJECT I MAKE_PERSISTENT Make Transient Objects Persistent .
IF_CMX_XS_CHANGE_OBJECT I MAKE_TRANSIENT Make Persistent Objects Transient .
IF_CMX_XS_CHANGE_OBJECT I REGISTER_PERSISTENT Register Persistent Object on the API .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I APPLIES_TO Checks Consistancy with Non-Initial Fields in "CONTEXT" .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_APPLICATION Provides the Application, that Defines the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_CATEGORY Provides the Catagory of the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_DATA Provides the Context Key in the Application Structure .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_HASH Provides a Hash Value for Checking Consistency .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_REFERENCE Provides the Context Key in a Data Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_RELATED Provides Further Context Key, which are Related .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I GET_STATE Provides the Status of the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I IS_EQUAL Checks the Consistency with a Further Context .
IF_CMX_XS_CONTEXT I SET_STATE Changes the Status of the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I CREATE_CHANGE_LOG Creates an XML Document for the Change Documentation .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I CUSTOM_NODE_TO_SXS_XML Creates an SXS XML Document from an SXS (Sub-) Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I NODE_TO_XML Creates an XML Document (XS Schema) from a (Sub-) Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I PARAMETER_TO_REFERENCE Creates a Reference from the Parameter Name and Index Value .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I REFERENCE_TO_PARAMETER Creates Parameter Name and Index Value from a Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I ROOT_TO_XML_DOM Creates an XML DOM (Document Object Model) for an XS Root .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I URI_TO_ROOT Creates an XS Tree for an Archive URI .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I XML_ELEMENT_TO_ROOT Creates an XS Tree from an XML Element .
IF_CMX_XS_CONVERTER I XML_TO_NODE Creates a (Sub-) Tree from an XML Document (XS Schema) .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I APPEND_CHILD Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I CALL_VISITOR Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I DO_COMMAND Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I FIND_POSITION Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_ANCESTOR Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_COPY Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_CUSTOM_TYPE Provides the Custom Node Type .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_DESCRIPTION Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_DETAILS Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_META Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I GET_PARENT Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I INSERT_CHILD Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I QUERY_INTERFACE Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I REMOVE_CHILD Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_CUSTOM_NODE I SET_PARENT Delivers the Status Object for a Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION I GET_NAME Provides the Key of the Destination .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION I GET_NEXT_OBJECT Gets ID of the Destination Object to be Generated Next .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I CHECK Checks the Desination-Specific Semantics of an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I DO_COMMAND Executes a Command for a Destination Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I EXECUTE Generates Productive Destination Objects for an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I GET_DESCRIPTION Provides the Description for a Destination Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I GET_DETAILS Provides the Details for a Destination Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I GET_NEXT_OBJECT Gets ID of the Destination Object to be Generated Next .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I GET_OBJECT_STATE Gets the Status for Generated Destination Objects .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I GET_ROOT_CTYPES Gets the Custom Types for Top-Level Custom Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I ON_NODE_INSERT Handles the Supplementation of a Top-Level Custom Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I ON_NODE_REMOVE Handles the Deletion of a Top-Level Custom Node .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I ON_ROOT_ASSIGN Handles the Assignment of an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I ON_ROOT_DELETE Handles the Deletion of an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I ON_ROOT_UNASSIGN Handles the Deletion of an Assignment to an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I PARSE Parses a Characteristic List and Provides (Custom-) Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I RENDER Renders (custom-)nodes in a Characteristic List .
IF_CMX_XS_DESTINATION_HANDLER I TEST Generates Destination Objects for Testing an XStep Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_DIRECTOR I CALL_BUILDER Calls the Builder .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I DEREGISTER_DATA De-registration of LIVE Data Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I DEREGISTER_STATE De-registration of LIVE Status Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I GET_LIVE_DATA Read LIVE Data from Parameters .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I GET_LIVE_STATE Read LIVE Status from XSteps .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I REGISTER_DATA Registration of LIVE Data Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I REGISTER_STATE Registration of LIVE Status Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I SET_LIVE_DATA Change LIVE Data from Parameters .
IF_CMX_XS_EXCHANGE_MANAGER I SET_LIVE_STATE Change LIVE Status from XSteps .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_AUTO_CORRECTION Generates a Visitor That Carries Out Automatic Correction .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_CHANGE_OBJECT_BY_META Generates a Change Object from Metadata .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_CHANGE_OBJECT_CHGNO Generates a Historical Change Object Using Change Number .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_CHANGE_OBJECT_DATE Generates a Historical Change Object Using a Date .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_CHANGE_OBJECT_NONHIST Generates a Non-Historical Change Object .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_CONVERTER Generates a Converter .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_1STEP Generates an Iterator via an XStep .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_ALL Generates an Iterator Above All Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_CLOG Creates an Iterator Using Nodes for CLOG Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_DST Generates a Iterator Above Nodes for an Destination Object .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_NTYPE Generates an Iterator Above Nodes for a Particular Node Type.
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_ITERATOR_RTM Generates an Iterator Using a Runtime Node .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_COLLECTION Generates a Node Collection .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_CONTEXT Generates a Transient Node: Context .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_CONTEXT_BY_META Generates a Transient Node: Context from Metadata .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_CUSTOM Generates a Transient Node: Custom Node .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_DESTINATION Generates a Transient Node: Destination .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_GENERATION Generates a Transient Node: Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_GUID Generates a GUID for Persistent or Transient Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_INSTR Generates a Transient Node: Process Instruction .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_PARAMETER_EXCHANGEGenerates a Transient Node: Parameter EXCHANGE .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_PARAMETER_INPUT Generates a Transient Node: Parameter INPUT .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_PARAMETER_LOCAL Generates a Transient Node: Parameter LOCAL .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_PARAMETER_OUTPUT Generates a Transient Node: Paramter OUPUT .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_ROOT Generates a Transient Node: Root .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_SEARCH Generates an Object for Node Search .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_STEP Generates a Transient Node: Step .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE_STEPREF Generates a Transient Node: Step Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_QUERY_GENERATION Generates a Request Object: Scope of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_QUERY_SYMBOL Generates a Request Object: Valuation Symbol .
IF_CMX_XS_FACTORY I CREATE_SEMANTIC_CHECK Generates an Object for Semantics Check .
IF_CMX_XS_GENERATION I GET_NAME Provides the Name of the Scope of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I CHECK_CONTENT Checks a Characteristic List .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I GET_CATEGORY Gets the Instruction Type .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I GET_CONTENT Gets the Contents .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I GET_PARSE_RESULT Returns the Results of Parsing a Process Instruction .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I GET_STEXT Gets the Description .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I GET_TYPE Delivers the Instruction Type .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I SET_CATEGORY Sets the Instruction Type .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I SET_CONTENT Sets the Contents .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I SET_STEXT Sets the Description .
IF_CMX_XS_INSTRUCTION I SET_TYPE Sets the Type .
IF_CMX_XS_ITERATOR I RUN Start Visit of Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I CHECK_CLOG_TABNAME Checks the Table Type for Change Documents .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I CHECK_CONTEXT_TABNAME Checks Context Table Type .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I CHECK_REPOSITORY_NAME Checks Repository Name .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I DELETE_CLOG_BY_NID Deletes All Change Logs for a NID .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I DELETE_ROOT_BY_NID Deletes Entire Tree and All Change Logs for a NID .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I DELETE_TREE_BY_NID Deletes Entire Tree for a NID .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I FREE_ROOT Removes a Loaded Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I FREE_ROOTS Removes all Loaded Trees .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_ACTION_BADIS Provides Application with BAdI Status for Operation Control .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_ACTION_LIST Provides Business Operations for XSteps .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_APPLICATION_LIST Provides Registered Applications .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CHANGES_BY_NID Provides the Versions for a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CLOG_DOCUMENT Provides the XML Document for a Change Log Entry .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CLOG_LIST Provides Change Log Entries .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CLOG_TABNAME Provides the Name of a Table for Change Documents .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CONTEXT_BADIS Provides Application with BAdI Status for Context Request .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CONTEXT_BY_NIDS Provides Application-Specific Context Data for NIDs .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CONTEXT_TABNAME Gets the Name of a Context Table .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CUSTOM_CATEGORY_LIST Gets the Available Catagories for Custom Types .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_CUSTOM_TYPE_LIST Gets the Custom Types Available .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DATA_CATEGORY_LIST Gets Catagories for Valuation Symbols and Generations .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DESTINATION_BADIS Gets Available Destination Types with BAdI Status .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DESTINATION_LIST Gets Available Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DESTINATION_LOCATIONS Gets Available Locations with Defined Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DESTINATION_SETTINGS Gets the Settings for the Destination Type .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_DESTINATION_TYPES Gets Available Destination Types .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_GENERATION_BADIS Gets Available Scopes of Generation with BAdI Status .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_GENERATION_LIST Gets Available Scopes of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_NAMESPACE_LIST Gets Released Namespaces .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_NIDS_BY_CONTEXT Gets the Root Keys for a Context .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_REPOSITORY_BADIS Gets Available XS-Repositories with BAdI .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_REPOSITORY_LIST Gets Available XS-Repositories .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_REPOSITORY_OBJECT Gets a Specific Repository Object .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_ROOT_BY_CONTEXT Loads XStep Tree for Context-Specified .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_ROOT_BY_NID Loads XStep Tree for Root Key .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_SYMBOL_BADIS Gets Available Valuation Symbols with BAdI Status .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_SYMBOL_LIST Gets Available Valuation Symbols .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_SYMBOL_TEXT Gets the Description for the Valuation Symbol .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I GET_VARIANT_LIST Gets Registered BAdI Variants for Applications .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I MARK_FOR_ARCHIVE Selects Persistent Trees for Archiving .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I REFRESH_SETUP_BUFFER Reloads Data in Buffer for Basic Settings .
IF_CMX_XS_LIBRARY I SORT_ROOTS Standard Sort Order for XStep Trees .
IF_CMX_XS_META I GET_LIST Provides a List of Known Metadata .
IF_CMX_XS_META I GET_META Provides the Value for a Meta Date .
IF_CMX_XS_META I SET_META Sets the Value for a Meta Date .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I APPEND_CHILD Adds a Subordinated Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I CALL_VISITOR Calls a Visitor with the Correct Method .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I DO_COMMAND Executes a Node-Specifie Command .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I FIND_POSITION Finds a Suitable Insertion Position .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_ANCESTOR Provides the Next Node in the Hierarchy for the Interface .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Provides a List of Subordinated Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_COPY Provides a Copy of the Node Subtree .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_DESCRIPTION Provides a Description of the Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_DETAILS Provides Details for the Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I GET_PARENT Returns the Superordinated Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I INSERT_CHILD Adds a Subordinated Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I REMOVE_CHILD Removes a Subordinated Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE I SET_PARENT Changes the Assignment of the Superordinated Node .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_COLLECTION I GET_NODES Gets the Contained Nodes .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_CONSTRAINT I ON_CHANGE Recall Before Changing a Node in a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_CONSTRAINT I ON_INSERT Recall Before Adding a Node to a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_CONSTRAINT I ON_REMOVE Recall Before Deleting a Node from a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_SEARCH I GET_RANGE Returns the Search Criteria as Range on the Initiator .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_SEARCH I SEARCH Node Search Using the XS Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_SEARCH I SEARCH_IN_RESULT Searches Using the Result Nodes of Other Operations (Check) .
IF_CMX_XS_NODE_SEARCH I SET_RANGE Specifies the Search Criteria as a Range on Search Object .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_DOMAIN Gets the Domains .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_MODE Gets the Valuation Mode .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_NAME Gets the Name .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_REFERENCE Gets the Name of the Referenced Parameter .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_STEXT Gets the Description .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_SYMBOL Gets the Assigned Valuation Symbol .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_TYPE Gets the Type .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I GET_VALUE Gets the Current Value .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I IS_LIVE Returns whether the Live Flag is set on the Parameter .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I IS_TABLE Returns whether the Parameter is a Table Parameter .
IF_CMX_XS_PARAMETER I SET_VALUE Sets a Parameter Value Again .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I GET_CHANGE_INFO Administration Data .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I GET_CHANGE_OBJECT Returns the Change Object .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I IS_VALID Check whether the Node is Valid .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I LOAD Loads the Complete Subtree .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I NOTIFY_CHANGED Confirm Change to a Child Node .
IF_CMX_XS_PERSISTENT I NOTIFY_CHANGING Register a Change to a Child .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I ADD_QUERY Adds the Data from Another Scope of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I DELETE Deletes Single or All Repeats .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I GET_CONTEXT Provides the Context for the Copy Template or for Repeat .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I GET_COUNT Provides the Set Number of Repeats .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I GET_STEP Provides the Copy Template (for the Repeated XStep) .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I GET_SYMBOLS Provides the Symbol Request Object for the Particular Repeat.
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I REFRESH Resets the Request Object for an Renewed Data Query .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I SET_CONTEXT Sets the Context for a Single Repeat .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_GENERATION I SET_COUNT Sets the Number of Repeats Required .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_CONTEXT Gets the Assigned Context Key of the Application .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_FIXED Gets Defined Fixed Valuations .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_STEP Gets the Assigned XStep,for Which the Request is Running .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Domain Value .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_DATE Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Date .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_FLOAT Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Floating Point Number .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_INTEGER Gets the Value for a Symbol as an Integer .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_NUMC Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Numerical Char. String .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_PACKED Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Packed Number .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_STRING Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Character String .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_STRUCTURE Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Structure .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_TABLE Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Table .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_TIME Gets the Value for a Symbol as a Time .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I GET_VALUE_INTO_XSTRING Gets the Value for a Symbol as Byte Sequence .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I IS_VALUATED Has the Symbol Already been Valuated .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I REFRESH Returns the Request Object .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_STEP Subsequently Sets the Assigned XStep (no change!) .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Domain Value .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_DATE Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Date .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_FLOAT Sets the Value for the Request Sym. from Floating Point No. .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_INTEGER Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Integer .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_NUMC Sets the Value for the Req. Sym. from Numerical Char. String.
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_PACKED Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Packed Number .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_STRING Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Character String .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_STRUCTURE Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Structure .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_TABLE Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Table .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_TEXT Sets the Value for Request Symbol from SAP Script Text .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_TIME Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Time .
IF_CMX_XS_QUERY_SYMBOL I SET_VALUE_FROM_XSTRING Sets the Value for the Request Symbol from Byte String .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY I GET_ITEM Provides an Item Object for Item GUID .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY I GET_NAME Provides the Name of the Repository .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY I GET_NODE Provides a Custom Node for Visualization of the Repository .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY_ITEM I CONTAINS_ITEM Checks Whether the Transferred Item is Contained .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY_ITEM I GET_COPY Provides a Copy of the XS Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY_ITEM I GET_NODE Provides a Custom Node for Visualizing the Item .
IF_CMX_XS_REPOSITORY_ITEM I GET_PARAMETERS Provides a Description of the Item Interface .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I CLOG_ACTIVATE Activate Change Log .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I CLOG_ACTIVATED Specifies Whether the Change Log is Active .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I CLOSE_REFERENCE Closes all References in the Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I COPY_TO_STEP Gets a Copy as Step .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I CREATE_VERSION Generate Version of a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I DELETE Deletion of a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I EDIT Switch Tree to Change Mode .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I EXECUTE Create Control Recipe .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GENERATE Generate Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GENERATE_UNDO Reset Generation in Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_ARCHIVE_STATE Returns the Archiving Status .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_CONTEXT_LIST Returns the Contexts from the Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_GENERATION_STATE Gets the Status of the Generation of the Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_META_OBJECT Gets the Associated Metadata Object of the Application .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_ORIGINAL Returns the ID for the Copy Template (not persistent) .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I GET_TIMESTAMP Gets the Original Timestamp of the Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I IS_CHANGED Returns whether the Tree has been Changed .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I IS_CREATED Returns, whether the Tree has been newly created .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I IS_DELETED Returns Whether the Tree was Deleted .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I LOCK Locks a Tree to Prevent Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I OPEN_REFERENCE Explode all References in the Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I REFRESH Refreshes a Tree to Display the Last Current Status .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I SET_APPLICATION Sets the Application to New and Changes the Contexts if Req..
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I SHOW Switches the Tree into Display Mode .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I SIMULATE Returns a Transient, Simulated Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I TEST Generated a Test Control Recipe .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I UNDO Undo Function for all Changes Made to a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_ROOT I UNLOCK Unlocks a Locked Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_SEMANTIC_CHECK I CHECK Check of the XS Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_SEMANTIC_CHECK I CHECK_IN_RESULT Check of the Result Nodes from other Operations (e.g.search).
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I GET_NODE_CONSTRAINT Provides the Node-Constraint-Object for the Application .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ACTION_CANCEL Recall After Canceling a Confirmed Operation .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ACTION_COMPLETE Recall After Successful Execution of an Operation .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ACTION_EXECUTE Recall for Execution of an Application-Specifiy Operation .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ACTION_PREPARE Recall for Confirmation of an Operation with Status Change .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ACTION_SELECT Recall for Selection of Executable Operations .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_ARCHIVE_SELECT Recall for Confirmation of "to be Archived" Indicators .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_ACTION I ON_EXECUTION_COMPLETED Recall on Completionl of the Last Productive Object .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I GET_DESCRIPTION Provides the Node Description for the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I GET_DETAILS Provides the Node Details for the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I GET_META_OBJECT Provides a META Object of the Application for a Tree .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I GET_RELATED Provides Further Context Key, which are Related .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I GET_STATE Delivers the Status for the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_CONTEXT I SET_STATE Changes the Status for the Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_HANDLER Provides a Handler Instance for Destination .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_LIST Provides a List of Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_LOCATIONS Provides a List of Locations that Define the Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_NODE Provides an Instance of the Custom-Node-Type .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_SETTINGS Gets the Settings for the Destination Type .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_DST I GET_STATE Provides the Execution Status for Root GUID .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_GENERATION I GET_DATA Provides the Data for the Scope of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_REPOSITORY Provides an Instance for Name .
IF_CMX_XS_SERVICE_SYMBOL I GET_DATA Provides the Date for the Symbols .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks the Authorization of Current User .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I CHECK_EXECUTION_STATE Checks the Execution Status of the Root GUID .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I DEQUEUE_PERSISTENT Deletes a Lock for a Persistent Node .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I DEQUEUE_REPOSITORY Deletes a Lock for a Repository .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I ENQUEUE_PERSISTENT Sets a Lock for a Persisten Node .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I ENQUEUE_REPOSITORY Sets a Lock for a Repository .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I GET_APPLICATION_VARIANT Provides the Current BAdI Varient for an Application .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I GET_CHECK_PROFILE Returns the Check Level .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I IS_CHANGED Persistent objects have been changed .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I IS_COMPLETED Gets, Whether the Specified Trees have been Completed .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I SAVE Saves all Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I SET_APPLICATION_VARIANT Explicitly Sets the BAdI Variant for an Application .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I SET_CHECK_PROFILE Sets the Check Level .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I UNDO Undo Function for all Changes .
IF_CMX_XS_SESSION I UPDATE_CONTEXT Updates Context Nodes after Change of Application Data .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I CHECK Check Semantics .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I COPY_TO_ROOT Converts a Step in a Root .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GENERATION_EXECUTED Returns whether the Generation has Already been Executed .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_APPLICATION Gets the Direct or Indirect Assigned Applications .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_CONTEXT Gets the Direct or Indirect Assigned Context .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_CONTEXT_LIST Returns the Context from the Subtree .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_DESTINATION Gets the Direct or Indirect Assigned Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_DESTINATION_LIST Gets the Destination of the Subtrees .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_GENERATION Gets the Directly or Indirectly Assigned Scopes of Gen. .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_LIVE_STATE Returns the Live Status .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_PARAMETERS Gets the Assigned Parameters .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_PREDECESSORS Outputs the Directly or Indirectly Assigned Predecessors .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_PREDECESSOR_MODE Outputs the Determination Type for the Predecessors .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_STATE Gets the Processing Status .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_STEXT Gets the Description .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_SUCCESSORS Outputs the Successor .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_SYMBOLS Gets an Assigned Request Object for Symbol Valuation .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I GET_TEMPLATE Returns the ID of the Templates .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_CONTEXT Sets the Assigned Context .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_DESTINATION Sets the Directly Assigned Destinations .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_GENERATION Sets the Directyl Assigned Scope of Generation .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_LIVE_STATE Sets the Live Status .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_PARAMETER Changes a Parameter or Adds it Again .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_PREDECESSORS Newly Sets the Direct Predecessors .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_PREDECESSOR_MODE Newly Sets the Art of Determination of the Predecessor .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP I SET_STEXT Sets the Description .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I CLOSE Close Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I COPY_INTERFACE Adopt Interface of SXS .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I EXISTS Checks whether the Reference Exists .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I GET_ITEM Returns the Repository Item .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I IS_OPEN Returns Whether the Reference has been Exploded .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I OPEN Explode Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_STEP_REFERENCE I SET_ITEM Sets the Repository Item Again .
IF_CMX_XS_UNKNOWN I QUERY_INTERFACE Query Special Interface .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_CONTEXT Visitor Method: Context Key .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_CUSTOM Visitor Method: Custom Node .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_DESTINATION Visitor Method: Destination .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_GENERATION Visitor Method: Scope of Generation (Repeat) .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_INSTRUCTION Visitor Method: Process Instruction .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_PARAMETER_EXCHANGE Visitor Method: Parameter with Type EXCHANGE .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_PARAMETER_INPUT Visitor Method: Parameter with Type INPUT .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_PARAMETER_LOCAL Visitor Method: Parameter with Type Local .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_PARAMETER_OUTPUT Visitor Method: Parameter with Type OUTPUT .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_REFERENCE Visitor Method: XStep Reference .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_ROOT Visitor Method: Root .
IF_CMX_XS_VISITOR I VISIT_STEP Visitor Method: XStep .
IF_CM_API I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization in CM Environment .
IF_CM_API I CMO_BROWSE_STRUCTURE Display the Structure of the CM Object in a Control .
IF_CM_API I CMO_CHANGE Given CM Object Is Loaded Changed .
IF_CM_API I CMO_LOAD CM Object with Given Key Is Loaded .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_CHANGE Given Baseline Can Now Be Changed .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_CREATE Create a configuration Baseline .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_DELETE Given Baseline Should Be Deleted .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_EXPLODE Automatic Explosion Mechanism Running .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_FREEZE Freeze the Baseline .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_GETDETAIL For Mass Reading of Baseline Data .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGBASELINE_GETLIST Gives Table with Baseline Key to Selection Criteria .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_CHANGE Given Definition Can Now Be Changed .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_CREATE Create a Configuration Definition .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_DELETE Given Definition Should Be Deleted .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_GETDETAIL For Mass Reading of Definition Data .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_GETLCNET Returns Folder and Baseline Network to a Config. Definition .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGDEFINITION_GETLIST Gives Table with Definition Key to Selection Criteria .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_CHANGE Given Folder Can Now Be Changed .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_CREATE Creation of a Configuration Folder .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_DELETE Given Folder Should Be Deleted .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_GETDETAIL For Mass Reading of Folder Data .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_GETLIST Gives Table with Folder Key to Selection Criteria .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_GETPREDECESSORS Return the Predecessor Folder .
IF_CM_API I CONFIGFOLDER_GETSUCCESSORS Return the Successor Folder .
IF_CM_API I EXISTENCE_CHECK Checks the Existence of a CM Object for Given Key .
IF_CM_API I IS_CHANGE_ALLOWED Structure Object Can (Not) Be Changed .
IF_CM_API I IS_USED Where-Used List: Is Object in a Folder/Baseline? .
IF_CM_API I MODIFY_WORKLIST Changed Entries for Worklist .
IF_CM_API I SAVE All Changes Are Saved .
IF_CM_API I SET_STATUS Changes the Status of the CM Object .
IF_CM_API I START_CM_ENVIRONMENT CM Environment Started .
IF_CM_API I STOP_CM_ENVIRONMENT CM Environment Exited .
IF_CM_API I SWITCH_SEMKEY_AND_GUID Switches Semantic Key and GUID .
IF_CM_API I UNDO All Changes Are Discarded .
IF_CM_BASELINE I BASELINE Fixed ERP Object .
IF_CM_BASELINE I GET_CHANGE_NUMBER_OBJECT Returns Object Which Has All Change Numbers .
IF_CM_BASELINE I GET_DEPENDENT Delivers All Subordinate ERP Objects (n Levels!) .
IF_CM_BASELINE I GET_EXT_FOX_DATA Returns Data in External FOX Format .
IF_CM_BASELINE I GET_FOX_DATA Returns Data for Conversion in FOX Format .
IF_CM_BASELINE I INIT Determining Selection Quantity for Baseline-Relevant Data .
IF_CM_BASELINE I REFRESH Deleting Baselining-Relevant Buffer .
IF_CM_CARRIER I GET_ACTIVITY Return the activity .
IF_CM_CARRIER I GET_CLASS_AGENT Manages individual objects of class .
IF_CM_CARRIER I GET_CONTROLLER Sets the private Attribute Controller .
IF_CM_CARRIER I INTERPRETE Interpretes the activity .
IF_CM_CARRIER I REFRSH_DATA Refresh the data .
IF_CM_CARRIER I SET_ACTIVITY Which activity does the user want to execute? .
IF_CM_CARRIER I SET_COMMAND Sets the current function code .
IF_CM_DATA I GET_DATA Gets data from the object that the IF implements .
IF_CM_DATA I SET_DATA Transports data into the object that the IF implements .
IF_CM_DATA_REGISTER I DEREGISTER Deregistering ALL registrations .
IF_CM_DATA_REGISTER I REGISTER Registering for reading/writing of data, 1x per transaction .
IF_CM_OBJECT I CHANGE_STATUS Change system status and check whether transition is allowed.
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_BOR_KEY Delivers the BOR key for the object .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_COMPLETE_STRUCTURE BCM-"External: Gets structure table .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_DYNP_DATA BCM -" Screen: Gets content and display attributes .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_LOG_HANDLE Reads handle for application log .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_SEM_KEY Delivers semantic key of the object .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_STRUC_ADMIN_INFO BCM -" Screen: Gets admin. info about structure .
IF_CM_OBJECT I GET_TEXT BCM -" Screen: Gets text table .
IF_CM_OBJECT I HAS_CHANGED Delivers CMT_CO_TRUE if object has been changed .
IF_CM_OBJECT I INIT_EXT_COMP Initializes a related external component .
IF_CM_OBJECT I IS_SAVED_BEFORE Is the object in the database? .
IF_CM_OBJECT I READ_STATUS Reads all system statuses .
IF_CM_OBJECT I SET_COMPLETE_STRUCTURE External-"BCM: Sets structure table .
IF_CM_OBJECT I SET_DYNP_DATA Screen -" BCM: Sets content of an attribute .
IF_CM_OBJECT I SET_STRUC_ADMIN_INFO Screen -" BCM: Sets admin. info for structure .
IF_CM_OBJECT I SET_TEXT Screen -" BCM: Sets text table .
IF_CM_OBSERVER I UPDATE_SELF Update own data using the CM .
IF_CM_OBSERVER I UPDATE_SUBJECTS Update instances with data from outside .
IF_CM_READ I GET_CONTROLLER Sets the private Attribute Controller .
IF_CM_READ I REFRESH_DATA Refresh the data .
IF_COA_CALCULATION_METHOD I CALCULATE Performs Calculation .
IF_COA_CO_TOTALS_CONVERTER I READ_TRANS_DATA Reads Transaction Data from DB into CO_TOTALS .
IF_COA_CO_TOTALS_CONVERTER I UPDATE_TRANS_DATA Writes Changes from CO_TOTALS into DB .
IF_COINT_ERR_CP I GIVE_MARKED_OBJECTS Delivers the Selected Objects .
IF_COIS_DISP_TREE I FREE Release ALV Tree .
IF_COIS_DISP_TREE I SET_INITIAL_DATA Copy Tables .
IF_COIS_DISP_TREE I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Generate ALV Tree in Container .
IF_COLUMN_TREE_MODEL_ITEM_PROV I LOAD_ITEMS Load Items on Demand .
IF_COL_ACTION I EXECUTE Ausführen Aktion .
IF_COL_ASPECT I DELETE Löschen .
IF_COL_ASPECT I INSERT Einfügen .
IF_COL_ASPECT I SELECT Lesen .
IF_COL_ASPECT I SELECT_BY_RELATION Lesen über Relationen .
IF_COL_ASPECT I UPDATE Update .
IF_COL_ASPECT I UPDATE_FIELDS deprecated - do not implement .
IF_COL_QUERY I EXECUTE Query .
IF_COL_REPOSITORY_ACCESSOR I GET_SERVICE_MODULE_DATA Read Data of a Service Module .
IF_COL_REPOSITORY_ACCESSOR I GET_SERVICE_MODULE_NAMES Read All Available Service Modules .
IF_COL_REPOSITORY_ACCESSOR I GET_SVC_MOD_CONFIG_NAMES Read Available Configurations of Service Module .
IF_COMMAND_MM I EXECUTE Processing of a Function Code .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I CHECK_VALUES_MASTERDATA Check Master Data .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_PRODUCT_ATTRIBUTE Read Attribute from Product .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_SERVICE Get Reference to Service .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_SERVICES Reference to Services Condition Verifier and Calculator .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_VALUES_BILLING Read Billing Information .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_VALUES_CONDITIONS Read Conditions .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_VALUES_DISPLAY Get Structure Data with Display Values Only .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_VALUES_MASTERDATA Read Master Data .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I GET_VALUES_PARTNERDATA Read Partner Data .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I REGISTER_SERVICE Register Service .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I SET_VALUES_CONDITIONS Write Conditions .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I SET_VALUES_MASTERDATA Write Master Data .
IF_COMPONENT_MASTERDATA I SET_VALUES_PARTNERDATA Write Partner Data .
IF_COMP_PLUGIN I ADD_AND_REMOVE_BUTTONS Add and Remove Buttons .
IF_COMP_PLUGIN I GET_GUI_STATUS GUI Status .
IF_COMP_PLUGIN I GET_MAIN_SCREEN_NR Screen Number .
IF_COMP_PLUGIN I INIT Initialize .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I CHECK_ACTION_AFTER Check After Executing Operation, (Re)Set Status .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I CHECK_ACTION_BEFORE Check Before Executing Operation, (Re-)Set Status .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I CHECK_PROFILE_CHANGEABLE Check Whether Status Profile May Be Changed .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I CHECK_STATUS_CHANGEABLE Check Whether Operation/Status May Be Selected .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I EXECUTE_ACTION Execute Operation, (Re)Set Status .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I GET_ACTIVITY_VALUES List of All Allowed Operations .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I GET_OBJECT_INFO Information on Focus Object .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I GET_PROFILE_VALUES List of All Allowed Status Profiles .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I GET_SYSTEM_STATUS_VALUES List of All System Statuses To Be Set/Deleted .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I GET_USER_STATUS_VALUES List of All User Statuses To Be Set/Deleted .
IF_COM_BSP_STATUS I SET_PROFILE Set Status Profile .
IF_COM_BSP_WORKFLOW I GET_OBJECT_KEY Determination of the Object Key for the CRM UI Key .
IF_COM_COS I CHANGE Change Estimated-Costs Data .
IF_COM_COS I DELETE Delete Estimated Costs .
IF_COM_COS I INIT Initialize Buffer .
IF_COM_COS I PROVIDE Get Estimated-Costs Data .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I CHECK_DATA Checks Buffer .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I FREE_BUFFER Deletes Buffers .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I GET_CHANGES Determines Changed Data .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I GET_INSTANCE Gets Instance .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I LOCK Blocks Table .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I MAINTAIN_UPDATE Receives Changed Data .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_ALL Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_ALL_M Reads All Entries from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_SINGLE Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_SINGLE_M Reads an Entry from the Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I SAVE Saves the Changed Data .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I UNLOCK Unlocks Table .
IF_COM_DIFF_KEY_TYPE_REP I UPDATE_CHK_BUFFER Fills Checked Buffer from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_EEW_APD_MD I ADD_PROGRAM_INFO Callback: Enrich Infos for Program Generation .
IF_COM_EEW_APD_MD I GET_EXTENSION_DETAILS Callback: Details for Extension .
IF_COM_EEW_APD_MD I GET_FIELDINFO Callback: Simulates Function Module DDIF_FIELDINFO_GET .
IF_COM_EEW_APD_MD I GET_TEXTTABLE Callback: Find Text Table for Check Table .
IF_COM_EEW_APD_MD I GET_TEXTTABLE_FIELDINFO Callback: Simulates FB DDIF_FIELDINFO_GET for Text Table .
IF_COM_IL_KEYTYPE_ID I FIELDNAME_BY_KEYTYPE_GET Relationships: Determine Field Names Using Key Type ID .
IF_COM_IL_KEYTYPE_ID I KEYTYPE_ID_GET Relationships: Reading Key Type IDs for an Object Type .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I CHECK_DATA Checks Buffer .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I FREE_BUFFER Deletes Buffers .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I GET_CHANGES Determines Changed Data .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I GET_INSTANCE Gets Instance .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I LOCK Blocks Table .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I MAINTAIN_UPDATE Receives Changed Data .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_ALL Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_ALL_M Reads All Entries from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_SINGLE Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I READ_SINGLE_M Reads an Entry from the Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I SAVE Saves the Changed Data .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I UNLOCK Unlocks Table .
IF_COM_LH_OBJ_KEY_TYPE_REP I UPDATE_CHK_BUFFER Fills Checked Buffer from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_LTX I TEXT_CHANGE Change a Text for an Object State .
IF_COM_LTX I TEXT_CREATE Create a New Long Text for an Object State .
IF_COM_LTX I TEXT_DELETE Delete a Text for a State .
IF_COM_LTX I TEXT_PROVIDE Outputs the Text for an Object .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Collection .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I GET_ALL Access Method for Objects (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I GET_NUMBER Access Method for Number of Contained Objects (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I GET_OWNER Access Method for Collection Owner (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION I HAS_ENTRIES Does the Collection Contain Objects? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION_ITEM I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COLLECTION_ITEM I GET_COLLECTION Access Method for Collection (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I CHECK Check Consistency of Object .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I DELETE Delete Object .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I GET_STATE Access Method for Technical Object State (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I HAS_CHANGES Have Changes Been Made to the Object? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I IS_DELETED Has Object Been Deleted? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I IS_PERSISTENT Is Object Already Persistent? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I IS_VALID Is Object Valid? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_COMMON I NOTIFY_CHANGES_COMMITED Changes to Object Have Been Saved (Internal Use) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I ADD_REFERRING_LINK Add Reference to Link .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Key Category .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_ATTRIBUTES_EXT Access Method for Key Attributes (External Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_ATTRIBUTES_EXT_REF Access Method for Key Attributes Data Object (External) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_ATTRIBUTES_INT Access Method for Key Attributes (Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_ATTRIBUTES_INT_REF Access Method for Key Attributes Data Object (Internal) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_DATA Access Method for Key(s) (Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_DATA_REF Access Method for Key Data Object (Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_DEFINITION_EXT Access Method for Key Definition (External Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_DEFINITION_INT Access Method for Key Definition (Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_DESCRIPTION Access Method to Short Text/Description (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_GUID Access Method for GUID (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_TYPE Access Method for Key Category .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I GET_USAGE Access Method to Key Usage .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY I REMOVE_REFERRING_LINK Delete Reference to Link .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_ALL Access Method for All Keys (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_BY_ATTRIBUTES_EXT Access Method for Key(s) with Attributes (External Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_BY_ATTRIBUTES_INT Access Method for Key(s) with Attributes (Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_BY_GUID Access Method for Key(s) with GUID (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_BY_TYPE Access Method for Key(s) with Key Category (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEYS I GET_BY_TYPE_AND_USAGE Access Method to Key with Key Type and Usage .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I CHECK Check Key Component .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I CONVERT_EXT_2_INT Conversion from External to Internal Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I CONVERT_INT_2_EXT Conversion from Internal to External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Proxy Object .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I GET_DESCRIPTION Access Method for Text (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPNT_PROXY I GET_VALUES Access Method for Values (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENT I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Key Component .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENT I GET_LABELS Access Method for Interface Texts (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENT I GET_VALUES Access Method for Values (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENT I IS_VALID Is Value Allowed? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENTS I CREATE_BY_ROLLNAME Instantiate Key Component (with Data Element) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENTS I GET_ALL Access Method for All Key Components (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_COMPONENTS I GET_BY_ROLLNAME Access Method for Key Component with Data Element .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_FACTORY I BUILD_KEY Create Key(s) (with Data in Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_FACTORY I CREATE_KEY Create Key(s) (with Data in Internal Format) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_FACTORY I CREATE_KEY_BY_ATTRIBUTES Create Key(s) (with Attributes in Internal Format + GUID) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_FACTORY I GET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_FACTORY I SET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I GENERATE_KEY Generate Key .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I GET_GENERATED_KEY Access Method for Generated Key (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I GET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I RESET_LOCK Access Method for Lock (Delete) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I SET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_GENERATOR I SET_LOCK Access Method for Lock (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I GET_KEYS Access Method for Collection of Diffentiation Key(s) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I GET_KEYS_FOR_PRODUCT Access Method to Keys for Product (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I GET_KEY_FACTORY Access Method for Factory of Differentiation Key(s) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I GET_KEY_GENERATOR Access Method for Generator of Differentiation Keys .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I GET_KEY_PERSISTENCY Access Method for Persistence of Differentiation Keys .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I PROVIDE_KEYS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Retrieve Key(s) (Identified By Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I PROVIDE_KEYS_BY_GUID Retrieve Key(s) (Identified By GUIDS) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I PROVIDE_KEY_BY_ATTRIBUTES Retrieve Key(s) (Identified By Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I PROVIDE_KEY_BY_GUID Retrieve Key(s) (Identified By GUID) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_MANAGER I TRANSFORM_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLEKey Attributes (Internal) Convert Table Format to Line Form..
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_PERSISTENCY I GET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_PERSISTENCY I LOAD_KEYS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Load Key(s) from Database (Identified By Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_PERSISTENCY I LOAD_KEYS_BY_GUID Load Key(s) from Database (Identified By GUID) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_PERSISTENCY I READ_KEY_GUIDS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Read Key(s) from the Database (Identified By Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_PERSISTENCY I SET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Keys (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CHECK_KEY_ATTRIBUTES Check Key Attributes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CONVERT_KEYS_ATTRIBS_EXT_2_INTConvert Attributes of Several Keys from Ext. to Int. Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CONVERT_KEYS_ATTRIBS_INT_2_EXTConvert Attributes of Several Keys from Int. to Ext. Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CONVERT_KEY_ATTRIBS_EXT_2_INT Convert Key Attributes from External to Internal Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CONVERT_KEY_ATTRIBS_EXT_RANGE Convert Key Attribute Range from External to Internal Format.
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CONVERT_KEY_ATTRIBS_INT_2_EXT Convert Key Attributes from Internal to External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Key Category .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_DESCRIPTION Access Method for Description .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_KEY_DEFINITIONS Access Method for Key Definitions .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_KEY_DEFINITIONS_COMPONENTSAccess Method for Components of Key Definitions .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_KEY_TABLE Access Method for Table Used to Store Keys .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_KEY_TABLE_COMPONENTS Access Method for Components of Key Table .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE I GET_KEY_TABLE_DEFINITIONS Access Method for Definitions for Storage of Keys .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPES I GET_ALL Method of Access for All Key Categories (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPES I GET_BY_KEY_TYPE Method of Access for Key Category with Key Type (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I CHECK Check Key Component .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I CONVERT_EXT_2_INT Conversion from External to Internal Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I CONVERT_INT_2_EXT Conversion from Internal to External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Key Component .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I GET_DESCRIPTION Access Method for Text (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I GET_LABELS Access Method for Interface Texts (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNT I GET_VALUES Access Method for Values (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_COMPNTS I GET_ALL Access Method for All Key Components for Category .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I BUILD_MAPPING_EXT_2_INT Generate Mapping Between Key Components .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CHECK Check key .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CONVERT_EXT_2_INT Conversion from External to Internal Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CONVERT_EXT_RANGE_2_INT_TAB Convert Key Attribute Range from External to Internal Format.
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CONVERT_EXT_TAB_2_INT_TAB Conversion from External to Internal Format (Several Keys) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CONVERT_INT_2_EXT Conversion from Internal to External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CONVERT_INT_TAB_2_EXT_TAB Conversion from Internal to External Format (Several Keys) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Proxy Object .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_TYPE_PROXY I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_USAGE I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Key Usage .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_USAGE I GET_DESCRIPTION Access Method for Description .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_USAGES I GET_ALL Access Method to All Key Usages (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_KEY_USAGES I GET_BY_KEY_USAGE Access Method to Key Usages with Usage (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I CREATE_ATTRIBUTES Creation of Link Data .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I CREATE_ATTRIBUTES_LOCAL Creation of Local Link Data .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Relationship .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I DELETE_LOCAL Delete Link (Local) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I GET_ATTRIBUTES Access Method for Attributes (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I GET_ATTRIBUTES_LOCAL Access Method for Local Attributes (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I GET_ATTRIBUTES_OF_ALL_IMAGES Access Method for All Attributes (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I HAS_LOCAL_ATTRIBUTES Is Local Link Data Available? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I IS_CHANGEABLE Can Link Be Changed? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I RESET_ATTRIBUTES_LOCAL Reset Local Link Data .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I SET_ATTRIBUTES Access Method for Link Data .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK I SET_ATTRIBUTES_LOCAL Access Method for Local Link Data .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINKS I GET_ALL Access Method for All Links (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_FACTORY I BUILD_LINK Create Link (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_FACTORY I CREATE_LINK Create Link (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_FACTORY I GET_LINK_MANAGER Access Method for Administration of Links (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_FACTORY I SET_LINK_MANAGER Access Method for Administration of Links (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINK Access Method for Link Data (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINKS Access Method for Link Collection (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINKS_BY_COMPLEX_SELECTIONAccess Method for Links (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINKS_BY_PRODUCT Access Method for Links to Product (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINKS_BY_PRODUCT_LOCAL Access Method for Local Link Data (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINKS_BY_PRODUCT_SET_LOCALAccess Method for Local Link Data (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINK_FACTORY Access Method for Link Factory (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINK_LOCAL Access Method for Local Link Data ( DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I GET_LINK_PERSISTENCY Access Method for Persistence of Links (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I IS_LINK_FOR_PRODUCT_CHANGEABLECan Link Be Changed for Specific Product? (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I REPLICATE_LINKS_FOR_OBJECT Duplicate Links for Object (Identified by Key) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I REPLICATE_LINKS_FOR_PRODUCT Duplicate Links for Product (Identified By Key) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I RESET_LINKS Reset Link Data (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_MANAGER I RESET_LINKS_LOCAL Reset Local Link Data (DO NOT USE) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_PERSISTENCY I GET_LINK_MANAGER Access Method for Administration of Links (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_LINK_PERSISTENCY I SET_LINK_MANAGER Access Method for Administration of Links (Write) .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_METADATA_MANAGER I GET_KEY_COMPONENTS Access Method for Collection for Key Components .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_METADATA_MANAGER I GET_KEY_TYPES Access Method for Collection for Key Categories .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_METADATA_MANAGER I GET_KEY_USAGES Access Method to Collection for Key Usages .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_PERSISTENCY I CHECK_CHANGES Check Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_PERSISTENCY I HAS_CHANGES Have Changes Been Made? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_PERSISTENCY I INITIALIZE_AFTER_COMMIT Initialization After Commit Work .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_PERSISTENCY I INITIALIZE_AFTER_ROLLBACK Initialization After Rollback Work .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_PERSISTENCY I SAVE_CHANGES Save Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBCOMPONENT I CHECK_CHANGES Check Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBCOMPONENT I DISMISS_CHANGES Reject Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBCOMPONENT I HAS_CHANGES Have Changes Been Made to the Subcomponent? .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBCOMPONENT I SAVE_CHANGES Save Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBSYSTEM I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LH_SUBSYSTEM I GET_INSTANCE Access Method for Instance (Singleton) (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I CHECK_CHANGES Check Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I DISMISS_CHANGES Reject Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I FREE Destructor .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_INSTANCE Access Method for Singleton (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEYS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Access Method for Keys (Identified By Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEYS_BY_GUID Access Method for Keys with GUID (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEYS_FOR_PRODUCT Access Method for Keys for Product (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_BY_ATTRIBUTES Access Method for Key (Identified by Attributes) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_BY_GUID Access Method for Key with GUID (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_TYPE Access Method for Key Type (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_TYPES Access Method for All Key Types (Read) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_USAGE Access Method to Key Usage (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I GET_KEY_USAGES Access Method to All Key Usages (Reading) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I HAS_CHANGES Have Changes Been Made? .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I REPLICATE_LINKS_FOR_OBJECT Duplicate Links for Object (Identified by Key) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I REPLICATE_LINKS_FOR_PRODUCT Duplicate Links for Product (Identified By Key) .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I SAVE_CHANGES Save Changes .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER I TRANSFORM_KEY_ATTRIBUTES_TABLETransform Key Attribute (Internal) from Table to Line .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER_INT I GET_KEY_MANAGER Access Method for Differentiation Key Management .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER_INT I GET_LINK_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Links .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER_INT I GET_METADATA_MANAGER Access Method for Management of Metadata .
IF_COM_PRD_LINK_HANDLER_INT I IS_OO_LINK_MANAGEMENT_ACTIVE Is Object-Oriented Link Management Active? .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I ADD_TO_CHANGED_COMPONENTS Product Maintenance: Prepare PRODCUT_MNT_UPD .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I APPEND_TO_MINITP_DATA_TAB Attaches a Line to the Mini-Template Data .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CHECK_MINITP_REL_DATA Checks the Data of a Mini-Template Grouping .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CHECK_OWN_DATA_LOGSYS Product Maintenance: Check Whether Own Data with Ext.Log.Sys.
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CLEAR_KEY_MANAGER_ENTRIES Deletes a Key for Buffer Entry Key Manager .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CONVERT_DATA_EXT Converts Data into External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CONVERT_ENTERED_KEYS_INT Converts Data Entered into Internal Format .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I CONVERT_MODIFIED_DATA_INT Converts Changed Data into External Format .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_CURRENT_ORG_ID Gets the Current Organization ID or Differentiation Key .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_KEY_MANAGER_ENTRY Reads a Buffer Entry from the Key Manager .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_KEY_MANAGER_KEY Determines a Key for Buffer Entry Key Manager .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_ORG_TYPE Returns Organization Type .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_PRODUCT_GUID Returns Product GUID .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_REL_TAB_DELTA Determine Delta of two REL Link Handler Tables .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_SETTYPE_GUID Returns Set Type GUID of the Handle .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I GET_TFW_INFO Returns Information on Data Origin .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I MAKE_MINITP_REL_DATA_UPDTAB API: Creates the Update Table Before Updating .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I MAP_MINITP_REL_DATA API: Converts Mini-Template Grouping Data to API Format .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I PREPARE_PRODUCT_MNT_UPD Prod.Comp-Spec.Impl.: Distribute Changes to Object Instances.
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I PRODUCT_MAINTAIN_PREFETCH Link Handler-Specific Impl.: Initial Load of Refereced Data .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I READ_MINITP_REL_DATA Returns the Entries of the Link Handler-Specific Link Table .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I READ_MINITP_REL_HISTORY_DATA Gets the Entries of Link Handler-Specific Link History .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I SET_AFFECTED_ORG_IDS Prod.Comp-Spec. Impl.: Org_IDs Affected During MTP Change .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I SET_KEY_MANAGER_ENTRY Set Buffer-Entry from Key Manager .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I SWITCH_TO_OWN Product Maintenance: Switch to Own-Product Data of Set Types.
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I SWITCH_TO_REF Product Maintenance: Switch to Referenced Data of Set Types .
IF_COM_PRD_TFW_HANDLE_SET I UPDATE_MINITP_REL_DATA API: Update Mini-Template Grouping Data .
IF_COM_PRD_UPGRADE I CHECK_UPGRADE Check Whether the Upgrade Method Has To Be Executed .
IF_COM_PRD_UPGRADE I DO_UPGRADE Upgrade Method .
IF_COM_PRODUCT_SE I ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE_QUERY Execute Search via Attributea (Advanced Search) .
IF_COM_PRODUCT_SE I ENGINE_ATTRIBUTE_READ Read Attributes via Search Engine .
IF_COM_PRODUCT_SE I ENGINE_STRING_QUERY Map String to Various Attributes ("Google-Like") .
IF_COM_PRSEARCHFILTER I RELEVANT_CRITERIA Output of Criteria Relevant for This Filter .
IF_COM_PRSEARCHTOOL I RELEVANT_CRITERIA Output of Criteria Relevant for This Tool .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I CHECK_DATA Checks Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I FREE_BUFFER Deletes Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I GET_CHANGES Determines Changed Data .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I GET_INSTANCE Gets Instance .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I LOCK Blocks Table .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I MAINTAIN_UPDATE Receives Changed Data .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I READ_ALL Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I READ_ALL_M Reads All Entries from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I READ_SINGLE Reads All Entries from Checked Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I READ_SINGLE_M Reads an Entry from the Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I SAVE Saves the Changed Data .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I UNLOCK Unlocks Table .
IF_COM_PR_ORG_REL_REPOSITORY I UPDATE_CHK_BUFFER Fills Checked Buffer from Maintenance Buffer .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Object List for Display Authorization for Logon User .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I CLEAN_UP Release Data, Recreate Initial Status .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAME_LIST Attributes for an Object Type .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Attribute Values and Content for Objects .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I GET_NUMBER_OF_OBJECTS Number of Objects for an Object Type .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I GET_OBJECT_ID_LIST Object IDs for an Object Type .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_LIST Implemented Object Types .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_NAME_ASSIST I ADD_ATTRIBUTE_NAME Add an Attribute .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_NAME_ASSIST I CLEAN_UP Clear Up the Assistants .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_NAME_ASSIST I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAME_LIST Deliver List of Attributes .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_REL I GET_RELATIONS Get Relation Instances of Relation Type .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_REL I GET_REL_TYPE Get Relation Type Definition for Relation Type Key .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_REL I GET_REL_TYPE_KEYS Get Keys of outgoing Relation Types .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I ADD_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Add a Value .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I ADD_CONTENT Add Content .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I ADD_OBJECT Add a New Object .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I ADD_ROW Add a New Line .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I ADD_TIMESTAMP Add a Time Stamp .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I CLEAN_UP Clear Up the Assistant .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Deliver List of Attribute Values .
IF_COM_SE_BUSOBJ_VALUE_ASSIST I IS_REQUESTED Is the Attribute in an Attribute List? .
IF_COM_SE_F4_RESULT_ITEMS I MODIFY_RESULT_ITEMS Modify the result item list .
IF_COM_SE_F4_STEP_SELONE I MODIFY_COLLECTIVE_SEARCHHELP Modify collective searchhelp .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I CREATE_INDEX Create Index .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I CREATE_JOIN_INDEX Create Join Index .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I DELETE_INDEX Delete Index .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I FEED_INDEX Feed Index (= Index/Deindex Documents/Objects) .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I FLUSH_QUEUES Trigger Flush of Index Queues .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I GET_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE Determine TREX attribute type from DDIC type .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I GET_INSTANCE Fetching Instance (Singleton) .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I GET_QUEUES Get Status of Index Queues .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I INDEX_EXISTS List of Indexes with their return code .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I SEARCH_DOCUMENTS Search for Documents/Objects .
IF_COM_SE_TREX I SET_QUEUE_PARAMETERS Set Queue Parameter(s) .
IF_COM_STA I STATUS_CHANGE Change Status of an Object State .
IF_COM_STA I STATUS_PROVIDE Get Status of an Object (State) .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I GET_TKOMK Get Communication Data (Header) .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I GET_TKOMP Get Communication Data (Item) .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I GET_TKOMV Get Conditions .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I SET_TKOMK Set Communication Data (Header) .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I SET_TKOMP Set Communication Data (Item) .
IF_CONDITIONS_SA_MM I SET_TKOMV Set Conditions (Without Check) .
IF_CONDITION_CONTAINER_PPF I GET_CONTAINER Returns the Container .
IF_CONDITION_CONTAINER_PPF I SET_CONTAINER Sets a New Container .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I COPY_CONDITION Copies the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I EVALUATE Evaluates the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I EVALUATE_OPTIMIZATION_RULE Evaluates the Optimization Rule .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I GET_INSTANCE Delivers a Condition Object Instance .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I GET_TYPE Delivers the Type of the Determination Technology .
IF_CONDITION_PPF I SET_GUIDS Sets the Unique IDs of the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I CHECK_CONDITION Checks the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I COPY_CONDITION Copies the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I DELETE_CONDITION Deletes the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_CHANGED Delivers Changed Flag .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_DESCRIPTION Delivers the Description of the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_GUIDS Delivers the Unique IDs of the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_INSTANCE Delivers an Instance to Condition Management .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_SCHEDULE_COND_SUBSCREEN Delivers Subscreen for Schedule Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_START_COND_SUBSCREEN Delivers Subscreen for Start Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I GET_TYPE Delivers the Type of the Determination Technology .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I SET_GUIDS Sets the Unique IDs of the Condition .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I SET_MODE Sets the Mode (Display/Change) .
IF_CONDITION_VIEW_PPF I TRANSPORT_CONDITION Transports Additional Data .
IF_CONNECT_NEW_OBJECTS I INSERT_ADDITIONAL_ENTRIES Get Relationship Texts for Instance .
IF_CONTAINER_ITEM I GET_ITEMS Returns the Browser Item Contained Within .
IF_CONTAINER_ITEM I SET_ITEMS Sets the Browser Item Contained Within .
IF_CONTROLLER_BRF I CREATE_CONTROLLER Creates a Controller .
IF_CONTROLLER_BRF I FREE Releases Controller Instance .
IF_CONTROLLER_BRF I GET_EVENT Returns an Event Object .
IF_CONTROLLER_BRF I INITIALIZE Initializes the Controller .
IF_CONTROLLER_BRF I PROCESS_EVENT Processes BRF Event .
IF_CONTROL_AREA_MAPPABLE_S2L I ACTIVATE Activates Control .
IF_CONTROL_AREA_MAPPABLE_S2L I DEACTIVATE Deactivate Control .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I CREATE Generates a Plug-In at Runtime .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I CREATE_FOR_DESIGN Generates a Plug-In at Design Time .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I CREATE_INITIAL Generates an Initial Plug-In at Design Time .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I DELETE Destroys the Plug-In .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I EDIT_PROPERTIES Design-Time: Displays Dialog Box to Edit Attributes .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_COMPOSITE_NAME Returns Name of Associated Control Composite .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_CONTROL_COMPOSITE Run-time: Returns the Associated Control Composite .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_DESIGNTIME_CONTROL Design-time: Returns Reference to Dummy Control .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_PLUG_IN_DESCRIPTION Returns Information on Plug-In .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_PROPERTIES Design-Time: Returns Plug-In Attributes as a String .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PLUG_IN I GET_RUNTIME_CONTROL Runtime: Returns Reference to Top-Level-Control .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PROP_LIST I CREATE_AND_INSERT Inserts Node in the Property List Before Node Given .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_PROP_LIST I REMOVE Removes Node from Property List .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORT I DELETE Destroys Control .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORT I GET_ENUM_DESCRIPTION Returns Table of ENUM Constants, Values, and Short Texts .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORT I GET_GUI_CONTAINER Returns GUI Container for Given Container Node .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORT I SET_PROPERTY Updates Control Property of Given Property Node .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORTFA I CREATE Creates a Control at Design Time or Runtim .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORTFA I CREATE_INITIAL Creates a Control (Only Needed at Design Time) .
IF_CONTROL_COMPOSITE_SUPPORTFA I GET_CONTROL_DESCRIPTION Returns Information on the Control .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_CONTAINER_NODE Creates a New Container Node and Inserts it as a Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_CONTROL_NODE Creates a New Control Node and Inserts it as a Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_EVENT_NODE Creates a New Event Node and Inserts it as a Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_PROP_LIST_NODE Creates a New Property List Node and Inserts it as a Subnode.
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_PROP_NODE Creates a New Property Node and Inserts it as a Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I ADD_PROP_TREE_NODE Creates a New Property Tree Node and Inserts it as a Subnode.
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_BOOLE_VALUE Returns a Value of Boolean Type .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CHILD Returns a Subnode with Its Name (Can Be Blank) .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Returns all Subnodes in Table .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CLASS_NAME Returns the Value of the Class Name Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_COMMENT Returns the Value of the Short Text Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTAINER Returns Container Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTROL Returns a Control Node in a Container .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTROL_EVENTS Returns Sub-Tree Nodes of Control-Specific Events .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTROL_PROPS Returns Sub-Tree Nodes of Control-Specific Properties .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_ENUM_VALUE Returns Value of Type Enum .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_FACTORY_CLASS_NAME Returns Value of Factory Class Name Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_FIRST_CHILD Returns First Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_HANDLER Returns Name of Event Handler .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_ICON_VALUE Returns Value of Type Icon .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_INT_VALUE Returns Value of Type Integer .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_LAST_CHILD Returns Last Subnode .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_NAME Returns Property Name .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_NEXT Returns Next Same-Level Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_NEXT_STATE Returns Property next_state .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_NODE_TYPE Returns Numbered Types of Different Node Types .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PARENT Returns the Super Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PREVIOUS Returns Previous Same-Level Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_BOOLE_VALUE Returns Boolean Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_ENUM_VALUE Returns Enum Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_ICON_VALUE Returns Icon Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_INT_VALUE Returns Integer Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_NODE Returns Property Node for Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_STRING_VALUE Returns String Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_PROP_TEXT_VALUE Returns Text Type Value for Property Name Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_STRING_VALUE Returns Value of Type String .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_SUBTYPE Returns Value of Type ENUM .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_TEXT_VALUE Returns Value of Type Text .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_TYPE Returns Property Type (BOOLE, INT, and so on) .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I GET_VALUE Returns Proverty Value of Type Given .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I IS_LEAF Returns TRUE ('X') if Node Has no Subnodes .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I IS_PROP_READ_ONLY Returns TRUE ('X') if Property Cannot Be Changed .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I IS_READ_ONLY Returns TRUE ('X') if Node Cannot Be Changed .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I REMOVE Removes Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_BOOLE_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Boolean .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_CLASS_NAME Saves Class Name Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_COMMENT Saves Short Text Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_ENUM_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Enum .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_FACTORY_CLASS_NAME Saves Factory Class Name Attribute .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_HANDLER Saves Event Handler Name .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_ICON_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Icon .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_INT_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Integer .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_NAME Saves Property Name .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_NODE_TYPE Saves Type of Different Property Nodes .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_READ_ONLY Sets Property to "Changeable" or "Not Changeable" .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_STRING_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type String .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_SUBTYPE Saves Name of an ENUM Type .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_TEXT_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Text .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_TYPE Saves Property Type (BOOLE, INT and so on) .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE I SET_VALUE Saves Property Value of Type Entered .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I FIND Finds Node of Given Type and (Optionally) Name .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_ATTR Gets Named Attribute of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_ATTRS Gets Attributes of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_NAME Gets Name of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_NODE Gets Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_TEXT Gets Text of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I GET_DOM_TYPE Gets Type of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I SET_DOM_ATTR Sets Named Attribute of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I SET_DOM_NAME Sets Name of Associated DOM Node .
IF_CONTROL_TREE_NODE_DIAG I SHOW Shows Node (Subtree) Structure .
IF_CONTROL_VIEW_MM I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CONTROL_VIEW_MM I SET_CONTAINER Specify Container .
IF_CON_FIN_BTA_GM_AT_DELEGATE I DELEGATE_EXECUTE_POSTING Delegates execute_posting to Accounting Engine .
IF_CON_FIN_BTA_GM_AT_DELEGATE I DELEGATE_POSTING Delegates Posting to the Accounting Engine .
IF_CON_FIN_BTA_GM_AT_DELEGATE I DELEGATE_PREPARE_POSTING Delegates prepare_posting to Accounting Engine .
IF_COPY_BCS I COPY Copies Itself .
IF_COSTING_BOM_ALV_TREE_LINE I GET_LINE Supplies a outtab line for ALV Tree .
IF_COSTING_NUMBER_CK I POSTING Update an Entry .
IF_COSTING_NUMBER_CK I READ Read an Entry from the Database .
IF_COSTING_NUMBER_CK I SELECT Selection of Entries .
IF_COSTING_TRACE I COLLECT_MESSAGES Collect All Messages .
IF_COSTING_TRACE I INSERT_MESSAGE Insertion of Message .
IF_COSTING_TRACE I MESSAGES_TO_LOG Place the Messages Collected in Error Log .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I CLOSE Close Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I COMMIT_ALL Update All Changed Cost Estimates .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I COPY Copy Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I CREATE Create Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I DELETE Delete Cost Estimate from Memory .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I DEQUEUE Unlock Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I ENQUEUE Lock Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I GET_ERROR_LOG Read Log Handle and Possibly Log from DB .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I READ_FOR_CHANGE Read Cost Estimate Locked .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I READ_FOR_DISPLAY Read Cost Estimate Without Lock .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I REOPEN Reopen Cost Estimate .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I SAVE Save Cost Estimate on DB .
IF_COST_ESTIMATE I SAVE_TEMPORARILY Temporarily Save Cost Estimate .
IF_CO_OBJECT_ITEM I GET_CO_OBJECT_DATA Prepare Data for CO Object .
IF_CO_OBJECT_REFERENCE I GET_AA_OBJECT_NUMBER CO Object Number of Account Assignmt Object (Execution Serv).
IF_CO_OBJECT_REFERENCE I GET_CO_OBJECT_DATA Provide data .
IF_CO_OBJECT_REFERENCE I GET_CO_OBJECT_NUMBER Read CO Object Number (is Called Before Update) .
IF_CO_OBJECT_REFERENCE I GET_TMP_CO_OBJECT_NUMBER Read (Temporary) CO Object No. .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I CALCULATE_OVERHEAD Calculates Overhead on Object .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I COLLECT_COSTS Cost Calculation .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I DISPLAY_COSTING_DATA Displays Cost Data (Possibly from DB) .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I EXPORT_TO_MEMORY Exports the Data of the CO Object into Memory .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I GET_OBJNR Supplies Object Number of Object .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I IMPORT_FROM_MEMORY Imports CO Object from Memory .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I INIT Clear .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I RETURN_DATA Returns Cost Data .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I RETURN_DELTAS Returns Deltas of Internal Tables to DB .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I SUMMARIZE_COSTS Returns Costs as a Total (Possibly from DB) .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I SWITCH_NUMBER Change of (Temporary) Object Number .
IF_CO_PC_CO_OBJECT I UPDATE Update to Database .
IF_CPROJECT_PS_LINK I GET_SCREEN_INSTANCE Get subscreen program name and screen number .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I CHECK_ACCOUNT Check Account Assignment Data .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_DATA Read Account Assignment Data .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_ITEM Determine Item .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_OLD_DATA Read New Account Assignment Data .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_ACCOUNT_OK Set Account Assignment to OK .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_DATA Set Account Assignment Data .
IF_CP_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_KBLNR_KBLPOS Set Earmarked Funds .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I CHECK Check .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I CHECK_VALUE Check Commitment Plan Value .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I CREATE_NEW_ITEM Create New Item .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I DELETE_ITEM Delete Item .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_AKTYP Read Activity Category .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_DATA Read Header Data .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_EKKO Read Contract Header .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_EKPO Read Contract Item .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_ITEMS Read Commitment Plan Items .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I GET_TRTYP Read Transaction Type .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I PROCESS Process .
IF_CP_HEADER_MM I SET_DATA Set Header Data .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I CHECK_ITEM Check Item Value .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I CREATE_NEW_ACC_ITEM Generate New Account Assignment Item .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I DELETE_ACCOUNT Delete Account Assignment .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I DELETE_ALL_ACCOUNTS Delete All Account Assignments .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I GET_ACCOUNTINGS Determine Account Assignments .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I GET_DATA Read Item Data .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I GET_HEADER Read Header Reference .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I GET_OLD_DATA Read New Item Data .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I SET_DATA Set Item Data .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I SET_ITEM_OK Set Item to OK .
IF_CP_ITEM_MM I SET_KBLNR Set Earmarked Funds .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I COPY_BLVIEW Copy Current View to New View .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I DELETE Delete Application (Only Contents of C Tables) .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I DEL_BLUEPRINT Delete Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I EXIT Delete Temporary Work Data from Database .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLAPPL Request Application/Application Set .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLUEPRINT Return Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLVIEW Return View .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BSP_EVENT_TXT Event Text .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BSP_MULTIGRP Get Keys and Text for Multigroup .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_DESIG_URL Determine URL for Calling the Designer .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_EVENT_POOL Tabstrip Event Without Event Set .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_EVENT_SET Tabstrip Event .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I IS_MODIFIED Check to See if Data Was Changed .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I LOAD Load Data from Database .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I SAVE Save Data to Database .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I SAVE_AS Save Data to Database under New Name .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_BLUEPRINT Create/Change Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_BLVIEW Set view .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_TRREQUEST Copy Request Number for Transport .
IF_CRM_BAB_BLUEPRINT I UNDO Undo Changes .
IF_CRM_BSP_BP_POPUP_CLIENT I BP_SELECTED BP Selected on Popup .
IF_CRM_BSP_COMM_CONT I GET_OBJECTKEY_TAB Determination of Object Key Table .
IF_CRM_BSP_COMM_CONT I SET_OBJECTKEY_TAB Sets Object Key Table .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I ADD_CHILD Adds the specified child to this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I DELETE Deletes this container from the data store. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns value of specified attribute (non case-sensitive). .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the values of the specified attributes. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_ATTRIBUTE_CS Returns value of specified attribute (case-sensitive). .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CHANGED_BY Returns this container's last change user. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CHANGED_ON Returns this container's last change date. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CHILD Returns a named child of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CHILDREN Returns the children of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CREATED_BY Returns this container's creator. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_CREATED_ON Returns this container's creation date. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_FORMAT Returns this container's format. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_GUID Returns the GUID of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_NAME Returns the name of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_PARENT Returns this container's parent container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I GET_PARENT_GUID Returns the GUID of this container's parent. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I INITIALIZE Initializes this container or loads it from a data store. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I IS_PERSISTENT Returns 'X' if the container should be saved to the database.
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I RELEASE Releases the memory occupied by this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE Removes the specified attribute. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTES Removes all the attributes of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I REMOVE_CHILD Removes the named child of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I REMOVE_CHILD_REF Removes a reference to a child (does not remove the child). .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SAVE Saves this container to a data store. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets the value of the specified attribute. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets the values of the specified attributes. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_FORMAT Sets this container's format. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_NAME Sets the name of this container. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_PARENT_REF Sets this container's parent reference. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CONTAINER I SET_PERSISTENT Sets whether the container should be saved to the database. .
IF_CRM_BSP_CT_DBAL_APPL I COPY_TO_APPL Copy receiver to new application .
IF_CRM_BSP_CT_DBAL_FIELDGROUP I COPY_TO_FIELDGROUP Copy receiver to new fieldgroup .
IF_CRM_BSP_CT_DBAL_TABGROUP I COPY_TO_TABGROUP Copy receiver to new tabgroup .
IF_CRM_BSP_CT_DBAL_TLBGROUP I COPY_TO_TOOLBARGROUP Copy receiver to new toolbar group .
IF_CRM_BSP_FACE_RENDERABLE I RENDER Render .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I DO_GET_DATA Data Collection .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I GET_FIELDNAME_ID Field Identification .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I GET_FOCUS_VALUES Determine Focus Values .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I GET_NEW_GLOBAL_EVENT Determines New Event When Hiding Active Tab .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I GET_OBJECT_KEY_TAB Determination of Object Key Table .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I GET_VISIBLE_OBJECT_KEYS Determine Object Key According to Filter .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I SET_CURSOR_FIELDNAME Determine Field Name in Which Cursor Is Placed .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I SET_FOCUS_OBJECT Set Focus .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I SET_FW_MSGS_TO_APPLOG Sets Framework Messages in Application Log .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I SET_OBJECT_KEY_TAB Set Table of Object Keys .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_COM I SET_PRINT_DATA Determine Data for Printing .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_OIC_CAL I GET_INITIAL_CALENDAR_DATA Get calendar data for the first run .
IF_CRM_BSP_FRAME_OIC_CAL I SET_CALENDAR_DATA Set calendar data in the search request controller. .
IF_CRM_BSP_INIT_IL I INITIALIZE Object Initialization .
IF_CRM_BSP_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Indicates if more elements lie in the forward direction. .
IF_CRM_BSP_ITERATOR I NEXT Returns the next element in the list. .
IF_CRM_BSP_ITERATOR I REMOVE Optional. Removes the last returned element. .
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I ADD Optional. Inserts an element into the next position. .
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I HAS_PREVIOUS Indicates if more elements lie in the backward direction. .
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I NEXT_INDEX Returns the index of the item that next() will returned. .
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS Returns the previous element in the list. .
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS_INDEX Returns the index of the item that previous() will returned..
IF_CRM_BSP_LIST_ITERATOR I SET Optional. Replaces the last returned element. .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_CHANGE_ONLY Attribute: Change Only .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_MULTIEDIT_OIC Attribute: OIC in Multi-Edit Mode .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_NOMARK Attribute: No Selection Column .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_OICONLY Attribute: OIC Only .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_SRID Attribute: SRID .
IF_CRM_BSP_MAIN_PROPERTY I GET_STANDALONE Attribute: Standalone .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I AFTER_ROLLBACK_DELETE Deletion Failed .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHANGE_FOCUS Change Focus .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_MULTIGROUP Read Active Subcontroller .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_SHUFFLER Check Active Shuffler .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_STEPS Read Active Steps .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Reading the Active Tabs .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_TOOLBAR Read Active Pushbuttons .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_ACTIVE_VIEWSETGROUP Read Active Viewsets .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CHECK_BEFORE_DELETE Check if Deletion is Allowed .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CONVERT_FROM_BOR Determination of Object Key from BOR Parameters .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I CONVERT_TO_BOR Determination of BOR Parameters from Object Key .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I DELETE Delete .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I FILL_DROPDOWN_LISTBOX Read Dropdown Listbox Values .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I FILL_EVENTGROUP Read Dynamic Events .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_ALLOWED_DDLB_VALUES Fill Values for Drop-Down List Box Depending on Object Key .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_FIELDGROUP_VARIANT Read Field Group Variants .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_MESSAGES Read Error Messages .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_MY_FAVORITES Determine Favorites .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_PARENT_OBJECT_KEY Determine Higher-Level Object Key .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I GET_VARIANT Read Screen Variants .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I IS_OBJECT_IN_CREATE_MODE Is Object in Create Mode? .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I PROCESS_EVENT Event Execution .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I QUERY Start Search .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I READ Read Data .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I READ_FOCUS_OBJECT Read Data (with Focus Object) .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I SET_SELECTED_PROCESS_ID Set Selected Process ID .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I SET_SELECTED_STEP_ID Set Selected Step ID .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL I SET_URL_PARAMETER Set URL Parameters for Events .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I CHECK_ACTIVE_SHUFFLER Check Active Shuffler .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I FILL_F4_STRUCTURE Fill value help (F4) structure values .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I FILL_MASS_UPDATE_ATTRIBUTES Do not use it! It is useless now! .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I GET_URL_PARAMETERS Read URL parameters on Requests .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I QUERY Suche starten .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I QUERY_BY_EXTINDEX Obsolete. Please use IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_SRCH_EXTIN_IL .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_2 I READ_BY_EXTINDEX Obsolete. Please use IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_SRCH_EXTIN_IL .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_3 I READ_FOCUS_OBJECT_LI Read Data from MAC with focus object and locking information.
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_ACCESS_IL_3 I READ_LI Read Data from MAC with locking information .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_FASTSEARCH_IL I QUERY_FAST Query with Fast Search Attributes .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_SRCH_EXTIN_IL I QUERY_BY_EXTINDEX By Attribute (TRex) Fast Search Query .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_SRCH_EXTIN_IL I QUERY_BY_STRING By String (TRex) Fast Search Query .
IF_CRM_BSP_MODEL_SRCH_EXTIN_IL I READ_BY_EXTINDEX By Attribute (TRex) Fast Search Read .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I CHECK_FULL_WIDTH Check Whether Controller Covers Full Screen Width .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I CHECK_TABLE_HEADER_NECESSITY Transfer Table Header .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I CHECK_TABSTRIP_NECESSITY Check Whether Tabstrips Should Be Displayed .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I GET_BLUEPRINT_ENTRY Determines Blueprint Attribute .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I GET_GV_VIEWSTATE_OIC Determine Expand/Collapsed Status .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I GET_OBJECT_KEY Determines Object Key .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I GET_PROPERTY_OBJECT Attributes .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I GET_VISIBLE_OBJECT_KEYS Determines Object Key According to Filter Criteria .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SEND_PTC Sends a Data Loss Popup .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_CURSOR_COMPONENT Set Information for Cursor Placement .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_FOCUS_ATTRIBUTES Set Focus Attributes in Main .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_JAVASCRIPT Transfer of Statistical and Dynamic JavaScript .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_JS_FOR_NAV Set JavaScript for Navigation .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_MULTIPART Set Multipart .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_PRINT_DATA Determine Data for Printing .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM I SET_REQUIRED_FIELD_IDS Transfer Mandatory Field IDs .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I CLEAR_GT_MSELVALUES Clear table with multiselect name-value pairs .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I EVENTGRP_POPUP_SHOWN Whether Event Group Popup is shown for quick create. .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I FILL_GT_MULTISELECT_VALUES Fill table with multiselect name-value pairs .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_CONTROLLER Wrapper method for CL_BSP_CONTROLLER2 .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_F4CS_EVENT Gets context sensitive value help event .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_F4CS_VALUE Gets context sensitive value help attribute .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_FLOORPLAN_VERSION Gets the Version of Floor Plan .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_GT_MSELVALUES Gets table with multiselect name-value pairs .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_NFP_VIEW_MODE Gets View Mode Attribute .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I GET_URL_PARAMETER_VALUE Gets the value of a specific URL parameter .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I IN_ODP1_GEN_TAB Whether the ODP tab is the 'General Tab' .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I SET_F4CS_VALUE Sets context sensitive value help attribute .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I SET_NFP_VIEW_MODE Sets view mode attribute .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I SET_OBJECT_KEY_TAB Sets the Object Key table .
IF_CRM_BSP_PARENT_COM_2 I SET_OIP_CREATE_MODE send the OIP's create mode .
IF_CRM_BSP_PERSISTENCY_IL I IS_NON_PERSISTENT Allows MAC to signal that object keys are non-persistent .
IF_CRM_BSP_PROCESS_IL I AFTER_ROLLBACK Time for Initializiation After Rollback .
IF_CRM_BSP_PROCESS_IL I AFTER_SAVE Time for Initialization After Saving .
IF_CRM_BSP_PROCESS_IL I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Time for Check Before Saving .
IF_CRM_BSP_PROCESS_IL I GET_PRIORITY Priority for Saving (1=high, 9=low) .
IF_CRM_BSP_PROCESS_IL I SAVE Save .
IF_CRM_BSP_QUICKCREATE_COM I SAVE Execute SAVE .
IF_CRM_BSP_SEARCHREQ_COM I GET_SEARCHREQ_MODE Determine Search Status .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_APPL_BUTTONS Get Application Functions .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_APPL_DDLB_ITEMS Application Function DDLB Items .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_DATATABLE_METADATA Determine Data Table Structure .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_QUERYSTRING Determine Query String from Object Key .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_SREQ_METADATA Determine Search Request Structure .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I GET_SRES_METADATA Determine Search Result Structure .
IF_CRM_BSP_SMP_MODEL_ACCESS I HANDLE_EVENT Execute Application Function .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I COPY Copies Selected Node and Subordinate Objects .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I CUT Cuts Selected Node and Subordinate Objects .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Fetch Field Attributes for Selected Row in ODC Tree .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I PASTE Pastes Cut or Copied Branch Under Focus .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I READ_CHILDREN Reads Subordinate Nodes in Tree .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I READ_ROOT_DESCR Reads Node Description for Tree .
IF_CRM_BSP_TREETABLE_IL I REFRESH Refresh Tree , i.e. Call Up READ Again? .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_ATTRIBUTES returns all attributes to specific user .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_CALLS returns all relevant information about phone call .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_CALL_ATTRIBUTES returns all relevant information about an ongoing phone call.
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_CHAT_SES returns all relevant information about chat_ses .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_MESSAGES returns all relevant information about messages .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_POSTING returns all information to special posting .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I GET_SESSIONS get all chat sessions of a user .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I SET_ADDRESSES sets addresses of the user .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I SET_CURRENT_CHANNELS sets current channels of user .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I SET_CURRENT_QUEUES sets current queues of user .
IF_CRM_CCS_DB I SET_CURRENT_WORKMODE sets current workmode of user .
IF_CRM_CHECK_RESULT_VALID I CHECK_VALIDITY_OF_CHECK_RESULTDetermine If Check Result Is Still Valid .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I CLOSE close connection .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I DIALOG process dialog .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I DO_RESTART restart application .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I END_ACTIVE_CONTACT end active contact .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I GET_CONCURRENCY Get concurrency .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I GET_INFORMATION get information .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE initialize .
IF_CRM_CIC_ASP_APPLICATION I SET_XTRIGGER_INWAIT Set flag for triggering INWAIT when entering a client .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I ADD_ELEMENTS Put elements to BDD .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I GET_ELEMENTS Get all elements from BDD .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I REMOVE_ALL Clears BDD .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I REMOVE_ELEMENTS Remove elements from BDD .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I SET_EVENT_GATE Sets the object to subscribe for events .
IF_CRM_CIC_BDD I SET_MARKED_ELEMENTS Set which elements are selected .
IF_CRM_CIC_CARGO I ADD_ITEM Add any named value to cargo .
IF_CRM_CIC_CARGO I GET_ITEM Get any named value from cargo .
IF_CRM_CIC_CARGO I GET_ITEM_LIST Get a list of all names of cargo values .
IF_CRM_CIC_CARGO I REMOVE_ALL_ITEMS Remove all named values from cargo .
IF_CRM_CIC_CARGO I REMOVE_ITEM Remove any named value from cargo .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_CUST I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA_SOURCE adds additonal data source elements to action box data flow .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_CUST I GET_CALL_GROUPS returns call groups for action box definition .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_CUST I GET_CONFIGURATIONS returns all configurations of a component workspace .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_CUST I GET_EXTERNAL_INTERFACE returns the external interface of a component workspace .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_EVENT_GATE I ADD_LISTENER Registers component workspace for event .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_EVENT_GATE I ADD_OKCODE_LISTENER Registers component workspace for okcodes .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_EVENT_GATE I REMOVE_ALL Removes all listeners of one object .
IF_CRM_CIC_CMPWSP_EVENT_GATE I REMOVE_LISTENER Removes listener for event .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_ACT_HANDL I EXECUTE_ACTION Execites Default Action .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_ACT_HANDL I EXECUTE_DEFAULT_ACTION Executes a Cluster Action .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_ACT_HANDL I GET_ACTIONS Provides List of Possible Actions for Cluster Type .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_ACT_HANDL I GET_ACTIONS_CTMENU Creates Complete Context Menu (Alternative to GET_ACTIONS) .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_ACT_HANDL I GET_DEFAULT_ACTION Provides Default Actions for Cluster Type .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_TOOLBAR I GET_TOOLBAR_ACTIONS Returns Description of Current Toolbar Actions .
IF_CRM_CIC_NAVVIEW_TOOLBAR I HANDLE_TOOLBAR_ACTION Handles the triggering of a toolbar action by a user .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I ADD_CHILD Add a subcluster to the cluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I BUILD Explicit request for building the cluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I CREATE_CHILD Add a new subcluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I CREATE_CHILDREN_FROM_OBJECTS Add multiple new subsclusters with reference to objects .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I CREATE_CHILD_FROM_OBJECT Add a new subcluster with reference to an object .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I GET_ALL_CHILDREN Get all children .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I GET_CHILDREN_OF_TYPE Get all children of a specific type .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I GET_NUMBER_OF_CHILDREN Get the number of dependend subclusters .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I GET_NUMBER_OF_CHILDREN_AUTO Get the number of dependend subclusters (automatically) .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I GET_REF_OBJECT Get the reference object of the cluster node .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I IS_BUILT Return flag: Cluster is already built .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I IS_IGNORE Return flag for cluster client: Ignore this cluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I IS_LINKED_TO_OBJECT Return flag: Cluster has reference object .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I REMOVE_ALL_CHILDREN Remove all children .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I REMOVE_CHILD Remove one subcluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I REMOVE_CHILDREN_OF_TYPE Remove all children of a specific type .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I REMOVE_REF_OBJECT Remove the reference object of the cluster .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I RESET_BUILT Reset flag: Cluster is already built .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I RESET_IGNORE Reset flag for cluster client: Ignore this cluster (use sub~.
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I RESET_TOUCHED Resets touched-flags of this cluster and all subclusters .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I SET_BUILT Set flag: Cluster is already built .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I SET_CLUSTER_BUILDER Set the cluster builder object .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I SET_IGNORE Set flag for cluster client: Ignore this cluster (use sub~) .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I SET_NUMBER_OF_CHILDREN Sets the number of children .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER I SET_REF_OBJECT Set the reference object of the cluster node .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_CHILD_ACCESS Build cluster on child request .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_REF_OBJECT_SET Build cluster when the reference object is set .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I BUILD_ON_REQUEST Build cluster on explicit request .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I GET_CLUSTER_DEFINITION Returns node types and structure .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I SET_ADDITIONAL_SELECTIONS Sets additional selections for the cluster builder .
IF_CRM_CIC_OP_CLUSTER_BUILDER I SET_PROFILE Sets the profile of the cluster builder .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I AVAILABLE_LANGUAGES Get a list of available languages for a knowledge base .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I DELETE Delete a list of knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I DELETE_ALL Delete a knowledge base .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I DEQUEUE Dequeue kb table entries .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I ENQUEUE Enqueue kb table entries .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I ENTITY_TO_XML Convert a knowledge entity to xml format .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GENERATE Generate a list of knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GENERATE_ALL Generate a knowledge base .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_ACCESS_INFO Get access information .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITIONS Get attribute definitions .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_META Get attribute set for a knowledge base .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_SEARCH_RETURN Get attribute name returned with search hitlist .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Get attribute set with possible values for a knowledge base .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_CMDOCUMENTS obtain attachment for specific kb .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_PARAMETERS Get configuration parameters .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I GET_PATTERNS Get kb-specific patterns from attributes .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RESET_COMPILE_STATUS Reset compilation status .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE Retrieve a single knowledge entity .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_BATCH Retrieve next batch of knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_BY_BO Retrieve entities based on known business objects .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_DETAIL Retrieve details of a set of knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_DETAIL_CONV Retrieve details for conversion, attributes, texts and url .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_DETAIL_XML Retrieve details of knowledge entities in xml format .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_HISTORY Retrieve history of a knowledge entity .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RETRIEVE_SET Retrieve a list of knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I RUN_XSLT Convert xml to a html via xslt .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I SET_ACCESS_INFO Set values for access information .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I SET_ACCESS_INFO_DELTA Increase/decease access information based on delta changes .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I SET_DELTA_UPDATE Set a set of object for delta update .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I SET_PARAMETERS Set configuration parameters .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I UPDATE_ACTION Update todo actions after generation .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I UPDATE_AFTER_COMPILE Update and reset actions after compilation is finished .
IF_CRM_EI_KB I XML_TO_STRING Convert xml to a string .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I CREATE_GENERATION_LOG Create a log entry for full generation .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I DELETE_GENERATION_LOG Delete log entries for full generation .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_COMPILATION_LOG Get logs for compilation history .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_COMPILED_PERCENTAGE Percentage of compiled knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_GENERATED_PERCENTAGE Percentage of generated knowldge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_GENERATION_LOG Get logs for generation history .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_UNCOMPILED_LIST Get a list of uncompiled knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I GET_UNGENERATED_LIST Get a list of ungenerated knowledge entities .
IF_CRM_EI_KB_STAT I SET_PARAMETERS Set configurations for statistical information .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I FEEDBACK Process feedbacks for recommendation .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I GET_ACTIONS Get all possible actions .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I LEARN Incremental learn new information .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I RECOMMEND Recommend actions based on learned results .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I RESET Reset learning engine to its initial state .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I SET_ACTIONS Set all possible actions .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I TRAIN Train the engine from large data sets .
IF_CRM_EI_LE I TUNE Tune learning parameters .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I GET_DDIC_DEFINITION Return DDIC definition for a specific parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Get all export parameters .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETER_DETAILS Get details for a specific export parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I GET_IMPORT_PARAMETERS Get all action import parameters .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I GET_IMPORT_PARAMETER_DETAILS Get details for a specific action import parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I PREPARE_INTERFACE_INFORMATION Prepares interface description for paramter queries .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I SET_EXPORT_PARAMETER_VALUES Set a specific export parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I SET_IMPORT_PARAMETER_VALUES Set a specific action import parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_GENERATION I TRIGGER_GENERATION Start generation .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I GET_DATA Get data via name .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I GET_DEFINITION_AS_STRING Returns definition as string .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I RESET Reset in case of type change .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I SET_DATA Set name/value pair .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I SET_DATA_FROM_DEFINITION Fills data based on definition .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I SET_DATA_FROM_DEFINITION_NEW Fills data based on definition .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I SET_DATA_FROM_HANDLER Fills data based on handler class .
IF_CRM_IC_ABOX_WIZ_TECH_DATA I SET_DATA_FROM_HANDLER_NEW Fills data based on handler class .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION I ADD_APARAMETER Add parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION I GET_ACTIONID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION I GET_APARAMETERS_LIST Gets action parameters list .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION I SET_ACTIONID Sets id .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I GET_ACTIONCLASS Gets action class .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I GET_ID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I GET_TYPE Gets type .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I SET_ACTIONCLASS Sets action class .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I SET_ID Sets id .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_DEF I SET_TYPE Sets type .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I BUILD_CONSTRUCTOR_CODE Build code for action specific constructor .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I BUILD_DEFINITION_CODE Build code for action definition retrieval .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I BUILD_PREPARE_CODE Build code for data flow to the action .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I BUILD_RETURN_CODE Build code for data flow from the action .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I CHECK_CLASS_FOR_REGENERATION Check existing class if regeneration is possible .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I GENERATE_CLASS Generate class frame (data flow independent parts) .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I GENERATE_SOURCES Generate methods and local types .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I GET_COMPLETE_DF_AND_IFDEF Get data flow and interface definition with details .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I GET_DATA_FLOW Get available data flow (either initial or existing) .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I GET_DDIC_DEFINITION Returns DDIC definition for a specific parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I LOAD_ACTION_INTERFACE Load action interface definitions .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I SET_COMPLETE_DF_AND_IFDEF Set data flow and interface definition with details .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_GENERATION I SET_RETURN_DATA_FLOW_REQUEST Defines if the return data flow should be executed .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I GET_ACTION_PROPERTY Returns action specific property (e.g. BOR object type) .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I GET_DATA_FLOW Returns string containing the data flow in html code .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I GET_FORMATTED_ACTION_TYPE Returns action type formatted for ITS service .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I GET_LOGSYS Returns the logical system .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I GET_OUTBOUND_PLUG Returns the outbound plug name for navigation .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I IS_DATA_FLOW_COMPLETE True if data flow is complete and action should be executed .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I IS_RETURN_CONTAINER_REQUESTED True if ITS should return data container .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I PREPARE_DATA_FLOW Builds and prepares data flow .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_HANDLER I PROCESS_RETURN Process the return data flow .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_REP I ADD_ACTION_DEF Adds action .
IF_CRM_IC_ACTION_REP I GET_ACTIONS_LIST Gets actions list .
IF_CRM_IC_AC_DETERMINATION I DETERMINE_COMPARE_VALUE Determine value used for comparison .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I CHECK_HANDLER Check that all handler attributes are accessible .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I CREATE_DISPLAY_HANDLER Create generic display handler .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I CREATE_HANDLER Create specific action handler .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I GENERATE_HANDLER Generate specific handler if needed .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I GET_HANDLER_DEFINITION Get name/value table with handler definition .
IF_CRM_IC_AHANDLER_FACTORY I GET_HANDLER_GENERATOR Get transaction specific generator reference .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT I EXECUTE process the alert message and send it to browser via SAM .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I ADDTO_MESSAGE_HISTORY Add to alert message history .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I ASSIGN_SAM_AGENT_QUEUE Sets the value of sam agent session queue .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I ASSIGN_SAM_SENDER Sets the value of SAM sender. .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I COMPOSE_MESSAGE_TEXT compose alert message text .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I GET_ALERTS_FOR_EVENT Get all alerts defined for the event .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I GET_MESSAGE_HISTORY Get message history list .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I GET_SAM_AGENT_QUEUE Get SAM agent session queue. .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I SEND_ALERT_CANCEL Sends alert cancel message to browser .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I SEND_ALERT_MESSAGE Send alert message to browser .
IF_CRM_IC_ALERT_SERVICE I UNINIT Un-initialization .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I ADD_DYN_PAR Adds dynamic content parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I ADD_ITEM Adds item .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_ANSWERID Gets answer id .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_BOUNDTO Gets bound to BDC field .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_COLS Gets number of columns .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_DYNAMICCONTENTPROVIDERID Gets dynamic content provider id .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_DYN_PAR_LIST Gets parameter list .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_ISDYNAMIC Gets is dynamic answer flag .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_ITEMS_LIST Gets items list .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_MAXLENGTH Gets length .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_ROWS Get number of rows .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_SIZE Gets size .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_STYLE Gets style .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_TEXTPOSITION Gets text position .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I GET_TYPE Gets type .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_ANSWERID Sets answer id .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_BOUNDTO Sets bound to BDC field .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_COLS Sets number of columns .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_DYNAMICCONTENTPROVIDERID Sets dynamic content provider id .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_ISDYNAMIC Sets is dynamic answer flag .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_MAXLENGTH Sets length .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_ROWS Sets number of rows .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_SIZE Sets size .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_STYLE Sets style .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_TEXTPOSITION Sets text position .
IF_CRM_IC_ANSWER I SET_TYPE Sets type .
IF_CRM_IC_AUTOCUST_ITEM I CREATE_ITEM create item .
IF_CRM_IC_BADI_DEFAULT I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_CRM_IC_BOL_BOR_MAPPER I CONVERT_BOL_TO_BOR Get BOR key from BOL object .
IF_CRM_IC_BOL_BOR_MAPPER I CONVERT_BOR_TO_BOL Get BOL key from BOR object .
IF_CRM_IC_BSP_DYN_NAVLINK I NAVIGATE Triggers navigation .
IF_CRM_IC_BSP_INVOKE_HANDLER I HANDLE_REQUEST handles request .
IF_CRM_IC_CALLBACK_REGISTRY I REGISTER Register for callback .
IF_CRM_IC_CALLBACK_REGISTRY I UNREGISTER Un-register .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTER I ADD_CHAPTERTITLE Adds chapter .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTER I GET_CHAPTERID Gets chapter id .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTER I GET_CHAPTERTITLES_LIST Gets titles list .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTER I SET_CHAPTERID Sets chapter id .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTERTITLE I GET_LANGUAGE Gets language .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTERTITLE I GET_TITLE Gets title .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTERTITLE I SET_LANGUAGE Sets language .
IF_CRM_IC_CHAPTERTITLE I SET_TITLE Sets title .
IF_CRM_IC_CONTACT I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_CRM_IC_CONTEXTAREA_HANDLER I HANDLE_REQUEST handles request .
IF_CRM_IC_CUST_CHECK I IS_DELETION_ALLOWED Returns abap_true if deletion is OK .
IF_CRM_IC_CUST_SERVICE I GET_PROFILE Returns a specific profile in current language. .
IF_CRM_IC_CUST_SERVICE I GET_PROFILE_LD Returns a specific profile in a specific language. .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I ADD_DYNCON_PAR Adds dynamic content parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I GET_DYNAMICCONTENTCLASS Gets dynamic content class .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I GET_ID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I GET_PARAMETERS_LIST Gets parameters list .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I SET_DYNAMICCONTENTCLASS Sets dynamic content class .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_DEF I SET_ID Sets id .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_PAR I GET_PARAMETERID Gets parameter id .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_PAR I SET_PARAMETERID Sets parameter id .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_REP I ADD_DYNCON Adds dynamic content .
IF_CRM_IC_DYN_CON_REP I GET_DYNCON_LIST Gets dynamic content list .
IF_CRM_IC_EVENT_LISTENER I HANDLE_EVENT handles event .
IF_CRM_IC_EVENT_SRV I RAISE raise event .
IF_CRM_IC_EVENT_SRV I SUBSCRIBE subscribe to event .
IF_CRM_IC_EVENT_SRV I UNSUBSCRIBE unsubscribe to event .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I GET_ID Get interaction id .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I GET_LEADING_CONTACT Get leading contact (if available) .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I GET_SOURCE Returns source, e.g. call list entry, BP confirm etc. .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I IS_CONSULT True if interaction is result of consult .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I IS_NEW True if interaction is new (neither transfer nor consult) .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I IS_TRANSFER True if interaction is result of transfer .
IF_CRM_IC_INTERACTION I SET_LEADING_CONTACT Set leading contact .
IF_CRM_IC_ITEM I GET_ITEMTEXT Gets item text .
IF_CRM_IC_ITEM I GET_VALUE Gets item value .
IF_CRM_IC_ITEM I SET_ITEMTEXT Sets item text .
IF_CRM_IC_ITEM I SET_VALUE Sets item value .
IF_CRM_IC_IVALUE I GET_CONTENT Gets content .
IF_CRM_IC_IVALUE I GET_SELECTED Gets selected .
IF_CRM_IC_IVALUE I SET_CONTENT Sets content .
IF_CRM_IC_IVALUE I SET_SELECTED Sets selected .
IF_CRM_IC_JALERT_SRV I GET_ALERT_SERVICE Get instance of alert service .
IF_CRM_IC_JALERT_SRV I INITIALIZE initialize alert service .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I GET_LABELID Gets label id .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I GET_LABELTEXT Gets label text .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I GET_LABELTYPE Gets label type .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I SET_LABELID Sets label id .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I SET_LABELTEXT Sets label text .
IF_CRM_IC_LABEL I SET_LABELTYPE Sets label type .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I CREATE_CHILDREN Creates the child instances .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I DESELECT_ATTRIBUTE Remove attribute selection .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns defined attributes .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns source description .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_ID Returns source ID .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_MODEL_NAME Get model name of data source .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_PARENT Returns null or parent source .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_PATH Return path from root to attribute .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_RELATION_TO_PARENT Returns name of relation to parent .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I GET_TREE_NAME Get tree name of data source .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I HAS_CHILDREN Returns true if source has child sources .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I IS_ATTRIBUTE Returns TRUE if attribute belongs to source .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I SELECT_ATTRIBUTE Select named attribute .
IF_CRM_IC_LTX_DATA_SOURCE I SELECT_PATH Select source and attribute based on given path .
IF_CRM_IC_MCM_CALLBACK_HANDLER I EXECUTE CallBack Execution .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I ADD_DESCRIPTION Adds description .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I ADD_RESOURCE Add resource .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I ADD_TPARAMETER Add template parameter .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_ACTION Gets action .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_CHAPTERID Gets Chapter Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_DESCRIPTIONS_LIST Gets descriptions list .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_ISSCRIPT Gets Is Script .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_NODEID Gets Node Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_NODETYPE Gets Node Type .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_OBJECTIONID Gets Objection Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_RESOURCES_LIST Gets ressources list .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_SCRIPTID Gets Script Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_SURVEY_URI Gets survey uri .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_TEMPLATEID GetsTemplate Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I GET_TPARAMETERS_LIST Gets parameters list .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_ACTION Sets action .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_CHAPTERID Sets Chapter Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_ISSCRIPT Sets Is Script .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_NODEID Sets Node Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_NODETYPE Sets Node Type .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_OBJECTIONID Sets Objection Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_SCRIPTID Sets Script Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODE I SET_TEMPLATEID Sets Template Id .
IF_CRM_IC_NODEDESCRIPTION I GET_LANGUAGE Gets language .
IF_CRM_IC_NODEDESCRIPTION I GET_TEXT Gets text .
IF_CRM_IC_NODEDESCRIPTION I SET_LANGUAGE Sets language .
IF_CRM_IC_NODEDESCRIPTION I SET_TEXT Sets text .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I GET_OBJECTIONID Gets objection id .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I GET_OBJ_DESC Gets objection description .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I GET_STARTNODEID Gets start node id .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I SET_OBJECTIONID Sets objection id .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I SET_OBJ_DESC Sets objection description .
IF_CRM_IC_OBJECTION I SET_STARTNODEID Sets start node id .
IF_CRM_IC_PARAMETER I GET_KEY Gets key .
IF_CRM_IC_PARAMETER I GET_VALUE Gets value .
IF_CRM_IC_PARAMETER I SET_KEY Sets key .
IF_CRM_IC_PARAMETER I SET_VALUE Sets value .
IF_CRM_IC_PROFILE I CHECK Executes profile check .
IF_CRM_IC_PROFILE I GET_LOG Returns log entries .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I ADD_ANSWER Adds an answer .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I GET_ANSWERS_LIST Gets answers list .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I GET_QUESTIONID Gets question id .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I GET_QUESTION_TEXT Gets Question text .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I SET_QUESTIONID Sets question id .
IF_CRM_IC_QUESTION I SET_QUESTION_TEXT Sets Question Text .
IF_CRM_IC_RESOURCE I GET_NAME Gets name .
IF_CRM_IC_RESOURCE I GET_URI Gets uri .
IF_CRM_IC_RESOURCE I SET_NAME Sets name .
IF_CRM_IC_RESOURCE I SET_URI Sets uri .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I ADD_CHAPTER Add script chapter .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I ADD_LINK Add script link .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I ADD_NODE Add script node to the list of nodes .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I ADD_OBJECTION Add script objection .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_AUTHOREMAIL Gets email of the author .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_CHAPTERS_LIST Get chapters list .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_DYNAMIC_LINKS_LIST Gets dynamic links .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_FIRST_LINK_FROM_NODE_ID Gets first link object for node id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_INACTIVE Gets inactive flag .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_LINKS_LIST Get links list .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_LINK_FROM_ID Gets Link object for link id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_LINK_FROM_LABEL_ID Gets Link object for label id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_NEXT_NODE_ID Gets next node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_NODES_LIST Gets nodes list .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_NODE_FROM_ID Gets Node object for node id. .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_OBJECTIONS_LIST Get objections list .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_SCRIPTID Gets Script Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I GET_STARTNODE Gets Start Node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I SET_AUTHOREMAIL Sets email of the author .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I SET_INACTIVE Sets inactive flag .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I SET_SCRIPTID Sets Script Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT I SET_STARTNODE Sets Start Node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_ACTION I EXECUTE Executes action .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_ACT_HANDLER I EXECUTE Generic calls from Interactive Scripting actions .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTEXT I ADD_CONTEXT Add content to the context .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I GET_CHAPTERS_LIST Gets objections .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I GET_CHAPTER_ITEMS Gets nodes assigned to a chapter .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I GET_OBJECTIONS_LIST Gets objections .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I GET_SCRIPT Gets Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I GET_SURVEY Gets Survey .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I INIT Initialize controller .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER I SET_SCRIPT Sets Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_DYNCON I GET_DYNAMIC_CONTENT Gets dynamic content .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_EVENT I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_NODE_PRO I PROCESS_NODE Process node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PBA I PAN Process after node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PBA I PBN Process before node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PRO I SET_PROCESSOR Process node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I BUILD_ID Builds id for ui controls .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I FOLLOW_LINK Follow script link .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_ACTION_RETURN_VALUE Gets value from action return .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_BDC Gets bdc .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_BOUNDTO_VALUE Gets bound value .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_LANGUAGE Get Script Language .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_NODE Get Current Node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_NODE_ID Get Current Node Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_SCRIPT Get Current Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_SCRIPT_ID Get Current Script Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_CURRENT_SURVEY Get Current Survey .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_FIELD_VALUE Gets field value .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_FORM_FIELDS Gets form fields .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_FORM_VALUE Gets form value .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_LABEL_TEXT Gets label text .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_NAVIGATIONAL_LINK Gets navigational link for curent template .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_PREFERRED_LANGUAGE Gets preferred language .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_PROCESSOR_CC Get processor custom controller .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_SCRIPT Get Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_SCRIPT_CONTROLLER Gets Script Controller .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_SURVEY Get Survey from Repository .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GET_UNBOUND_VALUE Gets unbound value .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_CURRENT_NODE Go current node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_NEXT_NAVIGATION_TEM Go next based on navigation template .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_NEXT_NODE Go next node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_NODE Go to a specific node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_PREVIOUS_NODE Go previous node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I GO_START_NODE Go start node .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I PARSE_TEXT Parse text with placeholders .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I SET_FORM_FIELDS Sets form fields .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I SET_SELECTED_LANGUAGE Sets selected language .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I SET_SELECTED_SCRIPT Sets selected language .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I START_SCRIPT Start Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I STOP_SCRIPT Stop Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I TRIGGER_NAVIGATION Triggers view navigation .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_PROCESSOR I VALIDATE_SCRIPT Validate Script .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_WRAP_CLM I EXECUTE execute .
IF_CRM_IC_SCRIPT_WRAP_MKT I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_CRM_IC_SECTION I ADD_QUESTION Add question .
IF_CRM_IC_SECTION I GET_EVENT Gets event .
IF_CRM_IC_SECTION I GET_QUESTIONS_LIST Gets Questions .
IF_CRM_IC_SECTION I SET_EVENT Sets event .
IF_CRM_IC_SERVICE I GET_NAME Returns the name of the service .
IF_CRM_IC_SEVENT I ADD_BUTTON Add button .
IF_CRM_IC_SEVENT I GET_BUTTONS_LIST Gets buttons list .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I GET_ISLINKEDTOSURVEY Gets linked to survey flag .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I GET_LABELID Gets label id .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I GET_LINKID Gets link id .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I GET_SOURCENODE Gets source node .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I GET_TARGETNODE Gets target node .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I SET_ISLINKEDTOSURVEY Sets flag if is linked to survey .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I SET_LABELID Sets label id .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I SET_LINKID Sets link id .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I SET_SOURCENODE Sets source node .
IF_CRM_IC_SLINK I SET_TARGETNODE Sets target node .
IF_CRM_IC_SUBMIT I GET_COMMAND Gets command .
IF_CRM_IC_SUBMIT I SET_COMMAND Sets command .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I ADD_SECTION Adds Section .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I GET_LANGUAGE Gets Language .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I GET_SECTIONS_LIST Gets Section .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I GET_SURVEYID Gets Survey Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I SET_LANGUAGE Sets Language .
IF_CRM_IC_SURVEY I SET_SURVEYID Sets Survey Id .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I CLONE Creates clone .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I HAS_CHANGED Returns true if properties have been changed .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I LOCK Lock profile .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I SAVE Save profile .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I SET_EXTERNAL_SERVERS Set list of external servers .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I SET_PROPERTY Set property by name .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I SET_SERVER_MAPPINGS Set server mapping .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I TO_STRING Convert properties into string .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_DESIGNTIME I UNLOCK Unlock profile .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_RUNTIME I GET_EXTERNAL_SERVERS Get list of external servers .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_RUNTIME I GET_PROPERTY Get property by name .
IF_CRM_IC_SYSPROPS_RUNTIME I GET_SERVER_MAPPINGS Get server mapping .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE I COPY_2_OF_GET_ID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE I GET_ABAPCLASS Gets ABAP class handler name .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE I GET_ID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I ADD_TEMPLATE_PAR Adds templates parameters .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I GET_ABAPCLASS Gets ABAP class handler name .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I GET_ID Gets id .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I GET_NAVIGATIONALLINK Gets navigational link .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I GET_PARAMETERS_LIST Gets parameters .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I SET_ID Sets id .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I SET_IMPLCLASS Sets ABAP class handler name .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_DEF I SET_NAVIGATIONALLINK Sets navigational link .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_PAR_DEF I GET_KEY Gets key .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_PAR_DEF I SET_KEY Sets key .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_REP I ADD_TEMPLATE_DEF Adds template .
IF_CRM_IC_TEMPLATE_REP I GET_TEMPLATES_LIST Gets templates list .
IF_CRM_IC_XML_SPECIAL_TP I OBJECT_CHECK Check if transport is possbile .
IF_CRM_IC_XML_SPECIAL_TP I OBJECT_INSERT Insert object into transport request .
IF_CRM_IC_XML_TRANSFORM I UPDATE_FORMAT Update XML format to latest version .
IF_CRM_LOG I GET_LOG_KEY Determine Log Key .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL I CLOSE close channel .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL I OPEN open channel .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL_CONTAINER I CLOSE close container .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL_CONTAINER I GET_ADDRESS get address .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL_CONTAINER I GET_ID get container id .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL_CONTAINER I GET_TYPE get container type .
IF_CRM_MCM_CHANNEL_CONTAINER I OPEN open container .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I ACCEPT accept contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I FORWARD forward contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I GET_IAD get item attached data .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I GET_ID get contact id .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I ON_DELETED delete contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I POST_PROCESS_STATUS post processing status .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I PRE_PROCESS_STATUS pre processing status .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I REROUTE reroute contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_CONTACT I SET_IAD set item attached data .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I ADD_CONTACT add contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I GET_BCB_SESSION get corresponding BCB session .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I GET_CONTACT get a specific contact .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I GET_CONTACTS get all contacts of agent .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I LOGOFF agent logoff .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I LOGON agent logon .
IF_CRM_MCM_SESSION I REMOVE_CONTACT remove contact .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_CHECKER I CHECK_OBJECTS Check Objects .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_CHECKER I TEST_REQUIREMENTS Have the prerequisites been met for meaningful use? .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_COLLECTOR I COLLECT_OBJECTS Determine Objects to Be Checked .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_COLLECTOR I POSSIBLE_SELECTION_METHODS Possible Selection Methods .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_COLLECTOR_DIA I COLLECT_OBJECTS Determine Objects to Be Checked .
IF_CRM_OBJECT_NAVIGATOR I NAVIGATE_WITH_CHECK_RESULT Navigate to Origin of a Check Message .
IF_CRM_SAF_IS_GENIL I GET_SECURITY_PATTERNS Get security patterns given a set of inputs .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I CLASSIFY Execute classification .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I CLUSTER Execute clustering .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I CREATE Create an index .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I DELETE Delete one index .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I DELTA_COMPILE Execute delta compilation .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I FILTER Filtering text content and attributes .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I FULL_COMPILE Execute full compilation .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I GET_DETAIL Get details of a knowledge entity .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I GET_DETAIL_PACKAGE Get details of a knowledge entity's work package .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I GET_INDEX_INFO Get basic index information .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I GET_INDEX_NAME Get the index name .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I GET_RETURN_ATTRIBUTES Get attribute names retuned with the search results .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I IS_ALIVE Check if the search engine is alive .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I REFINE Get recommended features for refinements .
IF_CRM_SAF_SE_GENIL I SEARCH Search one or more indexes .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I CHECK_DESIG_ENTRIES Check If Designer Has Made Changes .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I COPY_BLVIEW Copy Current View to New View .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I DELETE Delete Application (Only Contents of C Tables) .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I DEL_BLUEPRINT Delete Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I EXIT Delete Temporary Work Data from Database .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLAPPL Request Application/Application Set .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLUEPRINT Return Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BLVIEW Return View .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_BSP_EVENT_TXT Event Text .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_DESIG_URL Determine URL for Calling the Designer .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_EVENT_POOL Tabstrip Event Without Event Set .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_EVENT_SET Tabstrip Event .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_EXCHANGE_ID Provide ID for Cross-Mode Communication .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_MULTIGRP Get Keys and Text for Multigroup .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_NEWF4DATA Read Additional F4 Help Entries .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I GET_SUBODC_BLUEPRINT Get Blueprint Record for Sub-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I IS_MODIFIED Check to See if Data Was Changed .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I IS_MULTIGRPE_EVENT_REUSABLE Check Whether Events in Multigroup Can Be Used Again .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I LOAD Load Data from Database .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_CREATE Create Multi-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_EVENT_ADD Add Event in Multi-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_EVENT_CHANGE Change Toolbar, Screen Type and Field Group of Event .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_EVENT_REMOVE Remove Event From Multi-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_EVENT_SEQ_CHANGE Change Event Sequence of Multi-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I MULTIGRP_EVENT_WIDTH_SET Set Width of Event in Multi-ODC .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I ON_COMMIT Call After COMMIT WORK .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SAVE Save Data to Database .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SAVE_AS Save Data to Database under New Name .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_BLUEPRINT Create/Change Blueprint Entry .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_BLVIEW Set view .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_MULTIGROUP Change/Create Multigroup .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_REGTABGRP Change/Create Tab Page Group .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I SET_TRREQUEST Copy Request Number for Transport .
IF_CRM_XBAB_BLUEPRINT I UNDO Undo changes .
IF_CTS_BROWSER_SELECTION I CREATE_INSTANCE Get Instance for Browser Parametrization .
IF_CTS_BROWSER_SELECTION I DESTRUCT Destructor .
IF_CTS_BROWSER_SELECTION I GET_NAME_DEFAULT Set Default for Name .
IF_CTS_BROWSER_SELECTION I SHOW_SELECTION Set Browser Parameterization .
IF_CTS_COMPONENT I GET_DESCRIPTION Description .
IF_CTS_COMPONENT I GET_NAME Name .
IF_CTS_COMPONENT I RUN Start .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I APPEND_FILE_OBJECT Append file object to request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I CHECK_DEFAULT_REQUEST_ASSIGN Check Assignment of Default Request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I CREATE_REQUEST Create Change Request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I DELETE_REQUEST Request Deletion .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I GET_DEFAULT_REQUEST Get request using settings .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I GET_PROJECT Get project .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_DESTINATIONS Get allowed request destinations .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_DETAILS Get Request Details .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_DOCU Get Request Documentation .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I MODIFY_REQUEST Modify multiple request settings .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I MODIFY_REQUEST_ATTRIBUTES Modify request attributes .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I RELEASE_REQUEST Release change request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I REMOVE_FILE_OBJECT Remove file object from request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I SELECT_REQUESTS Select existing requests .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I SET_DEFAULT_REQUEST Set Default Request .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I SET_REQUEST_DOCU Set Request Documentation .
IF_CTS_FILE_REQUEST I UNSET_DEFAULT_REQUEST Unset Default Request .
IF_CTS_LOG I LOG Log Character String .
IF_CTS_LOG I LOG_MESSAGE Log SAP Message .
IF_CTS_LOG I WARN Log Character String .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I DESTRUCT Destructor .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I DISPLAY_TREE Display Requests in Hierarchy .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I GET_SELECTION_PARAMETERS Return Selection Parameters .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I GET_TREE_STATE Get Tree State .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I REFRESH Refresh (with New Selection) .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I SAVE_SETTINGS Save User Settings .
IF_CTS_REQUEST_TREE I SELECT_REQUESTS_FROM_DB Select Requests from Database .
IF_CTXMNU_INTERNAL I SERIALIZE_MENU Menu Formatting .
IF_CUGEN_MASTERDATA I CHANGE_FIELD Change Field by Reference Characteristic .
IF_CUGEN_MASTERDATA I GET_DATA_FIELD Determines Master Data Value for Reference Characteristic .
IF_CUGEN_MASTERDATA I SET_OBJECT_INFO Sets Object Information in Trace (Procedure Evaluation) .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I ADOPT_REG_OF_INST_OBS Transfer Registration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I CHANGE_IBASE_ONLY Change CBase Configuration Data .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I CHANGE_INST_CONF Change Configuration Data of Instance .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I CHANGE_VALUES Change Characteristic Value Assignment of Existing Instance .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I CREATE_CBASE Create New IBase .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I CREATE_INSTANCES Create New Instances .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I DELETE_CBASE Delete IBase .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I DETERMINE_CBASE Determine CBase from Instance Number .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I FIND_LAST_VALIDITY_FOR_INST Gets Last Validity Period for Instance .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I FREE Initialize Write Buffer .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I GET_CHANGE_STATUS Write Buffer Deviates from Read Buffer (Database) .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I GET_REGIST_MOMENT Gets Time of Registration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I READ_CBASE Read Configuration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I READ_CBASE_INSTNO Reads Instance Numbers for CBase .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I READ_CBASE_STRUCTURE Read Structure Information .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I READ_INSTANCE Read Individual Instance of Configuration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I READ_OWNER Gets Owner of Instances for Configuration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I REGISTER_INSTANCE_OBS Register Object for Configuration Instance .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I RELABEL_INSTANCE_OBS Update Existing Registration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I SAVE_AND_FREE Save and Initialize Write Buffer .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I SET_IND_CHANGE_DOCUM Activate the Writing of Change Documents .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I UNREGISTER_INSTANCE_OBS Deletes Registration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I WRITE Write Configuration to Write Buffer .
IF_CUIB_IBCO I WRITE_OWNER Writes Owner of Configuration .
IF_CUIB_IBCO_API I CONVERT_INTDB_EXT Convert Object from Datebase into External Format .
IF_CUIB_IBCO_API I GET_AGENT Gets Instance of IF_CUIB_IBCO_API .
IF_CUIB_IBCO_API I GET_NEW_IF_OBJECT Create New Interface Instance .
IF_CUIB_IBCO_API I INITIALIZE Initialize All Buffers .
IF_CUIB_IBCO_API I INITIAL_LOAD Fill Buffer (Initial) .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I CHECK_OR_INS_BY_CUOBJ_ID Check or Create CUOBJ_ID .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I FIND_INSTANCE Find CUOBJ_ID .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I FIND_OR_INSERT_INSTANCE Find or Create CUOBJ_ID .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I FIND_OR_INSERT_PERSIST_ID Find or Create CUOBJ .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I FIND_PERSIST_ID Find CUOBJ .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I GET_AGENT Gets Instance to IF_CUIB_IBXI .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I INSERT_INSTANCES Fill Buffer (Initial) .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I MODIFY_LOCAL_BUFFER Modify Buffer Content .
IF_CUIB_IBXI I TRIGGER_DB_UPDATE Trigger Update .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I EVAL_LITERALS Evaluation of Selection Conditions .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I EVAL_PROCEDURE Evaluation of Procedures .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I EVAL_SIMPLE_LITER Evaluation of Simple Literals .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I MAKE_INSTANCE Create Instance for Low-Level Configuration .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I SET_PARENT Definition of Parent Instance .
IF_CULL_EVALUATE I SET_ROOT Definition of Root Instance .
IF_CULL_VARI_FUNC_TAB I CONVERT_TAB_KEY_TO_NAME Determine Variant Table Name from Internal Number .
IF_CULL_VARI_FUNC_TAB I VARIANT_FUNCTION Variant Function .
IF_CULL_VARI_FUNC_TAB I VARIANT_TABLE Variant Table .
IF_CUSTOMIZABLE_MM I GET Supply Configuration View with Model .
IF_CUSTOMIZABLE_MM I SET Return Model to Customizing Object .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I DELETE Deletes attribute values in the database .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I GET Reads an attribute value (or display context) .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I GET_BUNDLE_TYPE Returns unique ID of this class .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I GET_INSTANCE_ID Returns unique ID of this instance .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I GET_MASTER Reads master flag of an attribute .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I IS_CHANGED Is attribute bundle changed .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I LOAD Loads attribute values from the database .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I READ Read attribute values from table .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I SAVE Saves attribute values in the database .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I SET Sets an attribute value (or display context) .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I SET_DEFAULTS Resets all attribute values to initial values .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I SET_MASTER Sets master flag of an attribute .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I TRANSPORT Include all attribute values in a transport request .
IF_CUSTOMIZING I WRITE Extends table with all attribute values .
IF_CUX_CONV_HEADER_EXT2INT I CONV_IBCO BTE .
IF_CUX_CONV_HEADER_INT2EXT I CONV_IBCO BTE .
IF_CUX_CONV_OBJECT_EXT2INT I CONV_CUXI BAPI Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_OBJECT_EXT2INT I CONV_IBCO BTE Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_OBJECT_INT2EXT I CONV_CUXI BAPI Structure .
IF_CUX_CONV_OBJECT_INT2EXT I CONV_IBCO BTE Structure .
IF_CUX_CONV_OWNOBS_EXT2INT I CONV_IBCO BTE .
IF_CUX_CONV_OWNOBS_INT2EXT I CONV_IBCO BTE .
IF_CUX_CONV_PART_OF_EXT2INT I CONV_CUXI BAPI Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_PART_OF_EXT2INT I CONV_IBCO BTE Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_PART_OF_INT2EXT I CONV_CUXI BAPI Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_PART_OF_INT2EXT I CONV_IBCO BTE Format .
IF_CUX_CONV_VALUATION_EXT2INT I CONV_IBCO BTE (Delta) .
IF_CUX_CONV_VALUATION_INT2EXT I CONV_IBCO BTE (Delta) .
IF_CUX_CORRECT_VALIDITY I CORRECT_TIMESTAMP Adjust Validity .
IF_CUX_OWNER_HANDLING I CFG_CHANGED Configuration Changed .
IF_CUX_OWNER_HANDLING I SET_OWNER Sets Owner Information .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_CUST Returns Default Values for General Customer Data .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_CUST_CC Returns Defaults for Company Code-Dependent Customer Data .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_CUST_SALES Returns Default Values for Sales Area Data .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_VEND Returns Default Values for General Vendor Data .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_VEND_CC Returns Defaults for Company Code-Dependent Vendor Data .
IF_CVI_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_VEND_PORG Returns Default Values for Purchasing Organizations .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I ADD_OBJECT Save Object to Database .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I GET_DDIC_TYPE Output DDIC type of a subobject .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I GET_IGNORE_FIELDS Output significant non-key fields .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I GET_KEY_FIELDS Output key fields of a table .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I GET_TITLE Returns Title of Table in Merge Display .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I GET_TYPE_OF_SUBOBJECT Output type of a subobject .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I MODIFY_DISPLAY_FIELDS Adjusting Fields Shown in Merge Display .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I SAVE_OBJECT Save Object to Database .
IF_CWB_DWB_OBJECT I UNPACK_VERSIONABLE_OBJECT Required for some object types, else empty implementation .
IF_CWB_EXTERNAL I GET_CORR_MEASURE_FOR_REQUEST Gets the corrective measure for a correction request .
IF_CWB_EXTERNAL I GET_RFC_DESTINATION Gets an RFC destination for a given system .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I GET_EDITOR Read Editor Object .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I GET_EDITOR_STATE Read Status for Editor: 'X':Opened; ' ': Closed .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE_DATA Determine Message Data .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I INIT_COMMENT Initialize Note .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I SAVE_COMMENT Save Note as Message .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I SET_EDITOR Set Editor .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I SET_EDITOR_STATE Set Status for Editor: 'X':Opened; ' ': Closed .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I SET_TEXT Set Note .
IF_CWB_MESSAGE I SHOW_HELP_OBJECT Display F1 Help for Message .
IF_CWB_NODE I APPLY_GRID_DOUBLE_CLICK Executing Double-Click in ALV Grid Control .
IF_CWB_NODE I APPLY_GRID_HOTSPOT_CLICK Executing Hot Spot Click in Grid Control .
IF_CWB_NODE I APPLY_NODE_DOUBLE_CLICK Executing Double-Click in Tree Control .
IF_CWB_NODE I CHECK_EXIT_SCREEN Checks whether a screen can be closed .
IF_CWB_NODE I CHECK_NEW_DISPLAY Gives information about a screen change .
IF_CWB_NODE I CONTAINER_REQUIRED Container for display is required .
IF_CWB_NODE I DELETE_ENQUEUE Cancel Lock for a Node .
IF_CWB_NODE I DO_GRID_CUSTOMIZE Configure ALV Grid .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_ANCESTOR Read Presentiment with ID .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Read Child Nodes .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_CONTAINER Reads Set Container .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_DESCRIPTION Description of Node .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_EXE_MODE Determine Runtime Environ.: 'C':Display from Corr. Instruct..
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_GRID_STRUCTURE Read Structure Elements for ALV Grid .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_ID Read Node ID .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_PARENT Read Parent Node .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_SETTINGS Read Node Settings .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_SUBTREE_STRUCTURE Generating a Substructure for Tree Control .
IF_CWB_NODE I GET_TREE_STRUCTURE Generating a Substructure for Tree Control .
IF_CWB_NODE I NOTIFY_CHANGED 'X': Data has changed .
IF_CWB_NODE I NOTIFY_CHANGING 'X': Data change permitted .
IF_CWB_NODE I SET_CONTAINER Sets Container for External Controls .
IF_CWB_NODE I SET_ENQUEUE Set Lock on a Node .
IF_CWB_NODE I SET_PARENT Sets a Parent in Node .
IF_CWB_NODE I SET_TREE_HEADER_TEXT Set Header Texts .
IF_CWB_NODE I SHOW_EXTERNAL_DATA Gets Data for Display .
IF_CWB_NODE I SHOW_INFO Displays General Information .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_COCKPITS Retrieve list of configured cockpits .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_COCKPIT_INIS Retrieve all cockpit related information to write INI file .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_FAVORITES Retrieve the list of favorites for the specific user .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_OBN_TARGETS Returns the complete set of possible OBN targets for roles .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_ROLES Returns all roles that are available for this user .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_TEXTS Retrieve list of all language dependent texts for DAL .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_THEMES Retrieve list of available themes .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_THEME_ENTRIES Retrieve list of all files in one theme .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_THEME_FILES Retrieve content of all files within one theme .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_THEME_TEXTS Retrieve list of all language dependent texts for one theme .
IF_DAL_RUNTIME I GET_USER_INFOS Return small set of user information for welcome text .
IF_DATABLADE_FACTORY_MM I CREATE_DATABLADE Generate an Instance .
IF_DATABLADE_FACTORY_MM I CREATE_DATABLADE_FROM_STREAM Read and Generate Persistent Instance .
IF_DATABLADE_FACTORY_MM I CREATE_DATABLADE_SETUPCOMMAND Generate a Command Setup Instance for Datablade .
IF_DATABLADE_FACTORY_MM I CREATE_DATABLADE_SETUPVIEW Generate View Instance for Datablade .
IF_DATABLADE_FACTORY_MM I GET_AVAILABLE_DATABLADES Which Datablades can be Generated .
IF_DATABLADE_MM I GET_CLASS_LABEL Class Lable (e.g. ABAP Query) .
IF_DATABLADE_MM I GET_HANDLE Handle for Control of Display Variants .
IF_DATABLADE_MM I GET_LABEL Object Label (e.g. Variant Text) .
IF_DATABLADE_MM I GET_LOG_GROUP Logical Group for Control of Display Variant .
IF_DATABLADE_MM I HAS_VARIANT Query Executed via Variant Other Than Standard Variant .
IF_DATAPONDEMAND I ON_REQUEST_DATA Request to Send new Data .
IF_DATAPROVIDER_MM I GET_DATA Get Data Reference .
IF_DATAPROVIDER_MM I GET_FIELDCATALOG Field Catalog .
IF_DATAPROVIDER_MM I GET_OBJECTTYPE Get Object Type .
IF_DATAPROVIDER_MM I GET_STRUCTURE Get Structure .
IF_DATAPROVIDER_MM I SET_DATA Write Data Reference .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY I ON_APPEND Append new Line .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY I ON_INSERT Insert new Line into Table .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY I ON_MODIFY Modify an Existing Line .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY I ON_REFRESH Refresh, Delete Entire Content .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY I ON_REMOVE Delete a Line .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY2 I ON_APPEND_RANGE Append an Entire Range .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY2 I ON_DELETE_RANGE Delete an Entire Range .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY2 I ON_ENSURE_RANGE Ensure that this Range is Sent to the Receiver .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY2 I ON_INSERT_RANGE Insert an entire Range .
IF_DATAPTABLECACHE_MODIFY2 I ON_MOVE_RANGE Move an Entire Range .
IF_DATA_FOR_DELETION I GET_DATA_4_DELETE_IMPORT Read Data for a Deletion Import .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_ACTIVITIES Determines Activities .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_ACTIVITIES_PER_TASK Determines Permitted Activities of a Task .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_ACTIVITY_BY_KEY Transfers Activity and Gives Key .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_INSTANCE Transfers Instance - Singleton Pattern .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_TASK_BY_KEY Transfers Task and Gives Key .
IF_DB_IAM I GET_TASK_CATEGORY_BY_KEY Transfers Task Type and Gives Key .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I GET_MANAGER Determine DCM Manager for Business Object .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I IS_COMPLETE_VERSION_ALLOWED Allows the Business Object Setting Version to Complete .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I IS_DELETION_ALLOWED Does the Business Object Allow Deletion of a Version? .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I IS_NEW_VERSION_ALLOWED Does the Business Object Allow Generation of a New Version? .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I IS_UNCOMPLETE_VERSION_ALLOWED Does the Business Object Allow Version in Process Again? .
IF_DCM_ADAPTER I SET_CHANGED Set Business Object to "Changed" .
IF_DC_ACCESS I CLEAR Delete all objects .
IF_DC_ACCESS I DEL_OBJECT Delete an object .
IF_DC_ACCESS I GET_CHANGES Determine changed values .
IF_DC_ACCESS I GET_PREDECESSOR Determine object that precedes the specified object .
IF_DC_ACCESS I GET_SUCCESSOR Determine object that follows the specified object .
IF_DC_ACCESS I GET_VALUE Determine value of an object .
IF_DC_ACCESS I SET_VALUE Set a new value, insert an object .
IF_DC_ASSIGNMENT_RFW I ASSIGN_AUTO_BY_MARKED_COLUMNS Transfer Automatically Created Assignments to Initiator .
IF_DC_ASSIGNMENT_RFW I ASSIGN_MANUALLY Transfer Manually Created Assignments to Initiator .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I CHANGE_DETAILS Change detail data for a node .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I CHANGE_NODE Change Nodes .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_LEAVES_BEFORE_FOLDERS Check If Leaves Precede Folders in Hierarchy Levels .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I DELETE_EDGE Delete Link .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I DELETE_NODE Delete Node .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I DETAIL_NODE Display Node .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I GET_DETAILS Get detail data for a node .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I INSERT_NODE Create Nodes .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I READ_GRAPH Get Graph .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I RELOAD_NODE Reload Node Attributes .
IF_DC_GRAPH_RFW I SAVE Store Graph Changes .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I DATASET_DELETE Delete specified dataset .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I DATASET_RESTORE Reset to older dataset (UNDO) .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I DATASET_STORE Save dataset under a name .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I DISTRIBUTE_CHANGES Distribute data changes to the graphic proxies .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I FREE Unsubscribe any subscribed graphics proxies .
IF_DC_MANAGEMENT I INIT Get application ID, set length of history .
IF_DC_SUBSCRIPTION I SUBSCRIBE Enter a graphic proxy subscription .
IF_DC_SUBSCRIPTION I UNSUBSCRIBE Unsubscribe to a graphic proxy .
IF_DD_SQLT_TOOLS I ACTIVATE Activate Table Pool or Table Cluster .
IF_DD_SQLT_TOOLS I CHECK Check Table Pool or Table Cluster .
IF_DD_SQLT_TOOLS I GET_STATE Return Status of Table Pool or Cluster .
IF_DELETE_BCS I DELETE Deletion of an Instance .
IF_DELETE_BCS I MASS_DELETE Delete Multiple Entries .
IF_DELIVERY_ADDRESS_MM I AFTER_DIALOG Get Data from Address Screen .
IF_DELIVERY_ADDRESS_MM I BEFORE_DIALOG Provide Data for Address Screen .
IF_DELIVERY_ADDRESS_MM I GET_ADDRESS_DETAIL Display Address Details .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I F1_HELP_REQUEST Dynamice F1 Help for Specified Parameters .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I F4_VALUE_REQUEST Display/Select Values for POV Event .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_CONFIGURATION Provides Parameter Configuration for Display .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_DEREGPROC_INFO Display General Text for Process .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_DESCRIPTION Provides Text for Parameter Configuration .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_PARAMETER_TEXT Provides Parameter Description (Short, Medium, Long) .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_VALUE Provides Parameter Value in Internal or External Display .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RO I GET_VALUES Provides All Parameter Values (Internal or External Display).
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I CHECK_CONTEXT Global Parameter Check Against Context .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I COPY_DEPENDENT_VALUES Copy Dependent Parameters .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I DEL_VALUE Deletes a Parameter (Including Dependent Values) .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I SET_CONTEXT Transfer Context Info (Such As Service Provider Agreement) .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I SET_DESCRIPTION Changes Text for Parameter Configuration .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I SET_VALUE Set Parameter Value, Incl. Consistency Checks and Conversion.
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I UPDATE Save Parameter Configuration .
IF_DEREGPARAMETER_RW I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Save .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I GET_DESCRIPTION Provides Process Description .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I GET_PARAMETER_CONFIGURATION Read Conversion Rules for Parameters .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I GET_PARAMETER_GROUPID Read Parameter Group ID .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I GET_PARAMETER_VALUES Provide Process Parameters (for Agreement) .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I GET_RELEVANT_SERVPROVAGREE Determine Agreements Relevant to the Process .
IF_DEREGPROCESS I SET_PARAMETER_CONFIGURATION Set Conversion Rules for Parameters .
IF_DETERMINATION_PPF I DESTROY_FOR_TTYPE Deletes Data for the Action Definition .
IF_DETERMINATION_PPF I DETERMINE Starts the Determination .
IF_DETERMINATION_PPF I GET_INSTANCE Delivers a Determination Instance for an Action Definition .
IF_DETERMINATION_PPF I GET_PERSISTENCY_TABLE Delivers the Table Where the Data Is Persistently Stored .
IF_DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT_BRF I DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Assigned Functions and Actions .
IF_DETERM_VIEW_PPF I GET_MODEL_CLASS Delivers the Model Class .
IF_DETERM_VIEW_PPF I GET_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen .
IF_DETERM_VIEW_PPF I PUBLISH Sets the Corresponding Model .
IF_DET_ASSIGNMENT_BRF_ICL I DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Assigned Functions and Actions .
IF_DET_ASSIGNMENT_BRF_ICLE I DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Assigned Functions and Actions .
IF_DET_ASSIGNMENT_BRF_TMP_ICL I DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Assigned Functions and Actions .
IF_DIFFERENTIABLE_DIF I IS_EQUAL Test for Equality .
IF_DIFFERENTIABLE_DIF I PRINT Output in Report .
IF_DIMSPPB_DEMAND I GET_DETAIL Get Demand Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_DEMAND I SET_DEMAND Set Demand Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_MAINT_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Get Maintainence Object Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_MAINT_OBJECT I SET_MAINT_OBJECT Set Maintainence Object Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_OBJ_GRAPHDATA I GET_DETAIL Get Object Graphical Data Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_OBJ_GRAPHDATA I SET_OBJ_GRAPHDATA Set Object Graphical Data Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_ORDER I GET_DETAIL Get Order Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_ORDER I SET_ORDER Set Order Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_RESOURCE I GET_DETAIL Get Resource Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_RESOURCE I SET_RESOURCE Set Resource Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_SLOT I GET_DETAIL Get Slot Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_SLOT I SET_SLOT Set Slot Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_TABLE_DATA I GET_DETAIL Get Table Data Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_TABLE_DATA I SET_TABLE_DATA Set Table Data Attribute .
IF_DIMSPPB_WORK_PACKAGE I GET_DETAIL Get Work Package Detail .
IF_DIMSPPB_WORK_PACKAGE I SET_WORK_PACKAGE Set Work Package Attribute .
IF_DIP_REFERENCE_CK I GET_COST_ESTIMATE_DATA General Data for DIP Call .
IF_DIP_REFERENCE_CK I GET_DIP_DATA Data for Calling Dynamic Item Processor .
IF_DIP_REFERENCE_CK I SET_DIP_DATA Data for Calling Dynamic Item Processor .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I CREATE_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Generates a New Distributor Business Transaction .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I DISTRIBUTE Triggers the Update of the New/Changed Business Transaction .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I REQUEST_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Provides a Reference to an Existing Business Transaction .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I REQUEST_BUSINESS_TRANSACTIONS Supplies References to TRD BTs (Mass Processing) .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I SAVE Saves all the the Distributor's Updated Data .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I SET_FLG_FUT_MIGR Sets the Indicator for Migration of Futures .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I SET_FLG_VA_INIT Sets the flag for initialization of parallel valuation areas.
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I SET_VALUATION_AREA Sets the Initialization Valuation Area .
IF_DISTRIBUTOR_TRD I UNDO Undoes all the Distributor's Updates .
IF_DLV_CREATE_EXTOUT I ADDITIONAL_OUTPUT Populates ExtensionOut After Delivery Creation .
IF_DLV_CREATE_NOREF_EXTIN I ADDITIONAL_INPUT Transfers ExtensionIn Before Delivery Creation .
IF_DLV_CREATE_SLS_EXTIN I ADDITIONAL_INPUT Transfers ExtensionIn Before Delivery Creation .
IF_DLV_CREATE_STO_EXTIN I ADDITIONAL_INPUT Transfers ExtensionIn Before Delivery Creation .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I BUILD_FIELDCATALOG creates fieldcatalog of ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_LAYOUT creates layout of ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I BUILD_SORTING creates sorting of ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I BUILD_TOOLBAR_EXCLUDE_LIST creates list of functions to be excluded on Grid toolbar .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I GET_ALV_GRID returns ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I INIT_ALV_GRID_HANDLERS initializes event handlers of ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I SET_ALV_GRID sets ALV Grid .
IF_DMC_ALV_GRID I SET_USER_DEFINED_F4_HELPS sets user defined F4 helps .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I ADJUST_BUTTON_VISIBILITY adjusts visibility of toolbar buttons depending on edit mode.
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I BUILD_ALV_FIELDCATALOG creates fieldcatalog for ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I BUILD_ALV_HIERARCHY_HDR creates hierarchy header for ALV display .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I BUILD_ALV_TREE displays information in tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I BUILD_ALV_TREE_TOOLBAR build toolbar of ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I GET_ALV_TOOLBAR_EXCL_FUNCTIONSexcludes functions from ALV toolbar .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I GET_ALV_TREE returns ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I INIT_ALV_TREE_HANDLERS initializes event handlers of ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I SET_ALV_HTML_VIEWER sets HTML viewer object of ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I SET_ALV_TOOLBAR sets toolbar of ALV tree .
IF_DMC_ALV_TREE I SET_ALV_TREE sets ALV tree .
IF_DMC_CONTAINER_BAR_XT I ADD_CELLS_TO_BAR adds cells to container bar xt .
IF_DMC_CONTAINER_BAR_XT I GET_CONTAINER_BAR_XT returns container bar xt .
IF_DMC_CONTAINER_BAR_XT I INIT_CONTAINER_BAR_XT_HANDLERSinitializes event handlers of container bar xt .
IF_DMC_CONTAINER_BAR_XT I SET_CONTAINER_BAR_XT sets container bar xt .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I CREATE_FM_PROPOSAL Generates Proposal for Field Mapping .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I CREATE_RCONT_PROPOSAL Generates Proposal for Receiver Container .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I CREATE_SCONT_PROPOSAL Generates Proposal for Sender Container .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I GET_RULE_REFS Returns all Used Rules .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I GET_USED_RULE_BY_GUID Returns a Rule .
IF_DMC_CONT_OWNER I SAVE Save .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I CREATE_OBJECT Create Object .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I DEEP_COPY_OBJECT Copy Object (Root only) .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I FLAT_COPY_OBJECT Copy Object (Root only) .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I LOAD_BY_GUID Loading an Object .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I MODIFY_OBJECT Process Object .
IF_DMC_CREMODDELCOPY I RENAME_OBJECT Rename object .
IF_DMC_CUSTOM_CONTAINER I GET_CUSTOM_CONTAINER returns custom container .
IF_DMC_CUSTOM_CONTAINER I SET_CUSTOM_CONTAINER sets custom container .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I COPY Copier Constructor .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I CREATE Returns Newly Created Object .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I DEL Deletes Master Data .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I GET_FUNCNAME_FOR_DI Returns FUBU name of Direct Input .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I GET_RCONTAINER Returns Receiver Container .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I GET_REPID Returns Program for Screen .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I GET_SUBSCREEN_NO Returns Subscreen for Selection Screen .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I INIT_GLOB_TABLES Initialization of Table Control .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I LOAD_BY_GUID Returns Object From DB Using Guid .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I RCONTAINER_STILL_VALID Is receiver area still valid, or should it be maintained? .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I SAVE Saving the Customizing Data .
IF_DMC_DITYPE I STORE_GLOB_TABLES Saving for Table Control .
IF_DMC_DOCKING I GET_DOCKING_CONTAINER returns docking container .
IF_DMC_DOCKING I INIT_DOCKING_HANDLERS initializes event handlers of docking .
IF_DMC_DOCKING I SET_DOCKING_CONTAINER sets docking container .
IF_DMC_EQUALS I EQUALS Checks if two objects are equal .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I COPY Copier Constructor .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I CREATE Creates a New Object .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I GENERATE_EXPORTER generates an interface to outbound processing .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I GET_DYNPRO_NO Returns Screen for Maintenance Interface .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I GET_EXPTYPE Returns Type of Outbound Processing .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I GET_REPID Returns Program for Screen .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I GET_SUBSCREEN_NO Returns Subscreen for Selection Screen .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I LOAD Gets Object From Database Using CUID .
IF_DMC_EXPORT_DESC I SAVE Save .
IF_DMC_FILE_LIST_OWNER I GET_NODE_ID Returns the ID for tree control nodes .
IF_DMC_GUI I CMD user command handling .
IF_DMC_GUI I GET_PFSTATUS returns GUI status .
IF_DMC_GUI I GET_TITLE returns GUI title .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I COPY Copier Constructor .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I CREATE Generates a new object .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I GENERATE_IMPORTER generates an import interface .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I GET_DYNPRO_NO Returns screen number for maintenance .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I GET_IMPTYPE Returns type of import interface .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I GET_REPID Returns Program for Screen .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I GET_SUBSCREEN_NO Returns Subscreen for Selection Screen .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I LOAD Loads an object using a GUID .
IF_DMC_IMPORT_DESC I SAVE Saving to database .
IF_DMC_LIST I ADD Add a new object to the list or updates its value .
IF_DMC_LIST I CMD User command handling from List .
IF_DMC_LIST I COPY Copy myself .
IF_DMC_LIST I DEL_ALL_ELEMENTS Set delete state for all list elements .
IF_DMC_LIST I DEL_BY_GUID Set delete state for list object by GUID .
IF_DMC_LIST I DEL_BY_ID Set delete state for list object by ID .
IF_DMC_LIST I DEL_BY_REF Set delete state for list object by reference .
IF_DMC_LIST I FROM_ITAB Add new objects to list with data in ITAB .
IF_DMC_LIST I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Get all references from active list object .
IF_DMC_LIST I GET_ELEM_BY_GUID Get object reference by GUID .
IF_DMC_LIST I GET_ELEM_BY_ID Get object reference by ID .
IF_DMC_LIST I RELOAD_FROM_DB Reload objects from database .
IF_DMC_LIST I RESTORE_AFTER_CANCEL Restore data after user command CANCEL .
IF_DMC_LIST I SAVE Save list objects .
IF_DMC_LIST I SET_STATE Set state of a list object .
IF_DMC_LIST I TO_ITAB Get all list elements in an ITAB .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I CMD OK Code Processing by Object .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I COPY Copy Rule Variant .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I GET_CLASS_NAME_TAG Returns Runtime Type Information .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I LOAD_ATTRIBS_FROM_REL Loads Master Data Attributes from the Structure .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I NEXT_VERSION Returns Next Versioning Number .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I PRINT Returns Documentation as Internal Table .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I RELOAD_FROM_DB Loads Original Status from Database .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I SAVE Saves Data and Component Data .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I SAVE_ATTRIBS_TO_REL Transforms Attributes in a Structure .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I SET_DATA_NOT_SAVED Flag: data_not_saved is set .
IF_DMC_POBJECT I SET_DATA_SAVED Flag data_not_saved Will be Reset After Saving .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I COPY Returns a copy of itself (copy constructor) .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I COPY_RCONTAINER Provides a copy of the receiver container .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I CREATE Creates an Instance .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I DEL deletes itself (from database) .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_CLASS_NAME_TAG returns a flag for the class name (Dom dmc_rti) .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_DEFAULTS Returns default values for technical fields .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_RCONTAINER Provides a receiver container .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_REPID Returns the program of the subscreen .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_SUBSCREEN_NO Provides screen number of subscreen .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I GET_TITLE Language-dependent title for selection .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I INIT_GLOB_TABLES Loads data before PBO to internal tables .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I IS_VALID_STRUCTURE_NAME Structure name ok? .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I LOAD_BY_GUID Gets an existing object from the database .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I READ_ONLY_STREES Is user allowed to define hierarchy structures? .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I READ_ONLY_STRUCTURES Can suggested structures be changed/processed? .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I SAVE saves the data .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I SCONTAINER_PROPOSAL Suggests a sender container .
IF_DMC_RECEIVER_SPEC I STORE_GLOB_TABLES Saves data before saving screen (if necessary)! .
IF_DMC_RTO_IL_RULES I GET_RULES GET_RULES .
IF_DMC_RTO_IL_RULES I PRINT_RULES PRINT_RULES .
IF_DMC_RULE_ASSIGNE I GET_VISIBILITY_TYPE Returns visibility .
IF_DMC_RULE_CALL_ASSIGNE I GET_CLASS_NAME_TAG Returns runtime type information .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I CODING_SCAN Returns the MWB objects used in coding .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I COPY Kopieren der Instanz .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I GET_CODE Returns Rule Body (ABAP Coding) .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I GET_CODE_END Returns the general coding end .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I GET_CODE_START Returns the general coding start .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I PRETTY_PRINT Executes Pretty Printer for Coding .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I SAVE Save .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I SET_CODE Sets Coding .
IF_DMC_RULE_IMPL I SYNTAX_CHECK Executes a syntax check for given coding .
IF_DMC_RUNTIMEOBJECT I GENERATE Create runtime object .
IF_DMC_RUNTIMEOBJECT I GET_GENERATOR_OPTIONS Read options for generation .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I COPY Copier Constructor .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I CREATE Creates an Instance .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I DEL Delete interface object .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_CLASS_NAME_TAG Runtime type informationen .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_DEFAULTS Returns default values for technical fields .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_REPID Returns the program of the subscreen .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_SCONTAINER Return sender container .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_SUBSCREEN_NO Provides screen number of subscreen .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I GET_TITLE Language-dependent title for selection .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I INIT_GLOB_TABLES Event before first call of subsreen with data input .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I IS_VALID_STRUCTURE_NAME Structure name is valid! .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I LOAD_BY_GUID Gets an existing object from the database .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I READ_ONLY_STREES Structures can be added or deleted .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I READ_ONLY_STRUCTURES Structures can be changed .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I SAVE Save .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I SET_SCONTAINER Set sender containers .
IF_DMC_SENDER_SPEC I STORE_GLOB_TABLES Save global tables before save .
IF_DMC_SPLITTER I CUSTOMIZE_SPLITTER customizes splitter style .
IF_DMC_SPLITTER I GET_SPLITTER_CONTAINER returns splitter container .
IF_DMC_SPLITTER I INIT_SPLITTER_HANDLERS initializes event handlers of splitter container .
IF_DMC_SPLITTER I SET_SPLITTER_CONTAINER sets splitter container .
IF_DMC_STRUCT_TREE_PARENT I GET_CLASS_NAME_TAG Returns runtime type information .
IF_DMC_STRUCT_TREE_PARENT I GET_NODE_ID Returns node information for representation in tree contr. .
IF_DMC_TECHFIELDS I GET_DEFAULTS Returns Technical Data for Fields .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I GET_EXPANDED_ICON Returns icon for expanded nodes .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I GET_ITEM_CONTENT Returns items for representation in list tree .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I GET_ITEM_TEXT Returns item text .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I GET_NODE_CONTENT Returns node content .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I GET_NORMAL_ICON Returns icon for non-expanded representation .
IF_DMC_TREE_NODE I IS_NODE_FOLDER Returns 'true' if the node is not an end node .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I GET_ALL_NODES Returns all nodes of the tree + root .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I GET_FOLDER_NODES Returns all nodes that should be expanded .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I GET_SUBNODES_AND_ITEMS Returns all nodes of the tree .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I SHOW_TREE Displays tree in custom container .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I SHOW_TREE_IN_DOCKING Displays nodes in docking container .
IF_DMC_TREE_OWNER I SHOW_TREE_IN_SPLIT_DOCKING Displays nodes in docking container as splitter container .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I GET_CHANGES Read Changes from Buffer .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I GET_LINKS Read Document Links .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Check Existence of Object Type .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_TABLE Get Table for Object Links .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I INIT Reset Buffer .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I POST Trigger Update .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I REGISTER_OBJECT_TYPE Log MDF Object Type On .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I SET_LINKS Create Document Links .
IF_DML_SERVICE_DMS I UNREGISTER_OBJECT_TYPE Log MDF Object Type Off .
IF_DMS_DOCUMENT I GET_AUTHORITY Getting the authorization object .
IF_DMS_DOCUMENT I GET_DESCRIPTION Description .
IF_DMS_DOCUMENT I GET_ID Getting the GUID of DIS .
IF_DMS_DOCUMENT I GET_NAME Name .
IF_DMS_OFFICE_INTEGRATION I CLOSE_DOCUMENT Close a document in an office application .
IF_DMS_OFFICE_INTEGRATION I DESTROY Destruction of the objects for the office integration .
IF_DMS_OFFICE_INTEGRATION I INIT Initialazation of objects for office integration .
IF_DMS_OFFICE_INTEGRATION I OPEN_DOCUMENT Open a document in the office application .
IF_DMS_OFFICE_INTEGRATION I UPDATE_APPLICATION Update data in the office application .
IF_DM_ACCESS I CHECK_ACCESS Check Access Authorization .
IF_DM_ACCESS_CONTROL I GET_ACL Gets ACL of Resource .
IF_DM_ACCESS_CONTROL I GET_SUPPORTED_PRIVILEGES Gets List of Supported Privileges .
IF_DM_ACCESS_CONTROL I SET_ACL Sets ACL of Resource .
IF_DM_ACL I GET_PRINCIPALS Gets Principals Known in ACL .
IF_DM_ACL I GET_PRIVILEGE_SET Gets Granted and Denied Privileges of Principals .
IF_DM_ACL I SET_PRIVILEGE_SET Gets Granted and Denied Privileges of Principals .
IF_DM_COMPONENT I CREATE Creates New Component .
IF_DM_COMPONENT I GET Gets Specific Component .
IF_DM_COMPONENT I GET_COMP_NUM Gets Number of Component (If It Exists) .
IF_DM_COMPONENT I GET_LIST Gets List of Existing Components .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I CHECK_REPOSITORY_PROPERTY Checks Repository Property .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I COPY Creates Copy of Document .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I DELETE Deletes Document .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I GET_ID Gets Document ID .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I GET_INTERFACE Gets Interface for Document .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I GET_REPOSITORY Gets Reference to Repository for Document .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I GET_REPOSITORY_PROPERTY Gets Property of Repository .
IF_DM_DOCUMENT I IS_WRITABLE Document Modifiable? .
IF_DM_LOCK I LOCK Creates Lock for Resource .
IF_DM_LOCK I UNLOCK Release Lock .
IF_DM_PRINT_JOB I ADD_DOCUMENT Add Document to Print Job .
IF_DM_PRINT_JOB I EXECUTE Print the Job .
IF_DM_PRINT_JOB I IS_DOCUMENT_SUPPORTED Check if a document is supported .
IF_DM_PRINT_JOB_FACTORY I CREATE_PRINT_JOB Create Print Job with Specified Parameters .
IF_DM_PRIVILEGE I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Privilege Description .
IF_DM_PRIVILEGE I GET_IDENTIFIER Gets Technical ID of Privilege .
IF_DM_PRIVILEGE I GET_SUB_PRIVILEGES Gets List of Aggregated Privileges - Included Here .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I CLEAR_CACHE Delete Cache for Property Values .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I DELETE_PROPERTIES Deletes All Value Variants of Specified Properties .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTIES Gets List of Properties of Document .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY Get an Attribute .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY_DEFINITIONS Gets Definitions of All Possible Properties .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTIES Sets Properties .
IF_DM_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTY Sets Property .
IF_DM_PROPERTY_DEF I GET_DEF_BOOL_PROPERTY Gets Boolean Meta-Property .
IF_DM_PROPERTY_DEF I GET_DEF_INT_PROPERTY Gets Integer Meta-Property .
IF_DM_PROPERTY_DEF I GET_DEF_PROPERTY Gets Meta-Property of Property .
IF_DM_PROPERTY_DEF I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Description of Property .
IF_DM_PROPERTY_DEF I GET_IDENTIFIER Gets (Technical) ID of Property .
IF_DM_QUERY I EXECUTE Search .
IF_DM_READ_CONTENT I GET_ENCODING Gets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_READ_CONTENT I GET_MIME_TYPE Gets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DM_READ_CONTENT I GET_SIZE Gets Size of Document Content .
IF_DM_READ_CONTENT I READ Gets Content .
IF_DM_READ_FILE I DOWNLOAD Generate File with Document Content .
IF_DM_READ_FILE I GET_ENCODING Gets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_READ_FILE I GET_MIME_TYPE Gets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DM_READ_FILE I GET_SIZE Gets Size of Document Content .
IF_DM_READ_URL I GET_ENCODING Gets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_READ_URL I GET_MIME_TYPE Gets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DM_READ_URL I GET_READ_URL Gets URL for Read .
IF_DM_READ_URL I GET_SIZE Gets Size of Content .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I CONNECT Connects to Repository Implementation .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I CONNECT_CLASS_ROLE Gets Implementation of Class Role .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I CREATE_DOCUMENT Creates New Document .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I GET_NEW_DOC_ID Creates New Document ID .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I GET_PROPERTY_DEFINITIONS Gets Definitions for Properties .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I GET_REPOSITORY Gets Repository Object .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I GET_REPOSITORY_PROPERTY Gets Property of Repository .
IF_DM_REP_IMPL I SET_REPOSITORY_PARAMETER Sets Parameters for Repository .
IF_DM_UNBOUND I CONNECT Connect to Object .
IF_DM_VARIANT I CREATE Creates New Variant (Not Required for First Variant) .
IF_DM_VARIANT I GET Gets Specified Variant .
IF_DM_VARIANT I GET_LIST Gets List of Existing Variants .
IF_DM_VERSION I CHECKIN Check In Working Version .
IF_DM_VERSION I CHECKOUT Check Out Version .
IF_DM_VERSION I GET Gets Specific Version .
IF_DM_VERSION I GET_ACTUAL_VERSION Preparation of the Current Version .
IF_DM_VERSION I GET_LIST Gets List of Checked In Versions .
IF_DM_WRITE_CONTENT I FINISH_WRITE End Write .
IF_DM_WRITE_CONTENT I IS_WRITABLE Can content be created for current user? .
IF_DM_WRITE_CONTENT I SET_ENCODING Sets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_CONTENT I SET_MIME_TYPE Sets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_CONTENT I WRITE Writes Document Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_FILE I FINISH_WRITE End Write .
IF_DM_WRITE_FILE I IS_WRITABLE Can content be created for current user? .
IF_DM_WRITE_FILE I SET_ENCODING Sets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_FILE I SET_MIME_TYPE Sets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_FILE I UPLOAD Upload File Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_URL I FINISH_WRITE End Write .
IF_DM_WRITE_URL I GET_WRITE_URL Gets URL .
IF_DM_WRITE_URL I IS_WRITABLE Can content be created for current user? .
IF_DM_WRITE_URL I SET_ENCODING Sets Encoding of Content .
IF_DM_WRITE_URL I SET_MIME_TYPE Sets MIME Type of Content .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I AS_MIME_DOCUMENT Gets Document in MIME Format .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_BODY_PART_ATTRIBUTES Gets Attributes for a Specific Part of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_BODY_PART_CONTENT Gets a Specific Part of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_BODY_PART_COUNT Specifies Number of Parts Document Consists of .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_IMPORTANCE Importance of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_SENSITIVITY Confidentiality of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS I GET_SUBJECT Title of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I GET_DOCUMENT Returns a BCS Document Reference if One Exists .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I GET_GENERICFORM Returns Form of the Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I GET_PERSONALIZE Returns Personalization Type of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I GET_PROCESSING Returns Filter Value for Document Formatting .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I SET_FORMNAME Sets Form Name of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I SET_PERSONALIZE Sets Personalization Type of Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_BCS_PPF I SET_PROCESSING Sets Filter Value for Document Formatting .
IF_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY_BCS I DISPLAY_INPLACE Document Displaye Inplace .
IF_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY_BCS I DISPLAY_OUTPLACE Document Display Outplace .
IF_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY_BCS I INPLACE_IS_SUPPORTED Checks Whether Document Display Inplace Is Supported .
IF_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY_BCS I OUTPLACE_IS_SUPPORTED Checks Whether Document Display Outplace Is Supported .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I DELETEPERSISTENT Deletes the Document .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I GETVALUATIONAREA Gets the Document's Valuation Area .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I INITIALIZEFORPOSTING Initializes the Document with all Data for Posting .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I INITIALIZEFORREVERSAL Initializes the Document for Reversal .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I POST Posts the Document to Accounting .
IF_DOCUMENT_TRAC I REVERSE Reverses the Document in Accounting .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I AS_EXTERNAL Converts Value to External Format (Output) .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I AS_INTERMEDIATE Converts Value to Intermediate Format .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I AS_INTERNAL Converts Value to Internal Format .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I CHECK Checks if Value in Internal Value Is Valid .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Information About Domain .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I GET_HELPVALUES Gets Allowed Values .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I GET_TYPE Gets Type (Format) .
IF_DOMAIN_POC I INIT_DOMAIN_CONTEXT Initialization of Domain Context (Set Parameters) .
IF_DRAGDROP I ONDRAG Call Drag Source .
IF_DRAGDROP I ONDROP Call Drop Target .
IF_DRAGDROP I ONDROPCOMPLETE Call Drag Source Once Drop Completed Successfully .
IF_DRAGDROP I ONGETFLAVOR Returns Flavor of Data .
IF_DRE_LAYOUT_GRID_CALLBACK I APPLY_LAYOUT Use Layout on Vertical Grid .
IF_DRE_LAYOUT_GRID_CALLBACK I INITIALIZE_GRID Initialize New Layout .
IF_DROB_RT I START Starts Data Retrieval .
IF_DROB_RT I STOP Veto Method !!! DO NOT USE !!! .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I ARCHIVE Save Signature Data .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I CREATE Create Instance for Signature Process .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I DELETE Delete Signature Data .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I FREE Delete Instances .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I GET_BY_ID Get Instance for an Existing Signature Process .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I GET_BY_META Get Instance when Entering Meta Data .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I GET_DATA_BY_LIST Signature Data for a List of GUIDs .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I GET_REG_INFO Get Registration Info for the Applications .
IF_DS_RUNTIME I REFRESH_BY_LIST Refresh Data for a List of GUIDs .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I CHECK_COMMENT Check Comment on Digital Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_DEFAULT_REMARK_ID Read Proposal Remark for Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_DOCUMENT Get Document .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_METHOD Read Short Text For Signature Method .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_REASON Read Reason for Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_REMARKS Read Comment for Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_SIGNED_STEPS Read Previously Executed Signatures .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_SIGNER Read Preassigned Signatory .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I GET_STEPS Read Current Signature Step for Signature Strategy .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_CANCELLED_ALLOWED Simple Cancelation Allowed .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_COMMENT_REQUIRED Comment is Required .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_DOCUMENT_DISPLAYED Document is Displayed on the Signature Dialog Box .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_REASON_DISPLAYED Signature Reasons are Displayed .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_REMARK_DISPLAYED Digital Signature Remarks are Displayed .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_USER_CHANGEABLE Field for Signatory is Ready for Input on Sig. Dialog Box .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I IS_VERIFY_ALLOWED Checks if Verification is Necessary .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_COMMAND Copy Command from the Screen .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_COMMENT Copy Comment for Digital Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_PASSWORD Transfer Password to the Runtime .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_REMARK Return Selected Remark for Digital Signature .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_SIGNER Transfer Signatory to the Runtime .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_SIGN_TIME Transfer Signature Time to the Runtime .
IF_DS_SCREEN_HANDLER I SET_STEP Selected Signature Step within the Signature Strategy .
IF_DS_SIGN I CHECK_META_OF_INSTANCE Checks Whether Metadata Match Signature Instance .
IF_DS_SIGN I FREE Destructor .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_ID Read Signature ID .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_META_BY_ID Read Meta Data for Signature ID .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_STATE Determine Signature Status .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_STEPS Read Data for Individal Step of Signature Strategy .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_STEPS_WITH_COMMENT Returns Saved Data and Comment for Signature Step .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_STEPS_WITH_DOC Returns Saved Data/Documents for Signature Step .
IF_DS_SIGN I GET_TIMESTAMP Returns Time Stamp of Signature Instance .
IF_DS_SIGN I REFRESH_SIGNATURE Update Signature Data .
IF_DS_SIGN I SAVE Save Signature Data .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN Execute Digital Signature for a Document .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD Execute Digital Signature with Web Dynpro (Dialog Box) .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD_CHECK_DOCUMENT Digital Signature (inplace): Check Document .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD_FINISH Digital Signature: Complete Process .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD_INPLACE Execute Digital Signature with Web Dynpro (inplace) .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD_SYNC Digital Signature (Synchronous): Interim Step 1 .
IF_DS_SIGN I SIGN_WD_SYNC_IS_FINISHED Digital Signature (Synchronous): Interim Step 2 .
IF_DS_SIGN I UNDO Reject Signature Data .
IF_DS_SIGN I UNLOCK Unlock Header Data Record for Signature .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I CHANGE_RULE Changes recurrence rule for the schedule .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I DELETE_RULE Deletes recurrence rule from the schedule .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_END Set the end of the downtime period .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_INFO_TEXT Set the info text for the downtime .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_MONITORING_STATUS Set the monitoring status .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_RESPONSIBLE Set the user name of the user responsible .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_RULE Set recurrence rule for schedule .
IF_DTS_EDITOR I SET_START Set the start of the downtime period .
IF_DTS_QUERY I ADD_MONITORING_STATUS Adds monitoring status to the query .
IF_DTS_QUERY I SET_COMPONENTS Define a set of components for the query (overwrites) .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_CATEGORY Get the downtime category .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_COMPONENT Get the key for a component in the landscape .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_CREATED Get time and user of creation of entry .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_DISTRIBUTION_STATUS Get the distribution status .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_INFO_TEXT Get info text for downtime .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_LAST_CHANGE Get time and user of last change .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_MONITORING_STATUS Get the monitoring status .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_PERIODS Get all downtime periods .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_REASON Get technical reason for downtime .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_RESPONSIBLE Get system responsible .
IF_DTS_READER I GET_RULES Get the recurrence rules for the downtime .
IF_DTS_READER I IS_DISTRIBUTED Returns true if distributed successfully .
IF_DTS_READER I IS_PERIOD_OPEN Returns true if end of downtime has not yet been set .
IF_DV_AL_NOTE I EDIT_NOTE Edit Note .
IF_DV_AL_NOTE I HAS_NOTE Note exists .
IF_DV_BYTE_ACCESS I GET_BYTES Read Contents by Bytes .
IF_DV_BYTE_ACCESS I GET_SIZE Read Contents by Bytes .
IF_DV_SERIALIZE I DESERIALIZE Unpack Document .
IF_DV_SERIALIZE I SERIALIZE Pack Document .
IF_EASYDMS_GET_NEW_FILENAME I RENAME_FILE renaming the original .
IF_EBR_CONTEXT_POC I CLEAR Delete Context Data .
IF_EBR_CONTEXT_POC I PREPARE Prepare Status Change to "Archived" .
IF_EBR_CONTEXT_POC I REFRESH Update Context Data .
IF_EBR_CONTEXT_POC I RESET Terminate Status Change .
IF_EBR_CONTEXT_POC I UPDATE Write Status Change to Update Task .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_DATA_DEV_ITEM Get Single Entry for Exceeding Reference Value .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_DATA_DEV_LIST Get Deviation List for Exceeding Reference Value .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_DATA_DEV_SIGN Get Signature for Entry for Exceeding Reference Value .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_NUM_DATA_DEV Get Number of Exceeding Reference Values .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_NUM_STEP_COM Get Number of Comments .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_NUM_STEP_DEV Get Number of Deviations for Process Step .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_STEP_COM_ITEM Get Comment from Comment List .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_STEP_COM_LIST Get Comment List for Element .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_STEP_DEV_ITEM Get Deviations for Process Step .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I GET_STEP_DEV_SIGN Get Signature for Deviation at Process Step .
IF_EBR_DEVIATIONS_POC I IS_COMMENT_CONTAINED Is Comment Message Contained in this Document? .
IF_EBR_FILES_POC I GET_DEPENDENT_FILE Get Dependent File .
IF_EBR_FILES_POC I GET_MAIN_FILE Get File for Display .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I COMPUTE_POUNDS_FROM_KG Compute pounds from kg .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I GET_KIND Return kind of entity .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I GET_NAME Return weight of entity .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I GET_WEIGHT_KG Return weight of entity in kg .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I GET_WEIGHT_PD Return weight of entity in pounds .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SAY_SOMETHING Ask entity to make noise .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SET_NAME Change name of entity .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SET_PAR_VALS_TAB Set Tabular Attribute .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SET_PAR_VALS_TAB_STATIC Set Tabular Attribute - Static .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SET_SAYING Change favorite noise of entity .
IF_ECATT_GD_ENTITY I SET_WEIGHT Change weight of entity .
IF_ECL_LAYER I ADD_AVAILABLE_REDLINE_LAYER Declares Available Layer for an Original .
IF_ECL_LAYER I CHECK_IF_LAYER_IS_DIRTY Checks Whether a Layer is Unsaved .
IF_ECL_LAYER I CREATE_NEW_LAYER Creates a New Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_ACTIVE_LAYER Returns Name, Index, etc. of Active Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_AVAILABLE_LAYER Provides Information on an Available Markup File .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_DIRTY_LAYERS Passes a List of Unsaved Layers to the Event Handler .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_LAYER_INDEX Returns the Index of a Particular Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_LAYER_NAME Returns the Name of a Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_LAYER_VISIBLE Determine Visibility of Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I GET_NUMBER_OF_LAYERS Returns the Number of Layers .
IF_ECL_LAYER I LOAD_LAYER Loads a Redlining Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I REMOVE_LAYER Deletes a Particular Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SAVE_ACTIVE_LAYER Saves the Active Layer in a Local File .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SAVE_DIRTY_LAYERS Informs About Unsaved Layers and Saves Them if Required .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SAVE_LAYER Saves a Layer to a File .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SET_ACTIVE_LAYER Sets the Active Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SET_LAYER_NAME Sets the Name of a Layer .
IF_ECL_LAYER I SET_LAYER_VISIBLE Set Layer to Visible / Invisible .
IF_ECM_APPLICATION I CREATE Create Object Management Records .
IF_ECM_APPLICATION I DELETE Delete Object Management Records .
IF_ECM_APPLICATION I DISPLAY Display Object Management Records .
IF_ECM_APPLICATION I GET_MARKED Selected Object Management Records .
IF_ECM_APPLICATION I RESET Reset Parameters .
IF_ECM_OBJADM I OBJADM_ADD Create Object Management Records for a Change Number .
IF_ECM_OBJADM I OBJADM_CHANGE Adjust Validity of Objects .
IF_ECM_OBJADM I OBJADM_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTE Change the Attributes of Object Management Records .
IF_ECM_OBJADM I OBJADM_DEL Delete Object Management Records from a Change Number .
IF_ECM_OBJADM I OBJADM_PROVIDE Get Object Management Records .
IF_EDO_ATOMIC_VALUE I GET_VALUE Read Value in work_area .
IF_EDO_ATOMIC_VALUE I SET_VALUE Copy Value from work_area .
IF_EDO_STRUCTURE I GET_DESCRIPTOR Returns Structure Descriptor .
IF_EDO_TABLE I APPEND_EMPTY_LINES Append Empty Rows .
IF_EDO_TABLE I APPEND_FROM_WORK_AREA Append Row from Work Area IF_EDO_TABLE~WORK_AREA .
IF_EDO_TABLE I APPEND_ROW Add Row .
IF_EDO_TABLE I COPY_FROM_TABLE Copy ABAP Table to EDO Table .
IF_EDO_TABLE I COPY_TO_EDO_TABLE Copies Range or Set of Rows to Another EDO Table .
IF_EDO_TABLE I COPY_TO_TABLE Copy EDO Content to ABAP Table .
IF_EDO_TABLE I DELETE Delete Rows .
IF_EDO_TABLE I GET_DESCRIPTOR Structure Description .
IF_EDO_TABLE I GET_FIELD_COUNT Number of Fields per Row .
IF_EDO_TABLE I GET_FIELD_VALUE Read Field in Table .
IF_EDO_TABLE I GET_RECORD_COUNT Number of Rows .
IF_EDO_TABLE I GET_ROW Read Row .
IF_EDO_TABLE I INSERT_EMPTY_LINES Insert Empty Rows .
IF_EDO_TABLE I INSERT_FROM_WORK_AREA Insert Row from Work Area IF_EDO_TABLE~WORK_AREA .
IF_EDO_TABLE I INSERT_ROW Insert Row .
IF_EDO_TABLE I MODIFY_FROM_EDO_TABLE Copy Rows from Second EDO Table (Insert/Update) .
IF_EDO_TABLE I MODIFY_FROM_WORK_AREA Change Row Content from Work Area IF_EDO_TABLE~WORK_AREA .
IF_EDO_TABLE I MODIFY_ROW Change Row Content .
IF_EDO_TABLE I READ_INTO_WORK_AREA Read Row in Work Area IF_EDO_TABLE~WORK_AREA .
IF_EDO_TABLE I SET_FIELD_VALUE Set Field in Table .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I GET_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Determines Compare Status .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I GET_CONFLICT_TYPE Determines the Conflict Type .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I GET_DATA Returns Conflict Data .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I GET_DATA_STRUCTURE Returns Data Structure Name .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I GET_ID Returns Conflict ID .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I INIT Initialize .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I SET_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Sets Adjustment Status .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT I SET_ID Sets Conflict ID .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT_ADJUSTABLE I ADJUST Updates the Adjustment Status .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT_PROVIDER I GET_CONFLICTS Makes conflicts ready .
IF_EEF_ADJ_CONFLICT_REFRESH I REFRESH_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Updates the Adjustment Status .
IF_EEF_ADJ_REQUEST I GET_OPERATION Determines operation to be executed .
IF_EEF_ADJ_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_TYPE Determines Request .
IF_EEF_ADJ_REQUEST I INIT Initialization .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I ADJUST Enhancement Adjustment .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I DETERMINE_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Determines Status of Enhancement Adjustment .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I GET_ENHANCEMENT_EDITOR Determines the enhancement editor .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I GET_VIEW Returns Tool UI .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I GET_WB_MANAGER Determines Workbench Manager .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I INIT Initialize .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I REFRESH Refresh .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I SET_ENHANCEMENT_EDITOR Sets the enhancement editor .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL I SET_WB_MANAGER Sets Workbench Manager .
IF_EEF_ADJ_TOOL_CONFLICT I REFRESH_CONFLICTS Updates the conflicts .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW I DISPLAY Display UI .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW I FREE Release UI Elements .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW I IS_IN_EDIT_MODE Determines Whether View Runs in Change Mode .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_GUI_CONTROL I INIT Initialize .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_GUI_CONTROL I SET_CONTAINER_NAME Set Container Name .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I GET_DYNPRO_NO Determines Screen Number of Subscreen .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I GET_REPORT_ID Determines Report ID (sy-repid) of Subscreen .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I GET_SUBSCREEN_AREA Determines Subscreen Area Assigned to View .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I INIT Initialize .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I RAISE_USER_COMMAND Sets a User Command .
IF_EEF_ADJ_VIEW_SUBSCREEN I SET_SUBSCREEN_AREA Sets Subscreen Area .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Executes Function of Converter .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I GET_MIGRATION_STATE_FLAG Determines Status of Migration .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I IGNORE_MODIFICATION Ignores Modification .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I MIGRATE_MODIFICATION Migrates Modification .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I SAVE Saves Core Source .
IF_EEF_MIG_CONVERTER I SET_EDITOR_CORE Sets Editor of Core Source .
IF_EEF_MIG_MODEL I GET_OBJECT_STATE Determines Migration Status of Object .
IF_EEF_MIG_MODEL I SET_OBJECT_STATE Sets Migration Status of Object .
IF_EEF_MIG_MODEL I UPDATE_ACTIVE_OBJECTS Updates Active Objects .
IF_EEF_MIG_MODEL I UPDATE_MIGRATION_STATES Updates Migration Status .
IF_EEF_MIG_OVERVIEW I DISPLAY Displays View .
IF_EEF_MIG_PERSISTENCE I GET_MIGRATION_STATE Determines One Migration Status .
IF_EEF_MIG_PERSISTENCE I GET_MIGRATION_STATES Determines All Migration Status .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I DISPLAY_OBJECT Displays Object .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I FINALIZE Terminates Tool .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I INITILIZE_DATA_CORE Gets Migration Data from Core .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I INITILIZE_DATA_IS Gets Migration Data of IS .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I MIGRATE_OBJECT Migrates Object .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I SAVE Saves New Object Data .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I SET_MIGRATION_UNIT Sets Migration Unit .
IF_EEF_MIG_TOOL I SET_TRKORRS Sets Relevant Transport Requests .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I INIT_STRUCTURE Set/Generate/Initialize Work Area .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I INSERT_DATA Saves Structure from INSERT .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I LOAD_DATA Enters Data in Structure .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I LOCK_FOR_EDIT Locks Record for EDIT .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I NEW_DATA Prepares Structure for new Record (No. Defaults...) .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I SAVE_DATA Saves Structure from EDIT .
IF_EEWA_BO_BASE I UNLOCK_FOR_EDIT Removes Lock for EDIT .
IF_EEWA_HW_TRANSPORT I COPY_FROM_WORKAREA Copy Data to Local Application .
IF_EEWA_HW_TRANSPORT I COPY_TO_WORKAREA Copy Local Data in Weighing Order .
IF_EEWA_HW_TRANSPORT I PREPARE_SAVE_DATA Last Update Before Saving .
IF_EEWA_HW_TRANSPORT I SAVE_DATA Save Without Commit .
IF_EEWA_HW_TRANSPORT I SET_STATUS Sets Current Status .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHANGE_WIZARDSETTINGS Change Wizard Settings .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHECK_ALL_RFC Check Field Definition at End of WIZARD with RFC .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHECK_FIELDDEF_PAI Check Field Definition at PAI .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHECK_FIELDPOSITION Checking Positioning of Fields .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHECK_FIELDUSAGE Checking Field Usage .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CHECK_OBJSELECTION Checking Object Selection in First Screen .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CONTROL_FIELDDEF_PBO Control Behaviour of Field Usage at PBO .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CONTROL_FIELDUSAGE_PAI Control Behavior of Field Usage at PAI .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I CONTROL_FIELDUSAGE_PBO Control Behaviour of Field Usage at PBO .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I GET_CUSTOMSCREEN_DATA Definition of Custom Screen .
IF_EEW_GENWIZ_EXITS I MAP_CUSTOMSCREEN_TO_HTML Mapping of Custom Screen Definitions to HTML .
IF_EFG_SELLIST_ALV I TOOLBAR Modify Toolbar .
IF_EFG_SELLIST_ALV I USER_COMMAND User Action .
IF_EHSB_VAI I CLEAR Reinitialization .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_ADD_CLASS_DEF Appl.-Specific Adaption of Characterisics to Be Displayed .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_ADD_DATA Application-Specific Adaption of Data to Be Displayed .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_ALVLAYOUT Determine ALV Layout Structure .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_EXCLUDED_TOOLBAR Determine Pushbuttons to Be Hidden .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_INSTANCE_CL Gets Instance of the VAI Object .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_LAYOUT Determine ALV Layout .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_OUTTAB Determine 'ALV Outtab' Table .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Determine Data for Initializing ALV Grid .
IF_EHSB_VAI I GET_VARIANT Affect Layout Behavior .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_DATA_CHANGED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_DOUBLE_CLICK Action on Double-Click .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_DRAG Action at Time of Drag .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_DROP Action at Time of Drop .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_F1 Action on Call of F1 Help .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_F4 Check Routine for Input Help .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_INIT Actions During Initialization .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_TOOLBAR Add Pushbuttons to Toolbar .
IF_EHSB_VAI I ON_USER_COMMAND Evaluate User Action .
IF_EHSB_VAI I SAVE_TO_DB Save .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I DETAIL_GET Read of Planning List .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I FREE Release of Memory (Destructor) .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I NEIGHBOURS_SET Handover of References to Neighboring Objects .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I REFRESH Deletion of Data in Display .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I SAVE Save All Relevant Values .
IF_EHSH_PCP_DETAIL I SAVE_PEND_GET Read of SAVE-PEND Flag (Unsaved Data Exists) .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I FREE Release of Memory (Destructor) .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I HITLIST_GET Read of Person List .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I NEIGHBOURS_SET Handover of References to Neighboring Objects .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I PERSONS_PUT Pass List of Persons to Be Displayed .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I REFRESH Deletion of Data in Display .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I SAVE Save All Relevant Values .
IF_EHSH_PCP_HITLIST I SAVE_PEND_GET Read of SAVE-PEND Flag (Unsaved Data Exists) .
IF_EHSH_PCP_SELECTION I FREE Release of Memory (Destructor) .
IF_EHSH_PCP_SELECTION I NEIGHBOURS_SET Handover of References to Neighboring Objects .
IF_EHSH_PCP_SELECTION I REFRESH Deletion of Data in Display .
IF_EHSH_PCP_SELECTION I SAVE Save All Relevant Values .
IF_EHSH_PCP_SELECTION I SAVE_PEND_GET Read of SAVE-PEND Flag (Unsaved Data Exists) .
IF_EJB_STUB_CREATE I CREATE_GLOBAL_TABLE Creates Global Tables .
IF_EMMA_CASE_FORWARD I FORWARD Forward Case .
IF_EMMA_CWL_LAYOUT I DETERMINE_SELCRITERIA Determine Selection Criteria for Case List .
IF_EMMA_CWL_LAYOUT I SELECT_CASES_FROM_DB Select Cases from Database without REMMACASELIST .
IF_EMMA_INTINFO_GET I GET_MASSACT_INTERVAL Read Interval Information from FI-CA Tables .
IF_EMMA_JOB_ANALYZE I ANALYZE_JOB Complete Analysis of Job .
IF_EMMA_KPI_BI I WRITE_MSG_TO_BW_DELTA Update KPI Messages in BW Delta Queue .
IF_EMMA_KPI_BI_2 I WRITE_MSG_TO_BW_DELTA Update KPI Messages in BW Delta Queue .
IF_EMMA_KPI_BI_3 I WRITE_MSG_TO_BW_DELTA Update KPI Messages in BW Delta Queue .
IF_EMMA_KPI_BW I LAST_CALL_TO_BW_DELTA No Further Messages Exist for KPI Extract Class .
IF_EMMA_KPI_BW I WRITE_MSG_TO_BW_DELTA Transfer Messages and Cases to KPI Extract Class .
IF_EMMA_KPI_MR I WRITE_MSG_TO_BW_DELTA Update KPI Messages in BW Delta Queue .
IF_EMMA_LOGMSG_PROCESS I ANALYZE_MSGS Analysis of Messages and Grouping per Business Object .
IF_EMMA_LOGMSG_PROCESS I VALIDATE_MSG Validation of Message .
IF_EMMA_LOGNUMBER_GET I GET_LOGNUMBER Get Log Numbers .
IF_ENH_AFTER_IMPORT I AFTER_IMPORT After Import .
IF_ENH_COMPOSITE I GET_LONGTEXT_ID Read ID of Long Text .
IF_ENH_COMPOSITE I GET_SHORTTEXT_ID ID of Short Text .
IF_ENH_COMPOSITE I SET_LONGTEXT_ID Set Long Text ID .
IF_ENH_COMP_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_COMP_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_TO_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_COMP_CWB I CREATE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_COMP_CWB I DELETE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_COMP_CWB I GET_DATA Get Data for TOOL .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I ADD_HOOK_DEF Add Hook Definition .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I DELETE_HOOK_DEF Delete Hook Definition .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I GET_ALL_HOOK_DEFS Reads all hook impl. of all enh. obj. for the framew. prog. .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I GET_FULL_NAME_FOR_HOOK_NAME Create FULL_NAME from Hook Name .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I GET_HOOK_NAME_FROM_FULL_NAME Read Hook Name from FULL_NAME .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I IS_EXISTING Does Hook ID Already Exist? .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I LOCK_ENH_SPOTS_FOR_INCLUDE Locks Enhancement Spots on Basis of Includes .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I MORE_THAN_ONE_SPOT Hook Contained in Several Spots; Warning! .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION_DEF Reset to Active Version .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I SELECT_ENHANCEMENT_SPOT Dialog for Selecting an Enhancement Spot .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I SET_ATTRIBUTES_FOR_SPOTS Set Transport/Package .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_DEFS I UNLOCK_ALL_ENHANCEMENT_SPOTS Unlock .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I ADD_HOOK_IMPL Add Hook Implementation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I CHANGE_HOOK_IMPL Change Hook Implementation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I DELETE_HOOK_IMPL delete Hook Implementation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_ACTUAL_ENHNAME Current Enhancement (Single Enh. Mode) .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_ALL_HOOK_IMPLS Reads all hook impl. of all enh. obj. for the framew. prog. .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_CONTAINER_4_ENHANCEMENT Read Container for Nested Enhancements .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_DELETED_ENHS_4_ABAP Generation of Deleted Enhancements for ABAP Compiler .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_ENHANCEMENTS_4_HOOK Read Enhancements for Hook .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_ENHANCEMENT_LINE_4_ABAP Generate Line for ABAP Compiler .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_ENH_POS For Navigation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_EXTID_FOR_FULL_NAME For Navigation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_INCLUDE_POS For Navigation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_NOT_LOCKED_ENHANCEMENTS For Navigation .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_PREFERED_ENHANCEMENTS Returns enhancments from current business set .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I GET_SUB_ENHANCEMENT_NAMES Reads All Subenhancements .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I LOCK_ENHANCEMENTS_FOR_INCLUDE Locks Enhancements on Include Basis .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I LOCK_ENHANCEMENT_FOR_INCLUDE Locks Enhancements on Include Basis .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION_IMPL Return to Active Version .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SELECT_ENHANCEMENT Dialog Box for Enhancement Selection .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SELECT_SUB_ENHANCEMENT Dialog Box for Enhancement Selection .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SET_ACTUAL_ENHNAME Set or Delete Current Enhancement Name .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SET_ATTRIBUTES_FOR_ENHS Set Transport/Package .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SET_HOOK_IMPLS Reads all hook impl. of all enh. obj. for the framew. prog. .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I SET_HOOK_IMPL_SOURCES Returns Changed Sources .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I UNLOCK_ALL_ENHANCEMENTS Unlock .
IF_ENH_CONTAINER_HOOK_IMPLS I UNLOCK_ENHANCEMENT Unlock .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_ATTRIBUTES_DELTA Determines Difference Between Attributes .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_CONTRACT_ATTRIBUTES Determines Attributes Saved in Contract .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_CONTRACT_PARAMETERS Determines Method Parameters Saved in Contract .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_CURRENT_ATTRIBUTES Determines Current Attributes of Class .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_CURRENT_PARAMETERS Determines Method Parameters of Class .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_CLASS I GET_PARAMETERS_DELTA Determines Difference of Method Parameters .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_FUGR I GET_CONTRACT_PARAMETERS Determines Parameters Saved in Contract .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_FUGR I GET_CURRENT_PARAMETERS Determines Current Parameters of Function Group .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_FUGR I GET_PARAMETER_DELTA Determines Differences Between Parameters .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_CONTRACT_SOURCE Determines the include source stored in the contract .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_CURRENT_SOURCE Determines the include source contained in the system .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_ENHANCEMENTS_BY_INCLUDE Determines all enhancements of an include .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_INCLUDES Determines all include names stored in the contract .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_INCLUDES_BY_ENHANCEMENT Determines all include names enahnced by the enhancement .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_MODULARIZATION_UNIT_SOURCEDetermines the source of a modularization unit .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_HOOK_IMPL I GET_SOURCE_DELTA Determines the delta between the contract and system source .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I BUILD_NEW_CONTRACT_DATA Build New Contract Data for Adjustment Tool .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I CHECK_CONTRACT Check Contract Data in Upgrade Case .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I CORRECT_ENHCROSS_AFTER_IMP Correct ENHCROSS in Contract Data After Import .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I GET_CONTRACT_TABLES Get Contract Tables .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I GET_XSTRING Get Contract Data xstring from Instance .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I INIT_BY_CONTRACT_DATA Initialize Contract Data .
IF_ENH_CONTRACT_TOOL I INIT_BY_OBJECT Get Contract Information .
IF_ENH_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_TO_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_CWB I CREATE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_CWB I DELETE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_CWB I GET_DATA Get Data for TOOL .
IF_ENH_CWB_SPOT I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_CWB_SPOT I CONVERT_DATA_TO_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_CWB_SPOT I CREATE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_CWB_SPOT I DELETE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_CWB_SPOT I GET_DATA Get Data for TOOL .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_ACTIVE_TAB Determine FCODE of Active TABSTRIPs .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_FCODE Get Sequence FCODE from PLUGIN .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_FCODES Get FCODE Table for LOG Processing .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_GROUP Return Allowed Group .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_STATUS Set GUI Status and EXCL Table .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I GET_SUB_SCREENS Get SUBSCREENs for LOG Processing .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I SET_FCODE Get Sequence FCODE from PLUGIN .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I SHOW_LOG_ENTRY Display LOG Entry .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I WB_GET_REF Get Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_LOG_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN I WB_SAVE_REF Save Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I ACTIVATE_IN_WORKINGAREA Activate Using Work-in-Area Dialog .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I AFTER_IMPORT After Import Method .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I BEFORE_EXPORT Before Export Method .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I CHECK Check .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I CHECK_4_DEL_OBJECT Repair if Dependent Object Is Deleted? .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I DELETE Delete .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GENERATE Generate .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_DATA Reading Data .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_DEVCLASS Read Package .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_LANGUAGE Read Language .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_SRCSYSTEM Read Orginal System .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_TRKORR Read Transport Request .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_TYPENAME Returns the Data Type .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I GET_VERSNO Read Version Number (Version Management) .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I HAS_ACTIVE_VERSION Has Active Version .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I HAS_INACTIVE_VERSION Has Inactive Version .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I HAS_NOT_SAVED_INACTIVE_VERSIONHas Inactive Version Not Saved Yet .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I HAS_SAVED_INACTIVE_VERSION Has Saved Inactive Version .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I IS_LOCKED Object Locked (Changeable)? .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I IS_MODIFIED Object Is Modified .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I IS_NEW Object Is New (Unsaved)? .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I REPAIR Automatic Repair .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I REPAIR_NECESSARY Repair Required .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Return to Active Version .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I SAVE Save Enhancement .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I SAVE_FROM_VERSION Save Enhancement .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I SET_LOCKED Set Lock for SCWB Processing .
IF_ENH_OBJECT I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_ENH_OBJECT_DOCU I DELETE_LONGTEXT Delete Long Text and Save Object .
IF_ENH_OBJECT_DOCU I GET_SHORTTEXT Read Short Text .
IF_ENH_OBJECT_DOCU I HAS_LONG_TEXT Check Whether Long Text Exists .
IF_ENH_OBJECT_DOCU I OPEN_LONGTEXT_EDITOR Long Text Editor Dialog (Create it and Save Obj. if Necess.).
IF_ENH_OBJECT_DOCU I SET_SHORTTEXT Change Short Text .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_DEFAULT_TAB Return DEFAULT Tab .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_FCODES Return Allowed FCODEs .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_GROUP Get Group .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_GUI_STATUS Determine GUI Status .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_MAIN_SCREEN_NR Get Main Screen Number .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_NAME_OF_ENH_TYPE Get Type Specification of Processed Object .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_SUB_SCREENS Get SUBSCREENS .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_TRANSACTION_DATA Set .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I GET_UPGRADE_TAB Return TAB for UPGRADE Tool .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I SET_TRANSACTION_DATA Set .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I WB_GET_REF Get Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_PLUGIN I WB_SAVE_REF Save Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_SPOTCOMP_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_SPOTCOMP_CWB I CONVERT_DATA_TO_CWB Convert TOOL Data to CWB Data .
IF_ENH_SPOTCOMP_CWB I CREATE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_SPOTCOMP_CWB I DELETE_OBJECT Create an Enh. Object .
IF_ENH_SPOTCOMP_CWB I GET_DATA Get Data for TOOL .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMPOSITE I GET_LONGTEXT_ID Read ID of Long Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMPOSITE I GET_SHORTTEXT_ID Read ID of Short Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMPOSITE I SET_LONGTEXT_ID Set Long Text ID .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMP_PLUGIN I ADD_AND_REMOVE_BUTTONS Add and Remove Buttons .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMP_PLUGIN I GET_GUI_STATUS GUI Status .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMP_PLUGIN I GET_MAIN_SCREEN_NR Screen Number .
IF_ENH_SPOT_COMP_PLUGIN I INIT Initialize .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_DEFAULT_TAB Set Default Tab .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_FCODES Return Allowed FCODEs .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_GROUP Get Group .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_GUI_STATUS Determine GUI Status .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_MAIN_SCREEN_NR Get Main Screen Number .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_NAME_OF_ENH_TYPE Get Type Specification of Processed Object .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_SUB_SCREENS Enhancement Screen Subscreen Table .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_TRANSACTION_DATA Set .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I GET_UPGRADE_TAB Set UPGRADE Tab .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I SET_TRANSACTION_DATA Set .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I WB_GET_REF Get Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_SPOT_PLUGIN I WB_SAVE_REF Save Workbench Reference for SUBSCREEN Processing .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I ADD_ELEMENT_SAP_OBJECT Add Element .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I CHANGE_TEXT Change Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I COPY_DOCU Copy Long Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I COPY_TEXT Copy Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I CREATE_TEXT Create Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I DELETE Delete Spot .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I DELETE_DOCU Delete Long Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Element .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I DELETE_LONGTEXT Delete Enhancement Long Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I DELETE_TEXT Delete Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I ELEMENTS_MODIFIED Elements Added or Removed .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Read Change Parameter .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_DATA Get Enhancement Data .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_DATABUFFER Internal (for Persistence Layer) .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_DATA_VERSION Read Enhancement Data Version .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_DEVCLASS Read Package .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_ELEMENTS Read Elements .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_INTERNAL Enhancement spot can only be used internally .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_LANGUAGE Read Language .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_NAME Read Enhancement Name .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_SHORTTEXT Read Enhancment Short Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_SRCSYSTEM Read Original System .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_TEXT Read text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_TOOL Enhancement Tool .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I GET_TRKORR Read Request .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I HAS_LONG_TEXT Check Whether Long Text Exists .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I HEADER_MODIFIED Enhancement Modified .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I IS_LOCKED Enhancement Store Locked? .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I IS_NEW Enhancement New or Saved .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I IS_SUBOBJECT_LOCKED Virtual Subobject Locked? .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I OPEN_DOCU_EDITOR Long Text Editor .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I OPEN_LONGTEXT_EDITOR Read Enhancement Long Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Return to Active Version .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SAVE Create Log Entry + Save Enhancement/Elements/Log .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SAVE_FROM_VERSION Create Log Entry + Save Enhancement/Elements/Log .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SEMA_GET Lock Using semaphore .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SEMA_RELEASE Delete Semaphore .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SET_DATA Set Enhancement Data .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SET_INTERNAL Set Internal Flag .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I SET_SHORTTEXT Read Enhancement Short Text .
IF_ENH_SPOT_STORE I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I COPY_ALLOWED Copy Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I DELETE_ALLOWED Delete Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I ENHS_AFTER_IMPORT_DELETE Delete Inactive/Generated Data after Deletion Transport .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Read All Enhancement Elements .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_ICON Read Icon for SPAU/SE95 .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_INTERNAL Read Internal Flag .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_NAME Enhancement Spot Name .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_PLUGIN_UI Access to UI Plug-In for Detail Display .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_TOOL Enhancement Spot Tool .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I GET_TOOL_OBJECT_TEXTS Supplies SOTR texts contained in object .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I IMPLEMENT Implement Spot .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I INIT Is Called by Framework to Instantiate Class .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I RENAME_ALLOWED Rename Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I SET_INTERNAL Write Internal Flag .
IF_ENH_SPOT_TOOL I UPDATE_REGISTRY Object Environment Changed, Update Registry .
IF_ENH_STORE I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_ENH_STORE I ADD_DEPENDENT_ENHANCEMENT Add Dependency .
IF_ENH_STORE I ADD_ELEMENT_SAP_OBJECT Add Element + Create Log Entry .
IF_ENH_STORE I ADD_ELEMENT_SAP_TABU Add Element + Create Log Entry .
IF_ENH_STORE I ADD_LOG_ENTRY Add Log Entry .
IF_ENH_STORE I CHANGE_TEXT Change Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I COPY_DOCU Copy Long Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I COPY_TEXT Copy Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I CREATE_TEXT Create Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I DELETE_DOCU Delete Long Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Element + Create Log Entry .
IF_ENH_STORE I DELETE_LONGTEXT Read Enhancement Long Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I DELETE_TEXT Delete Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I DEPENDENT_ENH_MODIFIED Appended Enhancements Changed .
IF_ENH_STORE I ELEMENTS_MODIFIED Elements Added or Removed .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_DATA Get Enhancement Data .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_DATABUFFER Internal (for Persistence Layer) .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_DATA_VERSION Read Enhancement Data Version .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_DEPENDENT_ENHANCEMENTS Read Dependent Enhancements .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_DEVCLASS Read Package .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_ELEMENTS Read Elements .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_LANGUAGE Read Language .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_LOG_ENTRIES Get Log Entries .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_NAME Read Enhancement Name .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_POSSIBLE_DEPENDENT_ENHS Determine Possible Dependent Enhancements .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_SHORTTEXT Read Enhancment Short Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_SRCSYSTEM Read Original System .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_STATE Read Enhancement Status .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_TEXT Read text .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_TOOL Enhancement Tool .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_TRKORR Read Package .
IF_ENH_STORE I GET_TYPE Read Enhancment Type .
IF_ENH_STORE I HAS_LONG_TEXT Does Long Text for Version Exist? .
IF_ENH_STORE I HEADER_MODIFIED Enhancement Modified .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_IN_UPGRADE_MODE Read Upgrade Flag .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_LOCKED Enhancement Store Locked? .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_NEW Enhancement New or Saved .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_SCWB_CALL Is it an SCWB call that is actually processed? .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_SUBOBJECT_LOCKED Is Virtual Subobject Locked? .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_TO_READ_FROM_DB Read ENHINCINX from DB or from VERS/LOG/SCWB/NOTE .
IF_ENH_STORE I IS_VERS_CALL Is it a version call that is actually processed? .
IF_ENH_STORE I LOG_MODIFIED Log Entries Added .
IF_ENH_STORE I OPEN_DOCU_EDITOR Long Text Editor .
IF_ENH_STORE I OPEN_LONGTEXT_EDITOR Read Enhancement Short Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I REMOVE_DEPENDENT_ENHANCEMENT Remove Dependency .
IF_ENH_STORE I REREAD Read Again .
IF_ENH_STORE I RESET_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Return to Active Version .
IF_ENH_STORE I SAVE Create Log Entry + Save Enhancement/Elements/Log .
IF_ENH_STORE I SAVE_FROM_VERSION Create Log Entry + Save Enhancement/Elements/Log .
IF_ENH_STORE I SEMA_GET Lock Using semaphore .
IF_ENH_STORE I SEMA_RELEASE Delete Semaphore .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_DATA Set Enhancement Data .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_DATA_4_DELETE_IMPORT Set Data for a Possible Deletion Import .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_DATA_4_DEL_IMPORT_DIRECT Direct Writing of Data for a Possible Deletion Import .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_LONGTEXT_ID Read Enhancement Long Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_SHORTTEXT Read Enhancement Short Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_SHORTTEXT_ID Read Enhancement Short Text .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_STATE Read Enhancement Status .
IF_ENH_STORE I SET_UPGRADE_MODE Set Upgrade Flag .
IF_ENH_STORE I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_ENH_STORE I UNSET_UPGRADE_MODE Upgrade (Adjustment) Terminated .
IF_ENH_TOOL I COMPARE_WITH Compares the object with another object .
IF_ENH_TOOL I COPY Copy .
IF_ENH_TOOL I COPY_ALLOWED Delete Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_TOOL I DELETE_ALLOWED Delete Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_TOOL I DETERMINE_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Determine Adjustment Status .
IF_ENH_TOOL I ENHO_AFTER_IMPORT_DELETE Delete Inactive/Generated Data after Deletion Transport .
IF_ENH_TOOL I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_ADJUSTMENT_STATE Read Adjustment Status .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_ADJUSTMENT_TOOL Returns Enhancement Adjustment Tool .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Read All Enhancement Elements .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_DEPENDENT_ENHANCEMENTS Returns All Directly Dependent Enhancement Names .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_DIFFERENCES_PLUGIN Access to UI Plug-In for Delta Display .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_INACTIVE_SUBOBJECTS Read Corresponding Inactive Subobjects (for ABAP Runtime) .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_INVOLVED_REQUESTS Read All Transport Requests Involved .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_INVOLVED_USERS Read All Users Involved .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_LOG Read Log .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_NAME Unique ID of Enhancement .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_PLUGIN_UI Access to UI Plug-In for Detail Display .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_TOOL Read Corresponding Tool Type .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_TOOL_OBJECT_TEXTS Supplies SOTR texts contained in object .
IF_ENH_TOOL I GET_TYPE Type of Enhancement .
IF_ENH_TOOL I INIT Is Called by Framework to Instantiate Class .
IF_ENH_TOOL I IS_IN_UPGRADE_MODE Adjustment Not Terminated Yet .
IF_ENH_TOOL I RENAME Rename .
IF_ENH_TOOL I RENAME_ALLOWED Rename Enhancement Allowed? .
IF_ENH_TOOL I RESTORE_FROM_LOG Retrieve Version from Log .
IF_ENH_TOOL I SWITCH_STATE_CHANGED Corresponding Switch Changed .
IF_ENH_TOOL I UPDATE_REGISTRY Object Environment Changed, Update Registry .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I GET_MODIFIED_ELEMENTS Read Modified Objects .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I IS_DELETED Modified Object No Longer Exists .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I IS_MODIFIED Modification Is Active .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I IS_RESETED Modification Is Reset .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I NAVIGATE Navigation to Editor .
IF_ENH_TOOL_MODIFICATION I RESET Reset Modification .
IF_ENH_TOOL_REDEFINITION I GET_EXTENDED_ELEMENTS Read Enhanced Orginal Objects .
IF_ENH_TOOL_REDEFINITION I GET_EXTENTION_ELEMENTS Read New Enhancement Objects .
IF_ENH_TOOL_REDEFINITION I REMOVE Delete Redefinition .
IF_ENH_TOOL_USAGE I GET_USED_ELEMENTS Read Used Objects .
IF_ENH_TOOL_USAGE I GET_USING_ELEMENTS Read Usages .
IF_ENH_TOOL_USAGE I REMOVE Delete Redefinition .
IF_ENH_UVL I COMPARE_2_TABS Compare 2 Objects .
IF_ENH_UVL I DISPLAY Display one entry .
IF_ENH_UVL I PREPARE_COMPARE Prepare Comparison of Two Entries .
IF_ENH_UVL I RETRIEVE Retrieve One Entry .
IF_ENH_UVL_VIS I INIT_ALV Instantiate ALV-GRID .
IF_ENH_UVL_VIS I INIT_CONTROL Instantiate GUI Control .
IF_ENH_UVL_VIS I INIT_TREE Initialize TREE .
IF_ENH_VERS_COMP_TOOL I COMPARE Comparison of Two Versions .
IF_ENH_VERS_TREE_COMPARE I GET_NODE_TYPE Returns type of node .
IF_ENH_VERS_TREE_COMPARE I GET_SOURCE_TABS Returns properties of a node .
IF_ER_DT_PUBLISH_SERVICE_DEF I HIDE_SERVICE_DEF Hide runtime configuration in Enterprise Registry .
IF_ER_DT_PUBLISH_SERVICE_DEF I PUBLISH_SERVICE_DEF Publish runtime configuration in Enterprise Registry .
IF_ER_RT_PUBLISH_SERVICE I HIDE_SERVICE Hide runtime configuration in Enterprise Registry .
IF_ER_RT_PUBLISH_SERVICE I PUBLISH_SERVICE Publish runtime configuration in Enterprise Registry .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ACTIVATE activate object .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DELETE delete .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_DATA transport data implementation -" UI .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_TABLE_DATA get ESD_TABLE_DATA .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I HANDLE_FCODE handles (specific) FCode .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I INIT initializes implementation .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I LOCK lock .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I RELOAD reload data from database .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SAVE persist (also write transport request) .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_DATA transport data UI -" implementation .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I TRANSPORT write object in transport request .
IF_ESD_ADDITIONAL_DATA I UNLOCK unlock object .
IF_ESD_ALV I GET_DATA Get data table .
IF_ESD_ALV I SET_DATA Set data table .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I DELETE_PUBLICATION_TIME Deletes registry Publication .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA retrieves additional data like Registry .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I GET_CURRENT_REGISTRY returns currently used registry .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I GET_DATA Retrieves classification data .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I GET_REGISTRIES returns all available registries .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I SET_CURRENT_REGISTRY Sets currently selected registry .
IF_ESD_CLASSIFICATIONS I SET_PUBLICATION_TIME sets registry publication of current object .
IF_ESD_COMMON I ACTIVATE activate object .
IF_ESD_COMMON I CHANGE_ACTIVE_INACTIVE Toggles active and inactive version .
IF_ESD_COMMON I CHECK General check method .
IF_ESD_COMMON I COPY Copies Service Definition .
IF_ESD_COMMON I DELETE Deletes Service Definition .
IF_ESD_COMMON I GET_CHECK_DETAIL return detail information for check .
IF_ESD_COMMON I GET_TESTPROGRAM returns name of testprogram and its parameters .
IF_ESD_COMMON I GET_WB_OBJECT_KEY returns the object key .
IF_ESD_COMMON I GET_WB_OBJECT_TYPE returns the object type .
IF_ESD_COMMON I LOCK Lock object .
IF_ESD_COMMON I RELOAD reload data from database .
IF_ESD_COMMON I RENAME Rename Service Definition .
IF_ESD_COMMON I RETURN_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION discard inactive version and return to active .
IF_ESD_COMMON I SAVE write data in object to data base .
IF_ESD_COMMON I UNLOCK unlock object .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I GET_FEATURE_DATA returns the data of currently selected feature .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I GET_ID_DATA returns id data of current variant (configuration) .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I GET_PROFILE_DATA returns the data of currently selected profile .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I GET_PROPERTY_DATA Returns data of current property .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I GET_TREE_DATA returns the variant tree data .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I SET_NEW_PROFILE_DATA sets the new dynpro profile data to PlugIn .
IF_ESD_CONFIG I SET_NEW_PROPERTY_DATA sets the new dynpro property data to PlugIn .
IF_ESD_DATA I ADD_DATA Add data to data table .
IF_ESD_DATA I CREATE_ICON Create an Icon with Quickinfo .
IF_ESD_DATA I FACTORY Create data object .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes for screen field .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_DATA Get data for screen field (value + attributes) .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_DATA_TABLE Get complete data table .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_FIELDNAMES returns a fieldnames-table .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_ICON Get ICON for ESR/ABAP type .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_TEXT_FOR_R3TYPE Get Text for ABAP type .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_VALUE Get value for screen field .
IF_ESD_DATA I GET_VALUES_FOR_STRUCTURE Fill fields of input structure with values .
IF_ESD_DATA I MERGE_ATTRIBUTES Update attribute structure with values from second structure.
IF_ESD_DATA I SET_DATA_TABLE Set complete data table .
IF_ESD_DATA I SET_LISTBOX_VALUES Set list box values .
IF_ESD_DATA I UPDATE_ATTRIBUTES Update attributes for existing field .
IF_ESD_DATA I UPDATE_DATA Update data for existing field .
IF_ESD_DATA I UPDATE_MULTIPLE_ATTRIBUTES Update attributes for a list of existing fields .
IF_ESD_DATA I UPDATE_VALUE Update value for existing field .
IF_ESD_EXTVIEW I GET_DETAIL_DATA returns the external view detail data .
IF_ESD_EXTVIEW I GET_TREE_DATA returns the external view tree data .
IF_ESD_EXTVIEW I SET_DETAIL_DATA Set external view detail data .
IF_ESD_INTVIEW I GET_DETAIL_DATA returns the internal view detail data .
IF_ESD_INTVIEW I GET_TREE_DATA returns the internal view tree data .
IF_ESD_INTVIEW I SET_DETAIL_DATA Set internal view detail data .
IF_ESD_MESSAGES I GET_MESSAGES Get messages .
IF_ESD_MESSAGES I GET_VIS_TYPE Get visualisation type .
IF_ESD_MESSAGES I GET_WORST_MESSAGE_TYPE Get worst message type .
IF_ESD_MESSAGES I SET_VIS_TYPE Set visualisation type .
IF_ESD_PROPERTIES I GET_DATA returns the properties data .
IF_ESD_PROPERTIES I SET_DATA Set properties data .
IF_ESD_PROXY I CHANGE_COMPARED_INACTIVE Change compared "-" inactive versions .
IF_ESD_PROXY I GENERATE (re)generate object .
IF_ESD_REUSE_CALL_BACK I CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST Context menu requested .
IF_ESD_REUSE_CALL_BACK I CONTEXT_MENU_SELECT Entry in context menu selected .
IF_ESD_REUSE_CALL_BACK I MODIFY_TREE Modify tree .
IF_ESD_REUSE_TREE I DISPLAY Display Tree .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I CREATE_NAVIGATION_REQUEST Creates navigation WB-Request .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I GET_CHANGE_INDICATOR Get change indicator .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I GET_FIELD_CATALOG Get field catalog for ALV .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I GET_LOG_INDICATOR Get log entry indicator .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I GET_TABLE Get table .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I HAS_DATA Check if table contains data .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I HAS_FIELDCAT_CHANGED Check if fieldcat has changed .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I ON_DATA_CHANGED Is called when data is changed on UI .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I RESET_FIELDCAT_INDICATOR Resets the "fieldcat changed" indicator .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I SET_CHANGE_INDICATOR Set change indicator .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I SET_FIELDCATALOG_CHANGED Sets the "fieldcat changed" indicator .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I SET_FIELD_CATALOG Set field catalog for ALV .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I SET_HAS_NO_DATA Sets internal v_no_data flag .
IF_ESD_TABLE_DATA I SET_LOG_INDICATOR Set log entry indicator .
IF_ESD_TYPES I CHANGE_TYPE Changes Type .
IF_ESD_TYPES I COPY_TYPE Copies Type .
IF_ESD_TYPES I DELETE_TYPE Deletes Type .
IF_ESD_TYPES I GET_TYPES_DETAIL_DATA returns the types detail data .
IF_ESD_TYPES I GET_TYPES_TREE_DATA returns the types tree data .
IF_ESD_TYPES I SET_TYPES_TREE_DETAIL_DATA Set types tree detail data .
IF_ESD_UI I CHECK_FIELDS General check method .
IF_ESD_UI I CLEAR_MESSAGES clears the messages of plugin .
IF_ESD_UI I CREATE_NAVIGATION_REQUEST Creates navigation WB-Request .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_AVAILABLE_DATA_ENTITIES Get information about available data to show on UI .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_DETAIL_SUBSCREEN Get the program and screen number of the detail subscreen .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_DYNAMIC_MENU_TEXT Get dynamic menu text for GUI-Status .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_EXCLUDED_FUNCTIONS Get excluded functions for GUI-Status .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_F4_VALUES Generic method to obtain F4-Help value lists .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_GUI_STATUS Get GUI-Status .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_HEADER Get header data .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_STATUS Get the status object .
IF_ESD_UI I GET_STATUS_MESSAGE returns current status message .
IF_ESD_UI I HANDLE_FCODE handles (specific) FCode .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I CHECK Check object .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I DISPLAY_ADDITIONAL_DATA Display Addtional Data .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I DISPLAY_EXCEPTION Display exception .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I DISPLAY_MESSAGES Display messages .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Set properties data .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I GET_AND_SET_CURSOR Get and Sets cursor .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I POPUP_SAVE_DATA Popup for Save data .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I REQUEST_TOOL_ACCESS request a tool via wb_manager .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I SAVE Save data .
IF_ESD_UI_LAYER I SET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Set properties data .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_POPUP_FOR_PACK_PREFIX Display Popup for package, prefix, transport request .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_POPUP_FOR_WSDL_SOURCE Display Popup for WSDL source .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_POPUP_SELECT_PORT_TYPEDisplay Popup for selection of Port type .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM Display Popup to confirm next step .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM_DEL Display Popup to confirm the deletion .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I DISPLAY_PROGRESS_INDICATOR Display Progress Indicator .
IF_ESD_UI_MESSAGING I MESSAGE performs MESSAGE ID TYPE NUMBER .
IF_ESD_VIF I CHECK_FROM_OUTSIDE General check method .
IF_ESD_VIF I MODIFY_OPERATIONS Adds / Removes operations from SDs .
IF_ESD_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CHECK Check Virtual Interface .
IF_ESD_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CREATE Generate Virtual Interface .
IF_ESD_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTION Read Original Description (LOAD_ORIGINAL_DESCRIPTION) .
IF_ESD_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_FUNCTION_INTERFACE Read Original Interface (LOAD_ORIGINAL) .
IF_ESD_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I INIT Initialization .
IF_ESD_WSDL I GET_WSDL Get WSDL .
IF_ESD_WSDL I GET_WSDL_URL Get WSDL-URL .
IF_ESFSMP_SERVICE_MANAGER I GET_BO_MOD_CONFIG_NAMES not implemented .
IF_ESF_ACTION I EXECUTE Execute action .
IF_ESF_ACTION I GET_DESCRIPTOR Returns Descriptor .
IF_ESF_ACTION I GET_INPUT_KEYLIST Returns List of Keys .
IF_ESF_ACTION I GET_INPUT_PARAMETER_STRUCTURE Returns Structure of Input Parameters .
IF_ESF_ACTION I IS_FAILED Set when action was executed incorrectly .
IF_ESF_ACTION_DESC I GET_BO_NODE_DESCRIPTOR Elternelement der Aktion .
IF_ESF_ACTION_DESC I GET_CARDINALITY Eingestellte Kardinalität der Aktion .
IF_ESF_ACTION_DESC I GET_INPUT_PARAM_STRUC_DESC Input Param Strukturdeskriptor .
IF_ESF_ACTION_DESC I HAS_INPUT_PARAMETERS hat Input Parameter .
IF_ESF_ATT_PROP_CONTAINER_DESC I GET_ATTRIB_PROP_NAMES Read All Properties of Attribute .
IF_ESF_ATT_PROP_CONTAINER_DESC I GET_ATTRIB_PROP_STRING_VALUE Returns Property Value as String .
IF_ESF_ATT_PROP_CONTAINER_DESC I GET_ATTRIB_PROP_STRING_VALUES Returns Property Value as String .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE I INVALIDATE Vormerkung für Refresh .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE I ITERATOR_NEXT Liest nächstes Element .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE I ITERATOR_START Iteriert über alle Elemente beginnend bei Index .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE I SIZE Liefert Anzahl der BO Knotenelemente .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_BO_DESCRIPTOR Deskriptor des übergeordneten BOs .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_DATA_STRUCTURE_DESCRIPTOR Returns Data Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_PARENT_BO_NODE_DESCRIPTOR Instanz des Elternelements .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_QUERY_DESCRIPTOR Liefert Query Deskriptor .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_QUERY_DESCRIPTORS Liefert alle Query Deskriptoren des BOs .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_QUERY_NAMES Liefert Namen aller Queries .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_DESC I GET_STRUCTURE_DESCRIPTOR Returns Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I ADD_META_ACTION Add Action to Button .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I ADD_META_ASSOCIATION Add Assocation to Button .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I ADD_META_COLUMN Add Column to Control .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_ADD_LINE Adds Row to Control .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_CONTROL Outputs Grid in Full .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_REFRESH Refresh Display (After Insert/Delete/...) .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_RESET Resets Display .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I FREE Deregisters all controls .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I INPUT_FIELDS Makes input fields visible/unvisible .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_VIEW_CTL I MARK_LINES Selects individual lines .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_WDP I CREATE_HASHED_VALUE_TABLE_TYPECreate Data Type and Table .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_WDP I DELETE_HASHED_VALUE_TABLE Delete Multiple BO Nodes with Hash Key (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_WDP I GET_HASHED_VALUE_TABLE Returns Aspect Content with Hash Key as Whole (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_WDP I INSERT_HASHED_VALUE_TABLE Insert Multiple BO Nodes with Hash Key (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESF_BO_NODE_WDP I UPDATE_HASHED_VALUE_TABLE Change Multiple BO Nodes with Hash Key (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESF_CHANGE_HANDLER I NOTIFY_CREATE Make New BO Node Element Known .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I INITIALIZE INIT-Pattern: initialization .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I MODIFY Method for speedup LCP modifications .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I QUERY QUERY-Pattern: Execution of a query .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I RETRIEVE ACCESS-Pattern: Retrieve data .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I RETRIEVE_BY_ASSOCIATION ACCESS-Pattern: Retrieve data by association .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I SET_BREAKPOINT steuert Debugger .
IF_ESF_CORE_SERVICE_PROVIDER I UPDATE ACCESS-Pattern: update data .
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_DESCRIPTION Description .
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE Returns Descriptor Type .
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_NAME Returns Name .
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES Liefert eine Liste mit allen Eigenschaften zu dieser Entität.
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_PROPERTY_STRING_VALUE liefert Eigenschaftswert als String .
IF_ESF_DESC I GET_PROPERTY_STRING_VALUES liefert alle Eigenschaftswerte als String .
IF_ESF_KEY I GET_DATA_AS_REFERENCE Data will be copied to new object! .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I ADD_OBJECT_MESSAGE Add Object Messages (User-Defined Text) .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I ADD_OBJECT_MESSAGE_SYMSG Add Object Messages from SYMSG .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE Add Process Message (User-Defined Text) .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I ADD_PROCESS_MESSAGE_SYMSG Add Process Message from SYMSG .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I DELETE_ALL_OBJECT_MESSAGES Delete All Object Messages .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_BUFFER I DELETE_OBJECT_MESSAGES Delete Object Messages .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I FREE Deregisters all controls .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I LOG_DELETE Delete Log Content .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I LOG_EXCEPTION Write Exception into Error Log .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I LOG_MESSAGE Records Error Message .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I LOG_REFRESH Refresh Logging Control .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_CTL I LOG_TEXT Records Error Message .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Generate Message and Add to Message Log .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE2 Generate Message and Add to Message Log .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_SYSTEM_MESSAGE Generate System Message and Add to Message Log .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_SYSTEM_MESSAGE2 Generate System Message and Add to Message Log .
IF_ESF_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESSAGES Delete Messages from Message Log .
IF_ESF_PROVIDER_CONTEXT I GET_LCP_INSTANCE Read Instance of LCP .
IF_ESF_PROVIDER_TRANSACTION I AFTER_ROLLBACK -- Will be deleted. Use AFTER_FAILED_SAVE instead .
IF_ESF_PROVIDER_TRANSACTION I BEFORE_SAVE -- Will be deleted. Use CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE instead .
IF_ESF_PROVIDER_VALUE_SET I GET_VALUE_SET - not defined yet !! .
IF_ESF_QUERY I ADD_SELECT_OPTION Adds line to range table .
IF_ESF_QUERY I ADD_SORTING_CRITERIA Adds sort criterion for an attribute .
IF_ESF_QUERY I CLEAR_SELECT_OPTIONS Deletes range table .
IF_ESF_QUERY I CLEAR_SORTING_CRITERIA Deletes all sort criteria .
IF_ESF_QUERY I EXECUTE Execute Query .
IF_ESF_QUERY I GET_DESCRIPTOR Returns Query Descriptor .
IF_ESF_QUERY I GET_INPUT_PARAMETER_STRUCTURE Returns Structure of Input Parameters .
IF_ESF_QUERY I GET_RESULT_BO_NODE Returns Result BO Node of Query .
IF_ESF_QUERY I INVALIDATE Invalidates and Resets the Query .
IF_ESF_QUERY I SET_MAXIMUM_RESULT_ROWS Define Maximum Size of Hit List Quantity .
IF_ESF_QUERY I SET_QUERY_OPTIONS Set Condions for Query .
IF_ESF_QUERY I SET_SELECT_OPTIONS Set Table Range .
IF_ESF_QUERY I SET_SORTING_CRITERIA Set Several Sort Criteria .
IF_ESF_QUERY_DESC I GET_INPARAM_STRUCTURE_DESC Returns Inparam Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_QUERY_DESC I HAS_INPUT_PARAMETERS Has Input Parameter(s) .
IF_ESF_QUERY_VIEW_CTL I ADD_META_COLUMN Add Column to Control .
IF_ESF_QUERY_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_CONTROL Outputs Column Name on Grid .
IF_ESF_QUERY_VIEW_CTL I DISPLAY_RESET Resets Display .
IF_ESF_QUERY_VIEW_CTL I FREE Deregisters all controls .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I CLEANUP Initialize Back-End State .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I CLOSE_CONNECTION Closes All Connections .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I FLUSH Sends Method Queue to Back End .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I IS_DIRTY Returns State of Method Queue .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I SAVE Saves All Changes .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_FACADE I SET_DEBUG Switches the Debugger On or Off .
IF_ESF_SERVICE_MANAGER_CLIENT I GET_BO_MOD_CONFIG_NAMES not implemented .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I CLEAR Sets All Fields to Initial Value .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_AS_STRING Gets Value .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Gets Value .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I GET_DESCRIPTOR Returns Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I IS_ATTRIBUTE_INITIAL Checks Attribute for Initial Value .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Sets Value .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE I SIZE Returns Structure Size .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_DESC I CREATE_DATA Generates Data Type According to Structure Description .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_DESC I CREATE_TABLE Generates Table According to Structure Description .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_DESC I GET_TYPE_INFORMATION Returns ABAP Runtime Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_DESC I SIZE Number of Fields (Top-Level) in Structure .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_WDP I GET_TYPE_INFORMATION Returns RTTI Structure Descriptor .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_WDP I GET_VALUE_STRUCTURE Access to Whole Structure (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESF_STRUCTURE_WDP I SET_VALUE_STRUCTURE Sets Whole Structure (Ref to Data) .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU adds functions to context menu instance .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_LAST_FCODE Returns the last FCODE .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_OBJECT_FILTER returns object filter for esr browser .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_SELECTED_NODE Returns the selected node from tree .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS returns table with buttons for toolbar .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_TOOLBAR_EVENTS returns events to be registered for the toolbar .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I GET_TREE_EVENTS returns events to be registered for the tree .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I INIT_BROWSER initializes the browser instance .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SELECT_OBJECT handles object selection .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_MENU sets flag to use default browser context menu .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_OBJECT_FILTER sets the object filter for esr browser .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_OBJECT_STATE_FILTER sets the object state for esr browser .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS creates toolbar for esr browser .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_TOOLBAR_EVENTS sets events for the toolbar buttons .
IF_ESR_BROWSER_REUSE I SET_TREE_EVENTS sets events for the tree .
IF_EVENT_BRF I ADD_BOOL_RESULT Adds a Boolean Result to the Event Object .
IF_EVENT_BRF I ADD_MESSAGE Adds a Message to the Event Object .
IF_EVENT_BRF I DETERMINE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Assigned Functions and Actions .
IF_EVENT_BRF I GET_NEXT_SUBEVENT Returns Next Subevent (Event Function Act.) .
IF_EVENT_BRF I GOTO_FIRST_SUBEVENT Sets Pointer to First Subevent .
IF_EVENT_BRF I RETURN_SUBEVENT_RESULT Accepts Result of Current Subevent .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_ACTION Explicitly Sets Action .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_CONTROLLER Sets Controller .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_EVENT Sets Event .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_EVENT_LOG Sets Related Event Log Object .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_EXPRESSION Explicitly Sets Expression .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SET_VERSION_TIMESTAMP Sets Reference Date for Version Determination .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SUBEVENT_FROM_LOG Removes Subevent from Log .
IF_EVENT_BRF I SUBEVENT_TO_LOG Writes Subevent to Log .
IF_EVENT_LOG_BRF I ADD Adds Entry to Event Log .
IF_EVENT_LOG_BRF I CLEAR Deletes Event Log .
IF_EVENT_LOG_BRF I DELETE Deletes an Entry in Event Log .
IF_EWM_MATERIAL_SEL I FILTER_PLANT Filter Plants .
IF_EW_CIC_CONF_INTERNAL I BEFORE_SCREEN Hook Before CAll Screen .
IF_EW_CIC_CONF_INTERNAL I CONFIGURE_COMPONENTS Configures Components .
IF_EW_CIC_CONF_INTERNAL I GET_COMPONENTS Delivers Components .
IF_EW_CIC_CONF_INTERNAL I GET_FRAMEWORK Delivers Framework .
IF_EW_OPS_COMPONENT I GET_PRESENTATION_FIELDS Provides Presentation Fields .
IF_EW_OPS_COMPONENT I GET_USAGETYPES_FOR_PRESFIELD Provides Possible Usage Types for Presentation Field .
IF_EXPO_CHANGENR_VALIDITY I ADD_CHANGE_NUMBER Include change number in effectivity .
IF_EXPO_CHANGENR_VALIDITY I ADD_CHANGE_NUMBERS Include several change numbers in the effectivity .
IF_EXPO_CHANGENR_VALIDITY I RETURN_CHANGE_NUMBERS Revoke change numbers .
IF_EXPO_DATE_VALIDITY I ADD_DATE_VALIDITIES Enter several alternative dates in the effectivity .
IF_EXPO_DATE_VALIDITY I ADD_DATE_VALIDITY Enter date in the effectivity .
IF_EXPO_DATE_VALIDITY I ADD_TIMESTAMP_VALIDITIES Enter several alternative dates in the effectivity .
IF_EXPO_DATE_VALIDITY I ADD_TIMESTAMP_VALIDITY Enter date in the effectivity .
IF_EXPO_DATE_VALIDITY I RETURN_TIMESTAMP_VALIDITIES Revoke lists of alternative dates .
IF_EXPO_GET_PROFILE I GET_ALL_PROFILE_NAMES Import All Explosion Profiles with Names .
IF_EXPO_GET_PROFILE I GET_PROFILE Import Explosion Profile .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I CLEAR Deletes Expression .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I GET_RESULT Returns Result .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I GET_SUBEXPRESSION Returns Result of a Subexpression .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I PREPARE Creates (Sub)Tree of Expressions .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I SET_EVENT Sets Event .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I SET_EXPRESSION Sets Expression Information .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I SET_PROCESSOR Sets Function Processor .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I SET_REUSE_STATUS Sets Buffer Status .
IF_EXPRESSION_BRF I TOUCH Expression Is Reused .
IF_EXPRESSION_MIP_BRF I FREE Clears Data .
IF_EXPRESSION_MIP_BRF I GET_RESULT Provides Result .
IF_EXPRESSION_MIP_BRF I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I GET_DEP_OBJECT_FLAG Object Type has Dependant Objects .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I GET_EXTERNAL_REPRESENTATION Determines External Key and Description .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I GET_OBJECTS Objects for Express Planning .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I GET_OBJECTTYPES Gets all Object Types .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I GET_OBJECTTYPE_TEXT Description of object type .
IF_EXP_OBJECT_SERVICE I SET_DIALOG Transfer of Personalization Dialog .
IF_EXTERNAL_SERVICE_TRG I ASYNC_POSTING Asynchronous Update of TRD Business Transactions .
IF_EXTERNAL_SERVICE_TRG I CANCEL_NETTING Cancels Netting .
IF_EXTERNAL_SERVICE_TRG I CHECK_GROUP Checks if Payment Transactions Can Be Paid Together .
IF_EXTERNAL_SERVICE_TRG I DO_NOT_POST Sets Indicator Do Not Post/Reverse .
IF_EXTERNAL_SERVICE_TRG I SET_BAPI_MODE Informs PIN Manager About BAPI Mode .
IF_EX_AAPM I PM_DETERMINE_ADATU Determination of Validity Start Date in Table ANLZ .
IF_EX_ABI_IDOC_PROC_MODIF I IDOC_CRTN_MODIF Creation Modifications .
IF_EX_ABI_IDOC_PROC_MODIF I IDOC_POST_MODIF Posting Modifications .
IF_EX_ACCL_PAY_MESSAGE I HANDLE_MESSAGE Message handling for an Accelerated Pay term .
IF_EX_ACC_BAPI_BEBD I FILL_EXTENSION Fill the Extension2 Structure .
IF_EX_ACC_DOCUMENT I CHANGE Change the Accounting Document .
IF_EX_ACC_DOCUMENT I FILL_ACCIT Fill Internal Table IT_ACCIT from GS_BAPI_ACCIT .
IF_EX_ACEPS_ACCDET_STRUC I ACCDET_STRUCT_FILL Fills Structure for Account Determination .
IF_EX_ACEPS_BAPIDOC_MODIFY I BAPIDOC_MODIFY Change the BAPI Document before Transfer to Accounting .
IF_EX_ACEPS_BAPIPREDOC_MOD I BAPIPREDOC_MODIFY Change the 2-Line BAPI Document .
IF_EX_ACE_ARCHIVING_PREP I CHECK_OBJECT_TO_BE_ARCHIVED Check Whether Accrual Object Is To Be Archived .
IF_EX_ACE_SOP_HR_DAT_TRANS I MODIFY_ACCRUAL_ENGINE_DATA Change Data for Transfer to the Accrual Engine .
IF_EX_ACE_SOP_TRF_LIST_MOD I MODIFY_LIST Change the Results List .
IF_EX_ACE_SOP_TRF_SUM_MOD I MODIFY_SUMMARY_LIST Change Results of the Summation of Lock Periods .
IF_EX_ACE_UI_NAVIGATION I NAVIGATE Navigation to Any Destination from Accrual Object .
IF_EX_ACO_APPL_OBJECT_URL I GET_APPL_OBJECT_URL Supplies URL of Application Object .
IF_EX_ACO_ORG_UNITS I GET_EVALUATION_PATH Define Evaluation Path .
IF_EX_ACO_SUBSTITUTES I GET_LABEL Get Description for Object Categories .
IF_EX_ACO_SUBSTITUTES I GET_SUBSTITUTABLE_OBJECTS Access to objects for which substitute is to be defined .
IF_EX_ACO_USER_EXTENSION I USER_COPY Copy users .
IF_EX_ACO_USER_EXTENSION I USER_DELETE Delete User .
IF_EX_ACTIVATE_CC_SPLIT I ACTIVATE_SPLIT Activation of Split After Transaction Balance .
IF_EX_AC_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_AFTER_CHECK FI/CO Document after Addition of AC Components .
IF_EX_AC_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_INITIAL FI/CO Document Prior to Calling AC Components .
IF_EX_AC_QUANTITY_GET I EXIT_QUANTITY_CHANGE ACC Interface: Exit for Changing the Quantity/Quantity Unit .
IF_EX_AC_QUANTITY_GET_EXIT I EXIT_QUANTITY_CHANGE Customer Exit for Changing Quantity and Unit of Measure .
IF_EX_AD01_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I FILL_AUART_DPR Fill Sales Document Type for Down Payment Request .
IF_EX_AD01_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I FLOW_READ_DPR Read Document Flow for Down Payment Request .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_COLLECTIVE1 I CHANGE_FIELDCAT Change Output List Field Catalog .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_COLLECTIVE1 I CHANGE_LINE_SIZE Change Number of Columns for Printing .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_COLLECTIVE1 I FILL_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Change or Add To Output List .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_COLLECTIVE1 I USER_SELECTION Follow-Up Action when Selecting Field w/ Dbl.-Click/Hotspot .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_REPORTING_1 I CHANGE_FIELDCAT_LAYOUT Change Field Catalog/Layout of Output List .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_REPORTING_1 I FILL_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Addition To and Change of Output List .
IF_EX_AD01_RRB_REPORTING_1 I USER_SELECTION Follow-Up Action when Selecting Field w/ Dbl.-Click/Hotspot .
IF_EX_ADAPTER_RFW I GET_ADAPTER_TEXT Get Adapter Description .
IF_EX_ADAPTER_RFW I SELECT_GRAPH Selection of Graphs to be Read .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_CHECK I ADDRESS_POSTAL_CHECK Postal address check .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_CHECK I IS_ACTIVE_FOR_COUNTRY Determines whether there is a check for the country .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SEARCH I ADDRESS_SEARCH Error-tolerant address search .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SEARCH I INITIALIZE Initialization Method .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SEARCH I IS_COMPLETE Determines whether the index is synchronous to the SAP DB .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SEARCH I READ_INDEX_FIELD_LIST Gets all indexed fields for the logical search pool .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SUBSCREEN I ADDR_APPL_SUB_PAI_EXPORT Data Export PAI .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SUBSCREEN I ADDR_APPL_SUB_PAI_IMPORT Data Import PAI .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SUBSCREEN I ADDR_APPL_SUB_PBO_EXPORT Data Export PBO .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_SUBSCREEN I ADDR_APPL_SUB_PBO_IMPORT Data Import PBO .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_UPDATE I ADDRESS1_SAVED Save an organization address .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_UPDATE I ADDRESS2_SAVED Save a personal address .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_UPDATE I ADDRESS3_SAVED Save a contact person address .
IF_EX_ADDRESS_UPDATE I FINISHED Saved .
IF_EX_ADDR_BUPA_TD_READ I GET_TIME_DEPENDENT_NAME_FIELDSRead Time-Dependent Name Fields .
IF_EX_ADDR_LANGU_TO_VERS I MAP_LANGUAGE_TO_VERSION Determines international address version for a language .
IF_EX_ADDR_LANGU_TO_VERS I MAP_VERSION_TO_LANGUAGE Determines language for an international address version .
IF_EX_ADDR_PRINTFORM_SHORT I ADDR_PRINTFORM_SHORT Method for Overriding Short Forms .
IF_EX_ADDR_REG_SETTINGS I DETERMINE_SETTINGS Determination of Settings for Regional Structure .
IF_EX_ADDR_TXJCD_CHECK I SWITCH_ADDRESS_FIELDS Override Address Fields .
IF_EX_ADFSH_MASTER_BADI I CHECK_DETAIL_RECORDS Check the detail records .
IF_EX_ADFSH_MASTER_BADI I CHECK_MASTER_RECORDS Check the master records .
IF_EX_ADJUST_NET_DAYS I DETERMINE_NETTERMS Determine Net Due Date .
IF_EX_ADJUST_UOM_EXT I ADJUST_UOM Adjustment of Quantity Unit in CO for Material .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_CTXMENU I CONTEXT_MENU_REQ Handle context menu request .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_CTXMENU I CONTEXT_MENU_SEL Handle context menu selection .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_PROC_SELE I EXPORT_SELECTED_PARTS Table of selected parts .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_PROC_SELE I SET_MENU_ICON Define icon properties .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_SEL_SCR I FETCH_DATA_IPDB Fetch data selection queries .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_SEL_SCR I FETCH_DATA_VIEW Fetch data for component/end view .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_SEL_SCR I SET_SEL_SCREEN_ICON Set ICON to display customer selection screen .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPBRO_SEL_SCR I SHOW_CUST_SELECTION_SCREEN Define customer selection screen .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_DATE_CONV I EFFDATE_CONV Convert Effective Date from 5 to 8 Characters .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_HDR_API I PROCESS_EXTENSION_DATA Process Customer Extension Data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_PART_API I PROCESS_EXTENSION_DATA Process Customer Extension Data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_PART_API I READ_EXTENSION_DATA Read Customer Extension Data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_PART_API I UPDATE_EXTENSION_DATA Update Customer Extension Data (INSERT into Cust Tables) .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I GET_VALID_ECS_ADRV Get list of valid Customer Explanation Code Segments in ADRV.
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I GET_VALID_ECS_PNRV Get list of valid Customer Explanation Code Segments in PNRV.
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I INITIALIZE_EXTENSION_DATA Initialize extension data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I PROCESS_ADRV_EC_SEGMENT Process Customer Explanation Code Segment in ADRV .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I PROCESS_EXTENSION_DATA Process Extension data for Customer Record Types .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_PARSER I PROCESS_PNRV_EC_SEGMENT Process Customer Explanation Code Segment in PNRV .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_READER I INITIALIZE Initialize user data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_READER I READ_RECORD Read Customer Record .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_S_READER I RETURN_PART_DATA Return User Data for the current part .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I GET_VALID_ECS_ADRV Get list of valid Customer Explanation Code Segments in ADRV.
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I GET_VALID_ECS_PNRV Get list of valid Customer Explanation Code Segments in PNRV.
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I INITIALIZE_EXTENSION_DATA Initialize extension data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I PROCESS_ADRV_EC_SEGMENT Process Customer Explanation Code Segment in ADRV .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I PROCESS_EXTENSION_DATA Process Extension data for Customer Record Types .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_PARSER I PROCESS_PNRV_EC_SEGMENT Process Customer Explanation Code Segment in PNRV .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_READER I INITIALIZE Initialize user data .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_READER I READ_RECORD Read Customer Record .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_T_READER I RETURN_PART_DATA Return User Data for the current part .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_PARSER I PROCESS_EXTENSION_DATA Process Extension data for Customer Record Types .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_CBS Read Customer Field in CBS .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_EIS Read Customer Field in EIS .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_HEADER Read Customer Field in Header .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_LMS Read Customer Field in LMS .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_PDS Read Customer Field in PDS .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_FIELD_PNS Read Customer Field in PNS .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I READ_CUSTOMER_SEGMENT Read Customer Segment .
IF_EX_ADS2KIPUPL_V_READER I RETURN_PART_DATA Return User Data for the current part .
IF_EX_ADSPC_IDOC_PROC_EXT I IDOC_PROCESS_AFTER_UPDATE Process IDOC after updates for inbound idoc. .
IF_EX_ADSPC_IDOC_STATUS I HANDLE_STATUS Handle Idoc status .
IF_EX_ADSPC_IP_ERRREPORT I GET_IP_DATA SPEC2000: Get the data from IP Tables .
IF_EX_ADSPC_IP_ERRREPORT I GET_IP_ERRORLIST SPEC2000: Get the Error list formed during upload .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S1NVOICE I CALCULATE_OCH Calculate Other Charges Code for S1NVOICE .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S1NVOICE I CALCULATE_TAX Calculate Tax for S1NVOICE .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S1NVOICE I CALCULATE_TXD Calculate TXD for S1INVOICE .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S2KFILEHANDLER I INB_DERIVE_CONTROL_RECORD Populate control record for the SPEC2000 Inbound IDoc .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S2KFILEHANDLER I INB_GET_MESSAGES_ONLY Extract SPEC message and receiver and sender from S2K file .
IF_EX_ADSPC_S2KFILEHANDLER I OUT_FILE_FORMATTING Add the message formats & handlers in outbound S2K message .
IF_EX_ADSPSC_PR I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data ( from the screen ) .
IF_EX_ADSPSC_PR I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data ( to the screen ) .
IF_EX_AD_SPC_IP_MD_TAB I CHANGE_CONDITION_RECORD_DATA Change Data used for Condition Record Creation .
IF_EX_AD_SPC_IP_MD_TAB I CHANGE_INFORECORD_DATA Change Data used for Inforecord Creation .
IF_EX_AD_SPC_IP_MD_TAB I CHANGE_MATERIAL_DATA Change Data used for Material Creation .
IF_EX_AFABD_CHANGE I CHANGE Change the AFABD structure .
IF_EX_AFTER_TRIP_SETTLEMENT I CHANGE_TRV_OBJECTS Change Travel Objects .
IF_EX_AGR_MAINTENANCE_CHCK I AGR_MNT_CHANGE_CHECK Checks if You Are Allowed to Change the Agreement .
IF_EX_AGR_MAINTENANCE_CHCK I AGR_MNT_COPY_CHECK Checks if You Are Allowed to Copy the Agreement .
IF_EX_AGR_MAINTENANCE_CHCK I AGR_MNT_REDUCED_MODE_CHECK Checks if Reduced Mode Is Necessary in Agreement Maintenance.
IF_EX_ALERT_CHECK_CONDTN I CHECK_ROLE_CONDITIONS Check Subscription Conditions for Users .
IF_EX_ALERT_CHECK_CONDTN I CHECK_USER_CONDITIONS Check Subscription Conditions for Users .
IF_EX_ALERT_DELIVERY I DECIDE Decide Delivery for Users .
IF_EX_ALERT_EXIT I MODIFY_LONG_TEXT Edit Long Text .
IF_EX_ALERT_EXIT I TO_BE_DELETED Alert Will Be Deleted .
IF_EX_ALERT_EXIT I WAS_CONFIRMED Alert Confirmed .
IF_EX_ALERT_EXIT_LOCAL_PPF I GET_ALERT_DATA Deliver Additional Data for the Alert .
IF_EX_ALERT_EXP_DATE I GET_EXP_DATE Set Expiry Date .
IF_EX_ALERT_MODIFY_TEXT I MODIFY_LONG_TEXT Change Long Text .
IF_EX_ALERT_TO_BE_DELETED I TO_BE_DELETED Alert Will Be Deleted .
IF_EX_ALERT_TO_BE_ESCALATE I TO_BE_ESCALATED Alert is being escalated .
IF_EX_ALERT_UWL_SELECTION I GET_CATEGORIES Delivers Alert Categories for the Selection .
IF_EX_ALERT_WAS_CONFIRMED I WAS_CONFIRMED Alert Confirmed .
IF_EX_ALERT_XML I ENHANCE_XML_DOCUMENT Enhance XML Document .
IF_EX_ALE_FLTOBJ_VALUE_ADD I FILTER_OBJECT_VALUE_ADD Extend Filter Values in Distribution Model .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I CHANGE Change MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I CREATE Create MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I GETDETAIL Detailed Data MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM25_CHANGE Change MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM25_CREATE Create MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detailed Data MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM25_GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM30_CHANGE Change MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM30_CREATE Create MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_001_ORDER I MAM30_GETLIST List Selection MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_005_TIMECONF I CREATE Create MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_005_TIMECONF I MAM25_CHANGE Change (Unused) .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_005_TIMECONF I MAM25_CREATE Create MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_005_TIMECONF I MAM30_CREATE Create MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_006_GOODSMVT I CREATE Create MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_006_GOODSMVT I MAM25_CREATE Create MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_006_GOODSMVT I MAM30_CREATE Create MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I CHANGE Change MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I CREATE Create MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I GETDETAIL Detailed Data MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM25_CHANGE Change MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM25_CREATE Create MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detailed Data MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM25_GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM30_CHANGE Change MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM30_CREATE Create MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_010_NOTIF I MAM30_GETLIST List Selection MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_015_CODES I GETDETAIL Codes .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_015_CODES I GETLIST Notification Types for Code Selection .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_016_CATLGPROF I MAM25_GETDETAIL Catalog Profile Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_016_CATLGPROF I MAM25_GETLIST List of Catalog Profiles .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_016_CATLGPROF I MAM30_GETDETAIL Catalog Profile Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_016_CATLGPROF I MAM30_GETLIST List of Catalog Profiles .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_017_CODEGROUP I MAM25_GETDETAIL Code Group Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_017_CODEGROUP I MAM25_GETLIST List of Code Groups .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_017_CODEGROUP I MAM30_GETDETAIL Code Group Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_017_CODEGROUP I MAM30_GETLIST List of Code Groups .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_018_CLASS I MAM30_GETDETAIL Charactertics for a class .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_018_CLASS I MAM30_GETLIST List of Classes .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I CHANGE Change of Funct.Location (Installtn-Dismnt. of Equi) MAM 2.0.
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I GETDETAIL Detail Data for Functional Location MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM25_CHANGE Change of Funct.Location (Installtn-Dismnt. of Equi) MAM 2.5.
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detail Data for Functional Location MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM25_GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM30_CHANGE Change of Funct.Location (Installtn-Dismnt. of Equi) MAM 3.0.
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data for Functional Location MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_030_FUNCLOC I MAM30_GETLIST List Selection MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I CHANGE Change of Equipment (Installation-Dismant. of Equi) MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I GETDETAIL Detail Data for Equipment MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM25_CHANGE Change of Equipment (Installation-Dismant. of Equi) MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detail Data for Equipment MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM25_GETLIST List Selection MAM 2.5 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM30_CHANGE Change of Equipment (Installation-Dismant. of Equi) MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data for Equipment MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_031_EQUIPMENT I MAM30_GETLIST List Selection MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_040_MEASUREMT I CREATE Generate .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_040_MEASUREMT I MAM25_CREATE Generate .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_040_MEASUREMT I MAM30_CREATE Generate .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Measuring Point MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I GETLIST List with Measuring Points MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Measuring Point MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I MAM25_GETLIST List with Measuring Points MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Measuring Point MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_041_MEAS_PT I MAM30_GETLIST List with Measuring Points MAM 3.0 .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Partner .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I GETLIST List of All Partners Used .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Partner .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I MAM25_GETLIST List of All Partners Used .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data for a Partner .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_050_PARTNER I MAM30_GETLIST List of All Partners Used .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I GETDETAIL Detailed data .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I GETLIST Stock list .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detailed data .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I MAM25_GETLIST Stock list .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_070_INVENTORY I MAM30_GETLIST Stock List .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_080_SIGNATURE I MAM30_CREATE Create Signature .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I GETDETAIL Detail Data for User .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I GETLIST Read User from Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I MAM25_GETDETAIL Detail Data for User .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I MAM25_GETLIST Read User from Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I MAM30_GETDETAIL Detail Data for User .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_090_CUST_USER I MAM30_GETLIST Read User from Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I GETDETAIL Scenario Customizing Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I GETLIST List of Scenarios for Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I MAM25_GETDETAIL Scenario Customizing Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I MAM25_GETLIST List of Scenarios for Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I MAM30_GETDETAIL Scenario Customizing Details .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_095_CUST_SCEN I MAM30_GETLIST List of Scenarios for Customizing .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_COMPONENT I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_CONTRACT I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_CUSTOMIZING I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_EQUIPMENT I CHANGE_EQUIPMENT_HISTORY Change equipment history .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_EQUIPMENT I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_FUNCLOCATION I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_GET_MY_ORDERS I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_INVENTORY I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_NOTIF_HEADER I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_OBJECTLIST I GET_ORDER_OBJECTLIST Get Object List for an Order .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_ORDER_HEADER I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_ORDER_LIST I GET_ORDER_LIST Get Plant Order List for Designer .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_ORDER_LIST I ORDER_GETLIST Get Order List .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_ORDER_OPER I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_ORDER_OPER I GET_ORDER_OPERATION Get order operation .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_PARTNER I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_PUSH_DECISION I NOTIF_PUSH Should notification be sent via PUSH? .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_PUSH_DECISION I ORDER_PUSH Should order be sent via push? .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_SERVERDRIVEN I REPLICATION_TRIGGER Request Replication .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_TECH_ADDR I MAM30_TECH_ADDR_CREATE Create address for techncial objects .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_USER I READ Read Customer-Specific User Data .
IF_EX_ALM_ME_USER_DATA I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill the customer structures for enhancements .
IF_EX_ALV_GRID_XT I REFRESH_TABLE_DISPLAY Refresh ALV Display .
IF_EX_ALV_GRID_XT I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Initial Call for ALV Grid .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I GET_JCO_RFC_DESTINATION Set RFC Destination of the JCO-RFC Server .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I GET_NOTIFICATION_TYPE Set Notification Type .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I QUERY_DEBITOR Find Possible Customers .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I BEFORE_ITEM_SELECTION Before the Selection of Open Items .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I BEFORE_OUTPUT Before the Output of Bills/Payments .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I BEFORE_POST Before the Posting of a Payment Instruction .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I GET_DATA Determine Bill and Payment Data .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I INIT Initialization .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_GET_DATA I ON_APPROVAL When Releasing a Bill .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_NOTIFY I NOTIFICATION_MODIFY Change Notification Parameters .
IF_EX_APAR_EBPP_NOTIFY2 I CREATE_TEXT Create Text for E-mail .
IF_EX_APPLICATION_OHFW I CHECK_NODE_ACTION Performs checks for OHF node actions (create/delete/change) .
IF_EX_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_APPL_OBJ Returns OO appl obj corresponding to node type .
IF_EX_APPL_OBJ_POST_OHFW I AFTER_COMMIT_WORK Refreshes the application buffer .
IF_EX_APPL_OBJ_POST_OHFW I POST_APPL_OBJECTS Posts application objects using application buffer .
IF_EX_APPL_OHFW I CHECK_NODE_ACTION Performs checks for OHF node actions (create/delete/change) .
IF_EX_APPL_OHFW I GET_SELECTION_REPORT Gets the application specific node selection report .
IF_EX_APPOINTMENT I CREATED BADI After Creating an Appointment (FB) .
IF_EX_APPOINTMENT I DELETED BADI After Deleting an Appointment .
IF_EX_APPOINTMENT I MODIFIED BADI After Changing an Appointment (FB) .
IF_EX_APPOINTMENT I SAVED BADI After Saving (Create/Change) an Appointment .
IF_EX_APPREQUEST_UPDATE I AT_SAVE Save Appropriation Request, When: Dialog .
IF_EX_APPREQUEST_UPDATE I BEFORE_BUSINESS_TRANSACTION Before Executing a Business Transaction .
IF_EX_APPREQUEST_UPDATE I BEFORE_UPDATE Save Appropriation Request, When: Before Updare .
IF_EX_AQ_QUERY_PROT I QUERY_PROT Logging of Query Activities .
IF_EX_ARCHIEV_CHECK_E I CHECK_DATA Customer-Specific Checks for Plant to Archive .
IF_EX_ARCHIEV_CHECK_E I CODE_TO_TEXT Assign Text for the Log .
IF_EX_ARCH_CHECK_DEPSTOR_I I CHECK_DEPSTORE Check Whether Dependent Shops Exist .
IF_EX_ARCH_CHECK_DEPSTOR_I I CODE_TO_TEXT Create Text for Log Based on Indicator .
IF_EX_ARCH_ROUTING_EXTERN I ALL_PATHEXTS_GET Determine all Path Extensions (for XML Objects) .
IF_EX_ARCH_ROUTING_EXTERN I PARAMS2CREP Determine Content Repository Using Parameters .
IF_EX_ARCH_ROUTING_EXTERN I PARAMS2PATH_EXTENSION Determine Path Extension Using Parameters (for XML Objects) .
IF_EX_ARCH_ROUTING_INTERN I FIELDS_GET Deliver Customizing Fields .
IF_EX_ARCH_ROUTING_INTERN I SUBSET_CHECK Subset Check for Selections .
IF_EX_ARC_BC_HROBJ_CHECK I CHECK Archivability Check .
IF_EX_ARC_BC_HROBJ_WRITE I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_BC_HROBJ_WRITE I REGISTER_TABLES Register Additional Tables .
IF_EX_ARC_BC_HROBJ_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data in Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_CLASS_ADD_TABLE I ADD_STRUCTURES Extend the structure definition of an archiving class .
IF_EX_ARC_FDM_PROC_CHECK I CHECK Check for Archivability .
IF_EX_ARC_FI_ACE_OBJ_WRITE I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_FI_ACE_OBJ_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_FM_FUNRES_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_DICHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_IBS I CHECK Check Whether Archiving To Take Place .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_IBS I DELETE Delete Data .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_IBS I WRITE Generate Archive File (Industry Data) .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_PRECHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EBAN_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_IBS I CHECK Additional Checks in Object MM_EINA .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_IBS I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_IBS I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive for Object MM_EINA .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EINA_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_IBS I CHECK Checks Purchasing Document Header .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_IBS I DELETE Delete Additional Data .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_IBS I WRITE Writes Additional Data for Purchasing Document Header .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKKO_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKPO_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_EKPO_SEND I SEND Send data to other systems .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_INVBEL_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_INVBEL_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_INVBEL_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_MATBEL_CHECK I CHECK Prüfung der Archivierbarkeit .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_MATBEL_WRITE I DELETE Löschen ADD-ON-spezifischer Daten von Datenbank .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_MATBEL_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Vorbereitung zur Archivierung ADD-ON-spezifischer Daten .
IF_EX_ARC_MM_MATBEL_WRITE I WRITE Schreiben ADD-ON-spezifischer Daten in Archiverungsdatei .
IF_EX_ARC_OBJECT_ADD_CLASS I ADD_CLASSES Add classes to an archiving object .
IF_EX_ARC_OBJECT_ADD_TABLE I ADD_STRUCTURES Extend the Structure Definition of an Archiving Object .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_AUD_CHECK I CHECK Check Archivability of Transaction Data .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_AUD_WRITE I DELETE Deletes Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_AUD_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Reads Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_AUD_WRITE I WRITE Writes Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_QUM_CHECK I CHECK Check Archivability of Master Data .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_QUM_WRITE I DELETE Deletes Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_QUM_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Reads Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_PLM_QUM_WRITE I WRITE Writes Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_ORDER_CHECK I CHECK Enhance archiving checks in the write phase .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_ORDER_DELETE I DELETE Deletes add-on-specific table entries from the database .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_ORDER_PREPROCESS I PREPROCESS_CHECK Enhance the archivability check in the preprocessing program.
IF_EX_ARC_PM_ORDER_WRITE I WRITE Writes add-on-specific data to the archive. .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_QMEL_CHECK I CHECK Enhance archivability checks in the write program .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_QMEL_DELETE I DELETE Deletes add-on-specific table entries from the database .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_QMEL_PREPROCESS I PREPROCESS_CHECK Enhance archivability checks in the preprocessing program .
IF_EX_ARC_PM_QME_WRITE I WRITE Writes add-on-specific data to the archive. .
IF_EX_ARC_P_ORDER_WRITE I DELETE Deletion of Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_ARC_P_ORDER_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data in Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_QM_SAMPLE_CHECK I CHECK Check Archivability .
IF_EX_ARC_QM_SAMPLE_WRITE I DELETE Deleting Additonal Data from the Database .
IF_EX_ARC_QM_SAMPLE_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Reading Additional Data from the Database .
IF_EX_ARC_QM_SAMPLE_WRITE I WRITE Writing Additional Data to the Archive .
IF_EX_ARC_RV_LIKP_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_RV_LIKP_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_RV_LIKP_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Prepare for Write .
IF_EX_ARC_RV_LIKP_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_CHECK I CHECK Check the archivability of business objects .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_CHECK_INTERN I IS_CASE_OUTDATED Checks whether the business transaction is archivable .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_DELETE I DELETE Delete add-on specific table entries .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_DELETE_INTERN I DELETE Deletes table entries by add-on specific criteria .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_READ_INTERN I GET_MENU_ITEMS Get menu items with their event names .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_READ_INTERN I READ Read add-on specific information from the archive .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_READ_INTERN I SET_DIALOG_BOX_ATTR Set the attributes for the dialog box in the "read" dialog .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_WRITE I WRITE Writes add-on specific data to the archive .
IF_EX_ARC_SCMG_WRITE_INTERN I WRITE Writes add-on specific data to the archive .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_COND_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_COND_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_COND_WRITE I RELOAD Reload .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_COND_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBAK_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBAK_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBAK_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Prepare for Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBAK_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBREV_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBREV_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBREV_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Prepare for Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBREV_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBRK_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBRK_WRITE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBRK_WRITE I PREPARE_WRITE Prepare for Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VBRK_WRITE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VTTK_CHECK I CHECK Check for archivability .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VTTK_DELETE I DELETE Delete archived shipment .
IF_EX_ARC_SD_VTTK_WRITE I WRITE Write method for Archiving shipments .
IF_EX_ARC_SRM_GSP_CHECK I CHECK Checks the archivability of business objects .
IF_EX_ARC_SRM_GSP_CHECK_INTERN I CHECK Check the archivability of business objects .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_BAPI_EXTEND I BAPI_ADDITIONAL_PROCESSING Additional Processing in BAPI After Data Processing .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_BAPI_EXTEND I MODIFY_BAPI_DATA Change Option for Data That Exist in the BAPI (Part 1) .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_BAPI_EXTEND I MODIFY_MMD_DATA Change Option for Data That Exist in the BAPI (Part 2) .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_DATA_ENRICH I ADD_MATERIAL_KEYS Add Additional Key to Material Tables .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_DATA_REDUCE I SUPPRESS_PREFETCH Suppress Data Prefetch in ARTMAS Distribution .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_FILTERING I ADD_FILTER_VALUES Add Additional Filter Values .
IF_EX_ARTMAS_FILTERING I REMOVE_CHECKBOX_DATA Do Not Build Checkbox Structures Because of Non-SAP Systems .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT I CHECK_WRSZ_ASSIGNMENT Check during assignment of assortment users to assortments .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST I CHANGE_POINTER_ANALYSE Change Pointers for Analysis .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST I IDOC_RECORD_APPEND Change IDoc Data of an Article .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST I MODIFY_ORGTAB Change Organization Table .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD I CHANGE_IDOC Method for Changing Raw IDoc Data .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD I PREFETCH_ALL Read Data For Store-Independent Package .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD I PREFETCH_SITES Read Data For Store-Specific Packages .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_2 I FILTER_FOR_IDOC_ENGINE Filter Articles Before Preparing IDoc .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_2 I POINTER_ANALYSE_BDCP2 Exit For Analyzing Condition-Independent CHanges .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_3 I GROUP_POSITION Grouping Items For Display And Print Functions .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_3 I POSITION_FIELDS_MODIFY Field Modification in the Assortment List Line .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_3 I POSITION_MODIFY_FOR_DB Change The Item Before Posting To Database .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENTLIST_UPD_3 I SORT_POSITIONS Sorting Items For Display And Print Functions .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT_TOOL I DISPLAY_GROUPING Display Customer-Specific Groupings .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT_TOOL I DISPLAY_RESTRICTION Show Customer-Specific Filter Methods .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT_TOOL I SITE_GROUPING Structure of Table for Customer-Specific Grouping .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT_TOOL I SITE_RESTRICTION Exectuion of Customer-Specific Filter Methods .
IF_EX_ASSORTMENT_TOOL I SITE_SELECTION Plant Selection .
IF_EX_ASSORT_MAINT I AT_INIT_ASORT Initial Screen Transactions Assortment Maintenance .
IF_EX_ATP_PUBLISH_RESULTS I PUBLISH_APO_ATP_RESULTS publishes the results of the APO availability check .
IF_EX_ATT_SELECT_BCS I PROCESS Add Attachment .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I GET_CONS_MODE_FROM_T621 Transfer CONS_MODE from T621 to xaupo .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_1106 Transport of Data (Subscreen 1106) .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_1106 Transport of Data (Subscreen 1106) .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I SET_EKPO_PSTYP Convert Field loc_pstyp .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I SET_POSTAB_CONS_ORDER Set Indicator for Consignation Proc. in Postal Settlement .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I SET_WRF_CONS_ORDER Transfer CONS_ORDER to UP_EKPO .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I SET_WRF_CONS_ORDER_FOR_PO Reservation of CONS_MODE-Feldes in AUBSI and AUUMI .
IF_EX_AT_CONS_PROCESSING I SORT_POSTAB Additional Sorting by WRF_CONS_ORDER .
IF_EX_AT_MTRX_INFO I AT_PREP_REC_MTRX Customer_Specific Preparation of Matrix Call .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I CHECK_AUTHORITY_SEARCH Structural Authorization in Search Function .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I CHECK_AUTHORITY_VIEW Check Structural Authorization for an Object .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I CHECK_AUTH_PLAN1 Check Personnel Authorization .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I FILL_DATE_VIEW Fill Authorization Interval Table for an Object .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I FILL_HYPER_VIEW Fill Authorization Relationships Table .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_BADI I GET_PROFILES Determine Structural Profile of an Object .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_CHECK_ACL I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check autohrization for specified activity and object .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_SPROJ I AT_DEFINITION Check for Standard Project Definition .
IF_EX_AUTHORITY_SPROJ I AT_ELEMENT Check for Standard WBS Element .
IF_EX_AUTH_CHECK_ACL I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check autohrization for specified activity and object .
IF_EX_BADICP2 I METHODE text .
IF_EX_BADICP3 I METHODE text .
IF_EX_BADICP4 I METHODE text .
IF_EX_BADI_ADPIC_HANDLE_PO I POST_PO_EXCHANGE Handle PO after material exchange took place .
IF_EX_BADI_ADPIC_HANDLE_PO I PRE_PO_EXCHANGE Handle PO before material exchange takes place .
IF_EX_BADI_ADPIC_IC_PARTS I CHECK_IC_PARTS Check Interchangeable Parts .
IF_EX_BADI_ADPIC_IC_PARTS I GET_INTERCHANGE_PARTS MPN Material Exchange - Filter materials for exchange .
IF_EX_BADI_ADSPC_CLASSDATA I MAINTAIN_CLASSDATA Maintain classification data .
IF_EX_BADI_ADSPC_CLASS_V I MAINTAIN_CLASSDATA Maintain classification data .
IF_EX_BADI_ADSUB_MVT_TYPES I ALL_SUBCON_MVT_DETERM Determination of all used movement types in A&D subcontr. .
IF_EX_BADI_ADSUB_MVT_TYPES I SINGLE_MVT_DETERM Single movement type determination for GI, GR and reversals .
IF_EX_BADI_AIPLOC I LOGSYS_DETERMINE Determine Logical System for Cross-System Flow of Goods .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I ADD_INACTIVE_FIELDS Add Inactive Fields In Template Handling .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I IMPORT_AT_UPDATE_TASK Import Customer Data In Update Module .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I REFERENZ Default Data For Template Handling: Time 'Normal' .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I REFERENZ_AFTER Default Data For Template Handling: Time 'After' .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I REFERENZ_BEFORE Default Data For Template Handling: Time 'Before' .
IF_EX_BADI_ARTICLE_REF_RT I TRANSPORT_TO_UPDATE_TASK Transfering Customer Data To Posting Module .
IF_EX_BADI_AUTH_CHECK_KE21 I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Checks Authorization Object Within Line Item Entry .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_ARCHIVE I GET_RESULTS Transmission of Search Results to Caller .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_ARCHIVE I GET_SETTINGS Settings for Archive Evaluation .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_ARCHIVE I SET_ACTIVE Transmission of Selection Criteria for System Search as Job .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_ARCHIVE I SET_ARCHIVES Transmission of Selection Criteria for Archive Search .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_CONV I CONVERT_FIELD Method for Field Content Conversion .
IF_EX_BADI_AUT_CONV I CONVERT_KEY Method for Table Key Conversion .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_MASTER_INT I CHECK_CLASSIF_BEFORE_SAVE Batch Classification Check When Saving .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_MASTER_INT I CHECK_DATA_BEFORE_SAVE Check Batch Data at Save .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_MASTER_INT I SINGLE_FIELD_CONTROL Field Selection Control .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_NUMBER_INT I CHECK_BATCH_NUMBER Check of New Batch Number .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_NUMBER_INT I GET_BATCH Propose Batch .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_NUMBER_INT I INIT Initialization of Batch Number Assignment .
IF_EX_BADI_BATCH_NUMBER_INT I NEXT_BATCH_NUMBER Assignment of Modification of the New Batch Number .
IF_EX_BADI_CANCELED_FUND I METHOD_01 Update Information for New Document (Document Type and Text).
IF_EX_BADI_CANCELED_FUNDAR I METHOD_01 Update Information for New Document (Document Type and Text).
IF_EX_BADI_CATSTCO_ADD_DATA I GET_DATA Get additional data for transfer .
IF_EX_BADI_CATSTCO_ADD_DATA I TRANSFER_DATA Transfer additional data to CO .
IF_EX_BADI_CCARDEC I CCARDEC_MASK User Exit for Masking Card Number .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_ALAYER_EXIT I EXIT_AS_MNTND_EXPLOSION Exits as-maintained explosion process .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CHK_STATUS I GET_CHECK_STATUS_EQUI Change Check Status of Equipment .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CHK_STATUS I GET_CHECK_STATUS_FLOC Change Check Status of a Functional Location .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CHK_STATUS I GET_CHECK_STATUS_HOLE Change Check Status of a Hole .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CHK_STATUS I GET_CHECK_STATUS_MPL_NODE Change Check Status of an iPPE Structure Node .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I ACTION_FOR_ADD_COMP Customer Action for added components .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I ACTION_FOR_DEL_COMP Customer Action for deleted components .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I ACTIVATE_CONSUME_COMP_MODE Activate Consumption Mode for component Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I ACTIVATE_RESB_CREATE_FOR_NEW Activates reservation creation mode for new components .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I ACTIVATE_RESB_DELETE Activates reservation deletion mode for deleted components .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I DISPLAY_PF_RESULTS Display Parts Finder Result .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I GET_ACCT_ASSIGNMENT Get account assignment (COBL) for goods movement .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I IMPORT_COMP_DATA_CLIST Interface to import component data into Clist Appl layer .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I PARTS_FINDER Parts Finder Functionality .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I SET_INST_LOCATION Set Installation Location for Component Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_APL I USE_SOBKZ_FOR_GOODS_MVT Use Special Stock for Goods Movement Posting of Clist .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I ACTIVATE_CBTN_1 Activate Customer Button 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I ACTIVATE_CBTN_2 Activate Customer Button 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I ACTIVATE_CBTN_3 Activate Customer Button 3 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I PROCESS_CBTN_1 Execute customer function for Customer Button 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I PROCESS_CBTN_2 Execute customer function for Customer Button 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I PROCESS_CBTN_3 Execute customer function for Customer Button 3 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I SET_CBTN_1_LAYOUT Set Text / Icon / Quickinfo for Customer Button 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I SET_CBTN_2_LAYOUT Set Text / Icon / Quickinfo for Customer Button 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CLIST_CBTNS I SET_CBTN_3_LAYOUT Set Text / Icon / Quickinfo for Customer Button 3 .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CUSTR_CHECK I CONFIG_CHECK_CUSTR Performs the customer specific check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CUSTR_CHECK I POST_VALIDITY_CHECK_CUSTR Performs the customer specific check after validity check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CUSTR_CHECK I PRE_VALIDITY_CHECK_CUSTR Performs the customer specific check before validity check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CUST_ACTION I ACTIONS_AFTER_INSTALL Actions to be performed after Equipment Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_CUST_ACTION I ACTIONS_AFTER_REMOVE Actions to be performed after Equipment Removal .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_DISMANT_CHK I CHECK_AT_DISMANTLE Performs All Checks at Removal .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EQUI_ECM I TRANSLATE_TECHS Translate parameter variant .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPLOSION I CONFIG_CHECK_FILTER_ELEMENTS Filter: Actual/ Allowed Elements for Config. Check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPLOSION I EQUI_CHECK Check If Equip. is Relevant (Exception NOT_FOUND) .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPLOSION I FLOC_CHECK Check If Funct.Loc. is Relevant (Exception NOT_FOUND) .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPLOSION I SGAP_CHECK Check If Gap is Relevant (Exception NOT_FOUND) .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPL_ALWD I CONFIG_CHECK_FILTER_ELEMENTS Filter actual / allowed elements for config check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_EXPL_ALWD I MPL_NODE_CHECK Check if MPLnode is relevant or not .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FID I GET_FID_TO_MAINTENANCE_OBJECT Get Functional Identifiers for a Maintanance Object .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FID I GET_FID_TO_NODE Get Functional Identifiers for an iPPE Node .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FID I GET_MAINTENANCE_OBJECT_TO_FID Get Maintanance Objects for a Functional Identifier .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FID I GET_NODE_TO_FID Get iPPE Nodes for a Functional Identifier .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FID I READ_MAINTENANCE_OBJECT Read CCM-Relevant Data for a Maintenance Object .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FULLY_EQUI I CHECK_MAT_UPD_RESB Check and Perform Material Update in Reservation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_FULLY_EQUI I SWITCH_ERROR_HANDLE Switch Error Handle .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I CREATE_HOLE Creates a Hole on DB .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I DELETE_HOLE Deletes a Hole on DB .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I GET_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Gets one Hole for Installation (--" to outside) .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I INITIALIZE Init buffer tables .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I SAVE_ON_DB Updates DB .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I SELECT_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Selects one specific structure gaps for IE4N installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I SET_HEADER_MESSAGE Writes Header Message in Alog .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I SET_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Sets one Hole for Installation (-"from outside) .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I UPDATE_FID_EQUI Compares / Updates FUNCID from Equi / Hole .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_HOLE_UPD I UPDATE_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Updates Hole After Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INSTALL_CHK I CHECK_AT_INSTALL Performs All Checks at Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I ACTIVATE_INSTLOC_BTN Activates "Proposal" Button for Installation Location .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I ACTIVATE_VPARTS_BTN Activates "Proposal" Button for Get Valid Parts .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I CHECK_HOLE_CONFIGURATION Checks if structure gap belongs to input configuration .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I CONVERT_OBJNR_EXTERNAL Converts OBJNR into Tplnr / Equnr .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I DETERMINE_INSTALLATION_LOC Determine Installation Proposal .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I DETERMINE_VALID_PART Determine Allowed Equipment .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I DISPLAY_HOLE_SELECTION Displays possible Holes for Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I DISPLAY_PROPOSAL_VALUES Display Values for Materials to be installed .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INST_PROPSL I SET_BTN_TEXT Set Customer Defined Button descriptions .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I ADD_INTERCHANGEABLE_PARTS Adds the fully interchangeable parts to all/valid parts .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I GET_FFF_PARTS_IN_SETS Finds all interchangeable parts in sets .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I GET_MATNR_EXT Get Long Material Number .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I GRID_DISPLAY Initialization of Time Since Event .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I MATNR_CONVERSION Conversion of the material number .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_INTERNAL I MATNR_TC_COLWIDTH Dynamically Adjust the Column Width in Table Control .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_I_BASIC_CHK I CHECK_PART_BASIC process basic checks for installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_I_CUSTR_CHK I CHECK_PART_CUSTR Perform Customer-Specific Checks .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_I_STATS_CHK I CHECK_PART_STATUS Check Parts Status .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_I_STATS_CHK I SET_HEADER_MESSAGE Writes Header Message in Alog .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_I_STRCT_CHK I CHECK_PART_VALIDITY Checks Part's Validity for Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_MESG_TYPE I CHANGE_MESSAGE_TYPE Changes the message type .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_MULTI_LOG I CHECK_WITH_MULTIPLE_RESULT Multiple check result .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_NOTIF_GENER I CREATE Create New Notif. .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_NOTIF_GENER I FILL_CUST_DATA Fill/ Change Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_NOTIF_GENER I MODIFY Modify Existing Notif: .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_NOTIF_GENER I PRINT_NOTIF Printout Notification .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_NOTIF_GENER I SET_HEADER_MESSAGE Writes Header Message in Alog .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_ORDER_DATA I GET_ORDER_DATA Get Order Data .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_PAI_CUST I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_PAI Customer PAI Logic .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_PBO_CUST I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_PBO Customer PBO Logic .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_QTY_CHECK I CONFIG_CHECK_QUANTITY Performs the quantity check .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_REV_SELECT I PERFORM_STANDARD_SELECTION Decides whether standard revision selection is performed .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_REV_SELECT I UDPATE_STANDARD_SELECTION Updates standard revision selection .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_R_BASIC_CHK I CHECK_PART_BASIC Perform basic checks for dismantle .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_R_CUSTR_CHK I CHECK_PART_CUSTR Perform Customer-Specific Checks .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_R_STATS_CHK I CHECK_PART_STATUS Check Parts Status .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_R_STATS_CHK I SET_HEADER_MESSAGE Writes Header Message in Alog .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_CONV I CONVERT_TIME Convert time and date into another timezone .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_CONV I GET_TZONE_INTO Get timezone into which time has to be converted .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I BADI_GET_RECENT_TIME_INSP Get Calendar Time of Recent Inspection .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I BADI_GET_RECENT_TIME_INST Get Calendar Time of Recent Installation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I BADI_GET_RECENT_TIME_NEW Get Calendar Time of Creation .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I BADI_GET_RECENT_TIME_OVHL Get Calendar Time of Recent Overhaul .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I BADI_GET_RECENT_TIME_REPR Get Calendar Time of Recent Repair .
IF_EX_BADI_CCM_TIME_SINCE I GET_NOTIF_CUST Get Notification Customizing from CL_CCM_TIME_SINCE_EVENT .
IF_EX_BADI_CHECK_IN_01 I BADI_CHECK_IN_01 Add Registration Data .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PM_ORDER I CHANGE_OUTBOUND_DATA Change outbound data (after conversion to APO format) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PM_ORDER I CHANGE_PMORDER_DATA Change PM order data (before conversion to APO format) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PM_ORDER I CHANGE_PMORDER_HEADERS Change PM order headers (after selection) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PS_NETWORK I CHANGE_NETWORK_DATA Change network data (before conversion to APO format) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PS_NETWORK I CHANGE_NETWORK_HEADERS Change network headers (after selection) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PS_NETWORK I CHANGE_OUTBOUND_DATA Change outbound data (after conversion to APO format) .
IF_EX_BADI_CIF_PS_NETW_IN I CHANGE_NETWORK_INBOUND Change Network Data Received from APO .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON01 CMC user defined Button functionality 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON02 CMC user defined Button functionality 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON03 CMC user defined Button functionality 3 .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON04 CMC user defined Button functionality 4 .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON05 CMC user defined Button functionality 5 .
IF_EX_BADI_CMC_USER_BUTTON I USER_BUTTON_N CMC user defined Button functionality N .
IF_EX_BADI_CMP_MANAGEMENT I CMP_ITEM_SORT Sort Invoice Items .
IF_EX_BADI_CMP_PROCESSING I CMP_COMPLAINT_REASON Adjustment of Complaints Reason .
IF_EX_BADI_CMP_PROCESSING I CMP_CREDIT_MEMO_CHANGE Change Billing Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_CMP_PROCESSING I CMP_RETURNS_CHANGE Change Sales Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_CMP_PROCESSING I CMP_SORT_TABLE Resorting of Billing Items .
IF_EX_BADI_CM_TW I METHOD_CHANGE_FDES Method to Change FDES .
IF_EX_BADI_CONCELIG I CONC_VALIDATION Concession Eligibility Validation .
IF_EX_BADI_CONF_ACTUAL_COSTS I CONF_ACTUAL_COSTS_ADD Additional Confirmation Actual Costs .
IF_EX_BADI_COOM_CI_CSLA_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_FILL Create COAMAS IDoc - Insert Customer-Defined Fields .
IF_EX_BADI_COOM_CI_CSLA_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_UPDATE Post COAMAS Idoc - Customer-Defined Fields .
IF_EX_BADI_COOM_CI_CSLA_IDOC I IDOC_TYPE_GET Create COAMAS IDoc - Read Customer Enhancement IDOC Type .
IF_EX_BADI_CO_GRPMAINT_1 I BADI_METH_TEXT_OUTPUT Output Master Data Texts .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAPPING I MAP_FIELD CPE - Map single Document Field .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I FORMDOC_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of formula results from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I FORMDOC_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of formula results into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I FORMINPUT_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of formula inputs from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I FORMINPUT_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of formula inputs into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I PRICEQUOT_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of Price Quotations from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I PRICEQUOT_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of Price Quotations into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMGRPOUT_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of term group results from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMGRPOUT_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of term group results into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMINPUT_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of term inputs from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMINPUT_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of term inputs into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMOUT_FROM_BAPI Map customer fields of term results from BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_MAP_BAPI I TERMOUT_TO_BAPI Map customer fields of term results into BAPI .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3 I CONVERT_PRICING_DATA CPE - Convert Pricing Data into Name Value Pairs .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3 I CPE_REQUIRED_CHECK CPE - Check if CPE Call Is Required for Document .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_CUS I GET_PRICING_DATA CPE - Get Pricing Data from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_CUS I GET_QUANTITY_DATA CPE - Get Quantity Conversion Data from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_CUS I GET_REFERENCE_DATE CPE - Get Reference Date from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_PAR I GET_PRICING_DATA CPE - Get Pricing Data from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_PAR I GET_QUANTITY_DATA CPE - Get Quantity Conversion Data from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_R3_DATA_PAR I GET_REFERENCE_DATE CPE - Get Reference Date from the ERP system .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_SD_VALID I SD_VALIDAREA_CHECK CPE - Check Valid Sales Area of a CPE Object .
IF_EX_BADI_CPE_SD_VALID I SD_VALIDAREA_FILL CPE - Fill Valid Sales Area of a CPE Object .
IF_EX_BADI_CUST_HIER I SET_CUST_HITYP Sets Customer Hierarchy Type .
IF_EX_BADI_CY_AMT_COMPUTE I CHANGE_AMOUNT_KBED Method for changing KBED Amount .
IF_EX_BADI_DCC_SCREEN_151 I GET_DATA_FROM_INSTANCE Transport data (from screen) .
IF_EX_BADI_DCC_SCREEN_151 I PUT_DATA_TO_INSTANCE Transport data (to screen) .
IF_EX_BADI_DCC_SCREEN_152 I GET_DATA_FROM_INSTANCE Transport data (from screen) .
IF_EX_BADI_DCC_SCREEN_152 I PUT_DATA_TO_INSTANCE Transport data (to screen) .
IF_EX_BADI_DIAD_SUBCON_1 I BADI_DIAD_SUBCON_1 Copying of Data in PREQ Text .
IF_EX_BADI_DIROT_PRCALC I CALC_PRIORITY Calculate Customer Defined Priority for CMC .
IF_EX_BADI_DIROT_SRVPRIO I GET_COMPARE_STOCK Get Comparison Stock for Srv. Priority Calc. .
IF_EX_BADI_DIROT_USVPRIO I GET_COMPARE_STOCK Get Comparison Stock for Srv. Priority Calc. .
IF_EX_BADI_DI_PCS2_1 I DIAD_NEW_SETTINGS Consider batches and different vendor and valuation typ .
IF_EX_BADI_DI_PCS2_2 I DIAD_FURTHER_ACTIONS Further actions and tasks .
IF_EX_BADI_DLV_PRTDATA I BADI_DLV_PRTDATA Data Collection for Delivery Note .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT I CALL_REPORT Calling of Report to Post the Converted File(s) .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT I PROCESS_INPUT_DME Modification of DME File After Import .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT I PROCESS_OUTPUT_DME Modification of DME File Before Output .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT_ABA I CALL_REPORT Calling of Report to Post the Converted File(s) .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT_ABA I PROCESS_INPUT_DME Modification of DME File After Import .
IF_EX_BADI_DMEECONVERT_ABA I PROCESS_OUTPUT_DME Modification of DME File Before Output .
IF_EX_BADI_DRIES I METHOD_BADI_DRIES Description method_badi_dries .
IF_EX_BADI_DRIES I METHOD_BADI_DRIES_2 Description method_badi_dries_2 .
IF_EX_BADI_EAN_SYSTEMATIC I CALL_USEREXIT Interface User Exit EAN_SYSTEMATIC .
IF_EX_BADI_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Read Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_BADI_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Read Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_BADI_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_BADI_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_BADI_EHS_DG_CONSIST_001 I DG_DETAIL_CONSIST_CHECK Consistency Checks Dangerous Goods Master (Detail Tables) .
IF_EX_BADI_EHS_DG_CONSIST_001 I DG_HEADER_CONSIST_CHECK Consistency Checks Dangerous Goods Master (Header Tables) .
IF_EX_BADI_EHS_DG_CONSIST_001 I DG_RELEASE_CONSIST_CHECK Consistency Checks Dangerous Goods Master (Product Release) .
IF_EX_BADI_EHS_DG_SAVE_001 I MODIFY_DG_DATA_BEFORE_SAVING Change Dangerous Goods Data Before Saving .
IF_EX_BADI_EHS_DG_SAVE_001 I MODIFY_DG_RELEASE Change Data for Product Release .
IF_EX_BADI_ENDING_INV I GET_INVENTORY Enter Ending Inventory Value (with Cost Comp. Split) .
IF_EX_BADI_ENDING_INV I SET_ACTIVE_FLAG Set Active Flag for Using BAdI .
IF_EX_BADI_ENDING_INV I SET_ALTN_FLAG Set Flag for Reading Procurement Alternatives .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BGR00 Exit for BGR00: Batch Input Structure for Session Data .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLF00 Exit for BLF00: Vendor Master .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLFA1 Exit for BLFA1: Vendor Master, General Data Part 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLFB1 Exit for BLFB1: Vendor Master, Company Code Data .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLFB5 Exit for BLFB5: Vendor Master, Dunning Data .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLFBK Exit for BLFBK: Vendor Master, Bank Details .
IF_EX_BADI_EXITS_RPRAPA00 I SET_VALUES_FOR_BLFBW Exit for BLFBW: Vendor Master, Withholding Tax Types .
IF_EX_BADI_F040_SCREEN_600 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Return Document Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_F040_SCREEN_600 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Display Document Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SCREEN_BAS I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SCREEN_BAS I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS01 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS01 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS02 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS02 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS03 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS03 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS04 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS04 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS05 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data from the class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FDCB_SUBBAS05 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_OBJECT Transport data to class instance attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_FIAA_DOCLINES I ADD_DOC_LINES Add New Line Items .
IF_EX_BADI_FIAA_DOCLINES I CHANGE_DOCUMENT Change Complete Document .
IF_EX_BADI_FIAA_DOCLINES I CHANGE_DOC_TYPE Change of Document Type .
IF_EX_BADI_FIAA_DOCLINES I GET_LINE_ITEM_SCHEME Individual Derivation of Line Item Schema .
IF_EX_BADI_FIAA_TABWA I SELECT_DEP_AREAS Selection of Depreciation Areas to Be Posted .
IF_EX_BADI_FMALE_FIPEX I INBOUND Inbound Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_FMALE_FIPEX I OUTBOUND Outbound Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_FMALE_FUNDSCTR I INBOUND Inbound Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_FMALE_FUNDSCTR I OUTBOUND Outbound Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_BEFORE_SAVE Check entries before save assignments (rule type DRULE) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_ENTRY Check single assignment (rule type DRULE) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I DERIVE Perform a BAdI type enhancement derivation step .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Populate customer fields in FMDERIVE .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I GET_STRATEGY Get Strategy .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I SET_DISPLAY_MODE Set Display Mode (Edit/View) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I SET_STRATEGY_BUTTONS Options to control available features at strategy level .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I STEP_ACTIVITY_CHECK Check activity for each step rule .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_ENTER Check step before entering to maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_EXIT Check step before leaving maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_FMDERIVE I STEP_DRULE_ACTIVITY_CHECK Authority-Check rule type DRULE .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_NODE_INS_CHCK I CHECK_ADDRESS_COMPATIBLE Check whether an address is compatible with its father .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_READ_MD I READ_CMMTITEM Read hierarchy data for commitment item .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_READ_MD I READ_FUNCAREA Read hierarchy data for functional area .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_READ_MD I READ_FUND Read hierarchy data for fund .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_READ_MD I READ_FUNDSCTR Read hierarchy data for funds center .
IF_EX_BADI_FMHIE_READ_MD I READ_MEASURE Read hierarchy data for funded program .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_BEFORE_SAVE Check entries before save assignments (rule type DRULE) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_ENTRY Check single assignment (rule type DRULE) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I DERIVE Derivation Step as Enhancement .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Populate customer fields in FMSPLIT_DERIVE .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I GET_STRATEGY Get Strategy .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I SET_DISPLAY_MODE Set Display Mode (Edit/View) .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I SET_STRATEGY_BUTTONS Options to control available features at strategy level .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I STEP_ACTIVITY_CHECK Check activity for each step rule .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_ENTER Check step before entering to maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_EXIT Check step before leaving maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_FMSPLIT_DERIVE I STEP_DRULE_ACTIVITY_CHECK Check activity for maintaing/display DRULE values .
IF_EX_BADI_FM_FM2AC I FM_FMAC_DERIVE_SPECIFIC Derive specific data for transfer FM to AC .
IF_EX_BADI_FM_FM2AC I FM_FMAC_FI_DOCUMENT_TYPE Specify the FI document type .
IF_EX_BADI_FM_FM2AC I FM_FMAC_GET_CTRL_PARAMETER Control parameter for transfer FM to AC .
IF_EX_BADI_FM_USE_ASSIGN I FILL_FLAG Indicator to execute FM Assignment and Validation .
IF_EX_BADI_FRML_CALC I CALCULATE_FORMULA Calculate Inputs and Outputs of a Formula .
IF_EX_BADI_FVD_LOCAC_CHECK I CHECK_IL Check Installment Loan .
IF_EX_BADI_FVD_MZDAT I MZDAT_SET Fill Table MZDAT .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_BEFORE_SAVE Einträge vor Sichern der Zuordnungen prüfen (Regelart DRULE).
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I CHECK_DRULE_ENTRY Einzelne Zuordnung prüfen (Regelart DRULE) .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I DERIVE Perform a BAdI type enhancement derivation step .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Populate customer fields in GMDERIVE .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I GET_STRATEGY Strategie für FMM-Ableitungswerkzeug ableiten .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I SET_DISPLAY_MODE Set Display Mode (Edit/View) .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I SET_STRATEGY_BUTTONS Options to control available features at strategy level .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I STEP_ACTIVITY_CHECK Check activity for each step rule .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_ENTER Check step before entering to maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I STEP_CHECK_ON_EXIT Check step before leaving maintain/display .
IF_EX_BADI_GMDERIVE I STEP_DRULE_ACTIVITY_CHECK Authority-Check rule type DRULE .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_EXCHANGE_DATA I GET_EXCHANGE_DATA_ACTUALS Get exchange data for actuals/commitments documents .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_EXCHANGE_DATA I GET_EXCHANGE_DATA_BUDGET Get exchange data for budget (to get local currency) .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_EXCHANGE_DATA I GET_EXCHANGE_DATA_FI Get exchange data for FI interface .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GAAPPOST I ADJUST_ASSIGNMENTS Adjust Assignments to accrual entries .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GAAPPOST I ADJUST_SELECTED_ENTRIES Adjust selected entries before document is calculated .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GMREP I GM_EXTEND_GMRGRL Fill extended grant reporting structure .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GMREP I GM_EXTEND_GMRGSL Fill extended grant sponsor reporting structure .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GMREP I GM_EXTEND_GMRSCL Fill extended sponsored class reporting structure .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_GMREP I GM_EXTEND_GMRSPL Fill extended sponsored program reporting structure .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_IDCPOST I CHECK_IDC_RELEVANT Check if record is IDC Relevant .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_IDCPOST I FILL_CALC_CO_OBJECTS Fill cost assignments in calculated IDC .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_IDCPOST I FILL_CO_OBJECTS Fill alternative CO objects .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_REV_CFACTORS I GM_REV_ALLOW_FACTORS Allow user to input exchange rate factors .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_REV_VT I SET_VALUETYPES Set value types for revaluation of currency .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_RRB I FILL_CO_OBJS Fill alternative CO objects .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_RT_DATE I DEFINE_END_DATE Define end date .
IF_EX_BADI_GM_RT_DATE I DEFINE_START_DATE Define start date .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_02 I PEG_EXCESS Pegging: Distribution of Excess .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_03 I PEG_SCRAP Pegging: Distribution of Scrap .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_04 I PEG_LOSTFOUND Pegging: Assignment of Stock Deviations .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_05 I CHECK_AND_ADJUST_ASS Pegging: Check and Adjust Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_06 I DETERMINE_BREAKPOINT Pegging: Determination of Breakpoint .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_08 I SAVE_DIST_HISTORY Save Distribution History .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_08_PEG I BEFORE_DATABASE_UPDATE Pegging: Called direct before the database update .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_09 I BEFORE_DATABASE_UPDATE_DIS Pegging: Called before database update of distributed values.
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_10 I BEFORE_DATABASE_UPDATE_IMP Changing pegs before database update .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_12 I PEG_EXCESS Distribution of surplus .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_16 I ADD_PEG_STK_FOR_STO transfer posting from intransit to in-stock (reverse 352) .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_16 I ADD_PEG_STK_FOR_STO_RECEIPT goods receipt processing method for STO's 101 .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_16 I CHANGE_DATE change date during in-transit movemnt .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_16 I CHANGE_DATE_TSTK change date during one step cross plant movement .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_17 I CHECK_AND_ADJUST_TASS Pegging: Check and Adjust Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_18 I DETERMINE_TECO_PEGGING_LOGIC Determine pegging logic for TECO (technically complete)order.
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_18 I GET_DATA Customer logic to read in more data before pegging .
IF_EX_BADI_GPD_19 I READ_MAT_GRP_SEGMENT Read data for one material-group segment before pegging .
IF_EX_BADI_GTIN_VARIANT I CALL_USEREXIT Customer-Specific GTIN Variant Check .
IF_EX_BADI_HMXCISR0_003 I HMXCISR0_003 Changes wage credit and values related to proportion .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_ALWD_PM I METHOD_PACKING_MAT Reduction of or Indiv. Determin. of Allowed Pckg. Matl Types.
IF_EX_BADI_HU_AUTOPACK I METHOD_PREPARE Preparations for Determining Packing Proposals .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_AUTOPACK I METHOD_PROPOSAL Changing and Creating Packing Proposals .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_CHANGE_INPUT I CHANGE_INPUT Change to HU Input .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I DEFINITION_SUBSCREEN Determine Subscreen to be Called .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I EXCLUDE_FUNCTIONS Deactivate Function Codes .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I FCODE_6000 Processing Routine for Function Codes in Main Screen 6000 .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I FCODE_6100 Processing Routine for Function Codes in Detail Screen 6100 .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I FCODE_TREE Processing Routine for Function Codes in Tree Display .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I SCREEN_ATTRIBUTES Modification of Field Attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_DIALOG I STATUS_GET Determin the Current Status .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_ENHANCEMENT I GET_YARD_HUS Get Yard-HUs .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_PACKING_ALWD I BADI_HU_PACKING_ALWD Check Whether Packing an Item into an HU Is Allowed .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_PRINT I BADI_HU_PRINT Makes Data Available for HU Label .
IF_EX_BADI_HU_VL10_EXCLUDE I EXCLUDE_HANDLING_UNITS Exclude Handling Unit from Assignment List .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_ARCHIVE I CHECK_IBASE_ARCHIVE Checks Before IBase Archiving .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_CHECK I CHECK_IBASE_HEAD Additional Checks When Modifying Installed Base Headers .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_COMP_CHCK I CHECK_IBASE_COMP Additional Checks When Modifying IBase Components .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_COMP_DEL I CHECK_COMP_DEL Additional Checks When Deleting Components .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_COMP_PST I CHECK_IBASE_PASTE Additional Checks When Pasting IBase Components .
IF_EX_BADI_IBASE_SAVE_CHCK I CHECK_SAVE Additional Checks When Saving IBases .
IF_EX_BADI_IB_ROI I CALCULATE_ROI calculates return investment .
IF_EX_BADI_INMA_INFLATION I PROCESS_INFLATION_CLASS Get inflation class .
IF_EX_BADI_INV_PRTDATA I BADI_INV_PRTDATA Data Procurement Invoice .
IF_EX_BADI_INV_PRTDATA I PRC_PRINT_HEAD Pricing Communication Structure for RV_PRICE_PRINT_HEAD .
IF_EX_BADI_INV_PRTDATA I PRC_PRINT_ITEM Pricing Communication Structure for RV_PRICE_PRINT_ITEM .
IF_EX_BADI_IPAC I METHOD_COLLECTION Add-In logics for extracting 'Collection' info .
IF_EX_BADI_IPAC I METHOD_IPACED IPACed by SD invoice and MM PO from 'Download' .
IF_EX_BADI_IPAC I METHOD_IPACED_FI_INV IPACed process - extract associated FI invoices .
IF_EX_BADI_IPAC I METHOD_PAYMENT Add-In logics for extracting 'Payment' info .
IF_EX_BADI_ISA_REPL_CAT I INSTANCE_GET Returns an instance of the implementing catalog class .
IF_EX_BADI_ISPS_GRANT I GMIA_CANCEL Reset Billing Document Status when Billing Request Cancelled.
IF_EX_BADI_ISPS_GRANT I GM_EXP_DLI Write DLIs to Memory .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MBGB I CRP_CALC_A CRP Calculation for Material transfers .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MBGB I CRP_CALC_B CRP Calculation for Material Issues .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MBGB I SET_FLAG_CRP Check if CRP Active .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_DETERMINE_RECID Determine Recovery indicator .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_FSEG_ERST_1 fseg_create #1 .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_FSEG_ERST_2 fseg_create #2 .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_FSEG_ERZ_1 fseg_create #1 .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_FSEG_ERZ_2 tseg_create #2 .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_UML_CONDA Stock Transfer A .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JVA_UML_CONDB Stock Transfer B .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_CAL_ON_OFF CRP calculation into DM07M .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_KNUMV_GET Get CRP Document Number .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_KOMV_CLEAR Clear CRP Data .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_POST Post CRP Data .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_PRICING Call CRP Pricing .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_PRICING_DIALOG Call CRP Pricing as Dialog .
IF_EX_BADI_JVA_MM07M I JV_CRP_SAVE Save CRPCAL Parameter .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CANCEL_TREATMENT Modification cancel flag .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CRE_MOD7_ADDINFO Filling additional information for modelo 7 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CRE_MOD8_ADDINFO1 Filling additional information for modelo 8 - part 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CRE_MOD8_ADDINFO2 Filling additional information for modelo 8 - part 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CRE_MOD9_ADDINFO1 Filling additional information for modelo 9 - part 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I CRE_MOD9_ADDINFO2 Filling additional information for modelo 9 - part 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLEGALREPORT I ESPECIE_INDICATOR_CHANGE Filling the NF: species (column 'especie') .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLFA1 I DETERMINE_REC56_FIELDS Determine Fields for Record Type 56 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLFA1 I PROCESS_MATERIAL_NUMBER Process material number for report .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BLFD1 I DETERMINE_DI_NUMBER Determination of the Import declaration number .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_I_REG_I005 Fill Block I: Register I005 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_I_REG_I050 Fill Block I: Register I050 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_I_REG_I200 Fill Block I: Register I200 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_I_REG_I250 Fill Block I: Register I250 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L050 Fill Block L: Register 050 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L100 Fill Block L: Register 100 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L150 Fill Block L: Register 150 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L200 Fill Block L: Register 200 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L250 Fill Block L: Register 250 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L300 Fill Block L: Register 300 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L350 Fill Block L: Register 350 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L400 Fill Block L: Register 400 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L450 Fill Block L: Register 450 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L500 Fill Block L: Register 500 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L550 Fill Block L: Register 550 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L600 Fill Block L: Register 600 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L650 Fill Block L: Register 650 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L700 Fill Block L: Register 700 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L750 Fill Block L: Register 750 .
IF_EX_BADI_J_1BMANAD I FILL_BLOCK_L_REG_L800 Fill Block L: Register 800 .
IF_EX_BADI_LAYER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN get data from screen .
IF_EX_BADI_LAYER I IS_LAYER_CHANGEABLE get attribute changeable .
IF_EX_BADI_LAYER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN put data to screen .
IF_EX_BADI_LAYER I SET_LAYER_CHANGEABLE set attribute changeable .
IF_EX_BADI_LAYER I SORT_DATA sort the data read from db .
IF_EX_BADI_LC_UPDATE I CHANGE_AFTER_READ Read / Change data after read of the Basic L/C Data .
IF_EX_BADI_LC_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_COPY Change data after copy .
IF_EX_BADI_LC_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_UPDATE Update additional customer data .
IF_EX_BADI_LC_UPDATE I CHANGE_DATA Change / Check data after Return .
IF_EX_BADI_LC_UPDATE I CHANGE_INCOMPLETION_LOG Change / Add fields for incompleteness log .
IF_EX_BADI_LE_QUANT I QUANT_POSTING_CHANGE Quant Determination During Stock Transfer .
IF_EX_BADI_LE_SHIPMENT I AT_SAVE Process Shipments During "At Save" Context .
IF_EX_BADI_LE_SHIPMENT I BEFORE_UPDATE Process Shipments During "Before Update" Context .
IF_EX_BADI_LE_SHIPMENT I IN_UPDATE Process Shipments During "In Update" Context .
IF_EX_BADI_LE_SHIPMENT_DEL I DELETION Check method from Yard Management during shipment deletion .
IF_EX_BADI_LMOB_VAS_ORDER I DISPLAY_VAS_ORDER Display relevant VAS Orders .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I CONDITION_CHECK_RESULT_FILTER Filter Condition Check Results Before VAS Order Creation .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I REF_DOC_ITEMS_FILTER Filter Out Ref. Document Items Before Conditions Checks .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I VAS_ORDER_CONFIRM_COMPLETE Call Related Processes After VAS Order Confirmation .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I VAS_ORDER_CREATION_COMPLETE Call Related Processes After VAS Order Creation .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I VAS_ORDER_USE_VALIDATE Validate VAS Order Use and Reverse If Required .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I VAS_TEMPLATE_ATERNATIVE_SELECTSelect Alternative VAS Template in VAS Order Creation .
IF_EX_BADI_LXVAS I WORK_CENTER_PRIORITY_CHANGE Change Work Center Priority Before VAS Order Creation .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_001 Determination of AHD-Relevant MRP Types .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_002 Loading of AHD from Customer Data Sources .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_003 Place Filter on the AHD Articles to be Loaded .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_004 Fill Customer Column in ALV Grid for AHD Display .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_005 Determine Data to Display and Popup Size for AHD Display .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_006 Fill Selection Table for Reading AHD from BW Using CL .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_007 Correction of Replenishment Lead Time in Forecast .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_008 Adjustment of BW Periods .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD I EX_BADI_MAHD_009 Check Whether AHD Is Active .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF_CHECK_AHD Read Whether AHD_ACTIVE .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF_CONS_READ Read Alternative Historical Time Series Instead of DVER .
IF_EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_MAHD_INTF_DISP_CHNG Display/Change Alt. Historical Time Series for MRP Area .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_ALE_CR I CHANGE_MATMAS Base method .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_ALE_IN I CHANGE_UEB_TAB Edit. of UEB tables before call up of MATERIAL_MAINTAIN_DARK.
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I CHECK_CHANGE_MARA_MEINS Check for Changes to Base Unit of Measure .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I CHECK_CHANGE_PMATA Check Change of Pricing Material MARA + MVKE .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I CHECK_DATA For checks and limited changes to material master tables .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I CHECK_DATA_RETAIL Check Additional Retail Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I CHECK_MASS_MARC_DATA Checks Within FB MATERIAL_CHECK_LOGISTIC_DATA .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_CHECK I FRE_SUPPRESS_MARC_CHECK Suppress Certain MARC Checks for F&R Connection .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I CHANGE_CHECK_OTHER_MAT_DATA Check Whether Integrated Material Data Was Changed .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I GET_OTHER_MATERIAL_DATA_BILD Fill Work Area for Integrated Objects in Material Master .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_DIFFMAINT_ORGLEVS_OD Determine Deviating Fields for Integrated Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_GET_DIFFERENCES_OD_RTDetermine Deviations for Integrated Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_POST_OTHER_DATA Post Integrated Material Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_PREPARE_POSTING_OD Prepare Integrated Material Data for Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_REFCHANGE_OD_RT Pass On Templates for Integrated Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MATERIAL_REFERENCE_OD_RT Determine Template Data for Integrated Data .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I MG_IDOC_CREATE_FULL Create IDocs of Dependent Components .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I PF_STATUS_SETZEN Set GUI Status for Integrated Objects .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I READ_OTHER_MATERIAL_DATA Read Data of Integrated Objects in Material Master .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I SET_OTHER_MATERIAL_DATA_BILD Buffer Work Area for Integrated Objects .
IF_EX_BADI_MATERIAL_OD I SET_PROGRAM_FOR_OKCODE_ROUTN Set Program of Integrated Processing Routine .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_ART_CL I ARTICLE_ASSIGNM_CL Classification of a Unique Material Assignment .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_ATTR_CHK I ATTR_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check of Attribute-Node Assignment .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_ATTR_CHK I ATTR_MANDATORY_CHECK Check Whether Attribute Assignment Is Required .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_ATTR_CHK I ATTR_MULTI_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Whether Multiple Attribute Assignment Is Allowed .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_ATTR_CHK I ATTR_RESTRICT_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Whether Attrib. Can Only Be Assigned to Certain Nodes .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_CHANGE I CHANGE_MATGRP_CUST Method for Custom Data Formatting .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_CREATE I CREATE_MATGRP_CUST Method for Custom Data Formatting .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_DETAIL I GET_DETAIL_MATGRP_CUST Method for Custom Data Formatting .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIERACHY I HIERARCHY_EVENT_INTERFACE Method for Level-Specific Implementation .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIERACHY I HIERARCHY_NODE_ID_CUST Method for Level-Specific Account Numbering .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I ARTICLE_ASSIGNM_ATTR_CHECK Check Material Assignments of Hierarchy Attributes .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I ARTICLE_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Material Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I ARTICLE_ASSIGNM_VALIDITY_CHECKCheck the Validity Periods of Material Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I ARTICLE_MAIN_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Main Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I ARTICLE_MANDATORY_CHECK Check Whether Material Assignment Is Required .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I NODE_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Node Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I NODE_ASSIGNM_VALIDITY_CHECK Check the Validity Periods of Node Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I NO_PLANED_HIER Forbid Shop Assignments to Planned Hierarchies .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I VALIDITY_CHECK_FOR_ARTICLE Check Validity Periods of Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_CHK I VALIDITY_PERIOD_CHECK Check Validity Periods of Assignments .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_LEV I HIERARCHY_EVENT_INTERFACE Method for Level-Specific Implementation .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_LEV I HIERARCHY_NODE_ID_CHECK Method for Level-Specific Node ID Check .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_LEV I HIERARCHY_NODE_ID_GET Method for Level-Specific Account Numbering .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_HIER_LEV I HIERARCHY_XML_FORMAT Method for XML Download .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_PRODHIER I AT_ACTIVATION_CHECK Activation of Material Hierarchy (Prod. Hier. Check) .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_PRODHIER I AT_ACTIVATION_SAVE Activation of Material Hierarchy (Prod. Hier. Link) .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_PRODHIER I AT_CHANGE_CHECK Copy Material Hierarchy Changes (Prod. Hier.) .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_PRODHIER I AT_CHANGE_SAVE_NODE Copy Material Hierarchy Changes (Prod. Hier.) .
IF_EX_BADI_MATGRP_PRODHIER I AT_CHANGE_SAVE_SKU Copy Material Hierarchy Changes (Prod. Hier.) .
IF_EX_BADI_MATMAS_ALE_CR I CHANGE_MATMAS Base Method .
IF_EX_BADI_MATMAS_ALE_IN I CHANGE_UEB_TAB Base Method .
IF_EX_BADI_MATN1 I MATN1_INPUT_001 Number Conversion Input Start .
IF_EX_BADI_MATN1 I MATN1_INPUT_002 Number Conversion Input Finish .
IF_EX_BADI_MATN1 I MATN1_OUTPUT_001 Number Conversion Output Start .
IF_EX_BADI_MATN1 I MATN1_OUTPUT_002 Number Conversion Output Finish .
IF_EX_BADI_MATNR_CHECK_PVS I CHECK_MARA Material Number Check .
IF_EX_BADI_MATNR_CHECK_PVS I CHECK_MARA_MARC Check Material Number/Plant .
IF_EX_BADI_MATNR_CHECK_PVS I CHECK_MARA_MEINS Check Material Number/Unit of Measure .
IF_EX_BADI_MATRIX I NODE_INFO_SHOW Detail Display for Matrix Node .
IF_EX_BADI_MATRIX_I I FCODE_EXLUDE_LIST_CHANGE Change List of Excluded FCodes in List Mode .
IF_EX_BADI_MATRIX_SORT I SORT_AXIS_ALLOCATION Sorting of axis allocation of the matrix .
IF_EX_BADI_MAT_F_SPEC_SEL I SPECIAL_FIELD_SELECTION Special Field Selection for T130F-SFGRU = '999' .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_001 Customer-Specific Determination of Receiving MRP Areas .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_002 Adjust Result to Standard Methods for Receiving MRP Areas .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_005 Set references for the delivery relationship .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_006 Customer Check of MRP Type .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_007 Customer Check of Source of Supply .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_009 Check Manually Entered Recipients .
IF_EX_BADI_MDRD I EX_BADI_MDRD_010 Customer-Specific Reading of Delivery Relationships .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MARA Archive + Delete Additional Data for MARA .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MARC Archive + Delete Additional Data for MARC .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MARD Archive + Delete Additional Data for MARD .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MBEW Archive + Delete Additional Data for MBEW .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MLGN Archive + Delete Additional Data for MLGN .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MLGT Archive + Delete Additional Data for MLGT .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I ARCHIVE_MVKE Archive + Delete Additional Data for MVKE .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MARA Check Additional Data for Archiving MARA .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MARC Check Additional Data for Archiving MARC .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MARD Check Additional Data for Archiving MARD .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MBEW Check Additional Data for Archiving MBEW .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MLGN Check Additional Data for Archiving MLGN .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MLGT Check Additional Data for Archiving MLGT .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I CHECK_MVKE Check Additional Data for Archiving MVKE .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_MATNR I READ_ARCHIVE Reading of Archive Content in Deletion Run .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PO_SC_SRV I MAINTAIN_SRV_FOR_SC Service tab page for subcontracting item .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PRIO_ORG I MRP_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority During Reqmts Planning .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PRIO_ORG I PM_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority During Maintenance .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PRIO_ORG I PO_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Orders .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PRIO_ORG I PR_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Purchase Requisitions .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_PRIO_ORG I RES_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Reservations .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I ARCHIVE_MCH1 Archiving and Deletion of Additional Data for MCH1 .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I ARCHIVE_MCHA Archiving and Deletion of Additional Data for MCHA .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_BATCH_MASTER Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MCHA .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_EBEW Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for EBEW .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MCHB Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MCHB .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MKOL Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MKOL .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MSKA Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MSKA .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MSKU Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MSKU .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MSLB Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MSLB .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_MSPR Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for MSPR .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I CHECK_QBEW Checking of Additional Data for Archiving for QBEW .
IF_EX_BADI_MM_SPSTOCK I READ_ARCHIVE Reading of Archive Content in Deletion Run .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_MP_GENER I ADD_ADDITIONAL_DATA_CRT Add additional data to the maintenance plan creation .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_MP_GENER I ADD_ADDITIONAL_DATA_UPD Add additional data to the maintenance plan update .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_MP_GENER I MP_CREATE Create maintenance plan .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_MP_GENER I MP_UPDATE Updates maintenance plan .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_REPORTING I CHANGE_IMPL_REPORT Data Processing for Change Implementation Reporting .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_REPORTING I COMPLIANCE_REPORTING Data Processing for Total Compliance Reporting .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_REPORTING I CONSISTENCY_REPORT Data Processing for Consistency Reporting .
IF_EX_BADI_MPD_REPORTING I WORK_STATUS_REPORT Data Processing for Work Status Reporting .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I CALLBACK_FROM_MESSAGE_LOG Called by Message Log when Details are Required .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I CHECK_VALID_PARTS_MULT_LOC Checks Multiple Functional Locations .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_ALL_PARTS_PER_LOC Deliver All Parts .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_CLASSIFICATION Delivers Classification Data of a Functional Location .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_FILTER Delivers List of iPPE Filter Objects .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_MOD_DOC_LIST Delivers All Change Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_PRODUCT_STRUCTURE Delivers the Navigation Structure for the MPL .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_SUPERIOR_STRUCTURE Gets All Predecessor Nodes .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I GET_VALID_PARTS_PER_LOC Delivers Valid Parts per Functional Location .
IF_EX_BADI_MPL_IWB I REQUEST_PARTS_FROM_APPLICATIONAdditional Details on Parts/Functional Location Required .
IF_EX_BADI_MRP_LIST I FURTHER_PROCESSING_MRP_LIST Further Processing of MRP List .
IF_EX_BADI_OCWB_REVERSAL I CHECK_REVERSAL Check to determine whether payment can be cancelled .
IF_EX_BADI_PCA_BILANZ_1 I FILL_PROFIT_CENTER Add Profit Center .
IF_EX_BADI_PCA_BILANZ_2 I FILL_PROFIT_CENTER Add Profit Center .
IF_EX_BADI_PDT I PDT_EXECUTION User Exit for PRICING_DETERMINE_DATES .
IF_EX_BADI_PDT I PDT_VARIANT User Exit for Determining Variant .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_01 I CHECK_MRPSETS_BEFORE_DELETING Check All MPN-MRP Sets for Parts to Be Deleted .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_02 I CREATE_FFF_CLASS_BEFORE_SAVINGAutomatic Creation of an FFF Class Before Saving .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_03 I DELETE_FFFCLASS_WHEN_EMPTY Set Deletion Indicator for Empty FFF Classes .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_04 I MRP_GET_NEXT_NUMBER_FOR_MRPSETDetermine Next Free Number for an MPN-MRP Set .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_05 I CONSISTENCY_CHECK_MRPSET Additional Consistency Checks in MPN-MRP Set .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_06 I REMOTE_CALL_INTERFACE_MRPSET Accessing of External Systems with Transfer of MPN-MRP Set .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_07 I REMOTE_CALL_INTERFACE_FFFCLASSAccessing of External Systems with Transfer of Full Interch..
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_08 I REMOTE_CALL_INTERFACE_RESTRICTAccessing of Ext. Systems with Transfer of Restrict.Interch..
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_09 I CONSISTENCY_CHECK_FFFCLASS Consistency Check When Changing FFF Classes .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_10 I CHECKS_ON_EXTERNAL_SYSTEM Checks for External Systems .
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_AUTOXCHGINF I DETERMINE_EXCHGINFO_AUTO Determine material, quantity to be used for auto. mat. exchg.
IF_EX_BADI_PIC_PREPXCHDATA I PREPARE_EXCHANGE_DATA Prepare PO data, which are relevant for exchange .
IF_EX_BADI_PLANT_ACTIVE I CHECK_PLANT_ACTIVE Check for Plant Activated .
IF_EX_BADI_PLANT_AUTHORITY I CHECK_PLANT_AUTHORITY Check Authorization Object (WERKS/WB01) .
IF_EX_BADI_PLANT_AUTHORITY I CHECK_PLANT_AUTHORITY2 Check Authorization Object (WERKS/WB02/06/07) .
IF_EX_BADI_PLANT_AUTHORITY I CHECK_PLANT_AUTHORITY3 Check Authorization Object (WERKS/WB03) .
IF_EX_BADI_PLANT_AUTHORITY I CHECK_PLANT_AUTHORITY4 Check Authorization Object (WERKS/WB06) .
IF_EX_BADI_PRKNG_NO_UPDATE I PARKING_NO_UPDATE Method for Deactivating Update of Parked Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_PVBE_UPDATE_APO I SEND Send Data Changes .
IF_EX_BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_CDAT I BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_CDAT Makes It Possible to Use Additional Master Data .
IF_EX_BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_EVAL I BADI_EVALUATE_DATA Further Reporting .
IF_EX_BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_LAY I BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_SHOW Outputs Data in Required Layout .
IF_EX_BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_RAT I BADI_RAIDJP_TAX_RATES Makes Various Depreciation Rates Available .
IF_EX_BADI_REXC_MS_CALC I CALCULATE Recalculate .
IF_EX_BADI_REXC_MS_DATA I AFTER_UPDATE_DB After Saving Master Data .
IF_EX_BADI_REXC_MS_DATA I BEFORE_CORRDOC_MODIFY Before Changing Adjustment Document .
IF_EX_BADI_REXC_MS_DATA I BEFORE_UPDATE_DB Before Saving Master Data .
IF_EX_BADI_REXC_MS_DATA I FILL_SELSCREEN Fill Selection Screen (PAI) .
IF_EX_BADI_RFIDITCVL_ENH I ACTIVATE_FICA_SELECTION activates selection screen for FICA data .
IF_EX_BADI_RFIDITCVL_ENH I RETRIEVE_FICA_DATA retrieves FICA data selected by selection screen .
IF_EX_BADI_RF_QUEUE I QUEUE_DETERMINATION RF Queue Determination .
IF_EX_BADI_RULE_PAYMENTS I PROCESS_RULE Processing of Payment Rule .
IF_EX_BADI_RWRPLPRO_001 I EX_BADI_RWRPLPRO_001 Filter on replenishment combination for requirement planning.
IF_EX_BADI_RWRPLPRO_001 I EX_BADI_RWRPLPRO_002 Indicator for Generic Articles and Variants in RPLMAS .
IF_EX_BADI_SAPLAD15_007 I EXIT_SAPLAD15_007 User exit to modify DLI .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I BILLING_DOC_CHANGE_REFERENCES Change References in Billing Document/Accounting .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I BILLING_DOC_TYPE_SET Specify Billing Type .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I CHECK_MAINSTEP_RESUBMIT Check Restart of the Processing Step .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I CHECK_TO_CREATE_OI Check Whether New Open Items Should Be Created .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I DELIVERY_DETERMINE_2 Determine/Exchange Delivery .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I MATERIAL_EQUAL_DECIDE Decision on Whether the Material Numbers are the Same .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I OPEN_ITEM_DECIDE Decision Whether Billing Document Is Open or Complete .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I REQUEST_ORDER_TYPE_SET Set Order Type for Credit/Debit Memo Request .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I TRANSMITTED_DATA_MANIPULATE Manipulating of Transmitted Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I TRNSM_AUTHORIZE_MULTIPLE Authorization Check for Several Transmissions .
IF_EX_BADI_SBWAP I TRNSM_AUTHORIZE_SINGLE Authorization Check for Single Transmission .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_ACCTG I BEFORE_CHECK Account Assignment Determination Before Check .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_CREATE I SET_HEADER_DATA Set Header Fields in a Shipment Cost Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_CREATE I SET_SHIPMENT_COST_TYPE Specify the Shipment Cost Type .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_CREATE_CHCK I CHECK_DOCUMENT_CREATE Check whether the shipment cost document should be created .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_PO_SELECT I DETERMINATION_CHECK Determination of Determination Rule .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_PO_SELECT I PO_SELECT Determination of Purchase Order Item(s) for Standard Check .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_PROCESS_CHK I ITEM_DELETE_CHECK Check whether shipment cost item can be deleted .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_SAVE I AT_SAVE Prepare New Objects When Saving Shipment Cost Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_SAVE I BEFORE_UPDATE Save New Objects .
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_SAVE I CHECK_COMPLETE Check Shipment Costs Document for Completeness Before Saving.
IF_EX_BADI_SCD_TRANSFER I SET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Fill Reference Fields in Service Entry .
IF_EX_BADI_SCOCONF I SCOCONF_AFTER_POSTING Processing of Customer-Specific Data After Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_SCOCONF I SCOCONF_BEFORE_POSTING Processing of Customer-Specific Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_SCREEN_LOGIC_RT I AREA_OF_VALIDITY_DIRECT Customer-Spec. Control for Direct Screen Selection ValdArea .
IF_EX_BADI_SCREEN_LOGIC_RT I CHANGE_SCREEN_SEQUENCE Change Screen Sequence According to OMT3 .
IF_EX_BADI_SCREEN_LOGIC_RT I REDUCE_SCREEN_SELECTION Subsequent Reduction of Possible Views .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I ACCOUNTING_DOC_HEADER FI Interface: Header Line (Replacement for User Exit 001) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I ACCOUNTING_HEAD_LINE FI Interface (Debtor Line) (Replacement for User Exit 002) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I ACCOUNTING_INTERFACE AC Interface Transfer Tables (Replacement for Userexit 008) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I ACCOUNTING_ITEM_LINE AC Interface (G/L Acct Lines) (Replacement for Userexit 004).
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I ACCOUNTING_TAX_LINE FI Interface (Tax Line) (Replacement for User Exit 006) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I FICA_DOWNPAYMENT_CHARGE FI-CA: Determine Down Payment Clearings .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I FICA_KUNNR_GET FI-CA: Determine Tax Customers .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I FICA_READ_HEADER_AWKEY FI-CA: Read Document Header for Reference Billing Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ACCOUNTING I FILL_ACCIT_DEB FI Interface: Preparatory Table for the Debtor Line .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I ACC_DOC_PREPARE Prepare Accounting Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I DOCUMENT_UPDATE_CHECK Global Trade: Add on Save Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_CHANGE_POST Change Billing Document Before Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_DOCUMENT_ADD Add Billing Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_DOCUMENT_CHECK Check Billing Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_DOCUMENT_READ Read Billing Documents .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_DOC_ADD_BEFORE_POST Changes in RV_INVOICE_DOCUMENT_ADD Before Invoice Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I INVOICE_REFRESH Refresh Tables .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I NUMBER_CHANGE Global Trade: Exchange Number .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING I PARTIAL_DPC_ACTIVATE Partly Activate Down Payment Clearing .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I DPBP_SETTLED_DP_READ Read Settled Down Payments for DP90 with Down Payments .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I FI_CA_DOWN_PAYMENTS_READ Read Down Payments from FI-CA .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I GET_INSERTED_ITEM Global Trade: Flag Processed Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I HEADER_PRICING_COM Pricing: Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I INVOICE_ACCOUNT_DETERM_HEADER Account Determination: Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I INVOICE_ACCOUNT_DETERM_ITEM Account Determination: Item Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I INVOICE_CANCELLATION Cancellation Check for FI-CA .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I ITEM_PRICING_COM Pricing: Item Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I ITEM_SET_GSBER Set Business Area for FI-CA .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I KUWEV_TXJCD_FILL FI-CA: Adjust Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I PUBLISH_DOCUMENT Global Trade: Publish Add On Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I VBRK_VBRP_DATA_TRANSFER Data Transfer to Invoice Header and Invoice Item .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I VBRK_VBRP_DATA_TRANSFER_F Data Transport Bet. Invoice Header and Invoice Item (Cancel).
IF_EX_BADI_SD_BILLING_ITEM I VBRK_VBRP_FILL Fill Billing Document Header and Items .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_COMMITMENT_UPDATE_DELVRY FSCM Commitment Update: Delivery .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_COMMITMENT_UPDATE_INVOICEFSCM Commitment Update: Billing Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_COMMITMENT_UPDATE_ORDER FSCM Commitment Update: Order .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_CREDIT_CHECK_DELVRY FSCM Credit Check: Delivery .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_CREDIT_CHECK_ORDER FSCM Credit Check: Order .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_CREDIT_CHECK_SM_ORDER FSCM Credit Check: SM Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_DISPLAY_CREDIT_MESSAGES FSCM Credit Messages .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CM I FSCM_GET_MASTER_DATA FSCM Master Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_HEAD I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_HEAD I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Return Data from Subscreen to Invoice .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Billing Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_ITEM I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_ITEM I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Return Data from Subscreen to Invoice .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_CUST_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Billing Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DATE_UPDATE I DATE_TO_DETERMINATION Redetermination "Dates Until" .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DMC_ORDER I SD_DMC1 Call Debit/Credit Linkage .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I ADD_PRECEDING_DOCUMENT Add Preceding Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I ADD_SUBSEQUENT_DOCUMENT Add Subsequent Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I CHANGE_TRANSACTION Replacement for USEREXIT_CHANGE_TRANSACTION .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I DISPLAY_DOCUMENT Display Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I DISPLAY_TRANSACTION Replacement for USEREXIT_DISPLAY_TRANSACTION .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I PREPARE_ORDER_FLOW_INFO Prepare RV_ORDER_FLOW_INFORMATION .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I READ_ACCOUNTING_DOCUMENT Read Accounting Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DOCUMENTFLOW I SET_STATUS Determine status .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I EXIT_SD_SAPLV46H_001 Customer Function When Creating Item .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I EXIT_SD_SAPLV46H_002 Customer Function for Partner Changes .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I EXIT_SD_SAPLV46H_003 Customer Function when Creating/Changing Header .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FCODE_PFPL_40 Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0F_FCODE_PFPL_40 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FCODE_PKO4 Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0F_FCODE_PK04 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FCODE_PKON Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0F_FCODE_PKON .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FILL_TFPLTS_1 Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0F_FPLAN_AKTUALISIEREN_C .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FILL_TFPLTS_2 Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0F_FPLAN_STATUS_AKTUALISI .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FILL_TFPLTS_3 Fill Table TFPLTS in MV45AF0P_PREISFINDUNG_GESAMT .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I FUELLEN_VBAPKOM Fill VBAPKOM in FV45PFAP_VBAP_FUELLEN_VBAPKOM .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I MODIFY_VBAKKOM Modify VBAKKOM in LV46HF0H .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Order Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DPBP I VKGRU_DETERMINE Classification of Items .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_DSD_ORDER I SD_DSD1 Call Direct Store Delivery .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_EDI_DELSCHED I IDOC_DATA_MODIFY IDoc Manipulation in Release Receipt .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_FM_ASSIGN I DATA_COPY_TO_COBL Interface to copy VBAK and VBAP to COBL .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_GM I GM_BILLING_STATUS_SET Set Billing Status in Grants Management Table (GMIA) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_MENUE_FM I CALL_FCODE_FM Call Fund Management Documents (FM) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_MENUE_TPM I CALL_FCODE_TPM Call Campaign Determination Analysis .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_PRICING_TUN I PRICING_TUNING Tuning for Pricing .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_REBATES I BUILD_INDEX_WITH_PROCEDURE Switch: Rebate Index (VBOX) Using Pricing Procedure .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_ROUTE I ROUTE_DETERMINATION Route Determination .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I DELETE_DOCUMENT Replacement for User Exit DELETE_DOCUMENT .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I DOCUMENT_INIT Replacement for User Exit REFRESH_DOCUMENT (after saving) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I READ_DOCUMENT Replacement for User Exit READ_DOCUMENT .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I SAVE_DOCUMENT Replacement for User Exit SAVE_DOCUMENT .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I SAVE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE Replacement for User Exit SAVE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I SAVE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE_PART2 Call after Processing BELEG_ENDE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES I TRANSACTION_INIT Unlike Document_Init at Start of New Transaction .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I CONFIGURATION_PROCESSING_1 Include fv45sfco_configuration_proces1 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I CONFIGURATION_PROCESSING_2 Include fv45sfco_configuration_proces1 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I CONFIGURATION_PROCESS_DATA Include fv45sfco_configuration_proces2 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I CONFIGURATION_STRUCTURE_MATCH1Include fv45sfco_configuration_structu .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I CONFIGURATION_STRUCTURE_MATCH2Include fv45sfco_configuration_structu .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I KONFIGURATION_ANLEGEN Include fv45pf0k_konfiguration_anlegen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I VBAP_BEARBEITEN_ENDE Include fv45pf0p_vbap_bearbeiten_ende .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I VBAP_MATNR_PRUEFEN Include fv45pf0v_vbap-matnr_pruefen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I VBEP_EDATU_EINGEBEN Include fv45ef0v_vbep-edatu_eingeben .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I VBEP_WMENG_PRUEFEN Include fv45ef0v_vbep-wmeng_pruefen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I VBEP_WMENG_SETZEN Include fv45ef0v_vbep-wmeng_setzen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ADDON I XVBAP_LOESCHEN_GRUPPE Include fv45pfap_xvbap_loeschen_gruppe .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I DETERMINE_BUSINESS_AREA Determination of Business Area .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I DOCUMENT_FLOW_PRE Document Flow Display: Add Preceding Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I DOCUMENT_FLOW_SUB Document Flow Display: Add Subsequent Document .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I FLOW_LOGIC Manipulation of Next Screen Processing .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_CHANGE Fill the VBAK Structure (USEREXIT_MOVE_FIELD_TO_VBAK) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_CHANGE2 Fill the VBAK Structure (USEREXIT_MOVE_FIELD_TO_VBAK) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_CHECK Check of Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_COPY Copy of Header Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_MAINTAIN_COM Filling of Communication Structure VBAKKOM .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I HEADER_STATUS Header Status Determination .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I INCOMPLETION_CHECK Completeness Check .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I MAINTAIN_CUA Hiding and Showing Menu Options and Buttons .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I MAINTAIN_CUA_PART2 Do Not Hide Menu Entries (Particular to IS Beverage) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I MAINTAIN_SCREEN Hiding and Showing Screen Fields .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I PBO_SAPMV45A_4311 Manipulation of PBO SAPMV45A Screen 4311 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I PBO_SAPMV45A_4453 Manipulation of PBO SAPMV45A Screen 4453 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_BASIC I VKONT_CHECK Check Contract Account .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHANGE Filling of Structure VBAP (USEREXIT_MOVE_FIELD_TO_VBAP) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHANGE2 Filling of Structure VBAP (USEREXIT_MOVE_FIELD_TO_VBAP) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHANGE_BUSINESS_DATA Filling of Structure VBKD (USEREXIT_MOVE_FIELD_TO_VBKD) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHECK Check of Item Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHECK_BUSINESS_DATA Check Commercial Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_CHECK_ZTERM Check Terms of Payment .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_COBL_COM_I Fill Structure COBL (Userexit_Move_field_to_Cobl) .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_COPY Copy of Item Data .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_DELETE Item Deletion .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_FREEGOOD_COM_I Fill Communication Structure for Free Goods .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_MAINTAIN_COM Filling Communication Structure VBAPKOM .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_PAYER_BUSINESS_DATA Populate Commercial Data from Payer .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_PREPARE Preparing Structure VBAP .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_PRICING_COM_H Filling Communication Structure TKOMK .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_PRICING_COM_I Filling Communication Structure TKOMP .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_PROCESS Processing of Structure VBAP .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_STATUS Item Status Determination .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_VKONT_VALUES F4 Help for the Contract Account .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SALES_ITEM I ITEM_ZTERM_VALUES Alternative F4 Help for Terms of Payment .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SCHDL_AGREE I CHECK_ABEFZ Check Sent Inbound Progress Count .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SCHDL_AGREE I GET_QUANTITY_EDL Determination: No. Consignment Iss by ESAs to be Considered .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SCHDL_AGREE I GET_QUANTITY_LF Determination: No. Deliveries to be Considered .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SCHDL_AGREE I GET_QUANTITY_MAIS Determination: No. Foreign Orders to be Considered .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_SCH_GETWAGFZ I WAGFZ_FROM_S073 WAGFZ should be Read from Table S073 .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_H I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_H I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_H I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Subscreen Data back to Order .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_H I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Order Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_I I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_I I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_I I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Subscreen Data back to Order .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TAB_CUST_I I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Order Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I MV45AF0B_CALL_S008 Call up Statistics for Structure S008 and Return Status .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I MV45AFOB_BELEG_SICHERN Call Up in Program MV45AF0B_BELEG_SICHERN .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RMCSS008_F0001_UPDATE Call Up in Program RMCSS008 in Form F0001_UPDATE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RMCSS008_F0002_UPDATE Call Up in Program RMCSS008 in Form F0002_UPDATE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RMCSS008_F0003_UPDATE Call Up in Program RMCSS008 in Form F0003_UPDATE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RMCSS008_F0010_UPDATE Call Up in Program RMCSS008 in Form F0010_UPDATE .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RMCSS008_UPDATE_FROM_INT Call Up in Program RMCSS008 in Form UPDATE_FROM_INT .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RV_DOCUMENT_HEAD_STATUS_TEXTS Call Up in Function RV_DOCUMENT_HEAD_STATUS_TEXTS .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I RV_INVOICE_DOCUMENT_ADD Call Up in Function RV_INVOICE_DOCUMENT_ADD .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_TO_FM I SET_STATUS_VBUK Call Up in USEREXIT_SET_STATUS_VBUK, RV45PFZA .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_UPDATE_PLVAL I REQUIREMENT_CHECK Check Condition for Update .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_V46H0001 I EXIT_SAPLV46H_001 Customer Function When Creating Item .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_V46H0001 I EXIT_SAPLV46H_002 Customer Function for Partner Changes .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_V46H0001 I EXIT_SAPLV46H_003 Customer Function when Creating/Changing Header .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_VF48 I SET_TRANSACTION Set Transaction and Parameter ID .
IF_EX_BADI_SD_VOFM I ACTIVATE_MENU_ENTRIES Activation of Menu Entries .
IF_EX_BADI_SERIAL_IN_STO I IS_ACTIVE Check whether S/N in STO functionality is active .
IF_EX_BADI_SPEC_METADATA I GET_DATA_FOR_DISPLAY Returns Metadata Information for display .
IF_EX_BADI_SPEC_METADATA I GET_DATA_FOR_MAPPING Returns Metadata Information for mapping .
IF_EX_BADI_SPEC_METADATA I GET_MACRO_NAME_FOR_DISPLAY Returns macro name (for displaying metadata on office doc) .
IF_EX_BADI_SPEC_METADATA I GET_MACRO_NAME_FOR_MAPPING Returns macro name (used for mapping metadata on office doc).
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_COBK Fill buffer T_BUF_CO and extract COBK .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_COEP Extract COEP using T_BUF_CO .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_KONV Extract KONV using T_KONV_KEY .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_MKPF Fill buffer T_BUF_MM and extract MKPF .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_MSEG Extract MSEG using T_BUF_MM .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_TTXY Extract TTXY using T_BUF_FI .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_VBRK Fill buffer T_BUF_BI and extract VBRK .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_DATA_EXTRACTION I PROCESS_VBRP Extract VBRP using T_BUF_BI .
IF_EX_BADI_TXW_EXTRACT_LANGU I EXTRACT_LANGU Extraction to be done based on language entered .
IF_EX_BADI_UNFILLED_ORDERS I METHOD_01 Modify Qty and Obligation Correction Amount .
IF_EX_BADI_V55K_AII I PROCESS_AII_DATA Shipment/delivery IDOC: Process AII data .
IF_EX_BADI_V56K I RAW_DATA_MANIPULATION SHPMNT/DELVRY: Adjusting raw data before IDoc generation .
IF_EX_BADI_V56K_AII I PROCESS_AII_DATA Shipment/delivery IDOC: Process AII data .
IF_EX_BADI_V56N I OWN_DETERMINATION Switch to Own Message Determination or Standard Procedure .
IF_EX_BADI_VENDOR_CHAR01 I MAINTAIN_VENDOR_CHAR Maintain Vendor Characteristic Values (Article-Dependent) .
IF_EX_BADI_VENDOR_CHAR01 I POSTING_VENDOR_CHAR Post Vendor Characteristic Values (Article-Dependent) .
IF_EX_BADI_VENDOR_CHAR01 I UTILIZE_VENDOR_CHAR Read article-specific characteristic values .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_001 Determination of AHD-Relevant MRP Types .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_002 Loading of AHD from Customer Data Sources .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_003 Place Filter on the AHD Articles to be Loaded .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_004 Fill Customer Column in ALV Grid for AHD Display .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_005 Determine Data to be Displayed and Popup Size for AHD Disp. .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_006 Fill Selection Table for Reading AHD from BW Using CL .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_007 Correction of Replenishment Lead Time in Forecast .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_008 Adjustment of BW Periods .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD I EX_BADI_WAHD_009 Check Whether AHD Is Active .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF_CONS_READ Read Alternative Historical Time Series Instead of MVER .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF_DISP_CHNG Display/Change Alternative Historical Time Series .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF_READ_WAHD Read Alternative Historical Time Series .
IF_EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF I EX_BADI_WAHD_INTF_RLT_SHIFT Change Forecast Values After Forecast Calculation .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_001 Customer Determination of Receiving Plants .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_002 Adjust Result to Standard Methods for Receiving Plants .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_003 Customer Determination of Receiving Customers .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_004 Adjust Result to Standard Methods for Receiving Customers .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_005 Set references for the delivery relationship .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_006 Customer Check of MRP Type .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_007 Customer Check of Source of Supply .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_008 Customer Check of Plant-Specific Material Status .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_009 Check Manually Entered Recipients .
IF_EX_BADI_WDRD I EX_BADI_WDRD_010 Customer-Specific Reading of Delivery Relationships .
IF_EX_BADI_WFRM_SLS_RELEVANZ I GET_SLS_RELEVANZ Determination of SLS Relevance for a Collective PO Item .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD1 I EX_BADI_WOD1_010 BAdI Data Changes After User Input .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD1 I EX_BADI_WOD1_011 BAdI For Message Control .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD1 I EX_BADI_WOD1_012 BAdI for Filtering Materials .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD1 I EX_BADI_WOD1_013 BAdI for Display Control of Messages for PO Posting .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD2 I EX_BADI_WOD2_003 Order Status Determination .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD2 I EX_BADI_WOD2_004 Determine Order Status - Details .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD2 I EX_BADI_WOD2_005 Manual status change in worklist? .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD3 I EX_BADI_WOD3_010 Select Data Table .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD3 I EX_BADI_WOD3_020 Add To Field Catalog .
IF_EX_BADI_WOD3 I EX_BADI_WOD3_030 Specify Exclude Functions .
IF_EX_BADI_WPOCS_READ I EX_READ_POS BAdI for Selection of Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_BADI_WPOCS_READ_POS I EX_READ_POS BAdI for Selection of Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_BADI_WS_DOWNLOAD I EXIT_SAPLGRAP_004 Character Conversion Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI I SET_DEFAULT_BATCH Set Default Batch in IDoc Inbound .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_ADD I FLAG_SALES_PRICE_READ Check if SALES_PRICE Field in Outbound IDoc is to be Filled .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I BUILD_E1WVI03_OUT Fill and Buffer Segment E1WVI03 With Units of Measure .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I GET_SALES_PRICE Get Sales Price If Stated In Customer Exit .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I INIT Initialization of Static Storage Areas .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I MOVE_E1WVI03_TO_EDIDD_ONE_ITEMSegment E1WVI03 From One Item In Table edidd moven .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I PREFETCH_MARM_MARA_MVKE Get Tables in Prefetch (Performance) .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_PDC I READ_NEW_FIELDS Read IDoc Category From Partner Profiles Outbound .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I BUILD_E1WVI04_OUT Build Internal Table with Long Texts for Sales Order .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I CHECK_KDAUF_KDPOS Check If Both Structures in KDAUF and KDPOS Are Equal .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I CHECK_NEXT_ACTION No Workitem Can Be Created When SOBKZ = 'E' .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I CHECK_SOBKZ Check If SOBKZ Is Permitted (Extended To Include 'E') .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I FILL_NEW_FIELDS_OUT IDoc Outbound: Determine Sales Order, Item and Short Text .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I GET_FIELDS_FROM_INVPOS Get Fields From Structure INVPOSITION .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I GET_NEW_FIELDS Check And Adopt New Fields in Item Segment .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I INIT Initialization of Static Storage Areas .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I MOVE_E1WVI04_TO_EDIDD_ONE_ITEMSegment E1WVI04 from an Item in Table EDIDD MOVEN .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I POST Posting Additional Data .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I READ_P_T_EISEG_1 Read Entry from P_T_EISEG .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I READ_P_T_ISEG_1 Read Entry from P_T_ISEG .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I SORT_P_T_EISEG Sorting for P_T_EISEG Extended to Include KDAUF KDPOS .
IF_EX_BADI_WVFI_SOBKZ_E I SORT_P_T_ISEG Sorting for P_T_ISEG Extended to Include KDAUF KDPOS .
IF_EX_BADI_WVLB I BADI_WVLB_001 Filter for Released Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_BADI_WVLB I BADI_WVLB_002 Indic. for Information that Purchase Order Already Released .
IF_EX_BADI_XLO_CORR_ACTION I CORRECTION_ACTION_1 Individual Correction Task 1 .
IF_EX_BADI_XLO_CORR_ACTION I CORRECTION_ACTION_2 Individual Correction Task 2 .
IF_EX_BADI_XLO_CORR_ACTION I CORRECTION_ACTION_3 Execute Mass Correction Task .
IF_EX_BADI_XLO_PLANT_DET I PLANT_DETERMINE Defines Plant and Logical System for Goods Recipient .
IF_EX_BADI_XLO_STATUS_DET I STATUS_DETERMINE Defines Status of Delivery in Transit Process .
IF_EX_BANKS_USAGE_LIST I CHECK_BANKS Check Banks for Usage .
IF_EX_BANK_PP_RUN_HISTORY I HISTORIZE_INIT Initialize History for Mass Run .
IF_EX_BANK_PP_RUN_HISTORY I HISTORIZE_RUN Create History of Infos for Executing a Mass Run .
IF_EX_BANK_PP_RUN_HISTORY I HISTORIZE_RUNHD Create History of Header Data of a Mass Run .
IF_EX_BANK_PP_RUN_HISTORY I HISTORIZE_STATUSCHANGE Create History of Status Transition within a Level .
IF_EX_BANK_PP_RUN_HISTORY I HISTORIZE_STEP Create History of Level .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I CHANGE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I CHANGE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I CREATE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I CREATE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I DELETE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Delete .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I DELETE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Delete .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I GETDATA_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2001 I GETDATA_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_CHANGE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Change Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_CHANGE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Change Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_CREATE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_CREATE_EXIT2 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_DELETE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_DELETE_EXIT2 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_GETDATA_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI GetData Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACTELEM_GETDATA_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI GetData Activity Element .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_CHANGE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Change Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_CHANGE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Change Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_CREATE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_CREATE_EXIT2 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_DELETE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_DELETE_EXIT2 Exit 1 for BAPI Create Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_GETDATA_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI GetData Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I ACT_GETDATA_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI GetData Activity .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I CHANGE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I CHANGE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I CREATE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I CREATE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I DELETE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I DELETE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I GETDATA_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2002 I GETDATA_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I CHANGE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I CHANGE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Change .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I CREATE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I CREATE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I DELETE_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I DELETE_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI Create .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I GETDATA_EXIT1 Exit 1 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_BUS2054 I GETDATA_EXIT2 Exit 2 for BAPI GetData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_SCUSTOMER I CREATEFROMDATA_EXIT1 Exit1 for BAPI CreateFromData .
IF_EX_BAPIEXT_SCUSTOMER I CREATEFROMDATA_EXIT2 Exit2 for BAPI CreateFromData .
IF_EX_BAPIOBDLVSPLITDEC I INPUT_EXTENSION Extension for BAPI Acess (Asynchronous IDoc Inbound Proc.) .
IF_EX_BAPIOBDLVSPLITDEC I OUTPUT_EXTENSION Extension for Asynchronous IDoc Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I CHANGE_IN Exit for grant master Change - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I CHANGE_OUT Exit for grant master Change - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I CREATE_IN Exit for grant master Create - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I CREATE_OUT Exit for grant master Create - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I GETDETAIL_IN Exit for grant master Getdetail -input .
IF_EX_BAPI_0035 I GETDETAIL_OUT Exit for grant master Getdetail -output .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I CREATE_IN Exit for entry document Create - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I CREATE_OUT Exit for entry document Create - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I GETDETAIL_IN Exit for entry document Get Detail - Input .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I GETDETAIL_OUT Exit for entry document Get Detail - Output .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I GETLIST_IN Exit for entry document Get List - Input .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I GETLIST_OUT Exit for entry document Get List - Output .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I REVERSE_IN Exit for entry document Reverse - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0036 I REVERSE_OUT Exit for entry document Reverse - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I CHANGE_IN Exit for funded program Change - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I CHANGE_OUT Exit for funded program Change - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I CREATE_IN Exit for funded program Create - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I CREATE_OUT Exit for funded program Create - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I DELETE_IN Exit for funded program Delete - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I DELETE_OUT Exit for funded program Delete - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I GETDETAIL_IN Exit for funded program GetDetail - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I GETDETAIL_OUT Exit for funded program GetDetail - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I GETLIST_IN Exit for funded program GetList - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0038 I GETLIST_OUT Exit for funded program GetList - after update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I CREATE_IN Cust. enhancement for entry document Create - before update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I CREATE_OUT Cust. enhancement for entry document Create - After update .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I GETDETAIL_IN Customer enhancement for entry document Get detail - Input .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I GETDETAIL_OUT Customer enhancement for entry document Get detail - Ouput .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I GETLIST_IN Customer enhancement for entry document Get list - Input .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I GETLIST_OUT Customer enhancement for entry document Get list - Output .
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I REVERSE_IN Cust. enhancement for entry document Reverse - Before update.
IF_EX_BAPI_0050 I REVERSE_OUT Cust. enhancement for entry document Reverse - After update .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_DELETE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_DELETE I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Check of Import Parameters from the BAPI Interface .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_READ I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_READ I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Check of Import Parameters from the BAPI Interface .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_WRITE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_BAPI_FSBP_TC_WRITE I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Check of Import Parameters from the BAPI Interface .
IF_EX_BATCH_DATA_CHANGE_INT I CHANGE_BATCH_DATA Change Batch Master Record .
IF_EX_BATCH_DEFAULT_STATUS_INT I SET_DEFAULT_STATUS Determining the initial status of a batch .
IF_EX_BATCH_MASTER I CHECK_CLASSIF_BEFORE_SAVE Batch Classification Check When Saving .
IF_EX_BATCH_MASTER I CHECK_DATA_BEFORE_SAVE Check Batch Data at Save .
IF_EX_BATCH_MASTER I SINGLE_FIELD_CONTROL Field Selection Control .
IF_EX_BBP_BADI_EXTREQ_OUT I BBP_GROUPING_MAPPING Group Requirements and Carry Out Field Mapping .
IF_EX_BBP_CTR I MODIFY_DATA_CTR Change Contract Data .
IF_EX_BBP_CTR I MODIFY_IDOC_DATA_CND Change Condition Data in IDOC .
IF_EX_BBP_CTR I MODIFY_IDOC_DATA_CTR Change Contract Data in IDOC .
IF_EX_BBP_CTR_INIT_UP_PI I MODIFY_DATA Change the R/3 Contract Data .
IF_EX_BBP_MAP_VMDATA_CF I MAP_DATA Map Customer Fields for Vendor Master Data .
IF_EX_BBP_MAP_VMDATA_IBU I MAP_DATA Map Customer Fields for Vendor Master Data .
IF_EX_BBP_NOTAFISCAL I BEFORE_CREATE Before call to method CreateFromData of nota fiscal BAPI .
IF_EX_BBP_PO_INBOUND_BADI I BBP_MAP_AFTER_BAPI Mapping Change after BAPI Call-Up .
IF_EX_BBP_PO_INBOUND_BADI I BBP_MAP_BEFORE_BAPI Mapping Change before BAPI Call-Up .
IF_EX_BBY_USED_FILL_BADI I GET_ADDITIONAL_STORES Delivers Additional Stores for Structuring the History Table.
IF_EX_BC_IMPLEMENTATION I GET_BC_IMPLEMENTATION_AGENT Name of Class Agent of Implementing Class .
IF_EX_BDCP_BEFORE_WRITE I FILTER_BDCPV_BEFORE_WRITE Filterin of Change Pointers Before Writing to Database .
IF_EX_BDT_GUI I CHANGE Change Texts/Icons for the Additional GUI Function .
IF_EX_BF_STOCKDET I CHANGE_ITEM_TABLE Change the Item Table .
IF_EX_BF_STOCKDET I DETERMINE_RULES Change Rule .
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I MASTER_ADD_DATA_FILL_IN Add Additional Data to Selection Result: Batches .
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I MASTER_ADD_DATA_SELECT Select Additional Data for Selection Result: Batches .
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I MASTER_COLUMNS_ADD Add Columns for Additional Data for Selection Result:Batches.
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I STOCK_ADD_DATA_FILL_IN Add Additional Data to Selection Result: Stock .
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I STOCK_ADD_DATA_SELECT Select Additional Data for Selection Result: Stock .
IF_EX_BIC_ADDITIONAL_DATA I STOCK_COLUMNS_ADD Add Columns for Additional Data for Selection Result: Stock .
IF_EX_BIC_FOLLOW_UP_ACTION I ADD_MSG_TO_LOG Adds a message to the application log .
IF_EX_BIC_FOLLOW_UP_ACTION I BUILD_LOG_PROFILE Constructs the field catalog for the application log .
IF_EX_BIC_FOLLOW_UP_ACTION I PASS_BATCHES_FOR_ACTION Transfers selected batches to follow-up actions .
IF_EX_BIC_FOLLOW_UP_ACTION I SAVE_LOG_TO_DB Saves the application log to the database .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I ACTION_WITH_INFO_OBJECT Executes an action for a customer-specific info object .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I CHECK_FOR_OBLIGATORY_INPUT Check on Mandatory Entries for "Execute Selection" .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I CHECK_SUBSCREEN_FOR_INPUT Checks free selection tab pages for user entries .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I DEFINE_SUBSCREEN Definition of a free selection tab page .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I ENRICH_MASTER_RESULT More details for the 'Selection Results Batches' .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I GET_SELID_FOR_ENHANCEMENT Procures ID of Selection Enhancement from Customizing .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I PRESELECT_BATCHES Customer-specific preselection of batches .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I REFINE_SELECTION_RESULT Deletes entries from the 'Selection Results Batches' .
IF_EX_BIC_SELECTION I RESET_SUBSCREEN Resets the selection criteria for the selection tab page .
IF_EX_BIZC_CONTENTPROVIDER I GET_AUTHORING_SERVICE Factory for Authoring Service .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CHANGE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CLOSE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CLOSE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CLOSE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Verarbeitung der Eingangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Verarbeitung der Ausgangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CREATE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Auswertung der Eingangsparameter in BAPI-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CR_EASY I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CR_EASY I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_CR_EASY I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVAMNT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVAMNT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVAMNT I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVMNT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVMNT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_AVMNT I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_BAL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_BAL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_BAL I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_DETAIL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_DETAIL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_DETAIL I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_ITEMS I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Verarbeitung der Eingangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_ITEMS I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Verarbeitung der Ausgangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_ITEMS I VALIDATEEXTENSION Auswertung der Eingangsparameter in BAPI-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_ITEM_GETL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_ITEM_GETL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_ACCNT_ITEM_GETL I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_BALNOT_CREATE_S I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Verarbeitung der Eingangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_BALNOT_CREATE_S I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Verarbeitung der Ausgangsparameter im API-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_BALNOT_CREATE_S I VALIDATEEXTENSION Auswertung der Eingangsparameter in BAPI-Format .
IF_EX_BKK_BUPA_GET_TC I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_BUPA_GET_TC I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_BUPA_GET_TC I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CHANGE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_CREATE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_DELETE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_DELETE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_DELETE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_DETAIL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_DETAIL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_DETAIL I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_FORWD_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_PRODUCT_GET_DET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_PRODUCT_GET_DET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_PRODUCT_GET_DET I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CHANGE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CHANGE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_CREATE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_DELETE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_DELETE I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_DISP I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_DISP I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_DISP I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETDET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETDET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETDET I VALIDATEEXTENSION Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETLST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETLST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STAND_ORD_GETLST I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORDFDMOD_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORDFDMOD_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORDFDMOD_GET I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORFDMOD_GETDET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Output Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORFDMOD_GETDET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Evaluation of Input Parameter in BAPI format .
IF_EX_BKK_STORFDMOD_GETDET I VALIDATEEXTENSION Processing of Input Parameter in API format .
IF_EX_BLOCKING_PLANT_E I CHANGE_PLANT_BLOCKING Change Blocking Procedure for Plant .
IF_EX_BOLETO_BARCODE I CONVERT Validate Data and Convert Barcode .
IF_EX_BOLETO_BARCODE I REVERT Reconvert Barcode to Original .
IF_EX_BOLETO_BARCODE I VALIDATE Validate Barcode .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ACCOUNT_DETERMINATION Deactivate G/L Account Determination in BOM Maintenance .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ALE_IDENTIFY_BY_GUID_INBOUND ALE: GUID ID Active for Inbound Processing .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ALE_IDENTIFY_BY_GUID_OUTBOUND ALE: GUID for Writing Header/Item ID to IDoc .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ALE_IGNORE_INIT_POSNR ALE Inbound Processing: Initial POSNR on Restart .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ALE_POSNR_SET ALE Inbound Processing: Item Number Assigned Automatically .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I BOM_COMMIT_CONTROL Commit Control for BOM Maintenance .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I BOM_DATA_CHECK Check After Reading BOM (Initial Screen, Display Assembly) .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I CHANGE_POINTERS_CONTROL Control the change pointer for BOM list IDocs .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I CHECK_PLANT_AUTH_IN_GROUP_BOM Authorization check C_STUE_WRK in group BOM list .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I DOCUMENT_DATA_COMPLETE Type of Enhancement to Document Key .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ITEM_CREATION_NO_ECN Items Created Without Change Number .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I ITEM_SORT_AFTER_INSERT Automatically Sort Items After Creating an Item .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I KNOWLEDGE_DATE_SET Define valid-from date on calling object dependencies .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I NO_PARAMETER_POPUP_IN_COPY No manual parameter valuation during template copying .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I RCSALOTR_DATUV RCSALOTR: Override Default Explosion Date VBAP-STDAT .
IF_EX_BOM_EXIT I START_SCREEN_CHECK Data of start screen will be made available .
IF_EX_BOM_IPPE I CHECK_MATERIAL Material check .
IF_EX_BOM_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_SAVE When daving in dialog .
IF_EX_BOM_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Before calling up update .
IF_EX_BOM_UPDATE I CHANGE_IN_UPDATE In the update .
IF_EX_BORES_DETERMINATION I BORES_SOURCE_DETERMINATION PO Determination .
IF_EX_BORGR_DIALOG I GET_CLASSNAME_DIALOG_OWNER Own Class Name When Basic Object Is Created .
IF_EX_BORGR_DIALOG I GET_CLASSNAME_DOC_OBJECT Own Class Name When Doc Objects Are Created .
IF_EX_BORGR_DIALOG I GET_CLASSNAME_TNODE_OBJECT Own Class Name When Node Objects Are Created .
IF_EX_BORGR_POD_DETERMINATION I BORGR_POD_DETERMINATION Automatic PO Determination .
IF_EX_BORGR_REGISTRATION I FUNCTION_AFTER_REGISTRATION Own Functions After Posting the Registration .
IF_EX_BORTE_TRX_CHECK_POS I IF_TRX_STEP1 General Check of Route-Relevant Data .
IF_EX_BORTE_TRX_CHECK_POS I IF_TRX_STEP2 Determine Route and Trackable Points .
IF_EX_BORTE_TRX_CHECK_POS I IF_TRX_STEP3 Scheduling .
IF_EX_BPREL_PROXY_INBOUND I CHANGE_BPREL_IN Adapt BP_Relations .
IF_EX_BPREP_RETRACTION_BCS I GET_RETRACTION_DATA Retraction of Data for the BCS for FM .
IF_EX_BPREP_RETRACTION_BUD I GET_RETRACTION_DATA Retraction of Data for FM Budget .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP001 I BPTIME_BP001_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP001 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP001 I BPTIME_BP001_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP001 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP011 I BPTIME_BP011_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP011 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP011 I BPTIME_BP011_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP011 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP011 I BPTIME_BP011_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP011 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP011 I BPTIME_BP011_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP011 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP021 I BPTIME_BP021_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP021 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP021 I BPTIME_BP021_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP021 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP021 I BPTIME_BP021_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP021 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP021 I BPTIME_BP021_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP021 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1010 I BPTIME_BP1010_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1010 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1010 I BPTIME_BP1010_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1010 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1012 I BPTIME_BP1012_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1012 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1012 I BPTIME_BP1012_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1012 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1012 I BPTIME_BP1012_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1012 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1012 I BPTIME_BP1012_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1012 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1013 I BPTIME_BP1013_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1013 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1013 I BPTIME_BP1013_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1013 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1013 I BPTIME_BP1013_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1013 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1013 I BPTIME_BP1013_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1013 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1030 I BPTIME_BP1030_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP1030 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP1030 I BPTIME_BP1030_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP1030 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3010 I BPTIME_BP3010_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP3010 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3010 I BPTIME_BP3010_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP3010 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3010 I BPTIME_BP3010_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP3010 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3010 I BPTIME_BP3010_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP3010 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3100 I BPTIME_BP3100_API_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP3100 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3100 I BPTIME_BP3100_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP3100 (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3100 I BPTIME_BP3100_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BP3100 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BP3100 I BPTIME_BP3100_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BP3100 .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT021_FS I BPTIME_BUT021_FS_API_GET Reads from the Versio Table BPTIME_BUT021_FS (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT021_FS I BPTIME_BUT021_FS_API_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BUT021_FS (for API) .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT021_FS I BPTIME_BUT021_FS_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BUT021_FS .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT021_FS I BPTIME_BUT021_FS_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BUT021_FS .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT0BANK I BPTIME_BUT0BANK_GET Reads from the Version Table BPTIME_BUT0BANK .
IF_EX_BPTIME_BUT0BANK I BPTIME_BUT0BANK_SET Writes to the Version Table BPTIME_BUTOBANK .
IF_EX_BRF_ACTION I PROCESS Executing Method .
IF_EX_BRF_EXPRESSION I PROCESS Executing Method .
IF_EX_BR_VALUT_DATE I GET_VALUT_DATE Define user specific valut date .
IF_EX_BSFC_POLICY I GET_POLICY Get Policy Information .
IF_EX_BSP_WD_APPL_WB I GET_APPL_MODEL_CLASSNAME Name of the Application Model Class .
IF_EX_BSP_WD_APPL_WB I GET_CUST_CLASSNAME_PROPOSAL Name Proposal for Customer-Defined Derivation Class .
IF_EX_BUAVC_CHECK_RESTRICT I AVC_SET_RESTRICTIONS AVC Set Restriction .
IF_EX_BUAVC_DB_ACCESS I UPDATE_FISL Enhance the Update of the FI-SL Ledger Tables .
IF_EX_BUBAS_STRAT_ENV I CHECK_DELETE_ALLOWED Check whether the environment can be deleted .
IF_EX_BUBAS_STRAT_ENV I CHECK_NEW_ENV Check the name of a new environment of derivation strategy .
IF_EX_BUBAS_STRAT_ENV I MODIFY_MSG_MISSING_ENV Redefine message for missing derivation strategy .
IF_EX_BUHI_EXIT_CHECK I BUHI_BPNODE_ASSIGN Method called to check BP-Node assignment. .
IF_EX_BUHI_EXIT_CHECK I BUHI_BPNODE_DE_ASSIGN Method called to check BP-Node de-assignment. .
IF_EX_BUILDUPSHOPNAME_E I SETSHOPNAME Set Up and Check Shop Name .
IF_EX_BUILD_SHOP_NAME_E I BUILD_SHOPNAME Custom Assignment of Shop Name (Category, Template) .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADDR_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADDR_EXPORT I ADDR_DATA_EXPORT Exports Address References and Address Usages .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADDR_IMPORT I ADDR_COMPLETE_IMPORT Imports the Complete Address Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADDR_IMPORT I ADDR_DATA_IMPORT Imports Address References and Usages .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADDR_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Addresses Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADRREL_EXPORT I ADRREL_DATA_EXPORT Export of Address References for Relationships .
IF_EX_BUPA_ADRREL_IMPORT I ADRREL_DATA_IMPORT Imports Address Data for BP Relationships .
IF_EX_BUPA_APPLI_CHECK I APPLI_CHECK Change Activity Status of BDT Applications .
IF_EX_BUPA_AUGRP I GET_AUGRP Determination of the Authorization Groups Assigned to a User.
IF_EX_BUPA_BANK_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_BANK_EXPORT I BANK_DATA_EXPORT Exports Bank Data of a Business Partner .
IF_EX_BUPA_BANK_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Bank Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_BW I SUPPRESS_BW_DELTA_QUEUE_UPDATEQuery Whether or Not To Supress Delta Update for DataSource .
IF_EX_BUPA_CARDS_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Payment Card Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_CCARD_EXPORT I CCARD_DATA_EXPORT Exports Payment Card Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_CCARD_IMPORT I CCARD_DATA_IMPORT Imports Payment Card Data to the BP .
IF_EX_BUPA_CENTR_CI_CHECK I CENTRAL_CI_DATA_CHECK Checks Data of the CI Include .
IF_EX_BUPA_CONTPREL_EXPORT I CONTPREL_DATA_EXPORT Exports Detailed Data to the Contact Person Relationships .
IF_EX_BUPA_CONTPREL_IMPORT I CONTPREL_DATA_IMPORT Imports Detailed Data for Contact Person Relationship .
IF_EX_BUPA_DA_PREPARE I SELECT_DATA Restriction of the Selected Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_DELETION I RELOAD_DONE Exit Following Successful Reload .
IF_EX_BUPA_DELETION I VERIFICATION_DONE Exit after Successful Check (ARCH1/DELE1) .
IF_EX_BUPA_DO_NOT_CALL I MAINTAIN_FLG_NOUSE Method for Not Setting the FLG_NOUSE Flags in ADR2 .
IF_EX_BUPA_EXTINCL_CHECK I BUPA_EXTINCL_DATA_CHECK BP: Checks Data of the BUT000 Extension Includes .
IF_EX_BUPA_FRG0060_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Appointments Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_FURTHER_CHECKS I CHECK_CENTRAL Check of Central Part .
IF_EX_BUPA_GENERAL_EXPORT I GENERAL_DATA_EXPORT Exports General BP Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_GENERAL_IMPORT I GENERAL_DATA_IMPORT Imports General Data of the SAP BP .
IF_EX_BUPA_GENERAL_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE General Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_BW I CHANGE_BEFORE_SELECTION Changes to Interval Table Before Selection in SAP BW .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I CLEAR Removes Condition Records from Working Set .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I CLEAR_NODE_AND_TIME Deletes the Selected Node .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I CLOSE Control in Pre-Init Status Without Saving .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I CREATE_WORK_AREA Initialization of Condition Maintainance .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I DISPLAY_CONDITION Update Condition Maintenance (Provides OK) .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I GET_ROOT_OF_SUBTREE Returns the Root Node of the Subtree .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I GET_TEXT_FOR_NODE Returns New Search Term and Description .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I HAS_SAME_AREA Nodes Have the Same Sales Area? .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I IS_CONDITION_AVAILABLE Implementation Is Available .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I IS_TREE_DOWNLOADED Returns, Whether Tree Was Downloaded from ERP .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I IS_TYPE_DOWNLOADED Returns, Whether Hierarchy Category Comes from R3 .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I SAVE Saves Working Set in DB .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I SET_CONTEXT_DATA Sets New Context Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I SET_EDIT_MODE Set Edit Mode .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I SET_NODE_AND_TIME Note Nodes in Locator .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I SPECIFY_APPEARANCE Set Up Appearance of ALVs .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_CRM I XCHANGE Checks Whether Something Has Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_GET I GET_NODE_GUID Get the node guids of a hierarchy tree .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_UPD I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Before Saving .
IF_EX_BUPA_HIERARCHY_UPD I PUBLISH_EXT_INTERFACE Publishing of the Complex Structure .
IF_EX_BUPA_IDENT_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_IDENT_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Identification Numbers Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_INDSEC_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_INDSEC_EXPORT I INDSEC_DATA_EXPORT Exports Industry Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_INDSEC_IMPORT I INDSEC_DATA_IMPORT Imports Industry Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_INDSEC_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Industry Code Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_INITIAL_SCREEN I INITIAL_SCREEN Display the initial screen of BP creation .
IF_EX_BUPA_INTCOMP_EXPORT I INTCOMPREL_DATA_EXPORT Exports Detailed Data for Rel. Type Investment in Firm .
IF_EX_BUPA_INTCOMP_IMPORT I INTCOMPREL_DATA_IMPORT Imports Detailed Data for Rel.-Type Investment in Firm .
IF_EX_BUPA_LOCK I LOCK Set Locks .
IF_EX_BUPA_LOCK I UNLOCK Reset Lock .
IF_EX_BUPA_MASK_LIST_ITEM I GET_FIELDMASK_DETAILS Get the de-personalized settings of the field .
IF_EX_BUPA_NUMBER_GROUP I VALID_NUMBER_GROUP Presets the value number grouping field. .
IF_EX_BUPA_OUTBOUND I AFTER_OUTBOUND Is Called After Complext Structure Is Sent .
IF_EX_BUPA_PARTNER_CATEGORY I ALLOW_CATEGORY Determine partner categories allowed for non update roles .
IF_EX_BUPA_PCARD_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_RELATSHP_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Relationships Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_RELSHP_EXPORT I RELSHP_DATA_EXPORT Exports Relationship Data - Management Table .
IF_EX_BUPA_RELSHP_IMPORT I RELSHP_DATA_IMPORT Imports Relationship Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_ROLES_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Role Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_ROLE_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_BUPA_ROLE_EXPORT I ROLE_DATA_EXPORT Exports Role Information for the SAP Business Partner .
IF_EX_BUPA_ROLE_IMPORT I ROLE_DATA_IMPORT Imports Role Data .
IF_EX_BUPA_SAVE_CONTROL I SAVE_LATER Save to be carried out later .
IF_EX_BUPA_SAVE_CONTROL I SAVE_NOW Save to be carried out now .
IF_EX_BUPA_SHLP_CONTROL I FILTER_INCL_SHLP Controls Elementary Search Helps in Collective Search Helps .
IF_EX_BUPA_STATUS I ON_SAVE After Data Backup .
IF_EX_BUPA_TAX_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Tax Numbers Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_TEMPL_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Template Assignments Created or Changed .
IF_EX_BUPA_UNAME_ORG_BW I CHANGE_RELEVANT_ROLES Setting Roles for User/Org. Unit .
IF_EX_BUPA_UNAME_ORG_BW I SET_SOURCE Set Table Used as Basis (BUT000 or BUT100) .
IF_EX_BUPR_CHNG_DATE_APPL I CHANGE_VALIDITY_APPL Method to process when BPRELvalidity dates are changed. .
IF_EX_BUPR_ENQUEUE_TEST I BPR_ENQUEUE If Relationship of BP Is Locked .
IF_EX_BUPR_FILTER_RELSHP I FILTER_RELSHP Filtering of the Total Amount of the Relationships .
IF_EX_BUPR_FILTER_RELSHP_2 I FILTER_RELSHP Filtering of Relationships for Display in the GUI .
IF_EX_BUPR_FILTER_RELTYP I FILTER_RELTYP Filter Relationship Types .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_CHNG I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Mapping Enhancement Data to Direct Input Format .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_CHNG I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Enhancement of Data Processing and ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_CHNG I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Check Inbound Parameters from BAPI Interface .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_DEL I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Enhancement of Data Processing and ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Enhancement of Data Processing and ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_INS I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Mapping Enhancement Data to Direct Input Format .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_INS I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Enhancement of Data Processing and ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_BUPR_GEN_SHARE_INS I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Check Inbound Parameters from BAPI Interface .
IF_EX_BUPR_LOCK I LOCK Set Locks .
IF_EX_BUPR_LOCK I UNLOCK Reset Lock .
IF_EX_BUPR_RELSHP_OVR_EXT I GET_OVERVIEW_EXTENSION Read Extensions of Relationship Overview .
IF_EX_BUS10507_CONF_DATA I CONF_DATA_GET Provision of the Posted Backflushes .
IF_EX_BUS_LOCA_HIDE_SEARCH I HIDE_SEARCH_IDS Hiding of Search IDs .
IF_EX_BUS_LOCA_HIDE_SEARCH I HIDE_SEARCH_TYPES Hiding of Search Types .
IF_EX_BUTP_TP_CHANGE I CHANGE Change trading partner .
IF_EX_BUTP_TP_CREATE I CREATE Create trading partner .
IF_EX_BUTP_TP_DELETE I DELETE Delete trading partner .
IF_EX_BUTX_FRG0010_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Partner Function Exclusion List Changed .
IF_EX_BW_SCHEDULER I USER_EXIT Fill Variables .
IF_EX_CACL_CHANGENO_NEEDED I CHANGENO_NEEDED Check Whether a Change Number is Required .
IF_EX_CACL_CHARACTER_INPUT I SET_CHARACTER_INPUT Sets the Ready-For-Input Status of a Characteristic .
IF_EX_CACL_CHECK_ECN I CHECK_CHANGENO Check Whether a Change Number is Required .
IF_EX_CACL_CHR_CHECKS I CHECK_USAGE Check Use of Characteristics .
IF_EX_CACL_CHR_CHECKS I DELETE Deletion Allowed? .
IF_EX_CACL_CHR_CHECKS I RENAME Renaming Allowed? .
IF_EX_CACL_MAIN01 I SET_MANDATORY_FIELDS Set Required Characteristics .
IF_EX_CACL_NAMESPACE I GET_ATINN_FROM_NAMESPACE Gets the Internal Characteristic Number from the Namespace .
IF_EX_CACL_NAMESPACE I GET_CLINT_FROM_NAMESPACE Gets the Internal Class Number from the Namespace .
IF_EX_CACL_VALUE_CHANGE I MODIFY_INPUT Change/Check User Input Before Syntax Check .
IF_EX_CACS41_ELTDOC I CHECK_TRANSFER_DOCUMENT Check of Transfer Document .
IF_EX_CACS41_ELTDOC I GET_DUE_PRIOR_TO_MATURITY Disbursable Entitlement Calculation on Payout .
IF_EX_CACS41_ELTDOC I SET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_HEAD Set Customer Fields (Commission Case Header) .
IF_EX_CACS41_ELTDOC I SET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_REM Set Customer Fields (Remuneration Line) .
IF_EX_CACS_COND_VERSIONING I CACS_VERSIONING_SELECT Select for CACS Version Management .
IF_EX_CACS_COND_VERSIONING I CACS_VERSIONING_SET_COL_ATTR Setting Column Attrib. in Fast Data Entry for CACS Vers.Mgmt.
IF_EX_CACS_COND_VERSIONING I CACS_VERSIONING_UPDATE Update for CACS Version Management .
IF_EX_CACS_ELT_DOCUMENT I CHECK_TRANSFER_DOCUMENT Check of Transfer Document .
IF_EX_CACS_ELT_DOCUMENT I GET_DUE_PRIOR_TO_MATURITY Disbursable Entitlement Calculation on Payout .
IF_EX_CACS_ELT_DOCUMENT I SET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_HEAD Set Customer Fields (Commission Case Header) .
IF_EX_CACS_ELT_DOCUMENT I SET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_REM Set Customer Fields (Remuneration Line) .
IF_EX_CACS_MIGRATION_BZO I ADD_CUST_FIELDS_SEG Supplements Customer Fields for Segments .
IF_EX_CACS_MIGRATION_BZO I ADD_CUST_FIELDS_SZO Supplements Customer Fields for Assignments .
IF_EX_CACS_MIGRATION_BZO I ADD_CUST_FIELDS_ZO Supplements Customer Fields for Assignment Objects .
IF_EX_CACS_MIGRATION_BZO I ADD_WHERE_CLAUSE_CTRTBU_ID Supplements Standard WHERE Clause with Own Attributes .
IF_EX_CACS_MIGRATION_BZO I ADD_WHERE_CLAUSE_SEGMENTS Supplements Standard WHERE Clause with Own Attributes .
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_CREBYRULE I SETAWLCONTENT Fills Worklist for Object Assignment .
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_CTXT I MAPCTXT Adopts Specified Context Information for Worklist .
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_CTXT I SELCTXTWPAR Selects Context Information By Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_OBJSEL I SELOBJSWID Gets Detailed Information on Objects with their ID .
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_OBJSEL I SELOBJSWPAR Selects Objects According to Predefined Selection Parameters.
IF_EX_CACS_OAWL_OBJSEL I SELOBJSWPARID Searches Object List on Basis of Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_CACS_TGT_CALC_RULE I CALCULATE_ATTAINMENT_AMT Calculate Level of Target Achievement (Amount) .
IF_EX_CACS_TGT_CALC_RULE I CALCULATE_ATTAINMENT_QTY Calculate Level of Target Achievement (Quantity) .
IF_EX_CACS_TGT_GENFLD_EVAL I DETERMINE_FIELD_VALUE_AMT Determine Value of Dynamic Field (Amount) .
IF_EX_CACS_TGT_GENFLD_EVAL I DETERMINE_FIELD_VALUE_QTY Determine Value of Dynamic Field (Quantity) .
IF_EX_CACS_TGT_TEMS_FILL I DETERMINE_FIELD_VALUE Get Field Value .
IF_EX_CACS_WFMGCAS I DETERMINEMESSAGEGROUP Message Group Determination .
IF_EX_CASL_CU51_DARK I BOM_EXPLOSION_DARK BOM Explosion in the Background .
IF_EX_CATSBW_CUST_ISOURCE I DETERMINE_GRBIW Determine "Rule Group: Reporting Time Types" .
IF_EX_CATSBW_CUST_ISOURCE I DETERMINE_SOURCE Determination of Corresponding Delta Update DataSource .
IF_EX_CATSBW_CUST_ISOURCE I DETERMINE_STATUS Determination of CATSDB Status to be Selected .
IF_EX_CATSBW_CUST_ISOURCE I POSTPROCESSING Postprocessing of Selection Result .
IF_EX_CATSBW_CUST_ISOURCE I SET_OFFSET Determination of Parameter OFFSET .
IF_EX_CATSXT_EVENT I INITIALIZATION Time Sheet Initialization .
IF_EX_CATSXT_EVENT I REGISTER_EMPLOYEE_EVENTS Registration of Events in Class CL_EMPLOYEE_CATSXT .
IF_EX_CATSXT_EVENT I REGISTER_TIME_SHEET_EVENTS Registration of Events in Class CL_TIME_SHEET_CATSXT .
IF_EX_CATS_DERIVATIVES I GET Provide Derivatives .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I APPROVE_CATS_CLASSIC Automatic Approval of a CAT2 Data Record?: Yes/No .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I APPROVE_CATS_SERVICE_PROVIDER Automatic Approval of a CATSXT Data Record?: Yes/No .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I APPROVE_TRIP Automatic Approval of a Trip?: Yes/No .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN PAI for Selection Screen .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN_OUTPUT PBO for Selection Screen .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I AUTH_CHECK_CATS_CLASSIC Authorization Check for Working Time Data (CAT2) .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I AUTH_CHECK_CATS_SERVICE_PROV Authorization Check for Working Time Data (CATSXT) .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I AUTH_CHECK_TRIP Authorization Check for Trip Data .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I BEFORE_CATS_DATA_SELECTION Before Selection of CATS Data from Database .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I BEFORE_DISPLAY Working Time Data before Display on Screen .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I BEFORE_DISPLAY_APPR Working Time & Trip Approval Before Display on Screen .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I BEFORE_DISPLAY_DTL Working Time Details Before Data Display .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I BEFORE_TRIP_DATA_SELECTION Before Selection of Trip Data from the Database .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I CATS_DATA_SELECTED Process Selected CATS Data .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I DOCUMENT_FLOW_SELECTED Provide Selected Document Flow Data .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I INITIALIZATION Report Initialization .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I LOAD_OF_PROGRAM Constructor for BADI .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I START_OF_SELECTION Start of Report Processing .
IF_EX_CATS_REPORTING I TRIP_DATA_SELECTED Process Selected Trips .
IF_EX_CATS_WORKLIST_ADDIN I GET_WORKLIST Fill Worklist .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I PROCESS_PUSH_BUTTON Process Function Codes for Pushbuttons in Standard Toolbar .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I SET_ALERT_ICON Define Icons for Subnetwork Monitor .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I SET_ORDER_DATE Copy Dates from Superior Networks to Subnetworks .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I SET_SUBNETZE_DATA Determine Additional Data for Superior Subnetworks .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I SET_SUPACT_DATA Transfer Additional Data to Superior Activity .
IF_EX_CAUFVD_CHANGE I UPDATE_PUSH_BUTTON Create Pushbuttons for Standard Toolbar .
IF_EX_CAVE_SL_DOC_INBOUND I DELIVERY_CHECK_UPDATE Check Whether Delivery Has Been Changed in the Meantime .
IF_EX_CCARD_MASK I MASK_CCNUM To mask the card number .
IF_EX_CCARD_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Payment Card was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_CCHANGE_BAINN I EXECUTE_ACTIONS Carry out activities for country reassignments and leavings .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_EDGE Create Edge .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_NODE Create Node .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_OBJECT_ACTA Create Mode .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_OBJECT_CMPV Create Variante/Assembly Item .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_OBJECT_CONV Create Solution Design .
IF_EX_CCOLICUST_EXIT I CREATE_OBJECT_RESN Create Resource .
IF_EX_CCSEQ I CONVERT_TYPE_NODE_REL Converts Node Type into Relationship Type .
IF_EX_CCSEQ I CONVERT_TYPE_REL_NODE Converts Relationship Type into Node Type .
IF_EX_CCSEQ I GET_DATA_FOR_NODES Read and Format Data for CCSEQ_NODES_REBUILD .
IF_EX_CCSEQ_CYCLE I GET_AENNR_DESCRIPTION Reads Change Number Description .
IF_EX_CCSEQ_CYCLE I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Gets Cycle Data for Screen Enhancements .
IF_EX_CCVX_CONFIGURATION I DO_NOT_MULTIPLE_SEND Configurations Are to be Sent Multiple Times .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I EXPORT_BOM Export of a Material BOM to cFolders .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I EXPORT_CFOLDERS Export to a cFolders System .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I EXPORT_DOCUMENTS Export of a Document to cFolders .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I EXPORT_MATERIALS Export of a Material to cFolders .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I THUMBNAILS_FILES Choose Thumbnail to Be Displayed from List .
IF_EX_CDESK_ADD_FUNCTION I THUMBNAILS_SIZE Change Size of Thumbnails .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_COPY_DLG I SUPPRESS_DIALOG Method to Suppress Dialog .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_COPY_DOCTYPE I COPY_DOC Copy Across the Document Type .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ACTIVATE_EXTENSION Enhancements (Recovery, Display Option "Validity" And So On).
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I AFTER_CHECKIN Change After File Check-In .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I APPEND_FILES_ON_CREATE Attach File when Creating a Document Info Record .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CHANGE_COLUMN_SET Change Columns Set in Layout of CAD Desktop .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CHANGE_RFC_DESTINATIONS Change RFC Destinations (SAPFTP, SAPHTTP) .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CHANGE_STRUCTURE Change Structure Data .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CHANGE_TAB On Change of View in CAD Desktop .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CHANGE_VERSION Version Selection with CDESK_GET_VERSION .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create Document with Dialog .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CREATE_DOCUMENT_DARK Create Document Without Dialog .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I CREATE_ECM Copy from Change Number when Creating .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I GET_ADDITIONAL_DRAWINGS Where-Used List W/o Version to Find Additional Drawings .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ICON_CHANGE Change Icons in SAP View and CAD View .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_CHECKIN Change Status, BOM and So On .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_DELETESTRUCTURE Delete Structure (Header and Items) .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_FUNCTION Analysis of Function Code .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_GETSTRUCTURE Change When Reading the Document Structure .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_HASSTRUCTURE Does the transferred document have a structure? .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I ON_WHEREUSED Change for Where-Used List .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I RENAME_AND_ADD_FILES Rename Originals and Attach More Originals .
IF_EX_CDESK_BADI_MAIN I WORKDIR_FOLDER_STRUCTURE Working Directory with Directory Structure .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I CHANGE_BOMDATA Change Data for Material BOM .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I CHANGE_POSITION_DATA Change Item Data, for Example Item Type, Item Number .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I FIND_EXISTING_ITEMS Item Determination During BOM Comparison .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I INSERT_ITEM Insert a New Item .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I ON_CREATE Create/Change a BOM .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I READ_CHILDREN Determines the Dependent Documents/Material Masters .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I SELECT_MATERIAL Determines Material Assigned to a Document .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I SHOW_MULTI_POSITION_DIALOG Suppress Display of "Ambiguous" Dialog .
IF_EX_CDESK_BOM I UPDATE_ITEM Change an Available Item .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGE I AFTER_CAD_CALLBACK BAdI After CAD Callback .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGE I BEFORE_CAD_CALLBACK BAdI Before/Instead CAD Callback .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGE I GET_CAD_DATA_CALLBACK BAdI Before and After C_DESK_GET_CAD_DATA Call .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I AFTER_CAD_CALLBACK BAdI Before CAD Callback .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I BEFORE_CAD_CALLBACK BAdI Before CAD Callback .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I GET_ADDITIONAL_DRAWINGS Where-Used List W/o Version to Find Additional Drawings .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_CHECKIN To Change the Status, BOM and So On .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_DELETESTRUCTURE Delete Structure (Header and Items) .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_FUNCTION Analysis of Function Code .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_GETSTRUCTURE Called When Reading the Document Structure .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_HASSTRUCTURE Does the transferred document have a structure? .
IF_EX_CDESK_CAD_CHANGEX I ON_WHEREUSED Called for Where-Used List .
IF_EX_CDESK_MATERIAL I ON_CREATE On Creation of a Material Master (Background) .
IF_EX_CDESK_MATERIAL I ON_CREATE_DIALOG On Creation of a Material Master (Foreground) .
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I ADD_NEW_FUNCTIONS Definitions from Toolbar Entries (Process Code, Layout, etc).
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I CHANGE_CONTEXT_MENU Change of Standard Context Menu Entries .
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I CHANGE_ICON_SEARCH Change Icons for Search in SAP/CAD View .
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I CREATE_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Add Customer-Specific Fields to Field Catalog of CAD Desktop.
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill New Fields of Field Catalog .
IF_EX_CDESK_TBM_ADDIN I PROCESS_NEW_FUNCTIONS Process New Toolbar Entries .
IF_EX_CDT_CHECK_MATERIAL I CHECK_MATERIAL Check a Material in a CDT .
IF_EX_CDT_CHECK_MATERIAL I DELETE_MATERIAL Delete a Material in a CDT .
IF_EX_CEI0_BATCH_INCONSIS I SET_FLAG_INCONSISTENT Inconsistent Configuration .
IF_EX_CEI0_BATCH_NOF8 I SET_USER_BATCH_NO_F8 Set User-Specific NO_F8 Indicator for Batch Input .
IF_EX_CEI0_CHECK_VALDOMAIN I CHECK_DIRECTLY Direct Value Check .
IF_EX_CEI0_CHECK_VALUATION I CHECK_VALUATION Check Assigned Values .
IF_EX_CEI0_COND_MAINTAIN I CHECK_AUTHORITY_MACOND Authorization Check: Assignment of Manual Conditions .
IF_EX_CEI0_IDOC_DEFAULTS I SET_FLAG_DEFAULTS Read Default Values .
IF_EX_CEI0_INVLD_POSSIBLE I SET_FLAG_INVALID_POSSIBLE Invalid Configuration - Time .
IF_EX_CEI0_NO_VALUE_DESCR I SET_FLAG Set Indicator .
IF_EX_CEI0_RMV_SCREENDEP I SET_FLAG_RMV_SCREENDEP_VAL Undo Values of SCREEN_DEP Characteristics .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_CUS_FIELDS I BOM_CUS_DATA_GET_AT_PAI Transfer of BOM Header Data from Enhancement (SAP) .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_CUS_FIELDS I BOM_CUS_DATA_GET_AT_PBO Transfer of BOM Header Data in Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_CUS_FIELDS I BOM_CUS_DATA_PUT_AT_PAI Transfer of BOM Header Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_CUS_FIELDS I BOM_CUS_DATA_PUT_AT_PBO Transfer of BOM Header Data to Enhancement (SAP) .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_CUS_FIELDS I BOM_CUS_TAB_DESCRIPTION Determine Description for Tab Title for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_CEWB_BOM_UPDATE I CHECK_BOM_AT_SAVE Check Bill of Material on Saving .
IF_EX_CEWB_CHA_MENU_EXTERN I CHA_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Inspection Characteristics .
IF_EX_CEWB_CHA_MENU_INTERN I CHA_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Inspection Characteristics .
IF_EX_CEWB_COM_MENU_EXTERN I COM_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Component Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_COM_MENU_INTERN I COM_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Component Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I BOM_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for BOM Headers .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I CHV_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Dependent Characteristic Specifications .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I GET_VALIDITY_FOR_OBJECT Checks Whether Extension Is Allowed for Object .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I MTK_EXTENSION_EXTERN Material Extension for Material-Task List Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I ODP_ITM_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for BOM Items .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I ODP_OPR_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for Operations .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I ODP_PRT_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for PRTs .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I ODP_SEQ_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for Sequences .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I PAC_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Maintenance Packages .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I PRT_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for PRT Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_EXTERN I SEQ_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Sequences .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I BOM_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for BOM Headers .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I CHV_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Dependent Characteristic Specifications .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I GET_VALIDITY_FOR_OBJECT Checks Whether Extension Is Allowed for Object .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I MTK_EXTENSION_INTERN Material Extension for Material-Task List Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I ODP_ITM_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for BOM Items .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I ODP_OPR_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for Operations .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I ODP_PRT_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for PRTs .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I ODP_SEQ_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Dependencies for Sequences .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I PAC_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Maintenance Packages .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I PRT_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for PRT Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_GEN_MENU_INTERN I SEQ_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Sequences .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_CUS_FIELDS I ITM_CUS_DATA_GET_AT_PAI Transfer of BOM Item Data from Enhancement (SAP) .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_CUS_FIELDS I ITM_CUS_DATA_GET_AT_PBO Transfer of BOM Item Data in Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_CUS_FIELDS I ITM_CUS_DATA_PUT_AT_PAI Transfer of BOM Item Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_CUS_FIELDS I ITM_CUS_DATA_PUT_AT_PBO Transfer of BOM Item Data to Enhancement (SAP) .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_CUS_FIELDS I ITM_CUS_TAB_DESCRIPTION Determine Description for Tab Title for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_MENU_EXTERN I ITM_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for BOM Items .
IF_EX_CEWB_ITM_MENU_INTERN I ITM_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for BOM Items .
IF_EX_CEWB_MST_MENU_EXTERN I MST_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Trigger Points .
IF_EX_CEWB_MST_MENU_INTERN I MST_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Trigger Points .
IF_EX_CEWB_MTK_MENU_INTERN I MTK_EXTENSION_INTERN Material Extension for Material-Task List Assignments .
IF_EX_CEWB_OPR_MENU_EXTERN I OPR_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Task Lists at Operation Level .
IF_EX_CEWB_OPR_MENU_INTERN I OPR_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Task Lists at Operation Level .
IF_EX_CEWB_SEQ_MENU_INTERN I SEQ_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Sequences .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_MENU_EXTERN I TSK_EXTENSION_EXTERN Menu Extension for Task Lists at Header Level .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_MENU_INTERN I TSK_EXTENSION_INTERN Menu Extension for Task Lists at Header Level .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHA_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PAICopy Characteristic Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHA_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Characteristic Data in Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHA_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PAICopy Characteristic Data to Standard .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHA_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Characteristic Data to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHA_APP_DETAIL_SCREEN_DESCRIPTDetermine Description of Screen Enhancement for Char. .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHV_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PAITransfer of Characteristic Values from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHV_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PBOTransfer of Characteristic Values to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHV_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PAITransfer of Characteristic Values to Standard .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHV_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PBOTransfer of Characteristic Values to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I CHV_APP_DETAIL_SCREEN_DESCRIPTDetermination of Desc. for Screen Enhancement of Spec. Char..
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I MTK_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PAITransfer of Assignment Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I MTK_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PBOTransfer of Assignment Data to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I MTK_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PAITransfer of Assignment Data to Standard .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I MTK_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PBOTransfer of Assignment Data to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I MTK_APP_DETAIL_SCREEN_DESCRIPTDeterm. of Desc. for Screen Enh. of Material-Routing Assign..
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I OPR_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PAICopy Operation Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I OPR_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Operation Data in Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I OPR_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PAICopy Operation Data to Standard .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I OPR_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Operation Data to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I OPR_APP_DETAIL_SCREEN_DESCRIPTDetermine Description of Screen Enhancement for Operation .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I TSK_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PAICopy Task List Data from Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I TSK_APP_DETAIL_GET_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Task List Data in Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I TSK_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PAICopy Task List Data to Standard .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I TSK_APP_DETAIL_PUT_DATA_AT_PBOCopy Task List Data to Enhancement .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_SCREENS I TSK_APP_DETAIL_SCREEN_DESCRIPTDetermine Description of Screen Enhancement for Task List .
IF_EX_CEWB_TSK_UPDATE I CHECK_TSK_AT_SAVE Task List Check When Saving .
IF_EX_CE_MON_EXIT1 I ALTERNATIVE_DISPLAY Alternate Display Like SDP Project for Saudi Aramco .
IF_EX_CE_MON_EXIT1 I EXTENS1 Implementation of Menu Action +EXTENS1 .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_EXPORT_DEFAULTS Change Default Values for cFolders Document Name, ... .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_EXPORT_BOM_ATTRIBUTES Change the Material BOM Attributes to Be Exported .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_EXPORT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTES Change the Item Attributes to Be Exported .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_EXPORT_MAT_ATTRIBUTES Change the Material Attributes to Be Exported .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_IMPORT_BOM_ATTRIBUTES Change the Material BOM Attributes to Be Imported .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_IMPORT_ITEM_ATTRIBUTES Change the Item Attributes to Be Imported .
IF_EX_CFOLDERS_BI_MAIN01 I CHANGE_IMPORT_MAT_ATTRIBUTES Change the Material Attributes to Be Imported .
IF_EX_CFOP_DET_PREP I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_SD Change Interface Structure J_1BINCFOP .
IF_EX_CFOP_DET_PREP I CHECK_PARAMETERS_SA Check Input Parameter Changes in Sales .
IF_EX_CFOP_DET_PREP I CHECK_PARAMETERS_SH Check Input Parameter Changes in Shipping .
IF_EX_CFX_BI_EXPORT_BADI I AFTER_EXPORT_COMPLETE Obsolete. Use IF_CFX_BI_EXPORT instead. .
IF_EX_CFX_BI_EXPORT_BADI I CHECK_EXPORT_CHANGE_PRE Obsolete. Use IF_CFX_BI_EXPORT instead. .
IF_EX_CFX_BI_EXPORT_BADI I CHECK_EXPORT_CREATE_PRE Obsolete. Use IF_CFX_BI_EXPORT instead. .
IF_EX_CFX_BI_IPPE I CHANGE_NODE_BEFORE_WRITE Changes the Data of a Node Before Writing to iPPE .
IF_EX_CFX_BI_IPPE I CHANGE_VAR_BEFORE_WRITE Changes the Data of a Variant Before Writing to iPPE .
IF_EX_CGPL_FETCH_RELATIONS I RELOAD_CHECK Check if Project/Task Has to Be Reloaded .
IF_EX_CHECK_COBL_ADDON I CHECK Check Account Assignment .
IF_EX_CHECK_DEVICES_B_NL I CHECK_ACTION_ALLOWED Check Whether Action is Permitted .
IF_EX_CHECK_INPUT_ACL I CHECK_CNTR_UPD Check input of counter updates .
IF_EX_CHECK_SAMPLE_DEVICES I CHECK_NUMBER_OF_SAMPLE_DEVICESCheck Number of Sample Devices .
IF_EX_CIF_CP_CONDENSE I MODIFY_CP_SELECTION Change the results of the CIF ALE change pointer selection .
IF_EX_CIF_ENHANCE_FCC I CHANGE_IMOD_DESTINATION Change Data of FB CIF_IMOD_DESTINATIONS_"object" .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_BATCH_OUT Change Transfer Data for Batch Master: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_CLASSIFIG_OUT Change Transfer Data for Classification: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_CONTRACT_OUT Change Transfer Data for Purchasing Contract: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_DELIVERY_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Delivery to IS-ERP Before Update .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_IMOD_DESTINATION Change Data of FB CIF_IMOD_DESTINATIONS_"object" .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_MATERIAL_OUT Change Transfer Data for Material Master: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_MAT_CLASSIF_ONLINE Send Classification of Material Transfer Data: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PIR_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for PIR to IS-ERP Before Update .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PIR_INITIAL_OUT Change Transfer Data for PIR: IS-Specific (Initial Vers.) .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PLPR_ORDER_AFTER_IN Change CIF Data for Pl./Man. Order to IS-ERP After Update .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PLPR_ORDER_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Pl./Man. Order to IS-ERP Before Update .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PLPR_ORDER_OUT Change Transfer Data for Plan./Man. Order: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PLPR_ORD_DELTA3 Change Selection Data for Delta Report: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PUR_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Purchasing Document to IS-ERP Bef. Upd. .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PUR_ORD_OUT Change Transfer Data for Purchase Order: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PUR_REQ_OUT Change Transfer Data for Purchase Requisition: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_RESERVATION_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Reservation to IS-ERP Bef. Upd. .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_RESERVATION_OUT Change Transfer Data for Reservation: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SALES_ORDER_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Sales Order to IS-ERP Bef. Upd. .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SALES_ORDER_OUT Change Transfer Data for Sales Order: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SALES_ORDER_SELECT_OUT Change Selection for Sales Order: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SCHED_AGR_OUT Change Transfer Data for Purch. Sched. Agrmnt: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SHIPMENT_BEFORE_IN Change CIF Data for Shipment to IS-ERP Bef. Upd. .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_SHIPMENT_OUT Change Transfer Data for Delivery/Shipment: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I CHANGE_STOCK_OUT Change Transfer Data for Stock: IS-Specific .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I DELTA_ANONYMOUS_CHANGE_FOR_ERPChange Anonymous Data Container for CCR (Direction ERP) .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I DELTA_FLTMATNR_CHANGE_FOR_APO Change Material/Plant Combinations for CCR (Direction APO) .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I DELTA_FLTMATNR_CHANGE_FOR_ERP Change Material/Plant Combinations for CCR (Direction ERP) .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I DELTA_SEL_SALES_DATA Selection of SD Data for AFS (Direction APO) .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I EXTEND_PUR_REQ_KEY_COMPL Extend the Key Completion Data for Purchase Requisitions .
IF_EX_CIF_EXT_IS_INTERNAL I PREPROCESS_PLPR_APOORD Preprocess CIF Data for Plnd/Manufacturing Orders in IS-ERP .
IF_EX_CIF_FFFCLASS_001 I MODIFY_FFFCLASS_TRANSFER Change FFF Classes Before Transferring to SCM .
IF_EX_CIF_INTERNAL_BGRFC I MODIFY_QUEUE_NAMES Convert bgRFC Data Transfer to qRFC (Log.-Sys.-Dep.) .
IF_EX_CIF_INT_MODEL I MODIFY_OBJECT_LIST Modifying list of filter objects .
IF_EX_CIF_MRPDS I BUFFER_TIME_CHANGE Influence Buffer Time Calculation for Order Networks .
IF_EX_CIF_RM_PPR_DISTRIB I RRP_SEND Send Postprocessing Records to CIF .
IF_EX_CIF_SDLSE_001 I INITIAL_DATA_SCHED_AGR_ITEM Initial Data Transfer for Sales Scheduling Agreement Items .
IF_EX_CIF_SDLSE_002 I SCHED_AGR_ITEM_FILTER Structure of Keys for CIF_IMSDLS .
IF_EX_CIN_EXCISE_CALCULATE I TAXBASE_CHANGE_AFS Changing the tax base for AFS .
IF_EX_CJ_DOCUMENT I CHANGE Change Cash Journal Document .
IF_EX_CJ_DSAL_FUNC I GET_MULTI Information for Multiple Selected Lines .
IF_EX_CJ_DSAL_FUNC I GET_SINGLE Information for one Selected Line .
IF_EX_CJ_DSAL_FUNC I SET_BUTTON Set User-Defined Pushbuttons in the DSAL .
IF_EX_CKMLAVR_SIM I GET_PROTOCOL Returns the Log .
IF_EX_CKMLAVR_SIM I REFRESH_PROTOCOL Deletes the Log .
IF_EX_CKMLAVR_SIM I SIMULATE_MATERIAL Modifies ML Period Records for a Material .
IF_EX_CKMLDUVN_CHOOSE_RECV I SET_PARAMETERS_RELEVANT Indicates Whether Parameter is Relevant for Receiver Search .
IF_EX_CKMLDUVN_CHOOSE_RECV I SUBSTITUTE_PARAMETERS Substitute Parameters .
IF_EX_CKML_AVR I GET_CKMLRUNSCALE Reads Table CKMLRUNSCALE for Costing Run .
IF_EX_CKML_AVR I NEXTMON_POSTING_MODE Posting Mode for Subsequent Period .
IF_EX_CKML_AVR I RUN_DELETE_DATA Delete Application Data for Run .
IF_EX_CKML_COST_SPLIT I GET_COST_SPLIT Get Data for Apportionment with Joint Production .
IF_EX_CKML_DISPLAY I CHECK_ACTIVE Checks whether the AddOn CO_ML_DISPLAY is active .
IF_EX_CKML_DISPLAY I CHECK_CO_ML_WIP_EXISTS Checks whether Package CO_ML_WIP exists .
IF_EX_CKML_DISPLAY I GET_VORGANG_TEXT Generate Text for Business Transaction .
IF_EX_CKML_DISPLAY I NEW_CLOSINGDOC_DISPLAY New Closing Document Display .
IF_EX_CKML_IF_REVAL_CONS I WRAP_ACCOUNT_INFO Encrypted FI/CO-Account Assignment for ML-Update .
IF_EX_CKML_MGV_EXIT I CUSTOMER_EXIT Change of Fields for Creating Alternatives .
IF_EX_CKML_MGV_EXIT I GET_ACTIVITY Controls whether BADI should be used or not .
IF_EX_CKML_MLCCS I LAST_RUN_GET_COPA Last Posting Run .
IF_EX_CKML_MLCCS I LAST_RUN_GET_PCP Last Posting Run .
IF_EX_CKML_SETTLE I CHECK_BADI_ACTIVE Checks, Whether BADI is Used by Customer .
IF_EX_CKML_SETTLE I CHECK_PRICE Checks, Whther Determined Price is Accepted By Customer .
IF_EX_CKML_SET_VPRSV I CHANGE_VPRSV Change Material Price Control .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I CURRENCY_TRANSLATION_RULES Define Translation Rules for ML Currencies .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_CATEGORY Modify process type and category .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_FI_CLOSING_TABLES Mod ACCxx lines of transaction based settlement .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_FI_TABLES Modify ACCxx tables before ML update .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_ML_POSTING_TABLES Modify all ML tables before posting .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_POSITION_SWITCHES Modify switches for each position in ACCIT .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_STOCKLINE_SWITCHES Modify switches of BSX lines .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I MODIFY_URZEILEN_SWITCHES Modify switches for each item (Orig. line item) .
IF_EX_CKML_UPDATE I RESTORE_FI_TABLES Restore ACCxx tables after ML update .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I BALI_CHECK_WIP_INPUT Checks whether material has WIP as Input .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CHECK_ACTIVE Checks whether 'WIP at Actual Costs' is activated .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CHECK_PLANT_ACTIVE Checks whether WIP quantity update is activated for plant .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CHECK_RUN_ACTIVE Checks whether WIP active plants are included in costing run.
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CLOSE_CREATE WIP Posting: Time CREATE with "Save Results" .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CLOSE_MATERIAL WIP Posting: Time "Edit Individual Object" .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CLOSE_POST WIP Posting: Time POST with "Save results" .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CLOSE_PREREAD WIP Posting: Time "Data Selection" .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CLOSE_RUN_ACTIVITIES WIP Posting: Selection and Event Structure for Activities .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_ACTUAL_QUAN_CALC WIP Quantity Determination (Actual): Calculate Quantity .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_DEQUEUE WIP Quantity Determination: Unlock .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_DOCUMENT_SHOW Display WIP Quantity Document in WIP Determination .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_DOC_POST WIP Quantity Determination: Post Document .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_ENQUEUE WIP Quantity Determination: Lock .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_TARGET_DOC_CALL WIP Qty Determ. (Target): Read GI-Quantity -" WIP Document .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_TARGET_MD_STORE WIP Quantity Determination (Targ.): Note Order/PKOSA .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I CO_WIP_TARGET_QUAN_STORE WIP Quantity Determination (Targ.): Note WIP Quantity .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I ENRICH_BOM_WITH_WIP_OBJECTS Enrich BOM with WIP Objects (Materials/Activities) .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I FREE_WIP_LOGVIEW_BUFFER Release of Logical WIP Buffer (Default Buffer) .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_LA_BUFFER_READ WIP Buffer: Read WIP Activity Type from Buffer .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_MA_BUFFER_READ WIP Buffer: Read WIP Material from Buffer .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_MLCCS_BUFFER_READ WIp Buffer: Read CCS from WIP Object in Buffer .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_MLCD_FROM_FELDG_FILL Derive WIP Differences From Field Groups For MLCD .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_OBJ_MLCD_CREATE WIP Create MLCD Records from OBJWIP Documents .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_PREREAD WIP Buffer: Read all WIP Objects in Buffer .
IF_EX_CKML_WIP I WIP_PRICE_DET_DOCUMENT_DISPLAYDisplay WIP Price Determination Document .
IF_EX_CK_KALAMATCON2_CI I MODIFY_CI_MATCON2_USER Maintenance of Additional CI Fields .
IF_EX_CLAIM_EXERCISER I CALL_INTERFACE Call of Claim Check System .
IF_EX_CLAIM_EXERCISER I FILL_INTERFACE_STRUCTURE Preparation of Interface Structure .
IF_EX_CLEAR_DB_SAVE I ON_CHANGE After Changing Data Cleansing Case .
IF_EX_CLEAR_DB_SAVE I ON_CREATION After Creating Data Cleansing Case .
IF_EX_CLEAR_GUI_READ I CHANGE_READ_DATA Manipulation of Read DB Data .
IF_EX_CLEAR_GUI_SAVE I GUI_POST_SAVE Application-Specific Enhancements After Saving (GUI) .
IF_EX_CLEAR_GUI_SAVE I GUI_PRE_SAVE Application-Specific Enhancements Before Saving (GUI) .
IF_EX_CLIF_ACTIVATED I HANDLE_CLASS_ACTIVATED React to a Class Being Activated .
IF_EX_CLIF_ACTIVATED I HANDLE_INTERFACE_ACTIVATED React to an Interface Being Activated .
IF_EX_CLIF_CHECKED I DO_ADDITIONAL_CHECK Perform Additional Check for Class or Interface .
IF_EX_CLIF_TOGGLE_DISPEDIT I HANDLE_CLASS_TOGGLE React to Switch Between Display/Change Mode for Class .
IF_EX_CLIF_TOGGLE_DISPEDIT I HANDLE_INTERFACE_TOGGLE React to Switch Between Display/Change Mode for Interface .
IF_EX_CLNT_DELFRM_COMM I SEND_MESSAGE Sends message to MDS .
IF_EX_CL_ATTRIBUTE_UPDATE I ATTRIBUTE_UPDATE Creating and Changing Attributes .
IF_EX_CL_ATTRIBUTE_USED I ATTRIBUTE_USED Where-Used List of Attributes .
IF_EX_CL_BR_XML_FILL I FILL_XML_CUST Fill header structure & Item Table .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I CALL_RSNAST00 Call Print Program .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I CHECK_SUBSEQUENT_DOCUMENTS Allow Checking of Subsequent Documents .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I FILL_HEADER Fill Additional Header Fields .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I FILL_ITEM Fill Additional Item Fields .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I RESET_SUBRC Allow Printing of Non-Authorized NF-e .
IF_EX_CL_NFE_PRINT I SET_COMMIT Set Indicator for Commit Call .
IF_EX_CL_SD_NFTYPE I MODIFY Modify NF Type per Line Item .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_DDS I EVALUATE_SPONSORING Evaluation the student sponsoring in fee calculation .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_DDS I READ_SPONSORING Reading the student sponsoring within certain period .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_ALL Modify student as well as prgram and module information .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_DOC_CURRENCY Modify document currency .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_REG_SCINFO Modify registered program of study information .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_REG_SMINFO Modify registered module informaiton .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_SCINFO Modify program of study information .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_SMINFO Modify module information .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_PRICING I SET_STINFO Modify student information .
IF_EX_CMAC_BADI_TCMAC06D I SET_TCMAC06D Default value for TCMAC06D .
IF_EX_CMAC_DELTA_FEE I CHECK_DELTA_FEE Check delta fee and determine if it should be posted .
IF_EX_CMAC_DELTA_GENERATE I DELTA_GENERATION Generate delta for BP items .
IF_EX_CMAC_GRANTEVAL_CHECK I GRANTEVAL_CHECK Perform Checks Before Posting Grants .
IF_EX_CMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCK I LOCK Lock .
IF_EX_CMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCK I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_EX_CMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCKS I LOCK Lock .
IF_EX_CMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCKS I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_EX_CME_CHAR_EMULATION I CHECK Check Characteristic Data .
IF_EX_CME_EMULATION I CHECK Check Characteristic Data .
IF_EX_CME_VALUES I CHECK_DELETION_DESCRIPTIONS Check Run When Deleting Value Texts .
IF_EX_CME_VALUES I CHECK_DELETION_VALUES Check Run When Deleting Values .
IF_EX_CMIG_ACT_NAME I CMIG_BUILD_NODE_NAME Generate PVS Node Name from Routing .
IF_EX_CMIG_BOM_ALTPOS I SELECT_ITEM Selection: Alternative Item .
IF_EX_CMIG_BOM_CI_STKO I CONVERT Copy Customer Fields .
IF_EX_CMIG_BOM_CI_STPO I CONVERT Copy Customer Fields .
IF_EX_CMIG_BOM_NAME_HD_NOD I CREATE_NAME Name Assignment: Access Nodes for iPPE Migration BOM .
IF_EX_CMIG_BOM_NAME_ST_VAR I CREATE_NAME Name Assignment: Item for iPPE Migration of BOM .
IF_EX_CMPD_CUS_ASSIGNMENT I AFTER_VALIDATION Change Assignment - Called After Validation .
IF_EX_CMPD_CUS_ASSIGNMENT I BEFORE_VALIDATION Change Assignment - Called Before Validation .
IF_EX_CMPD_CUS_EXECUTE I CAMPAIGN_DETERMINATION Execute Campaign Determination .
IF_EX_CMS_ACR_CHECK I CHECK Check Aircraft Data .
IF_EX_CMS_ANL_CR I CALC_COLL_RIGHT Determine the Nominal value and Collateral Right for a CAG .
IF_EX_CMS_ANL_DIST_CV I DISTRIBUTE_COLL_VALUE Distribution of Collateral Value .
IF_EX_CMS_ANL_DIST_LR I DISTRIBUTE_LENDING_RANGE Distribution of Lending Range .
IF_EX_CMS_API_LIQ_IF_OBJ I GET_MLT Get Object Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_CHECK I CHECK Check Asset and its related data .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_C_CHECK I CHECK_BP Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_C_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check Asset Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_C_CHECK I CHECK_DOC Check Document Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_DIALOG I GET_DATA_FROM_SCR Get Data from Screen .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_DIALOG I GET_OBJTYP_BY_ASTTYP Get Object type by Asset type .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_DIALOG I GET_SCR_DATA Get Screen Data .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_DIALOG I MAINTAIN Maintain Object .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_DIALOG I PUT_DATA_TO_SCR Put data to Screen .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_G_CHECK I CHECK_BP Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_G_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check Asset Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_G_CHECK I CHECK_DOC Check Document Details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_NON_DIALOG I CHECK_EXISTS Check if the object exists .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_NON_DIALOG I GET_LIST Get list .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_NON_DIALOG I GET_MLT Get multiple object details .
IF_EX_CMS_AST_NON_DIALOG I GET_SNG Gets single object details .
IF_EX_CMS_BDL_CHECK I CHECK Check Bundles Data .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_AST Modifiy, Map and Distribute Assets .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_CAG Modifiy, Map and Distribute Collateral Agreements .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_LIQ Modifiy, Map and Distribute Liquidation Measures .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_LIQ_CFL Modifiy, Map and Distribute Liquidation Cash Flows .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_MOV Modifiy, Map and Distribute Movable Objects .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_RBL Modifiy, Map and Distribute Receivable .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_REO Modifiy, Map and Distribute Real Estate Objects .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_RIG Modifiy, Map and Distribute Rights .
IF_EX_CMS_BII_DEX_MAP_DIST I MOD_MAP_DIST_SEC Modifiy, Map and Distribute Securities Account .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I F4_HELP Business Partner F4 Help .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I GET Get Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I GET_ADDRESS Get Business Partner Address Details .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I INPUT Output Format to Input Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I MAINTAIN Maintain Business Partner (Create/Change/Display) .
IF_EX_CMS_BUPA I OUTPUT Input Format to Output Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB100_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB100_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_GENLNK I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_GENLNK I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_LNK_CR I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB101_LNK_CR I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB103_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB103_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB103_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB103_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB104_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB104_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB104_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB104_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB105_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB105_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB105_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB105_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB106_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB106_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB106_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB106_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB107_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB107_CREATE I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB107_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB107_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB108_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Processing of Import Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB108_GET I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Processing of Export Parameters in MAPI Format .
IF_EX_CMS_BUSISB112_CREATE I HANDLE_EXTENSIONS_BEFORE Handle customer extensions before the Mapi call .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_ADDL_COST I ADDITIONAL_COST_CALCULATE Calculation of additional costs .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_CHECK I CHECK Check Collateral Agreement and related data .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_C_CHECK I CHECK_BP Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_C_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check CAG Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_C_CHECK I CHECK_DOC Check Document Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_C_CHECK I CHECK_RULES Check CAG Rules .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_G_CHECK I CHECK_BP Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_G_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check CAG Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_G_CHECK I CHECK_DOC Check Document Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_G_CHECK I CHECK_RULES Check CAG Rules .
IF_EX_CMS_CAG_RBL_G_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check Agreement-Receivable Link Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CHG_G_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check Charge Details .
IF_EX_CMS_CLM_CHECK I CHECK Check Claims Data .
IF_EX_CMS_DEV_CHECK I CHECK Check Device Data .
IF_EX_CMS_DOC I CHECK Checks on the data of a document .
IF_EX_CMS_DOC I EXISTS_ID Check if document id exists .
IF_EX_CMS_DOC I F4_HELP Search a document .
IF_EX_CMS_DOC I GET Get Document details .
IF_EX_CMS_DOC I MAINTAIN Maintain a Document (Create, Change and Display) .
IF_EX_CMS_INS_CHECK I CHECK Check Insurance Data .
IF_EX_CMS_INV_CHECK I CHECK Check Inventory Data .
IF_EX_CMS_IR I GET_MLT Receivable Get Detail .
IF_EX_CMS_IR I GET_PRD_CLASS Get Product Class by semantic key .
IF_EX_CMS_IR_DLG_F4 I F4 Search for Receivable .
IF_EX_CMS_IR_DLG_MAINT I MAINTAIN Maintain Receivable .
IF_EX_CMS_IR_GET_LIST I GET_LIST Get List of Receivable Keys .
IF_EX_CMS_OBJ_SYS I CHECK Check Object (Validation of the Object ID) .
IF_EX_CMS_OBJ_SYS I MAINTAIN Maintain Object (Create/Change/Display) .
IF_EX_CMS_OTH_VAL_CHECK I CHECK Check Other Valuables Data .
IF_EX_CMS_PAT_CHECK I CHECK Check Patents Data .
IF_EX_CMS_RBL_G_CHECK I CHECK_BP Check Business Partner Details .
IF_EX_CMS_RBL_G_CHECK I CHECK_DETAILS Check Receivable Details .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_G_CHECK I CHECK Check Real estate Data .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR I ASSIGN Assign Land Register entries to a RE Object .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR I CHECK Check existance of Land Registry entry .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR I MAINTAIN Branch from the RE Object to the Land Register .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I CHECK_LR_DATA Called for checking the LR data .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I END_DIALOG Called while ending the dialog .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I GET_LR_REF Gets the Land Register references back .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I HANDLE_FCODE Passes the FCODE(s) to be handled .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I PASS_LR_REF Passes the Land Register references .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I REFRESH_LR_DATA Called on refresh of RE data .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_DIALOG I SAVE_LR_DATA Called on save on RE data .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_LR_ID I GET Determines the Land Register identifier .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_OBJ_SAVE_ONLN I SAVE_DATA Method to save data in external applications .
IF_EX_CMS_RE_VAL_ONLN I VALUATE Performs valuation of real estate based on Master data .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_BANK_ID I CHECK_EXIST Check existence of a bank id .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_BANK_ID I F4_HELP F4 help to search for a bank id .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_BANK_ID I GET_DETAIL Get name and address details of bank .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_GET_ADD_DATA I CHECK_EXIST Check existence of isin in external system .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_GET_ADD_DATA I F4HELP F4 help for ISIN .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_GET_ADD_DATA I GET Get ISIN details from external class master data system .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_GET_ADD_DATA I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Put external class master data in securities subscreen .
IF_EX_CMS_SEC_VAL_ONLN I VALUATE Performs securities positions valuation for a securities acc.
IF_EX_CMS_SHP_CHECK I CHECK Check Ships Data .
IF_EX_CMS_VEH_CHECK I CHECK Check Vehicles Data .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_ACTION_CANCEL Access when resetting a confirmed activity .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_ACTION_COMPLETE Access after successful completion of an activity .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_ACTION_EXECUTE Access to execute an application-specific activity .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_ACTION_PREPARE Access to confirm an activity with a status change .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_ACTION_SELECT Access for selection of activities that can be carried out .
IF_EX_CMX_XSR_SRV_XSV I ON_NODE_CREATE Access After Creation of a Node .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_BATCH_JOBS I CONFIGBASELINES_CREATED Baselines created .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_BATCH_JOBS I CONFIGBASELINES_EXPLODED Baselines exploded .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_BATCH_JOBS I CONFIGBASELINES_FIXED Baselines fixed .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_BATCH_JOBS I JOB_PARAMETERS Infos on job .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_CONTROLLER I GET_INSTANCE Instance of Alternative Controller Class .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_CUST_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Customer-Specific Authorization Check .
IF_EX_CM_BADI_SET_SCREEN I SET_SCREEN_FOR_CREATE_BL Default Field Values for Creation of Baseline (in FG CMPOP2).
IF_EX_CM_BADI_VERSION I GET_ACTIVE_VERSION Active Software Version .
IF_EX_CM_QUOTATION_INSERT I QUOTATION_INSERT Quotation Value Handling for Updating .
IF_EX_CNAR_WBS_ELEMENT I ALLOW_WBS_ELEMENT_DELETION Allow Deletion of WBS Elements .
IF_EX_CND_MAP_CONV_FIELD I CONVERSION Conversion of Field Contents .
IF_EX_CNEVWB_CONFIRMATION I UPDATE_CONFIRMATION Update Confirmation Values in Progress Analysis Workbench .
IF_EX_CNEV_01_METHODS I CHANGE_INDIVIDUAL Change Progress Method for Object .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I ADD_COMPONENT_CHECK_011 Check a Newly Assigned Component .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I CHANGE_COMPONENT_CHECK_005 User Exit for Checking Changes to Components in Order .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I CHANGE_COMPONENT_CHECK_012 Check a changed component .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I CHECK_SOS_ACTIVE_015 Source Determination in Network .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I PLANT_LGORT_SET_007 Customer Enh.: Plant, Storage Loc. Determination for Comp. .
IF_EX_CNIF_MAT_UPDATE I REMOVE_COMPONENT_CHECK_013 Check Whether Component can be Deleted .
IF_EX_CNS_CP_DELETE I SELECT_CP4_DELETION Delete Change Pointer from List of Deletion Candidates .
IF_EX_CNTR_DFLT_ACL I SET_CNTR_DFLT Sets default counter update values .
IF_EX_CNTR_DFLT_ACL I SET_MEAS_DOCS Sets values of measurement documents .
IF_EX_CNTR_UPD_ACL I SET_CNTR_UPD Set the counter updates .
IF_EX_CNVCDMC_EXIT_CUST I EXCLUDE_CUSTOMER_OBJECTS Method to exclude customer objects. .
IF_EX_CNVCDOP_EXIT_CUST I EXCLUDE_CUSTOMER_OBJECTS Method to exclude customer objects. .
IF_EX_CNVTDMS_GET_CONTENT I GET_FILEDCONTENTS Enhance logic to populate the field values .
IF_EX_CNVTDMS_ORGUNIT_SEL I ORGUNITS_SELEC Get values for productive orgunits .
IF_EX_CNVTDMS_SEL_GROUP_AD I SEL_GROUP_DETAILS Details for selection group .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_ADD_DATA I ALLOCATE_DOCS_TO_ITEM Determination of Documents for Item .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_ADD_DATA I ALLOCATE_LTXT_TO_ITEM Determining Long Texts for an Item .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I DELETE_ITEM_MAPPING Delete Item Mapping .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I MAP_HEADER Map Header .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I MAP_ITEM Map Item .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I READ_ITEM_KEYS Read Item Key for a BOM .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I WRITE_HEADER_MAPPING Update Header Mapping .
IF_EX_CNV_CTRL_MAPPING I WRITE_ITEM_MAPPING Update Item Mapping .
IF_EX_COCF_ORDCNF I DETERMINE_SHIFT Determine Current and Possible Shifts .
IF_EX_COCF_ORDCNF I GET_CU_QUANT_ID Determine Customizing ID for Quantity/Error Combinations .
IF_EX_COCF_WORKLIST I ADDITIONAL_PROBL_CHECKS Execute Additional Checks .
IF_EX_COCF_WORKLIST I FILL_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Fill Additional Fields in Worklist .
IF_EX_COCF_WORKLIST I GET_DETAIL_COMPONENT Provide Additional Web Dynpro Component .
IF_EX_COCM2 I ACTIONS_DECIDE Decision on Action in Batch Processing .
IF_EX_COCM2 I ACTIONS_PROVIDE Transfer of Table Changes (AFFW, IMSEG and EMSEG) .
IF_EX_COELEM_AND_GLACCOUNT I CHECK_COELEM_GLACCT_ALLOWED Enable Secondary Cost Element + G/L Account .
IF_EX_COINT_CUS_TRFERP I COINT_TP_COSTEL_GET Controlling Integration: Determine Reposting Cost Element .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I BAL_READ_CALLBACK Application Log: Callback for Display .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I BUILD_ALV_TABLE Structure of ALV Table .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I DELETE_LINES_FROM_ALV Deletes Lines from the ALV Table .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I GIVE_CONSTANTS Delivers the Business Scenario Constants .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I GIVE_OBJNR_FOR_EXTID CO Object Number EXT_OBJECT_ID, if Available .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I MODIFY_BAL_DISP_PROF Change Display Profile for Application Log .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I MODIFY_COERR_MESSAGE_INPUT Change Import Parameter COERR_MESSAGE* .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I MODIFY_FILTER_MSG_EXTNR_READ Postprocess Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I SEARCHHELP_APPL_EXIT Search Help Exit Application .
IF_EX_COINT_ERR I SHOW_OBJECTS_IN_ALV Display Worklist in ALV Grid .
IF_EX_COL_MODULE_EXTENSION I AFTER_QUERY_EXECUTE After Executing a Query .
IF_EX_COL_MODULE_EXTENSION I BEFORE_QUERY_EXECUTE Before Executing a Query .
IF_EX_COMM_SET_ATTR_CHECK I CHECK_ATTRIBUTES Checks the List of Attributes .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_ALERT Completes Alert Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_FAX Completes Fax Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_MAIL Completes Mail Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_METHOD Completes BADI Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_PRINT Completes Print Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_SEND Completes Transmission Processing .
IF_EX_COMPLETE_PROC_PPF I COMPLETE_WORKFLOW Completes Workflow Processing .
IF_EX_COM_BSP_WORKFLOW I READ_WORKITEMS_FOR_OBJECT Read Object Workflows .
IF_EX_COM_BW_TEXT_EXT I TEXT_EXT_DETAILS_SET Set Properties of a Text DataSource .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I COM_CFG_CHECK_CONF_AND_SRV Calls Module COM_CFG_CHECK_CONF_AND_SRV .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I COM_PME_SCE_FIND_KBS Calls Module COM_PME_SCE_FIND_KBS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I COM_PME_SCE_GET_CLASS_CSTICS Calls Module COM_PME_SCE_GET_CLASS_CSTICS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I COM_SCE_CONFIG_RESULT Calls Module COM_SCE_CONFIG_RESULT .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I COM_SCE_HAS_DATA Calls Module COM_SCE_HAS_DATA .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_CREATE_CONFIG Calls Module IPC_CREATE_CONFIG .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_GET_CONFIG_ITEM_INFO Calls Module IPC_GET_CONFIG_ITEM_INFO .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_GET_KNOWLEDGEBASE Calls Module IPC_GET_KNOWLEDGEBASE .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_INIT_CONFIG Calls Module IPC_INIT_CONFIG .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_SET_PROPERTY Calls Module IPC_SET_PROPERTY .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_IPC_MODULES I IPC_SHOW_CONFIG Calls Module IPC_SHOW_CONFIG .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I COM_PME_DB_GET_CLASS_INFO Reads All Data of a PME Class .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I COM_PME_KB_DEQUEUE Calls PME Function Module COM_PME_KB_DEQUEUE .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I COM_PME_KB_DEQUEUE_BUNDLE Calls PME Function Module COM_PME_KB_DEQUEUE_BUNDLE .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I COM_PME_KB_ENQUEUE Calls PME Function Module COM_PME_KB_ENQUEUE .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I COM_SCE_GET_CLASS_INFO Gets Class Info from IPC/SCE Runtime (Performance) .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I CRM_SCE_DB_KB_DELETE Calls Module CRM_SCE_DB_KB_DELETE .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I KB_GET_CHANGED_KBS Get Changed kbs of a PME Session .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_ADD_CSTIC Calls PME RFC PME_ADD_CSTIC .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_CHECK_VALUES Calls PME RFC PME_CHECK_VALUES .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_CLOSE_SESSION Closes a PME Session .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_CREATE_KB Calls PME RFC PME_CREATE_KB .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_CREATE_OO_CLASS Calls PME RFC PME_CREATE_OO_CLASS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_DELETE_CLASS Calls PME RFC PME_DELETE_CLASS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_DELETE_KB Calls PME RFC PME_DELETE_KB .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_GET_CLASS_CSTICS Calls PME RFC PME_GET_CLASS_CSTICS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_GET_CLASS_INFO Calls PME RFC PME_GET_CLASS_INFO .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_GET_DOMAIN Calls PME RFC PME_GET_DOMAIN .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_GET_VALUES Calls PME RFC PME_GET_VALUES .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_GET_XREF Calls PME RFC PME_GET_XREF .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_HAS_XREF Calls PME RFC PME_HAS_XREF .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_OPEN_OO_CLASS Calls PME RFC PME_OPEN_OO_CLASS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_OPEN_SESSION Opens a PME Session .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_REMOVE_CLASS_PARENT Calls PME RFC PME_REMOVE_CLASS_PARENT .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_RESTRICT_DOMAIN Calls PME RFC PME_RESTRICT_DOMAIN .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_SAVE_SESSION Saves a PME Session .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_SET_CLASS_DESCRIPTIONS Calls PME RFC PME_SET_CLASS_DESCRIPTIONS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_SET_CLASS_PARENT Calls PME RFC PME_SET_CLASS_PARENT .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_SET_CSTIC_DESCRIPTIONS Calls PME RFC PME_SET_CSTIC_DESCRIPTIONS .
IF_EX_COM_CALL_PME_MODULES I PME_SET_VALUES Calls PME RFC PME_SET_VALUES .
IF_EX_COM_CATEGORY_FRGTYPE I GET_CLIENT_ORG_TYPES Returns All Permitted Organizational Types in Clients .
IF_EX_COM_CAT_DEL_CHECK I CATEGORY_DELETION_CHECK Check Whether Category Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_COM_CAT_ID_HANDLING I CONVERT_KEY_CCTID_TO_INT Conversion: CCT Identifier --" Category GUID .
IF_EX_COM_CAT_ID_HANDLING I CONVERT_KEY_INT_TO_CCTID Conversion: Category GUID --" CCT Identifier .
IF_EX_COM_CAT_ID_HANDLING I GET_CATEGORY_ID Copy Category GUID and Category ID of Sending System .
IF_EX_COM_CFG_IDCONV I GET_EXTERNAL_ID convert internal id to external representation .
IF_EX_COM_CFG_IDCONV I GET_INTERNAL_ID convert external id to internal representation .
IF_EX_COM_CFG_PVAR I GET_ALL_VARIANTS get product variants of kmat .
IF_EX_COM_CFG_PVAR I GET_VARIANT get configuration of product variant .
IF_EX_COM_DOC_COMMPR01 I CHECK_DOC_CHANGED Method for Checking the Attribute SET_DOC_CHANGED .
IF_EX_COM_DOC_COMMPR01 I SET_DOC_CHANGED Method for Setting the Attribute SET_DOC_CHANGED .
IF_EX_COM_HIERARCHY_DELETE I DELETE_HIERARCHY Hierarchy Being Deleted .
IF_EX_COM_HIER_ID_HANDLING I CONVERT_KEY_CCTID_TO_INT Conversion: CCT Identifier --" Hierarchy GUID .
IF_EX_COM_HIER_ID_HANDLING I CONVERT_KEY_INT_TO_CCTID Conversion: Hierarchy GUID --" CCT Identifier .
IF_EX_COM_HIER_ID_HANDLING I GET_HIERARCHY_ID Copy Hierarchy GUID and Hierarchy ID of Sending System .
IF_EX_COM_IL_CHECK I CHECK Check for Validity of a Relationship .
IF_EX_COM_IL_CHECK_OBJTYPE I CHECK_ILTYPE_ALLOWED Check of IL Type Can Be Maintained for Source Object Type .
IF_EX_COM_IL_GEN I DEFINE_RELTYPE_OBJECTS Object Definition/Table Entries for a Relationship Type .
IF_EX_COM_IL_GEN_PCUI I DEFINE_PCUI_LAYOUT Define PC-UI Layout for a Relationship Type .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_CHECK I CHECK_ASSIGNED_SETTYPES Checks for Assigned Set Types and Views .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I CHANGE_CHECK Check on data changes .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I FREE Free .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I INIT Iinitialise .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I MAINTAIN Maintain .
IF_EX_COM_PRCAT_UI I SAVE Save .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_ID_HANDLING I GET_PRODUCT_ID Copy Product GUID and Product ID of Sending System .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_ID_HANDLING I KEY_CONVERSION_ALTID_TO_CCTID Conversion: Alternative IDs --" XI Product-ID .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_ID_HANDLING I KEY_CONVERSION_CCTID_TO_INT Conversion: XI Product-ID --" Product GUID .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_KEYTYPE I CONVERT_KEY_CCTID_TO_INT Conversion Differentiation Key: CCT ID --" Internal .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_KEYTYPE I CONVERT_KEY_INT_TO_CCTID Conversion Differentiation Key: Internal --" CCT ID .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_MASS_DECOUPL I GET_NAVIGATION_INFO Gets URL and JavaScript Code for Navigation .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_MASS_DECOUPL I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Delivers Object Type for MASSTAB Entry .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_MASS_DEC_ECM I CHECK_ECM_IS_SUITABLE Checking Change Number .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_MASS_DEC_ECM I GET_LAST_ECM_FOR_PRODUCT Get the Change Number Last Used to Change the Object .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_MASS_DEC_ECM I UNLOCK_ECMS Unlock All Locked Change Numbers .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_POST_FILTER I FILTER_PRODUCT_DATA Filter Product Data Before Updating .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_TEXTKEY I CONVERT_TEXTKEY_INT_TO_PROXY Conversion Long Text Key: Internal --" Proxy Structure .
IF_EX_COM_PRD_TEXTKEY I CONVERT_TEXTKEY_PROXY_TO_INT Conversion Long Text Key: Proxy Structure --" Internal .
IF_EX_COM_PRID_CONVERSION I MATNR18_MATNR40_CONVERT Conversion 18 Digit "-" 40 Digit Material Number .
IF_EX_COM_PRID_CONVERSION I PR_UPLOAD_MATNR_CONVERT Conversion Product GUID "-" Material Number (MARA-MATNR) .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I INSERT_ENTRIES New Entries .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I READ_MULTI Mass Read .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I READ_MULTI_HISTORY Mass Read of History Records .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I READ_SINGLE Read Single .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I READ_SINGLE_HISTORY Read Single History Record .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ADD_DATA I UPDATE_ENTRIES Changed Entries .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I CST_CHECK_MULTIGROUP Customer Set Types: Control Tabstrips .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I CST_CHECK_TABSTRIP Customer Set Types: Control Tabstrips .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I CST_F4_HELP_GENERIC F4 Help for Customer-Defined Set Types (Generated) .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I CST_MAC_CHANGE Changing MAC for the Blueprint Generation Set Types .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I DET_TAX_STATE Tax Status .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_DISTR_CHAN F4 Help for Distribution Channel .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_DURATION_UOM F4 Help for Unit of Measure for Work Duration .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_FIELDS General F4 Help for Fields .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_MAINTAINED_UOMS F4 Help for Maintained Units of Meaurement .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_RESIDVL F4 Help for Financing-Dependent Attributes .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_SALES_ORG F4 Help for Sales Organization .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_SALES_STATUS F4 Help for Sales Status .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I FILL_F4_TAXES F4 Help for Taxes .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I MAP_SEARCH_CRITERIA Find Search Criteria .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP I REMOVE_TAX Event Execution .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I CHECK_MULTI_OBJECTS_ACE Determine Activities for Multiple Objects in ACE .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I CHECK_SINGLE_OBJECT_ACE Determine Activities of an Object in Access Control Engine .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I GET_AUTHORIZATION_MODE Determine Authorization Mode .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I PREPARE_SEARCHSCENARIO Integration of Search Scenario .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I SET_NEW_OBJECTS_ACE Register New Objects in Access Control Engine .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_ACE I SET_UPDATE_OBJECTS_ACE Register Changed Objects in Access Control Engine .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT I CHECK_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Read Active Tabs .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I CHECK_ACTIVE_MULTIGROUP Check Active Multi-Groups .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I CHECK_ACTIVE_TOOLBAR Read Active Pushbuttons .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I CREATE_PRODUCT Create Product .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I FILL_DDLB Fill Dropdown List Box .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I FILL_EVENTGROUP Fill Event Group .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I GET_MESSAGES Read Error Messages .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I GET_MY_FAVORITES Determine Favorites .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I MAP_SEARCH_CRITERIA Find Search Criteria .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I MODIFY_PRODUCT Modify Product .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I PROCESS_EVENT Event Execution .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I QUERY_PRODUCT Find Product .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I READ_FOCUS_OBJECT Read Data (with Focus Object) .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_EXT_FLT I READ_PRODUCT Read Product .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_F4 I FILL_F4_FIELDS Befüllen von F4-Hilfe für SAP-eigene Settypenfelder .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_BSP_NAVI I CHANGE_LINK_PARAMETERS Overwrite Link Parameter .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_COPY I CHANGE_DETAILS Change of Detail Data .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_COPY I CHANGE_DST_BASE_CAT Change of Target Product Base Category .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_COPY I CHANGE_SETTYPES Change Set Types to Be Copied .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_COPY I COPY Copy Data When Creating Product Buffer .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_COPY I COPY_LATE Copy Data After Creating Product Buffer (Documents) .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_DELETE I DELETE_EXTRA_DATA Delete Additional Data (Not Created in Set Types) .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I CHECK_ECM Check Change Number .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I CONSISTENCY_CHECK Check Consistency of Transferred Data .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I DEACTIVATE_CHECK Check if Flag NO_ECM Can Be Reset .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I DETERMINE_LAST_ECM Determine Last Change Request .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I REGISTER_PRODUCT_IN_ECM Register Product in Change Number .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_ECM I REPLICATE_LINKS_ON_NEW_ECM Replicate Links for New Change Number .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_LOGSYS I GET_MESSAGE_TYPE Message Type (In case set is not maintained in orignal sys.).
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_PRWB I DEACTIVATE_COMMPR01 Leave Product Workbench .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_RECATEG I DELETE_CHECK Checks if Data Is to Be Deleted .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_RECATEG I DELETE_OTHER_DATA Deletion of Additional Data During Recategorization .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_RECATEG I DELETE_OTHER_DATA_API Deletion of Additional Data from API Structure .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_TAX_BSP I DET_TAX_STATE Tax Status .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_TAX_BSP I FILL_F4_TAXES F4 Help for Taxes .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_TAX_BSP I REMOVE_TAX Delete Tax Data Record .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_UI_MENU I FCODE_ENV Menu Extension Under "Environment" .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_UI_MENU I FCODE_ENV2 Menu Extension Under "Environment" .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_UI_MENU I FCODE_GOTO Menu Extension Under "Goto" .
IF_EX_COM_PRODUCT_UI_MENU I FCODE_GOTO_DISABLED Menu Extension Under "Goto" .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_ALL I FILL_LOCAL_BUFFER Fill Maintenance Buffer for Active / Inactive Save .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_ALL I REFRESH_ALL Reset All Buffers .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_ALL I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_API I CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT_STRUCTURE Convert from External to Internal Format .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_API I MAINTAIN_PRODUCT_MULTIPLE Maintain Data for Several Products .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_UI I CHANGE_CHECK Checks for Changed Data .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_UI I PROCESS_AFTER_SAVE After Saving a Product .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_UI I REFRESH_ALL Release Buffer .
IF_EX_COM_PROD_MNT_UPD I CHANGE_AFTER_UPDATE Products Were Created or Changed .
IF_EX_COM_RELATION_BSP I CHECK_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Checks Current Tabs of the Relationships .
IF_EX_COM_RELATION_BSP I CHECK_ACTIVE_TOOLBAR Checks Current Toolbar Group of the Relationships .
IF_EX_COM_RELATION_BSP I READ_WHERE_USED Reads Relationship Type Data .
IF_EX_COM_SETTYPE_WZ_SUB I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Read from Subscreen .
IF_EX_COM_SETTYPE_WZ_SUB I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transfer to Subscreen .
IF_EX_COM_SET_MV_ATTR I CHECK_PRODUCT_TYPES Check product types .
IF_EX_CONF_POST_EXT I CHECK Check for External Posting .
IF_EX_CONTAINER_PPF I MODIFY_CONTAINER Modify Condition and Parameter Container .
IF_EX_CONTEXT_DELETE_PPF I DELETE_ALLOWED Deletion Allowed? .
IF_EX_CONTEXT_EXTEND_PPF I EXTEND_CONTEXT Extend Context .
IF_EX_CONVERTER_MAIN01 I CHECKIN_AFTER_CHECKIN Delete Files After Check-In .
IF_EX_CONVERTER_MAIN01 I CHECKIN_BEFORE_CHECKIN Change Descript., Storage Cat., etc of Files Before Check-In.
IF_EX_CONVERTER_MAIN01 I CHECKIN_CHANGE_WS_APPLICATION Change WA of Files Before Check-In .
IF_EX_CONVERT_TO_DUVA I CONVERT Convert the report to custom format. .
IF_EX_CONVERT_TO_DUVA I DOWNLOAD Convert into the downloadable format and download. .
IF_EX_CONVERT_TO_DUVA I GENERATE_HEADER Generate the header. .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I CHECK_DEST Check RFC destination .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I CHECK_FILE_EXIST Check Existence of Checked Out Files .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I CONNECTION_CLOSE Close Open RFC Connections .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I CONVERT Start Conversion .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I CREATE_DIRECTORY Create Directory in (Virtual) File System .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I DELETE_DIRECTORY Delete Directory in (Virtual) File System .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I DOC_CHECKIN Check-In Result Originals .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I DOC_CHECKOUT Check-Out Result Originals .
IF_EX_CONV_INTERNAL I GET_DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR Return Directory Separator for (Virtual) File System .
IF_EX_CONV_OWN_WF_SLAVE I SET_TASK Set Slave Workflow .
IF_EX_CONV_OWN_WF_SLAVE I UPDATE_CONV_FILE Update or Delete Entry in CONV_FILE .
IF_EX_CONV_SWITCH_TO_WF I SET_FLAG_WF Activate Workflow .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_ACCSYS_REPL I REPLACE_ACCSYSTEM_GET Replace Accounting System by Another Entity .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_ACCSYS_REPL I REPLACE_ACCSYSTEM_SET Replace Accounting System by Another Entity .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I ACTUAL_DISTR Actual Cost Distribution with Joint Production .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I ACTUAL_REPORTING_DISTR Cost Distribution with Joint Production for Reporting .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I FIXED_PRICE_COPROD_VALUATION Cost Distribution for Fixed-Price Joint Products .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I GET_IMPLEMENTED Check Whether BADi Method Is Implemented .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I MAT_COSTING_DISTR Cost Distribution with Joint Production for Material Costing.
IF_EX_CON_FIN_COPROD_DISTR I ORD_COSTING_DISTR Cost Distribution with Joint Production for Precosting .
IF_EX_CON_FIN_MANUF_ORDER I VALCLASS_DETERMINE Derivation of Valuation Class for WIP Account .
IF_EX_COOCC_MILL_VP I MILL_CHECK_CONFIG_MTS Check configurable Make-to-Stock .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKB_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_FILL Create COELEM IDoc - Insert Customer Fields .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKB_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_UPDATE Post COELEM IDoc - Customer Fields .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKB_IDOC I IDOC_TYPE_GET Create COELEM IDoc - Request Customer IDoc Type .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKS_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_FILL Create COSMAS-IDoc - Insert Customer Fields .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKS_IDOC I CUSTOMER_FIELDS_UPDATE Post COSMAS Idoc - Customer Fields .
IF_EX_COOM_CI_CSKS_IDOC I IDOC_TYPE_GET Create COSMAS IDoc - Check Customer Enhancement IDOC Type .
IF_EX_COOM_RESP_USER I CONVERT_RESP_USER_BP Determines User ID of Person Responsible for Business Proc. .
IF_EX_COOM_RESP_USER I CONVERT_RESP_USER_CC Determines User ID of Person Responsible for Cost Center .
IF_EX_COOM_RESP_USER I CONVERT_RESP_USER_IO Determines User ID of Person Responsible for Internal Order .
IF_EX_COOM_RESP_USER I CONVERT_RESP_USER_PC Determines User ID of Person Responsible for Profit Center .
IF_EX_COPCMESSAGECONTROL I MODIFY_CONTROLLABLE_MESSAGE Modify User-Definable Message .
IF_EX_COPC_CKMCSO I CK_MCSO_SELECTION Selection of Items To Be Costed .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I DELETE Delete Data for Run .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I DISPLAY_LOG Display Log .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I MAP_STEP_TO_REPORT Determine Report Name for Step .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I MODIFY_GRID Modify Output List .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I PRINT_LOG Print Log .
IF_EX_COSTINGRUN_CK I PROCESS_PREPARE Selection Variant Administration .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I CREATE_COMPOSITE_FROM_DB Called to Instantiate Item Category 0 .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I CREATE_FROM_DB To Instantiate Unknown Item Categories .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I ON_BEGIN_OF_CALCULATE Called Before Price Calculation .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I ON_CREATE_FROM_DB Called During Instantiation of Database .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I ON_DELETE Costing Item Is Deleted .
IF_EX_COSTING_COMPONENT I ON_END_OF_CALCULATE Called After Valuation .
IF_EX_COST_APPORTION_CK I COST_SPLIT_RULE_ACTIVATE Activate Maintenance for Distribution Rules .
IF_EX_COST_APPORTION_CK I COST_SPLIT_RULE_CHECK Check Selected Distribution Rule .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_AFTER_ITEMIZATION_CALCULATEItemization has been revaluated .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_COMMIT_ALL Cost estimates are posted .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_CONVERT_TO_KEKO CONTROL DATA and HEADER Transferred to KEKO .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_DELETE Cost estimate is deleted .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_MASSDATA_PREREAD Array Fetch .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_READ_FROM_DB Cost estimate is read from the database .
IF_EX_COST_ESTIMATE I ON_SAVE_TEMPORARILY Cost estimate is saved temporarily .
IF_EX_CO_ALE_INBOUND_EVENT I CODCMT Inbound CODCMT IDoc Type .
IF_EX_CO_DOCUMENT_INFO I SHOW_DOCUMENTS Delivers CO Documents in Tables .
IF_EX_CO_LIMIT_COAREA I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Before Saving V_TKA01_GD .
IF_EX_CO_ML_WIP I QUANTITY_CALC_ACTUAL Quantity Determination in WIP at Actual Costs Scenario .
IF_EX_CO_ML_WIP I QUANTITY_CALC_TARGET Quantity Determination in WIP at Target Costs Scenario .
IF_EX_CO_OM_PLAN_ITEM_CHECK I CHECK_VALUES Check of Values .
IF_EX_CO_OM_VBTYP_CHECK_FOR_CO I CHECK_VBTYP Check VBTYP in lines of ACCIT .
IF_EX_CO_PROD_COSTING_CK I FIXPRICE_COPROD_VALUATION Valuation for Fixed-Price Co-Product .
IF_EX_CO_PROD_COSTING_CK I MATERIAL_COSTING Mat.Costing: Determine Factor (Equiv. No.) for Co-Products .
IF_EX_CO_PROD_COSTING_CK I MATERIAL_TARGET_COSTING Target Cost Calc. for a Material Cost Estimate with Co-Prod..
IF_EX_CO_PROD_COSTING_CK I ORDER_COSTING Prel. Order CostEst: Value Determination for the Co-Products.
IF_EX_CO_PROD_COSTING_CK I ORDER_TARGET_COSTING Target Cost Determ. for an Order Cost Estimate with Co-Prod..
IF_EX_CO_SRULE_CDOC I GET_FLG_CDOC Get Change Document Indicator .
IF_EX_CO_SRULE_CHECK I DISTRIBUTION_RULE_CHECK Verify Distribution Rule .
IF_EX_CO_VERSION_CUSTOM I CHECK_VERSION_CREATE_OR_CHANGEAdditional Version Checks When Creating/Changing .
IF_EX_CO_VERSION_CUSTOM I CHECK_VERSION_DELETE Additional Version Checks When Deleting .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I BUILD_FIELDCATALOG FORM BUILD_FIELDCATALOG .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I CHANGE Change Object .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I CHANGE_REMOTE_ENTRY Exit for Remote Browsing (Key Change) .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I CONVERT_PRODUCT_STRUCTURE FORM CONVERT_PRODUCT_STRUCTURE .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I CREATE_PRODUCT_TREE_CONTROL FORM CREATE_PRODUCT_TREE_CONTROL .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I DATE_FROM_ECN Set Date from Change Number .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I DISPLAY Display Object .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I EXPAND_DOCUMENT_OBJECT_LINK Object Link Expanded .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I EXPAND_TREE_STRUCTURE_BRANCH FORM EXPAND_TREE_STRUCTURE_BRANCH .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I EXPAND_TREE_STRUCTURE_BRA_INITFORM EXPAND_TREE_STRUCTURE_BRANCH; Initialization .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_ADDITIONAL_FILTER Filter: Define Additional Filter Categories .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_DOCUMENT_OBJECT_LINKS Get Additional Object Links to Document .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_FILTER_TOP_OBJECTS Insert New Objects to Filter .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_OBJECT_FACTORY Get Factory Object for Object Type .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_OBJECT_FILTER_RESTRICTION Filter: Insert Restrictions on Object Level .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_OBJECT_RELATIONS Filter: Insert Object-Specific Entries .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_RELATION Add (Additional) Dependency .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I GET_RELATIONS Add (Additional) Dependencies .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I HANDLE_CTMENU_FUNC Event Handler: Edit Popup Menu Entry .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I HANDLE_NODE_CTMENU_AT_END Event Handler: Add Entries to End of Popup Menu .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I HANDLE_NODE_CTMENU_AT_START Event Handler: Add Entries to Start of Popup Menu .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I HANDLE_NODE_DBLCLICK Event Handler: Double Click Event .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I INHERIT_ICON_CANCEL_SPECIAL Filter: Deactivate Object Relationships .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I INVOKE_GLOBAL_BROWSER FORM INVOKE_GLOBAL_BROWSER .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I INVOKE_LOCAL_BROWSER FORM INVOKE_LOCAL_BROWSER .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I ON_DRAG Drag&Drop-Enabling .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I ON_DROP Drag&Drop-Enabling .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I REFRESH_BROWSER FORM REFRESH_BROWSER .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I REFRESH_BROWSER_INIT FORM REFRESH_BROWSER; Initialization .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I REFRESH_BROWSER_TOPLEVELOBJ FORM REFRESH_BROWSER for Top Level Objects .
IF_EX_CPDMBROWSEREXTENSION I SET_FILTER_FORM Filter: Set Form Routine for Individual Filters .
IF_EX_CPE_FILL_TEXT_TABLES I FILL_TEXT_TABLES Fill CPE Customizing Text Tables .
IF_EX_CPFX_SCREEN_SET I INPUT_DISABLED Sets Screen Entry to Not Ready for Input .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHANGED Check if Changes Were Made .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHANGED_FOR_GROUP Check if Changes Were Made at Current X Steps .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGDOC_FILTER Filter Change Documents .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGDOC_OBJID_GET Determine Object IDs for Change Documents of X Steps .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGDOC_OBJTXT_GET Determine Text for Object ID of Change Documents .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGDOC_PROG_GET Determine Formatting Routine for Change Documents .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_DET Determine Change Numbers .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_DET_ROUTINGS Specify Task Lists for Change Number .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_SHIFT Change Number Shift .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_SHIFT_CHECK Check if Change Number May Be Shifted .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_USAGE Check if Change Number Was Used .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CHGNO_WRITE Determine Change Numbers .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CONCATENATE Concatenate Execution Steps .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Check .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I COPY Copy .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I COPY_COMPLETE Copy from Exection Step Trees: Table-Supp. Context Switch .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I EDIT Edit Execution Steps (Without Editor) .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I EDITOR Call Up Editor for Execution Step Maintenance .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I EDIT_PRES Determine Processing Type (PI or execution steps) .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I EXIST Determine Existence of PI Set/Execution Step for Header .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I EXIST_DATA Determine PI Set/X Step Existence for Header Incl. Validity .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I FINALIZE PI Set/Execution Step Completion .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I HDR_CONTEXT_CHANGE Change Operation Context in PI Set/Execution Step .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I HISTORY_GET Read History .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I HISTORY_PRINT Output History .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I HISTORY_PRINT_OBJ History Output: Object Text .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I INITIALIZE Initialize PI Sets/Execution Steps .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I MIGRATION XStep Migration .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I OPR_CONTEXT_CHANGE Change Operation Context in PI Set/Execution Step .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I PFL_CONTEXT_CHANGE Change Operation Context in PI Set/Execution Step .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I PLAN_EXTERNAL_NUMBERING_SET Change Operation Context in PI Set/Execution Step .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I PROFILE_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Determine Consistency of Profile for Task List Group .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I PROFILE_EDIT_PRES Determine Processing Type from Profile (PI, PS/ES) .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I PS_GUID_GET Determine GUID of PI Set/Execution Step Tree .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I REFRESH Remove PI Sets/X Steps Loaded from Memory (Without Saving!) .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I REG_SAVE Update Registration .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I REORG_ARCHIVE Archive in Reorganization .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I REORG_DELETE Delete in Reorganization .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I REPORT_PRINT Display PI Sets/Execution Steps in Print Report .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I SIMULATE Simulation .
IF_EX_CPS_EXECUTION_D I SYNTAX_CHECK Syntax Check .
IF_EX_CP_DIG_SIGNATURE I EXECUTE_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE Creation of a Digital Signature .
IF_EX_CP_DIG_SIGNATURE I PREPARE_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE Preparation of the Digital Signature .
IF_EX_CRHRORG I CHECK_DEASSIGN_HRORG Action Before Removing HR Assignment .
IF_EX_CRHRORG I CHECK_DELETE_WORKCENTER Action Before Deleting a Work Center .
IF_EX_CRHRORG I CHECK_SET_DELFLAG Action When Setting the Deletion Indicator .
IF_EX_CRM_ACC_SEARCH I CHECK_OBJECTS Check and Filter Objects .
IF_EX_CRM_ACC_SEARCH I DISABLE_IMPLICIT_SEARCH Disable Implicit Search when Entering New .
IF_EX_CRM_ACC_SEARCH I QUERY Search Exit for Customer Include .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I CHANGE_ACRMETHOD Change Accrual Method .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I CHANGE_ACRTYPE Change Accrual Type .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I CHANGE_DATA_BEA Change Billed Data .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I CHANGE_DATA_CRM Change CRM Data Created in Accrual Engine .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I SAVE_ON_COMMIT Save Data on Commit Work .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_INBOUND_BADI I SET_COMP Change Component .
IF_EX_CRM_ACE_POSTING_BADI I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA Change Item Data .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I AFTER_ROLLBACK_DELETE Deletion Failed .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I CHECK_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Read Active Tab Pages .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I CHECK_ACTIVE_TOOLBAR Read Active Pushbuttons .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I CHECK_BEFORE_DELETE Check if Deletion is Allowed .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I DELETE Delete Data .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I FILL_DROPDOWN_LISTBOX Read Dropdown Listbox Values .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I GET_MY_FAVORITES Read Favorites .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I PROCESS_EVENT Execute Event .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I READ Read Data .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_ACCMOD I READ_FOCUS_OBJECT Read Data (with Focus Object) .
IF_EX_CRM_BSP_BAB I AFTER_SAVE Applications Can React to Saving in BAB .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_BPSEARCH I CHANGE_REL_APPLICATIONS modify relevant applications .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_BPSEARCH I CLEAR clear .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_BPSEARCH I GET_OKCODES get supported OK-codes .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_BPSEARCH I HANDLE_OKCODE handle OK-code .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_BPSEARCH I INITIALIZE initialization .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_REM_INFO I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Change fieldcatalog .
IF_EX_CRM_CIC_ASP_REM_INFO I GET_INFO Get information .
IF_EX_CRM_CONS_UPDATE I GM_ITEM_MERGE Material Item for Consignment Stock Posting .
IF_EX_CRM_IC_F4_SYSTEM I GET_F4_SYSTEM_PROPERTIES Fetermine System properties for a specific F4 context .
IF_EX_CRM_IC_MCM_PHN_BADI I EXTEND Extend Phone Number .
IF_EX_CRM_QM_NOTIF I MAP_BAPIMTCS_TO_QM_NOTIF Quality Notification - Mapping of Data .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_DT I CHECK Run a diagnosis check .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_DT I GET_CHECK_PARAMETERS Get parameters needed for checks .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_IS I GET_SECURITY_CRITERIA Get security criteria from kb specific security rule .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_IS I GET_SECURITY_PATTERNS Get security patterns given a set of criteria .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITIONS Get attribute definitions, e.g., grouping of attributes .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_SEARCH_RETURN Get attribute name returned with search hitlist .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_KB I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Get attribute set with values for display/search .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_KB I RETRIEVE_BATCH Retrieve next batch of knowledge entities .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_KB I RETRIEVE_DETAIL Retrieve details of a set of knowledge entities .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_SE I COMPOSE_REQUEST Compose http requests for actions .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_SE I COMPOSE_REQUEST_SEARCH Compose http requests for search action .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_SE I PARSE_RESPONSE Parse http response for actions .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_SE I PARSE_RESPONSE_CHECK Parse http response for checking index .
IF_EX_CRM_SAF_SE I PARSE_RESPONSE_SEARCH Parse http response for search hitlists .
IF_EX_CRM_SDEXCHG_BADI I FILTER_DATA Filter Data for CRM Download .
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_ACCT_TOOL I DETERMINE_TOOL_COSTS Determine Tools and Account Assignment .
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_AUTOLOG_BADI I CRM_SRV_LOG_AUTO_HANDLING Determine Logistics Scenario .
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_MAP_PO_BADI I CHECK_UPDATE_PO Decision About Change of Purchase Order W/Out Export Trade .
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_MAP_PO_BADI I CHECK_UPDATE_PO1 Decision About Change to Purchase Order .
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_MAP_PO_BADI I MAP_PO Mapping of CRM Data to R/3 Purchase Orders W/Out ExportTrade.
IF_EX_CRM_SRV_MAP_PO_BADI I MAP_PO1 Mapping of CRM Data to R/3 Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADIS_1 I SCHEDULED_REPLI_DEF_BASELINE Name of the Baseline for Creating CRWB_SCHEDULED_REPLICATION.
IF_EX_CRWB_BADIS_1 I WF_GENERATE_BASELINES Generates UPS distribution units/packages in CVDI workflow .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS I CHANGE_UPSTYPE_ECN Determine UPS Object Type for ECM When Adding .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS I GEN_UPS_DATA Reprocess Baseline Dates for UPS .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS I MODIFY_UPS_DATA Process UPS After Filtering .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS I POSTPROCESS_UPS_DATA Process UPS After Closing the Packet .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS_I I CHANGE_UPSTYPE_ECN Determine UPS Object Type for ECM When Adding .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS_I I GEN_UPS_DATA Reprocess Baseline Dates for UPS .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS_I I MODIFY_UPS_DATA Process UPS After Filtering .
IF_EX_CRWB_BADI_MODI_UPS_I I POSTPROCESS_UPS_DATA Process UPS After Closing the Packet .
IF_EX_CR_WORKCENTER_SELECT I CLASS_SEL Execute Class Selection .
IF_EX_CSIM_FILTER I CSIM_COMPARE_NODES User-Exit for the Comparison of Nodes .
IF_EX_CSIM_FILTER I CSIM_FILTER Filtering of Nodes .
IF_EX_CSIM_FILTER I CSIM_NEW_ATTRIBUTES_POSITION Reads New Data Gields for Items of the Config. Simulation .
IF_EX_CSIM_FILTER I CSIM_SORT Sorting of the Nodes .
IF_EX_CSO_WSSS I CSO_DLVRIES_OPEN_NOT_NEW_DLV No new deliveries while there are open deliveries .
IF_EX_CSO_WSSS I CSO_DLVRIES_OPEN_NOT_PROCESS Switch off processing of open deliveries .
IF_EX_CSO_WSSS I CSO_DLVRY_SUPPRESS_BILLING Billing, Switch Off Goods Issue .
IF_EX_CSO_WSSS I CSO_SCDLIN_DLV_READ_END Manipulation of Delivery Schedule Lines During Import .
IF_EX_CTS_CURRENT_PROJECT I GET_CURRENT_PROJECT Determine current project .
IF_EX_CTS_EXPORT_FEEDBACK I FEEDBACK_AFTER_EXPORT Feedback after export of a transport request .
IF_EX_CTS_IMPORT_FEEDBACK I FEEDBACK_AFTER_IMPORT Feedback after import of transport requests .
IF_EX_CTS_INT_REQUEST_CHCK I CHECK_BEFORE_RELEASE Internal: Checks before releasing a request .
IF_EX_CTS_REQUEST_CHECK I CHECK_BEFORE_ADD_OBJECTS Checks Before Inserting Table Key .
IF_EX_CTS_REQUEST_CHECK I CHECK_BEFORE_CHANGING_OWNER Checks before change of owner .
IF_EX_CTS_REQUEST_CHECK I CHECK_BEFORE_CREATION Checks before creating a request .
IF_EX_CTS_REQUEST_CHECK I CHECK_BEFORE_RELEASE Checks before releasing a request .
IF_EX_CTS_TASKDOC_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_OBJECT Determine the name of the documentation template .
IF_EX_CTS_TMS_NAVIGATE I ROUTE_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Check Route Consistency for Change Manager .
IF_EX_CTS_WBO_NAVIGATE I TRANSPORT_REQUES_CREATE Generate Transport Request .
IF_EX_CTUT1_UPDATE_OBJECT I CHANGE_TABLE_OF_OBJECTS Change to Table with Uses .
IF_EX_CTWUL_LOCDEP_OWNER I SET_OWNER_LOCDEP Set Owner (Characteristic or Class) of a Local Dependency .
IF_EX_CTWUL_OTHER_USAGES I GET_USAGE Where-Used List for Characteristics/Characteristic Values .
IF_EX_CTWUL_OTHER_USAGES I SHOW_OBJECT Display Object Using .
IF_EX_CUCP_UPDATE_OBJECT I CHANGE_TABLE_OF_OBJECTS Change to Entries in Config. Object Table .
IF_EX_CUCQ_MULTI_FOR_RESB I SET_MULTILEVEL_FLAG Set Indicator .
IF_EX_CUD0_READ_KNOWLEDGE I SET_READ_KNOWLEDGE_SWITCH See BAdI Documentation (Choose Back or F3) .
IF_EX_CUD2_SUPPRESS_LINES I GET_SUPPRESS_FILTER Determine Filter for Hiding Lines .
IF_EX_CUDUI_MISSED_CHAR I CHECK_CHAR_MISSED_ALLOWED Check Whether Non-Existent Characteristics Are Allowed .
IF_EX_CUKO_PLANT_CHANGE I CUKO_SET_CHANGE_PLANT_FLAG Flag EV_ALLOW_PLANT_CHANGE Is Set. .
IF_EX_CUKO_STL_PERSONAL I STL_TABLES_HANDLING Method works with tables and structures for BOM order .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I CHANGE_CIF_STRUCTURES Change CIF Transfer Tables .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I CHANGE_EWB_STRUCTURES Change Master Data .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I CHANGE_OPERATION Change Activities/Modes from a Transaction .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I CHANGE_REQCAP Process REQCAP Table .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I NO_RESOURCE_WORKCENTER_CLASS Consider Resources/Work Center Classification .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I OPERATION_TRANSFERED Transfer of Activities without Duration .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I PDS_IMO_SELECTION Correct Selection for Integration Model .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I TRANSFER_ALLOWED Change Transfer Allowed .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I TRANSFER_FINISHED Handling After the Transfer .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I TRANSFER_STD_ROUTING Transfer of Changes to Reference Operation Set .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN I USE_OPERATION_CLASSIFICATION Read Classification for Block Planning .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN_SAP I CHANGE_CIF_STRUCTURES Change CIF Transfer Tables .
IF_EX_CUSLNTRTO_ADDIN_SAP I GET_FILTER Determine Active Implementation .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADDRSCR_CHG I GET_FILTERVALUE_ADDR_SUBSCREENDetermination of Filter Value for BAS Subscreen .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADDRSCR_CHG I GET_KNA1_ADDITIONAL_DATA Transfer Additional KNA1 Values from BAS Screen .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADDRSCR_CHG I SET_KNA1_ADDITIONAL_DATA Transfer Additional KNA1 Values to BAS Screen .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I BUILD_TEXT_FOR_CHANGE_DETAIL Builds Text Line for Details of Field Change .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ACCOUNT_NUMBER Check the Customer Number if External Number Assignment .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ADD_ON_ACTIVE Check Whether Add-On Connection Should Be Activated .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ALL_DATA Final Checks .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Check whether Data Changed Outside of Standard .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I GET_CHANGEDOCS_FOR_OWN_TABLES Read Change Documents for Own Tables .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I INITIALIZE_ADD_ON_DATA Initialization of Add-On Work Structures .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I MODIFY_ACCOUNT_NUMBER Revise the Customer Number if Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I PRESET_VALUES_CCODE Preassign KNB1 Dependent of the General Data .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I PRESET_VALUES_SAREA Preassign KNVV Dependent of the General Data .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I READ_ADD_ON_DATA Read Add-On Data .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I SAVE_DATA Save Data Outside Standard .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA I SET_USER_INPUTS Transfer of User-Inputs to ADD-ON .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I CHECK_DATA_ROW Checks a Data Row .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_ALE_SEGMENTS_OWN_DATA Fill ALE Segments in ALE Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_BI_TABLE_WITH_OWN_SEGMENTFill Batch Input Table from Own Segment (ALE Inbound Proc.) .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_FT_TABLE_USING_DATA_ROWS Fills FT Table (Add-On Part) with Values From Data Rows .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I MODIFY_BI_STRUCT_FROM_STD_SEG Change BI Structure from Standard Segment .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I PASS_NON_STANDARD_SEGMENT Pass On Customer-Defined Segments (ALE Inbound Processing) .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_BI I PROCESS_ALE_OWN_CHANGE_POINTEREvaluate Own Change Pointer .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_FIELDNAME_FOR_CHANGEDOC Transfer Field Name for Change Document Display .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_TAXI_SCREEN Determine Screen for Tabs .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I SET_DATA Data Transfer .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I SET_FCODE Transfer Function Codes to Add-On .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_ADD_DATA_CS I SUPPRESS_TAXI_TABSTRIPS Hide Add-On Tab Pages .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXIT I CUSTOMER_EXIT Method for customer exit (RGOCODERIVE) .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION_CHECK I CHECK Integrity Check and Customer Data Mapping .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION_COMPL I COMPLETE Data Completion .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION_INITI I INITIALIZE Data Initialization .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION_OUTB I ECC_TO_EXTERN Data Mapping of ECC Tables to Complex Structure .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION_UPDAT I UPDATE_MODULES Data Update .
IF_EX_CUSTOMER_FIELDSTATUS I CHANGE_FIELDSTATUS_INVISIBLE Hide Fields from Screen .
IF_EX_CUTX_CHECK_CHAR_STR I CHECK_CHARS_IN_STRUCTURE Activate: Check If All Characteristics in Table Structure .
IF_EX_CUX_ADD_IN I CHANGE_CONFIGURATION Adjust External Configuration Data .
IF_EX_CUX_ADD_IN I DIFFERENT_PLANT_ALLOWED Deviating Plants Allowed (Explosion Plant and Knowledge Base.
IF_EX_CUX_ADD_IN I FORMAT_VALUES Format Correction for Characteristic Value Assignment .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_CHAR_FIRST_ASSIGNED_VALUEMethod mapped to fm CEI0_CHAR_FIRST_ASSIGNED_VALUE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_CHANGED_TOTAL Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_CHANGED_TOTAL .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_CHAR_HAS_ATTRIBUTES Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_CHAR_HAS_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_CHECK Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_CHECK .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_DEL_VALUE Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_DEL_VALUE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_HAS_CHARACTERISTICS Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_HAS_CHARACTERISTICS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_HAS_SIMILAR_TYPE Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_HAS_SIMILAR_TYPE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_HAS_TYPE Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_HAS_TYPE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_HAS_VALUES_INTERNAL Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_HAS_VALUES_INTERNAL .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE_INTERNAL Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE_INTERNAL .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE_ONLINE Method mapped to fm CEI0_DDB_SET_VALUE_ONLINE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_GET_CONDITIONS Method mapped to fm CEI0_GET_CONDITIONS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_PROCESS_AFTER_CONFIG Method mapped to fm CEI0_PROCESS_AFTER_CONFIG .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CEI0_SET_XAPI_MODE Method mapped to fm CEI0_SET_XAPI_MODE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_GET_STATUS_SINGLE_LEV_CFGMethod mapped to fm CE_C_GET_STATUS_SINGLE_LEV_CFG .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_HAS_CHANGES Method mapped to fm CE_C_HAS_CHANGES .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_HAS_MODEL Method mapped to fm CE_C_HAS_MODEL .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_HAS_TYPE Method mapped to fm CE_C_HAS_TYPE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_PROCESSING Method mapped to fm CE_C_PROCESSING .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_PROCESSING_CLOSE Method mapped to fm CE_C_PROCESSING_CLOSE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_C_SET_CBASE Method mapped to fm CE_C_SET_CBASE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_I_CONFIGURE Method mapped to fm CE_I_CONFIGURE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_I_GET_STATUS Method mapped to fm CE_I_GET_STATUS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_I_GET_VCSD_UPDATE Method mapped to fm CE_I_GET_VCSD_UPDATE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_I_HAS_ACTUAL_INST Method mapped to fm CE_I_HAS_ACTUAL_INST .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CE_I_SET_STATUS Method mapped to fm CE_I_SET_STATUS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CHECK_DELEGATION Check delegation is active for configurable object .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CP_EX_PLAN_READ Method mapped to fm CP_EX_PLAN_READ .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CS_BOM_EXPLOSION Method mapped to fm CS_BOM_EXPLOSION .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CUKO_CHECK_CONFIGURATION Method mapped to fm CUKO_CHECK_CONFIGURATION .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CUKO_CONFIGURATION_INITIALIZERMethod mapped to fm CUKO_CONFIGURATION_INITIALIZER .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CUKO_CONFIGURATION_TO_DB Method mapped to fm CUKO_CONFIGURATION_TO_DB .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CUKO_DDB_HAS_COMPONENTS Method mapped to fm CUKO_DDB_HAS_COMPONENTS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CUKO_DDB_HAS_ITEMS Method mapped to fm CUKO_DDB_HAS_ITEMS .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CU_SINGLE_CFG_CHANGED Method mapped to fm CU_SINGLE_CFG_CHANGED .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I CU_SINGLE_CONFIGURE Method mapped to fm CU_SINGLE_CONFIGURE .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I IS_AVAILABLE Check if delegation is potentially used .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I VC_I_DISPLAY_CONFIGURATION Method mapped to fm VC_I_DISPLAY_CONFIGURATION .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I VC_I_GET_CONFIGURATION Method mapped to fm VC_I_GET_CONFIGURATION .
IF_EX_CU_CONFIG_DELEGATION I VC_I_GET_CONFIGURATION_IBASE Method mapped to fm VC_I_GET_CONFIGURATION_IBASE .
IF_EX_CVDIEXTENSION I CVV1_FIND_RECIPIENT Define New Recipient Types .
IF_EX_CVDIEXTENSION I CVV4_DDP_OUTPUT DDS: Output of Packet via Communication Interface .
IF_EX_CVI_CALL_BTE I GET_BTE_FLAG Read Indicator .
IF_EX_CVI_CALL_BTE I SET_BTE_FLAG Set Indicator .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_BP_REL_TO_CUSTOMER_CONTACTAssign BP Relationship Data to Contact Person Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_BP_TO_CUSTOMER Assign Business Partner Data to Customer Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_BP_TO_CUSTOMER_CONTACT Assign Business Partner Data to Contact Person Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_BP_TO_VENDOR Assign Business Partner Data to Vendor Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_CUSTOMER_TO_BP Assign Customer Data to Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_CUST_CONT_TO_BP_AND_REL Assign Contact Person Data to All Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_PERSON_TO_CUSTOMER_CONTACTAssign Person Data to Contact Person data .
IF_EX_CVI_CUSTOM_MAPPER I MAP_VENDOR_TO_BP Assign Vendor Data to Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_CVI_MAPPER I MAP_BPS_TO_CUSTOMERS Assign All Business Partner Data to Customer Data .
IF_EX_CVI_MAPPER I MAP_BPS_TO_VENDORS Assign All Business Partner Data to Vendor Data .
IF_EX_CVI_MAPPER I MAP_CUSTOMERS_TO_BPS Assign Customer Data to All Business Parter Data .
IF_EX_CVI_MAPPER I MAP_VENDORS_TO_BPS Assign Vendor Data to All Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_BP_BANKDETAILS_TO_CUSTOMERActive: Assign Bank Details for Business Partner to Customer.
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_BP_BANKDETAILS_TO_VENDOR Active: Assign Bank Details for Business Partner to Vendor .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_BP_BANK_DATA_TO_CUSTOMER Sample: Assign Bank Details for Business Partner to Customer.
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_BP_BANK_DATA_TO_VENDOR Sample: Assign Bank Details for Business Partner to Vendor .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_CUSTOMER_BANKDETAILS Active: Assign Bank Details for Customer to Business Partner.
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_CUSTOMER_BANK_DATA Sample: Assign Bank Details for Customer to Business Partner.
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_VENDOR_BANKDETAILS Active: Assign Bank Details for Vendor to Business Partner .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_BANKDETAILS I MAP_VENDOR_BANK_DATA Sample: Assign Bank Details for Vendor to Business Partner .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_CREDIT_CARDS I IGNORE_DUPLICATES Ignore Verification for Duplicate Records .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_CREDIT_CARDS I MAP_BP_CREDIT_CARDS Assign Payment Cards for Business Partner to Customer .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_CREDIT_CARDS I MAP_CUSTOMER_CREDIT_CARDS Assign Payment Cards for Customer to Business Partner .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_TITLE I MAP_CUSTOMER_TITLE_BP_CHANGE Change BP: Assign Form of Address for Customer to BP .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_TITLE I MAP_CUSTOMER_TITLE_BP_CREATE Create BP: Assign Form of Address for Customer to BP .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_TITLE I MAP_VENDOR_TITLE_BP_CHANGE Change BP: Assign Form of Address for Vendor to BP .
IF_EX_CVI_MAP_TITLE I MAP_VENDOR_TITLE_BP_CREATE Create BP: Assign Form of Address for Vendor to BP .
IF_EX_CX_OFFSET_CALID I CHANGE_CALID Change Calendar for Scheduling Positive/Negative Lead Time .
IF_EX_CYMP_MODIFY_DISPLAY I CHANGE_DISPLAY_TABLE Change Personnel Resources Display .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_ASSEMBLY_COSTING At Beginning of Costing an Object .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_BOM_EXPLOSION Structure Explosion of Costing Object .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_COSTING_HEADER_CREATE At End of Costing an Object .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_ITEM_CREATE Creating Items of Itemization .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_ITEM_VALUATE Costing Items of Itemization .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_MARKING Marking Cost Estimate (not yet realized) .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_MATERIAL_SELECTION Selecting Costing Object .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_CK I ON_RELEASING Releasing Cost Estimate (not yet realized) .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_RW I ADD_DATA Fill/Change Appended Fields .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_RW I ADD_FIELDCAT Add To Field Catalog .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_RW I ADD_HEADER_DATA Change report header data .
IF_EX_DATA_EXTENSION_RW I ADD_SPECIAL_GROUP Create Special Groups to Group New Fields .
IF_EX_DC_ASSIGNMENT_RFW I ADD_ASSIGNMENT Create BADI for Assignment .
IF_EX_DC_ASSIGNMENT_RFW I REMOVE_ASSIGNMENT Delete BADI for Assignment .
IF_EX_DC_ASSIGNMENT_RFW I SAVE Save Assignments .
IF_EX_DC_DETAIL_RFW I CHANGE_DETAILS Change details .
IF_EX_DC_DETAIL_RFW I CHECK_DETAILS_ALLOWED Check if detail comparison allowed .
IF_EX_DC_DETAIL_RFW I GET_DETAILS Get details .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I CHANGE_NODE Change Nodes .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I DELETE_EDGE Delete Link .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I DELETE_NODE Delete node .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I ENUMERATE_NODES_OF_GRAPH Number Node Table Nodes Sequentially .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I GET_NODETYPES Get Node Types .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I GET_NODETYPE_FOR_NEW_NODE Get Node Category for New Nodes .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I INSERT_NODE Create nodes .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I READ_GRAPH Get Graph .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I RELOAD_NODE Reload Node Attributes .
IF_EX_DC_GRAPH_RFW I SAVE Store Graph Changes .
IF_EX_DELGRP01 I GET_NUMBER Control Number Assignment for Outbound Delivery Group .
IF_EX_DELIVERY_ADDR_SAP I CHANGE_DELIVERY_ADDRESS Change General Delivery Interface .
IF_EX_DELIVERY_PUBLISH I PUBLISH_AFTER_SAVE Publication of Delivery After Saving .
IF_EX_DELIVERY_PUBLISH I PUBLISH_BEFORE_COMMIT Publication of Delivery After DB Update Before Commit .
IF_EX_DERIVATION I BWU_LIST_CALL_AFTER After Call of Batch Where-Used List .
IF_EX_DERIVATION I BWU_LIST_CALL_BEFORE Before Call of Batch Where-Used List .
IF_EX_DERIVATION I GOODS_MVMNTS_CALL_DECISION In the Goods Movement: Decision Whether Derivation is Called.
IF_EX_DERIVATION I RECIPIENT_VALUES_AND_STATUS Manipulate Results of Derivation (per Attribute) and Status .
IF_EX_DERIVATION I SENDER_VALUES_CHANGE Change/Set Sender Values .
IF_EX_DFPS_ABRV I ABRV_ARCH_FREI_CHK ABRV Check on Status Switch in Dec. System .
IF_EX_DFPS_ABRV I FCODE_WIAR_CHECK Set Back In Processing, ABRV Check in Dec. System .
IF_EX_DFPS_ABRV I K_OBJECT_REORG_CHECK ABRV Check on Completion in Dec. System .
IF_EX_DFPS_ABRV I USER_EXIT_ABRV ABRV Generation in Central System .
IF_EX_DFPS_ACTION_LOG_EXT I ADD_STATUS_DATA Determine Additional Status Data for Action Log .
IF_EX_DFPS_ALM_IQS1 I BUFFER_UPD Buffer Update .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_CONFIRMATION_COL Additional Authorization Checks for Collective Confirmation .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_CONFIRMATION_COL_PROP Additional Authoriz. Checks for Collective Confirm. Proposal.
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_CONFIRMATION_IND Additional Authoriz. Checks for Individual Confirmation .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_EQUI Additional Authorization Checks for Equipment .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_FLOC Additional Authorization Checks for Functional Locations .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_FLOC1 Addnl Ck for Functional Locations When Inheriting Reference .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_FLOC2 Addnl Ck for Functional Locations When Inheriting Reference .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_IMPT Additional Authorization Checks for Meas. Points/Documents .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_IMPT2 Addnl Ck for Measurement Points When Inheriting Reference .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_IMPT3 Add. Auth. Checks When Meas. Pt Is Created (Obj. Exist?) .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_NOTIFICATION Additional Authorization Checks for Notification .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_NOTIFICATION_CHANGE_VA OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_ORDER Additional Authorization Checks for PM Order .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_ORDER3 Addnl Auth Ck: PM Ord/Nec. for New Dev. "Simple Order View" .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_ORDER4 Authorization Check for Order During Capacity Leveling .
IF_EX_DFPS_AUTH_CHECK_PM I CHECK_ORDER_CHANGE_VA OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_FL_ORDER_CHECK I FLIGHT_ORDER_CHECK Checks Order Type .
IF_EX_DFPS_IQS6 I MAP2E_WQMFE_BAPI2080_NOTITEME Mapping of WQMFE to BAPI2080_NOTITEME .
IF_EX_DFPS_IQS6 I MAP2E_WQMMA_BAPI2080_NOTACTVE Mapping of WQMMA to BAPI2080_NOTACTVE .
IF_EX_DFPS_IQS6 I MAP2E_WQMSM_BAPI2080_NOTTASKE Mapping of WQMSM to BAPI2080_NOTTASKE .
IF_EX_DFPS_IQS6 I MAP2E_WQMUR_BAPI2080_NOTCAUSE Mapping of WQMUR to BAPI2080_NOTCAUSE .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I IP02_AUTH_CHECK OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I IP05_AUTH_CHECK OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I IP19_AUTH_CHECK IP19: Check Whether Maintenance Item Is Active in System .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I MESSAGE_TOO_MANY_MPOS OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I MPLA_AUTH_CHECK Check Whether Maintenance Plan Is Active in System .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I MPLA_MPOS_AUTH_INSERT Add PM_CP Change Auth. When Creating Maintenance Plan/Item .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I MPLA_MPOS_SELECT_AUTH_INSERT Call RIMPOS00 When Assigning Item to Plan: Chk Change Auth? .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I MPOS_AUTH_CHECK Check Whether Maintenance Item Is Active in System .
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I SCHEDULING_AUTH_CHECK OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I SCHEDULING_CANCEL OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I SCHEDULING_CUA_STATUS_BU OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_MAINTPLAN_CHECK I SCHEDULING_LOCK OBSOLETE (Req. Due to Temp. Offset: Retrofit ERP2005/EA-DFS).
IF_EX_DFPS_NOTIF_NO I EXTERNAL_NUMBER_SET Adopt External Notification Number .
IF_EX_DFPS_NUMBER_SET I NOTIF_EXTERNAL_NUMBER_SET Adopt External Notification Number .
IF_EX_DFPS_NUMBER_SET I ORDER_EXTERNAL_NUMBER_SET Adopt External Order Number .
IF_EX_DFPS_ORDERID I EXTERNAL_NUMBER_SET Adopt External Order Number .
IF_EX_DFPS_ORDER_CONFIRM_S I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen .
IF_EX_DFPS_ORDER_CONFIRM_S I PROCESS_OK_CODE Process OK Code for Subscreen .
IF_EX_DFPS_ORDER_CONFIRM_S I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data to Screen .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I CHANGE_FLAG_CHECK_NOTIFICATIONChecks for Changes on Saving .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I CUSTOMIZING_CHK_ORDER Check whether TST Active in Customizing .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I EQUI_CHANGE_ME_CHECK_NOTI Checks Change to Ref. Object with Active Technical Status .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I FCODE_HANDLER_NOTIFICATION Function Code Processing for Notification .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I FCODE_HANDLING_ORDER FCode Processing .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I FLIGHT_PUSBUTTONS Handles Activation of Functions for Flight in Order .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I INIT_SCREEN_NOTIFICATION Initization of Screen for Notification .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I ME_CHG_CHK_NOTIFICATION Check for Same Master Equipment for Selection from List .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I ME_CHG_CHK_ORDER Check for Same Master Equipment for Change .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I NOTIFICATION_CHECK_TECO Checks whether Active Technical Status Exists .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I PUT_DATA_PBO_NOTIFICATION Transfer of Status Texts for Screen .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I PUT_DATA_PBO_OPERATION Transfer of Status Texts for Screen .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I PUT_DATA_PBO_ORDERHEADER Transfer of Status Texts for Screen .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I SWITCH_NUMBER_LO Generates Status Object Number for TST in Notification .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I SWITCH_NUMBER_LV Generates Status Object Number for TST in Order Transact. .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TECO_CHECK_NOTIFICATION Checks whether Active Technical Status Exists .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TECO_CHECK_NOTIFICATION_OL Checks whether Active Technical Status Exists (Object List) .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TECO_CHECK_ORDER Checks whether Active Technical Status Exists .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TST_ON_ME_SET_NOTIFICATION Changes Technical Status for Master Equipment .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TST_OPR_STATUS_CHG Checks for Active Tech. Sts for Status Change in Operation .
IF_EX_DFP_TST I TST_VB_ORDER Order: Update Handling TST .
IF_EX_DIESD_EMFOR I CONTROL_SELECTION Select Control Records .
IF_EX_DIESD_EMFOR I DATA_SELECTION Select Data Records .
IF_EX_DIFF_KEY_PRE_SET I AFTER_GENERATION After Generating the Assignment Set Types .
IF_EX_DIFF_KEY_PRE_SET I BEFORE_GENERATION Before Generating the Assignment Set Types .
IF_EX_DIFF_KEY_PRE_SET I DELETE_ADD_OBJECTS Deletion of Additional Objects in the Assignment Set Type .
IF_EX_DIFF_KEY_PRE_SET I ROLLBACK_GENERATION Rollback Because of Error During Generation .
IF_EX_DIMSP_MPLAN_DETAILS I READ_DATES_AND_COUNTERS Read Dates and Counter Values .
IF_EX_DIMSP_SELECT_MPLAN I SEL_MPLAN_FOR_APO_PLANNING_MSPSelect Maintenance Plans for MSP in SCM .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001 I EXIT_SAPLAD13_001 Change Texts for DI Structuring .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001 I EXIT_SAPLAD15_001 Change Object List and Hierarchy .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001_FLD I EXIT_SAPLAD13_002 Node Typing for Single Values .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001_FLD I EXIT_SAPLAD13_003 Change Characteristic Value Text .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001_INT I EXIT_SAPLAD13_001 Change Texts for DI Structuring .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010001_INT I EXIT_SAPLAD15_001 Change Object List and Hierarchy .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010002 I EXIT_SAPLAD15_010 Source Filter (Not Available For All Sources) .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010002_INT I EXIT_SAPLAD1C_002 Change COSEL .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010002_SEL I EXIT_SAPLAD1C_002 Change COSEL .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010003_DC I EXIT_SAPLAD12_004 Enhancement to Fill User-Defined Dependent Characteristics .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010003_IC I EXIT_SAPLAD12_003 Enhancement to Fill User-Defined Independent Characteristics.
IF_EX_DIP_AD010005 I EXIT_SAPLAD15_005 Read User-Defined Sources .
IF_EX_DIP_AD010007 I EXIT_SAPLAD15_015 Change DI Processing Information .
IF_EX_DIP_ALLOW_STATUS_OBJ I SET_SD_STATUS_OBJECT_ALLOWED Enable DIP for Sales Documents with Status Object .
IF_EX_DIP_CHARACT_SEQUENCE I CHANGE_CHARACTERISTIC_SEQUENCEChange Sequence of Characteristics .
IF_EX_DIP_CHECK_INPUT_OBJ I CHECK_SALES_ORDER_ITEM Check Sales Document Item .
IF_EX_DIP_CHECK_INPUT_OBJ I CHECK_SERVICE_ORDER Check Service Order .
IF_EX_DIP_CREATE_FOLLOW_UP I CREATE_FOLLOW_UP_SALES_DOC Create Follow-Up Document or Extend Existing Document .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_GUI I CHANGE_DYNPRO_TITLE Change Screen Title if Integraion of Billing Plan Is Active .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_GUI I FILL_AUART_DPR Fill Sales Document Type for Down Payment Request .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_GUI I GUI_FCODE_MODIFY Adjust Function Code if Integration of Billing Plan Is Act. .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_GUI I GUI_HANDLE_MENU Processing of Menu/Function Codes in the DIP GUI .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_GUI I GUI_POPUPTEXT_MODIFY Create Change Texts for Confirmation Prompt Document .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I FILL_SD_INTERFACE Fills Header for Sales and Distribution Document .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I FLOW_WRITE_DPR Writes Document Flow for Down Payment Request .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I MODIFY_PDOC Add Additional Data to Saved Data .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I SCHEDULE_READ_VBELN Read/Evaluate Billing Plan for Document/Items .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I SCHEDULE_READ_VPKID Read/Evaluate Billing Plan for Existing Calculation .
IF_EX_DIP_DPBP_RRDP_PROC I SET_BP_STATUS_BILLED Set Status in Billing Plan to 'Billed' .
IF_EX_DIP_FILTER_OLD_DLIS I CHECK_DLI Check Dynamic Item .
IF_EX_DIP_FM_MULTIFUND I VBAP_CHECK Check VBAP .
IF_EX_DIP_GET_SEL_DATA I GET_SELECTION_DATA Transfer Selection Data to Other Program .
IF_EX_DIP_INFLUENCE_GUI I SET_MODE_CONDITION_SCREEN Set the Processing Mode for the Condition Screen .
IF_EX_DIP_INFLUENCE_GUI_IN I SET_MODE_CONDITION_SCREEN Set the Processing Mode for the Condition Screen .
IF_EX_DIP_SALES_ITEMS_TEXT I FILL_TEXT_TABLE Fill Item-Text Table for DP90 .
IF_EX_DIP_SET_SD_DIALOG I SET_SD_DIALOG_POPUPS Activate Dialog Boxes in SD Sales Document .
IF_EX_DIP_SET_USERSETTINGS I DEFINE_NON_ALTERABLE_SETTINGS Define Non-Alterable User Settings .
IF_EX_DIP_SET_USERSETTINGS I SET_USER_SETTINGS Set User Settings .
IF_EX_DIP_SET_USERSETT_INT I DEFINE_NON_ALTERABLE_SETTINGS Define Non-Alterable User Settings .
IF_EX_DIP_SET_USERSETT_INT I SET_USER_SETTINGS Set User Settings .
IF_EX_DIP_UPDATE_FKDAT I UPDATE_FKDAT Transfer Updated Billing Date .
IF_EX_DIST_MAIN01 I D100_BEFORE_INIT_SCREEN Before the initialization of screen 100 .
IF_EX_DIST_MAIN01 I D100_BEFORE_PAI Before the actual PAI of screen 100 .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NAV_REVISION I ADD_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION_KEYS Add customer specific function keys .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NAV_REVISION I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_FCODES Process customer specific fcodes .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NAV_REVISION I REVIS_SELECT_DATA Process customer specific selection .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NAV_REVISION I REVIS_SET_FIELDCAT1 Modify the fields of the column area of the navigation area .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTIF_ACTION I ACTION Follow-up action .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTIF_ACTION I CHECK Check notication action .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTI_ASSIGN I NOTI_ASSIGN_CHECK Additional check when assigning a notification to a revision.
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTI_ASSIGN I NOTI_DEASSIGN_CHECK Additional check when deassigning a noti from a revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTI_ASSIGN I RO_NOTI_ASSIGN_CONTROL Control notification assignment to revision order .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NOTI_SELECT I SELECTION_FROM_REVISIONS Notification Selection from Revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NW_ASSIGN I NETWORK_ASSIGN Enhancement When Network is Assigned .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NW_ASSIGN I NETWORK_ASSIGN_CHECK Additional Check if Network Assignment is Allowed. .
IF_EX_DIWPS_NW_CREATE I DETERMINE_STD_NETWORK Determine Standard Network Based on the Revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER I PRINT_ORDER Printing of orders within a Revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I CONFIGURATION_SET Replace the default conf object to be used for TLH explosion.
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I DETERMINE_ORDER_UPDATES Replace the default MEB for determining order updates .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I FILL_PARAM_ORDER_GENER Fill or replace parameters for standard orders generation .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I ORDERS_CREATE Replace the Default MEB for Order Creation .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I TLH_EXCLUSION Replace the default MEB TLH exclusion functionality .
IF_EX_DIWPS_ORDER_CREATE I TLH_EXPLOSION_UPDATE Update or replace the default MEB TLH explosion .
IF_EX_DIWPS_PMPS I PM_PS_FIELD_COMP Comparing the PM Order Ref with the PS Activity Ref .
IF_EX_DIWPS_PMPS I PM_PS_FIELD_COMP_ACTIVATE Activates the coding in the PM_PS_FIELD_COMPARISON .
IF_EX_DIWPS_REV_CHECK I REV_CLOSE_CHECK Non-standard checks when closing a revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_REV_CHECK I REV_PROJ_ASSIGN_CHECK Non-standard checks when assigning a project to a revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_REV_CHECK I REV_RELEASE_CHECK Non-Standard Checks When Releasing a Revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_REV_CHECK I REV_WC_CHANGE_CHECK Non-standard checks when changing work center of a revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_REV_SAVE_EVT I SEND_REV_CHANGE_EVT Send an Event for each changed revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_SLOT_UPDATE I SLOT_DATA_UPDATE Change data displayed on slot .
IF_EX_DIWPS_STATUS_ICONS I GET_NOTIFICATION_STATUS Gets the status icon of a notification .
IF_EX_DIWPS_STATUS_ICONS I GET_ORDER_STATUS Gets the status icon of a notification .
IF_EX_DIWPS_STATUS_ICONS I GET_REVISION_STATUS Gets the status icon of a revision .
IF_EX_DIWPS_STATUS_ICONS I SET_LEGEND Sets the legend to display .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_NOT_LIST I ADD_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION_KEYS Add customer specific function keys .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_NOT_LIST I MODIFY_FIELDCATALOG Modify the fields of the column area of the revision tree .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_NOT_LIST I MODIFY_FIELDS Modifies the values in the fields of a notification .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_NOT_LIST I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_FCODES Process customer specific fcodes .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_REVISION I ADD_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION Add Customer Function .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_REVISION I MODIFY_FIELDCATALOG Change Field Catalog of Revision Work Areas .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_REVISION I MODIFY_FIELDS Modify or Add Fields .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_REVISION I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION Process Customer Function .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WA_SLOT I CHANGE_SLOT_TEXT Change network slot text .
IF_EX_DIWPS_WPS2 I SET_VARIANT_DEFAULT Set Default Selection Variant for WPS2 .
IF_EX_DI_ALE_MV_INPUT I FILL_MARA Supply of specific DI fields in the table MARA .
IF_EX_DI_ALE_MV_INPUT I FILL_MARC Supply of specific DI fields in the table MARC .
IF_EX_DI_ALE_MV_INPUT I FILL_MATERIALID Supply of specific DI fields in the table MATERIALID .
IF_EX_DI_ALE_MV_INPUT I MARA_MATERIALID_MARC_INFO Supply of DI fields in MARA, MARC and MATERIALID .
IF_EX_DI_MOVEMENTYPES I GET_CUST_DEF_KEY Get customer defined key for table ditcoko .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_NOTIF_ASSIGN After Notification Assignment .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_NOTIF_DEASSIGN After Notification Deassignment .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_REVISION_CHANGE After Revision Change .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_REVISION_CREATE After Revision Creation .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_REVISION_DELETE After Revision Deletion .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_REVISION_SELECT After Revision Selection .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I AFTER_SAVE After Saving .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_NOTIF_ASSIGN Before Notification Assignment .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_NOTIF_DEASSIGN Before Notification Deassignment .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_REVISION_CHANGE Before Revision Change .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_REVISION_CREATE Before Revision Creation .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_REVISION_DELETE Before Revision Deletion .
IF_EX_DI_MSP_CIF_INBOUND I BEFORE_SAVE Before Saving .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_CONVERT_TASKL I DETERMINE_OPERATION_VALUES Reset default values & activity type for operations .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_CONVERT_TASKL I GET_CONVERT_INDICATOR Central task list conversion via standard transactions .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_CONVERT_TASKL I GET_HDR_CONVERT_IND Central task list conversion for order header .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_PLANT_STORLOC I CHANGE_PLANT_STORLOC Central task list conversion - plant/storage location data .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_PLAN_EXT_DATE I GET_EXT_DATE Reference Date for Further Scheduling .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_PLAN_EXT_DATE I GET_EXT_TIMESTAMP_START Default Time for Start/Restart/Start in Cycle .
IF_EX_DI_WPS_PURCH_DATA I CHANGE_PURCH_DATA Central task list conversion - change purchasing data .
IF_EX_DLP_COMPONENT_FILTER I AT_SELECTION Component Selection for Delivery from Project .
IF_EX_DLV_CHECK_APO_UPD I CHECK_APO_UPDTRIGGER Check for APO-update .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_01 I MODIFY_OUTPUT_FILE Processing of Results Table in Function Module DMEE_END .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_01_ABA I MODIFY_OUTPUT_FILE Processing of Results Table in Function Module DMEE_END .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOMING I MODIFY_FILE_INPUT Modification of Incoming File Before Start of Processing .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOMING I MODIFY_FILE_OUTPUT Modification of Results Tables After Processing .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOMING I SPECIAL_RULE Special Logic for Determination of Relevant Segment .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOM_ABA I MODIFY_FILE_INPUT Modification of Incoming File Before Start of Processing .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOM_ABA I MODIFY_FILE_OUTPUT Modification of Results Tables After Processing .
IF_EX_DMEE_BADI_INCOM_ABA I SPECIAL_RULE Special Logic for Determination of Relevant Segment .
IF_EX_DML_APPROVAL I FILL_DELTA_STRUCTURE Fill structure with changes that need to be approved .
IF_EX_DML_ARCHIVING I DELETE_DATA_FROM_DB Delete Data from Database .
IF_EX_DML_ARCHIVING I PUT_DATA_TO_FILE Write Data from Registered Tables to Archive .
IF_EX_DML_ARCHIVING I REGISTER_MODEL Enhance Object Model with Tables .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_CHANGE_START Check Before Start of Processing (Create & Change) .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_DELETION Check During Deletion .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_HEADER Check header data .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_HIERARCHY Check Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_POSTING Check Before Saving .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK I CHECK_STATUS Check Status .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK_RELTYPE I CHECK_RELATIONS Relationships Check .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK_SETTYPE I CHECK_SETTYPES Check Set Types .
IF_EX_DML_CHECK_SETTYPE I CHECK_TEXTS Check Texts for Set Types .
IF_EX_DML_CONVERT I EXT_TO_INT Conversion of Header Data into Internal Format .
IF_EX_DML_CONVERT I INT_TO_EXT Conversion of Header Data into External Format .
IF_EX_DML_CONVERT_SETTYPE I CONVERT_TO_EXT Conversion Set Types -" External .
IF_EX_DML_CONVERT_SETTYPE I CONVERT_TO_INT Conversion Set Types -" Internal .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I CONVERT_FROM_DB Convert table from database format to MDF .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I CONVERT_TO_DB Convert table from MDF to database format .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I DELETE Perform DELETE yourself .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I GET_TABLENAME Determine table name in external database .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I INSERT Perform INSERT yourself .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I MODIFY Perform MODIFY yourself .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I SELECT Perform SELECT yourself .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I SWITCH_DELETE Reformulate DELETE .
IF_EX_DML_DB_PROXY I SWITCH_SELECT Reformulate SELECT .
IF_EX_DML_DISTRIBUTION I CHANGE_INBOUND_MESSAGE Change to the Inbound Message .
IF_EX_DML_DISTRIBUTION I CHANGE_OUTBOUND_MESSAGE Change eto the Outbound Message .
IF_EX_DML_DISTRIBUTION I USE_API_DIRECTLY Call API directly, do not use staging .
IF_EX_DML_STARTUP I CLASS_CONSTRUCTION Class Constructor of the DML-Engine Is Running .
IF_EX_DML_WHERE_USED I WHERE_USED_LIST Determine Uses .
IF_EX_DNO_AUTHORITH_CHECK I AUTH_CHECK_C Authorization Check at Notification Creation .
IF_EX_DNO_AUTHORITH_CHECK I AUTH_CHECK_E Authorization Check in Notification Transactions .
IF_EX_DNO_CHANGEDOC I CD_SELECT Read Change Documents .
IF_EX_DNO_COMPONENTS I DEFINE_COMPONENT_STRUCT Transfer of Application Component Hierarchy .
IF_EX_DNO_COMPONENTS I DEFINE_F4 Customer-Specific F4 Help for Components .
IF_EX_DNO_EVENT_SAVE I CHANGE_NOTIF Event 'Save' When Changing Notification .
IF_EX_DNO_EVENT_SAVE I CREATE_NOTIF Event 'Save' When Creating Notification .
IF_EX_DNO_NOTE I DISPLAY_NOTE Display SAP Note .
IF_EX_DNO_PARTNER I CHECK_PARTNER Check if Partner Exists .
IF_EX_DNO_PARTNER I GET_DEST_PARTNER Determine RFC Destination for Partner Storage Data .
IF_EX_DNO_PARTNER I READ_PARTNER Read Partner Details .
IF_EX_DNO_PARTNER I SEARCH_PARTNER Search for Partner .
IF_EX_DNO_PRIORITY_CALC I CALCULATE_TSTMP Calculation of Time Stamps (Initial Reaction/End of Process).
IF_EX_DNO_RFC_DATA I CHANGE_DESTINATION Change Destination: DNO_UPDATE .
IF_EX_DNO_RFC_DATA I CHANGE_RFC_DATA Change RFC Data: Partner and Destination .
IF_EX_DNO_SAP_CHECK_SAVE I CHECK Check for Commit in F.Module DNO_OW_CREATE_NOTIFICATION .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_AUTH01 I CHECK_AUTHORITY Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_AUTH02 I CHECK_AUTHORITY Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_BROWSER I ENTRY_SCREEN Initializes Browser for Initial Screen of CV01/2/3N .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_BROWSER I GET_SCREEN_FOR_SEARCH Initializes Browser for Search Screen; Gives Subscreen Info .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_BROWSER I GET_SCREEN_FOR_TAB Initializes Browser for CV0xN Tab; Gives Subscreen Info .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_CURX I IF_REPLICABLE_DOC Check Replicable Document .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_ECL01 I BEFORE_LIST_DOCS_TO_ADD Before Call of CV117_DOCFILES_SHOW_LIST_TREE .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_ECL01 I SHOW_DOC_META_DATA Display Metadata in EAI Viewer .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I AFTER_ASSIGN_FILE After Assigning an Original .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I AFTER_COPY_FILE_DIALOG After Dialog Box for Copying the File Appears .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I AFTER_START_APPL After Starting the Application .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I BEFORE_ASSIGN_FILE Before Assignment of an Original .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I BEFORE_COPY_FILE_DIALOG Before Showing the Dialog Box "To Copy" .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I BEFORE_LIST_TEMPLATES Before Displaying Templates .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I BEFORE_START_APPL Before Starting the Application .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I GENERATE_COPY_FILE_NAME Generate File Name for Originals that are not Stored .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_FILES01 I GENERATE_ORIGINAL_FILE_NAME Genereate a File Name when Created .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I AFTER_CHANGE_NUMBER_CHECK After Validation of the Change Number .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I AFTER_DETERMINE_VALID_VERSION After Determining the Valid Version .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I AFTER_READ_DATA After Reading the Document Data .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I AFTER_SAVE After Saving the Document Data .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I AFTER_SEARCH_DATA After search and before displaying data in CV04N .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I ASSIGN_NUMBER Number Assignment .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I BEFORE_DELETE Before Setting the Deletion Indicator .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I BEFORE_READ_DATA Before Reading the Document Data .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I BEFORE_SAVE Before Saving the Document Data .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN01 I BEFORE_SEARCH_DATA Before Search .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D100_BEFORE_PAI Before the Actual PAI from Screen 100 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D100_PAI_CU1 PAI for Menu Enhancement 1 (+D100_CU1) Screen 100 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D100_PAI_CU2 PAI for Menu Enhancement 1 (+D100_CU2) Screen 100 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D100_PAI_CU3 PAI for Menu Enhancement 1 (+D100_CU3) Screen 100 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_AFTER_INIT_SCREEN After Setting Screen Status and Screen Title .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_AFTER_PBO After PBO Screen 101 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_AFTER_READ_CUST After Reading Customizing .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_BEFORE_LEAVE_TA Before Leaving the Transaction .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_BEFORE_PAI Before the Actual PAI from Screen 101 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_PAI_CU1 PAI for Menu Enhancement 1 (+D100_CU1) Screen 101 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_PAI_CU2 PAI for Menu Enhancement 2 (+D100_CU2) Screen 101 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_MAIN02 I D101_PAI_CU3 PAI for Menu Enhancement 3 (+D100_CU3) Screen 101 .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCNUMBER_CHECK Exit for document number .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCPART_CHECK Exit for document part .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCPART_SHOW_LIST List of all Partial Documents .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCVERSION_CHECK Exit for document version .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCVERSION_GET_LAST Determine last version number .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCVERSION_GET_NEXT Determine next version number .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_NUMBER01 I DOCVERSION_SHOW_LIST List of All Versions .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I BEFORE_EXECUTE_FUNCTION Called Before Call of Function .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I DELETE_CHECK Check When Setting Deletion Flag for Document .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I GET_DATA Get Data from Screen .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I GET_EXTERNAL_GUID To Get the External Object Key .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I GET_FIELD_LIST Return Names and Lengths of Input Fields .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I GET_FUNCTION_CODE Get Function Code After PAI .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I GET_OBJECT_GUID Add to List of Found Object Keys .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I JUMP_TO_SCREEN Used for the Jump to Other Transactions .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I OBJECT_CHECK Data Check Replaces FM object_check_[object] .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I PUT_DATA Set Data for Screen .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ I PUT_FUNCTION_CODE Set Function Code After PAI .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ1 I BEFORE_EXECUTE_FUNCTION Called Before Call of Functions in PAI .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OBJ2 I LINKS_UPDATE Links Update Information .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OFFINTEGR01 I AFTER_OPEN After Opening an Original with Office Integration .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OFFINTEGR01 I EDIT_LINK_ITEMS Insert, Change, or Delete Links on Link Server .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_OFFINTEGR01 I READ_CLASS When Reading the Classification of Office Integration .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_PROC01 I BEFORE_LIST_PROCESS Before display the possible processes .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_PROC01 I BEFORE_LIST_STATUS Before displaying possible status activities .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_SEARCH01 I CHANGE_SEARCH_ORDER Influence on Search Sequence .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STATUS01 I AFTER_CHANGE_STATUS At Every Status Change .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STATUS01 I BEFORE_CHECK_RELEASE Prior to Check Whether Document Is Released .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STATUS01 I BEFORE_LIST_STATUS Before Displaying Possible Statuses .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I AFTER_CHECKIN After Physical Transport of the Original (Checkin) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I BEFORE_CHECKIN After Physical Transport of the Original (Check in) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I BEFORE_CHECKOUT Before Physical Transport of the Original (Checkout) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I BEFORE_LIST_STORAGECAT Before Displaying Storage Categories .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I BEFORE_PHYSICAL_CHECKIN Immediately Before Physcial Transport of Originals (Checkin).
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I BEFORE_PHYSICAL_CHECKOUT Immediately Before Transport of Originals (Checkout) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_STORAGE01 I CHECKOUT Alternative Check Out (for example, from external DMS) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_SYSTEM01 I CLASS_DOC_CHECK_MODIFY Can Document Be Processed In Classes? .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_SYSTEM01 I GET_FRONTEND Define Frontend Type .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_THUMBNAIL I GET_URL Change URL for Displaying Thumbnail .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_THUMBNAIL I SET_TEXT Text Displayed with Thumbnail (Overview) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_WEB01 I FILTER_FILES Define filter for originals (according to standard filter) .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_WEB01 I GET_URL Determine URL for Checkout in WEB .
IF_EX_DOCUMENT_WEB02 I GET_URL Determine URL for Checkout in Web .
IF_EX_DOC_PERSONALIZE_BCS I PERSONALIZE_DOCUMENT Variable Replacement and Personalization of a Document .
IF_EX_DOC_PERSONALIZE_BCS I PERSONALIZE_PDF_DOC_PDFIF PDF Form Personalization with PDF-Based Interface .
IF_EX_DOC_PERSONALIZE_BCS I PERSONALIZE_PDF_DOC_SFIF PDF Form Personalization with Smart Forms Interface .
IF_EX_DPBP_INFLUENCE_PROC I CONSIDER_DATE_TO Consider "Post by" in Selection Screen .
IF_EX_DPR_FINR3_CO_CALC I CHANGE_CALCULATION_DATA Change Costing Data .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I DISPLAY_CONDITIONS Display Conditions .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I EXTEND_DELIVERY_DATA Enhance Delivery Data .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I GET_DOCUMENT_STRUCTURES Read Document Structure .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I LOAD_DOCUMENT_DATA Load Document Data .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I PROCESS_EXTENSION Prepare Additional Data for BAPI .
IF_EX_DRE_EXIT I PROCESS_EXTENSIONOUT Read Additional Data from BAPI .
IF_EX_DS_AUTHORITY I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorization .
IF_EX_DS_CONTEXT I GET_DOCUMENT Loading the Document for the Dig. Sig. from the Application .
IF_EX_DYNPRO_EXTENSION_CK I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get Data from Subscreen .
IF_EX_DYNPRO_EXTENSION_CK I GET_TABSTRIP_NAME Gets Name for Tabstrip (Default: Additional Data) .
IF_EX_DYNPRO_EXTENSION_CK I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Supply Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_EAPS_HRKFT_EXTENSION I BUFFER_REFRESH Deletes Internal Buffer COKEY2 .
IF_EX_EAPS_HRKFT_EXTENSION I GET Returns Origin Number for Predefined Characteristics COKEY2 .
IF_EX_EAPS_HRKFT_EXTENSION I INTERPRET Read Characteristics for Specified Origin Number COKEY2 .
IF_EX_EAPS_HRKFT_EXTENSION I PREREAD Executes Pre-Read for Spec. Char. Values Through COKEY2 .
IF_EX_EAPS_HRKFT_EXTENSION I SUBKEY2_PREREAD Executes Pre-Read on Table COKEY2 for Spec. CO Subkeys .
IF_EX_EASYDMS_EXT_UI I GET_FUNCTION_LIST Gets All Extendable Customer Functions .
IF_EX_EASYDMS_EXT_UI I PROCESS_FUNCTION Calls the Customer Functions .
IF_EX_EASYDMS_MAIN01 I FOLDERCREATESIMPLE Simplifies the Creation of Folders .
IF_EX_EASYDMS_MAIN01 I SHOW_ROOTS Determines the Visibility of Root Folders .
IF_EX_EASYDMS_NEW_FILENAME I RENAME_FILE Renames the Originals .
IF_EX_EBI_PPM_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze if Prepayment Documents Can Be Archived .
IF_EX_EBPP_INVOICEDETAIL I GET_INVOICE_DETAIL Determine Detail Data for the Bill .
IF_EX_EBPP_USAPPLREF I GET_PROFILES Determine Profile .
IF_EX_EBPP_USAPPLREF I GET_USAPPLREF Determine Object References .
IF_EX_EBPP_USAPPLREF I GET_USAPPLREF_TEXT Determine Texts for Object References .
IF_EX_EBPP_USER_ADDRESS I CHANGE_USER_ADDRESS Change Address Data .
IF_EX_EBPP_USER_ADDRESS I CREATE_USER_ADDRESS Read Address Data .
IF_EX_EBPP_USER_ADDRESS I GET_PARTNER_TEXT Read Partner Information .
IF_EX_EBPP_USER_ADDRESS I GET_USER_ADDRESS Read Address Data .
IF_EX_ECM I CHANGE_GRAPH_NEW Change Graph: New Status .
IF_EX_ECM I ORDER_AUTHORITY Engineering Change Order: Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_ECM I ORDER_SAVE Engineering Change Order: Before Saving .
IF_EX_ECM I VALIDITY_AUTHORITY Validity: Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_ECM I VALIDITY_CHECK_CHANGE Validity: Change .
IF_EX_ECM I VALIDITY_CHECK_STEADY Validity: Continuity Check .
IF_EX_ECM I VALIDITY_SAVE Validity: Before Saving .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I BOM_ACTIVE_CHK BOM Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I DOCUMENT_ACTIVE_CHK Documents Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I IPPE_ACTIVE_CHK iPPE Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I MATERIAL_ACTIVE_CHK Material Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O55_ACTIVE_CHK Object 55 (Configuration Profile) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O60_ACTIVE_CHK Object 60 (Substance) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O61_ACTIVE_CHK Object 61 (Phrase) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O62_ACTIVE_CHK Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O63_ACTIVE_CHK Object 63 (Variant Table) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O64_ACTIVE_CHK Object 64 (Planning Profile) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O65_ACTIVE_CHK Object 65 (Configuration Folder) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O66_ACTIVE_CHK Object 66 (Material Version Validity) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O75_ACTIVE_CHK Object 75 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O76_ACTIVE_CHK Object 76 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O77_ACTIVE_CHK Object 77 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O78_ACTIVE_CHK Object 78 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O79_ACTIVE_CHK Object 79 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O80_ACTIVE_CHK Object 80 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O81_ACTIVE_CHK Object 81 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O82_ACTIVE_CHK Object 82 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O83_ACTIVE_CHK Object 83 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O84_ACTIVE_CHK Object 84 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O85_ACTIVE_CHK Object 85 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O86_ACTIVE_CHK Object 86 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O87_ACTIVE_CHK Object 87 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O88_ACTIVE_CHK Object 88 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O89_ACTIVE_CHK Object 89 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O90_ACTIVE_CHK Object 90 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O91_ACTIVE_CHK Object 91 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O92_ACTIVE_CHK Object 92 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O93_ACTIVE_CHK Object 93 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O94_ACTIVE_CHK Object 94 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O95_ACTIVE_CHK Object 95 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O96_ACTIVE_CHK Object 96 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O97_ACTIVE_CHK Object 97 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O98_ACTIVE_CHK Object 98 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I O99_ACTIVE_CHK Object 99 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_ACTIVE_OBJECTS I ROUT_ACTIVE_CHK Task List Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_AEOI_CI I CUST_AEOI_CI_PAI Routine for PAI / Customer Fields for SAP Program .
IF_EX_ECM_AEOI_CI I CUST_AEOI_CI_PBO Routine for PBO / Customer Fields for Customer Program .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I ATEXT_READ Read Description of BOM Application .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I BOM_ALTERNATIVES_GET Read Alternative BOMs for Object Management Records .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I BOM_LI01_EXECUTE List Output for Object 01 (BOM) .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I BOM_PROTOCOL_DATE_SHIFT List Output Log: Date Shift for BOM .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I CALL_TRANS_BOM Call BOM Dialog Transaction .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I CALL_TRANS_CSXX BOM Display Transactions .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I STLAN_CHK Check Existence of BOM Usage .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I STZU_MARK_FOR_BASELINE BOM Has History Requirement Due to Baseline .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I STZU_TSTAMP_SET Set Time Stamp in Table STZU .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I T415M_CHK Check Table T415M .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I TCS34_UPDATE Adjust BOM Customizing .
IF_EX_ECM_BOM_DECO I WERKS_READ Read Plant .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I ATEXT_READ Read Description of BOM Application .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I BOM_ACTIVE_CHK BOM Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I BOM_LI01_EXECUTE List Output for Object 01 (BOM) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I BOM_PROTOCOL_DATE_SHIFT List Output Log: Date Shift for BOM .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I BROWSE_SINGLE_OBJECT Browse Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I CALL_TRANS_BOM BOM Dialog Transaction Calls .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I CALL_TRANS_CSXX BOM Display Transactions .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_CREATE Create Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_DELETE Delete Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_RESET Save Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_SAVE Save Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_SAVE_PREPARE Prepare Update for Digitial Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DIGSIGN_SHOW Display Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DOCUMENT_ACTIVE_CHK Documents Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DOCUMENT_ASSIGNMENT Maintain Document Assignment .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DOCUMENT_ASSIGNMENT_CHK Check Existence of Document Assignment .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DOCUMENT_DIALOG Document Management Dialog .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DOCUMENT_LI31_EXECUTE List Output for Object 31 (Document) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I DRAW_UPDATE Set Change Number in Document .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_ACTIVE_CHK iPPE Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in iPPE .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_CUSTOMIZING_READ Read iPPE Customizing .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_GUID_EXISTENCE_CHK iPPE GUID Exists .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_GUID_EXT_TO_INT GUID Conversion from External to Internal .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_GUID_INT_TO_EXT GUID Conversion from Internal to External .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_STATUS_CHK_RELKEY iPPE Status Allows Release of Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_TEXT_READ Read iPPE Description .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I IPPE_TRANSACTION_CALL iPPE Transaction Call .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I MATERIAL_ACTIVE_CHK Material Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I MATERIAL_LI41_EXECUTE List Output for Object 41 (Material) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O55_ACTIVE_CHK Object 55 (Configuration Profile) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O55_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O55_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O55_LI55_EXECUTE List Output for Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O55_POST Save Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O60_ACTIVE_CHK Object 60 (Substance) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O60_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O60_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O60_LI60_EXECUTE List Output for Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O60_POST Save Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O61_ACTIVE_CHK Object 61 (Phrase) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O61_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O61_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O61_LI61_EXECUTE List Output for Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O61_POST Save Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O62_ACTIVE_CHK Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O62_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O62_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O62_LI62_EXECUTE List Output for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O62_POST_CHK Check Update for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O63_ACTIVE_CHK Object 63 (Variant Table) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O64_ACTIVE_CHK Object 64 (Planning Profile) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O65_ACTIVE_CHK Object 65 (Configuration Folder) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O66_ACTIVE_CHK Object 66 (Material Version Validity) Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O66_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O66_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O66_LI66_EXECUTE List Output for Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O66_POST Save Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_ACTIVE_CHK Object 75 Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 75: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_LI75_EXECUTE List Output for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I O75_POST Save Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I PDM_ADD_OBJ_TO_STACK Add Change Number to Stack .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I PDM_SHOW_OBJ_FROM_STACK Get Change Number from Stack .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I RCC00400_EXECUTE Status Report for Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I ROUT_ACTIVE_CHK Task List Active in System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I ROUT_LI11_EXECUTE List Output for Object 11 (Task List) .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I SIGN_OBJ_GET Determine Signature Object .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I STLAN_CHK Check Existence of BOM Usage .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I STZU_MARK_FOR_BASELINE BOM Has History Requirement Due to Baseline .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I STZU_TSTAMP_SET Set Time Stamp in Table STZU .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I T415M_CHK Check Table T415M .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I TCA02_READ Read Task List Type Table .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I TCCS01_SET Adjust Settings in TCCS01 to Match System .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I TCS34_UPDATE Adjust BOM Customizing .
IF_EX_ECM_DECOUPLING I WERKS_READ Read Plant .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_CREATE Create Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_DELETE Delete Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_OBJ_GET Determine Signature Object .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_RESET Save Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_SAVE Save Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_SAVE_PREPARE Prepare Update for Digitial Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DIGSIGN_DECO I DIGSIGN_SHOW Display Digital Signature .
IF_EX_ECM_DOC_DECO I DOCUMENT_ASSIGNMENT Maintain Document Assignment .
IF_EX_ECM_DOC_DECO I DOCUMENT_ASSIGNMENT_CHK Check Existence of Document Assignment .
IF_EX_ECM_DOC_DECO I DOCUMENT_DIALOG Document Management Dialog .
IF_EX_ECM_DOC_DECO I DOCUMENT_LI31_EXECUTE List Output for Object 31 (Document) .
IF_EX_ECM_DOC_DECO I DRAW_UPDATE Set Change Number in Document .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I ACTIVATE_PROTOTYPING Activate Change Configuration/Prototype Construction .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I CHECK_TABLE_FOR_F4 Override Check Table Input Help for Parameter Effectivity .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I CHK_FOR_SET_RLKEY Check when Setting Release Key in Unit .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I COPY_NO_STATUS Status Profile Ignored When Copying .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I COPY_OLD_VERSION_ACTIVE Activate Old Version of Copying .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I ECR_REJECT_CONTROL Request: Refuse Is Active If Approve Is in Signature Process.
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I FILL_AENNR_FROM_CCNO Go from Message to Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I GET_CUSTOMER_VARIANTS Copy Customer Variants .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I GET_OBJECTS_AFTER_CUST_SELECT Copy Objects According to Customer Selection .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I OCM_IDENTICAL_OBJECT_HANDLING Restrict Inclusion of Homogeneity List .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I OMR_CHECK_01 Check Object Management Record After Entry in Dialog Mode .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I SWITCH_OF_MATDOC_CHECK Deactivate Material/Document Check for Revision Levels .
IF_EX_ECM_EXIT I TCC08_KZTPR_OVERRIDE Indicator to Override Active Date Check .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in iPPE .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_CUSTOMIZING_READ Read iPPE Customizing .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_GUID_EXISTENCE_CHK iPPE GUID Exists .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_GUID_EXT_TO_INT GUID Conversion from External to Internal .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_GUID_INT_TO_EXT GUID Conversion from Internal to External .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_STATUS_CHK_RELKEY iPPE Status Allows Release of Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_TEXT_READ Read iPPE Description .
IF_EX_ECM_IPPE_DECO I IPPE_TRANSACTION_CALL iPPE Transaction Call .
IF_EX_ECM_MAT_DECO I MATERIAL_GET_INTERNAL Reserve and Return Internal Material Numbers .
IF_EX_ECM_MAT_DECO I MATERIAL_LI41_EXECUTE List Output for Object 41 (Material) .
IF_EX_ECM_O55_DECO I O55_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_O55_DECO I O55_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_O55_DECO I O55_LI55_EXECUTE List Output for Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_O55_DECO I O55_POST Save Object 55 (Configuration Profile) .
IF_EX_ECM_O60_DECO I O60_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_O60_DECO I O60_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_O60_DECO I O60_LI60_EXECUTE List Output for Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_O60_DECO I O60_POST Save Object 60 (Substance) .
IF_EX_ECM_O61_DECO I O61_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_O61_DECO I O61_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_O61_DECO I O61_LI61_EXECUTE List Output for Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_O61_DECO I O61_POST Save Object 61 (Phrase) .
IF_EX_ECM_O62_DECO I O62_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_O62_DECO I O62_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_O62_DECO I O62_LI62_EXECUTE List Output for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_O62_DECO I O62_POST_CHK Check Update for Object 62 (Dangerous Goods) .
IF_EX_ECM_O66_DECO I O66_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_O66_DECO I O66_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_O66_DECO I O66_LI66_EXECUTE List Output for Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_O66_DECO I O66_POST Save Object 66 (Material Version Validity) .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 75: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_LI75_EXECUTE List Output for Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_O75_DECO I O75_POST Save Object 75 .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 76 .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 76 .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 76: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 76 .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_LI76_EXECUTE List Output for Object 76 .
IF_EX_ECM_O76_DECO I O76_POST Save Object 76 .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 77 .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 77 .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 77: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 77 .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_LI77_EXECUTE List Output for Object 77 .
IF_EX_ECM_O77_DECO I O77_POST Save Object 77 .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 78 .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 78 .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 78: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 78 .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_LI78_EXECUTE List Output for Object 78 .
IF_EX_ECM_O78_DECO I O78_POST Save Object 78 .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 79 .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 79 .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 79: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 79 .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_LI79_EXECUTE List Output for Object 79 .
IF_EX_ECM_O79_DECO I O79_POST Save Object 79 .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 80 .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 80 .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 80: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 80 .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_LI80_EXECUTE List Output for Object 80 .
IF_EX_ECM_O80_DECO I O80_POST Save Object 80 .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 81 .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 81 .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 81: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 81 .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_LI81_EXECUTE List Output for Object 81 .
IF_EX_ECM_O81_DECO I O81_POST Save Object 81 .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 82 .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 82 .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 82: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 82 .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_LI82_EXECUTE List Output for Object 82 .
IF_EX_ECM_O82_DECO I O82_POST Save Object 82 .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 83 .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 83 .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 83: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 83 .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_LI83_EXECUTE List Output for Object 83 .
IF_EX_ECM_O83_DECO I O83_POST Save Object 83 .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 84 .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 84 .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 84: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 84 .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_LI84_EXECUTE List Output for Object 84 .
IF_EX_ECM_O84_DECO I O84_POST Save Object 84 .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 85 .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 85 .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 85: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 85 .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_LI85_EXECUTE List Output for Object 85 .
IF_EX_ECM_O85_DECO I O85_POST Save Object 85 .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 86 .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 86 .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 86: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 86 .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_LI86_EXECUTE List Output for Object 86 .
IF_EX_ECM_O86_DECO I O86_POST Save Object 86 .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 87 .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 87 .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 87: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 87 .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_LI87_EXECUTE List Output for Object 87 .
IF_EX_ECM_O87_DECO I O87_POST Save Object 87 .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 88 .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 88 .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 88: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 88 .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_LI88_EXECUTE List Output for Object 88 .
IF_EX_ECM_O88_DECO I O88_POST Save Object 88 .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 89 .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 89 .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 89: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 89 .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_LI89_EXECUTE List Output for Object 89 .
IF_EX_ECM_O89_DECO I O89_POST Save Object 89 .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 90 .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 90 .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 90: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 90 .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_LI90_EXECUTE List Output for Object 90 .
IF_EX_ECM_O90_DECO I O90_POST Save Object 90 .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 91 .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 91 .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 91: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 91 .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_LI91_EXECUTE List Output for Object 91 .
IF_EX_ECM_O91_DECO I O91_POST Save Object 91 .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 92 .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 92 .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 92: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 92 .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_LI92_EXECUTE List Output for Object 92 .
IF_EX_ECM_O92_DECO I O92_POST Save Object 92 .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 93 .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 93 .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 93: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 93 .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_LI93_EXECUTE List Output for Object 93 .
IF_EX_ECM_O93_DECO I O93_POST Save Object 93 .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 94 .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 94 .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 94: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 94 .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_LI94_EXECUTE List Output for Object 94 .
IF_EX_ECM_O94_DECO I O94_POST Save Object 94 .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 95 .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 95 .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 95: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 95 .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_LI95_EXECUTE List Output for Object 95 .
IF_EX_ECM_O95_DECO I O95_POST Save Object 95 .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 96 .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 96 .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 96: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 96 .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_LI96_EXECUTE List Output for Object 96 .
IF_EX_ECM_O96_DECO I O96_POST Save Object 96 .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 97 .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for object 97 .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 97: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 97 .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_LI97_EXECUTE List Output for Object 97 .
IF_EX_ECM_O97_DECO I O97_POST Save Object 97 .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 98 .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 98 .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 98: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 98 .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_LI98_EXECUTE List Output for Object 98 .
IF_EX_ECM_O98_DECO I O98_POST Save Object 98 .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_AENNR_CHK Change Number Used in Object 99 .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_ATTXT_GET Read Object Type Description for Object 99 .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_CONFIGURATION_CHK Object 99: Functional Configuration .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_DATE_CHK Check Date Shift for Object 99 .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_LI99_EXECUTE List Output for Object 99 .
IF_EX_ECM_O99_DECO I O99_POST Save Object 99 .
IF_EX_ECM_OTHERS_DECO I BROWSE_SINGLE_OBJECT Browse Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_OTHERS_DECO I PDM_ADD_OBJ_TO_STACK Add Change Number to Stack .
IF_EX_ECM_OTHERS_DECO I PDM_SHOW_OBJ_FROM_STACK Get Change Number from Stack .
IF_EX_ECM_OTHERS_DECO I RCC00400_EXECUTE Status Report for Change Number .
IF_EX_ECM_OTHERS_DECO I TCCS01_SET Adjust Settings in TCCS01 to Match System .
IF_EX_ECM_ROUT_DECO I ROUT_ALTERNATIVES_GET Read Alternative Task Lists for Object Management Records .
IF_EX_ECM_ROUT_DECO I ROUT_LI11_EXECUTE List Output for Object 11 (Task List) .
IF_EX_ECM_ROUT_DECO I TCA02_READ Read Task List Type Table .
IF_EX_ECM_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_SAVE When daving in dialog .
IF_EX_ECM_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Before calling up update .
IF_EX_ECM_UPDATE I CHANGE_IN_UPDATE In the update .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I ADD_NEW_FCODE_ITEMIZATION Item View: Add New Functions .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I ADD_NEW_FCODE_TREE_CM Costing Structure (Context Menu): Add New Functions .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I ADD_NEW_FCODE_TREE_TB Costing Structure (Toolbar): Add New Functions .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I AT_SUBMIT_AFTER_GENERATION Item Generation: Change Items After Generation .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I AT_SUBMIT_AFTER_INSERTION Item Generation: Change Cost Estimate After Transfer .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I AT_SUBMIT_RESOURCE_GENERATION Item Generation: After Generation of Template Resources .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I HANDLE_FCODE_NEW_ACTUALS Actual Reporting: Own ExecServ Displ./Change/Reverse on Line.
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I HANDLE_NEW_FCODE_ITEMIZATION Item View: Execute New Functions .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I HANDLE_NEW_FCODE_TREE_CM Costing Structure (Context Menu): Execute New Function .
IF_EX_ECP_ADD_FUNCTIONS_CK I HANDLE_NEW_FCODE_TREE_TB Costing Structure (Toolbar): Execute New Function .
IF_EX_ECP_BATCHPROCESS I BEFORE_EXPORT_TO_DB Modify Object Key List Before Export to the Database .
IF_EX_ECP_PORTAL1 I AFTER_DATA_SELECT Modify Data Selection .
IF_EX_ECP_PORTAL1 I AFTER_FIELD_SELECT Modify List of Fields Transferred to an iView .
IF_EX_ECP_PORTAL1 I AFTER_OBJECT_KEY_SELECT Modify Object Key List .
IF_EX_ECP_PORTAL1 I ON_END_PROCESSING Modify Data Before Transferred to Portal .
IF_EX_ECP_SRV_AUTHORITY_CH I AFTER_DATA_SELECTION after data selection include additional check .
IF_EX_ECRM_CONTR_UPLOAD I MOVEIN_CREATED Follow-Up Actions for Creation of Move-In from CRM .
IF_EX_ECRM_CRM_DOWNLOAD I CRM_DOWNLOAD_FILL_DATA Maintain CRM fro MDG Container .
IF_EX_ECRM_CRM_DOWNLOAD I CRM_DOWNLOAD_GET_PARAMS Maintain the Sales Data in the CRM Download .
IF_EX_ECRM_CRM_UPLOAD I CRM_UPLOAD_FILL_CONTAINER Maintain Parameter Containers in CRM - Upload .
IF_EX_ECRM_CRM_UPLOAD I MOVEINDATE_CHANGED Follow-Up Actions for Move-In Date Changes .
IF_EX_ECRM_CRM_UPLOAD I MOVEIN_CREATED Follow-Up Actions for Creation of Move-In from CRM .
IF_EX_ED_MONASN I CHANGE_DATA Change Header and Item Data for Task .
IF_EX_ED_MONORD I CHANGE_DATA Change Header and Item Data for Task .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I CHECK_DATA Semantic Check (SAVE_DATA, INSERT_DATA) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I CHECK_DELETE Check Whether Data Record Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I CHECK_EDIT Check Whether Data Record Can Be Changed .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I CHECK_INSERT Check Whether New Data Record Can Be Created .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I CHECK_SHOW Check Whether Data Record Can Be Displayed .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I DELETE_DATA Load Additional Data .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I GET_BO Determine Business Object (Set Previously with SET_BO) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I INSERT_DATA New Data Record Was Saved (INSERT) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I LOAD_DATA Load Additional Data .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I NEW_DATA Prepare New Data Record (PREPARE INSERT) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I SAVE_DATA Data Record Was Saved (UPDATE) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_BASE I SET_BO Announce Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_DELIVBAN I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_WDPLANT I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BA_WDPPROC I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I BOOKSTART Posting Is Started .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I CANEDIT Is it Possible to Switch to Processing? .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I CANINSERT Can New Data Record Be Created? .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I CANSAVE Is it Possible to Save? .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I DISPATCH_OK_CODE Process OK_CODE .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I GET_APP_INTERFACE Get Interface for Application-Specific Functions .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I GET_FRAME_INTERFACE Get Interface for Frame .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I GET_LIST_INTERFACE Determine Additional Information for LIST .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I LOAD_DATA Data loaded .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I SAVE_DATA Data Saved .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_BASE I SET_APP Reference to Application (CL_EEWA_FORM_BASE) .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_DOCK I GET_DOCK_INTERFACE Determine Additional Information for LIST .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_LIST I GET_LIST_INTERFACE Determine Additional Information for LIST .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_TREE I GET_TREE_INTERFACE Determine Additional Interface for Tree .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_BD_WDPLJRNL I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_DOCK I INIT_OPTIONS Set Dock Properties .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_FRAME I SET_FRAME Set Frame .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_LIST I INIT_OPTIONS Set List Options .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_LIST I REFRESH Update Additional Fields .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_TREE I ADJUST_NODES Adjust Tree Nodes and Items .
IF_EX_EEWAEL_TREE I INIT_OPTIONS Set Tree Properties .
IF_EX_EEWAWA_BA_PCKGOODS I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAWA_BA_WEIGHOFFL I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWAWA_BA_WEIGHPROC I GET_BASE_INTERFACE Basis Interface for Business Object .
IF_EX_EEWA_ROUTE_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze Whether Routes Can Be Archived .
IF_EX_EEWA_WDO_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze Waster Disposal Orders for Archiving .
IF_EX_EEW_BDT_ADD_NEW_FLDS I CHANGE_GEN_OBJECTS Changes/Adds to Non-BDT-Standard Objects for Gen. Request .
IF_EX_EEW_BDT_ADD_NEW_TABL I ADD_GEN_OBJECTS Adds More Non-BDT-Standard Objects to Generation Request .
IF_EX_EEW_BDT_ADD_NEW_TABL I CHANGE_GEN_OBJECTS Changes/Adds to Non-BDT-Standard Objects for Gen. Request .
IF_EX_EFG_PRINTPARAMS I CHANGE_IN_DIALOG_AFTER Change to Print Parameters after Print Parameter Dialog .
IF_EX_EFG_PRINTPARAMS I CHANGE_IN_DIALOG_BEFORE Change to Print Parameters before Print Parameter Dialog .
IF_EX_EFG_PRINTPARAMS I CHANGE_IN_PRINT_EXPANDED Change to Print Parameters in Print Event .
IF_EX_EFG_SPOOL_OUTPUT I OUTPUT_DONE Spool Requests Being Output .
IF_EX_EFG_SPOOL_OUTPUT I OUTPUT_STATUS Status of Output Requests .
IF_EX_EHSB_DMS_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_AUTHORITYGROUP Set Authorization Group .
IF_EX_EHSB_DMS_ENCODE I DECODE Decrypting of User-Defined Texts .
IF_EX_EHSB_DMS_ENCODE I ENCODE Encrypting of User-Defined Texts .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_ADD_CLASS_DEF Add Application-Specific Characteristics .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_ADD_DATA Add Application-Specific Data .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_ALVLAYOUT Determine ALV Layout Structure .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_EXCLUDED_TOOLBAR Determine Pushbuttons to Be Hidden .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_LAYOUT Determine ALV Layout .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_OUTTAB Determine 'ALV Outtab' Table .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Determine Data for Initializing ALV Grid .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_VARIANT Affect Layout Behavior .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DATA_CHANGED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DOUBLE_CLICK Action on Double-Click .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DRAG Action at Time of Drag .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DROP Action at Time of Drop .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_F1 Action on Call of F1 Help .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_F4 Check Routine for Input Help .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_INIT Actions During Initialization .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_TOOLBAR Add Pushbuttons to Toolbar .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_USER_COMMAND Evaluate User Action .
IF_EX_EHSB_VAI_ADD_INF I SAVE_TO_DB Save .
IF_EX_EHSDG_CHANGEPO_FILT I FILTER_DG_RELEVANT_CHANGEPO Filtering DG-Relevant Change Pointers - Filling/Distribution.
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Get Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Get Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I GET_OKCODE_PAI Get OK Code at Event PAI for Subscreen .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Write Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Write Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I PUT_OKCODE_PAI Write OK Code at Event PAI for Main Screen .
IF_EX_EHSH_BC_DET_SCR I SAVE_DATA Save of Changed Data .
IF_EX_EHSH_EXAM_MEX_01 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Examinations .
IF_EX_EHSH_EXAM_MEX_02 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Examinations .
IF_EX_EHSH_MED_SRV_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Medical Service .
IF_EX_EHSH_MED_SRV_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Medical Service .
IF_EX_EHSH_MPC_INTEGRATION I DELETE_APPOINTMENT Delete Service Appointment .
IF_EX_EHSH_MPC_INTEGRATION I SCHEDULE_WITH_PERSON_SEARCH Calendar with Person Search .
IF_EX_EHSH_MPC_INTEGRATION I SCHEDULE_WITH_TODO_LIST Entry via List of Services to Be Scheduled .
IF_EX_EHSH_MPC_INTEGRATION I UPDATE_APPOINTMENT_STATUS Update of Appointment Status .
IF_EX_EHSH_PCP_ABSENCES I DISPLAY_ABSENCES Display Absences of a Person .
IF_EX_EHSH_PCP_MEX_01 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Planning Cockpit .
IF_EX_EHSH_PCP_MEX_02 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Planning Cockpit .
IF_EX_EHSH_PCP_SELECT I SELECTION_INFO Setting of Selection Text and Icon for Person Selection .
IF_EX_EHSH_PCP_SELECT I SELECT_PERSONS Person Selection for Planning Cockpit .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Read Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Read Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I OKCODE_HANDLER OK-Code Handler .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSDAT_SCR I SAVE Save .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Read Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Read Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_PERSID_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_POH_CHECK_AUTH I AUTHORITY_CHECK Enhanced Authorization Check .
IF_EX_EHSH_PROT_MEX_01 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Health Surveillance Protocols .
IF_EX_EHSH_PROT_MEX_02 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Health Surveillance Protocols .
IF_EX_EHSH_PROT_NEXT_CALC I SRV_PROT_NEXT_CALC Calculation of Next Appointment for Protocol in Service .
IF_EX_EHSH_PROT_SUGGEST I PROT_SUGGEST Customer-Specific Determination of Protocols .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRVDIA_DET_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Get Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRVDIA_DET_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Get Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRVDIA_DET_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Write Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRVDIA_DET_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Write Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI_DETAIL Read Data Subscreen Container "Header Data" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO_DETAIL Read Data Subscreen Dynpro "Header Data" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO_OVERVIEW Read Data Subscreen Dynpro "Examination" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I OKCODE_HANDLER Execute Function Codes .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI_DETAIL Transfer Data Subscreen Dynpro "Header Data" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO_DETAIL Transfer Data Subscreen Container "Header Data" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO_OVERVIEW Transfer Data Subscreen Container "Examination" Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_EXA_SCR I SAVE Save Changed Data .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_FILTER I CALL_FILTER_POPUP Call Filter Popup Dialog .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_FILTER I READ_FILTER_VALUES Read Filter Values .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_FILTER I SELECT_MEDICAL_SERVICES Select Medical Service Based on Filter Values .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_OV_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Read Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_OV_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Read Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_OV_SCR I OKCODE_HANDLER OK-Code Handler .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_OV_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSH_SRV_OV_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSH_VACC_MEX_01 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Vaccinations .
IF_EX_EHSH_VACC_MEX_02 I MENU_EXIT_CALL Vaccinations - Menu Exit 2 .
IF_EX_EHSI_ACPM_DATA_TRANS I NOTIFICATION_CREATE Create Notification from IHS Safety Measure Screen .
IF_EX_EHSI_ACPM_DATA_TRANS I NOTIFICATION_READBACK Read Back Notification Data to IH Safety Measures .
IF_EX_EHSI_AC_COSTC I COSTS_CALC Calculation of Safety Measure Costs .
IF_EX_EHSI_ANNC_RATCP I COMPUTE_RATING Calculation of Rating of Standardized Criteria .
IF_EX_EHSI_ER_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Risk Assessment .
IF_EX_EHSI_ER_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Risk Assessment .
IF_EX_EHSI_ER_MEX_03 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 3 for Risk Assessment .
IF_EX_EHSI_ER_MEX_04 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 4 for Risk Assessment .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_ASS_SRV_SCR I GET_DATA Read Screen Data .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_ASS_SRV_SCR I GET_OKCODE Read Function Code .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_ASS_SRV_SCR I PUT_DATA Transfer Screen Data .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_ASS_SRV_SCR I PUT_OKCODE Transfer Function Code .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Injury/Illness Log .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Injury/Illness Log .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_MEX_03 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 3 for Injury/Illness Log .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_MEX_04 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 4 for Injury/Illness Log .
IF_EX_EHSI_FAL_MEX_1 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Injury/Illness Log .
IF_EX_EHSI_IA_BAPI I TRANSFER_APITAB_2_EXTENSIONTABTransfer Data from Internal Table to Extension Table .
IF_EX_EHSI_IA_BAPI I TRANSFER_EXTENSIONTAB_2_APITABTransfer Data from Extension Table to Internal Table .
IF_EX_EHSI_IA_RPHDFLG_COMP I IAREPHDFLC_COMPUTE Method to Determine Reportable Event Ind. in Inc./Acc. Hdr .
IF_EX_EHSI_INT_ORG_1403 I INFTY_1403_WRITE EHS: Write Long-Term Average to Infotype 1403 .
IF_EX_EHSI_IPEVA_TIMDAT I ABSENCES_CHECK_CONSISTENCY Check Absences for Consistency .
IF_EX_EHSI_IPEVA_TIMDAT I ABSENCES_DIALOG_CALL Call of Dialog Box for Multiple Absences .
IF_EX_EHSI_IPEVA_TIMDAT I TIMEDATA_FROM_ABS_DETERMINE Calculation of Overview Data for Time Data .
IF_EX_EHSI_MJVA_MATCHUP I MJVA_MATCHUP Transfer Measured Values to Amounts .
IF_EX_EHSI_MJ_IMPORT I MJ_IMPORT Import of Measured Values .
IF_EX_EHSI_MJ_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Measurements .
IF_EX_EHSI_MJ_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Measurements .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_CREATE I MP_CREATE Creation of Measurement Projects .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I CALL_DEVICE_DETAIL Display Device Details .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I GET_DATA_PAI Read Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I GET_DATA_PBO Read Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I OKCODE_HANDLER OK-Code Handler .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I PRINT_DEVICE_LIST Print Device List .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Screen Data at Event PAI .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Screen Data at Event PBO .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I SAVE Save Device List .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_DV_SCR I VALUE_REQUEST_DEVICE Input Help for Devices .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_EPI_IMP I EPI_IMPORT Import of Exposure Profile Entries .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_METHOD_HELP I METHOD_HELP Call Input Help for Measurement Method .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Measurement Projects .
IF_EX_EHSI_MP_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Measurement Projects .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_MEX_01 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 1 for Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_MEX_02 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 2 for Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_MEX_03 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 3 for Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_MEX_04 I MENUE_EXIT_CALL Call Menu Exit 4 for Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_OVERALL_RAT I GET_OVERALL_RATING Calculation of Overall Rating for a Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSI_WA_RECEIVED_RAT I GET_RECEIVED_RATING Calculation of Received Rating for Work Area .
IF_EX_EHSS_HITLIST I INITIALIZATION Initialization of BAdI .
IF_EX_EHSS_PROP_TREE I DETERMINE Determination of Property Tree .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I AT_SAVE_CHECK Checks When Saving Specification Data .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I BOMBOS_BOS_DETERMINE BOM Transfer: Determine All BOM Items .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I BOMBOS_GET_SPEC BOM Transfer: Determination of Specification for Material .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I BOMPOS_UNIT_CHECK Check Units of Measure .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I MAT_ASSIGN_CHECK Checks for Material Assignment .
IF_EX_EHSS_SPEC_CHECKS I ON_OPEN_CHECK Checks When Opening Specification Header .
IF_EX_EHSS_WWI_BADI_001 I C12LAYOUT_ACTION Event on Buttons .
IF_EX_EHSS_WWI_BADI_001 I C12LAYOUT_ACTIVATE Capture Event on Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHSS_WWI_BADI_001 I C12LAYOUT_INIT Initializes the BAdI Object .
IF_EX_EHSS_WWI_BADI_001 I C12LAYOUT_SYNCRO_DOC Event --" Read from Word Document .
IF_EX_EHSS_WWI_BADI_001 I C12LAYOUT_SYNCRO_TREE Evaluate Event in Symbol Tree .
IF_EX_EHSW_DISPOSAL_PAPERS I MODIFIC_SELECTION Modification of Result List of Standard Selection .
IF_EX_EHSW_EN_CHECK I AUTH_CHECK Authorization Check for Master Data in Disposal Processing .
IF_EX_EHSW_MN_PRINT I PARAMETER_GET Determine Parameters (Print Preview and Print) .
IF_EX_EHSW_MN_PRINT I PRE_PRINT Execute Actions Before Printing .
IF_EX_EHSW_MN_SAVE_TO_DB I SAVE_ADD_DATA_TO_DB Save Additional Data with Disposal Document Data .
IF_EX_EHSW_WASTE_APPROVAL I CHECK_HAZ_WASTE Check for Hazardous Waste .
IF_EX_EHS_BOMBOS I C1L1_SUBST_READ_BY_MATNR EHS: BOMBOS: Determine Specification for Material .
IF_EX_EHS_DGC_001 I ENLARGE_MASTER_DATA Extend Dangerous Goods Master Records .
IF_EX_EHS_DGC_002 I DG_CHK_REACT_ORDER_DETERMINE Determine Reaction of DG Checks for Sales Documents .
IF_EX_EHS_DGC_002 I DG_CHK_REACT_SHIPP_DETERMINE Determine Reaction of DG Checks for Shipping Documents .
IF_EX_EHS_DGC_002 I DG_CHK_REACT_TRANS_DETERMINE Determine Reaction of DG Checks for Shipment Documents .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I AENNR_CHANGE Change Date for Change Number with Change .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I AENNR_CHECK Check Whether Date of Change Number Can Be Changed .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I AENNR_SHOW Create Report on Usage of a Change Number .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I AENNR_USE Where-Used List for a Change Number .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I CHECK_FRAME_DELIVERY Main Program Dangerous Goods Checks in Shipping .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I CHECK_FRAME_SHIPMENT Main Program Dangerous Goods Checks in Shipment .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I CHECK_LOG_TRANS Dialog Box Dangerous Goods Checks in Shipment Document .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I DG_CHECKS_ACTIVE Activation Check and Check Schema Determ. for DG Checks .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I DG_CHECKS_PUSH Activation Check for DG Checks for SD Pushbutton .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I EDI_READ_DG_DATA General Call of Read DG Data Modules .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD01 Filling Segment E1EDD01 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD10 Filling Segment E1EDD10 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD11 Filling Segment E1EDD11 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD12 Filling Segment E1EDD12 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD14 Filling Segment E1EDD14 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD15 Filling Segment E1EDD15 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD16 Filling Segment E1EDD16 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD17 Filling Segment E1EDD17 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I FILL_E1EDD18 Filling Segment E1EDD18 .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_COND_TEXT_KEY Call of Hazmat_pri_cond_get and HAZMAT_GET_TEXT_KEYS .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_DG_UNDEP_TEXT Read Text Header Data for Standard Texts .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_HEADER_TEXT Read Header Data for Header Texts .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_HEADER_TEXT_TABLE Read Header Data for Header Texts .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_ITEM_TEXT Read Header Data for Item Texts .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_ITEM_TEXT_TABLE Read Header Data for Item Texts .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I GET_TRAF_CARR_CATEGORY Description for Mode of Trans. Cat. (SINGLE-READ) from TDG66.
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_ARCHIVE_SEL Archiving LIPSDG .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_DELETE Deletion of Record from LIPSDG .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_GET Read LIPSDG Record from Buffer .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_MAINTAIN Maintenance LIPSDG .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_READ Read LIPSDG from Database .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_REFRESH Clear LIPDG .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_RENAME Number Assignment LIPSDG .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I LIPSDG_UPDATE Save LIPSDG to Database .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I MATNR_USE Usage of a Material Number in DG Material Master .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I PRI_DATA_GET Determination of DG Data for Output of Delivery Note .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I PROLI_DIALOG_CHECK Individual Input Check for PROLI Field in SD Document .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_001 I VALID_TDG41 F4 Help for DG Indicator Profile in Material Master .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I CHECK_ACTIVE Check Whether Template Material Processing Active .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DELETE_UCADM Delete DGMSD Records if Incomplete in Shipping .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_ARCHIVE_SEL Read DGMSD Records from Database for Archiving .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_COPY Copy Table XDGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_DELETE Delete a Record from XDGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_DELETE_ITEM Delete DGMSD Records No Longer Required (Sales) .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_DELIVERY_DEP_READ Read DGMSD Table from Database in Shipping .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_DELIVERY_READ Read DGMSD Table from Database in Shipping .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_GET Read an XDGMSD Record from Buffer .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_ORDER_READ Read DGMSD Table from Database in Sales .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_REFRESH Clear Table DGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_RENAME Number Assignment for Table DGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_UPDATE Update of Table DGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I DGMSD_VBUV_UPDATE Update of Table VBUV .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I GET_DATA_EHS Transfer Data .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I GET_FCODE Transfer Function Code .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I IDOC_INPUT_DELVRY Unpack DG Data (Inbound) and Update DGMSD .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I MD_DET_DELIVERY Determination of DG Master Data in Shipping .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I MD_DET_ORDER Determination of DG Master Data in Sales .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I SET_DATA_SD Transfer Data .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I SET_FCODE Transfer Function Code .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_002 I TPMAT_CHECK Check for Template Material .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_INT_001 I DG_MAT_ASSIGN_FILTER BAdI for Filtering the Specifications for Filling .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_INT_002 I MODIFY_DGDATA_AFTER_RECEIVING Check/Modify Dangerous Goods Data After Receiving .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_INT_002 I MODIFY_DGDATA_BEFORE_SENDING Check/Modify Dangerous Goods Data Before Sending .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_INT_002 I TRANSFER_EXTENSIONTAB_2_IOTAB Transfer Data from Extension Table to Internal Table .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_INT_002 I TRANSFER_IOTAB_2_EXTENSIONTAB Transfer Data from Internal Table to Extension Table .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MAINT_001 I BUTTON_DEF_GET Set Icon Structure .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MAINT_001 I DETAIL_ENTRY Call of Assigned Screen .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MAINT_001 I DETAIL_SAVE Write Data to Buffer .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MASTER_001 I DGMASTER_ENH_REC_DETERMINE Det. Rel. Data Recs in DG Master Enh. f. Templ/One-Time Mat..
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MASTER_001 I DGTMD_RECORD_DETERMINE Determination of a Dangerous Goods Master Record .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_MASTER_001 I DG_MASTER_SELECT Selection of Dangerous Goods Master Records .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_OUTPUT_001 I DGMASTER_ENH_REC_DETERMINE Determination of Relev. Data Records for DG Master Enhancemt.
IF_EX_EHS_DG_REL_001 I CREATE_FROM_CLASSIFICATION Call of Intermediate Screen to Create Product Releases .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_REL_001 I ENTRY_PARAMETERS_CHECK Incoming Check of Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_REL_001 I SUBSCREEN_OK_CODE OK Code Processing for Product Release Functions .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_REL_001 I SUBSCREEN_OPEN Preprocessing for Product Release Functions .
IF_EX_EHS_DG_REL_001 I TABSTRIP_INIT Transfer of Heading and Icon for Second Tab Page .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP10_PREVIEW Preview Handling .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP10_PRINT Print Handling .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP11_CLOSE Close Handling for Subscreen Printer .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP11_OKCODE OK-Code Handling for Subscreen Printer .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP11_OPEN Open Handling for Subscreen Printer .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP12_CLOSE Close Handling for Subscreen Label Info .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP12_OKCODE OK-Code Handling for Subscreen Label Info .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP12_OPEN Open Handling for Subscreen Label Info .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_001 I CBGL_MP12_RESET Reset Handling for Subscreen Label Info .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_002 I CBGL_LB70_DATA_GET Extension for Reading Logistics Data (Make-to-Stock/Order) .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_003 I CBGL_LB71_DATA_GET Extension for Reading Logistics Data (Delivery) .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_004 I CBGL_LB73_DATA_GET Extension for Reading Logistics Data (Goods Receipt) .
IF_EX_EHS_GLM_BADI_005 I CBGL_LB26_MATNR_TO_SUBID Extension for Material-Substance Assignment .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization for Access to Material/Product Master .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I CONVERT_MATERIAL Conversion of Material/Product (Internal "--" External) .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I EXISTENCE_CHECK Run Existence Check for a Material/Product .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I F1_HELP_SHOW Display F1 Help for Attributes of Material/Product Master .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I GET_DDIC_FIELD Determine DDIC Field Name for Material Number .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I GET_FIELD_LENGTH Determine Field Length of Material Number .
IF_EX_EHS_MATERIAL I GET_FIELD_NAME Determine Language-Dependent Field Labels .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_CHANGE (See C10G_AENNR_CHANGE in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_CHANGE2 (See C11G_AENNR_CHANGE in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_CHECK (See C10G_AENNR_CHECK in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_CHECK2 (See C11G_AENNR_CHECK in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_SHOW (See C10G_AENNR_SHOW in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_SHOW2 (See C11G_AENNR_SHOW in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_USE (See C10G_AENNR_USE in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I AENNR_USE2 (See C11G_AENNR_USE in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I RC1A2NNR_LIST_TO_MEMORY List for Report RC1A2NNR (in PLM Add-On) to Memory .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I RC1AENNR_LIST_TO_MEMORY List for Report RC1AENNR (in PLM Add-On) to Memory .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I REPID_GET Report for Change Number Where-Used List 'Substance' .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_001 I REPID_GET2 Report for Change Number Where-Used List 'Phrase' .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_002 I ENTRY_INQUIERY (See C1G1_ENTRY_INQUIERY_APPOBJ in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_003 I AUSP_ADD_READ (See C14K_AUSP_ADD_READ in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_003 I AUSP_ADD_UPD (See C14K_AUSP_ADD_UPD in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EHS_PS_003 I CHARACTNAME_CHECK (See C14K_CHARACTNAME_CHECK in PLM Add-On) .
IF_EX_EIDE_CRM I IDE_PROCESS_NECESSARY IDE - Workflow Start - Check .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_COUNT_EINE Returns number of entries in table eine .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_ENTRIES_IN_2 Used for select with all entries sentence number 2 .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_ENTRIES_IN_3 Used for select with all entries sentence number 3 .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_ENTRIES_IN_3_WSelect special fields with all entries .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_ENTRIES_IN_4 Used for select with all entries sentence number 4 .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_ENT_EKORG_IN_2Used for select with all entries sentence number 2 and ekorg.
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_FIELDS_FOR Used for standard select and specified keys .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_ALL_FIELDS_IN Used for standard select with in range sentence .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_INFNR_ENTRIES_1 Used for select with all entries sentence #1 using infnr .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_INFNR_ENTRIES_IN_RUsed for select with all entries and in range with INFNR .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_INFNR_ENTRIES_SPECSelect all entries with three parameters and werks with or .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_SPECIAL_FIELDS_FORUsed for select with special fields and specified keys .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_SPECIAL_FIELDS_IN Used for select with special fields with ranges .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I SELECT_EINE_WERKS_ENTRIES_1 Used for select with all entries with WERKS .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I UPDATE_EINE_FROM Updates eine from an internal table .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I UPDATE_EINE_WHERE Updates eine when a condition is met .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I UPDATE_VEINEUA_FROM Updates eine from an internal table .
IF_EX_EINE_DB_STRG I UPDATE_VEINEUB_FROM Updates eine from an internal table .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I CHECK_BEFORE_CHANGE Check before Changing Case .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I CHECK_BEFORE_DISPLAY Check before Displaying Case .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check before Saving Change to Case .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I COMPLETE_CASE Complete Case .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I DETERMINE_CASE Determine Case .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I DETERMINE_CUSTOMER_SUBSCREEN Determine Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I PROCESS_CUSTSUB_OKCODE Handle Action (OKCode) from Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_CUSTSUB Transfer Case Data from Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_CUSTSUB Transfer Case Data to Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_EMMA_CASE I UPDATE_CASE_ACTION_LOG Write Action Log for Case .
IF_EX_EQL_SUBSCR_ACL I PROCESS_FUNCTION Process by customer activated function in the log notif. .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_01 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_02 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_03 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_04 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_05 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_06 I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I FCODE_HANDLER Function Code Processing for the Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I GET_DATA_PAI Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Application .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I GET_DATA_PBO Data Transport BAdI Interface -" Screen .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I INIT_SCREEN Determine Important Screen Data (Example: Tab Name) .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I PUT_DATA_PAI Data Transport Screen -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I PUT_DATA_PBO Data Transport Application -" BAdI Interface .
IF_EX_EQUI_SCR_CC I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DATA Update of Data Outside of the Equipment Tables .
IF_EX_EQUI_SERLV_CHECK I MAINTAIN_SERLV Changeability of MARA_SERLV .
IF_EX_EQUI_UPDATE I IN_UPDATE Equipment Data to BADI 'IN UPDATE TASK' .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_CONFIG_MODE Processing Mode for IPC Call .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_CONTEXT IPC Context Information for Reference Characteristic .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_KB Determine Knowledge Base .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_KB_DATE Set Date for Finding Knowledge Base .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_SALES_PRINT_OPTIONS Determine Sales Print Options .
IF_EX_ERP_CFG_ADAPT I SET_SALES_REF_CHARS_WRITABLE Decide about support of writable reference characteristics .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I AUTHORITY_CHECK_AFTER Authorization Checks after the selections .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I AUTHORITY_CHECK_BEFORE Authorization Checks before the Selection .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I INIT Initialization .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I PERFORM_SELECTION Execute the Selection .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I POSTPROCESS_RESULT Post processing after the selections .
IF_EX_ERP_ISA_GEN_DOC_SEL I PREPARE_SELECTION Preparation before the Selection .
IF_EX_ESALES_PRODLIST_MOD I MODIFY_PROPOSAL_FIELDCAT Modify field catalog of proposal list .
IF_EX_ESALES_PRODLIST_MOD I MODIFY_PROPOSAL_LAYOUT Modify layout of product proposal list .
IF_EX_ESALES_PRODLIST_MOD I MODIFY_SELECTION_FIELDCAT Modify field catalog of list of selected products .
IF_EX_ESALES_PRODLIST_MOD I MODIFY_SELECTION_LAYOUT Modify layout of list of selected products .
IF_EX_ESALES_PROD_DOCU I MODIFY_PRODUCT_DOCU Modify the standard product docu - sales text of material .
IF_EX_ESALES_PROD_PROPOSAL I MODIFY_PROPOSAL Changes the automatic product proposal .
IF_EX_EVAL_SCHEDCOND_PPF I EVALUATE_SCHEDULE_CONDITION Evaluates the Schedule Condition .
IF_EX_EVAL_STARTCOND_PPF I EVALUATE_START_CONDITION Evaluates Start Condition .
IF_EX_EWB_SELECTION I BOM_PRE_SELECT Preselection of BOM Headers .
IF_EX_EWB_SELECTION I ITM_PRE_SELECT Preselection of BOM Items .
IF_EX_EWB_SELECTION I OPR_PRE_SELECT Preselection of Operations .
IF_EX_EWB_SELECTION I TSK_PRE_SELECT Preselection of Task List Headers .
IF_EX_EXEC_METHODCALL_PPF I EXECUTE Execution of Processing Logic .
IF_EX_EXIT_RPCALCP0_002 I EXIT_PVACV VA - user exit 002 .
IF_EX_EXIT_RPCALCP0_PVACA I EXIT_PVACA VA - user exit 003 .
IF_EX_EXIT_RPCALCP0_PVACO I EXIT_PVACO VA user exit 005 .
IF_EX_EXIT_RPCTAXP0_01 I APPEND_INT_TABLES Change internal tax tables .
IF_EX_EXIT_SAPLCUKO_013 I CHECK_NO_BOM_EXPLOSION Switch off BOM explosion when you go to configuration .
IF_EX_EXIT_XFMPR1_001 I EXIT_FMPR_001 BAdI Actual Update: PS Cash Management .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I GET_DEFAULT_SCENARIO Derivation of Event Scenario .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I GET_NEW_EVENTS Assignment of Events to Progress Tracking Object .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I GET_REFERENCE_DATE Determine Reference Dates of Events .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I PRINT_STATUS_NOTE Print Status Information .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I PROCEED_STATISTICS Determine Key Figures Relevant to Statistics .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I PROCESS_PUSH_BUTTON Process Pushbutton .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I READ_STATUS_NOTE Read Status_Note .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I SAVE_EVENTS Update Event Data on Saving .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I SET_OBJ_TYPE Set Progress Tracking Object .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_FIELDCAT_MAINITEM Edit Events Field Catalog .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_FIELDCAT_SUBITEM Edit Subitems Field Catalog .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_INITIATOR Set Field Initiator for po_meta .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_OBJ_FIELD Supplement Fields for Tracking Objects .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_OFFSET Set Time Intervals During Scheduling .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_PUSH_BUTTON Add/Hide Pushbutton for Toolbar .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_STATUS_NOTE Update Status_Note Table Before Save .
IF_EX_EXPD_UPDATE I UPDATE_SUB_ITEMS Update Subitems When Progress Tracking is Called .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_SWITCH I ACTIVATION_CHANGE Change Activation .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_SWITCH I AFTER_IMPORT_TBE11 Activation Change by Transporting a TBE11 Entry .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_SWITCH I SAVED_ON_DATABASE Change to Activation Saved on the Database .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I ME_CALCUL_SRV_TAX Tax Calculation for Services/Limit in Case of Item Changes .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I ME_TAXCOM_MEPO Modification of TAXCOM with Data from EKKO, EKPO, KNT .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I MM_DATA_FOR_TAX_SYSTEM Preparation and Sending of Additional Data for Tax System .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I MM_ITEM_TAX_MODIFY Change of Tax-Relevant Data for Invoice Item .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I MS_TAX_DATA_LIMITS Modification of Data for Tax Calculation for Limit .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I MS_TAX_DATA_SERVICES Modification of Data for Tax Calculation for Services .
IF_EX_EXTENSION_US_TAXES I MS_TRIGGER_PRICING Pricing for Services When Service is Changed .
IF_EX_EXTRACT_DATA I CHECK_TABLE_ACCESS checks whether the table access is allowed or not .
IF_EX_EXTRACT_DATA_IPC I CHECK_TABLE_ACCESS checks whether the table access is allowed or not .
IF_EX_EXT_CO_ACTUAL_DATA I IMPORT Importing external data for actual CO postings .
IF_EX_EXT_VALUATION_IAA I GET External Valuation Determined for Activity Allocation .
IF_EX_F050S008 I ALE_COMPARE_LEDGER_UPDATE Inbound IDoc: Update Remote Comparison Ledger .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I CHANGE_BWPOS Change Contents of Table BWPOS .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I CHANGE_ITEM Change Item for Calculation .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I CHANGE_POSTING Change One Posting .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I CHANGE_RESULT Change Result in BWPOS and BWPOSI .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I GET_OBJECT_KEY Determine Keys from Items .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I SAVE_RESULT Save Valuation Results .
IF_EX_F107_RUN I SUMMARIZE_POSTING Create Summary of Postings .
IF_EX_F181_DET_DEFAULT I MOVE_ASSIGNMENT Account Assignment Transfer .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I CHANGE_CALCORDER Change Sequence of Calculation in General .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I CHANGE_DEPRKEY_JAPAN Change Temporary Dep. Key for Compl.Retirement (JAPAN Only) .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I CHANGE_PROPORTIONAL_VALUES_ERPChange Proportional Values Retirement/Retirement Transfer .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I CHANGE_ROUNDING Change Rounding Specifications .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I DEFINE_CHANGEOVER_YR Specify Changeover Year Based on Values at Fiscal Year Start.
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I DEFINE_CHANGEOVER_YR_AND_PRD Specify Changeover Year and Changeover Period .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I DEFINE_SEGMENT_LENGTH Specify Maximum Number of Periods Segment Can Have .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I DEFINE_USE_OF_MAX_PERIODS Specify If Calculation Is Made for Each Individual Period .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_COUNTRY I SET_PARAMETER Set Differing Calculation Parameters .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_CALCORDER Change Sequence of Calculation in General .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_PROPORTIONAL_VALUES_ERPNot to Be Used, Since Not Called .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_ROUNDING Change Rounding Specifications .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I DEFINE_CHANGEOVER_YR Specify Changeover Year Based on Values at Fiscal Year Start.
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I DEFINE_CHANGEOVER_YR_AND_PRD Specify Changeover Year and Changeover Period .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I DEFINE_SEGMENT_LENGTH Specify Maximum Number of Periods Segment Can Have .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I DEFINE_USE_OF_MAX_PERIODS Specify If Calculation Is Made for Each Individual Period .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_CUSTOMER I SET_PARAMETER Set Differing Calculation Parameters .
IF_EX_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I CHANGE_PARAMETER Makes Possible to Change Transferred Calculation Parameter .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_COUNTRY I SET_BASE_VALUE Determination of Base Value .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_COUNTRY I SET_MINVAL_VIRTAREA Determination of Cutoff Value for Derived Areas .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_COUNTRY I SET_PERCENT_AMOUNT Determination of Percentage Rate .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_CUSTOMER I SET_BASE_VALUE Determination of Base Value .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_CUSTOMER I SET_MINVAL_VIRTAREA Determination of Cutoff Value for Derived Areas .
IF_EX_FAA_EE_CUSTOMER I SET_PERCENT_AMOUNT Determination of Percentage Rate .
IF_EX_FAGLSKF_AUTH_EXIT I CHECK_AUTH Authorization Check .
IF_EX_FAGL_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_LEDGER_AUTHORITY Accounting Document: Authorization for Ledger .
IF_EX_FAGL_AUTH_ADD_DATA_C I CHECK_AUTH_GLU1 Authorization Check on GLU1 Data .
IF_EX_FAGL_AUTH_ADD_DATA_C I CHECK_AUTH_ITEM Authorization Check on Line Items .
IF_EX_FAGL_AUTH_ADD_DATA_S I CHECK_AUTH_GLU1 Authorization Check on GLU1 Data .
IF_EX_FAGL_AUTH_ADD_DATA_S I CHECK_AUTH_ITEM Authorization Check on Line Items .
IF_EX_FAGL_COFI_ACCIT_MOD I MODIFY_ACC_LINE_ITEM Change FI/CO Line Item Before Summarization .
IF_EX_FAGL_COFI_ACDOC_MOD I MODIFY_ACC_DOCUMENT Change FI/CO Document Prior to Posting .
IF_EX_FAGL_COFI_LNITEM_SEL I LINE_ITEM_SELECT Select Individual Line Items for Online Update CO-"FI .
IF_EX_FAGL_FICO_SELOPT_CNV I FI_SELOPT_CONVERT_TO_CO Convert Field Names and Values of FI to CO .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_CH_DATA I CHANGE_ITEMS Change Line Data .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_CH_SELD I CHANGE_ITEMS Change Selected Data .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS01 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS02 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS03 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS04 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE01 I SHOW_BUTTONS Display of Possible Actions on the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS05 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS06 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS07 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS08 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_ITEMS_MENUE02 I SHOW_BUTTONS Display of Possible Actions on the Item List .
IF_EX_FAGL_MIGR_SUBST I SUBST_ITEM Set Account Assignments .
IF_EX_FAGL_MIGR_VALIDATE I VALIDATE_ITEM Validation of the Open Item .
IF_EX_FAGL_MIG_ADJ_ACCIT I ADJUST_ACCIT Adjustments to ACCIT .
IF_EX_FAGL_SET_SEGMENT I CHANGE_SEGMENT_PSEGMENT Set Segment and Partner Segment .
IF_EX_FAGL_SPLVAL_ADJUST I VALIDATION_ADJUST Adjustment of Validation .
IF_EX_FAGL_SPLVAL_ASSGNMT I COMPLETE_ASSGNMT Setting of Account Assignments .
IF_EX_FAGL_UPLOAD_CF I MOVE_FIELDS Fill Receiver Structure from Sender Structure .
IF_EX_FBAS_CIN_LTAX1F02 I FBAS_CIN_TAX India version tax interface .
IF_EX_FBAS_CIN_MF05AFA0 I EWT_COPY_BSEG Copy Buzei of BSEG into WITH_ITEM .
IF_EX_FBAS_CIN_MF05AFA0 I EWT_DP_TAX_TRANSFER Invoice - Down payment clear - Tax Transfer .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I ADD_FIELDS_TO_BE_SELECTED Add Fields to Be Selected from Database Tables .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I ADD_INFORMATION_TO_DATA_RECORDAdd Information to Selected Data Record .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE Change Information in Data Table .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE_SENDER_SYS Change Data Table in Sender System (Add, Delete Records) .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_003 Convert AP/AR Open Items .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I MAP_COMPANY_IDS Provide Mapping for Company IDs .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I RESTRICT_SELECTION Restrict Data Selection .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_001 I SUPPLY_OTHER_DATA Supply Data Using Non Standard Logic .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I ADD_INFORMATION_TO_DATA_RECORDAdd Information to Selected Data Record .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE Change Information in Data Table .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE_SENDER_SYS Change Data Table in Sender System (Add, Delete Records) .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I MAP_COMPANY_IDS Provide Mapping for Company IDs .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I RESTRICT_SELECTION Restrict Data Selection .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_002 I SUPPLY_OTHER_DATA Supply Data Using Non Standard Logic .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I ADD_FIELDS_TO_BE_SELECTED Add Fields to Be Selected from Database Tables .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I ADD_INFORMATION_TO_DATA_RECORDAdd Information to Selected Data Record .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE Change Information in Data Table .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I CHANGE_DATA_TABLE_SENDER_SYS Change Data Table in Sender System (Add, Delete Records) .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I CONVERT_DATA_FROM_001 Convert GL Open Items .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I MAP_COMPANY_IDS Provide Mapping for Company IDs .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I RESTRICT_SELECTION Restrict Data Selection .
IF_EX_FB_ICRC_003 I SUPPLY_OTHER_DATA Supply Data Using Non Standard Logic .
IF_EX_FB_RC_ASSIGNMENT I PROCESS_AFTER_ASSIGN_ALL Process After All Automatic Rules Have Been Run .
IF_EX_FB_RC_ASSIGNMENT I PROCESS_AFTER_ASSIGN_SINGLE Process After One Automatic Rule Has Been Run .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I ADD_CUSTOMER_UI_FUNCTIONS Add Functions to Main Toolbar .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CHANGE_DISPLAY_GRID Change Properties / Settings of the Grid Controls .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CHANGE_MESSAGE Change Message Text (e.g. Replace Placeholders) .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CHANGE_NAVIGATION_TREE Change Properties / Settings of Navigation Tree .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CHECK_ASSIGN_OK Check Whether Assignment Is OK .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CHECK_UNASSIGN_OK Check Whether Assignment May Be Deleted .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I CONTACT_PERSON_CHANGE_AUTH Check Whether User Has Authority to Change Contact Person .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I DISABLE_STANDARD_UI_FUNCTIONS Disable Standard Functions of User Interface .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I HANDLE_DDOWN_MENU Handle Drop Down Menu for Customer UI Function .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I HANDLE_DDOWN_MENU_ALV Handle Drop Down Menu for UI Function Triggered by ALV Grid .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I MANAGE_UI_FUNCTIONS Manage UI Functions For ALV and Main Toolbars .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I MAP_COMPANY_IDS Do not use! .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I NAVIGATION_TREE_ADD_ITEMS Add Items to Navigation Tree (e.g. Additional Columns) .
IF_EX_FB_RC_PRESENTATION I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_UI_FUNCTIONS Processing for Added Functions .
IF_EX_FCOM_EQM_CHANGE I CHANGE_CONTENT Change Contents .
IF_EX_FCOM_EQM_CHANGE I CHANGE_LAYOUT Change Layout .
IF_EX_FCOM_EQM_COSTS I DETERMINE Determination of Costs .
IF_EX_FCOM_EQM_EQUI_USER I GET_EQUI_4_USER Determine Equipment for User .
IF_EX_FCOM_EQM_EQUI_USER I GET_USER_4_EQUIS Determine User for Equipment .
IF_EX_FCOM_EXT_LEDGER I CHECK_RELEVANT_FOR_CO Check: Ledgers Relevant for CO? .
IF_EX_FCOM_FICO_SELOPT_CNV I FI_SELOPT_CONVERT_TO_CO Convert Field Names and Values of FI to CO .
IF_EX_FCOM_PLR_PEOPLE I CHANGE_PEOPLE_RENDERER Change to URL for People Renderer .
IF_EX_FCOM_PLR_ROOMPARAMS I CHANGE_APPL_PARAMS Change Application Parameters .
IF_EX_FCOM_PLR_ROOMPARAMS I CHANGE_OWNER Change of Person Responsible .
IF_EX_FCOM_PLR_ROOMPARAMS I CHANGE_PARAMS Change of Room Parameters .
IF_EX_FCOM_PLR_ROOMPARAMS I CHANGE_ROLENAMES Change to Role Names .
IF_EX_FCOM_VORGN_4_EXT_LDR I SET_BUSINESS_TRANSACTIONS Determine Transactions for Postings from Parallel Ledgers .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I CANCEL_ENRICH_DOCUMENT_VAL Cancel Valuation for Modified Documents .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I CHECK_KSTL_EXCESSR Checks Responsible Cost Center and Additional Expense Reason.
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I CHECK_KSTL_REWORKR Checks Responsible Cost Center and Reason for Rework .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_ACT_LIST_EXCESS Adds Items to Activity Posting for Excess Consumption .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_ACT_LIST_REWORK Adds Items to Activity Posting .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_COMP_LIST_EXCESS Adds Items to Component Posting for Excess Consumption .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_COMP_LIST_REWORK Adds Items to Component Posting .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_DOCUMENT_REPORTING Fill Enhancement of Reporting Structure .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I ENRICH_DOCUMENT_VALUATION Modify Document Valuation .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I GET_DEFAULT_VALUES Default Values for Additional Expense .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I GET_EXCESS_COST_OBJECT Determines Account Assignment Object for Additional Expense .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I GET_REWORK_COST_OBJECT Determines Account Assignment Object for Rework Expense .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I REM_GR_BAPI_DATA Goods Receipt Repetitive Manufacturing .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SALARY_EXIT_CANCEL Enhancement for Wage Interface with Reversal .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SALARY_EXIT_EXCESS Enhancement for Wage Interface with Additional Expense .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SALARY_EXIT_EXCESS_POST Enhancement for Wage Interface w/ Additional Expense (Post) .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SALARY_EXIT_REWORK Enhancement for Wage Interface with Rework .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SALARY_EXIT_REWORK_POST Enhancement for Wage Interface with Rework (Post) .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SFC_GR_BAPI_DATA Goods Receipt for Production Order .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SUBSYSTEM_EXIT Exit for Subsystem with Inward Transfer .
IF_EX_FCO_COCKPIT_FUNCT I SUBSYSTEM_EXIT_CANCEL Exit for Subsystem with Inward Transfer (Storno) .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_CEZP_REWORK Adjusts the Rework Quantity in CEZP .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_CPZP_CHANGE_PARAMETERS Adjusts the Rework Qty in CPZP When Changing UoM .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_CPZP_DELETE_REPPOINT Adjusts the Rework Qty in CPZP When Deleting Reporting Point.
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_CPZP_REWORK Adjusts the Rework Qty in CPZP .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_CPZP_REWORK_CANCEL Adjusts the Rework Qty in CPZP During Cancelation .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_ITAB_CPZP_REWQTY Adjusts CPZP-REWQTY on Auto GR (Inward Transfer FCOST) .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I ADJUST_KPZP1_FOR_SCRAP Adjusts the Scrap Qty in KPZP1 for RM_OPERATION_READ_MULTI .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I CORRECTED_PZPS_GET Delivers Corrected RP Qties Incl. Predecessors to Rework .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I FCO_ACTIVATED Delivers Customizing for Failure Cost Processing .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_CANCEL_CHECK Checks Whether Cancelation is Permitted in Repetitive Manuf..
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_CANCEL_FCO Cancels FCO Document for Repetitive Manufacturing .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_CANCEL_GR_CHECK Checks if Cancelation of GR is Allowed in Repetitive Manuf. .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_DO_GOODS_RECEIPT_GET Indicates that GR is Triggered from Cockpit .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_DO_GOODS_RECEIPT_SET Determines that GR is Triggered from Cockpit .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_GET_DATA_SUBSCREEN Delivers Subscreen Data to Backflush .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_INITIALIZE_SUBSCREEN Initializes Subscreen Data .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_SET_CANCEL_BY_FCO Sets Internal Flag - REM Cancelation BAPI Called From FCO .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REM_SET_DATA_SUBSCREEN Delivers Backflush Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REWORK_DOCUMENT_CREATE Writes Failure Cost Document for Excluded Rework (REM) .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I REWORK_QUANTITY_GET Delivers Complete WIP and Rework Quantities .
IF_EX_FCO_CO_FUNCTIONS I SCRAP_DOCUMENT_CREATE Writes Failure Cost Document for Scrap (REM) .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I CHECK_REWORK_DATA Checks the Entered Rework Data .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I CHECK_SCRAP_DATA Checks the Entered Scrap Data .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I GET_DATA_RM Makes Subscreen Data From Backflush Available .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I GET_SUBSCREEN_REM_SCRAP Delivers Subscreen for Failure Costs in Assembly Scrap .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I GET_SUBSCREEN_REM_YIELD Delivers Subscreen for Failure Costs in Outward Transfer .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I INITIALIZE_DATA Initializes the Failure Costs Data .
IF_EX_FCO_CUSTOMER_SPECIF I SET_DATA_RM Makes Backflush Data Available for the Subscreen .
IF_EX_FC_REALTIME_UPDATE I SHIFT_UPDATE_PERIOD Shift Period for Realtime-Update Data .
IF_EX_FC_ROLLUP I CHANGE_PERIV_CONS Override Fiscal Year Variant of Consolidation .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_CASE_TITL I GET_DEFAULT_CASE_TITLE Determine Default Value for Title .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_CASE_TYPE I GET_DEFAULT_CASE_TYPE Determine Default Value for Case Type .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_CATEGORY I GET_DEFAULT_CATEGORY Determine Default Value for Category .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_DUE_DATE I GET_DEFAULT_FIN_DUE_DATE Determine Default Value for Processing Deadline .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_EXT_REF I GET_DEFAULT_EXT_REF Determine Default Value for External Reference .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_FIN_COORD I GET_DEFAULT_FIN_COORDINATOR Determine Default Value for Coordinator .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_NOTE I GET_DEFAULT_NOTE Determines Default Note .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_PLAN_END I GET_DEFAULT_PLAN_END Determine Default Value for Planned Closing Date .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_PRIORITY I GET_DEFAULT_PRIORITY Determine Default Value for Priority .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_PROCESSOR I GET_DEFAULT_PROCESSOR FSCM-DM: Determine Default Value for Processor .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_REASON I GET_DEFAULT_REASON_CODE Determine Default Value for Reason .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DEF_RESPONSIB I GET_DEFAULT_RESPONSIBLE Determine Default Value for Person Responsible .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DISP_COMPLETE I COMPLETE_DISPUTE Completion of Dispute Case .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_DISP_WRITEOFF I GET_POSTING_DATA Structure of G/L Account Item for Writing Off Dispute Cases .
IF_EX_FDM_AR_UI_FIELDSTAT I MODIFY_FIELDSTATUS Modify Standard Field Status .
IF_EX_FDM_BEFORE_SAVE I PUBLISH Notification of Local Dispute Cases before Save .
IF_EX_FDM_COLL_SEND_ITEMS I COMPLETE_DATA Determine Additional Data .
IF_EX_FDM_P2P_JUDGE I GET_P2P_STATE Valuate Promise to Pay .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I MAP_CONTACTPARTNER_2_CONTACT Translation of Business Partner to Contact Person .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I MAP_CONTACT_2_CONTACTPARTNER Translation of Contact Person to Business Partner .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I MAP_CUSTOMER_2_PARTNER Translation of Customer to Business Partner .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I MAP_CUSTOMER_2_PARTNERID Translation of Customer to Business Partner (ID) .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I MAP_PARTNER_2_CUSTOMER Translation of Business Partner to Customer .
IF_EX_FDM_PARTNER_MAPPING I SET_WORK_POOL Provide Worklist .
IF_EX_FDM_USER_SCREEN I CREATE_SCREEN_PAI FSCM-DM: PAI Event of the User Screen for Creation .
IF_EX_FDM_USER_SCREEN I CREATE_SCREEN_PBO FSCM-DM: PBO Event of the User Screen for Creation .
IF_EX_FDM_USER_SCREEN I DETAIL_NEEDED FSCM-DM: Call up detail screen for this case? .
IF_EX_FDM_USER_SCREEN I GET_CREATE_SCREEN FSCM-DM: Define User Screen during Creation .
IF_EX_FEB_BADI I CHANGE_POSTING_DATA Change Posting Data .
IF_EX_FERC I FERC001 Determine regulatory indicator or specify as clearing object.
IF_EX_FERC I FERC002 Specific standard cost assignments of a cost center .
IF_EX_FERC I FERC003 Treatment of negative flows for a specific CO object .
IF_EX_FERC I FERC004 Additional checks before posting to G/L accounts .
IF_EX_FERC I FERC005 Assign missing regulatory indicator to final object .
IF_EX_FIAA_BW_DELTA_UPDATE I UPDATE_DEPRECIATIONS Delta Tables of Depreciation Update Task .
IF_EX_FIAA_BW_DELTA_UPDATE I UPDATE_MASTERDATA Delta Tables of Master Data Update Task .
IF_EX_FIAA_BW_DELTA_UPDATE I UPDATE_POSTING Delta Tables of Posting Update Task .
IF_EX_FIAA_REVALUATE_ASSET I CALCULATE_ASSET Calculate Amounts for an Asset .
IF_EX_FICO_DEFINE_APPL I GET_APPL Query Application .
IF_EX_FICO_DEFINE_DIFF I DIFF_VALUES_GET Transfer of Value list for a Differentiation Category .
IF_EX_FICO_DEFINE_FORMULA I GET_OPERANDS Transfer Allowed Operator to Formula .
IF_EX_FICO_GET_ARCHIVEFLUD I GET_ARCHIVE_FLUD Determination of Resubmission Date for Archiving .
IF_EX_FICO_SUPPL_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_EX_FICO_SUPPL_CHECK I CHECK_CONDITION Condition Checks .
IF_EX_FIEB_CHANGE_STATEMNT I CHANGE_DATA Change Bank Data Memory .
IF_EX_FIEB_RETURNS_ADDIN I CHANGE_RETURN_CHARGES Process Returns .
IF_EX_FIEB_RET_CHANGE_DOC I CHANGE_BDCDATA Change BDCDATA for Call Transaction FB09 (Change Item) .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I EXECUTE_USER_COMMAND Change BDT Field Group Status .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I FILL_BILLPLAN Fill/Add to Table with Payment Schedule Items .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I FILL_CONDS Fill/Add to Table with Conditions .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I FILL_HEADER Fill LAE_CRM_HEADER .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I FILL_ITEMS Fill LAE_CRM_ITEMS .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Gets Contents for Additional Display Fields .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I GET_COMPONENT Gets Component for Current Contract Type .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I GET_EVENT Gets Different Process .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I GET_PUSH_BUTTON_TEXTS Makes Texts Available for Additional Pushbuttons .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I MODIFY_FIELDGROUPS Change BDT Field Group Status .
IF_EX_FILACI_ADDIN_METHODS I PUT_ADDITIONAL_DATA Makes Contents of Additional Display Fields Available .
IF_EX_FILACI_DATA_MAP I FILL_BILLPLAN Fill/Add to Table with Payment Schedule Items .
IF_EX_FILACI_DATA_MAP I FILL_CONDS Fill/Add to Table with Conditions .
IF_EX_FILACI_DATA_MAP I FILL_HEADER Fill LAE_CRM_HEADER .
IF_EX_FILACI_DATA_MAP I FILL_ITEMS Fill LAE_CRM_ITEMS .
IF_EX_FILA_ADDIN_METHODS I HIDE_ENTRY_FROM_ALVGRID Delete Individual Entries of an ALV Grid Container .
IF_EX_FILA_CONTROLLING I APPEND_CHARACTERISTICS Transfer Additional Fields to Account Assignment Manager .
IF_EX_FILA_DETERMINE_OPTIONID I DETERMINE_OPTIONID Determines the Option ID and Appropriate Conditions .
IF_EX_FILA_MAP_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNM I MAP_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENT Mapping of Fields for Call of Account Assignment Manager .
IF_EX_FILA_MIGRATION I ITEM_CHECK Check Contract Items .
IF_EX_FILA_PERIOD_CHECK I CHECK Check If the Period of the Effective Date Is Closed .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_CONTRACT_ADJ I ADJUST_CONTRACT_DATA Method for Adjusting Contract Data .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_FOR_FINANC_MULTI Check All Selected Items .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_FOR_FINANC_SINGLE Check a Single Item .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_ACC_RULE Is contract asset-relevant? .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_CONTRACT_END_DATE Check Contract End Date w/Refinancing Key Date .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_CONTRACT_START_DATECheck Lease Start Date w/Refinancing Key Date .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_PRES_VAL Check Present Value per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_RES_VAL Check Residual Value per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I CHECK_MIN_PV_TR Check Present Value per Tranche .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_INTEREST Determine Interest Rate for Refinancing and PV Calculation .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_ITEM_PV Determine Present Value per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_ITEM_RV Determine Residual Value per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_OUTSTANDING_PAYMENTS Determine Total Outstanding Payments per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_RESIDUALTERM Determine Remaining Term per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SELEC_BADI I GET_SALES_PRICE Determine Sales Price per Contract .
IF_EX_FILA_RE_SEND_STATUS I SEND_STATUS Send Status to Contract Management System .
IF_EX_FINB_CURR_CVTR I CONVERT Convert Amount .
IF_EX_FINB_CURR_CVTR I GET_CONVERSION_RULES Returns Conversion Rules .
IF_EX_FINB_CURR_CVTR I GET_REQUIRED_CHARS Returns Characteristic Name for CONVERT (I_CHARACTERISTICS) .
IF_EX_FINB_REPORTING I SHOW_ACTIVITY_TYPE Display Activity Type .
IF_EX_FINB_REPORTING I SHOW_COST_CENTER Display Cost Center .
IF_EX_FINB_REPORTING I SHOW_FI_DOCUMENT Display FI Document .
IF_EX_FINB_REPORTING I SHOW_MATERIAL_MASTER_DATA Display Material Master Data .
IF_EX_FINB_REPORTING I SHOW_ORDER_MASTER_DATA Display Master Data for Orders/Purchasing Documents .
IF_EX_FINB_TYPE_AUTHORITY I CHECK_MULTIPLE Execute Authorization Check for Multiple Objects .
IF_EX_FIOTP_DOC_ADJUST I ADJUST_DOCUMENT Adjust FI Document .
IF_EX_FISLIS_AUTHORITY I AUTHORITY_CHECK_EXEC Execute Authorization Check .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I CASH_DISCOUNT_SPLIT Split Cash Discount .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I DOCUMENT_AMOUNT_SPLIT Item Split .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I EXCHANGE_RATE_SPLIT Split Exchange Rate Differences .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I INTEREST_SPLIT Split Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I IS_ACTIVE BSEG Split Active .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I MOVE_ACCOUNT_TO_ITEM Fill Account Information in BSEG Item (Structure) .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I MOVE_TO_ACCIT Fill Account Assignment in FAGL_S_MIG_ASGMT Line (Structure).
IF_EX_FISPLIT I MOVE_TO_BATCH_INPUT Fill Account Assignment in BSEG Item (Batch Input) .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I MOVE_TO_ITEM Fill Account Assignment in BSEG Item (Structure) .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I PENALTY_SPLIT Split Penalty Interest .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I TAX_SPLIT Split Tax on Sales and Purchases .
IF_EX_FISPLIT I TOTAL_AMOUNT_SPLIT Balance Split .
IF_EX_FIS_INVOICEDETAIL I GET_INVOICE_DETAIL Determine Detail Data for the Bill .
IF_EX_FITP_CUST_QUEUEING I GET_QUEUEING_OFFICE Method for Getting Queueing Office .
IF_EX_FITP_CUST_REMARKS I CREATE_RM Method for Procurement of Remark Content .
IF_EX_FITP_INT_PLAN_EXP2 I CHANGE_RECEIPT_DATA Edit Receipt Data After Completion of Integration .
IF_EX_FITP_PREFERENCE_DATA I GET_PREFERENCES Get Preferences .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_BOOK_DATA_PROPOSAL Modification of Booking Data for Res. System (Contact, CC) .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_CATEGORY_RES_SYSTEM Specify Reservation System with Service Request by Category .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_GDS_SYNC Modification of Travel Plan Context with GDS Synchronization.
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_PAF_DATA Generation of Elements for an Airline-Specific Program .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_PAF_PRICING Price Determination Behavior with Airline Programs .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_PAF_SYNC Synchronization of Elements for an Airline Program .
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I CUSTOMIZE_PNR Modification of PNR Segments/Elements Before End of Transact.
IF_EX_FITP_TRAVEL_PLANNING I INIT_UI_OTHER_SERVICE Initialization of UI View "Other Travel Services" .
IF_EX_FITV_CCC_M_LINE I CHANGE_CCC_M_LINE Modify M Lines of CCC File .
IF_EX_FITV_PERSNO_AUTH_CHK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorizations .
IF_EX_FITV_REP_CCC I USE_ACCOUNTING_CURRENCY Use Settlement Currency Instead of Receipt Currency .
IF_EX_FITV_REP_TRAVEL_EXP I CHANGE_SUMMARY_LINE Edit Totals Lines .
IF_EX_FITV_REP_TRAVEL_EXP I GET_RATE_PER_MILE Amount per Unit of Distance .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_CHECK I ARCHIVING_CHECK Vendor Master Data Archiving: Additional Check of Gen. Part .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_CHECK_FI I FI_ARCHIVING_CHECK Vendor Master Data Archiving: Additional Checks in FI .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_CHECK_MM I MM_ARCHIVING_CHECK Vendor Master Data Archiving: Additional Checks in MM .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_FI I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_FI I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_FI I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_MM I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_MM I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCPAYB_WRITE_MM I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_CHECK I ARCHIVING_CHECK Customer Master Data Archiving: Add. Check of General Part .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_CHECK_FI I FI_ARCHIVING_CHECK Customer Master Data Archiving: Additional Checks in FI .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_CHECK_SD I SD_ARCHIVING_CHECK Customer Master Data Archiving: Additional Checks in SD .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_FI I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_FI I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_FI I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_SD I DELETE Delete Additional Data from Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_SD I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_ACCRECV_WRITE_SD I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_BILA_OUTPUT I ADDITIONAL_ACTIONS Perform additional steps using GRID output table .
IF_EX_FI_BSTM_MC_EXIT I LIST_DOUBLE_CLICK List Double-Click .
IF_EX_FI_BSTM_MC_EXIT I MODIFY_MAPPING Change MultiCash Mapping .
IF_EX_FI_BSTM_MC_EXIT I PROCESS_MC_FILES Process MultiCash Files .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_CHECK I CHECK_FOR_ARCHIVING FI Document Archiving: Additional Check .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_IDX_DEL I DELETE_FLAG_SET Deletion of FI Secondary Index .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_WRITE I DELETE Obsolete .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_WRITE I PREPARE_DELETE Read Additional Data from Archive and Delete from Database .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_WRITE I RELOAD Reload Additional Data to Database .
IF_EX_FI_DOCUMNT_WRITE I WRITE Write Additional Data to Archive .
IF_EX_FI_DOC_DISP_LI I DISPLAY_LINE_ITEM Diversion to Document Items (FB03) .
IF_EX_FI_DUZI_ROUND_CML I ROUND_AMOUNT Rounding as per Contract .
IF_EX_FI_FB08_SUBST_BUDAT I CHECK_BUDAT Check and Replace Posting Date .
IF_EX_FI_HEADER_SUB_1300 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_PAI Data Import PAI .
IF_EX_FI_HEADER_SUB_1300 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_PBO Data Import PBO .
IF_EX_FI_HEADER_SUB_1300 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_PAI Data Export PAI .
IF_EX_FI_HEADER_SUB_1300 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_PBO Data Export PBO .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I ASSIGN Event: Save Document Group Permanently (ICRCZ) .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I ASSIGN_UNDO Event: Release Document Group .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I ITEM_UPDATE Data Procurement Event: Update Items .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I NEW_ITEM_ADD Data Procurement Event: New Item .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I PROCESS_STATUS_CHANGE Event: Change to Processing Status .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I SAVE Event: Select Related Items (in ICRCA) .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20 I SAVE_UNDO Event: Deselect (in ICRCA) .
IF_EX_FI_ICRC20_CNUM I COMPANY_NUMBER_DETERMINE Determine Company ID in Other System .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I GET_INT_SIGN Debit or Credit Interest Rate? .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_ADD_ITEMS Add/Remove Items .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_CHANGE_ITEMS Change Items before Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_FORMULA Non-Linear Interest Formulas .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_GROUP Change to Grouping of Interest Items .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_LIST_01 Branch from Interest Calculation List 1 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_LIST_02 Branch from Interest Calculation List 2 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_LIST_03 Branch from Interest Calculation List 3 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_MODIFY_ITEMS Change Items after Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_POST Change to Posting .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_PRINT_OPTIONS Change to Print Options .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_PRINT_RESULTS Processing of Smart Form Output Information .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_REVERSE Reversal of Interest Documents Posted .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_SEL_MOD Modification of Selection Criteria of Logical Database .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_SHOW_BUTTONS FCODES to be Hidden .
IF_EX_FI_INT_CUS01 I INT_WRITE_ITEMS Change Database Entries before Saving .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I GET_INT_SIGN Debit or Credit Interest Rate? .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_ADD_ITEMS Add/Remove Items .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_CHANGE_ITEMS Change Items before Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_FORMULA Non-Linear Formulas .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_GROUP Change to Grouping of Interest Items .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_LIST_01 Branch from Interest Calculation List 1 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_LIST_02 Branch from Interest Calculation List 2 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_LIST_03 Branch from Interest Calculation List 3 .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_MODIFY_ITEMS Change Items after Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_POST Change to Posting .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_PRINT_OPTIONS Change to Print Options .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_PRINT_RESULTS Processing of Smart Form Output Information .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_REVERSE Reversal of Interest Documents Posted .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_SEL_MOD Modification of Selection Criteria of Logical Database .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_SHOW_BUTTONS FCODES to be Hidden .
IF_EX_FI_INT_SAP01 I INT_WRITE_ITEMS Change Database Entries before Saving .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS01 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS02 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS03 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE01 I LIST_ITEMS04 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE01 I SHOW_BUTTONS Display of Possible Actions on the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS05 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS06 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS07 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE02 I LIST_ITEMS08 Follow-Up Actions from the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_ITEMS_MENUE02 I SHOW_BUTTONS Display of Possible Actions on the Item List .
IF_EX_FI_LIMIT_ACCOUNT I CHECK Check Master Data .
IF_EX_FI_LIMIT_CURCONV I CHECK Check Before Saving in View V_T001A .
IF_EX_FI_LIMIT_NEGPOST I CHECK Check Before Saving in Views V_001_NP und V_001_B .
IF_EX_FI_LIMIT_PROCESS I CHECK Check Process to Determine Executability .
IF_EX_FI_PAYREF_BADI_010 I CREATE_KIDNO Determine Payment Reference Number .
IF_EX_FI_RCL_CLEARING_ACC I EXCHANGE_CLEARING_ACC Exchange Clearing Account .
IF_EX_FI_RES_ITEM_CURRENCY I CALL_FI_REPOST_OP Call of Function Module FI_REPOST_OP .
IF_EX_FI_SL_BADI_DOCSELECT I PROCESS_RWIN_DOC_SELECTION Ledger Selection in Accounting Document .
IF_EX_FI_SL_BADI_POPER I DERIVE_POPER_AND_FISCAL_YEAR Derivation of Posting Period and Fiscal Year .
IF_EX_FI_SL_BADI_RGUREC10 I PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION Substitutions in Accounting Document in Foll.Posting Process.
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_010 I END_OF_LIST End-of-List Event in List Display .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_010 I END_OF_PAGE End-of-Page Event in List Display .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_010 I TOP_OF_PAGE Top-of-Page Event in List Display .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_011 I APPEND_TAX_ITEM Event 'APPEND' for Line Item Lists .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_011 I SET_FLAGS Activate Call from 'APPEND_TAX_ITEM' (and more) .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_012 I GET_BKPF_LATE Event 'GET bkpf LATE' during Selection .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_012 I SET_FLAG_USE_BADI_12 Activate Call for Method GET_BKPF_LATE .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_013 I SET_DMEE_PARAMETER Set Parameters for DME Engine (Tree Type UMS1) .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_014 I MODIFY_FIELDCAT Modification of Field Catalog of Output List for ALV .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_015 I END_OF_SELECTION Event 'END_OF_SELECTION' before Creation of Data File .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_015 I SET_FLAG_USE_BADI_15 Activate Call for Method GET_BKPF_LATE .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_016 I END_OF_SELECTION Event 'END_OF_SELECTION' before Creation of Data File .
IF_EX_FI_TAX_BADI_016 I SET_FLAG_USE_BADI_16 Activate Call for Method GET_BKPF_LATE .
IF_EX_FI_TRANS_DATE_DERIVE I DERIVE_WWERT Derive Value Date .
IF_EX_FKKCORR_EXP_9992 I CREATE_CORR_REQUEST Create Correspondence Request .
IF_EX_FKKCORR_EXP_9992 I PRINT_CORR_REQUEST Print Correspondence Request .
IF_EX_FKKFM_UPD_I I FKKFM_UPD_BADI_1 Manipulate Tax Items .
IF_EX_FKKINV_BAPIBILL I COLL_BILL_PARTNER Determine Business Partner of Collective Bill Account .
IF_EX_FKKINV_BAPIBILL I CONTRACT_ACCOUNT_DETERMINE Determine Contract Account .
IF_EX_FKKINV_BAPIBILL I FILL_TRIG_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill Customer Fields in Invoicing Order .
IF_EX_FKK_ID_PRENOTE I CHECK_FORCING Check whether prenote may be updated .
IF_EX_FKK_ID_PRENOTE I CHECK_PRENOTE Pre-selection of prenotes for updating of the prenote status.
IF_EX_FKK_PBS_CPR_NR I MARK_CPR_TO_DELET CPR number to be deleted .
IF_EX_FKK_TAX_REP_00 I END_OF_PAGE Report Footer .
IF_EX_FKK_TAX_REP_00 I END_OF_REPORT End of Report .
IF_EX_FKK_TAX_REP_00 I MODIFY_DATA_B4_PRINT Modify Data/Field Catalog Before Calling ALV .
IF_EX_FKK_TAX_REP_00 I MODIFY_FIELDCAT_TOP Modify Field Catalog at the Beginning .
IF_EX_FKK_TAX_REP_00 I TOP_OF_PAGE Report Header .
IF_EX_FKK_WTAX_REP00 I ACTIVATE_FICA_FUNC Activate FI-CA Functionality .
IF_EX_FKK_WTAX_REP00 I ADDTN_FICA_SELSCREEN Additional Parameters on Selection Screen for FI-CA .
IF_EX_FKK_WTAX_REP00 I MODIFY_FICA_PARTNER Modify Individual Partner Data .
IF_EX_FKK_WTAX_REP00 I MODIFY_FICA_QSTRMAIN Modify WT Items Before Processing Data .
IF_EX_FKK_WTAX_REP00 I MODIFY_FICA_WT_DATA Modify WT Reporting Data Before Output .
IF_EX_FLEET_DECOUPLING I CHECK_CONSUMP_MOVE Indicator Check for Material Consumption .
IF_EX_FLEET_DECOUPLING I CHECK_CONSUMP_TOL Indicator Check for Consumption Tolerance .
IF_EX_FLEET_DECOUPLING I HELP_CONSUMP_MOVE F4 Help for Material Consumption Indicator .
IF_EX_FLEET_DECOUPLING I HELP_CONSUMP_TOL F4 Help for Consumption Tolerance Indicator .
IF_EX_FLL_SUBSCR_ACL I PROCESS_FUNCTION Process by customer activated function in the log notif. .
IF_EX_FMALE_FUND I INBOUND Inbound Exit .
IF_EX_FMALE_FUND I OUTBOUND Outbound Exit .
IF_EX_FMAVC_ADD_LINES I ADD_BUDGET_LINES Add Additional Budget Records .
IF_EX_FMAVC_ADD_LINES I ADD_POSTING_LINES Add Additional Actual/Commitment Records .
IF_EX_FMAVC_BCS_ACTIVE I CHECK_BCS_ACTIVE Checks Whether BCS Budgeting is Active .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I CHECK_FUNDS_FM Collect Data for AVK, FI-FM .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I CHECK_FUNDS_LAST_DELETE Checking Data of AVC (delete from parked documents= .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I CHECK_FUNDS_LAST_FI Check Data of AVC, FI .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I CHECK_FUNDS_LAST_FM Check Data of AVC, FI-FM .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I CHECK_FUNDS_LAST_REVERSE Check Data of AVC (Cancel) .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I POST_FUNDS_FI Post Data of AVC, FI .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DECO I POST_FUNDS_FM Post Data of AVC, FI-FM .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DERI_AFMA I CHECK_ACO_ADDRESS Perform checks for the availability control object .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DERI_AFMA I FILL_ADDRESS_SUPPL Change field values of FMAVC_S_AFMA_ADDRESS_SUPPL .
IF_EX_FMAVC_DERI_AFMT I FILL_ACO_ADDRESS_SUPPL Change field values of FMAVC_S_AFMT_ACO_ADDRESS_SUPPL .
IF_EX_FMAVC_ENTRY_FILTER I BUDGET_FILTER Apply filter exit for budget values .
IF_EX_FMAVC_ENTRY_FILTER I POSTING_FILTER Apply filter exit for posting values (from FM update) .
IF_EX_FMAVC_EVENT I MODIFY_AVC_MESSAGE Redefine AVC message .
IF_EX_FMAVC_EVENT I MODIFY_MAIL_RECIPIENTS Define E-Mail Recipients .
IF_EX_FMBCS_RW I FILL_DATA Modify data in table record for reporting .
IF_EX_FMBCS_RW I GET_TEXT Get Texts for FMRBCS field descriptions .
IF_EX_FMBS_CHECK_STRUCTURE I CHECK_BUDGET_STRUCTURE Check Account Assignments in Budget Structure .
IF_EX_FMBS_RIB_INTERFACE I CHECK Data Check (Last Check) .
IF_EX_FMBS_RIB_INTERFACE I COLLECT Transfer Cmmt/Actual Data to RIB Ledger .
IF_EX_FMBS_RIB_INTERFACE I POST Data Update .
IF_EX_FMBS_VALID_ADDRESS I FILL_ADDRESS_SUPPL Change field values of FMBS_S_BSAC_ADDRESS_SUPPL .
IF_EX_FMBS_VALID_ADDRESS I VALIDATE_BO Validate the FM Account Assignment for Budgeting .
IF_EX_FMBS_VALID_ADDRESS I VALIDATE_PO Validate the FM Account Assignment for Posting .
IF_EX_FMBS_VALID_BO I VALIDATE_BO Validate the address of budget object .
IF_EX_FMBW_CUSTOMER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen .
IF_EX_FMBW_CUSTOMER I PRINT Print data .
IF_EX_FMBW_CUSTOMER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameter .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I INITIALIZE Initialize Local Memory .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ADDITEM Copy Fields of Additional Item to Internal Display .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_HEADER Copy Fields of Document Header to Internal Display .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ITEM Copy Fields of Document Item to Internal Display .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_TAXITEM Copy Fields of Tax Item to Internal Display .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE Update .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Customer-Specific Update .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameter .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_REVERSAL_ORDER Customer-Defined Check of Reversal Sequence .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ADDITEM Fill Customer-Defined Fields in Addtnl Items of Reversal Doc.
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_HEADER Fill Customer-Defined Fields in Reversal Document Header .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ITEM Fill Customer-Defined Fields in Reversal Document Items .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_TAXITEM Fill Customer-Defined Fields in Reversal Document Tax Items .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I REVERSAL_ITEM_ANALYZE Analyze Reversal Document Item .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE Customer-Defined Update .
IF_EX_FMCAINV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Customer-Specific Update .
IF_EX_FMCCF_REFINE I CFRULE_OVERRULE FM Commitment Carryforward: Override FYC Rule .
IF_EX_FMCCF_REFINE I FILTER_OPEN_ITEMS FM Commitment Carryforward: Open Item Filter .
IF_EX_FMCCF_REFINE I USERDIM_CHANGE FM Commitment Carryforward: Change Customer-Specific Field .
IF_EX_FMCCF_SET_STATISTIC I STATISTIC_FLAG_SET FM Commitment CArryforward: Set Statistics Indicator .
IF_EX_FMCH I FMCH_BADI_1 Determination of Fiscal Year for Reassigned FI Documents .
IF_EX_FMCH I FMCH_BADI_2 Force Reassignment of FI Original Documents .
IF_EX_FMCU_OPENPER I GET_OPEN_PERIODS Get open periods .
IF_EX_FMCU_RULE I GET_RULES Get rules .
IF_EX_FMCY_COPI_CO I SET_TBUDTYPE Set Target Budget Type .
IF_EX_FMEF_FACTORY I CREATE_FACTORY Returns a Factory for Earmarked Fund Objects .
IF_EX_FMFGSPLBALANCING_AC_CUST I ADJUST_CLEARINGS Adjust Accounting lines .
IF_EX_FMFGSPLBALANCING_AC_CUST I CLEAR_ASSGNMT Do not delete necessary postings .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_CFG_CB I DET_AP_DIM Determine the dimension for Accountable Property settings .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_DET I MOD_ACCOUNTABLE Modify the accountable property determination .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_NEWLINE I ADD_LINES Add new lines per PO Item .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_NEWLINE I PREPOST_CHECK Perform customer check before posting .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_VAL I CHANGE_VALUES Change values .
IF_EX_FMFG_AC_PROP_VAL I MESSAGE_EXCEPTION Handle messages .
IF_EX_FMFG_AUTH_CHECK_BADI I ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENTS Check on Account Assignments .
IF_EX_FMFG_BLSTRING I FILL_STRUCTURE_GET Get control data to fill the string .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE4USEXT I GENERATE_NON_FM_ITEMS Generate new Lines out of other than funds managment data .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE4USEXT I GENERATE_PAYMENT_ITEMS Generates new payment lines in FM .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I CHECK_ACTIVE Check whether the scenario is active for a certain line .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I DERIVE_ACCOUNTS Derive account and offset per line and ledger area .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I FIELD_MOVEMENT Decision whether fields are moved into the resulting FI doc .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I GENERATE_NON_FM_ITEMS Generate new Lines out of other than funds managment data .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I GENERATE_PAYMENT_ITEMS Generates new payment lines in FM .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I GET_BLEDGER_AREAS Activates offset entries for budget lines .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORE_USEXT I POPULATE_LINES Get all the line items before collection .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORRECT I LOADED_ITEMS_CHECK Modify list of FM items to be processed .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORRECT I PREPARE_TO_COLLECT_NEW Modify data prior to delta collection step for new BL items .
IF_EX_FMFG_BL_CORRECT I PREPARE_TO_COLLECT_ORIG Modify data prior to delta collection step for existing BL .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I CHECK_ACTIVE Check whether the scenario is active for a certain line .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I DERIVE_ACCOUNTS Derive account and offset per line and ledger area .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I FIELD_MOVEMENT Decision whether fields are moved into the resulting FI doc .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I GET_BLEDGER_AREAS Activates offset entries for budget lines .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I ON_EXIT Trigger actions after BL processing .
IF_EX_FMFG_BUDGETARYLEDGER I POPULATE_LINES Get all the line items before collection .
IF_EX_FMFG_CCRVNDORMIGRATE I CREATE Create Vendor Master Data .
IF_EX_FMFG_CCRVNDORMIGRATE I UPDATE Update Vendor Master Data .
IF_EX_FMFG_DP_CLEAR I ACTIVATE_DP_CLEARING Activate logic for downpayment clearing .
IF_EX_FMFG_FACTS2_CATB I CHANGE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT Change System Default for Apportionment Category B field .
IF_EX_FMFG_FMABP_BED_HDR I SET_HEADER_ATTRIBUTES Set Budget Entry Document attributes .
IF_EX_FMFG_FUNDMSG_DRV_DEF I FILL_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Fill Additional Fields .
IF_EX_FMFG_FUNDMSG_DRV_DEF I FM_DERIVE_FND_MESSAGE Derive fund message .
IF_EX_FMFG_IMPROPER_PANEL I UPDATE_PANEL Update User Defaults on Improper Invoice .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_GR_SPLIT I SPLIT_GR Split GR/IR algorithm .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_MULTIFUNDING I FIELDS_DEFAULT Default fields in PR Multi funding tab screen .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_MULTIFUNDING I FINANCE_AMOUNT Default finance amount in the PO Multi funding tab screen .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_PO_DEFAULT I FINANCE_AMOUNT Default finance amount .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_PRHOLD_NOREL I ACTIVATE_PRHOLD_NOREL Activate logic to prevent release strategy for held PR .
IF_EX_FMFG_MM_PR_DEFAULT I PR_DEFAULT BADI Method for Multi Funding PR Screen .
IF_EX_FMFG_RPTA_EXIT I ADD_REPORTING_ATTRIBUTES Add reporting attributes .
IF_EX_FMFG_RPTA_EXIT I DEFINE_ADDIN Define addin functionality .
IF_EX_FMFG_RPTA_EXIT I DEFINE_RECEIVER_FIELDS Define receiver fields .
IF_EX_FMFR_ALLOW_DOCCATS I GET_ALLOWED_DOCCATS Determination of Permitted Document Types .
IF_EX_FMFR_FORMDATA I FORM_ADDATA Fill in Data Prior to Printing Form .
IF_EX_FMFR_JOURN I FILTER_AND_COMPLETE Filter/Complete Selected Data .
IF_EX_FMFUNDSRES I SET_PFSTATUS_DETAIL Change Dynpro Status on the Detail Screen .
IF_EX_FMFUNDSRES I SET_PFSTATUS_LIST Change Dynpro Status on the Overview Screen .
IF_EX_FMFUNDSRES I SET_PFSTATUS_PMDOC Change of Dynpro Status for Value Adjustment Documents .
IF_EX_FMGL_MIGRATION_FAGL_FMGL I MOVE_FIELD_CONTENTS_ACTUALS Copy Field Content Actual Data .
IF_EX_FMGL_MIGRATION_FAGL_FMGL I MOVE_FIELD_CONTENTS_PLAN Copy Field Content Plan Data .
IF_EX_FMKU_BUDGET_EVNT I DOCUMENT_CHECKS Checks on the document .
IF_EX_FMKU_BUDGET_EVNT I LINE_CHECKS Checks the lines .
IF_EX_FMKU_BUDGET_EVNT I POST Post .
IF_EX_FMKU_BUDGET_LINES I ADD_LINES Creates additionnal lines .
IF_EX_FMKU_BUDGET_LINES I SUBSTITUTE_DATA Substitutes the values of fields on the lines .
IF_EX_FMKU_GROUPING_KEY I GET_FM_GROUPING_KEY From FM data, gives back a identification key .
IF_EX_FMPA_END_MONTH I METHOD_END_MONTH_TO_UPDATE Define Expiry Period .
IF_EX_FMPD_CHECKLINE I CHECK_LINE Check Entry Line .
IF_EX_FMPU_R_USERDIM I SET_USER_DIMENSION Set Customer Field .
IF_EX_FMRE_BUS_PROCESS I BUS_PROC_EXTEND Enhancement of permitted business processes (Transaction) .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_1 Value Type Determination for 30-30 Postings .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_2 Ledger-Dependent Statistics Update .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_3 Fill Field FMVOR .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_4 Determine Due Date .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_5 Account Assignment Derivaton After Reassignment .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_6 Update Date for Reduction Records of Parked Documents .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_7 Principle of prudence .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_8 Different Due Date for Reversal .
IF_EX_FMRI I FMRI_BADI_90 Activation of Summary Update .
IF_EX_FMRO_LINE_EDIT_INIT I INITIALIZE_VALUES Modify schedule contents on initial creation .
IF_EX_FMRO_LINE_EDIT_INIT I SET_EDITABILITY Control types of editing user can perform .
IF_EX_FMRO_POSTING I POSTING_HEADER Modify the header interface values before posting .
IF_EX_FMRO_POSTING I POSTING_LINE Modify the detail interface values before posting .
IF_EX_FMRP_ACCOUNT_AUTH I CHECK_ACCOUNT_AUTHORITY Check FI Account Authorization .
IF_EX_FMRP_RFFMEPGAX_EXIT I CHANGE_LIST_LINE Change or check line item fields before list is issued .
IF_EX_FMRP_RFFMEPGAX_EXIT I CHANGE_LIST_TABLE Change or check table for line items .
IF_EX_FMR_CONSUMPTION_RW I CHANGE_REFERENCE_ENTRY Change Consumption Data of Earmarked Funds .
IF_EX_FMR_SCENCHECK I CHECK_ALL_ITEMS Check on Entries in Table .
IF_EX_FMR_SCENCHECK I CHECK_ITEM Check Customizing Entries .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_CONTROLLER I FILL_CUSTOM_COBL_FIELDS Update user defined fields in COBL .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_CONTROLLER I FILL_CUSTOM_DERIVE_FIELDS Populate user defined fields from COBL data .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_DISTRIB_METH I DISTRIBUTE Calculate the amount to allocate to a split .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_DISTRIB_METH I INITIALIZE Initialization at beginning of processing a rule .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I DELETE_RULE Chance to cancel rule deletion .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I MOVE_DATA Move/validate data during PAI processing .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I SPLIT_ALV_DATA_CHANGED Handle data changed event for the ALV that displays splits .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I SPLIT_FIELDCAT Influence field catalog for the ALV that displays the splits.
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I SPLIT_MAINT_INITIALIZE Provide parameters about how to maintain splits for a rule .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I SPLIT_MAINT_PBO PBO processing for custom subscreen .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I TRANSPORT_REQUEST To include custom data when a rule is added to a transport .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_MAINTENANCE I VALUES_FIELDCAT Influence field catalog for the ALV for the field values .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I CHECK_CUSTOM_DATA_CHANGED Indicate if custom data was modified .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I LOAD_RULE_FROM_DB Move custom fields to editing structure during load from db .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I MOVE_RULE_TO_DB Move basic rule data from editing structure to db table .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I MOVE_SPLIT_TO_DB Move custom split fields from editing structure to db table .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I RENUMBER_SPLIT_ID Assign permanent ID for splits .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_DB I SAVE_RULE Save custom data to database .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_PROCESS I ALL_FIELD_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT Method to completely take over account assignment values .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_PROCESS I INITIALIZE Initialization activities at start of rule processing .
IF_EX_FMSPLIT_RULE_PROCESS I ONE_FIELD_VALUE_ASSIGNMENT Method to do a single account assignment field .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I FILL_CVP_TXT_VAR Fill Text Variables for Reciprocal Cover Eligibility .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I FILL_CVU_TXT_VAR Fill Text Variables for Unilateral Cover Eligibility .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I FILL_GLOBAL_TXT_VAR Fill General Text Variables .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I FILL_RIB_TXT_VAR Fill Text Variables for Revenues Increasing the Budget .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I FILL_WRITE_INFO Define Information for Writing FM Account Assignment .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I GET_CVP_TXT_VAR Text Variables Allowed for Reciprocal Cover Eligibility .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I GET_CVU_TXT_VAR Text Variables Allowed for Unilateral Cover Eligibility .
IF_EX_FMTX_HVM I GET_RIB_TXT_VAR Text Variables Allowed for Revenues Increasing the Budget .
IF_EX_FM_AUTH_OLD_ACTIVITY I OLD_ACTIVITY_CHECK_ACTIVE Activate Check on Old Activities .
IF_EX_FM_BCF_US_SUBTP I SET_SUBTYPE Sets or changes subtype depending on subtype or budget type .
IF_EX_FM_BGACODERIVE I DERIVE_CO_ACCOUNT Deriving CO Account Assignment .
IF_EX_FM_BL_NONRELEVANT I DEFINE_IRRELEVANT_LINE Define non relevant lines for budgetary ledger .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPLICATION I FILL Transfer Data and Check .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPLICATION I LAST_CHECK Last Check (e.g.Availability Control) .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPLICATION I POST Post .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPLICATION I ROLLBACK Reset Buffer .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPROVAL I MARK_BUDGET_APPROVAL Set CFLEV for Commitment Carryforward with Budget .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_APPROVAL I SET_APPROVAL_TEXTS Pushbutton Text for Second Approval Step .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_SMOD_SAPLFMC1 I EXIT_SAPLFMC1_002 Check Carry Over Flag in Funds Reservations .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_SMOD_SAPLFMC1 I EXIT_SAPLFMC1_003 Read Exception Table: Crryfwrd Parameters for Each Doc. No. .
IF_EX_FM_CCF_SMOD_SAPLFMC1 I EXIT_SAPLFMC1_005 Individual Setting for Statistic Indicator .
IF_EX_FM_CCL_FILTER_ITEMS I CHECK_CLOSEOUT_RULES FM FYC - Rules on Filtering Open Items .
IF_EX_FM_CCOVR_CONTROL I DEFINE_VALUE_TYPES Exclude Value Types for Reassignment .
IF_EX_FM_CI_KEY_STRUC I CHECK_KEY_STRUC Check of Substructure .
IF_EX_FM_CV_BADI_STRID I CV_FILL_STRID Structure ID from FM Area and Fiscal Year .
IF_EX_FM_CV_BAPI_STRID I CV_FILL_STRID Structure ID from FM Area and Fiscal Year .
IF_EX_FM_DATES_ENHANCEMENT I APP_FUNDS_DATES_ACTIVE Returns if validity dates for Appl. of Funds are active .
IF_EX_FM_DATES_ENHANCEMENT I FUNCT_AREA_DATES_ACTIVE Returns if validity dates for Functional Area are active .
IF_EX_FM_EF_FACTORY I CREATE_FACTORY Generating a Factory Object .
IF_EX_FM_EF_GROUP I CHECK_EF_GROUP Check Group .
IF_EX_FM_EF_GROUP I PROCESS_OUTPUT_FIELDS Fields Not Ready For Imput .
IF_EX_FM_EF_GROUP I SELECT_ALL_MEMBERS_OF_GROUP Select All Document Items of a Group .
IF_EX_FM_FC_KEY_STRUC I FM_FC_KEY_STRUC_PBO PBO Substructure .
IF_EX_FM_FC_KEY_STRUC I FM_FC_KEY_STRUC_POP_UP Call Dialog Box Substructure .
IF_EX_FM_FC_KEY_STRUC I GET_ACTIV_FLAG Is Substructure Active .
IF_EX_FM_FKK_CCF_TOT_COLL I ADJUST_FOR_COLLECT Influence Fields for Summarization for Summary Carryforward .
IF_EX_FM_FYC_DERIVE I COPY Fill Additional Fields for Derivation .
IF_EX_FM_FYC_DERIVE I DERIVE Derivation Step as Enhancement .
IF_EX_FM_FYC_DERIVE I RETURN_MESSAGE Additional Return Parameters .
IF_EX_FM_GLACC_DERIVE I COPY Fill Additional Fields for Derivation .
IF_EX_FM_GLACC_DERIVE I DERIVE Derivation Step as Enhancement .
IF_EX_FM_LIST_HEADER_ADDIN I ADD_TEXT_AND_PICTURE Output Additional Information or LOGO in List Output .
IF_EX_FM_LIST_HEADER_ADDIN I CHANGE_BACKGROUND Change Background for List Header .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUBID_TYPE I CHECK_SUBID_TYPE Check the Subdivision ID .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUBSTRINGS I FIPOS_CHECK_SUBSTRINGS Check parameters used for commitment item .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUBSTRINGS I FISTL_CHECK_SUBSTRINGS Check parameters used for funds center .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUBSTRINGS I FUNCTION_CHECK_SUBSTRINGS Check parameters used for functional area .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUBSTRINGS I FUND_CHECK_SUBSTRINGS Check parameters used for fund .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_CISUB1 Check commitment item substring 1 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_CISUB2 Check commitment item substring 2 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_CISUB3 Check commitment item substring 3 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_CISUB4 Check commitment item substring 4 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_CISUB5 Check commitment item substring 5 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FCSUB1 Check funds center substring 1 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FCSUB2 Check funds center substring 2 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FCSUB3 Check funds center substring 3 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FDSUB1 Check fund substring 1 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FDSUB2 Check fund substring 2 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FNSUB1 Check functional area substring 1 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FNSUB2 Check functional area substring 2 .
IF_EX_FM_MD_SUB_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES_FNSUB3 Check functional area substring 3 .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FIELD_STATUS_NP Get Field Status for NP Order assignment to FM objects .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FIELD_STATUS_NV Get Field Status for NV Order assignment to FM objects .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FIELD_STATUS_PM Get Field Status for PM Order assignment to FM objects .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FIELD_STATUS_SD Get Field Status for SD Order assignment to FM objects .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I NP_DATA_COPY_TO_COBL Copy NP Order Data to structure COBL .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I NV_DATA_COPY_TO_COBL Copy NV Order Data to structure COBL .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I PM_DATA_COPY_TO_COBL Copy PM Order Data to structure COBL .
IF_EX_FM_ONLINE_ASSIGNMENT I SD_DATA_COPY_TO_COBL Copy SD Order Data to structure COBL .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_ACTUALS FI Update/Funds Management FM_DOCUMENT_CLOSE .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_CCF_DP_PREVIOUS Closing Operations: Carry Frwd Down Payment check previous .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_CCF_DP_RECEIVER Closing Operations: Carry Frwd Dwn Payment check receiver .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_CCF_DP_SENDER Closing Operations: Carry Frwd Down Payment check sender .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_CCF_RECEIVER Fiscal Yerr Change: Commitment Carry Forward check receiver .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_CCF_SENDER Fiscal Yerr Change: Commitment Carry Forward check sender .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_FMCHA1 Reassignment tool. FM_CHANGE_AA_DOCFM_READ .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_FMCHA_OI Reassignment tool. FM_CHANGE_AA_DOCFM_OI .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_FMCU FM-Controlling integration check .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_FMPAY Payment selection of original function check .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_FMPU_R Zahlungsfortschreibung im HHM (online) .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_PARKING FI Update/Funds Management Parking or Reverse PP .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_PAYMENTS Payment Conversion in Funds Management check .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I CHECK_REVERSAL FI Update/Funds Management Reversals .
IF_EX_FM_OPEN_PERIODS I OPEN_INTERVAL_CHECK Allow alt. check and/or perform check for Comm Updating .
IF_EX_FM_PBC_DIFF_BUDTRANS I CHANGE_BUDGET_TRANSFER Adjust Budget Transfer Posting .
IF_EX_FM_POP_CORE I CHECK_DOCUMENT_IS_POP Check if document is POP .
IF_EX_FM_POP_CORE I CHECK_POP_ACTIVE Retrieve customized POP_FLAG .
IF_EX_FM_POP_DERIVE I COPY_EXTRA_VALUES Copy Additional values to PoP Derivation Tool .
IF_EX_FM_POP_ENHANCE I POP_EXTRA_CUSTOMIZING Additional POP Customizing .
IF_EX_FM_REQUESTS I DOCS_CHECK Additional checks .
IF_EX_FM_REQUESTS I REACT_ON_OKCODE OK Code Processing .
IF_EX_FM_REQUESTS I SET_PFSTATUS Change to Screen Status on Request Screen .
IF_EX_FM_REQUEST_GL_ACC I DERIVE_GL_ACCOUNT Account determination .
IF_EX_FM_TABS_PRINT I PRINT_ACTIVE Activation of BADI Printout .
IF_EX_FM_TABS_PRINT I PRINT_TABS Printout of Day-End Closing .
IF_EX_FM_TOT_UPDATE I FM_TOT_ACTIVE Summary Update is Used .
IF_EX_FM_USRFLDS_SGLCD I SET_USER_FIELDS_VALUES Set values for addtl user fields for the SGL code derivation.
IF_EX_FOPC_CASE_MAND_FIELD I CHECK_MANDATORY_FIELDS Checks If Case Fields Are Required Entry Fields .
IF_EX_FOPC_CI_CASE_FLDATTR I GET_DROPDOWNLB_VALUES Adopt Values in Dropdown List .
IF_EX_FOPC_CI_CASE_FLDATTR I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTE Load Field Properties into User Interface .
IF_EX_FOPC_CI_CASE_PRINT I CI_CASE_PRINT Format Custom Fields in Print Report .
IF_EX_FOPC_REPORT_DATA I MODIFY_DATA Modify Data After "LOAD_REPORT" .
IF_EX_FOPC_REPORT_DATA I REMOVE_COLUMNS Remove Columns from Dropdown List Boxes in Print Report .
IF_EX_FOPC_REPORT_WEIGHT I GET_WEIGHT Return Weight for Report Line .
IF_EX_FOPC_US_AUTH I GET_PERSON_FROM_USER Determine Person for User .
IF_EX_FOPC_US_AUTH I GET_USER_FROM_PERSON Determine User to Person .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_BC I SEND_DECLARATION_BC Transfer Advance Tax Return with Business Connector .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_DECL I COMBINE_DECLARATIONS Combination of Returns for Joint Transfer .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_DECL I CREATE_PROXY_DATA Generation of Proxy Interface Parameters .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_DECL I CREATE_XML Generate XML File .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_DECL I EDIT_AMOUNTS Country-Specific Preparation of Amounts .
IF_EX_FOT_VAT_XI I SEND_DECLARATION_XI Transfer Advance Return for Tax on Sales/Purchases with XI .
IF_EX_FOX_DISPLAY I CHANGE_LINE Alternative Line Format .
IF_EX_FOX_DISPLAY I CHANGE_TOP_LINE Alternative Line Format (Top-Level Object) .
IF_EX_FOX_DISPLAY I CHANGE_VALIDITIES Alternative Validity Format .
IF_EX_FOX_DISPLAY I CHANGE_VALIDITY_FLAG Instantiate Validities Independent of Format .
IF_EX_FOX_DISPLAY I OTHER_DISPLAY Alternative Format .
IF_EX_FOX_OBJECT I MODIFY_EXCLUDED_LINK_TYPES Modification of Excluded Links .
IF_EX_FPB_AUTHORISATIONS I CHANGE_RESPAREA Change Area of Responsibility .
IF_EX_FPB_CMPERS_AUTHORITY I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Object Authorization .
IF_EX_FPB_LAUNCHPAD I MODIFY_URL_PARAMETER Change to the URL Parameter .
IF_EX_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_BADI I FILL_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION Fills Field for Custom Enhancement .
IF_EX_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_BADI I MODIFY_REPORT_LIST Change Report List .
IF_EX_FPB_PERS_CHECK_AUTH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_EX_FPB_PERS_CHECK_EXIST I CHECK_EXISTENCE Existence Check .
IF_EX_FPB_PERS_CONVERT I CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT Conversion from External to Internal Format .
IF_EX_FPB_PERS_CONVERT I CONVERT_INT_TO_EXT Conversion from Internal to External Format .
IF_EX_FPB_PERS_RESOLVE I GET_RESOLVED_DATA Breakdown of Intervals and Groups .
IF_EX_FPB_SNI_APPL I CHANGE_SUBOBJECTS Change to the Subnodes .
IF_EX_FP_XFP_DEVICE I GET_XFP_DEVICE Determine XFP Output Device .
IF_EX_FQST_CALC_COUNTRY I CALC_BASE_PER_TYPE Calculate WT Base Amount and Modify WITH_ITEM .
IF_EX_FQST_CALC_COUNTRY I DETERM_BASE_FOR_CHECK Determine WT Base Amount for Minimum Check .
IF_EX_FQST_CALC_COUNTRY I SET_ACCOUNTING_DOCUMENTS Set Accounting Document Header and Item to MT_BKPF/MT_BSEG .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_SURCHARGE I CALC_INH_BASE_CEINV Inherit Base Enabled for Central invoice prop. .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_SURCHARGE I CALC_INH_BASE_CEINV_PP Inherit Base Enabled for Ceinv prop for partial payment. .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_COPY_BUPLA Copy Bupla into BSEG .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_COPY_CLEAR_WITH_ITEM Get Line item for Clearing EWT Lines .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_COPY_LIV_BSEG Copy QSSKZ into BSEG for LIV docs. .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_COPY_LIV_WITH Copy BSEG-BUZEI into WITH_ITEM table for LIV invoices .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_COPY_WITH_ITEM Copy BSEG-BUZEI into WITH_ITEM table .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_GET_BUPLA Get Bupla of Vendor Line .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_REASSIGN Re assigning the lines in bseg .
IF_EX_FQST_CIN_WITHITEM I EWT_SPLIT_INVOICE Recognize split invoices .
IF_EX_FREFINT_DEFINITION I BEFORE_SCREEN_DELETE Before Deletion of Data in Display .
IF_EX_FREFINT_VALUES I AFTER_DB_SAVE After Saving the Data in the Database .
IF_EX_FREFINT_VALUES I BEFORE_DB_SAVE Before Saving the Data in the Database .
IF_EX_FRE_ARTHIER_MOD I MODIFY_ARTHIER Modify Article Hierarchy Data befor sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_MCH_ID_MOD_BADI I CHANGE_ID Change MC-ID / MCH-Node-ID .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_DIF_CHANGE I CHANGE_DIF_MENGE_WEIGHT Change value & weight profile of DIF occurence .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_DIF_REF_PROMO I DELETE_REF_PROMO Delete promotions that are only used as reference .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_DIF_SEND I CHANGE_DIF_BEFORE_SEND Change DIF occurences before sending and saving on DB .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_DIF_WAKT I ABI_SAVE_FROM_PROMOTION Saves Data in ABI Administration after Promotion Changes .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_DIF_WAKT I WALE_DATA_DELIVER Transfers WALE Data when Reading Promotion Data .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_LOCGRP_SEND I MODIFY_LOCGRP Change Reference Site data before sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_LOC_SEND I CHANGE_DATA_BEFORE_SEND Change location data before sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_MATLOC_TRANSFER I CHANGE_DATA_BEFORE_TRANSFER Change Product Location-Porduct data before sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_PROCYC_SEND I CHANGE_DATA_BEFORE_SEND Modification of procurement cycles before sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_SOS_EINE_NETPR I PRICING_EINE_NETPR Overrule pricing from purchasing inforecord .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_SOS_PURCH_PRICING I EXECUTE_OWN_PRICING Perform own purchase pricing or overrule standard pricing .
IF_EX_FRE_MD_SUPP_NET_SEND I CHANGE_DATA_BEFORE_TRANSFER Modifikation Supply Network Objects before sending to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_ORD_INBOUND I DOCUMENT_BEFORE_BAPI Data before BAPI_STOREORDER_CREATE is called .
IF_EX_FRE_ORD_IN_DOCTYPE I ORDER_INBOUND_DOCTYPE Document Type Determination .
IF_EX_FRE_ORD_IN_PROMOTION I ORDER_INBOUND_PROMOTION Promotion Determination .
IF_EX_FRE_ORD_RTFASHION I ORDER_FASHION_FUNCTIONS Fashion Functionality for Order Proposal Data .
IF_EX_FRE_PLIFZ_ADAPT_TCID I ADAPT_ROUTES Mark relevant transportation routes for transportation chain.
IF_EX_FRE_PLIFZ_DET_SITE I DETERMINE_DELIVERING_SITE Determine delivering site .
IF_EX_FRE_PLIFZ_DET_SITE I DET_MATNR_WERKS_FROM_WRF3 Insert relevant MARC from WRF3 (not highest priority) .
IF_EX_FRE_PO_BEFORE_OUT I PO_BEFORE_OUT Modify Purchase Order Data before Transmission to F&R .
IF_EX_FRE_REFMODCALL_BADI I REFMOD_READ Read the reference module assignments and data .
IF_EX_FRE_REF_MATLOC_SEND I CHECK_REF Check reference fields in MATLOC-Data before sending .
IF_EX_FRE_SET_LAYMOD I SET_LAYMOD_DATA change layout module data .
IF_EX_FRE_STRUCT_ART_IN_PO_OUT I STRUCT_ART_CHECK Manage Structured Article in Order Outbound .
IF_EX_FRE_T001W_ACCESS I FRE_T001W_READ Read table T001W .
IF_EX_FRE_WLOSITEREF_ACCSS I FRE_REF_TO_WERKS_READ read reference site to site .
IF_EX_FRE_WLOSITEREF_ACCSS I FRE_REF_WERKS_CHECK Check Reference .
IF_EX_FRE_WRS1_ACCESS I FRE_WRS1_SELECT_FOR_LAYGR Read database table WRS1 .
IF_EX_FRML_CALC_ADD_OOP I CALC_ADD_OOP_COLS_AGGR Additional Fields in Aggregated View .
IF_EX_FRML_CALC_ADD_OOP I FCAT_ADDITIONAL_OOP_COLS ALV Field Catalog for Additional Fields .
IF_EX_FRML_CALC_DATA_CONV I CALC_DATA_FORMAT_CONVERSION Convert Formula Data to EH&S Data .
IF_EX_FRML_CMP_VALUES_CALC I CHECK_CMP_VALUES Convert Units .
IF_EX_FRML_EXPLOSION_CHECK I DEF_EXPL_FLAG_CHECK Checks Whether the Standard Explosion Indicator is Set .
IF_EX_FRML_FORMULA_DIALOG I OUTPUT_SUBSTANCE_PROTECT Ready for Input Status of Output Subst.(I/O Substances View).
IF_EX_FRML_NTR_CMP_CHECK I ON_DATA_CHANGED Additional Check for Nutrient Compositions .
IF_EX_FRML_PREF_RCP_CHECK I PREF_RCP_CHECK Filter Formulas in Explosion .
IF_EX_FRML_USAGE_GET I USAGE_GET BADI: Usage Determination .
IF_EX_FSBP_ADDFLD_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Additional Data Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_ADDINF_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Additional Information Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_ADD_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN TransferExtensionIn .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_ADD_BAPI I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN ValidateExtensionIn .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_CHG_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN TransferExtensionIn .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_CHG_BAPI I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN ValidateExtensionIn .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_GET_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT TransferExtensionOut .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_GET_BAPI I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN ValidateExtensionIn .
IF_EX_FSBP_ALIAS_REM_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT TransferExtensionOut .
IF_EX_FSBP_ARCH_RFC_DATA I RFC_DEST_GET Read RFC Destination .
IF_EX_FSBP_BANK_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Bank Data Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP001_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process FS-Specific Attributes .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP011_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Employment Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP021_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Fiscal Year Information .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP1012_SUPR_CHK I SUPPRESS_CHECK Returns Whether or Not Check Should Be Skipped .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP1012_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Ratings .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP1013_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Differentiated Attributes .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP1030_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Regulatory Reporting Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP3010_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Additional Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_BP3100_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Additional Information .
IF_EX_FSBP_BPID_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Additional Partner Numbers .
IF_EX_FSBP_BUSYEAR I FSBP_BP021_EXPORT Export of Fiscal Year Data to the Mirror Tables .
IF_EX_FSBP_BUSYEAR I FSBP_BP021_IMPORT Import of Fiscal Year Data from the Mirror Tables .
IF_EX_FSBP_BUSYEAR_IMPORT I FSBP_BP021_IMPORT Import of Fiscal Year Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_BUT021_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Time-Dependent Address Usages .
IF_EX_FSBP_BUT0BANK_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Process Bank Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_DIFF_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Differentiated Attributes Were Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_EMPLOY_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Employment Data Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_FIS_YEAR_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Fiscal Year Data Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_GDPDU_DATA_GET I PARTNER_DATA_GET Read Additional Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_IDENT_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Additional Business Partner Numbers Were Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_RATING_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Ratings Were Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_REPORT_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Regulatory Reporting Data Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_RE_EXIST I CHECK_RE_ACTIVE Check Whether Real Estate Application Is Active .
IF_EX_FSBP_SELECT_EXTERNAL I EXPORT_F4_SELECTION Exports Partner Selection .
IF_EX_FSBP_SELECT_EXTERNAL I UPDATE_FIELD_VALUES Completes Default Field Values .
IF_EX_FSBP_SELECT_EXTERNAL I UPDATE_PARTNER_SETTINGS Completes Basic Values for Partner .
IF_EX_FSBP_SGS_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Characteristics for the Bank Analyzer Are Being Created .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_AUTHORITY I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorization .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_CALC_SUM I COMPUTE Determine Values for Totaling .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_DISPLAY I CHANGE_TITLE Change Header for Total Commitment .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_DISPLAY I HANDLE_EVENT_OF_LIST Transfer Events in List Output .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_DISPLAY I ITEMS_DISPLAY Display Total Commitment .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_DISPLAY_CB I HANDLE_EVENT_USER_COMMAND Offer ALV Event USER_COMMAND for Processing .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_ITEMSGETMULT I ITEMS_GET_MULTIPLE Read Application Data .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_MAP_BP_KEYS I CONVERT_EXT_TO_TC Transfer BP No. + BP GUID from External to Local System .
IF_EX_FSBP_TC_MAP_BP_KEYS I CONVERT_TC_TO_EXT Transfer BP No. + BP GUID from Local to External System .
IF_EX_FSBP_TRBP_IMPORT I FSBP_BP001_IMPORT Import of Treasury Attributes .
IF_EX_FSBP_TRBP_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Treasury Data Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_FSBP_TREAS_ORG_DATA I FSBP_BP001_EXPORT Export of Organizational Data to the Mirror Tables .
IF_EX_FSBP_TREAS_ORG_DATA I FSBP_BP001_IMPORT Import of Organizational Data from the Mirror Tables .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I CALCULATE_FOR_CASHFLOW Calculate key figures from a general cash flow .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I CALCULATE_FOR_DPTRANSACTIONS Calculate key figures from any datapool transactions .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I CALCULATE_FOR_FXOPTION Calculate key figures from an option .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I CALCULATE_FOR_SFGDT Calculating the key figures for a risk object .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I CALCULATE_FOR_VTB Calculates the key figures for a TRM transaction .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I DETAILED_LOG_GET Copy Log to Local Structure .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I DETAILED_LOG_INITIALIZE Initialization of the Detail Log .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I DISPLAY_USED_MARKETDATA Display Calculation Bases .
IF_EX_FTBB_KEYF_ENGINE I SET_IR_PARALLEL_SHIFT Definition of a Parallel Shift (in Base Points) .
IF_EX_FTBB_MD_VOLA_COMPUTE I INTERPOLATE_VOLA Interpolation of Volatility Variables (3-Dimensional) .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_CHANGE_ASSET Change BAV Master Record .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_CHANGE_ASSET_BY_DIALOG BAV Master Record in Dialog .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_CHECK_ASSET Check BAV Master Record .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_CREATE_ASSET Create BAV Master Record .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_CREATE_ASSET_BY_DEFAULT Create BAV Master Record .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_DELETE_ASSET Delete BAV Master Record .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_INIT Initialization of Class Attributes .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_IS_ACTIVE Has BAV been activated? .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_BAV I EVT_TRANSACTION_SET_DATA Transfer Data for Enhancement in BAPI .
IF_EX_FTR_CORR_INC_100 I CHANGE_MAPPED_TRANSACTIONS Reduce/Increase Assigned Transactions .
IF_EX_FTR_CORR_INC_100 I GET_BUSINESS_PARTNER_ID Change/Adopt Business Partner ID .
IF_EX_FTR_CORR_INC_100 I GET_COMPANYCODE Specify Company Code (Optional in Process) .
IF_EX_FTR_CORR_INC_100 I TRIGGER_FINAL_ACTION Perform Activities when Processing has Finished .
IF_EX_FTR_CORR_OUT_100 I CHANGE_IDOC Change IDoc Control Record .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_CUSTOMER_EXTENT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_FINANCIAL_OBJECT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SET_DATA Transfer Data for Enhancement in BAPI .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I CONSISTENCY_CHECK_DEAL_DATA Check Transaction Data (Authorized? Currencies OK?) .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I CONSISTENCY_CHECK_MARKET_DATA Check Market Data (Current Rates/Swap Rates?) .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I DEAL_VALIDITY_CHECK Check Whether Transaction and Rate Still Accepted .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I DEAL_VALIDITY_GET Determine Offer Validity .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I DEFAULT_VALUES_GET Limit the Values and/or Preassigned Values .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I MARGIN_ADJUSTMENT_CROSS_RATE Adjust the Margin for Cross-Rate Transactions .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I MARGIN_ADJUSTMENT_SIMPLE_RATE Adjust the Margin for "Simple" Transactions .
IF_EX_FTR_FX_INT_EXIT I RATE_TYPES_GET Determine the Rate Types for Bid and Ask .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT I EVT_TRANSACTION_SET_DATA Transfer Data for Enhancement in BAPI .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT_USER I FILL_VTVBAR Determine NPV .
IF_EX_FTR_HEDGE_MGMT_USER I INITIALIZE_HEDGE_DATA Enter Default Hedge Accounting Subscreen Data .
IF_EX_FTR_MA_LAUNCH I GET_LAUNCHER_CONTENT Definition of the Applications for the MA Launcher .
IF_EX_FTR_MA_LAUNCH_1STP I CHANGE_START_PAGE Start Page for the MiniApp Launcher to be Changed. .
IF_EX_FTR_MA_LAUNCH_CUSTOM I CHANGE_LAUNCHER_CONTENT Definition of the Applications for the MA Launcher .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_MIRROR_DEALS I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_PARTNER_ASSIGN I EVT_TRANSACTION_SET_DATA Transfer Data for Enhancement in BAPI .
IF_EX_FTR_SE_DEFAULTS I SET_CALENDAR Preset Calendar .
IF_EX_FTR_SE_DEFAULTS I SET_CALENDAR_REPO Default Calendar for Repos .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_DERIVATION I GET_ADDITIONAL_DERIVATIONS Returns Additional Derivations for Tax Generation .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_CML I CALCULATE_PRQ_AMOUNTS Returns the Amounts for the Payment Request .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_CML I CREATE_FI_TABLES_FOR_VAT Makes the FI Tables Available for Calculatng Value-Added Tax.
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_CML I CREATE_FI_TABLES_FOR_WT Makes FI Tables Available for Calculating Withholding Tax .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_CML I GENERATE_TAX_FLOWS Generates Tax Flows from Transferred Planned Records .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_CML I PREPARE_FI_TABLES_FOR_VAT Enhances FI Tables with Flow Type (for Value-Added Tax) .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_SE I PREPARE_FI_TABLES Fills FI Tables for Tax Calculation .
IF_EX_FTR_TAX_POSTING_TR I GENERATE_TAX_FLOWS Generates Tax Flows from Transferred Flows .
IF_EX_FTR_TRACA_STATREPORT I FILL_APPEND_STRUCTURE Determine and Fill Structure Differentiation Characteristics.
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_DEAL_FIX "Fixes" Transactions .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_DEAL_UPD Changed Transactions .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_DISTRIBUTOR I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_EXTENTION I HAS_EXTENTION Enhancement Available? .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_EXTENTION I START_WF_EXTENSION Enhancement at Start of a Workflow (BUS2042) .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_EXTENTION I TM_60A_EXTENSION Enhancement for Facility Reporting .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_FCODE Execute Fcode in BAdI .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FACILITY I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_FIMA_CALLBACK I AMOUNTCOMP_DETERMINE Determination of Proportion of Interest to Be Capitalized .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_APPLICATION_FREE Release Resources .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check Required by User .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_GENERIC I EVT_TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I EVT_TR_LOAN_EB_DATA_1 Calculation of Interest on Arrears .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I EVT_TR_LOAN_EB_DATA_2 Generation of Postings for Interest on Arrears .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I EVT_TR_LOAN_EB_REJECTION Change Interpretation Result (If Posting to Rejection) .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I EVT_TR_LOAN_EB_SGTXT Default Setting of Document Segment Text .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I LOAD_DATA Load Interpretation Results in Manual Account Statement .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I LOAD_DATA_E Load Interpretation Results in Electronic Account Statement .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I SET_FLG_AND_STORE_DATA Save Interpretation Results in Manual Account Statement .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_EB I SET_FLG_AND_STORE_DATA_E Save Interpretation Results in Electronic Account Statement .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_LOAN_PP I TR_LOAN_PP_01 Posting Data Change .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_TBB1_EXIT I VBUND_EXIT Determining Partner Company ID (VBUND) .
IF_EX_FTR_TR_TIME I GET_TIME Time and Date for Contract Conclusion and Dependent Fields .
IF_EX_FVDE I OBJEKTE_BEVOR_DB_UPDATE CCC Objects: After Conversion Before Database Update .
IF_EX_FVDE I SICHERHEITEN_BEVOR_DB_UPDATE CCC Collateral: After Conversion Before Database Update .
IF_EX_FVD_ACCOUNTREF_PART I GET_INDUSTRY_SECTOR Get Standard Industry of Partner for Account Assignment Ref..
IF_EX_FVD_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I ACCOUNTING_DETERMINATION User Exit For Account Determination .
IF_EX_FVD_ADDFLOW I CHECK_ASSESSMENT Check Prerequisite .
IF_EX_FVD_ADDFLOW I CHECK_AUTOWAIVE Check Automatic Waiver .
IF_EX_FVD_ADDFLOW I GET_AMOUNT Calculate Amount .
IF_EX_FVD_ADDFLOW I GET_CALC_BASIS Determine Calculation Base .
IF_EX_FVD_ADDFLOW I GET_FLOW_ATTRIBUTES Get Parameters from Condition Table .
IF_EX_FVD_ALOI_CLERK I DETERMINE_CLERK_TYPE Determination of Activity Type or Role Category .
IF_EX_FVD_AUTODRAFT I CHANGE_RESULTS Change Values in Results Table .
IF_EX_FVD_AUTODRAFT I CREATE_DETAIL_RECORDS Create Detail Records .
IF_EX_FVD_AUTODRAFT I CREATE_FOOTER Creae Footer Records .
IF_EX_FVD_AUTODRAFT I CREATE_HEADER Create Header Records .
IF_EX_FVD_AUTOWAIVE I CHECK_WAIVE_RULE Check Waiver Rule .
IF_EX_FVD_BILL_DATA_CHANGE I MODIFY_BILL_INFORMATION Change Billing Information .
IF_EX_FVD_BILL_PRINT I EXPORT_BILL Export of All Information for Printing of Bill .
IF_EX_FVD_BILL_REM_DERIVE I GET_REMITTANCE_DATA Read Remittance Code .
IF_EX_FVD_BUSOP_GEN_DYNPRO I CALL_UI_MAINTAIN Calls FVD_XXX_MAINTAUIN_UI of the Business Operation .
IF_EX_FVD_BUSOP_GEN_DYNPRO I CALL_UI_PROCESS_UCOMM Call FVD_XXX_PROCESS_UCOMM_UI of the Business Operation .
IF_EX_FVD_BUSOP_GEN_DYNPRO I GET_GUI_OBJECTS Supplies Program, Screen, GUI Status, FCTAB and GUI Title .
IF_EX_FVD_CALL_RBD_INT I CALL_RBD_ACCOUNT Branch to RBD Account / Display .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPITALS I CHANGE_RLOAM Change Capital Amounts .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPITALS I OWN_DETAIL_DISPLAY Option for Separate Display .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPTR_OL I EXIT_CAPTR_OL_001 Output Formatting of Customer Data .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPTR_UI I EXIT_CAPTR_UI_001 Activate and Name Customer Tabs .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPTR_UI I EXIT_CAPTR_UI_002 Transfer User Data to Subscreen (Customer Tab 1) .
IF_EX_FVD_CAPTR_UI I EXIT_CAPTR_UI_003 Transfer User Data From Subscreen (Customer Tab 1) .
IF_EX_FVD_CASH_FLOW I GET_BHWHR Determine Amount in Local Currency .
IF_EX_FVD_CLI_CONTRIBUTION I CLI_CONTRIBUTION Calculate Credit Life Insurance Single Premium .
IF_EX_FVD_CLI_RECALC I CLI_RECALCULATION Calculate Reimbursement for Credit Life Insurance .
IF_EX_FVD_COND_VERIFIER I VERIFY Customer-Specific Checks .
IF_EX_FVD_COND_VERIFIER I VERIFY_CHANGE_KOPO Customer-Specific Checks for Changing Condition Items .
IF_EX_FVD_COND_VERIFIER I VERIFY_DELETE_KOPO Customer-Specific Checks for Deleting Condition Items .
IF_EX_FVD_COND_VERIFIER I VERIFY_INSERT_KOPO Customer-Specific Checks For Inserting Condition Items .
IF_EX_FVD_CONTRACT_CREATE I HANDLE_LOAN_CONTRACT Loans - Process All Customer Enhancements .
IF_EX_FVD_CORRESPONDENCE I LOAD_INSURANCE_CHARGE Load Single and Multiple Costs .
IF_EX_FVD_CORRESPONDENCE I LOAD_INSURANCE_DATA Load General Data for LI, Start, Duration, Tariff..... .
IF_EX_FVD_CORRESPONDENCE I LOAD_INSURANCE_DIFFERENCE Load Benchmark Figures for Insurance .
IF_EX_FVD_CORRESPONDENCE I LOAD_INSURANCE_REPAYMENT Load Life Insurance Data in Repayment Schedule .
IF_EX_FVD_CORRESPONDENCE I LOAD_INSURANCE_SAMPLE Load Model Calculation for Life Insurance .
IF_EX_FVD_CREDIT_BUREAU I CHANGE_RESULTS Change Values in Output Table .
IF_EX_FVD_DCALLEND_OL I FVD_DCALLEND_OL_CHECK_ACTIVE Check Whether Provision Expiry Date is Activated .
IF_EX_FVD_DCALLEND_OL I FVD_DCALLEND_OL_CHECK_AUSZ_DATCheck Date Fields Disbursment .
IF_EX_FVD_DCALLEND_OL I FVD_DCALLEND_OL_CHECK_VERT_DATCheck Date Fields Contract .
IF_EX_FVD_DCALLEND_OL I FVD_DCALLEND_OL_PREP_DCALLEND Default Setting Provisions Expiry Date .
IF_EX_FVD_DEFCAP I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEFCAP_OL_001 Plausibility Check for Deferral + Capitalizn of O-due Items .
IF_EX_FVD_DISBURSEMENT I CHECK_DISBURSEMENT Checks Customer's Own Criteria .
IF_EX_FVD_DISBURSEMENT I CHECK_DRAWING Customer Check of Drawing .
IF_EX_FVD_DISB_CHECK_N_SET I CALC_ADISBGROSS Calculation of Gross Disb. Amount Different from Standard .
IF_EX_FVD_DISB_CHECK_N_SET I CHANGE Change Processing Different from Standard .
IF_EX_FVD_DISB_CHECK_N_SET I CHECK_DISB CHECKS Different from Standard .
IF_EX_FVD_DISB_CHECK_N_SET I SET_ADAPTION Automatic Changes Different from Standard .
IF_EX_FVD_DUNNING I ACC_API_CHECK_SEL_OPT Check Whether Items Relevant for Interest Calculation .
IF_EX_FVD_DUNNING I DULV_PR_SET Set Current Procedure for Assigning Dunning Levels .
IF_EX_FVD_DUNNING I DUNN_OPT_ARC_SET Archiving Dunning Notices .
IF_EX_FVD_DUNNING I HISTORY_COMPLETE Write Entries in Dunning History with Dunning Level 0 .
IF_EX_FVD_DUNNING I IOA_CALCULATE Calculate Interest on Arrears .
IF_EX_FVD_EFFINT_CONDITION I ADJUST_CONDITIONS Adjust Conditions .
IF_EX_FVD_EFFINT_DISBURSEM I ADJUST_DISBURSEMENT_DATA Adjust Start Date and Disbursement Date .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_CAPITALS_AFTER Process Capital Amounts .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_CASHFLOW_AFTER Process Cash Flow .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_COLLATERAL_AFTER Process Collateral .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_CONTRACT_AFTER Edit Master Data .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_LOAN_GENERAL_AFTER Process Entire Loan .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_OBJECT_AFTER Process Collateral Object .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT I HANDLE_VALUES_AFTER Process Collateral Value .
IF_EX_FVD_EXPORT_OFFERS I GET_CONDITION_HEADER Determine Condition Header for the Offer Valuation .
IF_EX_FVD_FNM1_DATE I SET_FNM1_DATE Setting of Posting Date and Payment Date .
IF_EX_FVD_HANDLE_FORMULA I DELETE_FORMULA Delete Assignment of Formula to Condition .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_ACCRUAL I POST_TO_CUSTOMER_ACCOUNT Posting to Customer Account (X -" Yes) .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_MASTERDATA I CHECK_CONTRACT_ON_ENTER Contract Check Before Entry .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_MASTERDATA I CHECK_CONTRACT_ON_SAVE Contract Check Before Save .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_OPEN_ITEMS I MODIFY_LIST Modify Selectionability of Items .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_ANBWA_IN_BSEG Fill Attachements Flow Type .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_BKTXT_IN_BKPF Fill Document Header Text .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_BLART Change Documents .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_FIPOS_IN_ACCIT Fill Commitment Item .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_FISTL_IN_ACCIT Fill Funds Center .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_FKBER_IN_ACCIT Fill Function Area .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_GEBER_IN_ACCIT Fill Funds .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_GSBER_IN_BSEG Fill Business Area .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_KBLNR_IN_ACCIT Fill Document Number Earmarked Funds .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_KBLPOS_IN_ACCIT Fill Document Item Earmarked Funds .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_LZBKZ_LANDL_IN_BSEG Fill State Central Bank ID and Supplying Country .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_MABER_IN_BSEG Fill Dunning Area .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_MWSKZ_IN_ACCIT Fill Indicator for Tax on Sales and Purchases .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_PPRCTR_IN_ACCIT Fill Partner Profit Center .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_PRCTR_IN_BSEG Fill Profit Center .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_PROJK_IN_BSEG Fill PSP Element .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_RMVCT_IN_BSEG Fill Flow Type .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_SEGMENT_IN_ACCIT Enter Segment .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_SGTXT_IN_BSEG Fill Item Text .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_TAB_ACCCR Enter Currency Information (Additional Local Currencies) .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_VBUND_IN_BSEG Enter Partner Company .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I CHANGE_XBLNR_IN_ACCIT Fill Reference Document Number .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I GET_BLDAT Determine Document Date .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I GET_BUDAT Determine Posting Date .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I NO_CHECK_NEWGL No Verification of Account Prinicple .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I PROVIDE_DATA_BEFORE_CHANGES Retrieve Posting Data Before Change by BAdI .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I PROVIDE_POSTING_DATA Retrieve Posting Date .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I SET_GLOBAL_FLAGS Set Global Parameters .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I SUPPRESS_EMPTY_PROTOCOL Do Not Output Empty Log .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_POST I SUPPRESS_FI_POSTING Suppress FI Posting .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_RETURN_DEB I USER_PROCESS_RETURNED_DEBIT Processing of Returned Debit Memos .
IF_EX_FVD_LOAN_REVERSE I CHANGE_REVERSE_ITEM Adjust Standard Proc.for Pmnt Block, Pmnt Meth.and Bank Dets.
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_CALC Loan Calculation .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_COND Condition Data .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_MAP_CALC Mapping for Loan Calculation .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_MAP_CALC_RESP Mapping for Response of Loan Calculation .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_MAP_CREA Mapping for Loan Creation .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_MD Product Data .
IF_EX_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_PARTNER Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I CHECK_DISBURSEMENT Check Disbursement Data .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I CUSTOMER_SPECIFIC_CONDITIONS Set Customer-Specific Conditions .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I EVENT_SAVE_LOAN Event - Contract Is Being Saved .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I EVENT_SAVE_LOAN_ADD_MESSAGES Event - Contract Is Being Saved. Add Messages .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I EVENT_SAVE_LOAN_BEFORE Event - Before Calling FVD_MD_MAPI_CONSUMER_LOAN .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I GET_FILE_NUMBER Determine File Number .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_MODEL I GET_VALID_DATE_MODELCALC Determine Validity Date for Saved Model Calculation .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_PRODUCT_ATTR I SELECT_VERSION_ATTR Selection of Attributes from Current or Contract Version .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I ATTACHMENTLIST_EVENT Event - Entry Selected from Attachment List .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I F4_CONTRACT_EVENT Event - F4 Help Was Selected .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I INITIALIZE Event - Context Changed. Data Initialization .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I MENU_EVENT Event - Menu Option Was Selected .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I MODIFY_ATTACHMENTLIST Change Attachment List .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I PRINT_EVENT Event - Model Calculation Is Output .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I REGISTER_F4_CONTRACT Field List with Customer-Specific F4 Help .
IF_EX_FVD_MD_VIEW I SET_MENU_ITEMS_NOT_AVAILABLE Visibility of Menu Options .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_DBU_VDNOTEPAYEE Transfer of Note to Payee Data to Update Task .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_OL_CHECK_ACTIVE Check Whether Extended Note to Payee is Active .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_OL_DISPL_FIELDS xxx .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_OL_SAVE Save Global Note to Payee Table for Function Group FVDA .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_OL_STORE_FIELDS Save Field Content for Change Checks .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_UI_PROC_UCOMM Processing of User Entries .
IF_EX_FVD_NOTEPAY_OL I FVD_NOTEPAY_UI_SETTINGS Settings for Interfaces and Initialization Object Layer .
IF_EX_FVD_PAYRQ I GET_CENTRAL_BANK_DETAILS Enter Central Bank Data .
IF_EX_FVD_PAYRQ I GET_PAYRQ_ACCOUNT Determine Clearing Account for Payment Requests .
IF_EX_FVD_PAYRQ I GET_VBUND Enter Partner Company .
IF_EX_FVD_PAY_IS_PAYOFF I PAYOFF_DETERMINATION Method for Determining Whether Payment Triggers a Payoff .
IF_EX_FVD_PAY_STOP_FILE I WRITE_TO_FILE Creation of a Stop File (Lockbox Procedure) .
IF_EX_FVD_RECON_FI I CHANGE_BALANCE Change Balance .
IF_EX_FVD_REVERSAL_REASON I REVERSAL_REASON Assignment of External Reversal Reasons to Internal Reasons .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_CHECK_ACTIVE Localization Active .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_CHECK_ACT_LOAN Localization Active for an Individual Loan .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_CHECK_PREP_CONDP Query Whether Condition Item is to be Changed .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_CLEAR_REINH Override Conventional Rounding Unit .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_CLEAR_ROUND_KK_KPDelete Rndg Unit and Rndg Rule During Save if not Activated .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_COPY_CONDP Copy Condition Item .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_PREP_CONDH Default Setting Rounding Parameters Condition Header .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_PREP_CONDP Default Setting Rounding Parameters Condition Item .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_PREP_CONDP_SNG Default Setting Rounding Parameters Individual Condition .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_ROUND_ACCO_OFFSETRounding During Account Clearing .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_ROUND_AMOUNT Rounding FIMA Amount .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_ROUND_IOA Rounding of Dunning and Interest on Arrears .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_ROUND_IOA_NEW Rounding of Dunning and Interest on Arrears .
IF_EX_FVD_ROUND_OL I FVD_ROUND_OL_ROUND_PAYSPLIT Rounding in Payment Split .
IF_EX_FVD_TOTALCOMMIT_GET I HANDLE_EXTENSIONS Handle Extensions .
IF_EX_FVD_US_IPD_PLAN I OVERRIDE_PLANID Override Payment Plan ID .
IF_EX_FVFZ I CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_CHECK Replacement of Function Module CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_CHECK .
IF_EX_FVFZ I CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_PAYMENTS Replacement of Function Module CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_PAYMENTS .
IF_EX_FVFZ I CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_SEARCH Replacement of Function Module CONTRACT_CUSTOMER_SEARCH .
IF_EX_FVVD_ARCHIV I SET_D_ARC Set Archiving Key Date for Loan .
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I CHANGE_PROJECT_DEFINITION Change Description of the Project Definition .
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I CHANGE_WBS_ELEMENT Change Description of the PSP Element .
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I GET_COSTING_CHARACTERISTIC Determine Characteristics to Determine Acct Asst Element .
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I GET_INVOICE_CHARACTERISTIC Determine Characteristics to Determine Billing Element .
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I GET_PROJECT_DEFINITION Determine the Name and Description of the Project Definition.
IF_EX_GCC_PS_PROJECT_LABEL I GET_WBS_ELEMENT Determine Name and Description of PSP Element .
IF_EX_GDS_MATERIAL_EXTRACT I ADDITIONAL_SELECTIONS Additional Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_GDS_MATERIAL_EXTRACT I SEND_IDOC_COMPLETE Send Complete IDocs .
IF_EX_GEN_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I GET_JCO_RFC_DESTINATION Set RFC Destionation of FCO-RFC Server .
IF_EX_GEN_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I GET_NOTIFICATION_TYPE Set Notification Type .
IF_EX_GEN_EBPP_DEBITOR_SL I QUERY_DEBITOR Find Possible Customers .
IF_EX_GET_CCS_PROPOSAL I GET_CCS Export Default Cost Component Split .
IF_EX_GET_CCS_PROPOSAL I GET_CCS_TYPES List of Possible Cost Component Split Types .
IF_EX_GET_CRM_OBJECT_TYPE I GET_TYPE Method for Determining CRM_OBJECT_TYPE .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I BADI_ACTIVITY Control Calling of Methid GET_DEFCCS .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I GET_DEFCCS Modify Actual Cost Component Split .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I MOD_ACTIVITY_CCS Mod. Split of an Activity Type (Multi-Level Price Determ.) .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I MOD_CCS Modify Actual Cost Component Split .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I MOD_HRKFT_KSTAR Modify Origin Group and Cost Element .
IF_EX_GET_DEFCCS I MOD_REVAL_CCS Mod. Revaluation Split for ML Closing Entry .
IF_EX_GET_PARTN_ROLES_PPF I GET_PARTNER_ROLES Delivers the Possible Partner of an Application .
IF_EX_GLT0_AFTERSPLIT_VAL I VAL_EXECUTE Validation After Document Splitting .
IF_EX_GLT0_CLEARING_ITEMS I ADJUST_CLEARINGS Adjustment to Clearing Lines .
IF_EX_GLT0_CLEARING_ITEMS I CLEAR_ASSGNMT Deletion of Superfluous Account Assignments .
IF_EX_GLT0_COMPLETE_ASGMT I ALTER_EXISTING_VALUES Permitted to Change Coding? .
IF_EX_GLT0_COMPLETE_ASGMT I CHANGE_ASSIGNMENT Change Coding Within Active Split .
IF_EX_GLT0_COMPLETE_ASGMT I COMPLETE_ASSIGNMENT Set Coding in Base Rows .
IF_EX_GLT0_COMPLETE_ASGMT I SUBSTITUTE_ASSIGNMENT Set Coding After Passive Split .
IF_EX_GLT0_REPLACE_ASGMT I REPLACE_ASSIGNMENT Replace Coding Before Posting .
IF_EX_GM_ALLOW_FM_PLANNING I ACTIVATE_GRANT_FOR_FM_PLANNINGActivate Grant for FM Planning .
IF_EX_GM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I BUDGET_CHECK User authorization check for budget document .
IF_EX_GM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GRANT_CHECK User authorization check for grant .
IF_EX_GM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I SPONSORED_CLASS_CHECK User authorization check for sponsored class .
IF_EX_GM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I SPONSORED_PROGRAM_CHECK User authorization check for sponsored program .
IF_EX_GM_BDGT_FM_SOURCE I EVALUATE_BUDGET_SOURCE Evaluate and change budget source depending on values .
IF_EX_GM_BDGT_TRFR I TRFR_LINES_CHECK_MODIFY Transfer Lines check or modify .
IF_EX_GM_BDGT_VALIDATIONS I CUSTOM_CHECK Custom Check .
IF_EX_GM_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Change Stat. Indicator and Derivation Strategy for Account .
IF_EX_GM_CHANGE_STATUS I GM_CHANGE_STATUS Option to override or reject next state .
IF_EX_GM_COPY_GRANT I GM_COPY_GRANT Replacement for the default copy from routine .
IF_EX_GM_GENERATE_AUTH_GRP I GET_AUTH_GRP_CLASS Generate authorization group for a Sponsored Class .
IF_EX_GM_GENERATE_AUTH_GRP I GET_AUTH_GRP_GRANT Generate authorization group for a Grant .
IF_EX_GM_GENERATE_AUTH_GRP I GET_AUTH_GRP_PROGRAM Generate authorization group for a Sponsored Program .
IF_EX_GM_GRANT_NBR I GM_GRANT_NBR_MODIFY Allows grant number modification for external assignment .
IF_EX_GM_IDCPOST I FILL_CO_OBJECTS Fill CO objects .
IF_EX_GM_OM_EXT_CHK I DO_CHECK Are checks disabled .
IF_EX_GM_OM_EXT_CHK I RUN_MORE_CHECKS Run more checks .
IF_EX_GM_POSTING_CONTROL I OVERRIDE_POSTING_CONTROLS Override Posting Controls .
IF_EX_GM_POST_AUTHORITY I CHECK_AUTHORITY BAdi for Authrority Check .
IF_EX_GM_RM_INTEGRATION I SET_VISIBILITY Set Visibility Parameters for elements .
IF_EX_GM_SALES_ORDER_EXT I GM_SALES_ORDER_EXT Maps grant fields to sales order fields .
IF_EX_GM_SD_ORDER_CREATE I GM_SD_ORDER_CREATE Called instead of the default routine for SD order creation .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I EXIT_PAI_CLASS User-exit PAI Sponsored Class .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I EXIT_PAI_PROGRAM User-exit PAI Sponsored Program .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I EXIT_PBO_CLASS User-exit PBO Sponsored Class .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I EXIT_PBO_PROGRAM User-exit PBO Sponsored Program .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I GET_DATA_SCREEN_CLASS Get data from the Screen Class .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I GET_DATA_SCREEN_PROGRAM Get data from the Screen Program .
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I PUT_DATA_ON_SCREEN_CLASS Copy data to screen to make it available on Screen for Class.
IF_EX_GM_SPONSOREDOBJ I PUT_DATA_ON_SCREEN_PROGRAM Copy data to screen to make it available on Screen for Prog..
IF_EX_GM_STRATEGY_DERIVE I GET_STRATEGY Derive Strategy for the GM Derivation Tool .
IF_EX_GOS_MULT_PUBLISH I ADD_OBJECTS Add Objects for Publication .
IF_EX_GOS_SRV_REQUEST I START_SERVICE Start Service .
IF_EX_GOS_SRV_SELECT I SELECT_SERVICES Service Selection .
IF_EX_GRID_CLICK_PPF I CHECK_DOUBLE_CLICK Is Double-Click on these Field Names Edited? .
IF_EX_GRID_CLICK_PPF I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Edit Double-Click on Cell .
IF_EX_GUI_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I CHANGE_FIELD_ATTRIB Change the field attributes .
IF_EX_GUI_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_NODE_ATTRIBUTES Get the node attributes .
IF_EX_GUI_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_SUBSCREEN Get the subscreen .
IF_EX_GUI_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I GET_SUBSCREEN_DB Get the subscreen for dialog box .
IF_EX_GUI_APPL_OBJ_OHFW I HANDLE_CANCEL Handle cancel .
IF_EX_GUI_ASSIGNMENTS_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT Get Output Format .
IF_EX_GUI_ASSIGNMENTS_RFW I GET_HEADER_INFO ALV Tree Header .
IF_EX_GUI_ASSIGNMENTS_RFW I GET_TOOLBAR_FCODES Get Function Codes for Toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_BROWSER_OHFW I BUILD_MENU Builds up a menu on toolbar dropdown .
IF_EX_GUI_BROWSER_OHFW I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Changes the fieldcatalog .
IF_EX_GUI_BROWSER_OHFW I CHANGE_TOOLBAR Changes the toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_BROWSER_OHFW I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks authorization for activity on node .
IF_EX_GUI_BROWSER_OHFW I GET_STATUS Gets the status .
IF_EX_GUI_DETAIL_RFW I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get control attributes for detail/comparison screens .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_COPY Preprocessing and prerequisites check for COPY .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_COPY_COMPLETE Postprocessing for COPY .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_CUT Preprocessing and prerequisites check for CUT .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_CUT_COMPLETE Postprocessing for CUT .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_NEW Preprocessing and prerequisites check for NEW .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_NEW_COMPLETE Postprocessing for NEW .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_PASTE Preprocessing and prerequisites check for PASTE .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I CHECK_PASTE_COMPLETE Postprocessing for PASTE .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I DETAIL Detail the selected nodes .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT Get Layout for ALV tree .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_ALV_VARIANTS Get ALV variants .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_GRAPH_ATTRIBUTES Get general attributes for graph display .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_HEADER_INFO Get the information about the header's element .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_TOOLBAR_FCODES Get the toolbar function codes .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_UDEF_MENU_ITEM Get the user's defined context menu triggered on item click .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_UDEF_MENU_NODE Get the user's defined context menu triggered on node click .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I GET_UDEF_TOOLBAR Get the function codes for user's defined toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I HANDLE_UDEF_FUNCTIONS User's defined functionalities handler .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE Overdefinition of processing ALV event ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I ON_DROP Overdefinition of processing ALV event ON_DROP .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I ON_DROP_COMPLETE_MULTIPLE Overdefinition of processing ALV event ON_DROP_COMPLETE .
IF_EX_GUI_GRAPH_RFW I SET_OPTIMIZATION_MODE Set the optimization level .
IF_EX_GUI_ITEMIZATION_CK I ON_FIELCATALOG_CREATE ALV Display of Enhancements of the Cost Estimate Structure .
IF_EX_GUI_ITEMIZATION_CK I ON_ITEM_INPUT Special processing if costing item has been changed .
IF_EX_GUI_NAVIGATION_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT Get Output Format .
IF_EX_GUI_NAVIGATION_RFW I GET_ALV_VARIANTS Get ALV Variants .
IF_EX_GUI_NAVIGATION_RFW I GET_HEADER_INFO ALV Tree Header .
IF_EX_GUI_NAVIGATION_RFW I GET_TOOLBAR_FCODES Get Function Codes for Toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_PROTOCOL_OHFW I GET_DISPLAY_FILTER Gets the display filter .
IF_EX_GUI_PROTOCOL_OHFW I GET_DISPLAY_PROFILE Gets the display profile .
IF_EX_GUI_RFW I GET_HEADER_INFO Infos for Header Area .
IF_EX_GUI_RFW I GET_SETTINGS Get Settings .
IF_EX_GUI_RFW I GET_TOOLBAR_FCODES Get Function Codes for Toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_RFW I GET_UDEF_TOOLBAR User defined functions for toolbar .
IF_EX_GUI_RFW I HANDLE_UDEF_FUNCTIONS Handle the user defined functions. .
IF_EX_G_MODIFY_TABLE I MODIFY_TABLE Change Line Item Table Before Update .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHANGE_FIELDCAT Change the field cat. of the fields you can add to a layout .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHANGE_TEXT_KEY Change the key of the texts .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHECK_COMBINATION Checks in Form ec501_check_combination .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHECK_DATA Check data to be posted .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHECK_FIRST_SCREEN Check entries of first selection screen snd send message .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_CHECK_LAYOUT Check a layout when you create it .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_DEACTIVATE_SETS Deactivate Sets for a few dimensions .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_ENRICH_DATA Enrich the data to be posted .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_FILL_NEW_ITDAT1 Fill itdat1 depending on authorities .
IF_EX_G_PLANNING_EXTENSION I G_PLAN_TEXT_HANDLER Exit to handle texts of the cells by the application .
IF_EX_G_SET_CHANGES I CHANGED Set Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_G_SET_CHANGES I CHILD_CHANGED A Subordinate Set Was Changed .
IF_EX_G_SET_CHANGES I DELETED Set Was Deleted .
IF_EX_G_SET_FORMULA_EXIT I EVALUATE Evaluate Exit .
IF_EX_G_SET_FORMULA_EXIT I GET_TYPE Determine Attributes of the Exit .
IF_EX_G_SET_STD_HIERARCHY I GET Standard Hierarchy for Set Class and Organizational Unit .
IF_EX_G_SET_STD_HIERARCHY I GET_ALL All Standard Hierarchies of Set Class .
IF_EX_G_SET_USAGE I CHECK Check Whether a Set Is Used .
IF_EX_G_SET_USAGE I DISPLAY Display Object Used (Dialog Method) .
IF_EX_G_SET_USAGE I LIST List of Usages of a Set .
IF_EX_HBS01 I CHECK_PROPERTY_MASTER Check Property Master .
IF_EX_HIERARCHY_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Hierarchy/Category Was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_HIER_CHECK_LBK I CHECK_NODE_ACTION Performs checks for LBK node actions (create/delete/change) .
IF_EX_HIER_CHECK_OHFW I CHECK_NODE_ACTION Performs checks for OHF node actions (create/delete/change) .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ001 I SET_FORM_SPLITS Set form splits according key field values .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ002 I SET_DAQ_SPLIT Set DAQ for form split .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ003 I CHECK_PERIOD_RELEVANT Check if payroll period is relevant .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ004 I UPDATE_VALUE_AMTFO Update value table for wage types .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ005 I SUM_PERIODS_VALUE Sum values of several periods .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ006 I CHECK_PAYROLL Check payroll results .
IF_EX_HR99S00_DAQ007 I MODIFY_VALUES Modify the values read by the table reader .
IF_EX_HRALE00CHANGE_PTRS I PROCESS_CHANGE_POINTERS Processing of Change Pointers (After Standard Processing) .
IF_EX_HRALE00CHANGE_PTRS I SET_LAST_CHANGE Processing of Change Pointers (Before Standard Processing) .
IF_EX_HRALE00CHANGE_PTRS_I I PROCESS_CHANGE_POINTERS Processing of Change Pointers (After Standard Processing) .
IF_EX_HRALE00CHANGE_PTRS_I I SET_LAST_CHANGE Processing of Change Pointers (Before Standard Processing) .
IF_EX_HRALE00INBOUND_IDOC I IDOC_STATUS_PROCESS Work through list of status records .
IF_EX_HRALE00INBOUND_IDOC I PROCESS_IDOC User-Defined Inbound Processing; Can Replace The Standard .
IF_EX_HRALE00INBOUND_IDOC I SET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Set Output Parameters for FM IDOC_INPUT_HRMD .
IF_EX_HRALE00INBOUND_OBJEC I CHECK_OBJECT Determine Whether Object is Permitted for Inbound Processing.
IF_EX_HRALE00INB_DATA_READ I ALL_OBJECTS_READ Read Access to All Objects in ALE Inbound Processing .
IF_EX_HRALE00ORIGSYSTEM I OTYPE_HAS_ORIGINAL Change Table of Object Types With Original System Relevance .
IF_EX_HRALE00ORIGSYSTEM I SAVE_DATA_FOR_ORIGINAL Read Specific Objects Although Original in Target System .
IF_EX_HRALE00ORIGSYSTEM I WRITE_CHGPTR_FOR_REPLICA Write Change Pointers for Specific Replications .
IF_EX_HRALE00OUTBOUND_I I DEACTIVATE_CHECK Deactivation of Standard Checks .
IF_EX_HRALE00OUTBOUND_I I IDOC_DATA_FOR_RECEIVER_MODIFY Modify IDoc Data Based on Recipient .
IF_EX_HRALE00OUTBOUND_IDOC I DEACTIVATE_CHECK Modify IDoc Data Based on Recipient .
IF_EX_HRALE00OUTBOUND_IDOC I FILTER_VALUES_SET Setting Filter Values for Generic Filtering .
IF_EX_HRALE00OUTBOUND_IDOC I IDOC_DATA_FOR_RECEIVER_MODIFY Modify IDoc Data Based on Recipient .
IF_EX_HRALE00SPLIT_INBOUND I PROCESS_SELECTED_DATA Inbound Processing for Selected Data .
IF_EX_HRALE00SPLIT_INBOUND I SELECT_DATA Selection of Plan Version/Obj.Type/Obj.ID for Processing .
IF_EX_HRALEX_INBOUND I ADD_ADDITIONAL_SEGMENTS Add Additional Segments .
IF_EX_HRALEX_INBOUND I MODIFY_E1PITYP Change E1PITYP .
IF_EX_HRALX_ADDRESS_CHNGD I BPBP_ADDRESS_CHANGED Address of BP(P) -BP(O) Relationship Changed .
IF_EX_HRALX_HRALXSYNC_BADI I GRID_EVENT_DOUBLE_CLICK HRALXSYNC: Event Double-Click on ALV Grid .
IF_EX_HRALX_HRALXSYNC_BADI I RECONC_SEL_OBJ HRALXSYNC: Repair and Edit Selected Objects .
IF_EX_HRALX_HRALXSYNC_BADI I SEL_ANALY_OBJ HRALXSYNC: Select and Analyze Objects .
IF_EX_HRASR_PR_START_RESTRICT I CHECK_PROCESS_IS_EXECUTABLE Returns Whether Process Can Be Executed .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTY I AFTER_INPUT Call-Up Time PAI .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTY I BEFORE_OUTPUT Call-Up Time PBO .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTY I BEFORE_UPDATE Call-Up Before Update .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTY I IN_UPDATE Call-Up During Update .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I DELETE_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Delete .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I INITIALIZE Called Directly After BAdI Initialization .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I INITIAL_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Processing for Record Creation .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I INSERT_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Insert .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I METADATA_COMPUTATIONS Process Data According to Metadata .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I MODIFY_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Modify .
IF_EX_HRBAS00INFTYBL I READ_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Single Record Processing After Read .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_GET_PROFL I GET_T77PR_TAB Determine user profile from table T77PR .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_INFTY I AFTER_INPUT Call-Up Time PAI .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_INFTY I BEFORE_OUTPUT Call-Up Time PBO .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_INFTY I BEFORE_UPDATE Call-Up Before Update .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_INFTY I IN_UPDATE Call-Up During Update .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_OM_DEL_CHECK I SET_EVALUATION_PATH Determine Evaluation Path for Test Before Deletion .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_RELAT I MAINTAIN_RELATION Maintain Relationship (or Change HRI1001) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_RHBAUS00 I MODIFY_VIEW_RHBAUS Change VIEW Table .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SEARCH I GET_OBJ_LIST_SHLP Get Search Help for Displaying Object List .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SEARCH I GET_TOP_SHLP Get Higher Level Search Help .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SEARCH I OBJID_CHECK Composite Definition for Object Check (RH_MACO) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SEARCH I OBJID_F4 Composite Definition for Value Help (RH_OBJID_REQUEST) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SEARCH_EXCL I EXCLUDE_SEARCHHELPS Exclude Search Help (Not Displayed in F4) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_SELECTION I TRANSFORM_SELECTIONS Conversion of Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_T77S0 I CHECK_VALUE Check Value (PAI) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_T77S0 I GET_DDIC_REFERENCE Read DDIC Reference for Switch .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_T77S0 I MODIFY_SCREEN Change Display for PBO .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_T77S0 I PROCESS_F1 Display Documentation (F1/POH) .
IF_EX_HRBAS00_T77S0 I PROCESS_F4 Perform Input Help (F4/POV) .
IF_EX_HRBAS_OBJMAN_STRUCSEARCH I CHANGE_SEARCH_PARAMS Change Parameters for Structure Search .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I APPROVE_TRIAL Adopt Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I COLLECT_PERNR_TAB_BEFORE_IMAGECalculate PERNR_TAB of Before Image .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I DISABLE_INTEGRATION Switch Off Integration PD to PA .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I DISCARD_TRIAL Discard Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I ENABLE_INTEGRATION Switch On Integration PD to PA .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I EXECUTE_INTEGRATION Run Integration: Update PA Data .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I FLUSH Save Buffer to Database .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_EX_HRBAS_PD_PA_INTEGRATION I START_TRIAL Execute Operations Speculatively .
IF_EX_HRBEN00ESS0001 I ESTIMATE_CONTRIBUTION_MISCEL Estimation of Contributions for Miscellaneous Plans .
IF_EX_HRBEN00ESS0001 I ESTIMATE_CONTRIBUTION_SAVING Estimation of Contributions for Savings Plans .
IF_EX_HRBEN00ESS0001 I ESTIMATE_CONTRIBUTION_STOCKP Estimation of Contributions for Stock Purchase Plans .
IF_EX_HRBEN00ESS0002 I FILL_PLAN_COST_INFO Filling of 'Costs' and 'Remarks' Columns .
IF_EX_HRBEN00PAY0013 I READ_CUMUL_RESULTS Read cumulated payroll results for Compensation Management .
IF_EX_HRBEN00RET0001 I EXTRACT_PAYROLL_CUMULATIONS Extract cumulated payroll results for retirement plans .
IF_EX_HRBEN00RET0002 I FILL_ACCUM_AMOUNTS_SEGMENT Fill IDOC segment "Cumulated amounts" .
IF_EX_HRBEN00TCS0001 I BEN_TCS_DATA_READ Read Customer-Specific Benefits Data .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I GET_COMPENSATION_DAYS Gets status for compensation days (Paid / Unpaid) .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I GET_CO_REDUC_PLAN Gets Enterprise reduction plan .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_CATEGORY Sets employee category (blue collars=1 / white collars =2) .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_MANDT Sets client .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_PERIOD Sets period so SI contributions .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_PERNR Sets Personnel number attribute .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_PERS_AREA Sets Personnel Area attribute .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_PERS_SUB_AREA Sets Personnel Sub-area attribute .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_SI_CAT_EMPLOYEE Sets Social Insurance employee category .
IF_EX_HRBE_EDU_LEAVE I SET_SI_CAT_EMPLOYER Sets Social Insurance employer category .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check for Selected Records .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I EDIT_SELECTION Change Number of Records to be Approved .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I FILL_COMPARATIVE_COLUMNS Determine Values for Comparison Columns .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I FILL_TEXT_COLUMN_CONS Enter Text for Message Column (Collective Approval View) .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I FILL_TEXT_COLUMN_SINGL Enter Text for Message Column (Individual Approval View) .
IF_EX_HRCATS_APPR_CUST I GET_PROFILE_ID Determine Approver Profile .
IF_EX_HRCCE_DIST I METHOD Implement additional distribution methods .
IF_EX_HRCCE_PAYMENT I BANK_TRANSFER Process bank transfer .
IF_EX_HRCCE_PAYMENT I CREATE_WAGETYPE Create wage type from bank transfer amount .
IF_EX_HRCCE_PAYMENT I PCL24 Addtl. country-specific specification of processing class 24.
IF_EX_HRCCE_RETRO I PROC_WT Process wage type with processing class 23 .
IF_EX_HRCCE_USER_ASSIGNMENTS I GET_USER_PERSASSIGNMENTS Get Personnel Assignments of User .
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I CHECK_PARAMETER_EXISTS Checks whether values are maintained on the screen .
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I GET_BUDGETVALUES Determine Values for Budget Structure .
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I GET_SCREEN Determine Program/Screen for Parameters Subscreen .
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I INITIALIZATION Initialization Event Before Each Subscreen Call .
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I SET_PARAMETERS Alternative to SET_VARIANTS that transfers parameters direct.
IF_EX_HRCMP00BGT0001 I SET_VARIANT_VALUES Transfer Variants for Subscreen Parameters .
IF_EX_HRCMP00COMPA_RATIO I GET_REFERENCE_SALARY Determine the Reference Salary .
IF_EX_HRCMP00SAL0001 I CHANGE_SALARY_DATA Change Salary Data .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0001 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data for Person for SAP-Defined Subcategory .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0002 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data of Person for Customer-Defined Subcat. .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0003 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data for Person for SAP-Defined Subcategory .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0004 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data of Person for Customer-Defined Subcat. .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0005 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data of Person for Customer-Defined Category .
IF_EX_HRCMP00TCS0006 I TCS_AUTH_CHECK TCS Authority Check .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_ECM_ACCOUNT I GET_DATA_FOR_ACCOUNTING Collects LTI Data for Accounting .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_ECM_PAYROLL I GET_DATA_FOR_PAYROLL Collects LTI Data for Payroll .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_ECM_TCS I GET_DATA_FOR_TCS Collects LTI Data for Total Compensation Statement .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I AFTER_RECLASSIFICATION Process After Reclassification .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I APPEND_ALV_OUTPUT_DATA Complete List of Displayed Data (ALV) .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I CHANGE_BATCH_INPUT_DATA Make Changes to Batch Input Session .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I CHANGE_RECLASSIFICATION_DATE Process After Determination of Reclassification Date .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I CHOOSE_RECLASSIFICATION_TYPES Process for Selecting Reclassification Types .
IF_EX_HRCMP00_PS_RECL I DO_RECLASSIFICATION Process Instead of Standard Reclassification .
IF_EX_HRDTAB0_BT_ZWECK I BT_ZWECK change splitting of zweck .
IF_EX_HRECM00_ACTIVATION I ACTIVATE_PROCESS Replace creation/update of secondary infotype .
IF_EX_HRECM00_ACTIVATION I CALC_SAL_ADJUSTMENT Replace calculation of new IT 0008 record .
IF_EX_HRECM00_AGEDATA I AGE_MARKET_DATA Aging Survey Market Data .
IF_EX_HRECM00_BDG0001 I DETERMINE_BUDGET_VALUES Determine budget values for update infotype 1520 .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CALCBASE I GET_CALCULATION_BASE Evaluate the calculation base salary .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CARGP I READ_FEATURE_CARGP Determine compensation area .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CONSISTENCY I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Define additional tests for consistency check .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CP1GP I READ_FEATURE_CP1GP Determine first compensation program grouping .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CP2GP I READ_FEATURE_CP2GP Determine second compensation program grouping .
IF_EX_HRECM00_CRS I GET_CRS_DATA Get all relevant Comp. Review Statement data .
IF_EX_HRECM00_EFFDATE I GET_DEFAULT_EFF_DATE Determination of default effective date .
IF_EX_HRECM00_ELIGIBILITY I CHECK_ELIGIBILITY Replace complete eligibility check .
IF_EX_HRECM00_ELIGIBILITY I CHECK_MICRO_ELIGIBILITY Define additional elig. criteria, change end of waiting prd..
IF_EX_HRECM00_ELIGIBILITY I GET_PROGRAM_PERIOD Replace evaluation of program period .
IF_EX_HRECM00_ELIGP I READ_FEATURE_ELIGP Determine eligibility grouping .
IF_EX_HRECM00_EXERCISE I IDOC_STATUS_PROCESS Work through list of status records .
IF_EX_HRECM00_EXERCISE I PROCESS_IDOC User-Defined Inbound Processing; Can Replace The Standard .
IF_EX_HRECM00_EXERCISE I SET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Set Output Parameters for FM HRECM00_PROCESS_EXERCISE_IDOC .
IF_EX_HRECM00_GDEGP I READ_FEATURE_GDEGP Determine guideline grouping .
IF_EX_HRECM00_GRANT_INFO I GET_LTI_GRANT_INFO Get all relevant LTI grants information .
IF_EX_HRECM00_GUIDELINE I EVALUATE_GDL_CONTRIB Manipulate guideline contribution result .
IF_EX_HRECM00_GUIDELINE I EVALUATE_GUIDELINE Replace complete guideline evaluation .
IF_EX_HRECM00_MATRIX_SEGM I CALCULATE_SEGMENT_VALUE Calculate value of the method for an employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_MATRIX_SEGM I CHECK_PARAMETER Value check for the generic dimension parameter .
IF_EX_HRECM00_MATRIX_SEGM I CHECK_UNIT Value check for the dimension unit .
IF_EX_HRECM00_MATRIX_SEGM I F4_HELP_FOR_PARAMETER F4 help for the generic dimension parameter .
IF_EX_HRECM00_MATRIX_SEGM I F4_HELP_FOR_UNIT F4 help for the dimension unit .
IF_EX_HRECM00_PARTICIPANT I GET_EMPLOYEE_ADDITIONAL_INFO Get additional information about the employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_PARTICIPANT I GET_EMPLOYEE_CONTACT_INFO Get contact information about the employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_PARTICIPANT I GET_EMPLOYEE_NAME_INFO Get all information about the name of the employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_PARTICIPANT I GET_EMPLOYEE_POSTAL_ADDRESS Get all information about post address of the employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_PARTICIPANT I GET_EMPLOYEE_TAX_INFO Get all relevant tax information about the employee .
IF_EX_HRECM00_SALARY I CALCULATE_SALARY Calculate employee salary .
IF_EX_HRECM00_SALARY I CALC_COMPA_RATIO Calculate compa-ratio .
IF_EX_HRECM00_SALARY I CALC_PERCENT_IN_RANGE Calculate percent-in-range .
IF_EX_HRECM00_STATSTYPE I GET_VALUE_FOR_STATSTYPE Calculates the value for a statistical paygroup .
IF_EX_HRECM00_STATSTYPE I GET_VALUE_HANDLER Who (customer or standard) handles the value determination .
IF_EX_HRECM00_STKUN I GET_CITEM_STKUN Determine stock unit for review item .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_DATA_IMPORT Time After Importing Basic Data. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_DELETE Time After Deleting Profile. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_DEQ Time After Unlocking Profile. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_ENQ Time After Locking Profile. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_SAVE Time After Saving Profile. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_SEARCH Time After Search Query. Check and Filter Results List .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I AFTER_UPLOAD_PHOTO Time After Saving Photo. Additional Actions .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_DATA_IMPORT Time Before Importing Basic Data. Initial Steps .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_DELETE Time Before Deleting Profile. Check Profile .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_DEQ Time Before Unlocking Profile. Check Profile .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_ENQ Time Before Locking Profile. Check Profile .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_SAVE Time Before Saving Profile. Check and Complete Profile .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_SEARCH Time Before Search Query. Check and Complete Search Query .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I BEFORE_UPLOAD_PHOTO Time Before Saving Photo. Check Photo .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I CHECK_AUTH_DETAIL Check Authorization for Calling Expert's Detail Screen .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I CHECK_AUTH_PROF Check Authorization for Calling Expert Profile .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I CHECK_AUTH_SCENARIO Check Authorization for Calling Search .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I CHECK_LDAP_ENTRIES Check Entries in LDAP Directory of Expert .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_ELEMENT_ACTION Determine Additional Actions for Element .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_EXPERT_ID_FROM_LDAP_KEY Determine Experts for LDAP Key .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_EXPERT_ID_FROM_UNAME Determine Expert ID from User Name .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_HR_OBJECT_FROM_EXPERT_ID Determine HR Object for Experts .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_LDAP_KEY_FROM_EXPERT_ID Determine LDAP Key for Experts .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_PROFTYPES Determine Expert Profile Types of Expert .
IF_EX_HREXP_EXPERT I GET_SEARCHSCENARIOS Determine Search Scenarios for Expert .
IF_EX_HRFORM_AFTER_TRANSP I ACTIVATE_FORMS Activate Forms .
IF_EX_HRFORM_BUSINESS_ADRS I MAKE_ADDRESS Format a Business Address .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I AFTER_PDF_PRINT Operations Immediately After PDF Print .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I BEFORE_PDF_PRINT Operations Immediately Before PDF Print .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I CHECK_PERNR Check 1 if PNR is Rejected or Skipped in Form .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I CHECK_PERNR_LATE Check 1 if PNR is Rejected or Skipped in Form .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I CHECK_PERSON Check 1, whether PERSON in form is rejected or skipped .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I CHECK_PERSON_LATE Check 1, whether PERSON in form is rejected or skipped .
IF_EX_HRFORM_HRF02 I SET_ARCHIVE_INDEX Determine Key for Optical Archiving of Forms .
IF_EX_HRFORM_METADATA I CHANGE_PAYROLL_SPLITS Edit Relationships Between Payroll Tables .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT I EXTEND_ADTKEY Revision of Job Index Key .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT I EXTEND_F4 Extension of Permitted Job Index Key .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT I EXTEND_OBJECTDATA Enhancement of Transfer Structure .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT I GET_ADTKEY Determining Job Title Key .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT_SUB_SCR I GET_0783_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Import Data for Processing of IT 0783 .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT_SUB_SCR I GET_1513_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Import Data for Processing of IT 1513 .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT_SUB_SCR I PUT_0783_DATA_TO_SCREEN Export Data for Processing of IT 0783 .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ADT_SUB_SCR I PUT_1513_DATA_TO_SCREEN Export Data for Processing of IT 1513 .
IF_EX_HRFPM_BC_RELEVANCE I CHECK_BUDGET_CHART_RELEVANCE Check whether an account assignment .
IF_EX_HRFPM_BUDGET_CHART I EXTEND_BUDGET_CHART Enhancement of Personnel Budget Plan .
IF_EX_HRFPM_BU_EXTENSIONS I GET_BULIST_EXT Extension of Position Analysis .
IF_EX_HRFPM_BU_EXTENSIONS I GET_FINLIST_EXT Extension of Financing Analysis .
IF_EX_HRFPM_CHART_OF_RESP I EXTEND_CHART_OF_RESPONS Enhancement of Business Distribution Plan .
IF_EX_HRFPM_CREATE_DOCS I DOC_SHOW Display of Generated Documents .
IF_EX_HRFPM_CREATE_DOCS I UPDATE_FPM_DOCS_P Creation of Commt Docs and Transfer to Acctg for Personnel .
IF_EX_HRFPM_CREATE_DOCS I UPDATE_FPM_DOCS_S Creation of Commt Docs and Transfer to Acctg for Positions .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DATA_COLL I COLLECT_DATA_P Collect Data for a Person .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DATA_COLL I COLLECT_DATA_S Collect Data for a Position .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DELTA_UPD_BW I BW_DELTA_QUEUE_WRITE_DIFF BW Delta Updates for Table HRFPM_DIFFERENCE .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DELTA_UPD_BW I BW_DELTA_QUEUE_WRITE_FPM_POS BW Delta Updates for Table HRFPM_FPM_POS .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DIFFERENCE I CLEAN_UP Process Personnel Cost Savings for Incorrect Objects .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DIFFERENCE I LINK_DELTA_DOCUMENTS Export of FPM Delta Documents and Transfer of FM Documents .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DIFFERENCE I POST_DOCUMENTS Post Personnel Cost Savings .
IF_EX_HRFPM_DIFF_BUD_TRANS I CALL_BUDGET_TRANSFER Budget Transfer Call .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ENCUMB_IV I CHECK_ACC_IV Confirm Validity of Account Assignments (Time Dependent) .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ENCUMB_IV I GET_OBJECT_ENC_IV Determine Object-Specific Commitment Interval .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ENC_PER I GET_ENC_PERIODS Determine Commitment Periods .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_CHK_POST I CATEGORIZE_CHECK_ERROR Derive Error Category .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_CHK_POST I CHANGE_OCC_WEIGHT Change Weighting Percentage .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_CHK_POST I CREATE_MESSAGE Derive Message Texts .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_CHK_POST I PROCESS_ALL_RESULTS Edit All Check Results of Financing .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_FILL_CHKIF I PREPARE_BUDGET_DATA_FOR_CHK Prepare Data of BU Object for Check .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_FILL_CHKIF I PREPARE_PERSON_DATA_FOR_CHK Prepare Data of Financing Object for Check .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_FILL_CHKIF I PREPARE_POSITION_DATA_FOR_CHK Prepare Data of Financing Object for Check .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_LIST I EXTEND_FIN_LIST Enhancement Financing Per Organizational Unit .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_PROVIDE_IT I PROVIDE_BUDGET_INFOTYPES Add Own Infotypes for Budget Structure Elements .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_PROVIDE_IT I PROVIDE_PERSON_INFOTYPES Add Own Infotypes for Person .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_PROVIDE_IT I PROVIDE_POSITION_INFOTYPES Add Own Infotypes for Position .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_PROVIDE_IT I SET_OTHER_IT_READ_METHOD Define other read modules for individual IT .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FIN_RULES_CHK I CHECK_RELATION Check Valuations .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FTE_CHK_CHART I BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FTE_CHK_CHART I EXTEND_HEADER_LINE Enhance Header Line for ALV Output .
IF_EX_HRFPM_FTE_CHK_CHART I EXTEND_POSITION_LINE Enhance Item Line for ALV Output .
IF_EX_HRFPM_GET_DUE_DATE I GET_DUE_DATE Determination of Due Date .
IF_EX_HRFPM_NEG_CMMTMNT I GET_HR_BLART_FROM_ACC_ASSGNMNTOverwrite Document Type for HR Documents .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OBJECT_COLL I GET_OBJECTS Selection of Objects for Current Commitment Run .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I EXTEND_FTE_CHART_LINE Extend Line for ALV Output of Financing Rules .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I EXTEND_OCC_CHART_LINE Extend Line for ALV Output of Staff Assignment Rules .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I EXTEND_POSITION_LINE Enhance Line for ALV Output .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I MODIFY_FTE_CHART Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I MODIFY_FTE_CHART_FCAT Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I MODIFY_OCC_CHART Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_CHART I MODIFY_OCC_CHART_FCAT Immediately before the list is issued .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_POST I CATEGORIZE_CHECK_ERROR Derive Error Category .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_POST I CHANGE_OCC_WEIGHT Change Weighting .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_POST I CREATE_MESSAGE Derive Message Texts .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_CHK_POST I PROCESS_ALL_RESULTS Edit All Check Results of a Staff Assignment .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_FILL_CHKIF I PREPARE_FINANCEE_DATA Prepare Employee Data for Check .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_FILL_CHKIF I PREPARE_FINANCING_DATA Prepare Position Data for Check .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_OUTPUT I WRITE_CHECK_RESULT_IN_OVERVIEWDisplay of Check Result for Check Views .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_OUTPUT I WRITE_CHECK_RESULT_IN_REPORT Display of Check Result for Check Report .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_OUTPUT I WRITE_COLLECT_RESULT_IN_OVERVWDisplay of Summarized Check Result for Check Views .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_OUTPUT I WRITE_COLLECT_RESULT_IN_REPORTDisplay of Summarized Check Result for Check Report .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_OUTPUT I WRITE_EXEMPTION_IN_REPORT Display of Check Exception for Check Report .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_PROVIDE_IT I PROVIDE_FINANCEE_INFOTYPES Add Own Infotypes for Person .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_PROVIDE_IT I PROVIDE_FINANCING_INFOTYPES Add Own Infotypes for Position .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_PROVIDE_IT I SET_OTHER_IT_READ_METHOD Define other read modules for individual IT .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OCC_RULES_CHK I CHECK_RELATION Check Valuations .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ORIG_PLAN_VAL I GET_ORIG_PLAN_VALUE Determination of Planned Value .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ORIG_PLAN_VAL I GET_UNIT Determination of Unit .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ORIG_PLAN_VAL I GET_VALUE_FROM_WORKTIME Determination of Planned Value from Working Time .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ORIG_PLAN_VAL I GET_WORKTIME Determination of Working Time from Planned Value .
IF_EX_HRFPM_OUTPUT_HANDLER I DISPLAY_RESULTS Display Results of Commitment Run .
IF_EX_HRFPM_PREPARE_CIPE I PREPARE_CIPE Call of Special Module before PBC Payroll Simulation .
IF_EX_HRFPM_REOC I GET_REOC_ACTIVE Decision: Reassignment Lock Active for Position .
IF_EX_HRFPM_ROLL1520 I ORIG_BUDGET_ROUND Round Original Budget .
IF_EX_HRFPM_RULES_FILTER I GET_FILTER_VALS Derive Filter Values .
IF_EX_HRFPM_VACANCY I MAP_COSTS_WITH_VACANCY Merging of Costs with Vacancy Periods .
IF_EX_HRFPM_WD_REPORTS I CHANGE_REPORT_ATTRIBUTES Change Report Attributes According to User .
IF_EX_HRGB_EXIT_ANSAL_FUNC I EXIT_SAPLHRGPBS_PARA_001 Exit to Determine Number of Periods ( Feature 'PFREQ' ) .
IF_EX_HRGB_EXIT_ANSAL_FUNC I EXIT_SAPLHRGPBS_PARA_002 Exit for Calculating Salary Percentage from IT0008 .
IF_EX_HRGB_EXIT_ANSAL_FUNC I EXIT_SAPLHRGPBS_PARA_003 Exit for Calculating Salary Percentage from IT0014 .
IF_EX_HRGB_EXIT_ANSAL_FUNC I EXIT_SAPLHRGPBS_PARA_004 Exit for Calculating Salary Percentage from IT0015 .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ACC_HEADER I GET_HEADER_ACCESS Get Header Data Access .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ACC_HEADER I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ACTION_LOG I GET_ACTION_LOG Get Action Log (Non-Standard Action Log) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ACTION_LOG I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ACTION_LOG I MODIFY_DETAILED_LOG Change Detailed Action Log .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADD_HEADER I GET_ADD_HEADER_DATA Get Additional Header Data .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADD_HEADER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Bring Data to Screen .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADD_HEADER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Bring Data to Screen .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADD_ON_APPL I GET_CATEGORY_RESTRICTION Get Category Restriction .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADMIN I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Administrator Functions .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADMIN I REGISTRATION Register Administrator Functions .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ADMIN I START_FUNCTION Start Administrator Functions .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ATT_ACCESS I GET_ATTACHMENT_MODE Determine Attachment Mode .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ATT_ACCESS I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_AUTHORITY I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_AUTHORITY I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEMENT I BUSINESS_CHECK_VA Business Check Template .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEMENT I BUSINESS_CHECK_VB Business Check Criteria Group .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEMENT I BUSINESS_CHECK_VC Business Check Criterion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEMENT I BUSINESS_CHECK_VX Business Check Foreign Element .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEM_DEL I BUSINESS_CHECK_DEL_VA Business Check Template Deletion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEM_DEL I BUSINESS_CHECK_DEL_VB Business Check Criteria Group Deletion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEM_DEL I BUSINESS_CHECK_DEL_VC Business Check Criterion Deletion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BC_ELEM_DEL I BUSINESS_CHECK_DEL_VX Business Check Foreign Element Deletion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BSP_TMPL I BSP_APPLICATION_GET BSP: Get Alternative Customer Template .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BUT_ACCESS I GET_BUTTON_ACCESS Get Pushbutton Access .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_BUT_ACCESS I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATALOG_ACT I GET_ACTION_FOR_OK_CODE Get Catalog Action from OK-Code Field .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATALOG_ACT I GET_SCREEN_FOR_ACTION Get Action Info for Context Menu Entry .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATALOG_ACT I SET_CONTEXT_MENU_ENTRY Set Context Menu Entry for Appraisal Catalog Entry .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATEG_CREATE I CREATE_CATEGORY Create Category .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATEG_EXMPLE I CREATE_CATEGORY Create Template .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATEG_EXMPLE I GET_INFORMATION Get Template Information .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CATEG_EXMPLE I REGISTRATION Register Creation for Current Category .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_FURTHER_TABLES Check Further Tables (Not Standard Appraisal Tables) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_SYSTEM_AVAILABILITY Check for Special System Availability .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T777E Check Special Relationships .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T777I Check Specific Infotype Assignments .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T777Z Check Specific Time Constraint .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T778A Specific Evaluation Paths .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T778A_SINGLE Specific Evaluation Paths - Individual Check .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T778O Check Specific External Element Types .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77HAP_COL Check Specific Columns .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77HAP_EX Check Specific Enhancements .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77HAP_EX_AREA Check Specific Enhancement Areas .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77HAP_ROLE Check Specific Roles .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77HAP_VAL_CLS Check Specific Value Classes .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77MWBFCD Check Function Codes for Manager's Desktop .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77MWBFCH Check Higher-Level Function Codes for Manager's Desktop .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_CHECK_CUSTOM I CHECK_T77S0 Parameter Check T77S0 .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_COL_ACCESS I GET_COLUMN_ACCESS Get Column Access .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_COL_ACCESS I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_COL_OWNER I CHECK_COLUMN_OWNER Check Column Owner .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_COL_OWNER I CUST_CHECK_SETTING Customizing: Check Owner Setting (Infotype 5023) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DEFAULT_OBJ I GET_OBJECT_FOR_USER User -" Object .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DEFAULT_OBJ I GET_USER_FOR_OBJECT Object -" User .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_BC I DO_BUSINESS_CHECK Perform Customer-Specific Business Checks .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_BC I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_D1 I DEFAULT_APPRAISER Default Appraiser .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_D1 I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_D2 I DEFAULT_APPRAISEE Default Appraisee .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_D2 I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DE I DEFAULT_EXECUTION_PERIOD Default Execution Period .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DE I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DN I DEFAULT_NAME Default Appraisal Document Name .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DN I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DO I DEFAULT_OTHERS Default Further Participants .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DO I GET_INFORMATION Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DP I DEFAULT_PART_APPRAISERS Default Part Appraiser .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DP I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DR I DEFAULT_REVIEW_DATE Default Review Date .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DR I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DV I DEFAULT_PERIOD Default Appraisal Period .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DEF_DV I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DELETE I DELETE_DOCUMENT To Handle Own Data - Do Not COMMIT !!! .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_DELETE I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_PREPARE I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Reporting Function .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_PREPARE I PERFORM_PREPARATION Execute Reporting .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_PREPARE I REGISTRATION Register Reporting Function .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_SAVE I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_SAVE I SAVE_DOCUMENT Save Appraisal Document .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DOC_STATNAME I GET_STATUS_NAME Read Status Name .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DYN_EVENT I ALLOW_MULTIPLE_REFERENCES Allow Elements for Multiple References .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DYN_EVENT I CUST_CHECK_ENHANCEMENT Customizing Check: Enhancing Event? .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DYN_EVENT I GET_DYNAMIC_EVENT Dynamic Event .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DYN_EVENT I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Dynamic Event .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_DYN_EVENT I STAY_OR_GO Behavior During Status Change .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_DEL I CHECK_EXECUTABILITY App. Document: Check the Executability of Deletion .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_DEL I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Delete .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FIX I ALLOW_MULTIPLE_REFERENCES Allow Elements for Multiple Reference .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FIX I ENHANCE_DOCUMENT Appraisal Document: Enhance Appraisal Document .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FIX I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Enhancement .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FREE I ALLOW_MULTIPLE_REFERENCES Allow Elements for Multiple Reference .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FREE I CHECK_EXECUTABILITY App. Document: Check Executability of Enhancement .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FREE I ENHANCE_DOCUMENT Appraisal Document: Enhance Appraisal Document .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_ENHANCE_FREE I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Enhancement .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_FOLLOW_UP I FOLLOW_UP Follow-Up Processing .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_FOLLOW_UP I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Follow-Up Processing .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_FOLLOW_UP_D I FOLLOW_UP Follow-Up Processing .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_FOLLOW_UP_D I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Follow-Up Processing .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_GET_LIST_FLT I GET_LIST_XXL Use Filter Value for Lists .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_INIT_CATALOG I INIT_CATALOG Call Appraisal Catalog for Initialization .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_LINK I GET_ICON Get Icon for Link .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_LINK I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Link .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_LINK I SHOW_LINK Display Link (SAP R/3) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_LINK I SHOW_LINK_GET_URL Display Link (Web - Get URL) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_LINK I START_NEW_WINDOW Start Link in New Window? (SAP R/3) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_MAX_P_APPER I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Implementation .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_MAX_P_APPER I GET_MAXIMUM_NUMBER Get Maximum Number of Part Appraisers .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_OFFLINE I DOWNLOAD Online Document: Download Data .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_OFFLINE I GET_INFORMATION Get Informaton About Offline Function .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_OFFLINE I UPLOAD Offline Document: Read Data .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_REPORTING I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Reporting Function .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_REPORTING I PERFORM_REPORTING Execute Reporting .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_REPORTING I REGISTRATION Register Reporting Function .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_REP_GEN_VAR I FIELD_VALUES_GET Get Possible Generic Field Values .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_REP_GEN_VAR I FILL_SELECTION_CRITERIA Fill Selection Criteria for a Specific Generic Field Value .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_SELECTION I GET_ALL_OBJECTS Get All Objects with Current Role (for Base Object) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_SELECTION I GET_INFORMATION Get Template Information .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_SMARTFORMS I GET_OUTPUT_INFO_WITH_DATA Get Output Format for Existing 'External' App. Document Data.
IF_EX_HRHAP00_SMARTFORMS I PRINT_DOCUMENT Print Appraisal Documents (Internal Read of App.Documents) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_SMARTFORMS I PRINT_WITH_DATA Print Existing 'External' Appraisal Document Data .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TEXT_SUBST I GET_TEXT_SUBSTITUTE Text Replacement .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TEXT_SUBST I GET_TEXT_SUBST_DEFAULT Default Text Replacement .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_608 I APPRAISEE_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether appraisee is allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_608 I APPRAISEE_GET_LIST Read allowed appraisees .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_608 I APPRAISER_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether appraiser is allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_608 I APPRAISER_GET_LIST Read allowed appraisers .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_608 I TEMPLATE_GET_LIST Read allowed templates .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_EXAMPLE I CREATE_TEMPLATE Create Template .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_EXAMPLE I GET_INFORMATION Get Template Information .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_EXAMPLE I REGISTRATION Register Creation for Current Category .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_GETLIST I GET_LIST Get Template List .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_WIZARD I CREATE_TEMPLATE Create Template .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_WIZARD I GET_INFORMATION Get Template Information .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_TMPL_WIZARD I REGISTRATION Register Creation for Current Category .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CHECK_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABILITYCheck Availability: Value Description .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Existence of Value List .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CHECK_VALUE_CLASS_NUMERIC Check Whether Value Class Is Numeric or Non-Numeric .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CHECK_VALUE_TEXT_AVAILABILITY Check Availability: Value Text .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CHECK_VALUE_VALIDITY Check Validity of a Value .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CONVERT_VALUE_EID_TO_IID Convert External to Internal ID (Numeric Value Classes) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CONVERT_VALUE_IID_TO_EID Convert Internal to External ID (Numeric Value Classes) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I CREATE_VALUE_TYPE Create Standard Value List (If Not Yet Created) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I DO_MATCHUP Synchronize Value Lists with T77HAP_VALTY .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_DETAIL Get Detail for Value List .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_LIST Get Value Lists .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_MAX_VALUE Get Maximum Value (Numeric Value Classes) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_MIN_VALUE Get Minimum Value (Numeric Value Class) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_NEXT_VALID_VALUE Get Next Valid Value (Numeric Value Class) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_NUMBER_OF_DECIMALS Get Number of Decimal Values (Numeric Value Class) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_NUMBER_OF_VALUES Get Number of Values .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_VALUE_DESCRIPTIONS Get Value Descriptions (CHECK_DESCRIPTION_AVAILABILITY) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VALUE_TYPE I GET_VALUE_TEXT Get Value Text .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I CHECK_EXECUTABILITY Check Whether Value Determination Is to Be Executed .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I CHECK_UI_DEPENDENCY Check User Interface Dependency on Value Determination .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I CUST_CHECK_EXECUTABILITY Customizing Check: Can Value Determination Be Executed? .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I CUST_COLUMN_RESTRICTION Customizing: Restriction for Specific Colimns? (Input Help) .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I GET_INFORMATION Get Information About Value Determination .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_VAL_DET I VALUE_DETERMINATION Value Determination .
IF_EX_HRHAP00_WF_RULE_ID I GET_ACTORS Get Actors .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I APPRAISEE_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether appraisee is allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I APPRAISEE_GET_LIST Read allowed appraisees .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I APPRAISER_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether appraiser is allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I APPRAISER_GET_LIST Read allowed appraisers .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I OTHERS_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether further participants are allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I OTHERS_GET_LIST Read allowed further participants .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I PART_APPRAISER_CHECK_ALLOWED Check whether part appraiser is allowed .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I PART_APPRAISER_GET_LIST Read allowed part appraisers .
IF_EX_HRHAP_RESTRICT_DATA I TEMPLATE_GET_LIST Read allowed templates .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DC_COSTITEMS I CHANGE_DATASETS Change Cost Item Data Records .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DC_EMPLOYEE I GET_DATA Return Cost Items for Each Employee .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DC_ORGOBJECT I GET_DATA Return Cost Items for Each Organizational Object .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DERIVE_VALU I CHANGE_DERIVED_COSTITEMS Change Derived Cost Items .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DERIVE_VALU I GET_ORG_GROUPING_EMPLOYEE Determine Organizational Grouping for Employees .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DERIVE_VALU I GET_ORG_GROUPING_ORGOBJECT Determine Organizational Grouping for Organizational Objects.
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DET_UI I COSTOBJECT_INFO Information on Cost Object .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_DET_UI I GET_INFO_BUTTON_TEXT Determine Text for Information Button .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_POST_PERIODS I CHANGE_POSTING_PERIODS Change Posting Periods .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RESP_OBJECTS I CHECK_COSTPLANNER_AUTHORITY Check Authorization as Person Responsible for Cost Planning .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RESP_OBJECTS I GET_RESPONSIBLE_CO_OBJECTS Determine Acc. Assignment Objects in Area of Responsibility .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RESP_OBJECTS I GET_RESPONSIBLE_ORGUNITS Determine Org. Units in Area of Responsibility .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RESP_OBJECTS I GET_VALID_ACTIONS Determine Allowed Actions .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RESP_OBJECTS I GET_VALID_HEADCOUNT_JOBS Determine Allowed Jobs for Quota Planning .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RUN_HEADC I GET_HEADCOUNT_OBJECTS Provide Quota Planning Objects .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RUN_OBJSEL I CHANGE_OTHER_OBJECTS Change Selection for Other Objects .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_RUN_OBJSEL I CHANGE_POSITIONS_AND_EMPLOYEESChange Selection for Positions and Employees .
IF_EX_HRHCP00_TIMESPLITS I CONVERT_PERIODS Convert Periods .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_REG_SC_INFO Read registration program of study information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_REG_SM_INFO Read registration module information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_SC_INFO Read program of study information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_SC_TEXT Read texts of program information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_SM_INFO Read module information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_SM_TEXT Read texts of module information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_ST_INFO Read student information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_BADI_READ I READ_ST_TEXT Read texts of student information .
IF_EX_HRIQ_CALC_OVERALL I CHECK_UNOFFSCOREINCL Decides if unofficial scores are included in overall calc. .
IF_EX_HRIQ_CALC_OVERALL I DETERMINE_TEST_RESULT Provides formula to calculate overall test result. .
IF_EX_HRIQ_CORR_FORMKEY I GET_FORMKEY Get Application Form .
IF_EX_HRIV_REDUCE_AMOUNT I DO_REDUCTION Perform Reduction .
IF_EX_HRLDAP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_RDN Return RDN for a Person .
IF_EX_HRLDAP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_SAP_WP_USER Return Workplace User Name .
IF_EX_HRMGE00CPICALC0001 I CALCULATE_VALUE Calculate Value for the requested derived CPI .
IF_EX_HRMGE00CPICALC0002 I CALCULATE_VALUE Calculate Value for the requested Base CPI .
IF_EX_HRMGE00CPICALC0002 I DETERMINE_CALCULATION_CPI Determine CPIs needed for the calculation of the current CPI.
IF_EX_HRMGE00CURRCONVDATE I DETERMINE_CONV_DATE Determines the Currency Conversion Date .
IF_EX_HRMGE00INTLADMIN I ADMINISTRATOR_GROUP Get responsible Administrator group .
IF_EX_HRMGE00OFFERSHEET I EXPORT_WORD_DATA Export Master Data to Word .
IF_EX_HRMGE00OFFERSHEET I MASTERDATA Modify master data .
IF_EX_HRMGE00REGION I DETERMINE_REGION Determine region .
IF_EX_HRMS_BIW_GET_CONFG I GET_CONFIGURATION Reads configuration data for country specific reports .
IF_EX_HRMS_BIW_GET_EMPYRID I GET_EMPYRID Reads PA/PSA mapping to Employer ID .
IF_EX_HRMS_BIW_PY_REC I FILL_REC_DT Splits Results into Header and Details and populate tabls .
IF_EX_HROM_EXP_PATH I CHANGE_EXP_PATH Add/Remove Maintainable Relationships .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I ADD_NAVIGATION_STEP Note Navigation for Undo .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I ADD_UNDO_STEP Note Undo Step .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I GET_BUFFER_CHANGE_STATE Sets Flag if Buffer has Changed Since Last Access .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I GET_CHANGED_FLAG Read Change Flag .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I GET_UNDO_REDO_STATUS Is Undo/Redo Active? .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I INITIALIZE Initialize Buffer .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I REDO One Step Forwards (Redo) .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I UNDO One Step Back (Undo) .
IF_EX_HROM_NF_BUFFER I WRITE_BUFFER_TO_DB Write Buffer to Database .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MAX_INFTY_AUTHORIZATION Maximum Check for Infotype Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MAX_LEVEL_AUTHORIZATION Maximum Check for Authorization Level .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MAX_PERNR_AUTHORIZATION Maximum Check for Personnel Number Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MAX_SUBTY_AUTHORIZATION Maximum Check for Subtype Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MIN_INFTY_AUTHORIZATION Minimum Check for Infotype Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MIN_LEVEL_AUTHORIZATION Minimum Check for Authorization Level .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MIN_PERNR_AUTHORIZATION Minimum Check for Personnel Number Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MIN_SUBTY_AUTHORIZATION Minimum Check for Subtype Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_PERNR_AUTHORIZATION Check for Personnel Number Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I DELAYED_CONSTRUCTOR Substitute for CONTRUCTOR .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I SET_ORG_ASSIGNMENT Set Organizational Assignment .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_CHECK I SET_PARTIAL_ORG_ASSIGNMENT Partially Set Organizational Assignemnt (example: Settings) .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_RECORD I RECORD_AUTH_RESULTS Record Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_TIME I BEGDA_ENDDA_COMPARE_EXIT Compare with the Validity Date of the Infotype Record .
IF_EX_HRPAD00AUTH_TIME I CONSIDER_SY_DATUM_EXIT Time Logic in the PA Authorization Check .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTY I AFTER_INPUT Infotype Maintenance: Call-Up Time PAI .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTY I BEFORE_OUTPUT Infotype Maintenance: Call-Up Time PBO .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTY I IN_UPDATE Update Program: Call-Up During Update .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I DELETE_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Delete .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I INITIAL_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Processing of Record Creation .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I INSERT_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Insert .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I METADATA_COMPUTATIONS Process Data According to Metadata .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I MODIFY_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Logic for Modify .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYBL I READ_COMPUTATIONS Infotype-Specific Single Record Processing After Read .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYUI I FILL_HELP_VALUES Fill Value Help .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYUI I INPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYUI I INPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Repeat Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYUI I OUTPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAD00INFTYUI I OUTPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Repeat Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAD00MGEACTIVATION I CALL_ACTIVATION Call Activation Method .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_ADRS I MODIFY_ADDRESS Change Contents of Address Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_ENTRY_LEAVE I GET_ENTRY_DATE Determine Entry Date .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_ENTRY_LEAVE I GET_LEAVING_DATE Determine Leaving Date .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_GET_AF_0008 I GET_FIELD_VALUE Calculation/Valuation of Additional Field .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_PAPM I GET_SHLPS Assignment of Elementary Search Helps .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_PREM I GET_SHLPS Assignment of Elementary Search Helps .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_RECOG_SCREEN I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen .
IF_EX_HRPAD00_RECOG_SCREEN I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data to Screen .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_FED_LOW I GET_FED_LOW_DISPLAY Determine whether Federal Letters of Waiver are displayed .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PB07_0001 I GET_BUSINESS_NUMBER Determine New Business Number After Merger/Acquisition .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PB07_0001 I GET_QCTX_ID Determine New Quebec Tax ID After Merger/Acquisition .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PC07_0001 I GET_REGISTRATION_NUMBER Get Business Number .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PC07_0002 I GET_ACCOUNT_NUMBER Get Account Number .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PC07_0004 I FILL_TAX_FRAMEWORK Fill tax framework with additional field values .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_PROV_LOW I GET_PROV_LOW_DISPLAY Determine whether Provincial Letters of Waiver are displayed.
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_001 I CHANGE_EEA_BUFFER Change values in EEA buffer .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_001 I EXPORT_EECRS_FILES Export EECRS files created by EEA report .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_001 I GET_CONTRACT_PERIODS Get Contract Periods for Temporary Employee .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_001 I GET_EEA_SALARY Get EEA Salary .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_001 I GET_EMPLOYEE_CONTRACT Determine if employee is full-time, part-time or Temporary .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPLEEAK0_002 I GET_WEEKS_WORKED Get number of weeks worked by temp EE .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPUTXUK0_001 I GET_EFFECTIVE_DATE Get new tax year's effective date .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPUTXUK0_001 I GET_NEW_FEDERAL_TAX_CREDITS Get new personal tax credits for federal taxes .
IF_EX_HRPADCA_RPUTXUK0_001 I GET_NEW_PROVINCIAL_TAX_CREDITSGet new personal tax credits for provincial taxes .
IF_EX_HRPADIT_730 I CHECK_IF_CID_TO_PROCESS Check whether Personnel Number is correct and load data .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_0290 I CHECK_BIRTHPLACE Subty 802 - Check Birthplace Data .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_P4 I CHECK_MASS_REDUCTION Check for Mass Workforce Reduction .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_P4 I CHECK_OWN_WISH_LEAVE Check for Employee's Decision to Leave Company .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_P4 I CHECK_PART_3 Checks for Inclusion in Part Three of Form .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_P4 I CHECK_REDUCTION Check for Workforce Reduction .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_P4 I SET_HIRE_FIRE_CRITERIA Set Hire and Fire Criteria .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_PACKAGE I CHECK Check Package with External Program .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_RUPF I BEFORE_PRESENTING_RPF Change Data Before Presenting to Pension Fund .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_RUPF I CHECK_TRANSFER_WC_NORM Check Transfer into Lower Priority Working Conditions .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_RUPF I PROVIDE_MAIN_ADDIT_WC Provide Main and Additional Working Conditions .
IF_EX_HRPADRU_RUPF_WC I WRITE_WORKING_CONDITION Write Additional Information for Working Conditions .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_0021 I AFTER_INPUT Process after Input .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_AAP_EXCLUDE I CHECK_INITIAL_HIRE Check Integration of Person for PAAP Initial Hire .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_AAP_EXCLUDE I CHECK_INTEGRATION Check Integration of Person for PAAP .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_COUNT_RESET_DATES Determine the dates when the Mobility counts should be reset.
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_EOD_RESET_DATES Determine the dates when the GED/EOD date should be reset .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_EOD_RESET_DATES_DS Determine the dates when the GED/EOD date should be reset .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_GED_RESET_DATES Determine the dates when the GED/EOD date should be reset .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_GM_ACTION_DATES Determine Grant Mobility action dates .
IF_EX_HRPADUN_DS I MOB_GET_IT0395 Select the valid External Duty Station assignment records .
IF_EX_HRPADUS_EMPSAL_0001 I SET_WORKFLOW Method to set the custom workflow. .
IF_EX_HRPADUS_OSHA_0001 I MODIFY_OSHA_INFO Modify Injury/illness information for an employee .
IF_EX_HRPADUS_PBAS_0001 I GET_MSG_TYPE_TEXT Message type and message text .
IF_EX_HRPADUS_W2RPRNT_0001 I SET_WORKFLOW Method to set the custom workflow. .
IF_EX_HRPAD_SUBTY_CHECK I CHECK_SUBTY Eligibility SUBTY for INFTY .
IF_EX_HRPAD_SUBTY_CHECK I CHECK_SUBTY_BY_MOLGA Eligibility for MOLGA / INFTY .
IF_EX_HRPAD_SUBTY_CHECK I CHECK_SUBTY_BY_PERNR Eligibility for PERNR / INFTY .
IF_EX_HRPAY00SUBCOMPSIU I GET_ACTIVE_SUBCOMPONENTS Determine active subcomponents .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_COL_DME I ADAPT_PURPOSE Adjusting the Purpose .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_COL_DME_KEYS I ADDITIONAL_KEYS Division of Transfers According to Additional Criteria .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_COL_DME_KEYS I KEEP_BT_FIELDS Division of Transfers According to Additional BT Fields .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_ESS_PAYSLIP I CHECK_IF_ESS_PAYSLIP Check if remuneration statement is only accessible using ESS.
IF_EX_HRPAY00_ESS_PAYSLIP I SET_INFTY_READ_DATE Set Read Date for Infotype 0655 .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_EXP_COPL I PROCESS_DATA Further Process Data from Payroll Posting .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PAYMENTS I CHANGE_PAYMENT_DATA Adjusting the Filled REGUH and REGUP Entries .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I CHECK_DELETION_SUPPORTED Does the run type support the deletion of a run? .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I CHECK_DETAILINFO_SUPPORTED Is the display of detail information supported? + rep. name .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I CHECK_PCP0_SUPPORTED Does the run type use the display of transaction PCP0? .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I CHECK_REVERSAL_SUPPORTED Does the run type support the cancellation of runs? .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I CHECK_SPECIALPERIODS_SUPPORTEDDoes the Run Type Support Postings to Special Periods? .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I DELETE_RUN Delete run / also delete application data .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I DETERMINE_RUN_INFO Determine run information using run attributes .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I DISPLAY_DETAILED_INFO Display detail information for document line items .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I POST_RUN Post run and update application data .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I REORG_RUN Cancel run and delete application data .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PCP0 I REVERSE_RUN Cancel run and delete application data .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PRE_DME I ADAPT_REMUN_STATEMENT Reprocessing of the Salary Statement in the Purpose .
IF_EX_HRPAY00_PRE_DME I ADDITIONAL_WAGETYPES Additional Wage Types from Retroactive Accounting Results .
IF_EX_HRPAY99_KTO I CHANGE_RGDIR_NATIO Re-builds rgdir depending on the requirements of a country .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_ANSTA Adjust the employee's Employment Status (ANSTA) .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_BEMOD To override the standard BEMOD determination .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_CARENCE_SUPPRESSION adjust the suppression of the carence day .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_DAYTYPE adjust the definition of public holiday,working day, day off.
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_GET_SEQNR_AFTER_COLLIS exit to set the counting of days after a collision ends .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_HALF_DAY_COLLIDER Trim processing for collisions of half day absences .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_PROBATORY_SINGLE_INIT adjust the probationary period begin and end dates .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_PROLONGATION_CHECK adjust the determination of the prolongation for special cas.
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_PUBLIC_HOLIDAY_MARK Adjust the marking for the public holiday overriding BPUHO .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_PUB_HOLIDAY_SENIORITY Adjust the marking for public holidays in seniority periods .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_REMOVE_CARENCE_DAY adjust the removal of the carnece day in case of collisions .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_ABSENCES I ADJUST_SEQNR_INIT Exit for the initialisation days counting (for collisions) .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_BFIRE_DAYS I ADJUST_NUMBER_DAYS Change num of days where allowance is distributed .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_BOW_FICHE_SPC I GET_FICHE_SPECIFIC Get fiche specific cumulations and calculations .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_BOW_PRINT_FORMS I CREATE_ADD_INFO Create additional info .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_BOW_PRINT_FORMS I CREATE_EXPLANATION Create explanation .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAOC I USER_HIRE_FIRE Determine hire-fire dates .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAUP04 I GET_STATKEY_EE Get data from key .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAWR01 I CHECK_REFERENCE Check Reference .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAWR02 I DOWNLOAD Download .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAWR02 I SENDER Sender .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFAWR02 I UPLOAD Upload .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_FIRE I ADJUST_OCCU_LINE For Occu of fired pernr, adjust time fields as required .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_FIRE I ADJUST_SERVICE_LINE For Service of fired pernr, adjust fields as required .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_JUSTIF I GET_WORKED_DAYS Gets the number of worked days relevant for justification .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_LIM I LIMIT_DEDUCTIONS Limits SI deductions to the SI contributions .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_NATPER I ADJUST_NATPER_SECTION adjust natper section fields .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_USERREF I GET_NATP_USER_REFERENCE Gets the natural person user reference .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_USERREF I GET_OCCU_USER_REFERENCE Gets the occupation line user reference .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_USERREF I GET_WREC_USER_REFERENCE Gets the worker record user reference .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DMFA_WDS I COMPUTE_WDS Compute field 47 for DMFA .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_DTA01 I OVERWRITE_LZBKZ Overwrite field lzbkz (State central bank indicator) .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_GARNISH01 I GET_DEPENDANT_CHILDREN Fetches the number of children relevant for Garnishments .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_MOD_0100 I REASSIGN_DEDUCT Reassign SI deduction, age depending .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_MWHWK I GET_MEAN_WORK_HOURS modify mean working hours in payroll .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_PAYROLL I GET_LATEST_RETRODATE Gets latest acceptable retrocalculation date-see feat BECOT.
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_PROD_CODE I ASSING_CODE Assign protective code .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_SRD_PUHOL I GET_PUHOL_REPLACEMENTS Get Public holiday replacements .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_TAXBSE_HOLID I GET_VARIABLE_TAXBASE modify the date of legal change vac_tax_base_452 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_TAX_NEG I GET_NEGATIVE_STATUS Decides if a negatv amount is low enough to consider it nill.
IF_EX_HRPAYBE_TAX_OVRTIME I GET_DETAIL_OVERTIME Gets the overtime reduction/base, calculated in detail .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_CELETISTA I CHECK_CELETISTA Checks legal regime of public sector employee .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_CFER_PAYDATE I DEFINE_PAYDATE Defines vacation payment date .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_CFER_PAYROLL I BATCH_PROCESS Desired processing before batch execution of payroll .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_CFER_PAYROLL I ONLINE_PROCESS Desired processing before online execution of payroll .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_FCOL_PAYDATE I DEFINE_PAYDATE Sets payment date of company vacation .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_FCOL_PAYROLL I BATCH_PROCESS Desired processing before batch execution of payroll .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_FCOL_PAYROLL I ONLINE_PROCESS Desired processing before online execution of payroll .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_GRRF_FILL_41 I FILL_41 Fills in record type 41 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_GRRF_FILL_42 I FILL_42 Fills in record type 42 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_GRRF_FILL_43 I FILL_43 Fills in record type 43 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_GRRF_FILL_44 I FILL_44 Fills in record type 44 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_GRRF_FILL_45 I FILL_45 Fills in record type 45 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_MA_FILL_K100 I FILL_K100 Fills in record K100 .
IF_EX_HRPAYBR_RAIS_RECORD1 I UPDATE_RECORD1 Maintain fields of record type 1 .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_ROE_001 I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check authority of user to view employee data .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_ROE_001 I FILL_ROE_DATA Fill ROE data .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_ROE_002 I CHECK_ROEWB_STATUS Determine Status of ROE Workbench. .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_ROE_003 I AUTHORITY_CHECK_CE Check authority of user to view employee data for CE .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_ROE_003 I FILL_ROE_DATA_CE Fill ROE data for Concurrent Employment .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_RP_ROE I SAP_SCRIPT_TABLES Export/import SAPSCRIPT tables .
IF_EX_HRPAYCA_TAX_001 I GET_NUM_PAY_PERIODS Get the number of pay periods in a year .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHBGAC0 I CHANGE_BSGR Change capacity utilization .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHBGAC0B I IS_BORDER_CROSSER Count Person As Cross-Border Employee? .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHEDCO I GET_DEFAULT_VALUES Determine Default Values for Infotype 0980 .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHELM01 I ELM_CHANGE_PERSDATA Override Personal Data and Work Center Data ELM .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHELM02 I CHECK_SIGNATURE Check signature .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHELM02 I SEND Send message .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHELM02 I SIGN Sign Message .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHERC0 I GET_DEFAULT_VALUES Determine Default Values for the Infotype 0600 .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHERC0 I GET_OUTPUT_STRUCTURE Determine Output Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW0 I GET_SPLIT_INDICATOR Determine Split Indicator for Wage Statement .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW2 I CHANGE_OUTPUT Output structure .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW2 I CHANGE_SPLIT_INTERVALS Determine Time Intervals .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW2B I GET_PARTTIME Override Comments on Part-Time Work .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW2C I CHANGE_TEXT Overriding of Texts Generated by Infotype Fields .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLAW2D I GET_BARCODE_DATA Get Bar Code Data Such As Zip-, XML File, and Tax Character .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHLVG0 I GET_PERNR Processing with Event "GET PERS. NO." .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHQSTVD I CHANGE_OUTPUT_ES Alternative Values for Fields in Element "EveSourcier" .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHRMC0 I GET_DEFAULT_VALUES Determine Default Values for Infotype 0977 .
IF_EX_HRPAYCHRMC0 I GET_OUTPUT_STRUCTURE Determine Output Structure .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_AAI2 I MODIFY_DECLARATION Modify the data of the declaration .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_ADP_BACKUP I BACKING_UP_TEDM Saved copy of TEDM tables .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_ADP_PERNUM I CHECK_PAYROLL_RESULTS Payroll results check .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_ADP_TEDM I TEDM_EXTENSION TEDM File Extension Management .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_ADP_TRANSP I MODIFY_OBJECT_LIST Change Objects List .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_ADP_VALUE I GET_VARIABLE_VALUES Determine Value of a Scenario Variable .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_CRC I GET_CENTRE_PAYEUR Payer search .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_CRC I GET_GROUPE_COTISANT Contributor search .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I FILL_STRUCTURE_PMEF2 Fill in the specific fields (PS) of structure pmef2 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I GET_PUBLIC_SECTOR_FLAG Recover public sector indicator .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I GET_S41_END_REASON_CODE Determine the end reason code of the activity period .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I GET_S41_START_REASON_CODE Determine the start reason code of the activity period .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_EMETTEUR Process the sender structure (structure 10) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ENTREP Process the company structure (structure 20) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ETAB Process the place of work structure (structure 80) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_HONORAIRE Process the withholding tax structure (structure 70) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_SALARIE Process the employee structures (structures 30, 41 and 46) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_SITUATION Process the situation structure (structure 41) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST41 Modify/create structures 41 (dates and records) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST41G10 Process pbs structure 41 (S41G10) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST42_ST43_ST53 Process structures 42, 43, 53 (IRCANTEC, CNRACL, RAFP) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST46 Modify/create structures 46 (dates and records) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST47 Process pbs structure 47 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_ST51 Modify/create structures 51 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_TAB_RESULT Filtering of sent table .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I PROCESS_TOTAL_ENVOI Modify the sent total structure (structure 90) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU I READ_SPECIFIC_INFOTYPES Reads specific infotypes .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I GET_S41_END_REASON_CODE Determine the end reason code of the activity period .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I GET_S41_START_REASON_CODE Determine the start reason code of the activity period .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_EMETTEUR Process the sender structure (structure 10) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ENTREP Process the company structure (structure 20) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ETAB Process the place of work structure (structure 80) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_HONORAIRE Process the withholding tax structure (structure 70) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_SALARIE Process the employee structures (structures 30, 41 and 46) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_SITUATION Process the situation structure (structure 41) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST41 Modify/create structures 41 (dates and records) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST41G10 Process pbs structure 41 (S41G10) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST42_ST43_ST53 Process structures 42, 43, 53 (IRCANTEC, CNRACL, RAFP) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST46 Modify/create structures 46 (dates and records) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST47 Process pbs structure 47 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST51 Modify/create structures 51 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_ST85 Modify/create structures s85.g60 and s85.g91 .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_TAB_RESULT Filtering of sent table .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I PROCESS_TOTAL_ENVOI Modify the sent total structure (structure 90) .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I READ_SPECIFIC_INFOTYPES Reads specific infotypes .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DADSU_CUST I SELECT_EE_PAYS_BY_FRACTION Select. employee payroll results if splitting .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DUCS I PROCESS_BRC_AFTER_EXTDATA Modification of the BRC after modif. performed of ext. file .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_DUCS I PROCESS_BRC_BEFORE_OUTPUT Modification of the results table before layout .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_FCCO I ADJUST_CONTRIBUTIONS Final calculation of contributions .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_FSPEC I DEFINE_MODEXO2 Define the second modificator MODEXO2 for searching in T5F1K.
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_FSPEC I ENRICH_WAGE_TYPES Enrich the wage types for special contracts .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_FTIR I PROCESS_CD_BEFORE_OUTPUT Modification of Cheques Dejeuner before formatting .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_PART_TIME I IS_PART_TIME Is it part time ? .
IF_EX_HRPAYFR_QUALIF I GET_QUALIF Qualification search .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT51 I CALCULATE_DEDUCTIONS Calculate deduction and P factor .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_770 I FILL_CODICE_SOST Fill tax payer's reference number of the substitute .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_CALC I IDEDU_MENS_NTA_ADJUST Adjustment of monthly deductions (no tax area) and p factor .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_ACCISE Compile record section Excise duties .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_ALL Compile all records .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_ALTRI Compile record section Other social security institutions .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_CODA Compile trailer label .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_DATI_CONTRIB Compile record Taxpayer data .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_DOMICILIO_FISC Compile record Residence for tax purposes / Other del. data .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_ERARIO Compile record section Treasury .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_ICI Compile record section County tax and other local taxes .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_INAIL Compile record section INAIL .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_INFO_AGGI Compile record Additional information print recipient .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_INPS Compile record section INPS .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_INVIO Compile record section Payment statement dispatch .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_IVA Compile record Registration VAT .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_PAGAMENTO Compile record Payment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_REGIONI Compile record section Regions .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_ACCISE Compile balance record section Excise duties .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_ALTRI Compile balance record section Other social sec. inst. .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_ERARIO Compile balance record section Treasury .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_ICI Compile balance record section Country tax & other loc. tax..
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_INAIL Compile balance record section INAIL .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_INPS Compile balance record section INPS .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_IVA Compile balance record Registration VAT .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_SALDO_REGIONI Compile balance record section Regions .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I FILL_TESTA Compile header record .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_F24 I PROCESS_WAGE_TYPES Wage type processing .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I COND_MESEPREC Previous month condition .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I DESTINTFR_ELIMINA_SECTION Create removal section of Severance Pay Destination .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_ADJUST_DAY Update daily calculation: weeks+differences .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_ADJUST_DAY_INAB Change daily data for INAB .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_ADJUST_DAY_XNAB Change daily data for XNAB .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_ADJUST_PERC_INAB Change company/INPS percentage .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_ADJUST_WEEK Update INPS week: weeks+differences .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I SETTIMANE_BEGDA_ENDDA Adjust begda and edda for weeks valuation .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_INPSM I VARRETRIBU_MESEDAL_MESEAL Change the months of elements MonthFrom and MonthTo .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_OPRDTAB I FILL_CUSTOM_ARG Fill the custom argument for the generic table reader .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR I GET_XML Get XML for writing .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR I ROUND Exit for roundings .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR_DAQ I SET_DAQ_CONFIG Set/change DAQ parameters .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR_DAQ I SET_DAQ_INFOTYPES Set here daq infotypes with set_infotype_table method .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR_DAQ_CL I SET_DAQ_CONFIG Set/change DAQ parameters .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_UR_DAQ_CL I SET_DAQ_INFOTYPES Set here daq infotypes with set_infotype_table method .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_DAYAB_DAYEV dayab/dayev adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_DAY_FRACTION Marking adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_DETERMINED_MARKS Marking adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_ITASS_VOSE_EFE Exit during 'holiday' weekly wage type generation .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_ITASS_VOSE_ENP Exit during the 'unpr. event' weekly wage type generation .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_MARK_MAPPING ncale/cover mapping adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_SENIORITY_CALCULATION Seniority adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_SUBRU Exit for SUBRU field change .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_SUBRU_T5ITI9 Exit for SUBRU field change for t5iti9 .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_VALUATION_BASES Valuation basis adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I ADJUST_WAGES_IN_ITASSRICA Exit for ind./int. wage type change in ITASS RICA .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I DAYEV_FILTER_MARKTAB Marktab filter for dayab/dayev adjustment .
IF_EX_HRPAYIT_XNAB I RICA_FILTER_MARKTAB Marktab filter for adjustment in ITASS RICA .
IF_EX_HRPAYMX_BEN_OTHERPLANS I GET_DIST_PERCENTAGE Determines percentage for limit distribution .
IF_EX_HRPAYMX_BEN_SAVINGPLANS I GET_DIST_PERCENTAGE Determines percentage for limit distribution .
IF_EX_HRPAYMY_BORANGA I COMPUTE_HASHTOTAL Borang A Hash total computation for MBB format .
IF_EX_HRPAYMY_CP22A I GET_STOCKOPTIONS To get stock option details .
IF_EX_HRPAYMY_EAFORM I GET_POSEAFORM Get Position Text for EA Form .
IF_EX_HRPAYMY_ECFORM I EC_FORM Method to populate data in Section B of EC form .
IF_EX_HRPAYNA_CCR_0001 I CHECK_AUTHORIZATIONS Check for relevant authorizations .
IF_EX_HRPAYPT_ABSENCE_PER I GET_CATS_ABSENCE_PER_INTERVAL Generates intervals in CATS absences .
IF_EX_HRPAYPT_ABSENCE_PER I GET_CATS_ABSENCE_PER_INTER_LS Generates intervals in CATS abs.- for leave annual summary .
IF_EX_HRPAYPT_SS_SPLITS I PROCESS_SS_SPLITS User exit for SS calculation in each SS split .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_293 I GET_RAYROLL_DRIVER Get Payroll Driver, Subschema, and HR Form .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_AVERA_RELEV I GET_MASTER_AVRULE Get Master AVRULE for Relevance Tests .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_AVP0 I PROCESS_T_WAGE Processing of wages table .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_AVP3 I PROCESS_T_WAGE Processing of Wages Table .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_MINIMUM_NET I DETERMINE_MIN_NET Process and Return Minimum Net Amount .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_NDFL I CHECK_FIELD_FILLING Check necessity of field filling (p.3) .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_NDFL I NDFL2_PROCESS_PY_RESULT Postprocessing PY results before outputting .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_ODN I FILL_REGUH Fill Fields in Table REGUH (REGUP) .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_RUSI0 I GET_TIMES Prepare Table with Times (PSP_AB, RTE_DIVI) .
IF_EX_HRPAYRU_TAX_APKEY I GET_APKEY Get Additional Key for Tax Schema Assignment in T7RUP0 .
IF_EX_HRPAYSG_IR8A I LENGTH_OF_SERVICE Method for calling the logic for length of service .
IF_EX_HRPAYSG_IR8A_COMM_DT I CHANGE_COMMENCE_DATE Method for changing the commencement date .
IF_EX_HRPAYSG_LABOURSURVEY I JOB_VACANCIES Returns the vacancy count .
IF_EX_HRPAYTH_TAXFORM I CHANGE_ADDRESS Method to change address .
IF_EX_HRPAYUN_UCURR I CHANGE_CURR Override Payroll Calculation Currency .
IF_EX_HRPAYUN_WBS I WBS_GET_CUSTOMER Determine customer derived wbs element / fund .
IF_EX_HRPAYUS_TCRT_NEGCHK I CHECK_TCRT_WAGETYPES Check TCRT Wage Types for Negative YTDs .
IF_EX_HRPAYXX_DELETE_PERNR I DELETE_DATA Deletes Personnel Data .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_EXCEP I CRT_EXCEP ME exit for exceptions in CRT .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I CNIC_EXIT01 CE exit for adjustment of CNIC after core CNIC .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I COMPS_EXIT01 CE exit for COMPS minimum payment check .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I NICALC_EXIT01 CE exit for filling and sorting NICALC before core NI calc. .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I NICALC_EXIT02 CE exit for filling and sorting NICALC after core NI calc. .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I NIPAY_EXIT01 CE exit for Niable pay calcualtion .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I NIRA_EXIT01 CE exit for adjusting NI contribs/arrears .
IF_EX_HRPAY_GB_ME_NI I POSTING_EXIT01 CE exit for posting of NI .
IF_EX_HRPAY_US_TF_0001 I SET_VALUES Initialize parameters and call all other methods .
IF_EX_HRPA_SHARING_REPOR I READ_REPAIR_ORDER Define Repair Sequence .
IF_EX_HRPBS00I0716 I AFTER_INPUT Infotype Maintenance: Call-Up Time PAI .
IF_EX_HRPBS00I0716 I BEFORE_OUTPUT Infotype Maintenance: Call-Up Time PBO .
IF_EX_HRPBS00PWE I SET_DEFAULT_PROCSCEN Set the inital process scenario for transaction .
IF_EX_HRPBS06_AVG_ORGUNITS I FILL_ORG_UNITS Valuate resp. structural units & next (P06P1_AVGL) .
IF_EX_HRPBS06_AVG_ORGUNITS I GET_PLAN_VARIANT Get Scheduling Variant for Texts of Organizational Units .
IF_EX_HRPBSFRCOLLDEC_SIMU I SIMULATE_COLLDEC Operation : Simulate a collective decree .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_DRL_EXIT I EDIT_OUTPUT Edit output data before passsing it to the ALV .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_NISR I CONTRACT Called after generation of Contract table record .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_NISR I PERSON Called after generation of Person table record .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_STAFF I CONTRACT Called after processing of contract; once per record .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_STAFF I CONVERSION Called after conversion, once per record written .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_STAFF I END Called for all records at once at the end before conversion .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_HESA_STAFF I PERSON Called after processing of person, before contract .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_REDUNDANCY I PAYMENT Calculate redundany amount .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_TPS I ADDITION Called after processing of addition record for a person .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_TPS I AMENDMENT Called after processing of amendment record for a person .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_TPS I APPOINTMENT Called after processing of appointment record for a person .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_TPS I HEADER Called after processing of header for a person .
IF_EX_HRPBSGB_TPS I SERVICE Called after processing of service record for a person .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX001 I CAL_INFTY_SALARY Calculate salary from infotype .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX002 I GET_CE_PARAMS get value for charge code field in ISSSTE action file .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX002 I GET_CHARGE_CODE get value for charge code field in ISSSTE action file .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX003 I GET_WORK_CENTER_CODE Get work center code for SAR report .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX004 I GET_ISSSTE_STARTDATE Get ISSSTE contribution start date .
IF_EX_HRPBSMX005 I GET_ICEFA Get bank's code ICEFA. .
IF_EX_HRPBSNOINDVAL I INDIRECT_VALUATION Indirect Valuation Module .
IF_EX_HRPBSUS0001 I UPDATE_SPT_STATUS Modify spt date and status after process .
IF_EX_HRPBSUSAD01 I CHECK_EMPLOYEE_FULL_TIME Check whether an employee works full-time .
IF_EX_HRPBSUSREFORMAT I REFORMAT_FIELD Overwrite formatting and field text for field .
IF_EX_HRPBSUSTC01 I GET_REQUIRED_AREAS Get required certified areas .
IF_EX_HRPBSUSTC02 I CHECK_OUT_OF_FIELD Check if it's out of field .
IF_EX_HRPD00AUTH_RECORD I RECORD_AUTH_RESULTS Record Authorization .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0000 I APPRAISAL_CATALOG Appraisal Catalog .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0000 I APPRAISAL_RHP6 Appraisals in Profile .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0000 I APPRAISAL_SEARCH Find Appraisals .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0000 I APPRAISAL_SHOW Display Appraisal .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0001 I SET_APPRAISAL_DATE Default Period for Creating an Appraisal .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0002 I DELETE_APPRAISAL Delete Analysis .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0003 I CHECK_APPRAISAL_DATA Check Appraisal Data .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0004 I FILL_APPRAISAL_TABLES Filling in the appraisal tables .
IF_EX_HRPDV00APPRAISAL0005 I CHECK_AUTH_TABLE Perform Additional Checks .
IF_EX_HRPDV00PROFILE0001 I CHECK_AUTHORITY_PARTPROFILE Authorization Check for Accessing a Subprofile .
IF_EX_HRPDV00PROFILE0002 I SORT_SKILLS_PROFILE Sort Skills Profile .
IF_EX_HRPDV00QSEARCH0001 I ADDITIONAL_SELECT_FOR_QSEARCH Additional Selection Options for "Find Objs. for Quals." .
IF_EX_HRPDV00QUALI0001 I TRANSFER_QUALI Transfer qualifications .
IF_EX_HRPDV00QUALI0002 I MAINTAIN_DISPLAY_CATALOGUE Display or Maintenance Mode for Qualifications Catalog .
IF_EX_HRPDV00QUALI0003 I DELETE_CUT_QUALI Qualification Deletion or Delimitiation .
IF_EX_HRPDV00QUALI0004 I WHERE_USED_QUALIFICATION Check for Objects Related with Qualifications .
IF_EX_HRPDV00TCS0001 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data for Person for SAP-Defined Subcategory .
IF_EX_HRPDV00TCS0002 I TCS_DATA_READ Determine TCS Data of Person for Customer-Defined Subcat. .
IF_EX_HRPD_QB_PROFILE I GET_QB_PROFILE Delivers Qualification Profile .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_CHECK_PLAN_LINE Names of Function Module HR_PF_CHECK_PLAN_LINE_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_CONTROL_RECORD Determine Control Data for a Pension Fund .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_IF_INIT Names of Function Module HR_PF_IF_INIT_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_OLREP Names of Function Module HR_PF_OLREP_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_OLREP_ALV Names of Function Module HR_PF_OLREP_ALV_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_SHOW_VALUELIST Names of Function Module HR_PF_SHOW_VALUELIST_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_UNIVERSAL_EVALUATION Names of Universal Evaluation .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_VS_ERRORHANDLER Names of Function Module HR_PF_VS_ERRORHANDLER_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_VS_INTERP_INIT Names of Function Module HR_PF_VS_INTERP_INIT_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00CTRL I GET_VS_PERFORM Names of Function Module HR_PF_VS_PERFORM_nn .
IF_EX_HRPFD00FIIF I FILL_ITEM Fill Document Line Item .
IF_EX_HRPFD00FIIF I GET_MATCHCODE Specify Matchcode to Determine Customer .
IF_EX_HRPFD00FIIF I GET_SGTXT Fill Line Item Text .
IF_EX_HRPFD00FIIF I GET_SYMBOLIC_ACCOUNT Determine Symbolic Account .
IF_EX_HRPFD00PACA I DISABLE_FUNCTION_VIEW Deactivate Function View .
IF_EX_HRPFD00PACA I MODIFY_FUNCTION_VIEW Modify Function View .
IF_EX_HRPFD00PAYR I FILL_IT Fill IT .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I GET_ACCT Get Account Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I GET_MAST Get Master Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I GET_PARM Get Parameters .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I GET_PAYR Get Payroll Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I GET_PERNR Read Personnel Number .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I INIT Initialization .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I INIT_PERNR Initialization of a Personnel Number .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I READ_ACCT Read Account Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I READ_MAST Read Master Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I READ_PARM Read Parameters .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I READ_PAYR Read Payroll Data .
IF_EX_HRPFD00TESC I SET_FCODE Sets OK Code of Main Screen for PAI Modules .
IF_EX_HRPFD00UNIV I ADJUST_ALV Adjust Field Catalog and Layout for ALV Output .
IF_EX_HRPFD00UNIV I CHECK_SCHEM_OUTSQ Check Schema and Output Sequence(s) .
IF_EX_HRPFD00UNIV I FILL_FUND_LINE Fill Additional Output Fields for Fund Evaluation .
IF_EX_HRPFD00UNIV I GET_PERNR Call per Processed Personnel Number .
IF_EX_HRPFD12VSIP I EXECUTE_OPERATION Execute Customer Specific Operation .
IF_EX_HRPH_CUSTOMER_SCHEMA I GET_SCHEMA Method to allow customized SCHEMA .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00ADDOBJDETAILS I READ_ADDITIONAL_DATA Detailed Info on Object Set, Filter, and Sort Sequence .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_APPOBJTXT I GET_APPOBJTXT_COLUMN_TITLE Get Column Headers .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_APPOBJTXT I GET_APPOBJ_DESCRIPTION Get Table Content Description .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_COMAPPOBJ I MAP_APPSER_AGRTYPE Assign Appraisal Type to Appraiser .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_COMPPOBJ I CHECK_EPACK_IS_APPOBJ Check if SE is Relevant for Appraisal .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_EPACK I CHECK_EPACK_IS_APPOBJ Check if Event Package is Relevant for Appraisal .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_REPMETHOD I SET_WEIGHTING Set Weighting for Repetition Appraisal .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AGR_US_APPSER I GET_APPRAISER_FROM_USER Determine Appraiser from User .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUDTMPL_STATT I AUDTMPL_STATTR_FILTER Check Student Attributes .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUDTMPL_STATTR_FI I AUDTMPL_STATTR_FILTER Determine if Template Should be Used .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUD_CATASSIGN I CATALOG_ASSIGN Catalog Determination .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUD_PERMCHECK I CHECK_AUDIT_PERMISSIBILITY Check Audit Permissibility .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUD_SETAORES I CHANGE_RESULT Change Final Result .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00AUTHORITY I PROCESS_AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorization for Activities .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CANCELREASON I SET_REASON Set Cancellation Reason .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CHECKSPECIAL I CHECK_SPECIALIZATION Plausibility Check for Academic Specializations .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS I GET_EXCLUDING_FCODES Get List of Excluded Function Codes .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS I PROCESS_FCODE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS_DIST I DISTRIBUTE_STUDENTS Distribute Students of Cohort to Subcohorts .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS_NAME I RENAME_SUBCOHORTS Assign Default Names .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS_SORT I SORT_COBECTS Sort Context Objects .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COHORTS_SORT I SORT_STUDENTS Sort Students .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COMPOSITE_RESULT I CHECK_UNOFFSCOREINCL Decides if unofficial scores are included in overall calc. .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00COMPOSITE_RESULT I DETERMINE_TEST_RESULT Provides formula to calculate overall test result. .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CONFERQGRADE I CALCULATE Calculate Grade and Academic Honors .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CORR I CORR_CHECK Check for Mandatory Fields for Correspondence Generation .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CORR I CORR_WRITE Correspondence Generation .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CORR_MASSACTV I CONT_CREATE Create Correspondence Containers .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00CORR_MASSACTV I CONT_PRINT Print Correspondence Containers .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00EVENTSUBSCEXT I GET_SUBSCREEN Get Subscreen .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00EVOBJ_FILLEXP I GET_PROCESS_EXPECTED Get Expected Assessment Processes for Assessment .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00EVOBJ_FILLEXP I GET_PROCESS_EXPECTED_ST Get Expected Assessment Processes for Student .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00EVOB_REGCHECK I CHECK_REGISTRATION Check When Opening Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00EX_DESCRBUILD I BUILD_DESCRIPTION Format Short Text .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00FILTEROBJLIST I FILTER_OBJECTS Filter Object Set .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00MODREG_UPDATE I RECORDS_SAVED Data Records Updated .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00MODULEREG0002 I ELIGIBILITY_CHECK Check Admissibility of Booking .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00MODULEREG0003 I ELIGIBILITY_CHECK Check Admissibility of Booking .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00MODULEREG_PBO I DEFAULT_VALUES_GET Set Default Values .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00MODULEREG_PBO I ELIGIBILITY_CHECK Check Admissibility of Booking .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PEPE_CHANG529 I RELATION_EVAL Override Result of Prerequisite Check .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PERIOD_MAP I GET_SUBPERIODS Get Lower-Level Sessions .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PERIOD_MAP I PERIOD_CONVERT Convert Academic Session .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PROC_DOC I DISPLAY Display Activity Document .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PROG_GR I ON_PROCESSED Execute Event Processing After Progression .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_MODBO I GET_PROGC_VAR_TAB Define Program Types for Module Booking Where-Used Entries .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_MODBO I GET_PROG_GR_PTRELEVANT Define Progr.Categories for Mod.Booking Where-Used Entries .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00REG0010 I REGPER_DEFAULT Determine Default Values for Sessional Registration .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00REG0012 I SET_CHANGEOFPROG_DEFAULTS Change Default Values for Change of Program .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00REG0090 I REGPROC_FOLLOW_UP Trigger Subsequent Activity .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00REG0160 I CHECK_ADMISSION_ALLOWED Check If Admission Is Allowed .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00REQSEL I REQUIREMENTS_GET Determine Rule Containers for Requirements .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00RESOUDESCRPTN I GET_RESOURCE_DESCRIPTION Description of Business Event Resources .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00RLCONDITION I EVALUATE Condition Evaluation .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SCHEDDESCRPTN I GET_SCHEDULE_DESCRIPTION Get Description of Business Event Schedule .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I CHANGE_VARIANT Change Selection Variant .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I CHECK_VARIANT Check if Selection Variant Exists .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I CREATE_VARIANT Create Selection Variant .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I DELETE_VARIANT Delete Selection Variant .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I DISPLAY_VARIANT Display Selection Variant .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I GET_OBJECTS Determine Objects (Object Selection) .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I GET_PROPERTIES Determine Selection Method Properties .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I GET_VARIANT_LIST Get Selection Variant List .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I GET_VARIANT_TEXT Determine Variant Description .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I INIT Initialize Selection Method .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I IS_SUPPORTED_PDOTYPE Check if Selection Method Supports the Object Type .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD I VARISUBSCR_BEFORE_PBO Do Not Use (Callup Point Before PBO of Variant Subscreen) .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SI2_PINDX_CAL I CALCULATE Calculate Academic Performance Index .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SI2_PINDX_FIL I FILTER Filter for Calculation Bases .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SI_CALCULATOR I CALCULATE Calculate Average Grade .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SI_CALCULATOR I GET_CALCULATOR_INFO Get Technical Information for Average Grade .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SI_CALCULATOR I GET_TEXTS Get Texts for Average Grade (Dynamic) .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SRM_RECDESCR I DESCRIPTION_GET Determine Record Number .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00ST_HEADER I GET_NAME Adding middle name to the name in the student header area .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00SWITCHVALUE I VALUE_CHANGE Value .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00TLOADCALC I CALC_TEACHLOAD Calculate Individual Teacher's Workload .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00WAITLIST_SORT I SORT_WAITLIST Sort Waiting List .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00WLWFACTDET I SET_WFACTOR Determine Weighting Factor .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_AGR_PERIOD I GET_DEFAULT_PERIOD Determine Academic Session for Appraiser .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ALUMNUS_ORG I DEFINE_ALUMNUS_RELAT_EARLY Def'n of Org. Unit for Alumnus Before Standard Derivation .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ALUMNUS_ORG I DEFINE_ALUMNUS_RELAT_LATE Def'n of Org. Unit for Alumnus After Standard Derivation .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_CMROLE I GET_STATUS Determine Statuses for Student .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_EDFUP I EVALUATE_FOLLOW_UP Change Credits of Internal Academic Work .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ED_PERIOD I DETERMINE_PERIODS Determine Acad. Period for Transferred Work/Qualification .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GB_POINTSCAL I CALCULATE_POINTS Calculate Exam Points .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GET_CAOBJECT I GET_CAOBJECT Get CA Object .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GRADEAPPSER I SET_APPRAISERLIST Create Appraiser List .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GRADEFUP I EVALUATE_FOLLOW_UP Evaluate Follow-Up .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GRADESYM_VAL I CHECK_GRADESYM Check for Allowed Grade Symbols .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_GRADING I CHANGE_APPR_ADMIN Change of Appraisal Management Data .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ISR_CHK_ATTR I CHECK_ATTRIBUTE Comparison of Request Data and Master Data .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_SET_STATIND I SET_STATIND Set Status Indicators .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_SE_SHORT I GET_PACKAGE_SHORT_TEXT Determine Business Event Package (Short Text) .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST00_FCODE I GET_EXCLUDING_FCODES Get List of Excluded Function Codes .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST00_FCODE I PROCESS_FCODE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST00_TAB I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization check .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDENT_ORGUNIT_DERIVE_EARLY Derive Org. Unit for Student Before Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDENT_ORGUNIT_DERIVE_LATE Derive Org. Unit for Student After Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDENT_ORGUNIT_GET_EARLY Determine Org. Unit for Student Before Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDENT_ORGUNIT_GET_LATE Determine Org. Unit for Student After Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDY_ORGUNIT_DERIVE_EARLY Derive Org. Unit for Study Before Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_STUDENT_ORG I STUDY_ORGUNIT_DERIVE_LATE Derive Org. Unit for Study After Standard Process .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_ACCOUNT I MODIFY_CONTRACT_ACCOUNT_FIELDSChange Contract Account Fields .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_ACCOUNT I MODIFY_CONTRACT_OBJECT_FIELDS Change Contract Object Fields .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_ADVISOR I BUILD_HEADER_LINE Build Header Data .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_ADVISOR I GETLIST Get List of Advisors .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_HD_HS I BUILD_STATUS_LINE Student Header Structure (Status Line) .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_INACTIVE I CHECK_INACTIVE_STUDENT Activation Check for Set of Students .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_NUMBER I CHECK Check External Student Number .
IF_EX_HRPIQ00_ST_NUMBER I GET_NEXT Request New Student Number .
IF_EX_HRPIQGB_HESA_HUSID I GET_NEXT_NUMBER Get next number for HUSID .
IF_EX_HRPIQGB_UCAS_ADDRESS I RESOLVE_ADDRESS Change the Address Mapping .
IF_EX_HRPIQGB_UCAS_ADDRESS I STORE_ADDRESS Store the Address in Further Tables .
IF_EX_HRPIQMSGCNTL I GET_OVERRIDE_PERMISSION Get Boolean Value (Permission to Override Message?) .
IF_EX_HRPIQUSIPEDS_DISCIP I DISC_TO_CIPCODE Convert Discipline to CIPCODE .
IF_EX_HRPIQUS_NSCH I CHANGE_CIPCODE_DATA Change CIPCODE Derivation .
IF_EX_HRPIQUS_NSCH I CHANGE_ST_PERSONAL_DATA Fill personal data of the student .
IF_EX_HRPIQUS_VETERANS I CHANGE_FACILITY_CODE Change Facility Code, Contract School Address, Campus ID .
IF_EX_HRPIQUS_VETERANS I CHANGE_SC_DATA Change Program Data .
IF_EX_HRPIQUS_VETERANS I CHANGE_SM_DATA Change Module Data .
IF_EX_HRPY_HK_PC270006 I PC270006 Treatment of Retro Diff. in Payroll Results before IR56B gen.
IF_EX_HRPY_LOAN_PAYMENTS I ADD_PAYMENTS Make Additional Payments .
IF_EX_HRPY_LOAN_REPORTING I ACCOUNT_STATEMENT_HEADER Header of Bank Statement .
IF_EX_HRPY_WAGE_COMPONENT I ADD_WAGE_COMP_DETAILS Additional Data for Salary Elements or Check .
IF_EX_HRPY_WAGE_COMPONENT I DISPLAY_ADDED_DETAILS Export Additional Data .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD I CHECK_ATTACH_FILE_SIZE Checks Size of Document .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD I CHECK_ATTACH_FILE_TYPE Checks File Format .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD I CHECK_NUMBER_OF_ATTACH Checks Number of Attachments .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD I CHECK_VIRUS Checks document for viruses .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_DOC_UPLOAD I CONVERT_FILE_TYPE Converts File Format .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_GET_EXT_CODE I GET_NEW_EXTERNAL_CODE Generate Reference Code .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_PROFILE_DATA_SCP I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Read Additional Data for Profile .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_PROFILE_PICT_SCP I GET_LINK_TO_PICTURE Determine Link to Picture .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_QUERY_LOG I IS_LOG_ACTIVE Logging Active? .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_SEARCH_LOG I IS_LOG_ACTIVE Log? .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_SEARCH_MAX_HITS I COMPUTE_HIGH_RESULT Dynamic Calculation of Number of Hits To Be Determined .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_SEARCH_RANKING I COMPUTE_RANKING Group Together Hits from Two Searches with OR or AND .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_SEARCH_RANKING I COMPUTE_RANKING_FOR_MAND_LIST Compare Hits from Searches with or w/out Mandatory Criteria .
IF_EX_HRRCF00_SEARCH_RANKING I COMPUTE_RANKING_NON_TREX_HITS Calculate Weighting of Hits from Non-TREX Search .
IF_EX_HRRCF04_STORE_HRSKIL I STORE_IT5105_INTO_HRSKILLS E-Rec. Save Qualifications in an HR Qualification Database .
IF_EX_HRRCF_DET_APPL_CONFIG I DETERMINE_APPL_CONFIG Determine Application Configuration .
IF_EX_HRRCF_MODIFY_HTML_MAIL I MODIFY_HTML Modify HTML .
IF_EX_HRRCF_SEARCH_LOG I IS_LOG_ACTIVE Is Logging To Be Performed? .
IF_EX_HRSEN_VALUATION_MODL I EVALUATE_DURATION Calculate Duration Using a Valuation Model .
IF_EX_HRSPA_EDITSCREEN I EDIT_SCREEN_GET Get the specific edit screen and edit program .
IF_EX_HRSPA_EDITSCREEN I HEADER_SCREENS_GET Get the header screens and header program .
IF_EX_HRSPA_SUBSCREENS I EDIT_SCREEN_GET Get the specific edit screen and edit program .
IF_EX_HRSPA_SUBSCREENS I HEADER_SCREENS_GET Get the header screens and header program .
IF_EX_HRSPPBS_ADD_CHECKS I DO_ADD_CHECKS Additional Checks for Shifts in HR-SP .
IF_EX_HRSPPBS_ADD_CHECKS I DO_BALANCE_LINE_UPDATE Immediate Cell Valuation of Hourly Balance Line .
IF_EX_HRSPPBS_ADD_CHECKS I DO_INFOCOLUMN_UPDATE Immediate Valuation of Info Columns in HR-SP .
IF_EX_HRSYNC_P I CHANGE_USER_ORDER Change Sequence When Determining Users .
IF_EX_HRSYNC_P I COMPOSE_CP_NAME Overrides Composition of CP Name .
IF_EX_HRSYNC_P I CONVERT_HR_TO_BP Convert HR Data by Business Partner .
IF_EX_HRSYNC_P I DO_POST_PROCESSING Additional Follow-Up Processing After Creating BP .
IF_EX_HRSYNC_P I MAP_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Folders of Additional Info Type Fields to BP .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I AFTER_UPDATE Update Task Bracket (After Update) .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I BEFORE_UPDATE Update Task Bracket (Before Update) .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REGISTER_HEADER Complete header area on data screen .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REGISTER_OTYPES Add allowed object types .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REGISTER_OTYPE_PROPERTIES Determine attributes of an object type .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REGISTER_SUBSCREENS Change infotype screens supported .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_CREATE_ANY_OBJECT Replace create object .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_EDIT_ANY_OBJECT Replace display/create object .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_EVENT Replace action .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_EVENT_2 Replace Action (on Switch to Data Screen) .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_GUI_STATUS Change GUI status .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_POPUP_RELATION Dialog Box: Enter Relationships .
IF_EX_HRTEM00MASTERDATA I REPLACE_RELAT_TIMCO Specifications for relationships .
IF_EX_HRTEM00NET_ACTIVITY I HRTEM_GET_WF_EVENTS Read Workflow Events .
IF_EX_HRTEM00NET_ACTIVITY I RH_GET_ATTENDEE_ACTIVITIES Read activities of an event attendee .
IF_EX_HRTEM00NET_WEBST I GET_CANCELLATION_REASON Determine cancellation reason for ESS .
IF_EX_HRTEM_CORR_NOTIF_REQ I SET_NOTIFICATION_REQUEST Switch Off Receipt / Read Confirmation for Mail .
IF_EX_HRTEM_HANDLE_BOOKING I SET_CANCELATION Create Cancellation When Employee Leaves Company .
IF_EX_HRTEM_INT_ZW I CHANGE_AVAIL Change Availability Records from HR_PERSONAL_TIME_LIST .
IF_EX_HRTEM_INT_ZW I ERROR_HANDLING Update Time Management Records at Error .
IF_EX_HRTEM_INT_ZW I MODIFY_2002 Change Time Management Records Before Update .
IF_EX_HRTEM_READ_OBJECT I SET_NAME Name format .
IF_EX_HRTIM_COV_HISTORY I HR_COV_CHECK_AB_RECORD Is AB record to be processed in function XNAB? .
IF_EX_HRTIM_UCCONV_COVER I HR_UCCONV_DDIC_STRUC_COVER DDIC Structure for MARK Field of Table COVER .
IF_EX_HRWPC00_HEADCNT2CO I GET_KEYFIGURE Statistical Key Figures for Headcount .
IF_EX_HRWPC_EREC_ADD_VALS I MANIPULATE_ADD_VALUES Enhance value help (F4) for Req Forms .
IF_EX_HRWPC_EREC_DATE I MANIPULATE_DATE Adjust Date on Requisition Forms .
IF_EX_HRWPC_EREC_MGR_GRP I EVALUATE_MGR_GROUPING Assign Manager in groupings .
IF_EX_HRWPC_EREC_RECRUITER I MANIPULATE_ACTOR_TAB Change agent table for role resolution .
IF_EX_HRWPC_EXCL_MANAGERS I EXCLUDE_MANAGER Excludes Manager .
IF_EX_HRWPC_MOD_NAVOBJECTS I GET_TEXTS Delivers Display Texts for Navigation Objects .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_ADD_VALUES I MANIPULATE_ADD_VALUES Adjust value help for change request forms .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_APPR_FORM I MANIPULATE_ACTOR_TAB Change Agent Table for Rule Resolution .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_APPR_NEXT I MANIPULATE_ACTOR_TAB Change Agent Table for Rule Resolution .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_CHECK_DATE I CHECK_EFFECTIVE_DATE Customer-Specific Check of Effective Date .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_EEGRP I EVALUATE_EE_GROUPING Adjust assignment employee - employee grouping .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_EFF_DATE I MANIPULATE_EFF_DATE Adjust Effective Date in Change Request Forms .
IF_EX_HRWPC_PCR_INIT I MANIPULATE_INIT_DATA Adjust header data in change request forms .
IF_EX_HRWPC_RC_SHORTPROFIL I MANIPULATE_HTML_SHORTPROFILE Adjust HTML format in applicant short profiles .
IF_EX_HRWPC_RQ_APPR_FORM I MANIPULATE_ACTOR_TAB Change agent table for rule resolution .
IF_EX_HRWPC_RQ_APPR_NEXT I MANIPULATE_ACTOR_TAB Change Agent Table for Rule Resolution .
IF_EX_HRWTT00HTML I GET_HTML_TABLE Get the HTML data for display on the HTML control .
IF_EX_HRWTT00SELECTION I SHOW_SELECTION_SCREEN Display Selection Screen and return selected Wage Types .
IF_EX_HRWTT00TOOLS I GET_TOOLS_LIST Get the list of related tools for a wage type .
IF_EX_HRWTT00WIZARDS I GET_WIZARDS_LIST Get the list of wage type configuration wizards .
IF_EX_HR_15_DM10 I METHOD table edit .
IF_EX_HR_15_DM10 I METHOD2 Change flag .
IF_EX_HR_15_DM10 I MODIFY_TAB_CALCOLO Modify Tabella_calcolo to edit values of DM10 codes .
IF_EX_HR_BE_BADI_RPDTXAB0 I METHOD01 User exit 001 .
IF_EX_HR_BE_BADI_RPDTXAB0 I METHOD04 User exit 004 .
IF_EX_HR_BE_BADI_RPDTXAB0 I METHOD05 User exit 005 .
IF_EX_HR_BE_BADI_RPDTXAB0 I METHOD06 User exit 006 .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_ACCT_PRORATE I GET_ACCT_PRORATE_RULE Determine the benefit point account prorating rule. .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_ADJ_REIMBURSE I ADJ_REIMBURSE_AMT Adjustment reimburstment amount for BPS .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_B_PRORATE I GET_ACCT_PRORATE_RULE Prorating basic points .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_CALC_ADDPOINT I CALC_ADDITIONAL_POINTS Calculate additional points for benefit points system .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_CARRY_RULE I GET_ACCT_CARRY_RULE Carry over points from previous account period .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_FILL_PME97 I FILL_STRUCTURE_PME97 Fill structure pme97 for customer .
IF_EX_HR_BPS_T_PRORATE I GET_ACCT_PRORATE_RULE Prorating total points .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARNISHMENT I CALCULATE_NUMBER_SALARIES Calculate requested amount from number of salaries .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARNISHMENT I GENERATE_WAGETYPES Generates additional wagetypes from garnishment result .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARNISHMENT I SELECT_OLD_PAYROLLS Returns the old payroll results that need to be imported .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_GENWGTYP I GENERATE_WAGETYPES_FROM_CURR Generates additional payrolls according to current result .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_GENWGTYP I GENERATE_WAGETYPES_FROM_OLD Generates additional payrolls according to old results .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_GENWGTYP I SELECT_OLD_PAYROLLS Provides old payroll results to be imported .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_UNIT I CALCULATE_NUMBER_SALARIES Calculate requested amount from the number of salaries .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_WAGETYPE I GENERATE_WAGETYPES Creates additional payrolls according to alimony result .
IF_EX_HR_BR_GARN_WAGETYPE I SELECT_OLD_PAYROLLS Provides old payroll results to be imported .
IF_EX_HR_BR_IR_DEP_ELIG I EVALUATE_ELIGIBILITY Valuates if dependent and eligible for rebate of IR .
IF_EX_HR_BR_PREPARE_ABS I PREPARE_ABSENCE_RECORDS Conversion of absence records .
IF_EX_HR_BR_QUOTA_HIREFIRE I GET_HIRE_FIRE_DATE Get hiring and dismissal dates for quota calculation .
IF_EX_HR_CE_GEN_PERSONID_EXT I GET_PERSONID_EXT Get personid_ext .
IF_EX_HR_CH_READ_ABREINH I READ_ABREINHEIT Read Payroll Unit .
IF_EX_HR_CH_RPLQSTC3 I CHANGE_OUTPUT_EE Enhance or Change Output Structure (Employee Data) .
IF_EX_HR_CH_RPLQSTCI I GET_CUST_DATA Fill Additional Fields .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_GRANT_INFO I GET_LTI_GRANT_INFO Get all relevant LTI grants information .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_PAR_ADDI_INFO I GET_EMPLOYEE_ADDITIONAL_INFO Get additional information about the employee .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_PAR_CONT_INFO I GET_EMPLOYEE_CONTACT_INFO Get contact information about the employee .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_PAR_NAME_INFO I GET_EMPLOYEE_NAME_INFO Get all information about the name of employee .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_PAR_POST_INFO I GET_EMPLOYEE_POSTAL_ADDRESS Get all information about post address of employee .
IF_EX_HR_ECM_PAR_TAX_INFO I GET_EMPLOYEE_TAX_INFO Get all relevant tax information about employee .
IF_EX_HR_EFI_DETPERNR I DETERMINE_PERNR Determine the pernr from the works number .
IF_EX_HR_EFI_UPD0065 I CHECK_0065_UPDATE Check the record to be updated to infotype 0065 .
IF_EX_HR_EFI_UPD0070 I CHECK_0070_UPDATE Check the record to be updated to infotype 0065 .
IF_EX_HR_EFI_UPD0757 I CHECK_0757_UPDATE Check the record to be updated to infotype 0757 .
IF_EX_HR_F4_GET_SUBTYPE I GET_SUBTYPE_TEXT Define Text for Subtype .
IF_EX_HR_F4_GET_SUBTYPE I GET_TAB_F4_HELP Determine Tables for Entry Help .
IF_EX_HR_FAST_ACTION_CHECK I CHECK_FIELDS Verification of Fields .
IF_EX_HR_FI_HPA I DETERMINE_BONUS_DAYS Determine Bonus Days for Holiday Pay Accrual .
IF_EX_HR_FI_HPA I DETERMINE_DAILY_RATE Determine Daily rates for Holiday pay Accrual .
IF_EX_HR_FI_IT0057 I CHECK_COMBO Get default values from trade union tables in PAI .
IF_EX_HR_FI_IT0057 I SET_FI_DEFAULTS Initialize obligatory fields in PBO .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_AD_HOC I EXIT_LGPS_002 To get the Ad Hoc Payments .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_DATES I EXIT_LGPS_DATES_003 To change the standard dates .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_IT0008 I EXIT_LGPS_IT0008_006 Infotype 0008 .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_IT0014 I EXIT_LGPS_IT0014_008 Infotype 0014 .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_IT0052 I EXIT_LGPS_IT0052_007 Infotype 0052 .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_PT I EXIT_LGPS_PT_004 To change the PT factor .
IF_EX_HR_GB_LGPS_TTO I EXIT_LGPS_TTO_005 To change the TTO factor .
IF_EX_HR_GB_PENSIONABLE_PY I EXIT_LGPS_001 To get the Pensionable pay .
IF_EX_HR_INDVAL I DO_INDIRECT_VALUATION Execution of Indirect Valuation .
IF_EX_HR_INLK_ESI_REPORT I GET_SYSUBRC_CHANGE Change SY-SUBRC For INLK .
IF_EX_HR_IN_BANK_TRANSFER I GET_TAX_BANK_DETAILS Get Bank Details where tax is deposited .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CALC_PTX_AMT I GET_PTAX_AMT To compute the Ptax amount .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CALC_PTX_BASIS I GET_PTAX_BASIS To Compute Ptax Basis .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CCO_PROCESSING I GET_EXEMPTION Exemption calculation .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CCO_PROCESSING I GET_PERK Perk calculation .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CLAIMS_PAYMENT I GET_CLAIMS_TAB Data from Claims_tab to be passed to user exit .
IF_EX_HR_IN_CLAIMS_PAYMENT I GET_RETR_TAB Data from user exit to be retreived and passed to Claims_tab.
IF_EX_HR_IN_ER_ADDRESS I GET_ER_ADDRESS To get address of the employer .
IF_EX_HR_IN_ESI_REFUND I DECIDE_ESI_REFUND Decide whether ESI refund is to be done to the employee .
IF_EX_HR_IN_F24Q_SHECESS I GET_SHCESS_MERGE Returns code indicating how S&HCess should be merged on F24Q.
IF_EX_HR_IN_F24Q_TXBL_INCM I GET_TAXABLE_INCOME To get the taxable income for Form 24Q .
IF_EX_HR_IN_LOANS_VALIDATE I GET_ASSET_VALUE Get asset value .
IF_EX_HR_IN_LOANS_VALIDATE I GET_LOAN_APPROVED Get maximum amount that can be approved for a loan type .
IF_EX_HR_IN_LOANS_VALIDATE I GET_LOAN_MAX_VALUES Get values for max. no loans at a time & cum.& outstnd amt .
IF_EX_HR_IN_MINIMUM_NET I GET_MINIMUM_NET Process and return minimum net amount .
IF_EX_HR_IN_MONWT_TD_VALUE I GET_MONWT_TD Get till date values of monthly wage types .
IF_EX_HR_IN_PERCENT_SHARES I GET_PERCENT_SHARES To get percentage of shares held by each employee .
IF_EX_HR_IN_PF_REP_MARCH I GET_MARCH_DATA Get March Data From Legacy System for PF Report .
IF_EX_HR_IN_PF_REP_MARCH I GET_MARCH_DATA_PEN Get March Data From Legacy System for Pen Report .
IF_EX_HR_IN_TAX_EMPLOYER I GET_EMPLOYER_TAX get the tax paid by the employer on behalf of the employee .
IF_EX_HR_IN_TERMINATION I CALC_GRA To compute Gratuity amount .
IF_EX_HR_IN_TERMINATION I CALC_LEA To compute Leave Encashment amount .
IF_EX_HR_IN_TERMINATION I CALC_SAN To compute Superannuation amount .
IF_EX_HR_IT0002 I PERID_CHECK Check the personal ID .
IF_EX_HR_IT0002 I PERID_EXIST_CHECK Check if the personal ID already exists .
IF_EX_HR_IT0002 I PERID_GBDAT_CHECK Check if date of birth and personal ID do correlate .
IF_EX_HR_IT0002 I PERID_GESCH_CHECK Check if gender and personal ID do correlate .
IF_EX_HR_IT0002 I SET_OUTPUT_VALUES Set length and attributes .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I CONVERTI_SCATTI_DA_T5ITS Converts previous pay scale jumps in case of category change.
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I GET_TIPO_SCA_8 Assigns the pay scale jump type for range 80 - 89 .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I GET_TIPO_SCA_9 Assigns the pay scale jump type for range 90 - 99 .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I INIT_NEW_0008 Initializes NEW_0008 (new data for infotype 8) .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I PROCESS_OTHERS Processes non-standard pay scale jump types .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I READ_T5ITS Read table T5ITS* .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I RIVALUTA_DA_T5ITS Revaluates pay scale jumps already available .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SCATTI_DIVERSI I VALORIZZAZIONE_DA_T5ITS New pay scale jumps .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I ABSORB_SUPERMINIMUM Absorption of extra bonus to wage floor .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I ACTIVATE_SEL_SCREEN Activation of extra bonus management fields on the screen .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I CALCULATE_GROSS_SALARIES Calculates gross planned wages .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I CALCULATE_SUPERMINIMUM Calculates the new extra bonus to wage floor .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I FINALIZATION Object closing operations .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I INITIALIZATION Object initialization .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I IS_MODIFIED If the Personnel Number has been changed .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I PROCESSING Personnel Number processing for extra bonus absorption .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I SHOW_RESULTS Display information about the processed personnel numbers .
IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I TO_BE_PROCESSED If the Personnel Number should be processed .
IF_EX_HR_LA_SHOW_TRM_PYMNT I LGART_FOR_DISPLAY Returns range of wage types according to aklas (table T512W).
IF_EX_HR_LA_TRM_ACTION I ADJUST_INFOTYPES Adjust/delimit infotypes for a given action .
IF_EX_HR_LA_TRM_PRENOTICE I GET_PRENOTICE_DAYS Obtain days of prenotice for quota generation .
IF_EX_HR_MX_HMXCAFL0_EDI I FILL_EDI_FORMAT Fill EDI format IMSS transfer .
IF_EX_HR_MX_HMXUTMS0_EDI I OBTAIN_STRUC_TABLE_TYPE Obtains EDI format message and table type .
IF_EX_HR_MX_STATE_TAX I DETERMINE_BASE_FOR_STATE_TAX Determination of the basis for the state tax calculation .
IF_EX_HR_MX_STATE_TAX I DETERMINE_STATE_FOR_STATE_TAX Determination of the state for the state tax calculation .
IF_EX_HR_MX_STATE_TAX I OBTAIN_STATE_TAX Determination of the state tax .
IF_EX_HR_MX_STATE_TAX_CE I SPLIT_WAGETYPE Split wagetype .
IF_EX_HR_MX_TRM_VAC_DAYS I LIQUIDATE Calculates the number of days to be settled on termination .
IF_EX_HR_MX_VSDI_BIMONTHLY_DAT I VSDI_DATES_FOR_CUMM_PERIOD Determine dates for variable SDI cumulation period .
IF_EX_HR_MX_VSDI_KEY_DATE I VSDI_KEY_DATE_FOR_CUMM_PERIOD Determine key date for SDI variant cumulation period .
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_CHOICE I UPDATE_ADDITIONAL_INFOTYPES Update more infotypes (besides 0897 and 3200) with selection.
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_ESS I CHANGE_PDF_KEUZEOVERZICHT Exchange PDF for Overview of Choices .
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_ESS I CHANGE_SELECTION Change Selection by Employee .
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_ESS I CHANGE_TEXT_LAST_ESS_SCREEN Change Final ESS Screen .
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_ESS I DO_ADDITIONAL_CHECKS Implement Further Checks on User Input .
IF_EX_HR_NL_FBN_ESS I SET_PLAN_INACTIVE Set Plan to Read Only .
IF_EX_HR_NL_JAAROPGAVE I OVERWRITE_VALUES Overwrite default values .
IF_EX_HR_NOPBS_IV_EXIT1 I IND_VAL_METHOD User Exit for the Indirect Valuation .
IF_EX_HR_NOPBS_SPK1 I HR_NOPBS_SPK1_METHOD Method to change the final file .
IF_EX_HR_NO_MUN_MP_01 I GET_JRSTD_IT0008FIELDS Get annual working hours and IT0008 fields .
IF_EX_HR_NO_MUN_PEN_01 I GET_PARAM_WHRS Get Weighed hours % and change Pension variant parameters .
IF_EX_HR_NO_OVT_RESULTMOD I READ_TIME_DATA Read time data from time cluster .
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_ABSDATA I CHANGE_ABSENCE_DATA Influence the absence and re-imbursement amount calculated. .
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_CLAIMINFO I CHANGE_CLAIM_INFO influence claim information which is going into the cluster..
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_MPOS I READ_MPOS_INFO Read Multiple Positions .
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_NOPYRESULT I READ_ADDITIONAL_INFO Read required data if no prev. payroll results are available.
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_PAYDATA I READ_ADDITIONAL_DATA additional data after reading previous 3 payroll results .
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_RCON I RECONCILIATION Reconciliation of claim and received payments .
IF_EX_HR_NO_RMB_SSF I GET_NAME Usage of form fields .
IF_EX_HR_NZ_CORRECT_CRT I CORRECT_CRT Poplulate corret cross financial year differences in RETT .
IF_EX_HR_NZ_GET_BEGDA I GET_BEGIN_DATE Returns the begin date using the 52 week calculation method .
IF_EX_HR_NZ_PAY_TERM_GROSS I GET_TERM_GROSS Gets values of gross to be used for termination accrual pay .
IF_EX_HR_NZ_PAY_TERM_PUHOL I GET_TERM_PHPAY Gets the rate to be used to pay termination public holidays .
IF_EX_HR_PAD_CHECKS_ICTYP I CHECK_ICTYP All ICNum checks specific to the ICTYP and molga .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_ASAF I M_PROCESS_SALREF Process the reference salary .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_ASMF I M_PROCESS_ABSENCE Process the absence data .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_ASMF I M_PROCESS_DROITS Process IJSS entitlements .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_ASMF I M_PROCESS_SALREF Process the reference salary .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_REF_PERIOD I M_GEN_CALE Check of the calendar generation .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_REF_PERIOD I M_GET_COMPENSATED_DAYS Process all parameters before updating the NCALE .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_REF_PERIOD I M_PROCESS_OVERLAPPING_EXT Process overlapping absences when period=calendar year .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_REF_PERIOD I M_PROCESS_USER_CRITERION Process user criteria .
IF_EX_HR_PAY_06_TIME I EXIT_SAPLHRPAYFRABS1_002 Define Grace Period Duration via a BADI .
IF_EX_HR_PF_ACCOUNT I READ_ACCOUNT Read additional information for a posting line .
IF_EX_HR_PF_ACCOUNT I WRITE_TO_ACCOUNT Write additional information to a posting line .
IF_EX_HR_PM_BUILD_PARCEL I BUILD_PACEL_TEXT Creates the Text for a Set for the Process Workbench .
IF_EX_HR_PM_BUILD_PARCEL I BUILD_PARCEL Create Sets .
IF_EX_HR_PM_BUILD_PARCEL I BUILD_TEXT Text for Display .
IF_EX_HR_PM_BUILD_PARCEL I CHECK_CRITERION Check Criteria .
IF_EX_HR_PM_BUILD_PARCEL I GET_NEXT_PARCEL Transfers Set .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I CHANGE_STEPID Adjust Process Step Numbers .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I CLEAR_DYNPRO_DATA Delete Data on Screen .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I EXECUTE_PARCEL Execute Wait Point .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I GET_DATA_TYPE Retrieve Table Type of Wait Point Data .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I GET_DYNPRO_DATA Transfer Data From Screen to Process Model .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I GET_DYNPRO_INFO Retrieve Programs, Screens, and Tab Page Title .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I INIT_DYNPRO Initialize Screen and Set Mode .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I INIT_START Prepare Execution .
IF_EX_HR_PM_WAITING_POINT I SET_DYNPRO_DATA Transfer Data to Screen .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_12 Board 12 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_20 Board 20 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_21 Board 21 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_22 Board 22 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_23 Board 23 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_24 Board 24 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_25 Board 25 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_26 Board 26 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_27 Board 27 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_28A Board 28A .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_28B Board 28B .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_29 Board 29 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_31 Board 31 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_32 Board 32 .
IF_EX_HR_PT_SOCPBS_PS I GET_BOARD_33 Board 33 .
IF_EX_HR_PY_AUTH_PU01 I AUTHORITY_CHECK Customer authorization check .
IF_EX_HR_PY_CLST_DISP I NOTIFY_DISPLAY Table is Displayed .
IF_EX_HR_PY_ENQUEUE I ADD_ACTION Execute Additional Activity .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I CLEAR_DYNPRO_DATA Deletes Data on Screen .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I DELETE_EVENTS Delete an Event .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I DELETE_EVENT_PROBLEMS Delete an Event .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I EVENT_USED Are Entries Available .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I GET_CONTRA_EVENT Get Counterevents .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I GET_DYNPRO_DATA Get Data From Screen .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I GET_DYNPRO_INFO Supplies Report and Screen for Maintenance .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I INIT_DYNPRO Initialization of Subscreen .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I INSERT_CONTRA_EVENT Insert a Counterevent .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I INSERT_EVENT Insert an Event .
IF_EX_HR_PY_EVENTS_DEAL I SET_DYNPRO_DATA Provides Data on Screen .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I CHECK_PAYDT Further Restriction of Payment Date .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I CHECK_PAYDT_CE Further Restriction of Payment Date (CE) .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I CHECK_YEA Allow YEA Below the 6-Month Window .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I CHECK_YEA_CE Allow YEA Below the 6-Month Window (CE) .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I GET_GROUPING_REASON_A Grouping Reason for Bonus Payments 'XXPY' or 'XNON' .
IF_EX_HR_PY_OUT_OF_SEQ I GET_GROUPING_REASON_C Grouping Reason for NAMCs 'XXPY' or 'XNON' .
IF_EX_HR_PY_SEL_PROG_DEAL I SET_ADD_INFO_BEFORE_START Determines Additional Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I DELETE_OBJECT Deletes Objects .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I DETERMINE_OFFER_OF_STEP Determines Objects of a Step (2 Categories) .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I DETERMINE_RESULT_OF_STEP Determines Objects of a Step (3 Categories) .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_ALL_OBJECTS_OF_STEP Delivers All Objects in a Step .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_CHILDREN_TO_RESET Checks if Status can be Reset for Lower-Level Steps .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_DELETE Finds Objects That May be Deleted .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_DELETE_CM Finds Objects That May be Deleted .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_DISPLAY Finds Objects to be Displayed .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_RESET Searches for Objects Whose Status can be Reset .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_SETSUCC Seraches for object whose status may be set to successful .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I GET_OBJECTS_TO_SETSUCC_CM Seraches for object whose status may be set to successful .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I INSERT_OBJECTS Inserts New Objects .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I SET_STATUS Sets Status of Objects .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I SET_STATUS_ERR Sets Status of all Objects to Incorrect .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I SET_STATUS_INI Sets Status of all Objects to Initial .
IF_EX_HR_PY_STATUS_DEAL I SET_STATUS_SUCC Sets the status of all objects to successful .
IF_EX_HR_RHPREL00 I GET_ACTIVE_PERIOD Returns Active Existence Period of Person .
IF_EX_HR_SE_ADJUST_ABSENCE I CHANGE_ABSENCE_LISTS Change modifiable list and manual check list .
IF_EX_HR_SE_AVE_PAID_LST3Y I AVER_PAID_LAST_3_YEAR average payment of commission and bonus in last 3 years .
IF_EX_HR_SE_GET_SSYK I GET_EE_SSYK_CODE Getting employee's SSYK code (4 pos) for Swedish reports .
IF_EX_HR_SE_GET_SSYK_CODE I GET_EE_SSYK_CODE Getting employee's SSYK code for Sweden reports .
IF_EX_HR_SE_GET_WORKPLACE I GET_WORKPLACE_NUMBER Getting employee's workplace number .
IF_EX_HR_SE_GET_WORK_PLACE I GET_WORK_PLACE_NUMBER Getting the employee's work place number .
IF_EX_HR_UPD_NZ_NZHPI I GET_NZHPI_VALUES Gets values of gross, hours and days to be updated to NZHPI .
IF_EX_HR_VE_TRM_FORCE_RETR I GET_SUBTYPES_FOR_RETRO Selects subtypes that require retroactive calculation .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_DISCI I GET_DISCI Get Disciplinary Actions .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_ETHNIC I GET_ETHNIC Get Ethnic Origin .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_OCCAT I GET_OCCAT Get Occupational Category .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_OCLEV I GET_OCLEV Get Occupational Level .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_PERMS I GET_PERMS Get Permanent/Non-Permanent Status .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_PROMO I GET_PROMO Get Promotions .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_RECRU I GET_RECRU Get Recruitment Actions .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_REMUN I GET_REMUN Get Remuneration Amount .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_SMARTFORM I SET_SF_DEFAULTS Set Smart Form defaults .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_TERMI I GET_TERMI Get Termination Actions .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_EEA_TRAIN I GET_TRAIN Get Training Participation .
IF_EX_HR_ZA_NQF_DEFAULTS I NQF_SCREEN Set the screen number for NQF catalog and details .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_001 I HM_HEADER_DEL_CHECK Checks When Deleting Hazardous Substance Master Records .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_002 I MODIFY_HSDATA_AFTER_RECEIVING Modify Hazardous Substance Data After Receiving .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_002 I MODIFY_HSDATA_BEFORE_SENDING Modify Hazardous Substance Data Before Distributing .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_002 I TRANSFER_EXTENSIONTAB_2_IOTAB Receive Own Data .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_002 I TRANSFER_IOTAB_2_EXTENSIONTAB Send Own Data .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_003 I SOLVE_CONFLICT_MULT_INST Resolution of Multiple Values for Value Assignment Types .
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_003 I SOLVE_CONFLICT_MULT_SUB Resolution of 1:n Relationships Betw. Mat. (1) and Spec. (n).
IF_EX_HSM_BADI_003 I SPECIFICATIONS_FILTER Filtering of Specifications for Hazardous Substance Filling .
IF_EX_HU_PREQ I CHECK_ASSIGNMENT Check Assignments .
IF_EX_IAOM_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_ATTRBTS Changes Chars of CO Account Assignment to Be Created/Changed.
IF_EX_IAOM_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_SUB_OBJ_ATTRS Changes Characteristics of Subobject Definition .
IF_EX_IAOM_BUSINESS_SCENAR I CHANGE_BUSINESS_SCENARIO_GROUPChange Business Scenario Group .
IF_EX_IAOM_BUSINESS_SCENAR I CHANGE_ORDER_TYPE Order Type for GeCCo (Internal Order) .
IF_EX_IAOM_BUSINESS_SCENAR I CHANGE_PROJECT_PROFILE Change Project Profile for Automatically Created PS Project .
IF_EX_IAOM_BUSINESS_SCENAR I CHANGE_REQ_PRCTR_PROFSEGM Accnt Assgnmnt to Profit Center/Profitability Seg.Necessary?.
IF_EX_IAOM_CSCUST_DEFAULTS I SET_FIELD_DEFAULTS Set Default Values for Fields of CO Sceanrio Customizing .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_CHECK I CHANGE_VIEW_CSC Changes View "view_csc" in MODULE iaom_check_data_csc .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_CHECK I CHANGE_VIEW_CTP Changes View "view_ctp" in MODULE iaom_check_data_ctp .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_CHECK I CHECK_VIEW_CSC Checks View "view_csc" in MODULE iaom_check_data_csc .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_CHECK I CHECK_VIEW_CTP Checks View "view_ctp" in MODULE iaom_check_data_ctp .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_MASKS I CHANGE_CUST_MASKS_CSC Maskings for Determining the Controlling Scenario .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_MASKS I CHANGE_CUST_MASKS_CTP Maskings for Determining Controlling Type and Usage Ref. .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_MASKS I INTERPRET_CUST_MASKS_CSC Interpretation of Customizing for ... CSC .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_MASKS I INTERPRET_CUST_MASKS_CTP Interpretation of Customizing for ... CTP .
IF_EX_IAOM_CUST_XPRA I XPRA_ON_THE_FLY Conversion of Customizing Tables .
IF_EX_IAOM_DET_CO_SCENARIO I DETERMINE_CO_SCENARIO Determination of CO Scenario .
IF_EX_IAOM_ERROR_EVENTS I ADJUST_FOR_ACTICITY_IAO5 IAOM_ACCOUNT_MANAGER: Postprocessing for Transaction IAO5 .
IF_EX_IAOM_ERROR_EVENTS I ERROR_OCCURRED IAOM_ACCOUNT_MANAGER: Exception ERROR_OCCURRED .
IF_EX_IAOM_ERROR_EVENTS I NO_ERROR_OCCURED IAOM_ACCOUNT_MANAGER: Processing Without Error .
IF_EX_IAOM_KOSTL I CHANGE_COST_CENTER Cost Center Change for CRM-CO Integration .
IF_EX_IAOM_LSTAR I CHANGE_LSTAR Change activity type .
IF_EX_IAOM_MESSAGES I CHANGE_MESSAGE Change Output .
IF_EX_IAOM_PROCESS_CONTROL I CONTROL_PROPERTIES_AC Change Acct Assgmt Man. Attributes After Reading Customizing.
IF_EX_IAOM_RECEIVER I CHANGE_RECEIVER Change Recipient .
IF_EX_IBAPI_ALM_COM_GETDET I GET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Reading of Fields .
IF_EX_IBAPI_ALM_OPR_GETDET I GET_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Reading of Fields .
IF_EX_IBAPI_ALM_ORD_MODIFY I MODIFY_INPUT_DATA Changing Entry Data before the Inspection .
IF_EX_IBRT_GEN_ADD_IN I CHANGE_INSTANCE_DATA Influence Instance Data .
IF_EX_IBSSI_EQUI_DWN I FILL_BAPIMTCS Add Additional Data to BAPIMTCS .
IF_EX_IBSSI_RECEIVE_TO_UPL I PREPARE_DATA_FOR_MDG Set User Data in Container for the MDG .
IF_EX_IBSSI_RECEIVE_TO_UPL I READ_AND_DELETE_FROM_BAPIMTCS Get and Delete User Data from BAPIMTCS .
IF_EX_IBSSI_SEND_TO_DWN I FILL_BAPIMTCS Fill User Data Into BAPIMTCS .
IF_EX_IBS_FS_LIST_OPTIONS I CHECK_FIELDLIST Field List for Display in MiniApps as Template .
IF_EX_IB_R3_BOMEXPNO_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_BOMEXPNO_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_BOM_BADI I ECN_LIST2_SAVE Call-Up of Save Module in CL_IBASE_R3_ECN_LIST2 .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CHARACT_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CHARACT_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CLASSIF_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CLASSIF_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CLASS_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CLASS_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONFPROF_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONFPROF_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONSTRNET_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONSTRNET_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONSTR_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_CONSTR_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_DEPCY_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_DEPCY_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_FLOB_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_FLOB_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_LCHARACT_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_LCHARACT_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_LOCDEPCY_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_LOCDEPCY_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_TREE_CONX_MENU I ADD_MENU_ENTRIES Enhancement of Right-Mouse-Button-Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_TREE_CONX_MENU I CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST Processing a Request Using Right-Mouse-Button-Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARFUN_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARFUN_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARTABC_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARTABC_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARTAB_BADI I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Executes display function on the object .
IF_EX_IB_R3_VARTAB_BADI I INSERT_DISPLAY Inserts Display Function in the IBase Tree Menu .
IF_EX_ICH_KANBAN_MD I AFTER_CONTACT_PERSON_FINDING Extend Data for Contact Person .
IF_EX_ICH_KANBAN_MD I BEFORE_CONVERSION Change Control Cycle Data .
IF_EX_ICH_KANBAN_MD I BEFORE_FINAL_DECISION Extend Log Outputs .
IF_EX_ICH_KANBAN_MD I BEFORE_TRANSMISSION Extend Data Before Data Transfer .
IF_EX_ICH_OEM I CM_SOURCE_SELECT Data extraction management for CM .
IF_EX_ICH_OEM I KEYFG_SELECT Select for Key Figure .
IF_EX_ICH_OEM I OEM_SOURCE_SELECT Data extraction management for OEM .
IF_EX_ICLE_BULKSUBRO I MODIFY_REQUESTITEM Change Receivable Items .
IF_EX_ICLE_BULKSUBRO I REQUESTITEM_ASSIGNED_PAYITEM Provide Link Data for Payment Items .
IF_EX_ICLE_EVTSRCH I FIELDCATALOG_MODIFY Manipulate Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ICLE_EVTSRCH I FORBID Prevent Search with Prohibited Selection Conditions .
IF_EX_ICLE_EVTSRCH I HITLIST_FILTER Filter Hit List .
IF_EX_ICLE_FMOD2 I EVENT_FMOD2 Determines Field Group Status at BDT Event FMOD2 .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I ADDRNUMBER_GET Determine Address of Payee (Payment Method: Check) .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I BANKID_GET Determine Payee's Bank Details .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I BULK_CHECK Verification from Bulk Payment .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I CHECK_NUMBER_VALIDATE Verify Check Number .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I CHECK_OPEN_AMOUNT_FOR_CLEARINGCheck Whether Open (Remaining) Items in CD same as OI in Clm.
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I CHECK_PAYMENT_PLAN Create/Check Payment Plan Conditions .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I CHECK_REG_CALL Call Check Register .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I CHECK_VOID_CHECKPAYMENT Provide Cancellation Reason for Check .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DETERMINE_BANKID_BANKACCOUNT Find Bank and Account Number .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DISBURSEMENT Post Payments to Disbursement System .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DOCUMENT_CHECK Check Whether Payment Has Already Been Cleared .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DOCUMENT_CLEAR Clear Open Items .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DOCUMENT_DISPLAY Display Dialog Box with Disbursement Data for Payment .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I DOCUMENT_READ Read CD Document for Mini-CD Screen .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I GET_INS_OBJ Determine Insurance Object .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I GET_PAYOPTIONKEY Get Payment Option Key .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I GET_POLICY_REF Read References for Policy in Collections/Disbursements .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I INVOICE_PAYMETHOD_GET Invoice: Determine Payment Method for Payee .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I ONLINE_CHECK_PRINT Print Online Check .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I PAYMENT_METHOD_GET Input Help for Payment Method Toolbar .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I PERIOD_DETERMINE Date Calculation Dependent on Payment Plan .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I RECEIVED_AMOUNT_READ Read All Claim-Relevant Receipts from Collections System .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I RECEIVED_ENTRY_DELETE Delete Entries of Claim-Relevant Receipts .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I REVERSE_CLEARING_DOC Reset Clearing .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_COMPRESS Compress Scheduling Items .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_GETPAYPLAN_ALL Get All Payment Plans for a Claim .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_MODIFY Adjust Default Values for Documents .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_MOD_CLEAR Change Default Fields in Clearing Document .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_MOD_REVERSE Change Standard Values During Reversal .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SCHED_POS_SIMULATION_ALL Simulate All Payment Plans for a Claim .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SET_CUSTOM_VALUE Transfer Freely Definable Value to Instance .
IF_EX_ICLF_CD I SINGLE_DOCUMENT_DISPLAY Display Single Document .
IF_EX_ICLF_OPEN_ITEMS I GET_OPEN_ITEMS Determines Open Items of Current Contract .
IF_EX_ICLH_ADD_PAY_DAY_DET I DETERMINE_DAYS Determines Number of Copayment Days .
IF_EX_ICLH_DRG_GROUPER I CALL_GROUPER Call External Grouper System .
IF_EX_ICLN_DUP_CHECK_BP I ICLN_DUP_CHECK_BP Checks for Duplicate Entries of Business Partners .
IF_EX_ICLN_DUP_CHECK_RE I ICLN_DUP_CHECK_RE Error Message if Business Partner Exists in Duplicate .
IF_EX_ICLN_FNOL_PREFILL I SET_DEFAULTS Set Defaults .
IF_EX_ICLN_FNOL_VALIDATE I VALIDATE_ADDRESS Validates Postal Code .
IF_EX_ICLN_FNOL_VALIDATE I VALIDATE_FNOL Validates FNOL Data .
IF_EX_ICLN_SUBCL_DET I ICLN_FNOL_SUBCL_DET Defines Subclaim Type for Conversion of FNOL to Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_ACTIVITY_MGMNT I DETERMINE_DUETIME Overrules Due Date Calculation in Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_ACTIVITY_MGMNT I MODIFY_TICL044 Redefines Task Definition in Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_ACTIVITY_MGMNT I MODIFY_TICL950 Redefines Task Definition in Claim Bundle .
IF_EX_ICL_ACTIVITY_MGMNT I NOTIFY A Change Has Occurred in Activity Management (Claim) .
IF_EX_ICL_ACTIVITY_MGMNT I NOTIFY_BUNDLE A Change Has Occurred in Activity Management (Claim Bundle) .
IF_EX_ICL_ACT_PRIO_MAP I CONVERT_FOR_CLAIM Converts Old Priority to New Priority for Task in Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_ACT_PRIO_MAP I CONVERT_FOR_CLAIM_BUNDLE Converts Old Priority to New Priority f. Task in Claim Bndle.
IF_EX_ICL_ADD_ACCOUNTING I GET_BAPI_ACCNT_FLDS_NEW_EXIST Has New Method Been Implemented (X = Yes) .
IF_EX_ICL_ADD_ACCOUNTING I GET_BAPI_ACCOUNTING_FIELDS Fill Additional Customer-Specific Acct Assgnmt Flds in BAPI .
IF_EX_ICL_ADD_ACCOUNTING I GET_BAPI_ACCOUNTING_FIELDS_NEWFill Additional Customer-Specific Acct Assgnmt Flds in BAPI .
IF_EX_ICL_ADD_ACCOUNTING I GET_RES_ACCOUNTING_FIELDS Determine Additional Customer-Specific Acct Assgnmnt Fields .
IF_EX_ICL_ALV_EXCLFUNC I CHANGE Change Exclusion of Functions .
IF_EX_ICL_BBP_PO_CREATE I DATA_TRANSFER_BBP2CLAIM Transfer of Data From BAPI to Claims Management System .
IF_EX_ICL_BBP_PO_CREATE I DATA_TRANSFER_CLAIM2BBP Transfer of Data from Claims Management System to BAPI .
IF_EX_ICL_BBP_PO_CREATE I PO_CREATE Creation of Purchase Oder in External Procurement System .
IF_EX_ICL_BBP_PO_CREATE I PO_GET_DETAIL Determination of Details Regarding Order .
IF_EX_ICL_BBP_PO_CREATE I SRM_BP_GET Get User Data of Business Partner From SRM System .
IF_EX_ICL_BENEFITSPLIT I CHECK_PRIVLG Check Special Rights .
IF_EX_ICL_BP_FULL_MAINTENA I CALL_BP_FULL_MAINTENANCE Call Business Partner Full Maintenance .
IF_EX_ICL_BRF I MODIFY_CONTEXT Change Context CS_ACTUAL in Event IV_EVENT .
IF_EX_ICL_BRF_CONTEXT I CHANGE_CONTEXT Allows Change to BRF Context (ICL_ACTUAL) .
IF_EX_ICL_BUNDLE_SEARCH I GET Search for Matching Claim Bundles .
IF_EX_ICL_CAREREP I DATEN_AUFBEREITEN Format Data .
IF_EX_ICL_CAREREP I DATEN_EXPORTIEREN Export data .
IF_EX_ICL_CAREREP I DATEN_GEAENDERT Data Has Changed .
IF_EX_ICL_CATALOGS I CATALOG_TO_ITEM Convert Catalog Items to Claim Items .
IF_EX_ICL_CATALOGS I DETERMINE_CATALOG Determine Catalog to Be Used .
IF_EX_ICL_CATALOGS I DETERMINE_PARAM_LIST Determine Parameter List for Calling Catalog System .
IF_EX_ICL_CCALC_BENTYPE_EV I CURR_BENTYPE_CALC Calculate Current Benefit Type .
IF_EX_ICL_CCALC_LIMDED_MOD I MODIFY_DED Changes Deductible .
IF_EX_ICL_CCALC_LIMDED_MOD I MODIFY_LIMIT Changes Deductible .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIMASSIGN I GET_ASSIGN_GUID Determine UUID of Claim Subobject .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIMASSIGN I GET_ASSIGN_REFOBJ Determine Referenced Claim Subobject of a Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIMASSIGN I GET_TABNAME Determine Table Name of Claim Subobject .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIMASSIGN I SET_ASSIGN_GUID Set UUID of Claim Subobject .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIMNO_GET I CLAIMNO_GET Determine Claim Number .
IF_EX_ICL_CLAIM_OTHER_READ I OTHER_CLAIMS_READ Read Claim Headers from Other Claims .
IF_EX_ICL_CLINIC_SEL I FIND_CLINIC Hospital Selection for Request for Inpatient Rehabilitation .
IF_EX_ICL_CLSRCH I FIELDCATALOG_MODIFY Manipulate Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ICL_CLSRCH I FORBID Prevent Search with Prohibited Selection Conditions .
IF_EX_ICL_CLSRCH I HITLIST_FILTER Filter Hit List .
IF_EX_ICL_CLTYPE_MAPPING I MAP_LOSSTYPE Find New Loss Type from Old Loss Type .
IF_EX_ICL_COMPCODE_CURR I GET_CURRENCY Determine Currency from Company Code .
IF_EX_ICL_CORR_ADDRESSEE I GET_DEFAULT_ADDRESSEE Determine Standard Correspondence Recipient .
IF_EX_ICL_COVERAGE I FILL_DESCRIP_EXT Fill field DESCRIP_EXT in structure ICL_COVTYPE_RESLIM .
IF_EX_ICL_CURR_SELECT_SOBJ I GET_CURRENT_SUBOBJ Get Current Claim Subobject .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_BENSTRUCT I BENNODE_DISP_GET Information for Display of Node of Benefit Type Tree .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_ITEMLIST I BENTYPE_ATTRIBS Gets Attributes of Benefit Types .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_ITEMLIST I BENTYPE_SHLP_ENTRIES Gets Entries for Search Help of Benefit Types .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_ITEMLIST I BUILD_ITEM_TREE Creates Graphic Benefit Type Tree .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_ITEMLIST I ITEM_TYPES Gets Permitted Claim Item Types .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_ITEMLIST I POV_BENTYPE Popup for Value Help for Benefit Type .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_LIMDED I BENNODE_LIMATTRIB_GET Gets Attributes on Which Limit Calculate Depends .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_LIMDED I POLLMDD_EVAL_SINGLE Gets Limit and Deductible from Policy .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_RESERVE I PAYI_BENTYPE_ATTRIBS Gets Attributes of Benefit Type .
IF_EX_ICL_CUST_RESERVE I RESERVE_TYPE_PAYI Gets Reserve Type for an ICLPAYI Record .
IF_EX_ICL_CVERM_TABLE I COPY_AND_TRANSPORT Copy and Transport Child Table .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICLC48_FCODE Process Additional Data for Subobject in FCODE .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICLC48_PBC Additional Fields in Item Overview in Single Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICLH63_ADJUST_AMOUNTS Amount Adjustment in Differences Log .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICLI91_ITEM_PBC Additional Fields in Items in Single Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICLI91_PBC Additional Fields in Single Invoice Overview in Coll.Inv. .
IF_EX_ICL_DIFF I ICL_CATEGORY_HELP Select Text Categories .
IF_EX_ICL_DIPL I CHECK_ALL Check All Distribution Plans and Items .
IF_EX_ICL_DIPL I CHECK_DIPL Check Distribution Plans .
IF_EX_ICL_DIPL I CHECK_DIPLIT Check Distribution Plan Items .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_AGENT_MAN_CM Assign Agent Manually to a Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_AGENT_MAN_SC Assign Agent Manually to a Subclaim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_AC Assign Dispatcher Automatically to an Activity .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_CM Assign Dispatcher Automatically to a Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_MAN_CM Assign Dispatcher Manually to a Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_MAN_SC Assign Dispatcher Manually to a Subclaim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_PY Assign Dispatcher to a Payment .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I ASSIGN_DISPATCHER_SC Assign Dispatcher to a Subclaim .
IF_EX_ICL_DSPTCHR_ASSMNT I GET_DISPATCHERS_AGENTS Provides Dispatcher with Available Claim Handler .
IF_EX_ICL_DUPLICATE_CHECK I GET_ENTRY Execute Search for Duplicates (Initial Screen) .
IF_EX_ICL_DUPLICATE_CHECK I GET_SAVE Execute Search for Duplicates (BDT Event DCHCK) .
IF_EX_ICL_DUPLICATE_CHECK I HITLIST_PREPARE Prepare Hit List .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR I DETERMINE_EBRP Determine External Bill Reviewer .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR I INBOUND_FEES Charges .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR I INBOUND_INVOICE Inbound Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR I OUTBOUND_INVOICE Outbound Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR_IB I DATA_ENHANCEMENT Enhance Data .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR_IB I DATA_VALIDATION Validate Data .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR_OB I DATA_ENHANCEMENT Enhance Data .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR_OB I DATA_VALIDATION Validate Data .
IF_EX_ICL_EBR_UI I DETERMINE_EBRP Determine External Bill Reviewer .
IF_EX_ICL_ESTIMAT_SYSTEM I ESTIMATION_SYSTEM_CALL Call External Evaluation System .
IF_EX_ICL_EXTENDED_CHECK I CHANGE_OBJECT_LIST Change Quantity of Claim Subobjects to Be Checked .
IF_EX_ICL_EXTENDED_CHECK I CHECK_OBJECT Call Own BRF Events for Checking Objects .
IF_EX_ICL_EXTENDED_CHECK I GET_SUBOBJECT Determine Possible Claim Subobjects for Parameter .
IF_EX_ICL_EXT_POL_IMPORT I CHECK_EXT_POL_EXISTS Checks Whether Policy Exists in External System .
IF_EX_ICL_EXT_POL_IMPORT I FILL_ACORD_POL Fills ACORD Structure with Policy Information .
IF_EX_ICL_EXT_POL_IMPORT I FILL_ADDCL_POL Provides Additional Clauses of Policy .
IF_EX_ICL_EXT_POL_IMPORT I READ_ADDCL_FREETEXT Reads Free Text from Additional Clauses .
IF_EX_ICL_FMOD2 I EVENT_FMOD2 Other FMOD2 for Field Groups acc. to Standard FMOD2 .
IF_EX_ICL_HI_CHECKKEY_GET I GET_CHECKKEY Get Table Check Key of External Key Table .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I DISTRIBUTE Distribution of (Default) Values (Particularly Quantities) .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I EXTRAPOLITE_CURRENTLEVEL Current Knowledge Status .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I EXTRAPOLITE_LASTYEAR Captured in Previous Year .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I MANUAL_CLAIMRES Manual Claim Reserve by Clerk (Particularly Quantities) .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I MANUAL_IBNRRES Manual Default Values by Controller (Partic.Cases/Quantity) .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I OTHER_CALCULATION Unspecified Calculation Method of IBNR Reserve .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I PROCESS_DRIVERS Driver Data Processing .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I PROCESS_MAIN Main Data Processing .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I STAT_CLAIMRES Open Quantities /Sta. Average Values (for Claim Reserve) .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I STAT_IBNRRES Statistical Average Values (for IBNR) .
IF_EX_ICL_IBNR_CALCULATE I SUM_OF_DETAIL Simple Sum of Single Reserves .
IF_EX_ICL_IDOC I CUSTOM_CLAIM_DI_PROCESSING Enhance Structure of FM ICL_CLAIM_DI .
IF_EX_ICL_IDOC I CUSTOM_SEGMENT Enhance IDoc Categories .
IF_EX_ICL_INSURED_OBJECT I IOBJ_DELETE Delete Entries for Insured Object .
IF_EX_ICL_INSURED_OBJECT I IOBJ_DESCRIPTION_GET Get the description on an insured object .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I APPR2INV Change Invoice Item After Transfer from BenDecisn (ExpMode) .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DI NOT USED ANYMORE - WILL BE DELETED in 7.00 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DISCOUNT_POPUP CollInv: Discount Amt in Popup .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DI_EXECUTE CollInv: Adjust Single Inv: Participants,Inv.Date,Serial Err.
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DI_PREPARE CollInv: Adjust Single Inv: Create Generic DI Table .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DUMMYCLAIM_CHANGE_DI CollInv: Call DI for Change to Posting or Dummy Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DUMMYCLAIM_CREATE_DI CollInv: Call DI for Creation of Posting or Dummy Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_DUPLICATE_CHECK Collective Inv: Check for Duplicates when Creating/Changing .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_INVOICE_CHANGED CollInv: Single Invoice Changed .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_INVOICE_PAYMENT_CHANGECollInv: Tools Mask: Create DI Input .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_PAYMENTLEVEL_DEFAULT CollInv: Prefilled for Payment Level when Creating CollInv .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_PAYMENT_ITEM_MODIFY CollInv: Payout of All Invoices: New Items .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_PAYMENT_STATUS_CHECK CollInv: Payout of All Invoices: Status of Invoices .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_SAVE_POPUP_DEFAULT CollInv: Prefilled for Payment Level when Creating CollInv .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_TOOL_ALV_CREATE CollInv: Tools Mask: Creation of Internal ALV Table .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_TOOL_DI CollInv: Tools Mask: Transfer Single Invoices via DI .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I BULKINV_TOOL_DI_CREATE NOT USED ANYMORE - WILL BE DELETED in 7.00 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I CLAIM_CREATE_N_CHANGE Create Claim in Background and then Process .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I CLAIM_DETERMINE Determine Claim with Invoice Mass Entry .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I CLAIM_HANDLER_DETERMINE Determine Clerk with Invoice Mass Entry .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I DLVE1 BDT Event DLVE1 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I GET_PARTNERS_FROM_BULKINV Control Copying of Participants in Collective/Single Invoice.
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INIT_DISPLAY_PERIOD Set Initial Period for Display Period .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVNOT01_DI_CLAIM_CREATE Invoice Initial Screen: Create New Claim via DI .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_BULKINV_CHANGE_DI Change Collective Invoice from Single Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_BULKINV_CREATE_DI Create Collective Invoice from Single Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_BULKINV_XCHANGE Determine Whether Change of CollInv from Single Inv Needed .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_CHECK_BEFORE_PAYMENT Check Invoice Before Creating Payments .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_FROM_APPROVAL_GET Transfer of Benefit Decision Item to InvoiceItm .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_FROM_APPROVAL_MODIFY Change BenDecsnItm Before DI and Crtn of InvItm .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_INVPOS_SUPPLEMENT Change Additional Information for each Invoice Item .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_ITEM_CHANGE Change Current Invoice Item in PAI (e.g. Own Contribution) .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_ITEM_CHECK Check Invoice Item During Entry .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_ITEM_CREATE Change to InvItem for Creation During FCODE Processing .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_ITEM_TOOL_CHANGE Change Invoice Item through Tool Action .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_PAYMENT_ENHANCE Enhance Invoice Clearing .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_REFUND Credit Note: Change Receivable (Payt) Header and Item .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_REQUEST_ITEM_CHANGE Receivable: Change New Receivable Item .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_REQUEST_ITEM_SELECT Check Invoice and Payment Amounts for Subsequent Claim .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_REQUEST_PAYSUGGEST Subsequent Claim: Creation of and Navigation to Payt Proposl.
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_TRANSFER Transfer Clm Itm Grp: Invoice Entry -" Invoice Processing .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I INVOICE_TRANSFER_CHECK_PRICE Invoice Entry -" Invoice Processing (Compare Catalog Price) .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I ITEM_CONTRIBAMOUNT_CHANGE Modify Own Contribution at Item Level .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I LOSSTYPE_DETERMINE CollInv: Selection Incident Type with Non-Unique Cust. .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_DI_CLAIM CollInv:MassProc: Read Mass Invoice via DI: Claim No. Known .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_DI_POLICY CollInv:MassProc: Read Mass Invoice via DI: Policy Known .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_DI_POLPROD CollInv:MassProc: Read Mass Invoice via DI: PolProd Known .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHANGE_ICLI80 CollInv:MassProc: Change Entry for InvItm from View ICLI80 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHANGE_ICLI82 CollInv:MassProc: Change Entry for InvItm from View ICLI82 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHANGE_ICLI83 CollInv:MassProc: Change Entry for InvItm from View ICLI83 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHECK_ICLI80 CollInv:MassProc: Check Entry for InvItm from View ICLI80 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHECK_ICLI82 CollInv:MassProc: Check Entry for InvItm from View ICLI82 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_CHECK_ICLI83 CollInv:MassProc: Check Entry for InvItm from View ICLI83 .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I MASSINV_ITEM_SUM CollInv: Mass Procsng: Change Net Itm Sum Before NetTotalChk.
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I PAI PAI Processing for View ICLHxxx .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I PAYSUGGEST_ITEM_SPLIT Split Payment Proposal Items .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I PBC PBC Processing for View ICLHxxx .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I PBO PBO Processing for View ICLHxxx .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I POLICY_DETERMINE Determine Contract in Invoice Mass Entry .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I PRESCRIPTION_DETERMINE Collective Inv: SelectPrescription (InvMassEntry) .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I REASSIGN Reassign Invoice .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I REFUND_CONTROL Control of Repayment .
IF_EX_ICL_INVOICE I SUBCLTYPE_DETERMINE CollInv: Selection Incident Type with Non-Unique Cust. .
IF_EX_ICL_ITEM I AFTER_COPY After Claim Item Has Been Copied (Multiple Prescription) .
IF_EX_ICL_ITEM I MODIFIED After Claim Item Has Been Created, Changed, or Deleted .
IF_EX_ICL_LITIGATION I CHECK_LITHEADER Check Litigation (Header) .
IF_EX_ICL_LITIGATION I CHECK_LITITEM Check Litigation Step .
IF_EX_ICL_LOSS_ALLOCATION I COMPENSATION_CALCULATION Compensation Calculation on Basis of Loss Allocatn Agreement.
IF_EX_ICL_LOSS_ALLOCATION I GET_LIAB_RATE Gets Liability Rate of Partner from Loss Allocation Agreemnt.
IF_EX_ICL_NAVNODE_SUBOBJ I GET_SUBOBJECTS Display List of Current Claim Subobjects of Node .
IF_EX_ICL_NAVTREE_NODE I GET_NODE_TEXT Specify Node Text and Icon .
IF_EX_ICL_NEGOTIATION I CHECK_ARGITEM Check Argument .
IF_EX_ICL_NEGOTIATION I CHECK_NEGHEADER Check Negotiation (Header) .
IF_EX_ICL_NEGOTIATION I CHECK_NEGITEM Check Offer/Demand .
IF_EX_ICL_OI I SELECT_TEMPLATES Context-Dependent Definition of Templates Offered .
IF_EX_ICL_OTHER_COVERAGE I ALLOWED_RCOVTYPES Provides the list of allowed other coverage type .
IF_EX_ICL_OTHER_COVERAGE I CHECK_RCOVTYPE Used in the PAI check of the item .
IF_EX_ICL_OTHER_COVERAGE I RCOVTYPE_REQUIRED Additional coverage type is required for this item? .
IF_EX_ICL_OUTBOX_BUNDLE I DETERMINE_OUTBOX_BUNDLE Determination of Outgoing Post Bundle Number .
IF_EX_ICL_PART_OCCURENCE_TEXT I CHANGE_TEXT Change Texts of Participant Occurrence .
IF_EX_ICL_PART_OCCURENCE_TEXT I SET_TITLE Sets Heading for Comment Column .
IF_EX_ICL_PAYMENT I ADD_NODE Adjust Node in Tree .
IF_EX_ICL_PAYMENT I CHANGE_FIELDCAT Change ALV Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ICL_PAYMENT I MODIFY_REP_REIMB_ACCOUNT Modification of Maintenance Account .
IF_EX_ICL_PAYMENT I TREE_INIT Initialization of ALV Tree .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_NEW_SC_DATA I GET_ALL_COVTYPES Import from Policy System .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I CALL_TRANSACTION Call Policy Transaction in Policy Management System .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I CHECK_POLICY_EXISTS Checks Whether Policy Exists .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I HLPVAL_BY_BPARTNER Determination of Policy Data for a Policyholder .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I HLPVAL_BY_PLATENO Determination of Policy Data for a License Plate .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I HLPVAL_BY_POLEX Determination of Policy Data for an External Policy .
IF_EX_ICL_PMI_PROXY I POLICY_LOAD Load Policy Into Policy Snapshot .
IF_EX_ICL_POLICY_DISPLAY I CALL_TRANSACTION Call Policy Transaction in Policy Management System .
IF_EX_ICL_POLICY_POV I POV_POLICY Popup on Input Help for Contract Number .
IF_EX_ICL_POLICY_POV I POV_POLICY_POLICY Popup on Input Help for Policy Number .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I AFTER_POLICY_LOAD Called After POLICY_LOAD .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I CHECK_POLICY_EXISTS Checks whether a policy exists; returns policy type .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I CHECK_SKIP_PREMCHECK Checks whether premium check should be skipped .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I CHK_POLICY_BEN_EXCL_PER Check for Benefit Exclusion Period or No-Liability .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I GET_OUTSTANDING_PREMIUMS Gets the outstanding premiums for the policy .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I LAST_CHANGED_EFF_BEFORE Returns Date of Last Policy Amendment .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I POLICY_INFORMATION_GET Gets information on policy for purpose of policy matching .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I POLICY_LOAD Load policy into policy snapshot .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I POLSEARCH_BY_BUSPARTNER Search for related policies of given business partner .
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I POLSEARCH_BY_PLATE_NUMBER Search for policy by license plate number of insured vehicle.
IF_EX_ICL_POLS_IMPORT_POLS I TEST_ADDITION Test .
IF_EX_ICL_POSTDATE_FILL I GET_POSTDATE Gets Posting Date .
IF_EX_ICL_PREVIEW_DOC I ADD_PREVIEW_DATA Format Additional Tables for Print Preview .
IF_EX_ICL_PREV_CLAIMS I GET_CLAIM_HIST Determine Claim History .
IF_EX_ICL_PROCURE I AFTER_COPY Copy of a Claim Item Grouping .
IF_EX_ICL_PROCURE I MODIFIED Creation, Change, Deletion of Claim Item Grouping .
IF_EX_ICL_PROCURE I PAYMENT_NOTE_CREATE Create Note to Payee When Transfer to Payment Is Made .
IF_EX_ICL_PROC_AUTH_CHECK I PROCUREMENT_AUTHORITY_CHECK Execute Authorization Check .
IF_EX_ICL_QC_ALLOWED I CHECK Change and Display Possible in Quick Claim Mode? .
IF_EX_ICL_RBP_SRCH I PERFORMER_GET_EARLY Automatic Performer Assignment: Early Search .
IF_EX_ICL_RBP_SRCH I PERFORMER_GET_LATE Automatic Performer Assignment: Later Search .
IF_EX_ICL_RBP_SRCH I PERFORMER_GET_MANUAL Automatic Performer Assignment: Manual .
IF_EX_ICL_RIDATA I SEND_TO_RI Trigger Data Transfer to Reinsurance System .
IF_EX_ICL_RIDATA I SET_RIDATA Format Data for Reinsurance .
IF_EX_ICL_STACKHANDLE I APPEND_DI_STACK Enhance Specific Lot to Include Specified Data .
IF_EX_ICL_STACKHANDLE I CHECK_SUBOBJECT_EXIST Check Whether Claim Subobject of Another Claim Exists .
IF_EX_ICL_STACKHANDLE I PROVIDE_EXISTING_SUBOBJECT Determine Claim Subobject ID .
IF_EX_ICL_SUBOBJECT_SERVICE I BUILD_SUBOBJECT Sets Up Field SUBOBJECT for the Object .
IF_EX_ICL_SUBOBJECT_SERVICE I EXTRACT_SUBCLAIM Extracts Subclaim from SUBOBJECT .
IF_EX_ICL_SUBOBJECT_SERVICE I GET_SUBOBJECTS Provides All Subobjects that Are "Below" the Object .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I TAXCODE_F4 Display Selection List for Tax on Sales/Purchases Code .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I TAX_CALC_POPUP Calculate Value-Added Tax for an Amount .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I TAX_NET_CALCULATE Calculation of Net Tax Value for an Amount .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I TAX_SPREADSHEET_GET Get Tax Procedure .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I TXJCD_F4 Adjust Selection of Tax Code to Location .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I VALUE_ADDED_TAX_CHECK Execute Plausibility Checks for Value-Added Tax .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_01 I VALUE_ADDED_TAX_DMINE Calculation of Value-Added Tax for a Location .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_ITEM I ADD_TAX_RPTABLE Determines Additional Reportable Items .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_ITEM I BPTIN_CHK Checks Tax ID Number of Business Partner .
IF_EX_ICL_TAX_ITEM I WTHHD_PYMT_ITEM Determines Withholding Tax of Payment Item .
IF_EX_ICL_USER_GROUP I GET_USER_GROUP_PART Delivers Entries on User Group .
IF_EX_ICL_WCOMP I CALC_DFLT_PAYPLAN Determines Payment Methd + No.of Working Days f.Repet.Payt .
IF_EX_ICL_WCOMP I CALC_LEFTOVR_PAYMENT Determines Surplus Days, Total Amount f.Surplus, Amt per Day.
IF_EX_ICL_WCOMP I CALC_PAYMENT_AMT Determines Payment Amount .
IF_EX_ICL_WCOMP I COMPARE_AGAINST_PROPOSED Compares Value Input by User with System Default Value .
IF_EX_ICL_WCOMP I COMPARE_AMT_AGAINST_MINMAX Compares Compensation Amount with Min./Max. Amount .
IF_EX_ICL_WF_CONTAINER I CONTAINER_MODIFY Modify Event Container .
IF_EX_ICL_WF_EVT_CONTAINER I CONTAINER_MODIFY Modify Event Container .
IF_EX_IDCFMFLOWCALC I CALCULATE_FLOWS Execute calculations and fill flow tables .
IF_EX_IDCFMFLOWCALC I GET_PERCENTAGE Determine percentage with conditions .
IF_EX_IDCFM_ACCIF_TRAC I ADD_TAX_INFO Tax information preparation .
IF_EX_IDCFM_ACCIF_TRAC I GET_RELATED_DOCUMENT Get reference to posted document .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_01 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 01 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_02 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 02 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_03 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 03 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_04 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 04 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_05 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 05 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_06 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 06 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_07 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 07 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_08 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 08 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_09 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 09 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_10 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 10 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_11 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 11 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_12 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 12 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_13 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 13 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_14 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 14 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_15 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 15 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_16 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 16 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_17 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 17 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS I MODIFY_18 Modify Records for China Golden Audit Report/Data File 18 .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS_04 I GET_BOOKKEEPER GET BOOKKEEPER NAME .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS_04 I GET_CASHIER GET CASHIER .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS_04 I GET_DOUBLECHECKSTAFF GET DOUBLE CHECK STAFF NAME .
IF_EX_IDCN_GAIS_10 I VALIDATE Validation for result of report 10 .
IF_EX_IDCO_BPL_CHECK_BWKEY I CHECK_BWKEY Method to Check if ML active in a Valuation area .
IF_EX_IDCO_BPL_CHECK_BWKEY I CHECK_SCC_ACTIVE Method to Check if SCC active in a Valuation area .
IF_EX_IDCO_BPL_RCKM_MR21 I CHECK_UPDATE_OBEW Method Checks entries & Updates OBEW table during MR21 .
IF_EX_IDCO_BPL_RCKM_MR21 I LEAVE_PROGRAM Method to control leave program from MR21 .
IF_EX_IDCO_SCC_PRICES_CHNG I EXCLUDE_FROM_PRICECHANGE No Price Changes in MM or FI .
IF_EX_IDCO_SCC_PRICES_CHNG I OBEW_NO_GL_POSTING No Price Changes in FI .
IF_EX_IDOC_COPY_MANAGE I CHANGE_IDOC_INFO Modification of Control and Data Record .
IF_EX_IDOC_CREATION_CHECK I IDOC_DATA_CHECK Check IDoc Data to see Whether an IDoc is Generated .
IF_EX_IDOC_DATA_INSERT I FILL Get Segments to Be Inserted .
IF_EX_IDOC_DATA_MAPPER I PROCESS Provide Data for Mapping .
IF_EX_IDOC_XML_ENVELOPE_IN I PROCESS Method for Removing Envelope .
IF_EX_IDOC_XML_ENVELOPE_OU I PROCESS Method for Creating Envelope .
IF_EX_IDPUR_BPL_GET_SCHEMA I GET_CHARGEABLE_SCHEMA Method to get chargeable schema for chargeable into record .
IF_EX_IDUS99C_01 I MODIFY_AFTER_SELECTION Modify internal table after the selection has been completed.
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I ADDINFO_ENTER_BEFORE_SELECTIONenable the user to enter additional selection parameters .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I ALLDATA_MODIFY_BEFORE_OUTPUT modify the w/tax data before output .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I ALL_DME_FIELDS_MODIFY modify all DME contents .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I DS_GET_DB_FILTER_ON_CALLBACK Filtering function at event GET with callback routine .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I MODIFY_DMEE Modification of DMEE's before output .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I MODIFY_FIELDCATALOG modification of the ALV field catelog .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I QSTRMAIN_MODIFY_BEFORE_OUTPUT change the selected FI document line items .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I SCREEN_CHECKS_AFTER_INPUT check sreen input. .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I SEL_DATA_MODIFY_BEFORE_LDB This method modifies the selection data before LDB is called.
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I SET_FLAG_USE_ADD_SELECTION set active additional selection .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADDFUNCINT I UPDATES_AFTER_OUTPUT change specific tables after output of report .
IF_EX_IDWTREP_ADOBEPRINT I PREPARE_ADOBE_PRINT Prepare the selected data for the Adobe form print .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_CHECK I EVENT_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Check of an Event .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_CHECK I WORKAREA_SET_PROPOSAL Set Default Data in Detail Screen .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_CHECK I WORKLIST_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Check of Interim Status .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I CHECK_NOTIF Check Notification (Existence/Notification Type) .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I GOODS_MOVEMENT Goods movement .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I GOODS_MVMNT_ACTIVE_CHK Implementation for Goods Movement Active? .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I NOTIF_HANDLING Process Messages .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I NOTIF_SELECTION Select notifications .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I READ_NOTIF_CUST Read Customizing for Installation/Dismantling Notification .
IF_EX_IEQCM_BE_DECOUPLING I STRUCTUR_GAP_HANDLING Process Structure Gaps .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I CREATE_HOLE Create Structure Gap .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I DELETE_HOLE Delete Structure Gap .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I INITIALIZE Initialize Buffer Tables .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I SELECT_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Determine Structure Gap to be Deleted .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I UPDATE_DB Update Database .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I UPDATE_FID_EQUI Compare and Update Function Identifier of Equipment or Gap .
IF_EX_IEQCM_CCM_HOLE_BADI I UPDATE_HOLE_FOR_INSTALL Update Generated Structure Gap During Replacement .
IF_EX_IEQCM_GOODS_MOVEMENT I GOODS_MVMNT_UPD Complete or Change Data for Goods Movement .
IF_EX_IEQCM_NOTIF_BADI I CREATE Create Notification .
IF_EX_IEQCM_NOTIF_BADI I DELETE Delete Message .
IF_EX_IEQCM_NOTIF_BADI I FILL_CUST_DATA Change Customer-Specific Data in Notification .
IF_EX_IEQCM_NOTIF_BADI I MODIFY Change Notification .
IF_EX_IEQCM_NOTIF_BADI I SELECT Select notifications .
IF_EX_IEQCM_TRX_EXECUTABLE I TRX_EXECUTABLE_CHECK Check Whether Equipment History Can Be Changed .
IF_EX_IERI_DIALOG_CHECK I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_PAI Customer PAI Logic .
IF_EX_IERI_DIALOG_CHECK I PROCESS_CUSTOMER_PBO Customer PBO Logic .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMOV_SAVE I ACTIONS_AFTER_INSTALL Actions after installation (database update) .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMOV_SAVE I ACTIONS_AFTER_REMOVE Actions after removal (database update) .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMOV_SAVE I ACTIONS_BEFORE_INSTALL Actions before installation (database update) .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMOV_SAVE I ACTIONS_BEFORE_REMOVE Actions before removal (database update) .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMO_CHECK I CHECK_AT_DISMANTLE Performs all checks at removal .
IF_EX_IERI_INST_REMO_CHECK I CHECK_AT_INSTALL Performs all checks at installation .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I ADJUST_MESSAGETYPE IS-specific check if message severity can be customized .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I BEFORE_POSTING IS changes to data before starting install / remove process .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I CONVERT_TIME Convert time and date into another time zone .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I GET_TZONE_INTO Get time zone into which time has to be converted .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I IPW5_MESSAGE_HANDLING Message handling in FU IPW5 .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I IPW5_SETUP_LOGS Fill application log .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I IS_ACTIONS_BEFORE_BOTH IS specific program part for unforced fit .
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I SWITCH_SERNR_CHECK IS-specific error handling after serial number --" full equi.
IF_EX_IERI_IPW4_INTERNAL1 I UPDATE_RESERVATION IS specific updates to reservation before DB read .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_INSTALL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_INSTALL I ISU_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen for ISU subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_INSTALL I ISU_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen for ISU subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_INSTALL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_REMOVAL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_REMOVAL I ISU_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen for ISU subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_REMOVAL I ISU_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen for ISU subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_IS_ADD_REMOVAL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_I_NOTIF_CUST I CUS_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport of Data from Screen to Customer Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_I_NOTIF_CUST I CUS_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport of Data from Customer Screen to Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_I_NOTIF_CUST I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport of Data from Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_I_NOTIF_CUST I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport of Data to Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_I_R_CUSTR_CHECK I CHECK_PART_CUSTR_I Perform Customer-Specific Checks for Installation .
IF_EX_IERI_I_R_CUSTR_CHECK I CHECK_PART_CUSTR_R Perform Customer-Specific Checks for Dismantling .
IF_EX_IERI_MANDAT_IEQM0008 I MANDATORY_INSTALL Check on mandatory fields in installation mode .
IF_EX_IERI_MANDAT_IEQM0008 I MANDATORY_REMOVAL Check on mandatory fields in removal mode .
IF_EX_IERI_R_NOTIF_CUST I CUS_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport of Data from Screen to Customer Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_R_NOTIF_CUST I CUS_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport of Data from Customer Screen to Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_R_NOTIF_CUST I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport of Data from Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_R_NOTIF_CUST I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport of Data to Screen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_INSTALL I CUS_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen for customer subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_INSTALL I CUS_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen for customer subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_INSTALL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_INSTALL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_REMOVAL I CUS_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen for customer subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_REMOVAL I CUS_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen for customer subscreen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_REMOVAL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport data from the screen .
IF_EX_IERI_USERSCR_REMOVAL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport data to the screen .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I ABSORB_SUPERMINIMUM Absorption of extra bonus to wage floor .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I ACTIVATE_SEL_SCREEN Activation of extra bonus management fields on the screen .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I CALCULATE_GROSS_SALARIES Calculates gross planned wages .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I CALCULATE_SUPERMINIMUM Calculates the new extra bonus to wage floor .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I FINALIZATION Object closing operations .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I INITIALIZATION Object initialization .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I IS_MODIFIED If the Personnel Number has been changed .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I PROCESSING Personnel Number processing for extra bonus absorption .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I SHOW_RESULTS Display information about the processed personnel numbers .
IF_EX_IF_EX_HR_IT_SUPMIN I TO_BE_PROCESSED If the Personnel Number should be processed .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_BANSTA_PUSH I CONVERT Convert Banstatement(XI) to outbound format(FINSTA IDOC) .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_BCA_ITEMS I MODIFY_PAYMENT_ITEMS IHC Payment Order: Transfer to BCA .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_CPAYORD_PLL I CONVERT Convert PaymentOrder(XI) to internal Prima Nota format .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_CUSTOMIZING I CHECK_DUAL_CONTROL Replace Principle of Dual Control .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I CHECK_CONTAINER_FIELDS Check Container Fields .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I CONVERT_TO_EXTERNAL Convert (Container) Field to External Format .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I CONVERT_TO_INTERNAL Convert (Container) Field to Internal Format .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I DISPLAY_F4_HELP Display F4 Help for Container Field .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I GET_F4_HELPS List of Container Fields with User-Defined F4 Help .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I PREPARE_SELECTION Prepare Custom Selection .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_GUI_CHECKS I RENDER_SELECTION Edit selection .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_HQ_PLUGIN I CHANGE_ALL_PAYRQ Change All Payment Requests .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_HQ_PLUGIN I CHANGE_SINGLE_PAYRQ Change Payment Requests Individually .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_IDOC_2_PN I CHANGE_PN_ON_IDOC Change Payment Order Data Using an IDoc .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_IDOC_2_PN I CHANGE_PN_ON_SEGMENT Change Payment Order Data Using a Segment .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_IDOC_2_PN I MODIFY_DATES Replace Execution, Sender/Recipient Value Date .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_IDOC_2_PN I MODIFY_TRNS_TYPE Replace Transaction Type .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_PAYORD_PULL I CONVERT Convert PaymentOrder(XI) to internal Prima Nota format .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_PI_HQ I CHANGE_ALL_PAYRQ Change All Payment Requests .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_PI_HQ I CHANGE_SINGLE_PAYRQ Change Payment Requests Individually .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_PN_2_IDOC I MODIFY_IDOC Modify IDoc Data .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_POST_BEHAV I DETERMINE_POST_BEHAV Control Posting Behavior .
IF_EX_IHC_BADI_TRANS_CM I TRANSFER Provision of Cash Management Data from IHC .
IF_EX_IHC_BANSTA_PUSH I CONVERT Convert Banstatement(XI) to outbound format(FINSTA IDOC) .
IF_EX_IHREP_EXTENSIONS I CHANGE_ODER_OPERATION_RES Change Results of Order- And Operation Selection .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I ALTERNATIVE_EQUIPMENT Valuation Changes in the Replacement Equipment Search .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I CHANGE_EXPLOSION Change to Structure Explosion .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I CHANGE_MATERIAL Change Material Quantity from Where-Used List .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I CHANGE_STPO Change BOM Components from Structure List .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I SEARCH_STRATEGY_FOR_EQUI Search Strategy Change for Flexible Class Search .
IF_EX_IHSA_LIST_EDITING I SEARCH_STRATEGY_FOR_IFLO Search Strategy Change for Flexible Class Search .
IF_EX_IMP_DO_SELECT I DO_SELECT Performs Select Step .
IF_EX_IMRC_CHANGE_CHECK I CHECK_CHANGES Compare DB Image with Changed Measurement Points/Documents .
IF_EX_IMRC_REF_POINT_BADI I ACTIVE_BADI_CHECK This method is not used. See interface documentation. .
IF_EX_IMRC_STATUS_CHECK I CHECK_IMRG_STATUS Check of an Additional Record of a Measuring Document .
IF_EX_IMRM_COMP_PROCESSING I SET_COMP_PROCESSING Deactivation of New Component Processing .
IF_EX_IMRM_TL_WORKFLOWS I REQUEST_MP_SCHEDULING Scheduling-Relevant Changes in Task List .
IF_EX_IM_BEHAVIOUR I GET_BEHAVIOUR Determine System Behavior .
IF_EX_INPUT_CHECK_ACL I CHECK_CNTR_UPD Check input of counter updates .
IF_EX_INPUT_CHECK_ACL I CHECK_FLIGHT Check flight input .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_SAVE Change Inspection Lot When Saving .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Inspection Lot Before Accessing Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_IN_UPDATE Change Inspection Lot in Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_UD_AT_SAVE Change Usage Decision When Saving .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_UD_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Usage Decision Before Accessing Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CHANGE_UD_IN_UPDATE Change Usage Decision in Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CREATE_AT_SAVE Create Inspection Lot When Saving .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CREATE_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Inspection Lot Before Accessing Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I CREATE_IN_UPDATE Create Inspection Lot in Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I SET_UD_AT_SAVE Make Usage Decision When Saving .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I SET_UD_BEFORE_UPDATE Make Usage Decision Before Accessing Update .
IF_EX_INSPECTIONLOT_UPDATE I SET_UD_IN_UPDATE Make Usage Decision in Update .
IF_EX_INST_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_EQUI Additional Authorization Checks for Equipment .
IF_EX_INST_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_FLOC Additional Authorization Checks for Functional Locations .
IF_EX_INTERLINKAGE_CHECK I CHECK_UPDATE_ALLOWED Check If Change (Create/Change/Delete) Is Allowed .
IF_EX_INTERLINKAGE_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Relationship Created, Deleted, or Changed .
IF_EX_INTERNAL_ORDER_EXTND I ON_PAI PAI of Main Master Data Screen SAPMKAUF 0600 .
IF_EX_INTERNAL_ORDER_EXTND I ON_PBO PBO of Main Master Data Screen SAPMKAUF 0600 .
IF_EX_INTERNAL_ORDER_EXTND I SET_SUBSCREEN Register External Subscreen to be Included in Master Data .
IF_EX_INVOICE_UPDATE I CHANGE_AT_SAVE Invoice Document at Save .
IF_EX_INVOICE_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Invoice Document Before Update .
IF_EX_INVOICE_UPDATE I CHANGE_IN_UPDATE Invoice Document During Update .
IF_EX_INVOIC_FI_INBOUND I DETERMINE_TAX_CODE Determine Tax Code for Posting Item .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameter .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I INITIALIZE Initialize Local Memory .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ADDITEM Transfer Fields in Additional Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I MAP_HEADER Transfer Fields in Document Header in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ITEM Transfer Fields in Document Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I MAP_TAXITEM Transfer Fields in Tax Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE Update .
IF_EX_INV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Customer Update .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameters .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_REVERSAL_ORDER Check Reversal order .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ADDITEM Fill customer fields in additional items .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_HEADER Fill ustomer fields in header .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ITEM Fill customer fields in items .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_TAXITEM Fill customer fields in tax items .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I REVERSAL_ITEM_ANALYZE Reverse item analyse .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE Update database .
IF_EX_INV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE_PREPARE Update prepare .
IF_EX_INV_REMADV_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Can Bill Documents Be Archived? .
IF_EX_INV_TRANSF_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Can Bill Documents Be Archived? .
IF_EX_IPM5_CALL_INSPLOT I INSP_LOT_STABILITY Create Inspection Lot for Stability Study .
IF_EX_IPM5_CALL_INSPLOT I STATUS_CHECK_PHYNR Check Status of Physical Sample .
IF_EX_IPM_ACE_ADVANCE_BADI I ADV_ITEM_RELEVANT Advance Payment Item Relevant for Clearing .
IF_EX_IPM_ACE_ADVANCE_BADI I MAX_RECOUP_DETERMINE Determine Maximum Clearing Value of Advance Payment Item .
IF_EX_IPM_ACE_ADVANCE_BADI I ROY_ITEM_VALUE_DETERMINE Determine Value To Be Clearing for the Royalty Item .
IF_EX_IPM_ACE_VALTYP_BADI I DATA_CHANGE Change Values That Are Adjusted in the Accrual Engine .
IF_EX_IPM_CR_REPOST_BADI I CHANGE_ACC_DOC Change Transfer Posting Document .
IF_EX_IPPE_ACT_CHECK_EXT I PAMOD_DELETE_CHECK Check During Mode Deletion .
IF_EX_IPPE_ACT_CHECK_EXT I PAMOD_MAINT_CHECK Check When Creating/Changing Mode .
IF_EX_IPPE_ACT_SORT I PAMOD_SORT Mode Sort Order (PALTID) .
IF_EX_IPPE_ACT_TDPP I PXXXID_TDPP_CHECK Check iPPE Objects for TDPP .
IF_EX_IPPE_ADD_FUNC I CIF_ACTIVE Check whether Core Interface (CIF) is connected .
IF_EX_IPPE_ADD_FUNC I CO_ACTIVE Check whether Controlling (CO) is connected .
IF_EX_IPPE_ADD_FUNC I EXT_BROWSER_ACTIVE Check whether PDM Browser (CC04) is connected .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP I DEFINE Definition for Additional Tables .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP I DELETE Delete Database Table Entries .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP I STRUCTURE_CONTENT_FILL Fill Customer Fields When Displaying Archive .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP I TREE_STRUCTURE_FILL Add Additional Tree Nodes .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP I WRITE Write archive .
IF_EX_IPPE_ARCHIVE_CMP_SYST I CHECK Check iPPE Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAL_MMX_EXPL I COUNT_WEIGHT_DURATION Calculation of Weighted Duration of a Mode .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I APILOG_READ_CALO Read Log for Configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONFIG_MAINT Create configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONFIG_READ Read Configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONFIG_READ_MULT Read Several Configurations .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONVERT_CMPID_E2I Material Conversion External -" Internal .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONVERT_CMPID_I2E Material Conversion Internal -" External .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONVERT_LOCID_E2I Plant Conversion External -" Internal .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I CONVERT_LOCID_I2E Plant Conversion Internal -" External .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I DEPEND_MAINT Create Object Dependency .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I DEPEND_READ Read Object Dependency .
IF_EX_IPPE_BAPI I GENERATE_CONFIG Generate Configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I CREATE_COLLECTION Returns Object Information for Product Unit for One Level .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I CREATE_ROOT_OBJECT Provides the Object Information for the Header of the Model .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I EXTRACTION_COMPLETE Notifies of the End of Extraction .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I PROVIDE_IPPE_OBJECT_CATALOG Returns Object Catalogs of iPPE Model .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I SET_EXTERNAL_CONSUMER Defines External Application Including Extraction Options .
IF_EX_IPPE_BY_EXTRACT I SET_EXT_EXPL_PARAMETERS Sets the Explosion Parameters for the External Application .
IF_EX_IPPE_CHK I CMP_MODEL_CHECK Check Model Assignment of Component for PPEHDR .
IF_EX_IPPE_CHK I CONSISTENCY_CHECK Application-Specific Consistency Checks .
IF_EX_IPPE_CHK I HDR_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Checks: Access Object and Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_CHK_EXT I CONSISTENCY_CHECK Application-Specific Consistency Checks .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CHARACTERISTIC_CALL Call Characteristics Maintenance .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CHARACTERISTIC_GET Read Characteristic .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CHECK_CLASS_FOR_PXXXID Checks for which object classification can be used .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_CHECK Check if Classification Allowed for Node/Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_COPY Copy the Classification in the Copy of the iPPE Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_DELETE Deletion of Classification .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_MAINTAIN Maintain Classification .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_OBTAB_GET Entry in Table OBTAB for Nodes/Variants .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_READ Read Classification .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSIFICATION_SAVE Save Classification .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASSTYPE_GET Read Class Type .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASS_ACTIVE Classification system exists in system .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASS_CALL Call Class Maintenance .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASS_GET Read Classes .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CLASS_GET_BY_RANGE Read the Classes from RANGES Table .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CTMENU_ADD System-Specific Enhancement of Context Menu .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I CTMENU_SELECT System-Specific Execution of Context Menu Operations .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I HIERARCHY_CALL Call Maintenance of the Class Hierarchy .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I HIERARCHY_CHECK Check the classes for arrangement of hierarchy .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I HIERARCHY_GET Read hierarchy .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I OBJECT_ALLOCATION_READ Classification: Read Assignments to Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I PNODID_CHECK Check whether class is valid for nodes .
IF_EX_IPPE_CLASS I POSVID_CHECK Check whether class is valid for variants .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CALL Call up Display/Maintenance Transaction .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CALL_CMPID_FROM_SCREEN Display/Maintenance of Component from Screen .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CHECK_BOM_DECOMPOSITION Check whether BOM exists for component .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CHECK_BOM_FOR_DISPO Read the BOMs for MRP Check and Recursion Check .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CHECK_CMPID_DATA Check component data (valid unit, quantity, ...) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CHECK_EXISTENCE Checks existence and gets basic data (unit of measure, type).
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CHECK_VERSION_ACTIVE Checks whether the version in the system is active .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_ACTIVE Check Existence of Connection to Material Master .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_CHK Consistency Check Function for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_GET_BY_RANGE Read components from RANGES table .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_LOCID_READ Checks existence and gets plant-dependent data (CUOBJ, KMAT).
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_TEXT Gets the field names .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CMPID_UNLOCK Unlock Components .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CONVERT_CMPID Conversion of components internal "-" external in iPPE .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CTMENU_ADD System-Specific Enhancement of Context Menu .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I CTMENU_SELECT System-Specific Execution of Context Menu Operations .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_CMPID_FROM_CMPEXT_RANGE Determine Internal Material Number From CPEXT Range Table .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_CMPID_LENGTH Read Length of Material Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_CMPID_PHANTOM Checks Material for Phantom Indicator (SOBSL) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_DDIC_FIELD Read DDIC Field for Material Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_DESCRIPTIONS Read texts for component / component type .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_DISPO_FOR_CMPID Read the low-level codes for the components .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_DYNPRO_INFORMATION Gets screen and program for component display .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_SEARCH_HELP_NAME Read Search Help for Material Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_UNITS Read units of measure for the component .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I GET_VERSION_INFO Gets information on the versions of components .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I HELP_INFO_CALL Starts the Online Component Documentation .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I PLANNING_TABLE_UPDATE Update the planning file entry .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I SET_CMPID_SPECIAL_FUNCT Set special functions for components .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I SET_DISPO_FOR_CMPID Set new low-level codes for components .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMPID I VALUE_INFO_CALL Starts the Component Input Help .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PACMP_CHECK Check Alternative .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PACMP_DELETE_CHECK Check Alternative for Deletion .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PNCMP_CHECK Check Node .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PNCMP_DELETE_CHECK Check Node for Deletion .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PVCMP_AENNR_CHANGE_CHECK Check for Change Number Swap for Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PVCMP_CHECK Check Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PVCMP_DELETE_CHECK Check Variant for Deletion .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PVCOL_AENNR_CHANGE_CHECK Check for Change Number Swap for Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_EXT I PVCOL_DELETE_CHECK Check Variant for Deletion .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PACMP_DELETE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Deletion of CMP Alternative .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PACMP_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Application Data of Alterna. .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PALTID_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Alternative ID .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PNCMP_DELETE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Deleting CMP Node .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PNCMP_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Application Data of Nodes .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PNODID_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Node ID .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I POSVID_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Variant ID .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PRCMP_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check for CMP Relationship .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PVCMP_AENNR_CHANGE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Change Number Swap at Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PVCMP_DELETE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Deleting CMP Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PVCMP_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check of CMP Application Data of Variants .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CHECK_SYST I PXCMP_ASSIGN_GET Read Object Assignments (System-Specific) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CTMENU_SYST I CTMENU_ADD Context Menu Enhancements .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_CTMENU_SYST I FCODE_EXECUTE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_EXTRACT I PVCMP_DOCID_CHANGE Adjustment of DMU Document in the Product Structure .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_EXTRACT I PVCMP_DOCID_COMPARE Comparison of DMU Documents .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_REP I ADJUST_SELECT_OPTIONS Adjust Contents of Selection Options .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_REP I ADJUST_WHERE_CLAUSE Adjust WHERE Clause for Selection .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_SORT I PACMP_SORT Sort Order of Alternatives (PALTID) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_SORT I PRPVR_SORT Sort Order of Assembly Relationships .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_SORT I PVCMP_SORT Sort Order of Variants (POSVID) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CMP_SORT I PVCOL_SORT Sort Order of Variants (POSVID) .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PNCOL_DELETE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Deleting COL Node .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PNCOL_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check of COL Application Data of Node .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PNODID_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check of COL Node ID .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I POSVID_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check of COL Variant ID .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PVCOL_AENNR_CHANGE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Change Number Swap at Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PVCOL_DELETE_CHECK System-Specific Check Before Deleting COL Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PVCOL_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check of COL Application Data of Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_COL_CHECK_SYST I PXCOL_ASSIGN_GET Read Object Assignments (System-Specific) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_COPY Copy object dependency for KNOBJ .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_DEFINITION Maintain object dependency for KNOBJ (dialog) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_DELETE Delete object dependency for KNOBJ .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_MAINTAIN Maintain object dependency for KNOBJ (API) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_READ Read object dependency for KNOBJ .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I ALLOCATIONS_UPDATE_MODE Controls the Updating of the Object Dependency .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CFG_CREATE Starts new configuration (Initializes SAP Configurator) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CONFIG_ACTIVE Implementation exists for configuration ['X', ' '] .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_COMPLEMENT_DISJUNCTION Fuzzy Logic - Logical NOT of a disjunction .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_DDB_CREATE_INSTANCE Fuzzy Logic - Generate an Instance .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_DDB_SET_SELF_PARENT_ROOT Fuzzy Logic - Set formal instances $SELF $PARENT $ROOT .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_DDB_SET_VALUES_TO_INSTA Fuzzy Logic - Set Values in the DDB .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_EVALUATE_CONDITION Fuzzy Logic - Evaluation of Selection Condition .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_JOIN_DISJUNCTION Fuzzy Logic - Delete Redundant Entries .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUFE_LOG_AND_OF_DISJUNCTIONS Fuzzy Logic - Logical AND for two disjunctions .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUKR_GET_DOCU Read Documentation for Relationship .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUKR_GET_SOURCES Gets Source Text for a Given Quantity of Relationships .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUKR_INIT Initial Buffer for Runtime Accesses to Rel. Master Data .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_COPY Copy configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_COPY_FOR_POSVID Copy CUOBJ for variants .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_DELETE Delete CUOBJ entries .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_MAKE_CONFIGURATION Generate CUOBJ for Side Access .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_READ Read Configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_READ_BY_ATNAM Determines CUOBJ Entries that use a Characteristic .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I CUOBJ_SAVE Save configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I DBA_SELECT_PROFILES Determines Conf. Parameters for a Configuration Object (OM) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I EVALUATE_CONFIGURATION Evaluate Configuration (Consistency Check) .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I FILTER_CONF_GET Read the Configuration in Filter and Lang.-Dep. Texts .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I FILTER_CONF_SAVE Save Configuration Simulation for the Filter .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I FILTER_CONF_SET_TO_INDX Write configuration data in INDX table .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I INIT_API_CUKD Initializes all global variables, tables, and so on for CUKD.
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I INIT_CONFIG Initialization of the Configuration .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I INIT_CUXI Initialization and Resetting of Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I INIT_LOG_API Initialization of the API Environment .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I INIT_LOG_MEMORY Initialize Log Interface .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I KNOBJ_CHK Consistency Check Function for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I KNOBJ_COPY_FOR_POSVID Copy KNOBJ for variants .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I KNOBJ_DELETE Delete KNOBJ entries .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I KNOBJ_READ_BY_ATNAM Determines KNOBJ Entries that Use a Characteristic .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I OWNER_READ Determines Configuration Owner .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I PROFILE_CALL Access Transaction for Displaying/Editing Config. Profile .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I PROFILE_GET Read Configuration Profile for Consistency Check .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONFIG I PROFILE_READ Read Configuration Profile .
IF_EX_IPPE_CONS I RESTRICTIONS_SELECT Selection of Restrictions .
IF_EX_IPPE_COPY_OD I CLASS_CHANGE Adjust Object Dependency When Copying With Class Changes .
IF_EX_IPPE_COPY_VS I IPPE_COPY_VS Adjust Variance Scheme .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_ACTIVE DMU functions exist in the system .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_BUFFER_BACKUP Note buffer content .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_BUFFER_REFRESH Discard buffer content .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_BUFFER_RESTORE Restore buffer content .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_COPY_FROM_PVCMP Copy DMU data due to copy of variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_DELETE_FROM_PVCMP Delete DMU data due to deletion of variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_DOC_CHECKOUTVIEW Check out document for display .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_DOC_INIT Initialize the document search .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_DOC_SELECTION Select Documents .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_DOC_SELECT_PARAMS Set selection parameters for document search .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_INIT Initialization of DMU tables .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_MAINT Change DMU item object .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_READ_FROM_PVCMP Read DMU item object .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_SAVE Save DMU tables to database .
IF_EX_IPPE_DMU I DMU_SINGLE_TMX_MAINT_PV Change single DMU item in matrix .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CALL Display / Change Document .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CHECK_DOCID_IN_ENTRY Check document assignment on entry level .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check whether document exists .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CONVERT Conversion: internal "-" external .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CTMENU_ADD System-Specific Enhancement of Context Menu .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I CTMENU_SELECT System-Specific Execution of Context Menu Operations .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID2TEXT External key as text .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_ACTIVE Check Existence of Connection to Document Master .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_GET_BY_SEARCH Read documents for the search help .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_PARAMETER_GET Read the document parameters (status, owner, ...) .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_READ Read the attributes of a document .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_TEXT Identification of Connected Object (Document) .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_UNLOCK Unlock Documents .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I DOCID_VERSION_GET Determine document version (last, ...) .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I GET_DYNPRO_INFORMATION Screen data for displaying the object link .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I HELP_INFO_CALL Access Online Help .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINKS_SAVE Save the object relationships .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_CHECK Check an object relationship .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_COMMUNICATION Communication link with BAdI from DMS .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_CREATE Create an object relationship .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_INIT Initialization of the object link .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_MAINT_WITH_GUI Maintain object relationships with GUI .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_PASS_OKCODE Transfer of function code .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I LINK_READ Read object relationships .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I ORIGINAL_DISPLAY Display the original file .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I PXXXID_COPY Copy Object Links (From Next Operation) .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I PXXXID_DELETE Next operation when deleting an iPPE object .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I SELECTION_PARAMETERS Edit the parameters for document selection .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I URL_GET_FOR_OBJECT Gets URL for object for thumbnail functions .
IF_EX_IPPE_DOCID I VALUE_INFO_CALL Possible entries .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I AENNR_GET_BY_RANGE Read the change numbers by RANGES table .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I BUFFER_TECHS_READ Read Buffer (Effect. Variant + Overriding with Change No.) .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CALL Call the transaction .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CHANGE Swap ECNs in an iPPE object .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CHANGE_CHECK Check whether possible to swap the ECN in an iPPE object .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CHECK Check whether the ECN can be used in an iPPE object .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CHECK_EFFECTIVITY Check parameter effectivities of a change number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check existence of ECN .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CTMENU_ADD System-Specific Enhancement of Context Menu .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I CTMENU_SELECT System-Specific Execution of Context Menu Operations .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_ACTIVE Check whether connection to ECM exists .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_FIELD_CHK ECM: Entry Check .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_MAINTAIN Subsequent Operations in ECM after iPPE Operation .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_PROCESSOR_AUTO ECM: Selection of Valid Change Numbers .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_PROCESSOR_INIT Initialize Data for FB ECM_PROCESSOR .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_PROC_CUST_DATA ECM: Read the Customizing Settings .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECM_RELEASE_FLAGS Check if Release Procedure is Active .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I ECN_DTEL_GET Read UI-Specific Properties of Change Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I GRAPH_CHECK Check change statuses against change sequence graph .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I HELP_INFO_CALL Starts the Online Documentation for Change Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I HISTORIC_OBJECTS_GET Read Possible Object Types for Change Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I PARAM_CHECK Check the parameters .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I PXXXID_DELETE Delete the Object Management Record for iPPE Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I READ Read Attributes of ECN .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I SEQUENCE_EVALUATE Evaluation of the Sequenec from Change Sequence Graphic .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I SEQUENCE_GRAPH_ACTIVE Check Whether Change Sequence Graphic is Active .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I TECHS_COPY Copy: Technical Status/Valuation .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I TECHS_CREATE_DARK Create in the Background: Technical Status/Valuation .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I TECHS_RENAME Rename: Technical Status/Valuation .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I UNLOCK Unlock change numbers .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I VALIDITY_DATE_GET Read Valid-From Date of Change Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I VALUE_INFO_CALL Starts the Input Help for the Change Number .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN I VSHEME_HIST Check whether variance scheme can be maintained with ECN .
IF_EX_IPPE_ECN_SORT I EX_ECN_SORT Sorting of Change Statuses .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I CALC_CONFIG_AND_PRIO Return the 'knowledge table' for the type of OD .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I DEFAULT_MAINT_CLASS_GET Gets the default maintenance class .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I DEFAULT_MAINT_CLASS_SET Sets the default maintenance class .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I DYNPRO_TOPLINE_SET Find a way to strart the EDE on a certain row .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I EDE_DESCR_HEADER_GET Return a string for the decription of the Table Control .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_APPLICATION_UPDATE Communicate changes of a KNOBJ to the application .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_COLUMN_NAME_GET Return the decription string .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_FROM_OBJECTS_CREATE Instance creating from objects .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_KNOWLEDGE_TABLE_GET Return the 'knowledge table' for the type of OD .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_TYPE_GET Gives back detail information on one instance .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I INSTANCES_VS_USED_GET A flag: The historic var. scheme is used .
IF_EX_IPPE_EDE_DEC I ROOT_EXPLODE Root explode .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_CHECK_EXT I PALTID_EXT_NAME_CHECK Customer-Specific Check for External Name of an Alternative .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_CHECK_EXT I PNODID_EXT_NAME_CHECK Customer-Specific Check for External Name of a Node .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_CHECK_EXT I POSVID_EXT_NAME_CHECK Customer-Specific Check for External Name of a Variant .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_CHECK_EXT I PRELID_EXT_NAME_CHECK Customer-Specific Check for External Name of a Relationship .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_CUST I CHECK_CCODE_FIELDS Check Values for Color Code and Offset .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_EX I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get Data from Interface .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_EX I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data to Interface .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_EX I SET_TABS Selection of Active Tab Titles at iPPE Load Dialog Box .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_SY I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get Data from Interface .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_SY I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data to Interface .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_GUI_LOAD_SY I SET_TABS Selection of Active Tab Titles at iPPE Load Dialog Box .
IF_EX_IPPE_ENG_SORT I PRELID_SORT Sort Order for PRELID Records .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPLCU_EVALUATE Evaluation of Object Dependency .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPLCU_GET_CONFIGURATION Determine the Characteristic Valuation (Also w. dialog box) .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_CMPID_CHK Read Material Data Controlling the Explosion .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_CMP_DATA_GET Read the material data for the explosion .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_EXPLOSION_CO Explosion for Controlling .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_EXPLOSION_MRP Explosion for Material Requirements Planning .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_HANDLE_APG Consideration of the Alternative Item Group .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_MV_CMPID_SINGLE_ENTRY_GETCheck Validity of PVS with Material from Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_MV_LOOSE_REF_IPPE Explosion .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL I EXPL_TDP_MERGE Merge Function for TDP .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLACT I CO_SORT_ACTIVITIES Sort activities for displaying the costing data .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLACT I RTO_COMPLETE_RTOBJ SA and RP Assignments for Explosion of Shop Floor .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLACT I RTO_EXPL_SEQGROUPS Format the sequence for the runtime object .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLACT I RTO_GET_RPP_STRUCT Generates Reporting Point Runtime Object for Activities .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLFLO I EXPLODE_RTOBJ Explosion Runtime Object for Production Lines .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPLFLO I GET_LRES_TAKT_TIME Determine Takt Time From Line Resource .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL_EVAL_EXT I LASTNCHSTAT_EVALUATE Evaluation of Last 'n' Change Statuses .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL_EVAL_EXT I TIMEWINDOWS_EVALUATE Evaluation of Change Statuses Within Date Interval .
IF_EX_IPPE_EXPL_EXT I HANDLE_ACTIVITY Handle Activity Assigned to 'External' BOM .
IF_EX_IPPE_FILTER_ATTR I OBJ_ATTR_CORRELATION Object/Attribute Correlation .
IF_EX_IPPE_FILTER_EXT I FILTER_NODE Filters Node According To Filter Settings .
IF_EX_IPPE_FILTER_EXT I OBJ_ATTR_CORRELATION Change Object/Attribute Correlation .
IF_EX_IPPE_FLO I INVALIDATE_FLO_MATRIX Invalidate FLO Matrix .
IF_EX_IPPE_FLO I INVALIDATE_REPPOINT_VERSION Invalidate RP version when master data is changed .
IF_EX_IPPE_FLO I MODELMIX_ACTIVE Active Model Mix .
IF_EX_IPPE_FLO I PATH_TIMESTAMP_SET Set Time Stamp From FLO Path to Top .
IF_EX_IPPE_GIFOC_EXTRACT I GET_CTMENUE_FOR_EXTR Gets menu entry for extraction .
IF_EX_IPPE_GIFOC_EXTRACT I TRIGGER_ACTION_FOR_EXTR Starts action for extraction .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I CMPID_GET_PROPERTY Check Type for Material .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I CMPID_HEAD_USE Replace Material Version with Header Material .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I CMPID_VERS_CHECK Check Access Data Found for Material Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I CMPID_VERS_USE Replace Header Material with Material Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I COSTPROFILE_CONVERT Convert SNP Cost Profile .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I GET_PRODVER Read Production Versions .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_BUFFER_BACKUP Save Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_BUFFER_REFRESH Delete Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_BUFFER_RESTORE Restore Saved Buffer in Original Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_READ Read Change Pointer From Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_RTO_GEN Generate PDS .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_SAVE Save Change Pointer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_SYST_DEL_CHECK System-Specific Check when Deleting Access Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I HDR_SYST_MAINT_CHECK System-Specific Check when Maintaining Access Object .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I INVALIDATE_REPPOINT_VERSION Invalidate Reporting Point .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I PRODVER_CIF_CREATE_PRODVER Create production version using CIF .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I PRODVER_GET_SUBSCREEN_DATA Get the data from the initial screen .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I PRODVER_NOTIFY_PLANING Notification from planning .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I PRODVER_PUT_SUBSCREEN_DATA Transfer the data to the initial screen .
IF_EX_IPPE_HDR I RTO_INVALIDATE Create Change Pointer .
IF_EX_IPPE_HIPDV_EXT I PATYPE_DETERMINE Determine Alternative Type .
IF_EX_IPPE_HIPDV_EXT I PNTYPE_DETERMINE Determine Node Type .
IF_EX_IPPE_HIPDV_EXT I PRTYPE_DETERMINE Determine Dependency Type .
IF_EX_IPPE_HIPDV_EXT I PVTYPE_DETERMINE Determine Variant Type .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I CHECK_EXISTENCE Checks Existence of Location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I CONVERT_LOCID Conversion of location internal "-" external .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I GET_DDIC_FIELD Reading DDIC Field for Location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I GET_IMPL_TYPE Gets properties of system-specific location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I GET_LOCID_FROM_LOCEXT_RANGE Gets Internal ID for External ID Selection Table .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I GET_PARAMETER_ID Gets content from parameter ID for location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I HELP_INFO_CALL Starts the Online Documentation for Location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I LOCID_ACTIVE Plant/location is available in the system .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I LOCID_LENGTH Gets the field length of the location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I LOCID_TEXT Gets the field name .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I MRP_AREA_READ Gets MRP Areas for Location/Sublocation .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I SET_PARAMETER_ID Sets content of parameter ID for location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LOCID I VALUE_INFO_CALL Starts the Input Help for Location .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I ACTHD_FILL Fill Customer Enhancement for Routing Header .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I ACTST_FILL Fill Customer Enhancement for Routing .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I CMPHD_FILL Fill Customer Enhancement for Header of Product Structure .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I CMPST_FILL Fill Customer Enhancement for Product Structure .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I HDR_FILL Fill Customer Enhancement for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_EXT I NROBJ_GET Fill Data for Number Range Object for Naming .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_SYST I FCAT_ADJUST System-Specific Adjustments of Feld Catalog .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_SYST I STATUS_SET Set System-Specific GUI Status .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_SYST I TITLE_GET Read System-Specific Table Titles .
IF_EX_IPPE_LUI_SYST I USER_COMMAND Process System-Specific Commands of User .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I GET_IMPL_TYPE Gets type of implementation (APO-Res, proxy object, none) .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I LINERES_UPDATE_TAKTS Change the number of takts for the line resource .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I PLANRES_ACTIVE Active planning resource exists in the system .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I PLANRES_CALL Call the display/change transaction .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I PLANRES_DTEL_GET Read UI-Specific Properties of Planning Resource .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I PLANRES_MAINT Maintain a Planning Resource .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I PLANRES_READ Read a Planning Resource .
IF_EX_IPPE_PLANRES I READ_COST_RESOURCE Reads CO Resoure Data .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I CTMENU_ADD System-Specific Enhancement of Context Menu .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I CTMENU_SELECT System-Specific Execution of Context Menu Operations .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I GET_DDIC_FIELD Read the DDIC Field for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I HELP_INFO_CALL F1 Help for Name of Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_ACTIVE Check whether connection to a production version exists .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_BUFFER_BACKUP Save Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_BUFFER_REFRESH Delete Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_BUFFER_RESTORE Restore Saved Buffer in Original Buffer .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_DELETE Delete a Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_GET_BY_RANGES Read the Production Versions By RANGES Tables .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_KEY_CONVERT Reads Internal Production Version Key for PPEGUID .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_MAINT Maintain a Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_MODEL_ADD Assignment of Model for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_MODEL_DEL Delete Model Assignment for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_MODEL_READ Reads Assigned Model for Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_ORDER_EXISTS Check whether orders exist for a production version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_READ Read a Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_READ_MULT Read Multiple Production Versions .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_RTO_ACTIVE Checks if PDS Connection Exists .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_RTO_DISPLAY PDS Display .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_RTO_GEN Generate Runtime Objects .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_RTO_STATUS_GET Reads Status of PDS and Corresponding Icon .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_SAVE Save the production versions .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_TEXT Read the texts for the production version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I PRODVER_USABLE_FOR_PPE Check whether production version can be used for iPPE .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I VALUE_INFO_CALL Search Help for Name of Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PRODVER I VERID_LENGTH Length of Name of Production Version .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I EKG Data Analysis and Correction .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I PS_ACTIVE Check whether connection to Project System exists .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I PS_CONVERT Conversion of Project Identification: Internal "-" External .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I PS_GET_BY_OBJECT Read the PS objects/data assigned to the iPPE object .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I PS_GET_BY_RANGES Read the assigned PS objects from the RANGES table .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS I PS_TRANSFER Transfer to Project System .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS_EXT I IPPE_PS_TRANSFER Transfer iPPE Information to Project System .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS_LINK I DELETE_IPPE_PS_LINK Delete IPPE PS link .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS_LINK I GET_SCREEN_INSTANCE Get subscreen program name and screen number .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS_LINK I PUT_DATA Set Data for Screen .
IF_EX_IPPE_PS_LINK I SAVE_DATA Save data of IPPE link with PS .
IF_EX_IPPE_SETUPGROUP I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check whether a setup group exists in a plant/location .
IF_EX_IPPE_SETUPGROUP I SETUPGROUP_ACTIVE Active setup group exists in system .
IF_EX_IPPE_STRUCT_MATCH I OBJ_MATCH_1 Matching Algorithm 1 for Comparison .
IF_EX_IPPE_STRUCT_MATCH I OBJ_MATCH_2 Matching Algorithm 2 for Comparison .
IF_EX_IPPE_SUPPLYAREA I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check whether the SA exists in a plant/location .
IF_EX_IPPE_SUPPLYAREA I HELP_INFO_CALL Starts the Online Documentation for Supply Area .
IF_EX_IPPE_SUPPLYAREA I SUPPLYAREA_ACTIVE Active SA exists in the system .
IF_EX_IPPE_SUPPLYAREA I SUPPLYAREA_READ Read a Supply Area .
IF_EX_IPPE_SUPPLYAREA I VALUE_INFO_CALL Starts the Input Help for Supply Area .
IF_EX_IPPE_TEXT I GET_TEXT Gets the appropriate texts for the fields .
IF_EX_IPPE_UITS I TS_SET_SCR_EXCL_TAB Transfer Screen Exclusion Table .
IF_EX_IPRM_CHECK_UPD_SCHED I CHECK_MHIO Check the Maintenance Call Objects .
IF_EX_IPRM_CHECK_UPD_SCHED I CHECK_MHIS Check the Schedule Dates .
IF_EX_IPRM_DIG_SIGNATURE I DIG_SIGNATURE_MAINT_ITEM Digital Signature for Maintenance Item .
IF_EX_IPRM_DIG_SIGNATURE I DIG_SIGNATURE_MAINT_PLAN Digital Signature for Maintenance Plan (Master Data) .
IF_EX_IPRM_DIG_SIGNATURE I DIG_SIGNATURE_MAINT_PLAN_SCHEDDigital Signature for Maintenance Plan (Scheduling) .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_DATE_I_PAST I PLANNED_DATE_PAST Plan Date in the Past .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_SCHE_CHANGE I CALC_COUNTER_READ_CYCLE Calculate Next Counter Reading for Performance-Based Cycle .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_SCHE_CHANGE I CALC_PLANNED_DATE_CYCLE Calculate Next Plan Date for Time-Based Cycle .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_SCHE_CHANGE I CALC_PLANNED_DATE_CYCLE_CR Calculate Next Plan Date for Performance-Based Cycle .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_SCHE_CHANGE I SET_REF_COUNTER_READ_CYCLE Set Start Counter Reading for Performance-Based Cycle .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_SCHE_CHANGE I SET_REF_TIMESTAMP_CYCLE Set Start Time for Time-Based Cycle .
IF_EX_IPRM_MCP_UPD_CALLOBJ I UPD_CALLED_CALL Adjust Plan/Basic Dates of Generated Call Objects .
IF_EX_IQS0_STATUS_MAINTAIN I SET_DISPLAY_FLAG Control of DISPLAY_ONLY Parameter for Status Maintenance .
IF_EX_IQS_MASS_CHANGE I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authority Check .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_ESCR_FRC_JIT I CHANGE_SELECTED_DATA Change Read Values Before Preparation in Smart Form .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_HSC_VAT I GET_VAT_RELEVANCE Controls the Sales Tax Relevance of the Handling Surcharge .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_MRER I CHANGE_DATA Change the Data per Settlement Item .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_MRER I CHANGE_HSC_VALUE Calculate the Surcharge Value .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_MRER I CHANGE_PREPARED_DATA Change the Header/Item Fields of the Invoice Document .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_MRER I CHANGE_SPLIT_LIMIT Split Limit for Document Selection .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_MRER I READ_REFERENCE_DATA Data Formatting and Check .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_REVALUATION I CHANGE_MESSAGE_TYPE Preparation for Results Log .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_REVALUATION I SELECT_DATA Selection of work list .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_REVALUATION_1 I CHECK_AMOUNT Method für Value Check .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_SUE_BACKLOG I CHANGE_DATA_DETLIST Change Data for Detail List .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_SUE_BACKLOG I CHANGE_DATA_OVLIST Change Data for Overview List .
IF_EX_ISAUTO_TOLERANCE I TOLERANCE_CHECK Tolerance Check .
IF_EX_ISHMED_APPVIEW_FIELD I FILL_FIELDS Appointment List: Fill Customer-Specific Fields .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I ASSIGN Link an Object with Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I CHECK Check Object-Specific Part of Definition .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I DO Execute Action .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I GET_INFO Base Item Information as MIME Object (e.g. HTML) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I PRINT Print Base Item Information .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I RESULT_TO_GENERICTAB Convert Result into Generic Table .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I SERIALIZE_RESULT Convert Result .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_ACT I TRANSPORT Create Object List for CTS .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_DEF I GET_INSTANCE_BASEITEM Read Instance of Base Item API in Maintenance Screen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_RES I DELETE Delete Result .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_RES I LOAD Load Result .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_RES I SAVE Save Result .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_USE I GET_WHERE_IS_USED Determine Use of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_USE I GET_WHERE_IS_USED_RUNTIME Determine Use of Base Item for Runtime .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BASEITEM_USE I GET_WHERE_IS_USED_RUNTIME_DEEPDetermine Use of Base Item for Runtime (Deep) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_COMPONENT I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_COMPONENT I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_COMPONENT I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_COMPONENT I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_CORDER I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_CORDER I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_CORDER I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_CORDER I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_DIAGNOSIS I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_DIAGNOSIS I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_DIAGNOSIS I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_DIAGNOSIS I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PATHWAY I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PATHWAY I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PATHWAY I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PATHWAY I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROBLEM I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROBLEM I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROBLEM I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROBLEM I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROCEDURE I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROCEDURE I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROCEDURE I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROCEDURE I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROGRESS I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROGRESS I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROGRESS I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_PROGRESS I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_SERVADM I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_SERVADM I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_SERVADM I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_SERVADM I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_TA I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_TA I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_TA I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_TA I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_URL I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_URL I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_URL I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_BIX_URL I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CASE_ASSIGN I DEFINE_CASE Define a Case for Case Assignment .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I CHECK Check Customizing .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I FINALIZE Finalize Object .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I GET Read data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I GET_CTS_OBJECTS Determine Transport Objects .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I IS_CHANGED Has the customizing changed? .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I IS_READONLY In Display Mode? .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I LOAD Load/Recreate Customizing, if Applicable .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I SAVE Save Customizing .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I SET Set data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I SET_READONLY Change Change/Display .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CAT_CUST I SUBMIT_CTS_FACADE Transfer Instance of CTS Fassade .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CDOKU_CALL I CHIRDOKU_CALL Data Transfer for Calling the Surgical Documentation .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CDOKU_RELEASE I CHIRDOKU_RELEASE Actions After Surgical Documentation Release .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CDOKU_SAVE I CHIRDOKU_SAVE Actions After Saving Surgical Documentation .
IF_EX_ISHMED_CHECK_CASE_VALID I CHECK_CASE_VALID Validity Check Case .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT I GET Get Document Content .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_IN_INITIALIZE I SET_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Transfer Content of a Received Document to the Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TITLEBAR I SET_TITLEBAR Setting Title of a Window .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I CHANGE_RECEIVED_STRUCTURED Modify Document Data on Receipt .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I CHANGE_RECEIVED_XML Modify XML Message on Receipt .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I CHANGE_SEND_STRUCTURED Modify Document Data Before Dispatch .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I CHANGE_SEND_XML Modify XML Message Before Dispatch .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I ON_DOCUMENT_ASSIGNED Event: Doc Was Assigend to a Patient and Created .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I ON_DOCUMENT_RECEIVED Event: Document Acceptance Completed (Poss. with Errors) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I ON_DOCUMENT_SENT Event: Document Transfer Completed .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DOC_TRANSFER I ON_RESPONSE_RECEIVED Event: Partner Confirmation Dispatched Doc Received .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DPLAUTH_CHECK I CHECK Check Day-Related Plan. Authority and Time Slot Modification.
IF_EX_ISHMED_DS_PMDDEVICES I CONVERT_DATE Convert Date from External to Internal Format .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DS_PMDDEVICES I CONVERT_TIME Convert Time from External to Internal Format .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DS_PMDDEVICES I PARSE_AND_MAP Format Examination Results for PMD .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DS_PMDDEVICES I PARSE_DATA Format Data from Device Interface .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DWS_CTX_VIEW I DISPLAY Display Output Area .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DWS_OPTIONS I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport from Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_DWS_OPTIONS I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport to Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_FALL_LIST I FILL_FIELD Fill "Medical Text" Field in Case List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_FO_PRINT I SET_PRINT_PARAMETER Set Printer Parameters for XSL:FO Printout .
IF_EX_ISHMED_FO_TRANSFORM I DO_TRANSFORMATION Execute Transformation .
IF_EX_ISHMED_FO_XML_DATA I ENHANCE_IMAGE_DATA Add Additional Screens .
IF_EX_ISHMED_FO_XML_DATA I ENHANCE_XML_DATA Enhance XML for XSL:FO Printout with Additional Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACTIVITY I AFTER_ACTIVITY Enhance After Execution of Activity .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACTIVITY I BEFORE_ACTIVITY Enhance Before Execution of Activity .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_BADI I ACTION Execute .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_DOC I AFTER_ACTION After Editing Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_DOC I AFTER_REDO After Repeated Execution .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_DOC I BEFORE_ACTION Before Editing Documents .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_DOC I BEFORE_REDO Before Repeated Execution .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_REQ I AFTER_ACTION After Creating Request (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_REQ I AFTER_ACTION_REDO After Creating Request (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_REQ I BEFORE_ACTION Before Creating Request (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_REQ I BEFORE_ACTION_REDO Before Creating Request (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SC I AFTER_ACTION After SAPscript Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SC I AFTER_ACTION_REDO After SAPscript Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SC I BEFORE_ACTION Before SAPscript Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SC I BEFORE_ACTION_REDO Before SAPscript Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SF I AFTER_ACTION After Smart Forms Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SF I AFTER_ACTION_REDO After Smart Forms Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SF I BEFORE_ACTION Before Smart Forms Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_SF I BEFORE_ACTION_REDO Before Smart Forms Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_WO I AFTER_ACTION After Work Organizer Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_WO I AFTER_ACTION_REDO After Work Organizer Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_WO I BEFORE_ACTION Before Work Organizer Print (First Time) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_ACT_WO I BEFORE_ACTION_REDO Before Work Organizer Print (Repeated) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_CASE I SELECT_CURRENT Select Current Case .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_COMVIEW I BUILD_COMMENT_VIEW_DD Create Display of Released Comments .
IF_EX_ISHMED_GL_PATINFO I GET_TEXT Return User Text .
IF_EX_ISHMED_LTE_FILL_TAG I FILL_TAG Fill Tag from DB .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MBS_UPD_TAB I SET_STATUS_DOC Set the Document Status .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MBS_UPD_TAB I SET_STATUS_FLD Set the Status of the Field in the Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_ACT_CHECK I CHECK Check Following Activation Mode Change .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_ACT_SAVE I PREALLOCATE Preset Attributes at Creation .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_ACT_SAVE I SAVE Save Changed Activation Mode .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_CALL_PRPRI I AFTER_PRINT Method After Print Was Executed .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_CALL_PRPRI I BEFORE_ADMINISTER Method Before Events Were Administered .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_CALL_PRPRI I BEFORE_DIALOG Method for Presetting/Deactivating Dialog .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_CALL_PRPRI I BEFORE_PRINT Method Before Print Prescription Was Executed .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_DRUG_SEARCH I EXECUTE_SEARCH Override Drug Search .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_DRUG_SUBST I SEARCH_ALTERNATIVE Find Alternatives .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_DRUG_SUBST I SEARCH_OTHER_PKGSIZE Find Same Drug, Different Container Size .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXPRESNR I GET_EXPRESNR Fill External Number .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_CHANGE_ORD I CHANGE_ORDER Display or Change Orders .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_COPY_ORDER I COPY_ORDER Copy Orders .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_END_ORDER I END_ORDER End Orders .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_EXTD_ORDER I EXTEND_ORDER Extend Orders .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_ORDER_AUTH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization for Specific Function .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_EXT_SUSP_ORDER I SUSPEND_ORDER Suspend Orders .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FORM_CHECK I CHECK Check Drug .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FORM_FLAGS I GET_FORMULARY_FLAGS Determine Control Flag for Dialog and Data Transfer .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MAINDET I MODIFY_SCREEN Modification of Screen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MENU I CUSTOMER_FNC_1 Customer Function 1 for Drug Administration .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MENU I CUSTOMER_FNC_2 Customer Function 2 for Drug Administration .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MENU I CUSTOMER_FNC_3 Customer Function 3 for Drug Administration .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MONOURL I FINALIZE Finalize Object .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_MONOURL I GET_URL Create URL .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_SEARCH I IS_SEARCH_REPLACED Check Whether Entire Search Is to Be Replaced .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_SEARCH I SEARCH Find .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER01 I PROZESS_PAI Start at PAI Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER01 I PROZESS_PBO Start at PBO Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER01 I SAVE Save User-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER02 I PROZESS_PAI Start at PAI Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER02 I PROZESS_PBO Start at PBO Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER02 I SAVE Save User-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER03 I PROZESS_PAI Start at PAI Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER03 I PROZESS_PBO Start at PBO Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USER03 I SAVE Save Own Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USERL1 I PROZESS_PAI Start at PAI Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_FO_USERL1 I PROZESS_PBO Start at PBO Time .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IMP_AGENT I LOAD_UPDATE_DATA Read UPDATE Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IMP_BDCC I LOAD_DATA_1 Read External Drugs and Their Agents 1 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IMP_BDCC I LOAD_DATA_2 Read External Drugs and Their Agents 2 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IMP_BDCC I LOAD_DATA_3 Read External Drugs and Their Agents 3 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_AVCHECK I CHECK_AVAILABLE_IN_MM Check Whether Drug Is Available in Storage .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_AVCHECK I CHECK_BY_MATNR Check Availability with Material Number etc .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CH_PREP I MODIFY_ALV_BAGS Modify Grid Information of Bag .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CH_PREP I MODIFY_ALV_PREPARATIONS Modify Grid Information of Preparation .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CH_RES I CHANGE_DEL_RESERVATION Change or Delete Reservations in MM .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CO_CANC I CANCEL_CO_POSTING Cancel CO Posting .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CO_CANC I CANCEL_GOODS_ISSUE_POSTING Cancel Goods Issue Posting .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CO_POST I TRANSFER_CO_POSTING Transfer Costs from Cost Center to Case .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CR_GMVT I CREATE_GOODSMOVEMENT Create Goods Movement .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CR_MM I CREATE_ASSIGN Assign or Create Material Master for Drug .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_CR_RES I CREATE_RESERVATION Create Reservations in MM .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_DT_FSOU I DETERMINATE_FILLSOURCE Determine Collection Location .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_EX_CALC I CALCULATE Calculate Drug Quantity External .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_1 Customer Function 1 for Infusions .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_2 Customer Function 2 for Infusions .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_3 Customer Function 3 for Infusions .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_4 Customer Function 1 for Compounds .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_5 Customer Function 2 for Compounds .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_FNC_PRP I CUSTOMER_FNC_6 Customer Function 3 for Compounds .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_IM_LABEL I PRINT_LABEL Output Label for Drug .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_ORDERDESCR I CHANGE_ORDERDESCR Change of Description of Order .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_ORDER_PURP I DEFAULT_PURPOSE Preset Purpose of Order .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PICK_FILLL I CHANGE_HEADER Change Header of Pick List/Fill List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PICK_FILLL I CHANGE_ITEM Change Items of Pick List/Fill List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PICK_FILLL I CHANGE_TITLE Define Header for Pick List/Fill List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_CHECK I AFTER_LIST After Selection Screen Display .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_CHECK I BEFORE_LIST Before Selection Screen Display .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_DATA I MODIFY_DATA Change Data Table .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_PRINT I PRINT Print List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_PRINT_L I PRINT Print Labels .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_SELECT I CHECK_VALUES Check Values of Selection Screen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_SELECT I IS_SELECT_REPLACED Replace Entire Data Selection? .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_SELECT I MODIFY_SCREEN Modify Selection Screen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_SELECT I MODIFY_VALUES Changes Data of Selection Screen .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PL_SELECT I SELECT Modify/Execute Data Selection .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PRSC_DOC I GET_DOC_CATEGORY Define Country-Specific Doc Type and Doc Type Vers .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PRSC_DOC I GET_GROUPING MEEVTID Distribution to Documents .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PRSC_DOC I SYNCHRONIZE Adjustment Between Event and Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_PRSC_PRN I PRINT Print .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCHCPOE I MODIFY_FIELDS Modify Display Fields in Search .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCHCPOE I SEARCH External Drug Search .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_BDC I IS_SEARCH_REPLACED Check Whether Entire Search Is to Be Replaced .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_BDC I PROZESS_PAI -- Do not Use Anymore -- .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_BDC I PROZESS_PBO -- Do not Use Anymore -- .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_BDC I SEARCH Find in BDC .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_EXT I CALL_BROWSER Calls a Browser .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_PBO I PROZESS_PAI Enhance Selection Screen with Own Fields .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARCH_PBO I PROZESS_PBO Enhance Selection Screen with Own Fields .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARC_TMPL I CREATE_SEARCH_FIELD Create Additional Search Field .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARC_TMPL I HANDLE_F1_HELP_BTN Handling Routine for F1 Help Button .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARC_TMPL I HANDLE_F4_HELP_BTN Handling Routine for Input Help (F4) Button .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARC_TMPL I HANDLE_SEL_OPT_BTN Handling Routine for Further Selection Options Button .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_SEARC_TMPL I SEARCH Search .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_WP_015 I DESTROY Deconstructing View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_WP_015 I FUNCTION Call Customer-Specific Functions .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_WP_015 I SELECTION_BEGIN Call BEFORE Standard Selection .
IF_EX_ISHMED_ME_WP_015 I SELECTION_END Call AFTER Standard Selection .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_AUTH_CHECK I AUTH_CHECK_CANCEL Check Whether Recipient may be Canceled .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_AUTH_CHECK I AUTH_CHECK_SEND Check Whether Document may be Sent .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_BCS I CHANGE_MESSAGE_TEXTS Overwrite Message Texts .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_BCS I CHANGE_SENDER Overwrite Default Sender .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_BCS I SET_FLAGS Define Dispatch Attributes .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_CONVERTER I CONVERT_DOCUMENT Convert a Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_DISPATCHER I CHECK Check Recipient Data for Validity .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_DISPATCHER I PREVIEW_DOCUMENT Preview of Document to be Sent .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_DISPATCHER I SEND_DOCUMENT Document Sending .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_MODIFY_BUTTONS I HANDLE_TOOLBAR_BUTTON_CLICK Click on a Button in the Handle Toolbar .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_MODIFY_BUTTONS I HANDLE_TOOLBAR_DROPDOWN Expand a Drop-Down Button in the Handle Toolbar .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_MODIFY_BUTTONS I MODIFY_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Modify Toolbar of Recipient List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_PREALLOC I PREALLOC_ADDRESS_FIELDS Preset Address Fields .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_PREALLOC I PREALLOC_RECIPIENT_LIST Preset Recipient List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_PREALLOC I PREALLOC_TEXT_FIELDS Preset Free Text Fields .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I CHECK Check Recipient Data for Validity .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I PREALLOCATE Preset Recipient Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I SAVED Event: Recipient was Saved .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I SHOW_DIALOG Enhancement Option for Recipient-Specific Detail Dialog .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I UPDATE Update Recipient Data .
IF_EX_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I VALUE_HELP Offer Input Help .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PATSEARCH I CRITERIA_SET Set Search Criteria .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PCTOOLS_BEGIN I START Before PC DOcument is Called .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PCTOOLS_END I START After PC Document is Called .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PMD_TO_XML I WORK_ON_DATA Data Postprocessing .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PREFETCHING I PREFETCH_LEISTUNGEN Prefetching Algorithm .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PROC_DIA_ENCD I ENCODE_DIAG_PROCEDURES External Combined Diagnosis / Procedure Coding .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PROC_ENCODING I ENCODE_PROCEDURES External Procedure Coding .
IF_EX_ISHMED_PROC_ENC_HITL I ENCODE_PROCEDURES_HITL External Procedure Coding via Hit List .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I MAP Assigns IS-H*MED RAD Attributes to Def. Structure .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CANCEL_SERVICE Cancel Service .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CHANGESTATE_CORDPOS Convert Item Status in Clinical Order .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CHANGE_CASE Create Case Reference for Services with Appointment .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CHECK_TREATMENT Treat Patient (Check) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CHECK_UNDO_RESOLVE_SERVICES Reverse Replacement .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I CREATE_SERVICES Create Services with Case and Appt Reference .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I QUIT_SERVICE Perform/Release Service .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I RESOLVE_SERVICE Replace Service .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I SAVE_APPOINTMENT Appt Allocation for Case-Related Services .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_BASE I SAVE_TREATMENT Treat Patient (Save) .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_CONVERT I CONVERT Convet a Value into Target Format .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_EXAMVIEW I GET_EXAM_STATUS_TABLE Get Standard Table of Status for Exam Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_GEN_UID I GENERATE_STUDY_IUID Generates study instance UID .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_LSTUDY I LOAD_STUDY Load Study .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_LS_EXE I START Start the Program .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_LS_URL I START Start the Browser .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_MPPS_PROC I PROCESS Processing of MPPS Object .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_PA_EXSTAT I PROCESS Process something on Filter RadExam Status .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_RESULTDTA I GET_EVTTYPE_DATA Return Attrib-Value-List of Filtered Event Type .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_SPWL I SEND_WORKLIST RAD: Transmit Worklist Entries with Your Tools .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_STUDYID I GENERATE_STUDY_ID Generate Study Ident .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_STUDY_EVT I GET_EVTTYPE_DATA Return Attrib-Value-List of Filtered Event Type .
IF_EX_ISHMED_RAD_WLDETAILS I SHOW_ITEM_DETAILS Display Radiological Examination Details .
IF_EX_ISHMED_SEL_FOR_FALLB I EXECUTE Restrict Data Displayed in Selection Popup .
IF_EX_ISHMED_TGPL_COLHEAD I ASSIGN_COLHEADER Create Column Headers .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_ITEMSAVE I READ Reads Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_ITEMSAVE I SAVE Saves Item .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I CHECK Checks Consistency of Progress Entry Objects .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I CLOSE Process when Closing Entry .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I GET_DATA Read Data from Progress Entry Object .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I OPEN Process when Opening Entry .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I SET_DATA Set Data in Progress Entry Object .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_NOTE_INPUT I SET_DISPLAY_MODE Set Display or Edit Mode .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I ADD_NOTE Add Progress Entry to PD View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I CLEAR Delete PD View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I FINALIZE Finalize .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I PRINT Print PD View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I REFRESH Refresh and Display PD View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VD_VIEW I SEARCH Find Progress Entry or Text in PD View .
IF_EX_ISHMED_VISITSEQ_CHEC I CHECK Check Visits and Services in Visit Sequence .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_01_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS01 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_01_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD01 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_02_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS02 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_02_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD02 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_03_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS03 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_03_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD03 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_04_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS04 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_04_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD04 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_05_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS05 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_05_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD05 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_06_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS06 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_06_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD06 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_07_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS07 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_07_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD07 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_08_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS08 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_08_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD08 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_09_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS09 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_09_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD09 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_10_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS10 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_10_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD10 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_11_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS11 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_11_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD11 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_12_DIS Execute Function Code +DIS12 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORDCONTAINER I DO_FUNCTION_CODE_12_MOD Execute Function Code +MOD12 .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORD_DOCTYP I SET_BUTTONS Activate Pushbutton Bar .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORD_SAVE I SAVE After Saving WordContainer Document .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORD_UPD I UPDATE_DOCUMENT Call Occurs Before Document Appears .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WORKLIST I GET_SERVICES IS-H*MED RAD: Get the Services for the Worklist .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WP_DOC I CHANGE_SELECT_CRITERIA Change Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WP_DOC I EXIT_DISPLAY Change Data Display .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WP_DOC I EXIT_FUNCTION Override Functions, Customer-Specific Functions .
IF_EX_ISHMED_WP_DOC I SELECTION Make Selection .
IF_EX_ISH_API_PREREQUISITS I CHECK_PREREQUISITS Check Prerequisites Prior to API/BAPI Call .
IF_EX_ISH_APPT_EXT I GET_MAX_PERIOD_APPTS Determine Default and Maximum Values Appt List Ext. Phy. .
IF_EX_ISH_BED_PLANNING I BED_PLANNING Bed Scheduling .
IF_EX_ISH_BP_CHECK I BP_DATA_CHECK Check General Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_CUSTOMER I CHANGE Modify the PCS Data .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_EXTRACT I GET_BILL_KEY_FIGURES Determine Billing Key Figures .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_EXTRACT I GET_MD_KEY_FIGURES Determine Medical Documentation Key Figures .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_EXTRACT I GET_OTHER_KEY_FIGURES Determine Other Key Figures .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_EXTRACT I PREPARE_ENRICH Data Selection for Derivation .
IF_EX_ISH_BW_PCS_EXTRACT I SET_REF_DATE Determine Reference Date .
IF_EX_ISH_CASCAT_SELECTION I CHANGE_SELECTION Modification of Case Category Selection .
IF_EX_ISH_CASELIST_CASEFLD I GET_CASE_FIELD Add Case Level User Field to Case List .
IF_EX_ISH_CASELIST_CASEFLD I GET_CASE_FIELD_TITLE Add Case Level User Field Title to Case List .
IF_EX_ISH_CASELIST_MVMTFLD I GET_MVMT_FIELD Add Movement Level User Field to Case List .
IF_EX_ISH_CASELIST_MVMTFLD I GET_MVMT_FIELD_TITLE Add Movement Level User Field Title to Case List .
IF_EX_ISH_CONTRACT_MAXIMUM I MAXIMUM_COMPUTE Calculate Maximum Amount .
IF_EX_ISH_COPAY_REPAY I REPAY_POSTED Information that Repayment Was Posted .
IF_EX_ISH_COPAY_TRANSFER I CHANGE Change Document Structure .
IF_EX_ISH_DE_DRG_SC_FOREIG I SET_FOREIGNER_FLAG Disable DRG System Surcharge for Foreign Cases .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CUST I CHANGE Change Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CUST I CHECK Check Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CUST I CREATE Create Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CVERS I CHANGE Change Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CVERS I CHECK Check Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CVERS I CHECK_DOCVIEW Check Diagnoses of a Department .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CVERS I CHECK_GLOBAL Check All Diagnoses for a Case .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CVERS I CREATE Create Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_DCOD I RNDIA_DCOD Transfer of Diagnostic Coding .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I COPY Copy a Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I OVERVIEW Change Diagnosis Overview .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I RNDIA_BLANK Default Values for New Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I RNDIA_CHANGE Change Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I RNDIA_CREATE Create Diagnosis .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_NP61 I SECTION_TEXT Change Short Text for Department Stay .
IF_EX_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_SORT I DEFAULT Change Default Sort Sequence .
IF_EX_ISH_DOP_DEDUCTION I CHECK_DEDUCTION Decide Whether Down Payment to Be Deducted .
IF_EX_ISH_DRGCASE_CHECK I DRG_BILLING_RELEVANT Is the Case Relevant for DRG Billing According to KHEntgG .
IF_EX_ISH_EDI_WORKLIST I MODIFY_ALV_DATA Modififies Data of ALV Display .
IF_EX_ISH_ERROR_DRG I TEST DRG Is Checked for Error DRG .
IF_EX_ISH_EXTPATID I TEST Test External Patient ID .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF01 I RNF01_APP_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF01 for Provisional Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF01 I RNF01_CHANGE Change FORM Structure RNF01 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF01 I RNF01_EBILL_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF01 for Estimated Invoice .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF02 I RNF02_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF02 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF03 I RNF031_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF031 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF03 I RNF032_CHANGE Fill FORM Strucure RNF032 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF03 I RNF03_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF03 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF04 I RNF04_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF04 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF05 I RNF05_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF05 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF06 I RNF06_AMB_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF06 for Outpatient Movements .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF06 I RNF06_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF06 for Inpatient Admission .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF07 I RNF071_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF071 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF07 I RNF072_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF072 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF07 I RNF073_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF073 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF07 I RNF07_AMB_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF07 for Outpatient Case .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF07 I RNF07_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF07 for Inpatient (Day Patient) Case .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF08 I RNF081_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF081 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF08 I RNF082_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF082 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF08 I RNF08_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF08 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF09 I RNF09_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF09 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF10 I RNF10_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF10 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF111_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF111 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF112_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF112 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF113_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF113 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF114_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF114 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF115_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF115 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF116_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF116 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF116_CHANGE_SAMRE Fill FORM Structure RNF116 (Collective Invoice) .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF11 I RNF11_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF111 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF12 I RNF12_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF12 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF13 I RNF13_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF13 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF14 I RNF14_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF14 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF15 I RNF15_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF15 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF16 I RNF16_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF16 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF17 I RNF17_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF17 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF18 I RNF18_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF18 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF30 I RNF30_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF30 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF30 I RNF62_CHANGE Chang Form Structure RNF62 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF30 I RNF64_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF64 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF34 I RNF34_CHANGE Change FOrm Structure RNF34 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF35 I RNF35_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF35 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF36 I RNF36_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF36 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF37 I RNF37_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF37 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF38 I RNF38_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF38 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF40 I RNF40_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF40 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF41 I RNF41_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF41 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF44 I RNF44_CHANGE Change FOrm Structure RNF44 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF47 I RNF47_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF47 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF48 I RNF48_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF48 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF49 I RNF49_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF49 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF54 I RNF54_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF54 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF55 I RNF55_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF55 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF56 I RNF56_CHANGE Change Form Stucture RNF56 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF57 I RNF57_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF57 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF58 I RNF58_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF58 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF59 I RNF59_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF59 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF60 I RNF60_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF60 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF61 I RNF61_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF61 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF67 I RNF67_CHANGE Change Form Structure RNF67 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNF68 I RNF68_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNF68 .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNFKSR I RNFKSR_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNFKSR .
IF_EX_ISH_FILL_RNFP2S I RNFP2SE_CHANGE Fill FORM Structure RNFP2SE .
IF_EX_ISH_GET_DIAGNOSIS I GET_ADDITIONAL_DIAGNOSIS Determine Additional Diagnoses .
IF_EX_ISH_HCO_COLLECTIVE_ORDER I CHANGE_COLLECTIVE_ORDER Change the Proposed Collective Order Number .
IF_EX_ISH_INIT_MD_STATUS I INIT_STATUS_MED_DOCU Initialize Case Status of Medical Basic Documentation .
IF_EX_ISH_INSREL_CASE_SAVE I CHANGES_NCIR Which Data Has Changed in NCIR .
IF_EX_ISH_INVOICE_CHECK I INVOICE_CHECK Check Invoice Creation .
IF_EX_ISH_INV_CANCEL_CHK_1 I CANCEL_ALLOWED_CHECK Check if Invoice Cancellation is Allowed. .
IF_EX_ISH_IR_DEFAULT_UNTGR I IR_DEFAULT_UNTGR Fill Default Value for Field "untgr" from Current IR .
IF_EX_ISH_MD_PROOF I CHECK Check Consistency .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_CONS_CO_PREP I CHANGE Change Line Item .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_DOCTYPE I FIND_DOCTYPE Determine Procurement/Document Type .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_EXT_INQUIRY I GET_MATREQ Start External Search .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_MAT_PRICE I DETERM_MATPRICE Determination of the Material Price .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_STORL2MMDOC I CHECK Check Event when Creating/Changing Material Requisition .
IF_EX_ISH_MM_STORL2MMDOC I PRE_UPD Event Before Posting MM Document .
IF_EX_ISH_NONSPECIFIC_DIAG I TEST Test for Non-Specificity .
IF_EX_ISH_NONSPECIFIC_PROC I TEST Test for Non-Specificity .
IF_EX_ISH_NPAP_TO_NPAT I MOVE_NPAP_TO_NPAT Reassign Data of a Provisional Patient to a Real Patient .
IF_EX_ISH_NPDRG2_FINAL_CHK I FINAL_SCREEN_CHECK Check All Data that Is Relevant for Grouping .
IF_EX_ISH_NPR2_RNF01 I RNF01_CHANGE Change RNF01 .
IF_EX_ISH_NREDOMA I CHECK Check Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISH_NREDOMA I GET Read Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISH_NREDOMA I MODIFY Processing of Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISH_NV2000_CASTYPCHG I TEST Test Patient Data at Case Type Change .
IF_EX_ISH_NV2000_PAI I TEST Test Data of Single Subscreens (EnjoySAP Admission) .
IF_EX_ISH_NV2000_PAI_COMPL I TEST Test Complete Data of Clinical Process Builder .
IF_EX_ISH_NV2000_PBO I MODIFY_DATA Preset Subscreen Fields by Changing Proposed Data .
IF_EX_ISH_NV2000_REN_TABPG I RENAME_TABPAGE Dynamic Assignment of NV2000 Tab Page Texts .
IF_EX_ISH_P21_TRANSFER I GET_P21_ENT Individual Data Determination P21 File ENGELTE .
IF_EX_ISH_P21_TRANSFER I GET_P21_FAB Individual Data Determination §21 File FAB .
IF_EX_ISH_P21_TRANSFER I GET_P21_FALL Individual Data Determination §21 File FALL .
IF_EX_ISH_P21_TRANSFER I GET_P21_ICD Individual Data Determination §21 File ICD .
IF_EX_ISH_P21_TRANSFER I GET_P21_OPS Individual Data Determination §21 File OPS .
IF_EX_ISH_PAT_HTML_HEADER I CHANGE Reorganize Patient Header Data .
IF_EX_ISH_PAYDIST_INSREL I DETERMINE_COVERAGE Determination of the Coverage of Days .
IF_EX_ISH_PAYDIST_INSREL I REQUIREMENTS_HEADER Specific Requirements for Contract Schemes (Header Level) .
IF_EX_ISH_PAYDIST_INSREL I REQUIREMENTS_ITEM Specific Requirements for Contract Schemes (Item Level) .
IF_EX_ISH_PAYDIST_INSREL I SERVICE_FILTER Service Filter for Contract Scheme .
IF_EX_ISH_PAYDIST_INSREL I SORT_INSURANCES Insurance Relationship Sort Sequence .
IF_EX_ISH_PICKLIST_000001 I HEADER_CHANGE Change Header Data .
IF_EX_ISH_PICKLIST_000001 I ITEM_CHANGE Change Item Data .
IF_EX_ISH_PICKLIST_000001 I LIST_HEAD Define List Header of Pick List .
IF_EX_ISH_PICKLIST_000002 I GOODS_ISSUE_CHANGE Change Goods Issues .
IF_EX_ISH_PLANNING_CHECK I CHECK Check an Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_PLANNING_CHECK_CHG I CHECK_CHANGES Check for Changes to an Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_PLANNING_PREALLOC I PREALLOC Preset an Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_PLANNING_SAVE I SAVE Save an Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_PREREG_CHANGE I EXIT_STATUS_SET Change Data (e.g. Waiting List Data) of Clinical Order .
IF_EX_ISH_PRICING_FIELDS I FIELDS_FILL Fill Customer-Specific Pricing Fields .
IF_EX_ISH_PRINT_INVOICE I PRINT_STRUCTURES_MODIFY Modify Print Structures .
IF_EX_ISH_PRINT_OPEN_FORM I OPTIONS_CHANGE Changen SAPScript Options for OPEN_FORM .
IF_EX_ISH_PROCEDURE_ADJUST I OFFICIAL_CREATE Generate an Official Procedure Code from a Qty-Based Code .
IF_EX_ISH_PROCEDURE_CHECK I PROCEDURE_CHECK Check Procedure Data .
IF_EX_ISH_PROCEDURE_PROPOS I PROPOSALS_CHANGE Change Default Values for Procedures (Date, Indicators, etc).
IF_EX_ISH_PROCEDURE_SORT I PROCEDURE_SORT Sort Procedures of a Case for Display .
IF_EX_ISH_READ_TNFAS I READ_FAS Determination of a Department Status .
IF_EX_ISH_RESPIRATION_PROC I TEST Definition SP Codes for Mechanical Ventilation .
IF_EX_ISH_REV_ASSIGNMENT I REV_ASSIGM_SET Disable Revenue Assignment for Invoice Item .
IF_EX_ISH_RNZUZBI1_SORT I CASES_SORT Sort Cases to Be Processed .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICEFORM I CONVERT_INPUT Convert Form Input .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICEFORM I INIT_FORM Initialize HTML Form .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICEFORM I INIT_FORM_TITLE Initialize Form Title .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICE_DPD I FIND_DEPARTMENTAL_PER_DIEM IS-H: Determine Departmental Per Diem .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICE_ENTRY I MODIFY_INPUT Modification of Data Input .
IF_EX_ISH_SERVICE_MOVEMENT I MOVEMENT_DATA_DETERMINE Determine Movement Data for a Service .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I BUILD_TREE Case Revision - Build Tree for Display .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I CHANGE_DESTINATION_FIELDS Case Revision - Change Parameters for Target Objects .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I CHECK_DATA Case Revision - Check Results .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I CLEAN_UP Case Revision - Processing after COMMIT .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I MODIFY_DATA Case Revision - Process Data .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I SELECT_DATA Case Revision - Data Selection .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I SET_EXPAND Case Revision - Expand Behavior .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CUS I SET_TREE_PARAMETER Case Revision - Selection Behavior .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CV I BUILD_TREE Case Revision - Build Tree for Display .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CV I CHECK_DATA Case Revision - Check Results .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CV I CLEAN_UP Case Revision - Processing after COMMIT .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CV I MODIFY_DATA Case Revision - Process Data .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_CV I SELECT_DATA Case Revision - Data Selection .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I BUILD_TREE Case Revision - Build Tree for Display .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I CHECK_DATA Case Revision - Check Results .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I CLEAN_UP Case Revision - Processing after COMMIT .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I MODIFY_DATA Case Revision - Process Data .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I SELECT_DATA Case Revision - Data Selection .
IF_EX_ISH_SHIFT_PROPMED I TREE_INFO Case Revision - Transfer Information from Tree .
IF_EX_ISH_SPECIALCODE_PROC I TEST Test for Special ICPM Code of a Procedure .
IF_EX_ISH_SURGERY_DRG I TEST DRG Is Checked for Surgery DRG .
IF_EX_ISH_TIMESLOT_CHANGE I CHECK_NEW_TIMESLOT Check New Time Slot when Appointment Moved .
IF_EX_ISH_TIMESLOT_CHANGE I MODIFY_TIMESLOTS Change the Time Slots for the Open Time Slot Search .
IF_EX_ISH_TIMESLOT_TXT I MODIFY_TIMESLOT_TEXT Change Text of Time Slot/Appointment .
IF_EX_ISH_TREATMENT_DETERM I TREATMENT_DETERMINATION Determine Treatment Type .
IF_EX_ISH_UNIRETCASE_PROC I CHANGE_PROC Determination of the Procedures to Be Displayed .
IF_EX_ISH_UPGRADE_DRG I TEST DRG Is Checked for Higher Valuated DRG .
IF_EX_ISH_VRGNG_CHECK I CHECK Check the Business Transaction .
IF_EX_ISH_VRGNG_SERV_BILL I CHECK_SERV Check if Services Allowed for Billing .
IF_EX_ISH_WP_PREREG_VIEW I EXIT_DISPLAY Customer-Specific Data Display in Preregistration Views .
IF_EX_ISH_WP_PREREG_VIEW I EXIT_FUNCTION Customer-Specifc Function Execution in Preregistration Views.
IF_EX_ISH_WP_VIEW_FUNC I FUNCTION_CALL Customer-Specific Function Execution in CWS Views .
IF_EX_ISH_WP_VIEW_TITLE I MODIFY_TITLE Change Title .
IF_EX_ISH_WP_VW123_COLUMN I MODIFY Modify Occupancy/Arrival/Departure Views .
IF_EX_ISH_WP_VW123_FUNC I FUNCTION Customer-Specific Function Execution in Occupancy Views .
IF_EX_ISMSECONTRACTACTIVAT I SET_DISPLAY_DATE Set Trial Period in Order .
IF_EX_ISM_ADDR_CHECK_LIST I CITY_OUTPUT Change Display for Cities .
IF_EX_ISM_ADDR_CHECK_LIST I POBOX_OUTPUT Change Display for PO Boxes .
IF_EX_ISM_ADDR_CHECK_LIST I STREET_OUTPUT Change Display for Streets .
IF_EX_ISM_ADDR_SYNC I ADDRESS_AFTER_SYNC Transfer Address for Synchronization .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ADCONT_VALIDATE I TRIGGER_VALIDATION Trigger Ad Content Validation .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ADSIZE_SPLIT I GET_PRICE_REL_UOM Determine Price-Relevant Unit of Measure .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ADSIZE_SPLIT I GET_SPLIT_MESSAGE_TYPE Message Type for Ad Size Distribution Messages .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ADSIZE_SPLIT I GET_TOTAL_AD_SIZE Calculate Ad Size .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_AGENCY_ADVERT_REL I CHECK_ORDER_BLOCK Check Order Lock .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BILLDOC_BAPI I BAPI_GETDET_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameter in BAPI Used to Read Billing Document .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BILLDOC_BAPI I BAPI_GETLIST_ADD_SELECTS Additional Selections in BAPI Used to Select Billing Docs .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BOOKUNIT_BAPI I BAPI_GETDET_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameters in BAPI for Reading Booking Unit .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BUILD_SERIE I BUILD_SERIE Series Creation for the Billing Dataset .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BUILD_SERIE I BUILD_SERIE_ALL Cross-Item Series Creation for the Billing Dataset .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BUILD_SERIE I GET_SERIES_RULE Series Rule Determination for the Billing Dataset .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BU_ENHANCEMENT I FILL_BILLING_INTERFACE Enter Profit Center and Cost Center in Billing Item .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_BU_ENHANCEMENT I FILL_REVENUE_RECOGNITION_MAM Enter PRCTR and KOSTL in Revenue Object Document Item .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_COAEXT_BAPI I BEFORE_SAVE Enhance AdMgmtCOAExt.Save Interface .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_COAEXT_BAPI I FILTEROBJECTS Enter Customer Filter Objects from Contract Header .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_COAEXT_BAPI I WITH_TEXTS Export New/Changed Contracts with Short Texts? .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_COA_BAPI I BAPI_GETLIST_ADD_SELECTS Additional Selections in BAPI Used to Select Contracts .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTCOMP_BAPI I BAPI_GETDET_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameters in BAPI for Reading Content Comp. .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTCOMP_BAPI I BAPI_GETLIST_ADD_SELECTS Fill Output Parameters in BAPI for Reading Content Comp. .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTRACT I COMPRESS_KOLNR Map Several Access Numbers to a KOMP Substructure .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTRACT I FILL_PRICE_SETTLEMENT Fill Price Fields in Contract Settlement .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTRACT I SCALE_BASE_COMM Fill Price Fields from Scale Base Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTRACT_NUMBER I GET_NEXT_NUMBER Determine Next Contract Number .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CONTR_ASSIGNMENT I UPDATE_ASSIGNMENT Change Contract Assignment .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_CVV_HANDLING I CLEAR_CVV_AFTER_AUTH Delete Card Verification Value Following Authorization .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I CONVERT_DL_TO_USER_TIMEZONE Convert Order Deadline to User's Time Zone .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I DEADLINE_ACTION_ON_CANCEL Check Order Deadline if a Cancellation Takes Place .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I DEADLINE_ACTION_ON_CHANGES Check Order Deadline if Changes Are Made .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I DETERMINE_DEADLINE Calculate Order Deadline .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I DETERMINE_DL_DISABLE_BUTTONS Deactivate Buttons .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I DETERMINE_DL_DISABLE_FIELDS Determine Fields to be Locked .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I ENABLE_DL_STATUS_CHAR Modify Status Field Attribute .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I GET_DL_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Import Order Deadline Data .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I REFRESH_ACCESS_DATA Refresh Buffered Tables .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_DEADLINE_MGMT I SET_DL_DATA_TO_SCREEN Display Order Deadline Data .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_FI_DOC_ENHANCEMNT I PASS_ADV_TO_BILLINGDOC Transfer Advertiser in Agency Order to Billing Document .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_FI_DOC_ENHANCEMNT I PASS_ADV_TO_FIDOC Transfer Advertiser in Agency Order to FI .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_FI_DOC_ENHANCEMNT I SET_SPLIT_CRIT_AT_CNTRCT_SETTLPopulate Split Criterion for Contract Settlement .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_HEIGHT_ROUNDING I APPLY_ROUNDING_RULES Use rounding rule .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_HOLIDAY I RETRIEVE_HOLIDAY_ID Read Public Holiday Information .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_HOLIDAY I RETRIEVE_HOLIDAY_TEXT Read Public Holiday Text .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_IAC_GET_LINE I ORDER_LIST_LINE_GET Define Selected Line .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_IND_SECTOR_ADV I TRANSFER_INDUSTRY_SECTOR Transfer Industry Sector for Item to Advertiser Assignment .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_INHK_KLEV1 I CHANGE_TABLE Change Entire Table .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_INHK_KLEV1 I CHANGE_TEXT Change Content Component Text .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ITA I AFTER_AD_DESIGN After Accessing Text Entry/Ad Design .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_JHA6_SELECT I ORDER_ITEM_SELECT Select Order Items .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MAN_SL_GENERATION I ACTIVATE_BAPI_FIELDS Check Whether Manual Schedule Lines Can Be Modified .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MAN_SL_GENERATION I ACTIVATE_SCREENFIELDS Perform Screen Modification .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MAN_SL_GENERATION I SET_CHANGEABILITY Allow Content Components to be Modified .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MAN_SL_GENERATION I SET_MAN_SCHED_LINE_CHANGABLE Allow Manual Schedule Lines to be Modified .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MIN_MAX_RULE I CHECK_MIN_MAX_SIZE Check Min./Max.Sizes .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MIN_MAX_RULE I CHECK_MIN_MAX_SIZE_ERROR Check Whether Min./Max Size is Incorrect .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_MIN_MAX_RULE I REFRESH_CLASS_ATTRIBUTES Delete Class Attributes .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_OL_TIMESLICE I GET_TIMESLICE_TEXT Read Text on Time Slice .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDEREXT_BAPI I BAPI_SAVE_EXTENSION_IN_FILL Enhance AdMgmtSOExt.Save Interface .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDEREXT_BAPI I FILTEROBJECTS Fill Customer Filter Objects .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_CHANGE_EXTENSION_IN_CHECKCheck Input Parameter in BAPI Used to Change an Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_CHANGE_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameter in BAPI Used to Change an Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_CREATE_EXTENSION_IN_CHECKCheck Input Parameter in BAPI Used to Create an Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_CREATE_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameter in BAPI Used to Create an Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_GETDET_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameter in BAPI Used to Read an Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_GETLIST_ADD_SELECTS Additional Selections in BAPI Used to Select Orders .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI I BAPI_MAP2I_ALL In BAPI for Mapping from External to Internal Structures .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI_MAP I MAP2I_ADVERT_ASS2ISZ Map Advertiser Assignment .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_BAPI_MAP I MAP2I_ITEM_OL2APO Map Online Item .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_DIALOG_ES I GET_DATA_CUSTOMER_SUBSCREEN Import Data From Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_EXPORT I CHANGE_NEW_ORDER Change Order .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_PRICEGROUP I GET_ADV_PRICE_GROUP Read Advertiser Price Group From the Global Attributes .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_PRICEGROUP I GET_ADV_PRICE_GROUP_FROM_MD Read Price Group From the Advertiser Master Data .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_ORDER_PRICEGROUP I SET_PRICE_GROUP Write Current Price Group in the Global Attributes .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_PRICING_ENH I FILL_PRICING_INTERFACE Make Entries in Additional Fields in the Pricing Interface .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REQMT_ELEMENT I CHECK_FULFILLMENT Check Whether Contract Requirement Element is Fulfilled .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REQMT_ELEMENT I GET_REQ_EL_FROM_SCREEN Transfer Value From Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REQMT_ELEMENT I GET_REQ_EL_FROM_SCREEN_AI Value Transfer from Subscreen for Ad Insert .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REQMT_ELEMENT I SET_REQ_EL_TO_SCREEN Transfer Value to Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REQMT_ELEMENT I SET_REQ_EL_TO_SCREEN_AI Value Transfer to Subscreen for Ad Insert .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I CHANGE_ACCOUNTING Change Account Assignment Object in the Billing Document .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I CONDITION_AMOUNT Change Condition Amount for Revenue Distribution .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I GET_SUBSCREEN Declare Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I ON_CUSTOMER_PAI After Customer Subscreen PAI .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I ON_CUSTOMER_PBO Before Customer Subscreen PBO .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I ON_READ When the Revenue Object Document is Imported .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I ON_RENUMBER During Number Assignment for the Reference Document .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_REVOBJ I ON_SAVE When Saving the Revenue Object Document .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SCR_MOD_ADV I COLLECT_INVISIBLE_FIELDS_ADV Collect Field Names for Invisible Fields (Advertiser Screen).
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SCR_MOD_ADV I COLLECT_INVISIBLE_FIELDS_ITEM Collect Field Names for Invisible Fields (Item Details) .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SERIES_CONSECUTE I CHECK_SERIES_CONSECUTIVENESS Check Whether Series is Consecutive .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SERIES_RULE_ENH I CHECK_WEEKDAY_ASSIGNMENT Check Weekday Assignment .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SLS_AGT_CONTR_DET I FILL_DETAIL Copy Detailed Data: Enter Free Attributes .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SORTWORD_GENERATI I DISPLAY_SORTWORD_ITEM_LEVEL Display Sort Word at Item Level .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SORTWORD_GENERATI I GENERATE_SORTWORD Generate Sort Word .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_SORTWORD_GENERATI I GET_SORTWORD_CUSTOMIZING Read Customizing Settings for the Sort Word .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_UNIT_CONVERSION I CALCULATE_ADSIZE_IN_UOM_LINES Convert to Lines .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_UNIT_CONVERSION I UNIT_CONVERSION Units conversion .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_VOUCHER I CHANGE_DATA_VOUCHER Modify Voucher Shipping Data .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_WEB_PUBLICATION I GET_WEBPUB_FROM_BU Define Whether Web Publication Can Be Modified .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_WEB_PUBLICATION I MOVE_WEBPUB_IND_TO_SCH_LINES Transfer Web Publication Indicator to Schedule Line .
IF_EX_ISM_AM_WEB_PUBLICATION I MOVE_WEBPUB_IND_TO_TECH_SYS Transfer Web Publication Indicator for the Technical System .
IF_EX_ISM_AREA_SEGMENT I GET_SEGMENT_FROM_CONTRACT Determine Segment According to Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_ATTRIBUTE_MAP I ATTRIBUTE_MAP_BILL_DOC Attribute Mapping for SD Billing Document .
IF_EX_ISM_BPEXT_BAPI I BAPI_SAVE_EXTENSION_IN_FILL Enhance interface of ISMBusinessPartnerExt.Save .
IF_EX_ISM_BPEXT_BAPI I FILTEROBJECTS Fill Customer Filter Objects .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_ADDRESS_MAP I ADDRESS_ISM_TO_SAPBP Map Address Fields from IS-M to SAP BP .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_ADDRESS_MAP I ADDRESS_SAPBP_TO_ISM Map Address Fields from SAP BP to IS-M .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I BAPI_BEFORE_IDOC_INPUT_DEBITORIn BAPI Before Creating/Changing the Customer .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I BAPI_CHANGE_EXTENSION_IN_CHECKCheck Input Parameters in BAPI for Changing Bus. Partners .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I BAPI_CREATE_EXTENSION_IN_CHECKCheck Input Parameters in BAPI for Creating Bus. Partners .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I BAPI_GETDET_EXTENSION_OUT_FILLFill Output Parameters in BAPI for Reading Bus. Partners .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I BAPI_GETLIST_ADD_SELECTS Additional Selections in BAPI for Selecting Bus. Partners .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_BAPI I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE IS-M business partner created or changed .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_CREATE I DIALOG_PREPARE Format Subscreen Name, Address, Communication Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_CREDIT_MASTER I FILL_CREDIT_MASTER Fill Credit Control Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I ADDRESS_MAP Address Mapping .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I CRED_EKORG_DETERMINE Purchasing Organization for Vendor .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I CRED_GROUP_NR_DETERMINE Grouping and Partner Number for Vendor .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I CRED_ROLE_DETERMINE Role for Vendor .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I CRED_TYPE_DETERMINE Business Partner Category for Vendor .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I DEB_GROUP_DETERMINE Grouping for Customer .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I DEB_ROLE_DETERMINE Role for Customer .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I DEB_TYPE_DETERMINE Business Partner Category for Customer .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTBP00_FILL Enter General IS-M Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTEUWVV_FILL Enter Sales Area-Dependent Retailer Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTEUWV_FILL Enter General Retailer Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTVERM_FILL Enter Commission Recipient Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTVSG_FILL Enter SC Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JGTZUST_FILL Enter Carrier Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEB_CRED_MIG I JJTVM_FILL Enter Sales Area-Dependent Media Customer Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_DEFAULT_VALUE I SET_DEFAULT_VALUES Preassign Fields in SAP Business Partner .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_SEARCH I FCODE_EXECUTE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_SEARCH I STATUS_ACTIVATE Activate Interface Status .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_TELNR_EXCHNGE I BAS_CONSNR_DETERMINE Determine Sequence Number for Telephone Number in IS-M .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_TELNR_EXCHNGE I ISM_TO_BAS_CONVERSION Convert Telephone Number from IS-M to BAS Format .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_TELNR_EXCHNGE I TELNR_REMARK_GET Define Names for Private and Office Number .
IF_EX_ISM_BP_TELNR_SPLITT I SPLITT_TEL_NUMBER Split Telephone Number .
IF_EX_ISM_BSP_ACTION I HANDLE_ACTION Process Action .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLEPP_ACCDOC I ACCIT_CHANGE Change ACCIT .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLE_PP_920 I ACC_ITEM_CHANGE Change Item Data .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLE_PP_920 I FIELDCAT_CHANGE Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLE_PP_920 I TEXTFIELDS_ASSIGN Assign Text Fields to Split Attributes .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLE_PP_ACCIT I ACCIT_FIELDVAL_SET Set ACCIT Field Value .
IF_EX_ISM_BYTITLE_PP_ACCIT I ACCIT_RELEVANCE_CHECK Check Relevance of an ACCIT Line .
IF_EX_ISM_CHECK_REQUEST I CHECK_REQUEST_NUMBER Check Request Number for Returns and Subs.Deliveries .
IF_EX_ISM_CHECK_REQUEST I CHECK_REQUEST_NUMBER_DIALOG Check Request Number for Returns and Sub.Dels in Dialog .
IF_EX_ISM_CHECK_REQUEST I CHECK_UNSOLDS_ADD_DIALOG Additional Checks for Returns and Sub.Dels for Dialog Proc. .
IF_EX_ISM_CHECK_REQUEST I DO_ADDITIONAL_CHECKS_UNSOLDS Implement Additional Checks for Returns and Sub.Dels .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I BP_SEARCH_WITH_DOCNR Search for Business Partners in Your Own Document Types .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I BUSINESS_PARTNER_SEARCH Detailed Search for Business Partners (Extra Button) .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I CONVERT_DOCNR_TO_ORDERNR Convert Document Number to Order Number .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I DOCUMENT_TYPES_MODIFY Change Possible Document Types for Search .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I FILTER_SEARCH_RESULT Filter Search Result .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I HITLIST_PREPARE_FOR_WORKSPACE Enhance and Prepare Hit List (Workspace) .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_BP_SEARCH I PRELIMINARY_BUSINESS_PRTN_SRCHAdvance Business Partner Search (Pre-Defined Standrd Search).
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_EWHV_BSP I GET_NAVVIEW_PROFILE Determine Profile Assigned to Data Environment .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_EWHV_BSP I GET_REPRESENTATION Adjust Display .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_NAVVIEW I GET_TEMP_PROFILE Profile for Variant .
IF_EX_ISM_CIC_NAVVIEW I GET_VARIANTTAB Determine Variant List and Default Variant .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_COLLECTIONDATE Determine Collection Date for BP .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_DEMAND Select JKSDDEMAND Records .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_ISSUE_DATE Determine Collection Date for Issue .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_SORTED_ISSUES Return Media Issues in Sequence (New) .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_SORTED_MEDIA_ISSUES Return Media Issues in Sequence .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I GET_UNLOADING_POINT Select an Unloading Point .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I SET_ADD_FIELDS_BAG Additional Fields JKSDCOLLECTBAG .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I SET_ADD_FIELDS_ISSUE Additional Fields JKSDCOLLECTISSUE .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I SET_FIELDS_ALV_BAG Fill ALV Structure BAG + ISSUE .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I SET_ISSUEDATE Adjust Append Fields in JKSDISSUEDATE .
IF_EX_ISM_COLLECTION I SET_UNSOLDNUMBER Set Field for Unsold Number .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I CUSTOMER_SELECTION Execute Customer-Specific Selection .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SET_CONTRACT_POS Format Contract Item .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SET_GEOUNIT Format Geographical Unit .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SET_NAME Format Business Partner .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SET_PRODUCT Format Product .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SHOW_SELECTION_ON_SCREEN Display Selection Result on Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_CONTRACT_NAVI I SHOW_SELECTION_ON_SCREEN_PHASEDisplay Selection Result for Phase Shipping on Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_CRM_CAMPAIGNMGNT I FILL_SORT_DATA_MAM Templates: Enter M/AM Sorting Data .
IF_EX_ISM_CRM_CAMPAIGNMGNT I FILL_SORT_DATA_MSD Templates: Enter M/SD Sorting Data .
IF_EX_ISM_CRM_CAMPAIGNMGNT I FILL_SORT_INFO_MAM Templates: Define M/AM Sorting .
IF_EX_ISM_CRM_CAMPAIGNMGNT I FILL_SORT_INFO_MSD Templates: Define M/SD Sorting .
IF_EX_ISM_CRM_CAMPAIGNMGNT I GET_COMPONENTS Components Used .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I APPEND_VARIANT_PARAMS Append Own Criteria to Selection Variant .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Change ALV Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I CHANGE_OUTLINES Change ALV Output Lines .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I CHECK_CHANGERULE Check Change Rule (PAI) .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I EXPORT_CHANGERULE Return Change Rule from Customer-Specific Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I GET_LIST_INSTANCE Get Object of Type CL_ISM_SD_LISTDEMANDCHANGE .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I GET_PARAMS Get Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I GET_SELECTION_SUBSCREEN Return Selection Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I GET_SUBSCREENS Return List of Customer Subscreens .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I GET_VIEWER_INSTANCE Get Object of Type CL_ISM_SD_VIEWERDEMANDCHANGE .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I IMPORT_CHANGERULE Copy Change Rule for Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I INITIALIZE Initialize Selection and Change Rule .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I PREPARE_CHANGERULE Prepare Change Rule (PBO) .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I SELECT_REFERENCE_ISSUE Choose Reference Issue from List of Possibilities .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDCHANGE I SET_PARAMS Set Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMANDSET_BAPI I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Quantity Calculations Before Update .
IF_EX_ISM_DEMAND_SET_ROLE I SET_DISPLAY_ROLE Assign Default Business Partner Role for Display .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_APPLICATION_ID Define Application .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_CLASSES_FOR_BUS_OBJ Define LOIO and PHIO Class for Business Object .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_CONTEXT_CLASS Define Context Class .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_FOLDER_CLASS Define LOIO Class for Folder .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_LINK_RANGE Define Connection Area .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_CLASS_DETERM I GET_URL_CLASSES Define LOIO and PHIO Class for URL .
IF_EX_ISM_DM_DOCUMENTS I CARRY_OUT_ACTION Perform Actions for New, Modified, Deleted Documents .
IF_EX_ISM_FORECAST I GET_TABLE_DATA Determine Data for Reference Issues .
IF_EX_ISM_FORECAST I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTON Adds Button to Toolbar .
IF_EX_ISM_FORECAST I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND Reacts to User-Defined Buttons .
IF_EX_ISM_GENERATIONGROUP I GET_GENERATION_GROUP Determine Generation Group .
IF_EX_ISM_GENERIC_SHIP_MSG I CREATE Create Additional Shipping Problem Message for Complaint .
IF_EX_ISM_HH_ASSIGN I SET_HH_VALUES Determine Household for Address .
IF_EX_ISM_IDCODES I CHECK_MAIN_IDCODE_CHANGE Check Whether Main ID Code can be Changed .
IF_EX_ISM_IDCODES I MODIFY_IDCODES_BEFORE_SAVING Change ID Code List Before Saving .
IF_EX_ISM_IF_SETTLEMENT I ENHANCE_INTERFACE_RECORDS Change/Add Records to Settlement Interface .
IF_EX_ISM_IPM_MAP_BILL_DOC I MAP_BILL_DOC Make Entries in OR Data Collector for Billing Item .
IF_EX_ISM_ISSUE_DATES_SET I EXECUTE_BEFORE_CREATE Execute Before Creating Media Issue in Issue Sequence .
IF_EX_ISM_ISSUE_GENERATION I EXECUTE_AFTER_CREATE Execute After Creating Media Issue in Issue Sequence .
IF_EX_ISM_MAP_CONTRACT I MAP_CONTRACTS Maps Contracts .
IF_EX_ISM_MEDIA_MIX I SET_DESCRIPTION IS-M: Assign Long and Short Text for Mix .
IF_EX_ISM_MPS_ADR_ASSEMBLE I GET_DOUBLE_ADDR_LINE Format Two-Line Address .
IF_EX_ISM_MPS_ADR_ASSEMBLE I GET_SINGLE_ADDR_LINE Format One-Line Address .
IF_EX_ISM_MSDORDER_CAMP I PAI Exit at PAI .
IF_EX_ISM_MSDORDER_CAMP I PBO Exit at PBO .
IF_EX_ISM_MSDORDER_CAMP I PREPARE Assign Defaults .
IF_EX_ISM_MSD_CRMLOCATOR I GET_VALUE Value Determination for Field .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDER I CHANGE_SCHEDULE_DATE Change Schedule Line Date .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDER I ORDER_GENERATED Order Generated .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDER I ROUND_FULL_BUNDLE_CHANGE_ORDERRound to Full Bundles When Changing Orders .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDER I ROUND_FULL_BUNDLE_CREATE_ORDERRound to Full Bundles When Generating Orders .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDER I SET_WISHDATE_ORDER_GENERATION Define Requested Delivery Date During Order Generation .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERBOOK I AT_SELECT Enter Data in Own Fields .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERBOOK I CHANGE_PODATE_PHASEMODEL Change Purchase Order Date for Phase Model .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERBOOK I CHANGE_QUANTITY Change Planned Purchase Order Quantity .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERBOOK I SET_DIFF_BOUNDARIES Set Difference Values (for Icon) .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I ATTACH Append ALV List to Container .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check for Data Changed by User .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I CLEAR_BUFFERS Clear Internal Buffer .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I DISPLAY Display ALV List .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I EXECUTE_OK_CODE Execute User Command .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I EXECUTE_REFRESH Refresh ALV List .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I GET_CHANGE_SUBSCREEN Return List of Customer Change Subscreens .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I GET_JOB_NAME Get Name of Background Job .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I GET_LIST_DATA Get Order List .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I GET_PARAMS Get Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I GET_SELECTION_SUBSCREEN Return Customer-Specific Selection Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I IS_SAVE_REQUIRED Have user changes been made? .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I REGISTER_REFRESH Flag ALV List for Refresh .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I SAVE Save Changed Data .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I SET_MODE Set Display/Change Mode .
IF_EX_ISM_ORDERCHANGE I SET_PARAMS Set Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_ISM_PARTNER I CHANGE_HEAD Change Partners at Header Data Level .
IF_EX_ISM_PARTNER I CHANGE_POS Change Partners at Item Level .
IF_EX_ISM_PHASEMDL_PROM I GET_DELIVERY_DATE Define Shipping Date .
IF_EX_ISM_PHASEMDL_PROM I GET_HEADER_DATA Header Data for Phase Model .
IF_EX_ISM_PLANT I SET_DATE_FOR_WEEKDAY Set Date Relevant for Weekday Determination .
IF_EX_ISM_PLM_JPC1_ADD I CREATE_ADDITIONAL_OBJECTS Create Additional Objects .
IF_EX_ISM_PLM_JPC1_ADD I SET_CONTROL_PARAMETERS_MPM Set Control Parameters for Creating Media Product Master .
IF_EX_ISM_PORDER I BEFORE_PO_CHANGE Before Changing Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_ISM_PORDER I BEFORE_PO_CREATE Before Creating Purchase Orders .
IF_EX_ISM_PRIORITY I CHANGE Change Delivery Priorities .
IF_EX_ISM_PRIORITY I DEFINE Define Delivery Priorities .
IF_EX_ISM_PRODUCT_DATES I INITSHIPDATE_DEFAULT_SET Set Default Value for Initial Shipping Date .
IF_EX_ISM_PRODUCT_DATES I INTERRUPTDATE_CHECK Check Latest Delivery Date .
IF_EX_ISM_PRODUCT_MASTER I VOLUME_CALCULATE Calculate Volume .
IF_EX_ISM_PRODUCT_MASTER I WEIGHT_CALCULATE Calculate Net Weight .
IF_EX_ISM_PROTOCOL_ORDERGE I ADD_FIELD_VALUES Enter Data in Customer Fields in Order Generation Log .
IF_EX_ISM_PURCHASENR I ORDER_GENERATION_GET Set Purchase Order Number During Order Generation .
IF_EX_ISM_PURCHASENR I TRANSFER_DELIVERY_GET Purchase Order Number for Goods Transfer Op.in Sub.Delivery .
IF_EX_ISM_PURCHASENR I TRANSFER_RETURN_GET Purchase Order Number for Goods Transfer Op.in Return Deliv..
IF_EX_ISM_PURCHASENR I UNSOLD_GET Set Purchase Order Number for Returns and Subs.Delivery .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANITITY_COPY I COPY Copy Quantity Plan to New Quantity Plan Record .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I CACHE_DATA Cache Data for Access .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I DELIVERED_QUANTITY_GET_FOR_BSPQuantity Delivered for an Issue and its Sales Area .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I DELIVERED_QUAN_CONTRACT_GET Define Delivery Quantity for Specific Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I GET_REC_RETURNCOLLECTION Select Records for Return Collection .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I IN_ROLE_RM_FOR_ISSUE_GET Define Return Quantity for Retail Customer .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I IN_ROLE_WE_FOR_ISSUE_GET Define Quantity Delivered to Ship-To Party .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I QUANTITY_FOR_LIGHT Define Delivery Quantity Contract-Specifically for Light .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I REFRESH_BUFFER Initialize Buffer Tables .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I SOLD_QUANTITY_GET Sold Quantity of an Issue for Specific Sales Areas .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPAST I UNSOLD_QUAN_CONTRACT_GET Define Return Quantity for Specific Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPLAN I CALCULATE_QUANTITY Calculate Quantity Fields .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPLAN I CHECK_SHPQUANTITY Check Changed Quantity .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPLAN I EDIT_DEMAND_ONCHANGE Change Quantity Fields According to User Entries .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPLAN I EDIT_DEMAND_ONSELECT Check and Change Quantity Table While Reading from Database .
IF_EX_ISM_QUANTITYPLAN I SET_SHPQUANTITY Planned Delivery Quantity .
IF_EX_ISM_RELEVANT_PMD_SET I REDUCE_DATA_SETS Restrict List of Media Product Master Records .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_FORCAST I OUTLIER_CORRECTION Correct Reference Quantities .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_FORCAST I SALESFORECAST_CALCULATE Calculate New Sales Quantity (from Reference Issues) .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_FORCAST I SALESFORECAST_MODIFY Postedit Forecast Calculated .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_REF I OUTLIER_CORRECTION Correct Reference Quantities .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_REF I SALESFORECAST_CALCULATE Calculate New Sales Quantity (from Reference Issues) .
IF_EX_ISM_SALEQUAN_REF I SALESFORECAST_MODIFY Postedit Forecast Calculated .
IF_EX_ISM_SALESQUAN_FOREC I OUTLIER_CORRECTION Correct Reference Quantities .
IF_EX_ISM_SALESQUAN_FOREC I SALESFORECAST_CALCULATE Calculate New Sales Quantity (from Reference Issues) .
IF_EX_ISM_SALESQUAN_FOREC I SALESFORECAST_MODIFY Postedit Forecast Calculated .
IF_EX_ISM_SCHEDULES I CHANGE_SINGLE_COPY_SALE_IN Change Schedule Line Data for Retail via Internet .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I AFTER_UCOMM Further Actions After Processing .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE_DEM Adjust BAPI Structures for Quantity Plan .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE_GP Adjust BAPI Structures for Business Partner .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE_KON Adjust BAPI Structures for Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE_VKONT Adjust Contract Acct Pyt Method and Contract Acct Cat. .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_AG Transport Data from Sold-To Party Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_KON Transport Data from Contract Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_WE Transport Data from Ship-To Party Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I GET_NUMBERRANGE Set Account Group and Number Range .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_AG Transport Data to Sold-To Party Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_KON Transport Data from Contract Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_WE Transport Data to Ship-To Party Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SDBPFAST I SET_DEFAULT_VALUES Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_ADDP_RECEIVER I GET_CARRIER Determine Carrier .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_ADDP_RECEIVER I GET_FOUNDATION Determine Social Facility .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CMPL_BILLED I CHANGE_COMPLAINT_BILLED_FLAG Select 'Complaint Billed' Indicator .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CMPL_SHIPDATE I CHANGE_SHIP_DATE_CARRIER_INFO Change Shipping Date in Carrier Data .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CMPL_SHIPDATE I PREALLOCATE_SHIP_DATE_INFO Assign Default Shipping Date in Carrier Data .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_COLLECT_REFUS I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_INTERFACE Research Data when Creating Research from DTAUS .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_COMPL_DATA I CHECK_DATA_OF_COMPLAINT Check Complaint .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_COMPL_TJAPZ I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_OF_TJAPZ Change Parameters for TJAPZ .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CONTRACT_ASRT I CONTRACT_CHANGE_PARAMETERS Parameters for BAPI 'Change Customer Contract' .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CONTRACT_ASRT I CONTRACT_CREATE_PARAMETERS Parameters for BAPI 'Create Customer Contract' .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CONTRACT_ASRT I CONTRACT_ITEM_DETERMINE Determine New Contract Item for an Article .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_CONTRACT_ASRT I CONTRACT_ITEM_EXCLUSION Check Relevancy of Listing Exclusion for Contract Item .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_FULL_DIALOG I CHANGE_BDCTAB Adjust BDC Table for Batch Input .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_ORDER_LIST I CHANGE_ORDER_TAB Change List of Orders To Be Displayed on Screen .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_PRICE_ALTER I ORDER_RELEVANCE_CHECK Check Relevance of Order .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_ORDERS_STP I CREATE_UD_FOR_RELEVANT_ORDERS Create Further ND Notifications for Ship-To Party .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_STATE I SET_STATE Set Status of ND Notification .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I CANCELLATION_RELEVANCE Check Relevancy - Create Termination? .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_CANCELLATIONChange Parameters for Creating Termination .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_COMPLAINT Change Parameters for Creating Complaint .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_SUSPENSION Change Parameters for Creating Suspension .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I CHANGE_PARAMETERS_SUSP_LIMIT Change Parameter for Limiting a Suspension .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I SUSPENSION_COMPLAINT_RELEVANCECheck Relevancy of Creating Suspension and Complaint .
IF_EX_ISM_SD_UD_WORKITEMS I SUSPENSION_RELEVANCE Check Relevancy of Creating Suspension .
IF_EX_ISM_SELLPRODUCTWWW I GET_PRODUCTS_SINGLE_COPY_SALE Determine Products for Retail .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I DYNAMIC_PRESET_POS_SUM_UNSOLD Dynamic Preassignment for Item Recording of Summ. Returns .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I DYNAMIC_PRESET_POS_UNSOLD Dynamic Preassignment for Item Recording of Returns .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I DYNAMIC_PRESET_WEEK_UNSOLD Dynamic Preassignment for Weekly Returns Recording .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I STATIC_PRESET_POS_SUM_UNSOLD Static Preassignment for Item Recording of Summ. Returns .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I STATIC_PRESET_POS_UNSOLD Static Preassignment in Item Recording of Returns .
IF_EX_ISM_SERVICECO_PRESET I STATIC_PRESET_WEEK_UNSOLD Static Preassignment for Weekly Returns Recording .
IF_EX_ISM_SETTLEMENT_IF I CHANGE_EXTERNAL_DELIVERY Adjust Attributes of Delivery from External Interface .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ACTIVATE_CONT I SET_DISPLAY_DATE Set Trial Period in Order .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ACTIVATE_CONT I SET_INSTALLATIONDATE Set Installation Date in Contract .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_CONTRACTCREAT I SPLIT_ORDER_ITEMS Distribute Order Items Among Contract Items .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ORDER I ORDER_GENERATED Series Sales Order Created By Order Generation .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ORDER I SET_STARTORDER Set Basic Edition Order in Order .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ORDERCREATION I BUFFER_DATA_FOR_FRAMEWORK Buffer Data for Evaluation in Framework .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ORDERCREATION I CHANGE_DATA_BEFORE_RFC Change Order Data Before RFC Process for Order Creation .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_ORDERCREATION I SET_FIELDS_R3 Enter Data in Add. Fields if no Copying Control in ERP .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_PRICESETCHECK I ADDITIONAL_VALUES Import Customer Fields .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_PRICESETCHECK I ADJUST_PRICEGROUP Adjust Price Groups .
IF_EX_ISM_SE_PRICESETCHECK I CHECK_PRICEGROUP Check Price Groups Before Saving .
IF_EX_ISM_SHIPORDPOS_DELIV I SHIPORDPOS_DELIV_PARAMETER_GETExecute Before Del.Via.Determination for Shipping Order Item.
IF_EX_ISM_SHIPORD_REF_PVA I SHIPORDPOS_REF_PVA_GET Execute Before Del.Via.Determination for Shipping Order Item.
IF_EX_ISM_SHIPPING_PLAN I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes for Shipping Schedule Record .
IF_EX_ISM_SHIPPING_PLAN I SET_DESCRIPTION Set Text for Shipping Schedule Record .
IF_EX_ISM_SHIPPING_PLAN I STATUS_CHANGED Status of Shipping Planning Changed .
IF_EX_ISM_SUPPLYNET I PLANT_GET_INIT Ermittlung des Werks vor normaler Werksermittlung .
IF_EX_ISM_TMCP_SUB_MERGE I TMCP_MERGE_SUB_SHIP_TO_PARTY Total Market Coverage: Merge Ship-To Pties Against M/SD Subs.
IF_EX_ISM_TMC_FILTER I APPLY_TABLE_FILTER filter operation on table type ANY .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLD I CHANGE_HEAD_DATA Change Header Data on a Request .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLD I GET_COLLECT_NUMBER Define Collection Number for Return Index .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLD I GET_ROLE_FOR_RETURNORDER Define Additional Partner Role in Return Order .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLD I RETURNRELEASED Return released .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLDQUANTITY I DISTRIBUTE Distribution of Return Quantity .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLDQUANTITY I DISTRIBUTE_SUMMARIZED_RETURN Distribute Summarized Return Between Issues .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLDQUANTITY I SETCONFIRMED_QUANTITY Set Confirmed Quantity Entered in Online Processing .
IF_EX_ISM_UNSOLDQUANTITY I SETCONFIRMED_QUANTITY_EXTERN Set Confirmed Quantity Entered Externally .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameter .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I INITIALIZE Initialize Local Memory .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ADDITEM Transfer Fields in Additional Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_HEADER Transfer Fields in Document Header in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_ITEM Transfer Fields in Document Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I MAP_TAXITEM Transfer Fields in Tax Item in the Internal Display .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE Update .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BAPIBILL I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Customer Update .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_INPUT_PARAMETERS Check Input Parameter .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I CHECK_REVERSAL_ORDER Customer Reversal Sequence Check .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ADDITEM Fill Customer Fields in Reversal Document Additional Items .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_HEADER Fill Customer Fields in Reversal Document Header .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_ITEM Fill Customer Fields in Reversal Document Items .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I FILL_CUSTOMER_FIELDS_TAXITEM Fill Customer Fields in Reversal Document Tax Items .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I REVERSAL_ITEM_ANALYZE Analyze Reversal Document Item .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE Customer Update .
IF_EX_ISTINV_BILL_CANCEL I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Customer Update .
IF_EX_ISU_AMIO_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Anylyze Whether Parked Documents Can Be Archived .
IF_EX_ISU_BADI_CONCELIG I CONC_BP_VALIDATE Validate Business Partner .
IF_EX_ISU_BADI_CONCELIG I CONC_TYPE_VALIDATE Validate Concession Type .
IF_EX_ISU_BADI_CONCTYPE I CONC_TYPE_ALL Validate All Concession Type Entries .
IF_EX_ISU_BENDEF_EPVG I DETERMINE_BENDEF_EPVG Determination of User-Defined Cons. for Each Weighting Unit .
IF_EX_ISU_BENDEF_WEIGHTING I DETERMINE_BENDEF_WEIGHT Determination of User-Defined Weighting Sum .
IF_EX_ISU_BFPS_APIV I CHECK_APIV Checks for Alternative Portion in Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_BBP_EXT_PER I CHANGE_PERIOD Adjust Extrapolation Period .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_BLOCK_BILLING I BLOCK_BILLING_CHECK Determine Relevance of Billing Block .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_EASIM I CHANGE_ALV_FIELDCATALOG Change Field Catalog for EASIMLINE .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_EASIM I CHANGE_RESULT_EASIMLINE Modify Results Table .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_CONSREL_BILLDOCS_DET Determine Consumption-Relevant Billing Docs. from Sec. Inst..
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_CONSREL_ERCHV_GET Determine Consumption-Relevant ERCHVs from Secondary Inst. .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_DISTREL_BILLDOCS_DET Determine Distribution-Relevant Billing Docs from Sec. Inst..
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_DISTREL_ERCHV_GET Determine Distribution-Relevant ERCHVs from Secondary Inst. .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_ENDABRPE_CHECK Check ENDABRPE from Secondary Installation .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_INSTGR I SUBINST_SAVE_DISTDATA Copy Distribution Data to Local Memory .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_KPI_PROCESS I LOAD_CUSTOMER_DATA Enhancement of KPI-Relevant Data .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_MASS_SIMUL I BILL_EXTRAPOLATION Document Extrapolation .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_MASS_SIMUL I SIM_METHOD_DETERMINE Define Method and Period of Simulation .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_MIBILL I SELECT_MI_SCHEMA_STEPS Determine Schema Step for Billing at Move-In .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_PR_BLOCK_ADJ I PRICE_BLOCK_ADJUST Customer-Specific Price Block Adjustment .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_SELCONTROL I GET_DATE_CHANGE_FACTS Defines Access Date and Changes Internal Fact Tables .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_SIM_PRICE I CHANGE_IPREI Simulate IPREI .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_TC_INTERVAL I CUST_DET_OF_PERIOD Customer-Specific Calculation of Period .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_USAGE_FACTOR I USAGE_FACTOR_TIMESLICES Time Slices for Usage Factor .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB I BILL_OUTLINE_CONTRACT Cross-Contract Billing .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_BONUS_COMPRESS_ERCHVAggregates the ERCHV Lines .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_BONUS_COMP_CHECK Checks that all Individual Contracts Exist for Outline Contr.
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_BON_CUSTOMER_ACTION Execute Customer-Specific Actions .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_JOIN_COMPRESS_ERCHV Aggregates the ERCHV Lines .
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_JOIN_COMP_CHECK Checks that all Individual Contracts Exist for Outline Contr.
IF_EX_ISU_BI_XCB_ACTIONS I OUTL_BILL_JOIN_CUSTOMER_ACTIONExecute Customer-Specific Actions .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_CHCONTRACTS I REDUCECONTRACTS Restrict Contracts .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_KPI_CS I ENHANCE_CL_CS01 Enhance Clarification for Move-In / Move-Out / Move-In/Out .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_KPI_CS I ENHANCE_CL_CS02 Enhance Clarification for Rate Maintenance .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_KPI_CS I ENHANCE_NCL_CS01 Enhance Non-Clarif. for Move-In / Move-Out / Move-In/Out .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_KPI_CS I ENHANCE_NCL_CS02 Enhance Non-Clarification for Rate Maintenance .
IF_EX_ISU_BW_SALES_SIM_01 I MODIFYEXTRACT Modify Extract .
IF_EX_ISU_CHANGEDOC I GET_CONSUMPTIONPERIOD Determination of Consumption Period for Change Notifications.
IF_EX_ISU_CHANGEDOC I GET_LPASSGNPROFROLE Determination of Profile Role for Change Notifications .
IF_EX_ISU_CHANGEDOC I GET_SETTLMENTVIEW_OUT Determin. of Settl. View for Outgoing Change Notifications .
IF_EX_ISU_CIC_CCM_HTML_WS I GET_HTML_WS_INTERFACE Returns an Instance of Interface if_ccm_workspace .
IF_EX_ISU_CIC_ENV I ADD_CHILDREN Add Subordinate Nodes .
IF_EX_ISU_CIC_EWHV I GET_TEXT Read Long Text for Attribute .
IF_EX_ISU_CSBTIO_PRDOC I CHECK Customer-Specific Checks .
IF_EX_ISU_CSBTIO_PRDOC I MDG_CONTAINER_MODIFY Change Container for Master Data Generator .
IF_EX_ISU_CSBTIO_PRDOC I OBJECT_DISTRIBUTE Distribute Object Reference .
IF_EX_ISU_CSBTIO_PRDOC I OPEN_PREASSIGN Customer-Specific Preassignments .
IF_EX_ISU_CSBTIO_PRDOC I SCREEN_NUMBERS_REPLACE Enter Customer-Specific Screen Numbers .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I CHECK_SEARCH_CRITERIA Validity Check for Search Criteria .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I FILL_SEARCHPARAMETERS Preparation of Search Criteria from Screen Data .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Copy Data from Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I GET_TAB_DESCRIPTION Define Tab Description for Customer Enhancement Tab .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I PARSE_SEARCHPARAMETERS Preparation of Screen Data from Search Criteria .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_FINDER_CSEL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transfer Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_CSFO_GENERSEARCH I FILL_SEARCHPARAMTERS Inserts Values from Free Text Field in the Search Parameter .
IF_EX_ISU_CSISS_E_SERVICE I FIND_ACTUAL_CA Determine Current Contract Account .
IF_EX_ISU_CUSTOMER_E_SERV I FIND_ACTUAL_CA Determine Current Contract Account .
IF_EX_ISU_DEF_BILL_PERIOD I SET_BILLING_PERIOD_BILL Determine Billing Period for Billing Document .
IF_EX_ISU_DEF_BILL_PERIOD I SET_BILLING_PERIOD_INV Determine Billing Period for Print Document .
IF_EX_ISU_DM_SAPLIPW1 I EXIT_SAPLIPW1_008 Serial Number Check .
IF_EX_ISU_EANL_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze Whether Installations Can Be Archived .
IF_EX_ISU_EDMIDE_SERVPROVH I CHECK_INPUT_HISTDATA_CI Checks on Historical Data in Customer Include .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_BILL_CHECK I CHECK_CHANGES_ALLOWED Influence Billing Check .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_EUFASSARCHIV I ANALYSE_EUFASS Analyze BOR Object for Achivability .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_FORMPROF I CHANGE_STATUS_FLAGS Change Status ID for Selection of Control Data .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_POD_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_AUTODATA Data Transfer from AUTODATEN .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_POD_CUSTOMER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport from Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_POD_CUSTOMER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport for Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_PROFHEAD I CHECK_INPUT Input Check for Additional Data .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_PROFHEAD I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport from Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_PROFHEAD I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport for Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_PROFLIST_TST I CHECK_VALUES Check Entered Profile Values .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_SETTLUNIT I CHECK_INPUT Input Check for Additional Data .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_SETTLUNIT I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport from Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_SETTLUNIT I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport for Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_SETTL_ARCHIV I ANALYSE_SETTLDOCS Analyze Settlement Documents for Archivability .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_TREE_TEXT I ADDITIONAL_TEXTS Read Additional Texts .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_UI_SETTLUNIT I CHANGE_SYNCHRONISATION Change Automatic Allocation .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_UI_SETTLUNIT I SELECT_SETTLUNIT_SUPPLIER Settlement Unit for PoD, Dependent on Suppliers .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_USAGEFACTOR I FILTER_PROFILE_ROLES Usage Factor Determination: Filter Allocations .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_USAGEFACTOR I SET_FUTURE_USAGEFACTORS Determination of Usage Factor in Future .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_USAGEFACTOR I SET_FUTURE_USAGEFACTOR_VALUE Determination of Future Usage Factor .
IF_EX_ISU_EDM_USAGEFACTOR I SET_INFLUENCING_PERIOD Determination of Relevant Period .
IF_EX_ISU_EGERR_CUSTOMER I CHECK_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Check User-Defined Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_EGERR_CUSTOMER I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport from Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EGERR_CUSTOMER I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport for Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_EL_MONITORING I EL31_CHECK_SELOPTIONS Check Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_ISU_EVBS_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze Premise for Archivability .
IF_EX_ISU_EVERH_XREPLCNTL I SET_XREPLCNTL Preselect Indicator .
IF_EX_ISU_EVER_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_DOCUMENTS Analyze Contracts for Archivability .
IF_EX_ISU_EXTSYNPROFCONV I GET_EXTSYNPROFID Determines External Synthetic Profile ID for Profile .
IF_EX_ISU_EXTSYNPROFCONV I GET_SYNPROF Determines Profile for External Synthetic Profile ID .
IF_EX_ISU_FACTS_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_FACTS Analyze Installation Facts for Archivability .
IF_EX_ISU_GEWSCHL_EXTRAPOL I DETERMINE_GWSCHL Determination of Weighting Key for Extrapolation .
IF_EX_ISU_IAC_MOVEOUT I GET_SCREEN_DATA User-defined check/transfer of fields .
IF_EX_ISU_IAC_MOVEOUT I MODIFY_MOVEOUT_DATA Changes to auto data for creating the move-out .
IF_EX_ISU_IAC_MOVEOUT I SET_SCREEN_DATA User-defined data preassignment for screen fields .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_BUDBILPLANS Authorization for Budget Billing Plan in CIC Tree .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_EDM_TREE Authorization Checks for EDM Tree .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_INSTLN Authorization Checks for Installation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_ISUACCOUNT Authorization Checks for Contract Account .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_ISUCONTRACT Authorization Checks for Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_ISUPARTNER Authorization Checks for Business Partner .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_POD_TAB Authorization Checks for Point of Delivery Tab Page .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_PRINTDOC Authorization Checks for Print Documents .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_PROFILE Authorization Checks for Profile and Profile Values .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTH_SERVICES Authorization Checks for Displaying Non-Billable Services .
IF_EX_ISU_IDEX_AUTH_CHECK I CLEAR_BUFFER Delete Buffer Tables .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_BACKUP_SERVPROV I FIND_BACKUP_SUPPLIER Backup Supplier Determination .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_CODE_CONV I GET_EXTCODELIST Outbound conversion of the External ID Category into Codelis.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_CODE_CONV I GET_EXTIDTYP Inbound conversion of the Codelist into External ID Category.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_FORMAT I FILL_EXTENSION_OUT Fill Output Parameter for BAPI_ISUTASK_GETCOMMCONTROL .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I INBOUND_DETERMINE_POD Point of Delivery ID .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I INBOUND_DETERMINE_SERVPROV Determine Service Provider .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I INBOUND_DETERMINE_SWTVIEW Determine Switch View .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I INBOUND_UTILMD_IN_ANALYSE Read Information from IDoc .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I OUTBOUND_FILL_ADD_FIELDS Fill Additional Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COMM_SWT I OUTBOUND_UTILMD_OUT_BUILD Fill IDoc .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COM_CONTROL I COND_DETERMINE_INBOUND Standard COND TYPE & VALUE Determination (Inbound) .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COM_CONTROL I COND_DETERMINE_OUTBOUND Standard COND TYPE & VALUE Determination (Outbound) .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_COM_CONTROL I OPAREA_DETERMINE Standard OPAREA Determination via Distributor .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_CROSS_REF_NO I EXT_CROSSREF_PROVIDE Determination of External Cross Reference Number .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_CROSS_REF_NO I MISSING_CRN_VALIDATE_1 Check in Invoicing Whether CRN is Allowed to be Missing .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_CROSS_REF_NO I MISSING_CRN_VALIDATE_2 Check in Billing Rev. Whether CRN is Allowed to be Missing .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONN002 I DATEXCONNECT_CLEARITEM Framework: Data Exchange Call in ISU_PREP_FICA_DATA_FOR_COMM.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONN002 I DATEXCONNECT_MREADING_OUT Framework: Data Exchange Call in isu_comev_mreading_out .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONN002 I DATEXCONNECT_REMADV_OUT Framework: Data Exchange Call in ICU_COMEV_REMADV_OUT .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONN002 I DATEXCONNECT_WRITEOFF Framework: Data Exchange Call in ISU_PREP_FICA_DATA_FOR_COMM.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_ACCOUNT_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_account_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_BILLINGINST_CHNG Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_billinginst_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_COADDR_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_coaddr_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_CONTRACT_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_contract_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_INSTFACTS_CHNG Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_instfacts_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_INSTLN_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_instln_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_LPASS_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_lpass_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_NBSERVICE_CHANGEDFramework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_nbservice_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_PARTNER_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_partner_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_POD_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_pod/uisettlu_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_PREMISE_CHANGED Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_premise_changed .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_PROCESS_INVOICE Framework: DATEX Call in isu_comev_process_invoice .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_SWITCH_OUT Framework: DATEX Call in CL_ISU_IDE_SWITCH_COM="SEND_MSGDATA.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DATEXCONNECT I DATEXCONNECT_USAGE_INFO Framework: DATEX Call in isu_prepare_usage_info .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DELETETASK I DELETE_CHECK Check Whether Data Exchange Tasks Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DEXDEF I CHECK_SEND_TYPE Check Consistency of Sending Type .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DEXMON I ACTION_PICK Action: Pick .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DEXMON I READ_DATA Read Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DEXMON I UPDATE_FIELD_CATALOG Update Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DEXTASKIDOC I CHECK_REIMPORT_ALLOWED Check Whether Reimport of IDocs is Permitted .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_ANA I SELECT_SCENARIO Select Utility Scenario That Applies to PoD .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I ASSIGN_CACCOUNT Allocate Contract Accounts to New Contracts .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CANCEL_CONTRACT Reverse Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CANCEL_SERVICE Reverse Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CHANGE_INSTLN Change installation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CONTINUE_CONTRACT Reactivate Contract (Reverse Move-Out) .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CONTINUE_SERVICE Reactivate Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CREATE_CACCOUNT Create contract account .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CREATE_CONTRACT Create Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CREATE_INSTLN Create Installation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I CREATE_SERVICE Create Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I FILL_PARAMETER_CACCOUNT Additional Parameters for Contract Account .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I FILL_PARAMETER_CONTRACT Additional Parameters for Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I FILL_PARAMETER_INSTLN Additional Parameters for Installation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I FILL_PARAMETER_SERVICE Additional Parameters for Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I SHIFT_CONTRACT Postpone Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I SHIFT_SERVICE Postpone Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I STOP_CONTRACT End contract .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_DRGSCEN_GEN I STOP_SERVICE End Service .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_ENROLL I ENROLL_TYPE_DETERMINE Standard ENROLL TYPE Determination .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I BUILD_OUTBOUND Distribute Outgoing Aggregated IDocs .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I BUILD_OUTBOUND_PROTOCOL Fill Log for Outgoing Aggregated IDocs .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I DETERMINE_AGGR_DEXIDOCSEND Determine Aggregation-Relevant IDoc Sending Types .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I DETERMINE_SWITCH_DEXPROC Determine Switch-Relevant Data Exchange Processes .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MERGE_IDOC_EXPPROFILE Aggregation of MSCONS IDocs for Profiles .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MERGE_IDOC_EXPSWT Aggregation of UTILMD IDocs for Change of Supplier .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MON_ADD_CUSTOMER_DATA Monitoring: Insert Additional Entries .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MON_COUNT_MESSAGES Monitoring: Determine Number of Messages per IDoc .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MON_EDIT_ALV_CHARACTERISTICS Monitoring: Influence ALV Attributes .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MON_EDIT_STATUS Monitoring: Determine Status Grouping for Messages .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE I MON_FILL_CUSTOMER_DATA Monitoring: Read Additional Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE02 I MERGE_IDOC_CHCD_OUT Aggregation of Master Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE02 I MERGE_IDOC_EXPUSAGE Aggregation of Meter Reading Results / Consumption Info .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE02 I MERGE_IDOC_INV_OUT Aggregated Bills (for example, INVOIC_1 IDocs) .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_IDOC_MERGE02 I MERGE_IDOC_REMADV Aggregation of REMADV IDocs for Non-Payment Advice Notes .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_INV_TAX I DETERMINE_TAX_DATA Determination of Tax Date .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_NBSERVICE I CHECK_CUSTOMER_DATA Check of Customer Fields from CI_ESERVICE .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SCENARIO I SCENARIO_DEFINE Up To 4.64: Contains Scenario Definitions .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_ACT_COLUMNS Activities: Set Characteristics for Columns .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_ACT_FILL Activities: Enter Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_ACT_HOTSPOT Activities: Hotspot Navigation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_ACT_LAYOUT Activities: Set Layout .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_ACT_SORTING Activities: Set Default Sorting .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_COLUMNS Message Data: Set Characteristics for Columns .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_COMPARE Message Data: Comparison of Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_FILL Message Data: Enter Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_HOTSPOT Message Data: Hotspot Navigation .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_LAYOUT Message Data: Set Layout .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I ALV_MSGDATA_SORTING Message Data: Set Default Sorting .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I CI_HEAD_SUBSCREEN_FREE_CONTR Customer Enhancement Header Data: Release Subscreen Controls.
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I CI_HEAD_SUBSCREEN_INIT Customer Enhancement Header Data: Initialize Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I CI_HEAD_SUBSCREEN_PBO Customer Enhancement Header Data: Sunscreen PBO .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I FIND_SWITCHDOC Find Switch Document .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I INTERPRET_MSGDATA Interpret Message Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_CREATION_CHECK Is It Possible to Generate Message Data? .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_SUBSCREEN_FREE_CONTR Message Data Dialog: Release Resources .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_SUBSCREEN_INIT Message Data Dialog: Init .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_SUBSCREEN_INPUT Message Data Dialog: Check and Transfer .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_SUBSCREEN_PAI Message Data Dialog: PAI .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWITCHDOC I MSGDATA_SUBSCREEN_PBO Message Data Dialog: PBO .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_SWT_ARCHIVE I ANALYSE_SWITCHDOC Analyze Switch Documents for Archivability .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_TASK_HIERARC I GENERATE_HIERARCHY Generate Hierarchy .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_TASK_HIERARC I SELECT_HIERARCHY_DATA Select Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_ISU_IDE_UI_PODGROUP I UPDATE_ASSIGNMENT Update allocation .
IF_EX_ISU_INTERVAL_CHECK I INTERVAL_CHECK Suppression Logic for Flat-Rate Installations .
IF_EX_ISU_INT_SYST_INV I CHANGE_INVOICE_DATA Change or Add to Bill Receipt Data .
IF_EX_ISU_INT_SYST_REM I CHANGE_REMADV_DATA Change or Add to Data for Internal PAN Processing .
IF_EX_ISU_INV_KPI_PROCESS I LOAD_CUSTOMER_DATA Enhancement of KPI-Relevant Data .
IF_EX_ISU_INV_REMADV_DLG I CHECK_USER_INPUT Check User Entries of Bill/PAN Dialog .
IF_EX_ISU_IN_KPI_PROCESS I LOAD_CUSTOMER_DATA Enhancement of KPI-Relevant Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MDG_CHECK_ATTRID I ADJUST_ATTRID Evaluates a Master Data Generator Attribute in Customizing .
IF_EX_ISU_MOVEIN_CUSTOMIZE I GETCUSTOMIZING Override Customizing .
IF_EX_ISU_MOVEIN_MENUE I MENU_BAR_ENTRIES_ADD Add Menu Bar Entries .
IF_EX_ISU_MOVEIN_SETBPADDR I SETMOVEINBPADDR Set Standard Address of Move-In Customer .
IF_EX_ISU_MOVEOUT_MENUE I MENU_BAR_ENTRIES_ADD Add Menu Bar Entries .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_CHECK_CUSTOMDAT I MR_CHECK_CUSTDAT Check Custoemr Data for Changes (for Customer) .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_CSR_SORT I PROVIDE_EABL Transfer Meter Reading Documents .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_DOWNLOAD_OSB I CREATE_ONSITE_BILL_DATA Generate Data for Onsite Billing .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_EABL_UPD I ADD_EABL_TO_OBJECT_UPD Add EABLs for Update to MR Object .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_FORMAL_CHECK I MR_FORMAL_CHECK User-Defined Formal Checks .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_INTERPOL_CHCK I INTERPOL_CHECK Customer-Specific Check for Interpolation Permissibility .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_KPI_PROCESS I ENHANCE_CL_MR Enhance Meter Reading: Clarification .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_KPI_PROCESS I ENHANCE_NCL_MR Enhance Meter Reading: Non-Clarification .
IF_EX_ISU_MR_PPM_CONTRREAD I DETERMINE_PPM_CONTRREAD Generation of Control Meter Readings for PPM Devices .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I01_ORDER I GETDETAIL List with Details for Service Orders with IS-U Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I01_ORDER I GETLIST List with keys for Service Orders with IS-U Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I01_ORDER I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for Service Orders with IS-U Data 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I01_ORDER I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Service Orders with IS-U Data 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I02_NOTIF I GETDETAIL List with Details for Service Notifications with IS-U Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I02_NOTIF I GETLIST List with Keys for Service Notifications with IS-U Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I02_NOTIF I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for Service Notifications with IS-U Data 3.0.
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I02_NOTIF I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Service Notifications with IS-U Data 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I03_GET_CUST I GET_VARIANT Get Variant .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I03_METERREAD I GETDETAIL List of Details for Meter Reading Orders with IS-U Data .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I03_METERREAD I GETLIST List of Meter Reading Units .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I03_METERREAD I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for Meter Reading Orders with IS-U Data 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I03_METERREAD I MAU30_GETLIST List of Meter Reading Units 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I10_MREP I AFTER After Calling FUBA ISU_S_WORKLIST_INSTALL .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I10_MREP I BEFORE Before Calling FUBA ISU_S_WORKLIST_INSTALL .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I10_MREP I MAU30_AFTER After Calling Function Module ISU_S_WORKLIST_INSTALL 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I10_MREP I MAU30_BEFORE Before Calling Function Module ISU_S_WORKLIST_INSTALL 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I11_PAY I AFTER After Calling Function Module FKK_CREATE_DOC_AND_CLEAR .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I11_PAY I BEFORE Before Calling Function Module FKK_CREATE_DOC_AND_CLEAR .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I11_PAY I MAU30_AFTER After Calling Function Module FKK_CREATE_DOC_AND_CLEAR 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I11_PAY I MAU30_BEFORE Before Calling Function Module FKK_CREATE_DOC_AND_CLEAR 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I12_DISC I AFTER After Calling Function Module ISU_S_DISCDOC_CHANGE .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I12_DISC I BEFORE Before Calling Function Module ISU_S_DISCDOC_CHANGE .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I12_DISC I MAU30_AFTER After Calling Function Module ISU_S_DISCDOC_CHANGE 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I12_DISC I MAU30_BEFORE Before Calling Function Module ISU_S_DISCDOC_CHANGE 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I13_MREAD I AFTER Exit After Calling BAPI_MTRREADDOC_UPLOAD .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I13_MREAD I BEFORE Exit Before Calling BAPI_MTRREADDOC_UPLOAD .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I13_MREAD I MAU30_AFTER Exit After Calling BAPI_MTRREADDOC_UPLOAD 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I13_MREAD I MAU30_BEFORE Exit Before Calling BAPI_MTRREADDOC_UPLOAD 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I14_MRNOTE I AFTER Exit After Calling Function Module FUBA ISU_S_NOTE_CREATE_DI.
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I14_MRNOTE I BEFORE Exit After Calling Function Module FUBA ISU_S_NOTE_CREATE_DI.
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I14_MRNOTE I MAU30_AFTER Exit After Calling Function Module ISU_S_NOTE_CREATE_DI 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I14_MRNOTE I MAU30_BEFORE Exit After Calling Function Module ISU_S_NOTE_CREATE_DI 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I20_NOTE I GETDETAIL List with Details for a Meter Reading Note .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I20_NOTE I GETLIST List with Keys for a Meter Reading Note .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I20_NOTE I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Meter Reading Note, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I20_NOTE I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Meter Reading Notes, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I21_CONF I GETDETAIL List with Details for a Disconnection / Reconnection Status .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I21_CONF I GETLIST List with Keys for a Disconnection / Reconnection Status .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I21_CONF I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Disconnection/Reconnection Status, 3.0.
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I21_CONF I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Disconnection/Reconnection Statuses, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I22_MRTYPE I GETDETAIL List with Details for a User-Defined Meter Reading Category .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I22_MRTYPE I GETLIST List with Keys for a User-Defined Meter Reading Category .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I22_MRTYPE I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for User-Defined Meter Reading Category, 3.0.
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I22_MRTYPE I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for User-Defined Meter Reading Categories, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I23_DTYPE I GETDETAIL List with Details for a User-Defined Document Type .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I23_DTYPE I GETLIST List with Keys for a User-Defined Document Type .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I23_DTYPE I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a User-Defined Document Type, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I23_DTYPE I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for User-Defined Document Types, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I24_ACT I GETDETAIL List with Details for User-Defined Activity Reasons .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I24_ACT I GETLIST List with Keys for User-Defined Activity Reasons .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I24_ACT I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for User-Defined Activity Reasons, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I24_ACT I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for User-Defined Activity Reasons, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I25_CURR I GETDETAIL List with Details for a Currency .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I25_CURR I GETLIST List with Keys for a Currency .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I25_CURR I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Currency, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I25_CURR I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Currencies, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I26_DISCT I GETDETAIL List with Details for Disconnection Types .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I26_DISCT I GETLIST List with Keys for Disconnection Types .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I26_DISCT I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for Disconnection Types, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I26_DISCT I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Disconnection Types, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I27_MATNR I GETDETAIL List with Details for a Material .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I27_MATNR I GETLIST List of Keys for Materials .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I27_MATNR I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Material, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I27_MATNR I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Materials, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I28_CUST I GETDETAIL List with Details for a Scenario .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I28_CUST I GETLIST List of Keys for Scenarios .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I28_CUST I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Scenario, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I28_CUST I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Scenarios, 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I29_ABLHINW I MAU30_GETDETAIL Liste mit Details zu einem Ablesehinweis vom Ableser 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I29_ABLHINW I MAU30_GETLIST Liste mit Schlüsseln zu Ablesehinweisen vom Ableser 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I30_ALLCUST I MAU30_GETDETAIL List of Details for a Scenario 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I30_ALLCUST I MAU30_GETDETAIL_LIST List of all keys for Details .
IF_EX_ISU_MU_I30_ALLCUST I MAU30_GETLIST List of Keys for Scenarios 3.0 .
IF_EX_ISU_ONSITE_BILLING I CREATE_ONSITE_BILL_DATA Generate Data for Onsite Billing .
IF_EX_ISU_PPM_PAYMENTS I CHOOSE_BLART Select Desired Document Types .
IF_EX_ISU_PROCESS_ADVICE I REVOKE_REVERSAL_LOCK Reset Reversal Lock Flag in Print Document .
IF_EX_ISU_RELCORRLIST_ALV I EXTENSION_EABL_ALV Enhance EABL_ALV for RELCORRLIST .
IF_EX_ISU_RELCORRLIST_F4 I F4_HELP_EABL_ALV F4 Help for Customer-Specific Fields in ALV List .
IF_EX_ISU_SCENARIO_SWITCH I NEW_CONTRACT_CHANGE Up to 4.64: Change Contract Data for New Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_SCENARIO_SWITCH I NEW_INST_OBJ_CHANGE Up to 4.64: Change Installation Data for Init. Data Creation.
IF_EX_ISU_TO_BILL_GDPDU I CHECK_DOCUMENTS_EXTRACTED Check if Documents Have Already Been Extracted .
IF_EX_ISU_TO_BILL_GDPDU I ISU_GDPDU_ARCHIVE_CHECK Only Relevant for Germany .
IF_EX_ISU_TO_EMMA_MSG I SUPPRESS_MSG_FOR_DISPLAY suppress messages at user display level .
IF_EX_ISU_TO_EMMA_MSG I SUPPRESS_MSG_FOR_PREP suppress messages during preperation of mass activity .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_ABBP I ABBP_ADJ_PERM Adjust Authorization Check for Budget Billing Plan .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_ABBP I ABBP_GET_CA_DESCR Read Contract Account Description .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_ABBP I ABBP_GET_CUST_LIMITS Read Percentage Limits for Budget Billing Amount Adjustment .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_BCONTCREATE I ABBP_SAVE_CREATE_BCONT Create Contact After Saving in ABBP .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_BCONTCREATE I MTR_CREATE_BCONT Create Contact After Saving Meter Readings .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_BCONTCREATE I MVE_IN_CREATE_BCONT Create Contact After Saving Parked Document .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_BCONTCREATE I MVE_IO_CREATE_BCONT Create Contact After Saving Parked Document .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_BCONTCREATE I MVE_OUT_CREATE_BCONT Create Contact After Saving Parked Document .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_CUSTOM Filters the Custom Tab .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_EVER_DETAIL Filters Data for Detail View of Selected Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_EVER_LIST Supplies Contracts for Business Partner / Contract Account .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_FILTER_DATA Filters Data for Contract Filter .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_HISTORY Filters Data for Consumption Overview .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_METER_READING Filters Data for Meter Readings for Selected Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_METER_READING_DATES Filters the Meter Reading Data .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I FILTER_TECHNICAL_DETAIL Filters Technical Data for Selected Contract .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I HIST_CREATE_CUSTOM_DATA Consumption History: Provision of Scheme .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_CO I HIST_CREATE_DATA Consumption History: Provision of Data .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_ABBP_CALCULATE Enhancements for BD_ABBP_CALCULATE .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_ABBP_PREP_ADJ Enhancements for BD_ABBP_PREP_ADJ .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_ABBP_READ Enhancements for BD_ABBP_READ .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_ADDRESS_CHECK_EXTENSION Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_ADDRESS_CHECK .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_BUPA_ADDRESS_EXTENSION Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_BUPA_ADDRESS .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_CHECK_BANK_EXTENSION Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_CHECK_BANK .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_COUNTRY_EXTENSION Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_COUNTRY .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_INTERNET_GET_BANKDATA Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_GET_BANKDATA .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_IN Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_IN .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_INOUT Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_INOUT .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_IN_PRINEnhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_IN_PRINT .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_OUT Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_MOVE_OUT .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_PREMISE_IDENEnhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_PREMISE_IDENT .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_READ_PREMISEEnhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_READ_PREMISES .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_STRUCTURES Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_STRUCTURES .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_EXTENSION I UCES_MVE_INTERNET_VKONTO Enhancements for BD_MVE_INTERNET_VKONTO .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I ABBP_CALL_SF_FUBA Call Generated Adobe Form for Function Module .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I ABBP_FILL_FUNC_NAME Enter Variables for FP_FUNCTION_MODULE_NAME Function Module .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I ABBP_SEND_MSG Send E-Mail .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MTR_BEFORE_SEND_MSG Fill Transfer Parameters for Send Message .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MTR_CALL_SF_FUBA Call Function Module for Generated Smart Form .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MTR_FILL_FUNC_NAME Fill Variable for Function module 'SSF_FUNCTION_MODULE_NAME'.
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IN_BEFORE_SEND_MSG Fill Transfer Parameters for Send Message .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IN_CALL_SF_FUBA Call Function Module for Generated Smart Form .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IN_FILL_FUNC_NAME Fill Variable for Function module 'SSF_FUNCTION_MODULE_NAME'.
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IO_BEFORE_SEND_MSG Fill Transfer Parameters for Send Message .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IO_CALL_SF_FUBA Call Function Module for Generated Smart Form .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_IO_FILL_FUNC_NAME Fill Variable for Function module 'SSF_FUNCTION_MODULE_NAME'.
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_OUT_BEFORE_SEND_MSG Fill Transfer Parameters for Send Message .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_OUT_CALL_SF_FUBA Call Function Module for Generated Smart Form .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_MAIL I MVE_OUT_FILL_FUNC_NAME Fill Variable for Function module 'SSF_FUNCTION_MODULE_NAME'.
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MTR_CHANGE_METERCHECK BADI Definition for Function Module BD_MTR_INTERNET_CHECK .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MTR_CHANGE_METERLIST BADI Definition for Function Module BD_MTR_INTERNET_READ .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MTR_CHANGE_METERSAVE BADI Definition for Function Module BD_MTR_INTERNET_SAVE .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MTR_GET_DEV_MODE_1 BAdI Definition: Remove ISU_REGISTER_TO_READ_EVBS m1 .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MTR_GET_DEV_MODE_2 BAdI Definition: Remove ISU_REGISTER_TO_READ_EVBS m2 .
IF_EX_ISU_UCES_METERREAD I MVE_GET_DEV BAdI Definition: Remove ISU_DB_EANL_SELECT_VST_SP mve .
IF_EX_ISU_UPDEASTE_EPC I UPDEASTE_EPC Execution of Other Actions on or Using EASTE Entries .
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_INVOIC_IN I CHANGE_INVOICE_DATA Change or Add to Bill Processing Data .
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_INVOIC_OUT I CHANGE_INVOICE_DATA Change or Add to Bill Issue Data .
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_INVOIC_OUT I DETERMINE_DOCUMENT_DATE Determination of Bill Period .
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_INVOIC_OUT I DETERMINE_QUANTITY Determination of Quantities for Flat-Rates and Rental Prices.
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_INVOIC_OUT I DETERMINE_TAX_LINE_TYPE Determination of Line Types for Duty and Other Taxes .
IF_EX_ISU_VDEW_REMADV_OUT I CHANGE_REMADV_DATA Change Data During Outgoing Advice Note Processing .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ADAPT_SERVICE I ADAPT_SERVICES Modifies Dependent Services for a Route .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING I CHECK_AUTOMATIC_BILL_REV Check Whether Automatic Adjustment Reversal is Possible .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING I CHECK_INTERIM_INSTALLATION Check Previous Container Delivery in Installation Facts .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING I COMPRESS_TIMESLICES Collapse (Artificially) Delimited Service Time Slices .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING I DO_AUTOMATIC_BILL_REVERSAL Execute Automatic Adjustment Reversal .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING_EXEC I ADOPT_AAT Adjust Billing-Relevant Waste Billing Categories .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_BILLING_EXEC I CHECK_ORDERS Check Billing-Relevant Waste Disposal Orders .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_CONT_INSTALL I CHECK_CONTAINER_ALLOCATED Check Whether Container Is Allocated to Container Location .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_CONT_INSTALL I INSTALL_CONTAINER Install/Remove/Replace Container .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_CONT_INSTALL I READ_SERVLOC_DATA Read Container Location Data / Container Data .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_CONT_INSTALL I REVERSE_CONTAINER Reverse Installation/Removal/Replacement of Container .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ELOC I BALANCE_DIFFCULT Comparison of Notes in Container Location with Service .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ELOC I CHECK_CONTAINER_IS_FREE Determine Next Free Container or Check Availability .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ELOC I CHECK_EO_ADDRESS Address Check Between Premise and Container .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ELOC I CHECK_EO_ALLOCATION Check Whether Object Allocation is Permitted .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_GOODSMOVEMENT I SPLITWASTEAMOUNT Splits Waste Quantity According to Guartr. Cont. Guidelines .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_GUARCONTRACT I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_HEAD Transports Data Back from Header Data Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_GUARCONTRACT I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_HIST Transports Data Back from Item Data Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_GUARCONTRACT I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_HEAD Transports Data to Header Data Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_GUARCONTRACT I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_HIST Transports Data to Item Data Subscreen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_ALV_FIELDCAT Define ALF List for Waste Disposal Order/Weighing Record .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_FIELD_DISPLAY Forward navigation .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_ORDERPRINT Print Waste Disposal Documents .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_PINTPARAMS Define Print Parameters for Waste Disposal Documents .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_CARGO Update General Cargo Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_SR Update Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_WAORDER Update Waste Disposal Order .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_WDPLANT Update Waste Disposal Facility .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_WEIGHNOTE Update Waste Disposal Order .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I ACTION_SAVE_WEIGHPRC Update Weighing Procedure .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I CHECKDATA_WAORDER Check Data for Waste Disposal Order Item .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I CHECKDATA_WEIGHNOTE Check Data for Weighing Data Records .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_CARGO Preparation for Update to General Cargo Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_SR Preparation for Update to Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_WAORDER Preparation for Update to Waste Disposal Order .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_WDPLANT Preparation for Update to Waste Disposal Facility .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_WEIGHNOTE Preparation for Update to Waste Disposal Order .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PREPARE_SAVE_WEIGHPRC Preparation for Update to Weighing Procedure .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPAI_CARGO PAI General Cargo Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPAI_SR PAI Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPAI_WDPLANT PAI Waste Disposal Facility .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPAI_WEIGHFAST PAI Accelerated Weighing Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPAI_WEIGHPRC PAI Weighing Procedure .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPBO_CARGO PBO General Cargo Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPBO_SR PBO Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPBO_WDPLANT PBO Waste Disposal Facility .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPBO_WEIGHFAST PBO Accelerated Weighing Entry .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_HAZARD_WASTE I PROGPBO_WEIGHPRC PBO Weighing Procedure .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CONFIRM I PREPARE_CO_REPOSTING Prepares CO Posting .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CONFIRM I PREPARE_RESOURCE_CONFIRM Fill Customer Fields in Confirmation for Resource .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CONFIRM I UPDATE_DEBITREQUEST Create/Revise SD Subsequent Document from Confirmation .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CONFIRM I UPDATE_DEBITREQUEST_AFTER After SD Subsequent Document Has Been Created/Changed .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CREATE I CHECK_ORDERHD_EXISTING Check Whether an Order Header Already Exists .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CREATE I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Enters Values for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CREATE I PREPARE_ORDER_CREATE Prepares the Creation of Waste Disposal Orders .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_CREATE I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Enters Values in Customer Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_DISPO I FILTER_SELECTED_ROUTE Route Restriction .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_DISPO I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Customer Fields for Route Restriction .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_DISPO I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Customer Fields for Route Restriction .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_SELECT I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Enters Values for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_SELECT I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Enters Values in Customer Fields .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ORDER_SELECT I SELECT_ORDERS Selects Waste Disposal Orders .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_PROP I DETERMINE_RATED_VALUE Calculate Evaluated Measured Amounts .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_PROP I OPEN_PROP When Reading Data in OPEN Module .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_PROP I SAVE_PROP When Saving Property Data .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ROB_ADR_CHECK I CHECK_ADDRESS Checks Address of Cleaning Object .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ROUTE_CHECK I CHECK_ROUTE Checks Permissibility of Route in Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_ROUTE_CHECK I CHECK_ROUTE_ORDER_CREATE Checks Permissibility of Interval for Route .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I ADAPT_SERVICE_DATE Adjustment of Service to Agree With Contract Duration .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I CHECK_BILLING_DATE Check Change in Billed Period .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I MODIFY_SGROUP_INPUT Ready-For-Input Status of Fields from Service Grouping .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I OPEN_SERVFREQ Call When Opening Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data to Screen .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I SAVE_SERVFREQ Call Before Saving Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SERVICE_FREQ I SERVICE_GROUPING Interpret Service Grouping .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SF_CMPL_CHECK I CHECK_COMPL_BEFORE_SAVE Incompleteness Check Before Saving Service Frequency .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SF_CMPL_CHECK I CHECK_HEADER_FIELDS Field Checks at Header Level .
IF_EX_ISU_WA_SF_CMPL_CHECK I CHECK_SERVICE_FIELDS Field Checks at Service Level .
IF_EX_ISU_WM_ADD_PARTNER I ADD_PARTNER Create Partner Data for PM/SM Orders .
IF_EX_ISU_ZWIABRECH_EINZUG I CREATE_INTERIMBILL Generate Interim Meter Reading with Billing .
IF_EX_ISU_ZWIABRECH_WECHSL I CREATE_INTERIMBILL_REPL Generate Interim Meter Reading with Billing .
IF_EX_IVIEW_PROMO_DETAIL I CHANGE Change Data and/or Layout of Promotion Detail Table .
IF_EX_IVIEW_PROMO_OVERVIEW I CHANGE Change Data and/or Layout of Promotion Table .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I AUDISP_FOR_REFURB_ORDER Define MRP-Relevance for Refurbishment Orders .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I AUTHORITY_CHECK_AUART_ACTIVIT Authorization Check for PM/CS Order .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I CHANGE_COSTRELEVNCY Change of Costing Relevance of Components .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I CONFIRMATIONDATE_CHANGEABLE Confirmation Data for Maintenance Plan .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I CONTRACT_PRICE_GET Determine whether the price is copied from the contract .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I CREATE_BANF_FOR_IND_STOCK Create PReq for Reservation for Sales Order Stock .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I INVEST_ORDER_XRAIST01_ALTER Modify Order-AuC Interface .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I NO_CONTRACT_DATA_GET Determine If Contract Data Should Be Copied .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I NO_RES_FOR_IND_STOCK No Reservation for Sales Order Stock .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I ORDER_SCHEDULE Determine whether the order should be scheduled .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I REFERENCE_ORDER_CHK Authorization Check on Initial Screen for Reference Order .
IF_EX_IWO1_ORDER_BADI I RKPF_MODIFY Change Reservation Header .
IF_EX_IWO1_PREQ_BADI I DECISION_COLL_PREQ Decide on Collective Purch. Req. Item or New Purch. Req. .
IF_EX_IWO1_PREQ_BADI I DETERMINE_DATE_FOR_SERVICE Determination of Date for Pricing .
IF_EX_IWO1_SCREEN_MODIFY I CHANGE_SCREEN Set hidden indicator .
IF_EX_IWO1_SUBSCREEN_0170 I GET_DATA Retrieve Data from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_IWO1_SUBSCREEN_0170 I PUT_DATA Transfer Data to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION I CHANGE_TL_COMP_DATA_1 Copying of Task List Components (PLMZ, STPOX) .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION I CHANGE_TL_COMP_DATA_2 Copying of Task List Components (RESBB) .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION I CHANGE_TL_DATA Copying of Task List Data .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION I CREATE_DUMMY_OPERATION Creation of a Dummy Operation .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION2 I CHANGE_TL_COMP_DATA_1 Copying of Task List Components (PLMZ, STPOX) .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION2 I CHANGE_TL_COMP_DATA_2 Copying of Task List Components (RESBB) .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION2 I CHANGE_TL_DATA Copying of Task List Data .
IF_EX_IWO1_TL_INTEGRATION2 I CREATE_DUMMY_OPERATION Creation of a Dummy Operation .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I CHANGE_WKCTR_IN_NOTIF In Message, Determine Work Center for Forwarding .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I CHANGE_WKCTR_IN_ORDER In Order, Determine Work Center for Forwarding .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I CHK_MNWKCTR_IN_NOTIF Check Work Center for Forwarding in Message .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I CHK_MNWKCTR_IN_ORDER Check Work Center for Forwarding in Order .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I SET_INACTIVE_IN_NOTIF Deactivate Switch in Message Using Parameters .
IF_EX_IWO1_WKCTR_CHANGE I SET_INACTIVE_IN_ORDER Deactivate Switch in Order Using Parameters .
IF_EX_IWOC_LIST_TUNING I CHANGE_VIEW Change Selection View .
IF_EX_IWOC_OBJECTINFO_CHNG I GET_PMIS_DATA Determine Key Figures on the Object Info Screen .
IF_EX_IWO_MASS_CHANGE I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authority Check .
IF_EX_IWO_UI_USEFLEX I EXEC_NEW Execute New UI .
IF_EX_IWP3_INSP_PLAN_CHECK I INSP_PLAN_CHECK_STABI Check of Selected Inspection Plan .
IF_EX_IWP3_INSP_PLAN_CHECK I PHYNR_CHECK_STABI Check of Physical Sample in Schedule .
IF_EX_IWP3_INSP_TYPE_CHECK I INSP_TYPE_CHECK Check the Inspection Type for Inspection Lot Origin .
IF_EX_IWP3_ROUTING_SELECT I ROUTING_SELECTION Inspection Plan Selection Using Lists .
IF_EX_JBA_SFGDT I MODIFY_TRANSACTIONDATA Changing a list of internal generic transactions (SFGDT) .
IF_EX_JBA_US_PREPAYMENT I ANALYSIS Method used to analyze and request Market Data .
IF_EX_JBA_US_PREPAYMENT I VALUATION Method used to modify cash flows with prepayment amounts .
IF_EX_JBD_BP_EXP_AFTER_SEL I MODIFYBPDATA Change Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_COLL_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_CP_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_CP_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_DETR_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FCTY_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FRA_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FTD_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FX_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_FX_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_GETR_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LMB_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LMB_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LMB_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LM_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_CF_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_CF_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_CF_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_LOAN_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDFX_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIR_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDIX_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDSE_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOFX_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIR_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOIX_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_MDVOSE_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_DE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_DE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_DE_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FX_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_FX_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_MD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_MD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_MD_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_SE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_SE_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_SE_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_S_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_S_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_S_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_VC_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_POS_V_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_REL_EXP_AFTER_SE I MODIFYRELDATA Change Data for Business Partner Relationships .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SETR_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_SWAP_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FD_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FO_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_FO_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_LIST I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_LIST I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN Transfer of Extension Parameters to Internal Structures/Tble.
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_MULT I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT Transer of Internal Structures/Tables to Output Parameters .
IF_EX_JBD_VATR_MD_GET_MULT I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN Verification of Input Parameters .
IF_EX_JBP_BADI_AFIXP I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_JBP_BADI_AFLEXP I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_JBP_BADI_BFIXP I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_JBP_BADI_BFLEXP I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_JBP_DIST_DERIVE_DIS1 I MODIFY_LINE_ITEM Modify Line Items (Target Segment) .
IF_EX_JBP_FTP_CALCULATR_PA I CHANGE_FTP_PARAMETERS Change Tranche Parameters of Opportunity .
IF_EX_JBP_FTP_CALCULATR_PA I DONT_LOG_INTERMEDIATE_RATES Specify If Interest Rates Record Before Averaging Process .
IF_EX_JITOUT_NUMBER_GET I NUMBER_GET_NEXT Assign Own Numbers for JIT Outbound Items .
IF_EX_JITO_ACTION I AFTER_ACTION After the Action .
IF_EX_JITO_ACTION I BEFORE_ACTION Before the Action .
IF_EX_JITO_ACTION I CUSTOMER_ACTION Customer Action .
IF_EX_JITO_ACTION I ERROR_CASE Error .
IF_EX_JITO_CREATE I CHANGE_CALL_DATA Change Release Data .
IF_EX_JITO_DELCON I CHECK_DELCON_CLOSING Check Delivery Confirmation Closing .
IF_EX_JITO_IDOC I CHANGE_IDOC_DELIVERY_CONFIRM Delivery Confirmation IDoc Adjustment .
IF_EX_JITO_IDOC I CHANGE_IDOC_JITCALL JIT Call IDoc Adjustment .
IF_EX_JITO_LAYOUT I CHANGE_LAYOUT Change Field Catalog of Monitor (JITOM) .
IF_EX_JITO_LAYOUT I FILL_ADDITIONAL_DATA Filling the Additional Fields .
IF_EX_JITO_LAYOUT I HANDLE_FCODE Function Code Handling .
IF_EX_JITO_LAYOUT I HANDLE_GOTO Link Handling .
IF_EX_JITO_LAYOUT I READ_ADDITIONAL_DATA Reading Additional Data (Reference Data) .
IF_EX_JIT_DELCON I ACTION Customer-specific Action After Posting IDoc DELCON .
IF_EX_JIT_DELCON I INVOICE_CREATION Change the Data for Billing Document Creation .
IF_EX_JIT_DELCON I MAPPING Mapping for IDoc Processing of the IDoc DELCON .
IF_EX_JIT_FIND_SA I FIND_SCHEDULE_AGREEMENT Determine Scheduling Agreement .
IF_EX_JIT_GM_TYPE I GOODS_MOVEMENT_TYPE Define Movement Type for Stock Transfer .
IF_EX_JIT_MONITOR I HANDLE_FCODE FCODE Handling .
IF_EX_JIT_NUMBER I NUMBER_FOR_CG_TYPE Assign Number of the Components Group Type Internally .
IF_EX_JIT_NUMBER I NUMBER_FOR_DESTINATION Assign Number of the Destination Internally .
IF_EX_JOB_NAME_SELF I JOB_NAME Job Name Add-In .
IF_EX_J_1BWHT_BR_EXT I DETERMINE_TAX_CODE Determine Tax Code Used in WHT Calculation in Down Payments .
IF_EX_J_1B_EXBASE_GET I GET_PRICE Determine price from customer specific source .
IF_EX_J_1B_RANGE_NUMBER I PRINT_CONFIGURATION Change Nota Fiscal Print Configuration .
IF_EX_J_3RF_CH_ADDR I SHIP_TO_PARTY_ADDR Get New Address .
IF_EX_KAOV_ORD_PLD_REVENUE I PLANNED_REVENUE_UPDATE Define Planned Revenue Update .
IF_EX_KAZB_OBJ_CHECK I CHECK_AUTYP Check Order Category and Possible Deletion from Int. Table .
IF_EX_KAZB_OBJ_CHECK I CHECK_AUTYP_COWL Check Order Type, Possible Deletion from ITAB, Worklist PCC .
IF_EX_KB6X_CUST_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_EX_KKAG0001 I ABGRENZUNGSDATEN_AENDERN Corresponds to Customer Enhancement 1 (EXIT_SAPLKKAG_001) .
IF_EX_KKAG0001 I BEWERTUNGSBASIS_AENDERN Like EXIT_SAPLKKAG_002 But Only Valuation Basis .
IF_EX_KKAG0008 I EXTENDED_MESSAGE_HANDLING Extended Subsequent Processing of Error Messages .
IF_EX_KK_F_CHECK_OBJ_STAT I OBJECT_SELECTION Extension of Object Selection for Product Cost Collector .
IF_EX_KK_F_QM_ORD_CREATE I AT_SAVE_QM_ORDER Exit Create QM Order .
IF_EX_KMC_ATTACHMENT_AUTH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_EX_KPEP_WL_OBJECT I GET_ROLE_ACTOR Get Responsible for Object .
IF_EX_KPEP_WL_OBJECT I PREPARE_OUTPUT Fill Fields Object_ext and Shorttext .
IF_EX_K_CCA_CUSTOMER_FIELD I COSTCENTER_CREATE Fill Customer Fields When Creating Cost Center .
IF_EX_K_FM_CHECK_FOR_ALOC I CHECK_SENDER_RECEIVER Checks Sender and Receiver for Assessment .
IF_EX_K_FM_CHECK_FOR_ALOC I CHECK_SENDER_RECEIVER_2 Checks Sender and Receiver for Allocation .
IF_EX_K_FM_CHECK_FOR_ALOC I DERIVE_CHECK_CCSS Derive and Check FM Account Assignment from CCSS .
IF_EX_K_FM_CHECK_FOR_ALOC I DERIVE_CHECK_COBL Derive and Check FM Account Assignment from COBL .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_RULE I ENABLE_MAINTENANCE Enable Definition of Plan Settlement Rule .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_RULE I GET_RECEIVER Read Plan Settlement Receiver .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_SETTLEMENT I CHECK_OBJECT Check Account Assignment Object .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_SETTLEMENT I CHECK_RULE Check Distribution Rule .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_SETTLEMENT I CHECK_VERSION Check Plan Settlement .
IF_EX_K_PLAN_SETTLEMENT I CREATE_RULE Create Plan Settlement Rule .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_1 I RW_CHANGE Change Selected Fields in FI/CO Document in the Settlement .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I BTA_EXECUTE BTA Callup (EXECUTE) .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I BTA_POST BTA Callup (POST) .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I BTA_PREPARE BTA Callup (PREPARE) .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I INITIALIZE Clear .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I STORE_CO_DATA Save Settlement Data: CO Receiver .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_2 I STORE_MA_DATA Save Settlement Data: Material Receiver .
IF_EX_K_SETTLEMENT_3 I MODIFY_SRULE Change Settlement Rule .
IF_EX_LEDSP_SPLIT_EXECUTE I EXECUTE Perform Subsequent Delivery Split .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I CHECK_AT_DELETION Deletion of shipment document allowed? .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I CHECK_AT_SAVE Checks for Saving .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I CHECK_EXT_ACTIV Check whether extension is active .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I CHECK_TRTYP Change check of VT02n to VT03n .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I DRAG_NODES Warning screen when deliveries are moved .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I DROP_NODES Update ALV tree when delivieres are moved .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I NAVIGATE Screen Navigation .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I NODES_REFRESH Update ALV Tree in Planning Screen .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I TABSTRIP_CONTROL Goto Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I TOOLBAR_ACTIONS Execute Toolbar Functions .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Show/hide buttons .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I VSO_PREPARE Prepare/start VSO .
IF_EX_LE_SHPMNT_EXTENSION I VSO_UPDATE Remove VSO Results .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I CHANGE_DELIVERY_HEADER Change of Own Data When Changing Header Data .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I CHANGE_DELIVERY_ITEM Change of Own Data When Changing an Item .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I CHANGE_FCODE_ATTRIBUTES Control Activation of Function Codes .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I CHANGE_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Control Input Attributes of Delivery Fields .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I CHECK_ITEM_DELETION Check Deletion of a Delivery Item .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I DELIVERY_DELETION Delete Own Data when Deleting the Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I DELIVERY_FINAL_CHECK Last Checks Before Saving the Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I DOCUMENT_NUMBER_PUBLISH Publish Delivery Number After Number Assignment .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I FILL_DELIVERY_HEADER Determine Own Data when Creating the Delivery Header .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I FILL_DELIVERY_ITEM Determine Own Data when Creating an Item .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I INITIALIZE_DELIVERY Initialize Own Data .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I ITEM_DELETION Delete Own Item-Dependent Data .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I PUBLISH_DELIVERY_ITEM Publish Item Data After Processing .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I READ_DELIVERY Read Own Data After Delivery Has Been Read .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I SAVE_AND_PUBLISH_BEFORE_OUTPUTSave Own Data Before Message Output .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I SAVE_AND_PUBLISH_DOCUMENT Save Own Data/Publish Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DELIVERY_PROC I SAVE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE Last Determination Before Saving .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_DLV_GETLIST I MODIFY_DELIVERIES Modification to Deliveries .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_EVAL_RESULT I IDOC_EVALUATE_RESULT Shipping notification (Inbound): Evaluate result (internal) .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_GN_DLV_CREATE I MOVE_KOMDLGN_TO_LIKP Transfer Fields from XKOMDLGN to XLIKP .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_GN_DLV_CREATE I MOVE_KOMDLGN_TO_LIPS Transfer Fields from XKOMDLGN to XLIPS .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_GOODSMOVEMENT I CHANGE_INPUT_HEADER_AND_ITEMS Changes in Header (IMKPF) and Items (XIMSEG) .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_ITEM_STATUS I CHANGE_ITEM_STATUS Change Item Status of Delivery Items .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_PRICING I CHANGE_INPUT_HEADER_AND_ITEMS Changes in Header Struct. (TKOMK) and Item Structure (TKOMP).
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_AUID_HEAD I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_AUID_HEAD I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_AUID_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_AUID_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_HEAD I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_HEAD I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_ITEM I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_ITEM I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_OVER I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_OVER I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_OVER I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_CUST_OVER I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_HEAD I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_HEAD I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_ITEM I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_ITEM I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_GLTR_ITEM I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_SCEM_HEAD I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_SCEM_HEAD I PASS_FCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_SCEM_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Data from Subscreen Back to Delivery .
IF_EX_LE_SHP_TAB_SCEM_HEAD I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_LE_WM_INV_WM_IM I ADD_DATA Add to data before IM posting .
IF_EX_LE_WM_LATER_DN I LATER_DN_CHANGE Set Relevance for Late Delivery Update .
IF_EX_LE_WM_LATER_DN I LATER_DN_PASSD Update Delivery Immediately .
IF_EX_LE_WM_LE_QUANT I QUANT_POSTING_CHANGE Quant Determination During Stock Transfer .
IF_EX_LE_WM_RF_QUEUE I QUEUE_DETERMINATION RF Queue Determination .
IF_EX_LE_WM_STORAGETYPE_HU I STORAGETYPE_DETERMINE Determination of Storage Type for Handling Units .
IF_EX_LE_WM_SUTYPE_HU I SU_TYPE_DETERMINATION Determination of Storage Unit Type for Handling Units .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_ALL_ENTRIES_IN_4 Used for select with all entries .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_ALL_FIELDS_FOR Used for standard select and specified keys .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_ALL_FIELDS_IN Used for select with all star and in range .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_LIFNR_ENTRIES Used for select with all entries and in range with. LIFNR .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_LIFNR_ENTRIES_IN_RUsed for select with all entries and in range .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_LIFNR_ENTRIES_SPECUsed for select with special fields and all entries .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_SPECIAL_FIELDS_FORUsed for select with special fields and specified keys .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I SELECT_LFM2_SPECIAL_FIELDS_IN Used for select with special fields with ranges .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I UPDATE_LFM2_FROM Updates lfm2 from an internal table .
IF_EX_LFM2_DB_STRG I UPDATE_LFM2_WHERE Updates lfm2 when a condition is met .
IF_EX_LGE_ACTION_ACL I ACTION Log entry action follow-up action .
IF_EX_LGE_ACTION_ACL I CHECK Check log entry action .
IF_EX_LGE_SUBSCR_ACL I DUMMY No implementation necessary: is needed for technical reasons.
IF_EX_LGN_SUBSCR_ACL I HIDE_TAB Hides SAP standard tab strip in log notification .
IF_EX_LGN_SUBSCR_ACL I PROCESS_FUNCTION Process by customer activated function in the log notif. .
IF_EX_LISTING_BADI I TRANSFER_WLK1 Transfer of WLK1 Data .
IF_EX_LISTING_BADI I TRANSFER_WRS1 Transfer of WRS1 Data .
IF_EX_LISTING_BADI I TRANSFER_WRS6 Transfer of WRS6 Data .
IF_EX_LISTING_BADI I TRANSFER_WRSZ Transfer of WRSZ Data .
IF_EX_LISTING_DIFF I CHANGE_DATAB Changing of DATAB on Reading Lead Time of WRSZ .
IF_EX_LISTING_PREPACK_COMP I LISTING_PREPACK_COMP Listing of Components of Prepack Materials .
IF_EX_LISTING_SUBSEQUENT I LISTING_PERIOD Listing Period Within Subsequent Listing .
IF_EX_LIST_DISCONTINUATION I LISTING_PARAMETER_SET Controling Material Discontinuation .
IF_EX_LMBP_PAI_SCREEN_POST I PAI_SCREEN_POST Data processing on a standard screen .
IF_EX_LMBP_PBO_SCREEN_POST I PBO_SCREEN_POST Processing of screen layout before data display .
IF_EX_LMBP_VERFPROF_MODIFY I VERFPROF_MODIFY Modification of Verification profile definition and values .
IF_EX_LMBP_VERFVALUE_CHECK I VERFVALUE_CHECK Verification entry processing .
IF_EX_LMOB_VAS_ORDER_BADI I DISPLAY_VAS_ORDER Display relevant VAS Orders .
IF_EX_LSO_CANCELREASONS_C I GET_CANCELLATION_REASONS Determination of Possible Cancellation Reasons .
IF_EX_LSO_CHECK_BOOKING I CHECK_BOOKING BadI for Checks When Prebooking/Booking/Replacing/Rebooking .
IF_EX_LSO_CHECK_BOOKING I CHECK_CANCELLATION BAdI for Checks on Participation Cancellation .
IF_EX_LSO_CHECK_BOOKING I SET_BOOKING_CHECKS Activate/Deactivate Checks .
IF_EX_LSO_COLLABORATION I FILTER_ROOMS Filter: Participants in Rooms .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE01 I GET_RESPONSIBLE Determine Person/Org.Unit Responsible for Correspondence .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE01 I SET_OUTPUT_LANGUAGE Set Output Language (in Dialog, Default Value) .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE01 I SUPPRESS_AUTOMATIC_CORR Suppress Automatic Correspondence Context-Dependent .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE11 I GET_DFT_MAIL_OPTIONS Specify Parameters for Mail Output (Default) .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE11 I GET_MAIL_OPTIONS Specify Parameters for Mail Output (Context-Dep.) .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE11 I GET_SENDER_MAILADDRESS Sender: Determine SAP Mail Address .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE11 I GET_SENDER_SMTPADDRESS Sender: Determine Internet Mail Address .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE11 I SETUP_MAIN_DOCU Determine How Main Document Is to Be Sent .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE12 I GET_MAIL_ADD_ATTACHMENT Get Additional Information (for Attachment) .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE12 I GET_MAIL_BODY Get Correspondence (for Text Block) .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE41 I GET_OUTPUT_OPTIONS Output Control Options: Customizing Adjustments .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE41 I GET_RECIPIENT_OPTIONS Output Control Options: Recipient-Specific Adjustments .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE43 I CHANGE_PRINTPARAMS Change Output Parameters of Print Workbench .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE43 I GET_COUNTRY_FOR_LANGU Gets Country for Language .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE43 I GET_SENDCONTROL Specify Dispatch Control Options .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE43 I IS_ASYNCHRONOUS Output Correspondence Directly After Creation .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER Specify Sender .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_EMAIL Determine Internet mail address of sender .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_FAX Determine sender's fax number .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_NAME Determine sender's name .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_PAGER Determine sender's pager number .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_RMAIL Determine sender's SAP mail address .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE44 I GET_SENDER_TELN Determine sender's phone number .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE45 I GET_COMMUNICATION_DATA Specify Communication Addresses .
IF_EX_LSO_CORRESPONDENCE46 I GET_ADDRESS_READER Specify Link to Contact Address Management .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I CHECK_CONTEXT Checks whether context is complete and valid for output .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I CREATE_REQUEST Generates request for output of context .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I DELETE_REQUEST Delete request for output of contexts .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I FINISH_CREATE End of correspondence generation .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I FINISH_PRINT End of correspondence output .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I INIT_CREATE Initialization of correspondence generation .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I INIT_PRINT Initialization of correspondence output .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT I PRINT_REQUEST Output of request .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT_FKK I CREATE_REQUEST Create Correspondence Request .
IF_EX_LSO_CRP_OUTPUT_FKK I PRINT_REQUEST Print Correspondence Request .
IF_EX_LSO_EBO I FILTEREBO Filter Learning Objectives .
IF_EX_LSO_FOLLOWUP I SET_PROFICIENCY Set Qualification Proficiency .
IF_EX_LSO_LEARNER_GET I GET_ALERTS Editing Training Proposals of Learner in the Learning Portal.
IF_EX_LSO_LEARNER_GET I GET_LEARNER Assignment Learner to User .
IF_EX_LSO_LEARNER_SET I SET_LEARNER Assignment of User to Learner (Reverse of get_learner) .
IF_EX_LSO_LEARNING_PROGRESS I GET_LEARNING_PROGRESS Calculate Learning Progress, Completion Time, and More .
IF_EX_LSO_LEARNING_PROGRESS I MODIFY_PROGRESS_DETAILS Change Detailed Display of Learning Progress of a Course .
IF_EX_LSO_PRICES I LSO_PRICES Learning Solution: Fee and Assignment (Dialog Box) .
IF_EX_LTRM_BIN_CORD_CHANGE I CHANGE_BIN_COORDINATES Change xyz-coordinates and zone of a bin .
IF_EX_LTRM_DURTN_MODIF I DURTN_MODIF Total route duration modification .
IF_EX_LTRM_GRP_RQST_CHANGE I CHANGE_GRP_REQUEST Change Request Data .
IF_EX_LTRM_INTER_DURTN I INTER_DURTN Inter zone duration calculation .
IF_EX_LTRM_INTRA_SEQ I INTRA_SEQ Change the bin sequence in the zone .
IF_EX_LTRM_METRIC_CALC I METRIC_CALC Customer metric calculation .
IF_EX_LTRM_MODE_SET I MODE_SET Mode set in ABAP memory at run time .
IF_EX_LTRM_NODE_DTRM I NODE_DTRM Influence the entries/exits for each pair of zones .
IF_EX_LTRM_RQST_DISPATCH I RQST_DISPATCH Dispatching of request items to Task Management .
IF_EX_LTRM_RQST_GLOBL_SCAN I RQST_GLOBL_SCAN Release requests on user-defined criteria basis .
IF_EX_LTRM_RSTYP_LOCAT I RSTYP_LOCAT Default resource location .
IF_EX_LTRM_RSTYP_LOCATION I RSTYP_LOCATION Set a real location of a resource .
IF_EX_LTRM_TASK_CREATION I TASK_CREATION User determination of task to create .
IF_EX_LTRM_TASK_POST_MODF I TASK_POST_MODIF Enable event after task status change .
IF_EX_LTRM_TASK_SEL I TASK_SELECT User defined task selection .
IF_EX_LTRM_TO_RQST_CHANGE I CHANGE_TO_REQUEST Change Request Data .
IF_EX_LTRM_ZONE_COMB_FLTR I COMBIN_FILTER Zone combinations modifcation .
IF_EX_LUMER_BADI_ROUND_INT I MODIFY_INPUTDATA Modify Units of Measure in Sales Order .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I CROSS_DOCK_DISABLE Disable Cross-Docking .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I DOCUMENT_DATE_CHANGE Determine Document Date and Time .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I FIFO_CHECK Determine FIFO Tolerance .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I OPPORTUNISTIC_CANDIDATE_SELECTDetermine TO to be Cancelled in Opportunistic Cross-Docking .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I PALLETIZING_DATA_DEFINE Determine Palletization Data .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I PLANNING_DOCUMENTS_MATCH Determine Planning and Candidate Documents Matching .
IF_EX_LXDCK_CROSS_DOCK I PLAN_DECISION_SELECT_CHANGE Determine Selected Plan Decision and Adjust Decision Qty .
IF_EX_LXSER_SN_CAPTURE_RF I SN_DECODE Extract serial number from a combined barcode .
IF_EX_LXSER_SN_CAPTURE_RF I SN_PRINT Start printing operation .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_POST I ACTIVITY_POST Enable event after activity creation or confirmation .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I ACTIVITY_MOVE_DEST_CHANG Change Destination in Movement Activity .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I ACTIVITY_SCHEDULE_CHANGE Change Time Window and Destination in Scheduling Activity .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I ACTIVITY_SCHEDULE_MOD_VALIDATEValidate Modification of Scheduling Activity .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I ACTIVITY_SELECT_CHANGE Change Activity Selection .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I ACTIVITY_UPDATE_POST Enable Event That Follows Activity Creation or Status Change.
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I SCHDL_PROFILE_SET Change Default Scheduling Profile .
IF_EX_LXYRD_ACTIVITY_PROC I VEHICLE_ATTRIBUTES_CHANG Change Vehicle Priority, Type and Arrival/Departure Times .
IF_EX_LXYRD_DOCUMENT_PROCESSIN I SHIPMENT_STATUS_UPDATE Update shipment statuses .
IF_EX_MAPPING_RUNTIME I CALL_RUNTIME Partner Mapping Runtime Call .
IF_EX_MAP_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENT I MAP_FIN_TO_CHARACTERISTIC Mapping of Transfer Structure to Acct Assignment Manager .
IF_EX_MASS_CUSTOM_BUTTON I CUSTOM_EINE_SELECT Custom selection for EINE - EINA .
IF_EX_MASS_CUSTOM_BUTTON I CUSTOM_EKKO_SELECT Custom Selection for EKKO - EKPO - EKET .
IF_EX_MASS_CUSTOM_BUTTON I CUSTOM_MARC_SELECT Custom Selection for MARC - WRPL - MPOP .
IF_EX_MASS_CUSTOM_BUTTON I CUSTOM_VENDOR_SELECT Custom Selection for LFM2 .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I FILTER_USERS_CORRECTION_LIST Filters save errors list .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_EINE_CUSTOM_SAVE Allows users to act after the save of mass EINE .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_EINE_CUSTOM_VALIDATION Makes customer validations for EINE .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_EINE_UPDATE_FIELD_CATALOGAllows users to make changes on specifc fields display .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_EKKO_CUSTOM_VALIDATION Makes customer validations for EKKO .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_EKKO_UPDATE_FIELD_CATALOGAllows users to make changes on specifc fields display .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_LFM2_CUSTOM_SAVE Allows users to act after the save .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_LFM2_CUSTOM_VALIDATION Makes customer validations .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_LFM2_UPDATE_FIELD_CATALOGAllows users to make changes on specifc fields display .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_MARC_CUSTOM_SAVE Allows users to act after the save of mass MARC .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_MARC_CUSTOM_VALIDATION Makes customer validations for MARC .
IF_EX_MASS_MNT_USER_EXIT I MASS_MARC_UPDATE_FIELD_CATALOGAllows users to make changes on specifc fields display .
IF_EX_MATERIAL_REFERENCE I CREATE_MATERIAL Material Will Be Created/Extended .
IF_EX_MATGRP_HIERARCHY_UPD I AT_ACTIVATION_CHECK Method when activating the article hierarchy (prod.h.check) .
IF_EX_MATGRP_HIERARCHY_UPD I AT_ACTIVATION_SAVE Method when activating the article hierarchy (prod.h.save) .
IF_EX_MATGRP_HIERARCHY_UPD I AT_CHANGE_CHECK Method when copying the article hierarchy changes (prod.h.) .
IF_EX_MATGRP_HIERARCHY_UPD I AT_CHANGE_SAVE_NODE Method when copying the article hierarchy changes (prod.h.) .
IF_EX_MATGRP_HIERARCHY_UPD I AT_CHANGE_SAVE_SKU Method when copying the article hierarchy changes (prod.h.) .
IF_EX_MATGRP_SKU_UPD I SKU_IN_MATMAIN_AT_CHECK Update Article Master Data to Article or Product Hierarchy .
IF_EX_MATGRP_SKU_UPD I SKU_IN_MATMAIN_AT_SAVE Update Article Master Data to Article or Product Hierarchy .
IF_EX_MAT_SELECTION_CK I ON_MATERIAL_SELECTION Change Material Properties .
IF_EX_MAT_UPLOAD_DATA I SAVE_CUSTOMER_DATA Update Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_MAT_UPLOAD_SAVE_IDOC I MAP_CUSTOMER_DATA_ART Transfer Customer-Specific Data to IDOC (Type) .
IF_EX_MAT_UPLOAD_SAVE_IDOC I MAP_CUSTOMER_DATA_MAT Transfer Customer-Specific Data to IDOC (Mat) .
IF_EX_MBP_ADD_LIST_FIELDS I FIELD_TYPE_GET Field Type Definition .
IF_EX_MBP_ADD_LIST_FIELDS I FILL_CLP Fill Additional Fields: Market Basket -" Pricing .
IF_EX_MBP_ADD_LIST_FIELDS I FILL_MBP Fill Additional Fields: Pricing -" Market Basket .
IF_EX_MBP_ADD_LIST_FIELDS I INPUT Reaction at Data Entry .
IF_EX_MBP_ADD_LIST_FIELDS I MODIFY_SCREEN Display Additional Fields .
IF_EX_MB_BAPI_GOODSMVT_CREATE I EXTENSIONIN_TO_MATDOC Population of Customers' Own Fields from ExtensionIn .
IF_EX_MB_BATCH_MASTER I MAINTAIN_INSPECTION_DATE Set Next Inspection Date .
IF_EX_MB_CHECK_LINE_BADI I CHECK_LINE Check Line Before Copying to Blocking Tables .
IF_EX_MB_CIN_LMBMBU04 I CREATE_EXCISE_DOCUMENTS create excise documents .
IF_EX_MB_CIN_MM07MFB7 I MB_CIN_GRPOPUP method for pop up in GR to capture excise invoice .
IF_EX_MB_CIN_MM07MFB7_QTY I SET_QUANTITY_IN_GR default qty in GR .
IF_EX_MB_CROSS_SYSTEM_CHECKSAP I CHECK_GOODS_RECEIPT Check Logical System for CSFG Stock Transfer GR .
IF_EX_MB_CROSS_SYSTEM_SAP I DATA_SEND_TO_RECEIVER Send Data to Recipient .
IF_EX_MB_CROSS_SYSTEM_SAP I KEEP_REFERENCE_TO_PO Hold Reference to Purchase Order? .
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_BADI I MB_DOCUMENT_BEFORE_UPDATE Exit After Writing a Material Document. Not in 'update task'.
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_BADI I MB_DOCUMENT_UPDATE When Writing a Material Document. In 'Update task' .
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_BADI_SAP I MB_DOCUMENT_BEFORE_UPDATE Creation of a Material Document. Not in 'Update Task' .
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_BADI_SAP I MB_DOCUMENT_CHANGE Changing of a Material Document. In 'Update Task' .
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_BADI_SAP I MB_DOCUMENT_UPDATE Creation of a Material Document. In 'Update Task' .
IF_EX_MB_DOCUMENT_UPDATE I MB_DOCUMENT_UPDATE Business Add-In in Update of MKPF and MSEG .
IF_EX_MB_DOC_BADI_INTERNAL I MB_DOCUMENT_BEFORE_UPDATE Exit After Writing a Material Document. Not in 'update task'.
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_CALL_GET_MSEG_GI_GR_MIGO Invocation of WRF_GET_MSEG_GI_GR from MIGO .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_CHANGE_STOCK_DETERMINATIONChanges the Result of Stock Determination .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_CHECK_PRICE_GOODS_MOVEMENTPrice Test: Submitter/Receiver from MB_CREATE_GOODS_MOVEMENT.
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_CHECK_PRICE_STRUCT_ARTICLEPrice Test: Structured Material .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_CHECK_STRUCT_ARTICLE_VAL Check Valuation of Structured Material .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_DETERMINE_MVT_TYPE_IMSEG Set Movement Type IMSEG Based on SOBKZ and CONS_ORDER .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_CALLER Return Calling Program of Stock Determination .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_CSGMT_MVT_STRUCT_ART Determine Movement Type of Structured Material .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_CUST_CSGMT_HND Customizing: Consignment Control .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_CUST_CSGMT_PRICE_CHECKCustomizing: Read Consignment Price Test for Movement Type .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_CUST_CSGMT_STOCK_RULE Customizing: Read Cons. Stock Determination Rule for Plant .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_GET_MSEG_GI_GR Determine Vendor and Special Stock Type .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_SET_EKPO_STOCK_TYPE Set Flag for Consignment Processing in Purchase Order .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_SET_EXT_EBEFU Sets Enhancement on Purchasing Fields in Inventory Mgmt .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_SET_MSEG_GI_GR SOBKZ and LIFNR Will Be Saved Globally .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_SET_UPDATE_EKPO Order Update: No Invoice Receipt .
IF_EX_MB_ME_CSGMT_BADI_SAP I WRF_SET_VBUP Set Billing Document Status in VBUP .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I CHECK_HEADER Check Header Data of Goods Movement .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I CHECK_ITEM Check Item Data of Goods Movement .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I HOLD_DATA_DELETE Delete Held Data .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I HOLD_DATA_LOAD Load Held Data .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I HOLD_DATA_SAVE Save Held Data .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I INIT Initialization and Registration of Ext. Detail Screens .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I LINE_DELETE Delete a Line (GOITEM) .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I LINE_MODIFY Add / Change a Line (GOITEM) .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I MODE_SET Mode of Transaction MIGO (Action / Reference Document) .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I PAI_DETAIL PAI of Detail Screen .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I PAI_HEADER PAI of Header Screen .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I PBO_DETAIL PBO of Detail Screen .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I PBO_HEADER PBO of Header Screen .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I POST_DOCUMENT Post Goods Movement .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I PUBLISH_MATERIAL_ITEM Publish Item Data After Processing .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I RESET MIGO Reset (Delete All Internal Data) .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_BADI I STATUS_AND_HEADER Status Information and Header Data .
IF_EX_MB_MIGO_ITEM_BADI I ITEM_MODIFY Change a Row from Certain Fields (GOITEM) .
IF_EX_MB_PHYSINV_INTERNAL I CHECK_CALC_DONE Check Whether Calculation of Book Inventory Was Performed .
IF_EX_MB_PHYSINV_INTERNAL I CHECK_CALC_ITEM Check Whether Calc. of Book Inventory Was Performed For Item.
IF_EX_MB_PHYSINV_INTERNAL I CHECK_TCODE Check Transaction Code .
IF_EX_MB_PHYSINV_INTERNAL I GET_POSTING_FLAG Determine Whether Data Needs To Be Posted .
IF_EX_MB_PHYSINV_INTERNAL I GET_TIMESTAMPS Determine Count Time and Firming Time Fence .
IF_EX_MB_QUAN_CHECK_BADI I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Item Data at Time of Quantity Check .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_BADI I DATA_CHECK mb21/mb22: Check with Dialog Data .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_BADI I DATA_MODIFY mb21/mb22: Complete and Correct from Dialog Data .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_SCR I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data (from Screen) .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_SCR I GET_XCONFIRM_FROM_SCREEN Set Change Flag in Case of Data Change .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_SCR I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Data (to Screen) .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_UPCHD I MB_CHANGE_RESERVATION Changing of Manual Reservations .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_UPCHD I MB_CHANGE_RESERVATION_ARRAY Changing of Reservations (Array Update) .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_UPCHD I MB_CREATE_RESERVATION Creation of Manual Reservations .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_UPCHD I MB_DELETE_RESERVATION Deletion of Reservations .
IF_EX_MB_RESERVATION_UPCHD I MB_DELETE_RESERVATION_ARRAY Deletion of Several Reservations (Array-Delete, MBVR) .
IF_EX_MB_RES_BAPI_CHANGE I EXTENSIONIN_TO_RESB Change Reservation Fields .
IF_EX_MB_RES_BAPI_CREATE1 I EXTENSIONIN_TO_RESB Adopt Customer's Own Fields as Reservation Fields .
IF_EX_MB_RES_BAPI_DETAIL1 I RESDATA_TO_EXTENSIONOUT Display Customer's Own Fields in Reservations .
IF_EX_MB_STOR_LOC_BADI_GTS I CHANGE_STOR_LOC_GTS Change Storage Location "-" Customs SLoc - for GTS Fct. Only.
IF_EX_MCEX I CHECK_CHANGES_ALLOWED Check If Changes are Allowed .
IF_EX_MCEX I DELETE_SETUPTABLE Delete Setup Tables .
IF_EX_MCEX I DISPLAY_LOG Display Log .
IF_EX_MCEX I DISPLAY_LOG_CONTINUE Display Log (Subsequent Screen) .
IF_EX_MCEX I FILL_DATA Fill Data in Extractor .
IF_EX_MCEX I FILL_EVENT Fill Event .
IF_EX_MCEX I GENERATE_ESTRUC Generate Extract Structure .
IF_EX_MCEX I MODIFY_MCS01 Complete Characteristics in Brackets .
IF_EX_MCEX_45_CWB_ADD_ON I MAPPING_MC45W_0CWB Fill Extractor .
IF_EX_MCEX_AB_DATA_ENHANCE I DATA_ENHANCEMENT_CS Data Enhancement for Customer Enhancement .
IF_EX_MDATA_TEMPLATE_TEST I TEST_TEMPLATE Test Master Data Template Category .
IF_EX_MDC_SUBSCR_ACL I PROCESS_FUNCTION Process by customer activated function in the log notif. .
IF_EX_MDM_BUPA_INBOUND I BEFORE_APPL_INBOUND Enrich Idoc before the inbound is called .
IF_EX_MDOC_ACTION_ACL I ACTION Follow-up action to meas. document action (cl_meas_doc_acl) .
IF_EX_MDS_ACT_OPTION_CHECK I CHECK Additional Checks .
IF_EX_MDS_CTRL_PPO I CREATE_ORDER Creation of a PPO Request .
IF_EX_MD_ADD_COL_EZPS I ACTIVATE_ADD_COLUMNS Activation and Naming of the Additional Columns .
IF_EX_MD_ADD_COL_EZPS I FILL_ADD_COLUMNS Filling of the Additional Columns .
IF_EX_MD_ADD_COL_OVERVIEW I ACTIVATE_ADD_COLUMNS Activation and Naming of the Additional Columns .
IF_EX_MD_ADD_COL_OVERVIEW I FILL_ADD_COLUMNS Filling of the Additional Columns .
IF_EX_MD_ADD_ELEMENTS I ADD_CHANGE_ELEMENTS Addition of Additional Requirements and Receipts .
IF_EX_MD_ALTERN_EXPLOSION I CALL_ALTERN_EXPLOSION Calling Alternative BOM Explosion .
IF_EX_MD_ALTERN_EXPLOSION I GET_ALTERN_CUOBJ Defining an alternative characteristic value assignment .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_CALENDAR I DETERMINE_CALENDAR_COVERAGE Determination of an Alternative Calendar in Safety Time .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_EBAN Change data when importing purchase requisition .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MARD Change data when importing storage location/ plant stock .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDBS Change data when importing purchase order/ delivery sched. .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDFA Change data when importing production order .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDLA Change data when importing shipping notification .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDPB Change data when importing planned independent requirements .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDQM Change data when importing inspection lot .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDRI Change data when importing total dependent requirements .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDRS Change data when importing dependent requ./ reservation .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDSM Change data when importing simulation requirements .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDUA Change data when importing ST purchase requisition release .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDUB Change data when importing ST purchase order release .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDUP Change data when importing ST planned order release .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MDUR Change data when importing stock transfer reservation .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MSSA Change data when importing sales order stock .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MSSL Change data when importing stock with subcontractor .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_MSSQ Change data when importing project stock .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_PLAF Change data when importing planned order .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_SAUF Change data when importing simulation planned order .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_VBBE Change data when importing individual requirements for SD .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_VBBS Change data when importing total requirements for SD .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CHANGE_MDPSX_VFAPW Change data when importing order in production plant .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CONSIDER_CUSTCONSIGNMENT Consider customer consigment for SD individual requirement .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CONSIDER_OTHER_SD_TYPES Consider additional sales requirements .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CONSIDER_RESB Consider dependent requirements/ reserv. in special cases .
IF_EX_MD_CHANGE_MRP_DATA I CONSIDER_THIRDPARTY Consider third-party items from purchasing .
IF_EX_MD_DISPLAY_ELEMENT I CHANGE_MDEZX_DELB0 Change display: Abbreviation for MRP element .
IF_EX_MD_DISPLAY_ELEMENT I CHANGE_MDEZX_EXTRA Change display: MRP element data .
IF_EX_MD_EXPORT_TREE I EXPORT_TREE Order Report: Export Contents of the Order Tree .
IF_EX_MD_EXT_SUP I GET_PLIFZ Determination of Planned Delivery Time .
IF_EX_MD_EXT_SUP I GET_SUPPLYING_SL Determination of Supplying Storage Location .
IF_EX_MD_INTERACT_PLANNING I CHECK_MRP_ELEMENT_CHANGEABLE Deactivating the Changeability of MRP elements .
IF_EX_MD_LAST_LOT_EXACT I IS_LAST_LOT_EXACT_ACTIVE Method for Activating "Last Lot Exactly" .
IF_EX_MD_M61R_DELKZ_POPUP I METHOD_DELKZ_POPUP Popup: Data for MRP Element .
IF_EX_MD_M61R_EXT_REQS_TXT I METHOD_TEXT_GET Display Data for MRP Element .
IF_EX_MD_M61X_EXT_REQS_GET I METHOD_REQS_GET Selection of External Requirements in Table MDPSX .
IF_EX_MD_MODIFY_PRODVERS I MODIFY_PRODUCTION_VERSION Method for customer-defined determination of prod. version .
IF_EX_MD_MODIFY_SOURCE I MODIFY_SOURCE_OF_SUPPLY Method for customer-specific source determination .
IF_EX_MD_MODIFY_SOURCE I MODIFY_VALIDITY_DATE Method for changing the test date for the order book .
IF_EX_MD_MRP_LIST I EVALUATE_MRP_LIST Further Processing of MRP List .
IF_EX_MD_MRP_PARAMETERS I ADJUST_MATERIAL_MASTER_PARAMS Adjustment of Material Master Parameters .
IF_EX_MD_MRP_PARAMETERS I ADJUST_PLANNING_PARAMS Adjustment of Planning Parameters .
IF_EX_MD_MRP_RUN_PARALLEL I SET_PACKAGE_SIZE Set no. of Materials in Next Packet to be Planned .
IF_EX_MD_PIR_FLEX_CONS I CHECK_PIR_CONS_REDUC Method for Checking Poss. of Consumption of MRP Elements .
IF_EX_MD_PLANNING_RESULT I COLLECT_MATERIAL_STATUS Collect Status Messages for the Individual Materials .
IF_EX_MD_PLANNING_RESULT I POST_MATERIAL_STATUS Display Status Messages for the Individual Materilas .
IF_EX_MD_PLANNING_RESULT I POST_PLANNING_RUN_STATUS Display Status Messages for Total Planning .
IF_EX_MD_PLANNING_SCENARIO I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data transport of subscreen instance .
IF_EX_MD_PLANNING_SCENARIO I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport to Subscreen Instance .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_BOMEX_CIF I DECIDE_MANDATORY_EXPL Switch On/Off Forced Explosion for Planned Order from APO .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_SAVE_MAN Change Planned Orders: Manual Processing .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_SAVE_MRP Change Planned Orders: Requirements Planning .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_POST I POST_AFTER_SAVE_MAN Update planned orders: Manual processing .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_POST I POST_AFTER_SAVE_MRP Update planned orders: Requirements planning .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_SCHEDULING I CHANGE_CM61S_TCX00 Planned Order: Change to Scheduling Parameter .
IF_EX_MD_PLDORD_TIME_STAMP I POST_TIME_STAMP_PROBLEM Publication of Time Stamp Problems .
IF_EX_MD_PURREQ_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_SAVE_CONV Changes to Purchase Requisitions: Planned Order Conversion .
IF_EX_MD_PURREQ_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_SAVE_MRP Changes to Purchase Requisition: Requirements Planning .
IF_EX_MD_PURREQ_POST I POST_AFTER_SAVE Purchase Requisition Update .
IF_EX_MD_PURREQ_REL_STRAT I DEACT_REL_STRATEGY_CHECK Deactivation of Release Strategy Check for MRP Purchase Reqs.
IF_EX_MD_STOCK_TRANSFER I CALC_REQUIREMENTS_DATE Change to reqmnt date for stock transfer order proposals .
IF_EX_MD_SUBCONT_LOGIC I IS_GENERAL_SUBCON_LOGIC_ACTIVEDetermine whether general subcontracting logic is used .
IF_EX_ME59_EXCLUDE I ME59_CHECK_EXCLUSION Check Purchase Requisition for ME59 Exclusion .
IF_EX_MEGUI_LAYOUT I CHANGE_VIEWS Change Structure of Views .
IF_EX_MEGUI_LAYOUT I TITLEBAR Change Title Bar .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST I INBOUND Inbound Mapping .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST I MAP2E_EXTENSIONOUT Outbound Mapping ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST I MAP2I_EXTENSIONIN Inbound Mapping ExtensionIn .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST I OUTBOUND Outbound Mapping .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_ACCOUNT_IN Eingangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Kont. .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_ACCOUNT_OUT Ausgangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Kont. .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_HEADER_IN Eingangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Kopf .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_HEADER_OUT Ausgangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Kopf .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_ITEM_IN Eingangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Pos. .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_CUST_01 I MAP_ITEM_OUT Ausgangsverarbeitung für nicht zeichenartige Felder: Pos. .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_IBS I INBOUND Inbound Processing .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_IBS I MAP2E_IS2ERP Outbound Processing for IS2ERP Projects .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_IBS I MAP2I_IS2ERP Inbound Processing for IS2ERP Projects .
IF_EX_MEOUT_BAPI_IBS I OUTBOUND Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_MEREP_RSLTHNDL2 I ADDITIONAL_HANDLING_POST BAdI definition for Customers (Post) .
IF_EX_MEREP_RSLTHNDL2 I ADDITIONAL_HANDLING_PRE BAdI definition for Customers (Pre) .
IF_EX_MEREP_RUNTM_LD2 I ADDITIONAL_FUNCTION BAdI Method for Runtime Loader .
IF_EX_MESSAGES_RFW I GET_LOG_IDENTIFIER Get the application identifier for creating the log. .
IF_EX_METH_FOBU_CONNECTOR I GET Get application-specific fields and functions .
IF_EX_METH_FOEV_CONNECTOR I EVALUATE Get field value .
IF_EX_ME_ARC_ACTIVE I IS_ACTIVE Invocation of New Archiving Functionality .
IF_EX_ME_BADI_DISPLAY_DOC I ME_DISPLAY_DOCUMENT Realization of a Changed Transaction Code .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I EXTENSIONIN Process Industry-Specific Data via Extension in Parameter .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I EXTENSIONOUT Process-Industry-Specific Data for ExtensionOut Parameter .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I INBOUND Inbound Mapping .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I OUTBOUND Outbound Mapping .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I TEXT_OUTPUT Output Item/Header Texts .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_01 I TEXT_SELECTION Perform Dynamic Text Selection from BAPI .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_02 I INBOUND Inbound Processing of BAPI Interface Data .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_02 I MAP2E_EXTENSIONOUT Outbound Mapping of ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_02 I MAP2I_EXTENSIONIN Inbound Mapping of ExtensionIn .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_02 I OUTBOUND Outbound Processing of BAPI Interface Data .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PO_CREATE_02 I TEXT_OUTPUT Define Text Output .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_01 I EXTENSIONIN Method for Importing IS-ExtensionIn Data .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_01 I EXTENSIONOUT Method for Transfer of IS Data in ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_01 I INBOUND Method for Changing Import Data of Enjoy PReq BAPI .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_01 I OUTBOUND Method for Changing Export Data of Enjoy PReq BAPI .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_02 I INBOUND Method for Changing Import Data of Enjoy PReq BAPI .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_02 I MAP2E_EXTENSIONOUT Outbound Mapping of ExtensionOut .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_02 I MAP2I_EXTENSIONIN Inbound Mapping of ExtensionIn .
IF_EX_ME_BAPI_PR_CREATE_02 I OUTBOUND Method for Changing Export Data of Enjoy PReq BAPI .
IF_EX_ME_BSART_DET I BSART_DETERMINE Determination of Document Type .
IF_EX_ME_CCP_ACTIVE_CHECK I IS_ACTIVE Check Whether CCP Process Active .
IF_EX_ME_CCP_BESWK_AUTH_CH I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Authorization .
IF_EX_ME_CCP_BSART_DET I BSART_DETERMINE Determination of Document Type .
IF_EX_ME_CCP_DEL_DURATION I DURATION_GET Determination of Delivery Date .
IF_EX_ME_CHANGE_CHARACTER I ADD_CHARACTERISTICS Transfer Cust.-Spec. Characterisctics for Prod. Allocation .
IF_EX_ME_CHANGE_OUTTAB I FILL_OUTTAB Enrich ALV Output Table .
IF_EX_ME_CHDOC_ACTIVE I IS_ACTIVE Query Activation .
IF_EX_ME_CHECK_ALL_ITEMS I RECALCULATE_ITEMS Run Through Items Again After Changes in Header .
IF_EX_ME_CHECK_OA I CHECK Check .
IF_EX_ME_CHECK_OA I SAVE Post .
IF_EX_ME_CHECK_SOURCES I CHECK_DURING_SEARCH Additional Checks During Source Determination .
IF_EX_ME_CHECK_SOURCES I CHECK_DURING_STD_CHECK Additional Checks During Source of Supply Check .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2R I ME_CIN_CVD_IN_GR CIN - Get CVD in GR .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2R I ME_CIN_DELIVERY_CHARGES CIN Delivery charges .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2V I ME_CIN_FETCH_EXCISE_INVOICE Fetch excise invoice for all items .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2V I ME_CIN_FETCH_EXCISE_INV_ITEM Fetch excise invoice when item is present in selection .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2V I ME_CIN_FETCH_EXCISE_INV_MEPRF Fetch excise invoice for price .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_LEINRF2V I ME_CIN_PICK_GR_FOR_EXCISE Select GR for the excise invoice entered .
IF_EX_ME_CIN_MM06EFKO I ME_CIN_COPY_PO_DATA Copy PO data for CIN .
IF_EX_ME_CIP_ALLOW_CHANGE I GET_DISPLAY Gets Display/Change Indicator .
IF_EX_ME_CIP_REF_CHAR I GET_APPLICATION_INPUT Reads the Tables That Supply the Reading Obj. Characterists..
IF_EX_ME_CIP_REF_CHAR I SET_APPLICATION_DATA Changes the Item Data from the Writing Obj. Characteristics .
IF_EX_ME_COMMITMENT_RETURN I IS_ACTIVE Check if commitments for return item is active .
IF_EX_ME_COMMITMENT_STO_CH I IS_ACTIVE Check if commitments for Stock Transfer Order is active .
IF_EX_ME_COMMITMNT_PARKING I REDEFINE_OIINTERFACE_CALL Suppression of Commitment Call When Parking Requisition/PO .
IF_EX_ME_COMMTMNT_PO_RELEV I CHECK_RELEV Check Commitment-Relevance for Purchase Order .
IF_EX_ME_COMMTMNT_PO_REL_C I CHECK_RELEV Check Commitment-Relevance for Purchase Order .
IF_EX_ME_COMMTMNT_REQ_RELE I CHECK_RELEV Check Commitment Relevance of Purchase Requisition .
IF_EX_ME_COMMTMNT_REQ_RE_C I CHECK_RELEV Check Commitment Relevance of Purchase Requisition .
IF_EX_ME_DEFINE_CALCTYPE I DEFINE_CALCTYPE Determine Pricing Type in Case of Changes in EKKO, EKPO .
IF_EX_ME_DOC_FOLLOW_ON_PROCESS I DELIVERY_FROM_PO_ITEMS Change Data Prior to Transfer to Delivery .
IF_EX_ME_DOC_FOLLOW_ON_PROCESS I DETERMINE_PLANT Change in 'Own Logical System' Indicator .
IF_EX_ME_DOC_FOLLOW_ON_PROCESS I INVOICE_FROM_PO_ITEM Change Data Prior to Transfer to Invoice Verification .
IF_EX_ME_DP_CLEARING I CHECK_CLEARING Checks and Selects Records That Have to be Cleared .
IF_EX_ME_DP_CLEARING I NEW_EKBE_LINES Passes New EKBE Records to BAdI .
IF_EX_ME_FIELDSTATUS_STOCK I MODIFY_FIELDSTATUS_PO Change Field Status for Warehouse Orders .
IF_EX_ME_FIELDSTATUS_STOCK I MODIFY_FIELDSTATUS_PR Change Field Status for Warehouse Requisitions .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I EXECUTE Treatment of Function Codes .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I MAP_DYNPRO_FIELDS Build Up Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I SUBSCRIBE Publisch Customer's Own Screens .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I TRANSPORT_FROM_DYNP Data Transport from Screen .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I TRANSPORT_FROM_MODEL Data Transport from Business Object .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I TRANSPORT_TO_DYNP Data Transport to Screen .
IF_EX_ME_GUI_PO_CUST I TRANSPORT_TO_MODEL Data Transport to Business Object .
IF_EX_ME_HOLD_PO I IS_ALLOWED Deactivate "Hold Purchase Order" Function Key .
IF_EX_ME_INFOREC_CHG_SCHED_DAT I REFERENCE_SCHED_DATA Reference Handling for Scheduling Data .
IF_EX_ME_INFREC_ARCHIVING I INTLINK_ARCHIVING Delete the interlinkage from the Miniplatform. .
IF_EX_ME_INFREC_ARCHIVING I IS_MSI_ACTIVE Check if the Miniplatform is activated. .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I CHANGE_CONFIRMATION_TYPE Change in Confirmation Category .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_CONF_CONTROL Processing of Confirmation Control Data (T163G) .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_IDOC_DATA_IN Inbound Processing of IDoc Data .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_IDOC_DATA_OUT Outbound Processing of IDoc Data .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_PRICE_TOLERANCE Processing of Price Tolerances (Maximum/Minimum Price) .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_SEGMENT Processing of a Segment .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_TEXT Processing of Texts and Setting of Update Indicator .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I PROCESS_VEND_MATERIAL Processing of Vendor Material .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS Set Status for Tolerance Messages .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I CHANGE_CONFIRMATION_TYPE Change in Confirmation Category .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_CONF_CONTROL Processing of Confirmation Control Data (T163G) .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_IDOC_DATA_IN Inbound Processing of IDoc Data .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_IDOC_DATA_OUT Outbound Processing of IDoc Data .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_PRICE_TOLERANCE Processing of Price Tolerances (Maximum/Minimum Price) .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_SEGMENT Processing of a Segment .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_TEXT Process Texts .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I PROCESS_VEND_MATERIAL Processing of Vendor Material .
IF_EX_ME_MMPUR_EINM_CUST I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS Set Status for Tolerance Messages .
IF_EX_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SET_SCM_PIC_DFPS Decision re PIC in SCM - with Advice Code .
IF_EX_ME_PIC_MODIFY_DFPS I SET_SCM_PIC_ROUNDING_DFPS Confirm Whole Units Only - with Advice Code .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP I FIELDCAT_CHANGE Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP I HANDLE_HOTSPOT_CLICK Treatment of "Double-Click Events" .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP I OUTTAB_CHANGE Change Outputted Lines .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP_CUST I FIELDCAT_CHANGE Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP_CUST I HANDLE_HOTSPOT_CLICK Treatment of "Double-Click Events" .
IF_EX_ME_POHIST_DISP_CUST I OUTTAB_CHANGE Change Outputted Lines .
IF_EX_ME_POST_HISTORY I ME_POST_HISTORY Badi for FB ME_POST_HISTORY (Triggering of Follow-On Action).
IF_EX_ME_PO_PRICING I PROCESS_KOMK Processing of Header Data for Price Determination (KOMK) .
IF_EX_ME_PO_PRICING I PROCESS_KOMP Processing of Item Data for Price Determination (KOMP) .
IF_EX_ME_PO_PRICING_CUST I PROCESS_KOMK Processing of Header Data for Price Determination (KOMK) .
IF_EX_ME_PO_PRICING_CUST I PROCESS_KOMP Processing of Item Data for Price Determination (KOMP) .
IF_EX_ME_PO_SC_SRV I MAINTAIN_SRV_FOR_SC Service tab page for subcontracting item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_COMP I CHANGE_QUANTITY Change Component Quantity .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I OPEN Opening of an Outline Agreement .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT I PROCESS_SCHEDULE Processing of Delivery Schedule Line Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I OPEN Opening of an Outline Agreement .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_OUT_CUST I PROCESS_SCHEDULE Processing of Delivery Schedule Line Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I DELETION_ACCOUNT Deletion of Account Assignment Lines .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FIELDSELECTION_ACCOUNT Special Field Selection Account Assignment .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I FINALIZE Changes Before Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I MANUAL_SUBITEM_ALLOWED Check Whether SLS Items Allowed .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I OPEN Open a Purchase Order .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO I PROCESS_SCHEDULE Processing of Delivery Schedule Line Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I OPEN Open a Purchase Order .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PO_CUST I PROCESS_SCHEDULE Processing of Delivery Schedule Line Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I CHECK Checking of Purchasing Document .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_HEADER_GET_DATA_PAI Purchasing Document Header PAI: Data Import fr. IS Subscreen.
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_HEADER_SET_DATA_PAI Purchasing Document Header PAI: Data Export to IS Subscreen .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_HEADER_SET_DATA_PBO Purchasing Document Header PBO: Data Export to IS Subscreen .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_ITEM_GET_DATA_PAI Purchasing Document Item PAI: Data Import from IS Subscreen .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_ITEM_SET_DATA_PAI Purchasing Document Item PAI: Data Export to IS Subscreen .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I ISSCR1_ITEM_SET_DATA_PBO Purchasing Document Item PBO: Data Export to IS Subscreen .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I POST Posting of a Purchasing Document .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I READ Reading of a Purchasing Document .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_PROCDOC_IS I SUBSCRIBE Subscription to BAdI to Have IS Screen Displayed .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I DELETION_ACCOUNT Delete Multiple Account Assignment Lines .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I FIELDSELECTION_ACCOUNT Special Field Selection Account Assignment .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I OPEN Open a Purchase Requisition .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Delivery Schedule Line Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I CLOSE Closing Processing .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER Special Field Selection Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_HEADER_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Header .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM Special Field Selection Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I FIELDSELECTION_ITEM_REFKEYS Field Selection Reference Key Document Item .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I INITIALIZE Initializations (Invoked Once Only) .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I OPEN Open a Purchase Requisition .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I POST Post .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I PROCESS_ACCOUNT Processing of Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I PROCESS_HEADER Processing of Header Data .
IF_EX_ME_PROCESS_REQ_CUST I PROCESS_ITEM Processing of Item Data .
IF_EX_ME_PURCHDOC_POSTED I POSTED Purchasing Document Posted .
IF_EX_ME_RELEASE_CREATE I AFTER_CREATION Change Data After Release Creation .
IF_EX_ME_RELEASE_CREATE I BEFORE_CREATION Change Data Before Release Creation .
IF_EX_ME_REQ_APPROVAL I BUYER_APPROVAL Control of Buyer Approval .
IF_EX_ME_REQ_HEADER_TEXT I COPY_HEADER_TEXT Copy Header Text .
IF_EX_ME_REQ_NEW_VERSION I CHECK_NEW_VERSION Check new Version .
IF_EX_ME_REQ_OI_EXT I IS_REQUESTED Commitment Update Desired .
IF_EX_ME_REQ_POSTED I POSTED Purchase Requisition Posted .
IF_EX_ME_TAX_FROM_ADDRESS I GET_TXJCD Tax Jurisdiction Code from Delivery Address .
IF_EX_ME_TAX_FROM_ADDRESS I SERVICES_TXJCD Tax Jurisdiction Code from Delivery Address for Service .
IF_EX_ME_TRIGGER_ATP I TRIGGER_ATP Sets a flag to trigger the availability check .
IF_EX_ME_WRF_STD_DNG I STD_DNG_CHECK Remind and Expedite: Change Reminder Date .
IF_EX_ME_WRF_STD_DNNG I FASHION_DUNNING_CHECK Remind and Expedite: Change Reminder/Expediting Date .
IF_EX_MGMT_DEV_HISTORY I DELETE_HISTORY_DATA Deletion of History Data .
IF_EX_MGNT_DEVICENAME_GEN I GENERATE_DEVICENAME generates a new speakable Devicename .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I CHANGE_FIELDSELECTION Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I CHANGE_FIELDTAB Determination of Relevant Fields .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I CHANGE_VALUES Customer-Defined Copying Rules .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I CHECK_INPUT Matrix Entry Check .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I GET_CURSOR Cursor from Subscreen from Customer Program .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I GET_SETTINGS Program Settings .
IF_EX_MGW_MTRX_MAINTENANCE I SORT_MATRIX_AXIS Resort Axis Assignment Once .
IF_EX_MGW_PICTURE I AFTER_PROCESSING After Displaying Image/Series .
IF_EX_MGW_PICTURE I CHANGE_OBJECT_SETTINGS Check/Adjust Determined Object Characteristics .
IF_EX_MGW_PICTURE I CONVERT_OBJECT_TO_EXTERNAL External Display of Object Number (URL) .
IF_EX_MGW_PICTURE I DEFINE_OBJECT_SETTINGS Check/Adjust Determined Object Characteristics .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I AFTER_MATRIX_SENDING Postprocessing Matrix Data .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I BEFORE_MATRIX_SENDING Transfer of Prices Before Matrix Processing .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I CHANGE_INFORECORD_DATA Copy Customer-Specific Values in Info Record .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I CHANGE_VALUES Execute Customer-Specific Function Codes .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I CHECK_INPUT Check Changed Fields .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I COPY_VALUES Execute Customer-Specific Copy Rules .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I GET_CUSTOMER_MODE Customer-Specific Modes .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I GET_SETTINGS Change Control Parameters .
IF_EX_MGW_PURCHPRICE_MATIX I SORT_MATRIX_AXIS Resort Axis Assignment Once .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I AFTER_MATRIX_SENDING Postprocessing Matrix Data .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I BEFORE_MATRIX_SENDING Transfer of Prices Before Matrix Processing .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I CHANGE_VALUES Execute Customer-Specific Function Codes .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I CHECK_INPUT Check Changed Fields .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I COPY_VALUES Execute Customer-Specific Copy Rules .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I GET_CUSTOMER_MODE Customer-Specific Modes .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I GET_SETTINGS Change Control Parameters .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I SORT_MATRIX_AXIS Resort Axis Assignment Once .
IF_EX_MGW_SALESPRICE_MATIX I TRANSPORT_CALP Transfer of New/Changed Price Calculation .
IF_EX_MG_MASS_NEWSEG I ADD_NEW_SEGMENT Get New Segments .
IF_EX_MG_MASS_NEWSEG I RETURN_IDOC_TYPE Change Message Type and IDoc Type .
IF_EX_MILL_BEFORE_BATCH_CL I MILL_BEFORE_BATCH_CL Before Classification of GR Batch .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_DEACTIVATE_FCODES Hide FCodes .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD1 Add-In Method for FCode +CF1 for Stock Overview .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD2 Add-In Method for FCode +CF2 for Stock Overview .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD3 Add-In Method for FCode +CF3 for Stock Overview .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD4 Add-In Method for FCode +CF1 for Object List .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD5 Add-In Method for FCode +CF2 for Object List .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_METHOD6 Add-In Method for FCode +CF3 for Object List .
IF_EX_MILL_CLMMBE_ADDIN1 I ADDIN_SET_LISTTYPE Adopt Type of List in Instance .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I MOVE_TYPE_TRANSFER_GET Determine Movement Type Not Set in Customizing .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I REST_LINE_MODIFY Change Remaining Row for Posting/Check .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I SCRAP_ABS_GET Determine Absolute Scrap Limit .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I SCRAP_MATERIAL_GET Determine Scrap Material .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I SCRAP_MATERIAL_NO_INPUT Close Scrap Material Fields to Input .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I SCRAP_PCT_GET Determine Percentage Scrap Limit .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN1 I SELECTION_CRITERIA_MMCL_GET Selection Criteria for Stock Overview Environment by Char. .
IF_EX_MILL_CUT_ADDIN2 I ITEM_TABLES_HANDLE_EXTERNAL Check of Issuing and Receiving Items .
IF_EX_MILL_PC_CHG_CLSF I MILL_PC_AFTER_CHG_CLSF Characteristics for Change/Calculate after Standard Call .
IF_EX_MILL_PC_CHG_CLSF I MILL_PC_BEFORE_CHG_CLSF Character Chars Before Standard Call With Merge Function .
IF_EX_MILL_PC_CHG_CLSF I MILL_PC_GOODS_RECIPT Characteristic Calculation for Goods Receipt .
IF_EX_MILL_PC_CLSF_PRE I MILL_PC_CLSF_COPY_CHAR Copy Characteristics from Preceding Batch to Process Batch .
IF_EX_MILL_REF_CHAR_PURCH I PURCH_ORDER_FIELDS_ASSIGN Assign Additional Fields from PO (contract, sched. agmt,...).
IF_EX_MILL_REF_CHAR_PURCH I PURCH_REQ_FIELD_ASSIGN Assign Additional Fields from Purchase Requisition .
IF_EX_MILL_SOLL_IST_COMP I GET_CHAR_TOLERANCE_EVALUATION Char. Value Assignment of Configuration and Classificat. PB .
IF_EX_MILL_SOLL_IST_COMP I GET_EVALUATION_SINGLE_AFPO_PC Value Assignment of Order Item and Process Batch .
IF_EX_MILL_SOLL_IST_COMP I GET_TOTAL_EVALUATION Value Assignment Display .
IF_EX_MIXED_PP_QUANTITIES I INITIAL_MIXED_PP_QUANTITIES Preassign Weighting Factors for Vendor Mixed Price .
IF_EX_MIXSHOPDATA_E I MIXSHOPDATA Merge Shop .
IF_EX_MI_AUTH_RFC_001 I CHANGE_RFC_DES Change RFC Destinations to Determine Permissions .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_CHECK_E I CHECK_CHAR_VAL Check Manually Entered Char. Values in Material Maintenance .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I CHECK_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_WYT2 Check Characteristic Value for Vendor-Dep. Char. Value .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I F4_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_WYT2 F4 Help for Vendor-Dependent Characteristic Values .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I READ_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_MAKT Read WRF_CHARVAL and WRF_CHARVALT to Generate Short Texts .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I READ_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_MATRIX Read WRF_CHARVAL and WRF_CHARVALT to Display Matrix .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I READ_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_READ_FM Read WRF_CHARVAL and WRF_CHARVALT for the Read Module .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I READ_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_WMWP Read WRF_CHARVAL for Value and Quota Bar .
IF_EX_MM4X_CHARVAL_READ_I I READ_CHAR_VALUES_FOR_WYT2 Read WRF_CHARVAL and WRF_CHARVALT for Vendor-Dep. Char. Vals.
IF_EX_MM4X_PARENT_NODE_E I ARTICLE_ASSIGNMENT_CHECK Check New and Changed Node Assignments .
IF_EX_MM4X_PARENT_NODE_E I ARTICLE_MAIN_ASSIGNM_CHECK Check Main Assignment .
IF_EX_MM4X_PARENT_NODE_E I GET_PARENT_NODE_DATA Determine Parent Node to Display .
IF_EX_MM4X_PARENT_NODE_E I GET_TC_COLUMN_TEXT Read Headers for Parent Node and Name .
IF_EX_MMSRV_ACC_SPLIT_SAP I PROCESS_ACC_DATA Process Account Assignment Data .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_ARCHIVE I CHECK_ARCHIVABLE Service Master: Prevent Archiving Steps .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_BAPI_CUST I INBOUND Change Import Data .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_BAPI_CUST I OUTBOUND Change Export Data .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_MAIN I PROCESS_CUST_DATA Check Customer Data .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_MAIN I PROCESS_SSC_DATA Check Standard Service Catalog .
IF_EX_MMSRV_SM_NOTIFY I NOTIFY Notification .
IF_EX_MM_DELIVERY_ADDR_SAP I ADDRESS_PROPOSE Determine Delivery Address .
IF_EX_MM_PRIO_ORG I MRP_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority During Reqmts Planning .
IF_EX_MM_PRIO_ORG I PO_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Orders .
IF_EX_MM_PRIO_ORG I PR_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Purchase Requisitions .
IF_EX_MM_PRIO_ORG I RES_PRIO_ORG_DETERMINE Determine Organizational Priority in Reservations .
IF_EX_MPA_EXIT I REPLY_RECEIVED Handle received reply of push message .
IF_EX_MPKC_REQ_SELECTION I GET_ADDITIONAL_REQUIREMENTS Provides Additional Requirements .
IF_EX_MRM_DRSEG_CUST_FIELD I DETERMINE Redetermine Variance Type and Customer Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_ERS_HDAT_CHANGE I ERS_HEADERDATA_CHANGE Change Header Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_ERS_HDAT_MODIFY I ERS_HEADERDATA_MODIFY Change Header Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_ERS_IDAT_MODIFY I ERS_ITEMDATA_MODIFY Change Document Lines .
IF_EX_MRM_ERS_PDAT_CHANGE I ERS_POSITIONDATA_CHANGE Change Document Lines .
IF_EX_MRM_HEADER_CHECK I HEADERDATA_CHECK Check of Header Data .
IF_EX_MRM_HEADER_DEFAULT I HEADER_DEFAULT_SET Default Values for Header Fields in Invoice Verification .
IF_EX_MRM_INVOICE_UPDATE I PROCESS_AT_DELETE Perform Additional Actions When Deleting Invoice .
IF_EX_MRM_INVOICE_UPDATE I PROCESS_AT_SAVE Perform Additional Actions When Saving Invoice .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I CUSTOMDATA_MODIFY Change Customer's Own Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I CUSTOM_DATA_GET Adopt Customer Data from Customer Screen .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I CUSTOM_DATA_TRANSFER Data Transport from Customer Screen .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I INVOICE_DATA_GET Adopt Invoice Data .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I INVOICE_DATA_TRANSFER Data Transport to Customer Screen .
IF_EX_MRM_ITEM_CUSTFIELDS I TABPAGE_LABEL_SET Set Label .
IF_EX_MRM_MRIS_HDAT_MODIFY I MRIS_HEADERDATA_MODIFY Change Header Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_MRIS_IDAT_MODIFY I MRIS_ITEMDATA_MODIFY Change Document Lines .
IF_EX_MRM_MRKO_HDAT_MODIFY I MRKO_HEADERDATA_MODIFY Change Vendor and Document Type .
IF_EX_MRM_PAYMENT_TERMS I PAYMENT_TERMS_SET Set Terms of Payment .
IF_EX_MRM_RELEASE_CHECK I DOCUMENT_CHECK_RELEASE Additional Verification of Invoices Before Release .
IF_EX_MRM_TOLERANCE_GROUP I TOLERANCE_GROUP_SET Set Vendor-Dependent Tolerance Group .
IF_EX_MRM_TRANSACT_DEFAULT I TRANSACTION_DEFAULT_SET Default Values for Invoice Verification .
IF_EX_MRM_UDC_DISTIBUTE I AMOUNTS_CALCULATE Calculation of Delivery Costs' Shares .
IF_EX_MRM_UDC_DISTRIBUTE I AMOUNTS_CALCULATE Calculation of Delivery Costs' Shares .
IF_EX_MRM_VARIANCE_TYPE I DETERMINE Re-Determination of Variance Type and Customer's Owm Fields .
IF_EX_MRM_WT_SPLIT_UPDATE I WHTAX_SPLIT_UPDATE Change to Tables Withholding Tax and Vendor Split .
IF_EX_MRO_CONTRACT I MRO_CONTRACT_COMPONENT_CHECK Contract Check for External Components .
IF_EX_MRO_CONTRACT I MRO_CONTRACT_OPERATION_CHECK Contract Check for External Operation .
IF_EX_MR_CIN_LMR1MI2G I MR_CIN_GRLIVTAX Method for copying GR for LIV tax .
IF_EX_MR_CIN_LMR1MI2G_SEL I COPY_DRSEG_SELKZ copy drseg selection .
IF_EX_MR_CIN_MM08RFS0 I MR_CIN_IVTAX calculate excise in invoice verification .
IF_EX_MR_CIN_MM08RFX0 I CVD_GET_IN_IV Default CVD value in IV .
IF_EX_MR_CIN_RMMR01RS I STORE_BPOTAB Storing BPO table .
IF_EX_MR_CONTEXT_MENU I DISPATCH Process Function Code .
IF_EX_MSI_MATGRP_TO_PCH_MAP I MAP_MATGRP_TO_PCH Mapping: Material Groups to Product Category Hierarchy .
IF_EX_MSI_MATTYP_TO_PCH_MAP I MAP_MATTYP_TO_PCH Mapping: Material Types to Product Category Hierarchy .
IF_EX_MSI_MAT_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_MAT_TO_PRD Map material to product .
IF_EX_MSI_MAT_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_PRD_TO_MAT Map product to material .
IF_EX_MSI_PIR_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_IL_TO_PIR MAP IL to PIR .
IF_EX_MSI_PIR_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_PIR_TO_IL MAP PIR to IL .
IF_EX_MSI_SERVTYP_TO_PCH_MAP I MAP_SERVTYP_TO_PCH Mapping: Service Types to Product Category Hierarchy .
IF_EX_MSI_SRV_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_PRD_TO_SRV Map product02 to service .
IF_EX_MSI_SRV_PRD_MAPPING I MAP_SRV_TO_PRD Map Service to product 02 .
IF_EX_MURC_REPLACE_ERFME I CHECK_1_2_1_ERROR_FREE Check for Clarity of Conversion .
IF_EX_MYOBJ_CATS_UNAME I AT_UNAME_DETERMINE Determine UserNames from PERNR + SY-UNAME .
IF_EX_N1APPLAN_CHECK I CHECK Method for Additional Checks of Appointment Plans .
IF_EX_N1CREATE_SCREEN I CREATE Create an Instance of a Screen Class .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ACTIONS_CALL_CODE Time of External Coding Program Call (No Change) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ACTIONS_DIAGNOSIS Time of Diagnosis Processing (No Changes) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ACTIONS_OTHERS Time of Various Others (No Changes) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ACTIONS_SERVICES Time of Service Processing (No Changes) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ACTIONS_SETTINGS_GET Time of Setting Determination (No Changes) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CALL_CODE Address External Coding Program (e.g. DIACOS) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CALL_HELP Call Diagnoses / Services Input Help .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CHECK Check Data (Button Check or Before Save) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CHECK_PREFIX_SVC Service Prefix Check (Hide Services) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CLASS_BOOK Update Classifications (Standard N1DCSCLASS) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CLASS_DETERMINATION Transfer Classifications from DIACOS to Internal Table .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I CLASS_SELECTION Selection of Classifications (Standard from N1DCSCLASS) .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I ORG_UNIT_POPUP Ovreride OU/EmR Entry (Before Standard Function Module Call).
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SAVE_AFTER_BOOKING After Updating Data .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SAVE_FIRST_ACTIONS Initial Action When Saving .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SAVE_LAST_ACTIONS Last Actions at End of Saving .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SERVICE_ADD_DATA_SHOW Display Additional Data .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SERVICE_PERFORM Call Perform Service Function .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SERVICE_RELEASE Call Release Service Function .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SETTINGS_COMMON_GET Select Customer-Specific Settings .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I SET_GUI_STATUS Fill Excluding Table .
IF_EX_N1DCS_DIASVCQUICKENT I USER_COMMAND Override User Command (Before Standard User Command Logic) .
IF_EX_N1DISPOAP_SCHEDULED I FILL_ASSIGNED_ORDERS Fill Append Fields for Assigned Transport Orders .
IF_EX_N1DISPOAP_SCHEDULED I FILL_ORDERS_OUTST Fill Append Fields for Outstanding Transport Orders .
IF_EX_N1DISPOAP_SCHEDULED I FILL_REQUEST Fill Append Fields for Requests .
IF_EX_N1DISPOAP_SCHEDULED I FILL_SCHEDULED_ORDERS Fill Appenf Fields for Scheduled Transport Orders .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADMIN_EVT_SCR I CREATE Create an Instance of the Customer-Specific Screen .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADMIN_EV_SIMPLE I AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADMIN_EV_SIMPLE I BEFORE_CHANGE Edit Data Before Change .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADMIN_EV_SIMPLE I BEFORE_DIALOG Preset/Deactivate Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADMIN_EV_SIMPLE I BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I BEFORE_PROCESS_CALL Before Process Call (Before Dialog Construction) .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I CHECK Check data .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I CHECK_FOR_CHANGES Has data changed? .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I CREATE Constructing Control Logic .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I DESTROY Exiting Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I FILL_GUI_EXCLTAB Exclude Table for Status of Admin. Event Framework .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I PAI_CHANGE_DATA Execute Data Changes After PAI (Before OK Code) .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I SET_DEFAULTS Make/Change Data Presettings .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I SET_SELECTED_EVENTS Specify Selected Events for Order .
IF_EX_N1ME_ADM_EVENT_DIAL I USER_COMMAND Before Standard Function Code Processing Call .
IF_EX_N1ME_BEFORE_DT_FSOU I BEFORE_DT_FSOU Change Parameter for Fill Source Determination .
IF_EX_N1ME_CALC I CHANGE_ODRUG Change Order Drug .
IF_EX_N1ME_CALC I CHANGE_ORATE Change Dosage Quantities of Infusions .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDEVENT I AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDEVENT I BEFORE_CHANGE Edit Data Before Change .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDEVENT I BEFORE_DIALOG Preset/Deactivate Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDEVENT I BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDORDER I BEFORE_DIALOG BAdI for Presetting/Deactivating Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDORDER I EVENTS_TO_CANCEL Specify Which EVents Should Be Canceled .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDORDER I EXIT_AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDORDER I EXIT_BEFORE_END Edit Data Before Ending .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_ENDORDER I EXIT_BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EVSTATUS I AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EVSTATUS I BEFORE_CHANGE Edit Data Before Change .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EVSTATUS I BEFORE_DIALOG Preset/Deactivate Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EVSTATUS I BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EXTEND I AFTER_SAVE Method After Which Data Was Saved .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EXTEND I BEFORE_CHANGE Method Before Data (e.g. Order) Is Changed .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EXTEND I BEFORE_DIALOG Method Before Dialog Is Constructed .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_EXTEND I BEFORE_SAVE Method Before Changed Data Is Saved .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_IM_EVSTA I CHANGE_STATUS Change Status of Medication .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_MOSTATUS I BEFORE_DIALOG BAdI for Presetting/Deactivating Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_MOSTATUS I CHECK_IF_CHANGE_POSSIBLE Check Whether Status Change Is Possible .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_MOSTATUS I EXIT_AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_MOSTATUS I EXIT_BEFORE_CHANGE Edit Data Before Change .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_MOSTATUS I EXIT_BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_SUSPORD I EVENTS_TO_CANCEL Specify Which EVents Should Be Canceled .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_SUSPORD I EXIT_AFTER_SAVE Edit Data After Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_SUSPORD I EXIT_BEFORE_SAVE Edit Data Before Save .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHANGE_SUSPORD I EXIT_BEFORE_SUSPEND Edit Data Before Deactivation .
IF_EX_N1ME_CHDVER_DETERMIN I DETERMINE_CHDVER Determine the Field N1MEORDER-CHDVER .
IF_EX_N1ME_COMMIT_WORK I AFTER_COMMIT Execute Actions AFTER COMMIT WORK .
IF_EX_N1ME_COMMIT_WORK I BEFORE_COMMIT Execute Actions BEFORE COMMIT WORK .
IF_EX_N1ME_COPY_ORDER I SET_DEFAULTS_POPUP Preset Dialog Box for Copying Order .
IF_EX_N1ME_CUST_ORD_HEADER I CREATE Create and Initialize Screen Class of Subscreen .
IF_EX_N1ME_DATAS I CREATE Create Instance of Data Class .
IF_EX_N1ME_DATAS I LOAD Load Instance of Data Class .
IF_EX_N1ME_DRUG_SEL_CHECK I CHECK_AFTER_DRUGSEL Checks After Drug Selection or Change .
IF_EX_N1ME_DYNAM_SUBSCR I CREATE Create and Initialize Screen Classes of Tab Strip .
IF_EX_N1ME_EVENT_GENERATE I GENERATE_EVENTS Create Drug Events .
IF_EX_N1ME_EVENT_POST_COND I SET_CONDITION Method for Determining Goods Issue Posting .
IF_EX_N1ME_F4_HELP I VALUE_REQUEST Call F4 Help .
IF_EX_N1ME_GET_CASE I EXIT_GET_CASE Determine Case Number for Order .
IF_EX_N1ME_GET_HEIGHT I EXIT_GET_HEIGHT Change Height .
IF_EX_N1ME_GET_OBJ_FOR_OBJ I GET_OBJECT_FOR_OBJ Determine Object for Other Object .
IF_EX_N1ME_GET_VMA I GET_VMA Determine EmR .
IF_EX_N1ME_GET_WEIGHT I EXIT_GET_WEIGHT Change Weight .
IF_EX_N1ME_NEWRVER_DETERMI I DETERMINE_NEWRVER Specify Field N1ORATE-NEWRVER .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I CHECK Check Data .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I CHECK_FOR_CHANGES Has data changed? .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I COPY_ORDER Call in "Copy Order" Function .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I CREATE Constructing Control Logic .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I DESTROY Exiting Dialog .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I END_PROGRAM Execute Actions when Ending Order Framework .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I PAI_CHANGE_DATA Execute Data Changes After PAI (Before OK Code) .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SET_DEFAULTS Make/Change Data Presettings .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SET_DEFAULTS_ENTRY_SCR Preset Initial Screen .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SET_DEFAULTS_TMPL Execute Presettings For Templates .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SET_GUI_STATUS Set or Override GUI Status and Title Bar .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I SET_TMPL_FROM_ORDER Defaults if Template Is Created from Order .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_DIALOG I USER_COMMAND Before Standard User Command Processing Call .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_ENTRY I ENTER_FRAMEWORK_CHECKS Access to Order Framework .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_HARDSTOP I CALCULATE_HARDSTOP Calculate Maximum Order Duration .
IF_EX_N1ME_ORDER_HARDSTOP I SET_END_DATE Set/Change Duration and/or End Time of Order .
IF_EX_N1ME_PREVENT I CHANGE_PREVENT Change Predefined Events .
IF_EX_N1ME_READ_PARAM I READ_PARAMETER Export Parameters .
IF_EX_N1ME_WP_012 I EXIT_DISPLAY Customer-Specific Data Display in Med. Orders View .
IF_EX_N1ME_WP_012 I EXIT_FUNCTION Customer-Specifc Function Execution - Medication Orders .
IF_EX_N1ME_WP_013 I EXIT_DISPLAY Cust-Specif. Data Disp. Events/Inpat Nursing Svce View Type .
IF_EX_N1ME_WP_013 I EXIT_FUNCTION Cust.-Specifc Functions Events/Inpat. Nurs. Svce View Type .
IF_EX_N1PACSSTRUCTURE I CONVERSION Covert Structure .
IF_EX_N1PATORG_APPEND I EXECUTE_APPEND Append Structure Function .
IF_EX_N1PATORG_APPEND I FILL_SORT Fill Append Structure and Sort Data Records .
IF_EX_N1PATORG_APPEND I SELECT Select Data .
IF_EX_N1REQUESTNUMBERCHECK I EXIT_REQEST_NUMBER_CHECK Customized Checks for the REQNO + Modification Option .
IF_EX_N1VKPRINT I EXIT_PRINT Print of Pre-registration List .
IF_EX_N1_APPOINTMENT I CASEFORFOLLOWUP Determine Case for Repeat Visit Appointment .
IF_EX_N1_APPS_MOVE I PREALLOCATE Presetting of Parameter for Collective Processing .
IF_EX_N1_CANCEL I EXIT_CANCEL_CHECK IS-H*MED: Customer-Specific Cancellation Checks .
IF_EX_N1_CANCEL I EXIT_CANCEL_COLLECT IS-H*MED: Collect Customer-Specific Cancellation Data .
IF_EX_N1_CANCEL I EXIT_CANCEL_SAVE IS-H*MED: Also Update Customer-Specific Cancellation Data .
IF_EX_N1_CHG_APP_TEMPLATE I CHG_APP_TEMPLATE Change Template for an Appointment .
IF_EX_N1_CONNECTIVITY I EXIT_CHECK Check Data .
IF_EX_N1_CONNECTIVITY I EXIT_EXPORT Export Data .
IF_EX_N1_CONNECTIVITY I EXIT_IMPORT_CORDER Import Data for Clinical Orders .
IF_EX_N1_CONTEXT_DIALOG I CHANGE_DOC_CLASSIFICATION Change Display of Document Classification .
IF_EX_N1_CORDER_CHECK I CHECK Check Clinical Order .
IF_EX_N1_CORDER_PREALLOC I PREALLOC Preset Clinical Order .
IF_EX_N1_CORDER_PRINT_SSF I MODIFY_DATA Modification of Data Interface .
IF_EX_N1_CORDER_USER_COMM I BEFORE_UCOMM Clinical Order: Call BEFORE User Command Executed .
IF_EX_N1_CREATE_COMPCON I CREATE_COMPCON Creates an IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG Object .
IF_EX_N1_CREATE_COMPONENT I CREATE_COMPONENT_BASE Creates an IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE Object .
IF_EX_N1_CREATE_CONFIG I CREATE_CONFIG Creates an IF_ISH_CONFIG Object .
IF_EX_N1_CREATE_PRC_POPUP I CREATE_PRC_POPUP Creates an IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP Object .
IF_EX_N1_CREATE_SCREEN I CREATE_SCREEN Instantiation of a Screen Object .
IF_EX_N1_DOC_PREPARE_ADDR I PREPARE_ADDRESS Customer-Specific Recipient Presetting/Postsetting .
IF_EX_N1_DOC_PREPARE_PRINT I PREPARE_PRINTER Override Printer Presetting for Document Dispatch .
IF_EX_N1_FA_CALCULATE I EXIT_FA_CALCULATE Calculate Duration of a Transport Order .
IF_EX_N1_FCT_TEAM_SAVE I EXIT_TEAM_SAVE Change Team Before Saving Team Entry .
IF_EX_N1_GENERATE_MEEVENT I GENERATE_MEEVENT Change Event Table on Generation .
IF_EX_N1_HLST_NEW_FIELDS I EXIT_NEW_FIELDS Hit List: New Columns .
IF_EX_N1_INTERNET_SERVICE I APPOINTMENT_SRCH_CRITERIA Change Criteria for Appointment Search .
IF_EX_N1_MEDSRV_INFO I BUILD_DD_DOCUMENT Method to Create Dynamic Document for Info Screen .
IF_EX_N1_MEEVENT I EXIT_FUNCTION Event Generation Change .
IF_EX_N1_NBEW_SAVE I EXIT_NBEW_SAVE Pre-set Movement when Saving .
IF_EX_N1_OP_PROGRAMM I EXIT_OP_TIMER_DESTROY Dismantle Surgery Timer for the Automatic Updating .
IF_EX_N1_OP_PROGRAMM I EXIT_OP_TIMER_INITIALIZE Initialize Surgery Timer for the Automatic Updating .
IF_EX_N1_OP_PROGRAMM I EXIT_OP_TIMER_START Start Surgery Timer for the Automatic Updating .
IF_EX_N1_OP_PROGRAMM I EXIT_OP_TIMER_STOP Stop Surgery Timer for the Automatic Updating .
IF_EX_N1_PERFORM_SERVICE I EXIT_PERFORM_SERVICE Prohibit Performing/Releasing of Services .
IF_EX_N1_PERFORM_SRV_CHECK I EXIT_PERFORM_CHECK IS-H*MED: Perform/Release: Additional Checks .
IF_EX_N1_PERFORM_SRV_SAVE I EXIT_PERFORM_SAVE IS-H*MED: Call During Update (Before COMMIT WORK!) .
IF_EX_N1_PG_GET_START_POS I GET_START_POS Determine Start Positions in Planning Grid .
IF_EX_N1_PG_LABEL_APP I LABELAPP Labelling of Appointments in Planning Grid .
IF_EX_N1_PG_LABEL_TIMEGRID I LABEL_TIMEGRID Labelling of Time Grid in Planning Grid .
IF_EX_N1_PG_LABEL_TIMESLOT I LABEL_TIMESLOT Labelling of Time Slot .
IF_EX_N1_PREPARE_ADMISSION I PREPARE_ADMISSION Change Default of the Admission Transactions .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_CHECK I CHECK Check Preregistration .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_PREALLOC I PREALLOC Preset Preregistration .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I BEFORE_PBO Call Before Every Subscreen PBO Run (PBO) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I CHECK_DATA Perform Subscreen Check (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I CHECK_FOR_CHANGES Check Whether Subscreen Data Is Changed (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I GET_DATA Get Data (OK Code and so on) from Subscreen (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I INITIALIZE Determine Subscreen Name (PgmName, DYNNR) (PBO) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I SAVE Update Subscreen Data Also (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I SET_CURSOR Position Cursor on Field in Subscreen (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_SUBSCREEN I SET_DATA Transfer Data (OK Code and so on) to Subscreen (PAI) .
IF_EX_N1_PREREG_USER_COMM I BEFORE_UCOMM Preregistration: Call BEFORE Executing the User Command .
IF_EX_N1_PTS_FPV I EXIT_GET_FPV Determine the Available Transporters .
IF_EX_N1_SCR_PARTNER I EXIT_CHANGE Restrict Employee Selection .
IF_EX_N1_SET_PLAN_TOOL I SET_PLAN_TOOL Sets Planning Tool to Be Used (Planning Grid, Appt Editor) .
IF_EX_N1_VITPAR_DIALOG I EXIT_CHECK Additional Vital Sign Check .
IF_EX_N1_VITPAR_DIALOG I EXIT_VORBEL Change Dialog Box Defaults .
IF_EX_N1_WPOOL_LABEL_NODE I LABEL_NODE Planning Tool, Worklist: Label Nodes .
IF_EX_N1_WP_LSTAMB I EXIT_DISPLAY Clin. Work Station Overrides Fields of View Type OutpC/SvceF.
IF_EX_N1_WP_LSTAMB I EXIT_FUNCTION Clin. Work Stat. Overrides FCODES View Type OutpC/Svce Fclty.
IF_EX_N1_WP_OP I EXIT_DISPLAY Customer-Specific Data Display in Surgery Views .
IF_EX_N1_WP_OP I EXIT_FUNCTION Customer-Specific Function Execution in Surgery Views .
IF_EX_N1_WP_OP I EXIT_PRINT Customer-Specific Print in Surgery Views .
IF_EX_N1_WP_PTS I EXIT_DISPLAY Clin. Work Stat. Overrides Fields of Transp Orders View Type.
IF_EX_N1_WP_PTS I EXIT_FUNCTION Clin. Work Stat. Overrides FCODEs of Transp Orders View Type.
IF_EX_N1_WP_REQUEST I EXIT_DISPLAY CWS Overrides Fields of "Clinical Orders" View Type .
IF_EX_N1_WP_REQUEST I EXIT_FUNCTION CWS Overrides FCODEs of "Clinical Orders" View Type .
IF_EX_N2M_ASSO_OTF_FROM_TC I GET_DATA_FROM_COMPLETE_TAB Data Transfer From Associated Items .
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_ASSO_DATA I CHANGE_ASSO_DATA_OTF Change Association Partner on the Fly .
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_ASSO_DATA I CHANGE_ASSO_DATA_REASSO Change Assocation Partner Before Calling Reassoc. Dialog Box.
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_ASSO_DATA I MARK_DATA_AS_CROSS_REFERENCED Identify Association Partner For Association .
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_ASSO_DATA I RESET Reset Internally Used Structures .
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_ASSO_DATA I SET_VALUE Set a Value on the Screen .
IF_EX_N2M_CHANGE_LEAD_TAB I CHANGE Cahnge the table of leading document items .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_ASSO_DATA I CHECK_ASSOCIATED_DATA Check Associated Items on the Fly .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_ASSO_DATA I CHECK_ASSOCIATED_DATA_ALL Check Associated Items on the Fly .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_ASSO_DATA I CHECK_CROSS_REFERENCED_DATA Check Cross-Referenced Items .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_ASSO_IN_TC I CHECK_INCREASED_QUAN_AUTO_ASSOChecks Automat. Adjustment of Assoc. in Case of Greater Qty .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_ASSO_IN_TC I DELETE_AUTO_ADJUST Deletes the ID for Automatic Adjustment of the Assoc. .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_REL_SHIP I CHECK_AFTER_QUAN_CHANGE Check the associations after the quantity was changed .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_REL_SHIP I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Check the associations before update .
IF_EX_N2M_CHECK_TC I STATUS Is the trading contract suitable for Association Management?.
IF_EX_N2M_FAILED_UNLINK I IS_STOPPED Continue After Association Separation Failed? .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_PARTNER I CHANGE_LEADER_DATA Change Data of Leading Item .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_PARTNER I CHECK_ERROR_TEW_CANDIDATE Review Association Candidates .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_PARTNER I CHECK_ERROR_TEW_PARTNER Review of Association Partner .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_PARTNER I FILTER Filter Association Partners .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_TABS I FILTER Filter Association Partners .
IF_EX_N2M_FLT_ASSO_TABS I FILTER_CANDIDATES Filter Out Certain Document Types As Candidates .
IF_EX_N2M_QUANTITY_DISTRIB I DISTRIBUTION User-Defined Reassociation .
IF_EX_N2M_QUANTITY_DISTRIB I DO_FULLY_INCREASE Increase Associations Parallel with Item Quantity .
IF_EX_N2M_QUANTITY_DISTRIB I IS_FULL_ASSOCIATED Is Item Fully Associated? .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_DLE_ATTR Change defect log entry attributes "OBSOLETE .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_EQL_ATTR Change Equipment logbook attributes .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Change the fields that are displayed "OBSOLETE .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_FLE_ATTR Change flight log entry attributes "OBSOLETE .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_FLL_ATTR Change Functional location logbook attributes .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_LGE_ATTR Change log entry attributes "OBSOLETE .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_LGN_ATTR Change Log notification attributes .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_MDC_ATTR Change measurement document attributes .
IF_EX_NAVIGATION_ACL I CHANGE_NTF_ATTR Change Notification attributes .
IF_EX_NETW_DIR_PROCUREMENT I GET_DATA User-Defined Checks for Materials Without Material Numbers .
IF_EX_NETW_POSI_CONFI_LIST I AT_POSI Position .
IF_EX_NETW_USER_FIELDS_F4 I AT_F4 F4 Help for User Field .
IF_EX_NOTIF_ACTIONBOX I SELECT_FUNCTION Hide a Function in the Action Box .
IF_EX_NOTIF_AUTHORITY_01 I CHECK_LOCATION_TAB Check Activity Type for Change to Location Data .
IF_EX_NOTIF_COST_CHECK_WBS I CHECK_WBS WBS Element Check .
IF_EX_NOTIF_COST_COLLECTOR I CREATE_CHANGE Create and Change Cost Collector for Notification .
IF_EX_NOTIF_COST_CUS_CHECK I CHECK Check Whether Cost Collector Should Be Created .
IF_EX_NOTIF_COST_SET_STAT I SET_COST_COLLECTOR_STAT Setting of Status of Cost Collector .
IF_EX_NOTIF_CREATE_OBJ I GET_DATA_SERIALNO Returns Data Related to Creation of a Serial Number .
IF_EX_NOTIF_EVENT_POST I CHECK_DATA_AT_POST Notification Data - Before and After Image .
IF_EX_NOTIF_EVENT_SAVE I CHANGE_DATA_AT_SAVE Change of Notification Data Depending on Notification Type .
IF_EX_NOTIF_FORM_PARAM I GET_FORM_PARAMETERS Get the smart form interface parameters .
IF_EX_NOTIF_FORM_PARAM I SET_DIFFERENT_AR_OBJECT Set a different archive object .
IF_EX_NOTIF_LINK_MAINT I MAINTAIN_LINK_TABLE Maintains Link table entry in special case (eg . No Archive).
IF_EX_N_ALT_APP_SEARCH_DYN I ALT_APP_SEARCH_SCREEN Time Slot Search:Alternative Input Screen for Search Variant.
IF_EX_N_APP_CONSTR_CHG I CHG_APP_CONSTR Change an Appointment Template .
IF_EX_N_WP_MEDCONTROL I EXIT_DISPLAY Clin. Work Station Override Fields View Type Coding Analyses.
IF_EX_N_WP_MEDCONTROL I EXIT_FUNCTION Clin.Work Station Override FCODEs View Type Coding Analyses .
IF_EX_OFFLINE_APPL I INBOUND Inbound Processing - Before Calling BAPI/Function Module .
IF_EX_OFFLINE_APPL I OUTBOUND Outbound Processing - After Calling BAPI/Function Module .
IF_EX_OFX_ACCOUNT_STMT I ACC_STMT_REQUEST_CHANGE Change OFX request for account statement request .
IF_EX_OFX_ACCOUNT_STMT I ACC_STMT_RESPONSE_CHANGE Change OFX response for account statement .
IF_EX_OFX_PAYMENT I ACC_OFX_PAYMENT_RS_CHANGE Changing of the OFX Response for the Payment .
IF_EX_OI0_BADI_OGSD_SCD I SHIPMENT_F4_EXTENDED Extended F4-help for shipment numbers .
IF_EX_OI0_BADI_OGSD_SCD I SHIPMENT_READ Read transport for Shipment Costs Document .
IF_EX_OI0_MM_CONTRACT I MANIPULATE_BTC_TABLE Manipulate BTC Table (add customer spec. fields) .
IF_EX_OI0_MM_CONTRACT I MANIPULATE_INTERFACE_DATA Manipulate interface data .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_DOC_FLOW I PREDECESSOR_EDIT Create or change predecessor entries in VBFA .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_DOC_FLOW I PREDECESSOR_ITEM_SELECT Fill KOMPO depending on VBAP, VBRP, LIPS, or OGSD own struct.
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_OII_DOC_IF I UPDATE_DEL_NOTE_VIEW OIL-BDRP: Update delivery note view for goods issue .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_OUTPUT_COM I KOMKBV1_FILL Add. fields into the communication table for appl. V1 .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_OUTPUT_COM I KOMKBV1_FILL_PARTNER Add. partner into the communication table for appl. V1 .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_TAS_DATA I SAVE_LID_REFERENCE_DATA User exit save LID-reference data and document item data .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I CUSTOMER_DATA_READ Read Customer-Specific Data when Importing PO document .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I CUSTSCR1_HEAD_SET_DATA_PBO Export Data to Customer Subscreen for PO-doc. Header (PBO) .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I CUSTSCR1_ITEM_GET_DATA_PAI Import Data from Customer Subscreen for PO-doc. Item (PAI) .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I CUSTSCR1_ITEM_SET_DATA_PAI Export Data to Customer Subscreen for PO-doc. Item (PAI) .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I CUSTSCR1_ITEM_SET_DATA_PBO Export Data to Customer Subscreen for PO-doc. Item (PBO) .
IF_EX_OI0_OGSD_XM06 I ME_FILL_KOMP Extend Communication Structure KOMP for Pricing .
IF_EX_OI0_OP_PROC I PROCESS_CP_OPERATORS Process Compatible Operaotors .
IF_EX_OIA_DEL_COST_REPRICE I SET_IV_PRICING_PARAMETER Derive user defined pricing parameters at IV .
IF_EX_OIA_ERS_ENHANCEMENT I ON_INVOICE_SPLIT New invoice after XXX items .
IF_EX_OIA_EXGAGRMNT I CREATE_POSTPROCESSING Outbound processing of Exchange Agreement data .
IF_EX_OIA_EXGAGRMNT I CREATE_PREPROCESSING Inbound processing of Exchange Agreement data .
IF_EX_OIA_EXGAGRMNT_VALID I ON_HEADER_CHANGE Agreement header data has been changed .
IF_EX_OIA_EXGAGRMNT_VALID I ON_ITEM_CHANGE Agreement item data (contracts) has been changed .
IF_EX_OIA_LIA_POSTZERO I ON_POSTZERO Value is zero .
IF_EX_OIA_LIA_POST_ZERO I ON_POSTZERO Value is zero .
IF_EX_OIA_QS_ENHANCEMENT I ON_QS_PBO Quantity schedule handling before output on the screen .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_CUST_PARAM I MOVE_CUST_PAR_TO_RESULT Move customer own results to SAP structure .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_DET_DEF I CHANGE_DEFAULT_DET_DATA Customers can change input data of function module .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_DET_DEF I DETERMINE_DEFAULT_DATA Customer method to determine default data .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_DIM1_TO_DIM2 I AIR_BOUYANCY_OVERWRITE Overwrite standard SAP air buoyancy adjustment .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_DIM1_TO_DIM2 I DIMENSION_TO_DIMENSION Conversion of a quantity with unit1(dim1) to unit2(dim2) .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_EXTERNALFUNC I CALL_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION1 Method1 to implement customer specific conversion routines .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_EXTERNALFUNC I CALL_CUSTOMER_FUNCTION2 Method2 to implement customer specific conversion routines .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_EXTERNALFUNC I MOD_C_CODE_PARAMETER_A Method to modify c-code parameters after calling the c-code .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_EXTERNALFUNC I MOD_C_CODE_PARAMETER_B Method to modify c-code parameters before calling the c-code.
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I CALC_BASE_DENSITY Calculate natural gas base base density .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I CALC_BASE_HEATINGVALUE Calculate natural gas base heating value .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I CALC_IDEAL_GAS_VCF Calculate ideal gas volume correction factor .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I CORR_COMBUSTION_ENERGY Correct energy to different combustion temperature .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I DENSITY_HVALUE_CONVERT Convert base density and base heating value to SI units .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I DETERMINE_AIR_COMP_FAC Determine dry air compression factor .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_NATURAL_GAS I DETERMINE_Z_FACTOR Determine nat.gas compression factor from AGA c-code results.
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_RAWMATERIALS I MODIFY_RAWMAT_CONVERSION Exit to modify standard mat. conversion using customer par. .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_ROUND_QTY I CHECK_QCI_INPUT Check Input Data Tables of QCI .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_ROUND_QTY I CHECK_TOLERANCE Check tolerance level and checks of manual entry .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_ROUND_QTY I ROUND_AROMATICS_PARAM Round Parameters for Aromatics VCF Determination .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_ROUND_QTY I ROUND_INTERMEDIATE Round Intermediate Results Between Different Dimensions .
IF_EX_OIB_QCI_ROUND_QTY I ROUND_QTY Rounding Quantities .
IF_EX_OIC_CPE_FILL_ATTRIB I FILL_ATTRIBUTES Fill Customer Attributes .
IF_EX_OIC_GET_LSMW_INFO I GET_LSMW_INFO Get LSMW Information .
IF_EX_OIC_GR_REPRICE_CHECK I PROCESS_MOVEMENT_CHECK Check if material movements require repricing .
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_ITEM I CHANGE_CALCULATION_TYPE Change Re-pricing Type for External Details Change .
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_ITEM I CHECK_ITEM_FOR_DELET Add. examination can be entered, before item is rel. to del..
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_ITEM I FILL_VBEP Move some fields into the sales dokument schedule line WA .
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_ITEM I NEW_PRICING_VBAP Perform new pricing, dependant on the change of datafields .
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_ITEM I SOURCE_DETERMINATION Add. logic for det. the source of the plant or the item cat..
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_SSCFLOW I PAI_SAPLV45C_0100 BADI in PAI of Container Screen for Creating Orders with Ref.
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_SSCFLOW I PBO_SAPLV45C_0100 BADI in PBO of Container Screen for Creating Orders with Ref.
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_SSCFLOW I PROCESS_FINAL_PAI BADI for the end of PAI processing .
IF_EX_OID_SD_SALES_SSCFLOW I PROCESS_FINAL_PBO BADI for the end of PBO processing .
IF_EX_OIG_DG_DATA_MAINTAIN I DATA_STORE Store the vehicle data for the customer .
IF_EX_OIG_MAT_DOC_CHANGE I CHANGE_MM_DATA Modify goods movement posting. .
IF_EX_OIG_OILSH1_NOCREATE I CONTROL_IDOC_CREATION Method to Control OILSH1 IDOC creation .
IF_EX_OIH_ADD_LICENSE_DATA I ADD_LICENSE_DATA Adding License data to material item .
IF_EX_OIH_CHECK_LICENSE I IF_EX_OIH_CHECK_LICENSE Check License .
IF_EX_OIH_DEF_HT_MB I DEFAULT_HT Defaulting of Handling Type .
IF_EX_OIH_ED_VAL_DEF I DETERMINE_HANTYP_BWTAR Handling type defaulting and validation .
IF_EX_OIIM_USER_SCREEN I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get data from screen .
IF_EX_OIIM_USER_SCREEN I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Put data to screen .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ADD_COLUMNS I SET_COLUMN_NAMES set customer column names .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ADD_COLUMNS I SET_CUST_FIELDS fill customer fields .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ADD_COLUMNS I SET_LOCAL_TIME_DATE set local time/date .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I CREATE_MM_DATA Additional analysis functions for MM analysis .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I EXTEND_FIELDCAT Add customer defined fields to Analysis detail display .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I HANDLE_TOOLBAR Add or remove user commands from analysis detail .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND Handle customer defined user commands .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I PREPARE_MM_DISPLAY Data Preparation for analysis display .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_ANALYSIS I SAVE_STOCKS_SEPARATED Tank Dip: Save book stock level of individual stock segments.
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I ADDITIONAL_CALCULATION Additional calculations for tank dips .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I ADDITIONAL_CHECKS Additional checks during change/deletion of tank dips .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I FLOATING_ROOF_AIRBUOYANCY_FACTAir boyancy factor for floating roof correction .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I FLOATING_ROOF_CORRECTION Special calculation for floating roof correction .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I MODIFY_CALCULATION Modify the tank dip calculation in OII_TANK_DIP_CALCULATOR .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_CALCULATION I PREPARE_PARAMETERS Additional calculations for tank dips .
IF_EX_OII_DIP_EXTERNAL I UPLOAD_PREPROCESSING Control input parameters, inbound modifications .
IF_EX_OII_TANK_MM_HANDLING I ADDITIONAL_MM_CHECKS Additional_MM_checks .
IF_EX_OIJP_SFT_CALC_CUST I SFT_CALC_TMDEP_CUST_01 Calculate time dependent safety stock .
IF_EX_OIJP_TGT_CALC_CUST I TGT_CALC_CUST_01 Calculate target stock .
IF_EX_OIJP_TGT_CALC_CUST I TGT_CALC_TMDEP_CUST_01 Calculate time dependent target stock .
IF_EX_OIJU_PHYINV I CHANGE_PHYINV_DISPLAY Change physical inventory for display .
IF_EX_OIJU_PHYINV I UPDATE_PREPROCESSING Customer specific processing .
IF_EX_OIJU_PHYINV I VALIDATE_INPUT Validate Initial Screen inputs .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_AGGREGATE_RACK_DATA BADI to overwrite SAP rack forecasts aggregation logic .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_AVG_POPUP BADI to handle the average consumption pop-up .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_CALC_CUST Overwrite SAP TSW standard rundown logic .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_CALC_PERIOD_CUST Calculate stock projection period for different Sp types .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_CUST_FCTYPE_SETTING BADI to fetch rack forceast settings for customer types .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_EXPAND_MULTIPLE BADI to modify the expanding of multiple SP entries .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_GET_DOCUMENTS_TANK BADI to get documents data at the tank level .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_GET_NOMINATIONS_TANK BADI to get nominations data at the tank level .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_GET_TICKETS_TANK BADI to get ticket data at the tank level .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_GRID_HEADING BADI to overwrite SPW ALV grid heading .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_HTML_HEADER BADI to change the HTML header displaying the attributes .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_LINECALC_CUST BADI to overwrite SAP TSW standard rundown logic on date lev.
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_NOMINATION_OIJRDNOM Overwrite OIJRDNOM data in rundown output nomination selecti.
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_NOMINATION_SELECT Overwrite the nomination selection in the rundown update .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_NOMINATION_SELECT_TS Overwrite the nom. selection in the rundown update / TS .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_OPEN_INV Overwrite the book / physical inventory .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_OUTPUT BADI to fill rundown output table for display in ALV grid .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_OUTPUT_MOD BADI to fill rundown output table for display in ALV grid .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_REALTIME_SELECT Overwrite selection of real-time rundown .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_RESTORE_HEEL Restore heel in rundown .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_RVP_CALC Overwrite the RVP calculation .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_SUBTRACT_HEEL Subtract heel in rundown .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_TICKET_SELECT Overwrite the ticket selection in the rundown update .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_TICKET_SELECT_TS Overwrite the ticket selection in the rundown update / TS .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_UNACC_NEGATIVE BADI to switch off accumulation of negatives .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_UNACTUAL_QTY Overwrite the unactualised quantity .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_UNCOMM BADI to calculate the uncommitted value .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_UPDATE_CUST BADI to update customer fields in SP header / table .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_CALC_CUST I RD_WHIF_CALC BADI to overwrite the SAP TSW rundown what-if calculation .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_FC_CUST I RD_FC_CUST_01 Generate rack issue forecast .
IF_EX_OIJU_RD_TICKET I RD_TICKET_END_DATE BADI to manipulate Ticket End date for SP .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_SEL_SCREEN I DEFAULT Default data to Selection Screen .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_TEXT I TEXT_UPDATE 3WP Text Update in ALV Outtab .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DMD_ALV_BUTTON Add or remove buttons in the demand ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DMD_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handle FCODE in the demand ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DS_ALV_BUTTON Add or remove buttons .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DS_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY set the properties of the fields in the DS output table .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DS_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handle FCODE .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I DS_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY refresh the properties of the fields in the DS output table .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I SUP_ALV_BUTTON Add or remove buttons in the supply ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I SUP_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handle FCODE in the supply ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I TS_ALV_BUTTON Add or remove buttons in the Transport Avails ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_3WP_UI I TS_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handle FCODE in the Transport Avails ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_AMMEND_3WP_FIELD I AMMEND_3WP_FIELDS Ammend 3WP fields to tables demand, supply, TA, DS .
IF_EX_OIJ_AMMEND_3WP_FIELD I AMMEND_3WP_FIELDS_ASSIGN Ammend 3WP fields during assign .
IF_EX_OIJ_AMMEND_3WP_FIELD I AMMEND_3WP_FIELDS_UNASSIGN Ammend 3WP fields during unassign .
IF_EX_OIJ_APOFCST_MAINTAIN I MAINTAIN APO DP Forecast maintenance in TSW SPW .
IF_EX_OIJ_A_CHECK_PL_LOC_N I CUSTOMIZE_ERROR_MESSAGE Decide whether error messages will be W or E .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I AFTER_CONTROLS_INIT Setting Up Reference to UI Controls and Data Class .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I EVT_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY Influencing Nom. Event ALV Before Displayed for First Time .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I EVT_ALV_HANDLE_BUTTON Handling button of Nomination Event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I EVT_ALV_HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU Handling Context Menu of Nomination Event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I EVT_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handling Function Code of Nomination Event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I EVT_ALV_HANDLE_TOOLBAR Handling Toolbar of Nomination Event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I ITM_TB_ADD_BUTTONS Adding Buttons to Application Toolbar .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I ITM_TB_DROPDOWN_CLICKED Handling Dropdown Menu in Application Toolbar .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I ITM_TB_FUNCTION_SELECTED Handling Function Selected in Application Toolbar .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY Influencing ALV of Load/Disch. Data Before Displ. First Time.
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_BUTTON Handling Button of ALV for Load/Discharge Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU Handling Context Menu of ALV for Load/Discharge Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handling Function Code of ALV for Load/Discharge Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_TOOLBAR Handling Toolbar of ALV for Load/Discharge Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_CHART_BEFORE_PBO Changing All Data that Goes to the Bar Chart Control .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LDS_CHART_LAYER_DESCRIPTION Modifying the Tooltip of a Layer Displayed in the Bar Chart .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LYT_TREE_FIRST_DISPLAY Influencing Laytime Tree Before it Is Displayed .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I LYT_TREE_HANDLE_CONTEXT_REQ Handling Context Request of Laytime Tree .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I SEL_TREE_FIRST_DISPLAY Influencing Selection Tree Before it Is Displayed .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_GUI I SEL_TREE_HANDLE_CONTEXT_REQ Handling Context Request of Selection Tree .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I AT_STARTUP Determining Screen Called in Berth Planning Board .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I CALL_SELECTION_SCREEN Calling Selection Screen Again (Called by Selection Tree) .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I HANDLE_PAI Handling the PAI Event of the Current Screen .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I HANDLE_PBO Handling the PBO Event of the Current Screen .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I INITIALIZE_CONTROLS Creating All UI Controls Used and Defining their Order .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I SET_STATUS Excluding GUI Function of Screen 0100 .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I START_OF_SELECTION Determining How Selection Is Executed .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_MAIN I VALIDATE_LDS_CHANGE Validating the Changed Load/Discharge Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_BPB_OPT I OPTIMIZE Optimize the Data Used in Berth Planning Board .
IF_EX_OIJ_CALC_DEM I CALC_DEMURRAGE Calculate despatch and demurrage .
IF_EX_OIJ_CALC_LOC_DURTION I CALC_DURATION Calculate Duration between two TSW-Locations .
IF_EX_OIJ_DEF_BERTH_SELECT I GET_BERTH picks a berth from list of suitable berths .
IF_EX_OIJ_DET_DATE I FIND_DATE Find date method .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_EVM_NOM_PROC I PROCESS_NOMINATION Process Nomination .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_MVSCEN I GET_SCENARIO_DETAIL Overwrite the standard movement scenario .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_PRORATE I CALCULATE Method to calculate prorate quantities .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_TERMS_CHECK I CHECK_LAYT_TERMS Laytime terms check method .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS I M_03 TSW Details customer function .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS I OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS_01 PBO TSW Details customer function .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS I OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS_02 PAI TSW Details customer function .
IF_EX_OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS I OIJ_EL_TSW_DETAILS_03 TSW Details - Before calling TSW details and before saving .
IF_EX_OIJ_EXIT_TKT_PROCESS I EXIT_TKT_ARCH exits archiving a ticket .
IF_EX_OIJ_EXT_DET I EXT_DETAILS_PROCESSING Handling of extern. Details Processing for MM/SD Documents .
IF_EX_OIJ_IF I CREATE_NOMREF_PREPROCESSING Create TSW Nomination with reference Preprocessing .
IF_EX_OIJ_IF I CREATE_NOM_POSTPROCESSING Create TSW Nomination Postprocessing .
IF_EX_OIJ_IF I CREATE_NOM_PREPROCESSING Create TSW Nomination Preprocessing .
IF_EX_OIJ_IF I CREATE_PART_POSTPROCESSING Create TSW Partner Role Postprocessing .
IF_EX_OIJ_IF I CREATE_PART_PREPROCESSING Create TSW Partner Role Preprocessing .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB I TRANSFER_ALL_IAR Transfer All Logic for inventory Adjustment requests .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB I TRANSFER_ALL_IBID Transfer All Logic for inventory Builds and draws .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_CHECK_DMD_SUP I CHECK_FOR_DEMAND_SUPPLY Check for demand supply .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_INV I SCHED_IN_INV_IMBAL_CALC Check Sched entry usage Inventory and Imbalance Calculation .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_PAST_INV I OIJ_RD_INV_ENTRIES populate past days inventory on scheduled date. .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_USER_FIELDS I ADD_COL_HDRDETAILS Add user fields to GT_HDR_OUTTAB .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_USER_FIELDS I ADD_COL_ITEMDETAILS Add user fields to GT_ITEM_OUTTAB .
IF_EX_OIJ_LB_VALIDATE I VALIDATE_SCHED_ENTRIES Method for additional validations in LB .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_BUTTON remove buttons from / add custom buttons to Load/Discharge .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY set properties of the fields in the LDS output table .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_DATA_CHANGED handle DATA_CHANGED for fields in the Load/Discharge ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK handle double-click in the Load/Discharge ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_F4 handle F4 help for fields within the Load/Discharge ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE handle customer function codes for the Load/Discharge .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY refresh output table of Load/Discharge ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_LDS_UI I LDS_SET_SCREEN_FIELDS set properties for screen fields on the Load/Discharge tab .
IF_EX_OIJ_LT_ACCOUNTING I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get data from screen .
IF_EX_OIJ_LT_ACCOUNTING I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Put data to screen .
IF_EX_OIJ_LT_ACT I CALC_LAYTIME Calculate actual laytime .
IF_EX_OIJ_MD I OIJ_PART_SAVE_PREP BADI to prepare partner role save .
IF_EX_OIJ_METER_RECONCILE I ADJUST_TD_RACK_METER Adjust TD rack meter corresponding to a meter at TSW locatn .
IF_EX_OIJ_METER_RECONCILE I ADJUST_TSW_METER Adjust TSW meter corresponding to a TD rack meter .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM I EXT_DETAILS_PROCESSING Handling of extern. Details Processing for MM/SD Documents .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM I FCODE_UPDATE_PROCESSING Nomination save processing Exit .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM I HEADER_PREPROCESSING Nomination header preprocessing add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMEV_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Item validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMHD_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Header validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMIT_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Item validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMLD_VALIDATION I VALIDATE LD Scheduling Validation Method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMMT_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Multiple nominations validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOMPRORATE_VAL I VALIDATION Proration Validation Method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_CHK I OIJ_NOM_CHECK_CONFIRM Checkin confirmation status for related customer nominations.
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_COMM_ALE I CONTROL_RECORD_OUT Enhancement to control record output .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_COMM_ALE I FILL_DATA_SEGEMENT Fill additional segments in idoc .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_COMM_RECEIVE I PREPROCESSING Preprocessing Receive Partner Communication Information .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_DEFAULTING I DEFAULTING_POSTPROCESSING Nomination Defaulting Post Processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_DEFAULTING I DEFAULTING_PREPROCESSING Nomination Defaulting Pre Processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_DEF_DUMMLOC I DEFAULT_LOC defaults dummy location id for bunker conumption .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_EVPREREQ I PREREQUISITE_CHECK Event prerequisite check .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_EVSUBSEQ I SUBSEQUENT_EVENT Subsequent event routine .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FILTER I ADD_RECORDS Add nominations dynamically .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FILTER I FILTER Nomination output table filter routine .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FOR_LOC_DMND I DETERMINE_ROUTE Determine route .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FOR_LOC_DMND I MANIPULATE_COMPILED_ITEMS Manipulate nomination items for demands .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FOR_LOC_DMND I MANIPULATE_DEMAND_DATA Manipulate incoming demand data .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_FOR_LOC_DMND I MANIPULATE_SELECTION_CRITERIA Extend selection criteria for retrivieng nominations on DB .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I DATABASE_READ Database read .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I EVENT_MASS_CHANGE Mathod at Event mass change .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I FCODE_TICKET Create Ticket out of Nomination .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I FILL_DISPLAY_DATA Fill nomination display data .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I ITEM_CHANGE Method at item change .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I ITEM_COPY Method at item copy .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I NODE_SELECT Method on tree node selection .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I NOMINATION_CREATE_BY_REF Method at create by reference .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_GUI I NOMINATION_STARTUP Method at nomination startup .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MAINTAIN I DATABASE_UPDATES Exit Method called at update module invocation .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MAINTAIN I DATABASE_UPDATE_PREPROCESSING Preprocessing for the database updates .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MAINTAIN I FIELDSTATUS_DETERMINE Determine Field Status for Customer-Defined Fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MAINTAIN I NOMNR_PRESET Preset Nomination Number in Create Mode .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MAINTAIN I STDFIELDSTATUS_DETERMINE Determine Field Status for Standard Fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_MATBALANCE I BALANCE Re-create balance on pushbutton function of the GUI .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_PIPE_BATCH I PIPE_BATCH_MODIFY Method to modify pipe batch line items before display .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_PIPE_BATCH I PIPE_BATCH_RECALCULATE Method to recalculate pipe batch times automatically .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_PIPE_BATCH I STAGES_TOLERANCE_GET Method to specify the allowed tolerance for stages duration..
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_PUBLISH I ITEM_CHANGE Method at item change .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_STPREREQ I PREREQUISITE_CHECK Status prerequisite check .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_STSUBSEQ I SUBSEQUENT_STATUS Subsequent status routine .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I COMMENT_TEXT_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: comment text .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I COMM_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui for communication ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I CUST_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: customer nomination ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I DOCFLOW_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: docflow ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I EVENT_ALV_BUTTON Adding new Buttons to Events ALV in nomination .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I EVENT_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I EVENT_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handling the Function Code of the Buttons on the Event ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I MAT_BAL_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: materail balance ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I NOM_ALV_BUTTON adjust non-standard buttons of item overview ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I NOM_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: nomination item overview ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I NOM_ALV_HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU adjust context menu of item overview ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I NOM_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE handle user fcode (button / context menu) .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I NOM_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY Validate Nomination Line Items during Display/Change .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I SEL_TREE_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: selection tree .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I SEL_TREE_HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU adjust context menu of selection tree .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I STAGES_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: stages ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I TICKET_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: ticket document ALV .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I TICKET_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY Validate ALV to adjust field values .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I TOGGLE_SCREEN_AT_STARTUP preset toggle state of screen at startup .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UI I VIEW_TREE_FIRST_DISPLAY adjust ui: view tree .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPDATE I NOMNR_PRESET Preset Nomination Number in Create Mode .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPDATE I STO_CREATE Create STO .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I CALCULATE Calculate Schedule lines (standard logic) .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I CALCULATE_ITEM Calculate Items (standard logic) .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_MM Update MM Documents (e.g. Items / Schedule Lines) .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_MM_ITEM Update Items of Purchase Documents .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_MM_SCHEDLN Update Schedule lines of Purchase Order .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_REQ Update Items of Requisition documents .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_SD Update SD Documents (e.g. Items / Schedule Lines) .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_SD_ITEM Update Items of Sales Documents .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_UPD_SCHEDLN I UPDATE_SD_SCHEDLN Update Schedule lines of Sales Order .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Item validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_NOM_VIEW_CHECK I VALIDATE Check the selected nomination view .
IF_EX_OIJ_PEG_GUI I AMMEND_OUTTAB Ammend the Pegging tree outtab .
IF_EX_OIJ_PEG_RULE I AUTO_PEGGING Auto-Pegging .
IF_EX_OIJ_PEG_RULE I VALIDATE Pegging validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_PP I GET_PPTYPE_CUST Get data from PP customer source .
IF_EX_OIJ_PP I GET_PPTYPE_S021 Adjust S021 fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_PP I GET_PPTYPE_S022 Adjust S022 fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_PP I UPDATE_PREPROCESSING Customer specific processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_PRO_TKT_O1 I CALCULATE Calculation of Temperature of Loaded Quantity in the Ticket .
IF_EX_OIJ_QUERY I PREPARE_QUERY_CALL Prepare selection variables for Query Call .
IF_EX_OIJ_RD_BASE_DATE I DETERMINE_RD_BASE_DATE Method to overwrite SAP Base date .
IF_EX_OIJ_RD_CONSTR I OIJ_RD_CONSTR_VALID Constraints validation .
IF_EX_OIJ_RD_ZONLO I RD_PHYINV_SET_ZONLO Time zone setting for physical inventory .
IF_EX_OIJ_REP_QTY I REP_QTY_01 Report quantities into Inventory .
IF_EX_OIJ_REP_QTY I REP_QTY_02 Update reported q'ties into internal rundown table .
IF_EX_OIJ_ROIJRDU1N I SP_BALANCE Fiddle with Balance indicator to suppress/show balance line .
IF_EX_OIJ_SCHED I GET_DEFAULT Get the default SITYP and DOCIND .
IF_EX_OIJ_SCHED I SPLIT_QS Breakdown of contract quantities .
IF_EX_OIJ_SCHED_BREAKDOWN I BREAKDOWN Breakdown OIJ_SCHED items .
IF_EX_OIJ_SCHED_UPDATE I MODIFY_SCHED_UPDATE Exit to allow customer control on SCHED updates .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPREL I OIJ_SPREL Stock projection relevance break-down of contract quantities.
IF_EX_OIJ_SPREL I OIJ_SPREL_CONSUMPT SP relevance: consumption of contracts by nominations .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPREL I OIJ_SPREL_DELETE SP relevance: delete quantity schedules .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPREL I OIJ_SPREL_QT_UPDATE BADI called from quotation update .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPTYPE_SIMAPPL I ASSOCIATE_SPTYPE_TO_SIM Overwrite SP type -" Sim. Application association .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPW_GUI_BADI I CHANGE_ALV Change the ALV view .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPW_GUI_BADI I CHANGE_TAB Method to change the view of the tabs in SPW .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPW_GUI_BADI I HANDLE_HOTSPOT_CLICK Method to handle hotspots for custom fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_SPW_GUI_BADI I UPDATE_OIJLOCMAT_TCONS Update the TCONS field in OIJLOCMAT table .
IF_EX_OIJ_SP_DOC I GET_DEFAULT Get the default SITYP and DOCIND .
IF_EX_OIJ_SP_DOC I SET_ISSUE_RECEIPT_INDICATOR Determine the issue / receipt indicator in the SP .
IF_EX_OIJ_SS_CALC I CALC_SHIP_SHORE_DIFF Shipshore calculation routine .
IF_EX_OIJ_STOP_GAUGE_CALC I CALC_STOP_GAUGE calculates stop gauge given start gauge and LD qty .
IF_EX_OIJ_STOP_METER_CALC I CALC_STOP_METER calculates stop meter given start meter and transported qty..
IF_EX_OIJ_STOP_MTR_CALC I CALC_STOP_METER calculates stop meter given start meter and transported qty..
IF_EX_OIJ_TIMECONS I AGG_TANK_CONSTRAINTS Aggregate tank constraints into Location constraints .
IF_EX_OIJ_TIMECONS I UPLOAD_TIMECONS Upload time dependent constraints from external system .
IF_EX_OIJ_TIMEZONE_CALC I DATE_TIME_TO_TIMESTAMP Convert Date and Time into UTC Timestamp .
IF_EX_OIJ_TIMEZONE_CALC I TIMESTAMP_TO_DATE_TIME Convert UTC Timestamp into Date and Time .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I ACTUALIZATION_CHECK Ticket actualization checks .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I AUTHORIZE_ACTUALIZATION Disable Actualize button based on checks .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I CHANGE_SEQUENCE Changes the sequence in T_TICKET_ITEM .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I CHECK_INCOMPL_CRPT_TKT Check incompletion in document reversal for corrupt tickets .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I CIP_STEPS_CHECK CIP step checks .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I DOCFLOW_PREPROCESSING Ticket Docflow add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I DOCUMENT_GENERATION Ticket actualization add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I DOCUMENT_GENERATION_N Ticket actualization add in (new) .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I GET_ACCOUNTINFO Get the Customer's Account Information .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I IDOC_FIELDTRANSFER Ticket Idoc Fieldmapping add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I SET_IO Set Dynpro fields .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_DEFAULTS_SET Set Ticket Default Data .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_DEFAULT_VSTEL Default Shipping point for Ticket item .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_MAINTENANCE_CUSTACTION Ticket Maintenance add in Customer activities .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_MAINTENANCE_POSTPROCESSTicket Maintenance add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_MAINTENANCE_PREPROCESS Ticket Maintenance add in .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_VALIDATION Ticket Validations within actualization processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I TICKET_VALIDATION_N Ticket Validations .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT I VALIDATE_TICKET_QUANTITY Ticket quantity tolerance validations .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKTHD_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Header validation method .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_DEFAULTING I DEFAULTING_POSTPROCESSING Ticket Defaulting Post Processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_DEFAULTING I DEFAULTING_PREPROCESSING Ticket Defaulting Pre Processing .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_DOCG I AUTO_CLOSE_NOM_TOLERANCES Auto close behaviour of nomination based on the tolerances. .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_DOCG I SET_POSTINGDATE_REV_GI Set Posting Date within Reversal Material Document .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_DOCG I SET_POSTINGDATE_REV_GR Set Posting Date within Reversal Material Document .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_GEN_CONITEMS I CHECK_PENDING_ITEM Checks Ticket Items for Dependend Items (e.g. consumption) .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_REPORT I ADD_BUTTON Add buttons .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_REPORT I EVENT_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE Handle FCODES .
IF_EX_OIJ_TKT_REPORT I FILTER_RECORDS Filter the records displayed .
IF_EX_OIJ_TSW_EXT_DETAILS I MB_EXT_DETAILS Handle goods movement external details in ticketing .
IF_EX_OIJ_TSW_EXT_DETAILS I MM_EXT_DETAILS Handle MM external details in ticketing / actualization .
IF_EX_OIJ_TSW_EXT_DETAILS I SD_EXT_DETAILS Handle SD external details in ticketing / actualization .
IF_EX_OIJ_UPDATE_3P_ITEMS I UPDATE_3P_ITEMS Reference Document changes update SCHED_STAT = '3P' items .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I CLIPBOARD_ALV_BUTTON remove buttons from / add custom buttons to the What-If CLB .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I CLIPBOARD_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY set properties of the fields in the What-If CLB table .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I CLIPBOARD_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE handle customer function codes for the What-If CLB .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I CLIPBOARD_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY refresh properties of the fields in the What-If CLB table .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I POPUP_ALV_BUTTON remove buttons from / add custom buttons to the What-If popu.
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I POPUP_ALV_FIRST_DISPLAY set properties of the fields in the What-If output table .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I POPUP_ALV_HANDLE_FCODE handle customer function codes for the What-If popup .
IF_EX_OIJ_WHATIF_UI I POPUP_ALV_REFRESH_DISPLAY refresh properties of the fields in the What-If output table.
IF_EX_OIJ_WHIF_DISAGG_RULE I WHATIF_DISAGG_RULE What-if type Disaggregation rule .
IF_EX_OIJ_WL I OIJ_WL_RD_SELECT Worklist engine: overwrite selection from SAPMOIJRD .
IF_EX_OIJ_WL_NOMI_CHK_TOL I NOMI_CHK_TOL Nomination check tolerance .
IF_EX_OIK_SHPPL I GETDETAIL_POSTPROCESSING Outbound processing .
IF_EX_OIK_SHPPL I GETDETAIL_PREPROCESSING Inbound processing .
IF_EX_OIK_SPLIT_QUANTITY I SPLIT_QUANTITY Split the order item quantiy .
IF_EX_OIO_CONTAINER I CONTAINER_USAGE Check container usage .
IF_EX_OIO_CONTAINER I FIELD_TRANSPORT_PM_EQUIPMENT Transport fields from PM equipment .
IF_EX_OIO_CROSS_DOCK_LIST I MODIFY_LIST_LINE Modify line in cross docking list .
IF_EX_OIO_HOLDING I DEF_HOLD_OPERATION Set default hold status for order operation .
IF_EX_OIO_RENTAL_MOB I RENTAL_MOB_PAI Rental mobilization data in "Process After Input" .
IF_EX_OIO_RENTAL_MOB I RENTAL_MOB_PBO Rental mobilization data in "Process Before Output" .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I MM_REQUISITION_CHECK Check MM requisition for use as reference object .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I MM_REQUISITION_MAP Map fields from MM requisition to material return .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PM_ORDER_CMP_CHECK Check PM order component for use as reference object .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PM_ORDER_CMP_MAP Map fields from PM order component to material return .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PM_ORDER_SVC_CHECK Check PM order service line for use as reference object .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PM_ORDER_SVC_MAP Map fields from PM order service line to material return .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PS_NETWORK_MAT_CHECK Check PS network material for use as reference object .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PS_NETWORK_MAT_MAP Map fields from PS network material to material return .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PS_NETWORK_SVC_CHECK Check PS network service line for use as reference object .
IF_EX_OIO_RT_REFERENCE I PS_NETWORK_SVC_MAP Map fields from PS network service line to material return .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I CNTNR_BLOCK Block container in display .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I CNTNR_CHECK Check container prior to update .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I DELIV_BLOCK Block delivery in display .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I DELIV_CHECK Check delivery prior to update .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I SHPMT_BLOCK Block shipment in display .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPMENT_RECEIPT I SHPMT_CHECK Check shipment prior to update .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_CONTAINER Check container .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_CONTENTS Check container contents .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_MOVE_CNTNR_TO_SHPMT Check container may be moved to shipment .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_MOVE_DLVRY_TO_CNTNR Check delivery may be moved to container .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_UPDATE_CONTAINER Check container assignment in packing update .
IF_EX_OIO_SHIPPING I CHECK_UPDATE_DELIVERY Check delivery assignment in packing update .
IF_EX_OIO_SH_CAPACITY I TRANSPORT_UNIT_CAPACITY Change capacity for a transport unit .
IF_EX_OIO_SH_CAPACITY I VOYAGE_CAPACITY Determine capacity from voyage number .
IF_EX_OIO_SH_ROUTE I HANDLING_UNIT_ROUTE Set departure and destination point .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I CONVERT_TRANSPORT_REQN Field transport from transport reqn to purchase reqn .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DECIDE_TR_REQ_CONVERSION Decide conversion requirements for transport requisition .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DETERMINE_ITEM_CATEGORY Determine item category .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DETERMINE_PROCESS Determine supply process .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DETERMINE_SLOC_BOM Determine store location during BOM explosion .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DETERMINE_SUPPLY_PLANT Determine supply plant .
IF_EX_OIO_SUPPLY_CHAIN I DETERMINE_SUPPLY_TYPE Determine supply type .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_CHILDREN Check children of parent document object .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_DISPLAY Change the tracking object before list output .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_FLOW Amend hierachy flow before manipulation .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_HIERARCHY Amend completed hierarchy .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_LIST Check tracking object during hierarchy list output .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I CHECK_OBJECT Check tracking object status .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I DELETE_OBJECT Delete object .
IF_EX_OIO_TRACKING I HIDE_OBJECT Hide object .
IF_EX_OIO_VG_SHIPMENT I FIELD_MAPPING Map voyage fields to shipment header .
IF_EX_OIO_VOYAGE I CHECK_FIELDS Check fields when saving the voyage .
IF_EX_OIO_VOYAGE I DEFAULT_FIELDS Default screen fields for voyage master .
IF_EX_OIRA_AFTER_EXECUTION I PROCESS_AFTER_EXECUTION Process execution .
IF_EX_OIRA_DBT_INS_CONCAT I INSERT Process record for insertion into aggregartion table .
IF_EX_OIRA_DBT_MOD_CONCAT I MODIFY Process record for modification to aggregartion table .
IF_EX_OIRA_IN I INAGGRO Fill data into aggregated table .
IF_EX_OIRA_MSG_SUPP I SUPPRESS_MESSAGE Message suppression .
IF_EX_OIRA_PRDISPALV I FILLALV Fill customer appended fields for Print ALV display .
IF_EX_OIRA_PREAGG_IN I INBADI Fill data into variable key of pre-aggro table .
IF_EX_OIRA_PREAGG_MAIN I POSTAGGRO Manipulate DBT internal table after aggregation .
IF_EX_OIRA_PRINT_COMM I OIRA_FILL_SSR_COMMSTR Fill SSR output determination comm str via BADI .
IF_EX_OIRA_PRINT_FILL I INBADI Fill data into the variable fields of the print index table .
IF_EX_OIRA_PRINT_UPDATE I SKIP_UPDATE Skip update of print index .
IF_EX_OIRA_PROCDATECHECK I PROCESS_DATE_CHECK Process date check routine .
IF_EX_OIRA_PROCEXECUTION I PROCESS_EXECUTE Process execution .
IF_EX_OIRA_PROCGRPCHECK I PROCESS_PREREQ_GROUP_CHEC Prerequisite grouping check .
IF_EX_OIRA_PROCPREREQCHECK I PROCESS_PREREQ_CHECK Process prerequisite check .
IF_EX_OIRA_PROCSTATUPDATE I PROCESS_STATUS_UPDATE Process status update routine .
IF_EX_OIRA_PRPROCALV I FILLALV Fill customer appended fields for Print ALV display .
IF_EX_OIRA_UPD_PRNINDEX I MODIFY_PRNINDEX Modify the print index entries before insert/update to DB .
IF_EX_OIRB_STATUS I STATUS_CHECK Status check routine for changing a status end date .
IF_EX_OIRC_2DPRICE_LCDIFF I ADD_PRICE_DIFFERENCES Add price differences during line copy .
IF_EX_OIRC_CLUSTERUPDATE I CLUSTER_PROPOSAL Create cluster based price proposal .
IF_EX_OIRC_CUST_RESET I SPECIFY_CELLS Specify cells BADI .
IF_EX_OIRC_DR_SCHDEF I DR_SCHEDULE Check the dip readings process schedule .
IF_EX_OIRC_DR_TOLQTY I DETERMINE_TOLERANCE_QTY Determines the base quantity to calculate the tolerance. .
IF_EX_OIRC_DR_USERCHK I DR_USER_CHECKS Define dip readings upload user checks .
IF_EX_OIRC_EDITMATRIX I EDIT_MATRIX Edit Matrix BADI .
IF_EX_OIRC_FOOTERDEFN I DEFINE_FOOTER Define Footer .
IF_EX_OIRC_HEADERDEFN I DEFINE_HEADER Define pricing dialog header structure .
IF_EX_OIRC_LOGDOCDR_SCHDEF I LOGDOCDR_SCHEDULE Check the logistics document process schedule (Dip reading) .
IF_EX_OIRC_LOGDOC_SCHDEF I LOGDOC_SCHEDULE Check the logistics document process schedule .
IF_EX_OIRC_MARGINDEFN I DEFINE_MARGIN Margine Analysis Definition .
IF_EX_OIRC_MR_EVNT_AGGEXCL I MR_EVNT_AGGEXCL Plug the Code to Exclude MR Aggregation for Certain Events .
IF_EX_OIRC_MR_MANUAL_PR I MR_MANUAL_PROCESS Manual meter reading entry - Steps before save .
IF_EX_OIRC_MR_SCHDEF I MR_SCHEDULE Check the meter readings process schedule .
IF_EX_OIRC_MR_USERCHK I MR_USER_CHECKS Define meter readings upload user checks .
IF_EX_OIRC_OUT I OUTAGGRO Transfer vakey components from aggregated table .
IF_EX_OIRC_PERIODDEFN I DEFINE_PERIOD Period definition method .
IF_EX_OIRC_PRICECOMMSTR I FILL_COMM_STRUCTURE Fill pricing communication strucure .
IF_EX_OIRC_PRICEPROPDOWN I CREATE_COL_PROPOSAL Create columnwise price proposal .
IF_EX_OIRC_PRICEPROPOSAL I CREATE_PROPOSAL Create rowwise price proposal .
IF_EX_OIRC_PRREPORTCOMMSTR I FILL_OIRCPISPC_STRUCTURE Fill OIRCPISPC communication structure .
IF_EX_OIRC_PR_HISTSEL I PR_HISTORY_SELECTION Select and display price history records .
IF_EX_OIRC_PR_SAVE I PRICE_SAVE_ACTIONS SSR Pricing - Actions after save command .
IF_EX_OIRC_PR_USERCHK I PR_USER_CHECKS Define SSR Pricing user checks .
IF_EX_OIRC_REPRICE_CHECK I PROCESS_MOVEMENT_CHECK Check if material movements require repricing .
IF_EX_OIRC_RESET_CELLS I DEFINE_CELLS Define cells for reset .
IF_EX_OIRC_ROLLOVER_CNTR I MR_ROLLOVER_CONTROL SSR Meters - Rollover control .
IF_EX_OIRC_ROWDEFN I DEFINE_ROW Define pricing row .
IF_EX_OIRC_SCREENDEFN I DEFINE_SCREEN Define Pricing screen structure .
IF_EX_OIRC_TARGET_LINE I DEFINE_TARGET_LINE Define target line .
IF_EX_OIRE_CHCALENDAR I CALENDAR_CHECK check calendar to see if settlement/transm'n is to be done .
IF_EX_OIRE_CHDISCOUNTS I DISCOUNTS detemine # discount-qualifying transactions .
IF_EX_OIRE_CHDISP_ALV_DTF I FILL_ALV Fill customer appended fields for DTF ALV display .
IF_EX_OIRE_CHDISP_ALV_REC I FILL_ALV Fill additional customer fields in ALV display of recon data.
IF_EX_OIRE_CHPROCALV I FILLALV Fill customer appended fields for CH ALV display .
IF_EX_OIRE_COMP I COMPLAINT Payment card complaint processing .
IF_EX_OIRE_COMPLAINTPROC I COMPLAINT_ACTION Create DBT/DTF entries for complaint actions .
IF_EX_OIRE_DTF_CMPLETE_DEF I INCOMPLETION_CHECK Incompletion check for PC transactions .
IF_EX_OIRE_DTF_ITM_PRICE I MATERIAL_UNIT_HANDLING DTF item material unit handling .
IF_EX_OIRE_DTF_ITM_PRICE I PRICE_UNIT_HANDLING DTF item price unit handling .
IF_EX_OIRE_DTF_ITM_STYP I SERVICE_TYPE_HANDLING DTF: service type handling on item level .
IF_EX_OIRE_DTF_SAVE I DTF_SAVE User Exit Before the Payment Card Data Is Saved .
IF_EX_OIRE_FILL_COMM_STR I FILL_COMM_FOR_CHDIS Fill the comm. structures for the CH discount .
IF_EX_OIRE_FILL_COMM_STR I FILL_COMM_STRUCTURES Fill the communication structures for pricing .
IF_EX_OIRE_PCSTAT I PCSTATS Fill dynamically determined PC stats .
IF_EX_OIRE_RECON_ALV I FILLALV Fill customer defined fields in ALV CH upload summary .
IF_EX_OIRE_RECON_DIFFTOL I GET_DIFFTOL_RESULT Determine whether the differences are acceptable or not .
IF_EX_OIRE_RECON_DTF_MODIF I MODIFY_DTF_SEL_PARAMS Modify the selection parameters used for OIRE_READ_DTF .
IF_EX_OIRE_RECON_PROPOSE I RECON_LOGIC_EXECUTE Execute Reconciliation Proposal Logic .
IF_EX_OIRE_SPLIT I SPLITTING Payment card splitting .
IF_EX_OIRE_VAL I VALIDATION Payment card validation .
IF_EX_OIRH_BL I GETDETAIL_POSTPROCESSING Metod for outbound processing of Business location data .
IF_EX_OIRH_BL I GETDETAIL_PREPROCESSING Inbound processing of Business location data .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLD I GETDETAIL_POSTPROCESSING Changing parameter structures BAPIBULOCD02 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLD I GETDETAIL_PREPROCESSING Changing parameter structures BAPIBULOCD01 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLD I SAVEMULTIPLE_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structure BAPIBULOCD03 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLM I GETDETAIL_POSTPROCESSING Changing parameter structures BAPIBULOCM02 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLM I GETDETAIL_PREPROCESSING Changing parameter structures BAPIBULOCM01 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLM I SAVEMULTIPLE_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structure BAPIBULOCM03 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLP I COMPARE_PRICES_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structures BAPIBULOCP08 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLP I GETLIST_POSTPROCESSING Changing table parameter structures BAPIBULOCP02 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLP I GETLIST_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structures BAPIBULOCP01 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLP I SAVE_CMPSRVY_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structures BAPIBULOCP04 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLP I SAVE_MULTIPLE_PREPROCESSING Changing table parameter structures BAPIBULOCP03 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLPCP I CONV_RECON_AGG Convert the aggregated reconciliation data (BAPI .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLPCP I CONV_RECON_DET Convert the detailed reconciliation data (BAPI .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLPCP I UPLOAD_PREPROCESSING Changing parameter structrues BAPIBULOCP02 .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLPCP_AGG I GET_PROCID Get process ID for process status update .
IF_EX_OIRH_BLPCP_PRNO I GET_PROCID Get process ID for payment card upload .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I DTF_HEADER_TRANSFER Business Add-In to transfer customer DTF header fields .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I DTF_ITEM_TRANSFER Business Add-In to transfer customer DTF item fields .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I MESSAGE_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for entire message postprocessing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0001_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0001 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0002_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0002 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0003_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0003 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0004_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0004 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0005_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0005 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0006_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0006 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0007_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0007 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0008_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0008 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_01 I SEGMENT_0009_POSTPROCESSING Business Add-In for Segment 0009 post processing .
IF_EX_OIRH_CHS_OUTBOUND_02 I TRANSMISSION_LOG_AMENDMENT Change to Transmissin log .
IF_EX_OIRH_RECON I CONV_RECON_AGG Upload the aggregated reconciliation data .
IF_EX_OIRH_RECON I CONV_RECON_DET Upload the detailed reconciliation data .
IF_EX_OIRI_ADDINVDATA I ADDINVDATA Add ... .
IF_EX_OIRI_ADD_DATA I ADD_DATA Add ... .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I ADD_DOCUMENT_INFO Manipulation before adding a document line .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I ADD_FUELS_COMMISSION_INFO Manipulation before adding a fuels information line .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I ADD_FUELS_INFO Manipulation before adding a fuels information line .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I ADD_PC_INFO Manipulation before adding a payment card information line .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I ADD_SUMMARY_INFO Manipulation before adding a summary information line .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I BUILD_SUMM_INFO Build up monthly and daily summarizations .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I DOUBLE_CLICK Event performed at double-click on mothly/daily aggr.node .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I MODIFY_FIELDCATALOG Manipulation of field catalog .
IF_EX_OIRI_DAILY I MODIFY_INDICES Manipulation of index table .
IF_EX_OIRI_DEFERRED_PAYM I ACCOUNTPOSTINGS FI account postings process .
IF_EX_OIRI_DETDOC I DETERMINE_DOCUMENT Determine invoicing documnet type to be produced .
IF_EX_OIRI_DETERM_VENDOR I VENDDET Determine vendor and posting keys .
IF_EX_OIRI_DIST I DISTFEE Distribute fee to appropriate cost centres .
IF_EX_OIRI_FILL_COMM I FILL_COMM Fill communication structures .
IF_EX_OIRI_LIS_UPDATES I PROCESSLIS Call LIS update programs .
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I CALCULATE_MARGINS Calculate margin elements .
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I DETERMINE_MARGIN_NAMES Determines the names of the margin fields .
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I DETERMINE_MATNR_COL_ASSGNMNT Determines the assignments of materials/columns .
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I DETERMINE_REL_MRGN_BASIS Determince the basis for relative margin calculation .
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I DETERMINE_STRUCTURE_NAME Determines the SIS structure name, if not S412 should be use.
IF_EX_OIRI_MARGIN_CALC_REP I FORMAT_MARGIN_SCREEN Formatting of margin screen output table .
IF_EX_OIRI_OUT I OUTAGGRO Transfer vakey components from aggregated table .
IF_EX_OIRI_PRN_DCLAIM I PRINT_INVOICE Print daily claim .
IF_EX_OIRI_QV_FILL I QV_FILL Fill quantity and value fields .
IF_EX_OIRI_QV_OUT I QV_OUT Transfer from quantity and value in aggro to comm struct .
IF_EX_OIR_ARC_VAL I CHECK_DTF Check payment card transactions .
IF_EX_OIR_ARC_VAL I CHECK_PRNDOC Check print document records .
IF_EX_OIR_ARC_VAL I CHECK_SETT Check settlement records .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CHANGE_LINE Change Line .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CHANGE_NODE Change Node .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CREATE_HEADING Create Heading .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CREATE_NODES Create Nodes .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DOUBLE_CLICK_LINE Double Click Line .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DOUBLE_CLICK_NODE Double Click Node .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I INSERT_LINE Insert Line .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I INSERT_NODE Insert Node .
IF_EX_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I REMOVE_ENTITIES Remove Entities .
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_DN BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Delivery Network.
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_FL BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Field .
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_MP BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Measurement Pt .
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_PR BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Property .
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_WC BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Well Completion .
IF_EX_OIUH_X_CROSS_REF I CONVERT_WL BADI for non-standard reverse conversion of Well .
IF_EX_OIUPR_SKF_COUNT I STORE_SKF_COUNT Store the SKFCount Data Before Zero Counts are cleared .
IF_EX_OIUP_ADMIN_WORKBENCH I DELETE_DATA Delete PDM Data .
IF_EX_OIUP_ADMIN_WORKBENCH I GET_RECORD_COUNTS Get Record Count(s) per DB Connection for a PMDtable .
IF_EX_OIUP_ADMIN_WORKBENCH I INSERT_DATA Insert PDM Data .
IF_EX_OIUP_ADMIN_WORKBENCH I SELECT_DATA Select PDM Data .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I CHANGE_ITAB "Change" table CONNECTION dbcon FROM itab. .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I CHANGE_WA "Change" table CONNECTION dbcon FROM wa. .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I CHANGE_WHERE "Change" table CONNECTION dbcon SET... WHERE... .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I SELECT_ENDSELECT SELECT ... ENDSELECT. .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I SELECT_ITAB SELECT ... INTO TABLE itab ... .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I SELECT_WA SELECT ... INTO wa ... .
IF_EX_OIUP_PDM_ENGINE I SHADOW_POPULATE Populate Shadow Table .
IF_EX_OIUREP_2014_DOC_ID I CREATE_DOCUMENT_ID Create Document ID .
IF_EX_OIURV_CI_INCLTAXFREE I CISUM_INCLTAXFREE Include Tax Free for Settlemt Statement Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIURV_CI_SKIPREC I CI_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Settlemt Statement Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIURV_CI_SKIPREC_SUM I CISUM_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Settlemt Statement Tax Sum .
IF_EX_OIURV_LD_INCLTAXFREE I LD_INCLTAXFREE Include Tax Free for Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIURV_TAX_LD_SKIPREC I TAX_LD_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Tax Sum .
IF_EX_OIURV_TAX_SKIPREC I TAX_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIURV_UOM_EXTRACT I UOM_EXTRACT UOM extraction .
IF_EX_OIUVL_CISUM_SKIPREC I CISUM_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Settlemt Statement Tax Sum .
IF_EX_OIUVL_CI_INCLTAXFREE I CISUM_INCLTAXFREE Include Tax Free for Settlemt Statement Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIUVL_CI_SKIPREC I CI_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Settlemt Statement Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIUVL_LD_INCLTAXFREE I LD_INCLTAXFREE Include Tax Free for Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OIUVL_TAX_LD_SKIPREC I TAX_LD_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Tax Sum .
IF_EX_OIUVL_TAX_SKIPREC I TAX_SKIPREC Set Skip Record for Tax Driver .
IF_EX_OLR3_CONSISTENCY I AT_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Customer-Specific Consistency Check .
IF_EX_OLR3_COSTS I MANIPULATE_COSTS Manipulate Costs .
IF_EX_OLR3_DATA I AT_GET_DATA Customer-Specific Data Retrieval .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I APPL_LOG_READ Read Application Log .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I APPL_LOG_WRITE_ERROR_MESSAGES Enter Errors from Update in Application Log .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I ASYNCHRONOUS_UPDATE_MODE Switch off Asynchronous Updating for Object Links .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I COPY_DOCUMENT_STRUCTURE Copy Document Info Record Including Document Structure .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I CREATENEWVRS_DOC Create New Version for Document Info Record of Document .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I CREATE_DOC Create Document Info Record as Document .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I CREATE_FOLDER Create Document Info Record as Folder .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I CREATE_ORIGINAL Create Original in Document Info Record .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I DMS_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Special Consistency Check for SAP DMS Document Links .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I DOC_TYPE_IS_VALID_FOR_FOLDER Document Category Is Valid for New cProjects Folders .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I GET_CFX_CUST_LINK Determine cFolders Name from Customizing .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I OVERWRITE_ORIGINAL Overwrite (Update) Original in Document Info Record .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I STATUS_CHANGE Status Change for a Document .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I UPDATE_BOM_ITEM Create and Delete SAP DMS Document Structure Items .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I UPDATE_OBJECT_LINK Create, Change, and Delete DMS Object Link DPR_OBJLNK .
IF_EX_OLR3_DMS I WHERE_USED_ANALYSIS Template Document Structure Used in Other Templates .
IF_EX_OLR3_NOTIFICATION I FILL_VALUE_PAIRS Customer-Internal Data Transfer for ORDNO, Fields from RIQS5.
IF_EX_OM_EDITOR I ADJUST_CHAR_GROUP Supply Grouping Field for VS Tree .
IF_EX_OM_EDITOR I AFTER_CHANGE Supply additional fields after a dependency change .
IF_EX_OM_EDITOR I BRACKET_SOURCE Method for customer-specific compounding .
IF_EX_OM_EDITOR I CUST_SYNTAX_CHECK Method for Customer-Specific Syntax Check .
IF_EX_OM_EDITOR I SELECT_HIST_VS Determine Customer-Specific Historical Variance Scheme .
IF_EX_OPENHUB_TRANSFORM I TRANSFORM Transformation of Extracted Data into Transferred Data .
IF_EX_ORDER_COSTING_CK I ON_ORDER_COSTING Header Data Manipulation Before Preliminary Order Costing .
IF_EX_ORDER_COSTING_CK I ON_ORDER_COSTING_DISPLAY Header Data Manipulation Display Preliminary Order Costing .
IF_EX_OXT_BUSOBJ_DEF I ADD_OBJECTS Add EEW Business Objects .
IF_EX_OXT_BUSOBJ_DEF I DEACTIVATE_OBJECTS Delete EEW Business Objects .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPCUEMJ0 I CALCULATE_FAMILY_ALLOWANCE Calculate Family Allowance .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLHULJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Loss form data file for HI union .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLHUOJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Acq. form data file for HI union .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLPFLJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Loss form data file for Pens. fund .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLPFOJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Acq. form data file for Pens. fund .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLSHAJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Addr. chg form data file for SI office .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLSHLJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Loss form data file for SI office .
IF_EX_PADJP_RPLSHOJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Acq. form data file for SI office .
IF_EX_PARTNER_SELECT_STRG I CHECK_REFSITE_PARTNER check the partner of the reference site .
IF_EX_PARTNER_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_OUTBOUND BP Was Created or Changed but Not Sent .
IF_EX_PARTNER_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Business Partner Created or Changed .
IF_EX_PAYJP_EADJ0_MNCPL_FD I SET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Set municipal city dependent fields for payment form (FD) .
IF_EX_PAYJP_EAD_MUNIC_FD I CHANGE_DATA_FILE_CONTENTS Change data file content of tax statement by DME (municipal).
IF_EX_PAYJP_EAD_MUNIC_FD I SET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Set additional fields of tax statement by DME (municipal) .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCHUBJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Shoyo payt form data file for HI union .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCHUGJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of GEPPEN form data file for HI union .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCHUSJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of SANTEI form data file for HI union .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCPFBJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Shoyo payt form data file for Pens.fund.
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCPFGJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of GEPPEN form data file for Pens. fund .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCPFSJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of SANTEI form data file for Pens. fund .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCSHAJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit Records .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCSHBJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of Shoyo payt form data file for SI office.
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCSHGJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of GEPPEN form data file for SI office .
IF_EX_PAYJP_RPCSHSJ0 I EDIT_RECORDS Edit data records of SANTEI form data file for SI office .
IF_EX_PAYJP_SK_FACTORING I CHECK_FACTORING_RELEVANT Check whether factoring relevant WT .
IF_EX_PAYJP_SK_FACTORING I GET_PRORATED_AMOUNT Get prorated amount for virtual factoring .
IF_EX_PAYJP_SK_PRORATION I GET_PRORATED_FLAT_AMOUNT Get prorated flat amount .
IF_EX_PAYMENTREQUEST I PRQ_ONLINE_F111_PREFIX Determine a Prefix for Payment Run ID Online Payment .
IF_EX_PAYMENTREQUEST I PRQ_PAY_REPORTS Changing of Reports/Variants for Scheduling During Payment .
IF_EX_PBEN0006 I GET_FROM_FEATURE_ELIGR Enhancement for Determining Eligibility Grouping .
IF_EX_PBEN0008 I CALC_BENEFIT_COST Enhancement for the calculation of the benefit costs .
IF_EX_PBEN0009 I CALC_BENEFIT_CREDIT Enhancement for the calculation of the credit amount .
IF_EX_PBEN0010 I CALC_BENEFIT_SALARY Enhancement for the calculation of the benefit salary .
IF_EX_PBEN0011 I CALC_COVERAGE_AMOUNT Enhancement for the calculation of insurance coverage .
IF_EX_PBEN0014 I CALC_BENEFIT_ER_CONTRIB Enhancement for determining the employer contribution .
IF_EX_PBEN0016 I CALC_PARTICIPATION_DATE Enhancement for the calculation of the participation date .
IF_EX_PBEN0028 I CALC_BENEFIT_EE_CONTRIB Enhancement for determining the employee contribution .
IF_EX_PBEN0031 I GET_POSS_DEPENDENTS Alternative for subroutine SAP_GET_POSS_DEPENDENTS .
IF_EX_PBEN0032 I CHECK_DEPENDENTS Alternative for Subroutine SAP_CHECK_DEPENDENTS .
IF_EX_PBEN0034 I GET_FAMILY_MEMBER_DATA Reading Country-Specific Data for Family Member .
IF_EX_PBEN0035 I CHECK_DEPENDENTS Additional Consistency Check for Dependents .
IF_EX_PBEN0036 I CHECK_BENEFICIARIES Additional Consisteny Check for Beneficiaries .
IF_EX_PBEN0037 I HANDLE_MISSING_SPOUSE_PARTNER Handling missing spouse/partner information .
IF_EX_PBEN0039 I SET_DATES Set the dates for Miscellaneous plans in Pre Offer .
IF_EX_PBEN0042 I LOCKED_PLAN_EDITABLE Should a locked plan be editable? .
IF_EX_PBENCA_PAY0001 I PROCESS_AFTER_PROVIDE Processing after PROVIDE .
IF_EX_PBENUSPS_PAY0008 I CUSTOMER_LIMIT_CALCULATION Process EE contribution limit .
IF_EX_PBENUSPS_PAY0009 I PROCESS_INVESTMENT_OPTIONS Splits 403b Contributions among Investment Options .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0001 I CUSTOMER_CHECK_CATCHUP_ELIG Check EE eligibility for Catch-up .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0002 I CUSTOMER_PROCESS_EE_CATCHUP Process EE Catch-up contribution .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0003 I CUSTOMER_PROCESS_ER_CATCHUP Process ER Catch-up contribution .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0004 I SET_COLLECT_EXEMPT_UGTLI Sets Collection and Exemption flags in UGTLI .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0005 I CALC_COVERAGE_COST_UGTLI Calculates Coverage and Cost .
IF_EX_PBENUS_PAY0006 I EVALUATE_URATE_UGTLI EVALUATES URATE FOR UGTLI .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0001 I INITIALIZE_VALUES Initialization of values before PROVIDE .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0002 I PROCESS_AFTER_PROVIDE Processing after PROVIDE .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0003 I PROPOSE_MODEL Deduction model default .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0004 I EVALUATE_TIME_UNIT Determination of time unit .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0005 I EVALUATE_EE_CONTRIB Determination of employee contribution .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0006 I EVALUATE_EE_CONTRIB_FIX Determination of Employee Contribution for Fixed Periods .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0007 I EVALUATE_ER_CONTRIB Determination of employer contribution .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0008 I CHECK_CONTRIBUTION_LIMITS Checking contribution limits .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0009 I GET_CURRENT_SALARY Determination of salary for benefits calculations .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0010 I PRORATION Proration processing in Benefits .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0011 I PROCESS_COVERAGE_AMOUNT Processing of insurance coverage total .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0012 I PROCESS_INVESTMENTS Processing of investments .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0013 I INITIALIZE_VALUES_PER_PLAN Initialize plan specific values .
IF_EX_PBEN_PAY0015 I PRORATING_BY_WORKING_DAY Prorating by working_day .
IF_EX_PBSAUHDA I CALC_HDA_PAYSCALE Decide which payscale is the foundation for increment .
IF_EX_PBSAUHDA I CALC_HDA_PERIOD Pick up suitable HDA performing periods .
IF_EX_PBSAUHI1 I CALC_SENIORITY Calculation of Seniority .
IF_EX_PBSAULLM I CALC_NO_ABS Calculate number of absence .
IF_EX_PBSAUTRM I CALC_SENIORITY Calculation of Seniority .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0001 I EXIT_REMITTANCE_ADVICE User exit for remittance advice forms and segment text .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0002 I EXIT_BRANCH_HEAD_VENDORS User exit for branch to head office vendors mapping .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0003 I APPEND_EE_DETAIL_DOC Customize summary EE details (Customer rules) .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0003 I BUILD_EE_DETAIL_DATA Customize additional EE data (Customer rules) .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0003 I GET_FIELDVALUE Get field value .
IF_EX_PC10_3PR0004 I GET_REMITTANCE_DUEDATE Get remittance due date .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0001 I OLD_BASE_WAGE User exit to use pbsi_10-net_wages for BSI base wages .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0002 I ALLOW_NEG_TAXABLES Method: Determine if negative taxables are allowed in US Tax.
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0003 I ALLOW_DIST_CALC Method: Determine if distribution calc are allowed in US Tax.
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0004 I IS_OVERRIDE_ACTIVE Is the revised Work Tax Area Override active? .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0004 I SET_ACTIVATION_STATUS Set activation status for the revised WTA Override .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0005 I CONSIDER_ALP_OVERRIDE Consider ALP splits while processing WTA hours override .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0005 I USE_OVERRIDES_BY_DEFAULT Does the default proration of wage types use WTA overrides? .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0006 I ADJUST_BEFORE_OUTPUT Method: Adjust display of W4 fields before output .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0007 I VALIDATE_AFTER_INPUT Method: Validate additional W4 fields after input .
IF_EX_PC10_PAY0008 I GET_EXEMPTIONS Method: Get number of exemptions to use during payroll .
IF_EX_PC270012 I PC270012 User exit to get MPF voluntary contribution class number .
IF_EX_PC280001 I ADJUST_TAX_FORMAT Adjust the tax format .
IF_EX_PC280002 I GET_ROUNDING_RULE Get the PHF&SI rounding rule .
IF_EX_PC280003 I CAL_EE_NP_DAYS Get discrepant days of EE Notice Payment .
IF_EX_PC280003 I CAL_ER_NP_DAYS Get discrepant days of ER Notice Payment .
IF_EX_PC420001 I CALCULATE_SENI_FOR_ALL Calculate the Seniority for All Rules .
IF_EX_PC420002 I SIMULATION_SELECTION Selection Condition for Simulation Run of TW P&S Report .
IF_EX_PC420003 I GET_BASE_SALARY Get Base Salary for Pension or Severance .
IF_EX_PC420004 I ADJUST_CALCULATED_AMOUNT Get the Final Adjusted Amount by Customer .
IF_EX_PCA_BLOCK_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Payment Card Block was Created or Deleted .
IF_EX_PCA_MASTER_UPDATE I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Payment Card was Created or Changed .
IF_EX_PCA_PC_HR I SET_PROFITCENTER Set Profit Center .
IF_EX_PCLM0001 I HR_CLM_GET_DEPENDENTS_001 Enhancement for HR_CLM_GET_DEPENDENTS .
IF_EX_PCNA_GRN0001 I FI_VENDOR_CHECK Method: Set error or warning if vendor is not found .
IF_EX_PC_TAX_TR0005 I CHECK_PERNR_FOR_W2_PRINT Check if pernr needs W2 print .
IF_EX_PDCNV I ADAPT_CNV_STRUCTURE Revision of Extraction Result .
IF_EX_PDCNV I ADDITIONAL_ATTRIBUTES Other Attributes in iPPE Extraction .
IF_EX_PDCNV I ALLOCATE_DOCS_TO_ITEM Determination of Documents for Item .
IF_EX_PDCNV I CHANGE_OPTIONS Change to Conversion Options .
IF_EX_PDCNV I FILL_ITEM_CUSTOMER_FIELDS Fill Customer Fields for BOM Item .
IF_EX_PFAIM_FILL_FLOWTYPE I FILL_FLOWTYPE Fills PA Flow Type .
IF_EX_PFAIM_FILL_FLOWTYPE I GET_POSITION_FLOWTYPES Fills the PA flow types for the creation of postions .
IF_EX_PFBN0001 I CALCULATE_COST Calculate cost .
IF_EX_PFBN0002 I CALCULATE_P11D_TAX_DEFER Calculate tax defer for p11d report .
IF_EX_PFBN0003 I GET_HOLIDAY_PLAN_FACTOR get holiday buying/selling factor .
IF_EX_PFBN0004 I GET_PROCESS_DATES Get processing dates .
IF_EX_PFBN0005 I CONV_OPTION_TIMEUNIT Convert the time unit of the holiday plan option .
IF_EX_PFBN0006 I CALC_HOLIDAY_COST Calculate daily or hourly cost for holiday p .
IF_EX_PFBN0007 I CHECK_INSURE_OPTION_DEPEN Checking option for insurance plan for dependency .
IF_EX_PFBN0007 I DETERMINE_RESTRICTION_PLAN Determing it is a restriction plan .
IF_EX_PFBN0007 I RE5UCA Read table t5uca .
IF_EX_PFBN0007 I READ_T74_FBN17 Read insurance plan t74_fbn17 .
IF_EX_PFBN0009 I PRORATING_MINIMUM_SALARY Prorating minimum salary amount .
IF_EX_PFBN0010 I GET_HOLIDAY_PLAN_EVENT_FACTOR Purchase holiday for non-newhiring event .
IF_EX_PFO_DB_CONVERSION I PFO_CONVERT_ATTRIBUTE Conversion of Attribute Values for Database Access .
IF_EX_PFO_FOA_ASSIGN I CUSTOMER_METHOD Execute Customer Method .
IF_EX_PFO_GZO I GET_GZO Selected Business Object Assignment Data .
IF_EX_PFO_PM_ROLES I EXTEND_DEFAULTROLES Enhance Default Roles in Read Module .
IF_EX_PFO_SEG I GET_SEG Selected Segments .
IF_EX_PFO_SZO I GET_SZO Selected Business Object Assignment Data .
IF_EX_PI_AFS_DATA_TRANSFER I AFS_CRS_STOCK_GET_VALUES Extractor for variant stock info from MCHB .
IF_EX_PI_AFS_DATA_TRANSFER I AFS_MAP_SKU_TO_VARIANTS Build tables with AFS sku data and map it to variant numbers.
IF_EX_PI_AFS_DATA_TRANSFER I AFS_PROCESS_CRM0_100 To obtain the BAPICRMDH1 information .
IF_EX_PI_AFS_DATA_TRANSFER I AFS_READ_ALL_PROD_VARIANTS To fill the configuration data for AFS variants / IPC .
IF_EX_PI_AFS_DATA_TRANSFER I AFS_READ_PRODUCT_VARIANT To fill the configuration data for a AFS variant / IPC .
IF_EX_PK_CALC_TIME I DETERMINE_TIME Calculate Required Time-Spot for the Summarized JIT Call .
IF_EX_PK_CALL_INTERFACE I GET_DATA Fetches the Data from the BAdI Instance .
IF_EX_PK_CALL_INTERFACE I PUT_DATA Brings the Data to the BAdI Instance .
IF_EX_PK_CALL_INTERFACE I SAVE Customer-Specific Data Saved .
IF_EX_PK_CCY_SELECTION I CALL_DETAILED_SELECTION Calls the Detailed Control Cycle Selection .
IF_EX_PK_CCY_SELECTION I DATA_STANDARD_SELECTION Provides Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_PK_CCY_SELECTION I SELECT_CONTROL_CYCLES Control Cycle Selection (Initial Screen) .
IF_EX_PK_REVERSAL I EXIT_REVERSAL Reverse .
IF_EX_PLMIFO_ECN_MAT_STOCK I PREPARE_MAT_DOC_HEADER Prepare Material Document Header .
IF_EX_PLMIFO_ECN_MAT_STOCK I PREPARE_MAT_DOC_ITEM Prepare Material Document Items .
IF_EX_PLMIFO_MAT I MAT_SAVE_DATA Possible Influence BEFORE BAPI Call in PLMIFO_MAT_SAVE .
IF_EX_PLMIFO_MAT I VALIDATION_ADDITIONAL_CHECKS Other Validations in PLMIFO_MAT_VALIDATION .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I CHECK Check of Attributes .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I COPY Transfer of Attributes When Copying Actions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execution of a Menu Function .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Request for Context Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_CREATE_MENU Request for Create Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_DEFAULT_ROLES Transfer of Default Roles .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Request for Display Characteristics .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Transfers Field Properties to a Field .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_IMAGE Request for Icon .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I GET_UI_STRUCTURE Return of External Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I IMPORT_UI_STRUCTURE_DATA Conversion of External to Internal Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I ON_CONFIRMATION Execution of an Activity After Confirmation .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I PREPARE_OUTPUT Preparation for Displaying Using Subscreen Call .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACTION_TYPE I SET_ATTRIBUTES Transfer of Attributes with Checks .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I CREATE_OBJECT Generate Objects .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I CREATE_OBJECT_AT_RELEASE Creation of Objects When Action Opened .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Transfer Interface Function Code for Execution .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Request for Context Menu Functions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I GET_CREATE_MENU Request Menu with Assignment Functions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ACT_LINK I GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Request for Display Characteristics .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV I MODIFY_FIELDCAT Adjust Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV I POSTPROCESS_FIELDCAT In Addition, Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ADOPT_LAYOUT Adjust Layout .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ADOPT_TOOLBAR_EXCLUDING Adjust Inactive Functions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I CHANGE_FIELDCATALOG Change in one Line of the Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I CHANGE_GRAPHICS Change of a Graphic Property .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I CHANGE_HYPERLINKS Change of Hyperlinks .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I CHANGE_OUTTAB Change of One Line of Output Table .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I DETERMINE_SAVE_MODE Determine Save Mode (S. Constant in CL_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I IS_FIELDCAT_CHANGE_REQUESTED Should Field Catalog Be Changed? .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I IS_OUTTAB_CHANGE_REQUESTED Should Output Table Be Changed? .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ON_BUTTON_CLICK Handler for event BUTTON_CLICK .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ON_CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST Handler for Event CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ON_MENU_BUTTON Handler for Event MENU_BUTTON .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ON_TOOLBAR Handler for Event TOOLBAR .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ALV_GRID I ON_USER_COMMAND Handler for Event USER_COMMAND .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_ACTION_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Corrective/Preventive Action .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_AUDITOBJECT_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Audit Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_AUDITQUEST_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Question List for Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_AUDIT_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_PLAN_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Audit Plan .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_QUEST_H_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Question List Header .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_QUEST_I_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Question List Item .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_APPEARANCE I GET_ROLES_UI_STRUCTURE Process Surface Structure Partner .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_ACTION_AT_CREATION Change Attributes When Creating Corrective/Preventive Action.
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_ACTION_ON_COPY Change Attributes When Copying Corrective/Preventive Action .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_AUDITQUEST_AT_CREATION Change Attributes When Creating Question List for Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_AUDITQUEST_ON_COPY Change Attributes When Copying Question List for Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_AUDIT_AT_CREATION Change Audit Attributes When Creating .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_AUDIT_ON_COPY Change Audit Attributes When Copying .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_PLAN_AT_CREATION Change Audit Plan Attributes When Creating .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_PLAN_ON_COPY Change Audit Plan Attributes When Copying .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_QUEST_H_AT_CREATION Change Question List Header Attributes When Creating .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_QUEST_H_ON_COPY Change Question List Header Attributes When Copying .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_QUEST_I_AT_CREATION Change Question List Item Attributes When Creating .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHANGE_QUEST_I_ON_COPY Change Question List Item Attributes When Copying .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_ACTION_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Corrective/Preventive Action .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_AUDITQUEST_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Question List for Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_PLAN_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Audit Plan .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_QUEST_H_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Question List Header .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_ATTRIBUTES I CHECK_QUEST_I_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes: Question List Item .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_AUDIT_AT_SAVE Change Audit When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_AUDIT_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Audit Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_AUDIT_IN_UPDATE Change Audit in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_OBJECT_AT_SAVE Change Audit Object When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_OBJECT_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Audit Object Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_OBJECT_IN_UPDATE Change Audit Object in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_QUEST_AT_SAVE Change Audit Question When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_QUEST_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Audit Question Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CHANGE_QUEST_IN_UPDATE Change Audit Question in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_AUDIT_AT_SAVE Create Audit When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_AUDIT_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Audit Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_AUDIT_IN_UPDATE Create Audit in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_OBJECT_AT_SAVE Create Audit Object When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_OBJECT_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Audit Object Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_OBJECT_IN_UPDATE Create Audit Object in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_QUEST_AT_SAVE Create Audit Question When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_QUEST_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Audit Question Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I CREATE_QUEST_IN_UPDATE Create Audit Question in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_AUDIT_AT_SAVE Delete Audit When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_AUDIT_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Audit Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_AUDIT_IN_UPDATE Delete Audit in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_OBJECT_AT_SAVE Delete Audit Object When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_OBJECT_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Audit Object Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_OBJECT_IN_UPDATE Delete Audit Object in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_QUEST_AT_SAVE Delete Audit Question When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_QUEST_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Audit Question Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUO_UPDATE I DELETE_QUEST_IN_UPDATE Delete Audit Question in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CHANGE_PLAN_AT_SAVE Change Plan When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CHANGE_PLAN_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Plan Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CHANGE_PLAN_IN_UPDATE Change Plan in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CREATE_PLAN_AT_SAVE Create Plan When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CREATE_PLAN_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Plan Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I CREATE_PLAN_IN_UPDATE Create Plan in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I DELETE_PLAN_AT_SAVE Delete Plan When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I DELETE_PLAN_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Plan Before Update Task is Called .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUP_UPDATE I DELETE_PLAN_IN_UPDATE Delete Plan in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUTH_CHECK I SET_AUTHORITY_ACTIVITIES Set Activities for Authorization .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_AUTH_CHECK I SET_AUTH_ACTIVITIES_W_O_INST Set Activities for Authorization Without Instances .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_BATCH_JOBS I GET_JOBLIST Method of Accessing List of Jobs (Reading) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I CALCULATE_AUDIT Calculation of Investigation (Audit, FMEA,...) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I CALCULATE_QUEST Calculation of Audit Question List .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I CHECK_DISPLAY_INFO Check Whether Valuation Information Can Be Displayed .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I DISPLAY_CALCULATION_INFO Display of Valuation Information .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I GET_MINIMUM_RESULT Read Minimum Result for Question or List Item .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I GET_PROPERTIES Read Various Settings .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_CALCULATE I GET_SCORE_LABEL Read Field Description for Calculated Result .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CHANGE_ACTION_AT_SAVE Change Action When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CHANGE_ACTION_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Action Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CHANGE_ACTION_IN_UPDATE Change Action in the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CREATE_ACTION_AT_SAVE Create Action When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CREATE_ACTION_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Action Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I CREATE_ACTION_IN_UPDATE Create Action in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I DELETE_ACTION_AT_SAVE Delete Action When Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I DELETE_ACTION_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Action Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_COR_UPDATE I DELETE_ACTION_IN_UPDATE Delete Action in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_GOS I SELECT_SERVICES Select the Services of Generic Object Services .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_HELP_LINKS I GET_URL_FOR_MAIN_SCREEN Getting the URL for Initial Screen .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_HELP_LINKS I HANDLE_EXTENDED_HELP_REQUEST Object-Specific Processing of Help Request .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_IDENTIFIER I GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Define Display of Audit Component in Navigation Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_IDENTIFIER I GET_EXTERNAL_ID Preassign Key When Creating Audit Component .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_IDENTIFIER I IS_EXTERNAL_ID_CHANGEABLE Can Key Be Changed ('0' -" Not Changeable) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LAST_GET I CHOOSE_LAST_AUDIT Selection of Relevant Audit from List of Audits .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LAST_GET I SELECTION_CRITERIONS Changing the Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I AFTER_SET_ATTRIBUTES Call After Transfer of Attributes .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I CHECK Check of Attributes .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I COPY Transfer of Attributes When Copying List Items .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execution of a Menu Function .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Passing of Attributes Taking Reference into Account .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Request for Context Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_CREATE_MENU Request for Create Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Request for Display Characteristics .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Transfers Field Properties to a Field .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_IMAGE Request for Icon .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I GET_UI_STRUCTURE Return of External Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I IMPORT_UI_STRUCTURE_DATA Conversion of External to Internal Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I ON_DROP Object Was Dropped on List Item in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I PREPARE_OUTPUT Preparation for Displaying Using Subscreen Call .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_LIST_ITEM_TYPE I SET_ATTRIBUTES Transfer of Attributes with Checks .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_MONITOR_ALV I MODIFY_FIELDCAT Adjust Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I CHECK Consistency Check of Audit Object (-"Error Log) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I CHECK_SINGLE Consistency Check of Audit Object (-"Error Log) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I DISPLAY Display of Audit Object (For Example, Detail Screen) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I GET_VALUE_SHORT_TEXTS Read Short Texts for Audit Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I MAP_OBJECTS_TO_UI_STRUC Display Audit Object in Flat Audit-UI-Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I PAI_CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT Convert User Entry into Internal Format (GUID) .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_OBJECT I VALUE_HELP Input Help Using F4 for the Audit Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_CONT I EXECUTE Change of Audit Question .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_CONT I GET_STARTING_TIME Returns Start Time of Execution of Procedure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_CONT I IS_EXTERNAL_SOURCE Is controlling object outside current audit? .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_CONT I IS_USABLE Returns Whether Procedure Can Be Used .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_COPY I ALTER_AUDITQUEST_ATTRIBUTES Changing the Attributes of the Audit Question List Item .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_COPY I CHECK_AUDIT Check whether a question list can be assigned to the audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUEST_COPY I CHECK_QUESTIONNAIRE Check whether the question list can be assigned to the audit.
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_HEADER_AT_SAVE Change Header During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_HEADER_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Header Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_HEADER_IN_UPDATE Change Header in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_ITEM_AT_SAVE Change Item During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_ITEM_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Item Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CHANGE_ITEM_IN_UPDATE Change Item in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_HEADER_AT_SAVE Create Header During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_HEADER_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Header Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_HEADER_IN_UPDATE Create Header in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_ITEM_AT_SAVE Create Item During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_ITEM_BEFORE_UPDATE Create Item Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I CREATE_ITEM_IN_UPDATE Create Item in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_HEADER_AT_SAVE Delete Header During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_HEADER_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Header Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_HEADER_IN_UPDATE Delete Header in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_ITEM_AT_SAVE Delete Item During Saving .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_ITEM_BEFORE_UPDATE Delete Item Before Calling the Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_QUN_UPDATE I DELETE_ITEM_IN_UPDATE Delete Item in Update Task .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_ACTIONS Transfer of Corrective Actions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_AUDIT Transfer of Audits .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_AUDITEDOBJECT Transfer of Audit Objects .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_AUDITPLAN Transfer of Audit Plans .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_AUDITQUEST Transfer of Audit Questions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I COLLECT_ROLES Transfer of Partners .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I INITIALIZE Initialization After Commit Work .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_BW I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I CHANGE_CREATE_MENU Change Creation Menu for Audit Component .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I COPY_DOCUMENTS Copies Documents for an Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I CREATE_DOCUMENT_WITH_CONTENT Create Document Assignment Without Dialog .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I CREATE_EXECUTE Screen for Object Creation .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I GET_DOCUMENTS What Documents Are Assigned? .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I GET_ID Request Object Identification .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I ON_COPY_DOCUMENTS Copies Documents .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_DOC I ON_MOVE_DOCUMENTS Moves Documents and Directories .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I GET_PROGRAM Returns Program for Text Management .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I GET_TEXT_IDS Delivers IDs for Audit Components .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I MAINTAIN Compare Data in Long Text Processing .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I PROVIDE_DATA Make Data Available for Long Text Processing PBO .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I READ_PROC Read Texts for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I RESET_UI Reset Global Variables in UI .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I SAPSCRIPT_INITIALIZE Initialization of SAPScript Attributes for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I SAPSCRIPT_PAI Read Text Changes for PAI .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SAP_TXT I TEXT_RESET Remove Texts from SAPScript Memory .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SEARCHHELP I GET_VALUES_GROUPING Read Values for "Grouping" .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SEARCHHELP I GET_VALUES_SEARCH_FIELD Read Values for "Search Field" .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SIGNATURE I DISPLAY_SIGNATURES Display of Signatures .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_SIGNATURE I SIGN_AUDIT Signing of Audit .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STATUS I CHECK_ACTIVITY Check Whether Execution of Transaction Is Allowed .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STATUS I GET_PERMITTED_CHANGES Reading of Permissible Changes .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STATUS I GET_UI_DATA Reading of Data for the Display .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STATUS I IS_CHANGEABLE Determines Whether Master Data Changes are Allowed for Comp..
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STATUS I IS_USABLE Determines Whether a Component Can Be Used .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STRUCTURE I GET_DATA Transfer of Structure .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STRUCTURE I GET_TYPES Return of Possible Structure (Top-Down, Bottom-Up,... .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STRUCTURE I HANDLE_NODE_EXECUTE Execution of Menu Option from Context Menu .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_STRUCTURE I HANDLE_NODE_MENU Return of Context Menu for a Node .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_TEXT_ID I GET_AUDITQUEST_TRANSFER_ID Returns the Text IDs for the XML Transfer of Audit Questions.
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_TEXT_ID I GET_QUESTION_TRANSFER_ID Returns the Text IDs for the XML Transfer of Questions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_TEXT_ID I GET_TEXT_IDS Returns the Text IDs for the Audit Component .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_TYPE I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execution of a Menu Function .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_TYPE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Request for Context Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_XML I ADD_DATA_TO_AUDIT_XML Add Data to Audit XML .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_XML I GET_SURVEY_XSLT Determine XSLT File Name for Survey Generation .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_XML I MANIPULATE_XML_EXPORT Change XML File During Export .
IF_EX_PLM_AUDIT_XML I MANIPULATE_XML_IMPORT Change XML File During Import .
IF_EX_PLM_AUD_AUDIT_ROLES I COPY_ROLES Copy Roles for Corrective Actions .
IF_EX_PLM_AUD_AUDIT_ROLES I GET_DEFAULT_ROLES Provide Default Roles .
IF_EX_PLM_CATALOG_IF I CATALOG_GET_ALTERNATIV Find Catalog ID Using Customer-Internal Logic .
IF_EX_PLM_CATALOG_IF I COMPONENT_VIA_CATALOG_GET Procurement of Components Using Catalog .
IF_EX_PLM_CATALOG_IF I COMPONENT_VIA_CATALOG_MODIFY Changing the Components from Catalog Selection .
IF_EX_PLM_CATALOG_IF I SERVICE_VIA_CATALOG_MODIFY Change of Service from Catalog Selection .
IF_EX_PLM_EXPO_ADDOBJECTS I EXPO_CHANGE_TAGS Extend Mapping of Object Types to Tags .
IF_EX_PLM_EXPO_ADDOBJECTS I EXPO_PACKAGE_CREATED Expo Package Initialized .
IF_EX_PLM_EXPO_ADDOBJECTSI I EXPO_CHANGE_TAGS Extend Mapping of Object Types to Tags .
IF_EX_PLM_EXPO_ADDOBJECTSI I EXPO_PACKAGE_CREATED Expo Package Initialized .
IF_EX_PLM_EXPO_INIT_ECM I INITIALIZE_ECM Initialize ECM Processor .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CHANGE_FIELD_LABEL Change Field Label .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CHANGE_HELP_URL Change URL of Help Page .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CHANGE_OBJECT_INFO Change Icons and Icon Text in Tree .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CHANGE_OTR_TEXT Change Language-Dependent Text Element .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CHANGE_URL Change URL .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CUSTOMER_EVENT_PROCESS Handle Customer-Specific Event (Button on View) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CUSTOMER_PANEL_EVENT_DEFINE Define Customer-Specific Category (View) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I CUSTOMER_VIEW_DEFINE Define Customer-Specific View (Page Fragment frm Controller).
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I DEFAULT_PAGE_INTROTEXT_GET Define Text on Initial Page (with Hyperlinks...) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_ADDITIONAL_INFO Define HTML for Additional Information Under Header .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_ALTERNATIVES Define HTML for Alternatives .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_ASSIGNMENTS Define HTML for Dependencies .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_CHANGE_NUMBER Define HTML for Change Number Detail .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_CMPN_DATASHEET Define HTML for Structure Node Attributes .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_CMPN_VARIANTS Define HTML for Variant Overview for Structure Node .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_CMPV_CONCEPTS Define HTML for Concept Overview for Structure Node .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_CMPV_DATASHEET Define HTML for Variant Attributes (Structure) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_DOCUMENTS Define HTML for Document Overview for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_DOCUMENT_BOM Define HTML for Document Structure (Document Detail) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_DOCUMENT_HEADER Define HTML for Document Header Data .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_DOC_DATASHEET Define HTML for Document Attributes (Detail) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_DOC_FILES Define HTML for Originals for Document Info Record .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_GENN_DATASHEET Define HTML for Detail Attributes for Engineering Node .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_MAIL Define HTML for Page Fragment for Sending Mail .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_MESSAGES Define HTML for Message Output .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_NAVIGATION_PATH Define HTML for Navigation History .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_OBJECT_HEADER Define HTML for Header Data for iPPE Object .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_PCLASS Define HTML for Detail Screen for Class .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_PLM_MASTERDATA Define HTML for Detail Screen for PLM Object (Material...) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_SEARCH_RESULT Define HTML for Search Result (Initial Page) .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STATUS_DETAIL Define HTML for Status Detail .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STATUS_DET_PRECOND Define HTML for Status Detail: Preconditions .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STATUS_DET_PRED Define HTML for Status Detail: Previous Status .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STATUS_OVV Define HTML for Status Overview for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STRUCTURE_TAB_CHILDREN Define HTML for Directly Subordinate Nodes .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STRUCTURE_TAB_FATHERS Define HTML for Directly Superior Nodes .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_STRUCTURE_UPWARD_PATH Define HTML for Upward Path .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_WORKFLOW_CHOOSE Define HTML for Selectable Workflows to Start .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_WORKFLOW_INBOX Define HTML for Workflow Inbox .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_WORKFLOW_TAB Define HTML for Workflow Table for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I LAYOUT_WORKITEM_DETAIL Define HTML for Workflow Detail .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I PROCESS_REQUEST On Input Processing for http Request .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I USER_SETTINGS_CHANGE Change Default User Settings .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOWS_GET_FOR_START_DOC Read Startable Workflows for Document .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOWS_GET_FOR_START_NODE Read Startable Workflows for iPPE Node .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOWS_GET_FOR_START_VAR Read Startable Workflows for iPPE Variant .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOWS_LOAD_TO_OBJECT Read Workflows for Object .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOW_INBOX_LOAD Read Work Items for Inbox .
IF_EX_PLM_PDN_WUI I WORKFLOW_STARTPAGE_DEFINE Define URL for Workflow Start .
IF_EX_PLM_PS_ADDTL_TRANS I ADD_TRANSACTION Additional Transaction .
IF_EX_PLM_PS_CUST_TRANS I EXECUTE_TRANSACTION Customer Transaction Call .
IF_EX_PLM_PS_MYCPROJECTS I SELECT_OBJECTS User-Depend. Selection of MyProjects Instead of My Favorites.
IF_EX_PLM_PS_TRANS_TYPE I DETERMINE_TRANS_TYPE Determine Transaction Type .
IF_EX_PL_PACKINST_DET_BADI I FILL_KOMGP_PACKING_DIALOG Pckg Instr. Det. in Pack Transtn: Fill KOMGP With Own Values.
IF_EX_PL_PACKINST_DIALOG I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport of Packing Instr. from Cust.-Specific Screen .
IF_EX_PL_PACKINST_DIALOG I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport of Pcking Instr. to Cust.-Specific Screen .
IF_EX_PL_PACK_INSTR_BADI I PACK_INSTR_BEFORE_SAVE Access to Current Packing Instruction Data to Save .
IF_EX_PL_PACK_INSTR_BADI I PACK_INSTR_BEFORE_UNDELETE Access to Packing Instruction That Should Be Reactivated .
IF_EX_PL_PACK_INSTR_BADI I PACK_INSTR_CHECK Access to Current Packing Instruction Data to Check .
IF_EX_PL_PACK_INSTR_BADI I PACK_INSTR_READ Access to Current Packing Instruction Data to Read .
IF_EX_PL_PRESEL_HU_DLVRY I CHECK_ROOTS_FOR_DLVY_CREATE Check of HUs for Delivery Creation .
IF_EX_PL_PRESEL_HU_DLVRY I PRESELECT_HU_FOR_DLVY Assignment of HUs to Deliveries in Transport .
IF_EX_PMMN0001 I MODIFY_REQUIREMENTS Modification of Calculated Requirement .
IF_EX_PMOD46C_STATUS_LIST I MODIFY_LIST Modify Status List .
IF_EX_PMOD46C_VARIANS_LIST I MODIFY_LIST Modify Variant List .
IF_EX_PMOD46C_VARIANT_LIST I MODIFY_LIST Modify Variant List .
IF_EX_PMPS_ORDER_SAVE I OVERWRITE_CURRENT_VALUES Overwrites the current project assignment with a new .
IF_EX_PMPS_ORDER_SAVE I WBS_INHERIT_DEFAULT Default WBS Inheritance to Order from Network .
IF_EX_PMPS_SELSCREENS I SET_VARIANT_DEFAULTS Set default variants for PM/PS selection screens .
IF_EX_PMRE_MCB_RETRACT I DATA_PROCESS Processing Data Submitted for Retraction .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_ACCESS I ACCESS_DATA_PREP Enhance Portfolio Determination Data .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_ACCESS I FILTER_HIERARCHY_DATA Filter Data in Hierarchy Access .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_CHANGE I CHECK_DATA Customer-Specific Data Check .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_CHANGE I GET_DATA Adopt Data .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_CHANGE I GET_SCREEN Adopt Screen .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_CHANGE I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_EX_PORTFOLIO_CHANGE I SET_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_EX_POST_ACTION_ACL I ON_SAVE_APPL_OBJ On save of application objects of specific type .
IF_EX_POS_EX_CAS I CALL Execute .
IF_EX_POS_EX_CAS_A_F I CALL Execute .
IF_EX_POS_EX_REC I CALL Execute .
IF_EX_POS_EX_REC_A_F I CALL Execute .
IF_EX_POS_HPR_PRESTEP I CALL Execute .
IF_EX_POS_WPUBON_MB_CREATE I CHANGE_DATA Manipulate Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_POS_WPUBON_MB_POST I SAVE_POS_EVENT Save POS Operation for Physical Inventory .
IF_EX_POS_WPUUMS_MB_CREATE I CHANGE_DATA Manipulate Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_PPA_CUST_BADI I CHECK_DOCUMENT_TYPE Check document type .
IF_EX_PPA_CUST_BADI I MESSAGE_HANDLING Message handling for Improper Invoice Functionality .
IF_EX_PPA_CUST_BADI I UPDATE_PUSHBUTTON_TEXT Update Pushbutton Text on Subscreen .
IF_EX_PPC_CONFIRMATION I CONFIRMATION_DATA Provision of Backflush Data in DB Table Form .
IF_EX_PPC_CONFIRMATION I PROCESSED_CONFIRMATION Processed Backflushes .
IF_EX_PPC_CONFIRM_INSERT I CONFIRMATION_DATA Provision of Backflush Data in DB Table Form .
IF_EX_PPC_RESERV_DISTRIB I FORWARD_REPROCESSING Create/Change/Delete Postprocessing Records in APO .
IF_EX_PPEGIFCAT I FCAT_DISP_SETTINGS Defines Settings for Displaying the Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PPEGIFCAT I FIELDCAT_FILL Fills the Extension of the Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PPEGIFCAT I TREE_SHOW_MATERIALS Specifies if materials are to be displayed .
IF_EX_PPEGI_CTMENU I MENU_REQUEST Extend Menu .
IF_EX_PPEGI_CTMENU I MENU_SELECT Intercept Menu Item .
IF_EX_PPELISCMPV I PRECOND_CHECK Additional Checks for Maintenance of Preconditions .
IF_EX_PPELISCMPV I STATUS_CHECK Additional Checks for Maintenance of Status .
IF_EX_PPELISCMPV I STATUS_CREATE Detailed Values when Creating Status .
IF_EX_PPELISGENN I PRECOND_CHECK Additional Checks for Maintenance of Preconditions .
IF_EX_PPELISGENN I STATUS_CHECK Additional Checks for Maintenance of Status .
IF_EX_PPELISGENN I STATUS_CREATE Detailed Values when Creating Status .
IF_EX_PPETICMP_FCAT I SET_COLUMN_CAPTIONS Adjust Column Headings for Each Individual Tree .
IF_EX_PPETICMP_FCAT I SET_COLUMN_GROUPS Group Related Columns .
IF_EX_PPETICMP_FCAT I SET_EDITABLE_FIELDS_PNOD Set Ready for Input Status of Fields for Node .
IF_EX_PPETICMP_FCAT I SET_EDITABLE_FIELDS_POSV Set Ready for Input Status of Fields for Variant .
IF_EX_PPETICMP_FCAT I SET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Set Field Attributes for Fields of the Field Catalog .
IF_EX_PPEUISET_DISPLAY I SET_DISPLAY Display the Set Assignment .
IF_EX_PPLAN_GET_DETAILS I ADD_INFOS Additional Information for Payment Plan Items .
IF_EX_PPLAN_SET_CUST_DATA I SET_DATA Set Customer Fields (CI_ISCD) .
IF_EX_PRA_RV_UOM_EXTRACT I UOM_EXTRACT UOM extraction .
IF_EX_PRC_CUST_CHECKS I CHECK_KALSM Check all Rows for Pricing Procedure .
IF_EX_PRC_CUST_CHECKS I CHECK_KSCHL Check Condition Type .
IF_EX_PRC_CUST_CHECKS I CHECK_MAX_SCALE_DIM Check Maximum Number of Scale Dimensions .
IF_EX_PRC_CUST_CHECKS I GENERAL_SETTINGS Make General Settings .
IF_EX_PRC_DATA_SOURCES I DETERMINE_ATTRIBUTES Determine Relevant Attributes .
IF_EX_PRC_DATA_SOURCES I GET_DATA Data Collection .
IF_EX_PRC_PRICING_INIT I GET_PRICING_PARAMETERS Determinse Controlling Partner for Pricing Call .
IF_EX_PRC_ROUNDING_RULE I EXECUTE Execute the Rounding Rule .
IF_EX_PRICAT_IN_CHANGE I INBOUND_CHANGE Method for Changing IDoc Inbox .
IF_EX_PRICAT_IN_EXTIN I CHECK_INBOUND_EXTENSIONIN BAPI_PRICECATALOGUE_SAVREPLICA, Check Parameter .
IF_EX_PRICAT_IN_EXTIN I UPDATE_INBOUND_EXTENSIONIN BAPI_CATALOGUE_SAVREPLICA, UPDATE Customer-Specific .
IF_EX_PRICAT_OUT_EXTIN I OUTBOUND_EXTENSIONIN BAPI_PRICECATALOGUE_SAVREPLICA, User Parameter .
IF_EX_PRICAT_OUT_EXTIN I PRICAT_OUT_K010 BAPI_PRICECATALOGUE_SAVREPLICA, Ext. Generic Fields .
IF_EX_PRICE_POINT_GROUPS I ASSIGNMENTTYPE_DETERMINE Determine Assgmt Type (Mater. Hier./Mat.Group/Dist.Ch./PL) .
IF_EX_PRICE_POINT_GROUPS I POPUP_CHANGE_EPRGXFIELDS Mass Change Price Point List Field (Mater. Hier./Mat.Group) .
IF_EX_PRICE_POINT_GROUPS I POPUP_CHANGE_PRICEFIELDS_HI Price Mass Change with Price Point Grp to Mater. Hierarchy .
IF_EX_PRICE_POINT_GROUPS I PRICEPOINTGROUP_DETERM_HIER Determine Price Point Group from the Material Hierachy .
IF_EX_PRICHANGEMANAGEMENT I SET_CHANGES Set Changes .
IF_EX_PRICHECKPOSITION I CHECK_BOM Check BOM .
IF_EX_PRICHECKPOSITION I CHECK_CUSTOMER_PRICE Check a Price for a Customer .
IF_EX_PRICHECKPOSITION I CHECK_CUSTOMER_PRICES_ALL Check all Prices for an Item .
IF_EX_PRICHECKPOSITION I CHECK_POSITION Check an Item .
IF_EX_PRICHECKPOSITION I CHECK_POSITION_CUST Check Catalog Item, Adjust Shipment Indicator if Necessary .
IF_EX_PRICING_ITEM_COPY I FILL Expand Main Conditions .
IF_EX_PRICING_ITEM_COPY I PRICING_DATA_EXCHANGE Data Transfer After Calling PRICING Module .
IF_EX_PRINTER_DETERM_PPF I GET_PRINTER_DATA Delivers the Printer .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_BOM Read BOMs .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_BOM_COMPONENTS Read BOM Components .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_CONDITION Read Prices .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_CONDITION_COMPLETE Read Prices, Enhanced Interfaces .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_MATERIAL Read Material Data .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_MATERIAL_CHANGES Read Planned Changes .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_MODULE_MATERIALS Read Materials for Each Asssortment Module .
IF_EX_PRIREADMATERIAL I READ_UNIT Reading of Units of Measure .
IF_EX_PRISETPARTNER I ADJUST_K00C Enhance, Change Fields in K00C for each Customer .
IF_EX_PRISETPARTNER I SET_PARTNER_PARMS Set Parameters for Reading EDI/ALE Partners .
IF_EX_PROCESS_MESS_EVT I AFTER_MESSAGE_SENT Handling of Receiver Errors After Sending Message .
IF_EX_PROCESS_MESS_SEL_PMA I SELECT_PROCESS_MESSAGE Process Message Selection .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_API_UPD I API_UPDATE Updating API Structure by New Set Type .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ARCHIVE I ARCHIVE_EXTRA_DATA Archive Additional Data (Not Created in Set Types) .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ARCHIVE I CHECK_ARCHIVABLE Usage Check: Can Products Be Archived and Deleted? .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ARCHIVE I EXPAND_EXTRA_STRUCTURE Extend Archive Structure By Additional Data Elements .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ARCHIVE I RELOAD_EXTRA_DATA Read Additional Data (Not Created in Set Types) from Archive.
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ARCHIVE I VERIFY_EXTRA_DATA Check Additional Data (Not Created in Set Types) .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_EXTRACT I EXTRACT_LONGTEXTS Extraction of Long Texts .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_GET_DETAIL I GET_LONGTEXT Reading Product Long Texts .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_GET_HISTORY I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTE_HISTORY Change History at Attribute Level .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_GTIN_CONVERT I GTIN_CONVERT_TO_DB_FORMAT Conversion from I/O Format to DB Format .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_GTIN_CONVERT I GTIN_CONVERT_TO_IO_FORMAT Conversion from DB Format to I/O Format .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ID_INPUT_EXT I PRODUCT_ID_CHANGE Predefined Product ID Is Being Changed .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_ID_INPUT_INT I PRODUCT_GET_ID Internal Assignment of a Product ID .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_SET I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Checks Dependent on Set Type, Before Saving .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_SET I VALUE_HELP F4 Help for Product Attributes .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_SETTYPE_UPD I BLUEPRINT_UPDATE Updating Set Type Blueprint Entries .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_SETTYPE_UPD I CHECK Updating Set Type Blueprint Entries .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_SETTYPE_UPD I SETTYPE_UPDATE Updating Set Type .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_UOM I PRODUCT_UOM_CONVERSION_CHANGEDConversion Factors/Units of Measure Have Been Changed in UI .
IF_EX_PRODUCT_UOM I PRODUCT_UOM_DELETED Product Unit of Measure Has Been Deleted .
IF_EX_PROD_SETTYPE_TRANS I ADD_OBJECTS_TO_TRANSPORT Include Additional Objects in Transport Request .
IF_EX_PROJECTDEF_UPDATE I AT_SAVE Save Project Definition, Time: Dialog .
IF_EX_PROJECTDEF_UPDATE I BEFORE_UPDATE ave Project Definition, Time: Before Update .
IF_EX_PRO_SETTYPE_UI I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport of Data from Subscreen .
IF_EX_PRO_SETTYPE_UI I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport of Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_PR_DS_GEN_APPLID_IL I DETERMINE_APPL_ID Determining Applications for Generation .
IF_EX_PR_DS_GEN_APPLID_SET I DETERMINE_APPL_ID Determining Applications for Generation .
IF_EX_PSCM_PARTNER I MODIFY_CONTRACT_ACCOUNT_FIELDSObsolete: Modify contract account fields .
IF_EX_PSCM_PARTNER I MODIFY_CONTRACT_OBJECT_FIELDS Obsolete: Modify contract object fields .
IF_EX_PSCM_PARTNER I SELECT_STANDARD_ADDRESS Obsolete: Select subtype of 1028 as the standard address .
IF_EX_PSCM_PARTNER I SET_CUSTOMER_BP_NUMBER Determine business partner number (from student number) .
IF_EX_PSCM_PARTNER I SET_CUSTOMER_STUDENT_NUMBER Determine student number (from business partner number) .
IF_EX_PS_PLANNING_PERIODS I CHANGE_PLANNING_PERIODS Change Evaluation and Planning Periods .
IF_EX_PS_SUMM_KAP2001 I EXIT_SAPLKAP2_001 Transfer of Additional Fields from Table PSMERK .
IF_EX_PS_TRANSFER_DATES I AT_BASIC_TO_FORECAST Transfer Dates for WBS Without Network .
IF_EX_PS_TRANSFER_DATES I AT_FORECAST_TO_BASIC Transfer Dates for WBS Without Network .
IF_EX_PTCCE_DIST_DATA I DISTRIBUTE_DAILY_BALANCE Distribution of Day Balances .
IF_EX_PTCCE_DIST_DATA I DISTRIBUTE_PERIOD_BALANCE Distribution of Period Balances .
IF_EX_PTCCE_DIST_DATA I DISTRIBUTE_QUOTA Distribution of Time Quota Status .
IF_EX_PTCCE_DIST_DATA I DISTRIBUTE_WAGETYPE Distribution of Wage Type .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_ATT_COUNTRY I CALCULATE_COUNTRY Calculation of payroll days and hours .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I CHECK_TIME_CONSTRAINTS Check Dates of Request .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I CHECK_TIME_CONSTR_FOR_SUBTY Check Request Date According to Subtype .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I GET_FIELD_SELECTION_ATTRIBS Gets Customizing for Field Selection .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I GET_IT0005_QUOTAS Gets Time Accounts from Infotype 0005 .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I GET_MOD_AND_QTYPE Determines MOD and QTYPE for Func.Module HR_GET_QUOTA_DATA .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I GET_TIMETYPES_AS_QUOTAS Determine Time Types as Time Accounts .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I GET_WORKFLOW_ATTRIBS Gets Customizing for Workflow .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I POST_VIA_BLOP Post Attendances/Absences with BLoP .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I SET_CALENDAR_COLOR Adjust Colors of Calendar and Team Calendar .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I SET_CALENDAR_LEGEND_COLORS Adjust Legend for Calendar and Team Calendar .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I SET_CALENDAR_OVERLAPPING_COLORAdjust Color for Overlapping Absences .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I SET_OVERVIEW_LEGEND_COLORS Adjust Legend for Availability Overview .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I SIMULATE_VIA_BLOP Simulate Attendances/Absences with BLoP .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I TEAM_CALE_ENRICHMENT Enrich Team Calendar (Rows + Texts) .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ I VALIDATE_AND_SIMULATE Validate and Simulate Attendances/Absences with BLoP .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_T554S_WEB Read Customizing Settings Dependent on Absence Type .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_T556A_WEB OBSOLETE: Read Absence Quota Customizing .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_T556P_WEB OBSOLETE: Read Attendance Quota Customizing .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_T559D_WEB OBSOLETE: Read Quota Customizing .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_WEB_ABS_REQ OBSOLETE: Read General Settings for Leave Request .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_WEB_GROUP_ID OBSOLETE: Read Groupings for Customizing Tables .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_WEB_RULE_GROUP OBSOLETE: Read Rule Group for Customizing Tables .
IF_EX_PT_ABS_REQ_CUST I GET_WEB_TRANS_MESS OBSOLETE: Read Reworked Error Text .
IF_EX_PT_BLP_RET_MESS I SET_DATA Parameter Determination .
IF_EX_PT_BLP_USER I PROCESS_DATA Process Time Data .
IF_EX_PT_COR_REQ I CHECK_TIME_CONSTRAINTS Check Dates of Request .
IF_EX_PT_COR_REQ I POST_VIA_BLOP Post Clock-In/Out Corrections with BLP .
IF_EX_PT_COR_REQ I SIMULATE_VIA_BLOP Simulate Clock-In/Out Corrections with BLP .
IF_EX_PT_EV_INFTY_COUNTRY I GET_PSOPER Get Changed Infotype Records .
IF_EX_PT_EV_INFTY_COUNTRY I INIT_PSOPER Initialize Changed Infotype Records .
IF_EX_PT_EV_INFTY_COUNTRY I UPDATE_PSOPER Update Changed Infotype Records .
IF_EX_PT_FMLA I CALCULATE_ELIGIBILITY_HRS Calculate Eligibility Hours .
IF_EX_PT_FMLA I CALCULATE_WEEK_CONVERTER Calculate Week Converter .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I CHECK_IF_ACTOR_ABSENT Check Whether an Employee Is Absent .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I CHECK_SELECTED_NEXT_PROCESSOR Check Selected Agent .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I FILTER_NEXT_PROCESSOR Filter Next Agent .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I FIND_RESP_AND_DEFAULT_NEXT_PRCDetermine Default Approver and Supervisor for Employee .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I GET_ACTOR_SUBSTITUTES Read Substitute .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I GET_ADMINS Get Table with E-Mail Lists .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I GET_EMPLOYEE_COMMUNICATION Determine E-Mail Address .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I MODIFY_APPLICATION_MESSAGES Change Messages from Back-End System .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I SEARCH_FOR_NEXT_PROCESSOR Find Next Agent .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ I START_WF Start Workflow .
IF_EX_PT_GEN_REQ_INTERN I PROVIDE_TRANSITION_STATE_INFO Returns Information for Status Transfer .
IF_EX_PT_GUI_TMW_CALENDAR I GET_VALUES Get List of Selection Periods .
IF_EX_PT_GUI_TMW_TDE_NM I FILL_CUSTOMER_CELLS Fill Customer Fields .
IF_EX_PT_IAC_LEAVREQ_0001 I MODIFY_ATTABS_LIST Modified List of Attendance and Absence Types Determined .
IF_EX_PT_IAC_REPORT I GET_VARIANT Define Variant .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I CALCULATE_ACCRUAL_ENTITLEMENT Calculation of accrual entitlement .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I CALCULATE_BASE_ENTITLEMENT Calculation of Base Entitlement .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I CHECK_RULE_APPLICABILITY Check Applicability of Generation Rule .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I DETERMINE_HIRE_FIRE_DATE Determine Entry/Finish Dates .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I DETERMINE_PERIOD Determine Accrual/Base Period .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I REDUCE_ACCRUAL_ENTITLEMENT Reduction of Accrual Entitlement .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA I SUPPLY_MISSING_REV_ATTRIBUTES Missing Generation Attributes for Quota Corrections .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA_DEDUCTION I CALCULATE_QUOTA Recalculation of Quota Entitlement .
IF_EX_PT_QUOTA_DEF_VAL I SET_SWITCH Determine quota_def_val .
IF_EX_QB_PLAN_SELECTION_P I PLAN_SELECTION_CHANGE Change of Selection Parameters for Plan Search in QP07 .
IF_EX_QB_QM_SYSTEM_COMPARE I QM_SYSTEM_CHANGE Change Requested and Available QM System .
IF_EX_QB_Q_INFO_RECORD I Q_INFO_KEY_CHANGE Change Key of Q-Info.Record .
IF_EX_QC_PROFILE_MAINTAIN I CHARACT_SCREEN_GET_DATA Retrieve Data .
IF_EX_QC_PROFILE_MAINTAIN I CHARACT_SCREEN_PUT_DATA Transfer data .
IF_EX_QC_PROFILE_MAINTAIN I NEW_CHARACTERISTICS Changing of Cert. Profile Characteristic During Inclusion .
IF_EX_QC_QMOCERT_CREATE I EXIT_BATCH_LIST_EXPLODE Change of Control Structure for Batch Where-Used List .
IF_EX_QEC_MAPPING I MAPPING Link of Source and Target Char. with Data Transfer .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I COPY_LOG_SHOW Display of the Copy Logs .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I FCODE_DEACTIVATE_QA Deactivation of Function Codes at Insp. Lot Processing QA02 .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I FCODE_DEACTIVATE_QE Deactivation of Function Codes at Results Recording .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I LOT_MAINTENANCE_COPY Copy Inspection Results from Insp. Lot Processing QA02 .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I RESULT_RECORDING_COPY Copy Inspection Results in Results Recording .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I SAMPLE_CALCULATION_COPY Copy Inspection Results at Sample Calculation in Insp. Lot .
IF_EX_QEC_RESULT_COPY I SAMPLE_CALCULATION_INIT Initialization of Update Tables .
IF_EX_QEC_SELECTION I INSPECTION_LOT_CHANGE Changing of Insp. Lot Record at Insp. Lot Processing .
IF_EX_QEC_SELECTION I SELECTION Selection of Inspection Results (Data Source) .
IF_EX_QEC_SELECTION I SETTINGS_CHANGE Change Settings for Copy Inspection Results Function .
IF_EX_QEEM_OPER_ADDON I PERFORM_FCODE OK Code Handling for Functional Enhancements for Operation .
IF_EX_QEEM_OPER_ADDON I SET_OPER_ICON Symbol for Functional Enhancements for Operation .
IF_EX_QEEM_SUBSCREEN_5000 I GET_DATA Retrieve Data from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QEEM_SUBSCREEN_5000 I PROCESS_OK_CODE OK Code Processing for Subscreen .
IF_EX_QEEM_SUBSCREEN_5000 I PUT_DATA Transfer Data to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QEVA_ADDON_TAB I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QEVA_ADDON_TAB I PUT_DATA_PBO Data in Subscreen Container Transferred to Global Attributes.
IF_EX_QEVA_ADDON_TAB I SET_TAB_TITLES Determine Titles of Tab Pages .
IF_EX_QEVA_ALT_QTY_INPUT I MODIFY_SCREEN Control of Show/Hide of the Input Help Symbol .
IF_EX_QEVA_ALT_QTY_INPUT I PROCESS_QUANTITY Processing of Quantity (Using Input Help) .
IF_EX_QEVA_ALT_QTY_INPUT I PUT_DATA_AT_PBO Transfer of Filter Value from Calling Program to BAdI .
IF_EX_QEVA_OPER_OC I GET_DATA_PBO Get Data from BAdI Screen .
IF_EX_QEVA_OPER_OC I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data from Subscreen Container to BAdI .
IF_EX_QEVA_SUBSCREEN_1101 I GET_DATA Retrieve Data from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QEVA_SUBSCREEN_1101 I PROCESS_OK_CODE OK Code Processing for Subscreen .
IF_EX_QEVA_SUBSCREEN_1101 I PUT_DATA Transfer Data to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QE_RESULT_VALUATION I RESULT_VALUATION Valuation of Single Values .
IF_EX_QE_RESULT_VALUATION I RESULT_VALUATION_MEAN Valuation of Mean Values .
IF_EX_QE_SAVE I IS_ACTIVE Checks if BAdI is Active .
IF_EX_QE_SAVE I TABLES_IN_OPERATION Tables/Structures for Operation .
IF_EX_QE_SAVE_ADDON I SAVE_DATA_FOR_OPERATION Save Tables/Structures for Operation .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I EXPORT Export Data .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I GET_DATAINSTANCE Create Instance of a Data Class .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I GET_RELATIONSHIP Relationships Between Structures .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I GET_SELECTIONS Return All Possible Selections .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I GET_STRUCTURE_INFO Returns Information About Structure Elements .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I GET_TREESTRUC Return DDIC Structure for Tree for Characteristics .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_MANAGER I SELECT Data Selection .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_VIEWTYP I CHECK_USABLE The view type can be used in the UI .
IF_EX_QG_EVAL_VIEWTYP I VIEW_CREATE Generation of a View .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I AFTER_CLOSE_FORM Printout of Results: Return Values of Module CLOSE_FORM .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I AFTER_CLOSE_FORM_PA Inspection Instruction: Return Values of Module CLOSE_FORM .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I AFTER_CLOSE_FORM_PZ Sample-Drawing Instructn: Return Values of Module CLOSE_FORM.
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I BEFORE_OPEN_FORM Printout of Results: Call Parameter of Module OPEN_FORM .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I BEFORE_OPEN_FORM_PA Inspection Instruction: Call Parameter of Module OPEN_FORM .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I BEFORE_OPEN_FORM_PZ Sample-Drawing Instructn: Call Parameter of Module OPEN_FORM.
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I SELECTION_SCREEN Printout of Results: Output of Output Device on Sel. Screen .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I SET_CONTEXT Printout of Results: Copy of the Inspection Lot Numbers .
IF_EX_QG_INSP_RESULT_PRINT I SET_CONTEXT_PA Insp., Sample-Drawing Instr.: Transfer Insp. Lot, Operation .
IF_EX_QISR1 I INT_SERVICE_REQUEST_CHECK Interne Service Anforderung: Check .
IF_EX_QISR1 I INT_SERVICE_REQUEST_INIT Interne Service Anforderung: Initialize .
IF_EX_QISR1 I POST_NOTIF_POSITION Determine Data for Notification Item .
IF_EX_QISR1 I REVERSE_NOTIF_EXTERNAL Delete External Data Separately When Notification is Cancled.
IF_EX_QISR1 I SCENARIO_AFTER_SUBMIT Internal Service Request: Exit After Submit Event .
IF_EX_QISR1 I SCENARIO_FINAL_BEFORE_SUBMIT Internal Service Request: Check Before Submit Event .
IF_EX_QISR1 I SCENARIO_PROCESS_USER_COMMAND Scenario: Process Own User Commands .
IF_EX_QISR1 I SCENARIO_SET_ADDITIONAL_VALUESScenario: Set Additional Values for F4 Help, and so on .
IF_EX_QISR1 I SCENARIO_SET_FORM_VIEW Scenario: Determine Form View .
IF_EX_QISR2 I ISR_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENT_GET Interne Service Request: Determine Account Assignment Object.
IF_EX_QISR3 I CONTAINER_FOR_ACTOR_DET_FILL Fill Container to Find Processor .
IF_EX_QISR4 I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execution of a Function in the Action Box .
IF_EX_QISR5 I DETERMINE_APPROVER Determination of Approver .
IF_EX_QISR5 I DETERMINE_PROCESSOR Determination of Processor .
IF_EX_QISR6 I SCENARIO_CHANGE Exchange of Scenario .
IF_EX_QISR6 I SCENARIO_CHECK Scenario Check .
IF_EX_QM00_SUBSCR_5000 I GET_DATA_PAI Retrieve Data in Subscreen Container from Global Data .
IF_EX_QM00_SUBSCR_5000 I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QM00_SUBSCR_5000 I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Data in Called Screen to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QM00_SUBSCR_5000 I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data in Subscreen Container to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QM11_NODE_ATTRIBUTE I SET_ATTRIBUTE Change Object Attribute for Node Labeling in Document Flow .
IF_EX_QM_IDI_INSPPOINT I INSPPOINT_LIST_CHANGE Changes the List of Inspection Points Returned .
IF_EX_QM_INPUT_PROCEDURE I DISPLAY_DOCU Display Implementation Documentation .
IF_EX_QM_INPUT_PROCEDURE I INPUT_PROCEDURE Perform Input Processing .
IF_EX_QM_MS_OBJECT_NAME I GET_OBJECT_NAME Change/Get Name/Text of Object .
IF_EX_QM_QCERT_MS I CHECK_CHAR_RELEVANCE Check Relevance of Characteristic in Certificate .
IF_EX_QM_QCERT_MS I FILL_KOMI New Fields for Certificate Profile Determination .
IF_EX_QM_QCERT_MS I SEARCH_MS_OBJECTS Specification Search Relevant for Document Data .
IF_EX_QM_VALUATE_MS I GET_OBJECT_VALUATION Change of Valuation (Traffic Light) for Objects .
IF_EX_QM_VALUATE_MS I GET_VALUATION_PROPOSAL Change Default Value for Objects .
IF_EX_QPAP_FLEX_PLAN I PLMKB_QAPO_MODIFY Method to Select and Modify the Specifications .
IF_EX_QPL1_CHG_QALS_WA I CHANGE_QALS_WA Change of the QALS Work Area in the Add-On .
IF_EX_QPL1_QTYUPD_CHECK I CHECK_QTY_UPD Inspection at Correction of Actual Lot Quantity .
IF_EX_QPL1_SUBSCREEN_ADDON I GET_DATA_PAI Retrieve Data in Subscreen Container from Global Data .
IF_EX_QPL1_SUBSCREEN_ADDON I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPL1_SUBSCREEN_ADDON I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Data in Called Screen to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPL1_SUBSCREEN_ADDON I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data in Subscreen Container to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPL1_UPDATE_MHIO I MHIO_UPDATE Confirmation to Scheduling in Case of Cancellation Before UD.
IF_EX_QPLEXT_LOT_CHANGE I MAP_EXT_TO_INT Transfer of Individual External Fields .
IF_EX_QPLEXT_LOT_CREATE I MAP_EXT_TO_INT Transfer of Individual External Fields .
IF_EX_QPLEXT_LOT_DECISION I MAP_INT_TO_EXT Transfer of Internal Fields .
IF_EX_QPLEXT_PROCESS I CHECK_MANDATORY_FIELDS Check Obligatory Fields .
IF_EX_QPRE_CREATE_EXT_SAMP I CREATE_SAMPLETAB Read External Sample Data .
IF_EX_QPRE_CREATE_EXT_SAMP I GET_OPERATIONS Read Existing Inspection Operations .
IF_EX_QPRE_GET_STABI_PHYNR I GET_STABI_PHYNR Determine Physical Sample for Lot Creation .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADDON_TAB I GET_DATA_PAI Retrieve Data in Subscreen Container from Global Data .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADDON_TAB I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADDON_TAB I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Data in Called Screen to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADDON_TAB I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data in Subscreen Container to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADDON_TAB I SET_TABTEXT Label Pushbutton of Tab Page .
IF_EX_QPRS_ADD_CHECK I TA_CHECK Checks if Transaction is Allowed .
IF_EX_QPRS_CUST_UPD I UPDATE_QPRS_CUST Copy Changes to Customer-Specific Fields in QPR7 .
IF_EX_QST02_STABILOT_WA I CHANGE_QALS_WA Change in Inspection Lot Work Area .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_BOM_ITEMS Header Data Manipulation After BOM Determination/Explosion .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_BOM_ROUT_CHECK Header Data Manipulation After BOM/Routing Check .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_HEADER_MATERIAL_READ_UC Header Data Manip. After Reading Matl Master in Unit Costing.
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_ITEM_ADD_DATA_READ_UC Itemization Item Data Manipulation in Unit Costing .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_ITEM_PROCESSING_UC Line Item Data Manipulation in Unit Costing After Valuation .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_ITEM_VALUATE Itemization Item Data Manipulation After Valuation .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_PROCESS_READ_MACK3 Mat. Data Manipulation After Read MACK3 for Joint Prod. Proc.
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_PRODUCTIONORDER_CREATE Header Data Manipulation After Creating Temp. Prod. Order .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_QUANT_STRU_DETERMINATIONHeader Data Manipul. After Structure Determ. (Raw Mat/Assem).
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I AFTER_STRATIFICATION_UC Header Data Manipulation in Unit Costing Before Saving .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I BEFORE_BOM_ROUT_CHECK Header Data Manipulation Before BOM/Routing Check .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I BEFORE_BOM_SELECTION Header Data Manipulation Before BOM Determination/Explosion .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I BEFORE_ITEM_CREATE Item Data Manipulation Before Transfer into Itemization .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_BOM_ITEM_GET BOM Item Data Manip. Before Processing in Structure Explosio.
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_BOM_ITEM_SET BOM Item Data Manipulation Before Transfer as Costing Object.
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_COPROD_LOTSIZE_COMPUTE Lot Size Calculation for Co-Products .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_COSTING_HEADER_CREATE At End of Costing an Object .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_COSTING_HEADER_CREATE_UC Header Data Manipulation in Unit Costing .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_LOTSIZE_CHANGE_UC After Lot Size Change in Unit Costing .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_LOTSIZE_COMPUTE Lot Size Calculation for the Material to Be Costed .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_MATERIAL_CHECK_MACK3 Material Master Data Manipulation After Importing in MACK3 .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_MATERIAL_CHECK_MACK4 Material Master Data Manipulation After Importing in MACK4 .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_PROCESS_LOTSIZE_COMPUTE Lot Size Calculation for Process Material .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I ON_PROC_ALT_MATERIAL_READ Material Master Data Manipulation with ProcurementAlt Maint..
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I QUANT_STRU_GET Transfer Input/Output Relationships .
IF_EX_QUANTITY_STRUCT_CK I QUANT_STRU_SOURCE_DETERMINE Determines Where the Quantity Structure Should Be Taken From.
IF_EX_RAT_PROCUREMENT_TYPE I BADI_RAT_DETERMINE_PROCUREMENTProcurement Document Determination .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_IND I UPDATE_REPORT_ACT Call of the Update of Indirect Actual Data .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_IND I UPDATE_REPORT_PLAN Call of the Update of Indirect Planning Data .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_SETTLE I BONUS_BASE_MODIFY Adjustment of the Rebate Basis .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_SETTLE I BONUS_DATA_MODIFY Fill Structures KOMFKGN / KOMFKKO .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_SETTLE I BONUS_METHOD_SELECT Method for Scales Settlement and Assignment of Fixed Values .
IF_EX_RBT_ENH_BADI_SETTLE I BONUS_VALUES_MODIFY Adjust Rebate Payment .
IF_EX_RCM_WD_SP_ACTIVITIES I GET_DEFAULT_MODEL_ACTIVITY Default activity used to create element instance in record .
IF_EX_RCP_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_BBL_AUTH Authorization for a Building Block .
IF_EX_RCP_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_RCP_AUTH Authorization Check for Recipes .
IF_EX_RCP_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_RCP_AUTH_F4 F4 Help: Authorization Check for Recipes .
IF_EX_RCP_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_RCP_STATUS_AUTH Checks Whether Changes to a Recipe Status Are Allowed .
IF_EX_RCP_CONSISTENT_CHECK I FRML_CONS_CHECK_AND_SET Check and Set Consistency of Formula .
IF_EX_RCP_CONSISTENT_CHECK I FRML_CONS_SET_NO_CHECK Set Consistency of Formula Without Check .
IF_EX_RCP_CONSISTENT_CHECK I FRML_CONS_UNSET Deselect Consistent Indicator in Formula .
IF_EX_RCP_CONSISTENT_CHECK I RECIPE_CHECK Check Consistency of Recipe .
IF_EX_RCP_CONSISTENT_CHECK I RECIPE_CONS_UNSET Deselect Consistent Indicator in Recipe .
IF_EX_RCP_COPY_RCP_DATA I DATA_READ Read Own Data .
IF_EX_RCP_COPY_RCP_DATA I DATA_WRITE_BB_TO_BB Write Own Data (Building Block -" Building Block) .
IF_EX_RCP_COPY_RCP_DATA I DATA_WRITE_BB_TO_DO Write Own Data (Building Block -" Dependent Object) .
IF_EX_RCP_COPY_RCP_DATA I DATA_WRITE_DO_TO_BB Write Own Data (Dependent Object -" Building Block) .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_EQR_DATA Delete Own Data for an Equipment Requirement .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_PAC_DATA Delete Own Data for an Action .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_POP_DATA Delete Own Data for an Operation .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_PRO_DATA Delete Own Data for a Process .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_PST_DATA Delete Own Data for a Stage .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETE_RCP_DATA I DELETE_RCP_DATA Delete Own Data for a Recipe .
IF_EX_RCP_DELETION_CHECK I CHECK_RCP_FOR_DELETION Checks Whether the Recipe Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_RCP_GR_TO_MR_ALLOWED I IS_TRANSFER_GR_TO_MR_ALLOWED Check Whether GR -" MR Transfer is Allowed .
IF_EX_RCP_LONG_TEXT_POPUP I CHECK_DISPLAY_POPUP Check If Long Text Dialog Box Is Displayed for Dep.Formulas .
IF_EX_RCP_PREF_RCP_CHECK I PREF_RCP_CHECK Checks Whether Preferred Recipe Can Be Set .
IF_EX_RCP_REGISTER_EVENTS I RCP_EVENTS_ADD Own Registration for Events of Recipe Objects .
IF_EX_RCP_SAVE_RCP_DATA I SAVE_EQR_DATA Write Own Equipment Requirement Data to Database .
IF_EX_RCP_SAVE_RCP_DATA I SAVE_POB_DATA Write Own Process Data to Database .
IF_EX_RCP_SAVE_RCP_DATA I SAVE_RCP_DATA Write Own Recipe Data to Database .
IF_EX_RCP_STATUS_BUT_CHECK I BUTTON_DEACTIVATE_CHECK Checks Whether Status Pushbutton Is to Be Deactivated .
IF_EX_RCP_VALIDITY_CHECK I CHECK_STATUS_CHANGE Check for Status Change .
IF_EX_RCP_VALIDITY_CHECK I VALIDITY_CHECK Check for Validity Change Based on Current Status .
IF_EX_RCP_VERSION_CHECK I VERSION_CREATION_CHECK Checks Whether Version Can Be Created .
IF_EX_RCP_VERSION_CHECK I VERSION_DELETION Writes Deletion Entry for Version .
IF_EX_RCP_VERSION_CHECK I VERSION_DELETION_CHECK Checks Whether Version Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSMENT_TASK I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSMENT_TASK I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSMENT_TASK I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSMENT_TASK I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSMENT_TASK I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I ADJUSTMENT Execution of Adjustment .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I CAPPING Execution of Capping .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I GET_ADJMRULE_FOR_INSERT Gets Possible Adjustment Methods for Adding .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I GET_ADJUSTMENT_VALUE Gets the Value for a Variable of the Control Table .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I GET_FIELDCATALOG Gets Field Catalog for Adjustment Transactions .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I GET_FIELDCATALOG_VALUE Gets Value for a Field Catalog Entry .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT I MODIFY_ADJUSTMENT Modifying Adjustment .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_RLRA I GET_BASE_RENT Gets the Base Rent .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_RLRA I GET_COMPARATIVE_RENT Gets Comparative Rent .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I DISTRIBUTE Distributes the Costs .
IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I GET_NUMBER Determine Building Number with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REBD_BUILDING I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_NUMBER Determine Number of BE in Case of Internal Number Assignment.
IF_EX_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBD_MEAS_CUST I CHANGE_MEAS_CUST_LIST Changes Measurement Type Settings Using Business Object .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_NUMBER Determine Property Number with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REBD_PROPERTY I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_NUMBER Determine Number of RO with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REBP_ATTRIB_DETERM I DETERMINE_BU_GROUP Determination of Partner Grouping .
IF_EX_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I CHECK Checks If Data Object Is to Be Archived .
IF_EX_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I DELETE Deletes Data from Database .
IF_EX_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I READ_INTO_BUFFER Reads Exactly One Data Object from Archive .
IF_EX_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I WRITE Places Data of Data Object in Archive File .
IF_EX_RECA_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization (Master Data) .
IF_EX_RECA_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FOR_BUS_TRANS Checks Authorization for Transaction .
IF_EX_RECA_BDT I BDT_APPL_AFTER_CREATE_POPUP BDT Tool: After the Popup for Creating an Object .
IF_EX_RECA_BDT I BDT_FRAME_GET_SCREEN_SEQUENCE BDT Frame: Determine Screen Sequence .
IF_EX_RECA_BUSINESS_DATE I CALCULATE_BUSINESS_DATE Determine a Working Day .
IF_EX_RECA_MESSAGE I CHANGE_CUSTOMIZED_MESSAGE Changes Message Type of a Customized Message .
IF_EX_RECA_PROCESS I IS_REVERSE_ALLOWED Is Reversal At All Possible .
IF_EX_RECA_PROCESS I IS_STEP_EXECUTEABLE Can Substep Be Executed .
IF_EX_RECA_RESUBMISSION I CALCULATE_DATE_LIST Calculates List of Dates for Resubmission Rule Entered .
IF_EX_RECA_RESUBMISSION I CHANGE_OUTPUT_DATA Changes List of Resubmission Dates to Be Output .
IF_EX_RECA_RESUBMISSION I CREATE_ORGANIZER_APPT Changes Characteristics of Date for SAP Appointment Calendar.
IF_EX_RECA_SEARCH_METHOD I GET_SHMETHDIFF Determines Initial Values for VICASHFVALUES-SHMETHDIFF .
IF_EX_RECA_SEARCH_METHOD I GET_VALUES Determines Poss. Field Values from Object Data/Name Strategy.
IF_EX_RECA_SEARCH_METHOD I GET_VALUES_FOR_SHMETHDIFF Determines Poss.Field Values for a Differentiation Criterion.
IF_EX_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I CREATE_INSTANCE Generates Instance of Extendable Object .
IF_EX_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I GET_OBJNAME_EXT Supplies Class/Interface Names for Extendable Objects .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I BROWSER_TREE_INFOSYSTEM Adjust Information System Report Tree .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I BUSOBJ_DISPLAY Display of a Business Object .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I FILTER_SUBNODE Filtering of Subordinate Node in RE Navigator .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I FILTER_SUBNODES Filter Subordinate Nodes in RE Navigator .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I GET_ICON Gets Suitable Icon for Node in RE Navigator .
IF_EX_RECA_WB I NAVIGATION Navigation to a Business Object (e.g. Tab Page) .
IF_EX_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Gets the Attributes .
IF_EX_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_PARAMETER Gets the Parameter Values .
IF_EX_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_UNITS Gets Units .
IF_EX_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_VALUES Supplies the Calculation Amounts .
IF_EX_RECD_CASHFLOW I CHANGE_CASHFLOW_OBJ Object Cash Flow: Change Data .
IF_EX_RECD_CASHFLOW I CHANGE_CASHFLOW_PAY Partner-Related Cash Flow: Change Data .
IF_EX_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RECD_CONDITION I GET_ADJUSTMENT_RULE Makes It Possible to Supply Default Value for Adj. Rule .
IF_EX_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Gets the Attributes .
IF_EX_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_PARAMETER Gets the Parameter Values .
IF_EX_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_UNIT Delivers Unit .
IF_EX_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_VALUES Supplies the Distribution Amounts .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I AFTER_OBJECT_REL_CHANGE Change or Add Data After Changing Object Assignment .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_NUMBER Determine Contract Number with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_RECN_CONTRACT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RECP_OI I CHANGE_DOC_DATA Changes Data Before Transfer to Office Application .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I APP_OPTIONS_INIT Initializes Settings .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I CHANGE_DOC_DATA Changes Attributes of Document .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I CHANGE_DOC_LIST Changes the Entire Document List .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I CHECK_BUSOBJ_RELEVANCE Checks If Real Estate Object Should Be Considered .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I FP_AFTER_OUTPUT PDF-Based Form: After Printing/Archiving .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I FP_CLOSE PDF-Based Form: Closes Current Output Request .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I FP_OPEN PDF-Based Form: Opens New Output Request .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I FP_PREVIEW PDF-Based Form: Displays Print Preview .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I FP_PRINT PDF-Based Form: Prints Document .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I GET_DIFF_CHARACTERISTIC Provides Differentiation Characteristic for CorrAppl/BusObj .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I SF_AFTER_OUTPUT Smart Form: After Printing/Archiving .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I SF_CLOSE Smart Form: Closes Current Output Request .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I SF_OPEN Smart Form: Opens New Output Request .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I SF_PREVIEW Smart Form: Displays Print Preview .
IF_EX_RECP_SF I SF_PRINT Smart Form: Prints Document .
IF_EX_REEX_FI_BAPI I BAPIDOC_MODIFY Changes Document Data Before Call of FI BAPI .
IF_EX_REEX_FI_DUNNING I CONTROL_DUNNING_CHECK Controls Check of Whether Dunning Possible .
IF_EX_REEX_FI_DUNNING I MODIFY_DUNNINGITEM_RECIPIENT Modification of Dunning Items for Dunning Recipient .
IF_EX_REEX_FI_GET_GLACCT I CHANGE_KEYDATE Change Key Date .
IF_EX_REEX_FI_GET_GLACCT I REPLACE_ALL Replace Account Determination .
IF_EX_REEX_FUNC_LOC I ADAPT_DATA Adjust Data of RE Functional Location .
IF_EX_REEX_FUNC_LOC I GENERATE_LABEL Generates Name of Automatic Functional Location .
IF_EX_REEX_FUNC_LOC I UPDATE_CLASSIFICATION Classification of RE Functional Locations .
IF_EX_REFERENCE_SITE I READ_REFERENCE_SITE Returns reference site .
IF_EX_REF_CUSTOMER_XI_GET I GET_REF_CUSTOMER Determines Sample Customer XI Inbox .
IF_EX_REIS_LIST I CHANGE_DISPLAY_OPTIONS Changs the Display Attributes .
IF_EX_REIS_LIST I CHANGE_OUTPUT_DATA Changes the Data to Be Output .
IF_EX_REIS_RM I CREATE_RECORD Creates a New Record .
IF_EX_REIT_DATE_OF_SERVICE I GET_DATE_OF_SERVICE Determine Date of Service .
IF_EX_REIT_POSTING_RULE I GET_POSTING_RULE Account Determination for Input Tax Distribution .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_NUMBER Determine Number of BE in Case of Internal Number Assignment.
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJ_ASSIGN I BEFORE_PROCESSING Before Determination of Default Objects .
IF_EX_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJ_ASSIGN I CHANGE_PROPOSAL Change Default Values .
IF_EX_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_LRPAGENO I NUMBER_INPUT External -" Internal (Input) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_LRPAGENO I NUMBER_OUTPUT Internal -" External (Output) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_LRREGNO I NUMBER_INPUT External -" Internal (Input) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_LRREGNO I NUMBER_OUTPUT Internal -" External (Output) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_PLNO I NUMBER_INPUT External -" Internal (Input) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_PLNO I NUMBER_OUTPUT Internal -" External (Output) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_SECNO I NUMBER_INPUT External -" Internal (Input) .
IF_EX_RELM_NUMBER_SECNO I NUMBER_OUTPUT Internal -" External (Output) .
IF_EX_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REMM_MANDATE I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REMM_MANDATE I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REMM_MANDATE I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REMM_MANDATE I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REMM_OBJ_ADOPT I CHANGE_COPY_PARAMETER Change of Data Being Copied for Object .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I GET_NUMBER Determine Contract Offer Number with Int. Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_NUMBER Determine Building Number with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_NUMBER Determine Building Number with Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_REOR_SEARCH I HITLIST_MODIFY Modification of Hit List of Search .
IF_EX_REOR_SEARCH I WHERE_CLAUSE_MODIFY Modification of Where Term for Search .
IF_EX_REQ_ATP_CHECK I ME_REQ_ATP_CHECK_ALLOWED ATP Check for Purchase Requisition? .
IF_EX_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I MODIFY_ACCT_STATEMENT Adjustment of Account Statement .
IF_EX_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I MODIFY_GRID_SUMMARY Adjustment of Overview Data Output in Contract Acct Sheet .
IF_EX_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I MODIFY_ITEM_LIST Adjustment of Item List .
IF_EX_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I MODIFY_OI_ACCT_DETAIL Adjustment of Detail Data for Partner Account .
IF_EX_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I MODIFY_SUMMARY Adjustment of Overview Data in Contract Account Sheet .
IF_EX_RERA_ADVPAY I CHANGE_ADVPAY Change the Determined Advance Payments .
IF_EX_RERA_ADVPAY I CHANGE_PARTNER Changes the Partner Who Is to Receive the Sp. G/L Credit .
IF_EX_RERA_ADVPAY I GET_ADVPAY Supplies Advance Payments .
IF_EX_RERA_DOC I AFTER_POST After Posting of RE Document .
IF_EX_RERA_DOC I AFTER_REVERSE After Reversal of RE Document .
IF_EX_RERA_DOC I BEFORE_POST Before Posting of RE Document (Change of Document Data) .
IF_EX_RERA_DOC I BEFORE_REVERSE Before Reversal of RE Document .
IF_EX_RERA_INVOICE I ADAPT_INVOICE_ITEM_LIST Makes It Possible to Ignore/Adjust Invoice Items .
IF_EX_RERA_INVOICE I AFTER_STORE Perform Additional Actions After Creating an Invoice .
IF_EX_RERA_INVOICE I CHECK_IGNORE_CONTRACT Makes Possible to Ignore Contracts During Invoice Creation .
IF_EX_RERA_INVOICE I GET_NUMBER Makes Determining a Specific Invoice Number Possible .
IF_EX_RERA_INVOICE I GROUP_INVOICE_ITEM_LIST Makes Specific Grouping of Items for Invoices Possible .
IF_EX_RERA_OP I COMPLETE_BASE_DATA Completes the Basic Data .
IF_EX_RERA_OP I COMPLETE_HEADER_DATA Completes the Document Header Data (All Documents) .
IF_EX_RERA_OP I COMPLETE_ITEM_DATA Completes the Line Item Data (All Line Items) .
IF_EX_RESC_INFO_SYSTEM I ADAPT_REPORTS Supplies the Reports .
IF_EX_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I ADAPT_METER_ASSIGNMENT Changes the Meter Being Considered .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I GET_APPORTVALUE_FOR_OBJECT Supplies Reference Factor for a Single Object .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I GET_APPORTVALUE_FOR_SU Supplies Reference Factor .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I REVERSE Undo Settlement Step .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_AF I USE_EXTERNAL_CALCULATION Should Different Calculation of Reference Factor Be Used .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_BC I GET_TRANSFER_PROPERTIES Gets the Properties for the Transfer .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_DC I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_DC I CALCULATE_EXTRACHARGE Calculates Management Costs Surcharge .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_DC I DISTRIBUTE_FROM_SU Distributes Costs from (Normal) SU to RO/Contract .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_DC I REVERSE Undo Settlement Step .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_DC I USE_EXTERNAL_DISTRIBUTION Should a Different Apportionment Rule Be Used .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_GC I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_GC I GET_EXTERNAL_COSTS Read External Costs .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_GC I REVERSE Undo Settlement Step .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_SH I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_SH I CHANGE_CURRENT_OCCUPANT Change Current Occupant .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTLSTEP_SH I REVERSE Undo Settlement Step .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I AFTER_DELETE Delete Data From Additional Tables .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I AFTER_STORE Perform Further Actions After Saving .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I BEFORE_DELETE Carry Out Additional Checks Before Deletion .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_ALL Performa Additional Checks (Validation) .
IF_EX_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SUBSTITUTE Change or Add to Data (Substitution) .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I BEFORE_IMPORT_A_TAPE Before Importing the A-Tape .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I BEFORE_IMPORT_D_TAPE Before Importing the D-Tape .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I CHANGE_L_PART Change L Part of M/L-Tape .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I CHANGE_M_PART Change M Part of M/L-Tape .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I CHECK_D_PART Checks a D Record .
IF_EX_RESC_TAPE I CHECK_D_TAPE Checks Entire D-Tape .
IF_EX_RESR_CALC_RENT I CALCULATE Calculation of Sales-Based Rent .
IF_EX_REVAL_CONS I CHECK_ACTIVE Checks whether revaluation of consumption package is active .
IF_EX_REVAL_CONS I CHECK_CATEGORY Check Category in CKM3_GET_CATEGORY .
IF_EX_REVAL_CONS I CHECK_PROCESS_TYPE Check Original Process Category in CKM3_GET_CATEGORY .
IF_EX_REVAL_CONS I CREATE_POSTINGS Subsequent Posting of Single-Level Consumption .
IF_EX_REVAL_CONS I WRAP_ACCOUNT_INFO Encrypted FI/CO Account Assignment for ML Update .
IF_EX_REV_SELECT I SELECT_INDIVIDUAL Selection .
IF_EX_REXA_CONTRACT_ACCOUNT I AFTER_CREATE Additional Actions after Creation of Contract Account .
IF_EX_REXA_CONTRACT_ACCOUNT I BEFORE_CREATE Change Data before Creation of Contract Account .
IF_EX_REXA_DERIVE_FM_ACCT I DERIVE_FM_ACCT Derive FM Account Assignments .
IF_EX_REXA_FC_BAPI I BAPIDOC_MODIFY Changes Document Data before BAPI Call .
IF_EX_REXCFC_ACCOUNT I CONSUMPTION FI Posting: Consumption .
IF_EX_REXCFC_ACCOUNT I OPEN_BALANCE FI Posting: Initial Level .
IF_EX_RFEBNORDIC_SECURITY I CALL_SECURITY_KIT Call Authentication Software .
IF_EX_RFESR000_BADI_002 I GROUP_ITEMS Group Items according XREF1 .
IF_EX_RFFMFG_TREA_OFFSET I CONTROL_RECORD Control Record .
IF_EX_RFFMFG_TREA_OFFSET I DEBT_INFO Debt Information .
IF_EX_RFFMFG_TREA_OFFSET I GET_DATE_FIELD Define date used in ageing calculation .
IF_EX_RFFMFG_TREA_OFFSET I INDIVIDUAL_DEBTOR_INFO Individual Debtor Information File Format .
IF_EX_RFIDATEB00_BADI_001 I MODIFY_NOTE_TO_PAYEE Change Note to Payee in Field 86 .
IF_EX_RFIDTRBOE1_BADI_001 I CHANGE_SELECTION Change Dynamic Selections .
IF_EX_RFIDTRBOE2_BADI_001 I CHANGE_SELECTION Change Dynamic Selections .
IF_EX_RFIDTRWEKO_BADI_001 I CHANGE_SELECTION Change Dynamic Selections .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_001 I PST_COST_LINE Post VAT Pro-Rata cost line .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_001 I PST_VAT_LINE Post VAT Pro-Rata VAT line .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_002 I SEL_EXC_DOC_TX Exclude Pro-Rata selection document items by doc/tax code .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_003 I SEL_EXC_DOC_ITEM Exclude Pro-Rata previous adjustment document items .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_010 I V_PROG_CUSTOP_ASSET Change Parameters on Customizing Options Tab for Asset .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_010 I V_PROG_CUSTOP_ASSET_INVOICE Change Parameters on Customizing Tab for Asset/Invoice Line .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_020 I CALC_CHANGE_ADJUST_A Change VAT Pro-Rata Adjustment Amount - Assets .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_020 I CALC_CHANGE_ADJUST_S Change VAT Pro-Rata Adjustment Amount - Mat. & Services .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_020 I CALC_CHANGE_COEF_A Change VAT Pro-Rata Adjustment Coefficient - Assets .
IF_EX_RFID_PTVPR_BADI_020 I CALC_CHANGE_COEF_S Change VAT Pro-Rata Adjustment Coefficient - Mat. & Services.
IF_EX_RHPV0001 I CHECK_BOOKING BadI for Checks When Prebooking/Booking/Replacing/Rebooking .
IF_EX_RHPV0001 I CHECK_CANCELLATION BAdI for Checks on Attendance Cancellation .
IF_EX_RHPV0001 I SET_BOOKING_CHECKS Activate/Deactivate Checks .
IF_EX_RH_ORGCHART I CALL_ORGCHARTER Start evaluation and if necessary charting tools .
IF_EX_RH_ORGCHART I CHECK_ORGCHARTER_EXISTS Check whether function should be offered on interface .
IF_EX_RLMFW I ADD_AGENT Determine Additional Processors .
IF_EX_RLMFW I AUTHORITY_CHECK Activate Additional Authorization Check .
IF_EX_RLMFW I BEFORE_ADD Fill Additional Fields When Adding Objects .
IF_EX_RLMFW I BEFORE_RELEASE Checks Before Releasing the Release Object .
IF_EX_RLMFW I BEFORE_REMOVAL Checks Before Removing Release Object .
IF_EX_RLMFW I BEFORE_SAVE Fill Additional Fields in Order Before Saving .
IF_EX_RLMFW I EXEC_EXTENSION_FCODE Menu Enhancements .
IF_EX_RLMFW I GET_PRINT_PROGRAM Determine Print Program .
IF_EX_RLMFW I GET_WORKFLOW_TEMPLATE Specify Workflow Pattern .
IF_EX_RLMFW I HD_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Additional Header Data - Transport Data from Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW I HD_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Additional Header Data - Transport Data to Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW I HD_TAB_ACTIVATE Additional Header Data - Activate Tab Pages .
IF_EX_RLMFW I POS_GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Additional Item Data - Transport Data from Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW I POS_PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Additional Item Data - Transport Data to Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW I SAVE Save Additional Data .
IF_EX_RLMFW I SELECT_NEW Specify Release Objects to Add to Order .
IF_EX_RLMFW I USE_ASYNC_UPDATE_TASK Post Data Asynchronously .
IF_EX_RLMFW I VALIDATE_OBJECT Validate Release Object .
IF_EX_RLMFW_CMP I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transport Additional Data from Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW_CMP I LOAD_FROM_IPPE Determine Data for Variant Change Status .
IF_EX_RLMFW_CMP I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transport Additional Data to Screen .
IF_EX_RLMFW_CMP I RELEASE Release Variant Change Status .
IF_EX_RL_ACST I CHANGE_KOMKBRS_PARTNER Change of Construct and Partner Table NAST (Appl. RS) .
IF_EX_RL_ACST I CHANGE_PRINT_DATA Change Printing Data .
IF_EX_RL_ACSTREQ_IN I CHANGE_ACCSTAREQ Change Request Data for Account Determination/Conversion .
IF_EX_RL_ACSTREQ_OUT I CHANGE_SEGMENT_DATA Change Data of an IDoc Segment (ACCSTARQ) .
IF_EX_RMPS_AUT_KEY_GENSP I DETERMINE_KEY Form Authorization Key .
IF_EX_RMPS_DLMAP_ATTRIBUTS I MAP_RMATTR2TXT Mapping RM Attribute -" Download Attribute (example X.500) .
IF_EX_RMPS_EXTERNAL_OUTPUT I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Influence Attribute Tables for Print, Mail .
IF_EX_RMPS_EXTERNAL_OUTPUT I CONVERT_DOCUMENT Convert Document Contents to Any Target Format .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I ADD_ITEMS Extensions Column Content .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I BROWSE_ELEMENT Extensions Display/Read Attributes .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I COLLECT_ELEMENT Extensions Save Attribute Values .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I CONV_XML_TO_CM Extensions Convert XML Content to Content Model Content .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I CREATE_ELEMEDIT_DYN_DOC Extensions Selection Fields Dynamic Document .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I GET_DESCR_4_ID Extensions Header Texts for Extra Columns .
IF_EX_RMPS_FILEPLAN_ADDON I GET_LAYOUT_DEFAULT Extensions Definitions of Extra Columns .
IF_EX_RMPS_GET_MAIL_RECVRS I GET_RECIPIENTS Determine Default Mail Receiver .
IF_EX_RMPS_INIT_DOC_ATTR_S I INIT_ATTRIBUTES Initialization of Attributes When Creating Document .
IF_EX_RMPS_PATH_FIELDS I MAUNUAL_ACT_PROCESSING Enter Media Inconsistency Manually .
IF_EX_RMPS_PATH_FIELDS I SAVE_MANUAL_PROCESSING Exit for Saving Process Route for External Step Case .
IF_EX_RMPS_PATH_FIELDS I SET_OUTPUT_VALUE Editing of Display Fields in Process Route .
IF_EX_RMPS_PATH_MANPROC I MAUNUAL_ACT_PROCESSING Enter Media Inconsistency Manually .
IF_EX_RMPS_PATH_MANPROC I SAVE_MANUAL_PROCESSING Exit for Saving Process Route for External Step Case .
IF_EX_RMPS_POST_DEFATTR I PUBLISH_MAIL_DOCTYPES Publishing of Possible E-Mail Document Types .
IF_EX_RMPS_POST_DEFATTR I SET_DEFAULTS_IMAGE Set Attribute Values Incoming Scans .
IF_EX_RMPS_POST_DEFATTR I SET_DEFAULTS_MAIL_BOR Set Attribute Values Incoming Mail using BOR (SO28) .
IF_EX_RMPS_POST_DEFATTR I SET_DEFAULTS_MAIL_SMTP Set Attribute Values Incoming Mail using SMTP (SO50) .
IF_EX_RMPS_POST_DEFATTR I SET_MAIL_DOCTYPE Set E-Mail Document Type .
IF_EX_RMPS_RECORD_C I AFTER_SAVE Event Record was Saved .
IF_EX_RMPS_RECORD_C I BEFORE_DELETE Permit Movement of Element in the Record .
IF_EX_RMPS_RECORD_C I BEFORE_DROP Permit Deletion of Element in the Record .
IF_EX_RMPS_RECORD_C I BEFORE_INSERT Permit Insertion of the Element in the Record .
IF_EX_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I BEFORE_SAVE Before saving (and deleting) resubmission .
IF_EX_RMPS_RESUB_PATTERN I PATTERN_EVALUATE Calculate Resubmission Date from Template .
IF_EX_RMPS_SWISSKNIFE I HANDLE_MULTI_VALUE_LIST Display/Maintenance of All Values of a Multi-Value Attribute.
IF_EX_RMPS_SWISSKNIFE I HIDE_MAINTAINABLE_ATTRIBUTES Get list of changeable attributes not to be displayed .
IF_EX_RMPS_SWISSKNIFE I PERFORM_F4_MULTI_VALUE Execute F4 Help for a Multi-Value Attribute .
IF_EX_RMPS_SWISSKNIFE I PERFORM_F4_SINGLE_VALUE Execute F4 Help for a Single-Value Attribute .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_ADD_CLASS_DEF Add Application-Specific Characteristics .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_ADD_DATA Add Application-Specific Data .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_LAYOUT Determine ALV Layout .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I GET_OUTTAB Determine 'ALV Outtab' Table .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_DATA_CHANGED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_F4 Check Routine for F4 Help .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_TOOLBAR Add More Buttons to Toolbar .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I ON_USER_COMMAND Evaluate User Action .
IF_EX_RMSA_VAI_ADD_INF I SAVE_TO_DB Save .
IF_EX_RMXT_TRIALPLAN I AFTER_DATA_CHANGED After Changing Data .
IF_EX_RMXT_TRIALPLAN I AFTER_SAVE_SCHEDULE After Saving Trial Planning .
IF_EX_RMXT_TRIALPLAN I BEFORE_SAVE_SCHEDULE Before Saving Trial Planning .
IF_EX_RMXT_TRIALPLAN I INIT_SCHEDULING Initialization of Trial Planning .
IF_EX_RM_BFLUSH_GOODSMVT I MODIFY_GOODSMVT_AFTER_DIALOG Backflush: Goods Movements on Goods Receipt .
IF_EX_RM_BFLUSH_GOODSMVT I MODIFY_GOODSMVT_BEFORE_DIALOG Backflush: Goods Movements on Goods Issue .
IF_EX_RM_HR_INTEGRATION I ACTIVATE_HR_INTEGRATION Activate HR Integration .
IF_EX_RM_HR_INTEGRATION I CHANGE_HR_DATA Change the HR Data to Be Posted .
IF_EX_RM_HR_INTEGRATION I CHECK_HR_DATA Check of Entered HR Data .
IF_EX_RM_HR_INTEGRATION I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport From Subscreen Instance .
IF_EX_RM_HR_INTEGRATION I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transport to Subscreen Instance .
IF_EX_RM_LIST_PRODUCTION I RS_LIST_DATA Prepare Data to Create Production List .
IF_EX_RM_LIST_PRODUCTION I SET_RS_PRT_FLG Set Flag to Create Production List for Each BAdI .
IF_EX_RM_MF50_ROWS I HIDE_ROWS Hide Lines in Planning Table .
IF_EX_RM_PERFORMANCE_DREQ I ACTIVATE_FILTERING_PO Activate Filtering of Planned Orders .
IF_EX_ROUTING_EXIT I BYPASS_BUFFER_IN_BOM_EXPLOSIONIgnore Buffering in BOM Explosion .
IF_EX_ROUTING_EXIT I GET_PRODUCTION_RELEVANT_ITEMS BOM Explosion Control: Only Items Relevant to Production .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I BUILD_SELECTION Build Selection Table .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_ACTIVITY_COST Activity Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_COSTCENTER_BUDGET Cost Center Budgets .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_COSTCENTER_COST Cost Center Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_ELEMENT_COST Activity Element Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_NETWORK_COST Network Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_ORDER_BUDGET Order Budgets .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_ORDER_COST Order Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_ORDER_PLANCOST Order Plan Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_WBS_BUDGET WBS Budgets .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_WBS_COST WBS Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I CONVERT_BW_WBS_PLANCOST WBS Plan Costs .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I FILL_TASK_SEGMENT Fill Task Segment Data .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I GET_MULTIPLE_OBJECT_LINKS Get Cost Object Links For Multiple Projects and Tasks .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I GET_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Get R3 Cost Object Attributes .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I GET_OBJECT_LINKS Get Cost Object Links .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I GET_TASK_DATA Get additional task data .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I PROCESS_COSPA_DATA Process R3 Data From COSPA .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I PROCESS_COSSA_DATA Process R3 Data From COSSA .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I PROCESS_R3_BUDGET_DATA Process R3 Budget Data .
IF_EX_RPM_FIN_INTF I PROCESS_R3_TASK_DATA Process R3 Task Data .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF001 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF002 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF003 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF004 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF005 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RPM_HR_INTF006 I FILL_IDOC_SEGMENT To fill segment of Idoc .
IF_EX_RP_RRM_BAPI_PP_READ I PPDATA_CONTROL Review Purchasing Prices from Standard Methods .
IF_EX_RP_RRM_BAPI_PP_READ I PPDATA_DETERMINATION Determine Purchasing Prices .
IF_EX_RP_RRM_BAPI_SD_CHECK I SALES_DATA_CONTROL Sales Data Control .
IF_EX_RP_RRM_MDSEL_CONTROL I FILTER_SELECTION Filter for Materials and Plants .
IF_EX_RP_RRM_OUTBOUND I DOWNLOAD Data Export Control in RRM Interface .
IF_EX_RSAR_CONNECTOR I GET Read User-Defined Functions .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I ADDITIONAL_PARAMETERS Do you need more parameters in subsequent processing? .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I CHANGE_BUPA_DATA Change Business Partner Data .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I CHECK_DATA_COMPLETE Is BW Data Complete for Object? Can BP be Created? .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I CHECK_VALID_FOR_TG May Business Partner be Included in Target Group? .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I GET_CONTACT_DATA Determine Contact Person Data .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I GET_RELATION_DATA Determine Data for BP Contact Person Relationship .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I NEW_PARTNER_NUMBER_PUBLISH Publish Number of New Business Partner .
IF_EX_RSCRM_BUPA_CREATE I REQUEST_MORE_DATA Request of Other Data for Objects .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_ADA SQL Statement for Adabas .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_DB2 SQL Statement for DB2 for OS/390 .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_DB4 SQL Statement for DB2 for AS/400 .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_DB6 SQL Statement for DB2 Universal Database for Unix / NT .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_INF SQL Statement for Informix .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_MSS SQL Statement for MSS .
IF_EX_RSDBC_SQL_STATEMENT I SQL_STATEMENT_ORA SQL Statement for Oracle .
IF_EX_RSD_CUBE_BADI I AFTER_DELETION Handling after deletion .
IF_EX_RSD_IOBJ_BADI I AFTER_DELETION Handling after deletion .
IF_EX_RSD_IOBJ_BADI I CHECK Object Check .
IF_EX_RSEC_LEGAL_AUDITING I CHECK_LEGAL_PROTOCOL_AUTH Authorization Check - Display / Delete Log .
IF_EX_RSEC_LEGAL_AUDITING I CHECK_LEGAL_RELEVANCE Data-Protection Relevance of InfoProviders/InfoObjects .
IF_EX_RSEC_LEGAL_AUDITING I GET_TABLENAME Established Table Name with Access Logs .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I CHANGE_PROPERTIES Change of Properties of a Document .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I CREATE_PROPERTIES Creation of Properties of a Document .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I DELETE_PROPERTIES Deletion of Properties of a Document .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I HIERARCHY_RESOLVE Control of Hierarchy Deletion in Reporting .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I SELECT Selection of Documents (AWB or Web Application) .
IF_EX_RSOD_DOC_BADI I STORE_CONTENT Writing Document Content to DB .
IF_EX_RSOD_ITEM_DOC I CHANGE_RENDERING Modify Output (HTML) .
IF_EX_RSOD_ITEM_DOC_LIST I CHANGE_RENDERING Modify Total Output of Item .
IF_EX_RSOD_ITEM_DOC_LIST I CHANGE_RENDERING_CONTEXT Change Output of Context (of Selection) .
IF_EX_RSOD_ITEM_DOC_LIST I CHANGE_RENDERING_FUNCTIONS Modify Output of "Additional Functions" Pushbutton .
IF_EX_RSOD_ITEM_DOC_LIST I CHANGE_RENDERING_LIST Modify Output of Document List .
IF_EX_RSOD_WWW_DOC_MAINT I BEFORE_RENDERING Option To Modify Document Before Display .
IF_EX_RSOD_WWW_DOC_MAINT I DETERMINE_VERSION_HANDLING Determine Version Management in Web .
IF_EX_RSPC_CHAIN_TRANSPORT I GET_ADDITIONAL_OBJECTS Delivers non-BW objects that also have to be transported .
IF_EX_RSRA_ALERT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_EX_RSRA_ALERT I SUBMIT Transfer Alert Data .
IF_EX_RSR_OLAP_AUTH_GEN I MODIFY_USER_DATA Changing User Data Before Generating User .
IF_EX_RSU5_SAPI_BADI I DATA_TRANSFORM Business Add-Ins Method for General Data Transfer .
IF_EX_RSU5_SAPI_BADI I HIER_TRANSFORM Business Add-Ins Method for Hierarchy Data Transfer .
IF_EX_RS_BBS_BADI I GET_TYPES List of All Types .
IF_EX_RS_DME_EXP_ADRULES I COMMIT Commit work .
IF_EX_RS_DME_EXP_ADRULES I EXPORT_ASSRULES Export of association rules .
IF_EX_RS_DME_EXP_ADRULES I EXPORT_LIS Export of large itemsets .
IF_EX_S2L_GROUP_PLNG_ITEMS I CHECK_MERGABILITY Checks Whether Two Planning Elements can be Grouped .
IF_EX_S2L_GROUP_PLNG_ITEMS I MERGE Groups the Current and the Previous Planning Element .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_ITEM_EXTEN I ADJUST_GRID_FIELDCAT Adjustment of Field Catalog for ALV Grid .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_ITEM_EXTEN I ADJUST_LIST_FIELDCAT Adjustment of Field Catalog for ALV List .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_ITEM_EXTEN I GET_DETAILS Fills Customer-Specific Fields for Output Structure .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_SEG_EXTEN I ADJUST_GRID_FIELDCAT Adjustment of Field Catalog for ALV Grid .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_SEG_EXTEN I ADJUST_LIST_FIELDCAT Adjustment of Field Catalog for ALV List .
IF_EX_S2L_PLNG_SEG_EXTEN I GET_DETAILS Fills Customer-Specific Fields for Output Structure .
IF_EX_S2L_PLN_CALC_FACTORY I CREATE_PLNG_CALCULATION Provides an Object for Missing Quantities Calculation .
IF_EX_S2L_PROPOSAL_CREATOR I CREATE_PROPOSALS Creates Replenishment Proposals .
IF_EX_S2L_PSEG_CTR_FACTORY I CREATE_CCY_PSEG_CONTROL Gets an Object for Planning Control .
IF_EX_S95_ALERT_NOTIFICATN I MAINTENANCE_REQUEST MaintenanceRequest .
IF_EX_S95_ALERT_NOTIFICATN I MAINTENANCE_RESPONSE MaintenanceResponse .
IF_EX_S95_ALERT_NOTIFICATN I MAINTENANCE_WORK_ORDER MaintenanceWorkOrder .
IF_EX_S95_ALERT_NOTIFICATN I PRODUCTION_PERFORMANCE ProductionPerformance .
IF_EX_S95_ALERT_NOTIFICATN I PRODUCTION_SCHEDULE ProductionSchedule .
IF_EX_S95_ENHANCEMENTS I MAINTENANCE_REQUEST S95 MaintenanceRequest .
IF_EX_S95_ENHANCEMENTS I MAINTENANCE_RESPONSE S95 MaintenanceResponse .
IF_EX_S95_ENHANCEMENTS I MAINTENANCE_WORK_ORDER S95 MaintenanceWorkOrder .
IF_EX_S95_ENHANCEMENTS I PRODUCTION_PERFORMANCE S95 ProductionPerformance .
IF_EX_S95_ENHANCEMENTS I PRODUCTION_SCHEDULE S95 ProductionSchedule .
IF_EX_SAPLJ1BN_EXIT I CHANGE_UNITS Change Number of Handling Units in Nota Fiscal .
IF_EX_SAPMJBMUADDIN I GET_PARAMS Get Specific Parameter for EDT Category .
IF_EX_SAVE_ADD_SHOPDATA_E I SAVEDATA Save Customer Tables for Shops .
IF_EX_SBCOS001 I PREPARE_FEEDBACK_BO Preparation of Feedback Data Before PopUp Presentation .
IF_EX_SCAL_CONVERT_DATE I CONVERT_DATE Date Conversion .
IF_EX_SCC4_ENH_BADI I CHECK_ENH_ACTIVE Check if the enhancement func is set .
IF_EX_SCC4_ENH_BADI I GET_SCREEN_ELEMENTS_VAL Check if the enhancement func is set .
IF_EX_SCMA_FLOW_AUTH I CHECK_FLOW_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check for Flow Definitions .
IF_EX_SCMA_FLOW_TRANSPORT I SEQUENCE_TRANSPORT Calling Up BAdI After Inclusion in Transport Request .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I ACTION_ALLOWED Query Whether Action Is Permitted (Change or Schedule) .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I ADD_TO_TREE_CONTEXT_MENU Insert Functions for Context-Sensitive Menu in Tree .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I AUTOMATIC_RECORDING Automatic Recording of Task Lists .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHANGE_D0100_STATUS New Status for D0100 .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHANGE_DELETE_LIST Change List of Task Lists for Deletion .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHANGE_FCODES Change Function Codes in Display and Change Mode .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHANGE_FIELDCAT Status in Task List Tree .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHANGE_STATUS_OVERVIEW Change User Status in Daily Overview .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CHECK_GROUP Check on Corporate Key .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I CREATE_NEW_TREE Create a New Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I DELETE_NODE Delete a Node in Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I DELETE_TASKLIST Delete an Entire Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I DISPLAY_ICON_LEGEND_STATUS Add Status Icons to Icon Legend .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I DRAGDROP_ON_TREE Allow Drag and Drop in Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I GET_BATCH_PARAMETERS Get Parameters To Be Maintained for a Batch Job .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I HANDLE_STATUS_FCODES_SCHEDULERFunction Codes for Scheduler .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I HANDLE_TREE_CTMENU Functions in Context-Sensitive Menu of Task Tree .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I INIT_TASKLIST_STATUS Set Status for Flow Definitions During Transaction Callup .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I MOVE_ENTRY_TO_TREE Add Line in Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I MOVE_NODE_UP_DOWN Move a node .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I ON_FUNCTION_SELECTED Perform Function Codes .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I PROJECT_CHANGE_ALLOWED Prompt Whether Taskl List Can Be Changed .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I REFRESH_TASKLIST_STATUS Refresh Tree (Incl. Status) for Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I REPLACE_TREE_BUTTON Replace Pushbutton for ALV Tree .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I RESET_TASKLIST Reset Project Table for Task List to Database Status .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SAVE_TASKLIST Save Task List .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_BUTTON_INSERT_GROUP Pushbutton for "Insert Task Group" .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_NODE_ATTRIBUTES Set Properties of a Node .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_NODE_ATTRIBUTES_TO_MEMORY Set Properties of a Node into Memory .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_STATUS_NEW_NODE A New Task Is Always Locked .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_SYSTEM_ATTRIBUTES Set System Attributes in Task List Line .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_TASKLIST_STATUS_MONI Set Status When Starting/Ending Processing .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SET_TASKLIST_STATUS_SCHEDULINGSet Status During Scheduling .
IF_EX_SCMA_TREE_STATUS I SUBMIT_REPORT Submit Online Report with Parameters .
IF_EX_SCMG_ARCH_DEL_INTERN I CLEAN_UP Additional Activities When Deleting from the DB .
IF_EX_SCMG_ARCH_PREPROCESS I IS_CASE_OUTDATED Check if case should be archived .
IF_EX_SCMG_ARCH_PRE_INTERN I IS_CASE_OUTDATED Check if case should be archived .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_C I ADD_ROLES Add Additional Roles of Current Processor .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_C I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_C I DETERMINE_KEY Determine Authorization Key .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_S I ADD_ROLES Add Additional Roles of Current Processor .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_S I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_EX_SCMG_AUTHORITY_S I DETERMINE_KEY Determine Authorization Key .
IF_EX_SCMG_BEFORE_VALID_C I CHANGE Change Case Before Validation .
IF_EX_SCMG_BEFORE_VALID_S I CHANGE Change Case Before Validation .
IF_EX_SCMG_CASE_EVENT_S I FINISH When Case Destroyed .
IF_EX_SCMG_CASE_FCODE_S I EXECUTE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_SCMG_CASE_STATUS_VAL I VALIDATE Case: Status (Central Status Administration) - Check Input .
IF_EX_SCMG_CASE_TYPE_DEF_C I GET_DEFAULT_CASE_TYPE Get Default Value for Case Type when Creating Case .
IF_EX_SCMG_CASE_TYPE_DEF_S I GET_DEFAULT_CASE_TYPE Get Default Value for Case Type when Creating Case .
IF_EX_SCMG_CHNG_BFR_STR_C I CHANGE Change Case Before Validation .
IF_EX_SCMG_CHNG_BFR_STR_S I CHANGE Change Case Before Validation .
IF_EX_SCMG_INITIALIZE_C I INITIALIZE Enter Values at Creation .
IF_EX_SCMG_INITIALIZE_S I INITIALIZE Change Case Before Validation .
IF_EX_SCMG_INIT_STATUS_S I INIT Create Status Object Number .
IF_EX_SCMG_INST_ACTIVITY_S I CHANGE_INSTANCE_ACTIVITIES Add/Change/Delete Instance Activities .
IF_EX_SCMG_INST_ACTIVITY_S I PROCESS_ACTIVITY Process Activity .
IF_EX_SCMG_MERGE_C I MERGE_CASES Case: Merge Cases .
IF_EX_SCMG_MERGE_S I MERGE_CASES Case: Merge Cases .
IF_EX_SCMG_MODL_ACTIVITY_S I CHANGE_MODEL_ACTIVITIES Add/Change/Delete Model Activities .
IF_EX_SCMG_MODL_ACTIVITY_S I PROCESS_ACTIVITY Process Model Activity .
IF_EX_SCMG_RECORD_S I AFTER_SAVE Event Record was Saved .
IF_EX_SCMG_RECORD_S I BEFORE_DELETE Permit Deletion of Element in the Record .
IF_EX_SCMG_RECORD_S I BEFORE_DROP Permit Movement of Element in the Record .
IF_EX_SCMG_RECORD_S I BEFORE_INSERT Permit Insertion of the Element in the Record .
IF_EX_SCMG_SET_STATUS_S I READ Read Status .
IF_EX_SCMG_SPLIT_C I SPLIT_CASE Split case into another one or two .
IF_EX_SCMG_SPLIT_S I SPLIT_CASE Split case into another one or two .
IF_EX_SCMG_STORE_C I WAS_SAVED Case Saved .
IF_EX_SCMG_STORE_S I WAS_SAVED Case Saved .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_C I ADD_SUBCOMPONENT Add or Delete Subcomponent, or Change Order .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_C I FIELD_PROPERTIES Before Formatting for Displaying Fields .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_C I TERM_ID_SET Set Terminology ID for Additional Attributes .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_C I VISUALIZATION Before Full Visualization, After Formatting for Fields .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_S I ADD_SUBCOMPONENT Add or Delete Subcomponent, or Change Order .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_S I FIELD_PROPERTIES Before Formatting for Displaying Fields .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_S I TERM_ID_SET Set Terminology ID for Additional Attributes .
IF_EX_SCMG_VISUALIZATION_S I VISUALIZATION Before Full Visualization, After Formatting for Fields .
IF_EX_SCM_CMX_POC_AUTH I EXECUTE_INTERNAL Method for Check .
IF_EX_SCM_CMX_POC_TITLEBAR I CUSTOMIZE_TITLE_PI Customizing of Title Bar in PI Sheet .
IF_EX_SCM_OPC_HANDLER I GET_EVENT_HANDLER Get Event Handler Instance (for OPC Alarms/Events) .
IF_EX_SCM_OPC_HANDLER I GET_ITEM_HANDLER Get Item Handler Instance (for OPC Data Access) .
IF_EX_SCM_TRM_COORD_ADD_D I TRM_COORD_ADD Add XYZ Coordinates to Field Catalog .
IF_EX_SCM_TRM_GR_RELEASE_D I TRM_GROUP_RELEASE Release TRM Requests During Group Release .
IF_EX_SCM_TRM_RELEVANCE_D I TRM_RELEVANCE_CHECK Determine TRM-Relevance .
IF_EX_SCM_TRM_TO_CANCEL1_D I TRM_TO_CANCEL1 Send TO Cancellation to TRM .
IF_EX_SCM_TRM_TO_CREATE_D I TRM_TO_CREATE Transfer TO Data to TRM .
IF_EX_SDRQCR21_APO I CHANGE_PAL_AFTER_SELECTION Aendern Kontingentdaten nach R/3 Datenselektion .
IF_EX_SDRQCR21_APO I CHANGE_PAL_SELECTION_METHOD Deaktivieren der Standardselektion der Kontingentdaten .
IF_EX_SDRQCR21_APO I CHANGE_REQS_AFTER_SELECTION Aendern Bedarfe und Einteilungen nach R/3 Datenselektion .
IF_EX_SDRQCR21_APO I CHANGE_REQS_COMPARISON_RESULT Aendern Vergleichsergebnis Bedarfe und SD Auftragstabellen .
IF_EX_SD_BONUS_CREDIT_NOTE I HEADER_MAINTAIN Change Header Data .
IF_EX_SD_BONUS_CREDIT_NOTE I ITEM_MAINTAIN Change Item Data .
IF_EX_SD_CIN_LV60AU02 I EXCISE_INVOICE_CREATE BADI billing .
IF_EX_SD_COND_ACCESS_A I FULL_ACCESS Complete Access .
IF_EX_SD_COND_ACCESS_A I PRESTEP_ACCESS Prestep Access .
IF_EX_SD_COND_DETAIL I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Transfer Data (from Screen) .
IF_EX_SD_COND_DETAIL I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transfer Data (to Screen) .
IF_EX_SD_COND_LOAD_MVA I LOAD_MULTIVALUED_ATTRIBUTES Load Multivalue Attributes .
IF_EX_SD_COND_SAVE_A I CONDITION_SAVE_EXIT Save Condition .
IF_EX_SD_DMC_ORDER I SD_DMC_ORDER1 Inclusion of Credit/Debit Linkage .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I RV15C001_EXIT Settlement Using Extended Rebate Processing .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_DELETE Delete a Rebate Agreement .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_DRILLDOWN Drill-down .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_MANUAL Manual Rebate Payment and Settlement .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_SALESVOLUME Turnover List .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_SCREEN Field Selection .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_TTYP_F4 Input Help for Contract Data .
IF_EX_SD_ENH_REBATES I V13A_VERIFICATION Verification Level .
IF_EX_SD_KONV_SELECT I DATA_SELECTION Method for Data Retrieval and Completion of TKOMV .
IF_EX_SD_PRICING_COPY I PRICING_COPY Copy Document Conditions .
IF_EX_SECSTORE_APPLICATION I REGISTER_PREFIX Registration of Handlers .
IF_EX_SECURITY_ACCOUNT_TRS I VALIDATE_XT Additional Checks of Securities Account Master Data .
IF_EX_SELECT_TYPE_FOR_DATA I GET_INDIVIDUAL_DATA Individual Data Supply .
IF_EX_SELECT_TYPE_FOR_DATA I REFINE_SELECTED_DATA Filtering of Document Information .
IF_EX_SELECT_TYPE_FOR_DATA I SELECT_DATA_INDIVIDUAL Individual Selection .
IF_EX_SEM_BIC_DERIVATIONS I DERIVE_CHARACTERISTICS Automatic Derivation of Characteristics .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_FORMULA I EVALUATE Evaluates a Formula .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_FORMULA I SET_KEY Provides a Formula Key .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_MM_CHANGE I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_MM_CHANGE I GET_DESCRIPTION_DOCU Description and Documentation .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_MM_SEARCH I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_MM_SEARCH I GET_DESCRIPTION_DOCU Description and Documentation .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_MM_SEARCH I GET_INFORMATION Information .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I BEFORE_BPS_LAUNCH Is Called Up Before a BPS Layout Can be Called Up .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I MODIFY_WEB_REPORT_URL Modify URL .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I SET_APPLICATION Sets Application .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I SET_KEYS Sets Application Key .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I SET_MEAS_UNITS Sets Units for Measures (Measure Catalog) .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I SET_TIME Set Time Attributes .
IF_EX_SEM_CPM_PRESENTATION I SET_VARIABLES Sets Values for Variables .
IF_EX_SET_RELEASE_PROFILE I SET_REL_PROFILE_AND_AS_DATA change release profiles and assignments .
IF_EX_SET_SOURCESYSTEM I SET_SOURCESYSTEM Set Source System in BW .
IF_EX_SET_STORE_NUMBER_E I BUILD_WH_SHOP_NUM Customer-Specific Number Assignment .
IF_EX_SET_STORE_NUMBER_E I CONVERT_NUMBER Customer-Specific Conversion Function .
IF_EX_SFC_PROFILE I COPY Time of Copy: Hold a New Standard Execution Step Assignment .
IF_EX_SFC_PROFILE I DELETE Time of Deletion .
IF_EX_SFC_PROFILE I ENQUEUE Time of Lock: Lock Table for SXS Assignment .
IF_EX_SFC_PROFILE I SAVE Time of Save: Delete/Add SXS Assignment .
IF_EX_SFW_SWITCH_CHANGED I POSTPROCESS_SWITCH Postprocessing (for Example, XPRA, BC Sets) .
IF_EX_SHLP_EXIT_PREPARE I INFORM_ABOUT_CHECK inform Add-In implementations about a check to occur .
IF_EX_SHLP_EXIT_PREPARE I INFORM_ABOUT_F4 inform Add-In implementations about F4 to occur .
IF_EX_SHLP_EXIT_PREPARE I TELL_FLT_VAL_BEFORE_F4 tell filter value before the search help exit is performed .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN3100 Get Method for General Shop Data .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN3200 Get Method for Shop Data of Each Distribution Chain .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN4000 Get Method for Additional Shop Data .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN3100 Put Method for General Shop Data .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN3200 Put Method for Shop Data of Each Distribution Chain .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN4000 Put Method for Additional Shop Data .
IF_EX_SHOPADDSCREEN_E I SET_TABSTRIPNAME Method to Set Tab Strip Names .
IF_EX_SIDAT_UPDATE I ACT_SIDAT_UPDATE Customer-Defined Determination of Date of Price Simulation .
IF_EX_SIDAT_UPDATE I MAT_SIDAT_UPDATE Customer-Defined Determination of Date of Price Simulation .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_MM0A_TRANSFER I CUSTOMS_DOC_STATUS_GET Determine Purchase Order Status in GTS .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_MM0A_TRANSFER I PURCHASING_DOC_TRANSFER GTS Transfer: Purchase Order .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_MM0B_TRANSFER I INBOUND_DELIVERY_TRANSFER GTS Transfer MM Inbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_MM0C_TRANSFER I DELIVERY_BUFFER_FILL GTS Transfer: Fill Buffer with Delivery Data .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_MM0C_TRANSFER I MATERIAL_DOC_TRANSFER GTS Transfer: Material Documents .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_SD0A_TRANSFER I SALES_DOC_TRANSFER GTS Transfer: Order .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_SD0B_TRANSFER I OUTBOUND_DELIVERY_TRANSFER GTS Transfer Outbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_SD0C_TRANSFER I INVOICE_TRANSFER GTS Transfer: Billing Document .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_TEMP_STORAGE I TEMP_STORAGE_DELIVERY_TRANSFERTransfer Simulated Goods Movement to SAP GTS .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_TEMP_STORAGE I TEMP_STORAGE_MODE_DET Determination of Delivery Display Status .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_TEMP_STORAGE I TEMP_STORAGE_STATUS_DET Determine Delivery Storage Status .
IF_EX_SLL_PI_TEMP_STORAGE I TEMP_STORAGE_STATUS_DET_GM Determine Goods Movement Storage Status .
IF_EX_SMI_DATA_EXTRA I SET_DEMAND_SELECT Method for Determining Selection Filter for Requirement Sel..
IF_EX_SMI_DATA_EXTRA I SOURCE_SELECT Method for Selecting Sources of Supply .
IF_EX_SMI_IDOC_DELVRY_OUT I CHANGE_BEFORE_SEND final changes before sending IDoc DELVRY03 .
IF_EX_SMI_IDOC_PROACT_OUT I CHANGE_BEFORE_SEND final changes before sending IDoc PROACT .
IF_EX_SMOD_AD010006 I EXIT_SAPLAD14_006 Exit: DP Processor Menu (Screen 100) .
IF_EX_SMOD_AD010006 I EXIT_SAPLAD14_008 Change Text for Menu Exit .
IF_EX_SMOD_BG000001 I EXIT_SAPLBG00_001 Customer Enhancement: Warranty Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_ECSBTO01 I EXIT_SAPLEC55_011 IS-U Move-Out: Determine Customer Settings for Move-Out .
IF_EX_SMOD_ECSBTO02 I EXIT_SAPLEC55_012 IS-U Move-Out: User-Defined Checks .
IF_EX_SMOD_EDMLELPV I EXIT_SAPLEL55_007 ISU: Default Values for Period Consumption .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_001 IS-U: User-Defined Checks in Screen Fields .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_002 IS-U: User-Defined Preassignment of Screen Fields .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_003 IS-U: User Exit PBO: PBO for Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_004 IS-U: User Exit PAI_BEFORE: Prepares CALL SUBSCREEN PAI .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_005 IS-U: User Exit PAI_AFTER: Closes CALL SUBSCREEN PAI .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_006 IS-U: User-Exit OPEN: Starts Preparation of Customer Object .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_007 IS-U: User Exit INPUT: Checks and Adopts Entries .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_008 IS-U: User Exit PREPARE_CLOSE: Prepare Closing .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_009 IS-U: User Exit ACTION: Actions of Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_SMOD_EMDK0001 I EXIT_SAPLES20_010 IS-U: User Exit CLOSE: Exits Customer Processing .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_001 Prepares Customer Subscreen Call of Header Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_002 Prepares CALL SUBSCREEN PAI for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_003 Closes CALL SUBSCREEN PAI of Customer Fields .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_004 Prepares the Item Data Fill with Customer Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_005 Customer-specific Checks on Property Item Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_EWAPRP01 I EXIT_SAPLEEWA_CLEAN_006 Transfers Customer Field Changes to Property Object .
IF_EX_SMOD_FMCFBUD1 I EXIT_SAPLFMCF_BUD_001 FYC Budget: Calculation Maximum Transferable Amount .
IF_EX_SMOD_FMCFBUD1 I RESIDUAL_BUDGET_USE_BFC Add Non-Transferrable Commitment Budget to Residual Budget .
IF_EX_SMOD_FMCFBUD2 I EXIT_SAPLFMCF_BUD_002 FYC Budget: Approved/Requested Amount Can Be Negative .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDDEBOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEBTTR_OL_001 Customer Checks Borrower Change .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDDEBOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEBTTR_OL_002 Customer Function Data Transfer from OL .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDDEBUI I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEBTTR_UI_001 Data for the Customer Screen .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDDEBUI I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEBTTR_UI_002 Data from the Customer Screen .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDDEBUI I EXIT_SAPLFVD_DEBTTR_UI_003 Tabstrip for CUstomer Screen .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPF4 I F4_REASON Limit Permitted Payoff Reasons .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPF4 I F4_SKUEND Limit Permitted Notice Reasons .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_000 User Exit for Initializing Customer Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_001 User Exit for Flow Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_002 User Exit for Amounts .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_003 User Exit: Plausiblity Check for Payoff Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_004 User Exit Flow Type Determination .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_005 User Exit Transfer of all Relevant Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPOL I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_OL_006 User Exit For CHanging Customer Data (Without UI Layer) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU1 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_001 Transfer User Data to Subscreen (Administration Data) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU1 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_002 Transfer User Data from Subscreen (Administration Data) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_003 Activate and Name Customer Tabs .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_004 Transfer User Data to Subscreen (Customer Tab 1) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_005 Transfer User Data From Subscreen (Customer Tab 1) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_006 Transfer User Data to Subscreen (Customer Tab 2) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_007 Transfer User Data from Subscreen (Customer Tab 2) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_008 Transfer User Data to Subscreen (Customer Tab 3) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU2 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_009 Transfer User Data from Subscreen (Customer Tab 3) .
IF_EX_SMOD_FVDREPU3 I EXIT_SAPLFVD_REPAY_UI_010 User Exit for Additional Data in the Item Overview .
IF_EX_SMOD_JHTD0008 I EXIT_SAPLJHTD_010 IS-M: Completeness and Plausibility Check for Ad Spec Master.
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I AFTER_SAVE After Saving or After Return from Full Dialog .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_CANCELLATION Termination: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_GIFT Gift: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_PAYMODE Payment Method: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_RECREATE Restart: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_REDIRECTION Redirection: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_SUSPENSION Suspension: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_SUSP_POSTDELIV Postponed Delivery: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I CHECK_DATA_TRANSFER Transfer: Check Data .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I EXIT_SAPLJKSODP_001 Shortened Dialogs for Order Processing .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_CANCELLATION Termination: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_GIFT Gift: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_PAYMODE Payment Method: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_RECREATE Restart: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_REDIRECTION Redirection: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_SUSPENSION Suspension: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_SUSP_POSTDELIV Postponed Delivery: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PBO_TRANSFER Transfer: PBO .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_CANCELLATION Termination: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_GIFT Gift: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_PAYMODE Payment Method: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_RECREATE Restart: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_REDIRECTION Redirection: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_SUSPENSION Suspension: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_SUSP_POSTDELIV Postponed Delivery: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_JKSOD001 I PREPARE_DATA_TRANSFER Transfer: Assign Default Values .
IF_EX_SMOD_LWVK1001 I EXIT_SAPLWVK1_001 Extend Communication Structure KOMK for Pricing .
IF_EX_SMOD_LWVK1002 I EXIT_SAPLWVK1_002 Extend Communication Structure KOMP for Pricing .
IF_EX_SMOD_MPRO0004 I EXIT_SAPMM61W_004 Postprocessing of forecast errors and exception messages .
IF_EX_SMOD_MRFLB001 I EXIT_RM06EFLB_001 Control Items for Contract Release Order .
IF_EX_SMOD_MRFLB001 I EXIT_RM06EFLB_002 Control Items in Release Creation After Tolerance Check .
IF_EX_SMOD_NIWE0003 I EXIT_SAPLNIW3_001 Individal Determination of Sales Prices .
IF_EX_SMOD_NIWE0003 I EXIT_SAPLNIW3_002 Markdown Percentages on Sales Prices .
IF_EX_SMOD_OIJTKT_N I EXIT_SAPMOIJTN_001 PBO Processing .
IF_EX_SMOD_OIJTKT_N I EXIT_SAPMOIJTN_002 PAI Processing .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20AARG I EXIT_SAPLHR_NO_AA_REGISTER_001HR-NO: Flexible handling of worktime .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20AARG I EXIT_SAPLHR_NO_AA_REGISTER_002HR-NO: Access to organizational attributes .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20CERC I EXIT_RPCERCV02_02_001 HR-NO: Customer handling of persons with 'UTL1' and 'UTL2' .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20SSB1 I EXIT_RPSSSBV0_001 HR-no: SSB. Creating alternative positional code mapping .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20SSB1 I EXIT_RPSSSBV0_002 HR-NO: SSB: Fields special_1 to special_3. .
IF_EX_SMOD_PC20SSB1 I EXIT_RPSSSBV0_003 HR-NO: SSB: exit for choosing "ansettelsesdato" .
IF_EX_SMOD_PCPO0001 I EXIT_RPCIPE00_001 Modify Symbolic Account .
IF_EX_SMOD_PCPO0001 I EXIT_RPCIPE00_002 Fill Out Assignment Number and Document Item Text .
IF_EX_SMOD_PCPO0001 I EXIT_RPCIPE00_003 Fill New Temporary Wage Types in RT (for Old Payroll .
IF_EX_SMOD_PCPO0001 I EXIT_RPCIPE00_004 Determines Account for Tax Wage Types .
IF_EX_SMOD_PSCVL001 I EXIT_SAP0DEPSC_001 Calculate Adjusted Price Modification .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFFMC001 I EXIT_RFFMC001_001 Check Carry Over Flag .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_010 Customer Exit CP - Commercial Paper .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_020 Customer Exit FX - Foreign Exchange .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_030 Customer Exit OP - Options .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_040 Customer Exit TD - Fixed-term Deposit & Deposit at Notice .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_050 Customer Exit FR - FRA .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_060 Customer Exit CF - CAP/FLOOR .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_070 Customer Exit SW - SWAP .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_080 Customer Exit SE - Securities (Independent of Prod. Cat.) .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_090 Customer Exit ZZ - Cash flow-based Transaction .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_099 Customer Exit ALL - Refers to Structure TBCO_ALL .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_100 Customer Exit IR - Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_110 Cust. Exit FIX - Int. Rate Adjustment Corres. Derivative + .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_120 Customer Exit FC - Facilities .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_130 Customer Exit RP - Repos .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_140 Customer Exit FW - Forwards .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_150 Customer Exit FU - Futures .
IF_EX_SMOD_RFTBCOEX I EXIT_RFTBCOEX_500 Customer Exit Correspondenz-IDoc Treasury (MM/FX/DE/SE) .
IF_EX_SMOD_RSR00004 I EXIT_SAPLRSBBS_001 BW: RRI Field Mapping .
IF_EX_SMOD_RSR00004 I EXIT_SAPLRSBBS_002 BW: RRI Customer Exit Called before Jump into R/3 .
IF_EX_SMOD_SAPLFM71 I EXIT_SAPLFM71_001 Preassign FM Acct Assgmt at Transaction/Component Level .
IF_EX_SMOD_SAPLFMRI I EXIT_SAPLFMRI_001 Define Data Compression for FMIFIIT/FMIT .
IF_EX_SMOD_SAPLFMRI I EXIT_SAPLFMRI_002 Account Determination for Figures without Clearing .
IF_EX_SMOD_SAPLFMRI I EXIT_SAPLFMRI_003 Fill Customer-Specific Field: FI Documents .
IF_EX_SMOD_SAPLFMRI I EXIT_SAPLFMRI_004 Set CFLEV: Yes or No .
IF_EX_SMOD_TRTMDF01 I GET_DATA_AFTER_UPDATE Market Data: Price Interface to Read Saved Prices .
IF_EX_SMOD_TRTMDF01 I MODIFY_DATA_BEFORE_UPDATE Market Data: Modify Market Data Before Saving in Table .
IF_EX_SMOD_TRTMDF01 I MODIFY_DATA_BEFORE_UPDATE_MDB MarketData: Price Interface for Market Data Buffer VTB_MARKE.
IF_EX_SMOD_TRTMDF01 I MODIFY_FF_REQUESTS Market Data: Modification of Request List in RFTBFF01 .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_001 User Exit BAPI Replication of Inbound Deliveries .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_002 User Exit BAPI Verification of Inbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_003 User Exit BAPI Replication of Outbound Deliveries .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_004 User Exit BAPI Verification of Outbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_009 User Exit BAPI for Changes to Inbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50I_010 User Exit BAPI for Changes to Outbound Delivery .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_005 User Exit BAPI Replication of Inbound Deliveries (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_006 User Exit BAPI Verification of Inbound Delivery (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_007 User Exit BAPI Replication of Outbound Deliveries (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_008 User Exit BAPI Verification of Outbound Delivery (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_011 User Exit BAPI for Changes to Inbound Delivery (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V50B0001 I EXIT_SAPLV50K_012 User Exit BAPI for Changes to Outbound Delivery (Exit) .
IF_EX_SMOD_V56LDELI I EXIT_SAPLV56L_002 Read Delivery Data for Transportation Processing .
IF_EX_SMOD_VBWC_DCP I EXIT_SAPLVBWC_001 Control of Decoupling for Distributed Batches .
IF_EX_SMP_SOURCE_SAVED I MP_SAVED Source saved .
IF_EX_SMUM_ASSIGN_ROLE I ASSIGN Assign Role to User .
IF_EX_SMUM_CHANGE_ROLE I CHANGE_ROLE To change/update a user's role profile .
IF_EX_SMUM_USER_CHANGE I CHANGE Change user data from C1 data .
IF_EX_SMUM_USER_CREATE I CREATE Create user from C1 data .
IF_EX_SMUM_USER_DELETE I DELETE Lock the user .
IF_EX_SMUM_USR_CHANGE_POST I CHANGE_POST Postprocessing functionality - user change .
IF_EX_SMUM_USR_CREATE_POST I CREATE_POST Method for application specific functionality - user create .
IF_EX_SOBL_GOS_BROWSER I ADD_CMD_HANDLER Add Instances IF_COMMAND_HANDLER .
IF_EX_SOLAR_DOCUMENTS I SAVE_DOCUMENT Document Saved .
IF_EX_SOLAR_DOCUMENT_PRINT I PRINT_DOCUMENT_WITH_SIGNATURESPrint Document .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I CHECK_FOR_SIGNATURES Checks whether the Document Version is Signed .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I SA_DOC_DS_CREATE_AND_SIGN Start Document Signature .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I SOLAR_DOCTYPE_GLOBAL_CHECK Check for Global Lock .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I SOLAR_DOCUMENT_FREE Unbuild Controls .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I SOLAR_DOCUMENT_INSERT_DIALOG_TDialog to Create Documents .
IF_EX_SOLMAN_CALLS I SOLAR_SHOW_DOCUMENT_SIGNATURESShow Signatures of a Document .
IF_EX_SPC_DOCINDEX_CONTROL I CALC_ITEM_POST_CHECK Posting Control .
IF_EX_SPC_POSTING_CONTROL I CALC_ITEM_POST_CHECK Posting Control .
IF_EX_SPC_SEL_CHECK I CHECK_CALC_ITEM Exclusion for Material/Organizational Level Combinations .
IF_EX_SPC_SEL_CHECK I FILTER_ORGLEVELS Filter for Organizational Levels .
IF_EX_SPI_TOOL I GET_INSTANCE Delivers a Reference to a Component Tool .
IF_EX_SPP_CHECK_RETPART I CHECK_RETURNABLE_PART Returnable parts verification .
IF_EX_SRMGS_DOCUMENT I DELETE_DOCUMENT Called when document deleted .
IF_EX_SRMGS_DOCUMENT2 I DELETE_DOCUMENT Called when document deleted .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check for Access Authorization .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I CLEAR_CACHE Delete Cache for Property Values .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I DELETE_PROPERTIES Deletes All Value Variants of Specified Properties .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I GET_PROPERTIES Gets List of Properties of Document .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I GET_PROPERTY Get an Attribute .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I GET_PROPERTY_DEFINITIONS Gets Definitions of All Possible Properties .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I SET_PROPERTIES Sets Properties .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_GDMA_DM_PROP I SET_PROPERTY Sets Property .
IF_EX_SRM_AL_OBJ_KEY_C I GET_OBJ_KEY Get the Object Key .
IF_EX_SRM_CALL_HANDLE_EXC I HANDLE_EXCEPTION_PARA Exception Handling .
IF_EX_SRM_DOC_ACT_AUTH_C I CHECK_ACTIVITY_AUTH check authority of user for the activity specified .
IF_EX_SRM_KPRO_ARCHIVE_INT I IS_DOCUMENT_OUTDATED Check if document has to be archived .
IF_EX_SRM_KPRO_ARCHIVE_PRE I IS_DOCUMENT_OUTDATED Check if document has to be archived .
IF_EX_SRM_SWISSKNIFE_ADDON I PRINT Application Exit Print Attribute .
IF_EX_SRM_SWISSKNIFE_ADDON I PROP_INITIALIZE Application Exit Attribute .
IF_EX_SRM_SWISSKNIFE_ADDON I PROP_SHOW_GENERIC_F4 Application Exit for Generic Single F4 Help SwissKnife .
IF_EX_SRM_SWISSKNIFE_ADDON I PROP_SHOW_MULTI_F4 Application Exit for Generic Multi F4 Help SwissKnife .
IF_EX_SRM_WF_PATH_ENH I FORMAT_PATH_DISPLAY Output Format for Process Route Display .
IF_EX_SRM_WF_PATH_ENH I MANUAL_ACT_PROC Enter Media Inconsistency Manually .
IF_EX_SRM_WF_PATH_SEARCH I CHECK_ORG_OBJ Check Entered Agent After Every Change .
IF_EX_SRM_WF_PATH_SEARCH I GET_AGENT Method BEFORE Resolving Process Route Agent in Workflow .
IF_EX_SRM_WF_PATH_SEARCH I ORG_SEARCH_HELP Method BEFORE Calling Search Help for Process Route Agents .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I CHECK_INPUT_GR_HEAD Validation of Entries for Header Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I CHECK_INPUT_GR_ITEM Validation of Items for Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I CHECK_START_GM_DOC_CANCEL_DLG Validation of Header Data and Items Before Reversal .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I CHECK_START_GM_DOC_EDIT_DLG Validation of Header Data and Items Before Main Dialog .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I FIELD_ATTR_SET_GR_HEAD Set Field Attributes for Header Data Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I FIELD_ATTR_SET_GR_ITEM Set Field Attributes for Items Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I NEW_FIELD_GR_HEAD Define New Fields for Header Data Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I NEW_FIELD_GR_ITEM Define New Fields for Items Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I PROCESSING_BEFORE_POSTING Enrichment of Material Document Data Before Update .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I PROCESS_BEFORE_CREATE_GM Enrich Material Document Data Before Calling BAPI .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I READ_INPUT_GR_HEAD Receipt of Entry for Header Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_GR_FIELD I READ_INPUT_GR_ITEM Receipt of Ebtry for Items Goods Receipt/Movement .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I CHECK_INPUT_PDC_HEAD Validation of Entries for Header Data in Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I CHECK_INPUT_PDC_ITEM Validation of Entries for Item Data Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I FIELD_ATTR_SET_PDC_HEAD Set Field Attributes for Header Data Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I FIELD_ATTR_SET_PDC_ITEM Set Field Attributes Item Data of Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I NEW_FIELD_PDC_HEAD Define New Fields for Header Data of Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I NEW_FIELD_PDC_ITEM Define New Fields for Item Data in Release Monitor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_FIELD I PROCESSING_BEFORE_POSTING Enrichment of Material Document Data Before Update .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_INBOUND I PDC_GOODMVT_CREAT Enhancement of Goods Receipt Data from PDC .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_MAT_OUT I FINISH_DATA Close Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_MAT_OUT I MATERIAL_PREP Enhancement Material and EAN .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_OUTBOUND I CUSTOMIZING_PREP Enhancement Customizing/Business Transaction. .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_OUTBOUND I FINISH_DATA Close Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_OUTBOUND I PLANT_PREP Enhancement to Plant .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GM_OUTBOUND I VENDOR_PREP Enhancement to Vendor .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I CUST_GR_PREP Enhancement Customizing .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I DELIVERY_GR_PREP Enhancement to Delivery .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I FINISH_DATA Close Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I HU_GR_PREP Enhancement to Handling Unit .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I MATDOC_GR_PREP Enhancement to Material Document .
IF_EX_SRS_PDC_GR_OUTBOUND I PURORDER_GR_PREP Enhancement to Purchase Order .
IF_EX_SRV_BILLING_CHANGE I SERVICE_BILLING_DATA_CHANGE Data Influence Billing Service Contracts/-Orders .
IF_EX_SRV_BILLING_CHANGE I SRVCONF_BILLING_DATA_CHANGE Data Influence Billing Service Confirmations .
IF_EX_SRV_CONF_MOVE_TYPE I CHANGE_DATA_FOR_GOODS_MM Data Influence Before Creating Goods Movement .
IF_EX_SS01_BADI I METHOD_SS01 Payment sampling - batching process .
IF_EX_SS02_BADI I METHOD_SS02_CLERK Add-In logics for supervisor/clerk relation check .
IF_EX_SS02_BADI I METHOD_SS02_RULES Add-In logics for payment statistical sampling rules .
IF_EX_SS02_BADI_CLERK_CHK I METHOD_SS02 Business Add-in for clerk and supervisor relationship chcek .
IF_EX_STEPDATAEXCHANGEMANA I CHANGE_SCHEMA_LIST Postprocess Schema List .
IF_EX_STEPDATAEXCHANGEMANA I DROP_NOT_CHECKED_ORIGINALS Delete doc. originals that are not checked in from file list.
IF_EX_STEPDATAEXCHANGEMANA I EXPORT_START_IN_BATCH Process Processor in Background Job During Export .
IF_EX_STOREGROUPING I IS_ACTIVE Checks if store grouping is valid .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_ASSORTMENT_ASSIGNMENT Custom check for assortment site assignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_ASSORTMENT_CREATION Custom check for assortment refsite creation .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_ASSORTMENT_UNASSIGN Custom check for assortment site unassignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_CUSTOM_SITE_MOVE Custom check for site move from a reference site to another .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_LOGISTIC_ASSIGNMENT Custom check for logistic data site assignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_LOGISTIC_CREATION Custom check for logistic data refsite creation .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_LOGISTIC_UNASSIGN Custom check for logistic data site unassignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_PURCHASING_ASSIGNMENT Custom check for purchasing site assignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_PURCHASING_CREATION Custom check for purchasing refsite creation .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHECK_PURCHASING_UNASSIGN Custom check for purchasing site unassignment .
IF_EX_STOREGROUP_USER_EXIT I CHOOSE_TYPE_OF_CHECK Flag type of check users desires .
IF_EX_STOREORDER_BAPI_PROC I MODIFY_BANF_ITEM Modify BANF ITEM fields .
IF_EX_STOREORDER_POST_PROC I CALL Call .
IF_EX_STOREORDER_PRE_PROC I CALL Call .
IF_EX_STOREORDER_SPLIT I CALL Modify the check for split of documents .
IF_EX_SURVEY_MERGE I FILL_MERGE_ADDON User-defined merge folder .
IF_EX_SUR_STOCK_TRANSF_CK I SET_SURCHARGES_ACTIVE_OR_NOT Activate Overhead Calculation or Not .
IF_EX_SXBP_USER_EXIT I DETERMINE_TARGET Handling of a Server Group .
IF_EX_SXMS_MSG_BACK I NOTIFY_RESPONSE Signal that XI response message has arrived .
IF_EX_S_TOOL_ACCESS I CHECK_ACCESS_PERMISSION Checks Whether Object can be Processed .
IF_EX_S_WB_SAVE_TCODE I CHANGE_AT_SAVE Call Before Saving Transaction Code .
IF_EX_TAANA_VIRTUAL_FIELDS I VIRT_FIELD_VALUE_DETERMINE Table Analysis: Determine Value of a Virtual Field .
IF_EX_TAAN_STXH I GET_ARCHOBJ Determine Archiving Object .
IF_EX_TAX1_XTXIT_SET I XTXIT_SET Determine Tax on Line Basis .
IF_EX_TAX_CONDITIONS I FILL_KOMK_KOMP Enhance KOM* with Country-Specific Fields .
IF_EX_TAX_CONDITIONS I PROCESS_TKOMV Process TKOMV After Processing .
IF_EX_TAX_EXCHANGE_RATE I TXKRS_SET Determine Tax Rate .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_CUA Hide and Display Menu Entries .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_DOCUMENT_CHANGE Changes to all Document Data in PAI of TC .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_DOCUMENT_PBO Changes in PBO .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_HEADER_TEXT_COPY Copy Header Texts .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_ITEM_COPY Copy Customer-Specific Data When Copying an Item .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_ITEM_CREATION Further Items When Creating a New Item .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_ITEM_TEXT_COPY Copy Item Text .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_MATERIAL_READ Adjust Material Settings .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_PARTNER_PROCESSING Customer-Specific Partner Check .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_READ Transfer Data after Reading the Contract .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_STATUS_CHANGE Check Status Change .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_TC_COPY Changes to All Document Data in PAI of TC .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_TC_DELETION At T/C Deletion Process: Switch Physical/Logical Deletion .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_TC_LIST_PROCESSING Fill Additional Data In The Trading Contract List .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I AT_TRANSACTION_END_FCODE Call a New Transaction when Transaction is Closed .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I BEFORE_HEADER_MAINTENANCE Change KOMWBHD KOMWBHK before Maintenance of Header .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I BEFORE_ITEM_MAINTENANCE Change KOMWBHD KOMWBHI Before Maintenance of Item .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Check Header Data .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Check Item Data .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I PROCESS_ORG_DATA_SCREEN Display Organizational Data .
IF_EX_TC_CHANGE I SET_DEFAULT_DATA_SCREEN Screens for Customer Defaults .
IF_EX_TFC_CHECK_CAN_START I CAN_START Can this job start? .
IF_EX_TFC_GET_PARENT_ORG I GET_AUSPRAEG_TEXT Select Value Text Dependent on Language .
IF_EX_TFC_GET_PARENT_ORG I GET_PARENT_ORG Determine Value of Parent Org Object .
IF_EX_TFC_IS_VISIBLE I IS_VISIBLE Check Whether Task May Start .
IF_EX_TFW_DISTRIBUTE I DISTRIBUTE Distribute Changes Relating to Object Instances .
IF_EX_TFW_MINITP I NOT_USED_MINITP Objects Do Not Use Mini-Templates, as Own Data Exists .
IF_EX_TFW_MINITP I WHERE_USED_MINITP Objects to Which a Mini-Template Is Directly Assigned .
IF_EX_TFW_MINITP_DEL_CHECK I CHECK_MINITP_DELETE Check Whether Mini-Template Can Be Deleted .
IF_EX_TFW_READ I READ Read Data by Mini-Template Type and Read Method .
IF_EX_TFW_SHOW_WHERE_USED I CALL_WHERE_USED_POPUP Transfer of Where-Used List for Display in Popup .
IF_EX_TFW_TEMPLATE I WHERE_USED_TP Objects to Which a Template Is Assigned .
IF_EX_TFW_TEMPLATE_UPDATE I GET_UPDATE_INFO Pass on Information About Changes to Templates .
IF_EX_TFW_TP01_DEL_CHECK I CHECK_TP01_CHANGE Is the Change Made to the Assignment Allowed? .
IF_EX_TFW_TP01_DEL_CHECK I CHECK_TP01_DELETE May Assignment of Mini-Template to Template Be Deleted? .
IF_EX_TIM00ABSCOUNTRY_DAY I CALCULATE_ATTABS_MULT Calculation of Dynamic Multipliers .
IF_EX_TIM00ABSCOUNTRY_DAY I CLOSE Closing Activities After Counting Has Finished .
IF_EX_TIM00ABSCOUNTRY_DAY I OPEN Initializes Day Processing .
IF_EX_TIM00ABSCOUNTRY_DAY I REGISTER Registers the Country Implementation .
IF_EX_TIM00ATTABSCOUNTING I CALCULATE_ATTABS_MULT Calculation of dynamic multiplier for hours and days .
IF_EX_TIM00ATTABSCOUNTING I CLOSE Final activities after counting .
IF_EX_TIM00ATTABSCOUNTING I OPEN Initialization of day counting .
IF_EX_TIM00ATTABSCOUNTING I REGISTER Registers an implementation .
IF_EX_TOOLBAR_ACL I MODIFY_TOOLBAR Modify the toolbar .
IF_EX_TOOLBAR_FUNC_OHFW I PROCESS Processes the toolbar function .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCCR_EXIT Changes the Amount Information .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCHD_BKTXT_EXIT Changes the Document Header Text .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_BLDAT_EXIT Changes the Document Date .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_EXIT Changes the Entire Structure .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_GSBER_EXIT Changes the Business Area .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_HKONT_EXIT Changes the Account .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_KOSTL_EXIT Changes the Cost Center .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_KUNNR_EXIT Changes the Customer Number .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_LANDL_EXIT Changes the Delivering Country .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_LZBKZ_EXIT Changes the State Central Bank Indicator .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_RMVCT_EXIT Changes the Flow Type .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_SGTXT_EXIT Changes the Item Text .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_VBUND_EXIT Changes the Partner Company .
IF_EX_TPM_ACCIF_TRAC I ACCIT_ZUONR_EXIT Changes the Assignment Number .
IF_EX_TPM_AMORTIZATION_CAL I CHANGE_AMORTIZATION Changes the Amortization Amounts .
IF_EX_TPM_CASHFLOW_CALC I MODIFY_UPDATE_TYPE Changed Update Type for Accrued Interest Flows .
IF_EX_TPM_CORPORATE_ACTION I ADJUST_CA_FLOWS Adjustment of Flows to Be Transferred .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I BLOCK_PAYMENT Blocks a Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I CANCEL_PAYMENT Reverses a Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I CREATE_PAYMENT Generates a Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I DISPLAY_PAYMENT Displays Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I GET_PAYMENT_STATUS Gets the Status of a Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I IS_RELEVANT Payment Should Be Made via External Payment Program .
IF_EX_TPM_EXT_PAYMENT_TRPR I RELEASE_PAYMENT Releases a Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_INCOMING_PAYMENT I EXECUTE Execute Enhancement .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I CHANGE_ACCOUNT_SYMBOL_ID Changes the ID of New Account Symbols .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I CHANGE_DERIVATION_STEP_ID Changes the ID of Migrated Derivations Steps .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I CHANGE_GROUPING_ID Changes the ID of Migrated Grouping Characteristics .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I CHANGE_POSTING_RULE_ID Changes the ID of New Posting Specifications .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I CHANGE_UPDATE_TYPE Changes the Update Type .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I MAP_SL_FIELDS Transfers Information from Special Ledgers .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I SET_POSTING_DATES Changes the Posting Data for Position Transfer Postings .
IF_EX_TPM_MIGRATION_TRAC I TRANSLATE_FIELDVALUE Translates an Acct Assign. Ref. Determination Field Value .
IF_EX_TPM_PAYREQIF_TRPR I PAYRQ_DATA_MEDIUM_X_EXIT Changes the Fields for Data Medium Exchange .
IF_EX_TPM_PAYREQIF_TRPR I PAYRQ_SGTXT_EXIT Changes the Position Text .
IF_EX_TPM_PAYREQIF_TRPR I PAYRQ_SWTXT_EXIT Changes the SWIFT Text .
IF_EX_TPM_PAYREQIF_TRPR I PAYRQ_URGENT_EXIT Changes the Indicator for Urgent Payment .
IF_EX_TPM_POS_IND_TRAC I CHANGE Changes Acct Assignment Ref. of Subledger Position Indicator.
IF_EX_TPM_POS_IND_TRAC I SUPPRESS_PERS_FOR_PLANNED_REC Deactivate Saving Account Assignment Ref.for Planned Flows .
IF_EX_TPM_POS_IND_TRL I CHANGE Changes the Subledger Position Indicator Attributes .
IF_EX_TPM_POS_IND_TRS I CHANGE Changes the Securities Account Position Indicator Attributes.
IF_EX_TPM_POS_MAN_PROC_TRL I CHANGE_POS_MAN_PROC Changes the Position Management Procedure .
IF_EX_TPM_PRICE_INDEX I ADJUST_INDEX_VALUE Adjust Interpolated Value (Central) .
IF_EX_TPM_PRICE_INDEX I ADJUST_VALUE_DATE Adjust Fixing Date (Central) .
IF_EX_TPM_PRICE_INDEX I ADJ_VALUE_DATE_FOR_COND_FLOW Adjust Fixing Date for Condition Flows .
IF_EX_TPM_PRICE_INDEX I ADJ_VALUE_DATE_FOR_DEAL_FLOW Adjust Fixing Date for Main Transaction Flow .
IF_EX_TPM_SECACCTRANS I EXECUTE Execute Enhancement .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ACTIVE Check whether additional data necessary .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_CHANGED Data Changed .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_CHECK Check Data .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_DELETE Delete Data .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_EDIT Change Additional Data .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_RESTORE Recover Data .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I DATA_SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_DATA I INITIALIZE Initialize Local Structures / Variables .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_PRICING I CALCULATE_FROM_YIELD Own Costing .
IF_EX_TPM_SEC_ADD_PRICING I CHECK_ACTIVE Check Whether Own Costing Available .
IF_EX_TPM_TRL_MANIPULATE I CHANGE_TITLE_VALUATION For Changes to Security Valuation Amounts .
IF_EX_TPM_TRL_MANIPULATE I MANIPULATE_CALC_BASIS For Manipulating Calculation Basis of a Valuation Step .
IF_EX_TPM_TRL_MANIPULATE I MANIPULATE_DERIVED_FLOWS For Manipulating Flows from Derived Business Transactions .
IF_EX_TPM_TRL_MANIPULATE I MANIPULATE_VALUATION_FLOWS For Manipulating Flows from Valuations .
IF_EX_TPM_VALUATION_PRICE I GET_SEC_PRICE_FOR_SEC_ACCOUNT Read Security Price on Key Date .
IF_EX_TRAININGTYPE_ADV_C I GET_LIST Generate List of Course Types .
IF_EX_TRANSPORT_CHAIN_E I CHECK_TRANSP_CHAIN Check the Transportation Chain .
IF_EX_TRANSPORT_CHAIN_E I DETERMINE_TRANSP_CHAIN Determine the Transportation Chain .
IF_EX_TRIGGER_EXECUTED I TRIGGER_EXECUTED Action Has Been Executed .
IF_EX_TRIGGER_EXECUTED I TRIGGER_EXECUTED_IN_REPORT Action Has Been Executed in Processing Report .
IF_EX_TRIP_APPROVAL I APPROVE_TRIP Automatic Trip Approval Yes/No .
IF_EX_TRIP_EXCEL_SHEET I SEND_MACRO_CALL Call Excel Macro .
IF_EX_TRIP_IMP_EXP I RESTRICT_TRAVEL_RANGE Import and Edit Trips Only from Certain Date .
IF_EX_TRIP_IMP_EXP I RESTRICT_TRIPS_IN_RANGE Do Not Display All Imported Trips .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EXA706K User Form after reading T706K .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EXB706K User Form before reading T706K .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_CCARD User form for changing credit card number in segment text .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_SGTXT User form for changing segment text and assignment .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_ZWEP Line-based changes to booking date .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_ZWEP_ACCOUNT1 Line-based change to symb.acc.assignment 1st booking T706K .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_ZWEP_ACCOUNT2 Line-based change to symb.acc.assignment 2nd booking T706K .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I EX_ZWEP_COMPLETE Changes to complete booking data before transfer to AC .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I FILL_EXT_RAWDATA Fill table CUSTOMER_EXTENSION in RPRPOSTD .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I MODIFY_PTRV_DOC_HD Modify header (PTRV_DOC_HD) in day book .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I MODIFY_PTRV_DOC_IT Modify line items (PTRV_DOC_IT) in day book .
IF_EX_TRIP_POST_FI I MODIFY_PTRV_DOC_TAX Modify tax items (PTRV_DOC_TAX) in day book .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHANGE_DETACHED_RECS Change Split Documents .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHANGE_DROP_DOWN_LIST Change List of Expense Types Displayed .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHANGE_PICTURE Change Screen Displayed .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHANGE_SCREEN_SET Change Screen Group .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHANGE_SPLIT_REC Change Itemized Receipt .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I CHECK_REST_AMOUNT Check Remaining Amount on Original Receipt .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECEIPT_WIZARD I FORCE_SPLIT_CORRECTION Enter Price Per Day Manually on "Divide Receipt" Screen .
IF_EX_TRIP_RECURRENT_DEST I SET_DIFFERENT_WAGETYPE Assign Portion of Trip to Different Wage Type .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I AFTER_ADD_RECEIPT Time After Adding a Travel Expense Receipt .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I AFTER_GET_CUSTOMIZING Time After Reading Customizing Information .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I AFTER_MODIFY_TRIP Time After Changing/Deleting or Additing a Trip .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I AFTER_TRIP_GET_LIST Time After Filling Trip List with Trip Number and Action .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I BEFORE_ADD_RECEIPT Time After Adding a Travel Expense Receipt .
IF_EX_TRIP_WAF_INTERFACE I BEFORE_MODIFY_TRIP Time After Changing/Deleting/Adding a Trip .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_ADDRESSES I USER_EXIT_ADDRESSES Retrieve Table with Predefined Addresses .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_ADVANCES Edit All Advances .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_CHANGES Trip Changes .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_DEDUCTIONS Edit All Deductions .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_GENERAL_DATA General Information and Period Data of a Trip .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_ITINERARY Edit All Destinations and Cost Distribution Destinations .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_ITIN_COSTS_SPLIT Cost Apportionment Destinations .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_ADVANCES Edit Individual Advance .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_CCC_RECEIPTEdit Individual Credit Card Receipt .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_DEDUCTIONS Edit Individual Deduction .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_ITINERARY Edit Individual Destination and Cost Distrib. Destinations .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_MILEAGE Edit Individual Leg of Trip and Cost Distribution Mileage .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_LINE_OF_RECEIPTS Edit Individual Receipt and Cost Distribution Receipts .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_MILEAGE Edit All Legs of Trip and Cost Distribution Mileage .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_MILE_COSTS_SPLIT Cost Distribution: Miles/Kilometers .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_RECEIPTS Edit All Receipts and Cost Distribution Receipts .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_RECE_COSTS_SPLIT Cost Distribution for Receipts .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_TEXT General Texts of Trip .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CHECK I USER_CHECK_TRIP_COSTS_SPLIT Cost Distribution of Trip .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_CUSTOMIZING I USER_EXIT_CUSTOMIZING Retrieve Customizing Tables .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_NUMBER I USER_EXIT_NUMBER_EXTERNAL Change External Number Range Interval .
IF_EX_TRIP_WEB_NUMBER I USER_EXIT_NUMBER_INTERNAL Change Internal Number Range Interval .
IF_EX_TRV_DEFAULT_VALUES I CHECK_VALUES Check Default Values .
IF_EX_TRV_DEFAULT_VALUES I GET_VALUES Get Default Values for Public Sector GB from Infotype 0222 .
IF_EX_TR_GET_ACCNT_ASSIGN I GET_ACCNT_ASSIGN Determine FM Acc. Assignmt frm Acc. Assignmt Block in RWIN .
IF_EX_TTE_BPARTNER I ATTRIBUTE_CONVERSION Attribute Conversion .
IF_EX_TTE_BPARTNER I F4_HELP Context Sensitive F4 Help .
IF_EX_TTE_BPARTNER I FIELD_CHECK Field Check .
IF_EX_TTE_BPARTNER I SHORT_TEXT_RETRIEVAL Short Text Determination .
IF_EX_TTE_CUST_CHECK I ADDITIONAL_TTE_CHECKS Additional checks of TTE-Customizing .
IF_EX_TTE_CUST_IMPORT I FILL_TABLES Fill given tables from external systems to update TTE tables.
IF_EX_TTE_DT_CHECK I EXTRAS List of transaction codes for "Extras" function .
IF_EX_TTE_DT_CHECK I USAGE_CHECK Check if decision tree is used .
IF_EX_TTE_DT_NODE_CHECK I RESULT_CHECK Check result node .
IF_EX_TTE_DT_NODE_CHECK I VALID_FROM_DATE_CHECK Check valid-from date .
IF_EX_TTE_TAXJURCODE I F4_HELP Context Sensitive F4 Help .
IF_EX_TTE_TAXJURCODE I FIELD_CHECK Field Check .
IF_EX_TTE_TAXJURCODE I SHORT_TEXT_RETRIEVAL Short Text Determination .
IF_EX_TXJCD_EXTN I TXJCD_CHANGE_ALLOWED Allow Change to Jurisdiction Code .
IF_EX_UA_INV_GRIR_CLEARING I FILTER Filter Fin Objects .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I FILTER_FIN_OBJECTS Filter FIN Object Instances .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I GET_LOG Get Results of Processing Block .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I POST Update .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I PREPARE Preparation .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I PROCESS_DATA Check and Prepare Data .
IF_EX_UA_INV_REVALUATION I PROCESS_DATA_AT_END Postprocess Result .
IF_EX_UA_INV_TP_READ I CONSTRUCT_ELEMENTS Read Cost Component Group .
IF_EX_UA_INV_TP_READ I READ_TP_DATA Read Plan/Target Data CO Object R/3 .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I COST_DISTRIBUTION Cost Distribution Based on Application-Specific Algorithm .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I CREATE_DISPLAY_HEADER Format Header Data .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I DISTRIBUTION_BADI Call Customer BADI .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I ENHANCE_SETTLEMENT_RULE Enrich Sender/Receiver Before Cost Distribution .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I GET_DEFAULT_RULE Default Generation of Settlement Rule When Creating .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I GET_RULE_AT_DISTRIBUTION Generate Receiver Rules Before Cost Distribution .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I TRANSLATE_AFTER_DISTRIBUTION Transformation of Results Data After Distribution .
IF_EX_UA_INV_WIP_DISTRIBUT I TRANSLATE_BEFORE_DISTRIBUTION Transformation of Basic Data Before Distribution .
IF_EX_UA_UPLOAD_EXPLLIST I MODIFY_DATA Extend Itemizations .
IF_EX_UA_UPLOAD_QTY_STRUCT I MODIFY_DATA Extend Quantity Structure .
IF_EX_UA_UPLOAD_SURCHARGE I MODIFY_DATA Modify Surcharge Values .
IF_EX_UA_UPLOAD_TEMPLATE I MODIFY_DATA Modify Template Values .
IF_EX_UA_UPLOAD_XML I MODIFY_DATA Extend XML .
IF_EX_UBC_CE_TRANSFER I TRANSFER Transfer Cost Events .
IF_EX_UBC_CSP_WF_STRAT I GET_STRATEGY Get Strategy for Workflow .
IF_EX_UC_CUSTOM_TASK I EXECUTE Task Execution .
IF_EX_UC_CUSTOM_TASK I EXECUTE_FINAL End Processing of Task Execution .
IF_EX_UC_TASK_CUSTOM I EXECUTE Task Execution .
IF_EX_UC_TASK_CUSTOM I EXECUTE_FINAL End Processing of Task Execution .
IF_EX_UDM_ADD_DATA_PPF_C I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Delivers additional data for correspondence .
IF_EX_UDM_BASIS_RULE I CHECK_SELOPTS Check Entries for Consistence .
IF_EX_UDM_BASIS_RULE I EVALUATE Evaluate Basic Rule of Business Partner .
IF_EX_UDM_BASIS_RULE I GET_TEXT Determine Text for Basic Rule .
IF_EX_UDM_BP_PROFILE_C I DETERMINE_PROFILE Determine Collection Profile to Be Entered .
IF_EX_UDM_CCT_DEFAULT I GET_CCT_DEFAULT_NOTE Get Standard Note .
IF_EX_UDM_CCT_DEFAULT I GET_CCT_DURATION_PROPERTY Duration: Change and Default Field Properties .
IF_EX_UDM_CHNG_SGMT_DATA_C I DETERMINE_SEGMENT_DATA Determine Group and Specialist to Be Entered .
IF_EX_UDM_LOC_CHG_ATTR_S I CHECK_CHG_POSSIBLE Check whether Attribute Change Is Possible .
IF_EX_UDM_LOC_CHG_ATTR_S I CHECK_VALUE Input Value Is Being Checked .
IF_EX_UDM_LOC_CHG_ATTR_S I GET_HELP_OBJECT Delivers Search Help Object .
IF_EX_UDM_LOC_MASSACT_C I EXECUTE_ACTIVITY The additional activities were executed .
IF_EX_UDM_LOC_MASSACT_C I GET_ACTIVITIES Provides Table of Additional Activities .
IF_EX_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN_S I DELETE_RUN Run will be deleted .
IF_EX_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN_S I INTERVAL_PROCESSING Exit Processing of Interval .
IF_EX_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN_S I POST_PARALLEL_PROCESSING Exit after Parallel Processing .
IF_EX_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN_S I PRE_PARALLEL_PROCESSING Exit before Parallel Processing .
IF_EX_UDM_PARTNER_PPF_C I GET_PARTNER Partner Determination for PPF Connection .
IF_EX_UDM_PARTNER_PPF_S I GET_PARTNER Partner Determination for PPF Connection .
IF_EX_UDM_RSM_DEFAULT I UDM_RSM_CREATE_INIT Creation of Resubmission: Field Properties and Values .
IF_EX_UDM_RSM_DEFAULT I UDM_RSM_MODIFY_INIT Changing Resubmission: Field Properties .
IF_EX_UDM_RULE I GET_TEXT Text for Prerequisite, Condition (Alternative to Standard) .
IF_EX_UDM_STORE_EVENTS_C I RAISE_EVENTS Decision for Triggering Events .
IF_EX_UDM_STORE_EVENTS_S I RAISE_EVENTS Decision for Triggering Events .
IF_EX_UDM_WL_ITEM_CREATE_C I BEFORE_DB_INSERT Before Worklist Item Saved .
IF_EX_UG_MD_SUB_OBJECT I GET_SUB_OBJECT Get application specific sub-objects .
IF_EX_UI_LISTS_EXT I CHECK_FCODE_COELIST Toolbar of Cost Element List .
IF_EX_UI_LISTS_EXT I EXCLUDE_FCODE_100X_SET Status of Dynpro 100X .
IF_EX_UKM_BLACKWHITE_LIST I IS_ON_BLACK_LIST Entry Exists in Black List .
IF_EX_UKM_BLACKWHITE_LIST I IS_ON_WHITE_LIST Entry Exists in White List .
IF_EX_UKM_BP_ADD_FIELDS I FILL_ADD_INFOS Fill Table UKM_TS_ADD_INFO .
IF_EX_UKM_BP_ADD_FIELDS I FILL_FIELDS Fill Structure UKM_S_BP_CUSTOMER_EXTENSION .
IF_EX_UKM_BP_ADD_FIELDS I SAVE_ADD_INFOS Resave Table UKM_TS_ADD_INFO .
IF_EX_UKM_CHECK_STEP I CHECK_STEP Execute Individual Check Step .
IF_EX_UKM_COMMITMENT_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_EX_UKM_CONV_TO_PARTNER I CONVERT Conversion of Partner Number .
IF_EX_UKM_CONV_TO_PARTNER I PREREAD Initial Read before Preparation of Individual Conversions .
IF_EX_UKM_CONV_TO_PARTNER_PI I CONVERT Conversion of Partner Number .
IF_EX_UKM_CONV_TO_PARTNER_PI I PREREAD Preread for Preparation of Individual Conversions .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_CHECK I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_CHECK I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface from SAP Credit Management to XI .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I CHECK_EXT_INFO Additional Evaluations of Answer .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I CONVERT_OUTBOUND_RATING SAP Credit Management -" XI: Adjust Outgoing Rating .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I FILL_QUERY Fill Request Parameters .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I GRADE_METHOD_TO_DESCRIPTION Set Description for Valuation Method (for Doc. Storage) .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I HANDLE_REQUEST_FAILED In case of error, add log .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I HANDLE_REQUEST_FAILED2 In case of error, set scoring .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I MONITOR_CHECK_RESPONSE Additional Evaluations of Answer .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I MONITOR_FILL_QUERY Change Request Parameters .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I MONITOR_READ_NOTIFICATION Evaluate Inbound Notification .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I MONITOR_READ_RESPONSE Evaluate Answer .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I READ_RESPONSE Evaluate Answer .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I SEARCH_ID_FILL_QUERY Change Request Parameters .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO I SEARCH_ID_READ_RESPONSE Evaluate Answer .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO_SEARCH I CHANGE_SEARCH_COMPONENT Activate/Deactivate Search Fields .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO_SEARCH I CHANGE_SEARCH_DATA Adjust Field Content of Search .
IF_EX_UKM_CREDIT_INFO_SEARCH I CHANGE_SEARCH_SCREEN Change Position on Search Screen .
IF_EX_UKM_EVENTING I HANDLE_EVENT Event Handling .
IF_EX_UKM_EVENTING I HANDLE_PROCESS_EXCEPTION Handle Exceptions Occurring in Follow-On Processes .
IF_EX_UKM_EVENT_PUBLISHER I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface from SAP Credit Management to XI .
IF_EX_UKM_EV_FORMULA I ADD_FIELDS Add Customer-Defined Parameters .
IF_EX_UKM_EV_FORMULA I FILL_FIELD Evaluate Customer-Defined Parameters .
IF_EX_UKM_ITEMS_FILL I FILL_FIELDS Fields for the Interface for the Liability Update .
IF_EX_UKM_MASSDATA_SELECT I CHECK_ACCOUNTS Exclude Credit Accounts from Selection .
IF_EX_UKM_MASSDATA_SELECT I CHECK_PARTNER Exclude Business Partners from Selection .
IF_EX_UKM_PROCESSES I IS_EVENT_ACTIVE Checks whether an event is to be handled internally/external.
IF_EX_UKM_PROCESSES I MODIFY_CONSECUTIVE_PROCESSES Changes or Supplements the Number of Follow-On Processes .
IF_EX_UKM_R3_ACTIVATE I FI_AR_UPDATE_MODE Type of Processing of FI-AR Document .
IF_EX_UKM_R3_ACTIVATE I SET_ACTIVE Activates Credit Management .
IF_EX_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_EX_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND_2 Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_EX_UMB_AUTHORITY I CHECK_ACTVT Checks Activity .
IF_EX_UMB_AUTHORITY I CHECK_SCARD Checks Scorecard Authorization .
IF_EX_UMB_AUTHORITY I CHECK_SCARD_ELEMENT Checks Element Authorization .
IF_EX_UMB_AUTHORITY I CHECK_SCARD_ELEMENT_INDEP Checks Element Authorization Independently of Scorecard .
IF_EX_UMB_AUTHORITY I CHECK_SCARD_HIERARCHY Checks Scorecard Hierarchy Authorization .
IF_EX_UMB_LOCK I CHECK_OBJECTS_KEYS BSC Wizard: Check Object Keys .
IF_EX_UMB_LOCK I CHECK_OBJECTS_KEYS_SAPGUI SAPGUI: Check Object Keys .
IF_EX_UMB_LOCK I INSERT_OBJECTS_KEYS_SAPGUI SAPGUI: Insert Object Keys .
IF_EX_UMB_VISIBILITY I FILTER_OBJECTIVES Filter Objectives .
IF_EX_UMB_VISIBILITY I FILTER_PERSPECTIVES Filter Perspectives .
IF_EX_UMB_VISIBILITY I FILTER_STRATEGIES Filter Strategies .
IF_EX_UPB_SY_HIERARCHY I CREATE_HIERARCHY Create Target Group Hierarchy .
IF_EX_UPS_ADDONS I RUPSSEND_DONE Is Called After the IDOCs Are Sent .
IF_EX_UPS_ADDONS_I I RUPSSEND_DONE Is Called After the IDOCs Are Sent .
IF_EX_UPS_NAME_RESOLVE I RESOLVE Name Resolve .
IF_EX_UPS_OBJECT_SERVICE I UPSMAS_CREATE Exit for Completion in IDOC Organization .
IF_EX_UPS_OBJECT_SERVICE_I I UPSMAS_CREATE Exit for Completion in IDOC Organization .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_CELL_UPDATES Layout Calculations .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_HTML_DOCUMENT Change HTML Document .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_KF_SCHEME Change Key Figures Scheme .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_LEAD_COLS Change Lead Columns .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_PLAN_DATA Change Plan Data .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_REPOST_CHAR Change List of Characteristics for Reposting .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ADOPT_XML_DOCUMENT Change XML Tree .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I FINALIZE Close Date .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I INITIALIZE Preparation .
IF_EX_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I ON_TIMELINE_CHANGE To React To Timeline Change .
IF_EX_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I DIMENSION List Characteristics that Define Responsibilities .
IF_EX_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I FETCH_NEXT Get next object .
IF_EX_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I MOVE_FIRST Pointer to First Object .
IF_EX_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I NEXT_EXISTS Is there a next object? .
IF_EX_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I REGISTER Register BAdI .
IF_EX_UR_REALIGNMENT_1 I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check for a Realignment Run .
IF_EX_UR_REALIGNMENT_1 I EXECUTE_METHOD Method Execution of an External Method .
IF_EX_UR_REALIGNMENT_1 I SET_SOURCE_SYSTEM_INFO Fetch Informatoin for Source System ID .
IF_EX_UR_REALIGNMENT_1 I VALUE_REQUEST_FOR_METHODS F4 Help for Exernal Methods .
IF_EX_UWS_SURVEY_COCKPIT I MODIFY_ANSWERED_QUESTIONNAIRESChanging of Questionnaires Already Answered .
IF_EX_UWS_SURVEY_COCKPIT I SET_HEADER Copy Mail Header .
IF_EX_UWS_SURVEY_VAL I VALIDATE_QUESTIONNAIRE Validation of a Questionnaire .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I EXTERNAL_OPERATION_VALUATION Valuation of F Items .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I EXTERNAL_SERVICE_VALUATION Valuation of D and N Items .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I INTERNAL_ACTIVITY_VALUATION Valuation of E Items .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I MAKE_TO_ORDER_VALUATION Valuation of Make-to-Order Inventories (SOBKZ = E or Q) .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I MATERIAL_COSTS_SPLIT_READ Determine Cost Apportionment for Co-Products .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I MATERIAL_VALUATION Valuation of Materials .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I OTHER_ITEM_VALUATION Valuation of All Unknown Item Categories .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I PLAN_SURCHARGE_GENERATE As Replacement for Overhead Processor .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I PROCESS_VALUATION Valuation of P and X Items .
IF_EX_VALUATION_CK I SUBCONTRACTING_VALUATION Valuation of L Items .
IF_EX_VATDATE_VALUES I VATDATE_CHECK Check Tax Reporting Date .
IF_EX_VATDATE_VALUES I VATDATE_DETERMINE Determine Tax Reporting Date .
IF_EX_VBDOCUBATCH I BATCH_MASTER_CREATE Change Setting 'Create Batch Master' .
IF_EX_VBDOCUBATCH I BATCH_NUMBER_CHECK Check Documentary Batch Number .
IF_EX_VBDOCUBATCH I DOCUBATCHES_PRELOAD Preload Documentary Batches .
IF_EX_VBDOCUBATCH I PROCESS_CHANGE Change Settings of the Process Steps .
IF_EX_VBDOCUBATCH I PRODUCT_CHANGE Change Material Settings .
IF_EX_VBOB_DET_ORIG_BATCH I DET_ORIGINAL_BATCH_FROM_BATCH Determine Original Batch from Stock Batch .
IF_EX_VBOB_INHERIT I INHERIT_ORIGINAL_BATCH Determine original batches that can be inherited .
IF_EX_VBW_BATCH_REPLICATE I ALLOW_TRANSFER_CLASSIFICATION Allow Transmission of Batch Classification .
IF_EX_VBX_SO_SEL_CRITERIA I MODE_SET Set Mode: Batch Determination or Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_VB_BD_SELECTION I PRESELECT_BATCHES Preseletion of Batches .
IF_EX_VB_BD_SELECTION I PRESELECT_STOCKS Preseletion of Batch Stock Records .
IF_EX_VB_BD_SELECTION I RESTRICT_CONF_CHARS Restrict Characteristics of Configuration .
IF_EX_VB_GET_EXT_BATCHES I GET_BATCH_USAGE_A Determine Batch Usage for Order .
IF_EX_VB_GET_EXT_BATCHES I GET_BATCH_USAGE_B Determine Batch Usage for Purchase Order .
IF_EX_VB_GET_EXT_BATCHES I GET_BATCH_USAGE_C Determine Batch Usage for Batch .
IF_EX_VB_GET_POS_PLANT I GET_PLANT Determine Plant for Batch Where-Used List .
IF_EX_VB_SLED_MANAGEMENT I MAINTAIN_SLED_PARAMETERS Change Parameters of Minimum Shelf Life Processing .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADDRSCR_CHG I GET_FILTERVALUE_ADDR_SUBSCREENDetermination of Filter Value for BAS Subscreen .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADDRSCR_CHG I GET_LFA1_ADDITIONAL_DATA Copy Additional LFA1 Values from BAS Screen .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADDRSCR_CHG I SET_LFA1_ADDITIONAL_DATA Transfer Additional LFA1 Values on BAS Screen .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I BUILD_TEXT_FOR_CHANGE_DETAIL Builds Text Line for Details of Field Change .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ACCOUNT_NUMBER Check Vendor Number if External Number Assignment .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ADD_ON_ACTIVE Check Whether Add-On Connection Should Be Activated .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I CHECK_ALL_DATA Final Checks .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Check whether Data Changed Outside of Standard .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I GET_CHANGEDOCS_FOR_OWN_TABLES Read Change Documents for Own Tables .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I INITIALIZE_ADD_ON_DATA Initialization of Add-On Work Structures .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I MODIFY_ACCOUNT_NUMBER Edit Vendor Number if Internal Number Assignment .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I PRESET_VALUES_CCODE Default LFB1 Dependent on General Data .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I PRESET_VALUES_PORG Default LFM1 Dependent on General Data .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I PRESET_VALUES_PORG_ALTERNATIVEDefault LFM2 Dependent on General Data .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I READ_ADD_ON_DATA Read Add-On Data .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I SAVE_DATA Save Data Outside Standard .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA I SET_USER_INPUTS Transfer of User-Inputs to ADD-ON .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I CHECK_DATA_ROW Checks a Data Row .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_ALE_SEGMENTS_OWN_DATA Fill ALE Segments in ALE Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_BI_TABLE_WITH_OWN_SEGMENTFill Batch Input Table from Own Segment (ALE Inbound Proc.) .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I FILL_FT_TABLE_USING_DATA_ROWS Fills FT Table (Add-On Part) with Values From Data Rows .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I MODIFY_BI_STRUCT_FROM_STD_SEG Change BI Structure from Standard Segment .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I PASS_NON_STANDARD_SEGMENT Pass On Customer-Defined Segments (ALE Inbound Processing) .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_BI I PROCESS_ALE_OWN_CHANGE_POINTEREvaluate Own Change Pointer .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_FIELDNAME_FOR_CHANGEDOC Transfer Field Name for Change Document Display .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I GET_TAXI_SCREEN Determine Screen for Tabs .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I SET_DATA Data Transfer .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I SET_FCODE Transfer Function Codes to Add-On .
IF_EX_VENDOR_ADD_DATA_CS I SUPPRESS_TAXI_TABSTRIPS Hide Add-On Tab Pages .
IF_EX_VENDOR_EXTENSION_CHECK I CHECK Integrity Check and Vendor Data Mapping .
IF_EX_VENDOR_EXTENSION_COMPLET I COMPLETE Data Completion .
IF_EX_VENDOR_EXTENSION_INITIAL I INITIALIZE Data Initialization .
IF_EX_VENDOR_EXTENSION_OUT I ECC_TO_EXTERN Data Mapping of ECC Tables to Complex Structure .
IF_EX_VENDOR_EXTENSION_UPDATE I UPDATE_MODULES Data Update .
IF_EX_VENDOR_FIELDACTIVE I CHANGE_FIELDSTATUS_CARCONF Activate CARRIER_CONF Field .
IF_EX_VENDOR_FIELDSTATUS I GET_FIELDSTATUS_LIST Import List of New Field Statuses .
IF_EX_VIM_AE_BADI I GET_AE_VALUES Get Authorization Enhancement values .
IF_EX_VIM_ALS_BADI I ENABLE_ALS Check ALS Status .
IF_EX_VIM_ALS_BADI I GET_ALS_LANGUAGES Get the ALS language list .
IF_EX_VLC_ARCHIVE I DELETE Delete .
IF_EX_VLC_ARCHIVE I WRITE Write .
IF_EX_VLC_BW_INTEGRATOR I PREPARE_DOCLINK Extract document links .
IF_EX_VLC_CALL_CONFIG I ACTIVATE_FLAG Set the flag value to call other methods. .
IF_EX_VLC_CALL_CONFIG I EXCHANGE_DATA Method to send and recieve the configuration .
IF_EX_VLC_CALL_CONFIG I GET_DATA Method to retrieve the data from configurator .
IF_EX_VLC_CALL_CONFIG I SET_SCREENNUMBER Retrieve the screenprogram and -number for the configurator .
IF_EX_VLC_CHECK_AUTHROLE I CHECK_AUTHORITY Enhance authority check .
IF_EX_VLC_CHECK_AUTHROLE I USER_ROLE_MAPPING Enhance veloru (VMS user to role mapping) .
IF_EX_VLC_CPGM_EXECUTE I MATERIAL_MAINTAIN_DARK Changing data before calling material_maintain_dark .
IF_EX_VLC_CUOR_EXECUTE I PLANT_DETERMINATION Retrieval of plant that has been determined by Salesorder .
IF_EX_VLC_DETERMINE_CONTRL I FORCE_REDETERMINATION Force a redetermination of the primary/secondary control .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ACTION I CHANGE_MESSAGES Änderung von Meldungsnummern .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I COPY_CONFIGURATION Kopieren der Fahrzeugkonfiguration in die Auftragskonfig. .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I FURTHER_ACTIONS Weitere Aktionen für die Zuordnung .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I MATCHING_CRITERIA Bestimmung der übereinstimmenden Kriterien für Zuordnung .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I SALES_DOCS_SEARCH To influence the selection criteria .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I SALES_DOCS_WITH_SCREEN To decide on default selection pop-up to be shown or not .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I SORT_SALES_DOCS Sortieren der ermittelten Verkaufsbelege .
IF_EX_VLC_EXECUTE_ASSIGNMT I SORT_VEHICLES Sortieren der ermittelten Fahrzeuge .
IF_EX_VLC_IPC_SELECT I SELECT_IPC Method for setting flag to select IPC .
IF_EX_VLC_OVERVIEW_TREE I ADD_NODES Add nodes to the overview tree .
IF_EX_VLC_OVERVIEW_TREE I REGISTER_EVENTS Register other events in the overview tree .
IF_EX_VLC_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS I CHANGE_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS Filter/Influence the list of possible actions .
IF_EX_VLC_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS I EXCLUDE_GENERIC_ACTIONS If the matrix is not set, no actions starting from * .
IF_EX_VLC_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS I EXCLUDE_SPECIFIC_CONTROLS Exclude a list of controls from the action determination .
IF_EX_VLC_PREPARE_ACTION I DATA_CHANGES_AFTER_PREPARE Changes after preparing the action .
IF_EX_VLC_PREPARE_ACTION I DATA_CHANGES_BEFORE_PREPARE Changes before preparing the action .
IF_EX_VLC_PRESELECTION I GET_ROOT_CLASS Return the root class for the vehicle model hierarchy .
IF_EX_VLC_PRESELECTION I UPDATE_TREE_ICONS Update icons of preselection tree .
IF_EX_VLC_SEARCH_ADAPTION I CONDITIONS_CHANGE Direktes-Ändern der SQL-conditionen .
IF_EX_VLC_SEARCH_ADAPTION I GET_CONFIG_TEXT Configuration Text in search .
IF_EX_VLC_SEARCH_ADAPTION I INPUT_PREPROCESSING Verarbeitung der Eingangsparameter .
IF_EX_VLC_SEARCH_ADAPTION I LIVECACHE_IBASE_SWITCH Auswahl der Suchmaschine .
IF_EX_VLC_SEARCH_ADAPTION I OUTPUT_POSTPROCESSING Verarbeitung der Ausgangsparameter .
IF_EX_VLC_USED_VEHICLES I MAP_CONFIGURATIONS Mapping of condigurations .
IF_EX_VLC_USED_VEHICLES I MOVE_CALCSHEET_AMOUNT_TO_UI Move amount from the calculation sheet to dynpro structures .
IF_EX_VLC_USED_VEHICLES I PREPARE_CALCULATION_SHEET Insert own conditions in the used vehicle calculation sheet .
IF_EX_VLC_USED_VEHICLES I VALIDATE_MAPPING Validate requested mapping .
IF_EX_VMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCKS I LOCK Lock .
IF_EX_VMD_ADDITIONAL_LOCKS I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_EX_VOR_WA_FAKTURA I VOR_WA_DATA_GET FETCH DATA BEFORE GOODS ISSUE .
IF_EX_VSCAN_INSTANCE I GET_INSTANCE Provide an Instance of the External Virus Scanner .
IF_EX_W3_F4_MODULE I HANDLE_VALUE_REQUEST Output value list .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_001 I INTERFACE_PROMOTION_DATA Make Update Data Available to External Applications .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_001 I SUGGEST_ITEM_DATA Default Item Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_001 I SUGGEST_PLANTGROUP_DATA Default Plant Group Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_001 I SUGGEST_STANDARD_SALES_PRICE Default Standard Sales Price .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I BUILD_ALLOC_TABLE_DEL_PHASE Construction of Allocation Tables - Delivery Phases .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I DEL_PHASE_ARCHIEVE Issue Error Message for the Old Archiving Object .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I MAINTAIN_DEL_PHASE Interface Transaction WAK5 / ADD-ON .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I POST_DEL_PHASE Call Update Posting Add-On .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I PRINT_DEL_PHASE Print Delivery Phases .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_002 I SENDREPLY_DEL_PHASE Confirmation of Delivery Phases .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I ADD_PG_FROM_DB Add Plant Group(s) to the Class .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I APPLY_VTL_FILTER_TO_PLGRP Apply Distr. Ch. Filter to Local Site Group .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I CHECK_FOR_DOUBLE_PLANTS Check for Double Plants in a Promotion .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I COPY_PLANTS Copy Plants from Reference Promotion .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I DELETE_PLANTS Delete Plant Data for Intra-Promotional Plant Groups .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I DELETE_PLGRP Delete a Promotion-Internal Plant Group .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I IMPORT_PLGRP_FROM_BAPI_CH Check and Process Intra-Promotional Plant Groups Using BAPI .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I IMPORT_PLGRP_FROM_BAPI_CR Check and Process Intra-Promotional Plant Groups Using BAPI .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I MAINTAIN_PLGRP Maintain Intra-Promotional Plant Groups .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I MODIFY_PG Modify Plant Group .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I POST_PLANTS Preparation for Posting Plants to Intra-Prom. Plant Groups .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I READ_DESCRIPTION_PLGRP Determine Language-Dependent Name for Intra-Prom. Plant Grps.
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I READ_PLANTS_INTERNAL_PLGRP Determine Plants for Intra-Promotional Plant Groups .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I REFRESH_IPGRP Initialize Function Group .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_003 I TRY_VTL_FILTER Test Distribution Chain Filter .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I ASSIGN_TO_PROMOTION Assignment to a Higher-Level Promotion .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I BAPI_CHANGE_CHANGE_REF_PROMO BAPI Change: Check Higher-Level Promotion Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I BAPI_CREATE_CHECK_REF_PROMO BAPI Create: Check Higher-Level Promotion Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I CHECK_REF_PROMO_VALID Is the reference promotion still on a higher level? .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I COP_REF_PROMO Copy Promotion Number from Reference Promotion .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I DELETE_REF_PROMO Delete Assignment to a Reference Promotion .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I GET_DATA_PAI Retrieve Data in Subscreen Container from Global Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I GET_FCODE_PAI Retrieve FCODE from the BADI Class .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Data in Called Screen to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data in Subscreen Container to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I PUT_FCODE_PAI Transfer FCODE of Carrying Object to BADI Class .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I READ_KOPFTEXT Read Name of Higher-Level Promotion and Campaign .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I SET_BEKST2_FLAG Set Status of New Announcement .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I SET_RESET_RWAKA_KFLAGS Set or Delete the RWAKA Copy Flag .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_004 I SHOW_POPUP_BEKST2 View of New Announcement .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I BUILD_CHANGE_POINTERS Structure of Change Pointers Table .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I COP_AH_AHS_REBATE Copy Promotion Discounts When Creating with Template .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I GET_DATA_PAI Retrieve Data in Subscreen Container from Global Data .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I GET_DATA_PBO Retrieve Data in Called Screen from Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I GET_FCODE_PAI Retrieve FCODE from the BADI Class .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I HIERID_DETERMINE Determines the Valid Hierarchy ID .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I PUT_DATA_PAI Transfer Data in Called Screen to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I PUT_DATA_PBO Transfer Data in Subscreen Container to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I PUT_FCODE_PAI Transfer FCODE of Carrying Object to BADI Class .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I PUT_PROMO_HEADER Transfer Promotion Header Data to Global Attributes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I READ_AH_BEZ Read Descriptions for Article Hierarchy and Season .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I RWAKT200_BUILD_REBATE_FILTAB Construct Store Table WAKRW .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I RWAKT200_BUILD_XCALP_VB Construct Condition Table XCALP_VB .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I RWAKT200_C_REBATES_KSCHL Check of Discount Conditn Type in Promotion Hdr and CondTab..
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I RWAKT200_C_REBATES_NOT_INITIALCheck of WAKRD for Entries W/O Discnt Val. -"Clear SELKZ .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_005 I SETTLE_XCALP_VB_ERRORS Error Handling for XCALP_VB Record .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_007 I ASSIGNMENTTYPE_DETERMINE Determine Assignment Type (Art.Hier. or Org.Level/Mat.Grp) .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_007 I POPUP_FOR_PRICE_CHANGE Popup for Price Changes .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_007 I POPUP_MASS_MAINT_NVKP Mass Maintenance Standard Sales Price Dialog Box .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_008 I PLTYP_LEVELS_GET PPW: Determine All Price Lists for a Price Plan .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_008 I PLTYP_LEVELS_SHOW Promotion: Display Several Price Lists .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_008 I PLTYP_PRICES_GET PPW: Determine Prices for Articles of a Price Plan .
IF_EX_WAKT_BADI_008 I PPW_CUSTOMIZING_READ PPW: Read the Customizing Settings .
IF_EX_WALL_DETERMINE_DC I BADI_RAT_DETERMINE_DC Supply Source Determination for Customers .
IF_EX_WARRANTY_EXPIRY_ESTIMATE I ESTIMATE_EXPIRY_DATE Warranty End Date Estimation .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_AT_FCODES_I I ARTH_DATA_DET Determine a Node in the Article Hierarchy .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_AT_FCODES_I I MSEL_EINDT Delivery Date Multiple Selection .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_AT_FCODES_I I MSEL_MATNR Multiple Selection for Material .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_AT_FCODES_I I REC_MATRX_CALL Call Recipient Matrix .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_STORE_CONSTRA I AT_FC_CONSTRAINT_DELPHASE Delivery Phase Determination .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_STORE_CONSTRA I AT_FC_CONSTRAINT_DELPHASETIME Delivery Phase Determination .
IF_EX_WAUF_X_STORE_CONSTRA I AT_FC_CONSTRAINT_STORE Site Combination .
IF_EX_WB0X_ADD_CUST_DATA_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Retrieve Data from New Subscreen in Add-On .
IF_EX_WB0X_ADD_CUST_DATA_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Display Data in New Subscreen in Add-On .
IF_EX_WB0X_CHECK_SCHLDAT_I I CHECK_CLOSEDAT_DEPSTORE Check Whether Closing Date of Department Store Is OK .
IF_EX_WB0X_CHECK_SHOP_E I CHECK_SHOPDATA Consistency Check Between Department Store and Shops .
IF_EX_WB0X_CHECK_SHOP_E I CHECK_SHOP_NAME Check Whether Name Was Entered Correctly .
IF_EX_WB0X_CHECK_SHOP_E I CUSTOMER_CHECK Customer Checks (of T001W, WRS1) .
IF_EX_WB0X_CHECK_STTYPE_I I VALID_STORETYPE Check T001W-STORETYPE for a Site .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_ADDR_DATA_I I BUILDUP_ADDRESS_DATA_DEPSTORE Copy Address Data to Higher-Level Department Store .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_ADDR_DATA_I I GET_DEPSTORE_NAME Copy Name from Higher-Level Department Store .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_DATA_I I FILL_ORGA_DATA Copy Org. Data of Higher-Level Department Store .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_DATA_I I FILL_STRUCT Fill New Fields of Structure WR02D .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_DATA_I I FILL_T001W_DEPSTORE Copy Higher-Level Department Store and Store Type .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_DATA_I I FILL_WRS1 Supply Table WRS1 with Category and Hier_ID .
IF_EX_WB0X_GET_DATA_I I GET_CATEGORY Copy Category and Hier_ID of Shop .
IF_EX_WB0X_HIER_ID_CHECK_I I HIER_ID_CHECK Check Whether Hierarchie_ID Has Changed .
IF_EX_WB0X_SHOW_SHOP_DAT_I I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Retrieve Data from Subscreen 3000 .
IF_EX_WB0X_SHOW_SHOP_DAT_I I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Display Data in Subscreen 3000 .
IF_EX_WB2B_CM I CHECK Execute Check .
IF_EX_WB2B_CM I DISPLAY_PROTOCOL Issue Log .
IF_EX_WB2B_CM I GET_MASTER_DATA Determine Master Data From FSCM .
IF_EX_WB2B_CM I UPDATE Execute Check .
IF_EX_WB2B_CM I UPDATE_CHECK Carry Out Check - is Saving Possible .
IF_EX_WB2C_CFM I CONVERT_UNITS Convert Units Traded on the Stock Exchange to Material Units.
IF_EX_WB2C_CFM I CONVERT_UNITS_MULTIPLE Convert Stock Exchange-Traded Units to Material Units (1:n) .
IF_EX_WB2C_CFM I MATERIAL_REL_FORHEDGING Check If Hedging Wanted for This Material .
IF_EX_WB2C_CFM I MATNR_TO_RANL Assign Security ID Number to Material Number .
IF_EX_WB2C_CFM I RANL_TO_MATNR Assign Material Number to Security ID Number .
IF_EX_WB2C_FX I CALC_DATE_FOR_TC Calculate Due Date for Trading Contract Schedule Line .
IF_EX_WB2C_FX I CHANGE_PARA_FOR_CREATE Change Parameter in BAPI for Generating a FET .
IF_EX_WB2C_FX I SWITCH_OFF_HEDGING Switch Off Hedging .
IF_EX_WB2_ACTION_LEAD_DOC I CHECK_BEFORE_LEADING Check Before Calling Leading Transaction .
IF_EX_WB2_ACTION_PARAM_MOD I LAST_COMMIT ACTION CLASS: Last Update Process .
IF_EX_WB2_ACTION_PARAM_MOD I MODIFY ACTION CLASS PARAMETERS customer modification .
IF_EX_WB2_ACTION_PROCESS I CHECK_AFTER_MAINDOC_POST Check .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AFTER_COPY Format Data After Copying .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AFTER_READ Prepare Data After Reading .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AT_UPDATE Provide Add-On Data For Update .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_BEFORE_SET_COMP_FLAG Change Add-On Data Before Setting Indicator .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Make Changes Before Update .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_BUSINESS_DATA Change Business Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_DATA Change Dates .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS Swap Description on Title Element .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_ADD_ON_DATA Check Standard Add-On Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Perform Last Checks Before Updating .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_COMPLETION Check If FLI Can Be Set .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_DATA Check Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CONFIRM_CANCEL_STEP Check if Cancellation Process is Possible .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I COPY_PREPARE Prepare Data Transfer .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATALOSS_CHECK Check Loss of Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I FIELD_SELECTION Perform Field Selection .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_EXTENSIONS Get All Add-On Data for BAPI Methods .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_HOLD_DATA Get Held Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_INACTIVE_TAXI_FCODES Transfer Inactive FCodes for Title Element .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_INIT_DATA Initial Data Setting for Incoming Delivery .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_ITEM_DATA Transfer Item Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_SCREEN Adopt Screen .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I GET_TAXI_SCREEN Determine Screen for Tab Title .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I IS_CHECK_DISABLED Switch Off "Direct Successor of a TC?" Check .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ITEM_NUMBER_CHANGE Change Item Number .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I NUMBER_CHANGE Switch Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I PREP_FOR_HISTORY Format Data for Change History .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I PUSH_COMPLETE_FLAG_BACK Special Handling when Resaving Completion Flag .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I REFRESH Initialize Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I REFRESH_LIGHT Initialize Data without Database .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_DOCUMENT_DATA Process Document Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_EXTENSION Transfer Add-On Data for BAPI Methods in Trading Contract .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_EXTERNAL_NUMBER Transfer External Number to Item Level .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_FCODE Return Function Code to Initiator .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_HEADER_DATA Transfer Header Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_HOLD_DATA Save Data to be Held .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SYNC_AFTER_READ Adjust Data After Document Data Is Updated .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SYNC_AT_UPDATE Postprocess Data at Update .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SYNC_MAIN_HEADER_DATA Transfer Leading Document Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON I DISPLAY Display Document .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON I GET_LEVEL Level in Document Flow Tree (Within Enhancement Documents) .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON I GET_TEXT Descriptive Text with Document Number and Document Category .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECTZ1 Select Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECTZ2 Select Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECTZ3 Select Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECT_DOC_NUM_Z1 Select Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECT_DOC_NUM_Z2 Select Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_DATA I SELECT_DOC_NUM_Z3 Select Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WB2_ADDON_FLOW I READ_FLOW Read Document Flow .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Perform Last Checks Before Updating .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I DATALOSS_CHECK Check Loss of Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I GET_INIT_DATA Initial Data Setting for Incoming Delivery .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I HANDLE_FCODE_END Perform Final Function Code Processing After PAI .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I REFRESH Initialize Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I SET_HEADER_DATA Transfer Header Data for Current Document .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I SET_ITEM_DATA Transfer Item Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I SET_ITEM_SCREEN Get Additional Screen Charge Back .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_DATA_INT I SET_SCREEN Get Additional Screen Charge Back .
IF_EX_WB2_ADD_TO_SELECTION I ADD Add New Selection Ranges .
IF_EX_WB2_AFTER_ACTION I RESET Reset External Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AC I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AC I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ1 I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ1 I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ2 I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ2 I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ3 I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_ADDONZ3 I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AGENCY I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AGENCY I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AGENCY_LST I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_AGENCY_LST I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_DELIVERY I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_DELIVERY I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_IV I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_IV I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_MD I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_MD I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_PO I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_PO I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SI I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SI I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SI_LST I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SI_LST I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SO I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_SO I MODIFY Change Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_TC I GET_EXT_KEY Set Extension Key (for Item Split) .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_TC I MODIFY Change ALV Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_VARIANT I GET_VARIANT Set Variant Key .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_VIEW I CHANGE_SAVE_FLAG Save Parameters for ALV Control .
IF_EX_WB2_ALV_VIEW I SWITCH_HEAD_DISPLAY_OFF Do Not Display Document Headers .
IF_EX_WB2_ARCHIVE I CAN_DOC_BE_ARCHIVED Archive document? .
IF_EX_WB2_ARCHIVE I DEL Delete Data from Database During Deletion Run .
IF_EX_WB2_ARCHIVE I WRITE_CLASS Write to Archiving Class .
IF_EX_WB2_ARCHIVE_INT I WRITE_CLASS Write to Archiving Class .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSOCIATION I CROSS_REF_CHECK Deactivate Cross-Reference Test .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSOCIATION I CROSS_REF_CHECK_FOR_LEADER Deactivate Cross-Reference Test for Individual Item .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSOCIATION_VIEW I IS_EDIT_OFF Deactivate Input Availability .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSOCIATION_VIEW I RESORT Sort Output Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSO_SUBSTITUTE I ASSOCIATE Execute Associations .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSO_SUBSTITUTE I IS_SUBSTITUTED Replace Standard Association Handling .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSO_VARIANT I CHANGE_ASSO_ALV Variants For Associated Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_ASSO_VARIANT I CHANGE_LEADER_ALV Variants For Leading Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_AUTO_ASSOC I CHANGE_AUTO_ASSOC Activate/Deactivate Automatic Association Determination .
IF_EX_WB2_BDC_MODIFICATION I MODIFY BDCDATA customer modification .
IF_EX_WB2_BW_ADD_DATA I CHANGE_BW_DATA Enhance BW Data Before Update .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_DL Calculate Date for Delivery .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_IV Calculate Date for Invoice Verification .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_MD Calculate Date for Material Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_PO Calculate Date for Purchase Order .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_SI Calculate Date for Customer Billing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_SO Calculate Date for Sales Order .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_TC Calculate Date for Trading Contract .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_DATE I CALC_DATE_FOR_VBD Calculate Date for Vendor Billing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_SCENARIO I CALCULATE_SCENARIO Determine Business Scenario .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_DL Calculate Value for Delivery .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_IV Calculate Value for Invoice Verification .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_MD Calculate Value for Material Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_PO Calculate Value for Purchase Order .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_SI Calculate Value for Customer Billing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_SO Calculate Value for Sales Order .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_TC Calculate Value for Trading Contract .
IF_EX_WB2_CALC_VALUE I CALC_VALUE_FOR_VBD Calculate Value for Vendor Billing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_CHECK_TC_COMP I CHECK_COMP_EXPENSE_DOCUMENT Check Whether Delivery Cost Documents Are Completed .
IF_EX_WB2_CHECK_TC_COMP I CHECK_COMP_FI Check Accounting Documents for Completion .
IF_EX_WB2_CHECK_TC_COMP I CHECK_COMP_ITEM Check that Item Is Completed .
IF_EX_WB2_CHK_ASSO_PARTNER I CHECK_QUAN_OF_PARTNERS Check If the Quantity of Association Partners Is Sufficient .
IF_EX_WB2_CHK_ASSO_PARTNER I QUANTITY_IS_VALID Additional Check .
IF_EX_WB2_COMPRESS_GR I IS_GR_COMPRESS_ON Compression Activated? .
IF_EX_WB2_CONDITION I AFTER_CONDITION_COPY Report Data After Copying .
IF_EX_WB2_CONDITION I AT_CONDITION_COPY Set Default Data When Copying .
IF_EX_WB2_CONDITION I AT_CONDITION_CREATE Set Default Data at Creation .
IF_EX_WB2_CONDITION_TRANS I CONDITION_TRANSFER Transfer Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_DEACTIVATE_LINKS I CHECK_DEACTIVATE Check Follow-On Document Deactivation .
IF_EX_WB2_DELIVERY_INPUT I DELIVERY_INPUT Input Data Modification for Delivery .
IF_EX_WB2_DEQUEUE_SERVICE I CHECK_SO_ENQUEUE ENQUEUE Check at Sales Order Level .
IF_EX_WB2_DEQUEUE_SERVICE I CHECK_TC_ENQUEUE ENQUEUE Check at Trading Contract Level .
IF_EX_WB2_DISPLAY_DOC I DISPLAY Display Document .
IF_EX_WB2_DISPLAY_DOC I IS_EXTERNAL_DISPLAY_ACTIVE Is external display function active? .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_COPY I CHANGE_COPY_LAYOUT Change Layout of Item Overview .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_COPY I CHANGE_SPLITT_LAYOUT Change Layout of Split Display .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_COPY I FILTER_ITEMS Filter Items .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_COPY I MATERIAL_CHECK Check Material .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_COPY I PREPARE_SPLITT_ITEMS Prepare Split Items .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I AT_REFRESH Is Called at Point of Refresh .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I CHANGE_HEADER_DATA Change Header Data .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA Change Item Data .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I CHANGE_NUMBER Switch Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I CHECK_RELEASE Check as to Whether New Release Is Necessary .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_INT I RUN_ON_ITEM_DELETION Method on Deletion of Items .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_KEYS I GET_LAST_ACTION_CLASS_DATA Read Document Keys .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_KEYS I MERGE_ACTION_CLASS_DATA Merge Document Keys .
IF_EX_WB2_DOCUMENT_KEYS I UPDATE_ACTION_CLASS_DATA Update Document Keys .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_ASSO I ENHANCE_ALV Enhance Display Fields .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_ASSO I ENHANCE_REPORT_ALV Enhance Display Fields for TC .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_EXPENSE I CHANGE_AFTER_CHANGE_VBD Change Expenses Document after Changing .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_EXPENSE I CHANGE_AFTER_CREATE_VBD Change Expenses Document after Creation .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_HISTORY I ENHANCE Enhance Entry .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_KOMASSO I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I ADOPT_PRICING_DATA Modify Price Determination Data for Standard Price Determ. .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I ADOPT_PRICING_DATA_AFTER_COPY Modify Price Determination Data After Copying .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I BREAK_DOWN_CALCULATION Extensions of Routines of the Breakdown of Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I CHANGE_RETAIL_PRICING Transfer Price Determination Data to the Pricing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I ENHANCE Enhance Retail Pricing Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I EXTEND_HEADER_DATA Enhance Header Data for Pricing .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I EXTEND_ITEM_DATA Enhance Item Data for Pricing .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRICING I GET_DATA_AFTER_CHANGE Pricing Data After Provision .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I CHANGE_RETAIL_PRICING Transfer Price Determination Data to the Pricing Document .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I ENHANCE Enhance Retail Pricing Data .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I EXTEND_HEADER_DATA Enhance Header Data for Pricing .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I EXTEND_ITEM_DATA Enhance Item Data for Pricing .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I FILL_CONDITIONS Expand Main Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_ENHANCE_PRIC_INT I GET_DATA_AFTER_CHANGE Pricing Data After Provision .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I ALLOCATE_TEXT Allocate Text and/or Icons to Pushbuttons .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I AT_READ Actions on Reading Trading Contracts .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I CUA_EXCLUDE Change Menu Status .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I FCODE_EXECUTE Execute Function Code .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I MODIFY_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Change Field Attributes .
IF_EX_WB2_ENH_SCREEN_INT I SET_POSITION_FCODE Flag Function Code as Item-Related .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I ACTIVATE_AUTOMATIC_COPY Activate Automatic Copying from Preceding Document .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I ACTIVATE_CUSTOMER_SCREEN Activate Customer Add-On Screen .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AKA_KURO_CANCEL Extension for Creating New Billing Docs Instead Of Cancellat.
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AKA_KURO_CANCEL_SINGLE Extension for Creating New Billing Docs Instead Of Cancellat.
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_BASEVALUE_PLANNED_CON Exchange Base Value For Planned Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_BEFORE_FI_RELEASED Influence the Data before Release for FI .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_BEFORE_FI_RELEASED_RECOVERYInfluence Data Before Releasing to FI for Recovery .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_BUILD_KOMV_PLANNED Change the Created KOMV for the Planned Delivery Costs .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_COLUMNSELECTION Switch On Expense Partner Fields .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPCLASSGROUP_F4 Influence on F4 Help for Expense Class Group .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPCLASS_F4 Influence on F4 Help for Expense Class .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPENSE_BREAKDOWN Change Expenses After Distribution to the Item .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPENSE_ENTRY Automatic Inclusion of Data When Calling Expenses .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPENSE_PLANNED_GET Changes in Module of Planned Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPENSE_SAVE Change Expense Data Before Saving .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_EXPENSE_SAVE2 Additional Exit .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_FINAL_CHECK Suppress Final Check .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_POSTTYPE_F4 Influence on F4 Help for Expense Class Group .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_READ_ASSO_DATA Read Association Data for the Delivery Costs .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_WORKAREA_CREATE Changes to Work Area Before Creation .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AT_WORKAREA_DELETE Data For Deleted Data .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I AUTOMATIC_COPY_PARAMETERS Change Parameters for Automatic Copying .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_CANCEL Customer-Specific Checks Before Cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_CREATE_CONDITION Checks Before Master Conditions Are Created .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_CREATE_CONDITION2Checks Before Master Conditions Are Created .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_DELETION Additional Checks Before Expense Document Is Deleted .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_FCODE_ONLINE Additional Checks When Triggering a Transaction .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CONDITION_TEXT_COPY Extension for Copying Condition Text to VBD Header .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CUSTOMER_SCREEN_PAI Transport Data from Customer Screen .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I CUSTOMER_SCREEN_PBO Transport Data to Customer Screen .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I FIELDSELECTION_WORKAREA Field Selection in the Work Area .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I GET_DEFAULTS_FOR_CONDITION Set Defaults for Master Conditions .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I GET_EXPENSE_DATA Transfer all Existing Expense Data .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I SET_INVOICE_DATE_FOR_CANCEL Determine Billing Date in Case of Cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE I WORKAREA_AUTOMATIC_CREATION Changes in Work Area During Automatic Creation .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE2 I AT_EXPENSE_FILTER Filter Expenses in a Recovery Case .
IF_EX_WB2_EXPENSE_ENHANCE2 I AT_EXPENSE_SAVE Data Processing at Point of Update .
IF_EX_WB2_FILTER_ROOT_DOCS I FILTER Filter Out Unnecessary Root Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_FILTER_SOURCE I FILTER Filter Source Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_FILTER_TARGET I FILTER Filter Target Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_FILTER_TARG_ROOT I FILTER Filter Out Root Documents from Target Document Selection .
IF_EX_WB2_FINAL_CHECK_ASSO I ADJUSTM_ASSO_BY_OPEN_QUAN Adjust Associations Due To an Open Quantity .
IF_EX_WB2_FINAL_CHECK_ASSO I ADJUSTM_ASSO_BY_OVER_ASSO Adjust Associations Due To an Ass. Qty That is Too Large .
IF_EX_WB2_FINAL_CHECK_ASSO I FINAL_CHECK_ASSO Final Check of an Item .
IF_EX_WB2_FLOW_TREE I CHANGE_LEVEL Change Level .
IF_EX_WB2_GI_CANC_INPUT I CHANGE_BEFORE_CANCEL Input data change before cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_GI_CANC_OUTPUT I CHECK_AFTER_CANCEL Output data check after cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_GR_CANC_INPUT I CHANGE_BEFORE_CANCEL Input data change before cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_GR_CANC_OUTPUT I CHECK_AFTER_CANCEL Output data check after cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_CALL I CHECK Check GTS Data .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_CALL I RELEASE_CHECK Check GTS Data Before Release .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_CALL I SIMULTATION Simulate GTS Data Update .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_CALL I UPDATE Update GTS Data .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_ENHANCE I CHECK_DOCUMENT Check Update to Document Level .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_ENHANCE I CHECK_ITEM Check Update to Item Level .
IF_EX_WB2_GTS_ENHANCE I MODIFY Adjust Update Data .
IF_EX_WB2_HIDE_ASSO_BUTTON I GET_BLIND_OUT Hide Association Key .
IF_EX_WB2_IDOC_OUTPUT_CHG I MODIFY_CONTROL_DATA Modify IDOC Control Data (EDI_DC) .
IF_EX_WB2_IDOC_OUTPUT_CHG I MODIFY_DATA Modify IDOC Data .
IF_EX_WB2_IDOC_OUTPUT_DATA I MODIFY_CONTROL_DATA Modify IDOC Control Data (EDI_DC) .
IF_EX_WB2_IDOC_OUTPUT_DATA I MODIFY_DATA Modify IDOC Data .
IF_EX_WB2_INCOM_LIV_INPUT I LIV_INPUT INPUT DATA MODIFICATION FOR LIV .
IF_EX_WB2_INCOM_LIV_OUTPUT I LIV_OUTPUT OUTPUT DATA MODIFICATION FOR LIV .
IF_EX_WB2_KOMASSO_VISU_ACT I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_EX_WB2_LIV_CANC_INPUT I LIV_INPUT INPUT DATA MODIFICATION FOR LIV Cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_LIV_CANC_OUTPUT I LIV_OUTPUT OUTPUT DATA MODIFICATION FOR LIV Cancellation .
IF_EX_WB2_MASS_CHANGE_TC I CHANGE_FIELDLIST Change Field List .
IF_EX_WB2_MASS_CHANGE_TC I CHANGE_FOR_ADD_ON_TABLE Change Your Own Add-On Tables .
IF_EX_WB2_MASS_CHANGE_TC I CHECK_FIELD Check Fields .
IF_EX_WB2_MAT_POS_MGMT I ADDITIONAL_DATA Data Enhancement .
IF_EX_WB2_MAT_POS_MGMT I MAT_POS_MGMT_ENHANCE Obsolete Is no Longer Used .
IF_EX_WB2_MEPO_INPUT I MEPO_INPUT_ONLINE INPUT DATA MODIFICATION FOR MEPO online .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_DB_READ Change Data After Completing Data Determination .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_TC_READ Change Trading Contract Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_DB_PARAMETERS Change Selection Parameter for Database Selection .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_FINALLY Make Final Changes to Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_OBJKEY Change Object Key for Message Control Records .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I CHANGE_PRINT_PARAMETERS Change Param. for Selecting Table to Be Filled for Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST I GET_DATA_AFTER_PRINT Makes Data Available After Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_DB_READ Change Data After Completing Data Determination .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_TC_READ Change Trading Contract Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_DB_PARAMETERS Change Selection Parameter for Database Selection .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_FINALLY Make Final Changes to Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_OBJKEY Change Object Key for Message Control Records .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I CHANGE_PRINT_PARAMETERS Change Param. for Selecting Table to Be Filled for Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_CUSTOMER I GET_DATA_AFTER_PRINT Makes Data Available After Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_DB_READ Change Data After Completing Data Determination .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_DATA_AFTER_TC_READ Change Trading Contract Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_DB_PARAMETERS Change Selection Parameter for Database Selection .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_FINALLY Make Final Changes to Data .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_OBJKEY Change Object Key for Message Control Records .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I CHANGE_PRINT_PARAMETERS Change Param. for Selecting Table to Be Filled for Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NAST_VENDOR I GET_DATA_AFTER_PRINT Makes Data Available After Printing .
IF_EX_WB2_NUMBER_CHANGE I NUMBER_CHANGE Change Number Assignment .
IF_EX_WB2_POST_DATA_INT I DATA_POST Save Data .
IF_EX_WB2_PRODUCT_SUB I PRODUCT_SUBSTITUTION Replacement Material Determination .
IF_EX_WB2_QUANT_VARIANCE I CALCULATE_PRECEED_VOL Calculation of Preceding Document Volume .
IF_EX_WB2_QUANT_VARIANCE I HANDLE_LIPS_VOLUME Handling Delivery Item Volume .
IF_EX_WB2_REASSO_POPUP I IS_DISPLAYED Should the dialog box be displayed? .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_PURCHASE_ACCOUNTING Purchase Order: Change Account Assignment .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_PURCHASE_HEADER Purchase Order: Change Header .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_PURCHASE_ITEM Purchase Order: Change Items .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_PURCHASE_SCHEDULE Purchase Order: Change Schedule Lines .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_SALES_HEADER Sales Order: Change Header .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_SALES_ITEM Sales Order: Change Item .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_SALES_PARTNER Sales Order: Change Partner .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CHANGE_SALES_SCHEDULE Sales Order: Change Schedule Lines .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CREATE_ADDITIONALS Subsequent Action After Release .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CREATE_PURCHASE_HEADER_TEXT Fill Header Texts .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I CREATE_PURCHASE_ITEM_TEXT Fill Item Texts .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I INIT Initialization Type .
IF_EX_WB2_RELEASE_CHANGES I SHOW_PROTOCOL Display Log .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_PURCHASE_ACCOUNTING Purchase Order: Change Account Assignment .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_PURCHASE_HEADER Purchase Order: Change Header .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_PURCHASE_ITEM Purchase Order: Change Items .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_PURCHASE_SCHEDULE Purchase Order: Change Schedule Lines .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_SALES_HEADER Sales Order: Change Header .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_SALES_ITEM Sales Order: Change Item .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_SALES_PARTNER Sales Order: Change Partner .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CHANGE_SALES_SCHEDULE Sales Order: Change Schedule Lines .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I CREATE_ADDITIONALS Create Additional Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I INIT Initialization Type .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I PUBLISH_PO_AFTER_POSTING Publish Purchasing Document Data After Saving .
IF_EX_WB2_REL_CHANGES_INT I PUBLISH_SO_AFTER_POSTING Publish Sales Document Data After Saving .
IF_EX_WB2_SALES_INV_INPUT I INVOICE_INPUT input data modification for sales invoice .
IF_EX_WB2_SALES_INV_OUTPUT I INVOICE_OUTPUT TO GET OUTPUT DATA FROM INVOICE .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS Swap Description on Title Element .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I GET_DATA_HEADER Get Header Data from Trading Contract .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I GET_INACTIVE_TAXI_FCODES Transfer Inactive FCodes for Title Element .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I GET_SCREEN Program/Screen of Add-On .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I SET_BUSINESS_DATA_DEFAULT Set Default Value for Business Data .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I SET_DATA_HEADER Save Header Data to Trading Contract Again .
IF_EX_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANC_TC I SWITCH_HEADER_EXIT_ON Activate Header Exit .
IF_EX_WB2_SHOW_DOC_IN_FLOW I CHANGE Change Text .
IF_EX_WB2_SHOW_DOC_IN_FLOW I CHANGE_ASSO_DOCS Change Associated Documents .
IF_EX_WB2_SHOW_DOC_IN_FLOW I DELETED Document Deleted? .
IF_EX_WB2_SHOW_DOC_IN_FLOW I VISIBLE Should the Document Be Displayed? .
IF_EX_WB2_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_SIGNS_MCWBHI Change Sign in MCWBHI .
IF_EX_WB2_STEP_CHANGED I RESET Reset External Data .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_CHANGE_INT I AT_READ Execute Tasks When Reading the Trading Contract .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_CHANGE_INT I ITEM_COPY Copy Item .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_INCMP_LOG_INT I AT_DOUBLE_CLICK_INCOMP_LOG Transfer FCODE on Double Click Extension Fields .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_INCMP_LOG_INT I CHANGE_INCOMP_LOG Extension of Incompleteness Log .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_INCOMP_LOG I AT_DOUBLE_CLICK_INCOMP_LOG Transfer FCODE on Double Click Extension Fields .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_INCOMP_LOG I CHANGE_INCOMP_LOG Extension of Incompleteness Log .
IF_EX_WB2_TC_INCOMP_LOG I GT_TAB_FCODE Transfer FCODE in GT Screen .
IF_EX_WB2_TEW_FCODES I GET_EXCLUDE_LIST Deactivate Function Codes .
IF_EX_WB2_TEW_FCODES I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_CONFIGURATION I CONF_CHECK_BEFORE_POST Save Congiguration Before Saving .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_ENHANCEMENT_INT I DIMP_CIP_ACTIVE Check if DIMP Is Active, also Without Quick Entry .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_REF_CHAR I RDG_REF_CHAR_CHANGE Supply Read Object Characteristics .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_REF_CHAR I UPD_REF_CHAR_CHANGE Transfer Write Object Characteristics .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_REF_CHAR I VCSD_UPDATE_CONVERT Convert VCSD_UPDATE to Internal Format .
IF_EX_WB2_VC_VALUES_MERGE_INT I CHAR_VALUES_MERGE Merge Characteristic Values .
IF_EX_WB30_SELCATWERKS_I I SELECT_SITES_BY_CATEGORY Build Worklist for Plants by Category .
IF_EX_WBS_ELEMENT_DELETE I AT_DELETION Set Deletion Indicator or Delete WBS Element .
IF_EX_WBS_FIELDS_FOR_ASSET I ANL_SWITCH_PSPNR Replace Temporary with Final WBS Element Numbers .
IF_EX_WBS_FIELDS_FOR_ASSET I SET_ANLA_ANLZ Transfer Other Fields to Structures ANLA and ANLZ .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I AIA_TRANSFER Appropriation Request Planning Transfer .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I CHANGE_FLAG Was the costing changed? .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I CHECKEX Execution allowed? .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I CLEAR_DELKZ ON_COST_ESTIMATE_TMP_SAVE .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I COPY_OBJECT WBS Element Copied .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I COPY_VERSN Copy Version .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I DELETE WBS Element/Project Deleted .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I ECP_EXISTS ECP Exists - Complete Check .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I ECP_TMP ECP Exists - Only MT_WBS_HIERARCHY .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I MAINTAIN Call Up Costing .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I RETURN_DATA Data for Planning Board .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I ROLLBACK Execute Rollback .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I SAVE Save .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I SET_DELKZ ON_COST_ESTIMATE_DELETE .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I SIM2OP Simulation -" Operative .
IF_EX_WBS_MULTIPLE_ECP I SWITCH Number Switch .
IF_EX_WBS_SETTLEMENT_RULE I ADD_ADDITIONAL_PARTNERS Take Additional Partner Roles Into Account .
IF_EX_WBS_SETTLEMENT_RULE I DETERMINE_STRATEGY Derive Strategy to Determine Settlement Rules .
IF_EX_WBS_SETTLEMENT_RULE I FILTER_SD_ORDERS Constraint on Sales Documents/Sales Document Items .
IF_EX_WBS_USER_FIELDS_F4 I AT_F4 F4 help for user field .
IF_EX_WB_MODASS I SUPPRESS Suppress Modification Assistant for an Object .
IF_EX_WB_NAVIGATION_STACK I GET_VISUALIZATION_INFO Get Visualization Information for a Stack Entry .
IF_EX_WB_OBJ_CTMENU I UPDATE_CONTEXT_MENU Update Context Menu .
IF_EX_WB_PACKAGE_DEFAULTS I AFTER_PACKAGE_CREATION Actions After Creating Package .
IF_EX_WB_PACKAGE_DEFAULTS I AFTER_PACKAGE_REASSIGNMENT Actions After Reassigning Package .
IF_EX_WB_PACKAGE_DEFAULTS I GET_CHECK_DEFAULTS Get Default for Package Check .
IF_EX_WB_PACKAGE_DEFAULTS I GET_TRANSPORT_DEFAULTS Get Default for Software Component and Transport Layer .
IF_EX_WB_PROCESS_FCODE I DISPATCH Process Function Code .
IF_EX_WB_SLS_MAIL_INFO I PACKAGE_CREATION_INFO Pass On Data of New Package .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFG_USED_LIST Where-Used List: Approvals .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFS_WCM_UPDATE Status "Work Clearance Management" .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFS_WORK_COMPLETED Status "Work Completed" .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFS_WORK_IN_EXECUTION Status "Released for Execution" .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_EQUIPMENT_USED_LIST Where-Used List: Equipment .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_FUNC_LOCATION_USED_LIST Where-Used List: Functional Location .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_ORDER_INIT Initialize .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_ORDER_LOG_ANALYZE Evaluation of Logs for Saving Assigned WCM Objects .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_ORDER_PUSHBUTTONS Toolbar .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_ORDER_UPDATE Save .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_ORDER_USED_LIST Where-Used List: Order .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFW_WORK_CENTER_USED_LIST Where-Used List: Work Center .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFX_CANCEL Assignments: Reject .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCFX_ORDER_DIALOG Assignments: Dialog Processing .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCGE_ORDER_DIALOG Valuation: Dialog Processing .
IF_EX_WCM_DECOUPLING I WCGP_ORDER_DIALOG Approval Groups: Dialog Processing .
IF_EX_WDFR_MOD I DEF_BSART Determine Document Type .
IF_EX_WDFR_MODIFY I FDIS_SORT_DEF Define Columns from TX_FDIS for Sorting .
IF_EX_WDFR_SCREEN I ABNE_SCREEN_ATTRIBUT Adjust Screen Attributes for Display of ABN .
IF_EX_WDFR_SCREEN I FDIS_SCREEN_ATTRIBUT Adjust Screen Attributes for Display of FDIS .
IF_EX_WFD_HCM_INBOUND I FIELD_UPDATE Inbound field update and changing .
IF_EX_WFD_HCM_WFD_EM I SAVE Save Start date, Hire date and SSN .
IF_EX_WFRM_CRE_DEL_PO_STOD I CRE_DEL_PO_STOD Fill Interface for Delivery Generation for Warehouse Orders .
IF_EX_WFRM_CRE_DEL_SO_STOD I CRE_DEL_SO_STOD Fill Interface for Delivery Generation for Sales Orders .
IF_EX_WFRM_CRE_FOLLON_DOC I DET_TP_CRE_FOLLOWON_DOC Time Determination for Creating Follow-On Documents .
IF_EX_WFRM_DET_ORDER_TYPE I DETERMINE_ORDER_TYPE Change Defaulted Document Type for Collective Purchase Order.
IF_EX_WFRM_GET_SLS_RELEVANZ I GET_SLS_RELEVANZ Determination of SLS Relevance for a Collective PO Item .
IF_EX_WFRM_PO_READ_STOD I DET_PO_STOD Determine Warehouse Stocks for Merch. Dist. with Stock Red. .
IF_EX_WFRM_SO_READ_STOD I DET_SO_STOD Determine Sales Order for Merch. Distribution with Stock Red.
IF_EX_WF_BWP_DYNAMIC_COLUMNS I SET_DYNAMIC_COLUMNS Set Dynamic Columns .
IF_EX_WF_BWP_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES I SET_DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTES Set Default Attributes of Objects .
IF_EX_WF_BWP_SELECT_FILTER I APPLY_FILTER Filter .
IF_EX_WF_CONT_MODIFY_PPF I MODIFY_CONTAINER Enhance Workflow Start Container .
IF_EX_WF_REORG_WORKITEMS I EXCLUDE_WORKITEMS Exclude Work Items .
IF_EX_WF_RSWUWFML2 I GET_AGENTS Determine Table of Agents for Work Item .
IF_EX_WF_RSWUWFML2 I GET_EMAIL Determine E-Mail Address for UNAME or WI_ID .
IF_EX_WF_RSWUWFML2 I PREPARE Preparatory Phase .
IF_EX_WF_SUBSTITUTE I DELETE_SUBSTITUTE Delete substitute .
IF_EX_WF_SUBSTITUTE I MAINTAIN_SUBSTITUTE Maintain substitute .
IF_EX_WF_SUBSTITUTE I RESTRICT_PROFILES Restrict substitute profile .
IF_EX_WGT_SAPI_OUTPUT I AFTER_PROCESS Data oOutput at the Last Part After Method 'OUTPUT' Called .
IF_EX_WGT_SAPI_OUTPUT I OUTPUT Data Output at the Last Part Before Commit to Database .
IF_EX_WIND_ADDITIONAL_DATA I MAINTAIN_ADDITIONAL_DATA Prepare Condition Types for Price Determination .
IF_EX_WIND_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ALLOWED_CHECK Check Changeability of Documents .
IF_EX_WIND_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_PREPARE Perform Document Index Changes .
IF_EX_WIND_ENHANCEMENT I CUSTOMIZING_CHECK Check Customizing .
IF_EX_WIND_UPDATE I WIND_MODIFY Modify WIND Entry .
IF_EX_WLF_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I CHANGE_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENT Change Account Determination Data After Acct Determination .
IF_EX_WLF_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I CHANGE_BEFORE_DETERMINATION Change Account Determination Parameters for MM Acct Detrmntn.
IF_EX_WLF_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I CHANGE_BEFORE_DETERMINATION_SDChange Account Determination Parameters for SD Acct Detrmntn.
IF_EX_WLF_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I CHANGE_DETERMINATION_TYPE Change Account Determination Category .
IF_EX_WLF_ACCOUNT_DETERMIN I DISPLAY_ACCOUNTING_ANALYSIS Adjust Account Assignment Analysis Display .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ACCRUAL_LINE AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line Accruals .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_AFTER_SUMMARIZATION AC Interface: Adjust Data After Aggregation .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_BEFORE_SUMMARIZATION AC Interface: Adjust Data Before Aggregation .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CANCEL_TYPE Change Cancellation Method .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE AC Interface: Change Customer Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE_ADV_PAYM AC Interface: Change Debtor Advance Pay Posting Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE_COND AC Interface: Change Customer Condition Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_HEADER_LINE AC Interface: Change Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ITEM_LINE AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ITEM_LINE_REMU_LIST AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line Remuneration List .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_MATERIAL_LINE AC Interface: Change Material Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_POSTING_KEY Change Posting Key .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_TAX_LINE AC Interface: Change Tax Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE AC Interface: Change Vendor Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE_ADV_PAYM AC Interface: Change Creditor Advance Pay Posting Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE_COND AC Interface: Change Vendor Condition Line .
IF_EX_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I SET_WRART_CUSTOMERSETTLEMENT Set Regulation Type for Posting Customer Settlement .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ADJUST_DOCUMENT_STATUS Change document status on posting list creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ADOPT_PRICING_COMPLETE_DATA Transfer All Data from Pricing Together .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ADOPT_PRICING_DATA Copy Data from Pricing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I AT_COPA_GET_PAOBJNR Set Other Data for Profitability Segment Determination .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CANCEL_CHECK Check if cancellation is possible .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CANCEL_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Check for Cancellation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AFTER_PREPARATION Prepare Data After Read Preparation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AFTER_READ Prepare Data after Upload .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AFTER_READ_PREFETCH Prefetch for CHANGE_AFTER_READ .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_AT_UPDATE Prepare Data for Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Adjust Data Before Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_FIELD_STATUS Enhancement: Field Selection Settlement Request .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_FIELD_STATUS_TC Method for Adjusting Table Controls .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_HEADER_DATA Change Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA Change Item Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA_BEFOR_PRICINGItemData Reg. Docs Before Pricing/Enhancemnt Customer Fields.
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_PRICING_HEADER Extend Communication Structure KOMK .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_PRICING_ITEM Extend Communication Structure KOMP .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_PRICING_TYPE_DOC_CHANGEPricing Type for New Pricing After Document Change .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHANGE_PROFIT_SIM_PARAMETERS Change Parameters For Profit Simulation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Last Checks for Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Check Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_HEADER_DATA_LIST_INPUT Check Header Data for List Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_HEADER_FOR_NEW_PRICING Check New Pricing for Document Header .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Check Item Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CHECK_LFART_FOR_WRART Billing Type Allowed for Payment Type .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CLEAN_UP Take data from processing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CLOSE_CHECK Check Completion Possible .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I CUA_EXCLUDE FCODES Exclusion .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATALOSS_CHECK Check Loss of Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATA_ADOPTION_INV_COLLECTION Data Transfer for Individual Doc./Collective Doc. Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATA_ADOPTION_PAYMENT_LIST Data Transfer Posting Lists/Customer Settlement Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATA_ADOPTION_PAYM_LIST_ITEM Data Transfer of Posting List Item .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATA_ADOPTION_REMU_LIST Data Transfer of Remuneration List Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DATA_ADOPTION_REMU_LIST_ITEM Data Transfer for Remuneration List Item .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I DEQUEUE_ALL Unlock All Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ENHANCE_SITE_DATA Define and Transfer Plant Reference .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I ENQUEUE_ALL Lock all Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I FI_DOCUMENT_CHANGE Change FI Documents/Original Documents for Remuneration List.
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I FI_DOCUMENT_CHANGE_PARAMETERS Set Parameters of FI Documents Change Source Docs of RenLst .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I FI_DOCUMENT_CREATE_CHECK Check Generation of FI Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I INVOICE_COLL_CREATE_CHECK Check if Collective Document Can Be Generated .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I INVOICE_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Check Remuneration List Generation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I IS_TAXCODE_ALLOWED Checks Whether Tax Code Is Allowed .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I NUMBER_CHANGE Switch Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I PAYMENT_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Check Posting List Generation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I PRICING_REFRESH Reset Pricing Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I PROFIT_SIMULATION Profit Simulation Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I REFRESH Reset Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I REOPEN_CHECK Check if Completed Document Can be Reopened .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SAVE_CHECK Check Save .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_FI_DOCUMENT_SPLITT Set FI Document Split Indicator .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_PRICING_TRANSACTION_TYPE Adjust Activity Category for Pricing Screen .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Set Reference Fields .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SORT_DOCUMENTS_REPORT_PROCESS Sort Documents for Report Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I SWU_OBJECT_PUBLISH Publish Business Object .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA I VENDOR_CUSTOMER_CHECK Enhancement: Allowed Customer/Vendor Combinations .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I ADJUST_DOCUMENT_STATUS Change document status on posting list creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I ADOPT_PRICING_COMPLETE_DATA Copy Data from Pricing (Based on PRICING_COMPLETE) .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I ADOPT_PRICING_DATA Copy Data from Pricing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I ADOPT_PRICING_VALUES Set Parameter 'Adjust Pricing' .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I ASSIGN_NEW_LIST_ITEM_NUMBER Sort Items in List Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I AT_COPA_GET_PAOBJNR Set Other Data for Profitability Segment Determination .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CALCULATE_TAX_AMOUNT Calculate Tax Amount .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CANCEL_CHECK Check if cancellation is possible .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CANCEL_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Consistency Check for Cancellation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_AFTER_PREPARATION Prepare Data After Read Preparation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_AFTER_READ Prepare Data After Reading .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_AFTER_READ_PREFETCH Prefetch for CHANGE_AFTER_READ .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_AT_UPDATE Prepare Data for Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_BEFORE_CREATE_VIA_BAPI Enhance Transfer Data Before Creation using BAPI .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Adjust Data Before Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_COPY_CONTROL Change Copy Control Parameters After Reading .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_DOC_CHECK_PARAMETERS Adjust Parameters Document Checks .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_FIELD_STATUS Enhancement: Field Selection Settlement Request .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_FIELD_STATUS_TC Method for Adjusting Table Controls .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_HEADER_DATA Change Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA Change Item Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA_BEFOR_PRICINGItemData Reg. Docs Before Pricing/Enhancemnt Customer Fields.
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_PRICING_HEADER Extend Communication Structure KOMK .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_PRICING_ITEM Extend Communication Structure KOMP .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_PRICING_TYPE_DOC_CHANGEPricing Type for New Pricing After Document Change .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_PRICING_TYPE_FI Change Valuation Process When Releasing to FI .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHANGE_PROFIT_SIM_PARAMETERS Change Parameters For Profit Simulation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Last Checks for Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_CASH_MNGT_RELEVANT Check if operation is relevant for Cash Management .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_COPA_RELEVANT Check if Items Are Relevant for Profitability Analysis .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Check Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_HEADER_DATA_LIST_INPUT Check Header Data for List Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_HEADER_FOR_NEW_PRICING Check New Pricing for Document Header .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Check Item Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_LFART_FOR_WRART Billing Type Allowed for Payment Type .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_NEW_PRICING_ALLOWED_DOC Check if New Price Determination Allowed for Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_NEW_PRICING_ALLOWED_ITEMCheck if New Price Determination Allowed for Item .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CHECK_PAYM_RECEIVER Check Payment Reciever / Payer Eligible .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CLEAN_UP Take data from processing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I CLOSE_CHECK Check Completion Possible .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATALOSS_CHECK Check Loss of Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATA_ADOPTION_INV_COLLECTION Data Transfer for Single Document/Collective Doc. Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATA_ADOPTION_PAYMENT_LIST Data Transfer Posting Lists/Customer Settlement Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATA_ADOPTION_PAYM_LIST_ITEM Data Transfer of Posting List Item .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATA_ADOPTION_REMU_LIST Data Transfer of Remuneration List Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DATA_ADOPTION_REMU_LIST_ITEM Data Transfer for Remuneration List Item .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DETERMINE_RL_DATE_CUST_ACTIVE Check Determination of Remuneration List Date for Customer .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I DETERMINE_RL_DATE_VEND_ACTIVE Check Determination of Remuneration List Date for Vendor .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I EXTERIOR_PAYMENT Determine Data for Foreign Payment .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I FI_DOCUMENT_CHANGE Change FI Documents/Original Documents for Remuneration List.
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I FI_DOCUMENT_CHANGE_PARAMETERS Set Parameters of FI Documents Change Source Docs of RenLst .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I FI_DOCUMENT_CREATE_CHECK Check Generation of FI Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I INVOICE_COLL_CREATE_CHECK Check if Collective Document Can Be Generated .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I INVOICE_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Check Remuneration List Generation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I IS_TAXCODE_ALLOWED Checks Whether Tax Code Is Allowed .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I NUMBER_CHANGE Switch Document Numbers .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I PAYMENT_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Check Posting List Generation .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I PROFIT_SIMULATION Profit Simulation Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I REFRESH Reset Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I REOPEN_CHECK Check if Completed Document Can be Reopened .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SALES_AREA_DETERMINE Determine Sales Area .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SAVE_CHECK Check Save .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_ASSORTMENT_INACTIVE Switch Off Listing Check .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_FI_DOCUMENT_SPLITT Set FI Document Split Indicator .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_HISTORY_WRITE_STATUS Change Status of Update of Change Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_ITEM_MAX Maximum number of items in a list .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_ITEM_TEXT_IN_NODES Change Description of Node Name in Trees .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_KONV_CHANGE_BAPI Set KONV Change in BAPI (Currency Change) .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_PRICING_COMPLETE Deactive/control PRICING_COMPLETE .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_PRICING_TRANSACTION_TYPE Adjust Activity Category for Pricing Screen .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Set Reference Fields .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SORT_DOCUMENTS_REPORT_PROCESS Sort Documents for Report Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I SWU_OBJECT_PUBLISH Publish Business Object .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA2 I VENDOR_CUSTOMER_CHECK Enhancement: Allowed Customer/Vendor Combinations .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA3 I DATA_ADOPTION_SETTREQUEST_LISTData Transfer of Sttlmnt Rqst Lst Hdr from Prelim. Entry .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA3 I DATA_ADOPTION_SETT_LIST_ITEM Data Transfer of Settlmt Rqst List Itm from Prelim. Entry .
IF_EX_WLF_ADDITIONAL_DATA3 I SETTLEMENT_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Check Document Relevancy for Settlement Request List .
IF_EX_WLF_API_DATA_CHECK I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Check Header Data Before Data Transfer .
IF_EX_WLF_API_DATA_CHECK I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Check Item Data Before Data Transfer .
IF_EX_WLF_ARCHIVE I CAN_DOC_BE_ARCHIVED Archive document? .
IF_EX_WLF_ARCHIVE I CAN_REGLST_WBRK_BE_ARCHIVED Document in Settlement Request List Ready for Archiving .
IF_EX_WLF_ARCHIVE I DEL Delete Data from Database During Deletion Run .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_AFTER_DOCUMENT_READ Adjust Data After Reading the Document .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_1 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Vendor Invoice .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_2 Adjust Data Before Outputting Remuneration Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_3 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Listing Items .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_4 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Single Regulation Docs.
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_5 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Posting Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_6 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Tax Information .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_7 Adjust Data Before Outputting Regulation Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_8 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Customer Settlements .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_9 Adjust Data Before List Output Vendor Settlement .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_AFTER_DOCUMENT_READ Adjust Data After Reading the Document .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_1 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Vendor Invoice .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_2 Adjust Data Before Outputting Remuneration Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_3 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Listing Items .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_4 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Single Regulation Docs.
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_5 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Posting Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_6 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Tax Information .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_7 Adjust Data Before Outputting Regulation Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_8 Adjust Data Before Outputting List of Customer Settlements .
IF_EX_WLF_AT_READ_INT I CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_OUTPUT_9 Adjust Data Before List Output Vendor Settlement .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_ADD_NEW_ITEMS Enhance BAPI Reguli Data Before ADD_NEW_ITEMS .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CANCEL Enhance BAPI Data Before Deletion .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CANCEL_REGULI Enhance BAPI Reguli Data Before Deletion .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CHANGE Enhance BAPI LF Data Before Change .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CHANGE_BULI Enhance BAPI Buli Data Before Change .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CHANGE_REGU Enhance BAPI Regu Data Before Change .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CHANGE_REGULI Enhance BAPI Reguli Data Before Change .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CHANGE_REMUN Enhance Remuneration List Data Before Change .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CLOSE Enhance BAPI Data Before Completion .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_COPY_AND_ADD Enhance BAPI Data Before Copy and Enhance .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CREATE Enrich LF Data Before Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CREATE_REGU Enhance Regu Data Before Create .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_CREATE_REGULI Enhance Reguli Data Before Create .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_ENHANCE I ENHANCE_BEFORE_REOPEN Enahnce BAPI Data Before Reopening .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_GETDETAIL I AGENCY_DATA_ENHANCE Enhance Agency Business Data Before Filling BAPI Structures .
IF_EX_WLF_BAPI_GETDETAIL I FILL_KOMLFPA_FROM_DOCUMENT Fill Partner Data from Agency Document .
IF_EX_WLF_CHECK_WBTYPE I CHECK_WBTYPE Check Preliminary Posting .
IF_EX_WLF_CONTRACT_CHECK I CHECK_CONTRACT Check if Contract Exists .
IF_EX_WLF_CONTRACT_DISPLAY I DISPLAY Display Document .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_CHANGE_DIALOG Address Change Online .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_COPY Copy Address (for Attachment with Reference) .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_CREATE_BAPI Transfer Address in BAPI Case .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_DELETE Delete Address Again (During Entry) .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_DISPLAY_DIALOG Address Displayed Online .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I ADDR_INPUT_DIALOG Address Entered Online .
IF_EX_WLF_CPDK_HANDLING I FILL_ACCFI Enter Address Data for FI Update .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Checks Before Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I CREATE_CHECK Check Complaints Creation .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I DISPLAY_REFERENCE_DOCUMENT Display Complaints Document .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I PROCESS Process Complaint .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I REOPEN Reopen Complaint .
IF_EX_WLF_CWB I STATUS_CHANGE_CHECK Check If Possible to Change Status .
IF_EX_WLF_DELTA_STATISTICS I DELTA_DOC_UPDATE Update of Individual Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_DOCUMENT_INDEX I CREATE Generate Document Index .
IF_EX_WLF_DOCUMENT_INDEX I PRICING Set Changeable Conditions .
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_ENTRY_PREP I SETTLEMENTREQSTLIST_ENTRY Prepare entry of settlement request list .
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_ENTRY_PREP I SINGLESETTLEREQST_LIST_ENTRY Prepare list entry of settlement request .
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_ENTRY_PREP I SINGLESETTLEREQST_SINGLE_ENTRYPrepare single entry for settlement request .
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_INDEX_CHECK I CHECK Check if the document is relevant for the document index .
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_INDEX_CHECK I REPRICING_CHECK Check if a document adjustment is possible for this document.
IF_EX_WLF_DOC_INDEX_ENHANCE I CHANGE_MCKONAI_FOR_DOCUMENT Change Index Data for Document .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS Change Tab Control Label .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I GET_FCODE Get Function Code .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I RESET_INACTIVE_TABSTRIBS Tab Is Important for Document Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I SET_FCODE Set Function Code .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I SET_HEADER_DATA Transfer Header Data .
IF_EX_WLF_ENHANCE_SCREENS I SET_ITEM_DATA Transfer Item Data .
IF_EX_WLF_EXPENSE_ACTIVE I IS_EXPENSE_ACTIVE Check If Expense Management Is Active .
IF_EX_WLF_FILTER_ENHANCE I FILTER_EXTEND Supplement Fields .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I CHANGE_NODES_BEFORE_DISPLAY Change Nodes Before Display .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I CHANGE_PF_STATUS Change Status .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I GET_FLOW_CHANGE Manipulate Document Flow Display? .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Double-Click Node .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I HANDLE_FCODE Process User-Specific Function Codes .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I IS_FI_READ_OFF Do Not Read Any FI Documents? .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I SELECT Read Document Flow .
IF_EX_WLF_FLOW_TREE I SET_SCREEN_FOR_NODE Set User-Specific Subscreen for Node .
IF_EX_WLF_ID_OBJECT_CUSTOMER I ID_OBJECT_ENTRY ID Object Entered .
IF_EX_WLF_ID_OBJECT_MATERIAL I ID_OBJECT_ENTRY ID Object Entered .
IF_EX_WLF_ID_OBJECT_VENDOR I ID_OBJECT_ENTRY ID Object Entered .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I CHANGE_CONTROL_RECORD Change Control Record .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_CUSTOMER_SEGMENENTS_ITEM Fill Customer-Specific Segments At Item Level .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_CUSTOMER_SEGMENTS_HEAD Fill Customer-Specific Segments At Header Level .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_HEADER_TEXTS Fill Header Texts .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_ITEM_TEXTS Fill Item Texts .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK01 Fill Segment E1EDK01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK02 Fill Segment E1EDK02 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK03 Fill Segment E1EDK03 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK04 Fill Segment E1EDK04 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK05 Fill Segment E1EDK05 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK14 Fill Segment E1EDK14 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK18 Fill Segment E1EDK18 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDKA1 Fill Segment E1EDKA1 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP01 Fill Segment E1EDP01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP02 Fill Segment E1EDP02 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP03 Fill Segment E1EDP03 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP04 Fill Segment E1EDP04 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP05 Fill Segment E1EDP05 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP19 Fill Segment E1EDP19 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP26 Fill Segment E1EDP26 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDPA1 Fill Segment E1EDPA1 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDS01 Fill Segment E1EDS01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REG2 I GET_AGENCY_DATA Data Collection .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I CHANGE_CONTROL_RECORD Change Control Record .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_CUSTOMER_SEGMENENTS_ITEM Fill Customer-Specific Segments At Item Level .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_CUSTOMER_SEGMENTS_HEAD Fill Customer-Specific Segments At Header Level .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_HEADER_TEXTS Fill Header Texts .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_ITEM_TEXTS Fill Item Texts .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK01 Fill Segment E1EDK01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK02 Fill Segment E1EDK02 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK03 Fill Segment E1EDK03 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK04 Fill Segment E1EDK04 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK05 Fill Segment E1EDK05 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK14 Fill Segment E1EDK14 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDK18 Fill Segment E1EDK18 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDKA1 Fill Segment E1EDKA1 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP01 Fill Segment E1EDP01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP02 Fill Segment E1EDP02 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP03 Fill Segment E1EDP03 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP04 Fill Segment E1EDP04 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP05 Fill Segment E1EDP05 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP19 Fill Segment E1EDP19 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDP26 Fill Segment E1EDP26 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDPA1 Fill Segment E1EDPA1 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I FILL_SEGMENT_E1EDS01 Fill Segment E1EDS01 .
IF_EX_WLF_INVOICE01_REGU I GET_AGENCY_DATA Data Collection .
IF_EX_WLF_MASS_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_MASS_CHANGE_INV Changes Before Mass Change to Billing Documents Called .
IF_EX_WLF_MASS_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_MASS_CHANGE_PAYLChanges Before Mass Change to Posting List Called .
IF_EX_WLF_MASS_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_MASS_CHANGE_REGUChanges Before Mass Change to Payment Documents Called .
IF_EX_WLF_MASS_CHANGE I CHANGE_BEFORE_MASS_CHANGE_REMUChanges Before Mass Change to Remuneration List Called .
IF_EX_WLF_MASS_CHANGE I CHANGE_CHANGEABLE_FIELDS Adjust Changeable Fields .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I CHECK_DATA_PRINT_INV Adjust Print of Single Document via SAPScript .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I CHECK_DATA_PRINT_INV_L Adjust Print of List Documents via SAPScript .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I CLOSE_FORMULAR Adjust Print Output at Time of 'Endform' .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I MESSAGE_CHANGE Change Output .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I MESSAGE_LIST_OUTPUT Output Message List .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGES_ENHANCE I PREPARE_OPEN_FORMULAR Adjust Print Control .
IF_EX_WLF_MESSAGING I CHECK_MESSAGING_NECESSARY Call Message Determination for Document Where Necessary .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I AT_END_PROCESSING Change Aggregated Item Data on Completion .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I CHANGE_AFTER_READ Change Data After Reading .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I CHANGE_FINALLY Make Final Changes to Data .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I CHANGE_PARAMETERS Adapt Parameters .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I CHANGE_PRINT_PARAMS_SF Change Print Parameters for SmartForm .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I CHECK_ENTRY_CUST Is Customer-Specific Aggregation Active? .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I GET_DATA_AFTER_PRINT Makes Data Available After Printing .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I MODIFY_NEW_ENTRY Change New Entry in the Aggregation Table .
IF_EX_WLF_NAST I VERIFY_COMPRESS_ITEM_CUST Check Compressed Entry .
IF_EX_WLF_NUMBER_CHANGE I CHANGE_NUMBER_RANGE_OBJECT Change Number Range Object .
IF_EX_WLF_NUMBER_CHANGE I NUMBER_CHANGE Change Number Range .
IF_EX_WLF_PAOBJNR I HANDLE_PAOBJNR_CHK Handling PAOBJNR: Characteristic Combination Already Exists .
IF_EX_WLF_PAOBJNR I HANDLE_PAOBJNR_SET Handling PAOBJNR:: Copy New PAOBJNR .
IF_EX_WLF_PAOBJNR I REFRESH Refresh .
IF_EX_WLF_PARTNER_CHANGE I AFTER_PARTNER_CHANGE Adapt data to partner change .
IF_EX_WLF_PARTNER_CHANGE I CHANGE_PARAMETERS Adapt Parameters .
IF_EX_WLF_PARTNER_DETERM I DETERMINE_KUNRG Determine Payer .
IF_EX_WLF_PARTNER_DETERM I DETERMINE_LNRZB Determine Different Payment Recipient .
IF_EX_WLF_PORTAL I BSP_GET_DEFAULT_CC Determine Company Code for LO_AB_MASTERDTA .
IF_EX_WLF_PORTAL I LIST_OUTPUT_ENHANCE Format List Output .
IF_EX_WLF_PORTAL I LIST_OUTPUT_SELECT_OPTIONS Adjust Selection Data for List Output .
IF_EX_WLF_PRICING_REFRESH I DO Reset Pricing Data .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE_PROCESS Cancel Process .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE_PROCESS_ALL Unlock All Processes .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE_PROCESS Lock Process .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE_PROCESS_ALL Lock All Processes .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I PROCESS_ENQUEUE_CHECK Check If Process Lock Exists for Single Document .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I PROCESS_ENQUEUE_CHECK_MULTIPLEMass Check for Process Lock for Single Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_PROCESS_ENQUEUE I READ_ENQ_FOR_CHECK_MULTIPLE Read Lock Table for PROCESS_ENQUEUE_CHECK_MULTIPLE .
IF_EX_WLF_REGU_TAX_COMPARE I REGU_TAX_COMPARE Check Control Consistency .
IF_EX_WLF_REPORT_PROCESS I CHANGE_DATAB_DATBI Set posting date .
IF_EX_WLF_REPORT_PROCESS I EXCLUDE_FCODES Exclude FCodes in List Output .
IF_EX_WLF_REPORT_PROCESS I HANDLE_FCODE Process Customer-Specific FCode .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Before Saving .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I CHECK_RRLCG_RELEVANT Check Relevance of Condition Type Group .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I CHECK_WBRR_UPDATE Check WBRR Updat for Pro Forma Remuneration Lists .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I ENHANCE_LIST_SIM_2 Enhance Output of Simulation List 2 .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I GET_POSSIBLE_RRLCOND Determine Possible Remuneration List Condition Types .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I GET_RRLREC Determine Remuneration List Recipient .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I GET_WFDAT_RL Determine Remuneration List Date .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I INVOICE_LIST_CREATE_CHECK Create Renumeration List, If Possible Check .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I SELECT_RRLCOND Determine Remuneration List Conditions .
IF_EX_WLF_RRLE_ENHANCEMENT I SELECT_RRLCOND_PREFETCH Determine Remuneration List Conditions: Prefetch .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_CUSTOMERS Determine Customers for Block Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_CUSTOMERS_2 Determine Bill-to Party For Block Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_DATA_FOR_REF_NUMBER Check Duplicate Entries .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_DATA_FOR_SEL_OPTIONS_1 Data Procurement for Agency Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_DATA_FOR_SEL_OPTION_2 Data Procurement for Agency Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_DATA_FOR_SEL_OPTION_3 Data Procurement for Agency Documents .
IF_EX_WLF_SELECT_DATA I GET_VENDORS Determine Vendor for Block Processing .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Adjust Data for Statistics' Update .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_DELTA_BEFORE_UPD Adjust Data During BW Delta Update .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_MCWBRK_POST_PARTY Adjust MCWBRK for Posting Partner .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_MCWBRP_POST_PARTY Adjust MCWBRP for Posting Partner .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_SIGNS_MCWBRK Change +/- Signs in MCWBRK .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_SIGNS_MCWBRL Change +/- Signs in MCWBRL .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_SIGNS_MCWBRP Change +/- Signs in MCWBRP .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_2 I CHANGE_SIGNS_MCWBRP_ITEMCAT Change +/- Signs in MCWBRP for ITEMCAT .
IF_EX_WLF_STATISTICS_GT I UPDATE_EXPENSE_DOC Update Expense Documents to BW .
IF_EX_WLF_TRANSFER_DATA_SL_SR I TRANSFER_DATA_SL_TO_SR Transfer Data from Settlement Request List to Single Docs. .
IF_EX_WLF_TRANSFER_DATA_SL_SR I TRANSFER_DATA_SR_TO_SL Transfer Data from Single Doc. to Settlement Request List .
IF_EX_WLF_TRANSFER_DATA_SL_SR I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_KOMLFL Transfer Data to Settlement Request List Item .
IF_EX_WLF_TXJCD I DETERMINE_TXJCD Determine Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_EX_WM_DSD_ENHANCEMENT I CHECK_EXT_ACTIVE Check if Extension is active .
IF_EX_WM_DSD_ENHANCEMENT I TO_CREATE Update decision in TO creation .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I DCC_DOC_CREATE Create dynamic cycle count by material inventory document .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I DCC_DUPLICATES_CHECK Prevent duplicate materials in dynamic count by material .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I DCC_TO_CONFIRM Handle dynamic cycle count documents after TO confirmation .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I DECISION_UPDATE Update decision with the actual picked quantity .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I DELIVERY_SKIP Skip or adjust quantity of outbound delivery item in XDOCK .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TO_CANCEL Update decision with TO foreground cancel .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TO_CONFIRM Update decision in TO confirmation .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TO_CREATE Update decision in TO creation .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TO_PREPARE Analyze cross dock in TO preperation .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TO_RESET Update decision with TO reset .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TR_CHANGE Update relevant decisions / VAS Orders in TR change .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TR_COMPLETE Update decision with TR completion .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TR_CREATE Create relevant VAS Orders in TR create .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TR_DELETE Update relevant decisions in TR deletion .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I TR_SKIP Skip or adjust quantity of outbound TR item in XDOCK .
IF_EX_WM_ENHANCMENT I XDOCK_DOCUMENTS_LOCK Lock decision and dependent document in TO confirmation .
IF_EX_WOC_FL_DETERMINE I ILOA_GET_READING_TIME Determine Date for Determining Installation Location of Equi.
IF_EX_WOC_FL_DETERMINE I ILOA_GET_READING_TIME_NOT Notification:Determine Date for Determining Installation Loc.
IF_EX_WORKBREAKDOWN_UPDATE I AT_SAVE Save WBS, time: Online .
IF_EX_WORKBREAKDOWN_UPDATE I BEFORE_UPDATE Save WBS, time: before posting .
IF_EX_WORKLOAD_STATISTIC I ADD_STATISTIC Add New Statistics Records .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_CONFIRM I AT_CANCEL_CHECK Confirm Order, Time: Check if Cancellation is Possible .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_CONFIRM I AT_SAVE Confirm Order, Time: Dialog .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_CONFIRM I BEFORE_UPDATE Confirm Order, Time: Before Update .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_CONFIRM I IN_UPDATE Confirm Order, Time: Update .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_DOCLINKS I MAINTAIN_DOCLINKS Document Link Maintenance .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I APPROVE Execution Steps: Check for Individual Validated License .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I CHANGED Execution Steps: Check if changes have been made .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I CONCATENATE Connect Execution Steps to existing Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I CONTROL_RECIPE Create Control Recipe .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I COPY Copy Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I CREATE Create Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I DELETE Delete Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I DISPLAY Display Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I EDITOR Call Execution Steps Editor .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I ENQUEUE Lock Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I EXISTS Execution Steps for Header: Check Existence .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I REFRESH Remove Execution Steps from Memory .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_EXEC_STEPS I UPDATE Update Execution Steps .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I CHANGE_SETTLE_ALLOWED_CHECK Check Whether Change to Settlement Rule is Allowed .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I COMPLETE_IOMAMO Fill Valuation Data in the Structure IOMAMO .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I DELETE_BUFFER Delete Buffer Tables .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I DISPLAY_SETTLEMENT_BUTTON Deactivate Jump to Maintenance Dialog .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I ORDER_CLOSE Check/Set/Revoke Closure/Completion .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I ORDER_COSTS_DISPLAY Display Costs Analysis .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I ORDER_DEL_FLAG Check/Set/Undo Deletion Flag .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I ORDER_DEL_IND Set Deletion Indicator .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I SETTLEMENT_COPY Copy Settlement Rules .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I SETTLEMENT_EDIT Maintain Settlement Rules .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I SETTLEMENT_MAINTAIN Create and Update Settlement Rules .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_FINANCIALS I SETTLEMENT_SAVE Save Settlement Rules .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I BACKFLUSH Confirmation: Backflush .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I COGI_AUTHORITY_CHECK Postprocessing: Authorization Check .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I COGI_POST Postprocessing of Incorrect Goods Movements .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I GM_SCREEN_LINE_CHECK Goods Movement Overview: Line Check .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I GM_SCREEN_OKCODE_CHECK Goods Movement Overview: OK Code Check .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I GOODS_RECEIPT Confirmation: Automatic Goods Receipt .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I IM_CALLED Time after Inventory Management is Called .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I MANUAL_GOODS_RECEIPT Manual Goods Receipt for Order .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_GOODSMVT I PICKLIST Pick list .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I AT_OUTPUT_SCREEN Is called for every action on the output list .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I AT_OUTPUT_SCREEN_LAY Call When Action is Carried Out on the Output List .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN Is called in the WBS for the PPIO_ENTRY selection screen .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I DETAIL_LIST_LAY Process Detail Lists .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I ORDER_TABLES_MODIFY Processing of order tables .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I OVERVIEW_MODIFY Processing of the object overview .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I OVERVIEW_TREE_LAY Process Layout-Based Object Overview .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I PLANNED_ORDER_TABLES_MODIFY Processing of planned order tables .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_INFOSYSTEM I TABLES_MODIFY_LAY Processing of Order and Planned Order Tables .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_REWORK I GET_REWORKED_QUANTITY Returns the Reworked Yield .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_TAB_SCEM I ACTIVATE_TAB_PAGE Activate the Additional Tab Pages .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_TAB_SCEM I PASS_OKCODE_TO_SUBSCREEN Transfer Current Function Code to Subscreen .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_TAB_SCEM I TRANSFER_DATA_FROM_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Subscreen Data back to Order .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_TAB_SCEM I TRANSFER_DATA_TO_SUBSCREEN Data Transfer: Delivery Data to Subscreen .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I ARCHIVE_OBJECTS Archiving Additional Objects .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I AT_DELETION_FROM_DATABASE Order is deleted from the database (archiving) .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I AT_RELEASE Release Order Time: After SAP Checks, Before Release .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I AT_SAVE Save Order Time: Dialog .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I BEFORE_UPDATE Save Order Time: Before Calling Update .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I CMTS_CHECK Check: Configurable Warehouse Order Allowed .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I INITIALIZE Initialization when Importing/Creating Order .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I IN_UPDATE Save Order Time: Update .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I NUMBER_SWITCH Swap Tempory Order Numbers with Final Order Numbers .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I REORG_STATUS_ACTIVATE Reorganization of Order: Follow-Up Action After Status Set .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I REORG_STATUS_ACT_CHECK Reorganization of Order: Status Check .
IF_EX_WORKORDER_UPDATE I REORG_STATUS_REVOKE Reorganization of Order: Follow-Up Action After Status Reset.
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I GL_POSTINGS_SELECT Selection of Available Postings in General Ledger .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I GL_POSTING_ENRICH_HEADER Manipulation of Posting Header .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I GL_POSTING_ENRICH_ITEM Manipulation of Posting Items .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I GL_POSTING_TABLE_MANIPULATE Manipulation of Postings Before the BAPI Call .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I ITS_CONTEXT_MANIPULATE_PAI Manipulation of ITS Context at Time of PAI .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I ITS_CONTEXT_MANIPULATE_PBO Manipulation of ITS Context at Time of PBO .
IF_EX_WOSCR_CBL I ITS_CONTEXT_POSTINGS_PBO Manipulation of ITS Context at Time of PBO .
IF_EX_WOSCR_EXI I GL_AMEND_POSTING Manipulation of Posting Header .
IF_EX_WOSCR_EXI I ITS_CONTEXT_MANIPULATE_PAI Manipulation of ITS Context at Time of PAI .
IF_EX_WOSCR_EXI I ITS_CONTEXT_MANIPULATE_PBO Manipulation of ITS Context at Time of PBO .
IF_EX_WOSZ_AUTH I EXTENDED_CHECK Enhancement of the Authorization Check .
IF_EX_WOSZ_MAT_SHOW I PBO_BEGIN Setting of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WOSZ_MAT_SHOW I USER_CMD_BEGIN Evaluation of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WOSZ_MAT_SHOW I USER_CMD_CHECK Checking and Rejecting Messages .
IF_EX_WPLG_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Checks: Layout .
IF_EX_WPLG_MAP I INDEX_COMPUTE Determine Material Valuation Index .
IF_EX_WPOS_TIMEDEP_WRSZ_I I SCAN_TIMEDEP_WRSZ WRSZ scanning for POS download .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I ADD_PRICE_LIST_LEVEL Check Promotion Discounts at Price List Level for Store .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I GET_PRICE_LIST_LEVEL Get Promotion Discounts at Price List Level for Mat. Group .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I IDOC_DATASET_ARTSTM_APPEND Fill New IDoc Segments .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I IDOC_PROMREB_APPEND Add New Segment Fields from Promotion Discounts .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I MATGRP_ANALYSE_POINTER Article Hierarchy: Change Pointer Analysis .
IF_EX_WPOS_X_POSOUT001_I I MODIFY_ORGTAB_FOR_DOWNLD Adjust Events for Downloading AH Assignments .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I ACTIVE_CHECK_WPS_CC Check Whether CC or WPS Active .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I CHECK_CHANGE_OF_FL Check of Change of Functional Location .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I CHECK_CHANGE_OF_REVNR Check of Change of Revision Number .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I NOTIFICATION_CLOSE Notification Completion for MEB-Controlled Notifications .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I REVISION_DATES Copy Deadlines from Revision .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I RIAUFK20_SELECT Select orders via WPS cross reference for core order reports.
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I ROUTING_EXPLOSION Deviating Logic for Task List Explosion .
IF_EX_WPS_CONNECTION I VIQMEL_REVNR Check the Revision Number .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I CHECK_COMPLETENESS Verify that all the attributes are filled correctly .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I MAP_GENERIC_PRICAT_ATTR Map PRICAT generic attrib. to planned article dynamic attrib.
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I READ_DYNAMIC_ATTRIBUTE Load the dynamic attributes .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I SELECT_QUOTA_SCALE Determine which quota scale will be applied .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I SET_ARTICLE_NUMBER Set the article number (Generic, Variant, Prepack, Etc) .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ARTICLE_E I VALIDATE_DYNAMIC_ATTRIBUTE Validate the dynamic attributes .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_DIALOG_E I ADJUST_DYN_ATTRIBUTES Adjust the dynamic attr. that were added via the customizing.
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_DIALOG_E I GET_ASORT_DETAIL Adjust the assortment - store - DC information .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_DIALOG_E I GET_CHARACTERISTIC_AXLE Determine the characteristic position on the ALV Grid .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_DIALOG_E I GET_CNT_STORES Get number of stores .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_DIALOG_E I MODIFY_ASORT_COLUMNS Set the title and sequence of asort. cols. across all grids .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ITEMATTR_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get objects reference for the BAdI implementation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ITEMATTR_E I GET_TABSTRIP_LABEL Initialize the tabstrib icon and text label .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_ITEMATTR_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Send objects reference to the BAdI implementation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_ARTICLE_AFTER_MAPPING Change Planned Article Data Before Price Maintenance .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_ARTICLE_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Planned Article Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_CDT_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Article Hierarchy Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_PRICAT_MAPPING Change Mapping of PRICAT Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_PURCH_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Purchasing Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PAREL_E I CHANGE_SALES_BEFORE_UPDATE Change Sales Data Before Posting .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLCHK_E I CHECKS_ON_ENTRY_SCREEN Customer-specific Verifications on the Entry Screen of OAPC .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I LOAD_DYNAMIC_ATTRIBUTES Load values of dynamic attributes into the ALV grid .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I ON_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I ON_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I SET_STYLE Defines additional formatting for an ALV grid line .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I UPDATE_DYNAMIC_ATTRIBUTES Update an attribute that was added dynamically to the ALV .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLISTALV_E I UPDATE_FCATALOG Add dynamic attributes to the ALV grid field catalog .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLITEM_E I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Do extra check consistencies at the item level .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLITEM_E I DISTRIBUTE_QUANTITIES Distribute the planned quantities to the subsequent levels .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLITEM_E I PREVENT_UPDATE_ASSIGNMENT To prevent the update of assigned quantities .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLITEM_E I PREVENT_UPDATE_PLANNED_QTY To prevent the update of planned quantities .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLLIST_E I CHANGE_ARTICLE_DATA Change Material Data Before Saving Listing Conditions .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLLIST_E I CHANGE_BEFORE_LISTING_UPDATE Change Generated Listing Conditions Before Saving Them .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLREL_E I CHANGE_AFTER_AL_SELECTION Change Data After Selection For Allocation Table Generation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLREL_E I CHANGE_BEFORE_AL_TRANSFER Change Data Before Transfer To Allocation Table Generation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PLREL_E I CHANGE_BEFORE_POL_UPDATE Change Data Before Updating Purchase Order List .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPASGN_E I LOCK_FOR_INPUT Lock unwanted prepack assignments for input .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPASGN_E I ON_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPASGN_E I ON_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPDEFN_E I ADJUST_QUOTA_SCALE_CALCULATIONAdjust the quota scale calculation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPDEFN_E I LOCK_FOR_INPUT Lock unwanted prepack components (variants) for input .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPDEFN_E I ON_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PPDEFN_E I ON_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PREPACK_E I CALCULATE_PURCHASING_PRICE Calculate the purchase price of a prepack article .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_PREPACK_E I SET_DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION Build default descriptions for the prepack .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_SELLTGH_E I FIND_SELL_THROUGH Returns PL Item IDs to be incorporated into current PL .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGETDT_E I DISTRIBUTE_INBOUND_TOTAL Distribute the inbound interface total values .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGETDT_E I IS_FILLED Check if the target data detail table is already filled .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGETDT_E I SAVE_TARGET_DATA_DETAIL Save the target data in DB table WRF_APC_IBID .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ADD_TARGET_PRICES Add lines in the target data display grid .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ADD_TARGET_QTY Add lines in the target data display grid .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I GET_ARTICLE_TOTAL Calculates the article total .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ON_PRICE_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ON_PRICE_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ON_QTY_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_TARGTALV_E I ON_QTY_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_VARASGN_E I ADJUST_QUOTA_SCALE_CALCULATIONAdjust the quota scale calculation .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_VARASGN_E I LOCK_FOR_INPUT Lock unwanted variant assignments for input .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_VARASGN_E I ON_TOOLBAR Add additionnal functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_APC_X_VARASGN_E I ON_USER_COMMAND Process added functions on the ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WRF_ART_MASS_MAIN_E I CHECK_FIELD_MAINTAINANCE Check Whether a Field Can Be Maintained .
IF_EX_WRF_ART_MASS_MAIN_E I CHECK_FIELD_VALUE Check Whether a Field Value Is Correct .
IF_EX_WRF_ASORT_LOCATION_I I GET_NUMBER Issue Internal Assortment Number .
IF_EX_WRF_ASORT_REDUCE_E I ASORT_REDUCE Reduce (Change) Transferred Asortment Date .
IF_EX_WRF_ASORT_WRS1_DELTAB_I I FILL_DEL_TAB_WRS1 Write Deletion Table .
IF_EX_WRF_ASORT_WRSZ_DELTAB_I I FILL_DEL_TAB_WRSZ Write Deletion Table .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I ADD_ON_FUNCTIONALITY_01 AddOn Function Assortment Header Data .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I CHECK_UPDATE_ADD_FIELDS Check Which Fields of WRS1 Are to Be Updated .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I FB_MAP2E_WRS1_TO_BAPIE1WRS1 Mapping Header Data in the FM MAP2E_WRS1_TO_BAPIE1WRS1 .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I FB_MAP2I_BAPIE1WRS1_TO_WRS1 Mapping Header Data in the FM MAP2I_BAPIE1WRS1_TO_WRS1 .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I PROCESS_CHECKS Checks for Additional Fields That Are Processed .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTMENT_BAPI I SET_WRS1_DATAE Set Change Date in Table WRS1 .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTYP_CHECK_E I ASSORTYP_CHECK Customer-Specific Check of Assortment Type in Dialog .
IF_EX_WRF_ASSORTYP_F4_E I ASSORTYP_F4 Search Help Restriction for Field "Assortment Type" .
IF_EX_WRF_AT_ENH_BEFORE_POST I ALLOC_ENH_BEFORE_SAVE Additions (External) Before Saving the Allocation Table .
IF_EX_WRF_AT_SYNC_PO I AT_SYNC_PO Break Down Changed DC Data to Allocation Table Item .
IF_EX_WRF_BADIPRE_POST_MAT I PRICAT_PRE_POSTING_PROCESS Format Update Structures and Trigger Updating .
IF_EX_WRF_BUDG_X_KEY_E I WRF_GET_KEY_FIELD_GEN Determine Key Fields for WRF_GET_KEY_ID_GEN .
IF_EX_WRF_BUDG_X_KEY_E I WRF_GET_KEY_FIELD_MAT Determine Key Fields for WRF_GET_KEY_ID_MAT .
IF_EX_WRF_BUDG_X_KEY_E I WRF_GET_KEY_ID Override Budget Determination in WRF_BUDG_GET_KEY_ID_MA .
IF_EX_WRF_BUDG_X_KEY_E I WRF_GET_UNIQUE_KEY_ID Determine Unique Budget Number .
IF_EX_WRF_BUDG_X_TYPE_E I WRF_BUDG_TYPE_CHECK Test Whether Budget Type Is Valid for Given Import Parameter.
IF_EX_WRF_CHAR_PROFILE_I I CHAR_PROFILE_SELECT Display Characteristic Profiles in Tree Form .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I ALLOCATE_REMAIN_AFTER_BF Distribute Remaining Quantity after Stock Determination .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I ALWAYWS_STOCK_DET_RETURN Stock Determination for All Returns Items .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I CHANGE_ERROR_HNDL_RETURN Error Handling for Returns Items .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I CHANGE_STOCK_SITU_MULTI Change Return Values for Ambiguous Materials .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I CHANGE_STOCK_SITU_RESULT Change Return Values for Structured Materials .
IF_EX_WRF_CONSIGNMENT_CUST I GET_STOCK_TYPE_STRUCT_ART Determine Stock Category for Structured Materials .
IF_EX_WRF_CT04_CHARVAL_I I CALL_WRFCHVAL Call New Characteristic Value Maintenance (Retail) .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I ADAPT_AL_CHANGE_DATA_DIALOG Check and Adapt Material List Data .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I ADAPT_AL_CREATE_DATA_DIALOG Default Setting for Creating ML .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I EDIT_AL_OF_OTHER_USER Edit Another User's Material List .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I REFRESH_TABLE_DISPLAY Settings for ALV Resulting Quantity .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I SET_LEADTIME_BEFORE_DEL Define Lead Time Prior to Deletion .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Settings for ALV Resulting Quantity .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_AL_E I SET_TODATE_OFFSET Offset to First TO Date .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_CHARVALUES I CHECK_CUSTOMER_VALUE Dialog Check for Customer Values .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_CHARVALUES I GET_VALUE_REQUEST Search Help for Customer Values .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_CHARVALUES I TRANSFORM_CHAR_VALUES Key Conversion in Customer Fields .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I CHECK_CHANGES Customer-Specific Checks of Changes .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I CHECK_MAINTENANCE_FIELDS Customer-Specific Checks after Defining Maintenance Fields .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I CHECK_MAINTENANCE_GRID Customer-Specific Checks Within Maintenance Grid .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I CHECK_SELECTION Customer-Specific Checks After Dynamic Selection .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I CHECK_SELECTION_CRITERIA Customer-Specific Checks After Choosing Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I PREPARE_POSTING Customer-Specific Checks Before Update .
IF_EX_WRF_CUST_SPEC_CHK I PREPARE_SELECTION Customer-Specific Checks Before Dynamic Selection .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_CUST_E I CHECK_CUST_SCREEN Perform Checks of Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_CUST_E I FILTER_DISCONT_ENTRIES Filter Worklist Items for Discontinuation .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_CUST_E I GET_CUST_SCREEN Define Customer Subscreen .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_EINA Follow-Up Actions in Vendor/Material Discontinuation .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MARA Follow-Up Actions in Client-Wide Material Discontinuation .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MARC Execute Follow-Up Actions f. Discontinuation of MARC Segment.
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MARD Execute Follow-Up Actions f. Discontinuation of MARD Segment.
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MBEW Execute Follow-Up Actions f. Discontinuation of MBEW Segment.
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MLGN Execute Follow-Up Actions f. Discontinuation of MLGN Segment.
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MLGT Execute Follow-Up Actions f. Discontinuation MLGT Segment .
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_FACT_E I PROCESS_MVKE Execute Follow-UP Actions f. Discontinuation of MVKE Segment.
IF_EX_WRF_DISCONT_PARAMS_I I GET_PARAMS Read Discontinuation Parameter .
IF_EX_WRF_DYNAMIC_SELECT_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Import Selection Criteria from Customer Program .
IF_EX_WRF_DYNAMIC_SELECT_E I LOAD_PROGRAM Customer-Specific Program/Screen Selection Criteria .
IF_EX_WRF_DYNAMIC_SELECT_E I PROCESS_FCODE Processing the Function Code of the Selection Screen .
IF_EX_WRF_DYNAMIC_SELECT_E I PROCESS_SELECTION Customer-Specific Selection or Restriction of Parameters .
IF_EX_WRF_DYNAMIC_SELECT_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Export Selecton Criteria to Customer Program .
IF_EX_WRF_FOLUP_ACTION_E I FOLLOW_UP_ACTION Follow-Up Actions .
IF_EX_WRF_FOLUP_CHECK_E I CHECK_FOLUP Validation Checks for Follow-Up/Repl. Mat. Relationships .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I CHECK_HIERARCHY_HEADER Check Changed Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I GET_DEFAULT_TREE_OBJECT Pass On TREE_MODEL Instance .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I MODIFY_NEW_HIERARCHY_DATA Modify Hierarchy Data (Creation) .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I MODIFY_SCREEN Field Control .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I NODE_CTX_MENU Define Context Menu .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I PROCESS_FCODE Process Custom Function Codes .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I SET_EVENT_HANDLER_FOR_TREE Program-Specific Event Handler .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I UPDATE_DEFAULT_SETTINGS Revise Default Settings .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_E I UPDATE_TREE New and/or Deleted Nodes .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I CHECK_HIERARCHY_HEADER Check Changed Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I GET_DEFAULT_TREE_OBJECT Pass On TREE_MODEL Instance .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I MODIFY_NEW_HIERARCHY_DATA Modify Hierarchy Data (Creation) .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I MODIFY_SCREEN Field Control .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I NODE_CTX_MENU Define Context Menu .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I PROCESS_FCODE Process Custom Function Code .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I SET_EVENT_HANDLER_FOR_TREE Program-Specific Event Handler .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I UPDATE_DEFAULT_SETTINGS Revise Default Settings .
IF_EX_WRF_GENERIC_HIER_I I UPDATE_TREE New and/or Deleted Nodes .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I CHECK_MODUS Adjust ALV Processing Mode .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I GET_GLOBAL_PARAMETER Define Global Control Parameters .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I MODIFY_HEADER Modify Screen Structure .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I MODIFY_STATUS Deactivate GUI Status Functions .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I NODE_DATA_CHANGED Check Changed Node Extension Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I NODE_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Changed Node Extension Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I OBJECT_DATA_CHANGED Check Changed Object Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I OBJECT_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Changed Object Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I POST_DATA Call Before Saving Changed Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I REFRESH_NODES_DISPLAY Node/Mode Change: ALV Grid for Node Extension .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I REFRESH_OBJECTS_DISPLAY Node/Mode Change: ALV Grid for Object Maintenance .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I SET_NODES_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Initialize ALV Grid for Node Extension .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_E I SET_OBJECTS_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Initialize ALV Grid for Object Maintenance .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I CHECK_MODUS Adjust ALV Processing Mode .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I GET_GLOBAL_PARAMETER Define Global Control Parameters .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I MODIFY_HEADER Modify Screen Structure .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I MODIFY_STATUS Deactivate GUI Status Functions .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I NODE_DATA_CHANGED Check Changed Node Extension Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I NODE_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Changed Node Extension Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I OBJECT_DATA_CHANGED Check Changed Object Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I OBJECT_DATA_CHANGED_FINISHED Check Changed Object Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I POST_DATA Call Before Saving Changed Hierarchy Data .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I REFRESH_NODES_DISPLAY Node/Mode Change: ALV Grid for Node Extension .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I REFRESH_OBJECTS_DISPLAY Node/Mode Change: ALV Grid for Object Maintenance .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I SET_NODES_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Initialize ALV Grid for Node Extension .
IF_EX_WRF_GEN_HIER_ALV_I I SET_OBJECTS_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Initialize ALV Grid for Object Maintenance .
IF_EX_WRF_LMF_FIXID_AUTO_E I GET_NEW_FIXTURE_ID Determine a New Free Fixture ID .
IF_EX_WRF_LV_CHECK_E I LV_CHECK Check of Listing Procedures .
IF_EX_WRF_LV_F4_E I LV_F4 Search Help Restriction for "Listing Procedure" Field .
IF_EX_WRF_MAPINB_X_MODIF_E I MODIFY_MSG_ASRTPLN Modify Assortment Plan message before updates .
IF_EX_WRF_MAPINB_X_MODIF_E I MODIFY_MSG_ASRTPRDVRS Modify Assortment Product Version message before updates .
IF_EX_WRF_MAPINB_X_MODIF_E I MODIFY_MSG_LOCGRP Modify Location Group message before updates .
IF_EX_WRF_MAPINB_X_MODIF_E I MODIFY_MSG_MDPROP Modify Markdown Proposals message before updates .
IF_EX_WRF_MAPINB_X_MODIF_E I MODIFY_MSG_PRODUCT Modify Product message before updates .
IF_EX_WRF_MATGRP_X_DLD I ADD_SEGMENT Generate Segment E1WAH03 for Customer Exits .
IF_EX_WRF_MATGRP_X_DLD I MODIFY_SPRAS Modify Language Key to Read .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I CREATE_ADDITIONAL_DATA Generate Additional Segments .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I GET_EXCLUDED_FIELDS Determine Fields Not Relevant for Copying .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_ADDITIONAL_DATA Check/Adjust Additionals .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_BOM_DATA Check/Adjust BOM Data .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_CALCULATION_DATA Check/Adjust Pricing .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_CONDITION_DATA Check/Adjust Condition Data .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_GENERAL_DATA Check/Adjust General Material Data .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_HIERARCHY_DATA Check/Adjust Article Hierarchy Assignment .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_INFORECORD_DATA Check/Adjust Purchasing Info Record .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_LISTING_DATA Check/Adjust Listing Condition .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_REPLENISHMENT_DATA Check/Adjust Replenishment Data .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_REQUIREMENT_GROUP_DATA Check/Adjust Requirement Groups .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_SOURCE_LIST_DATA Check/Adjust Source List .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTAINDATA I MODIFY_VENDOR_CHARACTERISTICS Check/Adjust Vendor Material Characteristic Values .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I ACTIVATE_EXTENSION Activate FCODE and Subscreen Processing .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I CHECK_DATA_BEFORE_DIALOG Check/Change Data Before Sending Main Screen .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I CHECK_DATA_BEFORE_POSTING Check/Change Data Before Update .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I CHECK_FCAT_FOR_VARIABLE_DATA Check/Change the Column Text/Item .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I GET_CUSTOM_DATA_OBJECT Customer-Specific Data Object / Update .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN NOT NEEDED .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I PROCESS_FCODE_01 Process Function Code +CUS_01 .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I PROCESS_FCODE_02 Process Function Code +CUS_02 .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I PROCESS_FCODE_03 Process Function Code +CUS_03 .
IF_EX_WRF_MAT_MAINTENANCE I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Transfer ALE Instance to Subscreen .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_B1_B2_E I WRF_MPA_X_B1_B2_DATA BAdI Method for Data Selection/Worklist Interface .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_B1_B2_E I WRF_MPA_X_FIELD_CATALOGUE BAdI Method for Field Catalog of ALV Grid "Worklist" .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_B1_B3_E I WRF_MPA_X_B1_B3_DATA BAdI Method Data Selection/Profile Assignment Interface .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_B2_B3_E I WRF_MPA_X_B3_DATA BAdI Method Data Modification Block 3 (Profile Assignment) .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_B2_B3_E I WRF_MPA_X_B3_FIELD_CAT BAdI Method Block 3 (Profile Assignment) Field Catalog .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_CHCKAUT_E I WRF_MPA_X_CHECK_AUTHORITY BAdI Method for Authority Check .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_CHCKCON_E I WRF_MPA_X_CHCKCON_E BAdI Method for Modification of Consistency Check .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_MPA_UPD_E I WRF_MPA_MODIFY_PROFILES BAdI Method for Modifying Assignments to Update .
IF_EX_WRF_MPA_X_MPA_UPD_E I WRF_MPA_READ_PROFILES BAdI method to Read Assignments to Update .
IF_EX_WRF_MRM_ASSIGN_TEST I DATES_REDETERMINE Change Date of First Assignment Test .
IF_EX_WRF_MRM_ASSIGN_TEST I INVOICE_SAVE Change Result of Assignment Test (Before Saving) .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_COC_E I WRF_EVAL_BEDAT Latest Order Date for FB WRF_PCON_EVAL_BEDAT .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_COC_E I WRF_EVAL_EXTRAPOL Extrapolation for FM WRF_PCON_EVAL_EXTRAPOL .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_INRAT_E I WRF_CHECK_CONTRACT Check Contract .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_INRAT_E I WRF_EVAL_IR_DISTRIBUTE Determ. alloc. of contract value-qty to intern.contr.apport..
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_INRAT_E I WRF_EVAL_OTB_KEY_MATKL Determ. of OTB Buckets for Material Group Contract Items .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_INRAT_E I WRF_EVAL_PRICE Determination of Individual Contract Values .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_INRAT_E I WRF_GET_OFFSET Determined Offset f. Internal Contract Apportionment Surplus.
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_IR_POSI_A Dynamic Modifying of Field Cat. 'Internl Cont.Apportionmnt' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_IR_POSI_P Dynamic Modifying of Field Cat. 'Internl Cont.Apportionmnt' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_COSI Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Data' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEAD Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Data' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_INRAT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Data (Order)' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_IR_POSI_A Initial Modifying of Field Cat. 'Intern. Cont. Apportnmnt' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_IR_POSI_P Initial Modifying of Field Cat. 'Intern. Cont. Apportnmnt' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCON_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Order Items' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_GRAPHIC_E I GRAPHIC_CUSTOMIZE Change Graphic Layout .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_GRAPHIC_E I GRAPHIC_DATA_CHANGE Change Data for Graphical Display .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_DL_HEAD Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Dateline: Header Data' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_DL_ITEMS Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Dateline: Dates' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEAD_RCT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Data for Order' .
IF_EX_WRF_PCTR_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POS_RCT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Item Data for Order' .
IF_EX_WRF_PLANT_MAPPING I MAP_PLANTS Convert Group of Plants .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_POLCTR I WRF_POHF_POL_GETCONTR_X Implementation of Customer-Spec. Logic for Contract Determ. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_POLCTR I WRF_POHF_POL_GETPRICE_X Realization of Customer-Specific Logic for Price Determ. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_POL_INBOUND I WRF_POHF_POL_CHECK_X Implementation of Customer-Specific Checks in Order List .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_POL_INBOUND I WRF_POHF_POL_MSG_BST_X Implementation of Customer-Specific Confirmations PurchOrd. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_POL_INBOUND I WRF_POHF_POL_MSG_X Implementation of Customer-Specific Confirmations .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_HEAD Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Header Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_HEADG Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Header Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POL Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Order List Items .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Item Data for PO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POSCHEG Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Item Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEAD Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Header Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEADG Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of Header Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POL Statistic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Order List Items .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Item Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHEG Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of GPO Item Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_UI I DELETE_POL_BY_SOURCE_ID Deletion of Non-ATHOC BSL Items .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_VAR_COPY I WRF_POHF_CHANGE_LGORT Change Storage Location .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_VAR_COPY I WRF_POHF_CHANGE_PSTYP Change Item Category .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_ENHANCEMENT_E I INBOUND Inbound Mapping .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_ENHANCEMENT_E I OUTBOUND Outbound Mapping .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_GROUP_ITEMS Implementation of Customer-Specific Criteria for GRP Process.
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_GROUP_PO Implementation of Customer-Specific GPR Check for Pur.Doc. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_GROUP_VAR Implementation of Customer-Specific GRP Check for Variants .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_PO_CREATION Implementation of Mapping of PO List Items to Vendor Order .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_STO_CREATION Implementation of Mapping of Vendor Order to Stock Transfer .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MOD_CHECKED_SUBMI Implementation of Customer Check of Assigned Collective No. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MOD_CREATED_SUBMI Implementation of Customer Assignment of Collective Number .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_GROUP_E I WRF_POHF_MOD_SUBMI_RELEVANT Real. Cust.-Spec. Check f. Relevance of Collective Numbering.
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_POLCTR_E I WRF_POHF_POL_GET_CONT_X Implementation of Customer-Spec. Logic for Contract Determ. .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_STLOC_E I WRF_POHF_MODIFY_STLOC_DATA Realization of a Customer-Spec. Storage Loc. Determination .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_HEAD Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Header Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_HEADG Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Header Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POL Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Order List Items .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Item Data for PO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ADJUST_FIELDCAT_POSCHEG Dynamic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Item Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I ASSORT_ITEM List Material in Plant on Specified Date .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEAD Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Header Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEADG Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of Header Data GPO .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POL Statistic Adjustment of Field Catalog of Order List Items .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of PO Item Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POHF_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHEG Statistical Adjustment of Field Catalog of GPO Item Data .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEADPOT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Dat (Bucket-Dep.'.
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEADPRC Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Dat OTB Procurmt'.
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_HEADSPR Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Header Data Special Rel'.
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POHEAD Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Orders' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSCHE Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Order Items' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSIPOT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Budget Bucket (OTB)' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSIPRC Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Item Data General B' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POSISPR Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Item Data Special Rel.' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POT Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'OTB Bucket' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POTALC Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Budget Bucket Alloctn' .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_UI_E I CREATE_FIELDCAT_POTCTR Initial Modifying of Field Catalog 'Budget Bucket(OTB Cntr)'.
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_VALUE_E I GET_VALUE_AFTER Determination of OTB-Relev. Values in Module WRF_POTB_VALUE .
IF_EX_WRF_POTB_X_VALUE_E I GET_VALUE_BEFORE Determination of OTB-Relev. Values in Module WRF_POTB_VALUE .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_CALCULATION I CALCITEM_ENHANCE Extend Pricing Item .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_BG_STAT_E I DET_BG_DET_SUM_STAT Budget Status -"Budget Monitor Detailed View .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_BG_STAT_E I DET_BG_INFO_STAT Budget Status -" Budget Monitor Overview .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_BG_STAT_E I DET_BG_STAT_ORDER Budget Status Order .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_BUDG_TXT_E I BUDG_TEXT_CREATE Create Long Texts for Budgets .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_BW_QULTY_E I CHECK_BW_DATA_QUALITY Check the Data Quality of the POS Sales Data .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_MESSAGES_E I SORT_MESSAGES Process Log Messages for the Price Planning Workbench .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_POS_READ_E I POS_DATA_READ Read POS Sales Data .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_REL_ART_E I GET_BASE_FROM_RELATED_ARTICLE Determine Basic Material for Related Markdown Proposal .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_REL_ART_E I GET_RELATED_ARTICLES Determine Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_SELECT_E I ARTCONT_DATA_SELECT Filter Selection Set for Articles .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_SELECT_E I GET_SUBSCREEN_NR Set Program and Subscreen for Selection Screen Enhancement .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_STAT_SET_E I SET_STATUS_FOR_APPROVAL Set Workflow Relevance for Budgets and Status upon Release .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_STOCK_E I MODIFY_STOCK_QUANTITY Change Stock Quantity Determined for Material/Plant .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_TREE_TXT_E I GET_RELATED_TEXT Define Node Texts for Nodes in PPW Worklist .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_WL_RLART_E I GET_OLD_RELATED_ARTICLES Determine Old, Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_WL_RLART_E I SET_REL_ART_FLAG_IN_WL Flag Markdown Proposals with "Related Exist" .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_WORKLIST_E I INSERT_WORKLIST Process Markdown Proposals During Worklist Generation .
IF_EX_WRF_PPW_X_WORKLIST_E I MODIFY_WORKLIST Process Markdown Proposals During Enrichment .
IF_EX_WRF_PRCT_X_CAT_PRIO I CATEGORIZE_AND_PRIOR Determines Activity Folder and Priority .
IF_EX_WRF_PREPAY_INVOICE I PREPAYMENT_RELEVANCE_CHANGE Override Prepayment FLag .
IF_EX_WRF_PREPAY_INVOICE I SET_POSTING_DATE Change Posting Date of Prepayment Document .
IF_EX_WRF_PRGRP_MERCHCAT_E I PRGRP_MANDATORY_CHECK Checks Whether PRGRP Is Required or Optional Input .
IF_EX_WRF_PRGRP_T023_SCR_I I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Retrieve Data from Subscreen .
IF_EX_WRF_PRGRP_T023_SCR_I I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Provide Data on Subscreen .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_COND_POST I CHECK_PURCHASE_CONDITION Checks if a purchasing condition is to be posted .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_COND_POST I CHECK_SALES_CONDITION Checks if a sales condition is to be posted .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DELETION I CHECK_CATALOGUE Check Catalog Before Deletion .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DELETION I CHECK_POSITIONS Check Items Before Deletion .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DIALOG I ADDITIONAL_DATA ALV Output Tables: Include Customer-Specific Data .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DIALOG I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DIALOG I FIELDCATALOG_CHANGE Add Further Fields to ALV Field Catalog .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_DIALOG I UPDATE_ITEM_SUBOBJECTS Refresh the Item Subobject (for Example, Text) .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_IN_CUST I CHECK_PROFILE_AND_MATGRP Check If Char. Profile and Material Group Are Suitable .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_IN_CUST I DETERMINE_CHAR_PROFILE Determine Characteristics Profile .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_POOL I CHANGE_PRICE Change Price Data Before Price Determination .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_POOL I EXTEND_ARTICLE_MASTER Enhance Material Master Data .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_POOL I SAVE_CATALOGUE A Catalog Is Saved in the POOL .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_POOL I SAVE_ITEM An Item Is Saved in the POOL .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_REENGINEER I MESSAGE_REENGINEER Read Messages and Revise as Necessary .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_SORT I GET_SORTFIELD Return Customer-Specific Sort Field for an Item .
IF_EX_WRF_PRICAT_SORT I GET_SORTRULES Return Sort Rules .
IF_EX_WRF_PROC_STATUS_1 I GET_PROC_STATUS_1 Check PROC_STATUS of Item (PRICAT_K003-PROC_STATUS) .
IF_EX_WRF_PROC_STATUS_2 I GET_PROC_STATUS_BOM_KOMPONENTSCheck PROC_STATUS of Item (PRICAT_K003-PROC_STATUS) .
IF_EX_WRF_PSCD_X_CHG_DL_E I CHANGE_DATELINE Change Date Line .
IF_EX_WRF_PSCD_X_C_DFLT_E I CHANGE_DEFAULT_DISTANCE Change Default Interval for Autom. Date Shift .
IF_EX_WRF_PSCD_X_C_DIST_E I CHANGE_DATELINE_ITEMS Change Date Line Before Calculation .
IF_EX_WRF_PSCD_X_DAT_CAL_E I DATE_CALCULATION Change of Date Line After Calculation .
IF_EX_WRF_REF_BADI I CHANGE_TARGET_ASSIGNMENT Change reference assigment during copy function in dial. pr..
IF_EX_WRF_REF_BADI I DETERMINE_REFERENCES Implementation of Reference Determination type 'BAdI' .
IF_EX_WRF_REF_BADI I GET_SITE_LIST Select plants using BAdI in dialog program .
IF_EX_WRF_RPR_INT_PLGRP I SUGGEST_PLGRP_NAME Name Assignment for Local Plant Groups .
IF_EX_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_NAME I SET_NAME_AFTER_CREATION Name Assignment After Creation of Plant Group .
IF_EX_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_NAME I SET_NAME_BEFORE_CREATION Name Assignment Upon Creation of Plant Group .
IF_EX_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_NAME I SET_NAME_DEREFERENCING Name Assignment Upon Conversion of Class. System to Local .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_ADDCHECK_E I ADDITIONAL_CHECK Additional Checks Against Assortment Structure .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_CAPA_CHECK I CHANGE_FIX_ASGMT_CAPACITY Change Fixture Capacity During Check .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_CAPA_CHECK I CHANGE_FIX_LENGTH_CHECK Intervention in Check on Fixture Length (Fx DIM 02) .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_CAPA_CHECK I CHANGE_FIX_QUANTITY_CHECK Intervention in Check on Number of Materials (Fx DIM 01) .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_CAPA_CHECK I CHANGE_FIX_VOLUME_CHECK Intervention in Check on Fixture Volume (Fx DIM 03) .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_CHG_ART_S_E I CHANGE Change to Version-Specific Versions .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_EXT_WMSBA I CHANGE_DATA Transfer of Data To Be Displayed .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_EXT_WMSBA I CHANGE_LAYOUT Transfer of Presentation Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_LIST_DIFF_I I CHANGE_DATAB Change DATAB within WSOH .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_LMVF_SC_E I DATA_CHANGE Modification of Import Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT1_E I GET_SELECTION_DATA Get Selection Data from Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT1_E I GET_TAB_LABEL Read Button Text .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT1_E I SET_SELECTION_DATA Transfer of Selection Data to Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT2_E I GET_SELECTION_DATA Get Selection Data from Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT2_E I SET_SELECTION_DATA Transfer of Selection Data to Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT3_E I GET_MEINH Returns Units of Measure That Are Not Displayed .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT4_E I ADD_CUST_FIELD_VALUES Add Customer-Spec. Field Values .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT4_E I CHANGED_FRONTEND_SETTINGS Change Layout, Field Catalog, and Sort Sequence .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT5_E I ADD_CUST_FIELD_VALUES Add Customer-Spec. Field Values .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_WLWBNEXT5_E I CHANGED_FRONTEND_SETTINGS Change Layout, Field Catalog, and Sort Sequence .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_AR_AV_X I SET_OSPS_FLAG Select the Relevant Article .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_AR_OSPS_X I SET_OSPS_FLAG Select the Relevant Article .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_CONV_QUAN I GET_QUANTITY Delivers the Optimal Shelf Quantity .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_FIXREAD_E I READ_DATA Change Data Before Return .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_FIX_CHG_E I CHANGE_DATA Change Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LIST_VZ I CHANGE_LISTING_DATA Change/Add to Listing Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF1_E I CHANGED Sets the Changed Data Records .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF1_E I COPY Copies a Fixture .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF1_E I GET_TABSTRIP_LABEL Set Description of Tab Strip .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF1_E I REFRESH Refresh the Customer Application .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF1_E I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF2_E I CHANGED Sets the Changed Data Records .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF2_E I COPY Copies a Fixture .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF2_E I GET_TABSTRIP_LABEL Set Description of Tab Strip .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF2_E I REFRESH Refresh the Customer Application .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF2_E I SAVE Save Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF3_E I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Data Transfer from Impl. Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF3_E I GET_TITLE_FOR_SCREEN Title of Selection Screen .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF3_E I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Data Transfer to Impl. Class .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LMVF4_E I GET_URL Returns an Image URL for a Particular Fixture .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_LM_LT_E I DO_REDIRECT Forwarding of New Transactions .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WAREPL_E I GET_NEW_MATNR Returns New Material for Replacement .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WLAM_1_E I GET_DISPLAY_OPTIONS Read the Start Options .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_1_E I CHANGE Change .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_2_E I CHANGE_DATA Change data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_3_E I CHANGE_DATA Change data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_4_E I CALL_CUSTOMER_SELECTION Enhancement: Flexible Time Selection of Transaction Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_4_E I CUSTOMER_BW_DATA_READ Enhancement: Flexible Time Selection of BW Data Procurement .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_LOG I ADD_AND_SAVE_LOG_ENTRIES Saving Error Protocol .
IF_EX_WRF_WLAY_X_WPLG_LOG I ADD_LOG_ENTRIES Adding Further Entries to Error Protocol .
IF_EX_WRF_WLWB_CUST I DISPLAY_HIER_NODE Output of Hierarchy Node in LWB .
IF_EX_WRF_WLWB_CUST I DO_CAPA_CHECK Activate/Deactive Check on Fixture Capacity .
IF_EX_WRF_WLWB_CUST I MAX_ALLOWED_SELECTED_MATNR Max. Number of Materials To Be Selected .
IF_EX_WRF_WTAD_CA_REPORT I WRF_WTAD_X_ALV_DATA BAdI Method : Data Modification .
IF_EX_WRF_WTAD_CA_REPORT I WRF_WTAD_X_ALV_FIELDCAT BAdI Method : Change Field Catalog .
IF_EX_WRF_WTAD_EXP_ADDI_E I ALLOCATE_NEW_DEL_ADDI Transfer Deleted or New WTADAB Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WTAD_PREPARE_AD I WRF_WTAD_PREPARE_ADDI_DATA BAdI Method for Changing Selected Data .
IF_EX_WRF_WTAD_REDUCE_ADDI I POSITIONS_TO_DELETE Returns Rows to Be Deleted from Table .
IF_EX_WRF_X_ASLIST_UPD1_I I SCAN_WRSZ Interval Scan of WRSZ Assignments .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_AH_SCREEN_I I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_1104 Data Transportation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_AH_SCREEN_I I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN_130 Data Transportation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_AH_SCREEN_I I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_1104 Data Transportation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_AH_SCREEN_I I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN_130 Data Transportation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_ARTH_I I GET_HIERARCHY_NODE_FOR_AT Determine a Node in the Article Hierarchy .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_CHECK_E I CHECK_ALLOCATION_TABLE Checks/Log in Allocation Table .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_DET_EADAT_I I GET_SLS_REL_FOR_AT Determine SLS Relevance .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_FDG_E I MESSAGES_DETERMINE Determine Messages .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_GRID_DISPL I CHANGE_GRID_LINE Method for Changing Displayed Data (Item Row) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_GRID_DISPL I SET_FIELDCAT_GRID Methods for Changing the Field Catalog in the Grid .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_LIST_LOC_E I LIST_DETERMINE_DATE_SITE Change Listing Period (Listing from Allocation Table) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPL I CHANGE_HEAD_LINE Method for Changing Displayed Data (Header) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPL I CHANGE_POS_LINE Method for Changing Displayed Data (Item Row) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPL I SET_FIELDCAT Method for Changing Field Catalog for Column Set .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPLAY I CHANGE_HEAD_LINE Method for Changing Displayed Data (Header) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPLAY I CHANGE_POS_LINE Method for Changing Displayed Data (Item Row) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_POOL_DISPLAY I SET_FIELDCAT Method for Changing Field Catalog for Column Set .
IF_EX_WRF_X_AT_SYNC_I I FEEDBACK_APC Feedback .
IF_EX_WRF_X_CHG_CHECKOPT_E I CHANGE_CHECKOPT Check Whether Change of Check Option Is Allowed .
IF_EX_WRF_X_TRANSIT_STOCK I ADD_TRANSIT_STOCK_ITEMS Attach Additional Lines with Type WRF_TRANSFER_STOCK_ .
IF_EX_WRF_X_TRANSIT_STOCK I COMPLETE_TRANSIT_STOCK_ITEM Fill Additional Fields of Table WRF_TRANSFER_STOCK_STY .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I CHECK_OTB_ACTIVATED Checks if the OTB Check Is Active .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I FASHION_GROUP_SUBMI Collective Number Assignment .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I FASHION_INITIAL_DATA Initialization of the Global Data .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I FASHION_PO_CREATE Creation of Purchase Order with Fashion PO Creation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I FASHION_PO_PREPARE Preparation of Fashion PO Creation .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I GET_DATE Determination of Date RTFASH .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I GET_OPTIONS Read Parameters from Function Group WRF_WF10_FUGROUP .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_A1_I I SET_OPTIONS Write Parameters (Function Group WRF_WF10_FUGROUP) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_CUST_E I MODIFY_MESSAGES Processing of Messages for Seasonal Procurement (WF10) .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WF10_PSTYP_E I GET_PSTYP Reading of Item Category .
IF_EX_WRF_X_WRSZ_PHYSDEL_E I CHECK_WRSZ_TAB Check Selected WRSZ Entries .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_ARTMAST Change SAF Outbound Interface ARTMAST (or ARTMASTUPD) .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_CALENDAR Change Entries in the Default File CALENDAR.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_CONFIG Change Entries in CONFIG.INI (Preparation ParamGroup) .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_DAYSALES Change SAF Outbound Interface DAYSALES .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_DELIVER Change Entries in the Default File DELIVER.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_DELIVSUPPL Change Entries in the Default File DELIVSUPPL.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_EVENTS Change SAF Outbound Interface EVENTS .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_HISTORY Change Entries in the Default File HISTORY.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_OPENORDER Change Entries in the Default File OPENORDER.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_ORDER Change Entries in the Default File ORDER.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_PREDINPUT Change SAF Outbound Interface PREDINPUT .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_PUBHOLIDAYS Change SAF Outbound Interface PUBHOLIDAYS .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_SALES Change SAF Outbound Interface SALES .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_STOCK Change Entries in the Default File STOCK.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_STOCKRECEIPT Change Entries in the Default File STOCKRECEIPT.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_SUPPLIER Change SAF Outbound Interface SUPPLIER .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_WEEKFCST Change Entries in the Default File WEEKFCST.DSX .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CHANGE_WORK Change Entries in the Default File WORK..INI .
IF_EX_WSAF_CHNGE_INTERFACE I CREATE_NEW_FILE Creation of a New File .
IF_EX_WSAO_DISP_EXPAND I DEFINE_HEADERS Define Headings for Customer Fields .
IF_EX_WSAO_DISP_EXPAND I EXPAND_ITEM Add a Line to Customer Fields .
IF_EX_WSAO_DISP_FLAGS I CHANGE Change Indicators in MRP List .
IF_EX_WSAO_DISP_GROUP I CHANGE Change MRP List .
IF_EX_WSAO_DISP_GROUP I GROUP_SORT Group, Sort MRP List .
IF_EX_WSAO_DYNP I PBO_BEGIN Setting of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WSAO_DYNP I USER_CMD_BEGIN Evaluation of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WSAO_DYNP I USER_CMD_CHECK Checking and Rejecting of Messages .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I FINISH_DATA Close Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I INBOUND Inbound Processing .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I MATERIAL_TAB_CREATE Customer-Specific Material List .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I MV_OUTBOUND_DATA Outbound Processing for Movement Data .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I OUTBOUND_CTRL Control Parameters in Outbound Processing .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I OUTBOUND_DATA Outbound Processing for Material and Movement Data .
IF_EX_WSAO_PDC I OUTBOUND_STRUCTURE Outbound Processing for Structure Data .
IF_EX_WSAO_RMAT I PBO_BEGIN Setting of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WSAO_RMAT I USER_CMD_BEGIN Evaluation of ITS Context .
IF_EX_WSAO_RMAT I USER_CMD_CHECK Checking and Rejecting of Messages .
IF_EX_WSRS_MAT_KEY_SRC I WSRS_MATKEY_PAI_SELECT Material Search Help: Database Selection .
IF_EX_WSRS_MAT_KEY_SRC I WSRS_MATKEY_PBO_SUBSCREEN Extension Material Search .
IF_EX_WSTI_BADI_POS_EVENTS I GET_EVENTS Determine POS Transactions .
IF_EX_WSTRN_ALLOC_DIALOG I COMMAND_TOOLBAR Process your added functions .
IF_EX_WSTRN_ALLOC_DIALOG I SETUP_PP_TOOLBAR Set up the prepack allocation ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WSTRN_ALLOC_DIALOG I SETUP_VAR_TOOLBAR Set up the variant allocation ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WSTRN_DATA_PLANNED I GET_DATA_PLANNED Get a style, style/color and style/assortment plan .
IF_EX_WSTRN_MAP I MODIFY_EXTRACTION_RANGE Modify the selection range used to extract MAP information .
IF_EX_WSTRN_OVERVIEW I ALLOCATION_OVERVIEW Create an overview report or make adjustments .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PPALLOC_POST I CHANGE_BEFORE_ALLOC_UPDATE Change allocation data before posting .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PPALLOC_POST I CHANGE_BEFORE_LISTING_UPDATE Change listing conditions before posting .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PPALLOC_POST I CHANGE_BEFORE_PREPACK_UPDATE Change prepack data before posting .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PPALLOC_POST I CHANGE_BEFORE_PURCH_UPDATE Change info records before posting .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK I MODIFY_DESCRIPTION Modify/Generate the description for the prepack .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK I MODIFY_NUMBER Modify/Generate the material number for the prepack .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK I MODIFY_PURCHASING_PRICES Modify/Generate the purchasing price for the prepack .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK_DIALOG I APPLY_QUOTA_SCALES Modify the quota scales calculation .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK_DIALOG I COMMAND_TOOLBAR Process your added functions .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK_DIALOG I GET_QUOTA_SCALES Read your own quota scale for the row characteristic .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PREPACK_DIALOG I SETUP_TOOLBAR Set up the prepack ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PUTAWAY_DIALOG I COMMAND_TOOLBAR Process your added functions .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PUTAWAY_DIALOG I SETUP_PP_TOOLBAR Set up the prepack put-away ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WSTRN_PUTAWAY_DIALOG I SETUP_VAR_TOOLBAR Set up the variant put-away ALV grid toolbar .
IF_EX_WSTRN_SITES_FIGURES I EXTRACT_SITES_KEY_FIGURES Extract several key figures for each given store .
IF_EX_WSTRN_STYLE I GET_VALUE_DESCRIPTION Get the description of a characteristic value .
IF_EX_WSTR_CHG_RESTRICTION I CHECK_DOCUMENTS Check Use Of Structured Materials In Logistics Processes .
IF_EX_WSTU_BADI_SEARCHHELP I CALL_SEARCHHELP Call Search Help for Date of Price Change .
IF_EX_WTAD_ADDI_MON_I I AM_CHECK_GBB Check Additionals Items on Grouped PO Document .
IF_EX_WTAD_ADDI_MON_I I AM_SET_USER_GSTAT Set Separate GUI Status .
IF_EX_WTAD_ADDI_MON_I I AM_USER_FCODES Own FCODES in Addi.Monitor .
IF_EX_WTAD_COND_SUPPLY I WTAD_COND_FORWARD Storage of Price Information in Data Structure for Addit. .
IF_EX_WTAD_COND_SUPPLY I WTAD_COND_STORE Determination and Temp. Storage of Price Information .
IF_EX_WTAD_X_WTADAB_E I FILL_ADDI_INFO Fill Append Fields for Structure addi_info .
IF_EX_WTAD_X_WTADAB_E I FILL_WTADAB Fill Append Fields for Table WTADAB .
IF_EX_WTAXREPORT_MODIFY I ACTIVITIES_AFTER_OUTPUT Further Activities After Report Output .
IF_EX_WTAXREPORT_MODIFY I ENTER_ADDINFO_BEFORE_SELECTIONEnable the User to Enter Additional Selection Parameters .
IF_EX_WTAXREPORT_MODIFY I MODIFY_DATA_BEFORE_OUTPUT Modify the WH Tax Data Before Output .
IF_EX_WTAXREPORT_MODIFY I MODIFY_FIDOC_BEFORE_OUTPUT Change the Selected Accounting Document Line Items .
IF_EX_WTYSC_CLAIM_CONTROL I CLAIM_CREATION Control of Claim Creation .
IF_EX_WTYSC_CLAIM_CONTROL I CLAIM_UPDATION Control of Claim Updation (New Version of Claim) .
IF_EX_WTYSC_INDICATOR_SET I SET_RETURNPART_INDICATOR Setting the Warranty indicator in components .
IF_EX_WTYSC_INDICATOR_SET I SET_WARRANTY_INDICATOR Setting the Warranty indicator in operations and components .
IF_EX_WTYSC_MAP I MAP_CLAIM_ORDER_FIELDS Mapping service order fields to claim bapi fields .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_DETAILSCR I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get data from screen .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_DETAILSCR I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Put data in screen .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_SEL_SCREEN I GET_ADDITIONAL_SELECTIONS Get customer selections .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_SEL_SCREEN I GET_SELECTED_DATA Fill customer object instances .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_VIEW I CONTEXT_MENU_REQ Handle context menu request (FCODE starting with Y & Z only).
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_VIEW I CONTEXT_MENU_SEL Handle context menu selection .
IF_EX_WTYSC_WWB_VIEW I FILL_TREE_DATA Fill tree data according .
IF_EX_WTY_BAPI_CREATE I BAPI_EX_CREATE BAPIPAREX_T .
IF_EX_WTY_BAPI_CREATE I BAPI_EX_CREATE_BEFORE_M BAPIPAREX_T .
IF_EX_WTY_BAPI_CREATE I BAPI_EX_READ BAPIPAREX_T .
IF_EX_WTY_BRF I CHANGE_CONTEXT Change the claim context after BRF run, as per table GB01 .
IF_EX_WTY_BRF I GET_EVENT Call multiple events .
IF_EX_WTY_BRF I SET_CONTEXT Pass context for customer data sources .
IF_EX_WTY_BRF I SET_START_EVENT Set start event for processing .
IF_EX_WTY_BW I FILL_HEADER_DATA Complete Warranty Header .
IF_EX_WTY_BW I FILL_ITEM_DATA Complete Warranty Item .
IF_EX_WTY_BW I FILL_RECALL_DATA Complete Recall Structure .
IF_EX_WTY_BW I FILL_VERSION_DATA Complete Warranty Version .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_IN I CHANGE_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Change Export Parameters .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_IN I CHECK_IDOC Check IDoc Controller/Data Record .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_IN I CHECK_PARTNER Partner Check if KNA1/LFA1 not Maintained .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_IN I INTERPRET_ADDITIONAL_SEGMENT Process Extra Segments .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_IN I INTERPRET_IDOC Interpret IDoc .
IF_EX_WTY_CLAIM_IDOC_OUT I CHANGE_SEGMENT Change Segment / Add New Segments .
IF_EX_WTY_COPA_CRITERIA I COPA_CRITERIA_ADD Add CO-PA Characteristic .
IF_EX_WTY_COPA_CRITERIA I COPA_CRITERIA_FILL Fill CO-PA Characteristics .
IF_EX_WTY_COPA_VALUEFIELDS I COPA_VALUEFIELDS_FILL Fill Value Fields CO-PA .
IF_EX_WTY_CREATE_COPY I DATA_CHANGE_CHANGE Change of Data after Change in UI / BAPI .
IF_EX_WTY_CREATE_COPY I DATA_CHANGE_COPY Change of Data after Copying of Versions .
IF_EX_WTY_CREATE_COPY I DATA_CHANGE_CREATE Change of Data on Creation of Claim .
IF_EX_WTY_CREATE_COPY I DATA_CHANGE_LAST Change Data After Action Control, Customer Fields .
IF_EX_WTY_DATA_CHANGE_1 I DATA_CHANGE_1 Change of Data after Change in UI .
IF_EX_WTY_DISPLAY_OBJECT I SHOW_VEHICLE_DATA Display Vehicle Data .
IF_EX_WTY_DOCU_FLOW I ADD_DOCUMENT Add Documents .
IF_EX_WTY_DOCU_FLOW I DOCUMENT_DISPLAY Display Document .
IF_EX_WTY_DYNPRO_DYNAMIC I CHANGE_CLAIM_NAVTREE_STRUCTUREModify Navigation Tree Structure .
IF_EX_WTY_DYNPRO_DYNAMIC I CHANGE_FIELDCAT_ITEM Change Field Catalog Item List .
IF_EX_WTY_DYNPRO_DYNAMIC I CHANGE_LAYOUT_ITEM Change Field Catalog Item List .
IF_EX_WTY_DYNPRO_DYNAMIC I GET_RELATED_CLAIMS List of Related Claims for Navigation Tree .
IF_EX_WTY_DYNPRO_DYNAMIC I SET_SCREEN Set Screens .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_DEFECT I CHANGE_DEFECTCODE Transfer of F4 Help Values for Defect Catalog .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_ITMNO I CHANGE_ITMNO Change Key Field .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_MATNR I CHANGE_MATNR Change of Item Data .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_MATNR I DISPLAY_MATNR Display Material Data .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_MGANR I CHANGE_MGANR Master Warranty Number .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_MGANR I READ_MGANR_MASTER Read Data for Master Warranty .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_RELOB I CHANGE_RELOB Selection Object .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_RELOB I CHANGE_RELOB_RELTY_MODEL Selection of Template Objects for Model and Object Type .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_RELOB I CHANGE_RELTY_MODEL Selection Model for Object Type .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_RELOB I MODEL_CHECK Model Check .
IF_EX_WTY_F4_RELOB I RELOB_MODEL_CHECK Check Template Objects for Model .
IF_EX_WTY_GET_SUPPL_DATA I MEASUREMENT_POINT_DETERMINE Determination Measuring Pnts for Entering MeasValue in Claim.
IF_EX_WTY_ITEM_GENERATE I DETERMINE_ITEMS Read Structure for Item from Master Data .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMB I CHANGE_KOMB Change Data Account Determination Communication Header .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMKB_KOMPB I CHANGE_KOMKCV Change Data Account Determination Communication Header .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMKB_KOMPB I CHANGE_KOMPCV Change Data Account Determination Communication Item .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMKCV_KOMPCV I CHANGE_KOMKCV Change Data Account Determination Communication Header .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMKCV_KOMPCV I CHANGE_KOMPCV Change Data Account Determination Communication Item .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMK_KOMP I CHANGE_KOMK Change Data Pricing Communication Header .
IF_EX_WTY_KOMK_KOMP I CHANGE_KOMP Change Data Pricing Communication Item .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I AFTER_PROCESSING_CLAIM After Processing, Before Saving Buffer .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I AFTER_PROCESSING_OPERATION After Checks from Job Definition Are Done .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I BEFORE_PROCESSING_CLAIM After Claim Is Loaded, Before Processing .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I BEFORE_PROCESSING_OPERATION After Predefined Prereq. Are Checked and Before Excution .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I CUSTOMER_EXIT_OPERATION Called by Operation "Customer Exit" .
IF_EX_WTY_MASS_PROCESSING I INITIALIZATION Before Selection .
IF_EX_WTY_POSTING_DATA I AP_DATA_CHANGE Change of Creditor Line .
IF_EX_WTY_POSTING_DATA I AR_DATA_CHANGE Change of Debtor/Customer Line .
IF_EX_WTY_POSTING_DATA I GL_ACCOUNT_DATA_CHANGE Change of G/L Account Line .
IF_EX_WTY_POSTING_DATA I HEADER_DATA_CHANGE Change of Posting Document Header Data .
IF_EX_WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA I EXTERNAL_BUFFER_REFRESH Delete Change Request Buffer .
IF_EX_WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA I EXTERNAL_BUFFER_SAVE Save Data from Buffer to Database .
IF_EX_WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA I MEASUREMENT_POINT_DETERMINE Determination Measuring Pnts for Entering MeasValue in Claim.
IF_EX_WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA I REGISTER_IN_BUFFER Register Customer Object for Buffering .
IF_EX_WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA I WTY_READ_SUPPL_DATA Read Master Data .
IF_EX_WTY_RECALLS I GET_RECALL_OBJECT_LIST Compile List of Recall Objects .
IF_EX_WTY_RECALLS I IS_OBJ_ON_RECALL_OBJECT_LIST Is the Object on the Recall Object List .
IF_EX_WTY_RETURN_PARTS I RETURNED_PARTS_RECEIPT Receipt of Parts that Must Be Returned .
IF_EX_WTY_SELECTION_LIST I GET_OBJECT_DEFAULT Read Object Data .
IF_EX_WVFI_BADI_TIMESTAMPS I GET_WSTI_OPEN_STORE Check if Physical Inventory Is Active for Open Store .
IF_EX_WVFI_BADI_TIMESTAMPS I SET_TIMESTAMPS Set Time of Count .
IF_EX_WVFI_BADI_TWPII I GET Pick Up Settings Used .
IF_EX_WVFI_PDC_EVENT I CREATE_REL_IN Generate Entry For Inbound IDoc .
IF_EX_WVFI_PDC_EVENT I CREATE_REL_OUT Generate Entries For One/Multiple Outbound IDocs .
IF_EX_WVKU_REV_PROF_ASSIGN I GET_REVALUATION_PROFILE Determine Valuation Profile Using Article Data .
IF_EX_WVLB_BADI_WLB13_EXT I MODIFY_WBO1_WBO2 Modification for Prot. Table of Simulation List for O. Opt. .
IF_EX_WVMI_X_CHK_MRPTP_E I CHECK_MRP_TYPE_FOR_SMI Check Replenishment Type .
IF_EX_WV_KOMK_E I FILL Fill/Change KOMK Fields .
IF_EX_WV_KOMK_V I FILL Fill KOMK Structure .
IF_EX_WV_KOMP_E I FILL Fill/Change KOMK/KOMP Fields .
IF_EX_WV_KOMP_V I FILL Fill KOMP Structure .
IF_EX_WV_RPC_COND I FILL_KOMK_V Fill KOMK Structure .
IF_EX_WV_RPC_COND I FILL_KOMP_V Fill KOMP Structure .
IF_EX_WV_SET_CALC_TYPE I KSTEU_CHANGE Compare KOMK, KOMP, if Nec. Adjust Condition Control Indic. .
IF_EX_WV_SET_CALC_TYPE_INT I KSTEU_CHANGE Compare KOMK, KOMP, if Nec. Adjust Condition Control Indic. .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_001 I COMPUTE Perform Calculations .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_001 I INIT Initialization .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_001 I SET_FCODES Activate/Deactivate Function Codes .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_003 I COMPUTE Fill Additional Key Figure .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_003 I INIT (Re)Initialize if Necessary .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I ALLOC_CREATE Specific Allocation Function .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I DELIVERY_WAVES_DC When Creating a Delivery Phase Distribution Center .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I DELIVERY_WAVES_PLANT When Creating a Delivery Phase Plant .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I INIT Initialization Type .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I POSITION_CREATE Before Creating an Article Item .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_005 I POST_CREATE After Saving the Allocation Table .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_006 I FILL_INTERFACE Fills the Interface of Planning Processor .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_006 I PROCESS_INTERFACE_AFTER_CALL For Interpreting Return Parameters After Calling Processor .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_007 I DEINIT Internal Deinitialization When Planning Is Exited .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_007 I EXECUTE_FCODE Run Internal Function Code .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_007 I INIT Internal Initialization When Planning Is Started .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_008 I PROCESS_BEFORE_STORE Before Planning Data Is Posted .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_009 I PROCESS_BEFORE_READ Before Reading BW Data .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_009 I PROCESS_BEFORE_SAVE Before Updating MAP Tables .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_010 I SAVE_DATA_PLHIER Before the Planning Hierarchy is Saved .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_011 I CHECK_COMPLETENESS_PLSCH Checks Completeness of Planning Step .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_011 I CHECK_CONSISTENCE_PLSCH Checks Consistency of Planning Step .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_012 I BREAKDOWN Run a Breakdown .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_013 I HANDLE_SUM_INPUT Handling Method for Data Input .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_013 I RESET_INIT_STATUS Resets the Status to "init" for Restructured Total Infos .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_014 I READ_TEXT Reread Text .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_015 I READ_ATTRIBUTE Upload the Attributes .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I ENQUEUE Set Lock .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I FILL_ITAUSPR Calculate Value for the ITAUSPR Attribute .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I GET_ITDAT1_VALUE Calculate Value for the ITDAT1 Attribute .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I GET_ITDAT2_VALUE Calculate Value for the ITDAT1 Attribute .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I GET_OP_VALUE Calculate Operand Value for Formula Groups .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I INIT Initial. type .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_016 I SAVE_ATTRIBUTES Saving the Attributes .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_017 I INIT Initial. type .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_017 I LISTUNG_CALL Call Listing .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_017 I LISTUNG_EXEC Call Listing .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_018 I ADD_OPERAND New Operand .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_019 I CHECK Run Check .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_020 I PROCESS Perform Postprocessing .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_021 I PROCESS Execute Subsequent Processing .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_022 I TRANSPORT_FORM Enhancement To Layout Connection .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_022 I TRANSPORT_PLSZN Enhancement To Planning Scenario Connection .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_023 I GET_DATA_FROM_SCREEN Get Data From Subscreen .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_023 I INIT Initialization When Dialog Box is Called .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_023 I PUT_DATA_TO_SCREEN Put Data To Screen .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_024 I CALL_F4 Call Input Help .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_025 I CHECK_MANIPULATE_LEVEL Perform Manipulation for Planning Level? .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_025 I MANIPULATE Perform Manipulation at Record Level .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_026 I GET_ATNAM Determine Class Characteristic .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_030 I LOCK_SET Extend the Block .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_031 I DEFINE_DIST_KEY Definition - Distribution Key .
IF_EX_WXP_BADI_031 I GET_DIST_KEY Definition - Attribute of Distribution Key .
IF_EX_W_RETAILSYSTEM_IDENT I RETAILSYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION Identification of a Retail System .
IF_EX_W_RTL_ACTIVITIES I GIVE_ACTIVITIES Specify Activities and Field Movements .
IF_EX_W_RTL_ASSORTM_AREA I DERIVE_ASSORTMENT_AREA Derive Assortment Area from Material .
IF_EX_W_SMAN_SHIFTPLAN I SET_STORE_GROUPING Set Organizational Grouping in Employee List .
IF_EX_XIR21003 I GET_RENTALVALUE_IR21 Get the rental value .
IF_EX_XIR21003 I GET_SEL_IR21 Changing the sel-begda, sel-endda values .
IF_EX_XIR21003 I GET_TEMP_IR21 Changing the temse variables of IR21 .
IF_EX_XIR8S001 I GET_SELIR8S Changing the sel-begda and sel-endda variables .
IF_EX_XIR8S001 I GET_TEMPIR8S Passing temse table values. .
IF_EX_XML_DAS_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check of the Application .
IF_EX_XSS_DATAORIGIN I GET_RFC_DESTINATION Determine RFC Connection for an Object .
IF_EX_XSS_GRT_SRV_NOSEL I PROVIDE_OUTPUT Provides output of application .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I DEFINE_PRINTBUTTON_STATUS Determine Whether Send Output Request Is Supported .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_DROPDOWN_ENTRIES Define Selection List and Additional Info .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_FILTERED_RGDIR Restrict In Periods Available in ESS .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_OVERVIEWTAB_FIELDCAT Field Catalg for Overview Table .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_OVERVIEWTAB_LINE Formatting of Cell Content for a RGDIR Row .
IF_EX_XSS_REM_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_SRVDESCRIPTION Description: Salary Statement Service on Area Page .
IF_EX_XSS_TIM_PER_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_DEFAULT_DATE_RANGE Default Value for Display of Date .
IF_EX_XSS_TIM_PER_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_DROPDOWN_ENTRIES Fill Drop-Down List Box .
IF_EX_XSS_TIM_PER_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_OVERVIEWTAB_FIELDCAT Field Catalog for Overview Table .
IF_EX_XSS_TIM_PER_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_OVERVIEW_LINE Formatting of a Row in the Overview Table .
IF_EX_XSS_TIM_PER_INTERFACE I PROVIDE_PERIOD_TABLE Create Table of All Periods that Can Be Displayed .
IF_F4CUSTOM I CREATE_F4_CUST_OBJ Method for defining a personalization object .
IF_F4CUSTOM I GET_PROPERTY_VALUE Access to class attribute .
IF_F4CUSTOM I GET_STANDARD_HITLIST Access to local class .
IF_F4CUSTOM I SAVE Stores the settings .
IF_F4CUSTOM I SET_DFIES_OPT_COL Method for mixing optimized representation .
IF_F4CUSTOM I SET_PROPERTY_VALUE Method for storing "direct" personalization .
IF_F4CUSTOM I SHOW_F4_PERS_DIALOG Method for display and entry .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR Gets an Instance of Valuation Parameters .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_ITEM_MNGR Gets an Instance of Asset Values .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_MASTER_DATA_MNGR Gets an Instance of Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_NEXT_SUBNUMBER Gets Next Subnumber to Be Assigned .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_TD_AMD_MNGR Gets an Instance of Time-Dependent Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_ASSET I GET_VALUE_MNGR Gets an Instance of Asset Values .
IF_FAA_ASSET I INITIALIZE Initializes Asset .
IF_FAA_ASSET I SET_MASTER_DATA_MNGR Sets Instance of Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSKEY Supplies Business Object Key (BOR-Key) [abstract] .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSTYPE Supplies Business Object Type (BOR Type) [abstract] .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_CHANGE_DOCUMENT_IDENT Supplies Object ID for Change Documents .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_STORE_DATE Supplies Time Stamp of STORE to Database [Final] .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I INIT_BUS_OBJECT "Only for Factory Methods" [Final] .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I LOCK Sets Lock .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I UNLOCK Removes Lock .
IF_FAA_BUS_OBJECT I WRITE_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS Expanded Treatment of Change Documents .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS I GET_ASSETCLASS_TEXT Determines Text of an Asset Class .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS I GET_INFO_LOCKED Checks If Asset Class Is Locked .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS I GET_NUMBERRANGE Determines Number Range Interval .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS_ERP I GET_LAYOUT_FROM_ASSETCLASS ERP: Determines the Layout of an Asset Class .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS_ERP I GET_NUMBERRANGE_INFO ERP: Determines Number Data and Internal/External Info .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS_ERP I GET_SCR_LAYOUT_AREA ERP: Determines the Screen Layout of a Depreciation Area .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS_ERP I GET_SCR_LAYOUT_RULE ERP: Determines the Screen Layout of the Asset Class .
IF_FAA_CFG_ASSETCLASS_ERP I INITIALIZE Default of Public Member Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA I COUNT_DELTA_PERIODS Determines Number of Periods Between 2 Entries .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA I GET_DEPRKEY_PERIOD_WEIGHTING Determines Period Weighting Using Fiscal Year Variant .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA I GET_PERIOD_AND_YEAR Determines Period + Fiscal Yr from Date for Dep.Calculation .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA I IS_REAL_AREA Determines If Depreciation Area Is Real or Derived .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA_ERP I GET_CLOSED_FISC_YEAR ERP: Determines Closed Fiscal Year of Area .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRAREA_ERP I INITIALIZE Proposals for Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRKEY I GET_MAX_BASEVALUE Determines the Maximum Base Value from the Asset Class .
IF_FAA_CFG_DEPRKEY_ERP I INITIALIZE Proposals for Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_INDEXSERIES_ERP I INITIALIZE Provide Default Values for Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_INFLATION_ERP I INITIALIZE Provide Default Values for Member Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_INVSUPPORT_ERP I INITIALIZE Proposals for Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_FIRST_DAY_IN_PERIOD Determines First Day in a Period (in Fiscal Year) .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_FIRST_DAY_IN_YEAR Determines First Day in Fiscal Year .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_LAST_DAY_IN_PERIOD Determines Last Day in a Period (in Fiscal Year) .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_LAST_DAY_IN_YEAR Determines Last Day in Fiscal Year .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_LEGACY_STATUS Gets Information on Status of Legacy Data Transfer .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_LOCAL_CURRENCY Gets ISO Code of Local Currency .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_MAX_OPEN_FY Determines Maximum (Open Fiscal Year) .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I GET_NUMBER_OF_PERIODS Determines Number of Periods of Fiscal Year .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I IS_ACTIVE Checks If Option Is Active Using Incoming Constants .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ I IS_PRODUCTIVE Leading Object Is Set as Productive .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_CHARTOFDEPRECIATION ERP: Determine Chart of Depreciation .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_DEPRKEY_DETAILS ERP: Determine Default Values for Depreciation Key .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_DOC_TYPES_PERIOD_PROCESSESERP: Document Types for Periodic Processes .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_MAX_CLOSED_FY ERP: Determines Most Recent Closed Fiscal Year .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_MIN_CLOSED_FY ERP: Determines Oldest Closed Fiscal Year .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I GET_PERIOD_AND_YEAR ERP: Determines Period and Fiscal Year for Postings .
IF_FAA_CFG_LEADOBJ_ERP I INITIALIZE Proposals for Data .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION I CAPITALIZE_ASSET Boole: Capitalize Asset .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION I CHANGEOVER_IS_ACTIVE Boole: Set Changeover Year in Asset .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION_ERP I ASSETCLASS_ALLOWED Checks If Transaction Type Is Allowed for Asset Class .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION_ERP I INITIALIZE Initialization of Object Generation .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION_ERP I LOAD_AREALIMITATIONS Loads Any Existing Area Limitations (TABWA) .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION_ERP I LOAD_SPECIAL_RETIREMENTS Loads Any Existing Special Retirement Handling (TABWU) .
IF_FAA_CFG_TRANSACTION_ERP I LOAD_VALUE_ADJUSTMENTS Loads Any Existing Different TTy Key for Prop.Values (TABWK).
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I PUT_MESSAGE_TO_TABLE Write Error Message to Error Table .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_AREAS Specify Areas for Which Values Are to Be Calculated .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_BADI_HANDLE Set BAdI Instance .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_FYEAR Set Calculation Year .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_HANDLE1 Set Linked Object .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_HANDLE2 Set Linked Object .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_HANDLE3 Set Linked Object .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_PERIOD_TO Set To-Period and Date .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_PROCESS Set Process .
IF_FAA_DC_SEGMENTS I SET_SUBPROCESS Set Processing Subprocess .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I COPY_FROM_MASTER Copies Data from a Reference Manager .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I GET_COMPLETENESS Gets Completeness Indicator for Valuation Data .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I GET_DEPR_AREA_PARAM Gets Table of Depreciation Terms for Deprec. Calculation .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_FAA_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR I SET_DEPR_PARAM Set Paramters for Depreciation Calculation .
IF_FAA_FIELD_RULES I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_FAA_FIELD_RULES I GET_FIELD_STATUS Get Change Status of Field .
IF_FAA_FIELD_RULES I GET_FIELD_STATUS_CAUSE Get Reason for Change Status .
IF_FAA_FIELD_RULES I GET_PARALLEL_FIELD Gets Parallel Field for an Entered Field Name .
IF_FAA_FIELD_RULES I INIT_BY_ASSET_MD Initialize Data with Help of Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_GROUP_BOX I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FAA_GROUP_BOX I IS_ACTIVE Is the Group Box Active? .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initialization of Asset Transactions .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I PUT_ASSET_TO_MNGR Add Asset to Instance Management Table .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I PUT_ITEMS_TO_BUFFER Add Line Items to Change Buffer .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I REFRESH_ASSET_MNGR Delete Instance Management Table .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I REFRESH_TEMP_ITEM_BUFFER Delete Temporary Transaction Buffer of a Posted Asset .
IF_FAA_ITEM_MNGR I REFRESH_TEMP_ITEM_BUFFER_ALL Delete Temporary Transaction Buffer for All Posted Assets .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I COPY_FROM_MASTER_ASSET Copies Values of Reference Asset (Reference/Main No.) .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_ASSET_CLASS Gets Instance of Asset Class of Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_DATA Gets the Time-Independent Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_DEPR_PARAM_MNGR Gets an Object from Depreciation Area Parameters .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_FIELD_RULES Gets an Object for Interpretation of Screen Layout .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_NEXT_SUBNUMBER Gets Next Subnumber to Be Assigned .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_SCR_LAYOUT_RULE Gets Screen Layout Rule of Asset Master Record .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_TD_AMD_MNGR Gets an Object for Managing Time-Dependent Data .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Asset Data .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I IS_SUBNUMBER Is the Asset Object a Subnumber? .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I PREPARE_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS Gets All Changed Master Data of Assets for Change Docs .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I SET_DATA Sets the Time-Independent Asset Master Data .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I SET_DESCRIPTION Changes the Asset Name .
IF_FAA_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I SET_MAIN_DESCRIPTION Sets Name of the Main Asset Number .
IF_FAA_REGTAB I INITIALIZE Initialization with Layout Link .
IF_FAA_REGTAB I INIT_BY_ASSET Initialization with Asset Link .
IF_FAA_REGTAB I IS_ACTIVE Is the Tab Page Active? .
IF_FAA_REGTABGRP I INIT_BY_ASSET Initialization .
IF_FAA_REGTABGRP_BSP I GET_MULTIGROUP_SETTING Gets Settings for Multigroup .
IF_FAA_REGTABGRP_BSP I GET_TABS Gets Title Element .
IF_FAA_REGTAB_BSP I GET_MULTIGROUP Gets Multigroups of Tab Page .
IF_FAA_REGTAB_BSP I GET_REGTAB_SETTING Gets Settings for Tab Page .
IF_FAA_STATIC_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_HANDLER Registers the Event Handler .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I ADD_CHILD Inserts a Subobject [final] .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I CHECK_ALL Checks All Data [Final] .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I GET_CHANGES Gets Original and Changed Data (for Change Documents) .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I GET_CHILDREN Supplies All Subobjects Inserted with ADD_CHILD [Final] .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I IS_MODIFIED Checks if data was changed [Final] .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I REGISTER_ALL_CHILDREN Registers All Subobjects [Final] .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I SET_ACTIVITY Changes Processing Mode of Asset .
IF_FAA_STORABLE I STORE Saves Changes Persistently [Final] .
IF_FAA_TD_AMD_MNGR I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_FAA_TD_AMD_MNGR I DELETE_TMINTRVL Deletes a Time Interval .
IF_FAA_TD_AMD_MNGR I GET_TMINTRVL Gets the Time Interval of the Value Date .
IF_FAA_TD_AMD_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_FAA_TD_AMD_MNGR I SET_TMINTRVL Adds to or Changes a Time Interval .
IF_FAA_VALUE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initialization of Asset Values .
IF_FAA_VALUE_MNGR I SET_AREA_VALUES Adopt Values and Expired Useful Life .
IF_FAGL_ACCOUNT_DB I DELETE Delete Account .
IF_FAGL_ACCOUNT_DB I GET Deliver All Data to Accounts from Selection .
IF_FAGL_ACCOUNT_DB I INSERT Create Account .
IF_FAGL_ACCOUNT_DB I QUERY Select G/L accounts .
IF_FAGL_ACCOUNT_DB I UPDATE Change Account .
IF_FBP_CMPERS_CONVERT I CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT Conversion: External to Internal .
IF_FBP_CMPERS_CONVERT I CONVERT_INT_TO_EXT Conversion: Internal to External .
IF_FBP_CMPERS_RESOLVE I GET_RESOLVED_DATA Breakdown of Intervals and Groups .
IF_FBRC_COMMSUPPORT I CREATE_DEFAULT_TEXT_NO_TEMPL Create a default text in case no template is used .
IF_FBRC_COMMSUPPORT I FILTER_CONTACT_PERSONS Filter the list of contact persons available. .
IF_FBRC_COMMSUPPORT I POPULATE_PLACEHOLDERS Populate the place holders in template text. .
IF_FBRC_COMMSUPPORT I VALUE_HELP_ALL_DBCAT Select one database category out of all possible categories .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I CHANGE_NAVIGATION_TREE_ITEMS Change Items of the Navigation Triee .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I CHECK_DUMMY_TOTALS_ENTRY Check whether Totals entry is dummy or not? .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I DETERMINE_LED_COLOR Determine LED Color for Tree Navigation Nodes .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I GET_ASSIGNED_AMOUNT_FIELDS Get Currency Key and Amount for Difference in Assigned Rec. .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I GET_DISP_DESCRIPTION Get Descriptions for Unassigned ALV Grids .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I GET_LINE_ITEMS Select Line Items for the Selected Tree Node or Set Values .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I GET_MAPPING_TABLE Get Mapping Table .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I HANDLE_DDOWN_MENU Add Functions to A Drop Down Menu .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I MANAGE_UI_FUNCTIONS Manage UI Functions in Toolbars .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I PROCESS_UI_FUNCTION Processing for Selected Function .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I SAVE_CHANGED_RECORDS Save Changes .
IF_FBRC_PRESENTATION I UPDATE_STATUS_FIELD Update status field .
IF_FB_VA I IF_DEL_SMODISRC Delete SMODISRC with relid and smodisrc_key .
IF_FB_VA I IF_GET_CV_SMODISRC Read SMODISRC RELID = cv or tm (Differences) .
IF_FB_VA I IF_GET_MERGED_SMODISRC Merge sv + cv .
IF_FB_VA I IF_GET_SN_SMODISRC Read SMODISRC RELID = sv (Original) .
IF_FB_VA I IF_GET_SV_SMODISRC Read SMODISRC RELID = sv (Original) .
IF_FB_VA I IF_GET_VERSION_FUNC Get Version from Repository or Vers-DB .
IF_FB_VA I IF_SAVE_SV_SMODISRC SAVE SMODISRC RELID = sv (Original) .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I CONV_EXT_TO_INT Conversion from External to Internal Format .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I CONV_INT_TO_EXT Conversion of External Representation to Interal Rep. .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I GET_ICON Icon for an Object .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I INITIALIZE Clear .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I LOAD_BEFORE_QUERY Reload Nodes Before Search .
IF_FCOM_SMP_APPL I LOAD_SUBNODES Reload Subnodes .
IF_FDT_ACTION I GET_FOLLOWUP_ACTIONS Get the follow-up actions .
IF_FDT_ACTION I SET_FOLLOWUP_ACTIONS Set the follow-up actions .
IF_FDT_ACTN_DYNPRO_MESSAGE I GET_T100_MESSAGE Get the message .
IF_FDT_ACTN_DYNPRO_MESSAGE I SET_T100_MESSAGE Set the message .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_APPLICATION_LOG_OBJECT Get the application log object .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_MESSAGES Get messages to be logged .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_PERSISTENCY_SETTINGS Get settings for the persistency of the logged messages .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I SET_APPLICATION_LOG_OBJECT Set the application log object .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I SET_MESSAGES Set messages to be logged .
IF_FDT_ACTN_MESSAGE_LOG I SET_PERSISTENCY_SETTINGS Set settings for the persistency of the logged messages .
IF_FDT_ACTN_STATIC_METHOD I GET_CLASS Get the class (implementing IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD_TEMPLATE) .
IF_FDT_ACTN_STATIC_METHOD I GET_SUB_EXPRESSIONS Get sub expressions .
IF_FDT_ACTN_STATIC_METHOD I SET_CLASS Set the class (implementing IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD_TEMPLATE) .
IF_FDT_ACTN_STATIC_METHOD I SET_SUB_EXPRESSIONS Set sub expressions .
IF_FDT_ACTN_WORKFLOW I GET_WORKFLOW Get single workflow definition .
IF_FDT_ACTN_WORKFLOW I GET_WORKFLOW_TABLE Get a table with several workflows .
IF_FDT_ACTN_WORKFLOW I REMOVE_WORKFLOW Remove single workflow definition .
IF_FDT_ACTN_WORKFLOW I SET_WORKFLOW Set single workflow definition .
IF_FDT_ACTN_WORKFLOW I SET_WORKFLOW_TABLE Set a table with several workflows .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_ACCESS_LEVEL Get Access Level .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_ACTIVE_VERSION Get the Active Version (optional for a timestamp) .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_APPLICATION Get the Application .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_CHANGE_INFO Information about Last Change (user and timestamp) .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_DOCUMENTATION Get the Documentation .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_NAME Get the Name (non-unique) .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Get the Object Type (see constants in IF_FDT_CONSTANTS) .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_REFERENCED_OBJECTS Get all Referenced Objects .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_TEXTS Get the Texts .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_VERSIONS Get a List of Versions .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I GET_WHERE_USED Get Usages of Object .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I SET_ACCESS_LEVEL Set Access Level .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I SET_APPLICATION Set the Application .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I SET_DOCUMENTATION Set the Documentation .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I SET_NAME Set the Name (non-unique) .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I SET_TEXTS Set the Texts .
IF_FDT_ADMIN_DATA I TO_STRING A String Description of the Customizing .
IF_FDT_AND_OR I GET_OPERATION Get the operation .
IF_FDT_AND_OR I GET_PARAMETERS Get AND/OR parameter table .
IF_FDT_AND_OR I SET_OPERATION Set the operation .
IF_FDT_AND_OR I SET_PARAMETERS Set AND/OR parameter table .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I CREATE_SYSTEM_APPLICATION Create a System Application .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I DELETE_INCL_ASSIGNED_OBJECT Logically delete the application and all objects assigned .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_COMPONENT Get the Application Component .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I GET_DEVELOPMENT_PACKAGE Gets the Development Package .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I GET_SETTINGS_CLASS Get the Settings Class and Interface .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I GET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENT Get the Software Component .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I SET_APPLICATION_COMPONENT Set the Application Component .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I SET_DEVELOPMENT_PACKAGE Sets the Development Package .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I SET_SETTINGS_CLASS Set the Settings Class and Interface .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I SET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENT Set the Software Component .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION I TRANSPORT_INCL_ASSIGNED_OBJECTTransport the application and all objects assigned to it .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I ACTIVATION_VETO Possibility to Veto the Activation of an Object .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I AUTHORITY_CHECK Perform an Authority Check (AUTHORITY-CHECK) .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I CHANGE_NOTIFICATION Notify when an object has been changed .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I GET_CALENDAR Get Calendar for Date & Time Functions .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I GET_ELEMENT_VALUES Get the values for an elementary data object .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I GET_FORMULA_FUNCTIONALS Get Formula Functionals .
IF_FDT_APPLICATION_SETTINGS I SAVE_NOTIFICATION Notify when an object is saved .
IF_FDT_BOOLEAN I GET_OPERANDS Get the operands for the operation .
IF_FDT_BOOLEAN I GET_OPERATION Get the operation .
IF_FDT_BOOLEAN I SET_OPERANDS Set the operands for the operation .
IF_FDT_BOOLEAN I SET_OPERATION Set the operation .
IF_FDT_CASE I GET_CASE_PARAMETER Gets the case value for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CASE I GET_CASE_SENSITIVITY Gets information about case sensitivity in comparisons .
IF_FDT_CASE I GET_OTHER_PARAMETER Gets the "Others" value for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CASE I GET_WHEN_TABLE Gets the "When" table for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CASE I SET_CASE_PARAMETER Sets the case value for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CASE I SET_CASE_SENSITIVITY Sets information about case sensitivity in comparisons .
IF_FDT_CASE I SET_OTHER_PARAMETER Sets the "Others" value for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CASE I SET_WHEN_TABLE Sets the "When" table for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I CREATE_NODE Create a new tree node .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I DELETE_NODE Delete a node including all his children .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I GET_CATALOG_PROPERTIES Get properties of the catalog .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I GET_CATALOG_STRUCTURE Get (sub-)catalog structure .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I GET_CHILDREN Get the children below a given node .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I GET_NODE_PROPERTIES Get properties of a node .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I MOVE_NODE Relocate an existing node (with subnodes) within the tree .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I SET_CATALOG_PROPERTIES Set properties of the catalog .
IF_FDT_CATALOG I SET_NODE_PROPERTIES Set properties of a node .
IF_FDT_CC_ANNOTATION I GET_CONTEXT Supplies Context .
IF_FDT_CC_ANNOTATION I GET_NAME Supplies Name .
IF_FDT_CC_ANNOTATION I GET_TYPE Supplies Type .
IF_FDT_CC_ANNOTATION I GET_VALUE Supplies Value .
IF_FDT_CC_REPEAT I ADD_VAR Add Variable .
IF_FDT_CC_REPEAT I CREATE_REPEAT Initialize New Repeat Block .
IF_FDT_CC_REPEAT I NEXT Initialize Next Run .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I FIND_SLOT Searches for a Contained Slot .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I GET_CODE Supplies the Code .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I GET_FIRST_LINE_NUMBER Supplies the Line Number of Start (if Embedded) .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I GET_LAST_LINE_NUMBER Supplies the Line Number of End (if Embedded) .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I GET_NAME Supplies the Name .
IF_FDT_CC_SLOT I SET_CODE Sets the Code .
IF_FDT_CHANGE_MGMT I CHECK_ACTIVE_VERSION Check if act. version needs to be adopted to other changes .
IF_FDT_CHANGE_MGMT I IS_AUTO_ADJUSTED Object was automatically readjusted to change of used object.
IF_FDT_CONSTANT I GET_CONSTANT_VALUE Get the Constant Value .
IF_FDT_CONSTANT I SET_CONSTANT_VALUE Set the Constant Value .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I COPY Copy the Context .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I GET_DATA_OBJECTS Get all Data Objects .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I GET_INSTANCE Get an instance .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I GET_VALUE Get a Value for a Data Object .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I INSERT_DATA_OBJECT Insert a Data Object .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I REMOVE_DATA_OBJECT Remove a Data Object .
IF_FDT_CONTEXT I SET_VALUE Set a Value for a Data Object .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE I EXPORT_XML Export XML .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE I EXPORT_XML_APPLICATION Export XML for an Application incl. all Objects .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE I IMPORT_XML Import XML .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE_INTERNAL I EXPORT_XML Export to XML .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE_INTERNAL I GET_DTD Get the Document Type Definition(TO BE REMOVED FROM HERE) .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE_INTERNAL I GET_ELEMENT_DOMAIN_LIST Get list of element domian names(TO BE REMOVED FROM HERE) .
IF_FDT_DATA_EXCHANGE_INTERNAL I IMPORT_XML Import from XML .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I CONVERT_TO Converts data according to the supplied object .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Create and return a data reference for the data object .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I CREATE_ESR_BINDING_PATH Creates the binding path in the FDT format .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I DERIVE_DATA_OBJECT Derive FDT data object description .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GENERATE_CONVERT_TO Generate source code for method CONVERT_TO .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GENERATE_CREATE_DATA_REF Generate source code for method CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GET_BINDING_TYPE Get the binding type .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GET_DATA_OBJECT_TYPE Get the data object type .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GET_DDIC_BINDING Get DDIC binding .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I GET_GDT_BINDING Get GDT binding .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I IS_CONVERTIBLE_TO Checks the convertibility to the supplied object .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I SET_DDIC_BINDING Set DDIC binding .
IF_FDT_DATA_OBJECT I SET_GDT_BINDING Set GDT binding .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I GET_FIELD_CONDITIONS Returns the conditions for the DB lookup .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I GET_SINGLE Returns the single flag .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I GET_TABLE_NAME Returns the DB table name to read from .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I SET_FIELD_CONDITIONS Sets the conditions for the DB lookup .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I SET_SINGLE Sets the single flag for the DB lookup .
IF_FDT_DB_LOOKUP I SET_TABLE_NAME Sets the DB table to read from .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I GET_COLUMNS Get the columns of the decision table .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I GET_TABLE_DATA Get all data content of the decision table .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I GET_TABLE_PROPERTY Get general properties of the decision table .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I SET_COLUMNS Set the columns of the decision table and their order .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I SET_TABLE_DATA Set data content of the decision table, all data at once .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TABLE I SET_TABLE_PROPERTY Set general properties of the decision table .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TREE I GET_CHILDREN Get the 2 children of a condition node .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TREE I GET_NODE_PROPERTY Get properties of a node .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TREE I GET_ROOT_NODE Get the root node of the tree .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TREE I GET_TREE_STRUCTURE Get (sub-)tree structure .
IF_FDT_DECISION_TREE I SET_NODE_PROPERTY Set properties of a node .
IF_FDT_DYNAMIC_EXPRESSION I GET_MODE Get mode .
IF_FDT_DYNAMIC_EXPRESSION I GET_PARAMETER Get the parameter ID for the expression ID .
IF_FDT_DYNAMIC_EXPRESSION I SET_MODE Set mode .
IF_FDT_DYNAMIC_EXPRESSION I SET_PARAMETER Set the parameter ID for the expression ID .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_ALLOWED_COMPARISONS Get information about allowed comparisons .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_COMPOUNDING Get compound ID .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENT_TYPE Get FDT element type .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES Get additional attribues for element type .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_REFERENCED_ELEMENT Get the ID of the referenced element .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I GET_VALUE_LIST Get list of values (constants) when no binding defnied .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_ALLOWED_COMPARISONS Set information about allowed comparisons .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_COMPOUNDING Set compound ID .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_ELEMENT_TYPE Set FDT element type .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_ELEMENT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES Set additional attributes for element type .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_REFERENCED_ELEMENT Set the ID of the referenced element .
IF_FDT_ELEMENT I SET_VALUE_LIST Set list of values (constants) when no binding defnied .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I GENERATE_PROCESS Generate source code for method PROCESS .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I GET_CONTEXT_DATA_OBJECTS Get context data objects .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I GET_EXPRESSION_TYPE Get the expression type .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I GET_RESULT_DATA_OBJECT Get result data object .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I GET_USED_EXPRESSIONS Get used expressions .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I IS_GENERATING Is this expression able to generate code? .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I PROCESS Process .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I SET_CONTEXT_DATA_OBJECTS Set context data objects (Obsolete) .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION I SET_RESULT_DATA_OBJECT Set result data object .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I GET_ACTION_PROPERTIES Get action properties .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I GET_EXPRESSION_CLASS Get expression class and interface .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I GET_EXPRESSION_TEXTS Get the expression's maintenance texts .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I GET_QUERY_CLASS Get query class .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I GET_UI_CLASS Get the UI class .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I SET_ACTION_PROPERTIES Set action properties .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I SET_EXPRESSION_CLASS Set expression class and interface .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I SET_EXPRESSION_TEXTS Set the expression's maintenance texts .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I SET_QUERY_CLASS Set query class .
IF_FDT_EXPRESSION_TYPE I SET_UI_CLASS Set the UI class .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_APPLICATION Get an application instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_CATALOG Get the catalog instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_DATA_EXCHANGE Get the data exchange instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_DATA_OBJECT Get a data object instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_EXPRESSION Get an expression instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_EXPRESSION_TYPE Get an expression type instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_FILTER Get a filter instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_FUNCTION Get a function instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get a factory instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_QUERY Get the query instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_RULESET Get a ruleset instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_TRACE Get the trace instance .
IF_FDT_FACTORY I GET_WORKLIST Get the worklist instance .
IF_FDT_FILTER I APPLY_FILTER Apply filter to an object .
IF_FDT_FILTER I CLEAR_INCLUDED_FILTERS Remove all included filters .
IF_FDT_FILTER I CLEAR_OBJECTS Remove all objects .
IF_FDT_FILTER I EXCLUDE_FILTER Exclude a filter .
IF_FDT_FILTER I GET_INCLUDED_FILTERS Get the included filters .
IF_FDT_FILTER I GET_OBJECTS Get the objects .
IF_FDT_FILTER I GET_TYPE Get the type of the filter .
IF_FDT_FILTER I INCLUDE_FILTER Include a filter .
IF_FDT_FILTER I INSERT_OBJECT Insert an object .
IF_FDT_FILTER I REMOVE_OBJECT Remove an object .
IF_FDT_FILTER I SET_TYPE Set the type of the filter .
IF_FDT_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA Get formula .
IF_FDT_FORMULA I GET_FUNCTIONALS Get functionals that can be used in formula .
IF_FDT_FORMULA I GET_OPERATORS Get operators that can be used in formula .
IF_FDT_FORMULA I SET_FORMULA Set formula .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GENERATE_PROCESS Generate source code for method PROCESS .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_CONTEXT_CLASS Get the context class (context impl. by application) .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_CONTEXT_DATA_OBJECTS Get context data objects .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_EXPRESSION Get the assigned expression .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_FILTER Get a set filter .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_FUNCTION_MODE Get the function mode .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_PROCESS_CONTEXT Get the context for the process .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_RESULT_DATA_OBJECT Get result data object .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I GET_TRACE_MODE Get the trace mode .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I PROCESS Process .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_CONTEXT_CLASS Set the context class (context impl. by application) .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_CONTEXT_DATA_OBJECTS Set context data objects .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_EXPRESSION Set the assigned expression .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_FILTER Set a filter .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_FUNCTION_MODE Set the function mode .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_RESULT_DATA_OBJECT Set result data object .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION I SET_TRACE_MODE Set the trace mode .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION_CALL I GET_FUNCTION Get the FDT function .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION_CALL I GET_MAPPING Get the mapping .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION_CALL I SET_FUNCTION Set the FDT function .
IF_FDT_FUNCTION_CALL I SET_MAPPING Set the mapping .
IF_FDT_GEN I PROCESS process an FDT function .
IF_FDT_OBJECT_QUERY I CLOSE_CURSOR Close Cursor .
IF_FDT_OBJECT_QUERY I FETCH_DATA Fetch Data Package for the Cursor Selection .
IF_FDT_OBJECT_QUERY I GET_FIELD_LIST Field Information .
IF_FDT_OBJECT_QUERY I PREPARE_SELECT Prepare Cursor Selection (set Metadata) .
IF_FDT_OBJECT_QUERY I SELECT_DATA Selection .
IF_FDT_PROCESSOR I PROCESS Processes an expression .
IF_FDT_QUERY I GET_FIELD_LIST Published Constants for all available Query fields .
IF_FDT_QUERY I GET_IDS Get the IDs for a semantic key .
IF_FDT_QUERY I GET_NAME Get the name for an ID .
IF_FDT_QUERY I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Get the object type for an ID .
IF_FDT_QUERY I SELECT_DATA Dynamic Selection of Data .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I GET_BORDERS Get the borders (min, max) .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I GET_DECIMALS Get the number of decimals .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I GET_PROBABILITY Get the probabilty in case of boolean result .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I SET_BORDERS Set the borders (min, max) .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I SET_DECIMALS Set the number of decimals .
IF_FDT_RANDOM I SET_PROBABILITY Set the probability in case of boolean result .
IF_FDT_RANGE I COMPARE_TO_RANGE Compare with another range with the same test parameter .
IF_FDT_RANGE I GET_CASE_SENSITIVITY Gets information about case sensitivity in comparisons .
IF_FDT_RANGE I GET_RANGE Gets the range for the expression Type .
IF_FDT_RANGE I GET_TEST_PARAMETER Gets the test parameter for the range .
IF_FDT_RANGE I SET_CASE_SENSITIVITY Sets information about case sensitivity in comparisons .
IF_FDT_RANGE I SET_RANGE Sets the range for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_RANGE I SET_TEST_PARAMETER Sets the test parameter for the range .
IF_FDT_RESULT I COPY Copy the result .
IF_FDT_RESULT I GET_DATA_OBJECT Get the data object .
IF_FDT_RESULT I GET_VALUE Get the value for the data object .
IF_FDT_RESULT I SET_DATA_OBJECT Set the data object .
IF_FDT_RESULT I SET_VALUE Set the value for the data object .
IF_FDT_RULE I CLEAR Clear parameter .
IF_FDT_RULE I GET_CONDITION Get the condition .
IF_FDT_RULE I GET_FALSE_ACTION Get the action for the condition being false .
IF_FDT_RULE I GET_TRUE_ACTION Get the action for the condition being true .
IF_FDT_RULE I SET_CONDITION Set the condition .
IF_FDT_RULE I SET_FALSE_ACTION Set the action for the condition being false .
IF_FDT_RULE I SET_TRUE_ACTION Set the action for the condition being true .
IF_FDT_RULESET I ADD_RULE Add rule(s) .
IF_FDT_RULESET I DELETE_RULE Delete rule(s) .
IF_FDT_RULESET I GET_FUNCTION_RESTRICTION Get the function restriction .
IF_FDT_RULESET I GET_RULES Get rules .
IF_FDT_RULESET I GET_RULESET_CONDITION Get the condition for the complete rule set .
IF_FDT_RULESET I GET_RULESET_SWITCH Get the switch for the complete rule set .
IF_FDT_RULESET I SET_FUNCTION_RESTRICTION Set the function restriction .
IF_FDT_RULESET I SET_RULES Set rules .
IF_FDT_RULESET I SET_RULESET_CONDITION Set the condition for the complete rule set .
IF_FDT_RULESET I SET_RULESET_SWITCH Set the switch for the complete rule set .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I CREATE_NODE Create a new tree node .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I DELETE_NODE Delete a node including all his children .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I GET_CHILDREN Get the children below a given node .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I GET_NODE_PROPERTY Get properties of a node .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I GET_ROOT_NODE Get the root node of the tree .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I GET_TREE_PROPERTY Get properties of the tree .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I GET_TREE_STRUCTURE Get (sub-)tree structure .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I MOVE_NODE Relocate an existing node (with subnodes) within the tree .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I SET_NODE_PROPERTY Set properties of a node .
IF_FDT_SEARCH_TREE I SET_TREE_PROPERTY Set properties of the tree .
IF_FDT_SEQUENCE I GET_MAPPING Get the mapping for all sequence steps .
IF_FDT_SEQUENCE I GET_STEPS Get all sequence steps .
IF_FDT_SEQUENCE I SET_MAPPING Set the mapping for all sequence steps .
IF_FDT_SEQUENCE I SET_STEPS Set all sequence steps .
IF_FDT_SEQUENCE I SWAP_STEPS Swap two sequence steps .
IF_FDT_SIMPLE_VALUE_REQUEST I GET_DISPATCHER Get dispatcher expression .
IF_FDT_SIMPLE_VALUE_REQUEST I GET_SIMPLE_VALUE Get parameter of simple value request .
IF_FDT_SIMPLE_VALUE_REQUEST I SET_DISPATCHER Set dispatcher expression .
IF_FDT_SIMPLE_VALUE_REQUEST I SET_SIMPLE_VALUE Set parameter of simple value request .
IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD I GET_CLASS Get the class (implementing IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD_TEMPLATE) .
IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD I GET_SUB_EXPRESSIONS Get sub expressions .
IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD I SET_CLASS Set the class (implementing IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD_TEMPLATE) .
IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD I SET_SUB_EXPRESSIONS Set sub expressions .
IF_FDT_STATIC_METHOD_TEMPLATE I PROCESS Process .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I DELETE Delete a table .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I DELETE_GENERIC Delete generically .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I DELETE_SINGLE Delete a structure .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I GET_IDS Get IDs for a name .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I GET_INSTANCE Get an instance .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I READ Read into table .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I READ_SINGLE Read into structure .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I SPLIT_TABLE Compare 2 tables and split into write and delete .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I UPDATE_SET_SINGLE Update Set .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I WRITE Write a table .
IF_FDT_STORAGE I WRITE_SINGLE Write a structure .
IF_FDT_STRUCTURE I GET_ELEMENTS Get elements .
IF_FDT_STRUCTURE I SET_ELEMENTS Set elements .
IF_FDT_TABLE I GET_STRUCTURE Get the tables structure .
IF_FDT_TABLE I SET_STRUCTURE Set the tables structure .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I GET_DISPATCHER Get dispatcher expression .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I GET_TABLE_REQUEST Get parameter of table request .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I GET_WHERE_TABLE Get the "Where" table for the expression type .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I SET_DISPATCHER Set dispatcher expression .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I SET_TABLE_REQUEST Set parameter of table request .
IF_FDT_TABLE_REQUEST I SET_WHERE_TABLE Set the "Where" table for the expression type .
IF_FDT_TRACE I DELETE Delete traced data .
IF_FDT_TRACE I READ Read traced data .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_CONTEXT_DATA Log information for context data .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_EXCEPTION Log an exception .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_EXPRESSION_END Log the expression processing end .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_EXPRESSION_START Log the expression processing start .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_FUNCTION_END Log the function processing end .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_FUNCTION_START Log the function processing start .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_RESULT_DATA Log information for the result data .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I LOG_TEXT Log free text .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I POP_FUNCTION_ID Pop function ID from function ID stack .
IF_FDT_TRACE_WRITE I PUSH_FUNCTION_ID Push function ID to function ID stack .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I ACTIVATE Activate the object (needs a subsequent save!) .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I AUTHORITY_CHECK Perform an authority check (AUTHORITY-CHECK) .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I CHECK Check the object .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I COPY Return a copy of the object .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I DELETE Logically delete the object (all versions) .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I DEQUEUE Dequeue the object .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I DISCARD_CHANGES Discard unsaved changes .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I ENQUEUE Enqueue the object .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I SAVE Save the object .
IF_FDT_TRANSACTION I TRANSPORT Collect and return transport information .
IF_FDT_UI_DEFINITION I GET_WD_ABAP_COMPONENT Returns the Web Dynpro ABAP component .
IF_FDT_UI_DEFINITION I GET_WD_ABAP_MODEL_CLASS Returns the Web Dynpro ABAP model class .
IF_FDT_UI_DEFINITION I HAS_WD_ABAP_UI Is Web Dynpro ABAP UI supported .
IF_FDT_VALUE_REQU_DISPATCHER I GET_DISPATCHER_TABLE Gets the "Dispatcher" table for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_VALUE_REQU_DISPATCHER I SET_DISPATCHER_TABLE Gets the "Dispatcher" table for the Expression Type .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I DETECT_MASS_SEQUENCE Detect the sequence for the mass operations .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I GET_INACTIVE_OBJECTS Get inactive objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I GET_OBJECTS_TO_GENERATE Get objects that need to be generated .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I GET_UNSAVED_OBJECTS Get unsaved objects per appl., per object type/subtype etc. .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_ACTIVATION Mass Activation of Objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_CHECK Mass Check of Objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_DELETION Mass Deletion of Objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_DEQUEUE Mass Dequeue of Objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_ENQUEUE Mass Enqueue of Objects .
IF_FDT_WORKLIST I MASS_SAVE Mass Save of Objects .
IF_FDT_XSL_TRANSFORMATION I GET_TRANSFORMATION Get transformation program .
IF_FDT_XSL_TRANSFORMATION I SET_TRANSFORMATION Set transformation program .
IF_FEBAN_SELECTION I CLEARUP Necessary Clearing-up Work when the Implementation Changes .
IF_FEBAN_SELECTION I DISPLAY Displays Selection in Control .
IF_FIELDSELECTION_MM I FS_GET Get Field Selection .
IF_FILL_LE_INDX I FILL_VTRDI_INDX Complete Additional Fields Delivery Index Transport .
IF_FILTER_CHECK_AND_F4 I CHECK Value Check .
IF_FILTER_CHECK_AND_F4 I F4 Input Help .
IF_FILTER_CHECK_AND_F4 I INIT Initialization of Instance .
IF_FILTER_CHECK_AND_F4 I SAVE_IMPLEMENTATION Implementation will be saved .
IF_FILTER_CHECK_AND_F4 I SHOW_F4_ICON Display Input Help Icon? .
IF_FILTER_VALUE_FOR_COCO I GET_FILTER_FOR_COCO Filter Value to Display in Control Composite .
IF_FIMA_CALLBACK I AMOUNTCOMP_DETERMINE Calulate Amount to be Capitalized .
IF_FIMA_CALLBACK_RATES I INTERESTRATES_GET Read Interest Reference Rate Values .
IF_FIMA_ITERATION_OBJECT I CALCULATE_ITERATION_STEP Calculates an Iteration Step .
IF_FINB_ACCSYS_VALUATION_RULE I GET_CURRENCY_KEY Gets Currency Key for Reference Currency ID .
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_ACSYST_IDS_BY_CHARACTERS Provides the valuation systs for chr. vals to be indentified.
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_ACTIVE_CURTYPES_OF_ACSYST Provides the Active Currency Types in a Valuation System .
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_ALL_ACTIVE_ACSYST Provides all Valuation Systems in an Accounting Instance .
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_DESCRIPTION_OF_ACSYST Provides the Descriptive Characteristics of a Valuation Sys..
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_DETERMINING_CHARACTERCS Provides the Identifying Characteristics of All Val. Systems.
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_FACADE I GET_STATUS_OF_ACINST Provides the Status of a Valuation System .
IF_FINB_ACC_SYSTEM_HOME I GET_ACCOUNTING_SYSTEM_FACADE Provides the Instance of the Factory .
IF_FINB_ACINST_CLEAN_UP_PARTLY I CHECK_AND_DELETE Deletes Partial Aspects of an Accounting Instance .
IF_FINB_COMPLEX_CONTXT_FACTORY I ADD_CONTEXT Adds Context to Context Object .
IF_FINB_COMPLEX_CONTXT_FACTORY I GET_CONTEXT Fetches Entire Context of a Context Object .
IF_FINB_COMPLEX_MSG_CONTEXT I ADD_CONTEXT Public .
IF_FINB_COMPLEX_MSG_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT Public .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_CALLBACK I ACTIVATE Activates Component .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_CALLBACK I USED_COMPONENT_ACTIVATION Components used should be activated .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I GET_CONFIGURATION_TREE Pick Configuration .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I READ_CONFIG_VIA_ABAP Pick Configuration in Table Form .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I READ_CONFIG_VIA_XPATH Pick Configuration via xpach in Table Form .
IF_FINB_CONFIGURATION_SERVICE I SET_CONFIGURATION Maintain configuration .
IF_FINB_CONFIG_DEPLOYMENT_READ I READ_CONFIG_LAST_CHANGE Pick Change Info of Configuration .
IF_FINB_CONFIG_DEPLOYMENT_READ I READ_CONFIG_VIA_ABAP Pick Configuration in Table Form .
IF_FINB_CONFIG_DEPLOYMENT_READ I READ_CONFIG_VIA_XPATH Pick Configuration via xpach in Table Form .
IF_FINB_CONFIG_MAINTAIN I READ_LOCAL_CONTENT_FOR_UPDATE Pick Configuration in Table Form .
IF_FINB_CUST_CHANGE_DISPATCHER I RECEIVE_CHANGED_CONFIG_KEY Accept Changed Configuration Key .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I ACTIVATE_CONFIGURATION Activate Configuration .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I DELETE Delete Configuration .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I GET_COMMSTRUCTURE Fetch Communication Structure .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I GET_GENERATED_OBJS Provides Generated Objects .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I SET_CONFIGURATION Set Configuration .
IF_FINB_DMT_CONFIGURATOR I SET_INDEX Create Index .
IF_FINB_DMT_PERSISTOR I ADD_DATA Adds Key Figures .
IF_FINB_DMT_PERSISTOR I DELETE_DATA Deletes Totals Record .
IF_FINB_DMT_PERSISTOR I REFRESH Deletes Reconstructable Data .
IF_FINB_DMT_PERSISTOR I SET_DATA Sets Key Figures .
IF_FINB_DMT_PERSISTOR I SUB_DATA Subtracts Key Figures .
IF_FINB_FOBJ_JOIN_READER I OPEN_CURSOR Open Cursor .
IF_FINB_GN_AFTER_CONVERSION I AFTER_CNV_HANDLER Tool for Post-Processing Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_BUILDING_PLAN I CREATE_BUILDING_PLAN Instatiates a Blueprint .
IF_FINB_GN_BUILDING_PLAN I EXECUTION Generates Raw Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_BUILDING_PLAN I GET_CONFIG_OBJ Provides Configuration Object .
IF_FINB_GN_BUILDING_PLAN I GET_CONFIG_TIME_STAMP Last Change to the Configuration Object .
IF_FINB_GN_BUILDING_PLAN I INCREASE_ENQ_CNT Increases/Decreases Lock Counter .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_ACT_PROT_PREFIX Provides Prefix for Activation Log .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_CLIENT_HANDLING Provides Client Handling .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_DEFAULT_PACKAGE Provides Package for Generated Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_MODUS Provides Generator Mode .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_NAMESPACE Provides Name Prefix .
IF_FINB_GN_CONFIGURATION I GET_TRANSPORT_HANDLING Provides Transport Handling of the Object Name .
IF_FINB_GN_DTEL I GET_TEXTS Provides the Texts .
IF_FINB_GN_DTEL I GET_TYPE Provides Type Description for the Data Element .
IF_FINB_GN_ERR_OBJECT I GET_ERROR_DESCRIPTION Provides Description of Error .
IF_FINB_GN_FIELD I GET_FIELD_TYPE Gets Field Type (Field Type Must Exist Locally) .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I ACTIVATE_OBJECTS Activates/Deletes the Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CHECK_AND_GENERATE Checks Objects and Generates Raw Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CHECK_AND_WAIT Check and - if necessary - wait for activation .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CHECK_CRIT_CHANGES Checks for Critical Changes .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CHECK_OBJECTS Checks the Saved Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CLEAR_WORKLIST Deletes Processed Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I CONVERT_TABLES Table Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I DELETE_OBJECTS Marks the Objects in a Plant for Deletion .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_BUILDING_PLAN_OBJECTS Provides Generated Objects in a Blueprint .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_CONFIGURATION Provide Generator Configuration .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_GENERATED_OBJECT Provides Information for a Generated Object .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_LANGUAGES_OBJECTS Provides Language Subobjects for the Objects in a Blueprint .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_OBJECT_FACTORY Provides a Plant for Processing .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_PHYSICAL_NAME Provides Physical Name of an Active Object .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_SINGLE_LANGUAGES_OBJECT Provides Language Suboejct for a Logical Object .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I GET_WORKLIST_OBJECTS Provides Saved/Activated Objects from the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I LOW_TO_HIGH_LEVEL_OBJ Converts a Low-Level Object into a High-Level Object .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I PREPARE_SAVE_OBJECTS Preparation for Saving .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I SAVE_OBJECTS Saves the Created Raw Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_HIGH_LEVEL I SET_AFTER_CNV_HANDLER Sets Post-Processing Tool for Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_LANGUAGES I SET_BUSINESS_NAME Sets the Business Name (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_LANGUAGES_DTEL I GET_TEXTS Provides the Texts .
IF_FINB_GN_LANGUAGES_DTEL I SET_META_DESCRIPT Sets Meta Description for the Object .
IF_FINB_GN_LANGUAGES_DTEL I SET_TEXTS Sets the Texts (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I ACTIVATE_WORKLIST Activates/Deletes the Objects from the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I ADD_ANY_OBJECT Adds Any Object to the Worklist for Checking/Activation .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CHECK_AND_WAIT Check and - if necessary - wait for activation .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CHECK_CRIT_CHANGES Checks for Critical Changes .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CHECK_WORKLIST Checks the Objects from the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CLEAN_UP_BUILDING_PLAN_OBJS Deletes objects that were not newly generated in a blueprint.
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CLEAR_WORKLIST Deletes Processed Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CONVERT_TABLES Table Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I CREATE_RAW_OBJECT Adds a New Raw Object to the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I DELETE_ALL_OBJS Deletes All Objects for an Application in a Client .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I DELETE_OBJECT Adds an Object To Be Deleted to the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I DELETE_VERSIONS Deletes Old Versions of a High-Level Object .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_BUILDING_PLAN_OBJS Provides all existing objects in a blueprint .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_CONFIGURATION Provide Generator Configuration .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_GENERATED_OBJECT Provides Information for a Generated Object .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_LANGUAGES_OBJECT Provides Language Object for a Generated Object .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_MSG_HANDLER Gets Message Handler .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_SINGLE_OBJECT Provides the Object from the Worklist for the Logical Name .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_VERSIONS Deletes All Old Versions of a High-Level Object .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I GET_WORKLIST_OBJECTS Provides Saved/Activated Objects from the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I PREPARE_SAVE_WORKLIST Preparation for Saving .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I SAVE_WORKLIST Saves the Objects from the Worklist .
IF_FINB_GN_LOW_LEVEL I SET_AFTER_CNV_HANDLER Sets Post-Processing Tool for Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT I CHECK_AND_WAIT Check and - if necessary - wait for activation .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT I GET_BUSINESS_NAME Provides Business Name .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT I GET_CATALOG_ENTRY Provides Catalog Entry .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT I GET_CROSSREF Provides Where-Used List .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT I GET_PHYSICAL_NAME Provides Physical Name of the Object .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT_LEVEL I ADD_OBJECT Internal Use: Inserts an Object in AT_USED .
IF_FINB_GN_OBJECT_LEVEL I SET_LEVEL Internal Use: Sets the Object Level .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I ADD_TEXT Adds a Text to the Text Pool .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_DEPENDENCE Sets Dependendy of other Objects .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_FIXPT Sets Fixed Point Arithmetic (Default: On) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_PROG_TYPE Sets the Program Type (-" Domain SUBC, Default, Program) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_TEMPLATE Sets the Template Name .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_TEMPLATE_PARAM Sets the Template Parameter (Default: = A_BUILDING_PLAN) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ABAP I SET_TEXTPOOL Sets the Entire Text Pool (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_DTEL I SET_TEXTS Sets the Texts (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_DTEL I SET_TYPE Sets the Type .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_ENQU I ADD_COMPONENT Adds Fields to the Lock Argument .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FIELD I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the Descriptive Object .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FIELD I SET_TYPE_GROUP_ELEMENT Name of a Type Group Element (Must Exist Locally) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FPOOL I ADD_TEXT Adds a Text to the Text Pool .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FPOOL I SET_CODING_INCLUDE Sets the Include for Forms etc. (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FPOOL I SET_GLOBAL_DATA Sets the Include with Global Definitions (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FPOOL I SET_TEXTPOOL Sets the Entire Text Pool (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_CHANGING_PARAM Inserts a Changing Parameter .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_EXCEPTION Inserts an Exception .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_EXPORTING_PARAM Inserts an Export Parameter .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_IMPORTING_PARAM Inserts an Import Parameter .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_TABLES_PARAM Adds a Table Parameter .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I ADD_TEXT Adds a Text to the Text Pool .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I SET_POOL Sets the Function Group (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I SET_REMOTE_FLAG Sets the Remote Flag .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I SET_TEMPLATE Sets the Template Name .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I SET_TEMPLATE_PARAM Sets the Template Parameter (Default: = A_BUILDING_PLAN) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_FUNCTION I SET_UP_TASK Sets the Process Type in Updating .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_INDEX I ADD_FIELD Adds an Index Field .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_INDEX I SET_ALL_DB Create Index for All Database Systems (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_INDEX I SET_TABLE Table .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_INDEX I SET_UNIQUE Unique/Non-Unique Index (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I ADD_TARGET_SYSTEM System in Which the Object is to Be Generated (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I GET_CATALOG_ENTRY Provides Catalog Entry .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I GET_CRIT_CHANGES Provides Critical Changes .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_BUILDING_PLAN Generating Blueprint (Optional with Low Level SS) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_BUSINESS_NAME Sets the Business Name (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_KEEP_VERSION Overwrite (Default) or Keep the Old Version .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_LOGICAL_NAME Sets the Logical Name (Optional with Low Level SS) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_PACKAGE Sets the Package for the Generated Object (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_PHYSICAL_NAME Sets the Physical Name (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_PREFIX_2 Sets 2nd Name Prefix for the Object (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_OBJECT I SET_SYS_UPGRADE Behaviour of the Object at System Upgrage (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_STRUC I ADD_COMPONENT Inserts a Component .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_STRUC I CLIENT_SPECIFIC Sets Client Dependence .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_TABLE I INIT_NEW_FIELDS Initialization of Added Fields During Activation .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_TABLE I SET_TECH_SETTINGS Sets the Technical Settings .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_TTYP I ADD_KEY_FIELD Adds a Field to the Key (Optional) .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_TTYP I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Attributes .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_TTYP I SET_LINE_TYPE Sets the Row Type .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_VIEW I ADD_COMPONENT Inserts a Component .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_VIEW I ADD_JOIN_CONDITION Adds a Join Condition .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_VIEW I ADD_SEL_CONDITION Adds a Selection Condition .
IF_FINB_GN_RAW_VIEW I SET_TECH_SETTINGS Sets the Technical Settings .
IF_FINB_GN_SERVICE_DISPLAY I GET_OBJECT_LIST Provides List of Objects to Be Displayed .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I COMPARE_FIELDLIST Checks whether New Field List Requires Conversion .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I DELETE_ALL_DATA Only for Tables: Deletes All Data .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I GET_CLIENT_SPECIFIC Gets Client-Dependency of the Table .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I GET_COMPONENT Provides Individual Component .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I GET_COMPONENTS Provides Components from the Structure .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I GET_NAMETAB Provides DDIC Name Tab .
IF_FINB_GN_STRUC I GET_WORK_AREA Provides Work Area from the Structure .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I BUILD_SOURCE Generates/Modifies the Source Data or Language Vector .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I BUILD_TADIR_ENTRY Generates/Modifies the TADIR Entry .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I GET_KIND Provides the Object Type .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I GET_LANGUAGE Provides the Object Language .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I GET_NAME Provides the Object Description .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I GET_SOURCE_TYPE Provides Type of Source Data for the Object .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I GET_TADIR_KEY Provides Key for the TADIR Entry .
IF_FINB_GN_TRANSFER_OBJECT I REPLACE_OBJ_NAME Replaces Physical Name of the Object in the Source .
IF_FINB_GS_PROG_CALLBACK I GET_COMMENTS Returns Comment Rows for Generated Program .
IF_FINB_GS_PROG_CALLBACK I GET_NAME_ORIGINAL_PROG Returns Name of Source Program for Generation .
IF_FINB_GS_PROG_CALLBACK I GET_OBJECT Generates Instance of Implementing Class .
IF_FINB_GS_PROG_CALLBACK I GET_SEL_CALLBACK_KEY Returns Key for Selection Includes to Be Used .
IF_FINB_GS_PROG_CALLBACK I GET_TITLE Returns New Title of Program to Be Generated if Necessary .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_APPL_AREAID Returns Key for Instancing of Characteristic Service .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_COMMENTS Returns Comment Rows for Generated Includes .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_GENERATION_INFO Gives Names of Selection/Event Includes to Be Generated .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_OBJECT Generates Instance of Implementing Class .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_SCR_GROUPS Returns Field Groups for Selection Screen .
IF_FINB_GS_SEL_CALLBACK I GET_SEL_PARS Returns Parameters for Selection Screen .
IF_FINB_KF_CHARS_LIST I GET_LIST List of Characteristics .
IF_FINB_KF_CHARS_LIST I GET_STRUCTURE Characteristic Structure .
IF_FINB_KF_CHARS_TABLE_W_KEY I GET_KEY_FIELDS Key Characteristics .
IF_FINB_KF_CHARS_TABLE_W_KEY I GET_NON_KEY_FIELDS Non-Key Characteristics .
IF_FINB_KF_CHARS_WHERE_USED I GET_KF_CHAR_LIST Provides Kist of Field Names of the Used Chars and Key Figs .
IF_FINB_LG_ACTIVATION I ACTIVATE Activation of One or Several Languages .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check for Existence of Characteristic Values .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I CHECK_SINGLE_EXISTENCE Check for Existence of a Characteristic Value .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I CONVERT_INPUT Entry Conversion .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I CONVERT_OUTPUT Output Conversion .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I GET_META_DATA Provides Metadata .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I READ_SINGLE_VALUE Read Characteristic Value and Attributes of Char. Value .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR I READ_VALUE Read Characteristic Values and Attributes of Char. Values .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I DISCARD_BUFFER Reset Buffer for All Registrations .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I GET_CHAR_INSTANCE Get Characteristic Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get Mill Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I GET_REGISTRY_INSTANCE Get Registration Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I IS_ESA_AVAILABLE Checks Whether ESA Available .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_FACTORY I IS_MDF_AVAILABLE Checks Whether MDF Available .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Get Data References .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I DISCARD_BUFFER Reset Buffer .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I DISCARD_BUFFER_INSTANCE Reset Buffer for Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_INSTANCE Get Characteristic Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY I CHECK Check Registration .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY I DELETE_REGISTRY Delete Registration .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY I GET_REGISTRY Ascertain Registered Entities .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY I SAVE Save Registration .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY I SET_REGISTRY Transfer Entities to Be Registered .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRYENTITY I COPY Returns Copy of Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRYENTITY I EQUALS Compare Attributes .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I DISCARD_BUFFER Get Registration Instance .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_INSTANCE Reset Buffer .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_MDF_ID Gets MDF Application and MDF-AREAID .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_REGISTRYENTITY Get Registration Entity .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_SID Registration SID .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_STRUCTURE_NAME Gets Name of Generated Structure .
IF_FINB_MD_REGISTRY_INTERNAL I GET_TEMP_FIELDNAME Gets Temporary MDF Field Name for a Field Name .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I COLLECT_MSG_OF_TYPE Provides True if Messages of Type Are to Be Collected .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_APPLICATION Returns the Application .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_APPL_LOG_PROFILE Provides Profiles for Displaying the Application Log .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT_FIELDS Provides Field Name of the Flat Context Structure .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT_MESSAGE_FOR_APPL Provides Message for Application Context Message .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT_MESSAGE_FROM_GUID Provides Message for Group Context Message .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT_STRUCTURE_WITH_KEYStrucure Name (Must Include FINB_MSG_CONTEXT!!!) .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER_CXT Provides Appl. Log Info for Assigned Message Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_HDR_CONTEXT Gets Value of Header Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_MIN_TYPE_TO_COLLECT Provides Minimum Error Type for Message Collection .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I GET_TYPE_OF_PROPAGATION Provides error type from which the message is propagated .
IF_FINB_MSG_APPL_CONTEXT I READ_GUID_BY_KEY Provides GUID for Assigned Key .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I ASSOCIATE_TO_DEFAULT_HANDLER Instance is associated with the default message handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I CHANGE_DEFAULT_LEVEL_CONTEXT Sets New Parent Default Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I CLEAR_MSG_CONTEXT Deletes Structured Message Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I CREATE_MSG_CONTEXT Generates a Message Context Object .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I DELETE_CONTEXT_FROM_DB Deletes Context Information for an Application Log .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I DISPLAY_MSG_CONTEXT_DETAIL Displays Additional Information .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I FLUSH_COLLECTED_TO_MSG_HANDLERPasses Context Messages to Default Msg. Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_VALUE Gets Values of Current Default Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER_CXT Provides Appl. Log Info for the Default Message Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Provides an Instance of the Message Context Factory .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_MESSAGE_COUNT Gets Total of Assigned Messages from All Contexts .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_MSG_CONTEXT Fetches an Existing Message Context Object .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I GET_TYPE_OF_PROPAGATION Provides error type from which the message is propagated .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I MARK_MSG_CONTEXT_DETAIL Selects Additional Information for a Message Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I POP_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER Functionality to Restore a MSG Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I PUSH_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER Functionality to Park a MSG Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACTORY I SAVE_MARKED Saves Selected Additional Information on the Database .
IF_FINB_MSG_CONTEXT_FACT_OWNER I GET_FACTORY_OWNER Gets Owner of Factory .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_FROM_MSG_HANDLER Adds Messages from Other Message Collector .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Adds a Single Message .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGES Adds Several Messages .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_SY_MESSAGE Adds a Message (Based on the System Fields) .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_UGMD_MESSAGES Adds UGMD Messages .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I CLEAR Deletes All Messages Gathered from the Message Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I CONVERT2BAPIRET2 Gets Messages in BAPIRETZ .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I CREATE_SY_MESSAGE Generates System Message with Link to Application Log .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I DISPLAY Displays the Collected Messages .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I GET_LAST_MESSAGE Provides Last Message with Specified Gravity .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I GET_LOG_HANDLE Provides the application log handle .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGES Supplies all Collected Messages .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGE_COUNT Gets Number of Messages (opt. "=Problem Class) .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I SAVE Saves the Collected Messages .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER I SET_DISPLAY_DEFAULTS Sets Appl.-Related Display Structure for Internal Context .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_CALLBACK I HANDLE_MESSAGE Determines the Propagation Strategy for Message Handling .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I CREATE_CONSTANT_CALLBACK Creates a Callback Instance (with Constant Behavior) .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I CREATE_DYNAMIC_CALLBACK Creates a Callback Instance (with Dynamic Behavior) .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I CREATE_MSG_HANDLER Creates a Message Handler Instance .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I DEFAULT_LEVEL_CHANGED_BY Message to refer to context change .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I DEFAULT_LEVEL_FLUSHED_BY Message to restore default level .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_CONTEXT_FACTORY Gets Assigned Context_Factory for Default Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER Deliver default message handler instance .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_MSG_LEVEL Deliver current message level .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I SET_DEFAULT_MSG_HANDLER (Internal only) May not be used by the application! .
IF_FINB_MSG_HANDLER_FACTORY I SET_MSG_HANDLER_CONTEXT Sets Context Infor for Later Creation of Instances .
IF_FINB_MSG_TOP_LEVEL_HANDLER I CREATE_DEFAULT_HANDLER Generates New Default Handler Instance .
IF_FINB_MSG_TOP_LEVEL_HANDLER I GET_OWNER_DEFAULT_HANDLER Provides Owner of Default Level Handler .
IF_FINB_MSG_TOP_LEVEL_HANDLER I GET_TOP_LEVEL_HANDLER Provides Top-Level Collector (Only for Context Factories) .
IF_FINB_MSG_TOP_LEVEL_HANDLER I IS_DEFAULT_LEVEL_HANDLER True, if msg_handler Is Default Handler .
IF_FINB_NAVIGATION_SERVICE I DISPLAY_DOCUMENT Display a Document .
IF_FINB_OBJ_META_DESCRIPT I GET_LANGUAGE_VECTOR Provdes Language Vector from the Texts (Implem. Optional) .
IF_FINB_OBJ_META_DESCRIPT I GET_META_DESCRIPT Gets Descriptive Data for the Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I ACTIVATE_ALL_OBJ Activation of All Persistence Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I CREATE_BALANCE_OBJ Create Balance Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I CREATE_PERSIST_OBJ Create a Persistence Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I CREATE_PERSIST_TAB Creation of a Persistence Table .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I CREATE_PROXY_OBJ Creates a Proxy Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I CREATE_TOTALS_OBJ Create Totals Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I DELETE_PERSIST_OBJ Delete a Persistence Object .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I GET_PERSIST_OBJ Provides Persistence Object (Runtime Object) .
IF_FINB_PR_CONFIGURATOR I SHOW_OBJECTS Display Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_CONTAINER I CLEAR Deletes Contents of All Container Tables .
IF_FINB_PR_FIELD I GET_DATA_ELEMENT Provides Name of the Data Element .
IF_FINB_PR_FIELD I GET_DOMNAME Provides Domain Name .
IF_FINB_PR_FIELD I GET_FIELD_TEXT Provides Text .
IF_FINB_PR_FIELD I GET_SUPERIOR_CHARS Provides Parent Characteristics (Compounding) .
IF_FINB_PR_HIER_READER I CLOSE_CURSOR Closing the Cursor .
IF_FINB_PR_HIER_READER I FETCH Fetching the Data .
IF_FINB_PR_HIER_READER I OPEN_CURSOR Opening the Cursor .
IF_FINB_PR_HIER_READER I SELECT Selection .
IF_FINB_PR_IMPLEMENTATION I GET_IMPLEMENTATION Provides Implementation of an Interface .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I ADD_CHILD Adds an extra existing persistence object .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I CHECK_DATA_EXISTENCE Checks Existence of Data .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I COLLECT_OBJS Collects All Objects of a Persistence Hierarchy .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I DELETE_CHILD Deletes Parent-Child Assignment .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_ABAP_STRU Gets ABAP Structure .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_FIELD_IDS Provides field IDs for the object .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_GENERATED_OBJ Gets Generated Object for Logical Name .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_GENERATED_OBJS Provides Generated Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_INDEX Provides an Index .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_KF_CHARS_STRUCTURE Gets Instances of CL_FINB_KF_CHARS_STRUCTURE .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I GET_OBJ_NAME Gets Physical Name for Logical Name .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I SET_DEFAULT_JOIN_COND Sets Standard Join Condition to One/All Lower-Level Object(s.
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ I SET_JOIN_COND Sets Join Condition to a Lower-Level Object .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I ACTIVATE Activates persistence object and all lower-level nodes .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I ADD_INDEX Addition of an Index .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I CHECK_CRIT_CHANGES Checks for Critical Changes .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I DELETE_INDEX Delete index .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I SAVE Save persistence object and all lower-level nodes .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I SET_AFTER_CNV_HANDLER Sets Post-Processing Tool for Conversion .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I SET_INACTIVE Sets Object Inactive .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG I SHOW_OBJECT Object Display .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I ACTIVATE_OBJECT 2nd Activation Session: Activate Persistence Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I CHECK_GEN_OBJECTS Checks Generated Objects and Sets A_VERSION .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I DEQUEUE_OBJECT Unlocks Object and All Lower-Level Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I EXECUTE_BUILDING_PLAN 1st Activation Session: Generate Repository Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I GENERATE_1 Generates Repository Objects - Step 1 .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I GENERATE_2 Generates Repository Objects - Step 2 .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I PREPARE_TRANS_GEN Prepares Generation of Totals/Index Update .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I SAVE_OBJECT Save Persistence Object and All Children (Internal) .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_CONFIG_INT I SET_INST_VERSION Sets/Updates Attribute A_INST_VERSION .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_FACTORY I CLOSE_FACTORY Closes the Plant (Memory Release, Persists Msg Log.) .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_FACTORY I COLLECT_LOGS Gathers Logs for the Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_FACTORY I DESTROY_RUN_TIME_OBJ Destroys Runtime Object of a Persistence Object .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_FACTORY I DISPLAY_LOG Displayd the Complete Logs .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_FACTORY I GET_CATALOG Gets Catalog Entries for an Area ID .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN I CHECK_TOTALS Compares Line Items with Totals/Balances .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN I GET_NEW_CONTAINER Provides Data Container .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN I GET_NEW_HIERARCHY_READER Provides Hierarchy Reader .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN I GET_NEW_JOIN_READER Provides Join Reader .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN I GET_WRITER Provides Update Task .
IF_FINB_PR_OBJ_RUN_INT I GENERATE_FROM_CLAUSE Generates FROM Clause of the SELECT Statement .
IF_FINB_PR_REQUEST_DISPATCHER I CREATE_PERSIST_OBJ Create a Persistence Object .
IF_FINB_PR_REQUEST_DISPATCHER I CREATE_PROXY_OBJ Creates a Proxy Object .
IF_FINB_PR_REQUEST_DISPATCHER I GET_PERSIST_OBJ Provides Persistence Object (Runtime Object) .
IF_FINB_PR_TABLE I GET_BALANCE_TIME_CHARS Gets Time Characteristics for Balance .
IF_FINB_PR_TABLE I GET_TABLE Gets Internal Table for Persistence Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TABLE I GET_TABLE_DESCRIPTION Provides Metadata for a Persistence Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TABLE I GET_TABLE_NAME Provides Physical Names of the Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TABLE I GET_TOTALS_ID Provides CONFIG_ID of Relevant TOTAL Object .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I ADD_FIELD Add Data Field .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I DELETE_FIELD Delete Field .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I GENERATE_OPTIONAL_OBJS Generation of Optional Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I MODIFY_TABLE_DESCRIPTION Create/Change Persistence Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I SET_INDEX_TABLE Assigns an Existing Table as Index Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I SET_TABLE Assigns an Existing Table .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_CONFIG I USE_EXISTING_TAB Uses Existing Table (Only Use After Consultation) .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_RUN I REORG_INDICES Reorganizes Cross-Table Indexes .
IF_FINB_PR_TAB_RUN I REORG_TOTALS Reorganizes Assigned Totals/Balances Objects .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I GET_DELETE_CONTAINER Delivers Container for Data to Be Deleted .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I GET_INSERT_CONTAINER Delivers Container for Data to Be Inserted .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I GET_MODIFY_CONTAINER Delivers Container for Data to Be Inserted/Changed .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I GET_UPDATE_CONTAINER Delivers Container for Data to Be Changed .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I POST Deduct Post Order .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I POST_IMMEDIATE Direct Posting .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I POST_ON_COMMIT POST is performed automatically during Commit Work .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_DELETE_CONTAINER Container with Data to Be Deleted .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_INSERT_CONTAINER Container with Data to Be Inserted .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_MODIFY_CONTAINER Container with Data to Be Inserted/Changed .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_SCHEDMAN_KEY Sets Key for Schedule Manager .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_UPDATE_CONTAINER Container with Data to Be Changed .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I SET_UPDATE_SET_CLAUSE Data to Be Changed (By Column) .
IF_FINB_PR_WRITER I TO_BE_DELETE_DATA Data to Be Deleted .
IF_FINB_READER I GET_SELECT_FIELDS Obsolete; GET_READING_STRUCTURE, ...-"Use GET_LIST .
IF_FINB_READER I OPEN_CURSOR Open Cursor .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I CHANGE_CONDITION Possible Change of Selection Conditions by Application .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I CHECK Data Checked by Application .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Data Checked by Application Before Posting .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I DELETE Transfers Deleted Data Records to the Application (Buffer) .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_AUTHORITY_CHECK Gets Authorization Check for Reporting .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_EVENTS Gets Events (Navigation and Additional User Functions) .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_EXTENDED_READER Temporary: Returns Reader Interface of Reporting Tools .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_JOIN_READER Returns Join Reader Interface of Application .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_LAYOUT Gets Layout Information .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I GET_READER Returns Reader Interface of Application .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I INSERT Transfers Inserted Data Records to Application (Buffer) .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I SAVE Data Update .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_APPL_SERVICE I UPDATE Transfers Changed Data Records to Application (Buffer) .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_RUNTIME I CHECK_LAYOUT_EXISTENCE Checks if transferred layout for report display exists .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_RUNTIME I DISPLAY_LAYOUT_INPUT_HELP Displays Entry Help for Layouts .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_SERVICE I CALL_AND_RETURN Let the show begin! .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_SERVICE I REFRESH Update Display Data .
IF_FINB_REPORTING_SERVICE I SET_DETAIL_PARAMETERS Settings for a Detail List .
IF_FINB_REPORT_CONFIGURATOR I DELETE_REPORT Report Deletion .
IF_FINB_REPORT_CONFIGURATOR I GENERATE_REPORT_RETURN_HANDLE Report Generation .
IF_FINB_REPORT_CONFIGURATOR I SET_DISPLAY_CHARS Set the Display Properties .
IF_FINB_REPORT_CONFIGURATOR I SET_SELECTION_CHARS Set the Selection Properties .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I GET_REF_TO_TABLE Gets Reference to Original Table .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I INSERT Inserts a Row and Returns a Reference to it .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I SELECT Selection Using Condition or SELTAB .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I SELECT_MULTI_BY_KEY Selection of many Entries Using a Key .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I SELECT_MULTI_BY_PARTIAL_KEY Selection Using Partial Key .
IF_FINB_RT_FULL_ACCESS_TABLE I SELECT_SINGLE Selection of a Single Record .
IF_FINB_RT_READER I GET_COMPONENTS Gets Components of Runtime Table .
IF_FINB_RT_READER I SELECT Selection Using Condition or SELTAB .
IF_FINB_RT_READER I SELECT_BY_PARTIAL_KEY Selection Using Partial Key .
IF_FINB_RT_READER I SELECT_MULTI_BY_KEY Selection of many Entries Using a Key .
IF_FINB_RT_READER I SELECT_SINGLE Selection of a Single Record .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I DELETE Deletes Table Rows .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I DELETE_BY_PARTIAL_KEY Deletes Table Rows using Partial Key .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I GET_COMPONENTS Gets Components of Runtime Table .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I GET_TABLE Gets Total Table .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I INSERT Adds New Rows .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I REFRESH Deletes Contents of Table .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I SELECT Selection Using Condition or SELTAB .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I SELECT_BY_PARTIAL_KEY Selection Using Partial Key .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I SELECT_MULTI_BY_KEY Selection of many Entries Using a Key .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I SELECT_SINGLE Selection of a Single Record .
IF_FINB_RT_TABLE I UPDATE Changes Table Rows .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_OBJECT I GET_AMOUNT Read Amount with Currency .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_OBJECT I GET_QUANTITY Read Quantity with Unit .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE I GET_ADDITIONAL_KEY Provides Any Additionally Required Key for Field Access .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE I GET_ALL_COMPONENTS Gets All Components, also from Subtypes .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Language-Dependent Type Description .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE I GET_FIELD_NAMES Provides Names of All (Flat) Components of Field Type .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE I GET_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT Gets Persistence Object for Type .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE_FACTORY I GET_TYPE Gets an Instance of Type .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE_FACTORY I GET_TYPES Gets All Instances for Metatype in Data Basis .
IF_FINB_STRUCT_TYPE_MAINT I SAVE Save configuration .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I COMPRESS_TABKEYS Compress the Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I FORCE_TYPE_GENERATION Force Regeneration of the Temporary Types .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GENERATE_TYPES Generate All Temporary Types for the Known Order .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GENERATE_TYPES_FOR_TABLES Generate New Types for New Tables .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_ALL_DATA Read All Data for the Object .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_DATA Read Data .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_DATAINFO Read Directory of Stored Data .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_SELOPTS Read Select Options .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_SELOPT_FOR_KEY Provide Select Options for a Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_STRUCTURE Read Structure Information .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_TABKEYS Read Tables and Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I GET_TYPE_FACTORY Gets Instance to Factory for Types .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I REPLACE_TABKEYS Completely Replace Tables and Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I SAVE_DATA Save Data .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I SAVE_DATA_WITH_MSG Save Data with Message Handling .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I SAVE_STRUCTURE Save Structure Information .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I SAVE_TABKEYS Save Tables and Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER I WRITE_SELOPT_FOR_KEY Change Select Option for a Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I EXPORT_SELOPTS Export Select Options .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I EXPORT_STRUCTURE Structure Information Export .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I EXPORT_TABLEKEYS Table and Key Export .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_DATA Table Key Data Import .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_DATAINFO Data Information Import .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_DATA_01 Import Data to a Table Key Version 01 .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_SELOPTS Import Select Options .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_STRUCTURE Structure Information Import .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_ACCESS I IMPORT_TABLEKEYS Table and Key Import .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I GET_TABLES_FOR_OBJECT Read All Texts Tables for an Object .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I GET_TEXT Read Table Row (Text) for a Key .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I GET_TEXT_BY_NV Read Table Row (Text) for a Key (Named Values) .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_ENTRIES Fetch Transport Entries for Text Table .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I SAVE Store Changed Data Records .
IF_FINB_TR_CONTAINER_TEXT I SAVE_TEXT Store Table Row (Text) for a Key .
IF_FINB_TR_LOGO_OBJECT I ADD_KEY Add Key for Logical Object .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CC_CLII I CC_CHECK_SOURCE_CLIENT CLIIDEP: Check (Source) Client .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CC_CLII I CC_EXCLUDE_TABLES_CLII CLIIDEP: Exclude (Source) Tables from Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CC_DATA I CC_DELETE_CLIENT Delete All Objects and Spec. Data for a Client .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CC_DATA I CC_GET_SOURCE_TABNAMES Source System: Get Names of Generated Tables .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CC_DATA I CC_GET_TARGET_TABNAMES Target System: Get Names of Generated Tables .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CLIENTCOPY I CC_COLLECT_OBJECTS (Source) Collect Transport Objects for Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CLIENTCOPY I CC_EXCLUDE_TABLES (Source) Exclude Tables of Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CLIENTCOPY I CC_FINISH (Target) End After Import Post-Processing .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_CLIENTCOPY I CC_INIT (Target) Initialization before Import Post-Processing .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_EXPORT I EXECUTE_BEFORE_EXPORT Execute Before-Import Method .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_GENERIC_TEXT I GET_SPLIT_AND_LOG_KEY Delivers Split Key and Logical Key .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_GENERIC_TEXT I GET_TABLE_ID Delivers a Unique ID for a Text Table .
IF_FINB_TR_METHOD_IMPORT I EXECUTE_AFTER_IMPORT Execute After-Import Method .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I AFTER_IMPORT Execute After-Import Method .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I BEFORE_EXPORT Execute Before-Import Method .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I GET_PIECE_LIST Get Bill of Materials .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I GET_TRANSPORT Get Transport Objects .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I GET_TRKORR Order Number for Container Accesses .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I HAS_GENERIC_TEXT Record Generic Text Table .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_CLIENT_DEP Query about Client-Specificity of the Object .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_CONTAINER Query about Container Transport .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_LOGO_OBJECT Check for Logical Transport Object .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_MAINTAINABLE Chedk Maintainability .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_TABU_OBJECT Check for Table Object .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I IS_TRANSPORTABLE Query about Transportability of the Object .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I SET_TRANSPORTABLE Set Transportability .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT I SET_TRKORR Order Number for Container Accesses .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_CHECK_SOURCE_CLIENT CLIIDEP: Check (Source) Client .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_COLLECT_OBJECTS Collect Transport Objects for Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_DELETE_CLIENT Delete All Objects and Spec. Data for a Client .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_EXCLUDE_TABLES Exclude Tables of Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_EXCLUDE_TABLES_CLII CLIIDEP: Exclude (Source) Tables from Client Copy .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_FINISH End After-Import Post-Processing .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_GET_SOURCE_TABNAMES Source System: Get Names of Generated Tables .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_GET_TARGET_TABNAMES Target System: Get Names of Generated Tables .
IF_FINB_TR_OBJECT_CC I CC_INIT Initialization of Before-Import Post-Processing .
IF_FINB_TR_REQUEST I ADD_OBJECT Add Object to Transport Request .
IF_FINB_TR_REQUEST I GET_OBJECTS Return List of Transport Objects .
IF_FINB_TR_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST Query Request .
IF_FINB_TR_REQUEST I GET_TRANSPORT_CONTAINER Return Transport Container Instance .
IF_FINB_TR_REQUEST I SAVE_REQUEST Write Request .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I ADD_ITAB Add (Flat) Internal Table .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I ADD_SELOPTION Add a Selection Condition .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I ADD_TABLE_KEY Insert a Table Key .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I GET_ITAB_FOR_KEY Get Internal Table for a Key .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I GET_ITAB_STRUCTURE Get Structure Description of an Internal Table .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I GET_SELOPTS Return all Selection Options .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I GET_TABLE_KEYS Return All Tables and Keys .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I MERGE_TABLE_KEYS Add Table Key and Selection Conditions .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I REMOVE_TABLE_KEY Delete a Table Key .
IF_FINB_TR_TABU_OBJECT I SET_TABLE_KEYS Reset Table Key and Selection Conditions .
IF_FINDR_DERIVATION_STEP I CHECK TODO: Check Step .
IF_FINDR_DERIVATION_STEP I CREATE Generate Step .
IF_FINDR_DERIVATION_STEP I PROCESS Execute step .
IF_FIN_DUEDATE_OBJECT I DELETE_ENTRIES Delete Purchase Orders .
IF_FIN_DUEDATE_OBJECT I READ_ENTRIES Read Purchase Order .
IF_FIN_DUEDATE_OBJECT I WRITE_ENTRIES Add/Change Purchase Orders .
IF_FIN_ORDPUR_OBJECT I DELETE_ENTRIES Delete Purchase Orders .
IF_FIN_ORDPUR_OBJECT I READ_ENTRIES Read Purchase Order .
IF_FIN_ORDPUR_OBJECT I WRITE_ENTRIES Add/Change Purchase Orders .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GEN_DECLARATION Generate Declarations for Interval Module Include .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GEN_LOOP Generate Loop Begin .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GEN_READ_DATA Generate Master Data Import .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GEN_READ_DATA_INIT Generate Master Data Import, Initial Part .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GEN_REQ_FIELDS Generate List of Required Open Item Fields .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I GET_STRUCT_NAME Itabname Function .
IF_FKKBW_BWMDS I INIT_GEN Initialize Customizing .
IF_FKKFM_CHECKS I FKKFM_CHECKS_METH1 Update Write-Offs as Invoice .
IF_FKKFM_CHECKS I FKKFM_CHECKS_METH2 Force Account Assignment Derivation for Commitment Item .
IF_FKKOI_XI I SEND_INFORMATION Send Information to XI .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I CONFIRM_LOCAL_CORR_REQUESTS Confirm Correspondence Requests in Local Buffer .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I GET_CORR_REQUEST_WITH_HISTORY Read Correspondence Request (Header&History) for Change .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I RESET_GLOBAL_CORR_REQUESTS Delete Correspondence Requests in Global Buffer .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I RESET_LOCAL_CORR_REQUESTS Delete Correspondence Requests in Local Buffer .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I SET_IN_UPDATE_TASK Set Being Updated .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HANDLER I SET_SORT_BY_SENDCONTROL Set Sort by Send Control .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I ADD_CORR_REQUESTS Add Correspondence Requests .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I ADD_HEADERS_TO_LOCAL_BUFFER Add Correspondence Requests (Header) to Local Buffer .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I GET_CORR_REQUESTS_FROM_BUFFER Read Correspondence Request (Header) from Buffer .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I GET_CORR_REQUEST_ARCHIVE_INFOSRead Correspondence Request (Archive Information) .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I GET_CORR_REQUEST_WITH_DATA Read Correspondence Request (Header&Data) .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I UPDATE_ARCHIVE_INFO Change Correspondence Request (Archive Information) .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I UPDATE_CORR_REQUEST Change Correspondence Request (Header&History) .
IF_FKK_CORR_BUFFER_HD_INTERNAL I UPDATE_HEADER Change Correspondence Request (Header) .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_COMM I AFTER_LOOP Multiple Selection: Processed After the Loop .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_COMM I BEFORE_LOOP Multiple Selection: Processed before the Loop .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_COMM I DO Execute Method for Command .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_COMM I IS_ACTIVE Test whether Method is Active .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_DBA I CHECK_IS_EMPTY Checks If History Is Blank .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_DBA I GET_REF_TO_HISTORY Make Reference to History Available .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_DBA I SELECT Execute Database Selection .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_DBA I SET_PARAMETERS Set Parameter for Selection .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_LOG I LOG_DISPLAY Display Messages .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_LOG I LOG_OFF Activate Message Output .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_LOG I LOG_ON Deactivate Message Output .
IF_FKK_CORR_DISP_HISTORY_LOG I SET_MODEL_FOR_LOGGING Set Model for Message Receipt .
IF_FKK_CORR_EVENTS_OUTPUT I EVENT_44011000 Output Individual Correspondence Request .
IF_FKK_CORR_EVENTS_OUTPUT I S_CREATE Provide Instance .
IF_FKK_CORR_EXP_CREATE_REQUEST I CREATE_CORR_REQUEST Create Correspondence Request .
IF_FKK_CORR_LOG I ADD_EXCEPTION Add Exception to Log .
IF_FKK_CORR_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE Add Message to Log .
IF_FKK_CORR_LOG I ADD_S_MESSAGE Add Custom Message to Log .
IF_FKK_CORR_LOG I GET_CONTROL_MESSAGE Provide Parameters for Message Control .
IF_FKK_CORR_LUW_HANDLER I DB_COMMIT Trigger DB Commit .
IF_FKK_CORR_LUW_HANDLER I SET_LAST_CALL Indicator: Set Last Call .
IF_FKK_CORR_LUW_HANDLER I SET_LUW_HANDLE_OFF Switch Off LUW Handling .
IF_FKK_CORR_LUW_HANDLER I SET_LUW_HANDLE_ON Switch On LUW Handling .
IF_FKK_CORR_OUTPUT_REQUEST I OUTPUT_CORR_REQUEST Output Correspondence Request .
IF_FKK_CREDIT_CHECK I PERFORM Perform Credit Check .
IF_FKK_CREDIT_EVENT_IN I CONVERT_INBOUND XI =" SAP .
IF_FKK_CREDIT_EVENT_IN I STORE_ENTRIES Write Entries to Database .
IF_FKK_CREDIT_INFO I READ_MASTER_DATA Read Credit Limit and Score .
IF_FKK_CREDIT_VECTOR I PUSH_CREDIT_VECTOR Send Payment Behavior Summary to SAP Credit Management .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I CONVERT_INBOUND XI =" SAP .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I CREATE_IDOC Create IDoc with XI Message Information .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_BPITEM Determination of Business Partner Item .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_GLITEM Determination of General Ledger Items .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_HEADER Determination of Header Line .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_INTERNAL_BUSINESS_PARTNER Determination of Internal Business Partner ID .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_INTERNAL_CONTRACT_ACCOUNT Determination of Intrenal Contract Account ID .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_SYSTEM_ASSIGNMENT Read Customizing for External Billing .
IF_FKK_EXTERNAL_BILLING_IN I GET_TAXITEM Determination of Tax Items .
IF_FKK_GET_CRITICAL_GPART I GET_CRITICAL_GPART Determine Critical Business Partners in Credit Management .
IF_FKK_LIABILITY_PULL I CONVERT_INBOUND XI =" SAP .
IF_FKK_LIABILITY_PULL I CONVERT_OUTBOUND SAP =" XI .
IF_FKK_LIABILITY_PULL I GET_LIABILITY Provision of Current Liability .
IF_FKK_LIABILITY_PUSH I PUSH_LIABILITY Update FI-CA Liabilities in SAP Credit Management .
IF_FKK_SCORING_GET I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to FI-CA .
IF_FKK_SCORING_GET I GET_CR_SCORING Receives Score from XI .
IF_FKK_SCORING_PUSH I PUSH_SCORING Send Score to SAP Credit Management .
IF_FLUSH_NOTIFY I BEFORE_FLUSH_NOTIFY Notification of Flush .
IF_FLUSH_TRANSPORT_MM I CAN_INITIATE_FLUSH Which Object is Responsible for Flush .
IF_FLUSH_TRANSPORT_MM I START Start Transport .
IF_FMAVC_DEFAULT_LEDGER I GET_AVC_LEDGER_POSTING Derive default AVC ledger for posting data .
IF_FMAVC_ENTRY I COLLECT_BUD Collect data for FM budgeting .
IF_FMAVC_ENTRY I COLLECT_RIB Collect data from RIB .
IF_FMAVC_ENTRY I COLLECT_UPD Collect data for FM posting .
IF_FMAVC_LEDGER I COLLECT_BUD Collect budgeting data for AVC check .
IF_FMAVC_LEDGER I COLLECT_RIB Collect RIB data (RIB call procedures) for AVC check .
IF_FMAVC_LEDGER I COLLECT_UPD Collect FM posting data for AVC check .
IF_FMAVC_RIB I GET_ENTRIES Get entries from the RIB ledger .
IF_FMBAS_DERIVATION_TOOL I ACTIVATE_CHANGE_DOC Activation of the change document functionality .
IF_FMBW_FMAA_HIER I CHANGE_HIERARCHY_NAME Name Change of Hierarchy for FM Account Assignments .
IF_FMBW_RFFMBWBM I IDENTIFY_INFO_OBJECTS Identification of Info Objects with Document Characteristics.
IF_FMCA_BRF_EVENT I SET_CONTEXT Set Context .
IF_FMCE_CHECK_LOGIC I CG_CONTRIBUTION_CALCULATE Calculate the Contrib. to a Cover Group From One Bdgt Addr. .
IF_FMCE_COVER_GROUP I CHECK_COVER_GROUP Verify new or modified cover group .
IF_FMEUF_ADMIN I GET_CHANGE_INFO Get information about last change of object on data base .
IF_FMEUF_ADMIN I GET_CREATION_INFO Get information about the first DB creation of the object .
IF_FMEUF_ADMIN I GET_TEXTS Get long- and short description (SY_LANGU) .
IF_FMEUF_ADMIN I SET_TEXTS Set long- and short description (SY_LANGU) .
IF_FMEUF_CHECK_1 I CHECK_CERTIF Check Expenditure Certification (Run Param. and Cert. List) .
IF_FMEUF_CHECK_1 I CHECK_FINSRC Check Financing Source .
IF_FMEUF_CHECK_1 I CHECK_OPERA Check Operation .
IF_FMEUF_DOC_SEL I DOCUMENT_DETAIL Details of single expenditure document .
IF_FMEUF_DOC_SEL I ITEM_CORRECTION Decide whether certification items must be corrected .
IF_FMEUF_DOC_SEL I READ_DOCUMENTS Read the document items to be certified and determine amount.
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I AUTHORITY_CHECK Checks the user authorization .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I CHECK Checks the consistency of the object .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I CHECK_EXISTENCE Checks if an object with the current key exists on DB .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I COPY Returns a copy of the object (= create with tempate) .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I DEQUEUE Dequeue the object .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I ENQUEUE Enqueue the object .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I SAVE Saves the object to the database .
IF_FMEUF_TRANSACTION I SET_DELETE Deletes the object by setting the deletion indicator in obj..
IF_FMFG_BL_EXT_USFED I GET_BLEDGER_AREAS Change the budgetary ledger areas for the BL derivation .
IF_FMFG_BL_EXT_USFED I GET_BUDGET_STATE Change the budget state for the BL derivation .
IF_FMFG_CCR_DATAREAD I READ_HEADER Read CCR data header record .
IF_FMFG_CCR_MESSAGE_CUST I MESSAGE_ACTUALS Actuals: Customize messaging .
IF_FMFG_CCR_MESSAGE_CUST I MESSAGE_OI Open Items: Customize messaging .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I CLEAR_ITEM_GRID Free memory used by ALV item display grid .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I DELETE_SAVED_RESULTS Delete saved result data for a REPORT_ID value .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GETPROVIDERLIST Provide list of Data Providers available for the group .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GET_LIST_AVAIL_VIEW_FIELDS List of fields for sort/group/select for a rule .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GET_MATCH_RESULTS Retrieve match result data for a node .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GET_REPORT_CRITERIA Provide report selection criteria as a table .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GET_VIEW_FIELDS Get sorting/grouping field names .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I GET_VIEW_TEXT Get text description of the selected view .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I INITIALIZE_FOR_CALCULATION Initialize values for rule evaluation .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I POPUP_TO_SELECT_SAVED_RESULT Dialog for saved result selection .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I PREPARE_FOR_RULE_CALCULATION Initialization activities for rule execution .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I REGISTER_GRID_EVT_HANDLER Register event handlers for item display grid .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I REGISTER_PROVIDER Register a Data Provider for calculating an equation .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I RETRIEVE_RESULTS_INITIAL Initial portion of saving results: overall report data .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I RETRIEVE_RESULTS_ITEM Retrieve item level match data for a single node on the rpt .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SAVE_MATCH_RESULTS Retrieve match result data for a node .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SAVE_RESULTS_INITIAL Initial portion of saving results: overall report data .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SET_BATCH_REPORT_CRITERIA Provide report selection criteria as a table .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SET_REPORT_CRITERIA Set selection criteria for running a report .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SET_VIEW_FIELDS Choose fields for sorting/grouping after subtotal level .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SHOW_MATCH_RESULTS Perform matching function and display results .
IF_FMFG_RCN_GROUP I SHOW_REPORT_CRITERIA Display selection criteria for current report .
IF_FMFG_SPS_CNTRL_NO I GET_CONTROL_NO Get Control Number SPS Summary .
IF_FMFG_STAT_SAMPLE_DEF I MODIFY_STAT_SAMPLE_IND Method to Modify Statistical Sampling Indicator .
IF_FMKF_HANDLER I CHECK_BEFORE_EVALUATION Check if the evalution has to be done or not .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_DRAGITEM Gets Budtxt ID that is Dragged or Dropped .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_DRAGSRC Gets Budtxt ID of the Source of the Dragdrop Process .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_ICON_ID Gets Icon for Dragged Object .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_TEXT Gets Text for Dragged Object .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_USEROBJECT Gets Additional Information (Free Field) .
IF_FMKU_DRAGDROPDATA I SET_DRAGDATA Sets Information for DragDrop Process .
IF_FMRB_ENTRY I COLLECT_BUD Collect data for FM budgeting .
IF_FMRB_ENTRY I COLLECT_UPD Collect data for FM posting .
IF_FMRB_RIB I CHECK_RULE Check new or modified RIB rule .
IF_FMRIB_AVC I COLLECT_RIB Hand over data to AVC collect .
IF_FM_DOCUMENT_VALIDATION I CHECK_ACTUALS Actuals: Check document .
IF_FM_DOCUMENT_VALIDATION I CHECK_OI Commitm. Interf.: Check document .
IF_FM_EF_GROUP I CHECK_EF_GROUP Check Group .
IF_FM_EF_GROUP I GROUPING_INIT Initialization Grouping Scenario .
IF_FM_EF_GROUP I PROCESS_OUTPUT_FIELDS Fields Not Ready For Imput .
IF_FM_EF_GROUP I SELECT_ALL_MEMBERS_OF_GROUP Select All Document Items of a Group .
IF_FM_REQUEST_FLLW_DOC I GET_FILTER_VALUE Determine Filter Value .
IF_FM_REQUEST_FLLW_DOC I POST_FOLLOWING_DOCS Post and Check Subsequent Documents .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I ADD_ADVICE_ITEM Insert Payment Advice Note Item .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I COPY Copy Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I CREATE_ADVICE Create New Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I CREATE_ADVICE_ON_DB Create Payment Advice Note on Database .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I DELETE Delete Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I DELETE_ADVICE_FROM_DB Delete Payment Advice Note from Database .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I DEQUEUE Unblock Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I DEQUEUE_ALL Unblock All Payment Advice Notes .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I ENQUEUE Block Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I FACTORY_BY_ACCOUNT All Payment Advice Notes for an Account Will Be Read .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I FACTORY_BY_VBELN All Payment Advice Notes for A Sales Order Will Be Read .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I FORGET_ADVICE_ITEM Payment Advice Note Will Be Removed .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET Read Current AVIK Values .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET_ADVICE_ITEMS All Payment Advice Note Items for a Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET_ADVICE_ITEMS_BY_BSEG_KEY Read Payment Advice Note Items from Buffer .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET_ADVICE_ITEMS_BY_VBAK_KEY Read Payment Advice Note Items from Buffer .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET_ALL_DELETED_ADVICES List of All Payment Advice Notes Held for Deletion .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I GET_SINGLE_ITEM_BY_BSEG Payment Advice Note Item for Line Item .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I NUMBER_OF_ADVICE_ITEMS Number of Payment Advice Note Line Items .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I READ_ADVICE_FROM_DB Read Complete Payment Advice Note from Database .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I SET Write Current AVIK Values .
IF_FOAP_AVIK I UNDO_DELETE Cancel Deletion of Payment Advice Note .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I ASSIGN_AMOUNT Assign Amount .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I CLEAR_ASSIGNED_AMOUNT Delete Assigned Amount .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I CONVERT_CDITEM_TO_AVIP Help Method for Creating Payment Advice Note Item .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I GET Read Current AVIP Values .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I GET_ADVICE_HEAD Reference to Payment Advice Note Header .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I GET_ASSIGNED_AMOUNT Read Assigned Amount .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I SET Write Current AVIP Values .
IF_FOAP_AVIP I TOTAL_ASSIGNED_AMOUNT Total of Assigned Amounts .
IF_FOAP_ITEM I GENERATE_ALV_LINE Generate ALV Line .
IF_FOAP_ITEM I GET_DOC_CURRENCY_KEY Document Currency .
IF_FOAP_ITEM I GET_LOCAL_CURRENCY_KEY Local Currency .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_BEFORE_SAVE Called before FIN objects saved .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_CLOSE Checks FIN Objects before Closing .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_CREATE_EXPL Checks and supplements FIN objects with explicit creation .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_CREATE_IMPL Checks and supplements FIN objects with implicit creation .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_DELETE Checks FIN Objects Before Deletion .
IF_FOBJ_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_READ Checks and supplements FIN objects after reading from DB .
IF_FOBJ_OBJECT I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets object description if available .
IF_FOBJ_OBJECT I GET_TEXTUAL_KEY Gets business key as string .
IF_FOBU_APPL_CALLBACK I CONTEXT_MENU_OK_CODE Process Function from Context Menu .
IF_FOBU_APPL_CALLBACK I CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST Display Context Menu .
IF_FOBU_APPL_CALLBACK I PROCESS_OK_CODE OK Code Handled by Application .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I CHECK Check Operand (Only for Pushbutton Operands) .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I GET Get Operand .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I GET_ALL_OPERANDS Get all operands (instead of using single calls via GET) .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I PARSE_OP_GET Get Operand During Parse (Only Pushbutton Operands) .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I PUSHBUTTONS_GET Get Pushbuttons .
IF_FOBU_CONNECTOR I PUSHBUTTON_OP_GET Get Operand for Pushbutton (Pushbutton was clicked) .
IF_FOBU_STORAGE I DELETE Delete Formula from Database .
IF_FOBU_STORAGE I GET_TRANSPORT_KEYS Get Transport Data .
IF_FOBU_STORAGE I READ Read Formula from Database .
IF_FOBU_STORAGE I READ_CLIENT Reade Formula from Database with Client Specification .
IF_FOBU_STORAGE I SAVE Save Formula to Database .
IF_FOEV_CONNECTOR I EVALUATE Evaluate Parameter/Field .
IF_FOEV_CUST_BADI_BRF I SET_FUNC Set New Functions for BRF Expressions in SAP Formula Editor .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I ADD_RECIPIENT Add Recipient to Scheduled Task .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I FINISH_EXECUTION Call upon Finished Execution .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I GET_INBOX_INFO To Read Particular Inbox Item .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I GET_STATUS_INFO Get Text and Visualization for Status .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I READ_INBOX Read Inbox of Particular User .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I SCHEDULE_TASK Add Rescheduled Task .
IF_FOPCW_WORKFLOW I START_EXECUTION Call upon Execution Start .
IF_FOPC_ASSERT_HR_ORG_OBJECT I ASSERT_HR_ORG_OBJECT Assert HR Org Object .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I DELETE Delete Cases and Workflows .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I GET_CASE_BY_HR_NODE Get cases for a given HR node .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I GET_HR_TREE_NODE_DETAIL Get detail data for a tree node .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I GET_MAX_HR_ENTITY_ID Method Returns Maximum HR Entity ID .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I GET_TOP_CASE_DETAIL Get Detail of Case .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I IS_CORRUPT Is the Case Corrupt? .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I MODEL_UPDATE_VIEW Simulate PBO Event .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_HR_TREE_NODE_KEY Set Node Key for an HR Entity .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_PARAMETER_COLLECTION Set Parameter for Collection Method .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_PARAMETER_TIMEFRAME Set Parameter for Timeframe and Year .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_RANGE_CATEGORY Set Range for Category .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_RANGE_CT Set Range for Creation Time .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_RANGE_EXT_REF Set Range for Case External Reference .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_RANGE_GUID Set Range for Case GUID .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SET_RANGE_TYPE Set Range for Type .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SHOW_TOP_CASE_DETAIL Show Details of Top Case .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I SHOW_TOP_CASE_LIST Show List of Top Cases .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I UPDATE_CASE_DELETION Select/Deselect Case Row .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I UPDATE_WF_DELETION Update Deletion Indicator of Workflows .
IF_FOPC_AS_REORG_UI I VIEW_UPDATE_MODEL Simulate PAI Event .
IF_FOPC_CASE I CLONE Make Copy of Case Instance .
IF_FOPC_CASE I COLLECT_ALL Collect All Subcases .
IF_FOPC_CASE I DELETE Case: Delete .
IF_FOPC_CASE I DEQUEUE Remove Lock from Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I DEQUEUE_ALL Dequeue Current Case and All its Subcases .
IF_FOPC_CASE I ENQUEUE Lock Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I ENQUEUE_ALL Enqueue Current Case and All its Subcases .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_ACTIVITY_LIST Transactions .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_BACK_CASE_API Get mo_fopc_case_api .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CASE_CATEGORY Category .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CASE_CATEGORY_TEXT Category Text .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CASE_GUID Technical Key of Case (Case GUID) .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CASE_TYPE Case Type .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CF_DESTINATION Get Destination Where Case Is Carried Forward to .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CF_SOURCE Get Source Case for Case Carried Forward .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CF_STATUS Get Carryforward Status .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CF_STATUS_TEXT Get Carryforward Status .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_CREATOR Get Processor for the Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_DATE_INTERVAL Get Timeframe and Date Interval .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_HROBJECT HR-ORG To Which Case Is Attached .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_HR_ORG HR Org Unit To Which Case Is Attached .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_MIC_TASK_TYPE Get Task Type .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_PRIORITY_FOR_WORKFLOW Get Priority for Workflow .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_PROCESSOR Get Processor for the Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_RESPONSIBLE Get Case Owner .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_RESPONSIBLE_AGENT Get Permitted Processors for Workflow Use Only .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_STATUS Editing the Status .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_STATUS_TEXT Editing the Status .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_TITLE Case Header .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_TRIGGERING_ASSESSMENT Get Triggering Assessment or Testing Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_UI_ATTRIBUTE Get All Attributes for UI .
IF_FOPC_CASE I GET_VALIDATION_COMMENT Get Validation .
IF_FOPC_CASE I IS_ENQUEUED Check Whether Case Is Enqueued .
IF_FOPC_CASE I IS_STATUS Check Whether Status Is Active .
IF_FOPC_CASE I IS_VALIDATION_ENABLED Is Validation Enabled .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SAVE Save .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_ACTIVITY Make Status Changes for a Transaction .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_CF_STATUS Get Carryforward Status .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_CF_TIMEFRAME Set Required Carryforward Attribute .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_CI_ATTRIBUTE Set Customer Include Attribute .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_PROCESSOR Set Owner as Processor for the Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_RESPONSIBLE Set Owner as Responsible for the Case .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_TITLE Case Header .
IF_FOPC_CASE I SET_VALIDATION_COMMENT Validate .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I ADD_TEXT Get New Text .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I CHANGE_LAST_TEXT Offer Last Text for Changing .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I GET_CHANGED_PROT Get Changed Log .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I GET_LAST_TEXT Get Last Text .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I GET_TEXTS Read Texts .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I IS_CHANGED Whether Case Notes Are Changed (X = yes, Space = no) .
IF_FOPC_CASE_NOTES_API I UNDO_TEXTS Remove Added Texts .
IF_FOPC_CLS_CHANGE I SET_STATUS Update Status .
IF_FOPC_CLS_DISPLAY I ASSERT_ALLOWED Assert that Given Task Is Allowed .
IF_FOPC_CLS_DISPLAY I SELECT_FROM_DB Select Information from Database .
IF_FOPC_CLS_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE Unlock .
IF_FOPC_CLS_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE Lock .
IF_FOPC_DL_ACTOR_UI I ACT_FOR Select Delegate Entry .
IF_FOPC_DL_ACTOR_UI I GET_LIST Return Current Setting .
IF_FOPC_DL_DELEGATE I GET_ACTING_PERSON Get Person ID of the Acting User .
IF_FOPC_DL_DELEGATE I GET_MAIN_PERSON Get Person ID of the Main User .
IF_FOPC_DL_DELEGATE I GET_NAME_AS_STRING Get Name of Acting and Main User as String .
IF_FOPC_DL_DELEGATE I IS_ON_MY_OWN_BEHALF IS_ON_MY_OWN_BEHALF .
IF_FOPC_DL_MAINTANANCE_UI I CUT Cut an Entry .
IF_FOPC_DL_MAINTANANCE_UI I DELETE Delete Entry from Database .
IF_FOPC_DL_MAINTANANCE_UI I GET_LIST Get All Delegate Entries .
IF_FOPC_DL_MAINTANANCE_UI I INSERT Insert Entry into Database .
IF_FOPC_DL_MAINTANANCE_UI I UPDATE Update an Entry. See INSERT .
IF_FOPC_DL_STAMP I SET_VALUE Set Value by Delegation Object .
IF_FOPC_IS_VALIDATION_ENABLED I IS_VALIDATION_ENABLED_HROBJECTIs Validation Enabled for HR Object .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I DELETE Notes: Delete .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I DEQUEUE Notes: Unlock .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I ENQUEUE Notes: Lock .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I GET_CONTENT Get Contents of Notes .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I GET_SRM_POID Get SRM_POID of the Note .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I GET_UPDATE_TASK Read Update Switch .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I IS_CHANGED Whether Note is Changed (X/Space=Yes/No) .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I IS_ENQUEUED Whether Note is Enqueued (X/Space=Yes/No) .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I SAVE Notes: Save .
IF_FOPC_NOTES_API I SET_CONTENT Set Note Contents .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_CASE I ACTIVATE Activate Replacement .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_CASE I GET_REQUEST_INFO Get Attributes of Request .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_CASE I SET_NEW_PERSON Set New Person Replacing Old Person .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_MASS I DELETE_REQUEST Delete Request after Transferring .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_MASS I GET_REQUEST_CASE Get Instance of Request .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_MASS I GET_REQUEST_ROLE Get Instance of Request .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_MASS I GET_REQUEST_TYPE Get Type of Replacement Request .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_ROLE I ACTIVATE Trace On .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_ROLE I GET_REQUEST_INFO Get Request Attributes .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_ROLE I SET_NEW_PERSON Set New Person Replacing Old Person .
IF_FOPC_REPLACEMENT_REQ_TESTER I SET_NEW_PERSON Set New Person Replacing Old Person .
IF_FOPC_TESTER I GET_SLOT_BY_PERSON Get Slot for Given Person .
IF_FOPC_TESTER I GET_SLOT_TAB Get List of Slots .
IF_FOPC_TESTER I GET_TESTER_INFO Get Test Slot and Person .
IF_FOPC_TESTER I GET_WF_AGENT Get Workflow Agent .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_MASTER I CHECK_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Read Active Tab Pages .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_MASTER I CHECK_ATTACHMENTS_TOOLBAR Read Active Pushbuttons .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_MASTER I GET_RELATED_OBJECTS_KEYS Returns Table of Parent Keys from an MIC PCUI Framework Key .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_SLAVE I CHECK_SAVE Ask Slave if the SAVE Should Be Prevented .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_SLAVE I GET_MESSAGES Read Error Messages .
IF_FOPC_UI_PROXY_SLAVE I SAVE Save .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_LINKED_OBJECT_EXT Object with Object Relationship in External Format .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_LINK_TYPE_EXT Object Relationship in External Format .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_DATA Read Object Data .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_EXT Object in External Format .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_KEY_EXT Object Key in External Format .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_EXT Object Type in External Format .
IF_FOX_BASIC_OBJECT I SET_KEY_EXT Set External Object Key .
IF_FOX_COMPONENT_PROVIDER I GET_ALL_COMPONENTS procures all dependent components .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I FIND_OBJECT Find Object .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_NUMBER_BY_TYPE Stage Object Type and Number of Objects .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_OBJECTS_BY_TYPE Stage All Objects for Type .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_OBJECTS_TO_PARENT Stage All Subordinate Objects .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_PARENTS_TO_OBJECT Stage All Superior Objects .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_STATISTIC Statistical Information for an Explosion .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_TOP_OBJECTS Stage Top Objects .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_TOTAL_STATISTIC Statistical Information for the Entire FLOB .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I GET_VALIDITIES Provide Validity Information .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I IS_TOP_OBJECT Is the Object a Top Object? .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I SET_FOCUS Set Entire FLOB or New Top Object .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I UPDATE_DATA Refresh Data .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I WHERE_USED Where-Used List for Top Objects .
IF_FOX_FLOB_SELECTOR I WRITE_HIERARCHIE_AS_LIST Output Hierarchy as List .
IF_FOX_FLOB_USED I IS_USED Is the FLOB Used? .
IF_FOX_FLOB_USED I WHERE_USED Where Is the FLOB Used? .
IF_FOX_FREEABLE_OBJECT I FREE_DATA Delete Data .
IF_FOX_MSG_PARAMETER I SET_PARAMETERS Set Parameters for Messages .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_AS_KEY_VISITOR I END_VISIT End of Visitor Iteration .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_AS_KEY_VISITOR I START_VISIT Start of Visitor Iteration .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_AS_KEY_VISITOR I VISIT_OBJECT Visitor Method for FOX Key .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_STACK I GET_OBJECT_STACK Delivers the current object stack .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_VALIDITY I GET_TYPE Return Validity Type .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_VALIDITY I SET_INVALID Flag Object as Invalid .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_VISITOR I END_VISIT End of Visitor Iteration .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_VISITOR I START_VISIT Start of Visitor Iteration .
IF_FOX_OBJECT_VISITOR I VISIT_OBJECT Visitor Method for a FOX Object .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I DELETE_FAILED Error While Deleting Data .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I READ_FAILED Error Importing Data .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_DELETE Mark for deletion .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_SAVE Mark for Saving .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I TRIGGER_DELETE_START Start Deletion Process .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I TRIGGER_SAVE_START Start Backup Process .
IF_FOX_PERSISTENCE_CONTROLLER I WRITE_FAILED Error While Exporting Data .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I EVENT_RETURN_COMPONENTS Return Dependent Objects from Event Registering .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I FREE_DATA Delete Data and References .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I GET_ALL_COMPONENTS Return All Components at the Same Time .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I GET_ALL_COMPONENTS_BY_LINKTYPEReturn of All Dependent Objects for a Link Type .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I REMOVE_OBJECT_DATA Delete Object Data .
IF_FOX_STRUCTURED_OBJECT I SET_CONSTRUCTION_PARAMETERS Enter the Necessary Parameter (such as Object Key) .
IF_FOX_STRUCT_OBJECT_FACTORY I ADD_ANCHOR Enter Anchor of Assigned Package .
IF_FOX_STRUCT_OBJECT_FACTORY I CALLBACK_DONT_EXPLODE_OBJECT Callback for Event OBJECT_CREATED: Do Not Explode Further .
IF_FOX_STRUCT_OBJECT_FACTORY I CALLBACK_OBJECT_NOT_RELEVANT Callback for Event OBJECT_CREATED: Ignore .
IF_FOX_STRUCT_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_STRUCT_OBJECT Create New Instance or Return Existing Instance If Found .
IF_FOX_STRUCT_OBJECT_FACTORY I OBJECT_STATE_CHANGED Object Changed .
IF_FOX_UI_SERVICE I GET_LINKED_OBJECT Object Input .
IF_FOX_UI_SERVICE I WRITE_VALIDITIES_AS_LIST Output Validities as List .
IF_FP I CREATE_ADS_OBJECT Generates ADS Object .
IF_FP I CREATE_PDF_OBJECT Generates PDF Object .
IF_FPB_EXP_MODIFY_URL I MODIFY_INITIALIZATION_PARAMS Modification of Parameters for Call during Initialization .
IF_FPB_EXP_MODIFY_URL I MODIFY_SET_OBJECTS_PARAMS Modification of Parameters for Call when switching Objects .
IF_FPB_EXP_PLANNING_ROUND I GET_OBJECTS Get the objects for which persons are responsible .
IF_FPB_EXP_PLANNING_ROUND I GET_PERSONS Get the persons to be invited to the planning round .
IF_FPB_EXP_VAR_DETERMINATION I GET_VALUE Determination of Variable value .
IF_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_ADD_CRITS I GET_ADD_CRIT_FROM_OBJ Object Type, Value -" add_crit .
IF_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_ADD_CRITS I GET_ADD_CRIT_LIST Gets List with Additional Criteria .
IF_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_ADD_CRITS I MODIFY_REPORT_LIST Change to the Report List .
IF_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_SELPAR I MODIFY_SELPAR Modification to the Selection Parameters .
IF_FPB_LAUNCHPAD_SELPARAM I MODIFY_SELPARAM Modification to the Selection Parameters .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FOR_LINEITEM Authorization Check for Individual Line Item .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FOR_RULE Authorization Check for Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I CONVERT_OBJECT_TO_EXT Output Conversion of the Object .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I DELETE_ADMRULE Application-Specific Deletion for an Administration Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I DELETE_RULE Application-Specific Deletion of a Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I EVALUATE Evaluates All Rules for Users and Saves the Result .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I GET_DETAIL Detail Display for a Line Item .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I GET_TEXT Text Determination for Front End .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I GET_TEXTS_FOR_RULE Supplies texts that are required for rule mainteance .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I RESOLVE_KFSPECGL Explode Characteristic KFSPECGL from Rule Field .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I RESOLVE_OBJECT Determine Object List from Object Entry in Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I RULE_INIT_DATA_GET Initial Values Needed to Create New Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I STORE_KFSPECGL Save Characteristic KFSPECGL from Rule Field .
IF_FPB_MON_LINE_APPL I STORE_OBJECT Save Object List from Object Entry in Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FOR_DATA Authorization Check for Data .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FOR_RULE Authorization Check for Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I CONVERT_KFSPECGL_TO_EXT Output Conversion of the Object .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I CONVERT_OBJECT_TO_EXT Output Conversion of the Object .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I DELETE_ADMRULE Delete Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I DELETE_RULE Delete Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I EVALUATE Evaluates All Rules for Users and Saves the Result .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I GET_PERIOD_TEXTS Application-Dependent Column Text .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I GET_PERSONALIZED_KFSPECGL Explode Characteristic KFSPECGL from Rule Field .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I GET_PERSONALIZED_OBJECTS Determine Object List from Object Entry in Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I GET_TEXT Read Rule Type Dependent Texts for Variance Monitor .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I GET_TEXTS_FOR_RULE Supplies texts that are required for rule mainteance .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I RESOLVE_KFSPECGL Explode Characteristic KFSPECGL from Rule Field .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I RESOLVE_OBJECT Determine Object List from Object Entry in Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I RULE_INIT_DATA_GET Initial Data Needed to Create New Rule .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I STORE_KFSPECGL Application-Specific Save of Multiple Selection .
IF_FPB_MON_VAR_APPL I STORE_OBJECT Application-Specific Save of Multiple Selection .
IF_FPB_PERS_DYN_DIALOG_CHANGE I CHANGE_TABLES Change to Field List .
IF_FPB_PERS_EVALUATE_VARIABLE I EVALUATE_VARIABLE Variable Evaluation .
IF_FPB_SNI_APPL I SET_PERSDIALOG_USER Dialog for Front-End Personalization .
IF_FPB_SNI_HIER I CHECK_ACTIVE SNI: Check Whether Hierarchy is to be Displayed .
IF_FPB_SNI_HIER I GET_TOPOBJECTS SNI: Determine the Objects on the First Hierarchy Level .
IF_FPB_SNI_OBJECTS I CONV_INT_TO_EXT SNI. Conversion of Object Name to External Representation .
IF_FPB_SNI_OBJECTS I GET_DETAILS SNI: Check and Determine the Name of an Object .
IF_FPB_SNI_OBJECTS I GET_ICON SNI: Icon for Object Type in Hierarchy .
IF_FPB_SNI_OBJECTS I GET_SEARCHFVAL SNI: Determine Values of Search Criteria for Objects .
IF_FPB_SNI_OBJECTS I INIT SNI: Set Global Hierarchy Parameters .
IF_FPB_SNI_SUBOBJ I GET_SUBOBJECTS SNI: Determine the Direct Subnodes in Hierarchy .
IF_FPB_SNI_SUBOBJ I INIT SNI: Set Global Hierarchy Parameters .
IF_FPM I ATTACH_COMPONENT_TO_USAGE Binds the component to the usage and creates it if needed .
IF_FPM I GET_NAVIGATION Get access to navigation API via ID .
IF_FPM I GET_RUNTIME_INFO get's runtime information about the running application .
IF_FPM I GET_SERVICE Get a service API to dynamically modify the generic FPM UI .
IF_FPM I RAISE_EVENT Triggers the FPM event loop for the given event .
IF_FPM I RAISE_EVENT_BY_ID Triggers the FPM event loop for the given event ID .
IF_FPM I RESUME_EVENT_PROCESSING Continues event processing after PROCESS_EVENT was DEFERRED .
IF_FPM_ACA I ADD_UIBB Adds a UIBB to an additional content area .
IF_FPM_ACA I GET_UIBB_KEYS Get's a list of UIBBs of anadditional content area .
IF_FPM_ACA I REMOVE_UIBB Removes a UIBB from an additional content area .
IF_FPM_ACA I SET_CONTAINER_PROPERTIES Sets custom properties for additional content area container.
IF_FPM_BADI_TRANSACTION I HANDLE_COMMIT Override default commit-work handling .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I CREATE_SEPARATOR Creates a separator for : Activation/Other functions... .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I DEFINE_BUTTON Creates/Changes a button with the given attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I DEFINE_BUTTON_CHOICE Creates/Changes a button choice with the given attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I DEFINE_RELATED_LINKS Defines the configuration of the RELATED LINKS menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I DEFINE_YOU_CAN_ALSO Defines the configuration of the YOU CAN ALSO menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I GET_BUTTONS Deliveres all buttons of the toolbar with their attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I GET_BUTTON_CHOICES Deliveres all button-choices of the toolbar .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I GET_RELATED_LINKS Deliveres the content of the RELATED LINKS menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I GET_SEPARATORS Deliveres the separator positions inside 'Other Functions' .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I GET_YOU_CAN_ALSO Deliveres the content of the YOU CAN ALSO menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I REMOVE_SEPARATOR Removes a separator for 'Other Functions' .
IF_FPM_CNR_GAF I SET_DUPLICATE_TOOLBAR Defines if toolbar is duplicated at the end of the screen .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I CREATE_SEPARATOR Creates a separator for 'Other Functions' .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I DEFINE_BUTTON Creates/Changes a button with the given attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I DEFINE_BUTTON_CHOICE Creates/Changes a button choice with the given attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I DEFINE_RELATED_LINKS Defines the configuration of the RELATED LINKS menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I DEFINE_YOU_CAN_ALSO Defines the configuration of the YOU CAN ALSO menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I GET_BUTTONS Deliveres all buttons of the toolbar with their attributes .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I GET_BUTTON_CHOICES Deliveres all button-choices of the toolbar .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I GET_RELATED_LINKS Deliveres the content of the RELATED LINKS menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I GET_SEPARATORS Deliveres the separator positions inside 'Other Functions' .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I GET_YOU_CAN_ALSO Deliveres the content of the YOU CAN ALSO menubar .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I REMOVE_SEPARATOR Removes a separator for 'Other Functions' .
IF_FPM_CNR_OIF I SET_DUPLICATE_TOOLBAR Defines if toolbar is duplicated at the end of the screen .
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I CONFIRM_EVENT_COMPLETION Check if event loop shall be completed in case of e-Messages.
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I GET_FLOORPLAN_COMPONENT Returns WD Floorplan Component .
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I GET_RUNTIME_INFO get's runtime information about the running application .
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I GET_UIBBS_FOR_EVENT Returns all UI Building Blocks active after event .
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I MODIFY_VIEW_ASSEMBLY triggers view recomposition .
IF_FPM_FLOORPLAN I REQUEST_CONFIRMATION Triggeres a confirmation popup (e.g. data-loss) .
IF_FPM_GAF I ADD_UIBB Adding a UIBB to a subview .
IF_FPM_GAF I CANCEL_EVENT Stop FPM Event Loop .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_ACA_API Returns the Additional Content Area API .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_CURRENT_STATE get's the current navigation state .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_MAINSTEPS returns a list of mainsteps for a given variant .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_SUBSTEPS returns a list of substeps for a given substep variant .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_SUBSTEP_VARIANTS returns a list of substep variants for a given mainstep .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_UIBB_KEYS returns a list of UIBB keys .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_UIBB_KEYS_FOR_CONF_STEP Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified subview .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_UIBB_KEYS_FOR_INIT_SCREEN Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified subview .
IF_FPM_GAF I GET_VARIANTS get a list of available variants .
IF_FPM_GAF I REMOVE_UIBB Removes UIBB from a subview .
IF_FPM_GAF I SET_SUBSTEP_VARIANT Select Substep Variant (=Subroadmap) .
IF_FPM_GAF I SET_VARIANT Select Variant .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I CLEAR_MESSAGES Clear messages (whose life time is manaully maintained) .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_BAPIRET2_EXCEPTION Raise an exception using the BAPIRET2 structure .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_CX_ROOT_EXCEPTION Raise an exception with a CX_ROOT or wtih its sub classes .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_EXCEPTION Raise an exception with free text message .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_T100_EXCEPTION Raise an exception with T100 text .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_BAPIRET2_MESSAGE Report an error of the type BAPIRET2 .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_MESSAGE Report error, warning or success message .
IF_FPM_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_T100_MESSAGE Report error, warning or success message of type T100 .
IF_FPM_NAVIGATION I MODIFY Modify properties of target .
IF_FPM_NAVIGATION I NAVIGATE Navigate to target .
IF_FPM_NAVIGATION I SET_FILTER Set filter on folders .
IF_FPM_OIF I ADD_MAINVIEW Adds a mainview dynamically at runtime .
IF_FPM_OIF I ADD_SUBVIEW Adds a subview dynamically at runtime .
IF_FPM_OIF I ADD_UIBB Adding a UIBB to a subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I CANCEL_EVENT Stop FPM Event Loop .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_ACA_API Returns the Additional Content Area API .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_CURRENT_STATE get's the current navigation state .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_MAINVIEWS returns a list of mainviews for a given variant .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_SUBVIEWS returns a list of mainviews for a given variant .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_UIBB_KEYS Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_UIBB_KEYS_FOR_CONF_STEP Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_UIBB_KEYS_FOR_INIT_SCREEN Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I GET_VARIANTS get a list of available variants .
IF_FPM_OIF I REMOVE_MAINVIEW Removes a mainview .
IF_FPM_OIF I REMOVE_SUBVIEW Removes a subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I REMOVE_UIBB Removes UIBB from a subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I SET_SELECTED_SUBVIEW Select next active subview .
IF_FPM_OIF I SET_VARIANT Select Variant .
IF_FPM_PARAMETER I DELETE_VALUE Delete value .
IF_FPM_PARAMETER I GET_KEYS Get keys .
IF_FPM_PARAMETER I GET_VALUE Get value .
IF_FPM_PARAMETER I SET_VALUE Set value .
IF_FPM_SUBSCRIPTION I SUBSCRIBE_METHOD Subscribe method .
IF_FPM_SUBSCRIPTION I SUBSCRIBE_NODE Subscribe Context Node .
IF_FPM_SUBSCRIPTION I UNSUBSCRIBE_METHOD Unsubscribe method .
IF_FPM_SUBSCRIPTION I UNSUBSCRIBE_NODE Unsubscribe Context Node .
IF_FPM_TABBED I ADD_MASTER_UIBB Adds a UIBB to the master area .
IF_FPM_TABBED I ADD_TAB Adds a tab within a certain tab variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I ADD_TAB_UIBB Adds a UIBB to a certain tab .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_CURRENT_TAB Gets the current selected tab .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_CURRENT_VARIANT Gets the current selected variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_MASTER_UIBB_KEYS Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified master area .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_TABS Returns a list of tabs for a given variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_TABSTRIP_VISIBILITY informs about the visibility of the tabstrip .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_TAB_UIBB_KEYS Returns a list of all UIBBs for a specified tab variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I GET_VARIANTS Gets a list of available variants .
IF_FPM_TABBED I REMOVE_MASTER_UIBB Removes a UIBB from the master area .
IF_FPM_TABBED I REMOVE_TAB Removes a tab within a certain tab variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I REMOVE_TAB_UIBB Removes a UIBB from a certain tab .
IF_FPM_TABBED I RENAME_TAB Renames a tab within a certain tab variant .
IF_FPM_TABBED I SET_SELECTED_TAB Select next active tab .
IF_FPM_TABBED I SET_TABSTRIP_VISIBILITY Changes the visibility of the tabstrip .
IF_FPM_TABBED I SET_VARIANT Select Variant .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_HANDLE Get Address Handle .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_LINES Get Number of Rows .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_NUMBER Get Address Number .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_TYPE Get Address Type .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_BUPA_ORG Business Partner Number for Organization; Get Company .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_BUPA_PERSON Get Business Partner Number for Person .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_BUPA_TIMESTAMP Get Timestamp .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_BUPA_TIME_DEPENDENT Get Time-Dependent Business Partner Name .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_COUNTRY_NAME_IN_REC_LANG Get Country Indicator in Recipient Language .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_LANGUAGE_FOR_COUNTRY Get Language for Country Indicator .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_LINE_PRIORITY Get Priority for Address Lines .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_NO_UPPERCASE Get Upper-/Lowercase .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_PERSON_ABOVE_ORGANIZATION Get Person Above Organization .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_PERSON_HANDLE Get Person Handle .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_PERSON_NUMBER Get Person Number .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_RECEIVER_LANGUAGE Get Recipient Language .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_SENDER_COUNTRY Get Sending Country .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I GET_STREET_PRIORITY Get Priority of Street .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_ADDRESS_HANDLE Get Address Handle .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_ADDRESS_LINES Set Number of Lines .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_ADDRESS_NUMBER Set Address Number .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_ADDRESS_TYPE Set Address Type .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_BUPA_ORG Business Partner Number for Organization; Set Company .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_BUPA_PERSON Set Business Partner Number for Person .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_BUPA_TIMESTAMP Set Time Stamp .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_BUPA_TIME_DEPENDENT Set Time-Dependent Business Partner Name .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_COUNTRY_NAME_IN_REC_LANG Set Country Indicator in Recipient Language .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_LANGUAGE_FOR_COUNTRY Set Language for Country Indicator .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_LINE_PRIORITY Set Priority for Address Lines .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_NO_UPPERCASE Set Upper-/Lowercase .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_PERSON_ABOVE_ORGANIZATION Set Person Above Organization .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_PERSON_HANDLE Set Person Handle .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_PERSON_NUMBER Set Person Number .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_RECEIVER_LANGUAGE Set Recipient Language .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_SENDER_COUNTRY Set Sending Country .
IF_FP_ADDRESS I SET_STREET_PRIORITY Set Priority of Street .
IF_FP_ADS_OBJECT I RESET Initialize Object .
IF_FP_ADS_OBJECT I RUN Call ADS .
IF_FP_ADS_OBJECT I SET_DATASET Set DATASET .
IF_FP_ALTERNATIVE I GET_ALTERNATIVE_CONDITION Get Alternative Condition .
IF_FP_ALTERNATIVE I GET_ALTERNATIVE_FALSE Get Alternative (FALSE) .
IF_FP_ALTERNATIVE I GET_ALTERNATIVE_TRUE Get Alternative (TRUE) .
IF_FP_CHK I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_CHK I GET_GROUPS Get Groups .
IF_FP_CHK I GET_ITEMS Get Checks/Updates .
IF_FP_CHK I GET_PARAMETER Get Parameters .
IF_FP_CHK I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_FP_CHK I SET_PARAMETER Set Parameters .
IF_FP_CHK I UPDATE Change .
IF_FP_CHK_GROUP I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_FP_CHK_GROUP I GET_ID Get ID .
IF_FP_CHK_GROUP I GET_ITEMS Get Checks/Updates .
IF_FP_CHK_GROUP I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_CHECK_ONLY Check Only/No Update? .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_GROUP Get Group .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_ID Get ID .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_LOGS Get Information .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I GET_STATE Get Status .
IF_FP_CHK_ITEM I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_FP_CHK_LOG I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_FP_CHK_LOG I GET_ITEM Get Item .
IF_FP_CHK_LOG I GET_MESSAGE Get Message Object .
IF_FP_CHK_LOG I GET_OBJECT Get Object .
IF_FP_CODING I GET_FORMS_CODING Get Code for Form Routines .
IF_FP_CODING I GET_INIT_CODING Get Code for Initialization .
IF_FP_CODING I GET_INIT_INPUT_PARAMS Get Import Parameters for Initialization .
IF_FP_CODING I GET_INIT_OUTPUT_PARAMS Get Export Parameters for Initialization .
IF_FP_CODING I SET_FORMS_CODING Set Code for Form Routines .
IF_FP_CODING I SET_INIT_CODING Set Code for Initialization .
IF_FP_CODING I SET_INIT_INPUT_PARAMS Set Import Parameters for Initialization .
IF_FP_CODING I SET_INIT_OUTPUT_PARAMS Set Export Parameters for Initialization .
IF_FP_COMMAND I GET_SPOOL_ATTRIBUTES Get Spool Attributes .
IF_FP_COMMAND I SET_SPOOL_ATTRIBUTES Set Spool Attributes .
IF_FP_CONDITION I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_CONDITION I GET_CONDITIONS Get Conditions .
IF_FP_CONDITION I SET_CONDITIONS Set conditions .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_ADDRESS Create Address .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_ALTERNATIVE Create procurement alternative .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_COMMAND Create command .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_DATA Create Data .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_FOLDER Create Folder .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_GRAPHIC_CONTENT Create Graphic Content .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_GRAPHIC_URL Create Graphic Reference .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_LOOP Create Loop .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_PROGRAMLINES Create Program Lines .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_SINGLE_RECORD Create Single Record .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_STRUCTURE Create Structure .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_TEXT_BTF Create BTF Text .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_TEXT_DYNAMIC Create Dynamic Text .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_TEXT_INCLUDE Create Include Text .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I CREATE_TEXT_MODULE Create Text Module .
IF_FP_CONTEXT I GET_FORM Open form .
IF_FP_DATA I GET_FIELD Get Field .
IF_FP_DATA I GET_FIELD_LABEL Get Field Label .
IF_FP_DATA I GET_FIELD_LABEL_TEXT Get Field Label Text .
IF_FP_DATA I REFRESH Update (Synchronize Node with ABAP Dictionary) .
IF_FP_DATA I SET_FIELD Set Field .
IF_FP_DATA I SET_FIELD_LABEL Set Field Label .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I GET_INTERFACE_PARAMETERS Get Interface Parameters .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I PAI_LAYOUT Subscreen Layout .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I PBO_CONTEXT Subscreen Context .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I PBO_LAYOUT Subscreen Layout .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I REPLACE_CONTEXT_TREE_NODE Replace Node in Context Tree .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I UPDATE_CONTEXT_TABSTRIP Update Tab Page: Context Properties .
IF_FP_FB_FORM I UPDATE_CONTEXT_TREE Update Context Tree .
IF_FP_FB_INTERFACE I PBO_INTERFACE Subscreen Interface .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I ACTIVATE Activate object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I CHANGE Change object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I CHECK Check Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I COPY Copy Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I CREATE Create Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I DELETE Delete Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I DISPLAY Display Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I DISPLAY_VERSION Display Version Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I DOWNLOAD Download Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I EXECUTE Execute Object (Test) .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I FREE Destructor .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I GENERATE Generate Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I GET_FORM_BUILDER Get Form Builder .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I GET_VERSION Get Version Number .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I GET_WB_OBJECT Get Form Object (Workbench) .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I HANDLE_MODIFICATIONS Handle Changes .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I NAVIGATE_TO Navigate to Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_CONTROLS_MAIN Controls: Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_CURSOR Get Cursor .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_CURSOR_MAIN Get Cursor Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_EXIT_COMMAND_MAIN Exit Command Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_PROPERTIES Subscreen Properties .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PAI_USER_COMMAND_MAIN User Command Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PBO_CURSOR Set Cursor .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PBO_FORM_BUILDER Form Builder Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PBO_PROPERTIES Subscreen Properties .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PBO_STATUS_MAIN Status Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PBO_TABSTRIP_MAIN Tabstrip Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I POH_OBJECT_NAME_MAIN F1 Help: Object Name Main Screen .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I PREPARE_FOR_TERMINATION Logical End for a Program (Save, Destroy....) .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I RENAME Rename Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I TOGGLE_DISPLAY_EDIT Display "-" Change .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I UPDATE_OBJECT_STATE Update View of Form Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I UPLOAD Upload Object .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I VERSIONS Object version management .
IF_FP_FB_OBJECT I VERSION_CREATE Create Version Object .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_CONTEXT Get Context .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_FORM_TYPE Get Form Type .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_INTERFACE Get Interface .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_INTERFACE_LASTDATE Get Interface Change Date .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_INTERFACE_LASTTIME Get Interface Time of Last Change .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_INTERFACE_NAME Get Name of Interface .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_INTERFACE_PARAMETERS Get Interface Parameters .
IF_FP_FORM I GET_LAYOUT Get Layout .
IF_FP_FORM I SET_INTERFACE_NAME Set Name of Interface .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I GET_FIELDSYMBOLS Get Field Symbol Definitions .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I GET_GLOBAL_DATA Get Global Data Definitions .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I GET_TYPES Get Type Declarations .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I SET_FIELDSYMBOLS Set Field Symbol Definitions .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I SET_GLOBAL_DATA Set Global Data Definitions .
IF_FP_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS I SET_TYPES Set Type Declarations .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC I CHANGE_TYPE Change Type .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_CONTENT I GET_GRAPHIC_FIELD Get Graphic Field .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_CONTENT I GET_GRAPHIC_MIME Get Graphic MIME Type .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_CONTENT I SET_GRAPHIC_FIELD Set Graphic Field .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_CONTENT I SET_GRAPHIC_MIME Set Graphic MIME Type .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_URL I GET_GRAPHIC_URL Get Graphic URL .
IF_FP_GRAPHIC_URL I SET_GRAPHIC_URL Set Graphic URL .
IF_FP_INTERFACE I GET_INTERFACE_DATA Get Interface Data .
IF_FP_INTERFACE I GET_INTERFACE_TYPE Get Interface Type .
IF_FP_INTERFACE I SET_INTERFACE_TYPE Set Interface Type .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_CODING Get Code .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_GLOBAL_DEFINITIONS Get Global Definitions .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_INTERFACE Get Interface .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_PARAMETERS Get Parameters .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Get Reference Fields .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_STANDARD_PARAMETERS Get Standard Parameters .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_SYSTEM_FIELDS Get System Fields .
IF_FP_INTERFACE_DATA I GET_XSD_DEFINITIONS Get XML Schema Definitions .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I GET_CACHE_INFO Get Cache Information .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I GET_FORM Open form .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT_DATA Get Layout Data .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT_TYPE Get Layout Type .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I GET_TRANSLATION_TYPE Get Translation Type .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I SET_CACHE_INFO Set Cache Information .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I SET_LAYOUT_DATA Set Layout Data .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I SET_LAYOUT_TYPE Set Layout Type .
IF_FP_LAYOUT I SET_TRANSLATION_TYPE Set Translation Type .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_CONTROL_LEVEL Get Control Level .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_FIRST_LINE Get First Line .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_LAST_LINE Get Last Line .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_LOOP_DATA Get Loop (Data) .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_LOOP_INTO Get Assignment Type INTO .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_SORTED Get "Sort Already Exists" .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_TABLE_NAME Get Table Name .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_WHERE_CONDITION Get Where Condition .
IF_FP_LOOP I GET_WORK_AREA Get Work Area .
IF_FP_LOOP I REFRESH Update (Synchronize Node with ABAP Dictionary) .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_CONTROL_LEVEL Set Control Level .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_FIRST_LINE Set First Row .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_LAST_LINE Set Last Row .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_LOOP_INTO Set Assignment Type INTO .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_SORTED Set "Sort Already Exists" .
IF_FP_LOOP I SET_WORK_AREA Set Work Area .
IF_FP_NODE I APPEND_CHILD Add Lower-Level Node .
IF_FP_NODE I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_NODE I COPY Copy .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_CHILD Get Lower-Level Node .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_CHILD_BY_NAME Get Lower-Level Node By Name .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_CONDITION Get Condition .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_CONTEXT Get Context .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_GENERATED Get "Node was Generated" .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_ID Get ID .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_NAME Get name .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_NODE_BY_ID Get Node According to ID .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_PARENT Get Higher-Level Node .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_PREDECESSOR Set Predecessor Node .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_STATE Get Status .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_SUCCESSOR Get Subsequent Node .
IF_FP_NODE I GET_TYPE Get Node Type .
IF_FP_NODE I INSERT_CHILD Insert Lower-Level Node .
IF_FP_NODE I REMOVE_CHILD Delete Lower-Level Node .
IF_FP_NODE I REMOVE_NODE Delete Node(s) .
IF_FP_NODE I SET_DESCRIPTION Set Description .
IF_FP_NODE I SET_NAME Set Name .
IF_FP_NODE I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_FP_OBJECT I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_OBJECT I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_FP_OBJECT I GET_LANGUAGE Get Language .
IF_FP_OBJECT I GET_TYPE Get Object Type .
IF_FP_OBJECT I SET_DESCRIPTION Set Description .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I GET_EXCEPTIONS Get Exceptions .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Get Export Parameters .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I GET_IMPORT_PARAMETERS Get Import Parameters .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I GET_TABLE_PARAMETERS Get Table Parameters .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I SET_EXCEPTIONS Set Exceptions .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I SET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Set Export Parameters .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I SET_IMPORT_PARAMETERS Set Import Parameters .
IF_FP_PARAMETERS I SET_TABLE_PARAMETERS Set Table Parameters .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I EXECUTE Call ADS .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_ANNOTATIONS Get Comments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_ATTACHMENTS Get Attachments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_CACHE_INFO Get Cache Information .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_CERTIFICATION Certification, Get Information .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_COPYTEMPLATE Get Copy from Template .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_DATA Extract form data .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_DIFFERENCES Extract Differences Between Versions .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_DOCUMENT Get PDF Document .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_HASHEDTEMPLATE Internal usage .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_JOB_PROFILES Get Job Profiles .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_LEGALWARNINGS Get Warnings .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_METADATA Get Meta Data .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_PDF Get PDF (Only After Render Call); Otherwise GET_DOCUMENT .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_PDL Get PDL .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_REVIEW_COPY Get Copy for Review .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_SCHEMA Get Schema from Template .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_SIGNATURES Get Signatures .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_TRACE Read ADS Trace .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_UPDATEDTEMPLATE Get Updated Template .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_UPDATES Get List of Template Updates .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I GET_VERSION_INFO Get Version Information .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I IS_SSL Query SSL Connection .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I RESET Reset object .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_ADS_TRACE Activate/Deactivate ADS Trace .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_ANNOTATIONS Set Comments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_APPLICATION_FORM_IDENTITY Get Application and Form Identity .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_ATTACHMENTS Set Attachments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_CERTIFICATION Certification .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_DATA Determine Data .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_DOCUMENT Determine PDF Document .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_EXTRACTDATA Obsolete: -" SET_TASK_EXTRACTDATA .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_FONT_MAPPING Get Font Mapping .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_INITIAL_VIEW Define Initial Display for PDF .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_JOB_PROFILE Set Job Profiles .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_METADATA Set Meta Data .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_OUTPUTCONVERT Obsolete: -" SET_TASK_CONVERTPDF2PDL .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_OUTPUTPDF Obsolete: -" SET_TASK_RENDERPDF .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_OUTPUTPDL Obsolete: -" SET_TASK_RENDERPDL .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_SIGNATURE Set Signature .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_CALCULATE_HASHES Internal usage .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_CONVERTPDF2PDL Determine Conversion from PDF to PDL .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_COPYTEMPLATE Selection for Template Copy (New GUID) .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_CREATE_REVIEWCOPY Selection for Review Copy .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_EXTRACTCOLWIDTHS Get Column Widths .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_EXTRACTDATA Select Data Extraction .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETANNOTATIONS Extract Selection for Comments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETATTACHMENTS Get Selection for Attachments .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETCACHEINFO Get Cache Information .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETCERTIFICATION Select Get Certificate .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETDIFFERENCES Select Difference Determination .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETLEGALWARNINGS Get Warnings .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETMETADATA Get Meta Data .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETSCHEMA Select Schema Determination from Template .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_GETSIGNATURES Select Get Signature .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_RENDERPDF Select PDF Output .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_RENDERPDL Select PDL Output .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TASK_UPDATETEMPLATE Select Template Update .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TEMPLATE Determine Template .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_TEMPLATEBATCHINFO Set Template Information for Bundling .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_UPDATES Set Template Updates .
IF_FP_PDF_OBJECT I SET_USAGERIGHTS Set Usage Rights .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I GET_CODING Get Code .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I GET_INPUT_PARAMETERS Get Input Parameters .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I GET_OUTPUT_PARAMETERS Get Output Parameters .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I SET_CODING Set Code .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I SET_INPUT_PARAMETERS Set Input Parameters .
IF_FP_PROGRAMLINES I SET_OUTPUT_PARAMETERS Set Output Parameters .
IF_FP_REFERENCE_FIELDS I GET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Get Reference Fields .
IF_FP_REFERENCE_FIELDS I SET_REFERENCE_FIELDS Set Reference Fields .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I GET_BINARY_SEARCH Get Binary Search .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I GET_LINE Get Line .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I GET_TABLE_NAME Get Table Name .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I GET_WITH_KEY_CONDITION Get With Key Condition .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I REFRESH Update (Synchronize Node with ABAP Dictionary) .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I SET_BINARY_SEARCH Set Binary Search .
IF_FP_SINGLE_RECORD I SET_LINE Set Line .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I APPEND_CHILD Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I CHECK Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I COPY Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_CHILD Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_CONDITION Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_CONTEXT Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_FIELD Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_ID Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_NAME Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_NODE_BY_ID Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_PARENT Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_PREDECESSOR Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_SUCCESSOR Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I GET_TYPE Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I INSERT_CHILD Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I REFRESH Update (Synchronize Node with ABAP Dictionary) .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I REMOVE_CHILD Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I REMOVE_NODE Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I SET_DESCRIPTION Get Field .
IF_FP_STRUCTURE I SET_NAME Get Field .
IF_FP_SYSTEM_FIELDS I GET_SYSTEM_DATA Get System Data .
IF_FP_TEXT I CHANGE_TYPE Change Type .
IF_FP_TEXT I GET_APPEND_MODE Get Append Mode .
IF_FP_TEXT I SET_APPEND_MODE Set Append Mode .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I GET_STYLE_NAME Get Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I GET_TEXT_FIELD Get Text Field .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I GET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Get Text Language .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I SET_STYLE_NAME Set Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I SET_TEXT_FIELD Set Text Field .
IF_FP_TEXT_DYNAMIC I SET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Set language for text .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH Get Standard Paragraph .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_FIRST_PARAGRAPH Get First Paragraph .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_IGNORE_ERROR Get Flag (no error if no text exists) .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_STYLE_NAME Get Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_TEXT_ID Get Text ID .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Get Text Language .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_TEXT_NAME Get Text Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I GET_TEXT_OBJECT Get Text Object .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH Set Standard Paragraph .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_FIRST_PARAGRAPH Set First Paragraph .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_IGNORE_ERROR Set Flag (no error if no text exists) .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_STYLE_NAME Set Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_TEXT_ID Set Text ID .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Set language for text .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_TEXT_NAME Set Text Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_INCLUDE I SET_TEXT_OBJECT Set Text Object .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I GET_IGNORE_ERROR Get Flag (no error if no text exists) .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I GET_STYLE_NAME Get Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I GET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Get Text Language .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I GET_TEXT_NAME Get Text Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I GET_TEXT_STYLE Get Flag (Copy Style from Text Module) .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I SET_IGNORE_ERROR Set Flag (no error if no text exists) .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I SET_STYLE_NAME Set Style Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I SET_TEXT_LANGUAGE Set language for text .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I SET_TEXT_NAME Set Text Name .
IF_FP_TEXT_MODULE I SET_TEXT_STYLE Set Flag (Copy Style from Text Module) .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I CHECK Check .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I COPY Copy .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I DELETE Delete .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I FREE Release .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GENERATE Generate .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_CHANGED Get Change Status .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_DEVCLASS Get Package .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_DOCU_ID Get Document Class .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_FIRSTDATE Get Creation Date .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_FIRSTTIME Get Creation Time .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_FIRSTUSER Get User Name of "Created By" .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_LASTDATE Get Change Date .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_LASTTIME Get Time of Last Change .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_LASTUSER Get User Name of "Last Changed By" .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_MASTER_LANGUAGE Get Original Language .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_MODE Get Mode .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_MODIFICATION_LANGUAGE Get Change Language .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_NAME Get name .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT Get Object .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_ORDERNUM Get Request .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_STATE Get Status .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I GET_TYPE Get Object Type (Workbench) .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I RENAME Rename .
IF_FP_WB_OBJECT I SAVE Save .
IF_FP_XSD_DEFINITIONS I GET_XSD_DATA Get XML Schema Data .
IF_FP_XSD_DEFINITIONS I GET_XSD_SOURCE Get XML Schema Source .
IF_FP_XSD_DEFINITIONS I SET_XSD_DATA Set XML Schema Data .
IF_FP_XSD_DEFINITIONS I SET_XSD_SOURCE Set XML Schema Source .
IF_FRE_MD_CHK_CHNGE_COMP_DATA I CHANGE_DATA Modify master before comparison - FRE_CHECK_LOC_PROD .
IF_FRE_SOS_CHK_CHNGE_COMP_DATA I CHANGE_DATA Modify lane data before comparison - FRE_CHECK_SUPPLY_NET .
IF_FRE_ST_CHK_CHNGE_COMP_DATA I CHANGE_DATA Modify lane data before comparison - FRE_CHECK_LAYOUT_MOD .
IF_FRM377 I FILTER_FORMULAS Filtering the Formulas Found .
IF_FRM377 I READ_ADDITIONAL_DATA Read Other Formula Data .
IF_FRM377 I READ_FORMULAS_MANY Mass Reading of Formulas .
IF_FRM377 I READ_HEADER Read Header Data .
IF_FRM377 I READ_SUBSTANCES Read Input Substances .
IF_FRML_CALC_IO_FIELDS I CALC_FIELD Calculates One Field from Another (Such As Mass -" Volume) .
IF_FRML_STD_CALC I CALC_COMP_DATA Calculate Nutrient Composition .
IF_FRML_STD_CALC I GET_ALL_DATASRC Get All Data Sources .
IF_FRML_STD_CALC I GET_COMP_DATA Get Nutrient Composition for Ingredients .
IF_FRML_STD_CALC I GET_LAYGRP_MEMB Get All Nutrients from All Nutrient Groups .
IF_FRML_STD_CALC I INIT_CALC Initialize Calculation Object .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I GET_CC_TABLE_DATA Returns Company-Code Dependent Data .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I GET_CC_TABLE_DATA_NEW Supplies Current Status of Company-Code Dependent Data .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I GET_CC_TABLE_DATA_OLD Supplies Previous Status of Company-Code Dependent Data .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I GET_COMPANY_CODES Returns Company Codes (Reference) .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I SET_CC_TABLE_DATA_NEW Sets New Company-Code Dependent Data .
IF_FSBP_AO_COMPANY_CODE I VALIDATE_CC_DATA Checks Data for Selected Company-Code .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I GET_DATA Returns Data .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I GET_MY_NAME Returns Name of Application Object .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I GET_PARTNER Returns Partner Numbers .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I GET_TABLE_OBJECT Returns Reference to Object Dealing With Table .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I GET_USED_TABLES Returns List of Tables Used .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I IS_DATA_MODIFIED Checks Whether Data for Object Has Changed .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I IS_PARTNER_ID_TEMPORARY Indicates Whether Partner Number Is Temporary .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I IS_TABLE_USED Checks Whether Table Is Used in Application Object .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I RESET Resets Object to Initial Status .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I SAVE_DATA Prompts Update of Data .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I UPDATE_TEMP_PARTNER Replaces Temporary Partner Number in Memory .
IF_FSBP_APPLICATION_OBJECT I VALIDATE Starts Object Validation .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_APPLICATION_DATA Returns Data for Application Objects .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_APPLICATION_OBJECT Returns Reference to Application Object .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_BPKIND Returns Business Partner Type .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_GENERAL_DATA Returns General Data for Business Partner .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_GROUPING Returns Business Partner Grouping .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_MY_NAME Returns Name of Business Object .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_PARTNER Returns Partner Numbers .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_ROLES Returns Roles for Business Partner .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_TABLE_DATA Returns Data from Database Table .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_TYPE Returns Business Partner Category .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_USED_APPLICATIONS Returns List of Applications Used .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I HAS_ROLES Indicates Whether Partner Has This Role .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I IS_APPLICATION_USED Checks Whether Application Object Is Used .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I IS_DATA_MODIFIED Checks Whether Data for Object Has Changed .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I IS_PARTNER_ID_TEMPORARY Indicates Whether Partner Number Is Temporary .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I IS_PARTNER_NEW Indicates Whether Partner Is Created .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I RESET Resets Object to Initial Status .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I SAVE_DATA Prompts Update of Data .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I UPDATE_RELEASE_STATE Changes Release Status for Business Partner .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I UPDATE_TEMP_PARTNER Replaces Temporary Partner Number in Memory .
IF_FSBP_BUSINESS_OBJECT I VALIDATE Starts Object Validation .
IF_FSBP_CREDT_STANDNG_GET_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT TransferExtensionOut .
IF_FSBP_CREDT_STANDNG_SET_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONIN TransferExtensionIn .
IF_FSBP_CREDT_STANDNG_SET_BAPI I TRANSFEREXTENSIONOUT TransferExtensionOut .
IF_FSBP_CREDT_STANDNG_SET_BAPI I VALIDATEEXTENSIONIN ValidateExtensionIn .
IF_FSBP_DELETE_IDENTC_ALIAS I DELETE_IDENTIC_ALIAS Deletes Identical Aliases .
IF_FSBP_LISTENER_OBJECT I LISTEN Listener Object Is Requested to Participate .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I GET_DATA Returns New and Old Stock of Data .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I GET_DATA_NEW Returns Changed Data .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I GET_DATA_OLD Returns Read Data .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I GET_PARTNER Returns Partner Numbers .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I GET_TABLE_NAME Returns Name of Table .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I IS_DATA_MODIFIED Indicates Whether Data Has Changed .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I IS_DATA_READ Indicates Whether Database Has Read Data .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I IS_PARTNER_ID_TEMPORARY Indicates Whether Partner Number Is Temporary .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I RESET Resets Object to Initial Status .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I SAVE_DATA Prompts Save of Data to Database .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I SET_DATA_NEW Stores New/Changed Data in Memory .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I UPDATE_TEMP_PARTNER Replaces Partner Number in Memory .
IF_FSBP_MEMORY_OBJECT I VALIDATE Starts Validation for Memory Object .
IF_FSBP_MO_COMPANY_CODE I VALIDATE_CC_DATA Checks Data for Company Code .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I READ_DATA Reads Data for a Partner Table from the Database .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I READ_DATA_SORTED_BY_PARTNER Reads Data for Table Sorted According to Partner .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I READ_DATA_WITH_KEY Reads Data for a Partner Table with Key .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I SAVE_DATA Transfers Data to the Update Memory .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I SAVE_DATA_ENTRIES Transfers the Transferred INSERT-, UPDATE and DELETE-Data .
IF_FSBP_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT I SORT_DATA_BY_PARTNER Sorts Data for a Table According to Partner .
IF_FSBP_VALIDATION_OBJECT I REGISTER_HANDLER Registers Itself For the Event of a Validation Target Object.
IF_FSBP_VALIDATION_TARGET I ADD_VALIDATION_RESULT Adds Check Results .
IF_FSBP_VALIDATION_TARGET I GET_VALIDATION_RESULTS Returns All Valid Check Results .
IF_FSCD_IO_ITEM_SEL I FILTER_ITEMS Filter Items .
IF_FTBB_MERITFUNCTION I CALCULATE_CHI Calculation of Merit Function (Chi-Squared) .
IF_FTBB_MERITFUNCTION I CALCULATE_CHI_AND_DERIVATIVES Calculation of Merit Function and Its 1st + 2nd Derivations .
IF_FTR_BAPI_CONDITIONS I GET_CONDITIONS Get Conditions from the Application .
IF_FTR_BAPI_CONDITIONS I GET_CONTROLINFO Get Control Information from the Application .
IF_FTR_BAPI_CONDITIONS I SET_CONDITIONS Return Conditions to the Application .
IF_FTR_BAPI_FLOWS I GET_GUI_CASHFLOW Determines Reference to Cash Flow GUI .
IF_FTR_BAPI_FLOWS I GET_GUI_FLOWS Determines Reference to GUI for Flows (Context) .
IF_FTR_BAPI_PLUGIN_IRATE I CHANGE Change Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_PLUGIN_IRATE I CREATE Create Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_PLUGIN_IRATE I GETDETAIL Read Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_PLUGIN_IRATE I REVERSE Reverse Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_PLUGIN_IRATE I SETTLE Settle Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I CHECK Check Transaction .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I EXIT Leave Transaction Without Saving .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I INIT Initialize Application for Existing Transactions .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I OKCODE Process the OK Code .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I PAI_AFTER Actions after Calling Subscreen for PAI .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I PAI_BEFORE Actions before Calling Subscreen for PAI .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I PBO_AFTER Actions after Calling Subscreen for PBO .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I PBO_BEFORE Actions before Calling Subscreens for PBO .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM I SAVE Save Transaction .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_200 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_200 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_200 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_510 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_510 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating a Fixed-Term Deposit .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_510 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_520 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_520 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating a Deposit at Notice .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_520 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_530 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_530 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating a Commercial Paper .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_530 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_540 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_540 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating a Cash Flow Transaction .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_540 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_550 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_550 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_550 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600SWAP I CREATE_2ND_DEAL Method for Creating 2nd Forex Transaction for a Swap .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600SWAP I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600SWAP I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_600SWAP I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_6XX I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_6XX I INIT_CREATE Import Parameter for Generating an OTC Interest Derivative .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_6XX I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_700 I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_700 I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_700 I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_760FX I GET_BASIC_DATA Return Application-Specific Structure Data .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_760FX I INIT_CREATE Inbound Parameters for Creating Interest Rate Instrument .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_760FX I SET_BASIC_DATA Application-Specific Structure Data for Checking .
IF_FTR_BAPI_TRTM_760FX I SET_CASH_DATA Set Cash Settlement in Case of Exercise .
IF_FTR_CF_CALCULATOR I CALCULATE Calculates Financial Mathematical Cash Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I COND_CHECK_AFTER Check Condition .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I COND_PROPOSE_BEFORE Enhance Condition .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOWAMOUNT_CHECK_AFTER Check Flow Amount .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOWCURRENCY_CHECK_AFTER Check Flow Type .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOWDATE_CHECK_AFTER Check Flow Date .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOWTYPE_CHECK_AFTER Check Flow Direction .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOW_CHECK_AFTER Check Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_CHECKER I FLOW_PROPOSE_BEFORE Enhance Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_DATA I CLONE Clone Data .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I F4_CONDTYPE Volume of Permitted Condition Types .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I F4_IRATE_STRUCTURE Volume of Permitted Values for Interest Form .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATEADJ_FIT Adjustment of Conditions for Interest Rate Adjustment .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATECOND_GET Determine Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_DELETE Delete Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_EDIT Change Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_GET Determine Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_INIT Set Parameters for Interest Adapter .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_PROPOSE Determine Default Values for Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IRATE_TRANSLATE Translates a Condition in Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IS_IRATECAP_ACTIVE Determines if Interest Capitalization Is Possible .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IS_IRATE_ACTIVE Determines if Nominal Interest Is Available .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IS_IRATE_DELETEABLE Determines if Deletion Is Possible .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IS_IRATE_EDITABLE Determines if Editing Is Possible .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I IS_RHYTHM_EDITABLE Determines if Frequency Can Be Changed .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I PLUGINS_SET Set Plugins .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE I TAB_IRATE_PARA_PROPOSE Determines a Proposal for Setting Parameters .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE_CHECKER I IRATE_CHECK_AFTER Check Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_IRATE_CHECKER I IRATE_PROPOSE_BEFORE Enhance Interest Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I F4_NOMFLOW_TYPE Volume of Permitted Values for Flow Types .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I IS_NOMFLOW_EDITABLE Determines if Editing is Possible .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I NOMFLOW_EDIT Change Nominal Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I NOMFLOW_GET Determine Nominal Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I NOMFLOW_INIT Set Parameters for Adapter .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I NOMFLOW_PROPOSE Proposal for Predefining Values .
IF_FTR_CF_NOMFLOW I NOMFLOW_TRANSLATE Determine Nominal Flow .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I F4_CONDTYPE Volume of Permitted Condition Types .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I F4_REPAYM_STRUCTURE Volume of Permitted Values for Repayment Form .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I F4_RHYTHM Volume of Permitted Frequency Entries .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I IS_REPAYM_EDITABLE Determines if Editing is Possible .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I IS_RHYTHM_EDITABLE Determines if Frequency Entries can be Changed .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I PLUGINS_SET Set Plug-ins for Repayment Adapter .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYMCOND_GET Determine Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYM_EDIT Change Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYM_GET Determine Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYM_INIT Set Parameters for Adapter .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYM_PROPOSE Determines a Proposal for Predefining Values .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I REPAYM_TRANSLATE Determine Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM I TAB_REPAYM_PARA_PROPOSE Determines a Proposal for Setting Parameters .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM_CHECKER I REPAYM_CHECK_AFTER Check Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_CF_REPAYM_CHECKER I REPAYM_PROPOSE_BEFORE Enhance Repayment Structure .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I ASGN_DO Assign Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I ASGN_RENAME Key Change of Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I ASGN_UNDO Delete Assignment of Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I ASGN_UPDATE Assign Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I CHECK Complete Check of Facility .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I CLOSE Close Facility without Saving (Lock Release) .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I GET Determine Transaction Data of Facility .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I IS_TAB_POSITION_CHANGED Check the Assignment Flow for Changes .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I IS_TAB_POS_OBJ_CHANGED Check Assignment Object for Changes .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I SAVE Save Facility .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I START Load Facility from Database .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN I _IREF_RULESET_GET Determine Conformity Management .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I ASGN_DO Assign Financial Transaction .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I ASGN_UNDO Delete Assignment of Financial Transaction .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I ASGN_UPDATE Update a Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I CHECK Complete Check During Processing .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I DISPLAY Display Current Facility .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I IS_ASGN Is the Financial Transaction Assigned to a Facility? .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I SAVE Save .
IF_FTR_FC_ASGN_TRTM I SAVE_REQUIRED Save Necessary? .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I COLLECT Collect GUI Data in Following Subscreen .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I DISPLAY Display GUI Data in Following Subscreen .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I FREE Class Destructor .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I GET_REQUIRED_FIELDS Determine Unprocessed Required Fields .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I HANDLE_OKCODE OK Code Handling in GUI .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I SET_FIELDMOD Set GUI Field Modification .
IF_FTR_GUI_APPL I SET_MSG Set GUI Message .
IF_FTR_GUI_CASHFLOW_APPL I SET_CONTROLDATA Set Control Data from Application .
IF_FTR_GUI_CONTRACT_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_CONTRACT_APPL2 I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_DATABIN I SET_FHA_RCOMVALCL General Transaction Data: Set Valuation Class .
IF_FTR_GUI_ENTRY_APPL I SET_CONTEXT Set Context .
IF_FTR_GUI_ENTRY_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_FLOWS_APPL I GET_TAB_FHAPO_DELETED Get Deleted Flow Records .
IF_FTR_GUI_FLOWS_APPL I GET_TAB_FHAPO_MODIFIED Get Modified Flow Records .
IF_FTR_GUI_FLOWS_APPL I GET_TAB_FHAPO_NEW Get New Flow Records .
IF_FTR_GUI_FLOWS_APPL I GET_TAB_FHAPO_SELECTED Get Selected Flow Records .
IF_FTR_GUI_FLOWS_APPL I SET_CONTROLDATA Set Control Data from Application .
IF_FTR_GUI_FOREIGN_APPL I APPLY_FMOD Execute Field Modification .
IF_FTR_GUI_FOREIGN_APPL I APPLY_FMOD_TC Execute Field Modification for Table Control .
IF_FTR_GUI_FOREIGN_APPL I MODIFY_SCREEN_ATTRIBUTES Determine Screen Attributes acc. to Combination Logic .
IF_FTR_GUI_FOREIGN_APPL I SET_GUI Set Repid and Screen Number of Foreign GUI .
IF_FTR_GUI_HEADER_APPL I GET_DISPLAYDATA Read Display Data .
IF_FTR_GUI_HEADER_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_PARTNER_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_PAYDET_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_RATING_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_STATUS_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_GUI_TERM_APPL I SET_DISPLAYDATA Set Data to be Displayed .
IF_FTR_HISTORY I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Double-Click an Activity in the History .
IF_FTR_HISTORY I HANDLE_OKCODE User Command .
IF_FTR_HISTORY I HANDLE_PF_STATUS Set PF Status .
IF_FTR_HISTORY I TAB_HISTORY_SELECT Read Historical Data from Database .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I APPLICATION_START TR Transaction Management is Instantiated .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I IS_OKCODE Is this an OK Code of Open TRTM .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I SET_PROXY_EDITMODE Transfer Tabstrip Attributes to FMOD Proxy .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_CHECK Explicit Transaction Check by User .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_FCODE Time Before Change in GUI to FO Screen Takes Place .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_FCODE_EXECUTE Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_SAVE_CANCEL Saving Cancelled .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_SAVE_CHECK Time for Checks Before DB Update Takes Place .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_SAVE_READY Transaction Management Ready to be Saved .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_SAVE_REQUIRED Time to Specify Whether Changes must be Saved .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM I TRANSACTION_SET_DATA Transfer Data for Enhancement in BAPI .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_BADI_BAV_ON Switch BAV BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_BADI_CUSTOM_ON Switch Customer Enhancement On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_BADI_FO_ON Switch Finance Object BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_BADI_HEDGE_MGMT_ON Switch Hedge Management BAdIs On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_BADI_PA_ON Switch Partner Assignment BAdIs On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_CUST_DATA Set Customer Data in VTBFHA .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_DISTRIBUTOR_ON Switch Distributor BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_FACILITY_ON Switch Facility BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_GENERIC_ON Switch Generic BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_MIRROR_ON Switch Mirror Transaction BAdI On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_SERVER_APPLICATION Switch Open TRTM BAdI On/Off in Server Mode .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SET_TRANSACTION_DATA Sets Transaction Data .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_CTRL I SWITCH_OPEN_TRTM_ON Switch Open TRTM On/Off .
IF_FTR_OPEN_TRTM_XDATA I SET_TRANSACTION_DATA Give Transaction Data to Open TRTM .
IF_FTR_POSOBJ_MGR I DISPLAY Display Drawing Object .
IF_FTR_RULESET_GUI I COLLECT Collect Data .
IF_FTR_RULESET_GUI I DISPLAY Display Data .
IF_FTR_RULESET_GUI I DISPLAY_FREE Exit Display .
IF_FTR_RULESET_GUI I DISPLAY_INIT Display for First Time .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_ADD Add Rule for Company Code .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_ALL Permit All Company Codes .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_DELETE Delete a Rule for Company Code .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_GET Determine Rules for Company Code .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_ISMODIFIABLE Possible to Change a Rule for Company Code .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CC_MODIFY Change a Rule for Company Code .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_ADD Add a Rule for Transaction Management .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_ALL Permit All Currencies .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_DELETE Delete a Rule for Transaction Management .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_GET Determine Rules for Transaction Management .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_ISMODIFIABLE Possible to Change a Rule for Transaction Management .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I CR_MODIFY Change a Rule for Transaction Currency .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_ADD Add a Rule for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_ALL Permit All Partners .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_DELETE Delete a Rule for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_F4 F4 Help for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_GET Determine Rules for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_ISMODIFIABLE Possible to Change a Rule for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I PA_MODIFY Change a Rule for Business Partner .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I RULESET_APPLY Apply Rules to a Financial Transaction .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I RULESET_CHECK Check Rules (Memory Consistency) .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I RULESET_GET Determine Rules .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I RULESET_LOAD Load Rules from Database .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I RULESET_SAVE Save Rules .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TERM_DELETE Delete Term Restriction .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TERM_GET Read Term Restriction .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TERM_SET Set Term Restriction .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_ADD Add a Rule for Transaction Type .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_ALL Permit All Transaction Types .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_DELETE Add a Rule for Transaction Type .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_GET Determine Rules for Transaction Type .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_ISMODIFIABLE Possible to Change a Rule for Transaction Type .
IF_FTR_RULESET_MGR I TT_MODIFY Add a Rule for Transaction Type .
IF_FTR_XI_GENERAL_MAPPING_BADI I POST_MAPPING Mapping after Calling Derivation Tool .
IF_FTR_XI_GENERAL_MAPPING_BADI I PRE_MAPPING Mapping before Calling Derivation Tool .
IF_FTR_XI_IF_MAPPING_BADI I GET_ID_TYPES Determine ID Types for Conversion of Partners .
IF_FTR_XI_IF_MAPPING_BADI I MAPPING Mapping of Treasury Transactions .
IF_FUNCTION_PROCESSOR_BRF I PROCESS_EXPRESSION Calculates Specified Expression .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I DISPLAY_APPLICATION_LOG Display Application Log .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_LOG Transfer Application Log .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I GET_DYNPRO_STATUS Screen Information .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND Process User Command .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I LEAVE_CONTEXT Confirmation Prompt .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I PROCESS_COMPONENT Activate Component .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I REFRESH_COMPONENT Update Active Components .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I REFRESH_NAVIGATOR Update Navigator .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I REMOVE_APPLICATION_LOG Empty and Remove Application Log .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_APPLICATION I SET_NEXT_COMPONENT Define Subsequent Component .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_ID Determine Component IDs .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_COMPONENT I GET_IF_MODEL_COMPONENT Retrieve Reference to Accompanying Model .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_COMPONENT I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND Process User Entries .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_COMPONENT I LEAVE Leave Component .
IF_FVD_CONTROLLER_COMPONENT I PROCESS Start Component .
IF_FVD_FCAT_PROFILE I GET_PROFILE Returns a Profile for the Field Catalog .
IF_FVD_FCAT_PROFILE I SET_CONTEXT Sets the Context .
IF_FVD_FIELDCATALOG I GET_FIELD_CATALOG Specify Field Catalog .
IF_FVD_FIELDCATALOG I MODIFY_ALV_FIELDCAT Gets Field Status for Transferred Field Catalog .
IF_FVD_FIELDCATALOG I MODIFY_SCREEN Gets Field Status for Transferred Field .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CHECKLIST I CHECK_VALUES Check Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CHECKLIST I GET_VALUES Read Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CHECKLIST I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CHECKLIST I SET_VALUES Write Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CLERKS I CHECK_VALUES Check Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CLERKS I GET_VALUES Read Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CLERKS I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_CLERKS I SET_VALUES Write Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_DISBURSE I CHECK_VALUES Check Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_DISBURSE I GET_VALUES Read Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_DISBURSE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_DISBURSE I SET_VALUES Write Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_PARTNER I CHECK_VALUES Check Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_PARTNER I GET_VALUES Read Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_PARTNER I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_PARTNER I SET_VALUES Write Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_SETTLEMENT I CHECK_VALUES Check Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_SETTLEMENT I GET_VALUES Read Values .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_SETTLEMENT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_FVD_LOAN_FACADE_SETTLEMENT I SET_VALUES Set Values .
IF_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_COND Method for Customer-Specific Handling of Condition Data .
IF_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_MD Method for Customer-Specific Handling of Master Data .
IF_FVD_LOS I HANDLE_PARTNER Method for Customer-Specific Handling of Partner Data .
IF_FVD_MD_VIEW_LOAN I GET_CUSTOMER_CONDITION_LAYOUT Define Layout for Condition Details .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I AFTER_COMMIT Execution After COMMIT .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I AFTER_FAILED_SAVE Execution After ROLLBACK .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I BEFORE_SAVE Execution before DO_SAVE .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Write Data (Simulation Run) .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I DO_CLEANUP Initialize Data .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I DO_RETRIEVE Read Data .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I DO_SAVE Write data .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I GET_STATUS Determine Status of a Component .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I IS_DISPLAY_ONLY Is the Component in Display Mode? .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I IS_MODIFIED Was Data Changed? .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I SET_INSTANCE_ID Select Instance .
IF_FVD_MODEL_COMPONENT I SET_MODE Set Display Mode .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_ACCOUNT I GET_PARTNER Read Partners .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I GET_ACCOUNT_SERVICES Service Class as Return Value .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I GET_EDIT_STATUS Can Contract Be Changed? .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I GET_LOAN_DATA Loan Data .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I GET_PROFILE_DATA Get Profile Data for Field Control .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I IS_INITIALIZED Is Loan Core Account Initialized? .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I SET_CONDITION_DATA Transfer Conditions to Loan Core Account .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I SET_DEFAULT_DATA Transfer Default to Loan Core Account .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I SET_MASTER_DATA Transfer Master Data to Loan Core Account .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_MD_LOAN I SET_PARTNER_DATA Transfer Partner to Loan Core Account .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_OBJ_LOCATOR I GET_ACCOUNT Determine Contract Number of Object Locator .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_OBJ_LOCATOR I GET_COMP_CODE Determine Company Code for Object Locator .
IF_FVD_MODEL_SERV_OBJ_LOCATOR I GET_PARTNER Determine Partner for Object Locator .
IF_FVD_OUT_BPARTNER_CVI I CHECK_CUSTOMER_IN_CCODE Check if Customer Account Exists in Company Code .
IF_FVD_OUT_BPARTNER_CVI I CREATE_CUSTOMER_IN_CCODE Create Customer Account in Company Code .
IF_FVD_OUT_BPARTNER_CVI I CREATE_CUSTOMER_IN_CCODE_DI Create Customer Account in Company Code (Direct Input) .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I DISPLAY_PARTNER_DETAIL Partner Detailed Display .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_PARTNER_ADDRESSES Determine Address List for Partner .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_PARTNER_COMM_DATA Determine Communication Data for Partner .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_PARTNER_CUSTOMER Determine Customer Number of Partner .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_PARTNER_LIST_BY_NAME Determine List of Partners Using Names .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_PARTNER_NAME Determine Name of Partner .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_ROLECATEGORY Determine Business Partner Role Category for BP Role .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I GET_ROLE_DESCRIPTION Determine Role Description for Business Partner Role .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I IS_ROLE_ASSIGNED Is Business Partner Role Assigned to Parner? .
IF_FVD_OUT_BUSINESSPARTNER I SEARCH_PARTNER_NUMBER Seach for Business Partner Number .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Write Data (Simulation Run) .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I DO_CLEANUP Initialize Data .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I DO_RETRIEVE Read Data .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I DO_SAVE Write data .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I IS_DEAFULT_IMP Returns 'X' if there is no other active implementation .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I IS_MODIFIED Was Data Changed? .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I SET_INSTANCE_ID Select Instance .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I SET_MODE Set Display Mode .
IF_FVD_OUT_COLLATERAL I START_COLLATERAL_APPL Start Collateral Application .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I CALC_REBATE Read Insurance .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I GET_INS_POL_LIST Read Insurance .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I GIVE_NOTICE_POL Give Notice for Insurance Policy .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I REVERSE_NOTICE_POL Give Notice for Insurance Policy .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I START_INS_APPL_CREATE Create - Start Insurance System .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I START_INS_APPL_DISPLAY Display - Start Insruance System .
IF_FVD_OUT_INSURANCE I START_INS_APPL_UPDATE Change - Start Insurance System .
IF_FVD_OUT_POST_PROCESSING I ADD_ORDER Insert Postprocessing Order .
IF_FVD_OUT_POST_PROCESSING I INIT Initialization of Postprocessing .
IF_FVD_OUT_POST_PROCESSING I SAVE Save Postprocessing Orders .
IF_FVD_OUT_POST_PROCESSING I START_LOG_REC Start Recording in Application Log .
IF_FVD_OUT_POST_PROCESSING I STOP_LOG_REC Stop Recording in Application Log .
IF_FVD_VIEW_NAVIGATOR_ELEMENT I DISPLAY Display .
IF_FWTC_EXEMPTION I GET_EXEMPTION Read the exemption details for vendor/customer .
IF_FWWP_FACTORY I CREATE Object Generation .
IF_GCM_PSB_HANDLER I OPEN_BROWSER Start the Product Structure Browser .
IF_GENIL_APPL_ALTERNATIVE_DSIL I CHECK_OBJECTS_BEFORE_SAVE Check Objects Before Saving .
IF_GENIL_APPL_ALTERNATIVE_DSIL I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete Root Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_ALTERNATIVE_DSIL I INIT_OBJECTS Reset Buffer Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_ALTERNATIVE_DSIL I LOCK_OBJECTS Lock Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_ALTERNATIVE_DSIL I SAVE_OBJECTS Save Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I CHECK_OBJECTS_BEFORE_SAVE Check Objects Before Saving .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I CREATE_OBJECTS Generate Root Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete Root Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I EXECUTE_OBJECT_METHOD Execute Methods for Business Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I GET_OBJECTS Read Attributes and Object Relations .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I GET_QUERY_RESULT Execute Search Requests .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I GET_VIEW Read Modelled View .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I INIT_OBJECTS Reset Buffer Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I LOCK_OBJECTS Lock Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I MODIFY_OBJECTS Write Attributes .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I RESET Reset All Buffers .
IF_GENIL_APPL_INTLAY I SAVE_OBJECTS Save Objects .
IF_GENIL_APPL_MODEL I GET_MODEL Returns the Object Model for an Application Component .
IF_GENIL_APPL_MODEL I GET_OBJECT_PROPS Returns Object Attributes .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I ADD_CHILD Add a Direct Subordinate Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I ADD_FOREIGN_RELATION Insert a Relation to a Non-Container Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I COPY_SELF_WITH_STRUCTURE Copy Object Together with Its Substructure .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_CHILDREN Returns a List Object of Direct Subordinate Objects .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_CHILDREN_IN_11_RELATIONS Returns a List Object of Subordinate Objects in 1:1 Relation.
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_CHILDREN_IN_1N_RELATIONS Returns a List Object of Subordinate Objects in 1:n Relation.
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_FOREIGN_RELATIONS Read All Relations for Non-Container Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_OWNED_CHILDREN Returns a List Object of Subordinate Objects in 1:1 Relation.
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_PARENT Returns Higher-Level Node .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_PARENT_RELATION Returns the Names of Relations for the Subordinate Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_QUERY_ROOT Returns the Query Root Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_REFERENCED_CHILDREN Returns a List Object of Subordinate Objects in 1:1 Relation.
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_RELATION Returns a List Object of the Subobjects in Given Relation .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I GET_ROOT Returns the Root Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I IS_PARENT_RELATION_11 Checks if Relation to Higher-Level Object Is a 1:1 Relation .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I SET_FOREIGN_RELATION Set Keys for a Relation for Non-Container Objects .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECT I SET_QUERY_ROOT Sets the Query Root Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I GET_FIRST Returns First Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I GET_LAST Returns Last Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I GET_NEXT Returns Next Object .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I GET_PARENT Returns the Higher-Level Nodes in the List .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I REWIND Reset List Display .
IF_GENIL_CONTAINER_OBJECTLIST I SIZE Returnss the Number of Objects in List .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECT I GET_QUERY_ROOT Gets the Query Root Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECT I GET_TYPE_LIST Returnss a List of All Object Types in the Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECT I SET_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Set a New Message Container for the Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECT I SET_QUERY_ROOT Set the Query Root Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I ADD_OBJECT Add a Root Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I GET_FIRST Returns First Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I GET_GLOBAL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Global Message Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I GET_LAST Returns Last Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I GET_NEXT Returns Next Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I REWIND Reset List Display .
IF_GENIL_CONT_ROOT_OBJECTLIST I SIZE Returns the Number of Objects in List .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I ADD_FOREIGN_RELATION Add a Relation to a Non-Container Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I CHECK_ATTR_REQUESTED Returns Flag Indicating Whether Attributes Should Be Read .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I CHECK_RELS_REQUESTED Returns Flag Indicating Whether Relations Should Be Read .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the Object Attribute Structure .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_ATTR_PROPS_OBJ Returns an Empty Property Object for Object Attributes .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_ATTR_STRUCT_NAME Returns the DDIC Type for the Object's Attribute Structure .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_DELTA_FLAG Returns the Delta Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_FOREIGN_RELATIONS Read All Relations for Non-Container Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_GLOBAL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Global Message Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_HANDLE Returns the Object Handle .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_KEY Returns the Object Key .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_KEY_STRUCT_NAME Returns the DDIC Type of Object's Key Structure .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Relevant Message Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_NAME Returns the Object Name .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_ID Read Internal Object ID .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Object's Attribute Structure in the Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I SET_DELTA_FLAG Sets the Delta Flag .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I SET_FOREIGN_RELATION Set Keys for a Relation for Non-Container Objects .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I SET_HANDLE Sets a Handle as Object ID .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJECT I SET_KEY Sets a Logical Key as Object ID .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I ADD_OBJECT Add a Root Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I GET_FIRST Returns First Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I GET_GLOBAL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Global Message Container .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I GET_LAST Returns Last Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I GET_NEXT Returns Next Object .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I GET_OBJECT_NAME Returns the Names of List Objects .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I REWIND Reset List Display .
IF_GENIL_CONT_SIMPLE_OBJLIST I SIZE Returns the Number of Objects in List .
IF_GENIL_ITERATOR I CHECK_HAS_MORE Check at End of List .
IF_GENIL_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST Returns First Object .
IF_GENIL_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Returns Next Object .
IF_GENIL_ITERATOR I REWIND Position on First Object .
IF_GENIL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER I DELETE_MESSAGES Delete Messages (for One Object) .
IF_GENIL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER I GET_MESSAGES Returns Messages .
IF_GENIL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER I GET_NUMBER_OF_MESSAGES Gets the Number of Messages .
IF_GENIL_MSG_SERVICE_ACCESS I GET_GLOBAL_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Global Message Container .
IF_GENIL_MSG_SERVICE_ACCESS I GET_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Returns the Relevant Message Container .
IF_GENIL_MSG_SERVICE_ACCESS I SET_MESSAGE_CONTAINER Set a New Message Container for the Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I GET_IDX_TAB_4_PROPERTY Returns a Table of All Indexes with Specified Property .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I GET_NAME_TAB_4_PROPERTY Returns a Table of All Names with Specified Property .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY_BY_IDX Read an Attribute Property with Attribute Index .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY_BY_NAME Read an Attribute Property with Attribute Name .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I GET_UNIQUE_PROPERTY Returns the Property That Is Valid for All Attributes .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I SET_ALL_PROPERTIES Sets the Property for all Attributes to the Given Value .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I SET_ALL_PROPERTIES_WITH_FILTERSets the Property for all Attributes to the Given Value .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTY_BY_IDX Set an Attribute Property with Attribute Index .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_ATTR_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTY_BY_NAME Read an Attribute Property with Attribute Name .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ATTR_IDX_BY_NAME Returns the Attribute Index for the Specified Name .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ATTR_NAME_BY_IDX Returns the Attribute Name for the Specified Index .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ATTR_NUMBER Returns the Number of Object Attributes .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ATTR_STRUCT_NAME Returns the Names of Attributes DDIC Structure .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ATTR_TYPE Returns the DDIC Type of an Attribute .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_COMPONENT_NAME Returns Components for an Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_CREATE_STRUCT_NAME Returns the DDIC Structure Names for the Create Parameter .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_KEY_STRUCT_NAME Returns the Names of the Key DDIC Structure .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_METHOD_PARAM_STRUCT_NAME Returns the Name of the DDIC Structure for Method Parameters.
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_METHOD_PARAM_TYPE Returns the DDIC Type of Method Parameter .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_MODELED_METHODS Returns Object Methods .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_MODELED_RELATIONS Returns All Prospective Relations from Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_OBJECT_KIND Returns Type for an Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_OBJECT_LIST Returns a List of All Modeled Objects .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_PARENT_OBJECTS Returns All Higher-Level Objects for an Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_RELATED_OBJECT Returns the Target Object for a Relation .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_RELATED_PARENT Returns the Source Object for a Relation .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_RELATIONS_BETWEEN Returns all Relations Between Two Objects .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_RELATION_KIND Returns the Type for a Relation .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I GET_ROOT_OBJECT Returns the Higher-Level Root Object for an Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I IS_ACCESS_OBJECT Check Whether a Given Object is an Access Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I IS_VALID_METHOD Checks Whether a Given Method is Possible for an Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I OBJECT_MUST_BE_ERROR_FREE Check Whether a Given Object is an Access Object .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I RELATION_IS_11 Check Whether the Relation Specified Is a 1:1 Relation .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_MODEL I RELATION_IS_CACHEABLE Check Whether the Given Relation Can Be Saved in Buffer .
IF_GENIL_OBJ_REQUEST_SPEC I CHECK_ATTRIBUTES_REQUESTED Checks Whether Object Attributes Should Be Read .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I ADD_11_RELATIONS Adds 1:1 Relations to an Object .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I ADD_1N_RELATIONS Adds 1:n Relations to an Object .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I ADD_IDS_IN_1N_RELATION Adds Object Reference to a 1:n Object Relation .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I ADD_OBJECT Adds an Object .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I GET_11_RELATIONS Read 1:1 Relations of an Object .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I GET_1N_RELATIONS Read 1:n Relations of an Object .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I GET_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Read Object Attributes .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I GET_OBJECT_LIST Reads Back the List of All Objects in Container .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I GET_OBJECT_NAME Returns the Business Object Type of the Container .
IF_GENIL_SIMPLE_DATA_CONTAINER I SET_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes for an Object .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Whether Instances Can Be Saved .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I CREATE Generate a Qty of Object Instances According to Parameters .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I DELETE Delete Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I DESTROY Destructor Method for Instance .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I EXECUTE_METHOD Execute an Instance Method .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I GET_DETAIL Returns Attributes and Relations of Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I GET_LIST Returns a List of Instances That Fulfill Search Parameters .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I INIT Reset Buffer for Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I LOCK Lock Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I MODIFY Change Attributes and Relations of Instances in Buffer .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER I SAVE Save Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Whether Instances Can Be Saved .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I CREATE Generate a Qty of Object Instances According to Parameters .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I DELETE Delete Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I DESTROY Destructor Method for Instance .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I EXECUTE_METHOD Execute an Instance Method .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I GET_DETAIL Returns Attributes and Relations of Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I GET_LIST Returns a List of Instances That Fulfill Search Parameters .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I INIT Reset Buffer for Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I LOCK Lock Instances .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I MODIFY Change Attributes and Relations of Instances in Buffer .
IF_GENIL_SO_HANDLER2 I SAVE Save Instances .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I EXECUTE_ACTION Execute Default Action .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Returns Dependent Nodes .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Returns Context Menu for Node .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I GET_NAME Returns Node Name .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I GET_NODE_TEXT Returns Node Text .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I GET_TREE_DATA Returns Output Data for Node .
IF_GENIL_TREE_NODE I PROCESS_CONTEXT_MENU_ENTRY Process Context Menu Command .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_APPLOBJID get_logsys, get_objtype, get_objsubtype, get_objkey together.
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_LOCKMODE Gets current object lock mode .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_LOGSYS Gets original object log. system .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_OBJKEY Gets the semantic key of the object (in char(70)) .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_OBJTYPE Gets the object type (char10=SWO_OBJTYPE) .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I GET_OOCLASSNAME Gets the object class name (for typecasts) .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECT I WRITE_ABSTRACT Writes a short abstract of the object .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECTCONTAINER I BUF_CLEAR Deletes internal buffer .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECTCONTAINER I BUF_READBYAPPLOBJID Bulk data read using keys .
IF_GEOAPPLOBJECTCONTAINER I GET_TAB_GEOAPPLOBJECT Gets a table of pointers to the appl. objects .
IF_GEOCODING_TOOL I GEOCODE Geocoding from 1-N Addresses of a Country .
IF_GEOMAPPER I BUF_CLEAR Delete internal table .
IF_GEOMAPPER I BUF_DELETE Delete Geoobjekt from internal table .
IF_GEOMAPPER I BUF_FLUSH_DELETE Flush buffer in DB .
IF_GEOMAPPER I BUF_FLUSH_UPDATE Flush buffer in DB .
IF_GEOMAPPER I BUF_INSERT Buffered update for array access .
IF_GEOMAPPER I DELETE A GeoLoc/Objr has changed. Mapper tab update required .
IF_GEOMAPPER I UPDATE New GeoLoc/ObjR. Entry in mapping table may be required .
IF_GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS I GET_ADDITIONAL_DATA Get additional data for the customer fields .
IF_GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS I GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS Get additional fields of the customer .
IF_GFS_REPOSITORY I CREATE_SEARCHDEF Call IF_GFS_DEFINITION-"BEGIN_EDIT implicitly .
IF_GFS_REPOSITORY I CREATE_VIEW Call IF_GFS_DEFINITION-"BEGIN_EDIT implicitly .
IF_GFS_REPOSITORY I EXTEND_SEARCHDEF Only an active def. can be extended. call BEGIN_EDIT implic..
IF_GFS_REPOSITORY I EXTEND_VIEW Only an active def. can be extended. call BEGIN_EDIT implic..
IF_GFW_STATUS I COPY Create copy .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I ADD_STOP Adds a stop to the route .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I EXECUTE Executes route request .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_PART_BORDER Get the border of a specific part .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_PART_COUNT Get the part count of the route .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_PART_INFO Get informations about a specific part .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_PART_PATH Get the path of a specific part .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_ROUTE_BORDER Get the border of the whole route .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_ROUTE_INFO Get informations about the whole route .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_ROUTE_PATH Get the path of the whole route .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_SEGMENT_BORDER Get the border of a specific segment .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_SEGMENT_COUNT Get the segment count of a specific part .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_SEGMENT_INFO Get informations about a specific segment .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I GET_SEGMENT_PATH Get the path of a specific segment .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I RESET Resets the route data .
IF_GIS_ROUTE I SET_PROPERTY Sets a route request property .
IF_GIS_VIEW I ADD_OBJECT Adds an object (point or line) to the map .
IF_GIS_VIEW I CLEAR Removes all objects from the map .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_BORDER Returns the actual map border .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_IMAGE Returns the generated map image .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_IMAGEMAP Returns the generated image map in HTML format .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_LEGEND_HTML Returns the generated legend HTML (optional) .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_LEGEND_IMAGE Returns the generated legend image (optional) .
IF_GIS_VIEW I GET_SIZE Returns the map image size .
IF_GIS_VIEW I MODIFY_OBJECT Modifies an object on the map .
IF_GIS_VIEW I MOVE Moves the map up, down, left or right .
IF_GIS_VIEW I MOVE_TO_POSITION Moves the map to a specific position .
IF_GIS_VIEW I REMOVE_OBJECT Removes an object from the map .
IF_GIS_VIEW I SIZE Resizes the map image .
IF_GIS_VIEW I UPDATE Updates the map image .
IF_GIS_VIEW I ZOOM Zooms the map in or out .
IF_GIS_VIEW I ZOOM_TO_BORDER Zooms the map to a given border .
IF_GLOBAL_TRIGGER_POC I GET_DETAILS Outputs Detail Information about Trigger .
IF_GLOBAL_TRIGGER_POC I GET_EVT_PARAMS Outputs Event Parameters .
IF_GLOBAL_TRIGGER_POC I RAISE_EVENT_FROM_EXTERNAL Trigger Event Externally .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I CHECK_DATA Checks the Screen Data .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I GET_DATA Gets the Time-Independent Asset Master Data .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I INIT_BY_ASSET_KEY Initializes Manager via Asset Key .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Asset Data .
IF_GLO_MASTER_DATA_MNGR I SET_DATA Sets the Time-Independent Asset Master Data .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I CHECK_FIELD_RULES Checks If All Screen Layout Rules Followed .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I CHECK_TMINTRVL Checks the Screen Data .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I DELETE_TMINTRVL Deletes a Time Interval .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I GET_TMINTRVL Gets the Time Interval of the Value Date .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I INIT_BY_ASSET_KEY Initializes Manager via Asset Key .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_GLO_TD_AMD_MNGR I SET_TMINTRVL Adds to or Changes a Time Interval .
IF_GMAVC_ENTRY I COLLECT_BUD Collect data for GM budgeting .
IF_GMAVC_ENTRY I COLLECT_UPD Collect data for GM posting .
IF_GMAVC_LEDGER I COLLECT_BUD Collect budgeting data for AVC check .
IF_GMAVC_LEDGER I COLLECT_UPD Collect GM posting data for AVC check .
IF_GM_ARCHIVE_EXIT I CHECK_FOR_ARCHIVING Check per main archiving record .
IF_GM_ARCHIVE_EXIT I DYNSEL_EXECUTE Execute dynamic selections .
IF_GM_ARCHIVE_EXIT I DYNSEL_IS_ACTIVE Add dynamic selections .
IF_GM_ARCHIVE_EXIT I SELECT_FOR_ARCHIVING Select additional main archiving records .
IF_GOS_CALLBACK I GET_OBJECT Determine BOR Object Dynamically .
IF_GOS_RELATIONS I ADD_BUTTONS_FOR_ITEMS Pushbutton for Relationship Tree .
IF_GOS_RELATIONS I ADD_BUTTONS_FOR_LINKS Pushbutton for Relationship List .
IF_GOS_RELATIONS I ADD_CMD_HANDLER Transfer IF_CMD_HANDLER .
IF_GOS_RELATIONS I DISPLAY_OBJECT Display Object .
IF_GOS_SERVICE_MULTIPLE I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execute Function .
IF_GOS_SERVICE_MULTIPLE I GET_FUNCTION_LIST Function Selection List .
IF_GOS_SERVICE_TOOLS I COPY_SERVICE_OBJECTS Copy Objects to a Different Business Object .
IF_GOS_SERVICE_TOOLS I DELETE_SERVICE_OBJECTS Deletion of Objects for Business Object .
IF_GOS_SERVICE_TOOLS I MOVE_SERVICE_OBJECTS Reassignment of Objects to a Different Business Object .
IF_GP_HIER I GET_SELECTED_NODES Reads the selected nodes .
IF_GP_HIER I SET_SELECTED_NODES Sets the selected nodes (select nodes) .
IF_GP_MAIN I NOTIFY Notify main proxy .
IF_GP_MAIN I SET_SUBPROXIES Tell main proxy about its subproxies .
IF_GP_NOTIFICATION I NOTIFY Data container informs... .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I CONVERT_EVENT_GUI2ABAP Convert a GUI event into an ABAP event .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I EVTID_INT2PROD Convert an event code into a product-specific event code .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I FILL Fill the graphic with data .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I FREE Delete object .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I INIT Initialize the object .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I MARK_CUOBJ_LIST_CHANGED Mark list of customizing objects to be changed .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I PRINT Print graphic .
IF_GP_PRODUCT I SEND_EVENT_ABAP2GUI Send an ABAP event to the GUI/front end .
IF_GP_PRODUCT_EXPORT I EXPORT Get graphic as export/picture .
IF_GP_SUB I GET_EVENTS Get events .
IF_GP_SUB I GET_PROXY Get reference to product-specific section of GP .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I ACTIVATE Activate graphic (-" visible) .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I ADD_CU_BUNDLE Customizing: Add attribute bundle .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I DEACTIVATE Deactivate graphic (-" invisible) .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I DEL_CU_BUNDLE Customizing: Remove attribute bundle .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I ENSURE_OBJECT_LIST_VISIBLE Ensure visibility of objects .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I EXPORT Get graphic as export/picture .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I FREE Destructor replacement .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I GET_CU_BUNDLE Customizing: Get attribute bundle (added by add_cu_bundle) .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I INIT Constructor: Initialize Graphic Proxy .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I LOAD_CUSTOMIZING Customizing: Load the settings from the database .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I PRINT Print graphic .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SAVE_CUSTOMIZING Customizing: Save the (changed) settings in the database .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SEND_EVENT Send/distribute (internal) event .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SET_BEHAVIOR_LIST Set list of Drag&Drop behavior .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SET_EVENT_LIST Set event code list .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SET_FILTER_LIST Set filter list .
IF_GRAPHIC_PROXY I SET_PARAMETER Set parameter (see CO_PARAM_...) .
IF_GRAPH_CUSTOM_MODEL I GET_CUSTOM_XML Returns the custom XML in utf-8 encoded string table .
IF_GRAPH_DATA_MODEL I GET_DATA_XML Returns the data XML as utf-8 encoded string table .
IF_GRT_SRV_IFRAME_DIM_OVERRIDE I OVERRIDE_DIMENSIONS Use this method to override the Iframe dimensions .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I BEFORE_EXPORT Fill Shadow Tables Before Export .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I CHECK Consistency Check .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I ENABLE_TRANSPORT Prepare Object for Transport (e.g. Table Conversion) .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I GET_CHILDREN Objects Contained Directly .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I GET_PARENTS Directly Superordinate Objects .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I GET_TABKEYS Get Table Keys (for E071K) from Transport Objects .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I GET_TRANSPORT_OBJECTS Get Transport Objects from E071K .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I IMPORT_FINISHED Subsequent Processing at End of Import .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I INITIALIZE Initialize Instance Variables .
IF_GRW_TRANSPORT_UTIL I UPDATE_AFTER_IMPORT Database Changes after Import .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ADD_COLOR Add Frog Color to Color Pallet .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ADD_LINK Add Link .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ADD_TABLE Add Table .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ARRANGE_OBJECTS Refresh Objects .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ARRANGE_SINGLE_TABLE Allocate Table to Network without Overlaps .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I CREATE_NEW_LINK_STYLE Generates a New Link Style .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete Objects .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I ENSURE_VISIBLE Table Moved to Visible Area .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I FREE_IT Delete Attributes and Exit .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_CENTRAL_OBJECT Delivers Table Nearest to the Center .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_NEW_LINK Delivers New Link .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_NEW_TABLE Delivers New Table Object .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_POSITION_OF_OBJECTS Delivers Position of all Objects .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_SELECTED_OBJECTS Delivers Selected Objects .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I GET_ZOOM Delivers zoom .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I PRINT Print Network .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SAVE_AS_JPG Save as jpg .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SEND_DATA_TO_FRONTEND Newly Added Objects Sent to Frontend .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_ACTIVEMODE Set Mode for Generating Links .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_BACKGROUNDCOLOR Set background color .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_DISPLAYONLY Switch on/off Display Mode .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_DRAGDROP_HANDLE Set D&D Handle for Network Control .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_NAVIGATION_VISIBLE Set Naviagtor Visibility .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_ROTATION Set Network Configuration (0-3) .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_SELECTED_OBJECTS Mark Objects as Selected .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_TABLEDISTANCE Set Distance Between Tables .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_TITLE Set Title for Network .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_VISIBILITY Set Visibility of Objects .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC I SET_ZOOM Set Zoom (1-200%) .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I DELETE_ROW Deletes Row from Internal Tables .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_DEFAULTTABLEHEADSTYLE Delivers Format Style and Font Style for Default Table Head .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_NEWOBJECTID Delivers New Object ID .
IF_GUI_AQQGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_STYLE Delivers Style .
IF_GUI_DYNAMIC_DATA I ON_EXECUTE_NODE End of a Node .
IF_GUI_DYNAMIC_DATA I ON_NEW_NODE New Data for Control Proxy .
IF_GUI_DYNAMIC_DATA I ON_VALUE Call Processing of new Value Pair .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_CHANGE Check if CHANGE is Valid for Transmitted Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_CHANGE_COMPLETE Check if follow up necessary for CHANGE .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_COPY Check if COPY is Valid for Transmitted Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_COPY_COMPLETE Check if follow up necessary for COPY .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_CUT Check if CUT is Valid for Transmitted Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_CUT_COMPLETE Check if follow up necessary for CUT .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_DETAIL Check if DETAIL is valid for transmitted nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_DETAIL_COMPLETE Check if follow-up necessary for DETAIL .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_NEW Check if New is Valid for Transmitted Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_NEW_COMPLETE Check if follow up necessary for NEW .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_PASTE Check if PASTE is Valid for Transmitted Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I CHECK_PASTE_COMPLETE Check if follow up necessary for PASTE .
IF_GUI_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT_FOR_ASSIGNMENTSGet Layout of Assignment Area .
IF_GUI_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT_FOR_GRAPH_LEFT Get Layout of Left Graph .
IF_GUI_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT_FOR_GRAPH_RIGHTGet Layout of Right Graph .
IF_GUI_RFW I GET_ALV_LAYOUT_FOR_NAVIGATION Get Layout of Navigation Area .
IF_GUI_RFW I GET_PATTERN_FOR_NEW_NODE Reference Data for Newly Created Nodes .
IF_GUI_RFW I SET_TEXTS Fill Text Fields .
IF_GUI_RSGM_NETWORK I ADD_LINK_TO_NETWORK Adding a Link to the Network .
IF_GUI_RSGM_NETWORK I ADD_NODE_TO_NETWORK Adding a Node to the Network .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ADD_COLOR Add Frog Color to Color Pallet .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ADD_LINK Add Link .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ADD_TABLE Add Table .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ARRANGE_OBJECTS Refresh Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ARRANGE_SELECTED_OBJECTS Refresh Selected Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ARRANGE_SINGLE_TABLE Allocate Table to Network without Overlaps .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I CREATE_NEW_LINK_STYLE Generates a New Link Style .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ENSURE_ROW_VISIBLE Rows of a Table Will Be Moved into Visible Area .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ENSURE_VISIBLE Table Moved to Visible Area .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I FREE_IT Delete Attributes and Exit .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_ALL_LINKS Returns All Links .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_ALL_TABLES Returns All Tables .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_CENTRAL_OBJECT Delivers Table Nearest to the Center .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_NEW_LINK Delivers New Link .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_NEW_TABLE Delivers New Table Object .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_POSITION_OF_OBJECTS Delivers Position of all Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_ROTATION Returns the Alignment of the Network (0-3) .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_SCROLL_POSITION Returns the Scrollbar Position .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_SELECTED_OBJECTS Delivers Selected Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I GET_ZOOM Delivers zoom .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I HIGHLIGHT_PATH Highlight Path to Target and/or Source .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I PRINT Print Network .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I PRINT_WITH_TITLE Print with Temporary Title .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I RESIZE_TABLE Set the Optimum Table Size (No Scrollbars) .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I ROTATE Rotate the Network 90 Degrees Clockwise .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SAVE_AS_JPG Save as jpg .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SEARCH Searches in Tables and Selects Found Rows .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SEARCH_NEXT Selects Next Record .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SEND_DATA_TO_FRONTEND Newly Added Objects Sent to Frontend .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_ACTIVEMODE Set Mode for Generating Links .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_BACKGROUNDCOLOR Set Background Color .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_DEFAULT_CELL_MAX_ROWS Set Maximum Number of Visible Rows in Cells .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_DEFAULT_FONT_SIZE Sets the Default Font Size .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_DISPLAYONLY Switch on/off Display Mode .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_DRAGDROP_HANDLE Set D&D Handle for Network Control .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_NAVIGATION_VISIBLE Set Naviagtor Visibility .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_ROTATION Set Network Configuration (0-3) .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_SCROLL_POSITION Sets the Scrollbar Position .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_SELECTED_OBJECTS Mark Objects as Selected .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_TABLEDISTANCE Set Distance Between Tables .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_TITLE Set Title for Network .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_VISIBILITY Set Visibility of Objects .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC I SET_ZOOM Set Zoom (1-200%) .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I DELETE_ROW Deletes Row from Internal Tables .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_DEFAULTTABLEHEADSTYLE Delivers Format Style and Font Style for Default Table Head .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_DEFAULTTABLESTYLE Returns Default Style for Table .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_NEWOBJECTID Delivers New Object ID .
IF_GUI_RSNETGRAPHIC_INTERNAL I GET_STYLE Delivers Style .
IF_H2O_CA_INSTANCE I GET_STATUS_BY_OID Object Services (H2O): Status of Object via GUID .
IF_H2O_CA_INSTANCE I INVALIDATE Object Services (H2O): Invalidates Managed Objects .
IF_H2O_CA_INSTANCE I INVALIDATE_OBJECT Object Services (H2O): Invalidates one Managed Object .
IF_H2O_CA_INSTANCE I IS_UPTODATE_OBJECT Object Services (H2O): DB Comparison of Object Used .
IF_H2O_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_STATUS_BY_OID Object Services (H2O): Gets Status via GUID .
IF_H2O_INSTANCE_MANAGER I INVALIDATE Object Services (H2O): Invalidates Managed Objects .
IF_H2O_INSTANCE_MANAGER I INVALIDATE_OBJECT Object Services (H2O): Invalidates one Managed Object .
IF_H2O_INSTANCE_MANAGER I IS_UPTODATE_OBJECT Object Services (H2O): DB Comparison of Object Used .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Object List for Display Authorization for Logon User .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I CLEAN_UP Release Data, Restore Initial Status .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I DELETE_FROM_SES Write Change Pointer to Remove Document from SES .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAME_LIST Attributes for Object Type .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Attribute Values and Content for Objects .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I GET_NUMBER_OF_OBJECTS Number of Objects for Object Type .
IF_HAP_SES_BUSOBJ_AES I GET_OBJECT_ID_LIST Object IDs for Object Type .
IF_HEDGE_MGT_UPDATE_TEM I SET_TRANSACTION_ID Sets Transaction ID .
IF_HISTORICAL_PERIODS I LEADING_ZERO Option for Leading Zeroes .
IF_HMI_CLIENT I INVOKE_METHOD Execution of an HMI Method .
IF_HR99S00_MOBILITY_CALC_ROUTE I CALCULATE_AMOUNT Calculate compensation .
IF_HR99S00_MOBILITY_CALC_ROUTE I CALCULATE_SI Calculate social insurance .
IF_HR99S00_MOBILITY_CALC_ROUTE I CALCULATE_TAX Calculate tax .
IF_HR99S00_MOB_CALC_ROUTE I CALCULATE_AMOUNT Handle calculations for mobility .
IF_HR99S00_STATUS_VIEWER I EXPORT_DATA Export data .
IF_HR99S00_STATUS_VIEWER I LOAD_DOCUMENT Import data .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I CREATE_XML Create XML .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I DISPLAY_TEMSE Display Temse .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I DOWNLOAD Download .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I REVIEW_FIELDCAT Review fieldcat .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I REVIEW_LOG_TITLES Review log titles .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I SET_FORM SET DAQ form instance .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I SET_SEL_PARAM Set selection parameters .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I SET_STRUCTURES Set structures .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I SET_VIEWDATE View date .
IF_HR99S00_TEMSE_VIEWER I UPLOAD Upload .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Returns List of Authorized Users for Service .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I CHECK_COLLISION Checks for Collision Between Datasets .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I CLOSE_LUW Completes Trial .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I DO_OPERATIONS Perform Operation on Fields in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I FLUSH Flushes Data .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I GET_COLLISION_IMAGE Returns Image for Collision Detection .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I GET_OPERATIONS Gets List of Operations for Service .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I GET_SPECIAL_FIELDS Returns List of Special Fields for Service .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I GET_TECHNICAL_FIELD_INFO Returns Technical Information of Service Fields .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I INITIALIZE Return Default Values for Requested Fields .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I LOCK_OBJECT Locks Related Object .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I OPEN_LUW Opens Trial .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I ROLLBACK_LUW Discards Trial .
IF_HRASR00GENERIC_SERVICES I UNLOCK_OBJECT Unlocks Related Object .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I DO_OPERATIONS Perform Operation .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I GET_FIELD_INFO Determine Information for Supported Fields .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I GET_HELP_VALUES Determine Values for Input Help .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I GET_OPERATIONS Determine Supported Operations .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I GET_SPECIAL_FIELDS Determine Service-Specific Fields .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Authorization .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I CHECK_COLLISION Check Collision .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I CLOSE_LUW End of "Logical Unit of Work" (LUW) .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I FLUSH Make Data Persistent .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I GET_COLLISION_IMAGE Determine Image for Collision Check .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I LOCK_OBJECT Lock .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I OPEN_LUW Start of "Logical Unit of Work" (LUW) .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I ROLLBACK_LUW Rejection of "Logical Unit of Work" (LUW) .
IF_HRASR00GEN_SERVICE_ADVANCED I UNLOCK_OBJECT Unlock .
IF_HRASR00PROCESS_REF_NUM I GET_PROCESS_REF_NUM Get Process Reference Number .
IF_HRASR00_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check If USER Has Authorization .
IF_HRASR00_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_MIN_AUTHORIZATION Check If USER Has Minimum Authorization .
IF_HRASR00_AUTH_CHECK I IS_OWN_OBJECT Check If Object Belongs to USER .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Authorization for Service Datasets .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I CHECK_COLLISION Collision Check Regarding Overwriting Data Records .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I CLOSE_LUW Closes/Completes Trial or LUW .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I DO_OPERATIONS Save Field Values for Operations in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I FLUSH Flush to Database .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I INITIAL_COMPUTATION Read Default Values for Inserting New Records .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I OPEN_LUW Starts Trial or LUW .
IF_HRASR00_BLP_ADAPTER I ROLLBACK_LUW Cancels Trial or LUW .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I ASSIGN_DOCUMENT Add Document as Case Reference .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Change Case Attributes .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I CREATE_CASE Create Case Instance .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create KPRO Document .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I DELETE Delete Current Case Object .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I DELETE_NOTES Delete All Notes Assigned to Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I DELETE_RELATION Delete Link Between Case and Objects .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I DOCUMENT_DELETE Delete Document .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I FIND_CASE_GUIDS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Case Search with Case Attributes (Database) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Determine Value of Specific Attribute .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Determine All Attributes with Values of Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_BOR_OBJECTS Determine All BOR Object References of Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_CASE Determine Case Instance .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_DOCUMENTS Determine All Documents of Anchor .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_DOCUMENTS_BY_ATTRIBUTES Document Search with Document Attributes (Database) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_DOCUMENT_VERSIONS Get All Versions of Document .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_NOTES Get All Notes of Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_NOTES_DB Get All Notes of Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_PARENT_CASE Determine Parent Case If It Exists (Database) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_PARENT_CASE_FOR_BOR_OBJECTDetermine Parent Case for BOR Object (Database) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_PARENT_CASE_FOR_DOCUMENT Determine Parent Case for Document (Database) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I GET_SUB_CASES Determine Subcases Inserted at Anchor .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I INSERT_BOR_OBJECT Add BOR Object Reference to Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I INSERT_NOTE Insert Comment to Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I INSERT_SUB_CASE Insert Subcase Reference into Current Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I IS_CHANGED Is Case Changed? .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I IS_PERSISTENT Check If Case Exists in Database .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I LOCK Lock Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I MODIFY_NOTE Modify Note .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I READ_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Get Document Contents .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I SAVE Save Case in Database (Without Commit) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I SAVE_ALL Save All Cases in Database (No Commit) .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I UNLOCK Unlock Case .
IF_HRASR00_CASE I UPDATE_DOCUMENT Change Attributes and Content of Document .
IF_HRASR00_CONTENT_GROUPING I GET_CONTENT_GROUP Determine Content Grouping .
IF_HRASR00_DAB_HISTORY I GET_HISTORY_BROWSER Get Singleton Instance of History Browser .
IF_HRASR00_DAB_HISTORY I UPDATE_CONTEXT Update Context Information for History Browser .
IF_HRASR00_DATA_SELECTION_WIND I GET_SELECTION_WINDOW Get Singleton Instance of Data Selection Window .
IF_HRASR00_DATA_SELECTION_WIND I REFRESH_PERNR Initialization on Personnel Number Change .
IF_HRASR00_DATA_SELECTION_WIND I SET_NEW_DATA Set New Data in DSW .
IF_HRASR00_DATA_SELECTION_WIND I UPDATE_CONTEXT Update Context Information for Data Selection Window .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I EXPORT_TO_MEMORY Set All Data of DAB in ABAP Memory .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I IMPORT_FROM_MEMORY Read All Data of DAB from Memory .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I ON_HISTORY_CONTEXT Handle Change of History Context .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I REBUILD_FROM_MEMORY Restructure DAB from Memory .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I RESET_DABCD Initialize DABCD .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I RESET_NAV_FROM_MEMORY_X Set Navigation Parameter from Memory .
IF_HRASR00_DIRECT_ACCESS_BOX I UPDATE_INFOTYPE_BROWSER Reset Infotype Browser after Update .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I CHECK Check Data .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check Maintenance Objects .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I GET_FIELD_INFO Return of Field Attributes .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I GET_SPECIAL_FIELDS Return of Special Fields Used in Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I INITIALIZE Instantiation of Process (First Call) .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I INITIALIZE_FORM_STAGE Instantiation of Form Stage .
IF_HRASR00_DISPATCHER I SAVE Check and Persistent Saving of Data .
IF_HRASR00_FSCN_SRV_UTILS I CHECK_CUSTOMIZING Check Service-Specific Customizing for Form Scenario/Version.
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I DESTROY_BROWSER Destroy Browser .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I EXPORT_TO_MEMORY Set All Data of Infotype Browser in ABAP Memory .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I IMPORT_FROM_MEMORY Read All Data of Infotype Browser from ABAP Memory .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I REBUILD_TREE_PART Rebuild Part of Tree .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I SET_NEW_DATA Transfer New Data to Infotype Browser .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I UPDATE_CONTEXT Update Context Information for Infotype Browser .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I UPDATE_INFTY Update Infotype .
IF_HRASR00_INFOTYPE_BROWSER I UPDATE_TREE_EXISTING_INFOTYPESInsert or Delete Infotype from Existing Infotypes .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Performs Authorization Check .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I CHECK_COLLISION Performs Collision Check .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I CLOSE_LUW Completes Trial for Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I DO_OPERATIONS Performs Operations for Infotypes .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I FLUSH Writes to Database .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I GET_COLLISION_IMAGE Returns Field Values for Collision Check .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I GET_INSTANCE Returns Instance of Class .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I GET_SPECIAL_FIELDS Returns List of Special Fields for Service .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I GET_TECHNICAL_FIELD_INFO Returns Technical Field Information .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I GET_VALUE_HELPS Returns Input Help for Data Records .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I INITIALIZE Initializes Method for Process .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I INITIALIZE_STEP Initializes Method for Process Step .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I LOCK_OBJECT Locks Related Object .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I OPEN_LUW Starts Trial for Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I ROLLBACK_LUW Cancels Trial for Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_MAPPER I UNLOCK_OBJECT Unlocks Related Object .
IF_HRASR00_MESSAGE_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT Prepare Context Information for Application Log .
IF_HRASR00_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_OBJECT_GROUP Evaluate Group for Object .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION Check Authorization .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I CHECK_COLLISION Collision Check Regarding Overwriting Data Records .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I CLOSE_LUW Try to Complete/Close a Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I DO_OPERATIONS Save Field Values for Operations in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I FLUSH Write to Database .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I GET_PERNR_FOR_HIRE Get Personnel Number for Setting .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I GET_VALUE_HELP Get Input Help .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I INITIAL_COMPUTATION Read Default Values to Insert New Records .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I OPEN_LUW Try to Start a Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I READ Read .
IF_HRASR00_PAITF_ADAPTER I ROLLBACK_LUW Try to Cancel a Logical Unit of Work .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I ASSIGN_ATTACHMENT Assign Attachment to Step .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I DELETE_ALL_ATTACHMENTS Delete All Attachments Referenced from within POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I DELETE_ATTACHMENT Delete Previously Uploaded Attachment .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I GET_ALL_ATTACHMENTS_PROCESS Get All Attachments Uploaded Against Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I GET_ALL_ATTACHMENTS_SCENARIO Get All Attachments Uploaded Against Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I GET_ALL_ATTACHMENTS_STEP Get All Attachments Uploaded Against Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I GET_DOCCLASS_FROM_DB Get Document Class from Database .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I GET_PHY_FOR_LOG_DOC_ID Returns Physical Doc ID to Logical Doc ID .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I READ_ATTACHMENT Read Previously Uploaded Attachment .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_ATTACHMENT I UPLOAD_ATTACHMENT Upload Attachment to Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_ATTACHMENT_AUTH_USER Check Authorization for Attachment for Activity .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_DATA_CONTAINER_AUTH_USERCheck Authorization for Data Container for Activity .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_AUTH_CHECK I CHECK_PROCESS_AUTH_USER Check Authorization for Process for Activity .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I DELETE_ALL_COLL_CONTAINERS Delete All Collision Containers Referenced from Within POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I DELETE_ALL_CONTAINERS Delete All Data Containers Referenced from within POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_ALL_COLLISION_CONTAINERS Get All Collision Container Contents .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_ALL_DATA_CONTAINERS Get All Data Container Contents .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_ALL_IMAGE_CONTAINERS Get All Versions of Image Container from POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Get Previously Stored Collision Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_DATA_CONTAINER Get Previously Stored Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_LATEST_DATA_CONTAINER Get Latest Form Data Container from Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I GET_XI_DATA_CONTAINER Get XI Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I SET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Set Collision Data Container to Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I SET_DATA_CONTAINER Set Data Container to Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I SET_IMAGE_CONTAINER Set Image Container in Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I SET_LATEST_DATA_CONTAINER Set Latest Data Container to Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_CONTAINER I SET_XI_DATA_CONTAINER Set XI Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I CREATE_PROCESS_OBJECT Create Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I CREATE_SCENARIO_OBJECT Create Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I CREATE_STEP_OBJECT Create Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I DELETE_PROCESS_OBJECT Delete Process Object and Objects Linked to It .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I GET_ALL_SCENARIOS Get All Scenario GUIDs Referenced from within POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I GET_ALL_STEPS Get All Step GUIDs Referenced from within Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance of Process Runtime .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I GET_POBJ_BY_SCENARIO Get POBJ GUID using Scenario GUID .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_FACTORY I GET_SCENARIO_BY_STEP Get Scenario GUID using Step GUID .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I CHANGE_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTES Change Attributes of Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I CHANGE_SCENARIO_ATTRIBUTES Change Attributes of Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I CHANGE_STEP_ADD_ATTRIBUTES Change Attributes of Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I CHANGE_STEP_ATTRIBUTES Change Attributes of Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I DATA_SAVED_TO_BACKEND Check If POBJ Data Is Saved to Application Backend .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I GET_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes of Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I GET_SCENARIO_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes of Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I GET_STEP_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes of Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_HEADER_INFO I IS_PERSISTENT Check Whether Object Is Persisted in Case Management .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I ASSIGN_NOTES_2_CURRENT_SCEN Assign Note(s) to Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I ASSIGN_NOTES_2_CURRENT_STEP Assign Note(s) to Step .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I DELETE_NOTE_OF_SCENARIO Delete Note(s) from Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I DELETE_NOTE_OF_STEP Delete Note(s) from Step .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I GET_NOTES_OF_SCENARIO Display Note(s) for Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_NOTE I GET_NOTES_OF_STEP Display Note(s) for Step .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_SAVE I FLUSH_ALL Flush Case Objects to Backend .
IF_HRASR00_POBJ_SAVE I LOCK_ALL Lock All Objects .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I ADD_SCENARIO Create Scenario Reference Object in Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I CREATE Create Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I FIND_PROC_GUIDS_BY_ATTR Process Search with Process, Scenario, Step, Doc. Attributes.
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I FIND_PROC_INSTANCES_BY_ATTTR Proc. Instance Search with Proc, Scen, Step, Doc. Attributes.
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I GET Determine Process Instance .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I GET_ALL_IMAGE_CONTAINERS Get All Versions of Image Container Stored Against POBJ .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I GET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Determine General Attributes for Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I GET_SCENARIOS Determine Scenario Reference Object in Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I SET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Specify General Attributes for Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS I SET_IMAGE_CONTAINER Set Image Container in Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I GET_PROCESS_DETAILS Deliver Detail Information to Processes .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I GET_SCENARIO_DETAILS Deliver Detail Information to Scenarios .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I GET_STEP_DETAILS Deliver Detail Information to Steps .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I RUNNING_PROCESSES_OF_OBJECT Determines Current Processes for Each Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I SEARCH_PROCESSES Find Process GUIDs and Process Attributes .
IF_HRASR00_PROCESS_SEARCH I SEARCH_STEPS Find Step GUIDs and Step Attributes .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I CHECK_DATA_CONTAINER_AUTH Check Authorization for Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I DATA_SAVED_TO_BACKEND Has Data Been Saved to Back End at Least Once? .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ALL_COLLISION_CONTAINERS Get All Collision Containers .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ALL_DATA_CONTAINERS Get All Data Containers .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ALL_SCENARIOS Get All Scenarios of Process .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ATTACHMENTS Get Attachments from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ATTACHMENTS_PROCESS Get All Attachments for Process .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Get Collision Container from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_CURRENT_NOTES Get Current Note(s) from Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_DATA_CONTAINER Get Data Container from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_ERROR_MESSAGES Get Attributes from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_IMAGE_CONTAINER Get Image Container from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance of Process Object Handler from Database .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_NOTES_OF_SCENARIO Get Scenario Object Notes .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_SCENARIO_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_STEP_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_TRIGGER_CONSUMER_ATTRIB Get User Attributes from Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I GET_XI_DATA_CONTAINER Get XI Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_ATTACHMENT Set Attachment in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Set Collision Container in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_CURRENT_NOTE Set Current Note .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_DATA_CONTAINER Set Data Container in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_ERROR_MESSAGES Set Attributes in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_IMAGE_CONTAINER Set Image Container in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_SCENARIO_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_STEP_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes in Buffer .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_TRIGGER_CONSUMER_ATTRIB Set User Attributes in Buffer. Not DB Persistent .
IF_HRASR00_PROC_OBJ_HANDLER I SET_XI_DATA_CONTAINER Set XI Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I ADD_STEP Add Step to Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I CREATE Create Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I DELETE_COLLISION_CONTAINER Delete Collision Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I DELETE_COMPLETE_DATA_CONTAINERDelete All Versions of Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I DELETE_LATEST_DATA_CONTAINER Delete Last Version of Data Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET Get Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Get Collision Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Determine General Attributes for Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET_LATEST_DATA_CONTAINER Determine Current Data Container Status .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET_PROCESS_OBJECT Get Parent Object = Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I GET_STEPS Get Steps of Scenario .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I SET_COLLISION_CONTAINER Set Collision Container .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I SET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Specify General Attributes for Process Object .
IF_HRASR00_SCENARIO I SET_LATEST_DATA_CONTAINER Specify Current Data Container Status .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I ASSIGN_ATTACHMENT Assign Attachment to Step .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I CREATE Create Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I CREATE_ATTACHMENT Create Attachment and Allocate It to Current Step .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I DELETE_ATTACHMENT Delete Attachment .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I FIND_STEP_GUIDS_BY_ATTR Step Search with Process, Scenario, Step, Doc. Attributes .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I FIND_STEP_INSTANCES_BY_ATTR Step Instance Search with Proc., Scen, Step, Doc. Attributes.
IF_HRASR00_STEP I GET Determine Step Instance .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I GET_ATTACHMENTS Determine All Attachments of Step .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I GET_DATA_CONTAINER Determine Current Data Container Status .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I GET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Determine General Attributes for Step Object .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I GET_PARENT_SCENARIO Determine Associated Scenario Object .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I READ_ATTACHMENT Read Attachment (Content and Attributes) .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I SET_DATA_CONTAINER Specify Current Data Container Status .
IF_HRASR00_STEP I SET_GENERAL_ATTRIBUTES Determine General Attributes for Step Object .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_DELETE_COMPUTATIONS PAD-Specific Logic for Delete .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_INITIAL_COMPUTATIONS PAD-Specific Processing for Record Creation .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_INSERT_COMPUTATIONS PAD-Specific Logic for Insert .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_MODIFY_COMPUTATIONS PAD-Specific Logic for Modify .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_READ_COMPUTATIONS PAD-Specific Single Record Processing After Read .
IF_HRBAS_1001_PADNNN I PAD_REQUIRED_FIELDS Fill PADnnn Required Fields .
IF_HRBAS_ADDITIONAL_BUFFER I ADDITIONAL_UPDATE Additional Update .
IF_HRBAS_ADDITIONAL_UPDATE I UPDATE Execute update .
IF_HRBAS_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_AUTHORIZATION HRBAS Authorization Check .
IF_HRBAS_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_DUTY_RELAT Checks Whether an Essential Relationship Is Required .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_CONTROL I APPROVE_TRIAL Adopt Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_CONTROL I DISCARD_TRIAL Discard Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_CONTROL I FLUSH Write Buffer to Database .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_CONTROL I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_CONTROL I START_TRIAL Execute Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_PARTIAL_INIT I DELETE_OBJECT_FROM_BUFFER Delete Certain Object from Buffer. Next Reading of DB .
IF_HRBAS_BUFFER_PARTIAL_INIT I UPDATE_BUFFER_FOR_OBJECT Restructure Buffer for Certain Object .
IF_HRBAS_BUF_INTEGRATION_TO_PA I GET_TRIAL_LEVEL Provides Trial Level of Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_CDOC_EVENT_HANDLER I GET_EVENT_HANDLER_INSTANCE Delivers an Instance of an Event Handler .
IF_HRBAS_CDOC_HANDLER I ADD_CHANGEDOC_VALUES Transfer application data to Change Documents .
IF_HRBAS_CDOC_HANDLER I GET_CHANGEDOC_OBJECT_NAME Delivers name of the document object for an infotype .
IF_HRBAS_CDOC_HANDLER I WRITE_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS Create change documents for existing application data .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I ACTION Any Infotype Operation .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I DELETE Delete infotype record .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I GET_INFTY_CONTAINER Create New Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I MODIFY Change Infotype Record (Changes to Key Allowed) .
IF_HRBAS_DISPATCH_BL I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_EXT_RELAT_READ I READ_RELAT Reading of Relationships for HR Objects (RHDB) .
IF_HRBAS_EXT_RELAT_READ I READ_RELAT_EXT Reading of Relationships for Objects (RHDB) .
IF_HRBAS_EXT_RELAT_READ I READ_RELAT_STRU Reading of Relationships for Organizational Structures RHAS .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I APPROVE_TRIAL Adopt Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I DISCARD_TRIAL Discard Speculatively Executed Operations .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I POST_FLUSH Write to Database After Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I PRE_FLUSH Write to Database Before Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I START_TRIAL Execute Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRBAS_GENERIC_UPDATE I DELETE Delete Infotype Data .
IF_HRBAS_GENERIC_UPDATE I INSERT Add Infotype Data .
IF_HRBAS_GENERIC_UPDATE I MODIFY Change Infotype Data .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GENERIC_BL_ACTION_COMPUTATION Generic Business Logic for Specific Actions .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GENERIC_BL_DELETE_COMPUTATION Generic BL for Deletion of Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GENERIC_BL_INITIAL_COMPUTATIONGeneric BL for Initialization of a New Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GENERIC_BL_INSERT_COMPUTATION Generic BL for Creation of a New Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GENERIC_BL_MODIFY_COMPUTATION Generic BL for Changes to an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_GEN_BL_COMPUTATION I GET_INSTANCE Delivers an Instance of Generic Business Logic .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I BASE_OBJECTS Base objects .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I FIND_COST_CATEGORY Find Cost Category .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I GET_REQUIRED_FIELDS Get Required Fields .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I READ_BUFFER Read Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I READ_INFTY_PA Read Infotype PA .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I READ_PARTNER Read partner .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I READ_T77TNM_CA Read cost attributes .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I REFRESH_REQUIRED_FIELDS Refresh required Fields .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I SET_BUFFER Set Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_DYN I SET_REQUIRED_FIELDS Set Required Fields .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I ALV_CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check changes .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I ALV_FIRSTDISPLAY Set ALV grid for first display .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I ALV_HANDLE_ERROR Handle ALV after error (activate/deactivate fields) .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I COST_CATEGORY Cost Category .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I COST_COUNTRY Cost Counrty .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I CREATE_1684_DYN Create Dynamic 1684 .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I DEL_LAST_LINE_GRID Delete last line of the grid when error (Batch Input) .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_CURRENT_ROW Get_current_row .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_CURR_DATA_FROM_GRID Get current data from grid .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_DATA_FROM_GRID Get data from grid .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_GRID_ORIGIN_MOLGA Get data of origin molga .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_INTERFACE Get Interface .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I GET_REQUIRED_FIELDS Get required fields .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I READ_BUFFER Read Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I READ_INFTY_PA read infotype PA .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I REFRESH_REQUIRED_FIELDS Refresh Required Fields .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I RESET_FIELDS_REL_TO_MOL Reset fields related to molga .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SAVE_GRID_ORIGIN_MOLGA Save data for the origin molga .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SET_BUFFER Set Buffer .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SET_CURR_DATA_TO_GRID Set current data to grid .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SET_DATA_TO_GRID Set data to grid .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SET_MOLGA_DATE Set molga/endda .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I SET_P1684 Infotype 1684 .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_1684_GUI I UPDATE_DATA_TO_GRID Update data to grid .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I ACTION Any Infotype Operation .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I DELETE Delete infotype record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I GET_INFTY_CONTAINER Create New Infotype Records (GUI Layer) .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I MODIFY Change Infotype Record (Changes to Key Allowed) .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I POST_READ Single Record Processing After Read .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_ACTION_COMPUTATION Business Logic for Specific Actions .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_DELETE_COMPUTATION Business Logic for Deletion of an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_INITIAL_COMPUTATION Business Logic for Initialization of a New Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_INSERT_COMPUTATION Business Logic for Creation of a New Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_MODIFY_COMPUTATION Business Logic for Changes to an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I BL_READ_COMPUTATION Business Logic (Single Record Processing) After Read .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BL_COMPUTATION I GET_INSTANCE Delivers an Instance of the Infotype-Specific BL .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BUFFER I DELETE Delete Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BUFFER I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BUFFER I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_BUFFER I UPDATE Change an Infotype Record (Changes to Key Not Allowed) .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER I CLONE Delivers a Deep Copy .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER I HAS_DIFFERENT_DATA Tests for Differences in Data Section .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER I MODIFY_INFOTYPE_LOGIC Set Infotype Logic .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER I MODIFY_KEY Creation of a Copy with Changed Key .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I HRIADMIN Delivers HRIADMIN .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_HRIADMIN Creation of a Copy with Changed HRIADMIN .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_PNNNN Creation of a Copy with Changed Data .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I PNNNN_REF Delivers Reference to PNNN .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DB I READ Read Infotypes .
IF_HRBAS_INFTY_CONTAINER_DB I UPDATE Change Infotypes .
IF_HRBAS_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Transfer Message to Message Handler .
IF_HRBAS_OBJECT_OPERATIONS I CHANGE_OBJECT_TIMEPERIOD Change Object Period .
IF_HRBAS_OBJECT_OPERATIONS I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object .
IF_HRBAS_OBJECT_OPERATIONS I EXIST_OBJECT Check Whether Object Exists .
IF_HRBAS_OBJECT_OPERATIONS I HISTORICIZE_OBJECT Create Historical Record of Object .
IF_HRBAS_OBJECT_OPERATIONS I READ_OBJECT Read an Object .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I DELETE Delete .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I GET_INITIAL_RECORD Read Default Values .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I INSERT Insert .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I MODIFY Change .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ Read Multiple Records and Table Sections .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ_BY_HRIPKEY Read One Specified Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ_SINGLE Read an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_BUFFER I DELETE Delete Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_BUFFER I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_BUFFER I READ Read Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_BUFFER I UPDATE Change an Infotype Record (Changes to Key Not Allowed) .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_DB I READ Read Infotypes (Result Is Flat, No Container) .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_READ_INFOTYPE I READ Read Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_PLAIN_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_1001 Read Infotype 1001 (Internal and External Relationships) .
IF_HRBAS_PQ_CONVERSION I GET_QNNNN Deliver Reference to Q Structure of an Infotype .
IF_HRBAS_PQ_CONVERSION I PNNNN_TO_QNNNN Convert P to Q .
IF_HRBAS_PQ_CONVERSION I QNNNN_TO_PNNNN Convert Q to P .
IF_HRBAS_READ_INFOTYPE I READ Read HRBAS Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_1001 Read Infotype 1001 (Internal and External Relationships) .
IF_HRBAS_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_PLAIN Read HRBAS Infotype Records .
IF_HRBAS_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_PLAIN_1001 Read Infotype 1001 (Internal and External Relationships) .
IF_HRBAS_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_TRANSLATIONS Reads Translations for an Infotype Record .
IF_HRBAS_TINFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I HRTNNNN_REF Delivers Reference to Table Section for Table Infotypes .
IF_HRBAS_TINFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_HRTNNNN Creation of a Copy with Modified Table Section .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I DELETE_IT_ENTRY Delete Entries of All Assignments in IT Tables .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_ALL_BAREA Get All Benefit Areas of a Person .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_ALL_PERNR Get All PERNOs of a Person .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_CONSECUTIVE_MAIN_CONTRACT Get Next Main Personnel Assignment for Same Benefit Area .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_CRT_SUM Get CRT Sum over Assignments .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_IT_SUM Get IT Sum over Assignments .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_LAST_CONTR Get Last Contribution .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_PERS_CRT_SUM Get a Sum over CRT of All Assignments of a Person .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I GET_RT_SUM Get It Sum for Assignments Grouped for Benefit Calculation .
IF_HRBEN_CE_PAYROLL_SERVICES I READ_IT_LINE Read An Entry of IT Table .
IF_HRBEN_GROUPING_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT Definition of Context .
IF_HRBEN_GROUPING_CONTEXT I GET_INSTANCE Create Instance for Context .
IF_HRCCE_DEDUCTION_SEQUENCE I SORT_QUOTAS To sort the quotas and define the deduction sequence .
IF_HRCCE_GROUPING_RULE I GET_ALL_VALUES Get all possible values returned by the grouping rule .
IF_HRCCE_GROUPING_RULE I GET_INSTANCE Get instance .
IF_HRCCE_GROUPING_RULE I GET_SEARCH_HELP Get the search help to select a value .
IF_HRCCE_GROUPING_RULE I GET_TEXT_VALUE Get text corresponding to a grouping value .
IF_HRCCE_GROUPING_RULE I GET_VALUES_BY_PERNR Get grouping values between two dates for a personnel assig .
IF_HRCCE_MERGE_PROF I MERGE_PROFS Integrate the different proficiencies of one qualification .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I PROPOSE_MOLGA_FOR_ITEM Propose molga for reading items .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I READ_AFIELD_VALUE_FROM_PRELP Read addtional field value from buffer .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I READ_FIELD_VALUE_FROM_PRELP Read DDIC values from buffer .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I READ_INFO_BUFFER Read infotype information into buffer .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I READ_INFO_CATEGORY Read information categories .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_CATALOG I READ_INFO_ITEM Read information items .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_READER I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_READER I READ_PERNR_TEXT Read pernr description text .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_READER I READ_PERNR_TEXT_BY_PERSONID Read pernr text table by Personid .
IF_HRCCE_PERSON_INFO_READER I READ_PERNR_TEXT_TAB Read pernr text table by pernr .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTRLR_TABLE I EVALUATE_FIELDCATALOG Evaluate fieldcatalog .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTRLR_TABLE I EVALUATE_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES Evaluate attributes of a table .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTRLR_TABLE I EVALUATE_TOOLBAR Evaluate toolbar .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTRLR_TREE I EVALUATE_TOOLBAR Evaluate toolbar .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTRLR_TREE I EVALUATE_TREEFLDCATALOG Evaluate tree field catalog .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_APPLICATION_EVENT Handle job pricing application event .
IF_HRECM00_BSP_CONTROLLER_BDG I HANDLE_APPLICATION_EVENT Handle budgeting application event .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I DELETE Delete object from database .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I DEQUEUE Unlock object .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I ENQUEUE Lock object .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I SET_DELETE_FLAG Mark object to remember for delete .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I SET_UPDATE_FLAG Mark object to remember for update .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I START_DELETE Start Delete process .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I START_UPDATE Start Update process .
IF_HRECM00_LISTENER I UPDATE Update object to database .
IF_HRECM00_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Transfer Message to Message Handler .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I CREATE_CONTACT Create New Contact .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I CREATE_FOLLOWUP Create New Follow-Up .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I CREATE_NOTE Create New Note .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I DELETE Deletes Activity .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I DEQUEUE Unlocks Activity Explicitly .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I ENQUEUE Locks Activity .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_ATTRIBUTES Output All Attributes Acc. Attribute Structure .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_CHILDREN Transfer All Subobjects to GenIL Container .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_CONTACTS Output All Contacts .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_DOCUMENTS Output All Documents .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_EMPLOYEE Output Employee .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_FOLLOWUPS Output All Follow-Ups .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_GUID Output Activity GUID = Case GUID .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_LOG Log Output .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I GET_NOTES Output All Notes .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I MODIFY_ATTRIBUTES Change Activity Attributes .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I MODIFY_CHILDREN Transfer All Modified Subobjects .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I MODIFY_LAST_CONTACT Change Last Contact .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I MODIFY_LAST_NOTE Change Last Note, If Own .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I SAVE Saves Activity .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I SEARCH Search Method for BOL Query Using FIND_CASES_BY_ATTR_RANGES .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY I SET_DOCUMENT Add Document .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_CHILD I GET_ACTIVITY_GUID Output Activity GUID = Case GUID .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_CHILD I GET_ATTRIBUTES Output All Attributes Acc. Attribute Structure .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_CHILD I GET_GUID Output Child GUID .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_CHILD I SAVE Saves Child Object Attributes to Backend .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_CHILD I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set All Child Object Attributes .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_RUNTIME I IS_ACTIVITY_LOCKED Checks Whether Activity Is Locked by Another Agent .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_ACT_PROFILE Output Activity Profile .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_CATEGORIES Provide Categories .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_CHANNELS Provide Communication Channels .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_EIC_ORGUNITS Returns All EIC Organizational Units .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_FOLLOWUP_PROCESSORS Provide Follow-Up Processor per Follow-Up Reason .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_FOLLOWUP_REASONS Provide Follow-Up Reaons .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_FOLLOWUP_TYPES Provide Follow-Up Types .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_ICPROFILE Output IC Profile .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_MAX_HITS Output Maximum Number of Records for Search .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_ORGUNIT_AGENTS Returns All Agents in Organizational Unit .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_PRIORITIES Provide Priorities .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_STATUS Provide Valid Successor Status per Status .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_STATUSPROFILE Returns Activity Status Profile .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_STATUS_FOR_SEMSTATUS Returns Corresponding Act Status for a Sem Status .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_STATUS_TEXT Returns Status Text for All Statuses in Profile .
IF_HREIC_ACTIVITY_SERVICE I GET_SUBCATEGORIES Provide Subcategories per Category .
IF_HREIC_EMPLOYEESEARCH I ADJUST_PHONE_NUMBER Change Phone Number for Reading Infotype 0105 .
IF_HREIC_INBOX I GET_PERNR_FROM_WORKFLOW Get Personnel Number from Workflow .
IF_HREIC_INBOX I SET_PERIOD_FOR_COMPLETED_WI Set Period for Display of Completed Work Items .
IF_HRFPM_ACCOUNTING_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_FIELDS_OF_EXISTING_DOC Overwrite Fields for Changed Cmmt Documents .
IF_HRFPM_ACCOUNTING_DOCUMENT I CHANGE_FIELDS_OF_NEW_DOC Overwrite Fields for Newly Created Cmmt Documents .
IF_HRFPM_APPL_LOG_HANDLER I CALL_BACK_DETAIL_MSG Dispatcher for Event 'Detail message' of Application Log .
IF_HRFPM_APPL_LOG_HANDLER I GET_HANDLEABLE_UCOMM Get All Exception-Specific Function Codes .
IF_HRFPM_APPL_LOG_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGE_FCAT Get Specific Field Catalog (for example, of context) .
IF_HRFPM_APPL_LOG_HANDLER I HANDLE_UCOMM_APPL_LOG Dispatcher for Function Code from Application Log .
IF_HRFPM_APPL_LOG_OBJ_FACTORY I GET_UCOMM_HANDLER Determine Corresponding Handler From BALLOG Data .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I ADD_DD_FLAVOR Insert Drag and Drop Flavor .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I ADD_OTYPE Register Object Type .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I APPEND_TO_TOOLBAR Add Application-Specific Functions to Global Toolbar .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I CHECK_PERMISSIONS_FOR_OBJECTS CHECK_PERMISSIONS_FOR_OBJECTS .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I DETAIL_AREA_COLLAPSED Actions after Hiding Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I DETAIL_AREA_EXPANDED Actions after Expanding Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I FILTER_APPLC_OBJECTS Filter from a Quantity Objects Permitted for the Application.
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I GET_CT_MENU Procure Application-Specific Context Menu .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I GET_OVERVIEW_DATA_CHANGED Was Data Changed? .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I OVERVIEW_AREA_COLLAPSED Actions after Hiding Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I OVERVIEW_AREA_EXPANDED Actions after Expanding Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I PREPARE_APPLC_OBJECTS Application-Specific Preprocessing of Objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I PROCESS_ADD_OBJECTS Insert Data for Objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I PROCESS_NEW_OBJECTS Process New Objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC I REFRESH Reselect Details for Selected Objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I ADD_APPLC Insert Application .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I ADD_OBJECTS Add Objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I COLLAPSE_DETAIL_AREA Hide Detail Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I COLLAPSE_OVERVIEW_AREA Hide Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I COLLAPSE_TOOLBAR_AREA Hide Toolbar Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I EXPAND_DETAIL_AREA Expand Detail Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I EXPAND_OVERVIEW_AREA Expand Overview Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I EXPAND_TOOLBAR_AREA Expand Toolbar Area .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I REFRESH Reconstruct .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I REMOVE_OBJECTS Remove objects .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I SET_APPLC_SUPPLY Transfer Amount to Selectable Views .
IF_HRFPM_AWB_APPLC_HOST I SET_DETAIL_AREA_CAPTION Set Text for Detail Area .
IF_HRFPM_BPREP_ORG_STRUC I MODIFY_EXTRACTION_DATA Change in Extraction Data .
IF_HRFPM_CHART_HANDLER I DYNAMIC_COLLECT Summarize Output Table .
IF_HRFPM_CHART_HANDLER I GET_CHART Create Output Table .
IF_HRFPM_CHART_HANDLER I INIT Initialization .
IF_HRFPM_CHART_HANDLER I REFRESH_CHART Create Output Table .
IF_HRFPM_DC_PERIOD I OBJECT_GET_PERIOD Defines Validity Period .
IF_HRFPM_LOG_OBJECT I FILL_APPL_LOG Connection to Application Log of Commitment Processor .
IF_HRFPM_LOG_OBJECT I FILL_BAPIRET2 Messages in BAPIRET2 Format .
IF_HRFPM_LOG_OBJECT I FILL_OBJECT_LOG Connection to Object Log of Commitment Processor .
IF_HRFPM_REQUIREMENTS_FILTER I REQUIREMENT_GET_PERIOD Adjust Runtime for Requirements .
IF_HRFPM_SPECIALIZE_EXC I SPECIALIZE_EXC Replace Exception with Specializing Exception .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I ASSIGNMENT_TYPE Assignment Status .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I COLI Cost of Living Index .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I COLI_DATE COLI Date Rate .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I CONVERT_CURRENCY Convert an amount into requested currency .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I EXCHANGE_DATE Determine Date for Exchange Calculations .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I EXCHANGE_RATE Exchange Rate Home Country to Host Country .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I FAMILY_STATUS Family Status .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I GET_BASE_CPI_TABLE Obsolete! Use GET_CPI_CALC_DETAILS .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DERIVED_CPI_TABLE Obsolete! Use GET_CPI_CALC_DETAILS .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I HOME_COUNTRY Home Country .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I HOME_CURRENCY Home Currency .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I HOST_COUNTRY Host Country .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I HOST_CURRENCY Host Currency .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I READ_SINGLE_P0706 Read single record for IT0706 .
IF_HRGE_COMP_PACK_ATTRIBUTE I SENDING_COUNTRY Sending Country .
IF_HRGE_CPACK_CPI_DETAILS I GET_CPI_CALC_DETAILS Get the calculation details of a CPI .
IF_HRGE_CPACK_SERVICES I CHECK_CPI_ELIGIBILITY Check if a CPI is eligible .
IF_HRGE_CPACK_SERVICES I GET_OVERWRITTEN_VALUE Provide overwritten values .
IF_HRGE_DOCUMENT I CLOSE Close the document .
IF_HRGE_DOCUMENT I OPEN Open the document .
IF_HRGE_DOCUMENT I PRINT Print the document .
IF_HRGE_DOCUMENT I SAVE Save the document .
IF_HRGE_GECCO_SELECTION I SET_SELECTION Set the selection .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I ASSIGNMENT_TYPE Get Assignment Type .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I ASSIGN_PERCENTAGE Get employment percentage .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I CAREER_SPONSOR Get Career Sponsor .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I DEPENDANTS Get the dependents (wife, children ...) .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I DURATION Get duration of the assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I FAMILY_STATUS Get Family Status .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOME_BTRTL Personnel subarea of the home assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOME_COUNTRY Get Home country .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOME_PERNR Personnel Number of the home assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOME_POSITION Position of the home assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOME_WERKS Personnel area of the home assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOST_BTRTL Personnel subarea of the host assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOST_COUNTRY Get Host Country .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOST_PERNR Personnel Number of the host assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOST_POSITION Position of the host assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I HOST_WERKS Personnel area of the host assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I INTL_HR_ADMIN Get international HR administrator .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I NO_OF_DEPENDANTS Determine number of accompanying dependants .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I PROMOTION_ON_TRANSFER Get Promotion on Transfer .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I SENDING_COUNTRY Get Sending Country .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I SENDING_PERNR Personnel Number of the sending assignment .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I START_DATE Get start date .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I STATUS_HOME Get Status Home Country .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I STATUS_HOST Get Status Host Country .
IF_HRGE_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTES I TERMINATION_DATE Get start date .
IF_HRGE_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_PERNR_MESSAGE Add Message with Pers No. .
IF_HRGE_MESSAGE_HANDLER I SET_PERNR Set Pers. No. .
IF_HRGE_OFFER_LETTER I LOAD_DATA Load master data in the document .
IF_HRGE_OFFER_LETTER I SAVE_ON_GLOB_ASS Save the document on the global assignment .
IF_HRGE_OS_SELECTION I SET_SELECTION Set the selection .
IF_HRPADIT_TABLE_READER_PY I GET_RESULT Get the result .
IF_HRPADIT_TABLE_READER_PY I READ_TABLE Read infotype .
IF_HRPADIT_TABLE_READER_PY I SET_RULE Set rule .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_APPROVAL I APPROVABILITY approvability .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_APPROVAL I EXECUTE_APPROVE_ACTION Approve an open action on a person .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_APPROVAL I EXECUTE_APPROVE_PERSON Approve all open actions of a person .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_APPROVAL I EXECUTE_DISCARD_ACTION Discard an open action on a person .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_APPROVAL I EXECUTE_DISCARD_PERSON Discard all open actions of a person .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_NOTIFICATION I INFORM_USER online inform user .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_NOTIFICATION I SEND_TO_SMTPADDRESS send using a SMTP address .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_NOTIFICATION I SEND_TO_USER send using a R/3 user name .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STAFF_SEL I GET_FILTER_TEXT get the name of the filter object .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STAFF_SEL I GET_PERSONS_RESPONSIBLE_FOR Return a list of persons a user (officer) is responsible for.
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I GET_ALL_PERSONS Get a list of persons with entries in storage .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I GET_HISTORY_START_DATE Return date of the earliest history entry .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I GET_MARKED_PERSONS From a list of persons get those with entries in storage .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I GET_PERSONS_BY_ADMIN From a list of persons get those with entries in storage .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I GET_PERSON_DETAILS Get attributes, actions and infotypes of a person .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I INITIAL_HIRED Person is initially hired .
IF_HRPADUN_AAP_STORAGE I SET_HISTORY_START_DATE set the earliest date for which history entries are returned.
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_EMP_OUT_ORG I GET_EMP_OUTSIDE_ORGUNIT Get Employee which are outside the Org unit .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_F4HELP_FILTE I GET_FILTER_VALUES Method for filtering F4 help .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_GET_APPROVER I GET_APPROVER Get Approver .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_GET_VALIDITY I GET_VALIDITY Get Validity Dates for Cost Objects .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_GRANTVALIDAT I VALIDATE_GRANTS Grant Validation during Approval .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_VALID_EMP I CHECK_VALID_PARTICIPANT Checking the valid participant .
IF_HRPADUS_EFFREP_WTGROUP I CHANGE_DETAIL_RECORD Change Detail Records during Approval .
IF_HRPAY99_APPL_DATA_ADDER I ADD_DATA Inserts Data Into Cumulation Wage Type Row .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I CALCULATE_CUMULATIONS Generate Cumulations ( Rec8 and Rec9 ) .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I CREATE_TEMSE_ATTRIBUTES Create the Temse Attributes from the declaration .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I FILL_ALV_TAB Fill ALV tab with declaration header .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I GET_ALV_FIELDCAT Get Field catalogue for ALV Display .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I INITIALIZE Initialize basic data .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I INITIALIZE_EMPLOYEE Initialize employee specific data .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I IS_DECLARATION_CREATED Data for declaration available .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I PROCESS_EMPLOYEE Generate Rec0, Rec1 and Rec2 per employee .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I READ_SENDER_DATA read sender data from institution tables .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I SET_SEL_PARAMS Pass selection screen parameter .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I TEST_STRUCTURES Test output structure, field filled with zone number. .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I WRITE_TO_STATUS_HANDLER Write data to status handler .
IF_HRPAYBE_BOWA I WRITE_TO_TEMSE Write internal tables to Temse format .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I CREATE_TEMSE Create Temse from document .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I FILL_ALV_TAB field ALV table (forms overview ) .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I FILL_EDITABLE_FIELDS_TAB field ALV table for editable form fields .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I FILL_TEMSE fill temse lines .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_ALV_FIELD_CAT get field cat for ALV .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_EDITABLE_FIELDCAT Get ALV field catalogue for editable declaration fields .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_END_DATE End date of Declaration period .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_ERRORS get list of errors .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_FORMS get created forms .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_FORM_SECTION Get basic form data .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_GEN_DATE Get generation date of declaration .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_PAYROLL_TAB Retrieve the queried payroll table .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_REFERENCE_SECTION Get reference .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_RSZNR get number of social insurance .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I GET_START_DATE Start date of Declaration period .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I INSTANTIATE_FORM instantiates the corresponding DAQ-form .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I PROCESS_EMPLOYEE process employee .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I PROCESS_EMPLOYEE_TABLES process employee tables .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I SET_SEL_PARAMS Set selection screen parameters .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC I UPDATE_EDITABLE_FIELDS Update editable fields in internal tables .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I GET_MODIFIER Get Risk modifier .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I GET_RISK_DATES Get risk starting and end date .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I GET_SCENARIO set SRD scenario .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I GET_SECTOR get sector .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I SET_FORM_DATA set current form data .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I SET_MODIFIER Set Risk modifier .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I SET_RISK_DATES Set risk starting and end date .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I SET_SCENARIO set the SRD scenario .
IF_HRPAYBE_DAQ_MISC_SRD I SET_SECTOR set sector .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I ADD_CTAG Insert Closing Tag .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I ADD_OTAG Insert Opening Tag .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I ADD_STRING_RAW Insert Character String Unchanged .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I ADD_VALUE Insert Value .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I APPEND_DOC Attach Another Document .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I CLOSE Partial Download: Close File .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I CLOSE_GET_XML Closes and Returns XML Data .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I DOWNLOAD Completely Download File .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I GET_DIGEST Determine Extract/Hash Value .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I GET_PATH Current Path in XML File .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I GET_SIGNATURE Determine Signature .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I GET_TABLE Read Content in Internal Table .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_DOC_BUFFER I OPEN Partial Download: Open File .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_MSG_HANDLER I ELM_ADD_MSG ELM: Transfer Notification .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_MSG_HANDLER I ELM_ADD_MSG_STRUC ELM: Transfer Notification Via Structure .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_MSG_HANDLER I ELM_ADD_MSG_TABLE ELM: Transfer Notification Via Table .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_MSG_HANDLER I ELM_CONTAINS_MESSAGES ELM: Check If Messages Exist .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_MSG_HANDLER I ELM_GET_MSG_TABLE ELM: Get Notifications As Table .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_XML I CREATE Create XML File from Notification Data .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_XML I DOWNLOAD Download .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_XML I GET_XML Return XML File .
IF_HRPAYCH_ELM_XML I SEND Send .
IF_HRPAYCH_LFORM I GET_FORM_GROUP Determine Form Group .
IF_HRPAYCH_LFORM I GET_OUTPUT_LANGUAGE Determine Output Langauge .
IF_HRPAYCH_LFORM I PRINT Print Form .
IF_HRPAYCH_LIST_ENTRY I GET_OUTPUT_LINE Determine Output Line .
IF_HRPAYCH_LIST_ENTRY I GET_OUTPUT_TYPE Determine Dictionary Type of the Output Line .
IF_HRPAYCH_MESSAGE_CONTAINER I GET_MESSAGES Determine error messages .
IF_HRPAYCH_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Transfer Message to Message Handler .
IF_HRPAYCH_MULTIPLE_INSTANCE I GET_BUSINESS_KEY Determines the (Business) Key .
IF_HRPAYCH_MULTIPLE_INSTANCE I PROCESS_INSTANCE Processing of a Registered Instance by the Factory .
IF_HRPAYCH_PAY_RESULTS_PROCESS I PROCESS_PAYROLL_RESULT Process Payroll Results .
IF_HRPAYCH_SAPSCRIPT I GET_OUTPUT_LANGUAGE Determine Output Langauge .
IF_HRPAYCH_SAPSCRIPT I GET_OUTPUT_PROGRAM Determine Program for Output Structure .
IF_HRPAYCH_SAPSCRIPT I PRINT Print SAPScript .
IF_HRPAYCH_SAPSCRIPT I SET_OUTPUT_STRUCTURE Set Output Structure in the Print Program .
IF_HRPAYCH_SMARTFORM I PRINT Print Smart Form .
IF_HRPAYCH_SORTABLE I CREATE_SORTFIELD Create Sort Field .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_AT_SELECTION_SCREEN Application: run at_selection_screen .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_END_OF_SELECTION Application: End of selection .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_FILL_APP_MISC Application: fill app misc .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_GET_PERNR Application: Get Pernr .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_INITIALIZE Application: Initialize .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I APP_INIT_EMPLOYEE Application: Init employee .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN Run at_selection_screen .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I CHANGE_FORM Change Unified reporting form .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I GET_APP_MISC Get application misc .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I GET_EMPLOYEE Get employee class .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I PROC_END_OF_SELECTION Run END-OF-SELECTION .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I PROC_GET_PERNR Run GET PERNR .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I PROC_INIT_EMPLOYEE Init employee .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I PROC_START_OF_SELECTION Run START-OF-SELECTION .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I SET_APP_MISC Set application misc .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CONTROLLER I SET_EMPLOYEE Set employee class .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I GET_CORR_FROM_FILE GET_CORR_FROM_FILE .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I GET_CORR_PER_PERSON GET_CORR_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I GET_CORR_STATUS_PER_PERSON GET_CORR_STATUS_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I GET_TEMSE_NAME GET TEMSE NAME .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I SET_CORR_FROM_FILE SET_CORR_FROM_FILE .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I SET_CORR_STATUS_PER_PERSON SET_CORR_STATUS_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I SET_TEMSE_NAME SET TEMSE NAME .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I SET_TYPRO_AND_STATS SET_TYPRO_AND_STATS .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CORR_HANDLER I WRITE_CORR_FILE_TO_TEMSE corr file 2 temse .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I DETERMINE_DAQ_CUSTOMIZING Determine the DAQ customizing .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUB Get table T5ITUB .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUD Get table T5ITUD .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUF Get table T5ITUF .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUG Get table T5ITUG .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUP Get table T5ITUP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_TAB_T5ITUS Get table T5ITUS .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I INIT Initialize .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUB Read table T5ITUB .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUD Read table T5ITUD .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUF Read table T5ITUF .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUG Read table T5ITUG .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUP Read table T5ITUP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_CUSTOMIZING I READ_T5ITUS Read table T5ITUS .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_DAQ_ENGINE I ADD_FIELD ADD_FIELD .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_DAQ_ENGINE I ADD_SECTN ADD_SECTN .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_DAQ_ENGINE I INIT INIT .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_DAQ_ENGINE I RUN RUN .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_DAQ_ENGINE I SET_FORM SET_FORM .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I INIT INIT .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I RUN_ALL_INIT_STEP RUN_ALL_INIT_STEP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I RUN_ALL_PERNR_STEP RUN_ALL_PERNR_STEP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I RUN_BUILD_VAR_TABLE_STEP RUN_BUILD_VAR_TABLE_STEP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I RUN_PERNR_INIT_STEP RUN_PERNR_INIT_STEP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_PROC_ENGINE I RUN_PERNR_STEP RUN_PERNR_STEP .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_SEQUENCE I GET_NEXT_SEQNO Next sequence number .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_SEQUENCE I GET_SEQNO_FOR_FIELD Part of the current number for a field .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_SEQUENCE I INIT Initialization .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_SEQUENCE I RESET Reset .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_SEQUENCE I SET_SEQNO Set sequence number .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I APPEND_TABLE_PER_PERSON APPEND_TABLE_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I CHECK_EMPTY_TABLE Check if the global vartab is empty .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I DELETE_TABLES Delete all the table handler's tables .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I DELETE_TABLE_PER_PERSON Delete the vartab of a CID .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_PERNR_LIST get list of pernr for viewer .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_PERNR_TABLE Get Pern table .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_SELECTED_VARTAB Get selected vartab .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_STATUS_PER_PERSON GET_STATUS_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_TABLE GET_TABLE .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I GET_TABLE_PER_PERSON GET_TABLE_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I ITERATOR ITERATOR .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I READ_TABLE_FROM_TEMSE READ_TABLE_FROM_TEMSE .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I RESET reset table handler .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I SET_PERNR_TABLE Set Pern table .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I SET_STATUS_PER_PERSON SET_STATUS_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I SET_TABLE SET_TABLE .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I SET_TABLE_PER_PERSON SET_TABLE_PER_PERSON .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I SET_TYPRO_AND_STATS set typro and stats .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I UPDATE_STATUS_DB UPDATE_STATUS_DB .
IF_HRPAYIT_FORM_TABLE_HANDLER I WRITE_TABLE_TO_TEMSE WRITE_TABLE_TO_TEMSE .
IF_HRPAYIT_ITERATOR I FIRST FIRST .
IF_HRPAYIT_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT HAS_NEXT .
IF_HRPAYIT_ITERATOR I NEXT NEXT .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGABLE I GET_LOG GET_LOG .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGABLE I GET_LOGGING GET_LOGGING .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGABLE I SET_LOG SET_LOG .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGABLE I SET_LOGGING SET_LOGGING .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I ADD_PUSHBUTTON Add a pushbutton to the ALV .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I APPEND_T100_MESSAGE Append a T100 Msg .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I DISPLAY_LOG Display the log .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I GET_GLOBAL_STATS Get global message statistics .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I GET_PERNR_STATS Get message statistics for personnel .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I SET_PERNR_TEXT Set text for a personnel number .
IF_HRPAYIT_LOGGER I TOGGLE_PUSHBUTTON Toggle active/inactive state of a pushbutton .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I GET_VIEWABLE get a viewable object .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I MARK_ALL mark all the objects of a list .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I MARK_BLOCK mark a block of objects in a list .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I MARK_SINGLE mark an object of a list .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I SHOW show the viewable object .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I SHOW_LIST show a list of objects .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I UNMARK_ALL unmark all the objects of a list .
IF_HRPAYIT_VIEWABLE I VIEW_VARTAB view the vartab in an alv list .
IF_HRPAYJP_ABSTRACT_FILEREC I SET_FIELD Add a field into a record of a file .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I CHECK_FACTORING_RELEVANT check whether wagetype relevant .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I CHECK_KIJUN_GAI check whether kijun gai or kijun nai .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I GET_CUMULATION_CLASS get cumulation class .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I GET_INSTANCE Get instance .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I GET_PROCESSING_CLASS get processing class .
IF_HRPAYJP_SK_READ_WT_ATTRIB I GET_WAGETYPE_GROUPING get wagetype grouping .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I CREATE_TEMSE Creates TemSe file .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I DISPLAY_ALV_GRID Shows ALV Grid .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I FILL_ALV_DETAIL_TAB Fills detailed ALV list .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I FILL_ALV_TAB Fills ALV list .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I FILL_TEMSE Fills in TemSe file lines .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_ALV_FIELD_CAT Obtains field catalog for ALV list .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_COMPANY_DATA Obtains company data .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_END_DATE End date of declaration period .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_ERRORS Obtains error list .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_FORMS Obtains created declaration .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_FORM_SECTION Obtains declaration basic data .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_GEN_DATE Obtains declaration generation date .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_PAYROLL_COMP Obtains required payroll table .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_REFERENCE_SECTION Obtains reference .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_RFC Obtains RFC .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I GET_START_DATE Declaration period start date .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I HIDE_ALV_EMPTY_FIELD Suppresses empty fields display .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I INSTANTIATE_FORM Submits the corresponding DAQ declaration .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I PROCESS_EMPLOYEE Employee prcssng .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I PROCESS_EMPLOYEE_TABLES Processes employer tables .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I READ_T7MX01 Reads additional company information .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I SET_SEL_PARAMS Sets selection screen parameters .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_MISC I SORT_ALV_TABLE Assigns position and sorts ALV list table .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_SOSA I GET_IT0372_TAB Obtains records from the infotype 372 (SDI) .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_SOSA I GET_LAST_IT0372 Obtains records from the infotype 372 (SDI) .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_SOSA I GET_REPAT Obtains Employer registration number .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_SOSA I GET_VALUES_WAGETYPES Obtains wage type values .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_SOSA I SET_FORM_DATA Sets data of declaration in process .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I FILL_ALVS FILL ALV .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_OCRSN Obtains special payroll reason .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_PAYID Obtains payroll ID for off-cycle payroll .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_PAYTY Obtains payroll type for off-cycle payroll .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_PAY_DATE Obtains payment date .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_START_DATE Retrun start date .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_STATE Obtains process status .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I GET_YEAR_MONTH Obtains Year and month for process .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I SET_FORM_DATA Sets data for declaration in process .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_STAX I SET_STATE Sets processed status .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_OCRSN Obtains off-cycle payroll reason .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_PAYID Obtains off-cycle payroll ID .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_PAYTY Obtains off-cycle payroll type .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_PAY_DATE Obtains payment date .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_TERMINATION_DATE_CLASS Obtains payment date and termination type .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I GET_VALUES_WAGETYPES Obtains wage type values .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I RESET_DATES Returns to initial values .
IF_HRPAYMX_DAQ_TERM I SET_FORM_DATA Sets data of declaration in process .
IF_HRPA_ADDITIONAL_BUFFER I ADDITIONAL_UPDATE Additional Update .
IF_HRPA_ADDITIONAL_UPDATE I UPDATE Execute update .
IF_HRPA_ALE_HANDLER I FLUSH Transfer Buffer to Database .
IF_HRPA_ALE_HANDLER I IS_PERNR_MAINTAINABLE Validation of Original System .
IF_HRPA_ALE_HANDLER I WRITE_CHANGE_POINTER Transfer ALE Change Pointer to Buffer .
IF_HRPA_BE_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Message submitted to message handler .
IF_HRPA_BUFFER_CONTROL I APPROVE_TRIAL Transfer Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_BUFFER_CONTROL I DISCARD_TRIAL Reject Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_BUFFER_CONTROL I FLUSH Write Buffer to Database .
IF_HRPA_BUFFER_CONTROL I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRPA_BUFFER_CONTROL I START_TRIAL Perform Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I APPROVE_TRIAL Transfer Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I DISCARD_TRIAL Reject Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I POST_FLUSH Write to database after buffer .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I PRE_FLUSH Write to database before buffer .
IF_HRPA_FRAMEWORK_INTEGRATION I START_TRIAL Perform Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRPA_INFOTYPE_CONTAINER I GET_INSTANCE Create New Instance .
IF_HRPA_INFOTYPE_CONTAINER I READ Gets Container from Database .
IF_HRPA_INFOTYPE_CONTAINER I UPDATE Changes or Deletes Container on Database .
IF_HRPA_INFOTYPE_OPERATION I ACTION Any Infotype Operation .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I ACTION Any Infotype Operation .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I DELETE Delete infotype record .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I GET_INFTY_CONTAINER Create New Infotype Records (GUI Layer) .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I MODIFY Change an Infotype Record (Changes to Key Permitted) .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I POST_READ Processing of Individual Records after Reading .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_BL I REGROUP Adjust to Changed Grouping Values .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER I CLONE Returns a Deep Copy .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER I HAS_DIFFERENT_DATA Tests for Differences in Data Part .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER I MODIFY_KEY Create Copy with Changed Key .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER I PSHD1 Read PDHD1 .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER I VERSION_ID Determine (View) Version of Record .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_AUTHC I HAS_DIFFERENT_DATA Tests for Differences in Data Part .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_AUTHC I IS_STAMPED_BY_USER Tests for Last Changed By .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_AUTHC I MODIFY_USER_STAMP Writes Change Stamp .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_AUTHC I SUBTY Gets Subtype for Authorization Check .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I FIELD_METADATA_TAB Read Metadata for Fields .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_DATA Create Copy with Changed Data .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_FIELD_METADATA_TAB Change Metadata .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_PREF Create Copy with Changed Data .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_PRIMARY_RECORD Create Copy with Changed Data .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_SECONDARY_RECORD Create Copy with Changed Data .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I MODIFY_TEXT_TAB Change text .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I PREF Read Cost Assignment .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I PRIMARY_RECORD_REF Get Reference to Primary Record .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I SECONDARY_RECORD_REF Get Reference to Secondary Record .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_DATA I TEXT_TAB Read Text for Fields .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_GROUP I GROUPING_VALUE Read Grouping Value .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_GROUP I SET_GROUPING_VALUE Set Grouping Value .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_CONTAINER_RETRO I IS_RETROACTIVE_DIFFERENT Tests for Differences Relevant to Retroactive Accounting .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_LEGACY_ADAPTER I CHECK_DELETE Checks Whether Delete Permitted .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_LEGACY_ADAPTER I CHECK_INSERT Checks Whether Insert Permitted .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_LEGACY_ADAPTER I CHECK_MODIFY Checks Whether Modify Permitted .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_LEGACY_ADAPTER I INITIAL_COMPUTATION Used to Fill A Record Initially .
IF_HRPA_INFTY_LEGACY_ADAPTER I POST_READ Executed After Records Have Been Read .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I ACTION Any Infotype Operation .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I APPROVE_TRIAL Transfer Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I DELETE Delete infotype record .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I DISCARD_TRIAL Reject Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I FLUSH Write Buffer to Database .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I GET_INFTY_CONTAINER Create New Infotype Records .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I MODIFY Change an Infotype Record (Changes to Key Permitted) .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I REGROUP Repair Grouped Infotypes .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BL I START_TRIAL Perform Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I APPROVE_TRIAL Transfer Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I DELETE Delete infotype record .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I DISCARD_TRIAL Reject Operations Performed as Trial .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I FLUSH Write Buffer to Database .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I INITIALIZE Delete (Write) Buffer .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I INSERT Insert an Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I START_TRIAL Perform Operations Speculatively .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_BUFFER I UPDATE Change Infotype Record (Changes to Key Not Permitted) .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_DB I READ Read Infotype Data .
IF_HRPA_MASTERDATA_DB I UPDATE Change Infotype Data .
IF_HRPA_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Transfer Message to Message Handler .
IF_HRPA_NL_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Message submitted to message handler .
IF_HRPA_PAITF_READ I READ Read Access to PA ITF .
IF_HRPA_PERNR_INFTY_XSS I SET_BEGDA Set the date starting which infotype records must be set .
IF_HRPA_PERNR_INFTY_XSS I SET_SUBTY Set the supplied Subtypes for XSS Master Data Access Adapter.
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I DELETE Delete .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I GET_INITIAL_RECORD Read Default Values .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I INSERT Insert .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I MODIFY Change .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ Reading Several Primary Records .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ_BY_PSKEY Read One Specific Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_PLAIN_INFOTYPE_ACCESS I READ_SINGLE Read an Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_READ_INFOTYPE I READ Read Several Records of an Infotype .
IF_HRPA_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_SINGLE Read Individual Infotype Record .
IF_HRPA_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_TEXT Reading Infotype Texts .
IF_HRPA_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_WIDE Read Inclusive Secondary Records and Cost Assignment Data .
IF_HRPA_READ_TIMECONSTRAINT I CHECK_ADMISSIBILITY Eligibility check .
IF_HRPA_READ_TIMECONSTRAINT I COMPUTE_TIMECONSTRAINT Determine Time Constraint .
IF_HRPA_RETRO_OVERWRITE I RESET_DATES Delete/Reset Dates .
IF_HRPA_RETRO_OVERWRITE I SET_DATES Set Dates Relevant for Retroactive Accounting .
IF_HRPA_RETRO_TRIGGER I TRIGGER_RETRO Check and Trigger Retroactive Accounting .
IF_HRPA_STANDARD_CONVERSIONS I INPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Structure .
IF_HRPA_STANDARD_CONVERSIONS I INPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Repeat Structure .
IF_HRPA_STANDARD_CONVERSIONS I OUTPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_STANDARD_CONVERSIONS I OUTPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Repeat Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I FILL_HELP_VALUES Fill Value Help .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I INITIALIZE Addition to Constructor .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I INPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I INPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Repeat Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I OUTPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_ADVANCED I OUTPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Repeat Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I FILL_HELP_VALUES Fill Value Help .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I INITIALIZE Addition to Constructor .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I INPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I INPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Screen Structure to Infotype Repeat Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I OUTPUT_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_UI_CONVERT_STANDARD I OUTPUT_TABLE_CONVERSION Conversion of Infotype Repeat Structure to Screen Structure .
IF_HRPA_WORKFLOW_HANDLER I DELETE Trigger for Delete .
IF_HRPA_WORKFLOW_HANDLER I FLUSH Write Buffer to Database .
IF_HRPA_WORKFLOW_HANDLER I INSERT Trigger for Insert .
IF_HRPA_WORKFLOW_HANDLER I UPDATE Trigger for Update .
IF_HRPB15_TABLE_READER_PY I GET_RESULT Get the result .
IF_HRPB15_TABLE_READER_PY I READ_TABLE Read infotype .
IF_HRPB15_TABLE_READER_PY I SET_RULE Set rule .
IF_HRPBSINGET_APPROVER I GET_APPROVER Determine Approver .
IF_HRPBSIN_ADDITIONAL_CHECKS I ADD_CUST_CHECK Customer Specific Checks .
IF_HRPBSIN_ADVSUBTY_REIMB I GET_ADVSUBTY_REIMB_TYP map Reimbursement Type tosubtype of Infty 0045 .
IF_HRPBSIN_ADV_REIMB_TYP I GET_ADV_REIMB_TYP Rembursement types for which the employee can requests advan.
IF_HRPBSIN_CALCULATE_LOP I CALCULATE_LOP Calculate Loss of Payment period .
IF_HRPBSIN_CHK_CONFIRMATION I CHK_CONFIRMATION Check the confirmation status of an employee .
IF_HRPBSIN_CLMWGTYP_REIMB I GET_CLMWGTYP_REIMB_TYP Map reimbursement type to wage type .
IF_HRPBSIN_CORS_ADD_FIELDS I GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDS To get additional data for spare fields .
IF_HRPBSIN_CORS_ADD_RECEIVER I GET_RECEIVERS To get additional receiver list .
IF_HRPBSIN_CORS_SEL_LETTER I GET_LETTER_NAME Get correspondance Letter Name .
IF_HRPBSIN_DA_COMMITTEE_DET I GET_COM_DET Get default committee members and other details for IT 3743 .
IF_HRPBSIN_DA_REF_NUM I GET_REFNO Get customer specific case number for DA .
IF_HRPBSIN_DEL_REIMB I GET_DEL_REIMB_TYP Determine reimbursement type for deletion of claims / Advanc.
IF_HRPBSIN_DEPDT I DEPENDENT_DATA Modifies Dependent data .
IF_HRPBSIN_DET_RATE_OF_INCR I DET_RATE_OF_INCR Determine the rate of incr for emp with "1 yr exp in company.
IF_HRPBSIN_EFFDT_LEREQ I GET_EFFDT_LEREQ Determine effective date of Reimb type for Infty updation .
IF_HRPBSIN_EFFDT_REIMB I GET_EFFDT_REIMB_TYP Determine effective date of Reimb type for Infty updation .
IF_HRPBSIN_GET_APPROVER I GET_APPROVER Get approver for an approval step .
IF_HRPBSIN_GET_APPROVERGRP I GETAPPROVERGROUP Get Approver Group .
IF_HRPBSIN_GET_DEPENDENTS I GET_DEPENDENTS Get Dependents .
IF_HRPBSIN_GET_LE_APPRV I GET_LE_APPROVER Method to get the approver for a step of an approval process.
IF_HRPBSIN_GRP_REIMB_TYP I GROUP_REIMB_TYP Determine group of Reimb types clubed in one work item .
IF_HRPBSIN_ORG_DATA I GET_ORG_DATA Read employee organizational data to det Begin & End date .
IF_HRPBSIN_RENDER I RENDER_DATA Modifies Rendering Information .
IF_HRPBSIN_SEL_PAYMODE I SEL_PAYMODE Select Payment mode(regular/Offcyccle) .
IF_HRPBSIN_SEL_REIMB I GET_REIMB_TYP Get a list of reimbursement types .
IF_HRPBSIN_STAGNANT_INCR I GET_STAGNANT_INCR Determine if stagnant incr allowed and thereby the amount .
IF_HRPBSIN_TIMEFRM_REIMB I SET_TIMEFRM_REIMB_TYP Time frame to group advance/claimt together as one work ite.
IF_HRPBSIN_VALIDATE I VALIDATE_DATA Validates Data .
IF_HRPBSNO_NOTIF_SMART_FORMS I CREATE_NOTIFICATION Create Notification .
IF_HRPBSNO_NOTIF_SMART_FORMS I GET_INSTANCE Get the instance for creating of the notification .
IF_HRPFD00_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Insert error message .
IF_HRPFD00_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE_TAB Enter table of error messages .
IF_HRPIQ00AGGR_TOOL I GET_ACADWORK_FOR_NODE Set Academic Work .
IF_HRPIQ00AGGR_TOOL I GET_VALUES_FOR_NODE Set Values .
IF_HRPIQ00BSPFRAME_COM I DO_GET_DATA Data Collection .
IF_HRPIQ00BSPFRAME_COM I DO_INITIALIZATION Initialize .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I APPEND_COHORTS Add Main Cohorts and Subcohorts .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Attribute Changes for Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I CHANGE_CAPACITIES Change Cohort Capacity .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I CHANGE_DESCRIPTION Change Cohort Description .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I CHANGE_PERIODS Add and Delete Sessions of Offering .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I DELETE_CONTEXT_OBJECTS Remove Context Objects .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I DELETE_STUDENTS Remove Students from Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I INSERT_CONTEXT_OBJECTS Insert Context Objects .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I INSERT_STUDENTS Add Students to Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I NEW_COHORT Create New Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I NEW_CONTEXT Create New Context for Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I REMOVE_COHORTS Remove Main Cohorts and Subcohorts .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_CAUD I SAVE_COHORTS Save Cohorts .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I CHECK_SAVING Check if Data is to be Saved .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GENERATE_TREE_FOR_COHORTS Tree Structure for Cohorts at Runtime .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_ATTRIBUTES Output Attributes .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_CAPACITY Output Cohort Capacity .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_CAPA_SUB_MAIN Output Cohort Capacity for All Main Cohorts and Subcohorts .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_COHORT_DATA Read Additional Cohort and Student Data .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_COHORT_TEXT Read Additional Cohort and Student Texts .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_CONTEXT_OBJECTS Return Context Objects of Main Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_PERIODS Output Sessions of Offering for Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_STUDENTS_OF_ENTR_COHORT Output Students of Main Cohort .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_TREE_OF_MOTHER_COHORTS Output Cohort Tree Data .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_QUERY I GET_TREE_OF_SUB_COHORTS Output Cohort Tree Data .
IF_HRPIQ00COHORTS_TOOLS I DISTRIBUTE_STUDENTS Distribution of Students to Subcohorts .
IF_HRPIQ00MP_PROCESSOR I PROCESS Execute Mass Processing .
IF_HRPIQ00PDOBJECT I CREATE_OBJECT New Object .
IF_HRPIQ00PDOBJECT I GET_OBJECT Get Instance .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_PROCESS I INIT Initialization .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_PROCESS I PROCESS Execute Progression .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I CHECK_RESULT Check Progression Result .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I GET_MB_SI2 Read Module Bookings and Performance Index for Period .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I GET_RESULT Determine Progression Result .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I GET_RESULTLIST Get Result List .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I GET_RESULT_HISTORY Get Progression Result History .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I GET_RESULT_TEXT_FOR_PROGCVAR Get Progression Description for Program Type .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I INIT ABAP Object Initialization .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I IS_RESULT_EXISTING Check If a Progression Result Exists .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I PROCESS Execute Progression .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I SET_OBJECT Set Object Before Reading .
IF_HRPIQ00PROG_GR_RESULT I SET_RESULT_HISTORY Set Progression Results .
IF_HRPIQ00REQUIREMENTS_APPL I ADD_MESSAGE_TABLE Add Message Table (BAPIRET2) .
IF_HRPIQ00REQUIREMENTS_APPL I ADD_SYSTEM_MESSAGE Add System Message .
IF_HRPIQ00REQUIREMENTS_APPL I GET_PLVAR Determine Plan Version .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I GET_APPLICATION_INFO Get Information on Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I GET_OKCODE Get OKCODE From Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I GET_PARAM Get Parameters from Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I GET_PLVAR Get Plan Version from Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I SET_OKCODE Set OKCODE in Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I SET_PARAM Set Paramters in Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SELMETHOD_APPIF I SET_SUBSCREEN_DATA Set Subscreen Including Information in Application .
IF_HRPIQ00SI_TRANS_FILTER I IS_MATCHING_TRANSCRIPT Check for Matching Transcript .
IF_HRPP_DETERMINE_KOMOK I GET_KOMOK Determine Symbolic Account .
IF_HRPP_DETERMINE_SGTXT I GET_SGTXT Determine Item Text and/or Assignment Number .
IF_HRPP_DETERMINE_SUBSTITUTION I GET_SUBSTITUTION Returns Replaced Account Assignment Objects .
IF_HRPP_EXPORT_COPL I PROCESS_DATA Further Process Data from Payroll Posting .
IF_HRPS_PWE_PSCEN_EXIT I CHECK_PSTAT_AFTER_INP Exit in Proc Scen status screen after input .
IF_HRPS_PWE_PSCEN_EXIT I INIT Initialization at the Process Scenario level .
IF_HRPS_PWE_PSCEN_EXIT I PERFORM_PS_FCODE Perform function code processing at Proc scen level .
IF_HRPS_PWE_PSCEN_EXIT I SET_PSTAT_BEFORE_OUT Exit in Proc Scen Status screen before output .
IF_HRPS_PWE_SUBPS_EXIT I CHECK_SUBPSTAT_AFTER_INP Exit in Sub PS Status screen after input .
IF_HRPS_PWE_SUBPS_EXIT I PERFORM_SUBPS_FCODE Exit for handling Sub Process Scenario function codes .
IF_HRPS_PWE_SUBPS_EXIT I SET_SUBPSTAT_BEFORE_OUT Exit in Sub PS Status screen before output .
IF_HRPT_BLP_INFOTYPE I GET_INFTY_CONTAINER Create Initial Infotype Container .
IF_HRPT_BLP_INFOTYPE I MAINTAIN Validate Infotype Record .
IF_HRPT_BLP_INFOTYPE I READ Reading Infotype Records .
IF_HRPT_INFTY_PARENTCHILD_CONT I GET_CHILDS Get Child Records of Container .
IF_HRPT_INFTY_PARENTCHILD_CONT I MODIFY_CHILDS Change Child Records of Container .
IF_HRPT_TMWBUFFER_VERSION_CTRL I CREATE_VERSION Create Version from Current State .
IF_HRPT_TMWBUFFER_VERSION_CTRL I FORGET_VERSION Remove Version from Version Management .
IF_HRPT_TMWBUFFER_VERSION_CTRL I REVERT_VERSION Retrieve and Remove Version .
IF_HRPY_READ_INFOTYPE I READ Read Several Records of an Infotype .
IF_HRPY_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_KEY Read an individual infotype record with key .
IF_HRPY_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_PREF Reads cost assignment for an infotype .
IF_HRPY_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_SINGLE Read Individual Infotype Record .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_CNF_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_CNF_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_CAND_OVRV_INFO Get Info About Candidate Overview .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_HEADER_HROBJECT Get Object for Header .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_MPROC_PARAMS Export Parameters (Mass Processing) .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_REQ_HROBJECT Get Object of Requisition .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_SPROC_PARAMS Export Parameters (Individual Processing) .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I GET_TASK Import Task .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I HAS_ERROR Does Higher-Level Controller Contain Errors? .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I SAVE_ATTACHMENTS Save Attachments .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I SET_HEADER_HROBJECT Set Object for Header .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I SET_MPROC_PARAMS Import Parameters (Mass Processing) .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I SET_RETURN_MESSAGE Set Return/Success Message .
IF_HRRCF_ACT_PROC_EXCHG I SET_SPROC_PARAMS Import Parameters (Individual Processing) .
IF_HRRCF_AGENCY_EXCHG I GET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_AGENCY_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_AGENCY_EXCHG I SET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_AGENCY_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_APPLN_SOURCE_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Read application source info .
IF_HRRCF_APPLN_SOURCE_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set application source info .
IF_HRRCF_APPLY_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_APPLY_EXCHG I SET_CURRENT_PINST Set Selected Job Posting .
IF_HRRCF_APPLY_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_EXT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get parameter from Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_EXT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Return Parameter to Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_EXT_SUB_EXC I GET_SUB_PARAMS Parent Controller: Get parameter of subcontroller .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_EXT_SUB_EXC I RESET_DATA Subcontroller: reset application data or attachments .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_INT_SUB_EXC I GET_SUB_PARAMS Parent Controller: Get parameter of subcontroller .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_DATA_INT_SUB_EXC I RESET_DATA Subcontroller: reset application data or attachments .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_NEW_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_APPL_NEW_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_APP_E_EXT_EXCHG I GET_APPLDATA_PARAMS Controller appl_data_m.do: Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_APP_E_EXT_EXCHG I GET_DUPLICATION_PARAMS Controller duplication.do: Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_APP_E_EXT_EXCHG I SET_APPLDATA_PARAMS Controller appl_data_m.do: Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_APP_E_EXT_EXCHG I SET_DUPLICATION_PARAMS Controller duplication.do: Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_APP_E_INT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Controller appl_data_m.do: Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_ATTACH_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_ATTACH_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRANCH_EXCHG I GET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRANCH_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRANCH_EXCHG I SET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRANCH_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRNCH_MNT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BRNCH_MNT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_BTF_EDIT_EXCHG I GET_DOC_CONT Gets Document Content of BTF Editor .
IF_HRRCF_BTF_EDIT_EXCHG I SET_DOC_CONT Sets Document Content of BTF Editor .
IF_HRRCF_CAND_DEL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_CAND_DEL_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_CAND_SRCH_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_CAND_SRCH_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_CREA_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_CREA_EXCHG I GET_RESULT_LIST Export Result List .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_CREA_EXCHG I SET_RESULT_LIST Import Result List .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_LIST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get parameter from Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_LIST_EXCHG I REFRESH_LIST Indicator: update list of candidacies .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_LIST_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Give Parameter to Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_PROC_EXCHG I GET_CDCY_LIST_PARAMS Controller cdcy_list_m.do: Get parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_PROC_EXCHG I GET_CDCY_SLCT_PARAMS Controller cdcy_slct_m.do: Get parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_PROC_EXCHG I SET_CDCY_SLCT_PARAMS Controller cdcy_slct_m.do: Set parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_PROC_EXCHG I START_SELECTION Indicator: Candidacy list was selected anew .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_SLCT_EXCHG I GET_SUB_PARAMS Parent Controller: Get parameters of subcontroller .
IF_HRRCF_CDCY_SLCT_EXCHG I RESET_DATA Parent Controller: Reset subcontroller data .
IF_HRRCF_CLASS_OVR_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_CLASS_OVR_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_COMPANY_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_COMPANY_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_CONTAINERSEQUENCE I CREATE_CONTROLLER Generate or return requested subcontroller .
IF_HRRCF_CONTAINERSEQUENCE I GET_ACTIVE_URLS Returns active URLs for the application .
IF_HRRCF_CONTAINERSEQUENCE I IS_STARTPAGE_RUNNING Returns whether start page is running .
IF_HRRCF_CONTAINERSEQUENCE I SET_CURRENT_ITEM Set selected item .
IF_HRRCF_CONTAINERSEQUENCE I SET_GLOBAL_CONTEXT Set global context .
IF_HRRCF_CONTENT_EXTRACTOR I GET_CONTENT Provides Content of Source for HROBJECT .
IF_HRRCF_DYNAMIC_CTRL_CALLS I GET_PARAMS Read Controller and Comp_id .
IF_HRRCF_DYNAMIC_CTRL_CALLS I SET_PARAMS Set Controller and Comp_id .
IF_HRRCF_EE_AWZD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_EVENT I ON_CREATE onCreate Event .
IF_HRRCF_EVENT I ON_INITIALIZATION onInitialization Event .
IF_HRRCF_EXT_DEC_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_EXT_DEC_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_FASTTRACK I GET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_FASTTRACK I SET_PARAMS Parameter Set .
IF_HRRCF_HEADER I HIDE Hide Header .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_CRITERIAS Gets Table with Search Criteria .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_HITLIST Gets Table of HROBJECTs Found .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_HITS_PER_PAGE Get Hits per Page of Hit List .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_IS_RANKING Ranking enabled? .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_IS_WEIGHT_MANDATORY Are weighting/mandatory conditions allowed to be specified? .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_SEARCH_LANGUAGE Gets Search Language .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I GET_WEIGHTS_MANDATORY Returns internal table containing weights/mandatory assignmt.
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I RESET_SEARCH Resets Search to Initial Value .
IF_HRRCF_HITLIST_CTRL I SET_SHOW_SEARCH SearchTemplateGroupController Should Display Search .
IF_HRRCF_HROBJECT_EXCHG I GET_HROBJECT Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_HROBJECT_EXCHG I SET_HROBJECT Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_HROBJECT_EXP I GET_PARAMETER Returns the HROBJECT .
IF_HRRCF_HROBJECT_SUBTY_EXCHG I GET_HROBJECT_SUBTY Exportiert Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_HROBJECT_SUBTY_EXCHG I SET_HROBJECT_SUBTY Importiert Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_JUMP_AND_BACK I ON_BACK Back .
IF_HRRCF_JUMP_AND_BACK I SET_CONTROLLER Set Controller To Be Called .
IF_HRRCF_JUMP_AND_BACK I SET_GLOBAL_CONTEXT Set Global Context Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL_HRIPKEY I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL_HRIPKEY I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL_HROBJECT I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_DETAIL_HROBJECT I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_PRO_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get parameter from Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_PRO_EXCHG I REFRESH_LIST Parameter: update list .
IF_HRRCF_LIST_PRO_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set parameters of Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_MD_APPL_DATA_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_APPL_DATA_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Import Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_CONFIRM_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_CONFIRM_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_DUPLI_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_DUPLI_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter - Ext .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS_INT Exports Parameter - Int .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter - Ext .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS_INT Imports Parameter - Int .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Gets parameters from Main Controller .
IF_HRRCF_MD_EXT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets parameters in Main Controller .
IF_HRRCF_MD_INT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Gets parameters from Main Controller .
IF_HRRCF_MD_INT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets parameters in Main Controller .
IF_HRRCF_MD_OVRV_DATA_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_OVRV_DATA_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_MD_SUBVIEW I RESET_DATA Initialize Data .
IF_HRRCF_MD_SUBVIEW I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters in Main Controller - Ext .
IF_HRRCF_MPROC_COR_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Reads List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_MPROC_COR_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_MPROC_COR_EXCHG I START_SELECTION Indicator: Select list of correspondence activities again .
IF_HRRCF_MSG_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_MVIEW_ACT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Reads List of HR Objects .
IF_HRRCF_MVIEW_ACT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets Level of Detail of Page .
IF_HRRCF_NAVIGATION_EXP I GET_EVENT_ID Read Event ID .
IF_HRRCF_NAVIGATION_EXP I SET_EVENT_ID Set Event ID .
IF_HRRCF_NAV_CTRL_CALL I ON_FOCUS_LOST A Different Main Controller Should Be Displayed .
IF_HRRCF_NV_CTRL_CALLS I ON_CHECK_FOR_DATA Checks for Data Existence on Display of Ticks .
IF_HRRCF_NV_CTRL_CALLS I ON_CONTAINER_NAVIGATION Navigation Within Container Sequence Occurs .
IF_HRRCF_NV_CTRL_CALLS I ON_FOCUS_LOST Focus for Display Controller Is Lost .
IF_HRRCF_NV_CTRL_STATIC I GET_RPL_NODES Returns Replacement Nodes .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_CP Buffer Central Person .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_NA Buffer Candidate .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_NB Buffer Requisition .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_NC Buffer Posting .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_ND Buffer Application .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_NE Buffer Candidacy .
IF_HRRCF_OBJECT_BUFFER I FILL_OBJECT_BUFFER_NF Buffer Talent Group .
IF_HRRCF_OIX I GET_XML_TABLE Read XML Table via RFC .
IF_HRRCF_PARAMETER_EXCHG I GET_PARAM Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_PARAMETER_EXCHG I SET_PARAM Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_PASSWORD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Returns Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_PERIODICAL_SERVICE I RUN Starts a Periodic Operation .
IF_HRRCF_PERS_PAGE_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS_PRIVACY Sets Data Privacy Flag .
IF_HRRCF_PERS_PAGE_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS_PROFILE Sets Profile Status .
IF_HRRCF_PINSTAPPL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_PINST_MNT_EXCHG I GET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Exports Parameters for List/Detail .
IF_HRRCF_PINST_MNT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_PINST_MNT_EXCHG I GET_STATUS_PARAMS Exports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_PINST_MNT_EXCHG I SET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Imports Parameters for List/Detail .
IF_HRRCF_PINST_MNT_EXCHG I SET_STATUS_PARAMS Imports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_POST_INSTANCE_EXP I GET_POST_INSTANCE Gets HRIKEY or External Code of Posting Instance .
IF_HRRCF_POST_INSTANCE_EXP I SET_POST_INSTANCE Sets HRIKEY or External Code of Posting Instance .
IF_HRRCF_POST_LST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_POST_MNT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_POST_MNT_EXCHG I GET_STATUS_PARAMS Exports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_POST_MNT_EXCHG I SET_STATUS_CHANGED Set Status Change Pointer .
IF_HRRCF_POST_MNT_EXCHG I SET_STATUS_PARAMS Imports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_PROFILE_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_ELEMENT_SUBVIEW I GET_SELECTED_VALUES Returns Responses of a Question .
IF_HRRCF_QA_ELEMENT_SUBVIEW I IS_MANDATORY_FILLED Check Whether Mandatory Question Was Answered .
IF_HRRCF_QA_MODE_EXCHG I GET_PARAM Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTBLD_DSGN_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTBLD_DSGN_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTBLD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTBLD_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTELIST_EXCHG I SET_OWN_LIST Set Expanded List .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTLIST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Question List .
IF_HRRCF_QA_QSTLIST_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Question List .
IF_HRRCF_QA_RANKG_EXCHG I GET_LIST_PARAMS Data Transfer Main Initial Page -" Ranking .
IF_HRRCF_QA_RANKG_EXCHG I GET_SELECTION_PARAMS Data Transfer Main Initial Page -" Selection Criteria .
IF_HRRCF_QA_RANKG_EXCHG I SET_LIST_PARAMS Data Transfer Ranking -" Main Initial Page .
IF_HRRCF_QA_RANKG_EXCHG I SET_SELECTION_PARAMS Data Transfer Selection Criteria -" Main Initial Page .
IF_HRRCF_QA_SCREEN_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_QA_SCREEN_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Parameter Set .
IF_HRRCF_QA_SCREEN_EXT_CTRL I ON_EXT_CHANGE_MODE External Event: change display mode .
IF_HRRCF_QA_SCREEN_EXT_CTRL I ON_EXT_SAVE External Event: save .
IF_HRRCF_QA_SCREEN_EXT_CTRL I ON_EXT_SUBMIT External Event: send .
IF_HRRCF_QUERY_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_QUERY_EXCHG I SET_CONTROLLER_ACTIVE Activate Controllers .
IF_HRRCF_QUERY_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_RECPL_ACT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_RECPL_ACT_EXCHG I HAS_ERROR Error? .
IF_HRRCF_RECPL_ACT_EXCHG I REMOVE_PROCESS Delete Process .
IF_HRRCF_RECPL_ACT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_REC_WLIST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Reads List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_REC_WLIST_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_REG_APPLN_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_REG_SRCH_EXCHG I SET_CURRENT_PINST Import Posting Instance .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_DEL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Reads List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_DEL_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets List of Candidacy IDs and Activity GUIDs .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_MRD_EXCHG I GET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Reads Selected Requisition (HROBJECT) .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_MRD_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Reads List of Requisitions (HROBJECT) .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_MRD_EXCHG I REFRESH_LIST Parameter: update list .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_MRD_EXCHG I SET_LIST_DETAIL_PARAMS Sets Selected Requisition (HROBJECT) .
IF_HRRCF_REQUI_MRD_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Sets List of Requisitions (HROBJECT) .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_LST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_LST_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_MNT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_MNT_EXCHG I GET_STATUS_PARAMS Exports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_MNT_EXCHG I SET_STATUS_CHANGED Sets Pointer: Status Changed .
IF_HRRCF_REQ_MNT_EXCHG I SET_STATUS_PARAMS Imports Parameters for Status Pages .
IF_HRRCF_RPACT_LST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_CLIENT I GET_PARAMS Get the Calling Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_CLIENT I ON_CANCEL Search help was terminated .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_CLIENT I ON_VALUES_SELECTED Selection of Multiple Values .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_CLIENT I ON_VALUE_SELECTED Value was selected .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_VARIANT I GET_SMGROUPID Get the Search Mask Group ID .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_VARIANT I GET_VARIANT Get the Calling Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCHHLP_VARIANT I SET_VARIANT Value was selected .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_ASSIGNED_ELEMENT Get Assigned Element .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_HITLIST_ATTRIBUTES Returns List of Hits .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_SEARCH_LANGU Gets Search Language .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_SEARCH_SETTINGS Gets Settings for Search .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_SM_GROUP_ID Return Current Group ID .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I GET_VARIANT Return Current Variant .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_HITLIST_ATTRIBUTES Sets Hit List .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_PARAMS Set Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_SEARCH_LANGU Sets Search Language .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_SHOW_HITLIST Sets Flag for Display of Hit List .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_SHOW_MORE_FIELDS Set flag for showing more fields .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_SHOW_VARIANT Sets Flag for Display of Variants .
IF_HRRCF_SEARCH_EXP I SET_VARIANT Sets Current Variant .
IF_HRRCF_SF_PUBLICATION_EXP I GET_PARAMS Gets Posting Object and Channel .
IF_HRRCF_SMG I MODIFY_SMG Modify Search Template Group .
IF_HRRCF_SMG I REFRESH Refresh Page .
IF_HRRCF_SPB_TRIGGERS I TRIGGER_SPB_FOR_ALL_HROBJECTS Starts Builder for All Relevant HROBJECTs .
IF_HRRCF_SPB_TRIGGERS I TRIGGER_SPB_FOR_CP Starts Builder for Current Change Pointer .
IF_HRRCF_SPB_TRIGGERS I TRIGGER_SPB_FOR_HROBJECT Starts Builder for a HROBJECT .
IF_HRRCF_SPROC_ACT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_SPROC_ACT_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_STANDALONEPAGE I GET_ACTIVE_URLS Returns active URLs for the application .
IF_HRRCF_STANDALONEPAGE I IS_STARTPAGE_RUNNING Returns whether start page is running .
IF_HRRCF_STANDALONEPAGE I SET_NO_BUTTONGROUP Set attribute no_btngrp .
IF_HRRCF_STARTPAGE I GET_PREVIOUS_CONTROLLER Returns Previous Controller .
IF_HRRCF_STARTPAGE I ON_BACK Event Handler: Back .
IF_HRRCF_STARTPAGE I REGISTER_ACTIVE_URL Registration of Active URL .
IF_HRRCF_STARTPAGE I SET_CONTROLLER Set controller to be displayed .
IF_HRRCF_STAT_HIST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_SUBVIEW I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Consistency Check .
IF_HRRCF_SUBVIEW I SAVE_TO_DATABASE Save Data .
IF_HRRCF_SVIEW I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Consistency Check .
IF_HRRCF_SVIEW I SAVE_TO_DATABASE Save .
IF_HRRCF_TGCA_CREA_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_TGCA_CREA_EXCHG I GET_RESULT_LIST Export Result List .
IF_HRRCF_TGCA_CREA_EXCHG I SET_RESULT_LIST Import Result List .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_EXCHG I GET_TG_LIST_PARAMS Controller tg_list_m.do: Get Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_EXCHG I GET_TG_SLCT_PARAMS Controller tg_slct_m.do: Get Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_EXCHG I SET_TG_SLCT_PARAMS Controller tg_slct_m.do: Set Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_EXCHG I START_SELECTION List of Talent Group Assignments for New Selection .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_LIST_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get parameter from Parent Controller .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_LIST_EXCHG I REFRESH_LIST Indicator: update list of candidacies .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_LIST_EXCHG I SET_STARTSELECTION Indicator: Refresh List .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_SLCT_EXCHG I GET_SUB_PARAMS Parent Controller: Get parameters of subcontroller .
IF_HRRCF_TG_ASGNMT_SLCT_EXCHG I RESET_DATA Parent Controller: Reset subcontroller data .
IF_HRRCF_TG_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Export Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_TG_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS SET parameter .
IF_HRRCF_TPI_SHTL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Import Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_UNRG_APPL_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRRCF_USER_MNT_EXCHG I GET_MSG_PARAMS Get Parameters for the Confirmation Message .
IF_HRRCF_USER_MNT_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Get Parameters .
IF_HRRCF_USER_MNT_EXCHG I SET_MSG_PARAMS Set Parameters for the Confirmation Message .
IF_HRSCP_CAND_SRCH_EXCHG I GET_PARAMS Exports Parameter .
IF_HRSCP_CAND_SRCH_EXCHG I SET_PARAMS Imports Parameter .
IF_HRSCP_CDCY_DESC_EXCHG I GET_HEADER_HROBJECT Get Object for Header .
IF_HRSCP_REQ_MNT_ORGINT_EXCHG I DATA_EXISTS Checks If Data Was Entered .
IF_HRSEN00_T525O_EXIT I GET_VALUES_T525O Determines Different Values for Table T5250 .
IF_HRSEN_READ_INFOTYPE I READ Read Several Records of an Infotype .
IF_HRSEN_READ_INFOTYPE I READ_SINGLE Read Individual Infotype Record .
IF_HRSEN_READ_P0552_CONDITION I IS_CONDITION_SATISFIED Condition for Selection of Infotype 0552 .
IF_HRSEN_READ_PERIOD_PEAK_TEXT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_HRSEN_READ_PERIOD_PEAK_TEXT I READ_TEXT Read a text assign to a period or a peak .
IF_HRSEN_SUBTYPE_0552 I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_HRSEN_SUBTYPE_0552 I SPECIFIC_COMPUTATIONS Subtype-dependent checks .
IF_HRTM00_TL_CALCULATION I CALCULATION Calculation of Status Traffic Lights .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I GET_ADD_INFO Get additional info .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I GET_BUFFER Get buffer .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I RESET_BUFFER Reset buffer .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I RESET_DATA_CHANGED Reset data changed flag .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I SET_BUFFER Set buffer .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN I UPDATE_BEGDA_ENDDA Update begda/endda after TN object validity dates change .
IF_HRTNM_BUFFER_ITNNNN_SUBTY I SET_BUFFER Set buffer .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I CELLTAB_DEFAULT_D Fill Cell Tab Catalog .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I CELLTAB_DEFAULT_TN Fill Cell Tab Training Needs .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I FILL_CELLTABS Fill Cell Tab .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I FIND_COST_CATEGORY Find cost category .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I FIND_COST_ITEM Find Cost Item .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I READ_T77KB Read Cost Item .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I READ_T77KC Read Cost Item Text .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_DYN I READ_T77TNM_CA Read Cost Attributes .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I ALV_CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check changes .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I ALV_FIRSTDISPLAY Set ALV grid for first display .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I ALV_READY_FOR_INPUT Set ALV editable .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I CHANGE_BLANK_COST Change kobes .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I COST_CATEGORY Cost Category .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I COST_COUNTRY Cost Country .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I CREATE_1036_DYN Create Dynamic 1036 .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I GET_DATA_FROM_GRID Get data from grid .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I GET_TAB_COST Get Table cost 1036 .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I LOAD_COST_ALV Load Cost In ALV .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I SET_DATA_TO_GRID Set data to grid .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I SET_P1683 Update Structure P1683 .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_1036_GUI I SET_TAB_PT1683 Set Table PT1683 .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I GET_IF_REF Get interface references for a given IT .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I INIT_DATA Init. data .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I RESET_DATA Reset infotype reference (following object change) .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I SET_BL_REF Set business logic reference .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I SET_BUFFER_REF Set buffer reference .
IF_HRTNM_INFTY_FACTORY I SET_INHERIT_REF Set inheritance reference .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I GET_INHERIT_INFO Get info on inheritance .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I INFTY_UNDO_REDEF Undo IT data redefinition .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I IS_IT_INHERITED Check if IT is inherited from an upper object .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I RESET_INHERIT_DATA Reset inheritance data .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I RESET_INHERIT_MODE Reset inheritance mode .
IF_HRTNM_INHERIT_ITNNNN I SET_INHERIT_MODE Set inheritance mode .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BATCH_MANAGER I CHANGE_E_STAT Change course status towards batch .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BATCH_MANAGER I CREATE_BATCH Create batch .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BATCH_MANAGER I GET_BATCH_LOG Get log .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BATCH_MANAGER I PROCESS_E_OBJECT Process course object to generate batch input .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I ADD_REF_IN_BUFFER Add reference in buffer .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I DEL_REF_IN_BUFFER Delete reference in buffer .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I GET_BUFFER Get data stored in buffer .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I MODIF_REF_IN_BUFFER Modify a reference soon stored in buffer .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I RESET_BUFFER Reset buffer reference .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_BUFFER I UPDATE_BUFFER_AFTER_DB Update buffer reference after database operation .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I CHECK_QUOTA_CUSTO Check custo to know if current ttype leads to quota mngt .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I DELETE_PERSON_QUOTA Delete if required absence reference .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I GET_PERSON_QUOTA Get person quota .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I GET_QUOTA_MGR_INFO Get quota manager info .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I RESET_BUFFER Reset buffer .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I RESET_PERSON_QUOTA Reset person quota .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I SET_TN_INFO Set current TN main info .
IF_HRTNM_QUOTA_MANAGER I UPDATE_PERSON_QUOTA Update quota via absence creation/deletion .
IF_HRTNM_SNAP_ALV I ALV_DISPLAY Display ALV .
IF_HRTNM_SNAP_ALV I ALV_SET_TAB Set ALV table .
IF_HRTNM_TABSTRIP_CHECK I CHECK_TABSTRIP Check tabstrip .
IF_HRTNM_TEMSE_PARSER I GET_TP_INFO Get training plan info .
IF_HRTNM_TEMSE_RENDER I GET_TAB_TEMSE Get temse table .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_ALV I ALV_FIRSTDISPLAY Set ALV grid for first display .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_ALV I ALV_SIMPLE_REFRESH ALV refresh .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_ALV I RAISE_EVENT Raise event user-command .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_ALV I SET_DATA_TO_GRID Set data to grid .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_ALV I SET_SELECTED_ROWS Set selected rows .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_MANAGER_ALV I ALV_FIRSTDISPLAY Set ALV grid for first display .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_MANAGER_ALV I ALV_SIMPLE_REFRESH ALV refresh .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_MANAGER_ALV I RAISE_EVENT Raise event user-command .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_MANAGER_ALV I SET_DATA_TO_GRID Set data to grid .
IF_HRTNM_TN_ASSIGN_MANAGER_ALV I SET_SELECTED_ROWS Set selected rows .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT I DO_COSTS_VALUATION Valuate a TN costs .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I CALENDAR_DAY Calendar Day .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I CHECK_CATALOG_COST Check Catalog Cost .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I CONVERT_AMOUNT Convert Amount .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I COST_CATEGORY Cost Category .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I COST_COUNTRY Cost Counrty .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I CREATE_1036_DYN Create dynamic 1036 .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_COST_ITEM Get Cost Item .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_NB_EVENT Get number Of Event .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_SIRET Get Siret .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_VALUE_FEATURE Get Value Feature .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_VALUE_FIELD Get Values Field .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I GET_VALUE_FROM_INFOTYPE Get Values From infotype .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I INCLUDE_SECTIONS Include Sections .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I LOAD_TAB_INDIRECT_VAL Load Table Indirect Valuation .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I LOAD_TAB_IND_VAL_GENERIC Load Generic Indirect Valuation .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I PERSON_ASSIGNMENT Get Person Assign .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I PREPARE_TAB_SNAP_ALL Prepare Table for Temse .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I READ_INFTY_PA Read infotyp PA .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I RETRIEVE_BUDGET_TN Retrieve Budget from TN .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I RETRIEVE_COST_TN Retrieve Cost from TN .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I RETRIEVE_REGULATORY_TN Retrieve Regulatory compliance from TN .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I SET_FORM Set Form .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I SET_TAB_RELAT_EVENT Set Event Relationship .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I SET_TAB_RELAT_STAFF Set Target Related .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I VALO_ACTUAL Actual .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I VALO_COMPUTATION Compute Valorization .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_GUI I VALO_FORECAST Forecast .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_SERVICES I GET_COST_ATTRIBUTES Get costs attributes .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_SERVICES I GET_COST_GROUP_FROM_CAT Get cost category group related to a given cost category .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_SERVICES I GET_IV_DATA Get indirect valuation table .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_COMPUT_SERVICES I TRANSFER_1036_TO_COSTS Transfer costs data from infotype 1036 to table .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_SPLIT I SPLIT_FOR_DISPLAY Split costs data for display in TNM transaction .
IF_HRTNM_VALO_SPLIT I SPLIT_FOR_TEMSE Split valuated costs for a temse save action .
IF_HRTNM_VIEW_ITNNNN I INFTY_REDEFINE Redefine infty data - standard redef. or copy modus .
IF_HRTNM_VIEW_ITNNNN I INFTY_UNDO_REDEF_SCREEN Modify screeen following undo IT data redefinition .
IF_HRTNM_VIEW_ITNNNN I INIT_INHERIT_BUTTONS Init. inheritance buttons status .
IF_HRTNM_VIEW_ITNNNN I SET_CHANGEMODE Set change mode .
IF_HRTNM_VIEW_ITNNNN I SET_IT_FIELDS Set fields according to last mode activated by end-user .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I EXECUTE_ADVANCED_SEARCH Execute Extended Object Search .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I EXECUTE_SIMPLE_SEARCH Execute Simple Object Search .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I GET_FIELDS_FOR_ADVANCED_SEARCHRead Search Template Fields for Extended Search .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I GET_FIELDS_FOR_SIMPLE_SEARCH Read Search Template Fields for Simple Search .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I GET_VALUEHELP_ADVANCED_SEARCH Read Input Help for Search Template Field for Ext. Search .
IF_HRWPC_OADP_OBJECTSEARCH I GET_VALUEHELP_SIMPLE_SEARCH Read Input Help for Search Template Field for Simple Search .
IF_HRXSS_SER_RFW I PROCESS_ACTION process action which is sent by front-end .
IF_HR_ACTIONTOOL I UNREGISTER_EVENTHANDLER Deregisters Event Handler for Object Manager Events .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I DELETE Delete .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I DISPLAY Display .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I GET_DIR Table of Contents .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I READ_TABLE Read Complete Table .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I SEQ_READ_CLOSE Close Large Table for Sequential Reading .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I SEQ_READ_OPEN Open Large Table for Sequential Reading .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I SEQ_READ_PEEK Sequential Reading: Return Current Table Row .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I SEQ_READ_POP Sequential Reading: Read Current Row and Next Row .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_STORAGE I WRITE_TABLE Create New Table or Overwrite .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_TEMSE_STORAGE I CONVERT_VERSION Conversion Routine for Data with Different Versions .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_TEMSE_STORAGE I GET_DESCRIPTION Description of Data in User Interface .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_TEMSE_STORAGE I GET_PAL_HANDLE Handle for Display Variant in ABAP List Viewer .
IF_HR_B2A_CH_TEMSE_STORAGE I GET_VERSION Current Version Number .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I CHANGE Change a bond owner .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I COPY Copy a bond owner .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I CREATE Create a bond owner .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I DELETE Delete a bond owner .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I DELETE_ALL Delete all bond owners from a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I DISPLAY Display a bond owner .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I GET_ALL Get all bond owners .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I GET_COUNT Get the number of bond owners .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I LIST List all bond owners .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I RESTORE Restore all changes of bond owners .
IF_HR_BOND_OWNER I SAVE Save bond owners .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I CHANGE Change a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I COPY Copy a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I CREATE Create a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I DELETE Delete a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I DISPLAY Display a bond purchase .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I GET_ALL Get all bond purchases .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I GET_COUNT Get the number of bond purchases .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I GET_OBJID Get bond purchase object ID .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I LIST List all bond purchases .
IF_HR_BOND_PURCHASE I SAVE Save the bond purchase .
IF_HR_ES_DAQ_INEM I DATA_RETRIEVAL Standard recovery data method from INEM contract .
IF_HR_FAMILY_RELATED I DISPLAY Display one family/related member .
IF_HR_FAMILY_RELATED I LIST List all family members and self .
IF_HR_LSTCE_ALV I GET_OUTTAB GET_OUTTAB .
IF_HR_LSTCE_ALV I SET_OUTTAB SET_OUTTAB .
IF_HR_NL_FBN_LIMIT_CALCULATION I CALCULATE_LIMITS Calculates Benefit Plan Limits .
IF_HR_NL_FBN_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Message submitted to message handler .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I APPEND_IT Append line(s) to IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I APPEND_RT Append line(s) to RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I CLEAR Initialize the context .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_AB Get AB .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_ALL_PERNR Get list of all PERNRs in context .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_APER Get APER .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_AVERAGE Get average table .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_C0 Get C0 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_C1 Get C1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_CABC Get CABC .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_CRT Get CRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_DDNTK Get DDNTK .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_FUND Get FUND .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_IT Get IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_LRT Get internal table LRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_MODIF Get MODIF .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_RT Get RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_SWITCHES Get global switches from image .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_V0 Get V0 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_VARIABLES Get global variables from image .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_WPBP Get RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I GET_ZL Get ZL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I NEXT_BT_SPLIT Find next split for table BT (highest + 1) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I NEXT_C1_SPLIT Find next split for table C1 (highest + 1) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I NEXT_V0_SPLIT Find next split for table V0 (highest + 1) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_ALL_ALLAP Put all ALLAPs .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_ALL_APER Put all APERs .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_ALL_NEW_RGDIR Put all NEW_RGDIRs .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_ALL_RGDIR Put all RGDIRs .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_AVERAGE Put average table .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_C0 Put C0 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_C1 Put C1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_CRT Put CRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_FUND Put FUND .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_IT Put IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_MODIF Put MODIF .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_RT Put RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_V0 Put V0 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_WPBP Put WPBP .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I PUT_ZL Put ZL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I REFRESH_DT Refresh all DT tables .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I RESTORE_IMAGE Restore image for PERNR .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I SAVE_IMAGE Save image for PERNR .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I SET_CE Set the CE flag for the context .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT I SET_REFERENCE Set the reference inside the context .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Get cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_OSMTH Old Superannuation - Monthly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_OSQTR Old Superannuation - Quarterly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_QHDA Higher Duty Allowance .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_QSPR HR-AU-PS: Superannuation for Public Sector Australia .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_QSUP Superannuation .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_RETP Retro Amts from Prev Financial Year .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_SHRS Superannuation - Hourly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_SMTH Superannuation - Monthly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_SQTR Superannuation - Quarterly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_SUPCOM HR-AU-PS: Superable salary components .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I GET_TAXP Taxation .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Put cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_OSMTH Old Superannuation - Monthly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_OSQTR Old Superannuation - Quarterly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_QHDA Higher Duty Allowance .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_QSPR HR-AU-PS: Superannuation for Public Sector Australia .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_QSUP Superannuation .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_RETP Retro Amts from Prev Financial Year .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_SHRS Superannuation - Hourly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_SMTH Superannuation - Monthly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_SQTR Superannuation - Quarterly .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_SUPCOM HR-AU-PS: Superable salary components .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I PUT_TAXP Taxation .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_AU I SET_REFERENCE_AU Set the references for AU tables and variables .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_BPIT Get BPIT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Get cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TAX1 Get TAX1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TAX2 Get TAX2 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TAXA Get TAXA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TAXI Get TAXI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TAXO_RT Get TAXO_RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TCRT Get TCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_TCRTI Get TCRTI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_WCB1 Get WCB1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I GET_XTBLGART Get XTBLGART .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_BPIT Put BPIP .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Put cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_ROE Put ROE .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TAX1 Put TAX1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TAX2 Put TAX2 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TAXA Put TAXA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TAXI Put TAXI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TAXO_RT Put TAXO_RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TCRT Put TCRT (called dynamically from ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_TCRTI Put TCRTI (called dynamically from ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_VC1 Put VC1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_VC2 Put VC2 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_WCB1 Put WCB1 .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I PUT_XTBLGART Put XTBLGART .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_CA I SET_REFERENCE_CA Set the references for CA tables and variables .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_9LREDTA Get 9LREDTA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_9LRERSL Get 9LRERSL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Get CUMUL_TAB_ALL (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_GRDBT Get GRDBT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_GRORD Get GRORD .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_GRREC Get GRREC .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_LNCT Get LNCT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_MXCRT Get MXCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_SI Get SI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_TAX Get TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I GET_TAX_IT Get TAX_IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_9LREDTA Put 9LREDTA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_9LRERSL Put 9LRERSL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Put CUMUL_TAB_ALL (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_GRDBT Put GRDBT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_GRORD Put GRORD .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_GRREC Put GRREC .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_LNCT Put LNCT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_MXCRT Put MXCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_SI Put SI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_TAX Put TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I PUT_TAX_IT Put TAX_IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX I SET_REFERENCE_MX Set the references for MX tables and variables .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_9LREDTA Get 9LREDTA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_9LRERSL Get 9LRERSL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Get CUMUL_TAB_ALL (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_GRDBT Get GRDBT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_GRORD Get GRORD .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_GRREC Get GRREC .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_INTSAL Get INTSAL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_IT_DIFF Get IT_DIFF .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_LNCT Get LNCT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_MXCRT Get MXCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_OLD_RT Get OLD_RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_SI Get SI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_TAX Get TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I GET_TAX_IT Get TAX_IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_9LREDTA Put 9LREDTA .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_9LRERSL Put 9LRERSL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Put CUMUL_TAB_ALL (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_GRDBT Put GRDBT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_GRORD Put GRORD .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_GRREC Put GRREC .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_INTSAL Put INTSAL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_IT_DIFF Put IT_DIFF .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_LNCT Put LNCT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_MXCRT Put MXCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_OLD_RT Put OLD_RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_SI Put SI .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_TAX Put TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I PUT_TAX_IT Put TAX_IT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_MX_LCL I SET_REFERENCE_MX Set the references for MX tables and variables .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Get cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_NRCT Get NRCT (needed for payroll log) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_OFFSET_IN Get OFFSET_IN .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_OFFSET_OUT Get OFFSET_OUT (needed for payroll log) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_OLD_RT Get OLD_RT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_OLD_TAX Get OLD_TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_PERM Get PERM .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_RETRO_TABLES Get OLD_RT, OLD_BAL, OLD_UNB .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_TAX Get TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_TAXPR Get TAXPR .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_TAXR Get TAXR .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_TCRT Get TCRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_UMODIF Get UMODIF .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_UTIPS Get UTIPS (needed for payroll log) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I GET_XDFRT Get XDFRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_BAL Put BAL .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_CUMUL_TAB_ALL Put cumul_tab_all (internal table used for SETCU/ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_NRCT Put NRCT (called dynamically from ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_OFFSET_OUT Puf OFFSET_OUT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_TAX Put TAX .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_TCRT Put TCRT (called dynamically from ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_UNB Put UNB .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_UTIPS Put UTIPS (called dynamically from ADDCU) .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I PUT_XDFRT Put XDFRT .
IF_HR_PAY_CONTEXT_US I SET_REFERENCE_US Set the references for US tables and variables .
IF_HR_PM_OBJECT I CHECK_EXISTANCE Checks if Object (Still) Exists .
IF_HR_PM_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_KEY Specifies Business Key and Object Type .
IF_HR_PM_OBJECT I GET_PROCEDURE_CREATE Specifies Procedure to Create New Obj. for Consistency Check.
IF_HR_PM_OBJECT I GET_PROCEDURE_STATUS Specifies Procedures to Set Status for Consistency Check .
IF_HR_PM_OBJECT I GET_STATUS_TEXT Provides Text That Belongs to a Specific Status .
IF_HR_PM_ST_OBJECT_SUPPLIER I CHECK_STATUS_OF_OBJECTS Checks Status of Objects Before Selection .
IF_HR_PM_ST_OBJECT_SUPPLIER I DETERMINE_OFFER_OF_STEP Determines Objects That Step can Provide .
IF_HR_PM_ST_OBJECT_SUPPLIER I DETERMINE_RESULT_OF_STEP Determines Objects of a Step .
IF_HR_PM_ST_OBJECT_SUPPLIER I INSERT_OBJECTS Inserts New Objects .
IF_HR_PROCESS_SUGGESTION I ADD_VALUE Addition of Default Values .
IF_HR_PROCESS_SUGGESTION I GET_VALUE Determination of Default Value .
IF_HR_PROCESS_SUGGESTION I IS_OBJECT_THERE Existence Check for Object .
IF_HR_PROCESS_SUGGESTION I IS_VALUE_THERE Existence Check for Default Value .
IF_HR_PT_PBS_BDAP I FILL_QUALIFICATIONS Method to fill BDAP Block P - Employee Qualifications .
IF_HR_PT_PBS_CGAMF I PROCESS_SIT_CODE_59 Process Sit. Code 59 .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_ADD_INFO I GET_CHILDREN Returns Direct Children of Main Object .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_ADD_INFO I GET_PARENT Returns Parent of Main Object .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_FAVORITES I DELETE_FAVORITE Favorite will be deleted .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_FAVORITES I END_OF_OBJECTMANAGER Exiting Object Manager .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_FAVORITES I SAVE_FAVORITE Search Variant Saved as Favorite .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I CHANGE_DATE Changing Period/Key Date .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I CHANGE_NODE Change node type .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I DESTROY Exit search tool .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I EXECUTE_SEARCH Perform search .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I EXPORT_TO_MEMORY Exports status to ABAP memory .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I GET_MAIN_OBJECTS Returns the 'Main Objects' .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I GET_SEARCH_CRITERIA Get Current Search Criteria .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I INIT Initializing the Search Tool .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I INIT_FROM_MEMORY Initializing Using Data from the ABAP Memory .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GB I SET_SEARCH_CRITERIA Receives Current Search Criteria .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I CHANGE_DATE Changing Period/Key Date .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I CHANGE_NODE Change node type .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I DESTROY Exit search tool .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I DISPLAY_RESULTS Creates Control for Displaying Search Results .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I EXECUTE_SEARCH Perform search .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I EXPORT_TO_MEMORY Exports status to ABAP memory .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_CELLS_CONTENT Returns Contents of Cells Entered .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_COLUMNS_CONTENT Returns Contents of Columns Entered .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_MAIN_OBJECTS Returns the 'Main Objects' .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_ROWS_CONTENT Returns Content of Lines Entered .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_SEARCH_CRITERIA Get Current Search Criteria .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_SELECTED_CELLS Returns Selected Cells .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Returns Selected Columns .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Returns Selected Lines .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I INIT Initializing the Search Tool .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I INIT_FROM_MEMORY Initializing Using Data from the ABAP Memory .
IF_HR_SEARCHTOOL_GS I SET_SEARCH_CRITERIA Receives Current Search Criteria .
IF_HTMLB_DATA I EVENT_DISPATCH For Events: Dynamic Call .
IF_HTMLB_DATA I EVENT_INITIALIZE For Events: Initialize .
IF_HTMLB_DATA I EVENT_SET_PARAMETERS For Events: Parameters 1..9 .
IF_HTMLB_DATA I RESTORE_FROM_REQUEST Create Input .
IF_HTMLB_ELEMENT_DELEGATED I DO_AT_BEGINNING Call at Beginning of a BSP Element .
IF_HTMLB_ELEMENT_DELEGATED I DO_AT_END Call at End of a BSP Element Content .
IF_HTMLB_ELEMENT_DELEGATED I INITIALIZE Constructor .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I BREADCRUMB_CLICK "htmlb:breadcrumb" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I BUTTON_CLICK "htmlb:button" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I CHECKBOX_CLICK "htmlb:checkbox" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DATE_NAVIGATOR_DAY_CLICK "htmlb:dateNavigator" onDayClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DATE_NAVIGATOR_MONTH_CLICK "htmlb:dateNavigator" Month-onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DATE_NAVIGATOR_NEXT_CLICK "htmlb:dateNavigator" onNavigate .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DATE_NAVIGATOR_PREVIOUS_CLICK "htmlb:dateNavigator" onMonthClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DATE_NAVIGATOR_WEEK_CLICK "htmlb:dateNavigator" onWeekClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I DROPDOWNLISTBOX_SELECT "htmlb:dropdownListBox" onSelect .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I LINK_CLICK "htmlb:link" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I RADIOBUTTON_CLICK "htmlb:checkbox" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABLEVIEW_CELL_CLICK "htmlb:tableView" onCellClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABLEVIEW_FILTER "htmlb:tableView" onFilter .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABLEVIEW_HEADER_CLICK "htmlb:tableView" onHeaderClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABLEVIEW_NAVIGATE "htmlb:tableView" onNavigate .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABLEVIEW_ROW_SELECTION "htmlb:tableView" onRowSelection .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TABSTRIP_SELECT "htmlb:tabStrip" onSelect .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TRAY_COLLAPSE_CLICK "htmlb:tray" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TRAY_EDIT_CLICK "htmlb:tray" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TRAY_EXPAND_CLICK "htmlb:tray" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TRAY_REMOVE_CLICK "htmlb:tray" onClick .
IF_HTMLB_EVENT I TREE_CLICK "htmlb:tree"Tree-onClick .
IF_HTMLB_TABLEVIEW_ITERATOR I GET_COLUMN_DEFINITIONS Column Definitions .
IF_HTMLB_TABLEVIEW_ITERATOR I RENDER_CELL_START New Column in Row .
IF_HTMLB_TABLEVIEW_ITERATOR I RENDER_ROW_START New row .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I APPEND_FIELD_URL Appends the Given Name/Value to the Query String of the URL .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I AUTHENTICATE Logon Data (Basic Authentication) .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I CLOSE Close of HTTP connection .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I CREATE_ABS_URL Creates an Absolute URL .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I CREATE_REL_URL Creates a Relative URL .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I ESCAPE_HTML HTML encodes the given string, e.g. replaces '"' with '<'.
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I ESCAPE_URL URL encodes the given string, e.g. replaces space with %20 .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I GET_LAST_ERROR Returns Return Code of Last Method Call .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I LISTEN Waiting for HTTP Response .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I RECEIVE Receipt of HTTP Response .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I REFRESH_COOKIE Refresh Cookie Object .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I REFRESH_REQUEST Refresh Request Object .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I REFRESH_RESPONSE Refresh response Object .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I SEND Structure of HTTP Connection and Dispatch of Data .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I SEND_SAP_LOGON_TICKET Send SAP Logon Ticket .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I SET_COMPRESSION Activation/Deactivation of Compression .
IF_HTTP_CLIENT I UNESCAPE_URL URL Decodes the Given String .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I ADD_COOKIE_FIELD Sets the sub-field's value in the given cookie .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I ADD_MULTIPART Creates a new multipart segment in this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I APPEND_CDATA Appends character data to the HTTP body of this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I APPEND_CDATA2 Appends character data to the HTTP body of this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I APPEND_DATA Appends binary data to the HTTP body of this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_COOKIE Deletes the cookie from the list of cookies .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_COOKIE_SECURE Deletes the cookie from the list of cookies .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_FORM_FIELD Deletes the form field from the list of form fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_FORM_FIELD_SECURE Deletes the form field from the list of form fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_HEADER_FIELD Deletes the Header Field from the List of Header Fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I DELETE_HEADER_FIELD_SECURE Deletes the Header Field from the List of Header Fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I FROM_XSTRING Instantiates this entity from an xstring .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_CDATA Delivers the HTTP body of this entity as character data .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Body Type (Text/HTML, for example) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_COOKIE Returns the requested cookie data .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_COOKIES Delivers a List of All Cookies .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_COOKIE_FIELD Returns the value of the sub-field of the cookie .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_DATA Returns the HTTP body of this entity as binary data .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_DATA_LENGTH Supplies the length in bytes of the HTTP body .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_FORM_FIELD Returns the value of the requested form field .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_FORM_FIELDS Returns a list of all form fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_FORM_FIELDS_CS Returns a list of all form fields (case-sensitive) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_FORM_FIELD_CS Returns the value of the specified form field (case-sens.) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_HEADER_FIELD Returns the value of the specified header field .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_HEADER_FIELDS Returns a list of all header fields .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_LAST_ERROR Returns the return code of the last method call .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_MULTIPART Returns the specified multipart segment of this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_SERIALIZED_MESSAGE_LENGTH Message Length (Value Only Known After Serialization) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I GET_VERSION Protocol Version (HTTP1/0, HTTP1/1) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I NUM_MULTIPARTS Returns the number of multi-part segments of this entity .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_CDATA Sets the HTTP body of this entity to the given char. data .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_COMPRESSION Activation/Deactivation of Compression .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_CONTENT_TYPE Set the Body Type (Text/HTML, for example) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_COOKIE Sets the given cookie .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_DATA Sets the HTTP body of this entity to the given binary data .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_FORMFIELD_ENCODING Set Format for get_formfield(s) .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_FORM_FIELD Sets the value of the specified form field .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_FORM_FIELDS Sets all form fields from the given list .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_HEADER_FIELD Sets the value of the specified header field .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SET_HEADER_FIELDS Sets all header fields from the given list .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I SUPPRESS_CONTENT_TYPE Does Not Force text/html as Default .
IF_HTTP_ENTITY I TO_XSTRING Serializes this HTTP entity into an xstring .
IF_HTTP_EXTENSION I HANDLE_REQUEST Called for request handling for each incoming HTTP request .
IF_HTTP_PROXY_CONFIG I GET_PROXY_INFO Determines Proxy Settings for HTTP Request .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I COPY Copy a Request Object .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_AUTHORIZATION Gets Information from the Authorization Header Fields .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_FORM_DATA Gets Form Data and Puts It Into a Complex Data Structure .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_METHOD Request Method (GET, POST, etc.) .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_RAW_MESSAGE Returns the Entire HTTP Message .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_URI_PARAMETER Gets the Value of the Requested URI Parameter .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I GET_USER_AGENT Gets User Agent Informationen from the Request .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I SET_AUTHORIZATION Sets the Authorization Header Field of this Request .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I SET_METHOD Set the Method (GET, POST, etc.) .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I SET_VERSION Set the Protocol Version (HTTP/1.0, HTTP/1.1) .
IF_HTTP_REQUEST I SUPPRESS_CONTENT_TYPE Does not force text/ HTML as default .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I COPY Copy a Response Object .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I DELETE_COOKIE_AT_CLIENT Deletes the specified cookie at the client side .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I GET_RAW_MESSAGE Returns the Entire HTTP Message .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I GET_STATUS Gets the current HTTP status code .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I REDIRECT Redirects the client to the specified URL .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I SERVER_CACHE_BROWSER_DEPENDENTSets browser-dependent HTML in response in the server cache .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I SERVER_CACHE_EXPIRE_ABS Sets absolute expiry time for this response in server cache .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I SERVER_CACHE_EXPIRE_DEFAULT Sets the expiry time for this response in server cache .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I SERVER_CACHE_EXPIRE_REL Sets relative expiry time for this response in server cache .
IF_HTTP_RESPONSE I SET_STATUS Sets current HTTP status code .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I APPEND_FIELD_URL Appends the Given Name/Value to the Query String of the URL .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I CREATE_ABS_URL Creates an Absolute URL .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I CREATE_REL_URL Creates a Relative URL .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I DECODE_BASE64 Decodes a BASE64-Encoded String .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I ENCODE_BASE64 BASE64 Encodes the Given String .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I ESCAPE_HTML HTML encodes the given string, e.g. replaces '"' with '<'.
IF_HTTP_SERVER I ESCAPE_URL URL encodes the given string, e.g. replaces space with %20 .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I GET_EXTENSION_INFO Gets Protocol, Host, Port, and URL for Request Handler .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I GET_EXTENSION_URL Gets Protocol, Host, Port, and URL for Request Handler .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I GET_LAST_ERROR Returns Return Code of Last Method Call .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I GET_LOCATION Gets Host, Port for Web AS in Customer Domain .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I GET_LOCATION_EXCEPTION Gets Host, Port from Exception Table Only .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I SEND_PAGE Sending Last Page .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I SET_COMPRESSION Activation/Deactivation of Compression .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I SET_SESSION_STATEFUL Activation/deactivation of stateful session .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I SET_SESSION_STATEFUL_VIA_URL Activating/Deactivating Stateful Session via URL Rewrite .
IF_HTTP_SERVER I UNESCAPE_URL URL Decodes the Given String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I CHECK_HTTP_WHITELIST URL Comparison with a White List .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I DECODE_BASE64 Decodes a BASE64-Encoded String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I DECODE_UTF8 Converts a string from UTF-8 to internal format .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ENCODE_BASE64 Encodes a String in BASE64 .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ENCODE_UTF8 Converts a string from internal format to UTF-8 .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_HTML Executes HTML Escaping on a String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_JAVASCRIPT Executes Javascript Escaping on a String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_URL Executes URL Escaping on a String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_WML Executes URL Escaping on a String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_XML_ATTR_VALUE Executes XML Escaping for Attribut Values .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I ESCAPE_XML_CHAR_DATA Executes XML Escaping for Data Between Two Nodes .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I FIELDS_TO_STRING Encodes a List of Fields as a Query String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I GET_LAST_ERROR Gets the Last Occurring Error Code .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I GET_LOGON_CHARSET Returns the Suitable ISO Codepage for the Logon/Sys. Lang. .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I IS_ICT_SYSTEM_CALL_IMPLEMENTEDIs system call available for entity processing (internal) .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I IS_VALID_URL Checks whether a transferred string is a valid URL .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I NORMALIZE_URL Normalized URL Path .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I REWRITE_URL Formats a URL with URI Parameters .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I SET_QUERY Set Query String .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I SET_REQUEST_URI Sets the Request URI (Due to Upwards Compatibility) .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I STRING_TO_FIELDS Decodes a Query String into a List of Fields .
IF_HTTP_UTILITY I UNESCAPE_URL Executes URL Unescaping on a String .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_PROPVAL I RENDER_TO_STRING Property Value as String .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_PROPVAL I RENDER_TO_XML Property Value as XML Element .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I COPY Copy of Resource (COPY Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I CUSTOM_REQUEST Unknown Action (...-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I DELETE Deletion of Resource (DELETE-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET Documents of Resource (GET Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_ACTIVELOCK Current Lock .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_CHILDREN Children .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENTLENGTH Contents Size in Bytes .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENTTYPE Mime Type of Content .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_CREATIONDATE Creation Date .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_DISPLAYNAME Display name .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_LASTMODIFIED Changed On .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I GET_LOCKENTRY Possibility of Lock .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I HEAD GET Without Body (HEAD-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I LOCK Lock of Resource (LOCK-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I MKCOL Creates a Folder under URL (MKCOL Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I MOVE Move of Resource (MOVE-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I OPTIONS Possible Actions (OPTIONS-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I POST (POST Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I PROPFIND Read Properties of Resourse (PROFIND Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I PROPPATCH Set Properties of Resource (PROPPATCH-Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I PUT Creates a New Document under URL (PUT Request) .
IF_HTTP_WEBDAV_RESOURCE I UNLOCK Reset a Lock (UNLOCK-Request) .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Whether Particular Object Exists .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I CHECK_EXISTENCE_4X Check Existance in Old Format .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I CHECK_EXTERNAL_NAME Check External Name and Existance of Prerequisites .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I CONVERT_FROM_4X Conversion of Old Storage (3.1, 4.0 to 6.20) .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I DELETE Delete Object .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I DELETE_VERSION Delete Object .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I DETERMINE_LONG_NAME Determine the Long Name of Mimes and Templates .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I EXT_TO_INT_NAME External Name to Internal Name .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I EXT_TO_INT_NAME_4X External Name to Internal Name from Old Tables .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I GET_CONTENT Get Object Content from Database .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I GET_CONTENT_LANGUAGES For Resources, Language-Dep. Templates and Lang-Dep. Mimes .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I GET_TEXT Get Service Description .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I MESSAGE_EXCLUDE_FROM_ACTION Message to User that Object is Excluded from Action .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I NAME_FROM_TRANSPORT_NAME Transport Name is Given, Determine Object Name .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I OBJECTS_TO_CONVERT_FROM_4X List of Objects for Conversion .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I PUBLISH Publish Object .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I PUBLISH_ALL Publish Object and Parts .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I SPAU_ADJUSTMENT_EXISTS Comparison Exists? .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I TRANSPORT_NAME Object Names for Transport Tools .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I WRITE_CONTENT Write Content to Database .
IF_IAC_OBJECT I WRITE_HEADER Write Header Data .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_CREATE ... .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_DELETE ... .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_GET_GROUP ... .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_GET_HANDLE ... .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_READ ... .
IF_IBASE_ADDRESS_EVT I HND_UPDATE ... .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I CL_SET_LOG_NAME ... .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I DELETE_ARCHIVE_OBJ DELETE_ARCHIVE_OBJ .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I GET_DATA GET_DATA .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I GET_TABLE ... .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I PUT_RECORD PUT_RECORD .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE I PUT_TABLE ... .
IF_IBASE_ARCHIVE_DEREGISTER I DEREGISTER_ARCHIVE_OBJECT ... .
IF_IBASE_AVL_NODE I COMPARE ... .
IF_IBASE_AVL_NODE I PRINT ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I CHANGE_IBASE_MULTI ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I CHANGE_IBASE_SINGLE ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I CHECK_IBASE_MULTI ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I CHECK_IBASE_SINGLE ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I CREATE_IBASE ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I DELETE ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I GET_IBASE_TEXTLINE ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I GET_INFO ... .
IF_IBASE_ENGINE_STATUS I SWITCH_OBJNR ... .
IF_IBASE_EQUIPMENT I GET_EQUNO ... .
IF_IBASE_EQUIPMENT I IS_FULL ... .
IF_IBASE_EXP I GET_OBJECTTYP Object Type .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I GET_ICON ... .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I GET_OBJ_FUNCTIONS ... .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I GET_TREE_DATA ... .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I OBJECT_SPEC_FUNCTION ... .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I READ ... .
IF_IBASE_IBOF_TREE_OBJECT I REFRESH ... .
IF_IBASE_INSTALL I CHILD_ALLOWED ... .
IF_IBASE_INSTALL I PARENT_ALLOWED ... .
IF_IBASE_MATERIAL I GET_MATNO ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I CL_APPL_ID_CONSTRUCTOR ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I CL_IBASE_ID_CONSTRUCTOR ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I DOES_EXIST ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I GET_APPL_ID ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I GET_IBASE_ID ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I GET_UNIT ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I IS_SINGLE ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I READ ... .
IF_IBASE_OBJECT I REFRESH ... .
IF_IBASE_R3_BOM I GET_STANDARD_TEXT Description .
IF_IBASE_R3_PM_MASTER_DATA I CLEAR_ITOB ... .
IF_IBASE_R3_PM_MASTER_DATA I GET_ITOB_KEY ... .
IF_IBASE_R3_PM_MASTER_DATA I SET_ITOB ... .
IF_IBASE_REQ_IBIN I SET_IBIN ... .
IF_IBASE_SERIALNO I GET_MATNO ... .
IF_IBASE_SERIALNO I GET_SERNO ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I CHANGE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I CLONE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I CL_REFRESH ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I COLLECT_ROOTS ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I COPY ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I CREATE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I CUT ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I DELETE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I DELETE_IBASE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I EXIST_SUC ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I GET_PASTE_ROOTS ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I NEW_IBASE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I PASTE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I READ_IBASE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC I READ_LEVEL ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I CHANGE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I CONSOLIDATE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I CREATE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I DELETE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I EXIST_RANGE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I READ_RANGE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_BUF I SET_SEL ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_CHECK_STHG_TO_POST ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_FREE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_GET_CHANGE_FLAG ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_GET_NAME ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_PREPARE_SAVE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_SAVE ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_EVT I HND_SET_POST_DATA ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_FILT I ADD_ITEM ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_FILT I REFRESH ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_STREAM I CLEAR ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_STREAM I GET_FIRST_ITEM ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_STREAM I GET_NEXT_ITEM ... .
IF_IBASE_STRUC_STREAM I WRITE_ITEM ... .
IF_IBASE_TEMP_ID I GET_IBASE_ID ... .
IF_IBND_RULE_ENTRY_BCS I ADDR_CHANGED Checks Whether Address Has Changed .
IF_IBRT_DB_CONVERT_SPECIAL I RECNSTRCT_CLSSTYP_PROFILE_CNT Instance Data .
IF_IBRT_DB_CONVERT_SPECIAL I TRUNCATE_OBJECT_KEY_OF_STREF Part-of Data .
IF_IBRT_DB_READ_FIRST I LOAD_CFG_SPECIAL Read Configuration .
IF_IBRT_DB_READ_SPECIAL I LOAD_CFG_SPECIAL Read Configuration .
IF_ICF_AUTHENTICATION I PROCESS_LOGON Log On .
IF_ICF_NOTIFY I NOTIFY Method for Triggering Notification .
IF_ICF_SERVICE_EXTENSION I CONFIGURATION Configuration Entry for ICF Service .
IF_ICF_SYSTEM_LOGIN I HTM_CHANGE_PASSWD Layout for Changing Password .
IF_ICF_SYSTEM_LOGIN I HTM_LOGIN Layout for Logging On .
IF_ICF_TREE I CHANGE_EXT_ALIAS Change External Alias in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I CHANGE_INT_ALIAS Change Internal Alias in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I CHANGE_NODE Change Service in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I CHECK_SERVICE_ACTIVE Check Whether Service Active .
IF_ICF_TREE I DELETE_EXT_ALIAS Delete External Alias .
IF_ICF_TREE I DELETE_NODE Delete Service in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I EXTALIAS_FROM_URL Determines Existence of External ALIAS from URL .
IF_ICF_TREE I FILTER_TO_SICF Goto SICF Filter for Service .
IF_ICF_TREE I FILTER_TO_SICF_EXTALIAS Goto SICF Filter for External Alias .
IF_ICF_TREE I GET_HEREDITY_VALUE Gets Inherited Information for Service .
IF_ICF_TREE I GET_INFO_FROM_SERV Gets Information for ICF Service .
IF_ICF_TREE I ICF_AUTHORITY_CHECK Authority Check for ICF Framework .
IF_ICF_TREE I INSERT_EXT_ALIAS Insert External Alias in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I INSERT_INT_ALIAS Insert Internal Alias in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I INSERT_NODE Insert Service in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I INSERT_VIRT_HOST Insert Service in ICF Tree .
IF_ICF_TREE I SERVICE_FROM_URL Gets Last Service in ICF Tree from URL .
IF_ICI_PHONE_LINE I _DROP_CALLS ends all phone calls to one extension .
IF_ICI_PHONE_LINE I _GET_CALLS gets all existing phone calls for one extension .
IF_ICI_USER I _GET_ATTRIBUTES read user parameter and autom. CC- logon .
IF_ICI_USER I _SUBSCRIBE subscription .
IF_ICI_USER I _UNSUBSCRIBE unsubscription .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_ADDRESSES get addresses of agent .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_CHANNELS get all channels .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_CURRENT_CHANNELS get currently assigned channels .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_CURRENT_QUEUES get currently assigned queues .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_CURRENT_WORKMODE get current work mode .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_QUEUES get all queues .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_USERID get user ID .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_WORKMODES get all work modes A .
IF_ICI_USER_GETTERS I GET_WRAPUPMODE get wrap up mode .
IF_ICI_USER_SETTERS I _SET_ADDRESSES set user addresses .
IF_ICI_USER_SETTERS I _SET_CURRENT_CHANNELS set user channels .
IF_ICI_USER_SETTERS I _SET_CURRENT_QUEUES set user queues .
IF_ICI_USER_SETTERS I _SET_CURRENT_WORKMODE set user workmode .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_EXT I GET_CURRENT Transfers mt_activity_cur to Caller .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_EXT I GET_OLD Transfers mt_activity_old to Caller .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_EXT I GET_SUBCLAIM_LOADED Transfers the Subclaims for Which Tasks Were Loaded .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_EXT I GET_TASKS_FOR_PARENT_OBJECT Determines Tasks That Belong to Specified Parent Object .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I DELETE_LINE Removes a Task from mt_activity_cur .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I DETERMINE_PARENT_SUBOBJECT Determines Higher-Level Claim Subobject .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I INSERT_LINE Adds a Task to mt_activity_cur .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I INSERT_LINES Adds a Table of Tasks to mt_activity_cur .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I REBUILD Sets Up Secondary Table Again .
IF_ICL_ACTIVITY_INT I REFRESH_CURRENT Deletion of Work Tables .
IF_ICL_CDC_ACTION I PROCESS Execute Action .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_ADMISSION_DATA Admission Data .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_BP Procurement of Person-Related Data for Grouping .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_CURRENT_CLAIM Obsolete .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_CURRENT_ITEM_GROUPING Obsolete .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_CURRENT_SUBCL Obsolete .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_DIAGNOSIS Procurement of Diagnoses for DRG Determination .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_DISCHARGE_DATA Discharge Data .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I GET_PROCEDURES Procurement of Procedures for DRG Determination .
IF_ICL_DRG_DATA_COLLECTION_UI I INIT Obsolete .
IF_ICL_FAILER_LOG_UI I APPEND_FAILER Add Error .
IF_ICL_ITEM_EXT I GET_NEXT_SUBSEQNUM Provide Next Subitem Number .
IF_ICL_ITEM_EXT I PROC_SEQNUM_FILL Fill in sequences numbers for a pair of procurements .
IF_ICL_PROCEDURES_AL I REFRESH Deletion of Buffer .
IF_ICL_PROCEDURES_AL I SELECT_PROCEDURES Selection of Procedures .
IF_ICL_PROCEDURES_AL I UPDATE_DB Saving of Changes (Insert, Update, Delete) .
IF_ICL_SEARCH_EVENT I ATTRIBUTES_GET Customizing for Search Integration .
IF_ICL_SEARCH_EVENT I SEARCH_GET Determine Search .
IF_IC_AC_IREC_ACCESS I GET_ROOT_BORIDENTIFYER Get BOR key, type and logical system .
IF_IC_AC_IREC_ACCESS I IS_OBJECT_IREC Returns true if object is interaction record .
IF_IC_HR_PERSON I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I GET_CB_REGISTRY_END_REQUEST Get callback registry to process interaction end request .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I GET_CURRENT_INTERACTION Return current interaction .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I GET_OVERLAP_INTERACTION Return overlap interaction .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I HAS_CURRENT_INTERACTION Returns true if interaction is active .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I HAS_OVERLAP_INTERACTION Returns true if overlapping interaction exists .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I IS_IN_END_INTERACTION Returns true if the end processing is going on .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I SAVE_AND_COLLECT_CAD Collect call-attached-data for transfer .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I SAVE_INTERACTION_AND_BO_LINKS Process interaction end request .
IF_IC_INTERACTION_MANAGER I SET_VIEW_MANAGER Set view manager, must be called after first get_instance .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I ADD_ATTRIBUTE Add static, public read-only attribute .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I ADD_METHOD Add method .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I ADD_PARAMETER Add parameter .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I ADD_REDEFINITION Add redefinition .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I ADD_SOURCE_TO_METHOD Add method implementation .
IF_IC_LTX_CLASS_DESCRIPTOR I CLEAR_DESCRIPTOR_ATTRIBUTE Clears specified attribute .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I ADD_DDIC_DEFINITION Add DDIC definition .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I ADD_PARAMETER_DDIC_DEFINITION Add DDIC definition for paramter .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I ADD_PARAMETER_DEFINITION Add parameter definition .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I ADD_PARAMETER_DEFINITIONS Add parameter definitions .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I GET_DDIC_DEFINITION Get DDIC definition for parameter .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I GET_VERSION Get version .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I HAS_RETURN_DF_BEEN_REQUESTED Returns true if at least one parameter should be returned .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I SAVE_DEFINITION Save definition to database .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I SET_EXTENDED_LIFE Set extended life flag .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I SET_RAISE_VETO Set raise veto flag .
IF_IC_LTX_DEFINITION I SET_VERSION Set version .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I CHECK_HANDLER Check that all handler attributes are accessible .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_GENERATOR_INSTANCE Get transaction specific generator reference .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_HANDLER_DEFINITION Get name/value table with handler definition .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_HANDLER_INSTANCE Get handler instance .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I GET_PAGENAME Get page name .
IF_IC_LTX_HANDLER_FACTORY I IS_ITS_BASED Returns true if transaction is ITS based .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETERS Get all export parameters .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETER_DETAILS Get details for a specific export parameter .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I GET_EXPORT_PARAMETER_NAMES Returns names of all export parameters .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I GET_IMPORT_PARAMETERS Get all action import parameters .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I GET_IMPORT_PARAMETER_DETAILS Get details for a specific action import parameter .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I HAS_DATA_FLOW_BEEN_CHANGED Returns true if data flow has been changed .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I SET_EXPORT_PARAMETER_VALUES Set a specific export parameter .
IF_IC_LTX_PARAMETER_ACCESS I SET_IMPORT_PARAMETER_VALUES Set a specific action import parameter .
IF_IC_PROFILE I GET_COMPONENT_PROFILE Get profile for specific component .
IF_IC_PROFILE I GET_PROFILE Get IC WebClient profile .
IF_IC_PROFILE I GET_USER_DEFINED_PROFILE Get IC WebClient profile defined in user parameter .
IF_IC_PROFILE I SET_PROFILE Set IC WebClient Profile .
IF_IC_XML_VALIDATION I GET_XML_TO_BE_CHECKED Determines the XML Files To Be Checked .
IF_IC_XML_VALIDATION I SET_ALL_XML_TO_BE_CHECKED Declare All XML Files To Be Validated .
IF_IC_XML_VALIDATION I SET_XML_TO_BE_CHECKED Declare All XML To Be Validated .
IF_IDX_IDOC_RESOURCE I GET_IDOC Fetch IDoc .
IF_IDX_IDOC_RESOURCE I SET_IDOC Set IDoc .
IF_IDX_IDOC_RESOURCE I SET_XML2ITAB_CONV_DATA XML-" IDoc Control Data .
IF_IFR_BAPI I ASYNC_SUPPORTED Asynchronous Call Supported .
IF_IFR_BAPI I GET_IMPLEMENTATION_NAME Determines the Implementing Function Module (See Docu) .
IF_IFR_BAPI I GET_PARAMETER Determines Reference to Data of a Parameter .
IF_IFR_BAPI I GET_PARAMETER_NAMES Lists the Parameters .
IF_IFR_BAPI I GET_RELEASE_STATUS Determines the Release Status .
IF_IFR_BAPI I GUI_REQUIRED Method Can Only Run with Dialog .
IF_IFR_BAPI I IS_FACTORY Method Creates an Instance .
IF_IFR_BAPI I IS_OBSOLETE Determines if and Since When Method Is Obsolete .
IF_IFR_BAPI I IS_STATIC Method Is Static or Instance Method .
IF_IFR_BOR I GET_BUSINESS_OBJECT Returns Reference to a Business Object Description .
IF_IFR_BOR I GET_BUSINESS_OBJECT_TYPES Returns List with Names of the Business Objects .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_BAPI Access to a Method .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_BAPI_NAMES Access to a List With BAPI Names .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_CREATION_RELEASE Get Creation Release .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_DEVCLASS Returns Package .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_KEYFIELD Access to a Key Field .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_KEYFIELD_NAMES Access to a List of Key Field Names .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_LIST Determines List of Business Objects .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_NAME Name of Business Object .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_OBJTYPE Technical Type Name .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_RELEASE_STATUS Determines the Release Status .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I HAS_OUTBOUND_INTERFACES Checks Whether the Object Has Outbound Interfaces .
IF_IFR_BUSINESS_OBJECT I IS_OBSOLETE Determines if and Since When Business Object Is Obsolete .
IF_IFR_DDIC_REFERENCE I GET_DDIC_FIELDNAME Name of Dict. Field If Defined as a Structure/Field .
IF_IFR_DDIC_REFERENCE I GET_DDIC_REFERENCE Complete Type Reference - i.e. Type or Structure AND Field .
IF_IFR_DDIC_REFERENCE I GET_DDIC_STRUCTURE Name of Dictionary Structure, if Defined as Structure/Field .
IF_IFR_DDIC_REFERENCE I GET_DDIC_TYPENAME Name of Type if Defined Using Type Reference .
IF_IFR_DDIC_REFERENCE I GET_DEFINITION_KIND Determines if Definition Is by Type or Structure AND Field .
IF_IFR_DOCUMENTABLE_OBJECT I GET_DOCU_KEYS Returns the Existing Documentation Keys .
IF_IFR_PARAMETER I GET_DIRECTION Type of Parameter: Import, Export, Import/Export .
IF_IFR_PARAMETER I GET_INTERNAL_NAME Internal Technical Name of Parameter .
IF_IFR_PARAMETER I GET_NAME Name of Parameter in External Representation .
IF_IFR_PARAMETER I IS_MULTI_LINED Consists of Multiple Lines of Type Specified? .
IF_IFR_PARAMETER I IS_OPTIONAL Parameter Declared Optionally .
IF_IFR_SHORTTEXTS I GET_SHORTTEXT Determines the Short Text .
IF_IFR_VERB I GET_CREATION_RELEASE Gets Creation Release of Component .
IF_IFR_VERB I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Gets Name To Be Used for Display .
IF_IFR_VERB I GET_INTERNAL_NAME Gets Internal, Technical Name .
IF_IGN_SEARCH I GET_DEFAULT_CRITERIA Get Default Value for Search Criteria .
IF_IGN_SEARCH I START Start Search .
IF_IGN_SEARCH_ALV_MANAGER I DISPLAY Display Table in ALV Grid .
IF_IGN_SEARCH_ALV_MANAGER I FREE_ALV_GRID Release ALV Grid .
IF_IGN_SEARCH_ALV_MANAGER I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Determine Selected Table Lines .
IF_IGN_SEARCH_ALV_MANAGER I HANDLE_FCODE Function Code Processing for Pushbuttons in PAI .
IF_IGN_SEARCH_ALV_MANAGER I SET_CONTAINER Set Container in Which ALV Grid Is Displayed .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I CALL Execution of Transaction for Mode Object .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I CLOSE Closing Connection to Mode .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I EXISTS Does Mode Exist .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I GET_LAST_ERROR Last Error Message .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I SEND Send Data/Events to Mode Object .
IF_IMC_CHILD_MODE I SET_PROPERTY Processing of SAPgui characteristics .
IF_IMC_MODEX I CALL Execution of Transaction for Mode Object .
IF_IMC_MODEX I CLOSE Closing Connection to Mode .
IF_IMC_MODEX I GET_LAST_ERROR Last Error Message .
IF_IMC_MODEX I SEND Send Data/Events to Mode Object .
IF_IMC_MODEX I SET_VISIBLE_PROPERTY Set GUI Property: Invisible .
IF_IMC_PARENT_MODE I CLOSE Closing Connection to Mode .
IF_IMC_PARENT_MODE I EXISTS Does Mode Exist .
IF_IMC_PARENT_MODE I GET_LAST_ERROR Last Error Message .
IF_IMC_PARENT_MODE I SEND Send Data/Events to Mode Object .
IF_IMC_PARENT_MODE I SET_PROPERTY Processing of SAPgui characteristics .
IF_INBOUND_EXIT_BCS I CREATE_INSTANCE Creates an Object Instance with This Interface .
IF_INBOUND_EXIT_BCS I PROCESS_INBOUND Call Exit Logic .
IF_INDUSTRY_CHECK I GET_CURRENT_INDUSTRIES gets current view content .
IF_INDUSTRY_CHECK I GET_MESSAGES current messages .
IF_INDUSTRY_CHECK_BADI I CHECK_CONFIGURATION check current configuration .
IF_INVOICE_BW I CHANGE_IN_UPDATE Enrichment of Communication Structure .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT External Identifier -" Intenal Identifier .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I CONVERT_INT_TO_EXT Internal Identifiers -" External Identifiers .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I DISPLAY_F1 Display F1 Help .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I DISPLAY_F4 F4 help .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I DISPLAY_IDENTIFIER Display identifier .
IF_INV_IDENTIFIER I DISPLAY_TEXT Read Data Element Text .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_F1 F1 Help .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_RECEIVER Display Receiver .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_RECEIVER_F4 Display Bill Recipient Using F4 Help .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_RECEIVER_TEXT Read Texts for Bill Recipient (Data Element) .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_SENDER Display Senders .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_SENDER_F4 Display Bill Sender Using F4 Help .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I DISPLAY_SENDER_TEXT Read Texts for Bill Sender (Data Element) .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I GET_RECEIVER Read Recipient .
IF_INV_SENDER_RECEIVER I GET_SENDER Read Sender .
IF_IOS_COMMUNICATIONWRAPPER I CALL_METHOD Generic Dispatcher .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I CALL_METHOD Generic Dispatcher .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I CREATE_PROXYCONTROLER gets proxy controller object .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I GET_PROXYOBJECT gets special proxy object of controller .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I GET_USEDCOMMUNICATION X:ActiveX, else Java .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I SET_PROPERTY generic dispatcher .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I SET_PROPERTY_DATAPROVIDER Generic dispatcher, only valid no wd .
IF_IOS_DELEGATOR I SET_USEDCOMMUNICATION X:ActiveX, else Java .
IF_IOS_FACTORY I SET_CONTAINER only non webdynpro frontends, container inplace view .
IF_IOS_FACTORY I SET_DOCTYPE Sets Documenttyp .
IF_IOS_FACTORY I SET_DOCUMENT dataprovider compatible url .
IF_IOS_FACTORY I SET_INPLACE Inplace view .
IF_IOS_FACTORY I SET_XMLSOURCE set xmlsource for spreadsheet,refers to generic ALVXML .
IF_IOS_SPREADSHEET I ACTIVATEXMLSOURCE Generic ALV xml source is embedded .
IF_IRA_BEARER I AUTOFIXING_CREATE Automatic Interest Fixing .
IF_IRA_BEARER I AUTOFIXING_REVERSE Automatic Reversal of Interest Fixing .
IF_IRA_BEARER I DATES_IN_PROCESS Fixing Dates in Process .
IF_IRA_BEARER I FIXING_PROPOSE Determine Proposal Values for Fixing .
IF_IRA_BEARER I FIXING_UPDATE Sets New Status of Fixing Entry .
IF_IRA_BEARER I FOLLOWING_WORK_MODE Mode Following Processing Mode .
IF_IRA_BEARER I FRA_CALC_POSSIBLE New Calculation Possible for FRA? .
IF_IRA_BEARER I GET_BEARER_CAT Reads Bearer_cat .
IF_IRA_BEARER I GET_BEARER_ID Reads Bearer_ID .
IF_IRA_BEARER I GET_MODUS Reads Mode Attribute .
IF_IRA_BEARER I GET_TRIGGER Reads Trigger Attribute .
IF_IRA_BEARER I INTEREST_VALUES_GET Delivers int. rates acc. to planned record update strategy .
IF_IRA_BEARER I IS_FIXING_EDITABLE Determines if Editing is Possible .
IF_IRA_BEARER I LAST_IRA_DATE_GET Delivers Date of Last Fixing .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_CHECK Checks Registration Entries .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_DEACTIVATE Deactivates Registrations .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_GET Reads Status of Registrations .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_REACTIVATE Reactivates Registrations .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_REVERSE Sets all Existing Registrations to Obsolete .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_SAVE Saves Registrations with Interest Rate Adjustment Bearer .
IF_IRA_BEARER I REGISTRATIONS_UPDATE Sets New Status of Registrations .
IF_IRA_BEARER I SET_CASHFLOW_ID Sets Cash Flow ID to be Processed .
IF_IRA_BEARER I SET_REGI_STATE_OUT_OF_PROCESS Removes Registrations from Processing .
IF_IRA_CFOWNER I CASHFLOW_GET Calculate Cash Flow .
IF_IRA_CFOWNER I CHECK Complete Check of Cash Flow Bearer .
IF_IRA_CFOWNER I FIXING_RUN Execute Fixing Activity .
IF_IRA_CFOWNER I HEADER_GET Determine Screen Data of Header .
IF_IRA_CFOWNER I SAVE Save Cash Flow Bearer .
IF_IRA_GUI I AUTOREFRESH_SET Set Automatic Update of Display .
IF_IRA_GUI I COLLECT Collect Data .
IF_IRA_GUI I DISPLAY Display Data .
IF_IRA_GUI I DISPLAY_FREE Exit Display .
IF_IRA_GUI I DISPLAY_INIT Display for First Time .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I AREAS_BUFFER Read the catalog areas and buffer them locally .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I AREAS_CLEAR Clear the area buffer .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I AREAS_GET Returns the table of buffered areas .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_GET Get all attribute names and types .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I IPC_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES_GET Read standard attributes relevant for IPC pricing .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I ITEMS_BUFFER Read the catalog items and buffer them locally .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I ITEMS_CLEAR Clear the item buffer .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I ITEMS_GET Returns the table of buffered items .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I LANGUAGE_GET Determines the language of the catalog variant .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I NODE_GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Get the additional attribute values for an area or an item .
IF_ISA_REPLICATION_CATALOG I NODE_GET_DETAILS Get description and images for an area or an item .
IF_ISE_CALLBACK I ON_EVENT_RAISED Event Was Triggered .
IF_ISE_CALLBACK_STATIC I ON_EVENT_RAISED Event Was Triggered (Static Handler) .
IF_ISE_SENDER I GET_EVENT_DATA Get Event Data .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT_TMPL I AFTER_EXIT_AT_AGAIN After Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT_TMPL I AFTER_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method After Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT_TMPL I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_AGAIN Method Before Execution for Repeated Call of Base Item .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEMS_EXIT_TMPL I BEFORE_EXIT_AT_FIRST Method Before Execution for First Call of Base Item .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEM_CHECK_CB I CHECK_CALLBACK Check Special Base Item Data (Callback Procedure) .
IF_ISHMED_BASEITEM_CTS_FACTORY I GET_CTS_OBJECT Creates CTS Object .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_API I GET_API Creates an API Instance .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I CHECK Check Categories .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I CONTAINER_LOAD Load Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I CREATE_CATEGORY_SET Create Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I DELETE_CATEGORY_SET Delete Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_API Create API .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_CATEGORIES Read Categories .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_CATEGORY_AREA Determine Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_CATEGORY_SET Determine Current Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_CATEGORY_SETS Read Category Sets .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_CATEGORY_SET_NAME Determine Category Set Name .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_NAME Read Category Container Name .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_SCREEN_ENH Determine Enhancement Screen .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I GET_TITLE Read Title .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I IS_CATEGORY_SET_CHANGED Was the Category Set Changed? .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I IS_CHANGED Was Changed? .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I IS_OPEN Currently Something in Process/Displaying .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I IS_READONLY In Display Mode? .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I LOAD_CATEGORY_SET Load Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I RESET_DEFAULT_CATEGORY_SET Reset Standard Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I SAVE Save Current Object .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I SAVE_CATEGORY_SET Save Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I SET_CATEGORIES Set Categories .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I SET_CATEGORY_SET Change Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I SET_READONLY Set Change Protection .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_CUSTOM I TRANSPORT_CATEGORIES Transport Categories .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_CREATE Create Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_DELETE Delete Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_GET Read Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_LOAD Load Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_SET Write Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I AREA_TRANSPORT Transport Category Area .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_CREATE Create Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_DELETE Delete Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_GET Read Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_LOAD Load Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_SET Set Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_SET_LEAF Set End Node Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_SET_RELATION Set Parent Node Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I CONTAINER_TRANSPORT Transport Category Container .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I GET_CURRENT_OBJECT_TYPE Determine Current Object Type .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I IS_CHANGED Current Object Changed? .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I IS_READONLY Is there change protection for the object? .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I RELEASE Release Current Object from Processing .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I SAVE Save Current Object .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_DEF I SET_READONLY Set Change Protection .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_API Create API Instance .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_CATEGORIES Read all Category Sets Entered (Parameter as Filter) .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_CATSETS Read all Category Sets .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_CATSET_CATEGORIES Read all Categories for Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_CONTAINERS Read all Category Sets Entered (Parameter as Filter) .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_DEFAULT_CATSET Read Standard Category Set .
IF_ISHMED_CATEGORY_USE I GET_MASTER_CATEGORIES Read all Main Categories (Parameter as Filter) .
IF_ISHMED_CNTNAVIGATOR_OBJECT I REFRESH Refresh View .
IF_ISHMED_COLLECTION I ITERATOR Create Iterator .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I CREATE_CONTROLLER Creates Controller for Configuration .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I EXECUTE_CANCEL Execute Cancel Action .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I EXECUTE_CREATE Execute Create Action .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I EXECUTE_DISPLAY Execute Display Action .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I EXECUTE_UPDATE Execute Change Action .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I GET_ALLOWED_PORTS Supplies Available Ports of Handler .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I GET_HNDL_TYPE Returns Handler Type .
IF_ISHMED_CONN_HANDLER I IS_ACTION_SUPPORTED Returns Whether Action Is Supported .
IF_ISHMED_CTS I GET_OBJECT_LIST Return Object Key for Complete Transport .
IF_ISHMED_CTS_ADD_OBJECTS I ADD_CTS_OBJECTS Add Dependent or Additional CTS Objects for One .
IF_ISHMED_CTS_FACTORY I GET_CTS_OBJECT Creates an Object for CTS Order .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I CANCEL Cancel object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I CHECK Check Object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I DELETE Delete Object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I IS_CANCELLED Checks if Object is Canceled .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I IS_CHANGED Checks if Object was Changed .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I IS_DELETED Checks if Object is Deleted When you Next Save .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I IS_NEW Checks if Object is New .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I IS_READONLY Checks if Object is Read-Only .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I REFRESH Refresh Object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I SAVE Save Object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I SET_READONLY Set Change Protection .
IF_ISHMED_DATA I UNCANCEL Cancel Cancel Object .
IF_ISHMED_DATA_SYNCHRONIZE I SYCHRONIZE Synchronize Data .
IF_ISHMED_DATA_SYNCHRONIZE_REG I REGISTER Register for Synchronization .
IF_ISHMED_DATA_SYNCHRONIZE_REG I SYNC Synchronize .
IF_ISHMED_DATA_SYNCHRONIZE_REG I UNREGISTER Deregister for Synchronization .
IF_ISHMED_DIALOG I CALL_F4 Call Input Help (F4) .
IF_ISHMED_DIALOG I CHECK Perform Check .
IF_ISHMED_DIALOG I GET_CURSOR_POSITION Cursor Position .
IF_ISHMED_DIALOG I GET_POSITION Determine Dialog Box Position .
IF_ISHMED_DIALOG I GET_TITLE Determine Title .
IF_ISHMED_DISPATCHER I SEND_OBJECT Dispatches an Object .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT_DESC I GET_CONTENT_FORMAT Returns Content Format .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT_DESC I GET_FILE_EXTENSION Returns File Name Extension, if Known .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT_DESC I GET_MIME_TYPE Returns Mime Type Suited to Content (if Exists) .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT_DESC I IS_BINARY_CONTENT Returns Whether Content Part Is a Binary Data Block .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_CONTENT_DESC I IS_XML_CONTENT Returns Whether It Concerns XML Content .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_CTRLAREA I SHOW_AS_CONTROL Displays Document in a Control Area .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_DIALOG I COPY Copy document .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_DIALOG I CREATE Create Document .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_DIALOG I SHOW_DIALOG Change/Display Document .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_PRINT I PRINT Print Document .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_SCREEN_PRINT I SHOW_PRINT_VIEW Display Document in Print Preview .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_CTX I CB_PROPAGATE_UCOMM CALLBACK: Forward OK Code .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_CTX I CB_SET_SCREEN_ENV CALLBACK: Set Screen Environment Data .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_ENV I CB_PROCESS_NEXT_REQUEST CALLBACK: Process Next Request in Command Queue .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_ENV I CB_PROPAGATE_UCOMM CALLBACK: Forward OK Code .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_ENV I CB_SET_SCREEN_ENV CALLBACK: Set Screen Environment Data .
IF_ISHMED_DOC_WP_ENV I CB_UCOMM_ACCEPTED CALLBACK: OK Code Processed .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_CAT I READ_CAT_LIST Determine Catalog Entries .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I CHECK Check .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I CLOSE Close .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I DELETE Delete .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I DESTROY Destroy .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_AREA Get Application Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_ID Get Key .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_NAME Get Name .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_NOTE Get Note .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_SHORT_CODE Get Identification .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_STATE Get Status .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_TEMPLATE_ID Get Template Key .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_TEXT Get SAPscript Text .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_TEXT_AS_STRING Get SAPscript Text as String .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I GET_TEXT_PROPERTIES Get Object Type of SAPscript Text .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I IS_CHANGED Changed? .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I IS_DELETED Deleted? .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I IS_NEW New? .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I IS_READONLY Read-Only? .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I REFRESH Reload from Database .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I SAVE Save .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I SET_NOTE Enter Note .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I SET_READONLY Write Protection On "-" Off .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I SNAP Snapshot .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_OBJECT I UNDO Retrieve Snapshot .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_AREA Get Application Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_ID Get Key .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_NAME Get Name .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_SHORT_CODE Get Identification .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_TEXT_AS_STRING Get SAPscript Text as String .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I GET_TYPE Get Type .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I IS_VALID Is Object Valid? .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_READER I REFRESH Load from Database .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_SDEF_DRAG_DROP I SET_TARGET Set Target Information .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_USAGE_COUNT I GET_USAGE_COUNT Get List of Users .
IF_ISHMED_DWSWL_WHERE_USED I GET_USE_LIST Get List of Users .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I ADD_SUBAREA Add DWS Subarea to DWS Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I GET_SUBAREA Return DWS Subarea .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I HIDE_SUBAREAS Hide Selected DWS Subareas .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I LINK Connect Area Controls to a Screen .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I REMOVE_SUBAREA Delete DWS Subarea from DWS Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA I SHOW_SUBAREAS Display Selected DWS Subareas .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I FINALIZE Destroy DWS Element/Release Resources .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I GET_CHILD_CONTROL Returns Embedded Control .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I GET_LAYOUT Creates Layout Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I HIDE Set DWS Element Invisible .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I IS_VISIBLE Is the Interface Element Visible? .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I REFRESH Refresh DWS Element .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I RESET Set DWS Element to Initial Values .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I SET_LAYOUT Evaluates Layout Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I SET_SCREEN_ENV Sets Area GUI Parameter .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_AREA_ELEMENT I SHOW Display DWS Element .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CALLBACKRESPONSE I CALLBACK_RESPONSE Callback of Event Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CB_EXCEPTION I PROPAGATE Propogate Exception .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I FINALIZE End Handling: Release Resources .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I GET_PROPERTY Read Component Attribute .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I HIDE Hide Component .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I INITIALIZE Initialize Component .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I LOAD Loads a DWS Component into Work Station .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I LOAD_INVISIBLE Loads an Invisible DWS Component into Work Station .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I REFRESH Read Data Again and Refresh Display .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I REFRESH_DISPLAY Display Components or Refresh Display .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_COMP I UNLOAD Unloads a DWS Component .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CONTEXT_OBJECT I IS_LOCKED DWS Context Object Locked? .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CONTEXT_OBJECT I LOCK Lock DWS Context Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CONTEXT_OBJECT I RELEASE_FOCUS Undo Focus .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CONTEXT_OBJECT I SET_FOCUS Activate DWS Context Object (Set Focus) .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_CONTEXT_OBJECT I UNLOCK Release Lock on DWS Context Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_DYNAMIC_REQ I BIND_CHANGING Binds Data Object to Change Interface .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_DYNAMIC_REQ I BIND_EXPORTING Binds Data Object to Export Interface .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_DYNAMIC_REQ I BIND_IMPORTING Binds Data Object to Import Interface .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_DYNAMIC_REQ I BIND_OBJECT Binds Object to Call Parameter .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_DYNAMIC_REQ I BIND_RECEIVING Binds Data Object to Return Interface .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I BROADCAST Send Broadcast .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I DEREGISTER Deregister Documentation Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I DEREGISTER_SERVICE Deregister Service .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I DISPATCH Send Message to Recipient .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I REGISTER Register Documentation Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_FRAMEWORK I REGISTER_SERVICE Register Service .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I ACTIVATE Activate Work Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I CHANGE Edit Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I CHECK Consistency Check .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I CLOSE End Dialog .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I CREATE Create Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I DEACTIVATE Deactivate Work Area .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I DELETE Delete Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I DISPLAY Display Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I FINALIZE End Handling; Release Resources .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I IS_CHANGED Was the Document Data Changed? .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I PRINT Print Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I PRINT_PREVIEW Print Preview .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I PROCESS_INPUT For Dynpro: Evaluate PAI .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SAVE Save Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SET_CURSOR Set Cursor in Document .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SET_LOCAL_FUNCTIONS Define Document-Related Function Code (Toolbar) .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SET_MODE Move Document to Display/Processing Mode .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SET_SCREEN_ENV Determine Window Environment of Document; for Screen: PBO .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SET_WORKAREA Creates/Returns Abstract Work Area (Singleton) .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_OBJECTTYPE I SYNC_SCREEN_TO_DATA For Screen: Trigger Field Transport .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PB_OBJECT I FINALIZE End Handling: Release Resources .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PB_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY Reads a Property .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PB_OBJECT I SET_PROPERTY Sets a Property .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I CHECK Consistency Check .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I CHECK_CHANGES Checks for Changes .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I COLLECT_MESSAGES Collect Error Messages .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I DESTROY Destroys the Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I GET_SCREEN_ATTRIBUTES Returns Interface Properties of DWS Process .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I INITIALIZE Initializes the Object .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I SAVE Saves the Data .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I SET_CURSOR Sets Cursor Position .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I SET_UCOMM Sets the User Command .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I SET_VCODE Sets the Processing Mode .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_PROCESS I USER_COMMAND Process Function Code .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_REQUEST I SEND Sends Request to Broker .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_SEMOBJS I GET_ISH_OBJECT_TYPE Determines IS-H Object Type .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_SUBAREA I FINALIZE Display Subarea/Release Resources .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_SUBAREA I HIDE Subarea Invisible .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_SUBAREA I REFRESH Refresh Subarea .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_SUBAREA I SHOW Display Subarea .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_VIEW I CREATE Create a DWS View .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_VIEW I DISPLAY Display DWS View .
IF_ISHMED_DWS_VIEW I REFRESH Refresh DWS View .
IF_ISHMED_FO_PRINTABLE I GET_IMAGES Determine Image Data of Link Element .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I BROADCAST_CHANGE Disclose Change of Context Object .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I CLEAR_CONTEXT Empties Context .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I CLEAR_DATA Deletes Object from Context .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I FINALIZE Finalize Object .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_CASE Reads Case .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_DATA Read Object .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns Instance of Environment .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_INSTITUTION Reads Institution .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_MOVEMENT Reads Movement .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_PATIENT Reads Patient Number .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_SINGLE_DATA Return Object in Type-Related Field .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I GET_TREE_COPY Create Copy of Tree .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I SET_CASE Sets Case .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I SET_DATA Write Object .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I SET_MOVEMENT Sets Movement .
IF_ISHMED_GENERAL_CTX I SET_PATIENT Sets Patient Number .
IF_ISHMED_GET_AO_HANDLING I GET_REF_AO_HANDLING Determine Instance for Processing Appointment Proposals .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I CREATE Generate Persistent Object .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I DELETE Delete Persistent Object .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I DEQUEUE_BY_KEY Lift Database Lock with Business Key .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I ENQUEUE_BY_KEY Set Database Lock with Business Key .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I GET_STRUCTURE_NAME Determine Name of Transfer Structure .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I IS_CHANGED Check on Call .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I LOAD Load Persistent Object .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_AGENT I REFRESH Update from DB .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_SUBTYPE I CHECK Check Data .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_SUBTYPE I GET_FIELD Read Field .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_SUBTYPE I GET_KEY_STRING Determine Key String .
IF_ISHMED_GL_BASE_SUBTYPE I SET_FIELD Set Field .
IF_ISHMED_GL_CASE_REVISION I ADJUST_CASE Move Case .
IF_ISHMED_GL_CASE_REVISION I GET_TEXT Create Text .
IF_ISHMED_GL_CTS I GET_OBJECT_LIST Return Object Key for CTS .
IF_ISHMED_GL_INFO_COMPONENT I FINALIZE Has to Be Redefined .
IF_ISHMED_GL_INFO_COMPONENT I UPDATE Update Component .
IF_ISHMED_GL_LOCK I DEQUEUE Lift DB Lock .
IF_ISHMED_GL_LOCK I ENQUEUE Set DB Lock .
IF_ISHMED_GL_MASTER_DATA I CHECK_EXTENDED Perform Extended Check of Object .
IF_ISHMED_GL_MASTER_DATA I CHECK_ON_ACTIVATION Check at Activation .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_ACT Return All Activities .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_ACT_PATH Return Patient Pathway Activities .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_ACT_STEP Return Step Activities .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_ASSIGN Get Assignment Info Block .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_GL Get Treatment Pathway Info Block .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_GL_ADD Get Treatment Pathway Info Block (+) .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_PATH Get Patient Pathway Info Block .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_PATIENT Get Patient Info Block .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_STEPLIST Get Step List Info Block .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_BLOCK_STEPLIST_ADD Get Step List Info Block (+) .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I GET_NOTE_ACT Return Comment on Activity .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RECORD_DATA I STEP_HAS_ACTIVITY Determines Whether Step Has Activity and Notes .
IF_ISHMED_GL_REC_CONTENT I FILL_CONTENT Create Pathway Log .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RP_PATH I DO_OKCODE React to OK Code .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RP_PATH I FINALIZE Clear .
IF_ISHMED_GL_RP_PATH I INIT Create Initial .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I GET_CATEGORIE_DROPDOWN Read Dropdown List for Categories .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I GET_COMMENT_VIEW Create Comment View .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I GET_DATA Set Data in Dialog .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_AFTERWARDS_DISABLED Subsequence Entry not Possible .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_CATEGORY_EDITABLE Category Editable .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_CATEGORY_REQUIRED Category Is Required Entry Field .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_CATEGORY_VISIBLE Display Category .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_NEW New Note? .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_NOTE_EDITABLE Note Can be Edited .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_NOTE_VISIBLE Display note .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I IS_RELEASED_DISABLED Release Deactivated .
IF_ISHMED_GL_SCR_COMMENT_DLG I SET_DATA Transfer Data from Dialog .
IF_ISHMED_GL_TEXT I CREATE_CLONE Create Duplicate .
IF_ISHMED_GL_TEXT I CREATE_ON_USE Create if Required (Spec. as Text) .
IF_ISHMED_GL_TEXT I GET_TEXT_ID Determine Text ID .
IF_ISHMED_GL_TEXT I GET_TEXT_KEY Determine Text Key .
IF_ISHMED_GL_USE_TEXT I GET_HEADER Return Key Data .
IF_ISHMED_GL_USE_TEXT I GET_TEXT Retrieve Other than SAPscript Text .
IF_ISHMED_GL_USE_TEXT I SET_TEXT Set Other than SAPscript Text .
IF_ISHMED_GL_WHERE_USE I WHERE_USED Determine Use .
IF_ISHMED_GL_WHERE_USE I WHERE_USED_RUNTIME Determine Use for Runtime .
IF_ISHMED_GL_WHERE_USE I WHERE_USED_RUNTIME_DEEP Determine Deep Use at Runtime .
IF_ISHMED_HL_ENTRY_EDITOR I SHOW_EDITOR_POPUP Display Dialog Box for Editing Hit List Entry .
IF_ISHMED_HL_SIMPLE_CTRL I FREE_CONTROL Release Control .
IF_ISHMED_HL_SIMPLE_CTRL I PROCESS_OKCODE Process OK Code .
IF_ISHMED_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Get Next Element .
IF_ISHMED_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Further Object Exists .
IF_ISHMED_LOCK_SPECIAL I LOCK_DEQUEUE Remove Lock .
IF_ISHMED_LOCK_SPECIAL I LOCK_ENQUEUE Set Lock .
IF_ISHMED_LOCK_SPECIAL I LOCK_GET_DATA Determine Attributes for Lock .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I CHANGE Change Object Attributes .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I CHECK Check object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I CHECK_CHANGES Check for Changes in Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I CREATE Create Instance of New Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I DESTROY Destroy Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I GET_DATA Return Object Data .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I GET_KEY_STRING Determine Character String of Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I GET_TYPE Return Type of Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I INITIALIZE Initialize Object (i.e. Internal Attributes) .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I IS_CANCELLED Is Object Canceled? .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I IS_IN_DATABASE Is the Object Data Already in the Database? .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I IS_NEW Is Object New? (Method Faster than GET_DATA!) .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I LOAD Create Instance of an Object (that Exists in the Database) .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I REFRESH Refresh Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I SAVE Update Object .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I SNAPSHOT Temporarily Hold Object Content (also See UNDO) .
IF_ISHMED_MASTER_DATA I UNDO Reactivate Content of Object Held with SNAPSHOT .
IF_ISHMED_ME_DRUGID_CHANGE I CHECK_FOR_DRUG_CHANGE Actions If Drug ID (or Drug Name) Changed .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I INITIALIZE Initialize Attributes .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I PERFORM_DEFAULT_SEL Execute Default Selection .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I REPLACE_SCREEN Replace Standard Screen .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I SET_DEFAULT_SEL Define Default Selection in Event Grid .
IF_ISHMED_ME_EVENT_LIST I TRANSPORT_TO_DATA PAI: Processing after Field Transports and befor OK_CODE .
IF_ISHMED_ME_ORDER_DIALOG_ADDO I SAVE_AFTER Method AFTER Saving, BEFORE Commit .
IF_ISHMED_ME_ORDER_DIALOG_ADDO I SAVE_BEFORE Method BEFORE Saving .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I CREATE Factory Method .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I DISPLAY Display List on Screen .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I GET_VIEW_DATA Get List Data .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I PRINT Print list .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I PRINT_LABELS Print Labels .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I SET_DATA Set List Data .
IF_ISHMED_ME_PL_VIEW I SHOW_PROGRESS Calculate Progress Display .
IF_ISHMED_ME_SCR_EXP I CONVERT_SCREEN_ERROR Internal Screen Error: Convert Field Name, etc. .
IF_ISHMED_ME_SCR_EXP I GET_FIELD_PROP_CUSTOM Set Field Properties of Screen .
IF_ISHMED_ME_SCR_EXP I SET_SPECIAL_ATTRIB Transfer Special (Customer Specific) Attributes .
IF_ISHMED_ME_WARNING_HANDLER I HANDLE_WARNINGS Handle Warnings .
IF_ISHMED_MV_BADI I FREE Release Method .
IF_ISHMED_MV_BADI I INITIALIZE Initialization Method .
IF_ISHMED_MV_DISPATCHER I PREVIEW_DOCUMENT Preview of Document to be Sent .
IF_ISHMED_MV_DISPATCHER I SEND_DOCUMENT Document Sending .
IF_ISHMED_MV_DOCUMENT_CONVERT I CONVERT_DOCUMENT Convert a Document .
IF_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I PREALLOCATE Preset Recipient Data .
IF_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I UPDATE Update Recipient Data .
IF_ISHMED_MV_RECIPIENT_TYPE I VALUE_HELP Offer Input Help .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I BUILD_LINE_KEY Create Line Key for Standard Data Record .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I GET_DATA_FIELD Return One Single Data Field .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I GET_TYPE Return Type of Object .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I INITIALIZE Initialize Object (i.e. Internal Attributes) .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I REFRESH Refresh Object .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I SNAPSHOT Temporarily Hold Object Content (also See UNDO) .
IF_ISHMED_NONE_OO_DATA I UNDO Activate Content of Object Noted with "Snapshot" .
IF_ISHMED_OBJECT I FINALIZE Finalize Object .
IF_ISHMED_PATORG_REQUEST I SELECT IS-H*MED: Physical Reading of Requests .
IF_ISHMED_PLAN I AFTER_CHANGE Data were changed; Repeated Adaption/Change Possible .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I CHECK_ROW_COUNT_72 Check if no. of Rows Below a Given Range of 72 Char per Line.
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I DO_CONTEXT_MENU_FUCTION Build Context Menu Function from Outside In .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I FINALIZE Finalize, Can be Redefined .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I FREEZE_CURSOR_POSITION Freeze Current Cursor Position .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I GET_TEXTMODIFIED_STATUS get modified status of displayed text .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I GET_TEXT_AS_R3TABLE get text as R/3 table from control .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I GET_TEXT_AS_STRING Get text as string .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I SET_FROZEN_CURSOR_POSITION Set the Frozen Cursor Position .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I SET_READONLY_MODE Set Text Edit Control 'Read Only' Flag True or False .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I SET_TEXTMODIFIED_STATUS set text modification status .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I SET_TEXT_AS_R3TABLE send R/3 table to control .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_EDITOR I SET_TEXT_AS_STRING Set text as string .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_LINK I LINK__CALL_METHOD Dynamic Method Call .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_LINK I LINK__CHECK_CHANGES Data changed? .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_LINK I LINK__FREE Destructor .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_LINK I LINK__SAVE Save Link Objects .
IF_ISHMED_PMD_LINK I LINK__SET_PROPERTY Set General Characteristic .
IF_ISHMED_PRC_PLANNING I GET_PRC_DATA_MED Get Return Values .
IF_ISHMED_PRC_PLANNING I GET_USE_DEFAULT_CAUSE_CHANGE Get 'Use Default Reason' Global Attribute .
IF_ISHMED_PRC_PLANNING I PLANNING_MED Execute Planning (With/Without Dialog) .
IF_ISHMED_PRC_PLANNING I SET_PRC_DATA_MED Transfer Relevant Data for Planning Process .
IF_ISHMED_PRC_PLANNING I SET_USE_DEFAULT_CAUSE_CHANGE Set 'Use Default Reason' Global Attribute .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I CLEAR Deletes Class Attributes According to Type .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I FINALIZE Treatment End: Releases Allocated Resources .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I GET_PROPERTY Read Attribute .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I INITIALIZE Initializes Class Attributes .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_ATTRMAP I SET_PROPERTY Set Attribute .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I ABOUT Output an About-message .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I CHECK_SELECTED_ITEMS Check Consistency of Selection .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I COLLAPSE_ALL_NODES Closes Entire Structure .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I DO_ACTION Execute Definable Action/Command .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I EXPAND_ALL Opens Entire Structure .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I FREE Destructor .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I GET_SEL_ENTRY Supplies the Selected Entry .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I GET_SEL_LEIST Returns the Selected Services .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I LOAD_STUDY_FROM_LNRLS Execute Load Study for a Service Number .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I RAISE_SELECTION_CHANGED Fires 'Item Selection Has Changed' Event .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I RECALL_SEL_LEIST Recalls the Selection of the Services .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I REFRESH_DISPLAY Refresh view .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I REFRESH_WL Refreshes Display and Worklist .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_COLUMNS_WIDTH Set Column Widths .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_COL_HEADING Set Column Headings .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_CONFIGURATION Changes the Configuration .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_DISABLE Disable Control Boxes (Tree) .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_DOKNR_FOR_LNRLS Sets the Document Number for the Selected Services .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_ENABLE Enable All Control Boxes (Tree) .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_ITEM Change Entry .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_NODE_DEFAULT Set Display of the Transferred Service to DEFAULT Style .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_NODE_EMPHASIZED Set Display of the Transferred Service to EMPHASIZED Style .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SET_VISIBLE Set the Display Status .
IF_ISHMED_RAD_PROC_WKL I SHOW_STUDY_QUICK_VIEW Show the Study Quick View .
IF_ISHMED_RECIPIENT I EQUALS Checks Whether Other Object Refers to Same Recipient .
IF_ISHMED_RECIPIENT I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns a Displayable Description of Recipient .
IF_ISHMED_RECIPIENT I GET_TRANSPORT_VARIANT Returns Which Transport Route Is to Be Used .
IF_ISHMED_RECIPIENT I INIT_FROM_DIALOG Opens Popup for Initial Selection of a New Partner .
IF_ISHMED_RECIPIENT I SHOW_EDIT_DIALOG Opens Popup to Process Partner Entry .
IF_ISHMED_TREE_CONTENT I GET_FIRST_CHILD Determine First Child Node for Parent Node .
IF_ISHMED_TREE_CONTENT I GET_FREE_NODEKEY Determine a Free Key for Node .
IF_ISHMED_TREE_PROVIDER I ADD_DATA Supplement Tree if Required .
IF_ISHMED_TREE_PROVIDER I GET_DATA Build Tree Initial .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I ATTRIBUTE_GET Diagnosis Attributes .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I BAPI_CHECK Check Consistency .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I BAPI_GETLIST Diagnosis Data .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DIAGNOSIS_AUTHORITY_INFO Authorizations for Single Diagnoses .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DIAGNOSIS_BY_LFDNR Saved Diagnosis via LFDNR .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DIAGNOSIS_CANCEL Cancel All Diagnoses for the Case .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DIAGNOSIS_CREATE Create Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DOCVIEWS_GET Department Stays for the Case .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DOCVIEW_GET Department Stay for Movement .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DRG_GROUPER_EXPORT Export Diagnoses to Grouper .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DRG_GROUPER_IMPORT Import Diagnoses From Grouper .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I DRG_GROUPER_RESET Reset DRG Indicator .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I MEDICAL_DATA_PROOF Code Check .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I MODE_SET Access Mode (Also for Dependent Objects) .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I PARAMS_GET Diagnosis Parameters .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSES I SECTIONS_FOR_VIEW Department Stays for View .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I BAPI_CANCEL Cancel Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I BAPI_CHANGE Change Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I BAPI_GETDETAIL Diagnosis Data for BAPI .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I DOCVIEW_GET Call Department Reference .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I ICD10_LINK_RELEASE Delete Primary Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I ICD10_PRIMARY_GET Primary Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I ICD10_PRIMARY_SET Set Primary Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_CASEDIAGNOSIS I LFDNR_SET Set Sequence Number .
IF_ISH_CHANGEDOCUMENT I GET_CHANGEDOCUMENT Returns All Fields with Change Documents .
IF_ISH_CM_EL I GET_INSTANCE Returns a Unique Instance of the Event Handler .
IF_ISH_CM_EL I OBJ_EVENT_NOTICE_T Gets Event Coll. Sent by Event Manager .
IF_ISH_CM_OBJ I ID_GET Delivers Object ID .
IF_ISH_CM_OBJ I TYPE_GET Delivers Object Type .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I CANCEL Cancels the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I CHECK Checks .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I CHECK_CHANGES Checks if Changes Made .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I CONFIGURE Configuration of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I COPY_DATA Copies the Data from Another Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I CREATE Creates and Returns a Component Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I DESTROY Destroys the Component Instance .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I DESTROY_SCREENS Destroys All Screen Instances of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_CALLER Returns the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_COMPDEF Returns Corresponding Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_COMPID Returns the COMPID of the Related Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_COMPNAME Returns the Short Description of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_DATA Determine the Data of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_DEFINED_SCREENS Returns All Screen Instances .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_EXTERN_METHODS Determine All Defined Methods Including Description .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_HIDE Hide Component? .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_LOCK Returns the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Retursn the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_OBTYP Returns the OBTYP of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_REFRESHED Returns whether the Component Was Refreshed .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_T_RUN_DATA Returns a List of All Data Objects of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_T_UID Returns All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I GET_VCODE Returns the Current VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I HAS_CONFIGURATION Has Component Configuration? .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I INITIALIZE Initialization of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I IS_BEWTY_SUPPORTED Retursn Whether Movement Category Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I IS_EMPTY Returns Whether Module Data Exists .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I IS_OP Returns Whether Object Is a Surgery Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I IS_SCREEN_SUPPORTED Returns Whether a Screen Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I PREALLOC Make Presettings .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I PREALLOC_FROM_EXTERNAL Preset Clinical Order from an XML Document .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I PROCESS_METHOD Execute Method .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I REFRESH Refresh Component Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SAVE Saves the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_CALLER Sets the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_CONFIG Sets the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_DATA Transfer Data to a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_ENVIRONMENT Sets the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_HIDE Hide Component ON/OFF .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_LOCK Sets the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_MAIN_OBJECT Sets the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_REFRESHED Sets the Indicator for Update .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_T_UID Sets All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I SET_VCODE Sets the VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I TRANSPORT_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport of Screen(s) into Data Objects .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT I TRANSPORT_TO_SCREEN Data Transport of Data Objects into Screen(s) .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I CANCEL Cancels the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I CHECK Checks .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I CHECK_CHANGES Checks if Changes Made .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I COPY_DATA Copies the Data from Another Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I DESTROY Destroys the Component Instance .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I DESTROY_SCREENS Destroys All Screen Instances of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_CALLER Returns the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_COMPDEF Returns Corresponding Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_COMPID Returns the COMPID of the Related Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_COMPNAME Returns the Short Description of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_COMPONENT_CONFIG Returns the Component Configuration .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_DATA Determine the Data of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_DEFINED_SCREENS Returns All Screen Instances .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_LOCK Returns the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Retursn the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_OBTYP Returns the OBTYP of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_REFRESHED Returns whether the Component Was Refreshed .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_T_RUN_DATA Returns a List of All Data Objects of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_T_UID Returns All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I GET_VCODE Returns the Current VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I INITIALIZE Initialization of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I IS_EMPTY Returns Whether Component Data Exists .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I IS_SCREEN_SUPPORTED Returns Whether a Screen Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I PREALLOC Make Presettings .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I PROCESS_EV_SYSTEM_EVENT Handling of Screen Event EV_SYSTEM_EVENT .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I PROCESS_UCOMM Handling of a User Command .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I REFRESH Refresh Component Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SAVE Saves the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_CALLER Sets the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_COMPCON_XML_DOCUMENT Sets the Component Configuration Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_COMPCON_XML_ELEMENT Sets the Component Configuration Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_CONFIG Sets the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_DATA Transfer Data to a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_ENVIRONMENT Sets the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_LOCK Sets the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_MAIN_OBJECT Sets the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_REFRESHED Sets the Indicator for Update .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_T_UID Sets All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I SET_VCODE Sets the VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I TRANSPORT_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen(s) into Data Objects .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE I TRANSPORT_TO_SCREEN Transport Data from Data Objects into Screen(s) .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I CANCEL Cancels the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I CHECK Checks .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I CHECK_CHANGES Checks if Changes Made .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I COPY_DATA Copies the Data from Another Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I CREATE_BASE Creates and Returns a Component Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I DESTROY Destroys the Component Instance .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I DESTROY_SCREENS Destroys All Screen Instances of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_CALLER Returns the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_COMPDEF Returns Corresponding Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_COMPID Returns the COMPID of the Related Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_COMPNAME Returns the Short Description of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_DATA Determine the Data of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_DEFINED_SCREENS Returns All Screen Instances .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_LOCK Returns the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Retursn the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_OBTYP Returns the OBTYP of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_REFRESHED Returns whether the Component Was Refreshed .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_T_RUN_DATA Returns a List of All Data Objects of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_T_UID Returns All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I GET_VCODE Returns the Current VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I HAS_CONFIGURATION Has Component Configuration? .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I INITIALIZE Initialization of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I IS_BEWTY_SUPPORTED Retursn Whether Movement Category Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I IS_EMPTY Returns Whether Module Data Exists .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I IS_OP Returns Whether Object Is a Surgery Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I IS_SCREEN_SUPPORTED Returns Whether a Screen Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I PREALLOC Make Presettings .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I PROCESS_METHOD Execute Method .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I REFRESH Refresh Component Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SAVE Saves the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_CALLER Sets the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_CONFIG Sets the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_DATA Transfer Data to a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_ENVIRONMENT Sets the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_LOCK Sets the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_MAIN_OBJECT Sets the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_REFRESHED Sets the Indicator for Update .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_T_UID Sets All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I SET_VCODE Sets the VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I TRANSPORT_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen(s) into Data Objects .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_BASE_ORIG I TRANSPORT_TO_SCREEN Transport Data from Data Objects into Screen(s) .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I AS_XML_DOCUMENT Returns the Object as XML Document .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I AS_XML_ELEMENT Returns the Object as XML Element .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I CHECK Checks the Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I CHECK_CHANGES Checks if Changes Exist .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I DESTROY Destroys the Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I GET_COMPONENT Returns the Component of the Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I GET_SCREEN Returns the Interface of the Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I INITIALIZE Initializes the Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I RESET_DATA Reset to Original Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I SET_DATA_BY_XML_DOCUMENT Sets the Component Configuration Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I SET_DATA_BY_XML_ELEMENT Sets the Component Configuration Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_CONFIG I SHOW_POPUP Sends Component Configuration in a Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I CANCEL Cancels the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I CHECK Checks .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I CHECK_CHANGES Checks if Changes Made .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I CONFIGURE Configuration of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I COPY_DATA Copies the Data from Another Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I CREATE Creates and Returns a Component Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I DESTROY Destroys the Component Instance .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I DESTROY_SCREENS Destroys All Screen Instances of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_CALLER Returns the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_COMPDEF Returns Corresponding Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_COMPID Returns the COMPID of the Related Component Definition .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_COMPNAME Returns the Short Description of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_DATA Determine the Data of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_DEFINED_SCREENS Returns All Screen Instances .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_EXTERN_METHODS Determine All Defined Methods Including Description .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_LOCK Returns the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Retursn the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_OBTYP Returns the OBTYP of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_REFRESHED Returns whether the Component Was Refreshed .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_T_RUN_DATA Returns a List of All Data Objects of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_T_UID Returns All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I GET_VCODE Returns the Current VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I HAS_CONFIGURATION Has Component Configuration? .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I INITIALIZE Initialization of a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I IS_BEWTY_SUPPORTED Retursn Whether Movement Category Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I IS_EMPTY Returns Whether Module Data Exists .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I IS_OP Returns Whether Object Is a Surgery Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I IS_SCREEN_SUPPORTED Returns Whether a Screen Is Supported .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I PREALLOC Make Presettings .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I PROCESS_METHOD Execute Method .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I REFRESH Refresh Component Data .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SAVE Saves the Data of the Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_CALLER Sets the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_CONFIG Sets the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_DATA Transfer Data to a Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_ENVIRONMENT Sets the Environment .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_LOCK Sets the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_MAIN_OBJECT Sets the Main Object .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_REFRESHED Sets the Indicator for Update .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_T_UID Sets All UIDs for this Component .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I SET_VCODE Sets the VCODE .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I TRANSPORT_FROM_SCREEN Transport Data from Screen(s) into Data Objects .
IF_ISH_COMPONENT_ORIG I TRANSPORT_TO_SCREEN Transport Data from Data Objects into Screen(s) .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I CHANGE_FUNCTIONS Change Functions .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I CHECK Execute Checks .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I CHECK_SCR_FIELD_VALUES Checks Formal Correctness of Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I CHECK_SCR_MANDATORY_FIELDS Checks Required-Entry Fields of a Screen .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I CREATE_LISTBOX Create and Fill List Box .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I FILL_LABEL Fill Generated Text Field .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_CONFIG_ALV_GRID Returns the Configuration Object for ALV Grid Screen .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_CONFIG_ALV_TREE Returns the Configuration Object for ALV Tree Screen .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_CONFIG_HTML Returns the Configuration Object for HTML .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_CONFIG_SPLITTER Returns the Configuration Object for Splitter Screens .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_CURSOR_START_POSITION Determine Initial Position of Cursor .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_DEFAULT_CURSORFIELD Returns the Field Name for Standard Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_DIALOG_POSITION Determine Dialog's Position .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_HANDLE_MANDATORY_FIELDS Returns Flag whether Rqrd-Entry Fields of Screen Are Handled.
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_TITLE Determine Title for Dialog .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I GET_T_SCRMOD Determination of Screen Table with Modifications, Internal .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I HELP_REQUEST F1 Documentation .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I MODIFY_SCREEN Change Appearance of the Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I OK_CODE Transfer OK Code and Possibly Execute Function .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_CONFIG_ALV_GRID Sets the Configuration Object for ALV Grid Screens .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_CONFIG_ALV_TREE Sets the Configuration Object for ALV Tree Screens .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_CONFIG_HTML Sets the Configuration Object for HTML .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_CONFIG_SPLITTER Sets the Configuratio Object for Splitter Screens .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_CURSOR_START_POSITION Set Initial Position of the Cursor .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_DIALOG_POSITION Set Position of the Dialog .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_HANDLE_MANDATORY_FIELDS Sets Flag Whether Rqrd-Entry Fields on Screen Are Handled .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I SET_TITLE Set Titel for the Dialog .
IF_ISH_CONFIG I VALUE_REQUEST Input Help .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I ADD_MERGE_FIELDS Add Fields for Cell Merging .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_EXCL_FUNC Edit Grid Functions to Be Excluded .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_F4 Edit F4 Table of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_FIELDCAT Edit Field Catalog of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_FILTER Edit Filter Criteria of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_LAYOUT Edit Layout of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_MENU_BUTTON Edit Menu Buttons of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_REFRESH_INFO Edit Update Information of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_SORT Edit Sort Criteria of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_TOOLBAR Edit Toolbar of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I BUILD_GRID_VARIANT Edit Variant of the Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I HANDLE_ONDRAG Process Event ONDRAG of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I HANDLE_ONDROP Process Event ONDROP of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I HANDLE_ONDROPCOMPLETE Process Event ONDROPCOMPLETE of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I HANDLE_ONDROPGETFLAVOR Process Event ONDROPGETFLAVOR of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_BUTTON_CLICK Process Button Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_DOUBLE_CLICK Process Double-Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_HOTSPOT_CLICK Process Hotspot Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_PRINT_END_OF_LIST Process Event PRINT_END_OF_LIST .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_PRINT_END_OF_PAGE Process Event PRINT_END_OF_PAGE .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_PRINT_TOP_OF_LIST Process Event PRINT_TOP_OF_LIST .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_PRINT_TOP_OF_PAGE Process Event PRINT_TOP_OF_PAGE .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_SYSEV_BUTTON_CLICK Process Button Click System Event .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_SYSEV_DOUBLE_CLICK Process Double-Click System Event .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_SYSEV_HOTSPOT_CLICK Process Hotspot Click System Event .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_SYSEV_UCOMM Process UCOMM System Event .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I PROCESS_USER_COMMAND Process UCOMM .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_GRID I SET_FIELD_FOR_ALT_SELECTION Defines Fields for the Alternative Selection .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TOOLBAR_EVENTS Registers Toolbar Events .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_EVENTS Registers Tree Events .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_EXCL_FUNC Edit Grid Functions to Be Excluded .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_FIELDCAT Edit Tree Field Catalog .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_HIERARCHY_HEADER Edit Hierarchy Header of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_LAYOUT Edit Tree Layout .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_TOOLBAR Create ALV Tree Toolbar .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I BUILD_TREE_VARIANT Edit Tree Variant .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_BEFORE_USER_COMMAND Process BEFORE_USER_COMMAND Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DRAG Process ON_DRAG Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE Process ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DROP Process ON_DROP Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DROP_COMPLETE Process ON_DROP_COMPLETE Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DROP_COMPLETE_MULT Process ON_DROP_COMPLETE_MULTIPLE Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I HANDLE_ON_DROP_GET_FLAVOR Process ON_DROP_GET_FLAVOR Event of ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_EXPAND_NC Processing of Application Event Expand No Children .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_FUNC_SELECTED Processing of Application Event Function Selected .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_ITEM_DC Processing of Application Event Item Double-Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_NODE_DC Processing of Application Event Node Double-Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_SYSEV_EXPAND_NC Processing of System Event Expand No Children .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_SYSEV_FUNC_SEL Processing of System Event Function Selected .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_SYSEV_ITEM_DC Processing of System Event Item Double-Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_ALV_TREE I PROCESS_SYSEV_NODE_DC Processing of System Event Node Double-Click .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_HTML I BUILD_DD_DOCUMENT Create a Dynamic Document .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_HTML I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_HTML I PROCESS_LINK_CLICKED Processing of Application Event Click on Link Element .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_SPLITTER I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_SPLITTER I INITIALIZE_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Initializes the Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_SPLITTER I INITIALIZE_COMMON_PROPERTIES Initializes the General Properties of the Splitter Screen .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_SPLITTER I INITIALIZE_ROW_PROPERTIES Initializes the Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_CONFIG_SPLITTER I MODIFY_PROPERTIES Modifies the Properties of the Splitter Screen .
IF_ISH_CORDT_ELEM I GET_ASS_TYPE Supplies the Type of an Element .
IF_ISH_CORDT_ELEM I GET_ELEM_NAME Supplies the Description of an Element as a String .
IF_ISH_CORDT_ELEM I GET_ELEM_TYPE Supplies the Type of an Element as a String .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I CHECK_CHANGES Check If Object Has Changed and if so What Has Changed .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I DESTROY Destroy Object .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I GET_CDOC_OBJECT Returns Change Document Object for Current Object .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I GET_CHECKING_DATE Determines Correct Date for Validity Checks .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I GET_KEY_STRING Determine Character String of Object .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I IS_ACTIVE Is the Object Active? (Method is Faster than GET_DATA!) .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I IS_CANCELLED Is Object Canceled? .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I IS_CHANGED Returns Whether the Object Has Changed .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I IS_NEW Is Object New? (Method Faster than GET_DATA!) .
IF_ISH_DATA_OBJECT I REFRESH Refresh Object .
IF_ISH_DESTROYABLE I DESTROY Destroys the Object .
IF_ISH_DESTROYABLE I IS_DESTROYED Returns Whether the Object Is Destroyed .
IF_ISH_DESTROYABLE I IS_IN_DESTROY_MODE Returns Whether the Object Is Being Destroyed .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I ADMISSION_GET Inpatient Case Admission .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I ADMISSION_REASON_GET Admission Reason .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I ATTRIBUTE_GET Case Attributes .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I AUFDT_GET Admission Date .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I BUSINESSKEY_GET DB key .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I BUSINESSKEY_SET Assign Case Number .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I CHANGE Change Case Data .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I DISCHARGE_GET Discharge .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I DISCHARGE_REASON_GET Discharge Reason .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I ENTDT_GET Discharge Date .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I ESTIMATED_DURATION_GET Estimated Length of Stay .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I MOVEMENTS_GET Movements for Case .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CASE I MOVEMENT_GET Movement via Sequence Number .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CATALOGUE I GET Read Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CATALOGUE I KEY_CHECK Check Diagnosis Code .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CATALOGUE I PREFETCH Flag Code for Read .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_CATALOGUE I REFERENCE_DIAGNOSIS_GET Determine Reference Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_DOCVIEW I ATTRIBUTE_GET Attributes .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_DOCVIEW I BOUND Passes Diagnosis for Department Stay .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_DOCVIEW I CHECK Checks Department Stay .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_DOCVIEW I MOVEMENT_GET First Movement .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_ITERATOR I NEXT Read Next Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_MOVEMENT I ATTRIBUTE_GET Movement Attributes .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_MOVEMENT I BUSINESSKEY_SET Set LFDNR (Sequence Number) .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_MOVEMENT I CHANGE Change .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_MOVEMENT I LFDNR_GET Sequence Number of the Movement .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_PATIENT I ATTRIBUTE_GET Patient Attributes .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_PATIENT I BAPI_GETDETAIL NPAT .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_PATIENT I BUSINESSKEY_GET PATNR .
IF_ISH_DIAGNOSIS_PATIENT I CHANGE Change .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I CLOSE_NODE Close Nodes .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I CONVERT_FOR_DISPLAY Prepare Display Object for Display .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I DESTROY Release Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I GET_DATA Determine Objects from Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I GET_FIELDCATALOG Determine Field Catalog of Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I GET_MERGED_VALUES Determine Rows for Merging or Sorting .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I GET_TYPE Determine Type of Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I INITIALIZE Initializations .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I IS_CANCELLED Is Object Canceled? .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I LOAD Load Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I OPEN_NODE Expand Node .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I REMOVE_DATA Remove Data from Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I SET_MAIN_DATA Read Main Data from Display Object .
IF_ISH_DISPLAY_OBJECT I SET_NODE Set Global Open/Close Node Indicator .
IF_ISH_DOM I GET_DOM_DOCUMENT Supplies All Object Data as DOM Document .
IF_ISH_DOM I GET_DOM_FRAGMENT Supplies All Object Data as DOM Fragment .
IF_ISH_DOM I GET_DOM_NODE Supplies All Object Data as DOM Node .
IF_ISH_DOM I MODIFY_DOM_DATA Modify Data in DOM Fragment .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I CONNECT Connects a Screen with a Dynpro .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I CONNECT_FREE Connects a Screen with the Next Free Dynpro .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I DISCONNECT Undoes Connection Between a Screen and a Dynpro .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I GET_EMBEDDED_DYNPRO Gets the Dynpro of an Embedded Screen .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I GET_REPID Gets the Program Name .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I GET_SCREEN_FOR_DYNPRO Gets the Screen for a Dynpro .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I PROCESS_F1 Transfer F1 Processing to Screen .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I PROCESS_F4 Transfer F4 Processing to Screen .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I PROCESS_PAI Transfer PAI Processing to Screen .
IF_ISH_DYNPRO_CONNECTOR I PROCESS_PBO Transfer PBO Processing to Screen .
IF_ISH_GET_CASE I GET_CASE Get Case .
IF_ISH_GET_INSTITUTION I GET_INSTITUTION Get Institution .
IF_ISH_GET_PATIENT I GET_PATIENT Get Patient (Real or with Provisional Master Data) .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I CLEAR_CRSPOS_MESSAGE Deletes the Cursor Positioning Message .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_APPLMODE Returns the Application Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_CRSPOS_MESSAGE Returns the Cursor Positioning Message .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_FOCUSSED_VIEW Returns the Focused View .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_MAIN_CONTROLLER Returns the Main Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_SETTINGS Returns the Application Settings .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I GET_VCODE Returns the Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I IS_INITIALIZED Returns Whether the Object Is Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I IS_IN_INITIALIZATION_MODE Returns Whethre the Object Is Being Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I IS_RUNNING Returns Whether the Application Is Being Executed .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I RUN Executes the Application .
IF_ISH_GUI_APPLICATION I SET_FOCUSSED_VIEW Sets the Focused View .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTAINER_VIEW I GET_CONTAINER Returns the Underlying Container .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTAINER_VIEW I GET_CONTAINER_FOR_CHILD_VIEW Returns the Container for a Lower-Level View .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_APPLICATION Returns the Application .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_CHILD_CONTROLLERS Returns the Subordinate Controllers .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_CHILD_CONTROLLER_BY_ID Returns the Subordinate Controller for an ID .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_CHILD_CONTROLLER_BY_NAME Returns the Subordinate Controller for a Name .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_MAIN_CONTROLLER Returns the Main Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_MODEL Returns the Model .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_PARENT_CONTROLLER Returns the Superordinate Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_VCODE Returns the Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I GET_VIEW Returns the View .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I IS_INITIALIZED Returns Whether the Object Is Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I IS_IN_INITIALIZATION_MODE Returns Whethre the Object Is Being Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I REGISTER_CHILD_CONTROLLER Registers a Subordinate Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROLLER I SET_VCODE Sets the Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I FIRST_DISPLAY Implement Initial Display .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I GET_CONTROL Returns the Underlying Control .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I GET_CONTROL_LAYOUT Returns the Control Layout .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I GET_REFRESH_MODE Returns the Refresh Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I GET_VISIBILITY Returns the Visibility of the Underlying Control .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I IS_FIRST_DISPLAY_DONE Returns Whether Initial Display Was Performed .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I IS_IN_FIRST_DISPLAY_MODE Returns Whether Initial Display Is Currently in Progress .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I REFRESH_DISPLAY Refreshes the Display .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I SET_REFRESH_MODE Sets the Refresh Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_CONTROL_VIEW I SET_VISIBILITY Sets the Visibility of the Underlying Control .
IF_ISH_GUI_CUSTCONT_VIEW I GET_CUSTOM_CONTAINER Returns the Underlying Custom Container .
IF_ISH_GUI_DOCKCONT_VIEW I GET_DOCKCONT_LAYOUT Returns the Docking Container Layout .
IF_ISH_GUI_DOCKCONT_VIEW I GET_DOCKING_CONTAINER Returns the Underlying Docking Container .
IF_ISH_GUI_DOCKCONT_VIEW I GET_EXTENSION Returns the Size .
IF_ISH_GUI_DOCKCONT_VIEW I SET_EXTENSION Sets the Size .
IF_ISH_GUI_DYNPRO_VIEW I GET_DYNNR Returns the Dynpro Number of the Dynpro .
IF_ISH_GUI_DYNPRO_VIEW I GET_REPID Returns the Program Name of the Dynpro .
IF_ISH_GUI_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENT_ID Returns the ID of the Element .
IF_ISH_GUI_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENT_NAME Returns the Name of the Element .
IF_ISH_GUI_GRID_VIEW I GET_ALV_GRID Returns the Underlying ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_GUI_GRID_VIEW I GET_MODEL_BY_IDX Returns the Model for a Row Number .
IF_ISH_GUI_GRID_VIEW I GET_ROW_BY_IDX Returns the Row for a Row Number .
IF_ISH_GUI_GRID_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_IDX Returns the Selected Row Number .
IF_ISH_GUI_GRID_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_IDXS Returns the Selected Row Numbers .
IF_ISH_GUI_MAIN_CONTROLLER I GET_MDY_VIEW Returns the Subscreen Container View .
IF_ISH_GUI_MDY_VIEW I GET_MAIN_CONTROLLER Returns the Main Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_MDY_VIEW I GET_PFSTATUS Returns the GUI Status .
IF_ISH_GUI_MDY_VIEW I GET_TITLEBAR Returns the Title Bar .
IF_ISH_GUI_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_REQUEST Processes a Request .
IF_ISH_GUI_SPLITTER_VIEW I GET_SASH_POSITION Returns the Position of the Separator .
IF_ISH_GUI_SPLITTER_VIEW I GET_SPLITTER_CONTAINER Returns the Underlying Splitter Container .
IF_ISH_GUI_SPLITTER_VIEW I GET_SPLITTER_LAYOUT Returns the Splitter Layout .
IF_ISH_GUI_SPLITTER_VIEW I SET_SASH_POSITION Sets the Position of the Separator .
IF_ISH_GUI_STRUCTURE_MODEL I GET_FIELD_CONTENT Returns the Content of a Field .
IF_ISH_GUI_STRUCTURE_MODEL I GET_SUPPORTED_FIELDS Returns the Supported Fields .
IF_ISH_GUI_STRUCTURE_MODEL I IS_FIELD_SUPPORTED Returns Whether a Field Is Supported .
IF_ISH_GUI_STRUCTURE_MODEL I SET_FIELD_CONTENT Sets the Content of a Field .
IF_ISH_GUI_TABLE_MODEL I ADD_ENTRY Adds an Entry .
IF_ISH_GUI_TABLE_MODEL I GET_ENTRIES Returns All Entries .
IF_ISH_GUI_TABLE_MODEL I REMOVE_ENTRY Removes an Entry .
IF_ISH_GUI_TOOLBAR_VIEW I GET_TOOLBAR Returns the Underlying Toolbar .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_ALV_TREE Returns the Underlying ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_MODEL_BY_NKEY Returns the Model for a NodeKey .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_NKEYS_BY_MODEL Returns the NodeKeys for a Model .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_MODEL Returns the Model for the Selected Node .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_MODELS Returns the Models for the Selected Nodes .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_NKEY Returns the NodeKey of the Selected Node .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_NKEYS Returns the NodeKeys of the Selected Nodes .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I SET_SELECTED_MODEL Selects the Node for a Model .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I SET_SELECTED_MODELS Selects the Nodes for a Model .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I SET_SELECTED_NKEY Selects the Node for a NodeKey .
IF_ISH_GUI_TREE_VIEW I SET_SELECTED_NKEYS Selects the Nodes for NodeKeys .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_APPLICATION Returns the Application .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_CHILD_VIEWS Returns the Lower-Level Views .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_CHILD_VIEW_BY_ID Returns the Lower-Level View for an ID .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_CHILD_VIEW_BY_NAME Returns the Lower-Level View for a Name .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_CONTROLLER Returns the Controller .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_LAYOUT Returns the Layout .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_PARENT_VIEW Returns the Superordinate View .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I GET_VCODE Returns the Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I HAS_FOCUS Returns Whether the View Is Focused .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I IS_INITIALIZED Returns Whether the Object Is Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I IS_IN_INITIALIZATION_MODE Returns Whethre the Object Is Being Initialized .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I REGISTER_CHILD_VIEW Registers a Subordinate View .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I SET_FOCUS Sets the Focus on the View .
IF_ISH_GUI_VIEW I SET_VCODE Sets the Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_IDENTIFY_OBJECT I GET_TYPE Return Type of Object .
IF_ISH_IDENTIFY_OBJECT I IS_A Returns whether the Object Corresponds to this Type .
IF_ISH_IDENTIFY_OBJECT I IS_INHERITED_FROM Returns whether the Object Corresponds to this Type .
IF_ISH_IS_OP I IS_OP Check Whether a Surgery Is Involved .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I BUILD_FIELDCAT Compile Field Catalog .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I CHECK_IF_EMPTY Check Whether Display Still Contains Data or Already Empty .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I DESTROY End Display .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I DISPLAY Display Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I GET_DATA Determin Dataset .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I GET_SELECTION Determine Selected Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I GET_TOOLBAR Determine Toolbar .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I INITIALIZE Initializations .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I INSERT_DATA Insert Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I REFRESH Display Updated Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I REFRESH_DATA Refresh Dataset .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I REMOVE_DATA Remove Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I SET_LAYOUT Set Layout .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I SET_SCROLL_POSITION Set Positioning .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I SET_SELECTION Select Data .
IF_ISH_LIST_DISPLAY I SET_SORT_CRITERIA Set Sort Criteria .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I CALL_EDITOR Call Editor .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I CHANGED Text Was Modified in Relation to DB Status .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I COPY Copy Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I COPY1 Copy Long Text From Other Source .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I DELETE Delete Long Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I EXISTS Long Text Exists .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I SHORTTEXT_GET Read Short Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I SHORTTEXT_SET Set Short Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I TEXT_GET Get Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT I TEXT_SET Set Text .
IF_ISH_LTEXT_PARENT I NAME_GET Name of Text Object .
IF_ISH_LTEXT_PARENT I TEXT_CHANGED Long Text Was Changed .
IF_ISH_MASTER_DATA I CHECK Check object .
IF_ISH_MASTER_DATA I SAVE Update Object .
IF_ISH_MASTER_DATA2 I CHECK Check object .
IF_ISH_MASTER_DATA2 I SAVE Update Object .
IF_ISH_MD_PROOF_DATA_PROVIDER I DATA_GET Read Application Data .
IF_ISH_NP61_CASE_FACTORY I CREATE Generates an Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_CASE_FACTORY I DATA_SET Synchronize the Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_CASE_FACTORY I GET Get an instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_CASE_FACTORY I REMOVE Get an Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_CASE_FACTORY I RENAME Get an Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_DIAGNOSES_FACTORY I CREATE Creates Diagnosis Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_DIAGNOSES_FACTORY I GET Gets Diagnosis Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_DIAGNOSES_FACTORY I REMOVE Delete Diagnosis Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY I ADD Callback for IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY_ADAPTER~prefetch_load .
IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY I CREATE Create Instance for Key .
IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY I GET Return Instance for Key .
IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY I PREFETCH Flag a Key for Prefetch .
IF_ISH_NP61_FACTORY I REMOVE Delete Instance .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I CHECK_CHANGES Are there Unsaved Objects? .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I COMMIT Commit Changes .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I CONTENT_GET Get Attribute of an Object .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I CONTENT_SET Set Attribute of an Object .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I DB_STATE Set DB Status .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I FRAMEWORK_CLOSE Obsolete .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I FRAMEWORK_OPEN Obsolete .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I HANDLE_GET Integer Handle for Object .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I INSTANCE_ADD Obsolete .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I INSTANCE_GET Obsolete .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I INSTANCE_RENAME Obsolete .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I MODE_GET Read Access Mode for Object .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I MODE_SET Set Access Mode for Object .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I OBJECT_GET Object for Integer Handle .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I REGISTER Register Object with Framework .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I RESET Reset Framework .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I ROLLBACK Discard Changes .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I ROOT_SET Move State to ROOT_TRANSACTION .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I SAVE Save Persistent Objects in DB .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I TRANSACTION_BEGIN Start Transaction .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I TRANSACTION_CHECK_CHANGES Was Data Changed in the Current Transaction (Rollback) .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I TRANSACTION_FINISH Exit Transaction .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I VCODE_DIAG_GET Read Processing Mode for Diagnosis Changes .
IF_ISH_NP61_FRAMEWORK I VCODE_DIAG_SET Set Processing Mode for Diagnosis Changes .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_CHANGE Change Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_CHANGE_RNDIA Change Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_COPY Copy Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_CREATE Create Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_CREATE_RNDIA Create Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGNOSIS_PRINTF Int: Format Diagnosis Freely .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGPERS_GET Diagnosing Person .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DIAGPERS_SET Preset Diagnosing Person .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DITXT_GET Catalog Text for Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DOCVIEW_AUTHORITY Authorizations .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DOCVIEW_PATIENT_GET Diagnoses for All Cases .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DOCVIEW_REFERRAL View for Referral Diagnoses .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I DOCVIEW_TEXT_GET Text for DocView .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I FCODE_GET Read FCODE .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I FCODE_SET Set FCODE .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I ICD_INFO_FILL Fill ICD10 Diagnoses .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I ICD_PRIMARY_RELEASE Delete Primary Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I ICD_PRIMARY_SET Set Primary Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I OVERVIEW_GETLIST Diagnoses for Overview Screen .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I RNDIA_BLANK RNDIA for Blank Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I RNDIA_FILL Fill RNDIA with Diagnosis .
IF_ISH_NP61_MAINTAIN I SORTINFO_GET Sort Information for Diagnoses .
IF_ISH_NP61_OBSERVER I CHANGED Object Was Changed .
IF_ISH_NP61_PERSISTENT I CHECK_CHANGES Does Object Need to Be Saved .
IF_ISH_NP61_PERSISTENT I NUMBERING Assign Document Numbers for Dependent Objects .
IF_ISH_NP61_PERSISTENT I ROLLBACK Object Was Rolled Back, Adjust Data .
IF_ISH_NP61_PERSISTENT I SAVE Save Object via Update Task .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I ACTIVATE PBO: Prepare Subscreen for Call .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I CURSOR_GET Cursor Data .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I EXIT_OKCODE Process Exit Command .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I FOCUSED Cursor Is Located in Subscreen .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I OKCODE Set OK CODE at Start of PAI .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I OKCODE_GET OK Code .
IF_ISH_NP61_SUBSCREEN I STATUS_SET Set GUI Status .
IF_ISH_NP61_TABLECONTROL I MARKING Select .
IF_ISH_NP61_TABLECONTROL I POSITION_GET Position in TC .
IF_ISH_NP61_TABLECONTROL I POSITION_SET Set Position in TC .
IF_ISH_NP61_TABLECONTROL I SCROLLING Scroll .
IF_ISH_NP61_UNDOABLE I UNDO Object Was Reset .
IF_ISH_NV2000_TOOLBAR I CHANGE Change Function Bar .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I ADD_CONNECTION Build Connection Between Objects .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I CHECK Check Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I CLEAR_LOCK Clear Lock on Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I CONNECT Build Connection to Object (Incl. Foreign Key Maintenance) .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I DELETE_CONNECTION Delete Connection .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I DISCONNECT Deactivate Connection (Including Foreign Key Maintenance) .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_AUTHORITY_CHECK Returns whether Authorization Check Necessary .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_CONNECTIONS Return Connections to Current Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_DATA_FIELD Return One Single Data Field .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_ENVIRONMENT Return Environment Used .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_FORCE_ERUP_DATA Returns Indicator whether ER*/UP* Data Is Generated .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I GET_TYPE Return Type of Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I HIDE Assign an Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I IS_ACTUAL Check if Object Is Current. (Compare with DB Status) .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I IS_COMPLETE Is the Object Complete for Update? .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I IS_HIDDEN Is the Object Hidden? .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I REMOVE_CONNECTION Deactivate Connection .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I SAVE Update Object .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I SET_AUTHORITY_CHECK Set if Authorization Check to Be Run .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I SET_FORCE_ERUP_DATA Sets Indicator whether ER*/UP* Data Is Generated .
IF_ISH_OBJECTBASE I SET_LOCK Set Lock to Prevent Changes to Object .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I CHECK Check Input Data .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I CHECK_CHANGES Returns Whether Changes Can Be Made .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I EXIT_COMMAND Processing of an Exit Function Code .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I TRANSPORT_FROM_SCREEN Data Transport at PAI .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I TRANSPORT_TO_SCREEN Data Transport at PBO .
IF_ISH_POPUP_CALLBACK I USER_COMMAND Processing of a Function Code .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I AFTER_PAI Processing after PAI of Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I AFTER_PBO Processing after PBO of Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I BEFORE_PAI_SUBSCREEN Processing before PAI of Subscreen .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I BEFORE_PBO_SUBSCREEN Processing before PBO of Subscreen .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I CHECK Execute Checks .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I CHECK_CHANGES Returns whether Changes Were Made .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I COLLECT_MESSAGES Collect Messages .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I DESTROY Destroy Process .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I EXIT_COMMAND Execute Exit Command of Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_CALLBACK Returns the Callback Object .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_CHECK_CHANGES_ON_CANCEL Returns whether Check for Changes at Termination .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_CHECK_ON_CHOICE Returns whether Check at Selection .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration of the Process .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_EXIT_ON_WARNINGS Returns whether Exit when Warnings Issued .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_POPUP_POSITION Returns the Position Data of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_POPUP_TITLE Returns the Title of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_SCREEN Returns the Screen of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I GET_VCODE Returns the Processing Mode of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I INITIALIZE Initialization of the Process .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I PAI Execute PAI of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I PBO Execute PBO of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I RUN Launch the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PRC_POPUP I USER_COMMAND Execute User Command of the Dialog Box .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I CALL_OK_CODE Execute OK Code .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I CHECK Execute Checks .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I CHECK_CHANGES Check if Changes Have Occurred .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I INITIALIZE Perform initialization .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I SAVE Save .
IF_ISH_PROCESS I SET_CURSOR Position cursor .
IF_ISH_REDOMA I CHECK Check Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ISH_REDOMA I MODIFY Processing of Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I BEFORE_CALL_SUBSCREEN Processing Before CALL SUBSCREEN .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I BEFORE_PBO This method is called before PBO of screen takes place .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CHECK Runs Checks .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CHECK_CHANGES Check if Screen Field Values Have Been Changed .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CLEAR_CURSORFIELD Deletes the Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CLEAR_EV_USER_COMMEND_RESULT Clears the User Command .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CREATE_ALL_LISTBOXES Create All List Boxes of a Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I CREATE_LISTBOX Create and Fill List Box .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I DELETE_EMPTY_LINES GRID (or Table Control): Delete Empty Rows from the Grid .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I DESTROY Destroy Instance .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Determine Active Tab Page of the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_CALLER Returns the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_CONFIG Returns the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_CURSORFIELD Returns the Current Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_DATA Transfer Data from the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_DEFAULT_CURSORFIELD Returns the Field Name for Standard Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_DEF_CRS_POSSIBLE Determination of Possible Default Cursor Positions .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_DYNPRO_HEADER Returns Header Data for Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_DYNPRO_HEADER_COLUMNS Returns Maintained Column Number for Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_ENVIRONMENT Returns the Environment .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDS Determine All Screen Fields and their Values .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDS_CHANGEABLE Determine Changeable Screen Fields and their Values .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDS_DEFINITION Determine Properties of the Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDS_VALUE Determine All Screen Fields (Tech. Properties and Values) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDVAL_FV Returns a FieldValue Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDVAL_IDENTIFY Returns an Object Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDVAL_SCREEN Returns a Screen Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FIELDVAL_SINGLE Returns a Single Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_FVATTR_DISABLED Returns the DISABLED Attribute of Field Value (only ALVGrid).
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_HANDLE_MANDATORY_FIELDS Returns Flag whether Rqrd-Entry Fields of Screen Are Handled.
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_LOCK Returns the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Retursn the Main Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_PARENT Return Container (Parent) of the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_SCRMOD_BY_FIELDNAME Determination Screen Modification for a Field .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_T_SCRMOD Determination of Screen Table with Div. Modification .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_T_SCRM_FIELD Returns All Screen Fields for Screen Modification .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_USE_TNDYM_CURSOR Determination of Cursor Positioning Acc. to Screen Modific. .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I GET_VCODE Returns a Processing Mode .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I HELP_REQUEST F1 Help (Documentation) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I INITIALIZE Initialization of Global Attributes .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I IS_FIELD_CHANGED A Specific Field Was Changed Last (ON/OFF) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I IS_FIELD_INITIAL Is a Specific Field Initial (ON/OFF) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I MODIFY_SCREEN Change Appearance of the Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I OK_CODE_SCREEN Transfer OK Code and Possibly Execute Screen Function .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I PROCESS_AFTER_INPUT PAI Event Processing .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I PROCESS_BEFORE_OUTPUT PBO Event Processing .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I RAISE_EV_ERROR Trigger Event "Screen Processing Error Occurred" .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I RAISE_EV_USER_COMMAND Trigger Event "User Command in Screen" .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I REMIND_CURSORFIELD Memorizes the Current Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Set Tab Page of Screen as "Active" .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_CALLER Sets the Calling Program .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_CONFIG Sets the Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_CURSOR Position Cursor on a Field in the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_CURSORFIELD Sets the Cursor Position .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_DATA Transfer of the Data to the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_DATA_FROM_FIELDVAL Transfer Values of the Field Values into the Data Objects .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_ENVIRONMENT Sets the Environment .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_EV_USER_COMMAND_RESULT Returns whether the User Command Was Executed .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDS Transfer Changes and Presettings of Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDS_OLD Set "Old" Status of the Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDVAL_FROM_DATA Fill Field Values from the Data Objects .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDVAL_FV Sets a FieldValue Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDVAL_IDENTIFY Sets an Object Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDVAL_SCREEN Sets a Screen Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIELDVAL_SINGLE Sets a Single Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FIRST_TIME Set Attribute that PBO Will Run First .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_FVATTR_DISABLED Sets the DISABLED Attribute of a Field Value (only ALVGrid) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_HANDLE_MANDATORY_FIELDS Sets Flag Whether Rqrd-Entry Fields on Screen Are Handled .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_INSTANCE_FOR_DISPLAY Transfer Screen Instance .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_LOCK Sets the Lock Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_MAIN_OBJECT Sets the Main Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_PARENT Set Container (Parent) for the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I SET_USE_TNDYM_CURSOR Cursor Positioning According to Screen Modification .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I TRANSPORT_FROM_DY Transfer Values from the Screen Fields into the Instance .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I TRANSPORT_TO_DY Transfer Values into the Actual Screen Fields .
IF_ISH_SCREEN I VALUE_REQUEST Input Help .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_COLLAPSIBLE I GET_EMBEDDED_SCREENS Returns All Embedded Screen Objects (Active + Inactive) .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_COLLAPSIBLE I GET_SCREEN_ACTIVE Returns the Currently Active Screen Object .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_COLLAPSIBLE I GET_SCR_COLLAPSIBLE Returns the Collapsible Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_COLLAPSIBLE I SWITCH Display Alternative Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_STD I SET_DATA_ADDITIONAL Set Specific Fields in the Screen .
IF_ISH_SCREEN_STD I SET_DYNPRO Call Up Another Screen From Main Dialog .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I APPEND_ROW Adds a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I BUILD_UCOMM_ROW_COL Creates a User Command with Row- and Column Info .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I DELECT_ROW Deselects a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I DELECT_ROWS Deselects Multiple Rows .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I DISABLE_CELL Switches a Cell to "Not Ready-for-Input" .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I DISABLE_ROW Switches a Row to "Not Ready-for-Input" .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I ENABLE_CELL Switches a Cell to "Ready-for-Input" .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I ENABLE_ROW Switches a Row to "Ready-for-Input" .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ALLOW_NEW_ROWS Returns Whether New Rows Are Permitted .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ALV_GRID Returns the Related ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_CELL_FIELDVAL Returns a Cell FieldValue .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_COLUMN_FIELDVALS Returns the Column FieldValues for a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_CONFIG_ALV_GRID Returns the ALV Grid Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_CURRENT_CELL_FIELDVAL Returns the Current Cell FieldValue .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_FIELDCAT Returns the Field Catalog .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_FILTER Returns the Filter Criteria .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_LAYOUT Returns the Layout .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_REMIND_SELECTED_ROWS Returns Indicator that Selection(s) Are Kept .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ROW_FIELDVAL Returns a Row Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ROW_FIELDVALS Returns the Desired Row FieldValues .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ROW_FIELDVAL_OBJECT Returns a Row FieldValue Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_ROW_FIELDVAL_OBJECTS Returns the Desired Row FieldValue Objects .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_SELECTED_ROW_FIELDVAL Returns the Selected Row FieldValue .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_SELECTED_ROW_FIELDVALS Returns Selected Row Field Values .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_SORT Returns the Sort Criteria .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_TOOLBAR_FUNCTIONS Returns the Current Toolbar Functions .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_TOOLBAR_FVAR Returns the Current Toolbar Function Variant .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_UCOMM_COL Returns the Column Name for a User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_UCOMM_ROW Retunrs the Row Name for a User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I GET_VARIANT Returns the Current Variant of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I IS_CELL_ENABLED Returns Whether Specified Cell Is Ready-for-Input .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I IS_ROW_ENABLED Returns Whether Specified Row Is Ready-for-Input .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I REMOVE_ROW Removes a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SELECT_ROW Selects a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SELECT_ROWS Selects Multiple Rows .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_ALLOW_NEW_ROWS Sets Indicator Whether New Rows Are Permitted .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_CELL_FIELDVAL Sets a Cell FieldValue .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_COLUMN_FIELDVALS Sets the Column FieldValues for a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_DEFAULT_CURSOR Sets the Cursor on the Default Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_FILTER Sets the Filter Criteria .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_LAYOUT Sets the Layout .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_REMIND_SELECTED_ROWS Sets Indicator that Selection(s) Are Kept .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_SORT Sets the Sort Criteria .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR_FUNCTIONS Sets the Toolbar Functions .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR_FVAR Sets the Toolbar Function Variant .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_GRID I SET_VARIANT Sets the Variant of the ALV Grid .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I BUILD_UCOMM_ROW Forms User Command with Row Info .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I BUILD_UCOMM_ROW_COL Forms User Command with Row and Column Info .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I DESELECT_ITEMS Deselect Entries .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CBX Returns Whether Mult. Selection Using Checkbox Is Permitted .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_ALV_TREE Returns Underlying ALV Tree .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_CHECKED_ROW_FIELDVALS Returns Checked Row Field Values .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_CONFIG_ALV_TREE Returns ALV Tree Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_ROW_FIELDVAL Returns a Row Field Value .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_SELECTED_ROW_FIELDVALS Returns Selected Row Field Values .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_UCOMM_COL Returns Column Info from a User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I GET_UCOMM_ROW Returns Row Info from a User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I IS_TOOLBAR_APPL_EVENT Returns Whether Toolbar Event Is an Application Event .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I IS_TREE_APPL_EVENT Returns Whether Tree Event Is an Application Event .
IF_ISH_SCR_ALV_TREE I SET_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_CBX Sets Whether Mult. Selection Using Checkbox Is Permitted .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I BUILD_UCOMM Create User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I DESTROY_INCL_EMBCNTL Destroy Instance Including Embedded Control Screens .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I GET_CONTAINER Returns the Related GUI Container .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I GET_ORIGINAL_UCOMM Returns the Original User Command .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I IS_DRAGDROP_SUPPORTED Returns Whether Drag&Drop Is Supported .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I IS_SYSEV_UCOMM Is Transferred User Command a System Event User Command? .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I IS_UCOMM_SUPPORTED Returns Whether User Command Is Supported .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I PAI_INCL_EMBCNTL PAI Process Including Embedded Control Screens .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I PBO_INCL_EMBCNTL PBO Processing Including Embedded Control Screens .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I RAISE_EV_SYSTEM_EVENT Triggers the Event EV_SYSTEM_EVENT .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I SET_EV_SYSTEM_EVENT_RESULT Sets the Result after Event EV_SYSTEM_EVENT .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I SET_OKCODE_SYSEV Triggers a System Event OK_CODE .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I SET_OKCODE_SYSEV_ERROR Triggers the OK_CODE SYSEV_ERROR .
IF_ISH_SCR_CONTROL I SUPPORT_DRAGDROP Sets Whether Drag&Drop Should Be Supported .
IF_ISH_SCR_HTML I BUILD_UCOMM_LINK_CLICKED Creates User Command Click of a Link in Dynamic Document .
IF_ISH_SCR_HTML I GET_CONFIG_HTML Returns the HTML Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_HTML I GET_DD_DOCUMENT Returns the Related Dynamic Document Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_HTML I GET_UCOMM_KEYSTRING Returns the Key String for the Dynamic Document Link .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I BUILD_CELL_FROM_FIELDNAME Returns the Cell for the Specified FieldValue Field Name .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I BUILD_FIELDNAME_FROM_CELL Returns the FieldValue Field Name for the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ALIAS_NAME Returns the Alias Name .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_BORDER Returns the Frame Property .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_CELL_CONTAINER Returns the GUI Container for the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_CELL_FIELDVAL Returns the FieldValue for the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_CELL_SCREEN Returns the Screen Object for the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_MODE Returns the Column Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Returns the Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_SASH_MOVABLE Returns the Movability of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_SASH_VISIBLE Returns the Visibility of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_VISIBLE Returns the Visibility of the Specified Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COLUMN_WIDTH Returns the Column Width .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_COMMON_PROPERTIES Returns General Properties of the Splitter .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_CONFIG_SPLITTER Returns the Releated Splitter Configuration Object .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_BORDER Returns the Default Frame Property .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_MODE Returns the Default Column Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Returns the Default Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_SASH_MOVABLE Returns the Default Movability of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_SASH_VISIBLE Returns the Default Visibility of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_VISIBLE Returns the Default Visibility of the Specified Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COLUMN_WIDTH Returns the Default Column Width .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_COMMON_PROPERTIES Returns the Default General Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_HEIGHT Returns the Default Row Height .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_MODE Returns the Default Row Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_PROPERTIES Returns the Default General Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_SASH_MOVABLE Returns the Default Movability of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_SASH_VISIBLE Returns the Default Visibility of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_DEF_ROW_VISIBLE Returns the Default Visibility of the Specified Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_EMBEDDED_CONTROLS Returns the Embedded Control Screen .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_NR_OF_COLUMNS Returns the Number of Columns .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_NR_OF_ROWS Returns the Number of Rows .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_READ_PROPERTIES Returns "Import User-Specific Properties" Indicator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_HEIGHT Returns the Row Hight .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_MODE Returns the Row Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_PROPERTIES Returns the Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_SASH_MOVABLE Returns the Movability of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_SASH_VISIBLE Returns the Visibility of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_ROW_VISIBLE Returns the Visibility of the Specified Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_SAVE_PROPERTIES Returns "Save User-Specific Properties" Indicator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I GET_SPLITTER_CONTAINER Returns the Related GUI Splitter Container .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I IS_CELL_VISIBLE Returns Whether a Cell Is Visible .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I READ_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Reads User-Specific Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I READ_COMMON_PROPERTIES Reads User-Specific General Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I READ_PROPERTIES Reads All User-Specific Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I READ_ROW_PROPERTIES Reads User-Specific Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SAVE_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Saves User-Specific Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SAVE_COMMON_PROPERTIES Saves User-Specific General Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SAVE_PROPERTIES Saves All User-Specific Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SAVE_ROW_PROPERTIES Saves User-Specific Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ALIAS_NAME Sets the Alias Name .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_BORDER Sets the Frame Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_CELL_SCREEN Places the Screen Object in the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_MODE Sets Column Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Sets the Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_SASH_MOVABLE Sets the Movability of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_SASH_VISIBLE Sets the Visibility of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_VISIBLE Sets the Visibility of the Specified Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COLUMN_WIDTH Sets the Column Width .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_COMMON_PROPERTIES Sets General Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_BORDER Sets the Default Frame Property .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_MODE Sets the Default Column Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Sets the Default Properties of a Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_SASH_MOVABLE Sets the Default Movability of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_SASH_VISIBLE Sets the Default Visibility of the Column Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_VISIBLE Sets the Default Visibility of the Specified Column .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COLUMN_WIDTH Sets the Default Column Width .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_COMMON_PROPERTIES Sets the Default General Properties .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_HEIGHT Sets the Default Row Height .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_MODE Sets the Default Row Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_PROPERTIES Sets the Default Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_SASH_MOVABLE Sets the Default Movability of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_SASH_VISIBLE Sets the Default Visibility of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_DEF_ROW_VISIBLE Sets the Default Visiblity of the Specified Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_READ_PROPERTIES Set the "Import Properties" Indicator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_HEIGHT Sets the Row Height .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_MODE Sets the Row Mode .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_PROPERTIES Sets the Properties of a Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_SASH_MOVABLE Sets the Movability of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_SASH_VISIBLE Sets the Visibility of the Row Separator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_ROW_VISIBLE Sets the Visibility of the Specified Row .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SET_SAVE_PROPERTIES Sets the "Save Properties" Indicator .
IF_ISH_SCR_SPLITTER I SPLIT_CELL Creates a Splitter Simple Screen in the Specified Cell .
IF_ISH_SNAPSHOT_CALLBACK I CREATE_SNAPSHOT_OBJECT Creates a Snapshot Object with the Current Status .
IF_ISH_SNAPSHOT_CALLBACK I UNDO_SNAPSHOT_OBJECT Reset Data to a Previous Status .
IF_ISH_SNAPSHOT_OBJECT I SNAPSHOT Object Content Being Held Temporarily (also See UNDO) .
IF_ISH_SNAPSHOT_OBJECT I UNDO Reactivate Content of Object Held with SNAPSHOT .
IF_ISH_SSF_OTF I OTF_GET OTF Data .
IF_ISH_SSF_SIGNATURE I CREATE_FROM_DATA Instantiate Signature .
IF_ISH_SSF_SIGNATURE I DATA_GET Data for Signing .
IF_ISH_SSF_SIGNATURE I TYPE_GET Type of Signed Data .
IF_ISH_SSF_SIGNATURE I VERIFY Verify .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I CHANGE_TEXT Change SAPscript Text .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I CREATE_TEXTMODULE_ON_USE Create Text Module when Used .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I EDIT_TEXT Call SAPscript Text Editor .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I GET_TEXT Return SAPscript Text .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I GET_TEXT_HEADER Determine SAPscript Text Header .
IF_ISH_USE_TEXTMODULE I IS_NEW Is Object New? (Method Faster than GET_DATA!) .
IF_ISH_UTL_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Returns TRUE if Further Elements Exist .
IF_ISH_UTL_ITERATOR I NEXT Returns the Next Element .
IF_ISH_UTL_ITERATOR I REMOVE Deletes the Last Element Returned by Iterator from the Coll..
IF_ISH_WSG_TRANSFER I GET_WSG_DATA Retrieve and Change WSG Data .
IF_ISJP_CUST I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Data Before Save .
IF_ISJP_HEAD I BEFORE_PRINTING_MI Filter Monthly Invoices for Printing .
IF_ISJP_HEAD I BEFORE_PRINTING_PI Filter Payer Invoices for Printing .
IF_ISJP_ITEM I ACC_INTERF_BEFORE_SAVE Set attributes of invoice summary items .
IF_ISJP_ITEM I DOWN_PAYM_REQUEST Set additional attributes of down payment request .
IF_ISJP_ITEM I MANUAL_POSTING Set attributes of new manually entered invoices .
IF_ISJP_POST I TAX_ADJUSTM_BEFORE_SAVE Modify Automatic Tax Adjustment Posting .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I ACTIVATE_AUTHORISATION_BUTTONSActivate Buttons .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I BUNDLE_BDS Billing Data Bundling for Authorization .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I CHECK_UPDATE_TASK Check Whether in Update Task .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I DEACTIVATE_AUTHORISATION_FIELDDeactivate Authorization Fields .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I DELETE_AUTHORISATION Delete Authorizations .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I DISPLAY_BDS_AUTHORISATION Display Billing Dataset Authorizations .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I DISPLAY_ITEM_AUTHORISATION Display Item Authorizations .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I POPULATE_AUTHORISATION_FIELDS Make Authorization Fields Available .
IF_ISM_AM_AUTH_BUNDELING I UNBUNDLE_BDS Unbundle Billing Datasets for Authorization .
IF_ISM_AM_COPY_PRICING I EXPORT_PRICING_TABLE Export Condition Table .
IF_ISM_AM_COPY_PRICING I REBUILD_PRICING_TABLE Create New Condition Table .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I ACTIVATE_ONLINE_CALE_BUTTONS Activate Buttons .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I CALENDER_DISPLAY_MODE Display Calendar .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I CLEAR_ONLINE_CALENDER Delete Online Calendar .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I MODIFY_FIELD_ATTRIBUTE Change Field Attributes .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I ONLINE_PRICING Copy Number of Days for Pricing .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I SET_DATES_IN_CALE Select Date in Calendar .
IF_ISM_AM_ONLINE_CALENDER I SHOW_CALENDAR Display Online Calendar .
IF_ISM_AREA_RULE I GET_REFISSUES Determines Reference Issues .
IF_ISM_CIC_FRAME_BPSEARCH I GET_OKCODES Get OK Codes .
IF_ISM_CIC_FRAME_BPSEARCH I GET_SUBSCREEN Get Search Subscreen .
IF_ISM_CIC_FRAME_BPSEARCH I HANDLE_OKCODE Process OK Code .
IF_ISM_CIC_FRAME_BPSEARCH I SET_APPLICATIONS Set Applications .
IF_ISM_CIC_FRAME_BPSEARCH I SET_CALLDATA Set Call Data .
IF_ISM_CIC_ORDER_DETAIL I GET_SCREEN Return Screen .
IF_ISM_CIC_ORDER_DETAIL I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_ISM_CIC_ORDER_DETAIL I REFRESH Refresh Display .
IF_ISM_CIC_ORDER_DETAIL I SET_VISIBLE Set Display .
IF_ISM_CONTRACTLIST_MODEL I GET_NODES Get Nodes (Contracts) .
IF_ISM_CONTRACTTREE I GET_NODES Get Nodes (Contracts) .
IF_ISM_DEMANDBLOCK I CHANGE_BLOCKED Change Quantity Plan Status .
IF_ISM_DM_DOCUMENT_WHERE_USED I DISPLAY_OBJECTS_OF_IO Display Users of a Document .
IF_ISM_EVENTVERIFY_EVENTFIELDS I GET_EVENT_VERIFY_FIELDS Read Customer Fields for GRID 'Event' .
IF_ISM_EVENTVERIFY_QUAN_FIELDS I GET_QUAN_VERIFY_FIELDS Supply Customer Fields with Data for Display .
IF_ISM_EVENTVERIFY_SET_ALERT I SET_ALERT_ICON Set Icon for Exceeding, Undershooting Sales Quantities .
IF_ISM_INSERT_OBSERVABLE I HANDLE_INSERT_SELECTED Insert Selected .
IF_ISM_OP_ADD_DATA_SOURCE I ADJUST_OBJECT_KEY Correct Object Key .
IF_ISM_OP_ADD_DATA_SOURCE I GET_ADDITIONAL_ELEMENTS Retrieve Additional Container Elements .
IF_ISM_OP_ADD_DATA_SOURCE I GET_ELEMENT_VALUE Retrieve Value for Additional Container Element .
IF_ISM_SALES_ORDER_IMPORT I EDIT Edit Record .
IF_ISM_SALES_ORDER_IMPORT I GET_ICON Icon for Record Type .
IF_ISM_SALES_ORDER_IMPORT I PREPARE_RECORD_FOR_DISPLAY Format Record .
IF_ISM_SALES_ORDER_IMPORT I PROCESS Process Record .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I ADD_CONTRACT Add Contract (Add Dynamically to Hierarchy) .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I ADD_CONTRACTLIST Add Contracts .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I ADD_FILTER_OBJECT Add New Filter Value .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I BUILD_HIERACHY Build Hierarchy for Display .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I INTERNAL_HIERACHIE_CHECK Internal Check on Consistency of Hierarchy .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I RESET_DISPLAY Reset Display Attributes .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I SET_CONTRACTLIST Administration Class Assigned for Contracts .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I SET_QUANTITYSERVER Define Server for Quantities for Contract .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I SET_VIEWER Assign Viewer Control .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I UPDATE_CONTRACTLIST Contracts: Refresh Mix .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTINSERTTREE I UPDATE_NODE_ATTRIBUTS Refresh Node Attributes .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTTREE I GET_DELETED_NODE Display Deleted Assignments .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTTREE I GET_NODES Display all Node Assignments for Regenerative Planning .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTTREE I ITEMTABLE_CONTRACT_BUILD Set Up Item Table for Viewer (Reload Data) .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTTREE I MAPKEY2NODEKEY Map Key for Contracts/Items -" Internal .
IF_ISM_SD_CONTRACTTREE I MAPNODEKEY2KEY Map Internal Key -" Contract/Item .
IF_ISM_SD_LISTORDERCHANGE I GET_MODE Get Mode (Display/Change) .
IF_ISM_SD_LISTORDERCHANGE I GET_ORDERS Read Orders .
IF_ISM_SD_LISTORDERCHANGE I SAVE Save Changed Orders .
IF_ISM_SD_LISTORDERCHANGE I SET_MODE Set Mode (Display/Change) .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I ADD_RANGE_LINE Extend Range Table .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CLEAR Clear All Range Tables and Parameters .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CLEAR_PARAMETER Clear Parameters .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CLEAR_RANGE_TAB Clear Individual or All Range Tables .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CONVERT_FROM_PARAMS Convert Parameter Table to Range Tables .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CONVERT_RANGE_TAB Convert Value Table to Range Table .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I CONVERT_TO_PARAMS Convert Range Tables to Parameter Table .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I SELECT Select objects .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I SELECT_FROM_PARAMS Select Objects (Parameter Table) .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I SET_PARAMETER Set Parameters .
IF_ISM_SD_OBJECT_SET I SET_RANGE_TAB Set Range Table .
IF_ISM_SD_ORDER_LOCK I IS_LOCKED Check Whether Object is Locked .
IF_ISM_SD_QUANTITYCONTROLABLE I RECALCULATE Recalculate Quantities for Objects .
IF_ISM_SD_TB_EVENT_VERIFY I CALCULATE Calculate Sales Figures .
IF_ISM_SD_TB_ORDERBOOK I EXECUTE Execute method .
IF_ISM_SD_TREEAPPLOGABLE I SET_CONTEXT Set Application Log Context .
IF_ISM_SD_TREEAPPLOGABLE I SET_PROFILE Application Log: Set Format Profile .
IF_ISM_SD_VIEWERORDERCHANGE I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check for Entries Made .
IF_ISM_SD_VIEWERORDERCHANGE I EXECUTE_REFRESH Execute Refresh .
IF_ISM_SD_VIEWERORDERCHANGE I GET_MODE Get Display/Change Mode .
IF_ISM_SD_VIEWERORDERCHANGE I REGISTER_REFRESH Flag Refresh .
IF_ISM_SD_VIEWERORDERCHANGE I SET_MODE Set Display/Change Mode .
IF_ISM_SE_PARALLEL_RFC I CALL_RFC_FUNCTION Call Function Module by RFC .
IF_ISM_SE_PARALLEL_RFC2 I CALL_RFC_FUNCTION Call Function Module by RFC .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUS1006 I CPOINTER_UPDATE Generate Change Pointer .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUS1006 I IS_ACTIVE SE Active for Object .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUS1006 I SEARCH Find .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM031 I CPOINTER_UPDATE Generate Change Pointer .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM031 I IS_ACTIVE SE Active for Object .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM031 I SEARCH Find .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM032 I CPOINTER_UPDATE Generate Change Pointer .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM032 I IS_ACTIVE SE Active for Object .
IF_ISM_SE_SEARCH_BUSISM032 I SEARCH Find .
IF_ISM_WBZ_ANREDE I ADJUST_TITLE_TO_BPTYPE Adjust Form of Address to Bus. Partner Category .
IF_ISM_WBZ_ANREDE I CONVERT_TO_EXTERNAL Convert Form of Address Before Det. WBZ Form of Address .
IF_ISM_WORKLIST_CHECKS I CHECK_WORKLIST Checks on Changed Segments (MARA, MARC, MVKE) .
IF_ISR_APPL_HANDLER I ADDITIONAL_CHARAS_DIALOG Call Additional Dialog for Characteristics .
IF_ISR_APPL_HANDLER I GET_PROPERTIES Return Application-Specific Attributes .
IF_ISR_APPL_RUNTIME_HANDLER I OBJECT_TYPE_CHECK Checks which object type is used .
IF_ISR_LPD_PROVIDER I GETPARAMETERS Parameter for ISR Call .
IF_ISR_LPD_PROVIDER I GETSYSTEMALIAS System Alias .
IF_ISR_WIZARD I ACTIVATE Application-Specific Activation .
IF_ISU_BI_BICO_ACTIONS I CUST_ACTION_AFTER_REBILL Customer Actions After Rebilling .
IF_ISU_BI_BICO_ACTIONS I CUST_ACTION_BEFORE_EXIT Customer Actions Before Exiting Bill Correction .
IF_ISU_BI_BICO_ACTIONS I CUST_ACTION_BEFORE_EXIT_REMOTECustomer Actions Before Exiting Bill Correction (IC WC) .
IF_ISU_BI_BICO_ACTIONS I CUST_ACTION_BEFORE_REV Customer Actions Before Invoicing Reversal .
IF_ISU_BI_EBF_HEADER I ALLOW Permissibility of IS-U Old Documents .
IF_ISU_BI_EBF_LINE I NEW Insert New Document Lines (Do Not Use, Internal Only) .
IF_ISU_BI_EBF_LINE I PREASSIGN Preselect Lines for Correction .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I CLOSE Exit Profile Processing .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I CREATE Create EDM Profile Header .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I CREATE_VALUE_VERSION Create Version for Current Values .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I GENERATE_REPLACEMENT_VALUES Create Replacement Values/Extrapolation Values .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I GET_ACT_VALID_VALUE_TIMERANGESPeriods During Which Valid Profile Values Are Available .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I GET_VALID_VALUE_TIMERANGES Read Validity Period for Profile values .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I LINK_DB_PROFILE Allocate Database Profile to Temporary Profile .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I OPEN_PROFILE Open EDM Profile .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I PERFORM_VALUES_ACTION Execute Action on Profile Value (Status Change) .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I READ_DATA Read Profile Values .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I UPDATE Write Profile Data to Database .
IF_ISU_EDM_TMP_PROFILE_METHODS I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Update .
IF_ISU_PROD_ATTRIBUTE I F4_KEY_REFERENCE Search Help for Key Reference .
IF_ISU_PROD_ATTRIBUTE I GET_PROPERTIES Supplies Attribute Characteristics .
IF_ISU_PROD_ATTRIBUTE I SET_PROPERTIES Sets Modifiable Attribute Characteristics .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I DELETE Delete Subtree(s) .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I DUPLICATE Duplicate Subtree .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_ATTRIBUTES Gets the Attributes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_PRODUCT_FUNCTIONS Supplies Possible Functions in the Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_PRODUCT_PARTS Supplies Partial Products .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_PROPERTIES Supplies Product Characteristics .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_SUB_PRODUCTS Supplies Subproducts .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I GET_TOP_NODE_PROPERTIES Delivers the Properties of the TOP Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I PRODUCT_PART_ADD Adds a Partial Product .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I PRODUCT_PART_REMOVE Deletes a Partial Product .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I SET_CRM_PRICE_PARAM Sets Parameter Value for CRM Price Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I SET_PROPERTIES Sets the Modifiable Product Characteristics .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I SUB_PRODUCT_REMOVE Remove Subproduct .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I SUB_PRODUCT_REPLACE Replace Subproduct .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_CUST I SUB_PRODUCT_SET Set Subproduct .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I ADD_NODE_TO_DONE_LIST Adds a Node to the List of Processed Nodes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I CHECK_OPTIONAL_NODE_ACTIVE Indicates Whether Node Must be Processed .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ALIASNAME Supplies the Alias Name of a Node Category .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the Parameters .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEF Provides Definition of an Attribute .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_LIST Supplies the List of all Attributes for the Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_LIST_EXT Supplies Enhanced List of all Attributes for the Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Supplies the Value of an Attribute .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_DESCRIPTION Supplies Text for the Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_DONE_LIST Supplies the List of Previously Processed Nodes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_EDITABLE_PARAMS Supplies List of the Parameters Still to Be Edited .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_FATHER_NODE Supplies a Reference to Predecessor Nodes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_IDENT_ATTRIBUTE_LIST Supplies the List of all Identifying Attributes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_KEY_ATTRIBUTE_LIST Supplies the List of all Key Attributes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_NODE Supplies the Internal Node ID .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_NODE_CONST_ID_LIST Supplier a List of Identifying Constants .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_NODE_MODE Provides Processing Mode .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_NODE_PARAM_LIST Supplies a List of Parameters for the Current Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_OPTIONAL_FLAG Indicates Whether Node Is Optional .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_PATTERN_VALUE Provides Reference Value from the Container .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_PRODUCT Supplies the Name of the Product for the Current Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_PROD_ID Supplies the ID of the Master Data Template .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_SCRIPT Supplies the Program for Processing the Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_SUB_PRODUCTS Supplies Subnodes .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_TOP_NODE_HEAD_VALUES Delivers Header Node Data to Current Node .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_TYPE_ID Supplies the Template Category ID .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_VALUE_LIST Supplies the List of Previously Processed Keys .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I GET_VIRTUAL_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Provides Value of Virtual Attribute from Container .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I IS_DONE Indicates Whether Node Has Already Been Processed .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_READ I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Sets the Value of a (Key) Attribute .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I ADJUST Reevaluates the Complete Product Tree .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I CLOSE Completes Product Tree Processing .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I GET_MULTIPLE_CRM_PRODUCT Determines All CRM Products for Multiple Product Assignment .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I GET_PRODUCT_PARAMETERS Supplies all Parameters .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I GET_PROPERTIES_TOP Supplies Enhanced Characteristics for Initial Product .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I IS_CHANGED Specifies Whether Product Was Changed .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I SAVE Saves the Complete Product Tree .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I SET_NEW_PRODID Gives a Product ID to a New Copy of the Product .
IF_ISU_PROD_NODE_TOP_CUST I SET_PROPERTIES_TOP Sets Modifiable, Enhanced Characteristics of Initial Prodct .
IF_ISU_SALES_ORDER_SET I GET_VALUES Reads the set values .
IF_ISU_WA_GUARANTORS_DATA I READ_DATA Guarantor Contract Import .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I FREE Called to Delete Component .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I GET_ACTIONS Provides Action Components .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I PAI_AFTER Called After Subscreen Call in PAI .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I PAI_BEFORE Called Before Subscreen Call in PAI .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I PBO_AFTER Called After Subscreen Call in PBO .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I PBO_BEFORE Called Before Subscreen Call in PBO, Provides Subscreen .
IF_ISU_WF_INBOX_SUB_COMPONENT I PROCESS_ACTION Called When Action is Triggered and Executes Action .
IF_IS_OIL_ACTIVE I IS_OIL_IS_ACTIVE The IS-OIL Component Is Active in the System .
IF_ITAGCY_CCARDDATA I CCARD_DATA_GET Delivers Data for Credit Card .
IF_ITAGCY_COCTRL I INIT_DATA Initializes Local Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_01 I DO_CHECK Check Whether Collections Has To Be Executed .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_01 I DO_INIT_DATA Initialization of Model Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_01 I DO_UPDATE Save Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_02 I DO_CHECK Check Whether Collections Has To Be Executed .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_02 I DO_INIT_DATA Initialization of Model Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_02 I DO_UPDATE Save Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_03 I DO_CHECK Check Whether Collections Has To Be Executed .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_03 I DO_INIT_DATA Initialization of Model Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_03 I DO_UPDATE Save Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_04 I DO_CHECK Check Whether Collections Has To Be Executed .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_04 I DO_INIT_DATA Initialization of Model Data .
IF_ITAGCY_CUSTSCR_LOCATION_04 I DO_UPDATE Save Customer-Specific Data .
IF_ITAGCY_DUNNING I CHECK Check Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_DUNNING I SELECTION_GET Return Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_DUNNING I SELECTION_INITIALIZE Initialize Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_EVENTS I CHECK_REQUIREMENTS Supplies Info. on Whether Start Prerequisite is Fulfilled .
IF_ITAGCY_ORGUNIT I CHECK Check Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_ORGUNIT I SELECTION_GET Return Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_ORGUNIT I SELECTION_INITIALIZE Initialize Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_REALLOC I CHECK Check Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_REALLOC I SELECTION_GET Return Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_REALLOC I SELECTION_INITIALIZE Initialize Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_SELECT I CHECK Check Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_SELECT I SELECTION_GET Return Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_SELECT I SELECTION_INITIALIZE Initialize Selection Parameters .
IF_ITAGCY_SUBORG_SEL I CALLER_DATA_GET Determines Caller Data .
IF_IXML I ACTIVATE ACTIVATE .
IF_IXML I CREATE_DOCUMENT CREATE_DOCUMENT .
IF_IXML I CREATE_ENCODING CREATE_ENCODING .
IF_IXML I CREATE_PARSER CREATE_PARSER .
IF_IXML I CREATE_RENDERER CREATE_RENDERER .
IF_IXML I CREATE_STREAM_FACTORY CREATE_STREAM_FACTORY .
IF_IXML I CREATE_TOKEN_PARSER CREATE_TOKEN_PARSER .
IF_IXML I CREATE_TOKEN_RENDERER CREATE_TOKEN_RENDERER .
IF_IXML I GET_VERSION GET_VERSION .
IF_IXML I HAS_FEATURE HAS_FEATURE .
IF_IXML I SET_CONVERSION_BEHAVIOUR SET_CONVERSION_BEHAVIOUR .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE I GET_OWNER_ELEMENT GET_OWNER_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE I SPECIFIED SPECIFIED .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I ADD_ENUM_VALUE ADD_ENUM_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I ALLOWS_ENUM_VALUE ALLOWS_ENUM_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I GET_ATTR_DEFAULT GET_ATTR_DEFAULT .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I GET_DEFAULT_VALUE GET_DEFAULT_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I GET_ENUM_VALUE GET_ENUM_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I GET_VALUE_TYPE GET_VALUE_TYPE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I REMOVE_ENUM_VALUE REMOVE_ENUM_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I SET_ATTR_DEFAULT SET_ATTR_DEFAULT .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I SET_DEFAULT_VALUE SET_DEFAULT_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ATTRIBUTE_DECL I SET_VALUE_TYPE SET_VALUE_TYPE .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I APPEND_DATA APPEND_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I DELETE_DATA DELETE_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I GET_DATA GET_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I GET_LENGTH GET_LENGTH .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I INSERT_DATA INSERT_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I NORMALIZE_DATA NORMALIZE_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I REPLACE_DATA REPLACE_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I SET_DATA SET_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I SUBSTRING_DATA SUBSTRING_DATA .
IF_IXML_CHARACTER_DATA I WS_ONLY WS_ONLY .
IF_IXML_COND_DTD_SECTION I IS_INCLUDE IS_INCLUDE .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I ADD_CONTENT_PARTICLE ADD_CONTENT_PARTICLE .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I GET_CONTENT_PARTICLE GET_CONTENT_PARTICLE .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I GET_GROUPING GET_GROUPING .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I GET_OCCURRENCE GET_OCCURRENCE .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I NUM_CONTENT_PARTICLES NUM_CONTENT_PARTICLES .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I SET_GROUPING SET_GROUPING .
IF_IXML_CONTENT_PARTICLE I SET_OCCURRENCE SET_OCCURRENCE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_ATTRIBUTE CREATE_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_NS CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_CDATA_SECTION CREATE_CDATA_SECTION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_COMMENT CREATE_COMMENT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_DOCUMENT_FRAGMENT CREATE_DOCUMENT_FRAGMENT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_DOCUMENT_TYPE CREATE_DOCUMENT_TYPE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_ELEMENT CREATE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_ELEMENT_NS CREATE_ELEMENT_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_ENTITY_REF CREATE_ENTITY_REF .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_NAMESPACE_DECL CREATE_NAMESPACE_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_PI_PARSED CREATE_PI_PARSED .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_PI_UNPARSED CREATE_PI_UNPARSED .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_SIMPLE_ELEMENT CREATE_SIMPLE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_SIMPLE_ELEMENT_NS CREATE_SIMPLE_ELEMENT_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I CREATE_TEXT CREATE_TEXT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I EXPAND EXPAND .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I FIND_FROM_ID FIND_FROM_ID .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I FIND_FROM_NAME FIND_FROM_NAME .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I FIND_FROM_NAME_NS FIND_FROM_NAME_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I FIND_FROM_PATH FIND_FROM_PATH .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I FIND_FROM_PATH_NS FIND_FROM_PATH_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_DECLARATION GET_DECLARATION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_DOCUMENT_TYPE GET_DOCUMENT_TYPE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME_NS GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME_NS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_ENCODING GET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_ROOT_ELEMENT GET_ROOT_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_STANDALONE GET_STANDALONE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSION GET_VERSION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I LINEARIZE LINEARIZE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I SET_DECLARATION SET_DECLARATION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I SET_DOCUMENT_TYPE SET_DOCUMENT_TYPE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I SET_ENCODING SET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I SET_STANDALONE SET_STANDALONE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT I SET_VERSION SET_VERSION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_DECL CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_ATT_LIST_DECL CREATE_ATT_LIST_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_COND_DTD_SECTION CREATE_COND_DTD_SECTION .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_CONTENT_PARTICLE CREATE_CONTENT_PARTICLE .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_ELEMENT_DECL CREATE_ELEMENT_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_EXT_ENTITY_DECL CREATE_EXT_ENTITY_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_INT_ENTITY_DECL CREATE_INT_ENTITY_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I CREATE_NOTATION_DECL CREATE_NOTATION_DECL .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_ENTITIES GET_ENTITIES .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_EXPLICIT GET_EXPLICIT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_NOTATIONS GET_NOTATIONS .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_PARAM_ENTITIES GET_PARAM_ENTITIES .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_PUBLIC_ID GET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I GET_SYSTEM_ID GET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I SET_EXPLICIT SET_EXPLICIT .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I SET_PUBLIC_ID SET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE I SET_SYSTEM_ID SET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I CONTAINS CONTAINS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I FIND_FROM_NAME FIND_FROM_NAME .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I FIND_FROM_NAME_NS FIND_FROM_NAME_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I FIND_FROM_PATH FIND_FROM_PATH .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I FIND_FROM_PATH_NS FIND_FROM_PATH_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE GET_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NS GET_ATTRIBUTE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_CONTENT_AS_STRING GET_CONTENT_AS_STRING .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME_NS GET_ELEMENTS_BY_TAG_NAME_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I NORMALIZE NORMALIZE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NS REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE SET_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NS SET_ATTRIBUTE_NS .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT_DECL I GET_CONTENT_SPEC GET_CONTENT_SPEC .
IF_IXML_ELEMENT_DECL I SET_CONTENT_SPEC SET_CONTENT_SPEC .
IF_IXML_ENCODING I CLONE CLONE .
IF_IXML_ENCODING I GET_BYTE_ORDER GET_BYTE_ORDER .
IF_IXML_ENCODING I GET_CHARACTER_SET GET_CHARACTER_SET .
IF_IXML_ENCODING I SET_BYTE_ORDER SET_BYTE_ORDER .
IF_IXML_ENCODING I SET_CHARACTER_SET SET_CHARACTER_SET .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_DECL I GET_ENTITY_VALUE GET_ENTITY_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_DECL I GET_NOTATION_NAME GET_NOTATION_NAME .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_DECL I GET_PUBLIC_ID GET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_DECL I GET_SYSTEM_ID GET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_DECL I IS_PARAMETER_ENTITY IS_PARAMETER_ENTITY .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_REF I GET_PUBLIC_ID GET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_ENTITY_REF I GET_SYSTEM_ID GET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_NAMESPACE GET_NAMESPACE .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_NODE GET_NODE .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_PARENT GET_PARENT .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_IXML_EVENT I GET_VALUE GET_VALUE .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I ADVANCE ADVANCE .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I APPEND_CHILD APPEND_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I FIND_FROM_GID FIND_FROM_GID .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_CHILDREN GET_CHILDREN .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT GET_CURRENT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_DEPTH GET_DEPTH .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_FILTER GET_FILTER .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST_CHILD GET_FIRST_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_GID GET_GID .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_HEIGHT GET_HEIGHT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_LAST_CHILD GET_LAST_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT GET_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_NAMESPACE_URI GET_NAMESPACE_URI .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT GET_NEXT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_OWNER_DOCUMENT GET_OWNER_DOCUMENT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_PARENT GET_PARENT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_PREV GET_PREV .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_ROOT GET_ROOT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I GET_VALUE GET_VALUE .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I HAS_ANCESTOR HAS_ANCESTOR .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I INSERT_CHILD INSERT_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I IS_LEAF IS_LEAF .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I IS_ROOT IS_ROOT .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I NUM_CHILDREN NUM_CHILDREN .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I REMOVE_CHILD REMOVE_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I REMOVE_NODE REMOVE_NODE .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I REPLACE_CHILD REPLACE_CHILD .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I RESET RESET .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I SET_FILTER SET_FILTER .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I SET_NAME SET_NAME .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I SET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX SET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I SET_NAMESPACE_URI SET_NAMESPACE_URI .
IF_IXML_INLINE_ITERATOR I SET_VALUE SET_VALUE .
IF_IXML_ISTREAM I GET_NUM_READ GET_NUM_READ .
IF_IXML_ISTREAM I GET_NUM_READ_RAW GET_NUM_READ_RAW .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I ADVANCE Moves the iterator to the next position in an DFS traversal .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_GID Returns the GID of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_NAME Returns the name of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_NAMESPACE Returns the namespace of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_NODE Returns an interface reference to the node at the current p..
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_NODE_INFO Returns all properties of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_TYPE Returns the type of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DFS_ITER I GET_VALUE Returns the value of the node at the current position .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I ADD_ATTRIBUTE Appends an attribute node to the DOM .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I ADD_ELEMENT Appends an element node to the DOM .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I ADD_NODE Appends a node to the DOM .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I ADD_TEXT Appends a text node to the DOM .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I GET_DFS_ITERATOR Returns an DFS iterator for the DOM .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I GET_ROOT_ELEMENT Returns the root element .
IF_IXML_MINI_DOM I GET_ROOT_NODE Returns the root node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I ADVANCE_TO_FIRST_CHILD Advances this node object to the first child of this node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I ADVANCE_TO_NEXT Advances this node object to the next sibling node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns this node's attribute by index .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns this node's attribute as an internal table .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_FIRST_CHILD Returns the node's first child node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_GID Returns the node's gid .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_INDEX Returns the node's index (internal only) .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_NAME Returns the node's name .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_NAMESPACE Returns the node's namespace .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_NEXT Returns the node's next sibling node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_NODE_INFO Returns a structure containing all of this node's properties.
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_PARENT Returns the node's parent node .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_TYPE Returns the node's type (see IF_IXML_MINI_DOM="CO_NODE_...) .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I GET_VALUE Returns the node's value .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I SET_GID Sets the node's gid .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I SET_NAME Sets the node's name .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I SET_NAMESPACE Sets the node's namespace .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I SET_TYPE Sets the node's type (see IF_IXML_MINI_DOM="CO_NODE_...) .
IF_IXML_MINI_NODE I SET_VALUE Sets the node's value .
IF_IXML_MINI_PARSER I PARSE_STRING Parses the given string stream into the output table .
IF_IXML_MINI_PARSER I PARSE_TABLE Parses the given table stream into the output table .
IF_IXML_MINI_PARSER I PARSE_XSTRING Parses the given xstring stream into the output table .
IF_IXML_MINI_RENDERER I RENDER_STRING Renders the given DOM into a string-based stream .
IF_IXML_MINI_RENDERER I RENDER_TABLE Renders the given DOM into a table-based stream .
IF_IXML_MINI_RENDERER I RENDER_XSTRING Renders the given DOM into a xstring-based stream .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I CREATE_ITERATOR CREATE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR CREATE_REV_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I GET_ITEM GET_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I GET_LENGTH GET_LENGTH .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I GET_NAMED_ITEM GET_NAMED_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I GET_NAMED_ITEM_NS GET_NAMED_ITEM_NS .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I REMOVE_NAMED_ITEM REMOVE_NAMED_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I REMOVE_NAMED_ITEM_NS REMOVE_NAMED_ITEM_NS .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I SET_NAMED_ITEM SET_NAMED_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NAMED_NODE_MAP I SET_NAMED_ITEM_NS SET_NAMED_ITEM_NS .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I BIND BIND .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I CLONE CLONE .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I GET_BINDING_PREFIX GET_BINDING_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I GET_BINDING_URI GET_BINDING_URI .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I MAP_TO_PREFIX MAP_TO_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I MAP_TO_URI MAP_TO_URI .
IF_IXML_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT I NUM_BINDINGS NUM_BINDINGS .
IF_IXML_NODE I APPEND_CHILD APPEND_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I CLONE CLONE .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_ANCESTOR CREATE_FILTER_ANCESTOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_AND CREATE_FILTER_AND .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_ATTRIBUTE CREATE_FILTER_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_ATTRIBUTE_NS CREATE_FILTER_ATTRIBUTE_NS .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_NAME CREATE_FILTER_NAME .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_NAME_NS CREATE_FILTER_NAME_NS .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_NODE_TYPE CREATE_FILTER_NODE_TYPE .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_NOT CREATE_FILTER_NOT .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_OR CREATE_FILTER_OR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_FILTER_PARENT CREATE_FILTER_PARENT .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_INLINE_ITERATOR CREATE_INLINE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_ITERATOR CREATE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_REV_INLINE_ITERATOR CREATE_REV_INLINE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR CREATE_REV_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE I FIND_FROM_GID FIND_FROM_GID .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_CHILDREN GET_CHILDREN .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_COLUMN GET_COLUMN .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_DEPTH GET_DEPTH .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_FIRST_CHILD GET_FIRST_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_GID GET_GID .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_HEIGHT GET_HEIGHT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_LAST_CHILD GET_LAST_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_LINE GET_LINE .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NAMESPACE GET_NAMESPACE .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT GET_NAMESPACE_CONTEXT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NAMESPACE_URI GET_NAMESPACE_URI .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_NEXT GET_NEXT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_OWNER_DOCUMENT GET_OWNER_DOCUMENT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_PARENT GET_PARENT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_PREV GET_PREV .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_ROOT GET_ROOT .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_IXML_NODE I GET_VALUE GET_VALUE .
IF_IXML_NODE I HAS_ANCESTOR HAS_ANCESTOR .
IF_IXML_NODE I INSERT_CHILD INSERT_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I IS_LEAF IS_LEAF .
IF_IXML_NODE I IS_ROOT IS_ROOT .
IF_IXML_NODE I NUM_CHILDREN NUM_CHILDREN .
IF_IXML_NODE I REMOVE_CHILD REMOVE_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I REMOVE_NODE REMOVE_NODE .
IF_IXML_NODE I RENDER RENDER .
IF_IXML_NODE I REPLACE_CHILD REPLACE_CHILD .
IF_IXML_NODE I SET_NAME SET_NAME .
IF_IXML_NODE I SET_NAMESPACE SET_NAMESPACE .
IF_IXML_NODE I SET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX SET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX .
IF_IXML_NODE I SET_NAMESPACE_URI SET_NAMESPACE_URI .
IF_IXML_NODE I SET_VALUE SET_VALUE .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I APPEND_ITEM APPEND_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I CREATE_ITERATOR CREATE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR CREATE_REV_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I GET_ITEM GET_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I GET_LENGTH GET_LENGTH .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I INSERT_ITEM INSERT_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I REMOVE_ITEM REMOVE_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_COLLECTION I REPLACE_ITEM REPLACE_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_FILTER I ACCEPT_NODE ACCEPT_NODE .
IF_IXML_NODE_FILTER I CLONE CLONE .
IF_IXML_NODE_FILTER I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_IXML_NODE_FILTER_COMBINING I ADD_FILTER ADD_FILTER .
IF_IXML_NODE_ITERATOR I GET_FILTER GET_FILTER .
IF_IXML_NODE_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT GET_NEXT .
IF_IXML_NODE_ITERATOR I RESET RESET .
IF_IXML_NODE_ITERATOR I SET_FILTER SET_FILTER .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I CREATE_ITERATOR CREATE_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR CREATE_REV_ITERATOR .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED CREATE_REV_ITERATOR_FILTERED .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I GET_ITEM GET_ITEM .
IF_IXML_NODE_LIST I GET_LENGTH GET_LENGTH .
IF_IXML_NOTATION_DECL I GET_PUBLIC_ID GET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_NOTATION_DECL I GET_SYSTEM_ID GET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_ESCAPED GET_ESCAPED .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_IGNORE_ESCAPING GET_IGNORE_ESCAPING .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_INDENT GET_INDENT .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_INDENT_CHAR GET_INDENT_CHAR .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_NUM_WRITTEN GET_NUM_WRITTEN .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_NUM_WRITTEN_RAW GET_NUM_WRITTEN_RAW .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_PRETTY_PRINT GET_PRETTY_PRINT .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I GET_QUOTED GET_QUOTED .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_ESCAPED SET_ESCAPED .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_IGNORE_ESCAPING SET_IGNORE_ESCAPING .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_INDENT SET_INDENT .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_INDENT_CHAR SET_INDENT_CHAR .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_PRETTY_PRINT SET_PRETTY_PRINT .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I SET_QUOTED SET_QUOTED .
IF_IXML_OSTREAM I WRITE_STRING WRITE_STRING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I ADD_PRESERVE_SPACE_ELEMENT ADD_PRESERVE_SPACE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_PARSER I ADD_STRIP_SPACE_ELEMENT ADD_STRIP_SPACE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_PARSER I GET_ERROR GET_ERROR .
IF_IXML_PARSER I GET_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION GET_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION .
IF_IXML_PARSER I GET_NAMESPACE_MODE GET_NAMESPACE_MODE .
IF_IXML_PARSER I HAS_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION HAS_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION .
IF_IXML_PARSER I IS_DOM_GENERATING IS_DOM_GENERATING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I IS_NORMALIZING IS_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I IS_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS IS_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS .
IF_IXML_PARSER I IS_VALIDATING IS_VALIDATING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I IS_XML_SPACE_AWARE IS_XML_SPACE_AWARE .
IF_IXML_PARSER I NUM_ERRORS NUM_ERRORS .
IF_IXML_PARSER I PARSE PARSE .
IF_IXML_PARSER I PARSE_EVENT PARSE_EVENT .
IF_IXML_PARSER I REGISTER_ENTITY REGISTER_ENTITY .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_DOM_GENERATING SET_DOM_GENERATING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION SET_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTION .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_NAMESPACE_MODE SET_NAMESPACE_MODE .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_NORMALIZING SET_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_RESOLVE_MODE SET_RESOLVE_MODE .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS SET_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_VALIDATING SET_VALIDATING .
IF_IXML_PARSER I SET_XML_SPACE_AWARE SET_XML_SPACE_AWARE .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_COLUMN GET_COLUMN .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_ENTITY GET_ENTITY .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_LINE GET_LINE .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_NUMBER GET_NUMBER .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_OFFSET GET_OFFSET .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_REASON GET_REASON .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_SEVERITY GET_SEVERITY .
IF_IXML_PARSE_ERROR I GET_SEVERITY_TEXT GET_SEVERITY_TEXT .
IF_IXML_PI I GET_TARGET GET_TARGET .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I GET_ATTRIBUTE GET_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE GET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I SET_ATTRIBUTE SET_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_IXML_PI_PARSED I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE SET_ATTRIBUTE_NODE .
IF_IXML_PI_UNPARSED I APPEND_DATA APPEND_DATA .
IF_IXML_PI_UNPARSED I GET_DATA GET_DATA .
IF_IXML_PI_UNPARSED I SET_DATA SET_DATA .
IF_IXML_RENDERER I IS_NORMALIZING IS_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_RENDERER I RENDER RENDER .
IF_IXML_RENDERER I SET_NORMALIZING SET_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_RENDERER I SET_NO_ESCAPING SET_NO_ESCAPING .
IF_IXML_STREAM I CLONE CLONE .
IF_IXML_STREAM I CLOSE CLOSE .
IF_IXML_STREAM I GET_ENCODING GET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_STREAM I GET_PUBLIC_ID GET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_STREAM I GET_SYSTEM_ID GET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_STREAM I IS_CAPABLE IS_CAPABLE .
IF_IXML_STREAM I MAKE_ABSOLUTE_ID MAKE_ABSOLUTE_ID .
IF_IXML_STREAM I OPEN OPEN .
IF_IXML_STREAM I SET_ENCODING SET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_STREAM I SET_PUBLIC_ID SET_PUBLIC_ID .
IF_IXML_STREAM I SET_SYSTEM_ID SET_SYSTEM_ID .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_ISTREAM_CSTRING CREATE_ISTREAM_CSTRING .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_ISTREAM_ITABLE CREATE_ISTREAM_ITABLE .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_ISTREAM_STRING CREATE_ISTREAM_STRING .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_ISTREAM_URI CREATE_ISTREAM_URI .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_ISTREAM_XSTRING CREATE_ISTREAM_XSTRING .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_OSTREAM_CSTRING CREATE_OSTREAM_CSTRING .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_OSTREAM_ITABLE CREATE_OSTREAM_ITABLE .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_OSTREAM_URI CREATE_OSTREAM_URI .
IF_IXML_STREAM_FACTORY I CREATE_OSTREAM_XSTRING CREATE_OSTREAM_XSTRING .
IF_IXML_TEXT I SPLIT_TEXT SPLIT_TEXT .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I ADD_FILTER ADD_FILTER .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I ADD_PRESERVE_SPACE_ELEMENT ADD_PRESERVE_SPACE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I ADD_STRIP_SPACE_ELEMENT ADD_STRIP_SPACE_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I FIND_END_ELEMENT FIND_END_ELEMENT .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_ATTRIBUTES GET_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_ERROR GET_ERROR .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_NAMESPACES GET_NAMESPACES .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_NAMESPACE_MODE GET_NAMESPACE_MODE .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_NEXT_TOKEN GET_NEXT_TOKEN .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_NODE_INFO GET_NODE_INFO .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I GET_TREE_LEVEL GET_TREE_LEVEL .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I IS_DOM_GENERATING IS_DOM_GENERATING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I IS_NORMALIZING IS_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I IS_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS IS_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I IS_VALIDATING IS_VALIDATING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I IS_XML_SPACE_AWARE IS_XML_SPACE_AWARE .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I NUM_ERRORS NUM_ERRORS .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I PARSE_TOKENS PARSE_TOKENS .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I REGISTER_ENTITY REGISTER_ENTITY .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I REMOVE_FILTER REMOVE_FILTER .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_DOM_GENERATING SET_DOM_GENERATING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_NAMESPACE_MODE SET_NAMESPACE_MODE .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_NORMALIZING SET_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS SET_SUPPLY_ATTR_DEFAULTS .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_VALIDATING SET_VALIDATING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_PARSER I SET_XML_SPACE_AWARE SET_XML_SPACE_AWARE .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I GET_ENCODING GET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I IS_NORMALIZING IS_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I RENDER RENDER .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I SET_ENCODING SET_ENCODING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I SET_NORMALIZING SET_NORMALIZING .
IF_IXML_TOKEN_RENDERER I SET_NO_ESCAPING SET_NO_ESCAPING .
IF_IXML_UNKNOWN I QUERY_INTERFACE QUERY_INTERFACE .
IF_I_TRANSACTION_START_REMOTE I START start specified transaction remotely, return immediately .
IF_JBR_SOFT_MODIFICATIONS I GET_ATTRIBUTES Load Attributes of Modification (Optional) .
IF_JBR_SOFT_MODIFICATIONS I IS_ACTIVE Query for a Note: Is Modification Active? .
IF_J_1B_CIAP_OBJECT I COLLECT_X4_RSEG Collect X4_RSEG data .
IF_KCRM_ERR_CP I GIVE_MARKED_OBJECTS Delivers the Selected Objects .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I DELETE_GROUP Delete Group .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I GET_GROUPS Read Groups .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I GET_SINGLE_GROUP Read Single Group .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I INSERT_GROUP Insert Group .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I QUERY Value Conversion .
IF_KMP_SERVICE I REPLACE Delete and Insert Groups .
IF_LAST_AMORT_CAL I GET_LAST_AMORTIZATION Gets Date and Amortized Acquisition Value of Last Amort. .
IF_LBK_FOLDER_ACL I GET_CNTR_UPD_DEF Returns counter update definition in Logbook customizing .
IF_LDAP_GENERIC_DYNPRO I PAI Is Called for PAI .
IF_LDAP_GENERIC_DYNPRO I PBO Is Called for PBO .
IF_LE_SHP_MAP_EXTERNAL_INTERFA I MAP_EXTERNAL_TO_INTERNAL Data Transfer from External to Internal Interface .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I CHECK_FOR_DETERM_PROC Check If This Is an Allowed Procedure .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I CHECK_FOR_PARTNER_FCT Check If Partner Function is Allowed for Procedure .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_DETERM_PROC_DESCR Get Description of a Procedure .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_F4_HELP_DETERM_PROC Gives the Allowed Partner Determination Procedures .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_F4_HELP_PARTNERFUNCTIONS Gives the Partner Function to a Procedure .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_PARTNER_FCT_CUST Get Customizing Details for Partner Functions .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_PARTNER_FCT_DESCR Get Description of Partner Function .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_CUST I GET_PARTNER_FCT_KEY Get Key for Partner Function Description .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_OBJECTTYPE I CHECK_PARENTOBJECT Checks if Relationship Maintenance Is Allowed .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_OBJECTTYPE I GET_F4_HELP_PARTNERFUNCTIONS States Partner Functions for All Partner Determ. Procedures .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_OBJECTTYPE I GET_PARENTOBJECT_ID Determines the ID for a Given GUID (No Error-Handling) .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_OBJECTTYPE I GET_PARTNER_DETERM_PROC Determines the Partner Procedure for a Parent GUID .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_PART I CHECK_PARTNER_EXISTS Checks if Partner Exists .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_PART I GET_PARTNER_DATA Reads Partner Data (Name, ...) for Assigned Partner .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_PART I GET_PARTNER_GUID Determine the Guid for the ID .
IF_LINK_PARTNER_PART I GET_PARTNER_ID Determine the ID for the Guid .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I CHECK_ENRICH_ATTRIBUTES Enrichment of the Attributes of a Relationship .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I CHECK_EXTENDED_KEYS Check Extended Keys .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I CONVERT_FIELDVALUES Conversion of Fields .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I FILL_DDLB People Centric IL: Filling Dropdown List Box .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I FILL_F4 Filling F4 Return Values .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I GET_DESTINOBJECT_GUID Determination of Target Object GUID .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I GET_F4_NO_DIALOG Filling F4 Return Values without Dialog .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I LINK_SCC Controlling Field Attributes (Screen Control) .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I MAP_UIDATA_MODIFY Maps Key Data of Structures .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I MAP_UIDATA_READ Maps Key Data of Structures .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I SORT_LINKS Sort and Filter Display .
IF_LINK_RELTYPE_UI I UPDATE_OUTTAB Filling Output Line with Additional Data .
IF_LINK_SERVICE I GET_ITEM_LINKS Determines the Relationships to a cl_browser_item .
IF_LIST_TREE_MODEL_ITEM_PROV I LOAD_ITEMS Load Items on Demand .
IF_LOCK_OWNER_TRL I CHECK_LOCK Check Lock .
IF_LOCK_OWNER_TRL I GET_GUID Get GUI of Lock Owner .
IF_LOCK_OWNER_TRL I REPOSTING_CALLBACK Action Following Removal of Lock .
IF_LOCK_OWNER_TRL I UNLOCK Remove block .
IF_LOCK_PPF I DEQUEUE Remove Lock .
IF_LOCK_PPF I ENQUEUE Generate Lock .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I ADOPT_TEXT Adopt Long Text .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I DELETE_TEXT Delete Long Text .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I EDIT_TEXT Invoke Long Text Editor .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I GET_TEXT Read Long Text per Text ID .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I GET_TEXTOBJECT Supplies Text Object (TTXOB) .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I GET_TYPES Text Types .
IF_LONGTEXTS_MM I SET_TEXT Set Long Text per Text ID .
IF_LPD_LIGHT_PROVIDER I GETOBJECTS Get the objects for LPD Light .
IF_LPD_LIGHT_PROVIDER I GETOBJECTTYPE Get the objecttypes for LPD Light .
IF_LPD_LIGHT_PROVIDER I GETPARAMETERS Get the parameters for LPD Light .
IF_LSO_COL_MANAGER I GET Delivers Instance of a Collaboration .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I COMPLETE End Collaboration .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I COMPLETE_PARTICIPANT Stop Participation .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I DELETE Delete Collaboration .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I DELETE_PARTICIPANT Delete/Cancel Participants .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I GET_INFORMATION Delivers Information as Property List .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I GET_PARTICIPANTS Delivers List of All Participants .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I INSERT_PARTICIPANT Add Participants .
IF_LSO_COL_ROOM I IS_PARTICIPANT Is Learner/User Participant in Room .
IF_LSO_CRP_COMMUNICATION_DATA I GET_COMMUNICATION_DATA Communication Data for Specific Person .
IF_LSO_CRP_CONFLICT_HANDLER I FIND_AND_RESOLVE Find and Resolve Conflicts .
IF_LSO_CRP_CONTEXT_PREP I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_LSO_CRP_CONTEXT_PREP I PREPARE_CONTEXT Prepare Context .
IF_LSO_CRP_CONTEXT_UI I GET_INSTANCE Singleton .
IF_LSO_CRP_CONTEXT_UI I SHOW_DIALOG Display Dialog .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_CRUD I ADD_CONTEXT Add Correspondence Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_CRUD I DELETE_CONTEXT Delete Correspondence Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_CRUD I UPDATE_CONTEXT Change Correspondence Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I ADD_CONTEXT Add Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I COPY_CONTEXT Copy Request .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I DELETE_CONTEXT Delete Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I PREVIEW_CONTEXT Get Request for Preview .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I SEND_CONTEXT Send Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I SET_COMMIT Specify Commit Behavior .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I SIGNAL_GENERATE_OK Requests were generated successfully .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I SIGNAL_SEND_ERROR Requests could not be sent .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I SIGNAL_SEND_OK Requests were sent .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_MANAGER I UPDATE_CONTEXT Change Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_QUERY I GET_CONTEXT Returns List of Correspondence Requests .
IF_LSO_CRP_QUEUE_QUERY I IS_EMPTY Queue is empty .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_CELL_PHONE Determine Cell Phone Address for Address Type .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_CELL_PHONE_LIST Available Addresses for SMS/Pager .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_FAX Determine Fax Address for Address Type .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_FAX_LIST Available Fax Numbers .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_ID Returns unique ID for recipient .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_IMAIL Determine Internet mail address for address type .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_IMAIL_LIST Available Internet Addresses .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_NAME Returns display name .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_PHONE_LIST Available Telephone Numbers .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_RMAIL SAP Mail: Determine Address for Address Type .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_RMAIL_LIST Available SAP Mail Addresses .
IF_LSO_CRP_RECIPIENT I GET_TELNR Returns phone numbers .
IF_LSO_CRP_RENDER_READER I GET_INSTANCE Creating Instance .
IF_LSO_CRP_RENDER_READER I READ_VALUE Import Value for Key .
IF_LSO_CRP_SMM_STORAGE I DELETE_STOPMARK Delete Stopmarks .
IF_LSO_CRP_SMM_STORAGE I GET_STOPMARK Read Stopmarks .
IF_LSO_CRP_SMM_STORAGE I SET_STOPMARK Set Stopmarks .
IF_LSO_LEARNER I GET_PRICING_INFO Returns Data on Price Determination .
IF_LSO_LEARNER I GET_SETTINGS Returns Personalization Data .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I REFRESH_VALUES Re-Read All Data .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SAVE_VALUES Save Changes .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_CATALOG_TTYPES Catalog: Display Course Types .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_CATALOG_VIEWS Catalog: Set View .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_LEARNING_STRATEGY Set Learning Strategy .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_SEARCH_LANGUAGE Find: Set Preferred Language .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_SEARCH_LOCATION Find: Set Preferred Location .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_SEARCH_USE_SETTINGS Find: Use Settings .
IF_LSO_LEARNER_SETTINGS I SET_TRAININGTYPE_READ_NDAYS Preview Period in Days .
IF_LSO_WS_ELSP_SERVICE I ENROLL_USER Book for external course .
IF_LSO_WS_ELSP_SERVICE I GET_USER_TRACKING Read Learning Data .
IF_LSO_WS_ELSP_SERVICE I LAUNCH_COURSE Launch of external course .
IF_LSO_WS_ELSP_SERVICE I SET_USER_TRACKING Write Learning Data .
IF_LSO_WS_ELSP_SERVICE I UNENROLL_USER Cancellation of external course .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I ACTIVATE BRF: Maintenance - Activates a BRF Object (Version Mgmnt) .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I CHANGE_EDIT_MODE BRF: Maintenance - Switches Edit Mode .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I CHECK_AUTHORITY BRF: Maintenance - Authorization Check .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I CLEAR BRF: Maintenance - Clears Instance Data .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I COPY BRF: Maintenance - Copy .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I CREATE_EXPORT_OBJECT BRF: Maintenance - Create Transport Object .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I DEQUEUE BRF: Maintenance: Unlocks Tables (Lines) to Be Maintained .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I ENQUEUE BRF: Maintenance - Locks Tables (Lines) to Be Maintained .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I FMOD BRF: Maintenance - Field Modification Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I FMOD_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - Field Modification Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I FMOD_TABLE BRF: Maintenance - Fld Modif. f. Table Control on Data Scrn .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I FREE BRF: Maintenance - Clearing Controls .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_EDIT_MODE BRF: Maintenance - Returns Edit Mode .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_ENTRY_SCREENS BRF: Maintenance - Returns Initial Subscreens .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_KEY_STRUCTURE BRF: Maintenance - Transfers Uncategorized Key Information .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_MENUE BRF: Maintenance - Transfers Menu to Be Used Now (GUI) .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_MNT_INSTANCE BRF: Maintenance - Returns Maintenance Instance .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_MNT_INSTANCE_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - Returns Maint.Instance f.Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_PROGRESS_STATUS BRF: Maintenance - Returns PROGRESS_STATUS .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SCREENS BRF: Maintenance - Returns List of Maintenance Subscreens .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SCREEN_STATE BRF: Maintenance - Returns State of Maintenance Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE BRF: Maintenance - Returns Screen Structure, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - Returns Screen Structure, Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SCREEN_TABLE BRF: Maintenance - Returns Screen Table, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_SMARTFORM_NAME BRF: Maintenance - Returns Name of SmartForm .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_TABLE_FOR_ALV_GRID BRF: Maintenance -Transfers Detail Table Acc. to Selection .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_TITLE BRF: Maintenance - Title of Maintenance Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_TRANSPORT_OBJECTS BRF: Maintenance - Returns Affected Transport Objects .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_VERSION_INFO BRF: Maintenance - Delivers Information on a New Version .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GET_XML BRF: Maintenance - Returns XML Representation .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GOTO_NEXT_OBJECT BRF: Maintenance - Goes to Next Object .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I GOTO_PREV_OBJECT BRF: Maintenance - Goes to Previous Object .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I HISTORY_IS_ACTIVE BRF: Maintenance: History Management Is Available And Active.
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I INIT BRF: Maintenance - Initialization .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I IS_MODIFIED BRF: Maintenance - Has Object Been Changed? .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I LOAD BRF: Maintenance - Load .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PAI1 BRF: Maintenance - PAI, Checks After Input, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PAI2 BRF: Maintenance - PAI, Transfer of Data After Input .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PAI_CONTROL BRF: Maintenance - PAI, Return Controls .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PAI_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - PAI, Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PBO1 BRF: Maintenance - Set PBO Fields, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PBO2 BRF: Maintenance - Set PBO Texts, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PBO_CONTROL BRF: Maintenance - PBO, Set Up / Update Controls .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PBO_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - PBO, Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PRINT BRF: Print Individual Expressions .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PROCESS_EXIT_FUNCTION BRF: Maintenance - Processes Exit Function Code .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I PROCESS_NORMAL_FUNCTION BRF: Maintenance - Processes Normal Function Code .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SAVE BRF: Maintenance - Save .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SAVE_PREPARE BRF: Maintenance - Prepare Saving (Transport, etc.) .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE BRF: Maintenance - Sets Screen Structure, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE_ENTRY BRF: Maintenance - Sets Screen Structure, Initial Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SET_SCREEN_TABLE BRF: Maintenance - Sets Screen Table, Data Screen .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SET_SMARTFORM_NAME BRF: Maintenance - Sets SmartForm Name .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SET_TOP_LINE BRF: Maintenance - for Table Control .
IF_MAINTENANCE_BRF I SYNC BRF: Maintenance - Sends Change Information per 00 Event .
IF_MAPPING I EXECUTE Execute Transformation .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I ADD_RECORD Inserts an Entry or Changes an Existing Entry .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I GET_ALL_RECORDS Gets All Entries .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I GET_RECORD Gets One Entry .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I GET_RECORDS_OF_NAMESPACE Gets All Entries for a Namespace .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I REMOVE_ALL_RECORDS Deletes All Lines .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I REMOVE_RECORD Deletes One Entry .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I REMOVE_RECORDS_OF_NAMESPACE Deletes All Entries for a Namespace .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I SET_ALL_RECORDS Sets the Table of All Entries .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I SIZE Gets the Number of All Entries .
IF_MAPPING_DYNAMIC_CONF I SIZE_OF_NAMESPACE Gets the Number of All Entries of a Namespace .
IF_MAPPING_PARAM I GET Returning a Parameter .
IF_MAPPING_SUPPORT_DETAILS I GET_DETAILS XML Documents Between Mapping Steps .
IF_MAPPING_SUPPORT_DETAILS I SET_TEST_MODE Set Test Mode .
IF_MAPPING_TRACE I TRACE Write Trace .
IF_MAPPING_TRACE I TRACE1 Write Trace (Level 1: Important Messages) .
IF_MAPPING_TRACE I TRACE2 Write Trace (Level 2: Normal Messages) .
IF_MAPPING_TRACE I TRACE3 Write Trace (Level 3: Details) .
IF_MASS_PROCESSING_IMP I END_SELECT Final Call .
IF_MASS_PROCESSING_IMP I PROCESS Executes Processing of Objects .
IF_MASS_PROCESSING_IMP I REFRESH Deletes Objects and Parameters After Processing .
IF_MASS_PROCESSING_IMP I SELECT Determines Objects to Be Processed .
IF_MASTER_CONDITIONS_MM I GET_DATA Deliver Master Conditions .
IF_MASTER_CONDITIONS_MM I SET_DATA Set Master Conditions .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I ADD_MINUTES Add Log Records .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I CHECK_FIELDCATALOGUE Check Changed Data .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I FREE Initialization Type .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I GET_FIELDCATALOGUE_DATA Pass on Default Values During First Call .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I GET_SAISON_DATA Copy Season Periods .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I SAVE_CHANGES Update changes .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I SET_DATA_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Copy Default Values During First Call .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I SET_FIELDCATALOGUE Transfer Changed Field Values .
IF_MATERIAL_MAINTAINDATA I UPDATE_MATERIALLIST Adjust List of Edited Materials .
IF_MATERIAL_SPECIALIZATION I CREATE_NEW_SPECIALIZATION Create new specialization .
IF_MATERIAL_SPECIALIZATION I GET_SPECIALIZATION Read type of specialization .
IF_MATERIAL_SPECIALIZATION I GET_SPECIALIZATIONS Read types of a table of specialization .
IF_MCEX_45_ADDON I FILL_ITEM_ADDON Filling of Item Extractor .
IF_MCEX_45_CDLST_ADDON I FILL_ADDON_DATA Enrich Add-On Data for Append DataSource .
IF_MCEX_45_ITM_ADDON I FILL_ITEM_DATA Fill Add-On Data .
IF_MCEX_45_PDLST_ADDON I FILL_ADDON_DATA Enrich Add-On Data for Append DataSource .
IF_MCEX_45_VDLST_ADDON I FILL_ADDON_DATA Enrich Add-On Data for Append DataSource .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I CREATE_LISTENER MDM-BI: Create listener instance .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I DELETE_DS_CONFIG MDM-BI: delete data source configuration .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_BI_CLEANUP_NOTIFY MDM-BI: Cleanup notification handler .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_BI_DATA_CREATION_NOTIFYMDM-BI: Data creation notification handler .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_BI_DATA_READ_NOTIFY MDM-BI: Data read notification handler .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_BI_METADATA_NOTIFY MDM-BI: Meta data notification handler .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I SET_DS_CONFIG MDM-BI: set configuration required for the Data Source .
IF_MDE_BI_CONTROLLER I SET_RECORDS MDM-BI: buffer extracted record IDs .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CHECK_MATCH_STRATEGY MDM-BI: Checks the MDM repository for Matching Strategies .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CONNECT MDM-BI: Connect to MDM .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_DATA MDM-BI: Create Records in MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_FIELDS MDM-BI: Create Repository Fields .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_REPOSITORY MDM-BI: Create Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_STATUS_LOOKUP MDM-BI: Create Status Look Up Table and Fields .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_STATUS_VALUES MDM-BI: Create Status Look Up Table values .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I CREATE_USER MDM-BI: Create user .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I DELETE_API_CONFIG MDM-BI: Delete ABAP API Configuration .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I DELETE_REPOSITORY MDM-BI: Delete a MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I DELETE_USER MDM-BI: Delete user .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I DISCONNECT MDM-BI: Disconnect from MDM .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I GET_MAIN_TABLE_INFO MDM-BI: Read the Repository Main Table Information .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I GROUP_DATA MDM-BI: Analyze a Matching Result and group the Data .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I LOAD_REPOSITORY MDM-BI: Load a MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I MATCH_DATA MDM-BI: Match Data of a MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I MODIFY_FIELDS MDM-BI: Modify a MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I MODIFY_USER_PASSWORD MDM-BI: Change user password .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I PREPARE_CREATE_DATA MDM-BI: Prepare data creation .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I PREPARE_MATCH_DATA MDM-BI: Prepares a Filter for the MDM Matching Strategy .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I PREPARE_MODIFY_REPOSITORY MDM-BI: Prepares the MDM Repository Modification .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I PREPARE_QUERY_DATA MDM-BI: Prepares a MDM Query Table .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I QUERY_DATA MDM-BI: Query to retrieve Record IDs .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I READ_DATA MDM-BI: Read Data Records .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I SET_LOG_OBJECT_NAME MDM-BI: set logical object name .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I SET_STATUS MDM-BI: Set record status in MDM .
IF_MDE_BI_MAPPING I UPDATE_DATA MDM-BI: Update existing Records in MDM Repository .
IF_MDE_BI_TABLE_MAP I DEL_META_DATA MDM-BI: Delete meta data from table .
IF_MDE_BI_TABLE_MAP I GET_META_DATA MDM-BI: Get meta data from table .
IF_MDE_BI_TABLE_MAP I SET_META_DATA MDM-BI: Set meta data to table .
IF_MDM_CLNTDEL_OBJ_CTRL I PROCESS_REQUEST Process request .
IF_MDS_CTRL_EVENT_HANDLER I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_MDS_CTRL_EVENT_HANDLER I START Start Processing .
IF_MDS_CTRL_STRATEGY_IMPL I FLUSH Lock Flush .
IF_MDS_CTRL_STRATEGY_IMPL I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_MDS_CTRL_STRATEGY_IMPL I LOCK Set Locks .
IF_MDS_CTRL_STRATEGY_IMPL I PROCESS Central Maintenance .
IF_MDS_CTRL_STRATEGY_IMPL I UNLOCK Undo Locks .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I EXTRACT_DATA Extraction of Object Data .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I EXTRACT_ID Extraction of Object Keys .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I FINALIZE Terminates Data Extraction .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I FINALIZE_ID Terminates ID Selection .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I GET_SEL_KIND_DESC Reads the Text for Relevant Selection Types .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I HAS_RELATIONS Checks Whether Object Has Relations .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I HAS_TEST_MODE Returns Information on Whether Sync. Object Has a Test Mode .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I INITIALIZE Initialization of Data Extract .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR I INITIALIZE_ID Initialization of ID Extraction .
IF_MDS_EXTRACTOR_INST I GET_INSTANCE Generates an Extractor Instance .
IF_MEDIUM_CONTAINER_PPF I GET_CONTAINER Read Container of Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CONTAINER_PPF I SAVE_CONTAINER Save Container of Medium (for Event Handler) .
IF_MEDIUM_CONTAINER_PPF I SET_CONTAINER Set Container of Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I CHECK Check Consistency .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I COPY Copy Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_CHANGED Delivers Flag, Whether Instance Was Changed .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_MEDIUM Generates a Runtime Medium from the Customizing Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_MEDIUM_TEMPLATE Generates a Template Medium (Persistent) from Cust. Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_MEDIUM_TEMPLATE_TRANS DO NOT USE!!! .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_PERSISTENCY_TABLE Delivers the Table Where the Data Is Persistently Stored .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I GET_TYPE Delivers the Type of the Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_CUST_PPF I TRANSPORT Include Additional Data in Transport Request .
IF_MEDIUM_PARTNER_PPF I GET_PARTNER Get Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PARTNER_PPF I PARTNER_IS_EQUAL Compare Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PARTNER_PPF I SET_PARTNER Set Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I CHECK Check Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I COMPLETE Complete Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I COPY Copy Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I DELETE Delete Medium and Attached Data .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I EXECUTE Start Processing .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I GET_MEDIUM_TEXT Read Media Configuration as Text .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I GET_PARTNER Get Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I GET_PROCESSING_LOG Get Processing Log .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I GET_STATUS_TEXT Read Status as Text .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I GET_TYPE Get Medium Type (Print, Fax, Mail ..) .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I IS_EQUAL Compare Medium .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I LANGUAGE_IS_EQUAL Compare Medium Language .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I MEDIUM_CHANGED Manually Changed? .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I PARTNER_IS_EQUAL Compare Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I PREVIEW Display Preview .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I SET_PARTNER Set Partner .
IF_MEDIUM_PPF I SET_TRIGGER Set Action .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I CHECK Check Consistency .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I COPY Create by Copying .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I DELETE Deletes the Template and Attached Data .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_INVALID Delivers Flag if Template Has Been Invalidated .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_MEDIUM Generates a Runtime Medium from the Template .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_MEDIUM_TEXT Read Media Configuration as Text .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_NEXT Delivers the Next Media Template .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_PERSISTENCY_TABLE Delivers the Table Where the Data Is Persistently Stored .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I GET_TYPE Get Medium Type (Print, Fax, Mail ..) .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I SET_NEXT Sets the Next Media Template .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I SET_USECUSTDATA Data will be reset to the Customizing values .
IF_MEDIUM_TEMPL_PPF I TRANSPORT_REQUESTED Transport Is Triggered, Enter Dependent Objects .
IF_MEDIUM_VIEW_PPF I GET_CUSTOMIZING_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen for Customizing .
IF_MEDIUM_VIEW_PPF I GET_DETERMINATION_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen for Determination .
IF_MEDIUM_VIEW_PPF I GET_RUNTIME_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen for Runtime Environment .
IF_MEDIUM_VIEW_PPF I GET_WIZARD_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen for Customizing Wizard .
IF_MEDIUM_VIEW_PPF I PUBLISH Sets the Corresponding Model .
IF_MERGE_PPF I COPY Copies this Instance .
IF_MERGE_PPF I GET_CHANGED Delivers Flag, Whether Instance Was Changed .
IF_MERGE_PPF I GET_INSTANCE Delivers a Merge Instance for an Action Definition .
IF_MERGE_PPF I GET_MERGE_TEXT Delivers Description of the Logic Used .
IF_MERGE_PPF I GET_PERSISTENCY_TABLE Delivers the Table Where the Data Is Persistently Stored .
IF_MERGE_PPF I MERGE Mix of New and Existing Actions .
IF_MERGE_PPF I MERGE_SINGLE Mix Man. Created and Existing Actions .
IF_MERGE_SPLIT_SERVICE I MERGE_AND_SPLIT Merge and Split of Message Objects .
IF_MERGE_VIEW_PPF I GET_MODEL_CLASS Delivers the Model Class .
IF_MERGE_VIEW_PPF I GET_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen .
IF_MERGE_VIEW_PPF I PUBLISH Sets the Corresponding Model .
IF_MESSAGE I GET_LONGTEXT Returns message long text .
IF_MESSAGE I GET_TEXT Returns message short text .
IF_MESSAGE_LINK_OBJECT I SET_OBJECT_ID Set Business Object Key .
IF_MESSAGE_LINK_OBJECT I WRITE Save Object Link .
IF_MESSAGE_OBJ_MM I DESCRIBE Object Description .
IF_MESSAGE_OBJ_MM I GET_PARENT Determine Parent Object .
IF_MESSAGE_PART I SET_TRANSFER_ENCODING Sets Content Transfer Encoding .
IF_METACLASS_MM I GET_CLASS_ID Class ID .
IF_METACLASS_MM I GET_CLASS_ID_FOR_INSTANCE Class ID for Instance .
IF_ME_CATALOG_INTERFACE I DETERMINE_TEXT_ID Determine a Different Text id for Current Item .
IF_ME_CATALOG_INTERFACE I MAP_CAT_VALUES Concatenate Catalog Fields to Item Fields .
IF_ME_CATALOG_INTERFACE I MATGROUP_ECC_TO_CCM Replace the Technical Representation of a Material Group .
IF_ME_COMMITMENT_PLAN I OPEN Open Commitment Plan .
IF_ME_COMMITMENT_PLAN I PROCESS Check Commitment Plan .
IF_ME_DELIVERY_TIME_VARIANCE I CHANGE_VARIANCE Change Delivery Time Variance .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I CHANGE_SI_CATEGORY Change of Subitem Category in PIC .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I CHECK_ERP_PIC Check Whether PIC to be Executed in ERP .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I PIC_ATPCA Change in Transfer Structure for ATP Check .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I PIC_ATPCSX Changes to Transfer Table for ATP Check .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I SET_SCM_PIC Decision Whether PIC is to be Executed in SCM .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I SI_TABLES Change of Data for Subitems .
IF_ME_PIC_STO_EXTEND I TRIGGER_SUBITEM_CHANGE Change in Subitems in Case of ATP from Subitems .
IF_ME_SUBITEM_FIELDSTATUS I OVERRIDE_WEPOS Allows to Override the Settings from Customizing (T163) .
IF_ME_WRF_STD_DNG I FASHION_DUNNING_CHECK Remind and Expedite: Change Reminder/Expediting Date .
IF_MGT_WSSEQUENCMONITOR I CHECKEVENTHANDLERSTATUS Check Status Event Handler .
IF_MGT_WSSEQUENCMONITOR I CLOSESEQUENCE Close Sequence .
IF_MIME_PART I SET_TRANSFER_ENCODING Set (Content Transfer) Encoding of Data .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I ADD_CHILD Adds Child (No Duplicates) .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I CHECK_CHILD_ADDITION Checks Whether Child Can Be Added (Not Duplicated) .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I GET_CHILDREN Provides Children in Metamodel .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I GET_PARENTS Provides Parents in Metamodel .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I GET_TYPE Provides Type in Metamodel .
IF_MLCOSTING_MM_NODE I REMOVE_CHILD Removed Child .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I CLOSE_ARCHIVE Close Archive File .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_BOM Read Subcontracting Components .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_CD Read Archived Change Documents for a Document .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_CONDITION Read Conditions .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_CONF Read Confirmations .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_IR Read Archived Purchasing Info Record .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_NAST Read Archived Messages .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_PARTNER Read Archived Partners for a Document .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_PD Read Archived Purchasing Document .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_PR Read Archived Purchase Requisition .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVED_SRV Read Service Data for Document .
IF_MMPUR_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVE_HANDLE Read Archive Handle If Needed .
IF_MMPUR_EINM_ORDRSP I GET_DATA Data Transfer .
IF_MMPUR_EINM_ORDRSP I PROCESS Data Processing .
IF_MMPUR_EINM_ORDRSP I SET_DATA Data Transfer .
IF_MMPUR_UI_VENDOR_DATA I CHECK_AUTHORITY check authority .
IF_MMPUR_UI_VENDOR_DATA I GET_CONTACT_PERSONS get communication data of contact persons .
IF_MMPUR_UI_VENDOR_DATA I GET_VENDOR_DATA get vendor adress data .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Return the Value of an Attribute, If Single Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Returns Values of an Attribute If Multiple Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_MOFID Returns the Unique MOF ID .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_REFERENCE Returns the Value of a Reference If Single Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_REFERENCES Returns Values of the References if Multiple Values .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I GET_STATE Object status .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I IS_MULTI_VALUED_ATTRIBUTE Attribute is Multiple Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I IS_MULTI_VALUED_REFERENCE Reference Is Multiple Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Sets the Value of an Attribute If Single Value .
IF_MMR_INSTANCE I SET_REFERENCE Sets the Value of a Reference If Single Value .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I COMMIT Commit (Transfer of Changes and Java MMR) .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I CREATE_INSTANCE Creates an Instance .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I FINALIZE Clearing Tasks .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I QUERY Query (Search) of the MMR (Java) .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I READ_INSTANCE Reads an Instance from MMR (Java) .
IF_MMR_REPOSITORY I WRITE_TO_MMR Writes the Changes to the MMR (Java) .
IF_MNT_APO_CONVERT I CONVERT_R3_DATA_TO_APO Filters and converts ERP data for APO .
IF_MNT_BTE_TRANSFER I BTE_TRANSFER Controls BTE Transfer .
IF_MNT_DELTA_READ I READ_BY_FILTER Read orders for delta report .
IF_MNT_GET_DATA I GET_FILTER_OBJ_BY_PLANT Select all filter objects with plant from given list .
IF_MNT_GET_DATA I GET_MAT_WERK_WITH_APOKZ Get material / plant combinat with noninitial APOKZ in MARC .
IF_MNT_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_DATA Get order data from database .
IF_MNT_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_HEADERS_FROM_FLT_OBJGet order headers from database (by filter object) .
IF_MNT_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_HEADERS_FROM_KEY Get order headers from database (by order number) .
IF_MNT_GET_FILTER_OBJ I GET_FILTER_OBJECTS Returns Filter Objects .
IF_MNT_INITIAL_TRANSFER I INITIAL_TRANSFER Reads data for initial transfer to APO .
IF_MNT_MANAGE_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE_TO_LOG Adds Message to CIF Application Log for MPO .
IF_MNT_MANAGE_LOG I APPEND_LOG_TO_CIF_LOG Appends Content to Generic CIF Log .
IF_MNT_MANAGE_LOG I GET_MESSAGES Get messages of CIF log .
IF_MNT_REFRESH_TRANSFER I REFRESH_TRANSFER Controls refresh transfer .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I CHECK_OBJECTS Checks Whether Two Objects Can Occur in This Relationship .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I CHECK_OBJECTS_EXT Extended Object Check .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I GET_PROPERTIES Returns the Attribute Objects of Relationship .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I GET_PROPERTY Returns a Specific Attribute Object (If Available) .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I HAS_ROLES Checks Whether Two Role Types Fit With Relationship Type .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I HAS_ROLES_EXT Enhanced Role Check .
IF_MODEL_BINREL I SET_ACTIVE Setting Migration Flag .
IF_MODEL_BINREL_PROP I GET_BRELS Relationship Types That Use This Attribute .
IF_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I GET_MODEL Returns the Current Model .
IF_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I SET_MODEL Sets Current Model .
IF_MODEL_ROLE I GET_BRELS Returns Relationship Types That Use This Role .
IF_MODEL_ROLE I GET_OBJECTS Returns All Permitted Objects for this Role .
IF_MODEL_ROLE I IS_ALLOWED_OBJECT Checks If an Object Is Permitted in this Role .
IF_MODEL_ROLE I IS_IN_BREL Checks If Role Appears in a Relationship Type .
IF_MO_SELECTION_DME I GET_ALL_OBJECTS Gets all Instances of an MO Classe .
IF_MO_SELECTION_DME I GET_RELATED_OBJECT Gets Associated Object .
IF_MO_SELECTION_DME I GET_RELATED_OBJECTS Gets the Associated Objects .
IF_MO_TRANSPORT_DME I APPEND_TRANSPORT_LIST Adds an Object List to the Transport Object List .
IF_MO_TRANSPORT_DME I GET_CHECK_LIST Gets the Transport Object Liste for the Check Time .
IF_MO_TRANSPORT_DME I GET_OBJECT_LIST Gets the Object List for a Transport Object List .
IF_MO_TRANSPORT_DME I GET_TRANSPORT_INFO Gets the Transport Attributes of a Class .
IF_MO_TRANSPORT_DME I GET_TRANSPORT_LIST Gets the Transport Object List for an Object List .
IF_MP_VALIDATION I VALIDATE_CONDITION_VALUE Validate Condition Value Entered by User .
IF_MP_VALIDATION I VALIDATE_FIELD_VALUE Validate Value Entered by User in the Field .
IF_MR_API I CREATE_FOLDER Create Folder in MIME Repository .
IF_MR_API I DELETE Delete MIME Object in the MIME Repository .
IF_MR_API I FILE_LIST Supply All Files of a Folder in the MIME Repository .
IF_MR_API I GET Supply Contents of a MIME Object .
IF_MR_API I GET_API Create API Instance .
IF_MR_API I GET_IO_FOR_URL Supply Kpro Object (LOIO) Based on URL Address .
IF_MR_API I PROPERTIES Supply Properties of a MIME Object .
IF_MR_API I PUT Create or Overwrite MIME Object in the MIME Repository .
IF_MR_EXT_FROLE I SET_DRAGDROP_OBJECT Drag&Drop Object for Folder Role .
IF_MR_EXT_FROLE I SET_MENU_OBJECT Menu Object for Folder Role .
IF_MSG_OUTPUT I ISSUE Displays Message .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I CHANGE_PERSPECTIVE Triggers a Switch of View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I CHANGE_PERSPECTIVE_REVIEW Triggers a Switch of View in Review View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONFIRM_APPR_TABLE Access to Confirmation Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONFIRM_KEEP_TABLE Access to Confirmation Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONFIRM_REJ_TABLE Access to Confirmation Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONTEXT_BEGDA Gets Start Date of Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONTEXT_ENDDA Gets End Date of Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CONTEXT_TABLE Access to Context Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CURRENT_PERSPECTIVE_ID Gets ID of Current View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_CURRENT_VIEW Gets Current View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_DETAIL_OBJECT Gets Reference to Single Item Object .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_DETAIL_TABLE Access to Detail Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_DRILL_DOWN_OBJECT Gets Reference to Drill-Down Object .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_DRILL_DOWN_TABLE Access to Drill-Down Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_F4_PERSPECTIVE Gets F4 Help for Permitted Views .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_F4_REASONS Gets Rejection Reasons .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_REVIEW_APPR_TABLE Access to Review Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_REVIEW_ERR_TABLE Access to Review Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_REVIEW_KEEP_TABLE Access to Review Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_REVIEW_REJ_TABLE Access to Review Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_SINGLE_ITEM_OBJECT Gets Reference to Single Item Object .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I GET_SINGLE_ITEM_TABLE Gets Reference to Single Item Table .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I HANDLE_EVENT Application is notified of commands .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE Initializes the Application .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_APPLICATION I SET_CONTEXT_DATE Sets New Period for Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_COMPRATIVE_VAL I GET_COMPARATIVE_CRITERIEN Gets Consolidation Criteria for View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_COMPRATIVE_VAL I GET_COMPARATIVE_VALUE The comparison values are provided for a consolidation line .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_BADI_CUSTOMIZING Gets Customizing Required for BAdI .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_COMPARISON_INFO Description of Comparison Columns .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_CONSOLIDATION_INFO Description of Consolidation Criteria .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_FIELDLIST_DETAIL Field Selection for Detail View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_FIELDLIST_SINGLE Field Selection for Individual Record View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_MSS_SELECTION_CRITERIA Gets Selection Criteria for MSS Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_PERIOD_INFO Period and First Day of Period .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_PERSPECTIVES ID and Descriptive Text of Permitted Views .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_PROCESS_INFO Profile-Dependent Data .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_PROJECT_SELECTION_CRITERIAGets Selection Criteria for Project Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST I GET_START_PERSPECTIVE ID of Initial View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_BADI_CUSTOMIZING Gets Customizing for BAdI Call .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_CONSOLIDATION_INFO Gets Consolidation Fields .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_F4_PERSPECTIVE Gets F4 Help for Perspective .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_CONTEXT Gets Field Selection for Context View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_DETAILS Gets Field Selection for Detail View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_DRILL_DOWN Gets Field Selection for Consolidation View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_REVIEW Gets Field Selection for Review View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_REVIEW_ERROR Gets Field Selection for Review View (Error Table) .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_REVIEW_REJ Gets Field Selection for Review View (Rejection Records) .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_LAYOUT_SINGLE_ITEM Gets Field Selection for Individual Item View .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_PERIOD_INFO Gets Period of Consolidation .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_PERSPECTIVE_ID Gets Current View ID .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_PROCESS_INFO Gets General Information About Process .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_CUST_PROCESSOR I GET_SUM_INFO Which CATSDB Field To Use for Totaling .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_BWGRL_OUT Gets BWGRL in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_CATSAMOUNT_OUT Gets CATSAMOUNT in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_CATSDB_EXT Gets CATSDB_EXT Part of Object .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_CATSDB_STATUS Gets the CATSDB Status .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_CATSHOURS_OUT Gets CATSHOURS in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_CATSQUANTITY_OUT Gets CATSQUANTITY in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_COUNTER Gets the CATSDB Counter .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_INT_STATUS Gets Buffer Status .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_LONGTEXT Gets Long Text for Record .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_OFMNW_OUT Gets CATSHOURS in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_PERNR Gets Personnel Number of Record .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_PRICE_OUT Gets PRICE in Output Conversion .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_REASON Gets Rejection Reason .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_REASON_TEXT Gets Text for Rejection Reason .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_RECID Delivers Record ID .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_REFCOUNTER Gets Counter of Previous Record .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I GET_WORKDATE Gets Date of Record .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I RESET Convert Record to Default Status .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I SET_APPROVAL Record Flagged for Approval .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I SET_KEEP Record To Remain Unchanged .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I SET_REASON Sets Preliminary Rejection Reason .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TIME_RECORD I SET_REJECTION Record To Remain Rejected .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I CHECK Locks and Compares the Changed Records .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I CLEANUP Unlocks Locked Records .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_CONTEXT_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times for Context .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_F4_REJECTION_REASONS Gets Rejection Reasons .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_OUT_OF_SYNC_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times Changed on Database .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_PREDECESSOR Gets Working Time for a Ref Counter .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_REVIEWED_APPR_TIME_RECORDSGets Working Times for Review .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_REVIEWED_KEEP_TIME_RECORDSGets Working Times for Review .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_REVIEWED_REJ_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times for Review .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_SAVED_APPR_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times That Are Saved .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_SAVED_REJ_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times That Are Saved .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times for Approval .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I GET_UNLOCKED_TIME_RECORDS Gets Working Times with Lock Errors .
IF_MSS_CAT_APPR_TR_PROCESSOR I SAVE Saves the Approved/Rejected Records on CATSDB .
IF_MULTIPLE_ECP I AUTHORITY Authorization Check (No Use Until Now) .
IF_MULTIPLE_ECP I COPY Copy Easy Cost Planning .
IF_MULTIPLE_ECP I DELETE Delete Easy Cost Planning .
IF_MULTIPLE_ECP I MAINTAIN Display/Change Easy Cost Planning .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I GET_CURRENT_METAFIELD Active Metafield .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I GET_CURRENT_MODEL Determine Active Model of Container .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I GET_MODELS Determine Table of Models .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I GET_SELECTED_MODELS Determine Selected Models .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I NEXT Activate Previous Model .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I PREVIOUS Activate Next Model .
IF_MULTIPLE_MODEL_HOLDER_MM I SET_CURRENT_MODEL Set Active Model for Container .
IF_MWB_CONTROL_VIEW I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_MYOBJECTS_EXT I CHANGE_CTXMENU Change Context Menu .
IF_MYOBJECTS_EXT I CHANGE_LAYOUT Change Layout of Grid .
IF_MYOBJECTS_EXT I CHANGE_TOOLBAR Change Toolbar .
IF_MYOBJECTS_EXT I GET_OUTTAB_AND_FIELDCAT Transfer Output Table and Field Catalog .
IF_MYOBJECTS_EXT I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND Process User Entries .
IF_MYOBJECTS_MODEL I DELETE_OBJECTS Delete Objects .
IF_MYOBJECTS_MODEL I GET_NODE_TEXT Read Node Text .
IF_MYOBJECTS_MODEL I GET_OBJECTS Read Objects .
IF_MYOBJECTS_MODEL I UPDATE_OBJECTS Modify objects .
IF_NAVTREE_CUST_VER_ICL I COMPARE_NODE Compare Attributes to See If There Are Any Changes .
IF_NODE_PII I ASSIGN Method of Node that Visitor Receives .
IF_NWBC_RUNTIME_EXTENSION I EXT_NAVIGATION_TREE Allow navigation tree to be updated. .
IF_NWBC_RUNTIME_EXTENSION I EXT_OBN_TARGETS Support redefinitions of OBN targets. .
IF_O2_HTML_PATTERN I GET_SOURCE_PATTERN Read Pattern .
IF_O2_SO2_CONVERTER I CONVERT_EXT_TO_INT Converts the external souce format to the internal O2 format.
IF_O2_SO2_CONVERTER I CONVERT_INT_TO_EXT Converts the internal O2 souce format to the external format.
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I GET_CHILD_NODES Read Subnodes for a Node .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I GET_INITIAL_TREE_NODES Return Initial Tree .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I GET_ROOT_NODE Get Root Node of Subtree .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I HANDLE_NODE_CONTEXT_MENU_REQ Fill Context Menu for Node .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I HANDLE_NODE_CONTEXT_MENU_SEL Process Function from Context Menu .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I HANDLE_NODE_DOUBLE_CLICK Process Double-Click on Node .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I HANDLE_NODE_KEYPRESS Process Key Pressed on Node .
IF_O2_TAG_TREE I HANDLE_NODE_ON_DRAG Process Drag Event for Node .
IF_OBJECT_CHECKS_DME I CHECK_ATTRIBUTES Dispatching the Attribute Checks .
IF_OBJECT_CHECKS_DME I CHECK_FOR_DEL Checks whether Object can be Deleted .
IF_OBJECT_CHECKS_DME I CHECK_FOR_INS Check whether new Object can be Created .
IF_OBJECT_COLLECTION I GET Gets Element .
IF_OBJECT_COLLECTION I GET_ITERATOR Returns an iterator .
IF_OBJECT_COLLECTION I IS_EMPTY Checks whether elements are contained .
IF_OBJECT_COLLECTION I SIZE Specifies number of contained elements .
IF_OBJECT_ID_FIEB I GET_CLASS_ID Supplies the class ID .
IF_OBJECT_ID_FIEB I GET_DB_REF Supplies the database key .
IF_OBJECT_ID_FIEB I GET_ID Supplies the ID of the persistent object .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I CONTAINS_KEY Checks whether key is contained .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I CONTAINS_VALUE Checks whether value is contained .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET Returns a Value to the Key .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_BY_POSITION Returns the Object at a Specific Position .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_KEYS Returns all Keys .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_POSITION Returns the Position of an Object in the Map .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_VALUES Returns all Values .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_VALUES_ITERATOR Returns an Iterator for Objects Contained .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I GET_VALUES_TABLE Returns Objects as an Internal Table .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I IS_EMPTY Checks Whether Map Contains Elements .
IF_OBJECT_MAP I SIZE Returns the Number of Elements Contained .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_COSTING_COMPONENTS Costing Object (Optional) .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_COSTING_GUID Global Costing Number (Optional) .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_COSTING_NUMBER Cost Estimate Number .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_DATA Read Object Information .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_INTERFACE_FOR_CO_OBJECT Interface for Overhead Application (Optional) .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_INTERFACE_FOR_DIP Interface for DIP (Optional) .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_INTERFACE_FOR_TEMPLATE Interface for (Process Costs) Template (Optional) .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I GET_TYPE Reference Object Type .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I ON_COST_ESTIMATE_DELETE Reset Cost Estimate Pointer/Key when Deleting .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I ON_COST_ESTIMATE_TMP_SAVE Set Cost Estimate Pointer/Key when Temporarily Saving .
IF_OBJECT_OF_COSTING I UNIT_CONVERSION Quantity Conversion in Alternative Quantity Unit (Optional) .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I CONVERT_ATTR_VALUE Attribute Value Input Conversion .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I CREATE_ATTR_FIELD Creates a Data Object for an Attribute Type .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I GET_ATTR_TABFIELD Gets the Table Field for an Attribute .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I GET_FOREIGN_KEY_DESCR Gets the Foreign Key Relationships .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I GET_TABLE_TYPE_DESCR Gets the Table Row Typ Description .
IF_OBJ_META_DME I REFRESH_DDIC_INFO Refresh Buffered DDIC Information .
IF_OBL_OBJTYPE I GET_BRELS Returns All Relationship Types In Which Object Is Permitted .
IF_OBL_OBJTYPE I GET_NOTMIGRATED Checks If Old Runtime Data Is Relevant for Object Type .
IF_OBL_OBJTYPE I GET_ROLES Returns All Roles In Which the Object Is Permitted .
IF_OBL_OBJTYPE I HAS_BREL Checks Whether the Object Can Occur in a Related Type .
IF_OBL_OBJTYPE I HAS_ROLE Checks Whether the Object Can Occur in the Role Type .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I APPLY_VARIANT Apply Variant To Graphical View .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CHANGE_CLUSTER Change Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CHANGE_LINE Change Line .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CHANGE_NODE Change Node .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I COLLAPSE_GROUP Collapse Group/Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CREATE_HEADING Create Heading .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I CREATE_NODES Create Nodes .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DELETE_VARIANT Delete Variant .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DISPLAY_CLUSTER Display Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DISPLAY_LINE Display Line .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DISPLAY_NODE Display Node .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DOUBLE_CLICK_LINE Double Click Line .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DOUBLE_CLICK_NODE Double Click Node .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I DUPLICATE_NODE Duplicate Node .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I EXPAND_GROUP Expand Group/Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I GROUP_NODES Group Nodes Together Into Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I INSERT_LINE Insert Line .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I INSERT_NODE Insert Node .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I REMOVE_ENTITIES Remove Entities .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I SAVE_GRAPHICS Save Graphics .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I SAVE_GRAPHICS_AS_VARIANT Save Graphics As Variant .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I UNGROUP_NODES Ungroup Nodes From Cluster .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I VIEW_SPECIFIC_ACTION Handle View Specific Actions .
IF_OIUGT_GRAPHICAL_VIEW I VIEW_SPECIFIC_HELP View Specific Help .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER I GET_DATA_LOCATION Data Inline and/or Nearline (Which Instances) .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER I POPULATE_LOCAL_REFERENCES Put Local References Back Into Parser Instance References .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER_SELECT I TRAVERSE_HAVING Traverse Parse Tree for Having Clause .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER_UPDATE I SPLIT_FIELD_IN_SET_CLAUSE Is Split Field In SET_CLAUSE? .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER_UPDATE I TRAVERSE_SET_CLAUSE Traverse SET_CLAUSE .
IF_OIUP_SQL_PARSER_WHERE I TRAVERSE Traverse Parse Tree .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I DMS_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Special Consistency Check Related to DMS Document Links .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I DMS_GET_DETAIL Obsolete .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I GETCONTENT_DOC File Data of Original for the 'Document' of a Document .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I GETDETAIL_DOC Detailed Data for 'Document' of a Document Info Record .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I GETDETAIL_FOLDER Detailed Data for 'Folder' of a Document Info Record .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I LOAD_DMS_OBJECT_LINKS Loading via Individual Persistence Admin. of Proxy Class .
IF_OLR3_DMS_PROXY I SAVE_DMS_OBJECT_LINKS Saving via Individual Persistence Admin. of Proxy Class .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Check Consistency of Linked Object .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Existence of Linked Object .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I GET_DATA Obtain Data of Linked Object .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I GET_DATES Schedules for cProject Object Link Time Bar .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I GET_RPSCO_DATA RPSCO Data for cProject Object Link Evaluation .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I GET_RPSCO_OBJECT Project Hierarchy Information RPSCO Cost Analysis .
IF_OLR3_PROXY I SEARCH_OBJECTS Search Help for Linked Object .
IF_OMRT_DYNAMICINVOKE I CALL Call a Method .
IF_OMRT_DYNAMICINVOKE I FREE Free This Object .
IF_OMRT_DYNAMICINVOKE I GET_PROPERTY Read an Object Property .
IF_OMRT_DYNAMICINVOKE I PUT_PROPERTY Set an Object Property .
IF_OMRT_DYNAMICINVOKE I PUT_PROPERTY_REF Set Property as Reference to an Object .
IF_OO_ACCESS_PERMISSION I ACCESS_FOR_INSERT Authorization Check for Creating / Locking .
IF_OO_ACCESS_PERMISSION I ACCESS_FOR_MODIFY Authorization Check for Changing / Locking .
IF_OO_ACCESS_PERMISSION I ACCESS_FOR_SHOW Authorization Check for Displaying / Locking .
IF_OO_ACCESS_PERMISSION I FREE Unlock .
IF_OO_CHECK I CHECK_CLASS Syntax Check for Class .
IF_OO_CHECK I CHECK_CLASS_ADDON Syntax Check For Extension Class .
IF_OO_CHECK I CHECK_INTERFACE Syntax Check for Interface .
IF_OO_CHECKLIST I ADD_WARNING Adds a Warning .
IF_OO_CLASS_INCL_NAMING I GET_ALL_METHOD_INCLUDES All Methods with Implementation Includes .
IF_OO_CLASS_INCL_NAMING I GET_INCLUDE_BY_APPENDAGE Determine Class Include Using Name Appendage (LIMU CINC) .
IF_OO_CLASS_INCL_NAMING I GET_INCLUDE_BY_MTDNAME Implementation Include of a Method (LIMU METH) .
IF_OO_CLASS_INCL_NAMING I GET_INCLUDE_BY_SECTION Get Include Using Section (LIMU CPUB, CPRO, CPRI) .
IF_OO_CLASS_INCL_NAMING I GET_MTDNAME_BY_INCLUDE Method of Corresponding Implementation Includes .
IF_OO_CLIF_OBSERVER I CHANGE_TOOL_ACTION Change Tool Mode .
IF_OO_CLIF_OBSERVER I MODIFY_CLIF Change Object Category .
IF_OO_CLIF_OBSERVER I REFRESH_TOOL Refresh Class Builder Display .
IF_OO_CLIF_OBSERVER I SHOW_CLIF Display Object Type .
IF_OO_COMPONENT I CHANGE Change Components in Dialog Box .
IF_OO_COMPONENT I CREATE Create Component in Dialog Box .
IF_OO_COMPONENT I DISPLAY Display Component in Dialog Box .
IF_OO_REFACTORING_DISPLAY I CLOSE Closes the Dialog Box .
IF_OO_REFACTORING_DISPLAY I DISPLAY Creates the Dialog Box with Tree and Toolbar .
IF_OO_TAB_OBSERVER I USER_COMMAND Input Editing .
IF_OPC_EVENT_HANDLER I RECEIPT_FINISHED Notification Receipt Finished .
IF_OPC_EVENT_HANDLER I RECEIVE Receive Alarms/Events Notification .
IF_OPC_ITEM_HANDLER I RECEIPT_FINISHED Notification Receipt Finished .
IF_OPC_ITEM_HANDLER I RECEIVE Receive Data Access Notification .
IF_OPC_SERVER I BROWSE_SERVERS Get List of All Servers Installed on Computer .
IF_OPC_SERVER I GET_DETAILS Get Detailed Information about Server .
IF_OPC_SERVER I GET_LIST Get List of All Servers Defined in Customizing .
IF_OPC_SERVER I PING Test Connection (RFC and COM) .
IF_OPC_SERVER I SHOW_LIST Display Server List .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_CUSTOMER_DATA I CONVERT2STRUCTURE Service for Converting to Global Structure .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_CUSTOMER_DATA I GET_CUST_DATA Customer Data from Appends of VTBFHA for Changes .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_CUSTOMER_DATA I SET_CUST_DATA Put Back Customer Data from Appends of VTBFHA .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_DATABIN I SET_FACILITY Set Facility in Databin .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I APPLY_FMOD Execute Field Modification for External Screen .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I APPLY_FMOD_TC Execute Field Modification for External Screen (Table Ctrl) .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I GET_CTRL_FIELDMOD Determine Field Modification for List of Fields .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I GET_CURSOR Confirmation Prompt of Current Cursor Position .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I GET_REQUIRED_FIELDS Determine Required Fields .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I SET_CURSOR Set Cursor on Certain (Database) Field .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I SET_FIELDMOD Field Modifications from Application .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I SET_FIELDMOD_CONDITIONAL Set Conditional Field Modifications .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_FMOD I SET_FIELD_RELATION Define Entry Field and Dependent Fields .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_MESSAGE I SET_MESSAGE Set Message in TR-TM Transaction Management .
IF_OPEN_TRTM_PROXY_MESSAGE I SET_MESSAGES Set Message in TR-TM Transaction Management .
IF_ORA_TOOLS I GET_DB_INSTANCE_NAME Get instance name of the database .
IF_ORA_TOOLS I GET_DB_STARTUP_TIME Get the startup time of the database .
IF_ORGANIZER_CALL_BACK_APPT I GET_APPOINTMENTS Read Additional Appointments for a Time Period .
IF_OSMW_DYNPRO_WRAPPER I PAI_CALLBACK Callback Method for Evaluating Data Input on the Screen .
IF_OSMW_DYNPRO_WRAPPER I PBO_CALLBACK Callback Method for Passing Data for Output to the Screen .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_CHANGED Gets Objects with Status 'Changed' .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_CREATED Gets Objects with Status 'Newly Created' .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_DELETED Gets Objects with Status 'Deleted' .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_LOADED Gets Objects with Status 'Loaded' .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_NOT_LOADED Gets Objects with Status 'Unloaded' .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_STATUS Gets Status of an Object .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I GET_TRANSIENT Gets All Transient Objects of the Class .
IF_OS_CA_INSTANCE I SET_STATUS Object Services Private: Sets the Status of an Object Set .
IF_OS_CA_PERSISTENCY I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_KEY Reads an Object Using its BWL Key .
IF_OS_CA_PERSISTENCY I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_KEY_TAB Reads Several Objects Using Their BWL Keys .
IF_OS_CA_PERSISTENCY I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_OID Reads an Object Using its GUID .
IF_OS_CA_PERSISTENCY I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_OID_TAB Reads Several Objects Using Their OID (GUID) .
IF_OS_CA_PERSISTENCY I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_QUERY Reads Several Objects by Query .
IF_OS_CA_QUERY I SET_PREFETCH_BUFFER Sets Buffer for Preselected Data .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I GET_OID_BY_REF Reads an OID Using an Object Reference .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I GET_REF_BY_OID Reads an Object Reference Using an OID (Shell) .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I OM_PREPARE_FOR_TOP_TRANSACTIONObject Manager Private: Prepare for Top Transaction .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I OM_SAVE Object Manager Private: Save Object Data .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I PREPARE_FOR_TOP_TRANSACTION Object Services Private: Prepare for Top Transaction .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I SAVE Save Object Data .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE I SAVE_IN_UPDATE_TASK Save in Update Task .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_ADD_BKEY Add business key to root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_ADD_OID Add OID to root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_DELETE_BKEY Delete business key from root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_DELETE_OID Delete OID from root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_GET_CLASS_AGENT_BY_BKEY Read class actor for business key from root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_GET_CLASS_AGENT_BY_OID Read class actor for OID from root table .
IF_OS_CA_SERVICE_INHERITANCE I ROOT_INITIALIZE Initialize pointer to class actor from root class .
IF_OS_CHECK I IS_CONSISTENT Consistency Check .
IF_OS_CLONE I CLONE Duplicates the Object .
IF_OS_EXCEPTION_INFO I CLEAR Checks Off Exception as Handled .
IF_OS_EXCEPTION_INFO I GET_CONTEXT_OBJECT Returns Context Object for ID .
IF_OS_EXCEPTION_INFO I GET_CONTEXT_OBJECT_TAB Returns Context Object List for ID .
IF_OS_EXCEPTION_INFO I GET_CONTEXT_STRING Returns Context String for ID .
IF_OS_EXCEPTION_INFO I GET_MESSAGE Error Message in System Language .
IF_OS_FACTORY I CREATE_PERSISTENT Generate a Persistent Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY I CREATE_PERSISTENT_BY_KEY Generate a Persistent Object with Business Key .
IF_OS_FACTORY I CREATE_TRANSIENT Creates a Transient Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY I CREATE_TRANSIENT_BY_KEY Generate a Transient Object Using Business Key .
IF_OS_FACTORY I DELETE_PERSISTENT Deletes a Persistent Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY I REFRESH_PERSISTENT Force Object To Refresh When It Is Next Accessed .
IF_OS_FACTORY I RELEASE Release Object from Administration .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I CREATE_PERSISTENT Create Persistent Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I DELETE_PERSISTENT Delete Persistent Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I GET_ALL_OBJECTS Gets all Loaded Instances .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I GET_MODIFIED_OBJECTS Gets all New, Deleted and Changed Instances .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I GET_PERSISTENT Get Persistent Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I GET_STATUS Gets Object Status .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I OBJECT_TO_RECORD Gets the Tupel for an Object .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I RECORD_TO_OBJECT Get the Object for a Tupel .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I SET_ALL_LOADED Sets the Attribute ALL_LOADED .
IF_OS_FACTORY_DME I SET_STATUS Sets the Object Status .
IF_OS_GENERATOR I BUILD_CLASS_AGENT Generates or Modifies Associated Class Actors .
IF_OS_GENERATOR I BUILD_MANAGED_CLASS Generates or Modifies Manageable Class .
IF_OS_GENERATOR I GET_ATTRIBUTES Gets Attributes of Manageable Class .
IF_OS_GENERATOR I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets Attributes of the Manageable Class .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_CHANGED Reads All Object With Status 'Changed' .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_CREATED Reads all Object With Status 'New' .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_DELETED Reads All Objects with Status 'Deleted' .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_LOADED Reads All Objects with Status 'loaded' .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_NOT_LOADED Reads All Objects with Status 'unloaded' .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I GET_STATUS Reads the Status of an Object .
IF_OS_INSTANCE_MANAGER I SET_STATUS Object Services Private: Sets the Status of an Object Set .
IF_OS_INTROSPECTION I CREATE_DATA_OBJECT Creates a Data Objet .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I DELETE_PERSISTENT "" obsolete "" .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_KEY Reads an Object Using its Key .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_KEY_TAB Reads Several Objects Using Their Keys .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_OID Reads an Object Using its GUID .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_OID_TAB Reads Several Objects Using Their OID (GUID) .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_PERSISTENT_BY_QUERY Reads Several Objects by Query .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I GET_UPDATE_MODE OS Private: Reads the Update Mode .
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I REGISTER_SAVE_MANAGER_FOR_CA Registers Manager Instead of Agent for SAVE and PREPARE_T_TA.
IF_OS_PERSISTENCY_MANAGER I SET_UPDATE_MODE OS Private: Sets the Update Mode .
IF_OS_PM_SERVICE I GET_OID_BY_REF Object Services Private: Conversion (Runtime ref. -" OID) .
IF_OS_PM_SERVICE I GET_REF_BY_OID Object Services Private: Conversion (OID -" Runtime Ref. ) .
IF_OS_PM_SERVICE I PREPARE_FOR_TOP_TRANSACTION Object Services Private: Prepare for Top Transaction .
IF_OS_PM_SERVICE I SAVE Object Services Private: Save Object Data .
IF_OS_QRY_SERVICE I GET_ORDER_BY_CLAUSE Order By Clause of Query .
IF_OS_QRY_SERVICE I GET_WHERE_CLAUSE Where Clause of Query .
IF_OS_QRY_SERVICE I MAP Execute O/R Mapping .
IF_OS_QUERY I GET_EXPR_FACTORY Returns Expression Factory .
IF_OS_QUERY I PARSE Parse Filter and Sorting .
IF_OS_QUERY I SET_FILTER_EXPR Set Filter Expression .
IF_OS_QUERY I SET_ORDERING_EXPR Set Sort Expression .
IF_OS_QUERY I SET_PARAMETERS_EXPR Set Parameter Expression .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_AND_EXPR Create AND Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_ISNULL_EXPR Create IS NULLD Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_LIKE_EXPR Create LIKED Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_NOT_EXPR Create NOT Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_OPERATOR_EXPR Create Operator Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_ORDERING_EXPR Create Sort Expression .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_OR_EXPR Create OR Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_PARAMETERS_EXPR Create Parameters Expression .
IF_OS_QUERY_EXPR_FACTORY I CREATE_REF_EXPR Create Reference Expression (Filter) .
IF_OS_QUERY_MANAGER I CREATE_QUERY Create Query Instance .
IF_OS_QUERY_ORDERING_EXPR I APPEND_ASCENDING Add attribute by which to sort in ascending order .
IF_OS_QUERY_ORDERING_EXPR I APPEND_DESCENDING Add attribute by which to sort in descending order .
IF_OS_QUERY_PARAMETERS_EXPR I APPEND Add Parameters .
IF_OS_SERVICE_DME I CLEAR Releases all Loaded Instances .
IF_OS_SERVICE_DME I COMMIT End of Transaction .
IF_OS_SERVICE_DME I RESET Resets Internal Data After COMMIT .
IF_OS_SERVICE_POC I DELETE Delete From DB .
IF_OS_SERVICE_POC I DEREGISTER De-Registers all Event Handlers .
IF_OS_STATE I GET Object Services Private: Copy State Object .
IF_OS_STATE I HANDLE_EXCEPTION Handles Exception After Reading State .
IF_OS_STATE I INIT Initializes Transient Part of Object State .
IF_OS_STATE I INVALIDATE Invalidate Object State .
IF_OS_STATE I SET Object Services Private: Replace State Object .
IF_OS_STATE_DME I INIT Initialization of Transient Attribute .
IF_OS_TA_SERVICE I SET_INTERNAL_MODES Object Services Private: Set Internal Sess. before T Start .
IF_OS_TA_SERVICE I SET_SUBTRANSACTION Object Services Private: Set Subtransaction .
IF_OS_TM_SERVICE I SET_CURRENT_TRANSACTION Object Services Private: Sets Current Valid Transaction .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I END Ends OO Transaction .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I END_AND_CHAIN Ends OO Transaction and Starts New One in Same Context .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I GET_MODES Reads Modes of OO Transaction .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I GET_STATUS Reads Status of OO Transaction .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I REGISTER_CHECK_AGENT Registers a Consistency Check .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I SET_MODE_UNDO_RELEVANT Sets Mode: "Can Transaction Be Undone or Not" .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I SET_MODE_UPDATE Sets Mode for Database Synchronization (Top-Level) .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I START Starts OO Transaction .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I UNDO Ends OO Transaction with Rollback .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION I UNDO_AND_CHAIN Ends OO Trans. with Rollback and Starts New in Same Context .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER I CREATE_TRANSACTION Creates a New Transaction Object .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER I GET_CURRENT_TRANSACTION Passes Current Transaction Object .
IF_OS_TRANSACTION_MANAGER I GET_TOP_TRANSACTION Passes the Topmost Transaction Object .
IF_OS_UNDO_MANAGER I END_TRANSACTION Object Services Private: OO Transaction Ended Successfully .
IF_OS_UNDO_MANAGER I START_TRANSACTION Object Services Private. New OO Transaction Started .
IF_OS_UNDO_MANAGER I UNDO_TRANSACTION Object Services Private: Undo OO Transaction .
IF_OUTPUT_MM I OVERVIEW Message Overview .
IF_OUTPUT_MM I PREVIEW Print Preview .
IF_PACKAGE I ACTIVATE Activate Inactive Package .
IF_PACKAGE I ACTIVATE_RECURSIVE Activate Package Recursively .
IF_PACKAGE I ADD_INTERFACE Add Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE I ADD_PERMISSION_TO_USE Add a Use Access .
IF_PACKAGE I ADD_SUB_PACKAGE Add Sub-package .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_GET_PACKAGE_DATA Read Package Data (Mass Access) .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_LOAD_LIST_OF_PACKAGES Load Package List .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_LOAD_MAIN_PACKAGES Load Main Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_LOAD_ROOT_PACKAGES Load Root Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_LOAD_SELECTED_PACKAGES Load Selected Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_SAVE Save Package List .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_SAVE_RECURSIVE Save Package List with Sub-Packages (Recursive) .
IF_PACKAGE I BULK_SAVE_SUB_PACKAGES Save Package List with Drect Sub-Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I CHECK_PERMISSION_CREATABLE Check to See if Package Use Access Can Be Created .
IF_PACKAGE I CREATE_NEW_PACKAGE Generate New Package .
IF_PACKAGE I DELETE Deleted Package (only Delete from Database after SAVE) .
IF_PACKAGE I DELETE_INTERFACE Delete Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE I DELETE_RECURSIVE Delete Package Recursively .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Get All Package Attributes .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_CHANGEABLE Get Package Modifiability .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_CHANGED Read Package Change Indicator .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_ELEMENTS Returns the elements of the package .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_INHERITED_PROJECT Returns inherited assignment to a cPro project .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_INHERITS_PERMISSION_TO_USEGet 'Inherit Use Access' Indicator .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_INTERFACES Get List of Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_ORIGIN_SYSTEM Determine Original System .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_PACKAGE_NAME Get Package Name .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_PERMISSIONS_TO_USE Get Use Access .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_SUB_PACKAGES Get Sub-Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I GET_SUPER_PACKAGE Get Surrounding Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I LOAD_PACKAGE Load parcel .
IF_PACKAGE I PREORDER_ITERATOR Scan Package Tree .
IF_PACKAGE I REFRESH Refresh Package Data (Where Package Cannot Be Changed) .
IF_PACKAGE I REMOVE_SUB_PACKAGE Remove Sub-Package .
IF_PACKAGE I REORDER_SUB_PACKAGES Change Sub-Package Order .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE Save Package .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE_GENERIC Generic Save (Packages and Sub-Packages Entered) .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE_INTERFACES Save Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE_PERMISSIONS Save Package Use Accesses .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE_RECURSIVE Save Package with All Sub-packages (at All Levels) .
IF_PACKAGE I SAVE_SUB_PACKAGES Save Packages with Direct Sub-Packages .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Set All Package Attributes (Sub-Quantity Possible) .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_CHANGEABLE Set/Reset Package Modifiability .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_INHERITS_PERMISSION_TO_USESet 'Inherit Use Access' Indicator .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_MASTER_LANGUAGE Change original language .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_PERMISSIONS_CHANGEABLE Set/Reset Use Access Modifiability .
IF_PACKAGE I SET_SUPER_PACKAGE_NAME Set Surrounding Package .
IF_PACKAGE I UNDO_ALL_CHANGES Undo Changes to Package (NOTE: Unlocks Object) .
IF_PACKAGE I UNDO_ALL_CHANGES_GENERIC Undo Changes Generically .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_LIST_OF_PACKAGES Load Package List .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_LIST_OF_PKG_INTERF Load List of Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_MAIN_PACKAGES Load Main Packages .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_ROOT_PACKAGES Load Root Packages .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_SELECTED_PACKAGES Load Selected Packages .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I BULK_LOAD_SEL_PKG_INTERF Load List of Selected Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I CREATE_NEW_PACKAGE Generate New Package .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I CREATE_NEW_PKG_INTERFACE Generate New Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I INITIALIZE Initialize Package API .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I LOAD_PACKAGE Load parcel .
IF_PACKAGE_FACTORY I LOAD_PACKAGE_INTERFACE Load Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I ADD_ACCESS_CONTROL_ELEMENTS Add to Access Control List .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I ADD_ELEMENTS Add to Interface Elements .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I BULK_LOAD_LIST_OF_PKG_INTERF Load List of Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I BULK_LOAD_SEL_PKG_INTERF Load Quantity of Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I CHECK_ELEMENT_ENCLOSURE Check To See if Interface Element Can Be Added .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I COMBINE_INTERFACE Combine Two Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I COPY_INTERFACE Duplicate Elements of a Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I CREATE_NEW_PACKAGE_INTERFACE Generate New Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I DELETE Delete Package Interface (Delete from Database AFTER Save) .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST Get Access Control List .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Get All Package Interface Attributes .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_CHANGEABLE Get Package Interface Modifiability .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_CHANGED Read Modifiability Indicator for Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_EFFECTIVE_RELEASE_STATUS Ascertain Effective Release Status .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_EFFECTIVE_TRANSL_STATUS Ascertain Effective Translation Status .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ELEMENTS Get Package Interface Elements .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ELEMENTS_CHANGEABLE Get Modifiability of Interface Assignments .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ELEMENTS_CHANGED Read Modifiability Indicator of Interface Assignments .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_INTERFACE_NAME Get Package Interface Name .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_ORIGIN_SYSTEM Determine Original System .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_PACKAGE Get Package .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_PACKAGE_NAME Get Package Name .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I GET_PERMISSIONS_TO_USE Get Package Use Access .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I LOAD_PACKAGE_INTERFACE Load Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I REFRESH Refresh Interface Data (where Data Not Changeable) .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I REMOVE_ACCESS_CONTROL_ELEMENTSRemove from Access Control List .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I REMOVE_ELEMENTS Remove Interface Element .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SAVE Save Package Interface (Access Control List) .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SAVE_ELEMENTS Save Package Interface Elements .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SAVE_GENERIC Save Package Interface Generically .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SET_ACCESS_CONTROL_LIST Set Access Control List .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Set All Package Interface Attributes (Sub-Quantities Poss.) .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SET_CHANGEABLE Set Package Interface Modifiability .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I SET_ELEMENTS_CHANGEABLE Set Modifiability for Interface Assignments .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I UNDO_ALL_CHANGES Undo and Unlock All Changes .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE I UNDO_ALL_CHANGES_GENERIC Undo and Unlock All Changes Generically .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I BULK_CREATE_NEW_ELEMENTS Create Multiple New Package Interface Elements .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I BULK_LOAD_ELEMENTS Load Multiple New Package Interface Elements .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I CREATE_NEW_ELEMENT Create New Package Interface Element .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I DELETE Delete Package Interface Element (in Memory Only) .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I FIND_INTERFACES Find Container Package Interfaces .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Read All Attributes .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_INTERFACE Get Associated Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_NOCHECK_ATTRIBUTE Read Indicator for Package Check Exception .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_SHORT_TEXT Read Short Description of Development Element .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_STABILITY_ATTRIBUTE Read Stability Attribute .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_TABLE_USAGE_RESTRICTION Read Use Limitations for Tables .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I GET_USAGE_RESTRICTION Read Use Limitations .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I LOAD_ELEMENT Load Package Interface Element .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I RETURN_PACKAGE_NAME Get Name of Package in which Interface Element Is Stored .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I SET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Set All Attributes .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I SET_NOCHECK_ATTRIBUTE Set Indicator for Package Check Exception .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I SET_STABILITY_ATTRIBUTE Set Stability Attribute .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I SET_TABLE_USAGE_RESTRICTION Set Use Limitation for Tables .
IF_PACKAGE_INTERFACE_ELEMENT I SET_USAGE_RESTRICTION Set Use Limitation .
IF_PACKAGE_OBJECT_TYPE_SUPPORT I CHECK_EXIST_BY_GENERIC_KEY Check: Does Object Exist; Does it Belong to Package .
IF_PACKAGE_OBJECT_TYPE_SUPPORT I GET_DESCRIPTION_BY_GENERIC_KEYRead Short Description .
IF_PACKAGE_OBJECT_TYPE_SUPPORT I SELECT_BY_GENERIC_KEY Select List of Objects .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I BULK_LOAD_PERMISSIONS Load Package Use Access Instances (Bulk Access) .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I CREATE_NEW_PERMISSION Create New Package Use Access .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I DELETE Delete Package Use Access (from Memory Only) .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I GET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Get All Use Access Data .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I GET_PACKAGE_INTERFACE Get Associated Package Interface .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I GET_PUBLISHER_PACKAGE Get Publisher Package .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I GET_SEVERITY Get Error Severity .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I GET_SUBSCRIBER_PACKAGE Get Subscriber Package .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I LOAD_PERMISSION Load Package Use Access Instance .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I SET_ALL_ATTRIBUTES Set All Package Use Access Data .
IF_PACKAGE_PERMISSION_TO_USE I SET_SEVERITY Set Error Severity .
IF_PAK_DEV_ELEMENT I FACTORY Create instance .
IF_PAK_DEV_ELEMENT I GET_NOCHECK Read Attribute for Package Check Exception .
IF_PAK_DEV_ELEMENT I GET_STABILITY Read Attribute for Release Status .
IF_PAK_DEV_ELEMENT I SET_NOCHECK Write Attribute for Package Check Exception .
IF_PAK_DEV_ELEMENT I SET_STABILITY Write Attribute for Release Status .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_FILTER I IS_VALID Objects adheres to the filter .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I DISPLAY Display object .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I EXISTS Extistence check .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_CREATION_DATE Get creation date .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_DESCRIPTION Get short text .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_DLVUNIT Get software component .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Get main object .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_MAIN_PROGRAM Get main program (if it exists) .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_NAME Get the name of the object .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_OBJECT_FROM_E071_ENTRY Get an object from an e071 structure .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_OBJECT_FROM_WB_REQUEST Get object from workbench request .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_OWNER Get name of responsible person .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_PACKAGE Get package name .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_SUB_OBJECTS Get list of sub objects .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_TRANSPORT_LAYER Get transport layer .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I GET_WB_OBJECT_FROM_OBJECT Get the workbench-representation of the object .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_PROPERTIES I PACKAGE_CHECK Package Check .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I GET_FILTERS returns the filter types .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I GET_MAIN_OBJECT_TYPES returns the main object types .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I GET_SUB_OBJECT_TYPES returns the sub object types .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I GET_TYPE_DESCRIPTION Declarative text .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I IS_FILTER_TYPE TRUE "=" the type is a filter .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I IS_MAIN_TYPE TRUE "=" the type is a main type .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I IS_SUB_OBJECT_TYPE TRUE "=" the object belongs to another main object .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I IS_VALID TRUE "=" the object type is known .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I OWNER_OF_MAIN_OBJECT_IS_OWNER TRUE "=" owner of main- and sub objects are identical .
IF_PAK_OBJECT_TYPE_PROPERTIES I SUB_OBJECT_HAS_OWN_NAME X: The sub-object has an own name .
IF_PAK_T100_MESSAGE I GET_T100_DATA Returns SCX_T100KEY where ATTR_... fields contain act.values.
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_EDITOR I ACTIVATE Activates the test object .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_EDITOR I LOCK_AND_REFRESH Locks the test object .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_EDITOR I SAVE Saves the test object .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I CLEAR Clears the test data from the database .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I CREATE Creates a concrete API object, but doesn't it save to the DB.
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I GET Gets a specific version of the API object .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_PROPERTY_VALUE Returns value of a specific property of the data provider .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I MODIFY Modifies the passed API object to a certain state .
IF_PAK_TEST_DATA_PROVIDER I VERIFY Verifies that the passed API object has a certain state .
IF_PAK_TREE_ITERATOR I NEXT Next element .
IF_PAK_TREE_ITERATOR I RESET Start from scratch .
IF_PAK_WB_EXCEPTION_ITERATOR I INITIALIZE Resets the iterator so that NEXT returns the first exception.
IF_PAK_WB_EXCEPTION_ITERATOR I NEXT Returns the next exception object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I ACTIVATE Activates the object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Raises an exception if the object is not consistent .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I DELETE Deletes the object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I DESCRIBE Returns a description of the object (for error messages) .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I EXISTS Returns whether an act. or inact. version exists on the DB .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I EXISTS_OWN_INACTIVE_VERSION Returns whether the object is in the current user's worklist.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_ACTIVATION_STATE Returns the activation state of this version of the object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_CREATED Returns author and date of the object's creation .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_CTS_IDENTIFIER Returns the object's identifier for the transport system .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_LAST_CHANGED Returns author and date of the object's last modification .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_MASTER_LANGUAGE Returns the language in which the object is maintained .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_ORIGINAL_SYSTEM Returns in which system the object's original resides .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_PACKAGE Returns the package in which the object is contained .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_PAK_OBJECT_KEY Returns the PAK_OBJECT_KEY corresponding to this object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_PERSON_RESPONSIBLE Returns the user that is responsible for this object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_STATE_TEXT Describes the current state of the object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I GET_WBM_IDENTIFIER Returns the object's identifier for the workbench manager .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I HAS_OBJECT_DIRECTORY_INFO Returns whether there's a corresponding object catalog entry.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I IS_DELETED_ON_DB Returns whether the object is deleted on the DB .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I IS_LOCKED Returns whether enqueue locks have been obtained .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I IS_MODIFIED Returns whether there are unsaved changes .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I IS_NEW Returns whether an object is new .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I LOCK_AND_REFRESH Locks the object against concurrent changes and refreshes it.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I REFRESH Refreshes the object, that is, re-reads all data from the DB.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I REVERT_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Discards the inactive version of the object .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I SAVE Saves changed data to the DB .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT I UNLOCK Releases the object's lock against concurrent changes .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL I COPY_TEXTS_NEW_MASTER_LANGUAGEFor changing the master language: makes sure all texts exist.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL I LOCK_AND_REFRESH Locks the instance (called from within RS_ACCESS_PERMISSION).
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL I PREPARE_LOCK Prepares locking the instance .
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL I UNLOCK Unlocks the instance (called from within RS_ACCESS_PERMISSIO.
IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_PROVIDER I GET_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL Returns an existing object as IF_PAK_WB_OBJECT_INTERNAL .
IF_PARAM_LIST I GET_NUMBER_OF_PARAMETERS Returns Number of Parameters .
IF_PARAM_LIST I GET_TOOL_STATE Reads Current Tool Settings .
IF_PARAM_LIST I HIDE_DISPLAY Close and Release Display .
IF_PARAM_LIST I PREPARE_FOR_TERMINATION Clear Up, Save, Release Resources .
IF_PARAM_LIST I RELOAD_DATA Reload Data From Database .
IF_PARAM_LIST I SET_METHOD Set Methods .
IF_PARAM_LIST I SET_TOOL_STATE Set Tool Settings .
IF_PARAM_LIST I SET_WINDOW Set Workbench Window for Display .
IF_PARAM_LIST I SHOW_PARAMETERS Display Parameters or Update Display .
IF_PARTITION_ITEM_POC I COPY_FINISH Completes Copying and May Trigger New Event .
IF_PARTITION_ITEM_POC I COPY_INFORMATION Copies all Information of Instance .
IF_PARTITION_ITEM_POC I COPY_INSTANCE Copies Instance (Without Information) .
IF_PARTITION_ITEM_POC I IS_REGISTERED CHECK: Is Element Registered .
IF_PARTITION_ITEM_POC I REGISTER Registers Element in Partition Obtained .
IF_PARTNERS_MM I GET_DATA Get Data .
IF_PARTNERS_MM I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_PARTNER_PPF I GET_PARTNER Delivers Partner Data .
IF_PARTNER_PPF I GET_ZAV_ADDRESS Delivers Address from Central Address Management .
IF_PARTNER_TRD I CLS_GET_PARTNER Partner Singleton .
IF_PARTNER_TRD I GET_CHANGES Inform Partner about Changed Business Transactions .
IF_PARTNER_TRD I INITIALIZE Set Partner at Initial Value .
IF_PAYMENT_ADD_INFO_FOR_GTS I ADD_INFO_FOR_GTS Adapt Data for SAP GTS Check .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I CLEAN_UP Destructor .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I ELEM_TABLE_ADD_NODES Add Visible Elements .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I ELEM_TABLE_CHANGE_NODES Change Visible Elements .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I ELEM_TABLE_DELETE_NODES Remove Visible Elements .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I ELEM_TABLE_SET_NODES Transfer Visible Elements to Tree .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I GET_CURSOR Query Cursor Position .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I GET_ELEMS_TO_DROP Get Drag&Drop Objects (+ Delete) .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I GET_ELEM_TYPE Get and Reset Type of Chosen Element .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I GET_OK_CODE Get and Reset OK_CODES .
IF_PB_ELEM_TREE I SET_MODE Set Mode: Display, Change .
IF_PB_PACK_TREE I REFRESH Updates Tree Display .
IF_PB_PACK_TREE I RESTORE_STATE Restores the Saved Tree Status .
IF_PB_PACK_TREE I SET_PACKAGE Sets current package in tree .
IF_PB_PACK_TREE I STORE_STATE Saves current status of tree and releases tree .
IF_PDL_ADRV I END_OTF_PROCESSING End OTF processing .
IF_PDL_ADRV I PROCESS_OTF_BARCODE OTF: Process a barcode .
IF_PDL_ADRV I PROCESS_OTF_CMD Process one line of OTF. .
IF_PDL_ADRV I PROCESS_OTF_RAWDATA OTF: process a bitmap .
IF_PDL_ADRV I START_OTF_PROCESSING Start OTF processing .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I ADD_DELTA_TABLES Set Delta Information for a Type .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I ADD_NODES Dynamic Addition of Nodes to Tree .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I CHECK_OBJTYPE_IN_FILTER Checks Whether Type Is Excluded by Filter .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I CLEAR_NODES Delete Delta Info for ADD_NOTES .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object from Tree .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Execute FORM EXECUTE_FUNCTION .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_EVENT_RECEIVER Supplies Internal Event Receiver Instance to the Tree .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_FILTER_STATE Get Filter State .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_INSTANCE Supplies Singleton to Browser .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_INST_DATA Get Data Record for Instance .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_OBJECT Get Object Instance from Local Browser Objects .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_SELECTED_NODES Get Selection for Current Tree .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I GET_TREE_STRUCTURE Get Tree_structure for Event Handling of Tree .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_CONTROLLER I SET_FILTER_TABLES Set Filter Tables in Browser .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I CHANGE Change object .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I DISPLAY Display Object .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_FACTORY_METHOD Get Factory Object for Object Type .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_HANDLE Get Handle for Current Instance .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_KEY Get Key .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_RELATION Get and Display a Defined Dependency .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_RELATIONS Get and Display Dependency .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT I GET_TREE_INFORMATIONS Get PDM_TREE and PDM_* Data .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT_FACTORY I CHECK_OBJECT_EXISTENCE Check Whether an Object Already Exists .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_INSTANCE Create Object and Add to Management .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_HANDLE_FROM_INSTANCE Get Handle for Current Instance .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE_FROM_HANDLE Get Object for Handle .
IF_PDM_BROWSER_OBJECT_FACTORY I INITIALIZE Initialization of Buffer .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I CREATE_EXISTING Generates a new instance with the OID transferred .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I CREATE_OID Generates the object OID .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I DB_DELETE Deletes the object from the database .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I DB_INSERT Adds the object to the database .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I DB_LOAD Fills the object with values from the database .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I DB_UPDATE Modifies the object in the database .
IF_PERSISTENT_OBJECT_FIEB I GET_OID Supplies the object OID .
IF_PERSONALIZE_BCS I GET_PERSONALIZE_MODE Personalization Type: 0 = No, 1 = Recipient-Dep., 2 = Full .
IF_PERSONALIZE_BCS I PERSONALIZE Personalization .
IF_PERS_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_HANDLER Event handler initialization .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I GET_DATA_XML Get personalization data .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I ROLE_COPY Copy activity groups .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I ROLE_DELETE Delete activity group .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I ROLE_DIALOG Display role dialog .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I ROLE_TRANSPORT Tranport role data .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I SAVE_BUFFER Save buffer .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I SET_DATA_XML Set personalization data .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I SYSTEM_DIALOG Display system dialog .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I SYSTEM_TRANSPORT Tranport system data .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I USER_COPY Copy user .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I USER_DELETE Delete user .
IF_PERS_EXTERNAL_TABLE I USER_DIALOG Display user dialog .
IF_PHTMLB_EVENTS I COMBOBOX_SELECT "phtmlb:comboBox" onSelect .
IF_PHTMLB_EVENTS I CONTAINERIB_FUNCTIONSTATUS "phtmlb:containerIconButton" onClick .
IF_PHTMLB_EVENTS I POPUPMENU_SELECT "phtmlb:popupMenu" onSelect .
IF_PHTMLB_EVENTS I SELECTABLELINKBAR_SELECTED "phtmlb:selectableLinkBar" onItemSelected .
IF_PHTMLB_EVENTS I TRISTATECHECKBOX_CLICK "phtmlb:tristateCheckbox" onClick .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I GET_CHANNEL_TABLE Gets a Table of Delivery Channels .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I GET_CHANNEL_TABLE_ENTRY Gets nth Channel Table Entry (default: n = 1) .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I GET_DELIVERY_CHANNEL Gets Delivery Channel (Result of Physical Routing) .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I GET_ENDPOINT Gets End Point of Delivery Channel .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I GET_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS Gets the Number of Determined Delivery Channels .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I SET_CHANNEL_TABLE Sets the Table of Delivery Channels .
IF_PHYROU_XMS_PROP I SET_DELIVERY_CHANNEL Sets a Delivery Channel for an Anonymous Business System .
IF_PLANNING_FREE_BUSY_READER I GET_MEETING_TIMES Determines Appointment .
IF_PLANNING_FREE_BUSY_READER I READ_FREE_BUSY_DATA Read Free/Busy Data .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I AUDITED_OBJECTS_CHANGED Audit Objects Were Changed .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I CALCULATE Valuation of Investigation (Result from Assessor) .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I CHECK_RELEASE Check Whether Investigation Can Be Released .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I DERIVE_PROC_STATUS Derivation of Processing State from Status .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I EXECUTE_ACTION Execution of an Activity .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTES Reads Attributes .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DATA_COLLECTOR_CLASSNAME Return Class Name of Data Collector .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DATA_WITHOUT_INSTANTIATIONRead Data w/o Instantiating the Objects .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DEFAULT_FILTER_NAME Name of Filter Class .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DEFAULT_FORM_NAME Name of Reference Form for Object .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DEFAULT_TEXT_IDS Pass of Text IDs for Investigation .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Reads Properties of Attributes .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_GUID_OF_QUEST_COPY Read GUID of Copy of a List Item .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ICON Return of Icon for Object .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_TEXT Return of Text for Object .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_PRIMARY_STATUS Reading of Status with Lowest Item and Highest Priority .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_PROGRAM Transfer of Visualization Program .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_STATUS_4_ACTIVITY Determine Relevant Status for Transaction Check .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_STATUS_OPERATION_CATEGORY Scheduling of Status Transaction .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I HANDLE_ACTION_CLOSING Reaction to Completion of an Action .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I HANDLE_QUEST_ASSESSM_CHANGING Reaction to Change in Valuation of an Audit Question .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I IMPORT_AUDITED_OBJECT Create/Change Audit Object Using UI Table .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I IS_CONFIRMABLE Can the Audit be Confirmed? .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I IS_EXTENSIBLE_FOR_QUESTIONS Can Unplanned Questions be Added to the Audit? .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I MAP_INTERNAL_2_EXTERNAL Converts Internal Hierarchical Data Structure to External .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Sets Attributes .
IF_PLM_ASSESSMENT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_GUID_OF_QUEST_COPY Transfer of GUID to Copy of a List Item .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ASSIGNMENT_DATA I GET_ATTRIBUTES Read Attributes (CGPL and Application Data) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ASSIGNMENT_DATA I GET_DEFAULT_ROLES Transfer of Default Roles .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ASSIGNMENT_DATA I SET_UPDATED_ATTRIBUTES Updates The Changed Attributes While Saving .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK_ACTIVITY Authorization Check for an Activity in Audit Processing .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK_OBJECT Check Authorization Object .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK_STATUSACTIVITYAuthorization Check for a Status Activity .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_CHA_ACTIVITY_BY_OBJ Read Activity for Changing an Object Type .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_CRE_ACTIVITY_BY_OBJ Read Activity for Creating an Object Type .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_DEL_ACTIVITY_BY_OBJ Read Activity for Deleting an Object Type .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_DIS_ACTIVITY_BY_OBJ Read Activity for Displaying an Object Type .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_DOC_A_ACTIVITY_BY_OBJ Read Activity for Assigning a Doc. for an Object Type .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FILTER I ACCEPT_NODE Use Filter Conditions on Current Node .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FILTER I GET_CRITERIA Method of Accessing Filter Conditions (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FILTER I SET_CRITERIA Method of Accessing Filter Conditions (Writing) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_APPLICATION_TYPE Method of Accessing Application Type (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_CAPTION Access Method for Meaning (Short Text) (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_INSTANCE Access Method for Instance (Singleton) (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_NAME Access Method for Form Name (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Access Method for Object Type (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I GET_OPTIONS Access Method for Options (Reading) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I HAS_OPTIONS Does Form Have Options? .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I IS_DEFAULT Is Default Indicator Set? .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I SET_DEFAULT Access Method for Default Indicator (Writing) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_FORM_MODEL I SET_OPTIONS Access Method for Options (Writing) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_HOST I ACCEPT Method of Node that Visitor Receives .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I CURRENT_ITEM Returns Current Element .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I FILTER Sets Iterator Filter .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I FIRST Sets Iterator to First Element .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I IS_DONE Check: Is Iteration Completed? .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I LAST Sets Iterator to Last Element .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I NEXT Sets Iterator to Next Element .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR I ROOT Sets Root of Iterator / Initialization of Iterator .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR_ELEMENT I CREATE_ITERATOR Creation of an Iterator .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_ITERATOR_ELEMENT I CREATE_ITERATOR_FILTERED Creation of an Iterator (With Filter) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI I CALL_UPDATE_BADI Call of BAdI for Check While Saving (Event: AT SAVE) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI I GET_GUID Read of GUID .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI I GET_PROC_MODE Read of Processing Mode .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI_CNTRL I CONVERT_NODE Conversion for Any Hierarchy Node .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI_CNTRL I EXECUTE_CHANGE_CHECK Execute Check When Changing (During Save) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI_CNTRL I EXECUTE_CREATE_CHECK Execute Check When Creating (During Save) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI_CNTRL I EXECUTE_DELETE_CHECK Execute Check When Deleting (During Save) .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_UPDATE_BADI_CNTRL I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_VISUALIZE I CAST_VIEW_CHANGED Sends VIEW_CHANGED Event .
IF_PLM_AUDIT_VISUALIZE I IS_FCODE_VALID Checks Whether Function Code Is Valid .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Forward or Execute Function .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I GET_INACTIVE_FUNCTIONS Determine Inactive Functions .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I ON_COPY Handling of Copy and Paste in Tree .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I ON_MOVE Handling of Drag and Drop in Tree or Cut and Paste .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I ON_WORKLIST_ITEM_REQUESTED Add One Object to Worklist/Templates .
IF_PLM_AUD_APPLICATION I SAVE Save Additional Data .
IF_PLM_PDN_WUI_OBJPAGE I GET_ID_FIELDS Output Identifying Data for Page .
IF_PLM_PDN_WUI_OBJPAGE I GET_WORKFLOW_DATA Reference to Workflow Data .
IF_PLSRV_SUPPORT_DETAILS I GET_SUPPORT_DETAILS Support Details .
IF_PLSRV_SUPPORT_DETAILS I SET_SUPPORT_MODE Set Test Mode .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_CLASS Check: Checks the Existence of a Class .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_CSTIC Check: Checks the Existence of a Characteristic .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_FUNCTION Check: Checks the Existence of a Variant Function .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_MATERIAL Check: Checks the Existence of a Material .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_OBJECT Check: Checks the Existence of an Object (Material, ...) .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_TABLE Check: Checks the Existence of a Variant Table .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I CHECK_VALUE Check: Checks the Existence of a Value .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_CSTIC_VALUE Get: Reads the Value of a Characteristic .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_CSTIC_VALUES Get: Reads the Value of a Characteristic .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_FUNCTION_CSTICS Get: Reads the Characteristics of a Variant Function .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_FUNCTION_KEY_FIELDS Get: Reads the Key Fields of a Variant Function .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_OBJECT_CSTIC Get: Reads the Char. of an Object (Class, Material, ..) .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_TABLE_CSTICS Get: Reads the Characteristics of a Variant Table .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_C I GET_TABLE_KEY_FIELDS Get: Reads the Key Fields of a Variant Table .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_CLASSES Help Context: Classes .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_CLASS_TYPES Help Context: Class Types .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_FUNCTIONS Help Context: Variant Functions .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_MATERIALS Help Context: Materials .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_NUM_CSTICS Help Context: Numeric Characteristics .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_OBJECT_TYPES Help Context: Object Types .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_SYM_CSTICS Help Context: Symbolic Characteristics .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_TABLES Help Context: Variant Tables .
IF_PMEVC_DEPENDENCY_CONTEXT_H I GET_VALUES Help Context: Values .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_DOC I GET_DOCUMENT returns document associated with this object. .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_DOC I SET_DOCUMENT sets document association for this object. .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I CONFIRM_SAVE Bestätigt das Speichern eines Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_CHANGE_NUMBER Liefert die Änderungsnummer .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_DATE Liefert das Änderungsdatum des Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_DESCRIPTION Liefert Beschreibung des Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_KEY Liefert Schlüssel des Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_LABEL Liefert Label für UI .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_MNT_OBJECT Liefert das Pflegeobjekt einer Entity .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I GET_TYPE Liefert den Typ des Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_CHANGED Objekt geändert .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_CHANGE_NUMBER_REQUIRED Prüft, ob eine Änderungsnummer erforderlich ist .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_CREATED Objekte neu angelegt .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_DELETED Objekt gelöscht .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_FULLY_LOADED Objekt vollständig geladen .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I IS_OPENED_FOR_CHANGE Objekt zum Ändern geöffnet .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I OPEN_FOR_CHANGE Objekt zum Ändern öffnen .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I OPEN_FOR_READ Objekt zum Lesen öffnen .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I SET_CHANGED_FLAG Setzt Änderungs-Flag .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I SET_DELETED_FLAG Set Deleted Flag .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I SET_DESCRIPTION Setzt Beschreibung des Objektes .
IF_PMEVC_ENGINE_ENTITY I SET_MNT_OBJECT Setzt das Pflegeobjekt einer Engine Entity .
IF_PMEVC_PARSER I COMPLETE_AT_POSITION Complete Object to Insert in Item in Source Text .
IF_PMEVC_PARSER I GET_TOKEN_HELP F4 Help for Item in Source Text .
IF_PMEVC_PARSER I INIT Initialize / New Context .
IF_PMEVC_PARSER I SYNTAX_CHECK Syntax Check .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I COMMIT Save current status to database .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I CREATE Create the object .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I DELETE Delete object .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I GET_STATUS Gets Status Object .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I MODIFY Change Object .
IF_POA_DEMO_BUSINESS_OBJECT I ROLLBACK Reject Unsaved Changes .
IF_POA_DEMO_STATUS I DO_STATUS_TRANSITION Initiate status transfer completely automatically .
IF_POA_DEMO_STATUS I GET_ALLOWED_ACTIONS Query list of permitted actions .
IF_POA_DEMO_STATUS I GET_STATUS_BY_NAME Query value of a status variable .
IF_POA_DEMO_STATUS I IS_ACTION_ALLOWED Query whether given action may be executed .
IF_POA_DEMO_STATUS I SET_STATUS_BY_NAME Set single status variable explicitly .
IF_POBJ_CASE I ASSIGN_BOR_OBJECT Add BOR Object Reference to Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I ASSIGN_DOCUMENT Add Document as Case Reference .
IF_POBJ_CASE I ASSIGN_SUB_CASE Insert Subcase Reference into Current Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Change Case Attributes .
IF_POBJ_CASE I CREATE_CASE Create Case Instance .
IF_POBJ_CASE I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create KPRO Document .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DEASSIGN_BOR_OBJECT Delete Link Between Case and given BOR Object .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DEASSIGN_CASE Delete Link Between Case and given Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DEASSIGN_DOCUMENT Delete Link Between Case and given Document .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DELETE_CASE Delete Current Case Object .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DELETE_NOTE Delete All Notes Assigned to Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I DOCUMENT_DELETE Delete Document .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Determine Value of Specific Attribute .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Determine All Attributes with Values of Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_BOR_OBJECTS Determine All BOR Object References of Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_CASE Determine Case Instance .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_DOCUMENTS Determine All Documents of Anchor .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_DOCUMENT_VERSIONS Get All Versions of Document .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_DOC_PHKEY_FOR_LOKEY Get LOID, LOClass, Ph. ver. for doc uniqueid and lo. version.
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_NOTES Get All Notes of Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_NOTES_DB Get All Notes of Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I GET_SUB_CASES Determine Subcases Inserted at Anchor .
IF_POBJ_CASE I INSERT_NOTE Insert Comment to Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I IS_CHANGED Is Case Changed? .
IF_POBJ_CASE I IS_PERSISTENT Check If Case Exists in Database .
IF_POBJ_CASE I LOCK Lock Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I LOCK_DOCUMENT Lock Document in KPRO .
IF_POBJ_CASE I LOG_READ Read Change log .
IF_POBJ_CASE I MODIFY_NOTE Modify Note .
IF_POBJ_CASE I READ_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Get Document Contents .
IF_POBJ_CASE I SAVE Save Case in Database (Without Commit) .
IF_POBJ_CASE I SAVE_ALL Save All Cases in Database (No Commit) .
IF_POBJ_CASE I UNDO Undo all changes done by calling case API's .
IF_POBJ_CASE I UNLOCK Unlock Case .
IF_POBJ_CASE I UNLOCK_DOCUMENT Unlock Document in KPRO .
IF_POBJ_CASE I UPDATE_DOCUMENT Change Attributes and Content of Document .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL I CREATE Create a level instance with the given GUID .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL I GET Returns the instance of the Level Object for the given GUID .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL1 I QUERY calls the query case own db method .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL1 I QUERY_USING_SEL_OPTIONS calls the query case own db method .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I ASSIGN_ATTACHMENT assign the attachment against current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I CREATE_ATTACHMENT creates and assigns attachment against current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I DEASSIGN_ATTACHMENT deassign the attachment from the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I DELETE_ATTACHMENT marks the attachment for delete in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I GET_ATTACHMENTS returns the keys of attachments from current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I GET_MAX_LOGICAL_VER_ATTACHMENTreturns the Max Version of the Attachment given the key .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I READ_ATTACHMENT reads attachment for the given key .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTACHMENTS I UPDATE_ATTACHMENT marks the attachment for update in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTES I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns both std and non-std attributes of Current Level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTES I GET_CONSUMER Returns consumer id of the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTES I READ_ATTRIBUTE_LOG Reads the attribute change log .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTES I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set any attribute of the level for INS, UPD or DEL in buffer.
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_BOR_OBJECTS I ASSIGN_BOR_OBJECT Assign Bor Reference against level in buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_BOR_OBJECTS I DEASSIGN_BOR_OBJECT Deassign Bor Reference from the level in buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_BOR_OBJECTS I GET_BOR_OBJECTS Returns Bor object keys from the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I ASSIGN_CONTAINER assign the already created container to current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I CREATE_CONTAINER Creates and assigns container to the level in the Buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I DEASSIGN_CONTAINER deassign the container from the current level. .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I DELETE_CONTAINER marks the container for deletion in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I GET_CONTAINERS returns container keys from the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I GET_MAX_LOGICAL_VER_CONTAINER returns the max version of the container given the guid .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I READ_CONTAINER Reads a container with the supplied container Key. .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_CONTAINERS I UPDATE_CONTAINER Updates a container in the buffer with modified details. .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_NOTES I CREATE_NOTE Creates note in buffer. Doesnt return Note Key .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_NOTES I DELETE_NOTE marks the note for deletion in buffer for the given note key.
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_NOTES I GET_NOTES Returns all the note details against current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_NOTES I UPDATE_NOTE Marks the note with the given notekey for update in buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_PACKER I PACK Serializes each of the Level 1, 2 and 3 instances into XML .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_PACKER I UNPACK DeSerializes each of the XML into Level 1, 2 and 3 instances.
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I ASSIGN_CHILD_LEVEL assign given child level to current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I DEASSIGN_CHILD_LEVEL deassign given child level from current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I DELETE Marks for deletion in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I GET_CHILD_LEVELS return all the child level guids of the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I GET_MY_LEVEL Returns the Level Id of the Current Level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I GET_PARENT_LEVEL return the parent level guid of the current level .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I MARKED_FOR_INSERTION Marks current level for insertion in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_RELATIONS I SET_PARENT_GUID Sets the parent guid. .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I FLUSH Flushes buffer object values to corresponding DB objects. .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I IS_PERSISTENT Checks if the Level Instance in Persisted in DB .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I LOCK Locks the current level and/or its child levels .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I PURGE_BUFFER Clears all the attribute values in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I REFRESH_BUFFER Set the buffer as the same as the DB image .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I UNDO_BUFFER_CHANGES Rollsback the buffer objs image to its corresp DB obj image .
IF_POBJ_LEVEL_TRANS_HANDLING I UNLOCK Locks the current level and/or its child levels .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I CREATE Creates a Process Object and instantiates a level1 object .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I DELETE Delete Levels or Attachments or Containers against any level.
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I FLUSH Persists the objects to the back end .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I GET Get the instance of POBJ class .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I GET_TOP_LEVEL Get the Top most parent Level (=1) Guid .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I IS_PERSISTENT Is the POBJ Persisted? .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I LOCK Locks the level objects associated with the POBJ .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I PACK Serialize the base class level instance to a XML format .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I PURGE_POBJ_BUFFER Clears all the attribute values in the buffer .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I QUERY Returns the Level 1 Details satisfying the Query Criteria .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I QUERY_USING_SEL_OPTIONS Query Using Select Options as Criteria .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I READ Reads the Process Object .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I UNDO_BUFFER_CHANGES Rollsback the POBJ Buffer Image to that of the DB Image .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I UNLOCK Unlocks the Locked level objects associated with the POBJ .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I UNPACK DeSerialize the XML format to base class level instance .
IF_POBJ_PROCESS_OBJECT I UPDATE Updates the Process Object .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I ADD_OTHER_POLICIES Update Claim for Changes in Policy Snapshot .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I APPLY_CHANGES_TO_CLAIM Update Claim for Changes in Policy Snapshot .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CHECK_DATA Check policy data for consistency .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CHECK_UNCOMMITTED Check uncommitted data .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CHECK_UNCO_PARTOCC Check uncommitted data .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CHECK_VERSION Checks a version for internal consistency .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CLAIMASSIGN_SET Sets Memory CLAIMASSIGN .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CLAIM_CLAIMTYPE_CHECK Check (and change?) the claim internal claim type .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I CLEAR Clear Memory .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I COMMIT_CHANGES Applies the policy changes to the claim .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I COMMIT_CHANGES_PARTICPANT Applies the policy changes to the claim .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I COMPLETE_DATA Fill in GUI fields in the policy data .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I COPY_CONTENT Copy content of another pol data obejct .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I NEXT_FREE_POLVNR Get the highest policy version plus one .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I POLM_DB2SCR Convert DB Structure to Screen .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I POLM_MEM_UPDATE Fill in GUI Fields of ICL_POLM_EXT Structure .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I POL_VER_HEADER_CHECK Check policy header .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I PRIVLG_SET Sets Memory of Special Rights .
IF_POLS_DATA_ICL I VERSION_OVERLAP_CHECK Check to see if the time period overlaps any existing vers .
IF_POPUP_CALLER_POC I RECEIVE_POPUP_RESULT Transfer Return Value .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_BOOK_VALUE Determine Book Value .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_BUSINESS_TANSACTIONS Determines Bus. Transactions on Key Date (get_key_date) .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_BUSINESS_TANSACTION_DATA Flows of a Business Transaction for this Position .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_CURRENCIES Gets Position Currency and Local Currency .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_KEY_DATE Key Date .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_MESSAGES Get Messages for this Position .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_PORTFOLIO Gets Portfolio Containing the Position .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_POSITION_CATEGORY Category of Position: Trading, Settlement, Primary Period .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_POSITION_IDENTIFIER Determines Position Key .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_POSTING_ITEMS Table of Posting Items .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_POS_MAN_PROC Determines Position Management Procedure for this Position .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_PRODUCT_CLASS Gets the Product Type and Product Category .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_QUANTITY Item Quantity .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_SETTLEMENT_DATE Position Value Date of Transaction or Key Date .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_SIMULATED_BOOK_VALUE Determine Simulated Book Value .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_STATE Gets the Status of the Security Position (Active/Inactive) .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_TRADING_DATE Gets the Contract Date .
IF_POSITION_CORE_TRR I GET_TRANSACTION_NUMBER Number of Transaction, if Position is in Trading Period .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I CHECK_LOTS Checks Lots for Short Position .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I CHECK_QUANTITY Checks for Short Position .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I CHECK_SHORT_OK Checks if Short Position Permissible .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I DELETE_FLOWS_FOR_TRANSACTION Deletes all Position Flows for Business Transaction .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I DELETE_LOTS_FOR_TRANSACTION Deletes all Lots for Business Trans. (only aut. Lot Pos.) .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I DELETE_RULE_FOR_FLOWGROUP Deletes Assignment Rule for Flow Group (aut. Lot Pos. only) .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I DELETE_SUBTOTALS Deletes Transaction Figures .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_DIFF_TEXT Returns Differentiations as Text .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_DIFF_VALUES Returns Differentiations .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_NOMINAL_CURR Gets Nominal Currency .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_OID Gets OID Using Object Reference .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_POSITION_CAT Returns Single or Collective Positions .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_QUANTITY_CAT Gets the Quantity Category .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_QUANTITY_FOR_BUSTRANS Gets the Quantity for a Given Business Transaction .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_QUANTITY_FOR_DATE Gets the Quantity for a Given Date .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_SELECTOR Gets the Position Selector .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_TAB_LOTS_FOR_POSITION Gets Table with Related Lots .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_TAB_LOT_PARTITIONS Returns Lot Partitions .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I GETU_TAB_POSITION_FLOWS Returns Table with Position Flows .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I INITIALIZE Loads the Transient Attributes .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I SETU_NOMINAL_CURR Sets the Nominal Currency .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I SETU_QUANTITY_CAT Sets the Quantity Category .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I SETU_SELECTOR Sets the Position Selector .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I SUPPLEMENT_TRANSACTIONS Supplements Business Transactions to be Processed .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I UPDATE_BUSTRANS_FOR_COLLECT Updates the Business Transaction .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I UPDATE_DATE_FOR_CHECK Updates the Date for Short Position Check .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I UPDATE_FLOWS The Flows for the Position are Updated .
IF_POSITION_TRQ I UPDATE_LOTS The Lots for the Position are Updated .
IF_POSITION_TRR I GET_POSITION_DATA Get Position Data .
IF_POWL_EASY_FEEDER I GET_INSTANCE Creates instance of helper class .
IF_POWL_EASY_FEEDER I HANDLE_POPUP Handle decision from popup called after action .
IF_POWL_EASY_FEEDER I POWL_ACTION Executes an action triggered by the user .
IF_POWL_EASY_FEEDER I QUERY_POWL Returns the query results for the POWL-Feeder .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_ACTIONS define action meta data for represented object type .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_ACTION_CONF define an action confirmation message .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_DETAIL_COMP object-detail WD comp., implementing IFC_POWL_DETAIL .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_FIELD_CATALOG define field catalog meta data .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_OBJECTS data retrieval for represented object type .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_OBJECT_DEFINITION define data structure for represented object type .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I GET_SEL_CRITERIA define selection criteria meta data .
IF_POWL_FEEDER I HANDLE_ACTION handle actions for object type (c.f. GET_ACTIONS) .
IF_POWL_INFOSET_QUERY_ENHANCE I BEFORE_POWL_OUTPUT Method is called from within IF_POWL_FEEDER~GET_OBJECTS .
IF_POWL_OVS I HANDLE_PHASE_0 Phase 0 (OVS config, c.f. IF_WD_OVS-"set_configuration( )) .
IF_POWL_OVS I HANDLE_PHASE_1 Phase 1 (initialize fields, c.f. set_input_structure( )) .
IF_POWL_OVS I HANDLE_PHASE_2 Phase 2 (search, c.f. query_parameters, set_output_table( )).
IF_POWL_OVS I HANDLE_PHASE_3 Phase 3 (set return value, c.f. selection) .
IF_PPECHK_CNTL I CONSISTENCY_CHECK Application-Specific Consistency Checks .
IF_PPEFIATTR_CNTL I FILTER_NODE Filters Node According To Filter Settings .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I MAP_CHILD_NODE_GET Gets Lower-Level Node (Single-Level) .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I MAP_INIT Resets Internal Buffer .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I MAP_NODE_ADD Adds Node to Mapping Structure .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I MAP_PARENT_NODE_GET Gets Parent Node .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I MAP_ROOT_NODE_GET Gets Root Node for Tree .
IF_PPEGIARCH_MAP I UNIQUE_ID_GET Gets Unique ID for Tree .
IF_PPEGIARCH_XXX I INIT Initialize Application Tree .
IF_PPEGIARCH_XXX I NODE_SELECTED_GET Gets Selected Tree .
IF_PPEGIARCH_XXX I TREE_DISPLAY Displays Application Tree .
IF_PPEGIARCH_XXX I TREE_REMOVE Removes Application Tree from Display .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CD_DISPLAY_CLB Callback for Changing Document .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CHANGE_NUMBER_CLB Callback for Setting/Changing ECN .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CMPID_REC_CHECK_CLB Callback for Recursiveness Check by CMPID .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CMP_ASSY_TEMP_CLB Callback for Setting the Assembly Structure .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CMP_ASSY_TEMP_SINGLE_CLB Callback for Setting the Assembly Structure .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I COLOR_CODE_CLB Callback for Color COde .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I CTMENU_ASSIGLIST_CB Do application lists need to be offered in the context menu .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I DMU_ATTRIBUTES_SET Callback for Graphical Attributes in DMU Tool .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I DMU_OBJ_DELETE_CLB Callback to automatically remove an object from the viewer .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I DMU_OKCODE_CLB Callback for OK Codes for DMU Functions .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I EXTERNAL_BROWSER_START_CLB Callback to Start the External Browser .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I FILTER_ACTIVE_CLB Callback to see if filter is active .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I FILTER_READ_CLB Callback to read the filter .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I FILTER_SET_CLB Callback to set the filter .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I GUI_STATUS_SET_CLB Callback to set the GUI status .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I GUI_TITLE_SET_CLB Callback to set the GUI title .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I MODELMIX_CLB Callback for model mix maintenance .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I OKCODE_CLB Callback for own OK codes .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I PPE_DISTRIBUTION_CLB Callback for iPPE distribution .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I PRODVER_CLB Callback for maintenance of production version .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I PS_INTERFACE_CLB Callback for PS interface .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I SAVE_CLB Callback to save .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I STATUS_COCKPIT_CLB Callback for status cockpit .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I STRUCTURE_COMP_CLB Callback to compare the structures .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I STRUCTURE_COPY_CLB Callback to copy the structure .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I STRUCTURE_OPERATION_CLB Callback for the structure operations .
IF_PPEGUIENG_CNTL I TIME_ANALYSIS_CLB Callback for the time analysis .
IF_PPEGUIREL_CNTL I PRELID_DELETE Delete a PRELID Record .
IF_PPEGUIREL_CNTL I PRELID_MAINT Create/Change a PRELID Record .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_BACKUP Store Buffer Content of TL-Specific Additional Data .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_BEFORE_SAVE Go to Task List Types before Saving .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_REFRESH Delete Buffer Content .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_RESTORE Reset Buffer .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_SAVE Saver Buffer Content in Database .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_SAVE_DEPENDENT Save Dependent Data .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_BUFFER_SYNC Synchronize Buffer of Task List Type with Database .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_CONSISTENCY_CHECK Check Entire Process Structure .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PAMDC Check of Secondary Resources of a Mode .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PAMDD Check of Attributes of a Mode .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PNACT Check Attributes of an Activity .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PNACTHD Check Attributes of Routing Header .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PNACTOPR Check Operation Attributes .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PRIOC Check Attributes of an Assignment .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PRSEQ Check Attributes of an Assignment .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_PRSEQ2 Check Additional Attributes of Relationship .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_DATA_CHECK_SPECI Check Attributes of Specific Data Record .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_PRELID_CHECK Check PRELID Record Using the Application Object .
IF_PPELIACT_PLAN_CNTL I LI_PLAN_STRUCTURE_CHECK Check Buffer Content Before Saving .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I AFTER_SAVE Goto External Object After Saving .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_BACKUP Backup the Buffer Tables .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_REFRESH Refresh/reset the Buffer Table .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_RESTORE Restore the Buffer Table .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_SAVE Save Buffer Tables .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_SAVE_DEPENDENT Save Dependent Data .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I BUFFER_SYNC Synchronisation of Buffer for Dependent Data of iPPE Object .
IF_PPELIEXT_CNTL I DBOP_READ Read Update Indicator of the External Data for the Object .
IF_PPELIEXT_CONTEXT I CONTEXT_ASSIGN Assign an iPPE Object to the Context .
IF_PPELIEXT_CONTEXT I CONTEXT_CHECK Checks Whether an iPPE Object Can Be Assigned .
IF_PPELIEXT_CONTEXT I CONTEXT_FILTER Filter a Number of Relationships According to the Context .
IF_PPELIEXT_CONTEXT I CONTEXT_READ Read the Context for an iPPE Object .
IF_PPELIEXT_OPERATION I PXXXID_CHANGE External or Internal iPPE Object Changed .
IF_PPELIEXT_OPERATION I PXXXID_CREATE External or Internal iPPE Object Created .
IF_PPELIEXT_OPERATION I PXXXID_DELETE External or Internal iPPE Object Deleted .
IF_PPELIFLO_CCY_FILTER I CONTAINED Checks Whether Comb. of Mat./Plant/SA Should Be Processed .
IF_PPELIFLO_CMP_FILTER I CHECK_LOCID_PRVBE_CMPID Check Against Plant, Supply Area, and Material .
IF_PPELIFLO_FLO_FILTER I CHECK_LOCID_PRVBE Check Against Plant and Supply Area .
IF_PPELIFLO_HDR_FILTER I CHECK_CLASS Check Against Class .
IF_PPENIENG_CNTL I MODE_SET Control Graphic Mode (Always When Displayed?) .
IF_PPENIENG_CNTL I NODE_ATTRIBUTE_SET Set the display attributes for nodes from network graphic .
IF_PPENIENG_CNTL I REL_ATTRIBUTE_SET Set the display attributes for relatshps from network graph..
IF_PPENIENG_CNTL I REL_CREATE Application-Specific Creation of Relationships .
IF_PPEUIARCH_XXX I ARCHIVE_INDEX_SELECT Selects Application-Specific Index from Archive .
IF_PPEXIENG_CNTL I ECM_EVALUATE ECM Evaluation .
IF_PPEXIENG_CNTL I ECM_INIT Initialize ECM .
IF_PPEXIENG_CNTL I LASTNCHSTAT_EVALUATE Evaluation of Last 'n' Change Statuses .
IF_PPEXIENG_CNTL I PRODVER_CONTENT_READ Environment Analysis of a Production Version .
IF_PPEXIENG_CNTL I TIMEWINDOWS_EVALUATE Evaluation of the Change Statuses Within Date Interval .
IF_PP_PACKAGE_CREATION I CREATE_NEXT_PACKAGE Generate Package Templates .
IF_PP_PACKAGE_CREATION I DELETE_ADD_PACKAGE_DATA Delete Additional Package Data .
IF_PP_PACKAGE_CREATION I SAVE_ADD_PACKAGE_DATA Save Additional Package Data .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I CONDITIONS_SELECTED Conditions Selected .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I GET_ICON Supplies Icon for Button .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I GET_QUICKINFO Supplies Quick Info for Button .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I GET_TEXT Supplies Text for Button .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I IS_HEADER_ENABLED Button Available at Header Level .
IF_PRC_ADDITIONAL_BUTTON I IS_USING_DISPLAY_AREA Subscreen Area Being Used .
IF_PRC_EXT_CHANGED I ON_COND_CHANGED Condition Was Changed .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DATA_SAVE_AFTER after saving .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DATA_SAVE_BEFORE before saving .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_CHANGE_AFTER after changing a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_CHANGE_BEFORE before changing a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_CREATE_AFTER after creating a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_CREATE_BEFORE before creating a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_DELETE_AFTER after deleting a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_DELETE_BEFORE before deleting a document .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_OPEN_AFTER after opening .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I DOCUMENT_OPEN_BEFORE before opening .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_CHANGE_AFTER after changing items .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_CHANGE_BEFORE before changing items .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_CREATE_AFTER after creating items .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_CREATE_BEFORE before creating items .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_DELETE_AFTER after deleting items .
IF_PRC_SIM_EVENTS I ITEMS_DELETE_BEFORE before deleting items .
IF_PRE_PARTNER_PROCESSING_TRG I PREPROCESS Preliminary Step for Processing BTs for Partners .
IF_PRICAT_CHANGE I GET_BAPIPARMATEX_KEY Get Key for Generic BAPI Data .
IF_PRICAT_CHANGE I GET_GENERIC_KEY Return Object Key for Generic Data .
IF_PRJ_APO_CONVERT I CONVERT_R3_DATA_TO_APO Filters and converts R/3 data for APO .
IF_PRJ_BTE_TRANSFER I BTE_TRANSFER Controls BTE Transfer .
IF_PRJ_DELTA_READ I READ_BY_FILTER Read orders for delta report .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_FILTER_OBJ_BY_PLANT Select all filter objects with plant from given list .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_MAT_WERK_WITH_APOKZ Get material / plant combinat with noninitial APOKZ in MARC .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_DATA Get order data from database .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_HEADERS_FROM_FLT_OBJGet order headers from database (by filter object) .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_ORDER_HEADERS_FROM_KEY Get order headers from database (by order number) .
IF_PRJ_GET_DATA I GET_WORK_CENTER_AND_KAKO_DATA Get work center data & KAKO data for given list of cap reqs.
IF_PRJ_GET_FILTER_OBJ I GET_FILTER_OBJECTS Returns Filter Objects .
IF_PRJ_INBOUND I UPDATE_NETWORK Controls Update of Network Sent by APO .
IF_PRJ_INITIAL_TRANSFER I INITIAL_TRANSFER Reads data for initial transfer to APO .
IF_PRJ_MANAGE_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE_TO_LOG Adds Message to CIF Application Log for MPO .
IF_PRJ_MANAGE_LOG I APPEND_LOG_TO_CIF_LOG Appends Content to Generic CIF Log .
IF_PRJ_MANAGE_LOG I GET_MESSAGES Get messages of CIF log .
IF_PRJ_REFRESH_TRANSFER I REFRESH_TRANSFER Controls refresh transfer .
IF_PROC_BEN_TREENODE_ICL I PROCESS Process a benefit tree node .
IF_PROC_NEW_COVTYPE I PROCESS process the next subcltype .
IF_PROC_NEW_SUBCLTYPE I PROCESS process the next subcltype .
IF_PROD_VALUE_RANGE_CAT I VALUE_RANGE_DELETE Delete Value Range Limitations at Category/Set Type Level .
IF_PROD_VALUE_RANGE_CAT I VALUE_RANGE_MAINTAIN Maintain Value Range Limitations at Category Level .
IF_PROD_VALUE_RANGE_CAT I VALUE_RANGE_READ Read Value Range Limitations at Category Level .
IF_PROP_CONTAINER I GET_TABLE Delivers Reference to Internal Tab. for Table Entries .
IF_PROP_CONTAINER I GET_VIEW_TABLE Delivers Reference to Internal Tab. for View Entries .
IF_PROP_CONTAINER I GET_VIEW_WA Provides Reference to a Work Area for the View Rows .
IF_PROP_CONTAINER I GET_WA Delivers Reference to Work Area for the Table Rows .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I ADD_PROTOCOL Adds a Protocol of Same Type to Current Protocol .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I CLONE Returns Duplicate Log .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I DISPLAY Outputs the Protocol .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I GET_MESSAGES Gets the Messages for the Protocol .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I HAS_ERRORS Protocol Contains Errors .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I HAS_WARNINGS Log Contains Warning Messages .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I IS_EMPTY Protocol has no Entries .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I SET_COMMIT Business Transaction in Log Have Been Committed .
IF_PROTOCOL_TRP I SET_ROLLBACK Business Transactions in Log Have Been Reset .
IF_PROXY I GET_WSDNAME liefert Namen der WebService Definition .
IF_PROXY_BADI_GEN_ALLOWED I GENERATION_ALLOWED check if generation for given parameters is allowed or not .
IF_PROXY_CLIENT I EXECUTE Execute Methods .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I EXECUTE Execute method .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I GET_BASIC_SERVER_CONTEXT Gets Basis Server Context .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I GET_FRAMEWORK Gets Proxy Framework with Adapter Properties .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I GET_SERVER_CONTEXT Gets Active Server Context .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I SET_OPERATION Define Method to Be Executed .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I SET_SERVER_CONTEXT Sets Active Server Context .
IF_PROXY_INBOUND_ADAPTER I SET_TAG_NAME Define Method to Be Executed .
IF_PROXY_STYLESHEET I GENERATE Generate Stylesheet .
IF_PROXY_XML I DISPLAY_XML Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_PROXY_XML I GET_XML_BINARY Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_PROXY_XML I GET_XML_TEXT Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_PROXY_XML I INIT_WITH_RANDOM_DATA Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I CHANGE Change .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I CHECK_OBJECT_EXISTENCE Does object for key already exist? .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I DISPLAY Display .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I GET_HANDLE_FROM_INSTANCE Get Handle from Instance .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I GET_INSTANCE_FROM_HANDLE Get Instance from Handle .
IF_PSB_ADDON_CLASS I INITIALIZE (Re-)Initialization of Class .
IF_PS_BILLING_E1 I ADJUST Adjust a billing document .
IF_PS_BILLING_E1 I CREATE Create a billing document .
IF_PS_BILLING_E1 I REVERSE Reverse a billing document .
IF_PS_BILLING_E1 I SEARCH_DOC Search for last billing doc. of a given GUID .
IF_PTU_FREEABLE_OBJECT I FREE_DATA Delete Data .
IF_PTU_HAS_UTILITY_OBJECTS I UPDATE_UTILITIES Update Help Objects .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_BAPIRET2 Add a BAPI Return Structure .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_BAPIRET2_TAB Add a BAPI Return Table .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_EMPTY_LINE Write an Empty Line .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_LOG Add Application Log .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_MESSAGE Collection of a Message .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_MESSAGE_COMPLETE Collection of a Message with All Parameters .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_MESSAGE_SIMPLE Collect Message, Simple Interface .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_TEXT Insert Text .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I ADD_TIME_STAMP Collect Time Stamp with Text .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I DISPLAY_LOG Display Application Log .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I GET_MOST_SEVERE_MSGTY Issue Most Grave Message Type .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE I SET_TRACE_LEVEL Set Trace Level .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE_N I ADD_EMPTY_LINE Write an empty line .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE_N I ADD_MESSAGE Collection of a message .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE_N I ADD_MESSAGE_SIMPLE Collect Message, Simple Interface .
IF_PTU_MESSAGE_N I ADD_TIME_STAMP Collect time stamp with text .
IF_PTU_TIMING I CHANGE_LOG Exchange Application Log .
IF_PTU_TIMING I GET_TIMING Output Time Information .
IF_PTU_TIMING I RESET_TIMING Reset Time Information .
IF_PTU_TIMING I START Start Time Measurement .
IF_PTU_TIMING I STOP Stop Time Measurement .
IF_PTU_TIMING I WRITE_TIMING Log Time Messages .
IF_PT_A2003_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I FINALIZE Termination .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_GUI_LAYOUT GUI Layout for Next Run .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_ROOT_NODE_ID Initial Node ID .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I HANDLE_MESSAGE Message Processing .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I INITIALIZE Late Initialization .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I IS_ACTIVE Active? .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_TMW_CORE I GET_EMPLOYEE_SELECTION_PERIOD Determin Employee Selection Period .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_TMW_CORE I GET_INFOS_FOR_SELID Dialog Box Settings for Selection ID Definitions .
IF_PT_APPLICATION_TMW_CORE I IS_DATA_MODIFIED Does Changed Data Exist? .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I GET_MOLGA Gets the Country Grouping .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I GET_WEBMO Gets the WEBMO .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE Initializes the Application .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE_ACTORS Initialize Actors .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I SET_ACTORS_TO_REQUEST Intializes the Request .
IF_PT_ARQ_APPLICATION I SET_OWNER Sets the Owner .
IF_PT_ARQ_ATTABS_TYPE I GET_NAME Gets the Name of the Absence .
IF_PT_ARQ_ATTABS_TYPE I GET_POSSIBLE_ATTABS_TYPES Gets All Permitted Attendance/Absence Types .
IF_PT_ARQ_ATTABS_TYPE I GET_UNIT Delivers Unit .
IF_PT_BLP_PSAVE_HANDLER I PROCESS_PSAVE Performs Activities After Saving .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_COL Time COL: Collision Check (Type-Specific) .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_DEP Time DEP: Create Dependencies .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_ENR Time Point "ENR": Dependent Data Enhancement .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_NEW Time NEW: Default Values .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_PPR Time PPR: Pre-Processing .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_RET Time RET: Recalculation for Subsequent Program .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_SAV Time SAV: Save Time Data and Follow-Up Activities .
IF_PT_BLP_TPOINT_COUNTRY I PROCESS_SRP Time SRP: Individual Record Processing .
IF_PT_BSF_BSB_FCT_SNGL_RL_STP I CREATE_BUSUB Generation of Business Subject .
IF_PT_BSF_BUMOD_FACTORY I GET_BUMOD_INSTANCE Gets Module Instance Without Interface Object .
IF_PT_BSF_BURUL_CONTEXT_PART I ADD_CONTEXT_PART Adds Context Part to Business Rule Context .
IF_PT_BSF_BURUL_CONTEXT_PART I REMOVE_CONTEXT_PART Removes Context Part from Business Rule Context .
IF_PT_BSF_BURUL_IF_IF I DO_EXPORT Enables Update of Secondary Contexts .
IF_PT_BSF_BUSINESS_SUBJECT I GET_BURUL_ALL List of all Business Rules for Business Subject .
IF_PT_BSF_BUSINESS_SUBJECT I GET_BURUL_PERS_ASSIGN_DATE Gets Business Rule Responsible for Pers. Assgmt on Key Date .
IF_PT_BSF_BUSUB_FACTORY I CREATE_BUSUB Generation of Business Subject .
IF_PT_BSF_BUSUB_IF_IF I DO_EXPORT Imparts Update to Secondary Contexts .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_BUMOD_FACTORY Gets Instance of Factory for Module Instances .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_BUMOD_INTERFACE Delivers Business Rule Module Interface Object .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_BURUL_CONTAINER Delivers Business Rule Context Container .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_BURUL_INTERFACE Delivers Business Rule Interface Object .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_BUSUB_INTERFACE Delivers Business Subject Interface Object .
IF_PT_BSF_INTERFACE_FACTORY I GET_CONTEXT_PARTS Gets Context Elements for Rule Step .
IF_PT_BSF_RULE_STEP_STRATEGY I GET_RULE_STEP Which Step Number Is to Be Executed .
IF_PT_BSF_RULE_STEP_STRATEGY I REFRESH_PROCESSED_CONTRACTS Valid Pers. Assgmts to Be Redetermined? .
IF_PT_CONTEXT_CONTAINER I ADD_CONTEXT Inserts Context .
IF_PT_CONTEXT_CONTAINER I REMOVE_CONTEXT Deletes Context .
IF_PT_CONTRACT_GROUP_DRIVER_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of Changed Data .
IF_PT_CONVERTER_FOR_LOG_TAB I CONVERT_COMPONENT_INTO_LOG_TABCall Until CX_PT_CONVERT_IF_CMP_EXIT Discarded .
IF_PT_CONVERTER_FOR_LOG_TAB I INIT_FOR_INTERFACE_CMP Initializes Split and Check Whether Table Available .
IF_PT_CONVERTER_FOR_LOG_TAB I INIT_FOR_TABLE_NAME Initializes Split and Check Whether Table Available .
IF_PT_CUMBT_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_CUST_FIELD_TAB I GET_FIELD_TAB Prepare Table for Fields To Be Selected .
IF_PT_DAYMO_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of Changed Data .
IF_PT_DAY_DRIVER_IF I DO_EXPORT Synchronizes Any Contexts Created More Than Once .
IF_PT_DRIVER_APPLICATION_CORE I FINALIZE Termination .
IF_PT_DRIVER_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_ROOT_DRIVER Delivers the First Driver in the Driver Hierarchy .
IF_PT_DRIVER_APPLICATION_CORE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_DRIVER_APPLICATION_CORE I POST_MESSAGE Transfer of Messages to the Drivers .
IF_PT_DRIVER_FACTORY I GET_NEXT_DRIVER Delivers Next Driver to IM_DRIVER_ID in the Hierarchy .
IF_PT_DRIVER_FACTORY I GET_ROOT_DRIVER Delivers the First Driver in the Driver Hierarchy .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_CALE Returns Personal Calendar of Employee .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_ENAME Returns Formatted Employee Names .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_INFOTYPES Read Interface for Time Infotypes of Employee .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_MOTPR Personnel Subarea Groupings for Daily Work Schedule .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_PWS Reads Individual Work Schedules .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_RATE Gets Collective Agreements for Employee from Infotype 0008 .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_T001P Returns T001P Entry Relevant for Key Date .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_T503 Returns T503 Entry Relevant for Key Date .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_TIMPAIR Returns Time Pairs of Employee .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_TIMRES Returns Time Evaluation Results .
IF_PT_EMPLOYEE I GET_WLIST Returns List of Time Evaluation Messages .
IF_PT_END_DRIVER_IF I DO_EXPORT Exports changed data .
IF_PT_EXECUTABLE I EXECUTE Executes Object .
IF_PT_EXECUTABLE I GET_INTERFACE Delivers the Interface Object of the Executable Object .
IF_PT_EXECUTABLE I SET_INTERFACE Parameterizes Executable Object with Interface Object .
IF_PT_GUI_DYNPRO_FIELD I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_GUI_DYNPRO_FIELD I ON_HELP_REQUEST Field Help .
IF_PT_GUI_DYNPRO_FIELD I READ_VALUE Read Value .
IF_PT_GUI_FACTORY I CREATE_OBJECT Generate GUI Object .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I ADD_CHILD Attach Sublayout .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I CLONE Create New Object with Same Class .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I DELETE_CHILD Delete Sublayout .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I FIND_GUI_LAYOUT Find GUI_Layout .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I FREE Release .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT_DESCRIPTION Descriptive Text for Specified Layout ID .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I GET_NODE GUI Object for Nodes .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I GET_OBJECT Navigate to GUI_Objects Included .
IF_PT_GUI_LAYOUT I MAP_GUI_TO_UIA_LAYOUT_ID Map GUI According to UIA .
IF_PT_GUI_OBJECT I FREE Release .
IF_PT_GUI_OBJECT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_GUI_OBJECT I SHOW Display .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_CONTAINER I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_CONTROL I EXPORT_TO_UIA Opposite of PAI for Control .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_CONTROL I INITIALIZE Control Initializer .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_CUSTOM_CONTAINER I INITIALIZE Initialization for Generic Custom Container .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_CUSTOM_TOOLBAR I INITIALIZE Initialization: Connecting to UIA Object .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_DOCKINGCONTAINER I INITIALIZE Initialize Generic Docking Container .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_DYNPRO_FIELD I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_DYNPRO_FIELD I ON_HELP_REQUEST Field Help .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_DYNPRO_FIELD I READ_VALUE Read Value .
IF_PT_GUI_SAP_SPLITTER_CONT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_CALENDAR I INITIALIZE Special Initialization for Calendar .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_NM_GRID I FREE Release .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_NM_GRID I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_NM_GRID I SET_LAYOUT Set Layout Object .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_NM_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR Set Toolbar Buttons .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_NM_GRID I SHOW Display .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I ADD_LINE Insert Line in Node .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I ADD_NODE Create Node in Tree .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I ADD_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Insert Toolbar Buttons .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I CHANGE_ITEM_STATUS Change Status .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I CHANGE_NODE Change Row .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I CHANGE_NODE_STATUS Change Status .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I COLUMN_OPTIMIZE Optimize Column Width .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I DELETE_ALL_NODES Delete Tree .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I DELETE_TOOLBAR Delete Entire Toolbar .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I EXPAND_ALL_NODES Expand All Nodes .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I EXPAND_NODES Expand Special Nodes .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I FREE Exit .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I FRONTEND_UPDATE Show Changes .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_CHILDREN Get Subnodes (Node Keys) .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_FIELDCATALOG Get Current Field Catalog .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_NEW_HIERARCHY Structure Hierarchy Online .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_NEW_PERIOD Get New Period in Dialog Box .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_SELECTED_NODES Get Selected Lines .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I GET_VARIANT Get Current Layout .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I SET_FIELDCATALOG Set New Field Catalog .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I SET_HIERARCHY_HEADER Set Header Hierarchy .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I SET_SELECTED_NODES Select Subnodes .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Generate ABAP List Viewer Trees with Global Settings .
IF_PT_GUI_TMW_TREE_CONTROL I UPDATE_CALCULATIONS Calculate Totals .
IF_PT_GWT_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_LINKABLE I DO_IMPORT Transfers the Context to the (Interface) Object .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_MAINTAIN I CREATE Create .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_MAINTAIN I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_QUERY I CHECK_IF_NATIVE Checks If Interface Name Is Native .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_QUERY I GET_ALL_IFCMPS_FOR_TABNA Delivers All Interfaces & Attributes for Given Table Name .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_QUERY I GET_ALL_NATIVE_IFS Delivers All Native Interfaces .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_QUERY I GET_CMP_FOR_TABLENAME Delivers Interface Attributes for Given Table Name .
IF_PT_NATIVE_IF_QUERY I GET_CMP_OF_NATIVE_IF Delivers Usable Attributes from Native Interface .
IF_PT_P2000_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_P2001_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_P2002_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_P2011_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_P2012_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_P2013_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_PBRKS_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_PCR_INT_MESSAGE_POSTING I POST_MESSAGE Put Message in Queue .
IF_PT_PERIOD_DRIVER_IF I DO_EXPORT Synchronizes Any Contexts Created More Than Once .
IF_PT_POVT_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_PRINT_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_PTIP_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_PZL_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_QUOTA_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_REQ_APPLICATION I GET_INITIATOR Gets Initiator .
IF_PT_REQ_APPLICATION I GET_MODUS Gets MODUS .
IF_PT_REQ_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE Initializes the Application .
IF_PT_REQ_A_WF I CHECK_IF_ABSENT Checks Whether Actor Sick (Enhancement) .
IF_PT_REQ_A_WF I GET_ALL_ATTRIBS Read All Actor Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_A_WF I READ_SUBSTITUTES Reads Substitutes .
IF_PT_REQ_A_WF I SET_ALL_ATTRIBS Fill All Actor Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I ADD_ITEM Add Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I CHECK_IF_DEL_REQUEST_PRESENT Gets Info Whether Only Deletion Request Exists .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I CHECK_IF_MOD_REQUEST_PRESENT Gets Info Whether Only Change Request Exists .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I DETERMINE_REQUEST_OPERATION Determines Type of Request (New, Canceln, Change Request) .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ACTOR_ATTRIBS Gets Actor Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ADMIN_INFO Gets Administrative Data .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ALL_ATTRIBS Gets All Attributes of the Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_INITIATOR Reads Request Owner .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ITEM_LIST Gets List of Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ITEM_LIST_OBJECT_TAB Gets List of Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_ITEM_SELECTOR_TAB Gets Table of Selector Instances .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_NEXT_PROCESSOR Reads Next Processor of Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_NOTICE Gets Note for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_OWNER Gets Owner of Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_REQUEST_ID Gets Request ID .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_REQ_TYPE_ATTRIBS Gets Request Type Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_RESPONSIBLE Reads Person Responsible for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_STATUS Gets Request Status .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_VERSION_NUMBER Gets Request Version .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I GET_WORKITEM_ID Read Work Item ID .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_ALL_ATTRIBS Sets All Request Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_INITIATOR Sets the Request Initiator .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_ITEM_LIST_OBJECT_TAB Sets List of Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_NEXT_PROCESSOR Sets Next Agent for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_NOTICE Sets Note for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_OWNER Sets Request Owner .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_RESPONSIBLE Sets Person Responsible for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_STATUS Sets Request Status .
IF_PT_REQ_HEADER I SET_WORKITEM_ID Set Work Item ID .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM I COMPARE_DB_TO_OBJECT Compares Database with Object .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM I GET_ALL_ITEM_ATTRIBS Gets All Attributes of Request Item .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM I GET_ITEM_ID Gets the Request Item ID .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM I SET_ALL_ITEM_ATTRIBS Sets All Attributes of Request Item .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM I SET_ITEM_ID Sets Request Item ID .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM_SELECTOR I GET_ITEM_OBJECTS_BY_ID Get the Request Item .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM_SELECTOR I GET_ITEM_OPERATION Determine Operation of Request Item .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM_SELECTOR I ITEM_AGENT_GET Gets the Class Actor of the Item .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM_SELECTOR I SEL_ITEM_IDS_BY_SELCRIT Selection of Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_ITEM_WF I SET_ALL_ITEM_WF_ATTRIBS Fill All Workflow Attributes of Items .
IF_PT_REQ_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Add Message .
IF_PT_REQ_MESSAGE_HANDLER I FREE_MESSAGES Delete All Messages .
IF_PT_REQ_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGES Display Messages .
IF_PT_REQ_MESSAGE_HANDLER I INSTANCE_GET Get Single Instance .
IF_PT_REQ_PROCESSOR I CHECK_REQUEST Check Request .
IF_PT_REQ_PROCESSOR I COPY_DATA_TO_PERSISTENT Make Additional Data Persistent .
IF_PT_REQ_PROCESSOR I GET_WF_MAIN_TASK Determine Workflow Identifier .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I ADD_ITEM Add Request Items .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I DELETE Delete Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_ALL_ATTRIBS Get Request Attributes of Work Area Version .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_ALL_ATTRIBS_FOR_ALL_VERS Get Request Attributes of All Request Versions .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_CURRENT_VERSION_NO Determine Current Version of Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_INITIATOR Determine Initiator .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_NEXT_PROCESSOR Determine Next Agent .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_NOTICE Read Note for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_OWNER Determine Owner .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_RESPONSIBLE Determine Person Responsible .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_STATUS Determine status .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I GET_WORKAREA_VERSION Read Work Version .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I INITIATE_STATE_TRANSITION Initiate Status Transition .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_ALL_ATTRIBS Set Request Attributes .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_INITIATOR Set Initiator .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_NEXT_PROCESSOR Set Next Agent .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_NOTICE Write Note for Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_OWNER Set Owner .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_RESPONSIBLE Set Person Responsible .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_VERSION Set Version of Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I SET_WORKAREA_VERSION Set Work Version .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I START_TRANSACTION Start Transaction .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I VALIDATE_AND_SIMULATE Check and Simulate Request .
IF_PT_REQ_REQUEST I WITHDRAW Withdraw request .
IF_PT_RPCALC_APPL_CORE_COMM I GET_APPLICATION_CONTEXT Delivers Application Context .
IF_PT_RPCALC_APPL_CORE_COMM I SET_LOG Transfers Reference to Log Instance .
IF_PT_RPTIME_APPL_CORE_COMM I GET_APPLICATION_CONTEXT Delivers the Application Context .
IF_PT_RPTIME_APPL_CORE_COMM I SET_LOG Transfers Reference to Log Instance .
IF_PT_RPTIME_FALL_BACK I PROGRAM_IS_LOADED X = program is loaded .
IF_PT_RPTIME_FALL_BACK I SYNCHRONIZE_INTERFACE Synchronizes interface with external programs .
IF_PT_RPTIME_FALL_BACK I SYNCHRONIZE_PROGRAM Synchronizes external program with pers. assignment context .
IF_PT_SCHEMA_DRIVER_FACTORY I FREE_SCHEMA_DRIVER Releases Requested Schema Driver Again .
IF_PT_SCHEMA_DRIVER_FACTORY I GET_SCHEMA_DRIVER Delivers Schema Driver Instances .
IF_PT_SORT_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I CLEAR_DBVERSION Resets the ID for Database Version .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I CLONE Generates Identical Copy of Object .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I DESTRUCT Remove Internal Dependencies (Destructor) .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I GET_DATES Get Validity Interval of Time Record .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I GET_TIMES Get Validity of Times of a Time Record .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I RESTORE_CONTENT Returns the Original Status of the Data Object .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I SET_DBVERSION Sets the ID for the Database Version .
IF_PT_TD_BASE I SET_READ_ONLY Sets Read_Only Attribute of Object .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I APPEND_AUTHLEVEL Add New Authorization Level .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I APPEND_TPOINT Add Time Point as Run .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I CHECK_IN Buffer Check In .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I CLEAR_AUTHLEVEL Deles All Authorization Levels .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I CLEAR_TPOINT Deletes All Processed Times .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I SET_AUTHSTAT Sets Status of Authorization Check .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I SET_CHNGD Sets Object to "Changed = Buffer Update" .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I SET_OPERA Sets Internal Operation Explicitly for BLP .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I SET_PRIM Sets PRIM Flag .
IF_PT_TD_BLP I SET_PRSTAT Sets Authorization Status .
IF_PT_TD_BLPADAPTER I INITIALIZE Initializes Data Object from an BLP Internal Record .
IF_PT_TD_BLPADAPTER I INITIALIZE_FROM_TABLE Mass Initialization from BLP Request Table .
IF_PT_TD_BLPADAPTER I SERIALIZE Translates Data Object into BLP Request Format .
IF_PT_TD_BLPADAPTER I SERIALIZE_FROM_TABLE Mass Serialization from Object Table .
IF_PT_TD_BLPADAPTER I SET_DEPENDENCIES Update the Existing Dependencies .
IF_PT_TD_CALE I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_CALE I SET_DATA Set Day Contents .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I CLONE Clone Object .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I CREATE_NEW_DATA Generats New Blank Data Part (Type Change) .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I DELETE Delete object .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I DESTRUCT Remove Internal Dependencies (Destructor) .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I GET_OPERA Determine BLP Operation .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I GET_OPERA_DB Determine Operation re Database .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I INITIALIZE Object Initialization with New Data Part .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I SET_COMMID Sets Command ID for BLP Processing .
IF_PT_TD_CONTROL I SET_SIMULATED Sets Object to "Simulated" .
IF_PT_TD_DEDUCTION I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I GET_ALP Returns Different Payment When One Exists .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I GET_HEADER Returns Infotype Header .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I GET_PRELP Returns Infotype Partially Transparent (PRELP) .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I GET_T582Z Returns Relevant Entry from Tabel T582Z .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I LOCK Lock Infotype Record .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_ACCOUNTING Write Back Quota Data to Object .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_ADDATA Sets the Additional Data .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_ALP Set Different Payment .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_HEADER Set Infotype Header .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_PRELP Update Infotype Area .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I SET_TEXT Sets Infotype Text .
IF_PT_TD_INFOTYPE I UNLOCK Unlocks Infotype Record .
IF_PT_TD_IOBUFFER I APPEND Add New Record for Processing .
IF_PT_TD_IOBUFFER I APPEND_FROM_TABLE Add New Records from Table for Processing .
IF_PT_TD_IOBUFFER I EMPTY Clear Buffer .
IF_PT_TD_IOBUFFER I FLUSH Processes Buffer Content .
IF_PT_TD_IOBUFFER I READ Read Interface .
IF_PT_TD_IT0416 I GET_DEDUCTION Import Relevant Quota Deduction .
IF_PT_TD_IT0416 I GET_T556U Import Compensation Subtype Definition .
IF_PT_TD_IT0416 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT0416 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2001 I GET_CALE Get Related Entries from Employee Calendar .
IF_PT_TD_IT2001 I GET_DEDUCTION Get Related Deductions .
IF_PT_TD_IT2001 I GET_T554S Read Absence Definition .
IF_PT_TD_IT2001 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2001 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2002 I GET_CALE Get Related Entries from Employee Calendar .
IF_PT_TD_IT2002 I GET_DEDUCTION Get Related Deductions .
IF_PT_TD_IT2002 I GET_T554S Read Absence Definition .
IF_PT_TD_IT2002 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2002 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2003 I GET_T556 Read Infotype Definition (Customizing) .
IF_PT_TD_IT2003 I INITIALIZE Initialize Object .
IF_PT_TD_IT2003 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2004 I GET_T557 Read Customizing for Availability .
IF_PT_TD_IT2004 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2004 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2005 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2005 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2006 I GET_DEDUCTION Return All Deductions .
IF_PT_TD_IT2006 I GET_T556A Get Quota Definition .
IF_PT_TD_IT2006 I INITIALIZE Initialize Object .
IF_PT_TD_IT2006 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2007 I GET_DEDUCTION Return All Deductions .
IF_PT_TD_IT2007 I GET_T556P Get Quota Definition .
IF_PT_TD_IT2007 I INITIALIZE Initialize Object .
IF_PT_TD_IT2007 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2010 I GET_T511 Get Relevant Entry from T511 .
IF_PT_TD_IT2010 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2010 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2011 I GET_T705A Read Customizing .
IF_PT_TD_IT2011 I INITIALIZE Initialize with New Data .
IF_PT_TD_IT2011 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_IT2012 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_IT2012 I SET_DATA Update Infotype Content .
IF_PT_TD_ITNNNN I INITIALIZE Object Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_PWS I INITIALIZE Object Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_TIMPAIR I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_TIMPAIR I SET_DATA Set Data Content .
IF_PT_TD_TIMRES I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I APPEND Add new version .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I DELETE Delete Particular Version .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I FREE Release Container .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I GET_VERSION Read Particular Data Version .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_VERSCONT I UPDATE Update of a Particular Version .
IF_PT_TD_WLIST I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_TD_WLIST I SET_DATA Refresh Data .
IF_PT_TIME_EVALUATION_LOG I ADD_LOG Additional Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVALUATION_LOG I SHOW Display Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_APER_TO_LOG_BASIC Sets Period/Daily Node in Log Tree .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_FORM HR_PL_APPEND_FORM (Append Form) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_MESSAGE HR_PL_APPEND_MESSAGE (Message to MESSAGE_PTEXT) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_PLOG_TEXT HR_PL_APPEND_PLOG_TEXT (Append to I_LOG_DAT) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_PTEXT Inserts Lines in Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I APPEND_SCHEMA_TO_LOG_BASIC Sets Schema for Log Tree .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I BOPER_LOG Logging Operations .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I CLOSE_LOG_FOR_MOD_PROC OUTPUT Log After Module and End ACTION .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I COL_ERROR4 Application Exception (Corresponds to error_status = 2) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I COL_ERROR5 Application Info Without Terminating Driver .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I COL_ERRORN Appl. Exception/Info with/without Cancel Dependent on MESTY .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I DISPLAY_LOG HR_PL_SET_STATUS .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I FILL_LOCAL_LOG_DAT perfom t_fill_local_log_dat (as_manange_function) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I FILL_LOG_KEYS Supplies Key in Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I FILL_MODIF_IN_LOG HR_PL_FILL_MODIF_IN_LOG (Supplies Time Management Modifs) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I GET_TEXT_IN_CASE_OF_MISSING_GRGets Detailed Text for Missing Rule Group .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I INITIALIZE_CE Sets CE Switch in HRPL .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSAGE_CREATE New Entry in Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSAGE_TRANSFER New Entry in Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSG Writes P1 at P2 Position to Text P3 .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSG_1 Message Handler (1 Parameter) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSG_2 Message Handler (2 Parameters) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSG_3 Message Handler (3 Parameters) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MESSG_4 Message Handler (4 Parameters) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MOVE_LOG_BASIC_KEY Outline Information for Entire Log HR_PL_MOVE.... .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I MOVE_SEL_SCREEN_TO_PLOG Adds Selection Screen Parameter to Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I OPEN_LOG_FOR_MOD_PROC Before Module INPUT Log and Sets ACTION .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I PCR_HEADING_LOG Logs Personnel Calculation Rule Header .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I REFRESH_FUNCTION_TEXT HR_PL_.... Resets Old Function Contributions in Log .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I REFRESH_LOG_TABLES HR_PL_.... Resets All Log Tables .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I SET_AS_NUM_INCREMENT Sets Sequence Number + 1 .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I SET_ERROR_IN_LOG HR_PL_SET_ERROR_IN_LOG .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I SET_MODIF_FAILED Rule group not set in schema .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I SET_NAME_IN_LOG HR_PL_SET_ERROR_IN_LOG .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I SET_STATUS_IN_LOG HR_PL_SET_STATUS_IN_LOG .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I TRANSPORT_KEY HR_PL_TRANSPORT_KEY .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I T_CONNECT_AS_WITH_SCHEMA_TREE Links AS with Schema .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I WRITE_1 Log Utility (1 Parameter + Level) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I WRITE_2 Log Utility (2 Parameters + Level) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I WRITE_3 Log Utility (3 Parameters + Level) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_LOG I WRITE_4 Log Utility (4 Parameters + Level) .
IF_PT_TIME_EVAL_OPERATION_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of Changed Data .
IF_PT_TIMTP_IF I DO_EXPORT Export of changed data .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I GET_END_DATE_OF_LAST_TIME_EVALLast Payroll Day of Last RPTIME00 Run .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I GET_RECUID Get New Record ID .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I GET_TIME_TYPE_PROPERTIES Time Type Characteristics from T555A .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I GET_WORKLIST_PROCESSING_STATUSGet Status from Message Processing .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_ABSENCE_QUOTA Read Quota Info from Infotype 2006 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_ATTENDANCE_QUOTA Read Quota Info from Infotype 2007 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_CUMULATED_TIME_BALANCE Read Period Balance from Table SALDO in Cluster B2 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_DAILY_TIME_BALANCE Read Day Balance from Table ZES in Cluster B2 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_ENAME Read Name for Personnel Number .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_FORMER_TIME_EVAL_MESSAGESRead Messages from Table FEHLER in Cluster B2 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_KOKRS Read Cost Center .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_LATEST_TIME_EVAL_MESSAGESRead Messages from Table ERT in Cluster B1 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_MASTER_DATA Read Master Data on Key Date of Next Valid in Interval .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_PWS Reads Personal Work Schedule .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_T001P Read Modifiers .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_T503 Read T503 for an Employee .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_TIME_DATA Read Time Data .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_TIME_RECORD Read Time Record .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I READ_TIME_WAGE_TYPE Read Time Wage Type from Table ZL in Cluster B2 .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I WRITE_TIME_DATA Write Time Data .
IF_PT_TMW_BLOP I WRITE_TIME_RECORD Write Time Record .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I COUNTRY_PROCESSING_NEEDED Country-Specific Processing Required (Yes/No) .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_COL Time COL: Collision Check (Type-Specific) .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_DEP Time DEP: Create Dependencies .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_NEW Time NEW: Default Values .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_PPR Time PPR: Pre-Processing .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_RET Time RET: Recalculation for Subsequent Program .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_SAV Time SAV: Save Time Data and Follow-Up Activities .
IF_PT_TMW_BLP_TPOINT I PROCESS_SRP Time SRP: Individual Record Processing .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE I ACKNOWLEDGED_BY_USER User Message Confirmed .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE I ON_DELETE Callback Upon Deleting .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE I ON_INSERT Display Message to User .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE I SHOWN_TO_USER Message Displayed to User .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE_COLLECTION I CLONE Generate New Collection .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE_COLLECTION I DELETE_MESSAGE Delete Message from Collection .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE_COLLECTION I DELETE_MESSAGES Delete Messages from Collection .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE_COLLECTION I INSERT_MESSAGE Insert Message in Collection .
IF_PT_TMW_MESSAGE_COLLECTION I INSERT_MESSAGES Insert Messages in Collection .
IF_PT_TYPES_IF I DO_EXPORT Exports Changed Data .
IF_PT_UIA_FACTORY I COPY Copy Factory .
IF_PT_UIA_FACTORY I CREATE_OBJECT Create Object .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_FIELD_INFO Field Info .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_LABEL Medium-Length Description .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_LONG_LABEL Long Description .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_SHORT_LABEL Short Description .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_TEXT Description .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_TEXT_FIELD_INFO Field Info for Text .
IF_PT_UIA_FIELD_DISPLAY I GET_VALUE Value .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I COPY Copy All .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I CREATE_LAYOUT Create Layout (Variable Number of Sublayouts) .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I CREATE_OBJECT Create Object for ID (Variable Number of Subnodes) .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I FREE Release Layout and All Objects .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_CHILD_NODES Get Subordinate Nodes for a Node .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_CHILD_OBJECTS Get Subordinate IDs for a Node .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT Search for Subordinate Nodes with Layout .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT_DESCRIPTION Descriptive Text for Specified Layout_id .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_LAYOUT_ID2 Get Layout ID .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_NODE Get Object Reference for a Node ID .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_OBJECT Get Object Reference for an Object ID .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_PARENT_OBJECT Get Superior Object of Node .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I GET_ROOT_OBJECT2 Get Root Object of Layout .
IF_PT_UIA_LAYOUT I REFRESH Refresh Layout .
IF_PT_UIA_LISTBOX I GET_LIST Returns a List as vrm_values Table .
IF_PT_UIA_LISTBOX I GET_SELECTED_KEY Returns Selected Key .
IF_PT_UIA_LISTBOX I SET_SELECTED_KEY Changes Selection .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I CLONE Test Entry .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I COPY Copy All .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I FREE Release object .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Context menu .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I GET_DYNAMIC_LAYOUT_ID Get Dynamic Sublayout ID .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I HANDLE_MESSAGE Process Message .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PT_UIA_OBJECT I REFRESH Refresh .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE I GET_DATA Gets P2001 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE I SET_DATA Sets P2001 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_BALANCE Account Status Up To Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_COMPENSATION Compensated Up To Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_DEDUCTION Used Up To Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_ENTITLEMENT Key Date Entitlement .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_PAYROLL_BALANCE Calculated (Payroll) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_PROJECTED_BALANCE Account Status Including Postings After Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_PROJECTED_COMPENSATION Compensated from Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_PROJECTED_DEDUCTION Used from Key Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ABSENCE_QUOTA I GET_TYPE Quota Type .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I DELETE_APPOINTMENT Delete appointment .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I GET_TDTYPE_LIST List with Time Data IDs .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I PASTE_APPOINTMENT Paste Appointment .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I PASTE_TDTYPE Paste Time Data ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I REFRESH_APPOINTMENTS Refresh Appointments .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_APPT_READER I UPDATE Update Changes to Appointments .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ATTENDANCE I GET_DATA Gets P2002 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ATTENDANCE I SET_DATA Sets P2002 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ATT_QUOTA I GET_DATA Gets P2007 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_ATT_QUOTA I SET_DATA Sets P2007 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_AVAILABILITY I GET_DATA Gets P2004 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_AVAILABILITY I SET_DATA Sets P2004 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I GET_HEADER Gets Infotype Header (PSHDR) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I GET_INFOTYPE_DATA Gets Infotype Data (PRELP) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I GET_INFOTYPE_TEXT Gets Infotype Text (ITTEXT) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I GET_PSREF Gets Account Assignment Info (PSREF) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I SET_HEADER Set Infotype Header (PSHDR) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I SET_INFOTYPE_DATA Set Infotype Data (PRELP) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I SET_INFOTYPE_TEXT Set Infotype Text (ITTEXT) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CATEGORY_IT I SET_PSREF Set Account Assignment Info (PSREF) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CHANGEABLE I IS_CHANGED Query is_changed Indicator .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CHANGEABLE I IS_DELETED Query is_deleted Indicator .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CHANGEABLE I IS_NEW Query is_new Indicator .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CURSOR I CLEAR_CURSOR Delete Cursor Position .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CURSOR I GET_CURSOR Get Cursor Position .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_CURSOR I SET_CURSOR Set Cursor Position .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DATE_SELECTION I GET_DATE Return Time .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DATE_SELECTION I GET_DATE_INTERVAL Return Period .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DATE_SELECTION I SELECT_DATE Set Time .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DATE_SELECTION I SELECT_DATE_INTERVAL Set Period .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DEDUCTION I GET_DEDUCTION Deduction Information by Day .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DEDUCTION I GET_DEDUCTION_SURVEY Deduction Information: Overview .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_APL I GET_DATA Get APL Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_APL I SET_DATA Set APL Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_TECH_INFO I GET_ABS_ATT Technical Fields for Attendance/Absence .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_TECH_INFO I GET_ATTQUOTA Technical Fields for Attendance Quota .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_TECH_INFO I GET_EXTERN_IF Technical Fields for External Interface .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DETAIL_TECH_INFO I GET_ITDATA Get Technical Fields for Infotype Record .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_DISPLAY_MODE I SET_DISPLAY_MODE Display "-" Change .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I ADD_EMPLOYEE Insert Employee in List .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I ADD_SELID Insert a New Selection ID from Table .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I CREATE_SELID Generate Unique Selection ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I DELETE_SELID Delete a Selection ID in Table .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I GET_GENERATED_SELIDS Get Generated Selection ID for Employee .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I GET_GROUP_FOR_SELID Determine Group for Generated Selection ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I GET_INFOS_FOR_SELID Get Info on Selection ID Definition .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EE_LIST I GET_SELID_TEXT Get Current Selection ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EMPLOYEE_DISP I GET_EMPLOYEE Personnel Number .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_EMPLOYEE_DISP I GET_NAME Name .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_INFO_SEL I IS_HEADER_COLLAPSED Indicates If Header Hidden .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_INFO_SEL I PROVIDE_CURRENT_INFO_TOPIC Indicates Selected Info Area .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_INFO_SEL I PROVIDE_INFO_TOPICS Gets List of Possible Info Topics .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_INFO_SEL I REFRESH_CURRENT_INFO_TOPIC Updates Selected Info Area .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU I GET_NAVIGATION_TOOLBAR Navigation Toolbar .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU I GET_NAVIGATION_TREE Navigation Tree .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU I GET_TITLE Title .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU_SCENARIO I GET_NAVIGATION_TOOLBAR Navigation Toolbar .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU_SCENARIO I GET_NAVIGATION_TREE Navigation Tree .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU_SCENARIO I GET_STATUS Status .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_MENU_SCENARIO I GET_TITLE Title .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I DELETE_SORT_CRITERIA Delete User-Specific Sort Criteria .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_CURRENT_PERIOD Gets Current Period .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_FIELDCATALOG Field Catalog Describes Data Table Structure (ALV) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_HIERARCHY_HEADER Content of Hierarchy Header .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_HTML_HEADER Get HTML Header (See get_tree_layout) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_LINES Get Data for Display .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_LINES_MARKED Gets Selected Rows .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_LINE_CTMENU Structure Context Menu for Row .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_LINE_STATUS Gets Row Status .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_NODE_CTMENU Structure Context Menu for Nodes .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_NODE_STATUS Gets Node Status .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_SORT_CRITERIA Hierarchy for Displaying Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_TMW_CONTEXT Context to Determine Display Variant (ABAP List Viewer) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I GET_TREE_LAYOUT Display One or Several Rows Selection .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I HAS_TREE_CHANGED Has Tree Changed? .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_CHANGE_HIERARCHY Hierarchy Change -" Restructure Tree .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_LINE_CTMENU_SELECTED Select Entry in Context Menu for Row .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_LINE_MARK_CHANGED Checkbox Selected or Deselected .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_MULTIPLE_LINES_SELECTED Selection of Several Rows (Double-Click on Node) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_NODE_CTMENU_SELECTED Select Entry in Context Menu of Node .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I ON_SINGLE_LINE_SELECTED Select Individual Row (Double-Click on Row) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_NAVIGATION_TREE I SET_NEW_PERIOD Set New Period .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_PWS I GET_DATA Gets Personal Work Schedule Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_RECYCLABLE I INITIALIZE Re-Initialize .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_REMUNERATION I GET_DATA Gets P2010 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_REMUNERATION I SET_DATA Sets P2010 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_SCENARIO_TDE I GET_ACTIVE_LAYOUT_ID Get Active Layout ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_STATE_SELECTOR I ADD_FUNCTIONCODES Adds New Function Code .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_STATE_SELECTOR I DELETE_ALL Deletes All Function Codes .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_STATE_SELECTOR I DELETE_FUNCTIONCODES Delete Function Codes .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_STATE_SELECTOR I GET_FUNCTIONCODES Gets Function Codes .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_STATE_SELECTOR I INITIALIZE Sets Current Status .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_SUBSTITUTION I GET_DATA Gets P2003 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_SUBSTITUTION I SET_DATA Sets P2003 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE I GET_DETAIL Returns UIA Layout and Root Object for Details .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE I GET_LAST_WILL Returns Messages for Next Tab Card .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I CHECK_TDTYPE Check ID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I COLLAPSE Collapse .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I EXPAND Expand .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I FLUSH Flush .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I GET_TIMESPEC Get Time Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_11 I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I CHANGE_VIEW Change view .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I CLEAR_FOCUS Deletes the Selection .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I CREATE_APPOINTMENT Create New Appointment .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I DROP Prepare D&D Operation .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I DROP_COMPLETE Complete D&D Operation .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_CALENDAR I SET_FOCUS Set Selection .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_NM I GET Get 1-1 View .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_NM I GET_CHECKMARKS Get Permitted Checkboxes .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDE_TE I GET_TIMEEVENT Get Time Event .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TDTYPE_LIST I SET_TDTYPE TDTYPE selected .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMEEVENT I GET_DATA Gets P2011 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMEEVENT I SET_DATA Sets P2011 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_BLOP I DELETE Delete Time Entry .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_BLOP I GET_DATE Gets Date from Initialization .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_BLOP I INITIALIZE Initializes BLP Time Records .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I FLUSH Write Data to the BLP Request Structure .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I GET_DATE Get Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Get Data to Modify Screen .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I GET_TIMESPEC Get General Time Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I REFRESH Transfer Data from BLP Request Structure .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_DATE Set Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_EMPLOYEE Set Employee .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_FROM_DETAIL Transfer Time Data from Other Detail .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_RECUID Set RECUID .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_TDTYPE Set Short Description .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIMESPEC_DETAIL I SET_TIMESPEC Set General Time Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIME_ACCOUNT I GET_ACCOUNT Time Account: Descriptive Text .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIME_ACCOUNT I GET_BALANCE Account Balance .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIME_ACCOUNT I GET_UNIT Time Unit (from T006) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TIME_ACCOUNT I GET_UNIT_TEXT Units Text (from T538A) .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TRANSFER_SPEC I GET_DATA Gets P2012 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_TRANSFER_SPEC I SET_DATA Sets P2012 Data .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_WORKLIST I GET_WORKLIST Time Evaluation Messages with Info .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_WORKLIST I SET_DATE Set Internal Date .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_WORKLIST I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS Set Processing Status .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_WORKLIST I SET_MESSAGE_VISIBILITY Set Display .
IF_PT_UIA_TMW_WORKLIST I SET_SELECTED_MESSAGE_LINE Select Message Row .
IF_PT_UIA_TOOLBAR I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Gets All Toolbar Buttons for Navigation Control .
IF_PT_UIA_TOOLBAR I ON_FUNCTION_SELECTED Provides System Function Code to Toolbar Element .
IF_PT_UIA_TOOLBAR I ON_TOOLBAR_DROPDOWN Gets Context Menu for Item .
IF_PT_UIA_TOOLBAR_BUTTON I GET_BUTTON Returns Info on Toolbar Function .
IF_PT_UIA_TOOLBAR_BUTTON I ON_FUNCTION_SELECTED Select Toolbar Function .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_CLIPBOARD I CLEAR Delete .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_CLIPBOARD I COPY Copy .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_CLIPBOARD I CUT Cut .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_CLIPBOARD I PASTE Insert .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_CURSOR I SET_CURSOR Set Cursor Position .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I DELETE Delete Selected Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I FIRST Selected Object is First Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I GET Get Selected Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I LAST Select Last Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I NEXT Select Next Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS Select Previous Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DETAIL_ITERATOR I SET Select New Object .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DOMINANT I CHANGE Change .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DOMINANT I CLEAR Delete Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DOMINANT I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DOMINANT I FLUSH Flush .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_DOMINANT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_MULTIPLE_MARK I CLEAR_MARK Deselect .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_MULTIPLE_MARK I SET_MARK Set Selection .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_SCROLL I CLEAR Delete Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_SCROLL I SET Set Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_SINGLE_MARK I MARK Set Selection .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_SINGLE_MARK I UNMARK Deselect .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I CHANGE Change .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I CHECK_TDTYPE Check Time Data ID .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I CLEAR Delete Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I FLUSH Flush .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I GET_T001P Table Entries for T001P .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I GET_T503 Table Entries for T503 .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMEEVENT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMESPEC I CHANGE Change .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMESPEC I CLEAR Delete Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMESPEC I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMESPEC I FLUSH Flush .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TIMESPEC I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TOPLINE I CLEAR Delete First Line .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_TOPLINE I SET Set First Line .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_WORKSCHEDULE I CHANGE Change .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_WORKSCHEDULE I CLEAR Delete Data .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_WORKSCHEDULE I DELETE Delete .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_WORKSCHEDULE I FLUSH Flush .
IF_PT_UIX_TMW_WORKSCHEDULE I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_DATA Get Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_ITEM Item for Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Account Assignment Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I INVALIDATE Set Account Assignment Invalid (Posting Not Possible) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_PERSISTENT Is Account Assignment Persistent? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_VALID Account Assignment Error-Free? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_DATA Set Account Assignment Data (Without Validation) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I CREATE_ACCOUNT Factory Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I CREATE_SCHEDULE Factory Schedule Line .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_ACCOUNTINGS Account Assignments .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_CONDITIONS Get Item Conditions .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_DATA Get Item Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_FOREIGN_TRADE Get Foreign Trade Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_HEADER Document Header for Item .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_HISTORY Get PO History .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Item Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Item Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_SCHEDULES Delivery Schedule .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I GET_SHIPPING_DATA Get Shipping Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I INVALIDATE Set PO Item Invalid (Posting not Possible) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I IS_PERSISTENT Is PO Item Persistent? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I IS_VALID PO Item Error-Free? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I SET_CONDITIONS Set Item Conditions (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I SET_DATA Set Item Data (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I SET_FOREIGN_TRADE Set Foreign Trade Data (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_ITEM_MM I SET_SHIPPING_DATA Set Shipping Data (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I CREATE_ITEM Factory PO Item .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_CONDITIONS Get Header Conditions .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_DATA Get Header Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_FOREIGN_TRADE Get Foreign Trade Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_ITEMS Purchase Order Items .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Header Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Header Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I INVALIDATE Set PO Header Invalid (Posting Not Possible) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I IS_CHANGEABLE Purchase Order Changeable? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I IS_PERSISTENT Is PO Header Persistent? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I IS_VALID PO Header Error-Free? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I SET_CHANGED Object is to be Updated .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I SET_CONDITIONS Set Header Items (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I SET_DATA Set Header Data (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_MM I SET_FOREIGN_TRADE Set Foreign Trade Data (Without Check) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I GET_DATA Get Schedule Line Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I GET_ITEM Item for Schedule Line .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Schedule Line Data .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Schedule Line Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I INVALIDATE Set Schedule Line Invalid (Posting not Possible) .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I IS_PERSISTENT Is Schedule Line Persistent? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I IS_VALID Schedule Line Error-Free? .
IF_PURCHASE_ORDER_SCHEDULE_MM I SET_DATA Set Schedule Line Data (Without Validation) .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_DATA Read Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_DATAX Read X Fields for Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_ITEM Read Item Fields for Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_PERSITENT Account Assignment Data Persistent .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_VALID Account Assignment Data Valid .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_DATA Set Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_DATAX Set X Fields for Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_BAPI I GET_DATA Read Out Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_BAPI I PROCESS Start Program Logic .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_BAPI I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_FACTORY I COMMIT Trigger Update .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_FACTORY I CREATE_HEADER Create Instance .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_FACTORY I LOOKUP_HEADER Search for Instance .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I CHECK Closing Check .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I CLOSE Closing Operations .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I CREATE_ITEM Create Item with Reference Item .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I CREATE_ITEMS_BY_KEY Create Items with Reference Document .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_ACTIVITY Get Activity Category .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_CONDITION_MANAGER Deliver Master Condition Manager .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_DATA Read Header Data: Adjust Interface! .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_DATAX Checkbox Structure Header: Adjust Interface! .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_FIREWALL Read Firewall .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_IMPORT_DATA Read Import Data (EIKP) .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_IMPORT_DATAX Read Checkbox Structure for Import Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_ITEMS Deliver Items .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_PARTNER_MANAGER Read Partners .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Read Out Persistent Header Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_PRICING_MANAGER Deliver Price Determination Manager .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_REF_DOCUMENT Read Referenced Document .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_STATE_FOR_RULE For Internal Use Only! Use GET_DATA .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_TRANSACTION_STATE For Later Use .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I GET_TRANSACTION_TYPE Get Transaction Type .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I IS_CONTRACT Contract or Scheduling Agreement .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I IS_VALID Object Valid .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I LOOKUP Read Item for Key .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I POST Save Outline Agreement .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I PROCESS Trigger Rule Processing .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_DATA Set Header Data: Adjust Interface! .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_DATAX Checkbox Structure Header: Adjust Interface! .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_FIREWALL Set Firewall .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_FIREWALL_CUST Set Firewall for Customer BAdI .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_IMPORT_DATA Set Import Data (EIKP) .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_IMPORT_DATAX Set Checkbox Structure for Import Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_OA_NUMBER Set Document Number .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HEADER I SET_VENDOR_ADDRESS Set Vendor Address .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HISTORY I GET_EKBES Read EKBES for an Item .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_HISTORY I GET_RELEASE_DOC Deliver Release Documentation .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I AVAILABILITY_CHECK Availability Check .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I CREATE_ACCOUNT Generate and Add New Account Assignment Object .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I CREATE_SCHEDULE Create Delivery Schedule Line .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I DELETE_SCHEDULE Delete Delivery Schedule Line .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_ACCOUNTS Return Account Assignment Objects .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_ACTIVITY Activity of Object .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_CONDITION_MANAGER Deliver Master Condition Handle .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_DATA Read Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_DATAX Read X Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_HEADER Read Header .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_HISTORY_MANAGER Deliver Handler for PO and Release History .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_IMPORT_DATA Read Import Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Read Database Status .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_REF_DOCUMENT Read Referenced Document Item .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_SCHEDULES Read Delivery Schedule Lines .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I GET_STATE_FOR_RULE For Internal Use Only! Use GET_DATA .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I IS_VALID Valid? .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I LOOKUP Read Schedule Line with Key .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I LOOKUP_ACCOUNT Determine Account Assignment from Delivery Number .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_CONFIGURATION Update Configuration .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_DATAX Set X Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_DELIVERY_ADDRESS Set Address Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_IMPORT_DATA Set Import Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_IMPORT_DATAX Checkbox Structure Import Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_SHIPPING_DATA Set Shipping Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_ITEM I SET_SHIPPING_DATAX Set Shipping Data .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I BOM_EXPLOSION Start BOM Explosion .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I EDIT_BOM Send Component Screen .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_BOM Send Component List .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_DATA Return Data Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_DATAX Return Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_ITEM Return Item .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Read Database Status .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I GET_STATE_FOR_RULE For Internal Use! Use GET_DATA. .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I IS_VALID Valid Object? .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I SET_DATA Set Data Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_OUT_SCHEDULE I SET_DATAX Set Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I CHECK Final Check .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I CLOSE Closing Operations .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I CREATE_ITEM New Item .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I CREATE_ITEMS_BY_KEY Generate New Items Using Foreign Key .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I GET_ACTIVITY Activity of Object .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I GET_DATA Return Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I GET_DATAX Return Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I GET_ITEMS Supply Items .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I GET_TRANSACTION_STATE Transction Status .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I IS_ARCHIVED Is document archived? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I IS_VALID Object valid? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I LOOKUP Determine Item Using Item Number .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I POST Post .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I PROCESS Check All Changed Dependent Objects .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I SET_DATA Write Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION I SET_DATAX Set Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I AVAILABILITY_CHECK Availability Check .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I BOM_EXPLOSION New BOM Explosion .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I EDIT_BOM Send Component Screen .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_ACTIVITY Activity of Object .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_DATA Return Data Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_DATAX Return Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Item Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Item Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_REQUISITION Reference to Purchase Requisition (Header) .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I GET_SOURCE_OF_SUPPLY Reference to Source of Supply .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I HAS_AUTHORIZATION Valid Authorization? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I IS_VALID Object Valid? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I SET_CONFIGURATION Update configuration .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I SET_DATA Set Data Structure .
IF_PURCHASE_REQUISITION_ITEM I SET_DATAX Set Change Bar .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_DATA Get Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_ITEM Item for Account Assignment .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_PERSISTENT_DATA Get Posted Account Assignment Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I GET_PREVIOUS_DATA Get Account Assignment Data Prior to Validation .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_PERSISTENT Is Account Assignment Persistent? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I IS_VALID Account Assignment Error-Free? .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_ACCOUNT_MM I SET_DATA Set Account Assignment Data (Without Validation) .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_BAPI I GET_DATA Get Purchase Requisition Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_BAPI I PROCESS Create Purchase Requisition .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_BAPI I SET_DATA Set Purchase Requisition Data .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_FACTORY I COMMIT Update .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_FACTORY I CREATE_HEADER Create Instance .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_FACTORY I LOOKUP_HEADER Search for Instance .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_STATISTICS I GET_DATA Current Purchase Requisition Statistics .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_STATISTICS I GET_DATA_OLD Old Purchase Requisition Statistics .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_STATISTICS I RESET_COMPLETION_INDICATOR Reset "Closed" Indicator .
IF_PURCHASE_REQ_STATISTICS I SET_COMPLETION_INDICATOR Close requisition .
IF_PURCHASING_DMS_MM I GET_ASSIGNMENT Determine Document Link .
IF_PURCHASING_DMS_MM I SET_ASSIGNMENT Change Document Link .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT I GET_EKKO Header Structure .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT I GET_ITEMS Items .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT I GET_PARTNERS Partners .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT I GET_TKOMV Conditions .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT_ITEM I GET_EKPO Item Data .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT_ITEM I GET_SCHEDULE_LINES Delivery Schedule .
IF_PURCHASING_DOCUMENT_SL I GET_EKET Schedule Line Data .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I CHART_CREATE Generates Graphic for View .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I DISPLAY Displays View At Top of Page .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I FREE Releases References Again .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_INSTANCES Returns All Existing View Manager Instances .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_STATUS Current Status .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_TABLE_FILTER Supplies Table Filter Values .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Returns Buttons of Toolbar for a View .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I GET_VIEWS Returns Specific Views .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I HANDLE_CLICK Processes Double-Click Event .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I HANDLE_EVENT Processes Toolbar Button Event .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I IMAGE_CREATE Generates Screen for a View .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I LEAF Scroll .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I MESSAGE_ADD Writes Message to Log .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I MESSAGE_TEXT_ADD Write Custom Text Message to Log .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I REFRESH_VIEW Updates Display in View, Data Content Changed .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I REFRESH_VIEWS Updates Display of All Views .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I SET_MAX_VIEWS Sets the Maximum Number of Views on One Page .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I TABLE_CREATE Creates Table Related to View .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I TABLE_DISPLAY Displays Table in Modal Dialog Box .
IF_QG_EVAL_VIEW_MANAGER I VIEW_ADD Adds a View .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_IN I INSPECTION_CANCEL_REQUEST Request to Cancel an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_IN I INSPECTION_CHANGE_REQUEST Request to Change an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_IN I INSPECTION_REQUEST Request to Create an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_OUT I INSPECTION_CANCEL_REQ_CONF Sending of a Cancellation Confirmation for an Inspection Lot.
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_OUT I INSPECTION_CHANGE_REQ_CONF Sending of a Change Confirmation for an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_OUT I INSPECTION_DECISION_REPLICATONSending of an Inspection Decision for an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_OUT I INSPECTION_REQ_CONFIRMATION Sending of a Creation Confirmation for an Inspection Lot .
IF_QM_COMMUNICATION_OUT I INSPECTION_STATUS_INFORMATION Sending of the Current Status for an Inspection Lot .
IF_QRFC_CLIENT_INBOUND I GET_FAILED_UNIT_BY_QUEUE Gets First Unit of Queue with Error .
IF_QRFC_CLIENT_INBOUND I GET_QUEUE_STATE Gets Status of First Unit in Queue .
IF_QRFC_CLIENT_OUTBOUND I GET_FAILED_UNIT_BY_QUEUE Gets First Unit of Queue with Error .
IF_QRFC_CLIENT_OUTBOUND I GET_QUEUE_STATE Gets Status of First Unit in Queue .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I DELETE_QUEUE_LIST Deletes Series of Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I DELETE_UNIT_LIST Deletes Series of Units, Specified by Unit IDs .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Type Q Units .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_ERRONEOUS_QUEUES Gets List of Queues with Errors .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_LOCKED_QUEUE_TAB Gets Locked Queues .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_PREDECESSORS Gets Predecessor of Unit .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_QUEUES_BY_DESTINATION Queues for Destination .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_QUEUES_BY_UNIT Gets queues where unit registered .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_QUEUE_STATUS_LIST Gets Table of Queues with Status .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_SUSPICIOUS_QUEUES Gets Queues with Long Running Units and Errors .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_SYSTEM_LOCKED_QUEUES Gets Queues Locked by System .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_UNITS_BY_SENDER Units of Specific Sending System .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION Gets Information for Unit .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION_BY_QUEUE Gets Unit Information of First Unit .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I LOCK_QUEUE_LIST Locks Series of Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I UNLOCK_QUEUE_LIST Removes Series of Locks on Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_INB_MONITOR I UNLOCK_UNIT_LIST Removes Series of Unit Locks .
IF_QRFC_LOCK_INBOUND I LOCK_QUEUE_FROM_CURRENT_POS Locks Queue After All Inserted Units .
IF_QRFC_LOCK_INBOUND I LOCK_QUEUE_FROM_TOP Locks Queue Including All Inserted Units .
IF_QRFC_LOCK_OUTBOUND I LOCK_QUEUE_FROM_CURRENT_POS Locks Queue After All Inserted Units .
IF_QRFC_LOCK_OUTBOUND I LOCK_QUEUE_FROM_TOP Locks Queue Including All Inserted Units .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I DELETE_QUEUE_LIST Deletes Series of Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I DELETE_UNIT_LIST Deletes Series of Units, Specified by Unit IDs .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Type Q Units .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_ERRONEOUS_QUEUES Gets List of Queues with Errors .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_LOCKED_QUEUE_TAB Gets Locked Queues .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_PREDECESSORS Gets Predecessor of Unit .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_QUEUES_BY_DESTINATION Gets Queues for Destination .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_QUEUES_BY_UNIT Gets queues where unit registered .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_QUEUE_STATUS_LIST Gets Table of Queues with Status .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_SUSPICIOUS_QUEUES Gets Queues with Long Running Units and Errors .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_SYSTEM_LOCKED_QUEUES Gets Queues Locked by System .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION Gets Information for Unit .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION_BY_QUEUE Gets Unit Information of First Unit .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I LOCK_QUEUE_LIST Locks Series of Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I UNLOCK_QUEUE_LIST Removes Series of Locks on Queues of Destination .
IF_QRFC_OUT_MONITOR I UNLOCK_UNIT_LIST Removes Series of Unit Locks .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_INBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAMES_INBOUND Inserts Unit in Other Inbound Queues .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_INBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAME_INBOUND Inserts Unit in Another Inbound Queue .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_INBOUND I CREATE_UNIT_BY_PATTERN Generates New Unit with Same Properties .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_INBOUND I GET_QUEUE_NAMES_INBOUND Gets All Inbound Queues that Contain Unit .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAMES_OUTBOUND Inserts Unit in Other Outbound Queues .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAME_OUTBOUND Inserts Unit in Another Outbound Queue .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTBOUND I CREATE_UNIT_BY_PATTERN Generates New Unit with Same Properties .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTBOUND I GET_QUEUE_NAMES_OUTBOUND Gets All Outbound Queues that Contain Unit .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAMES_INBOUND Inserts Unit in Other Inbound Queues .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAMES_OUTBOUND Inserts Unit in Other Outbound Queues .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAME_INBOUND Inserts Unit in Another Inbound Queue .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I ADD_QUEUE_NAME_OUTBOUND Inserts Unit in Another Outbound Queue .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I CREATE_UNIT_BY_PATTERN Generates New Unit with Same Properties .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I GET_QUEUE_NAMES_INBOUND Gets All Inbound Queues that Contain Unit .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I GET_QUEUE_NAMES_OUTBOUND Gets All Outbound Queues that Contain Unit .
IF_QRFC_UNIT_OUTINBOUND I LOCK_AT_INBOUND Sets Unit Lock on Inbound Side .
IF_QUERY_APPLICATION_AREA I GET_SELECTIONS Read Application-specific Selection Fields .
IF_QUERY_APPLICATION_AREA I INITIALIZE Initialization of Application-specific Area .
IF_QUERY_APPLICATION_AREA I SET_SELECTIONS Fill Application-specific Selection Fields .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I F4_STRUCTURE F4 on Structure (incl. Tables) .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I F4_TABLE F4 for Table .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I FIELDINFO_GET Reads Information for All Table Fields .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I TABL_GET Reads Table in Dictionary .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I TRANSFORM_FIELDNAME Replaces Tech. Field Name where Necessary .
IF_QUERY_DDIC I TRANSFORM_TABNAME Replaces Tech. Table Name where Necessary .
IF_QUERY_DOCUMENTATION I INFOSET_DOCU InfoSet Documentation .
IF_QUERY_DOCUMENTATION I QUERY_DOCU Query Documentation .
IF_QUERY_IMPORT_EXPORT I ON_QUERY_DELETE Extra when Deleting a Query .
IF_QUERY_IMPORT_EXPORT I ON_QUERY_RENAME Extra when Renaming a Query .
IF_QUERY_IMPORT_EXPORT I ON_QUERY_SAVE Extra when Saving a Query .
IF_QUERY_INFOSET_GENERATOR I MODIFY_INFOSET Modifying an SAP Query InfoSet .
IF_QUERY_JOIN I SET_STANDARD_CONDITION Determining Join Conditions .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I DISPLAY_EXIT Exit Object Display .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I GET_EVALUATION_SET Determine Evalualtion Set .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I GET_OBJECT_SET_TEXTS Set Texts for Object Set .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I INITIALIZE Initialize Object Handling .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I SELECT_OBJECTS Determine Object Set .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I START_QUERY Execute Query with Hit List .
IF_QUERY_OBJECT_HANDLING I START_REPORT Carry Out Report with Hit List .
IF_QUERY_TAB_ACCESS_AUTHORITY I ACCESS_AUTHORITY_BEGIN Begin Check .
IF_QUERY_TAB_ACCESS_AUTHORITY I ACCESS_AUTHORITY_END End Check .
IF_QUERY_TAB_ACCESS_AUTHORITY I TAB_ACCESS_AUTHORITY Check Access Authorization for a Table .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_CHECK_INFOSET Check InfoSet .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_CHECK_QUERY Ceck Query .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_CHECK_USERGROUP Check User Group .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_DELETE_INFOSET Delete InfoSet .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_DELETE_QUERY Delete Query .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_DELETE_USERGROUP Delete User Group .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_INSERT_INFOSET Save InfoSet .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_INSERT_QUERY Save Query .
IF_QUERY_TRANSPORT_REQUEST I CORR_INSERT_USERGROUP Save User Group .
IF_RANDOM_NUMBER I GET_RANDOM_FLOAT Generate Floating Point Number [0,1] .
IF_RANDOM_NUMBER I GET_RANDOM_INT Generate Integer4 Random Number [0,R-1] .
IF_RANDOM_NUMBER I INIT Initialization .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I CLEANUP If Errors Occur: Cleans Up RBAM Runtime (such as RBAM Stack).
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I DO_AUTHORIZATION_CHECK Execute the RBAM Authorization Check (Provider-Side) .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I ERROR_HANDLING Tracing and Exception Handling After Error Occurs .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I GET_OBJECT_ID Combines the RBAM Object ID for Operation or Resource .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I INIT Initialization of the RBAM/ESP Interface .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I INIT_VARS Variable Initialization of RBAM/ESP Interface .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I POSTPROCESSING_CONSUMER Performs RBAM Post-Processing Actions (Consumer Side) .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I POSTPROCESSING_PROVIDER Executes RBAM Post-Processing Actions (Provider-Side) .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I PREPROCESSING_CONSUMER Executes RBAM Pre-Processing Actions (Consumer-Side) .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I PREPROCESSING_PROVIDER Executes RBAM Pre-Processing Actions (Provider-Side) .
IF_RBAMESP_RUNTIME I RBAM_AUTHORIZATION_REQUIRED Should an RBAM authorization be made (provider-side)? .
IF_RBAMRT_RUNTIME I AUTHORIZATION_CHECK RBAM Authorization Check for One or More Objects .
IF_RBAMRT_RUNTIME I GET_POLICY_PROPERTIES Reading Properties of a Policy .
IF_RBAMRT_RUNTIME_INTERNAL I GET_RESTRICTIONS Read Instance Restrictions .
IF_RBAMRT_RUNTIME_INTERNAL I GET_STACK Returns RBAM Stack .
IF_RBAMRT_RUNTIME_INTERNAL I INIT Initialize or Reinitialize RBAM Runtime .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I FIND_ASSIGNED_CHARACT Find Instance of a Characteristic Assignment in RAM .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_CHARACT Pass Characteristic for Assignment .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_ELEMENT_TYPE Pass Development Element Type for Assignment .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I REFRESH_FROM_DB Read from Database and Update Attributes .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_CHANGEABLE Allow Changes to Instance .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_DELETED Delete Instance (Logically) .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_MANDATORY_ASSIGN Set Required Assignment of Char. Value to Dev. Element .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_CHARACTERISTIC I UPDATE_DB Save/Change/Delete THIS Instance in the Database .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I FIND_ASSIGNED_VALUE Find Instance of a Characteristic Value Assignment in Memory.
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I GET_CHARACT Pass Characteristic for Assignment .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I GET_CHARACT_VALUE Pass Characteristic Value for Assignment .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I GET_ELEMENT_TYPE Pass Development Element Type for Assignment .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I REFRESH_FROM_DB Read from Database and Update Attributes .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I SET_CHANGEABLE Allow Changes to Instance .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I SET_DELETED Delete Instance (Logically) .
IF_RCL_ASSIGNED_VALUE I UPDATE_DB Save/Change/Delete THIS Instance in the Database .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I ADD_CHARACT_VALUE Add Characteristic Value to Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I FIND_CHARACT Find Instance of a Characteristic in Memory .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_ASSIGNED_CHARACT_COLL Pass Set of Characteristic Assignments .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_CHARACT_VALUE_COLL Pass Set of Characteristic Values .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_LONG_TEXT Copy Long Description (SAPScript Docu) .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_LONG_TEXT_ID Copy ID of Long Description (SAPScript Docu) .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_LONG_TEXT_TEMPLATE Copy a Template for the Long Description .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_SHORT_TEXT Pass Short Description .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I READ_ALL_SHORT_TEXTS Read ALL Short Descrips. of Characteristics and Char. Values.
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I REFRESH_FROM_DB Read from Database and Update Attributes .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I REMOVE_CHARACT_VALUE Remove Characteristic Value from Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I REORDER_CHARACT_VALUE_COLL Sort Set of Characteristic Values .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_ALLOW_MULTIPLE_VALUES Set Permission for Several Values Per Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_CHANGEABLE Allow Changes to Instance .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_DELETED Delete Instance (Logically) .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_LONG_TEXT Change long Description (SAPScript Docu) .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_SHORT_TEXT Change Short Description .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC I UPDATE_DB Save/Change/Delete THIS Instance in the Database .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I FIND_CHARACT_VALUE Find Instance of a Characteristic Value in Memory .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I GET_CHARACT Pass Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I GET_SHORT_TEXT Pass Short Description .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I REFRESH_FROM_DB Read from Database and Update Attributes .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I SET_CHANGEABLE Allow Changes to Instance .
IF_RCL_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE I SET_SHORT_TEXT Change Short Description .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_ASSIGNED_CHARACT Release Short-Term Lock for Characteristic Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_ASSIGNED_VALUE Cancel Technical Short-Term Lock for Char. Value Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_ASSIGNED_VALUE_SEMANT Cancel Semantic Short-Term Lock for Char. Value Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_CHARACT Release Short-Term Lock for Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_CHARACT_VALUE Release Short-Term Lock for Characteristic Value .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I DEQUEUE_ELEMENT_TYPE Release Short-Term Lock for Development Element Type .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_ASSIGNED_CHARACT Set Short-Term Lock for Characteristic Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_ASSIGNED_VALUE Set Technical Short-Term Lock for Char. Value Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_ASSIGNED_VALUE_SEMANT Set Semantic Short-Term Lock for Char. Value Assignment .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_CHARACT Set Short-Term Lock for Characteristic .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_CHARACT_VALUE Set Short-Term Lock for Characteristic Value .
IF_RCL_CLASSIFICATION_HELPER I ENQUEUE_ELEMENT_TYPE Set Short-Term Lock for Development Element Type .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I FIND_ELEMENT_TYPE Find Instance of a Development Element Type in RAM .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I GET_ASSIGNED_CHARACT_COLL Pass Set of Characteristic Assignments .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I GET_SHORT_TEXT Pass Short Description .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I READ_ALL_SHORT_TEXTS Read ALL Short Descriptions .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I REFRESH_FROM_DB Read from Database and Update Attributes .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I REORDER_ASSIGNED_CHARACT_COLL Sort Set of Assigned Characteristics .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I SET_CHANGEABLE Allow Changes to Instance .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I SET_DELETED Delete Instance (Logically) .
IF_RCL_ELEMENT_TYPE I UPDATE_DB Save/Change/Delete Instance in Database .
IF_RCM_CASE_WD_API I BUILD_STATUS Dynamically Visualize Status of Elements on View and Context.
IF_RCM_CASE_WD_API I GET_CASE_TYPES Create Case Type Selection List .
IF_RCM_CASE_WD_API I SET_STATUS Adapt Status Element Visualization to View and Context .
IF_RCM_COMPONENT I GET_TRANS_EXEC Returns the Implementation for Declared State Transition .
IF_RCM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_MODEL I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Return All Elements .
IF_RCM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_MODEL I GET_DIRECT_CHILDS_OF_ELEMENT Return Elements of a Parent .
IF_RCM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_MODEL I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID Return Element .
IF_RCM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_MODEL I GET_ELEMENT_COLLECTION Return Collection .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I ADD_TOOLBAR_ITEM_2_UPD Set the toolbar items that needs updating .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I ARE_TRANS_FOR_ELEM_TO_SET Do transitions need to be set for the current element? .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I GET_COLUMN_SETTING Return a Column .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I GET_COLUMN_SETTINGS Return Columns .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I GET_TOOLBAR_ITEMS_2_UPD Reset the toolbar items that need updating .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I GET_TOOLBAR_SETTINGS Return Toolbar .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I IS_ALV_MODE Elements are Displayed in ALV .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I IS_COLUMN_VISIBLE Returns Whether a Colunn is Visible .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I IS_MINIMIZE Minimize View? .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I IS_TABLE_HIERARCHICAL Returns Whether the Table is Flat or Hierarchical .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I SET_COLUMN_SETTINGS Set Columns .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I SET_MINIMIZE Set Minimized View .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I SET_TOOLBAR_ITEM_DISPL Sets the name/icon for a toolbar item .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I SET_TOOLBAR_SETTINGS Set Toolbar .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I SET_TRANS_FOR_ELEM Transitions need to be set for the current element .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_CFG_WD I TOOLBAR_ITEMS_UPDATED Toolbar items have been updated .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Element .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Return All Elements .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_CONTAINER_POID Return POID of the Container .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_CURRENT_STATE Return Current State .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_DEFAULT_COLUMN_SETTINGS Return Column Settings (Default) .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_DEFAULT_TOOLBAR_SETTINGS Return Toolbar (Default) .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_PARENT Return Children of an Element .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID Return Element .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_SRM Return SRM Handle .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I GET_TOOLBAR_SETTINGS Return Toolbar .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I RENAME_ELEMENT Rename Element .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I SEARCH_ELEMENT_BY_DESCR Find Element Using a Description .
IF_RCM_ELEMENT_MODEL_WD I SET_CURRENT_STATE Set Current State .
IF_RCM_RECORD_VALID_BEF_ELEM I ADD_ELEMENT Run Checks Before Adding Elements .
IF_RCM_RECORD_VALID_BEF_ELEM I DELETE_ELEMENT Run Checks Before Deleting Elements .
IF_RCM_REC_EMBEDDED_WD I DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTES Visualize Attributes .
IF_RCM_REC_EMBEDDED_WD I DISPLAY_HEADER Display Header (+ Display Detailed View) .
IF_RCM_REC_EMBEDDED_WD I RESTRICTED_TRANSITIONS Transitions with limited availability .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I CHECK_CHG_ROLE_AUTH Checks if user has authorization for roles .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I CLOSE Close Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I CONNECT_TO_BACKEND Connect Back End .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I CREATE Create Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I DELETE Delete Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Element .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS Find All Elements .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_PARENT Find Elements of a Parent .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID Find Element Using the ID .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_API Return Record API .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_CONTEXT_API Return Record Context API .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_EXPERT_API Return Record Expert API .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_HEADER Find Record Header .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_MODEL_API Return API for the Record Model .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_MODEL_INFO Find Info for Associated Record Model .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_POID Return POID for the Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_RECORD_SEARCH_API Returen Search API for Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I GET_SRM Return SRM Handle .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I INSERT_ELEMENT Insert Element .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I IS_IN_CREATION Checks if record is currently being created, not saved yet .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I OPEN Open Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I RENAME_ELEMENT Rename Element .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL I SAVE Save Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTES Find Attributes .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I GET_RELATIONS Find Relations .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I GET_ROLES Determine Roles .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I HAS_ORIGINAL_DESCRIPTION Returns whether the element has a description when created .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I SET_RELATIONS Set Relations .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_ELEMENT I SET_ROLES Set Roles .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I CHECK_GET_MIN_CARDI Elements that violate minimum cardinality .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I CHECK_MODEL_STATE_REL Check for record models with status 'released' .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I CLOSE Close Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I CLOSE_EDIT_CONTAINER Close Transparent Container .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I DELETE_ELEM_BUFFER Delete Buffer for Elements .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_CONTAINER_CHG_MSG Get message during change operation in transparent container.
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_CURRENT_STATE Find Current State .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_IF_RECORD_EMBEDDED Return Interface for Embedded Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_MODEL Return UI-Independent Model .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_PROPERTY_SERVICE Find Property Service .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_PROP_REPOSITORY Find Property Repository .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_RECORD_HEADER Find Record Header .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_SPECIAL_TRANSITION Return Special Transition for the Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_SPECIAL_TRANSITIONS Find Special Transitions for the Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I GET_USER_SETTINGS Return User Settings for Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I INSERT_ELEMENT Insert Elements into Record / Transparent Container .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I IS_ELEMENT_INPLACE_VIS Is an element being visualized implace at present? .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I IS_RECORD_EMBEDDED Is the record embedded? .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I IS_TESTMODE_ACTIVE Is the record in test mode? .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I IS_TRANSPARENT_ELEMENT Checks if the container element is transparent .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I OPEN_EDIT_CONTAINER Open Transparent Container for Modification .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I SAVE Save Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I SET_CURRENT_STATE Set Current State .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I SET_ELEMENT_INPLACE_VIS Visualize Inplace Element .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I SET_USER_SETTINGS Set User Settings for Record .
IF_RCM_REC_MODEL_WD I SYNC_ELEMENT_DESCR Synchronize Element Description .
IF_RCM_SP_COMPONENT I SET_STATE_MANAGER Registration of the State Manager to Set Transition Decl. .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I CONVERT_XML_DATA_TO_TAB Convert Form Fields from xml to Name-Value Pairs .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I EXTRACT_FORM_DATA_AS_XML Extract Form Data from PDF Doc. .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I FILL_CONTEXT_NODE_FORM_DATA_WDFill WD Context Node for Form Data .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I GET_FORM_DATA Find form data that is specified in the PDF form .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I GET_FORM_LIST Get list of the form objects entered on the element type .
IF_RCM_SP_DOC_PDF_FORM I HANDLE_FORM_DATA Get form fields from PDF doc. and edit them .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I CLOSE Close .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I CREATE Create New Note .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I DELETE Delete Note .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I LOCK Set Write Lock .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I OPEN Opening a Note .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I READ Read Content and Title .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I UNLOCK Delete Write Lock .
IF_RCM_SP_NOTE_WD I WRITE Write Content and Title .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER I ADD_TRANS_DEKL Announce State Transition .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER I FIRE_TRANSITION Trigger State Transition .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER I GET_CURRENT_STATE Current State of the Main SP and Other Embedded Objects .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER I IS_TRANSITION_ENABLED Is the state transition permitted? .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER I REMOVE_TRANS_DEKL Remove State Transition Again .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER_EMB I ADD_EMBEDDABLE Add Embeddable Object .
IF_RCM_STATE_MANAGER_EMB I REMOVE_EMBEDDABLE Remove Embeddable Object .
IF_RCM_STATE_WD I IS_UI_ATT_EDIT_ENABLED UI Attributes: Edit Fields Enabled? .
IF_RCM_STATE_WD I IS_UI_ATT_SAVB_ENABLED UI Attributes: Save Button Enabled? .
IF_RCM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_MODL I GET_MODEL Find out UI-Independent Model .
IF_RCM_TRANS_DECL I GET_FROM_STATE State That Is Being Left .
IF_RCM_TRANS_DECL I GET_SPSID General Part of the Name of the Transition .
IF_RCM_TRANS_DECL I GET_TO_STATE Target State of the Transition .
IF_RCM_TRANS_DECL I GET_TRANSDECLID Special Part of this State Transition .
IF_RCM_TRANS_EXEC I EXECUTE Execution of the Declared State Transition .
IF_RCM_TRANS_EXEC I IS_ENABLED Block State Transition if Required .
IF_RCM_WD_INFO_SP I IS_COMPLEX Complex or Simple Display (Part Screen) .
IF_RCM_WD_PU_CONTROLLER I EXECUTE_QUERY Execution of Query .
IF_RCM_WD_PU_CONTROLLER I GET_RESULT_FIELDCAT Read field catalog .
IF_RCM_WD_PU_CONTROLLER I GET_SEARCHABLE_SPS_LIST Gets List of Searchable SPS for POID .
IF_RCM_WD_PU_CONTROLLER I GET_SEARCH_PARAMS Gets Search Parameters .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I ADD_RESOURCE_TO_COLL Add new resource to collection .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I CREATE_NEW_CHILD Create New Child Resource .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I DELETE_RESOURCE_FROM_COLL Delete Resource from Collection .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I GET_CHILD_RESOURCE Create and return child resource by its internal ID .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I IS_ADD_TO_COLL_ALLOWED Return TRUE if allowed to add a resource to collection .
IF_RCM_WEBDAV_COLLECTION I IS_MOVE_FROM_COLL_ALLOWED Return TRUE if allowed to move a resource from collection .
IF_RCP_DISPLAY_OPTIONS I ICON_MODIFY Change Icon .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I CHECK_LINE Check Row in ALV Grid .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I FILL_LINE Fill Row for ALV Grid .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I GET_VALUE Gets Value for Single Field .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I INIT Initialization .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I INIT_FCAT Read and Initialize Field Catalog .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I PROVIDE_CHARS Fetch Characteristics of a Class .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I SET_VALUE Sets Values for Single Fields .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I UPDATE_LINE_STYLE Update Row Style .
IF_RCP_PP_UI_BASE I UPDATE_MAPPING Update Characteristic/Field Assignment .
IF_RCP_WBO_FRM I CALL_MASTER_FOR_DISPLAY Parent of a Dep. FRM Is to Display This on its Tab Page .
IF_RCV_RECEIVER_DETERMINATION I CORR_DATA_2_REQUEST_MOVE Transfer Data for Correspondence Creation to Request .
IF_RDM_BAPI_PROMO_CREATE I CHECK_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes, Transfer From PROMOTION_HEADER to WAKH .
IF_RDM_BAPI_PROMO_CREATE I CHECK_DISCOUNTS Checks for Creation of Discounts .
IF_RDM_BAPI_PROMO_CREATE I SET_ATTRIBUTES_FROM_PROMO_TYPETransfer Attributes From Promotion Type to WAKH .
IF_RDM_BAPI_PROMO_CREATE I SET_OFFER_TYPE Transfer Quotation Type From ITEMS to WAKP .
IF_RDM_PROMOTION_WAK1 I COPY_ATTRIBUTES Copy Attributes of Reference Promotion .
IF_RDM_PROMOTION_WAK1 I SET_ATTRIBUTES_FROM_PROMO_TYPETransfer Attributes From Promotion Type to WAKH .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_DISCOUNTS_ADD Promotion Discounts That Are Inserted in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_DISCOUNTS_DEL Promotion Discounts That Are Deleted From the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_DISCOUNTS_UPD Promotion Discounts That Are Changed in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_HEADER_ADD Promotion Header Data That is Inserted in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_HEADER_DEL Promotion Header Data That is Deleted From the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_HEADER_UPD Promotion Header Data That is Changed in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_ITEMS_ADD Promotion Items That Are Inserted into the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_ITEMS_DEL Promotion Items That Are Deleted From the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_ITEMS_UPD Promotion Items That Are Changed in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_TEXTS_ADD Promotion Texts That Are Inserted into the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_TEXTS_DEL Promotion Texts That Are Deleted From the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I PROMO_TEXTS_UPD Promotion Texts That Are Changed in the DB .
IF_RDM_PROMO_POST I SET_OFFER_TYPE Set Quotation Type on Posting for All Items .
IF_RD_RUNTIME I GET_RECEIVERS Receiver Pre-Identification for a Message .
IF_RD_RUNTIME I RECEIVERS_EXIST Determine Whether Potential Receivers Exist .
IF_READER_MM I CREATE_OBJECT Generate and Read Object .
IF_READER_MM I READ_INTEGER Read Integer .
IF_READER_MM I READ_OBJECT Read Object .
IF_READER_MM I READ_ROOT Read Root .
IF_READER_MM I READ_STRING Read String .
IF_READER_MM I READ_TABLE Read Table .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I COPY_ACTUAL_TO_PLAN Copies Actual Values to Plan Values .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes an Entry .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I DELETE_VALUES Deletes the Values (Initialization) .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I DISTRIBUTE_COSTS Distribute Costs .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I DO_UPDATE Performs Update .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I EXISTS_TEXT Asks If a Text Exists .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_COSTSPOS_FOR_INSERT Gets Costs Items That Can Be Added .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I HANDLE_OBJASS_CHANGE After Changing the Object Assignment .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I INSERT_COSTSPOS Adds a New Costs Item .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I INSERT_OBJECT Adds a New Object .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSABS_ENABLED Asks If Absolute Costs Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSCAP_ENABLED Asks If Capping of Costs Is Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSDEC_ENABLED Asks If Decrease of Costs Is Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSINC_ENABLED Asks If Increase of Costs Is Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSMAX_ENABLED Asks If Maximum Costs Are Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSMEAS_ENABLED Asks If Costs per Measurement Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSNOMEAS_ENABLED Asks If Costs Without Measurement Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSPOS_ACTIVE Asks If Costs Items Are Active? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_COSTSPOS_ENABLED Asks If Costs Items Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_MODIFIED_ACTUAL Asks If the Actual Values Were Changed .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_NOTE_ENABLED Asks If Memos Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_PLAN_ENABLED Asks If Planned Values Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I IS_PLAN_FILLED Asks If the Planned Values Were Filled .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I REFRESH Cleans Up the Entries .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I SET_CAPPING_VALUES Sets the Capping Values .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I SET_COSTSPOS_ACTIVE Activates/Deactivates Costs Items .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I SET_TEXT Sets the Text of the Memo .
IF_REAJ_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes an Entry .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ACTIVATEONACT Checks Actual - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ACTIVATEONPLAN Checks Plan - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ADJMTASKID Checks ID of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ADJMTASKTYPE Checks Type of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_AFFCNIND Checks Adjustment Type .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_AGAINST_SUPER Checks Against the Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ATMEAS Checks Measurement Type and Measurement Unit .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_BENO Checks Business Entity .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_CURRENCY Checks Currency .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_DOWAIVERCD Checks 'Set Up Waiver Condition for Capping' .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_ISSUPERADJMTASK Checks Indicator for Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_SUPERADJMTASKID Checks Identification of Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDFROMACT Checks Actual - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDFROMPLAN Checks Plan - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Valid-To Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDTOACT Checks Actual - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_VALIDTOPLAN Checks Plan - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I CHECK_XADJMTASK Checks Name of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I COPY_ACTUAL_TO_PLAN Copies Actual Values to Plan Values .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I DO_UPDATE Performs Update .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I ENABLE_PLAN Allows Plan Values .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I EXISTS_ADJUSTMENT Asks If an Adjustment Exists? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I EXISTS_TEXT Asks If a Text Exists .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ACTIVATEONACT Gets Actual - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ACTIVATEONPLAN Gets Plan - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ADJMTASKID Gets ID of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ADJMTASKTYPE Gets Type of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_AFFCNIND Gets Adjustment Type .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ALLOWED_COSTSPOS_X Gets the Allowed Costs Items .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ATMEAS Gets Measurement Type and Measurement Unit .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_BENO Returns Business Entity .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_BUKRS Delivers Company Code .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_CONDTYPES Gets the Adjustment Condition Types .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_CURRENCY Gets Currency .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_DOWAIVERCD Gets 'Set Up Waiver Condition for Capping' .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_ISSUPERADJMTASK Gets Indicator for Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_RULE_TASK Gets Adjustment Rule TASK .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_SUPERADJMTASKID Gets Identification of Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDFROMACT Gets Actual - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDFROMPLAN Gets Plan - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDTO Gets Valid-To Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDTOACT Gets Actual - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_VALIDTOPLAN Gets Plan - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I GET_XADJMTASK Gets Name of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I HAS_SUB_TASKS Asks If Submeasures Exist .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSABS_ENABLED Asks If Absolute Costs Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSCAP_ENABLED Asks If Capping of Costs Is Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSDEC_ENABLED Asks If Decrease of Costs Is Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSINC_ENABLED Asks If Increase of Costs Is Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSMAX_ENABLED Asks If Maximum Costs Are Allowed .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSMEAS_ENABLED Asks If Costs per Measurement Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSNOMEAS_ENABLED Asks If Costs Without Measurement Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSPOS_ACTIVE Asks If Costs Items Are Active? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_COSTSPOS_ENABLED Asks If Costs Items Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_FIELD_ENABLED Asks If Field Is Active? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_NOTE_ENABLED Asks If the Memo Is Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_OVERVIEW_ENABLED Asks If the Overview Is Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_PERIOD_ENABLED Is the Validity Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_PLAN_ENABLED Asks If Planned Values Are Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_PLAN_FILLED Asks If the Planned Values Were Filled .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_SUB_ADJMTASK Gets If Measure Is Subordinate Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_SUB_ADJMTASK_ENABLED Is Subordinate Adjustment Measure Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_SUPER_ADJMTASK Gets Whether the Measure Is a Higher-Level Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I IS_SUPER_ADJMTASK_ENABLED Is the Higher-Level Measure Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ACTIVATEONACT Sets Actual - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ACTIVATEONPLAN Sets Plan - Activation Date .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ADJMTASKID Sets ID of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ADJMTASKTYPE Sets Type of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_AFFCNIND Sets Adjustment Type .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ATMEAS Sets Measurement Type and Measurement Unit .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_BENO Sets Business Entity .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_BUKRS SEts Company Code .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_CAPPING_VALUES Sets the Capping Values .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_CHECK_BY_METHOD Switches on Check Mode for Method .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_COSTSPOS_ACTIVE Activates/Deactivates Costs Items .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_CURRENCY Sets Currency .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_DOWAIVERCD Sets 'Set Up Waiver Condition for Capping' .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_ISSUPERADJMTASK Sets Indicator for Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_SUPERADJMTASKID Sets Identification of Higher-Level Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_TEXT Sets the Text of the Memo .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Valid-From Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDFROMACT Sets Actual - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDFROMPLAN Sets Plan - Start Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDTO Sets Valid-To Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDTOACT Sets Actual - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_VALIDTOPLAN Sets Plan - End Date of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT_TASK I SET_XADJMTASK Sets Name of Adjustment Measure .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_COMPGRP Checks Number of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Valid-To Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I CHECK_XCOMPGRP Checks Name of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_BUKRS Gets Compayn Code of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_COMPGRP Gets Number of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_VALIDTO Gets Valid-To Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I GET_XCOMPGRP Gets Name of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SET_BUKRS Sets Company Code of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SET_COMPGRP Sets Number of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Valid-From Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SET_VALIDTO Sets Valid-To Date of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_COMPARE_GROUP I SET_XCOMPGRP Sets Name of Comparative Group .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I CAN_SPECIFIC Delivers Whether Specific Indicators Can Be Set .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I COMPARE_WITH_INSTANCE Compares the Data with Transferred Instance [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_CHANGEABLE Delivers the Change Possibility .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_INDEX Gets Index of Sub-Rule [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_KEY Gets Key [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_PERIOD Gets Validity [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_SUBTYPE Gets Differentiator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_TEXT Gets Standard Text [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I GET_TIMEDEPTYPE Gets Type for Consideration of Time-Dependency .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I HAS_SPECIFIC_FIELDS Determines Whether a Field Must Be Stipulated Specifically .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I INIT_BY_OTHER Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I IS_ACTIVE Gets Active Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I IS_ANNOUNCE Gets the Notification Indicator .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I IS_APPROVAL Supplies Approval Indicator .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I IS_SPECIFIC Gets Specific Indicator .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_ACTIVE Sets or Deletes Active Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_DELETE Selects the Object As Object to Be Deleted .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_BY_INSTANCE Sets Field String Using Transferring Instance [Final] .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_PERIOD Sets Validity .
IF_REAJ_GLOBAL_MNGR I SET_SPECIFIC Sets or Deletes the Specific Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_HAS_ADJM_TASK_OBJ I GET_ADJM_TASK_OBJ_MNGR Gets Manager - Adjustment Measure Object .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I BADI_AFTER_STORE Calls the BAdI Implementation .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I BUILD_NEXT_ADJM_DATE Generates Date of Next Possible Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CAN_SEND_ADJMVAR_MESSAGE Asks If Standard Message Can Be Written .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CAPPING_ADJUSTMENT Caps the Calculated Adjustment [final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CHECK_ADJUSTMENT_PARAMETER Checks the Cross-Method Process Parameters .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CHECK_PARAMETER Checks the Method-Specific Process Parameters [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CORRECT_ADJUSTMENT Corrects the Calculated Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I CORRECT_BASISDATE Corrects Base Date of Adjustment, If Necessary .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I DO_ADJUSTMENT Performs the Adjustment for an Object [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I DO_ADJUSTMENT_CONDITION Performs the Adjustment for a Condition [abstrakt] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I EVALUATION_CONTROL_BLOCK Gets Next Processing Block of Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I EXISTS_PARAMETER_FOR_METHOD Asks If Method-Specific Process Parameters Exist [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I FILL_BUFFER_BY_METHREFGUID Fills Buffer According to Transferred Reference [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I FILL_VALUES_FOR_ADJMVAR Fills the Values for Variables of the Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I FILL_VALUES_FOR_ADJMVAR_CUST Fills the Values for Customer-Specific Variables .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I FREE_DATA_AFTER_ADJM Releases Data That Is Not Needed .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_ADJMVARUSE_INFO Gets Information for Variables .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_ADJM_RECORD_STATUS Gets Status of a Condition Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_ADJM_VALID_FROM Gets Date of Next Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_CONDITION_VALUES Gets Unit Price and Condition Amount .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_CONTROL_BLOCK Gets Next Processing Block of Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Condition Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_FIELDCATALOG_CONDREL Gets the Field Catalog for Condition Assignment [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_FIELDCATALOG_RECORD Gets the Field Catalog for the Adjustment [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_FIRST_ADJM_DATE Gets Date of First Successful Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_INTERVAL_NEXT_ADJM_DATE Gets Limits of Next Possible Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_LANGU_FOR_ADJMVAR Gets Maintenance Language for Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_LAST_ADJM_DATE Gets Date of the Last Adjustment Made [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_MAX_ADJMVAR_INDEX Returns Maximum Index of Value Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_METHOD Gets Adjustment Method [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_MSGVAR_FOR_CONTROL_LINE Gets Message Texts for Row of Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_NEXT_ADJM_DATE Gets Date of Next Possible Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_NEXT_BLOCKNR Gets Next Block Number .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_PARENT_POINTER Supplies Parent Objects of Correct Type [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I GET_SELECTION Gets Method-Specific Object Selection [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I HAS_MSGLIST_ERRORS Asks If There Are Error Messages .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I IGNORE_ADJMVAR_INDEX Asks If Index Should Be Ignored .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I INIT_ADJUSTMENT_CONTROL_RULE Initializes the Adjustment Control Rule .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I INIT_BY_CONTEXT Initializes the Method Using the Context [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I IS_FROM_ONLY_CHANGED_BY_METHODValid-From Can Only Be Calculated by Method? .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I IS_NEXTADJMFROM_ACTIVE Asks If Next Possible Valid-From Is Always Active .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I IS_NEXT_ADJM_DATE_CHANGEABLE Is the date of the next adjustment modifiable? [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I IS_TAKEVALUE_MODE_ACTIVE Asks If Transfer Mode Is Active .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I REVERSAL Adjustment Record Is Reversed [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I ROUNDING_ADJUSTMENT Rounds the Calculated Adjustment [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SET_MODE Sets the Mode of Process [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SET_NEW_ADJMCTRLRULE Sets a New Adjustment Control Rule .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SET_PARAMETER Sets the Parameters for the Method [Abstract] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SET_PROCESSGUID Sets the Process GUID [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SHIFT_DATE_TO_NOTICE_DATE Shifts Date to Next Notice Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I SORT_ADJMVAR Sorts the Table of Variables for the Control Table .
IF_REAJ_METHOD I USE_ADJMVAR_DEFINITELY Asks If Control Table Is Always Used .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_COMP I GET_COMP_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_COMP I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_COMP I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_COMP I GET_RECCOMP_BY_CONDGUID Gets Data Record from VIAJRECCOMP .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_FREE I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_FREE I GET_FREE_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_FREE I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_FREE I GET_RECFREE_BY_CONDGUID Gets Data Record of VIAJRECFREE .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I CHANGE_SPECIFIC_OBJECT Changes Specific or Object Data Before Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_ACTUAL_INDEX_BASE Gets Current Point Level for Today's Date .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_FIRST_ADJM_INDEX_BASE Supplies Point Level at First Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_INDEX_BASE_BY_DATE Gets Point Level for Date .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_INDEX_CHANGE_PERCENT Supplies Percentage Change in Points .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_INDEX_CHANGE_POINTS Supplies Absolute Change in Points .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_INDEX_LAST_MAINTAIN Gets Last Maintained Points with Date .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_INDX_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_LAST_ADJM_INDEX_BASE Supplies Point Level at Last Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_INDX I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_RLRA I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_RLRA I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_RLRA I GET_RECRLRA_BY_CONDGUID Gets Data Record from VIAJRECRLRA .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_RLRA I GET_RLRA_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_ADJMRULE_BY_ADJMMETH Gets the Rule for Indexed Method .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_RECTASK_BY_CONDGUID Gets Data Record of VIAJRECTASK .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_TASKTYPE_BY_ADJMRULE Gets the Adjustment Measure Type for Rule .
IF_REAJ_METHOD_TASK I GET_TASK_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_COMP_MNGR I DO_PREASSIGNMENT Carries Out Preassignment When Creating .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_COMP_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_COMP_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_COMP_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_INDX_MNGR I DO_PREASSIGNMENT Carries Out Preassignment When Creating .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_INDX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_INDX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_INDX_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I CHECK_ALL_GLOBAL Checks Cross-Method Depending Upon Specific .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I CHECK_ALL_SPECIFIC Checks Method-Specific Depending Upon Specific .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I COMPARE_WITH_INSTANCE Compares the Data with Transferring Instance .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I GET_INDEX Gets Index of Sub-Rule [Final] .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I GET_KEY Gets Key [Final] .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I GET_PERIOD Gets Validity [Final] .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I GET_TEXT Gets Standard Text [Final] .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I INIT_BY_OTHER Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I SET_DELETE Selects the Object As Object to Be Deleted .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_BY_INSTANCE Sets Field String Using Transferring Instance [Final] .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I SET_PERIOD Sets Validity .
IF_REAJ_OBJECT_MNGR I VALIDFROM_MOVED Valid-From Date Moved .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I ENABLE_STEP Enables a Given Step .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I EXISTS_RECORDGUIDS Asks If Selected Adjustment Records Exist? .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I FREE_PROCESS Releases all resources and locks .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_DATA_CONTAINER Gets If Data Should Be Gotten from Container .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_MSG_FOR_STEPS Gets the Messages for the Executed Steps .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_PARAM Gets Parameter Instance .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_PROCESSMODE Gets the Process Mode .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_RECORDGUIDS Gets Selected Adjustment Records .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_SPECIAL_MESSAGES Gets Special Messages .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_STEPS Gets the Selected Process Steps .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_STEP_ADJM Gets Step ADJM .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_STEP_MANI Gets Step MANI .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_STEP_PARAM_BY_TYPE Gets Step Parameters .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I GET_STEP_REVE Gets Step REVE .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_MAINTAIN_POPUP Returns If Adjustments Are Maintained in Dialog Box .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_PREASSIGN_MODE Gets If Process Is in Defaulting Mode .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_PROCESS_CHECK_ENABLED Asks If Process Check Is Active? .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_STEP_ACTIVE Asks If Step Is Active .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_STORE_ENABLED Returns If Process Is Allowed to Be Saved .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I IS_SUPPORT Support Mode? .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I RUN_ADJUSTMENT Runs Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I SET_DATA_CONTAINER Sets If Data Should Be Gotten from Container .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I SET_RECORDGUIDS Sets Selected Adjustment Records .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS I SET_REVERSAL Sets Complete Reversal .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_PARAM I GET_RECORDGUIDS Gets Selected Adjustment Records .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_RECORDGUIDS Sets Selected Adjustment Records .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I CLEAR_ADJM_PARAM Deletes Parameter Reference .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I GET_ADJM_PARAM Gets Parameter Reference .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I HAS_ADJM_PARAM Asks Whether Parameter References Exist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I IS_NECESSARY Asks Whether Step Is Necessary .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I IS_SELECTED Asks Whether Step Is Selected .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP I SET_ADJM_PARAM Sets Parameter Reference .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_ACTIVATE Asks If Adjustment Record Can Be Activated .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_ANNOUNCE Asks If Notification Can Be Given .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_APPROVAL Asks If Approval Can Take Place .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_CHANGE_ANNOUNCETO Asks If Notification-To Date Can Be Changed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_CHANGE_APPROVALTO Asks If Approval-To Date Can Be Changed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_CHANGE_DUEDATEUP Asks If Due Dates of Follow-Up Postings Can Be Changed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_CHANGE_FROM Asks If Valid-From Date Can Be Changed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_CHANGE_PRICE Asks If Price Can Be Changed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_DECLINE Asks If Rejection Can Take Place .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_REVERSAL Asks If Can Be Reversed .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_SIMULATE Asks If Adjustment Can Be Simulated .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I CAN_SWITCH_TO_EXECUTION Asks If Change to Update Run Allowed? .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I EXISTS_RECORD Asks If Adjustment Records Exist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I EXPAND_RECORD Enhances an Adjustment Record .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_EXPANDED_RECORD Gets the Enhanced Adjustment Record .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_MSG_FOR_CONDITION Gets Messages for a Condition .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_MSG_FOR_OBJECT Gets Messages for an Object .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_RECORDS Gets Adjustment Records for Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_RECORDS_X Gets the Enhanced Adjustment Records for Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I GET_RECORD_X Gets an Enhanced Adjustment Record for Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I IS_CONTINUATION Asks If the Process Is in Continuation Mode .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I IS_ONLY_SIMULATE Aks If the Adjustment Is Being Simulated .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I MODIFY_RECORDS Adjusts the Adjustment Records to the Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I SET_MESSAGE_BUFFER Sets the Message Buffer Indicator .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I SET_RECORDS Sets the Adjustment Records for the Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_ADJM I SET_RECORDS_X Sets the Enhanced Adjustment Records for the Process .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_MANI I DELETE_WORKLIST_ENTRY Deletes an Entry from the Worklist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_MANI I GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDCATALOG Gets Additional Method-Dependent Field Catalogs .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_MANI I GET_WORKLIST Gets Worklist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_MANI I INSERT_WORKLIST_ENTRY Adds an Entry to the Worklist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_MANI I IS_WORKLIST_ENTRY Asks If an Entry Exists in Worklist .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I APPEND_PARAMETER_OBJECTS Completes the Parameter Data .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I ENABLE_STEP Enables a Given Step .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I GET_PARAMETER Gets Parameter Data .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I IS_STEP_NECESSARY Asks Whether A Specific Step Is Necessary .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I IS_STEP_SELECTED Asks Whether A Specific Step Was Selected .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I SET_PARAMETER Sets Parameter Data .
IF_REAJ_PROCESS_STEP_REVE I IS_FULL_REVERSAL Asks If Can Be Reversed .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I CAN_SPECIFIC Delivers Whether Specific Indicators Can Be Set .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I CHECK_ALL_GLOBAL Checks Cross-Method Depending Upon Specific .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I CHECK_ALL_OBJECT Checks Object-Specific Depending Upon Specific .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I COMPARE_WITH_INSTANCE Compares the Data with Transferring Instance .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_CHANGEABLE Delivers the Change Possibility .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_INDEX Gets Index of Sub-Rule [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_KEY Gets Key [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_PERIOD Gets Validity [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_SUBTYPE Gets Differentiator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I GET_TEXT Gets Standard Text [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I HAS_SPECIFIC_FIELDS Determines Whether a Field Must Be Stipulated Specifically .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I INIT_BY_OTHER Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I IS_ACTIVE Gets Active Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I IS_SPECIFIC Gets Specific Indicator .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I SET_ACTIVE Sets or Deletes Active Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I SET_DELETE Selects the Object As Object to Be Deleted .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_BY_INSTANCE Sets Field String Using Transferring Instance [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I SET_PERIOD Sets Validity .
IF_REAJ_SPECIFIC_MNGR I SET_SPECIFIC Sets or Deletes the Specific Indicator [Final] .
IF_REAJ_SPEC_INDX_MNGR I GET_ACTUAL_BASEYEAR Gets Current Base Year .
IF_REAJ_SPEC_INDX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REAJ_SPEC_INDX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_SPEC_INDX_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Structure .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I DELETE_DATE_NEXT_ADJUSTMENT Delete Date of Next Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Delete Structure .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I DO_PREASSIGNMENT Carries Out Preassignment When Creating .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_ADDITIONAL_FIELDCATALOG Gets Additional Method-Dependent Field Catalog .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_ADJMRULE Gets Adjustment Rule .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_ADJM_RECORDS_BY_CONDGUID Gets Adjustment Records for Condition GUID .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_CONDITIONS Gets Condition for Rule .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_DATE_NEXT_ADJUSTMENT Gets Date of Next Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_DATE_SLICES Supplies the Time Slots .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets Field String .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Supplies Structure by Key Date .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_GLOBAL_POINTER Gets Pointer for Active Cross-Method .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_IDENT_FOR_MESSAGE Gets Identification for Error Messages .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INDEX_BY_KEY Gets Indices (RULE and SUBRULE) for Access .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INDEX_BY_KEYDATE Gets Index for Term Number on Key Date .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INDEX_RANGE Gets Index Interval for Term Number .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INDEX_SUBRULE_BY_KEY Gets Index (SUBRULE) for Access .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INDEX_VALIDFROM Gets the Index for the Term Number and Start .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_INTRENO Supplies the Real Estate Key .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets Adjustment Terms .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_ADJMRULE Gets the Adjustment Terms for Adjustment Rule .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Gets Adjustment Terms .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets Adjustment Terms Including Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST_X_BY_TERMNO Gets Adjustment Terms Including Additional Data .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_OBJECT_POINTER Gets Pointer to Object-Specific .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_OBJTYPE Supplies the Object Type Containing the Adjustment Terms .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_PARENT_POINTER Supplies Parent Objects of Correct Type (Contract/RO) .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_RULE_POINTER Supplies the Time-Dependent Rule Pointer Table .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I GET_SPECIFIC_POINTER Supplies Pointer to Active Procedure-Specific .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I HAS_PERIOD Queries Whether Time-Dependency Was Used .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I HAS_SPECIFIC_GLOBAL Do Global Parameters (All Procedures) Have Specific Fields? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I HAS_SPECIFIC_SPECIFIC Do Procedure-Specific Parameters Have Specific Fields? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_INDIVIDUAL_GLOBAL Local Global Parameters (All Procedures)? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_INDIVIDUAL_SPECIFIC Local Procedure-Specific Parameters? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_MODIFIED_GLOBAL Have Local Global Parameters (All Procedures) Been Changed? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_MODIFIED_OBJECT Local Object-Specific Parameters Been Changed? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_MODIFIED_SPECIFIC Have Local Procedure-Specific Parameters Been Changed? .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I IS_OK_SUBRULE Checks if Errors/Warnings Exist for Subordinate Objects .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I NEW_BY_DATE Generates a New Entry for Date .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SET_DATE_NEXT_ADJUSTMENT Sets Date of Next Adjustment .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SET_DEFAULT_RULE Sets Default Adjustment Rule .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Changes Structure .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SORT Sorts the List .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SWITCH_INDIVIDUAL_GLOBAL Global Parameters (All Procedures): Switch to Local Change .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I SWITCH_INDIVIDUAL_SPECIFIC Procedure-Specific Parameters: Switch to Local Change .
IF_REAJ_TERM_MNGR I VALIDFROM_MOVED Valid-From Date Moved .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I ASSIGN_TO_PARENT Assigns Object to Parent Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_AOFUNCTION Checks Function of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_AOID Checks Identification of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_AONR Checks Number of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_AOTYPE Checks Architectural Object Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_CONDITION Checks Condition of Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DANTBAU Checks Application for Building Permit .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DATES Checks Dates (Year of Modernization, Etc.) .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DBAUBEGI Checks Construction Start Date .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DBAUGENE Checks Date of Building Permit .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DBAUVOR Checks Planning Inquiry Date .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DBEZUGSF Checks Date When Ready for Occupation .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DFERTIG Checks Completion .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DFRDBIS Checks Public Funding To .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DFRDVON Checks Public Funding From .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DOORPLT Check Room Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DSCHLUSS Checks Final Inspection .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_DVORBES Checks Date of Prior Notice .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_FLOORS Checks Floors .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_HIERARCHY Checks the Architectural Hierarchy .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_JERBBAU Checks Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_JNURJAHR Checks Ind.: Only regard construction date in terms of years.
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_LASTRENO Checks Date of Last Redecoration .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_MEASSTRC Checks Measurement Structure .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NTBMZ Checks Actual Usage: Construction Dimension Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NTGFZ Checks Actual Usage: Floor Area Ratio .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NTGRZ Checks Actual Usage: Site Occupancy Index .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NZBMZ Checks Permitted Usage: Construction Dimension Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NZGFZ Checks Permitted Usage: Floor Area Ratio .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_NZGRZ Checks Permitted Usage: Site Occupancy Index .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_PARENT Checks Higher-Level Object Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_PARTAOID Checks Code for AOID .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_PARTSEPARATOR Checks Separator for Code .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_RBEPLAN Checks Development Plan .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_RGEBART Checks Type of Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_RGEBZUST Checks Condition of Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_RGRNART Checks Building Usage Type According to Land Use Map .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_RNBPLAN Checks Usage Type According to Development Plan .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SGRART Checks Type of Property .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SGRFRM Checks Property Ground Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SGRGZS Checks Overall Condition of Property .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SGRQAL Checks Property: Quality of Location .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SINSTBEZ Checks Maintenance District .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SLAGEWE Checks the Number of the BE Location .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SLAGK Checks Location Class .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SOBJLAGE Checks Indicator for District Location of Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SUNUTZA Checks Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_SVERKEHR Checks Transport Connection of BE .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_USAGECOMMON Checks Common Usage of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_XAO Checks Text of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_XBAUGENE Checks Note on Building Permit .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_XNUTZGRU Checks Current Usage .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I CHECK_ZULBAUH Checks Permitted Building Height .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I COMPLETE_DATA_BE Completes the Data of the Business Entity .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I COMPLETE_DATA_BU Completes the Data of the Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I COMPLETE_DATA_PR Completes the Data of the Property .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GENERATE_AOID Generates the AOID from Code, Separator, Parent, ... .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_AOTYPE_CHILD Supplies Subordinate Architectural Object Types .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_AOTYPE_PARENT Supplies Superordinate Architectural Object Types .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_FLOORS Supplies Floors .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_HIERARCHY Supplies the Architectural Hierarchy .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_MEASSTRC_FOR_HIERARCHY Supplies Measurement Structure of Hierarchy Branch .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_PARENT Supplies Parent of Object (VIBDNODE) .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I GET_ROOT_OBJECT Supplies Top Object of Object Hierarchy .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I HAS_PARENTOBJECT Checks If an Object Has a Higher-Level Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Checks If Object Still Has Subordinate Objects .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I IS_AOTYPE_USED_IN_HIERARCHY Checks Whether Object Type Already in Hierarchy (Above) .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I IS_ROOT Checks If Object Is Top Object of Hierarchy .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I PROPOSE_PARTAOID Default Generation of Code from AONR .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_AOFUNCTION Changes Function of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_AOID Changes Identification of Architectural Objects .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_AONR Changes Identification of Architectural Objects .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_AOTYPE Changes Architectural Object Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DANTBAU Changes Application for Building Permit .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DBAUBEGI Changes Construction Start Date .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DBAUGENE Changes Building Permit .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DBAUVOR Changes Date of Planning Inquiry .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DBEPLAN Changes Date of Development Plan .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DBEZUGSF Changes Readiness for Occupation .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DFERTIG Changes Completion .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DFRDBIS Changes Public Funding To .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DFRDVON Changes Public Funding From .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DIALOGUE_MODE Sets Dialog Mode =" CheckAll .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DOORPLT Changes Room Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DSCHLUSS Changes Final Inspection .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_DVORBES Changes Date of Prior Notice .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_FLOORS Changes Floors .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_JDENKMAL Changes Protection of Historical Monuments .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_JERBBAU Changes Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_JUNUTZA Changes Indicator: Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_LASTRENO Changes Date of Last Renovation .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_MEASSTRC Changes Measurement Structure .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NTBMZ Changes Actual Usage: Construction Dimension Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NTGFZ Changes Actual Usage: Floor-Area Ratio .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NTGRZ Changes Actual Usage: Floor Area .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NZBMZ Changes Permitted Usage: Construction Dimension Number .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NZGFZ Changes Permitted Usage: Floor-Area Ratio .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_NZGRZ Changes Permitted Usage: Floor Area .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_PARTAOID Changes Code for AOID .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_PARTSEPARATOR Changes Separator for AOID .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_RBEPLAN Changes Development Plan .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_RGEBART Changes Type of Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_RGEBZUST Changes Overall Condition of Building .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_RGRNART Checks Building Usage Type According to Land Use Map .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_RNBPLAN Checks Building Usage Type According to Development Plan .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SGRART Changes Property Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SGRFRM Changes Property Ground Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SGRGZS Changes Overall Condition of Property .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SGRQAL Changes Property: Quality of Location .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SINSTBEZ Changes Maintenance District .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SLAGEWE Changes the Number of the BE Location .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SOBJLAGE Changes Indicator for District Location of Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SUNUTZA Changes Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_SVERKEHR Changes Transport Connection of BE .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_USAGECOMMON Changes Common Usage Indicator .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes Validity of Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_XAO Changes Name of Architectural Object .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_XBAUGENE Changes Building Permit Note .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_XNUTZGRU Changes Current Usage of Property .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_YAUFBAU Changes Year of Reconstruction .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_YBAUJAHR Changes Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_YMODERN Changes Year of Modernization .
IF_REBD_ARCH_OBJECT I SET_ZULBAUH Changes Permitted Building Height .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_ASSESSMENT_VALUE Checks Assessment Value with Base Year of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_BBAUW13 Checks Building Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_BBAUWAKT Checks Current Building Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_BDMCBMRA Checks Amount per Volume Unit .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_BUILDING_EXECUTION Checks Building Execution Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_BUILDING_PERMIT Checks Building Permit Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_FINAL_INSPECTION Checks Final Inspection Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_PLANNING_INQUIRY Checks Planning Inquiry Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_PUBLIC_FUNDING Checks Public Funding From - To .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DATE_READY_FOR_OCC Checks Dates Ready for Occupancy .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DNUTZEND Checks End of Usage .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DVERKAUF Checks Sale Date .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DVRKPLAN Checks Planned Sale .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_DWIRTUB Checks Transfer Usage / Charges .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_FLOORS Checks Floors .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_GEMEINDE Checks Municipality Key .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_HASCOP Checks If Current Occupancy Principle Used .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_INSURABLE_VALUE Checks Amount and Type of Insurable Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_JANLHIE Checks Indicator: Asset Allocation Valid for Subordin. Bldg .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_JDENKMAL Checks Protection of Historical Monuments .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_JERBBAU Checks Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_RGEBART Checks Type of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_RGEBZUST Checks Overall Condition of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_RLRALOC Checks Location Class .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_SGENR Checks Building Number .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_SUNUTZA Checks Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_SWENR Checks Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_XGETXT Checks Building Name .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_YAUFBAU Checks Year of Reconstruction .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_YBAUJAHR Checks Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I CHECK_YMODERN Checks Year of Modernization .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_ASSESSMENT_VALUE Delivers Assessment Value with Base Year of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_ASSET_ACCOUNTING_STATE Supplies Status of Relationship to Fixed Asset .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_BUSINESS_AREA Delivers Business Area .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_BUSINESS_ENTITY Supplies Business Entity (Object) .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_CURRENCY Delivers Currency Valid for Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_BUILDING_EXECUTION Delivers Building Execution Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_BUILDING_PERMIT Delivers Building Permit Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_FINAL_INSPECTION Delivers Final Inspection Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_PLANNING_INQUIRY Delivers Planning Inquiry Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_PUBLIC_FUNDING Delivers Public Funding From - To .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DATE_READY_FOR_OCC Delivers Dates Ready for Occupancy .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_FLOORS Supplies Floors .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_IMKEY Delivers Internal Key for Real Estate Object .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_INSURABLE_VALUE Supplies Amount and Type of Insurable Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_PROFIT_CENTER Supplies Profit Center .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_RLRA Supplies Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_SWENR Delivers Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_TAX_JURISDICTION_CODE Delivers Jurisdiction for Tax Calc. - Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_UNIT_AREA Delivers Area Unit Valid for Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_UNIT_LENGTH Delivers Length Unit Valid for Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_UNIT_VOLUME Delivers Volume Unit Valid for Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I GET_USESRLRA Gets Usage of Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Bool: Subordinate Objects Exist .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I IS_LOCATION_CLASS_ALLOWED Bool: Checks If Location Class Can Be Set .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_ASSESSMENT_VALUE Changes Assessment Value with Base Year of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_BBAUW13 Changes Building Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_BBAUWAKT Changes Current Building Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_BDMCBMRA Changes Amount per Volume Unit .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_BUILDING_EXECUTION Changes Building Execution Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_BUILDING_PERMIT Changes Building Permit Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_FINAL_INSPECTION Changes Final Inspection Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_PLANNING_INQUIRY Changes Planning Inquiry Dates .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_PUBLIC_FUNDING Changes Public Funcing From - To .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DATE_READY_FOR_OCC Changes Dates Ready for Occupancy .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DNUTZEND Changes End of Usage .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DVERKAUF Changes Sale Date .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DVRKPLAN Changes Planned Sale .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_DWIRTUB Changes Transfer Usage / Charges .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_FLOORS Changes Floors .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_GEMEINDE Changes Municipality Key .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_HASCOP Changes "Uses Current Occupancy Principle" .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_INSURABLE_VALUE Changes Amount and Type of Insurable Value .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_JANLHIE Changes Indicator: Asset allocation valid for subordin. bldg.
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_JDENKMAL Changes Protection of Historical Monuments .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_JERBBAU Changes Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_RGEBART Changes Type of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_RGEBZUST Changes Overall Condition of Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_RLRALOC Changes Location Class .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_SGENR Changes Building Number .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_SUNUTZA Changes Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_SWENR Changes Business Entity .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_USESRLRA Changes Usage of Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes Validity of Object .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_XGETXT Changes Text for Building .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_YAUFBAU Changes Year of Reconstruction .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_YBAUJAHR Changes Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_BUILDING I SET_YMODERN Changes Year of Modernization .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_RLRA Checks Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SETTL_VARIANTS Checks Default Settlement Variants .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SINSTBEZ Checks Maintenance District .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SLAGEWE Checks the Number of the BE Location .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SMIETR Checks Tenancy Law .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SOBJLAGE Checks Indicator for District Location of Object .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SSTDORT Checks Regional Location .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SVERKEHR Checks Transport Connection of BE .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_SWENR Checks Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_UNITS Checks Units of Measure .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_WAERS Checks Currency Key .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_XNOTPL Checks No automatic creation of function location allowed .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I CHECK_XWETEXT Checks Business Entity Name .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_BUSINESS_AREA Delivers Business Area .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_IMKEY Delivers Internal Key for Real Estate Object .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_PROFIT_CENTER Supplies Profit Center .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_SETTL_VARIANTS Supplies Default Settlement Variants .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_SWENR Delivers Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_TAX_JURISDICTION_CODE Delivers Jurisdiction for Tax Calc. - Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I GET_UNITS Delivers Units of Measure .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Bool: Subordinate Objects Exist .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I IS_FUNC_LOC_GEN_ACTIVE Bool: Is Autom. Creation of Functional Locations Active? .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_NEIGHBORHOOD Changes Neighborhood Fields .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_RLRA Changes Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SETTL_VARIANTS Changes Default Settlement Variants .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SINSTBEZ Changes Maintenance District .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SLAGEWE Changes the Number of the BE Location .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SMIETR Changes Tenancy Law .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SOBJLAGE Changes Indicator for District Location of Object .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SSTDORT Changes Regional Location .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SVERKEHR Changes Transport Connection of BE .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_SWENR Changes Business Entity .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_UNITS Changes Units of Measure .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes Validity of Object .
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_XNOTPL Changes'No automatic creation of functional location allowed.
IF_REBD_BUSINESS_ENTITY I SET_XWETEXT Changes Business Entity Identification .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I ACCURATE_CHARACT Select Fixt./Fittings Characteristic as Applicable .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I ADD_CHARACT Add Fixtures and Fittings Characteristics .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I APPEND_DEFAULT Adds the Default Characteristics .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I CHANGE_CHARACT Change Fixtures and Fittings Characteristics .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I CHECK_DATERANGE Checks If Characteristics Allowed in Time Period .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I CHECK_INTERSECTIONS Checks Lists for Overlaps .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I CHECK_RLRA Checks If Characteristics Are Correct for Rep. List of Rents.
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_CHARACT_ALLOWED Supplies All Permitted Fixtures and Fittings Characteristics.
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_CHARACT_FOR_INSERT Supplies All Available Fixtures and Fittings Characteristics.
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries with Additional Data .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_TEMPORARY_RLRA Gets the Temporary Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I REMOVE_CHARACT Delete Fixtures and Fittings Characteristic .
IF_REBD_CHARACT_MNGR I SET_TEMPORARY_RLRA Sets the Temporary Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_EQUIPMENT I DISMANTLE Dismantle Equipment .
IF_REBD_EQUIPMENT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_EQUIPMENT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_EQUIPMENT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_EQUIPMENT I INSTALL Install Equipment .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I DISMANTLE_EQUIPMENT Dismantle Equipment -" NOT YET .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_CLASSIFICATION_MNGR Gets the Classification Manager .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I GET_REAL_TPLNR Supplies Correct Internal Number (TPLNR) - Not TMP Number! .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I INSTALL_EQUIPMENT Install Equipment -" NOT YET .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I REFRESH Updates Functional Location from Database .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I SET_DETAIL Stores Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_FUNC_LOC I SET_LABEL Sets New Functional Location ID .
IF_REBD_HAS_CHARACT I GET_CHARACT_MNGR Supplies the Fixtures and Fittings Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_INFRA I GET_INFRA_MNGR Gets the Infrastructure Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_LOC_HIER I GET_LOC_HIER_MNGR Gets Hierarchical Location Structure Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_MEAS I GET_MEAS_MNGR Supplies Measurement Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_NODE I GET_NODE_MNGR Supplies Measurement Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_NUMBER I GET_NUMBER_MNGR Supplies Number Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_OBJREL I GET_OBJREL_MNGR Supplies Relationship Usage View-" Architecture Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_OBJREL I SET_DATA_FROM_BUSOBJ Adopts Data from Assigned Object .
IF_REBD_HAS_OBJ_ASSIGN I GET_OBJ_ASSIGN_ALLOWED Gets Allowed Object Types for the Assignment .
IF_REBD_HAS_OBJ_ASSIGN I GET_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR Gets Object Assignment Manager (Categorized) .
IF_REBD_HAS_OBJ_REL_RO I GET_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR Supplies Rental Object Relationship Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_OCCUPANCY I GET_OCCUPANCY_MNGR Gets Occupancy Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_PM I GET_PM_MNGR Supplies Functional Location Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_RO_MNGR I GET_RO_MNGR Supplies Rental Object Manager for Dependent Instances .
IF_REBD_HAS_VALID_PERIOD I GET_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR Gets the Object-Period Manager .
IF_REBD_HAS_VALID_PERIOD I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes the Validity Period .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I REFRESH Cleanup of Lists .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_REBD_INFRA_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I CHECK_DELETE_ALLOWED Checks If Deleting the Entry Is Allowed .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I CHECK_UPDATE_ALLOWED Checks If Changing the Entry Is Allowed .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Entry .
IF_REBD_LOC_HIER_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I ADD_INITIAL_MEASUREMENTS Adds Initial Measurements to Buffer .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I ADD_SLICE_LIST Insert Available Measurements Using List .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I CHANGE_SINGLE Changes Value for Single Measurement in Period .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks a New Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I CHECK_MEAS_ALLOWED Checks If Measurement Type Is Allowed on Object .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I COUNT Delivers Number of Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I DELETE Removes a Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I DELETE_INITIAL_MEASUREMENTS Removes Initial Measurements Again .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Measurement Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I FIX_DATERANGES Correct Time Periods Using Base Time Period from Parent .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_CHANGES Delivers Changed Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT_MEASUREMENT Supplies Main Measurement Type .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Delivers Individual Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Delivers Individual Measurement with Text Fields .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_DFL_WITH_DATE Delivers Main Measurement for Key Date .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_DFL_WITH_RANGE Delivers All Main Measurements for Period .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_INITIAL_MEASUREMENTS Supplies Initial Measurements (Required, Optional, ...) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_INTERSECTIONS Supplies Overlapping Measurements (Since Last Cons. Status) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST Delivers All Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST_AVAILABLE Supplies Available (= Free) Measurement Amounts .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST_COMPLETE Supplies Capacity-Related Measurement Amounts .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST_OCCUPIED Supplies Unavailable (= Occupied) Measurement Amounts .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST_SIMPLE Supplies Measurements as "Simple" List .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Delivers All Measurements with Additional Data .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_MEAS_ALLOWED Delivers All Permitted Measurement Types .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_MEAS_FOR_INSERT Delivers All Insertable Measurement Types .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_PARENT_VALIDITY Supplies Start and End Date of Parent Object .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_TEXT Delivers Standard Text of Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_VALUE_OUTPUT Supplies Output Options for Measurement Values .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_WITH_DATE Delivers Measurement for Key Date (One or All) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I GET_WITH_RANGE Delivers All Measurements for Key Date (One or All) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I HAS_INTERSECTIONS Bool: Are There Overlaps? .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INCREASE Increase an Available Measurement (From-To) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INCREASE_LIST Increase Available Measurement Using List .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Measurement Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New (Complete!) Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL_SIMPLE Inserts New Measurement .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I INSERT_LIST Inserts New (Complete!) Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I IS_EDITABLE Can measurement be changed manually? .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I IS_MEAS_ALLOWED Bool: Measurement Type Allowed on Object .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I IS_MEAS_INVALID Measurements Are Not Current (Registered) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I RECALC_AVAILABLE Recalculate Available Amount .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I RECALC_SET_ACTIVE Sets Recalculation for REFRESH .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I REDUCE Reduce an Available Measurement (From-To) .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I REDUCE_LIST Reduce Available Measurement Using List .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I REFRESH Starts Recalculation of Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I REFRESH_ALLOWED_MEAS Redetermine List of Allowed Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Measurements .
IF_REBD_MEAS_MNGR I STAGGER_INTERSECTIONS Stagger Overlaps Using Table .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I EXISTS_CHILD Checks Whether Lower-Level Objects Exist .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I EXISTS_PARENT Checks Whether Parent Object Exists .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_CHILD_NODES Reads Subordinate Nodes of a Node .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_COMPLETE_NODE_HIERARCHY Reads Complete Hierarchy of a Node (Up/Down) .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_LEAVES Reads All End Nodes of Node of Hierarchy .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_NODE Reads VIBDNODE Table in Object Puffer .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_PARENT_NODE Reads Higher-Level Nodes .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_PARENT_NODE_AOTYPE Reads Higher-Level Nodes of Certain Type .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I GET_ROOT_NODE Reads the Root Object for an Object .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_NODE_MNGR I SET_PARENT Assigns Parent Object .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I CHECK_AOTYPE Checks Individual Settings of Arch. Object Type .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Number Range .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I GET_ALLOWED_CHILDTYPES Supplies Allowed Subordinate AO Types .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I GET_ALLOWED_PARENTTYPES Supplies Allowed Superordinate AO Types .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I GET_MY_NUMRANGE Supplies Number Assignment for Current Object .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Number Range (Overwrites Existing) .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I SET_DEFAULT_VALUES Fills Table with Default Values .
IF_REBD_NUMBER_MNGR I SET_LIST Writes Back All Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_ADJUSTNUMBER Supplies the Status Number or Group Number .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_LIST_ENTRY Supplies Entry for Object Manager .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_XOBJGRP Supplies Object Group Name .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_ADJUSTNUMBER Changes the Status Number or Group Number .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_DETAIL Changes Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_LIST_ENTRY Sets Entry for Object Manager .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_VALID_PERIOD Sets Local Validity .
IF_REBD_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_XOBJGRP Changes Object Group Name .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I CHANGE_LINK Changes Period of Assignment .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I CHANGE_LINK_MULTIPLE Mass Change of Assignment .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I CHECK_LINK_POSSIBLE Checks if "Src-"Dest" Link Possible .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I CHECK_UNLINK_POSSIBLE Checks if "Src-"Dest" Link Can Be Removed .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Lines in Current Relationship Table .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_ARCH_OBJECTS Supplies Arch. Objects for a Usage Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_ARCH_OBJECT_DIRECT Supplies 1:1 Assigned Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_LIST_REL_AO Supplies Entries for Assigned Architecture .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_LIST_REL_PS_RS Supplies Entries for Pooled Splaces "" Rental Spaces .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_LIST_REL_UO Supplies Entries for Assigned Usage Objects .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_RENTAL_SPACES Supplies Rental Spaces of a Pooled Space .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_USAGE_OBJECTS Supplies Usage Objects for an Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_USAGE_OBJECTS_FROM_AO Supplies Usage Objects for an Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_USAGE_OBJECTS_HIERARCHY Supplies Usage Objects for Hierarchy of an Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I GET_USAGE_OBJECTS_SUB Gets Usage Objects for Subordinate Hierarchy of AO .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I HAS_AO_REL Does Link to Architecture Exist? .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I HAS_PS_REL Does Link From/To Pooled Space Exist? .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I HAS_UO_REL Does Link to Usage Exist? .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I IS_OBJECT_LINK_OLD Checks if "Src-"Dest" Link is Old .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I LINK Creates Link Between Two Objects .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I LINK_MULTIPLE Assign Multiple Objects .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I PARENT_STORE_PREPARE Execute ALL_STORE_PREPARE of Parent .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I PARENT_STORE_WRITE Execute ALL_STORE_WRITE of Parent .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I REFRESH_PART Recalculate Assignment Shares Using Measurements .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_COMPLETE Sets Relationship to "Complete" or "Partial" .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_LIST_REL_MEAS Sets Measurements of Link .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_LIST_REL_MEAS_MULTIPLE Set Multiple Measurements of Link .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_MAINOBJECT Sets "Main Object" Indicator .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_MEAS_FROM_RELPARTS Sets Object Measurements Using Partial Assignment Amounts .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_RELPARTS_FROM_MEAS Sets Partial Assignment Amounts Using Object Measurements .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I SET_SUBOBJECT_MODE Sets "Dependent Object" Indicator .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I TOUCH_OBJECT Adds Object to Change List .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I UNLINK Removes Relationship Between Two Objects .
IF_REBD_OBJREL_MNGR I UNLINK_MULTIPLE Expand Multiple Relationships .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I BUFFER_RESET Resets Buffers .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I CHECK_DELETE_ALLOWED Checks If Deleting the Assignment Is Allowed (Message List) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I CHECK_INSERT_ALLOWED Checks If Adding the Entry Is Allowed (Exception) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I CHECK_UPDATE_ALLOWED Checks If Changing the Entry Is Allowed (MSG List) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I DUPLICATE_DETAIL Duplicates an Entry .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_BUSOBJ Gets Object Instance Using Object Number .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_LIST_OLD Gets Old Entries (DB) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_OBJTYPES_ALLOWED Gets Allowed Object Types .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_OBJTYPES_POSSIBLE Gets Possible Object Types .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Entry .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I IS_ATTRIBUTE_SUPPORTED Is a Given Attribute Possible in the Assignment? .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I IS_DELETE_ALLOWED Is Deleting a Given Assignment Allowed? .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I IS_EMPTY No Entry Exists? .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I SET_ASSIGNONLYINFO Sets Informational Indicator .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I SWITCH_TEMP_OBJNR Changes Temporary Object Numbers to Real Ones .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_ASSIGNINFOIND Gets Indicator for Informational Assignment .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_DETAIL_BO Gets Structure with Group .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_DETAIL_BO_X Gets Structure with Group and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_LIST_BO Gets All Entries with Groups .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_LIST_BO_OLD Gets Old Entries (DB) with Groups .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_LIST_BO_X Gets All Entries with Groups and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_NEXT_GROUP_NUMBER Gets Next Available Group Number .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_OBJECT_GROUP Gets Object Group .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_OBJECT_GROUPS Gets All Object Groups .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_OBJECT_GROUP_FOR_OBJECT Gets Object Group Assignment for Object .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I GET_RENTOBJ_MNGR Supplies Rental Object Manager .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I INSERT_BUS_OBJECT Adds New Business Object .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I INSERT_OBJECT_GROUP Adds New Object Group .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I IS_RESERVED Bool: Reservation Active? .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I MOVE_OBJECT_TO_GROUP Moves an Object to or from an Object Group .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I RENUMBER_GROUPS Renumbering of Groups .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_BO I UPDATE_DETAIL_BO Changes Entry (= Replaces with New) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I ADD_FUNC_LOC_REL Add Relationship to Functional Location .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I CHANGE_FUNC_LOC_REL ES_OBJ_ASSIGN_PS_NEW Exporting Type REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_PS .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I CHECK_FUNC_LOC_ASSIGNABLE Checks If Functional Location Is Allowed to Be Assigned .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I DELETE_FUNC_LOC_REL Remove Relationship to Functional Location .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I GET_FUNC_LOC Supplies Functional Location Instance .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I GET_LIST_PM Gets All Entries (PM) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I GET_LIST_PM_X Gets All Entries (PM) Including Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I GET_NOTIFICATIONS Gets All Notifications for Functional Location .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I GET_RE_FUNC_LOC Supplies RE Functional Location Instance .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I REFRESH Update of Functional Locations .
IF_REBD_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PM I UPDATE_CLASSIFICATION Updating of Classification of RE Functional Location .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I ADD_OBJECT Add New Object to Relationship .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I CHECK_RELATION_RANGES Checks If Time Periods in Basic Time Period .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I DEL_OBJECT Delete Object from Relationship .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I FIX_RELATIONS Correct Relations Based on Base Time Periods .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_OBJECT_INSTANCE Supplies Instance for Object (Intreno) from Buffer .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I GET_OBJECT_LIST Supplies All Entries as Instance References .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_OBJ_REL_RO_MNGR I RECALC_PART New Calculation of Shares Using the Measurements .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I ADAPT_PAYMENT_TERM Adjusts the Standard Posting Term .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I DELETE Removes Occupancy .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Removes Occupancy Using Key .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I ENABLING_CONTEXT_CHANGED Context of Occupancy Authorization Was Changed .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets Single Occupancy .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Single Occupancy and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Occupancies .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets All Occupancies and Additional Data .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Occupancy Manager Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New Occupancy .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I INSERT_VACANCY Adds Vacancy .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I IS_PERIOD_VACANT Is Period Vacant? .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_FOR_EVENT Sets Vacancy for Event .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Occupancies .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Updates Occupancy .
IF_REBD_OCCUPANCY_MNGR I UPDATE_PAYMENT_TERM Writes Template Term into Standard Posting Term .
IF_REBD_PLAN_OCC I GET_LIST Supplies Entries for Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_PLAN_OCC I INIT_BY_ROOT_OBJECT Initializes Object for Mass Processing per Root Object .
IF_REBD_PLAN_OCC I SET_ATTRIBUTES Fills Class Attributes .
IF_REBD_PLAN_PS I GET_LIST Supplies Entries for Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_PLAN_PS I INIT_BY_ARCH_OBJECT Initializes Object for Mass Processing per Arch. Object .
IF_REBD_PLAN_PS I SET_ATTRIBUTES Fills Class Attributes .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_ALLOWED_USAGE Checks Allowed Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_BUILDING_PLAN Checks Development Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_DATES Checks Dates .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_GEMEINDE Checks Municipality Key .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_JERBBAU Checks Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_LAND_VALUES Checks Land Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_LEINS Checks Unit of Length .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_NFLURNR Checks Parcel of Land .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_REAL_USAGE Checks Actual Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SGRART Checks Type of Property .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SGRFRM Checks Property Ground Type .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SGRGZS Checks Overall Condition of Property .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SGRNR Checks Property Number of BE .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SGRQAL Checks Property: Quality of Location .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SUNUTZA Checks Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_SWENR Checks Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_USAGES Checks Usages Per Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_XGEMARK Checks Local Subdistrict .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_XGRTXT Checks Land Register Text .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I CHECK_XNUTZGRU Checks Current Usage .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_ALLOWED_USAGE Supplies Allowed Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_AREA_UNIT Supplies Area Unit .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_ASSET_ACCOUNTING_STATE Supplies Status of Relationship to Fixed Asset .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_BUSINESS_AREA Delivers Business Area .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_BUSINESS_ENTITY Supplies Business Entity (Object) .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_IMKEY Delivers Internal Key for Real Estate Object .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_LAND Supplies Parcels of Land .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_LAND_VALUES Supplies Land Value .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_PROFIT_CENTER Supplies Profit Center .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_RBEPLAN Supplies Development Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_REAL_USAGE Supplies Actual Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_RLRA Supplies Rep. List of Rents (BU) .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_SALEDATE Supplies (Planned) Sale Date .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_SWENR Delivers Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_TAX_JURISDICTION_CODE Delivers Jurisdiction for Tax Calc. - Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I GET_USAGES Supplies Usage Types per Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Bool: Subordinate Objects Exist .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_ALLOWED_USAGE Changes Allowed Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_DWIRTUB Changes Transfer Usage / Charges .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_GEMEINDE Changes Municipality Key .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_JERBBAU Changes Heritable Building Right Indicator .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_LAND Changs Parcels of Land .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_LAND_VALUES Changes Land Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_RBEPLAN Changes Development Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_REAL_USAGE Changes Actual Usage Values .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SALEDATE Changes (Planned) Sale Date .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SGRART Changes Property Type .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SGRFRM Changes Property Ground Type .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SGRGZS Changes Overall Condition of Property .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SGRNR Changes Property Number .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SGRQAL Changes Property: Quality of Location .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SUNUTZA Changes Main Usage Type .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_SWENR Changes Business Entity .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_USAGES Changes Usages per Plan .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes Validity of Object .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_XGEMARK Changes Local Subdistrict .
IF_REBD_PROPERTY I SET_XGRTXT Changes Text in Land Register .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CAN_CHANGE_CFPOSTINGFROM Asks If 1st Posting Can Be Changed .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CAN_CHANGE_FIRSTPOSTING Asks If Starting Date of Cash Flow Can Be Changed .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CAN_CUT_RENTAL_SPACES Can Rental Spaces Be Created for Pooled Space? .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_ASSESSMENT_CONTRACT Checks That There Are No Gaps Between Assessment Contracts .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_BUILDYEAR Checks Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_CANBECOMMON Checks Indicator: Common Usage Possible .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_CFPOSTINGFROM Check Date of First Posting .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_COMMONOWNED Checks Common Property Indicator .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_CURRENCY Checks Currency .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_CUT_RENTAL_SPACES Checks If Rental Spaces Can Be Created for Pooled Space .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_DBEZU Checks Date of Initial Use .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_DWTVERM Checks Date: Subsequent Rental .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_FIRSTPOSTING Checks Start Date of Cash Flow .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_FIXFITCATE Checks Fixtures and Fittings Category .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_HASCOP Checks If Current Occupancy Principle Used .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_JEIGWOHN Checks Condominium Owners' Association .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_POOL_SPACE Checks If Assignment to Pool Is Correct (only Rental Space) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_PROPERTY_BUILDING Checks Property or Building Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_PZUABSP Checks Increase or Reduction Relative to Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_RENT_ADJUST Checks Percentage Increase and Reason for Deviation .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_REPR_LIST_OF_RENTS Checks Rental Table Data .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_RESERVATION_DATE Checks Date: Reserved From and To .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_RLGESCH Checks Location on Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_RLRA Checks Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_RLRALOC Checks Location Class .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_ROTYPE Checks Rental Object Type .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SALTNR Checks Old Rental Unit Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SGEBT Checks Part of Building .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SMENR Checks Rental Object Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SNUNR Checks External Usage Type of Rental Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SPOSINMSP Checks the Base Value for Rep. Rents List Adjustment .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SSTCKBIS Checks Top Floor of Rental Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SSTOCKW Checks Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_SWENR Checks Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_XMETXT Checks Rental Object Text .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_XSTANDNR Checks Number of Garage/Parking Space .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I DELETE_SLICE_SPACE Deletes Rental Space from Pooled Space .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR Supplies Settlement Manager for External Settlement .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_BUILDING Gets Building (Object) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_BUILDYEAR Supplies Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_BUSINESS_AREA Delivers Business Area .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_BUSINESS_ENTITY Supplies Business Entity (Object) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CASHFLOW_MNGR Supplies the Cash Flow Manager .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CFCHANGE_MODE Gets "CF Change Mode" .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CFPOSTINGFROM Supplies Date of First Posting .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_COMMONOWNED Gets Common Property Indicator .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CONTRACTS Gets Contracts Rental Object Is Assigned To .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CONTRACT_NEXT Supplies Next Occupancy Contract .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CONTRACT_PREVIOUS Supplies Previous Occupancy Contract .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_COST_CENTER Delivers Cost Center .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Currency Used for Rental Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CUT_IN_CONTRACT Gets Indicator 'Rental Space Was Extracted in Contract' .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_FIRSTPOSTING Gets Start Date of Cash Flow .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_HIER_INFO Supplies Info.on Hier. Relationsh., Esp. Rental/Pooled Space.
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_IMKEY Delivers Internal Key for Real Estate Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_POOL_SPACE Gets Related Pooled Space (Only for Rental Spaces!) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_PROFIT_CENTER Supplies Profit Center .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY Gets Property (Object) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY_BUILDING Supplies Property or Building Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RLGESCH Supplies Location on Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RLRA Supplies Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RLRAFIXFITCATE Supplies Fixtures and Fittings Category .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RLRALOC Supplies Location Class .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_ROTYPE_TEXT Supplies Name of Rental Object Type .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RPROZGRD Supplies Reason for Deviation of Percentage Increase .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SCCNPART_MNGR Supplies Settlement Participation Generator .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SGEBT Supplies Part of Building .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SLICE_SPACE Generates New Rental Space from Pool with Same Values .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SSTCKBIS Supplies Top Floor of RO .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SSTOCKW Supplies Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SWENR Delivers Business Entity Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TAX_JURISDICTION_CODE Delivers Jurisdiction for Tax Calc. - Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TERM_ADJUSTMENT_MNGR Supplies Adjustment Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TERM_OCCUPANCY_MNGR Gets Payment Rule Manager for Vacancy (Terms) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TERM_PAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Payment Rule Manager (Terms) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TMP_DISPLAY_SMENR Supplies Temporary Display Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_USAGECATE Gets the Usage Category .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_USAGE_TYPE_INT Supplies Category of Usage Type (Internal) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_USESRLRA Gets Usage of Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I GET_VACANCY_PERIODS Supplies Vacancy Periods .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Bool: Subordinate Objects Exist .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I IS_BUILDING_CHANGEABLE Bool: Building Modifiable? .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I IS_PROPERTY_CHANGEABLE Bool: Property Modifiable? .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I IS_RELEASED Asks If Rental Object Is Released .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_BUILDYEAR Changes Year of Construction .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_CANBECOMMON Changes Indicator: Common Usage Possible .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_CFCHANGE_MODE Changes "CF Change Mode" .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_CFPOSTINGFROM Changes Date of First Posting .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_COMMONOWNED Changes Common Property Indicator .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_CURRENCY Changes Currency .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_DBEZU Changes Date of Initial Use .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_DRESAB Changes Date: Reserved From .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_DRESBIS Changes Date: Reserved To .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_DRESTAUR Changes Date of Reconstruction/Extensive Modernization .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_DWTVERM Changes Date: Subsequent Rental .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_FIRSTPOSTING Changes Start Date of Cash Flow .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_HASCOP Changes "Uses Current Occupancy Principle" .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_JEIGWOHN Changes Condominium Owners Association .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_NEIGHBORHOOD Changes Neighborhood Fields .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_OOLOCK Changes Offer Lock .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_PERHOE Changes Percentage Increase .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_POOL_SPACE Sets Assigned Pooled Space (Only for Rental Spaces!) .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_PPOSINMSP Changes Percentage for Assigning RU in Rep. Rents List Fld .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_PROPERTY_BUILDING Changes Property or Building Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_PZUABSP Changes Increase or Reduction Relative to Rep. List of Rents.
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_RLGESCH Changes Location on Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_RLRA Changes Representative List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_RLRAFIXFITCATE Changes Fixtures and Fittings Category .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_RLRALOC Changes Location Class .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_ROTYPE Changes Rental Object Type .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_RPROZGRD Changes Reason for Deviation from Increase Percentage .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SALTNR Changes Old Rental Unit Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SGEBT Changes Part of Building .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SMENR Changes Rental Object Number .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SNUNR Changes External Usage Type of Rental Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SPOSINMSP Changes Base Value for Assigning RU in Rep. Rents List Fld .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SSTCKBIS Changes Top Floor of RO .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SSTOCKW Changes Floor .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_SWENR Changes Business Entity .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_USESRLRA Changes Usage of Rep. List of Rents .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes Validity of Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_XMETXT Changes Text of Rental Object .
IF_REBD_RENTAL_OBJECT I SET_XSTANDNR Changes Number of Garage/Parking Space .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I ADD_POOL Add Pool .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I DEL_POOL Remove Pool .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I GET_CREATED_RENTOBJ Supplies All Created Rental Objects (Rental Spaces) .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries (Rental Object Instances) .
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I GET_RENTOBJ_BY_OBJNR Supplies Rental Object (Rental Space) Based On Object Number.
IF_REBD_RENTOBJ_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I ADD_BUS_OBJECT Add New Relationship (Business Object Instance) .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I COUNT Supplies number of entries .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I DEL_BUS_OBJECT Remove New Relationship (Business Object Instance) .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I DO_NOT_SAVE_OBJECT Flag Instance of Object as "Do Not Save" .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries (Rental Object Instances) .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I GET_LIST_NO_SAVE Supplies All Instances that Are NOT Saved .
IF_REBD_RO_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I CHECK_CHANGE_POSSIBLE Check If Change Is Allowed .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I CHECK_VALID_PERIOD Checks Validity Period of Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_VALID_PERIOD Gets the Validity of the Object [Final] .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_VALID_PERIOD_WITH_PARENT Compares Period with Parent Object [Final] .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I INHERIT_VALID_PERIOD Inherit Validity Period from Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_INHERITANCE_POSSIBLE Bool: Inheritance Not Possible (No Super. Object Exists) .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_PERIOD_CHANGE_CRITICAL Bool: Change of Validity Period Is Critical .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_VALIDFROM_INHERITED Bool: From-Date Is Inherited from Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_VALIDTO_INHERITED Bool: To-Date Is Inherited from Superordinate Object .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_VALID_PERIOD_CHANGEABLE Bool: Validity Period Is Directly Modifiable .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I IS_VALID_PERIOD_INHERITED Bool: Validity Period Is Inherited Completely from Sup.Obj. .
IF_REBD_VALID_PERIOD_MNGR I SET_VALID_PERIOD Changes the Valdity Period [Abstract] .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_02 I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_02 I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_02 I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_02 I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I COUNT Supplies number of entries .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_REBF_TEMPLATE_03 I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I ASSIGN_ADDRESS Creates Address Assignment for Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I CHANGE_ADDRESS Changes Address of Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I DERIVE_ADDRESS Derives Address Assignment for Object from Subordinate Obj. .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_ADDRESS_ORIGIN Origin of Address (SPACE = No Address Assigned) .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_ADRNR Supplies Address Number .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Address Assignment for Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Address Assignment with Address for Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I IS_DERIVATION_POSSIBLE Bool: Derive (=Inherit) Addresses for Object Possible? .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I REMOVE_ADDRESS Cancels Address Assignment for Object .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I SHOW_ADDRESS Displays Address in Dialog Box .
IF_REBP_ADDRESS_MNGR I STORE_PREPARE_EXTERNAL Preparation for Save (Called Externally) .
IF_REBP_HAS_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_MNGR Supplies Address Manager .
IF_REBP_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS I GET_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR Gets Multiple Addresses Manager .
IF_REBP_HAS_PARTNER I GET_PARTNER_MNGR Business Partner Manager .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I ADDRESS_CHANGE Change Assigned Addresses .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I ADDRESS_CREATE Create and Assign New Address .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I REFRESH Cleanup of Lists .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I REGISTER_ADDRESS Registers Address for Saving .
IF_REBP_MULTI_ADDRESS_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I CHECK_BANKDETAILID Checks Existence of Bank Data ID for Partner .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_ADDRESS Gets Address .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_ADDRESS_IDENT Supplies Address Identification .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_ADDRESS_PRINTFORM Supplies Address Formatting for Printout .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_COMMUNICATION_DATA Supplies Communication Data (E-Mail, Telephone, Fax) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_DESCRIPTION Delivers Description of Partner for Compressed Output .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_DETAIL_X Delivers Structures with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_LANGU Delivers Language .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I GET_SALUTATION Delivers Salulation .
IF_REBP_PARTNER I SHOW_PRINTFORM Dialog Box of Print Output .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Consistency of VIBPOBJREL .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL_OWNER Checks Consistency of Owner in Partner .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks if Concrete Partner is Assigned on Key Date (Excep.) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Partner-Object Relationship Via GUID .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL_BY_PARTNER Deletes Partner-Object Relationship Via Partner/Role/Date .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I EXISTS Checks if Concr. Partner is Assigned on Key Date (Y/N) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_PARTNER Checks If at Least 1 Partner is Assigned (Y/N) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I EXISTS_PARTNER Checks Whether Concr. Partner Is Assigned (Y/N) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT_ADDRESS_FOR_ROLE Gets Default Address for a Given Role .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_KEYDATE Supplies All Partners on Key Date .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_PARTNER Gets All Entries of Partner .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_PERIOD Supplies All Partners in Time Period .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_HIER_BY_KEYDATE Supplies All Partners on Key Date includ. Object Hierarchy .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_HIER_BY_PERIOD Supplies All Partners Incl. Object Hierarchy in Time Period .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_OLD Gets Old Entries (DB) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_MAIN_PARTNER_BY_KEYDATE Supplies Main Partner for the Key Date .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_MAIN_PARTNER_BY_PERIOD Supplies All Main Partners in the Time Period .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_OBJTYPEDIFF Gets Differentiation Criterion for Getting Possible Roles .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_ROLES_ALLOWED Gets All Allowed Roles .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_ROLES_NON_CREATE Gets Roles for Which Creating a Partner Is Not Allowed .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I GET_ROLES_OBLIGATORY Gets All Required Roles .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I HAS_SUBROLE_ENTRIES Is there at least one entry using role type? .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I HAS_TIMEDEP_ENTRIES Is there at least one time-dependent entry? .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New Partner Object Relationship .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I PARTNER_WRITE Supplies Final Partner Numbers (BP Save) .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I SET_CONV_FACTOR Changes Conversion Factor for Tenancy in Common .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I SET_CONV_FACTOR_FOR_EACH_OWNERChanges Conv. Factor for Tenancy in Common of All Owners .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I SET_ROLES_NON_CREATE Sets Roles for Which Creating a Partner Is Not Allowed .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Partner-Object Relationship Via GUID .
IF_REBP_PARTNER_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL_BY_PARTNER Changes Partner-Object Relationship Via Partner/Role/Date .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I DELETE_CATEGORY Deletes Entry with Additional Text .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_CATEGORIES_FOR_INSERT Gets Allowed Categories for Additional Texts .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Gets Reference to Additional Text .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR I INSERT_CATEGORY Creates New Entry for Additional Text .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I CHECK_DELETE_WITHOUT_ARCHIVINGChecks If Deletion Without Archiving Is Allowed [Default] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I CHECK_DELETION_FLAG_DEL Checks If Resetting Deletion Flag Is Allowed [Default] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I CHECK_DELETION_FLAG_SET Checks If Setting Delation Flag Is Allowed [Default] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I DELETE Deletes Data from DB that Exists in Archive [final] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I DELETE_WITHOUT_ARCHIVING Deletes Entire Business Object Without Archiving [final] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I INIT "Only for Factory Methods" [Final] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I READ_INTO_BUFFER Reads Exactly One Data Object from the Archive [final] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I SET_DELETION_IND Sets the Deletion Indicator for the Data Objects [Abstract] .
IF_RECA_ARCHIVING_OBJECT I WRITE Writes Data Objects to the Archive [final] .
IF_RECA_BDT_FRAME I CHECK_ATTRIBUTES Check Attributes for Mandatory .
IF_RECA_BDT_FRAME I GET_XTYPE Gets Text: Type of Object (e.g. "Business Entity") .
IF_RECA_BDT_FRAME I INIT Fills Attributes of BDT Template .
IF_RECA_BDT_FRAME I INIT_BY_BUSOBJ Fill Additional Data Based on Business Object [Final] .
IF_RECA_BDT_FRAME I SET_FIXED_VARNR Use Different Screen Sequence (Fixed) .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I CHECK_AUTH_GROUP Checks Authorization Group .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I DEQUEUE Removes Lock .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I ENABLE_SOURCE_ACCESS Allows Access to Locked Parts Through Sourse Object [Final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I ENQUEUE Sets Lock .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_AUTH_GROUP Supplies Authorization Group .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSDETAIL Supplies Bus.Obj. Structure with Basic Data [final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSDETAIL_X Supplies Bus.Obj. Structure with Basic and Add. Data [final].
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSKEY Supplies Business Object Key (BOR-Key) [abstract] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_BUSTYPE Supplies Business Object Type (BOR Type) [abstract] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_CHANGE_DOCUMENT_IDENT Supplies Object ID for Change Documents .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_CI_DATA Supplies Data of CI Include .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_IDENT Supplies Object Identification .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_IMKEY Supplies Internal Key .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_OBJTYPEDIFF Gets Differentiating Criterion .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_PARENT_OBJECT Supplies Higher-Level Business Object .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_RESPONSIBLE Supplies Responsible User .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_RUSER Supplies User Data [abstract] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_STORE_DATE Supplies Time Stamp of STORE to Database [Final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_SUB_OBJECTS Supplies Higher-Level Business Objects .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_SWENR Gets the Number of the Related Business Entity .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text [abstract] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Supplies User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I GET_VALID_PERIOD Supplies Object Validity .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I HAS_SUBOBJECTS Asks If There Are Subordinate Objects .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I INIT_BUS_OBJECT "Only for Factory Methods" [Final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I IS_SOURCE_ACCESS_ENABLED Is Access to Locked Parts Allowed [Final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I IS_VALID_IN_PERIOD Asks If Object Is Valid [Final] .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I SET_AUTH_GROUP Changes Authorization Group .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I SET_CI_DATA Changes Data of CI Include .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I SET_RESPONSIBLE Changes Responsible User .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I SET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Changes User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_BUS_OBJECT I SUBSTITUTE Adds Data via Implemented Enhancements [Final] .
IF_RECA_CUST_CHECK I CHECK Check Customizing Settings .
IF_RECA_HAS_ADDITIONAL_TEXT I GET_ADDITIONAL_TEXT_MNGR Gets Additional Text Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_FORMULA I EXISTS_FORMULA_VARIABLE Checks If the Variable Exists .
IF_RECA_HAS_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA_VALUE Gets Value for Variables .
IF_RECA_HAS_FORMULA I SET_FORMULA_VALUE Sets the Value for Variables .
IF_RECA_HAS_REGISTRATION I GET_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR Gets Registration Receiver Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_REGISTRATION I GET_RG_SENDER_MNGR Gets Registration Trigger Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_RESUBM I GET_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR Gets the Resubmission Date Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_RESUBM I GET_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR Gets the Resubmission Rule Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_STATUS I GET_STATUS_MNGR Supplies Status Manager .
IF_RECA_HAS_TEXT I GET_TDNAME_PREFIX Supplies Prefix for Text Module Names (with temporary no.) .
IF_RECA_HAS_TEXT I GET_TEXT_MNGR Supplies Text Manager .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I ADD Adds Message .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I ADD_FROM_BAPI Adds All Messages from BAPI Format .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I ADD_FROM_INSTANCE Inserts All Messages of Another Log .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I ADD_SYMSG Adds Message from SY-MSG* Variables .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I CHANGE_MSG_TYPE Changes Type of Message, e.g. from E to W .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I CLEAR Deletes All Collected Messages .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I COUNT Gets Number of Messages .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I DELETE_MESSAGE Deletes Individual Message .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I FREE Releases Resources of Instance .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_CALLBACK_DATA Fill Callback Data from Message .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_FIRST_MESSAGE Supplies First Message .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_HANDLE Supplies Internal Log Handle .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_LAST_MESSAGE Supplies Last Message .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_LIST Supplies All Collected Messages .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_LIST_AS_BAPIRET Supplies All Collected Messages as a BAPI Error .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Collected Messages with Additional Techn.Fields.
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_STATISTICS Supplies Summary of Number of Messages, etc. .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I GET_STATISTICS_AS_TEXT Gets Summary as Text Using Message Number .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I HAS_MESSAGES_OF_MSGTY Are There Messages of a Given Type (I; W; E; A)? .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I INIT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I INIT_BY_HANDLE "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I INSERT Inserts Message at a Given Position .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I IS_EMPTY Is the List of Collected Messages Empty? .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I RAISE_EVENT_ON_SELECT Triggers ON_SELECT Event .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I RAISE_FIRST_MESSAGE Gets First Message as Exception .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I SET_DETAIL_LEVEL Changes Level of Detail for Following Messages .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I SET_EXTNUMBER Changes External Identification of Log .
IF_RECA_MESSAGE_LIST I STORE Saves Log with Collected Messages .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I CHANGE_PROCESSMODE Changes Settlement Method .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I DO_CANCEL_PERFORM Interrupts Execution of Further Steps .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I ENABLE_STATUSBAR Switches Status Display On/Off .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_DEP_STEPS4PERFORM Which Settlement Steps Have to Be Carried Out .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_DEP_STEPS4REVERSAL Which Settlement Steps Have to Be Reversed .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_IMPLSUBTYPE4STEP Supplies Implementation Name for Process Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_LIST_EXECUTEABLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Executable Settlement Steps .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_LIST_POSSIBLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Settlement Steps .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_LIST_REVERSEABLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Reversable Settlement Steps .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_NEXT_POSSIBLE_STEP Supplies Next Possible Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_PROCESSGUID Supplies Process ID Manager .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_STEPTEXT Supplies Text for Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I GET_STEP_BY_TYPE Supplies Reference to Instance of Required Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I IS_CANCEL_PERFORM Asks If Interruption of Execution Is Set .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I IS_STATUSBAR_ENABLED Asks If Status Display Is Active .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I IS_STEP_EXECUTEABLE Is Settlement Step Executable/Startable .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I IS_STEP_SELECTABLE Is Settlement Step Selectable for Menu .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I IS_STORABLE Can Process Data Be Saved? .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I REVERSAL_STEP Undo Up To One Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I RUN_MULTIPLE_STEPS Execute Several Settlement Steps [Final] .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROCESS I RUN_SINGLE_STEP Execute Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROC_PARAM I CHANGE_PROCESSMODE Changes Settlement Method .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROC_PARAM I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Parameters .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROC_PARAM I SET_MODE_AND_TYPE Set Process Mode and Type of Process .
IF_RECA_MULTISTEP_PROC_PARAM I SET_SAVEABLE_FLAG Changes Indicator Allowing Saving (Depending on Mode) .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I GET_RUNTIME Supplies the Runtime .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I GET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Supplies User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I INIT_BY_PARAM Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I IS_REVERSE_ALLOWED Is Reversal At All Possible .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I PERFORM Execute [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I REVERSAL Process Is Reversed - Selection on DB Table .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I SET_MODIFIED Data Was Changed by External Calling Program .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I SET_PROCESSMODE Sets the Process Mode .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I SET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Changes User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I STORE_MSGLIST Saves the Message List .
IF_RECA_PROCESS I STORE_PROCESS Saves Changes Persistently [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_HAS_STATUS I GET_STATUS_MNGR Supplies Status Manager .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I CHECK Checks the Parameter .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I CREATE_PROCESSID Generates ID of Process .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I GET_GENERATED_EXTID Generates and Supplies an External ID .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I GET_PARAM_LIST Gets the Parameter List .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I GET_PROCESSID Gets ID of Process .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I GET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Supplies User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance via Process Basic Data .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I INIT_BY_PROCESS Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I REVERSAL Process Is Reversed - Selection on DB Table .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_DETAIL_BY_GUID Load Process Basic Data via Process GUID .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_DETAIL_BY_ID Load Process Basic Data .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_EXTID Sets External Process ID .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_MSGEXTNUMBER Set Reference to Application Log .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_PARAM_LIST Transfer of Parameter List .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_PROCESSID Setting of New Process ID .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_PROCESSMODE Simulation or Update Runs .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_TITLE Sets Title of Process .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_PARAM I SET_USER_EXCLUSIVE Changes User with Exclusive Change Authorization .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I GET_OBJSTATUS Gets the Status for a Given Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I REVERSAL Undo Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I SET_OBJSTATUS Sets the Status for a Given Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STATUS_MNGR I SET_STATUS Resets Status of Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I DELETE_MESSAGES Deletes Messages Related to This Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_DEPENDENT_STEPS Which Settlement Steps Have To Be Carried Out First .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_IMPLSUBTYPE4SUBSTEP Supplies Implementation Name for Process Substep .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_MESSAGES Delivers Messages On Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_OBJGUID_LIST Gets All Object IDs Used in Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_SUBSTEPS Delivers Sub-Settlement Steps .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_SUBSTEP_BY_TYPE Gets a Given Sub-Step of Settlement .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_TEXT_FOR_STATUS_BAR Gets the Text for the Status Line .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I GET_VALUES Returns Values Determined .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I IS_EXECUTEABLE Can Be Executed .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I IS_REVERSE_ALLOWED Is Reversal At All Possible .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I IS_SELECTABLE Can Be Selected .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I LOAD_ENTRIES Load Data When Step Is Called Again .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I PERFORM Execution of Step [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I PERFORM_SUBSTEPS Execution of Settlement Substeps [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I REVERSAL Undo Settlement Step [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I RUN_SINGLE_SUBSTEP Execute a Settlement Substep .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I SET_PARAM Sets the Parameter from Outside .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP I SET_STATUS Sets the Status of the Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I CHECK Check of the Parameter .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I INIT_BY_TYPE Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I REVERSAL Delete All Parameters [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_STEP_PARAM I SET_OBJGUID_LIST Transfer of All Objects to Be Processed .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I DELETE_MESSAGES Deletes Messages Related to This Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I GET_MESSAGES Delivers Messages On Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I IS_EXECUTEABLE Can Be Executed .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I IS_REVERSE_ALLOWED Is Reversal At All Possible .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I LOAD_ENTRIES Load Data When Step Is Called Again .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I PERFORM Execution of Step [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I REVERSAL Undo Settlement Step [Final] .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP I SET_STATUS Sets the Status of the Settlement Step .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP_PARAM I INIT_BY_TYPE Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP_PARAM I REVERSAL Delete All Parameters .
IF_RECA_PROCESS_SUBSTEP_PARAM I SET_OBJGUID_LIST Transfer of All Objects to Be Processed .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I CALCULATE_ALL Calculates List of Dates for All Resub. Rules (Refresh) .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I CALCULATE_DATE_LIST Calculates List of Dates for a Resubmission Rule .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I DELETE_DATE_LIST Deletes List of Dates .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_CHANGES Gets Changed Data .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_INFO_BY_NOTE Gets Infotext with Beginning of Memo .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I SET_DONE Sets 'Completed' Status .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I SET_FIXED Sets 'Firmly Planned' Status .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I SET_WFEVENT Sets 'Send Workflow Event' Status .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR I UPDATE_INFO_BY_NOTE Updates Infotext with Beginning of Memo .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Resubmission Rule .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_RULE Checks If at Least One Resubmission Rule Exists .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_RESUBM_DATE_MNGR Gets the Resubmission Date Manager .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I GET_RULES_FOR_INSERT Gets All Resubmission Rules That Can Be Inserted .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Creates New Resubmission Rules .
IF_RECA_RESUBM_RULE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Resubmission Rule .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_RECEIVER Checks If at Least One Registration Receiver Exists .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_RECEIVER_TO_CONFIRMChecks If Registration Receiver Exists Needing Confirmation .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_RGREASON Gets All Entries for Registration Reason Entered .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_RGSTATE Gets All Entries for Object State Entered .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RECA_RG_RECEIVER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New Registration Receiver .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I DELETE_BY_RGSTATE Deletes All Entries for Object State Entered .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Registraction Entry .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_SENDER Checks If at Least One Registration Trigger Exists .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_RGSTATE Gets 1st Entry for Object State Entered .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_RGSTATE Gets All Entries for Object State Entered .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_LIST_FOR_WORKLIST Gets All Entries for Worklist .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RECA_RG_SENDER_MNGR I UPDATE_RESPONSIBLE Updates Person Responsible According to Business Object .
IF_RECA_RG_STATE I GET_RG_LIST_X Gets the Registration Entries (Ungbuffered) [final] .
IF_RECA_RG_STATE I INIT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RECA_RG_STATE I UPDATE_RECEIVER_BY_BUSOBJ Updates Registration Receiver Using Reference [final] .
IF_RECA_RG_STATE I UPDATE_RECEIVER_BY_OBJNR Updates Registration Receiver Using OBJNR [final] .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I GET_SEARCH_STRATEGY Gets Search Strategy (If Unique or Already Set) .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I GET_SEARCH_STRAT_VALUES Gets Values for Search Strategy .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I GET_TEXT Gets Text for a Value of Current Field .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I GET_TEXT_FOR_RESULT Gets the Texts for a Transferred Search Result .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I GET_VALUE_OTHERS Returns the Value for "Other Values" (Standard Search Help) .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I HAS_SHSTRAT T/F: Is Search Strategy Set/Found for Search Field? .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I HAS_VALID_SHSTRAT T/F: Was a Valid Search Strategy Set for Search Field? .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I INIT Initializes New Instance of Search Field .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I INIT_BEFORE_STANDARD_SH Sets Search-Field-Specific Environ., If No Search Strategy .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I IS_POPUP T/F: Should Result of Search Be Displayed as Popup? .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I IS_VALID_VALUE T/F: Is Entered Field Value Allowed by Search Strategy? .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I SET_FIELD_STATE_POPUP Set Explicitly: Display Listbox as Popup/Dropdown .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I SET_SEARCH_STRATEGY Sets Search Strategy (If Assigned from Outside) .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_FIELD I SET_VALUES_FOR_DROPDOWN Sets Dropdown Values for the Screen .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_METHOD I GET_SEARCH_STRAT_VALUES Gets Values for Search Strategy .
IF_RECA_SEARCH_METHOD I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes New Instance of Search Field .
IF_RECA_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I GET_PARAM_SPECIFIC_CODE Gets a Character String for Each Parameter [Abstract] .
IF_RECA_STATIC_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_HANDLER Registers the Event Handler .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I CHECK_TRANSACTION_ALLOWED Checks If a Given Action Is Allowed .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I CREATE_OBJNR Supplies New Object Number [Final] .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I CREATE_STATUS_OBJECT Creates New Status Object (If Necessary) .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I DO_TRANSACTION Executes Transaction .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I EXISTS_STATUS_OBJECT Does a Status Object Exist? .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_CURRENT_OBJNR Supplies Current Object Number (Real or Temporary) .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_CURRENT_STATUS Supplies Current Status .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_CURRENT_STATUS_X Gets Current Status with Text .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_CURRENT_TRANSACTIONS Supplies Next/Previous Transaction .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_OLD_STATUS Gets Status (DB Status) .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_STATUS_PROFILE Supplies Status Schema .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_STATUS_PROFILE_DEFAULT Supplies Default Status Profile for This Object .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_TEXT_LINES Supplies 4 character status as text lines with length 40 .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I GET_TRANSACTIONS Supplies Possible Transactions for Object .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object [Final] .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_ACCOUNT_ASSIGNMENT_LOCKED Asks If the Account Assignment Is Locked .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_DELETION_FLAG_SET Asks If Deletion Flag Is Set .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_DELETION_INDICATOR_SET Asks If Deletion Indicator Is Set .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_MASTER_DATA_LOCKED Asks if master data lock is set .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_STATUS_INTERNAL Checks If Status Is Internal (=System Status) .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I IS_TRANSACTION_ALLOWED Is Activity Allowed? .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I SET_STATUS Sets 'transferred' status .
IF_RECA_STATUS_MNGR I SET_STATUS_PROFILE Sets a Status Profile for the Current Object .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I ADD_CHILD Inserts a Subobject [final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I CHECK_ALL Checks All Data [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I FREE Releases all resources and locks [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I GET_CHILDREN Supplies All Subobjects Inserted with ADD_CHILD [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I GET_CHILDREN_EXT Gets All Enhanced Subobjects [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I GET_EXTENSION Supplies Instance with Enhancements [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I GET_FIELDSTATUS Gets Data Structure Fields for the Field Status [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I INIT_BY_TEMPLATE Initialization of Data via Template Object [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I IS_FIELDSTATUS_SET Gets the Field Status for a Given Field [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I IS_MODIFIED Checks if data was changed [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I IS_OK Checks If There Are Errors or Warnings [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I IS_TEMPLATE_SUBTYPE Checks for Differentiating Char. when Creating w/ Template .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I REGISTER_ALL_CHILDREN Registers All Subobjects [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I RELEASE Removes Locks [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE I STORE Saves Changes Persistently [Final] .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I CHECK_ALL Checks All Data .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I FREE Releases all resources and locks .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I GET_EXT_DATA Supplies Data Externally .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes the Data via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I INIT_BY_TEMPLATE Initializes the Data Using a Template Object .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I IS_MODIFIED Checks for Changed Data .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I SET_EXT_DATA Transfers External Data .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I STORE_PREPARE Prepares for Saving .
IF_RECA_STORABLE_EXT I STORE_WRITE Calls the Update Task Modules .
IF_RECA_TASK I GET_NEXT_PACKAGE Gets Data Packet .
IF_RECA_TASK I GET_PARAM Gets Task-Specific Parameters .
IF_RECA_TASK I GET_PARAM_FOR_RFC Gets Task-Relevant Data as INDX .
IF_RECA_TASK I INIT Initializes the Task .
IF_RECA_TASK I INIT_FOR_RFC Initializes Task for RFC .
IF_RECA_TASK I RUN Performs Task .
IF_RECA_TASK_HANDLER I COLLECT_RESULT Collects Results of Individual Tasks .
IF_RECA_TASK_HANDLER I GET_NEXT_PACKAGE Gets Next Package .
IF_RECA_TASK_HANDLER I GET_NEXT_TASKNUMBER Gets Next Number for Task .
IF_RECA_TASK_HANDLER I GET_USER_PARAM Gets Task-Specific Parameters .
IF_RECA_TASK_HANDLER I START_TASKS Starts Parallel Processing .
IF_RECA_TEXT I ADOPT_DATA_BY_OTHER Adopts Text Module Contents from Other Instance .
IF_RECA_TEXT I DELETE_TEXT Deletes Text Module Contents .
IF_RECA_TEXT I GET_HEADER Gets the Text Header .
IF_RECA_TEXT I GET_TEXT_AS_ITF Supplies Text in Text Module Format (with Format Column) .
IF_RECA_TEXT I GET_TEXT_AS_STREAM Supplies Text as Stream with Format Characters .
IF_RECA_TEXT I INIT Initializes Text via Text Module Key .
IF_RECA_TEXT I INIT_BY_OTHER Initializes Text with Data of Other Text .
IF_RECA_TEXT I IS_EMPTY Is text blank? .
IF_RECA_TEXT I SET_HEADER Changes the Text Header .
IF_RECA_TEXT I SET_TDNAME Changes the Text Module Name (Only for Create Mode) .
IF_RECA_TEXT I SET_TEXT_AS_ITF Changes Text in Text Module Format (with Format Column) .
IF_RECA_TEXT I SET_TEXT_AS_STREAM Changes Text as Stream with Format Characters .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Text Module with Text Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Text Modules .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I DELETE_TEXT Deletes Text Module Contents .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Text Module with Text Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Text Modules (References) .
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Reference to Text Object (Also for Empty Text Mods).
IF_RECA_TEXT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Partial Key of Text Modules .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I ADD_ENTRY Adds New Entry .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I ADD_MORE_BUTTON Adds "More" Button .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I ADD_SIMPLE_TEXT_ENTRY Adds Simple Text Entry .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I CHANGE_ENTRY Changes an Entry in the Display .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I DELETE_ENTRY Removes Entry from Display .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I DO_WB_REQUEST_IN_PAI Buffer WB Request and Execute in PAI .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I END_DISPLAY Ends Building of New Display .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I EXPAND_ENTRY Expand to Level x .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I GET_ENTRY_BY_ID Gets Browser Entry Using ID .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I GET_PARENT_ENTRY Gets Superordinate Browser Entry (Using ID) .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I GET_TOP_ID Gets ID of Top Node .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I IS_ENTRY_EXPANDED Entry Expanded? .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I REFRESH_DISPLAY Completely Refresh Display .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I REFRESH_ENTRY Update an Entry in Display .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I REMOVE_MORE_BUTTON Remove "More" Button .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I REMOVE_WBOBJECT Remove WB Object from Browser .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I SEARCH_SUBTYPE Searches for Subtype Nodes of an Object in Browser .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I SEARCH_WBOBJECT Searches for WB Object in Browser .
IF_RECA_WB_BROWSER_DISPLAY I START_DISPLAY Starts Building New Display .
IF_RECA_WB_NAVIGATOR_TOOL I INITIALIZE Initialize (Set Control) .
IF_RECA_WB_STACK_ENTRY I GET_STACK_ELEMENT Returns Stack Element .
IF_RECA_WB_STACK_ENTRY I SET_STACK_ELEMENT Sets Stack Element .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I DO_WB_REQUEST Processing for a Workbench Request .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I GET_CURRENT_REQUEST Returns Current Request and Additional Data .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I GET_CURRENT_WB_OBJECT Gets Current WB Object of Tool .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I IS_REQUEST_INTERNAL Checks If Superordinate Request Stays in Object .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I PREPARE_FOR_EXIT Prepare for Exiting Tool (with Save, ...) .
IF_RECA_WB_TOOL I SET_DARK Sets Background Flag .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I BROWSER_NODE_ADD Browser: Display Object in Browser .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I BROWSER_NODE_EXPAND Browser: Expand Nodes .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I BROWSER_NODE_EXPAND_MORE Browser: Expand Nodes Further .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I BROWSER_NODE_UPDATE Browser: Update Object in Browser .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Returns Context Menu for Node .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I GET_ICON Gets Default Icon .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I GET_IDENT Gets Text and ID of Object .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I HANDLE_CONTEXT_COMMAND Handler: Context Menu Selected .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I HANDLE_DOUBLE_CLICK Handler: Double Click .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I HANDLE_DRAG Handler: Object Should Be Dragged (Fill Data) .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I HANDLE_DROPED Handler: Other Object Was Dropped Here .
IF_RECA_WB_TREE_NODE I HANDLE_SHOW_PARENT Handler: Display Superordinate List .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I CAN_DISTRIBUTE Can Calculation Formula Distribute? (Algorithm) .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I CAN_RECIPIENT_OR_SENDER Supports Receiver or Sender? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I CAN_SEND_MSG_EMPTY_DIST Send a Message for an Empty Distribution? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I CHECK_PARAMETER Checks If Transferred Parameter Allowed .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I EXISTS_PARAMETER Checks If Parameters Exist .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_ALLOWED_OBJTYPE Gets Allowed Object Types .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_CUSTOMIZING_MOD Supplies Modification Indic.-Customizing for the Parameter .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_DEFAULT_PARAMETER Gets Default Parameter .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_GUI_PARAMETER_FUNCTION Gets Modules for Parameter Maintenance .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_INFO_ID Gets ID for Information .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_DESCRIPTION Supplies Parameter Description .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_INFO Supplies Descriptive Text for a Parameter .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_LIST Supplies a List of All Possible Parameters .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_UNIT Supplies the Unit of the Unit Price .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_VALUES Supplies the Calculation Amounts .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I GET_VALUE_UNIT Supplies Unit of Calculation Amounts .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_ADJUSTABLE_BY_PROCESS Adjustable by Adjustment Process? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_BADI_RULE Ask If It Is a BAdI Formula? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_DEPEND_RULE Is Formula a Dependent Formula? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_DISTRIBUTION_ALLOWED Should Calculation Formula Distribute? (Customizing) .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_DISTRIBUTION_LOCKED Should Distribution Be Locked? (Algorithm) .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_INTERN Is It an Internal Formula? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_MODIFIABLE Can the Data Be Modified? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_MULTI_UNIQUE_VALUES Calculates Multiple One-Time Amounts =" One-Time Condition? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_OBJECT_NECESSARY Is the calculation object needed? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_PARAMETER_CHECK Asks If the Parameters Should Be Checked .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_UNIQUE_VALUES Calculates One-Time Amounts =" One-Time Condition? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I IS_UNITPRICE_ENABLED Is Unit Price Needed? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I NEED_OBJECT_DATA Is Object Data Needed for Calculation? .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I ROUND_CONDITION_AMOUNT Rounds the Transferred Condition Amount per Customizing .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I ROUND_UNITPRICE Rounds the Transferred Unit Price per Customizing .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_DISTRIBUTION_ALLOWED Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_INTERN Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_MODIFY Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_PARAMETER1 Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_PARAMETER2 Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CALC_RULE I SET_RULE Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I CHANGE_OBJECT Changes the Object in OCF and PCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I CHECK_ANY_DELETION_IND_ALLOWEDChecks If Deletion Ind. Allowed for At Least One Act.Record .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I CHECK_KEY_OBJ Checks If Entry Is in Object-Related Cash Flow (Excep.) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I CHECK_KEY_PAY Checks If Entry Is in Payment-Related Cash Flow (Excep.) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries in Both Cash Flows .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_ARCHIVED Counts Archived Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_ARCHIVED_OBJ Counts Archived OCF Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_ARCHIVED_PAY Counts Archived PCF Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_OBJ Supplies Number of Entries in Object-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_OBJ_OLD Supplies Number of Entries in 'Old' Object-Related Cash Flow.
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_PAY Supplies Number of Entries in Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I COUNT_PAY_OLD Supplies No. of Entries in 'Old' Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I DELETE_OBJ Deletes Entry from OCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I DELETE_PAY Deletes Entry from PCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I DELETE_PLAN Deletes All Planned Items .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists for Any Cash Flow (Y/N) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_ARCHIVED Checks If There Are Archived Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_ARCHIVED_OBJ Checks If There Are Archived OCF Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_ARCHIVED_PAY Checks If There Are Archived PCF Entries .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_OBJ Checks If Entry Exists for Object-Related Cash Flow (Y/N) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_OBJ_OLD Checks If Entry Exists for 'Old' Obj.-Related Cash Flow(Y/N).
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_PAY Checks If Entry Exists for Payment-Related Cash Flow (Y/N) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXISTS_PAY_OLD Checks If Entry Exists for 'Old'Pmnt-Related Cash Flow (Y/N).
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I EXIST_PAY_ACTUAL Checks If Actual Records Exist .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GENERATE_CASHFLOW Generates the Cash Flows .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_ARCHIVED_LIST_OBJ_X Gets All Archived Entries for OCF Including Add. Data .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_ARCHIVED_LIST_PAY_X Gets All Archived Entries for PCF Including Add. Data .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_BOOKING_CONTEXT Supplies Posting Data for Cash Flows .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_OBJ Supplies OCF Item for Key .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_OBJ_X Supplies Detail OCF Item for Key .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_PAY Supplies PCF Item for Key .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_PAY_X Supplies Detail PCF Item for Key .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_OBJ Supplies All Entries for Object-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_OBJ_BY_PAYGUID Gets All Entries for OCF That Belong to PCF Record .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_OBJ_OLD Supplies All Entries for 'Old' Object-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_OBJ_X Supplies All Entries for OCF Including Additional Data .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_OBJ_X_OLD Supplies All Entries for 'Old' OCF Including Additional Data.
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY Supplies All Entries for Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY_BY_OBJGUID Supplies All Entries for OCF that Belong to PCF Record .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY_OLD Supplies All Entries for 'Old' Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY_X Supplies All Entries for PCF Including Additional Data .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY_X_OLD Supplies All Entries for 'Old' PCF Including Additional Data.
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_PAYING_CONTEXT Gets Payment Context for Item .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I HANDLE_CFPOSTINGFROM_CHANGED Handles Changes from CFPOSTINGFROM .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I INSERT_OBJ Adds an Entry to OCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I INSERT_PAY Adds an Entry to PCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_PAYED Was Item Cleared? .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_PLAN_ACTUAL_SET Was Actual/Plan Indicator Changed? .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_RELEVANT_FOR_CASHFLOW Asks If the Condition Is Required for Generation .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I MODIFY_DUEDATE_OBJ Modifies Due Date of OCF Record .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I MODIFY_DUEDATE_PAY Modifies Due Date of PCF Record .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_COMPARE_MODE Sets Comparison Mode =" IS_MODIFIED Displays Popup .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_DELETION_IND Sets Deletion Indicator for Allowed Actual Records .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_FORCE_STORE Forces Saving (for Example, for Generating Cash Management) .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_LIST_OBJ Sets All Entries in Object-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_LIST_PAY Sets All Entries in Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_PLAN_ACTUAL_OBJ Sets Plan/Actual Indicator in OCF .
IF_RECD_CASHFLOW_MNGR I SET_PLAN_ACTUAL_PAY Sets Plan/Actual Indicator in PCF .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CALC_TAX_AND_ROUND Calculates Tax Amount and Rounds .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CAN_DIST_EXISTS Can Distribution Values Exist? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_ADJM_CONTEXT Checks If Adjustment Field Is Correct .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_ADVANCE_PAYMENT Checks If Data of AP Condition Is OK .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_ALL Checks If All Condition Data Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CALCRULE Checks If the Calculation Formula Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CALCRULEPARA Checks If Parameter of Calculation Formula Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CHGREASON Checks If the Reason for Change Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CONDCURR Checks If the Condition Currency Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CONDPURPOSEEXT Checks If the External Purpose Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CONDTYPE Checks If the Condition Type Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CONDVALIDFROM Checks If the Condition Start Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_CONDVALIDTO Checks If the Condition End Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_DISTRULE Checks If the Distribution Formula Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_DISTRULEPARA Checks If Parameter of Distribution Formula Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_DIST_COMPLETENESS Checks the Completeness of the Distribution .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_DIST_OBJECTS Checks the Distribution Objects .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_DUEDATEUP Checks Due Dates for Follow-Up Postings .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_EXDUEDATE Checks the Example Due Date .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_OBJECTS Checks If the Object Assignment Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_RHYTHM Checks the Dates of the Assigned Frequency Rule .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_SCS_RELATED Checks if Data of an SC-Relevant Condition Is OK .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_TAX_CONTEXT Checks If the Tax Parameter Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_TERMS Checks If the Condition Terms Are Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_UNITPRICE Checks If the Unit Price Is Consistent .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I CHECK_WITHHOLDING_TAX Checks the Withholding Tax Context .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DELETE_KEY Deletes the Key Fields (for example, after Copying) .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DO_CALCULATION Performs Calculation of Condition Amount .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DO_DISTRIBUTION Performs Distribution Calculation .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DO_PREASSIGNMENT Provides Starting Data to Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DO_PREASSIGNMENT_ADJMRULE Defaults an Adjustment Rule in the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I DO_UPDATE Updates Calculation and Distribution .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I EXISTS_CALCULATION Asks If Calculation Values Exist .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_ABS_PERIOD Supplies the Absolute Validity of a Condition Item .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_BOOKING_TERM Supplies the Data of the Posting Term .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CALC_OBJECTS Gets Calculation Objects .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CALC_RULE Supplies the Calculation Formula .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CALC_VALUES Supplies the Calculation Amounts .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_COMPANYCODE Gets the Company Code .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDCURR Supplies Condition Currency .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDDELETE Supplies the Deletion Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDGUID Supplies the GUID .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDPURPOSEEXT Supplies the External Purpose .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDPURPOSEINT Supplies the Internal Purpose .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDTYPE Supplies the Condition Type .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDVALIDFROM Supplies the Condition Start .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CONDVALIDTO Supplies the Condition End .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Condition Currency .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_DETAIL Supplies the Data of the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies the Detail Data of the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_DIST_OBJECTS Gets Distribution Objects .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_DIST_RULE Supplies the Distribution Formula .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_DIST_VALUES Supplies the Distribution Amounts .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_LOCK_CONTEXT Gets Lock Context .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_MARK Supplies Selection Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_NEXTADJMDATE Gets Date of Next Possible Adjustment .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_NUMBER Supplies the Number of the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_PARTNER_CONTEXT Supplies the Context for the Partner Data .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_PREASSIGN_CONDVALIDFROM Supplies the Default for the Valid-From of a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_RHYTHM_CONTEXT Supplies the Context for the Frequency Data .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_RHYTHM_SLICES Supplies the Time Slices for the Frequency Term .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_RHYTHM_TERM Supplies the Data of the Frequency Term .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_STANDARD_VALUES Gets Normed Condition Amounts on Key Date .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_TAX_CONTEXT Supplies the Context for the Tax Calculation .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_TERMTYPES_ALLOWED Supplies the Permitted Condition Term Categories .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_UNITPRICE Supplies the Unit Price .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I GET_UNITPRICEUNIT Supplies the Unit of the Unit Price .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I HAS_CASHFLOW Supplies Flag, Can Cash Flow Exist? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Single Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_ADJUSTABLE_BY_PROCESS Adjustable by Adjustment Process? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_ADVANCE_PAYMENT Asks If the Condition Is an Advance Payment Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_BOOKED Asks If the Condition Was Already Posted .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_DEFAULT_CONDITION Gets the Default Condition Indicator? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_DIST_FROM_CALC Supplies Flag, Was Distribution Specified by Calculation? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_DUEDATEUP_NECESSARY Gets Flag If Follow-Up Posting Date Is Necessary? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_FLATRATE Asks If Condition Is a Flat Rate .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_MODIFIED Has Status of Instance Changed? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_OK Checks If there Are Errors or Warnings? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_PREVIOUS_CONDITION Gets Transferred Condition Indicator? - Previous Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_SCS_RELATED Asks If the Condition Is Relevant to SCS .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_TAKEOVER_CONDITION Gets Transferred Condition Indicator? - Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_TAX_CONDITION Gets Flag, Is the Condition Relevant for Taxes? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_TAX_CONTEXT_CONSTANT Asks If Tax Context Remains Constant .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_TERMTYPE_ALLOWED Is the Term Category for the Condition Permitted? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I IS_UNIQUE_COND Asks If It Is a One-Time Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I MARK_AS_DEFAULT_CONDITION Sets Default Condition Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I MARK_AS_PREVIOUS_CONDITION Sets the Transferred Condition Indicator - Previous Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I MARK_AS_TAKEOVER_CONDITION Sets the Transferred Condition Indicator - Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I RELEASE Release data .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I ROUND_UNITPRICE Rounds the Unit Price .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_ACTIVITY Changes the Activity .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_BOOKED_FLAG_DONE Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_BOOKED_OBJ_FLAG Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_BOOKED_PAY_FLAG Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_CALC_VALUES Changes the Calculation Amounts .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_COMPARENRCALC Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_COMPARENRDIST Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_CONDDELETE Sets Deletion Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_CONDPURPOSEEXT Changes the External Purpose .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_CURRENCY Changes the Condition Currency .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_DETAIL Changes the Data of the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_DIST_VALUES Changes the Distribution Amounts .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_EXDUEDATE Changes the Example Due Date .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_FULL_HANDLED Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_MARK Changes Selection Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_NEXTADJMDATE Sets Date of Next Possible Adjustment .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_NUMBER Changes the Number of the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_RAISE_EVENT_ALLOWED Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_UNITPRICE Sets the Unit Price .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_VALIDFROM_ORIGINAL Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION I SET_VALIDFROM_TAKEOVER Sets Instance Attributes .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I APPEND_LIST Adds the Transferred Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CAN_DIST_EXISTS Do Conditions Exist with Possible Distributions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CHANGE_CONDITION Changes a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CHANGE_OBJECT Changes the Object in the Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks the Authorizations for Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CHECK_VALID_RULE_RESULT Checks Validity of Calculation and Distribution .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I COMPLETE_DETAIL Adds Certain Data to a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I COMPLETE_OBJECT_DETAIL Adds Certain Data to the Object Data of a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I CONVERT_UNITPRICE Converts the Unit Price from Various Formulas .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I COPY_CONDITION Copies a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I COUNT_CONDITION Counts the Conditions and Returns the Number .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DELETE_CONDITION Deletes a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DO_PREASSIGNMENT_ADJMRULE Defaults the Adjustment Rule per Customizing .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DO_UPDATE Updates Calculation and Distribution of All Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DO_UPDATE_DEPEND Updates Calculation and Distribution of Dependent Conditions.
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DO_VALID_CORRECTION Performs Start/End Adjustments .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I DUPLICATE_CONDITION Adjustment: Adds Condition with Template (Same) .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I EDIT_BY_DIALOG Process Conditions in Dialot .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I EXISTS_TEXT Asks If a Text Exists .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_ADJM_MNGR_OF_PARENT Gets Adjustment Manager of Condition User .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_COMPLETE_DISTRIBUTION Asks If Condition Distributes Completely .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_CONDITION Supplies a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_CONDTYPE_LIST Supplies List of Possible Condition Types .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Condition Currency .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_DATE_FOR_NEW_TERM_ENTRY Supplies Valid-From Date for a Term Entry .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT_CONDITIONS Supplies Default Condition for an Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_FILTER Supplies the Current Filter Values .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies List of the Condition Objects .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_OBJNR Supplies List of the Condition Objects for an Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Supplies List of the Condition Objects for an Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_LIST_OLD Gets the Condition List .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_MARK Is Selection Indicator of a Condition Set? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_NEW_GUID Supplies a New GUID .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_OBJECTS_OF_CONDITION Gets the Objects for the Condtion .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_OBJECT_MNGR Supplies the Object Manager .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_PARENT_DATA Supplies Data of Condition Owner .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_PARTNER_MNGR_OF_PARENT Supplies Partner Manager of Condition User .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_POINTER_OF_CONDITION Gets the Reference to the Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_PROPOSAL_CONDITIONS Supplies the Default Conditions for an Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_TAKEOVER_CONDITIONS Supplies Transferred Conditions for an Object .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_TERMTYPES_ALLOWED Gets Condition Term Categories .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_TERM_MNGR_OF_PARENT Supplies the Term Manager of the Condition User .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I GET_UPDATE_REGISTRATION Gets Indicator If Registration Existed .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I HAS_COND_WITH_DIST Asks If a Condition with Distribution Exists .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I HAS_DEFAULT_CONDITIONS Asks If Default Conditions Exist .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I HAS_OBJECT_ASSIGN Asks If There Is an Object Assignment .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I HAS_PROPOSAL_CONDITIONS Asks If Default Conditions Exist .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I HAS_TAKEOVER_CONDITIONS Asks If Transferred Conditions Exist .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes the Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I INSERT_CONDITION Adds a Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I INSERT_PROPOSAL_CONDITIONS Adds Default Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_ADJUSTED_BY_PROCESS Asks If Process Adjustment Indicator Is Set .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_BOOKED Asks If the Condition(s) Was (Were) Posted .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_CONDPURPOSE_ENABLED Is Entering the Condition Purpose Allowed? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_DUEDATEUP_NECESSARY Gets Flag If Follow-Up Posting Date Is Necessary? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_OBJECT_RELATING_ALLOWED Is the Object Assignment to the Conditions Allowed? .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_RELEASED_SWITCHED_TO_OFF Asks If Active Setting or Release Was Revoked .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_RELEVANT_FOR_REGISTRATION Asks If Conditions Are Relevant for Registration .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I IS_UPDATE_DISABLED Asks If the Update Indicator Is Set .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I MARK_FOR_CASHFLOW_UPDATE IS_MODIFIED Supplies TRUE and Cash Flow Is Generated .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I MARK_RELEASED_SWITCHED_TO_OFF Selection Change (Active(Free)-"Not Active(Free)) .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I NEW_CONDITION Adjustment: Adds Condition with Template (External) .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I NUMBER_CONDITION Renumbers the Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I RAISE_AFTER_CHANGE Creates Raise for Condition .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I RESET_FILTER Deletes Filter Values .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I REVERSE_CONDITION Adjustment: Deletes a Condition Inserted with DUPLICATE .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_ADJUSTED_BY_PROCESS Changes the Process Adjustment Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_COMPARE_MODE Sets Comparison Mode =" IS_MODIFIED Displays Popup .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_COMPARE_NUMBER Sets Comparison Indicator in the Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_FILTER Changes the Filter Values .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets the List of Conditions Objects .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_TEXT Sets the Text of the Memo .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SET_UPDATE_DISABLED Changes the Update Indicator .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I SORT_CONDITION Sorts the Conditions .
IF_RECD_CONDITION_MNGR I UNDO_DELETED_CONDITION Gets Deleted Conditions Back .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I CHECK_PARAMETER Checks If Transferred Parameter Allowed .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I EXISTS_PARAMETER Checks If Parameters Exist .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_COMPLETE_DISTRIBUTION Gets Full Distribution .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_CUSTOMIZING_MOD Supplies Modification Indic.-Customizing for the Parameter .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_DEFAULT_PARAMETER Supplies Default Parameter in Dependency... .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_GUI_PARAMETER_FUNCTION Gets Modules for Parameter Maintenance .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_INFO_ID Gets ID for Information .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_OBJECT_INFO Gets Info for Distribution Object .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_DESCRIPTION Supplies Parameter Description .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_INFO Supplies Descriptive Text for a Parameter .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_PARAMETER_LIST Supplies a List of All Possible Parameters .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I GET_VALUES Supplies the Distribution Amounts .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_BADI_RULE Ask If It Is a BAdI Formula? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_CHECK_COMPLETENESS Is Full Check Active? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_DIRECT_DISTRIBUTION Is Direct Distribution Active? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_INTERN Is It an Internal Formula? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_MODIFIABLE Can the Data Be Modified? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I IS_OBJECT_NECESSARY Is the distribution object needed? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I NEED_OBJECT_DATA Is Object Data Needed for Calculation? .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I SET_INTERN Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I SET_MODIFY Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I SET_PARAMETER1 Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I SET_PARAMETER2 Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_DIST_RULE I SET_RULE Sets Instance Attribute .
IF_RECD_HAS_CASHFLOW I GET_CASHFLOW_MNGR Supplies Cash Flow Manager .
IF_RECD_HAS_CASHFLOW I IS_CASHFLOW_STORE_ENABLED Asks If Cash Flow Can Be Saved .
IF_RECD_HAS_CONDITION I GET_CONDGROUP Supplies Condition Group .
IF_RECD_HAS_CONDITION I GET_CONDITION_MNGR Supplies the Conditions Manager .
IF_RECD_HAS_CONDITION I GET_CONDITION_MNGR_TYPE Supplies Object Type of the Condition Owner .
IF_RECD_HAS_DEFAULT_CONDITION I GET_DEF_COND_GROUP_VAL Supplies Condition Group and Valuation Type for Default Cnd .
IF_RECIPIENT_BCS I RESOLVE Gets Address Structure for Send Module .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG2_BCS I CHECK_RECIPIENT_NAME_DIRECT Recipient is to be determined after direct entry .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG2_BCS I CHECK_RECIPIENT_NAME_IN_F4 Recipient is to be determined by F4 Help .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG2_BCS I COMM_ADDRESS_IS_SWITCHABLE Communication address can be changed .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG2_BCS I SWITCH_COMM_ADDRESS Change Communication Address .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I CHECK_RECIPIENT_AUTHORITY Checks Send Authorization for This Instance .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I CHECK_RECIPIENT_NAME "" Obsolete "" .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I CHECK_SEND_AUTHORITY Checks Whether This Type Can Be Used .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I COMPARE Compares Recipient with Another Instance (Semantic) .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I DISPLAY Displays Recipient .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I EDIT Allows Recipient to Be Modified Using Dialog .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_ADDRESS_DATA Gets Addr. Data for Recipient (for Example, for Cover Sheet).
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTES Default Recipient Attributes for This Recipient .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_GROUP_NAME Returns Grouping ID (Like Distribution Lists) .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_GROUP_TYPE Gets Abbreviation for Grouping Recipients of This Type .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_OID_BY_REF Returns UID of Object Services .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_RECIPIENT_NAME Gets Descriptive Name of Recipient .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_RECIPIENT_SORTFIELD Fills Sort Field for This Recipient .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_RECIPIENT_TYPE_NAME Gets Descriptive Name of Recipient Type .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_RECIPIENT_TYPE_NAME_DETAILGets Detailed Recipient Type Name for an Instance .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_REF_BY_OID Returns Reference from UID of Object Services .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I GET_SORT_GROUP Gets Sort Class 1 = Up, 2 = Down .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I IS_PERSONALIZABLE Recipient Is Unit for Personalized Mail .
IF_RECIPIENT_DIALOG_BCS I NEW Dialog for Determining a New Recipient .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Actual Security Deposit .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_TOTAL_ON_DATERANGE Gets the Totaled Actual Security Deposits for a Period .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I GET_TOTAL_ON_KEYDATE Gets the Totaled Actual Security Deposits for a Key Date .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Creates a New Actual Security Deposit .
IF_RECN_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Actual Security Deposit .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_DEPOSIT Performs Checks for Security Deposit Agreements .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_DPTARGETTYPE Checks the Security Deposit Type .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_INDUSTRY Checks the Industry .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECN2DAT Checks Date of 2nd Signature .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNBUKRSCOLLECT Checks Company Code of Main Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNCNCURR Checks Contract Currency .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNDAT Checks Date of Contract Conclusion .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNNR Checks Contract Number .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNNRCOLLECT Checks Number of Main Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNTLAW Checks Tenancy Law .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNTXT Checks Contract Name .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNTXTOLD Checks Contract Number of Old Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_RECNTYPE Checks External Contract Type .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_SRRELEVANT Checks "Relevant to Sales" Indicator in Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I CHECK_TRANSFER_POSSESSION Checks Transfer of Possession .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I DO_ACTIVATE Activates Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I DO_DEACTIVATE Deactivates Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I DO_STATUS_TRANSACTION Executes Transferred Activity .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_ACTUAL_DEPOSIT_MNGR Gets the Actual Security Deposit Manager .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_CASHFLOW_MNGR Supplies Cash Flow Manager .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_CFPOSTINGFROM Supplies Date of First Posting .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_COST_CENTER Delivers Cost Center .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_IMKEY Delivers Internal Key for Real Estate Object .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_MEASCN_MNGR Gets Contract Measurement Manager .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_NOTICE_MNGR Supplies Notice Manager (Process) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNBEG Supplies Contract Start Date .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNCNCURR Supplies Contract Currency .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNCURR Supplies Local Currency .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNDPO Supplies Date of Cash Flow Generated Starting On .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNEND1ST Supplies First Contract End Date .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RECNENDABS Supplies End Date (Including Notice/Renewal) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_RENEWAL_MNGR Supplies Renewal Manager (Process) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_SCCNPART_MNGR Supplies Settlement Participation Generator .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_SRRELEVANT Supplies Relevance to Sales-Based Rent .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_ADJUSTMENT_MNGR Supplies Adjustment Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_NOTICE_MNGR Supplies Notice Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_NOTICE_OBJ_MNGR Supplies Notice Manager for Objects (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_PAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Payment Rule Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_PERIOD_MNGR Supplies Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_RENEWAL_MNGR Supplies the Renewal Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_RENEWAL_OBJ_MNGR Gets Renewal Manager for Objects (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_RHYTHM_MNGR Supplies Frequency Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TERM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR Gets the Withholding Tax Manager (Terms) .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_TRANSFER_POSSESSION Gets the Period for the Transfer of Possession .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I GET_USERSUPPLIER Supplies Contractor and Contractee .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I INIT_BY_TEMPLATE Initializes Instance via Field String of Basic Data .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_ACCOUNT Asks If It Is a G/L Account Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_ACTIVE Is Contract Active .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_ASSESSMENT Asks If Contract Is an Assessment Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_CONDOMINIUM_OWNERS Asks If Contract Is Condominium Management Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_DEBIT Asks If Contract Is Customer Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_DEPOSIT Asks If Contract Is Security Deposit Agreement .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_DIRECTION_SUPPLIER Asks If Contract Is an Offering Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_DIRECTION_USER Asks If Contract Is a Using Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_INTERN Asks If Internal Contract Is Involved .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_MANAGEMENT Asks If Contract Is a Management Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_OCCUPYING Asks If Contract Is an Occupancy Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_SR_RELEVANT Relevant for Sales-Based Rent? .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I IS_TAXFREE Asks If Contract Is Non-Tax Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_BENOCN Changes Main BE of Contract, Possibly Automatic from Object .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_DPTARGETTYPE Changes the Security Deposit Type .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_INDUSTRY Changes the Industry .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECN2DAT Changes Date of 2nd Signature .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNBEG Changes Contract Start Date .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNBUKRSCOLLECT Changes Company Code of Main Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNCNCURR Changes Contract Currency .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNDAT Changes Date of Contract Conclusion .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNNR Changes RE Contract Number .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNNRCOLLECT Changes Number of Main Real Estate Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNTLAW Changes Tenancy Law .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNTXT Changes Contract Name .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNTXTOLD Changes Contract Number of Old Contract .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_RECNTYPE Changes Real Estate External Contract Type .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_SRRELEVANT Changes Relevance to Sales-Based Rent .
IF_RECN_CONTRACT I SET_TRANSFER_POSSESSION Sets the Period for the Transfer of Possession .
IF_RECN_HAS_MEASCN I GET_MEASCN_MNGR Gets Contract Measurement Manager .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Single Date .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I COMPRESS_TABLE Summarization of Measurements Table .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I GET_MEAS_FOR_CREATE Gets Measurements Thar Are Defaulted .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I GET_MEAS_FOR_INSERT Gets Measurements That Can Be Added .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Entry .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_RECN_MEASCN_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Individual Contract Measurement .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I ACTIVATE Activates Notice .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I CHECK_PROCESS_ALLOWED Is the Notice Allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I DEACTIVATE Cancels Notice .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Notice .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I DELETE_OBJREL Deletes Object Assignment .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_NOTICE Checks If There Is at Least One Notice .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_OBJREL Is at Least One Object Assigned? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_ALLOWED_NOTICE_CATEGORY Supplies Reliable Notice Types (Contract/Objects) .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_ALL_OBJ_FOR_ACTIVE_NOTICE Gets All Objects on Which Notice Was Given .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR Supplies Notice Procedure Manager .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_OBJREL_LIST Gets List of Assigned Objects .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I HAS_OBJREL_DISTINCT_TERM Do the Objects Belong to Different Notice Terms? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Creates New Notice .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I INSERT_OBJREL Adds Object Assignment .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I IS_ACTIVATE_ALLOWED Is activation of a particular notice allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I IS_DEACTIVATE_ALLOWED Is deactivation of particular notice allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I IS_DELETE_ALLOWED Is deletion of a particular notice allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I IS_INSERT_ALLOWED Is creation of a new notice allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I IS_OBJREL_ALLOWED Is Object Assignment for Notice Allowed? .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I SET_OBJREL_LIST Changes the List of Assigned Objects .
IF_RECN_NOTICE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Notice .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I ACCEPT Activates Approval of Renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I ACTIVATE Activates Renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I CHECK_PROCESS_ALLOWED Is the Renewal Allowed? .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I DEACTIVATE Cancels Renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_RENEWAL Checks if there is at least one renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_ABS_END_DATE Supplies End of Term in Relation to Renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_MAX_END_DATE Gets the Maximim Contract End (Approve All Open Options) .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_NEW_END_DATE Supplies Next Contract End .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR Supplies Renewal Manager .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I IS_ACCEPT_ALLOWED Is Approval+Activation of a Certain Renewal Allowed? .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I IS_ACTIVATE_ALLOWED Is Activating a Certain Renewal Allowed? .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I IS_DEACTIVATE_ALLOWED Is Deactivating a Certain Renewal Allowed? .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I IS_REJECT_ALLOWED Is Rejection+Activation of a Certain Renewal Allowed? .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I REJECT Activates Rejection of Renewal .
IF_RECN_RENEWAL_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Renewal .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETEXCLUDINGFCODES Get the Excluding F Codes for the GUI Recon. Detail Status .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETGUITITLE Get the GUI Title of the Recon. Detail Status Screen .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETNUMBERID Get the Number ID of the Reconciliation Entity .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETNUMBERIDINTERNAL Get the Number ID in Internal Format .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETNUMBEROFPOSITIONS Get the number of positions for a security ID, 0 or 1 is ret.
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETPOSITIONS Get the Position Data (in SAP List Viewer Format) .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETRECONDATA Get the Data of the Reconciliation Entity .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I GETSCREENSTATUSFORFIELD Get the Screen Status of a Field on a Screen .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I PUTRECONDATA Remove the Reconciliation Entity Data from the screen .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I REFRESHPOSITIONS Refresh the Positions of Reconciliation Entity .
IF_RECON_ENTITY_TRS I SETTEXTEDITORANDUPDATE Set the Text Editor for the Reconciliation Entity .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETPOSEXCLUDINGFCODES Get the Excluding F Codes for the GUI Position Detail Status.
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETPOSGUITITLE Get the GUI Title of the Position Detail Status Screen .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETPOSITIONDATA Get the Position Data .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETPOSNUMBERID Get the Number ID of the Reconciliation Entity .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETPOSSCREENSTATUSFORFIELD Get the Screen Status of a Field on a Screen .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I GETSECURITYID Get the Security ID of the Position .
IF_RECON_POSITION_TRS I SETPOSITIONDATA Set the Position Data .
IF_RECOVERABLE_RL I BACKUP Create Recovery Information (only ApplStatus) .
IF_RECOVERABLE_RL I COMMIT Adopt New Status .
IF_RECOVERABLE_RL I RESTORE Reset to Previous Status (only ApplStatus) .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I DELETE Deletes an Allocation Rule .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I EXISTS_RULE Does Settlement Rule Exist? .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT_PROFILE Gets Default Profile Entered in Customizing .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets List of Current Allocation Rules .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I GET_OBJNR Gets Object Number (Real or Temporary) .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via the Superordinate Object [final] .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I RULE_IS_USED Checks If an Allocation Rule Was Already Used .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets Allocation Rules .
IF_RECO_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR I SET_PROFILE Sets Settlement Profile .
IF_RECO_DATA I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RECO_DATA I CHECK_ITEM Checks Data Record .
IF_RECO_DATA I DEQUEUE Removes Lock .
IF_RECO_DATA I DISTRIBUTE_TOTALS Distributes Totals Record to Periods .
IF_RECO_DATA I ENQUEUE Sets Lock .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_COSTELEMENT_LIST Gets List of Selected Cost Elements .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_CURRENCY Gets Currency .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_ITEM Gets Period Value .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_LIST Gets List of All Records .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_LIST_FOR_TOTAL Gets Period Records for Totals Record .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_LIST_X Gets List of All Records Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_OBJECT_LIST Gets List of Objects to Be Planned .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_OBJECT_LIST_X Gets List of Objects to Be Planned with Additional Fields .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_PARAM Gets Selection Parameters .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_PERIOD_LIST Gets List of Selected Periods .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_TOTALS_LIST Gets List of Totals Values .
IF_RECO_DATA I GET_TOTALS_LIST_X Gets List of Totals Values and Additional Fields .
IF_RECO_DATA I INIT Initializes (Empty Object) .
IF_RECO_DATA I INIT_BY_PARAM Initialization with Reading of Initial Data .
IF_RECO_HAS_COSETTLE_RULE I GET_COSETTLE_RULE_MNGR Gets Manager for CO Settlement .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I CHECK_ITEM Checks Data Record .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I DEQUEUE Removes Locks .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I DISTRIBUTE_TOTALS Distributes Totals Record to Periods .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I ENQUEUE Sets Locks .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_COSTELEMENT_LIST Gets List of Selected Cost Elements .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_LIST Gets List of All Planned Records .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_LIST_FOR_TOTAL Gets Period Records for Totals Record .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_OBJECT_LIST Gets List of Objects to Be Planned .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_OBJECT_LIST_X Gets List of Objects to Be Planned with Additional Fields .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_PARAM Gets Selection Parameters .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_TOTALS_LIST Gets List of Totals Values .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I GET_TOTALS_LIST_X Gets List of Totals Values and Additional Fields .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I INIT Initializes (Empty Object) .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I INIT_BY_PARAM Initialization with Reading of Initial Data .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I MODIFY_ITEM Changes Planned Data Record .
IF_RECO_PLANDATA I SET_LIST Sets Planned Data Records .
IF_RECP_FP_INTF I PROCESS_FORM Calls the PDF-Based Form [Final] .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I CHECK_ALL Checks CorrApplication For Consistency of Settings .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I GET_DOC_LIST Delivers Reference to Document List .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I INIT Initializes Instance .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I PRINT_DOC Starts Office Application .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I SET_APPLOUTPLACE Changes Indicator for Whether Separate Window Is Used .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I SET_PRNDATE Changes Print Date .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I SET_SELDATE Changes Key Date for Data Retrieval .
IF_RECP_OI_APP I SET_TEMPLATE Changes Office Template .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I BUILD_AND_PRINT_DOC_LIST Prints Documents for a List of Business Objects [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I BUILD_DOC_LIST Creates Document List for a List of Business Objects [Final].
IF_RECP_SF_APP I CHECK_ALL Checks CorrApplication For Consistency of Settings [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I CHECK_BUSOBJ_ALLOWED Checks if Bus.Object is Printed with This CorrApplic.[Final].
IF_RECP_SF_APP I FREE Releases Resources of Instance [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_ARCH_DEFAULT Delivers Default Archiving Parameters [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_BADI_DATA Delivers Values of BAdI User Fields [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_CORR_ACT_BY_BUSOBJ Delivers CorrActivity for Bus.Object(via DiffCharach)[Final].
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_CORR_ACT_DEFAULT Delivers Default CorrActivity for CorrApplication [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_CORR_ACT_LIST Delivers All Active CorrActivities of CorrApplication[Final].
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_CUKY2ND_DEFAULT Delivers Default Value for 2nd Currency [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_DOCLIST_DEFAULT Delivers Default Settings for Document List [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_DOC_LIST Delivers Reference to Document List [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_DOC_LIST_INFO Delivers Information for Document List [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_FAX_DEFAULT Delivers Default Settings for Fax [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_MAIL_DEFAULT Delivers Default Settings for E-Mail [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_PRINT_DEFAULT Delivers Default Print Parameters [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_SORTVER_DEFAULT Delivers Default Sort Variant [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_SORTVER_LIST Delivers All Sort Variants [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_SPEC_OPTIONS Supplies Specific Paramaters of Correspondence Application .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_TEXT_REF Delivers Reference from Text of Text Editor [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_TM_DEFAULT Delivers Default Text Module [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I GET_TM_LIST Delivers All Includable Text Modules [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I HAS_DOC Document List Contains At Least 1 Doc(Cond.for Print)[Final].
IF_RECP_SF_APP I INIT Initializes Instance [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_ARCH_SUPPORTED Is Archiving Supported? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_CORR_ACT_CHANGEABLE Can CorrActivity Be Changed Manually? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_CUKY2ND_CHANGEABLE Can 2nd Currency Be Changed Manually? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_FAX_SUPPORTED Is Fax Supported? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_MAIL_SUPPORTED Is E-Mail Supported? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_SORTVER_CHANGEABLE Can Sort Variant Be Changed Manually? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_TEXTEDIT_USED Is Text Editor Used? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I IS_TM_SELECTION_USED Is Text Module Selection Used? [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I PREVIEW_DOC Displays Doc.From Prev. Doc.List in Print Prev. [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I PRINT_DOC_LIST Print Documents From Original Document List [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_ARCH_OPTIONS Changes Archiving Parameters [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_BADI_DATA Changes Values of BAdi User Fields [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_CORR_ACT_FORCE Overrides Correspondence Activity [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_CUKY2ND_OPTIONS Changes Settings for Translation in 2nd Curr. [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_DOCLIST_OPTIONS Changes Settings in Document List [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_FAX_OPTIONS Changes Settings per Fax [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_MAIL_OPTIONS Changes Settings per E-Mail [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_PRINT_OPTIONS Changes Print Parameters [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_PRNDATE Changes Print Date [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_SELDATE Changes Key Date for Data Retrieval [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_SORTVER Changes Sort Variant [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_SPEC_OPTIONS Changes Specific Paramaters of Correspondence Application .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I SET_TM_INCLUDE Changes Text Modulde to Be Included [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_APP I STORE_TEXT Saves Text for Print Activity [Final] .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I CLOSE Closes Current Output Activity .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I FREE Frees Resources .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I INIT Initializes Print Order .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I OPEN Opens New Output Activity .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I PREVIEW Displays Print Preview (w/o OPEN/CLOSe) .
IF_RECP_SF_JOB I PRINT Prints Document (OPEN/CLOSE required) .
IF_REEX_ACCRUAL_OBJECT I DELETE Deletes Accrual Object .
IF_REEX_ACCRUAL_OBJECT I INIT_BY_DATA Initializes Accrual Object Using the Data .
IF_REEX_ACCRUAL_OBJECT I INIT_FOR_REV Initializes Accrual Object for Reversal .
IF_REEX_ACCRUAL_OBJECT I MODIFY Changes Accrual Object .
IF_REEX_ACCRUAL_OBJECT I REVERSE Reverses Accrual Object .
IF_REEX_ASSET I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REEX_ASSET I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REEX_ASSET I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REEX_ASSET I GET_MAIN_USAGE_TYPE Gets Main Usage Type .
IF_REEX_ASSET I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_REEX_CLASSIFICATION_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REEX_CLASSIFICATION_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REEX_CLASSIFICATION_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REEX_CLASSIFICATION_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I CHECK_VALID_AT_KEYDATE Checks If Cost Center Is Valid on Key Date (Exc.) .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I GET_CURRENT_VALID_PERIOD Gets the Current or Maximum Time Period .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_REEX_COSTCENTER I IS_VALID_AT_KEYDATE Checks If Cost Center Is Valid on Key Date .
IF_REEX_DART_EXTRACT I GET_DATA Gets Data Packets .
IF_REEX_DART_EXTRACT I INIT Initializes Data Retrieval [Final] .
IF_REEX_DATA_POSTING_CC I SET_SELECT Which Documents Should Be Selected .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I CHANGE_DETAIL_AM Change Relationship to Asset .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I DELETE_DETAIL_AM Remove Relationship to Asset .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I GET_LIST_AM Gets All Entries (FI-AA) .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I GET_LIST_AM_X Gets All Entries (FI-AA) Including Additional Data .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I GET_MAIN_ASSET Gets the Leading Asset .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I GET_NEW_ASSETS Supplies Newly Created Assets .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I INSERT_DETAIL_AM Link to Asset .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_AM I SET_NEW_ASSETS Sets Newly Created Assets .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_CC I GET_LIST_COSTCENTER Gets All Entries - Cost Centers .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_CC I GET_LIST_COSTCENTER_X Gets All Entries - Cost Centers Incl. Addit. Fields .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_CC I UPDATE_DETAIL_COSTCENTER Changes Entry - Cost Center .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_OR I GET_DETAIL_ORDER Gets Entry - Orders .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_OR I GET_DETAIL_ORDER_X Gets Entry - Orders Including Additional Data .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_OR I GET_LIST_ORDER Gets All Entries - Orders .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_OR I GET_LIST_ORDER_X Gets All Entries - Orders Including Additional Data .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_OR I UPDATE_DETAIL_ORDER Changes Entry - Order .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PS I GET_LIST_WBS_ELEMENT Gets All Entries - WBS Elements .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PS I GET_LIST_WBS_ELEMENT_X Gets All Entries - WBS Elements Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REEX_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR_PS I UPDATE_DETAIL_WBS_ELEMENT Changes Entry - WBS Element .
IF_REEX_ORDER I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REEX_ORDER I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REEX_ORDER I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REEX_ORDER I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_REEX_ORDER I IS_PM_ORDER Checks If the Order Is a Maintenance Order .
IF_REEX_PREP_ACCT_SHEET_RES_FI I GET_LIST List of RE Documents .
IF_REEX_PREP_ACCT_SHEET_RES_FI I INIT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REEX_SET I ADD_ITEM Adds an Item to the Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I CHECK_ALL Checks Set .
IF_REEX_SET I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_REEX_SET I CHECK_SETNAME Checks Validity of Set Name .
IF_REEX_SET I CLEAR Deletes Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I CONTAINS_ITEM Checks If Entry Already in Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I DELETE Deletes a Set .
IF_REEX_SET I DELETE_ITEM Deletes an Entry in the Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I DEQUEUE Removes Lock .
IF_REEX_SET I ENQUEUE Sets Lock .
IF_REEX_SET I EXISTS Checks If Set Exists .
IF_REEX_SET I FREE Releases Resources and Locks .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_COMP_CODE_LIST Gets List of All Company Codes of Objects in Set .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_DEFINITION Gets Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_DETAIL Gets Detailed Information for a Set .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Detailed Information for a Set .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_HIERARCHY Gets Set Hierarchy .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_IDENT Gets Set ID .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_OBJ_LIST Gets List of Objects in a Set .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_RUSER Gets User Data .
IF_REEX_SET I GET_WHERE_USED_LIST Gets Where-Used List for Set (as Subset) .
IF_REEX_SET I HAS_LINES Does Set Contain Objects? .
IF_REEX_SET I INIT Initializes Set .
IF_REEX_SET I IS_MODIFIED Data Changed? .
IF_REEX_SET I IS_MULTI Is Set Multidimenstion Set? .
IF_REEX_SET I IS_USED Checks If a Set Is Used .
IF_REEX_SET I SET_DEFINITION Sets Set Definition .
IF_REEX_SET I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description of Set .
IF_REEX_SET I SET_OBJTYPE Sets Object Type of Set .
IF_REEX_SET I SET_OBJ_LIST Deletes Set Definition and Adds List with Objects .
IF_REEX_SET I SET_SETNAME Sets the Set Name .
IF_REEX_SET I STORE Saves the Set .
IF_REEX_WBS_ELEMENT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REEX_WBS_ELEMENT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REEX_WBS_ELEMENT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REEX_WBS_ELEMENT I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I ADAPT_SPECIAL_GROUPS Adds Additional Field Groups for Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I ADOPT_FIELDCATALOG Adds Additional Columns to Field Catalog per Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I ADOPT_PROFILE_DATA_FOR_OBJECT Sets All Profile Data for a Business Object .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I GET_PROFILE_2 Gets the ID of the Set Report Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I INIT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I IS_PERSISTENT T/F: Does Profile Exist on the Database? .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I SET_DATA_OBJECT Sets the Model Components .
IF_REIS_PROFILE I SET_PROFILE_2 Sets the Report Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE_SPEC I ADAPT_SPECIAL_GROUPS Adds Additional Field Groups for Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE_SPEC I ADOPT_FIELDCATALOG Adds Additional Columns to Field Catalog per Profile .
IF_REIS_PROFILE_SPEC I ADOPT_PROFILE_DATA_FOR_OBJECT Gets Spec. Data for Bus.Obj. per Profile (Meas., Cond.,...) .
IF_REIS_PROFILE_SPEC I INIT_BY_PARENT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_REIS_PROFILE_SPEC I IS_PERSISTENT T/F: Does Profile Exist on the Database? .
IF_REIT_HAS_OPTION_RATE I GET_OPTION_RATE_MNGR Supplies Option Rate Manager .
IF_REIT_HAS_OPTION_RATE_RESULT I GET_OPTION_RATE_RESULT Gets Result of Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_HAS_TAX_CORRECTION I GET_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR Gets Manager for Input Tax Correction Basis .
IF_REIT_HAS_TAX_CORRECTION I GET_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR Gets Manager for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_HAS_TAX_CORRECTION I GET_TAX_CORR_VARIANT Gets Variants for Correction and Trivial Amount Limit .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I ADJUST_ORDATE Adjusts Specified Key Date (Currently Month-End) .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I CALCULATE Carries Out Option Rate Determination for Registered Objects.
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I CHECK_ORCALCEXTID Checks if Ext. ID for Option Rate Determination is ok .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_DETAIL Gets Detail Data on Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_MSGLIST_FOR_OBJ Gets Error List for a Given Object Number .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_ORCALCEXTID Supplies Ext. ID for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_ORDATE Supplies Key Date for Specified Activity .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_ORTEXT Supplies Text for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_PROCESSGUID Supplies Instance for Process ID Manager .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I GET_SUBOBJECTS Supplies Infos on Obj and Subobject for Option Rate Determ. .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I INCREASE_CNTERR Increase Counter for No. of Objects with Errors by 1 .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I INCREASE_CNTOBJ Increase Counter for No. of Calculated Objects by 1 .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I PROPOSE_ORCALCEXTID Defaults Ext. ID for Opt.Rate Determination Dep. on Sy-Dat .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I PROPOSE_ORDATE Defaults Key-Date for Opt.Rate Determination Dep. on Sy-Dat .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I PROPOSE_ORTEXT Defaults Text for Option Rate Determination Run .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I REGISTER_BUS_OBJ Registr. Bus.Obj. as Obj for which OptRate to be Determined .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I SET_ORCALCEXTID Sets Ext. ID for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I SET_ORDATE Sets Key Date for Activity .
IF_REIT_OPTIONRATE_CALCULATION I SET_ORTEXT Sets Text for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CALCULATE_DATE_LAST_CALC_USED Sets MD_DATE_LAST_CALC and MD_DATE_LAST_USED .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CALCULATE_OPTRATE Calculates Option Rate on Key Date .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks if Option Rate is Consistent .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CHECK_OVERLAP Checks for Time Overlaps in Option Rates .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I CHECK_USED_IN_PERIOD Checks If Option Rate Already Used for Distribution in Prd .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I COPY_DETAIL Copies Existing Single Option Rate with Defaulted Period .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes an Option Rate .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_DATE_LAST_CALC Supplies Date Up to Which Option Rates Were Calculated .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_FOR_DATE Supplies Structure And Additional Data for a Key Date .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_NEXT_CALC_PERIOD Supplies Next Period for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_OR_MNGR_FOR_CALC Gets Manager and Anchor Rate for Option Rate Determination .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_RESULT_FOR_PERIOD Supplies Result of Option Rate Determination for one Period .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_RESULT_X Supplies Detailed Results of Calculation .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_SCREEN_ATTRIBUTES Supplies Field Attributes Dependent on OptRate Method .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I GET_VALID_METHODS Supplies Valid Option Rate Method Dep. on Object Category .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New Option Rate .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I INSERT_INITIAL_ANCHOR Inserts Initial Anchor Rate with Default Values .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I IS_INITIAL Checks if Option Rate Agreements Exist (Anchor/Period) .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I IS_OPT_METH_NEEDED Checks If Option Rate Method Needs to Exist .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I MANIPULATE_FOR_OUT_OF_RANGE Prevents Error "No Anchor Rate for ORDATE", If Required .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Single Option Rate (Insert or Update9 .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_RESULT I GET_RESULT_FOR_PERIOD Gets Option Rate and Object from Which Option Rate Stems .
IF_REIT_OPTION_RATE_RESULT I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Interface Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REIT_OPTRATECALC_PARAM I GET_ORPARAMS Supplies Option Rate Determination-Specific Basic Data .
IF_REIT_OPTRATECALC_PARAM I SET_ORPARAMS Set Option Rate Determination-Specific Basic Data .
IF_REIT_POSTING_PARAM I INIT_BY_TAX_DISTRIBUTION Fill the Paramaters .
IF_REIT_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_DS_LIST List of RE Documents for Input Tax Distribution .
IF_REIT_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST List of RE Documents .
IF_REIT_PREPARE_RESULTS I INIT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I ADD_CHILD Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I CHECK_ALL Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I DISTRIBUTE Creates Distribution Item .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I FREE Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I INIT Initializes Document Using Primary Key .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I INIT_BY_DATA Initializes Document Using Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I INIT_BY_REFDOCID Initializes Document Using External Key .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I INIT_BY_TAX_DIST_DATA Initializes Document Using Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I IS_MODIFIED Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I IS_OK Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I POST Posts the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I REGISTER_ALL_CHILDREN Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I RELEASE Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I REVERSE Reverses the Tax Breakdown Basis Item .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I SET_DIST_AMOUNTS Sets Distribution Amounts (Reversal) .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I SET_DIST_STATUS Sets Distribution Status .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I SET_TAX_CORR_INFO Sets Information for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_BASE_DOC I STORE Reverses the Document .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I CALCULATE_TAX_CORR_BASE Determines Basis for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Basis for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Basis for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets Bases for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets Bases for Input Tax Correction with Additional Fields .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager Using Higher-Level Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I IS_UPTODATE Is Basis for Input Tax Correction Up-to-Date? .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_BASE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Basis for Input Tax Correction Using Key .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I CALCULATE Calculates Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I CHECK_REVERSAL_ALLOWED Checks If Reversal Is Possible for Correction Run .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I EXISTS Do Correction Runs Exist? .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I GET_CALC_LIST Gets List of Correction Results (Total) .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I GET_CALC_RES_LIST Gets List of Correction Results (Items) .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I INIT Initializes Input Tax Correction Manager .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I INIT_BY_PROCESS Initializes Manager for Calculation of Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_MNGR I SET_REVERSAL_INDICATOR Identifies Correction Run as Being Reversed .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_PARAM I SET_OBJECT_LIST Changes List of Objects to Be Processed .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_PARAM I SET_PARAM Changes Parameter of Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_VARIANT I CALCULATE Calculates Input Tax Correction [Final] .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_CALC_VARIANT I CHECK_PRECONDITIONS Checks If Prerequisites for Correction Are Met .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_ACCOUNTING_OBJECT Checks Account Assignment Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_CORR_PERIOD Checks Correction Period .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_FIRST_USE_DATE Checks Date of First Use .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_SERVICE_PERIOD Checks Date of Service .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_TCNO Checks Number of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_TCSTATUS Checks Status of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_TCTYPE Checks Type of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I CHECK_XTC Checks Name of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_ACCOUNTING_OBJECT Gets Account Assignment Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I IS_ONETIME_CORRECTION One-Time Correction? .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_ACCOUNTING_OBJECT Changes Account Assignment Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_CORR_PERIOD Changes Correction Period .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_FIRST_USE_DATE Changes Date of First Use .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_SERVICE_PERIOD Changes Date of Service .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_TCNO Changes Number of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_TCSTATUS Changes Status of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_TCTYPE Changes Type of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_CORR_OBJECT I SET_XTC Changes Name of Correction Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I INIT_BY_DATA Initializes Document Using Data .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I INIT_BY_DETAIL Initializes via Tax Breakdown Item .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I SET_DIST_AMOUNTS Sets Distribution Amounts of Line .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I SET_DIST_STATUS Sets Distribution Status of Line .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_DOC I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Structure .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I DISTRIBUTE Executes Tax Breakdown .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I INIT Initializes Manager .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I INIT_BY_PROCESSID Initializes Manager by Process ID .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I INIT_BY_TAX_DISTRIBUTION Initializes Manager for Input Tax Distribution .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I INIT_BY_TAX_DIST_DOC Initializes Manager by Tax Breakdown Items .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I POST Posts Tax Breakdown .
IF_REIT_TAX_DIST_MNGR I REVERSE Reverses Tax Distribution .
IF_REIT_TC_CALC_REV_PARAM I SET_PARAM Sets Specific Parameters for Input Tax Correction .
IF_REIT_TC_DOC_ITEM_ASSIGN I CHECK_ITEM Checks Assignment to a Line Item .
IF_REIT_TC_DOC_ITEM_ASSIGN I PROPOSE_ASSIGNMENT Determines Proposal for Assignment of Correction Objects .
IF_REIT_TC_DOC_ITEM_ASSIGN I SELECT_DOC_ITEM_LIST Gets List of Relevant Line Items .
IF_REIT_TC_MINOR_AMT_LIMIT I ADJUST_RESULT Adjusts Results to Trivial Amount Limits, etc. .
IF_REIT_TC_MINOR_AMT_LIMIT I CHECK_PRECONDITION_FOR_CALC Checks If Correction Should Be Run .
IF_REIT_TC_MINOR_AMT_LIMIT I GET_CORRECTION_PERIOD Gets Correction Period .
IF_REIT_TC_MINOR_AMT_LIMIT I INIT Initialization .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I GET_DATA Query Release Strategy and Status .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I GET_RESPONSIBLE Determine Person Responsible for Release .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I INITIATE_RELEASE Trigger Release/Reset Release .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I IS_REJECTION_ALLOWED Rejection Possible? .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I IS_RELEASE_ALLOWED Release Possible? .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I IS_RESET_REJ_ALLOWED Cancellation of Rejection Allowed? .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I IS_RESET_REL_ALLOWED Cancellation of Release Possible? .
IF_RELEASABLE_MM I REJECT Reject .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I CAN_RELEASE Release Possible? .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I CAN_RESET_RELEASE Cancellation of Release Possible .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I GET_INDICATOR Release Indicator .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I GET_STATE Query Release Status .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I GET_STRATEGY Strategy .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I IS_RELEASED Released? .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I RELEASE Release .
IF_RELEASE_STATE_MM I RESET_RELEASE Cancel Release .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MANAGER_MM I DEREGISTER Register Strategy Object .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MANAGER_MM I GET_STRATEGY Strategy Object .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MANAGER_MM I REGISTER Register Strategy Object .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I DETERMINE_INDICATOR Release Indicator and Relevance from Status Object .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I GET_CODES_FOR_RELEASE Codes That Can Effect Release .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I GET_CODES_FROM_STATE Codes That Have Released .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I GET_INFO Complete Information re Release Strategy .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I GET_INFO_FOR_CODE Details re Release Code .
IF_RELEASE_STRATEGY_MM I PROPAGATE_STATE Release/Cancel Release .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Land Register .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns a Land Register .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns a Land Register with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Land Registers .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Land Registers with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds New Land Register .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets Complete List .
IF_RELM_JL_LR_REL_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Land Register .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I CHECK_JLNO Checks Joint Liability Number .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I CHECK_VALID_PERIOD Checks Validity Period .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I CHECK_XJL Checks Name .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_JLNO Gets Joint Liability Number .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_LR_REL_MNGR Gets Manager for Assigned Land Registers .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_VALIDTO Gets Valid-To Date .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I GET_XJL Gets Name .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I SET_JLNO Sets Joint Liability Number .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I SET_VALIDTO Sets Valid-To Date .
IF_RELM_JOINT_LIABILITY I SET_XJL Sets Name .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_LRDISTRICT Checks Land Register District .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_LRNOOLD Checks Old Land Register Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_LRPAGENO Checks Page Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_LRTYPE Checks Land Register Type .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_LRVOLUMENO Checks Volume Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Closure Date .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I CHECK_XLR Checks Name .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LAND_REGISTRY Gets Land Registry .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LAND_REGISTRY_X Gets Land Registry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LRDISTRICT Gets Land Register District .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LRPAGENO Gets Page Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LRTYPE Gets Land Register Type .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LRVOLUMENO Gets Volume Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR Gets Manager for Rights and Easements .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LR_JL_REL_MNGR Gets Manager for Joint Liabilities .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR Gets Processing Number Manager .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_LR_SEC1_MNGR Gets Manager for Section 1 .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_RE_REGISTER_MNGR Gets Real Estate Register .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_VALIDTO Gets Closure Date .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I GET_XLR Gets Name .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I IS_HERITABLE_BUILDING_RIGHT Is Land Register a Leasehold Land Register? .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_LRDISTRICT Sets Land Register District .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_LRNOOLD Sets Old Land Register Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_LRPAGENO Sets Page Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_LRTYPE Sets Land Register Type .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_LRVOLUMENO Sets Volume Number .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_VALIDTO Sets Closure Date .
IF_RELM_LAND_REGISTER I SET_XLR Sets Name .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I ADDITIONS_GET Gets Assigned Land .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I ADDITIONS_GET_X Gets Assigned Land with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I ADDITIONS_SET Sets Assigned Land .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHECK_BEFORE_DELETE Checks If an Entry Is Allowed to Be Deleted (User) .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHECK_SECNO Checks Correctness of a Single Section Number(with ConvExit).
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CONTRACTS_GET Gets Real Estate Contracts .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CONTRACTS_GET_X Gets Real Estate Contracts with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I CONTRACTS_SET Sets Real Estate Contracts .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Processing Number .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR Gets Rights and Easements - Changes .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I LOANS_GET Gets Loan .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I LOANS_GET_X Gets Loan with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I LOANS_SET Sets Loan .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I PARTNER_GET Gets Partner .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I PARTNER_GET_X Gets Partner with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I PARTNER_SET Sets Partner .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I REFRESH Setting of Automatically Filled Values .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_DATES Updates the Entry/Cancellation Date of All Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EASEMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_ENTRY_DATE Updates Entry Date of Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_REL_GET Gets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_REL_GET_X Gets Additions to Land Register with Addit. Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_REL_SET Sets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_SEC_GET Gets Changes - Section Numbers .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_SEC_GET_X Gets Changes - Section Numbers with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I CHG_SEC_SET Sets Changes - Section Numbers .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns All Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns All Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_EM_CHANGE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I CREATE_JL_FOR_EASEMENT Generates New Joint Liability for Land Register Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I DELETE_JL_FOR_EASEMENT Deletes Joint Liability for Land Register Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I GET_JL Returns All Current Joint Liabilities .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I GET_JL_BY_JLNO Returns Joint Liability (from Buffer) .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I GET_JL_FOR_EASEMENT Gets Joint Liability for Land Register Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_LR_JL_REL_MNGR I SET_JL_FOR_EASEMENT Sets Joint Liability for Land Register Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Processing Number .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns a Processing Number .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Processing Numbers .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Processing Number .
IF_RELM_LR_PROCESS_NO_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Processing Number .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I ADDITIONS_GET Gets Added Land (Parcels) .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I ADDITIONS_SET Sets Added Land (Parcels) .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_ADDITION Gets All Entries for a Piece of Land That Was Added To .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I SET_OWNER Sets the Owner for an Entry .
IF_RELM_LR_SEC1_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_MEASUREMENTS Gets Area Comparison for Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_MEAS_COUNT Return Number of Entries for Space Comparison .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_PL_TOTALS Gets Area of Assigned Parcels on Key Date .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_NA_VALUE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_FILENO Checks Internal File Number .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_ISCOLL Checks Collective Notice .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_NANO Checks Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_NANOOLD Checks Old Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I CHECK_XNA Checks Name .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_FILENO Gets Internal File Number .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_ISCOLL Gets Collective Notice .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_NANO Gets Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_NANOOLD Gets Old Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_NA_VALUE_MNGR Gets Manager for Assessed Value Manager .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_VALIDTO Gets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I GET_XNA Gets Name .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_FILENO Sets Internal File Number .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_ISCOLL Sets Collective Notice .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_NANO Sets Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_NANOOLD Sets Old Number of Notice of Assessment .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Validity Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_VALIDTO Sets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_NOTICE_ASSESSMENT I SET_XNA Sets Name .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_GSBER Checks Business Area .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_LOCHIER Checks Location Key .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_PLNO Checks Parcel of Land .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_PLSUBDIVNO Checks Number of Tract of Land Containing Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_PLSURVEYIND Checks Surveying Status .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I CHECK_XPL Checks Name .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_DEFAULT_LOCSYS Gets Default Location Structure of Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_GSBER Delivers Business Area .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_LOCHIER Gets Location Key .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_PLISTEMPORARY Gets Temporary Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_PLSURVEYIND Gets Surveying Status .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_PL_MAP_MNGR Gets Manager for Parcel Maps for Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_PL_SLIDE_MNGR Gets Manager for Overlays for Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_PL_USAGE_MNGR Gets Manager for Usage and Development .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_SURVEY_OFFICE Gets Survey Office .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_SURVEY_OFFICE_X Gets Survey Office with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_VALIDTO Gets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I GET_XPL Gets Name .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_GSBER Sets Business Area .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_LOCHIER Sets Location Key .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_PLISTEMPORARY Sets Temporary Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_PLNO Sets Parcel of Land .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_PLSUBDIVNO Sets Number of Tract of Land Containing Parcel .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_PLSURVEYIND Sets Surveying Status .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_VALIDTO Sets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_PARCEL_OF_LAND I SET_XPL Sets Name .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHANGE_EASEMENT_SET Sets Change of Easement .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I CHECK_PEERNO Checks Correctness of Single RE Register Number (w/ConvExit).
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I CREATE_CHANGE_ON_EASEMENT Create Change of Easement Using Sequence Number .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I DELETE_DELETION Cancels Deletion .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I DOM_PARCELS_OF_LAND_GET Gets Dominant Tenements .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I DOM_PARCELS_OF_LAND_SET Sets Dominant Tenements .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I REFRESH Cleanup of Lists .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_MAP_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_POSSIBLE_SLIDES Gets Possible Overlays .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I GET_POSSIBLE_SLIDE_CLASS Gets Possible Classifications of Overlays .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I REFRESH Cleanup of Lists .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_SLIDE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Check a Line .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (T/F) .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I REFRESH Cleanup of Lists .
IF_RELM_PL_USAGE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_CONTAMINATED_SITE Checks Data of Contamination .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_DEVELOPMENT_PLAN Checks Data of Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_EASEMENT_REGISTER Checks Data of Easement Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_LOCHIER Checks Location Key .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_NON_HAZARDOUS_WASTE Checks Data of Non-Hazardous Waste .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PECHANGEDATE Checks Date of Chage Lock .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PECSNO Checks Number of Contamination/Non-Hazardous Waste .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEDPNO Checks Number of Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEEFFECTDATE Checks Effective Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEERPAGENO Checks Page Number in Easement Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEID Checks ID of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PELASTMODDATE Checks Date of Last Change .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEPLANDATE Checks Date of Planning/Decision .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEPREDPNO Checks Preliminary Procedure for Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEPSNO Checks Number of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEPSTYPE Checks Type of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PEREVOCDATE Checks Date of Revocation .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PESTATEMENTDATE Checks Date of Opinion Statement .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PETYPE Checks Type of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_PROTECTED_SITE Checks Data of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_RGRNART Checks Building Usage Type According to Land Use Map .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I CHECK_XPE Checks Name .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_DEFAULT_LOCSYS Gets Default Location Structure of Parcel .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_LOCHIER Gets Location Key .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PECHANGEDATE Gets Planning/Decision Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PECSNO Gets Number of Contamination/Non-Hazardous Waste .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEDPNO Gets Development Plan Number .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEEFFECTDATE Gets Effective Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEERPAGENO Gets Page Number of Easement Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEID Gets ID of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PELASTMODDATE Gets Effective Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEPLANDATE Gets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEPREDPNO Gets Preliminary Procedure for Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEPSNO Gets Number of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEPSTYPE Gets Type of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PEREVOCDATE Gets Revocation Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PESTATEMENTDATE Gets Date of Change Lock .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PETYPE Gets Type of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PE_CONT_SITE_MNGR Gets Manager for Contamination/Non-Hazardous Waste .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_PE_EASEMENT_MNGR Gets Manager for Easement .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_RGRNART Gets Usage Type of Land According to Land Use Map .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I GET_XPE Gets Name .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_LOCHIER Sets Location Key .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PECHANGEDATE Sets Planning/Decision Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PECSNO Sets Number of Contamination/Non-Hazardous Waste .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEDPNO Sets Number of Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEEFFECTDATE Sets Effective Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEERPAGENO Sets Page Number of Easement Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEID Sets ID of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PELASTMODDATE Sets Effective Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEPLANDATE Sets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEPREDPNO Sets Preliminary Procedure for Development Plan .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEPSNO Sets Number of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEPSTYPE Sets Type of Site Protection .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PEREVOCDATE Sets Revocation Date .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PESTATEMENTDATE Sets Date of Change Lock .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_PETYPE Sets Type of Other Public Register .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_RGRNART Sets Usage Type of Land According to Land Use Map .
IF_RELM_PUBLIC_ENCUMBRANCE I SET_XPE Sets Name .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Entry .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I DELETE_SEQNO Deletes Partial Entries of Parcel Update (SEQNO) .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns Entries .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns Entries with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I UPDATE_CHILDREN Update Parcels .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Entry .
IF_RELM_RC_PL_REL_MNGR I UPDATE_PARENT Updates Parent Object .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_MEASCHANGE Checks Differences Between Cadastral Areas .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_MEASDIFF Checks Surveying Difference .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_MEASUNIT Checks Measurement Unit .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_RCCATEGORY Checks Parcel Update Category .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_RCNO Checks Number of Parcel Update .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_SURVEYOFFICE Checks Number of Survey Office .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I CHECK_XRC Checks Name .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_MEASCHANGE Gets Differences Between Cadastral Areas .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_MEASDIFF Gets Surveying Difference .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_MEASUNIT Gets Measurement Unit .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_RCCATEGORY Gets Parcel Update Category .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_RCNO Gets Number of Parcel Update .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_RC_PL_MNGR Gets Manager for Changes to Holdings .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_SURVEYOFFICE Gets Survey Office .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_SURVEY_OFFICE Gets Survey Office .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_SURVEY_OFFICE_X Gets Survey Office Additional Data .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_VALIDTO Gets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I GET_XRC Gets Name .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_MEASCHANGE Sets Difference Between Cadastral Areas .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_MEASDIFF Sets Surveying Difference .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_MEASUNIT Sets Measurement Unit .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_RCCATEGORY Sets Parcel Update Category .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_RCNO Sets Number of Parcel Update .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_SURVEYOFFICE Sets Survey Office .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_VALIDFROM Sets Valid-From Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_VALIDTO Sets Cessation Date .
IF_RELM_RECORD_CHANGE I SET_XRC Sets Name .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I ADDITIONS_GET Gets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I ADDITIONS_GET_X Gets Additions to Land Register with Addit. Fields .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I ADDITIONS_SET Sets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I BUS_TYPES_GET Gets Land Use Types .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I BUS_TYPES_SET Sets Land Use Types .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I BUS_TYPES_SUM_GET Gets Total of Land Use Types .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I CHECK_BEFORE_DELETE Checks If an Entry Is Allowed to Be Deleted (User) .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I CHECK_LRREGNO Checks Correctness of Single RE Register Number (w/ConvExit).
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes RER Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I DT_ADDITIONS_GET Gets Additions RRt .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I DT_ADDITIONS_SET Sets Additions RRt .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I DT_SERVING_GET Gets Servient Tenements RRt .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I DT_SERVING_SET Sets Servient Tenements RRt .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_DESCRIPTION_FOR_ENTRY Gets Description of an Entry (Multiple Subentries) .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns Entry in Real Estate Register .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns Entry in Real Estate Register with Addit. Data .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns the Real Estate Register .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_LIST_AS_ADDITIONS Gets RER as Land (Parcels) (RER Numbers Only) .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns the Real Estate Register with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR Gets Real Estate Register: Additions/Removals .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds New RER Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I REFRESH Setting of Automatically Filled Values .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I RG_OLD_GET Gets Old RE Register Numbers .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I RG_OLD_SET Sets Old RE Register Numbers .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I SET_CANCEL_DATE Sets Cancellation Date of Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I SET_HERITOWNER Sets Owner of Leasehold Land for Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I UPDATE_BUSTYPES_BY_PL System Date Updates Land Use Types Using Parcel .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I UPDATE_DATES Updates Cancellation or Entry Date of All Entries .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes RER Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I UPDATE_MEASVALUE_BY_BT Updates Measurement Amount Using Land Types .
IF_RELM_RE_REGISTER_MNGR I UPDATE_MEASVALUE_BY_PL Updates Measurement Amount Using Parcel .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes an Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks Whether Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Returns an Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Returns an Entry with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_LIST Returns All Entries .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Returns All Entries with Additional Data .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds a New Entry .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_ADD_GET Gets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_ADD_GET_X Gets Additions to Land Register with Addit. Fields .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_ADD_SET Sets Additions to Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_SUB_GET Gets Removals from Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_SUB_GET_X Gets Removals from Land Register with Additional Fields .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I REL_SUB_SET Sets Removals from Land Register .
IF_RELM_RE_RG_CHANGE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes an Entry .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I CAN_PERFORM Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I CHECK_BEFORE_PERFORM Checks Before Execution .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I FREE Releases all resources and locks [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I GET_MSGLIST Gets the Message Collector .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I GET_STATUS Gets Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I GET_TEXT Text of a Settlement Step [Abstract] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I INIT Initializes Using the Superordinate Object [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I IS_MSGLIST_EMPTY Is the List of Collected Messages Empty? .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I IS_STATUS_MODIFIED Checks if data was changed [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I PERFORM Execution of Migration [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I SET_STATUS Sets the Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_ANY I STORE_STATUS Save Status [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I CAN_PERFORM Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I CHECK_BEFORE_PERFORM Checks Before Execution .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I GET_MSGLIST Gets the Message Collector .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I GET_MSGLIST_BY_TAB Gets the Message Collector for a Table .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I GET_STATUS Gets Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I GET_STATUS_LIST Delivers the Status .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I INIT Initializes Using the Superordinate Object [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I IS_MSGLIST_EMPTY Is the List of Collected Messages Empty? .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I PERFORM Execution of Migration [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIGRATE_GROUP I SET_STATUS Sets the Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I CAN_PERFORM Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I CAN_PERFORM_BY_STEP Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_LIST_EXECUTEABLE_STEPS Gets All Possible Steps That Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_MSGLIST Gets the Message Collector .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_MSGLIST_BY_GROUP Gets the Message Collector for a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_MSGLIST_BY_STEP Gets the Message Collector for a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_MSGLIST_BY_TAB Gets the Message Collector for a Table .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_POSSIBLE_STATUS_LIST Gets the Possible Statuses of a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS Gets Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS_BY_GROUP Gets the Status of Migration for a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS_BY_STEP Gets the Status of Migration for a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS_LIST Delivers the Status .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS_LIST_BY_GROUP Gets the Status of a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STATUS_LIST_BY_STEP Gets the Status of a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I GET_STEP Gets a Certain Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I INIT Initialize .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I IS_MSGLIST_EMPTY Is the List of Collected Messages Empty? .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I IS_STORABLE Checks If Saving Is Allowed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I PERFORM Execution of Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I PERFORM_STEP Execution of a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION I SET_STATUS_BY_STEP Sets the Status of Migration for a Step .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I CAN_PERFORM Can Be Executed .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I CHECK_BEFORE_PERFORM Checks Before Execution .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_GROUP Gets a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_MSGLIST Gets the Message Collector .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_MSGLIST_BY_GROUP Gets the Message Collector for a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_MSGLIST_BY_TAB Gets the Message Collector for a Table .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_POSSIBLE_STATUS_LIST Gets the Possible States .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_STATUS Gets Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_STATUS_BY_GROUP Gets the Status of Migration for a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_STATUS_LIST Delivers the Status .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I GET_STATUS_LIST_BY_GROUP Gets the Status of a Group .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I INIT Initialize .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I IS_MSGLIST_EMPTY Is the List of Collected Messages Empty? .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I PERFORM Execution of Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP I SET_STATUS Sets the Status of the Migration .
IF_REMI_MIGRATION_STEP_TRREQ I ADD_OBJECTS_TO_REQUEST Adds Table Entries to Transport Request .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_ACCFIRMNR Change External Consumer Numbers/Evaluation Groups .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_CONDITION Change All Conditions .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_LEADING_CNNR Sets the Leading Contract .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_NOTICE_TERM Changes the Notice Term .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_OBJLIST_FOR_VZGPO_SEL Changes Object List Whose VZGPO Data Records Are Converted .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_OLD_CONDITION Change All Classic RE Conditions for an Object .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_OPTRATE Changes the Option Rates .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_ORG_ASSIGNMENT Changes the Standard Organizational Assignment .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_RECNTXT Contract Text .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_RECNTXTOLD Number of old contract .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_RENEWAL_TERM Changes the Renewal Term .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_SANLF Gets the Product Type for the Condition .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_STATUS Change of Old Status .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_TERMPY Change Posting Term .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_VIMIUH Change of Sales Grading from Classic RE .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I CHANGE_XSU Change Text of Settlement Unit .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_CALCRULE Supplies the Calculation Formula .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_CONDPARTNER Gets the Partner .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_CONDPURPOSEEXT Gets the Condition Purpose .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_MAPPING_RSREASON Resubmission - Reasons for Resubmission .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_MAPPING_RSRULE Resubmission Rule .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_PAYMENT_BY_COND Condition for Posting Term .
IF_REMI_MIG_ATTR_MODIFICATION I GET_RHYTHM_BY_VARIANT Gets Settlement Frequency for Settlement Period .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I GET_CONDCURR Currency of Condition [Abstract] .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I GET_COND_OBJNR Gets Object Number for the Condition .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I GET_COND_OBJNRDIST Distribution Object .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I GET_DISTRULE Supplies the Distribution Formula .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I GET_UPDATED_BUSOBJ Gets the Updated BO [Abstract] .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I INIT_BY_KEY Initializes Manager Using Key Fields [Final] .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I MIGRATION_CONDITION Migration of Condition .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I SET_BPOBJREL Primary Business Partner .
IF_REMI_MIG_COND_MNGR I SET_VIMI38 Sets Cost Center Assignment .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I GET_CC_SOURCE Gets the Source Company Code .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I GET_CC_TARGET Gets the Target Company Code .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I GET_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR Gets the Manager - House Bank Accounts .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I IS_CREATED_CC_TARGET Was the Target Company Code Generated? .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I IS_ERROR_ACTIVATION_ENABLED Activation Allowed Despite Error? .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I IS_HAS_ACTIVE Is the Owner of the Manager Active? .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I IS_MODIFIED_CC_SOURCE Was the Source Company Code Changed? .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I RAISE_EVENT_CC_SOURCE_CHANGED Generates Event Source Company Code Change .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I RAISE_EVENT_PARTER_CHANGED Generates Event Partner Change .
IF_REMM_HAS_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT I SET_UPDATE_CCREF Sets the Update Indicator .
IF_REMM_HAS_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN I GET_MN_COMPANY_CODE Gets the Company Code .
IF_REMM_HAS_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN I GET_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR Gets the Manager - Objects for Third Party Management .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If House Bank Account Exists (Except.) .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I COUNT Gets Number of House Bank Accounts .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I COUNT_PARTNER_BANK Returns the Number of Parnter Banks .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes House Bank Account .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If House Bank Account Exists (Y/N) .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT Gets the Active House Bank .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Additional Data .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All House Bank Accounts .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets All House Bank Accounts with Additional Data .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I GET_PARTNER_BANK Gets the Partner Banks .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds House Bank Account .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I INSERT_PARTNER_BANK Adds Partner Banks .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I IS_BANK_ACCOUNT_USABLE Asks If Account Can Be Used in Own Context .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I IS_EXTERNAL_NR_HOUSEBANK Asks If Number Assignment for House Banks Is External .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I SET_BANKDEFAULT Sets the Default Bank Details .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets All House Bank Accounts .
IF_REMM_HOUSEBANK_ACCOUNT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Updates House Bank Account .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_CCCR Checks the Condominium Owner Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_CCMNG Checks the Manager Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_CCREF Checks the Reference Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_HASTAXDIST Checks the Opting Indicator .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_MANDATEID Checks the Mandate ID .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_MANDATEOLD Checks the Old Mandate Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_MANDATETYPE Checks the Mandate Type .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_PLANTMN Checks the Mandate Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_PLANTREF Checks the Reference Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_STCEG Checks the VAT Registration Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks the Valid-From Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks the Valid-To Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I CHECK_XMANDATE Checks the Name of the Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I ENABLE_ERROR_ACTIVATION Allows Activation Despite Incorrect Data .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_BEHAVIOURMNGM Gets Company Code Behavior .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_CCCR Gets the Condominium Owner Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_CCMNG Gets the Manager Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_CCREF Gets the Reference Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_HASTAXDIST Gets the Opting Indicator .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_MANDATEID Gets the Mandate ID .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_MANDATEOLD Gets the Old Mandate Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_MANDATETYPE Gets the Mandate Type .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_PLANTMN Gets the Mandate Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_PLANTREF Gets the Reference Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_STCEG Gets the VAT Registration Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_VALIDFROM Gets the Valid-From Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_VALIDTO Gets the Valid-To Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I GET_XMANDATE Gets Name of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I IS_ACTIVE Asks If Mandate Is Active? .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_BEHAVIOURMNGM Sets Company Code Behavior .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_CCCR Sets the Condominium Owner Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_CCMNG Sets the Manager Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_CCREF Sets the Reference Company Code .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_HASTAXDIST Sets the Opting Indicator .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_MANDATEID Sets the Mandate ID .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_MANDATEOLD Sets the Old Mandate Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_MANDATETYPE Sets the Mandate Type .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_PLANTMN Sets the Mandate Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_PLANTREF Sets the Reference Plant .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_STCEG Sets the VAT Registration Number .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_UPDATE_FROM_CCREF Sets the Update Indicator .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_VALIDFROM Sets the Valid-From Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_VALIDTO Sets the Valid-To Date of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MANDATE I SET_XMANDATE Sets Name of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I ADD_LIST_BUSOBJ Adds Data of Business Object to List .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I CHECK_ADOPT_OBJECTS Checks the Object to Be Transferred .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I CHECK_OBJ_ASSIGN_CCMN Gets Flag for If There Is Assignment in Mandate Company Code.
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I CHECK_SETTINGS_CC_INVOLVED Checks Settings of Company Codes Involved .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I GET_CC_FROM_LIST Gets the Company Code of the Object List .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I GET_FLAG_EXT_NUMBER Gets Flags for If Number Assignmt for Object Types Internal .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I GET_LIST Gets All Objects to Be Transferred .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I GET_LIST_X Gets All Objects to Be Transferred and Addit. Fields .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I INIT_BY_MANDATE Initializes Using Mandates .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I SET_FLAG_EXT_NUMBER Sets Flags for If Number Assignmt for Object Types Internal .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I SET_LIST Sets List of All Objects to Be Transferred .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I SET_OBJ_VALIDFROM Sets Date Starting on Which the Objects Are Valid .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I SET_PARAMETER_MANDATE Sets Parameters of Mandate .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ADOPT I STORE_ADOPTION Saves the Objects to Be Transferred .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_BUILDING Gets Buildings .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_BUSINESS_ENTITY Gets Business Entities .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_COMPANY_CODE Gets Company Codes .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_OBJECT Gets the Assigned Object .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_OBJECT_X Gets the Assigned Object .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I GET_PROPERTY Gets the Land .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager Using Superordinate Object .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I IS_ENABLED Asks If Assignment Is Allowed .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I SET_OBJECT Sets the Assigned Object .
IF_REMM_MN_OBJ_ASSIGN_MNGR I SET_OBJECT_IDENT_FOR_CHECK Sets the Assigned Object .
IF_REOR_HAS_OBJECT_STATUS I GET_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR Gets the Search Status Manager .
IF_REOR_HAS_OBJECT_STATUS I GET_SEARCH_RESULT Gets the Objects Found .
IF_REOR_HAS_OBJECT_STATUS I SEARCH Find .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I DELETE Removes Status .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Search Status Exists .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets Single Status .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies List of Objects .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_OBJSTATUS Gets the List of Objects for a Status .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies List of Objects .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Search Status Manager Using Superordinate Object.
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts New Status .
IF_REOR_OBJECT_STATUS_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets List of Objects .
IF_REOR_OFFER I ADOPT_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_INDUSTRY Checks Industry .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_OFID Checks Offer Number .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNBUKRSCOLLECT Checks Company Code of Main Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNCURR Checks Contract Currency .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNDAT Checks Date of Conclusion of Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNNRCOLLECT Checks Number of Main Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNTLAW Checks Tenancy Law .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_RECNTYPE Checks Contract Type .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_SRRELEVANT Checks 'Sales-Relevant' Indicator .
IF_REOR_OFFER I CHECK_XOF Checks Name of Offer .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_DETAIL_OLD Gets Structure with Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_ADJUSTMENT_MNGR Supplies Adjustment Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_NOTICE_MNGR Supplies Notice Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_NOTICE_OBJ_MNGR Supplies Notice Manager for Objects (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_PAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Payment Rule Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_PERIOD_MNGR Supplies Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_RENEWAL_MNGR Supplies the Renewal Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_RENEWAL_OBJ_MNGR Gets Renewal Manager for Objects (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_RHYTHM_MNGR Supplies Frequency Term Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_TERM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR Gets the Withholding Tax Manager (Terms) .
IF_REOR_OFFER I GET_USERSUPPLIER Supplies Contractor and Contractee .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_ACCOUNT Asks If It Is a G/L Account Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_DIRECTION_SUPPLIER Asks If Contract Is an Offering Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_DIRECTION_USER Asks If Contract Is a Using Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_INTERN Asks If Internal Contract Is Involved .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_REJECTED Was Contract Offer Rejected .
IF_REOR_OFFER I IS_TAXFREE Asks If Contract Is Non-Tax Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_BENOCN Changes Main BE of Contract, Possibly Automatic from Object .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_BUKRS Changes the Company Code .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_INDUSTRY Changes the Industry .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_OFRESTO Changes 'Reserved To' Date .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNBUKRSCOLLECT Changes Company Code of Main Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNCNCURR Changes Contract Currency .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNDAT Changes Date of Contract Conclusion .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNNR Changes Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNNRCOLLECT Changes Number of Main Contract .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_RECNTLAW Changes Tenancy Law .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_SRRELEVANT Changes Relevance to Sales-Based Rent .
IF_REOR_OFFER I SET_XOF Changes Name of Contract Offer .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_ADDRESS Supplies the Address .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_AECCLASSSTR Gets the AEC Level String .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_CONDITION_LIST Gets List of Conditions .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_MEAS_LIST Gets List of Measurements .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I GET_RRCHARACTSTR Gets the Fixtures/Fittings Characteristic String .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I HAS_GENERIC_AEC_CLASS Bool: General Characteristic "Publicly Subsidized" Exists? .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_ADDRESS Sets the Address .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_AECCLASSSTR Sets the AEC Level String .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_BENO Sets the Business Entity .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_BUILDYEAR Sets the Construction Year .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_BUKRS Sets the Company Code .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_BUNO Sets the Building .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_CONDITION Sets the Conditions .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_FLOOR Sets the Floor .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_MEAS Sets the Measurement Type .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_MEASUREMENT Sets Measurements .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_NEIGHBORHOOD Sets Fields for Neighborhood .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OFID Sets ID of Contract Offer .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OOBEG Sets Available From .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OODATAFROM Sets Valid-From Date of Offer Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OODATATO Sets Valid-To Date of Offer Data .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OOEND Sets Available To .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_OORESTO Sets Reserved To .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_PRNO Sets Land .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_RONO Sets Number of the Rental Object .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_RRCHARACTSTR Sets the Fixtures/Fittings Characteristic String .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_SLAGEWE Sets Location of Business Entity .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_SOBJLAGE Sets the District Location .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_SSTDORT Sets the Regional Location .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_TRANSPCONN Sets the Transport Connections .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_USAGETYPE Sets the Usage Type .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_USAGE_OBJECT Sets the Reference Object .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I SET_XOO Changes Text for Offered Object .
IF_REOR_OFFER_OBJECT I UPDATE_DATA Updates the Data .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_AEC Checks Accommodation Entitlement Certificate .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_BUILDAGE Checks Age of Building .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_COND Checks 'Maximum Amount for Condition Group' .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_EDITINDICATOR Checks Processing Indicator .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_EDITSTATUS Checks Processing Status .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_INFLOWFROM Checks Source of Prospect .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_INFLOWREASON Checks Reason for Search .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_INFLOWWAY Checks Source of Inquiry .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_MEAS Checks Measurements .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_NEIGHBORHOODSTR Checks Neighborhood .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_PRESELECTION Checks Preselection Indicator .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRCHARACTSTR Checks Fixtures and Fittings .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRCNBEG Checks Contract Start Date .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRCNBEGLATER Checks 'Later Contract Start Possible' .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRCNEND Checks Contract End Date .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRDISTLOCSTR Checks District Location .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRFLOORSTR Checks Floor .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRID Checks Number of RE Search Request .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRLOCATIONSTR Checks Location .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRREGLOCSTR Checks Regional Location .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRSEARCHPART Checks Inclusion in Search .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRTRANSPCONNSTR Checks Transport Connections .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_RRTYPE Checks RE Search Request Type .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I CHECK_XRR Checks Text of RE Search Request .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_AECCLASSSTR Gets the AEC Level String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_BUSINESS_ENTITY_LIST Gets Business Entities for RE Search Request .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_CONDITION_LIST Gets List of Conditions .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_MEAS_LIST Gets List of Measurements .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_NEIGHBORHOODSTR Gets the Neighborhood String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRCHARACTSTR Gets the Fixtures/Fittings Characteristic String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRDISTLOCSTR Gets the District Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRFLOORSTR Gets the Floor String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRLOCATIONNESTR Gets Exclude Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRLOCATIONSTR Gets the Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRREGLOCSTR Gets the Regional Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I GET_RRTRANSPCONNSTR Gets the Transport Connections String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I HAS_GENERIC_AEC_CLASS Bool: General Characteristic "Publicly Subsidized" Exists? .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I IS_AEC_POSSIBLE Bool: Accommodation Entitlement Certificate Possible? .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_ADDRESS Sets the Address .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECCLASSSTR Sets the AEC Level String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECDATEOFISSUE Sets AEC Issued On .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECEXISTS Sets AEC Exists .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECINFO Sets AEC Info .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECPERSONGROUP Sets AEC Person Group .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECPRIORITY Sets AEC Priority .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_AECVALIDTO Sets AEC Valid-To .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_BUILDAGEFROM Sets Construction Year From .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_BUILDAGETO Sets Construction Year To .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_BUSINESS_ENTITY_LIST Sets Business Entities for RE Search Request .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_CONDITION Sets the Conditions .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_EDITINDICATOR Sets the Processing Indicator .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_EDITSTATUS Sets the Processing Status .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_INFLOWFROM Sets Source of Prospect .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_INFLOWREASON Sets Reason for Search .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_INFLOWWAY Sets Source of Inquiry .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_MEAS Sets the Measurements .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_NEIGHBORHOODSTR Sets the Neighborhood String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_PRESELECTION Sets the Preselection Indicator .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRCHARACTSTR Sets the Fixtures/Fittings Characteristic String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRCNBEG Sets Requested Contract Start Date .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRCNBEGLATER Sets 'Later Contract Start Possible' .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRCNEND Sets Requested Contract End Date .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRDISTLOCSTR Sets the District Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRFLOORSTR Sets the Floor String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRID Sets the RE Search Request Number .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRLOCATIONNESTR Sets Exclude-Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRLOCATIONSTR Sets the Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRREGLOCSTR Sets the Regional Location String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRSEARCHPART Sets the Participation Conditions .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRTRANSPCONNSTR Sets the Transport Connections String .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_RRTYPE Sets the RE Search Request Type .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_SEARCHTERM Sets Search Text .
IF_REOR_RENTAL_REQUEST I SET_XRR Sets the Text of RE Search Request .
IF_RERA_ACCRUAL_ENGINE I INIT Initializes the Accrual Tool .
IF_RERA_ACCRUAL_ENGINE I POST Posts Accruals/Deferrals .
IF_RERA_ACCRUAL_ENGINE I REVERSE Reverses Accruals .
IF_RERA_ACCRUAL_POSTING I GET_ACCRUAL_SUMMARY Gets Accrual/Deferral Results .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I CLEAR_SELECTION Deletes Selection Critera and Data .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_ACCT_STMNT_FROM_SEL Gets Account Statement .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_ACCT_STMNT_X_FROM_SEL Gets Account Statement (Balance History) .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_CARRYFORWARD Gets Current Balance Carryforward .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_ITEM_LIST_FROM_SEL Gets List of Items .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_ITEM_LIST_X_FROM_SEL Gets List of Items .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I GET_SUMMARY_FROM_SEL Gets Summarized Values .
IF_RERA_ACCT_SHEET I SET_SELECTION Sets Selection Criteria and Selected Data .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_CN_ACCT_BY_PARTNER Checks Open Item Account Number for a Contract and Partner .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_CURRENCY_CONVERSION Checks Currency and Determines Exchange Rate and Date .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_DOC_NUMBER Checks Document Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_HOUSEBKACC Checks House Bank Account Key .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_HOUSEBKID Checks House Bank Key .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_OIACCOUNT Checks Open Item Account Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CHECK_TAXCODE_FOR_ACCOUNT Checks If Tax Code Agrees with G/L Account .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CLOSE_POSTING_CHANNEL Closes the Posting Channel for a Posting Process .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CONVERT_DOCITEMID Converts FI Document Number to RE Internal Name .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I CREATE_DOC_FOR_EXT_ADVPAYMENT Generates RE Line Items from FI Down Payments(AP Legacy Data.
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I DECONVERT_DOCITEMID Converts RE Internal Name to FI Document Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I DISPLAY_CASHFLOW_LIST Display of Cash Flow List (Periodic Posting) .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I DISPLAY_DOCUMENT Document Display .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I DISPLAY_DOCUMENT_LIST Display of a Document List .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_ACC_DOC_DETAIL_LIST Gets Detail Data of Accounting Documents .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_BUS_AREA Supplies Name of Business Area .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_CN_ACCTTYPE_BY_PARTNERROLEGets Open Item Account Type for a Partner Role .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_CN_ACCT_BY_PARTNER Gets Open Item Account Number for a Contract and Partner .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_CN_ACCT_MASTERDATA Gets Master Data for Open Item Account Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_CONTROLLING_AREA Supplies Controlling Area of Company Code .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_COSTOBJECT Supplies Name of a Cost Object .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_CURRENCY_CONVERSION Determines Exchange Rate/Date for Document .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_DOCUMENT_IDENT Supplies Name of Document .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_DOC_TYPE Gets Name of Document Type .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_DUNNING_AREA Supplies Name of Dunning Area .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_DUNNING_BLOCK Supplies Name of Dunning Block .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_FISCAL_PERIOD Supplies Fiscal Period for Posting Date .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_FISCAL_PERIOD_DATES Supplies Start and End Date of Fiscal Period .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_FISCAL_YEAR_PERIODS Gets Number of Posting Periods .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_GLACCOUNT Gets Account Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_GLACCOUNT_LIST_BY_SCK Supplies the RE Account Symbol for a Service Charge Key .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_GLACCT_BY_BUKRS Gets Name of G/L Account .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_LINEITEM Supplies Line Item .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_LOGSYSTEM Gets the Logical System .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_MINOR_AMOUNT_LIMIT Gets the Trivial Amount Limits .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_NOT_PAYABLE_ITEMS Supplies Items Still to Be Paid .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_PAYMENT_BLOCK Supplies Name of Payment Block .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_PAYMENT_METHOD Supplies Name of Payment Method .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_PAYMENT_TERM Supplies Name of Conditions of Payment .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_PROFITCENTER Supplies Name of Profit Center .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_REFDOCID_BY_DOCITEMID Gets Reference No. for External Encoding for Document Item .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_RE_DOC_FROM_EXT_DOC Gets RE Document for External Document Number .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I GET_TOTALS Supplies Total Costs .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I HAS_ACCOUNTING_DOC Have Postings Been Made to Business Object .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I INIT_BY_ACCSYSTEM Initializes Object using ID of FI System .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I IS_BUS_AREA_BALANCE_ACTIVE Is Business Area Balance Sheet Active? .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I IS_COST_OF_SALES_ACTIVE Is Cost of Sales Accounting Active? .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I IS_PRCTR_ACCOUNTING_ACTIVE Is Profit Center Accounting Active? .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I IS_PRCTR_ACCOUNTING_OBLIGATORYIs Profit Center Mandatory? .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I OPEN_POSTING_CHANNEL Opens the Posting Channel for a Posting Process .
IF_RERA_ACC_SYSTEM I SET_DOC_SPLIT_INFO Sets Split Info for Posting Records (New Document Header) .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Structure .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL_BY_ACROBJGUID Deletes Structure .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I INIT Initializes Manager .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PROCESSGUID Initializes Manager With Process GUID .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Inserts Structure .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I SET_STATUS_BY_ACROBJGUID Sets Status .
IF_RERA_ACR_ITEM_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Structure .
IF_RERA_ACR_PARAM I INIT_BY_ACR_POSTING Initialize Through Accrual Process .
IF_RERA_ACR_PARAM I SET_PROCESSID Initialize Through Accrual Process Reversal .
IF_RERA_ACR_PARAM I SET_PROCESSMODE Initialize Through Accrual Process Reversal .
IF_RERA_ACR_REVERSAL_PARAM I INIT_BY_REVERSAL Initialize Through Accrual Process Reversal .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_BOOKING I CLEAR_DOCS Clear .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_BOOKING I CREATE_AND_PREPARE_DOCS Create and Prepare Documents .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_BOOKING I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_BOOKING I POST_DOCS Update and Clear .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_BOOKING I REVERSAL Delete Documents .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_ADD_OBJNR Supplies Object Number of Additional Account Assignment .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR Gets the Manager for Split Advance Payments [Abstract] .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_AMOUNT_BY_CONTRACT Supplies Amounts for Contract .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_AMOUNT_BY_OBJ Supplies Amounts for an Object .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_CASHFLOW_MNGR Supplies Cash Flow Manager .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_OBJ_X Supplies Object Cash Flow Item for Key .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_FIRSTPOSTING Gets Date of First Posting .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_LIST_PAY_X Supplies All Entries for Payment-Related Cash Flow .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_PERIOD Supplies Period in Which Cash Flow Is Read .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_PREVIOUS_RESULTS Supplies Results Of A Previous Calculation .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_RELEVANT_CONDITIONS Supplies Respective Conditions .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_SETTLPERIOD Supplies Settlement Period .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_USED_CONDITIONS Supplies Conditions of Contract for Settling .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I GET_VALIDFROM Gets Start Date of Contract .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I HANDLE_NO_CFENTRY_FOUND No cash flow entry found; next activity? .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I HAS_SPEC_GL_INDICATOR Has Special G/L Indicator .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_ADVPAY_BOOKASREVENUE AP Posted as Revenue .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_PAYED Was Item Cleared? .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_CASHFLOW_MNGR I IS_SIMMODE_ACTIVE Determination Takes Place in Simulation Mode .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_EXT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_EXT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_CONDDETAIL Gets All Entries for Condition and Period .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_EXT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_EXT_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes All Entries .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I ADD_SPLIT Totals the Split Advance Payments .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I CREATE_AND_PREPARE_DOCS Create and Prepare Documents .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I DO_SPLIT Splits Cash Flow Record, When Necessary .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I GET_DOC Gets the Documents .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I GET_REFDOC_LIST Gets All Document References .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I POST_DOCS Update .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I REVERSAL Delete Documents .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_SPLIT_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes All Entries .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_TAX_MNGR I GET_TAX_CHANGES Gets Changes of Taxes (Posting Term/TSP Code) .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_TAX_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initialization via Settlement .
IF_RERA_ADVPAY_TAX_MNGR I ZIP_ADVPAYMENT Summary of Individual Advance Payments Depending on MWSKZ .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I CHANGE_OBJGUID Changes Object GUID .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET Supplies Advance Payments .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_BOOKING_MNGR Posting Manager .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_CASHFLOW_MNGR Cash Flow Manager .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Advance Payments Determined Up to Now .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_OBJGUID Gets All Advance Payments for Object Determined Up to Now .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_MAINPARTNER4PERIOD Supplies Main Partner within a Period .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I GET_TAX_MNGR Control Manager .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I IS_STORABLE Checks If Saving Is Allowed .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I LOAD_ENTRIES Load data .
IF_RERA_APAYMENT_MNGR I REVERSAL Delete Documents Stored with STORE .
IF_RERA_COSTS_MNGR I GET_COSTS Supplies Costs that Were Posted to this Object [Abstract] .
IF_RERA_COSTS_MNGR I HAS_DOC Have Postings Been Made to Object .
IF_RERA_COSTS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RERA_DOC I CHECK_DELETION_IND_ALLOWED Checks Whether Deletion Indicator Can Be Set .
IF_RERA_DOC I CHECK_HEADER Checks RE Document Header .
IF_RERA_DOC I CHECK_ITEMS Checks RE Document Line Items .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_CURR_DUNN_DATA_BY_ITEMNO Supplies Current Dunning Data for Line Item .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic and Additional Data .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_IDENT Supplies Document Identification .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RERA_DOC I GET_LIST Supplies Document Items .
IF_RERA_DOC I INIT_BY_DATA "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RERA_DOC I POST Posts Document .
IF_RERA_DOC I POST_RE Posts RE Document .
IF_RERA_DOC I REVERSE Reverses Document .
IF_RERA_DOC I SET_CLEARING_STATUS Sets Clearing Status .
IF_RERA_DOC I SET_DELETION_IND Sets Deletion Indicator .
IF_RERA_DOC_GENERATOR I INIT Initializes Document Generator .
IF_RERA_DOC_GENERATOR I PERFORM Generates .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I CLEAR Clears Documents Items .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I GET_AMOUNT_FOR_ADVPAY Returns Amounts for Advanced Payment Transfer (SCS) .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies List .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_CLEARNGPROCESSID Initializes Document Manager by ProcessID of Clearing .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_CONDTYPE Initializes Line Item Manager by Condition Type .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARTNER Initializes Line Item Manager by Partner Number .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I INIT_BY_REFGUID Initializes Line Item Manager by Reference GUID .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I IS_PAYED Was Item Paid .
IF_RERA_DOC_ITEM_MNGR I UNDO_CLEARING Reverses Clearing .
IF_RERA_DOC_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Generated Documents .
IF_RERA_DOC_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets List of RE Documents .
IF_RERA_DOC_MNGR I INIT Initializes Documenten Manager .
IF_RERA_DOC_MNGR I POST Posts the Document .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_COMMITMENTITEM Checks Commitment Item .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_FUNCTIONALAREA Checks Functional Area .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_FUND Checks Fund .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_FUNDSCENTER Checks Funds Center .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_GRANT Checks Grant .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I CHECK_MEASURE Checks Program in Funds Management .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_ACTIVE_FM_DIMENSIONS Active Funds Management Components .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_COMMITMENTITEM_IDENT Gets Name of Commitment Item .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_FUNCTIONALAREA_IDENT Supplies Name of Functional Area .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_FUNDSCENTER_IDENT Supplies Name of Funds Center .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_FUND_IDENT Supplies Name of Fund .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_GRANT_IDENT Supplies Name of Grant .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I GET_MEASURE_IDENT Gets Name of Program in Funds Management .
IF_RERA_FUNDS_MANAGEMENT I INIT Initialization .
IF_RERA_HAS_APAYMENT I GET_APAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Advance Payment Manager .
IF_RERA_HAS_APAYMENT I GET_LEGACY_DATA_MNGR Gets AP Legacy Data Transfer Manager .
IF_RERA_HAS_COSTS I GET_COSTS_MNGR Supplies Cost Manager .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I GET_CONTRACT_LIST Gets the Contracts That the Invoice Refers To .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Invoice Header and Additional Fields .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I GET_LIST Gets Invoice Items .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I GET_LIST_X Gets Invoice Items and Additional Fields .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I INIT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I INIT_BY_DATA "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RERA_INVOICE I REQUERY Reads Invoice Data Again from Database .
IF_RERA_INVOICE_CREATION_PARAM I GET_DEFAULT_OPTIONS Gets the Default Options .
IF_RERA_INVOICE_CREATION_PARAM I SET_OBJECT_LIST Changes the List of Contracts to Be Considered .
IF_RERA_INVOICE_CREATION_PARAM I SET_OPTIONS Changes the Options .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT Initializes Posting Module .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_DOCGUID Initializes by List of RE Document GUIDs .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_OBJNR Initialized by Process ID .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_PROCESS Initializes by Process .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_PROCESSID Initialized by Process ID .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_REFERENCEDOCGUID Initializes by List of Reference GUIDs .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I INIT_BY_REV_PARAM Initializes by Reversal Parameters .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I POST Create documents .
IF_RERA_POSTING_ENGINE I REVERSE Reverse Documents .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM I INIT Initialize Parameters .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_BALANCE Checks Balance of Line Items .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_BASE_DATA Checks Basic Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Checks Document Header Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Checks Line Item Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_SINGLE_HEADER Checks Single Document Header .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_SINGLE_ITEM Checks Single Line Item .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I CHECK_WT_FOR_SINGLE_ITEM Checks Withholding Tax Data for Single Line Item .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I COMPLETE_BASE_DATA Enhances Basic Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I COMPLETE_HEADER_DATA Enhances Document Header Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I COMPLETE_ITEM_DATA Enhances Line Item Data .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I COMPLETE_SINGLE_HEADER Enhances Single Document Header .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I COMPLETE_SINGLE_ITEM Enhances Single Line Item .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I GENERATE_DISTRIBUTION_DATA Generates Distribution Items .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I GENERATE_SINGLE_DISTRIBUTION Generates Distribution Items for Individual Item .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I GET_ACCTASS_PROPOSAL Gets Proposal for Account Assignment .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I GET_OPACT_DATA Gets Attribute of Posting Activity .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I INIT_BY_DOC_DATA Initialize Using Existing Documents .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I INIT_BY_POSTING_RECORD Initialize Using Posting Record .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I PREDEFINE_BASE_DATA Defaults Basic Data from Customizing .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I PREDEFINE_HEADER_DATA Defaults Document Header Data from Customizing .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I PREDEFINE_ITEM_DATA Defaults Line Item Data from Customizing .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REOP I SET_OPACT_DATA Sets Attribute of Posting Activity .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REPP I INIT Initialization for Periodic Posting .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REPP I INIT_BY_CASHFLOW Fill the Paramaters through Cash Flow Records .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PARAM_REPP I INIT_BY_CASHFLOW_MNGR Fill the Parameters through Cash Flow Manager .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PROCESS I CHECK_AUTHORITY_BY_LIST Checks Authorization .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PROCESS I GET_POSTING_SUMMARY Supplies Results of Posting Process .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PROCESS I INIT Initializes Periodic Posting .
IF_RERA_POSTING_PROCESS I UPDATE_POSTING_SUMMARY Updates Results of Posting Process .
IF_RERA_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST List of RE Documents .
IF_RERA_PREPARE_RESULTS I INIT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RERA_REVERSAL_PARAM I INIT Initializes Reversal Parameters of the Posting Process .
IF_RERA_REVERSAL_PARAM I INIT_BY_OBJNR Initializes Reversal Parameters By List of Object Numbers .
IF_RERA_REVERSAL_PARAM I INIT_BY_REFERENCEDOCGUID Initializes Reversal of the Posting Process .
IF_RERA_REVERSAL_PARAM I SET_SUPPRESS_ORIG_REV Should Reversal of Original Process Be Suppressed? .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I CALCULATE_TAX Tax Calculation .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I CALC_TAX_BY_TERMPY Tax Calculation With Posting Term .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I CREATE_TAX_ITEMS_BY_ALL Generates Summarized Tax Items .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I CREATE_TAX_ITEMS_BY_ITEM Generates RE Document Tax Items from RE Document Items .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I GET_RETAXCODE_BY_EXTAXCODE Supplies RE Tax Type and Group for Ext. Sales Tax ID .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I GET_TAXTYPE_LIST_BY_MWART Gets List of RE Tax Types for MWART = V or A .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I GET_TAX_CHANGINGINTERVAL When Was Tax Changed for Tax Type and Tax Group .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I GET_TXJCD Supplies Name of Tax Jurisdiction Code .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I GET_VAT_TYPE Supplies VAT Type for Tax Type and Tax Group .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I INIT Initializes Object Using ID of Tax Calculation System .
IF_RERA_TAX_ENGINE I IS_TXJCD_ACTIVE Is Tax Jurisdiction Code Active? .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I SET_LIST Change List of Consumer Numbers .
IF_RESC_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR I SET_LIST_X Change List of Consumer Numbers Dependent on Settlement Co. .
IF_RESC_AJ_METHOD_SCSE I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_RESC_AJ_METHOD_SCSE I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_RESC_AJ_METHOD_SCSE I GET_SCSE_DETAIL_BY_METHREFGUIDGets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_RESC_BC_ADVPAY I PREPARE_TRANSFER Documents for Transfer of Credited AP on Objects .
IF_RESC_BC_SUBSTEP I CREATE_AND_PREPARE_DOCS Create and Prepare Documents .
IF_RESC_BC_SUBSTEP I POST_DOCS Update Documents .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_BALANCE_ZERO Checks If Costs Are Zero .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_DELETE_POSSIBLE Checks If Deleting Cost Collector Is Possible .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_DEL_FLAG_SET_POSSIBLE Checks If Setting Deletion Flag on Cost Collector Possible .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_DPERBEG Checks Start of a Settlement Period .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_SEMPSL Checks the Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_SNKSL Checks the Service Charge Key .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_STATUS Checks if status object dependent on transaction .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I CHECK_SWENR Checks Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I INIT_BY_PARENT "Only For Factory Methods" .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I IS_BOOKED Was Already Posted? .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I IS_SETTLED Is Period Already Settled .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS Sets 'transferred' status .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS_LOCKED Status: Locked .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS_RELEASED Status: Released .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS_SEREVERSED SCS Status Was Reversed .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS_SETTLED Status - Settled .
IF_RESC_COSTCOLLECTOR I SET_STATUS_UNLOCKED Status - Unlocked .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletion of Costs - Single Record .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Costs .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initialization Using Superordinate BO .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Setting of Costs - Single Record .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I SET_LIST Setting of Costs .
IF_RESC_COSTS_EXT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changing of Costs - Single Record .
IF_RESC_DATA_METER I SET_PARAMETER Sets the Parameters .
IF_RESC_DATA_SUSESTATUS I SET_PARAMETER Sets the Parameters .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_LIST Supplies Details for Object (and Time Period) .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Details of an Entry .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X All Imported Values and Their Status .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I GET_OVERVIEW_LIST Supplies Overview of All Objects Involved .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I REVERSAL Delete Data .
IF_RESC_D_TAPE_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_LIST Save Costs .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_EXBASERATE_MNGR I SET_LIST Entries Are Placed in Table .
IF_RESC_FUTURE_PARTICIP_GROUP I INIT_BY_SETTLEMENT Initialization Due to a Settlement .
IF_RESC_HAS_ACCFIRMNR I GET_ACCFIRMNR_MNGR Supplies Settlement Manager for External Settlement .
IF_RESC_HAS_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS Supplies the Address .
IF_RESC_HAS_ADDRESS I GET_ADDRESS_X Supplies Address Assignment with Address for Object .
IF_RESC_HAS_MEAS I GET_MEASVALUE_WITH_RANGE Delivers All Measurements for Key Date (One or All) .
IF_RESC_HAS_METER I GET_METER_IMPLSUBTYPE Gets the Implementation Name .
IF_RESC_HAS_METER I GET_METER_MNGR Supplies Meter Manager .
IF_RESC_HAS_OBJECT_LIST I GET_OBJ_LIST_MNGR Delivers Object List Manager .
IF_RESC_HAS_OBJECT_LIST I GET_TYPE_OF_OBJLIST Delivers Object List Category .
IF_RESC_HAS_SCO_GROUP I GET_SOGRP_MNGR Delivers Object List Manager .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I CREATE_AND_PREPARE_DOCS Create and Prepare Documents .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I DO_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT Perform Input Tax Adjustment .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I GET_LIST Gets the Lists of Input Tax Adjustments .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I INIT_BY_OBJECT Initialization .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I LOAD_ENTRIES Load Data When Step Is Called Again .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I POST_DOCS Update and Clear .
IF_RESC_ITAX_ADJUSTMENT I REVERSAL Undo Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_CONSUMPTION Gets the Consumption .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_CONSUM_HISTORY Gets Consumption in a Time Period .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_FIRST_AND_LAST First and Last Measurement Document in Period .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_LAST Last Entered Measurement Document .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets the Measurement Documents .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_PERIOD Gets the Measurement Documents for a Period .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RESC_MEASDOC_MNGR I SET_LIST Sets the Measurement Documents .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I CHECK_MEASUREM_POINT Checks If Measuring Points Exist .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I CHECK_MELNR Checks Number of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I CHECK_MELTX Checks Description of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I CHECK_NAMEL Checks Name of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I GET_LIST Gets Measuring Points for Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I SET_LIST Changes Measuring Points for Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I SET_MELNR Changes Number of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I SET_MELTX Changes Description of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I SET_NAMEL Changes Name of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_ENTRY_LIST I SORT_BY_OBJID Sorting of Entry List .
IF_RESC_MEAS_MNGR I CALC_APPORTVALUE Calculates Reference Factor .
IF_RESC_MEAS_MNGR I GET_VALUE_WITH_RANGE Delivers All Measurements for Key Date (One or All) .
IF_RESC_MEAS_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Measurement Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_MEAS_MNGR I IS_MEAS_TIMESHARED Is Measurement Type Time-Dependent .
IF_RESC_MEAS_MNGR_REF I INIT_BY_REFERENCE Initializes Via Reference .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes a Measuring Point .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_CONSUMPTION Determine Consumption .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_CONSUMPTION_BALANCE Determine Consumption Remainder .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_CONSUM_LIST_X Gets List of All Meas. Points + Consumption + Addit. Fields .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets List of All Measuring Points .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets List of All Measuring Points with Addit. Fields .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_MEASDOC_MNGR Gets the Measurement Documents Manager .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_DETAIL Gets the Details for a Measuring Point .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_DETAIL_X Gets the Details for a Measuring Point + Addit. Fields .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_LIST Gets the Details for a Measuring Point + Assigned Objects .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_LIST_BY_CHARACT Gets All Measuring Points for Characteristic .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_LIST_BY_MEAS Gets All Measuring Points for Measurement Type .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_POINT_LIST_X Gets List of All Measuring Points + Addit. Fields .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I GET_SUBOBJ_LIST Gets All Objects Assigned to a Meter .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds New Measuring Point .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I REFRESH Reload Data .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I SET_POINT_LIST Sets the List of All Measuring Points .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I SET_SUBOBJ_LIST Sets the Objects Assigned to a Meter .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I SUBOBJ_ALLOWED Are Subobjects Allowed at All .
IF_RESC_METER_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Updates Measuring Point .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I CHECK_SUBOBJ Checks the Subordinate Object .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I GET_ALLOWED_OBJTYPE Gets Allowed Object Types .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_DATE Gets Apportionment Rule for a Date .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets Subordinate SUs .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_VALIDFROM Gets Subordinate SUs Using Assignment Date .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I GET_LIST_X_BY_VALIDFROM Gets Subordinate SUs and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_BY_VALIDFROM Changes Apportionment Rule for a Date .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_X_BY_VALIDFROM Changes Apportionment Rule for a Date .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes Subordinate SUs .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I SET_LIST_WITH_VALIDFROM Changes Subordinate SUs Using Assignment Date .
IF_RESC_MSU_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR I SET_LIST_X_WITH_VALIDFROM Changes Subordinate SUs Using Date (Without INTRENO) .
IF_RESC_OBJECT_LIST_MNGR I GET_DETAILED_LIST Gets Detailed List .
IF_RESC_OBJECT_LIST_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets List of All Assigned Objects .
IF_RESC_OBJECT_LIST_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Object via Higher-Level Object .
IF_RESC_OBJ_LIST_FUTURE I RESET_BUFFER Deletes All Entries in Table Buffer .
IF_RESC_OBJ_LIST_FUTURE I UPLOAD Store Data in Internal Table .
IF_RESC_OBJ_LIST_MNGR_SETTL I RESET_BUFFER Deletes All Entries in Table Buffer .
IF_RESC_OBJ_LIST_MNGR_SETTL I UPLOAD Store Data in Internal Table .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_ALLOWED_OBJTYPE Gets Allowed Object Types .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_BUSOBJ_BY_IDENT_KEY Supplies Business Object via Object ID .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_BUSOBJ_BY_INTRENO Gets Business Object via INTRENO .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets All Entries with Additional Information .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I GET_OBJ_REL_LIST Gets All Assigned Rental Objects .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes All Entries .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR I SET_LIST_BASIC Changes All Entries (Basic Form) .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR_ROPG I GET_SU4RO Gets the SUs for a Rental Object .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR_SUCO I SET_RHYTHM_LIST Changes Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR_SUCO I SET_TENANCYLAW Changes Tenancy Law .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR_SUCO I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Start of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_OBJ_REL_MNGR_SUPG I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Start of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_PGID Checks Group of ROs That Participate in a Settlement .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_SWENR Checks Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Valid-From Date of Key of Participating Objects .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks Valid-To Date of Key of Participating Objects .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I CHECK_XPG Checks Name of Participating Rental Units .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_INVOLVED_BE Gets Participating Business Entities .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_OBJ_REL_MNGR Gets the Object Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_PG_PARENTS Gets the Superordinate SUs and/or Participation Groups .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_SETTLUNITS Gets the Settlement Units .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I GET_SWENR Delivers Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_PGID Changes Group of ROs That Participate in a Settlement .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_SWENR Changes Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Valid-From Date of Key of Participating Objects .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_VALIDTO Changes Valid-To Date of Key of Participating Objects .
IF_RESC_PARTICIP_GROUP I SET_XPG Changes Name of Participating RUs .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_CNROHIERARCHY Contract/Object Hierarchy .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_CREDIT_RECEIVABLE Credit/Receivables .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_DTAPE_RESULT Gets the D-Tape Output Structure .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_APPORTIONMENT Distribution Overview .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_CNRO2SU Total Costs and Measurement Amounts for Contract and RO .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_COSTS Posted Costs per Object .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_DOCS Gets the Documents That Were Read from Fin. Accounting .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_MSU2OBJ Master Settlement Unit to Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_SCK_AND_OBJ Service Charge Key and Rental Object .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_SU2CN Distribution Settlement Unit to Usage View .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_LIST_SU2RO Distribution Settlement Unit to Rental Object .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_MEASUREMENT Measurement .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_MLTAPE_RESULT Gets the M/L-Tape Output Structure .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_POSSIBLE_REPORTS Delivers Possible Reports .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_POSTING_LOG Displays Posting Log .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_RESULTS_FOR Supplies Results for a Given Object .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_RESULTS_MEAS_DETAIL Supplies Individual Changes to Measurement Amounts .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_RESULT_PER_OBJECT Supplies List per Contract/RO via SU (per Condition Type) .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_SETTL_HIERARCHY Settlement Hierarchy .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_TAX_DISTRIBUTION Gets Input Tax Adjustments Within Service Charge Settlement .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_TITLE Returns Title .
IF_RESC_PREPARE_RESULTS I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Using Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I CALC4RENTPERIOD Calculate Receivables .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I CALC4SINGLE_CONDTYPE Calculates Receivable per Condition Type [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I INIT_BY_TAXCALC Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I IS_VALID Checks Amounts =" If Receivable " 0 then Insert [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I SUM_ADVPAYMENT Totals Advance Payments per Flow Type [Final] .
IF_RESC_RECEIVABLE_CALC_ENGINE I SUM_DISTRIBUTION Totals SU Results [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SCO_GROUP_MNGR I COMPARE Compares Two Partipation Groups .
IF_RESC_SCO_GROUP_MNGR I GET_INVOLVED_BE Delivers Relevant Business Entities .
IF_RESC_SCO_GROUP_MNGR I GET_PARTICIP_GROUPS Delivers Table with Participation Group and Period .
IF_RESC_SCO_GROUP_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Instance Via Basic Data Structure .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Currency .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_INTRENO Delivers Internal Real Estate Master Data Code .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_MAINPARTNER4PERIOD Supplies Main Partner within a Period .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_OBJNR Supplies Object Number .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_OBJ_LIST Gets the Rental Objects for a Contract .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_PARENT Gets the Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_PAYMENT_TERM_BY_KEYDATE Supplies Posting Rule by Key Date .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_RECNEND Supplies Contract End Date .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_RECNNR Supplies RE Contract Number .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_RECNTYPE Supplies RE External Contract Type .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_SCCNPART_MNGR Supplies Settlement Participation Generator .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_TERMNOPY_BY_CONDTYPE Gets Posting Term .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_TERM_PAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Payment Rule Manager (Terms) .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I IS_ACTIVE Is Contract Active .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I IS_INTERN Asks If Internal Contract Is Involved .
IF_RESC_SCSCONTRACT I IS_OCCUPYING Asks If Contract Is an Occupancy Contract .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I COUNT Supplies Number of Entries .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I EXISTS Checks If Entry Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GENERATE_SCPART Generates Settlement Participation for all LO's of Object .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_BUKRS Delivers Company Code .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CHARACT_MNGR Supplies the Fixtures and Fittings Manager .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CN4PERIOD Supplies Lease-Outs for Object Within Period .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Currency .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_INTRENO Delivers Internal Real Estate Master Data Code .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Entries Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_MAINPARTNER4PERIOD Supplies Main Partner within a Period .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_OBJNR Supplies Object Number .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_OBJ_REL_MNGR Object Assignment .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_PARENT Gets the Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_PAYMENT_TERM_BY_KEYDATE Supplies Posting Rule by Key Date .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_POOLSPACE Supplies Pooled Space .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_RENTALSPACE Supplies Rental Units for a Pooled Space .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_ROTYPE Supplies Rental Object Type .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SCCNPART_MNGR Supplies Settlement Participation Generator .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SMENR Supplies Number of Rental Object .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SNUNR Supplies External Usage Type of Rental Obect .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SU4PERIOD Supplies All Settlement Units of a RO .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_SWENR Delivers Business Entity Number .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_TEXT Supplies Standard Text .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I GET_USAGE_TYPE_INT Supplies Category of Usage Type (Internal) .
IF_RESC_SCSRENTAL_OBJECT I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I CHECK_AUTHORITY_BY_SO_BUKRS Checks Authorization .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I GET_LIST_EXECUTEABLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Executable Settlement Steps .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I GET_LIST_POSSIBLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Settlement Steps .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I GET_LIST_REVERSEABLE_STEPS Supplies All Possible Reversable Settlement Steps .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I GET_NEXT_POSSIBLE_STEP Supplies Next Possible Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I IS_STEP_SELECTABLE Is Settlement Step Selectable for Menu .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I REVERSAL_STEP Undo Up To One Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I RUN_MULTIPLE_STEPS Execute Several Settlement Steps .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I RUN_SINGLE_STEP Execute Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT I STORE_IMMEDIATELY Save Immediately? .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I CHECK_PARAM_CUSTOMIZING Checks Customizing Parameters .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_AJPROCESSGUID Sets the Generic Key of the Adjustment Run .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_BLINEDATE Sets Baseline Date for Due Date Calculation .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_CHRG_PERCENT Sets Percentage That Is Added to Result .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_CREDITDUEDATE Sets Due Date for Credit Memos .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_DOCCOUNTER Sets Document Counter to New Value .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_DOCDATE Sets Document Date for Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_DTAPE_ACCESS Sets Read Method for D-Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_DTAPE_NAME Sets Name of D-Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_HEADERTXT Sets Document Header Text .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_KEYDATECOP Sets the Key Date for the Current Occupancy Principle .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_LAST_STEP Sets Last Performed Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_MEASKEYDATE Sets Key Date for Determining Measurement .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_MLTAPE_ACCESS Sets Storage Method for M/L-Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_MLTAPE_NAME Sets Name of M/L-Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_MLTAPE_SORTBY Sets the Algorithm for Output of the M/L-Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_ORPARAM Sets Necessary Parameters for Option Rate Determination .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PARAMKEY Sets the Settlement Schema .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PFROM Sets the Start of the Settlement Period .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PSTNGDATE Sets the Posting Date for the Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PSTNGPERIOD Setting of Posting Period .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PTO Sets the End of the Settlement Period .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_SANPNR Sets the Adjustment Method for Rent Adjustment .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_SCSPARAMS Set SCS-Specific Parameters .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_SETTLPERIOD Which Period Is Being Settled .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_SPOOLNR Sets the Spool Number .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_TAXDATE Sets the Key Date for Tax Calculation .
IF_RESC_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_VERSION Sets the Plan Version .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_COSTOBJECT I GET_CO_PARENT Determine Superordinate SUs .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_MASTER I GET_ASSIGN_SU_MNGR Gets Settlement Unit Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CAN_EXCHANGE Can Data Be Exchanged .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CHECK_DIRECT_COSTS_OBJLIST Checks Direct Account Assignment for All Objects .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CHECK_EXCHANGETYPE Checks Type of Data Exchange .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CHECK_PERHEATING Checks Percentage of Basic Costs for Heating .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CHECK_PERHOTWATER Checks Percentage of Basic Costs for Hot Water .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I CHECK_SETTLADVPAY Checks Indicator for Settlement by Settlement Company .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I DISABLE_EXCHANGE Prevents Data Exchange .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I ENABLE_EXCHANGE Allows Data Exchange .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I GET_ASSIGN_PG_MNGR Gets Participation Group Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I GET_EXBASERATE_MNGR Gets Basic Component Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I GET_RO_AND_CN Supplies Rental Objects and Lease-Outs for Period .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I SET_EXCHANGETYPE Changes the Type of Data Exchange .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I SET_PERHEATING Changes Percentage of Basic Costs for Heating .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I SET_PERHOTWATER Changes Percentage of Basic Costs for Hot Water .
IF_RESC_SETTLUNIT_NORMAL I SET_SETTLADVPAY Changes Indicator for Settlement by Settlement Company .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I DEL_EXCEPTION Deletes Exceptions .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GENERATE_SCPART Generates Settlement Participation per SU and RO .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GENERATE_SCPART_ALL Generates Settlement Participation for All ROs of LO .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GENERATE_STANDARD_SCPART Generates Settlement Participation (ohne LO Agreements) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_CONDITIONS Delivers Conditions for An Object and All Dependent Objects .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_CONDITIONS_X Delivers Valid Conditions for a RO and SCK .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_LIST Supplies Details for Object (and Time Period) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Details .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_OBJ_LIST Gets the Rental Objects for Contract [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_OVERVIEW_LIST Supplies Overview of All Objects Involved .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_PART_DEFAULTS Supplies Tenant Share and Maximum Costs .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_SCKPARTICIP Supplies Saved Settlement Participation Exceptions .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I GET_STANDARD4NOCOND Supplies Standard Settlement Participation If No Condition .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I IS_SCK_SETTLABLE Is SCK Eligible for Settlement .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I SET_DETAIL_LIST New Exceptions are Created for a RO .
IF_RESC_SETTL_CNPART_MNGR I SET_LIST New Exceptions Are Set .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP I GET_MESSAGES Delivers Messages On Step .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP I GET_STATUS Returns Status of Settlement Step .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AF I GET_EXIT Gets the BAdI .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AF I GET_LIST Gets All Measurement Amounts .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AJ I GET_RESULT_BY_SUBOBJ Gets the Results for Object and Subobject .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AP I GET_AMOUNTS Supplies Amounts (for Entire Step) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AP I GET_APAYMENT_MNGR Supplies Advance Payment Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AP I GET_RENTPERIOD_LIST Gets Rental Periods and the Required Conditions .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_AP I GET_TRGOBJNR COCP: Gets the OBJNR on Which the APs Are Posted .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_BC I GET_EXIT_REF Returns the Instance of the User Exit (BAdI) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_BC I SET_CC_STATUS_RELEASED Sets "Released" Status on Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_BC I SET_CC_STATUS_SETTLED Sets "Setttled" Status on Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_BC I SET_DIST_STATUS Sets Distribution Status for Input Tax Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_CCR I GET_ALL_RESULTS_BY_OBJ Supplies Results for a Given Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_CCR I GET_LIST Gets the List of Receivables .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_CCR I GET_LIST_BY_PERIODGUID Gets List with Receivables for a Rental Period .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_ITAXADJUST_LIST Return Table of All Input Tax Distributions .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_ITAXADJUST_MNGR Gets the Input Tax Correction Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_LIST_BY_OBJGUIDSRC Gets All Entries for a Source Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_LIST_BY_OBJGUIDTRG Gets All Entries for a Target Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_LIST_X_BY_OBJGUIDSRC Gets All Entries for a Source Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_LIST_X_BY_OBJGUIDTRG Gets All Entries for a Target Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_OBJITAXADJUST_LIST Gets Table with Objects with Input Tax Distribution .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_DC I GET_RESULT_PER_OBJECT Supplies List per Contract/RO via SU (per Condition Type) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_EDT I DETERMINATE_STATUS Set Status .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_EDT I GET_DTAPE_MNGR Gets Manager for Importing D-Tapes .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_EMLT I GET_MLTAPE_MNGR Gets Manager for Creating M/L-Tapes .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_EMLT I SET_RESULT Sets the Results .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_EMLT I SET_RESULT_BY_SUGUID Sets the Results per Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I GET_COST_LIST Gets List of All Costs .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I GET_DETAIL_BY_COSTGUID Gets the Costs .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I GET_DOC_LIST Gets List of All Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I GET_LIST_BY_GUID Supplies All Entries for an Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I GET_SUM_BY_OBJGUID Supplies Total of Costs for an Object .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I SET_CC_STATUS_LOCKED Sets "Locked" Status on the Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_GC I SET_CC_STATUS_UNLOCKED Sets "Unlocked" Status on the Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_AF I SET_MEASKEYDATE Sets Key Date for Determining Measurement .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_AJ I GET_ADJUSTPARAM Gets the Parameters for the Adjustment Process .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_AJ I SET_ADJUSTPARAM Sets the Parameters for the Adjustment Process .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_AJ I SET_EXTERNAL Adjustment Is Created by Separate Program .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I HAS_CN_CREDIT Does Contract Have Credit Memo .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I MARK_CN_AS_HAS_CREDIT Indicates Contract "Has Credit Memo" .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_BLINEDATE Sets Baseline Date for Due Date Calculation .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_CREDITDUEDATE Sets Due Date for Credit Memos .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_DOCCOUNTER Sets Document Counter to New Value .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_DOCDATE Sets Document Date for Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_HEADERTXT Sets Document Header Text .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_PSTNGDATE Sets the Posting Date for the Documents .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_PSTNGPERIOD Setting of Posting Period .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_REVERSALPARAM Transfers the Reversal Parameters .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_CP I SET_EXTERNAL Correspondence Is Created by Separate Program .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_D I SET_EXTERNAL D-Tape Is Imported by Separate Program .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_D I SET_TAPE_PARAM Set Paramaters for Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_GC I SET_VERSION Sets the Plan Version .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_ML I SET_EXTERNAL M/L-Tape Is Created by Separate Program .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_ML I SET_TAPE_PARAM Set Paramaters for Tape .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_SH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization [Final] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_SH I SET_SO Structure of All Necessary SU's via SELECT-OPTIONS .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_SH I SET_SULIST Structure of All Necessary SU's via List of SU's .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I ANALYSE_EXCHANGE Is Data Exchange Necessary and Which Data Is Needed .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I CHECKUP_SU_AND_SETTLTYPE Checks If List of SU's Matches Settlement Type .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_DETAIL Gets Values for an SU .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Values for an SU + Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_LIST Gets All Values .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_LIST_BY_OBJNR Gets All Values for an Object Number .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_REAL_RENTPERIOD Gets "Real" Entry for a Rental Period [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_REF_RENTPERIOD Gets Referencing Entry [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_RENTPERIOD_COPLIST Gets the Periods to Which There Is No Reference [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_RENTPERIOD_LIST Gets the Rental Periods .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_ROCN_LIST Gets All Rental Objects/Contracts .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_ROCN_LIST_BY_GUID Gets All Rental Objects/Contracts for a Rental Period .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I GET_SETTLPERIOD Supplies Settlement Period .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I HAS_CURROCCPRINCIPLE Should Current Occupancy Principle Be Used for RO .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I HAS_SHAREOUTRULE Does SU Have an Allocation Rule .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I INS_NEW_ROCN_ENTRY Creates a New Rental View Entry .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I INS_ROCN Adds a New Rental Period [Final] .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I SET_DETAIL Changes Values of an SU .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I SET_DETAIL_X Changes Values of an SU + Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I SET_LIST Changes All Values .
IF_RESC_SETTL_STEP_SH I SET_MODIFY_FLAG If an Independent Settlement Step Has Changed Data .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_BUKRS Checks Company Code .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_HASCOSTOBJECT Checks Indicator If SU Has Cost Objects .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_NOTAXCORR Checks for No Correction of Input Tax as Part of SCS .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_SEMPSL Checks Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_SNKSL Checks Service Charge Key .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_SWENR Checks Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_TENANCYLAW Checks Tenancy Law .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_VALIDFROM Checks Start of Validity of Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_VALIDTO Checks End of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I CHECK_XSU Checks Name of Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR Checks Cost Collector Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_ASSIGN_CO_MNGR Object Assignment .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_BEGIN4SU When Was a Participation ID First Assigned .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_BUSINESS_AREA Delivers Business Area .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_COSTS_EXT_MNGR Gets the Manager for the Costs Not Posted in FI/CO .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_CURRENCY Supplies Currency .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure with Basic Data .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_DETAIL_OLD Supplies Structure for Basic Data (Original DB Data) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Basic Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_END4SU End of Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_KEY Supplies Fields of the Business Key .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_MSU_LIST Determines Master Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_NEXT_SETTL_PERIOD Determination of First Period of SU That Is Not Settled .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_PERIOD4DATE Determines Period in Which Date Occurs .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_PROFIT_CENTER Supplies Profit Center .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_RHYTHM_MNGR Gets Frequency Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_SESETTINGS_MNGR Gets the Settings per Settlement Purpose .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_SETTLEMENT Gets the Settlement .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_SHAREOUT_MNGR Gets Distribution Formula Manager .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_SU_CHILDREN Determine Participating Settlement Units .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_SU_PARENT Determine Superordinate SUs .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I GET_TERM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR Supplies Organizational Assignment Manager (Terms) .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I IS_SETTLED IS SU Already Settled for Period .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SETTLED_TO Calculated to .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_BUKRS Changes Company Code .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_HASCOSTOBJECT Changes Indicator If SU Has Cost Objects .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_NOTAXCORR Changes No Correction of Input Tax as Part of SCS .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_SEMPSL Changes Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_SNKSL Changes Service Charge Key .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_SWENR Changes Valid Business Entity .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_TENANCYLAW Changes Tenancy Law .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Start of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_VALIDTO Changes End of Validity of Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SETTL_UNIT I SET_XSU Changes Name of Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I DO_TRANSACTION Executes Transaction .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GENERATE_COSTCOLLECTOR Generates a New Cost Collector .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_COSTCOLLECTOR Gets Cost Collector for Period .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_COSTCOLLECTOR_BY_KEYDATE Gets Cost Collector for a Key Date .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure for Primary Key .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Additional Information for a Cost Collector .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_INVALID_CC Supplies Invalid Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_LASTSETTLED Supplies Cost Collector Last Settled .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies the Cost Collectors .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies the Cost Collectors and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_SU_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_ASSIGN_CC_MNGR Checks Cost Collector Assignment Manager .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT Gets Default Settlement Variant .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Supplies First Entry to a Date .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_FIRST First Assigned Frequency .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets the Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets the Assigned Frequencies and Additional Fields .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_PERIOD4DATE Determines Period in Which Date Occurs .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_PERIOD_LIST Gets All Settlement Periods .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_SHAREOUT_MNGR Gets Distribution Formula Manager .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESC_SU_RHYTHM_MNGR I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Start of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets the Settings .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Gets the Settings for a Key Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Settings .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Changes the Settings .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes All Settings .
IF_RESC_SU_SESETTINGS_MNGR I SET_SNKSL Changes Service Charge Key .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT Gets Default Allocation Rules .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Supplies First Entry to a Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_DATE Supplies First Entry to a Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets the Assigned Allocation Rules .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_DATE Gets Assigned Allocation Rules by Any Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_VALIDFROM Gets Assigned Allocation Rules by Assignment Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X_BY_VALIDFROM Gets Assigned Allocation Rules by Assignment Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I HAS_SHAREOUTRULE Has Allocation Rule [abstract] .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I HAS_SIMULATION_SHAREOUTRULE Has Allocation Rule for the Simulation [Abstract] .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes the Assigned Allocation Rules .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I SET_LIST_WITH_VALIDFROM Changes the Assigned Allocation Rules by Assignment Date .
IF_RESC_SU_SHAREOUT_MNGR I SET_VALIDFROM Changes Start of Validity of a Settlement Unit .
IF_RESC_TAPE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARAM Initializes Manager via Settlment Company .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM I INIT_BY_TAPE_TYPE Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM I SET_OBJGUID_LIST Sets List of Objects .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM I SET_TAPE_PARAM Set Paramaters for Tape .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM_A I SET_ACCFIRM Transfer Settlement Company .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM_D I SET_PARENT Transfer Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_TAPE_PARAM_ML I SET_PARENT Transfer Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_TAPE_READ_MNGR I CHECK_STATUS Gets Status of Import .
IF_RESC_TAPE_READ_MNGR I CONVERT Converts External Format to Internal .
IF_RESC_TAPE_READ_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARAM Initializes Manager via Settlment Company .
IF_RESC_TAPE_READ_MNGR I READING Reading of Tape .
IF_RESC_TAPE_WRITE_MNGR I CONVERT Converts RE Table to M/L Record .
IF_RESC_TAPE_WRITE_MNGR I CREATE_DATA Build RE Data .
IF_RESC_TAPE_WRITE_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARAM Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESC_TAPE_WRITE_MNGR I WRITE_TO_FILE Data Is Stored .
IF_RESC_TAPE_WRITE_PARAM I SET_TAPE_ATTR Sets Attributes for Tape to Be Created .
IF_RESR_BC_SUBSTEP I PERFORM_SINGLE_SALESRULE Execute a Single Sales Rule [Abstract] .
IF_RESR_CALC_METH I CALC Calculates Sales-Based Rent .
IF_RESR_CALC_METH I GET_RESULT Calculates Results per Sales Rule .
IF_RESR_CALC_METH I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I DELETE_RESULT Deletes a Result .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I GET_LIST Gets All Results .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I GET_RESULT Gets the Results .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I LOAD_BY_OBJGUID Supplies for a Given Object ID .
IF_RESR_CALC_RESULT I SET_RESULT Results in an Internal List .
IF_RESR_HAS_SETTLPERIOD I GET_RELATEDPERIODS Gets All Consecutive Periods .
IF_RESR_HAS_SETTLPERIOD I GET_RHYTHM_LIST Gets the Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESR_HAS_SETTLPERIOD I GET_SETTLPERIOD_LIST Gets the Settlement Periods .
IF_RESR_HAS_SETTLPERIOD I SET_RHYTHM_LIST Changes Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_CONDDETAIL Gets the Assigned Condition Type .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_DETAIL Gets Data for Entry .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets the Data on a Specific Key Date .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_HEADER Gets Header Data of Sales Rule .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_HEADER_X Gets Header Data of Sales Rule and Additional Data .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I GET_LIST Gets All Sales Rules and Periods .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I SET_DETAIL Changes Data for Entry .
IF_RESR_IS_SB_RULE I SET_HEADER Changes Header Data of Sales Rule .
IF_RESR_METHOD_SALE I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_RESR_METHOD_SALE I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets All Data for this Result .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets All Data for this Result .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets the Data .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Gets Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I INIT_BY_LIST Initializes Instance via Instances of Sales-Based Settlmts .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Changes Data for this Result .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes Data .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I SET_OBJSTATUS Activates Change to this Result .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I SET_OBJSTATUS_ALL Activates the Change .
IF_RESR_MODIFYRESULT_MNGR I SET_OBJSTATUS_LIST Activates the Change to a List of Object GUIDs .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I GET_CALCRULE_LIST Gets Assigned Sales Rules .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I GET_CALCRULE_LIST_X Gets Assigned Sales Rules .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Data for Entry Plus Additional Data .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I GET_REPORTRULE_LIST Gets the Reporting Rule and Its Texts .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I GET_SBRULE_LIST Gets the Sales Rules and Their Texts .
IF_RESR_MSB_RULE_MNGR I SET_CALCRULE_LIST Changes the Assigned Sales Rules .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_CALCRESULT Gets the Results of Calculation .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_MESSAGES Gets All Messages .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_OBJ_STATUS Gets Object Status per Step .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_POSSIBLE_REPORTS Delivers Possible Reports .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_POSTING_LOG Displays Posting Log .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_STATUS Gets the Status of All Settlements .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_STEP_MESSAGES Gets the Messages for a Settlement Step .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I GET_STEP_STATUS Gets the Status of All Settlement Steps .
IF_RESR_PREPARE_RESULTS I INIT_BY_LIST Initializes Instance via Instances of Sales-Based Settlmts .
IF_RESR_RECEIVABLE_CALC I CALC Calculates Credit/Receivable .
IF_RESR_RECEIVABLE_CALC I INIT_BY_TAXCALC Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I CHECK_LIST Checks All Selected Entries .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I GET_NEW_VERSION_FOR_REPORT New Version Is Added for a Sales Report .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I GET_PARAM Gets the Paramters of the Sales Report .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I GET_RPRULE_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets the Data on a Specific Key Date .
IF_RESR_REPORTDATA I SET_LIST Transfer of All Entries .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I EDIT_SALESREPORT Sales Report Is Changed .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Sales Reports .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I GET_LIST_OLD Gets All Old Sales Reports .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I GET_NEW_VERSION_FOR_REPORT New Version Is Added for a Sales Report .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I GET_REPORTDATA_BY_SO Gets Data Manager via Selection Options .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I GET_TERMNO Gets All Reporting Rules .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I IS_READONLY Is Sales Report Read-Only .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MNGR I REFRESH Frequency Was Changed in Reporting Rule .
IF_RESR_REPORT_MULTIPLE_MNGR I INIT_BY_LIST Initializes Manager .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Gets Data for Entry .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets the Data on a Specific Key Date .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Data for Entry Plus Additional Data .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_INTERVAL_LIST Gets Reporting Intervals .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST Gets All Reporting Rules and Periods .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_RHYTHM_DETAIL Gets the Assigned Frequency .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_RHYTHM_LIST Gets the Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I GET_SBRULE_LIST Gets the Sales Rules and Their Texts .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Changes Data for Entry .
IF_RESR_REPORT_RULE_MNGR I SET_RHYTHM_LIST Changes Assigned Frequencies .
IF_RESR_RG_STATE_SRSE I GET_LIST_X Gets Registration Entries .
IF_RESR_RG_STATE_SRSE I SET_PARAM_BC Transfer of Parameters for Posting Interface .
IF_RESR_RG_STATE_SRSE I SET_PARAM_PROCESS Transfer of Parameters for Settlement Process .
IF_RESR_RG_STATE_SRSE I SET_PROCESSMODE Simulation or Update Runs .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_CALCRULE_LIST Gets Assigned Reporting Rules .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_CALCRULE_LIST_X Gets Assigned Reporting Rules and Additional Data .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_CUMULATED_PERIOD Gets Cumulative Period for a Settlement Period .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_DEPCUMPERIODS Gets All Consecutive Periods .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Data for Entry Plus Additional Data .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_MSBRULE_LIST Gets Peak Sales Rules and Their Texts .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_REPORTRULE_LIST Gets the Reporting Rule and Its Texts .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_SALESGRADING_LIST Gets Assigned Sales Grading .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I GET_SALESGRADING_TYPE Gets Type of Sales Grading .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I IS_LASTCUMPERIOD Is Period Last Within a Cumulative Period .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I SET_CALCRULE_LIST Changes Assigned Reporting Rules .
IF_RESR_SB_RULE_MNGR I SET_SALESGRADING_LIST Changes the Assigned Sales Grading .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I CALC_PART Calculates Sales-Based Rent for a Subrule [abstract] .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I CALC_SALESRENT Calculates the Sales-Based Rent [abstract] .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I GET_CONDAMOUNT Gets the Amount for a Condition Type .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I GET_NEXT_SETTLPERIOD Determines First Period Not Settled .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I GET_NEXT_VERSION Gets Next Version .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I GET_PERIOD4DATE Determines Period in Which Date Occurs .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I GET_PYTERMDETAIL Gets Posting Term .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I IS_SETTLED Was Sales Rule Already Settled for Period .
IF_RESR_SB_TERM_CALC I SETTLED_TO Calculated to .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I ENABLE_CORRECTION_MODE Activates Correction Mode .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I IS_CORRECTION_MODE Settlement Currently in Correction Mode? .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_DOCCOUNTER Sets Document Counter to New Value .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_NECESSARY_PARAM Sets Parameters of Sales-Based Settlement .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_PARAMKEY Sets Parameters of Sales-Based Settlement .
IF_RESR_SETTLEMENT_PARAM I SET_REASON Sets Reason for Correction Settlement .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP I GET_LAST_SUCCSTEP Determines Last Successful Step .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_GET I ADD_SALESRULE Adds a New Sales Rule to Be Settled .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_GET I CHANGE_SALESRULE Change Sales Rule .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_GET I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_GET I IS_SALESRULE_SELECTED Was Sales Rule Selected .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_CALC_RESULT Gets Values from Original Calculation .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_DETAIL Gets All Data for this Result .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_DETAIL_X Gets All Data for this Result and Additional Fields .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_LIST Gets the Data .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_LIST_X Gets Data and Additional Fields .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_STEP_CALC Gets Settlement Step "Calculation" .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I GET_STEP_GET Gets Settlement Step "Determine LO" .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I SET_DETAIL Changes All Data for this Result .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I SET_LIST Changes Data .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I SET_OBJSTATUS Activates Change to this Result .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I SET_OBJSTATUS_ALL Activates the Change .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_MODIFY I SET_OBJSTATUS_LIST Activates the Change to a List of Object GUIDs .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_DOCCOUNTER Sets Document Counter to New Value .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_PARAM Transfers the Parameters .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_BC I SET_REVERSALPARAM Transfers the Reversal Parameters .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_CP I SET_EXTERNAL Correspondence Is Created by Separate Program .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_GET I CLEAR_PARAM Release Memory .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_GET I SET_PARAM Sets the Parameters .
IF_RESR_SETTL_STEP_PARAM_MODI I SET_EXTERNAL Results Are Changed in a Separate Program .
IF_RETM_HAS_TERM I GET_TERM_MNGR Supplies Clause Manager .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Notice Term .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Notice Term .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Notice Term, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I GET_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR Supplies Notice Procedure Manager .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I HAS_NOTICE_TERM Is a Notice Procedure Defined? .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Notice Term .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_OBJ_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_OBJ_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_OBJ_MNGR I GET_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR Supplies Notice Procedure Manager .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I ADOPT_DATA_BY_OTHER Adopts Data from Other Object [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CALC_DATE Calculates Notice Date for Notice Procedure [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CALC_DATE_BY_RULE Calculates Notice Date for Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CALC_DATE_LIST Calculates Notice Date for Notice Procedure [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CALC_DATE_LIST_BY_RULE Calculates Notice Date for Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Notice Rule Exists (Exc.) [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CHECK_PROC_PARTY Checks Party Giving Notice of Notice Rule .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CHECK_RULE Checks Definition of Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I CHECK_RULETYPE Checks If Notice Rule Agrees w/ Entered Rule Type [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Notice Rules in Notice Procedure [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I COUNT_RULE_ITEMS Supplies Number of Entries in Notice Procedurel [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I DELETE_ALL Deletes All Assigned Notice Rules [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Notice Rule (Basic Data and Definition)[abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Notice Rule Exists (Y/N) [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Basic Data of Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Basic Data of Notice Rule + Addit. Data [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Assigned Notice Rules [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Assigned Notice Rules + Addit. Data [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_PROC_HEADER_X Supplies Properties of Notice Procedure [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_PROC_PARTY Supplies Party Giving Notice in Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_PROC_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Descript. of Notice Proced.[abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_RULETYPE Supplies Type of Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_RULE_DR_ITEMS Supplies Definition of Deadline Regulation(Deadlines)[final].
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_RULE_PR_ITEMS Supplies Definition of Period Regul.(Notice Periods)[final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_SIM_DEFAULTS Supplies Default Values for Simulation Parameters [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Text of Notice Rule [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I HAS_PROC_TEXT_REF Is There a Description of Notice Procedure? [Final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_PROC Initializes Manager for Standard Notice Procedure [abstract].
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_PROC_DATA Initializes Manager for Notice Procedure Data [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_RULE Initializes Manager for Standard Notice Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_RULE_DR_DATA Initializes Manager for Notice Rule Data [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_RULE_PR_DATA Initializes Manager for Notice Rule Data [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_FREE_PROC Initializes Manager for Indiv. Notice Procedure [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INIT_BY_OTHER Initializes Manager with Data of Other Manager .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INSERT_COPY Inserts Data from a Standard Notice Procedure [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Notice Rule (Basic Data Only) [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I INSERT_RULE_COPY Adds Data from Standard Notice Rule .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I IS_RULE_OK Is Notice Rule Without Errors? .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I IS_SIMUL_CUST_RULE_POSSIBLE Is It Possible to Simulate Standard Notice Rule? .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I SET_PROC_PARTY Changes Party Giving Notice of Notice Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I SET_RULE_DR_ITEMS Changes Definition of Deadline Regul.(Deadlines) [abstract] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I SET_RULE_PR_ITEMS Changes Definition of Period Regul.(Notice Periods)[abstract.
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I SET_SIM_DEFAULTS Changes Default Values for Simulation Parameter [final] .
IF_RETM_NOTICE_PROC_MNGR I SET_TEXT Changes Text of Notice Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Structure .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_BUS_AREA_BY_HIERARCHY Supplies the Business Area Via the Object Hierarchy .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure on Key Date .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure Including Addit. Data on Key Date .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_FAREA_BY_HIERARCHY Gets Functional Area Using Object Hierarchy .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Supplies all Entries for the Term Number .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_PRCTR_BY_HIERARCHY Supplies the Profit Center Via the Object Hierarchy .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_PROFITCENTER_DATA Gets Profit Center Data (Create Using BAPI) .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I GET_TXJCD_BY_HIERARCHY Gets Tax Jurisdiction Code via Object Hierarchy .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Term .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I SET_PROFITCENTER_DATA Sets Profit Center Data for Creating Using BAPI .
IF_RETM_ORG_ASSIGNMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Term .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Structure .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure on Key Date .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure Including Addit. Data on Key Date .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Supplies all Entries for the Term Number .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Term .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I IS_HOUSEBANK_CHANGEABLE Asks If House Bank Definition Is Allowed to Be Changed .
IF_RETM_PAYMENT_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Term .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I CAN_CHANGE_1ST_END_DATE Is First Contract End Date Changeable? .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I CAN_CHANGE_1ST_POSTING_DATE Can Starting Date of Cash Flow Be Changed? .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I CAN_CHANGE_CFPOSTINGFROM_DATE Can Date of 1st Posting Be Changed? .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I CAN_CHANGE_START_DATE Is Contract Start Date Changeable .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I CHECK_PERIOD Checks Term Data .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Term Data As Field String .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Term Data as Field String Incl. Addit. Data .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_PERIOD Supplies Term Data as Individual Fields .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I GET_PERIOD_X Supplies Term Data as Individual Fields Incl. Add. Data .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I SET_1ST_END_DATE Changes First Contract End Date .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I SET_1ST_POSTING_DATE Changes Starting Date of Cash Flow .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I SET_CFPOSTINGFROM_DATE Changes Date of 1st Posting .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I SET_START_DATE Changes Contract Start Date .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I UPDATE_ABS_END_DATE Updates Term End (Incl. Notice/Renewal) .
IF_RETM_PERIOD_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Term Term .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Renewal Term .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Renewal Term .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Renewal Term Including Addit. Data .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I GET_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR Supplies Renewal Manager .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I HAS_RENEWAL_TERM Is a Standard or Individual Renewal Rule Defined .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Renewal Term .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I CALC_DATE Calculates Next Renewal Date [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I CALC_DATE_LIST Calculates Date Flow for Renewals [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Extension Period Exists (Exc.) [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Definitions of Extension Periods [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Extension Period Exists (Y/N) [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Basic Data of Renewal Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Basic Data of Renewal Rule + Add. Data [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Assigned Extension Periods [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Assigned Extension Periods + Add. Data [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_RNAUTTYPE Supplies Type of Automatic Renewal [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_SIM_DEFAULTS Supplies Default Values for Simulation Parameters [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Text of Renewal Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Description of Renewal Rule [abstract].
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I HAS_AUTOMATIC Checks If There at Least 1 Automatic Renewal [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I HAS_OPTION Checks If Renewal Rule Contains At Least 1 Option [final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I HAS_TEXT_REF Is There a Description of Renewal Rule? [Final] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_RULE Initializes Manager for Standard Renewal Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I INIT_BY_CUST_RULE_PR_DATA Initializes Manager for Renewal Rule Data [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I INIT_BY_FREE_RULE Initializes Manager for Individual Renewal Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I INSERT_COPY Inserts Data from a Standard Renewal Rule [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I SET_LIST Changes the Assigned Extension Periods [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I SET_RNAUTTYPE Changes Type of Automatic Renewal [abstract] .
IF_RETM_RENEWAL_RULE_MNGR I SET_SIM_DEFAULTS Changes Default Values for Simulation Parameter [final] .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Structure .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure on Key Date .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure Including Addit. Data on Key Date .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Supplies all Entries for the Term Number .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Term .
IF_RETM_RHYTHM_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Term .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I CHANGE_PERIOD Changes Validity Period [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I CHECK_PERIOD_KEY Checks If Validity Period Exists (Exception) [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I COUNT_PERIODS Gets Number of Validity Periods [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I DELETE_PERIOD Deletes Validity Period [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I EXISTS_PERIOD Checks If Validity Period Exists (Y/N) [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I GET_PERIOD_BY_DATE Gets Validity Period on Date [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I GET_PERIOD_LIST Gets the Validity Periods [abstract] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I GET_PERIOD_LIST_X Gets the Validity Periods [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TD_TERM_MNGR I INSERT_PERIOD Adds New Validity Period [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Entry Exists (Except.) [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I CHECK_TERM Checks a Term [abstract] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I COUNT Gets Number of Terms [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I DELETE_OBJREL Deletes Object Assignment .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I EXISTS Checks if Term Exists (Y/N) [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_OBJREL Is at Least One Object Assigned? [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_DATE_FOR_NEW_ENTRY Supplies "Valid-From" Date for a New Entry .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_DEFAULT_TEXT Supplies Standard Term Text According to Detail Data .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_OBJREL_LIST Supplies List of Assigned Objects [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_TERMSUBTYPES_FOR_INSERT Supplies All Permitted Subtypes for Insert .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Term Text [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I GET_TIME_DEPENDENCY_IND Gets Indicator for Supported Time-Dependency [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I HANDLE_AFTER_DELETE Event Handler "Term Header: After Deletion" .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I HANDLE_AFTER_INSERT Event Handler "Term Header: After Insertion" [abstract] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I HANDLE_BEFORE_DELETE Event Handler "Term Header: Before Deletion" .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I HANDLE_BEFORE_INSERT Event Handler "Term Header: After Insertion" .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Manager via Superordinate Object [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I INSERT_OBJREL Adds Object Assignment .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I IS_DELETE_ALLOWED Is deleting an existing term allowed? .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I IS_INSERT_ALLOWED Is adding a new term allowed? .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I IS_OBJREL_ALLOWED Is Object Assignment for Term Permitted? [Final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I IS_OBLIGATORY Is Term Required? .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I SET_OBJREL_LIST Changes List of Assigned Objects [final] .
IF_RETM_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR I SET_TEXT Changes Term Text [final] .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I CHECK_KEY Checks If Term Exists (Except.) .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I COUNT Supplies Number of Terms .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I DELETE_DETAIL Deletes Term .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I EXISTS Checks If Term Exists (Y/N) .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I EXISTS_ANY_TERM Checks if at least one term exists .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure with Additional Data .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Terms .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_LIST_X Supplies All Terms with Additional Data .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_SPECIFIC_TERM_MNGR Supplies Concrete Term Manager for Term Category .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TERMSUBTYPES_FOR_INSERT Supplies All Term Categories to be Added with Subtypes .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TERMTYPES_ALLOWED Supplies All Allowed Term Categories .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TERMTYPES_FOR_INSERT Supplies All Term Categories That Can Be Added .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TERMTYPES_OBLIGATORY Supplies All Mandatory Term Categories .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TEXT Supplies Term Text .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I GET_TEXT_REF Supplies Reference to Memo .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I INIT_BY_PARENT Initializes Term Manager via Superordinate Object .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds New Term .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I IS_DELETE_ALLOWED Is deleting a given term allowed? .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I IS_INSERT_ALLOWED Is adding a new term allowed? .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I SET_TEXT Changes Term Text .
IF_RETM_TERM_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Updates Term .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I CHECK_DETAIL Checks Structure .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure on Key Date .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X_BY_KEYDATE Gets Structure Including Addit. Data on Key Date .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_ITEM_LIST_FI Gets the FI Withholding Tax Items .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_ITEM_LIST_FI_X Gets the FI Withholding Tax Items Incl. Additional Data .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_LIST Supplies All Entries .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I GET_LIST_BY_TERMNO Supplies all Entries for the Term Number .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I INSERT_DETAIL Adds Term .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I SET_ITEM_LIST_FI Changes the FI Withholding Tax Items .
IF_RETM_WITHHOLDING_TAX_MNGR I UPDATE_DETAIL Changes Term .
IF_REVIEW_NODE I EXIT_DIALOG Termination of Dialog .
IF_REVIEW_NODE I PAI Process After Input Treatment .
IF_REVIEW_NODE I PBO Process Before Output Treatment .
IF_REVIEW_NODE I SET_KW_RELEASE Transfer KW Release from Dialog .
IF_REVIEW_NODE I SET_OKCODE Sets OK Code in Process After Input .
IF_REVIEW_STRUCTURE I PBO Process Before Output Treatment of Structure .
IF_REVIEW_STRUCTURE I SAVE Saves Structure .
IF_REVIEW_STRUCTURE I SELECT_QUESTION Selects Question in Structure .
IF_REVIEW_STRUCTURE I USER_COMMAND OK Code Processing .
IF_REVISION_ITEM_DCM I CHECK_NEW Check Whether New Version .
IF_REVISION_ITEM_DCM I GET_DATA Get Data .
IF_REVISION_ITEM_DCM I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I COMPLETE_ITEM Set Current Version to "Completed" .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I CREATE_ITEM Create New Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I DELETE Physically Delete .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_ACTIVITY Activity .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_CURRENT_ITEM Get Current Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_DATA Get Data .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_ITEMS Determine Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_LAST_ITEM Get Last Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_NEXT_ITEM Get Next Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_PREISANZ Get Authorization to Display Price Data .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I GET_PREVIOUS_ITEM Get Previous Version .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I IS_CHANGED Changed? .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I IS_CREATE_ALLOWED New Version Allowed? .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I PROCESS Verification .
IF_REVISION_MANAGER_DCM I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_REXA_APPL_AREA I GET_DOCTYPE_REV Delivers Reversal Document Tzpe .
IF_REXA_APPL_AREA I GET_GLACCOUNT Gets Account Number .
IF_REXA_APPL_AREA I INIT Initializes Instance .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I CHANGE_SPECIFIC_CUST Change Customizing Data Prior to Adjustment .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I CHANGE_SPECIFIC_OBJECT Changes Specific or Object Data Before Adjustment .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_ACTUAL_INDEX_BASE Gets Current Point Level for Today's Date .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_ADJ_AMOUNT Calculate Adjustment Amount from Relative Method .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_ADJ_PERCENT_MGR Determine Adjustment Percentage for Mortgage Rate .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_BASE_CONDITIONS_ABS Condition Amounts for Absolute Method .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_CH01_DETAIL_ABS_COND Gets Infomational Values for Adjustment of Abs. Conditions .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_CH01_DETAIL_BY_CONDITION Gets Informational Values for Adjustment of a Condition .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_CONDITIONS_BY_EXT_PURPOSE Gets the Conditions for External Purpose .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_CONDITION_VALUES_ABS Gets Unit Price and Condition Amount for Absoulte Condition .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_DETAIL_BY_DATE Gets Rule Data for Date [Final] .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_FIRST_ADJM_INDEX_BASE Supplies Point Level at First Adjustment .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_INDEX_BASE_BY_DATE Gets Point Level for Date .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_INDEX_CHANGE_PERCENT Gets Percentage Changes in Points .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_INDEX_CHANGE_POINTS Gets Absolute Changes in Points .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_INDEX_LAST_MAINTAIN Gets Last Maintained Points with Date .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_LAST_ADJM_INDEX_BASE Supplies Point Level at Last Adjustment .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_POINTER_BY_DATE Gets Rule Pointer for Date [Final] .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I GET_RESERVE Gets the Reserves .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_ABSOLUT_METHOD Determine Condition Amounts Using Absolute Method .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_ADJ_CONDITION_ABS Adjust Absolute Conditions from Results of Relative Method .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_ADJ_FREE Adjustment Data with Custom Adjustment .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_ADJ_ONE_COND_ABS Adjust an Absolute Method Condition .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_PARAM_BY_LOW Evaluate Parameter "Option for Reduction" .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_RELATIV_METHOD Determine Condition Amounts Using Relative Method .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_RELATIV_METHOD_MGR Relative Method Adjustment: Mortgage Rate of Canton Bank .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_RELATIV_METHOD_MOC Relative Method Adjustment: Maintenance + Operating Costs .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I PROC_RELATIV_METHOD_PPC Relative Method Adjustment: Purchasing Power Protection .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I SET_BASE_MGR Maintain Basic Data for Adjustment Based on Mortgage Rate .
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I SET_BASE_PPC Maintain Basic Data for Adjustment Based on Purch.PowerProt..
IF_REXC_AJMETHOD_CH01 I SET_GUID_IN_OBJCH01 Set GUID in Adjustment Term Data CH01 .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I DO_PREASSIGNMENT Carries Out Preassignment When Creating .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I GET_VALID_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I GET_VALID_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I REVERSAL In Case of Reversal, Initialize GUID .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I SET_ACTIVITY_AFTER_REVERSE Reset Activity .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I SET_GUID Maintain GUID .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I SET_NEW_DETAIL_ROW Sets Field String .
IF_REXC_AJOBJECT_CH01_MNGR I SET_VALID_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REXC_AJSPEC_CH01_MNGR I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure .
IF_REXC_AJSPEC_CH01_MNGR I GET_DETAIL_X Supplies Structure, Incl. Additional Data .
IF_REXC_AJSPEC_CH01_MNGR I SET_DETAIL Sets Field String .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I CALC_CONSUMPTION Calculate Consumption .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I CALC_STOCK_CHANGE Calculate Change in Fuel Level .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I CHANGE_ENTRY Change Entry .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I CHECK_QUANTITY Check the Quantity in Table BSEG .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I DO_FC_POSTING Post Consumption .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I DO_OB_POSTING Post Initial Level .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I DO_POSTING FI Posting .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I ENTER_FUEL_DATA Enter Fuel Data After FI Posting .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I GET_CHECK_LIST Create Checklist .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I GET_CONSUMTION_COST Read Consumption from Completed Settlement .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I GET_DATA Read Data from Class .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I GET_FI_DATA Read Data from Table BSEG .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I GET_FUEL_CONSUMTION Read Consumption Data from Fuel Table .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I INIT Initializes instance .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I IS_OB_PART_OF_CALC Is the Initial Level Part of Calculated Consumption? .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I READ Read Data from Table VIXCFCFS .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I REVERSAL_POSTING Reverse posting .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I REVERSE_CONSUMTION Reversal of Consumption Calculation .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I SET_BELNR_IN_OB Setting of Document Number in New Initial Level .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I SET_DATA Return Data to Class .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I SET_FUEL_LEVEL Write New Fill Level in Fuel Table .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I STORE Save Data in Table VIXCFCFS .
IF_REXC_FUEL_CONS I TRANSFER_FUEL_DATA Transfer of Heating Oil Purchases from Table BSEG .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I DEQUEUE Remove Lock .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I ENQUEUE Sets Lock .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I FREE Releases all resources and locks .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I GET_DETAIL Supplies Structure for Primary Key .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I GET_DETAIL_X Gets Structure for Primary Key Incl. Addit. Data .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I GET_LIST Gets All Items .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I GET_LIST_X Gets All Items Including Additional Data .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I GET_SINGLDOC Read Single Document Data .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I INIT_OBJECT Initializes the Instance [Abstract] .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I MODIFY_CORR_DOC Create/Change/Delete Adjustment Document .
IF_REXC_MS_DATA I SET_STATUS Set Settlement to Active/Inactive .
IF_REXC_MS_NOTIONAL_CALC I GET_LIST Gets Data .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I CALCULATE_AMOUNT Determine Total Amount and Difference per Due Date .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I DELETE_ESRREF_HDR Deletes Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I DELETE_ESRREF_ITM Deletes Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I GET_BUS_OBJECT Rental Objects of Assigned Lease-Outs .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I GET_CONTRACT Assigned Lease-Outs .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I GET_HDR_DATA Returns Attributes Header from Header Data .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I GET_LIST Gets Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I GET_ONETIME_CONDTYPE One-Time Condition Types of Assigned Lease-Outs .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I HAS_FLAG_DELETE_ROWS Checks If Assignments Were Deleted .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I HAS_MODIFIED Checks If Assignments Were Changed .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I HAS_MT_ITM_OLD Checks If This Is the First Run .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I INIT_BY_DATA Maintains Attributes Header from Header Data .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I INIT_BY_ESRREF Maintains Header Data for ISR Reference .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I INIT_BY_ESR_HEADER Maintains Attributes Header from Header Data .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I INSERT_ESRREF_HDR Adds Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I INSERT_ESRREF_ITM Adds Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I SET_ESRREF_HDR Sets Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I SET_ESRREF_ITM Sets Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I SET_FLAG_DELETE_ROWS Set Indicator When Assignments Deleted .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I UPDATE_ESRREF_HDR Changes Assignments .
IF_REXC_RA_ESR_ASS I UPDATE_ESRREF_ITM Changes Assignments .
IF_REXC_SCCH_RPADDIT I GET_MEASURING_POINT Gets All Measuring Points of Rental Object .
IF_REXC_SCCH_RPADDIT I GET_MP_ADDIT Gets Additional Data of Measuring Point .
IF_REXC_SCCH_RPADDIT I READ Reads All Data from DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_RPADDIT I SET_MP_ADDIT Changes Additional Data of Measuring Point .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I GET_ACCFIRM Gets Data of Settlement Company .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I GET_MEASURING_POINTS Gets All Measuring Points .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I GET_TAPE_STATE Gets Status of Tape .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I READ Reads All Data from DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I READ_MP Reads All Measuring Points of SU from DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_SUADDIT I SET_ACCFIRM Changes Data of Settlement Company .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I CANCEL_MR Reversal of Measurement Documents .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I CONVERT_TAPE_FILE2DB Convert Tape from File to DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I CREATE_MP Create Measuring Points .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I CREATE_MR Create Measurement Documents .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I CREATE_RECORDS Read All Data Necessary for Creating the File .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I DELETE_TAPE_FROM_DB Delete Tape Data from DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I LOAD_TAPE_FROM_DB Read Tape Data from DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I SAVE_TAPE_TO_DB Write Tape Data to DB .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I SET_TAPE Sets Header Data of Tape .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I SET_TAPE_ITEM Sets Tape Items .
IF_REXC_SCCH_TAPE I UPDATE_STATE Modify Status of Tape .
IF_RMC_SESSION I CLOSE Close connection to target system .
IF_RMC_SESSION I CREATE_REMOTE_OBJECT Create a new object in target system .
IF_RMC_SESSION I GET_LAST_ERROR Read last error message .
IF_RMC_SESSION I GET_NAME Read name assigned .
IF_RMC_SESSION I GET_STATUS Read current condition .
IF_RMC_SESSION I GET_SYSTEM_INFO R%ead system information of target system .
IF_RMC_SESSION I OPEN Open connection to target system .
IF_RMC_SESSION I PING Ping into target system for connection check .
IF_RMC_SESSION I SET_NAME Name assignment for connection .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I RAISE_ERROR Error handling (exception, message, rabax, ...) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I STRUCT_CHG Change structure (changing) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I STRUCT_GET Read structure (exporting) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I STRUCT_PUT Send structure (importing) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I STRUCT_RET Read structure (returning) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I SUM_BCD Calculate sum of two BCDs .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I SUM_FLOAT Calculate sum of two floats .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I SUM_INT Calculate sum of two integers .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I TABLE_CHG Change table (changing) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I TABLE_GET Read table (exporting) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I TABLE_PUT Send table (importing) .
IF_RMC_VERI_TEST I TABLE_RET Read table (returning) .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I ADD adds .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I DELETE Deletes .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I DESTROY Called when the object is destroyed .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I DISPLAY display subcomponent .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I GET_NEW_INSTANCE get new instance .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I MODIFY Modifies the subcomponent data .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I SAVE saves the data .
IF_RMPSPB_SUBCOMPONENT_BSP I UPDATE Update an existing item .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I CREATE Create Object .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I DELETE Delete .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I GET Get Object .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I GET_CLASS Get Instance of Defined Class .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I GET_LEVEL_CUSTOMIZING Get Customizing for Category Level .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I GET_RMS_ID Get RMS ID .
IF_RMPS_A2RM I SET_DATA Set Scenario Data (re-initialization) .
IF_RMPS_A2RM_VIS I CALL Call (Default: Display) .
IF_RMPS_ACL I ACL_MAINTAIN Maintenance of ACL .
IF_RMPS_ACL I ACL_SAVE_ON_DB Save ACL in Database .
IF_RMPS_ACL I CALL_DIALOG Module Call for Maintaining ACL in Dialog .
IF_RMPS_ACL I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Check of Changes to Data .
IF_RMPS_ACL I CHECK_NOT_EMPTY Check if Assigned ACLs Exist .
IF_RMPS_ACL I CLOSE Dismantle Control and Container .
IF_RMPS_ACL I CONTAINS Contains User/s .
IF_RMPS_ACL I COPY Copy an Access Control List to a New Object .
IF_RMPS_ACL I DELETE_SCREEN_VALUES Deletion of Contents of ACL in Dialog .
IF_RMPS_ACL I GET_IN_PRINT_FORMAT Output in Print Format (Case) .
IF_RMPS_ACL I GET_NAME_STRING Object-Specific Return of Access List as String .
IF_RMPS_ACL I INITIALIZE Set or Generate a Relation ID .
IF_RMPS_ACL I OUTTAB_SET Set Global ACL Table .
IF_RMPS_ACL I OUTTAB_SET_AFER_CANCEL Reset Output Table after Termination .
IF_RMPS_ACL I RELID_GET Read Attribute RELID .
IF_RMPS_ACL I SAVE_TENTATIVE TC: Save temporarily in local buffer .
IF_RMPS_ACL I UPDATE_GLOBAL_DATA Reading of Changed Data .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I CLOSE Close ACL .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I GET_NAME_STRING Get List of Values as a Concatenated String .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I OPEN Open ACL .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I SAVE Save current set values in DB .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I SET_NEW_RELID Set New Relation ID for ACL .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I VALUES_CHECK Check ACL Values .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I VALUES_GET Get Values in List .
IF_RMPS_ACL_API I VALUES_SET Set the values in the list .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I CHECK_ADD_AGENT Check validity of given agent .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I CHECK_INACTIVE Check if given DLI is deactivated .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I DELETE_ROW Delete line in global table of ACL_AGENTS .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I F4_FOR_AGENTID F4 Help for AgentId (US or DLI) .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I GET_ACL Provide global table of ACL_Agents .
IF_RMPS_ACL_MAINTAIN I INSERT_ROWS Insert new lines in global table of ACL_AGENTS .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I DELETE_TEMP_ATTR Delete Temporary Attribute .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I GET_ATTRIBUTS Read Attributes .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I GET_INSTANCE Get Interface Instance .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I GET_SEL_OPTIONS Set Selection Parameter .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I GET_TEMP_ATTR Read attributes not filed in IP .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I SET_ATTRIBUTS Set Attributes .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I SET_SEL_OPTIONS Set Selection Parameter .
IF_RMPS_ATTRIBUTS I SET_TEMP_ATTR Set attributes not filed in IP .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_ACL_OBJECTS Get Objects for Managing ACLs (User/Distribution Lists) .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_ATTRIBUTES_TO_GENERATE Get table of attributes that can be generated .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_CASE_POID Get Case POID .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_CHANGED_ATTRIBUTES Get List of Changed Attributes .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_EXPORT_XML_HANDLER Get Object for Export .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_FOI_OBJECTS Get Objects for Handling FOI Data .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_GENERATABLES_HANDLER Get object for handling attributes that can be generated .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_MAIL_HANDLER Get Object for Recursive Mailing of Case .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_MULTIPLE_VALUES_HANDLER Get obj f. handling attr. that can be evaluated in mul. ways.
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_OVERRIDDEN_INHERITED Get Object for Handling Overridden Inherited Attributes .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_PRINT_HANDLER Get Object for Recursive Printing of Case .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_REFERENCE_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Case Indicator .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_REPOSITORY_CHANGES Get Object for Monitoring Attribute Changes .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_VIRTUAL_ATTRIBUTES Get Vitual Attributes of Case .
IF_RMPS_CASE I GET_VIRTUAL_ATTRIBUTES_HANDLERGet Object for Handling Virtual Attributes .
IF_RMPS_CASE I IS_INSERT_IN_MULT_CASES_ALLOWDIs inserting an el. allowed if it's already in another case?.
IF_RMPS_CASE I VALIDATE_CASE_ATTRIBUTES Specific Attribute Checks .
IF_RMPS_CASE_ACTIVITY I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Executing an Activity Function .
IF_RMPS_CASE_ACTIVITY I EXECUTE_SPECIAL For Special Functions (signature) .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I ACCEPT Transfer Data .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I CHECK Check .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I DIALOG Dialog- Container must be entered .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I DIALOG_POPUP Dialog (Popup) .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I GET Get data .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I GET_EXPORT Get Texts for Export/Presentation .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I GET_IN_PRINT_FORMAT Get Print Output (Case Format) .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I GET_TEXT Get Text for Key List (IM_NAME) .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I REFRESH_TEXTS_DIALOG Refresh Texts in OUTTAB (in DIALOG) .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I SAVE Save in DB .
IF_RMPS_CASE_MULTIPLE_VALUES I SET Set data .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I CALL_LIST Construct List .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I CONTEXT_MENU Make Context Menu Available .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I EXECUTE Make Command Available from Context Menu .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I EXPAND Open .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I FILL Make Entries in Work Basket .
IF_RMPS_DESK_FOLDER I GET_CUSTOMIZING_NAME Get Name for Customizing (hiding of options) .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I ADD_SIGN Sign - Multiple Signature for Other Users .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I ADD_SIGNATURE_ACTIVITIES Add Signature Activities to Activity List .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I CHECK_IF_SIGNED Check whether document is already signed .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I CONVERT_DOCUMENT Convert Document .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I DELETE_SIGNATURE_DOCUMENT Delete Signed "Shadow" Document for Given Document .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I GET_DOC_TYPE_INFO Get Information for Document or Mime Type .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I GET_FILENAME_INFO Get Information on Given File Name .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I GET_RESULT_FROM_REQUEST Get Result of a Signature Activity from the Request .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I GET_SIGNATURE_DOCUMENT Get Document's Signed "Shadow" Document .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I GET_SPS_FOR_SIGNED_DOCUMENTS Get SPS ID under which signed documents are stored .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I INITIALIZE Initialization (execute before calling instance methods) .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I SHOW_VERIFICATION_HISTORY Display History of OCSP Verification Runs .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I SHOW_VERIFY_RESULTS Display Verification Results .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I SIGN Sign .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I SIGN_FIRST_TIME Sign - First Signature of a Document .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I VERIFY Verify .
IF_RMPS_DIGITIAL_SIGNATURE I VERIFY_RAW_DATA Check Signature .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST I CREATE Generate Element List Starting from n Start Objects .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST I GET_ELEMENT_LIST Get Element List .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST I SET_ELEMENT_LIST Set Element List .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST_CALLBACK I CUSTOM_CONTAINER_CREATED Custom Container Created in Dialog Box .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST_CALLBACK I POPUP_CLOSED Dialog Box Closed (-"Release Controls...) .
IF_RMPS_ELEMENT_LIST_INTERN I ADD_ELEMENT Add Element .
IF_RMPS_EXCHANGE_CONTENT I GET_CONTENT Get Content of POID Object .
IF_RMPS_EXCHANGE_LOG_DATA I GET_LOG_DATA Get Log Information from POID Object .
IF_RMPS_EXCHANGE_META_DATA I GET_META_DATA Get Metadata of POID Object .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I GENERATE_FIRST_ALL_AUTOMATIC Generate All Attr. Flagged Automat. (gen. profile) 1st Time .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I GENERATE_FIRST_WITH_PRESET Generate 1 Attribute with Value Assignment for 1st Time .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I GET_SESSIONS_INTERFACE Get Methods for Handling Generation Sessions .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I INITIALIZE Initialization of the Object .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I PREPARE_TO_UNRESERVE_ALL Release of All Gen. Attr. Prepared (before deletion of obj) .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I UNRESERVE_PREPARED Release Prepared Attributes (after deletion of object) .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_ATTRIBUTES I UPDATE_WITHIN_OPERATION Reassign Generatable Attr. in Recursive Operation .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_SESSIONS I ALL_SESSIONS_DESTROY End All Sessions, Delete Prereservations .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_SESSIONS I ALL_SESSIONS_GET Get All Created Reference Sessions .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_SESSIONS I ALL_SESSIONS_SAVE_PRERESERVED Reserve Last Prereserved Indicator, Delete Others .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_SESSIONS I SESSION_FOR_ATTR_CREATE Create Reference Session for Given Generatable Attribute .
IF_RMPS_GENERATABLE_SESSIONS I SESSION_FOR_ATTR_GET Get Reference Session for Given Generatable Attribute .
IF_RMPS_GEN_EXPORT_XML_HANDLER I GET_GENERIC_EXPORT_XML_HANDLERGet Generic Export Handler .
IF_RMPS_GEN_REFERENCE_HANDLER I GET_GENERIC_REFERENCE_HANDLER Get Generic Reference Handler .
IF_RMPS_INBOUND_XML_PROC I CONVERT_XML_TO_ATTRIBUTS Create RMPS Attributes from XML .
IF_RMPS_INBOUND_XML_PROC I GET_INSTANCE Create Instance .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I ASSIGN_ATTRIBUTE_TO_CLASS Add Attribute to Class .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I CREATE_AND_ASSIGN_ATTRIBUTES Create attributes and add them to a class .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I DELETE_ATTRIBUTES Delete Attributes .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I ENTITY_CHECK_EXISTENCE Check existence of an entity (attribute, class) .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I ENTITY_GET_PACKAGE Get package of an entity (attribute, class) .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I ENTITY_WHERE_USED_LIST Get where-used list for an entity .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I GET_CLASS_ATTRIBUTES Get list of attributes of a class .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I HIDE_ATTRIBUTES_AT_CLASS Set attributes in class to "hidden" .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I SELECT_CLASS_ATTRIBUTE Creates List Popup .
IF_RMPS_KPRO_CM_EDIT I SET_DDIC_REF_FOR_ATTRIBUTE Set DDIC reference for existing IO attribute .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I CREATE_BIDIRECTIONAL Create Bi-Directional Link in PDIR .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I CREATE_BIDIRECTIONAL_BUFFERED Create Bi-Directional Link in Buffer .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I DELETE_ALL_LINKS Completely Delete All Links .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I DELETE_ALL_LINKS_BUFFERED Delete All Links in Buffer .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I DELETE_BIDIRECTIONAL Delete Bi-Directional Link in PDIR .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I DELETE_BIDIRECTIONAL_BUFFERED Delete Bi-Directional Link in Buffer .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I EXECUTE Display, Create, Delete Links .
IF_RMPS_LINKS_EXT I GET_ALL_LINKS Read All Links .
IF_RMPS_MENU_CTRL I DO Execute Menu Customizing .
IF_RMPS_MENU_CTRL I DO_CODES Execute Menu Customizing - Codes .
IF_RMPS_MENU_CTRL I GET_DISABLED Get Deactivated Functions .
IF_RMPS_MENU_CTRL I SET_CUSTOMIZING Set Customizing Flag .
IF_RMPS_MENU_CTRL I SET_PROFILE Set Profiles .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I DISPLAY Display the Log .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I DISPLAY_GIVEN_PROTOCOL Display transferred log entries (example: from several obj.).
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I FORMAT_OBJECT_PROT Convert Basis Log to Merged Log .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I GET_ALV_SETTINGS Get Settings for the Log Display in an ALV .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I GET_PRINT_LINES Get Print Data in Hierarchy Display .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I READ Read Current Log Entries .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I RELOAD_BEFORE_NEXT_DISPLAY Load Log Data Before Next Display .
IF_RMPS_MERGED_PROTOCOL I SET_POID_DIR_ID Set PoidDirId of Objects(subclasses can be used for reading).
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION I CREATE Create a New Mass Operation .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION I CREATE_RUN Create a New Mass Operation Run .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION I SET_PARAMETERS Set Operation Parameter (Value Amount) .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_ELIST I GET_ELEMENT_LIST Get Element List .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_ELIST I INITIALIZE Initialization (must be carried out at the beginning) .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_META I GET_LOG_CONFIGURATION Get Configuration for Operation Log .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_META I GET_SINGLE_OP_CLASSROLE Get Class Role of Recursive Individual Operation .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_META I GET_TYPE Get Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_META I GET_TYPE_DESCRIPTION Get Short Description of Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_READ I GET_OPERATIONS Get Individual Operations Belonging to Mass Operation .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_RUN I END End Run .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_RUN I GET_ID Get Internal Key of Run .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_RUN I GET_MOPERATION Get Mass Operation Belonging to Run .
IF_RMPS_MOPERATION_RUN I START Start Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION I CREATE Create a New Operation .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION I CREATE_RUN Create a New Operation Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION I SET_PARAMETERS Set Operation Parameter (Value Amount) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I GET_NEW_CONT_4_START_OBJECT Get Future Container of Start Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I GET_OPERATION_VARIANT Get Operation Var. (if not set -" reassign) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I GET_PAR_ATTR_LIST_2_UPDATE Get Parameter: List of Attributes to be Updated .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I GET_PAR_INTERACTIVE_GENERATIONGet Parameter: Interactive Generation for Start Object? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I SET_NEW_CONT_4_START_OBJECT Set Future Container of Start Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I SET_OPERATION_VARIANT Set Operation Var.: Reassignment or Attr. Update .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I SET_PAR_ATTR_LIST_2_UPDATE Set Parameter: List of Attr. to be Updated .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_CNG_REF I SET_PAR_INTERACTIVE_GENERATIONSet Parameter: Interactive Generation for Start Object? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I GET_ELEMENT_LIST Get Element List .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I GET_PARAM_ATTR_SCOPE Get Par.: Scope of Attribute Info for Objects (Def.:FW_STD) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I GET_PARAM_CHK_LIST_PERMISSION Get Parameter: Check List Authorization? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I GET_PARAM_ELEM_UNIQUE Get Par.: Only deliver el. once if multi. occur.(def: false).
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I INITIALIZE Initialization (must be carried out at the beginning) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I SET_ELEMENT_DATA Set List Information for an Element .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I SET_PARAM_ATTR_SCOPE Set Par.: Scope of Attribute Info for Objects .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I SET_PARAM_CHK_LIST_PERMISSION Set Parameter: Check List Authorization? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_ELIST I SET_PARAM_ELEM_UNIQUE Set Par: Only deliver el once if there are multi occurrances.
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_EXPORT_XML I EXPORT_DATA Export Case/Generic SP Data (attributes, log, content) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_EXPORT_XML I INITIALIZE_JOB Initialization Export Job .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_EXPORT_XML I STORE2FILESYSTEM_JOB Start Export to File System .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I ADD_CASE_VIRTUAL_ATTRS Add virtual case attributes to print/mail table .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I CLOSE_MAIL_REQUEST End Mail Request (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I CREATE_MAIL_REQUEST Initialization of Mail Request (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_BOR_LINK Send BOR Link by Mail (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_CASE_ATTRIBUTES Send Attribute Case by Mail (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_CASE_ATTRIBUTES_XML XML Conversion CASE .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Send Document Contents by Mail (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_GENSP_ATTRIBUTES Send Attribute Generic SP by Mail (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_GENSP_ATTRIBUTES_XML XML Convertion Generic SP .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_POID_LIST Send Several (Start) Elements Recursively in a Mail .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_MAIL I MAIL_POSTINCOME_CONTENT Send Contents of Incoming Post Item by Mail (BCS) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_META I GET_LOG_CONFIGURATION Get Configuration for Operation Log .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_META I GET_TYPE Get Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_META I GET_TYPE_DESCRIPTION Get Short Description of Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I CLOSE_PRINT_JOB Finish Printing Job .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I OPEN_PRINT_JOB Initialization Printing Job .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I PRINT_CASE_ATTRIBUTES Print Case Attributes .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I PRINT_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Print Contents of Documents .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I PRINT_GENSP_ATTRIBUTES Print Attributes Generic SP .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I PRINT_POSTINCOME_CONTENT Print Contents of Incoming Post Item .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT I PRINT_SIGNED_DOCUMENT_CONTENT Print Contents of Signed Documents .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT_INTERN I SET_PRINT_PARAMETERS_BY_USER Query and Set Print Parameters from User .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_PRINT_INTERN I SUPPORTED_MIMETYP_FOR_PRINTINGIs mime type supported in printing? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_CREATING_USER Get User that Created Operation .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_CREATION_DATE Get Time of Creation (UTC time stamp in short form) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get Name to be Displayed .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_ID Get Internal Key of Operation (GUID) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_PARAMETERS Get Operation Parameter (value set) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_START_OBJECTS Get Start Objects of Operation .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_TYPE Get Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I GET_TYPE_DESCRIPTION Get Description of Operation Type .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I IS_RECURSIVE Should the operation be executed recursively? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_READ I IS_START_OBJECT Is the object specified the start object of op.? .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I END End Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I EXECUTE_FOR_POID Execute Operation on Given POID (such as child object) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_CURRENT_START_OBJECT Get POID of start object currently being processed .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_ID Get Internal Key of Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_OPERATION Get Operation Belonging to Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS Get interface for objects involved in run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL Get interface for log of operation run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I GET_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS Get interface for results of run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I START Start Run .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN I VISUALIZE_END_OF_OP_RUN Displays end of a run (display log if errors occur) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJCNT I GET_NEXT_OP_OBJ_ID Get Next Object Number .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS I GET_OBJECTS_STATUS_COUNT Get Number of Objects with a Particular Status .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS I GET_OBJECT_STATE Get Object Status .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS I GET_OP_OBJ_ID_FOR_POID_ID Get 1st operation object ID for given POIDID .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS I REGISTER_OBJECT Add Object (Register) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJECTS I SET_OBJECT_STATE Set Object Status .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJ_INFO I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description of Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJ_INFO I GET_HIERARCHY_LEVEL Get Hierarchy Level in Tree of Op. Objects Involved .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJ_INFO I GET_PARENT_OP_OBJ_ID Get ID of Subordinate Operation Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJ_INFO I GET_POID Get POID for Operation Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_OBJ_INFO I GET_POID_ID Get POID ID for Operation Object .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I GET_LOG_HANDLE Get Log Handle .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I GET_LOG_MESSAGES_VIA_TAB Gets Log Entries as Message Table .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I SAVE Save Log in Database .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I SHOW Display the Log .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I WRITE_EXCEPTION Write Exception to Operation Log .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I WRITE_MESSAGE Write Message to Operation Log .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_PROTOCOL I WRITE_TEXT Write Text to Operation Log .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I GET_RESULTS Get Results .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I GET_RESULTS_FOR_POID_ID Get results for given POID ID .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I GET_RESULT_OBJ Get Result Value (Type Object) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I GET_RESULT_STR Get Result Value (Type String) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I GET_RESULT_TAB Get Result Value (type table) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I REMOVE_RESULT Delete Result .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I SET_RESULT_OBJ Set Result Value (Type Object) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I SET_RESULT_STR Set Result Value (Type String) .
IF_RMPS_OPERATION_RUN_RESULTS I SET_RESULT_TAB Set Result Value (type table) .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I GET_INSTANCE Generate Instance (not a singleton) .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I HIDE Work center no longer visible .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I REFRESH Reconstruct Display .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I REFRESH_RESUBMISSIONS Reconstruct Resubmissions .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I SAVE_SETTINGS Save User Settings .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I SHOW For Display .
IF_RMPS_ORGANIZER_TREE I STORE_EXPANDED_NODES Save Open Nodes .
IF_RMPS_PLAN I CLOSE Save .
IF_RMPS_PLAN I F4 F4 at Fileplan .
IF_RMPS_PLAN I F4_GET_ALL Get All "Valid" Fileplans .
IF_RMPS_PLAN I FOLDER_DELETE Delete Cases from Fileplan .
IF_RMPS_PLAN I FOLDER_INSERT Add Cases in AP (only links) .
IF_RMPS_POST_ACTIVITY I HANDLE_EVENTANSWER Processing of Response to Event Triggered .
IF_RMPS_PRINT I GET_PRINT_REC_HIERARCHY Print Record Structure .
IF_RMPS_PRINT I PRINT_ELEMENT_DETAILED Print Detail of Record Element .
IF_RMPS_PRINT I PRINT_RECORD_ELEMENT Print Record Element Recursively .
IF_RMPS_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I CHECK_VALUES_CHANGED Check whether values were changed .
IF_RMPS_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I GET_SCREEN_VALUES Get Values in Current Attribute Display .
IF_RMPS_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I SET_SCREEN_VALUES Set values in curr. attr. display(accdng to GetScreenValues).
IF_RMPS_PRO_AGGREGATION I GET_AGGREGATION Get Position of Object in Object Hierarchy .
IF_RMPS_PRO_AUTH_CHECK I DECLARE_CHECK Access Check for Declaration .
IF_RMPS_PRO_AUTH_CHECK I EXECUTE Execution of PRO-Specific Authorization Check .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I CHECK_ASSIGNED Checks if the object has already been assigned .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I CHECK_ATTR_DIALOG Ask as Last Chance to Change Attributes .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I CHECK_DECLARATION_STATE Determine Declaration State .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I DECLARE_OBJECT Declare Object .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I GET_ANCHOR Get Anchor for Insert .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I GET_DECLARE_BUTTON Get Declaration Pushbutton .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I GET_MOVE_BUTTON Get Move Button .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I HANDLE_DROP_INSERT Handles Drop or Insertion of a Document .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I MOVE_OBJECT Move object from one folder to another .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_EXE I SELECT_FOLDER Select a Folder .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DECLARATION_HANDLE I GET_DECLARATION_HANDLER Get Declaration Handler .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Returns the Selected Lines .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV I TEST_SELECTED_ROWS Checks that at least one line was selected .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV I UPDATE_ALV_TABLE Refreshes ALV Table .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALVREPORT I TABLE_REFRESH Fills ALV Table .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I CLEAR_SELECTED_ROWS Deletes Line Markings .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I GET_EXPSTAT_TEXT Reads Export Long Text .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Returns the Selected Lines .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I SET_TEXT_FOR_PRINTOUT Text Variables for Print Output .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I TABLE_REFRESH The ALV Table is Re-Copied .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I TEST_SELECTED_ROWS Checks that at least one line was selected .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_ALV_GEN I UPDATE_ALV_TABLE Deletes Lines Due to a Copy Index .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_OBJECT I CHECK_COMMENT Check that a comment was entered .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_OBJECT I EXECUTE_PROCESS Executes the Disposal Process .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_OBJECT I INSTANCE_GET Returns Reference to Object .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_OBJECT I SAVE_TEXT Saves text as SAPscript and returns the text key .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_OBJECT I TEXT_DELETE Deletes the Text Field .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I DISPOSAL_INSTRUCTION_GET Disposal Action (Review, Export, Transfer, Destruction) .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I EFFECTIVE_DATE_GET Effective Disposal Date .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I EVENT_CATEGORY_GET Type of Event: Internal / External(singular / instance-dep.).
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I IS_IMMEDIATE_DESTR Checks whether rule has event "immediate destruction" .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I PERIOD_GET Disposal Period .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SCHEDULE I REFERRED_PROPERTY_GET Attribute that refers to the event (int/ext instance-dep.) .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I ALV_TABLES_GET Creates ALV Tables (one for each disposal action) .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I CHECK_CONFLICTS Checks object for conflicts that cannot be resolved .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I DISPLAY_DUE_OBJECTS Fills the ALV with Due Objects .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I EXECUTE_DISPOSAL Execute the Disposal Action .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_PRO_DISPOSAL_SESSION I LOG_INFORMATION Logs Important Data of Disposal Session .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I ADD_PART Add Part .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I CLOSE_PART Close Part .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I CREATE Create .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I CREATE_FIRST_PART Create First Part .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I GET_FOLDER_CASE_TYPE Determine Case Type for Folder .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I GET_FOLDER_SPS_ID Determine Case SPS ID for Folder .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER I SET_FOLDER Set Folder (initialize) .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I ADD_FOLDER_TO_HISTORY Add Selected Folder to History .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I ATTRIBUT_SELECT Folder Selection Using Attribute Search .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I DISPLAY Display Folder Selection .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I FCODE_HANDLER FCode Processing .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I FILEPLAN_SELECT Folder Selection Using Fileplan .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I FREE Destruction of Control .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I GET_DECLARE_SEL_TYPE Get Selection Type for Declare .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I GET_SELECTED_FOLDER Read Folder that Is Currently Selected .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I GET_SELECTED_SUBELEMENT Get Subelement .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I GET_SUBELEMENTS Get Subobjects .
IF_RMPS_PRO_FOLDER_SELECTION I INITIALIZE Define Global Parameters .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I COPY Copy .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I DATA_CHANGED Data changed? .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I GET_DATA Get data .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I GET_EXPORT Get Texts for Export/Presentation .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I GET_IN_PRINT_FORMAT Print Format .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I GET_NAME_STRING Change Data in Output String .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I GET_OVERALL_FLAG Is a flag, yes? .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I INITIALIZE Initialize (?) .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I MAINTAIN Maintenance .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I SAVE Save .
IF_RMPS_PRO_GROUP I SET_DATA Set data .
IF_RMPS_PRO_PRESENTATION I ACTIVITY_ADD Add Instance Activity .
IF_RMPS_PRO_PRESENTATION I POID_PRESENTATION External Presentation of a POID .
IF_RMPS_PRO_RELATION I CREATE_RELATION Generate New Relation .
IF_RMPS_PRO_RELATION I DELETE_RELATION Delete Relation .
IF_RMPS_PRO_RELATION I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_RMPS_PRO_RELATION I GET_RELATIONS Get Relations for Object .
IF_RMPS_REFERENCE I GET_DESTINATION_VALUES Determine target values for reassgnt by indicator comparison.
IF_RMPS_REFERENCE I GET_REFERENCE_FOR_POID Get unique indicator for given POID object .
IF_RMPS_REFERENCE I GET_RULE_ELEM_PROPERTIES Get value of rule element (using el. name) from indicator .
IF_RMPS_REFERENCE I GET_VALUE_FROM_REFERENCE Get value of rule element (using el. name) from indicator .
IF_RMPS_REFERENCE I RECREATE_REFERENCE Generate new indicator or regenerate ex. indicator .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I DELETE Delete .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I DIALOG Dialog: Display, Change, Delete? .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I EXECUTE Execute FCode .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I SAVE Save in Database .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION I SET_DONE Set current resubmission to complete; evaluate resub. tmpl .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_API I GET Get Resubmission Instance .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_API I GET_NEW Get Resubmission Instance .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_CR I GET Get Resubmission Instance .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_CR I GET_ALL Get Resubmission Instance .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_CR I GET_LIST Display RM List .
IF_RMPS_RESUBMISSION_CR I SHOW_POPUP Display Dialog Box with Resubmissions .
IF_RMPS_SCAN I GET_BATCHCLASSES Read Batch Classes of Scan Software .
IF_RMPS_SCAN I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance (Singleton) .
IF_RMPS_SCAN I START Start Scan (with Batch Class) .
IF_RMPS_SET_ATTRIBUTE_GROUPS I CONVERT_PROPERTIES_ALV Conversion of ALV Attributes .
IF_RMPS_SP_AROUND_DELETION I AFTER_DELETION Execute actions after deletion (such as release of ind.) .
IF_RMPS_SP_AROUND_DELETION I BEFORE_DELETION Execute actions before deletion (such as saving data) .
IF_RMPS_SP_AROUND_DELETION I CHECK_DELETION_ALLOWED Check whether deletion of object is allowed .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I AFTER_DOCUMENT_DELETION Actions After Deletion of a Document .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I AUTH_BUFFER_NO_RESET Reset Authorization Buffer for the Last Time .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I BEFORE_DOCUMENT_DELETION Actions Before Deletion of a Document .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_EXPORT_XML_HANDLER Get Object for Export .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_MAIL_HANDLER Get Object for Mailing Document .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_PRINT_HANDLER Get Object for Printing Document .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_REFERENCE_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Document Number .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_SIGNATURE_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Digital Signature .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_SIGNATURE_STATE Get Result of Last Signature Check .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I REPAIR Repair (for attributes) .
IF_RMPS_SP_DOCUMENT I SET_SIGNATURE_STATE Set Result of Last Signature Check .
IF_RMPS_SP_ELEMENT_LIST I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get Element Attributes .
IF_RMPS_SP_ELEMENT_LIST I GET_CONTENT_RECORD_API Get Record API for Content (Subordinate Objects) .
IF_RMPS_SP_OPERATION I EXECUTE Execute Recursive Operation (and Start for Children) .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I CHECK_INSERT_ALLOWED Inserting document in record/case allowed? .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I CHECK_MIME_HANDLING Returns how the mime header should be displayed .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I COPY_PES Copies an Incoming Post Item .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I CREATE_DOCUMENT Creation of Document .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I DELETE_INBOUND_DOC Deletion of Incoming Post Item .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_CONTENT Read Contents .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_DOC_VAR Gets Document and Variant .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_EXPORT_XML_HANDLER Get Object for Export .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_MAIL_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Unique Indicator .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_MIME_HEADER Reading of Mime Header .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_PES_TYPE Read Type of Incoming Post Item .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_PROPERTIES Read Characteristics in Variant .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_PROPERTY Read Characteristics in Variant .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_PROTOCOL_HANDLER Get Log Object .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I GET_REFERENCE_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Unique Indicator .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I REPAIR Repair (for attributes) .
IF_RMPS_SP_POSTBACKEND I WRITE_PROTOCOL_ENTRY Write a Log Entry .
IF_RMPS_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I RESET_PROTO_DISPLAY_NAME Reset the buffered display name of object .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I AUTH_BUFFER_NO_RESET Reset Authorization Buffer for the Last Time .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I GET_EXPORT_XML_HANDLER Get Object for Export .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I GET_MAIL_HANDLER Get Object for Mailing Record .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I GET_PRINT_HANDLER Get Object for Printing of Record .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I GET_REFERENCE_HANDLER Get Object for Handling Reference Number .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I INIT_PROPERTIES Initialize the attributes .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD I UPDATE_DESCRIPTION_FOR_POID Update Display of Element in Record .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I REC_ELEM_BEFORE_DELETE Time before removal of record element (POID) .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I REC_ELEM_BEFORE_DROP Time Before Drop Record Element (POID) .
IF_RMPS_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I REC_ELEM_BEFORE_INSERT Time Before Inserting Element .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I ATTRIBUTE_CURRENT_PART_GET Get POID from Attribute "Current Part" .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I CLOSE_PART Close Current Part .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I CLOSE_PREVIOUS_PARTS Check old parts and close if necessary .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I CREATE_PART Create Part .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I DOCUMENTS_ALL_DECLARED_CHECK Check whether all documents in part are declared .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I GET_BASE_CONTROL Get Base Control .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I GET_PART_POID_FROM_REQUEST Get POID of sending part from request if available .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I INSERT_PART_IN_FOLDER Add New Part to Folder .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I IS_CLOSED Part is closed .
IF_RMPS_SUBCOMPONENT_PART I NEW_PART Create New Part in Folder .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I CASES_GET Get List of Cases .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I EXECUTE_FCODE Execute FCODE from Context Menu .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I GET_INSTANCE Instance of Work Item Class (re-create if necessary) .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I OTHER_WORKITEMS_GET Get all work items that do not belong to the task list .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I RAISE_PROCESSING_ERROR Trigger Event "STOP_FURTHER_ITEMS" .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I RAISE_WORKITEM_CLOSED Trigger Event "WORKITEM_CLOSED" .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I STATUS_TO_ICON Find Icon for Work Item Status .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WF_ITEM_EXECUTE Execute Work Item .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WF_ITEM_FORWARD Forward Work Item .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WF_ITEM_PUT_BACK Replace work item .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WF_ITEM_RESUBMIT Resubmission (Workflow Item) .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WF_ITEM_SHOW_PROCESS_DATA Display Log .
IF_RMPS_WORKITEM I WORKLIST_GET Get List of Work Items .
IF_RMPS_XML_OBJECT I ATTRIBUTES_GET Delivers Attributes of XML Object as Reference Table .
IF_RMPS_XML_OBJECT I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_XML_PRO I XML_FOR_POID_GET Get Additional XML Info .
IF_RMPS_XML_TRANSFORMATION I ABAP_TO_XML Generates the XML Display of a POID .
IF_RMPS_XML_TRANSFORMATION I INSTANCE_GET Generates Instance and Returns Reference .
IF_RMPS_XML_TRANSFORMATION I XML_TO_ABAP Generates ABAP Data Objects from an XML String .
IF_RMPS_XML_TRANSFORMATION I XML_TO_ABAP_PRE_INFO Delivers Required Info Before Transf. (processing class,...).
IF_RMSA_API_EVT I ON_OBJ_CHANGE Method for Transferring Changed Objects .
IF_RMSA_INFOSYSTEM I DEL_OBJECT Delete Objects .
IF_RMSA_LASTAT I ON_NOTIFY_UPDATE QM Object Was Changed .
IF_RMSA_LASTAT I READ_KEYDATA Read Key Data of Higher-Level Object .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I APPLOG_WRITE Write Application Log .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I CHECK Check Selected Data Records .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I FIELDCAT_MODIFY Modify Field Catalog for Dialog .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I MASSCHANGE Execute Mass Change for Selected Data Records .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I MSCHNG_BACKGROUND Execute Mass Change in Background .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I ON_ITEMNO_CHANGED On Change to Row Number .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I ON_ROW_CHANGED Check Changed Row .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I OUTTAB_GET Get Output Table .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I PARAMETERS_SET Pass Parameters .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I RENUMBER Renumbering .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I RESET Reset Parameters .
IF_RMSA_MSCHNG I SAVE Save .
IF_RMSA_PARENT I CHECK_FOR_TOGGLE Check for Locking Concept Whether to Toggle When Leaving .
IF_RMSA_QM I ON_NOTIFY_UPDATE QM Object Was Changed .
IF_RMSA_QM I READ_KEYDATA Read Key Data of Higher-Level Object .
IF_RMSA_STATUS I GET_INSTANCE_CL Get Instance .
IF_RMSA_STATUS I ON_STATUS_CHANGE Check for Changing Object Status .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I CHECK_ITEM Checking New/Changed Components and Determining Addit. Data .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I DISPLAY_LOG Displaying Messages (For Example: Application Log) .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I FILL_ADD_DATA Determining Addit.Data Before Displaying it on the Interface.
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I HANDLE_MESSAGES Transfer of Contribution Class Messages .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I OKCODE Handling Own OK Codes .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I ON_DATA_CHANGED Data Is to Be Saved .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I ON_F4_HELP ALV Event: Call F4 Help for a Field .
IF_RMSA_STD_DIA I SELECT_STREAM Display Stream Selection Popup .
IF_RMSA_VAL I ON_NOTIFY_UPDATE Process Parameters Were Changed .
IF_RMSA_VAL I READ_KEYDATA Read Key Data of Higher-Level Object .
IF_RMSA_VERS_RPC I ON_NOTIFY_UPDATE Object Changed .
IF_RMSA_VERS_RPC I READ_KEYDATA Read Key Data of Higher-Level Object .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I AENNR_CHECK Check Whether Change Number Exists .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I CHANGE_NR_REQUEST Request Change Number .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I CHANGE_VAL_ALLOW Allow Changes to Validity Period .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I CHECK_CREATION Check Object to Be Created .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I CHECK_VALIDITY Check Validity Period for New Objects .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I DYNPRO_FIELDS Read Fields for Screen 8010 from RMSA260 .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I F4_HELP Call F4 Help .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I GET_INSTANCE_CL Get Instance .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I REPLACE_ALLOW Allow Replacement for Data Records .
IF_RMSA_VRS_ATTRIB_GET I SUBOBJECTS List of Allowed Subobject Types .
IF_RMST_ALV_DATA I ON_DATA_CHANGED Check Routine for Changes in ALV Grid .
IF_RMST_OTPT I NEW_LINE RMS-TLS: Start of New Output Line .
IF_RMST_OTPT I NEW_PAGE RMS-TLS: Start of New Page .
IF_RMST_OTPT I SKIP RMS-TLS: Output Blank Lines .
IF_RMST_OTPT I WRITE_FIELDS RMS-TLS: Output Several Objects in Individual Fields .
IF_RMST_OTPT I WRITE_LABEL RMS-TLS: Output Several Objects in Individual Fields .
IF_RMST_OTPT I WRITE_TABLE RMS-TLS: Output Several Objects in a Table .
IF_RMST_PARAMETER_TREE I CHANGE_ITEM Select/Deselect Nodes .
IF_RMST_PARAMETER_TREE I IS_ITEM_SELECT Check: Is Node or End Node Selected? .
IF_RMST_PARAMETER_TREE I READ_OLD_APPL_PARAM Read Application Parameters (Saved Before RMS 2.2) .
IF_RMST_PROT_PREPDISP I GET_DESCR2LOG Text Field Retrieval .
IF_RMST_PROT_PREPDISP I GET_DESCR2MESS Additional Information for Program Messages (Context) .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I CHECK_APPLPARAM_CHANGED Were Application Parameters Changed? .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I CHECK_APPL_PARAMS Checks Whether Application Parameters Entered Are Plausible .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I GET_APPLPARAM_TYPE Queries the Structure Category for the Application Params .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I INIT One-Time Call When Screen Is Accessed .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_APPLPARAM_DEFAULT Request for Default Application Parameters to Be Displayed .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_EXIT_DYNPRO One-Time Call When Screen Is Exited .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_FILTER_DDIC_DEF Allows Certain Tree Items to Be Hidden .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_ITEM_CHANGED Call When Node is Selected/Deselected .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_LAYOUT_LOAD Call After Loading Layout .
IF_RMST_SUBSCREEN_NOTIFY I ON_LAYOUT_SAVE Call Before Layout Is Saved .
IF_RMWB_SRV I INIT Service Initialization .
IF_RMWB_WB I ADD_OBJECT Add Object and Edge to Workbench .
IF_RMWB_WB I ASK_FOR_SAVE Popup (OK, Cancel) + Save All Objects .
IF_RMWB_WB I DELETE_EDGE Remove Edge .
IF_RMWB_WB I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object Everywhere .
IF_RMWB_WB I EXPAND Expand Object .
IF_RMWB_WB I GET_OKCODE Returns Current OK Code During PAI .
IF_RMWB_WB I GET_RUNTIME_INFO Runtime Settings .
IF_RMWB_WB I GET_SELECTED_DET_NODES Gets Table for Selected Nodes (Detail Area) .
IF_RMWB_WB I GET_SELECTED_NODES Gets Table for Selected Nodes .
IF_RMWB_WB I GET_WBO_FROM_WBOCAT Determine Object .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_ACTIVE_OBJECT Set New Active Object .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_CHANGED Mark Object As Changed .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_HEADER_WBO WBO Uses Tree Handler .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_PAI_ERROR Error During PAI - Stop Event Handling .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_RMWB_WB I SET_TITLE Set Title .
IF_RMWB_WB I TOOGLE Switch Between Display "-" Change .
IF_RMWB_WB I UPDATE_OBJECT Update Node Including Lower-Level Node .
IF_RMWB_WB I UPDATE_TREE Update Tree After Change (During Input Help etc.) .
IF_RMWB_WBO I CONTEXT_MENU_REQUEST Context Menu Extension .
IF_RMWB_WBO I DRAG Drag Event .
IF_RMWB_WBO I DROP Drop Event .
IF_RMWB_WBO I EXIT Exiting Workbench .
IF_RMWB_WBO I EXPAND Returns Dependent Objects of a UID .
IF_RMWB_WBO I FOCUS_GET WBO Gets Focus for a Certain UID .
IF_RMWB_WBO I FOCUS_LOST WBO Loses Focus .
IF_RMWB_WBO I GET_INSTANCE_CL Gets Instance of a WBO .
IF_RMWB_WBO I GET_WBO_CONFIG_CL Gets Configuration for WBO Type .
IF_RMWB_WBO I KEYPRESS Function Keys Pressed (F1, F4...) .
IF_RMWB_WBO I OKCODE OK-Code Handler .
IF_RMWB_WBO I SAVE Save Data .
IF_RMWB_WBO I SHOW Representation of Icon and Columns of a UID .
IF_RMWB_WBO_TITLE I SET_TITLE Set Title in Screen .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I APPEND_CHILD Adds a Child to MT_CHILD .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I DELETE_CHILDREN Deletes Children from the MT_CHILD Table .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I GET_ALLOWED_CHILD_OBJ_TYP Gets the Permitted Object Categories for Children .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I GET_CHILDREN Determines the References of the Required Children .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Gets the Object Category of the ROM Node .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_TXT Gets the Language-Dependent Text for the Object Category .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I GET_PARENT Gets the Reference to the Higher-Level Node .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I IS_LOWER Compares Own ID with ID of the Given Object .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I IS_VALID_CHILD Checks Whether IO_CHILD Can Be Child of the Instance .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I SET_PARENT Overwrites the Attribute M_PARENT .
IF_RMXM_ROM_OBJECT I SORT_CHILDREN Sorts the MT_CHILD Table (Using IS_LOWER) .
IF_RMXM_ROM_TOOL I ADJUST_MR_DATA Adjust Data of Master Recipe Object .
IF_RMXM_ROM_TOOL I EXPORT_TO_PPPI Export PP-PI Structure .
IF_RMXM_ROM_TOOL I IMPORT_FROM_PPPI Import Data from PP-PI Structure .
IF_RMXM_ROM_TOOL I REASSIGN_KEY Reassign Key Values of Object .
IF_RMXM_ROM_TOOL I TRANSFORM_GR2MR Transformation of General Recipe Obj. to Master Recipe Obj. .
IF_RMXM_ROM_XML_IO I EXPORT Export a Subtree .
IF_RMXM_ROM_XML_IO I IMPORT Import a Subtree to ROM Structure .
IF_RMXT_FRML_TOOL I COPY_TRIAL_RCP Copies a Trial/Recipe .
IF_RMXT_FRML_TOOL I GET_TRIAL_DATA Transfers Trial(s) with Linked Recipe(s) .
IF_RMXT_FRML_TOOL I MSG_INTO_LOG Puts API Messages in Application Log .
IF_RMXT_FRML_TOOL I SET_ACTIVE_OBJECT Sets Trial to Active (ONLY Relevant for Results View) .
IF_RMXT_FRML_TOOL I SET_CHANGED Register Recipes as Changed in Workbench .
IF_RMXT_GIS_IS_WBSERVICE I BEFORE_PBO WB Service Communication with Service Screen (PBO) .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I BUILD_ICON_QUICKINFO Constructs Icon with Quick Info from Icon ID and Text .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I CHECK_TASK_EXECUTION Checks Whether a Task Can Be Executed .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I DISP_CONT_MENU Generate Context Menu for a Task .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I EXECUTE_TASK Execute Task .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I EXE_CONT_MENU Execute Context Menu Entry .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I FREE Deletes All Data Within a Monitor Instance .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I FREE_CL Releases all Monitor Instances .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I GET_ALL_TASK Determines Table with All Tasks (+ Texts + Icons) .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I GET_INSTANCE_CL Determines a Monitor Instance .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I INIT Initialize Monitor Instance for a Trial .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I LOG_ADD_MSG Application Log: Add Message .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I LOG_SAVE Application Log: Save Messages in the Database .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I LOG_SHOW Application Log: Display Messages .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I REFRESH Redetermines the Task Statuses .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR I SET_STATUS Sets a System and/or User Status .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_SERVICE I AUTHORITHY_CHECK Authorziation Check for Execution of Tasks .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_SERVICE I CHECK_TASK_EXECUTION Central Checks Before Execution of Task .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_SERVICE I GET_OBJNR_TABLE Provides Monitor with Table of OBJNR - OBJTYP .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_VIEW I ASK_FOR_SAVE Request Surrounding Application to Save .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_VIEW I CHECK_VIEW_ACTIVE Check Whether the Monitor View Is Active .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_VIEW I DELIVER_KEYDATA Gets Object Key Data for the Display in the Monitor View .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_VIEW I REFRESH_APPL Refresh Surrounding Application .
IF_RMXT_MONITOR_VIEW I REFRESH_OBJ Redisplay Object After Execution of Task .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I AUTHORITY_CHECK Checks Authorizations .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I CHECK_LINEMODE Checks the Mode of a Table Row (Insert, Update, Delete) .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I CHECK_NUMBER Checks External Number Against External Number Range .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I COPY Copies a Building Block .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I CREATE_NEW_QMBB_CL Generate a New Building Block .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I GET_INSTANCE_CL Always Determines a New Object Instance .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I GET_NEXT_NUMBER Gets New Building Block Number from Number Range .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I INIT Reset All Buffer Tables .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I READ Reads All Data for a Building Block .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I SAVE Saves All Data for a Building Block .
IF_RMXT_QMBBOBJ I WRITE Writes All Data for a Building Block .
IF_RMXT_TASK I EXECUTE_TASK Execute Task .
IF_RMXT_TASK I GET_INSTANCE_CL Gets a Task Instance .
IF_RMXT_TASK I GET_TASK_ACTY Additional Checks for Task Activity .
IF_RMXT_TASK I GET_TASK_STAT Additional Checks for Task Status .
IF_RMXT_TASK_CTMENU I DISP_CONT_MENU Create Context Menu for Task .
IF_RMXT_TASK_CTMENU I EXE_CONT_MENU Execute Context Menu Entry .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I ADJUST_RELATIONS_WUL Relationship Table for Higher and Lower-Level Trials .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I AUTHORITY_CHECK Checks Authorizations .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Checks Consistency of the Objects Assigned to the Trial .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I CHECK_DATA Checks Trial Data .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I CHECK_LINEMODE Checks the Mode of a Table Row (Insert, Update, Delete) .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I CHECK_NUMBER Checks External Number Against External Number Range .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I COPY Copies a Trial .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I DELETE Prepares a Complete Trial for Deletion .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I DISPLAY_CHANGE_DOCUMENT Displays the Change Document .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I GET_INSTANCE_CL Always Determines a New Object Instance .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I GET_NEXT_NUMBER Determines a New Trial Number from the Number Range .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I GET_PLAN_STATUS Derive Trial Planning Status .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I INIT Deletes the Trial Data from the Buffer .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I ON_CREATE Event After Creation of Object .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I READ Reads All Trial Data .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I SAVE Saves All Trial Data .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I SELECT_OBJECTS_FOR_COPY Objects That Can Be Copied .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I TRANSFER_LINEMODE Sets the Mode of a Table Row .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I WRITE Writes All Trial Data to the Buffer .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I WRITE_CHANGE_DOCUMENT Writes the Change Document to Trial Management .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I WRITE_CLASSIFICATION Writes Classification Data to the Buffer .
IF_RMXT_TRIALOBJ I WRITE_DOC_OBJ Writes Document Data to the Buffer .
IF_ROLE_CA I CREATE_ROLE Create New Role .
IF_ROLE_CA I DELETE_ROLE Create New Role .
IF_ROLE_CA I LOAD_ROLES Load Roles from the Database .
IF_ROLE_CA I ROLES_OF_OBJECT_GET Read Roles for Business Object .
IF_ROLE_CL I BUSINESS_REFERENCE_GET Assign Persistent Business Reference .
IF_ROLE_CL I GET_MODEL Role Model .
IF_ROLE_CL I GET_ROLE_DATA Role Record .
IF_ROUTING_LOCAL_RUNTIME I GET_RECEIVERS Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_ROUTING_LOCAL_RUNTIME I RECEIVERS_EXIST Do not use. See interface documentation .
IF_RPE_CONNECTION I CONNECT Connect .
IF_RPE_CONNECTION I DISCONNECT Disconnect .
IF_RPE_CONNECTION I FLUSH Flush .
IF_RPE_CONNECTION I TO_STRING Connection Description as String .
IF_RPE_SYNCHRONIZE I FLUSH Flush .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I CHANGE_DEFECTS Change Defect .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I CHANGE_DEFECTS_CONF Change Defect from Confirmation (Without Confirmatn Profile).
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I CHECK_NOTIF_EXTENSIBLE Can Items Be Added to Notification .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I CREATE_DEFECTS Create Defect .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I CREATE_DEFECTS_CONF Create Defect from Confirmation (Without Confirmatn Profile).
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I DELETE_DEFECTS Delete Defect .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_CATALOG_PROFILE Read Catalog Profile .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_CREATED_KEYS Access to Keys of Created Defect Records .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_DEFECTS (Read) Access to Defect .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_DEFECT_CLASSES Read Possible Defect Classes .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_DEFECT_FIELDS Access to Field Information for Defects Recording .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_INSTANCE (Read) Access to Instance .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_NOTIF_TYPE_VIA_CONF Determine Notification Type Based on Order Type .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I GET_REPORT_TYPE Access to Report Type .
IF_RPLM_DEFECT_API I SET_CONFIRMATION_PARAMETERS Transfer Confirmation Parameter and Determine Instance .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I ADD_DATA Add Data (Items, Causes, Actions) .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I ADD_LONGTEXT Add Long Text .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CHANGE_HEADER_DATA Change Notification Header .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Before Saving .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CLEANUP_AFTER_COMMIT Clean Up After Commit .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CLOSE Complete notification .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I COMPLETE_TASK Complete Task .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CONVERT_BREAKDOWN_DURATION_EXTConvert Downtime to External Format .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CONVERT_BREAKDOWN_DURATION_INTConvert Downtime to External Format .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CREATE_CAUSES Create Causes .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CREATE_ITEMS Create items .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I CREATE_NOTIFICATION Create Notification .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I DELETE_ACTIVITIES Delete Actions .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I DELETE_CAUSES Delete Causes .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I DELETE_ITEMS Delete Items .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I DELETE_PARTNERS Delete Partner(s) .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_CAUSE_LONGTEXT (Read) Access to Causes Long Text .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_CODEGR_FROM_CAT_PROF Read Code Groups from Catalog Profile .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_DATA_COMPLETE (Read) Access to Complete Notification Data .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_EDIT_MODE (Read) Access to Processing Mode .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_FINAL_QMNUM Access to Final Number .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_HEADER_LONGTEXT Access to Header Long Text (Read) .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_INSTANCE (Read) Access to Instance .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_ITEM_LONGTEXT (Read) Access to Item Long Text .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_NOTIF_NO (Read) Access to Notification Number .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_NOTIF_TYPE (Read) Access to Notification Type .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_PARTNER_CONTACT_PERSON Access to Data of Partner Role "Contact Person" .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_PARTNER_CUSTOMER Access to Data of Partner Role "Customer" .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_PRIMARY_STATUS (Read) Access to Leading Status .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I GET_STATUS_TEXTS (Read) Access to Status Texts .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I HAS_CHANGES Was notification (incl. subobjects) changed? .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I INITIALIZE Initialize Instance Attribute +IQS* .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I IS_CHANGEABLE Changeable Notification .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I IS_NOTIF_TYPE_CHANGEABLE Changeable Notification Type .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I MODIFY_ACTIVITIES Change Activities .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I MODIFY_CAUSES Change Causes .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I MODIFY_DATA Add Data (Items, Causes, Actions) .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I MODIFY_ITEMS Change Items .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SAVE Save .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_EDIT_MODE (Write) Access to Processing Mode .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_HEADER_LONGTEXT (Write) Access to Header Long Text .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_IN_PROCESS Set Notification in Process .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_NOTIF_NO (Write) Access to Notification Number .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_NOTIF_TYPE (Write) Access to Notification Type .
IF_RPLM_NOTIF_API I SET_USER_STATUS_CHANGED User Status Changed Externally .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I DELETEARCHIVLINKDOC Deletion of an ArchiveLink Documents .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I GETARCHIVLINKDOCUMENTS Supplies the ArchiveLink Documents .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I GETARCLINKMETA Metadata for Documents .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I GETCONNECTIONS Object-Document Link .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I GETNUMBEROFARCHIVLINKDOCS Supplies the Number of ArchiveLink Documents .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I READURL Reading URL .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I SELECT_ARC_OBJ_TYPE_TXT Reads Short Texts for Document Types .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I SELECT_DOC_TYPE_FROM_MIME Supplies the ArchiveLink Document Class for MIME Type .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_ARCHIV_LINK I UPLOADARCHIVLINKDOC Loading an ArchiveLink Document .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_DMS I GETDMSDOCUMENTS Supplies the URLs for Displaying Originals .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_DMS I RELOADBINARYSTREAM Reload Binary Value of a Document .
IF_RPLM_QIMT_DOCUMENTOBJECTS I GETOBJECTDOCUMENTS Supplies the Document Info Records for the Documents .
IF_RPLM_QI_GRAPHIC_CACHE I GET_CONTEXT_DATA Supplies Context Data for Graphic .
IF_RPLM_QI_GRAPHIC_CACHE I GET_NAVI_TEXT Supplies the Text for the Navigator .
IF_RPLM_QI_GRAPHIC_CACHE I HAS_CHANGED Has Graphic Data Changed? .
IF_RPLM_QI_GRAPHIC_CACHE I INITIALIZE Initializes Graphic Class .
IF_RPLM_QI_GRAPHIC_CACHE I ONACTION Reaction of Graphic to Web Dynpro Action .
IF_RPLM_QI_MODEL_REC_RES_CACHE I LOCK Flags the Cache Object as Locked .
IF_RPLM_QI_MODEL_REC_RES_CACHE I LOCK_FAILED Flags the Cache Object as Unlockable .
IF_RPLM_QI_MODEL_REC_RES_CACHE I RECORD_RESULT Writes Cache Changes to API Layer .
IF_RPLM_QI_MODEL_REC_RES_CACHE I SAVE Register with Model to Save .
IF_RPLM_QI_MODEL_REC_RES_CACHE I UNLOCK Cache Object Will Be Flagged as Not Locked .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I GET_CHAR_CONTEXT_DATA Reads Characteristic Data to Web Dynpro Context .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I GET_CONTEXT_DATA Reads Current Context Data to Web Dynpro Context .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I GET_EDIT_MODE Returns Write Mode .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I HAS_CHANGED Has the Result Been Changed? .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I IS_ACTION_ALLOWED Execution of Action Permitted? .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I REFRESH Data Is Read from the QIBP Buffer .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I SET_CHAR_CONTEXT_DATA Sets Characteristic Table from Web Dynpro Context .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_CACHE I SET_CONTEXT_DATA Writes Context Data from Web Dynpro Context .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_COMP I INITIALIZE Initializes Component .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_COMP I ON_ACTION Handles an Action .
IF_RPLM_QI_REC_RESULTS_COMP I UNSAVED_DATA Does unsaved data exist? .
IF_RRHI_HIERARCHY_INTERATOR I CLOSE Close Interator .
IF_RRHI_HIERARCHY_INTERATOR I GET_CHILD Provides a Lower-Level of the Current Objects .
IF_RRHI_HIERARCHY_INTERATOR I GET_PARENT Provides the Higher-Level Object of the Current Object .
IF_RRHI_HIERARCHY_INTERATOR I GET_SIBLING Returns the Siblings of the Current Object .
IF_RRHI_HIERARCHY_INTERATOR I OPEN Initialization .
IF_RRHI_MEMBERSID I GET_NEW_LEAVES Provides the Leaves That Are New .
IF_RRHI_MEMBERSID I GET_NODESID Determines a Node - SID .
IF_RRHI_VIRT_HIER I CREATE Method for Creating an Instance .
IF_RRHI_VIRT_HIER I GET_HIER Provides Hierarchy Description & Intervals .
IF_RRHI_VIRT_HIER I GET_TEXTS Provides Texts for Nodes of Type "0HIER_NODE" .
IF_RRHI_VIRT_HIER I GET_TIMESTAMP Determines the Timestamp of Last Change .
IF_RRSI_LOCAL_SID_70 I SID_VAL_CONVERT Conversion of SID to Characteristic Value .
IF_RRSI_LOCAL_SID_70 I VAL_SID_CONVERT Converts Characteristic Value to SID .
IF_RSAN_IS_NODE_PACK I GET_PACKAGE_SIZE Get Package Size (Number of Records) .
IF_RSAN_IS_NODE_UI I ON_MENU_REQUEST Request Service Specific Menu Extension .
IF_RSAN_IS_NODE_UI I ON_MENU_SELECTED Handle Service Specific Menu Options .
IF_RSAN_MDL_DT_NODE I GET_TARGET_KEY_FOR_ARUN Get Target Object Key for Analysis Run .
IF_RSAN_MDL_LAYOUT_INFO I SET_LAYOUT SET_LAYOUT .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_SOURCE I GET_MAPPING_SOURCE_FIELDS Get Fields for Mapping - Source View .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_SOURCE I GET_MAX_NUMBER_OF_TARGETS Maximum Number of Outgoing Mappings to Other Targets .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_SOURCE I GET_MIN_NUMBER_OF_TARGETS Maximum Number of Outgoing Mappings to Other Targets .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_SOURCE I MAPPING_ADDED Notify node that mapping has been added to analysis .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_SOURCE I MAPPING_REMOVE Notify node that a mapping will be deleted .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I GET_MAPPING_TARGET_FIELDS Get Fields for Mapping - Target View .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I GET_MAX_NUMBER_OF_SOURCES Maximum number of incoming mappings from other sources .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I GET_MIN_NUMBER_OF_SOURCES Maximum number of incoming mappings from other sources .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I IS_SOURCE_STRUCTURE_INHERITED Flag: node inherits structure from source =" no mapping nec..
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I MAPPING_ADDED Notify node that mapping has been added to analysis .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MAPPING_TARGET I MAPPING_REMOVE Notify node that a mapping will be deleted .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MR I CONVERT_SELTAB Convert Filter on Target Fields to Filter on Source Fields .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MR I GET_SOURCE_FIELDS Get Source Fields of Mapping Rule .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MR I GET_TARGET_FIELDS Get Target Fields of Mapping Rule .
IF_RSAN_MDL_MR I MAP Map Source Fields to Target Fields .
IF_RSAN_MDL_TASK I EXECUTE Execute Task .
IF_RSAN_OM_DOCUMENT I NEW_ELEMENT Create a New Element that Can Be Added to this Document .
IF_RSAN_OM_DOCUMENT I SET_FACTORY SET_FACTORY .
IF_RSAN_OM_ELEMENT I SET_DOCUMENT SET_DOCUMENT .
IF_RSAN_OM_ELEMENT I SET_NAME SET_NAME .
IF_RSAN_OM_ELEMENT I SET_TEXT SET_TEXT .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I CLONE Make a Deep Copy of an Element .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I EDIT_POPUP Call ClassID-Dependent Dialog Box to Maintain Properties .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I GET_CLASSID Get ClassID of object .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I GET_CLASSID_FOR_XML_ELEMENT Get ClassID for XML Element .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I GET_CLASSINFO_FOR_ID Get Class Metadata for ClassID .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I GET_CLASSINFO_FOR_REF Get Class Metadata for Object Reference .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I NEW Create New Object for ClassID .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I XML_VERSION_GET Get the Version. Will be Rendered as Namespace Value .
IF_RSAN_OM_FACTORY I XML_VERSION_UPGRADE Convert a DOM from an Older Version to the Actual Version .
IF_RSAN_RT_ABSTRACT I FREE Release Resources .
IF_RSAN_RT_ABSTRACT I PREPARE Prepare Execution Plan of Runtime .
IF_RSAN_RT_ARUN_WRITE I SET_TARGET_KEY Set the Target Object Information in the Analysis Run Header.
IF_RSAN_RT_PROCESS I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_RSAN_RT_ROUTINE_CONTEXT I ADD_MESSAGE Add Message .
IF_RSAN_RT_SOURCE I CLOSE CLOSE .
IF_RSAN_RT_SOURCE I CREATE_DATA_TABLE Create Internal Table (of Correct Type) Used in Get .
IF_RSAN_RT_SOURCE I FETCH FETCH .
IF_RSAN_RT_SOURCE I OPEN OPEN .
IF_RSAN_RT_TARGET I CLOSE CLOSE .
IF_RSAN_RT_TARGET I CREATE_DATA_TABLE Create Internal Table (of Correct Type) Used in Get .
IF_RSAN_RT_TARGET I OPEN OPEN .
IF_RSAN_RT_TARGET I PUT PUT .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I CONVERT_TO_EXTERNAL Converts Value to External Representation .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I CONVERT_TO_EXTERNAL_CLIKE Converts Value to External Representation - Clike Params .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I CONVERT_TO_INTERNAL Converts Value to Internal Representation .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I CONVERT_TO_INTERNAL_CLIKE Converts Value to Internal Representation - Clike Params .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I CREATE_DATA_CONTAINER Creates Correctly Typed Data Container (REF TO DATA) .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I F1 Provide F1 Help .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I F4 Provide F4 Help .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I GET_ABAP_TYPE Get Type String That Can Be Used in Generated ABAPs .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I GET_APD_TYPE Get old APD type description (tuple: infoobject, typename) .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I GET_DB_TYPE Get (Fill) DD03P Structure Used When Generating DB .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I GET_TYPE_DESCRIPTION Retrieves Type String Representation - Parseable by Factory .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I IS_COMPATIBLE Comparison on ABAP Move Compatibility .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I IS_EQUAL Comparison on Type Objects Equality .
IF_RSAN_UT_TYPE I IS_VALID Check If the Type Information Is Valid .
IF_RSAR_PSA_API I AFTER_DELETE After Delete Activities .
IF_RSAR_PSA_API I DISPLAY_ERROR_LOG Display log for errored record .
IF_RSAR_PSA_API I GET_ERROR_RECORDS Get list of error records .
IF_RSAR_PSA_API I SET_ERROR_RECORDS Set error records .
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I GET_ALL Returns All Objects (Possible Restriction to area, apco) .
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I GET_BY_FOLDER Returns All Objects Under a Folder Node (AREA, APCO) .
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I GET_ICON Returns Icon Independent of Object Status (Active, Inactive).
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I GET_RELATED get_related Access (Workaround for Slow Tlogo Methods .
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I GET_SINGLE Returns the Properties Required in the DWB .
IF_RSAWBN_AWBOBJ I SET_FOLDER Sets the Folder (InfoArea, Applnm) for a DWB Object .
IF_RSAWBN_FOLDER_TREE I CHANGE_NODE Change of Node (Text) .
IF_RSAWBN_FOLDER_TREE I CREATE_NODE Inserts a New Node .
IF_RSAWBN_FOLDER_TREE I DELETE_NODE Deletes Node .
IF_RSAWBN_FOLDER_TREE I GET_TREE Returns the Complete Sort Node Hierarchy .
IF_RSAWBN_FOLDER_TREE I MOVE_NODE A Node Is Reassigned .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I ADD_AWB_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Add AWB Button to a Toolbar Reference .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I NAVIGATE access an awb request to call another transaction .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I PAI_DISPATCH process navigation events have to be called in dynpro pai .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I PBO navigator pbo has to be called in dynpro pbo .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I REFRESH Tree is being refreshed (after save, activate, call) .
IF_RSAWBN_NAVIGATOR I UNDOCK_CONTROLS Remove controls from dynpro (call another dynpro) .
IF_RSAWBN_STATUS I IS_CLOSE_BUTTON_VISIBLE Is Close Button Visible? (= false on Initial Screen of DWB) .
IF_RSAWBN_STATUS I SET_CLOSE_BUTTON_VISIBLE Sets Status of Close Button .
IF_RSBATCH_CALLBACK I SET_STATE Callback for Event 'Status Red' or 'Status Green' .
IF_RSBC_ERROR_HANDLER I GET_DTP Get DTP .
IF_RSBC_ERROR_HANDLER I GET_SEMANTIC_GROUPS Return Actual Grouping Key Selected .
IF_RSBK_CMD I COPY_FROM_TEMPLATE Copies Attributes of a Command Instance .
IF_RSBK_CMD I CREATE_PROCESS_PARAMETERS Before Parallel Processing: Output Runtime-Specific Param. .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_BREAKPOINTS Breakpoints .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_CMD Command Identifier .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_CMDTYPE Command Type .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Context Menu for Log UI .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_INTLEN_INBOUND Width of Inbound Structure in Bytes .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_INTLEN_OUTBOUND Width of Outbound Structure in Bytes .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_S_TLOGO Determine TLOGO Object .
IF_RSBK_CMD I GET_TEXT Command Description .
IF_RSBK_CMD I OPTIMIZE_COMMANDS Request Optimization after Generation .
IF_RSBK_CMD I SET_BREAKPOINTS Setting Breakpoints .
IF_RSBK_CMD I SET_CTYPE Controller Type .
IF_RSBK_CMD I SET_DTPTYPE DTP Type .
IF_RSBK_CMD I SET_PROCESS_PARAMETERS After Parallel Processing: Setting Runtime-Specific Param. .
IF_RSBK_CMD I SET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBK_CMD I USER_COMMAND User Command from Log UI .
IF_RSBK_CMD_U I GET_REQUID_OUTBOUND Request ID for Extractors (Activation ID for DSO) .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_DATAPACKAGE Gets a Data Package .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_DATAPACKAGE_GENERAL Gets a Data Package (All Extraction Types) .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_DATAPACKAGE_SEMGROUP Gets a Semantically Complete Data Package .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_DELTAINIT Indicator: First Delta Request .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_MAXROWS Returns Maximum Number of Rows To Be Read .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_SINGLEREQUEST_OK Retrieval by Requests Permitted? .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I GET_T_FIELDS_SEL Fields Available for Selection .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I SET_GROUPS_EXIST Set Indicator: Groups Exist .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I SET_MAXROWS Maximum Number of Rows To Be Read .
IF_RSBK_CMD_X I SET_SEMANTIC_GROUPS Sets Semantic Groups .
IF_RSBK_DATAPACKAGE_OBSERVER I ENQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Lock Status Tables .
IF_RSBK_DEBUG I GET_BREAKPOINTS Determines Breakpoint .
IF_RSBK_DEBUG I SET_BREAKPOINT Sets Breakpoint .
IF_RSBK_DELTA_SERVER I GET_PROCESSEDALL Returns Pointer to Largest of All Fetched Request IDs .
IF_RSBK_DELTA_SERVER I GET_PROCESSEDONE Returns Pointer to Largest of At Least One Fetched Req. ID .
IF_RSBK_DELTA_SERVER I GET_REQUESTS Delivers List of Requests on the Server .
IF_RSBK_DELTA_SERVER I SET_PROCESSEDALL Sets Pointer to Largest Request ID Fetched .
IF_RSBK_DELTA_SERVER I SET_PROCESSEDONE Pointer to Largest Request ID with at Least One Recipient .
IF_RSBK_DP I CLEAR_DATA Deletes All Data in the INDX Table .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_BATCH_PROCESS Number of Last Background Process .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_DATA Reads a Data Package from a INDX Table .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_LAST Returns 'Last Package in Request' Indicator .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_LAST_STEP_BUF Last Step with Temporary Storage .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_LINES_READ Number of Data Records Transferred from Extractor .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_LINES_TRANSFERRED Number of Data Records Transferred to Target .
IF_RSBK_DP I GET_T_DATAINFO Information About Temporary Storage .
IF_RSBK_DP I SET_BATCH_PROCESS Number of Current Background Process .
IF_RSBK_DP I SET_DATA Writes a Data Package to an INDX Table, If Necessary .
IF_RSBK_DP I SET_LAST Sets 'Last Package in Request' Indicator .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I EXISTS_ON_DB Checks Existence of DTPs on the Database .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I FREE Release Memory .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I FREE_GUI_ATTRIBUTES Delete UI Relevant Attributes .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ACTIVFL M Version = A Version? .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ACTUAL_CHAIN Latest Process Chain .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ACTUAL_REQUEST Reference to last request loaded which has not been deleted .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ALL_TEXTS Text Table .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_AUTOQUALOK Indicator: Set USTATE Automatically Using TSTATE .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_AUTORESTART Automatic Repeat of Requests with Errors .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_BATCH_OK Indicator: Execution in Background OK .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_CMD_U Update Command .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_CMD_X Extraction Command .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_CONTREL Content Release .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_CONTTIMESTMP Content time stamp .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DELTA Delta Method .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DELTAONLYONCE Indicator: Transfer Delta Only Once .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DELTASTAT Delta Status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DISPLAY_MODE Display mode .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DREQSER BW delta process: Serialization request .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTP DTP ID .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTPE Error DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTPTYPE Type of DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTP_EQUIVALENT_FOR_LOGSYS Equivalent DTP for a Particular Source System .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTP_ORIGINAL Original DTP (Transport) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTP_SHADOW Associated DTP in Delivery .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DTP_STANDARD Associated Standard DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_DVERSKEY Key of Associated D Version .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ERRORHANDLING Type of Error Handling .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_FETCHUNTILEOF Indicator: Retrieve All Data .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_GROUPFIELDS Grouping Fields for Extraction .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_GROUPS_EXIST Indicator: Grouping Necessary .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_GROUP_PREIMAGE Intersection of Original Screens of All Grouping Fields .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_ISSAVED Save status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_KEY_PREIMAGE Intersection of Original Screens of Target Key .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_LOGSYS Logical System (If System-Dependent) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_MAXSIZE Package Size .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_NOAGGR DTP Error Handling: Aggregation Not Permitted .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_NON_COMMUTATIVE Indicator: Non-Commutative Update of Field Content .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_NUMBER_AT_ERR No. of records to be checked when handling incorrect data .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_NUMBER_OF_PROCS Number of Parallel Processes .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJSTAT Object Status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJVERS Object Version (General) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_DTP_ERROR Object Reference to Error DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_DTP_STANDARD Object Reference to Associated Standard DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_ERROR_HANDLER Object Reference to Error Handler .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_FILTER Object Reference to Filter .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_SRC Object Reference to Data Source .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_SRC_LAST Last Substep Before Update .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_TGT Object Reference to Data Target .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_TGT_FIRST Object Reference to First Data Recipient After Extraction .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_TPL_U Object Reference to Update Command Template .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBJ_REF_TPL_X Object Reference to Extraction Command Template .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OBSERVER Observer of Request Generated by This DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_OWNER Person Responsible (Content) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_PROCESSMODE Processing Mode (Parallel/Serial) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_PROCESSMODES_FOR_F4 Supported Processing Modes .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_RDASTATUS Real-Time Status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_REALTIME_SUPPORTED Indicator: DTP Supports Real Time .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_RECEIVE_DATA_FROM Determines Dependent Objects .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_RELATED_DEPENDENT Determines Dependent Objects .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_RELATED_EXISTENTIAL Determines Existing Dependent Objects .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_RELATED_USED Determines Objects Used by the DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_REMOTE_SUPPORTED Indicator: DTP Supports Direct Access .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SEND_DATA_TO Determines Dependent Objects .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SERIALIZED Indicator: Serialized Update .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SINGLEREQUEST Indicator: Get Data by Request .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SRC Data Source ID and Type .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SRCNM Source ID .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_SRCTP Type of Source .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_S_BUFFER Settings To Be Deleted from Temporary Memory .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_S_TADIR Entry in Object Catalog .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TEXT DTP Description .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TEXT_DEFAULT Standard DTP Description .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TGT Data Target ID and Type .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TGTNM Target ID .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TGTTP Type of Target .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TH_RANGE Selections of DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TH_REQUID_SRC_NEW Source Requests Not Yet Read .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TH_TPL List of Command Templates .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TIMESTMP Time Stamp .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_TSTPNM Last Changed By .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_T_DEFAULT_CHAIN Delivers Default Chain .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_T_FIELDS_SRC_KEYOPT Possible Grouping Fields for Extraction .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_T_INFO_FNAM Unexpected Info Table for Process Chains .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_T_ISOURCE DTP InfoSources .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_T_TRANSFORMATION Transformations in DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_UPDMODE Extraction Mode .
IF_RSBK_DTP_DISPLAY I GET_WARNINGTSTATE Technical Status with Warnings in Log .
IF_RSBK_DTP_EXECUTE I CREATE_REQUEST Generate a Request .
IF_RSBK_DTP_EXECUTE I READ_DATA Call for Direct Access, Does Not Work for REMOTE-DTPs! .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I CHECK_SRC_TGT Checks Source and Target and Connection Between Them .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I CREATE_DEFAULT_PC_VARIANTS Generates Default Process Variants (such as Activate DSO) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I ON_SRC_CHANGED Impact: Source Object Changed .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_ACTUAL_CHAIN Latest Process Chain .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_AUTOQUALOK Automatic Revaluation of Overall Status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_AUTORESTART Automatic Repeat of Requests with Errors .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_DELTAONLYONCE Indicator: Get Delta Only Once .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_DTPTEXT Changes Description of DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_DTPTYPE Set DTP Type .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_DTP_ORIGINAL Set Original DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_DTP_SHADOW ID of Shadow DTP .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_ERRORHANDLING Error Handling Mode .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_FETCHUNTILEOF Indicator: Retrieve All Data .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_LOGSYS Set Logical System .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_MAXSIZE Package Size .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_NUMBER_AT_ERR Error tolerance .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_OBJSTAT Sets Object Status (Can Be Executed / Cannot Be Executed) .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_RDASTATUS Real-Time Status .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_SINGLEREQUEST Indicator: Get Data by Request .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_SRC Change Data Source .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_S_BUFFER Set Settings to Delete Temporary Storage .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_S_TADIR Entry in Object Catalog .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_TGT Change Data Target .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_UPDMODE Extraction Mode .
IF_RSBK_DTP_MAINTAIN I SET_WARNINGTSTATE Technical Status with Warnings in Log .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I CHECK_TSTATE Determines Technical Status (More Detailed Check) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I CREATE Generate Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I CREATE_DATAPACKAGE Gernerate a New Data Package with Status READY .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I DELETE Delete Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I DOIT Execution of Request (Only If USTATE = READY) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I FREE Destructor .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_ALL_PROCESS_STEPS Deliver All Necessary Procesing Steps (GUI) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_ANALYZED Indicator: Request Has Already Been Analyzed .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_BATCHID Batch ID for a Specific Request Run .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_BUFFER_EXIST Checks Whether Buffers Exist .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_CHAIN Process Chain .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_CTYPE Deliver Controller Type .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DELETABLE Indicator: Can Be Deleted .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DELTAINIT Indicator: First Delta Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DELTAONLYONCE Indicator: Transfer Delta Only Once .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DELTA_REQUESTS Deliver Source Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DTP Deliver DTP ID .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DTPTEXT DTP Description .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_DTPTYPE Type of Generating DTP .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_ERRORHANDLING Error Handling Category .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_HOLD_PAR_PROCS Indicator: Keep Parallel Processes Open .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_JOBINFO_CHILD Returns Job Information for Successor Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_LINES_READ Number of records read .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_LINES_TRANSFERRED Number of records transferred to data target .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_LOG Reference to Log .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_LOGID_PC Log ID of Associated Process Chain .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_LOGSYS_SRC ID of Source System .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_MAXSIZE Deliver Package Size .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_NO_MONITOR Indicator: Monitor Off .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_NUMBER_AT_ERR Maximum Number of Incorrect Records .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_NUMBER_OF_ERROR_RECORDS No. of Incorrect Records .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_CMD Deliver Reference to Command .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_CMD_ERRH Delivers Reference to Error Handler Command .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_DP Reference to Specific Data Package .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_DTP_H Reference to Historic DTP Version .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_ERRH Get Error Handler (If Instantiated) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_REQUEST_CHILD Object Reference to Successor Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_SRC Source Object .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_SRC_LAST Delivers Source/Transformation Indirectly Before Update .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_OBJ_REF_TGT Target object .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_PARALLEL_PROCS Number of Related Processes to Be Processed .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_PREVIOUS_RECORDS Determination of Original Message Numbers .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_PROCESSMODE Processing mode .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REALTIME Indicator: Real-Time Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REPAIRABLE Returns Indicator: Request Repairable .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REQUID Deliver Request SID .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REQUID30 Request GUID .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REQUID_OUTBOUND Request ID for Extractors (Activation ID for DSO) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_REQUID_PARENT Predecessor Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_RUNID Counter for Request Runs .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_SEVERITY Indicator: Deletable .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_SRC Deliver Source of Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_SRCTP Deliver Source Type .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_S_BUFFER Temporary Storage Settings .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TABT_USED Indicator: Table Type Used? .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TGT Deliver Target of Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TGTTP Deliver Target Type .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TH_CMD_R Command List .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TH_DP_R List of Data Packages .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TH_RANGE Deliver List of Restrictions for Extraction .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TH_REQUID_TGT Returns Requests Containing Requests .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TH_RUN List of Request Runs .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TRANSFERRED Indicator: Request Status is or was 'green' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TSTATE Deliver Technical Status .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TSTMP_FINISH Deliver Time Stamp .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_TSTMP_START Deliver Time Stamp of Last Change .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_T_DATAINFO Information About Temporary Storage .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_T_ISOURCE InfoSources .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_T_JOBS Jobs in which the request is/was processed .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_T_STEPID Flat, Sorted List of Commands .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_UNAME Deliver User That Set Request to 'READY' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_UPDMODE Deliver Extraction Mode .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_USTATE User status .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I GET_WARNINGSTATE Technical Status in Warnings in Log .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I RESUME Restart of an Erroneous Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_ANALYZED Indicator: Request Has Already Been Analyzed .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_CTYPE Set Controller Type .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_JOBCOUNT_CHILD Sets Job Count of Successor Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_REQUID_PARENT Sets Successor Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_REQUID_SRC_RT Sets Real-Time Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_SEVERITY Indicator: Deletable .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_STATE_DELETED_ALWAYS Setzs Status to 'Deleted' Without Running Checks .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_TSTATE Set Technical Status to 'Green' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_USTATE_GREEN Set User Status to 'Green' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_USTATE_RED Set User Status to 'Red' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST I SET_USTATE_YELLOW Set User Status to 'Yellow' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_GENERAL I GET_RECORDS Number of Records .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_OBSERVER I ENQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Lock Status Tables .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_LAST_DATAPACKAGE Pointer to Last Green Data Package in Request Server .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_LAST_REQUEST_WITH_DATA Returns Last Non-Empty Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_PROCESSED_ALL Deliver Pointer to All Read Requests .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_PROCESSED_ONE Deliver Pointer to a Request Read by at Least One Recipient .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_REQUESTS Returns Sorted List of Included Requests .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I GET_SEVERITY_DELTA_REQUESTS Indicator: Delta Requests Deletable (if Already Retrieved) .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I IS_DELTACHECK_ON_ALLOWED Can Delta Consistency Check Be Switched On? .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I REQUEST_REGISTER Registration/Deregistration of Expiring Request .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I SET_PROCESSED_POINTERS Calculates and Sets Delta Pointer After Status Change .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I SET_REQUEST_STATE_DELETED_ALL Sets All Requests to 'Deleted' .
IF_RSBK_REQUEST_SERVER I SET_SEVERITY Indicator: Requests Deletable .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I GET_ICON Icon of the Server .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I GET_TEXT Returns Text .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I GET_TLOGO TLOGO Type of Server .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I GET_TLOGO_SUBTYPE TLOGO Subtype .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I IS_ACTIVE Checks whether the Server is Active .
IF_RSBK_SERVER I PICK Jump to Maintenance .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_DATAPACKAGE_OBSERVER Returns Data Package Observer for Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_DELTA Returns Delta Process for the Data Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_DTA_TYPE Returns Data Target Type .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_LOGSYS Logical System for Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_NAME Actual Name of Source (Part of ID) .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_NO_OPEN_HUB Is open hub deactivated as target? .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_OBJ_REF_UNIVERSE Object Reference to Selection Space (Universe) .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_REMOTE_ENABLED Indicator: Direct Access Possible .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_REQUESTS_OUTBOUND Requests Loaded from Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_REQUEST_OBSERVER Returns Request Observer for Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_SEND_DATA_TO Returns Data Targets for this Data Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_SRC Data source ID .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_SRCTP Type of Data Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_STOCKUPD Indicator: Initial Non-Cumulative Build Is Supported .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_SUPPORTS_REALTIME Real Time Is Supported .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_TGT_INVALID Target allowed? .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_TIMESTMP_ACT Activation Time Stamp for Source .
IF_RSBK_SRC I GET_T_INFO_FNAM Unexpected Info Format for Process Chains .
IF_RSBK_SRC_LAST I GET_T_UPDINFO Information on Updated InfoObjects .
IF_RSBK_TGT I CHECK_REQUESTS_EXIST Deletes Requests That Already Exist from List .
IF_RSBK_TGT I DELETE_REQUEST Deletes Request from Target .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_DATAPACKAGE_OBSERVER Returns Observer That Is Called with Status Changes .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_REALTIME Real-Time Enabled (Can Be Loaded Using Daemon)? .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_RECEIVE_DATA_FROM All Data Sources Connected to this Data Target .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_REMOTEPROVIDER Indicator: Target Is RemoteProvider .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_REQUEST_OBSERVER Returns Observer That Is Called with Status Changes .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_SERIALIZED Target Requires Serialized Data (MOVE Updating) .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_SRC_INVALID Indicator: Source Allowed .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_STANDARDPROVIDER Target Controls Standard Updates .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_STOCKUPD Indicator: Permitted as Target for Non-Cumulatives .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_TGT ID of the Data Target .
IF_RSBK_TGT I GET_TGTTP Data Target Type .
IF_RSBK_TGT I PARALLEL_UPDATE Parallel Writing Permitted ? .
IF_RSBK_TGT_FIRST I GET_OBJ_REF_INBOUND Returns Inbound Format of the Data Recipient .
IF_RSBK_TPL_MANDATORY I GET_OBJ_REF_CMD Delivers Object Reference to Command Instance .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I AFTER_ACTIVATION Actions After DDIC Activation(Before Activtng Table Entries).
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I AFTER_DELETION Actions After Deletion of Sources .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I BEFORE_DELETION Actions Before Deletion in DDIC .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I COPY_LOCAL_ATTRIBUTES Transfers Local Properties from Template (After Import) .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I GET_BATCH_OK Indicator: Execution in Background is OK .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I GET_DDIC_OBJECTS Return Affected DDIC Objects (and Save Where Necessary) .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I GET_DTPTYPE Indicator: DTP Type .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I GET_PERSIST_DATA Read the Temporary Storage Indicator .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I GET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I MERGE_VERSION Merge of Old DTP Versions .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I ON_SRC_CHANGED Impact Analysis: Source Object Changed .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I ON_TGT_CHANGED Impact Analysis: Target Object Changed .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I ON_TRFN_CHANGED Impact Analysis: Transformation Changed .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I SET_DTPTYPE Set DTP Type .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I SET_LOGSYS Set Logical System .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I SET_PERSIST_DATA Sets Indicator: Save Data in Temporary Storage .
IF_RSBK_TPL_OPTIONAL I SET_SIMULATION Indicator: Simulation .
IF_RSBM_EXCEPTION_LOG I GET_TEXT Text for GUI .
IF_RSBM_EXCEPTION_LOG I GET_TH_PAR Reads List of Field Value Pairs of an Exception Class .
IF_RSBM_EXCEPTION_LOG I SET_TH_PAR Sets List of Field Value Pairs of an Exception Class .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I CONTEXT_MENU_EXECUTE Execution of a Context Menu Command .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I CREATE_CHILD_FOR_GUI Generates Subordinate Nodes Acc. to List of Expected Nodes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I CREATE_NEXT_FOR_GUI Genertes NEXT Nodes Acc. to List of Expected Nodes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I EXPAND_FOR_BASIC_VIEW Expands for Initial Display .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I FREE Frees Memory .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_CHILD Returns Subordinate Nodes (If Expanded) .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Returns Context Menu for Tree Control .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_DATE Reads Date of Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_EXPANDED Indicator: Expanded .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_IMAGE Returns Icon .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_LOGID Returns Log ID .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_NEXT Returns Next Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_NODE Returns Node ID .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_NODETYPE Node type .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_PARENT Returns Higher-Level Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_RELATSHIP_TO_PARENT Type of Connection to Relative Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_SHOW_MSG_BUTTON Display of Button in Log Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_TEXT Returns Text for GUI .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_TIME Returns Time of Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_TSTMP_FROM Start of Validity Interval .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_TSTMP_TO End of Validity Interval .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_T_MSG List of messages .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I GET_T_MSG_RECU List of Messages (Recursive for All Child Nodes) .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I HAS_CHILDREN Indicator: Has Lower-Level Nodes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I SET_EXPAND Sets Indicator: Expanded .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_GUI I USER_COMMAND OK Code Handler .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_CHILD Attaches a Lower-Level Node to the Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_EXCEPTION Attaches Messages for an Exception Instance to the Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_MSG Attaches Message to Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_NEXT Attaches a Next Node to the Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_SY_MSG Adds Message to Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_S_PAR Adds a Field/Value Row to the Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I ADD_T_MSG Attaches Table with Messages to Log .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I CONDENSE Compresses Node into a Hashed Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I FREE Frees Memory .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I FREE_CHILDREN Frees Memory from Lower-Level Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_CHILD Object Reference to Lower-Level Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_LOGID Log Identifier .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_MAXSTATE Maximum Status of All Messages Below .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_NEXT Object Reference to Next Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_NODETYPE Node type .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_PARENT Object Reference to Higher-Level Node .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I GET_T_STATDTP Node Attributes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I INVALIDATE Invalidates Node (Sets End Time Stamp) .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I INVALIDATE_NEXT Invalidates Subsequent Nodes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I INVALIDATE_NODE_ATTRIBUTES Invalidated Node Attributes .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_RUNTIME I PERSIST Writes Node Attribute to the DB .
IF_RSBM_LOG_COMP_STATIC I CREATE_FROM_DB Generates an Instance of the Database .
IF_RSBOLAP_CHARACTERISTIC_BASE I SET_HIERARCHY Set Hierarchy .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I CONTAINS_CHANGED_DATA Includes Changed Data .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I EXECUTE Execute Command .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I GET_OLAP_AREA Procure Olap Area .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I REFRESH Check Whether There Is New Data .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I RESET Reset Changed Data for the Area .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_AREA I SAVE Save Changed Data for the Area .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_PROVIDER I DATA_OUT_OF_SYNC Data Basis Has Changed for Data Provider .
IF_RSBOLAP_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_TYPE Type of Data Provider .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_CHILDREN Get Child Nodes .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_LEAVES Get Leaves .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_CABILITIES Get Capabilities of Member Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_NODE Get Node Details .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_PARENT Get Parent Node .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_PARENT_SID Get Parent SID .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_ROOTS_WITH_CHILDREN Get Root and Child Nodes to Start Level .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I GET_TEXTS Get Texts .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I SEARCH Find nodes .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I SET_HIERARCHY Set Hierarchy .
IF_RSBOLAP_HIERARCHY_BASE I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_OBJECT I FREE Release object .
IF_RSBOLAP_OBJECT I TO_ABAP_LIST Debug Info Output in an ABAP List .
IF_RSBOLAP_OBJECT I TO_STRING Return Debug Info as Text .
IF_RSBOLAP_OBJECT_VARIABLE I GET_VALUES Procure Values for Object Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I GET_COLUMNS_AXIS Get Column Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I GET_DATA_CELL_DETAILS Get Data Cell Details .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I GET_FREE_AXIS Get Free Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I GET_RESULT_SET Get Result Set .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I GET_ROWS_AXIS Get Row Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QUERY_VIEW I SET_INPUT_ENABLED Set as Ready for Input .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_AXIS I GET_CHARACTERISTICS Return Characteristics of the Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_AXIS I GET_NAME Return Name of the Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_AXIS I SET_CHARACTERISTICS Set Characteristics of the Axis .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_AXIS Axis on Which the Characteristic Is Located .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_AXIS_NAME Get Axis Name .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_RESULT_SET_PRESENTATION Current Displays for the Result Set .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_RESULT_SET_PRESENTATION Displays to Be Requested for the Result Set .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHAR_INTERNAL I NOTIFY_AXIS_HRY_CHANGE Determine Changes in Axis Hierarchy .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHAR_INTERNAL I PREPARE_FOR_READ Perform Preparations for Reading .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_CHAR_INTERNAL I SET_AXIS Find Out About Axis Affiliation .
IF_RSBOLAP_QV_SORTABLE I GET_SORTING Get OLAP Sorting .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_CHARACTERISTICS Query Characteristic List .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_EFFECTIVE_SELECTION Query Section from Selection Space and Selection Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_NEW_SELECTION Return New Selection for This Selection Object .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_SELECTION_SPACE Query Selection Space .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_SELECTION_STATE Query Selection Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I GET_SO_CHARACTERISTIC Request Characteristic .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I INITIALIZE_VARIABLE_HANDLER Generate and Initialize Variable Processor .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I RRI Report-Report Interface Jump .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR I SET_DEFAULT_HIERARCHY_SETTINGSUse Hierarchy Settings for the Selection Object .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_CHARACTERISTIC Request Characteristic .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_CHARACTERISTICS Query Characteristic List .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_DESIGN_TIME_INFO Information Before Variable Processing .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_NEW_SELECTION Return New Selection for This Selection Object .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_RRI_RECEIVERS Read Report to Report Receiver .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_SELECTION_SPACE Query Selection Space .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_BASE I GET_SELECTION_STATE Query Selection Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_INTERNAL I GET_READ_MODES Get Read Modes for a Characteristic .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_INTERNAL I NOTIFY_CHARACTERISTIC_SETTINGSCommunicate Characteristic Settings of Environment .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_INTERNAL I NOTIFY_MASTER_DATA_READER Communicate Master Data Reader .
IF_RSBOLAP_SELECTOR_INTERNAL I SET_STATE Set Complex Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_ATTR_CONTAINER I GET_ATTRIBUTES Request Attributes .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_ATTR_CONTAINER I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_ATTRIBUTES Procure Attributes for the Master Data Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_ATTR_CONTAINER I GET_SO_ATTRIBUTE Request Attribute .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_ATTR_CONTAINER I SET_MEMBER_ACCESS_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes for Master Data Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_MEMBERS Query Attribute Values .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHARACTERISTIC I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_CABILITIES Get Capabilities of Member Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHARACTERISTIC I SET_HIERARCHY Set Hierarchy .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHAR_INTERNAL I SELECTION_EXTERNAL_TO_SELDR Converts a Complete Selection from External to Internal .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHAR_INTERNAL I SELECTION_SELDR_TO_EXTERNAL Converts a Complete Selection from Internal to External .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHAR_INTERNAL I SET_STATE Change State .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_CHAR_INTERNAL I VALIDATE_SELDR Check Seldr .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_INTERSECTION I GET_INTERSECTION_TYPE Determine Type of Intersection .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBERS Query Attribute Values .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_CABILITIES Get Capabilities of Member Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_MODE Procure Access Mode for Values .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_PRESENTATIONCurrent Displays for the Value Request .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBER_ACCESS_SORTING Procure Sorting for Member Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I GET_MEMBER_PRESENTATIONS Get Displays for Characteristic .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I SET_MEMBER_ACCESS_MODE Set Access Mode for Values .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_PRESENTABLE I SET_MEMBER_ACCESS_PRESENTATIONSet Displys to Be Requested for Values .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I CONTAINS_NODE_SELECTION Node selection available for characteristic? .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I CONTAINS_SELECTION Does Selection Exist for a Characteristic? .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I FREE Release Resources .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I GET_CARTESIAN_PRODUCT Return Selection as Cartesian Product .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I GET_SELDR Return Selection as Seldr (BW Internal Use Only) .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I GET_SELECTION_TYPE Get Selection Type for a Characteristic .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I GET_VALIDATION_RESULT Get Result of Validation .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I INTERSECT Intersection of the Selection with Another Selection .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I IS_ALL Selection Includes Everything .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I IS_CARTESIAN_PRODUCT Selection Is a Cartesian Product .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I IS_CHANGEABLE Selection Is Changeable .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I IS_EMPTY Empty Quantity Selected .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I ONLY_SINGLE_MEMBERS_NO_NODES Contains Single Values Only (No Nodes) .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I SET_CARTESIAN_PRODUCT Set Selection as Cartesian Product .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I SET_SELDR Set Selection Using the Seldr (BW internal use only) .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_SELECTION I TO_STRING Output as String .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_STATE_INTERNAL I PREPARE_OLAP_STATE Set Olap Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_STATE_INTERNAL I PREPARE_OLAP_STATE_IMPL Set Olap Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_STATE_INTERNAL I SET_CHANGED_STATE Set Status to Changed So That It Is Checked Later .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_STATE_INTERNAL I VALIDATE_STATE Check Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SO_STATE_INTERNAL I VALIDATE_STATE_IMPL Validate Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_SUPPORTS_VALIDATION I VALIDATE Check Access .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE I ADD_INFORMATION Enhance Definition and Status Data .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE I APPLY_PERSONALIZATION Apply Personalization .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE I REMOVE_PERSONALIZATION Remove Personalization .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE I SAVE_PERSONALIZATION Save Personalization .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I ADD Add Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I GET_DEFINITION Procure Definition of Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I GET_NODE_VARIABLE_HIERARCHIES Hierarchies for Hierarchy Node Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I GET_OBJECT_VARIABLE_VALUES Procure Values for Object Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I GET_STATE Procure Status of Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I PERSONALIZATION_COMMAND Personalization Command .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I REMOVE Remove Variables .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I SET_STATE Set Variable Status .
IF_RSBOLAP_VARIABLE_CONTAINER I SUBMIT Process Variable Values .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I CALL_DATA_NOTIFY Calls Notification After Data Extraction .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I CALL_DELETE_NOTIFY Calls Notification After Data Extraction .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I CALL_META_NOTIFY Calls Notification After Data Extraction .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I CHECK_TYPE_ALLOWED Checks Whether Destination Type is Permitted in System .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I GET_GUI Returns GUI .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I GET_INFO Returns Info for Processing .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I GET_REFERENCE Delivers Reference to Interface .
IF_RSB_OHD_ENH I SET_PARAMETER Sets Parameter Table .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_SERVER I BEFORE_EXTRACTION Method before Extraction .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_SERVER I F4 List of all Open Hub Servers .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_SERVER I GET_INFO Determines Metadata for DataSource .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_SERVER I READ_DATA Method for Extracting Data .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I AFTER_EXTRACTION Signal: Process in Target System Complete .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I BEFORE_EXTRACTION Current Status of the Client .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I CHECK_EXISTENCE Checks for Existence of a Data Target .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I RECEIVE_DATA Receive Data .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I REQUEST_ROLLBACK Request: Incorrect Situation .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I SET_USTATE_GREEN Overall Status of Request Is Green .
IF_RSB_OPEN_HUB_TARGET I SET_USTATE_RED Overall Status of Request Is Red .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I ACTIVATE Activates Delta Update .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I CHECK_STATUS Check and Set Delta Status .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Delta Update .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I GET_REQUESTS Delivers Current List of all Requests Contained in Delta .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I GET_STATUS Delta Activated/Inactivated .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I PROCESSEDALL_SET Set Pointer: Retrieved from all Receivers .
IF_RSB_REQUEST_DELTA I PROCESSEDONE_SET Set Pointer: Retrieved from at Least One Receiver .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I AFTER_EXECUTION After Execution of Service for All Data Packages .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I BEFORE_EXECUTION Before Execution of Service for All Data Packages .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I CHECK Check for Extraction Validity .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I DOIT Executes Service .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I INSTANTIATE Instantiating Service .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I REQUEST_ROLLBACK Request Terminated .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I SET_USTATE_GREEN Sets Overall Status of Request to 'Green' .
IF_RSB_SERVICE I SET_USTATE_RED Sets Overall Status of Request to 'Red' .
IF_RSB_SPOK_MAP I CHANGE_PARMS Changing the Mapping Table (Internal) .
IF_RSB_SPOK_MAP I DELETE Deletion of Mapping Information .
IF_RSB_SPOK_MAP I GET_INFO Reading of Mapping Information .
IF_RSB_SPOK_MAP I GET_PROPOSAL Default Values .
IF_RSB_SPOK_MAP I SAVE Saving of Mapping Information .
IF_RSCNV_DESIGNTIME I CHECK_METADATA_NOWRITE Checks if the conv grp is valid .
IF_RSCNV_DESIGNTIME I GET_IMPACT Gets list of objects that will be affected by the conversion.
IF_RSCNV_EXIT I EXIT This method is used as the filling method during conversion..
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I ABORT_REQUEST Abort a request. .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I ABORT_STEP Abort a step in the request. .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I DELETE_REQUEST Delete a request. .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I EXECUTE_COMMAND Execute single method or command .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I RESET_REQUEST Reset a request. .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I RESET_STEP Reset step of a request. .
IF_RSCNV_MONITOR I RESTART_REQUEST Restart a request. .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I CHECK_OPERATION Checks the operation parameters .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I CONVERT Used in conversion exit; has field-filling logic .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I DEMARSHAL Returns the attributes which define the operation as an itab.
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I GET_AS_RECORD Returns the operation description as a record (tabl RSCNVCG).
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I GET_DESC Returns a T100 msg structure describing the operation .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I GET_DIMENSION Gets the dimension .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I GET_OPNO Returns the op number of the operation .
IF_RSCNV_OPERATION I GET_OPTYPE Returns the optype of the operation .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I ACTIVATE Activates the infoprovider .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I CHECK_DIMENSION Checks for the validity of dimension .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I CHECK_ENQUEUE Checks whether infoprovider is enqueued or not .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I CHECK_INFOOBJECT Checks the infoobjects used in operation definition .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I CHECK_METADATA_WRITELOG Modifies, checks, saves metadata; writes status to appl log .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I CHECK_METADATA_WRITETAB Checks the cnv grp; makes entries in the appl tables .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I DEQUEUE Dequeue inforpovider .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I ENQUEUE Enqueue infoprovider .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I GET_DIME_OF_IOBJ Gets dimension to which an infoobject belongs .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I GET_FIELDNM Gets name of the table field corresponding to an infobject .
IF_RSCNV_RUNTIME I GET_FIELDTYPE Gets type of field that exists in the infoprov -SID or CHAVL.
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I EXECUTE Execution of the DTP Requests Currently Open .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_DATASOURCE Get Name of DataSource .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_DTA_TYPE Type of Target .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_OBJSTAT Object Status .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_READ_POINTER_TSTMP Delivers Current Read Time Stamp .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_TH_REQUID_SRC_NEW Source Requests Not Yet Read by DTP .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I GET_UPTODATE Check Whether DataStore Has Same Status As PSA .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I OPEN_REQUEST_DTP Opening a DTP Request .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I REPAIR Get Last Request in Case of Errors .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_DTP I REPAIR_PREPARE Prepare Repair .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I CLOSE_REQUEST Closes Open DTP Request .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I DEQUEUE Dequeue for SRC and DTP Management .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I ENQUEUE Enqueue for SRC and DTP Management .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_ACTUAL_DATAPACKAGE Returns ID of the Currently Open Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_ACTUAL_REQUEST Returns ID of the Current Open Requests .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_DATAPAKID_STATE Returns Status of the Specified Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_DATATARGET Get Name of InfoProvider .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_LAST_DATAPACKAGE Returns ID of Last Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_OBJECT_REF Returns Reference to Interface .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_REALTIME_STATE Returns Status of Real-Time Updating .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_REQUEST_STATE Returns Status of the Specified Request .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_ROWCOUNT_OPEN_DATAPACKAGE Returns Number of Records in Current Open Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I GET_VARIANT Returns ID of the Demon Component .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I REALTIME_POSSIBLE Indicator: Object Supports Real-time Processes .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I RESET Resets the Request Management .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_REQUEST_HANDLER I SET_OBJECT_STATUS Transfer Status of Real-Time Object .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I CLOSE_DATAPACKAGE Close Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I CONFIRM Sets Indicator 'Read' on the Transport Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I FREE_MEMORY Releases Memory for Transport Package Again .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I GET_DATA Gets Transport Package from the Extractor and Puts in Memory.
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I GET_SETTINGS Get User Settings from InfoPackage-UI .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I GET_TID_STATUS Get Status of TID Table .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I OPEN_DATAPACKAGE Open Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I OPEN_REQUEST Opening of Request .
IF_RSCRT_DEMON_SRC I PUSH_DATASOURCE Get DataSource Type .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I CLEAR Resets ID of This Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I CLEAR_ID Obsolete .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I CLOSE Closes This Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I GET_ID Returns ID of This Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I INIT Initializes This Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I LOAD Loads Data to This Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I OPEN Opens New Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I READ_IF_CLOSED Checks whether data package has been closed .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I READ_LAST Finds Last Data Package .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_DATAPACKAGE I READ_LAST_OPEN Finds Last Data Package That Is Still Open .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I CLEAR Resets ID and SID of Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I CLOSE Closes This Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I GET_ID Returns ID of This Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I GET_SID Returns SID of This Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I HAS_TO_BE_REPEATED Does this request need to be repeated? .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I INIT Initializes This Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I OPEN Opens a New Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I READ_IF_DELETED Determines if Request was Deleted .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I READ_IF_LAST Determines Whether Request is Last Delta/Init Request .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_REQUEST I READ_STATUS Determines Current Request Status .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_ASSIGNED_DTPS Returns Assigned DTP Objects .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_DEMON45 Returns Number of Assigned Daemon .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_STATUS_DMN Returns RDA Status of Daemon Object .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_STATUS_DTP Returns RDA Status for DTP .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_STATUS_DTPS Returns RDA Status of All Assigned DTPs .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I GET_STATUS_NDS Returns RDA Status for InfoPackage .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I IS_QM_ACTION_ALLOWED Checks whether a QM action is permitted .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I READ_FROM_DB Reads Data from Database (Again) .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I READ_FROM_DB_SYNCHRONISED Reads Data Locked by Database .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I RESET_COUNT_FAILS Resets Counter for Failed Attempts .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I SET_RDASTATUS_DMN Changes RDA Status of Daemon Object .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I WRITE_STATUS_DMN Sets RDA Status of Daemon Object .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I WRITE_STATUS_DTP Sets RDA Status for DTP .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I WRITE_STATUS_DTP_NO_COMMIT Sets RDA Status for InfoPackage (Without COMMIT) .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_STATUS I WRITE_STATUS_NDS Sets RDA Status for InfoPackage .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I DEQUEUE_DEMON Unlocks RSCRT_RDA_DEMON .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I DEQUEUE_REQ Unlocks RSCRT_RDA_REQ .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I ENQUEUE_DEMON Locks Table RSCRT_RDA_DEMON Exclusively .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I ENQUEUE_DEMON_WAITING Locks Table RSCRT_RDA_DEMON Exclusively .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I ENQUEUE_REQ Locks Table RSCRT_RDA_REQ Exclusively .
IF_RSCRT_RDA_TABLES I ENQUEUE_REQ_WAITING Locks Table RSCRT_RDA_REQ Exclusively .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I ALTER_REQUEST Change Status of Nearline Request .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I ALTER_TABLE Enhance Nearline Table Definition .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I CONNECT Build Connection with Nearline Service .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I CREATE_REQUEST Generate Nearline Request .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I CREATE_TABLE Create Nearline Table .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I DROP_TABLE Delete Nearline Table .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I GET_SERVICE_PROPERTIES Query Global Properties of Nearline Service .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I OPEN_CURSOR Open Cursor on Nearline Table .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_CONNECTION I OPEN_FOR_WRITE Open Connection to Write Nearline Request .
IF_RSDAI_NEARLINE_WRITER I CLOSE Abort the current data load .
IF_RSDAS_PROVIDER I DESCRIBE Reading of the Interface Description of the Service .
IF_RSDAS_PROVIDER I GET_OBJECT_DETAILS Determines Data for the Basis BW Object of the Service .
IF_RSDAS_PROVIDER I GET_VARIANTS Determines Possible Variants of the Service .
IF_RSDAS_PROVIDER I PROCESS Execution of Service .
IF_RSDA_DAP_DISPLAY I GET_TIMBASNM Base Characteristic of Time Slice Characteristic .
IF_RSDA_DAP_DISPLAY I REQUIRES_FISCAL_YEAR_VARIANT Requires Fiscal Year Variant .
IF_RSDA_DAP_EXECUTE I CALL_ADK_ARCHIVE_ADMIN Call ADK Administration .
IF_RSDA_DAP_EXECUTE I CHECK_RUNTIME_CONSISTENCY Check Runtime Consistency (InfoProvider "-" Nearline Object).
IF_RSDA_DAP_EXECUTE I GET_DOBKEYDESCR Type Description of Data Object Key .
IF_RSDB6_MDC_ADV_COLLECT_WKL I COLLECT Collecting BI Reporting Queries for MDC Advisor Analysis .
IF_RSDDK_PARALLEL I CHECK_PROCESS Checks Whether a Process Was Successful .
IF_RSDDK_PARALLEL I GET_BATCHID Provides an ID for the Processes (Prefix + UID) .
IF_RSDDK_PARALLEL I GET_FUNCNAME Provides the Name of the Function Module .
IF_RSDDK_PARALLEL I GET_PROCESSTYPE Provides the Proces Type (See DBTab RSBATCHDEBUGTYPE) .
IF_RSDDK_PARALLEL I IS_POSSIBLE Checks whether Processing Is Permitted .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I ACTIVATE Activate/Create .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I DELETE Delete .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I FILL Initial Filling .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I REALIGN Change Run .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I RECOVER Adjust Index Data After Snapshot Import .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I ROLLUP Rollup to... .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I SHADOW Create/Fill/Rename Fact and P-Dim as Shadow Index .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGREGATE I TRUNCATE CLEAR/TRUNCATE .
IF_RSDDTREX_AGGR_PROCESS I EXECUTE Execute Process .
IF_RSDDTREX_BVIP_DELTA I GET_PARTS_ALL All Poss. Characteristic Values of Partition Characteristic .
IF_RSDDTREX_BVIP_DELTA I GET_PARTS_CHANGED All Characteristic Values Whose Partitions were Reloaded .
IF_RSDDTREX_BVIP_DELTA I GET_READPOINTER Restart Point for Delta Characteristic .
IF_RSDDTREX_BVIP_PARALLEL I GET_RANGES Each row is in a new mode .
IF_RSDDTREX_BVIP_PARALLEL I READ_DATA Self-Implemented Read Access (Caution!) .
IF_RSDDTREX_WRITEINDEX I CHECK_INDEX Check Index Data Against DB Table .
IF_RSDDTREX_WRITEINDEX I READ_INDEX Reads Index Data from (by SEARCH DOCUMENTS) .
IF_RSDDTREX_WRITEINDEX I WRITE_INDEX Fill Index in Different Modes .
IF_RSDDTREX_WRITEINDEX I WRITE_INDEX_SHADOW Completely Fill Shadow Index .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I ADD_MESSAGE Insert a Message .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I DEC_CURRENT_DETLEVEL Change Current Detail Level .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I DISPLAY_CURRENT_LOG Display Current Log .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I GET_CURRENT_DETLEVEL Return Current Detail Level .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I GET_LOG_HANDLE Return LOGHANDLE .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I GET_MESSAGE_HANDLES Return Previous Messages HANDLES .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I INC_CURRENT_DETLEVEL Increase Current Detail Level .
IF_RSDDTZA_APPL_LOG_SBAL I SAVE_LOG_TO_DB Save Current Log .
IF_RSDDTZA_MSG_LOG_DISPLAY I APPEND_ACTION_MSG Attach Message .
IF_RSDDTZA_MSG_LOG_DISPLAY I CLEAR Delete log .
IF_RSDDTZA_MSG_LOG_DISPLAY I FREE Cleans the Objects .
IF_RSDDTZA_MSG_LOG_DISPLAY I REFRESH Refresh Log .
IF_RSDD_CUBE_DELTA_DB_EXITS I GET_ANALYZE_THRESHOLD Get Threshold for Min Package Size with DB Statistics .
IF_RSDD_CUBE_DELTA_DB_EXITS I STAGE_TAB_DDIC_EXIT DDIC Exit for Staging Table (for Index Creation...) .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONNECTION I GET_CONN_PARAMS Get connection parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONNECTION I GET_REF_REPOSITORY Gets the reference to the repository .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONNPARAM_FACTORY I GET_CONNECTION_PARAMS Get the parameters necessary to establish a connection .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONN_ABAP I GET_ALL_ENGINES Get all engines supported .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONN_FACTORY I GET_CONNECTION Get DataMining Connection .
IF_RSDME_DMP_CONN_PARAMS I GET_PARAM_VALUE Get value of named parameter .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I CHECK_MODEL Check the model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_CONNECTION_PARAMS Get connection parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_DESCRIPTION Engine Description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_DESCRIPTION_ALL Get Description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_ENGINE_ID Returns the engine identifier .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_ENGINE_META Get Engine Metadata .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_ENGINE_NAME Get Engine Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_EXTR_INFO_CLASS Get Extraction Info Class instance .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_EXTR_RT_CLASS Get Extraction Runtime Class instance .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_FIELD_PARAMS_META Get the field parameters supported by the engine .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_MODEL_INSTANCE Get Empty Model Instance .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_MODEL_PARAMS_META Get the model parameters supported by the engine .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_PR_INFO_INSTANCE Get Prediction related info retreiver class .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_PR_RT_INSTANCE Get Empty Prediction Runtime Instance for Mass Predictions .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_PR_UI_CLASS Get Empty Prediction UI Controller Class .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_PR_WHATIF_UI_CLASS Get Empty Prediction UI Controller Class - What IF predictio.
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_PR_WHAT_IF_RT_INSTANCE Get Empty Prediction Runtime Instance for What-If Prediction.
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_SUPPORTED_CONTENT_TYPES Get the content types supported by the engine .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_SUPPORTED_DISTR_TYPES Get the distribution types .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_TR_RT_INSTANCE Get Empty Training Runtime Instance .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_VAL_PROCESS_TYPES Get Supported Value Process Types .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_VAL_TYPES Get Supported Value Types - Missing/Ignore or any custom .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I GET_WB_UI_FACTORY Get UI Factory .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I RESET_MODEL_RESULTS Reset Model results .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SET_CONNECTION_PARAMS Set the connection parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SET_ENGINE_ID Sets the engine identifier .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SET_ENGINE_META Set Engine Metadata .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SET_ENGINE_NAME Set Engine Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SUPPORTS_CHECK_GENERAL Support Checks - General .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SUPPORTS_CHECK_MODELLING Support Checks for Modeling Related Activities .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SUPPORTS_CHECK_PREDICTION Support Checks for Prediction Related Activities .
IF_RSDME_DMP_ENGINE I SUPPORTS_CHECK_TRAINING Support Checks for Training Related Activities .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I CHECK Check Model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I EXISTS_ON_DB Model Exists on Db? X: Yes .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_ADDITIONAL_HDR_INFO Get addnl hdr info - timestamp, user info etc .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_AS_PMML Get model in PMML format .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Model Description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_DESCRIPTION_ALL Get description in all stored languages .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_ENGINE_ID Get Engine ID .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_ENGINE_NAME Get Engine Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_MODEL_FIELDS Get Model Fields .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_MODEL_FIELDS_STR Get Model Fields in usage Structure Format .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_MODEL_PARAMETERS Get Model Parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_MODEL_STATE Get Model State .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_NAME Get name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_REF_ENGINE Get Engine Reference .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I GET_VERSION Get Model Version .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I IS_ACTIVE Is Model Active? .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I IS_LOCKED Do Not Use !!! .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I IS_TRAINED Is Model Trained? .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I RESET_MODEL_RESULTS Reset Model Results .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_DESCRIPTION Set model description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_ENGINE_ID Set Engine ID .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_ENGINE_NAME Set Engine Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_MODEL_FIELDS Set Model Fields .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_MODEL_PARAMETERS Set Model Parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_MODEL_STATE Set Model State - New/Trained .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_NAME Set name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_REF_ENGINE Set Engine Reference .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL I SET_VERSION Set Model Version .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I CHECK Check field consistency .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Set Content Type .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I GET_DATA_TYPE_INFO Set Datatype information .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I GET_NAME Get Field Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I IS_NUMERIC Is Numeric Field? .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I IS_PREDICTABLE Is the field predictable (or defined as Target ) .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_CONTENT_TYPE Set Content Type .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_DATA_TYPE_INFO Set Datatype information .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_DEFAULTS Set Defaults .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_DESCRIPTION Set Description .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_NAME Set Name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD I SET_PREDICTABLE Set Predictable flag .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I ADD_FIELD Add field to collection .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I CHECK Check Model Fields Consistency .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MAX_PRED_FIELDS Get allowed Prediction Fields .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MODEL_FIELD Get specified Model Field .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MODEL_FIELDS_STR Model Fields - In defined Structure .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MODEL_FIELD_INSTANCE Factory for model field .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MODEL_FIELD_LIST Collection of Model Fields .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_MODEL_KEYS Get Model Fields defined/act as Keys .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I GET_SUP_CONTENT_TYPES Get Supported Content Types .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I HAS_PREDICTION_FIELDS Has Prediction Fields .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I REMOVE_FIELD Remove field from collection .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I RENAME_FIELD Rename given field .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELDS I SET_PROPOSED_FIELDS Set Proposed Fields (from APD) .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD_3P I SUPPORTS_FIELD_PARAMS Supports Field Parameters .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_FIELD_3P I SUPPORTS_FIELD_VALUES Supports Field Values .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_OUTPUT I GET_ENGINE Get Engine .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_OUTPUT I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_OUTPUT I SET_ENGINE Set Engine .
IF_RSDME_DMP_MODEL_OUTPUT I SET_MODEL Set Model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check user authority for model for a task .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I CHECK_MODEL_NAME Check the model name .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I COPY_MODEL Copy model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I DELETE_MODEL Delete Model from Database .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I GET_ALL_MODELS Get List of Models .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I GET_ENGINE_INSTANCE Get the instance of the class for the engine interface .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I GET_MODEL_OBJECT Get model object .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I LOCK_MODEL Lock the model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I MODEL_EXISTS_ON_DB Model Exists on DB? .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I RESET_MODEL_RESULTS Reset Model Results .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I SAVE_MODEL Save Model to Database .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I SEARCH_MODEL Search for model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY I UNLOCK_MODEL Unlock model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY_SAP I ACTIVATE_MODEL Activate Model .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY_SAP I RESET_MODEL_TO_ACTIVE Reset model to active state .
IF_RSDME_DMP_REPOSITORY_SAP I UPDATE_TRAINING_STATUS Update Training Status .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_CALLPACKAGE get Call Package .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_DIALOG_METAINFO Meta Info as coming from Call Package Builder - Getter .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_ENGINE Get Associated Engine .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_FCODE Get FCode .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_HELP Get Help .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_MODE Get Mode .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_PARAMETERS get parameters list .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_PRED_INFO_INSTANCE Get Prediction Info .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I GET_SCREEN Get Screen details for given Screen ID .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I HANDLE_MODEL_CHANGE Handle Mining Model Changes .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I SET_CALLPACKAGE set Call Package .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I SET_DIALOG_METAINFO Meta Info as coming from Call Package Builder - Setter .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I SET_FCODE Set FCode .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I SET_MODE Set Mode .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_CONTROLLER I SET_PARAMETERS set parameters list .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I CLOSE Close event - free any screen resources like controllers etc.
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I GET_SCREEN_INFO Get Screen Information .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I HANDLE_F4 Handle F4 .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I HANDLE_PAI Handle the PAI events .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I HANDLE_PBO Handle PBO events .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I INITIALIZE Initialize Screen Attributes - Called when model changes .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN I SET_CONTROLLER Set Controller .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I ADAPT_MAPPING Adapt Mapping Table on changes to Model .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I CHECK_MAPPING Check the mapping for specified line .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I CHECK_MAPPING_ALL Check the Mapping for all lines in the mapping table .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I DEFAULT_MAP_BY_NAMES Propose default Mapping by Names .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I GET_DATA_FIELDS Get Data fields .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I GET_MODEL_FIELDS Get Model Input fields .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_IN I HANDLE_PAI Handle PAI .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I ADAPT_MAPPING Adapt Mapping Table on changes to Model .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I ADD_DATA_FIELD Add a new data field .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I CHECK_MAPPING Check the mapping for specified line .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I CHECK_MAPPING_ALL Check the Mapping for all lines in the mapping table .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I GET_MODEL_FIELDS Get Model Input & Output fields .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I HANDLE_PAI Handle PAI .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_MAP_OUT I REMOVE_DATA_FIELD Remove a data field that was added .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_PARAMS I CHECK Check all prediction parameters .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_PARAMS I CHECK_PARAM Check specified prediction parameter .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_PARAMS I GET_PARAMS_AS_NAME_VALUE Get Parameters as Name Value Pairs .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_PARAMS I GET_PARAM_F4 Get the prediction parameter possible values .
IF_RSDME_IS_UI_SCREEN_PARAMS I GET_PARAM_METADATA Get the prediction parameter metadata - data type info .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_ENGINE Get Engine .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_FIELD_VALUES Get possible values for given input field - used in What-IF .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_MAX_RANK Get Maximum Ranks .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_MODEL_INPUT_FIELDS Get all prediction input fields (model signature) .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_MODEL_REF Get associated Model Instance .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_PRED_OUTPUT_FIELDS Get all Prediction output fields .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_PRED_PARAMS Get Prediction Parameters Metadata .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_PRIMARY_PRED_FIELD Get the Primary Prediction Output Field .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I GET_PRIMARY_PRED_FIELD_VALUES Get all primary prediction output field Values .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I IS_READY_FOR_PREDICTION Is model ready for prediction?? .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I SET_ENGINE Set Engine .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I SET_MODEL Set Model .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I SUPPORTS_EVALUATION Supports Evaluation Run .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I SUPPORTS_MAP_BY_VALUE Supports Mapping against specified Target Value .
IF_RSDME_PRED_INFO I SUPPORTS_RANK Supports Rank .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I CHECK Consistency Check of input parameters .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I CHECK_DATAOBJ Check Incoming Data Fields .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I CHECK_MAPPING Check Mapping .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I CHECK_MODEL Check Model .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I CHECK_PARAMS Check Prediction Parameter values .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I EXECUTE Execute Prediction .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I FINISH End of Prediction Calls .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I GET_EVAL_SUMMARY_OBJS Get Summary Objects .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I INIT Start of Prediction Calls .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_EVALUATION_FLAG Set Evaluation Flag .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_INPUT_DATA set input data .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_INPUT_DATA_METADATA Metadata about Incoming Data - Fields, Layout etc .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_MAPPING Mapping Table for Prediction Fields to Data fields .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_MODEL Set Model .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_MASS I SET_PRED_PARAMS Any engine-specific runtime prediction parameters .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I CHECK_VALUE Check Value .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I EXECUTE Execute What-If Analysis .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I GET_OUTPUT_ALL Get all outputs .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I GET_OUTPUT_VALUE Get Prediction Output for specified field (default rank = 1).
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I SET_ENGINE Set Engine .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I SET_INPUT_DATA Set Input data .
IF_RSDME_PRED_TASK_RT_WHATIF I SET_MODEL Set Model .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I CLOSE End of Data Inputs .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I FINISH End of Process Execution .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I FREE Free any memory/disc usage .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I GET_APD_MODEL_REF Getter - APD DM Adapter Reference .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I GET_ARUN_INFO Getter - Analysis RUN ID .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I INIT Start of Process Execution .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I OPEN Start of data input .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I PUT Receive data input .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I SET_APD_MODEL_REF Setter - APD DM Adapter Reference .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I SET_ARUN_INFO Setter - Analysis RUN ID .
IF_RSDME_TRAIN_RUNTIME I SET_INPUT_FIELDS Input Fields Information .
IF_RSDME_UI_ACTION_HANDLER I HANDLE Handle the given function code .
IF_RSDME_UI_CONTEXT_MENU I CREATE create context menu .
IF_RSDME_UI_CUSTOM_TOOLBAR I FREE release resources .
IF_RSDME_UI_CUSTOM_TOOLBAR I INITIALISE create sap toolbar control .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_ABAP I GET_SCREEN_CONTROLLER return the screen controller class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_ABAP I INIT_SCREEN_CONTROLLER create the controller instance .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I GET_ACTION_HANDLER return the action handler class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I GET_CONTEXT_MENU return the context menu class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I GET_ICON Get Icon for Display .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I GET_WORKBENCH return the workbench class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I INIT_ACTION_HANDLER create the action handler class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I INIT_CONTEXT_MENU create the context menu class .
IF_RSDME_UI_FACTORY_GEN I INIT_WORKBENCH create the workbench class .
IF_RSDME_UI_MODEL_TREE I CREATE create tree .
IF_RSDME_UI_MODEL_TREE I FILL_DATA fetch data and create nodes .
IF_RSDME_UI_MODEL_TREE I SET_HANDLER set handler .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I CHECK check screen data .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I CHECK_DATA_CHANGE check if data has changed for .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I FREE free resources .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I GET_SCREEN_OBJECT get the specified screen flow logic object .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I GET_TOOLBAR return custom toolbar instance .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I INITIALISE set required screen objects .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I LAUNCH initialization and launch .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I PREPARE_LAUNCH prepare relevant data .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I RETRANSFORM_DATA display structure to dmpi for all screen objects .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I SET_REFERENCE pass object reference to relevant locations .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I SET_SCREEN_OBJECT set the screen flow logic object .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_CONTROLLER I TRANSFORM_DATA dmpi to display structure for all screen objects .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I CHECK_DATA perform check .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I CONVERT_DATA_TO_DMP convert display data to dmpi structure .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I CONVERT_DATA_TO_UI convert dmpi data to display structure .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I FREE release resources .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I GET_SUBSCREEN_INFO return scr no, pgm name for the given subscreen .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I HANDLE_F1 handle f1 for the given field .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I HANDLE_F4 handle f4 for the given field .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I HANDLE_USER_COMMAND handle f code .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I INTIALISE_SCREEN any initializations in pbo .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I MANAGE_SCREEN_FIELDS hide/show screen fields in pbo .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I SET_REFERENCE place the screen object to the required location .
IF_RSDME_UI_SCREEN_FLOW_LOGIC I SET_SUBSCREEN_INFO set screen number and program name .
IF_RSDME_UI_WORKBENCH I DISPLAY launches the workbench .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I CLOSE Close all Screen objects .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I EXECUTE Execute What -if .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I GET_PRED_INFO_REF Get Prediction Info Class Ref .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I GET_SCREEN Get Specified Screen Ref .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I GET_WHATIF_RT_REF Get What-if Runtime Class Instance .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I LAUNCH_UI Launch UI .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I SET_ENGINE Set Engine .
IF_RSDME_WHATIF_UI_CTRL I SET_MODEL Set Model .
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I CLOSE Close event - free any screen resources like controllers etc.
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I GET_SCREEN_INFO Get Screen Information .
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I HANDLE_PAI Handle the PAI events .
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I HANDLE_PBO Handle PBO events .
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I INITIALIZE Initialize Screen Attributes - Called when model changes .
IF_RSDME_WI_UI_SCREEN I SET_CONTROLLER Set Controller .
IF_RSDM_FIFO_BUFFER I INSERT Add in Buffer .
IF_RSDM_FIFO_BUFFER I READ Read from Buffer .
IF_RSDM_FIFO_BUFFER I REFRESH Delete Buffer .
IF_RSDM_FIFO_BUFFER I REORG Reorganize Buffer .
IF_RSDM_FIFO_BUFFER I RESIZE Change Sizes .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I EXECUTE Execute Delete Operation .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I GET_DEL_CNT Return Number of Deleted Data Records .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I GET_LOG Return Log .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I GET_STATUS Return Current Status of Deletion Process .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I GET_SX_QUERY Return sx_query Structure .
IF_RSDRD_SELDEL_TAB I GET_TABLNM Return Table Name .
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I CLEANUP Cleanup storage object with respect to sequence number .
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I CREATE Create a hierarchy storage object .
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I CREATE_REF Create reference to an existing external hier storage object.
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I DROP Physically drop the Hierarchy Storage object .
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I READ read the hierarchy into an internal table .
IF_RSDRH_HIER_STORAGE I WRITE Write the hierarchy to the storage .
IF_RSDRI_DS_ACCESS I DEFINE Read Data from InfoProvider .
IF_RSDRI_DS_ACCESS I EXTRACT Read and Return the Data .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I BUILD_HINT generate the hints for the statement .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I BUILD_NTAB__BEFORE_NAMETAB Before writing nametab information .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I BUILD_VIEW__AFTER_CODE_EXE After Create View has been executed ... .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I BUILD_VIEW__AFTER_CODE_GEN Code generation finished .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I CLEANUP__BEFORE_LEAVING At the very end of cleanup .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I CLEANUP__DROP_VIEW drop view .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I CONSISTENT_READ Ability to read consistent during one statement .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I GET_REF_POINT_PART_SID Retrieve SID of partitioning column for reference points .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I GET_THRESHOLDS Get thresholds for query restriction generation .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I MATERIALIZE__AT_BEGINNING at beginning of materialize .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I MATERIALIZE__BEFORE_EXEC before RSDU_EXEC_SQL call .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I MATERIALIZE__BEFORE_LEAVING At the end of materialize (before analyze) .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I OPEN_CURSOR__AT_BEGINNING at beginning of open cursor .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I PACK_QUERY_INFO Pack all info in add. to sx_query to run q. in other WP .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I READ_DATA__AT_BEGINNING at beginning of read data .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I READ_DATA__GET_ACCESSTP get access type of query .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I SET_SQL_STMT_REF Set Reference to SQL Statement .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I SIMULATE__AT_BEGINNING at beginning of simulate .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_STD I UNPACK_QUERY_INFO Unpack all info packed by PACK_QUERY_INFO... .
IF_RSDRS_EXITS_WRITE I GET_DIMENSION_HINT Get Hint for Dimension Lookup .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I GENERATE_CODE Generate the SQL Statement .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I GET_CODE Return the generated Code .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I GET_EXIT_CLASS Return name of class that implements the exit interfaces .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I GET_EXIT_OBJ_REF Get Reference to exit class object .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I SET_DBOPT_FEATURES Set Usage of enhanced Database Optimizer Features .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I SET_DMSTAT_ACCESS_OBJ Sets a reference to the dmstat access object .
IF_RSDRS_SQL_STMT I SHOW call editor to display generated statement .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_NOSID I DEQUEUE Locking of Transaction Data .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_NOSID I ENQUEUE Locking of Transaction Data with a Selection .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_NOSID I GET_LOCK_CHAS Lock-Relevant Characteristics of the InfoProvider .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_SID I DEQUEUE Locking of Transaction Data .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_SID I ENQUEUE Locking of Transaction Data with a Selection .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_LOCK_SID I GET_LOCK_CHAS Lock-Relevant Characteristics of the InfoProvider .
IF_RSDRV_RPROV_WRITABLE I WRITE_DATA Writing Data into a Remote InfoProvider .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I DEFINE Definition of the Query Parameter .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I GET_EXEC_ESTIMATE Complexity of Execution (100 * #Joins or Equivalent) .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I GET_FIELDS Definition of the Required Fields of t_data Table .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I MATERIALIZE Write Result in the Table (If Supported) .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I READ Read and Return the Data .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY I SIMULATE Display Execution Plan (If Supported) .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_INT_QUERY_NCUM I DEFINE_NCUM Definition of the Query Parameter .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_LOC_NOSID_QUERY I DEFINE Defines Parameters .
IF_RSDRV_VPROV_LOC_NOSID_QUERY I READ Reads Data .
IF_RSDS_ATTRIBUTES_MAINTAIN I GET_ATTRIBUTES Screen Parameter in Storage Class .
IF_RSDS_ATTRIBUTES_MAINTAIN I GET_SUBSCREEN Subscreen for Maintenance of Attribute .
IF_RSDS_ATTRIBUTES_MAINTAIN I INIT Subscreen Initialization .
IF_RSDS_ATTRIBUTES_MAINTAIN I SET_ATTRIBUTES Transfer Storage Class to Subscreen .
IF_RSDS_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_RSDS_CONVERT I GET_CODE Generation of a Routine .
IF_RSDS_CONVERT I GET_TEMPLATE Template Name .
IF_RSDS_EXTRACT_DIRECT I EXTRACT Extract data .
IF_RSDS_EXTRACT_GENERATE I CHARACTERSTRUCTURE Extraction Only in Character Structure, not Appl Structure .
IF_RSDS_EXTRACT_GENERATE I GET_CODE Generation of a Routine .
IF_RSDS_EXTRACT_GENERATE I GET_TEMPLATE Template Name .
IF_RSDS_GENERATION_EXIT I ACTIVATE Generation of Additional Objects .
IF_RSDS_GENERATION_EXIT I DELETE Deletion of Additional Objects .
IF_RSDS_GENERATION_EXIT I GET_DDIC_OBJECTS Additional DDIC Objects: Name Determination and Save .
IF_RSDS_MAINTAINABILITY I CHANGE Change Maintainability of the DataSource .
IF_RSDS_MAINTAINABILITY I POSSIBLE_ATTRIBUTES Permitted Attribute Values .
IF_RSDS_STORAGE I CREATE_OBJECT Instance Generation .
IF_RSDS_STORAGE I IS_EMPTY All Parameters for the Instance Are Empty .
IF_RSDS_STORAGE_EXC I ATTRIBUTES_GET Read Adapter .
IF_RSDS_STORAGE_EXC I ATTRIBUTES_SET Write Adapter .
IF_RSDS_STORAGE_TRANSPORT I GET_RELATED Find Related Objects .
IF_RSDS_STRUCTURE_PROPOSE I GET_STRUCTURE Give back new structure of datasource .
IF_RSDS_STRUCTURE_PROPOSE I GET_SUBSCREEN Give back the subscreen .
IF_RSDS_STRUCTURE_PROPOSE I INIT Initialization .
IF_RSDS_STRUCTURE_PROPOSE I SET_DATA Retrieve data, if required .
IF_RSDS_STRUCTURE_PROPOSE I SET_STRUCTURE Retrieve actual structure of datasource .
IF_RSDU_RECLUST_DB6 I FACTORY get instanz reference .
IF_RSDU_RECLUST_DB6 I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_RSDU_RECLUST_DB6 I RESET Reset .
IF_RSDU_RECLUST_DB6 I RUN Start .
IF_RSDU_REPART I FACTORY get instanz reference .
IF_RSDU_REPART I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_RSDU_REPART I RESET Reset .
IF_RSDU_REPART I RUN Start .
IF_RSD_CONVERT_SID I GET_NEW_SID Returns new SID for Conversion .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I CACHE_ADPART Should AD part also be cached? .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I CREATE Constructor Needs InfoProvider .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I GET_DATA_TIMESTAMP0 Cannot rename because of SNOTE .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I GET_DELTACHANM Name of Delta Characteristic, such as 0REQUID .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I GET_DELTAMETHOD Outputs delta method (delta or timestamp) .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I GET_REFRESH Should the RQTS be checked with every new list .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I GET_RQTS Provides the Data Fill Levels and the Semantic Content TS .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I ONLY_AS_DELTA_PART Only in Delta Pair With DC Support .
IF_RSD_DELTACACHE_SUPPORT I SET_DATA_TIMESTAMP0 Sets TMST0 if Delete/Update in Defined Section .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I ACTUALDATA_AP Sets or Changes AP Part of ACTUALDATA .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I CACHE_DELTA Should the DELTA part be cached? .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I CHECK_DTP Check During Generation of MultiProvider .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I CREATE Generates Transformation Instance .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I GET_DELTA_RQTS Calculates Starting Point of Delta Char.for Delta Part .
IF_RSD_DELTAPAIR I SWITCH Switch Off AP or DP Parts As Required .
IF_RSD_DTA I ACTIVATE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I BUILD_CONTENT Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I CHANGE_INFOAREA Change InfoArea (also Delete InfoArea) .
IF_RSD_DTA I CHECK Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I DELETE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I DELETE_DATA Delete Data .
IF_RSD_DTA I DTA_GET_INFO Supplies the Information for a Data Target (Trans. Data) .
IF_RSD_DTA I EXISTS_DATA Does Data Exist? .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_ADJOINT_PROVIDER Provide Reference to Adjoint Provider of Specific Type .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_ADJOINT_TYPE Determine Type of (Adjoint) Provider .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_AMBIGUOUS_JOIN_INFO Info About Non Unique Joins Within InfoProvider Schema .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_DATA_TIMESTMP Read Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_MAINTENANCE_STATE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I GET_SRDATE Provides Key Date/ Key Date Varaible of Provider .
IF_RSD_DTA I HAS_ADJOINT_PROVIDER InfoProvider has Adjoint Provider .
IF_RSD_DTA I INIT_DATASTATE Initialize DataState Variable (for New InfoProvider) .
IF_RSD_DTA I IS_ACTIVE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I IS_SAVED Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I POSTPROCESS_DTA_PRO TLOGO-Specific Post Prcssng of DTA_PRO (after BUILD_DTA_PRO).
IF_RSD_DTA I POSTPROCESS_S_DTA TLOGO-specific Postprocessing of E_S_DTA .
IF_RSD_DTA I PREPARE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I READ_NEW_FROM_DB Rereads object from the database .
IF_RSD_DTA I RESET_TO_ACTIVE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I SAVE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I SET_DATASTATE Set DataState Variables .
IF_RSD_DTA I SET_DATA_TIMESTMP Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I SET_MAINTENANCE_STATE Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I SET_OBJSTAT Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I SHOW_PROTOCOL Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_DTA I VERSION_EXISTS Writes Time of Last Data Change .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I ADAPT_OBJ_AFTER_DD Adjust Object According to D&D Operation .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I ADD_NODES Generate Tree for Object with Nodes .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I BEFORE_ACTIVATE Action BEFORE Activation .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I CHANGE_DESC_DIME Change Description of a Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I CHANGE_DESC_HNODE Change Description of a Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I CHANGE_DESC_TOP Change Description of Object .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I CHANGE_OBJ_TYPE Change Type of Object (Data Store) .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I CHANGE_WRK_OBJ Changes Object to be Processed .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_DATA_LOAD Dialog: Data Load Properties .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_DELTA_PAIR Dialog: Delta Pairs .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_DIME Dialog: Process Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_HNODE Dialog: Process Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_IDENT_IOBJ Identify InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INDEX Dialog: Process Indexes .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INFO Dialog: Info Dialog Box .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INSERT_DIME Dialog: Create Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INSERT_HNODE Dialog: Create Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INSERT_INDEX Dialog: Create Indexes .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_INSERT_IOBJ Dialog: Insert InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_MDCCLUSTER Dialog: Multi-Dimensional Clustering .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_MOLAP Dialog: MOLAP Cube .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_PARTITION Dialog: Partitioning .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_STORPAR Dialog: Memory Parameters .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_UPDR Dialog: Update Rules .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DIAL_VALT Dialog: Non-Cumulative Value Parameter .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I DISPLAY_USAGE Display usage .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I ENABLE_DRAG_DROP Switch Drag & Drop on/off .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I FREE_TREE Deletes Tree (incl.Display) .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_CMENU_CONTENT Context Menu for Content .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_CMENU_TOP Context Menu for Top Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_DD_HANDLE Provide Drag and Drop Handle .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_DIME_SNG Delivers Info about Individual Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_EXCL_FUNC Gets Excluded Functions .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_HNODE_SNG Delivers Info about Individual Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_IOBJ Provides InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_IOBJ_SNG Provides Info for a Single InfoObject .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_STATUS Provides GUI Status and Title .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I GET_S_DDIC_FOR_PROP Provide DDIC Structure for Properties .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I INIT_APPL_LOG Initialize Log (for Check, Save,...) .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I INIT_DIME_FOR_NEW_OBJ Create Initial Dimensions for New Object .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I INSERT_IOBJ_TO_DIME Insert InfoObjects in Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I MERGE_HIER_NODES Merge Hierarchy Nodes .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I OBJ_SPECIFIC_IOBJ_PRO Object-Specific InfoObject Properties .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I REMOVE_DIME Remove Dimension .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I REMOVE_HNODE Remove Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I REMOVE_INA Remove Inactive InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I REMOVE_INDEX Remove Index .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I SELECT_IOBJ Select Key Figures .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I SET_WRKMOD Set Processing Type .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I SHOW_COMPARISON Version Comparison (Display) .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I SHOW_DATA Display Data .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I SHOW_TADIR Display TADIR Entry .
IF_RSD_GUI_MDOB I UTIL_FUNC Utility Functions (Search, Sort) .
IF_RSD_IOBJ_CHANGED_HANDLER I IOBJ_CHANGED An InfoObject Has Changed .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I ADAPT_NAV_ATTR Adapts List of the Nav. Attr. .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I ADAPT_UNITS Adapts List of Units .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I ADD_INDEX Create New Index .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I ADD_IOBJ_TO_DIME Adds InfoObjects to Dimension .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I ADD_IOBJ_TO_INDEX Insert InfoObjects in Index .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I CHECK_VERS_EXIST Checks Existency of Versions .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I DELETE_INDEX Delete Index .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I DELETE_IOBJ Deletes InfoObjects from the Current Version .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I DELETE_IOBJ_IN_INDEX Delete InfoObjects from Index .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_BCTCOMP Provide BCT Components .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_DIME_IOBJTP Provide Type of a Dimension .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_DIME_TO_IOBJ Delivers Dimension to an InfoObject .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_ENV_STATUS Delivers Environment Status of an InfoProvider .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_INFO_MAINT Provides Info on Object in Normal Display .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_IOBJ_PRO Returns the Specific Properties for an InfoObject .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_NEXT_INDEX_ID Returns Next Free Index ID .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I GET_OBJ_STATUS Delivers Version, Save Status, Obj. Status for Current Vrsn .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I INIT_IOBJ_FOR_DIAL Initializes InfoObjects for Dialog .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I INIT_OBJ_IN_CLASS Initializes the Object to be Maintained in its Class .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I INSERT_DIME Insert New Dimension .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I IS_INDEX_ID Determines if Valid Index ID .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I REMOVE_DIME Delete dimension .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I REMOVE_INA Delete Inactive InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I RENAME_DIME Rename Dimension .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_BCTCOMP Set BCT Component .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_CHECK_IOBJ_LOCD Sets Lock Flag for InfoObjects .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_FLAGS Sets Flags for Data State / MOLAP .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_HIE_INFO Sets Hierarchy Info .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_INDX_INFO Sets Index Info .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_IOBJ_FOR_VALT Sets InfoObjects that are in Validity Table .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_IOBJ_IDENT Sets the Identification Table .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_IOBJ_PRO Sets the Specific Properties for an InfoObject .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_MDC_INFO Set the Info for MDC .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_PART_INFO Set Partitioning Info .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_PART_PROV Set Involved InfoProvider .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_STORPAR Sets Storage Parameters .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_TECH_INFO Set Technical Info .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_TEXT Sets Object Description .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_TEXT_HNODE Sets Description for Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_TYPE Sets Type of DataStore .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SET_VERS Sets the Current Version .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SWITCH_NAV_ATTR_ON_OFF Switches a Navigation Attribute On or Off .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I SWITCH_TO_MODIFY Initialization after Switching to Change Mode .
IF_RSD_STRUCT_MAINT I UPDATE_DIME Modify/Insert Dimension .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I EFACT E Fact Table Partitioning Type .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I FFACT F Fact Table Partitioning Type .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I ODSO ODSO Table Partitioning Type .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I ODSO_WRITE Write Optimitized ODSO Table Partitioning Type .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I ON_OFF_SWITCH Return Global On/Off Switch for Table Partitioning .
IF_RSD_TABL_PART I PSA PSA Table Partitioning Type .
IF_RSFO_COMPILE I CHECK_CODE Syntax Check of Compiled Formula .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I GET_CURRENT_SAVEDFL Setting the Indicator: Saved / Not Saved .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I GET_OBJ_STATUS Returns Version, Status, Save of the Current Version .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I SAVE_WITH_CONFIRMATION Saving the TLOGO Object with Query .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I SET_CURRENT_SAVEDFL Setting the Saved / Not Saved Indicator .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I SET_CURRENT_VERSION Setting the Current Version .
IF_RSGM_MODEL_TLOGO I SWITCH_MODE Change Editing MOde: Display "-" Change .
IF_RSISC_COPY_PARAM I SAVE_SETTINGS Get Data at End of Dialog .
IF_RSISC_COPY_PARAM I SET_NEW_TABLE Call New Dialog .
IF_RSISR_BLOCKS I GET_CURRENT_BLOCK_LINE Return of Current Block Lines .
IF_RSISR_BLOCKS I SET_CURRENT_BLOCK_LINE Setting Current Block Lines .
IF_RSISR_CALLPACKAGE_BUILDER I GET_CUR_MSG Returns the Current Message, Especially Errors During Check .
IF_RSISR_CALLPACKAGE_BUILDER I GET_VALUE_HELP Returns the F4 Help for a Parameter .
IF_RSISR_CALLPACKAGE_BUILDER I SET_CALL_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION Sets the Call Package Description .
IF_RSISR_CALLPACKAGE_BUILDER I SET_DATAOBJ_DESC Sets the Data Object Description .
IF_RSISR_CHECK I CHECK Complete Check .
IF_RSISR_CHECK I CHECK_DATAOBJ_DESC Checking a Data Object Description .
IF_RSISR_CHECK I CHECK_PARAMETER Checking a Parameter .
IF_RSISR_CHECK I CHECK_STATE Checking a Status .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I FINISH_DATAOBJ_DESC Postprocessing Before Saving Service Type .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I GET_FIRST_STATE Return of the First Status (Refernce) .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I GET_NAME_OF_FIRST_STATE Return of the First Status (Name) .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I GET_NAME_OF_NEXT_STATE Return of the Subsequent Status (Name) .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I GET_NEXT_STATE Return of the Subsequent Status (Reference) .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I INIT_DATAOBJ_DESC Modify with Each Instantiation of the Service Type .
IF_RSISR_CP_CREATION I INIT_PARAMETER Initialization of Parameter when Creating Service Type .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_CHARACTERISTICS Return of Characteristics of a Data Object .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_DATAOBJ_DESC_LIST Return of Data Object Description as a List of Names .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_PARAMETER_LIST Return of the Parameter as a List of Names .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_PROPERTIES Return of Properties .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_REFERENCES Return of References .
IF_RSISR_METADATA I GET_SUMMARY_LIST Return of Summary Data Objects as a List of Names .
IF_RSISR_PARAMETERIZATION I GET_METAINFO Returns Global Metainfo .
IF_RSISR_PARAMETERIZATION I SET_CONDITIONS Gets the Conditions .
IF_RSISR_PARAMETERIZATION I SET_DATAOBJ_DESC Gets the Values for a Data Object Description .
IF_RSISR_PARAMETERIZATION I SET_METAINFO Sets Global Metainfo for a Dialog .
IF_RSISR_PARAMETERIZATION I SET_STATE_PARAMETERS Gets the Parameters for a State .
IF_RSISR_REFERENCEDATA I EXTEND_BLOCK_DATA Expands the Block Line Table .
IF_RSISR_REFERENCEDATA I GET_REFDATA_SELECTION Return of Reference Data Selection .
IF_RSISR_REFERENCEDATA I GET_REF_DATAOBJ Return of Reference Data Object .
IF_RSISR_REFERENCEDATA I SET_REF_DATAOBJ Setting the Reference Data Object .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I FINISH_SERVICE End (After Calling the Last Block) .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_DATAOBJ Return of a Data Object .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_DATAOBJ_DESC Return of a Data Object Description .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_IMPLICIT_PARAMETERS Return of Implicitly Used Parameters .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_PARAMETER Returning a Parameter .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_PARAMETER_VALUES Return of All Values of a Parameter .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I GET_SUMMARY Return of a Summary Data Object .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I INIT_SERVICE Initialization (Before Calling the First Block) .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I REPLACE_IMPLICIT_VARIABLES Replacing the Implicitly Used Variables .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I SET_CALLPACKAGE Setting the Call Package .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME I SET_DATAOBJ Setting a Data Object .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME_TYPE_0 I EXECUTE Execution of a Service of Type 1 .
IF_RSISR_RUNTIME_TYPE_1 I EXECUTE Execution of a Service of Type 1 .
IF_RSISR_SUMMARY_VIEWER I DISPLAY_SUMMARY_RESULTS Display Summary .
IF_RSISR_VALUE_HELP I GET_VALUE_HELP Return of Names of Columns for the Data Object .
IF_RSISR_WS_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_DATA Returns the Retrieved Data .
IF_RSMDP_FILTER I GET_R_MAPPING Returns Reference to Assignment of Source and Target Fields .
IF_RSMDP_FILTER I GET_R_PACKAGE Returngs Reference to Data Package Containing Filter Values .
IF_RSMDP_FILTER I GET_TYPE Returns Filter Type (RANGE or LIST) .
IF_RSMDP_GROUPING I GET_DISJOINT Returns Flag Indicating if Data Packages Are Disjunctive .
IF_RSMDP_GROUPING I GET_PACKAGE_SIZE Returns Size of Data Package as Number of Lines .
IF_RSMDP_GROUPING I GET_TYPE Returns Sort Type (SID or CHAVL) .
IF_RSMDP_ITERABLE I GET_R_ITERATOR Returns Reference to Iterator .
IF_RSMDP_ITERATOR I GET_COUNT Returns Number of Data Records for All Data Packages .
IF_RSMDP_ITERATOR I GET_R_PACKAGE Returns Reference to Next Data Package .
IF_RSMDP_ITERATOR I SET_R_PACKAGE Transmits Reference to Data Package Being Written .
IF_RSMDP_PARALLELIZABLE I GET_PROCESS_TYPE Returns Process Type for Asynchronous Execution .
IF_RSMDP_PARALLELIZABLE I GET_R_PARALLELIZER Returns Reference to Parallelizer .
IF_RSMDP_PARALLELIZABLE I GET_R_SUBTASK Returns Reference to Next Subtask .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I GET_IMPORT Returns Generic Input Parameters .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I GET_R_LOG Returns Reference to Log .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I GET_R_TASK Returns Reference to Process .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I GET_STATUS Returns Current Status of Process .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I SET_IMPORT Passes Generic Input Parameters .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I SET_R_PROCESS_ASYNC Passes Reference to Process for Asynchronous Execution .
IF_RSMDP_TASK I START Starts Process .
IF_RSMDS_CONDITION_RENDERER I RENDER_NULL_CONDITION Generate "IS NULL" Condtion .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I CALCULATE_PREDECESSOR Determine predecessor, if it exists .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I CALCULATE_SUCCESSOR Determine successor, if it exists .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I CREATE_SET_FROM_RANGES Generate One-Dimensional Set from RANGE Table .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I CREATE_SET_FROM_VALUE Generate One-Dimensional Set from Single Value .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I CREATE_SORTED_TABLE_REF Generate Table Reference from Input Table .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I DATA_TO_LITERAL Convert Value to a Character-Literal Value .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I DATA_TO_STRING Convert Internal Value to Character String .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_ALIAS Alias Name of Dimension .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_MAXIMUM_REF Determine Maximum .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_MAXIMUM_SUCCESSOR Returns a string representation of the maximum's successor .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_MINIMUM_PREDECESSOR Returns a string representation of the minimum's predecessor.
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_MINIMUM_REF Determine Minimum .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_NAME Unique Name of Dimension .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I GET_TYPE Data Type of Dimension .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I HAS_MAXIMUM Data Type Contains Maximum for Basic Set .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I HAS_MINIMUM Data Type Contains Minimum for Basic Set .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I IS_STRICTLY_MONOTONIC Mapping to Target Dimension Is Strictly Monotone .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I IS_TRANSFORMABLE Mapping to Target Dimension is Possible .
IF_RSMDS_DIMENSION I TRANSFORM_DIMENSION_SET_INTERNTransform One Dimensional Quantity to Target Dimension .
IF_RSMDS_ORDERED I COMPARE Determine Sequence of Two Objects .
IF_RSMDS_TYPE I GET_NAME Type Name .
IF_RSMDS_TYPE I TO_HASH_LITERAL Converts a Value to a String for Hash Calculation .
IF_RSMD_CONVERSION_HANDLER I CHECK Consistency Check (Can Be Executed in Conversion) .
IF_RSMD_CONVERSION_HANDLER I IMPACT_ANALYSIS Write Objects to be Checked/Converted into Appl. Log .
IF_RSMD_CONVERSION_HANDLER I RENAME Renaming of Characteristic Values (Special Case ALPHA Conv) .
IF_RSMD_CONVERSION_HANDLER I RESET Deletes Content of Local Status Table (if Not Restarted) .
IF_RSMD_PERS I DELETE_VHS_PERS_VALUE_SET Save the personlized values for value help services .
IF_RSMD_PERS I GET_VHS_PERS_VALUE_SET To get the personalized values for the Value Help Service .
IF_RSMD_PERS I GET_VHS_PERS_VALUE_TEXT To get the texts for the personal values .
IF_RSMD_PERS I GET_VHS_USER_SETTINGS Get the various user settings needed for value help service.
IF_RSMD_PERS I SAVE_VHS_HISTORY_SET Save the history values for value help services .
IF_RSMD_PERS I SAVE_VHS_PERS_VALUE_SET Save the personlized values for value help services .
IF_RSMD_PERS I SAVE_VHS_USER_SETTINGS To save the user settings received from value help services .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_AUTH_MODE Get the previously set Authorisation Mode .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_DATE_SELECTION Get the previously set date selection .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_FUZZY_SEARCH String für Fuzzy Suche abfragen .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_INFOPROV_META_DATA Get the previously meta data infoprovider .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_KEY_DATE Get the previously set key data .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_LANGU Get the previously set language for language dependant texts.
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_LANGU_SELECTION Get language selection for language dependant texts .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_MAX_ROWS Get the previously set maximal number of rows to be returned.
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_MOST_RECENT_FL Returns the flag for most recent data .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_OLAP_INSTANCE Olap Instanz abholen .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_READ_MODE Returns the previously set F4-mode .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_REQUESTED_IOBJNMS Get the previouly set requested attributes .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_SELECTION_SELDR Get the previously set restricting SELDRs .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_SELECTION_SELOPT Get the previously set restricting selection options .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_SORTING Get the previously set Sorting .
IF_RSMD_RS I GET_SUPPORTED_READ_MODES Returns the supported read modes .
IF_RSMD_RS I READ_DATA Read the data requested by the user .
IF_RSMD_RS I READ_META_DATA Read the Meta Data of the infoobject requested by the user .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_AUTH_MODE Set the Authorisation Mode for the user .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_DATE_SELECTION Set a date selection (for time dependant attributes/texts) .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_FUZZY_SEARCH String für Fuzzy Suche übergeben .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_KEY_DATE Set the key date (for time dependant attributes/texts) .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_LANGU_SELECTION Set language selection for language dependant texts .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_MAX_ROWS Set the maximal number of rows to be returned .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_MOST_RECENT_FL Sets the flag for the most recent data .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_OLAP_INSTANCE Olap Instanz für Q-Mode setzen .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_READ_MODE Set the Read(F4)-mode: possible M,D,Q .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_REQUESTED_IOBJNMS Set the Attributes/Compound Charac. requested by the user .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_SELECTION_SELDR Set the selection structure SELDRs .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_SELECTION_SELOPT Set the selection option structure selopt .
IF_RSMD_RS I SET_SORTING Set the wished Sorting .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_CHILDREN gets the childrens for a particular node of hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_HIERARCHIES returns the details of the hierarchies of the info object .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_INITIAL_NODES reads the hierarchy node for info object .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_KEY_DATE returns the already set key date for the hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_NODEFROMKEY gets the Node identifier for the node of hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_OLAP_INSTANCE Olap Instanz abholen .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_READ_MODE return the read mode set for instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_SEARCHTREE gets the serach tree based on the selection search pattern .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_SELDR returns the previously set seldr structure for the hierarchy.
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_SELECTIONSELOPT gets previously set selection structure .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_SORTING gets the sorting structure set for the hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_STARTLEVEL returns the level of nodes to be displayed at start set .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_SUPPORTED_READ_MODES Returns the supported read modes .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_TEXT_DATE returns the text date set for the instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I GET_WITH_REST_NODE gets the previously set flag for fetching the rest node .
IF_RSMD_RSH I REINITIALIZE_HIERARCHY reinitializes the hierarchy instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_KEY_DATE set the key date for the hierarchy instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_OLAP_INSTANCE Olap Instanz für Q-Mode setzen .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_READ_MODE sets the read mode for the instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_SELDR sets the seldr structure for the hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_SELECTIONSELOPT sets selection structure based on which search is executed .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_SORTING sets the sorting structure for the hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_STARTLEVEL sets the level of drill down to be displayed at start .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_TEXT_DATE sets the text date for the instance .
IF_RSMD_RSH I SET_WITH_REST_NODE set the flag for fetching the rest node of the hierarchy .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I CREATE Retruns the reference to itself .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns the attributes of the info object for given CHAVLS .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I GET_CAPABILITIES Fähigkeiten der Access-Klasse liefern .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I GET_TEXT This will return the text of the corresponding Chavls .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I GET_VALUES This will returns the INFO OBJECTS values along with text .
IF_RSMD_RS_ACCESS I SET_KEY_DATE Sets the date for the instance .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I CREATE Create Instance .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I RESTRICT_BY_AUTH_VALUES -" O_R_WHERE_TREE (AND) .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I RESTRICT_BY_INFOPROV -" O_R_SUBSELECT (OR) .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I RESTRICT_BY_NAV_ATTR -" O_R_SUBSELECT (OR) .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I RESTRICT_BY_RANGE -" O_R_WHERE_TREE (AND) .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I RESTRICT_BY_SELDR -" O_R_WHERE_TREE (AND) .
IF_RSMD_RS_BUILD_QUERY I SET_SEARCH_STRING Set Search String .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I CHECK Check method .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I CREATE Retruns the reference to itself .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I GET_PARAMETER To get the parameter structure .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I GET_PARAMETERSTRING To get the parameter string .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I GET_STRUCTURE_NAME To get the structure name .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I SET_PARAMETER To set the structure with values .
IF_RSMD_RS_GENERIC I SET_PARAMETERSTRING To set the attributes from the parameter string .
IF_RSMD_USAGE_TYPE_UC I EXECUTE Starts the masterdata usage check for the given object .
IF_RSMD_USAGE_TYPE_UC I GET_MASTER_DATA_USAGE_KEY Return the masterdata usage key of the instance .
IF_RSMD_USAGE_TYPE_UC I GET_USING_OBJECTS Returns instances for all BW objects that use given characte.
IF_RSMD_USAGE_TYPE_UC I INITIALIZE_USING_OBJECT Initialize the state of the using object .
IF_RSMD_USAGE_TYPE_UC I RESET Reset state (for a restart of Usage Check) .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I CLEAR Delete Object Attributes .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I GET_CUSTOM_OBJECT Returns Object with Additional Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I GET_PREDECESSOR Supplies Link Source .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I GET_SUCCESSOR Supplies Link Target .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_CUSTOM_OBJECT Sets Object with Additional Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_PREDECESSOR Set Source Link .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_PROPERTIES Set Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK I SET_SUCCESSOR Set Link Source .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_LINK_INTERNAL I GET_DATA_FOR_NETPLAN Provides Link Structure .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I CLEAR Delete Table Object Attributes .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I DELETE_ROW Delete Row in Table .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I GET_CUSTOM_OBJECT Returns Object with Additional Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I GET_TABLEDATA Provides Data Table for Table Object .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I GET_TITLE Provides Table Title .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I INSERT_ROW Insert Row in Table .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I IS_VISIBLE = True If Table Is Visible .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_CELL_PROPERTIES Set 2 Cell Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_COLUMN_PROPERTIES Set 1 Column Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_CUSTOM_OBJECT Set Object with Additional Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_POSITION Sets Position of the Table .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_ROW_PROPERTIES Set 2 Row Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLEDATA Insert 1 Table Data .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES Set 1 Table Attributes .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_PROPERTIES Set Table Properties .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TABLE_STATUS Set 1 Table Status .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE I SET_TITLE Set Table Title (Also Possible via Table Properties) .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERN I FIRSTCALLDONE Sets P_FIRSTCALLDONE .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERN I GET_DATA_FOR_NETPLAN Returns Tables for Network Update .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERNAL I GET_TABID Provides Table Object ID .
IF_RSNETGRAPHIC_TABLE_INTERNAL I SET_STATUS Set Status .
IF_RSOBJS_CHANGE_NODES I CHANGE_FAVORITES Enhance Favorites .
IF_RSOBJS_CHANGE_NODES I CHANGE_HISTORY Enhance History .
IF_RSOBJS_CHANGE_NODES I CHANGE_ROLES Enhance Roles .
IF_RSOBJS_CHANGE_NODES I CHANGE_SEARCH_RESULT Enhance Search Result .
IF_RSOBJS_CHANGE_NODES I GET_CHILDREN Get Children for a Parent Node .
IF_RSOBJS_CHECK I CHECK_OBJECT Check Object .
IF_RSOBJS_CHILDREN I GET_CHILDREN Provide Child Nodes for a Parent Node .
IF_RSOBJS_COMMON I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check existence .
IF_RSOBJS_COMMON I GET_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Provide Object Attributes .
IF_RSOBJS_COMMON I GET_PROPERTIES Provide Properties .
IF_RSOBJS_COMMON I SEARCH_IN_NAMES Search in Names .
IF_RSOBJS_DELETE I CHECK_AUTH_FOR_DELETE Checks Before Deletion .
IF_RSOBJS_DELETE I CHECK_ENQUEUE_FOR_DELETE Check Whether the Object Is Lockable .
IF_RSOBJS_DELETE I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object .
IF_RSOBJS_EXTENDEDTYPES I GET_MOST_DETAIL_TYPE Get Correct Object Type for Saving .
IF_RSOBJS_EXTENDEDTYPES I GET_RELATED_TYPES Get Multiple Object Types While Reading .
IF_RSOBJS_FOLDERS I GET_FOLDERS Individual Hierarchical View of the Object .
IF_RSOBJS_GENERAL I GET_PROPERTIES Properties of the Selected Object .
IF_RSOBJS_GENERAL I SEARCH Search Using Your Own Modules .
IF_RSOBJS_GENERAL I WHERE_USED_LIST Provide Where-Used List .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I CHECK_AUTH_FOR_CREATE Check Authorizations for Creating .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I CHECK_AUTH_FOR_DELETE Check Authorizations for Deleting .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I CHECK_USER_LOCKS Check User Locks (for Saving and Deleting) .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I GET_WHERE_USED_LIST Get Where-Used List .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I MISC_CHECK_FOR_CREATE Other Checks for Creating (Optional) .
IF_RSOBJS_MAINTAIN I MISC_CHECK_FOR_DELETE Other Checks for Deleting (Optional) .
IF_RSOBJS_PFCG I GET_LAUNCH_URL Get Launch URL (Only for URL_TYPE Objects) .
IF_RSOBJS_SAVE I CHANGE_URL Change the URL Before Saving .
IF_RSOBJS_SAVE I CHECK_AUTH_FOR_SAVE Authorization for Saving the Object .
IF_RSOBJS_SAVE I CHECK_ENQUEUE_FOR_SAVE Check Whether the Object Lockable Before Saving .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I CHANGE_PROPERTY Changes the value from properties and/or the search string .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I CHECK_LOIO_PROPERTIES Check LOIO Properties in Dialog .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I DOCUMENTS_EXIST Do documents exist for the context? .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_AUTHORITY_STATE Delivers the status for the authorization check .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_DESCRIPTION Delivers the description of the context .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_DOCUMENT Returns A Document .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_DOCUMENTS Returns the documents .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_DOCUMENT_CLASS Delivers the BW Document Class (META, MAST, TRAN) .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_ITEM Delivers the Current Web Item or NULL .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_LOIO_CLASS Delivers the LOIO Document Class for CM .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_PHIO_CLASS Delivers the PHIO Document Class for CM .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_PROPERTIES_FIX Delivers the Fixed Properties / the Filter (Ranges) .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_DISPLAY Delivers (Not Unique) Properties for Displaying .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_PROPERTIES_SELECTION Delivers the Properties for the Changes to the Selection .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_PROPERTY_INFO Delivers Info.for a Property in Context of the LOIO Class .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_SEARCH_PARAMETERS Delivers Parameter for Text Search .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_INFOS Delivers the Transport Entries for the Object .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_URL Delivers the URL for the Document Browser .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I GET_VALUES_FOR_PROPERTY Delivers all the Values of a Property .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I IS_INITIAL = 'X':Context Is Still Blank .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I REFRESH Force Re-reading of Documents .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I SET_ITEM Set Current Web Item .
IF_RSOD_CONTEXT I SET_URL_ADRESSING Sets Address Mode - DocBrowser URLS (Absolute/Relative) .
IF_RSOD_DOCU_URL_HANDLER I ESCAPE Escape URL .
IF_RSOD_DOCU_URL_HANDLER I MODIFY_DOCUMENT_URL Modify a URL for a Document .
IF_RSOD_DOCU_URL_HANDLER I MODIFY_ICON_URL Modify a URL for an Icon .
IF_RSOD_DOCU_URL_HANDLER I MODIFY_OBJECT_URL Modify the URL for a Meta Object .
IF_RSOD_DOCU_URL_HANDLER I MODIFY_STYLESHEET_URL Modify the URL for a Style Sheet .
IF_RSOD_DOC_MAINT_CALLER I GET_DOCUMENT Gets Reference to Current Document .
IF_RSOD_DOC_MAINT_CALLER I GET_DOCUMENT_CLASS Gets Document Class .
IF_RSOD_DOC_MAINT_CALLER I GET_ON_CLOSE_URL Gets URL To Be Called Up On Close (0DOC_TEMPLATE) .
IF_RSOD_DOC_MAINT_CALLER I GET_PROPERTIES Gets Properties (Selection of Item) .
IF_RSOD_DOC_MAINT_CALLER I REFRESH Document Changed -" Render Anew .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I CREATE_RESOURCE Create a Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I DELETE Deliver Properties of a Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I DELETE_PROPERTIES Delete Properties of a Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I GET_CHILDREN Return Lower Levels of a Directory .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I GET_CONTENT Delivers Contents of a Document .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I GET_PROPERTIES Deliver Properties of a Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I GET_RESOURCE_BY_URL Delivers a Resource from a URL .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I GET_ROOT_CHILDREN Return Root Objects .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I LOCK_RESOURCE Lock Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I QUERY Resource Search Using Properties .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I RENAME_RESOURCE Rename Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I RESOURCE_IS_LOCKED Resource Locked ? .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I SET_CONTENT Sets the Contents of a Document (Not a New Version) .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I SET_PROPERTIES Set Properties of a Resource .
IF_RSOD_SKWF_RM I UNLOCK_RESOURCE Unlock Resource .
IF_RSORA_SQL_HINT I CHANGE_HINT Change Proposed Hint if Necessary .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE Adds a Message to the Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGES_AS_STRUCTURE Adds Several Messages (as Structures) to the Application Log.
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGES_LEVEL Adds Several Messages to the Applictn Log and Sets the Level.
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGES_OF_EXCEPTION Adds Messages after Catching an Exception .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE_AS_STRUCTURE Adds Message (as Structure) to the Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE_LEVEL Adds Message to the Application Log with Detail Level .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I ADD_TEXT Adds a Text to the Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_CREATE Generated a New Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_DELETE Deletes Current Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_DELETE_ON_DB Deletes Log on the Database .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_DSP_MSG_LONGTEXT Displays Long Text of a Message .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_GET_LOG_HANDLE Handel for the Current Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_GET_NUM_OF_MSGS Number of Messages in the Current Applicatoin Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_MSG_READ Reads the Messages in the Current Application Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_SAVE Saves Current Application Log to Database .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_SET_LOG_HANDLE Sets the Handle to Continue Writing in the Log .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_SET_TITLE Set the Title of the Log (Used Next Time Log is Generated) .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_SHOW_AS_POPUP Displays the Application Log as a Dialog Box .
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I APPL_LOG_SHOW_WITH_SELECTION Displays the Application Log of the DB (withSelectionScreen).
IF_RSO_APPLICATION_LOG I INSERT_MESSAGES_INTO_DOM Add Messages in XML DOM .
IF_RSO_ASSOCIATION I INSERT_ASSOCIATIONS Adding a List of Associations to an Object .
IF_RSO_ASSOCIATION I READ_ALL_OBJ_OF_OBJ Restores all Objects associated with an Object .
IF_RSO_ASSOCIATION I SHOW_ALL_ASSOCIATIONS_AS_LIST Displays all Associations in List (ALV) .
IF_RSO_CONTENT_WIZARD I CONTENT_ACTIVATE Transfer and Activate Content Objects (Simulation poss.) .
IF_RSO_CONTENT_WIZARD I CONTENT_WIZARD Install Business Content .
IF_RSO_CONTENT_WIZARD I SET_CHECKBOX Sets Checkbox in Tree .
IF_RSO_CWM I EXPORT Export Objects in CWM Format as File .
IF_RSO_CWM I EXPORT_COLLECT Collect Objects for Export (CWM) .
IF_RSO_CWM I IMPORT Process Imported CWM File .
IF_RSO_CWM I IMPORT_COLLECT Collect Objects from Import CWM .
IF_RSO_IMPACT_ANALYSIS I IMPACT_ANALYSIS Impact Analysis .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I COMPOSE_HYPERLINK Create Hyperlink .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_ARC Draw Arc .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_GRAPHICS_EPILOG Epilog for Graphic .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_GRAPHICS_PROLOG Prolog for Graphic .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_LINE Draw Line/Arrow .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_RECT_END Rectangle (XML: End Tag) .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_RECT_START Rectangle (XML: Introductory Tag) .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I DRAW_TEXT Output Text .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I HYPERLINK_DECODE Decode Hyperlink (~ -" space ...) .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NETWORK_DRAW I HYPERLINK_ENCODE Decode Hyperlink (~ -" space ...) .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I ARRANGE Sort Subobjects .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I DRAW Draw Subobjects and Self .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I GET_DOCK_POS_OF_OBJECT Returns Object Positions for Lines .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I INSERT_ASSOCIATION Adds an Association between Objects .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I INSERT_OBJECT Adds an Object .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_NET_COMPONENT I SET_ASC_DRAW_PARAMETERS Additional Parameters to Draw Associations .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_SERVICES I F4_MULTI_TLOGO F4 Help for Objects with Multiple Selection .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_SERVICES I F4_TLOGO F4 Help for Objects (Native) .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_SERVICES I F4_TLOGO_ALL F4 Help - All Objects of all TLOGO Types .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_SERVICES I MAINTAIN_OBJECT Calls Object Maintenance .
IF_RSO_OBJECT_SERVICES I SHOW_DOCU_BDS Displays Object Documents (using BDS) .
IF_RSO_RENDER_HTML I RENDER Create HTML .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_BROWSER I REPOSITORY_BROWSER Repository Browser .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT I GET_ASSOCIATED_OBJECTS Restore all References of Associated Objects .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT I GET_DOCUMENTS_OF_OBJECT Returns Document IDs for a BW Object .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTIES Restore Properties for Certain Versions .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_WRITE I INITIALIZE Initializng the Proxy (Replaces Constructor with Parameters).
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_WRITE I INSERT_ASSOCIATION_REF Adds an Object-relevant Association .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_XML I XML_EXPORT_OBJECT Returns Metadata for an Object in CWM (XML) .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_XML I XML_IMPORT_ACTIVATE_ALL Activates All Objects of a Type (XML_..._SINGLE) .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_XML I XML_IMPORT_ACTIVATE_SINGLE Activates the Objects Individually (XML_IMPORT_SAVE) .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_XML I XML_IMPORT_PARSE Parse this Object from CWM DOM .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_OBJECT_XML I XML_IMPORT_SAVE Saves the Object (XML_IMPORT_PARSE) .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_XML I EXPORT_METAMODEL_RESOURCES Resources-Strings for BW Metamodel im XMI Format .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_XML I XML_EXPORT_METAMODEL Displays the BW Metamodel in XMI Format .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_XML I XML_EXPORT_OBJECT Returns Object-Metadata as CWM .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_XML I XML_EXPORT_OBJECTS Returns Metadata for Objects as CWM .
IF_RSO_REPOSITORY_XML I XML_IMPORT Import and Activate Objects from CWM Files .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_EXECUTABLE I EXECUTE Execute / Start / Schedule... Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I ACTIVATE_CONTENT Obsolete. Use IF_RSD_TLOGO_MAINTAIN-"BUILD_CONTENT_VERSION .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I CHECK_FOR_DEEP_COPY Consistency Check for Deep Copy / Clone .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I DEEP_COPY Deep Copy / Clone .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I EXISTS_ON_DB Determines whether Object Exists in Database .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I GET_ALL Return All the Objects in a Version .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I GET_INSTANCE Delivers a Reference (Type IF_RSO_TLOGO) for the Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I GET_PROPERTIES Determines General Object Properties .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I GET_RELATED Determines Related Objects .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I IMPACT_ANALYSIS Reaction to Changes Made to a Dependent TLOGO Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I MAINTAIN_GUI Call of Object Maintenance (optional) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I NEW_DEP_BCT Obsolete! Dependent Objs. from Switching On BCT Component .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I SHOW_DOCUMENTS Obsolete! Display Documents for Object (Optional) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_GENERAL I SHOW_VERSION_COMPARISON Display Comparison of Two Object Versions (Optional) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I ACTIVATE Optional -" CL_RSO_TLOGO_COLLECTION-"ACTIVATE .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I BUILD_CONTENT Build (Copy/Merge) Content Version as Temp. N Version .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I CHECK Carry Out Consistency Checks .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I DEACTIVATE Deactivate object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I DELETE Optional -" CL_RSO_TLOGO_COLLECTION-"DELETE .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I DEQUEUE Unlock .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I GET_MAINTENANCE_STATE Returns the Processing Status of the Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I IS_ACTIVE Checks whether object is active (meaning A = M Version) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I IS_SAVED Checks whether object is saved .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I PREPARE Prepare Editing (Locks, CTO Check, Authorization) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I RESET_TO_ACTIVE Reset Object to Active Version (only for M version) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I SAVE Optional -" CL_RSO_TLOGO_COLLECTION-"SAVE .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I SET_MAINTENANCE_STATE Sets the Processing Status of the Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I SET_OBJSTAT Set Object Status .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I SHOW_PROTOCOL Optional -" Display Database Log (Application Log) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN I VERSION_EXISTS Checks if the Version Exists .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I AFTER_ACTIVATION Actions After DDIC Activation(Before Activtng Table Entries).
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I AFTER_ACTIVATION_DB Activities After Activation of Metadata on the Database .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I AFTER_DDIC_SAVE Optional: Perform DB-Specific Operation after "Save DDic" .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I AFTER_DELETION Actions After Deletion of Sources .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I BEFORE_ACTIVATION Actions Before Activation of DDIC .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I BEFORE_DELETION Actions Before Deletion in DDIC .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I COPY_VERSION Copy Versions .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I GET_DDIC_OBJECTS Return Affected DDIC Objects (and save where necessary) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_MAINTAIN_INT I SAVE_INTERNAL Save Internal (Save the N Version) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_PROPERTIES I GET_TLOGOPROP Restore Properties of Type TLOGO .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_PROPERTIES I GET_TLOGO_DESCRIPTION Restores Description of Type TLOGO .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_PROPERTIES I GET_TLOGO_ICON Restores Icon of Type TLOGO .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_PROPERTIES I GET_TLOGO_ICON_WEB_ID Restores ID of Type TLOGO (Web Repository) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_SEARCH I GET_SEARCH_ATTRIBUTES Supplies values of the search attributes (RSOTLOGOSEARATR) .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_SOURSYS_DEPENDENT I GET_PSEUDO_DVERSION Returns Pseudo D Versions for Shadow Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_SOURSYS_DEPENDENT I GET_WRITE_SHADOW Determining (or Writing) Shadow Object/Delivery Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_SOURSYS_DEPENDENT I PSEUDO_DVERSION_DELETE Deletion of Pseudo D Versions .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_SOURSYS_DEPENDENT I PSEUDO_DVERSION_WRITE Writing of Pseudo D Versions from Shadow Versions .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_TRANSPORT I CTO_AFTER_SAVE_ACT_DEL Check After Saving/Activating/Deleting an Object .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_TRANSPORT I CTO_CHECK Check Transport Before Starting Maintenance .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_TRANSPORT I CTO_GET_ADDITIONAL_OBJECTS Does not return BW objects that must be transported .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_TRANSPORT I CTO_INSERT Write Object to Request Before Save .
IF_RSO_TLOGO_TRANSPORT I CTO_TRANSPORT Manually Write Object to a Request .
IF_RSO_TRANSLATION I TRANSLATE Translate Selected Objects .
IF_RSO_TRANSLATION I TRANSLATION_TOOL Translation Tool - Collect Objects .
IF_RSO_TRANSPORT_WIZARD I COLLECT_ALL_OF_OBJECT Collects All Association Objects for an Object .
IF_RSO_TRANSPORT_WIZARD I TRANSPORT_OBJECTS Write Selected Objects to Transport Order .
IF_RSO_TRANSPORT_WIZARD I TRANSPORT_WIZARD Transport Connection .
IF_RSO_TREE I TREE_INSERT Enters Data in Tree Display .
IF_RSO_TREE I TREE_UPDATE Updates Data in the Tree Display .
IF_RSPC_ACTIVATE I ACTIVATE Chain will be activated .
IF_RSPC_ACTIVATE I DELETE Chain was deleted .
IF_RSPC_ACTIVATE I UNSCHEDULE Chain was removed from schedule .
IF_RSPC_CALL_MONITOR I CALL_MONITOR Calling a Customer's Monitoring-Tool .
IF_RSPC_CHECK I CHECK Check Current Scheduling of the Process .
IF_RSPC_CHECK I GIVE_ALL All Processes in the System .
IF_RSPC_CONTEXTMENU I MENU_REQUEST Context Menu Requests .
IF_RSPC_CONTEXTMENU I MENU_SELECT Executing the Selected Command .
IF_RSPC_DELETE I DELETE Delete Process .
IF_RSPC_EVENT_RESOLUTION I GET_CATEGORY Determination of Alert Category .
IF_RSPC_EXECUTE I EXECUTE Execute Process .
IF_RSPC_EXECUTE I GIVE_CHAIN The whole chain (i_t_processlist) .
IF_RSPC_GET_DEFAULT_CHAIN I GET_DEFAULT_CHAIN Minimum chain, in which a process is scheduled (default) .
IF_RSPC_GET_INFO I GET_INFO Passing on of information to subsequent process / management.
IF_RSPC_GET_INFO I RUNTIME_PARAMETERS Declaration of the Runtime Parameters .
IF_RSPC_GET_LOG I DELETE_LOG Delete log .
IF_RSPC_GET_LOG I GET_LOG Deliver Log .
IF_RSPC_GET_STATUS I GET_STATUS Determine Current Status .
IF_RSPC_GET_VARIANT I EXISTS Check whether variants exist .
IF_RSPC_GET_VARIANT I GET_VARIANT Get Variant .
IF_RSPC_GET_VARIANT I WILDCARD_ENABLED Wildcard Selection Possible .
IF_RSPC_KILL I KILL Cancel Process As Soon As Possible .
IF_RSPC_KILL I RESET Reset Kill Request .
IF_RSPC_MAINTAIN I GET_HEADER Determining the Header Information for the Variant .
IF_RSPC_MAINTAIN I MAINTAIN Maintaining a Process Variant .
IF_RSPC_MULTI_EVENT I GET_EVENT Event Text .
IF_RSPC_MULTI_EVENT I GET_EVENTS Setting Possible Events .
IF_RSPC_RESET I RESET Reset Instance .
IF_RSPC_RESTARTABILITY I RESTART_IN_DIALOG Does restart have to take place in the dialog? .
IF_RSPC_SIMULATION I DATA Disclosure of Results .
IF_RSPC_SIMULATION I POSSIBLE Is Simulation Possible? .
IF_RSPC_SIMULATION I SHOW Display of Results .
IF_RSPC_TRANSPORT I GET_TLOGO Getting the TLOGO Name .
IF_RSPC_TRANSPORT I KEY_CHANGE Possible Key Change after Import (Optional) .
IF_RSPC_VARIABLES I GET_ALLOWED Determination of Permissible Variables .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_INFOPROV Returns the InfoProvider Name .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_TAB_IOBJ_CMP Get Compound Information for InfoObject .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_TAB_IOBJ_PRO Get General Properties of InfoObjects .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_T_CHARNM Returns Names of All the InfoProvider Characteristics .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_T_KEYFNM Returns Names of All the InfoProvider Key Figures .
IF_RSPLFA_INFOPROV_DESC I GET_VALIDITY_DATE Deliver Validity Date for Planning .
IF_RSPLFA_MSG I ADD_MSG Add Current Message (from System Fields) .
IF_RSPLFA_MSG_PARAM_CHECK I ADD_MSG_WITH_PARAM_CONTEXT Add Current Message and Parameter Context .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_DATA_SEL I GET_T_SEL Get Selection Table .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_ELEM I GET_VALUE Get Value (Type-Related) .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_IOBJ I GET_IOBJNM Get InfoObject Name .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_KEYF_SEL I GET_T_KEYFNM Get Names of Selected Key Figures .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_PARAM_DATA_SEL Get Data-Selection Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_PARAM_ELEM Get Elementary Parameters .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_PARAM_IOBJ Get InfoObject Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_PARAM_KEYF_SEL Get Key-Figure-Selection Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_PARAM_STRUC Get Structured Parameters .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_RULEPOS Get Position (ID) of Corresponding Rule .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_TAB_PARAM_DATA_SEL Get Table of Data Selection Parameter Values .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_TAB_PARAM_ELEM Get Table of Elementary Parameter Values .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_TAB_PARAM_IOBJ Get Table of InfoObject Parameter Values .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_SET I GET_TAB_PARAM_STRUC Get Table of Structured Parameters .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_STRUC I GET_COMP_DATA_SEL Get Components of Type: Data Selection Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_STRUC I GET_COMP_ELEM Get Components of Type: Elementary Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PARAM_STRUC I GET_COMP_IOBJ Get Components of Type: InfoObject Parameter .
IF_RSPLFA_PLAN_BUFFER I GET_DATA Read Data from Buffer .
IF_RSPLFA_PLAN_BUFFER I GET_INSTANCE Generate Instance on Basis of IF_RSPLFA_PLAN_BUFFER .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_ADMIN_INFO Get Administration Information .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_INFOPROV Get Name of InfoProvider .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_NAME Get Name (ID) .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_PARAM_SET_RULES Get Rules with All Parameter Records .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_SRVTYPENM Get Name of Function Type .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_TAB_CHAR_USAGE Get Table of Usages of Characteristic .
IF_RSPLFA_SRV I GET_TEXT Get Text (in Log-On Language) .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_CHAR_USAGE_LAYOUT Get Layout of Characteristic Usage .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_HAS_REF_DATA Get Indicator Showing If Reference Data Is Required .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_IMPL_CLASSNM Get Class Name of Implementation .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_NAME Get Name (ID) .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_PARAM_SET Get Parameter Record (Definition of Parameter) .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_TEXT Get Text .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_DEF I GET_WD_DIALOG_INFO Get Dialog Information for Web Dynpro .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_CHECK I CHECK_CHAR_USAGE Characteristic Usage Check .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_CHECK I CHECK_PARAM_SET Parameter Record Check .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_CHECK I INIT_CHECK Initialization for Checks .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC I EXECUTE Execution .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC I FINISH_EXECUTION Actions at End of Execution .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC I INIT_EXECUTION Initialization for Execution .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC_REF I ADD_NEW_BLOCKS Add New Blocks .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC_REF I EXECUTE Execution .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC_REF I FINISH_EXECUTION Actions at End of Execution .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC_REF I GET_REF_DATA_SEL Determine Selection for Reference Data .
IF_RSPLFA_SRVTYPE_IMP_EXEC_REF I INIT_EXECUTION Initialization for Execution .
IF_RSPLFR_SRVTYPE_ADD_VAR I GET_VARIABLES Fetch Additional Variables from a Parameter Record .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I CHECK PPM Object Check .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I CHECK_EXIST Check Whether Object Exists in Master Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I DELETE_CHASEL Delete: Assigned Selection .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I DELETE_FROM_BUFFER Delete: Entry from Buffer .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I DELETE_MASTERDATA Delete: Master Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I GET_CHARS_FROM_CHASEL Get: Characteristics in Characteristic Selection .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I GET_CHASEL Get: Selection for Object .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I GET_MASTERDATA Get: Master Data Attributes .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I MODIFY_MASTERDATA_IN_BUF Update: Master Data Attributes in Buffer .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I SAVE_CHASEL Save: Assigned Selection .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I SAVE_MASTERDATA Save: Master Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I SET_CHASEL_IN_BUF Set/Overwrite: Selection in Buffer .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS I SET_MASTERDATA_IN_BUF Set/Overwrite: Master Data Attributes in Buffer .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DB I PREPARE_MD_DELETE Structure of Deletion Criteria for Master Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DB I PREPARE_MD_READ Structure of Selection Criteria for Master Data Read Access .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DB I PREPARE_MD_SAVE Structure of Save Criteria for Master Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DSO I PREPARE_DSO_DELETE Structure of Deletion Criteria for DataStoreObject Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DSO I PREPARE_DSO_READ Structure of Selection Criteria for DataStoreObject Data .
IF_RSPLPPM_PPMOBJECTS_DSO I PREPARE_DSO_SAVE Structure of Save Criteria for DataStoreObject Data .
IF_RSPLS_CHAR_RELATION I CREATE_DATA_REF Generate Data Reference to Characteristic Structure .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I CHECK Check Combination of Characteristics .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I CLEAR_EXT_VAL Deletes Records of Last Validation .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I COLLECT Collects Records for Substitution/Validation .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I CREATE Generate Characteristic Combinations .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I CREATE_CONTEXT Generate a Context for Block Processing .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I DERIVE Derive Chars. (Source and Target Chars. in Structure) .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I EXTEND_VALIDATE Performs the Substitution/Validation .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I FREE Release All Instances .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I FREE_INSTANCE Release an Instance .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I GET_CHA_KEY Provide the Characteristic Value from the Data Record .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I GET_DS_USE_UNION Gets P_DS_USE_UNION Indicator .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I GET_INSTANCE Factory Method .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I GET_PARTPROV Determine Part Provider and Check If Embedding Is Possible .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I GET_RELATED_CHAS Fills Characteristics from Relations .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I HAS_DATA_SLICE Characteristic is used in a data slice .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I HAS_REAL_RELATION There are real characteristic relationships for this char .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I INCLUDES_RELATION There is a characteristic relationship in the charact. set .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I IS_PROTECTED Check Whether a Data Record Is Locked Against Changes .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_AUTO_VALID_CHK Change Indicator for Automatically Valid Combinations .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_CONTEXT Set a Context for Block Processing .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_DS_USE_UNION Sets P_DS_USE_UNION Indicator .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_SELECTION Use Data Slices That Overlap with Selection .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_SUB_STRUCTURE Block Processing: Determine Subset of Scope for Check .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I SET_UNIVERSE Determine Scope of Check, for example Aggregation Level .
IF_RSPLS_CR_CONTROLLER I UNSET_SELECTION Activate All Data Slices .
IF_RSPLS_CR_EXIT I GET_INSTANCE Generate Instances Using Factory .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I CHECKM Check Combination of Characteristics .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I CHECKP Check Combination of Characteristics (Partial) .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I CLEAR_EXT_VAL Deletes Records of Last Validation .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I COLLECT Collects Records for Substitution/Validation .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I CREATEM Generate Characteristic Combinations .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I CREATE_CONTEXT Generate a Context for Block Processing .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I DERIVEM Derive Chars. (Source and Target Chars. in Structure) .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I EXTEND_VALIDATE Performs Validation/Substitution .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I FREE_BUFFER Release Buffer .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I GET_INSTANCE Generate a Mapper .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I SET_CONTEXT Set a Context for Block Processing .
IF_RSPLS_CR_MAPPER I SET_UNIVERSE Set Scope of Check .
IF_RSPLS_CR_METHODS I CHECK Check Combination of Characteristics .
IF_RSPLS_CR_METHODS I CREATE Generate Characteristic Combinations .
IF_RSPLS_CR_METHODS I DERIVE Derive Chars. (Source and Target Chars. in Structure) .
IF_RSPLS_CR_SPECIAL I CHECKP Combination Check, Only on Some Characteristics .
IF_RSPLS_DATASLICE I CREATE_DATA_REF Generate Data Reference to Data Record Structure .
IF_RSPLS_DS_EXIT I GET_INSTANCE Generate Instances Using Factory .
IF_RSPLS_DS_METHODS I IS_OVERLAPPING Check Whether a Selection Overlaps with Data Slices .
IF_RSPLS_DS_METHODS I IS_PROTECTED Check Whether a Data Record Is Locked Against Changes .
IF_RSPLS_EV_METHODS I EXTEND_VALIDATE Performs the Substitution/Validation .
IF_RSPLS_EXTEND_VALIDATE I CREATE_DATA_REF Generate Data Reference to Data Record Structure .
IF_RSPLS_MESG I CLEAR Delete Messages .
IF_RSPLS_MESG I GET_COLLECT_MODE Read Collection Mode .
IF_RSPLS_MESG I GET_DATA_REF Generate Data Reference to New Message Table .
IF_RSPLS_MESG I GET_MESG Read Messages .
IF_RSPLS_MESG I SET_COLLECT_MODE Set Collection Mode .
IF_RSPV_REFERENCES I BDLS_EXIT Change Variant for BDLS .
IF_RSPV_REFERENCES I CHANGE_VARIANT Change Variant Before Activation .
IF_RSPV_TRANSPORT I AFTER_IMPORT Transport subsequent Processing .
IF_RSPV_TRANSPORT I GET_ADDITIONAL_OBJECTS Find Related Non-BW Objects .
IF_RSPV_TRANSPORT I GET_RELATED Find Related Objects .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I COLLAPSE_ALL Collapse tree .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I DELETE_ALL_NODES Delete all Nodes .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I EXPAND_ALL Expand tree .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I FREE Clean up .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I GET_SELECTED_ITEM Returns Marked Entry .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I RAISE_ADD_TOBJ Trigger Event .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I REFRESH_DATA Reload Tree Data .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SEARCH Search in tree .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SEARCH_MORE Find Next .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SET_MODE Display "-" Change .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SET_VISIBLE Switch Visible .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SHOW Display of Data .
IF_RSQ_ISET_TREE I SORT Sort .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I CHANGE_BC_SETTING Changes Setting Immediately after Reading Database .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I CHANGE_URL_PARAMETER Change the URL Parameter before Generating HTML Page in RA .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I COPY_MIME_TO_FOLDER Copies Object from MIME Repository to The Specified Folder .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I CREATE_LOIO_IN_FOLDER Generates New LOIO .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I CREATE_PHIO_FOR_LOIO Generates Physical Document for Logical Document .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I DISSEMINATION_START Distributes Transferred Documents .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I DO_COLLECT_SKWF_DOCUMENTS BC Engine to Generate Documents in SKWF .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I FINALIZE Engine BC is Deleted .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I GET_INDEX_PAGE_PARAMETER Reads Parameter for Display on the Index Page .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I INITIALIZE Engine BC is Instantiated .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I SET_ALERT_LEVEL_FREQUENCY Alert Level Frequency for LOIO .
IF_RSRA_BC_REMOTE_CONTROL I SET_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Information for LOIO .
IF_RSRA_MDX_REMOTE_CONTROL I GET_MX_SETTING Read the Definition of the MDX Setting .
IF_RSRD_CALLBACK_PROP_RENDERER I GET_HTML_VALUE_HELP Change HTML Code for Input Help .
IF_RSRD_FILTER_DIALOG_PROVIDER I GET_CHARACTERISTIC Determines Characteristic and InfoProvider for Index .
IF_RSRD_FILTER_DIALOG_PROVIDER I GET_PARAMETER_QUERY Delivers Parameter Container for Structuring Temporary Query.
IF_RSRD_FILTER_DIALOG_PROVIDER I SET_FILTER_STRING Transfer of Filter String .
IF_RSRD_F_BASE_OBJECT I GET_INFO Determine Information for Object .
IF_RSRD_F_BASE_OBJECT I GET_URL Generate URL onto Object .
IF_RSRD_F_CONVERTER_RT I CONVERT Convert .
IF_RSRD_F_CONVERTER_RT I FINALIZE Clear .
IF_RSRD_F_CONVERTER_RT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_RSRD_F_DESIGN_TIME I CHECK Checks parameter .
IF_RSRD_F_DESIGN_TIME I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get description of the attribute .
IF_RSRD_F_DESIGN_TIME I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUES Calculation of attribute values for an attribute .
IF_RSRD_F_DESIGN_TIME I GET_VERSION Delivers Version of Attribute Description of Producer/Distr..
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I DISTRIBUTE Distribute .
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I FILTER_FOR_USER_LANGUAGE Filters Parameters for Processsing a Particular User/Lang. .
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I FINALIZE Clear .
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I GET_LANGUAGE_USER_COMBINATIONSDelivers Required Language/User Combinations (Sorted) .
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I GET_RECIPIENT_LIST Delivers Recipients for Recipient-Specific Creation of Docs .
IF_RSRD_F_DISTRIBUTOR_RT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_RSRD_F_PRODUCER_RT I FINALIZE Clear .
IF_RSRD_F_PRODUCER_RT I INITIALIZE Initialize .
IF_RSRD_F_PRODUCER_RT I PRODUCE Creates Document .
IF_RSRD_XML_PRODUCER I GET_TEXT_VARIABLES Determines XML-based Text Variables .
IF_RSREQARCH I CREATE Create Instance .
IF_RSREQARCH I DEQUEUE Remove Locks .
IF_RSREQARCH I ENQUEUE Set Locks .
IF_RSREQARCH I FREE Delete Instance .
IF_RSREQARCH I GET_DATA_FOR_ARCHIVING Get Data for Writing to Archive .
IF_RSREQARCH I PUT_DATA_FOR_RELOAD Transfer Data for Load from Archive .
IF_RSREQARCH I WRITE_SUMMARY_RECORDS Write Totals Records .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I CREATE_INSTANCE Generates Instance for BI Query .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I SET_FIELDCATALOG (Optional) Sets Field Properties .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I SET_FILTER Sets Filter .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I SET_QUERYDATA Passes Data to Be Analyzed .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I SET_TITLE Sets Description .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY I START_QUERY Starts BI Query .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I COMMIT Confirms Data Without Starting Query .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I GET_FIELDS Returns Field with Type .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I GET_URL Determines URL for Starting Query .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I SET_COMPONENTS_ALV Passes Component Table of ALV .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I SET_QUERYDATA_ALVLIKE Passes Data (In Internal ALV Format) .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I SET_QUERYPROPERTIES Sets Query Properties .
IF_RSROA_BI_QUERY_ADVANCED I SET_TRANSIENT_SOURCE Sets Transient Source .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I GET_DTA Provides DTA Instance .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I GET_GENUNIID Determines GENUNIID from COMPID .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I GET_INFOPROV_FROM_IOBJNM Determines InfoProvider from InfoObject Name .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I INSTANTIATE_QUERYDEF Instantiates Query Definition .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I IS_INFOPROV_VIRTUAL Checks Whether InfoProvider Has Virtual Metadata .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I IS_IOBJ_VIRTUAL Checks Whether InfoObject Has Virtual Metadata .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I IS_QUERY_VIRTUAL Checks Whether Query Is Executing on Virtual Metadata .
IF_RSROA_VIRTUAL_QUERY I READ_DATA Reads Transactional Data .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I CREATE Create Instance with Input Parameters .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I DESCRIBE Return Description what the Atom Does .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I GET_PARAMETERS Returns the Parameter Values Specified in Instance Creation .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I GET_PARAMETER_LIST Returns the Parameters Needed for Creating an Instance .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I REPAIR Analyze again and remove any errors .
IF_RSRV_ATOM I RUN Execute Atom .
IF_RSRV_TEST I CREATE Create Instance .
IF_RSRV_TEST I CREATE_ATOM_LIST Build List with Instances of Atoms .
IF_RSRV_TEST I DESCRIBE Returns Description what the Test Does .
IF_RSRV_TEST I GET_PARAMETERS Returns the Parameters Specified when Instance is Created .
IF_RSRV_TEST I GET_PARAMETER_LIST Returns the Parameters Needed for Creating an Instance .
IF_RSR_BU_NODE I CREATE_MASK Initialize Template for Aggregation .
IF_RSR_BU_NODE I ELEMINATE Row Numbers to be Eliminated .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I CREATE_HASH_VALUE Generates Hash Value .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I FROM_XSTRING Generates Data Administration Object from XSTRING .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I GET_DATA Returns Data (Particularly Between Memory and Cache) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I GET_HASH Returns Hash Value from Described Data .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I GET_ITAB Returns Data per Internal Table (Reference) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I GET_LOG_ID Returns LOG_ID .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I GET_XSTRING Returns XSTRING for Data Object (Reference) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I SET_DATA Sets Data (Particularly Between Memory and Cache) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I SET_ITAB Sets Data per Internal Table .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I SET_LOG_ID Sets LOG_ID .
IF_RSR_CACHE_DATA_OBJECT I SET_XSTRING Sets Data per XSTRING .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CHECK_FF_KEY_FF Finds SP (Data) Using Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CHECK_FF_KEY_FFID Finds SP (Data) Using FFID .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CLEAR_SPID Initializes SPID and Administration Object .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CLOSE Closes Cache (Clear) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I COMMIT Selects SP as Ready to be Saved .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CREATE_FF Generates New Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I CREATE_SP Generates SP (Table) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I DELETE_FF Deletes Selection (FF) from Cache .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I DELETE_QUERY_ENTRIES Deletes All Cache Entries for Current Query .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I FLUSH SPs with COMMIT are written to the persistence medium .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I GET_FF_DIR Returns Directory of All Selections in Cache .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I GET_GLOBAL_DATA Returns Entry of Global Data .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I GET_SP_REF Returns SP to Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I IS_GLOBAL_CACHE It Concerns a Global Cache .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I LOCK Locks Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I REFRESH Refreshes List of Selections (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I REPLACE_FF Replaces Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I SET_GLOBAL_DATA Sets Entry 'Global Data' .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I SET_RQTSS Sets Current Request of InfoProvider .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I SET_SP Sets SP (Data) Directly .
IF_RSR_CACHE_QUERY_CUBE I UNLOCK Unlocks Selection (FF) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I CHECK_QUERY_VALIDITY Checks Query Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_CACHE Deletes Entire Cache .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_DATA_ENTRY Deletes Data Entry (Entries) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_FF_ENTRY Deletes Selection Entry (Entries) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_FF_FROM_VARSH Deletes Selection Entries for Variables/Hierarchies .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_QUERY_ENTRY Deletes Query Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_VARSH_ENTRY Deletes Variable/Hierachy Entry (Entries) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I DELETE_VARSH_SRDATE Deletes Entries with Dependency on SRDAT .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I FLUSH_STATISTICS Save Buffered Statistics .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I GET_STATS_ENTRY Read Statistics .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I READ_DATA_ENTRY Reads Data Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I READ_FF_ENTRY Reads Selection Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I READ_VARSH_ENTRY Reads Variable/Hierarchy Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I UPDATE_GLOBAL_DATA Updates Entry for Global Data .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I WRITE_DATA_ENTRIES_MULTIPLE Writes Multiple Data Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I WRITE_DATA_ENTRY Writes Data Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I WRITE_FF_ENTRIES_MULTIPLE Writes Multiple Selection Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I WRITE_FF_ENTRY Writes Selection Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE I WRITE_VARSH_ENTRY Writes Variable/Hierarchy Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I DELETE_DATA_ENTRY Deletes One Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I DELETE_ENTRY Deletes a Data Entry (SP) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_ALL_STATS Returns Statistical Values (Passed Through) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_CHANGED_FLAG Returns Changed Indicator (Passed Through) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_DATA_ENTRIES_DATA Returns Data on Data Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_ENTRIES_N_SIZE Returns Number of Entries and Memory Requirement .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_ENTRY_CONTENT Returns Content for Selected Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_FF_DATA Returns Data on SELFF Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_QUERY_DATA Returns Data on Query Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I GET_VARSH_DATA Returns Data on VARSH Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I READ_ENTRY_STATS Reads Statistics Entry (Passed Through) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORAGE_MON I RESET Deletes Cache .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I DELETE_DATA_COMPL Completely Deletes Data Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I DELETE_DATA_ENTRY Deletes Data Entry (Entries) .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I DELETE_DATA_FROM_GENUNIID Deletes Data Entries for GENUNIID .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I READ_DATA_ENTRY Reads Data Entry .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I READ_DATA_MON Reads Data Entry for Monitor .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I READ_ENTRIES_MON Reads Data Entries for Monitor .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I WRITE_DATA_ENTRIES_MULTIPLE Writes Multiple Data Entries .
IF_RSR_CACHE_STORE_DATA I WRITE_DATA_ENTRY Writes Data Entry .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I AFTER_TRANSFORM Clear .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I BEFORE_TRANSFORM PREFETCH etc. .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I FREE_DATA_REF Release Reference from GET_DATA_REF .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I GET_DATA_REF Get REF TO DATA for In-/Output Parameter .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I GET_FIELD_INFO_SHORT Information for In-/Output Parameter .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I GET_MAPPING Generate Overlap Type .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I GET_STRUCTURE_DESCR Structure Description .
IF_RSR_FIPT_TRANSFORMATOR I TRANSFORM Ditto .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I DECLARATION_FINISHED Declaration of Variables Complete .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I READ_GLOBV Reads a Globv .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_PERIV You Can Set the Fiscal Year Variants Globally .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_SX_VARIABLE Returns the Finished SX_VARIABLE (to Persist) .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_VARIABLE_FORMULA Generates a Formula Variable .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_VARIABLE_HIERA Generates a Hierarchy Variable .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_VARIABLE_NODE Generates a Node Variable .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_VARIABLE_TEXT Generates a Text Variable .
IF_RSR_LOCAL_VAR I SET_VARIABLE_VALUE Generates a Value Variable .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_DT I GET_CHANM Reference Characteristics .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_DT I GET_GLOBAL_VARIABLES Parameters as Global Variables .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_DT I GET_PROPERTIES Key Figure Properties .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_DT I GET_VRNID VRNID If There Is a Variable Behind Replacement .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_DT I HAS_PROP Special Properties of the Replacement .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I GET_DATA_TIME_STAMP Last Changed .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I GET_VALUE Determine Value .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I GET_VALUE_EXT Determine Value (More Than 4 Characteristics) .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I NOTIFY_LIST Dynamic Filter, ... .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I PREPARE Fill Buffer (1 Characteristic) .
IF_RSR_LOOKUP_RT I START Set Variable Values .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I GET_COMPOSITE Returns Enfolded MDX Statement .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I GET_CONTAINER Returns Enfolded MDX Statement .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I IS_COMPOSITE Is this instance an enfolded MDX statement? .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I IS_CONTAINER Is this instance an enfolding MDX statement? .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I IS_INNERMOST_COMPOSITE Is this instance the innermost enfolded MDX statement? .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I SET_COMPOSITE Sets Enfolded MDX Statement .
IF_RSR_MDX_COMPOSITE_STATEMENT I SET_CONTAINER Sets Enfolding MDX Statement .
IF_RSR_MDX_STATEMENT I GET_META_DATA Returns Metadata Instance .
IF_RSR_MDX_STATEMENT I GET_REQUEST_DESCRIPTION Returns OLAP Request Description After Execution .
IF_RSR_OLAP I BUFFER_RESET Deletes the data for the Delta_Buffer CGIDs .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CHECK_INPUTABLE Check Ready for Input Status .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CHECK_NEW_DATA Checks the Fill State .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CHECK_NEW_LINES Check Ready for Input Status of New Rows .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CLOSE_LIST Complete List (-" OLAP Cache) .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CREATE_NEW_ELTSID Returns the Next Free ELTSIDs / KID .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CREATE_NEW_KID Defines a Local Calculation Column .
IF_RSR_OLAP I CREATE_PLAN_PROPOSAL Generates Proposal from Planning Customizing .
IF_RSR_OLAP I DRILL_DOWN Expansion of a (univ.) Hierarchy Node .
IF_RSR_OLAP I EXECUTE_VQUERY Notification of Characteristics and Filters for a List .
IF_RSR_OLAP I FREE Closing of a report .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_AUTH Information on Authorization Check (RA) .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_CHANM_SETTINGS Reading of Characteristic-Releated Settings .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_CHAVL_NC_SIDS Trigger SIDS for Non-compoundend Value (Exceptions) .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_DATA Get Report Data .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_DATA_FLAT Fetch from Report Data in a E_T_DATA .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_DATA_FLAT_PLAN_DATA Fetch from Report Data in a E_T_DATA .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_DEFAULT_SETTINGS Start List: Variable in Status (DYNCHANGE) and Conditions .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_FIX_CHANMID Supply Defined Characteristics (for Concatenation of chavl_ .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_HRY_INFO Returns Info on Active Hierarchies and Their Node Types .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_INPUTABLE_DAT_N Template for New Rows in Plan Query .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_RTO_DEFINITION Provision of Technical Description for a Report .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_RTO_TABLES Returns Various Tables for a Runtime Object .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_SELDR Provides Current Restrictions .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_SRDATE Provides Key Date .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_TOPICALITY_TIME Returns the Currentness of the Data .
IF_RSR_OLAP I GET_TXT_SYMBOLS Build Text Symbols for Static Filters .
IF_RSR_OLAP I HAS_PLAN_EMPTY Query Supports Plan Empty .
IF_RSR_OLAP I MODIFY_CHANM_SETTINGS Set Characteristic-specific Settings .
IF_RSR_OLAP I MODIFY_QUERY_SETTINGS Currency Conversion Etc. .
IF_RSR_OLAP I MODIFY_VQUERY_SETTINGS Identifies Characteristic and Calls the Other MODIFY Methods.
IF_RSR_OLAP I NOTIFY_LIST Notification of Characteristics and Filters for a List .
IF_RSR_OLAP I OPEN_LIST Announce New List .
IF_RSR_OLAP I RELATIONAL_BROWSE Relational browsing in characteristic values .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SET_EXCEPTION_TLEVEL Sets the Chanms for which an Exception with TLEVEL Cond. .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SET_FLAGS Set Some Indicators .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SET_INPUT Determine Input Readiness .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SET_NEW_VALUES Planning, Write New Key Figure Values .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SET_SELDR_ADD Additional Filter for MDX SUBCUBE/-SELECT .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SUPPORTS_F4_PLAN Query Supports PlanProposal for Characteristic .
IF_RSR_OLAP I SUPPORTS_F4_QUERY Query Supports RelationalBrowse for Characteristic .
IF_RSR_RRK0_AUTH_HIER I CHECK_AUTH IF NOT c_sx_auth-auth IS INITIAL... .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I BROWSE BROWSE_NL (partially) .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I CHECK_QCUBE QCUBE_BUFFER_READ .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I CLEAR_QCUBE UNASSIGN_QCUBE .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I COMPRESS_BUFFER_CGID The Delta Buffer of a CGID Want to Compress .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I CREATE_CACHE CACHE_CREATE (partially) .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I FLUSH_CACHE CACHE_FLUSH .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I FREE FREE_QCUBE .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I GET_ALL_FFIDS For OPTIMIZE_WGR .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I GET_CS_APPEND Slow-Moving Items .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I GET_DATA Returns an Instance with Data of an Aggregation Level .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I IS_READ_ALL All modes simultaneously? .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I NOTIFY_LIST RRK_LIST_NOTIFY (partially) .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I REFRESH_CACHE CACHE_REFRESH .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I REMOVE_HIERARCHY HIERA_DELETE_BUF (partially) .
IF_RSR_RRK0_PARTITION I RESET_CGID Discards the SPs of a CGID .
IF_RSR_SETXX I INIT_CURSOR First Row fo the SETXX .
IF_RSR_TRANSIENT_SOURCE I CHECK_SELECTION Überprüft die gültigkeit der Selektion .
IF_RSR_TRANSIENT_SOURCE I GET_F4_VALUES Liefert F4 Werte und manipuliert vorhandene Werte .
IF_RSR_TRANSIENT_SOURCE I GET_SELECTION Liefert die Selektionsfelder zurück .
IF_RSR_TRANSIENT_SOURCE I SUBMIT_SELECTION Merkt sich die Selektion (beim Okay im Varbild) .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I FIND_VRNID Search for and Find Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_CHANM Returns the Characteristic .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_PERIV Fiscal Year Variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_SELTYP Returns the Seltyp as Control for the GET_ for a VRNID .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_SX_VARIABLE Returns the Finished SX_VARIABLE (to Persist) .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VAR01 Returns the Main GLOBV Info for a VRNID .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_FORMULA_STRING Get Method for a Formula Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_FORMULA_VALUE Get Method for a Formula Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_HIERA Get Method for a Hierarchy Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_NODE Get Method for a Node Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_RANGESID INTERN: Get Method Indpendent of Variable Type .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_TEXT Get Method for a Text Variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE_CHAVL Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE_RANGE_CMP Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE_RANGE_S Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE_RANGE_T Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_DEF I GET_VRNID_VALUE_SID Get Method for a Value Varaible .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I ADD_BY_VAR_ID Add Variable for Browser-Back (screen change...) .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I CHECK Check Values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I FREE Delete all .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_CURRENT_NVAR Variable Values of Current Status .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_DEFINITION Get Definition .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_DEPHIER_FOR_VARIABLE Determines the context for a hierarchy variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_DEPSELDR_FOR_VARIABLE Determines dependent selections for a variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_DUEDATE_FOR_VARIABLE Determines the key date for a variable .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_F4_PARAMETERS Fixed Selection .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_HELP_VALUES F4 Help .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_INITIAL_STATE Request Default Values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_INTERNAL_VALUES Read Values in Internal Format (-"Variants, Personalization).
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_IOBJ_BLOCKED_STATE InfoObjects with Incompatible Filter Status .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_RUNTIME_INFO Info for Atomic Runtime Objects in the Container .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_VALUES Read values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I GET_VAR_TXT_SYMBOLS Text symbols .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I NODE_GET_CHILDREN Get Lower-level Hierarchy Nodes .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I READ_PERS_VALUES Reset Values for a Variable to Personalized Values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I READ_VARIANT Get variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I RESET_IOBJ_STATE Reset Filter Status of an InfoObject .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I RESOLVE INTERNAL!!! References to CL_RSR_VAR .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SAVE_PERS_VALUES Store Values for a Variable in Personalization .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SAVE_VARIANT Save Variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SCREEN_NECESSARY Variable Screen Absolutely Necessary .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SCREEN_POSSIBLE Variables Screen Possible .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SEND_ABAP_DYNPRO Display SAP GUI Variable Screen .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SET_HIERARCHY Set Hierarchy for Node Variables .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SET_INITIAL_STATE Set Initial Status .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SET_INTERNAL_VALUES Set Values in Internal Format (BRUTE FORCE!!!) .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SET_VALUES Set values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME I SUBMIT Send Values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I DELETE_VARIANT Delete Variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I GET_HELP_VALUES F4 Help .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I GET_VARIANT_LIST Variants F4 .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I NODE_GET_CHILDREN Get Lower-level Hierarchy Nodes .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I NODE_GET_SEARCH_TREE Search Tree for Node .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I READ_PERS_VALUES Reset Values for a Variable to Personalized Values .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I READ_VARIANT Get variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I SAVE_PERS_VALUES Store Values for a Variable in Personalization .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I SAVE_VARIANT Save Variant .
IF_RSR_VAR_RUNTIME_OBSOLETE I SUPPORTS_VARIANTS Variants Can Be Read and Saved .
IF_RSR_WWW_HELP_WINDOW_FORMULA I GET_ALLOWED_OPERATORS Deliver Available Operators .
IF_RSR_WWW_HELP_WINDOW_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA Get Existing Formula Definition .
IF_RSR_WWW_HELP_WINDOW_FORMULA I GET_FORMULA_ELEMENTS Get Formula Components .
IF_RSR_WWW_HELP_WINDOW_FORMULA I SET_NEW_FORMULA Submit Formula .
IF_RSR_WWW_VALUE_PROVIDER I GET_ACTION Gets Value Provider Action After Fire Back .
IF_RSR_WWW_VALUE_PROVIDER I GET_ATR Retrieve Selectable Attribute .
IF_RSR_WWW_VALUE_PROVIDER I GET_VALUES Retrieves Values Sufficient For Select Options .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I CHANGE_AUTHTYPE Change Authorization Type .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I CHANGE_COMPMODE Validity Range of Authorization .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I CHANGE_TLEVEL Authorization to X Level .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I CHANGE_VARDEFAULT This Authorization / Node is the Default for Node Variables .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I DELETE Delete object .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I DELETE_BY_IOBJNM Delete Value for an InfoObject .
IF_RSSBR_OBJECT_MODIFY I INSERT_VALUE Insert values .
IF_RSSEM_INFOPROV_READ I READ_WITH_SIDMAP Read with SID Conversion .
IF_RSSEM_SIDMAP I GET_CONVERSION_REFERENCE Determine Assignment Table .
IF_RSSH_HIERMAINTAIN I CHANGE_EVENTS Tree Events to be Triggered .
IF_RSSH_HIERMAINTAIN I GET_NODEFLAVOR Gets Drag&Drop Flavor (Optional) .
IF_RSSM_RDA_DATAPACK_OBSERVER I DEQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Release Status Tables .
IF_RSSM_RDA_DATAPACK_OBSERVER I ENQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Lock Status Tables .
IF_RSSM_RDA_DATAPACK_OBSERVER I UPDATE_STATUS_TABLES Refresh Status Tables .
IF_RSSM_RDA_REQUEST_OBSERVER I AFTER_FINAL_STATE_TRANSITION Final Status .
IF_RSSM_RDA_REQUEST_OBSERVER I DEQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Release Status Tables .
IF_RSSM_RDA_REQUEST_OBSERVER I ENQUEUE_STATUS_TABLES Lock Status Tables .
IF_RSSM_RDA_REQUEST_OBSERVER I UPDATE_STATUS_TABLES Refresh Status Tables .
IF_RSSO_SELECTION I GET_CHARACTERISTIC_LIST Procure Characteristic List .
IF_RSSTATMAN I GET_STATUS Returns the Status of the Action .
IF_RSTRAN_FOBU_CONNECT I IS_CHANGED Returns change indicator and initializes after query .
IF_RSTRAN_FOBU_CONNECT I SET_FIELDS Transfer Application Fields to Connector .
IF_RSTRAN_RUNTIME I EXECUTE Execute Transformation .
IF_RSTRAN_SOURCE I CONVERT_REAL_OBJECTS Return Corrected Source Names .
IF_RSTRAN_SOURCE I GET_HEADER Returns Header Information .
IF_RSTRAN_SOURCE I GET_LIST Deliver List of Fields or InfoObjects .
IF_RSTRAN_SOURCE I GET_OBJ_REF Deliver Reference to Source Object .
IF_RSTRAN_SOURCE I GET_VALUE_HELP Return Single Object (F4 Search) .
IF_RSTRAN_TARGET I GET_HEADER Returns Header Information .
IF_RSTRAN_TARGET I GET_LIST Deliver List of Fields or InfoObjects .
IF_RSTRAN_TARGET I GET_OBJ_REF Deliver Reference to Target Object .
IF_RSTRAN_TARGET I GET_VALUE_HELP Return Single Object (F4 Search) .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS I GET_STRUC_N Get ref to structure containing system indep. format .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS I TRANSFORM Transform structure back to system dependent format .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS I TRANSFORM_N Transform SIDs in structure to system-independent format .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS I UPDATE_STRUCTURE Update structure content to newest possible values .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS_TC I GET_TC_LIST Get list of all available Testcases .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS_TC I TRANSFORM Transform to system dep format and store testcase .
IF_RSTTU_TRANS_TC I TRANSFORM_N Transform SIDs in structure to system-independent format .
IF_RSTT_APPL I GET_APPL_INFO Get Information About Application .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I GET_FIELD_TYPELIST Determine List for Valid Field Types .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I GET_IOBJNMS Get Contained InfoObjects .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I GET_RELATED_OBJ Get Reporting Objects Involved in Data Flow .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I GET_STRUCTURE Get Structure Instance .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I LOAD_DATA Load Data .
IF_RSTT_BIDATA I MODIFY_DATA Load/Modify Data to/in BI Object .
IF_RSTT_EXTRACT I GET_DATA_PARAM Determine Parameters .
IF_RSTT_EXTRACT I GET_DATA_STRUCTURE Determine Data Structure .
IF_RSTT_EXTRACT I REQUEST_DATA Extract data .
IF_RSTT_HIER I MODIFY_ATTR Modify Element Attributes .
IF_RSTT_OBJ I GET_IDENTITY Get Object Identity .
IF_RSTT_OBJ I GET_SUB_TYPES Get Subtypes .
IF_RSTT_PLAYVAR_BUFFER I RESTORE_STATUS Restore the Current Status of PLAYVAR Attributes .
IF_RSTT_PLAYVAR_BUFFER I SAVE_STATUS Saves Current Status of PLAYVAR Attributes .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I CHECK_PLAYMODE_EXIST Checks Whether Processing Modes Exist .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_AUTOTEST_TYPES Get Types for Automatic Tests/Tools .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_CATT_FUNCS Get Test Functions for a Topic .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_CATT_REFTP Get Test Reference Types .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_CATT_TOPICS Get Test Topics and Functions .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_DISPMODE Get Display Modes .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_ERROR_AREA Determine Error Areas .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_EXEC_PROCESSMODES Get Process Modes for Execution of Traces .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_LOGMODES Get Log Modes for Jobs .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_PARALLEL_MODES Get Parallelization Modes .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_PERIODMODES Get Period Modes for Job Scheduling .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_PROCESSMODES Get Process Modes for Jobs .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_TRACEOBJTP Determine Trace Object Types for Job .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_JOB_TYPES Determine Job Types .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_NAVIGATION_BLOCK Get Navigation Block for Individual Category .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_PLAYMODES Get Processing Variants .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_PLAYMODE_DEFAULT Determine Standard Play Variant .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_PLAYMODE_VALUES Get Values and Texts of Mode .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TLAYER Get Application Layers .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TOBJTYPE Get Test Object Types .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TOBJ_DESCR Determine Description for Test Objects .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TOOLID_LIST Get All Valid Application Categories .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TPAC_PLAYMODE_PARAM Get Parameters for All Play Modes of Package .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I GET_TTYPE Get Trace Types for Trace or Package .
IF_RSTT_TAREA I HAS_TOOL_PROCESSING Intended for Trace and CATT processing? .
IF_RSTT_TAREA_SERVICE I CREATE_TAREA_INSTANCE Generate Instance of Application Area .
IF_RSTT_TAREA_SERVICE I GET_TAREA_IDENTITY Output Description of Application Area .
IF_RSTT_TDATA I FREE_TUNIT_DATA Release Data for Current Test Unit .
IF_RSTT_TDATA I GET_SUB_TDATATP Get Subtypes of Test Data .
IF_RSTT_TDATA I GET_TUNIT_DATA Get Data for Current Test Unit .
IF_RSTT_TDATA I LOAD Load Test Data for Object .
IF_RSTT_TDATA I STORE Store Object Test Data .
IF_RSTT_TOBJ_UI I GET_APPL_LIST Get List of Applications for Display .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_ATTRIBUTS Generate Output List for Corresponding Attributes .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_LINK Generate Output List for Links .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_PARAM Generate Output List for Specific Parameter .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_TESTS Generate Output List for Other Tests .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_TOBJLIST Generate Output List for Corresponding Test Object Templates.
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_DISPLAY_TRACELIST Generate Output List for Corresponding Traces .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I CREATE_NEW Generate Instance for New Test Request .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I DELETE_TREQ Delete Test Request .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I EDIT_LINK_ENTRY Edit Entry for Corresponding Links .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I EDIT_PARAM_ENTRY Edit Entry for Corresponding Parameters .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I EDIT_TEST_ENTRY Edit Entry for Test Case .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I EDIT_TOBJ_ENTRY Edit Entry for Corresponding Test Object Templates .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I LOAD_TREQ Generate Instance for Existing Test Request .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I SAVE_TREQ Save Instance .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I SELECT_TREQ Determine Selection from Test Requests .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I SET_ATTRIBUTS Transfer Attributes to Instance .
IF_RSTT_TREQ I UPDATE_TRACE_STATUS Determine Status for Trace Assignment .
IF_RSTT_TSCEN I CREATE Create Instance .
IF_RSTT_TSCEN I DESERIALIZE Deserialize Test Scenario (Import) .
IF_RSTT_TSCEN I EXPORT Export Test Scenario .
IF_RSTT_TSCEN I IMPORT Import Test Scenario .
IF_RSTT_TSCEN I SERIALIZE Serialize Test Scenario (Export) .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I FREE Destructor .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I GET_DESCRIBING_ID Returns the ID for This Selection .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I GET_LINES_OF_TABLE Returns the Rows of the Position Table .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I GET_MAX_POSINO Returns the Highest Position Number of the FS Item Table .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I GET_POS Sets the Current Check or Reference Data Position .
IF_RSTT_UI_POS_FOR_DETAILS I SET_POS Returns the Current Check or Reference Data Position .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I ACTIVATE_DOUBLECLICK Activates the double-click handling for ALV GRID .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I ACTIVATE_EDIT_MODE Activates editability mode .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I ADD_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Add Own Toolbar Function Buttons .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I CHANGE_EDITABLE Changes editability (first activate EDIT mode) .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Checks whether data has changed .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I CREATE_CONTAINER Creates Container for GUID .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I FREE_ALL Clean Up Everything .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I REFRESH_TABLE Renew the Contents of the Table .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_COLUMNS_HEADINGS Sets column headers .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_CONTAINER Sets Existing Container .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_DATA Sets Data Object To Display .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_READY_FOR_INPUT Sets Selectability/Input Readiness .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_SPECIAL_TABLE_HANDLING Table is handles as a special table (error tolerance) .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_TITLE_ATTRS Changes Title Attributes .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR_VISIBLE Sets Toolbar Visibility .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SET_ZEBRA_GRID Display Should Be Striped .
IF_RSTT_UI_PROC_RESULT_GRID I SHOW_DATA Display Data (Corresponds to REFRESH_TABLE) .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I CREATE_CONTEXT Generate Context .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I CREATE_UI Generate UI Element .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I FILL_DATA Transfer Data to Instance .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_DATA Requests Data from Instance .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_EVENT_COMP_INDEX Requests Component Index of Event .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_MULTISEL Get Existing Instance .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_RANGE_DATA Return Range Table .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_WINDOW_OPTION Get Options Window .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I GET_WINDOW_RANGE Get Range Window .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I HAS_CHANGED Was range structure changed? .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I SET_OPTION_DATA Transfer Options Parameter to Instance .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I SET_RANGE_DATA Transfer Range Table to Instance .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I UPDATE_COMP_FROM_INPUT Refresh Component Using Input Values .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I UPDATE_COMP_FROM_INPUT_ALL Check All Input Fields and Refresh Range If Necessary .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I UPDATE_COMP_FROM_OPTION Refresh Component Using Option Values .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I UPDATE_COMP_FROM_RANGE Refresh Component Using Range Table .
IF_RSTT_WDY_MULTISEL I UPDATE_CONTEXT_ALL Fill All Context Nodes Based on Current Range Structure .
IF_RSZA_CALLBACK_LIST_RENDERER I GET_LIST_RENDERING_ITEM Creates HTML Code for List Items .
IF_RSZA_CALLBACK_TABS_RENDERER I GET_URL_TABSTRIP Creates HTML Code for List Items .
IF_RSZA_CALLBACK_TREE_RENDERER I GET_TREE_RENDERING_NODE_TEXT Creates HTML for Output of Entry in Tree .
IF_RSZA_CALLBACK_TREE_RENDERER I GET_TREE_RENDERING_TOGGLE_URL Delivers URL for Opening/Closing the Branch Node ID .
IF_RS_BBS_BADI_HANDLER I CALL_BATCH Call as Subsequent Action in RA (Batch) .
IF_RS_BBS_BADI_HANDLER I CALL_SAPGUI Call in SAP GUI .
IF_RS_BBS_BADI_HANDLER I CALL_URL Call in Web .
IF_RS_BBS_BADI_HANDLER I GET_TARGETS List of Available Jump Targets for a Type .
IF_RS_SOBI_DT_UI I CREATE Dialog Build .
IF_RS_SOBI_DT_UI I GET_LAUNCHER Returns Instance of Launcher .
IF_RS_SOBI_DT_UI I GET_TITLE Returns Title for Dialog .
IF_RS_SOBI_DT_UI_COMMAND I GET_ACTIVE_TABSTRIP Returns Associated Tab Page .
IF_RS_SOBI_DT_UI_COMMAND I GET_OBJECT Returns Objects Used .
IF_RTTBF_TRAN_CONTXT_TRANSMTTR I GET_LOCKGUID_FOR_RECORD Create Lock Reference with Parent-Child Relationship .
IF_RTTBF_TRAN_CONTXT_TRANSMTTR I SINGLE_PREPARE_SAVE_FOR_RELTN Prepare Child Aspects for SAVE .
IF_RTTBF_TRAN_CONTXT_TRANSMTTR I SINGLE_REFRESH_BUFF_FOR_RELTN Prepare Child Aspects for SAVE .
IF_RTTBF_TRAN_HANDLER I GET_RTTBF_TRAN_TABL_BUFFER Factory Method for Table Buffer .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I CLEAR_ACTIVE Set Rule Component to Inactive .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I CLEAR_ASSIGNED Set Rule Component to Not Assigned .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I GET_ACTIVE Rule Component Active/Inactive? .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I GET_ASSIGNED Rule Component (Not) Assigned? .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I PROCESS Executes Rule Component .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I SET_ACTIVE Set Rule Component to Active .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I SET_APPLCLASS Sets Application Class .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I SET_ASSIGNED Set Rule Component to Assigned .
IF_RULE_COMPONENT_BRF I STORE_RESULTS Saves Boolean Result Subtree .
IF_RULE_ENGINE_ACCESS I CALL_EVENT Calls a Rule Engine Event .
IF_RULE_MM I ASSIGN_DEPENDENCIES Setup Rule Base .
IF_RULE_MM I ATTACH Attach an Observer/Dependent Rule .
IF_RULE_MM I BREAK Break This Rule/Dependants Will Also Break .
IF_RULE_MM I EXECUTE Execute the Check - Will Break or Update or Nop .
IF_RULE_MM I GET_NO_OF_DEPENDANTS How Many Dependent Rules Exist (Deep)? .
IF_RULE_MM I GET_NO_OF_PRECOND How Many Preconditions Exist (Shallow)? .
IF_RULE_MM I UPDATE Rule Still Holds But Value Updated/Dependants Will Have To .
IF_RWB_RUNTIME_CHECK I GET_SETTINGS Transfers Table of Relevant Settings .
IF_RWB_RUNTIME_CHECK I GET_SETTINGS_BY_CATEGORY Tranfers Table of Settings for Particular Category .
IF_RWB_RUNTIME_CHECK I GET_SETTING_CATEGORIES Transfers Categories of Settings .
IF_RWB_RUNTIME_CHECK I PING Ping Query .
IF_RWB_RUNTIME_CHECK I SELFTEST Consistency checks .
IF_S95_MAINTENANCE_REQUEST I RECEIVE_MAINTENANCE_REQUEST Receive MaintenanceRequest message from the MES System .
IF_S95_MAINTENANCE_RESPONSE I SEND_MAINTENANCE_RESPONSE Sends the MaintenanceResponse message to the MES System .
IF_S95_MAINTENANCE_WORK_ORDER I SEND_MAINTENANCE_WORK_ORDER Sends the MaintenanceWorkOrder message to the MES System .
IF_S95_MESSAGE_LOG_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE_TO_LOG Add message to log .
IF_S95_MESSAGE_LOG_HANDLER I SAVE_LOG Save Application Log .
IF_S95_PRODUCTION_PERFORMANCE I RECEIVE_PRODUCTION_PERFORMANCEReceive ProductionPerformance message from the MES System .
IF_S95_PRODUCTION_SCHEDULE I SEND_PRODUCTION_SCHEDULE Send ProductionSchedule message to Shop Floor system .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER I COMPLETE_METADATA Completing Meta Data .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER I GET_METADATA Metadata is read by underlying tool .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER I SET_METADATA Metadata will be set in underlying tool .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I GET_CURRENT_CELL Get Current Footer Cell .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I GET_SELECTED_CELLS Get Selected Cells .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I GET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Get Selected Columns .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Get Selected Rows .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I SET_CURRENT_CELL Set Focus Cell .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I SET_SELECTED_CELLS Set Selected Cells .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I SET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Set Selected Columns .
IF_SALV_ADAPTER_SELECTIONS I SET_SELECTED_ROWS Set Selected Rows .
IF_SALV_BS_TT_UTIL I TRANSFORM Transforms According to Defined XML Version .
IF_SALV_DISPLAY_ADAPTER I GET_CALLBACK_PROGRAM Get Name of the Calling Program .
IF_SALV_DISPLAY_ADAPTER I GET_COLUMNS Get Columns .
IF_SALV_DISPLAY_ADAPTER I GET_SELECTION_MODE Get Selection Mode .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_ADDED_FUNCTION Event for Application-Specific Functions .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_AFTER_SALV_FUNCTION Event After ALV Functions .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_BEFORE_SALV_FUNCTION Event Before ALV Functions .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_BUILD_UIFUNCTION Event for Building Application Toolbar .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_DOUBLE_CLICK Event for Double-Click .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_END_OF_LIST Event for Processing the List End .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_END_OF_LIST_PRINT Event for Processing the List End in Printing .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_END_OF_PAGE Event for Processing the Page End .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_HOTSPOT_CLICK Event for Hotspot-Click .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_TOP_OF_LIST Event for Processing the List Start .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_TOP_OF_LIST_PRINT Event for Processing the List Start in Printing .
IF_SALV_EVENTS_ADAPTER I RAISE_TOP_OF_PAGE Event for Processing the Page Start .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Footer Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_SUMS Shows Whether Subtotals Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Header Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Export -" Excel: Excludes Design Obj. of Footer Area .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_SUMS Export -" Excel: Excludes Totlas and Subtotals .
IF_SALV_EX_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Export -" Excel: Excludes Design Obj. of Header Area .
IF_SALV_FORM_ABSTRACT I DISPLAY Display Information .
IF_SALV_STATUS_ADAPTER I BUILD_UIFUNCTION Building Application Toolbar .
IF_SALV_TOOLBAR_ADAPTER I BUILD_UIFUNCTION Building Application Toolbar .
IF_SALV_TREE_ADAPTER I GET_ALV_TREE Get Instance of CL_GUI_ALV_TREE .
IF_SALV_WD_AGGR I CREATE_AGGR_RULE Generates the Aggregation Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_AGGR I DELETE_AGGR_RULE Deletes an Aggregation Condition for the Object .
IF_SALV_WD_AGGR I GET_AGGR_RULE Returns an Aggregation Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_AGGR I IS_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Displays Whether Aggregation is Permitted for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_AGGR I SET_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Sets Whether Field Can Be Aggregated .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_HIERARCHY I IS_HIERARCHY_COLUMN Returns Whether Column Is Hierarchy Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_HIERARCHY I SET_HIERARCHY_COLUMN Sets the Column as Hierarchy Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_REF I GET_TEXT_FIELDNAME Returns the Field the Values of Which Are Displayed in Col. .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_REF I SET_TEXT_FIELDNAME Sets Field the Values of Which Are Displayed in the Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SERVICE_REF I GET_FILTER_FIELDNAME Returns Field the Values of Which Are Used to Filter Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SERVICE_REF I GET_SORT_FIELDNAME Returns Field the Values of Which Are Used to Sort Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SERVICE_REF I SET_FILTER_FIELDNAME Sets Field Whose Values Are Used to Sort Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SERVICE_REF I SET_SORT_FIELDNAME Sets Field Whose Values Are Used to Sort the Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SETTINGS I CREATE_COLUMN Generates the Object of a Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SETTINGS I DELETE_COLUMN Deletes the Object of a Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SETTINGS I DELETE_COLUMNS Deletes All Column Objects of the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SETTINGS I GET_COLUMN Returns the Object of a Column .
IF_SALV_WD_COLUMN_SETTINGS I GET_COLUMNS Returns the Objects of All Columns .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Footer Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_SUMS Shows Whether Subtotals Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Header Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Export -" Excel: Excludes Design Obj. of Footer Area .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_SUMS Export -" Excel: Excludes Totlas and Subtotals .
IF_SALV_WD_EXPORT_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Export -" Excel: Excludes Design Obj. of Header Area .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I CREATE_FIELD Generates the Object of a Field in the Internal Data Table .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I DELETE_FIELD Deletes the Object of a Field in the Internal Data Table .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I DELETE_FIELDS Deletes All Field Objects in the Internal Data Table .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_AGGR_BEFORE_ITEMS Shows Where the Results Row of the Aggregation Is Located .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_EXPAND_LEVEL Returns the Level During Drilldown of Subtotals .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_FIELD Returns the Object of a Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_FIELDS Returns the Objects of All Fields .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_GROUP_AGGR_COLLAPSED Indicates Whether Interim Results Are Aggregated .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I GET_GROUP_AGGR_DISPLAYED Checks Whether Interim Results Are Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I IS_COUNT_RECORDS_ENABLED Shows Whether Number of Data Records Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I IS_FILTER_IGNORING_CASE States Whether Filtering Is Case-Sensitive .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_AGGR_BEFORE_ITEMS Places the Results Row Above the Data Records .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_COUNT_RECORDS_ENABLED Counts Data Records and Displays Result .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_EXPAND_LEVEL Sets the Level at Drilldown of Subtotals .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_FILTER_IGNORING_CASE Defines That Upper/Lowercase Is Ignored for Filtering .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_GROUP_AGGR_COLLAPSED Aggregates Interim Results to Highest Level .
IF_SALV_WD_FIELD_SETTINGS I SET_GROUP_AGGR_DISPLAYED Displays Interim Results .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I CREATE_FILTER_RULE Generates a Filter Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I DELETE_FILTER_RULE Deletes a Filter Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I DELETE_FILTER_RULES Deletes All Filter Conditions for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I GET_FILTER_RULE Returns a Specific Filter Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I GET_FILTER_RULES Returns All Filter Conditions for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I IS_FILTER_ALLOWED Shows Whether Values Can be Filtered by Values of the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FILTER I SET_FILTER_ALLOWED Permits Filtering by values for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I CREATE_FUNCTION Generates an Object for a User-Defined Function (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I CREATE_FUNCTION_RIGHT Generates an Object for a User-Defined Function (Right) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I DELETE_FUNCTION Deletes a User-Defined Function (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I DELETE_FUNCTION_RIGHT Deletes a User-Defined Function (Right) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_ENABLED Shows Whether the Toolbar Is Active .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTION Returns an Object for a User-Defined Function (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS Returns All Objects for User-Defined Functions (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS_LEFT Returns All Objects for User-Defined Functions (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS_LEFT_STD Returns All Objects for Standard ALV Functions (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS_RIGHT Returns All Objects for User-Defined Functions (Right) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS_RIGHT_STD Returns All Objects for Standard ALV Functions (Right) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTIONS_STD Returns All Objects for Standard ALV Functions .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTION_LEFT Returns an Object for a User-Defined Function (Left) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTION_RIGHT Returns an Objects of a User-Defined Function (Right) .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_FUNCTION_STD Returns Object of Standard ALV Function .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I GET_VISIBLE Shows Whether the Functions in the Toolbar Are Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I SET_ENABLED Activates All Functions of the Toolbar .
IF_SALV_WD_FUNCTION_SETTINGS I SET_VISIBLE Shows Functions in the Toolbar .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I GET_DIMENSION Returns Perspective of Business Graphic .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I GET_HEIGHT Returns Height of Business Graphic in Percent .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I GET_TYPE Returns Diagram Type of Business Graphic .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I GET_WIDTH Returns Width of Business Graphic in Percent .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I SET_DIMENSION Defines Perspective of Business Graphic .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I SET_HEIGHT Defines Height of Business Graphic in Percent .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I SET_TYPE Defines Diagram Type of Business Graphic .
IF_SALV_WD_GRAPHIC_SETTINGS I SET_WIDTH Defines Width of Business Graphic in Percent .
IF_SALV_WD_KAYAK I GET_PDF_XML Returns XML for PDF Generation .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Footer Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Shows Whether Design Obj. for Header Area Will Be Exported .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_CENTER Returns Centered Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_CENTER_FREETEXT Returns Centered Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_LEFT Returns Left Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_LEFT_FREETEXT Returns Left Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_RIGHT Returns Right Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_RIGHT_FREETEXT Returns Right Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_CENTER Returns Centered Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_CENTER_FREETEXT Returns Centered Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_LEFT Returns Left Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_LEFT_FREETEXT Returns Left Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_RIGHT Returns Right Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER_RIGHT_FREETEXT Returns Right Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_MARGINS_UNIT Returns Unit of Measure for the Margins .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_MARGIN_BOTTOM Returns Width of Bottom Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_MARGIN_LEFT Returns Width of Left Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_MARGIN_RIGHT Returns Width of Right Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_MARGIN_TOP Returns Width of Top Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_ORIENTATION Returns Orientation of Page as Portrait or Landscape Format .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_PAGE_LAYOUT Returns Scaling of ALV Output on Page .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_PAGE_SIZE Returns Paper Size of Page .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_PRINTER Returns Output Printer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_PRINT_IMMEDIATE Returns Flag for Immediate Output to Printer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_REPEAT_HEADERS_FIT_H Shows Repeat of Column Heading for Modified Page Width .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_REPEAT_HEADERS_WALLPAPER Shows Repeat of Column Heading for Adjacent Pages .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I GET_REPEAT_KEY_COLUMNS Shows Repeat of Non-Scrollable Columns .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_EOL Export Excludes Design Object of Footer Area .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_EXPORT_NO_TOL Export Excludes Design Object of Header Area .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_CENTER Defines Centered Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_CENTER_FREETEXT Defines Centered Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_LEFT Defines Left Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_LEFT_FREETEXT Defines Left Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_RIGHT Defines Right Text Module of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_RIGHT_FREETEXT Defines Right Free Text of Footer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_CENTER Defines Centered Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_CENTER_FREETEXT Defines Centered Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_LEFT Defines Left Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_LEFT_FREETEXT Defines Left Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_RIGHT Defines Right Text Module of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_HEADER_RIGHT_FREETEXT Defines Right Free Text of Header .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_MARGINS_UNIT Sets Unit of Measure for Margins .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_MARGIN_BOTTOM Sets Width of Bottom Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_MARGIN_LEFT Sets Width of Left Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_MARGIN_RIGHT Sets Width of Right Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_MARGIN_TOP Sets Width of Top Margin .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_ORIENTATION Sets Whether Page Is Portrait of Landscape Format .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_PAGE_LAYOUT Sets Scaling of ALV Output on Page .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_PAGE_SIZE Sets Paper Size of Page .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_PRINTER Defines Output Printer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_PRINT_IMMEDIATE Sets Flag for Immediate Output to Printer .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_REPEAT_HEADERS_FIT_H Repeats Column Heading for Modified Page Width .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_REPEAT_HEADERS_WALLPAPER Repeats Column Heading for Adjacent Pages .
IF_SALV_WD_PDF_SETTINGS I SET_REPEAT_KEY_COLUMNS Repeats Non-Scrollable Columns on Each Page .
IF_SALV_WD_SERVICES I GET_PDF_XML Returns XML for PDF Generation .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I CREATE_SORT_RULE Generates the Sort Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I DELETE_SORT_RULE Deletes the Sort Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I GET_INITIAL_SORT_ORDER Returns Preferred Sort Direction .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I GET_SORT_RULE Returns the Sort Condition for the Field .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I IS_GROUPING_ALLOWED Shows Whether Same Values in Field Are Combined .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I IS_GROUP_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Shows Whether Intermediate Results Are Permitted for Field .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I IS_SORT_ALLOWED Shows Whether Field Can Be Used for Sorting .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I SET_GROUPING_ALLOWED Combines Same Values in Sorted Field into One .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I SET_GROUP_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Permits Formation of Intermediate Results Using This Field .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I SET_INITIAL_SORT_ORDER Defines Preferred Sort Direction .
IF_SALV_WD_SORT I SET_SORT_ALLOWED Permits Sorting By This Field .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Shows Whether the Tab Page "Calculation" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_BEX_ANALYZER_ALLOWED Shows Whether "BEx Analyzer" Entry Is Visible under "Export".
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_BI_BROADCASTING_ALLOWED Indicates Whether Send Button Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_COLUMN_SELECTION_ALLOWED Shows Whether Tab Page "Column Selection" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_COUNT_RECORDS_ALLOWED Shows Whether Checkbox "Count Table Entries" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_DIALOG_SETTINGS_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Settings" is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_DIALOG_SETTINGS_AS_POPUP Indicates Whether Settings Window Appears as Popup .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_DISPLAY_AS_ALLOWED Indicates Whether "Display As" Dropdown Listbox Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_DISPLAY_SETTINGS_ALLOWED Shows Whether Tab Page "Display" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_APPEND_ROWS_ALLOWED Method is obsolete .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_APPEND_ROW_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Attach Row" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_CHECK_AVAILABLE Shows Whether Pushbutton "Check" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_DELETE_ROW_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Delete Row" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_INSERT_ROWS_ALLOWED Method is obsolete .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_INSERT_ROW_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Insert Rows" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EDIT_UNDO_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Undo" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EXCEL_INPLACE_ALLOWED Indicates Whether "Display As" Dropdown Listbox Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_EXPORT_ALLOWED Shows Whether Entry "Excel" Is Visible Under "Export" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_FILTER_COMPLEX_ALLOWED Shows Whether Tab Page "Filter" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_FILTER_FILTERLINE_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton "Filter" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_FIXED_COLS_LEFT_ALLOWED Shows Whether Dropdown List "Left Fixed Columns" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_FIXED_COLS_RIGHT_ALLOWED Shows Whether Dropdown List "Right Fixed Columns" Is Visible.
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_GRAPHIC_ALLOWED Indicates Whether "Display As" Dropdown Listbox Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_GROUP_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Shows Whether Interface Elements for Subtotals Are Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_HIERARCHY_ALLOWED Indicates Whether UI Elements for Hierarchy Are Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_PDF_ALLOWED Shows Whether Pushbutton/Tab Page "PDF" is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_SORT_COMPLEX_ALLOWED Shows Whether Tab Page "Sorting" Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_SORT_HEADERCLICK_ALLOWED Shows Whether Sort Occurs with Single Click on Col. Heading .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I IS_VIEW_LIST_ALLOWED Shows Whether Dropdown List Box for Views Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Calculation" Tab Page .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_BEX_ANALYZER_ALLOWED Shows or Hides "BEx Analyser" Entry Under "Export" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_BI_BROADCASTING_ALLOWED Hides/Shows "Send" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_COLUMN_SELECTION_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Column Selection" Tab Page .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_COUNT_RECORDS_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Count Table Entries" Checkbox .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_DIALOG_SETTINGS_ALLOWED Shows or Hides Pushbutton "Settings" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_DIALOG_SETTINGS_AS_POPUP Defines Whether "Settings" Window Appears as Popup .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_DISPLAY_AS_ALLOWED Hides/Shows "Display As" Dropdown List Box .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_DISPLAY_SETTINGS_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Display" Tab Page .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_APPEND_ROWS_ALLOWED Method is obsolete .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_APPEND_ROW_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Attach Rows" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_CHECK_AVAILABLE Shows/Hides "Check" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_DELETE_ROW_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Delete Row" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_INSERT_ROWS_ALLOWED Method is obsolete .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_INSERT_ROW_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Insert Row" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EDIT_UNDO_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Undo" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EXCEL_INPLACE_ALLOWED Hides/Shows "Display As" Dropdown List Box .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_EXPORT_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Excel" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_FILTER_COMPLEX_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Filter" Tab Page .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_FILTER_FILTERLINE_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Filter" Pushbutton .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_FIXED_COLS_LEFT_ALLOWED Shows Dropdown List Box "Left Fixed Columns" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_FIXED_COLS_RIGHT_ALLOWED Shows Dropdown List Box "Right Fixed Colums" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_GRAPHIC_ALLOWED Hides/Shows "Display As" Dropdown List Box .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_GROUP_AGGREGATION_ALLOWED Shows/Hides UI Elements for Intermediate Result .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_HIERARCHY_ALLOWED Hides/Shows UI Elements for Hierarchy .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_PDF_ALLOWED Shows/Hides Pushbutton / Tab Page "PDF" .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_SORT_COMPLEX_ALLOWED Shows/Hides "Sorting" Tab Page .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_SORT_HEADERCLICK_ALLOWED Enables Sorting with Simple Click on Column Header .
IF_SALV_WD_STD_FUNCTIONS I SET_VIEW_LIST_ALLOWED Shows/Hides Dropdown List Box for Saved Views .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_HIERARCHY I IS_EXPANDED Checks Whether Hierarchy Levels Are Collapsed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_HIERARCHY I IS_LAST_HIER_COLUMN_AS_LEAF Checks How Data of the Last Hierarchy Column Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_HIERARCHY I SET_EXPANDED Collapses All Hierarchy Levels up to the Highest .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_HIERARCHY I SET_LAST_HIER_COLUMN_AS_LEAF Displays Data of the Last Hierarchy Column as a Leaf .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I CREATE_HEADER Generates an Object for the Table Header .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I DELETE_HEADER Deletes the Object for the Table Header .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_ACC_DESCRIPTION Returns the Wording of the Accessibility Description .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_DATA_CHECK Returns When the Change of Data Will Be Checked .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_DESIGN Returns the Design of the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_DISPLAY_AS Returns Parts for ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_DISPLAY_EMPTY_ROWS Indicates Whether Empty Rows Are Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_DISPLAY_TYPE Returns the Type of Display, for example Table, Hierarchy .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_EDIT_MODE Indicates Whether the Mode for Mass Data Has Been Actiavted .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_EMPTY_TABLE_TEXT Returns the Replacement Text with an Empty ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_ENABLED Returns Whether Functional Areas Are Active .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_END_OF_LIST_VISIBLE Shows Whether Design Object for the Footer Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW Returns the First Visible Row .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_FIRST_VISIBLE_SCROLL_COL Returns First Scrollable Column .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_FIXED_TABLE_LAYOUT Shows Whether Width of ALV Output Is Independent of Content .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_FOOTER_VISIBLE Shows Whether the Footer with Pagination Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_GRID_MODE Shows Whether Grid Lines Are Shown .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_HEADER Returns the Object of the Table Header .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_MULTI_COLUMN_SORT Whether Sorting Multiple Columns by Clicking Is Possible .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_READ_ONLY Shows Whether the ALV Output Is Write Protected .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_REFRESH_ON_DATA_CHANGE Returns Behavior of Refresh After Data Change .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_REFRESH_ON_DATA_CHECK Returns Behavior of Refresh After Check .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_ROW_SELECTABLE Indicates Whether the Rows of the ALV Output Can Be Selected.
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_ROW_SELECTABLE_FIELDNAME Returns Field for Selectability of Individual Rows .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_SCROLLABLE_COL_COUNT Returns Number of Scrollable Columns That Can Be Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_SELECTION_MODE Returns the Marking Type .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_TOOLTIP Returns the Tooltip for the Entire ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_TOP_OF_LIST_VISIBLE Shows Whether Design Object of Header Area Is Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_VISIBLE Shows Whether Table Is Visible .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_VISIBLE_ROW_COUNT Returns the Height of the ALV Output in Rows .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I GET_WIDTH Returns the Width of the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I IS_CELL_ACTION_EVENT_ENABLED Indicates Whether System Is Switch on ON_CELL_ACTION Event .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_ACC_DESCRIPTION Defines the Wording for the Accesibility Description .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_CELL_ACTION_EVENT_ENABLED Switches System on ON_CELL_ACTION Event .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_DATA_CHECK Sets When the Change of Data Is to Be Checked .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_DESIGN Sets the Design of the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_DISPLAY_AS Defines Parts of ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_DISPLAY_EMPTY_ROWS Defines Whether Empty Rows Are Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_DISPLAY_TYPE Sets the Type of Display, for Example Table, Hierarchy .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_EDIT_MODE Determines Whether Mode for Mass Data Is Activated .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_EMPTY_TABLE_TEXT Sets the Replacement Text for an Empty ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_ENABLED Activates the functional areas of the ALV output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_END_OF_LIST_VISIBLE Shows the Design Object for the Footer Area .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW Sets the First Visible Row .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_FIRST_VISIBLE_SCROLL_COL Determines First Scrollable Column .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_FIXED_TABLE_LAYOUT Determines That Width of the ALV Output Is Indep. of Content.
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_FOOTER_VISIBLE Shows the Footer with Pagination .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_GRID_MODE Determines Which Gridlines Are Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_MULTI_COLUMN_SORT Enables Sorting of Multiple Columns by Clicking .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_READ_ONLY Sets the ALV Output as Write-Protected .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_REFRESH_ON_DATA_CHANGE Controls Behavior of Refresh After Data Change .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_REFRESH_ON_DATA_CHECK Controls Behavior of Refresh After Data Change Check .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_ROW_SELECTABLE Deactivates Selectability of Rows in the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_ROW_SELECTABLE_FIELDNAME Determines Field for Selectability of Individual Rows .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_SCROLLABLE_COL_COUNT Determines Number of Scrollable Columns That Are Displayed .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_SELECTION_MODE Sets the Marking Type .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_TOOLTIP Sets the Tooltip for the Entire ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_TOP_OF_LIST_VISIBLE Shows the Design Object for the Header Area .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_VISIBLE Shows or Hides the ALV Output .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_VISIBLE_ROW_COUNT Sets the Height of the ALV Output in Rows .
IF_SALV_WD_TABLE_SETTINGS I SET_WIDTH Sets the Width of the ALV Output .
IF_SAM_BYTES_MESSAGE I GET_BYTES gets message data .
IF_SAM_BYTES_MESSAGE I SET_BYTES sets message data .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I CLEAR_PROPERTIES removes all properties .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE_TYPE returns message type .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I GET_PROPERTY_NAMES get all property names .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I GET_STRING_PROPERTY gets a property .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I PROPERTY_EXISTS checks for property .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I REMOVE_STRING_PROPERTY removes a property .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE I SET_STRING_PROPERTY sets a property .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_CONSUMER I GET_MESSAGE_LISTENER returns message listener .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_CONSUMER I RECEIVE wait next message .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_CONSUMER I RECEIVE_NO_WAIT return next message .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_CONSUMER I SET_MESSAGE_LISTENER sets message listener .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_LISTENER I ON_MESSAGE for asynchronous message delivery .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_QUEUE I DEQUEUE_MESSAGE dequeue message .
IF_SAM_MESSAGE_QUEUE I ENQUEUE_MESSAGE enqueue message .
IF_SAM_OBJECT_MESSAGE I GET_OBJECT get message data .
IF_SAM_OBJECT_MESSAGE I GET_OBJECT_TYPE returns type of message data .
IF_SAM_OBJECT_MESSAGE I SET_OBJECT set message data .
IF_SAM_QUEUE_RECEIVER I GET_QUEUE returns the queue .
IF_SAM_QUEUE_SENDER I GET_QUEUE returns the queue .
IF_SAM_QUEUE_SENDER I SEND sends a message .
IF_SAM_SERIALIZABLE I DESERIALIZE initializes the instance from serialized representation .
IF_SAM_SERIALIZABLE I SERIALIZE returns serialized representation of the instance .
IF_SAM_TEXT_MESSAGE I GET_TEXT gets message data .
IF_SAM_TEXT_MESSAGE I SET_TEXT sets message data .
IF_SATT_TABLE_MEMENTO I GET_STATE Sets Stored Status for Transported Object .
IF_SATT_TABLE_MEMENTO I SET_PREV_MEMENTO Reverts to Previous Status .
IF_SAT_OBJ_ASSIGN I ASSIGN Assigns Objects to Specific Assignment Parameters .
IF_SAT_OBJ_ASSIGN I GET_POSSIBLE_ASSIGNMENTS Returns Possible Assignments .
IF_SAVE_HRPAYIT_UR I ROUND Rounding/truncating .
IF_SAVE_REPLICA_INT I VB_SAVE_REPLICA_INT BAdI in FB BAPI_BATCH_SAVE_REPLICA .
IF_SA_DOC I ADD_TO_TRKORR Inserts Document in Transport Request .
IF_SA_DOC I CHECK_AND_SAVE Checks for Changes and Saves if Requested by User .
IF_SA_DOC I CHECK_CHANGED Checks for Document Changes .
IF_SA_DOC I CLOSE Closes Document (Document Can Be Opened Again) .
IF_SA_DOC I DELETE Deletes Document from Knowledge Warehouse .
IF_SA_DOC I DEQUEUE Unlock Info Object .
IF_SA_DOC I DOWNLOAD Saves Document in Local File System .
IF_SA_DOC I ENQUEUE Lock Info Object .
IF_SA_DOC I FREE Deletes Control in Container .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_FILE_EXT Provides File Type .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_LOIO Returns Logical Info Object .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_PREDECESSOR Returns Predecessor of Copied Documents .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_PROPERTY Provides Property Value .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_READONLY Provides Display Mode .
IF_SA_DOC I GET_SLOIO Returns Structure for Logical Info Object .
IF_SA_DOC I IS_DOC_OPEN_IN_EDITOR Was the document opened in the editor? .
IF_SA_DOC I LAUNCH Do not use; open inplace document instead .
IF_SA_DOC I OPEN_INPLACE Opens Inplace Document .
IF_SA_DOC I PRINT Print Document .
IF_SA_DOC I SAVE Saves Document in Knowledge Warehouse .
IF_SA_DOC I SET_PROPERTY Sets Attribute .
IF_SA_DOC I SET_READONLY_MODE_OFF Sets Change Mode .
IF_SA_DOC I SET_READONLY_MODE_ON Sets Change Mode .
IF_SA_DOC I SET_STATUS Sets Document Status .
IF_SA_DOC I SET_TITLE Sets Document Title .
IF_SA_DOC I SHOW_ATTR_DIALOG Display Attributes Dialog Box .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I CHECK_CHANGED Checks for Unsaved Internal Data .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I CHECK_FILE_EXTENSION Gets file filter and binary flag for file ending .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I CLEAR_CONTENT Deletes Content of Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GENERATE_INITIAL_LOIO_ID Create Initial LOIO ID .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GENERATE_INITIAL_PHIO_ID Create Initial PHIO ID .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_AS_TABLE Provides Document in Form of Internal Table .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_FILENAME Provides File Name of Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_FORMAT Provides File Extension of Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_FULL_PATH Returns Path and File Name .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_MIMETYPE Provides MIME Type of Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_SIZE Provides Document Size .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_DOCUMENT_SRC Provides Document Source .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_INITIAL_LOIO_ID Read Initial LOIO ID .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_INIT_ATT_VALUE Gets Current Document Attributes .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_LOIO Read LOIO .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_NEW_ATT_VALUE Gets Current Document Attributes .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_PHIO Returns Physical Info Object .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_PHIOS Gets all PHIOS (Restriction via Properties is Possible) .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_READ_URL Provides URL to Call Up Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I GET_WRITE_URL Provides URL to Edit Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I IS_EXTERNAL_URL Provides Content for External URL .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I REMOVE_INITIAL_IDS Remove Initial PHIO and LOIO .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_DOCUMENT_AS_TABLE Removes Document from Internal Table .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_DOCUMENT_AS_URL Sets Document as URL .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_DOCUMENT_SIZE Sets Size of Document .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_INIT_ATT_VALUE Gets the Document Attribute .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_IO Sets the Info Object Data for Content .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I SET_NEW_ATT_VALUE Sets the Document Attribute .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I STORE_DOCUMENT Saves Current Document in Knowledge Warehouse .
IF_SA_DOC_CONT I UPLOAD_DOCUMENT Loads the Document from File System .
IF_SA_IO I CHECK_CHANGED Checks for Unsaved Data .
IF_SA_IO I CLEAR_CONTENT Deletes Content of Document .
IF_SA_IO I DELETE_IO Deletes Info Object from Knowledge Wrehouse .
IF_SA_IO I DEQUEUE_IO Unlock Info Object .
IF_SA_IO I ENQUEUE_IO Lock Info Object .
IF_SA_IO I FREE Clean Up Without Saving .
IF_SA_IO I GET_AREA Provides Document Data .
IF_SA_IO I GET_CLASS Provides Document Class .
IF_SA_IO I GET_CONTEXT Returns Current Context .
IF_SA_IO I GET_DOCUMENT_AS_TABLE Provides Document as Internal Table .
IF_SA_IO I GET_DOCUMENT_FILENAME Document Content in SAP Solution Manager .
IF_SA_IO I GET_DOCUMENT_FULL_PATH Returns Path and File Name .
IF_SA_IO I GET_FILE_EXT Provides File Type .
IF_SA_IO I GET_FOLDER Provides Folder .
IF_SA_IO I GET_FOLDER_GROUP Gets the Folder Group .
IF_SA_IO I GET_IO Provides Info Object .
IF_SA_IO I GET_MIMETYPE Provides MIME Type of Document .
IF_SA_IO I GET_PHIO Gets the Physical Object .
IF_SA_IO I GET_PREDECESSOR Provides Info Object .
IF_SA_IO I GET_PROPERTIES Returns All Attributes .
IF_SA_IO I GET_PROPERTY Returns Specific Attribute .
IF_SA_IO I GET_READONLY Provides Display Mode .
IF_SA_IO I GET_READ_URL Provides URL to Call Up Document .
IF_SA_IO I GET_SIZE Provides Document Size .
IF_SA_IO I GET_STRUCTURE Provides Structure for Info Object .
IF_SA_IO I GET_TECHNAME Provides Attribute 'TECH_NAME' .
IF_SA_IO I GET_TITLE Provides Attribute 'Description' .
IF_SA_IO I GET_WRITE_URL Provides URL to Edit Document .
IF_SA_IO I IS_EXTERNAL_URL Supplies Document to External URL .
IF_SA_IO I SET_CONTENT_HAS_CHANGED Sets Attribute .
IF_SA_IO I SET_CONTEXT Changes Transferred Data in Current Context .
IF_SA_IO I SET_DOCUMENT_AS_TABLE Removes Document from Internal Table .
IF_SA_IO I SET_DOCUMENT_AS_URL Sets Document as URL .
IF_SA_IO I SET_PROPERTIES Sets All Attributes .
IF_SA_IO I SET_PROPERTY Sets Attribute .
IF_SA_IO I SET_READONLY_MODE_OFF Sets Change Mode .
IF_SA_IO I SET_READONLY_MODE_ON Sets Change Mode .
IF_SA_IO I SET_SIZE Sets Size of Document .
IF_SA_IO I SHOW_ATTR_DIALOG Display Attributes Dialog Box .
IF_SA_IO I STORE_DOCUMENT Saves Current Document in Knowledge Warehouse .
IF_SA_IO I UPLOAD_DOCUMENT Loads the Document from File System .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Fill Context Menu for Migration Element .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_MIGHELP_REQUEST Return Navigation Request for Migration Help .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_MIGRATION_PROPOSAL Proposal for Migration .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_MIGRATION_STATE Get Migration Status of Element .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_SOURCE_REQUEST Return Navigation Request for Source of Element .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I GET_TARGET_REQUEST Return Navigation Request for Migration Target .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I MIGRATE Migrate .
IF_SBMIG_ELEMENT I SET_MIGRATION_STATE Set Migration Status of Element .
IF_SBTI_CRITERIA_ITEM I CRITERIA_GET Returns the criteria table for the selected field .
IF_SBTI_CRITERIA_ITEM I CRITERIA_SET Sets the criteria table for the selected field .
IF_SBTI_CRITERIA_ITEM I DESCRIPTION_GET Gets parameter .
IF_SBTI_CRITERIA_ITEM I DESCRIPTION_SET Modifies parameter .
IF_SBTI_CRITERIA_PROFILE I DESCRIPTION_SET Modifies Description .
IF_SB_COSTING_COMPONENT_CK I GET_CCS Returns Layers .
IF_SB_COSTING_COMPONENT_CK I GET_PRICES Returns Price Table .
IF_SCMC_ABAP_DUMP I GET_ADUMPS Returns a Table with References to Elements .
IF_SCMC_ORACLE_BACKUP_STATUS I GET_LAST_BR_BACKUP_RUN Last brbackup Run .
IF_SCMC_ORACLE_BACKUP_STATUS I GET_LAST_SUCC_COMPLETE_BACKUP Last Successful Complete Database Backup .
IF_SCMC_ORACLE_SEGMENT I GET_SEGM_WITH_NON_ZERO_INCR Segments with Non-Zero Increase .
IF_SCMC_PARAMETER I IS_THRESH_UP True, if direction is from left to right .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_MSG I GET_MSG Read Text Message .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_THRESH_G2Y Threshold Value from Green to Yellow .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_THRESH_R2Y Threshold Value from Red to Yellow .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_THRESH_Y2G Threshold Value from Yellow to Green .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_THRESH_Y2R Threshold Value from Yellow to Red .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_UNIT Name of Measurement Unit .
IF_SCMC_PARAM_VALUE I GET_VALUE Read Measured Value .
IF_SCMG_ACTION_PROF_SRCH_BADI I GET_SELOPTS get selection options for search help .
IF_SCMG_ARCHIVABLE I INIT Register Classes & Structures Here. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE I GET_CASE_GUID Returns Corresponding Entry from the SCMG_T_CASE Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE I GET_CASE_POIDID Returns Corresponding Entry from the POID Directory. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_ATTRIBUTES_CONTENTS Returns Contents of SCMG_T_CASE_ATTR Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_CASE_CONTENTS Returns Contents of SCMG_T_CASE Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_CUSTOMATTR_CONTENTS Returns Contents of the Customized Attributes Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_CUSTOMATTR_TNAME Returns Name of the Customized Attributes Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_POID_DIRECTORY_TNAME Returns Name of the POID Directory Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_POID_RELATIONS_TNAME Returns Name of the POID Relations Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_RELATIONS_CONTENTS Returns Contents of POID Relations Table. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_CASE_DETAIL I GET_SUBCOMPONENT_LIST Returns List of Subcomponent's fcodes. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_DATA I GET_ARCHIVE_HANDLE Returns Archive Handle for the Archiving Session. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_DATA I GET_DELETE_FLAG Returns Delete Flag. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_ERASER I GET_TABLEDATA_BY_NAME Returns Contents of the Table, Already Read from Archive. .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_FACTORY I GET_ARCH_DATA Returns instance of archiving data. Initial if normal DB .
IF_SCMG_ARCH_SEQUENCE I GET_LIST_OF_SUBCOMPONENTS Returns List of fcodes. .
IF_SCMG_ATTRIBUTE_DATASOURCE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns Attributes of the Case .
IF_SCMG_ATTRIBUTE_DATASOURCE I REFRESH Reloads Data .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I DISPLAY Display Attributes .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I GET_INSTANCE Factory .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I GET_SCREEN_VALUES Get Attribute Values from Display .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I GET_SELOPTION Get Selection Options From Display .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I SET_CURSOR Position Cursor on Attribute .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I SET_EDIT_MODE Switch Between Create, Display, Change .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I SET_PROPERTIES Change Display Properties .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I SET_SCREEN_VALUES Send Attribute Values to Display .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I SET_SELOPTION Copy Selection Options to Display .
IF_SCMG_ATTR_DISPLAY I UPDATE_DROP_DOWN Update Dropdown Values for Attribute .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_ACTIVITY Ascertain Original Key of Relevant Object .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_ACTIVITY_FIELD Check Authorization on Field Level .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION I GET_INSTANCE Create Instance .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION I RESET_BUFFER Reset Buffer from External Location .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION_CALLER I GET_ATTRIBUTE Attribute Return .
IF_SCMG_AUTHORIZATION_CALLER I GET_PROCESS Prozess Supported by the Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE I BEFORE_STORE Functions Before Saving Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE I COPY_CASE Case Copy .
IF_SCMG_CASE I DELETE Delete Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE I EDIT_ATTRIBUTES Returns List of Case Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE I FREE_OBJECTS Release Attributes Like CL_SCMG_CASE_ATTRIBUTE .
IF_SCMG_CASE I INITIALIZE Initialize Case. Call only when the case is created .
IF_SCMG_CASE I INITIALIZE_SUBCOMPONENTS Initialize Case Subcomponents .
IF_SCMG_CASE I IS_VALID_BEFORE_STORE Case consistent? .
IF_SCMG_CASE I MERGE_CASES Merge Cases .
IF_SCMG_CASE I MODEL_TO_INSTANCE_POID The Case Model POID is Being Converted to an Instance POID .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SAVE_PROTOCOL Save Log Entries .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SET_NOTE_POID Set Note POID .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SET_RECORD_POID Set Record POID .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SET_SINGLE_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Set Single Attribute .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SET_WF_PATH_ID Set Process Route ID .
IF_SCMG_CASE I SPLIT_CASE Split case into another one or two .
IF_SCMG_CASE I STORE Save Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE I UNDO_ATTRIBUTE_CHANGES Attributes Set to Last Persistent State .
IF_SCMG_CASE I WRITE_PROTOCOL_ENTRY Write Log Entry .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ATTRIBUTE_ALL_GET Read All Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ATTRIBUTE_CHANGE Case: Change Attribute .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ATTRIBUTE_GET Case: Read Attribute .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorization .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I AUTHORITY_CHECK_FIELD Check Authorization for Field Access .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I BOR_OBJECTS_GET Get All BOR Objects (for a Specific Anchor) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I BOR_OBJECT_DELETE Delete BOR Object in Case Record (ID or Anchor/BOR Object) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I BOR_OBJECT_INSERT Insert BOR Object in the Case Record .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I CLOSE_CASE Completely Close Case After Processing .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I COPY_CASE Case: Copy .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I CREATE Case: Create .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I DELETE Case: Delete .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I DEQUEUE Unlock Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ELEMENT_DELETE Delete Element in Case Record (ID or Anchor) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ELEMENT_INSERT Insert Element in Record Anchor .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I ENQUEUE Lock Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I FIND_CASES_BY_ATTRIBUTE Find Cases with Specified Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I FIND_CASES_BY_ATTR_RANGES Gets GUIDs of Cases with Specified Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I FIND_CASES_BY_BOR_OBJECT Find Cases with Specified BOR Object .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_ALL_OBJECTS Get Objects from Case Record .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_ALL_SUBCOMPONENTS Creates Instances for Subcomponents of Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_BACKEND_CASE Get Case Back End .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_BACKEND_NOTES Get Notes Back End .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_BACKEND_RECORD Get Record Back End .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_BACKEND_WF_PATH Get Route API .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_BACKEND_WF_STATE Determine Process Route Status .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_CASE Create Case API Object (Obsolete) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_CASE_TEXT Read terminology: default: text "case" .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_INSTANCES_FOR_REC_ANCHOR Return GUIDs of Object Instances for Specified Anchor .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_LINKED_OBJECTS Get Objects from Case Record .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_RECORD_OPEN Read: Case Record Opened .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I GET_VICINITY Return GUIDs of Supercases and Subcases for the Current Case.
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I LOG_READ Read Log .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I LOG_WRITE Write log .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I MERGE_CASES Merge Two Cases into One (New or Existing) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I NOTES_GET Read notes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I NOTE_INSERT Case: Insert Note .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I OPEN_CASE Create Case API Object .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I SAVE Case: Save .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I SET_CLIENT_FRAMWORK_ID Set Client Framework ID (If Not Default Framework .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I SET_ROOT_OBJECT Set Root Object (Before First GET) .
IF_SCMG_CASE_API I SPLIT_CASE Split Case into New One or Two Cases .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I CHECK_AUTHORITY_FIELD Authorization Check at Field Level .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_ATTRIBUTES Returns List of Case Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_CASE_TYPE Returns Case Type .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_CREATING_USER User Who Created Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_CREATION_DATE UTC Timestamp when Case Created .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Case Title .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_GUID Returns Case GUID .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_LAST_CHANGE_DATE UTC Timestamp of Last Change .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_LAST_CHANGING_USER User Who Last Changed Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_NOTE_POID Returns POID Object of Notes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_PROCESS Process that Maps Case .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_RECORD_POID Returns POID Object of Record .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_SINGLE_ATTRIBUTE Returns Attribute Object .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_SINGLE_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Returns Value of Single Attribute .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_SINGLE_OLD_ATTR_VALUE Returns Last Persistent Values of Attributes .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_SINGLE_VALUE Returns Single Value .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_STATUS_AS_TEXT Text of Current Status .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_SUBCOMPONENTS Retunes Subcomponents .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_WF_PATH Get the Workflow Path .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I GET_WF_PATH_ID Returns Workflow Path ID .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I IS_CHANGED Attributes changed? .
IF_SCMG_CASE_READ I IS_VALID Attributes consistent? .
IF_SCMG_DOC_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTIES Getting Properties .
IF_SCMG_DOC_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY Getting Property .
IF_SCMG_DOC_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_TYPES Description of Properties .
IF_SCMG_MASS_ACTIVITY I EXECUTE Mass Activity .
IF_SCMG_PRINT I GET_PRINT_DATA Get Data to Be Printed .
IF_SCMG_REC_EMBD_CASE I GET_RECORD_MODEL Record Model for Record .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_CLIENT I PRINT_CASE Print Case .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_CLIENT I RESET_CONTXT_ATTR_BUFFER Initializes the attribute gt_context_attributes .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I ADD_PROT_LINE Add Log Line .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I ADD_TEXT Get New Text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I CHANGE_LAST_TEXT Offer Last Text for Changing .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I CHANGE_TEXT Change Existing Text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I CREATE_NOTE Set GUID for New Text Notes .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I DELETE_SINGLE_TEXT Delete a Text for the Case .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I DELETE_TEXTS Delete All Texts for Case .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GENERATE_NOTE_KEY Creates a complete key for a new note .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_CONNECTION_PARA Read Connection Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_CONTEXT_PARA Read Context Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_FLAG_CHANGED Flag: Do Changes Exist? .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_SPPOID_PARA Read POID Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_TEXTS Read texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_TEXT_PROF_FROM_CONN_PARA Read Text Profile via Connection Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I GET_TEXT_TYPES Read Text Types .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I REFRESH_TEXTS Delete Texts from the Case Notes Buffer .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I SAVE_TEXTS Save Added Texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I SET_ARCH_DATA Archiving: Insert Archiving Data .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I SET_CONTEXT_PARA Set Context Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I SET_SPPOID_PARA Set POID Parameter .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_BACKEND I UNDO_TEXTS Remove Added Texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I ADD_NEW_TEXT Add New Text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I BUILD_VISUALIZATION Create User Interface .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I CHANGE_EDITOR Change Editor (SAPScript) .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I CHANGE_LAST_TEXT Change Last Text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I CHANGE_TEXT_TYPE Change Text Type .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I DISPLAY_TEXTS Display texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I GET_FLAG_CHANGED Flag: Do Changes Exist? .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I GET_NEW_TEXT Read New text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I GET_TEXT_TYPE Read Text Type of New Text .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I MODIFY_TEXTS Create new texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I REFRESH_TEXTS Refresh Displayed Texts .
IF_SCMG_SP_CASE_NOTES_CLIENT I UNDO_CHANGES Revoke changes .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I ANSWER_ON_REQUEST Assign Answer to Sent Request .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I CREATE Create .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I DELETE Delete Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I DEQUEUE Unlock object .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I DISPLAY Case Subcomponent: Display .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I FINISH Case Finished - Finish Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I GET_NEW_INSTANCE Create New Object .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I IS_CHANGED Subcomponent Data Changed Since Save? .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I MODIFY Change .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I PRINT Print .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I SAVE Save .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT I SET_BUTTON Set Data for Pushbutton in Menu (Checked) .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I COPY Copy .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I CREATE Create .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I DELETE Delete Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I GET_API Returns existing API of subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I GET_NEW_INSTANCE Generate New Object from API .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I GET_POID Returns POID for subcomponent if SP; otherwise empty .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I GET_TYPE Returns type of subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I MERGE Merge Subcomponents .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I SAVE Saves Changes to Subcomponents .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_API I SPLIT Split subcomponent into another one or two .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I COPY Copy .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I CREATE Create .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I DELETE Delete Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I GET_API Returns existing API of subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I GET_FRONTEND Returns the Front End of the Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I GET_NEW_INSTANCE Create New Object .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I GET_POID Returns POID for subcomponent if SP; otherwise empty .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I GET_TYPE Returns type of subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I IS_CHANGED Has the subcomponent data changed since saving? .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I MERGE Merge .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I SAVE Save .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I SET_CHANGED Subcomponent Changed (yes/no=x/space) .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_BACKEND I SPLIT Split .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I ANSWER_ON_REQUEST Assign Answer to Sent Request .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I DEQUEUE Unlock object .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I DISPLAY Case Subcomponent: Display .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I FINISH Case Finished - Finish Subcomponent .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I MODIFY Change .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I PRINT Print .
IF_SCMG_SUBCOMPONENT_FRONTEND I SET_BUTTON Set Data for Pushbutton in Menu (Checked) .
IF_SCP_RANGE_CALCULATION I MAX Maximum amount .
IF_SCP_RANGE_CALCULATION I MIN Minimum Value .
IF_SCP_RANGE_CALCULATION I NEXT Next value .
IF_SCP_RANGE_CALCULATION I PREV Previous value .
IF_SDC_PROPS_CONVERSION I CONVERSION_INPUT Conversion of External Representation to Interal Rep. .
IF_SDC_PROPS_CONVERSION I CONVERSION_OUTPUT Conversion of External Representation to Interal Rep. .
IF_SDOK_CF_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ATTR_NAME Name of IO Attribute .
IF_SDOK_CF_ATTRIBUTE I GET_TYPE Type of IO Object (LOIO|PHIO) to which IO Attrib. is Connect.
IF_SDOK_CF_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VALUE Return Attribute Value from XML Content .
IF_SDOK_CF_ATTRIBUTE I SET_VALUE Set Attribute Value in XML Content .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_ATTR_BY_NAME iXML Attribute of the Current Config Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_ID ID Attribute of the Current Config Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_INFOCLASS Infoclass Definition of the Current Config Node from Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_IXML_NODES_BY_NAME iXML Node Set for the Current Config Node According to XPath.
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_PATTERN Pattern Definition of Current Config Node from Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_TYPE Type of Current Config Node (Fragment, UnparsedObj, ...) .
IF_SDOK_CF_ELEMENT I GET_VALUE Value of Element "Value" from Configuration .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I GET_DECLARATION GET_DECLARATION .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I GET_INFOOBJECT GET_INFOOBJECT .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I GET_NAME Return Name of Entity Ref .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I GET_REF_DESCRIPTION GET_REF_DESCRIPTION .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I RESOLVE RESOLVE .
IF_SDOK_CF_ENTITY_REF I SET_NAME Set Name of Entity Ref .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I APPEND_LINK Create Reference for Specified Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_ATTR_LIST Return IO Attribute (Acc. to Config) .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_CONFIG_ELEMENT Return the Assigned Config Element .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS Return Default Info Class (Acc. to Config) .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_INFOCLASS Return Assigned Info Class (Acc. to Config) .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_INFOOBJECT Return Assigned Info Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I GET_NODES_BY_TYPE Return Node Set .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT I RENDER Render DOM-"OutputStream .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT_REF I GET_ENTITY_NAME GET_ENTITY_NAME .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT_REF I GET_FRAGMENT GET_FRAGMENT .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT_REF I GET_INFOOBJECT GET_INFOOBJECT .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT_REF I GET_REF_DESCRIPTION GET_REF_DESCRIPTION .
IF_SDOK_CF_FRAGMENT_REF I SET_ENTITY_NAME SET_ENTITY_NAME .
IF_SDOK_CF_HYPERLINK I GET_CONFIG_ELEMENT Return Corresponding Config Element .
IF_SDOK_CF_HYPERLINK I GET_INFOOBJECT GET_INFOOBJECT .
IF_SDOK_CF_HYPERLINK I GET_LINK GET_LINK .
IF_SDOK_CF_HYPERLINK I SET_LINK SET_LINK .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOCLASS I GET_LOIO_CLASS_NAME Name of LOIO Class According to Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOCLASS I GET_PHIO_CLASS_NAME Name of PHIO Class Accroding to Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I ADD_RELATION ADD_RELATION .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_CLASS GET_CLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_CONTENT_SUBTYPE GET_CONTENT_SUBTYPE .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_CONTENT_TYPE GET_CONTENT_TYPE .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_FILE_NAME Return Reference Name .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_GUID GET_GUID .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_RELATION_COUNTER Number of the Relation (Cross-Relationship Class) .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I GET_RELATION_NAME Name of Relationship Class .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I SET_CLASS GET_CLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I SET_FILE_NAME Set File Name .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT I SET_GUID GET_GUID .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT_RULE I GET_ATTR_NAME GET_ATTR_NAME .
IF_SDOK_CF_INFOOBJECT_RULE I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_SDOK_CF_MATCH I GET_CONFIG_ELEMENT Return the Assigned Config Element .
IF_SDOK_CF_MATCH I GET_VALUE Return Values from the XML Content .
IF_SDOK_CF_MATCH I GET_VALUE_BY_EXPRESSION Returns Value of XPath Expression .
IF_SDOK_CF_MATCH I INSERT_FRAGMENT_BODY Insert iXML Tree Below the Match Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_MATCH I SET_VALUE Set Value in XML Content .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I CREATE_FRAGMENT CREATE_FRAGMENT .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I CREATE_REFERENCE CREATE_REFERENCE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I CREATE_REF_DESCRIPTION CREATE_REF_DESCRIPTION .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I CREATE_ROOT_FRAGMENT CREATE_ROOT_FRAGMENT .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_ATTR_LIST GET_ATTR_LIST .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_CONFIG_ELEMENT Return the Assigned Config Element .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_INFOCLASS GET_INFOCLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_INFOOBJECT GET_INFOOBJECT .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I GET_VALUE_BY_PATTERN GET_VALUE_BY_PATTERN .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I PROCESS_ENTITYREF_NODE PROCESS_ENTITYREF_NODE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I PROCESS_HYPERLINK_NODE PROCESS_HYPERLINK_NODE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I PROCESS_MATCH_NODE PROCESS_MATCH_NODE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I PROCESS_UNPARSEDOBJECT_NODE PROCESS_UNPARSEDOBJECT_NODE .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODE I SET_VALUE_BY_PATTERN SET_VALUE_BY_PATTERN .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODESET I APPEND_ITEM Add New IF_SDOK_CF_NODE Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODESET I GET_LENGTH Return Number of Nodes in Node Set .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODESET I GET_NEXT Return Next IF_SDOK_CF_NODE Node .
IF_SDOK_CF_NODESET I RESET Set Node Pointer at Beginning of Node et .
IF_SDOK_CF_PATTERN I BUILD_EXPRESSION Build XPath Expression According to Pattern: Elem[@Attrib] .
IF_SDOK_CF_PATTERN I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAME Determine Value of "Pattern/Attribute" Node from Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_PATTERN I GET_ELEMENT_NAME Determine Value of "Pattern/Element" Node from Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_PATTERN I GET_NAMESPACES Determine Used Name Spaces from the Pattern .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I GET_DESCRIPTION_FORMAT GET_DESCRIPTION_FORMAT .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I GET_DESCRIPTION_SOURCE GET_DESCRIPTION_SOURCE .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I GET_LANGUAGE GET_LANGUAGE .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I GET_VALUE GET_VALUE .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I SET_LANGUAGE SET_LANGUAGE .
IF_SDOK_CF_REF_DESCR I SET_VALUE SET_VALUE .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I ASSIGN_CONFIG_ID Assign Fragment ID to XML Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I CHECK_CONFIG Check Config Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I CREATE_REVERSE_ITERATOR Retrieve Sorted IF_SDOK_CF_NODE Node Set (Acc. to Config) .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I FLATTEN_INTERNAL_REFERENCES Compare Internal Entity Names .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GENERATE_REFERENCE_NAME Assign Name for New Fragment Reference .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_ASSIGNED_CONFIG_ID Query Fragment ID Assigned to Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_CONFIG_CHECK_MODE Query Check Mode .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_DECLARATION_CATALOG Global Catalog of Entity Declarations .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS Determine Name of Default Info Class Acc. to Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_DOCUMENT_DOCTYPE Set "!DOCTYPE" for Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_DOCUMENT_INFOOBJECT Query IO Class ans IO GUID of XML Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_LOG_MODE Query Log Mode .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_NODES_FOR_PATTERN Use Pattern Object on XML Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_REF_DESCRIPTION_MODE Query Current Mode .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GET_RESOLVED_DOCUMENT Resolve Entities in XML Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I GUESS_CONFIG_ID Guess Config ID According to LOIO/PHIO Classes .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I IS_VALIDATING Determine Validation Mode for XML Document from Config .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I PROCESS_DOCUMENT Fragmentation and Relationship Creation .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_CONFIG_CHECK_MODE Set Check Mode (Strict or Ignore) .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_CONFIG_SOURCE_DOM Load Config in DOM Format into Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_CONFIG_SOURCE_XSTRING Load Config in XSTRING Format into Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_DECLARATION_CATALOG Global Catalog of Entity Declarations .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_DOCUMENT_DOCTYPE Set "!DOCTYPE" for Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_DOCUMENT_INFOOBJECT Add IO Class and IO GUID of the XML Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_DOCUMENT_SOURCE_DOM Load XML Document in DOM Format into Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_DOCUMENT_SOURCE_XSTRING Load XML Document in XSTRING Format into Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_LOG_MODE Set Log Mode .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_REF_DESCRIPTION_MODE Insert/Remove Description of External Entity References .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I SET_STYLESHEET_SOURCE_XSTRING Load XSLT Stylesheet in XSTRING Format into Object .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I TRANSFORM_DOCUMENT Apply XSLT Stylesheet to Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_RUNTIME I VALIDATE_DOCUMENT Validate Document .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_ATTR_LIST GET_ATTR_LIST .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_CONFIG_ELEMENT Return Corresponding Config Element .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS GET_DEFAULT_INFOCLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_INFOCLASS GET_INFOCLASS .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_INFOOBJECT GET_INFOOBJECT .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I GET_LINK GET_LINK .
IF_SDOK_CF_UNPARSED I SET_LINK SET_LINK .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I CLEAR Delete Index Contents .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I DELETE Delete Index Completely .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I EXISTS_INDEX Does Index Exist? .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I GET_DESCRIPTION Get Description .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I GET_FULLTEXT_KEY Generates the Full Text Key for a Data Record .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I GET_LAST_ERROR_CODE Get Error Code .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I GET_LAST_ERROR_TEXT Get Error Text .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I INDEX Indexes Data Records .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I MODIFY Create or Change an Index .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I OPTIMIZE Build Full Text Indices .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_INDEX I SET_DESCRIPTION Set Description .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_JOIN I DELETE_JOIN Deletes a Join Index .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_JOIN I GET_PROPERTY Gets the Join Attributes .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_JOIN I SET_PROPERTY Sets the Join Attributes .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_MONITOR I GET_ALV_FCAT Generates FCAT for ALV Grid .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_MONITOR I GET_ALV_TITLE Generates Title for ALV Grid .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_MONITOR I GET_ITEMS_INFO Returns Information on Indices or Catalogs .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_MONITOR I GET_ITEMS_STRUCTURE_NAME Returns the Structure Name for the Index Info .
IF_SEARCH_ENGINE_MONITOR I PING Checks Whether Search Engine is Available .
IF_SECSTORE_HANDLER I CHECK_RECORD Check Entry .
IF_SECSTORE_HANDLER I GET_APPLICATION_DETAILS Detail Data for Application .
IF_SECSTORE_HANDLER I GET_RECORD_DETAILS Detail Data for an Entry .
IF_SECSTORE_HANDLER I NAVIGATE_TO_RECORD Navigation to an Entry .
IF_SECSTORE_HANDLER_710 I DELETE_RECORD_NOTIFY Entry is being deleted .
IF_SELECTABLE_DIF I GET_SELECTOR Supplies Flow Selector .
IF_SELECTABLE_DIF I PRINT Display in Report .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I COMMIT Write Data to the Database .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I DEBUG Debugging Mode .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I GET Read Data Without Copying .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I INIT_UNDO Init Undo .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I READ Read data .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I REFRESH Refresh Buffer and Unlock .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I SAVE Write Data .
IF_SEM_BUFFER I UNDO Undo .
IF_SEM_CHALEV I GET_INTERSECTION Intersection of Two Levels .
IF_SEM_CHALEV I IS_CONTAINING_CHA Contains Characteristic? .
IF_SEM_CHALEV I IS_CONTAINING_CHALEV Contains Different Level? .
IF_SEM_CHALEV I IS_EQUAL Is Equal to a Different Level? .
IF_SEM_CHALEV I MASK Delete Characteristic Values .
IF_SEM_CHASEL I DEQUEUE Unlock .
IF_SEM_CHASEL I ENQUEUE Lock .
IF_SEM_CHASEL I IS_CONTAINING_CHAS Characteristic combination contained in selection? .
IF_SEM_CHASEL I IS_CONTAINING_CHASEL Includes Other Selection Condition? .
IF_SEM_CHASEL I IS_EQUAL Is the Same as Other Selection Condition? .
IF_SEM_DATA I ADD Add .
IF_SEM_DATA I COMPRESS Collapse .
IF_SEM_DATA I COPY Copy .
IF_SEM_DATA I DECOMPRESS Decompress .
IF_SEM_DATA I GET_DATA Get data .
IF_SEM_DATA I READ Read Data From Buffer .
IF_SEM_DATA I SAVE Update Data in Buffer .
IF_SEM_DATA I SET_DATA Transfer data .
IF_SEM_DATA I SUBTRACT Subtract .
IF_SEM_DATASPLT I INIT Initialization .
IF_SEM_DATASPLT I NEXT Next Package .
IF_SEM_DATA_INTERNAL I DERIVE Characteristic derivation .
IF_SEM_DATA_INTERNAL I READ_DB Read database data .
IF_SEM_DATA_INTERNAL I SAVE_DB Export data .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_CHALEV Generate Characteristic Level .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_CHASEL Generate Characteristic Selection .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA Generate Plan Data .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_DATASPLT Generate Package Screens .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_DATA_INTERNAL Generate Plan Data .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I CREATE_KYFLEV Generate Key Figure Level .
IF_SEM_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_SEM_KYFLEV I IS_CONTAINING_KYF Contains Key Figure? .
IF_SEM_KYFLEV I IS_CONTAINING_KYFLEV Contains Other Key Figure Level .
IF_SEM_KYFLEV I IS_EQUAL Is the Same as Another Key Figure Level .
IF_SEM_KYFLEV I MASK Delete Key Figures .
IF_SENDER_BCS I ADDRESS_NAME Returns Display Name of Sender .
IF_SENDER_BCS I ADDRESS_STRING Returns Address String of Sender .
IF_SENDER_BCS I ADDRESS_TYPE Returns Address Type of Sender .
IF_SEPA_ECT_REC I GET_REMITT_INFO Read SEPA Information From Payment Notes .
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_CSR I RESTART_SEQUENCE restart sequence from state stopped by error/admin .
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_CSR I RESTART_SEQUENCE_SKIP_ACT_LUW restart sequence from state stopped by error and skip luw .
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_CSR I RESTART_SEQUENCE_SKIP_ACT_MSG restart sequence from state stopped by error and skip messag.
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_PVR I RESTART_SEQUENCE restart sequence from state stopped by error/admin .
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_PVR I RESTART_SEQUENCE_SKIP_ACT_LUW restart sequence from state stopped by error and skip luw .
IF_SEQ_ADMIN_PVR I RESTART_SEQUENCE_SKIP_ACT_MSG restart sequence from state stopped by error and skip messag.
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_EXT_CONSUMER I CREATE_PERSISTENT_SEQUENCE create persistent sequence by application .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I ASSIGN_SCHEDULING_QUEUE assign scheduling queue to soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I ASSIGN_WSRM_SEQUENCE assign wsrm sequence to soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I GET_PERSISTENT_SEQUENCE creates new (or opens an existing) persistent sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I GET_TRANSIENT_SEQUENCE creates new transient soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I PROCEED_COMPENSATE proceed registered compensate sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I PROCEED_ON_COMMIT save contexts and schedule sequences clear lists. del comp..
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I PROCEED_ON_ROLLBACK clear lists .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I REOPEN_TRANSIENT_SEQUENCE reopen a transient sequence for admin , monitoring .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I REQUEST_HARD_TERMINATION requests hard termination to soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I REQUEST_SOFT_TERMINATION requests soft termination to soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I SEQ_EXIST_CHECK_FOR_SEQ_ID exist check for soap sequences , exports seqtype .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I SEQ_SCD_MESSAGE_PREPARE_TO_DELset message state finish by scheduler .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_CONSUMER I WSRM_MESSAGE_PREPARE_TO_DEL set message state finish by wsrm .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I FINALIZE communicate finalize to txh .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I GET_SINGLE_SEQUENCE_FROM_LIST sector 3: get seq if wsrm failes (shortcut) .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I PROCEED_ON_COMMIT clear lists .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I PROCEED_ON_ROLLBACK clear lists .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I SET_EXCEPTION communicate exception to txh .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RTIME_PROVIDER I WSRM_MESSAGE_PREPARE_TO_DEL save contexts and schedule sequences clear lists .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I CREATE_PERS_SEQ_BY_DOMAIN creates a persistence sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I CREATE_PERS_SEQ_BY_PROXY creates a persistence sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I CREATE_SOAP_RUNTIME_SEQUENCE create obj cl_soap_sequence by chk CL_SOAP_SEQUENCE_Manager .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I CREATE_TRANS_SEQ_BY_DOMAIN creates a transient sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I CREATE_TRANS_SEQ_BY_PROXY creates a transient sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_ASSIGNED_SCHEDULING_QUEUE Get Scheduling queue for soap sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_ASSIGNED_WSRM_SEQUENCE Get assigned wsrm sequence .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_PERS_SEQ_ID Get the sequence ID for persistent sequences .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_QUEUE_TERMINATION_STATE get termination state none/hard/soft required .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_SEQUENCE_BY_ID obsolet .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_SEQUENCE_TERMINATION_STATEget termination state none/hard/soft required .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_SEQUENCE_TYPE set soap sequence type transient/persistent .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I GET_WSRM_TERMINATION_STATE get termination state none/hard/soft required .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I READ_SEQUENCE_BY_ID creates a sequence object by an existing ID .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I REQUEST_HARD_TERMINATION requests termination for sequence client / provider site .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I REQUEST_HARD_TERM_BY_WSRM requests termination for sequence client / provider site .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I REQUEST_SOFT_TERMINATION requests termination for sequence client / provider site .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I REQUEST_SOFT_TERM_BY_WSRM requests termination for sequence client / provider site .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I SET_QUEUE_TERMINATION_STATE set termination state hard/soft .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I SET_RETRY_COUNTER set retry counter for actual scheduled trfc element .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I SET_WSRM_TERMINATION_STATE set termination state hard/soft .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I WSRM_MSG_AS_PREPARED_FOR_DEL Inform WSRM that message is still prepared to be deleted .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I WSRM_STATE set of wsrm state .
IF_SEQ_MANAGER_RUNTIME I WSRM_TERMINATE terminates wsrm sequence .
IF_SEQ_RTIME_PROVIDER I SET_OVERRIDE_QUEUE transient, physical queue the sequence is running out from .
IF_SERIALIZABLE_MM I READ_FROM Read Data .
IF_SERIALIZABLE_MM I WRITE_TO Write Data .
IF_SERVICES_MM I GET_DATA Get Data .
IF_SERVICES_MM I GET_SRV_DATA Get Service Data .
IF_SERVICES_MM I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_SERVICE_OPERATION_POC I EXECUTE Execute Service .
IF_SESH_CON_METADATA I GET_ALTERNATIVE_QUERIES Get alternative queries for a given object type .
IF_SESH_CON_METADATA I GET_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Get the navigation targets per object type .
IF_SESH_CON_METADATA I GET_OBJECT_TYPES Get the list of available object types with display names .
IF_SESH_CON_METADATA I GET_OBJECT_TYPE_ATTRS Get the attributes of an object type for its standard query .
IF_SESH_CON_METADATA I GET_RELATED_OBJECT_TYPES Get the related object types to a given object type .
IF_SESH_CON_SEARCH I EXECUTE_SEARCH Execute a search in this search service provider .
IF_SET_APPLICATION I SET_APPLICATION Set Application for General Ledger .
IF_SET_DEFPPRCTR I SET_DEFAULT_PART_PRCTR Set Default Partner Profit Center .
IF_SET_DEFPRCTR I SET_DEFAULTPRCTR Set a Default Profit Center .
IF_SFW_BFSET I CHECK CHECK .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_ALWAYS_ON_BFUNCS GET_ALWAYS_ON_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_BFSETS GET_BFSETS .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_BFUNCS GET_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_HIDDEN_BFUNCS GET_HIDDEN_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_LEVEL GET_LEVEL .
IF_SFW_BFSET I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_SFW_BFSET_SELECTED I BUSINESS_FUNCTION_SET_SELECTEDBusiness function set will be selected .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I CHECK CHECK .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_BFSETS GET_BFSETS .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_CONTENT_DATA GET_CONTENT_DATA .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_CORE_DATA GET_CORE_DATA .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_DEPENDENT_BFUNCS GET_DEPENDENT_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_EXCLUDE_BFUNCS GET_EXCLUDE_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_IS_REVERSIBLE GET_IS_REVERSIBLE .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_PREREQUISITE_BFUNCS GET_PREREQUISITE_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_RELEASE GET_RELEASE .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_SWITCHES GET_SWITCHES .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I IS_CLIENT_INDEPENDENT IS_CLIENT_INDEPENDENT .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I SET_CONTENT_DATA SET_CONTENT_DATA .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I SET_CORE_DATA SET_CORE_DATA .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I SET_IS_REVERSIBLE SET_IS_REVERSIBLE .
IF_SFW_BFUNC I SET_SWITCHES SET_SWITCHES .
IF_SFW_BFUNC_SWITCHED I BUSINESS_FUNCTION_SWITCHED Business function will be activated/deactivated .
IF_SFW_CHECK_SFW5 I CHECK_SINGLE_BF Check whether a business function can be activated .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I ADD_SWITCH Adds a Switch to the Check .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I ADD_SWITCHES Adds a List of Switches .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I CHECK Starts Checks .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I GET_RESULTS Returns the Results of a Check .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I GET_SWITCHES Returns the Switches to Be Checked .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I REMOVE_ALL_SWITCHES Deletes All Switches .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I REMOVE_SWITCH Deletes a Switch from List of Switches to Be Checked .
IF_SFW_CONFLICT_SWITCH_CHECKER I REMOVE_SWITCHES Deletes a List of Switches .
IF_SFW_DOCUMENTED I CHECK CHECK .
IF_SFW_DOCUMENTED I GET_LONG_TEXT GET_LONG_TEXT .
IF_SFW_DOCUMENTED I GET_SHORT_TEXT GET_SHORT_TEXT .
IF_SFW_DOCUMENTED I SET_TEXTS SET_TEXTS .
IF_SFW_EXTERNAL_CONTENT I DISPLAY DISPLAY .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_QUERIES I GET_ALL_BFUNCS GET_ALL_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_QUERIES I GET_ALL_SELECTABLE_BFSETS GET_ALL_SELECTABLE_BFSETS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_QUERIES I GET_EA_BFUNCS GET_EA_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_QUERIES I GET_ENTERPRISE_BFUNCS GET_ENTERPRISE_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_REPOSITORY I BFSET_EXISTS BFSET_EXISTS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_REPOSITORY I BFUNC_EXISTS BFUNC_EXISTS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_REPOSITORY I GET_BFSET_DATA GET_BFSET_DATA .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_REPOSITORY I GET_BFUNC_DATA GET_BFUNC_DATA .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_REPOSITORY I GET_BFUNC_DEPENDENCIES GET_BFUNC_DEPENDENCIES .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I GET_SELECTED_BFSET GET_SELECTED_BFSET .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I GET_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS GET_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I GET_SYSTEM_CONFIGURATION GET_SYSTEM_CONFIGURATION .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I REACTIVATE_SELECTED_BFSET REACTIVATE_SELECTED_BFSET .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I REACTIVATE_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS REACTIVATE_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I SAVE_SELECTED_BFSET SAVE_SELECTED_BFSET .
IF_SFW_PROVIDER_SYST_SETTINGS I SAVE_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS SAVE_SWITCHED_ON_BFUNCS .
IF_SFW_REFRESHABLE I REFRESH Loads SFW object subsequently - (active or inactive) .
IF_SFW_SWITCH I GET_NAME GET_NAME .
IF_SFW_SWITCH I GET_STATE GET_STATE .
IF_SFW_UPGRADE I CHANGE_BF Switch off Business Functions Again .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I ACTIVATE ACTIVATE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I CHECK_CONSISTENCY CHECK_CONSISTENCY .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I DELETE DELETE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I DESCRIBE DESCRIBE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I EXISTS EXISTS .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I EXISTS_OWN_INACTIVE_VERSION EXISTS_OWN_INACTIVE_VERSION .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_ACTIVATION_STATE GET_ACTIVATION_STATE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_CREATED GET_CREATED .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_CTS_IDENTIFIER GET_CTS_IDENTIFIER .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_LAST_CHANGED GET_LAST_CHANGED .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_MASTER_LANGUAGE GET_MASTER_LANGUAGE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_ORIGINAL_SYSTEM GET_ORIGINAL_SYSTEM .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_PACKAGE GET_PACKAGE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_PERSON_RESPONSIBLE GET_PERSON_RESPONSIBLE .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_SFW_OBJECT_KEY GET_SFW_OBJECT_KEY .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_STATE_TEXT GET_STATE_TEXT .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I GET_WBM_IDENTIFIER GET_WBM_IDENTIFIER .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I HAS_OBJECT_DIRECTORY_INFO HAS_OBJECT_DIRECTORY_INFO .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I IS_DELETED_ON_DB IS_DELETED_ON_DB .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I IS_LOCKED IS_LOCKED .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I IS_MODIFIED IS_MODIFIED .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I IS_NEW IS_NEW .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I LOCK_AND_REFRESH LOCK_AND_REFRESH .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I REFRESH REFRESH .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I REVERT_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION REVERT_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I SAVE Save .
IF_SFW_WB_OBJECT I UNLOCK UNLOCK .
IF_SF_PREVIEW_PPF I GET_PREVIEW_DATA Delivers the Data for the Preview (OTF Table) .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I CHECK_VALIDITY Checks the SB Entry .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I GET_BO_CREATING_OBJECT Returns Pointer for Generating the SB Entry .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I GET_BUFFER_OBJECT Returns the SB Entry .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I GET_BUFFER_OBJECT_KEY Returns Key of SB Entry .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I GET_VALIDITY_STRATEGY Returns Pointer for Validity Check .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I SET_BO_CREATING_OBJECT Sets Pointer for Generating SB Entry .
IF_SHARED_BUFFER_ITEM_CK I SET_VALIDITY_STRATEGY Sets Pointer for Validity Check .
IF_SHM_BUILD_INSTANCE I BUILD Area Constructor .
IF_SHM_TRACE I DELETE_TRACE_TABLE Deletes All Trace Entries of a Trace Variant .
IF_SHM_TRACE I DISPLAY_TRACE Display the Trace Entries for a Trace Variant .
IF_SHM_TRACE I GET_TRACE_COUNT Returns the Number of the Entries for a Trace Variant .
IF_SHM_TRACE I GET_TRACE_TABLE Returns All Trace Entries for a Trace Variant .
IF_SHM_TRACE I TRCX_CONSTRUCTOR (obsolete) .
IF_SHM_TRACE I TRIN_CONSTRUCTOR (obsolete) .
IF_SIC_ACCESS_DATA_MODEL I GET_APPL_OBJECT_TYPE Get object type and subtype of the application object .
IF_SIC_ACCESS_DATA_MODEL I GET_NODE_FIELDS Get the fields for a node .
IF_SIC_ACCESS_DATA_MODEL I GET_NODE_STRUCTURE Get the node structure .
IF_SIC_CONNECTOR I GET_APPLICATION Returns the application of the connector .
IF_SIC_CONNECTOR I GET_DATA_MODEL_ACCESS_IF Returns a reference to the data model access interface .
IF_SIC_CONNECTOR I GET_OWNER Returns the owner of the connector (domain SIC_OWNER) .
IF_SIC_CONNECTOR I GET_READ_DATA_IF Returns a reference to the read data interface .
IF_SIC_FM_FIELD_COMPARATOR I COMPARE_FIELDS Compare two fields .
IF_SIC_FM_OBJ_MATCH_ANALYZER I IS_DEFINITE_MATCH Check on a semantic level if the two objects match definitly.
IF_SIC_FM_OBJ_MATCH_ANALYZER I IS_NO_MATCH Check on a semantic level if the two objects do not match .
IF_SIC_FM_OBJ_MATCH_ANALYZER I IS_POTENTIAL_MATCH Check on a semantic level if the two objs match potentially .
IF_SIC_INDEX_BUILDER I INDEX Indexing .
IF_SIC_INDEX_SEARCH_ENGINE I GET_ENGINE Get the used engine .
IF_SIC_LOGGING I ADD_MESSAGE Add a new message to the message log .
IF_SIC_LOGGING I ADD_SYSTEM_MESSAGE Add a new system message to the message log .
IF_SIC_LOGGING I GET_MESSAGE_LOG Returns the message log .
IF_SIC_MULTI_CNT_SERVICE I EXECUTE Starts the execution of the service .
IF_SIC_NORM_BASIC_RULE I NORMALIZE Execute Basic Rule .
IF_SIC_NORM_BASIC_RULE I SET_RULE Set Basic Rule .
IF_SIC_NORM_BASIC_RULE_CONFIG I CHECK_MULT_BASIC_RULE_TYPES Check, if class supports multiple basic rule Types .
IF_SIC_NORM_BASIC_RULE_CONFIG I GET_BASIC_RULES Get Basic Rules .
IF_SIC_NORM_BASIC_RULE_CONFIG I GET_MAINTENANCE_OBJECT Get Transactions for the Customizing .
IF_SIC_NORM_CONDITION I EVALUATE Evaluate Condition .
IF_SIC_NORM_CONDITION I SET_CONDITION Set Condition .
IF_SIC_NORM_CONDITION_CONFIG I CHECK_MULT_CONDITION_TYPES Check if Class supports multipe condition types .
IF_SIC_NORM_CONDITION_CONFIG I GET_CONDITIONS Get Conditions .
IF_SIC_NORM_CONDITION_CONFIG I GET_MAINTENANCE_OBJECT Get Transactions for the Customizing .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_DATA_QUALITY Returns the data quality for all object nodes in the group .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_DATA_QUALITY_FOR_OBJ_NODE Returns the data quality for the specified object node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_GROUP_ID Returns the group ID .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_OBJECTS Returns the objects contained in the group .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_REFERENCE_OBJECT Returns the Reference object if it exists .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I GET_SIMILARITY_SCORES Returns the similarity score for object pairs in the group .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_DATA_QUALITY Sets the data quality for all object nodes in the group .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_GROUP I SET_SIMILARITY_SCORES Sets the similarity score for object pairs in the group .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I ADD_NORMALIZED_DATA Adds the normalized data .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_APPLICATION Returns the application of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_APPL_OBJECT_TYPE Returns the unique identifier (application and object type) .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_CHILD_NODES Returns the subordinate nodes .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_DATA_QUALITY Returns the data quality of the object node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_NODE_NAME Returns the name of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_NORMALIZED_DATA Returns the object node data and the normalized data .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_NORMALIZE_SERVICE_PROFILE Returns the service profile used for normalization .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_OBJECT_DATA Returns the object node data .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_OBJECT_PRIMARY_ID Returns the primary ID of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_OBJECT_SECONDARY_ID Returns the secondary ID of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_OBJECT_SUBTYPE Returns the object subtype of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Returns the object type of the node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I GET_PARENT_NODES Returns the superior nodes .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I REMOVE_NORMALIZED_DATA Removes the normalized data from the object node .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I SET_NORMALIZED_DATA Sets the object node data and the normalized data .
IF_SIC_OBJECT_NODE I SET_NORMALIZE_SERVICE_PROFILE Sets the service profile that was used for normalization .
IF_SIC_SEARCH_BUILDER I SEARCH Search .
IF_SIC_SEARCH_RESULT I GET_SEARCH_OBJECT Returns the search object .
IF_SIC_SEARCH_RESULT I GET_SEARCH_RESULT_OBJECTS Returns the objects contained in search result plus score .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I ADD_SERVICE_PROFILE Add a new Service profile .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Check consistency of the specified Service profile .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I CREATE_FIELD_PROVIDER_INSTANCECreate field provider instance .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I GET_CONTAINER_CONTENT_TYPES Returns the list of container content types for the service .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I GET_FIELD_LIST Returns the list of fields for the specified service profile.
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I GET_SERVICE_PROFILES Returns the list of service profiles .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I MAINTAIN_SERVICE_PROFILE Maintain the specified Service profile .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I SERVICE_PROFILE_EXIST Existence check for the specified service profile .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I SET_FIELD_PROVIDER_INSTANCE Set the field provider instance .
IF_SIC_SERVICE_CONFIGURATION I SET_SERVICE_PROFILE Set the specified service profile .
IF_SIC_SINGLE_CNT_SERVICE I EXECUTE Starts the execution of the service .
IF_SIGNATURE_DS_POC I READ_SIGNATURE Reads Signatures in Buffer .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I CREATE_CHILD Create new Child .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_CHILD Returns the Child with Index "N" .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_CHILD_BY_KEY Returns the Child with Key "Key" .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_CHILD_COUNT Returns the Number of Children .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_KEY Returns the Key of the Node .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_NAME Returns the Name of the Node .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I GET_VALUE Reading a Value .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I IS_EMPTY Is the PropTree empty? .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I IS_VALUE Does the Value with Name exist? .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I REMOVE_CHILD Delete Child .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I REMOVE_CHILD_BY_KEY Delete Child with Key "Key" .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I REMOVE_VALUE Remove Value .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE I SET_VALUE Sets Value .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE_LISTENER I NODE_INSERTED Node Inserted .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE_LISTENER I NODE_REMOVED Node Deleted .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE_LISTENER I VALUE_MODIFIED Value Modified .
IF_SIMPLEPROPTREE_XML I SAVE Serialization by XML .
IF_SIMPLE_COMMAND_MM I EXECUTE Execute (w/o Parameters) .
IF_SKWF_AUTHORITY_CHECK I APPL_AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorizations for Application .
IF_SKWF_AUTHORITY_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK Check Authorizations for IOs .
IF_SKWF_AUTHORITY_CHECK I IOS_DELETED IOs Have Been Deleted .
IF_SKWF_AUTHORITY_CHECK I IOS_TRANSPORT IOs Should Be Transported .
IF_SKWF_CACHE_INVALIDATION I INVALIDATE Invalidate Cache .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_CTX_SELECTOR I ATTR_SELECTORS_GET Get Selectors for an Attribute .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I DELETE Delete Packet .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I FIND_BY_QUERY Find Package by Query (Only for Transient Packages) .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IOS_ATTACH Insert IOs into Package .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IOS_DETACH Delete IOs from Package .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IOS_FIND_BY_QUERY Find IOs in Package by External Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IOS_GET Get IOs from Package .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IOS_PROPERTIES_SET Set External IO Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IO_PROPERTIES_DELETE Delete External IO Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IO_PROPERTIES_GET Get External IO Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I IO_PROPERTIES_SET Set External IO Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I ORDER_TYPE_SET Set Classification Type .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I PROPERTIES_DELETE Delete Package Properties (Only with Transient Packages) .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I PROPERTIES_GET Get Package Properties .
IF_SKWF_DYNAMIC_PACKAGE I PROPERTIES_SET Set Package Properties (Only with Transient Packages) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_CREATE_POST Create Context (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_CREATE_PRE Create Context (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_DELETE_POST Delete Context (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_DELETE_PRE Delete Context (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_SET_POST Set/Change Context Entries (Post) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I CTX_SET_PRE Set/Change Context Entries (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_ATTACH_POST Create Info Objects in a Directory (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_ATTACH_PRE Create Info Objects in a Directory (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_DETACH_POST Delete Info Objects from a Directory (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_DETACH_PRE Delete Info Objects from a Directory (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_LINK_POST Link Info Objects with a Directory (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_LINK_PRE Link Objects with a Directory (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_ORDER_POST Assign Links and Attachments Manually (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_ORDER_PRE Assign Links and Attachments Manually (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_UNLINK_POST Delete Link with Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I FOLDER_IOS_UNLINK_PRE Delete Link with Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_DELETE_POST Delete Info Objects and/or Relations (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_DELETE_PRE Delete Info Objects and/or Relations (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_PROPERTIES_DELETE_POST Delete Properties of Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_PROPERTIES_DELETE_PRE Delete Properties of Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_PROPERTIES_SET_POST Set Properties of Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IOS_PROPERTIES_SET_PRE Set Properties of Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IO_COPY_POST Copy Info Object (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I IO_COPY_PRE Copy Info Object (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIOS_PHIOS_GET_POST Determine PHIOS to LOIOs with Context Resolution (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIOS_PHIOS_GET_PRE Determine PHIOS to LOIOS with Context Resolution (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_CREATE_AS_COPY_POST Create a Logical Document as Copy of Another (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_CREATE_AS_COPY_PRE Create a Logical Document as a Copy of Another (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_CREATE_POST Create a Logical Info Object (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_CREATE_PRE Create a Logical Info Object (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_WITH_PHIO_CREATE_POST Create a Logical and Physical Info Object (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I LOIO_WITH_PHIO_CREATE_PRE Create a Logical and Physical Info Object (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_CHECKOUT_CANCEL_POST End Reservation of Physical Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_CHECKOUT_CANCEL_PRE End Reservation of Physical Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_CHECKOUT_POST Check Out Physical Documents (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_CHECKOUT_PRE Check Out Physical Documents (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_FILE_PROPERTIES_GET_POSTRead Admin Data of Phio Files (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_FILE_PROPERTIES_GET_PRE Read Admin Data of Phio Files (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_RESERVATION_CANCEL_POST Cancel Reservation of Physical Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_RESERVATION_CANCEL_PRE Cancel Reservation of Physical Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_RESERVE_POST Reserve Physical Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIOS_RESERVE_PRE Reserve Physical Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CONTENT_ACCESS_GET_POST Get Content Information for PHIO (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CONTENT_ACCESS_GET_PRE Get Content Information for Phio (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CONTENT_URL_GET_POST Gets URL to Read a Physical Document (RFC Capable) (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CONTENT_URL_GET_PRE Gets URL to Read a Physical Document (RFC Capable) (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_AS_COPY_POST Create a Physical IO as a Copy of Another (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_AS_COPY_PRE Create a Physical IO as a Copy of Another (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_NEW_VERSION_POST Create a New Version of a Physical Document (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_NEW_VERSION_PRE Create a New Version of a Physical Document (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_POST Create a New Empty Physical Info Object (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_CREATE_PRE Create a New Empty Physical Info Object (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_LOAD_CONTENT_POST Load Content of Physical Info Object to Intern. Table (POST).
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_LOAD_CONTENT_PRE Load Content of Physical Object to Intern. Table (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STATE_CONTENTLESS_POST Declare Physical Document as Content Free (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STATE_CONTENTLESS_PRE Declare Physical Document as Content Free (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_AS_UPDATE_POST Store Internal Table as New Version of Physical Doc (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_AS_UPDATE_PRE Store Internal Table as New Version of Physical Doc (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_CONTENT_POST Store Content of Physical Object from Internal Table (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_CONTENT_PRE Store Content of Physical Object from Internal Table (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_NEW_CONTENT_POST Check in Phio as Template Copy (Part 2) (Post) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_NEW_CONTENT_PRE Check in Phio as Template Copy (Part 2) (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_NEW_VERSION_POST Store Internal Table as New Version of Physical Obj. (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I PHIO_STORE_NEW_VERSION_PRE Store Internal Table as New Version of Physical Obj. (PRE) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I RELA_CREATE_POST Create a Relation Between two Info Objects (POST) .
IF_SKWF_EVENT_HANDLER I RELA_CREATE_PRE Create a Relation Between two Info Objects (PRE) .
IF_SKWS_GUARD I CHECK Checks an Authorization .
IF_SLIM_BPO_AUDIT_ENGINES I BPO_AUDIT_2_0 Measurement Interface Version 2.0 .
IF_SMIGR_DDL I GET_DDSTORAGE Gets DDSTORAGE Entries for Non-Standard SAP Objects .
IF_SMTP_CLIENT I GET_LAST_ERROR Last Error Message .
IF_SMTP_CLIENT I SEND SMTP connection setup and dispatch of data .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I DISPLAY Displays "smpt-plugin-xstring" in Popup .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_EMAIL Returns E-mail in RFC822/MIME Format .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_EMAILDOMAIN Returns E-Mail Domain of Sending SMTP Host .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_MESSAGE_PROBS Returns Message Characteristics .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_ORIGINATOR Returns Sender in SMTP Address Format .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_RECIPIENTS Returns Sender and Status in Table .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I GET_STATUS Returns General Status Code .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I MAP_ESMTP_RETURNCODE Determines SAP Status Code from ESMTP Status Code .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I MAP_SX_RETURNCODE Determines ESMTP Status Code from SAP Status Code .
IF_SMTP_ENTITY I SET_SERVER_PROPS Sets Characteristics to Sent Mail Server .
IF_SMTP_EXTENSION I HANDLE_REQUEST Called by infrastructure for each incoming HTTP request .
IF_SMTP_REQUEST I PARSE Decoded received "smtp-plugin-string" .
IF_SMTP_REQUEST I SERIALIZE Returns "smtp-plugin-string", SMTP plugin to be forwarded .
IF_SMTP_RESPONSE I PARSE Decoded "smtp-plugin-string", filled from SMTP plugin .
IF_SMTP_RESPONSE I SERIALIZE Coded "smtp-plugin-string", read from SMTP plugin .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I GET_CHILDREN Get Children of Node .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I GET_MAX_NODE_NUMBER Get Highest Folder Number .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I GET_NODES Get Node .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I GET_NODE_TEXT Get Text for Node .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I SAVE Save Entries .
IF_SMYO_MY_OBJECTS_MODEL I SET_MAX_NODE_NUMBER Set Highest Folder Number .
IF_SNI_TREE I GET_APPLICATION_DATA SNI Initialization: Buttons, Dropdown Listbox .
IF_SNI_TREE I GET_SEARCH_ITEMS Contents of Dropdown Listbox for the Search .
IF_SNI_TREE I HANDLE_EVENT Back-End Events .
IF_SNI_TREE I INIT SNI Initialization .
IF_SNI_TREE I IS_DIRTY Read Data Again? .
IF_SNI_TREE I QUERY Find .
IF_SNI_TREE I READ Read Tree Areas .
IF_SNI_TREE I READ_CHILDREN Read Child Nodes .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I EXECUTE_PROCESSING Execution of a Request .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_DOMAIN Get Service Domain .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_PROTOCOLS Request the SOAP Protocols .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_PROTOCOL_BY_NAME Query SOAP Protocol by Name (URI) .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_REQUEST_MESSAGE Request the Request Message .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_RESPONSE_MESSAGE Request the Response Message .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I GET_TRANSPORT_BINDING Query Transport Binding .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_CS I INIT Initialization of Application with Configuration (Client) .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_DT I CHECK_CONFIGURATION Validity Check of a Feature Configuration .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_DT I GET_CODE_GENERATOR Gets Generator for STs and Proxy Code .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_DT I GET_FEATURES Request All Design Features of SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_DT I GET_PROFILES Request Design Configuration Profiles for SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_DT I GET_RUNTIME_FEATURES Request All Runtime Features for SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I EXEC_PROCESSING Execute Application Logic (Server-Side) .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_PROTOCOLS Requesting all SOAP Protocols of the Application .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_PROTOCOL_BY_NAME Query Specific SOAP Protocol .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_REQUEST_MESSAGE Request the Request Message .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_RESPONSE_MESSAGE Request the Response Message .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_ROLES Request the SOAP Role(s) .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I GET_TRANSPORT_BINDING Request Transport Bindings of the Application .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I INIT Initialize Application with Configuration .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I INIT_PROCESSING Initialization for Request Processing .
IF_SOAP_APPLICATION_RT I INIT_WS Initialize Application with WS Key (Server Only) .
IF_SOAP_ATTACHMENT_MESSAGE I ADD_ATTACHMENT_PART Add mime parts to attachment bag .
IF_SOAP_ATTACHMENT_MESSAGE I ADD_BODY_PART Add xml elements to soap body .
IF_SOAP_ATTACHMENT_MESSAGE I ADD_HEADER_PART Add xml elements to soap header .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I GET_FEATURE_PROPERTY Read Value of a Feature Property .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I GET_SUPPORTED_FEATURE_URIS Determine Features Supported by Configurable Object .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I INIT General Initialization of Instance .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I INIT_FOR_OPERATION Operation-Specific Initialization of Instance .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I IS_REQUIRED Determines whether object is required .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURABLE I SET_FEATURE_PROPERTY Set Value of a Feature Property .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I ADD_DESIGNTIME_FEATURES Gets SOAP Features .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I ADD_RUNTIME_FEATURES Gets SOAP Features .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I GET_DESIGNTIME_FEATURES Gets SOAP Features .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I GET_RUNTIME_FEATURES Gets SOAP Features .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I QUERY_DT_FEATURES Get All Features that Match Feature URI .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I QUERY_DT_VALUES Get Values for Given Feature/Property .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I QUERY_RT_FEATURES Get All Features that Match Feature URI .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE I QUERY_RT_VALUES Get Values for Given Feature/Property .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE_SERVICE I GET_OPERATIONS Gets List of Operations .
IF_SOAP_CONFIGURE_SERVICE I GET_OPERATION_CONFIGURATION Gets List of Operation-Specific Configurations .
IF_SOAP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_CONFIGURATION Configuration Details of Profile .
IF_SOAP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_DESCRIPTION Description of Configuration Profile .
IF_SOAP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_NAME Name of Configuration Profile .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I DISABLE_BINARY_XML Deactivates Binary XML .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I ENABLE_BINARY_XML Activates Binary XML .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I ENABLE_HTTP_CODE_ACCEPTED Sets Flag for HTTP Code 202 (Terminate Sequence) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_ACTION Gets Action Field .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_APPLICATION Gets Runtime View of SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_CALLED_OPERATION Gets Name of Called Operation (Server-Side) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_CONFIG Gets Configuration Object .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_CONFIGURATION Gets Transformation Program (ST) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_ERR_LOCATION Gets Error Location .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_EXTERNAL_INTERFACE Gets External Interface Name .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_FAULT Gets SOAP Fault .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_HTTP_CODE_ACCEPTED Specifies whether HTTP code 202 is set (Terminate Sequence) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_INTERNAL_INTERFACE Gets Internal Interface Name .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_INTERNAL_OPERATION Gets Internal Interface Name .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_LOCATION Gets Client/Server Side .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_LOG_LEVEL Gets Logging Level .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MAPPED_INTERFACE Gets Interface Name from VI ("Mapped To") .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MAPPED_OPERATION Gets Mapped Operation .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MESSAGE_STATUS Gets Message Status .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MONITOR_LEVEL Gets Monitoring Level .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MTOM_ACCEPTED Reads whether MTOM is activated in the HTTP header .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_MTOM_ENABLED Determines whether MTOM is activated .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_PERSIST Gets Persist Interface .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_PROGRAM Gets Transformation Program (ST) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_PROTOCOLS Gets Current SOAP Protocols .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_PROTOCOL_BY_NAME Gets Protocol for URI .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_RECEIVED_OPERATION Get Name of Received Operation .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_REGISTRY Gets Configuration Information Management from Web Service .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_REQUEST Gets Call Document .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_REQUEST_ID Gets Request Message ID .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_RESPONSE Gets Response Document .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_RESPONSE_ID Gets Response Message ID .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_ROLES Gets List of SOAP Role URIs .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_RUNTIME Gets SOAP Runtime .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL Gets Current Runtime Protocol Object .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_SECURITY_PROFILE_IN Gets Current Security Profile for Request .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_SECURITY_PROFILE_OUT Gets Current Security Profile for Response .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_SECURITY_PROTOCOL Gets WS Security Protocol for Filter .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_STATE Gets Current Runtime Processing State .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_TRACE_LEVEL Gets Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_BINDING Gets Current Transport Binding .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_BINDING_ID Gets Current Transport Binding URI .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT Gets Transport Context .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_ID Gets Current Transport ID .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_WSA_CONTEXT Gets Action from wsa Protocol .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_WS_KEY Gets Web Service Configuration Key .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I GET_XOP_ATTACHM_CREATED Switch: Query whether XOP attachments created .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_APPLICATION_FAULT Gets Flag for Application Error .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_BINARY_XML_ENABLED Is binary XML activated? .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_HIBERNATION_ENABLED Hibernation Flag .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_LOCAL_CALL Gets local call flag (shortcut) .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_OPERATION_TECHNICAL Technical operation (RBAM)? .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_RESUMED Recovered or new context? .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I IS_STATEFUL Gets Context Processing Flag .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I SET_APPLICATION_FAULT Sets Flag for Application Error .
IF_SOAP_CONTEXT I SET_XOP_ATTACHM_CREATED Set switch if XOP attachment created .
IF_SOAP_EVENT_FOR_MESSAGE I HANDLE_EVENT_CANCEL Handling of Canceled Messages .
IF_SOAP_EVENT_FOR_SEQUENCE I HANDLE_EVENT_TERMINATE Handling of Event "Terminate Sequences" .
IF_SOAP_EXECUTABLE I EXEC_PROCESSING WSRM: Execute Application Logic (Server-Side) .
IF_SOAP_EXECUTABLE I INIT_PROCESSING WSRM: Initialization for Request Processing .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I ADD_REASON Add Description for Fault Reason .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I ADD_SUBCODE Add Code to Subcodes .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I RAISE_FAULT Trigger Internal Exception to Send Fault .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I SET_CODE_BY_ID Set Fault Code and Fault Name from Fault ID .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I SET_CODE_BY_NAME Set Fault Code and Fault Name from Fault Name .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I SET_NODENAME Who is responsible for this fault? .
IF_SOAP_FAULT I SET_ROLE Set Current Role of Current User .
IF_SOAP_FEATURE I CLONE Generate Copy .
IF_SOAP_FEATURE I GET_PROPERTIES Request All Properties of this Feature .
IF_SOAP_FEATURE I GET_PROPERTY Search for Property by Name .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I CLEANUP Cleanup After Serialization (Discard Part Object) .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I GET_SERIALIZATION_VERSION Gets Current Serialization Version (st) .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I GET_TYPE_URI Gets Type URI (instance created later, using root factory) .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I INITIALIZE Initialize Object from Context (Cross References) .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I PREPARE_FOR_DESERIALIZATION Create Part Object for Subsequent Deserialization .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION I PREPARE_FOR_SERIALIZATION Create Part Object for Subsequent Serialization .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION_ATTRIBUTES I GET_ATTRIBUTE Set Attribute .
IF_SOAP_HIBERNATION_ATTRIBUTES I SET_ATTRIBUTE Get Attribute .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I DISABLE_SESSION Set Stateless Communication .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I ENABLE_HTTP_CODE_ACCEPTED Sets Flag for HTTP Code to Accepted (202) .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I ENABLE_LOCAL_CALL Sets Flag for Local Processing .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I ENABLE_SESSION Set Stateful Communication .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I ENFORCE_LOCAL_CALL Forces Local Processing .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I ENFORCE_NON_LOCAL_CALL Forces Non-Local Processing .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_BXML Get Switch for Binary XML .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_CLIENT Access to Current HTTP Client Control Block .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_HTTP_CODE_ACCEPTED Specifies whether HTTP code is set to Accepted (202) .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_LOCAL_CALL_FOR_NEW_SEQ Gets "local call" Flag for Creating Sequence .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_LOCAL_CALL_FOR_PROCESSING Gets "local call" Flag for Local Processing .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_LOGON_LANGUAGE Gets Logon Language .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_MTOM_ACCEPTED Is MTOM optimization set in the accepted field? .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_MTOM_ENABLED Is MTOM optimization set for the request? .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_SAP_LOGON_LANGUAGE Gets SAP Logon Language .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_SERVER Access to Current HTTP Server Control Block .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_XOP_ATTACHM_CREATED Reads whether MTOM Format has been created in the request .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_BXML Set Switch for Binary XML .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_CLIENT Set Current HTTP Client Control Block .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_CLIENT_BY_DESTINATION Generate HTTP Client Control Block Using SM59 Destination .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_CLIENT_BY_URL Generate HTTP Client Control Block Using URL .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_DESTINATION_URL_PATH Set Path Suffix for Destination Generated with HTTP Client .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_LOGON_LANGUAGE Sets Logon Language .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_MTOM_ACCEPTED MTOM optimization set in the accepted field .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_MTOM_ENABLED Sets MTOM optimization for the request .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_SERVER Set Current HTTP Server Control Block .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_SESSION_METHOD Set Mechanism for Stateful Communication .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_SOAP_ACTION Set SOAP Action Header Field .
IF_SOAP_HTTP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_XOP_ATTACHM_CREATED Defines whether MTOM format was requested in the request .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_ATTACHMENT_PART Add mime elements to the message .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_BODY_FAULT Get and Set Fault Element for SOAP Body .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_BODY_PART Add xml elements to soap body .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_FAULT_OBSERVER Add Observer for Expected Application Faults .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_FAULT_PART Add XML Element to List of Expected Application Faults .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I ADD_HEADER_PART Add xml elements to soap header .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I GET_ATTACHMENT_PART Get MIME Attachment .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE I NUM_ATTACHMENT_PARTS Returns Number of Attachments .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_ID_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID Gets Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_ID_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID Sets Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I DESERIALIZE_BODY Deserialize SOAP Header of Part .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I DESERIALIZE_HEADER Deserialize SOAP Header of Part .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I GET_PART_ID Get the ID that should be unique for all parts .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I INIT_FOR_DESERIALIZE Initialize Before Deserialization .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I INIT_FOR_SERIALIZE Initialize Before Serialization .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I SERIALIZE Serialize this part .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I SET_PART_ID Set the ID that should be unique for all parts .
IF_SOAP_MESSAGE_PART I _DESERIALIZE Deserialize this part .
IF_SOAP_METERING I ADD_HEADER_FIELDS Adds the fields of the CallerInfo to the respective protocol.
IF_SOAP_METERING I CREATE_METERING_RECORD Creates and stores the metering record .
IF_SOAP_METERING I GET_METERING_LEVEL Gets the metering level out of configuration .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ I GET_CALLS_BY_PERIOD Get Calls from/to Period of Time .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ I GET_LAST_CALLS Get Calls from Last "X" Minutes .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ_DB I GET_4_CALL_DETAIL_FROM_DB Get Data Records for Call Detail from DB .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ_DB I GET_CALLLIST_BY_LOGTRC_SELECT Gets Calls According to LOGTRC Selection Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ_DB I GET_CALLS_BY_PERIOD_FROM_DB Get Calls from/to Period of Time .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_READ_DB I GET_LAST_CALLS_FROM_DB Get Calls from Last "X" Minutes .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I ADD_HEADER_VALUE Set Header Structure for Tracing/Logging/Monitoring .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I ADD_HEADER_VALUES Add Header Structures for Tracing/Logging/Monitoring .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I ADD_PERFORMANCE_RECORD Set Performance Data Record .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I ADD_RECORD_VALUE Set Measuring Point Structures for Tracing/Logging/Monitor .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I FLUSH_MULTI_CALLS Flush Multi Calls .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I FLUSH_SINGLE_CALL Flush Single Call .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I SET_HEADER_VALUES Set Header Structures for Tracing/Logging/Monitoring .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I SET_ID Set IDs for Web Service Call .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I SET_PERFORMANCE_RECORDS Set Performance Data Records .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE I SET_RECORD_VALUES Set Measuring Point Structure for Tracing/Logging/Monitoring.
IF_SOAP_MONI_CACHE_WRITE_DB I INSERT_TO_DB Write the Collected Data Records to the Database .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_CALL_DETAIL Gets Data Records for Call .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_CALL_DETAIL_FROM_DB Gets Data Records for Call .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_CALL_LIST Gets List of Calls .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_CALL_LIST_FROM_DB Gets List of Calls .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_KEYS_FOR_PATTERN Gets Trace Context Keys for Chosen Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I GET_KEYS_FOR_PATTERN_FROM_DB Gets Trace Context Keys for Chosen Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I RESET_TIME_PERIOD Resets to the maxium time period .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I RESET_TO_DEFAULT Resets to the default values(TS -" last hour; others "*") .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_APPLICATION_COMPONENTS Sets the application components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_APPLSERVER Sets application server name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_CALL_ID Sets the Call ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_CALL_STATUS Sets the status of a call as part of a WS roundtrip .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_CLIENT_NR Sets the client number .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_ERROR_AREA Sets the error area .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_ERROR_TYPE Sets the error type .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_INTERFACES Sets the Design Time Object .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_LOCATION Sets Location (Provider or Consumer) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_MSG_ID Sets Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_NET_TIME Sets the net time .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_SOAP_APPLICATION Sets SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_SOAP_SEQID Sets the SOAP Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENTS Sets Software Components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_TIME_PERIOD Sets Time Period .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_TRACE_KEY Sets Trace Context Key .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_TRACE_PATTERN Sets Trace Context Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_USER_NAME Sets User Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CALL_SELECTION I SET_WSRM_SEQID Sets the WSRM Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CTX_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_HEADER_VALUES Gets the Header Values .
IF_SOAP_MONI_CTX_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_TYPE Gets the type of involved application for SRT trace/log .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CONDENSE_LOG_ENTRIES Delete Duplicate Log Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CONDENSE_LOG_ENTRIES_READ Delete Duplicate Log Entries (Read-Only Use) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CONDENSE_TRACE_ENTRIES Delete Duplicate Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CONDENSE_TRACE_ENTRIES_READ Delete Duplicate Trace Entries (Read-Only Use) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CREATE_LOG_ENTRY Create New Log Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I CREATE_TRACE_ENTRY Create New Trace Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I DELETE_LOG_ENTRY Delete Log Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I DELETE_TRACE_ENTRY Delete Trace Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I GET_DEFAULT_LOG_ENTRY Get Default Log Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I GET_DEFAULT_TRACE_ENTRY Get Default Trace Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I GET_LOG_ENTRIES Get Log Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I GET_TRACE_ENTRIES Get Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I RESET_LOG_ENTRY_2_DEFAULT Reset to Standard Log Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I RESET_TRC_ENTRY_2_DEFAULT Reset to Standard Trace Entry .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I SAVE_LOG_ENTRIES Save Log Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I SAVE_TRACE_ENTRIES Save Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_COLLECTION I TRACE_ENTRIES_VALIDATION Validity Check for Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_CALL_DETAIL Gets Detail Data Record for Selected Performance Log .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_CALL_DETAIL_FROM_DB Gets Detail Data Record for Selected Performance Log .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_CALL_LIST Gets List of Calls .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_CALL_LIST_FROM_DB Gets the list of calls from DB .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_KEYS_FOR_PATTERN Gets Trace Context Keys for Chosen Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I GET_KEYS_FOR_PATTERN_FROM_DB Gets Trace Context Keys for Chosen Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I SET_CALL_SELECTION Sets Selection Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOGTRC_READER I SET_RECORD_SELECTION Sets Filter Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I GET_INTERFACE Get Design Time Object .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I GET_LOG_ENTRY Get Log Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I GET_LOG_LEVEL Get Log Level .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I GET_USER_NAME Get User Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I RESET_TO_DEFAULT Reset Logging .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_ENTRY I SET_LOG_LEVEL Set Log Level .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_TO_CCMS I GET_DEFAULT_TRACE_LEVEL Retrieve the default trace level .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LOG_TO_CCMS I PUSH Get Log Data and Send to CCMS .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LT_MANAGEMENT I REORG_LTDETAIL_DATA Reorganization of LogTrace Detail Data Records .
IF_SOAP_MONI_LT_MANAGEMENT I REORG_PAYLOAD_TRACE Reorganization of Payload Trace Table .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_HEADERS Gets All Headers .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_LOCATIONS Gets All Locations .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_LOG_LEVELS Gets All Log Levels .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_PROCESSORS Gets All Information for Proc. Units: ID, Name, Long Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_RECTYPES Gets All Record Types .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_STATES Gets All States .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_STEPS Gets All Information for Steps: ID, Name, Long Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ALL_TRC_LEVELS Gets All Trace Levels .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_APPLICATION_COMPONENTS Gets Application Components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_APPLICATION_SERVERS Gets All Active Application Servers in SAP System .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_APPL_ERROR_AREAS Gets the application error areas .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_CLIENT_NUMBERS Gets Existing Client Numbers in SAP System .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_CURRENT_SAPCLIENT Gets the current SAP client .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ERROR_AREAS Gets the error areas .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_ERROR_TYPES Gets the error types .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_HEADER_DISPLAY_BY_NAME Gets the display & description for the header name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_IFNAME_EXT_AND_NS Gets external IF_NAME and namespace using IF internal .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_IF_BY_SWAPPL_COMP Gets the interfaces using the SW and application components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_INTERFACES Gets the meta data for interfaces .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_LOCATION_INFO Gets the meta data for the location .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_LOG_LEVEL_INFO Gets the logging levels .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_MSGTEXT_STEPNAME_BY_STEPIDGets the meta data for the step name (internal) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_MSGTXT_STEP_BY_STEPID_4_UIGets Meta Data for Step Name (for UI) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_PROCESSORID_INFO Gets the meta data for the processor unit .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_REC_TYPE_INFO Gets the meta data for the record type .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_SOAP_APPLICATIONS Gets the existing SOAP application names .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENTS Gets the Software Components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_STATE_INFO Gets the meta data for the status .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_STEPID_INFO Gets Step Name and Description by Step ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_SYS_ERROR_AREAS Gets the system error areas .
IF_SOAP_MONI_METADATA I GET_TRC_LEVEL_INFO Gets the tracing levels .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_CALLLIST_BY_TRCKEY Gets All Call IDs in WS Round Trip .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_IDS_BY_MSGID Gets WS Call IDs for Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_IDS_BY_SELECTION Gets WS Call IDs for Selection Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_IDS_BY_SEQID Gets WS Call IDs for Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_IDS_BY_TRCKEY Gets the WS Call IDs for a trace key ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_LOGICAL_SEQ_FOR_WSRM_SEQ Gets SOAP Seq. ID Using WSEM Seq. ID and Partner Role .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_MSGIDS_BY_ID Gets Request ID and Response ID for WS Call ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_MSGIDS_BY_SELECTION Gets Message IDs for Selection Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_MSGIDS_BY_SEQID Gets Message IDs for Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_MSGIDS_BY_TRCKEY Gets the message Id for a trace key ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_MSGID_BY_PERSISTID Gets Request ID for Persist ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_OVERVIEWLIST_FOR_TRCKEY Gets Aggregated Call List Values for Trace Key .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_PERSISTIDS_BY_MSGID Gets Persist ID (Sender/Receiver) for Request ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_SEQIDS_BY_SELECTION Gets Sequence IDs for Selection Criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_SEQIDS_BY_TRCKEY Gets the sequence ID for a trace key ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_SEQID_BY_ID Gets Sequence ID for WS Call ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_SEQID_BY_MSGID Gets Sequence ID for Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_SESSIONIDS_BY_TRCKEY Gets the session IDs for trace key .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_TRCKEYS_BY_MSGID Gets the trace keys for a message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_TRCKEYS_BY_SELECTION Gets the trace key for selection criteria .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_TRCKEYS_BY_SEQID Gets the trace keys for a sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_TRCKEY_BY_ID Gets the trace key ID for a WS call ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVIGATION I GET_WSRM_SEQ_FOR_LOGICAL_SEQ Gets WSRM Seq. ID Using SOAP Seq. ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I RESET_TIME_PERIOD Resets to the maxium time period .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I RESET_TO_DEFAULT Resets to the default values(TS -" last hour; others "*") .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_APPLICATION_COMPONENTS Sets the application components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_INTERFACES Sets the Design Time Object .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_LOCATION Sets Location (Provider or Consumer) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_MSGID Set Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_SAP_CLIENT Sets the client number .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_SEQID Set SOAP Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENTS Sets Software Components .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_TIME_PERIOD Sets Time Period .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_USER_NAME Sets User Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_USER_NAMES Sets user names .
IF_SOAP_MONI_NAVI_SELECTION I SET_WSRM_SEQID Set WSRM Sequence ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_READER I GET_RELATED_DATA_TO_INTERFACE Get related data records to interface .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_READER I GET_RELATED_DATA_TO_MSGID Get Related Data Records to Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_READER I GET_SOAP_ENV_FROM_FILE Get SOAP Envelope from File .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_READER I READ Read Payload Data .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_READER I STORE_SOAP_ENV_INTO_FILE Download SOAP Envelope to File from DB .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_WRITER I FLUSH Write Payload Trace to DB Table .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_WRITER I TRACE_DUMP Write Payload Trace with Own Format .
IF_SOAP_MONI_PAYLOAD_WRITER I WRITE_UTF8_XMLDOC Write Payload Trace with Own Format .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I CONFIRM_LAST Confirm that "READ_LAST( )" was successful .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I GET_CALLS Get WS Calls .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I READ_4_LOGTRC_SELECT Read the data records for call list .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I READ_DURATION Read data for a given time duration .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I READ_LAST Read all data since last read .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I READ_LAST_FROM_DB Read all data since last read .
IF_SOAP_MONI_READ I READ_PERIOD Read data for a given time period .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I ADD_LOGGING_LEVEL Sets tracing or logging level (see domain SRT_LOGTRC_LEVEL) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I ADD_STATE Sets Status (2=ERROR; 1=Warning; 0=successful) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I ADD_TRACING_LEVEL Sets tracing or logging level (see domain SRT_LOGTRC_LEVEL) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I GET_CALL_DETAIL Gets Data Records for Call .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I GET_CALL_DETAIL_FROM_DB Gets data records for a call from DB .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I RESET_TO_DEFAULT Resets to Default Values .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I SET_LOGGING_LEVELS Sets tracing or logging level (see domain SRT_LOGTRC_LEVEL) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_RECORD_SELECTION I SET_TRACING_LEVELS Sets tracing or logging level (see domain SRT_LOGTRC_LEVEL) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TO_XI_PERSIST I PUSH Push Web Service Call to XI Persist Layer .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I GET_TRACE_CONTEXT_AS_XML_DOC Get SOAP Runtime Trace Context as XML Document .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I GET_TRACE_CONTEXT_COUNTER Get SOAP Runtime Trace Context Counter .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I GET_TRACE_CONTEXT_KEY Get SOAP Runtime Trace Context Key .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I GET_TRACE_CONTEXT_PATTERN Get SOAP Runtime Trace Context Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I REMOVE_TRACE_CONTEXT Removes SOAP Runtime Trace Context .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I SET_TRACE_CONTEXT_BY_PATTERN Set SOAP Runtime Trace Context by Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I SET_TRACE_CONTEXT_BY_XML_DOC Set SOAP Runtime Trace Context from XML Document .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_CTX I TRACE_CONTEXT_EXISTS 'X' = SOAP Runtime Trace Context Exists .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_ACCEPT_TRACE Get Accept Trace (X: Accept Trace) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_EXPIRE_TIME Get Expiry Time .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_EXPORT_TRACE Get Export Trace (X: Export Trace) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_INTERFACE Get Design Time Object .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_TRACE_LEVEL Get Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_TRACE_PATTERN Get Trace Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_TRC_ENTRY Get Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I GET_USER_NAME Get User Name .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I RESET_TO_DEFAULT Reset Trace String .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_ACCEPT_TRACE Set Trace to Accept ('X' : accept trace) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_EXPIRE_TIME Set Expiration in Seconds .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_EXPIRE_TIME_BY_TS Set Expiration with Time Stamp Format .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_EXPORT_TRACE Set Trace to Propagate ('X': export trace) .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_TRACE_LEVEL Set Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_MONI_TRC_ENTRY I SET_TRACE_PATTERN Set Trace Pattern .
IF_SOAP_MSGID_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID Get Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MSGID_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID_AS_STRUCT Get Message ID .
IF_SOAP_MSGID_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID_RESPONSE Get Message ID of Response .
IF_SOAP_MSGID_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID Set Message ID .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I CREATE_FAULT_PERSIST Creates fault, persist (no save) .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I CREATE_NEW_MSG Generates a new message .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_DATA Read Data .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_DATA_HEADER Gets Data Container .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_IDENTIFIERS GET_IDENTIFIERS .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_PAYLOAD_ITEM Get Payload from Root-Persist Class .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_TIMEST Read Time Stamp .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_VERSION Read Message Version .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I GET_VERSION_LIST Read List of Message Version .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I ROLLBACK Destructor; Release Instance Object and DB Entries .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SAVE Save a Message in Database .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SAVE_AND_CLEAR Save a Message in Database .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SAVE_HEADER Save a Message in Database .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_ATTACHMENT_ITEM Set Attachments from Root-Persist Class .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_EXETIMESTAMP Time Stamp in Set/Update Persist .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_FINISHED Discard Message .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_HEADER_ITEM Set Header Attributes from Root-Persist Class .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_NEW_VERSION Sets New Version .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_PAYLOAD_ITEM Set Payload from Root-Persist Class .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_PERSIST_ID Set Persist ID of Instance .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_PERSIST_KEY Set Persist Key - Obsolete - Deprecated .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST I SET_TIMEST Set Time Stamp .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_ADAPTER_REFID_IB Gets Inbound Adapter Value and Type .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_ADAPTER_REFID_OB Gets Outbound Adapter Value and Type .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_IB_OPERATION Get Inbound Operation .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_MESSAGE_ID Read Persist GUID of Instance .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_MESSAGE_VERS Set Message Versions .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_GET I GET_OB_OPERATION Get Outbound Operation .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_ADMINUSER Set User .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_CLIENT Set Client .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_EXETIMESTAMP Time Stamp in Set/Update Persist .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_IB_OPERATION Set Inbound Operation .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_IB_PARTY Set Sender .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_IB_PARTY_AGENCY Set Inbound Party Agent .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_IB_PARTY_TYPE Set Inbound Party Type .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_IB_SYSTEM Set Inbound Systems .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_INIT_TIMESTAMP Set Initial Time Stamp .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_INTERFACE_IN Set Inbound Interface .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_INTERFACE_OUT Set Outbound Interface .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_MESSAGE_ID Set Persist GUID of Instance .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS Set Message Status .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_MESSAGE_TYPE Set Message Type .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_OB_OPERATION Set Outbound Operation .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_OB_PARTY Set Sender Party .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_OB_PARTY_AGENCY Set Outbound Party Agent .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_OB_PARTY_TYPE Set Outbound Party Type .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_OB_SYSTEM Set Outbound System .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_QOS Set Quality of Service Flag .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_QUEUE_NAME Set Queue .
IF_SOAP_PERSIST_SET I SET_TEXT_ID Set Text ID .
IF_SOAP_PROPERTY I CLONE Create Copy of Instance .
IF_SOAP_PROPERTY I GET_ALLOWED_VALUES Request Allowed Values of the Property (Value Range) .
IF_SOAP_PROPERTY I GET_CONFIGURED_VALUES Request Current Values of Property .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I CLEANUP_ON_FAULT After Error, Instead of POST_PROCESS .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I DISABLE Deactivate Protocol .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I ENABLE Activate log .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I FAULT_PROCESS Process SOAP Fault in SOAP Client .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I GET_FEATURES Gets Characteristics of SOAP Protocol .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I GET_SUPPORTED_HEADER_ELEMENTS Gets SOAP Header Elements Handled by Protocol .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I INIT Initialization .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I IS_ENABLED Is protocol activated? .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I POST_PROCESS Process Header After Request .
IF_SOAP_PROTOCOL I PRE_PROCESS Process Header Before Request .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_REGISTRY_NAME Get Name (URI) of Registry Implementation .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_SOAP_APPLICATION_CLASS Read Class Name for a Specified SOAP Application .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WSDL Get WSDL Description of Web Service .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WSD_NAME Get WSD Name for WS Key .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WS_CONFIGURATION Read Configuration for a Web Service .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WS_KEY Get WS Key for Specified Transport Key .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WS_OPERATION_NAMES Get Operation name for WS Key .
IF_SOAP_REGISTRY I GET_WS_OP_CONFIGURATION Get Configuration for Web Service Operation .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I DISABLE_BLOCKING Sets Non-Blocking Processing (Asynchronous) .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I DISABLE_COMMIT_HANDLING Set m_commit_handling Flag tsoap_false .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_BLOCKING Sets Blocking Processing (Synchronous) .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_COMMIT Set m_commit Flag tsoap_true .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_COMMIT_BY_CONFIG Commit Request Set by Configuration .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_COMMIT_HANDLING Set m_commit_handling Flag tsoap_true .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_ROLLBACK Set m_commit Flag tsoap_false .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_ROLLBACK_BY_CONFIG Rollback Request Set by Configuration .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_LOGLEVEL Get Logging Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_METERING_HTTP_HDR Read the HTTP Header for Metering .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_METERING_INFO Read the Metering Caller Information .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_METERING_LEVEL Read the Metering Levels .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_METERING_TRANSMISSION_MODERead the Transfer Mode .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_MONLEVEL Get Monitoring Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_TRACELEVEL Get Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_USERINFO_DATA_METHOD Get Method for Data Creation for User Information Binding .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I GET_USERINFO_ID Set User Information ID .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_BLOCKING Determines whether processing is blocking .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_COMMIT_BY_CONFIG_ENABLED Determine whether commit requested by configuration .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_COMMIT_ENABLED Determine whether commit set .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_COMMIT_HANDLING_ENABLED Determine whether commit handling set (undefined " ") .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_ROLLBACK_BY_CONFIG_ENABLED Determine whether rollback requested by configuration .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I IS_ROLLBACK_ENABLED Determine whether rollback set .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_LOGLEVEL Set Logging Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_METERING_HTTP_HDR Set the HTTP Header for Metering .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_METERING_INFO Set the Metering Caller Information .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_MONLEVEL Set Monitoring Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_TRACELEVEL Set Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_USERINFO_DATA_METHOD Set Method for Data Creation for User Information Binding .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I SET_USERINFO_ID Get User Information ID .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_PROTOCOL I STORE_METERING_DATA Store and Aggregate the Metering Data .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I ADD_EVENT_VALUE Adds an event value .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I ADD_HEADER_VALUE Adds a header value .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I FLUSH_TRCBUF Write Trace Entries to Trace File .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I RESET_TRCBUF Delete Buffer for Trace Entries .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_CSTRING Write System Log Entry .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_EXCEPTION Write Exception CX_SOAP_CORE to System Log .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_EXCEPTION2 Write Exception CX_ROOT to System Log .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_EXCEPTION3 Write Exception CX_SOAP_FAULT to System Log .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_SR0 Write Syslog Level White .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_SR1 Write Syslog Level Green .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_SR2 Write Syslog Level Yellow .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_SR3 Write Syslog Level Red .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I SYSLOG_WRITE_TEXT Write Syslog with Required Color for Context .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_ADD_HEADERLINE Add Single Header Line .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_CX_ROOT Write Exception CX_ROOT to Trace .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_CX_SOAP_CORE Write Exception CX_SOAP_CORE to Trace .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_CX_SOAP_FAULT Write Exception CX_SOAP_FAULT to Trace .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_GET_LEVEL Gets Current Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_GET_LEVEL_FROM_TK Use Transport Key to Get Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_GET_LEVEL_FROM_WP Use Work Process to Get Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_SET_HEADER Set Header Lines for Trace File .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_SET_LEVEL Set Current Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_SET_PRELEVEL Set Temporary Trace Level .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_WRITE_BLOB_BUF Write Trace Blob with Required Level for Context .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_WRITE_PERF_DATA_BUF Write Performance Data to Trace Buffer .
IF_SOAP_RUNTIME_UTILS I TRACE_WRITE_TEXT_BUF Write Trace with Required Level for Context .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I CREATE_SCHEDULER create object scheduler .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I SCHEDULE_SEQUENCES schedule sequence list .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I SCHEDULE_SINGLE_SEQUENCE new world schedule single sequence .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I SCHEDULE_TERM_SINGLE_SEQUENCE new world schedule single sequence .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I TERMINATE_QUEUE_HARD Terminate assigned queue hard .
IF_SOAP_SCHEDULER I TERMINATE_QUEUE_SOFT Terminate assigned queue softly .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I CHECK_AFTER_DESERIALIZATION Security Checks After Parsing of SOAP Header/Body .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I CHECK_ELEMENT Security Checks for SOAP Header .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I IS_SECURITY_ENABLED Determine whether security processing is required .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I SECURE_BEFORE_SERIALIZATION Security Handling of Message Before Serialization .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I SWITCH_TO_NON_SECURE_READER Deactivate Security Functions for XML Reader .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I SWITCH_TO_NON_SECURE_WRITER Deactivate Security Functions for XML Writer .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I SWITCH_TO_SECURE_READER Activate Security Functions for XML Reader .
IF_SOAP_SECURITY_HELPER I SWITCH_TO_SECURE_WRITER Activate Security Functions for XML Writer .
IF_SOAP_SERIALIZE_CONTEXT I GET_STREAM Set Message Stream .
IF_SOAP_SERIALIZE_CONTEXT I SET_STREAM Set Message Stream .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL I DISABLE_SESSION Deactivate Session-Oriented Communication .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_SESSION Activate Session-Oriented Communication .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL I GET_SESSION_METHOD Get Session Mechanism .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL I GET_SESSION_MODE Get Session Mode .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL_RT I DISABLE_SESSION Deactivate Session-Oriented Communication .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL_RT I ENABLE_SESSION Activate Session-Oriented Communication .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL_RT I GET_SESSION_METHOD Get Session Mechanism .
IF_SOAP_SESSION_PROTOCOL_RT I GET_SESSION_MODE Get Session Mode .
IF_SOAP_TRANSACTION_PROTOCOL I SET_COMMIT Set Commit Flag .
IF_SOAP_TRANSACTION_PROTOCOL I SET_ROLLBACK Set Rollback Flag .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I GET_URI Read Transport Binding URI .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I INIT Initialization .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I PREPARE_RESPONSE_FOR_FAULT Handle Response Message as SOAP Fault .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I PROCESS_BODY Receives and Deserializes Message Body .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I PROCESS_HEADER Receives and Deserializes Message Header .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I RECEIVE Receive and Deserialize Message .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I REQUEST Access to Request Message .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I RESPONSE Access to Response Message .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SEND Serialize and Send Message .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_BINDING I SET_NODE_TYPE Configure Binding for Node Type .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I GET_REQUEST_ID Get Call Type .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_ID Get ID of Basic Transport Mechanism .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSPORT_KEY Read the Transport-Specific Key .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I INIT Create Initial State .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I SET_REQUEST_ID Get Call Type .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I SET_TRANSPORT_ID Set ID of Basic Transport Mechanism .
IF_SOAP_TRANSPORT_CONTEXT I SET_TRANSPORT_KEY Set the Transport-Specific Key .
IF_SOAP_TXH_COMMIT I CLEANUP Save in Rollback .
IF_SOAP_TXH_COMMIT I SAVE Save in Commit .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_ACTION Retrieve action .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_FAULT_TO Retrieve fault to endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_FROM Retrieve source endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID Retrieve Message ID (uri) .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID_REF Get Message ID (URI) Reference .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID_REF_RESPONSE Get Message ID (URI) Reference .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID_RESPONSE Retrieve Message ID (uri) .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_REPLY_TO Retrieve reply endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I GET_TO Retrieve destination endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_ACTION Set action .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_FAULT_TO Set fault to endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_FROM Set source endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID Set Message ID (uri) .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID_REF Set Message ID (URI) Reference .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID_REF_RESPONSE Set Message ID (URI) Reference .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID_RESPONSE Set Message ID (uri) .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_REPLY_TO Set reply endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I SET_TO Set destination endpoint .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I WSA_GENERATE_UUID Generate UUID .
IF_SOAP_WSADDR_PROTOCOL I WSA_GENERATE_UUID_URI Generate UUID as URI .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I DISABLE_RELIABLE_PROCESSING WSRM: Deactivate Reliable Messaging .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I ENABLE_RELIABLE_PROCESSING WSRM: Activate Reliable Messaging .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_INTERVAL WSRM: Retrieve Acknowledgement Interval .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_INACTIVITY_INTERVAL WSRM: Set Inactivity Interval .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_LAST_MESSAGE WSRM: Retrieve Last Message Indicator .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_ID WSRM: Retrieve Message ID Coming from WS Addressing .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_MESSAGE_NUMBER WSRM: Retrieve Message Number in SID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_PERSISTENT_ID WSRM: Retrieve Persistent ID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_RETRANSMISSION_INTERVAL WSRM: Retrieve Retransmission Interval for Message Resend .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_SEQUENCE_ID WSRM: Retrieve SequenceID (SID) for Messages .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_SID_CREATED_REMOTLY WSRM: Retrieve Indicator for Supplying SID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I GET_SPEC_VERSION WSRM: Retrieve SpecVersion of WSRM Protocol .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I IS_PROCESSING_RELIABLE WSRM: Status of Reliable Messaging .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_INTERVAL WSRM: Set Acknowledgement Interval .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_INACTIVITY_INTERVAL WSRM: Retrieving Inactivity Interval .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_LAST_MESSAGE WSRM: Set Last Message Indicator .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_ID WSRM: Set Message ID Coming from WS Addressing .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_MESSAGE_NUMBER WSRM: Set Message Number in SID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_PERSISTENT_ID WSRM: Set Persistent ID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_RETRANSMISSION_INTERVAL WSRM: Set retransmission interval for resending a message .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_SEQUENCE_ID WSRM: Set Sequence ID (SID) for messages .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_SID_CREATED_REMOTLY WSRM: Set indicator for supplying an SID .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I SET_SPEC_VERSION WSRM: Set SpecVersion of WSRM Protocol .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_CREATE_SEQUENCE_REMOTLY WSRM: Create Sequence Identifier Remotely .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_CREATE_SEQU_ACK_OR_NACK WSRM: Send Standalone ACKs or NACK .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_SET_STATE WSRM: Set state .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_SET_TYPE_OF_TERMINATION WSRM: Set type of termination -" Soft or hard termination .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_SPECIAL_SEQU_OP WSRM: Special Sequence .
IF_SOAP_WSRM_PROTOCOL I WSRM_TERMINATE_SEQUENCE WSRM: Sequence Termination .
IF_SORTABLE_TRANSACTION_TRG I GET_ATTRIBUTES Gets Attributes of the Business Transaction .
IF_SORTED_LIST_COMPARATOR I COMPARE_ENTRIES Compares Current Entries .
IF_SORTED_LIST_COMP_LISTENER I WHEN_IN_BOTH_LISTS Called if Current Entry Exists in Both Lists .
IF_SORTED_LIST_COMP_LISTENER I WHEN_ONLY_IN_LIST1 Called if Current Entry Exists in List 1 Only .
IF_SORTED_LIST_COMP_LISTENER I WHEN_ONLY_IN_LIST2 Called if Current Entry Exists in List 2 Only .
IF_SORTED_LIST_CURSOR I IS_VALID Determines Whether Cursor Selects a Valid Entry .
IF_SORTED_LIST_CURSOR I NEXT Gets Next Entry of Sorted List .
IF_SOTR_EDITOR I INITIALIZE Initializes Editor .
IF_SOTR_EDITOR I UPDATE Initializes Editor with New Concept .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I DO_FUNCTIONS Execute Additional Function .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I FREE Resource Release .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I GET_FUNCTIONS Find Additional Functions That Tool Offers .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I INITIALIZE Initializes the Tool .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I REFRESH Refreshes the Content .
IF_SOTR_WORKLIST_TOOLS I UPDATE_CONTENT Updates the Content .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I ADDR_DATA_GET Get Address Data .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I ADDR_LOC_DETERMINE Determine Addresses for Search List .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I DELETE_SUPPL_CHECK Check Vendor Before Deletion .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I PRESELECT_SUPPLIER Preselect Supplier Prior to Evaluation .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I REF_LOC_ADDR_DESCR Request Address Description of Reference Location .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I SUPPLIER_DETERMINE Determine Supplier .
IF_SOURCE_DETERMINATION I SUPPLIER_EVALUATE Interface for External Vendor Evaluation .
IF_SPAK_OBJECT_PROPAGATOR I DISPLAY Displays Screen Elements .
IF_SPAK_OBJECT_PROPAGATOR I SAVE Saves the Changes .
IF_SPAK_OBJECT_PROPAGATOR I TERMINATE End Tool .
IF_SPAK_USE_ACCESS_GATEKEEPER I DISPLAY Displays the tool .
IF_SPAK_USE_ACCESS_GATEKEEPER I SAVE Saves the Changes .
IF_SPAK_USE_ACCESS_GATEKEEPER I TERMINATE Terminates Tool .
IF_SPA_ESI_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_BO_NAME Gets Name of ESI Business Object .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I ACTIVATE Activates Monitoring .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Monitoring .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_ALERT_SHORT Gets Alert Messages of CCMS in Short Form .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_LAST_START Last Start Time (UTC) of Monitoring .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_LAST_STARTER Name of person who started monitoring process .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_LAST_STOP Last Stop Time (UTC) of Monitoring .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_LAST_STOPPER Name of person who stopped monitoring process .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_LAST_UPDATE Last change to process store for this process .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_PROCESS_VARIANT Gets Process Variant .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I GET_USER_NAME Conversion SY-UNAME -" Address Name .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I IS_ACTIVE True if process is actively monitored .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I IS_ANY_PROCESS_ACTIVE Active Process Monitoring (Cross-Client) .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I IS_RELEASED True, if Process Released .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I IS_STEP_ACTIVE True, if Step Monitored Actively .
IF_SPI_ADMIN I SET_PROCESS_VARIANT Set New Process Variant (space = reset) .
IF_SPI_AS_EXIT I GET_AS_PROCESS_INST Returns Filter-Dependent Reference on if_spi_process_path .
IF_SPI_AS_EXIT I GET_PAYLOAD_FLDNAMES Returns Names of Payload Fields Being Loaded .
IF_SPI_AS_EXIT I SAVE_PROCESS_INST Other Actions for New and Changed Instances .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I CALL_DISPLAY_TOOL Go to External Display .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I COUNT_INSTANCES Returns Number of Process Instance Objects of an Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DETAIL Detail Data for an Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DISPLAY_TOOL_URL URL for calling display tool for attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I GET_INSTANCES Returns Process Instance Objects for an Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I GET_TYPE Data Type of Attribute Value (String, Number, or Date) .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE I GET_VALUE Attribute Value .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I GET_DESCRIPTION Description of Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I GET_FILTER_VALUES Filter Values for Restricting the Process Instance Amount .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I GET_ICON_NAME SAP Icon of an Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I GET_ID ID of this Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I GET_TYPE Data Type of Attribute Value (String, Number, or Date) .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I HAS_DETAIL Can Return Detail Data for Attribute Values .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I HAS_DISPLAYTOOL Can Go To External Display Tool .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I HAS_INSTANCES Can Return Process Instances for the Attribute .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION I HAS_VALUE Can Return an Attribute Value .
IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE I LOAD Load Attributes .
IF_SPI_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP I CREATE Creates New Authorization Group .
IF_SPI_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Description for Language .
IF_SPI_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP I GET_INSTANCE Factory Method: Gets Instance for Existing Group .
IF_SPI_AUTHORIZATION_GROUP I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description for Language .
IF_SPI_CM_CHECK I IS_CONSISTENT Consistency Check for a PMI Metadata Object .
IF_SPI_COMMON I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns an instance of IF_SPI_ATTRIBUTE for the ID .
IF_SPI_COMMON I GET_ATTRIBUTES Request attribute list .
IF_SPI_COMMON I GET_DESCRIPTION Request description .
IF_SPI_COMPARABLE I EQUALS Check whether two objects are the same .
IF_SPI_CONFIGURATION_COMPONENT I GET_STEPS Gets Possible Steps Within Component .
IF_SPI_CONFIGURATION_STATIC I GET_INSTANCE Gets Process Configuration Interface .
IF_SPI_E2E_TRACE_MANAGER I GET_TRACE Gets current E2E trace configuration for an agent .
IF_SPI_E2E_TRACE_MANAGER I IS_TRACE_ACTIVE Checks whether trace conditions are set for agents .
IF_SPI_E2E_TRACE_MANAGER I RESET_TRACE Resets the E2E trace configuration for an agent .
IF_SPI_E2E_TRACE_MANAGER I SET_TRACE Sets the E2E trace configuration for an agent .
IF_SPI_FIELDVALUE_ADMIN I GET_EVENT_CONDITION Gets condition for event generation .
IF_SPI_FIELDVALUE_ADMIN I SET_EVENT_CONDITION Sets condition for event generation .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I GET_PROCESS_GUIDS Get GUIDs of selected process instances .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I GET_PROCESS_INSTANCES Get process instance objects .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I GET_RESTRICTIONS Returns Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I RESET_RESTRICTIONS Resets Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I SET_RESTRICTION Set Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I SET_TIMEINT Set Time (=Process Start) as Criterium .
IF_SPI_INSTANCE_SEARCH I SIMPLE_SET_RESTRICTIONS Simplified Setting of Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Returns true if there are more elements .
IF_SPI_ITERATOR I NEXT Returns reference to the next object .
IF_SPI_MESSAGE I RAISE_MESSAGE Issue message .
IF_SPI_METRIC I GET_METRIC_NAME Gets the name of the metric .
IF_SPI_METRIC I GET_METRIC_TYPE Get the type of a metric (see fixed values) .
IF_SPI_METRIC I GET_PROCESS Gets reference to process type .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I ACTIVATE Activate the Metric .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I DEACTIVATE Deactivate the Metric .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I GET_ANALYZE_OPTIONS Gets analysis options (step and process instance analysis) .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I GET_CUTOFF_FREQU Gets termination frequency for event generation in 1/h .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I GET_METRIC Gets reference to metric .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I IS_ACTIVE Check if metric is active .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I SET_ANALYZE_OPTIONS Sets analysis options (steo and process instance analysis) .
IF_SPI_METRIC_ADMIN I SET_CUTOFF_FREQU Sets termination frequency for event generation .
IF_SPI_METRIC_INST I GET_AS_STRING Gets the value as a string .
IF_SPI_METRIC_INST I GET_PROCESS_INSTANCE Gets references to process instances (might be empty) .
IF_SPI_METRIC_INST I GET_VALUE Gets the value in a suitable format .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I DESCRIBE_RELATED delivers selection criteria for related record .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I FIND_RELATED find processes related to a record .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I FIND_RELATED_RECORDS Find Records Related to Process Instance .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I INIT initialize the operator .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I RELATE check the relation between two records .
IF_SPI_OPERATOR I SELECT_RELATED_RECORDS Find Records Related to Process Instance .
IF_SPI_OP_CHECK I IS_SUPPORTED_COMPERAT Checks whether the operator is supported .
IF_SPI_OP_CHECK I IS_SUPPORTED_FLDNAM Checks whether technical field is supported .
IF_SPI_OVERVIEW I GET_AGGREGATED_DATA Gets Cumulated Runtime Data .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_ADMIN_INFO Gets Administration Information for Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_INITIAL_STEPS Gets Start Steps for Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_PROCESS_ID Returns the process type (GUID) .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_STEPS Gets Steps for Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_TIME_INT Gets Time Interval (Possibly Modified) .
IF_SPI_PROCESS I GET_TRANSITIONS Gets Transitions for Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_AUTHORIZATION I DELETE_AUTHORIZATION Removes an Authorization Group from the Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_AUTHORIZATION I GET_ALL_AUTHORIZATIONS Returns All Instances of Authorization Groups for Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_AUTHORIZATION I GET_AUTHORIZATION Gets Instance of Authorization Group .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_AUTHORIZATION I GET_INSTANCE Gets Instance for Process ID .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_AUTHORIZATION I SET_AUTHORIZATION Assigns Authorization Group to Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_CONFIGURATION I GET_COMPONENT Gets Specified Component in Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_CONFIGURATION I GET_PROCESS Gets Interface for Configured Process .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_CREATION_TIME Process instance creation/change by assembler .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_DURATION Process duration (in seconds), if still open: initial .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_END_TIME End time (UTC), if not available: initial .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_PROCESS Gets Process for Process Instance .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_PROCESS_ID Gets Process ID .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_START_TIME Start time (UTC) .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_STEP_INSTANCES Returns step instances .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I GET_TRANSITION_INSTANCES Gets Transition Instances .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I IS_COMPLETE Is Process Complete? .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_INST I IS_FINISHED Has Process Ended? .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I ADD_STEP Adds a step .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I BEFORE_SAVING Call Before Saving and Before Determining Header .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I EXPAND Returns infosets for a process instance .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I GET_HEADER Returns instance header .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I GET_RECORD Returns tracking record for step .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I IS_COMPLETE Is process complete? .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I IS_FINISHED Is process finished? .
IF_SPI_PROCESS_PATH I REMOVE_DELETED Remove Deleted Steps .
IF_SPI_RESPONSETIME_ADMIN I GET_EVENT_TIMEOUT Gets timeout for completino of multi-step events .
IF_SPI_RESPONSETIME_ADMIN I GET_EVENT_TIME_LIMIT Gets trigger for a reply event .
IF_SPI_RESPONSETIME_ADMIN I SET_EVENT_TIMEOUT Sets timeout for completion of multi-step events .
IF_SPI_RESPONSETIME_ADMIN I SET_EVENT_TIME_LIMIT Sets trigger for a response time event .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Checks Consistency .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I GET_RESTRICTIONS Gets Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I PROPOSE_VALID_TIME_BOUNDARIES Gets Suitable Interval Limits .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I RESET_RESTRICTIONS Gets Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I SET_RESTRICTIONS Set Filter Criteria .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I SET_TIMEINT Gets Criterion for Time Interval .
IF_SPI_SEARCH_FILTER I SIMPLE_SET_RESTRICTION Set Filter Criterion (Simple) .
IF_SPI_STATUS_ADMIN I GET_EVENT_CONDITION Gets condition for event generation .
IF_SPI_STATUS_ADMIN I SET_EVENT_CONDITION Sets condition for event generation .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_INSTANCE_ATTRIBUTES Gets Attribute Definitions for Step Instances .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_NAME Gets Step Name .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_PREDECESSORS Gets Predecessor of Step .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_PROCESS Returns process that belongs to this step .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_STEP_ID Gets Step ID (GUID) .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_SUCCESSORS Gets Successor of Step .
IF_SPI_STEP I GET_TRANSITIONS Gets Inbound and Outbound Transition Links .
IF_SPI_STEP I IS_EVENT Event? .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_DESTINATION Gets Original RFC Destination for Step .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_PREDECESSORS Gets Predecessor for Step Instance .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_PROCESS_INSTANCE Gets Process Instance for Step Instance .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_STEP Gets Step Definition .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_STEP_ID Gets Step ID .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_STEP_INST_GUID Gets Step Instance ID .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_SUCCESSORS Gets Successor for Step Instance .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I GET_TRANSITION_INSTANCES Transitions to or from Step .
IF_SPI_STEP_INST I IS_EVENT Event? .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_FILTER_CONDITIONS Returns Conditions for Process Instance Search .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_PROCESS_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Process Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_PROCESS_INST_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Instance Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_PROCESS_INST_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Process Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_RESTRICTIVE_ATTRIBUTES Returns Possible Attributes for Restriction .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_STEP_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Step Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_STEP_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Step Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_STEP_INST_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Step Instance Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_STEP_INST_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Step Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_TRANS_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Step Transition Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_TRANS_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Transition Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_TRANS_INST_ATTRIBUTE Returns Process Step Transition Instance Attribute Instance .
IF_SPI_TOOL I GET_TRANS_INST_ATTRIBUTES Returns Instance-Independent Transition Attributes .
IF_SPI_TOOL_CONDENSE I AGGREGATE Aggregation of Attributes of a Tool at Process Level .
IF_SPI_TOOL_CONDENSE I DELETE Deletion of Aggregated Attributes of a Tool .
IF_SPI_TOOL_CONDENSE I REMOVE_INVALID_PROCESSES Delete Non-Assigned Entries .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I EXPAND Gets Expanded Display .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I GET_AGENT Returns ID of agent and structure .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I GET_INSTAMP Returns incoming stamp in central repository .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I GET_PAYLOAD Returns layload as table .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I GET_VALUE Returns value for a payload .
IF_SPI_TRACKING_RECORD I IS_EQUAL Compares Two Tracking Records .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I GET_INSTANCE_ATTRIBUTES Gets Attribute Description for Process Instances .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I GET_PROCESS Returns the process that belongs to this transition .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I GET_STEPS Gets Steps for Transition .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I GET_TRANSITION_TYPE Gets Type of Transition .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I IS_SOURCE Checks whether step is source of transition .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION I IS_TARGET Checks whether step is destination of the transition .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION_INST I GET_STEP_INSTANCES Gets Step Instances for Transition Instance .
IF_SPI_TRANSITION_INST I GET_TRANSITION Gets Transition to Transition Instance .
IF_SPWSE_MAP_DIC_NAMES I GET_APPL_DTELS_BY_PRX_DTELS Application can adapt the appl. data element names .
IF_SP_BOR I GET_BOR_DATA Get Data .
IF_SP_BOR I GET_BOR_ID_FROM_OBJECT Finds BOR_ID from OBJECT_REFERENCE .
IF_SP_BOR I GET_SP_POID Gets SP POID from Current Paramaters .
IF_SP_BOR I UPDATE_OBJECT_REFERENCE Creates New Object Reference from Changed BOR_ID .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EE_TIME_EVAL I GET_TIME_TYPE Time Type Depending on Org. Assignment of Day .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I GET_BEGIN_OF_EDUCATION Gets Start of Education/Training .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I GET_EMPLOYEE_DETAILS Gets Additional Personal Data .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I GET_EXAMINATION_SCHEME Gets Examination Scheme and Training Path .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I GET_RETRO_CALC_DATE Gets the recalculation date (unbuffered) .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I GET_RETRO_CALC_LIMIT Gets the Limit for a Person .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I IS_STUDENT Is the Person a Student Nurse? .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I READ_SALDO Gets Balance for a Period .
IF_SP_PS_TSN_EMPLOYEE I SAVE_RETROCALC_DATE Save Recalculation Date .
IF_SRAPI_ACTION_LISTENER I ON_RESPONSE_RECEIVED Internal API Time Point: Process ESR Response .
IF_SRAPI_ACTION_LISTENER I ON_RETURNING_RESULT Internal API Time Point: Result is Calculated .
IF_SRAPI_ACTION_LISTENER I ON_SENDING_REQUEST Internal API Time Point: Request Sent to ESR .
IF_SRAPI_APPL_COMP_SERVICE I GET_CONTENT_LANGUAGES Gets permitted text languages .
IF_SRAPI_APPL_COMP_SERVICE I GET_REPOSITORY_LEVEL Gets Repository release .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_70 I ACTIVATE Activate Container .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_70 I DELETE Delete Container .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_70 I DELETE_ALL_PENDING_CONTAINERS Deletes all Open Change Lists of Current User .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_RENDER_70 I ACTIVATE Activates Container .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_RENDER_70 I DELETE Deletes Container .
IF_SRAPI_CONT_ACTION_RENDER_70 I DELETE_ALL_PENDING_CONTAINERS Deletes all Open Change Lists of Current User .
IF_SRAPI_GOA_PARSER I READ_OBJECTS Parses the Result of a GOA Request .
IF_SRAPI_GOA_RENDERER I GET_CHILDREN Gets Children of a Specific Hierarchy Node .
IF_SRAPI_GOA_RENDERER I READ_OBJECTS Read Object .
IF_SRAPI_GOA_SERVICE I GET_CHILDREN Gets Children of a Specific Hierarchy Node .
IF_SRAPI_GOA_SERVICE I READ_OBJECTS Read Objects from ESR .
IF_SRAPI_QUERY_SERVICE I GENERAL_QUERY Executes Query .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I ADD_NAMESPACES_TO_SWCV Add Namespaces for a SWCV .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I CREATE_CORE_DATATYPE Created a Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I CREATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Creates Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I CREATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Creates UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I DELETE_DATATYPE Deletes Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I DELETE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Deletes Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I DELETE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Deletes UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_CONTENT_LANGUAGES Gets Text Languages Configured in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_NAMESPACES Gets Namespaces for a SWCV (GUID) .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_REPOSITORY_LEVEL Returns Repository Release .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_REP_OBJECT Gets a Repository Object for a Given Key .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_REP_OBJECTS Returns Repository Objects for Given Selection .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I GET_SOFTWARE_COMP_VERSIONS Gets All Software Component Versions of the Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I IMPORT_SOFTWARE_COMP_VERSION Imports a SWCV into the Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I SUPPORTS_OBJECT_NAVIGATION Supports Current Repository Object Navigation? .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I UPDATE_CORE_DATATYPE Changes Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I UPDATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Changes Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REPOSITORY I UPDATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Changes UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REP_INTERNAL I GET_GOA_SERVICE Gets GOA Service of Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REP_INTERNAL I GET_QUERY_SERVICE Gets Query Service of Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REP_INTERNAL I GET_SIF_INFO_SERVICE Gets Sif Infor Service of Repository .
IF_SRAPI_SERVICE_REP_INTERNAL I GET_WSDL_SERVICE Gets WSDLService of Respository .
IF_SRAPI_SIF_INFO_PARSER I GET_MATCHING_INTERFACES Gets Matching Service Interfaces .
IF_SRAPI_SIF_INFO_RENDERER I GET_MATCHING_INTERFACES Serializes the Query for Matching Sifs .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I ADD_NAMESPACES_TO_SWCV Adds Namespaces to SWCV .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_AGGREGATED_DATATYPE Created an Aggregated data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_CORE_DATATYPE Created a Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Creates Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_FAULT_MESSAGE_TYPE Created a Fault Message Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_MESSAGE_TYPE Creates a Message Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_SERVICE_INTERFACE Creates a new Service Interface in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I CREATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Creates UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I DELETE_NAMESPACES_FROM_SWCV Deletes Namespaces of an SWCV .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I DELETE_REP_OBJECT Deletes a Repository Object from ESR .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I IMPORT_SOFTWARE_COMP_VERSION Import SWCV from SLD to Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_AGGREGATED_DATATYPE Changes an Existing Aggregated Data Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_CORE_DATATYPE Changes Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Changes Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_FAULT_MESSAGE_TYPE Chnages an Existing Fault Message Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_MESSAGE_TYPE Changes an Existing Message Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_SERVICE_INTERFACE Changes an Existing Service Interface .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_REQ_RENDERER I UPDATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Changes UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I ADD_NAMESPACES_TO_SWCV Add Namespaces for a SWCV .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_AGGREGATED_DATATYPE Created an Aggregated data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_CORE_DATATYPE Created a Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Creates Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_FAULT_MESSAGE_TYPE Created a Fault Message Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_MESSAGE_TYPE Creates a Message Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_SERVICE_INTERFACE Creates a New Service Interface in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I CREATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Creates UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I DELETE_REP_OBJECT Deletes a Repository Object from ESR .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I IMPORT_SOFTWARE_COMP_VERSION Imports an SWCV into Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_AGGREGATED_DATATYPE Changes an Existing Aggregated Data Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_CORE_DATATYPE Changes Core Data Type in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_DATA_TYPE_ENHANCEMENT Changes Data Type Enhancement in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_FAULT_MESSAGE_TYPE Chnages an Existing Fault Message Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_MESSAGE_TYPE Changes an Existing Message Type .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_SERVICE_INTERFACE Changes an Existing Service Interface .
IF_SRAPI_WRITE_SERVICE I UPDATE_UI_TEXTS_OBJECT Changes UI Texts in Repository .
IF_SRAPI_WSDL_OBJECT I GET_WSDL Returns WSDL as String .
IF_SRAPI_WSDL_SERVICE I GET_WSDL Returns WSDL as String .
IF_SREL_BROWSER I DISPLAY Display Object .
IF_SREL_BROWSER I GET_ATTRIBUTE Enter Required Attribute .
IF_SREL_BROWSER I MODIFY_FIELD_LIST Modify Field List of Attribute .
IF_SREL_BROWSER_COMMANDS I ADD_BUTTONS Add Push Button for ALV Toolbar .
IF_SREL_CTXMENU I EXECUTE_COMMAND Execute Menu Function .
IF_SREL_CTXMENU I SET_MENU Transfer Menu Entry .
IF_SREL_LINKS I MODIFY_LINK_LIST Modify Relationship List .
IF_SRM I ADD_OBJECT_CLASS_ROLE Add: Class Role for Object .
IF_SRM I ADD_RELATED_OBJECT Add: Buffer: Class Role -" Object Reference .
IF_SRM I DELETE_ALL_RELATED_OBJECTS Delete: Buffer: All: Class Role -" Object Reference .
IF_SRM I DELETE_RELATED_OBJECT Delete: Buffer: Class Role -" Object Reference .
IF_SRM I GET_EXCEPTION_TEXT Get: Text From Error Class, Optional Previous Concatenated .
IF_SRM I GET_MY_CLASS_REGISTRY Get: Corresponding Class Registry Object .
IF_SRM I GET_MY_INTERFACES Get: Returns all Intefaces of Class .
IF_SRM I GET_OBJECT_CLASS_ROLES Get: Active Class Roles of Object .
IF_SRM I GET_REGISTERED_CLASS_ROLES Get: List of Registered Class Roles for Object .
IF_SRM I GET_RELATED_OBJECT Get: Buffer: Class Role -"Object Reference .
IF_SRM I GET_ROOT Get: SRM Root Object .
IF_SRM I GET_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY Get: Interface Reference to SRM Object Factory .
IF_SRM I GET_SRM_REGISTRY Get: Interface Reference to SRM Registry .
IF_SRM I GET_SRM_SERVICE Get: Interface Reference to SRM Service .
IF_SRM I INITIALIZE Initialization of Object Using SRM .
IF_SRM I IS_INTERFACE_AVAILABLE Interface Implemented for Class? .
IF_SRM I IS_OBJECT_OF_CLASS_ROLE Is the Object in the Class Role? .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I ADD_ACTIVITY Inserts Specific Activity .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I ADD_ACTIVITY_LIST Inserts Activity List .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I ADD_SEPARATOR Inserts Separator .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I ADD_STANDARD Inserts Standard Activity .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I CHECK_ACTIVITY Not Including Subobjects .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I CHECK_ACTIVITY_RESOLVED Including Subobjects .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I GET_ACTIVITIES Activity List of Object .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I GET_ACTIVITIES_RESOLVED Activities Including Subobjects .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I GET_DEFAULT Get: Default Activity .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I GET_DEFAULT_CHANGING Get: Default Activity (changing activity) .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I SET_DEFAULT Set: Default Activity .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_LIST I SET_DEFAULT_CHANGING Set: Default Activity (changing activity) .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_MODIFIER I MODIFY_INSTANCE Modifies Instance Activities .
IF_SRM_ACTIVITY_MODIFIER I MODIFY_MODEL Modifies Model Activities .
IF_SRM_ALV I GET_ALV GET_ALV .
IF_SRM_ALV I SET_ENABLE Enable/Disable ALV .
IF_SRM_AL_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get Display Name .
IF_SRM_AL_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_PROPERTIES Get AL SP Information (Repository ID, MIME Type, BOR Type..).
IF_SRM_ARCHIVE_CONNECTION I CHECK Connection Check .
IF_SRM_ARCHIVE_CONNECTION I CONNECT Load Data from the Archive in the Runtime Object .
IF_SRM_ARCHIVE_QUERY I BUILD_QUERY Defines Table with Selection Parameters for Archive Search .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I CHECK_SPS_CLASSI_PARA_ID Checks Element Type Classification Parameter ID .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I CHECK_SPS_CLASSI_PARA_VALUE Checks Element Type Classification Parameter Value .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I CHECK_SPS_CLASSI_PARA_VALUE_IDChecks Element Type Classification Parameter Value ID .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_PARA_DESCR List of all Area Pararmeters Description .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_PARA_VALUE List of all Area Parameter Values .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_POID_PARA_DESCR Area POID Parameter Description .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_POID_PARA_VALUE Area POID Parameter Values .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get: Display Name .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_ID Get: Area ID .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_POID_DIRECTORY_INFO Returns POID Directory Properties for Area .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_SPS_CLASSI_PARA_DESCR List: Element Type AREA Classification PARA Descriptions .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_SPS_CLASSI_PARA_VALUE List: Element Type AREA Classification PARA Values .
IF_SRM_AREA_REGISTRY I GET_SP_REGISTRIES Get: List of All SP Registrys for Area .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_GENERAL_DESCRIPTION General Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_ID Get: Attribute ID .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_INTEGER_DESCRIPTION Integer-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTION Interface-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_QUERY_DESCRIPTION Query Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_RELATED_DESC Gets Reference Fields .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_STATE Returns Object Status .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_STRING_DESCRIPTION String-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_TABFIELD_DESCRIPTION Table Field-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_TYPE Gets Data Type (IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC="STRING, ...) .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_VISUAL_DESCRIPTION Visualization Description Information .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I GET_VIS_IN_LIST_DESCRIPTION List Visualization Description Information (Hitlist) .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I IS_OF_TYPE Checks Data Type .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_DDIC_CURRENCY Get: DDIC Value for Currencies .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_DDIC_MEASURE Get: DDIC Value for Amounts .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_DDIC_STRING Get: Cast DDIC Value on String .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_DDIC_XSTRING Get: Cast DDIC Value on XString .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_DESCRIPTION Get: Object of Attribute Description .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_ID Get: ID of Attribute .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_INTEGER_VALUE Get: Integer Value .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_INTERFACE_VALUE Get: Interface Value .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_RELATED_VALUE Get: Reference Values .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_STATE Get: State .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_STRING_VALUE Get: String Value .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_SINGLE I GET_DDIC_STRING Get: Cast DDIC Value on String .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_SINGLE I GET_INTEGER_VALUE Get: Integer Value .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_SINGLE I GET_INTERFACE_VALUE Get: Interface Value .
IF_SRM_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_SINGLE I GET_STRING_VALUE Get: String Value .
IF_SRM_ATTR_DESC_AREA_PARA I IS_AREA_POID_PARA True, if Area POID Parameter .
IF_SRM_ATTR_DESC_AREA_PARA I IS_SPS_CLASSIFICATION_PARA True, if SPS Classification Parameter .
IF_SRM_ATTR_DESC_AREA_PARA I SET_DATA Set Data .
IF_SRM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I DISABLE Deactivates the authority check .
IF_SRM_AUTHORITY_CHECK I ENABLE Activates the authority check .
IF_SRM_AV_COMPARE I INTEGER_ID_VALUE INTEGER_ID_VALUE .
IF_SRM_AV_COMPARE I STRING_ID_VALUE STRING_ID_VALUE .
IF_SRM_AV_SINGLE I DDIC_STRING_GET Get: Cast DDIC Value on String .
IF_SRM_AV_SINGLE I INTEGER_GET Get: Integer Value .
IF_SRM_AV_SINGLE I INTERFACE_GET Get: Interface Value .
IF_SRM_AV_SINGLE I STRING_GET Get: String Value .
IF_SRM_AV_SINGLE I TEXT_GET Get: Short Text .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I DISPATCH_REQUEST Processing a Request .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I FINISH_ASYNC End of an Asynchronous Call (only for passive requests) .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I GET_CURRENT_POID Returns Current POID .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I GET_REQUEST_TYPE Determines Type of Request (inplace, outplace) .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I GET_SRM Returns Reference to IF_SRM .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL I UNLOAD_CURRENT Download (Save) Current SP .
IF_SRM_BASE_CONTROL_INT I GET_CLIENT For Internal Use Only (Returns Reference to SP Client) .
IF_SRM_BSP_CALLBACK I ON_FINISHED_REQUEST Callback: Call After Request Ended .
IF_SRM_BSP_CALLBACK I ON_NEW_REQUEST Callback: Call After New Request .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I CHECK_ACTIVITY Activity Check .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_EXIT_URL Gets Exit URL/Set Value/Customizing/Sets Parameters .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SP_BSP_CLIENT_EVENT Generates a BSP Client Event Object .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER_REF Instantiates Controller Reference for Request .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SP_CLIENT Connect SP Client Object .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SP_CONTROLLER Determines Controller Name for POID .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SP_QUERY_CLIENT Gets Query Client for SP .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_GET Get Top Element in the Stack (withough changing the stack) .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_GET_COUNT Gets Number of Objects in Stack .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_POP Get Request from Navigation Stack .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_PUSH Make Request to Navigation Stack .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_REMOVE_ALL Ends All Requests (e.g. by Closing Browser) .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I NAVIGATION_SYNC Synchronize Navigation Stack with Browser .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I RAISE_CLIENT_EVENT Sets the Client Event Flag .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I SET_EXIT_URL Sets the Exit URL .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENTMANAGER I TAKE_CLIENT_EVENT Read (and deletes) the Client Event Flag .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_ASYNC_ANSWER Send Asyncronous Response (Ends the SP) .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_REQUEST Sends Request to the BSP Client Framework .
IF_SRM_BSP_CLIENT_EVENT I SET_CLIENTMANAGER_REF Sets Reference to the Client Manager .
IF_SRM_BSP_SERVICE I CREATE_REQUEST_OBJECT Creates an Empty Request Object .
IF_SRM_BSP_SERVICE I GET_REQUEST_URL Gets URL for Executing a Request .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_AREA_ID Check: AREA ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_CLASS_NAME_FOR_SP_ID Check: Class Name for SP ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_CLASS_ROLE Check: Class Role ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_CLASS_ROLE_FOR_POID Check: Class Role for POID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_CLASS_ROLE_FOR_SP_ID Check: Class Role for SP ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_COMPONENT_ROLE Check: Component Role .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_COMPONENT_ROLE_FOR_POID Check: Component Role for POID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_COMPONENT_ROLE_FOR_SP_IDCheck: Component Role for SP ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_SPS_ID Check: SPS ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_SP_ID Check: SP ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_SP_ID_FOR_AREA_ID Check: SP ID & AREA ID Together .
IF_SRM_CHECK_REGISTRY I CHECK_SP_TYPE_ID Check: SP Type ID .
IF_SRM_CHECK_WF_PATH I CHECK_WF_PATH Check Route (General) .
IF_SRM_CLASS_REGISTRY I CREATE_OBJECT Create Instance of Registered Class .
IF_SRM_CLASS_REGISTRY I GET_CLASS_ROLES Returns a List of all Class Roles in the Registered Class .
IF_SRM_CLASS_REGISTRY I INITIALIZE Initializing Class Registry .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I ADD_TO_GLOBAL_STACK Insert Entry into the Global Stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I CHECK_OBJECT_STACK Check if entry exists in object stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I GET_ACTUAL_GUI_TYPE Get Actual Gui Type .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I GET_GLOBAL_CLIENT_CONTEXT Get Global Client Context .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I GET_STACK_COUNT Gets number of items in navigation stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I INSERT_INTO_STACK_I Insert Entry into Stack List i .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I NAVIGATION_BACK Navigates back in stack and returns new active element .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I NAVIGATION_FORWARD Navigates forward in the stack & returns new active element .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I NAVIGATION_GET_CURRENT Gets Current Context .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I NAVIGATION_NEW Navigates to a new stack element .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I NAVIGATION_REMOVE Deletes Object From Navigation .
IF_SRM_CLIENTCONTEXT I SET_ACTUAL_GUI_TYPE Set actual gui type .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CHECK_EVENT_STACK Check the Current Event Stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CHECK_INCOMING_ACTIVITY Check the incoming target activity .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_ACTIVITIES Connects SPS Activities Object .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_AUTHORIZATION Connects SPS Authorization Object .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_MENU Connects an SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_VISUALIZATION Connects an SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_VISUALIZATION_PASVConnects an SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I CONNECT_SPS_VISUAL_QUERY Connects an SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I DELETE_FROM_EVENT_STACK Delete Entry from Event Stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_DEFAULT_ACTIVITY Determines Default Activity for a POID .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_GUI_TYPE Get the actual GUI type .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SPS_POSITION Gets Position of an Element Type .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SPS_VISUALIZATION Gets a new instance of the SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I GET_SPS_VISUALIZATION_PASV Gets a new instance of the SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I INSERT_INTO_EVENT_STACK Insert Entry into Event Stack .
IF_SRM_CLIENTMANAGER I WRITE_APPL_LOG Write Application Log .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_ASYNC_ANSWER Send Event SP Client -" RMF .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_CLOSE Close Active Element .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_REQUEST Starts a Request .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_EVENT I SEND_TITLE Set New Title and Status .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I GET_MY_GUI_TYPE Get the current GUI type .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I GET_MY_STARTING_REF Get the reference of the starting class .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I GET_RESULT Gets Result After Executed Operation .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I INITIALIZE Initialize the Client Framework .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I SET_MY_GUI_TYPE Set the current GUI type .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME I SET_MY_STARTING_REF Set the reference of the starting class .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME_BSP I CHECK_REQUEST Checks Whether Activity for Target is Authorized and Defined.
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME_BSP I CONNECT_SPS_VISUALIZATION Connects an SPS .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME_BSP I CREATE_INITIAL_REQUEST Creation of Initial Request for CFW BSP .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_FRAME_BSP I GET_SP_BSP_NAME Gets Name of BSP Application of a SP .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_STATE I GET_ALLOWED_SUCCESSORS Returns all Permitted Successor Statuses .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_STATE I GET_STATE Returns Status Value .
IF_SRM_CLIENT_STATE I SET_STATE Set Status Value .
IF_SRM_CLRO_FACTORY I EXECUTE Initializing an Object of the Class Role .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_CLASS_BASE Get: Class Name of Base Class .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_CLASS_DEFAULT Get: Class Name of Default Class .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_CLASS_FACTORY Get: Class Name of Factory Class .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_CLRO_FACTORY GET: Factory Object of Class Role .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get: Display Name .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I GET_ID GET: Class Role ID .
IF_SRM_CLRO_REGISTRY I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION I CHECK Connection Check .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION I CONNECT_REPOSITORY Load Data from Repository .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_ATTR I GET_STRING_VALUE Get: String Value of a Value Object for Connection Parameter.
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_ATTR I GET_VALUE Get: Value Object of a Connection Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_ATTR I GET_VALUES Get: List of Value Objects of all Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_NEW I NEW New Connection Object .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_STATE I GET_ALLOWED_SUCCESSORS Returns all Permitted Successor Statuses .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_STATE I GET_STATE Returns Status Value .
IF_SRM_CONNECTION_STATE I SET_STATE Set Status Value .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_CONTAINER Container of the Element (if Nested) .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_CONTAINER_ID Container ID .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_CONTAINER_POID Container POID .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_DESCRIPTION Element Description .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_ID ID of element .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_LEVEL Level of the Element in the Hierarchy .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_PARENT Return Parent Element .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_POID POID of Element .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_SPS_ID List of SPS IDs .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I GET_TYPE Element Type .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I HAS_CHILDREN Returns whether the element has children .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I IS_CONTAINER Element is a (Transparent) Container .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_CONTAINER Container of the Element (if Nested) .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_CONTAINER_ID Container ID .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_CONTAINER_POID Container POID .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_DESCRIPTION Element Description .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_HAS_CHILDREN Set that the element has children .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_ID Set the Element ID .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_IS_CONTAINER Element is a (Transparent) Container .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_LEVEL Level of the Element in the Hierarchy .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_PARENT Set Parent Element .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_POID POID of Element .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_SPS_ID List of SPS IDs .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT I SET_TYPE Element Type .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENTS_GET I EXECUTE Find Elements .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENTS_GET I GET_COLLECTION_ELEMENTS Return Collection (Elements) .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENTS_GET I HAS_POID_ELEMENTS Checks whether POID contains (container) elements .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ADDIT I DELETE_FREE_FIELD Delete Free Field .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ADDIT I GET_FREE_FIELDS Return Free Fields .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ADDIT I SET_FREE_FIELDS Set Free Fields .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ATTR I GET_ATTRIBUTE Return Attribute .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ATTR I GET_ATTRIBUTES Return Attributes .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ATTR I SET_ATTRIBUTE Set Attribute .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_ATTR I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I GET_LAST_MODIF_DATE Return Date of Last Change .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I GET_LAST_MODIF_TIME Return Time of Last Change .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I GET_LAST_MODIF_USER Return "Last Changed by" Data .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I SET_LAST_MODIF_DATE Set Date of Last Change .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I SET_LAST_MODIF_TIME Set Time of Last Change .
IF_SRM_CONTAINER_ELEMENT_USER I SET_LAST_MODIF_USER Set "Last Changed by" Data .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I CLEAR_BUFFER Delete Buffer -" Saves Garbage Collector Work .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I EXECUTE_AUTOMATION_SET Execute: Context Automation .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I GET_INTEGER_VALUE Get: Integer Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I GET_INTERFACE_VALUE Get: Interface Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter.
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I GET_STRING_VALUE Get: String Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I GET_VALUE Get: Value Object of a Context Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I GET_VALUES Get: List of Value Objects of all Context Parameters .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I SET_INTEGER_VALUE Set: Integer Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I SET_INTERFACE_VALUE Set: Interface Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter.
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_ATTR I SET_STRING_VALUE Set: String Value of a Value Object for Context Parameter .
IF_SRM_CONTEXT_AUTOMATION I SET_VALUES SP Fills Context Attributes with Values .
IF_SRM_CONTROL I DISPATCH_REQUEST Processing a Request .
IF_SRM_CONTROL I GET_ACTIVITY_VISUAL_STATUS Determines Visual Status of Activity .
IF_SRM_CONTROL I GET_SRM Returns Reference to IF_SRM .
IF_SRM_CONTROL I UNLOAD_CURRENT Download (Save) Current SP .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I CONNECT_CONTAINER Connects Container (SP) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I GET_INTERFACE Deprecated, Use GET_INTERFACE_4_UPD_COLLECTION .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I GET_INTERFACE_4_UPD_COLLECTIONReturns Interface for Change Operations .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I IS_CHANGING_SUPPORTED Returns whether container (SP) supports change operations .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I ADD_ELEMENT Add an Element to the Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I ADD_ELEMENTS Add Two or More Elements to the Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I CREATE_ITERATOR Create/Return Iterator for Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Element from Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I DELETE_ELEMENT_BY_POS Delete Element from Collection (Using Position) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_DIRECT_CHILDS_OF_ELEMENT Find Direct Children of an Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_ELEMENT Return Element (Using Index) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_ELEMENTS Return All Elements in the Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID Return Element (Using ID) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_ID_OF_ROOT_CONTAINER Find Container ID .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_INDEX_OF_ELEMENT Return Index of an Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I GET_NUMBER_OF_ELEMENTS Return Number of Elements in the Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I HAS_ELEMENT_CHILDREN Returns if an element in the collection has children .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I IS_ELEMENT_EXISTING Checks if an element exists in the collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I IS_POID_EXISTING Checks if an element with the specified POID exists .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT I SEARCH_ELEMENT_BY_DESCRIPTION Searches for an Element (Description) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_COLLECT_XT I IS_PREV_ELEM_POID_EXISTING Does another existing element have the same POID? .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_FILTER I FILTER_ELEMENT Filter Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I COPY_ITERATOR Copy Iterator .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I GET_COLLECTION Return Existing Collection for the Iterator .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Return Next Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I GET_POSITION Return Current Position of the Iterator .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Does a further element exist? .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I RESET Reset Iterator to First Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I SET_BY_ELEMENT Set Iterator to Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I SET_BY_POSITION Set Iterator to Certain Position .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I SET_POSITION_TO_END Set Position of the Iterator to its End .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMENT_ITERATOR I SET_POSITION_TO_PREVIOUS Set Iterator to Previous Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I ADD_ELEMENT Add Element to Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I CREATE_ELEMENT Return Initial New Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I GETTING_ELEMENTS_FAILED An error hos occurred while finding elements .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I GET_LEVEL_OF_CONTAINER Return Level of the Container .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I GET_PARENT_CONTAINER Return Parent Container .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I IS_CONTAINER_TO_REOPEN Is the container to be re-opened? .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEMS_GET_HANDLER I IS_ELEMENT_CONTAINER Returns whether an element is a container .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I ADD_ELEMENT_BY_PARENT Insert an Element to a Parent Element as a Child .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I ADD_ELEMENT_BY_REFERENCE Add an Element Using a Reference Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I CLOSE Closes the Container .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete an Element .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I GET_FREE_CHILDREN_ELEMENTS Free Child Elements (Record Model Structure, Cardinality) .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I GET_MESSAGE Existing Message after Operation .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I IS_ADDING_OF_ELEMS_SUPPORTED Does the container support addition of elements? .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I IS_DELETING_OF_ELEMS_SUPPORTEDDoes the container support deletion of elements? .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I OPEN Opens the Container for Changes .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I SAVE Saves the Changes .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_CHANGE_COLLEC I SET_ELEMENT_COLLECTION Set Element Collection .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_FILTER_COLLEC I ADD_FILTER Add Filter .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_FILTER_COLLEC I GET_ALL_FILTERS Return All Filters .
IF_SRM_CONT_ELEM_FILTER_COLLEC I INITIALIZE Initialize Collection .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I AREA_ATTR_DESC_STR_TO_OBJ AREA Attr Desc: Structure -" Object .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I POID_DATA_TO_STRING POID: Conversion of POID Data -" String .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I POID_STRING_TO_DATA POID: Conversion of String -" POID Data .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I SPS_ATTR_VALUE_ITAB_TO_OBJS SPS Attr Value: ITAB -" Object List .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I SP_ATTR_DESC_OBJS_TO_ITAB SP Attr Desc: Object List -" ITAB .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I SP_ATTR_DESC_OBJ_TO_STR SP Attr Desc: Object -" Structure .
IF_SRM_CONVERSION_SERVICE I SP_ATTR_DESC_STR_TO_OBJ SP Attr Desc: Structure -" Object .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I ICON_ID_GET ICON_ID_GET .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I POID_GET POID_GET .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I SET SET .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I SOURCE_POID_GET SOURCE_POID_GET .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I TEXT_GET TEXT_GET .
IF_SRM_COPYPASTEDATA I USER_OBJECT_GET USER_OBJECT_GET .
IF_SRM_CUSTOM_SERVICE_MGR I CONNECT_SERVICE Returns Instance of a Service for SPS .
IF_SRM_CUSTOM_SERVICE_MGR I CONNECT_SERVICE_BY_CUSTOMIZINGReturns Instance of a Service for Class Role by SRMCUSTSRV .
IF_SRM_CUSTOM_SERVICE_MGR I ENUMERATE_SERVICES Lists SPS that Implement Each Class Role .
IF_SRM_DDIC_BUFFER I DD_TABL_GET DD_TABL_GET .
IF_SRM_DDIC_BUFFER I DD_TABL_SET DD_TABL_SET .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I CHECK_VALUE_HELP_AVAILABLE Check: Input Help Available .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_ALL All Information (DD03P) .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_DATA_ELEMENT Data Element .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_DATA_TYPE Data Type .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_DECIMALS Decimal Places .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_DOMAIN Domain .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_LENGTH Output Length .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_REFFIELD Reference field for currency and qty fields .
IF_SRM_DDIC_DETAILS I GET_REFTABLE Table for reference field .
IF_SRM_DDIC_QUERY_INFO I GET_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR Returns Description for Table Field .
IF_SRM_DDIC_SERVICES I EXECUTE_VALUE_HELP Execute Input Help .
IF_SRM_DDIC_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR I GET_DATA_ELEMENT Returns Data Element .
IF_SRM_DDIC_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR I GET_DATA_TYPE Returns Data Type .
IF_SRM_DDIC_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR I GET_DECIMALS Returns Decimal Places .
IF_SRM_DDIC_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR I GET_DOMAIN Returns Domains .
IF_SRM_DDIC_TABLE_FIELD_DESCR I GET_LENGTH Returns Length .
IF_SRM_DIS_WFPATH_ACTIVITY I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Executing an Activity Function .
IF_SRM_DIS_WFPATH_ACTIVITY I PROCESS_BEFORE_DISPLAY Initializing the Activity .
IF_SRM_DIS_WFPATH_ACTIVITY I PROCESS_ON_LEAVE Action When Leaving the Circular .
IF_SRM_DIS_WFPATH_ACTIVITY I PROCESS_ON_SAVE_AND_QUIT Action When Saving .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I APPLY_LOCK Create Lock for this Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I COPY_PARTIAL Copy a given version and variant to new document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I CREATE_VERSION Create New Version of Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I DELETE Delete Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I FORCE_VERSION_RELOAD Look on the DB at next version access .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I FREEZE_CURRENT_VERSION Freeze Current Version .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_COMMIT_MODE Fetch Commit Mode .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_DM_REPOSITORY Fetch Repository from GDMA .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_DOC_ID Get Documentation ID .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_PROPERTY_INTERFACE Get Interface for Property Access .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_REPOSITORY_TYPE Get Repository Type .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_TRANSPORT_INFOS Get Transport Infos for Whole Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_UPDATE_MODE Get Update Mode .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_VARIANT Get Variant of the Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSION Get a Version of the Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSIONS_INFO Get Information on All Versions of a Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I IS_AUTHORIZED Checks Whether User is Authorised for Particular Activities .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I IS_MODIFIABLE Checks Whether Document May Be Modified (is locked or not) .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I NEW_VARIANT Create New Version with New Variant .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I REMOVE_LOCK Delete Lock for the Document .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I SET_COMMIT_MODE Set Commit Mode .
IF_SRM_DOCUMENT I SET_UPDATE_MODE Set Update Mode .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I CLOSE Close Document (Write Lock Released) .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create New Document .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_DOCUMENT_ID Get Document ID .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_DOCUMENT_URL Get DOCID, CLASS, VERSION and VARIANT .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_FUNCTION_LIST Get Toolbar Functions .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_MIMETYPE Determine Mimetype .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_PROPERTIES Get Properties (Only Properties that are to be Displayed) .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_VARIANT Get Variant .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I GET_WEBDAV_URL Get URL for Changing and Saving MS Document .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I OPEN_FOR_UPDATE Open Document (Read-Only) .
IF_SRM_DOCVIEW_BSP I SET_CONTENT Set Document Content with Table Transfer .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_DRAGITEM Gets POID that is Dragged or Dropped .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_DRAGSRC Gets POID of the Source of the Dragdrop Process .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_ICON_ID Gets Icon for Dragged Object .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_TEXT Gets Text for Dragged Object .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I GET_USEROBJECT Gets Additional Information (Free Field) .
IF_SRM_DRAGDROPDATA I SET_DRAGDATA Sets Information for DragDrop Process .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_GENERAL_DESCRIPTION General Description Information .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_INTEGER_DESCRIPTION Integer-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_INTERFACE_DESCRIPTION Interface-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_QUERY_DESCRIPTION Query Description Information (OPTIONAL) .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_RELATED_DESC Sets Reference Field .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_STRING_DESCRIPTION String-Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_TABFIELD_DESCRIPTION Table-Field Specific Description Information .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_VISUAL_DESCRIPTION Visualization Description Information (OPTIONAL) .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I SET_VIS_IN_LIST_DESCRIPTION List Vis. Description Info. [e.g. Hit List Display] (OPT.) .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_CHECK General Description: Update IS_CHECK .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_GENERATE General Description: Update IS_GENERATE .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_HELP General Description: Update IS_HELP .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_LIST General Description: Update IS_LIST .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_MAINTAIN General Description: Update IS_MAINTAIN .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_VISIBLE General Description: Update IS_VISIBLE .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_IS_VIS_IN_LIST General Description: Update IS_VIS_IN_LIST .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_DESC I UPDATE_GENERAL_TEXT General Description: Update TEXT .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_DDIC_CURRENCY Set: DDIC Value for Currencies .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_DDIC_MEASURE Set: DDIC Value for Amounts .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_DDIC_STRING Set: Cast DDIC Value on String .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_DDIC_XSTRING Set: Cast DDIC Value on XString .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_DESCRIPTION Set: Attribute Description Object .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_INTEGER_VALUE Set: Integer Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_INTERFACE_VALUE Set: Interface Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_RELATED_VALUE Set: Reference Values .
IF_SRM_EDIT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET_STRING_VALUE Set: String Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_AV_SINGLE I DDIC_STRING_SET Set: Cast DDIC Value on String .
IF_SRM_EDIT_AV_SINGLE I INTEGER_SET Set: Integer Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_AV_SINGLE I INTERFACE_SET Set: Interface Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_AV_SINGLE I STRING_SET Set: String Value .
IF_SRM_EDIT_SPS I CREATE Create SPS Entity in Registry .
IF_SRM_EDIT_SPS I GET_NEW_REG Factory: Get Handle for Create Method .
IF_SRM_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE Dequeue .
IF_SRM_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE Enqueue SP Object .
IF_SRM_EXCHANGE_CONTENT I GET_CONTENT Get Content of POID Object .
IF_SRM_EXCHANGE_LOG_DATA I GET_LOG_DATA Get Log Information from POID Object .
IF_SRM_EXCHANGE_META_DATA I GET_META_DATA Get Metadata of POID Object .
IF_SRM_FILE_TRANSFER I GET_CONTENT Get Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_FILE_TRANSFER I SET_CONTENT Set Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I ADD_INHERITED_PROPERTIES Add Properties that are inherited between versions .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I COPY_PARTIAL Only Copy One Version/Variant of Document .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I CREATE_DOCUMENT Create a Document (from New) .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I CREATE_SP_POID Create an SP-POID for the Document Specified .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_CONNECTION_PARAM Get Document Class for an Element Type .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_DM_REPOSITORY Fetch Repository from GDMA .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_DOCUMENT Returns the Document Used by the SP .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_DOC_CLASS Get Document Class for an Element Type .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_PROPERTY_TYPES Get Information on Existing Attribute Types of a Doc. Class .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I GET_QUERY Supplies Reference to IF_DM_QUERY .
IF_SRM_GENERIC_SP I IS_AUTHORIZED Checks Whether User is Authorised for Particular Activities .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I GET_ICON Gets Icon for Element .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I GET_PARA_BEE Gets Visualization for Search Parameters .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I GET_PARA_TAB Gets Search Parameter Table from HTTP Request .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I GET_RESULT_FIELDCAT Gets Field Catalog of Result Display .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I GET_TITLE Gets Title of Search Function .
IF_SRM_GENSP_QUERY_EXT I RENDER_CELL Gets Cell Visualization .
IF_SRM_GSP_FILE_TRANSFER I GET_CONTENT Get Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_GSP_FILE_TRANSFER I SET_CONTENT Set Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_GSP_IMPL I CONNECT Connect to Document .
IF_SRM_GSP_IMPL I GET_PROT_DATA Get Protected Data from Implementation .
IF_SRM_GSP_IMPL I SET_POID Sets POID Object .
IF_SRM_GSP_POID_INFO I GET_NAME Get Object Names for POID ID .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I CLEAR_CACHE Discard Buffered Attribute Values .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I DELETE_PROPERTIES Delete Attributes .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I GET_MAINT_PROPERTIES Get Maintainable Properties of the Information Object .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTIES Getting Properties .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY Get an Attribute .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY_TYPES Get Attributes for Properties .
IF_SRM_GSP_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTIES Setting Properties .
IF_SRM_GSP_QUERY I EXECUTE Carry Out Search .
IF_SRM_GSP_QUERY I IS_PROP_VALUE_UNIQUE Checks whether a property value is unique .
IF_SRM_GSP_SRM_STATE I GET_SRM_STATE_PROFILE Determine Status Profile .
IF_SRM_GSP_SRM_STATE I IS_SEQUEL_SRM_STATE_VALID Returns whether sequence status is valid .
IF_SRM_GSP_SRM_STATE I IS_SRM_STATE_ACTIVE Checks whether property SRM_STATE is used/active .
IF_SRM_GSP_SRM_STATE I SET_SRM_STATE_INIT Initialization of Property SRM_STATE .
IF_SRM_GSP_TAB_TRANSFER I GET_CONTENT Get Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_GSP_TAB_TRANSFER I SET_CONTENT Set Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_GSP_URL_TRANSFER I CONFIRM_PUT Transfer Data (After calling Get_url_for_Put) .
IF_SRM_GSP_URL_TRANSFER I GET_URL_FOR_GET Get URL for Selecting Content .
IF_SRM_GSP_URL_TRANSFER I GET_URL_FOR_PUT Get URL for Writing Content .
IF_SRM_LOC_BE I GET_OPTIONS Provide Visualization Options .
IF_SRM_LOC_BE I GET_POID_FOR_ENTRY Provides POID Object for List Entry .
IF_SRM_LOC_BE I GET_QUERY_FIELDCAT Deliver Field Catlog .
IF_SRM_LOC_BE I GET_QUERY_RESULT Perform Search .
IF_SRM_LOC_BE I GET_SELECTION_PARA Read Attribute List .
IF_SRM_LOC_SAPGUI_FE I DO_QUERY Search .
IF_SRM_LOC_SAPGUI_FE I GET_SELECTED_ELEMENTS Provides list of selected elements (as POID) .
IF_SRM_LOC_SAPGUI_FE I INIT Initialization .
IF_SRM_LOC_SAPGUI_FE I SET_CONTEXT Sets Context .
IF_SRM_LOC_SAPGUI_FE I SHOW Display .
IF_SRM_MDL_API I GET_ALL_DIRECT_CHILDS GET_ALL_DIRECT_CHILDS .
IF_SRM_MDL_API I GET_ALL_ELEMENTS GET_ALL_ELEMENTS .
IF_SRM_MDL_API I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID .
IF_SRM_MDL_API I GET_FIRST_ID_BY_ANCHOR GET_FIRST_ID_BY_ANCHOR .
IF_SRM_MDL_API_ELEMENT I GET_EXPIRY Currently Only C_EXPIRY_UNLIMITED .
IF_SRM_MDL_API_ELEMENT I GET_FREE_ATTRIBUTES Among Others C_ANCHOR_NAME .
IF_SRM_MDL_API_ELEMENT I GET_LAST_MODIFICATION YYYY-MM-DD and HH:MM:SS .
IF_SRM_MDL_API_ELEMENT I GET_STATE C_STATE_INIT or C_STATE_SET or C_STATE_FOLDER .
IF_SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO_ARCHIVE I GET_SPECIFIC_INFO_LIST List of Specific Attribute Value Objects .
IF_SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO_ARCHIVE I GET_STANDARD_INFO_LIST List SP Standard Attribute Values .
IF_SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO_SP I GET_SPECIFIC_INFO_LIST List of Specific Attribute Value Objects .
IF_SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO_SP I GET_STANDARD_INFO_LIST List SP Standard Attribute Values .
IF_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_CLASS_REGISTRY Create Class Registry Object .
IF_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_CLRO_REGISTRY Create Class Role Registry Object .
IF_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_SP_OBJ_BY_ROLE_POID Create SP Object for: Class Role & POID .
IF_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_SP_OBJ_BY_ROLE_SP_ID Create SP Object for: Class Role & SP ID .
IF_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_SRM_OBJ_BY_ROLE Create SRM Object for: Class Role .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER I ADD_FAVORITE Add a Favorite .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER I ADD_HISTORY Adds an Element to the Worklist .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER I DEL_HISTORY Deletes an Element from the Worklist .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER I DISPLAY_WHEREUSED Display Where-Used List for Given POID Object .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER I SEND_REQUEST Sends Request Through Organizer (for Plug-Ins) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I CHECK_RMS_ID Checks Existence of RMS ID and Authorization .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_DELETE Deletes an Element from the Favorites (Recursive if Needed) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_INSERT Sets a New Element in Favorites .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_READ Reads the Favorites List .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_READ_REMOTE Read Favorites (Remote) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_REMOVE_ELEMENT Deletes an Element From the Favorites .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_RENAME Rename an Element from the Favorites .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_WRITE Writes the Favorites List .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I FAVORITE_WRITE_REMOTE Write Favorites (Remote) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I GET_RMS_ID_LIST Gets List of the Permissible RMSIDs for the User (Buffered) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I GET_VIEW_LIST Gets List of Defined Views for User .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I HISTORY_ADD_ELEMENT Adds an Element to the History .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I HISTORY_READ Reads the Complete History .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I HISTORY_READ_REMOTE Read History (Remote Call) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I HISTORY_REMOVE_ELEMENT Deletes an Element From the History .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I PREFERENCES_GET Reads Preferences .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I PREFERENCES_SET Sets Preferences .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_ADD_UPDATE Add or Update Possible Element in Resubmission .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_CHECK Checks Resubmission Entry .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_GET Reads List of Resubmission Entries .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_GET_COUNT Determine Number of Elements (Quick) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_GET_FOR_POID Checks Whether a POID Is Already in the Resubmission .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_GET_WHEREUSED Where-Used List for Resubmission Element .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I RESUBMISSION_REMOVE Delete Element .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I SET_COMPROLE_FILTER Set Filter (Component Role) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I VIEW_CREATE_FROM_REGISTRY Generate Default View from Registry .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BE I VIEW_READ_REMOTE Read View (Remote) .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_CURRENT_NODE Returns Current Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_NODE_INFO Gets Information for Current Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_NODE_LAUNCH_REQUEST Gets Request to Start Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_NODE_POID Gets POID for Node ID .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_PATH Gets Path for Specified Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_POID_LAUNCH_REQUEST Generates Request for POID .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_REQUEST_URL Gets URL for Node ID .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_SUBFOLDERS Gets Current Directories of Role for Superordinate Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_SUBNODES Gets All Nodes (Not Folders) Beneath a Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I GET_TOP_NODE_DESC Gets Top Node with Description .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_BSP I SET_CURRENT_NODE Sets Current Node .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_PLUGIN_SGW I ON_GET_TITLE Gets Plug-In Title .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_PLUGIN_SGW I ON_HIDE Hide Plug-In .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_PLUGIN_SGW I ON_INITIALIZE Initialize Plug-In .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_PLUGIN_SGW I ON_REQUEST_ANSWER Request Started by Plug-In Answered .
IF_SRM_ORGANIZER_PLUGIN_SGW I ON_SHOW Display Plug-In .
IF_SRM_PBO I PROCESS_BEFORE_OUTPUT Method that is to be executed before screen output .
IF_SRM_PLAN I GET_FPLAN_TERMINOLOGY Get External Designation for File Plan .
IF_SRM_PLAN_TREE I SET_POIDS_ICON SET_POIDS_ICON .
IF_SRM_PLAN_TREE I UNSET_POIDS_ICON UNSET_POIDS_ICON .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_AREA_ID Get: Area ID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_AREA_POID Get: Area POID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_AREA_POID_VALUE_BY_ID Get: Area POID Attribute Value for an ID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_AREA_REGISTRY Get: Area Registry Object .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_POID_DIRECTORY_ID Get: POID Directory ID (INITIAL if not entered) .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_POID_STATE Get: POID State .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SPS_ID Get: SPS ID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SPS_REGISTRY Get: SPS Registry Object .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SP_ID Get: SP ID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SP_POID Get: SP POID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SP_POID_VALUE_BY_ID Get: SP POID Attribute Value for ID .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SP_REGISTRY Get: SP Registry Object .
IF_SRM_POID I GET_SRM_POID Get: SRM POID .
IF_SRM_POID I SET_SP_POID Set: SP POID .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER I GET_CONTROL_SETTINGS Get: Interface to Control Settings .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER I GET_EXECUTION Get: Interface for Execution .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER_CONTROL I SET_MULTIPLE_SELECTION Set: Multiple Selection Possible (IF SRM="TRUE) .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER_CONTROL I SET_TITLE Set Title Bar .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER_EXECUTION I DISPLAY Display POID Browser .
IF_SRM_POID_BROWSER_EXECUTION I SET_POID_LIST Set: List of POID Objects (maximum 500 POIDs) .
IF_SRM_POID_BUFFER I DELETE_POID Delete POID Buffer with POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_BUFFER I GET_POID Read POID Buffer with POID Buffer ID .
IF_SRM_POID_BUFFER I SET_POID Set POID Buffer with POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_DIR_CHECK Get: Interface to Check Directory .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_DIR_EDIT Get: Interface to Edit Directory .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_DIR_QUERY Get: Interface to Query Directory .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_RELA_CHECK Get: Interface to Check Relation .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_RELA_EDIT Get: Interface to Edit Relation .
IF_SRM_POID_DIRECTORY I GET_POID_RELA_QUERY Get: Interface to Query Relation .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_CHECK I CHECK Check with POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_CHECK I CHECK_BY_ID Check with POID ID .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_EDIT I CREATE Create Entry .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_EDIT I DELETE Delete Entry with POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_EDIT I DELETE_BY_ID Delete Entry with POID ID .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_QUERY I GET_ID Returns POID Directory ID for POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_QUERY I GET_ID_BY_SEARCH_KEY Returns List of POID Directory IDs for Search KEy .
IF_SRM_POID_DIR_QUERY I GET_POID_BY_ID Returns POID Object for POID Directory ID .
IF_SRM_POID_HELPER I GET_HASH_STRING Get: String for Forming Hash Value .
IF_SRM_POID_HELPER I GET_HASH_VALUE Get: Hash Value .
IF_SRM_POID_HELPER I GET_SP_POID_VALUES Get: SP POID Value Objects .
IF_SRM_POID_HELPER I SET_MODEL_POID_DATA Set: Model POID Data .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_CHECK I CHECK Check with POID Objects .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_CHECK I CHECK_BY_ID Check with POID IDs .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_EDIT I CREATE Create Relation .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_EDIT I DELETE Delete Entry with POID Object .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_EDIT I DELETE_BY_ID Delete Entry with POID ID .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_QUERY I GET_POID1_IDS_BY_POID2_ID Returns List of POID 1 IDs for a POID 2 ID .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_QUERY I GET_POID1_IDS_BY_RELATION_TYPEGets List of POID 1 IDs for Relation Type .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_QUERY I GET_POID2_COUNT_BY_POID1_A_RELGets Number of POID 2 for POID 1 and Relation Type .
IF_SRM_POID_RELA_QUERY I GET_POID2_IDS_BY_POID1_ID Returns List of POID 2 IDs for a POID 1 ID .
IF_SRM_POID_REPOSITORY I DELETE_POID Delete .
IF_SRM_POID_REPOSITORY I GET_POID Read .
IF_SRM_POID_REPOSITORY I SET_POID Write .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_CORE I ADD_SPOOL_PART Add Spool Request to Composite .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_CORE I CLOSE_PRINT_JOB Close Print Job .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_CORE I GET_PRINT_PARAMS Get Print/Archiving Parameter of Job .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_CORE I OPEN_PRINT_JOB Open New Print Job .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_XDC I IS_DOCUMENT_SUPPORTED Checks Whether at Least One Comp./MIME Type Can Be Printed .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_XDC I IS_MIMETYPE_SUPPORTED Specifies Whether MIME Type of Converter Server Supported .
IF_SRM_PRINT_COMPOSITE_XDC I PRINT_DOCUMENT_TO_CONVERT Print Document for Conversion with XDC Interface .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I DELETE_PROPERTIES Delete Attributes .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I GET_MAINT_PROPERTIES Get Maintainable Properties of the Information Object .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTIES Getting Properties .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY Get an Attribute .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I GET_PROPERTY_TYPES Get Attributes for Properties .
IF_SRM_PROPERTIES I SET_PROPERTIES Setting Properties .
IF_SRM_PROP_BSP I CONNECT CONNECT .
IF_SRM_PROP_BSP I GET_NAME_VALUE_TAB GET_NAME_VALUE_TAB .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT I SPS_SUBTYPE_GET If element type (Model POID) insufficient, such as case type.
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT I SPS_SUBTYPE_SET If element type (Model POID) insufficient, such as case type.
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT I USER_OBJECT_GET User Object .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT I USER_OBJECT_SET User Object .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_CROSS_QY I SPS_TAB_GET SPS_TAB_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_CROSS_QY I SPS_TAB_SET SPS_TAB_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_PRINT I MODE_GET MODE_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_PRINT I MODE_SET MODE_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_PRINT I USER_OBJECT_GET USER_OBJECT_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_PRINT I USER_OBJECT_SET USER_OBJECT_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I ALL_GET Get All .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I ALL_SET set all .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CALLED_BY_CROSS_QUERY_GET CALLED_BY_CROSS_QUERY_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CALLED_BY_CROSS_QUERY_SET CALLED_BY_CROSS_QUERY_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CASE_SENSITIVE_GET CASE_SENSITIVE_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CASE_SENSITIVE_SET CASE_SENSITIVE_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CURRENT_VERSION_ONLY_GET CURRENT_VERSION_ONLY_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I CURRENT_VERSION_ONLY_SET CURRENT_VERSION_ONLY_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I FUZZY_SEARCH_GET FUZZY_SEARCH_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I FUZZY_SEARCH_SET FUZZY_SEARCH_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I MAX_HITS_GET MAX_HITS_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I MAX_HITS_SET MAX_HITS_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I NEAR_BY_GET NEAR_BY_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_QUERY I NEAR_BY_SET NEAR_BY_SET .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I REQUEST_GET Client Frame Request .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I REQUEST_SET Client Frame Request .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I SOURCE_POID_GET Source POID .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I SOURCE_POID_SET Source POID .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I TEMPLATE_POID_GET Template POID: Record Model, Document Template .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_REG I TEMPLATE_POID_SET Template POID: Record Model, Document Template .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I DO_LOCK_GET Lock in MODE_MODIFY? .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I DO_LOCK_SET Lock in MODE_MODIFY? .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I MODE_GET MODE_DISPLAY, MODE_MODIFY etc. .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I MODE_SET MODE_DISPLAY, MODE_MODIFY etc. .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I PARENT_CONT_GET parent container .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I PARENT_CONT_SET parent container .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I PLACE_GET PLACE_IN, PLACE_OUT .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I PLACE_SET PLACE_IN, PLACE_OUT .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I UI_GET UI_SAPGUI, UI_BSP etc. .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I UI_SET UI_SAPGUI, UI_BSP etc. .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I USER_OBJECT_GET User Object .
IF_SRM_PROP_CONTEXT_VIS I USER_OBJECT_SET User Object .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I CHANGE_PROPERTIES Changing an Attribute Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Existence of Attribute Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I CREATE_PROPERTIES Creation of a New Attribute Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I DELETE_PROPERTIES Deletion of an Attribute Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I FIND Attribute Records Search Using Search Criteria .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I READ_ADMIN_DATA Read Administration Data of an Attribute Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I READ_PROPERTIES Read Attributes (Transfer as Name Value Table) .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I READ_PROPERTIES_MULTI Read Attributes for More than One Record .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I READ_PROPERTIES_REF Read Attributes (Transfer as Date Reference) .
IF_SRM_PROP_PERS_API I READ_PROPERTY Read One Attribute .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I CHECK_REFERENCE Checks Unique ID .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I GENERATE_FIRST_REFERENCE Generates Unique ID for New Object .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I GENERATE_REFERENCE Generates Unique ID .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I GET_DESCRIPTION_FOR_RULENAME Gets Description for Given Rule Name .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I GET_IF_SRM_REFERENCE Gets Record Number Generator .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I GET_USE_DEFAULTS Gets Setting: Use User Data for Generation .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I INIT_USE_DEFAULTS Initializes Setting: Use User Data for Generation .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I SET_USE_DEFAULTS Sets Setting: Use User Data for Generation .
IF_SRM_PROP_REFERENCE I TOGGLE_USE_DEFAULTS Switches Setting: Use User Data for Generation .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I HANDLE_CHECK HANDLE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I HANDLE_OK HANDLE_OK .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I HANDLE_PRINT HANDLE_PRINT .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I HANDLE_PRINT_BARCODE HANDLE_PRINT_BARCODE .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I INITIALIZE INITIALIZE .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I MAX_COLUMNNO_GET MAX_COLUMNNO_GET .
IF_SRM_PROP_VIS_SAPGUI I MAX_ROWNO_GET MAX_ROWNO_GET .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL I IS_PROTOCOL_ACTIVE Determine Whether Logging is Active .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL I READ_OPERATIONS Reading Log Entries .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL I SET_POID_INFO_HANDLER Sets Pointer for Obtaining POID Information .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL I WRITE_OPERATION Logging an Operation .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL_CONFIG I GET_FLAG_NOT_DEL Get Flag LOG_NOT_DEL .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL_CONFIG I GET_KEEP_DAYS Get Log: Keep Time of SPS in Days .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL_CONFIG I GET_LEVEL Get Log Level of SPS .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL_CONFIG I IS_ACTIVE Check if logging is turned off for all SPS .
IF_SRM_PROTOCOL_CONFIG I SET_ACTIVE Turn Logging On/Off for all SPS .
IF_SRM_QUERY I DO_PROPERTY_QUERY Execute Search .
IF_SRM_QUERY I GET_DETAIL Supply Details (POID) of Search Result .
IF_SRM_QUERY I GET_INSTANCE Supplies Instance of IF_SRM_QUERY .
IF_SRM_QUERY I GET_PROPERTIES Get Attributes of Object List .
IF_SRM_QUERY_AREA I GET_REG Returns List of all AREA Registry Objects .
IF_SRM_QUERY_AREA I GET_REG_BY_ID Returns Area Registry Object for Area ID .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS I CONNECT_REG_FOR_SP_BY_ROLE_SP Returns Class Registry for SP for Role with SP .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS I CONNECT_REG_FOR_SP_BY_RO_POID Returns Class Registry for SP to Role with POID .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS I CONNECT_REG_FOR_SRM_BY_ROLE Returns Class Registry for SRM to Role .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS I GET_NAME_FOR_SP_BY_ROLE Returns SP Class Name to Class Role .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS I GET_NAME_FOR_SRM_BY_ROLE GET: SRM Class Name for SRM Class Role .
IF_SRM_QUERY_CLASS_ROLE I CONNECT_REG_BY_CLRO_ID Connect: Class Role Registry Object to ID of Class Role .
IF_SRM_QUERY_POID I CONNECT_INSTANCE Connected Reference to Instance POID (With Buffer) .
IF_SRM_QUERY_POID I GET_INSTANCE Returns Reference to Instance POID (Without Buffer) .
IF_SRM_QUERY_POID I GET_MODEL Returns Reference to Model POID (Without Buffer) .
IF_SRM_QUERY_SP I GET_REG_BY_ID Connects SP Registry Object to SP ID .
IF_SRM_QUERY_SPS I GET_REG Connects List of all Element Type Registry Objects .
IF_SRM_QUERY_SPS I GET_REG_BY_AREA_CLASSI Connects List of ET Registry Objects for AREA Classification.
IF_SRM_QUERY_SPS I GET_REG_BY_AREA_ID Connects List of all ET Registry Objects for AREA ID .
IF_SRM_QUERY_SPS I GET_REG_BY_CONNECTION_VALUE Connects List of SPS Registry Objects to Connection Value .
IF_SRM_QUERY_SPS I GET_REG_BY_ID Connects Element Type Registry Object for Element Type ID. .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I ADD_ROLE Add Role to Record Element .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I DELETE_ELEMENT An Element is Deleted .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I DELETE_RECORD Record Will be Deleted .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I DISPLAY_ELEMENT An Element is Displayed .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I DISPLAY_RECORD File is Displayed .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I INSERT_ELEMENT A New Element is Inserted .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I MODIFY_ELEMENT Element Being Changed .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I MODIFY_RECORD Record Opened for Modification .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I MOVE_ELEMENT An Element is Moved to the File .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I PRINT_RECORD Print Record .
IF_SRM_RECPROTOCOL I REMOVE_ROLE Delete Role Assignment for Record Element .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I CREATE_RUN Create New Operation Run .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I GET_FACILITY Return Setup/Tool for Operation Run .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I GET_IF_SRM SRM Handle .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I GET_PARAMETERS Return Operation Parameters .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I GET_RUNS Return Operation Runs .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I IS_FACILITY_EXISTING Returns whether a setup/tool exists .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I SET_FACILITY Set Setup/Tool for Operation Run .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I SET_PARAMETERS Set Operation Parameters .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_OBJ_ITER I GET_NEXT Return Next Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_OBJ_ITER I HAS_NEXT Does a further object exist? .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_OBJ_ITER I RESET Reset Iterator to First Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I CREATE_ITERATOR_4_RUN_OBJS Iterator for Participating Objects .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I EXCECUTE_FOR_POID Execute Recursive Operatoin on POID .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I EXECUTE Execute Recursive Operatoin .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I GET_OPERATION Return Associated Operation .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I GET_RESULT Get Result for Recursive Operation .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I GET_RUN_OBJECTS Return Participating Objects .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I GET_SP_INTERFACE Return Interface for Participating SP .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I GET_START_POID Return Start POID .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I REGISTER_POID Register Participating POID .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN I SET_RESULT Set Result for Rec. Operation .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_EXCEPTION Return Class-Based Exception .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_LEVEL Return Hierarchy Level of an Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_PARENT Return Parent Run Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_POID Return POID .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_RESULT Return Result for an Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I GET_STATE Get Status .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I SET_EXCEPTION Set Class-Based Exception if Errors Arise .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I SET_LEVEL Set Hierarchy Level of an Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I SET_RESULT Set Result for an Object .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_RUN_OBJ I SET_STATE Set Status .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_OPER_TEMPL_SP I EXECUTE Execution of the Recursive Operation .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_SP_HANDLER I CREATE_HANDLER Create Handler .
IF_SRM_RECURSIVE_SP_HANDLER I EXECUTE_FOR_POID Execute for POID (Called up by Recursive Operation) .
IF_SRM_REC_API I GET_ALL_POIDS GET_ALL_POIDS .
IF_SRM_REC_CHECK I BEFORE_DELETE Time Before Deleting Record Element (POID) .
IF_SRM_REC_CHECK I BEFORE_DELETE_RECORD Time Before Deleting the Record .
IF_SRM_REC_CHECK I BEFORE_DROP Time Before Drop Record Element (POID) .
IF_SRM_REC_CHECK I BEFORE_INSERT Time Before Inserting Element .
IF_SRM_REC_CHECK I BEFORE_SAVE Time Before Saving a Record Element .
IF_SRM_REC_DEFAULTS I DESCRIPTION_GET Initial Text for Top Nodes (For Example, in CREATE) .
IF_SRM_REC_DEFAULTS I SEMANTIC_ID_GET Initial Text for Unique Name (for Example in CREATE) .
IF_SRM_REC_TIMES I AFTER_SAVE Directly After Saving the Record, But Before Commit .
IF_SRM_REC_TIMES I BEFORE_PASTE_DIALOG Insert 'Name/Everything' for Element .
IF_SRM_REC_TIMES I BEFORE_PASTE_SUBTREE_DIALOG Dialog: Insert Element Before or After .
IF_SRM_REC_TIMES I BEFORE_PASTE_TREENODE_DIALOG Insert Dialog Node to Node or Subnode .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I CHECK_REFERENCE Check Record Number .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I CREATE_REFERENCE Create Record Number .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I EVAL_ELEMENT Evaluate a Rule Element (As in Generation) .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I GET_NEW_REFERENCE_SESSION Gets New Session for Generating Record Numbers .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I GET_REFERENCE_PARTS Get Part of a Record Number .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I GET_RULE_DEFINITION Read a Rule Definition .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I GET_RULE_NAME Get Name of Rule .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I GET_VALUE_FROM_REFERENCE Gets Value of Rule Element (from Elem. Name) from Rec. No. .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I PRESET_ELEMENT_VALUE Reserve Value for Rule Element with Given Name (Before Gen.).
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I REMOVE_REFERENCE Deletes Saved Parts of Record Number .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I RESERVE_REFERENCE Reserve Record Number (if required) .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE I UNRESERVE_REFERENCE Unreserve Reservation of a Record Number .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE_SESSION I CHECK_AND_PRERESERVE Checks Record Number and Creates Preliminary Reservation .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE_SESSION I CREATE_AND_PRERESERVE Creates Record Number and Creates Preliminary Reservation .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE_SESSION I DESTROY Ends Session, Deletes Preliminary Reservations .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE_SESSION I GET_IF_SRM_REFERENCE Gets Record Number Generator .
IF_SRM_REFERENCE_SESSION I SAVE_PRERESERVED Reserves Last Prelim. Reserved Record No., Deletes Others .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_ANALYZER I ANALYZE_CLASS_FOR_REGISTRATIONAnalyzes Class for Registration .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_ANALYZER I CHECK_BASE_CLASS_FOR_NAME Check: Basis Class for Class Name .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_ANALYZER I CHECK_BASE_CLASS_FOR_OBJECT Check: Basis Class for Object .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_ANALYZER I CHECK_SPS_PARA_VALUE_TO_DESCR Analyzes Whether SPS Para Value Compatible with Para Descr. .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_ANALYZER I GET_POSSIBLE_CLASS_ROLES Get: List of Possible Class Roles of a Class. .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_BROWSER I GET_CONTROL_SETTINGS Get: Interface to Control Settings .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_BROWSER I GET_VIEW_AREA_PARA_VALUE_1 View: Area -" Para Def -" Para Value .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_BROWSER I GET_VIEW_SPS_1 View: Area -" SP -" SPS .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_BROWSER I GET_VIEW_SPS_2 View: Area -" Classi Para Def -" Classi Para Value -" SPS .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I FILL_COLUMN_1_WITH Content of Column 1 ( Default TYPE ) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I FILL_COLUMN_2_WITH Content of Column 2 (Default DISPLAY NAME ) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I FILL_COLUMN_HIERARCHY_WITH Content of Column HIERARCHY (Default ID) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I SET_ICON_TYPE Registry Icons/Application Icons or No Icons .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I SET_MULTIPLE_SELECTION Set: Multiple Selection Possible (IF SRM="TRUE) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I SET_TITLE Set Title .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I SHOW_COLUMN_1 Display Column 1 (Default TRUE) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_CONTROL I SHOW_COLUMN_2 Display Column 2 (Default TRUE) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I DISPLAY Display Registry .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_AREA_ID Set: Area ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_FLAG_AREA_POID Set: AREA_POID Parameter (Default: TRUE and FALSE) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_FLAG_SPS_CLASSIFICATION Set: SPS Classification Parameter (Default: TRUE and FALSE) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_PARA_DEFINITION_ID Set: Parameter Definition ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_PARA_VALUE Set: Parameter Value (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_APV_1 I SET_PARA_VALUE_ID Set: Parameter Value ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I DISPLAY Display Registry .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_AREA_ID Set: Area ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_CLASS_ROLE_ID Set: Class Role ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_SPS_ID Set: SPS ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_SPS_ID_LIST Set: List of SpsIds (Filter) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_SP_ID Set: SP ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_SP_ID_LIST Set: List of SpIds (Filter) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_1 I SET_SP_TYPE_ID Set: SP Type ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I DISPLAY Display Registry .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_AREA_ID Set: Area ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_CLASS_ROLE_ID Set: Class Role ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_PARA_DEFINITION_ID Set: Parameter Definition ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_PARA_VALUE Set: Parameter Value (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_SPS_ID Set: SPS ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_SPS_ID_LIST Set: List of SpsIds (Filter) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_SP_ID Set: SP ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_SP_ID_LIST Set: List of SpIds (Filter) .
IF_SRM_REGISTRY_VIEW_SPS_2 I SET_SP_TYPE_ID Set: SP Type ID (Default '*') .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I ADD_ERROR_MESSAGE Add Error Output (for BSP Only) .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_ACTIVITY Gets activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_ACTIVITY_STATE Gets completion status of activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_DEST_POID Gets Dest POID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_ERROR_MESSAGES List of Error Messages in Request Processing .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_PARAMETER Gets Parameter .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_REQUEST_ID Gets Request ID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_RESULT Gets result .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_RESULT_IS_VISIBLE Get 'result is visible' flag from request .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_SOURCE_POID Gets Source POID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I GET_UPDATE_MODE Read Update Mode (IF_SRM="DB_UPDATE...) .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_ACTIVITY Sets activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_ACTIVITY_STATE Sets completion status of activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_DEST_POID Sets Dest POID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_PARAMETER Sets a Parameter .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_REQUEST_ID Sets Request ID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_RESULT Sets result .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_RESULT_IS_VISIBLE Set 'result is visible' flag .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_SOURCE_POID Sets Source POID .
IF_SRM_REQUEST I SET_UPDATE_MODE Sets Update Mode (IF_SRM="DB_UPDATE...) .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I GET_REQUEST_TYPE Determines Type of Activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_INFO Processing Generic Activity: Info Dialog .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_INPLACE_ACTV Processing an Inplace Activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_INPLACE_PASV Processing an Inplace Activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_NEWMODE Execute in new session .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_NONVISUAL_ACTV Invisible Activity (no visibility or just popup) .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_NONVISUAL_PASV Invisible Activity (no visibility or just popup) .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_OUTPLACE Outplace Activity .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_QUERY Visual Search .
IF_SRM_REQUEST_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_WDA Processing of Generic Activity: ABAP Web Dynpro .
IF_SRM_RG_PLACEHOLD_SUPPORT I GET_DISPLAY_STRING Get Display String .
IF_SRM_RG_PLACEHOLD_SUPPORT I IS_PLACE_HOLDER_ACTIVE 'Use Placeholder' activated? .
IF_SRM_RG_PLACEHOLD_SUPPORT I MATCH_COUNTER_VALUE Matches Context Counter Value .
IF_SRM_ROOT I CONNECT_SRM_OBJECT_BY_ROLE Connect: Create & Init & Buffer SRM Object for Class Role .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_POID_BUFFER Get: Interface Reference to POID Buffer .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_SPS_EXECUTION_BY_ID Get: Interfaces Reference to SPS Execution .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_SPS_EXECUTION_BY_POID Get: Interfaces Reference to SPS Execution .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_SPS_FACTORY_BY_ID Get: Interfaces Reference to SPS Factory .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_SPS_FACTORY_BY_POID Get: Interfaces Reference to SPS Factory .
IF_SRM_ROOT I GET_SRM_OBJECT_BY_ROLE Get: Create & Init SRM Object for Class Role .
IF_SRM_ROOT I IS_POID_BUFFER_ACTIV Check Whether POID Buffer Active .
IF_SRM_ROOT_BUFFER I GET_CLASS_REGISTRY_BUFFER Get: Read Class Registry Buffer .
IF_SRM_ROOT_BUFFER I SET_CLASS_REGISTRY_BUFFER Set: Set Class Registry Buffer .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I CREATE_GUID Generates GUID .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I GET_CLASS_FOR_CLIENT_FRAMEWORKGet: Class for Class Role for Client Framework .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I GET_POID_HASH_STRING Get: String for Forming Hash Value .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I GET_SPS_ID_CLIENT_FRAMEWORK Get: SPS ID of CLient Framework .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I GET_UPDATE_MODE_POID_DIRECTORYGet: Update Mode for POID Directory .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I INITIALIZE Initialization of Root Object .
IF_SRM_ROOT_HELPER I SET_UPDATE_MODE_POID Set: Update Mode for POID Directory .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I GET_DEFAULT_GUI_STATUS Gets Standard GUI Status .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I ON_EXIT Called when Exiting Client Framework .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I ON_INITIALIZATION Call when Starting Client Framework .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I ON_NAVIGATION_END Call Time: BACK to First Element .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I ON_PROCESS_FCODE Call in FCODE Processing .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I ON_SET_SPLITTER_WIDTH Call When Splitter Switched .
IF_SRM_SAPGUI_CFW_EXTENSION I SETUP_WELCOME_SCREEN Generate Welcome Screen .
IF_SRM_SIMPLE_TREE I ADD_ITEMS ADD_ITEMS .
IF_SRM_SIMPLE_TREE I ADD_NODE ADD_NODE .
IF_SRM_SIMPLE_TREE I ADD_TABS_2_TREE ADD_TABS_2_TREE .
IF_SRM_SK_API_CONTEXT I SET_ACTIVEONLY SET_ACTIVEONLY .
IF_SRM_SK_API_CONTEXT I SET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS SET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS .
IF_SRM_SK_API_CONTEXT I SET_SETONLY SET_SETONLY .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I APPEND_REQUEST_TAB APPEND_REQUEST_TAB .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I CONNECT CONNECT .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I CONNECT_POID CONNECT_POID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I CREATE_XMLDOM CREATE_XMLDOM .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_CONTENT GET_CONTENT .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_CURRENT_NODE_GID GET_CURRENT_NODE_GID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_DESCRIPTION GET_DESCRIPTION .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_LOG_VERSION_ID GET_LOG_VERSION_ID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_NODE GET_NODE .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_NODE_ATTRIBUTES GET_NODE_ATTRIBUTES .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_OPEN_ASYNC GET_OPEN_ASYNC .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_POID GET_POID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_REQUEST GET_REQUEST .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_SEMANTIC_ID GET_SEMANTIC_ID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_SPS GET_SPS .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_STATE_OBJECT GET_STATE_OBJECT .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_TREE GET_TREE .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_VARIANT GET_VARIANT .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I GET_XMLDOM GET_XMLDOM .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I PARSE PARSE .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I RENDER RENDER .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I SET_CONTENT SET_CONTENT .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I SET_CURRENT_NODE_GID SET_CURRENT_NODE_GID .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I SET_OPEN_ASYNC SET_OPEN_ASYNC .
IF_SRM_SK_BSP I STORE STORE .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I CLEAR_PROPERTIES CLEAR_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I FLUSH_PROPERTIES FLUSH_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I GET_SEMANTIC_ID GET_SEMANTIC_ID .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I GET_STATE GET_STATE .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I INIT_PROPERTIES INIT_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I MAINTAIN_PROPERTIES MAINTAIN_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_DOC I OBLIGAT_PROPERTIES OBLIGAT_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_FRAMEWK I COMPLETE_ASYNC COMPLETE_ASYNC .
IF_SRM_SK_FRAMEWK I GET_EVENT_OBJECT GET_EVENT_OBJECT .
IF_SRM_SK_FRAMEWK I SET_STATE SET_STATE .
IF_SRM_SK_FRAMEWK I START_ACTIVITY START_ACTIVITY .
IF_SRM_SK_FRAMEWK I START_QUERY START_QUERY .
IF_SRM_SK_FRONTEND_SAPGUI I ANSWER_ON_EVENT Callback for Messages from Called SP .
IF_SRM_SK_FRONTEND_SAPGUI I MY_ACTION Executing Activities .
IF_SRM_SK_FRONTEND_SAPGUI I OPEN Initialization of Visualization Object .
IF_SRM_SK_FRONTEND_SAPGUI I SYSTEM_INFO Processing CFW System Messages .
IF_SRM_SK_GOS I PUBLISH PUBLISH .
IF_SRM_SK_GOS I UNPUBLISH UNPUBLISH .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I CANCEL CANCEL .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I DELETE DELETE .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I GET_ACTIVITY GET_ACTIVITY .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I RELOAD RELOAD .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I SAVE SAVE .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I TOGGLE TOGGLE .
IF_SRM_SK_INSTANCE I TOGGLE_INTERNAL TOGGLE_INTERNAL .
IF_SRM_SK_POPUP_SUPPRESS I DELETE Confirmation Prompt Before Deletion .
IF_SRM_SK_RELATION I EXTERNAL_MASTER_POID_GET EXTERNAL_MASTER_POID_GET .
IF_SRM_SK_REQUEST I SET SET .
IF_SRM_SK_STATE I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SK_STATE I SET SET .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_ALL ADD_ALL .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_NODE_FUNCTIONS ADD_NODE_FUNCTIONS .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_OTHER ADD_OTHER .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_PROPERTIES ADD_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_SAVE ADD_SAVE .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_SEPARATOR ADD_SEPARATOR .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ADD_TOGGLE ADD_TOGGLE .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I CREATE CREATE .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_ALL ENABLE_DISABLE_ALL .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_NODE_FUNCTIONS ENABLE_DISABLE_NODE_FUNCTIONS .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_OTHER ENABLE_DISABLE_OTHER .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_PROPERTIES ENABLE_DISABLE_PROPERTIES .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_SAVE ENABLE_DISABLE_SAVE .
IF_SRM_SK_TOOLBAR I ENABLE_DISABLE_TOGGLE ENABLE_DISABLE_TOGGLE .
IF_SRM_SK_TRANSACTION I CHECK CHECK .
IF_SRM_SK_TRANSACTION I COMMIT COMMIT .
IF_SRM_SK_TRANSACTION I ROLLBACK ROLLBACK .
IF_SRM_SPS_EXECUTION I SRM_CONNECTION Class Role Execution: IS_SP_CONTENT_CONNECTION_CLASS .
IF_SRM_SPS_EXECUTION I SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO Class Role Execution: IS_SP_NON_VISUAL_INFO_CLASS .
IF_SRM_SPS_EXECUTION I SRM_SP_SYSTEM_PARA Class Role Execution: IS_SP_SYSTEM_CLASS .
IF_SRM_SPS_FACTORY I CONNECT_OBJECT Connect: SPS Object for POID and Class Role .
IF_SRM_SPS_FACTORY I GET_OBJECT Get: SPS Object for POID and Class Role .
IF_SRM_SPS_REDEFINER I CONNECTION Redefined Connection Parameter Values .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_CLASSI_PARA_VALUE Get: AREA Classification PARA Value for SPS and Para ID .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_CLASSI_PARA_VALUES Get: List of all AREA Classification PARA Values for SPS .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_AREA_ID Returns AREA ID of Element Type .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_CONNECTION_VALUES Get: List of Attribute Value Objects for Connection Paramete.
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get: Display Name .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_ID Returns Element Type ID of Element Type .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_SAP_ICONS Get: SAP Icons .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_SP_ID Returns SP ID of Element Type .
IF_SRM_SPS_REGISTRY I GET_SP_REGISTRY Returns SP Registry Object to SPS .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I AREA_ID_GET Current Area ID .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I AREA_ID_SET Current Area ID .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I CLASSIFICATION_PARA_GET SPS Classification Parameters .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I CLASSIFICATION_PARA_SET SPS Classification Parameters .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I COMPLETENESS_CHECK All Mandatory Attributes "" Initial? .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I CONNECTION_PARA_GET SPS Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I CONNECTION_PARA_SET SPS Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I DISPLAYNAME_GET SPS Display Name .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I DISPLAYNAME_SET SPS Display Name .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I ID_GET Element Type id .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I ID_SET Element Type id .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I LANGUAGE_GET Language for SPS Display Name (Optional, Default: sy-langu) .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I LANGUAGE_SET Language for SPS Display Name (Optional, Default: sy-langu) .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I SP_ID_GET Current SP ID .
IF_SRM_SPS_REG_NEW I SP_ID_SET Current SP ID .
IF_SRM_SP_ACTIVITIES I GET_INSTANCE_ACTIVITIES Get: Instance Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_ACTIVITIES I GET_MODEL_ACTIVITIES Get: Model Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_ACTIVITY_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check for Activity .
IF_SRM_SP_AUTHORIZATION I CHECK_VIEW_AUTHORIZATION Check Display Authorization .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I CHECK_IN Upload Document as New Version, Release Lock .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I CHECK_OUT Download Document with Lock .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I CREATE_NEW_DOC Create new document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I DELETE_DOC Delete corresponding doc .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I DISPLAY_DOC Display corresponding object .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I DISPLAY_DOC_VIA_FILE ***not used*** Display document using filename .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I DOWNLOAD_DOC Download Document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I GET_GUI_OS_TYPE Get Operating System Type of SAPGUI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I GET_UPDATE_MODE Determine Update Mode .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I MODIFY_DOC Modify DOI document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I SET_FUNCTION_LIST Set list of functions .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV I UPLOAD_DOC Upload Document (as new version) .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I CHECK_DOC_STATE_INFO Get Status Info.: Completed, Checked Out? .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I CLEAR_GSP_CACHE Discard GSP Attribute Cache .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I GET_FUNCTION_GET_FORM_DATA Get Connection Parameter 'FUNCTION_GET_FORM_DATA' .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I GET_MS_OFFICE_META_FROM_FILE Get Specific MS Word Metadata from Uplaoded File .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I GET_MS_OFFICE_META_FROM_PROXY Get Specific MS Word Metadata from DOI Proxy .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I INIT_ATTRIBUTES Initialization of Attributes When Creating Document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I LEAVE_SAVED Flush Property Cache if Document is Saved Before Exit .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_ATTRIBUTE I LEAVE_UNSAVED Unreserve Reference Object if Document not Saved Before Exit.
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_COMP I DISPLAY_SELECTED_COMP Display of Selected Components .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_COMP I GET_COMP_GRID Get ALV Grid Control to Display Component List .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_COMP I SHOW_COMP_LIST Display Component List .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I CALL_OWN_APPLICATION Calls Subclass-Defined Visualization Method .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I CONFIRM_PUT Confirm after put .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I COPY_CONTENT_FROM_TEMPLATE Clone document template .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I DELETE_CONTENT Delete document content .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_CONTENT_FILE_INFORMATION get information about the file(s) containing the content .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_CONTENT_VIA_FILE Get Document content using Filename .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_DOCUMENT_SP_TYPE Get SP type: document, ArchiveLink doc or docum. template .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_FORM_DATA get metadata (attribs) to be provided as DOI form-parameters.
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_MIMETYPE Get Mimetype of the object .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_URL_FOR_GET Get URL for display .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I GET_URL_FOR_PUT Get URL for storing a document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I LOCK_CONTENT Lock the content of the document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I RELOCK_CONTENT Relock the content of the document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_CONTENT I SET_CONTENT_VIA_FILE Set Document content using Filename .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_EAI I DELETE_EAI_MARKUP_LAYER Delete selected markup layer in ECL 2D/3D Viewer .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_EAI I GET_EAI_MARKUP_TAB Get EAI markup layer list .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_EAI I SAVE_EAI_MARKUP_LAYER Save user markup in ECL 2D/3D Viewer .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_HTML I DISPLAY_DOC_FOR_HTML Display Document using HTML GUI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I BEGIN_ACTIVITY_BACKEND Selects the start of backend access to an activity .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I END_ACTIVITY_BACKEND Selects the end of backend access to an activity .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_ACTIVITY_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check for Activity .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_ACTIVITY_CLIENT_WIDTH Gets Width for Activity .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_INSTANCE_ACTIVITIES Gets Instance Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_MODEL_ACTIVITIES Gets Model Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_SPECIAL_FUNCTION_LIST Get list of all special functions for the component .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I GET_VIEW_AUTHORIZATION Authorization Check for List Display .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_SPECIAL I SET_SPECIAL_FUNCTION Do the selected special function .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_TEMPLATE I GET_LIST Get Template List .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_TEMPLATE I SHOW_LIST Display Templates .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_VERSION I DISPLAY_SPECIAL_VERSION Display the selected version .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_VERSION I GET_VERSION_GRID Get the version grid cntl .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_VERSION I GET_VERSION_LIST Get the current version list .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CANCEL_EDIT_DOI_DOC Cancel editting DOI document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CANCEL_EDIT_TEXT_DOC Cancel editting in text editor .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CHECK_ACTIVITY_INPLACE Checks whether current MIME type can be edited inplace .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CREATE_DOC_FROM_TEMPLATE Create new DOI document from template .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CREATE_NEW_DOC_VIA_DOI Create new document using DOI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CREATE_NEW_DOC_VIA_FILE Create new document using Fileselection .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I CREATE_NEW_DOC_VIA_TEXTEDIT Create new document via text editor .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_DOI_DOC Display document using DOI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_EAI2D_DOC Display 2D - document using EAI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_EAI3D_DOC Display 3D - document using EAI .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_EMPTY_DOC Display the empty document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_HTML_DOC Display document using HTML .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_TEXT_DOC display document via text editor .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DISPLAY_UNSUPPORTED_DOC Displays an unsupported document type (static HTML message) .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I DOWNLOAD_DOC Download Document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I MODIFY_DOI_DOC Modify DOI document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I MODIFY_TEXT_DOC Modify txt document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I SAVE_MODIFIED_DOI_DOC Save modified DOI document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I SAVE_NEW_DOI_DOC Save new DOI document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I SAVE_TEXT_DOC Save new text document .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I START_NEW_DOI_APP Start DOI application .
IF_SRM_SP_BDV_WIN I UPLOAD_DOC Upload Document (as new version) .
IF_SRM_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER I ON_DESTROY Is called when the request is cancelled (eg. Browser Back) .
IF_SRM_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER I ON_NEW_REQUEST Called when New Request Executed .
IF_SRM_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER I ON_REFRESH Called by Browser Back in Target SP .
IF_SRM_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER I ON_REQUEST_ANSWER Called when Request Executed .
IF_SRM_SP_BSP_CONTROLLER I ON_USER_EVENT Called when User Triggers Event .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_BSP I GET_BSP_APPLICATION Returns Names of BSP Applications .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_OBJ I GET_CONTENT_CONNECTION_OBJECT Returns Content Connection Object .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_OBJ I GET_VISUALIZATION_STATE_OBJECTReturns Visualization State Object .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_OUTPLACE I START_APPLICATION Start SP Client Application Outplace .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I ANSWER_ON_EVENT Callback for Messages from Called SP .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I GET_CLIENT_WIDTH Returns Required Width for Activity .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I GET_EVENT_OBJECT Gets Event Object .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I MY_ACTION Executing Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I OPEN Initialization of Visualization Object .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I SET_EVENT_OBJECT Sets Event Object .
IF_SRM_SP_CLIENT_WIN I SYSTEM_INFO Processing CFW System Messages .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENTS_GET I GET_ELEMENTS Find Elements .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENTS_GET I HAS_ELEMENTS Container Has Elements .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I ADD_ELEMENT_BY_PARENT Insert an Element to a Parent Element as a Child .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I ADD_ELEMENT_BY_REFERENCE Add an Element Using a Reference Element .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I CLOSE Closes the Container .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete an Element .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I GET_FREE_CHILDREN_ELEMENTS Free Child Elements (Record Model Structure, Cardinality) .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I GET_MESSAGE Existing Message after Operation .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I IS_ADDING_OF_ELEMS_SUPPORTED Does the container support addition of elements? .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I IS_DELETING_OF_ELEMS_SUPPORTEDDoes the container support deletion of elements? .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I OPEN Opens the Container for Changes .
IF_SRM_SP_CONT_ELEMENT_CHANGE I SAVE Saves the Changes .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I CLEAR_GSP_CACHE Discard GSP Buffering .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I CLOSE Close Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I CONFIRM_PUT Confirm URL Transfer to Backend .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I CREATE Create New Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I DELETE Delete Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes of the Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_CONTENT_FILE_INFO Get Content File Information .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_CONTENT_VIA_FILE Pass Content to Frontend .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_CONTENT_VIA_TAB Get Document Content via Table .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_URL_FOR_GET Get URLs for Read Access to Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_URL_FOR_PUT Get URLs for Writing Document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSION_LIST Get Version List .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSION_LIST2 Get Version List (for Conversion to GSP 2) .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I OPEN Open Document to Display/Change .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I REMOVE_CONTENT Delete the content and previous versions of the document .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I RETRIEVE_VERSION Return this non-current version for the current version .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Document Attributes .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I SET_CONTENT_VIA_FILE Pass Content to Backend .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I SET_CONTENT_VIA_TAB Set Content via Table .
IF_SRM_SP_DOCUMENT I UPDATE_STATE_CLOSED SP Acvtivity: Close/Open Document .
IF_SRM_SP_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE Unlock object .
IF_SRM_SP_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE Lock Element .
IF_SRM_SP_EXCHANGE I GET_CONTENT_CONNECTION_OBJECT Returns Content Connection Object .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I ANSWER_ON_EVENT Callback for Messages from Called SP .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I FINISH_ASYNC End an Asynchronous Activity .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I GET_EVENT_OBJECT Gets Event Object .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I GET_REQUEST_VISIBILITY Query Whether Request is Visible Inplace .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I MY_ACTION Executing Activities .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I OPEN Initialization of Visualization Object .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I SET_EVENT_OBJECT Sets Event Object .
IF_SRM_SP_FRONTEND_SAPGUI_PASV I SYSTEM_INFO Processing CFW System Messages .
IF_SRM_SP_GOS I BOR_IDENT_GET Get BOR IF for GOS Publishing .
IF_SRM_SP_HRPA_BACKEND I APP_LOG_WRITE Write an Entry in the Application Log .
IF_SRM_SP_HRPA_BACKEND I GET_CONNECTION_PARAS Returning Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_HRPA_BACKEND I GET_CONTEXT_PARAS Returning Content Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_HRPA_BACKEND I GET_RECORD_PROP_PERNO Get Record Property for Personnel Number .
IF_SRM_SP_HRPA_BACKEND I GET_SPPOID_PARAS Select SP POID Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_INFO I SEMANTIC_TYPE_GET Constant IF_SRM_NON_VISUAL_INFO_SP="C_SEMANTIC_* .
IF_SRM_SP_MENUE I GET_MENUE (Old - do not use) .
IF_SRM_SP_MENUE I GET_PROGNAME Gets Program Names for Status and Title .
IF_SRM_SP_MENUE I GET_STATUS Gets Status of SP Client Component .
IF_SRM_SP_MENUE I GET_TITLE Gets Title of the SP Client Component .
IF_SRM_SP_MENUE I SEND_MENUE_OK_CODE Processing SP-Defined OK Codes .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I CLOSE Unlock Record Model, Release Memory... .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I CREATE Create Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I ELEMENT_GET_ALL Get All Nodes .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I ELEMENT_GET_BY_ID Get Node from ID .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I ELEMENT_GET_DIRECT_CHILDS Get All Child Nodes .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I FIRST_ID_GET_BY_ANCHOR 1. Find ID for Anchor .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I OPEN Load Record Model, Parse... .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I RELEASE Set Status of Record Model to 'Release' .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I SAVE Save Record Model (No Commit) .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL I STATE_GET Find Status of the Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_CONTEXT I ACTIVE_ONLY_SET Read active nodes only? .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_CONTEXT I IN_UPDATE_TASK_SET Activate/Deactivate Update .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I EXPIRY_GET Currently Only C_EXPIRY_UNLIMITED .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I FREE_ATTRIBUTES_GET Among Others C_ANCHOR_NAME .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I HAS_CHILDREN_GET Has Child Elements .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I LAST_MODIFICATION_GET YYYY-MM-DD and HH:MM:SS .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I LEVEL_GET Return Level of the Element in the Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I LEVEL_SET Set Level of the Element in the Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I PARENT_GET Get Parent Element .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I PARENT_SET Set Parent Element .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I STATE_GET C_STATE_INIT or C_STATE_SET or C_STATE_FOLDER .
IF_SRM_SP_MODEL_ELEMENT I TYPE_GET Return Types .
IF_SRM_SP_OBJECT I GET_POID Read POID Object .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QUERY I PARTICIPATE Supports Cross-SP Search (Such as Aliasing) .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_CTL I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_DEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_DEF I RAW_GET RAW_GET (List of Authorization Objects) .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_LDEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_QDEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_QUERY I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_QUERY I GET_SPS_REPOSITORY GET_SPS_REPOSITORY .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CROSS_QY_VIS I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I FLUSH FLUSH .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I INPLACE_CHECK INPLACE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I PROPERTY_TAB_GET PROPERTY_TAB_GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I RELEASE RELEASE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_QUERY I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_CTL_SYNC I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_HELP I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_PRINT I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_PRINT I EXECUTE_BARCODE EXECUTE_BARCODE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_QUERY_DEFINE I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_QUERY_VIS I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOSITORY I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOSITORY I LOCK LOCK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOSITORY I QUERY QUERY .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOSITORY I QUERY_RESULT_DETAIL_GET QUERY_RESULT_DETAIL_GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOSITORY I UNLOCK UNLOCK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_CONN I SPS_PARTICIPATION SPS_PARTICIPATION .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_DATA I DELETE DELETE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_DATA I EXISTENCE_CHECK EXISTENCE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_DATA I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_DATA I SET SET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_KEY I GUID_BY_OWN_POID_GET GUID_BY_OWN_POID_GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_KEY I POID_BY_GUID_GET POID_BY_GUID_GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_META I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_META I RAW_GET RAW_GET (List of Authorization Objects) .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_REPOS_META I SINGLE_GET SINGLE_GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I CHECK_IS_INITIAL CHECK_IS_INITIAL .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I CONVERSION_IN CONVERSION_IN .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I CONVERSION_OUT CONVERSION_OUT .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_BUTTON_CLICK EXECUTE_BUTTON_CLICK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_CHECK EXECUTE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_GENERATE EXECUTE_GENERATE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_HELP EXECUTE_HELP .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I GET_DROPDOWN_VALUES Gets Values for Dropdown Display .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VALUE I GET_TEXT Gets Text for Attribute Value .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VISUALIZATION I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VISUALIZATION I INPLACE_CHECK INPLACE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VISUALIZATION I INPLACE_OK INPLACE_OK .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VIS_DEFINE I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROP_VIS_LIST_DEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I CONVERT_OUTPUT Convert Argument for Display Text .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I DELETE Use POID_ID to delete entry and more key fields (optional) .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I DELETE_EXPIRY Delete All Expired Log Entries .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I INVALIDATE_DELAYED Do Not Write Log Entries and Delete Buffer .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I READ Read Log Entries .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I REMOVE_ENTRY Remove Buffered Log Entry .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I WRITE Write a Log Entry .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_ENTRY I WRITE_DELAYED Write Buffered Log Entries .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_META I GET_ACT_DESC Get protocol description for an operation .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_META I GET_SPECIAL_ACT_LIST Get protocol description list of SP special operations .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_META I GET_STANDARD_ACT_LIST Get protocol description list of standard operations .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_VIEWER I DISPLAY Display Log Relating to POID .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_VIEWER I DISPLAY_SUBPROTO Display SubLog Relating to a Log Entry .
IF_SRM_SP_PROTOCOL_VIEWER I IS_SUBPROTO_DISPLAY_ENABLED Detect Display Mode of SubLog in Reference to Subobject .
IF_SRM_SP_QUERY_BSP I GET_BSP_APPLICATION Returns Names of BSP Applications .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I CLOSE Unlock Record, Release Memory, And So On .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I CREATE Create Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I DELETE Delete Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_ALL_ANCHORS Inserts the element in all anchors with the same name .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_ANCHOR Insert Element in Record (Anchor) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_MODELID Insert Element in Record (modelid) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_PARENT_ANCHOR Insert Element in Record (Parent Node in Record, Anchor) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_PARENT_MODELID Insert Element in Record (Parent Node in Record, Model ID) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_BY_REFERENCE Insert Element in Record (Using Reference ID) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ADD_FIRST_FIT Insert Element in Record (Implicit Using spsId) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ATTRIBUTES_UPDATE Change Element in File (Attributes Only) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_CREATE Factory: Create Element, Afterwards element_add and so on. .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_DELETE_BY_ID Delete Element and Subnode (Unique ID) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_DELETE_BY_POID Delete (All) Elements for a poid .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_DESCR_UPDATE Change Element in Record (Description Only) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_GET_ALL Read All Elements .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_GET_BY_ID Read Element (Unique ID) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_GET_BY_MODELID Read Element(s) (Non-Unique modelid) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_GET_BY_TYPE Read all Elements for a Specific Type .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_RELATIONS_UPDATE Change Element in Record (Relations Only) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ELEMENT_ROLES_UPDATE Change Element in Record (Roles Only [Visibility]) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I FREEZE_RECORD Freeze/Close Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I GET_RECORD_HEADER Returns Header Information about the Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I GET_RECORD_PROTOCOL Gets Log of Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I IS_RECORD_FROZEN Determines Whether Record Closed .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I ITERATOR_CREATE Factory: Create Iterator for Tree Version .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I OPEN Load/Parse xml Record (If Necessary, Also xml Record Model) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I SAVE Save Record (No Commit Takes Place) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD I UNFREEZE_RECORD Open Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_CONTEXT I ACCESS_CHECK_SET Activate/Deactivate Access Check .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_CONTEXT I IN_UPDATE_TASK_SET Activate/Deactivate Update .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_CONTEXT I RELATION_MASTER_SET Overwrite the Master POID (Relation) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I ATTRIBUTES_GET Standard Attributes (Const ATTRIBUTE_*) and Free Attributes .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I ATTRIBUTES_SET Standard Attributes (Const ATTRIBUTE_*) and Free Attributes .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I DESCRIPTION_GET Description Text .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I DESCRIPTION_SET Description Text .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I HAS_CHILDREN_GET Does a Child Node Exist? .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I HAS_CHILDREN_SET Does a Child Node Exist? .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I LAST_MODIFICATION_GET Get Last Change .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I LAST_MODIFICATION_SET Set Last Change .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I LEVEL_GET Get Level of Element in Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I LEVEL_SET Set Level of Element in Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I MODELID_GET Model ID (idref) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I PARENT_GET Get Parent Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I PARENT_SET Set Parent Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I ROLES_GET Visibility (Volume of Roles) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I ROLES_SET Visibility (Volume of Roles) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I TYPE_GET Folder, Instance or Model .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEMENT I TYPE_SET Folder, Instance or Model .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_CHECK I CONSISTENCY CONSISTENCY .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_EXPERT I HAS_MODEL_CHILDREN_GET Do model child nodes exist? .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_EXPERT I HAS_MODEL_CHILDREN_SET Set whether model child nodes exist .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_INSTANCE I POID_GET Instance poid .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_INSTANCE I POID_SET Instance poid .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_INSTANCE I RELATIONS_GET Application Specific Relations (Volume of IDs) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_INSTANCE I RELATIONS_SET Application Specific Relations (Volume of IDs) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_MODEL I RELATIONS_GET Application Specific Relations (Volume of IDs) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_MODEL I RELATIONS_SET Application Specific Relations (Volume of IDs) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_MODEL I SPS_ID_GET Find out Permitted SPS for the Node .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_MODEL I SPS_ID_SET Set Permitted SPS for the Node .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_RUNTIME I GID_GET ixml gid .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_RUNTIME I GID_SET ixml gid .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_RUNTIME I ID_GET ID .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ELEM_RUNTIME I ID_SET ID .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I CHECK_AUTH_RECSTRUCT Check Authorization for Record Structure .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I DARK_OPEN Open for using API with CL_SRM_REC-"MY_DARK_ACTION. .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I DELETE_NO_CHECK Delete Record (without Checks, Internal Use) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I DESCRIPTION_UPDATE Change Description Text for Root Node .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I DOCID_GET Read Current Doc ID (KPro Only) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I DOCID_GET_AS_STRING Return Current Doc ID as String .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I ELEMENT_CHECK_CARDINALITY Has the Maximum Number of Instance Nodes Been Reached? .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I ELEMENT_GET_BY_GID Read Element (ixml-gid) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I ELEMENT_POID_CHECK_EXISTENCE poid Already Available in Record? .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I ELEMENT_SET_PROVIDE_ALL_ATTRS Provide element with all attributes (can eat up runtime) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I GET_DOCUMENT Get Document .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I GET_MODEL_DOCUMENT Return Model Document .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I INITIALIZE_MODEL_CACHE Initialize Cache for Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I IS_RECORD_OPENED Returns whether record is open .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I IS_REC_OPENED_4_UPD Returns whether record is opened for update or not .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I LOCK Lock Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I MODEL_POID_GET Read POID of the Record Model (after ~OPEN!) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I SET_FILTER_OUT_MODEL_NODES Set Filtering out of Model Nodes .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I SET_LOCK_MODE Set Mode for Locking Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I SET_MODEL_CACHE Activate/Deactivate Cache for Record Model .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I SET_PROTOCOL_HANDLING Write Specified Log Entries .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I UNLOCK Unlock Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I XML_INSTANCE_SET Set XML-DOM Externally .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_EXPERT I XML_MODEL_SET Set XML-DOM Externally .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_DESCRIPTION Find Description of Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_DOC_ID Find out the Record ID .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_LAST_MODIF_DATE Find out Date of Last Change .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_LAST_MODIF_TIME Find out Time of Last Change .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_LAST_MODIF_USER Find out Author of Last Change .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_STATUS Find out structure of the record (if available) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I GET_VERSION Find out the Version of the Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_HEADER I IS_FROZEN Returns whether the record is frozen .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ITERATOR I DIRECT_CHILD_GET_FIRST 1. Read Direct Child Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ITERATOR I DIRECT_CHILD_GET_NEXT Read Additional Child Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ITERATOR I ITERATOR_SET_BY_ELEMENT Set Iterator to Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ITERATOR I NEXT_ELEMENT_GET Return Next Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS_ELEMENT_GET Return Previous Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_PRINT I CLOSE_PRINT Complete Printout .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_PRINT I EXECUTE_PRINT Print Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_PRINT I GET_SUPP_FUNCS_4_ELEMENT Retrurns Supported Print Functions for Element (Type) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_PRINT I PRINT_ELEMENT Print Element .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_PRINT I PRINT_RECORD Print Record Structure/Attributes/Log of Record .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_SEARCH I ELEMENT_SEARCH_BY_DESCR Searches for Element Using the Description .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_SEARCH I ELEMENT_SEARCH_BY_DESCR_REGEX Searches for Element Using Description (Regular Expression) .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_WF_EVENT I IS_WF_EVENT_TO_RAISE Specifies Whether Workflow Event Triggered .
IF_SRM_SP_RECORD_WF_EVENT I RAISE_WF_EVENT Trigger Workflow Event .
IF_SRM_SP_RECURSIVE_OPERATION I EXECUTE Execution of Operation on SP .
IF_SRM_SP_REFERENCE I GET_REFERENCE Get Unique Indicator .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ATTR_DESC_CONNECTION Get: Attribute Description of Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ATTR_DESC_CONTEXT Get: Attribute Description of Context Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ATTR_DESC_SP_POID Get: Attribute Description of SP POID Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ATTR_DESC_VALUE_CHECK Get: Attribute Description of all Value Check Attributes .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ATTR_DESC_VALUE_HELP Get: Attribute Description of all Value Help Attributes .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_CLASS_ROLES Get: Class Roles Filled by SP .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get: Display Name .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_ID Get: SP ID .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_SAP_ICONS Get: SAP Icons .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_SPS_REGISTRIES Get: List of All SPS Registrys for SP .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_SP_TEMPLATE_ID Get: SP ID of SP Template .
IF_SRM_SP_REGISTRY I GET_SP_TYPE_ID Get: SP Type ID .
IF_SRM_SP_SYSTEM_PARA I GET_ATTR_DESC_CONNECTION Returns Description of Connection Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_SYSTEM_PARA I GET_ATTR_DESC_CONTEXT Returns Description of Context Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_SYSTEM_PARA I GET_ATTR_DESC_SP_POID Returns Description of SP POID Parameters .
IF_SRM_SP_TRANSIENT_UPDATE I OPEN_FOR_UPDATE Read Data from Repository .
IF_SRM_SP_TRANSIENT_UPDATE I WRITE_TO_REPOSITORY Write into Repository .
IF_SRM_SP_TUTORIAL_BACKEND I GET_FLIGHT_DATA Read Flight Date .
IF_SRM_SP_TUTORIAL_BACKEND I SET_SPPOID_PARA Sets the SP POID Data .
IF_SRM_SP_URL I CHECK_URL Check a URL for Invalid Characters .
IF_SRM_SP_URL I CREATE_URL Create: Model -" Instance .
IF_SRM_SP_URL I DELETE Delete .
IF_SRM_SP_URL I GET_URL Read URL .
IF_SRM_SP_URL I SET_URL Set URL .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get: List of all Attributes, with Value Check .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I GET_LIMIT_INSTANCE Get: Check of Possible Values Restricted to Instance .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I GET_LIMIT_SPS Get: Check of Possible Values Restricted to Element Type .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I GET_UPDATE_VALUE_DESCRIPTION Get: Flag for Changing Value Descriptions .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I GET_VALUES Get: List of Attribute Value Objects for Value Check .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I SET_LIMIT_INSTANCE Set: Check of Possible Values Restricted to Instance .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I SET_LIMIT_SPS Set: Check of Possible Values Restricted to Element Type .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I SET_UPDATE_VALUE_DESCRIPTION Set: Flag for Changing Value Descriptions .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK I SET_VALUES Get: List of Attribute Value Objects for Value Check .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_CHECK_EXE I EXECUTE_CHECK Execute Value Check .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_ATTRIBUTE Get: Attribute Description for Which Input Help is Required .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get: List of all Attributes with Input Help .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_LIMIT_INSTANCE Get: Selection of Possible Values Restricted to Instance .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_LIMIT_SPS Get: Selection of Possible Values Restricted to Element Type.
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_SELECTION_MAX_NUMBER Get: Maximum Number of Values to be Selected .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I GET_SELECTION_MIN_NUMBER Get: Minimum Number of Values to be Selected .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I SET_ATTRIBUTE Set: Attribute Description for Which Inout Help is Required .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I SET_LIMIT_INSTANCE Set: Selection of Possible Values Restricted to Instance .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I SET_LIMIT_SPS Set: Selection of Possible Values Restricted to SPS .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I SET_SELECTION_MAX_NUMBER Set: Maximum Number of Values to be Selected .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP I SET_SELECTION_MIN_NUMBER Set: Minimum Number of Values to be Selected .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP_EXE I EXECUTE_HELP Executing Input Help .
IF_SRM_SP_VALUE_HELP_WIN I EXECUTE_SELECTION Executing Input Help .
IF_SRM_SP_VERSION I INCREASE Raise Version Number by One .
IF_SRM_SP_VISUAL_QUERY_WIN I QUERY_SPS_SINGLE_RESULT Element Type Specific Query .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I CONVERT_POID_TO_STRING Convert: POID -" String .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I CONVERT_STRING_TO_POID Convert: String -" POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_INSTANCE_POID Get: Instance POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_MODEL_POID Get: Model POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_MY_SPS_ID Get: SPS ID for Client Framework .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_MY_SPS_REGISTRY Get: SPS Registry Object for Client Framework .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_POID_BUFFER Get: POID Buffer .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_MANAGER I GET_SPS_FACTORY Get: Interfaces to SPS Factory .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_OBJ_FACTORY I CREATE_DRAGDROPDATA Generated a DragDrop Data Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_OBJ_FACTORY I CREATE_REQUEST Generates a Request Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I AUTH_CHECK_ACTIVITY Check Authorization for Activity .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I AUTH_CHECK_VIEW_BY_POID Checks Whether Authorization Exists for Displaying POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I AUTH_CHECK_VIEW_BY_RMSID Checks Whether Authorization Exists for Displaying an RMS .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I AUTH_CHECK_VIEW_BY_SPSID Checks Whether Authorization Exists for Displaying a SPS .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_CHECK_POID1_RELA Checks Whether POID Relation for POID1 Exists .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_CHECK_POID2_RELA Checks Whether POID Relation for POID2 Exists .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_DEL_POID Deletes POID from Directory .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_DEL_POID_RELA Delete POID Relation .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_GET_POID Gets POID from Directory .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_GET_POID1_RELA Get POID Relation .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_GET_POID2_RELA Get POID Relation .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_SET_POID Sets POID in POID Directory .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I DIRECTORY_SET_POID_RELA Set POID Relation .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I GET_CUSTOM_SERVICE_MGR Gets Custom Service Manager .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_CHECK_ACTIVITY Checks Whether Activity can be Executed (incl. AUTHORITY) .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_CREATE_MODEL Generates Model POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_GET_ACTIVITIES Gets List of Possible Activities for a POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_GET_INSTANCE Gets Instance POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_GET_RMS_ID Gets RMS ID for POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I POID_GET_STANDARD_ACTIVITY Gets Standard Activity for a POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I REGISTRY_CHECK_SPS_CLASSI_PARAChecks Whether a Classification Parameter Value Exists .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I REGISTRY_GET_RMS_LIST Gets List of all RMS (with authorization check) .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I REGISTRY_GET_SPS_CLASSI_PARA Gets Classification Parameter for SPS .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE I REGISTRY_GET_SPS_LIST Gets List of all SPS (with authorization check) .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE_BSP I REQUEST_GET_URL Gets URL for a Request .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE_WIN I GET_NEW_DRAGDROPDATA Gets New Framework Dragdrop DataObject .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE_WIN I POID_GET_ACTIVITY_VISUAL_STATEGets Visualization Option for an Activity .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE_WIN I POID_GET_MENU Gets a Context Menu with the Activities for a POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_CLIENT_SERVICE_WIN I START_REQUEST_IN_NEW_MODE Starts a Request in a New Session .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ACTIVITY_LIST Creates Activity List Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_ANY Create Attribute Description Object for Any Attribute .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_CONNECTION Creates Attribute Description Object for SP Connection PARA .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_CONTEXT Creates Attribute Description Object for SP Context PARA .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_INFO Creates Attribute Description Object for SP Info PARA .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_PROPERTY Creates Attribute Description Object for Properties .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_DESC_SP_POID Creates Attribute Description Object for SP POID PARA .
IF_SRM_SRM_OBJECT_FACTORY I CREATE_ATTR_VALUE Creates Attribute Value Object for All Types of Attributes .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QUERY I PARTICIPATE Supports Cross-SP Search (Such as Aliasing) .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_CTL I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_DEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_DEF I RAW_GET RAW_GET (List of Authorization Objects) .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_LDEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_QDEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_QUERY I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_QUERY I GET_SPS_REPOSITORY GET_SPS_REPOSITORY .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CROSS_QY_VIS I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I FLUSH FLUSH .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I INPLACE_CHECK INPLACE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I PROPERTY_TAB_GET PROPERTY_TAB_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_ASYNC I RELEASE RELEASE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_QUERY I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_CTL_SYNC I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_HELP I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_PRINT I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_PRINT I EXECUTE_BARCODE EXECUTE_BARCODE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_QUERY_DEFINE I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_QUERY_VIS I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I INTEGER_SINGLE_SET INTEGER_SINGLE_SET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I LOCK LOCK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I QUERY QUERY .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I QUERY_RESULT_DETAIL_GET QUERY_RESULT_DETAIL_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I SINGLE_GET SINGLE_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I STRING_SINGLE_SET STRING_SINGLE_SET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOSITORY I UNLOCK UNLOCK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_CONN I SPS_PARTICIPATION SPS_PARTICIPATION .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_DATA I DELETE DELETE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_DATA I EXISTENCE_CHECK EXISTENCE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_DATA I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_DATA I SET SET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_KEY I GUID_BY_OWN_POID_GET GUID_BY_OWN_POID_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_KEY I POID_BY_GUID_GET POID_BY_GUID_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_META I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_META I RAW_GET RAW_GET (List of Authorization Objects) .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_REPOS_META I SINGLE_GET SINGLE_GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I CHECK_IS_INITIAL CHECK_IS_INITIAL .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I CONVERSION_IN CONVERSION_IN .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I CONVERSION_OUT CONVERSION_OUT .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_BUTTON_CLICK EXECUTE_BUTTON_CLICK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_CHECK EXECUTE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_GENERATE EXECUTE_GENERATE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I EXECUTE_HELP EXECUTE_HELP .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I GET_DROPDOWN_VALUES Gets Drop-Down Values .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VALUE I GET_TEXT Gets Text for Attribute Value .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VISUALIZATION I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VISUALIZATION I INPLACE_CHECK INPLACE_CHECK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VISUALIZATION I INPLACE_OK INPLACE_OK .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VIS_DEFINE I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_PROP_VIS_LIST_DEF I GET GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_REGISTRY I GET_CHECK_REGISTRY Get: Interface Reference to Check Registry Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_REGISTRY I GET_EDIT_SPS Get Interface Reference for Editing SPS Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_REGISTRY I GET_QUERY_AREA Get: Interface Reference to Query AREA Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_REGISTRY I GET_QUERY_SP Get: Interface Reference to Query SP Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_REGISTRY I GET_QUERY_SPS Get: Interface Reference to Query SPS Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I CHECK_SP_CONNECTION Check: POID and Other Parameters Using SP .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I CONNECT_CONTEXT Connect: SP Context Value Objects (are buffered) .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I CONVERT_POID_TO_STRING Convert: POID Object -" String .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I CONVERT_STRING_TO_POID Convert: String -" POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I DEQUEUE_ELEMENT Locks One Element .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I ENQUEUE_ELEMENT Locks One Element .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_ACTIVITIES Get: Activity List .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_ACTIVITY_PARAMS Get: Parameter List for Activity .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_COMPARE Get: Compare Interface .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_CROSS_QY_PROPERTY_SERVICE Get: Cross-Query Property Service .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Get: Display Name for POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_INFO Get: Info SP Object and POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_INSTANCE_POID Get: Instance POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_MODEL_POID Get: Model POID Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_POID_DIRECTORY Get: POID Directory Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_PROPERTY_SERVICE Get: Property Service .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_SAP_ICON_ID Get: SAP ICON ID for POID (Model or Instance) .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_SPS_CONN_ATTR_VALUES_UNBUFUNBUFFERED (!) GET .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_SP_CONNECTION Retrieves CONNECTION Object for POID .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_SP_SEMANTIC_TYPE Get: Semantic Type of SP .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_VALUE_CHECK Get: Interface to Value Check .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_VALUE_HELP Get: Interface to Input Help .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE I GET_VISUAL_SERVICE_WINDOWS Get: Interface to Visual Service for Windows .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_ITABS_ITABS Check if all ITABs of two POIDS are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_ITAB_ITAB Check if specific ITABs of two POIDS are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_OBJECT_ITABS Check if POID object and POID ITABs are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_OBJECT_OBJECT Check if two POID objects are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_OBJECT_STRING Check if POID object and POID XML string are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_STRING_ITABS Check if POID XML string and POID ITABs are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_COMPARE I POID_STRING_STRING Check it two POID XML strings are identical .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I COPY_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE "Deep Copy" Attribute Value/Attribute Description Object .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_CONTEXT Get: Context ObjeCt .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_CTL_ASYNC Get: Asynchronous Control .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_CTL_QUERY Get: Query Control .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_CTL_SYNC Get: Synchronous Control .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_HELP Get: Help Handler .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_PRINT Get: Printer .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_QUERY_DEFINE Get: Query Definer .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_QUERY_VISUALIZATION Get: Query Visualization .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_REPOSITORY Get: Repository Handler .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_VALUE Get: Value Handler .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_VISUALIZATION Get: Visualization .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP I GET_VIS_DEFINE Get: Visualization Definer .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_CONTEXT Get: Context ObjeCt .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_CONTROL Get: Cross-SP Search / Control .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_DEFINE Get: Cross-SP Search / Metadata: General .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_LIST_DEFINE Get: Cross-SP Search / Metadata: List Visualization .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_QUERY Get: Cross-SP Search / Search Execution .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_QUERY_DEFINE Get: Cross-SP Search / Metadata: Query Visualization .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_SP_SUPPORT Get: Cross-SP Search / SP-Specific Objects .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_PROP_CRQY I GET_VISUALIZATION Get: Cross-SP Search / Visualization .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_SHARE I COPYPASTEDATA_CONNECT COPYPASTEDATA_CONNECT .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_SPS_REDEF I CONNECTION_GET Redefined Connection Parameter Values .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_SPS_REDEF I CONNECTION_MERGE Merge Connection Parameter Values from DB and Redefinition .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I DISPLAY_INFO Display: Information .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I DISPLAY_TEXT Display: Any Text in POP UP Display .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I DISPLAY_WHEREUSED Display: Where-Used List .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I GET_ACTIVITIES_CTMENU Get: Context Menu from Activities .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I GET_INFO Get: Interface to Information .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I GET_POID_BROWSER Get: Interface to POID Browser .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I GET_REGISTRY_BROWSER Get: Interface to Registry Registry .
IF_SRM_SRM_SERVICE_WINDOWS I GET_VALUE_HELP Get: Interface to Input Help .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_CHECK I EXECUTE_CHECK Executing the Value Check .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_CHECK I GET_SETTINGS Get: Interface to Settings .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_HELP I EXECUTE_HELP Executing Input Help .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_HELP I GET_SETTINGS Get: Interface to Settings .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_HELP_WIN I EXECUTE_SELECTION Executing Input Help .
IF_SRM_SRM_VALUE_HELP_WIN I GET_SETTINGS Get: Interface to Settings .
IF_SRM_STACKED_CONTROL I CHECK_ITEM Checks whether referenced element is contained in stack .
IF_SRM_STACKED_CONTROL I MOVE_TO_ITEM Makes a particular element from a stack visible .
IF_SRM_STACKED_CONTROL I UNLOAD_ALL Unload all SPs .
IF_SRM_STACKED_CONTROL I UNLOAD_ITEM Unloads an particular element .
IF_SRM_STATUS I CREATE Create Status .
IF_SRM_STATUS I CREATE_EVENT Create Event .
IF_SRM_STATUS I DELETE Delete Status .
IF_SRM_STATUS I GET_PROPERTIES Find Attributes .
IF_SRM_STATUS I SET_PROPERTIES Set Attributes .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I CHECK_STATUS_EXISTENCE Check if status exists .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I CREATE Make Entry in Status Network .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I DELETE Delete Entry in Status Network .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I DISPLAY_COMPLETE_STATUS_LIST Display Valid Status .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I DISPLAY_VALID_STATUS_LIST Display Valid Status .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I GET_COMPLETE_STATUS_LIST Get Valid Status Values .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I GET_STATUS_LIST Get Status Network for Status Profile .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I GET_STATUS_OBJECT Get Status Object .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I GET_STATUS_PROFILE_OBJECT Get Status Profile Object .
IF_SRM_STATUS_NET I GET_VALID_STATUS_LIST Get Valid Status Values .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I CREATE Create profile .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I DELETE Delete Profile .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I DISPLAY_PROFILE_LIST Display and Select Profiles .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I GET_INITIAL_STATUS Find Initial Status .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I GET_PROPERTIES Find Attributes .
IF_SRM_STATUS_PROFILE I SET_PROPERTIES Create Attributes .
IF_SRM_TAB_TRANSFER I GET_CONTENT Get Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_TAB_TRANSFER I SET_CONTENT Set Content of Variant .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I ADD_CONTAINER_NODE Add Transparent Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I ADD_ELEMENT_NODE Add Element of the Transparent Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I DELETE_NODE Delete Node(s) .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_CONTAINER_OF_ELEMENT Return Container for an Element .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_CONTAINER_OF_ELEMENT_KEY Return Container for an Element (Key) .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_ELEMENT_BY_ID Finds Element Using the ID/Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_ELEMENT_OF_NODE Returns Element for the Transparent Node .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_GUID_OF_CONTAINER Find GUID for the Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_NODE_KEY_OF_ELEMENT Returns the Node ID for an Element .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_PARENT_KEY_OF_ELEMENT Find Parent Nodes of the Element .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I GET_ROOT_CONTAINER Find Root Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_CONTAINER_RESOLVED Has the container already been exploded? .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_NODE_4_ELEMENT_EXISTING Checks whether a node exists for an element .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_NODE_CONTAINER Checks whether a tree node is a transparent container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_NODE_TO_REPAINT Does the node have to be drawn again? .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_NODE_TRANSPARENT Checks whether a tree node is transparent .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I IS_PREV_NODE_POID_EXISTING Does a node exist with the same POID as the element? .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I SET_ALL_NODES_TO_REPAINT All nodes have to be displayed again .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I SET_CONTAINER_RESOLVED Declare Container Exploded .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD I SET_NODE_AS_REPAINTED The node has been drawn again .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I CHECK_IF_CHG_SUPPORTED Returns whether container supports changes .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I CLOSE_ALL_CONTAINERS Close All Containers .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I CLOSE_CONTAINER Close Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I GET_INTERFACE Interface for Making Changs to Containers .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I IS_A_CONTAINER_CHANGED Checks whether at least one container has been changed .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I IS_A_CONTAINER_OPENED Checks whether at least one container is opened for changing.
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I IS_CONTAINER_OPENED Checks whether a container has been opened for changing .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I OPEN_CONTAINER Open Container for Changes .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I SAVE_ALL_CONTAINERS Save All Open Containers .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_CHG I SET_CONTAINER_AS_CHANGED Flag a Container as Changed .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_ITER I GET_COLLECTION_FROM_BUFFER Return Collection for Completed Nodes .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_ITER I GET_ITERATOR_4_CONTAINER Return Iterator for Container .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_ITER I GET_ITERATOR_FROM_BUFFER Return Iterator for Processed Nodes .
IF_SRM_TRANSPARENT_RECORD_ITER I SET_ITERATOR_POS_4_CONTAINER Set Iterator Position for Container .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_CHILD_NODES ADD_CHILD_NODES .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_ITEMS ADD_ITEMS .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_NODE ADD_NODE .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_NODE_DUMMY ADD_NODE_DUMMY .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_ROOT ADD_ROOT .
IF_SRM_TREE I ADD_SINGLE_NODE ADD_SINGLE_NODE .
IF_SRM_TREE I COLLAPSE COLLAPSE .
IF_SRM_TREE I DELETE DELETE .
IF_SRM_TREE I DEL_NODE DEL_NODE .
IF_SRM_TREE I DEL_NODE_DUMMY DEL_NODE_DUMMY .
IF_SRM_TREE I EXPAND EXPAND .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_EXPANDED_NODES get_expanded_nodes .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_SELECTED GET_SELECTED .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_TREE GET_TREE .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_TREE_SEMANTIC GET_TREE_SEMANTIC .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_TREE_TYPE GET_TREE_TYPE .
IF_SRM_TREE I GET_XMLDOM GET_XMLDOM .
IF_SRM_TREE I MOVE_SINGLE_NODE MOVE_SINGLE_NODE .
IF_SRM_TREE I REBUILD REBUILD .
IF_SRM_TREE I RESTYLE RESTYLE .
IF_SRM_TREE I SEARCH SEARCH .
IF_SRM_TREE I SET_NODE_TABS set_node_tabs .
IF_SRM_TREE I SET_SELECTED SET_SELECTED .
IF_SRM_TREE I SUB_COPY SUB_COPY .
IF_SRM_TREE I SUB_DESELECT SUB_DESELECT .
IF_SRM_TREE I SUB_PASTE SUB_PASTE .
IF_SRM_TREE_ITEM I SET_IMAGE SET_IMAGE .
IF_SRM_TREE_ITEM I SET_STYLE SET_STYLE .
IF_SRM_TREE_ITEM I SET_TEXT SET_TEXT .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I REFRESH_NODE Refresh nodes .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_DRAGID SET_DRAGID .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_DRAG_DROPID_NATIVE Set Drag & Drop ID Directly for a Node .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_DROPID Set Drop ID for a Node .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_EXPANDER Set Expand Indicator .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_EXP_IMAGE SET_EXP_IMAGE .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_IMAGE SET_IMAGE .
IF_SRM_TREE_NODE I SET_N_IMAGE SET_N_IMAGE .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I ADD_SINGLE_TRANSP_NODE Add Transparent Node .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I CONVERT_NODE_KEY_2_CTRL Convert Node ID from String to Control Format .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I DELETE_TRANSPARENT_NODE Delete Transparent Node .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I EXPAND_NODE_TABS Expand Node (Set Using if_srm_tree~set_node_tabs) .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I EXPAND_TRANSPARENT_CONT_STRUCTExpand Transparent Container Recursively .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I EXPAND_WITHOUT_TRANSP_NODES Expand Nodes, without Transparent Nodes .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I GET_NODE_KEY_EXPANDED Return Node ID of the Element to be Expanded .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I INIT_SEARCH Initialize Search .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I SET_REC_POID Sets record POID .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I SET_TRANSPARENT_RECORD Set Reference for Transparent Record .
IF_SRM_TREE_RECORD I SET_TRANSP_CONTAINER_DISPL Transparent Structure: Change to Display Mode .
IF_SRM_URL_PROVIDER I GET_URL Returns URL .
IF_SRM_URL_TRANSFER I CONFIRM_PUT Transfer Data (After calling Get_url_for_Put) .
IF_SRM_URL_TRANSFER I GET_URL_FOR_GET Get URL for Selecting Content .
IF_SRM_URL_TRANSFER I GET_URL_FOR_PUT Get URL for Writing Content .
IF_SRM_VARIANT I DELETE Delete Variant .
IF_SRM_VARIANT I GET_COMPONENTS_INFO Get Information on Components of the Information Object .
IF_SRM_VARIANT I GET_PROPERTY_INTERFACE Get Interface for Property Access .
IF_SRM_VERSION I CREATE_VARIANT Create New Variant in this Version .
IF_SRM_VERSION I DELETE Delete Version .
IF_SRM_VERSION I GET_COMPONENTS_INFO Get Information on Components of the Information Object .
IF_SRM_VERSION I GET_VARIANT Get a Variant in this Version .
IF_SRM_VERSION I GET_VARIANTS_INFO Get Info on All Variants .
IF_SRM_VERSION_HELPER I INCREASE Raise Version Number by One .
IF_SRM_VERSION_INFO I GET_VERSION_INFO Read Information on Element Versions .
IF_SRM_VERSION_INFO I GET_VERSION_POID Get POID Object for an Element Version .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_COPY_TO_BE Copy a View .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_DELETE_FROM_BE Delete View from Table .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_DEREGISTRATE Delete Deleted View from SRMORGROL .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_GET_FROM_BE Get View from Table .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_GET_NAME Get Name of View .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_QUICK_ACTION_READ Read View Quick Action .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_REGISTRATE Register Specified View in SRMORGROL .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_SET_NAME Rename View .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_SET_TO_BE Save View in Table .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_TEST_EX Checks Whether View Already Exists .
IF_SRM_VIEWGEN_BE I VIEW_TRANSPORT Write Transport Entry for View .
IF_SRM_VISUAL_INFO_WIN I SET_POID Set POID for Information .
IF_SRM_VISUAL_INFO_WIN I SHOW_INFO Display info .
IF_SRM_XML I CHECK_GID CHECK_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I CHECK_ID CHECK_ID .
IF_SRM_XML I COPY_SUBTREE_BY_GID COPY_SUBTREE_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I FIND_FROM_GID FIND_FROM_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_ALL_MISSING_RESTRICTIONS GET_ALL_MISSING_RESTRICTIONS .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_ATTR_BY_GID GET_ATTR_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_DESCR1_STR_BY_GID GET_DESCR1_STR_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_DESCR2_STR_BY_GID GET_DESCR2_STR_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_DESCRIPTION_BY_GID GET_DESCRIPTION_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_FATHER_GID GET_FATHER_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_FATHER_GIDS GET_FATHER_GIDS .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_FIRSTGID_4_MODELID GET_FIRSTGID_4_MODELID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_FREEGID_4_MODELID GET_FREEGID_4_MODELID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_ITEMS_BY_GID GET_ITEMS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_LASTGID_4_MODELID GET_LASTGID_4_MODELID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_LASTID_4_MODELID GET_LASTID_4_MODELID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_RAW_ATTR_BY_GID GET_RAW_ATTR_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_REFGID_4_MODELID GET_REFGID_4_MODELID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_RELATIONS_BY_GID GET_RELATIONS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_RESTRICTIONS_BY_GID GET_RESTRICTIONS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I GET_TOP_GID GET_TOP_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I HAS_ELEMENT_CHILDREN HAS_ELEMENT_CHILDREN .
IF_SRM_XML I POPUP_DOM POPUP_DOM .
IF_SRM_XML I REMOVE_NODE REMOVE_NODE .
IF_SRM_XML I UPD_RELATIONS_BY_GID UPD_RELATIONS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML I UPD_RESTRICTIONS_BY_GID UPD_RESTRICTIONS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I CLEAR CLEAR .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I DELETE_NODE DELETE_NODE .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_DELETE GET_DELETE .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_ENABLED GET_ENABLED .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_HITS GET_HITS .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_MISSING GET_MISSING .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_NODE GET_NODE .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I GET_ROWS GET_ROWS .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I SET_NODE SET_NODE .
IF_SRM_XML_CACHE_GID I SET_NODE_CONDITIONAL SET_NODE_CONDITIONAL .
IF_SRM_XML_CHECK I DESCRIPTION_PART1 DESCRIPTION_PART1 .
IF_SRM_XML_CHECK I IS_MINIMAL_COMPAT IS_MINIMAL_COMPAT .
IF_SRM_XML_CONTEXT I GET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS GET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS .
IF_SRM_XML_CONTEXT I SET_ACTIVEONLY SET_ACTIVEONLY .
IF_SRM_XML_CONTEXT I SET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS SET_CHECKRESTRICTIONS .
IF_SRM_XML_CONTEXT I SET_FILTER_OUT_MODEL Filter out Model Nodes .
IF_SRM_XML_CONTEXT I SET_SETONLY SET_SETONLY .
IF_SRM_XML_DOCUMENT I SWITCH_2_CLONE SWITCH_2_CLONE .
IF_SRM_XML_DOCUMENT I SWITCH_2_ORIGINAL SWITCH_2_ORIGINAL .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_ALL_BEHIND_GID GET_ALL_BEHIND_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_ALL_GID_BY_STATE GET_ALL_GID_BY_STATE .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_ALL_SET GET_ALL_SET .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_FIRST_BEHIND_GID GET_FIRST_BEHIND_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_NEXT_BEHIND_GID GET_NEXT_BEHIND_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_NEXT_GID GET_NEXT_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_NEXT_GID_RAW GET_NEXT_GID_RAW .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_PARENT_GID GET_PARENT_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_POID_BY_GID GET_POID_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_PREVIOUS_GID GET_PREVIOUS_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_SPSID_4_SET_BY_GID GET_SPSID_4_SET_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I GET_STATE_BY_GID GET_STATE_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_ELEMENT I UPDATE_XLINKS_BY_GID UPDATE_XLINKS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_FILE I OPEN_DIALOG OPEN_DIALOG .
IF_SRM_XML_FILE I SAVE_DIALOG SAVE_DIALOG .
IF_SRM_XML_INOUT I PARSE_DOCVERSION PARSE_DOCVERSION .
IF_SRM_XML_INOUT I STORE_AND_INDEX STORE_AND_INDEX .
IF_SRM_XML_MEMORY I FREE FREE .
IF_SRM_XML_PARSE I CLIENTFILE CLIENTFILE .
IF_SRM_XML_PARSE I ITAB ITAB .
IF_SRM_XML_PLAN I COUNT_POIDS_BY_GID COUNT_POIDS_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_POID I COUNT_ALL COUNT_ALL .
IF_SRM_XML_POID I GET_ALL GET_ALL .
IF_SRM_XML_POID I GET_FIRST GET_FIRST .
IF_SRM_XML_POID I GET_NEXT GET_NEXT .
IF_SRM_XML_RECORD I HAS_ELEMENT_MODEL_CHILDREN Checks whether the element has model child elements .
IF_SRM_XML_RELATIONS I UPDATE_ALL UPDATE_ALL .
IF_SRM_XML_RENDER I CLIENTFILE CLIENTFILE .
IF_SRM_XML_RENDER I ITAB ITAB .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I CHECK_BY_GID CHECK_BY_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I GET_COUNT_POID_AUTH GET_COUNT_POID_AUTH .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I GET_COUNT_USER_REST GET_COUNT_USER_REST .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I INCREMENT_COUNT_POID_AUTH INCREMENT_COUNT_POID_AUTH .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I INCREMENT_COUNT_USER_REST INCREMENT_COUNT_USER_REST .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I RESET_COUNT_POID_AUTH RESET_COUNT_POID_AUTH .
IF_SRM_XML_RESTRICTIONS I RESET_COUNT_USER_REST RESET_COUNT_USER_REST .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I CREATE_CHANGE_2_INITIAL CREATE_CHANGE_2_INITIAL .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I CREATE_UPLOADED CREATE_UPLOADED .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I GET_CREATE_VERSION GET_CREATE_VERSION .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I GET_STATE GET_STATE .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_CREATE_VERSION UPDATE_CREATE_VERSION .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_DESCRIPTION UPDATE_DESCRIPTION .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_SCHEMA_POID UPDATE_SCHEMA_POID .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_SEMANTIC_ID UPDATE_SEMANTIC_ID .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_SPSID UPDATE_SPSID .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_STATE UPDATE_STATE .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_STYLE_POID UPDATE_STYLE_POID .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_VERSION_COUNT UPDATE_VERSION_COUNT .
IF_SRM_XML_ROOT I UPDATE_XLINKS UPDATE_XLINKS .
IF_SRM_XML_SEARCH I CREATE_ITERATOR_4_GID SEARCH_CREATE_ITERATOR_4_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_SEARCH I GET_NEXT_ELEMENT SEARCH_GET_NEXT_ELEMENT .
IF_SRM_XML_SEARCH I HAS_ELEMENT_SEARCH_STR Returns whether an element contains a search string .
IF_SRM_XML_SEARCH_POIDID I CREATE_ITERATOR_4_GID SEARCH_CREATE_ITERATOR_4_GID .
IF_SRM_XML_SEARCH_POIDID I GET_NEXT_ELEMENT SEARCH_GET_NEXT_ELEMENT .
IF_SRM_XML_STRIP I POIDS POIDS .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_DT_PROVIDER I GET_INTERFACE_PROPERTIES Gets DT Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_DT_PROVIDER I GET_OPERATIONS_WITH_PROPERTIESGets Operations and Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_DT_PROVIDER I GET_SOAP_APPLICATION_NAME Gets SOAP Application Name .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_DT_PROVIDER I TERMINATE Terminates Current Object .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROCESSOR I EXECUTE Execute Operation .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I ASSIGN_LIST Assign List of Service Definitions .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_RT_PROFILE Delete All Profile Versions .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_RT_PROFILE_VERSION Delete Profile Version .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I REFRESH_ASSIGNMENTS Refresh Assignments (New RT Configuration and UDDI Entry) .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I REFRESH_PUBLICATIONS Refresh Publications (UDDI Entries) .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I SET_EDIT_MODE Lock/Unlock Object .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I TERMINATE Terminates this object .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_PROFILE_RT I UNASSIGN_LIST Remove List of Service Definitions .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I CLEAR Deletes Specified or All Tasks from FIFO .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I EXECUTE Execute Operation .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I GET_TASK_STATE Get Processing State of Operation .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I SET_ASYNC_EXE_MODE Sets Asynchronous Processing Mode (Default) .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I SET_SIMULATION_OFF Sets Actual Processing .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I SET_SIMULATION_ON Sets Simulation Mode for Processing .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_QUEUE I SET_SYNC_EXE_MODE Sets Synchronous Processing Mode .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I CREATE_RT_PROFILE Creates New Runtime Profile .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I DECODE_BASE64 Decodes String from Base64 .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I DELETE_RT_PROFILE Deletes All Versions of Profile .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I DELETE_RT_PROFILE_VERSION Deletes Version of Profile .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I ENCODE_BASE64 Codes String in Base64 .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I GET_ALL_ASSIGNED_CONFIGS Gets All RT Configurations Including Assignments .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I GET_ASSIGNMENTS Gets All Profile Versions with Assignments .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I GET_EXT_NAME_BY_SDEF_NAME Gets Name of Service Definition (Using External Name) .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I GET_PROFILES Gets All Profile Versions .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I GET_SDEF_NAME_BY_EXT_NAME Gets Name of Service Definition (Using External Name) .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I OPEN_DT_PROVIDER Creates DT Provider .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I OPEN_RT_CONFIG Creates RT Provider .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I OPEN_RT_PROFILE Opens Existing Runtime Profile .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_REGISTRY I OPEN_SOAP_APP Opens SOAP Application .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I ADD_OP_RT_PROPERTIES Add Operation-Specific Runtime Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I ADD_RT_PROPERTIES Add Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I DELETE Deletes RT Configuration .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_ACCESS_URL Gets Access URL .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_DESCRIPTION_TEXT Gets Description of Configuration .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_DT_INTERFACE Gets Read Interface for DT Object .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_OP_RT_PROPERTIES Gets Runtime Properties for Specified Operation .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_RT_PROPERTIES Gets Runtime Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_SERVICE_DEF_WSDL_URL Gets WSDL URL for Service Definition .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I GET_WSDL_URL Gets WSDL URL .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I SAVE Saves RT Configuration .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Editing Mode .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I SET_OP_RT_PROPERTIES Sets Operation-Specific Runtime Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I SET_RT_PROPERTIES Sets Runtime Properties .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I SET_UDDI_REGISTRY Sets Name of UDDI Registry for Publication .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I TERMINATE Terminates Current Object .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I UDDI_HIDE Unpublishes RT Configuration in UDDI .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_RT_CONFIG I UDDI_PUBLISH Publishes RT Configuration in UDDI .
IF_SRTFT_CFG_SOAP_APP I GET_MAPPING_RULES Gets SOAP Mapping Rules .
IF_SRT_GENERATOR I GEN_CODE Generate Code for RFC/BAPI VIs .
IF_SRT_GENERATOR I GEN_ST Generate Simple Transformations for RFC/BAPI VIs .
IF_SRT_GENERATOR I GEN_XSD (Test Only) .
IF_SRT_GENERATOR I GET_SIDL Get SIDL along with SIDL types .
IF_SRT_GENERATOR I GET_TYPES Gets Type Description as XML Schema .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I ACTIVATE Activates LP .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I CHECK Checks LP .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I CLONE Creates Copy of LP .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I DEACTIVATE Deactivates LP .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I DELETE Deletes LP from Database .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SAVE Saves LP to Database .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SET_DEFAULT_PORT Sets Port to Default/Regular Logical Port .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description of LP .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SET_HTTP_DESTINATION Sets HTTP Destination (Deletes URL Implicitly) .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I SET_URL Sets URL (Deletes HTTP Destination Implicitly) .
IF_SRT_LP_CONFIG I TERMINATE Terminates this Instance of Logical Port .
IF_SRT_LP_MAINTENANCE_APPL I SET_EDIT_MODE D = DISPLAY; C = CHANGE .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I CHECK_IF_LP_EXISTS Returns 'X' if LP Exists .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I CHECK_IF_PROXY_EXISTS Returns 'X' if Proxy Exists .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I CREATE_LOGICAL_PORT Returns Configuration Instances of New Logical Port .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I GET_DEF_PORT_BY_PROXY_CLASS Returns Name of Default Logical Port .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I GET_PORTS_BY_CALL_PROGRAM Returns All LPs Created/Modified by Caller Program .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I GET_PORTS_BY_PROXY_CLASS Returns All Logical Port Names for Given Proxy Class .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I GET_PROXY_CLASSES Returns All Proxy Class Names .
IF_SRT_LP_REGISTRY I OPEN_LOGICAL_PORT Returns Configuration Instance of Logical Port .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_CO_GROUP_HANDLER I GET_LP_NAME Gets LP name if consumer group only allows one system .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_CO_GROUP_HANDLER I GET_PROVIDER_SYSTEMS Gets list of provider systems .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I ADD_PROPERTY Adds Property .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I DELETE Deletes Logical Port .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I DELETE_PROPERTY Deletes Property .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I GET_OPERATIONS Gets WS Operations .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I GET_PROPERTIES Gets All Properties .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I LOCK Locks Current Object .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SAVE Creates Logical Port .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_AS_DEFAULT Sets logical port as default .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_AUTHENTICATION_METHOD Sets Authentication .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_SIGNATURE_AND_ENCRYPTION Sets Transport Encryption .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_URL_HOST_NAME Sets Host Name of Call URL .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_URL_PATH Sets Path of Call URL .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_URL_PORT Sets Port of Call URL .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_URL_PROTOCOL Sets Protocol of Call URL .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I SET_USERNAME_AND_PASSWORD Sets User Name and Password .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT I UNLOCK Unlocks Current Object .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_LOGICAL_PORT_OP I SET_SOAP_ACTION Sets SOAP Action Header .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_PROVIDER_SYSTEM I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS Gets all classifications .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_PROVIDER_SYSTEM I GET_WEBSERVICES Gets all configured web services .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_QUERY_HANDLER I GET_DEFAULT_LP_NAME Returns the default logical port name .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_QUERY_HANDLER I GET_LP_NAMES Returns a list with logical port names .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_SDEF_DEPLOYMENT I DISABLE_SERVICE_DEFINITION Deletes RT Configuration .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_SDEF_DEPLOYMENT I ENABLE_SERVICE_DEFINITION Creates RT CKonfiguration .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_SDEF_DEPLOYMENT I GET_DEPLOYMENT_STATUS Gets Current Status of Deployment .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_SDEF_DEPLOYMENT I GET_SERVICE_DEFINITION_LIST Gets List of Service Definitions by Patterns .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_SDEF_DEPLOYMENT I GET_WSDL_URL Gets WSDL URL of Service Definition .
IF_SRT_PUBLIC_WEBSERVICE I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS Gets all classifications .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I ADD_TO_REGISTRY Enter Web Service in the Runtime Registry .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I CHECK Check Web Services .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I CREATE_BY_ID Generate Object for Existing Entry .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I CREATE_NEW Generate Object for New Registry Entry .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I DELETE_UDDI_REGISTRATIONS Delete UDDI Publishings .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I GET_CONFIG_UI Call Configuration UI .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I GET_UDDI_REGISTRATIONS Get UDDI Publishings .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I GET_WSD_HEADER Get Header Data from Web Service Definition .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I GET_WSD_LIST Get Web Service Definitions .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I REMOVE_FROM_REGISTRY Delete WebService from Runtime Registry .
IF_SRT_REGISTRY_ENTRY I SET_TRANSPORT Sets Transport Property .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_PROVIDER I CHECK_FOR_TEST_CASE Checks for test case .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_PROVIDER I GET_TEST_CASES Gets Test Cases .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_PROVIDER I GET_TEST_CASE_VALUE Gets value from test case .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I ADD_TEST_CASE_DATA Adds Test Data Record .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I COMMIT_UNLOCK Accepts Changes and Removes Lock .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I DELETE_ALL_TEST_CASE_DATA Deletes All Test Data Records .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I DELETE_TEST_CASE_DATA Deletes Single Test Data Records .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I GET_ALL_TEST_CASE_DATA Gets Table of All Test Data .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I GET_ALL_TEST_CASE_PROCESSORS Gets List of All Test Processors .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I GET_PROCESSOR_TEST_CASE_DATA Gets Table of All Test Data of Processor .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I LOCK Sets Write Lock .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I ROLLBACK_UNLOCK Discards Changes and Removes Lock .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I SET_TEST_CASE_DATA Sets Test Data Records .
IF_SRT_TEST_CASE_INFO_WRITER I TERMINATE Terminates this instance .
IF_SRT_WSDL_GEN I CONFIGURE Initialize from Service Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSDL_GEN I ENABLE_SAP_FEATURE Add SAP Feature to WSDL .
IF_SRT_WSDL_GEN I GET_WSDL Generates WSDL Documents .
IF_SRT_WSDL_GEN I SET_DOCUMENT_STYLE Switch from RPC to Document Style .
IF_SRT_WSDL_GEN I SET_RPC_STYLE Switch from Document to RPC Style .
IF_SRT_WSP_ACCOUNT_FACTORY I CREATE_USER_ACCOUNT Creates a single user account. .
IF_SRT_WSP_ACCOUNT_FACTORY I GET_ALL_USER_ACCOUNTS Retrieves all user accounts. .
IF_SRT_WSP_ACCOUNT_FACTORY I GET_USER_ACCOUNT Retrieves a single user account. .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I ADD_PENDING_TASK Adds pending task .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I GET_PENDING_TASK_BY_ASSIGN_ID Gets reset task by assignment ID .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I JOB_EXISTS Checks Existence of SRT Task Background Job .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I JOB_REMOVE Deletes Background Job (if it exists) .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I JOB_SCHEDULE Creates SRT Task Job (if it does not exist) .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I REMOVE_ASSIGN Deletes Statically Specified Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_ADMIN I REMOVE_PENDING_TASK Deletes Pending Task .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I CHECK_LP_IS_DEFAULT Is the LP the default? .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I DELETE_URL_SUFFIX Deletes URL Suffix .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_BINDING_KEY Gets Binding Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_DESTINATION Gets HTTP Destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_HOST Gets Host Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_LP_NAME Gets LP Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_PORT Gets Port Number .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_PROTOCOL Gets Protocol .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_URL Gets Complete Access URL .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I GET_URL_SUFFIX Gets URL Suffix .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I SET_HOST Sets Host Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I SET_PORT Sets Port Number .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I SET_PROTOCOL Sets Protocol .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I SET_URL Sets Complete Access URL .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_CONFIG_CLNT I SET_URL_SUFFIX Sets URL Suffix .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I CONFIG_EXISTS_IN_ASSIGN Checks Existence of Configuration in Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I EXISTS_PENDING_TASK Checks Existence of Task .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_CONFIG_BINDING_BY_ESR_INFOChecks Configuration for IIF and Channel .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_DESTINATIONS_BY_PROFILE Gets Destinations by Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_DESTINATION_FOR_TASK Gets name of destination for task if it exists .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_PEND_TASK_BY_LPNAME_PROXY Gets Pending Task by LP and Proxy Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_PROFILE_FOR_DESTINATION Gets Profile for Given Destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_PROFILE_INFO_FOR_CONFIG Gets Profile Information for Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I GET_WSDL_URL_FOR_PENDING_TASK Gets WSDL URL for reset task .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_ASSIGN Assignment List .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_ASSIGNS_FOR_CONFIG Lists Assignments for Specified Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_ASSIGNS_FOR_PROFILE Lists Assignments for Specified Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_ASSIGN_DT_CLIENT_OBJ Lists Assignments for Specified Client DT Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_ASSIGN_DT_SERVER_OBJ Lists Assignments for Specified Server DT Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_CONFIGS_FOR_PROFILE Lists Configurations for Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_CONFIG_DT_SERVER_OBJ Lists RT Configurations for Assigned DT Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I LIST_PENDING_TASKS Lists Pending Assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_QUERY I PROFILE_EXISTS_IN_ASSIGN Checks Existence of Profile in Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I ACTIVATE Activates Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I ASSIGN Add New Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I CHECK Checks Consistency .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I CHECK_SPECIFIED Checks Specified Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I DELETE Deletes Assignment and Corresponding RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I EXISTS_PENDING_TASK Checks Existence of Pending Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I GET_CONFIGS Get All Configurations of Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I GET_GENERIC_CONFIGS Gets Generic Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I GET_PROFILE_INFO Gets Profile Information of Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I HAS_ASSIGNMENTS Checks whether assignment object contains assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I LIST_ASSIGN Displays All Assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I PROFILE_CHANGED Profile changed .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I REMOVE_ASSIGN Delete Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I SAVE Save Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description Text for Assignment Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode (Inclusive Lock) .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I TERMINATE Invalidate Runtime Object, Release All Resources .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I UNASSIGN Removes Specific Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_WS I UNASSIGN_ALL Resolves All Assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I ACTIVATE Activates Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I ASSIGN_CLIENT Create WS Outbound Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I ASSIGN_IS_CLIENT Creates Integration Outbound Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I ASSIGN_IS_SERVER Creates Inbound Web Service on Integration Server .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I ASSIGN_SERVER Create WS Inbound Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I CHECK Checks Consistency .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I CHECK_SPECIFIED Checks Specified Values for Successful Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I DELETE Deletes Assignment and Corresponding RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I EXISTS_PENDING_TASK Checks Existence of Pending Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I GET_CONFIGS Get All Configurations of Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I GET_GENERIC_CONFIGS Gets Generic Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I GET_PROFILE_INFO Gets Profile Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I LIST_ASSIGN Displays All Assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I PROFILE_CHANGED Profile changed .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I REMOVE_ASSIGN Delete Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I SAVE Save Assignment and All RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description Text for Assignment Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode (Inclusive Lock) .
IF_SRT_WSP_ASSIGN_XI I TERMINATE Invalidate Runtime Object, Release All Resources .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I ACTIVATE Activates Current DT Configuration Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Current DT Configuration Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I DELETE Deletes Current DT Configuration Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I REMOVE Removes Specified DT Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SAVE Saves Current DT Configuration Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Editing Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_PORT_TYPE_NAME Sets Port Type Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_SOFTWARE_COMP_INFO Sets Software Component Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_TRANSPORT_REQUEST Sets Transport Request .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_WSDL Initializes by WSDL Document .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I SET_XML Initializes by XML Document for DT Object Data .
IF_SRT_WSP_CHG_DT_CONFIG_DATA I TERMINATE Terminates Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I ACTIVATE Activates the destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I ADD_PROPERTY Adds Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I CHECK Checks the destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DEACTIVATE Deactivates the destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DELETE Deletes the destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTIES Delete all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I DELETE_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Delete all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES Returns all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES_DISPLAY Get all properties with invisible security values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_BUSINESS_SYSTEM_NAME Get the Business System Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_HTTP_DESTINATION Gets HTTP Destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_PROFILE_NAME Return the Profile Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Returns all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_SLD_SYSTEM_NAME Get the SLD System Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I GET_UNIQUE_NAME Returns a unique destination name (with version) or GUID .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I INIT_FROM_DEST_XML Initializes the destination from XML document object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I RESET_ASSIGN_USAGE Sets "destination in assignment" status again .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SAVE Persists the destination on the database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_PROFILE_NAME Set the Profile Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_PROPERTIES Sets all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I SET_SLD_SYSTEM_NAME Set the SLD System Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DEST I TERMINATE Terminates this destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I CREATE_INTERFACE Creates Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_PROFILES Returns all DT profiles belonging to this SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_SIDL Returns SIDL Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_WSDL Returns a WSDL Document .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I GET_WSDL_URL Returns WSDL URL .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I INIT_FROM_DATA Initializes Configuration from XML Data .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I SERIALIZE Serializes Configuration as XML .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I SET_PROFILE Sets values from profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I SET_STATE Sets the configuration state .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT I TERMINATE Terminates the configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT_PROFILE I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT_PROFILE I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_DT_PROFILE I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_INTERFACE I ASSIGN_SERVICE_DEFINITION Creates RT Configuration Using Default Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_INTERFACE I UNASSIGN_SERVICE_DEFINTION Deletes RT Configuration from Default Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PRE I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject Node .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PRE I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_SUBJECT Returns Properties for Given Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PRE I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_SUBJECTTYPEReturns Properties for Given Subject Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PRE I GET_SUBJECT_CONTEXT Returns Clone of Subject Context .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I ADD_WORK_ITEM Add a Worklist Work Item Manually .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I CHECK_FOR_UPDATE Check the Mass Objects for Updates .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I GET_WORKLIST Get Current Worklist .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I GET_WORK_ITEM_DATA Get Work Item Data .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I SET_ASYNC_PROCESS_MODE Set Asynchronous/Synchronous Processing Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROCESSOR I UPDATE Run Update Process .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I INIT_FROM_TEMPLATE Initializes the profile from template .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I SAVE Persists Configuration on Database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_DT I GET_PROPERTIES Returns the properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_DT I GET_SUBJECT_TYPES_FOR_SCOPE Returns all subject types for a given scope .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_DT I TERMINATE Terminates this profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I ACTIVATE Activates the profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I ADD_PROPERTY Adds Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I CHECK Checks the profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DEACTIVATE Deactivates the profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DELETE Deletes the profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTIES Delete all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I DELETE_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Delete all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES Returns all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I GET_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Returns all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I INIT_FROM_TEMPLATE Initializes the profile from template .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I SAVE Persists the profile on the database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I SET_PROPERTIES Sets all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM I TERMINATE Terminates this profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I ADD_PROPERTY Adds Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I CHANGE_ON_IMMUTABLE Change even if assignments exist .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTIES Delete all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I DELETE_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Delete all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES Returns all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES_DISPLAY Get all properties with invisible security values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Returns all properties for a given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I GET_UNIQUE_NAME Returns a unique profile name (with version) or GUID .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I INIT_FROM_TEMPLATE Initializes the profile from template .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I IS_IMMUTABLE Checks Non-Modifiability .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I RESET_ASSIGN_USAGE Resets status whether profile used in assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I SAVE Persists Configuration on Database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I SET_PROPERTIES Sets all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I COMPARE_SUBJECT_CONTEXTS Compares Two Subject Contexts .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_CLIENT_CFG_SIDL_BY_WSDLCreates RT Configuration Object from WSDL .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_CLIENT_SIDL_BY_WSDL Creates SIDL from WSDL .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_CONFIG_DESTINATION Creates a new destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_CONFIG_DT Creates New Designtime Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_CONTEXT_FROM_WSDL Creates configuration context from WSDL URL .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_RT_CFG_FROM_WSDL_CTX Creates runtime configuration from WSDL context .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I CREATE_UPDATE_XI_DT_SERVER_OBJCreates/Changes XI Design Time Server Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I EXISTS_GLOBAL_PROPERTY Checks Existence of Client-Wide Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I EXISTS_PROFILE_RT Checks Existence of RT Profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I EXISTS_RT_CONFIG Checks Existence of RT Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I EXISTS_XI_DT_SERVER_OBJ Checks Existence of XI Design Time Server Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_ALL_ENDPOINT_TYPES Returns All Endpoint Types .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_ALL_SOAP_APPLICATIONS Returns all SOAP applications .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_CONFIG_FOR_CONFIG_KEY Gets Configuration ID for Internal Configuration Key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_CONFIG_KEY_FOR_CONFIG Gets Internal Configuration Key for Configuration ID .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_DETAILS_FOR_CLI_BIND_KEY Gets Special Client Properties for Binding Key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_DT_PROFILES Returns All Dt Profiles for Given SOAP Application .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_GLOBAL_PROPERTIES_RUNTIME Gets Client-Wide Properties of Runtime Environment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_ICF_ALIAS_HANDLING Handling of External ICF Aliases .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_ICF_SERVICE_HANDLING Handling of ICF Service Definitions .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_ICF_URL_HANDLING Handling of ICF URLs .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_LIST_OF_CONFIG_REQUEST Lists Configuration Requests .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_LIST_OF_DEST_PM Lists Configuration Destinations (PM) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_LIST_OF_PROFILE_PM Lists Configuration Profiles (PM) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_LIST_RT_CONFIG_PM Lists Configurations (PM) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I GET_SOAP_APPLICATION Returns the SOAP application for the given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_ASSIGN Assignment List .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_CLIENT_CONFIGS_WITH_LP Lists Client Configurations for Proxy with Logical Ports .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_CONFIG_ADMIN_INFO_FOR_SD Display Administration Data for RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_CONFIG_PROFILES Lists Configuration Profiles .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_DT_CONFIG Lists Design Time Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_RT_CONFIG List RT Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_RT_CONFIG_ALL_CLIENTS Lists RT Configurations for DT Objects Across All Clients .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_SDEF_CONFIG_BINDING_KEYS Gets All Keys of Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_XI_DT_SERVER_OBJ Lists XI DT Server Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I LIST_XI_DT_SERVER_OBJ_RT_CONF Lists Configurations for XI DT Server Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_ASSIGN_QUERY Creates Query API Object for Assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_ASSIGN_WS Opens Specified Assignment in Web Service Environment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_ASSIGN_XI Opens Assignment in XI Environment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_DESTINATION Returns a destination instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_DEST_PM Gets Destination (PM) Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_DT Returns Designtime Configuration Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_PROCESSOR Returns a configuration processor instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_PROFILE_PM Gets Profile (PM) Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_PROFILE_RT Returns a profile configuration instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_REQUEST Gets Configuration Request Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT Returns Runtime Configuration Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP Returns an instance of a consumer group configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLIENT Returns an existing instance of generic client configuration.
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT_NEW Returns a runtime configuration instance (new version) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT_PM Gets Runtime Configuration Instance (PM) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLIENT Returns an existing instance of a proxy client configuration.
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_DT_CLIENT_CONFIG Opens Design Time Configuration for WS Client .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_DT_QUERY_IF Opens Query Interface for DT Objects and Configurations .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_DT_SERVER_CONFIG Opens Design Time Configuration for WS Server .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_ENDPOINT_TYPE Returns an endpoint type instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I OPEN_GLOBAL_PROPERTY Opens Client-Wide Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I REMOVE_ASSIGN Removes Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REGISTRY I REMOVE_XI_DT_SERVER_OBJ Deletes XI Design Time Server Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I ACTIVATE Activates the configuration request .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I ADD_CONSUMERGROUP_ASSIGNMENT Add a Consumer Group - Provider Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I ADD_PROVIDER_ASSIGNMENT Add a Profile - Service Definition Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I DEACTIVATE Deactivates the configuration request .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I DELETE Deletes the configuration request .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I DEL_CONSUMERGROUP_ASSIGNMENT Delete a Consumer Group - Provider Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I DEL_PROVIDER_ASSIGNMENT Delete a Profile - Service Definition Assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I GET_CONSUMERGROUP_ASSIGNMENTS Returns a consumer group - provider assignment list .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I GET_PROVIDER_ASSIGNMENTS Returns a profile - service definition assignment list .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I SAVE Persists the configuration request on the database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_REQUEST I SET_EDIT_MODE Set the Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I CLONE Gets Copy of Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I COMPLETE Complete Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I CREATE_BINDING_FOR_VARIANT Creates binding associated to the given variant .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I CREATE_SERVICE Creates Service Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DELETE_BINDING Deletes given binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I DELETE_SERVICE Deletes service .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES_DISPLAY Gets all properties of the configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_ALTERNATE_URL_FOR_BINDING Returns alternate URL for a specified binding if any .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_BINDINGS Returns All Bindings .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_BINDINGS_BY_VARIANT Returns all bindings refering to given variant .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_BINDING_BY_NAME Returns Specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_BINDING_KEY_BY_NAME Gets Binding Key for Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_REFERRED_VARIANTS Returns referenced variants .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_SERVICE Returns Service Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_SIDL Returns SIDL Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_URL_FOR_BINDING Returns URL for a specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_WSDL Returns a WSDL Document .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I GET_WSDL_URLS_FOR_BINDING Returns WSDL URLs for a specified binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I HAS_BINDING Checks Existence of Binding Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I HAS_SERVICE Checks Existence of Service Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I IS_IMMUTABLE Is a profile assigned to the configuration? .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I REMOVE Removes Configuration Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SAVE Persists Configuration on Database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets Description .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SET_ESR_INTERFACE_NAME Sets ESR Interface Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I SET_PROFILE Sets values from profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I CHANGE_RTC_CONFIG_STATE Change Configuration State .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I DELETE_RTC_CONFIG Delete RTC Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I EXISTS_CONFIG_DATA Check whether configuration exists .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I GET_BINDING_TAB Read Bindings .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I GET_ENCODED_VALUES Returns the encoded values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I GET_RTC_CONFIG Read RTC configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_CFG I PERSIST_RTC_CONFIG Persist RTC Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_BINDING_KEYS_BY_CONFIG_KEYReturns all binding keys for a given configuration key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_CONFIG_KEY_BY_BINDING_KEY Returns a configuration key for a given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_CTX_TAB_FOR_BINDING_KEY Returns the context table for a given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_FEATURE_FACTORY Returns an instance of the feature factory .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_SUBJECTS_FOR_BINDING_KEY Returns subject table for a given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RTC_RT I GET_WSIL_DATA_FOR_640_EXT Returns the WSIL data for the 6.40 WSIL extension .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP I GET_MESSAGE_COLLECTOR Returns the message collector .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP I GET_USER_ACCOUT_INFO Returns the user account info .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP I REDO_CONFIG Creates the configuration for the consumer group .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_CO_GROUP I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES_DISPLAY Gets all properties of the configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_BINDING_DATA Returns the binding data (names, keys, and LP names) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_HTTP_DESTINATION Gets HTTP Destination for Specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I INITIALIZE_FROM_CONTEXT Initializes this object from subject context .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I SAVE Persists Configuration on Database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I SET_LP_NAME Sets the LP name for a given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_GEN_CLNT I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PM I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PM I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PM I EXISTS Check Existence .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PM I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I ACTIVATE Activates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I CHECK Checks Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I DEACTIVATE Deactivates Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I DELETE Deletes Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES_DISPLAY Gets all properties of the configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_BINDING_DATA Returns the binding data (names, keys, and LP names) .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS Gets classifications .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_HTTP_DESTINATION Gets HTTP Destination for Specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I INITIALIZE_FROM_CONTEXT Initializes this object from subject context .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I SAVE Persists Configuration on Database .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I SET_CLASSIFICATIONS Sets classifications .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets Edit Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I SET_LP_NAME Sets the LP name for a given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_RT_PRX_CLNT I TERMINATE Terminates this configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I CREATE_CLNT_CTX_FROM_WSDL_DT Creates a client context from WSDL for DT objects .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I CREATE_CLNT_CTX_FROM_WSDL_GEN Creates a client context from WSDL for generic objects .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I CREATE_CLNT_CTX_FROM_WSDL_UI Creates a client context from WSDL for the UI .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I CREATE_INTERFACE Creates Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I GET_INTERFACE Returns Interface Subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I GET_WSDL_ELEMENTS Returns properties as WSDL elements .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I GET_WSDL_URLS Returns the WSDL URLs .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I INIT_FROM_WSDL_PROPERTIES Initializes the context with WSDL properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I SET_WSDL_ROOT_SUBJECT Sets the WSDL root subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_SIDL I SET_WSDL_URLS Sets the WSDL URLs .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I ADD_WORK_ITEM Add a configuration request to the worklist .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I DELETE_ALL_WORK_ITEMS Delete the worklist .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I GET_NEXT_WORK_ITEM Get the next item key for processing .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I GET_WORK_ITEMS Get all work item keys .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I GET_WORK_ITEM_COUNT Get the number of items in the current worklist .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I GET_WORK_ITEM_DATA Get work item data reference .
IF_SRT_WSP_CONFIG_WORKLIST I PROCESS_WORK_ITEM Run a worklist item .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I EXISTS_DT_CLIENT_CONFIG Checks Existence of DT Client Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I EXISTS_DT_CLIENT_PROXY Checks Existence of Client Proxy Class .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I EXISTS_DT_SERVER_CONFIG Checks Existence of DT Server Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I EXISTS_DT_SERVER_OBJECT Checks Existence of DT Server Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_DT_CLIENT_INFO Gets Client DT Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_DT_CONFIG_ENTRIES Gets DT Configuration Entries .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_DT_SERVER_INFO Gets Server DT Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_IF_NAME_FOR_SERVICE_DEF Gets IF Q Name for Service Definition (if available) .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_NAMESPACE_NAME_FOR_CPROXY Gets Namespace and Name for Client Proxy Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_NAMESPACE_NAME_FOR_SPROXY Gets Namespace and Name for Server Proxy Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_PORT_TYPE_NAME_FOR_SDEF Gets Port Type Q Name for Specified Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_PROXY_DEF_BY_NS_NAME Gets Proxy Definitions by Interface Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SDEF_FOR_PORT_TYPE_NAME Gets Service Definition for Port Type Q Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SD_FOR_IF_NAME_CONFIG Gets Service Definition for DT Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SERVICE_DEF_BY_NS_NAME Gets Service Definition by Interface Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SERVICE_DEF_FOR_IF_NAME Gets Service Definition for IF Q Name (if available) .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SHORT_TEXT_FOR_SDEF Gets Short Text for Specified Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SOAP_APPL_CONFIG Gets SOAP Application for DT Configuration .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SOAP_APPL_PROXY_DEF Gets SOAP Application for Proxy Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SOAP_APPL_SERVICE_DEF Gets SOAP Application Information for Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_SOFTWARE_COMPONENT_INFO Gets Software Component Information of Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_CONFIG_QUERY I GET_WSDL_URL_FOR_SERVICE_DEF Generates WSDL URL for Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_DT_SIDL I GET_SIDL Generates SIDL Objects .
IF_SRT_WSP_ENDPOINT_TYPE I GET_DEFAULT_SOAP_APPLICATION Returns the default SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_ENDPOINT_TYPE I GET_SOAP_APPLICATIONS Returns a list with SOAP applications for endpoint type .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I ADD_STATEMENT Adds Statement .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I CREATE_CHILD_EXPRESSION Creates New Child Expression .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I CREATE_ROOT_EXPRESSION Creates New Root Expression .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I DELETE_EXPRESSION Removes Given Expression .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I DELETE_STATEMENT Removes Given Statement .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I EVALUATE Evaluates Against Template .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I GET_EXPRESSIONS Gets All Expressions .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I GET_NORMALIZED_EXPRESSION Returns Normalized Copy of Expression .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I GET_STATEMENTS Returns All Statements .
IF_SRT_WSP_EXPRESSION_NODE I SET_STATEMENTS Sets All Statements .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CHECK_DEPENDENCIES Checks dependencies of property list with set of properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CHECK_DEPENDS_FOR_PROPERTY Checks dependencies for a single property .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CHECK_SCOPE_FOR_SUBJECT_TYPE Checks Whether Scope Fits Subject Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CHECK_VALUE_FOR_PROPERTY Checks the value for the given property .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CREATE_ALL_SERIALIZERS Returns the set of instances for all features .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CREATE_SERIALIZERS_BY_FEATURESReturns the set of instances for the feature list .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I CREATE_SERIALIZER_BY_FEATURE Returns the instance of the serializer and deserializer .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I DELETE_DT_PROFILE Deletes the DT profile from the database .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I DELETE_SOAP_APPL Deletes the SOAP application from the database .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I FILL_TEST_SUBJECT_CONTEXT Fills a subject context for test purposes .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_ALL_DT_PROFILES Returns all DT profiles belonging to given SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_ALL_ENDPOINT_TYPES Returns All Endpoint Types .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_ALL_SOAP_APPLICATIONS Returns all SOAP applications .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_DT_PROFILE Returns the specified DT profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_DT_PROFILE_AS_XML_DOC Returns the DT profile as XML document .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_EXT_SOAP_APPL_AS_XML_DOC Returns SOAP application as XML document with DTRT Rules .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_FEATURE_META_DATA Returns Metadata for Property Namespace .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_FEATURE Returns All Properties for Given Feature Namespace .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_SCOPE Returns All Properties for Given Scope .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_PROPERTIES_FOR_SUBJECTTYPEReturns All Properties for Given Subject Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_PROPERTY_META_DATA Returns Metadata for Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_RULES_FOR_DTRT_MAPPING Returns All Property Rules for DT to RT Mapping .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_RULES_FOR_SVCL_MAPPING Return all Property Rules for Server RT to Client RT Mapping.
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SCOPES_FOR_SUBJECTTYPE Returns All Scopes for Subject Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SOAP_APPLICATION Returns the SOAP application for the given name .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SOAP_APPL_AS_STRUCT Returns SOAP application as structure .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SOAP_APPL_AS_XML_DOC Returns SOAP application as XML document .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SUBJECT_FOR_FEATURE Get subject name for specified feature .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_SUBJECT_TYPES_FOR_SCOPE Returns all subject types for a given scope .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_TOPIC_FOR_FEATURE Get subject name for specified feature .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_TOPIC_META_DATA Returns meta data of specified topic .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_VALUES_FOR_PROPERTY Returns All Values of Given Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I GET_VALUE_META_DATA Returns Metadata for Property Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I INITIALIZE_FOR_SOAP_APPL Initializes the Feature Factory for the SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I LIST_TOPICS_WITH_FEATUES Lists All Topics with Features .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I LOAD_DT_PROFILE_AS_XML_DOC Loads the DT profile as XML document .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I LOAD_SOAP_APPL_AS_XML_DOC Loads SOAP application as XML document .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I SET_STATE_FOR_DT_PROFILE Sets the state (active/inactive) for the DT profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_FACTORY I SET_STATE_FOR_SOAP_APPL Sets the state (active/inactive) for the SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I ADD_FEATURE_NAMESPACE Adds a feature namespace .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I GET_FEATURE_NAMESPACES Returns the feature namespaces .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I GET_PROPERTIES Returns the internal properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I GET_WSDL_ELEMENTS Returns the WSDL elements .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I INITIALIZE_WITH_PROPERTIES Initializes instance with internal properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I INITIALIZE_WITH_WSDL_ELEMENTS Initializes instance with WSDL elements .
IF_SRT_WSP_FEATURE_SERIALIZE I SET_FEATURE_NAMESPACES Sets the feature namespaces .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I ADD_VALUE Adds New Property Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I ADD_VALUES Adds New Property Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I DELETE Deletes Complete Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I DELETE_ALL_VALUES Deletes All Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I DELETE_GROUP Deletes All Values of Specified Group .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I DELETE_VALUE Deletes Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_ADMIN_INFO Gets Administration Data of Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_FEATURE_META_DATA Gets Meta Data of Specified Feature .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_GROUPS Lists Existing Groups .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_META_DATA Gets Meta Data of Specified Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_PROPERTY_NAME Gets Property Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_VALUE Gets Property Value (watch out for groups!) .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_VALUES Gets All Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_VALUES_FOR_GROUP Gets Values of Group .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I GET_VALUE_META_DATA Gets Meta Data of Specified Property Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I IS_NEW Checks whether property object is new .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I LIST_FEATURES List Global Features .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I LIST_PROPERTIES Lists Feature Properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I SAVE Saves Property (Deletes if Empty) .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets R/O Mode .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I SET_VALUE Sets New Property Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I SET_VALUES Sets Values of Group .
IF_SRT_WSP_GLOBAL_PROPERTY I TERMINATE Terminates Runtime Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I CREATE_EXTERNAL_ALIAS_NODE Creates external alias node .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I DELETE_ALL_EXT_ALIAS_NODES Deletes all external aliases for given service .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I DELETE_EXTERNAL_ALIAS_NODE Deletes external alias node .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I EXISTS_EXTERNAL_ALIAS_NODE Checks existence of external alias node .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I GET_REFERENCES_TO_SERVICE Gets external aliases for given service .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_ALIAS I UPDATE_EXTERNAL_ALIAS_NODE Changes external alias node .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_SERVICE_DEF I ACTIVATE_SERVICE_NODE Activates Specified ICF Service Node .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_SERVICE_DEF I CHECK_SERVICE_NODE_IS_ACTIVE Checks whether specified node is active .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I CONVERT_IF_TO_URL_COMPONENTS Converts Interface Information for URL Components .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I CONVERT_URL_COMPONENTS_TO_IF Converts Transformed URL Components for Interface Info. .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_CURRENT_BUSINESS_SYSTEM Get ID of Current Client (Business System or Replacement) .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_ESR_INFORMATION Gets ESR Information for Service Definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_URL_DESIGN_TIME Generates Web Service URL Design Time .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_URL_ESR_ALIAS Generates Alias for ESR Web Service .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_URL_PREFIX Generates URL Prefix .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_URL_RUNTIME Generates URL Runtime .
IF_SRT_WSP_ICF_URL_GENERATION I GET_URL_RUNTIME_PROF_MGM Generated URL Runtime for Profile Management .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I CHECK Checks Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I CLONE Returns Copy of Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I COMPARE Compares Property with Given Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I GET_ALLOWED_VALUES Returns List with Allowed Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I GET_ALL_VALUES Returns List with All Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I GET_VALUE Returns Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I SET_STATE Sets the state of the property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I SET_VALUE Sets String Value and Deletes Complex Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY I TERMINATE Terminates the property including value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I CHECK Checks the property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I CLONE Returns Copy of this Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I COMPLETE Complete Property List (Set Default Values) .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I CREATE_PROPERTY Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTIES Deletes All Properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I DELETE_PROPERTY Deletes Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I DELETE_PROPERTY_BY_NAME Deletes Specified Property (if it exists) .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I EXISTS_PROPERTY Checks Existence of Specified Property .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_ALLOWED_PROPERTIES Returns List of Allowed Properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES Returns List with All Properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_PROPERTIES Returns Properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_PROPERTIES_BY_FEATURE_NAMEReturns Properties for Given Feature Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_PROPERTIES_BY_NAME Returns Properties for Given Property Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I GET_SINGLE_PROPERTY_VALUE Read single property value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I SET_DEFAULT_PROPERTIES Sets the default properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I SET_PREFERENCE Sets the preference of the property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I SET_SINGLE_PROPERTY_VALUE Sets a single property value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I SET_STATE Sets the state of the property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_LIST I TERMINATE Terminates this object including all properties .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_VALUE I CLONE Returns Copy of this Instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_VALUE I COMPARE Compares Value with Given Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_VALUE I SET_DEFAULT_VALUE Sets Value to Default .
IF_SRT_WSP_PROPERTY_VALUE I SET_VALUE Sets String Value and Deletes Complex Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_RD_DT_CONFIG_DATA I GET_CONFIG_OBJECT Gets DT Configuration Object .
IF_SRT_WSP_RD_DT_CONFIG_DATA I GET_SIDL Gets SIDL Object Hierarchy .
IF_SRT_WSP_RD_DT_CONFIG_DATA I TERMINATE Terminates Runtime Object (Release Local Resources) .
IF_SRT_WSP_SOAP_APPLICATION I GET_ALL_PROFILES Returns profiles belonging to this SOAP application .
IF_SRT_WSP_SOAP_APPLICATION I GET_PROFILE Returns the specified profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_SOAP_APPLICATION I TERMINATE Terminates this profile .
IF_SRT_WSP_STATEMENT I CLONE Returns Copy of this Statement .
IF_SRT_WSP_STATEMENT I COMPARE Compares this Statement with Given Statement .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I COMPLETE Complete Subject Node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_CHILDS Returns Child Subjects .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_PARENTS Returns Parent Subjects .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I COMPLETE Complete Subject Node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_OPERATIONS Returns List of Binding Operations .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_OPERATION_BY_NAME Returns Binding Operation for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_PROPERTY_FROM_SELECT_LIST Gets property from selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I COMPLETE Complete Subject Node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_BINDING_OP I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I CHECK Checks the context .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I CLONE_CONTEXT Creates Copy of this Context .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I COMPLETE Complete Context .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I CREATE_INTERFACE Creates Instance of Subject Type Interface .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I DELETE_INTERFACE Deletes Instance of Subject Type Interface .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_CHILDS_BY_SUBJECT Returns Child Subjects .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_INTERFACES Returns all interfaces .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_INTERFACE_BY_NAME Returns the specified interface subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_PARENTS_BY_SUBJECT Returns Parent Subjects .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_SUBJECT Returns Subject for Given Name and Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_SUBJECTS Returns All Subjects of Context .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I GET_SUBJECTS_BY_TYPE Returns All Subjects for Given Type .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I IS_COMPATIBLE_TO_PROXY_CLASS Checks whether WSDL context matches the proxy .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_CONTEXT I TERMINATE Terminates the context .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_DOMAIN I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I CREATE_OPERATION Creates New Operation .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I CREATE_SERVICE Creates New Service .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_OPERATION Deletes the specified operation .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I DELETE_SERVICE Deletes the specified service .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_OPERATIONS Returns All Operations .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_OPERATION_BY_NAME Returns Specified Operation .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_SERVICES Returns All Services .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I GET_SERVICE_BY_NAME Returns Specified Service .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_INTERFACE I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_OPERATION I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I ADD_CONFIG_VALUE Adds Single Configuration Value .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I CHECK Checks the subject node .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I CREATE_BINDING Creates New Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I CREATE_PROPERTY_LIST Creates, Adds, and Returns New Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I DELETE_ALL_CONFIG_VALUES Deletes All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I DELETE_ALL_PROPERTY_LISTS Deletes All Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I DELETE_BINDING Deletes the specified binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I DELETE_CONFIG_VALUE_BY_NAME Deletes All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I DELETE_PROPERTY_LIST Deletes Given Property List .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_BINDINGS Returns All Bindings .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_BINDING_BY_NAME Returns Specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES Returns All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_CONFIG_VALUES_BY_NAME Returns All Configuration Values for Given Name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_EFFECTIVE_PROPERTIES Returns Effective Properties Separated in Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_PROPERTY_LISTS Returns Property Lists .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I GET_SELECTED_PROPERTY_LIST Returns the selected property list .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I SERIALIZE Serializes Node into Given Format .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I SET_CONFIG_VALUES Sets All Configuration Values .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I SET_STATE Sets the subject state .
IF_SRT_WSP_SUBJECT_SERVICE I TERMINATE Terminates the subject .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_ALL_SYSTEMS_FROM_UDDI Get SLD names for all systems from UDDI .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_ALL_SYSTEM_INFO Get system information for all systems .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS Get classifications by system key .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_BIZ_NAME Get system information by business name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_DESTINATIONGet system information by destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_SLD_NAME Get system information by SLD name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_SYSTEM_KEY Get system information by system key .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I DELETE_UDDI_INFO_ALL_SYSTEMS Deletes UDDI Information for All Systems .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I LOCK Lock info .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I PERSIST_UDDI_INFO Persists the UDDI Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I READ_UDDI_INFO Reads the UDDI Information .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_UDDI I UPDATE_UDDI_INFO_ALL_SYSTEMS Refreshes UDDI Information for All Systems .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I ADD_SYSTEM Add System .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I DELETE_SYSTEM Delete System .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_ALL_SYSTEMS_FROM_UDDI Get SLD names for all systems from UDDI .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_ALL_SYSTEM_INFO Get system information for all systems .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS Get classifications by system key .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_BIZ_NAME Get system information by business name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_DESTINATIONGet system information by destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_SLD_NAME Get system information by SLD name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I GET_SYSTEM_INFO_BY_SYSTEM_KEY Get system information by system key .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I LOCK Lock info .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I SET_BIZ_SYSTEM_NAME Set business system name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I SET_DESCRIPTION Set description .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I SET_DESTINATION Set destination .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I SET_SLD_SYSTEM_NAME Set SLD system name .
IF_SRT_WSP_SYSTEM_INFO_WRITER I UNLOCK Unlock .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I DELETE Deletes the account. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I GET_AUTH_KIND Retrieves the authentication kind. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets the description of the account. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I GET_SERVICE_USER_CREDENTIALS Retrieves the service user credentials. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I SAVE Saves changes. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the description of the account. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets edit mode. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I TERMINATE Terminates the account .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I USE_ANONYMOUS_USER Set the authentication type to anonymous. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I USE_CURRENT_USER Sets the authentication type to SSO. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ACCOUNT I USE_SERVICE_USER Sets the credentials for user/password mechanism. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I ASSIGN_ACCOUNT Assigns a new account to the service interface .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I CREATE_ASSIGNMENT Creates a new assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I DELETE Deletes current instance .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_ALL_ASSIGNMENTS Get all assignments .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_ASSIGNED_ACCOUNT Retrieves the account to which the assignment is done. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_ASSIGNMENT Gets single assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_ASSIGNMENTS_BY_ACCOUNT Get all assignments for a selected account .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_ASSIGNMENT_BY_INTF_QNAME Retrieves the assignement by interface qname. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_INTERFACE_KEY Gets the interface key of the assignment. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I GET_SYSTEM_KEY Gets the system key of the assignment .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I SAVE Saves changes .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I SET_EDIT_MODE Sets mode to edit. .
IF_SRT_WSP_USER_ASSIGN I TERMINATE Terminates the current reference of the object. .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_SIDL_FOR_BINDING_KEY Returns an SIDL instance for the given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_URL_FOR_BINDING Returns URL for a specified Binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_WSDL_FOR_BINDING_KEY Returns the WSDL document for the given binding key .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_WSDL_FOR_SERVICEDEFINITIONReturns the WSDL document for the given service definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_WSDL_URLS_FOR_BINDING Returns WSDL URLs for a specified binding .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSDL_HANDLER I GET_WSDL_URL_FOR_SDEF Returns the WSDL URL for a specified service definition .
IF_SRT_WSP_WSIL_DATA_PROVIDER I GET_WSIL_DATA Gets WSIL Data .
IF_SRV_OUTBINDING_XMS_PROP I ADD_BINDING Adds Binding to Binding Table .
IF_SRV_OUTBINDING_XMS_PROP I CLEAR_BINDINGS Deletes Binding Table .
IF_SRV_OUTBINDING_XMS_PROP I GET_BINDING Gets Binding .
IF_SRV_OUTBINDING_XMS_PROP I GET_BINDINGS Gets Binding Table .
IF_SRV_OUTBINDING_XMS_PROP I SET_BINDINGS Sets Binding Table .
IF_SSF_XSF I LOAD_TEXT_INPUT Input Fields and Text Area .
IF_SSF_XSF I OPEN_FORM "smartxsf" .
IF_SSF_XSF I SET_HREF_FOR_URL href= .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_ADDRESS "address" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_ARCHIVE "archive" ... "/archive" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_COUNTER "counter" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_CTAG "chr" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_DATA "data" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_FAX "telefax" ... "/telefax" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_FORM_TEXT "form-text" or "include-text" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_GENERAL "general" ... "/general" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_GRAPHIC "graphics" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_HEADER "header" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_ICON "icon" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_INCLUDE_TEXT Set Indicator for SAPscript Text .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_MAIL "mail" ... "/mail" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_NEW_LINE "new-line/" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_NEW_PAGE "new-page/" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_PAGE "page/" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_PARAGRAPH "p" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_PRINT_CONTROL "print-control/" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SAP_CHARACTER Not implemented in 6.20 .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SBODY "sbody" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SECTION "section" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SFOOT "sfoot" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SHEAD "shead" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_SYMBOL "sym" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TABLE "Table" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TABSTOP "tab/" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TBODY "tbody" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TCELL "tc" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TEMPLATE_CELL "tc" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TEXT_MODULE Set Indicator for Text Module .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TFOOT "tfoot" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_THEAD "thead" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_TROW "tr" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_URL "url" .
IF_SSF_XSF I WRITE_WINDOW "window" .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I ADD_OBJPARAMETERS Add Object Parameter .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I ADD_PARAMETER Add Parameter .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I GET_MESSAGE Get Message by Index .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I GET_RESULT_DOCUMENT Get Result Document (iXML Document) .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I NUM_MESSAGES Get Number of Messages from Last Transformation .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I OUTPUT_STREAM Output Result Document to iXML Output Stream .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I RUN Run Transformation .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I SET_TRANSFORMATION_METHOD Set Transformation Method .
IF_SSF_XSF_TRANSFORMATION I SET_XSF_DOCUMENT Set XSF Document (iXML Document) .
IF_STATE_CK I GET_STATE Save Status in Status Object .
IF_STATE_CK I SET_STATE Restore Status from Status Object .
IF_STATE_OBJECT_CK I INVALIDATE Reject Status Object .
IF_STATE_OBJECT_CK I SET_STATE Restore Status at the Runtime Object .
IF_STATUS_MANAGED_FIEB I DISPLAY Display .
IF_STATUS_TRANSACTION I CHANGE_STATUS Change Status .
IF_STEPWISE_CTU_REMOTE_CONTROL I CONTINUE process data and okcode with current transaction .
IF_STEPWISE_CTU_REMOTE_CONTROL I START Start the specified transaction remote .
IF_STRINGABLE I AS_STRING returns string representation of this instance .
IF_SUSR_CUA_SWITCH I AFTER_SWITCH Method After the CUA Status Change .
IF_SUSR_CUA_SWITCH I BEFORE_SWITCH Method Before the CUA Status Change .
IF_SVER_VER02218 I M1_IMPL Test method (implemented) .
IF_SVER_VER02218 I M2_NOT_IMPL Test method (not implemented) .
IF_SWCV I GET_BASES Gets Base Components for a Component .
IF_SWDCL_ACL_CLIENT I GET_ACL Determine ACL .
IF_SWDCL_ACL_CLIENT I GET_SUPPORTED_PRIVILEGES Determine Possible Privileges .
IF_SWDCL_ACL_CLIENT I SET_ACL Set ACL .
IF_SWDCL_BASIC_SEARCH_CLIENT I EXECUTE_QUERY Run Search Query .
IF_SWDCL_BASIC_SEARCH_CLIENT I GET_SUPPORTED_OPERATORS Query Valid Operators .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_ACL_CLIENT Prepare Instance for ACL Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_BASIC_SEARCH_CLIENT Prepare Instance for Basic Search Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_DAV_CONNECTION Prepare Current Connection Object .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_ERROR_FROM_RESPONSE Get Error Information from Response .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_LOCK_CLIENT Prepare Instance for Lock Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_NAMESPACE Get Namespace of Element .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_NAMESPACE_CLIENT Prepare Instance for Namespace Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_OPTIONS Options Supported by WebDAV Server .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_PROPERTY_CLIENT Prepare Instance for Property Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_SUPPORTED_METHODS Methods Supported by Resource .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I GET_VERSION_CLIENT Prepare Instance for Version Client .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I INIT_NAMESPACES Initialize Namespaces .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I INIT_TRACE Initialize Trace .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SAVE_NAMESPACES Find and Flag Namespaces .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SEND_AND_RECEIVE_HTTP_REQUEST Send and Receive HTTP Request .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SET_AUTHORITY Set Authority .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SET_HTTP_BODY Set HTTP Body Data .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SET_HTTP_METHOD Set WebDAV Method and General Data .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SET_LOCK_TOKEN Set Lock Token .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I SET_NAMESPACES Set All Namespaces .
IF_SWDCL_CLIENT I WRITE_TRACE Write Trace .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I ACCEPT_COOKIE Accept Cookies .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_BASIC_AUTHORIZATION Get Basic Authorization .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_DAV_URL URL with Server Path/Servlet Name .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_HOST Gets Host .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_HTTP_CLIENT Gets HTTP Client .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_HTTP_PROTOCOL Gets HTTP Protocol .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_ID Gets ID (Temporary ID for Identifying Instance) .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_PASSWORD Gets Password .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_PATH Gets Server Path .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_PORT Gets Port .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_RESOURCE_URL URL Without Server Path/Servlet Name .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_RFC_DESTINATION Get RFC Destination .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_SERVER Gets Server Address .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_TRACE_OPTIONS Gets Trace Options .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I GET_USER Gets User .
IF_SWDCL_CONNECTION I SET_TRACE_OPTIONS Sets Trace Options .
IF_SWDCL_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Next Element .
IF_SWDCL_ITERATOR I HAS_NEXT Other Elements Exist .
IF_SWDCL_ITERATOR I REMOVE Remove Current Element from Iteration .
IF_SWDCL_LOCK_CLIENT I LOCK Lock Resource .
IF_SWDCL_LOCK_CLIENT I UNLOCK Delete lock .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I COPY Copy Resource .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I CREATE_COLLECTION Create Collection .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I CREATE_LINK Create Link .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I DELETE Delete Resource .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I GET_CONTENT HTTP Get .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I MOVE Move Resource .
IF_SWDCL_NAMESPACE_CLIENT I WRITE_CONTENT HTTP Put .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I CREATE_ITERATOR Generate Iterator .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_CHILDREN Get Bottom Level Privileges .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_DESCRIPTION Description .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_NAMESPACE Get Namespace .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_NAMESPACE_PREFIX Get Namespace Prefix .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_PARENT Parent .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I GET_PRIVILEGE Privilege .
IF_SWDCL_PRIVILEGE I IS_AGGREGATE Aggregated Privilege .
IF_SWDCL_PROPERTY_CLIENT I GET_PROPERTIES Get Properties of Resource .
IF_SWDCL_PROPERTY_CLIENT I GET_SUPPORTED_PROPERTIES Get Possible Properties of Resource .
IF_SWDCL_PROPERTY_CLIENT I SET_PROPERTIES Set Properties for Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CANCEL_CHECKOUT Cancel Check Out .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CHECKIN Check In Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CHECKOUT Check Out Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I COPY Copy Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CREATE_COLLECTION Create Collection .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CREATE_LINK Create Link .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I CREATE_RESOURCE Create Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I DELETE Delete Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I DELETE_LOCK Delete Lock .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I ENABLE_VERSIONING Activate Versioning for Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_ACL Determine ACL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_ACTIVE_LOCK Gets Lock Information .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CHILDREN Gets 'Children' .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CHILDREN_FROM_BUFFER Gets 'Children' in Buffer. No Access to Server. .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENT_AS_STREAM Read Content .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENT_AS_TABLE Read Content .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENT_LENGTH Gets File Size .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Gets MIME Type .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CONTENT_URL Gets WebDAV URL for Access to Content .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_CREATIONDATE Created On .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_DISPLAY_NAME Gets Display Name .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_ETAG Gets ETAG .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_LABELS Gets Labels .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_LASTMODIFIED Last Changed On .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_LINK_TYPE Gets Link Type .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_LINK_URL Gets Link .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_NAME Gets Name (= Last Part of URL) .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_OPTIONS Options Supported by URL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_PARENT Gets Parent Collection .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_PREDECESSORS Get Predecessor Versions .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_PROPERTIES Get Properties .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_RESOURCE_DATA Resource Data as Structure .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_SUCCESSORS Get Successor Versions .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_SUPPORTED_METHODS Methods Supported by URL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_SUPPORTED_PRIVILEGES Get Supported Privileges .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_SUPPORTED_PROPERTIES Properties Supported by URL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_URL Gets URL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_VERSIONS Get Versions .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I GET_VERSION_NAME Get Version Names .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I HAS_CHANGED Resource modified .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I HAS_CHILDREN Does resource have 'children'? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I HAS_VERSIONS Do versions exist? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_CHECKED_IN Is resource checked in? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_CHECKED_OUT Is resource checked out? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_COLLECTION Collection? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_LINK Is resource an external link? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_LOCKED Is resource locked? .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I IS_PERSISTENT Resource saved persistently .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I MOVE Move Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I READ Read Data for Resource (Again) .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I REMOVE_LABEL Delete Label .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I REMOVE_PROPERTIES Delete Properties .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SAVE Save Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_ACL Define ACL .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_CONTENT_AS_STREAM Save Content .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_CONTENT_AS_TABLE Save Content .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_DISPLAY_NAME Sets Display Name .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_LABEL Set Label .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_LOCK Lock Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_PROPERTIES Set Properties .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I SET_URL Set URL (if Not Persistent) .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE I UPDATE Copies Attributes and Content of Another Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I CHECK_EXISTENCE Checks Existence of Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I CREATE_COLLECTION Creates Object Reference for Collection .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I CREATE_FROM_DATA Creates Object Reference for Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I CREATE_LINK Creates Object Reference for Link .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I CREATE_RESOURCE Creates Object Reference for Resource .
IF_SWDCL_RESOURCE_FACTORY I GET_RESOURCE Gets Object Reference for Resource .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I CHECKIN Check In Resource .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I CHECKOUT Check Out Resource .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I GET_LABELS List of All Labels .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I GET_PREDECESSORS List of All Predecessor Versions .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I GET_SUCCESSORS List of All Successor Versions .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I GET_VERSION_LIST List of All Versions .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I MAINTAIN_LABELS Set/Delete Label .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I REMOVE_LABELS Delete Label .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I SET_LABELS Set Label .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I UNCHECKOUT Cancel Check Out .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I UPDATE Copies Attributes and Content of Another Resource .
IF_SWDCL_VERSION_CLIENT I VERSION_CONTROL Controls Versions of Resource .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I DELETE Deletes Job .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I GET_INTERVAL Gets Interval (Period in Sec) .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I GET_JOBCLASS Gets Job Class .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I GET_JOBNAME Gets Job Name .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I GET_REPORTNAME Gets Program Name .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I GET_VARIANT Gets variant to be used, or is empty .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I INSERT Creates and Starts Job .
IF_SWF_ADM_JOB I SET_INTERVAL Sets Interval (Min) .
IF_SWF_ALM_ANALYZE I CALL_ANALYZE_TOOL Calls the Analyze Tool .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I GET_ALERT_ID Returns the alert ID .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I GET_T100_MESSAGE Returns a T100 message from the buffer .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I RAISE Trigger Alert .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I RAISE_EXCEPTION Trigger Alert with CX_SWF_IFS_EXCEPTION .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I RAISE_T100_MESSAGE Trigger Alert with T100 Message .
IF_SWF_ALM_CONTEXT I SET_T100_MESSAGE Sets a T100 message in the buffer .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I EXPORT_BINDING_EXECUTE Execute Export Binding .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I GET_EXPORT_BINDING Read Binding Definition for Time EXPORT .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I GET_IMPORT_BINDING Read Binding Definition for Time IMPORT .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I GET_LEGACY_BINDING Export Binding Definition After " 5.0 .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I IMPORT_BINDING_EXECUTE Execute Import Binding .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I SET_EXPORT_BINDING Set Binding Definition for Time EXPORT .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I SET_IMPORT_BINDING Set Binding Definition for Time IMPORT .
IF_SWF_BND_BINDING I SET_LEGACY_BINDING Set Binding Definition from Definition " 5.0 .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I CLEAR_COMP_VALUE Sets Value of Component to Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I GET_COMP_VALUE Delivers a Copy of the Value of the Component .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I GET_COMP_VALUE_REF Delivers a Data Reference to the Value of the Component .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I LIST_COMPONENTS Delivers a List with Names of all (Top-Level) Component .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I SET_COMP_VALUE Sets the Value of the Component (Using an ABAP Field) .
IF_SWF_BND_COMP_VALUE_ACCESS I SET_COMP_VALUE_REF Sets the Value of the Component (Using a Data Reference) .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I CHECK Can Binding Operation Be Used for Expressions Given? .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I EXECUTE Call Binding .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I GET_OPTIONS_FROM_BINDING Extract Options from Binding Statement .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I GET_PROPERTIES Attributes of Operation .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I GET_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS Deliver the Options Supported by this Operator .
IF_SWF_BND_OPERATION I SET_BINDING_FROM_OPTIONS Set Options Selected in Editor in Binding Statement .
IF_SWF_BND_TRANS_EXTENSION I EDIT_TRANSFORMATION Dialog to Parameterize this Transformation .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I CALL_ANALYSIS_TOOL Call Analysis Tool .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I EXECUTE_OKCODE Evaluation of OK Code, Call Analysis Tools .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I GET_DOKU_OBJECT Gets Docu Object Key .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I GET_OWN_CLASSNAME Gets Name of Separate Class .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I GET_STATUS Gets a GUI Status .
IF_SWF_CCMS_ANALYSIS I GET_TITLE Gets a Text for the Title .
IF_SWF_CCMS_DATA_PROVIDER I COLLECT_DATA Collect data .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I DELETE_ALERTS Delete Alerts .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_PERFORMANCE_ATTR Report Performance Value .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_PROTOCOL_ATTR Report Log Attribute .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_PROTOCOL_ATTR_BY_T100 Report Log Attribute with T100 Message .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_STATUS_ATTR Report Status .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_STATUS_ATTR_BY_T100 Report Status with T100 Message .
IF_SWF_CCMS_REPORT I REPORT_TEXT_ATTR Report Text Attribute .
IF_SWF_CCMS_STRUCTURE I BUILD_STRUCTURE Create and Save CCMS Structure .
IF_SWF_CCMS_STRUCTURE I GET_METHOD_PROPERTIES_BY_ID Gets Method Information By Using the ID .
IF_SWF_CCMS_STRUCTURE I GET_PROCESS_CATEGORY Gets Process Category .
IF_SWF_CCMS_STRUCTURE I GET_SHORTTEXT_BY_ID Gets Short Text of a Node By Using the ID .
IF_SWF_CCMS_STRUCTURE I GET_TID_BY_ID Gets TID Using the Internal ID (Name) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ARCHIVE I FROM_ARCHIVE_FORMAT Conversion from the Archive Format .
IF_SWF_CNT_ARCHIVE I GET_ARCHIVE_TABLE Determine Table Format .
IF_SWF_CNT_ARCHIVE I TO_ARCHIVE_FORMAT Conversion to Archive Format .
IF_SWF_CNT_BOR_CONTAINER I CREATE_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Instance Based on a BOR - Generate Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_BOR_CONTAINER I IMPORT_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Data Import from a BOR - Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_BOR_CONTAINER I TO_BOR_CONTAINER Fills a BOR - Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I AFTER_CONSTRUCTOR_CALL Set Attribute(s) of a New Container Instance .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I CLEAR_PROPERTIES Delete Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I CLONE Copies the Container and All Elements .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I CLONE_AS_PROTOTYPE Creates Empty Container with Current Container as Definition.
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I EDIT Calls the Container Editor .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I ELEMENT_COPY Copy Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I GET_CHANGE_DATA Delivers the Change Data of the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I GET_ITERATOR Delivers Iterator Object for the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I GET_LAST_EXCEPTION Gets the last exception that occurred .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I GET_PROPERTIES Get Attribute(s)(Default: Get ALL Attributes) .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I GET_TEXTS Query Text of the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I INITIALIZE Delete All Elements and Reset the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I MERGE Merge Elements of a Second Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I QUERY Query Whether Attribute(s) Is/Are Set .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_CHANGE_DATA Set Change Data of the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_GUID Sets the Unique ID of the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_LAST_EXCEPTION Sets internal error variable .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_LPOR Set Persistence (ID + Persistence Class) .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_PERSISTENCE Determines the Persistence Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_PROPERTIES Set Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER I SET_TEXTS Set Short Text and Long Text of Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER_EXPR I EXPR_CLEAR Reset or delete expression .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER_EXPR I EXPR_GET Fetch expression object .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER_EXPR I EXPR_GET_VALUE Determine Value of Expression .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONTAINER_EXPR I EXPR_SET Set Expression in the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I CHECK Consistency Check(s) on a Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I CREATE_FROM_ABAP_CONTAINER Generate Instance and Transfer Elements from ABAP Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I CREATE_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Instance from a BOR - Generate Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I CREATE_FROM_XML Instantiate Container from XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_ABAP_CONTAINER Set Element Value from ABAP Method Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Data Import from a BOR - Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_PARAM_CONTAINER Data Import from IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Data Import from a Name Value Pair Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_XML Fill Container Instance from XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I TO_ABAP_CONTAINER Copy Elements to an ABAP Method Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I TO_BOR_CONTAINER Copy Element to a BOR Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I TO_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Copy Element (Name/Value Pair) to a SimpleContainer .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION I TO_XML Container (with Meta Attributes) to XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I CHECK Consistency Check(s) on a Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I COMPARE Compare Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I CREATE_FROM_ABAP_CONTAINER Generate Instance and Transfer Elements from ABAP Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I CREATE_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Instance from a BOR - Generate Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I CREATE_FROM_XML Instantiate Container from XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I IMPORT_FROM_ABAP_CONTAINER Set Element Value from ABAP Method Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I IMPORT_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Data Import from a BOR - Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I IMPORT_FROM_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Data Import from a Name Value Pair Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I IMPORT_FROM_XML Fill Container Instance from XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I IMPORT_FROM_XML_GP Fill Container Instance from XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I TO_ABAP_CONTAINER Copy Elements to an ABAP Method Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I TO_BOR_CONTAINER Copy Element to a BOR Container Structure .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I TO_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Copy Element (Name/Value Pair) to a SimpleContainer .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I TO_XML Container (with Meta Attributes) to XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_CONVERSION_SERVICE I TO_XML_GP Container (with Meta Attributes) to XML Data Stream .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I CLEAR_BEFORE_IMAGE Delete Available Intermediate Status .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I COMPARE Compare Container with Other Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I CREATE_BEFORE_IMAGE Save Current Status as Intermediate Status .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I GET_BEFORE_IMAGE Call Saved Intermediate Status .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I TOUCH Mark Container as 'Changed' .
IF_SWF_CNT_DELTA_HANDLING I UNTOUCH Mark Container as 'Unchanged' .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I ASSIGN Assign Elements to One Another .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CLEAR_PROPS Reset Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CLEAR_VALUE Reset Element Value to Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I COPY Create Copy of the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CREATE_BY_DATA Define Element Using an ABAP Field (Type + Value) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CREATE_BY_REFERENCE Define Element Using Data Reference (Type + Value) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CREATE_BY_TYPEDESCR Define Element Using an ABAP Type Descriptor (Type Only) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I CREATE_BY_TYPENAME Generate Element Using Direct Entry of (Object) Type Names .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I DISPLAY Display Element as Dialog Box .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I EDIT Edit Element (Definition + Value) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_CHANGE_DATA Read Change Data of the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_EDITELEM Element Name in Uppercase and Lowercase .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_EDITELEM_STRING Element Name in Uppercase and Lowercase (String Format) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_EXTENSION_TYPE States whether element located locally or in an extension .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_NAME Read Name of the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_NAME_STRING Name of Element (String Format) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_OWNER Delivers the Container That Manages the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_PROPS Determine Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_QNAME Determine Qualified Name of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_REPOSITORY_TYPEINFO DDIC/BOR/SE24 Determine Type Information Using an Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_TEXTS Deliver Display Name, Description, and Short Text .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_TYPE Determines Type Names and Type Attributes .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_TYPEDESCR Determine Type Descriptor (From Type Name or Value) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_UNIT Determine Element Unit .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_UNIT_REF Determine Reference to Unit of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_UNIT_TYPE Determine Unit Type of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_VALUE Determine Element Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I GET_VALUE_REF Determine Data Reference to Value Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I HAS_PROPS OBSOLETE! -" Use 'QUERY' .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I INITIALIZE_VALUE Generate Initial Element Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I IS_ALIVE 'X' - Element Reference Is Active .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I QUERY 'X' - Use Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I REFRESH_OBJECT_REFERENCE If Object Value: Reload Object from DB .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_ARGTYPE Set Argument Type (For Dynamic Method Call) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_CHANGE_DATA Set Change Data of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_NAME Set Name of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_OWNER Sets the Container That Manages the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_PROPS Set Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_QNAME Set Qualified Name of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_TEXTS Sets the Display Name, Description, and Short Text .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_TYPE Determines Type Name Reference .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_UNIT Set Element Unit .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_VALUE Set Element Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT I SET_VALUE_REF Set Data Reference That Shows the Value of the Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ALL_ELEMENTS_GET_COUNT Number of Elements That Correspond to the Criteria Entered .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ALL_ELEMENTS_INITIALIZE Resets All Elements to Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ALL_ELEMENTS_LIST Deliver List (If Necessary, Filtered) of Element Names .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ALL_ELEMENTS_REFRESH_TEXTS Read Language-Dependent Texts of All Elements .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_CLEAR_PROPS OBSOLETE. Only Set Properties Using Element Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_COPY Copy Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_EXISTS Element of This Name Available in the Container? .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_GET_DEFINITION Generate Element Interface Reference for Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_GET_PROPS Get Attribute(s) of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_GET_TEXTS Query Text of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_GET_VALUE Query Value and Unit of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_GET_VALUE_REF Query Value and Unit of Element Using Data References .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_INITIALIZE Initialize Element Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_QUERY Test Attributes of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_REMOVE Remove Element from Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_RENAME Rename Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_SET_DEFINITION Insert Element from Element Interface Reference .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_SET_PROPS OBSOLETE. Only Set Properties Using Element Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_SET_VALUE Set Value and Unit of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS I ELEMENT_SET_VALUE_REF Set Value and Unit of Element Using Data References .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ALL_ELEMENTS_GET_COUNT Number of Elements That Correspond to the Criteria Entered .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ALL_ELEMENTS_INITIALIZE Resets All Elements to Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ALL_ELEMENTS_LIST Deliver List (If Necessary, Filtered) of Element Names .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ALL_ELEMENTS_REFRESH_HANDLES Read Handles in All Object-Type Elements .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ALL_ELEMENTS_REFRESH_TEXTS Read Language-Dependent Texts of All Elements .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_CLEAR_PROPS Reset Element Attributes (Delete) .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_COPY Copy Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_EXISTS Element of This Name Available in the Container? .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_GET_DEFINITION Generate Element Interface Reference for Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_GET_PROPS Query Attribute(s) of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_GET_TEXTS Query Text of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_GET_VALUE Query Value and Unit of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_GET_VALUE_REF Query Value and Unit of Element Using Data References .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_INITIALIZE Initialize Element Value or Reset to Default .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_QUERY Query Element Attributes -" Xfield .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_REMOVE Remove Local Element from Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_RENAME Rename Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_SET_DEFINITION Insert Element Locally .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_SET_PROPS Set Element Attributes .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_SET_VALUE Set Value and Unit of Element .
IF_SWF_CNT_ELEMENT_ACCESS_1 I ELEMENT_SET_VALUE_REF Set Value and Unit of Element Using Data References .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_GET Get Expression Object from the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_GET_DEF Deliver Element Definition .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_GET_VALUE Determine Value of Expression and Put in Variable .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_GET_VALUE_REF Determine Value of Expression .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_REMOVE Remove Expression from the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_EXPRESSION I EXPRESSION_SET Set Expression in the Container .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I CREATE Generate .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_COUNT Number of objects .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT Current object .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST First Object .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_LAST Last Object .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Next Object .
IF_SWF_CNT_ITERATOR I GET_PREVIOUS Previous object .
IF_SWF_CNT_MASS_DATA_HANDLING I INSTANTIATE Instantiation of Container Objects .
IF_SWF_CNT_MASS_DATA_HANDLING I LOAD Mass Loading of Container Data .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I AFTER_CONSTRUCTOR_CALL Set Attribute of the Persistence Manager .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I CHECK_CONTAINER_SAVEABLE Checks Whether the Container Elements Can Be Saved .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I DELETE Delete Persistent Representation of the Instance .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I DELETE_TEXT Delete Container Texts (All Languages) .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I DETACH 'Log Off': The Persistence Instance Is No Longer Used .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I GET_BUSINESS_CLASS_INSTANCE Determine Instance of the Business Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I GET_IBF_PORB Delivers a Persistence Object Reference of Type SIBFLPORB .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I GET_INSTANCE_BY_KEY Generate Instance Using POR Entered (Re-Instantiation) .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I GET_POR Delivers a Persistence Object Reference of Type SWFUTLPOR .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I GET_REFRESH_FLAG Reload Object Before the Next Attribute Access of DB? .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I LOAD Load Instance Data from the DB .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I LOAD_TEXT Load Container Texts (Language-Dependent) .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I SAVE Make Instance Persistent .
IF_SWF_CNT_PERSISTENCE I SAVE_TEXT Save Container Texts (Language-Dependent) .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I CLEAR Sets the Parameter to a Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I GET Delivers the Value to a Parameter .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I GET_REF Delivers the Data Reference to the Value of a Parameter .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I LIST_NAMES Delivers a List with the Names of all Parameters .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I SET Sets the Value of a Parameter .
IF_SWF_CNT_SIMPLE_CONTAINER I SET_REF Sets the Value of a Parameter Using a Data Reference .
IF_SWF_CNT_TEST I CLASS_SETUP Static Setup of Test Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_TEST I CLASS_TEARDOWN Static Teardown of Test Class .
IF_SWF_CNT_TEST I SETUP Setup Before Each Test Method .
IF_SWF_CNT_TEST I TEARDOWN Teardown After Each Test Method .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I COMPONENT_ADD Adds a New Component .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I COMPONENT_REMOVE Removes a Component .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I DEQUEUE Delete Enqueue Lock .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I ENQUEUE Set Enqueue Lock .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_COMPONENTS Delivers the Components .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_CONTAINER Delivers the Parameter of the Correlation (Container) .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_EXIT_OBJECT_CHECK Gets the Exit for Checking an Object .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_HEADER Delivers the Header Data of the Correlation .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_KEY Delivers the Key of the Correlation .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I GET_TEXTS Delivers the Text .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I SET_EXIT_OBJECT_CHECK Sets the Exit for Checking an Object .
IF_SWF_CRL_DEF_CORRELATION I SET_TEXTS Setzt the Text .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I AUTO_MAINTENANCE Automatic Execution .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I CHECK Checks execution status .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I EXECUTE Executes activity .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I GET_DOCU_OBJ Gets object key of SE61 text .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I GET_STATE Gets status of check .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I GET_TITLE Gets describing text of object .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I GET_VIEWCLASS Returns view class .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I SEND_MESSAGE Sets message about customizing status .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK I SET_VIEWCLASS Sets view class .
IF_SWF_CST_TASK_VISIBILITY I IS_VISIBLE Specifies whether a customizing task should be displayed .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_CONDITIONS Returns the condition list .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_CONTAINER Returns the workflow container (prototype instance) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_CONTAINER_DEFINITION Returns the container PROTOTYPES (cannot be changed) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_DEF_CLASS_NAME Returns the implementing class of the definition .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_FIRST_STEPS_OF_BLOCK Returns the first step of a block .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_GUID Returns the GUID of the definition .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_LAST_STEP_OF_BLOCK Returns the last step of a block .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_LOG_PROFILE Returns the name of the log profile .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_NEXT_BLOCK Returns the next step to be executed .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_NEXT_STEPS Returns the next step to be executed .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_PERSIST_RUN_CLASS_NAME Returns the name of the work item persistence class .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_POR_OF_INSTANCE POR of Current Instance .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_PROFILE Returns the database profile .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_RESULTS Returns the outcomes of a step .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_RUN_CLASS_NAME Returns the implementing class of the runtime .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_STEP Returns a step .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I GET_TASK Returns the workflow task (org object) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_CONTROL I LOAD Load the workflow definition .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_BINDING Gets Current Binding Object .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_CONTAINER Returns Step Container .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_CONTAINER_DEFINITION Returns Step Container Definition (PROTOTYPE) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_DEF_CLASS_NAME Gets Name of Implementing Class (Definition) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_PERSIST_RUN_CLASS_NAME Gets Name of Persistent Class (RUNTIME) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_POR_OF_INSTANCE POR of Current Instance .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_PROCESS Returns Corresponding Process Control .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_RESULTS Returns Result (List) of Step .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I GET_RUN_CLASS_NAME Gets Name of Implementing Class (RUNTIME) .
IF_SWF_DEF_PROCESS_STEP I HAS_RESULT Checks Whether a Result Was Modeled .
IF_SWF_EVT_ERROR_CONTEXT I SET_MESSAGE Sets the message .
IF_SWF_EVT_ERROR_CONTEXT I SET_NOTIFY_RECEIVERS Sets the receivers of the message .
IF_SWF_EVT_ERROR_CONTEXT I SET_RETRY_TIMESTAMP Sets the time stamp for the next retry (temp.) .
IF_SWF_EVT_ERROR_CONTEXT I SET_SEND_NOTIFICATION Sets the indicator for sending a message .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I CHECK Checks the Event .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_EVENT_CONTAINER Delivers a Reference for Event Parameters .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_EVENT_NAME Delivers the Event Name .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_HANDLER_COUNTERS Delivers counter using the handler after trigger .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_OBJECT_KEY Delivers the Object Key .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_OBJTYPE_NAME Delivers the Object Type Names/Classes Names .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I GET_PROPERTY Gets property of the event .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I RAISE Triggers the event .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I RAISE_IN_UPDATE_TASK Triggers the event in the V1 update .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I SET_CREATOR Sets the generator of the event .
IF_SWF_EVT_EVENT I SET_PROPERTY Sets a property for the event .
IF_SWF_EVT_HANDLER I GET_FUNCTION Delivers a function module .
IF_SWF_EVT_HANDLER I GET_METHOD Delivers a method .
IF_SWF_EVT_HANDLER I IS_FUNCTION Shows whether the handler is a function module .
IF_SWF_EVT_HANDLER I IS_METHOD Shows whether the handler is a method .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I GET_ACTIVATION Delivers the activation .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I GET_INSTANCE_MASTER Delivers the reference entry (master) .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I GET_STATUS Delivers the Status .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I IS_FOR_ALL_INSTANCES Shows whether the linkage applies to all instances .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I SAVE_TO_DATABASE Saves the linkage .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I SET_ACTIVATION Sets the activation .
IF_SWF_EVT_INSTANCE_LINKAGE I SET_STATUS Sets the Status .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I GET_HANDLER Delivers the event handler .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I IS_FOR_ALL_INSTANCES Shows whether the linkage is entered for all instances .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I IS_INSTANCE_MASTER Shows whether it is a reference entry for instances .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I REFRESH Updates the data (from database) .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SAVE_TO_DATABASE Saves the linkage .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_ACTIVATION Sets the activation .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_CHECK_FB Sets the check function module .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_DELIVERY_MODE Sets the type and method of delivery .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_DELIVERY_PARAMETER Sets parameters for delivery .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_ERROR_BEHAVIOUR Sets behavior in the event of an error .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_HANDLER Sets the event handler (CAUTION) .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_HANDLER_OBJTYPE Sets the object types for the handler .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_IMPLICIT_SAVE Sets a flag to save immediately if changes are made .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_IMPLICIT_TRANSPORT Sets whether transport dialog to be executed upon saving .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_QUEUE_ENABLING Sets queue use .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_RECTYPE_GET_FB Sets the receiver type function module .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_RFC_DESTINATION Sets the RFC Destination .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I SET_STATUS Sets the linkage status .
IF_SWF_EVT_TYPE_LINKAGE I TRANSPORT Transports the linkage .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I CHECK Operator Useable for the Operands Entered? .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I EVALUATE Evaluate Operator for the Operands Entered .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I GET_OPERATOR Unique, INTERNAL String Representation of the Operator .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I GET_PRECEDENCE Order Determined for Other Operators .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I GET_VALENCE Deliver Valency (Preferred Number of Arguments) of Operator .
IF_SWF_EXP_ARITHMETIC I OPERATION Code of Actual Comparison Operation .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I CHECK Check Expression Against Container .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I CLEAR_PROPS Delete Selected Attribute(s) of Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I COPY Make Copy .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I CREATE Generate Expression Object .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I DISPLAY Display Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I EDIT Edit Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_COMPONENT_DETAILS Deliver Details About the Expression Components .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_CONTAINER Determine Container (Namespace of Expression) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_EXPRESSION Determine Expression (Parts) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_PROPS Determine Attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_REF_ELEMENTS List of All Container Elements Required for the Evaluation .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_RUNTIME Runtime of Last Expression Evaluation .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_TARGET_ELEMENT Deliver Value as Container Element (DEFINITION TIME) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_TYPE Type Attributes of Value .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE Determine Value .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE_ELEMENT Deliver Value as Container Element (RUNTIME) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE_REF Determine Reference to Value .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I INITIALIZE Reset Expression Object Completely .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I QUERY Attribute(s) Available? .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I SET_CONTAINER Set Container (Namespace of Expression) .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I SET_EXPRESSION Set Expression Source Text .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I SET_PROPS Set Selected Attribute(s) of Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I SET_VALUE_REF Set Value of the Field Referenced in the Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I TO_STRING Change Value to a Character Chain .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I VALUE_TO_HTML Change Value to a Character Chain with HTML Formatting .
IF_SWF_EXP_EXPRESSION I VALUE_TO_STRING Change Value to a Character Chain .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I DEFINITION_CLEAR De-Register Definition Extension .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I DEFINITION_GET Determine Definition Extension (Instance) .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I DEFINITION_GET_IBF_POR Determine Definition Extension (POR), SIBFLPORB Format .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I DEFINITION_SET Set Definition Extension (Change -" Local Buffer) .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDES_GET_ALL Determine List of All Included Container Instances .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDE_CLEAR De-Register Included Container Instance .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDE_GET Query Instance of Include Extension Using Its Name .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDE_GET_IBF_POR Query POR of Include Extension Using Its Name .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDE_GET_PROPERTIES Query Attributes of an Included Container .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I INCLUDE_SET Register Included Container Instance .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I NAVIGATE Path Navigation in Container Extension Structure .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I PARENT_CLEAR Deregister Parent .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I PARENT_GET Determine Parent (Instance) .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I PARENT_GET_IBF_POR Determine Parent (POR), SIBFLPORB Format .
IF_SWF_EXP_NAMESPACE I PARENT_SET Sets Connection to Higher-Level Instance .
IF_SWF_EXP_OUTPUT_CONVERSION I OUTPUT_CONVERT Output Conversion for an Expression .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets the Describing Short Text (40 Characters) .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I GET_LANGUAGE Supplies Current Language .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I GET_LONGTEXT Gets the Long Text .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I GET_SHORTTEXT Gets the Describing Text (132 Characters) .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the Describing Short Text (40 Characters) .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I SET_LANGUAGE Sets the Current Language, Gets the Text Again, If Necessary.
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I SET_LONGTEXT Sets the Long Text .
IF_SWF_EXP_TEXT_ACCESS I SET_SHORTTEXT Sets the Describing Text (132 Characters) .
IF_SWF_GP_API_FRAMEWORK I GET_MESSAGE_OBJECT Gets Message Object .
IF_SWF_GP_API_FRAMEWORK I GET_TRC_HANDLE Gets Trace Handle .
IF_SWF_GP_API_FRAMEWORK I SET_TRC_CONTEXT Sets Trace Context .
IF_SWF_GP_API_FRAMEWORK I WRITE_TRACE Writes Trace .
IF_SWF_GP_API_FRAMEWORK I WRITE_TRACE_EXC Writes Exception Data in Trace .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_ATTRIBUTES Gets the attributes of a node with an activity type .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_CHILDS_BY_NODE Gets the children of an instance with a specific node number.
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_LOOP_COUNT Gets the maximum loop counter of specified loop .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_PROCESSORS_T Gets the possible and actual agents .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_SIBLINGS_COND Gets the instances of the alternatives of a condition .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_ACI_SIBLINGS_LOOP Gets further activities for an instance .
IF_SWF_GP_PROCESS_STATE I GET_GPI_ATTRIBUTES Gets attributes of a guided procedure (also subprocess) .
IF_SWF_GP_ROLE_INSTANCE I GET_USERS Read User of Process Role .
IF_SWF_GP_ROLE_INSTANCE I SET_USERS Fill Role with Agents .
IF_SWF_GP_ROLE_INSTANCE I SET_WIID Set Work Item ID .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_ACTION Visit Action .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_ACTION_DECISION Visit Decision .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_ALT_CONDBLOCK Visit Conditional .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_ALT_DECIBLOCK Visit Decision Block .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_LOOP_UNTIL Visit Until Loop .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_LOOP_WHILE Visit While Loop .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_PARALLEL Visit Parallel Block .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_PROCESS Visit Process .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_SEQUENCE Visit Sequence .
IF_SWF_GP_STEP_VISITOR I VISIT_SUBPROCESS Visits Subprocess .
IF_SWF_IFS_ASYNCHRONOUS_RULE I INITIATE_EVALUATION Trigger Asynchronous Rule Resolution .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I GET_DESCRIPTION Get (language-specific) description .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I GET_ICON Gets graphic symbol .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I GET_NAME Get unique DISPLAY name .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I GET_SYMBOL Gets unique INTERNAL name .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I GET_TEXT_KEY Gets SE61 key for long text (F1 help) .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I TO_HTML Gets HTML display (for output in HTML control) .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_PRESENTATION I TO_STRING Gets string display (for dynpro output) .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM I CHECK Compatibility Check .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM I GET_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS Deliver Options That Support This Transformation .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM I TRANSFORM Data Transformation .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM_CONT I CHECK Compatibility Check .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM_CONT I GET_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS Deliver Options That Support This Transformation .
IF_SWF_IFS_BIND_TRANSFORM_CONT I TRANSFORM Data Transformation Between Two Containers .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I CLEAR_PROPERTIES Delete configuration attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I CREATE Create new, initial container instance .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I GET Get container instance from buffer, or from DB .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I GET_PROPERTIES Query configuration attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I QUERY Container instance in buffer? .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I RESET_FACTORY Resets Factory Instance .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONTAINER_FACTORY I SET_PROPERTIES Set configuration attribute(s) .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I COPY Copy elements between parameter containers .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_BOR_CONTAINER Data Import from a BOR - Container Structure .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_IFS_XML Data import from IFS-XML datastream .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_IFS_XML_SCHEMA Container Definition from IFS XML Schema .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I IMPORT_FROM_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Data import from a list of name/value pairs .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I TO_BOR_CONTAINER Export to a BOR container structure .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I TO_IFS_XML Serialization in IFS-XML Datastream .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I TO_IFS_XML_SCHEMA Serialization in IFS-XML schema .
IF_SWF_IFS_CONVERSION I TO_SIMPLE_CONTAINER Export to list of name/value pairs .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_CONTAINER Determine Container (Namespace of Expression) .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_EXPRESSION Determine expression definition .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_TYPE Type properties of (expression) value .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE Evaluate expression .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE_ELEMENT Get value of expression as container element .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I GET_VALUE_REF Determine reference to (expression) value .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION I QUERY Property available? Gets XFELD .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I EXPR_GET Generate Expression Object (Using Instance Buffer) .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I EXPR_GET_VALUE Evaluate Expression (Using Instance Buffer) .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I EXPR_GET_VALUE_REF Evaluate Expression (Using Instance Buffer) Gets REF TO DATA.
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_CONTAINER Deliver Default Container .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I RESET_EXPRESSION_VALUES Resets the values of all buffered expressions .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I RESET_FACTORY Resets Factory Instance .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPRESSION_FACTORY I SET_DEFAULT_CONTAINER Set Default Container .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPR_CONTAINER I EXPR_CLEAR Reset or delete expression .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPR_CONTAINER I EXPR_GET Fetch expression object .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPR_CONTAINER I EXPR_GET_VALUE Determine Value of Expression .
IF_SWF_IFS_EXPR_CONTAINER I EXPR_SET Set Expression in the Container .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I CLEAR Sets the Parameter to a Type-Based Initial Value .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I GET Delivers the Value to a Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I GET_REF Delivers the Data Reference to the Value of a Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I LIST_NAMES Delivers a List with the Names of all Parameters .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I SET Sets the Value of a Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETERS I SET_REF Sets the Value of a Parameter Using a Data Reference .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I CLEAR Reset to Type-Based Initial Value/Default Value .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I GET Delivers the Value of an Element/Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I GET_TYPE Delivers the Data Type of the Element/Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I GET_VALUE_REF Delivers the Reference to the Value of an Element/Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I LIST_NAMES Delivers a List with the Names of all Parameters .
IF_SWF_IFS_PARAMETER_CONTAINER I SET Sets the Value of an Element/Parameter .
IF_SWF_IFS_ROUTE_WFXML_1_0 I GET_STATUS_CHANGED_EVENT Delivers the Event Name: Status Change .
IF_SWF_IFS_ROUTE_WFXML_1_1 I GET_NOTIFY_EVENT Delivers the Event Name: Notify .
IF_SWF_IFS_ROUTE_WFXML_1_1 I GET_STATUS_CHANGED_EVENT Delivers the Event Name: Status Change .
IF_SWF_IFS_ROUTE_WFXML_BETA I GET_STATUS_CHANGED_EVENT Delivers the Event Name: Status Change .
IF_SWF_IFS_SERIALIZER I DESERIALIZE Retrieve data object from XML display .
IF_SWF_IFS_SERIALIZER I SERIALIZE Generate XML display for data object .
IF_SWF_IFS_WORKITEM_EXIT I EVENT_RAISED Event Generated .
IF_SWF_LOG_CONTEXT I GET_COPY_VALUES Gets context values that are copied .
IF_SWF_LOG_CONTEXT I GET_REFERENCE_VALUES Gets context values that are referenced .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_COMPONENT Gets the component of the entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_ENTRY_GUID Gets the GUID of the entry (generated key) .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_LEVEL Gets the level .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_LOG_PERSISTENCE Gets the persistence reference of the log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_MESSAGE Gets the log message .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_PREVIOUS_ENTRY Gets the predecessor of the entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_PROFILE Gets the log profile of the entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_PROGRAM Gets the program name .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_SOURCE_LINE Gets the line number in source code .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_SPECIFIC_DATA Gets the specific data .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_TIMESTAMP Gets the time stamp .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I GET_USERNAME Gets the user for the log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_LEVEL Sets the level .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_MESSAGE Sets the log message .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_PREVIOUS_ENTRY Sets the predecessor of the entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_PROGRAM Sets the program name .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_SOURCE_LINE Sets the line number in source code .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_SPECIFIC_DATA Sets the specific data .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_TIMESTAMP Sets the time stamp .
IF_SWF_LOG_ENTRY I SET_USERNAME Sets the user for the log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I ADD_ENTRIES Adds multiple log entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I ADD_ENTRY Adds a log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I CONVERT_TO_STRUCTURE Converts an entry to a structure .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I CONVERT_TO_TABLE Converts entries to an internal table .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I EXTRACT_BY_COMPONENT Extracts the entries of a component .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I EXTRACT_BY_LEVEL Extracts the entries of a level .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I GET_CONTEXT_ENTRY Gets the context log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I GET_ENTRIES Gets the log entries to be written .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I IS_ENTRY_REQUIRED Checks whether an entry has been written .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I REMOVE_ENTRIES Removes log entries from existing set .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I SAVE Saves collected log entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_MANAGER I SET_CONTEXT_ENTRY Sets a context log entry .
IF_SWF_LOG_PERSISTENCE I GET_LOGTYPE Gets the log types .
IF_SWF_LOG_PERSISTENCE I GET_SPECIFIC_STRUCTURE_NAME Gets the structure name for the specific log data .
IF_SWF_LOG_PERSISTENCE I SAVE_ENTRIES Saves the transferred log entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_PROFILE I GET_COMPONENT_LEVEL Gets the set level of a component .
IF_SWF_LOG_PROFILE I GET_DOCU_NAME Gets the name of the text in the dialog .
IF_SWF_LOG_PROFILE I GET_PROFILE_NAME Gets the name of the profile .
IF_SWF_LOG_PROFILE_WHERE_USED I GET_WHERE_USED_COUNTER Gets the number of uses and dialog if available .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I ADD_READ_COMPONENT Adds a component to be read .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I CLEAR Initializes the set of log entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I GET_ENTRIES Gets the log entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I GET_WHERE_CONDITION Gets the where condition .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I READ Reads the entries .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I REMOVE_READ_COMPONENT Removes a component to be read .
IF_SWF_LOG_READER I SET_WHERE_CONDITION Sets the where condition for reading the data .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I FIND_BY_KEY Finds mail object .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_ATTACHMENTS Determines attachments .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_BODY Determines body .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_BODY_HEX Determines body in hex format (HEX) .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_DOCUMENT_TYPE Gets document type .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_KEY Returns key .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_LABEL Determines object name .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_LANGUAGE Determines language .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_OBJECT_TYPE Determines type of mail .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_RECEIVERS Determines recipient .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I GET_TITLE Determines title .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I IS_BODY_HEX Checks whether body saved in hex format .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I REMOVE Deletes mail object .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SAVE Saves (sends) mail .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_ATTACHMENTS Sets Attachments .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_BODY Sets body .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_BODY_HEX Sets body in hex format .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_DOCUMENT_TYPE Sets document type .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_LABEL Sets object name .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_LANGUAGE Sets language .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_OBJECT_TYPE Sets type of mail .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_RECEIVERS Sets recipient .
IF_SWF_MAIL_OBJECT_PROXY I SET_TITLE Sets title .
IF_SWF_MAIL_SYSTEM_PROXY I CLOSE Terminate connection .
IF_SWF_MAIL_SYSTEM_PROXY I CONNECT Establish Connection to Mail System .
IF_SWF_MAIL_SYSTEM_PROXY I GET_CLASSNAME Gets implementing class .
IF_SWF_MAIL_SYSTEM_PROXY I GET_MAIL_OBJECT Gets mail object of mail system .
IF_SWF_PDEF_EXPORT I CONVERT Converts external document into internal data .
IF_SWF_PDEF_EXPORT I GET_MESSAGES Produces list of warnings and errors .
IF_SWF_PDEF_IMPORT I AFTER_SAVE Called After Saving (ID and Version) .
IF_SWF_PDEF_IMPORT I CONVERT Converts external document into internal data .
IF_SWF_PDEF_IMPORT I GET_MESSAGES Produces list of warnings and errors .
IF_SWF_PF_COLLECTOR I REGISTER_PERSISTABLE Registers a persistence object in a transction .
IF_SWF_PF_COLLECTOR I START Starting measuring .
IF_SWF_PF_COLLECTOR I STOP Clock Measurement .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADD_OBJECT Parameterizable by Category .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_CANCEL RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_COMPLETE RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_CONTINUE RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_ERROR_RESTART RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_EXECUTE RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_READY RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ADMIN_STOP_WAITING RFC .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I CHANGE_AGENTS Schmidtpa .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I CHANGE_CALLBACK (Change CB-FB with W,B,F) No longer exists? .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I CHANGE_CONTAINER Indirection may be required because RUN must have knowledge?.
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I CREATE Interesting interface .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I DELETE_OBJECT Parameterizable by Category .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I ENQUEUE Who locks when? Client must, what do WIM and WFM do? .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I EXECUTE_DARK fka. sww_wi_without_wlc_execute .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I EXECUTION_DISABLE Lock Executability .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I EXECUTION_ENABLE Unlock Executability .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I GET_AAGENT Return to Header... .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I GET_TASKDESC Where is replacement called? .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I GET_WORKFLOW_LOG Analog swp_workflow_log_read: Entire Structue of Workflow .
IF_SWF_RDG_WI I START Interesting interface. Caution: Generated caller .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I CHECK_RANGE_TABS Checks Range Tables for Consistency .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I CLEAR Delete Current Selection .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I GET_DB_ENTRIES Read Selected Entries (DB Entries) .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I GET_ENTRIES Read Selected Entries .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I GET_TABLENAME Name of database table .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I READ Select from Database .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I SET_DB_ENTRIES Set Preselected Entries (DB Entries) .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I SET_DONT_IGNORE_NON_ID_RANGES Sets "Do Not Ignore Other Selections as WI ID" .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I SET_LANGUAGE Sets Language for Selection Result .
IF_SWF_REP_HEADER_SELECTION I SET_RANGE_TAB Set a Range Table .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_FILTER I EXECUTE Apply Filter to Entries .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_FILTER I GET_ENTRIES Read Selected Entries .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_FILTER I SET_ENTRIES Set Entries to Be Processed .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I CHECK_RANGE_TABS Checks Range Tables for Consistency .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I CLEAR Delete Current Selection .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I GET_DB_ENTRIES Read Selected Entries .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I GET_DONT_IGNORE_NON_ID_RANGES Gets "Do Not Ignore Other Selections as WI ID" .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I GET_ENTRIES Read Selected Entries .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I READ Select from Database .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I REFRESH Repeat selection .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_DONT_IGNORE_NON_ID_RANGES Sets "Do Not Ignore Other Selections as WI ID" .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_FILTER_STRATEGY Set Filter Strategy .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_LANGUAGE Sets Language for Selection Result .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_PROPERTY Sets Additional Properties for Selection .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_RANGE_TAB Set a Range Table .
IF_SWF_REP_WORKITEM_SELECTION I SET_TIME_PERIOD Set Selection Period .
IF_SWF_RLS_BOOLEAN I EVALUATE Evaluate Condition (Gets Truth Value) .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I CHECK Operator Useable for the Operands Entered? .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I EVALUATE Evaluate Operator for the Operands Entered .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I GET_OPERATOR Unique, INTERNAL String Representation of the Operator .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I GET_PRECEDENCE Order Determined for Other Operators .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I GET_VALENCE Deliver Valency (Preferred Number of Arguments) of Operator .
IF_SWF_RLS_COMPOP I OPERATION Code of the Comparison Operation Used .
IF_SWF_RLS_RULE I GET_CONTAINER Gets container (namespace) of rule .
IF_SWF_RLS_RULE I GET_RESULT Evaluate Rule (Gets value of result expression) .
IF_SWF_RLS_RULE I GET_RESULT_EXPRESSION Gets result expression .
IF_SWF_RLS_RULE I GET_RULE_ID Gets unique (physical) ID of rule .
IF_SWF_RLS_RULE I SET_CONTAINER Sets container (namespace) of rule .
IF_SWF_RLS_UNARY_COMPOP I CHECK Operator Useable for the Operands Entered? .
IF_SWF_RLS_UNARY_COMPOP I EVALUATE Evaluate Operator for an Expression .
IF_SWF_RLS_UNARY_COMPOP I GET_OPERATOR Unique, INTERNAL String Representation of the Operator .
IF_SWF_RLS_UNARY_COMPOP I OPERATION Perform the Unitary Operation .
IF_SWF_RUN_ADHOC_PROXY I SET_STATUS_COMPLETED Sets Status to Completed .
IF_SWF_RUN_CALLBACK_ENTRY I DISCARD Entry Can Be Deleted .
IF_SWF_RUN_CALLBACK_ENTRY I GET_CALLING_BACK_WIID Work Item ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_CALLBACK_ENTRY I GET_TRACE_DATA Gets Trace Data .
IF_SWF_RUN_CALLBACK_ENTRY I REENQUEUE Request must be repeated .
IF_SWF_RUN_CALLBACK_ENTRY I SET_STATUS_ERROR Sets Status to 'ERROR' .
IF_SWF_RUN_CONTEXT I GET_EXPRESSION_FACTORY Expression Factory .
IF_SWF_RUN_CONTEXT I IS_RUNTIME_ACTIVE Runtime Active .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I BACK Replace .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I FORWARD Forward (Parameter Missing) .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I GET_COMMANDS Read Permitted Commands (Returns Object List) .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I GET_STATUS Read Current Status (Returns Object) .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I REJECT Reject .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I RESUBMISSION_END End resubmission .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I RESUBMIT Resubmit .
IF_SWF_RUN_INBOX_OBJECT I SELECT Accept (Parameter Missing) .
IF_SWF_RUN_PARAMETER I GET_ITERATOR_EXPORT_PARAMETER Create Iterator for Export Parameters .
IF_SWF_RUN_PARAMETER I GET_ITERATOR_IMPORT_PARAMETER Create Iterator for Import Parameters .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENCE_CLASS I GET_INSTANCE_BY_KEY Instantiation of Object .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENCE_CLASS I GET_POR_OF_INSTANCE POR of Current Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENCE_CLASS I LOAD Load Object Data .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENCE_CLASS I SAVE Write Object Data to Corresponding DB Tables .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I GET_HEADER_IMAGE Read Complete Header Data (Structure SWFRSTP) .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I SET_HEADER_IMAGE Set Complete Header Data (Struceture SWFRSTP) .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I SET_P_INSTANCE Sets Instance of Corresponding Persistent Class .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENT_PC_OBJ I GET_PC_HEADER_IMAGE Read Complete Header Data (Structure SWFRPROCTR) .
IF_SWF_RUN_PERSISTENT_PC_OBJ I SET_PC_HEADER_IMAGE Set Complete Header Data (Structure SWFRPROCTR) .
IF_SWF_RUN_RESULT I GET_RESULT Returns the Result .
IF_SWF_RUN_SERVICE I EXECUTE Execution of Service .
IF_SWF_RUN_SERVICE I SET_PROPERTY Sets Service Properties .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_BINDING Gets Binding .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_COMP_EVENTS Gets Terminating Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_CONDITION Gets Conditions .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_FUNCTIONS Gets Programming Exits .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_HEADER Gets Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_METHODS Gets Methods .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_NODE Gets Nodes .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_NODEID Gets Node ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_NODETYPE Gets Node Type .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_PROPERTIES Gets Additional Step Attributes .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_STEP Gets Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_WITEXT Gets Work Item/Node Text .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_PERSIST_RECEIVER Persist Recipient .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_WF_TASK_HANDLE Gets Flow Task Handle .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I GET_WILLBRANCH Gets Information Whether Case was Generated .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I IS_BINDING_AVAILABLE Gets Binding Available .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I IS_COMP_EVENTS_AVAILABLE Gets Terminating Events Available .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I IS_CONDITIONS_AVAILABLE Gets Conditions Available .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I IS_FUNCTIONS_AVAILABLE Gets Programming Exits Available .
IF_SWF_RUN_STEP_ATTRIBUTES I IS_METHODS_AVAILABLE Gets Methods Available .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DED_ROLE_BINDING Binding for Required End .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_BINDING Workflow: Bindings .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_CONDITIONS_WFM Workflow: Conditions .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_CONDITIONS_WIM Workflow: Conditions .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_CONTAINER Workflow: Container Definition .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_EVENTS Workflow: Events for Rule-Based Workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_FUNCTIONS Workflow: Programming Exits .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_HEADER Workflow: Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_LEVENTS Workflow: Local Events and Exceptions to Blocks .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_LINES Workflow: Links .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_METHODS Workflow: Methods .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_NODES Workflow: Node .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_PROPERTIES Workflow: Properties .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_ROLE_BINDING Determines Binding for Default Processor .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_STEPS Workflow: Activities .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_DEF_WFDWIZ Workflow: Determines Key of Workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_LANGUAGE Gets language of instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_LED_ROLE_BINDING Binding for Latest End (Deadline) .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_LSD_ROLE_BINDING Binding for Latest Start .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_MAIN_METHOD_DEFINITION Characteristics of Main Method .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_NAME Gets name of task .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_NOT_ROLE_BINDING Determines Binding for Notifications .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_START_EVENT_BINDING Determines Binding for Start Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_ATTRIBUTES Determines Task Characteristics .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_COMP_EVENTS Terminating events .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_CONTAINER Instance Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_GUID Determines GUID of Task for Instance Management .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_INIT_BINDING Initial Binding for Task .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_OM_BINDING Data Flow Task -" Method .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TASK_START_EVENTS Start events .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_TERM_EVENT_BINDING Determines Binding for Completed Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_TASK_ATTRIBUTES I GET_WITYPE Gets work item type .
IF_SWF_RUN_TRANSACTION I ACTIVATE Activate Transaction Control .
IF_SWF_RUN_TRANSACTION I PASSIVATE Deactivate Transaction Control .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM I CANCEL Cancels a complete workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM I RUN Starts Workflow Manager Session .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I CANCEL_WORKFLOW Cancels Workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I COMPLETE_WF_BY_CONTROL Ends workflow using control step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I CONSUME_LOCAL_EVENTS Uses a local event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I DELETE_EXEC_COMPONENT Deletes a component from execution queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I DELETE_NXTNOD_FOR_COMPONENT Deletes next node for component GUID from queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I ENQUEUE_NEXT_NODES Adds new entries to NEXT_NODES queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_BINDING_DEFINITION Reads binding definition for a step or node .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_NODE_DEFINITION Gets node definition for node ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_STEP_DEFINITION Gets step definition for node ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_WFM_MODE Gets mode of WFM .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_WFM_PHASE Gets execution phase of WFM .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I GET_WFTYPE Gets workflow type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I ROLLBACK Recreates last consistent status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I SET_WI_CANCEL_ERROR Reports an error when work item canceled .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_INTERNAL I SET_WI_COMPLETE_ERROR Reports an error when work item set to obsolete .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_LOGGER I CLEAR Deletes internal log buffer .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_LOGGER I FLUSH Writes log buffer to database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_LOGGER I WRITE_EXCEPTION Writes exception to log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_LOGGER I WRITE_NODE_INSTANCE Writes node entry to log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WFM_LOGGER I WRITE_STEP_INSTANCE Writes step entry to log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I CHANGE_LANGUAGE Changes Language of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I CHANGE_PRIORITY Changes Priority .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I CHANGE_WITEXT Changes Work Item Text .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I DEQUEUE Deletes Enqueue Lock .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I ENQUEUE Sets Enqueue Lock .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_ADHOC_OBJECTS Supplies Adhoc Objects .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_ADMINISTRATOR_AGENTS Gets Administrator .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_AGENTS Gets Agent for Processing .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_ATTACH_OBJECTS Supplies Attachment Objects .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_CBDONE_FLAG_FROM_DATABASE Supplies Callback Flag .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_CREATE_TIMESTAMP Gets Creation Time .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_DEADLINES Delivers Deadlines .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_DEADLINE_AGENTS Supplies Agent for Deadlines .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_DIALOG_BLOCK_CHILDS Supplies All Subordinate Workitems of a Dialog Block .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_EI_HEADER Supplies Header of Wait Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_END_DATE Gets End Date / Time / Timestamp .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_EXCLUDED_AGENTS Supplies Excluded Employees .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_NOTIFICATION_AGENTS Supplies Agent for End Notification .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_NUMBER_OF_INQUIRIES Supplies Number of Queries .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_RETURN Supplies result of last execution of work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_STATUSTEXT Supplies Text of Work Item Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_STATUS_FROM_DATABASE Supplies Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_TOPLEVEL_WORKITEM Identifies Top-Level Workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_TYPETEXT Supplies Text of Work Item Type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WF_CONTAINER Supplies workflow container, taking blocks into account .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WF_CONTAINER_LOCAL Gets workflow container, internal use .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WF_HANDLE Gets workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WF_TASK Gets Workflow Name .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WITEXT Supplies Work Item Text .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_CONTAINER Supplies Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_EXECUTION_TIME Supplies Execution Time in Seconds .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_HEADER Supplies Work Item Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_HEADER_EXTENDED Supplies Work Item Header (Enhanced Structure) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_RESULT Supplies Result Structure (WIM"-"WFM) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I GET_WI_RETURN Supplies Return Values of Method Execution and Exceptions .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I IS_ENQUEUED Chekcs Whether Work Item is Locked .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM I RESUBMIT Resubmit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC I ADD_INSTANCE Add AdHoc Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC I COMPLETE_INSTANCE End AdHoc Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC I GET_INSTANCE Return AdHoc Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC I GET_INSTANCE_DATA Return AdHoc Instance as Structure .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC I HAS_ACTIVE_INSTANCE Checks Whether an Active (Started) AdHoc Instance Exists .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC_INTERNAL I REFRESH_AGENTS Execute Role Resolution for Recipient .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC_INTERNAL I REFRESH_CONTAINER Execute Binding Workflow-"Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC_INTERNAL I REFRESH_EXCLUDED_AGENTS Execute Role Resolution for Excluded Agents .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADHOC_INTERNAL I REFRESH_INBOX Refreshes inbox for current work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_BACK Replacement of work item by administrator .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_CANCEL Set Work Item to 'Logically Deleted' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_DISABLE Disable Work Item (Supend) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_ENABLE Enable Work Item (Resume) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_EVALUATE_CONDITIONS Execution of Pre-/Postconditions .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_REDO_ROLE_RESOLUTION Execute Rule Again .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ADM_INTERNAL I ADM_SET_AGENTS Assign New Agents to Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I CLEAR_REQUESTER Deletes Requester .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT Reads Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I GET_CONTEXT_REF Delivers Reference to the Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I GET_REQUESTER Reads Semantic Requester .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I SET_CONTEXT Sets Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CONTEXT I SET_REQUESTER Sets Semantic Requester .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CREATE I CREATE Creates an Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CREATE I INITIALIZE Initializes instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I CHECK_AND_CREATE_COMP_EVENTS Checks or determines terminating events .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I CREATE_WORKFLOW_INSTANCE Generates workflow instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I CREATE_WORKITEM_TEXT Generates work item text .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I DETERMINE_DEADLINES Determines deadlines and checks for consistency .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I ENQUEUE_INTERNAL Enqueue to Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I EXECUTE_POST_CONDITION Execute Postcondition with Status Update .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I EXECUTE_PRE_CONDITION Execute Precondition with Status Update .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I EXECUTE_WAIT_CONDITION Execute Wait Condition with Status Update .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I GET_AGENTS_FOR_REMOTE_CALLBACKDetermines agent for remote callback (RI) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I GET_AGENTS_FOR_WORKITEM Determines agent of work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I GET_NEXT_NUMBER Determine Unique ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I PREPARE_SUB_WORKFLOW Sets properties for subflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I RECREATE_WORKITEM Calculates properties of work item (CHECKED-"READY) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SEND_EXPRESS_MESSAGE Send Express Mail .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_HEADER_PROPERTIES Sets general properties of header .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_NOTE_FLAG Sets attachment flag if attachments exist .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_SELFITEM Sets self item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_WF_HANDLE Sets workflow handle .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_WITYPE_PROPERTIES Sets properties for work item type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_WLC_FLAGS Sets WLC_FLAGS field .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_WORKITEM_OBJECT Sets Work Item Object in Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I SET_WORK_QUEUE_ENTRIES Sets work queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I WI_CREATE_RECEIVERS Create Instance Linkages .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_CRT_INTERNAL I WI_TRIGGER_EVENT Generate 'Created' Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEADLINE I CHECK_DEADLINE_GROUP Checks deadline group .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEADLINE I GET_DEADLINE Gets deadline object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEADLINE I GET_DEADLINE_GROUP Gets all deadlines .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEADLINE I SET_DEADLINE_FLAG Sets flag for deadline existence .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_NODEID Determines Node ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_NODE_DEFINITION Determines Node .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_PROPERTIES Determines Properties for Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_RULE Determines Rule .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_START_EVENT_BINDING Determines Binding for Start Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_STEP_DEFINITION Determines Definition of Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_STEP_HANDLE Gets Reference to Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_TASK_HANDLE Determines Task Handle .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_TERM_EVENT_BINDING Determines Binding for Completed Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_URL_EXPRESSION Determines Expression for URL .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_DEFINITION I GET_WFDWIZ Determines Key of Workflow Definition .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_METHOD Gets Main Method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_METHOD_RETURN Gets return of main method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Gets object of main method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I INCREMENT_EXECUTION_TIME Increments execution time .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I SET_MAIN_METHOD_RETURN Sets return of main method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_EXE_INTERNAL I SET_START_TIMESTAMP Sets start time stamp .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_LOG_UTIL_OBJECT Generates LogUtil object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_ORG_UTIL_OBJECT Generates PD OrgUtil object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_QUERY_OBJECT Generates query object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_TICKET_OBJECT Generates ticket object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_UTIL_OBJECT Generates Util object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_WAPI_OBJECT Generates WAPI object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_HELPER I GET_WORKQUEUE_OBJECT Generates work queue object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADD_ATTACHMENT Add Attachment .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_BACK Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_CANCEL Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_DISABLE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_ENABLE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_EVALUATE_CONDITIONS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_REDO_ROLE_RESOLUTION Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ADM_SET_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CALL_WORKITEM_EXIT Call Exits .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHANGE_LANGUAGE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHANGE_PRIORITY Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHANGE_WITEXT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHECK_AUTHORITY Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHECK_BIT Checks Whether the Bit Is Set .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHECK_DEADLINE_GROUP Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHECK_ORG_AGENT_EXECUTE Checks whether user permitted to execute work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CHECK_STATUS_TRANSITION Checks Status Transfer .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CLEAR_BIT Deletes Bit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CLEAR_FLAG_COMP_EVENTS Initializes Flag .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CLEAR_WORKITEM_CONTEXT Deletes Work Item Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I COMMIT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I COMPUTE_START_TIMESTAMP Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CONFIRM Set Work Item to Completed .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CONSUME_EVENT Consumes Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I CREATE_WORKITEM_CONTEXT Creates Work Item Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DEACTIVATE_ALL_DEADLINE_DATES Deactivates all Deadline Monitoring .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DEACTIVATE_DS_DEADLINE Deactivates Required Start Date .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DEACTIVATE_START_DEADLINES Deactivates All Start Deadlines .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DELETE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DELETE_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DELETE_INSTANCE_COUPLING Deletes All Instance Couplings of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DELETE_RI_AGENTS Deletes Agents of Remote Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DELETE_SUCCESS Deletes success message in log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DEQUEUE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I DUMP_OBJ_EXCEPTION_TO_LOG Writes Exception from Runtime System into the Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ENQUEUE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_AGENT Determines Agent of a Type (Notification,...) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_COMPLETE_CONDITION Evaluates End Condition for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_EXECUTE_IN_BACKGROUNDStarts Execution in Background .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_POST_CONDITION Evaluates Subsequent Condition for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_PRE_CONDITION Evaluates Precondition for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I EVALUATE_WAIT_CONDITION Evaluates wait condition for work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I FREE Release of Work Flow (Multi-User Operation) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_ACTUAL_USER Determines Current User .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_ADHOC_OBJECTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_ADMINISTRATOR_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_ATTACH_OBJECTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_CALL_CONTEXT Determines Context of Caller (Interface Parameter) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_CBDONE_FLAG_FROM_DATABASE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_COMPLETION_EVENTS Determines terminating event of work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_CREATE_TIMESTAMP Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_DEADLINE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_DEADLINES Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_DEADLINE_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_DEADLINE_GROUP Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_DEPENDANT_WIS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_EI_HEADER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_END_DATE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_ENQUEUE_PROPERTIES Determines Enqueue Properties .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_EXCLUDED_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_EXECUTION_TIME Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_LOG_UTIL_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_METHOD Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_METHOD_RETURN Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_MAIN_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_NODEID Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_NOTIFICATION_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_NUMBER_OF_INQUIRIES Determines Number of Requests (sent and open) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_PARENT Determines Father of the Current Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_PARENT_TASK_HANDLE Gets task handle of workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_PARFOREACH_INDEX Determines ParForEach Index .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_PROCESS_STATUS Gets process status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_QUERY_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_RESTART_ACTIVE Restart active .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_RETURN Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_RULE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_STATE_TRANSITION Determines Status Transfer .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_STATUSTEXT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_STATUS_FROM_DATABASE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_SYSTEM_PROPERTY Gets internal system statuses of work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_SYSTEM_USER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_TASK_HANDLE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_TICKET_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_TOPLEVEL_WORKITEM Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_TRANSACTION Determines Current Transaction .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_TRANSIENT_EXECUTION Delivers Flag Whether Execution Is Transient .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_URL_EXPRESSION Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_UTIL_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WAPI_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WF_CONTAINER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WF_HANDLE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WF_TASK Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WITEXT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_CONTAINER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_EXECUTION_TIME Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_HEADER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_HEADER_EXTENDED Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_RESULT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_RETURN Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WI_WFDKEY Determines WFDKEY of the Current Flow Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WORKITEM_CONTEXT Determines Work Item Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I GET_WORKQUEUE_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I INCREMENT_EXECUTION_TIME Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I INCREMENT_RETRY_COUNTER Increments Repetition Counter .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I IS_ENQUEUED Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I IS_IN_FINAL_STATE Object Has Final Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I IS_METHODCALL_ASYNCHRON Asynchronous Method Call .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I MERGE_ADHOC_OBJECTS Merges AdHoc Objects .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I MERGE_ATTACH_OBJECTS Merges Attachment Objects .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I MERGE_METHOD_TO_WI_CONTAINER Merged Method Result in Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I OMIT_MAIL_IF_ERROR Prevents Mail for Status Transfer After 'ERROR' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I POP_REQUEST Pop Request .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I PUSH_REQUEST Push Request .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RAISE_EXCEPTION Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RAISE_STATE_CHANGED Triggering of Event 'STATE_CHANGED' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RECEIVE_EVENT Receives event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RECEIVE_INQUIRY Receives Request .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REDO_RULE_RESOLUTION Repeats Agent Determination + Excluded Agents .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REFRESH Recreate Instance from Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REFRESH_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REFRESH_CONTAINER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REFRESH_EXCLUDED_AGENTS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I REFRESH_INBOX Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RESUBMISSION_END Exits Resubmission .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I RESUBMIT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I ROLLBACK Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_AGENTS_FOR_WORKITEM Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_CONTAINER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_DEADLINES Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_LOG Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_RETURN Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_WIHEADER Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SAVE_WORKQUEUE Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SEND_CONFIRMATION_POPUP Sendsa Confirmation Popup .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SEND_ERROR_REPAIR_MAIL Sends error mail to administrator .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SEND_EXPRESS_NOTE Sends Express Dialog Box .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SEND_INFO_MAIL Sends Mail to Request Receiver .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SEND_NOTIFICATIONS Sends Notifications .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_ACTUAL_AGENT Sets Current Agent .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_ACTUAL_AGENT_TO_CONTAINER Sets Current Agent in Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_ACTUAL_AGENT_TO_ORGTASK Sets Current Processor for OrgTask .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_AI_RELASE_FLAG Sets Release for Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_BIT Sets Bit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_CB_DONE Sets Callback Flag of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_CB_DONE_TO_DB Sets Callback Flag of Work Item with Update to DB .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_DEADLINES Sets Work Item Deadlines .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_DEADLINE_FLAG Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_DEADLINE_STATUS Sets Deadline Status of Work Item Using Event (DE;LE,LS,DS) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_DEF_GUID Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_EI_HEADER Sets Header of Wait Step .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_END_DATE Sets End Date .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_EXCEPTION_OBJECT Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_EXECUTION_ADDRESS Sets Execution Address .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_FORWARDER Sets forwarding .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_INQUIRY Saves Reference to Query .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_LOG_METHOD Sets Log Method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_MAIN_METHOD_RETURN Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_NOTES_FLAG Sets Note Exist and Note Count .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_PRIORITY Sets priority .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_PROCESS_STATUS Sets process status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_PROPERTY Sets System Properties of a Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_RETURN Sets Events of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_START_DATE Sets Start Date .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_START_TIMESTAMP Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_STATUS Sets New Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_STATUS_COMMITTED Sets Status to 'COMMITTED' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_STATUS_COMPLETED Sets Status to 'COMPLETED' e.g. Finished Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_TRACE_HANDLE Activates Trace .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_TRANSIENT_EXECUTION Sets Flag for Transient Execution .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_VERSION_AND_EXETYP Sets new version and execution type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_WI_CONTAINER Sets Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_WI_HEADER Sets Work Item Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SET_WORKITEM_CONTEXT Sets Work Item Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I SIMULATE_STATUS Simulates status change .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I UPGRADE Upgrade of 'Old' Work Item to Current Release .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I VALIDATE_STATUS Checks Whether Runtime Status Matches DB Image .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I WRITE_LOG_EXCEPTION Writes Log Entry .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_INTERNAL I WRITE_SUCCESS Writes Success Message into Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_LOG I DUMP_OBJ_EXCEPTION_TO_LOG Writes exception to log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_LOG I SAVE Persists log entry .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_LOG_UTIL I GET_PRIO_OBJECT Determines priority object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_ORG_UTIL I RESOLVE_ORG_OBJECTS Expand Org Objects to User (US) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I COMMIT Commit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I DELETE Delete work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I DELETE_AGENTS Deletes agent .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I GET_PERSISTENCE_OBJECT Determines persistence object .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I ROLLBACK Rollback .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE Add All Data of Work Item to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_AGENTS_FOR_WORKITEM Add Agent to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_CONTAINER Add Work Item Container to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_DEADLINES Add Deadlines to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_LOG Add Log Entries .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_RETURN Add Return Codes to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_WIHEADER Add Work Item Header Table to Database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_PERS_INTERNAL I SAVE_WORKQUEUE Add Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_CHILD_FLOWS Determines child workflows .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_CHILD_ITEMS Determines Child Work Items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_DEADLINE_ITEMS Determines Deadline Items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_DEPENDANT_ITEMS Determines All Dependent Work Items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_DEPENDANT_WORKITEMS Determines All Dependent Work Items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_ITEMS Determines work item of workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_OBJECTS Determines application objects .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_QUERY I GET_PARENT_FLOWS Determines old parent workflows .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_REMOTE_SERVICE I GET_INSTANCE Gets a Service Instance .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_REMOTE_SERVICE I SET_CONTAINER Sets Container (with Transfer Parameters) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_RESULT_INTERNAL I COMPUTE_START_TIMESTAMP Calculates start time stamp for processing in external cont..
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_SRV_INTERNAL I SET_DEF_GUID Sets Definition Guid for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_STATE I EXECUTE_STATE_TRANSITION Executes Status Transfer .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_STATE I GET_FINAL_STATES Gets final status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_STATE I SET_NEW_STATE Sets New Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_STATE I SET_TRANSACTION_MANAGER Sets transaction manager .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_TICKET I CREATE_AND_SET_TICKET Generates ticket and sets generated ticket in cont. .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_TICKET I CREATE_TICKET Generates ticket .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_TICKET I GET_TICKET Gets ticket .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTIL I DELETE_DEPENDANT_WORKITEMS Deletes all dependent work items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTIL I ENQ_DEPENDANT_WORKITEMS Lock All Dependent Work Items (Using TOP_WIID) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTIL I ENQ_PARENT_FLOWS Lock All Parent Workflows .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTIL I GET_ACTIVITY_GROUP_AGENTS Determine User from Activity Group .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I CHECK_AUTHORITY Checks Authorization for Activity on Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I GET_DEPENDANT_WIS Searches for All Subitems of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I GET_EXECUTION_TIME Determines Execution Time in Seconds .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I GET_SYSTEM_USER Determines WF BATCH - User .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I RAISE_EXCEPTION Creates an Exception .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_UTL_INTERNAL I SET_EXCEPTION_OBJECT Sets Exception Object for Commit Control .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WAPI I GET_HEADER Supplies Work Item Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WAPI I GET_HEADER_DETAIL Gets work item header (detailed information) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WAPI I GET_STATUS Supplies Status .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I COMPLETE_VIA_LOCAL_EVENT Complete a Work Item Using a Local Event .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I DEQUEUE Unlocks Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I ENQUEUE Locks the Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I EXCEPTION_TO_LOG Writes an Exception to the Workflow Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_CB_DONE Reads Callback Flag .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_CONTEXT Gets Context of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_CREATION_TIMESTAMP Gets Creation Time-Stamp .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_EXECUTE_VIA_TRFC Checks Whether Work Item Is Executed by tRFC .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_MAIN_METHOD_RETURN Gets Return Value of Main Method .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_NODEID Gets Node Number in Workflow Definition .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_PARFOREACH_INDEX Gets Current ParForEach Index of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_PRS_PROFILE Gets Persistence Profile of Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_RESULT Gets result of work item execution .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_RHTEXT Gets Task Text of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_START_NODEID Gets Start Node Number .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_SYNC_BEFORE_EXEC Checks Whether Commit Is Required Before Execution .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_TASK Gets Work Item Task .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_TASK_HANDLE Gets Task Handle of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WFM_EXEC_POSSIBLE Checks Whether WFM Can Execute Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WFTYPE Gets Workflow Type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WIID Delivers the Work Item ID .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WITYPE Gets Work Item Type .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_CONTAINER Gets Reference to Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_CREATOR Gets Work Item Creator .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_DISABLE Gets Lock Indicator for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_HIERARCHY Gets Work Item IDs of Higher-Level Work Items .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_PRIORITY Gets Work Item Priority .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_RELEASE Gets Creation Release of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_STATUS Gets Current Status of Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WI_WFDKEY Gets Definition GUID of Workflow .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I GET_WLC_FLAGS Gets WLC Flag for WI Header .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I MERGE_ATTACHMENTS Merges Attachment in Flow Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I RESET_PARKED_EVENTS Resets 'Parked Events' Bit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_CB_DONE Sets Callback Flag for Work Item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_CONTEXT Sets Work Item Context .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_CREATION_TIMESTAMP Sets Creation Time-Stamp .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_PARKED_EVENTS Sets "Parked Events" Bit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_PRIORITY Sets Work Item Priority .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_RESTART_STATUS Sets Status for Restart .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_CANCELLED Sets Status of Work Item to 'CANCELLED' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_COMPLETED Sets Status of Work Item to 'COMPLETED' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_ERROR Sets Status of Work Item to 'ERROR' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_EXCPCAUGHT Sets Status of Block Item to 'EXCPCAUGHT' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_EXCPHANDLR Sets Status of Block Item to 'EXCPHANDLR' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_STATUS_STARTED Sets Status of Work Item to 'STARTED' .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SET_WI_CONTAINER Sets Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WFM I SUCCESS_TO_LOG Writes Success Message to Workflow Log .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_CREATE_AI_ENTRIES Generates entries for work queue (on generation) .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_APPEND Append a Line to an Existing Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_DELETE Delete a Line from an Existing Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_GET Read a Line from an Existing Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_LIST_UPDATE Update Element List of Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_OBJECT_DISPLAY Display Object of Entry .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_STATUS_CHANGE Change Status of Line of Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_ELEMENT_WORKITEM_DISPLAY Display Work Item of Entry .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_EXECUTE Execute Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_GET_ELEMENT_LIST Gets element list of work queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_GET_WI_HANDLE Gets work item .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_HANDLE_APPLIC_EXECUTION Handles error from application exit .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_REFRESH_ELEMENT_LIST Reads element list from database .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_RELEASE Release Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_RESTART Restart Work Queue .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_SET_ELEMENT_LIST Sets Element List of a Worklist .
IF_SWF_RUN_WIM_WORK_QUEUE I AI_SET_STATUS Sets status of work queue .
IF_SWF_SLS_CHECK_CHANGES I CHECK_DEADLINE_CHANGES Check Deadline Changes .
IF_SWF_SLS_CHECK_DELETION I CHECK_DEADLINE_DELETIONS Check Deadline Deletions .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I CREATE_BY_APPL_KEY Generate Deadline Object Using Its Application Key .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I CREATE_BY_GUID Generate Deadline Object Using Its GUID .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_APPLICATION Gets ID of application .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_APPLICATION_KEY Gets deadline key of application .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_CALLBACK_CLASS Gets callback class of deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_DATA_CONTAINER Gets instance for data container of deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_GROUPING1 Gets first grouping character .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_GROUPING2 Gets second grouping character .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_GUID Gets Appointment GUID .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_PRIO Gets priority of deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_RETRY_COUNT Gets number of callback attempts .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_STATUS Gets deadline status .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I GET_TIMESTAMP Gets time (UTC) to be monitored .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I IS_ACTIVE Gets activity of deadline (active = 'X') .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I IS_PERIODIC Indicates whether periodic deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I REFRESH Refresh Deadline Data (Current Database Data) .
IF_SWF_SLS_DEADLINE I SET_TIME_STAMP Sets time stamp for deadline object (not in DB) .
IF_SWF_SLS_DL_CALCULATION I GET_NEXT_DEADLINE Calculate Time Stamp of Next Deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DL_CALLBACK I CALLBACK Executes callback for an overdue deadline .
IF_SWF_SLS_DL_CALLBACKS I CALLBACK Executes the callback for the deadlines .
IF_SWF_SLS_DL_PACKAGES I PACK_DEADLINES Bundle Deadlines into Processing Packages .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I CREATE_BY_DEADLINES Generate Iterator Using Deadline Object List .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_COUNT Number of Objects .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT Current Object .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_FIRST First Object .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_LAST Last Object .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Next Object .
IF_SWF_SLS_ITERATOR I GET_PREVIOUS Previous Object .
IF_SWF_SRV_CB I HANDLE_CALLBACK Callback Handler for External Services .
IF_SWF_SRV_URL I GET_URL Fetches a Service URL .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I DELETE_DATA Delete Trace Data Entries .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I DELETE_FILTER Delete Selection Filter Entries .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I DESERIALIZE_SELECT_OPTIONS Deserialize Select Options for Runtime Filter .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I ENTRY_WRITE Write a Trace Data Entry .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I GET_CTX_STRUCT_NAME Get Name of Application Context Structure .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I GET_DATA_TABLE_NAME Get Name of Trace Data Table .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I GET_EXT_STRUCT_NAME Get Name of Header Extension Structure .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I GET_FILTER_TABLE_NAME Get Name of Trace Filter Table .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I GET_OPT_STRUCT_NAME Get Name of Structure for Select Options .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I INSERT_FILTER Add Selection Filter Entries .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I SELECT_DATA Select Trace Data Entries .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I SELECT_FILTER Read Selection Filter Entries .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I SELECT_HEADERS Select Trace Headers that Match Filter .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I SELECT_IDS Get Trace IDs that Match Filter .
IF_SWF_TRC_APPLICATION I SERIALIZE_SELECT_OPTIONS Serialize Select Options for Runtime Filter .
IF_SWF_TRC_CALLBACK I DATA_REQUEST Callback in Tracing Application: Request Trace Data .
IF_SWF_TRC_CONT_PERSISTENCE I DELETE_BY_TRACE_ID Delete All Trace Containers for a Physical Trace ID .
IF_SWF_TRC_CONT_PERSISTENCE I DELETE_BY_TRACE_IDS Delete All Trace Containers for Specified Trace IDs .
IF_SWF_TRC_DISPLAY I CREATE_TRACE Call Dialog "Create Trace" .
IF_SWF_TSI I COMMIT_WORK Executes COMMIT WORK (including checks) .
IF_SWF_TSI I CREATE_SUBSEQUENT_TRANSACTION Creates a subsequent transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI I CREATE_TRANSACTION Creates a new transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI I DISCARD Destructor .
IF_SWF_TSI I DISCARD_TRANSACTION Rejects transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI_CONFIGURABLE I DISCARD Destructor .
IF_SWF_TSI_CONFIGURABLE I INIT Initialization with Transaction Context .
IF_SWF_TSI_CONFIGURABLE I REFRESH Called at start of a new transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI_INSTANCE_BASED I SET_INSTID Initializes Service Provider with Instance ID .
IF_SWF_TSI_PERSISTABLE I AFTER_COMMIT Write-to successful .
IF_SWF_TSI_PERSISTABLE I AFTER_REJECTED_SAVE Write-to not successful .
IF_SWF_TSI_PERSISTABLE I SAVE Write Persistent Status to Database .
IF_SWF_TSI_ROLLBACK_LISTENER I ON_ROLLBACK Is called when the transaction is rolled back .
IF_SWF_TSI_TIMEOUT_CONTROLLING I SET_TIMEOUT_SERVICE Setting timeout service that is to be called regularly .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION I GET_STATUS Gets status of transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_DATABASE_CONNECTION Gets Name of Database Connection .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_SERVICE_PROVIDER Gets a Service Provider Instance .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_TRANSACTION_ID Gets ID of Valid Transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I GET_UPDATE_MODE Gets Update Mode of Transaction .
IF_SWF_TSI_TRANSACTION_CONTEXT I REGISTER Registers a persistent object .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_API I ANALYSE_TEST_WORKFLOW Analyse test workflow .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_API I EXECUTE_TEST Execute test .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_API I GET_EVENT_LOG Event log .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_API I PREPARE_TEST_WORKFLOW Prepare test workflow .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_API I TERMINATE_TEST_WORKFLOW Terminate test workflow .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_EXIT I HAS_EXCEPTION_THROWN Exception was thrown .
IF_SWF_TST_WFUNIT_EXIT I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_SWF_TXT_OBJECT I GET_MIMETYPE Gets the MIME Type .
IF_SWF_TXT_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY Gets the content of an attribute (using name) .
IF_SWF_TXT_OBJECT I GET_TEXT Returns the text as CHARACTER .
IF_SWF_TXT_OBJECT I SET_PROPERTY Sets the content of an attribute (using name) .
IF_SWF_TXT_OBJECT I SET_TEXT Sets the text as CHARACTER .
IF_SWF_UTL_AGENTS I CREATE Creats Agent Instance (Factory) .
IF_SWF_UTL_AGENTS I CREATE_FROM_WF_DEFINITION Create Agent Instance from Workflow Definition .
IF_SWF_UTL_AGENTS I EVALUATE Determine Agent .
IF_SWF_UTL_AGENTS I GET_AGENTS Get Agent .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMMAND I EXECUTE Execution of Command .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMP_UNDO I CLEAR_ALL Initialize Undo-Stack .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMP_UNDO I REDO Restore .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMP_UNDO I ROLLBACK_STATE Rollback to Specified Status .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMP_UNDO I SAVE_STATE Save Current Status .
IF_SWF_UTL_COMP_UNDO I UNDO Undo .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_DATE Date in Time Zone of Current User .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_DATE_UTC Date in GMT .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_TIME Time in Time Zone of Current User .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_TIMEIO Date/Time .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_TIMESTAMPL Time stamp .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_TIME_UTC Time in GMT .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I GET_ZONLO Gets Current Time Zone .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I REFRESH Create Time Stamp .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I SET_DATE_AND_TIME Sets Date and Time (Current Time Zone) .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I SET_DATE_AND_TIME_UTC Sets Date and Time (UTC Time Zone) .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I SET_TIMESTAMPL Sets Time Stamp (Long) .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I SET_USER Sets User .
IF_SWF_UTL_DATE_SERVICES I SET_ZONLO Sets Timezone .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_END Read required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_END_AGENT Read agent for required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_END_METHOD Read method for required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_START Read required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_START_AGENT Read agents for required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_DESIRED_START_METHOD Read method for required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_END Read required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_END_AGENT Read agents for latest end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_END_METHOD Read method for latest end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_START Read latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_START_AGENT Read agent for latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I GET_LATEST_START_METHOD Read method for latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_END Set required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_END_AGENT Set agents for required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_END_METHOD Set method for required end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_START Set required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_START_AGENT Set agent for required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_DESIRED_START_METHOD Set method for required start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_END Set latest end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_END_AGENT Set agent for latest end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_END_METHOD Set method for latest end date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_START Set latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_START_AGENT Set agent for latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DEADLINE_OBJECT I SET_LATEST_START_METHOD Set method for latest start date .
IF_SWF_UTL_DL_MONITORED_OBJ I SIGNAL_DEADLINE Notify object when deadline is reached .
IF_SWF_UTL_GENERIC_SERVICES I GET_TASK_GROUP Determines Task Group for Workflow Start .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I ADD_DELETION Add a newly deleted instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I ADD_INSTANCE Add a new instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I CLEAR_DELETION_TAB Delete table of deleted instances .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I CLEAR_INSTANCE_TAB Delete table of instances .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I DELETE_DELETION Delete an instance from table of deleted instances .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete an instance from instance table .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I GET_DELETION_TAB Read table of deleted instances .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I GET_INSTANCE_BY_OID Read an instance from instance table .
IF_SWF_UTL_GEN_INSTANCE_MGR I GET_INSTANCE_TAB Read table of instances .
IF_SWF_UTL_GUI_COMP_CHECK I CHECK Check all data .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_ARCHIVE_CLASSNAME Implements the archive connection .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_BUSINESS_CLASSNAME Get business object type .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_BUS_KEY Gets unique Id of instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_CATID Gets object category of business class .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_INSTID Gets instance key (IBFLocal) .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_OWN_CLASSNAME Gets class name of current instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_PERSISTENCE_CLASSNAME Implements persistence interface .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_REPORTING_CLASSNAME Implements reporting interface(s) .
IF_SWF_UTL_INTROSPECTION I GET_RUNTIME_CLASSNAME Do not use -" GET_BUSINESS_CLASSNAME .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SEND Send Mail .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_BODY Body of Mail .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_FUNCTION Function Module .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_LANGUAGE Language .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_NAME Name of Mail .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_OWNER Owner .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_PARAMETER Parameters for Function .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_RECEIVERS Set Receiver .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_REQUESTER Sets mail requester .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_SENDER Sender .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_TASK Task for Title + Body .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_TITLE Title of Mail .
IF_SWF_UTL_MAIL I SET_WORKITEM Set Work Item Handle .
IF_SWF_UTL_MULTI_EXEC I GET_DETAILED_STATUS Gets Detailed Multiexec Status .
IF_SWF_UTL_MULTI_EXEC I GET_STATUS Gets the multiexec status of a work item .
IF_SWF_UTL_MULTI_EXEC I UPDATE_RESULT Result of WI execution processed according to status .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I DELETE_FROM_DATABASE Delete Object Data (during SAVE_TO_DATABASE* later) .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I GET_IBF_POR_OF_INSTANCE IBF Local POR of current instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I GET_INSTANCE_BY_KEY Instantiation of Object .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I GET_POR_OF_INSTANCE POR of Current Instance .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I INSERT_INTO_DATABASE Insert Object Data (during SAVE_TO_DATABASE* later) .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I LOAD_FROM_DATABASE Load Object Data .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I SAVE_TO_DATABASE Write Object Data to Corresponding DB Tables .
IF_SWF_UTL_PERSISTENT_OBJECT I SAVE_TO_DATABASE_ALL Write data of all object instances to DB .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets (language-dependent) description of this operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I GET_ICON Gets graphical icon for this operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I GET_NAME Gets unique name for DISPLAY of this operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I GET_SYMBOL Gets unique INTERNAL name for this operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I GET_TEXT_KEY Gets SE61 key for long text of this operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I TO_HTML Get HTML display of operator .
IF_SWF_UTL_PRESENTATION I TO_STRING Gets string display of operator (Dynpro output) .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I ACTIVATE_COMMIT_LOG Activate Log for Commit .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I COMMIT Executes DB Commit or Commit Work .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I GET_ACTIVE_WORKITEM Read Current Work Item .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I GET_COMMIT_LOG Log for Commit Active .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I GET_COMMMIT_WORK_CONTROL Read 'Commit Work' Control .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I PASSIVATE_COMMIT_LOG Passive Log for Commit .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I REMOVE Deletes Current Transaction .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I ROLLBACK Executes Rollback .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I SET_ACTIVE_WORKITEM Sets Current Work Item .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I SET_COMMMIT_WORK_CONTROL Sets 'Commit Work' Control .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I SET_CONTEXT Sets Transaction Context .
IF_SWF_UTL_TRANSACTION I SET_TRFC_EXECUTED Sets Property for tRFC Execution .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I GET_INITIAL_TRACE_DATA Gets Initial Container for Trace .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I GET_LAST_EXCEPTION Gets Last Error .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I GET_MESSAGE_OBJECT Factory for Message Object .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I GET_PARAMETER_CONTAINER Parameter Container for Function .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I REGISTER_FUNCTION API Register (Function Module) .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I REGISTER_METHOD Register API (Method) .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I SET_ACTUAL_LANGUAGE Sets Current Language .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I SET_COMMIT_CONTROL Sets Commit Control .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I UNREGISTER Deregister API .
IF_SWF_UTL_WAPI_FRAMEWORK I WRITE_TRACE Write Trace .
IF_SWF_WAPI_EVENT I CREATE Create Event .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKFLOW I START Start Workflow .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I CHANGE_PRIORITY Change Work Item Priority .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I DISPLAY Display Work Item with Dialog Interface .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I EXECUTE Execute Work Item with Dialog Interface .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I EXECUTE_EXTERNALLY Execute Work Item Without Dialog Interface .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I FORWARD Forward work item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I PUT_BACK Replace work item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_ATTACHMENTS Read Attachments (as References) of Work Items .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_ATTACHMENT_CONTENTS Read Content of a Work Item Attachment .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_CONTAINER Read Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_DEADLINES Read Deadline Data of Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_DESCRIPTION Read Description (Task Long Text) of Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_FORWARD_TO Read user to whom work item can be forwarded .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_HEADER Read header (most important,cheapest attribute) of work item.
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_METHODS Read Methods of Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_OBJECTS Read Object References of Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I READ_RECIPIENTS Read Work Item Receiver .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I REJECT Reject Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I RESERVE Reserve Work Item .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I SET_TO_DONE Set Work Item to "Completed" .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I UPDATE_ATTACHMENT_CONTENTS Update Contents of a Work Item Attachment .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKITEM I WRITE_CONTAINER Write Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKLIST I COUNT_WORKITEMS Read Work Item Number for a User .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKLIST I CREATE Read Worklist for a User .
IF_SWF_WAPI_WORKLIST I READ_MULTI_EXEC_GUID Read GUI of Execution Block for Mass Execution .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I ADD_COMPONENT_INSTANCE Adds a component to instance management .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I CHECK_CHILD_ACTIVE Checks whether there are still active child components .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I COMPLETE_CHILDLIST Completes list of child components .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I CREATE_COMPONENT_ITERATOR Generates an iterator using components .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I REGISTER_PERS_COMP Registers a persistent object .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I UNREGISTER Removes transferred component from instance management .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_COMPONENT I UNREGISTER_PERS_COMP Deregisters a persistent object .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I CHECK_NODE_IN_CONTEXT Checks that node belongs to context .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I CLEANUP Cleanup Point .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I CREATE_COMPONENT_ITERATOR Generates an iterator using components .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I CREATE_LOCAL_FLOW Generates a new component for a WFD node .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_CB_COMPONENT Loads component for work item to be recalled .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_DEBUG_COMPONENT Loads component for restart .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_FLOW_COMPONENT Loads component for flow item .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_RESTART_COMPONENT Loads component for restart .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_STARTING_COMPONENT Loads component for work item to be started .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I LOAD_WIM_CONTEXT Loads component hierarchy using WIM object .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I PROCESS_NODE Generates a new component for a WFD node .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I SET_TRACE_HANDLE Sets a logical trace handle .
IF_SWF_WFM_CMP_FACT_WFM I SYNC Sync Point .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I CANCEL Cancel Request .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I CAST_WIM_COMPONENT CAST to Interface IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I DESTROY Destructor .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_CONTAINER Container own WIM object or next highest-level .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_GUID Gets GUID of component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_LOOP_INDEX Gets loop index of component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_NEXT_LOOP_COUNTER Gets current loop counter of next loop .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_NEXT_NODE_STRATEGY Gets NEXT_NODE strategy handle .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_NODEID Gets ID of (start) node .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_PARENT Gets parent object .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_PARFOREACH Gets next ParForEach component in hierarchy .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_PARFOREACH_INDEX Gets ParForEach index of component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I GET_WIM_CONTEXT Determines next complex WIM component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I HAS_CHILD Checks whether transferred GUID is a child component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I LOG_EXCEPTION Writes an exception to SWWLOGHIST .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I RETRY_SET_FINAL_STATES Repeats setting work item to final status .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I SET_PARENT Sets parent of component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I SET_STARTING_FLAG Flags the component as started .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I SET_SUSPEND_ERRORTYPE Sets error type for suspend .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT I SYNC Synchronization Point .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Gets next component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I ADD Adds data .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I GET_COMPONENT_GUID Gets/generates GUID of corresponding component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I GET_NODEID Gets ID of start node of corresponding component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I GET_PARFOREACH_INDEX Gets ParForEach index of corresponding component .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I ON_COMPONENT_DESTROY Called when corresponding component started .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I ON_COMPONENT_ROLLBACK Called when corresponding component started .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_PERSIST I SYNC Sync Point .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I COMPLETE_VIA_LOCAL_EVENT Cancels wait steps waiting for local events .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I GET_RESULT Gets result of work item execution .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I GET_TASK_HANDLE Gets task handle (if available) .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I GET_WIID Delivers the Work Item ID .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I SET_ERROR_TO_LOG Writes error to log list .
IF_SWF_WFM_COMPONENT_WIM I SET_OBSOLETE Sets work item to obsolete .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I CHECK Dispatcher for All Further Methods .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I DEBUG Debugging .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I EXECUTE Contains actual execution of component .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I FINALIZE Contains callback processing .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I HANDLE_DEADLINE Deadline Handling .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I HANDLE_ERROR Handling of Work Item Execution with Errors .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I PREPARE Prepares execution .
IF_SWF_WFM_LEAF_EXECUTE I RESTART Restart After Error .
IF_SWF_WFM_SVC_CNT_HELPER I MAKE_PERSISTABLE Conversion of a runtime container to a persistable Container.
IF_SWF_WFM_SVC_METH_HELPER I GET_METHOD_CONTAINER Gets Methods-Container for Given Method .
IF_SWF_WFM_SVC_OBJECTS I RETRIEVE_USED_OBJECTS Gets objects used in last call .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I CHECK_DEADLINE_MODELLED Checks whether a particular deadline is modeled .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_BINDING_DATAFLOW Gets direction of binding for binding .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_BINDING_DEFINITION Gets binding definition .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_BLOCKTYPE Gets type of block (for block items) .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_CALLBACK_FB Gets name of callback function module .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_CALLED_IN_BACKGROUND Gets "called in background" indicator .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_COMPLETION_EVENTS Gets terminating event of step .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_CONTEXT_CONTAINER Gets container of current context .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_CREATION_PARAMETERS Gets additional create parameters .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_FLOW_HANDLE Gets handle of workflow .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_LANGUAGE Gets language of workflow .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_LINK_CONTEXT_AS_PARENT Do you want to link the context container as parent? .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_MAX_SUBWF_LEVEL Gets maximum subflow level .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_PARFOREACH_INDEX Gets ParForEach index .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_PART_OF_DIALOG_BLOCK Gets Part of a Dialog Block .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_PERSISTENCY_PROFILE Gets persistence profile .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_REJECTABLE Gets "rejectable" indicator .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_SOURCE_CONTAINER Gets source container for binding .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_STEP_HANDLE Gets a runtime object of current step .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_SUSPEND_DATA Gets data for the suspend entry .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_TASK Gets task ID .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_USER Gets user of current context .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_WFDKEY Gets WFD key .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_WFM_FOR_START Gets a WFM at start of flow item .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_WFTYPE Gets workflow type .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_WITYPE Gets work item type .
IF_SWF_WFM_WIM_REQUEST I GET_WI_HIERARCHY Gets higher-level WI IDs .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I DEFINITIONS_SELECTED Query Whether Definitions Are Selected .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I DELETE_SELECTED_DEFINITIONS Deletes the Selected Definitions from the Database .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I FILL_CALLMODE_LISTBOX POV Method: Fills the Callmode Listbox .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I FREE Destructor .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I GET_CLASSNAME Delivers the Class Name of the Controller Instance .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I GET_DYNPRO_FIELDS Delivers the Current Screen Fields .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I GET_NEXT_DYNNR Delivers the Number of the Next Screen .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I GET_PREVIOUS_DYNNR Delivers the Number of the Last Screen .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I GET_TASK_GENERATOR Delivers a Task Generator Instance .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I HAS_XSLT_MESSAGES Gives Info. Regarding Whether XSLT Messages Are Available .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I LOAD_PORT Loads a Port Definition from the Database .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I PAI Process After Input .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I PAI_231 PAI for Screen 231 .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I PBO Process Before Output .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SAVE Saves All Changes Made .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SAVE_PORT Saves a Port Definition on the Database .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SET_DYNNR Notifies the Number of Screens Present .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SET_DYNPRO_FIELDS Notifies the Content of the Screen Fields .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SET_FILEPATH Sets a New WSDL Source Path .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SET_NEXT_DYNNR Sets Number of Next Screen from Outside .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I SET_SELECTION Sets New Definition Selection .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I TOGGLE_CHANGE_MODE Switches Between Change Mode and Display Mode .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I UPDATE_IMPLEMENTATION_BASE Update of Binding Basis Informationen .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I UPDATE_IMPLEMENTATION_DETAIL Update of Binding Detail Information .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I UPDATE_INTERFACE_BASE Update of Interface Basis Information .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I UPDATE_INTERFACE_DETAIL Update of Interface Detail Information .
IF_SWF_WSD_CTRL_DYNP I UPDATE_PORT_DETAIL Update of Port Detail Information .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I BUILD_REQUEST Creates an HTTP Request .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I DIGEST_CALLBACK_REQUEST Processing HTTP callback .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I DIGEST_NAME_VALUE_PAIRS Processing name-value pair as parameter .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I DIGEST_RESPONSE Processing HTTP response .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE_KIND Delivers Type of Message (Input, Output, Fault) .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE_STRING Delivers String Representation of Message .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_NAME Delivers Name of Message .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_PART Delivers Message Part .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_PART_ITERATOR Delivers Iterator About the Message Parts .
IF_SWF_WSI_MESSAGE I GET_PART_NAME_LIST Delivers List of all Message Part Names .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_ABAPTYPE Delivers the ABAP Type of the Message Part .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_CONTDEF Delivers CONTDEF Structure .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_NAME Delivers the Name of the Message Part .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_PROPERTIES Reads the Properties .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_URLENCODED_NVP Delivers Name Value Pair urlEncoded .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_URLENCODED_STRING Delivers Value of Message Part URL-Encoded (If Possible) .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_VALUE_IF Delivers the Value in Internal ABAP Format .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_VALUE_REF Delivers ABAP Value as Data Reference .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_VALUE_REF_CNT Delivers ABAP Value as Data Reference for Container .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_XMLTYPE Delivers the XML Types of the Part .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I GET_XML_VALUE Delivers the Value in the XML Format .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I SET_PROPERTIES Sets the Properties .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I SET_VALUE Sets Value of Message Part .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I SET_VALUE_REF Sets the Value Using the Data Reference .
IF_SWF_WSI_PART I SET_XML_VALUE Sets the Value as XML String .
IF_SWF_WSI_PORT I EXECUTE Start Service .
IF_SWF_WSI_PORT_FACTORY I CREATE_PORT Port Factory .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I REMOVE_INVALID_DEFINITIONS Deletes Definitions that Were Imported in Error .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_IMPLEMENTATION_ASYNC Sets ASYNC Property of an Implementation .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_IMPLEMENTATION_CALLBACK Sets CALLBACK Property for Available Implementation .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_IMPLEMENTATION_SAPNAME Sets the Name of Binding .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_INTERFACE_DIALOG Sets DIALOG Property for Available Interface .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_INTERFACE_SPONAME Sets SPONAME for Available Interface .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_PORT_ADDRESS Sets the Address of a Port .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_EDIT I SET_PORT_SAPNAME Sets the SAP Name of a Port .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I CHECK_ANY_CHANGED Checks if One of the Definitions Has Changed .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I CHECK_IMPORT_SELECTION Checks Whether Selection May Be Imported .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I DELETE_SELECTION Deletes the Selection from the Database .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I IMPORT_SELECTION Imports Selection .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I LOAD_PORT Loads Port Definition .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I SAVE Saves Everything .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I SAVE_PORT Saves a Port Definition .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I SET_CHANGE_MODE Sets Change Mode Collectively .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I SET_DELETE_SELECTION Sets Selection That Is to Be Deleted .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_PERSISTENCE I SET_IMPORT_SELECTION Sets Selection That Is to Be Imported .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_DEFINITIONS Delivers Definitions (Interfaces, Implementations, Ports) .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_FIRST_INTERFACE Delivers the First Interface .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_IMPLEMENTATION Delivers Implementation .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_IMPLEMENTATIONS Delivers All Implementations (Optional to Determine INTFID) .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_INTERFACE Delivers Interface .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_INTERFACES Delivers all Interfaces .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_PORT Delivers Port .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_PORTS Delivers all Service Ports (Optional for INTFID and IMPLID) .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_PORTTYPES Delivers WSDL Port Types (Optional for Service) .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_SERVICES Delivers WSDL Services .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I GET_XSLT_MESSAGES Delivers XSLT Messages .
IF_SWF_WSP_WSDEF_QUERY I INTERFACE_HAS_OUTPUT Has Interface Output Message? .
IF_SWF_WSS_DISPATCHER_LOCAL I HANDLE_REQUEST Local Request Handler .
IF_SWF_WSS_EXCEPTION_HANDLER I HANDLE_EXCEPTION Handles exceptions according to context and type of exceptn .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER I HANDLE_REQUEST Processes Request .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER I WRITE_MESSAGES Callback Method for Writing Back Messages .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_ADDRESS Delivers Physical Address of Service .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_ASYNC Delivers Async Property of Service .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_CALLBACK Delivers Callback Property .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_CALLBACK_URL Delivers Callback URL .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_CALLMODE Delivers the Call Mode .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_CLIENT Delivers the HTTP Client .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_CLIENTTYPE Delivers Type of Client .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_DEFRELEASE Delivers Definition Release of Task for Work Item .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_DIALOG Delivers the Dialog Property of Service .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_DIRECT_CALL Delivers the "DIRECT_CALL" Indicator of Context .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_EXCEPTION_HANDLER Delivers Exception Handler Object .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_EXECGUID Delivers Execution GUID .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_IMPLTYPE Delivers Type of Service Binding (HTTP, SOAP Using HTTP) .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_LANGU Delivers Language Key .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_LOCAL Delivers the "local" Indicator of Context .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_LOGSYS Delivers Logical System of the Workflow Instance .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_PARAMETERS Delivers the Application Data from Request .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_REQUEST_TYPE Delivers Type of Request .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_RFCDEST Delivers RFC Destination of Workflow System .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_SERVER Delivers Server Object of HTTP Session .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_SERVICE_DIRECTORY Delivers Directory Containing Service Description .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_SERVICE_IMPL Delivers Service Implementation Object .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_SERVICE_INTF Delivers Service Interface Object .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_TASK Delivers Task for the Work Item .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_UNAME Delivers User Names .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I GET_WORKITEM Delivers Work Item Object .
IF_SWF_WSS_HANDLER_CONTEXT I SET_CLIENT Sets HTTP Client .
IF_SWF_WSS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATE_MESSAGE Factory Method for Messages .
IF_SWF_WSS_MESSAGE_HANDLER I HANDLE_MESSAGE Message Handler Method .
IF_SWF_WSS_PART_ITERATOR I GET_NEXT Delivers Next Message Part .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I ADD_WITEXT Adds Work Item Text .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I GENERATE_TASK Generates a Task .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I SET_LANGUAGE Sets the Task Generator Language .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I SET_LOGSYS Sets the Logical System, In Which the Task Is Generated .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I SET_SHORT Sets the Task ID .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I SET_STEXT Sets the Task Name .
IF_SWF_WSS_TASK_GENERATOR I SET_UNAME Sets User of Task Creator .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I BACK Replaces Work Item .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I COMPLETE Sets the Work Item to Status COMPLETED .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I GET_CONTAINER Delivers the Work Item Container .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I GET_TYPE Delivers Type of Work Item .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I GET_WIID Delivers the ID of the Work Item .
IF_SWF_WSS_WORKITEM I SELECT Selects Work Item .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_LOG I ADD_APP_LOG_MESSAGE Adds New Message to Application Log .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_LOG I ADD_MESSAGE Adds a new message to log .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_LOG I CLEAR Deletes log .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_TASK I CHECK Checks the status .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_TASK I EXECUTE Changes the status .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_TASK I GET_APPL_NAME Gets name of application .
IF_SWF_XI_ADM_TASK I GET_STATE Delivers the Status .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_DESTINATION_URL Delivers the URL to Which the Document Is Sent .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_LOCAL_URL Delivers the URL of the Local Process Instance .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_PROCESS_PROXY Delivers the Proxy Object (If Available) .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_REMOTE_URL Delivers the URL of Remote Process Instance .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_STATUS Delivers the Status .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I GET_WI_ID Delivers the Work Item ID .
IF_SWF_XML_CONTEXT I SET_REMOTE_URL Sets the URL of the Remote Process Instance .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_INTROSPECT I GET_CALLBACK_URL Gets the URL that a response is to be sent to .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_INTROSPECT I GET_RESPONSE_REQUIRED Gets ResponseRequired ID from Request .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_INTROSPECT I RECOGNIZE_PROTOCOL_ID Identifies the protocol ID using the request .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_RECEIVE I HANDLE_REQUEST Handles the Inbound Request .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SEND I HANDLE_RESPONSE_DATA Processes the Response After Sending (Data) .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SEND I HANDLE_RESPONSE_ENVELOPE Processes the Reponse After Sending (Envelope) .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SEND I SET_REQUEST_DATA Set Data .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SEND I SET_REQUEST_ENVELOPE Sets the Envelope for the XML Document .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SERVICE I CONTAINER_FROM_XML Fills Container Elements from XML Document .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SERVICE I CONTAINER_TO_XML Inserts Container Elements into XML Document .
IF_SWF_XML_REQUEST_SERVICE I GET_REQUEST_FUNCTION Gets the Function for a Particular Request .
IF_SWF_XML_RULE_DATA_MAPPING I PERFORM_MAPPING Executes a Data Conversion .
IF_SWF_XML_RULE_DATA_SET I DECODE_DATA_FROM_XML Delivers the Data from the XML Document .
IF_SWF_XML_RULE_DATA_SET I ENCODE_DATA_TO_XML Sets the Data into the XML Document .
IF_SWF_XML_RULE_FORMAT I GET_FORMAT Delivers the Transfer Format .
IF_SWF_XML_RULE_URL I GET_URL Delivers the URL .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I COPY Copy .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I CREATE_WF_START_CONTAINER Creates Container from Workflow Import Parameters .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I DELETE Delete from Database .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I EDIT_DEFINITION Edit/Display Container Definition .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I EDIT_VALUES Edit/Display Container Values .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I GET_CONTAINER_REF OBSOLETE! Use GET_PARAM_CONTAINER_REF .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I GET_ID Returns GUID .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I GET_PARAM_CONTAINER_REF Gets Reference to Container .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I GET_VALUE Returns Element Value .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I GET_VALUES Returns Element Values (BOR Format) .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I HAS_MODIFIED Queries Whether Container has Changed .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I SAVE Save .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I SAVE_AS_COPY Saves Container As Copy (New GUID) .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I SET_TANSPORT Sets Transport Object (On/Off) Customizing .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I SET_VALUE Sets Element Value .
IF_SWJ_PPF_CONTAINER I SET_VALUES Sets Element Values (BOR Format) .
IF_SWLP_WI_URL I GET_CALLBACK_HANDLER_URL_4_WI Creates URL to the Callback Handler .
IF_SWLP_WI_URL I GET_LAUNCH_HANDLER_URL_4_WI Creates URL to the Launch Handler .
IF_SWLWP_URI I SERIALIZE Returns Object as String .
IF_SWNC_AGG_MEDIATOR I ADD_AGGREGATE Add an Aggregate to the Aggregate .
IF_SWNC_AGG_MEDIATOR I ADD_MAIN_RECORD Add a Statistics Record to the Aggregate .
IF_SWNC_AGG_MEDIATOR I FINALIZE End Aggregation .
IF_SWNC_AGG_MEDIATOR I INITIALIZE Initialize Aggregation .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_ARFC_RECEIVER I CALL_BACK_R40 Call Back from 4.0 - 6.40 Remote System without BI Extension.
IF_SWNC_GLOB_ARFC_RECEIVER I CALL_BACK_R46 Call Back from a 4.6C - 6.40 Remote System with BI Extension.
IF_SWNC_GLOB_ARFC_RECEIVER I CALL_BACK_R70 Call Back from a Release 7.0 Remote System .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER I READ_LOCAL Read Data from a Local System .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER I READ_REMOTE_R40 From Remote 4.0 to 6.40 Systems (without BI Extensions) .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER I READ_REMOTE_R46 From Remote 4.6C to 6.40 Remote Systems (with BI Extensions).
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER I READ_REMOTE_R70 Read Data from a Remote Release 7.0 System .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER_LOCAL I READ_LOCAL_R70 Local Read on a Release 7.0 System .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER_REMOTE I READ_REMOTE_R40 Remote Call on SAP Web AS 6.40 (or Older) Sys. w/o BI Ext. .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER_REMOTE I READ_REMOTE_R46 Remote Call on SAP Web AS 6.40 (or Older) Sys. with BI Ext. .
IF_SWNC_GLOB_READER_REMOTE I READ_REMOTE_R70 Remot Call on a 7.0 System .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_ENDTIME Returns End Time Stamp .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_MAINRECORD Returns Structure of the Statistics Record .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_MANDANT Returns Clients .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_OBJ_TYPE Returns Type of Statistics Record .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_STEP_ID Returns Dialog Step ID .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_SUBRECS_COUNT Number of Subrecords .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_TCODE Returns TCode .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_TRANSACTION_ID Returns Transaction ID .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_USERNAME Returns User Name .
IF_SWNC_MAINREC I GET_WORKPROCESS_ID Returns Work Process ID .
IF_SWNC_READER I FINALIZE End Read .
IF_SWNC_READER I INITIALIZE Initialization of Read with Start Time Stamp and Time Zone .
IF_SWNC_READER I READ_NEXT Read the Next Logical Record .
IF_SWNC_RECORDS_FILTER I GET_ENDTIME Returns Upper Limit of Time Interval .
IF_SWNC_RECORDS_FILTER I GET_STARTTIME Returns Lower Limit of Time Interval .
IF_SWNC_RECORDS_FILTER I GET_TIMEZONE Outputs Timezone .
IF_SWNC_RECORDS_FILTER I RECORD_FIT Filters by Predefined Selection Criteria .
IF_SWNC_STATREC I DO_READ Read Statistics Records from the Specified Time Interval .
IF_SWNC_STATREC I GET_MAINRECORDS Returns Table with References to Read Statistics Records .
IF_SWNC_STATREC I GET_MAINRECORDS_COUNT Returns Number of Read Statistics Records .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_ID Returns the ID of the selection Schedule .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_INTERVAL Returns the interval .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_SCENARIO Returns the scenario .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_FROM Returns the start time .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_TO Returns the end time .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_ZONE Returns the time zone .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I GET_WEEKDAYS_STRUCTURE Returns the weekday .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I LOAD_INSTANCE Initializes object from the database .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_DESCRIPTION Sets the description .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_FILTER Sets the filter .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_INTERVAL Sets the interval .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_KEYS Sets the key (ID, scenario) .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_LAST_MODIFIED Sets the change time stamp .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_LAST_MODIFIED_BY Sets the last changed by user .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_TIME_FROM Sets the start time .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_TIME_TO Sets the end time .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_TIME_ZONE Sets the time zone .
IF_SWN_ADM_COLLECTOR_SCHEDULE I SET_WEEKDAYS Sets the week days .
IF_SWN_CATEGORY I GET_DESCRIPTION Determines Description (Language-Dependent) .
IF_SWN_CATEGORY I GET_MESSAGE Determine Message Object .
IF_SWN_CATEGORY I GET_SCENARIO Corresponding Scenario Object .
IF_SWN_COLLECTOR I PROCESS Get Notifications .
IF_SWN_DELIVERER I RECALL Recall Message .
IF_SWN_DELIVERER I SEND Send message .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_MAN I PROCESS Message Creation and Dispatch .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_ID Returns the delivery schedule ID .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_INTERVAL Returns the interval .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_LAST_APPLIED Determines the last schedule application .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_LAST_INTERVAL Determines the last interval of a schedule .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_FROM Returns the start time .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_TO Returns the end time .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_TIME_ZONE Returns the time zone .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I GET_WEEKDAYS Returns the weekday .
IF_SWN_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE I SET_LAST_APPLIED Saves the last schedule application .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_DESCRIPTION Read Description (Language-Dependent) .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_LAST_APPLIED Read Time Stamp of Last Filter Application .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_MAIN_FILTER_REF Reference to Main Filter .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_PREV_APPLIED Read Time Stamp of Penultimate Filter Application .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_SCENARIO Corresponding Scenario Object .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_VALUE Read Individual Filter Value with Conversion .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_VALUES_RAW Read List of Filter Values .
IF_SWN_FILTER I GET_VALUE_RAW Read Individual Filter Value Without Conversion .
IF_SWN_FILTER I SET_LAST_APPLIED Set Time Stamp of Last Filter Application .
IF_SWN_FILTER I SET_PREV_APPLIED Set Time Stamp of Penultimate Filter Application .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I ADD_NOTIFICATIONS Add Notifications .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I BUILD Creates a message .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_ATTACHMENT_CONTENT Content of Specific Attachment from the List .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_ATTACHMENT_LIST List of Attachments (Only Header Data) .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_DELIVERY_TYPE_REF Returns the reference to the quality of service .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_DELIVER_ASAP Deliver message immediately? .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_GRANULARITY Returns the granularity of the message .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_NOTIFICATIONS Returns the references to the notifications .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_PRIORITY Returns the priority of the entire message .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_RECIPIENT_REF Returns the reference to the receiver .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_RELIABILITY Returns the reliability for the message dispatch .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_REPLY_ADDRESS Determine Individual Reply Addresses .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I GET_SUBJECT Returns the subject line of the message .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SEND Send warning .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_DELIVERY_TYPE_REF Sets a reference to a quality of service .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_GRANULARITY Sets the granularity of the message .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_RECIPIENT_REF Sets a reference to the receiver .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_RELIABILITY Sets the reliability for the message dispatch .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_SENT_TIME Set the Time Stamp for the Send Log .
IF_SWN_MESSAGE I SET_SUBJECT Sets the subject line of the message .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_ATTACHMENT_CONTENT Content of Attachments .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_ATTACHMENT_LIST List of Attachments (Only Header Data) .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_BODY Core for Message .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_CATEGORY_REF Reference to Category .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_HAS_ACTION_ATTACHMENT Does the notification have action attachments? .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_IS_VALID Checks if Message is Valid .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_LAST_SENT Information on Last Send .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_LINKS List of URLs .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_SCENARIO_REF Reference to Scenario .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_SUBJECT Message Subject .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_SUBSCRIPTION_REF Determine Reference to Subscription .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I GET_USER_REF Determine Reference to User .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I SET_LAST_SENT Set Information on Last Send .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I SET_STATUS_DELETED Sets the status 'deleted' .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I SET_STATUS_DELIVERED Sets the status 'sent' .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I SET_SUBSCRIPTION_REF Set Reference to Subscription .
IF_SWN_NOTIF I SET_USER_REF Set Reference to User .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_CATEGORY Generate Object for Category .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_DELIVERER Generate Deliverer for Quality of Service .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_DELIVERY_SCHEDULE Generate Object for a Delivery Schedule .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_DELIVERY_TYPE Generate Object for Quality of Service .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_FILTER Generate Object for Filter .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_MESSAGE Generate Object for a Message .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_NOTIF Generate Object for Notification .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_SCENARIO Generate Object for Scenario .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_SUBSCRIPTION Generate Object for Subscription .
IF_SWN_OBJECT_FACTORY I GET_USER_CLASSNAME Determine Class Name for User Handler .
IF_SWN_PARAMETER I GET_VALUE Read Individual Parameters with Conversion .
IF_SWN_PARAMETER I GET_VALUES_RAW Read Table of Parameters .
IF_SWN_PARAMETER I GET_VALUE_RAW Read Individual Parameters Without Conversion .
IF_SWN_SCENARIO I GET_DEF_CATEGORY Read Corresponding Default Category .
IF_SWN_SCENARIO I GET_DESCRIPTION Description (Language-Dependent) .
IF_SWN_SCENARIO I GET_FILTER Provide Filter Object .
IF_SWN_SCENARIO I GET_TIMESTAMP Time of Last Notification Generation .
IF_SWN_SCENARIO I RETRIEVE_NOTIFICATIONS Generate Notifications from Application Objects .
IF_SWN_SUBSCRIPTION I FILTER_NOTIFICATIONS Determine Notifications for Receiver Group .
IF_SWN_USER I GET_COMM_ADDR Determine Address for Communication Type .
IF_SWN_USER I GET_HASH_CODE Determine Hash Code from Receiver ID .
IF_SWN_USER I GET_LANGUAGE Determine User Language .
IF_SWN_USER I GET_SALUTATION Form of Address (for Example, for Newsletter) in User Lang. .
IF_SWN_USER I LOAD_INSTANCE Instantiate Object .
IF_SWSP_FEATURE I MAPP_PARTS_TO_PROPS Main method controller for this class deserializer .
IF_SWSP_FEATURE I MAPP_PROPS_TO_PARTS Main method controller for this class serializer .
IF_SWSP_FEATURE I SET_RELEVANT_PROPS Defines properties to be mapped .
IF_SXFT_CALCULATE I SET_TYPE Obsolete .
IF_SXFT_CONTENTAREA I SET_BORDER Obsolete .
IF_SXFT_CONTENTAREA I SET_CAPTION Obsolete .
IF_SXFT_CONTENT_INTEGER I SET_CONTENT Sets Integer Value .
IF_SXFT_ITEMS I SET_LOCK Locks/Unlocks .
IF_SXFT_ITEMS I SET_PRESENCE Sets Visibility .
IF_SXFT_ITEMS I SET_SAVE Specifies whether display only or can be copied to field .
IF_SXFT_PAGESET I SET_RELATION Obsolete .
IF_SXFT_UI I SET_UI_ELEMENT Sets UI Element .
IF_SXMB_AGGREGATION I AGGREGATE_DATA Aggregate Raw Data and Write Aggregated Data Records .
IF_SXMB_AGGREGATION I SET_AGGR_ATTRIBUTES Set Aggregation Attributes for Profile .
IF_SXMB_AGGREGATION I SET_AGGR_VALUES Set Aggregation Values for Profile .
IF_SXMB_AGGREGATION I SET_AGGR_VIEWS Set Views for Profile .
IF_SXMLP_XOP_DESERIALIZE I DESERIALIZE deserialize XOP Parts out of simple transformation .
IF_SXMLP_XOP_SERIALIZE I SERIALIZE serialize XOP Parts out of simple transformation .
IF_SXML_ENCODER I DECODE Decode Part .
IF_SXML_ENCODER I ENCODE Encode Part .
IF_SXML_ENCODER_CONTEXT I FIND_ENCODER_BY_URI Find a Registered Encoder .
IF_SXML_ENCODER_CONTEXT I GET_XML_STREAM Get the Serializer .
IF_SXML_ENCODER_CONTEXT I REGISTER_ENCODER Register an Encoder for Later Use .
IF_SXML_FRAGMENT I ADD_NAMESPACE_WRAPPER Add ROOT Element with All Predefined Namespaces to Fragment .
IF_SXML_NAMED I SET_PREFIX Sets the Preferred XMLNS Prefix .
IF_SXML_NSURI_HELPER I GET_NSBINDINGS Determines all valid namespace declarations .
IF_SXML_NSURI_HELPER I GET_NSURI_BY_PREFIX Determines namespace URI for namespace prefix .
IF_SXML_NSURI_HELPER I GET_PREFIX_BY_NSURI Determines namespace prefix for namespace URI .
IF_SXML_PART I GET_NS_BY_PREFIX Gets Namespace for Prefix (Possibly Empty String) .
IF_SXML_PART I GET_PREFIX_BY_NS Gets Predefined Prefix (Possibly Empty String) .
IF_SXML_READER I CURRENT_NODE Reset to Current Node, Iterator (Not Attribute) .
IF_SXML_READER I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Read Value of a Specific Attribute .
IF_SXML_READER I NEXT_ATTRIBUTE Read Next Attribute of the Current Elements (Iterator) .
IF_SXML_READER I NEXT_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE Value of the Current Attribute (after NEXT_ATTRIBUTE) .
IF_SXML_READER I NEXT_NODE Read Next Node (Iterator) .
IF_SXML_READER I PUSH_BACK Reset Node Last Read .
IF_SXML_READER I READ_CURRENT_NODE Reset to Current Node, Object (not attribute) .
IF_SXML_READER I READ_NEXT_NODE Read Next Node (Object) .
IF_SXML_READER I SKIP_NODE Read Over Next Node .
IF_SXML_VALUE I GET_VALUE Read Value .
IF_SXML_VALUE I GET_VALUE_RAW Read Value as Raw String .
IF_SXML_VALUE I SET_VALUE Set value .
IF_SXML_VALUE I SET_VALUE_RAW Set Value as Raw String .
IF_SXML_WRITER I CLOSE_ELEMENT Close Element .
IF_SXML_WRITER I NEW_CLOSE_ELEMENT Factory to Create an Element .
IF_SXML_WRITER I NEW_OPEN_ELEMENT Factory to Create an Element .
IF_SXML_WRITER I NEW_VALUE Factory to Create a Value .
IF_SXML_WRITER I OPEN_ELEMENT Open Element .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_ATTRIBUTE Write Attribute .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_ATTRIBUTE_RAW Write Attribute (Type RAW) .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_NAMESPACE_DECLARATION Write Namespace Declaration .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_NODE Write Node (Object) .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_VALUE Write Value .
IF_SXML_WRITER I WRITE_VALUE_RAW Write Value (Type RAW) .
IF_SYSTEM_DME I GET_CLASS_AGENT Gets Class Agent .
IF_SYSTEM_DME I GET_SERVICE_AGENT Gets Service Instance .
IF_TAAN_RESULT I DELETE_FROM_DB Delete Analysis Result from Database .
IF_TAAN_RESULT I GET_AS_NAME_VALUE_PAIRS Show Analysis Result as Field Name-Field Value Pair .
IF_TAAN_RESULT I GET_INTO_TABLE Write Analysis Results to Indicated Tables .
IF_TAAN_RESULT I GET_TABLE_REFERENCE Deliver Reference to Correctly Typized Result .
IF_TABLECONTROL I GET_VALUE_LINE Provides Row for Table Control Output .
IF_TABLECONTROL I PBO_GET_TC Provides Table Control Structure in PBO .
IF_TABLECONTROL I PBO_INIT_SCREEN Initialize Screen Fields .
IF_TABLECONTROL I SET_VALUE_LINE Sets Values for a Table Control Row .
IF_TABLECONTROL I USER_COMMAND USER_COMMAND Processing .
IF_TABLE_BUFFER_APPL I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete Class Instance - Release Buffer .
IF_TABLE_BUFFER_APPL I GET_INSTANCE Provide Class Instance .
IF_TABLE_MANAGER_MM I LOOKUP Determine Table Object .
IF_TABLE_NAVIGATOR_DME I GET_ASSOCIATED_EDITOR Gets Editor Dialog for Specified Destination .
IF_TABLE_NAVIGATOR_DME I NAVIGATE Performs Navigation Operations for Specified Row .
IF_TASK_FAMILY_IAM I EVENT_0 IAM-Event: Normal .
IF_TASK_FAMILY_IAM I SELECT_TASKS Determines the Tasks of the Task Family from the Context .
IF_TASK_IAM I EVENT_0 Task No Longer Necessary, as Anomoly Has Disappeared .
IF_TASK_IAM I EVENT_1 Create Task .
IF_TASK_IAM I EVENT_S Select Task .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I AFTER_EVENT_0 IAM Event: Normal - Event-Specific Postprocessing .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I AFTER_EVENT_1 IAM-Event: Anomalous - Event-Specific Postprocessing .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I AFTER_EVENT_S IAM-Event: Selected - Event-Specific Postprocessing .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I DESELECT_TASKS Deselects All Tasks .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I EVENT_0 IAM-Event: Normal .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I EVENT_1 IAM-Event: Anomalous .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I EVENT_S IAM-Event: Selected .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I GET_TASKS Gets List of Current Tasks from the Application .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I PUT_TASKS Returns List of Current Tasks to the Application .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I RETURN_TASK Returns Task .
IF_TASK_MANAGER_IAM I SELECT_TASK Selects Concrete Task .
IF_TASK_SERVICE_CALLBACK I ON_FAILURE Recall Function at Restart .
IF_TCL_BIDIRECTIONAL_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS_ENTRY Previous Entry .
IF_TCL_BIDIRECTIONAL_ITERATOR I SET_NEXT_ENTRY Determines the Next Entry .
IF_TCL_GRAPH I ADD_EDGE Add Edge .
IF_TCL_GRAPH I ADD_VERTEX Insert Group .
IF_TCL_GRAPH I FIND_VERTEX Find Node Using its Name .
IF_TCL_GRAPH I IMPORT_VERTEX Import Node .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I FIRST_PAGE First Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT_PAGE Find Current Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I GET_LAST_PAGE Find Number of Pages .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I GET_PAGE_SIZE Find Number of Lines per Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I GOTO_PAGE Goto Specified Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I IS_FIRST_PAGE Check on First Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I IS_LAST_PAGE Check on Last Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I LAST_PAGE Last Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I NEXT_PAGE Next Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS_PAGE Previous Page .
IF_TCL_PAGE_ITERATOR I SET_PAGE_SIZE Set Number of Lines per Page .
IF_TC_COMPOSITE_TRIGGER I ATTACH_LEFT_OPERAND Attach one of the two triggers .
IF_TC_COMPOSITE_TRIGGER I ATTACH_RIGHT_OPERAND Attach one of the two triggers .
IF_TC_COMPOSITE_TRIGGER I GET_LEFT_OPERAND Get one of the two triggers .
IF_TC_COMPOSITE_TRIGGER I GET_RIGHT_OPERAND Get one of the two triggers .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I ADD_EXPECTED_ARG Set one of the expected arguments .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I ATTACH_EVT_TMPL Attach event template with trigger .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I GET_EVT_TMPL Extract event template .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I GET_EXPECTED_ARG Read one of the expected arguments .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I GET_EXPECTED_ARGS Read all of the expected arguments .
IF_TC_NEW_EVT_TRIGGER I SET_EXPECTED_ARGS Set some of the expected arguments .
IF_TC_PERIODTRIGGER_TOOLKIT I MAKE_ONWORKDAYS_TRIGGER_TMPL make effective trigger template for onWorkday trigger .
IF_TC_TRIGGER_CHECK I CHECK_VALIDATION validate the triggers .
IF_TC_TRIGGER_CHECK I SET_COMPLETED check whether the definition of trigger is complete .
IF_TECHNICALLY_MAPPABLE_S2L I GET_CONTENT_TYPE Reads Contents Type .
IF_TECHNICALLY_MAPPABLE_S2L I GET_TECHNICALLY_TYPE Reads Technical Type .
IF_TECHNICALLY_MAPPABLE_S2L I SET_AREA Area is Set to the View .
IF_TEMPLATE_REFERENCE_CK I GET_COST_ESTIMATE_DATA Data for Template Determination or Template with Environment.
IF_TEMPLATE_REFERENCE_CK I GET_TEMPLATE_DATA Data for Call up of ABC Template (Callback from Template) .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I CHECK_TEST_ID Checks Existence of a Test Data Record .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I CLEAR Completely Resets Current Instance .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I FILL_CONTEXT Fills Context with Input Data .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I GET_FIELDS Determines the Required Fields .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I GET_INSTANCE Transfers an Instance .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I GET_NEXT_TEST_ID Determines Next Free Test ID .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I LOAD Loads Test Data .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I PROCESS Executes Event to Be Tested .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I PROCESS_SPECIFIC Executes Event to Be Tested .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I SAVE Saves Test Data .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I SET_APPLCLASS Sets Current Application Class .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I SET_EVENT Sets Current Event .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_BRF I SET_TEST_ID Sets Test Data Record .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I FMOD Field Modification on Fields (No Table Controls) .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I FREE Clears Controls .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I GET_MENUE Transfers Menu Currently To Be Used (CUA) .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I GET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE Gets a Screen Structure .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I GET_TITLE Transfers Title of Screen .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PAI1 Checks Screen Data .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PAI2 Transfers Screen Data to Current Data .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PAI_CONTROL PAI Steps for Controls .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PBO1 Sets Screen Data (Without Texts) .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PBO2 Enhances Screen Data with Texts .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I PBO_CONTROL PBO Steps for Controls .
IF_TEST_ENVIRONMENT_UI_BRF I SET_SCREEN_STRUCTURE Sets a Screen Structure .
IF_TEST_UK I DISPLAY Display .
IF_TEST_UK I EDIT Change .
IF_TEST_UK I GET_RANDOM Generate Random Number .
IF_TEXT_IDENTIFIER I IDENTIFY_TEXT Identify Text .
IF_TEXT_IDENTIFIER I READ_TEXT Get Text .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I FREE Expands the Implementation References .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I GET_CHANGES Returns the Changes .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I GET_OUTTAB Returns the Table .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I INIT Initializes the Implementation .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I SET_BASE Sets a Reference of CL_TFWB_BASE .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I SET_FIELDCATALOG Sets the Field Catalog .
IF_TFW_POPUP_ALV I SET_OUTTAB Sets the Table for Display .
IF_TIDX_PRICE_INDEX I GETINDEXFACTOR4DISTFLOWTYPE Get the Index Factor for a Distribution Flow Type .
IF_TIDX_PRICE_INDEX I GETINDEXNAME Get the Name of the Index .
IF_TIDX_PRICE_INDEX I GETINDEXTEXT Get the Index Text .
IF_TIDX_PRICE_INDEX I GETINDEXVALUEFORFLOW Get the Index Value for a Specific Flow .
IF_TIDX_PRICE_INDEX I ISFLOWINDEXRELEVANT Returns 'X' or ' ' if the Flow is Index Relevant or Not .
IF_TIMECALENDAR I CALCDIFF_DAYS Calculate difference in days .
IF_TIMECALENDAR I CALCDIFF_SECONDS Calculate difference in seconds .
IF_TIMECALENDAR I GET_INFO Returns an information text .
IF_TIMECALENDAR I MOVE_DAYS Add days to a start date .
IF_TIMECALENDAR I MOVE_SECONDS Add X seconds to a time (timestamp) .
IF_TIMECALENDAR_TIME I ADD_SECONDS Add X seconds to a time (timestamp) .
IF_TIMECALENDAR_TIME I GET_NEXT_VALID_TIME Search for next valid time stamp .
IF_TIMECALENDAR_TIME I GET_PREV_VALID_TIME Search for last previously valid time stamp .
IF_TIMECALENDAR_TIME I GET_TIMESLICE_TIME Time slot to which a time stamp belongs (second calendar) .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_CTPROFILE Returns as profile .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_DURASET Supplies generic_set interface for event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_DURA_CALLBACK Supplies call back interface for events .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_EVENTSET Supplies generic_set interface for event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_EVENT_CALLBACK Supplies call back interface for events .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_TIMEOBJECTSET Supplies generic_set interface for event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I GET_TIMEOBJECT_CALLBACK Supplies call back interface for events .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_CTPROFILE Sets the profile .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_DURASET Set event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_DURA_CALLBACK Sets call back interface .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_EVENTSET Set event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_EVENT_CALLBACK Sets call back interface .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_TIMEOBJECTSET Set event set .
IF_TIMECONTEXT I SET_TIMEOBJECT_CALLBACK Sets call back interface .
IF_TIMECTPROFILE I GET_PROFILENAME Read Profile Name .
IF_TIMEDURA_CALLBACK I GET_DURA_BYID Gets a duration via ID .
IF_TIMEDURA_CALLBACK I GET_DURA_BYNAME Gets a duration via the symbolic name .
IF_TIMEDURA_CTPROFILE I CONTAINS_NAME Checks whether a symbolic name is allowed in the context .
IF_TIMEDURA_CTPROFILE I GET_CTPROFILENAME Supplies the name of the context .
IF_TIMEDURA_CTPROFILE I GET_INFO Supplies all information for a symbolic name .
IF_TIMEDURA_CTPROFILE I GET_NAMES Supplies all symbolic names of the context .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CALLBACK I GET_EVENT_BYID Gets an event via its ID .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CALLBACK I GET_EVENT_BYNAME Gets an event via its symbolic name .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CTPROFILE I CONTAINS_NAME Checks whether a symbolic name is allowed in the context .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CTPROFILE I GET_CTPROFILENAME Supplies the context name .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CTPROFILE I GET_INFO Supplies all information for a symbolic name .
IF_TIMEEVENT_CTPROFILE I GET_NAMES Supplies list of symbolic names .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I FORMAT_TIMEEVENT Formatted Output of a cl_timeevent Object .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I FORMAT_TIMEEVENT_N Formatted Output of a cl_timeevent Object .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I FORMAT_TIMESTAMP Formatted Output of Time Stamp and Time Zone .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I FORMAT_TIMETIME Formatted Output of a cl_timetime Object .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I GET_MESSAGES Supplies Instance to cl_timemessage .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I PARSE_TIMEEVENT Writes Value to a cl_timeevent Object .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I PARSE_TIMEEVENT_N Writes Value to a cl_timeevent Object .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I PARSE_TIMESTAMP Creates a Time Stamp and a Time Zone .
IF_TIMEFORMAT I PARSE_TIMETIME Writes Value to a cl_timetime Object .
IF_TIMEOBJECT I GET_NAME Determine Symbolic Name .
IF_TIMEOBJECT I GET_TIMECALENDAR Determine Calendar Information .
IF_TIMEOBJECT I GET_TIMEZONE Determine Time Zone .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CALLBACK I GET_TIMEOBJECT_BYID Gets a Time Object Via Its ID .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CALLBACK I GET_TIMEOBJECT_BYNAME Gets a Time Object Via Its Name .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CTPROFILE I CONTAINS_NAME Checks whether a name is allowed in the context .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CTPROFILE I GET_CTPROFILENAME Supplies the name of a context profile .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CTPROFILE I GET_INFO Supplies all information for a symbolic name in the context .
IF_TIMEOBJECT_CTPROFILE I GET_NAMES Supplies all the symbolic names in the context .
IF_TIMERULE_CTPROFILE I CONTAINS_NAME Checks whether a symbolic name is allowed in the context .
IF_TIMERULE_CTPROFILE I GET_CTPROFILENAME Supplies the context name .
IF_TIMERULE_CTPROFILE I GET_INFO Supplies all information for a symbolic name .
IF_TIMERULE_CTPROFILE I GET_NAMES Supplies list of symbolic names .
IF_TIMESET_IDFILTER I CONTAINS_ID Does an ID exist in the filter? .
IF_TIMESET_ITEM I CLONE Create a Copy .
IF_TIMESET_ITEM I CREATE_FACTORY Create an Instance (Factory Method) .
IF_TIMESET_ITEM I GET_ID Returns GUID .
IF_TIMESET_ITEM I GET_NAME Returns Name .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I FIRST Goto first entry .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I GET_CURRENT Read current element .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I IS_DONE Supplies xflag whether iterator is already at the end .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I LAST Goto last entry .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I NEXT Goto next entry .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS Goto previous entry .
IF_TIMESET_ITERATOR I REMOVE Removes current element .
IF_TIMESET_NAMEFILTER I CONTAINS_NAME Does the filter contain a name .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I ADD_DURA_TO_DURA Add Duration to Duration .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I CONVERT_FROM_BASEUNIT Converts duration of base unit into this unit .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I CONVERT_TO_BASEUNIT Converts a duration into its base unit .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I DIFF_DURA Difference between time durations in this unit .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I DIFF_TIME Difference between two times in this unit .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I GET_BASEUNIT Returns the base unit (as name) .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I GET_TIMESLICE Calculates the time slot for a time .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I GET_UNIT_NUMBER Number of time unit in which time falls .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I MOVE Go x units forwards or backwards (relative) .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I MOVE_TO Go to unit with number X .
IF_TIMEUNIT_CALC I ROUND Round to this unit from a time .
IF_TIME_CONTEXT_PPF I GET_TIME_CONTEXT Read Time Context .
IF_TIME_CONVERTER_S2L I TO_DATE_AND_TIME Conversion to Date and Time .
IF_TIME_CONVERTER_S2L I TO_TIMESTAMP Conversion to Time Stamp .
IF_TIME_CONVERTER_S2L I USED_TZONE Time Zone to Be Used .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I ACTIVATE_WP Activate Watchpoint .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I DEL_WP Delete a Watchpoint .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I FIELD_DIFF Compare Contenf of Fields .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I GET_COMMON_PART_NAME Define COMMON PART .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I GET_EXCOBJ_SRCINFO Trigger Location of an Exception Object .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I GET_LOADED_PROGRAMS Loaded programs .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I GET_SYSTEM_AREA System Area Display .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I GET_WPS Get All Active Watchpoints .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I ITAB_SEARCH Search in Internal Table .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I PATTERN_SEARCH_SEQUENCE Search in Byte Strings and Character Strings .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I SET_WP Set Watchpoint .
IF_TPDA_CONTROL I SYSTEM_AREA_SEARCH Search in the System Area Display .
IF_TPDA_SEARCH I SEARCH Method for Functionality Searches .
IF_TPDA_SEARCH_RESULT_TABULAR I GET_LINE Return the Object Content .
IF_TPDA_SEARCH_RESULT_TABULAR I GET_LINESTRUC ALV Field Catalog Structure .
IF_TPDA_TOOL I CREATE Factory: Create an Instance of the Tool .
IF_TPDA_TOOL I DELETE Delete a Tool Instance (Call Before Releasing the Instance) .
IF_TPDA_TOOL I GET_VIEW Returns Display Component of Instance (for Example, Subscr.).
IF_TPDA_TOOL I INIT Initialization of a Tool Instance .
IF_TPDA_TOOL I IS_AVAILABLE Factory: Can a new tool instance be created? .
IF_TPDA_TOOL I RELEASE Release a Tool Instance to the Factory .
IF_TRACE_BRF I CLEAR_TRACE Deletes Trace Table .
IF_TRACE_BRF I CREATE_TRACE_OBJECT Delivers Trace Object .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_BREAK_AT_PREPARE Delivers Boolean Value of Prepare .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_BREAK_AT_PROCESS Delivers Boolean Value of Process .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_BREAK_EXPRESSION Delivers Boolean Value of Expression .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_TRACE Returns Trace Table .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_TRACE_DISP_EVENT_ALL Delivers Trace Disp Event All .
IF_TRACE_BRF I GET_TRACE_DISP_EVT Delivers trace disp event .
IF_TRACE_BRF I REMOVE_TRACE Removes Current Trace Entry .
IF_TRACE_BRF I RESET_BREAK_INFO Deletes Break Point .
IF_TRACE_BRF I SAVE_TRACE Saves Trace to DB .
IF_TRACE_BRF I SET_BREAK_INFO Sets Break Point .
IF_TRACE_BRF I SET_SHOW_TRACE_AT_END Means that Trace Is Displayed at End of Transaction .
IF_TRACE_BRF I SET_SHOW_TRACE_AT_EVENT Triggers Display of Trace at End of Each Event .
IF_TRACE_BRF I SHOW_TRACE Displays Trace Table .
IF_TRACE_BRF I TRACE_OFF Switches Off Trace .
IF_TRACE_BRF I TRACE_ON Switches On Trace .
IF_TRACE_BRF I WRITE_TRACE_END Adds New Trace Entry (End of Block) .
IF_TRACE_BRF I WRITE_TRACE_MESSAGE Add Message to a Trace Entry .
IF_TRACE_BRF I WRITE_TRACE_START Adds New Trace Entry (Start of Block) .
IF_TRANSACTION_PPF I RESET_GUIDS Reject Unique IDs .
IF_TRANSACTION_PPF I SAVE_GUIDS Transfer Unique IDs to Be Saved .
IF_TRANSACTION_PPF I SET_GUID Set Current Unique ID .
IF_TRANSACTION_REMOTE_CONTROL I CONTINUE process data and okcode with current transaction .
IF_TRANSACTION_REMOTE_CONTROL I DB_COMMIT trigger a database commit on remote side .
IF_TRANSACTION_REMOTE_CONTROL I START Start the specified transaction remote .
IF_TRANSACT_REMOTE_CONTROL_BAS I CONNECT Connect to the server process ("create mode") .
IF_TRANSACT_REMOTE_CONTROL_BAS I DISCONNECT close connection to the server process ("delete mode") .
IF_TRANSACT_REMOTE_CONTROL_BAS I GET_ENVIRONMENT_DATA get specified data of transaction environment .
IF_TRANSACT_REMOTE_CONTROL_BAS I SUSPEND indicate a short break of transaction processing ("rollout").
IF_TRANSFER_TO_BEPP I EXECUTE Execute .
IF_TREE_NAVIGATOR_DME I EXECUTE Performs a Command on a Node .
IF_TREE_NAVIGATOR_DME I GET_ASSOCIATED_EDITOR Gets the Editor Dialog for the Specified Node .
IF_TREE_NAVIGATOR_DME I NAVIGATE Performs Navigation Operation for Specified Node .
IF_TRFC_INB_MONITOR I DELETE_UNIT_LIST Delete List of Units .
IF_TRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Type T Units .
IF_TRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION Get Detail Information for Units .
IF_TRFC_INB_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION_BY_DEST Gets Details for Restrictable Number of Units .
IF_TRFC_INB_MONITOR I UNLOCK_UNIT_LIST Remove Locks on Series of Units .
IF_TRFC_OUT_MONITOR I DELETE_UNIT_LIST Delete List of Units .
IF_TRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_DESTINATIONS Gets Destinations with Type Q Units .
IF_TRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION Get Detail Information for Units .
IF_TRFC_OUT_MONITOR I GET_UNIT_INFORMATION_BY_DEST Gets Details for Restrictable Number of Units .
IF_TRFC_OUT_MONITOR I UNLOCK_UNIT_LIST Remove Locks on Series of Units .
IF_TRFC_UNIT_INBOUND I CREATE_UNIT_BY_PATTERN Generates New Unit with Same Properties .
IF_TRFC_UNIT_OUTBOUND I CREATE_UNIT_BY_PATTERN Generates New Unit with Same Properties .
IF_TRIP_AUTHORISATION_DATE I CHANGE_DATE_CHECK_AUTHF Method for Changing the Date During Authorization Check .
IF_TRIP_AUTHORISATION_DATE I CHANGE_DATE_CHECK_AUTHP Method for Changing the Date During Authorization Check .
IF_TRIP_AUTHORISATION_DATE I CHANGE_DATE_CHECK_AUTHS Method for Changing the Date During Authorization Check .
IF_TRIP_AUTHORISATION_DATE I CHANGE_DATE_CHECK_TRG_AUTHP Method for Changing the Date During Authorization Check .
IF_TRX_VTTX I TRX_GET_VTTX Shipment data .
IF_TTE_CLIENT_COPY I COPY_TO_CLIENT Copies records from client dependent tables of src to target.
IF_TTE_CLIENT_COPY I DELETE_FROM_CLIENT Deletes the records from client dependent tables of client .
IF_TTE_CLIENT_COPY I GET_DEFAULT_INPUT Obtains the default values for the input (source & target) .
IF_TTE_CLIENT_COPY I VALIDATE_INPUT Method that validates the input(s) specified .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I CALCULATE_TAXES TTE Calculate Taxes (TTE Document is Table format ) .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I CALCULATE_TAXES_XML Calculate_Taxes (TTE Document is in XML format ) .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_ANALYSIS Get Pricing Analysis Document .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_DOCUMENT_TABLE Get TTE Document (Table format ) .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_DOCUMENT_XML Get TTE Document (XML format ) .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_F4_HELP1 Get F4 Help1 for a Entity .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_F4_HELP2 Get F4 Help2 for a Entity (Country dep.) .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_KERNEL_PARAMETERS Get TTE Kernel parameters .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I GET_VERSION Get TTE Version Info .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I REFRESH_CUSTOMIZING Refresh TTE customizing buffer .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I REMOVEDOCUMENTFROMSESSION Remove TteDocument from SessionData .
IF_TTE_COMMUNICATION I SEND_DOC_TO_TTE Send Input Document to TTE( Command = 1) .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_COPY I COPY_COUNTRY_CUSTOMIZING Method that copies only the country specific customizing .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_COPY I COPY_DECISION_TREE Method that copies, checks and releases the decision tree .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_COPY I COPY_TAX_RATES Method that copies the tax rates (from condition records) .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_COPY I VALIDATE_INPUT Method that validates the input provided .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_DELETE I DELETE_COUNTRY_CUSTOMIZING Method that deletes the country specific customizing .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_DELETE I DELETE_DECISION_TREE Method that deletes the decision trees of the country .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_DELETE I DELETE_TAX_RATES Method that deletes the tax rates from condition records .
IF_TTE_COUNTRY_DELETE I VALIDATE_INPUT Method that validates the input provided .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I GET_INPUT_DOCUMENT Get TTE Input Document .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I GET_INPUT_DOCUMENT_TO_XML Get TTE Input Document as XML Stream .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I GET_OUTPUT_DOCUMENT Get TTE Output Document .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I GET_OUTPUT_DOCUMENT_TO_XML Get TTE Output Document as XML Stream .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I GET_TTEDOCUMENTID Get TTE Document ID .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_INPUT_DOCUMENT_FROM_XML Set input document from XML .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_COUNTRIES Set input document : CurrencyConversions .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_CURRCONV Set input document : CurrencyConversions .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_HEADER Set input document : Header .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_ITEMS Set input document : Items .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_PARTNERS Set input document : Partners .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_PRICEL Set input document : PricingElements .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_PRODUCTS Set input document : Products .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_TAXCODEVALUE Set input document : CurrencyConversions .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_I_TAXEVENTS Set input document : TaxEvents .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_OUTPUT_DOCUMENT Set TTE Output Document .
IF_TTE_DOCUMENT I SET_OUTPUT_DOCUMENT_FROM_XML Set input document from XML .
IF_TTE_TRANSPORT_CUST I LOAD_TRANSPORT_STRUC Loads the structures required for transport .
IF_TTE_TRANSPORT_CUST I TRANSPORT_CUSTOMIZING Method to transport customizing .
IF_TTE_WT_ACCUMVALU I ACCUMULATE Accumulated the values .
IF_TTE_WT_ACCUMVALU I READ Read accumulated vaues from DB .
IF_TTE_WT_ACCUMVALU I SAVE Save accumulated values to the DB .
IF_UACC_STEPS I STEP_CHECK execute the check .
IF_UACC_STEPS I STEP_REPAIR see whether the check condition can be repaired .
IF_UACC_STEPS I STEP_REQUIRED see whether actual check is required .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I ADD_EDGE Add Edge to Model .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I ADD_EDGE_VALUE add value for edge .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I ADD_ROOT_NODE Add Root Node to Model .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I ADD_TREE Add Tree to Model .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I CHANGE_EDGE Change Object Reference of Edge .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I CHANGE_EDGE_VALUE Change Value and Object Reference of Edge Value .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I DISPLAY_EDGE_VALUES Display Edge Values for Node .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_EDGES_FOR_NODE View, Get All Edges where Node Is Source or Target .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_EDGE_FOR_NODES Get edge with specified nodes .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_EDGE_OBJECT Get Object Reference .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_HIERARCHY_COLUMN View, Get ID of Hierarchy Column .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_LEFT_TREE_ID Get Tree to the Left .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_NODES_FOR_EDGE View, Get Source and Target Node of an Edge .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_POSSIBLE_RECEIVERS View, get possible receivers of a node .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_POSSIBLE_SENDERS View, get possible senders of a node .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_RIGHT_TREE_ID Get Tree to the Right .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_ROOT_NODES View, Get All Root Nodes .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_TREES View, Get Tree IDs in order .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_TREE_FOR_COLUMN View, Get Tree ID for Item .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I GET_TREE_FOR_NODE View, Get Tree ID for Item .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I IS_EDGE_COLUMN view, this column holds edge values .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I QUERY Query this Interface .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I RAISE_ASSIGNMENT_EVENT manually raise event .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I REMOVE_EDGE Remove Edge from Model .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I REMOVE_EDGE_VALUE Remove edge_value from Model .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMENT_MODEL I SET_EDGE_COLUMN this column displays edge values .
IF_UAC_ASSIGNMNT_STYLE_MANAGER I QUERY Query this Interface .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ANY Attribute service: get attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_DREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ITEMS_WITH_ANY Attribute service: get all items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ITEMS_WITH_ATTRIBUTE Attribute service: get all items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ITEMS_WITH_DREF Attribute service: get all items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_ITEMS_WITH_OREF Attribute service: get all items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I GET_OREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I IS_SET Attribute service: TRUE if attribute is set on item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I REMOVE Attribute service: remove attribute for item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE Attribute service: remove attribute from service .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I REMOVE_ITEM Attribute service: remove item (include dependent items) .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I SET_ANY Attribute service: set attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I SET_DREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE I SET_OREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG I ADD_FLAG Add flag for item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG I CHECK_FLAG Check if item has flag .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG I DELETE_FLAG Delete flag of item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_FLAG I GET_ITEMS Get list of items with specific flag .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_ID I GET Get Attribute ID for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_ID I GET_ITEMS Get List of Items for Attribute ID .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_ID I REMOVE Remove Attribute ID for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_ID I SET Set Attribute ID for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_TREE_ID I GET Get Tree Relation for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_TREE_ID I GET_ITEMS Get List of Items for Tree .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_TREE_ID I REMOVE Remove Tree Relation for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_TREE_ID I SET Set Tree Relation for Item .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET Get Item Value .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I GET_TAB Get item value tab .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I REMOVE Remove Item Value .
IF_UAC_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE I SET Set Item Value .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I ADD_EDGE_STYLE Add Style Properties for Edges .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I CHANGE_EDGE_STYLE Change Style Properties for Edges .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_EDGE_STYLES View: Get Edge Style Data .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_EDGE_STYLE_IDS View: Get Style ID for Edges .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_DEFAULT_EDGE_STYLE Set Default Style Properties of Edges .
IF_UAC_EDGE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_EDGE_STYLE Set style properties for edges .
IF_UAC_FILTER I IS_FILTERED Item is filtered .
IF_UAC_GUI_ALV_TREE I SET_BACKEND_FCAT Performance: do not get fcat from frontend, use mt_fcat .
IF_UAC_GUI_ALV_TREE I SET_FRONTEND_UPDATE Performance: enable/disable frontend update .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I GET_ALL_NODES_ALLOWED GET_ALL_NODES_ALLOWED .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I GET_ASSIGNMENT_FLOW GET_ASSIGNMENT_FLOW .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I GET_ASSIGNMENT_NODE GET_ASSIGNMENT_NODE .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I GET_FOCUS_TREE GET_FOCUS_TREE .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I HIDE_TREE HIDE_TREE .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I INDICATE_POSSIBLE_EDGES INDICATE_POSSIBLE_EDGES .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I IS_TREE_HIDDEN IS_TREE_HIDDEN .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I SET_ALL_NODES_ALLOWED SET_ALL_NODES_ALLOWED .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I SET_ASSIGNMENT_FLOW SET_ASSIGNMENT_FLOW .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I SET_ASSIGNMENT_HEADER SET_ASSIGNMENT_HEADER .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I SET_ASSIGNMENT_NODE SET_ASSIGNMENT_NODE .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE I SET_ASSIGNMENT_WIDTH SET_ASSIGNMENT_WIDTH .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_HIDE_TREE hide this tree .
IF_UAC_GUI_EDGE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_SET_ASSIGNMENT_FLOW toggle on/off the assignment flow .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I ACTIVATE_DISPLAY_PROTOCOL Output Log in Dialog .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I ACTIVATE_REPREP_INTERFACE Enable Report/Report Interface .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I APPEND_ROWS Append Rows at End .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I CELL_DISPLAY Output Cell .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I CHANGE_DATA_FROM_INSIDE for internal use only! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check Changes and Fire Event DATA_CHANGED .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I FCODE_BOUNCER Internal, Temporary, Do not Use! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_ACTUAL_VIEW Gets Current View .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_BACKEND_FIELDCATALOG INTERNAL USE ONLY .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_CURRENT_CELL Current Row .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_FILTERED_ENTRIES Hash Table of Filtered Entries .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_FILTER_CRITERIA Get Filter Criteria .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_FIELDCATALOG Get Current Field Catalog from Frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_LAYOUT Get Current Layout from Frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_PRINT Get Current Print from Frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SCROLL_INFO_VIA_ID Use ID to Get Scroll Information .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SELECTED_CELLS Get Selected Cells .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SELECTED_CELLS_ID Get Selected Cell IDs .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Get Selected Columns .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Get Selected Rows .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SORT_CRITERIA Get Sort Criteria .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_SUBTOTALS Get Subtotals Table .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I GET_VARIANT Get Layout .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I IS_READY_FOR_INPUT Check for Current Editibility .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I IS_SHOWING TRUE when show( ) has been called .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I LIST_PROCESSING_EVENTS Interface Method Classic ALV to ALV Control .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I OFFLINE Batch or Web Reporting .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I PROCESS_UCOMM_ON_INVALID_INPUTUcomms To Be Processed Even in Case of Invalid Input .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I RAISE_EVENT Raise 'USER_COMMAND' .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I REFRESH_TABLE_DISPLAY Redisplay Table .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I REGISTER_DELAYED_EVENT Set Delayed Event (change_selection or moved_cell) .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I REGISTER_EDIT_EVENT Register Edit Events .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I REGISTER_F4_FOR_FIELDS Register F4 Handling for Fields .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SAVE_GRID_VARIANTS_SIMUL Save Grid Variants with Current .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SAVE_VARIANT Save Layout .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SAVE_VARIANT_DARK Save Variant in Background .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SELECT_TEXT_IN_CURR_CELL Select Text .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_3D_BORDER Sets 3D Frame .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_AUTOREDRAW Autoredraw .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_CURRENT_CELL_VIA_ID Current Row .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_DELTA_CELLS For Internal Use Only!! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_DROP_DOWN_TABLE Set Dropdown Table .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_ERROR_LOG For Internal Use Only!! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_FILTER_CRITERIA Set Filter Conditions .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_FIELDCATALOG Set Field Catalog .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_LAYOUT Set Frontend Layout .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_PRINT Set Frontend Print .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_FUNCTION_CODE Internal Use Only! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_GRAPHICS_CONTAINER Pass Graphic Container .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_GRIDTITLE Pass Grid Title .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_HEADER_TRANSPORT For Internal Use only! .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_HTML_HEADER Excel Header Set .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_LAYOUT_OF_DOUBLEGRID Configures the Double Grid for the Layout (DV) .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_READY_FOR_INPUT Set/Reset Ready for Input Status .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SCROLL_INFO_VIA_ID Use ID to Set Scroll Information .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SELECTED_CELLS Set Cell Selections .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SELECTED_CELLS_ID Set Cell Selections .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Set Column Selections .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SELECTED_ROWS Set Selected Rows .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_SORT_CRITERIA Set Sort Criteria .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Formatted Output Table is Sent to Control .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR_INTERACTIVE Set Toolbar Status .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_USER_COMMAND Set User Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_GRID I SET_VARIANT Set Display Variant .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I DISPLAY_GROUP_PANEL switch grouping panel on/off .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I GET_GROUP_BY_INFORMATION get column order and column sorting from grouping panel .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I IS_GROUPING_ACTIVE is the tree currently in grouping mode? .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I IS_GROUPING_LOCKED Is grouping currently locked? .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I IS_GROUP_PANEL_DISPLAYED Is grouping panel currently displayed? .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I IS_GROUP_SHOWN_AS_TREE Is 'show as tree' - grouping mode currently on? .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I SET_GROUP_BY_INFORMATION set column order and sorting in grouping panel .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I SET_GROUP_PANEL_TEXT set default text (is displayed when grouping panel is empty).
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I SET_LOCKED_AT_GROUPING set frontend or backend grouping mode .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP I SHOW_GROUP_AS_TREE set the 'tree' or the 'borg' visualization mode .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_ADD_TO_PANEL add column to grouping panel .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_DISPLAY_GROUP_PANEL show/hide grouping panel .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_REMOVE_FROM_PANEL remove column from grouping panel .
IF_UAC_GUI_GROUP_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_SET_LOCKED_AT_GROUPING switch lock at grouping .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I ADD_EVENT_HANDLER ADD_EVENT_HANDLER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I COLLAPSE_NODE COLLAPSE_NODE .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I EDIT_VALUE CALL EDIT POPUP .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I ENSURE_VISIBLE ENSURE_VISIBLE .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I EXPAND_NODE EXPAND_NODE .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I FREE abstract: free me .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_COLUMN_ORDER GET_COLUMN_ORDER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_COLUMN_SORT_ORDER GET_COLUMN_SORT_ORDER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_COLUMN_WIDTH GET_COLUMN_WIDTH .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_CONVERTER returns the int"-"ext value converter .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER GET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_GUI_CONTROL_OBJECT must be redefined: GET_GUI_CONTROL_OBJECT .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_PARENT_CONTAINER GET_PARENT_CONTAINER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_SELECTED_CELL GET_SELECTED_CELL returns the cell that is actually selected.
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_SELECTED_NODE GET_SELECTED_NODE returns the node that is actually selected.
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_SELECTED_NODES GET_SELECTED_NODES returns the nodes that are actually selec.
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_STYLE_MANAGER GET_STYLE_MANAGER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I GET_TREE_MODEL GET_TREE_MODEL .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I HIDE_COLUMN HIDE_COLUMN hide (do not delete) column(s) at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_COLUMN_HIDDEN TRUE when column is hidden at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_EDITABLE TRUE when actual edit mode allows editing at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_NODE_1ST_EXPANDED TRUE when the node is first expanded .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_NODE_EXPANDED TRUE when the node is actually expanded at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_NODE_VISIBLE TRUE when the node is actually visible at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_SHOWING TRUE when show( ) has been called .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I IS_SORTING_ALLOWED TRUE when column sorting is actually allowed at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I OPTIMIZE_COLUMN OPTIMIZE_COLUMN adjust column width to optimum .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I OPTIMIZE_TREE OPTIMIZE_TREE adjust all columns, then tree width to optimum.
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I REGISTER_EVENTS must be redefined: REGISTER_EVENTS .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_COLUMN_ORDER SET_COLUMN_ORDER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_COLUMN_SORT_ORDER SET_COLUMN_SORT_ORDER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_COLUMN_WIDTH SET_COLUMN_WIDTH .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_CONVERTER not possible when converter has already been used .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER SET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_EDITABLE set edit mode of control: False-"display, True-"edit .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_FCODE set and execute function code for view .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_FILTER Set filter .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_SELECTED_CELL SET_SELECTED_CELL set the selected cell at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_SELECTED_NODE SET_SELECTED_NODE set the selected node at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_SELECTED_NODES SET_SELECTED_NODES set the selected nodes at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_SORTING_ALLOWED SET_SORTING_ALLOWED allows or denies sorting at frontend .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_STYLE_MANAGER SET_STYLE_MANAGER .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_TREE_MODEL SET_TREE_MODEL .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SET_TREE_WIDTH SET_TREE_WIDTH set the width of the frontend control .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I SHOW SHOW must be called to display the tree .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE I UNSELECT_ALL UNSELECT_ALL .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_CMD_COLLAPSE_NODE Generates Node Collapse Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_CMD_EXPAND_NODE Generates Node Expand Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_CMD_OPTIMIZE_COLUMN Generates Optimize Column Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_COLLAPSE_NODE Generates Node Collapse Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_EXPAND_NODE Generates Node Expand Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_HIDE_COLUMN Generates Column_Hide/Unhide Command .
IF_UAC_GUI_TREE_CMD_FACTORY I CREATE_OPTIMIZE_COLUMN Generates Optimize Column Command .
IF_UAC_MAP I ADD Add ID to Mapping Service .
IF_UAC_MAP I CHANGE Change External ID .
IF_UAC_MAP I EXIST TRUE if ID Exists in Mapping Service .
IF_UAC_MAP I GET_EXT Get external ID from internal ID .
IF_UAC_MAP I GET_INT Get internal ID from external ID .
IF_UAC_MAP I REMOVE Remove ID from Mapping Service .
IF_UAC_MENU_ITEM_VISITOR I VISIT_ITEM VISIT_ITEM .
IF_UAC_MENU_ITEM_VISITOR I VISIT_MENU VISIT_MENU .
IF_UAC_MENU_ITEM_VISITOR I VISIT_SEPARATOR VISIT_SEPERATOR .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_COLUMN Add Data Column to Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_EDGE Add Edge to Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_EDGE_VALUE add value for edge .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_NODE Add Node to Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_ROOT_NODE Add Root Node to Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ADD_TREE Add Tree and Hierarchy Column to Model, Must Be Called .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ANY Attribute service: get attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_DREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS Attribute service: get items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_ANY Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_DREF Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_OREF Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_OREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_IS_SET Attribute service: TRUE if attribute is set on item .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_REMOVE Attribute service: remove attribute from attribute service .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_REMOVE_FOR_ITEM Attribute service: remove attribute for item .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_ANY Attribute service: set attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_DREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_OREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_MODEL I CHANGE_COLUMN Change Column Value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I CHANGE_EDGE_VALUE Change Value and Object Reference of Edge Value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I CHANGE_EXT_ID Mapping: Change External ID .
IF_UAC_MODEL I CHANGE_NODE Change Node Value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I DISPLAY_EDGE_VALUES Display Edge Values for Node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I EXIST Returns True if Item is in Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_CELL_VALUE View, Get Cell Value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_CHILDREN_IN_ORDER View, Get Child Nodes .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_COLUMNS View, get all columns of a tree .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_COLUMN_VALUE View, Get Text of Column Header .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_EDGES_FOR_NODE View, Get All Edges where Node Is Source or Target .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_EDGE_FOR_NODES Get edge with specified nodes .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_EXT_ID Mapping Service: Get External ID from Internal ID .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_EXT_ID_TABLE Mapping Service: Get External IDs from Internal IDs .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_HIERARCHY_COLUMN View, Get ID of Hierarchy Column .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_INT_ID Mapping Service: Get Internal ID from External ID .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_INT_ID_TABLE Mapping Service: Get Internal IDs from External IDs .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_LEFT_TREE_ID Get Tree to the Left .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_LINE View, get value & style for node and its cells .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_MODEL_ID Get Model ID .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_NEXT_COLUMN_ID View, Get Right Column .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_NEXT_SIBLING Get Next Node on Same Hierarchy Level .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_NODES_FOR_EDGE View, Get Source and Target Node of an Edge .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_NODE_VALUE View, Get Node Text for Hierarchy Column .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_PARENT View, Get Parent Node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_POSSIBLE_RECEIVERS View, get possible receivers of a node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_POSSIBLE_SENDERS View, get possible senders of a node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_PREVIOUS_SIBLING View, Get Previous Node on same Hierarchy Level .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_RIGHT_TREE_ID Get Tree to the Right .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_ROOT_NODES View, Get All Root Nodes .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_ROOT_PATH get node ids to the root node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_SUBTREE Get All Nodes in a Subtree .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_TREES View, Get Tree IDs in order .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_TREE_FOR_COLUMN View, Get Tree ID for Item .
IF_UAC_MODEL I GET_TREE_FOR_NODE View, Get Tree ID for Item .
IF_UAC_MODEL I IS_EDGE_COLUMN view, this column holds edge values .
IF_UAC_MODEL I IS_HIERARCHY_COLUMN View, True if Column Is a Hierarchy Column .
IF_UAC_MODEL I IS_LEAF view, true if node is a leaf (a leaf must not have children).
IF_UAC_MODEL I IS_ROOT_NODE True if node is a root node .
IF_UAC_MODEL I MOVE_NODE Move Subtree .
IF_UAC_MODEL I QUERY Query this Interface .
IF_UAC_MODEL I RAISE_EVENT manually raise event .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REFRESH refresh values of nodes, columns and cells .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_ALL_NODES remove all nodes from model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_CELL Remove Cell from Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_COLUMN Remove Column from Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_EDGE Remove Edge from Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_EDGE_VALUE Remove edge_value from Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I REMOVE_NODE Remove Subtree from Model .
IF_UAC_MODEL I SET_CELL add/change cell .
IF_UAC_MODEL I SET_CELL_VALUE view, set new cell value .
IF_UAC_MODEL I SET_EDGE_COLUMN this column displays edge values .
IF_UAC_MODEL I SET_NODE_VALUE view, set new node text .
IF_UAC_MODEL I SET_VALUE_PROVIDER Set call back for 'get/set_item_value' methods .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I ADD_EVENT_HANDLER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I GET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I GET_STYLE_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I GET_TREE_MODEL over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I REGISTER_EVENTS over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I SET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I SET_STYLE_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I SET_TREE_MODEL over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I SET_TREE_WIDTH over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ASSIGNMENT_TREE I UNSELECT_ALL over definition for cl_uac_gui_assignment_tree .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ATREE_ABSTRACT I ADD_EVENT_HANDLER over definition for cl_uac_gui_atree_abstract .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ATREE_ABSTRACT I GET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_atree_abstract .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ATREE_ABSTRACT I REGISTER_EVENTS over definition for cl_uac_gui_atree_abstract .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ATREE_ABSTRACT I REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER over definition for cl_uac_gui_atree_abstract .
IF_UAC_OD_GUI_ATREE_ABSTRACT I SET_CTXT_MENU_MANAGER over definition for cl_uac_gui_atree_abstract .
IF_UAC_TREE_HANDLER I CHECK_CELL_VALUE CHECK_CELL_VALUE .
IF_UAC_TREE_HANDLER I CHECK_NODE_VALUE CHECK_NODE_VALUE .
IF_UAC_TREE_HANDLER I GET_DROPDOWN_MENU GET_DROPDOWN_MENU .
IF_UAC_TREE_HANDLER I ON_CELL_DROPDOWN_SELECTED ON_CELL_DROPDOWN_SELECTED .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ADD_COLUMN Add Data Column to Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ADD_NODE Add Node to Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ADD_ROOT_NODE Add Root Node to Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ADD_TREE Add Tree and Hierarchy Column to Model, Must Be Called .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ANY Attribute service: get attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_DREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS Attribute service: get items where attribute is set .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_ANY Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_DREF Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_ITEMS_WITH_OREF Attribute service: get all items with attribute value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_GET_OREF Attribute service: get attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_IS_SET Attribute service: TRUE if attribute is set on item .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_REMOVE Attribute service: remove attribute from attribute service .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_REMOVE_FOR_ITEM Attribute service: remove attribute for item .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_ANY Attribute service: set attribute of type ANY .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_DREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO DATA .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I ATTRIBUTE_SET_OREF Attribute service: set attribute of type REF TO OBJECT .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I CHANGE_COLUMN Change Column Value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I CHANGE_EXT_ID Mapping: Change External ID .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I CHANGE_NODE Change Node Value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I EXIST Returns True if Item is in Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_CELL_VALUE View, Get Cell Value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_CHILDREN_IN_ORDER View, Get Child Nodes .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_COLUMNS get columns in order .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_COLUMN_VALUE View, Get Text of Column Header .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_EXT_ID Mapping Service: Get External ID from Internal ID .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_EXT_ID_TABLE Mapping Service: Get External IDs from Internal IDs .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_HIERARCHY_COLUMN View, Get ID of Hierarchy Column .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_INT_ID Mapping Service: Get Internal ID from External ID .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_INT_ID_TABLE Mapping Service: Get Internal IDs from External IDs .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_ITEMS_VALUE view, get value of items .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_LINE View, get node and cell data .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_MODEL_ID Get Model ID .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NEXT_COLUMN_ID View, Get Right Column .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NEXT_SIBLING Get Next Node on Same Hierarchy Level .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NODE get hierarchical data for node ( parent, sibling, level... ).
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NODE_LEVEL get hierarchy level for node .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NODE_OBJECT Get Object Reference .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NODE_POSITION get node position within hierarchy level .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_NODE_VALUE get node text for hierarchy column .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_PARENT get parent node .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_PREVIOUS_SIBLING get previous node on same hierarchy level .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_ROOT_NODES get all root nodes .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_ROOT_PATH get node ids to the root node .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I GET_SUBTREE Get All Nodes in a Subtree .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I IS_HIERARCHY_COLUMN true if column is a hierarchy column .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I IS_LEAF true if node is a leaf (a leaf must not have children) .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I IS_ROOT_NODE True if node is a root node .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I MOVE_COLUMN Change Column Order .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I MOVE_NODE Move Subtree .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I QUERY Query this Interface .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I RAISE_EVENT manually raise event .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I REFRESH refresh values of nodes, columns and cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I REMOVE_ALL_NODES remove all nodes from model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I REMOVE_CELL Remove Cell from Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I REMOVE_COLUMN Remove Column from Model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I REMOVE_NODE Remove node and its subtree from model .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I SET_CELL_VALUE view, set new cell value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I SET_COLUMN_VALUE View, set new column value .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I SET_NODE_VALUE view, set new node text .
IF_UAC_TREE_MODEL I SET_VALUE_PROVIDER Set call back for 'get/set_item_value' methods .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I ADD_CELL_STYLE Add Style Properties for Cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I ADD_COLUMN_STYLE add style properties for columns .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I ADD_NODE_STYLE add style properties for nodes .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I CHANGE_CELL_STYLE change style properties for cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I CHANGE_COLUMN_STYLE change style properties for columns .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I CHANGE_NODE_STYLE change style properties for nodes .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_CELL_STYLE view: get cell style data .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_CELL_STYLE_ID view: get style ID for cell .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_COLUMN_STYLE view: get column style data .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_COLUMN_STYLE_ID view: get style ID for column .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_NODE_STYLE view: get node style data .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I GET_NODE_STYLE_ID view: get style ID for node .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I QUERY Query this Interface .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I RAISE_EVENT manually raise item_style_changed event .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I REFRESH refresh values of nodes, columns and cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_CELL_STYLE Set style properties for cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_COLUMN_STYLE Set style properties for columns .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_DEFAULT_CELL_STYLE set default style properties of cells .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_DEFAULT_CELL_STYLE_FOR_COLset default style properties of cells on column .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_DEFAULT_COLUMN_STYLE set default style properties of columns .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_DEFAULT_NODE_STYLE set default style properties of nodes .
IF_UAC_TREE_STYLE_MANAGER I SET_NODE_STYLE Set style properties for nodes .
IF_UAC_UNDO_COMMAND I GET_REDO_STACK Static: get stack with redoable commands .
IF_UAC_UNDO_COMMAND I GET_UNDO_DESCRIPTION Get description for Undo .
IF_UAC_UNDO_COMMAND I GET_UNDO_STACK Static: get stack with undoable commands .
IF_UAC_UNDO_COMMAND I REDO Redo this command (after undo) .
IF_UAC_UNDO_COMMAND I UNDO Undo this command (after execute) .
IF_UAC_VIEW I CHECK Check changed data .
IF_UAC_VIEW I FREE Free view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_GRID Get grid .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_GUI_CONTROL get cl_gui_control .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_MODEL get model .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_PARENT_CONTAINER get the parent control container .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_VIEW_ID get id of this view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_VIEW_ITEM get current view item .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_VIEW_STRATEGY_ID get strategy id of this view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I GET_VIEW_TYPE get type [grid|tree] of this view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I HAS_ASSIGNMENT view supports assignments with assignment column .
IF_UAC_VIEW I IS_EDITABLE is the view editable? .
IF_UAC_VIEW I IS_SHOWING is the view showing, (i.e. has SHOW( ) been called already)?.
IF_UAC_VIEW I IS_VISIBLE is the view visible? .
IF_UAC_VIEW I OPTIMIZE_COLUMN optimize width of [single|all] column(s) .
IF_UAC_VIEW I REFRESH refresh view, eventually with new view item .
IF_UAC_VIEW I SET_EDITABLE set the editability of the view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I SET_VISIBLE set visibility of view .
IF_UAC_VIEW I SHOW call SHOW to start displaying, model must be initialized! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I ACTIVATE_DISPLAY_PROTOCOL Output Log in Dialog .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I ACTIVATE_REPREP_INTERFACE Enable Report/Report Interface .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I APPEND_ROWS Append Rows at End .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I CELL_DISPLAY Output Cell .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I CHANGE_DATA_FROM_INSIDE for internal use only! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check Changes and Fire Event DATA_CHANGED .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I FCODE_BOUNCER Internal, Temporary, Do not Use! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_ACTUAL_VIEW Gets Current View .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_BACKEND_FIELDCATALOG INTERNAL USE ONLY .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_CURRENT_CELL Current Row .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_FILTERED_ENTRIES Hash Table of Filtered Entries .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_FILTER_CRITERIA Get Filter Criteria .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_FIELDCATALOG Get Current Field Catalog from Frontend .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_LAYOUT Get Current Layout from Frontend .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_FRONTEND_PRINT Get Current Print from Frontend .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SCROLL_INFO_VIA_ID Use ID to Get Scroll Information .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SELECTED_CELLS Get Selected Cells .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SELECTED_CELLS_ID Get Selected Cell IDs .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Get Selected Columns .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Get Selected Rows .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SORT_CRITERIA Get Sort Criteria .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_SUBTOTALS Get Subtotals Table .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I GET_VARIANT Get Layout .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I IS_READY_FOR_INPUT Check for Current Editibility .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I LIST_PROCESSING_EVENTS Interface Method Classic ALV to ALV Control .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I OFFLINE Batch or Web Reporting .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I PROCESS_UCOMM_ON_INVALID_INPUTUcomms To Be Processed Even in Case of Invalid Input .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I RAISE_EVENT Raise 'USER_COMMAND' .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I REFRESH_TABLE_DISPLAY Redisplay Table .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I REGISTER_DELAYED_EVENT Set Delayed Event (change_selection or moved_cell) .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I REGISTER_EDIT_EVENT Register Edit Events .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I REGISTER_F4_FOR_FIELDS Register F4 Handling for Fields .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SAVE_GRID_VARIANTS_SIMUL Save Grid Variants with Current .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SAVE_VARIANT Save Layout .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SAVE_VARIANT_DARK Save Variant in Background .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SELECT_TEXT_IN_CURR_CELL Select Text .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_3D_BORDER Sets 3D Frame .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_AUTOREDRAW Autoredraw .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_CURRENT_CELL_VIA_ID Current Row .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_DELTA_CELLS For Internal Use Only!! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_DROP_DOWN_TABLE Set Dropdown Table .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_ERROR_LOG For Internal Use Only!! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_FILTER_CRITERIA Set Filter Conditions .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_FIELDCATALOG Set Field Catalog .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_LAYOUT Set Frontend Layout .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_FRONTEND_PRINT Set Frontend Print .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_FUNCTION_CODE Internal Use Only! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_GRAPHICS_CONTAINER Pass Graphic Container .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_GRIDTITLE Pass Grid Title .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_HEADER_TRANSPORT For Internal Use only! .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_HTML_HEADER Excel Header Set .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_LAYOUT_OF_DOUBLEGRID Configures the Double Grid for the Layout (DV) .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_READY_FOR_INPUT Set/Reset Ready for Input Status .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SCROLL_INFO_VIA_ID Use ID to Set Scroll Information .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SELECTED_CELLS Set Cell Selections .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SELECTED_CELLS_ID Set Cell Selections .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SELECTED_COLUMNS Set Column Selections .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SELECTED_ROWS Set Selected Rows .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_SORT_CRITERIA Set Sort Criteria .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_TABLE_FOR_FIRST_DISPLAY Formatted Output Table is Sent to Control .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_TOOLBAR_INTERACTIVE Set Toolbar Status .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_USER_COMMAND Set User Command .
IF_UAC_VIEW_GRID I SET_VARIANT Set Display Variant .
IF_UAC_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_INSTANCE called by factory, get instance of view .
IF_UAC_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_VIEW_STRATEGY_ID get strategy id of this view .
IF_UAP_FIELD_STEERING I GET_FIELDNAMES Supply Field Names for a Certain Status .
IF_UAP_FIELD_STEERING I GET_REFERENCE For Field Symbol .
IF_UAP_FIELD_STEERING I GET_STATUS Read Field Status .
IF_UAP_FIELD_STEERING I REFINE_STATUS Set Field Status .
IF_UAP_FIELD_STEERING I SET_CONTEXT Set Context .
IF_UAP_PREFERENCES I ADJUST_TREE_EXTENSION Adjust Width .
IF_UAP_PREFERENCES I GET_FLAGS Determine Indicator .
IF_UAP_PREFERENCES I SWITCH_TREE_VISIBILITY Display Tree? .
IF_UAP_USER_COMMAND I EXECUTE Execute Command .
IF_UAP_USER_COMMAND I IS_ACTIVE Test if OK Code is Active .
IF_UASE_CONVERSION I CMCS_TYPE_CODE_INBOUND Convert CostModelCostSourceTypeCode to Object Type .
IF_UASE_CONVERSION I CMCS_TYPE_CODE_OUTBOUND Convert Object Type to CostModelCostSourceTypeCode .
IF_UASE_CONVERSION I STATUS_CODE_OUTBOUND Convert Satus Code to CostModelCostSourceLifeCycleStatusCode.
IF_UAV_CURRENCY_SERVICE I NEW_CURRENCY_RATES Reaction to New Exchange Rates .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I CHECK Check Time .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Check Immediately Before Save .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I DELETE Delete Time .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I ENRICH_TABLE Application-Specific Completion of Output Table .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I EXECUTE_NAVIGATION Event Handling .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I GET_AUTH_OBJECT Authorization Check .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I GET_EVENTS Get Occurring Events .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I GET_LAYOUT Get Information on Layout and Field Catalog .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I INIT Initialization and Check at Start .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I IS_DELETABLE Check for "Deletion Allowed" .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I REFRESH_DATA Delete Held Data .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I SAVE Save .
IF_UAV_PRICE_MAINTENANCE I UPDATE Update Time .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_TYPE Gets Application Type: CoCo, VNA, ... .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_CHANGE Gets State of Indicator "Display/Change" .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_CHANGEABLE Indicator: Can Application Switch to Change Mode .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_ENVIRONMENT Gets Environment Object .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_MVC_FOR_VIEW Gets MVC Structure for Given View .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_TECHNICAL_MODE Gets Value of Indicator "Technical Display" .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I GET_WORKSET Gets Working Environment of Application .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I INIT_CONTROLS Generates Screen Control .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I MESSAGE Sends Messages to Screen .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I ON_FCODE Handles OKCODE .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I QUIT Exit application .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I RECALCULATE Triggers New Calculation of Model .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I SET_APPLICATION *** for Unit Testing only - DO NOT USE otherwise *** .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I SET_CHANGE_MODE Set Mode from Changes .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I SET_DIRTY_FLAG Sets/Deletes Indicator "Changes Exist" .
IF_UA_APPLICATION I SET_TECHNICAL_MODE Sets or Deletes Indicator for Technical Display .
IF_UA_CCS_VALUES I GET_ALL_CCS_VALUES Gets All Values of a Key Figure of an Element .
IF_UA_CCS_VALUES I GET_CCS_IDS Gets All Cost Component Splits that Exist for an Element .
IF_UA_CCS_VALUES I GET_CCS_VALUES Gets All Values of Key Figure for Cost Component Split .
IF_UA_CCS_VALUES I REFRESH_CCS_VALUES Deletes Split Values of an Element .
IF_UA_CCS_VALUES I SET_CCS_VALUES Gets All Values of Key Figure for Cost Component Split .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_APPLICATION_TYPE Delivers Application Type: CoCo, VNA, ... .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_CONTEXT Delivers Context .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_EDGE_TYPE TEMP -" Metadata .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_ENTRY_POINT Get entry node for calculation .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_FORMULA TEMP .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_LEVEL_CONDITION Delivers Level Condition .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_NODE_TYPE TEMP -" Metadata .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I GET_RESULT_LEVEL Delivers Result Level .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I IS_DIRTY Delivers 'X', if changes exist and are to be saved .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I SAVE Save all parts of the Costing Engine to be made persistent .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I SET_CONTEXT Sets Context .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I SET_LEVEL_CONDITION Sets Level Condition .
IF_UA_CE_ENVIRONMENT I SET_MODEL_CONDITION Sets Model Condition .
IF_UA_CE_STATUS I ADD_STATUS_TRANSITION Add Status Transfer .
IF_UA_CE_STATUS I CREATE_STATUS_TRANSITIONS Generates Status Transfer Table .
IF_UA_CE_STATUS I GET_STATUS_TRANSITION Delivers Status Transfer .
IF_UA_CE_STATUS I IS_DB_STATUS_DIRTY 'X' = Changes Exist, Save Necessary .
IF_UA_CHECK_STRATEGY I CHECK Execute Checks .
IF_UA_COMMAND_LISTENER I EXECUTED Command Executed .
IF_UA_CONTROLLER I ENFORCE_OBLIGATORY_FIELD Forces Entry of a Required Entry Field .
IF_UA_CONTROLLER I ENFORCE_PERMITTED_KEY Forces Entry of a Valid Key .
IF_UA_CONTROLLER I GET_FCODE_PREFIX Delivers Unique Function Code Prefix .
IF_UA_CONTROLLER I REJECT_DUPLICATE_NODE Rejects Insertion of a Duplicated Node .
IF_UA_CONTROLLER I TAKE_OVER_OBJECT Transfer Existing Object, After Confirmation .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I DEL Delete fields .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I GET Read Fields .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I GET_ALL Delivers All Fields of Context .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I GET_FIELD Delivers Field whose Name Was Entered .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I GET_GROUP Delivers Fields whose Group Was Entered .
IF_UA_CR_CONTEXT I SET Set Fields .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I ENRICH_FINB_MSG_HANDLER Transfers a FINB Message Handler into Default Handler .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_CONTEXT Gets Context of Costing Run .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_CRUN_ID Gets ID of Costing Run .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_DATABASIS Gets Data Basis .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_METADATA Gets Metadata .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_RESULT_LEVEL Gets Result Level .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I GET_WORKLIST_ID Gets KPEP Worklist ID .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I LOG_BAPIRETTAB Logs Table with Messages in Format BAPIRET2 .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I MONITOR_CLOSE Closes Monitor .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I MONITOR_OPEN Generates and Initializes Monitor .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I ROOT_SET Sets Root Nodes of Environment .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I SAVE Save .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_AS_TABLE Worklist as Table .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_CLOSE Closes Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_CREATE Generates Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_OPEN Opens Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_READ Reads an Item from Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_SET_STATUS Sets the Status of an Item in Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_ENVIRONMENT I WORKLIST_WRITE Writes an Item in Worklist .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_KPEP_WL_ATTRIB01 Field of Structure KPEP_WL_NEWOBJINF .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_KPEP_WL_ATTRIB02 Field of Structure KPEP_WL_NEWOBJINF .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_KPEP_WL_OBJECT Field of Structure KPEP_WL_NEWOBJINF .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_KPEP_WL_OBJID Field of Structure KPEP_WL_NEWOBJINF .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_UAB_DESCRIPTION Description from View of Costing Platform .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_UAB_ID ID of Item from Costing Platform View .
IF_UA_CR_WORKLIST_ITEM I GET_UAB_TYPE Category of Item from Costing Platform View .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_EDGE Costing Engine API: Generate Link .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_EDGE_WITH_REFERENCE Costing Engine API: Generate Link .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_HIER_EDGE Costing Engine API: Generate Hierarchy Link .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_HIER_OBJECT Costing Engine API: Generate Structure Object .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_HIER_OBJECT_W_REF Costing Engine API: Generate Structure Object .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_NODE Costing Engine API: Generate Node .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_OBJECT Costing Engine API: Generate Object .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_TLINE Costing Engine API: Generate Table Line .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_CREATE I CREATE_TREE_NODE Costing Engine API: Generate Tree Nodes .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_ALL_REFERENCES Delete All References of an Object .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_EDGE Delete Link .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_ELEMENT Delete Any Element .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_NODE Delete Nodes .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_OBJECT Delete Object .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_TLINE Delete Table Entry .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_DELETE I DELETE_TREE_NODE Delete Nodes .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_EXIST I EXIST Reads Elements Using Complex Selection Conditions .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_EXIST I EXIST_SINGLE Reads Individual Element Using Key .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_EXIST I EXIST_SINGLE_MULTI Reads Multiple Elements Using Key .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_SELECT I SELECT Reads Elements Using Complex Selection Conditions .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_SELECT I SELECT_AUTHORIZED Reads Elements Using Complex Selection Conditions .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_SELECT I SELECT_SINGLE Reads Individual Element Using Key .
IF_UA_ELEMENT_SELECT I SELECT_SINGLE_MULTI Reads Multiple Elements Using Key .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I DEQUEUE_ALL Unlock All Elements .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I DEQUEUE_ELEMENT Unlock Individual Element .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I ENQEUE_SPECIFIC Set Specific Lock .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I ENQUEUE_ELEMENT Lock Individual Element .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I ENQUEUE_ELEMENTS Lock Several Elements (Generic) .
IF_UA_ENQUEUE_SERVICE I ENQUEUE_ELEMENT_VAL_TAB Lock Individual/Generic by Value Table for Element Types .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I GET_DROPDOWN_MENU GET_DROPDOWN_MENU .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_CELL_DOUBLE_CLICK ON_CELL_DOUBLE_CLICK .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_CELL_DROPDOWN_SELECTED ON_CELL_DROPDOWN_SELECTED .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_CELL_KEYPRESSED ON_CELL_KEYPRESSED .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_CELL_SELECTED ON_CELL_SELECTED .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_COLUMN_DOUBLE_CLICK ON_COLUMN_DOUBLE_CLICK .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_COLUMN_ORDER_CHANGED ON_COLUMN_ORDER_CHANGED .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DRAG ON_DRAG .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE ON_DRAG_MULTIPLE .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DROP ON_DROP .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DROP_COMPLETE ON_DROP_COMPLETE .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DROP_COMPLETE_MULTIPLE ON_DROP_COMPLETE_MULTIPLE .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_DROP_GET_FLAVOR ON_DROP_GET_FLAVOR .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_MULTI_SELECTION_CHANGE ON_MULTI_SELECTION_CHANGE .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_NODE_DOUBLE_CLICK ON_NODE_DOUBLE_CLICK .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_NODE_KEYPRESSED ON_NODE_KEYPRESSED .
IF_UA_EVENT_HANDLER_STRATEGY I ON_SORT_ORDER_CHANGED ON_SORT_ORDER_CHANGED .
IF_UA_FORMULA_FUNCTION_CHECKS I CHECK_RETURN_TYPE Checks whether the Function Could Deliver a Certain Type .
IF_UA_FORMULA_FUNCTION_CHECKS I CHECK_RETURN_TYPEKIND Checks whether the Function Could Deliver a Certain Type Cat.
IF_UA_FORMULA_FUNCTION_CHECKS I GET_FUNCTION Gets All Functions that the Class Offers .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I GET_CHAR_FACTORY get if_ug_md_factory .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I GET_TECHNICAL_MODE X = true: display technical descriptions .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I QUERY_FORMULA_BUILD_ENV Query cl_ua_formula_build_env .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I QUERY_MODEL Query if_uac_tree_model .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I QUERY_STYLE_MANAGER Query if_uac_tree_style_manager .
IF_UA_FORMULA_GUI_TREE I QUERY_VIEW Query if_uac_gui_tree .
IF_UA_FORMULA_QUAN_CONVERTER I GET_TARGET_BASE_UNIT Delivers Ref. Unit of Measure which Should Have the Result .
IF_UA_FORMULA_QUAN_CONVERTER I GET_TARGET_UNIT Delivers the Unit which Should Have the Result of Formula .
IF_UA_FORMULA_RT_ENVIRONMENT I GET_GENERIC_TABLE_STRUCTURE Delivers Structure of a Variable or Return Value .
IF_UA_FORMULA_RT_ENVIRONMENT I GET_RESULT_BASE_QNTY Delivers Base Quantity of Return Value .
IF_UA_FORMULA_RT_ENVIRONMENT I GET_VALUE Delivers Value of a Variable .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HISTORIC_PRICE Gets Historic Price Table Entry (Valid-On Systematics) .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HISTORIC_PRICES Gets Multiple Historic Price Table Entries .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HISTORIC_PRICES_BY_KEY Gets Historical Price Table Entries for Key Values .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HISTORY_FIELDS Gets Fields of History Table for Price Type .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HISTORY_KEY_FIELDS Gets Key Fields of History Table .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_HIST_PRICES_BY_PART_KEY Gets Multiple History Table Entries for Partial Keys .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_PRICE Gets a Price Table Entry (Valid-On Systematics) .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_PRICES Gets Multiple Price Table Entries .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_PRICES_BY_KEY Gets Multiple Price Table Entries for Key Values .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I GET_PRICES_BY_PARTIAL_KEY Gets Multiple Price Table Entries for Subkey Values .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEREADER_ONLY I REFRESH_BUFFER Resets Runtime Buffer of Price Tables .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I CANCEL_CHANGE Undo Price Changes .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I DELETE_PRICE Delete Existing Price .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I GET_RUNTIME_TABLE Reads Contents of Runtime Buffer of Price Table Entries .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I INSERT_PRICE Add New Price .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I MODIFY_PRICE If Price Exists, Change It. Otherwise Insert .
IF_UA_GENERIC_PRICEWRITER_ONLY I UPDATE_PRICE Change Existing Price .
IF_UA_INV_ACC_ASSIGN_CHECK I CHECK_ASSIGNMENT Check Account Assignment .
IF_UA_INV_ACC_ASSIGN_REPLACE I REPLACE_ASSIGNMENT Replace Account Assignment .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_EXT_MARKET_PRICE I GET_MARKET_PRICES Read Market Prices from Sources .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_HANDLE_ASSIGNING I FILL_LAYER1_ASSIGNMENT_TABLES Fill Assignment Tables Layer1 .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_HANDLE_ASSIGNING I FILL_LAYER2_ASSIGNMENT_TABLES Fill Assignment Tables Layer2 .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_HANDLE_ASSIGNING I FILL_LAYER3_ASSIGNMENT_TABLES Fill Assignment Tables Layer3 .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_INT_LAYER I READ_INTERMEDIATE_LAYER Reads Intermediate Layers .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_PAFW_METHODS I SPECIALIZE_SELECTION Specialize Selection for Transaction Data .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_PROCEDURES I CALCULATE_PRICE Calculates the price .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_RULE_SPECIFIC I CHECK_ON_CHANGE_SPECIFIC Check Changes to a Rule (Depends on Procedure) .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_RULE_SPECIFIC I DELETE_SPECIFIC Delete a Rule (Depends on Procedure) .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_RULE_SPECIFIC I SELECT_SPECIFIC Read a Rule (Depends on Procedure) .
IF_UA_INV_BSV_RULE_SPECIFIC I UPDATE_SPECIFIC Update a Rule (Depends on Procedure) .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I BUILD_DELTA Calculate Delta from Data Read and Determined .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I FILTER_FIN_OBJECTS Filter FIN Object Instances .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I GET_DOC_READER Reader for Displaying Source Documents .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I GET_EVENTS_TO_SHOW_BY_PEC Events of Period-End Closing .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I PROCESS_DATA Processing of Data .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I SPECIALIZE_SELECTION Selection of Specialized Transaction Data .
IF_UA_INV_PROCESSOR I SPLIT_DATA Separate Data into Basic Data and Old Results .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I ADD_MSG Message Transferred to Content .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I ADD_MSG_TABLE Table with Messages Transferred to Content .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I ADD_SY_MSG Messages with SYMSG Transferred to Content .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I CHANGE_AT_FETCH Changing and Adding Lines .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I CHANGE_SELTAB Change to Selection Table in Journal Reader if Needed .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I CONVERT_AT_FETCH Conversion at Event 'FETCH' of Journal Reader .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I GET_CHECK_ACCSYS_FROM_SELTAB Check Selection .
IF_UA_INV_READER_CONTENT I SPLIT_SELECTION Split Selections for Multireader; Before CHANGE_SELTAB .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I CHECK_ALL_AT_SAVE Check Rules .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I CHECK_AT_EDIT Check Rules .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I CHECK_SENDER_AT_EDIT Check Sender Rule Only .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I DISTRIBUTION_BADI Call Application-Specific BAdI in Processing .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I ENHANCE_SETTLEMENT_RULE Enrich Receivers in Distribution .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I ENRICH_DATA_ON_DELETE Enrich List Display Structure When Changing .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I ENRICH_DATA_ON_INSERT Enrich List Display Structure When Changing .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I ENRICH_DATA_ON_UPDATE Enrich List Display Structure When Changing .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I ENRICH_RECEIVER_DISPLAY Enrich Maintenance Structure for Settlement Rule .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I EXECUTE_NAVIGATION Callback from Reporting Tool .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_DEFAULT_RULE Create Settlement Rule (Default) .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_EVENTS Gets Events (Navigation and Further User Guidance) .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_INSTANCE Returns Instance of Application Class .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_LAYOUT Layout for Sender and Receiver .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I GET_RULE_AT_DISTRIBUTION Settlement Rule During Distribution .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I INACCURACY_ASSIGNMENT Distribution of Remaining Amount at the End .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I TRANSLATE_AFTER_DISTRIBUTION Translation of Basic Data After Distribution .
IF_UA_INV_STL_PROCEDURE I TRANSLATE_BEFORE_DISTRIBUTION Translation of Basic Data Before Distribution .
IF_UA_INV_VIEW_CONFIG I HAS_CONTENT Configuration has been taken over .
IF_UA_INV_VIEW_CONFIG I RELOAD_CONTENT Configuration has been taken over again .
IF_UA_INV_WIP_CLEARING_CONTENT I DISPLAY_ACC_DOC Display AC Documents .
IF_UA_INV_WIP_CLEARING_CONTENT I POST Post WIP Clearing .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I ADD_ROOT_ELEMENT Adds a Root Node .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I ADD_ROOT_ELEMENTS Adds Table with Root Nodes .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I CHANGE_NODE Swaps Element at View .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I EXCHANGE_ELEMENT Swaps Element at View .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I EXCHANGE_ROOT_ELEMENT Swaps a Root Node in Tree Specified .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_CHAR_INSTANCE Gets if_ug_md_char from Characteristic Service .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_COLUMNS get columns for tree or for node .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_DND_BHVR_HANDLE_NODE Gets Handle for Drag&Drop Behavior of Nodes .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_EDGE_IDS_FOR_ELEMENT Gets All IDs for Links with Transferred Element .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_EDGE_OBJECT Gets Object to Link ID .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_ELEMENT_FOR_CELL Determine Element to a Cell .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_ENVIRONMENT Gets Environment that the Model Adapter Accesses .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_IDS_FOR_ELEMENT Gets All IDs for Tree Nodes with Transferred Element .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_IDS_FOR_FIELDNAME Gets All IDs for Columns with Transferred Element .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_LEADING_ELEMENT Gets Leading CE Element of View Node .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_MAP_ELEMENT DO NOT USE ANYMORE! Use get_leading_element instead! .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_MAP_UNIQUE_FIELDNAME Service: get attributes for column .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_METATYPE_FOR_COLUMN Gets Metatype for a Column .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_NODES_REFERENCING_OBJECT Gets All Nodes that Reference the Object Specified .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_ROOT_ELEMENTS Gets Root Elements of a Tree .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_ROOT_ELEMENTS_OF_TREES Gets Root Elements of All Trees .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_STRATEGY Gets Used View Strategy .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_TREENODE_ITERATOR Gets Iterator over All Tree Nodes of Model .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_TREE_FOR_NODE Delivers Tree ID for Transferred Tree NodeID .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_TYPENAMES_FOR_COLUMN Gets Table of Type Names for a Column .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_TYPES Gets Table of Types that Handle the Model Adapter .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_VIEW_NAME Gets Logical Name of this View .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I GET_VIRTUAL_ROOT_NODE_ID Gets ID of Virtual Root Node of a Tree .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I HAS_ROOT_ELEMENT Gets Root Elements of a Tree .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I IS_EDITABLE Editable Field .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I IS_KEY Key Field .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I IS_KNOWN_ELEMENT Gets true = 'X', element is known to adapter .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I IS_OBLIGATORY Required field .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I IS_ROOT_ELEMENT 'X' = Element is a root node in tree specified .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I ON_WORKSET_CHANGE clear model, refresh with new workset .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I ON_WORKSET_CLOSE close workset -" clear model .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I ON_WORKSET_OPEN refresh model with new workset .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I REGISTER_EDGE Register CE Offsetting Link .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I REGISTER_ELEMENT Register CE Element as Node .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I REMOVE_ROOT_ELEMENT Deletes a Root Node from the Tree Specified .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I SET_TECHNICAL_MODE Sets or Deletes Technical Display .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _COLUMN_SET_EDITABLE TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _GET_MAP_FIELDNAME TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _GET_MAP_NODE_ID TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _GET_NODES_REFERENCING_OBJECT TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _IS_KEY TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_MODEL_ADAPTER I _IS_KNOWN_ELEMENT TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_NETWORK I ADD_EDGES_REF Add Links/Reference Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I ADD_EDGES_VAL Add Nodes/Value Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I ADD_NODES_REF Add Nodes/Reference Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I ADD_NODES_VAL Add Nodes/Value Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I CHANGE_NODE_DATA_REF Add Nodes/Reference Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I CHANGE_NODE_DATA_VAL Add Nodes/Value Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I CHECK Check Network .
IF_UA_NETWORK I CLEAR_MESSAGES Delete Messages .
IF_UA_NETWORK I DELETE_NODES Delete Nodes .
IF_UA_NETWORK I DELETE_SUBTREE Delete Subtree .
IF_UA_NETWORK I GET_MESSAGES Retrieve Messages .
IF_UA_NETWORK I LOAD_FROM_DB_REF Load Database Network/Reference Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I LOAD_FROM_DB_VAL Load Database Network/Value Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I QUERY_NODE_REF Determine Nodes/Reference Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I QUERY_NODE_VAL Determine Nodes/Value Transfer .
IF_UA_NETWORK I SAVE_TO_DB Save Network to Database .
IF_UA_NETWORK I SET_LEVEL_CONDITION Set Posting Level .
IF_UA_NETWORK I SOLVE Remove Network .
IF_UA_PRICE_MANAGER_GENERAL I GET_FIELDS Delivers Fields of Price Table to Price Label .
IF_UA_PRICE_MANAGER_GENERAL I GET_HISTORIC_FIELDS Gets Fields of History Price Table to Price Label .
IF_UA_PRICE_MANAGER_GENERAL I GET_HISTORIC_KEY_FIELDS Gets Key Fields of History Price Table .
IF_UA_PRICE_MANAGER_GENERAL I GET_KEY_FIELDS Delivers Key Fields of Price Table to Price Label .
IF_UA_PRICE_READER I GET_HISTORIC_PRICE Gets Historic Price Table Entry for Key .
IF_UA_PRICE_READER I GET_HISTORIC_PRICES Gets Multiple Historic Price Table Entries .
IF_UA_PRICE_READER I GET_PRICE Gets a Price Table Entry for Key .
IF_UA_PRICE_READER I GET_PRICES Gets Multiple Price Table Entries (Valid-On Systematics) .
IF_UA_PRICE_READER I REFRESH_BUFFER Resets Runtime Buffer of Price Tables .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I CANCEL_CHANGE Undo Price Changes .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I DELETE_PRICE Delete Existing Price .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I GET_RUNTIME_TABLE Reads Contents of Runtime Buffer of Price Table Entries .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I INSERT_PRICE Add New Price .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I MODIFY_PRICE If Price Exists, Change It. Otherwise Insert .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER I UPDATE_PRICE Change Existing Price .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER_STEPS I PACKAGE_BEGIN Start Package Processing .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER_STEPS I PACKAGE_END End Package Processing .
IF_UA_PRICE_WRITER_STEPS I PACKAGE_SAVE Save Processing Package .
IF_UA_PRICING_RESULT I GET_PRICE Provide Result of Price Search in Price Structure .
IF_UA_PRICING_RESULT I GET_PRICING_RESULT Provide Result of Price Search .
IF_UA_PRICING_STRATEGY I EVALUATE Evaluates Valuation Strategy .
IF_UA_REPORTER I EXECUTE_REPORT Execute Report .
IF_UA_STRATEGY_MAINTENANCE I GET_CLASSNAME Gets Class Name of ABAP Implementation .
IF_UA_STRATEGY_MAINTENANCE I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Description of Valuation Strategy .
IF_UA_STRATEGY_MAINTENANCE I GET_FORMULA Gets Formula for Valuation Strategy .
IF_UA_STRATEGY_MAINTENANCE I GET_FORMULA_BUILD_ENV Gets Build Environment for Formula .
IF_UA_STRATEGY_MAINTENANCE I GET_QUAN_CONV_NAME Gets Class Name of Unit Converter .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_EDGE Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_HIERARCHY_OBJECT Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_NODE Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_OBJECT Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_TLINE Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_TREE_NODE Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_TYPEABLE_FACTORY I CREATE_TYPEABLE Gets Instance of appropriate Element of Costing Engine .
IF_UA_VALUATION_OBJECT I GET_FIELD_NAMES Gets List of Field Names of Valuation Object .
IF_UA_VALUATION_OBJECT I SET_VALUE Set Field Value on Valuation Object .
IF_UA_VALUATION_RESULT I GET_QUANTITY_UNIT Gets Valuation Unit of Measure .
IF_UA_VALUATION_RESULT I GET_VALUATION_QUANTITY Gets Valuation Quantity .
IF_UA_VALUATION_RESULT I GET_VALUATION_RESULT Provide Valuation Result .
IF_UA_VALUATION_STRATEGY I EVALUATE Evaluates Valuation Strategy .
IF_UA_VIEW I REMOVE_WORKAREA Delivers Work Area for a Tree .
IF_UA_VIEW I SHOW Brings View to Display .
IF_UA_VIEW_FACTORY I CREATE_MODEL_ADAPTER Generates Model Adapter .
IF_UA_VIEW_FACTORY I CREATE_MVC Generates Model Adapter and View .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I CREATE_TREE_NODE Create tree node .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I DEQUEUE Unlock Elements .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I DIALOG_TO_SET_FILTER Open Filter Dialog .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I ELEMENT_RENAME Rename Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I ENQUEUE_AND_AUTHORITY_CHECK Authorization Check and Lock Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_DEFAULT_DRAGDROP Gets Handle for Drag&Drop Behavior of Nodes .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_DEFINED_TREES Gets Logical Name of Trees Defined in this View .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_DND_BHVR_HANDLE_NODE Gets Handle for Drag&Drop Behavior of Nodes .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_ID Delivers ID of Strategy .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_IMPORT_EXCLUDE_TAB View Elements, that are NOT Displayed at Import Agent .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_PARENT_EDGE Gets Link to Higher-Level Node from Tree Node ID .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_PARENT_NODE Gets Higher-Level Node from Tree Node ID .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_POSSIBLE_RECEIVERS Gets Possible Receiver Nodes .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_POSSIBLE_SENDERS Gets Possible Sender Nodes .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_TREE_ID Gets Tree ID for Logical Tree Name .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_TREE_NAME Gets Logical Tree Name for Tree ID .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_TREE_TEXT Gets Heading for Hierarchy Column of Tree .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_VALUE Gets Contents of a Field to Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I GET_VIEW_NAME Gets Logical Name of a View .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I HANDLE_CE_CHECK Processes Costing Engine Check for an Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I HANDLE_CE_EDGE_SEQUENCE Link Sequence Was Changed .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I HANDLE_CE_EVENT Processes Costing Engine Event for an Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I HANDLE_ELEMENT_CHANGE Handles Change of Focus Element .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I IS_EDITABLE Is Field Ready for Input? .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I IS_TYPE_ADDABLE Gets TRUE = 'X' for Allowed Type .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I ON_WORKSET_CLOSE close current workset -" clear, dequeue etc. .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I ON_WORKSET_OPEN refresh from new workset .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I TOGGLE_TREE Show/Hide Tree .
IF_UA_VIEW_STRATEGY I _GET_OBLIGATORY_COLUMNS TO BE DELETED .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I COMMIT_EDGES Transfer Temporarily Stored Data to Costing Engine .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I COMMIT_NODES Transfer Temporarily Stored Data to Costing Engine .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I COMMIT_OBJECTS Transfer Temporarily Stored Data to Costing Engine .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I COMMIT_TLINES Transfer Temporarily Stored Data to Costing Engine .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I INITIALIZE Read Types .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I PROCESS_EDGE Add Node .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I PROCESS_NODE Add Node .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I PROCESS_OBJECT Add Object .
IF_UA_XML_MASS_IMPORT_HANDLER I PROCESS_TLINE Add Table Line .
IF_UC_ACC I GET_FIELDS Get Contained Fields .
IF_UC_ACC I GET_FIELDS_DEFAULT_ON Gets Fields with Default Flag "X" .
IF_UC_ACC I INIT Initialize Target Assignment .
IF_UC_ACC I IS_EQUAL Is the passed target assignment identical? .
IF_UC_ACC I IS_INITIAL Is Target Account Assignment Initial? .
IF_UC_ACC I SUBSTITUTE_ACCOUNT Substitute target account assignment .
IF_UC_ACC I SUBSTITUTE_ACCOUNTS Substitute target account assignments .
IF_UC_ACC I SUBSTITUTE_T_VALUE Substitute Target Assignment in Value Table .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT I GET_ACC Get Instance of Matching Runtime Selection Object .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT I IS_INITIAL Is target assignment empty? .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I CREATE_HANDLE Get Handle for New Row in Fast Entry .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Layout and Data .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Reference to Data Model .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I GET_VALUE_FILTER_F4 Get filter for values displayed for F4 .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I INDICATE_TEXT_DISPLAY_MODE Called when text display is turned on or off .
IF_UC_ACCOUNT_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_EXISTENCE Check if char. values exist .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_VALIDITY Check if Char. Values Are Valid .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CHECK_SINGLE_CHAR_EXISTENCE Check if Char. Value Exists .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CHECK_SINGLE_CHAR_VALIDITY Check if Char. Value Is Valid .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CONVERT_CHAR_INPUT Convert to internal format .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CONVERT_CHAR_OUTPUT Convert to external format .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CONVERT_SINGLE_CHAR_SID2VALUE Read SID for a Characteristic Value .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I CONVERT_SINGLE_CHAR_VALUE2SID Read Characteristic Value for a SID .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I GET_CHAR_FOR_UNIT Get char. that determines currency key/unit of measure .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I GET_FIELD_HRY_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties Concerning Hierarchy .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I GET_INSTANCE Get model instance .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_CHAR_HRY Get Hier. Structure for a Characteristic .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_CHAR_HRYNAME List of Available Hierarchies for a Characteristic .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_CHAR_PROP Read More Char.Values/Attributes/Texts .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_CHAR_SID Read SIDs for Char.Values .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_CHAR_VALUE Read char values/attr/texts .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_SINGLE_CHAR_PROP Read Characteristic Attributes/Texts for a Value .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_TRANSACTION_DATA Read transaction data w/field mapping .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I READ_TRANSACTION_DATA_UNMAPPEDRead transaction data w/o field mapping .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I REQUEST_CHAR_HELP F1 help for char .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I REQUEST_CHAR_VALUE Poss.entries for char .
IF_UC_APPLICATION_MODEL I WRITE_TRANSACTION_DATA_DELTA Write changes to trx data .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_AREA_INSTANCE Get Instance of a Cons Area .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_CHAR_FOR_UNIT Get Chars to Determine Units of Measure for Key Figures .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_DATABASIS Get Data Basis .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_DATASTREAM_PROPERTIES Get Data Stream Attributes (Field Lists) .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get field attributes .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES_TECH Get Technical Field Attributes (for Generation) .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_FIELD_VALIDITY_TYPES Get Validity Types of Characteristics .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_GEN_OBJECTS_PHYS_NAME Get physical name for current logical name .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_MD_FACTORY Get Instance of Master Data Factory .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_MODEL Get model for current instance .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_MODEL_INSTANCE Get Model for Given Cons Area .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_PARAMETER_FIELD Global Parameters: Get Fields .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_REPUNITS Get Factory of Cons Unit Combinations .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_RESTRICTION Get Value Restrictions of Model .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_STATUS_FIELD Get status-rel. chars. .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_TASK_STM_TIMESTAMP Get Time Stamp Instance for Status-relevant Customizing .
IF_UC_AREA I GET_VERSIONS Get Factory of Version Combinations .
IF_UC_AREA I IS_MULTIPROV_AVAILABLE Is MultiProvider Available? .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CALCULATE_ALL_KFIG Compute All AFD Key Figures .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CALCULATE_END_VALUE Compute Ending Book Value .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CALCULATE_RETIREMENT_CAP Compute VALRA in Group Currency .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CALCULATE_RETIREMENT_VAL Compute VALRD .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CALCULATE_VALUE_ALLOWANCE Compute Valuation Allowance .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CHECK_ASSET_TIME Check Time Stamps of Asset Master Data .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Create Data References for Interface Tables .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CREATE_DOCLN Create Doc.Line Items .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I CREATE_PROPOSAL_ENTRIES Create Default Values for Current Period .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I DERIVE_DEPRECIATION_SETTINGS Derive Amortization (Depreciation) Parameters .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I FINALIZATION Release Attributes .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I FINALIZE_END_VALUE Final Computation of Ending Book Value .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I GET_ASSET_ATTRIBUTE Get BW Attributes of an Asset .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I INITIALIZATION Read Master Data and Customizing .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I INITIALIZE_END_VALUE Initialize Ending Book Value .
IF_UC_ASSET_MANAGER I SELECT_AFD_FOR_ALTYPE Select Data for Certain Asset Types .
IF_UC_CHAR_VALUE_FILTER I REDUCE_LIST Reduce Entries in Value List .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I RECEIVE Get Sender Data .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I SEND Write Sender Data .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I SET_COIAC_REAL Real OC Activity for OC Setup Activity .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I SET_COINR_ORIG Activity Number of Triggering First Consolidation .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I SET_HRY_OC_FLG Indicator: OC Setup Activity for Hierarchy OC .
IF_UC_COI_ACT_OC I SET_INVOR_TRANSFER Old and New Investor of OC Transfer .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_ALL I GET_DATA_IO_INSTANCE Get I/O Object .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_ALL I INIT Init. Instance .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_ALL I READ Read from Source Streams .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG I CHECK_FOR_EXISTING_FIN_DATA Check for existing reported data in the group .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG I GET_CG_DATA Output group data .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I CHANGE_CONS_FREQUENCY Change of Cons Frequency: Move Goodwill Default Values .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I CHANGE_LOCAL_CURRENCY Local Currency Change .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete Instance .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I READ_GWA_FROM_DB Read Goodwill Data for Group .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I RESTRICT_CG Restrict Data to a Group .
IF_UC_COI_DATA_CG_SETUP I SET_MIXED_MODE Groups are processed in desired or predefined fashion .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_DOCTYPE_CURRENT_TASK Output Document Type for Current C/I Task .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_DOCUMENT_HEADER C/I Document Header Data .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_GW_GLOBAL_DECISION_FLG Global Goodwill/Negative Goodwill Decision .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_GW_THRESHOLD_INVOR_FLG Goodwill Threshold Value per Investor .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_NG_THRESHOLD_INVOR_FLG Negative Goodwill Threshold Value per Investor .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST I GET_PREVIOUS_CONS_FREQ Get Cons Frequency in Prior Period .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST_SETUP I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete the Instance .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST_SETUP I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_CUST_SETUP I SET_PARAM Update Parameters .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_GROUP I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete Instance .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_GROUP I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_COI_EXEC_GROUP I PROCESS_GROUP Process a Group .
IF_UC_COI_LOOP_ACT I DELETE_INSTANCE Delete Instance .
IF_UC_COI_LOOP_ACT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_COI_LOOP_ACT I LOOP_ACT Loop Through Activities .
IF_UC_COI_PROCESS_SORT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_COI_PROCESS_SORT I PROCESS_SORT Process Group Up to Activity Sort .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I ADJUST_GOODWILL_KFIG Adjust Goodwill Key Figures .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_ITEM_IS_PROTECTED Checks if Item is Protected .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_REP_ITEMS Check Reported Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_REP_ITEMS_EQI Check Reported Items for Equity Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_REP_ITEMS_EQU Check Reported Equity Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_REP_ITEMS_INV Check Reported Investment Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I CHECK_REP_ITEMS_PGW Check Reported Push-down Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I EXTEND_PERIODS_IN_SEL Extend Time Range in SEL from Period P to 0-P .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_ACT_DEFAULT_EQU Default Values for Equity .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_ACT_DEFAULT_INV Default Values for Investment .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_ACT_DEFAULT_SEQUENCE Default Sequence for Activities .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_ACT_GWPROC Goodwill Treatment in Acquisitions .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_APPROP_FLG Appr. of Ret.Earnings in Balance Sheet or Income Statement? .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_APPROP_GROUP_ITEMS Assignment of Equity Items to Statistical Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_APPROP_ITEMS Appropriation of Retained Earnings Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_APPROP_MIN_ITEMS Assignment of Equity Items to Statistical Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COINR Activity Numbers .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COI_ACTIVE_FLG Activate Consolidation of Investments .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COI_METHOD Consolidation of Investments Methods .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COI_METHODS Consolidation of Investments Methods .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COI_METHOD_ASSIGNMENT Method Assignment .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_COI_TASKS Consolidation of Investments Tasks .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_CVA_TASKS CVA Tasks .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_DIVINC_ITEMS Items for Activity Distribution of Dividends .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_DOCTY_CALC_BASIS Posting Levels and Document Types .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_DOCTY_COI Document Types for Posting Level 30 .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_DOCTY_DIVINC Document Types for Elim. of Investment Income (Level 20) .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_EQI_POST_ITEMS Posting Items for Equity Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_EQI_SCOPES_INCOME Scopes of Reported Data for Equity Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_EQUITY_AGING Subitems for Statement of Stockholders' Equity .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_EQU_MIN_ITEMS Assignment of Equity Items to Minority Interest Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_EQU_STAT_ITEMS Assignment of Equity Items to Statistical Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GLOBAL_SETT Global Settings .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GLOBAL_SETT_GWA_ACC Global Goodwill Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GLOBAL_SETT_GWA_THRESHOLD Global Goodwill Threshold Values .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GLOBAL_SETT_GWA_TIME Global Goodwill Settings .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GLOBAL_SETT_HRA Global Settings for Fair Value Adjustments .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GWLC_ACTIVE_FLG Activation of "Goodwill in Local Currency" .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_GWRED_FLG Complete Reduction of Goodwill .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_INTDE_FLG Combined Entry .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_NEXT_COINR Next Activity Number .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_OC_ACTIVE_FLG Activation of Organizational Change .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_PGW_POST_ITEMS Posting Items for Push-down Goodwill .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_POST_ITEMS_EQI Posting Items for Equity Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_PRIOR_DATA_CONV Legacy Data Transfer .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_REP_ITEMS_EQI Reported Items for Equity Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_REP_ITEMS_EQU Reported Items for Changes in Equity .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_REP_ITEMS_INV Reported Items for Changes in Investments .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_REP_ITEMS_PGW Reported Items for Push-down Method .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_RET_EARNING_ITEMS Items for Net Income .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_SINGLE_COI_TASK Single C/I Task .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_SPECIAL_ITEMS Selected Items .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I GET_SYSTEM_UTIL System Utilization .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I IS_OC_RELEVANT Relevance of Investment Data for Organizational Change .
IF_UC_COI_SERVICES I REMOVE_COINR Delete Activity Number .
IF_UC_COI_SORT_ACT I CONVERT_SORTSTATUS Local "=" Global Sort .
IF_UC_COI_SORT_ACT I GET_ACT_SEQUENCE Output Global Sequence of Activities (for Maintenance) .
IF_UC_COI_SORT_ACT I GET_ACT_SEQUENCE_2 Output Global Sequence of Activities (for Maintenance) .
IF_UC_COI_SORT_ACT I IS_COHERENT Global =" Local Sequence Without Loss of Information? .
IF_UC_COI_WB_SERVICES I GET_INACTIVE_WB_ENTRIES Get all hidden entries in workbench .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check Existence of Combinations .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I CHECK_SINGLE_EXISTENCE Check Existence of One Combination .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I CHECK_VALIDITY Check Validity of Combinations .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Create Data Reference .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I READ_SID Get SIDs .
IF_UC_COMBINATION I READ_VALUE Get char values .
IF_UC_COMMENT I COPY_COMMENT_FOR_ANM Mass Copying of Comments in ANM Process .
IF_UC_COMMENT I COPY_COMMENT_WITH_NEW_ATTR Copies Comments Acc. to Selection, and Sets New Attributes .
IF_UC_COMMENT I DELETE_COMMENT Deletes a Comment in the Database .
IF_UC_COMMENT I DEL_COMMENTS_WITH_SELECTION Deletes All Existing Comments in the Selection .
IF_UC_COMMENT I GET_COMMENT Gets Content of a Comment in the Selection .
IF_UC_COMMENT I GET_LOCK_STATE Read Current Status of Lock Flag for a Comment .
IF_UC_COMMENT I LIST_COMMENTS_FOR_SELECTION Gets List of All Comments in the Selection .
IF_UC_COMMENT I LOCK_COMMENT Locks Comment to Prevent Changes .
IF_UC_COMMENT I UNLOCK_COMMENT Revokes Write Lock for a Comment .
IF_UC_COMMENT I UPDATE_COMMENT Changes a Comment in the Database .
IF_UC_COMMENT I UPDATE_COMMENT2 Changes a Comment in the Database .
IF_UC_COMMENT_APPLICATION I SET_APPL_ATTR Set hosting application attributes(e.g. AFD/manual posting) .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_ACCOUNT I ADD_FIELDS Add available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_ACCOUNT I GET_ACCOUNT Get entire selcond/assignment for compound .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_ACCOUNT I INIT Initialization .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_ACCOUNT I LOAD Load (Another) Target Assignment .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_ACCOUNT I SET_FIELDS Set available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_GUI I CHECK Check subcomponents and inheritance .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_GUI I GET_GUI_DATA Get GUI data (et_ empty: no change) .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_GUI I SET_GUI_DATA Rewrite Display-Related Data .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_INT I CHANGE_ALLOWED_SELACCTYPES Change allowed sel/asgt types .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_INT I GET_SELACCTYPE Get entered sel/asgt types .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_INT I REMOVE_FIELDS Remove available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_INT I SET_ALLOWED_SELACCTYPES Set allowed sel/asgt types .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I ADD_FIELDS Add available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I CHANGE_INHERITANCE Inherit characteristics from other compounds .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I CHANGE_SUBCOMP_EDIT Change changability of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I CHANGE_SUBCOMP_VALUE Change values of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I GET_INHERITANCE Get inheritance information .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I GET_PART_SUBCOMP Changable Subcompound: Get values of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I GET_SELACC Get entire selcond/assignment for compound .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I INIT Initialization .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I SET_FIELDS Set available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I SET_INHERITANCE Inherit characteristics from other compounds .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_METHOD_STEP I SET_SUBCOMP_EDIT Set changability of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELACC I ADD_FIELDS Add available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELACC I GET_SELACC Get entire selcond/assignment for compound .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELACC I INIT Initialization .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELACC I SET_FIELDS Set available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I ADD_FIELDS Add available characteristics .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I CHANGE_SUBCOMP_EDIT Change changability of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I CHANGE_SUBCOMP_VALUE Change values of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I GET_PART_SUBCOMP Changable Subcompound: Get values of subcomponents .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I GET_SELCOND Get entire selcond/assignment for compound .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I INIT Initialization .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I LOAD Load (Another) Selection Condition .
IF_UC_COMPOUND_SELCOND I SET_FIELDS Set available characteristics .
IF_UC_CROSS_UNIT I GET_CROSS_UNIT_FIELD Get Org Unit Fields Changed by the Function .
IF_UC_CTR_DATA_EXT I CALCULATE_TOTAL Summarize Data Records .
IF_UC_CTR_DATA_EXT I GET_CHAR_VALUES Get Char.Values from Current Data Record .
IF_UC_CTR_DATA_EXT I GET_KFIG_VALUES Get Key Figure Values from Current Data Record .
IF_UC_CUST_ACCOUNT_GUI I DEL_ACC_GUI Delete Assignment Screen Reference in GUI Class .
IF_UC_CUST_ACCOUNT_GUI I GET_ACC_GUI Get Assignment Screen Reference from GUI Class .
IF_UC_CUST_ACCOUNT_GUI I REGISTER_OBJECT Register object .
IF_UC_CUST_ACCOUNT_GUI I SET_ACC_GUI Store Assignment Screen Reference in GUI Class .
IF_UC_CUST_CHECK I CHECK Check Consistency of Customizing Settings .
IF_UC_CUST_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I COMMIT Curr. state committed, rollback changes (w/o uO) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I COPY copy state of object from template obj (with nwvu0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I DISCARD_UNDO "Forget" oldest change to the object (w/o u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I FINALIZE_CHANGES Finish Changes, Prepare Object for Commit .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I GET_DESCRIPTION Get descr. text for obj .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I GET_GUID Get GUID of obj .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I ROLLBACK Rollback all changes since last Commit (w/o u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I SAVE Write changes to object in the database (w/o u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I SET_FFIX Set Fixed Characteristic Values .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I UNDO Undo last change to object (w/o u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA I UNDO_ALL Undo all changes (w/o u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA_EXT I CHECK Check Customizing Object (incl. lower-level objects) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA_EXT I DELETE Flag Cust. obj. for deletion (incl. non-reusable u0) .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA_EXT I GET_TEXT Get the descriptive text .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA_EXT I SET_TEXT Set the descriptive text .
IF_UC_CUST_DATA_EXT I TRANSPORT Get transport info for CustObject .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE_BY_GUID Get instance via GUID .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY I TRANSPORT_BY_GUID Transport all objects for sel.cond. for given GUIDs .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY_EXT I CHECK Check all instancized Customizing Objects .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY_EXT I CREATE Create a Customizing Object .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY_EXT I GET_INSTANCE Get instance of an existing Customizing Object .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY_EXT I GET_LIST Get a list of all existing objects .
IF_UC_CUST_FACTORY_EXT I TRANSPORT_BY_SEMKEY Transport all objects of sel.cond. for semantic key .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I CALL_PAI_COMMAND Pass the OK code .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I CALL_PBO_BEFORE Call during PBO before CALL SUBSCREEN .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I FREE Release GUI Object (release controls) .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance No. "n" .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I LOAD Load Customizing Object into the GUI object .
IF_UC_CUST_GUI_EXT I UNLOAD Remove Current Cust. Object from GUI Object .
IF_UC_CUST_PRINT I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_UC_CUST_PRINT I GET_LIST_NUMBER get list number, used for list structure .
IF_UC_CUST_PRINT I PRINT_LP Output of List .
IF_UC_CUST_PRINT I PRINT_LP_GET_STRUCT Output Structure for List Structure .
IF_UC_CUST_TRANSPORT I TRANSPORT_BY_GUID Transport all objects for sel.cond. for given GUIDs .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_ACC Create target assignment .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_FIELD Generate Field List .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_FIELD_ATTR Generate Field List Attribute List .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_FIELD_SEQUENCE Generate Field List with Relevant Sequence .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_HRY Create (Partial) Hierarchy .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_HRY_TI Create Time-Dependent (Partial) Hierarchy .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_SEL Create selection condition .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA Create trans. data object .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA_BUFFER Create buffer for trx data object .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA_CHANGE Generate Object for Transaction Data Change .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA_INT Datamanager internal (only for use by buffer object) .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA_IO_TYPE Generate Data Stream Type .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I CREATE_TX_DATA_STREAM Create data stream .
IF_UC_DATA_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get instance of factory .
IF_UC_DEFVAL_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_DEFVAL_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_DEFVAL_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I CHECK_HEADER_MODIFIABLE Check whether the header is modifiable .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I CHECK_NEWROWS Check the newly inserted rows .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I CHECK_TXDATA_NEWROW Check the transaction data for new row .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I CHECK_TX_DATA Check whether the transaction data is valid .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I CHECK_VALID_CHARVALUE Check whether the value of a char is valid .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I GET_NEWROW Get all the new row information .
IF_UC_DEP_CHECK I SET_RESTRICTION Set the rest(?) data .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I CHECK_COMBINATION_CELL Check and get valid pc/ppfctr,allocc/allocp combination .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I CHECK_COMBINATION_LINE check general combination level on line .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I CHECK_MODIFIABLE Check if modifiable .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I CHECK_NODEVALUE Check a value is node or not .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I CHECK_SUBACC_INIT Obsolete:Check if subassignment needs initial value .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_BREAKDOWN Get single item's breakdown .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_BREAKDOWN_SIMPLE Get breakdown info .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_CHARHRY Get hierarchy of char .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_CHAR_SELCOND Get selcond of single char from ffix/header/grid .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_DEFVAL Get default value of subassignment .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_ITEMSIGN Get sign of single item .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_ITEM_BKFLG Get data entry posting block of item .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_REPUNIT_FIRSTENTRY Get year and period of first entry of repunit .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_SUPERORDINATE_SEL Get selcond of master field .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_TXTYPE_BKFLG Get data entry posting block of txtype .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_TXTYPE_SIGN Get sign of txtype .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_UNIT Get unit(lckey/tckey/gckey/qukey) of single item .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_VALUE_ALL Get all value of single char .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_VALUE_DESC get single description of value when inserting new row .
IF_UC_DEP_FUNCTION I GET_VRS_NODEINPUT Get node input attribute of versions .
IF_UC_DEP_HEADER I CHANGE_HEADER Navigate header .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I CHANGE_GRID Change grid value .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I CHECK_HEADER Check current header and get info .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I CHECK_LINE Check a line and get information of this line .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I CHECK_REASON_CELL Get reason why a cell is closed .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I CHECK_TX_TO_DESEL Check whether txdata matches selcond .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I GET_CELLRELATED Get related gridcell .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I GET_CONROWCOL Get conrowcol information .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I GET_GRID Get grid information .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I GET_GRIDHRY Get grid hry information .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I GET_MESSAGE Get message from mapping .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I INSERT_NEWLINE Insert new lines .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I MAP_GRID Mapping Grid Table .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I MAP_HEADER Mapping header .
IF_UC_DEP_MAPPING I OPEN_LINE Open item's hrcy .
IF_UC_DE_ACC_SCR_DATA I GET_MESSAGE Get error messages .
IF_UC_DE_ACC_SCR_DATA I MOVE_CURSOR Move cursor to the specified position .
IF_UC_DE_ACC_SCR_DATA I SUBMIT_NEW_ROWS Get the data on account screen .
IF_UC_DE_DETAIL I ADD_AFD_ENTRIES Create Additional Financial Data Entries .
IF_UC_DE_DETAIL I GET_AFD_ENTRIES Read Additional Financial Data Entries .
IF_UC_DE_DETAIL I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance of Method .
IF_UC_DE_DETAIL I REMOVE_AFD_ENTRIES Delete Additional Financial Data Entries .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I ADD_NEW_LINE Add a new line in grid .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I CHECK_DATA Check for save .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I EC_HRY Expanded or collapsed hierarchy .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I GET_DATA Get dat(?) to display .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I NAVIGATION_CHARS Navigation characteristic's value .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I PUT_DATA Save Data .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I REFRESH_DATA Basic check .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I REQUEST_F1_HELP F1 .
IF_UC_DE_EVENT I REQUEST_F4_HELP F4 .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I CHECK Specific check .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I GET_ALL Get all existed form .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I GET_PROP Get form property .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I GET_SELCOND Get selection condition of entire form .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I SET_NAME_OBJECT Guid object -" Name object .
IF_UC_DE_FORM I SET_PROP Set form property .
IF_UC_DE_GRID I CHECK Specific check .
IF_UC_DE_GRID I GET_PROP Get grid property .
IF_UC_DE_GRID I GET_SELCOND Get selection condition .
IF_UC_DE_GRID I SET_MODEL set model .
IF_UC_DE_GRID I SET_PROP Set grid property .
IF_UC_DE_GRID_DATA I DEP_GET_GRID Get the grid data .
IF_UC_DE_HEADER I CHECK Specific check .
IF_UC_DE_HEADER_DATA I DEP_GET_HEADERDATA Get the header information .
IF_UC_DE_HEADER_DATA I DEP_GET_SELECTOR Get the selector information via the selector id .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I CHECK Specific check .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I CHECK_ALL_OBJECT Check all subobjects related .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I GET_FFIX Get ffix .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I GET_FORM_INSTANCE Get form instances .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I GET_PROP Get layout prop .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I SET_MODEL Set model .
IF_UC_DE_LAYOUT I SET_PROP Set layout prop .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I ADD_LINE Add new lines .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I ADD_LINE_VIA_POPUP add new line via popup screen .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I CHANGE_CELLS Change cells in the logical form .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I EXPAND_ALL Expand the whole hierarchy .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I EXPAND_NODE Expand a hierarchy node by click on a line .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I F1_ON_GRID_CELL F1 request on a grid cell .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I F1_ON_HEADER_ROW F1 request on a header row .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I F4_ON_GRID_CELL F4 request on a grid cell .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I F4_ON_HEADER_ROW F4 request on a header row .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_FORM_ATTRIBUTES Retrieve form attributes .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_FORM_GRID Retrieve the grid table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_FORM_HEADER Retrieve the header table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_MODEL Get the model .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_PREFERRED_CUSOR_POS Get the preferred cursor position .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I GET_SUBACCNT_CANDIDATE Get candidates for adding subaccount on the fly (on grid) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I IS_INPUT_READY Test whether the logical form allows user input .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I IS_PREVIEW_MODE Test whether the logical form is runing preview mode .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I MOUSE_OVER_TEXT to be added later(!) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I NAVIGATE_DIRECT_VALUE Navigate grid by directly enter value in the header .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I NAVIGATE_NEXT Navigation by click of the Next button .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I NAVIGATE_PREV Navigation by click on the Prev button .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I REFRESH_DISPLAY Refresh the logical form(to be defined!) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I REQUEST_TO_ADD_LINE Request to add new line .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I SET_INPUT_READY Switch input readiness .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM I SET_PREVIEW_MODE Set preview mode .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I ADD_ROWS_FROM_POPUP Add rows from popup to the logical form .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I ASSORT_ROW Sort the new rows to the layout and lock the new rows .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I CHANGE_CELLS Change cells in the logical form .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I CHANGE_HEADER_VALUE Navigate grid by directly enter value in the header .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I CLEAR_ERROR_MESSAGE Clear error message .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I CLEAR_REFRESH_NEEDED This method is called after refresh is done .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I COPY_ROW Request to add new line .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I EXPAND_ALL Expand the whole hierarchy .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I EXPAND_NODE Expand a hierarchy node by click on a line .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I F1_ON_GRID_CELL F1 request on a grid cell .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I F1_ON_HEADER_ROW F1 request on a header row .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I F4_ON_GRID_CELL F4 request on a grid cell .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I F4_ON_HEADER_ROW F4 request on a header row .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_ERROR_MESSAGE Get error messages .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_FORM_ATTRIBUTES Retrieve form attributes .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_FORM_GRID Retrieve the grid table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_FORM_GRID_PARTIAL_BY_CELL Get a part of the grid table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_FORM_GRID_PARTIAL_BY_ROW Get a part of the grid table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_FORM_HEADER Retrieve the header table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_GRID_UPDATE Retrieve the grid update table .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_HIGHLIGHT_ROWS Get the new rows which should be highlighted .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_MODEL Get the model .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_MOUSE_OVER_TEXT get mouse over text of a cell .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_PREFERRED_CURSOR_POS Get the preferred cursor position .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_REASON_FOR_CELL Get reason why a cell is locked .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_SUBACCNT_CANDIDATE Get candidates for adding subaccount on the fly (on grid) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I GET_VALUE_FILTER_F4 Filter fr bei F4 anzuzeigende Werte holen(for popup) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I IS_INPUT_READY Test whether the logical form allows user input .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I IS_PREVIEW_MODE Test whether the logical form is runing preview mode .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I IS_REFRESH_NEEDED Check whether refresh of the display is needed .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I IS_SAME Test whether a given logical form is same as this one .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I NAVIGATE_NEXT Navigation by click of the Next button .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I NAVIGATE_PREV Navigation by click on the Prev button .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I REFRESH_DISPLAY Refresh the logical form(to be defined!) .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I SET_DESCRIPTION Set long text on/off .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I SET_HEADER_DISPLAY Set header display on/off .
IF_UC_DE_LOGICAL_FORM2 I TRY_TO_SUBMIT_CHANGES Try to submit the changed cells .
IF_UC_DE_PROCESSOR I DEP_DISPATCH_EVENT Dispatch the event from the frontend to dep .
IF_UC_DE_PROCESSOR I DEP_GETWORKMODE Get whether the processor is working in the previewmode .
IF_UC_DE_PROCESSOR I GET_DATA Get dat(?) to display .
IF_UC_DE_PROCESSOR I GET_FFIX Get fixed parameters .
IF_UC_DE_QUERY I CALL_FRONTEND Get Frontend (BW Query runtime: BEX or WEB ) .
IF_UC_DE_QUERY I EXECUTE Execute (BCS backend) .
IF_UC_DE_QUERY I GET_INSTANCE Get instance for runtime representation .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I CANCEL CANCEL .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I FINISH Save .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I GET_ENVIOREMENT Get the ffiix .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I GET_MESSAGE Get the message from task .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I GET_TREEHRYDATA Get the hierarchy data of a tree .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I REGISTER_CHANGE Register change .
IF_UC_DT_OVERVIEW_DATA I UNREGISTER_CHANGE Unregister change .
IF_UC_DYNAMIC_DOCUMENT_DATA I CHECK_DATA Check your data .
IF_UC_DYNAMIC_DOCUMENT_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Transfer Data from Data Object to Dynamic Document .
IF_UC_DYNAMIC_DOCUMENT_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model Reference for F4 Help .
IF_UC_DYNAMIC_DOCUMENT_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Transfer Data from Dynamic Document to Data Object .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_ACCOUNT_FACTORY Get instance of a factory for target assignments .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_APPLICATION_INSTANCE Get instance for application .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_MINICUBE_FACTORY Get instance of a factory for explicit values .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_MODEL_FACTORY Get instance of a model factory .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_SELCOND_FACTORY Get instance of a factory for selection conditions .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_SET_FACTORY Get instance of a set factory .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_SINGLESELCOND_FACTORY Get Instance of a Hierarchy Selection .
IF_UC_FACTORY I GET_VALCHECK_FACTORY Get Instance of a Factory for Validation Checks .
IF_UC_FACTORY_EXT I COMMIT Commit a consistent state .
IF_UC_FACTORY_EXT I GET_LAYOUT_FACTORY Get instance of a layout factory .
IF_UC_FACTORY_EXT I GET_METHOD_FACTORY Get instance of a method factory .
IF_UC_FACTORY_EXT I ROLLBACK Rollback changes since last commit .
IF_UC_FACTORY_EXT I SAVE Save all changes .
IF_UC_FIELDLIST_FACTORY I CREATE Create a Field List .
IF_UC_FIELDLIST_FACTORY I DELETE Delete a Field List .
IF_UC_FIELDLIST_FACTORY I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance of an Existing Field List .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I CREATE_UNION Create Union Field List .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I IS_CONTAINING Is Transferred Field List Contained? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I IS_CONTAINING_FIELD Is field contained? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I IS_EQUAL Are Transferred Field Lists Identical? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I IS_INITIAL Is Field List Initial? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ABSTRACT I IS_OVERLAPPING_WITH Is there a non-empty overlap with the passed field length? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ATTR I IS_CONTAINING_FIELD Is Transferred Field List Contained? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ATTR I IS_EQUAL_FIELD Are Transferred Field Lists Identical? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ATTR I IS_INITIAL_FIELD Is Field List Initial? .
IF_UC_FIELD_ATTR I IS_OVERLAPPING_WITH_FIELD Is there a non-empty overlap with the passed field length? .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_ITEM_PROVIDER I LOAD_ITEMS Load Items on Demand .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADD_COLUMN Add Column .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADD_ITEMS Add Items .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADD_KEY_STROKES Keys that Trigger the KEYPRESS Event (except F1, F4 !) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADD_NODE Add Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADD_NODES Add Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ADJUST_COLUMN_WIDTH Adapt Width of Columns to Their Contents .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I COLLAPSE_NODE Collapse Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I COLUMN_GET_PROPERTIES Properties of a Column (Without Width) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I COLUMN_GET_WIDTH Width of a Column .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I CREATE_TREE_CONTROL Instantiate Tree Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I DELETE_ALL_NODES Delete All Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I DELETE_COLUMN Delete Column .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I DELETE_NODE Delete Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I EXPAND_NODE Expand Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I EXPAND_NODE_SAFE Expand Nodes; Number of Nodes -" Control Restricted .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I FIND_ALL Find a String .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I FREE_TREE_CONTROL Reduce Tree Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_COLUMN_ORDER Column Sequence in Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_EXPANDED_NODES Gets Expanded Node from Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_FIRST_NODE Returns First Root Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_ITEM Returns a Cell / Item .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_LEVEL_OF_NODE Level of Node in Hierarchy (Root=0) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_NODES_ITEMS_PROVIDED All Nodes That Were Already supplied by ItemProvider .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_NR_OF_COLUMNS Number of Columns .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_NR_OF_NODES Number of Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_NR_OF_ROOT_NODES Number of Root Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_PATH_TO_NODE Determine Path to Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_SELECTED_ITEM Node Key and Item Name of the Selectetd Item .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I GET_SELECTED_NODES Selected Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I HIERARCHY_HEADER_SET_TEXT Set the Text of the Hierarchy Header .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I ITEM_SET_CHOSEN Sets Checked State for a Checkbox .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I MOVE_NODE Moves Node in Tree .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I NODE_GET_CHILDREN Subordinate Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I NODE_GET_PARENT Parent Node of a Node .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I PRINT_TREE Print Tree .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SCROLL Scrolls Tree Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SELECT_ITEM Selects an Item .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SELECT_NODES Select Nodes (Previously Selected Remain Selected) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_COLUMN_ORDER_FROZEN Enable/Disable Column Rearrangement With the Mouse .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_FILTER_OFF Delete Filter on Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_FILTER_ON Set Filter on Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_ITEM_PROVIDER Reload Items on Request .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_REGISTERED_EVENTS Register Events .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_ROOT_NODE Set Root Node (For Focus) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I SET_TOP_NODE Sets Node That Appears at Top of Control .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I UNSELECT_ALL Remove All Selections .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I UNSET_ROOT_NODE Resets SET_ROOT_NODE (if Possible) .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I UPDATE_COLUMN Change Column .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I UPDATE_ITEMS Change Items .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I UPDATE_NODES Change Nodes .
IF_UC_HIERARCHY_TREE I WHICH_CONTROL Which Control Was Used? .
IF_UC_HRY I ARE_CONNECTED Is there a path that links two nodes? .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_INHERITANCE_INSTANCE Get Instance with Inheritance Info .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_LEAVES Get all end nodes .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_NODES Get all nodes with given type .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_PARENTS Get all higher-level nodes .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_SUB_ASSIGNMENTS DO NOT USE !!!!!!!!!!! .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of Data Origin .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TOP_NODE Get All Top Nodes .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TREE Get Hy Info in Tree Format .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TREE_INSTANCE Make Instance for Tree Display .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TRUENODES Get All True Nodes .
IF_UC_HRY I GET_TRUENODE_TYPE Get All Real Node Types That Exist .
IF_UC_HRY_ADDKEY I GET_ADDKEY Get Additional Key .
IF_UC_HRY_INH_TI I GET_HRY_INHERITANCE Information About a Call-up Point .
IF_UC_HRY_INH_TI I GET_RESTRICTION Restriction to an Interval .
IF_UC_HRY_TI I GET_HRY Get Hierarchy for a Time .
IF_UC_HRY_TI I GET_INHERITANCE_INSTANCE Get Instance with Inheritance Info .
IF_UC_HRY_TI I GET_RESTRICTION Get Restriction to a Range .
IF_UC_HRY_TI I GET_SUB_ASSIGNMENTS DO NOT USE !!!!!!!!!!! .
IF_UC_HRY_TI I GET_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of Data Origin .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I CONVERT_CHKEY_TO_NID Get set of NIDs for a char.value .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I CONVERT_NID_TO_SID Get char.value SID for an NID .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I CONVERT_NID_TO_VALUE Get char.value for an NID .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I CONVERT_SID_TO_NID Get set of NIDs for a char.value SID .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_ALL_CHILDREN Get all (direct and indirect) lower-level nodes .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_ALL_PARENTS Get all (direct and indirect) higher-level nodes .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_DIRECT_CHILDREN Get all direct lower-level nodes .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_DIRECT_PARENT Get all direct higher-level nodes .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_LEAVES Get all end nodes .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_NEXT_DEEP_SEARCH Next node in deep search .
IF_UC_HRY_TREE I GET_TREE Get tree .
IF_UC_INOUT_CUST I GET_CUST_TABLE Get empty Customizing Table .
IF_UC_INOUT_CUST I READ_VALUE Output Customizing Settings .
IF_UC_INOUT_CUST I WRITE_VALUE Configure Customizing .
IF_UC_INOUT_CUST_FACTORY I GET_LIVING_INSTANCES Get All Existing Instances .
IF_UC_LAYOUT_STEP_CALLBACK I CHECK Callback During Check .
IF_UC_LAYOUT_STEP_CALLBACK I GET_GUI_DATA Callback During Transfer of Data to GUI .
IF_UC_LAYOUT_STEP_CALLBACK I GET_INITIAL_LAYOUT Callback While Creating a Layout for Setting the Default .
IF_UC_LAYOUT_STEP_CALLBACK I SET_GUI_DATA Callback During Transfer of Data from GUI .
IF_UC_LOG_CUST_DATA I CHECK_LOG Check Log .
IF_UC_LOG_CUST_DATA I GET_DEFAULT_LOG_DEFINITION Get Default Log Definition .
IF_UC_LOG_CUST_DATA I GET_DOC_LOG_ENTRY "new by "jos130306 (SAP Note 929507) .
IF_UC_LOG_CUST_DATA I GET_LOGTYPE_DEFINITION Get Log Def. of Log Type .
IF_UC_LOG_CUST_DATA I MODIFY_DOC_LOG_ENTRY Change Log Entry for Document .
IF_UC_LOG_GUI I GET_GUI_DATA Get GUI data .
IF_UC_LOG_GUI I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_LOG_GUI I SET_GUI_DATA Rewrite Display-Related Data .
IF_UC_LP_CALLBACK I CALLBACK Callback Method .
IF_UC_LP_CALLBACK I SET_STATUS Insert PF-STATUS .
IF_UC_LP_VAL_DERIVATION I GET_FIELD_VALUE Get Derived Value .
IF_UC_LP_WB_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Read GUI Data .
IF_UC_MAPPING I CREATE_MAPPING Create a mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING I CREATE_RULE Create an empty rule for a target field .
IF_UC_MAPPING I DELETE_MAPPING Delete a mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_INFO Get other information .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_MAPPING Get a mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_MAPPINGID Get the mapping ID .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_RULE Globally search for mapping rule with the rule ID .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_RULE_BY_NAME Globally search for mapping rule with name and cons.area .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_RULE_BY_TARGETFIELD Get the rule object of the mapping's target field .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_RULE_LIST Get the mapping's rule list .
IF_UC_MAPPING I GET_RULE_NUMBER Get the number of rules which are assigned to the mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING I INVERSE_MAPPING Reverse a mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING I IS_EXECUTION If scenario is execution or customizing .
IF_UC_MAPPING I SET_FIELDNAME Set the source and target fieldnames/factory(masterdata) .
IF_UC_MAPPING I SET_MODEL Set the source and target model .
IF_UC_MAPPING I SET_SRC_TGT_FIELD Set the source and target field list .
IF_UC_MAPPING I UNASSIGN_RULE Unassign a rule from the mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING_EXECUTION I INVERSE_MAPPING Inverse mapping .
IF_UC_MAPPING_EXECUTION I MAPPING_DATA Mapping data .
IF_UC_MAPPING_EXECUTION I MAPPING_MASTERDATA Mapping master data .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_AREA Get its cons area .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_DESCRIPTION Calculate the description texts of the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_LINE Get a line's content .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_LINE_COUNT Get the number of lines .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_LINE_LIST Get the rule's lines .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_LTXT Get the long text of the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_MODEL Get the source and target model .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_NAME Get the name of the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_RULEID Get the rule ID .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_SOURCE_FIELD_ATTR Get the source fields of the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_STATUS Calculate the status of the mapping rule: OK,WARNING,INVALID.
IF_UC_MAPRULE I GET_TARGETFIELD Get the target field .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I INSERT_LINE Insert an operator(line) to the content .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I REMOVE_LINE Remove an operator(line) from the content .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I SET_LINE Set a line's content .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I SET_LTXT Set the long text of the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I SET_NAME Name or rename the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I SET_TARGETFIELD Set the target field .
IF_UC_MAPRULE I UNNAME Unname the rule .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I CREATE_OPERATOR Create an operator instance .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_APPLY Get the content of the APPLY operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_DESCRIPTION Calculate the description texts of the operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_IF Get the selection condition id if it's IF operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_MOVE Get the content table of the MOVE operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_OPERATOR Get the operator represented by the object .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_REASSIGN Get the content table of the REASSIGN operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I GET_STATUS Calculate the status of the operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I SET_APPLY Set the content of the APPLY operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I SET_IF Set the content of the IF operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I SET_MOVE Set the content table of the MOVE operator .
IF_UC_MAPRULE_OPR I SET_REASSIGN Set the content of the REASSIGN operator .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ALL_CG_FOR_CG All lower-level groups for the group .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ALL_CONS_AREAS All cons areas .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ALL_CU_FOR_CG All units for a group and lower-level groups .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ALL_DOCTY All document types with properties .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_CONS_FREQ_PROP Cons frequency with period property .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ITEM_PROP Item Characteristics .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_ITGRP_PROP Breakdown categories with properties .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_NUMBER_OF_PERIODS Number of Consolidation and Special Periods .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_OC_SEND_RECV_CUST OC Customizing .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_OC_TOP_NODES OC Customizing .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_PARENT_FOR_CG Direct Higher-level Groups for Groups .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_SINGLE_DOCTY Single document type with properties .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_TXTYPE_MASTER Subitems with properties .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_TXTYPE_PROP Subitems with properties .
IF_UC_MD_SERVICES I GET_TXTYPE_TXT Subitems with properties .
IF_UC_METHOD_EXT I EXECUTE Execute Method .
IF_UC_METHOD_EXT I EXECUTE_FINAL End Processing of Method Execution .
IF_UC_METHOD_EXT I EXECUTE_INIT Initialization of Method Execution .
IF_UC_METHOD_EXT I GET_LAYOUT Get Layout of Method .
IF_UC_METHOD_EXT I SET_LAYOUT Set Layout of a Method .
IF_UC_METHOD_FACTORY I GET_METHOD_CLASSNAME Get Method Class .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_EXT I VALIDATE Validate transaction data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI I GET_BW_AGGREGATE_FIELDS Get Characteristics for a Proposed BW Aggregate .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI I GET_GUI_DATA Provide data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI_DATA I GET_BW_AGGREGATE_FIELDS Get Characteristics for a Proposed BW Aggregate .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_MSG_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Provide data .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_MSG_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_METHOD_VAL_MSG_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_MINICUBE_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_MINICUBE_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_MINICUBE_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_UC_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_EXISTENCE Check if char. values exist .
IF_UC_MODEL I CHECK_CHAR_VALIDITY Check if Char. Values Are Valid .
IF_UC_MODEL I CHECK_SINGLE_CHAR_EXISTENCE Check if char. value exists .
IF_UC_MODEL I CHECK_SINGLE_CHAR_VALUE Check a Characteristic Value: Existence, Validity, Combin. .
IF_UC_MODEL I CONCATENATE_CHAR_VALUE Convert Char. Value into Concatenated External Format .
IF_UC_MODEL I CONVERT_CHAR_INPUT Convert char.value to internal format .
IF_UC_MODEL I CONVERT_CHAR_OUTPUT Convert char.value to external format .
IF_UC_MODEL I CONVERT_HRY_COMPOSITION Conversion of Higher-level Fields f.Hierarchy Name/Text Node.
IF_UC_MODEL I CONVERT_KFIG_INPUT Convert Key Figure Value to Internal Format .
IF_UC_MODEL I CONVERT_KFIG_OUTPUT Convert Key Figure Value to External Format .
IF_UC_MODEL I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Create Data Reference .
IF_UC_MODEL I CREATE_DERIVED_STRUCTURE Derive Data Structure from Other Structure Information .
IF_UC_MODEL I DERIVE_CONTEXT Derive Context (Version, Time) .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_CHAR_FOR_UNIT Get char. that determines currency key/unit of measure .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_CHAR_HRY Get Instance of Hierarchy Structure .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_CHAR_HRY_ADDKEY Get Additional Key for Hierarchy Identification .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_CHAR_HRY_PROPERTIES Get Hierarchy Properties of a Characteristic .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_COMBINATION Get Combination Object .
IF_UC_MODEL I GET_REPUNIT_WITH_CHANGED_LCKEYGets Cons Units with Changed Local Currency .
IF_UC_MODEL I IS_INCLUDED_IN Check whether Current Model Is Contained in Target Model .
IF_UC_MODEL I MAP_TX_DATA_TABLE Conversion Data Table between Application and CSE .
IF_UC_MODEL I READ_CHAR_HRYNAME List of Available Hierarchies for a Characteristic .
IF_UC_MODEL I READ_CHAR_PROP Determine Attributes for Given Characteristic Values .
IF_UC_MODEL I READ_CHAR_VALUE Get char values .
IF_UC_MODEL I READ_SINGLE_CHAR_PROP Determine Predefined Attributes .
IF_UC_MODEL I READ_SINGLE_CHAR_TEXT Get texts for a char value .
IF_UC_MODEL I REQUEST_CHAR_HELP F1 help for char .
IF_UC_MODEL I REQUEST_CHAR_VALUE Possible entries for char .
IF_UC_MULTICOMPOUND_GUI I CREATE_COMPOUND Create Compound (for new row in fast entry) .
IF_UC_MULTICOMPOUND_GUI I DELETE_COMPOUND Delete Compound (because row in fast entry is deleted) .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I GET_EMPTY_PARAM Get table with blank required parameters (initial logon) .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I GET_MODEL Get model reference of global parameters .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I GET_PARAMETER Get parameters .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I GET_PARAMETER_DB Do not use!!!! .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I REQUEST_PARAMETER Send dialog box to prompt for parameters .
IF_UC_PARAMETER I SET_PARAMETER Set global parameter without checking .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I GET_AREA Get active cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I GET_AREA_PARAM Parameter for specific cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I GET_AREA_TEXT Get description of cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I GET_INCONSISTENCIES Are parameters inconsistent? .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I GET_MESSAGES Get table with messages .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I SAVE Save global parameters and current cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I SET_AREA Set active cons area or temporary cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I SET_PARAMETER_TEMP Set temporary parameters for temporary cons area .
IF_UC_PARAMETER_REQUEST_GUI I TEMP_2_ACTIVE Copy temp. tables in active settings .
IF_UC_PERIOD_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_UC_PERIOD_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_AUTHORIZED_VALUES Values User is Authorized for .
IF_UC_PERIOD_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_REPORTING_LOGIC I APPLY Use Reporting Logic .
IF_UC_REPORTING_LOGIC I FINISH End Reporting Logic .
IF_UC_REPORTING_LOGIC I GET_RESTRICTION Returns modified sel.cond. and field lists .
IF_UC_REPORTING_LOGIC I INITIALIZE Prepare for Use of Reporting Logic .
IF_UC_REPUNIT_HRY_INHERITANCE I INIT Initialize Instance .
IF_UC_REPUNIT_HRY_INH_TI I INIT Initialize Instance .
IF_UC_SEL I CREATE_COPY Create copy of sel.cond. object .
IF_UC_SEL I CREATE_INTERSECTION Determine intersection of two sel. conds .
IF_UC_SEL I CREATE_PARTIAL_SEL Create a partial selection from the sel-cond object .
IF_UC_SEL I CREATE_UNION Determine union of two sel. conds .
IF_UC_SEL I DEBUG Make instance transparent and break .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_CONTEXT Possibly Get Temporarily Set Context .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_FIELDS Get all contained fields and complexity per field .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_SEL Only for Data Manager: Get table with sel.cond. .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_SEL_PRINT Only for GUI: Get table with sel.cond. for output .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_SINGLE_VALUE Get the single value of the characteristic (if exists) .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_SINGLE_VALUES Get all characteristics with single values .
IF_UC_SEL I GET_VALUE_LIST Return All Multi-Single Values .
IF_UC_SEL I INIT Initialize Instance .
IF_UC_SEL I INIT_WITH_INTERSECTION Initialize intersection of two selection conditions .
IF_UC_SEL I INIT_WITH_UNION Initialize union of two selection conditions .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_CONTAINING Is the passed sel.cond. included? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_CONTAINING_ACC Is target assignment included? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_CONTAINING_S_CHAR Are the passed char values included? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_CONTAINING_VALUE Is the passed char.value included? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_EQUAL Is the passed sel.cond. identical? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_INITIAL Is the sel.cond. blank? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_OVERLAPPING_WITH Overlap with (non-blank intersection)? .
IF_UC_SEL I IS_VOID Is Selection Condition Void? .
IF_UC_SEL I OVERWRITE_SEL_WITH Replace fields of SelCond or add new ones .
IF_UC_SEL I REPLACE_CHAR Replace Fields of a Role by Fields of another Role .
IF_UC_SEL I SET_CONTEXT Set Context (Temporarily!) .
IF_UC_SEL I SET_SINGLE_VALUES ATTENTION: METHOD STATUS PROPOSITIONAL .
IF_UC_SELACC I CHECK Check Customizing Object (incl. lower-level objects) .
IF_UC_SELACC I GET_GUI_DATA Get GUI representation of data .
IF_UC_SELACC I SET_GUI_DATA Set data from GUI representation .
IF_UC_SELCOND I GET_SEL Get Instance of Matching Runtime Selection Object .
IF_UC_SEL_CREATION I GET_SEL Get Instance of Runtime Selection Object .
IF_UC_SEMANTICAL_KEY I CONVERT_GUID_TO_SEMKEY Convert GUID to a semantic key .
IF_UC_SEMANTICAL_KEY I CONVERT_SEMKEY_TAB_TO_STRUC Fill Semantic Key to Structure from Table .
IF_UC_SEMANTICAL_KEY I CONVERT_SEMKEY_TO_GUID Convert Semantic Key in GUID .
IF_UC_SET_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_SET_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_SET_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_CHKEY_TO_SID Get SID for a value key .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_SID_TO_CHKEY Get value key for an SID .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_SID_TO_VALUE Get value table for an SID .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_TAB_CHKEY_TO_SID Get SIDs for a set of value keys .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_TAB_MULTI_CHAR_TO_SID Convert char.value to SID .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_TAB_MULTI_SID_TO_CHAR Convert SID to char.value .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_TAB_SID_TO_CHKEY Get value key for a set of SIDs .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I CONVERT_VALUE_TO_SID Get SID for a value table .
IF_UC_SIDMAP I GET_MAPTAB_CHKEY_SID do not use !!!! .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_CCTR I GET_GUI_DATA Get Singleselcond Data (for Concentrator) .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_CCTR I SET_GUI_DATA Write Singleselcond Data (from Concentrator) .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI I GET_HRY Get Hierarchy .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_DATA I GET_HRY Get Hry .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_FLAG I HIDE_NAME_DESCRIP Hide the name and description fields .
IF_UC_SINGLESELCOND_GUI_FLAG I SHOW_NAME_DESCRIP Show the name and description fields .
IF_UC_SISELCOND_GUI_DATA2 I GET_GUI_DATA Get Data .
IF_UC_SISELCOND_GUI_DATA2 I GET_HRY Get Hry .
IF_UC_SISELCOND_GUI_DATA2 I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_SISELCOND_GUI_DATA2 I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_STATUS_CHECK I AUTHORITY_CHECK_TAB Authorization Check - Table .
IF_UC_STATUS_CHECK I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Get Data Reference .
IF_UC_STATUS_CHECK I GET_TESTRUN Test run? .
IF_UC_STATUS_CHECK I STATUS_CHECK Check Status - Structure .
IF_UC_STATUS_CHECK I STATUS_CHECK_TAB Check Status - Table .
IF_UC_STATUS_MANAGEMENT_PAIR I CHECK_DONE Check if two sides are processed .
IF_UC_STATUS_MANAGEMENT_PAIR I GET_CG_AFFECTED Get groups involved .
IF_UC_STATUS_MANAGEMENT_PAIR I GET_CG_DONE Get groups processed .
IF_UC_STATUS_MANAGEMENT_PAIR I GET_INSTANCE Get instance of two-sided status check .
IF_UC_STATUS_MANAGEMENT_PAIR I UPDATE_CG_DONE Get groups processed .
IF_UC_STEP_HIERARCHY_GUI I CREATE_CHILD Create lower-level step for a step .
IF_UC_STEP_HIERARCHY_GUI I DELETE_STEP Delete a step .
IF_UC_STEP_HIERARCHY_GUI I IS_CHILD_POSSIBLE Can a lower-level step be created? .
IF_UC_STEP_HIERARCHY_GUI I UPDATE_SEQUENCE Update Sequence of Steps Directly Beneath .
IF_UC_TASK I BUILD_USER_SELECTION Complete User Selection Condition .
IF_UC_TASK I EXECUTE Execute Task .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_GET_DATASTREAMTYPE Determine Data Stream Types .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_GET_DOCTYPE Determine Assigned Document Type(s) .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_GET_PLEVEL Determine Posting Level(s) of Task .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_GET_TASKPROC Determine Processing Type (Unit, Pair, Group) .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_GET_TASK_INFO Determine Infos of Task .
IF_UC_TASK I TASK_IS_INTERACTIVE Interaction During Task Execution? .
IF_UC_TASK_AUTHORITY_CHECK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check .
IF_UC_TASK_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_AUTHORIZED_VALUES Values User is Authorized for .
IF_UC_TASK_AUTHORITY_CHECK I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_DEQUEUE Unblock (all blocks set up to now) .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_ENQUEUE Block (Paras: CU Combinations Opt.; Selection Condition) .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_ENQUEUE_TAB Block (Paras: Table with Filled Status-bearing Fields) .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_EXECUTE Execute a Part of the Data Transfer Method .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_EXECUTE_ABORT Terminate the Data Transfer Method .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_EXECUTE_ABORT_COMPLETE Terminate the Data Transfer Method via Overview Screen .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_EXECUTE_FINISH End the Data Transfer Method (Status Update; Save) .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_EXECUTE_FINISH_COMPLETE End the Data Transfer Method via Overview Screen .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_IS_LORIG Test Run of Data Transfer Method with Original List .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_IS_TESTRUN Test Run of Data Transfer Method .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_READ Read Transaction Data .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_DTX I DTX_REFRESH_MONITOR Refresh Monitor Display .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_EXT I GET_INSTANCE Get instance of a task execution object .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_EXT I INIT_INSTANCE Initializing Instance .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I AUTHORITY_CHECK_1TASK Authorization Check for a Task .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I AUTHORITY_CHECK_TAB Authorization Check .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I DEQUEUE_TAB Unlock Transaction Data .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I ENQUEUE_TAB Lock Transaction Data .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I GET_TX_DATA_CHANGE_FOR_DOCTYPEGet Data Change Object for a Document Type .
IF_UC_TASK_EXECUTION_SERVICES I STATUS_CHECK_TAB Status Query .
IF_UC_TASK_EXEC_EXT I EXECUTE Execute Task .
IF_UC_TASK_EXEC_EXT I EXECUTE_FINAL End Processing of Task Execution .
IF_UC_TASK_EXEC_EXT I EXECUTE_INIT Initialization of Task Execution .
IF_UC_TASK_EXEC_EXT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADD_COLUMN Add Column .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADD_ITEMS Add Items .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADD_KEY_STROKES Define Keys that Trigger KEYPRESS Events .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADD_NODE Add Node .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADD_NODES Add Node .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ADJUST_COLUMN_WIDTH Adapt Width of Columns to Their Contents .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I COLLAPSE_NODE Collapse Node .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I COLUMN_GET_PROPERTIES Properties of a Column (Without Width) .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I COLUMN_GET_WIDTH Width of a Column .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I CREATE_TREE_CONTROL Instantiate Tree Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I DELETE_ALL_NODES Delete All Nodes .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I DELETE_COLUMN Delete Column .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I DELETE_NODE Delete Node .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I EXPAND_NODE Expand Node .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I EXPAND_NODE_SAFE Expand Nodes; Number of Nodes -" Control Restricted .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I FIND_ALL Find a String .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I FREE_TREE_CONTROL Reduce Tree Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_COLUMN_ORDER Column Sequence in Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_EXPANDED_NODES Gets Expanded Node from Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_ITEM Returns a Cell / Item .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_NR_OF_COLUMNS Number of Columns .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_SELECTED_ITEM Node Key and Item Name of the Selectetd Item .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I GET_SELECTED_NODES Selected Nodes .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I HIERARCHY_HEADER_SET_TEXT Set the Text of the Hierarchy Header .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I ITEM_SET_CHOSEN Sets Checked State for a Checkbox .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I MOVE_NODE Moves Node in Tree .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I PRINT_TREE Print Tree .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SCROLL Scrolls Tree Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SELECT_ITEM Selects an Item .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SELECT_NODES Select nodes .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SET_COLUMN_ORDER_FROZEN Enable/Disable Column Rearrangement With the Mouse .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SET_ITEM_PROVIDER Load Items on Demand .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SET_REGISTERED_EVENTS Register Events .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SET_ROOT_NODE Set Root Node (For Focus) .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I SET_TOP_NODE Sets Node That Appears at Top of Control .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I UNSELECT_ALL Remove All Selections .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I UNSET_ROOT_NODE Resets SET_ROOT_NODE (if Possible) .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I UPDATE_COLUMN Change Column .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I UPDATE_ITEMS Change Items .
IF_UC_TREE_GUI I UPDATE_NODES Change Nodes .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I ADD Add data of another object to the object .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I INIT Re-initialize Object .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I INVERT Invert Data of Object .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I READ Read data from I/O path to object .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I REFRESH Delete All Data of Object .
IF_UC_TX_DATA I SAVE Save data of object to I/O path, absolute .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_BUFFER I COMMIT Write data to data stream .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_BUFFER I POST tbd: write data to buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_BUFFER I POST_DELTA tbd: write changes to buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_BUFFER I READ tbd: read data from buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_BUFFER I SAVE Write buffer to BW! Commit is a prerequisite! .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_CHANGE I ADD_AND_REFRESH Transfer Data from another Object and then Delete this .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_CHANGE I ANALYZE_AND_ADD_DATA Check and Normalize; If OK, Add Data .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_CHANGE I ANALYZE_AND_NORMALIZE Check and Normalize .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_INT I POST_DELTA_INT tbd: write change to data stream .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_INT I POST_INT tbd: write data to data stream .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_INT I READ_INT tbd: read data from data stream .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_IO I ADD_DATA Write data (additively) to data object/stream/buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_IO I DELETE_DATA Delete Data in Stream! .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_IO I GET_DATA Read data from data object/stream/buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_IO I IS_AFD_RELEVANT_DSTYPE Writes in AFD-ODS? .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_IO I REPLACE_SEL_FOR_AFD Swaps Version in Selectio Condition for AFD .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_STREAM I CLOSE_CURSOR Close Cursor .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_STREAM I FETCH_DATA Read Data Package from Data Object/Stream/Buffer .
IF_UC_TX_DATA_STREAM I OPEN_CURSOR Open Cursor .
IF_UC_UPL_READER_VISITOR I DERIVE_FIELD_VALUE Derive field value in data structure. .
IF_UC_VALCHECK I CLEAR_BUFFERS Throw out buffer .
IF_UC_VALCHECK I GET_FIELDLIST Get Group-by Fieldlist .
IF_UC_VALCHECK I GET_FOEV Get formula during evaluation .
IF_UC_VALCHECK I GET_SELECTIONS Get Selection Conditions .
IF_UC_VALCHECK I GET_TEXTS Get Texts .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I COPY_SELCOND Copy Selection Conditions .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I CREATE_SELCOND Create selection condition .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I DELETE_SELCOND Delete Selection Condition .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I FIELDLIST_EMPTY Is Field List Empty? .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I GET_FIELDLIST Get field list (create if necessary) .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Provide data .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I GET_SELCOND Make selection condition available .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_VALCHECK_GUI_DATA I VALCHECK_EMPTY Is validation check empty? .
IF_UC_VAL_FOBU_CONNECTOR I PUSHBUTTON_OP_SET Set operand for button .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I COPY_VALUE Copy value .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I CREATE_VALUE Create value .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I DELETE_VALUE Delete Value .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I GET_DATA Provide data .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I GET_VALUE Provide value .
IF_UC_VAL_HIERARCHY_GUI I SET_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_VAL_MSGV_EVALUATION I EVALUATE_VARIABLE Evaluation of a messsage variable .
IF_UC_VAL_MSG_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Provide data .
IF_UC_VAL_MSG_GUI_DATA I GET_MODEL Get Model .
IF_UC_VAL_MSG_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Return Data .
IF_UC_VAL_SERVICES I GET_COMPOUND_TO_SELCOND Get instance for compound .
IF_UC_VAL_TREE_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get data from data object .
IF_UC_VAL_TREE_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Rewrite data .
IF_UC_WB_LP_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Read GUI Data .
IF_UDDICLIENT_PUBLISH I GET_AUTHCHECK_OBJECT Get Object for Authorization Check .
IF_UDDICLIENT_PUBLISH I GET_BINDING_DESCRIPTION Fill Data for UDDI Registration of Bindings .
IF_UDDICLIENT_PUBLISH I GET_SERVICE_DESCRIPTION Fill Data for the UDDI Regsitration of Services .
IF_UDDICLIENT_PUBLISH I GET_TMODEL_DESCRIPTION Fill Data for the UDDI Registration of tModels .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_AMOUNT_TO_BE_COLLECTED Calculate Amount to Be Collected .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_ARRANGED_AMOUNT Amount Assigned .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_BROKEN_AMOUNT Amount Promised but Not Paid .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_COLL_ITEMS Read Open Items .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_CREDIT_AMOUNT Calculate Credit Amount .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_CREDIT_COMMITS Table of Credit Exposure Indicators .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_CREDIT_EXPOSURE Credit Limit Utilization .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DEBIT_AMOUNT Calculate Debit Amount .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DISPUTED_AMOUNT Disputed Amount .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DISPUTED_ITEMS Open Items with Dispute Case .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DISPUTE_CASES Read Dispute Cases .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DUE_AMOUNT Calculate Amount Due .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DUE_AMOUNTS_BY_PERIOD Total Amounts Due in the Future .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_DUNNED_ITEMS Dunned Open Items .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_KEY_FIGURES Determine FI Key Figures .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_LAST_CCT Read Last Customer Contact .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_LAST_CCT_DATE Date of Last Customer Contact .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_LAST_PAYMENT Read Last Payment .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_OPEN_RESUBMISSIONS Read Open Submissions .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_OVERDUE_AMOUNT Calculate Overdue Amount .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_OVERDUE_AMOUNTS_BY_PERIOD Overdue Total Amounts .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_P2PS Read Promises to Pay .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_PAYMENTS Read Payments .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_RISK_CLASS Risk Class .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_TOTAL_AMOUNT Calculate Total Amount .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_TOTAL_DUNNED_AMOUNT Amount Dunned .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I GET_TOTAL_PROMISED_AMOUNT Amount Promised .
IF_UDM_BUPA_TRANSACTION_DATA I IS_DIRECT_PAYER Business Partner Is Direct Payer .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I ADD_TEXT_ATTRIBUTE Also Sets Text Attribute .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I GET_CASE_ATTR_FROM_CUR_RESULT Delivers Attributes for Case Found .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I GET_CHANGEABLE_ATTR Modifiable Attributes .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I GET_MASS_ACTIVITIES Provides Possible Mass Activities .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I GET_PREDEFINED_SELECTS Predefined Searches .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I INITIALIZE Start Search .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR I PREDEFINED_SEARCH Execute Predefined Search .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR_API I FIND_CASES Find Dispute Cases .
IF_UDM_CASE_LOCATOR_API I GET_LOCATOR Specifies instance of a Locator object .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_INVOICE I GET_ALL_P2P_CASES Read all promises to pay created for invoice .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_INVOICE I GET_AMOUNT_TO_BE_COLLECTED Calculate Amount to Be Collected .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_INVOICE I GET_BROKEN_AMOUNT Broken amount .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_INVOICE I GET_OPEN_ITEMS Read Open Items for Invoice .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_INVOICE I GET_P2P_CASE Read current promise to pay .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_ITEM I GET_DISPUTE_CASE Read Dispute Case .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_ITEM I GET_DUE_DATE_BY_STRATEGY Due Date According to Strategy .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_ITEM I GET_INVOICE Read Invoice .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_ITEM I GET_OPEN_AMOUNT_BY_STRATEGY Amount Due According to Strategy .
IF_UDM_COLLECTION_ITEM I READY_TO_BE_COLLECTED Can amount be collected? .
IF_UDM_COLL_AMT_C I CALC_AMOUNT_TO_BE_COLLECTED Calculate Amount to Be Collected .
IF_UDM_DISPUTE_CASE_ATTR I GET_CASE_ATTR Read Case Attributes .
IF_UDM_DISPUTE_CASE_ATTR I GET_COLLECTION_ITEMS Open Items for Dispute Case .
IF_UDM_DISPUTE_CASE_ATTR I GET_DM_CASE_ATTR Read Dispute Case Attribute .
IF_UDM_DISPUTE_CASE_ATTR I READY_TO_BE_COLLECTED Is dispute case to be collected? .
IF_UDM_MASS_ACTIVITY I EXECUTE Execute Mass Activity .
IF_UDM_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_MESSAGE Adds a Message (Based on the System Fields) .
IF_UDM_MSG_HANDLER I ADD_SY_MESSAGE Adds a Message (Based on the System Fields) .
IF_UDM_MSG_HANDLER I CLEAR Deletes All Messages Collected from the Message Handler .
IF_UDM_MSG_HANDLER I DISPLAY Displays the Collected Messages .
IF_UDM_MSG_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGE_COUNT Supplies the Number of Collected Messages .
IF_UDM_P2P_CASE_ATTR I GET_CASE_ATTR Read Case Attributes .
IF_UDM_P2P_CASE_ATTR I GET_INVOICE Invoice for Promise to Pay .
IF_UDM_P2P_CASE_ATTR I GET_P2P_CASE_ATTR Read Attributes of Promise to Pay .
IF_UDM_P2P_CASE_ATTR I IS_BROKEN Is promise to pay broken? .
IF_UDM_P2P_CASE_ATTR I IS_OPEN Is promise to pay open? .
IF_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN I GET_SELECT_OPTIONS Read Selection Options .
IF_UDM_PARALLEL_RUN I STOP_RUN Stop All Batch Processes .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I ACTIVATE Activates All Processed Aggregation Levels .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I CHANGE Changes Aggregation Levels .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I CREATE Generates Aggregation Level .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I EXISTENCE_CHECK Returns, Whether Aggregation Level Exists .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I GET_DETAIL Supplies Detailed Info on Aggregation Level .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I GET_LIST Supplies a List of Aggregation Levels .
IF_UG_BW_AGGREGATION_LEVEL I SAVE Saves all Processed Aggregation Levels after CHANGE .
IF_UG_BW_COMMENT I SHOW Display Comments/Documentation .
IF_UG_BW_CUBE I CHANGE Creates an InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_CUBE I CREATE Creates an InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_CUBE I DISPLAY Display an Infocube .
IF_UG_BW_CUBE I GET_DETAIL Reads Detail Information on an Infocube .
IF_UG_BW_CUBE I GET_LIST Gets a List of Infocubes .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I ACTIVATE_HRY Activates exactly one hierarchy .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I CHECK_AGGR_FOR_HRY Does hierarchy have aggregates? .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I DELETE_HRY_STRUCTURE Deletes Hierachy Structure .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I GET_HRY_CATALOG Get HY Catalog .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I GET_HRY_STRUCTURE Get HY Structure .
IF_UG_BW_HRY I UPDATE_HRY_STRUCTURE Updates Hierachy Structure .
IF_UG_BW_IOBC I GET_DETAIL Get Details of an InfoObjectCatalog .
IF_UG_BW_IOBC I GET_LIST Get List of InfoObjectCatalogs .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CHA_VALUES_GET List of Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CHECK_AUTH_ADMWB_MD Authorization Protection Master Data Maintenance (from BW30).
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CHECK_AUTH_CHAR Authorization Check for Characteristic Value (from BW30) .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CH_AT_TIME_GET Read Values of Time-Dependent Attributes .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CH_TX_TIME_GET Read Values of Time-Dependent Attributes .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CONVERT_INPUT Convert Characteristic Value into Internal Format .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I CONVERT_OUTPUT Convert Characteristic Value into External Format .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I DISPLAY Display the infoobject .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I GET_DETAIL Get Details About an InfoObject .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I GET_FIELDNM_IN_DDIC Gets Field Names for IObj or Nav.Attr. in DDIC .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I GET_LIST Get list of info objects .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I GET_TIMESTMP Get time stamp for list of info objects (BW 3.0 and Later) .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I MD_ATTRIBUTES_ACTIVATE Activate Master Data Attributes .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I MD_ATTRIBUTES_UPDATE Update Master Data Attributes .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I MD_DELETE Deleting Master Data .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I MD_DELETE_SIMULATION Simulation of Deleting Master Data .
IF_UG_BW_IOBJ I MD_TXT_UPDATE Update Texts .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I CONVERT_FIELDNAME_TO_BWFNAME Convert Local Field Name to BW Field Name .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I CONVERT_FIELDNAME_TO_IOBJ Converts Field Name to the Name of the InfoObject .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I CONVERT_FIELDNAME_TO_NAV_ATTR Break Down Local Field Name for Navigation Attribute .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I CONVERT_IOBJ_TO_FIELDNAME Converts the Name of the InfoObject to Field Name .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I GET_RFCDEST_TO_IOBJ Query RFC Destinations of an InfoObject .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I REGISTER_INFO_OBJECT Register InfoObject for Usage .
IF_UG_BW_MAPPING_SERVICES I REGISTER_NAV_ATTR Register Navigation Attribute for Usage .
IF_UG_BW_MPRO I CHANGE Creates a MultiProvider .
IF_UG_BW_MPRO I CREATE Creates a MultiProvider .
IF_UG_BW_MPRO I GET_DETAIL Reads Detail Information About a MultiProvider .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I CHANGE Creates an InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I CREATE Creates an InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I DISPLAY Display an ODS .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I EXISTS_DATA Check if data exits .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I GET_DETAIL Reads Detail Information on an Infocube .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I GET_LIST Gets a List of Infocubes .
IF_UG_BW_ODS I GET_TIMESTMP Gets time stamp for list of ODS objects (from BW 3.0) .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I ARRAY_DELETE_DATA Delete Array of Records from a T-ODS .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Creates FINBASIS data structure for transaction data .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I DELETE_DATA Delete Records from a T-ODS with Selection Condition .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I INSERT_DATA Write New Records to Transactional ODS .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I MODIFY_DATA Write New Records to Transactional ODS .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I READ_DATA_FROM_INFOPROV Read Transaction Data from InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_ODS_DATA I UPDATE_DATA Update Records in Transactional ODS .
IF_UG_BW_QUERY I GET_LIST Provides a List of all Queries per Infoprovider .
IF_UG_BW_QUERY I GET_VARIABLES Provides all variables used in a query .
IF_UG_BW_QUERY I START_DESIGN_TIME Start of Query Designer .
IF_UG_BW_QUERY I START_RUNTIME Start of BEX or WEB Query .
IF_UG_BW_SERVICES I CHECK_ALLOWED_CHAR Checks if all characters are invariant .
IF_UG_BW_SERVICES I CHECK_CHAVL Is char.value permitted? .
IF_UG_BW_SERVICES I GET_ALLOWED_CHAR Permitted Characters in BW System .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I CONVERT_DATA_BW_2_SEM Read Transaction Data from InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I CONVERT_HRY_DATA_SEM_2_BW Read Transaction Data with Hy Node Selection .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I READ_DATA_FROM_INFOPROV Read Transaction Data from InfoProvider .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I READ_DATA_FROM_INFOPROV_HRY Read Transaction Data with Hy Node Selection .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I READ_DATA_FROM_INFOPROV_SID Read Transaction Data with Hy Node Selection .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA I WRITE_DATA_INTO_INFOCUBE Write Transaction Data to Transactional InfoCube .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA_DEBUG I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Check the Saved Data for Consistency .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA_DEBUG I STORE_INFOCUBE Save InfoCube Data for Later Check .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA_DEBUG I STORE_ODS_ARRAY_DELETE Save ODS Data for Later Check .
IF_UG_BW_TX_DATA_DEBUG I STORE_ODS_MODIFY Save ODS Data for Later Check .
IF_UG_MD_APPLICATION I CHECK_EXISTANCE Does the application already exist? .
IF_UG_MD_APPLICATION I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_MD_APPLICATION I GET_NOTIFICATION Response to Messages .
IF_UG_MD_APPLICATION I GET_PROPERTY Read Properties .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I COPY_CHAR_VALUE Deep copy of characteristic value from CL_UG_MD classes .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I COPY_SUB_OBJECT Deep copy of the application dependent sub object .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I DELETE_CHAR_VALUE Deep delete of characteristic value from CL_UG_MD classes .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I DELETE_SUB_OBJECT Delete of the application dependent sub object .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I GET_FIELD_SUB_OBJECT Gets list of sub object for received fieldname .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I GET_VALUE_SUB_OBJECT Gets list of sub object for received characteristic value .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_AFTER_PREPARE Start of _PREPARE_FOR_UPDATE during after import .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_AFTER_PROCESS Start of _PROCESS_DATA during after import .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_BEFORE_ADD_TABLE Possibility to add table names necessary during generation .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_BEFORE_END End of METADATA processing during before export .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_BEFORE_START Start of METADATA processing during before export .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_SUBOBJ I TRANSPORT_PREPARE Called during transport create .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I EXCLUDE_DIRECT_USAGE Gets Fields That Are Not Searched for Direct Usage .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I GET_FIELDNAMES Get field names for which reading must take place .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I GET_WU_MD_INSTANCE Get instance of IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I GUID_FIELD_OVERRIDE GUID Field Name .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I NAVIGATE_TO_USAGE Navigation for a Use .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU I READ_VALUE Read Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU_TX I GET_WU_TX_INSTANCE get instance of IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU_TX .
IF_UG_MD_APPL_WU_TX I RUN call app-spec. where-used list in trx. data .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I CHECK_SINGLE_FIELD Check Individual Field (Such As Change Monitor) .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I END_CHANGE_BLOCK End of a Series of Changes .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GENERATE Perform Generation If Necessary .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_AREA_PROPERTY Read Area Properties .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELDS_FOR_BASEFIELD Obsolete -" Use get_field_usage! .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_ATTRIBUTES Attributes / Fields of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_HIERARCHY_FIELDS Fields That May Occur in a Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_LIST List of Registered Fields .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_ORIGIN Origin of Field (Info Object, ODS, Local...) .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_PROPERTY Read Properties of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_ROLE Possible Roles, etc., of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_ROLLNAME Data Element of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_TABNAME All Tables (Generated and Delivered) of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_FIELD_USAGE Registration-dependent Uses of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_GENERATION_STATUS Is a generation necessary? .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_LIST List of All Area IDs for this Client .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_OPTIONS Options .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_PROPERTY_TEXT Get Texts/Names of Property Fields .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_REGISTERED_FIELD List of Registered Fields with Roles .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_RFCDEST_TO_FIELDNAME Read RFC Destination .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I GET_TIMESTAMP Read Time Stamp .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I IS_FIELD_REGISTERED Is a field registered in this AREAID .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I SET_AREA_PROPERTY Determine Area Properties .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I SET_FIELD_PROPERTY Write Properties of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I SET_REGISTERED_FIELD Register Fields .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I SET_RFCDEST Set RFC Destination .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I SET_TEMPORARY_FIELD Create Temporary Field .
IF_UG_MD_AREAID I START_CHANGE_BLOCK Start of a Series of Changes .
IF_UG_MD_BUFFER_FACTORY I GET_CHAR_INSTANCE Instancize Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_BUFFER_FACTORY I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_BW I DELETE_VALUE Delete chars/attributes according to key list .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I CONVERT_FIELDNAME_TO_BWFNAME Converts Local Field Name to BW Field Name .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I CONVERT_FIELDNAME_TO_IOBJ Converts Field Name to the Name of the InfoObject .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I CONVERT_IOBJ_TO_FIELDNAME Converts the Name of the InfoObject to Field Name .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I GET_RFCDEST_TO_IOBJ Query RFC Destinations of an InfoObject .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I REGISTER_INFO_OBJECT Register InfoObject for Usage .
IF_UG_MD_BW_SERVICES I SET_PREFERRED_RFCDEST Set preferred destination for read calls to BW .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT I GET_DOCUMENTATION Documentation .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT I GET_SEMANTIC_DEFINITION Properties of Semantics .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT I GET_TREE Get Tree .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT I PROCESS_EVENT Process Event .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I GET_APPLICATION_TEXT Description of the application .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I GET_AREAID_STATUS Status of Application Area .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I GET_AREAID_TEXT Description of Application Area .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I GET_DOCUMENTATION Documentation .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I IS_FIELDNAME_NEEDED Does application area require FIELDNAME ? .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_APPL I IS_REGISTERED Do I know an application area ? .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_DATA I GET_MESSAGE Messages for the Node .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_DATA I GET_SEMANTIC Registered Properties .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_DATA I GET_TREE_CONTENT Content of Tree .
IF_UG_MD_CHANGE_MGMT_DATA I PROCESS_EVENT Edit OK Code .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK Check Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Consistency Check .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check for Existence .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK_SINGLE_EXISTENCE Check if single value exists .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK_SINGLE_VALIDITY Check validity of single value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CHECK_VALIDITY Check validity of values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CONVERT_FISCTIME Converts Output Period to Internal Period .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CONVERT_INPUT Input Conversion .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CONVERT_OUTPUT Output Conversion .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I COUNT_VALUE Get number of characteristic values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Get Data Reference .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CREATE_DATA_REF_FOR_DEPGROUP Get Data Reference .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I CREATE_VALUE_INSTANCE Create Instance for New Characteristic Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I DELETE_VALUE Delete Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION Metainformation for Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_DETERMINING_ATTRIBUTES Attributes that Are Required to Create a Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_HIERARCHY List of Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_HIERARCHY_INSTANCE Instance of a Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_NET_INSTANCE Instance for Network Data .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp (Last Data Change) .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I GET_VALUE_INSTANCE Get Instance for a Characteristic Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I READ_SINGLE_VALUE Read a Characteristic Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I READ_VALUE Read Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I READ_VALUE_PROP Read More Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I REQUEST_HELP F1 Help .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I REQUEST_VALUE F4 Help .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I WRITE_SINGLE_VALUE Write a Characteristic Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR I WRITE_VALUE Write Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_AUTHORITY I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check Authorization .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_AUTHORITY I GET_PROPERTY Return authorization fields .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_ENQUEUE I DEQUEUE Remove lock .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_ENQUEUE I ENQUEUE Set Lock .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_ENQUEUE I GET_PROPERTY Return fields for enqueue .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INT I TRANSPORT_DELETE Get transport info for deletion .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INT I TRANSPORT_WRITE Get transport info for write .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check for Existence .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I CHECK_SINGLE_EXISTENCE Check if single value exists .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I CHECK_SINGLE_VALIDITY Check validity of single value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I CHECK_VALIDITY Check validity of values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I COMMIT Commit changes .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I COUNT_VALUE Get number of characteristic values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I DELETE_VALUE Delete Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION Metainformation for Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_HIERARCHY List of Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_HIERARCHY_INSTANCE Instance of a Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_MODIFIED_VALUES Changed Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I GET_OR_CREATE_VALUE_INSTANCE Determine or Create Value Instance .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I READ_SINGLE_VALUE Read Characteristic Value .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I READ_VALUE Read Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I READ_VALUE_PROP Read Attributes Also .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I ROLLBACK Undo changes since COMMIT .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I SAVE Save to database .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I SYNCH_TO_LOCAL Copy Values from BW into Locale Storage .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I TRANSPORT_BY_SEL Manual Transport .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_INTERNAL I WRITE_VALUE Write Characteristic Values .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE I DELETE_VALUE Delete Values from Current Status .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE I INIT Initialization .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE I READ_VALUE Read Values from Current Status .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE I RELOAD Reload Current Status from the Database .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE I WRITE_VALUE Write Values in Current Status .
IF_UG_MD_CHAR_VALUE_FILTER I REDUCE_LIST Reduce Entries in Value List .
IF_UG_MD_CM_OBJECT I GET_ALL_PROPERTIES Get values of all properties .
IF_UG_MD_CM_OBJECT I GET_ALL_PROPERTY_NAMES Get names of all properties .
IF_UG_MD_CM_OBJECT I GET_PROPERTY Read Properties .
IF_UG_MD_CM_OBJECT I SET_PROPERTY Set Property .
IF_UG_MD_CM_PARTICIPANT I CHECK_GENERATION_POSSIBLE Is a generation possible? .
IF_UG_MD_CM_PARTICIPANT I GENERATE Adjust Data Model .
IF_UG_MD_CM_PARTICIPANT I GET_AFFECTED_OBJECTS Search objects affected by changes .
IF_UG_MD_CM_PARTICIPANT I GET_CHANGE_OBJECTS Search changed objects .
IF_UG_MD_CM_PARTI_FACTORY I GET_PARTICIPANTS Get Participants for CM .
IF_UG_MD_DISPATCHER_FACTORY I GET_CHAR_INSTANCE Instancize Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_DISPATCHER_FACTORY I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_FACTORY I GET_CHAR_INSTANCE Instancize Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_FACTORY I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_FACTORY I GET_SINGLE_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties of Less Certain Fields .
IF_UG_MD_FACTORY I GET_STATE_INFO Messages on State - e.g. Inconsistent Field Definitions .
IF_UG_MD_FACTORY I GET_WHERE_USED_INSTANCE Instantiate Where-Used List .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I CHECK_COMBI_ODSOBJECT Check if ODS Can Be Assigned to Combi Field .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I CHECK_REMOTE_EXISTENCE Test Existence (Active) of Fields in Remote Systems .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I CREATE_VALUE_SID Get new Value SID(s) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I FILTER_IRRELEVANT_RFCDEST Delete the RFC Dest. in which the field does not exist .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION Metainformation for Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_ATTR_MAPPING Read Mapping of Attribute Pairs Role - Remote .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_BASE_FIELD Basic Field (Combines from Registration, FPROP+UGMD2200) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_COMBIFIELDS_FOR_FIELD Get Use of a Field in Combi Fields .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_COMBI_ODSOBJECT Read ODS Object for a Combination Field .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_FIELD_ORIGIN Origin of a Field (Local, InfoObject, ODS, ...) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_FIELD_USAGES_STATIC Get All Uses for a List of Fields .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_FISCVARNT Get Leading Fiscal Year Variant for Time-Dependent Access .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_FPROP Read Field Properties .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_MD_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of the Last Change Master Data/Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_RELATED_FIELD Fix BaseField (UGMD2200). Obsolete -"GET_BASE_FIELD instead!.
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_REPTEXT Column Header Texts .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_TIMESTAMP_STATIC Get Most Recent Time Stamp for a Field List .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_VALIDITY_TYPE Type of Validity Check (see const. IF_UG_MD_FACTORY) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I GET_WHERE_USED Get Uses of Field (According to Generated State!) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I REGISTER_GLOBAL_CHANGE Global Change to Field; Increase TIMESTAMP(/~_MAJOR) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I SET_ATTR_MAPPING Set Mapping of Attribute Pairs Role - Remote .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I SET_COMBI_ODSOBJECT Assign an ODS Object to a Combo Field .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I SET_FISCVARNT Set Leading FY Variant for Time-dep. Accesses .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I SET_REPTEXT Set Explicit Heading Text in Logon Language .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I SET_VALIDITY_TYPE Type of Validity Check (see const. IF_UG_MD_FACTORY) .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I UPDATE_ACTIVE_FPROP Note the Active/Generated State .
IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME I UPDATE_MD_TIMESTAMP Update Change Time Stamp Master Data / Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_FIELD_DESCRIPTION I GET_FIELD_DESCRIPTION Get Description of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I ACTIVATE Activate Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I DELETE_EDGE Delete Hierarchy Edges .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I GET_LIST List of Existing Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I GET_SID_MAP Mapping SID -" Get Values .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I GET_TIMESTAMP Deliver Last Change Time Stamp .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I READ_EDGE Read Hierarchy in Optimized Notation .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I SET_ACTIVATION_MODE Switch Automatic Hierarchy Activation Off and On Again .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY I WRITE_EDGE Write Hierarchy Edges (Create and Change) .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INHERITANCE I CREATE_REFERENCE_INTERVAL Output table for read_data_interval .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INHERITANCE I READ_EDGE_INHERITANCE Read attr.values for explicit and implicit edges .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INHERITANCE I READ_EDGE_INHERITANCE_HIST Read attr.values within a range .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I ACTIVATE Activate Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I CHECK Trial Check of Changed Edges (Delte Node Logic, etc.) .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I COMMIT Commit changes .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I DEQUEUE Remove Node Lock .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I ENQUEUE Set Node Lock .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION Read properties of edge attributes .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I GET_CHANGED_EDGES List of Changed Edges .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I GET_DELTA_LEAF_EDGES Read edges for delta nodes that match it_hier_struct .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I GET_LIST Read List of Hierarchies .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I GET_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of Last Change of Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I READ_EDGE Read Hierarchy with Optimum Notation .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I READ_STRUCT_HISTORY Read History of Hierarchy Structure .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I READ_TEXTNODES Read text nodes with texts in logon language .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I ROLLBACK Discard Changes .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I SAVE Save committed changes .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I SET_ACTIVATION_MODE Switch Automatic Hierarchy Activation Off and On Again .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I TRANSPORT Transport of Changed Edges .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I UNDO Discard Last Change .
IF_UG_MD_HIERARCHY_INT I UNDO_ALL Discard Changes .
IF_UG_MD_HRYNAME_FACTORY I CONVERT_HRYNAME_EXTERNAL Derive hierarchy name externally (with compounding) .
IF_UG_MD_HRYNAME_FACTORY I GET_CARRYING_FIELDNAME Gets char. that has the hierarchy names .
IF_UG_MD_INTERVAL_OVERLAP I COMBINE_DATA Combine Data of Two Ranges .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_HEADER_CONTENT Get Header Content .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_SCREEN_SETTINGS Get properties of screen to be displayed .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Get buttons for display .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_TOOLBAR_EVENTS Get events for toolbar .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_TREE_CONTENT Get structure and content of tree .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_TREE_EVENT Get events for the tree .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I GET_TREE_TITLE Get title of tree (for printing) .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I SET_TOOLBAR_HANDLERS Sets Toolbar Event Handler Methods .
IF_UG_MD_LIST_TREE_GUI I SET_TREE_HANDLERS Sets Tree Event Handler Methods .
IF_UG_MD_MANUAL_TRANSPORT I TRANSPORT_BY_SEL Manual Transport .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I CHECK_DEFINITION_CONSISTENCY Check Consistency of InfoObject Definitions in All BWs Used .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I CONVERT_STRUCT_TO_ITFIELD Convert Structure to Pairs (Fieldname, Value) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I CONVERT_STRUCT_TO_ITVAL Convert Structure to Pairs (Fieldname, Value) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GEN_ALL_NEW Generate AREAID .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GET_ATTRIBUTES_OF_FIELD Which Attributes Belong to a Field .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GET_FIELD_LIST List of characteristics .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GET_FIELD_TABNAME Tables (Generated and Delivered) of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GET_FIELD_TO_TABNAME Find Field Name for a Generated Table .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I GET_UPDATELOG_SEQNR Get Unique SEQNR for Update Log (Storages) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I MD_IS_GENERATED Is Dictionary Type Generated? .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA I TRANSPORT_BY_SEL Manual Transport .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I END_CHANGE_BLOCK End of a Series of Changes .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GENERATE Regenerate DDIC Structures (Without Test of Gen. Status) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_AREA_PROPERTY Read Area Properties .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_CHAR_PROPERTY Specific Properties of a Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_CHAR_ROLE Role of a Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_COMBINATION_FIELD Determine Pair Object .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_FIELD_BASE_FIELD Obsolete -" New: GET_FIELD_RELATED_FIELD .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_FIELD_HIERARCHY_FIELDS Fields That May Occur in a Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_FIELD_LIST List of characteristics .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_FIELD_RELATED_FIELD Related Field for Deep Transport, Deletion and so on .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_GENERATION_STATUS Is a generation necessary? .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_REMOTE_FPROP Read Field Properties of Remote Fields (with Read Buffer) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_ROLE Allocated Roles .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_ROLE_PROPERTY Determine Properties of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_ROLE_SUBOBJECTS Dependent Objects for a Role for Copy/Delete/Transport .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_ROLE_TEXT Get Name of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I GET_TEMP_FIELD Create Temporary Field .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I IS_COMBINATION_FIELD Determine Pair Object .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I IS_NAV_ATTRIBUTE Trigger Nav. Attribute .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_AREA_PROPERTY Set Area Properties .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_AREA_RFCDEST In which BWs is an AREA used? .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_CHAR_PROPERTY Specific Properties of a Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_FIELD_REPTEXT Write Special Texts for Column Headers (REPTEXT) .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_ROLE Allocate Role to a Characteristic .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I SET_TEMP_FIELD Create Temporary Field .
IF_UG_MD_META_DATA_EXT I START_CHANGE_BLOCK Beginning of a Series of Changes .
IF_UG_MD_NODE_USAGE I GET_ATTR_USAGE Which Edges or Hierarchies Use Edges Attribute? .
IF_UG_MD_NODE_USAGE I GET_NODE_USAGE Which hierarchies use nodes as parent/child? .
IF_UG_MD_NODE_USAGE I READ_EDGE_HIST Read History of Hierarchy Structure .
IF_UG_MD_PRINT I CREATE_DATA_REFERENCE Generate Reference to Table for List Output .
IF_UG_MD_PRINT I PRINT_ALV Prepare Data for List Output with ALV .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_AUTOMATIC_ROLES Automatically Registered Roles of an Application .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_AVAILABLE_ROLE Possible Roles of an Info Object .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_CLASS_TIMESTAMP Provide Time Stamp for a Global ABAP Class .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_DEFAULT_ROLE Default Role of an Info Object in the Application .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_DELTA_LEAF_ROLES Supply All Roles that Require the Delta End Node .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_DETERMINING_ATTRIBUTES Attributes Needed for Creation .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_FIELDNAME_PROPERTY Determine Attributes of a Field .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_MAX_ROLE_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of Last Generation-Relevant Role Change .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLES_OF_APPLICATION All Roles of an Application .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_APPLCLASS Application Class for a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_ATTRIBUTE_GUI_DEF Settings for Maintenance of Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_DEFINITION Attributes of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_FIELDNAME Determine Fixed Field of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_FIELDS Attributes / Fields of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_GEN_STRUCT Get the Gener.Template of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_INTERVAL Interval Fields for the Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_PROPERTY Attributes of a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_ROLLNAME Data Elements of the Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_SUB_OBJECTS Subobjects for a Role .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_TEXT Role Description .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_ROLE_WHERE_USED Role Assignment for Where-Used List .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_SPECIAL_AUTHORITY_FIELDS Fields Prescribed for Role for Authority Check .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_SPECIAL_ENQUEUE_FIELDS Fields Prescribed for Role for Enqueue .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I GET_TABNAME_ROLE Particular Role Due to Which a Table Was Generated .
IF_UG_MD_ROLE_FACTORY I SET_TEMP_ROLE_DEF Create Temporary Field .
IF_UG_MD_SID I GET_MASS_SID Get SIDs of Multiple Values All at Once .
IF_UG_MD_SID I GET_SID List with Mapping SID "-" Value for Mass Processing .
IF_UG_MD_SID I GET_SID_MAPPING Get enriched structure for SID map .
IF_UG_MD_SID I GET_SINGLE_SID Get SID of one value .
IF_UG_MD_SID I GET_VALUE_TO_SINGLE_SID Get value of one SID .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check for Existence .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I CHECK_SINGLE_EXISTENCE Check for Existence of Itemized Value .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I CHECK_SINGLE_VALIDITY Validity Check of Itemized Value .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I CHECK_VALIDITY Validity Check .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I COUNT_VALUE Get number of characteristic values .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I DELETE_VALUE Delete Characteristics/Attributes as per Key List .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I GET_ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION OBSOLETE - use IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME instead .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES OBSOLETE - use IF_UG_MD_FIELDNAME instead .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I READ_SINGLE_VALUE Read Characteristic Value with Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I READ_VALUE Determine Characteristic List with Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I READ_VALUE_PROP Read Attributes Also .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I TRANSPORT_BY_SEL Manual Transport .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_CHAR I WRITE_VALUE Write Characteristic List with Values .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I CONVERT Check/convert data (e.g. change of dependency of time/vers.).
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I DELETE_AND_WRITE_EDGE Delete and write at the same time (to boost performance) .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I GET_TIMESTAMP Time Stamp of Last Change of Hierarchy .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I READ_EDGE Read Hier. in Optimum Notation .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I READ_STRUCT_HISTORY Read History of Hierarchy Structure .
IF_UG_MD_STORAGE_HIER I READ_TEXTNODES Read text nodes with texts in logon language .
IF_UG_MD_SUB_OBJECT I GET_CLASS_FOR_ROLE Get list of registered classes for role .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I BUILD_CHAR_SEL_TAB Criteria for Selecting All Fields Relevant for Sync .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I GET_FIELD_PROPERTIES Get Field Properties .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Get GUI data .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I REGISTER_GUI_OBJECT Announce GUI Object of Workbench .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I RESOLVE_DIFFERENCES Resolve Differences .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_CHAR_GUI_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Set GUI data .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_HIER I BUILD_HIER_SEL_TAB Criteria for Selecting All Fields Relevant for Sync .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_HIER I GET_PARENTS Gets a list of parents for the child .
IF_UG_MD_SYNCH_HIER I GET_SIDMAP Get current SID map .
IF_UG_MD_VALUE_MAPPING I CHECK_MAPPING Check Whether Mapping Can Be Dealt with by this Class .
IF_UG_MD_VALUE_MAPPING I CONVERT_SEL_TAB Switch Attribute Selection to Remote Format .
IF_UG_MD_VALUE_MAPPING I MAP_VALUE_LOCAL_TO_REMOTE Map Values of Local Attributes in Remote Format .
IF_UG_MD_VALUE_MAPPING I MAP_VALUE_REMOTE_TO_LOCAL Map Values of Remote Attributes in Local Format .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED I GET_LAST_START_VALUES Return Start Values of Last Call .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED I GET_TABLE_OF_DEPGROUP Determines Dep. Group and Fills Table with Attribute Key .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED I INITIALIZE Initialization .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED I NAMED_GUID Is the value being searched a named GUID? .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED I RUN Search for Uses .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_HTML_HEADER Get HTML for Header .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_SCREEN_SETTINGS Get properties of screen to be displayed .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Get buttons for display .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_TOOLBAR_EVENTS Get events for toolbar .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_TREE_CONTENT Get structure and content of tree .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I GET_TREE_EVENT Get events for the tree .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I SET_TOOLBAR_HANDLERS Sets Toolbar Event Handler Methods .
IF_UG_MD_WHERE_USED_GUI I SET_TREE_HANDLERS Sets Tree Event Handler Methods .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT I GET_NUMBER Determine Number of Result Objects .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT I GET_OVERVIEW_RESULT Overview of Found Uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT I GET_TREE Determine Hierarchy of Result Objects .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I GET_ALL_USAGES Returns all uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I GET_FIRST_USAGE Returns the first use found .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I GET_START_VALUES Returns Values for Which the Where-Used List Was Called .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I GET_UNNAMED Returns info about use of unnamed values .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I GET_VALUE_FOR_TREE_INDEX Returns for an Entry in Tree .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I INITIALIZE Initialization of Global Attributes .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I INIT_RESULT Initialization .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I READ_FOR_INDEX Reads entry acc.to index .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I SET_RESULT Add uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_CHAR I SET_TEXT Add Names .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_EDGE I GET_USAGE Returns all uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_EDGE I INIT_RESULT Initialisierung .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_EDGE I SET_RESULT Verwendungen hinzufügen .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_HIER I GET_ALL_USAGES Returns all uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_HIER I GET_FIRST_USAGE Returns the First Use Found .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_HIER I GET_START_VALUES Returns Values for Which the Where-Used List Was Called .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_HIER I INIT_RESULT Initialization .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_HIER I SET_RESULT Add uses .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_TX I GET_MESSAGES Returns message table .
IF_UG_MD_WU_RESULT_TX I SET_RESULT Add uses .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I CONVERT_OUTPUT Output Conversion .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_DSFIELD_STATIC Get DataSource Field (possible only after registration!) .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_DSFIELD_TO_FIELDNAME Get DataSource Field for a Field Name .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_DSOURCE_PROP Reads properties for DataSources .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_FIELDNAME_STATIC Get Field Name (possible only after registration!) .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_FIELDNAME_TO_DATASOURCE Get Field Name for a DataSource .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_FIELDNAME_TO_DSFIELD Get Field Name for a DataSource Field .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_FPROP Reads DS Field Properties .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_TEXTS Gets Texts for DataSource .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I GET_TIMESTAMPS Gets Time Stamp for DataSources .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I IS_DUMMY Check if field name is a dummy field .
IF_UG_R3_SERVICES I SHOW_F1_HELP Display F1 help .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_FIELD_DESCRIPTION Get Semantic Description of a Table Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_FIELD_ROLE Get role for a field name .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_FIELD_SUBOBJECT Special Subobjects for a Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_FIELD_TABNAME Get Special Table Names for Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_TARGET_FIELD Get Target Field in Field Catalog .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I GET_TARGET_VALUE Get Target Value for Output Table .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I MODIFY_DATA Modify Data Table .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPLICATION_CB I MODIFY_SELECTION Get / Change Selection Conditions for a Join .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_FIELD_DESCRIPTION Get Semantic Description of a Database Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_FIELD_ROLE Get role for a field name .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_FIELD_SUBOBJECT Special Subobjects for a Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_FIELD_TABNAME Get Special Table Names for Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_TARGET_FIELD Get Field of Output Structure .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I GET_TARGET_VALUE Get Value of Output Table .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I MODIFY_DATA Modify Data Table .
IF_UG_SCDT_APPL_CALLBACK I MODIFY_SELECTION Get / Change Selection Conditions for a Join .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I ADD_FIELD Add Field to Field Catalog .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I CLEAR Reset object .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I CREATE_TABLE_REF Get Data Reference to an Internal Table .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I GET_FIELD_POS Get Position of a Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I GET_FIELD_PROP Get Attributes of a Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I REMOVE_FIELD Delete Field from Field Catalog .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I SET_FIELD_PROP Set Field Properties .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I SET_FPROP Fill an Internal Table with Field Properties .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_CATALOG I SET_LOG_STRUCNAME Set Logical Table Names in Nametab .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I GET_TARGET_FCAT Determine Target Field Catalog .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I GET_TARGET_FIELD Determine Field Properties of Target Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I GET_TARGET_FIELD_POS Determine Position of Target Field .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I GET_TARGET_VALUE Determine Target Value .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I IS_CONVERSION_NECESSARY Is a Data Conversion Necessary? .
IF_UG_SCDT_FIELD_MAPPING I IS_MC_POSSIBLE Is move-corresponding Possible? .
IF_UG_SCDT_OBJECT I GENERATE_SYNC_OBJECT Generates a Generic Sync.Object .
IF_UG_SCDT_OBJECT I GET_STRUCTURES Gets the structures tied to object .
IF_UG_SCDT_OBJECT I GET_STRUCTURE_DATA Gets the data (ITAB) for a structure .
IF_UG_SCDT_OBJECT I GET_STRUCTURE_FIELDCAT Gets the field catalog per structure .
IF_UG_SCDT_OBJECT I GET_STRUCTURE_HEADER Gets the header per structure .
IF_UG_TIME I CONVERT_DATE_2_PERIOD Get year and period from date .
IF_UG_TIME I CONVERT_PERIOD Convert Period from One FYV to Another FYV .
IF_UG_TIME I CONVERT_PERIOD_2_DATE Get date from year and period .
IF_UG_TIME I GET_NEXT_PERIOD Determine Period Following Immediately the Specified Period .
IF_UG_TIME I GET_PREVIOUS_PERIOD Determine Previous Period to Specified Period .
IF_UG_WB I GET_AREA_HISTORY Get Object History of a Window Area .
IF_UG_WB I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_WB I GET_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS Operations the WB is momentarily able to process .
IF_UG_WB I GET_WA_CAPTIONS Read Title of Work Areas .
IF_UG_WB I GET_WA_EXTENSIONS Subst. for unreliable sy-srows/scols due to docking .
IF_UG_WB I PERFORM_COMMAND Execute Operation .
IF_UG_WB I SET_CONFIGURATION_SET Define Configuration(s) .
IF_UG_WB I SET_FFIX Specify Fixed Fields .
IF_UG_WB_APPLICATION_DATA I SET_APPLICATION_DATA Pass app-specific data .
IF_UG_WB_CALLBACK I CALL_PAI_COMMAND OK Code Processing .
IF_UG_WB_CALLBACK I ON_DATA_CHANGED Notify when data changed .
IF_UG_WB_CALLBACK I SET_PF_STATUS Set menu etc. .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I CALL_PAI_COMMAND Pass the OK code .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I CALL_PBO_BEFORE Call during PBO (for output of data to the control) .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I CONNECT Connect to Container .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I FREE Release Resources .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I LOAD Load Customizing Object into the GUI object .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_CTRL I UNLOAD Remove Current Cust. Object from GUI Object .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_LINE_SELECTION Event AT LINE_SELECTION .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_PFK Event AT PFk .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_SELECTION_SCREEN Event AT SELECTION-SCREEN .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_TOP_OF_PAGE Event AT TOP-OF-PAGE .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_TOP_OF_PAGE_DURING_LINE_SELEvent AT TOP-OF-PAGE DURING LINE-SELECTION .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I AT_USER_COMMAND Event AT USER-COMMAND .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I LOAD Load Data Object .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I SET_PF_STATUS Set Status .
IF_UG_WB_CUST_LIST I UNLOAD Unload Data Object .
IF_UG_WB_MESSAGE_CALLBACK I GET_MESSAGE_PROPERTIES Prompt for properties of a message line .
IF_UG_WB_MESSAGE_CALLBACK I GET_MESSAGE_PROPERTIES_INST Prompt for properties of a message line .
IF_UG_WB_MESSAGE_CALLBACK I HIGHLIGHT_MESSAGE_CAUSE Visually highlight or display location of error .
IF_UG_WB_MESSAGE_CALLBACK I HIGHLIGHT_MESSAGE_CAUSE_INST Visually highlight or display location of error .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I COPY_VALUE_INSTANCE Copy Data Instance .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I DELETE_VALUE_INSTANCE Get Data Instance .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_COLUMNS Determine Possible Columns .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_COMMANDS Determine Possible Actions in Context Menu .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_GUI_DATA Read GUI Data .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_INSTANCE Get Instance .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_VALUE_INSTANCE Get Data Instance .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I GET_VALUE_INSTANCE_BY_KEY Get Value Instance by Means of Fieldname-Value Key .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I PERFORM_COMMAND Execute Action from Context Menu/Toolbar .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I REQUEST_KEY Query Key .
IF_UG_WB_NAV_DETAIL_DATA I SET_GUI_DATA Write GUI Data .
IF_UG_WB_REP_REP_CALL I REPORT_ASSIGNMENT_DIALOG Call of Popup for Adding/Deleting RRI Recipients .
IF_UG_WB_REP_REP_CALL I REPORT_CALL Jump to another report, transaction, query, etc. .
IF_UG_WB_RRI_INT I CHECK_AUTHORITY Check authorization for executing an RRI recipient .
IF_UG_WB_RRI_INT I CHECK_EXISTENCE Check existence of an RRI recipient .
IF_UG_WB_RRI_INT I EXECUTE Execute RRI report call .
IF_UG_WB_RRI_INT I GET_TEXT Get text for an RRI recipient .
IF_UG_WB_RRI_INT I IS_TRANSPORTABLE Determine transportability of an RRI recipient .
IF_UG_WB_URL I ADD_SUPPORTED_APPLICATION Add application to list of supported applications .
IF_UG_WB_URL I GET_DOCU_TO_OBJECT Documentation text for an object .
IF_UG_WB_URL I GET_OBJECT_TO_URL Instance of a URL .
IF_UG_WB_URL I GET_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS Actions that can be taken with an object or URL .
IF_UG_WB_URL I GET_URL_TO_OBJECT URL of an Instance .
IF_UG_WB_URL_INT I GET_OBJECT_TO_URL Instance of a URL .
IF_UG_WB_URL_INT I GET_POSSIBLE_ACTIONS Actions that can be taken with an object or URL .
IF_UG_WB_URL_INT I GET_URL_TO_OBJECT URL of an Instance .
IF_UI_CALLBACK_DME I PROCESS_COMMAND Performs Command .
IF_UI_CALLBACK_DME I REFRESH_UI_DATA Updates Diplayed Data .
IF_UI_ELEMENT_DME I DISPLAY Redisplays UI Element .
IF_UI_ELEMENT_DME I QUIT Ends UI Element Display .
IF_UI_ELEMENT_DME I SET_EDITABLE Sets Status: UI Element is Editable/Read-Only .
IF_UI_ELEMENT_DME I SET_VISIBLE Sets Status: UI Element is Visible/Invisible .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_CALLBACK_DME I CHANGE_FIELDS Change and Check Fields .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I GET_VALUE Passes Value of Specified Field .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I IS_FIELD_EDITABLE True "==" Specified Field is Editable .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I IS_FIELD_VISIBLE True "==" Specified Field is Visible .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I SET_CREATE_MODE Sets Create Mode .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I SET_FIELD_EDITABLE Sets Status: Specified Field is Editable/Read-Only .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I SET_FIELD_VISIBLE Sets Status: Specified Field is Visible/Invisible .
IF_UI_FIELD_LIST_DME I SET_VALUE Sets Specified Value of Specified Field .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I DELETE_LINE Deletes a Row .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I HIGHLIGHT_LINE Highlights a Row .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I IS_FIELD_EDITABLE True "==" Specified Field is Editable .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I IS_FIELD_VISIBLE True "==" Specified Field is Visible .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I SET_FIELD_EDITABLE Sets Status: Specified Field is Editable/Read-Only .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I SET_FIELD_VISIBLE Sets Status: Specified Field is Visible/Invisible .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I SET_LINE Sets a Row .
IF_UI_TABLE_CONTROL_DME I SET_TABLE Sets the Table .
IF_UI_TC_CALLBACK_DME I CHANGE_LINE Change and Check Row .
IF_UI_TC_CALLBACK_DME I CREATE_LINE Create and Check Row .
IF_UI_TC_CALLBACK_DME I DELETE_LINE Delete and Check Row .
IF_UI_TC_CALLBACK_DME I SELECT_LINE Choose row .
IF_UI_TREE_CALLBACK_DME I EXECUTE Performs a Command on a Node .
IF_UI_TREE_CALLBACK_DME I EXPAND Puts Subtree Under Specified Node in UI .
IF_UI_TREE_CALLBACK_DME I GET_APPLICABLE_COMMANDS Gets Valid Commands for Selected Nodes .
IF_UI_TREE_CALLBACK_DME I SELECT Performs the Operations Required to Select Nodes .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I ADD_COLUMNS Adds a Description Column to the Tree .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I ADD_NODES Puts the Specified Node in the Tree .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I DELETE_ALL_NODES Deletes All Nodes from the Tree .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I DELETE_NODES Deletes Specified Nodes from the Tree .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I EXPAND_NODE Expands one Node .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I MARK_NODE Node Highlight Toggle .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I MOVE_NODE Moves Node .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I SELECT_NODE Selects a Node .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I SET_TEXT Changes the Text of an Item .
IF_UI_TREE_DME I UPDATE Resets the Attributes of Several Nodes and Items .
IF_UKM_CALCULATOR I EVALUATE_CREDIT_LIMIT Calculate Credit Limit .
IF_UKM_CALCULATOR I EVALUATE_OWN_RATING Calculate Score .
IF_UKM_CALCULATOR I EVALUATE_RISK_CLASS Determine Risk Class .
IF_UKM_CALCULATOR I GET_RULE_DETAILS Get Trace Flag and Validity Period .
IF_UKM_CALCULATOR I SAVE_LOGS Save Logs (Traces) for Calculation .
IF_UKM_CMA_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_UKM_CMA_PUSH I PUSH_CMA Save Credit Management Master Data .
IF_UKM_CMA_QUERY I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP .
IF_UKM_CMA_QUERY I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface from SAP to XI .
IF_UKM_CMA_QUERY I GET_DATA Read Credit Management Account Data .
IF_UKM_COMMITMENT_PULL I PULL_COMMITMENT Get Liability Changes for One or More Partners .
IF_UKM_COMMITMENT_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_UKM_COMMITMENT_PUSH I PUSH_COMMITMENT Report Liability Change .
IF_UKM_COMMITMENT_PUSH_R3 I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface to XI .
IF_UKM_COMMITMENT_PUSH_R3 I PUSH_COMMITMENT Report Liability Change .
IF_UKM_CREDIT_INFORMER I EXECUTE_MONITOR Request External Credit Monitoring Information (Synchronous).
IF_UKM_CREDIT_INFORMER I PROVIDE_CREDIT_INFO Provide Credit Information .
IF_UKM_CREDIT_INFORMER I PULL_MONITOR Request External Credit Monitoring Information (Synchronous).
IF_UKM_CREDIT_INFORMER I SEARCH_ID Request Unique External ID for Business Partner .
IF_UKM_CREDIT_QUERY I CHECK_CREDIT Read Rating and (Possibly) Credit Limit, Execute Credit Chks.
IF_UKM_CREDIT_QUERY I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP .
IF_UKM_CREDIT_QUERY I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface from SAP to XI .
IF_UKM_CREDIT_QUERY_R3 I CHECK_CREDIT Execute Credit Check .
IF_UKM_CRITICAL_ACCOUNTS_QUERY I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP .
IF_UKM_CRITICAL_ACCOUNTS_QUERY I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface from SAP to XI .
IF_UKM_CRITICAL_ACCOUNTS_QUERY I GET_CRITICAL_ACCOUNTS Read Critical Accounts .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_BLOCK_REASON_TEXT Read Text for Lock Reason .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_CHECK_STEPS Read Individual Steps for Check Rule .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_CREDIT_SGMNT Read Credit Segment (Customizing) .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_CREDIT_SGMNTS Read All Credit Segments in Range .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_DEFAULT_RULES Read Default Rule and Default Check Rule .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_EXTID_TYPE Determine Ext. ID Cat. Using Limit Rule and Rating Method .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_GRADES Return Ratings for a Rating Procedure .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_GRADE_METHODS Read Rating Procedures for Rule .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_LOGGING Read Scope of Logging .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_MAIN_CREDIT_SGMNT Read Main Credit Segment .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_RISK_CLASS_TEXT Read Text for Risk Class .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_RULES_USING_BW Determine All Rules that Use BW Scoring .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_RULE_TEXT Read Text for Rule (Example: Formula) .
IF_UKM_CUSTOMIZING I GET_SYSTEMS_OF_GROUP Determine Logical Systems of System Group .
IF_UKM_EASY I ADD Addition of key mappings .
IF_UKM_EASY I CLEANUP Reset of internal buffer .
IF_UKM_EASY I DELETE Deletion of key mappings .
IF_UKM_EASY I GET Query of key mappings .
IF_UKM_EASY I SAVE Transfer to the posting module .
IF_UKM_EVENT_PUBLISHER I PUBLISH_EVENT Publish Events Outside Credit Management .
IF_UKM_EVENT_PUBLISHER I TRIGGER_EVENTS Send Collected Events .
IF_UKM_EXTERNAL_SCORING_GET I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_UKM_EXTERNAL_SCORING_GET I WRITE_EXTERNAL_SCORING Save External Rating in CR .
IF_UKM_FORMULA_FINDER I GET_CONVERSION_RISK_CLASS Determine Conversion Table for Risk Classes .
IF_UKM_FORMULA_FINDER I GET_FORMULA_LIMIT Determine Formula for Limit Calculation .
IF_UKM_FORMULA_FINDER I GET_FORMULA_RATING Determine Formula for Scoring .
IF_UKM_PROCESS_FINDER I GET_BLOCK_REASON Determines Block Reason Dependent on Event .
IF_UKM_PROCESS_FINDER I GET_CONSECUTIVE_PROCESSES Determines Follow-On Processes of Event .
IF_UKM_PROCESS_FINDER I IS_EVENT_ACTIVE Checks whether an event is to be handled internally/external.
IF_UKM_SCORING_INFORMER I PROVIDE_SCORING Export and Send Score .
IF_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH I CONVERT_INBOUND_2 Inbound Interface from XI to SAP Credit Management .
IF_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH I PUSH_VECTOR Update Payment Behavior Summaries .
IF_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH_R3 I CONVERT_OUTBOUND Outbound Interface Client to XI .
IF_UKM_VECTOR_PUSH_R3 I PUSH_VECTOR Report FI Summary .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I AUTH_CHECK Checks the Authorization for BSC Element .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I BUILD Creates 'Dependent' Objects .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I BW_REGISTER Register Data to be Read From BW in the BW Interface .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I CALCULATE_SCORE Calculates Score and Checks Calculated Status .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I COMPARE_KEY Tests if Object's Key is Equal to Given Key .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I COMPARE_TK Tests if Object is Equal to Given Type and Key .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I CREATE_HREF Create Unique Reference .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I FREE Releases the Instance .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_ATTR Provides Some General Attributes for Given Period .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_DEFINITION Definition Text .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_NAME_TXT Gets Name of Object .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_OWNER Get Textual Representation of Owner .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_STATUS Gets Score, Status or Icon .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_STATUS_TREND Gets Status Trend Icon .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_TIME_SER_DATA Get time series in form of column-based table .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I GET_TYPE_TXT Gets Short Type Text .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I LOAD Loads Oobject's Time-Dependent Data .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I LOCK Try to Lock Object in DB .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I RAISE_DATA_CHANGED Raises Event .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I REINIT Reinitialize Instance for new Period .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I SAVE Saves Object's Time-Dependent Data .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I SET_CURPER Sets New Value for Current Period .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I SET_TARPER Sets New Value for Target Period .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I UNLOCK Unlock DB .
IF_UMB_BSC_OBJECT I VALID Test if Object's Data is still Valid = DB has not changed .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I CHECK Check Data Consistency .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I CLEANUP Cleanup Object Attributes .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I CREATE Create New Object .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I DELETE Delete Object from DB .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I IS_MODIFIED Is Data Modified .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I READ_FROM_DB Read Data from Database .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I SAVE Save Object .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I SELECT Set Object Attributes .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I SET_UPDATED_STATE Set to Updated State .
IF_UMB_WIZARD_DATA_MODEL I WRITE_TO_DB Write Data to Database .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I CANCEL Cancel Customizing .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I CHECK Check Data Consistency .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I END End Customizing .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I IS_MODIFIED Is Data Modified .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I READ_FROM_DB Read Data from Database .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I READ_FROM_DB_DETAIL Read Detail Data from Database .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I SET_UPDATED_STATE Set to Updated State .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I START Start Customizing .
IF_UMC_CUSTOMIZE I WRITE_TO_DB Write Data to Database .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_BOX_DELETED Event: Bos and Subboxes Were Deleted .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_BOX_EXPANDED Event: Box was Expanded / Collapsed .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_COL_LEGEND_FLIPPED Event: Color Legend Was Switched On/Off .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_NAVIGATION_FLIPPED Event: Navigation Legend Was Switched On/Off .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_ORIENTATION_CHANGED Event: Orientation Was Changed .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_STATUS_LEGEND_FLIPPED Event: Status Legend Was Switched On/Off .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_SUBBOXES_DELETED Event: Subboxes Were Deleted .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I EVENT_ZOOM_CHANGED Event: Zoom Was Changed .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_APPLET_TAG_PARAMETER Gets Parameter for Applet-Tag as String .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_BOX_STATUS Supplies Status .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_BOX_STATUS_X Gets Status in XString .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_BUTTON_TEXT Gets Text for Pushbutton .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_COLOR_LEGEND Gets Color Legend .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_INITIAL_XML_TREE Gets Initial Tree in XML Format .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_INITIAL_XML_TREE_X Gets Initial Tree in XML Format in XString .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_LEGEND_TITLE Gets Title for Color Legend .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_NAVIGATION_TITLE Gets Navigation Title .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_NEW_XML_TREE Gets New Tree in XML Format .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_NEW_XML_TREE_X Gets New Tree in XML Format in XString .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_STATUS_LEGEND Gets Status Legend .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_XML_CONTEXT_MENU Gets Context Menu in XML Format .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_XML_CONTEXT_MENU_X Gets Context Menu in XML Format in XString .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_XML_DRILLDOWN Gets New Tree in XML Format .
IF_UMC_ORGCHART_JAVA_APPLET I GET_XML_SUBTREE Gets New Tree in XML Format .
IF_UMG_ASSIGN_LANG I ASSIGN_LANG assign lang to text .
IF_UMG_ASSIGN_LANG I CHECK_LANGCP_LIST set langcodepage list .
IF_UMG_ASSIGN_LANG I CLEAN_UP clear some internal data which have been collected .
IF_UMG_ASSIGN_LANG I GET_FILLEDBY Front end should get this info .
IF_UMG_ASSIGN_LANG I SET_EXTRA_PARAMS set extra params, for example, for vocab import .
IF_UMM_OBSERVER I UPDATE Update myself .
IF_UMM_SINGLETON I GET_INSTANCE Get one and only one instance .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_CHILDREN Children .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_INSTANCE Return Instance of the Class .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_PARENT Parent .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_PATH_TO_ROOT Path From Node to Root(s) .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_ROOT_NODES List of Available Root Nodes .
IF_UMR_ORG_HIER I GET_SUBTREE Root and all Subnodes .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I BUILD Build the Target System .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_ATTR Get attributes of TS like name, owner, .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_CURPER Get Current Period .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_INSTANCE Create instance of target system (return null if not valid) .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_MEASURES Get list of active measures with respect to curper .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_MEASURE_ATTR Get Attr. of Measure: Txt, Owner, Formula+Agrs, Mapping .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_MEASURE_BW_DATA Get BW data for required value fields of the measure .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_MEASURE_COLUMNS Get Value Fields of the Measure .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_MEASURE_UNIT Get runtime unit of measure .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_PERIOD_STATE Return Status for Given Period (Open / Close) .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_RM_ACTIVE_FLAG Get status of RM active flag from TS master .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_TARPER Get Target Period .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I GET_TIME Get time object used in TS .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS I SET_PERIODS Set New Current and Target Periods .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I DELETE_TARGET_SYSTEM Delete all Data Related to Target System .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_ATTR Get attributes of TS like name, owner, .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_COLUMNS Get List of all Columns Used in TS .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_CPM_VARIABLES Return CPM Variable Values of TS .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_CURPER Get Current Period .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_EST_COL Return List of Estimation Value Fields .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_FISCAL_VARIANT Return Fiscal Variant .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_HIERARCHY Provide sub-hierarchy of the element .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_INSTANCE Create instance of target system (return null if not valid) .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_MEASURES Get list of active measures with respect to curper .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_MEASURE_ATTR Get Attr. of Measure: Txt, Owner, Formula+Agrs, Mapping .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_MEASURE_COLUMNS Get Value Fields of the Measure .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_RM_ACTIVE_FLAG Get status of RM active flag from TS master .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_TARGET_SYS_NAME Returns common name of target system .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_TARPER Get Target Period .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_TIME Get time object used in TS .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I GET_USE_RACT Return Flag if Risk Activities are used or not .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I SELECT_TARGET_SYSTEM Ask user to select one target system and return selection .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I SET_PERIODS Set New Current and Target Periods .
IF_UMR_TARGET_SYS_CUST I SET_RM_ACTIVE_FLAG Set RM active flag in TS master .
IF_UNIQUE_INSTANCE_MM I GET_KEY Return a Unique Key Describing the Instance .
IF_UNIT_CONVERTER_S2L I TO_BASE_UOM Convert a Quantity to Base Unit of Measure .
IF_UNIT_CONVERTER_S2L I TO_USED_UOM Convert Quantity to Unit of Measure to Be Used .
IF_UNIT_CONVERTER_S2L I USED_UOM Gets the Unit of Measure to Be Used .
IF_UNKNOWN I QUERY_INTERFACE Returns Interface Reference .
IF_UPB_POFO_PROVIDE I GET_ATTR Read Other Attributes for Portfolio Graphic .
IF_UPB_POFO_PROVIDE I GET_CUST Read Customizing Template .
IF_UPB_POFO_PROVIDE I GET_DATA Delivers Data for IGS Mapping .
IF_UPB_POFO_PROVIDE I GET_HIDDEN Table of Hidden Bubbles .
IF_UPB_POFO_PROVIDE I RESET Invalidate Buffer .
IF_UPDATE_STRATEGY_CK I CONTINUE Is the Cost Estimate to be Notified .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I DEQUEUE Unlock Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I DISPLAY Display Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I GET_DOCNUM_OF_ITEM Determine Message ID for Object in UPS .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I PROCESS Process Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I READ_DISTRIBUTION_MODEL Check Distributability .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I SELECT_RECEIPTS Select Unposted Receipts in Inbox .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I SEND_DELIVERY_NOTE Send UPS Delivery Note .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I SEND_RECEIPT Send Receipt .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I SETUP_EVENT_REGISTRATION Determine Necessary Event Registries .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I STATUS_READ Read Status of Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE I STATUS_ROLE Role of Status in UPS .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_CONFIG I SETUP_EVENT_REGISTRATION Determine Necessary Event Registries .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_CONFIG I SETUP_REPORTS Reports for the SETUP .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I DEQUEUE Unlock Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I DISPLAY Display Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I GET_DOCNUM_OF_ITEM Determine Message ID for Object in UPS .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I PROCESS Process Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I READ_DISTRIBUTION_MODEL Check Distributability .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I RUNTIME_REPORTS Program for Runtime .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I SELECT_RECEIPTS Select Unposted Receipts in Inbox .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I SEND_DELIVERY_NOTE Send UPS Delivery Note .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I SEND_MESSAGES Send Object Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I SEND_RECEIPT Send Receipt .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I STATUS_READ Read Status of Messages .
IF_UPS_MIDDLEWARE_RUNTIME I STATUS_ROLE Role of Status in UPS .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I CHECK Consistency Check .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I DOM_TO_APPLICATION Loads Application from DOM .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_NAME Name of Application .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_ATTRIBUTES Web & Exc: Delivers Attributes of BSP Page .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_BSP_PAGE Web: Delivers BSP Page on Generation .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_BSP_RENDER Web: Delivers BSP Page During Dynamic Rendering .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_COMPONENT_BY_ID Delivers Components By Name .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_COMPONENT_LIST Returns Subcomponents .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_CURRENT_PAGE Current Page (HTML Name) .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_PAGE Delivers Page .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_PAGE_NAME Delivers Page Name, Main Page for Application .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I GET_ROOT_INSTANCE Generation / Constructor .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I INITIALIZE Web: Initialization at Runtime of BSP Application .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_APPLICATION_NAME Name of Application .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_CLSNAME Web: Sets Name of Generated BSP ABAP OO Class .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_CURRENT_PAGE Current Page (HTML Name) .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_DEVCLASS Sets the Package .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_FLAG_GEN_CLASS Web: Generation of Class .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_OTR_PACKAGES Sets OTR Packages .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I SET_TITLE Description of Application .
IF_UPWB_APPLICATION I TO_XML_DOM Serialization in XML Format .
IF_UPWB_BSP_APPL I GET_COMPONENT Returns Reference to Component .
IF_UPWB_BSP_APPL I INITIALIZATION Is Called Up During Event of Same Name of BSP Page .
IF_UPWB_BSP_APPL I INPUTPROCESSING Is Called Up During Event PAI of BSP Page .
IF_UPWB_BSP_APPL I MANIPULATION Is Called Up During Event of BSP Page .
IF_UPWB_BSP_APPL I REGISTER_HANDLER Registers Event Handler on BSP page (See Constants) .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I ACTIVATE_SICF_ENTRY Activates an HTTP Service Entry .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I CHECK_SICF_FOR_SEM_UPWB OBSOLETE: Checks Whether SICF Entry Exists for SEM_UPWB .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I CREATE_SICF_ENTRY OBSOLETE: Generates an HTTP Service Entry .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I GET_INSTANCE Returns Only Instance .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I GET_MSG_LOG Delivers Reference to Message Log .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I GET_PLANNING_APP Retuens Current Application .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I GET_SICF_STATUS Delivers Status Regarding HTTP Service .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I GET_STORAGE Delivers Reference to Storage .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER I OPEN_APPLICATION Opens Current Application .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I ACTIVATE ACTIVATE .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I CHECK CHECK .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I CHECK_EDITABLE Editable because of System Settings? .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I GENERATE Generate .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I GENERATE_DIALOG Dialog to Ascertain Parameters for Generation .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I INITIALIZE INITIALIZE .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_GENERATOR I IS_VALID_NAME IS_VALID_NAME .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_PREVIEW I GET_SHOW_PREVIEW Returns whether the Preview Is Active .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_PREVIEW I REFRESH Is Called Up if the Components in the Builder Change .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_PREVIEW I SET_PREVIEW_TYPE Sets Type of Previewer .
IF_UPWB_BUILDER_PREVIEW I SET_SHOW_PREVIEW Sets Preview Active/Inactive .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I CLONE Deep Copy .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I CREATE_ID Creates New Unique ID (Using Class Name or Template) .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I EDIT_PROPERTY Runs the Property Editor for the Property .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I FINALIZE Destructor .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_BPS_DESCRIPTION Delivers Description of BPS Object of Property .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_CHILDREN Returns Subcomponents .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_CHILDREN_COUNT Returns Subcomponents .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_CLASS_DESCRIPTION Delivers Class Description .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_CLASS_NAME Returns Class Name .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_CLASS_TEMPLATE Returns Table of Source Code .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_EDIT_TYPE Returns Type for Editing (Const. Hidden,Editable,Read Only) .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_EXPANDED_ICON Note Presentation in Tree Control .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_FIRST_CHILD Returns First Subcomponent .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_HTML_NAME Returns HTML Name (like "componentID".htm) .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_ID Long ID (Unique) .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_INTERFACE_NAME Returns Class Name .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_METHOD_COUNT Delivers Number of Methods .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_METH_DESCR Delivers a Method Description .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_METH_DESCRIPTORS Delivers All Method Descriptions .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_NEXT Delivers Next Subcomponent .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_NORMAL_ICON Note Presentation in Tree Control .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_PARENT Delivers Higher-Level Component .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_PROPERTY Delivers Value of a Property .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_PROPERTY_COUNT Delivers Number of Properties .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_PROP_DESCR Delivers a Certain Property Description .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I GET_PROP_DESCRIPTORS Delivers All Property Descriptions .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I IS_FOLDER For Display in Tree Control .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I IS_SUBCLASS_OF Test on Subclass Property .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I NEW_CHILD Automatically Creates a New Subcomponent .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I PASTE Paste Operation .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I REMOVE Rmove .
IF_UPWB_COMPONENT I SET_PROPERTY Sets the Value of a Property .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_CURRENT_PAGE GET_CURRENT_PAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_HTML_NAME GET_HTML_NAME .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_PROFILE Get Planning Profile .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_QUERY_STRING URL Query String with Standard Parameters .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_REFRESH_TIME GET_REFRESH_TIME .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_TIMEOUT GET_TIMEOUT .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_USE_UNLOAD Using Unload Events .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I GET_XML_VERSION XML Version .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I SET_CURRENT_PAGE SET_CURRENT_PAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I SET_PROFILE Set Planning Profile .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I SET_REFRESH_TIME SET_REFRESH_TIME .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I SET_TIMEOUT SET_TIMEOUT .
IF_UPWB_C_APPLICATION I SET_USE_UNLOAD Using Unload Events .
IF_UPWB_C_BUTTON I GET_DISABLED Disabled .
IF_UPWB_C_BUTTON I SET_DISABLED Disabled .
IF_UPWB_C_BUTTON I SUBMIT SUBMIT .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I EXECUTE EXECUTE .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I GET_GL_SEQUENCE GET_GL_SEQUENCE .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I GET_LABEL GET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I GET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I SET_GL_SEQUENCE SET_GL_SEQUENCE .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I SET_LABEL SET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_FUNCTION I SET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_NAVIGATION I GET_PAGE GET_PAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_NAVIGATION I SET_PAGE SET_PAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_UNDO I GET_UNDO State of Undo (if True, Components Do Not Process Input) .
IF_UPWB_C_BUT_UNDO I SET_UNDO State of Undo (if True, Components Do Not Process Input) .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I API_GET_DATA API_GET_DATA .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_BG_COLOR BG Color .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_GROUP_COLUMNS Group by Layout Columns or Group by Rows .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_HEIGHT Size of Area for Graph (Applet) .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_LEGEND_POSITION Legend Position .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_TITLE Title .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_TYPE Graph Type .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I GET_WIDTH Size of Area for Graph (Applet) .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I PREPARE_OUTPUT PREPARE_OUTPUT .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_BG_COLOR BG Color .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_GROUP_COLUMNS Group by Layout Columns or Group by Rows .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_HEIGHT Size of Area for Graph (Applet) .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_LEGEND_POSITION Legend Position .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_TITLE Title .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_TYPE Graph Type .
IF_UPWB_C_CHART I SET_WIDTH Size of Area for Graph (Applet) .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I ADD_CHILD ADD_CHILD .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_APPLICATION GET_APPLICATION .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_CHILDREN GET_CHILDREN .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_CHILDREN_COUNT GET_CHILDREN_COUNT .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_CHILD_NUMBER My Number in the Parent's List .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_CLASS GET_CLASS .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT GET_COMPONENT .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_ID GET_ID .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_PARENT GET_PARENT .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I GET_VISUAL 'true' if Component Is Going to Be Rendered .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I REMOVE REMOVE .
IF_UPWB_C_COMPONENT I SET_VISUAL 'true' if Component Is Going to Be Rendered .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_COLUMNS GET_COLUMNS .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_CSS_CLASS CSS Class that Wraps the Container .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_ROWS GET_ROWS .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_SPACING Spacing among Cells .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_TABLE_CSS_CLASS CSS Class for Grid (Table) .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_USE_GRID GET_USE_GRID .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I GET_VERTICAL GET_VERTICAL .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_COLUMNS SET_COLUMNS .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_CSS_CLASS CSS Class that Wraps the Container .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_ROWS SET_ROWS .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_SPACING Spacing among Cells .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_TABLE_CSS_CLASS CSS Class for Grid (Table) .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_USE_GRID SET_USE_GRID .
IF_UPWB_C_CONTAINER I SET_VERTICAL SET_VERTICAL .
IF_UPWB_C_DOCUMENT I PREPARE_DOCUMENT GET_DOCUMENT .
IF_UPWB_C_DOCUMENT I PROCESS_DOCUMENT PROCESS_DOCUMENT .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I GET_AREA GET_AREA .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I GET_LEVEL GET_LEVEL .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I GET_PACKAGE GET_PACKAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I GET_PACKAGE_SELECTOR GET_PACKAGE_SELECTOR .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I SET_AREA SET_AREA .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I SET_LEVEL SET_LEVEL .
IF_UPWB_C_ENTITY I SET_PACKAGE SET_PACKAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I GET_LABEL GET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I GET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST Run Server Event If the Body Is Selected (Space=No Toggle) .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I GET_OPENED Body Is Visible .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I GET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I PROCESS_STATE State of Body Visibility .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I SET_LABEL SET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I SET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST Run Server Event If the Body Is Selected (Space=No Toggle) .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I SET_OPENED Body Is Visible .
IF_UPWB_C_GROUP I SET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I API_GET_DATA API_GET_DATA .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I API_SET_DATA API_PUT_DATA .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_ALLOW_DROPDOWN Allow Dropdowns for New Lines .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_ALLOW_NEW_LINES GET_ALLOW_NEW_LINES .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_DATA_ROWS Number of Rows in Data Area (not Contain New Rows) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_DETAIL_ENABLED GET_DETAIL_ENABLED .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW GET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_FUNCTION Function Called After Data Change .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_HEADER_ROWS OBSOLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_HEIGHT Height of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_NEW_ROWS Number of New Rows to Be Added .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_READ_ONLY GET_READ_ONLY .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_SELECTED_COLUMN GET_SELECTED_COLUMN .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_SELECTED_ROW GET_SELECTED_ROW .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_SELECTION GET_SELECTION .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_SHOW_FOOTER Display footer line .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_USE_EXCEL Excel Web Component .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_VISIBLE_ROWS GET_VISIBLE_ROWS .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I GET_WIDTH Width of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I PREPARE_OUTPUT PREPARE_OUTPUT .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I PROCESS_INPUT PROCESS_INPUT .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_ALLOW_DROPDOWN Allow Dropdowns for New Lines .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_ALLOW_NEW_LINES SET_ALLOW_NEW_LINES .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_DETAIL_ENABLED SET_DETAIL_ENABLED .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW SET_FIRST_VISIBLE_ROW .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_FUNCTION Function Called After Data Change .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_HEADER_ROWS OBSOLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_HEIGHT Height of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_READ_ONLY SET_READ_ONLY .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_SHOW_FOOTER Display footer line .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_USE_EXCEL Excel Web Component .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_VISIBLE_ROWS SET_VISIBLE_ROWS .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I SET_WIDTH Width of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT I XLS_ERR_PREPARE_OUTP xls_err_prepare_outp .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_COMPRESS_LEADCOL Compress leading columns into one column .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_DATA_ROWS Number of Rows in Data Area (not Contain New Rows) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_DETAIL_TOOLTIP Quick Info for Detail Button .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_FUNCTION Function Called After Data Change .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_HEIGHT Height of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_NEW_ROWS Number of New Rows to Be Added .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_SHOW_FOOTER Display footer line .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_USE_EXCEL Excel Web Component .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_VLHELP Value help string ("default"&"chanm"="design"&...) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_WIDTH Width of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I GET_WRAP_ENABLED Areas with the Permitted Wrapping .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I IS_READY_FOR Handler should/can/cannot be called .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_COMPRESS_LEADCOL Compress leading columns into one column .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_DETAIL_TOOLTIP Quick Info for Detail Button .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_FUNCTION Function Called After Data Change .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_HEIGHT Height of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_NEW_ROWS Number of new rows when inserted .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_REQUEST_FOR Handler shall be called .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_SHOW_FOOTER Display footer line .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_USE_EXCEL Excel Web Component .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_VLHELP Value help string ("default"&"chanm"="design"&...) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_WIDTH Width of Layout (Currently only for Excel) .
IF_UPWB_C_LAYOUT2 I SET_WRAP_ENABLED Areas with the Permitted Wrapping .
IF_UPWB_C_LINK I GET_LINK GET_LINK .
IF_UPWB_C_LINK I GET_TARGET GET_TARGET .
IF_UPWB_C_LINK I SET_LINK SET_LINK .
IF_UPWB_C_LINK I SET_TARGET SET_TARGET .
IF_UPWB_C_MESSAGE I GET_MSG_COUNT Count the not yet prepared messages in the log .
IF_UPWB_C_MESSAGE I GET_SHOW_TECHNICAL Show technical messages .
IF_UPWB_C_MESSAGE I PREPARE_MESSAGES PREPARE_MESSAGES .
IF_UPWB_C_MESSAGE I SET_SHOW_TECHNICAL Show technical messages .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I GET_CSS_LINK Path to Additional CSS File .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I GET_HTML_NAME GET_HTML_NAME .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I GET_STATEFULL GET_STATEFULL .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I NAVIGATE_TO_APPLICATION SET_FRAME_PAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I PREPARE_CONTEXT PREPARE_CONTEXT .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I SET_CSS_LINK Path to Additional CSS File .
IF_UPWB_C_PAGE I SET_STATEFULL SET_STATEFULL .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_AREA GET_AREA .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_DESIGN Types: 'Dropdown', 'Hidden', 'Input' .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_FORMATTING GET_FORMATTING .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_LABEL_REF Label Reference .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_LINES Lines of Dropdown .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I GET_VALUE GET_VALUE .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I PREPARE_VALUES PREPARE_VALUES .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I PROCESS_SELECTION PROCESS_SELECTION .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_AREA SET_AREA .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_DESIGN Types: 'Dropdown', 'Hidden', 'Input' .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_FORMATTING SET_FORMATTING .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_LABEL_REF Label Reference .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_LINES Lines of Dropdown .
IF_UPWB_C_SELECTOR I SET_VALUE SET_VALUE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_LEVEL I GET_ENTITIES GET_LEVEL .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_LEVEL I GET_LEVEL GET_LEVEL .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_LEVEL I SET_LEVEL SET_LEVEL .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I API_GET_VARIABLE API_GET_VARIABLE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I API_SET_VARIABLE API_SET_VARIABLE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_CLIENT_EXPAND_LEVEL Max. level expanded on the client (for new design) .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_COMPLETE GET_COMPLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_EXTERNAL_SOURCE OBSOLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_INTERVAL_FORMAT GET_INTERVAL_FORMAT .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_LAYOUT2 Layout Source .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_SOURCE Layout Source (Old Type) .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I GET_VARIABLE GET_VARIABLE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_CLIENT_EXPAND_LEVEL Max. level expanded on the client (for new design) .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_COMPLETE SET_COMPLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_EXTERNAL_SOURCE OBSOLETE .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_INTERVAL_FORMAT SET_INTERVAL_FORMAT .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_LAYOUT2 Layout Source .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_SOURCE Layout Source (Old Type) .
IF_UPWB_C_SEL_VARVL I SET_VARIABLE SET_VARIABLE .
IF_UPWB_C_TAB_CONTAINER I GET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST GET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST .
IF_UPWB_C_TAB_CONTAINER I SET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST SET_LOAD_ON_REQUEST .
IF_UPWB_C_TAB_STRIP I GET_SELECTED GET_SELECTED .
IF_UPWB_C_TAB_STRIP I PROCESS_SELECTION PROCESS_SELECTION .
IF_UPWB_C_TAB_STRIP I SET_SELECTED SET_SELECTED .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I GET_IMAGE GET_IMAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I GET_LABEL GET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I GET_LABEL_FOR Labeled Component (Usually Selector) .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I GET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I GET_USE_HTML Use Label and Title as HTML (Do Not Escape) .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I SET_IMAGE SET_IMAGE .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I SET_LABEL SET_LABEL .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I SET_LABEL_FOR Labeled Component (Usually Selector) .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I SET_TITLE Quick Info (HTML Tag Property 'Title') .
IF_UPWB_C_TEXT I SET_USE_HTML Use Label and Title as HTML (Do Not Escape) .
IF_UPWB_GENERATOR I CHECK Checks Whether Generation Works .
IF_UPWB_GENERATOR I FORCE_ACTIVATION Activates a Class .
IF_UPWB_GENERATOR I GENERATE Executes a Generation .
IF_UPWB_GENERATOR I IS_VALID_WIF_NAME Can the Name Be Used for a Web Interface? .
IF_UPWB_METH_DESCR I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns Description .
IF_UPWB_METH_DESCR I GET_NAME Delivers the Name .
IF_UPWB_METH_DESCR I GET_VISUAL_NAME Delivers the External Presentation of the Name .
IF_UPWB_MSG_LOG I ADD Add Message .
IF_UPWB_MSG_LOG I CLEAR Delete Message(s) .
IF_UPWB_MSG_LOG I DISPLAY Display Messages .
IF_UPWB_MSG_LOG I GET_MSG Delivers Message Lines .
IF_UPWB_MSG_LOG I RAISE Add Message and Raise Exception .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns Description .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I GET_NAME Returns Name .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I GET_TYPE Returns Type .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I GET_VISUAL_NAME Delivers Names in External Format .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I GET_XML_NAME Returns XML Name .
IF_UPWB_PROP_DESCR I HAS_PROPERTY_EDITOR True, If Property Editor Available .
IF_UPWB_PROP_EDITOR I EDIT_VALUE Start Editing .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I CHANGE_LOCK A Lock Is Set from READ to Write or the other way round .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I CREATE_WIF_FROM_XML Generates a New WIF from XML Description .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I DELETE Deletes an Application via Reference .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Delivers the Attributes of a BSP Planning Application .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I GET_MASTER_DATA Delivers Master Data of All Available Applications .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I GET_NAMES Delivers the Names of All Available Planning Applications .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I IS_GENERATED Returns True if the Application Was Generated .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I LOAD Loads a Specific Planning Application .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I RELEASE_LOCK A Lock Is Reset .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I SAVE Saves a Specific Planning Application .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I SET_LOCK A Lock Is Set .
IF_UPWB_STORAGE I TRANSPORT Transports an Individual Planning Application .
IF_UPWB_VIEW_OBJECT I DELETE_CONTROLS Deletes the Controls (If the Container Has Changed) .
IF_UPWB_VIEW_OBJECT I DISPLAY DISPLAY .
IF_UPWB_VIEW_OBJECT I GET_GUI_CONTAINER Returns GUI Container for Control .
IF_UPWB_VIEW_OBJECT I SET_GUI_CONTAINER SET_GUI_CONTAINER .
IF_UPX_APPLICATION I GET_TITLE to get the title of the application .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I ATRVL Get the value of particular attribute .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I ATRVL_SET Set new value to the buffered attributes .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I BASNM Get reference characteristic .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I BASNM_TEXT Get description for reference characteristic .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I CHANM Get characteristic name .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I CHANM_ATR Get the list of attributes .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I CHANM_TEXT Get description for characteristic .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I CHAVL_LIST Get the list of characteristic values .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I CHAVL_TEXT Get description for characteristic value .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I DATATP Get type of the characteristic .
IF_UPX_BW_CHANM I HIE_LIST Get the list of attached hierarchies .
IF_UPX_BW_HIE I HIE_GET Get hierarchy values .
IF_UPX_BW_HIE I HIE_KEY Get the key for the hierarchy .
IF_UPX_BW_HIE I HIE_MAINTAIN Start BW maintenance for the hierarchy .
IF_UPX_BW_HIE I HIE_TEXT Get hierarchy description .
IF_UPX_CHANM_GROUP I CHARS Return list of Characteristics .
IF_UPX_CHANM_GROUP I DSRC Return Pointer to DataSource .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I CM_CHILDREN Returns a list of subnodes/items .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I CM_HANDLE Handles command from context menu .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I CM_ITEMS Returns allowed set of context menu commands .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I CM_STATUS Returns the commands allowed for pf-status .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I IS_CHANGED Tracks the children if they are changed .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I IS_FOLDER Is the node folder or leaf? .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I SAVE Saves the data beneath the node .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I TEXT_GET Returns the text of the node .
IF_UPX_CM_HANDLER I TRANSPORT Completes the transport table for particular object .
IF_UPX_CM_VISITOR I VISIT Visit the concrete CM handler .
IF_UPX_CUST_COMPONENT I CONSTRAINS to get the list of the required objects .
IF_UPX_CUST_COMPONENT I SAVE to extract the XML for persistency .
IF_UPX_CUST_COMPONENT I SUBSCREEN to get the proprietor subscreen for the component .
IF_UPX_CUST_KEY_SELECTOR I SELECT to select the application main key .
IF_UPX_CUST_STEP I ARRANGE_COMPONENTS Get Arrangement Info about Components .
IF_UPX_CUST_STEP I LIST_COMPONENTS to get the list of the components within the step .
IF_UPX_CUST_SUBSCREEN I CANCEL to finish the work, but not save .
IF_UPX_CUST_SUBSCREEN I CHECK to check the subscreen before resume .
IF_UPX_CUST_SUBSCREEN I OKCODE to manage screen OK code .
IF_UPX_CUST_SUBSCREEN I PREPARE to prepare subscreen to be shown .
IF_UPX_CUST_SUBSCREEN I RESUME to finish the work with actual subscreen .
IF_UPX_DSRC_GENERIC I DATA Get table of hierarchical data .
IF_UPX_DSRC_GENERIC I FIXED_CHARS Get table of fixed characteristics .
IF_UPX_DSRC_GENERIC I STD_CHAR Get base standard characteristic .
IF_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I RENDER Render DHTML .
IF_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I SAVE Save Data .
IF_UPX_LAYOUT_RENDER I UPDATE Recalculate Cells .
IF_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I DIMENSION Get the characteristic delivered by responsibility .
IF_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I FETCH_NEXT Get next responsibility object .
IF_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I MOVE_FIRST Move iterator to the first responsibility object .
IF_UPX_RESP_SOURCE I NEXT_EXISTS Is there a next object? .
IF_UPX_SUBSCREEN_PROXY I CANCEL Finish the work but do not save .
IF_UPX_SUBSCREEN_PROXY I CHECK Check the data on actual subscreen .
IF_UPX_SUBSCREEN_PROXY I OKCODE Manage screen OK code .
IF_UPX_SUBSCREEN_PROXY I PREPARE Prepare subscreen to be shown .
IF_UPX_SUBSCREEN_PROXY I RESUME Finish the work with actual subscreen .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I COPY Copy the texts from another texts object .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I DELETE Delete all text records .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I NEW Create new empty object .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I OPEN Open the texts from the table .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I SAVE Save all changes to the database .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I TEXT Get the text for current language .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I TEXT_BY_LANG Get the text for given language .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I TEXT_SET Set text for current language .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I TRANSLATE Launch the translator subscreen proxy .
IF_UPX_TEXTS I TRANSPORT Prepare texts to be transported .
IF_UPX_TIMEFRAME I SAVE_DATA Save time frame data to the given storage .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I CHECK_STATUS Check Internal Status and Set DISPLAY .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I CLEAR_CHANGED Object not changed any more .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I DELETION_POSSIBLE Deletion of Actual Object Possible? .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I DEQUEUE Unlock object .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I ENQUEUE Lock Object for Maintenance .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I IS_CHANGED Object Changed? .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I SET_CHANGED Object was changed .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I SET_DELETED Set Deletion Flag .
IF_UR_GUI_OBJECT I UPDATE_GUI_STATUS Update GUI Status for Display .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I COMMIT_DELTA Chunk Ready. Make DB Commit .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I DELETE_CHUNK Deletes an erroneous chunk from the delta queue .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I GET_DATA Synchronized Reading of Summary Data .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I PUT_DELTA_DATA Writes a group of delta postings to the queue .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I READ_DATA_FOR_DISPLAY Read Data for Displaying Realignment Run .
IF_UR_TOTALSSOURCE I UNDO_CHUNK Deletes an erroneous chunk from the delta queue .
IF_USER_DATA_TRG I DISPLAY Displays the Object .
IF_USER_DATA_TRG I GET_DESCRIPTION Gets Short Decription of the Object .
IF_UWL_ITEM_PROVIDER I GET_DELTA_ITEMS get items changed since the indicated timestamp .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I ADD_ELEMENT Add new Questionnaire Element to Hierarchy .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I COPY_QUESTIONNAIRE Copy current Questionnaire .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I CREATE_QUESTIONNAIRE Create new Questionnaire .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I DELETE_QUESTIONNAIRE Delete current Questionnaire .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_ALLOWED_SUBELEMENTS Get the list of allowed subelement types .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_ELEMENT_CHILDREN Get Element Children .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_ELEMENT_DATA Get element data .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_MASTER_LANGUAGE Return the language in which Questionnaire was created .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_QUESTIONNAIRES Return the list of Questionnaires for the given application .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_QUESTIONNAIRE_DATA Get Questionnaire Header Data .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_ROOT_ELEMENT Get root Element of Hierarchy .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_TEXT Read Questionnaire Text for the given Text ID and Language .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_TEXTS Read all Questionnaire Texts for the given Language .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I GET_TEXT_ID_LIST Return a table of Texts Identifiers for the Questionnaire .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I READ_FOR_CHANGE Read Questionnaire for Change .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I READ_FOR_DISPLAY Read Questionnaire for Display .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I REMOVE_ELEMENT Remove element .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I SAVE_QUESTIONNAIRE Save current Questionnaire .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I SET_ELEMENT_DATA Set element data .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I SET_QUESTIONNAIRE_DATA Set Questionnaire Header Data .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I SET_TEXT Save Questionnaire Text for the given Text ID and Language .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I SET_TEXTS Save all Questionnaire Texts for the given Language .
IF_UWS_SURVEY_FORM_API I VALIDATE_QUESTIONNAIRE Questionnaire validation .
IF_VALIDITY_STRATEGY_CK I VALID Checks Validity .
IF_VALUATION_STEP_VAL I GET_MESSAGES Gets Messages for the Valuation Step .
IF_VALUATION_STEP_VAL I GET_RESET_VALUATION_FLOWS Gets Valuation Flows for the Reset .
IF_VALUATION_STEP_VAL I GET_VALUATION_FLOWS Gets Valuation Flows .
IF_VALUATION_STEP_VAL I GET_VALUATION_INFO Gets Information for the Valuation Step .
IF_VALUATION_STEP_VAL I VALUE Executes the Valuation Step .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I EQUALS Checks Whether Two Objects are Identical .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I GET_TREE_NODE Delivers Reference to Node (No Longer To Be Used) .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_BUTTON_CLICK Event Handler: Pushbutton Activated .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_EXPAND_NO_CHILDREN Event Handler: Reload Subtree .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_NODE_CONTEXT_MENU Event Handler: Context Menu (Right Mouse Button) .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_NODE_CONTEXT_MENU_SEL Event Handler: Context Menu (Function Selected) .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_NODE_DBL_CLICK Event Handler: Double Click .
IF_VAR_TREE_NODE_IGN I PROCESS_SEL_CHANGE Event Handler: Selection Changed .
IF_VB_CHANGES_TRIGGER_FOLLOWUP I VB_CHANGES_TRIGGER_FOLLOW_UP BAdI in FM VB_CHANGE_DOCUMENT_PREPARE .
IF_VECTOR_CALCULATE I CALCULATE Calculate Payment Behavior Summary .
IF_VERSION_CREATE_TEM I CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES Changes Selected Attributes of Exposure .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_COMPLEX_EXPAND_VIEW Generate View to Expand and Collapse (Complex) .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_EXPAND_VIEW Generate View to Expand and Collapse .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_QUERY_VIEW Generate View for Worklist .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_QUICKINFO_EXPAND_VIEW Generate View to Expand and Collapse .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_SIMPLE_FRAME_VIEW View with Dynamic Frame .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_SIMPLE_MAIN_WINDOW Main Window (Screen Container) With Standard Menu .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_SIMPLE_SETUP_VIEW Generates Setup-Builder .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_SIMPLE_TAB_VIEW Generate Tabstrip View .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_SIMPLE_TOGGLE_VIEW Generate View with Text Label Subview and Detail Subview .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_TABLE_VIEW_COMMANDS Generate Commands for Table View .
IF_VIEW_FACTORY_MM I MAKE_TOGGLE_VIEW Generate View with Two Alternative Subviews .
IF_VIEW_PPF I GET_SUBSCR Delivers Report ID and Subscreen for Runtime Environment .
IF_VIEW_PPF I PUBLISH Sets the Corresponding Model .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_ERROR_STORE I ADD_MESSAGE Save New Message .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CHECK Überprüfen eines Virtuellen Interfaces .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CHECK_STANDARD_SUBSCREEN Eingabe-Daten auf Standarddynpro prüfen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CHECK_SUBSCREEN1 Prüfen der Daten auf Subscreen1 .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CHECK_SUBSCREEN2 Prüfen der Daten auf Subscreen2 .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CLOSE Plugin beenden .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I COMPLETE_PROFILE_INFORMATION Gets all the default profiles for the web service .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I CREATE Erzeugen eines virtuellen Interfaces .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_CROSS_REFERENCE_DATA Einträge für den Verwendungsnachweis lesen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_MAX_NUMBER_OF_SD_VARIANTS Wieviele Varianten sind pro Service Definition erlaubt? .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_OBJ_SHORTTEXT Rückgabe Kurztext für Objektreferenz (Eigenschaften-Tab) .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_ORIGINAL_FOR_FUNCTION Gibt das Orginalobjekt zu einer Funktion des VIF zurück .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_SERVICE_DEF_STARTPOINT Rückgabe Service Def-Startpunkt (I=Inside-Out O=Outside-In) .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_SUBSCREEN1_DATA Daten von Subscreen1 holen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I GET_SUBSCREEN2_DATA Daten von Subscreen2 holen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I INIT Initialisierung .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I INITIALIZE_SUBSCREEN1 Subscreen1 initialisieren .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I INITIALIZE_SUBSCREEN2 Subscreen2 initialisieren .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I LOAD_ORIGINAL Originalschnittstelle lesen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I LOAD_ORIGINAL_DESCRIPTION Originalbeschreibung lesen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I MAY_SD_VARIANTS_BE_CHANGED Dürfen SErvice Definition Varianten verändert werden? .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I MODIFY_ALLOWED Können Teilobjekte des VIF ergänzt oder gelöscht werden? .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I MODIFY_VIF Teilobjekte des VIF ergänzen oder löschen .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I NAVIGATE Navigation vom VIF zum Objekt .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I PAI_SPECIAL_SUPPORT PAI-Support für spezielle VIs .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I PBO_SPECIAL_SUPPORT PBO-Support für spezielle VIs .
IF_VIF_PLUGIN_OBJECT I SPECIAL_SUPPORT Support für spezielle VIs .
IF_VINFO_PUSH I INFO_PUSH Send Information to Operational Systems .
IF_VI_REFERENCE_OBJECT I CHECK Checks Validity of Definition .
IF_VI_REFERENCE_OBJECT I GET_FUNCTIONS Reads Associated Functions for Reference Object .
IF_VI_REFERENCE_OBJECT I GET_PARAMETERS Reads Associated Parameters .
IF_VI_REFERENCE_OBJECT I GET_SHORT_DESCRIPTION Reads Descriptions for Function .
IF_VMCADMIN_DETAIL_INFO I GET_ACTIVE_VIEW Returns the properties of the active detail view .
IF_VMCADMIN_FCODE_LISTENER I PROCESS_USER_COMMAND Processes the specified function code .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVCONTEXT I IS_CONTEXT_CACHEABLE Tells the application whether it should cache the context .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVCONTEXT I REFRESH Refresh Displayed Content .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVIGATION_OBJECT I GET_ADDITIONAL_NAV_CONTEXT May provide additional context menu under navigation node .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVIGATION_OBJECT I GET_CONTAINER Returns the parent container (if set) .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVIGATION_OBJECT I GET_GUI_CONTROL Returns the direct child of the application container .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVIGATION_OBJECT I HANDLE_CONTEXT_MENU_SELECT Handles own context menu selections .
IF_VMCADMIN_NAVIGATION_OBJECT I SET_CONTAINER Links internal model to the external parent container .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVDR_REGISTRY I CALL_PROVIDER Goes to the provider specified .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVDR_REGISTRY I GET_CAPABLE_PROVIDERS Returns provider that can display the session specified .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVDR_REGISTRY I GET_PROVIDERS Returns provider of a request type .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVDR_REGISTRY I REGISTER_PROVIDER Registers a provider to display the specified request types .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVIDER I REGISTER Registers this provider .
IF_VMC_PRF_DET_PROVIDER I SHOW_DETAILS Displays details of specified request .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I CAN_DISPLAY Can display the given profiling session in evaluation module.
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I CLOSE_SESSION Closes the open session and releases resources .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I GET_GUI_CONTROL Provides the GUI control used for displaying .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I GET_NAME Provides the name of this evaluation module .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I GET_SUBSCREEN_NR Provides the number of an (optional) subscreen .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I OPEN_SESSION Opens the saved profiling run in specified directory .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I SET_CONTAINER Sets the container in which the UI is displayed .
IF_VMC_PRF_EVALUATION_MODULE I SET_DETAILS_PROVIDER_REGISTRY Transfers the registry for details provider .
IF_VRS_TABLE_COMPARE I GET_DETAILS Gets Details on Table Differences .
IF_VRS_TABLE_COMPARE I GET_SUMMARY Gets Summary of Differences Between Tables .
IF_VRS_TABLE_COMPARE I GET_TABLE_INFO Gets Organizational Data of Tables .
IF_VSCAN_INSTANCE I SCAN_BYTES Scan a byte sequence .
IF_VSCAN_INSTANCE I SCAN_FILE Scanning of a Local (Application Server) File .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I CREATE_NEW Display New Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I GET_FLOWLOGIC Get Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I GET_NAME Get Name .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I GET_SOURCE Get source code .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I LOAD Load Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All Templates in Service .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I PUBLISH Publish Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I SET_FLOWLOGIC Set Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_FLOW_LOGIC I SET_SOURCE Set Source .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I CREATE_NEW Create new JavaScript file .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I GET_NAME Get JavaScript name .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I GET_SOURCE Get JavaScript source .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I LOAD Load JavaScript file .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load all JavaScript files of a service .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I PUBLISH Publish a JavaScript file .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set attributes .
IF_W3_API_JAVASCRIPT I SET_SOURCE Set JavaScript source .
IF_W3_API_MIME I CREATE_NEW Create New MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_MIME I GET_NAME Get MIME Name .
IF_W3_API_MIME I GET_SOURCE Get MIME Source .
IF_W3_API_MIME I LOAD Load MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All MIMEs in Service .
IF_W3_API_MIME I PUBLISH Publish MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_MIME I SET_SOURCE Set MIME Source .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I CREATE_NEW Create New MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I GET_NAME Get MIME Name .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I GET_SOURCE Get MIME Source .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I LOAD Load MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All MIMEs in Service .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I PUBLISH Publish MIME .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_MIME_LANG I SET_SOURCE Set MIME Source .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I CHECK_EXIST Existence check .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I CREATE_NEW Create .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get MiniApp Attributes .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I GET_NAME Return MiniApp Name .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I GET_PARAMETERS Get MiniApp Parameters .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I GET_SERVICE_INTERFACE_PARAM Insert Service Interface Parameter .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I LOAD Read .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set MiniApp Attributes .
IF_W3_API_MINIAPP I SET_PARAMETERS Set MiniApp Parameters .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I COPY Copy Object .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I DELETE Delete Object .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I DELETE_FROM_BUFFER Delete Object from Buffer .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I GET_CHANGEABLE Query: Can Object Be Changed? .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I GET_CHANGED Unsaved Changes .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I GET_FULL_NAME Return Complete Name .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I GET_PUBLISHED Query Publishing Status of Object .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I GET_TRANSPORT_TYPE Return Transport Object Type .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I PUBLISH Publish Object on ITS .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I PUBLISH_LOCAL Publish Object in Local Directory .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I REFRESH_DEVCLASS Read Package Again .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I SAVE Save Object .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I SET_CHANGEABLE Set Mode to Display or Change .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I SET_PUBLISH_INFO Sets Publishing Status .
IF_W3_API_OBJECT I UNDO_CHANGES Undo Changes .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I CREATE_NEW Create New Resource File .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_JAVASCRIPT Returns all JavaScript Files for Theme .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_MIMES Returns All MIMEs on Topic .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_MIMES_LANG Returns All Language-Dependent MIMEs on Topic .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_NAME Get Resource Name .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_PARAMETERS Get Resource Parameters .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_TEMPLATES Returns All Templates on Topic .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I GET_TEMPLATES_LANG Returns All Language-Dependent Templates on Topic .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I LOAD Load Resource File .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All Resource Files for a Service .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I PUBLISH Publish Resource File .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_RESOURCE I SET_PARAMETERS Set Resource Parameters .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I CREATE_NEW Create New Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get Attributes .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_FLOWS Returns all Templates with Flow Logic for Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_INTERFACE_PARAMETERS Get Service Interface Parameters .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_JAVASCRIPTS Returns all JavaScript Files for Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_MIMES Returns All MIMEs for a Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_MIMES_LANG Returns All Language-Dependent MIMEs for a Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_NAME Get Service Name .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_PARAMETERS Get Service Parameters .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_RESOURCES Returns All Resource Files for a Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_TEMPLATES Returns All Templates for Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_TEMPLATES_LANG Returns All Language-Dependent Templates for a Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I GET_TRANSACTION Returns All Transactions Entered as Parameters for Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I LOAD Load Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I PUBLISH Publish Service .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I SET_INTERFACE_PARAMETERS Set Service Interface Parameters .
IF_W3_API_SERVICE I SET_PARAMETERS Set Service Parameters .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I CREATE_NEW Create New Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I GET_FLOWLOGIC Get Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I GET_NAME Get Template Name .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I GET_SOURCE Get Template Source .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I LOAD Load Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All Templates in Service .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I PUBLISH Publish Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I SET_FLOWLOGIC Set Flow Logic .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE I SET_SOURCE Set Template Source .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I CREATE_NEW Create New Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I GET_ATTRIBUTES Get attributes .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I GET_NAME Get Template Name .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I GET_SOURCE Get Template Source .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I LOAD Load Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I LOAD_ALL_IN_SERVICE Load All Templates for a Service .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I PUBLISH Publish Template .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I SET_ATTRIBUTES Set Attributes .
IF_W3_API_TEMPLATE_LANG I SET_SOURCE Set Template Source .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_CONVERTER_NODE Create New Converter Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_DEFAULT_NODE Create New Default Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_EVENT_NODE Creates a New Node for an Event and Inserts it as a Subnode .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_EXCEPTION_NODE Create New Exception Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_FILEMAP_NODE Create New Filemapping Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_MAPPING_NODE Create New Mapping Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_MODULE_NODE Create New Module Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_PERSISTENT_NODE Creates a New PERSISTENT Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_RESULT_NODE Creates a New RESULT Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I ADD_STATE_NODE Creates a New STATE Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Read Element Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_BOOLE_VALUE Returns Value of Type Boolean .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_CHILD Returns the Subnode with the Given name; or NULL .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_ENUM_VALUE Returns Property Value of Type enum .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_FIRST_CHILD Returns the First Subordinate Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_HANDLER Returns Name of Event Handler .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_ICON_VALUE Returns Property Value of Type Icon .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_INT_VALUE Returns Property Value of Type Integer .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_LAST_CHILD Returns Last Subnode .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_NAME Returns Property Name .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_NEXT returns Next Same-Level Node to This Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_NEXT_STATE Returns Property NEXT_STATE .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_NEXT_TEMPLATE Returns Property NEXT_TEMPLATE .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_NODE_TYPE Returns Enumerated Values for the Various Node Types .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_PARENT Returns Superior Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_PREVIOUS Returns the Previous Same-Level Node to This Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_STATEFUL Returns the Attribute STATEFUL .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_STRING_VALUE Returns Property Value of Type String .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_SUBTYPE Returns Name of an ENUM Type .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_TEXT_VALUE Returns Property Value of Type Text .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_TYPE Returns Property Type (BOOLE, INT, etc.) .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I GET_VALUE Gets Property Value of Given Type .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I IS_LEAF Returns TRUE if Node Has no Subnodes .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I IS_PROP_READ_ONLY True if Value of Property with Given Name Cannot Be Changed .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I IS_READ_ONLY Returns True if Node Value Cannot Be Changed .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I REMOVE Deletes a Node and All Its Subnodes .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_ATTRIBUTE Set Any Element Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_BOOLE_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type Boolean .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_CLASS Sets Class Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_COMMENT Sets Comment Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_ENUM_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type Enum .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_HANDLER Sets Event Handler .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_ICON_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type Icon .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_INT_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type Iteger .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_NAME Sets Property Name .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_NEXT_STATE Sets Attribute NEXT_STATE .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_NEXT_TEMPLATE Sets Attribute NEXT_TEMPLATE .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_NODE_TYPE Sets Values for the Various Node Types .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_OR_REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE Set/Remove Element Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_READ_ONLY Sets Property Value to Read-Only or Read/Write .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_STRING_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type String .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_SUBTYPE Sets Name of an ENUM Type .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_TEXT_VALUE Sets Property Value of Type Text .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_TYPE Sets TYPE Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE I SET_VALUE Sets Property Value of Given Type .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I FIND Find Node of Given Type and Optionally Name .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_ATTR Get Named Attribute of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_ATTRS Get Attributes of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_NAME Get Name of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_NODE Get Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_TEXT Get Text of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I GET_DOM_TYPE Get Type of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I REMOVE_DOM_ATTR Delete Attribute .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I SET_DOM_ATTR Set Named Attribute of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I SET_DOM_NAME Set Name of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I SET_DOM_TEXT Set Text of Associated DOM Node .
IF_W3_FLOW_DOM_TREE_DIAG I TRANSLATE_ATTR Translate Attributes to Uppercase .
IF_W3_NAVIGATOR I NAVIGATE Create Navigation Request When Double-click Detected .
IF_W3_NAVIGATOR I PRESS_F1 Create Navigation Request When F1 Pressed .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_LAST_ROUTING Result of Last Agent Determination .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_RULE_ID ID of Rule .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_RULE_RESULT Result of Agent Determination .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_RULE_TYPE Rule Category .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_TASK_ID Task ID .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_WORKFLOW_ID Workflow ID .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_WORKITEM_CONTEXT Work item context .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I GET_WORKITEM_ID Current Work Item (If New Agent Determination = 'X') .
IF_WAPI_ROUTING_CONTEXT I IS_REROUTING New Agent Determination Active .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I DO_COMMIT_WORK Register Commit Work .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_ACTION_DATA Gets Action Data .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_ACTION_NAME Gets Action Name .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_DEADLINES Gets Deadlines (in SY-ZONLO) .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_DESCRIPTION Work item description .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_EVT_NAME Gets Name of Event .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_HEADER Header .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_PROPERTY Value of a Workflow Attribute (Basic Data + Step Data) .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_RULE_CONTEXT Delivers the Current Rule Context .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_RULE_RESULT Delivers the Result of the Current Rule Resolution .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_STATE_TRANSITION Status transfer .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_TASK_ID Name of task .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_TOP_CONTAINER Container of Top Work Item .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WF_CONTAINER Workflow Container .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WI_CONTAINER Work Item Container .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WORKFLOW_ID Workflow ID .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WORKFLOW_TASK_ID Workflow Name .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WORKFLOW_VERSION Workflow Version .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I GET_WORKITEM_ID Work item ID .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I IS_ENQUEUED Work Item Is Available Exclusively to the Caller .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I SET_DEBUG Activate/Deactivate Debugging .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I SET_MESSAGE_TO_LOG Writes Message to the Work Item Log .
IF_WAPI_WORKITEM_CONTEXT I SET_TRACE Switch trace on/off .
IF_WAP_PUSH I CANCEL_MESSAGE Deletes Message in WAP GW That Has Not Been Transferred .
IF_WAP_PUSH I PUSH_CO_MESSAGE Transfers Push Cache Operation Message to WAP GW .
IF_WAP_PUSH I PUSH_SI_MESSAGE Transfers Push Cache Indication Message to WAP GW .
IF_WAP_PUSH I PUSH_SL_MESSAGE Transfers Push Service Load Message to WAP GW .
IF_WAP_PUSH I STATUSQUERY_MESSAGE Determines the Status of Push Messages .
IF_WB2_ACTION I DO Execute Action .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I BADI BADI Call .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I FREE Delete Data Tables .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_DOC Return Objects for Selected Lines .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_KEYINFO Key Information for Fullscreen ALV .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_MARK_MODE Selection mode (several, single, no lines) .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_SELECTION_TYPE Type of Selection (Header, Item, Both) .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_TABLE Data Table for ALV Display .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_VARIANT Key for Variant Storage .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I GET_VARIANT_FULL_SCREEN Key for Variant Storage Fullscreen .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I IS_DUMMY Dummy Object Only? .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I IS_LEADER_CHOOSEABLE Can Leading Header Be Selected? .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I SET_LEADER_IS_CHOOSEABLE Leading Header can be Selected .
IF_WB2_ALV_DATA I SET_NEW_LEADER Set New Leading Header .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I DISPLAY Display Data .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I FREE Remove Control .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I FULL_SCREEN Double-Line ALV in Full Screen .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I GET_ALV_GRID ALV Grid Control .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I GET_SELECTED Lines Selected in ALV .
IF_WB2_ALV_VIEW I REFRESH_TABLE_DISPLAY Refresh display .
IF_WB2_ASSO_CHECK I CHECK Execute Action .
IF_WB2_BAPI_ENHANCE I AT_CHANGE Enrich BAPI Data Before Changing Business Process Logic .
IF_WB2_BAPI_ENHANCE I AT_CREATE Enrich BAPI Data Before Creating Business Process Logic .
IF_WB2_BAPI_ENHANCE I GET_EXTENSIONS Provide Additional Data in BSPI Extension .
IF_WB2_BAPI_ENHANCE I SET_EXTENSIONS Copy Additional Data From BAPI Extension .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I AT_ITEM_DELETION Carry Out Deletion of an Item .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I AT_READ Prepare Data After Reading .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_AT_UPDATE Prepare Data for Saving .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_BEFORE_UPDATE Adjust Data Before Saving .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_BUSINESS_DATA Change Business Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_HEADER_DATA Change Header Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_ITEM_DATA Change Item Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_PRICING_HEADER Extend Communication Structure KOMK .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_PRICING_ITEM Extend Communication Structure KOMP .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_SCHEDULE_DATA Change Schedule Lines .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_BEFORE_UPDATE Last Checks for Saving .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_BUSINESS_DATA Check Business Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_DELETE_TC_ITEM Check Deletion of an Item .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_HEADER_DATA Check Header Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_ITEM_DATA Check Item Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_RELEASE_MM Check if Repeat Release is Necessary - MM Side .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_RELEASE_SD Check if Repeat Release is Necessary - SD Side .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I CHECK_SCHEDULE_DATA Check Schedule Lines .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I DATALOSS_CHECK Check Loss of Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I DELETION_CHECK Check if Document Can Be Deleted .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I NUMBER_CHANGE Switch Document Numbers .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I REFRESH Reset Data .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I SAVE_CHECK Check Save .
IF_WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS I SWU_OBJECT_PUBLISH Publish Business Object .
IF_WB2_CHANGEDOCUMENT I AT_WRITE_DOCUMENT Write Change History .
IF_WB2_CHECK I CHECK Execute action .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_ASSIGN_NEW_KNUMV Number Exchange for Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_CONDITION_CHANGE Set Formula Pricing Status .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_COPY Copy Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_COPY_FOLLOW_ON Copy Formula Pricing in Follow-On Document .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_DELETE Delete Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_DELETE_CONDITION Delete Formula Pricing Item Condition .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_DELETE_ITEM Delete Formula Pricing Item .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_INIT Reset Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_NUMBER_CHANGE Number Exchange for Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_READ Read Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_CPE_BD I CPE_SAVE Save Formula Pricing .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM I IS_DUMMY Dummy Class Only .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_AC I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_ADDONZ1 I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_ADDONZ2 I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_ADDONZ3 I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_AGENCY I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_AGENCY_LIST I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_DELIVERY I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_IV I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_MD I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_PO I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_SI I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_SI_LST I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_SO I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DATA_FROM_TC I ADD Add Data of a Document .
IF_WB2_DETERMINE_STEP I GET_STEP Business Process Step .
IF_WB2_DOC I ARE_ALL_FOLLOW_ITEMS_DEL Are all subsequent items in "i_doc" deleted? .
IF_WB2_DOC I CALC_ITEM Generate Item Object from Item Key .
IF_WB2_DOC I CONVERT_ITEM_KEY Item Key from Association in TEW Format .
IF_WB2_DOC I DEQUEUE_WBGT Unlock WBGT Entry for this Document .
IF_WB2_DOC I DISPLAY Call Display Transaction .
IF_WB2_DOC I ENQUEUE_WBGT Lock WBGT Entry for this Document .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_ASSOCIATED_DOC Determine Documents Linked By Association .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_DATA Get Data .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_EMPTY_ALV_DATA Create Empty Data Object (to Match Document Category) .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_EMPTY_DATA_CONTAINER Create Empty Data Container .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_EMPTY_SOURCE_DATA Create Empty Source Data Object (to Match Document Category).
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_FATHER_ITEM Parent Item of Item .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_ITEM_2_ITEM_POINTER Line to Line Pointer for Specified Follow-On Document .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_KEY Document Key .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_LEVEL Level in Tree .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_NUM Document Number (Independent of Document Category) .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_RANGE Selection Range .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SCENARIO Business Scenario .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SELECTION_VIEW Selection Tool .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SIDE Sales or Purchasing Side .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SUCCESSOR Follow-On Document in Document Flow .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SUCCESSOR_ITEM_REF Reference to Table of Subsequent Items .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SUCCESSOR_NUM Number of Successors .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SUCC_DOC_ITER Iterator for Follow-On Documents .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_SUCC_ITEM_ITER Iterator for Subsequent Items .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_TEXT Descriptive Text with Document Number and Document Category .
IF_WB2_DOC I GET_TYPE Document Type .
IF_WB2_DOC I HAS_VISIBLE_SUCCESSOR Does Visible Follow-On Doc. Exist for Document Flow Display?.
IF_WB2_DOC I IS_DELETED Document Deleted? .
IF_WB2_DOC I IS_DIRECT_PREDECESSOR Does This Directly Preceed the Transferred Document? .
IF_WB2_DOC I IS_FLOW_READ Was Document Flow Already Read? .
IF_WB2_DOC I IS_ITEM_DELETED Document Item Deleted? .
IF_WB2_DOC I RESET_FLOW Reset Document Flow .
IF_WB2_DOC_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Document .
IF_WB2_DOC_ITER I FIRST Set to First Element .
IF_WB2_DOC_ITER I IS_DONE Finished? .
IF_WB2_DOC_ITER I NEXT Request Next Element .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_AC I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_ADDONZ1 I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_ADDONZ2 I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_ADDONZ3 I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_AGENCY I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_AGENCY_LST I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_DELIVERY I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_IV I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_MD I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_PO I ENHANCE Enhance .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_SI I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_SI_LST I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_SO I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ENHANCE_DATA_TC I ENHANCE Enhance Data .
IF_WB2_ITEM_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Document .
IF_WB2_ITEM_ITER I FIRST Set to First Element .
IF_WB2_ITEM_ITER I IS_VALID Valid Value? .
IF_WB2_ITEM_ITER I NEXT Request Next Element .
IF_WB2_OBSERVER I GET_HANDLE Handle .
IF_WB2_OBSERVER I UPDATE Update .
IF_WB2_PARA_FOR_DATA_LIST I GET_PARA Variant and Selection Categ. for Data List .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS_DOCUMENT Change Tab Control Label .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS_HEADER Change Tab Control Label .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I CHANGE_TAXI_CAPTIONS_ITEM Change Tab Control Label .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I GET_FCODE Get Function Code .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I RESET_INACTIVE_TABSTRIBS Tab Is Important for Document Processing .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I SET_DOCUMENT_DATA Transfer Header Data for Additional Screen .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I SET_FCODE Set Function Code .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I SET_HEADER_DATA Transfer Header Data for Additional Screen .
IF_WB2_SCREEN_ENHANCEMENTS I SET_ITEM_DATA Transfer Item Data for Additional Screen .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I GET_SCREEN Screen and Program of Selection Screen .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I IS_DUMMY Dummy Implementation .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I PBO Must be Called at PBO Time .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I SET_INTO_ACC_MODE Set To Talking Software Mode .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I TRANSFER_FCODE Transfer Function Code (Before Subscreen Call in PAI) .
IF_WB2_SELECTION_VIEW I TRANSFER_RANGES Transfer Ranges to Range Object .
IF_WB2_SET_EVENT_CONTAINER I FILL_EVENT_CONTAINER Fill Container for Events .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I CALC_EXCLUDING_LIST Exclusion List for Function Codes .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I COLLAPSE Compress Screen .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I EXPAND Expand Screen .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I GET_PFSTAT Return Status .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I GET_SCREEN Screen and Program Name .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I IS_COLLAPSED Compressed Screen? .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I IS_EMPTY Empty Screen? .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I IS_VISIBLE Is View Visible? .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I PBO Must be Called in PBO .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I SET_VISIBLE Make this View Visible .
IF_WB2_SUBSCREEN I TRANSFER_FCODE Distribute FCode (Before Subscreen Call in PAI) .
IF_WB2_TEW_TITLE_BADI I GET_TITLE Return Title .
IF_WB2_TEW_VBD_FOLDER_TEXT_BD I GET_TEXT Description Text for Folder .
IF_WB2_TRANSFER I IS_DISPLAY_ONLY Only Display Data .
IF_WB2_TRANSFER I SAVE Store Data .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I FREE Release Resources .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I GET_BUTTON Pushbutton List .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I GET_FRAME_TEXT Outline Text .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I GET_SCREEN Screen and Program Name .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I INIT Transfer data .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I IS_DUMMY Dummy Object Only? .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I PBO Must be Called in PBO .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I READY_FOR_SAVE Ready for saving? .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I READY_FOR_TRANSFER Ready for data transfer? .
IF_WB2_VISUAL_COMPONENT I SET_INTO_ACC_MODE Set To Talking Software Mode .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I ACTIVATE Activate .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I CHECK Check .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I COPY Copy .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I CREATE Create .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I DEACTIVATE Deactivate .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I DELETE Delete .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I DELETEND Delete .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I DISPLAY Display .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I EDIT Editing .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I EDITCREATE Edit or Create .
IF_WB_BB_GENERIC_FUNCTIONS I RENAME Rename .
IF_WB_BROWSER_SELECTION I CREATE_INSTANCE Get Instance for Browser Parametrization .
IF_WB_BROWSER_SELECTION I DESTRUCT Destructor .
IF_WB_BROWSER_SELECTION I GET_NAME_DEFAULT Set Default for Name .
IF_WB_BROWSER_SELECTION I SHOW_SELECTION Set Browser Parameterization .
IF_WB_CONTROL_TOOL I SET_ACTIVE_SCREEN Link Controls to Current Screen: Obsolete .
IF_WB_CONTROL_TOOL_EXTENDED_1 I GET_TOOL_NAME Returns the tool names (for window title) .
IF_WB_CUE_CARD I GET Read Cue Card .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I ACTIVATE Activates .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I ACTIVATE_ENHANCEMENTS Activate Enhancement .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I CHECK Checks .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I EDIT_ENHANCEMENTS Edit Enhancements .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I GET Get Source and Editor Reference .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I READ Reads from the database .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I SAVE Saves .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I SAVE_ENHANCEMENTS Save Enhancements .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I SET Set Source and Editor Reference .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I TOGGLE_ACTIVE_INACTIVE Toggle Active/Inactive .
IF_WB_DARK_FUNCTIONALITY I TOGGLE_DISPLAY_EDIT Toggle Display/Edit .
IF_WB_DECISION_CLASS I GET_TOOL_FOR_REQUEST Determine Tool For Request .
IF_WB_DECISION_CLASS I GET_TOOL_FROM_TOOL_ACCESS Generate Request from Parameters of RS_TOOL_ACCESS .
IF_WB_EDITABLE_OBJECT I DELETE_OBJECT Set object to deleted .
IF_WB_EDITABLE_OBJECT I SAVE_OBJECT Save object .
IF_WB_EDITABLE_OBJECT I SET_CHANGEABLE Toggle Object Change/Display .
IF_WB_EDITABLE_OBJECT I UNDO_CHANGES Undo changes .
IF_WB_ENHBROWSER_VIS I DESTRUCT Destroy Visualization .
IF_WB_ENHBROWSER_VIS I GET_SELECTED_NODES IDs that Fill Selected Nodes in the Control Tree .
IF_WB_ENHBROWSER_VIS I GET_TREE_STATE Read State of Tree .
IF_WB_ENHBROWSER_VIS I REFRESH Update Visualization .
IF_WB_ENHBROWSER_VIS I SHOW Display Visualization .
IF_WB_LAYOUT_MANAGER I GET_DEFAULT_TOOL_LAYOUT Get Default Window Layout for Tool .
IF_WB_LAYOUT_MANAGER I GET_NEW_WINDOW_STYLE Get Window Layout for Tool Display .
IF_WB_MANAGER I CONTROL_PAI Callback for Tools in PAI Event .
IF_WB_MANAGER I CONTROL_PBO Callback for Tools in PBO Event .
IF_WB_MANAGER I CREATE_SECONDARY_WINDOW Create Secondary Window for Tool .
IF_WB_MANAGER I DEACTIVATE Prepare WB Manager for Navigation .
IF_WB_MANAGER I DELETE_SECONDARY_WINDOW Delete Secondary Window for Tool .
IF_WB_MANAGER I GET_NAVIGATION_CONTEXT Read Navigation Context .
IF_WB_MANAGER I GET_STATUS Get All Manager Functions .
IF_WB_MANAGER I GET_TOOL_RESOLUTION_AGENT Read Registry Reference .
IF_WB_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW Read Reference to Window .
IF_WB_MANAGER I PROCESS_BACK Navigation 'Back' .
IF_WB_MANAGER I PROCESS_FORWARD Navigation 'Forward' .
IF_WB_MANAGER I REQUEST_TOOL_ACCESS Process Workbench Request .
IF_WB_MANAGER I SET_NAVIGATION_CONTEXT Set Navigation Context .
IF_WB_MANAGER I SET_WORKSPACE Set Workspace .
IF_WB_MIME_SELECTION I CREATE_INSTANCE Get Instance for Browser Parametrization .
IF_WB_MIME_SELECTION I DESTRUCT Destructor .
IF_WB_MIME_SELECTION I SHOW_SELECTION Set Browser Parameterization .
IF_WB_OBJECT_STATE I GET_DESCRIPTION Return State Description .
IF_WB_PACKAGE_COMPONENT_CHECK I CHECK_PACKAGE_COMPABILITY Check Compatibility of a Package Use .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I GET_CURRENT_WB_OBJECT_STATE Get Current Object View from Tool .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I GET_ENQUEUE_OBJECT Get Lock Object for Logical Object Type .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I GET_REQUEST_FROM_TOOL_ACCESS Generate Request from Parameters of RS_TOOL_ACCESS .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I GET_RESTORE_WB_PROGRAM_STATE Get the Current Status of a Workbench Program .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I GET_RESTORE_WB_REQUEST Get a Workbench Request for Restore .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I PREPARE_FOR_REINVOCATION Preparation - Internal Navigation .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I PREPARE_FOR_TERMINATION Logical End for a Program (Save, Destroy....) .
IF_WB_PROGRAM I PROCESS_WB_REQUEST Processing for a Workbench Request .
IF_WB_PROGRAM_EXTENDED_1 I COMPLETE_REQUEST_EXECUTION Complete Request Processing in Active Tool .
IF_WB_PROGRAM_EXTENDED_1 I PREPARE_REQUEST_EXECUTION Prepare Request Processing in Active Tool .
IF_WB_REPBROWSER_VIS I DESTRUCT Destroy Visualization .
IF_WB_REPBROWSER_VIS I GET_SELECTED_NODES IDs that Fill Selected Nodes in the Control Tree .
IF_WB_REPBROWSER_VIS I GET_TREE_STATE Read State of Tree .
IF_WB_REPBROWSER_VIS I REFRESH Update Visualization .
IF_WB_REPBROWSER_VIS I SHOW Display Visualization .
IF_WB_REP_BROWSER_VIS I DESTRUCT Destroy Visualization .
IF_WB_REP_BROWSER_VIS I GET_SELECTED_NODES IDs that Fill Selected Nodes in the Control Tree .
IF_WB_REP_BROWSER_VIS I GET_TREE_STATE Read State of Tree .
IF_WB_REP_BROWSER_VIS I REFRESH Update Visualization .
IF_WB_REP_BROWSER_VIS I SHOW Display Visualization .
IF_WB_REQ_BROWSER_VIS I DESTRUCT Destroy Visualization .
IF_WB_REQ_BROWSER_VIS I GET_TREE_STATE Read State of Tree .
IF_WB_REQ_BROWSER_VIS I REFRESH Update Visualization .
IF_WB_REQ_BROWSER_VIS I SHOW Display Visualization .
IF_WB_SOURCE_NAVIGATION I GET_NAVIGATION_OBJECT Read Navigation Request .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I CALL_WB_PAI PAI of WB Control .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I CALL_WB_PBO PAI of WB Control .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I CHECK_SAVE Informs WB Tool of DB Update .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I GET_CONTEXT Returns Context .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I GET_TOOL_STACK Returns Stack .
IF_WB_TOOL_BRF I TOOL_ACCESS Accesses WB Tool .
IF_WB_TOOL_LAYOUT I GET_TOOL_LAYOUT Read Window Layout for Tool .
IF_WB_TOOL_RESOLUTION I GET_TOOL_FOR_REQUEST Determine Tool For Request .
IF_WB_TREE_COMPARE I TC_GET_NODE_DETAILS Gets Table with Name-Value Pairs .
IF_WB_WINDOW I GET_WINDOW_STYLE Return Layout of Window .
IF_WB_WINDOW I SET_INVISIBLE Make Window Invisible .
IF_WB_WINDOW I SET_VISIBLE Make Window Visible .
IF_WB_WINDOW I SET_WINDOW_TITLE Set Window Title .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I DESTRUCT Destroy Window Manager .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_ACTIVE_WINDOW Which Window Has the Focus .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_TOOL_LAYOUT Read Window Layout for Tool .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOWS_BY_VISIBILITY Read Window IDs for Visibility .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW_FOR_TOOL Get Window For Tool .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW_FROM_ID Read Reference to Window Instance .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW_ID_FROM_TOOLNAME get the window ID from a tool name (if present and unique) .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I GET_WINDOW_WITH_LAYOUT Create Window With Particular Layout .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I RELEASE_WINDOW_FOR_TOOL Release Tool Window .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I SET_ACTIVE_SCREEN Link Window to New Screen .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I SET_ACTIVE_WINDOW Give Window Focus .
IF_WB_WINDOW_MANAGER I SET_WINDOW_VISIBILITY Control Visibility of Windows .
IF_WCB_ADDRESS I CREATE Generate New Address .
IF_WCB_ADD_COND_KEY_DESCR_BADI I GET_COLUMN_HEADER Return Heading of Description Column .
IF_WCB_ADD_COND_KEY_DESCR_BADI I GET_FIELD_VALUE Return Content (Text) .
IF_WCB_ADD_COND_KEY_DESCR_BADI I GET_NUM_OF_DESCRIPTION_COLUMNSNumber of of Description Columns .
IF_WCB_ADD_ELIGIBLE_DESCR_BADI I GET_COLUMN_HEADER Return Heading of Description Column .
IF_WCB_ADD_ELIGIBLE_DESCR_BADI I GET_FIELD_VALUE Return Content (Text) .
IF_WCB_ADD_ELIGIBLE_DESCR_BADI I GET_NUM_OF_DESCRIPTION_COLUMNSNumber of of Description Columns .
IF_WCB_ADD_SUPPORTED_KEY_BADI I ADD_KEYS Add Supported Key .
IF_WCB_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION Return Application .
IF_WCB_APPLICATION I GET_CC_FACTORY Return Condition Contract Factory .
IF_WCB_APPLICATION I GET_CHECK_MANAGER Return Check Manager .
IF_WCB_AT_ELIGIBLE_CHANGE I AT_CHANGE Changed By .
IF_WCB_AT_HEADER_CHANGE I AT_CHANGE Changed By .
IF_WCB_BILLING_CONDITIONS_PPF I CHECK_CONDITIONS_FOR_PPF Checks Conditions at Start of PPF .
IF_WCB_BILLING_VBPA_TO_PPF I TRANSFORM_VBPA_TO_PPF_PARTNER Transforms Billing Document Partner to Data Suitable for PPF.
IF_WCB_CC I CHANGE_NUMBER Final Number, Header, Items, Conditions (Without C Lists) .
IF_WCB_CC I CHANGE_NUMBER_CONDITION_LISTS Determine Final Number for Condition Lists .
IF_WCB_CC I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Checks Before Saving .
IF_WCB_CC I CHECK_CONDITION_BEFORE_SAVE Conditions: Pre-Save Checks .
IF_WCB_CC I CHECK_ELIGIBLE_BEFORE_SAVE Eligible Partners: Pre-Save Checks .
IF_WCB_CC I CHECK_HEADER_BEFORE_SAVE Header: Pre-Save Checks .
IF_WCB_CC I DELETE_SINGLE Delete Individual Objects (Items, Conditions) .
IF_WCB_CC I GET_CONDITION_LIST_COLL Return Collection of Condition Lists .
IF_WCB_CC I GET_ELIGIBLE_LIST Return List of Eligible Partners .
IF_WCB_CC I GET_HEADER Return Header .
IF_WCB_CC I INSERT_COND_TAB_REF Insert Reference to Condition Tables .
IF_WCB_CC I LOCK_SINGLE Block Individual Objects (Items, Conditions) .
IF_WCB_CC I PERFORM_ACTIVITY Execute Activity .
IF_WCB_CC I PERFORM_ACTIVITY_FOR_ALL Perform Activity for All Elements in the Document .
IF_WCB_CC I RELEASE_SINGLE Release Individual Objects (Items, Conditions) .
IF_WCB_CC I SET_DEFAULTING_MODE Set in Default Mode .
IF_WCB_CC I SET_KOMWCOCOI_STAB_REF Set Reference to Table KOMWCOCOI .
IF_WCB_CC I USER_STATUS_CHANGE The User Status was Changed .
IF_WCB_CC_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CC_COLL_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I CREATE Create a New Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I GET_GUID_FOR_NUM Determine GUID from Document Number .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I GET_NUM_FOR_GUID Determine Document Number from GUID .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I PREFETCH Read Documents to Buffer .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I PREFETCH_WITH_LOCK Read Documents with Block to Buffer .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I READ_CC Read a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I READ_CCS Read Condition Contracts .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I READ_CCS_WITH_LOCK Read Condition Contracts with Block .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I READ_CC_WITH_LOCK Read a Condition Contract with Block .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I RESET Reset Factory .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I SET_FROM_ARCHIVE Construct Document from the Archive .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I UNLOCK Block a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_FACTORY I UPDATE Write Data to the Database .
IF_WCB_CC_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CC_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_ARCHIVE_AUTHORITY Check Archiving Authorization .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_CHANGE_AUTHORITY Check Change Authorization .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_COND Checks Conditions in a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_ELIGIBLE Checks a Reliable Partner for a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_HEADER Checks Condition Contract Header Data .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_PRINT_AUTHORITY Check Print Authorization .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_RELEASE_AUTHORITY Check Release Authorization .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CHECK_RELOAD_AUTHORITY Check Reload Authorization .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I CLONE Clone Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_APPLICATION Return Application .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_CUSTOMIZING Condition Contract Customizing .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_DATE_INTERVAL Return Validity Interval .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_FOR_GUID Eligible Partners for GUID .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_GUID Return GUID .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_HEADER_RO Header (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_KOMWCOCOF Determine Document Flow .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_NUM Return Document Number .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I GET_STATUS Return Status .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I HAS_ERROR has errors .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_ACTIVE Condition Contract Active .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_ACTIVITY_POSSIBLE Is Activity Possible? .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_CHANGEABLE Can contract be changed? .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_DEFAULTING_MODE With Default Values .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_DELETED Condition Contract Active .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_LOCKED Condition Contract Blocked? .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_NEW New Document .
IF_WCB_CC_RO I IS_READY_FOR_ARCHIVE Condition Contract Ready for Archiving .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK_INT I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK_INT_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK_INT_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_CHECK_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_COND_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_COND_CHECK_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CHAIN_COND_CHECK_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_HEAD I CHANGE_HEAD Adjust Data Before List Output of Condition Contract Header .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_BEFORE_LIST_ITEM I CHANGE_ITEM Adjust Data Before List Output of Condition Contract Item .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_CAND_LIST I CHANGE_LIST Change List of Condition Contract Candidates .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_DET_METHOD I CHANGE_DET_METHOD Changes the Determination Method for Condition Contracts .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_KOMLFKE_PER_ITEM I CHANGE_KOMLFKE Changes Header Structure for an Item .
IF_WCB_CHANGE_KOMLFPE I CHANGE_KOMLFPE Changes the Data for an Item .
IF_WCB_CHECK_CC_IS_VALID I IS_COCO_NUM_VALID Checks if a Designated Condition Contract is Allowed .
IF_WCB_CHECK_CREATION_VBD I CHECK_ITEMS_FOR_CREATE_DETAIL Determination Check for Which Item VBDs Are Created .
IF_WCB_CHECK_CREATION_VBD I CHECK_ITEMS_FOR_CREATE_GENERALChecks for Which Item VBDs May Be Created .
IF_WCB_CHECK_DOC_INDEX I CHECK_INDEX Checks if Document Index is to be Updated .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I DEL_COND Delete Condition .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I DEL_COND_LOGICAL Delete Condition Logically .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I DEL_ELIGIBLE Delete Eligible Partner .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_COND_FAILED Insert Failed Condition Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_COND_OK Insert Successful Condition Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_ELIGIBLE_FAILED Insert Failed Eligible Partner Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_ELIGIBLE_OK Insert Successful Entitled Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_HEADER_FAILED Insert Failed Header Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I INSERT_HEADER_OK Insert Successful Header Check .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I MERGE_WITH_NEW_LIST Merge List with Transferred List .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I REFRESH Delete List .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST I RESTORE_DEL_COND_LOGICAL Restore Logically Deleted Conditions .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I GET_COND_ERRORS Return Error Messages for a Condition .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_ERRORS Return Error Messages for an Eligible Party .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I GET_HEADER_ERRORS Return Error Messages for a Header .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I HAS_ERROR At least one error? .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I IS_COND_ERROR_FREE Is One Condition Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I IS_COND_FIELD_OK Is Condition Field Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I IS_ELIGIBLE_FIELD_OK Is Field for Eligible Partner Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CHECK_LIST_RO I IS_HEADER_FIELD_OK Is Header Field Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CHECK_MANAGER I CHECK_COND Checks Conditions in a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CHECK_MANAGER I CHECK_ELIGIBLE Checks a Reliable Partner for a Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CHECK_MANAGER I CHECK_HEADER Checks Condition Contract Header Data .
IF_WCB_CHECK_PPF_START I CHECK_PPF_START Checks If PPF Should Be Started .
IF_WCB_COLL I DELETE Delete Entry .
IF_WCB_COLL I INSERT Add an Entry .
IF_WCB_COLL I INSERT_COLL Insert Another Collection .
IF_WCB_COLL I RESET Delete List .
IF_WCB_COLL_ITER I FIRST Set to First Entry .
IF_WCB_COLL_ITER I FREE Release Iterator .
IF_WCB_COLL_ITER I IS_DONE completed .
IF_WCB_COLL_ITER I NEXT Switch to Next Entry .
IF_WCB_COLL_RO I GET_SIZE Number of Entries .
IF_WCB_COLL_RO I IS_CONTAINED Is Entry Contained in the List? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION I CHANGE Change Data .
IF_WCB_CONDITION I CREATE_CONDSCALE Create scale .
IF_WCB_CONDITION I DELETE Delete Condition .
IF_WCB_CONDITION I DELETE_CONDSCALE Delete scale .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_ITER_RO I IS_DONE completed .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST I CHANGE_NUMBER Number Exchange .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST I COPY Copy List .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST I CREATE_CONDITION Create Condition .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST I FILL_TABLE_WITH_DATA Enter Condition Data Into Tables .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_COLL I CHANGE_NUMBER Number Exchange .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_COLL_RO I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Pre-Save Check .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_COLL_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Create Read Only Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_COLL_RO I HAS_ERROR has errors .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Pre-Save Check .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Create Read Only Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I FILL_DEFAULT Set default values .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I FIND_CONDITIONS Use Keys to Find Conditions .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_CC_RO Return Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_CONDITION_GROUP Return Condition Group .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_CONDITION_TABLE Return Condition Table .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_CONDITION_TABLE_NUM Return Number of Condition Table .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_DATE_INTERVAL_HEADER Return Validity Interval of Header .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_HEADER_DATE Header Date Interval .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_KEY_DESCRIPTION Text Fields for Key Fields .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_KNUMH_FOR_KOMG KNUMH from Condition Key .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_KONP_DESCRIPTION KONP Text Fields .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_STATIC_CONDSCALE_RESTR Static Restrictions for CONDSCALE .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_STATIC_KOMG_RESTR Static Restrictions for KOMG .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_STATIC_KONH_RESTR Static Restrictions for KONH .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I GET_STATIC_KONP_RESTR Static Restrictions for KONP .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I HAS_ERROR Errors? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I HAS_TOUCHED_SCALE At Least One Scale was Changed .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I IS_ADD_POSSIBLE Can a Condition be Added? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I IS_CHANGEABLE Can Condition List Be Changed? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I IS_CONDITION_DELETION_POSSIBLEIs Deletion Possible? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I IS_SCALE_TOUCHED Was Scale Changed? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I IS_SUPPORTED Is the Table Supported by SAP? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I TRANSFER_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_LIST_RO I TRANSFER_REF_TO_CC Transfer Data References to Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_CONDITION_TYPE Return Condition Type Object .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_CONDSCALE_RESTRICTION Restrictions for CONDSCALE .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_CUMULATION_CURRENCY Currency of Cumulation Fields .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_DATA Return Data .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_DATA_DB Return Data (DB Version) .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_ERRORS Condition Error .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_KOMG_RESTRICTION Restrictions for KOMG .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_KONH_RESTRICTION Restrictions for KONH .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_KONP_RESTRICTION Restrictions for KONP .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_SCALE_BASE_INDICATOR Scale Basis .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I GET_SCALE_TYPE Determine Scale Category .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I HAS_SCALE Does at Least One Scale Exist? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I IS_ERROR_FREE Is One Condition Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_RO I IS_FIELD_OK Is Condition Field Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_COLL_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Create Read Only Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I DETERMINE_CONDITION_TYPES Possible Condition Types for Condition Table .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I GET_APPLICATION Return Application .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I GET_KEYS Return Key for Condition Table .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I GET_TABLE_NUM Return Table Number .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I GET_TEXT Descriptive Text for a Condition Table .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I GET_USE Provide Usage .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I IS_SALES_TABLE Condition Table for SD or MM .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TABLE_RO I IS_SUPPORTED Is the Table Supported by SAP? .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_COLL_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Create Read Only Iterator .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_ACCESS Return Access Sequence .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_APPLICATION Application .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_CALCULATION_RULE Return Calculation Rule .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_CONDITION_TYPE Condition Type .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_KZBZG Scale Basis .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_SCALE_CHECKING_RULE Check Rule for Scale .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_SCALE_TYPE Scale Type .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_TEXT Description Text of a Condition Type .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I GET_USE Usage .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I IS_COCO_FLAG_SET Read Condition Contract Flag .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I IS_COPY_FLAG_SET Read Copying Flag .
IF_WCB_CONDITION_TYPE_RO I IS_LOGICAL_DEL_FLAG_SET Only Delete Logically ? .
IF_WCB_CONDSCALE_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WCB_COND_TABLE_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_COND_TABLE_CHECK_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_COND_TABLE_CHECK_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_DETERMINE_CC I DETERMINE_CC Defines a Quantity of Condition Contract Numbers .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I CHANGE Change Data .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I CHANGE_DATES Change Validity After Creation .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I CHANGE_TEXT Change Text .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I CREATE_PARTNER_ITER Create Iterator for Partner .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I CREATE_TEXT New Text .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I DELETE Delete Eligible Partner .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE I DELETE_TEXT Delete Text .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_ITER_RO I IS_DONE completed .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I CHANGE_NUMBER Number Exchange .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I COPY Copy List .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I CREATE_ELIGIBLE Create a New Entry .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I LOCK Block Individual Eligible Partners .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST I RELEASE Release Individual Eligible Partners .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Pre-Save Check .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I CREATE_ITER_RO Create Read Only Iterator .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_CC_RO Return Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_DATE_INTERVAL_HEADER Return Validity Interval of Header .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_DESCRIPTION Mapping to Text Fields .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_FOR_CUSTOMER Eligible Partners for Customer .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_FOR_GUID Eligible Partners for GUID .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_FOR_LIST Eligible Partners for Eligible Partner List .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_ELIGIBLE_FOR_VENDOR Eligible Partners for Vendor .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_NUM Number of Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_SIZE Number of Entries .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I GET_STATIC_RESTR Static Restrictions .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I HAS_ERROR has errors .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_ADD_POSSIBLE Can an Eligible Partner be Added? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_CHANGEABLE Can Be Changed? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_COMPLETELY_RELEASED Release All Entries? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_DUMMY Dummy Only .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_ELIGIBLE_DELETION_POSSIBLE Is Deletion Possible? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_PART_LOCK_POSSIBLE Partial Block Possible? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_PART_RELEASE_POSSIBLE Partial Release Possible? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I IS_TEXT_CHANGEABLE Can Text Be Changed? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I TRANSFER_DATA Transfer Data Tables (Item and Partner) .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_LIST_RO I TRANSFER_KOMWCOCOI_STAB_REF Set Reference to Table komwcocoi via Callback .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I CREATE_PARTNER_ITER_RO Create Iterator for Partner .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_DATA Return Data .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_DATA_DB Return Data (DB Version) .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_ERRORS Error for Eligible Partner .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_HEADER_DATE Return Header Date Interval .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_TEXT Text .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_TEXT_IDS Possible Text Types .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I GET_WCOCOI_RESTRICTION Restrictions for WCOCOI .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I IS_FIELD_OK Is Field for Eligible Partner Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_ELIGIBLE_RO I SELECT_TEXT Key for All Existing Texts .
IF_WCB_FIELD_MSG_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_FIELD_MSG_COLL I GET_FIELDS_WITH_MESSAGES Fields with Errors, Warnings or Information .
IF_WCB_FIELD_MSG_COLL I IS_EQUAL Are the Collections Identical? .
IF_WCB_FIELD_MSG_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_GET_DOCS_FOR_CANCEL I GET_DOCS_FOR_CANCELLATION Provides the VBDs That May Be Cancelled .
IF_WCB_HEADER I CHANGE Change Data .
IF_WCB_HEADER I CHANGE_NUMBER Number Exchange .
IF_WCB_HEADER I CHANGE_TEXT Change text .
IF_WCB_HEADER I COPY Copy Header .
IF_WCB_HEADER I CREATE_PARTNER_ITER Create Iterator for Partner .
IF_WCB_HEADER I CREATE_TEXT New text .
IF_WCB_HEADER I DELETE_TEXT Delete Text .
IF_WCB_HEADER I GET_CC Return Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_HEADER I PERFORM_ACTIVITY Perform Activity .
IF_WCB_HEADER I USER_STATUS_CHANGE The User Status was Changed .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_BADI I GET_FIELDS Fields on Tab Title .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_BADI I IS_DOUBLE_SPACE_NEEDED Double Amount of Space Required? .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_BADI I PAI After Output .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_BADI I PBO Before Output .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_BADI I SET_FIELD_MODIFICATOR Transfer Object That Adjusts Output Attribute .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I GET_FIELDS Fields on Tab Title .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I GET_PROGRAM ABAP program .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I GET_SCREEN Screen number .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I GET_TEXT Text for Tab Title .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I IS_DOUBLE_SPACE_NEEDED Double Amount of Space Required? .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I PAI After Output .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I PBO Before Output .
IF_WCB_HEADER_DATA_TAB_I_BADI I SET_FIELD_MODIFICATOR Transfer Object That Adjusts Output Attribute .
IF_WCB_HEADER_FIELD_MODIFY I MODIFY_FIELDS Change Attributes of Output Fields .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I CHECK_BEFORE_SAVE Pre-Save Check .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I CREATE_PARTNER_ITER_RO Create Iterator for Partner .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_CC_RO Condition Contract .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_CHANGEDOCUMENT Read Change Documents .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_COMPANY_CODE Return Company Code .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_CUSTOMIZING Return Condition Contract Customizing .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_DATA Return Data .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_DATA_DB Return DB Data .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_DATE_INTERVAL Return Validity Interval .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_ERRORS Header Error .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_GUID Return Condition Contract GUID .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_NUM Return Document Number .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_STATIC_WCOCOH_RESTR Static Restrictions for WCOCOH .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_TEXT Header Text .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_TEXT_IDS Possible Text Types .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I GET_WCOCOH_RESTRICTION Restrictions for WCOCOH .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I HAS_ERROR has errors .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I IS_CHANGEABLE Changeable .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I IS_DEACTIVATED Deactivated .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I IS_FIELD_OK Is Header Field Error-Free? .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I SELECT_TEXT Key for All Existing Texts .
IF_WCB_HEADER_RO I TRANSFER_DATA Transfer Data .
IF_WCB_KONH_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WCB_KONP_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WCB_PARTNER_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_PARTNER_ITER_RO I CURRENT_ITEM_RO Current Entry (Read Only) .
IF_WCB_PARTNER_RO I GET_DATA Return Data .
IF_WCB_PARTNER_RO I GET_DATA_DB Return Data (DB Version) .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL I DELETE Delete Entry .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL I GET_ENTRY_FOR_KEY Entry for Generic Key .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL I INSERT Add an Entry .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL I INSERT_COLL Insert Another Collection .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL I RESET Delete List .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL_RO I GET_SIZE Number of Entries .
IF_WCB_PERS_COLL_RO I IS_CONTAINED Is Entry Contained in the List? .
IF_WCB_PERS_OBJECT I GET_KEY Generic Key .
IF_WCB_PROTOCOL_ITEM_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_PROTOCOL_ITEM_ITER I FIRST Set to First Entry .
IF_WCB_PROTOCOL_ITEM_ITER I IS_DONE Completed .
IF_WCB_PROTOCOL_ITEM_ITER I NEXT Switch to Next Entry .
IF_WCB_PURCHASE_DATA_HEAD I GET_PURCH_DATA_HEAD Provides Purchasing-Dependent Header Data per Billing Item .
IF_WCB_REFRESH_IN_PRICING I REFRESH Initialization Type .
IF_WCB_RESTRICTION I PERFORM_CHECK Execute check .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I BEFORE_LEAVE Before Exiting Workbench .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I BEFORE_SAVE Before Saving .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I CALC_EXCLUDING_LIST Exclusion List for Function Codes .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I COLLAPSE Compress Screen .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I EXPAND Expand Screen .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I FREE Release Controls .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I GET_FCODE_PREFIX Prefix for All FCodes .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I GET_FIELD_PROPERTY Return Field Attribute .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I GET_PROGRAM ABAP Program: Current Main Program .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I GET_SCREEN Screen Number .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I HANDLE_FCODE Process Function Code .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I INIT_CONTROLS If Necessary Initialize Controls .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I INSERT_CHANGED_FIELD Insert a Changed Field .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I IS_COLLAPSED Compressed Screen? .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I IS_DUMMY Only Dummy (No Connection to Model) .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I IS_EMPTY Empty Screen? .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I PAI PAI Time .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I PBO PBO Time .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I PBO_FINISHED Called at End of PBO .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I PERFORM_INPUT_CHECKS Perform Input Checks and Transfer Data .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I RELEASE_MODEL_LINK Delete Reference to Model .
IF_WCB_SCREEN I RESET_CHANGED_FIELDS Reset List of Changed Fields .
IF_WCB_STATIC_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK_INT I CHECK Check .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK_INT_COLL I CREATE_ITER Generate Iterator .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK_INT_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_TABLE_CHECK_ITER I CURRENT_ITEM Current Entry .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER I CHANGE_TEXT Change Text .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER I CREATE_TEXT New Text .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER I DELETE_ALL_TEXTS Delete All Texts from a Context .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER I DELETE_TEXT Delete Text .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER I UPDATE_TEXT Create or Change Texts .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER_RO I GET_TEXT Text .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER_RO I GET_TEXT_IDS Possible Text Types .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER_RO I IS_CHANGEABLE Can Text Be Changed? .
IF_WCB_TEXT_TRANSFER_RO I SELECT_TEXT Key for All Existing Texts .
IF_WCB_TRANSFER_BILLING I TRANSFER_DATA_BILLING Data Transfer for a Customer Billing Document .
IF_WCB_TRANSFER_SALES I TRANSFER_DATA_SALES Data Transfer for a Sales Document .
IF_WCB_WCOCOH_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WCB_WCOCOI_RESTRICTION I INSERT_RESTRICTION Insert Restriction .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I COUNT Return number of actions .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I FIRST Set iterator to first action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I GET Get current action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I LAST Set iterator to last action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I NEXT Set iterator to next action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I PREVIOUS Set iterator to previous action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_ITERATOR I TOP_LAST Return top most action of specific category .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I CLEAR Clear complete stack .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I COUNT Return number of actions .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I COUNT_NONATOMIC_ACTIONS Return number of nonatomic actions on top of stack .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I IS_EMPTY Returns true iff stack is empty .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I POP Remove top-of-stack action .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I PUSH Push new action on top of the stack .
IF_WDK_ACTION_STACK I TOP Return top-of-stack action .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I ATTACH_CONTROLLER INTERNAL: Do not Use! .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I EXECUTE_ACTION Execute Action .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I FINISH Finish .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I GET_SERIALIZABLE XML Serialization .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_MEMORY_IMPORT Pass data reference for memory import .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I START Start .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I START_OVER Start Over .
IF_WDK_BE_CONTROLLER I TOP_LAST_ACTION Get Last Action .
IF_WDK_CONSISTENCY I CHECK Check data for consistency .
IF_WDK_CONSISTENCY I CLEAR Clear all buffered data .
IF_WDK_CONSISTENCY_MANAGER I CHECK Check data for consistency .
IF_WDK_CONSISTENCY_MANAGER I CLEAR Clear all buffered data .
IF_WDK_CONSISTENCY_MANAGER I SET_ENABLE Enable / Disable consistency checks .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I CHANGELOG_TO_DYNPVALUES Creates dynpro value tabs from changelog .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I CHECK_MANDATORY Checks mandatory fields .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I COPY_UIPROS_TABINS Set UI properties for TC insert node from TC node (index 1) .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_CONTEXT Returns reference to context .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_NODETYPE Get type of context node .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_TC_LEAD_SEL Get lead selection index for table control .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_TC_MULT_SEL Get multiple selection indices for table control .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_TC_ROW_COUNT Gets total number of rows for table control .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_VALUE Get value in external format .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I PREPARE_CONVERSION Prepares currency and quantity conversion .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I PROTECT_FIELD Disables field input .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I SET_TC_SEL Sets selection .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I START Passes relevant context node .
IF_WDK_CONTEXT_MANAGER I UPDATE_CONTEXT Updates context .
IF_WDK_CQREF_CALLBACK I GET_REFERENCE_ELEMENT Callback method for providing quantity unit / currency key .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I EXECUTE_ACTION Backend call .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I FINISH Finish .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I FINISH_ACTION Finish action .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I GET_DYNPRO_CONTEXT Returns dynpro data .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I GET_ENQUEUES Retrieve collected backend locks .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I GET_MESSAGES Return evaluated messages from backend .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I REDO_TOP_CHANGELOG Restores changelog on top .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I REQUEST_MEMORY_IMPORT Pass data reference for memory import .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I ROLLBACK_ACTION Error handling: Rollback to last navigation stack state .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I START Start floorplan .
IF_WDK_EXECUTION_STACK I START_OVER Prepare start-over .
IF_WDK_EXT_NAVIGATION_CONSUMER I GET_LAYOUT_INFO Get layout information .
IF_WDK_EXT_NAVIGATION_CONSUMER I GET_TARGETS Get external targets .
IF_WDK_EXT_NAVIGATION_CONSUMER I GET_TARGET_PARAMETER Navigate to target .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I BIND_UI_PROPERTIES Dynamic binding of UI element properties .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I GET_CONSISTENCY_MANAGER Get data consistency manager .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I GET_UNDO_MANAGER Get Undo buffer .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I NAVIGATE_TO_SPOOL_PDF do Object based naviagtion to spool converter .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_MEMORY_IMPORT Pass data reference for memory import .
IF_WDK_FP_CONTROLLER I SYNCHRONIZE Internal DO NOT USE .
IF_WDK_NODE_REGISTRATION I CLEAR_REGISTRATION Deregister everything .
IF_WDK_NODE_REGISTRATION I DEREGISTER_NODE Deregister node .
IF_WDK_NODE_REGISTRATION I REGISTER_NODE Register node .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZABLE I DESERIALIZE Deserialize .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZABLE I SERIALIZE Serialize .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZATION I CAN_DESERIALIZE Can Deserialize from XML string .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZATION I CAN_SERIALIZE Can Serialize into XML string .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZATION I DESERIALIZE Deserialize from XML string .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZATION I SERIALIZE Serialize into XML string .
IF_WDK_SERIALIZATION I SET_COMMENT Set comment .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I CREATE Create action .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I GET_TYPE Get Type of Action .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I IS_EMPTY Empty action? .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I IS_EQUAL Test if equal .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I REDO redo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_ACTION I UNDO undo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I CAN_REDO Can redo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I CAN_UNDO Can undo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I CLEAR_REDO Clear redo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I CLEAR_UNDO Clear undo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I GET_STACK Get undo / redo stacks .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I REDO redo .
IF_WDK_UNDOABLE_STACK I UNDO undo .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I CAN_REDO Redo possible .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I CAN_UNDO Undo possible .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I CLEAR_REDO_STACK Clear undo stack .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I GET_STACKS Get undo / redo stack .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I REDO Redo .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I REDO_ACTION Redo (ignores Changelog) .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I UNDO Undo .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I UNDO_ACTION Undo (ignores Changelog) .
IF_WDK_UNDO_MANAGER I UNDO_TO_STATE Undo to state .
IF_WDP_CONFIG_GENERIC_FORM I GET_FORM_CONFIG Returns Form Configuration .
IF_WDP_CONFIG_SIMPLE_FORM I GET_FORM_CONFIGURATION Returns Form Configuration .
IF_WDP_CONFIG_SIMPLE_TABLE I GET_TABLE_CONFIG Returns Table Configuration .
IF_WDR_ADAPTER_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_AFTER_UPDATE_DATA Subsequent Data Change after Data Container .
IF_WDR_ADAPTER_EVENT_HANDLER I HANDLE_EVENT Universal Event Processing .
IF_WDR_ADAPTER_RENDERER I DO_POST_RENDERING_SSR Renders Adapter According to SSR Specification .
IF_WDR_ADAPTER_RENDERER I RENDER_SSR Renders Adapter According to SSR Specification .
IF_WDR_APPLICATION I GET_ACTIVE_COMPONENTS Gets the Active Components .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I CONTAINER_HAS_GRID_LAYOUT Ensures correctness of container .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_AGGREGATIONS_NODE_DATA Returns the data for the aggregation .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_AGGR_DESCR_LANGU_DEPENDENTGets Description of Properties for Current Language .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_ALL_AGGREGATED_ELEMENTS Returns all aggregated elements .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_AP13N_EXTENDED Returns the personalization data (including enhancements) .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_AP13N_EXTENDED_4_AGGR Returns the enhanced display for the aggregation .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_ELEM_DESCR_LANGU_DEPENDENTReturns Header for P13N View .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_GENERIC_VIEW_CAPTION Returns the header for GENERIC_VIEW .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_P13N_EXTENDED_4_PROP Returns the enhanced personalization info for a property .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_PP13N_EXTENDED Returns the personalization data (including enhancements) .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_PROPERTY_NODE_DATA Returns the data required for the property .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_PROP_DESCR_LANGU_DEPENDENTGets Description of Properties for Current Language .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_TEXT Specifies a text .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_VALUE_SET_4_PROPERTY Returns the ValueSet for a Property .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_VE_RESET_BTN_ENABLED Checks whether reset button is enabled for the ViewElement .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I GET_VIEWS_TABLE All Views .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I HANDLE_NEW_FINAL_DATA Specification of Changed P13n Data .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I HANDLE_NEW_PROPERTY Specification of Changed P13n Data .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I REFRESH_DATA Refresh .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I RESET_ELEMENT Resets everything for an element .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I RESET_PROPERTY Resets the personalization for a property .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I SAVE Save .
IF_WDR_CFG_IMPLICIT_SERVICE I SET_NEW_VIEW_ELEMENT Sets New View Element .
IF_WDR_CLASSLOADER I CREATE_INSTANCE Creates an Instance of Component Class .
IF_WDR_CLASSLOADER I GET_COMPONENT_CONTROLLER Gets or Creates a Component Controller Instance .
IF_WDR_CLASSLOADER I GET_CUSTOM_CONTROLLER Gets or Creates a Custom Controller Instance .
IF_WDR_CLASSLOADER I GET_INTERFACE_VIEW Gets or Creates an Interface Instance .
IF_WDR_CLASSLOADER I GET_VIEW Gets or Creates a View Instance .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I ATTACH_FILE_TO_RESPONSE Adds File to Current Response .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I FULFILLS Are request instances valid for this client associated .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I GET_RESOURCE Return Data Ressource .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I IS_FIRST_REQUEST Returns true if the client requests the first request .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I RESET_CHANGE_FLAG Resets the Change Flag .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I RESET_PENDING_UPDATES Resets Accumulated Changes .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I SEND_CLOSE_WINDOW Close Application Window (Exit Plug) .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I SEND_REDIRECT Sends redirect response to client using the specified URL .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I SEND_RESPONSE Render Response & Flush .
IF_WDR_CLIENT I SEND_SUSPEND Handle suspense of the application .
IF_WDR_COMPONENT_DELEGATE I WD_DO_APPLICATION_STATE_CHANGEState Change of Application .
IF_WDR_COMPONENT_DELEGATE I WD_DO_BEFORE_NAVIGATION Navigation .
IF_WDR_COMPONENT_FACTORY I CREATE_COMPONENT Creates and initializes a new Component instance .
IF_WDR_COMPONENT_FACTORY I DELETE_COMPONENT Deletes the given Component instance. .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT I FIND_NODE_INF_FOR_PATH Returns the NodeInfo for the node identified by given path .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT I GET_NODE Returns the node for the given path of the form '.' node-nam.
IF_WDR_CONTEXT I RESET Resets the Context. .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_CONTEXT Returns the context with the given name or null .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_ID Returns an ID that hopefully identifies the context manager .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT_MENU_HANDLER I CONTEXT_MENU_CALLED Context Menu Called .
IF_WDR_CONTEXT_MENU_HANDLER I ENTRY_CHOSEN Context Menu Entry Selected .
IF_WDR_CONTROLLER_DELEGATE I WD_DO_EXIT Exit the Controller .
IF_WDR_CONTROLLER_DELEGATE I WD_DO_INIT Initialization of the Controller .
IF_WDR_CONTROLLER_DELEGATE I WD_GET_ROOT_NODE_INTERNAL Gets the Root Node .
IF_WDR_CONTROLLER_DELEGATE I WD_INVOKE_EVENT_HANDLER Calls the Event Handler .
IF_WDR_DATA_CONTAINER_MANAGER I GET_DATACONTAINER Returns the data container instance corresponding to the giv.
IF_WDR_DIRTY_STATE I DESTROY End Status Monitoring .
IF_WDR_DIRTY_STATE I IS_DIRTY Returns dirty status .
IF_WDR_DIRTY_STATE I RESET_DIRTY Resets dirty flag .
IF_WDR_DOCU_HELPER I SET_DOCU_OBJECT Sets General Documentation Object .
IF_WDR_DOCU_HELPER I SET_IF_MESSAGE Sets IF_Message .
IF_WDR_DOCU_HELPER I SET_MESSAGE Sets Data for Long Text of Message .
IF_WDR_DOCU_HELPER I SET_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER Sets Current View Element Adapter .
IF_WDR_MESSAGE_AREA I ADD_MESSAGE Adds Message to Message Log .
IF_WDR_MESSAGE_AREA I ADD_MESSAGES Adds Set of Messages to Message Log .
IF_WDR_MESSAGE_AREA I GET_VISIBLE Specifies whether the Message Log Is to Be Visible .
IF_WDR_MESSAGE_AREA I SET_DISPLAY_PROPERTIES Set Display Properties of Message Area .
IF_WDR_NAVIGATION_LISTENER I CLEAR_NAVIGATION_Q clear all navigation requests from the q .
IF_WDR_NAVIGATION_LISTENER I NAVIGATE Navigation request to the given view manager .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I BUILD_VIEW Creates View Element Configuration View .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I GET_RESET_ENABLED_4_AGGR Gets the Enabled Value for the Reset Button .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I RESET_ON_AGGR_LEVEL Resets the P13N Data for Aggregation .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I RESET_ON_ELEMENT_LEVEL Resets P13N Data for Entire View Element .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I RESET_STRING_VALUE Resets Value for String Value .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I SET_NEW_VIEW_ELEMENT Sets New View Element .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I SET_OTHER_ATTRIBUTES Sets Properties for View Element Configuration .
IF_WDR_P13N_PROP I SET_VALUES_FOR_AGGREGATIONS Sets Values for Columns/Tab Titles/etc. .
IF_WDR_P13N_SERVICE I APPLY Uses Personalized Values .
IF_WDR_P13N_SERVICE I GET_PERS_DATA Configuration Can Get Personalization Data .
IF_WDR_P13N_SERVICE I RESET Resets Personalized Values .
IF_WDR_P13N_SERVICE I SET_PERS_DATA Configuration Passes Personalization Data .
IF_WDR_PERSONALIZATION_SERVICE I GET_PERS_VALUE Gets Current Personalized Value of Property .
IF_WDR_PERSONALIZATION_SERVICE I SET_PERS_VALUE Sets Current Personalized Value of Property .
IF_WDR_PHASE_MODEL_LISTENER I DO_BEFORE_ACTION Phase: DO_BEFORE_ACTION .
IF_WDR_PHASE_MODEL_LISTENER I DO_BEFORE_MODIFY_VIEW Before Phase DO_MODIFY_VIEW .
IF_WDR_REC_PLUGIN I INIT Initializes the Plug-In .
IF_WDR_REC_PLUGIN I ON_SELECTION_RESET Selection Deleted .
IF_WDR_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I SET_COMPONENT_USAGE Set Component Usage .
IF_WDR_RR_ABSTRACT_CMP_USAGE I GET_USED_COMPONENT Returns Metadata for Used Component .
IF_WDR_RR_ABSTRACT_CMP_USAGE I SET_USED_COMPONENT Specifies to Which Component this Usage Refers to .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I ADD_COMPONENT_USAGE Adds Component Usage to Group .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns Component Usage to this Group .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Returns All Component Usages to this Group .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I REMOVE_ALL_CMP_USAGES Deletes All Component Usages from this Group .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I REMOVE_COMPONENT_USAGE Deletes a Component Usage from this Group .
IF_WDR_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I SET_CARDINALITY Sets Cardinality .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CLONE_COMPONENT_USAGE Creates metadata for a component view based on template .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_CMP_USAGE_FOR_MSG_CMP Creates Temporary Metadata for Component Usage .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Creates a Group of Component Usages .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_COMPONENT_USAGE Creates Temporary Metadata for Component Usage .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_REPOSITORY_HANDLE Creates a repository handle .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_WINDOW Creates temporary metadata for window .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I DELETE_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Temporarily deleted a group of component usages .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I DELETE_COMPONENT_USAGE Temporarily metadata for a component usage .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I DELETE_REPOSITORY_HANDLE Deletes a repository handle .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Returns Metadata of Component Usage Group .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CMP_USAGE_GROUPS Returns Metadata of All Component Usage Groups .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns Metadata of Component Usage .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Returns Metadata of All Component Usages .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CONTROLLER Returns Metadata of Controller .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CONTROLLERS Returns Metadata of All Controllers .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_OTR_TEXT Returns All OTR Texts for Component .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_USED_COMPONENT Returns Metadata of Component .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_VIEW Returns Metadata of View .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_VIEWS Returns Metadata of All Views .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_WINDOW Returns Metadata of Window .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I GET_WINDOWS Returns Metadata of All Windows .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I HAS_COMPONENT_USAGE Checks whether the specified component usage exists .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I REMOVE_USED_COMPONENT Deletes Metadata References of Used Component .
IF_WDR_RR_COMPONENT I REMOVE_WINDOW Deletes Temporary Metadata for Window .
IF_WDR_RR_CONTROLLER I GET_ACTION Returns Metadata of Action .
IF_WDR_RR_CONTROLLER I GET_EVENT Returns Metadata of Event .
IF_WDR_RR_CONTROLLER I GET_EVENT_HANDLER Returns Metadata of Event Handler .
IF_WDR_RR_CONTROLLER I GET_EVENT_HANDLER_FOR_ACTION Returns Metadata of Event Handler for Action .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I CREATE_OUTBOUND_PLUG Creates Temporary Metadata for Outbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I CREATE_VIEW_CONTAINER Creates Temporary Metadata for View Container .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I DELETE_OUTBOUND_PLUG Deletes Temporary Metadata from Outbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I DELETE_VIEW_CONTAINER Deletes Temporary Metadata from View Container .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_EVENT_HANDLER_FOR_INPLUG Returns Event Handler for Inbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_IMPLEMENTATION_WINDOW Returns Window for Interface View .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_INBOUND_PLUG Returns Metadata of Inbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_NAV_LINKS_FOR_OUTPLUG All Navigation Links for Outbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_NAV_TARGETS_FOR_INPLUG All Navigation Targets for Inbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_OUTBOUND_PLUG Returns Metadata of Outbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_PARAMETERS_FOR_INPLUG All Parameters for Inbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_PARAMETER_FOR_INPLUG Returns Metadata of Parameter for Inbound Plug .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I GET_VIEW_CONTAINER Returns Metadata of View Container .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I HAS_VIEW_CONTAINER Does View have Container with Specified Name? .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW I SET_LIFESPAN Sets Lifetime of View .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I CREATE_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGE Creates Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I DELETE_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGE Deletes Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DEFAULT_VIEW_USAGE Returns Default View Embedding for View Area .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGES Returns All View Embeddings for View Area .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_EMBEDDED_VUSAGE Returns View Embedding for View Area .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_VIEW_USAGE_FOR_VIEW Returns View Embedding for Specified View Name .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_DEFAULT_VIEW_USAGE Sets Temporary Default View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_DIRTY Sets this instance to 'dirty' after deletion .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_VIEW_CONTAINER Sets Temporary View Container .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I CREATE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Creates Temporary Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I CREATE_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Creates Temporary View Container Assignment .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_ALL_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Temporarily Deletes All Navigation Targets for Outbound Plug.
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_NAVIGATION_LINK Deletes a dynamically created navigation link .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Temporarily Deletes Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_TARGETS_FOR_NAV_LINK Deletes all dynamically created targets for a navlink .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Temporarily Deletes View Container Assignment .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_SOURCE_PLUG_FOR_NAV_LINK Returns Source of Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_TARGETS_FOR_NAV_LINK All Navigation Targets for Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_TARGET_FOR_NAV_LINK Returns Navigation Target for Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_TARGET_PLUG_FOR_TARGET Returns Target of Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_TARGET_VUSAGE_FOR_TARGET Returns Target of Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VCA_FOR_CONTAINER Returns Metadata of View Container Assignment .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW Returns Metadata of Used View .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENTS Returns Metadata for All View Container Assignments .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW_CONTAINER_ASSIGNMENT Returns Metadata of View Container Assignment .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I SET_COMPONENT_USAGE Sets Temporary Component Usage .
IF_WDR_RR_VIEW_USAGE I SET_DIRTY Sets this instance to 'dirty' after deletion .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I CREATE_NAVIGATION_LINK Creates Temporary Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I CREATE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Creates Dynamically Created Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I CREATE_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Creates Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_ALL_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Deletes All Dynamically Created Navigation Targets .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_NAVIGATION_LINK Deletes a dynamically created navigation link .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Deletes One Dynamically Created Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Temporarily Deletes Metadata of View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_TARGETS_FOR_NAV_LINK Deletes all dynamically created targets for a navlink .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_NAVIGATION_LINK Returns Metadata for Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_RESUME_PLUG Returns Resume Plug if Exists .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Returns Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_ROOT_VIEW_USAGES Returns Metadata for All Top-Level View Embeddings .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_SOURCE_VUSAGE_FOR_NAV_LINKReturns Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_TARGETS_FOR_NAV_LINK All Navigation Targets for Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_TARGET_FOR_NAV_LINK Returns Navigation Target for Navigation Link .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_TARGET_PLUG_FOR_TARGET Returns Target of Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_TARGET_VUSAGE_FOR_TARGET Returns Target of Navigation Target .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_VIEW_USAGE Returns Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I GET_VIEW_USAGES Returns Metadata for All View Embeddings .
IF_WDR_RR_WINDOW I SET_DEFAULT_ROOT_VUSAGE Sets Temporary Default View .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I CREATE Create Application .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I EXECUTE Run Runtime .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I GET_RR_APPLICATION Load Runtime Object of Applicatino .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I HANDLE_EXIT Exit Application .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I HANDLE_SUSPEND Run Suspend .
IF_WDR_RUNTIME I SET_STATEFUL Set Stateful .
IF_WDR_SCX_ADAPTER_EVT_HANDLER I GET_PARAMETER_MAP Get Event Parameter Map .
IF_WDR_SHLP_CONTEXT_MANAGER I GET_VALUES Maps SHLP Interface to Application Fields .
IF_WDR_SHLP_CONTEXT_MANAGER I SET_VALUES Sets Fields of Application with Search Result .
IF_WDR_SHLP_DISPLAY_MANAGER I DISPLAY_COLLECTIVE_SEARCH_HELPDisplay of Collective Search Help .
IF_WDR_SHLP_DISPLAY_MANAGER I DISPLAY_ELEMENTARY_SEARCH_HELPDisplay of Elementary Search Help .
IF_WDR_STATS I READ_STATS Read Statistics from Shared Memory .
IF_WDR_STATS I UPDATE_STATS Update Statistics in Shared Memory .
IF_WDR_TRACE_TOOL I DO_REDIRECT Execute Redirect to Trace Tool .
IF_WDR_TRACE_TOOL I END_ROUNDTRIP Close Roundtrip .
IF_WDR_TRACE_TOOL I IS_REDIRECT Redirect to trace tool requested? .
IF_WDR_TRACE_TOOL I START_ROUNDTRIP Start Roundtrip .
IF_WDR_UCF_RESOURCE_HANDLER I GET_ON_DEMAND_RESOURCE Returns Binary Data of Resource .
IF_WDR_UCF_RUNTIME_CALLBACK I FILL_WDR_TASK Fill WDR_TASK .
IF_WDR_UCF_RUNTIME_CALLBACK I IS_UCF_RENDERING_USED Check Whether UCF Is to Perform Rendering .
IF_WDR_UCF_RUNTIME_CALLBACK I PRELOAD_APPLICATION Loads Application .
IF_WDR_UR_CUSTOM_MENU I SET_CONTENT Process Adapter .
IF_WDR_USER_INPUT_LISTENER I ON_CHANGE Changes Made .
IF_WDR_VALUE_HELP_LISTENER I ON_AFTER_COMPONENT_CREATION Is Called After Generation of Value Help Component .
IF_WDR_VD_ADAPTER I FINALIZE Destructor .
IF_WDR_VD_ADAPTER I HANDLE_EVENT Process Adapter Event .
IF_WDR_VD_ADAPTER I SET_CONTENT Process Adapter .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_CREATE_UI_TREE Create Display Elements .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_DO_AFTER_ACTION Query after performing an action .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_DO_BEFORE_ACTION Query for Validation of User Input .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_DO_MODIFY_VIEW View Modification Query .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_ON_CLOSE Close View Query .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_ON_CONTEXT_MENU Context Menu Query .
IF_WDR_VIEW_DELEGATE I WD_ON_OPEN Display View Query .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I FINALIZE Destructor .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I GET_FOCUS_HTML_ID Determine Focus HTML ID .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I GET_RESOURCE Get Resource .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I HANDLE_AFTER_UPDATE_DATA Get Resource .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I HANDLE_EVENT Get Resource .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_ADAPTER I SET_CONTENT Process Adapter .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_FACTORY I CREATE_ELEMENT Creates a View Element .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_FACTORY I CREATE_LAYOUT Creates the Layout of a View .
IF_WDR_VIEW_ELEMENT_FACTORY I CREATE_LAYOUT_DATA Creates Layout Data .
IF_WDR_WINDOW_PHASE_MODEL I REGISTER_LISTENER Registration to Phase Model Events .
IF_WDR_WINDOW_PHASE_MODEL I REMOVE_LISTENER Deregistration from Phase Model Events .
IF_WDR_WRITER I CLEAR Delete Content .
IF_WDR_WRITER I CLOSE Write Process Completed, Flush Content .
IF_WDR_WRITER I FLUSH_TO_WRITER Write Content in Specified Writer .
IF_WDR_WRITER I GET_CONTENT Writer Content .
IF_WDR_WRITER I NEW_LINE Print('\r\n') .
IF_WDR_WRITER I OUT Write a Text Segment (Without Escaping!) .
IF_WDR_WRITER I PRINT Write a Text (Any Type) in the Output Stream .
IF_WDR_WRITER I PRINT_STRING Writing Text Section .
IF_WDY_MD_CUSTOM_EVENT I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_MD_ERROR_HANDLER I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I GET_ERROR_HANDLER GET_ERROR_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I GET_EVENT_SOURCE GET_EVENT_SOURCE .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I GET_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT GET_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I HAS_ERROR_HANDLER HAS_ERROR_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I HAS_EVENT_SOURCE HAS_EVENT_SOURCE .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I HAS_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT HAS_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_ERROR_HANDLER SET_ERROR_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_EVENT_SOURCE SET_EVENT_SOURCE .
IF_WDY_MD_EVENT_HANDLER I SET_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT SET_SUBSCRIBED_EVENT .
IF_WDY_MD_INCOMING_EVENT I GET_EVENT_HANDLER GET_EVENT_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_INCOMING_EVENT I HAS_EVENT_HANDLER HAS_EVENT_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_INCOMING_EVENT I SET_EVENT_HANDLER SET_EVENT_HANDLER .
IF_WDY_MD_LOCKABLE_OBJECT I COPY Copy .
IF_WDY_MD_METHOD I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I GET_ABAP_TYPE GET_ABAP_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I GET_ABAP_TYPING GET_ABAP_TYPING .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I GET_DECLARATION_TYPE GET_DECLARATION_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I GET_OWNER GET_OWNER .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I HAS_TYPE HAS_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I SET_ABAP_TYPE SET_ABAP_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I SET_ABAP_TYPING SET_ABAP_TYPING .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I SET_DECLARATION_TYPE SET_DECLARATION_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAMETER I SET_TYPE SET_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I CREATE_PARAMETER CREATE_PARAMETER .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I GET_PARAMETERS GET_PARAMETERS .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I GET_PARAMETER_BY_NAME GET_PARAMETER_BY_NAME .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I GET_PARAMETER_BY_POS GET_PARAMETER_BY_POS .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I GET_PARAMETER_COUNT GET_PARAMETER_COUNT .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I GET_PARAMETER_POSITION GET_PARAMETER_POSITION .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I HAS_PARAMETER HAS_PARAMETER .
IF_WDY_MD_PARAM_FEATURE I MOVE_PARAMETER MOVE_PARAMETER .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I GET_READONLY GET_READONLY .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I GET_TYPE GET_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I GET_VISIBILITY GET_VISIBILITY .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I HAS_TYPE HAS_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I SET_READONLY SET_READONLY .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I SET_TYPE SET_TYPE .
IF_WDY_MD_PROPERTY I SET_VISIBILITY SET_VISIBILITY .
IF_WDY_MD_VALIDATOR I GET_APP_CLASS GET_APP_CLASS .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I APPLY_TEMPLATE Use of Template .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_DESCRIPTION Returns Description of Template .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_GROUP Grouping for Templates .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_ICON Returns Icon for Template Gallery .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_NAME Returns Name of Template .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_OBJECT Returns Object of Template Class .
IF_WDY_WB_DESIGNTIME_TEMPLATE I GET_TEMPLATE_TARGET Target of Template (View,Controller,Window,Component) .
IF_WD_ACTION I SET Sets the Attributes of Action .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_APPLICATION_INFO Returns the metadata description for the application .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_CLIENT_ENVIRONMENT Returns which client environment Web Dynpro is running in .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_CONFIGURATION_ID Returns the ID of the application configuration .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_IS_ACCESSIBLE Specifies whether the application is accessible .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_IS_CLOSE_WINDOW_SUPPORTED Returns whether CLOSE_WINDOW is possible on exit plug .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_IS_RTL Specifies if application can be switched from right to left .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I GET_REMOTE_ADDRESS Returns the caller's IP address .
IF_WD_APPLICATION I OPEN_HELP_CENTER Opens the help center .
IF_WD_BADI_DOMODIFYVIEW I WDDOMODIFYVIEW Modifies the layout of a view .
IF_WD_BUSIN_GRAPHICS_MTD_HNDL I ADD_DIRECT_CUSTOMIZING Set Additional Customizing .
IF_WD_BUSIN_GRAPHICS_MTD_HNDL I CLEAR_DIRECT_CUSTOMIZING Delete Additional Customizing .
IF_WD_BUSIN_GRAPHICS_MTD_HNDL I GET_DIRECT_CUSTOMIZING Get Additional Customizing .
IF_WD_BUSIN_GRAPHICS_MTD_HNDL I GET_DIRECT_CUSTOMIZING_MODE Get Mode for Additional Customizing .
IF_WD_BUSIN_GRAPHICS_MTD_HNDL I SET_DIRECT_CUSTOMIZING_MODE Set Mode for Additional Customizing .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I ADD_ELEMENT Creates New Element (at End) .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I ADD_ELEMENTS Creates New Elements (at End) .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I CHECK Checks consistency of data (before saving) .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I INIT Initialization .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I INVALIDATE_NODE Invalidates a Node .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I IS_CHANGED Have changes been made? .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I IS_CHANGE_MODE Is change mode active? .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I IS_ELEMENT_CHANGED Checks whether an element has been changed at this level .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I MOVE_ELEMENT Moves an Element .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I REFRESH_CONTEXT Fills the context again .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I REMOVE_ELEMENT Deletes an element .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I RESET_ATTRIBUTE Sets the value of an attribute to default .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I RESET_ELEMENT Sets the values of the element to default .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I RESET_NODE Sets the values of the node to default .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I RESET_SUBTREE Sets the values of a node to default together with subnode .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SAVE Saves the data .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets an attribute .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_ATTRIBUTE_FINAL Sets an Attribute to Final .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_ELEMENT_FINAL Sets an Element to Final .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_NODE_FINAL Sets a Node to Final (Collection) .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Sets All Attributes .
IF_WD_CFG_COMP_EDITOR I SET_SUBTREE_FINAL Sets a Node and all Subnodes to Final .
IF_WD_CHANNEL_EVENT_TRIGGER I CHECK_FOR_EVENT_CONDITION Trigger Event on Channel? .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I BINARY_TO_STRING raw -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I BOOLEAN_TO_STRING boolean -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I DATE_TO_STRING date -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I DECIMAL_TO_STRING decimal -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I FLOAT_TO_STRING floating point types -"string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I INTEGER_TO_STRING integeger types -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I NUM_TO_STRING Num -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_BINARY string -" raw .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_BOOLEAN string -" boolean .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_DATE string -" date .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_DECIMAL string -" decimal .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_FLOAT string -" floating point types .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_INTEGER string -" integer types .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_NUM string -" num .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_STRUCT string -" structure .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_TIME string -" time .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRING_TO_VISIBILITY string -" visibility .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I STRUCT_TO_STRING structure -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I TIME_TO_STRING time -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_CONVERSION_UTIL I VISIBILITY_TO_STRING Visibility -" string .
IF_WD_CLIENT_SCRIPTING I REGISTER_EVENT_HANDLER Registers an event handler for an event on the client .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I ADD_EVENT_HANDLER Registers an Event Handler for an Event .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I CANCEL_NAVIGATION Prevents Navigation in Entire Application .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I CREATE_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Creates a Component Usage Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I DELETE_CONFIGURATION Obsolete: Use Method from IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_APPLICATION Returns Reference to Application Object .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Returns a Reference to Component Usage Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_INFO Returns Metadata Description of Component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns component usage of this component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Returns all component usages of this component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_CONFIGURATION_KEY Returns Current Configuration Key or Initial .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_ID Returns Unique ID of Component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_PERSONALIZATION_MANAGER Returns Reference to Personalization Manager .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_PORTAL_MANAGER Returns Reference to Portal Manager .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_SAPGUI_MANAGER Returns a reference to the SAPGUI Manager .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I GET_WINDOW_MANAGER Returns a reference to the Window Manager .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I HAS_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Does Component Usage Group Exist? .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I LOAD_CONFIGURATION_BY_KEY Obsolete: Use Method from IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I REMOVE_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Removes a component usage group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER Deregisters Event Handler from Event .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I REMOVE_PENDING_INPUT Deletes User Input that Was Not Transferred .
IF_WD_COMPONENT I SAVE_CONFIGURATION Obsolete: Use Method from IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_ASSISTANCE I GET_TEXT Returns text for model class .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I ADD_EVENT_HANDLER Registers an Event Handler for an Event .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I CREATE_COMPONENT Creates Component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I CREATE_COMP_USAGE_OF_SAME_TYPECreates Component Usage of Same Type .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I DELETE_COMPONENT Deletes Component .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I ENTER_REFERENCING_MODE Transfers this Component Usage in Referencing Mode .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE_INFO Metadata Description of Component Usage .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I GET_INTERFACE_CONTROLLER Returns Reference to Interface Controller .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I HAS_ACTIVE_COMPONENT Specifies Whether Active Component Exists .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I IS_REFERENCED Component Usage Is to Be Referenced? .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I IS_REFERENCING Is Component Usage in Referencing Mode? .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I LEAVE_REFERENCING_MODE Exists Referencing Mode .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE I REMOVE_EVENT_HANDLER Deregisters Event Handler from Event .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I ADD_COMPONENT_USAGE Creates and Adds a Component Usage .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Return a Component Usage to this Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Return All Component Usages to this Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I REMOVE_ALL_CMP_USAGES Deletes All Component Usages from this Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I REMOVE_COMPONENT_USAGE Deletes a Component Usage from this Group .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_GROUP I SET Sets Properties of a Component Usage .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_SERVICES I CHECK_BEFORE_ENTER_REF_MODE Checks whether 'ENTER_REFERENCING_MODE' can be called .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_SERVICES I ENTER_REFERENCING_MODE Sets 'Referencing Mode' for a component usage .
IF_WD_COMPONENT_USAGE_SERVICES I LEAVE_REFERENCING_MODE Leaves 'Referencing Mode' for a component .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I ADD_ELEMENT Creates New Element (at End) .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I ADD_ELEMENTS Creates New Elements (at End) .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I INVALIDATE_NODE Invalidates a Node .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I MOVE_ELEMENT Moves an Element .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I REMOVE_ELEMENT Deletes an Element .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_FINAL Sets an Attribute to Final .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_ELEMENT_FINAL Sets an Element to Final .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_NODE_FINAL Sets a Node to Final (Collection) .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Sets All Attributes .
IF_WD_CONFIG_CONTEXT I SET_SUBTREE_FINAL Sets a Node and all Subnodes to Final .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I CALC_CONFIG_KEY Calculates Configuration Key from Usage Path .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I FILL_CONFIGURATION_CONTEXT Fills Configuration Context .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I FILL_P13N_ELEMENTS_4_APPL Collects All Personalized Elements of an Application .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_CONF_KEY_4_USAGE_PATH Reads Configuration for Usage Path .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_IMPL_4_USAGE_PATH Gets Implementation Name for Usage Path .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_P13N_DATA Returns Data for Implicit Personalization .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_P13N_ELEMENTS_4_APPL Gets All Personalized Elements of an Application .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_PERSONALIZED_COMPONENTS Returns All Components with Implicit P13N Data .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I GET_USER_TYPE Gets User Type .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I IGNORE_PERSONALIZATION Personalization Cannot Be Loaded .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I INIT Initializes Configuration for Application .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I LEAVE_CONFIGURATION_CHANGEMODEQuits change mode for the configuration .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I LEAVE_PERS_CHANGEMODE Quits change mode for the personalization .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I LOAD_PERSONALIZATION_DATA Fills Configuration Context .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I REMOVE_CONFIGURATION Deletes Personalization Data .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I REMOVE_PERSONALIZATION_DATA Deletes Personalization Data .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SAVE_CONFIGURATION Saves Configuration .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SAVE_DEFAULT_VARIANT Saves Default Variants .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SAVE_NEW_IMPLICIT_DATA Saves new implicit data only .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SAVE_PERSONALIZATION_DATA Saves Personalization Data .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SET_CONFIGURATION_CHANGEMODE Sets Configuration in Change Mode .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SET_IMPL_4_USAGE_PATH Sets Implementation Name for Usage Path .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SET_PERSONALIZATION_CHANGEMODESets Personalization in Change Mode .
IF_WD_CONFIG_RUNTIME I SET_USER_TYPE Specifies User Type .
IF_WD_CONTEXT I ADD_CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE_CHANGE Adds an Entry for Attribute Changes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT I RESET_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT Resets the changed by client flag in the context, i. e. in a.
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns the Value of an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPERTIES Returns the attribute properties for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_ELEM Returns the attribute properties for the whole element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_ATTRIBUTE_REF Returns Reference to Copy of Attribute Value .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_CHILD_NODE Returns Child Node of this Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_CHILD_NODES Returns All Lower-Level Nodes of this Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_INDEX Returns Index of Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_NODE Returns Node to Which Element Belongs .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_PATH Returns Path to Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Returns Copy of All Statically Declared Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_REF Returns Reference to a Copy of All Static Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_ALIVE Checks if the Relevant Node has Already Been Cleared .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_ATTRIBUTE_FINALIZED True if Attribute of Element Can No Longer Be Changed .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_ATTRIBUTE_NULL Returns True if Attribute Is NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT True if Element Is Changed by Client .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_FINALIZED True if Element Can No Longer Be Changed .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I IS_SELECTED True, if element is selected in the node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets the Attribute Value .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_FINALIZED Denotes Attribute as No Longer Modifiable(Except Invalidate).
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NULL Sets Attribute to NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPERTY Sets a property for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_ELEM Sets the properties for multiple attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT Denotes Element as Changed by Client .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_FINALIZED Denotes Element as No Longer Modifiable (Except Invalidate) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_SELECTED Sets Element as Selected to Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Value of Statically Declared Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_NULL Sets all Static Attributes to NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_ELEMENT I TO_XML Returns Canonical XML .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_MENU_MANAGER I ADD_CONTEXT_MENU Adds a context menu .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_MENU_MANAGER I CLEAR_CURRENT_CONTEXT_MENU Resets the context menu .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_MENU_MANAGER I DELETE_CONTEXT_MENU Deletes a context menu .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_MENU_MANAGER I GET_CONTEXT_MENU Returns a context menu .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I BIND_ELEMENT Binds Element (SET_INITIAL_ELEMENTS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I BIND_ELEMENTS Binds Elemente (SET_INITIAL_ELEMENTS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I BIND_STRUCTURE Binds Structure (SET_INITIAL_ELEMENTS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I BIND_TABLE Binds Table (SET_INITIAL_ELEMENTS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I CLEAR_SELECTION Deletes Selection .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I CREATE_ELEMENT Creates an Element with all Static Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I CREATE_ELEMENT_STATIC_ATTR Exclusively Creates the Statically Declared Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns the Value of an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPERTIES Returns the attribute properties for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_ELEM Returns the attribute properties for the whole element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_NODE Returns attribute properties for the whole node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ATTRIBUTE_REF Returns Reference to Copy of Attribute Value .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_CHILD_NODE Child Node of Lead Selection or Specific Index .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_CHILD_NODES All Lower-Level Nodes of Lead Selection or Specific Index .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_CONTEXT Provides Context .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ELEMENT Element of Lead Selection or Specific Index .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ELEMENTS Returns All Elements .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_ELEMENT_COUNT Returns Number of Node Elements .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_LEAD_SELECTION Returns Element of Lead Selection .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_LEAD_SELECTION_INDEX Returns Index of Lead Seletion .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_META_PATH Returns the Meta Path of the Node Including the Controller .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_NODE_INFO Returns Meta Information About Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_PARENT_ELEMENT Returns the Element whose Child Node this Node Is .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_PATH Returns the Path Including Controller and Element Indices .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_SELECTED_ELEMENTS Returns All Selected Elements .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Returns Copy of All Statically Declared Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_REF Returns Reference to a Copy of All Static Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_TABLE Returns All Static Attributes of All Elements .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I INVALIDATE Invalidates All Elements of Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_ALIVE Checks if Relevant Controller has Already Been Ended .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_ATTRIBUTE_NULL Returns TRUE if Attribute Is NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT True if Node or Element Is Changed by Client .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_FINALIZED True if Node Can No Longer Be Changed .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_SELECTED True if Element Is Selected .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I IS_SUPPLIED True if Supply Method Has Already Run .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_ELEMENT Moves Element from Index FROM to Index TO .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_FIRST Set Lead Selection to First Node Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_LAST Set Lead Selection to Last Node Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_NEXT Set Lead Selection to Subsequent Node Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_PREVIOUS Set Lead Selection to Previous Node Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I MOVE_TO Set Lead Selection to Specified Node Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I PATH_GET_ATTRIBUTE Resolves the Path to an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I PATH_GET_ELEMENT Resolves the Path to an Elenemt .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I PATH_GET_NODE Resolves the Path to Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I REMOVE_ELEMENT Removes Single Element if Existing .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I RESET_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT Resets CHANGED_BY_CLIENT Flag (Recursive). .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_ATTRIBUTE Sets the Value of Individual Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_NULL Sets Value of Individual Attributes to NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPERTY Sets a property for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_ELEM Sets the properties for multiple attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_ATTRIBUTE_PROPS_FOR_NODE Sets attribute properties for the whole node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_CHANGED_BY_CLIENT Denotes Node as Changed by Client .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_FINALIZED Denotes Node as No Longer Modifiable (Except Invalitdate) .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_LEAD_SELECTION Set Element of Lead Selection with Index .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_LEAD_SELECTION_INDEX Set Element of Lead Selection with Index .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_SELECTED Set Element as Selected or Remove Flag .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES Sets the Value of Statically Declared Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I SET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_NULL Sets the Value of Statically Declared Attributes to NULL .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE I TO_XML Returns Canonical XML Representation .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I ADD_ATTRIBUTE Adds an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I ADD_CHILD_NODE Adds a Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I ADD_NEW_CHILD_NODE Creates a Info Object and Adds it as a Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I ADD_NEW_MAPPED_CHILD_NODE Defines Newly Mapped Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I ADD_RECURSIVE_CHILD_NODE Adds a Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I FOLLOW_PATH Follows the Path and Returns the Target Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTE Returns an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTES Delivers All Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PROPS Gets the formatting properties for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES Gets the List of All Atrribute Names .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUEHELP_TYPE Returns Type of Input Help of Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_HELP Returns value help for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_CHILD_NODE Returns a Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_CHILD_NODES Returns All Lower-Level Nodes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_CONTROLLER Returns Corresponding Controller .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_NAME Returns Node Name .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_PARENT Returns Parent Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_PRIMARY_ATTRIBUTE Returns Primary Attribute or Is Initial .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I GET_STATIC_ATTRIBUTES_TYPE Returns RTTI Object for Structure Type of Static Attributes .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I HAS_ATTRIBUTE Indicates whether an attribute exists .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I HAS_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_HELP Returns Flag: Attribute Has Input Help .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_ALIVE Checks if Relevant Controller has Already Been Cleared .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_CHILD_NODE_RECURSIVE Returns ABAP_TRUE if Specified Child Node Is Rekursive .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_FINALIZED True if Node Info Cannot Be Changed .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_INITIALIZE_LEAD_SELECTION ABAP_TRUE, Lead Selection Is Automatically Initialized .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_MANDATORY ABAP_TRUE, Collection Must Have at least One Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_MANDATORY_SELECTION ABAP_TRUE, Selection Must Have at least One Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_MAPPING_COMPLETE ABAP_TRUE if Mapping Is Complete .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_MULTIPLE ABAP_TRUE, Collection Can Have More than One Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_MULTIPLE_SELECTION ABAP_TRUE, Selection Can Have More than One Element .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I IS_SINGLETON ABAP_TRUE, Node Is Singleton .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I REMOVE_ATTRIBUTE Deletes an Attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I REMOVE_CHILD_NODE Deletes Lower-Level Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I REMOVE_DYNAMIC_ATTRIBUTES Deletes All Attributes of Node .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PROPS Sets the formatting properties for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_ATTRIBUTE_REFERENCE_FIELD Sets the reference field for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_ATTRIBUTE_REF_CALLBACK Defines a callback to get the attribute reference .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_HELP Sets value help for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_SET Sets the fixed values for an attribute .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_FINALIZED Marks Node Info as Not Modifiable .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_MAPPING_COMPLETE Completes an External Mapping Once .
IF_WD_CONTEXT_NODE_INFO I SET_NULLABLE Specifies whether an attribute can have the value NULL .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_ACTION Returns Reference to Action .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_COMPONENT Returns Reference to Component .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_CONTEXT Returns Reference to Context .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_CONTROLLER_INFO Reference to Metadata Object of Controller .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_MESSAGE Returns Message Text .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_MESSAGE_MANAGER Returns Reference to Message Manager .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I GET_PERSONALIZATION_MANAGER Returns Reference to Personalization Manager .
IF_WD_CONTROLLER I IS_ALIVE Checks if the Controller was Already Cleared .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I FROM_STRING Converts String to Value .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I IS_BOOLEAN_BY_DATA Checks Whether a Variable Is "Boolean" .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I IS_BOOLEAN_BY_NAME Checks Whether a Type Is "Boolean" .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I IS_BOOLEAN_BY_TYPEDESCR Internal "Boolean" Test .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I TO_INTEGER Converts String to Integer .
IF_WD_CONVERSION_UTILS I TO_STRING Converts Value to String .
IF_WD_DATA_CONTAINER I SET_VALUE Sets the Value (Must Have Correct Type) .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I ADD_OBJECT Add Object to the Worklist .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I CHECK Check modifiability of all objects in the worklist .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I DISPLAY_CONSOLE Display Console with All Objects in the Worklist .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I GET_WORK_LIST Return Worklist .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I INIT Initializes object editing .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I REMOVE_OBJECT Remove Object from Worklist .
IF_WD_DEV_OBJECT_ASSISTANCE I SAVE Save All Objects in the Worklist (in Transport Request) .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_A_TAG Render "a" Tag .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_CLOSE_TAG Render XHTML Tag (PARSE_XHTML_TAGS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_IMG_TAG Render "img" Tag .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_OPEN_TAG Render XHTML Tag (PARSE_XHTML_TAGS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_PARSED_XML Render Parsed XML (PARSE_XHTML_TAGS=ABAP_FALSE) .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_SAP_ACTION_TAG Render "sap:action" Tag .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_SAP_FIELD_TAG Render "sap:field" Tag .
IF_WD_FORMATTED_TEXT_RENDERER I RENDER_TEXT Render Text (PARSE_XHTML_TAGS=ABAP_TRUE) .
IF_WD_HELLO_APPLICATION I WD_CREATE_CONTEXT_ELEMENT Generates Context Element .
IF_WD_HELLO_APPLICATION I WD_CURRENT_CONTEXT_ELEMENT Gets Element Interface of Lead Selection .
IF_WD_HELLO_APPLICATION I WD_GET_API Gets Application Interface .
IF_WD_HELLO_APPLICATION I WD_NODE_CONTEXT Gets Node Interface of Lead Selection .
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I GET_ATTACHMENTS Gets Attachments .
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I GET_HIDE_TOOLBARS Returns the value for the "HideToolbars" attribute .
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I GET_LEGACY_EDITING_ENABLED Returns the Option Editable from PDF Created by FM Interface.
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I SET_ATTACHMENTS Sets Attachments .
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I SET_HIDE_TOOLBARS Sets the "HideToolbars" attribute .
IF_WD_IACTIVE_FORM_METHOD_HNDL I SET_LEGACY_EDITING_ENABLED Sets the Option Editable from PDF Created by FM Interface .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_ACTIVE_VSW_KEY Sets Active View Switch .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_RLD_CONTENT Fill 'Related Documents' with Actions .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_RLD_HEADER Sets Heading for RLD Tray .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_RLD_PROPERTIES Set Tray Attributes for RLD .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_VSW_CONTENT Fill View Switch with Actions .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_VSW_PROPERTIES Set Group Attributes for VSW .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_YCA_CONTENT Fill 'You Can Also' with Actions .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_YCA_HEADER Set Heading for YCA Tray .
IF_WD_LAYOUT_CNP_LIGHT I SET_YCA_PROPERTIES Set Tray Attributes for YCA .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I CLEAR_MESSAGES Delete All Messages .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I GET_MESSAGES Returns all messages .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I HAS_VALIDATION_ERRORS Query whether there are validation messages .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I HAS_VAL_ERRORS_FOR_WINDOW Query whether there are validation messages for a window .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I IS_EMPTY Query Whether Messages Exist .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_ATTRIBUTE_EXCEPTION Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_ERROR_MESSAGE Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_EXCEPTION Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_FATAL_ERROR_MESSAGE Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_FATAL_EXCEPTION Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I RAISE_T100_ERROR Obsolete .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REMOVE_MESSAGE Deletes an individual message .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR_MESSAGEReports a WD Exception for a Context Attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ATTRIBUTE_EXCEPTION Reports a WD Exception for a Context Attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ATTRIBUTE_MESSAGE Reports a message for this context attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ATTRIBUTE_T100_MESSAGE Reports a WD Exception for a Context Attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ELEMENT_ERROR_MESSAGE Reports a Web Dynpro exception related to context attributes.
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ELEMENT_EXCEPTION Reports a Web Dynpro exception related to context attributes.
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ELEMENT_T100_MESSAGE Reports a Web Dynpro exception related to context attributes.
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_ERROR_MESSAGE Reports a Web Dynpro Message with Optional Parameters .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_EXCEPTION Reports a Web Dynpro Exception (May Return) .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_FATAL_ERROR_MESSAGE Reports a Fatal WD Exception Message w/ Optional Parameters .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_FATAL_EXCEPTION Reports a Fatal Web Dynpro Exception .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_MESSAGE Reports a message .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_SUCCESS Reports a Success Message .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_T100_MESSAGE Reports a Message Using a T100 Entry .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER I REPORT_WARNING Reports a Warning .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I ADD_MESSAGE_ITEM_FOR_ATTRIBUTEAdds a message item for an attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I ADD_MESSAGE_ITEM_FOR_ELEMENT Adds a message item for an element .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I ADD_REFERENCING_MESSAGE Creates Message that References to Other Message .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I ADD_REFERENCING_MSG_FOR_ELEM Creates Message that References to Other Message .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I GET_MESSAGE_ITEMS Gets all messages .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I GET_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_ATTR Gets the messages for a context attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I GET_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_ELEMENT Gets the messages for a context element .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I GET_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_NODE Gets the messages for a context node .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I REMOVE_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_ATTR Deletes all messages for an attribute .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I REMOVE_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_ELEM Deletes all messages for an element .
IF_WD_MESSAGE_MANAGER2 I REMOVE_MESSAGE_ITEMS_FOR_NODE Deletes all messages for a node .
IF_WD_NAVIGATION_SERVICES I DO_DYNAMIC_NAVIGATION Creates Navigation Link and Performs Navigation .
IF_WD_NAVIGATION_SERVICES I PREPARE_DYNAMIC_NAVIGATION Creates Temporary Navigation Link .
IF_WD_NAVIGATION_SERVICES I REMOVE_DYNAMIC_META_DATA Deletes dynamically created megadata .
IF_WD_NAVIGATION_SERVICES_NEW I DO_DYNAMIC_NAVIGATION Creates Navigation Link and Performs Navigation .
IF_WD_NAVIGATION_SERVICES_NEW I PREPARE_DYNAMIC_NAVIGATION Creates Temporary Navigation Link .
IF_WD_NETWORK_METHOD_HNDL I METHOD1 Test Method .
IF_WD_OVS I SET_CONFIGURATION Set Column Headings, Label Texts, and so on .
IF_WD_OVS I SET_INPUT_STRUCTURE Set Fields on Selection Screen .
IF_WD_OVS I SET_MESSAGES Set Messages for OVS Component .
IF_WD_OVS I SET_OUTPUT_TABLE Set Hit List .
IF_WD_P13N_TEMP_APPLY I APPLY_TEMPORARILY Applies Personalization Temporarily .
IF_WD_P13N_TEMP_APPLY I SET_TEMP_APPLY Sets Mode for Temporary Application of Personalization .
IF_WD_PACKAGE_SRVS I INIT_DLG_TADIR Initializes TADIR Popup .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I DELETE Delete Personalization Data .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I ENTER_CHANGE_MODE Switch to Change Mode .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_CONTEXT_CHANGE_ASSISTANT Returns an Object for Changes in Configuration Context .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_DEFAULT_VARIANT Gets Default for Personalization .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_STATE Returns Information About Current Load State .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_TABLE_INTERFACE Returns the table IF (only for special components) .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_VALID_PERS_SCOPE Returns Maximum Allowed Scope for Storage .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_VARIANTS Returns List with Variants of Configuration .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I GET_VARIANTS_FOR_SUBCOMPONENT Returns List with Variants of Configuration .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I IS_IMPLEMENTATION_SUPPLIED Tests Whether an Implementation Is Specfied for Usage .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I LEAVE_CHANGE_MODE Switches to display mode .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I LOAD_CONFIG_BY_KEY Loads Configuration/Personalization .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I RESTRICT_IMPL_PERS OBSOLETE .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I SAVE Save Personalization Data .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I SAVE_NEW_VARIANT Save Personalization Data .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I SET_CONFIG_KEY Sets Configuration Key for Subsequent Storage of Configur. .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I SET_DEFAULT_VARIANT Sets Default for Personalization .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I SUPPORT_DELTA_HANDLING Component Supports Delta Handling of Configuration .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I TRANSPORT_ALLOWED Specifies Whether Data Transport Is Allowed .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I UNDO_CONTEXT_CHANGES Resets Configuration Context .
IF_WD_PERSONALIZATION I UPDATE_IMPL_PERS OBSOLETE .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I CHANGE_ITEM Changes an entry .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I FINALIZE_ITEM Sets an entry to "Final" .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I GET_TABLE Gets the table with the personalization data .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I INSERT_ITEM Adds an Entry .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I REMOVE_ITEM Deletes One Entry .
IF_WD_PERS_TABLE I SET_TABLE Sets the table with the personalization data .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM I SUBSCRIBE_TO_EVENTS Registration of All Events (See Attributes) .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM I UNSUBSCRIBE_FROM_EVENTS Deregistration of All Events .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM_N I SUBSCRIBE_TO_BUTTON_EVENT Registration of a WD Event Handler to a Popup Button .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM_N I SUBSCRIBE_TO_CANCEL_BUTTON Registration of a WD Event Handler to the Cancel Button .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM_N I UNSUBSCRIBE_FROM_BUTTON_EVENT Deregistration of a WD Event Handler from a Popup Button .
IF_WD_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM_N I UNSUBSCRIBE_FROM_CANCEL_BUTTONDeregistration of a WD Event Handler from the Cancel Button .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I FIRE Trigger Portal Event .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I NAVIGATE_ABSOLUTE Navigation to Defined URL .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I NAVIGATE_RELATIVE Navigation Relative to Own URL .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I NAVIGATE_TO_OBJECT Navigation to Business Object .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I SET_APPLICATION_DIRTY_FLAG Sets the Dirty Flag for Portal .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I SET_WORK_PROTECT_MODE Sets Mode for Work Protect Mode .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I SUBSCRIBE_EVENT Register Portal Event .
IF_WD_PORTAL_INTEGRATION I UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT Delete Portal Event Registration .
IF_WD_PORTAL_SESSION_HANDLING I IS_RESET_POSSIBLE Data Base Locks Deleted? .
IF_WD_PORTAL_SESSION_HANDLING I SESSION_RESTARTS Session Setting Is Switched from Standby to Running .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_ALL_DYNAMIC_METADATA Deletes everything under this handle apart from comp. usages.
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_COMPONENT_USAGE Deletes a dynamically created component usage .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_NAVIGATION_LINK Deletes a dynamically created navigation link .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Deletes a dynamically created navigation target .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Deletes a dynamically created VCA .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I DELETE_VIEW_USAGE Deletes a dynamically created view usage .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I GET_NAVIGATION_LINKS Returns the navlinks created under this handle .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I GET_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Returns the navtargets created under this handle .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I GET_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENTS Returns the VCAs created under this handle .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I GET_VIEW_USAGES Returns the view usages created under this handle .
IF_WD_REPOSITORY_HANDLE I REMOVE Deletes everything incl. comp. usage and invalidated handle .
IF_WD_RR_APPLICATION I GET_HELP_LINK Returns the help link .
IF_WD_RR_APPLICATION I GET_STARTUP_WINDOW Returns the application's main window .
IF_WD_RR_APPLICATION I SET_HELP_LINK Sets the help link .
IF_WD_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns Component Usage to this Group .
IF_WD_RR_CMP_USAGE_GROUP I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Returns All Component Usages to this Group .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I CREATE_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Creates a Group of Component Usages .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CMP_USAGES_FOR_CMP Returns the name of the component usages for a component .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CMP_USAGE_GROUP Returns Metadata of Component Usage Group .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns Metadata of Component Usage .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_COMPONENT_USAGES Returns the metadata of all component usages .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CONFIG_PROPERTIES Returns properties of the configured editor .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_CONTROLLER Returns Metadata of Controller .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_IMPLEMENTED_INTERFACES Returns the component interfaces implemented by thie comp. .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_IMPL_COMPONENTS Returns the Names of Implementing Components .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_IMPL_INTERFACES_FOR_CMP Returns the names of the impl. comp. interfaces for a comp .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_NAME Name of Component .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_VIEW Returns Metadata of View .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I GET_WINDOW Returns Metadata of Window .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT I HAS_WINDOW Checks existence of a window .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT_USAGE I GET_LIFECYCLE_CONTROL Component Creation: Framework/Application .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT_USAGE I GET_NAME Name of Component Usage .
IF_WD_RR_COMPONENT_USAGE I SET_LIFECYCLE_CONTROL Component Creation: Framework/Application .
IF_WD_RR_CONTROLLER I GET_NAME Name of Controller .
IF_WD_RR_CONTROLLER I HAS_EVENT Checks existence of an event .
IF_WD_RR_CONTROLLER I HAS_EVENT_HANDLER Checks existence of an event handler .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I GET_DESCRIPTION Returns View Description .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I GET_INBOUND_PLUGS Returns the inbound plug for this view .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I GET_NAME Name of View .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I GET_OUTBOUND_PLUGS Returns the outbound plug for this view .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I HAS_INBOUND_PLUG Checks whether the specified inbound plug exists .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I HAS_OUTBOUND_PLUG Checks whether the specified outbound plug exists .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW I SET_LIFESPAN Sets Lifetime of View .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I CREATE_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGE Creates Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I DELETE_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGE Deletes Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_ASSIGNED_CONTAINER Returns Name Corresponding View Container .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_DEFAULT_VIEW_USAGE Returns Default View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_EMBEDDED_VIEW_USAGES Returns All View Embeddings for View Area .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_EMBEDDED_VUSAGE Returns View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_NAME Name of View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_OWNER Returns Embedded View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I GET_VIEW_USAGE_FOR_VIEW Returns View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I IS_ASSIGNED_CNT_DYNAMIC Specifies if associated view container created dynamically .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I IS_DIRTY Specifies if this view/container assignment already deleted .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I IS_DYNAMIC Specifies if this view/cont. assignment dynamically created .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT I SET_DEFAULT_VIEW_USAGE Sets Temporary Default View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I CREATE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Creates Temporary Navigation Target .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I CREATE_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Creates Temporary View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_ALL_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Temporarily Deletes All Navigation Targets for Outbound Plug.
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Temporarily Deletes Navigation Target .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I DELETE_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Temporarily Deletes View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_COMPONENT_USAGE Returns Component Usage to this View-Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_EMB_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Returns Embedded View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_NAME Name of View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VCA_FOR_CONTAINER Returns View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW Returns Corresponding View .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENT Returns Metadata of View Container Assignment .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_VIEW_CNT_ASSIGNMENTS Returns Metadata for All View Container Assignments .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I GET_WINDOW Returns Embedded Window .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I IS_DIRTY Specifies whether this view usage has already been deleted .
IF_WD_RR_VIEW_USAGE I IS_DYNAMIC Specifies whether this view usage was created dynamically .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I CREATE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Creates Temporary Navigation Target .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I CREATE_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Creates Temporary Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_ALL_NAVIGATION_TARGETS Temporarily Deletes All Navigation Targets for Outbound Plug.
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_NAVIGATION_TARGET Temporarily Deletes Navigation Target .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I DELETE_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Temporarily Deletes Metadata of View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I EMBED_VIEW Temporarily Embeds View in Specified Position .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_CUSTOM_PADDING Returns whether the window has a frame .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_NAME Returns Window Name .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_ROOT_VIEW_USAGE Returns Metadata for View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_ROOT_VIEW_USAGES Returns Metadata for All Top-Level View Embeddings .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_VIEW_USAGE Returns View Embedding .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I GET_VIEW_USAGES Returns Metadata for All View Embeddings .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I SET_CUSTOM_PADDING Specifies whether the window will have a frame .
IF_WD_RR_WINDOW I SET_DEFAULT_ROOT_VUSAGE Sets Temporary Default View .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_BLOCK Adds Block Group to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_BLOCKS Adds Multiple Block Groups to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_HORIZONTAL_DIVIDER Adds Cross Beam to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_HORIZONTAL_DIVIDERS Adds Multiple Horizontal Bars to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_PARAMETER_FIELD Adds a parameter field to the selection screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_PARAMETER_FIELDS Adds multiple parameter fields to the selection screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_SELECTION_FIELD Adds Addtional Field to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_SELECTION_FIELDS Adds Multiple Fields to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_SELECTION_SCREEN_ITEM Adds an Element to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_SELECTION_SCREEN_ITEMS Adds Multiple Elements to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_TEXT_LINE Adds Text Line to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I ADD_TEXT_LINES Adds Multiple Text Lines to Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I CHECK_ALL_PARAMETER_FIELDS Checks the correctness of all parameter fields .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I CHECK_ALL_SELECTION_FIELDS Checks Entries of All Selection Fields for Correctness .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I CHECK_SELECTION_SCREEN Checks the correctness of the entire selection screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I CREATE_RANGE_TABLE Dynamically Creates Range Table .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_BLOCK Returns Data of Block Group .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_BLOCKS Returns Data of All Block Groups .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_HORIZONTAL_DIVIDER Returns Data of Horizontal Bar .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_HORIZONTAL_DIVIDERS Returns Data of All Horizontal Bars .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_PARAMETER_FIELD Returns the data from a parameter field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_PARAMETER_FIELDS Returns the data from multiple parameter fields .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_RANGE_TABLE_OF_SEL_FIELD Returns Range Table for Selection Field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_SELECTION_FIELD Returns Data of Selection Field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_SELECTION_FIELDS Returns Data of All Selection Fields .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_SELECTION_SCREEN_ITEM Returns Data of Element .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_SELECTION_SCREEN_ITEMS Returns Data of All Elements .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_TEXT_LINE Returns Data of Text Line .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_TEXT_LINES Returns Data of All Text Lines .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I GET_VALUE_OF_PARAMETER_FIELD Returns the value of a parameter field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I REMOVE_ALL_SEL_SCREEN_ITEMS Removes All Elements in Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I REMOVE_SELECTION_SCREEN_ITEM Removes Element in Selection Screen .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I REQUEST_FOCUS Set Focus .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I RESET_ALL_PARAMETER_FIELDS Resets the value of all parameter fields .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I RESET_ALL_SELECTION_FIELDS Resets Range Table of All Selection Fields .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I RESET_PARAMETER_FIELD Resets the value of a parameter field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I RESET_SELECTION_FIELD Resets Range Table of One Selection Field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I SET_GLOBAL_OPTIONS Sets General Options .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I SET_RANGE_TABLE_OF_SEL_FIELD Resets Range Table for Selection Field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I SET_VALUE_OF_PARAMETER_FIELD Sets the value of a parameter field .
IF_WD_SELECT_OPTIONS I UPD_SELECTION_FIELD Updates the Settings of Selection Field .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I APPLY_FILTER Filters the Table (Context can be resorted) .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I APPLY_SORTING Sorts the Table (Context can be resorted) .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I EXPAND_INTO_ELEMENT Expand Tree Table up to Element .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I GET_ALL_COLUMNS Determine All Table Columns from Column and Grouped Column .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I GET_KEY_ATTRIBUTE_NAME Return Key Attribute for Context Access .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I MAKE_ELEMENT_VISIBLE Make Context Element Visible in Table .
IF_WD_TABLE_METHOD_HNDL I SET_KEY_ATTRIBUTE_NAME Set Key Attribute for Context Access .
IF_WD_TRACE_TOOL I ADD_TRACE_DATA Create Trace Dataset .
IF_WD_URL_GENERATOR I GET_WEB_RESOURCE_PATH Determines Web Resource Path .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_ATTRIBUTE Gets All Message Strings for Context Attribute .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_CONTEXT Gets All Message Strings for Context .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_ELEMENT Gets All Message Strings for Context Element .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_NODE Gets All Message Strings for Context Node .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGE_FOR_MESSAGE_ID Gets message string for a message ID .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGE_IDS_FOR_ATTRIBUTE Returns the message IDs for an attribute .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I GET_MESSAGE_ID_FOR_ATTRIBUTE Returns the message ID for an attribute .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I IS_ATTRIBUTE_VALID Is Attribute Valid? .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I IS_CONTEXT_VALID Are All Nodes of this Context Valid? .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I IS_ELEMENT_VALID Are All Attributes of this Element Valid? .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I IS_NODE_VALID Are All Elements of this Node Valid? .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I SET_ATTRIBUTE_VALID Sets an Attribute to Valid .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I SET_CONTEXT_VALID Sets a Context to Valid .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I SET_ELEMENT_VALID Sets an Element to Valid .
IF_WD_VALIDATION I SET_NODE_VALID Sets a Node to Valid .
IF_WD_VALUE_HELP_LISTENER I CLOSE_WINDOW Input Help Window Is to Be Closed .
IF_WD_VIEW I CREATE_ALL_CUST_EXT_FIELDS Creates all customer enhancement fields .
IF_WD_VIEW I GET_ELEMENT Returns a specific view element .
IF_WD_VIEW I GET_ELEMENTS_BY_CID Get View Elements Using CID .
IF_WD_VIEW I GET_ROOT_ELEMENT Returns the highest view element .
IF_WD_VIEW I GET_VIEW_USAGE Returns the metadata description of the view embedding .
IF_WD_VIEW I REQUEST_FOCUS_ON_VIEW_ELEM Sets the focus to a specific view element .
IF_WD_VIEW I RESET_VIEW Initializes the view element tree .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I FIRE_PLUG Triggers Dynamically Created Outbound Plugs .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I GET_CONTEXT_MENU_MANAGER Returns the context menu manager .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I GET_CURRENT_ACTION Returns Action to Be Processed (wddobeforeaction) .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I GET_EMBEDDING_WINDOW_CTLR Returns Reference to Embedded Window .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I GET_VIEW_INFO Reference to the Metadata Object of the View .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I GET_VIEW_USAGE Returns the metadata description of the view embedding .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I IS_CURRENT_ACTION_VALIDATING Returns whether the current action is validating .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_FOCUS Sets the Focus on an Element in the Context .
IF_WD_VIEW_CONTROLLER I REQUEST_FOCUS_ON_ACTION Sets the Focus on an Action .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT I GET_ID Returns ID of the View Element .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT I GET_VIEW Returns View for View Element .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I BIND_CLIENT_ACTION_TO_EVENT Connects a client action with an event .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I BIND_SERVER_ACTION_TO_EVENT Connects a server action with an event .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I CLEAR_METHOD_QUEUE Deletes Content of Method Queue .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I FIRE_EVENT Triggers an event .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I GET_ATTRIBUTE Reads the value of an attribute of a view element .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I INVOKE_METHOD Executes Any Method of View Element .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I REMOVE_LOCAL_METHOD_CALLS Removes All Calls of Assigned View Elements .
IF_WD_VIEW_ELEMENT_METHOD_HNDL I SET_ATTRIBUTE Changes an attribute of a view element on the client .
IF_WD_WINDOW I CLOSE Close Popup (Asynchronous) .
IF_WD_WINDOW I GET_BUTTON_EVENT_SUBSCRIPTIONSReturns the event registrations .
IF_WD_WINDOW I IS_MODAL Is Popup Modal? .
IF_WD_WINDOW I IS_TOPLEVEL Is Popup the Top-Level Popup? .
IF_WD_WINDOW I OPEN Open Popup (Asynchronous) .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_BUTTON_KIND Specifies Button Combination .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_CLOSE_BUTTON Sets the "Close" button .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_CLOSE_IN_ANY_CASE Window is closed automatically by window buttons .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_DEFAULT_BUTTON Sets the default button .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_MESSAGE_DISPLAY_MODE Specifies how messages are to be displayed in the popup .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_MESSAGE_TYPE Sets Message Type .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_ON_CLOSE_ACTION Register Action on 'Cancel' .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_REMOVE_ON_CLOSE Window will be destroyed by closing .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_WINDOW_POSITION Set Window Position .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_WINDOW_POSITION_CONTROL Set Window Position .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_WINDOW_SIZE Set Window Size .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SET_WINDOW_TITLE Set Window Title .
IF_WD_WINDOW I SUBSCRIBE_TO_BUTTON_EVENT Register Action on Button Click .
IF_WD_WINDOW I UNSUBSCRIBE_FROM_BUTTON_EVENT Deregister Action .
IF_WD_WINDOW_CONTROLLER I GET_MESSAGE_AREA Returns the message component's API .
IF_WD_WINDOW_CONTROLLER I GET_WINDOW Returns Reference to Popup if Exists .
IF_WD_WINDOW_CONTROLLER I GET_WINDOW_INFO Returns Metadata Description of Window .
IF_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I CREATE_EXTERNAL_WINDOW Create New Browser Window .
IF_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I CREATE_POPUP_TO_CONFIRM Creates Dialog Box .
IF_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I CREATE_WINDOW Create Modal Popup .
IF_WD_WINDOW_MANAGER I CREATE_WINDOW_FOR_CMP_USAGE Create Modal Popup .
IF_WD_WIZARD_CONTENT I IS_NAVIGATION_POSSIBLE Checks whether navigation to step possible .
IF_WEM_CC_FACTORY I CREATE Creates an Object .
IF_WFCC_CHECK I EXECUTE_CHECK Execution of Check .
IF_WFCC_CHECK I EXECUTE_FUNCTION Executes a selected function .
IF_WFCC_CHECK I GET_FUNCTIONS Gets the possible functions .
IF_WFCC_CHECK I GET_PROPERTIES Read Properties .
IF_WFCC_CHECK I GET_TABLE_OF_ENTRIES Gets the list to be displayed .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I AGENTS_GET Get Agent .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I AGENTS_POSSIBLE_GET Determine Possible Agents of a Step .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I AGENTS_SET Set pers.responsible .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I AGENT_APPEND Add Agent .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I AGENT_CHECK Check agents .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I CHECK_AGENT_ALREADY_STORED Is the Agent Already Saved? .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I IS_LOCKED Checks Whether Step May Still Be Changed .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I NOTES_GET Get Notes .
IF_WFD_ADHOC_STEP I NOTES_SET Set Notes .
IF_WF_DEF_REDO_UNDO I REDO Redo .
IF_WF_DEF_REDO_UNDO I UNDO Undo .
IF_WIND_INDEX I CHANGE_ALLOWED_CHECK Check Changeability of Documents .
IF_WIND_INDEX I CHANGE_DATA Change Document .
IF_WIND_INDEX I CHANGE_PREPARE Perform Document Index Changes .
IF_WIND_INDEX I CREATE_TABLES Generate Tables for Document Index .
IF_WIND_INDEX I CUSTOMIZING_CHECK Check Customizing .
IF_WIND_INDEX I DISPLAY_DATA Display Document .
IF_WIND_INDEX I LINE_LENGTH Line Length .
IF_WIND_INDEX I PRINT_LIST Output list .
IF_WIND_INDEX I SET_DOCUMENT_RANGE Set Worklist .
IF_WIND_INDEX I UPDATE_PREPARE Prepare Update .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ACCRUAL_LINE AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line Accruals .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_AFTER_SUMMARIZATION AC Interface: Adjust Data After Aggregation .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_BEFORE_SUMMARIZATION AC Interface: Adjust Data Before Aggregation .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CANCEL_TYPE Change Cancellation Method .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE AC Interface: Change Customer Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE_ADV_PAYM AC Interface: Change Debtor Advance Pay Posting Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_CUSTOMER_LINE_COND AC Interface: Change Customer Condition Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_HEADER_LINE AC Interface: Change Header Data .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ITEM_LINE AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_ITEM_LINE_REMU_LIST AC Interface: Change G/L Account Line Remuneration List .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_MATERIAL_LINE AC Interface: Change Material Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_POSTING_KEY Change Posting Key .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_TAX_LINE AC Interface: Change Tax Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE AC Interface: Change Vendor Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE_ADV_PAYM AC Interface: Change Creditor Advance Pay Posting Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I CHANGE_VENDOR_LINE_COND AC Interface: Change Vendor Condition Line .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I FICA_DOCUMENT_CHANGE Change FI-CA Docs of Original Docs of Remuneration Lists .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I FICA_READ_HEADER_AWKEY FI-CA Read Document Header for Document .
IF_WLF_ACC_ENHANCEMENT I SET_WRART_CUSTOMERSETTLEMENT Set Regulation Type for Posting Customer Settlement .
IF_WLF_CASH_DISCOUNT_DETERMINE I CHECK_CONSISTENCE Consistency Checks .
IF_WLF_CASH_DISCOUNT_DETERMINE I DETERMINE_CASH_DISCOUNT Discount Determination Procedure .
IF_WLF_CHECK_EXTERNAL_REF I HEADER_EXISTS_CHECK Check Header for Existence .
IF_WLF_CHECK_EXTERNAL_REF I ITEM_EXISTS_CHECK Check Item for Existence .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_COPY_DEPENDENT Copy Dependent Entries for Billing Document Type .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_DELETE_DEPENDENT Delete Dependent Entries for Billing Document Type .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_INIT_DEPENDENT Init .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_SAVE_DEPENDENT Save Dependent Entries for Billing Document Type .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_WRITE_CORR_HDR Flag Header Entry for Transport .
IF_WLF_COPY_LFART_DEPENDENT I LFART_WRITE_CORR_ITM Generate Key Entries for Transport .
IF_WLF_CURRENCY_EXPIRATION I CHECK_CURRENCY_EXPIRATION Check for Expired Currency .
IF_WLF_CURRENCY_EXPIRATION I SET_NEW_CURRENCY New Currency if Old Expired .
IF_WLF_DISPLAY_REFERENCE_DOCS I DISPLAY Display Preceding Doc. .
IF_WLF_FLOW_BD I CHANGE_FLOW Enhance Document Flow Data .
IF_WLF_FORMULA_254 I FORMULA_254 Application Condition Value Formula 254 .
IF_WLF_FORMULA_255 I FORMULA_255 Application Condition Value Formula 255 .
IF_WLF_FORMULA_256 I FORMULA_256 Application Condition Value Formula 254 .
IF_WLF_FORMULA_350 I FORMULA_350 Application Condition Value Formula 350 .
IF_WLF_MODIFY_CODING_BLOCK I ADOPT_DATA_COBL_KOMLFP Adjust Items for Account Assignment Objects .
IF_WLF_MODIFY_CODING_BLOCK I MODIFY_COBL_DYNPRO_FIELDS Adjust Fields Coding Block .
IF_WLF_RRLE_EXTERNAL I CREATE_REMUNERATION_LIST Generate Remuneration List From External Document .
IF_WLF_RRLE_EXTERNAL I PREPARATION Prepare Remuneration List Creation .
IF_WLF_VARIANT_HANDLE_BADI I ARE_VARIANTS_TRANSPORTABLE Must Variants Be Transportable .
IF_WOSZ_AUTH I EXTENDED_CHECK Enhancement of the Authorization Check .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I ADD_DATA_FOR_LIST_DISPLAY Further Displays of Customer-Specific Fields in List Display.
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Global Authorization Check for BAdI .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_ALV_FIELDCAT Provision of Field Catalog for List Display .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_MATERIAL_LIST Reads Material for Vendor .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_SITES Reads Plants for Worklist .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_STOCKS_AND_CALC_OOS Reads Stock Data and Calculates Out-Of-Stock Levels .
IF_WRBAX_OUT_OF_STOCK I INIT_OUT_OF_STOCKS BAdI Initialization .
IF_WRBX_ENTITY I CREATE_ENTITY_SEARCH_INSTANCE Delivers an Entity Search Object .
IF_WRBX_ENTITY I CREATE_MYENTITY_INSTANCE Delivers a MyEntity Object .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I CALC_VENDOR_OOS_DETAIL Reads Stock Levels and Calculates Out-of-Stocks for Vendor .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I CALC_VENDOR_OOS_OVERVIEW Calculates Out-of-Stock Overview for Vendor .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I CHECK_AUTHORITY Global Authorization Check .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_MATERIALS Reads Materials for a Vendor .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_SITES_BY_TYPE Analyses Plant Category for Plant List Specified .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I GET_VENDOR_NAME Delivers the Vendor Name for the Vendor Number .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I INIT_VENDOR_OUT_OF_STOCKS Initialization for Out-of-Stocks per Vendor .
IF_WRBX_OUT_OF_STOCK I MERCH_CAT_IS_NOT_VALID Indicator: Material Group is Invalid .
IF_WRB_ENTITY_SEARCH I CHECK_AUTHORITY Global Authorization Check for Reading Entity List .
IF_WRB_ENTITY_SEARCH I CHECK_AUTHORITY_BY_ENTITY Authorization Check for Reading Single Entity .
IF_WRB_ENTITY_SEARCH I GET_ENTITY_LIST Read List of Entities for Input Parameter .
IF_WRB_MYENTITY I CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check for Reading Entities .
IF_WRB_MYENTITY I CHECK_AUTHORITY_BY_ENTITY Authorization Check for Reading Single Entity .
IF_WRB_MYENTITY I GET_DESCR_LIST Read Descriptions for a List of Entity Keys .
IF_WRB_MYENTITY I GET_LIST Provides a List of Entities .
IF_WRF_PBAS_UNDO_COMMAND I IS_VALID Undo Command Invalid? .
IF_WRF_PBAS_UNDO_COMMAND I UNDO Undo Command .
IF_WRF_PCTR_REM_QTY I CUSTOMER_LOGIC Impl. of Customer-Spec. Logic for Remaining Qty Processing .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I CHANGE_STATUS Status Change .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I CLEAR_WA Empty PPD Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I CONFLICT_CHECK Conflict Check .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I CONVERT_MN_TO_PR Convert Manual Price Plan to Promotion Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I COPY_PPD Copy PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I CREATE_NEW_PPD Create New Blank PPD in PPD Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I DEACTIVATE_PPD Activate/Deactivate Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I LOAD_PREVIOUS_PPD Load Price Plan Loaded Previously .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I PREPARE_CONV_MN_TO_PR Prepare to Convert Manual to Promotion PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I PREPARE_COPY_PPD Preparations to Copy a Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I REFRESH_BUDGETS Update Budget Sets .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I REFRESH_PPD Update PPD Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I REFRESH_WORK_AREA Update Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I SAVE_PPD Save PPD in Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I SEL_TYPE_CHANGED Sel. Type of Selection Area Was Changed .
IF_WRF_PPW_APPLICATION I TRANSFER_TO_WA Move Selected Data to PPD Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_DET_VIEW I GET_BUDGET_DATA_PBO Return Budget Data to Ext. Function Group to PBO .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_DET_VIEW I INIT_BUDGET_DETAIL_GRID Initialize Budget Detail - ALV Grid .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_DET_VIEW I RETURN_FROM_EXT_SCREEN Return from External Screen (Dialog Box Ext. Funct. Group) .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I APPLY_NEW_BUDGET_SELECTION Pass On Range Object to Redetermine Budget .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I CURR_CONV_BUDGET_INFO Currency Conversion for Budget Info Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I FREE Reduce Price-Plan-Specific Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I FREE_BUDGET_DETAIL Reduce Relevant Budget Detail Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_DETAIL_RELATIONS Return Specific Budget Values/Relations .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_DETAIL_TABLE_REF Provide Reference to Budget Detail Data Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_INFO_FOR_DETAIL Pass on Budget Info Data for Detail Display .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_INFO_IN_OTB_CURR Currency Conversion for Budget Info Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_INFO_IN_PPD_CURR Currency Conversion for Budget Info Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_SET_TABLE_REF Get Reference to SET Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_STATUS Return Budget Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_BUDGET_TYPE Returns the Current Budget Type .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_FIELDFUNC_LIST Provide Budget Data Field + Function Classification .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_HEADER Pass On PPD Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I GET_RELATED_PPD_LIST Provide PPD List Incl. Planning Levels of Current Budget .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I LINK_TO_PPD Link / Update Budget Set with New PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUDGET_SET I REFRESH_BUDGET_DATA Refresh Budget Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I FREE Dismantle Object -" Delete Self-Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_BUDGET_SET_MON Return Budget Monitor Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_BUDGET_SET_PPD Return Budget Monitor Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_MESSAGE_LOG Return Message Log Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_PPD Return PPD Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_PPD_ART_SET Return PPD Material Work Area Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_PPD_HEADER Return PPD Header Data Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_PPD_PA_SET Return PPD PA Level Work Area Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_PPD_WA_DIRECTOR REturn PPD Work Area Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_SEL_SET_ART Return Worklist Set for Man. PD Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_SEL_SET_MDP Return Markdown Selection Set Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_SEL_SET_OS Return Worklist Set Reference for Promotion PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_SEL_SET_PPD Return PPD Selection Set Reference .
IF_WRF_PPW_BUS_FACTORY I GET_SEL_SET_PRO Return Worklist Set Reference for Promotion PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Update Rel. Header Area Grids during Application Event .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I CHECK_FOR_POSS_SCREEN_CHANGE Checks Whether Tabstrip Switch Is Permitted -" Mandatory Fld.
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I COPY_ORGSET_INTO_CLIPBOARD Copy OrgSet Entries to Clipboard .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I GET_HDR_AREA_SCREEN_TO_DISPLAYReturn Information on Use of Budget Monitor .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I GET_VIEW_INFO_SET Return Table with Type WRF_PPW_VIEWINFOSET_TTY .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I GET_VISIBILITY Return User-Controlled Visibility of Header Area View .
IF_WRF_PPW_HDR_AREA_VIEW I SET_ACTIVE_SCREEN Set Active Subscreen .
IF_WRF_PPW_ITM_AREA_VIEW I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Check and Update Changed Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_ITM_AREA_VIEW I COPY_ITEMS_INTO_CLIPBOARD Write Selected Items to Clipboard .
IF_WRF_PPW_ITM_AREA_VIEW I REFRESH_VISIBLE_GRID Update Visible Grid(s) .
IF_WRF_PPW_ITM_AREA_VIEW I SET_WA_LEVEL Set GI Level .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I CLEAR Delete All Entries .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I FREE Prepare to Reduce Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_LINECOUNT Return Number of Message Lines .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_LOG_HANDLES Return Log Handles .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I GET_MESSAGES Return Messages .
IF_WRF_PPW_MESSAGE_LOG I HOLD_CURRENT_MESSAGES Set Indicator. These Entries Are Kept .
IF_WRF_PPW_MSGREFRESHFRAMEWORK I REFRESH_MESSAGES Update Message Log .
IF_WRF_PPW_POPUP_VIEW I GET_SELECTION_RESULT Returns Results of Possible Selections .
IF_WRF_PPW_POPUP_VIEW I SHOW_DETAIL Display Details for Subscreen Area -" Dialog Box .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I ADD_ART_ITEMS Add Materials to Existing PPD in Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I ADD_RELATED_ARTICLES Add Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CHANGE_STATUS Status Change .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CHECK_MODIFY_OS_TYPE Checks Whether Org. Set Type Can Be Changed .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CHECK_OSITEM_DATA Check Org. Set Item Data (Consistency, Etc.) .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CHECK_OS_DATA Check Current Org. Set Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CHECK_PROMO_PLANTGROUP Check Plant Group Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CONDENSE_OS_DATA Aggregate Organization Sets .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CONFLICT_CHECK Conflict Check .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CONVERT_MN_TO_PR Convert Manual Price Plan to Promotion Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I COPY_OS_DATA Create Org. Set Copy -" Header and Item .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I CREATE_EMPTY_ROW_FOR_OS Create a Blank Line for New Org. Set -" Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DEACTIVATE_ITEMS Activate/Deactivate Material Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DEACTIVATE_PPD Activate/Deactivate All Items in Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DELETE_ITEMS Delete Items in PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DELETE_OS_DATA Delete Org. Set -" Header and Item .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DEQUEUE Unlock Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DISPLAY_PURCHASE_DETAIL Display Detailed Purchasing Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I DISPLAY_SALES_DETAIL Display Detailed Sales Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I ENQUEUE Lock Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I FREE Release Held Resources .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_ART_ITEMS Pass On Material List .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_BUDGET_DATA Return All PPD Budget Data (WRF_PPW_PPDBG) .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_BUDGET_SET Returns Reference to the Budget Sets for the Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_BUDGET_STATUS Return Budget Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_DEVIANT_PRICES Determine Price Variance Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER Pass On PPD Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER_CHANGEBILITY Return Chagneability of Header Data Fields .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER_FIELD_EVAL_FOR_OS Performs Field Evaluation at Header Level for Org. Sets .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER_FIELD_EVAL_FOR_PLGRExecutes Field Evaluation at Header Level for Site Groups .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER_FIELD_EVAL_FOR_PRHDPerforms Field Evaluation at Header Level for Promotion Hdr .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_MESSAGES Returns Error Messages if Price Plan Is Inconsistent .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_OSFIELDFUNC_ACTIVITY Return OrgSet Header Field and Funct. Activity Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_OSITEMFIELDFUNC_ACTIVITY Return OrgSet Item Field and Funct. Activity Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_OSITEM_DATA Org. Set Item Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_OSITEM_TEXT Enrich OS Items with Texts .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_OS_DATA Org. Set Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PA_COUNT Return the Number of Price Activation Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PA_ITEMS Get PA Items and Material Items for Specified GUIDs .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PLANTGROUP_DIRECTOR Returns Reference for Plant Group Director .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PRICING_REF Determine Dependent Material for Pricing Reference Material .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_DISCOUNT Returns Promotion Discounts .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_HEADER Return Promotion Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_ITEMS Returns Promotion Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_MATERIALPLANT Return All Material/Plant Data (WALED) for a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_PLANTGROUPS Return All Plant Groups of a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_PLANTS_OF_PLGR Return All Plants from Plant Groups of a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_PR_ASSIGN_MATNR_TO_PLANT Returns Assignment of Material to Store .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_RELATED_ARTICLES Determine Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I GET_STATE Return Status Data of Price Plan (in Memento Form) .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I INSERT_MEMENTO Add Data from Memento to Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I IS_CHANGED Was the PPD Changed? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I IS_DISTCHAIN_CHANGABLE Can the Distribution Chain Be Changed? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I IS_ENQUEUED Is the Price Plan Locked? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I IS_PPDART_CHANGABLE Can the PPD Type Be Changed? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MERGE_PRICELIST_ORGSETS Merge Several OrgSets with Price Lists to One OrgSet .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_HEADER Process Header Data Changes .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_ITEMS Pass On Data Changed in View .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_OSITEM_DATA Pass Changed Org. Set Item Data to PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_OS_DATA Pass Changed Org. Set Header Data to PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_OS_TYPE Change Org. Set Type After User Action .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PROMO_HEADER Change Promotion Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PROMO_PLANTGROUPS Insert, Change, and Delete Plant Groups of a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PROMO_PLANTS_OF_PLGR Insert, Change and Delete Plants in Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I NO_BUDGET Is True if the Price Plan Does Not Use a Budget .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I PREPARE_CONV_MN_TO_PR Prepare Conversion from Manual to Promotion Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I PREPARE_COPY_PPD Prepare to Copy a PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I REFRESH_FROM_STORAGE Refresh PPD from Storage Medium .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I REFRESH_PPD Update PPD Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I REORG_ORGSETS Delete Orphaned Org. Sets .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I RESET_MD_PROPOSAL Undo Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I REVISE_PROMOTION_ITEMS Correct Promotions .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I SAVE Save PPD on the Database .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I SET_DEVIANT_PRICES_DEL Select Transferred Items for Alternate Prices for Deletion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I SET_ORGSET_ID Change Org. Sets of Material Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I SET_STATE Set PPD Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ADAPTER I SYNC_OS_OSITEM_BY_PLANTGROUP Synchronization of Org. Set Header and Items with Site Grps .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_BAPI I CHANGE Change Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_BAPI I DELETE Set Price Plan to Status "Flagged for Deletion" .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_BAPI I GET_DETAIL Return Detailed Information for a Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_BAPI I UNDELETE Price Plan Status "Flagged for Deletion" -" "In Process" .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I ACCUMULATE_PPD_POSITIONS Calculate and Collect Transferred Markdown Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I ADD_ART_ITEMS Add Materials .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I ADD_RELATED_ARTICLES Add Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I APPLY_MEMENTO Execute Status Change Based on Memento Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CANCEL_CALCITEMS Cancel Conditions .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CHANGE_BUDG_TYPE Switch Budget Type .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CHANGE_PA_LEVELS Change the Price Activation Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CHECK_CONSISTENCY Check Whether Items Are Correct .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CLEAR_BUDGET_VALUES Clear Budget Values .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CLEAR_DELETION_BUFFER Deletion of Buffer for Deleted Price Activation Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I CONFLICT_CHECK Conflict Check .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I DEACTIVATE_ITEMS Activate/Deactivate Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I DELETE_ITEMS Delete Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I DEQUEUE Unblock Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I DISPLAY_PURCHASE_DETAIL Display Detailed Purchasing Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I DISPLAY_SALES_DETAIL Display Detailed Sales Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I ENQUEUE Block Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I FREE Empty the Collection Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_ARTICLE_HEADER_DATA Use Header Data from First Copied Material, if Necessary .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_ART_BUDGETS Return Budgets Associated with a Material .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_ART_ITEMS Return Material Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_ASSIGNED_ORGSET_IDS Return Org. Set IDs Assigned to Materials .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_BUDGETS Return Budgets Linked to the Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_DEVIANT_PRICES Determine Price Variance Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_GUIDS_DEVIANT_PRICES Return GUIDs of Price Variances .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_ITEM_COUNT Number of Articles .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_MESSAGES Returns Error Messages .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_OS_USAGE_COUNT Number of Usages per Org. Set .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_PA_BUDGETS Return Budgets Linked to the Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_PA_COUNT Number of PA Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_PA_ITEMS Return PA Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_RELATED_ARTICLES Determine Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I GET_STATE Write Current Status of Attributes to Memento Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I IS_REVISED Is there at least one post-processed item? 1=Yes / 0=No .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I MODIFY_ITEMS Modify Items in PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I REARRANGE_PPD_ITEMS Redetermination of Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I REFRESH_CALCULATION Clear Buffer of Non-Critical Function Groups in Pricing .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I REFRESH_PPD Update PPD Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I REVISE_PROMOTION_ITEMS Correct Promotion Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I ROLLBACK Rollback .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I SAVE_CALCULATION Save Costing Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I SET_DEVIANT_PRICES_DEL Flag Items with Different Prices for Deletion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_ITEMS_COLL I SET_ORGSET_ID Change Org. Sets of Material Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I CHECK_DOUBLE_PLANTS Checks Plant Groups for Duplicate Plants .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I CHECK_PLANTGROUP Check Plant Group Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I COMMIT Execute Changes .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I COMPLETE_ART_ITEMS Add Promotion Data to Article Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I DEQUEUE Unblock Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I ENQUEUE Lock Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I FREE Release Held Resources .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_HEADER Return Promotion Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_ITEMS Returns Promotion Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_MATERIALPLANT Returns All Material/Site Data for a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_MESSAGES Returns Messages About Error Status .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_PLANTGROUPS Returns All Plant Groups for the Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_PLANTGROUP_DIRECTOR Returns Reference for Plant Group Director .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_PLANTS_OF_PLANTGROUPS Returns All Plants for Plant Groups in a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_PROMO_DISCOUNT Returns Promotion Discounts .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_PR_ASSIGN_MATNR_TO_PLANT Returns Assignment of Articles to Stores .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I GET_STATE Returns the Current (Partial) State of the Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I IS_MATERIALPLANT_PRESENT Is Material/Site Data Available? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I IS_PLANTGROUP_PRESENT Is Site Group Available? .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_HEADER Change Promotion Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_ITEMS Change Promotion Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_ITEMS_FROM_MEMENTO Insert, Change, and Delete Promotion Items from Memento .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PLANTGROUPS Insert, Change, and Delete Plant Groups of a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PLANTS_OF_PLANTGROUPS Insert, Change, and Delete Plants of a Plant Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I MODIFY_PROMOHEAD_FROM_PPDHEAD Change the Promotion Header from the Price Plan Header .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I REFRESH Update Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I ROLLBACK Reject Changes .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_PROMO_ADAPTER I SAVE Save Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_STORAGE I CLEAR_PPD_STATE Remove Price Plan from List or Empty List Completely .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_STORAGE I DELETE_REJECTED_ITEMS Save Rejected Markdowns .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_STORAGE I LOAD Load PPD from Medium .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_STORAGE I REFRESH Refresh PPD from Storage Medium .
IF_WRF_PPW_PPD_STORAGE I STORE Save PPD on Medium .
IF_WRF_PPW_PROTOCOL I ADD_PROTOCOL_ENTRY Add Message .
IF_WRF_PPW_PROTOCOL I DISPLAY_PROTOCOL Issue Log .
IF_WRF_PPW_PROTOCOL I FREE Free .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_AREA_VIEW I GET_SEL_TYPE Return Type of Active Selection Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I CHANGE_SEL_SET_MEMBERS Process Selection Set Objects .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I DELETE_SEL_SET_MEMBERS Delete/Hide Entries .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I FREE Remove Object References .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_CHANGE_FUNCTIONS Delivers Active Processing Functions for Sel. Set Objects .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_FILTER Get Filter Settings .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_MEMBER_COUNT Number of Entries .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_SELECTED_ITEMS_COUNT Returns the Number of Selected Nodes .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_TEXT Name of Selection Set .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_TYPE Return Type of Content .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I GET_VIEW_MEMBER_LIST Return Representative Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I REFRESH Update Content .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I SELECT_SEL_SET_MEMBERS Extend / Refresh Element List .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I SET_FILTER Set Filter .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I SET_FILTER_OFF Deactivate Filter Settings .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I SET_FILTER_ON Perform Filtering .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_SET I TRANSFER_TO_WA Pass Elements to Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I CHANGE_SEL_SET_MEMBERS Processing Functions for Objects in Selection Set .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I DELETE_SEL_SET_MEMBERS Delete Sel. Set Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I GET_BUTTON_DROPDOWN Picking List for Toolbar Buttons .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I GET_TOOLBAR_BUTTONS Return Buttons for Toolbar .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I HANDLE_FCODE Process F Codes .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I INITIAL_LOAD Load Existing Entries Before CHANGED Event .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I REFRESH Refresh .
IF_WRF_PPW_SEL_VIEW I TRANSFER_TO_WA Transfer to Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_STATUS_CTRL I GET_FUNCTION_LIST Determine List of Menu Functions .
IF_WRF_PPW_SUBSCREEN_VIEW I CHECK_DATA_CHANGED Update Rel. Header Area Grids (e.g. Appl. Event) .
IF_WRF_PPW_SUBSCREEN_VIEW I CHECK_FOR_POSS_VIEW_CHANGE Checks Whether Can Switch to View (Mandatory Fields) .
IF_WRF_PPW_SUBSCREEN_VIEW I COPY_INTO_CLIPBOARD Copy Data from Subscreens/Tab Pages to Clipboard .
IF_WRF_PPW_SUBSCREEN_VIEW I GET_EXT_PROG_INFO Return Program Name and Screen Number of Ext. Funct. Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_SUBSCREEN_VIEW I SET_APPL_MODE Set Application Mode for Field Control to Screen .
IF_WRF_PPW_USRGRP_VIEW I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check Modified Data -" ALV Grid - REFRESH .
IF_WRF_PPW_USRGRP_VIEW I EXECUTE_SELECTION Execution of Price Planner Group Selection .
IF_WRF_PPW_USRGRP_VIEW I GET_FIELDFUNC_LIST Returns Field and Function Classification .
IF_WRF_PPW_USRGRP_VIEW I INIT_US_USRGRP_GRID Initialization- ALV Grids for Price Planner Group Assignment.
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW I CALC_EXCLUDING_LIST Determine Status Active/Inactive/Hidden for Menu Entries .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW I CONFIGURE_TOOLBAR Setup/Update Toolbar .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW I FREE Dismantle View (Also on Frontend) .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW I SET_VISIBLE Display/Hide Container .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I FREE Dismantle Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_BUDGET_DET_VIEW_MON Returns Budget Detail View Object for Budget Monitor .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_BUDGET_DET_VIEW_PPD Returns Budget Detail View Object for PPD Budgets .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_BUDGET_LIST_VIEW Return Budget Monitor Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_HDR_AREA_VIEW Return PPW Header Data View Area Instance .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_ITM_VIEW Return View for PPD Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_MESSAGE_LOG_VIEW Return Message Log View Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_SELECTION_VIEW Return Selection Area Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_SEL_TREE_VIEW Return Selection Tree Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_USRGRP_VIEW Return PPW Price Planner Groups View Object (Type!) .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_ART_LIST_VIEW Return PPD Material Item List Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_HEADER_VIEW Return PPD Header Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_OSITEM_ORG_VIEW Return PPW Org. Set Item Data View Object (Type!) .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_OSITEM_SITEGRP_VIEW Return PPW Org. Set Item Data View Object (Type!) .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_OS_VIEW Return PPW Org. Set Header Data View Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_PA_LIST_VIEW Return PPD Price Activation Level List Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_PROMO_VIEW Return PPW Promotion-Specific View Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WA_SITEGROUP_VIEW Return PPD Plant Group View (Promotion-Relevant) .
IF_WRF_PPW_VIEW_FACTORY I GET_WF_TOOLBOX_VIEW Return Workflow Toolbox .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_DIRECTOR I GET_WA_ART_SET Return PPD_ART_SET Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_DIRECTOR I GET_WA_HEADER Return PPD_Header Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_DIRECTOR I GET_WA_PA_SET Return PPD_PA_SET Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_DIRECTOR I LINK_TO_PPD Link WA with New PPD Object .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_DIRECTOR I REFRESH Update Work Area .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_HEADER_VIEW I GET_HEADER_DATA Return PPD Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_HEADER_VIEW I SET_HEADER_DATA_PAI Set Header Data After User Input Within Header Screen .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_LST_VIEW I COPY_ITEMS_INTO_CLIPBOARD Write Selected Items to Clipboard .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_LST_VIEW I GET_OBJECT_REF Return Reference to Object in View .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_LST_VIEW I GET_SELECTED_ROWS Return Lines Selected in View .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_LST_VIEW I SHOW_SELECTED_ITEMS Display Data for Selected Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I CHECK_CHANGED_DATA Check Changed OrgSet Item Data -" ALV Grid .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I CHECK_OSITEM_DATA Check Org. Set Item Data -" PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I GET_OSITEM_DATA_PBO Return OrgSet Item-Rel. Data in PBO to Ext. Funct. Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I INIT_OSITEM_GRID Initialize OrgSet Item Data -" ALV Grid .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I MODIFY_OSITEM_DATA Pass Change Request for OrgSet Item Data to PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OSITEM_VIEW I RETURN_FROM_EXT_SCREEN Return from External Screen (Dialog Box Ext. Funct. Group) .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OS_VIEW I GET_OS_DATA_PBO Transfer -" OrgSet Header Data for Ext. Funct. Group to PBO .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_OS_VIEW I SET_OS_DATA_PAI Transfer -" User Inputs for OrgSet View (Header) to PAI .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I CHECK_PROMO_PLANTGROUP Check Plant Group Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_HEADER_DATA Pass PPD Header Data to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_FIELD_CLASS Transfer Promotion Field Control to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_HEADER Pass Promotion Header Data to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_MATERIALPLANT Return All Material/Plant Data (WALED) for a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_OSITEM_DATA Delivers Organization Set Item Data for Promotions .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_PG_FIELD_SEL Transfer Promotion-Specific Field Control .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_PLANTGROUPS Return All Plant Groups of a Promotion .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_PROMO_PLANTS_OF_PLGR Returns All Plants from Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I GET_SCREEN_CONTROL Pass Next Screen Control T180 to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I HANDLE_FCODE Handling of Function Codes .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I MODIFY_PROMO_DATA Change Promotion Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I MODIFY_PROMO_HEADER Change Promotion Header Data after User Entry on Screen .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAGU_VIEW I SYNC_OS_OSITEM_BY_PLANTGROUP Synchronization of Org. Set Header and Items with Site Grps .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAKH_VIEW I GET_HEADER_DATA Pass PPD Header Data to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAKH_VIEW I GET_PROMO_FIELD_CLASS Transfer Promotion Field Control to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAKH_VIEW I GET_PROMO_HEADER Pass Promotion Header Data to Calling Function Group .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_PROMO_WAKH_VIEW I MODIFY_PROMO_HEADER Change Promotion Header Data after User Entry on Screen .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I ADD_RELATED_ARTICLES Add Related Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I COPY_ITEMS_INTO_CLIPBOARD Copy Items to Clipboard .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I DEACTIVATE_ITEMS Activate/Deactivate Material Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I DELETE_ITEMS Delete Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I DISPLAY_PURCHASE_DETAIL Display Detailed Purchasing Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I DISPLAY_SALES_DETAIL Display Detailed Sales Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I FREE Remove Object References .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_BUDGET_SET Returns Reference to the Budget Sets for the Price Plan .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_DEVIANT_PRICES Return Price Variance .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_HEADER Pass On PPD Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_OS_DATA Pass On Org. Set Header Data .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_PA_COUNT Return Number of Price Activation Levels .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_PRICING_REF Determine Dependent Materials .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_RELATED_ARTICLES Return Dependent Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I GET_WA_SET_TABLE_REF Get Reference to SET Table .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I LINK_TO_PPD Link PPD Areas (Material + PA Set, Header) and PPD .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I LOAD_ITEMS Load PPD Data for Specified Items .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I MODIFY_ITEMS Pass On Data Changed in View .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I RESET_MD_PROPOSAL Reset Markdown Proposals .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I REVISE_PROMOTION_ITEMS Correct Promotions .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I SET_DEVIANT_PRICES_DEL Selects Items with Price Variance for Deletion .
IF_WRF_PPW_WA_SET I SET_ORGSET_ID Change Org. Set ID .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I COMMIT_LOG_PART Set messages in status commit_done .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I DELETE_LOG_PART Delete part of log after rollback .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I GET_CONTROL Read Control Record .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I GET_LOG Get message table .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I SET_CONTROL Fill Control Record .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I SET_MESSAGE Issue Message .
IF_WRF_REF_MESSAGE I SET_SY_MESSAGE Issue SY Message .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I ADD_BY_REFERENCE Add Plant Group to Existing Object Using Reference .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I ADD_NEW_LOCAL_PLANTGROUP Add New Plant Group (At Present, Can Only Be Local) .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I ADD_PLANTGROUP Add Existing Plant Group (Local or Class) .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I ADJUST_PLANTGROUP_NAME Adjust Plant Group Description .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I DELETE_PLANTGROUP Delete plant group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I DEREFERENCE Convert Plant Group (Classification System -" Local) .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I GET_PLANTGROUP Return Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I GET_PLANTGROUP_COLLECTION Return Plant Groups Collection .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I GET_PLANTS Return Plants from a Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I GET_PROMO_HEADER Returns Promotion Header Data .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I SAVE Save Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_DIRECTOR I UPDATE_PROMO_HEADER Refresh Promotion Header Data .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_PG_LOC_DB I DELETE_PLANTS Delete Plants for Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_PG_LOC_DB I LOAD_PLANTS Load Plants for Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_PG_LOC_DB I SAVE_PLANTS Save Plants for Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_STORAGE I LOAD_PG Read Plant Group Data from Database (WAPG, WAPGT) .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_STORAGE I SAVE_PG Save Plant Group Data (WAPG, WAPGT) .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_VIEW I GET_CLINT Get Class Number .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_VIEW I GET_TRTYP Get Transaction Type .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_VIEW I SET_PLANTS_SORT_ORDER Defines the sort order for displaying plants info on screen .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_VIEW I SET_TRTYP Communicate Transaction Type .
IF_WRF_RPR_IPGRP_VIEW I SHOW_MAIN_SCREEN Display Detail Screen for Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I ADD_ARTICLE Add Material .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I ADD_PLANT Add Plant to a Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I ADD_PLANTGROUP Add Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I CHECK_PLANTGROUP Check Consistency of Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I COMMIT Commit to Intermediate State .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I DELETE_ARTICLE Delete material .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I DELETE_PLANT Delete Plant from Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I DELETE_PLANTGROUP Delete plant group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I DEQUEUE move Promotion from Queue .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I ENQUEUE Include Promotion in Queue .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I FREE Reset Tables and References .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_ARTICLEPLANTS Return Assignment of Materials to Plants .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_ARTICLES Return All Materials .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_DB_STATE_TABLES Return All Data in Database State .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_HEADER Return Header Data .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_MEMENTO Return Promotion Memento Reference .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_PLANTGROUPS Return All Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_PLANTGROUP_DIR Return Plant Group Manager .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_PLANTS Return Plants from Certain Plant Groups .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_PROMO_DESCRIPTION Return Promotion Descriptions .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_PROMO_DISCOUNTS Return All Promotion Discounts .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I GET_THEMES Return All Themes .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I IS_ARCHIVED Return 'X' for Promo. Loaded from Archive, Otherwise SPACE .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I IS_EXPIRED Return 'X' if End Date Earlier than Current Date (SY-DATLO) .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I REFRESH_FROM_CLONE Copy Data from Promotion Object Transferred .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I ROLLBACK Reset to Work State .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I SET_ARTICLE Change Material .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I SET_DB_STATE_ON_SAVE Reset Database State to Work State .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I SET_HEADER Change Header Data .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I SET_PLANT Change Plant in a Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMOTION I SET_PLANTGROUP Change Plant Group .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMO_MEMENTO I GET_TABLES Return Data Tables and Structures .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMO_STORAGE I LOAD Load Promotion from Database or Archive .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMO_STORAGE I REFRESH Reload Promotion .
IF_WRF_RPR_PROMO_STORAGE I SAVE Save Promotion in Database .
IF_WRF_WLAY_X_AR_AV_X I TRANSPORT Transfer the Changed Versions .
IF_WRF_WLAY_X_WLMMN_E I GET_TWML Returns Selected Layout Modules .
IF_WRF_WLAY_X_WLMMN_E I START_WITH_SELECTION Transaction Start with Selection .
IF_WRITER_MM I WRITE_INTEGER Write Integer .
IF_WRITER_MM I WRITE_OBJECT Write Object .
IF_WRITER_MM I WRITE_ROOT Write Root .
IF_WRITER_MM I WRITE_STRING Write String .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_INTERNAL I GET_XI_MESSAGE_OBJECT Obsolete: Do Not Use .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_PAYLOAD I ANNOUNCE_PAYLOAD_CONSUMPTION Announce that GET_SENT...PAYLOAD will be Used (only cons.) .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I CREATE_PERSISTENT_SEQUENCE Create Persistent Sequence (on Consumer Side) .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I CREATE_TRANSIENT_SEQUENCE Create Transient Sequence (on Consumer Side) .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I GET_CLIENT_SEQUENCE Get Currently Used Open Sequence .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I GET_SERVER_SEQUENCE Get Current Sequence on Provider Side .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I REUSE_PERSISTENT_SEQUENCE Reuse Persistent Sequence .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_SEQUENCE I SET_CLIENT_SEQUENCE Determine Currently Used Open Sequence .
IF_WSPROTOCOL_XI_HEADER I GET_HEADER_FIELD Reads Value from XI Message Header (in String Representn) .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_AUTHENTICATION_CFG Configuration Data for Authentication .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_CONFIDENTIALITY_CFG Configuration Data for the Signature .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_INTEGRITY_CFG Configuration Data for the Signature .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_MESSAGE_AGE_CFG Configuration for the Time Stamp .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_SAML_HMAC_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches with HMAC .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_SAML_HOK_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_SAML_SV_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I GET_ST_UN_CFG Get wsse:UsernameToken Configuration .
IF_WSSE_IN_CFG I NEXT Next Instruction .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_CONFIDENTIALITY_CFG Configuration Data for the Signature .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_INTEGRITY_CFG Configuration Data for the Signature .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_MESSAGE_AGE_CFG Configuration for the Time Stamp .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_SAML_HMAC_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches with HMAC .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_SAML_HOK_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_SAML_SV_CFG Configuration Data for SAML Sender Vouches .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I GET_ST_UN_CFG Get wsse:UsernameToken Configuration .
IF_WSSE_OUT_CFG I NEXT Next Instruction .
IF_WS_ACKNOWLEDGMENT I GET_ACK_REQUEST Gets the Ack requests of the application message .
IF_WS_ACKNOWLEDGMENT I GET_STATUS Read Status Information .
IF_WS_ACKNOWLEDGMENT I GET_STATUS_DETAIL Detailed Ack Tree .
IF_WS_ACKNOWLEDGMENT I GET_STATUS_TREE Aggregated Ack Tree .
IF_WS_CLIENT_SEQUENCE I BEGIN Open Sequence .
IF_WS_CLIENT_SEQUENCE I END Close Sequence .
IF_WS_CLIENT_SEQUENCE I GET_ID Get Sequence ID .
IF_WS_CLIENT_SEQUENCE I GET_STATE Get Status of Sequence .
IF_WS_IDP_ACCESS I RETRIEVE List Business Documents from DB .
IF_WS_IDP_ACCESS I SAVE Saves Business Documents .
IF_WS_IDP_HELPER I IS_MESSAGE_PROCESSED Checks whether business document already processed .
IF_WS_IDP_HELPER I RETRIEVE Gets Business Document from DB .
IF_WS_IDP_HELPER I SAVE Saves Business Document .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_BLOCKING_FLAG Get Flag for Synchronous Call .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_DEST_PATH Get Simulated Target Path .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_HTTP_BODY Get Simulated HTTP Body for Local Calls .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_HTTP_HEADER Get Single HTTP Header Field .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_HTTP_HEADERS Get Simulated HTTP Header Fields for Local Calls .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I GET_SEQUENCE Get Logical Sequence .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I SET_BLOCKING_FLAG Flag for "Write Synchronous Call" .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I SET_DEST_PATH Set Simulated Target Path .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I SET_HTTP_BODY Set Simulated HTTP Body for Local Calls .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I SET_HTTP_HEADERS Set Simulated HTTP Header Fields for Local Calls .
IF_WS_LOCAL_CALL_TRANSPORT_CTX I SET_SEQUENCE Set Logical Sequence .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I ACTIVATE Activate a consumer group .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I CHECK Checks a consumber group .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I COPY Copy of a consumber group .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I DELETE Delte a consumer group .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I GET_CLASSIFICATIONS returns classification object .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I GET_OBJECT_INFORMATION Get object information .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I LOCK Lock a object .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I SAVE Create a consumer group .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I SET_CLASSIFICATIONS Set object classifications .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I SET_DETAIL Set detail information .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I SET_HEADER Set object header .
IF_WS_MD_CGR I UNLOCK Unlock a object .
IF_WS_MD_VIF I GET_PROXY_VERSION Proxy Version of Generated Classes .
IF_WS_MD_VIF I SET_CONSTRUCTOR_SOURCE Set source code of generated constructor .
IF_WS_MD_VIF I SET_PROXY_METHOD_SOURCE Set source code of generated get_proxy method .
IF_WS_MD_VIF I SET_PROXY_VERSION Proxy Version of Generated Classes .
IF_WS_MD_VIF_ENDPOINT_REF I IS_AUTO_GENERATED Wurde die Service Definition automatisch generiert? .
IF_WS_MD_VIF_ENDPOINT_REF I SET_SERVICE_DEF_STARTPOINT_RAWSet the Service Definition Startpoint (raw version) .
IF_WS_MD_VIF_STRUC_TYPE I GET_PARAM_IDS_FOR_ST_CALL Return all Parameter IDs + related ones for a ST call .
IF_WS_MD_VIF_STRUC_TYPE I GET_PARAM_IDS_FOR_ST_GEN Return all Parameter IDs needed for an ST generation .
IF_WS_MD_VIF_STRUC_TYPE I RESET deletes all fields of this and of copied types .
IF_WS_MD_WSDL_VIEW I GET_WSDL WSDL Description of Object .
IF_WS_MD_WSDL_VIEW I GET_WSDL_URL WSDL URL .
IF_WS_MD_WSD_SOAP_APPL I GET_KEY Provides Key .
IF_WS_MD_WSD_SOAP_APPL I SET_PROFILE Sets the Features/Properties According to Specified Profile .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I CHECK_PAYLOAD Checks specified or currently set payload .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I DESERIALIZE_PAYLOAD Sends ABAP Data References for Current Payload .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I GET_MESSAGE_ID Gets Message ID .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I GET_PAYLOAD Gets Payload (First Subnode of SOAP Body) .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I GET_PERSIST_ID Gets Persist ID of Message .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I GET_STATE Gets Status of Message .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I RESTART Reschedules Corresponding Sequence .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I RESTART_IMMEDIATELY Direct Start of Corresponding Sequence .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SAVE Saves Messages .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SET_CHANGE_MODE Switches to Change Mode .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SET_PAYLOAD Writes Payload (First Subnode of SOAP Body) .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SET_READ_ONLY_MODE Switches to Display Mode .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SET_STATE Sets Message State .
IF_WS_MESSAGE I SKIP_AND_RESTART Skips Message and Reschedules Sequence .
IF_WS_PAYLOAD I GET_XML_POINTER Obsolete - Use Method SET_XML Instead .
IF_WS_PAYLOAD I GET_XML_TEXT XML in Text Format .
IF_WS_PRE_ROUTING I RECEIVERS_EXIST Determine Whether Potential Receivers Exist .
IF_WS_PROXY_PART_FACTORY I GET_PART Creates XML Part for Qualified Name .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_INBOUND I EXECUTE Executes Operation .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_INBOUND I SET_OPERATION_TAG Defines Operation .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_OUTBOUND I EXECUTE Execute Method .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_OUTBOUND I GET_SERVER_CONTEXT Gets Access to Protocols and Transport Binding .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_OUTBOUND I SET_ERROR_NAMES Sends Qualified Names of Error Parts .
IF_WS_PROXY_RUNTIME_OUTBOUND I SET_PART_FACTORY Saves Reference to Object for Creating Parts .
IF_WS_SECURITY_PROFILE I APPLY Create the Security Header (Outbound Calls) .
IF_WS_SECURITY_PROFILE I VERIFY Check the Security Header (Inbound Calls) .
IF_WS_SECURITY_PROTOCOL I POST_FILTER Filter SOAP Message After Request .
IF_WS_SECURITY_PROTOCOL I PRE_FILTER Filter SOAP Message Before Request .
IF_WS_SEQUENCE_ADMINISTRATION I SET_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT Sets Timeout for Automatic Termination .
IF_WS_SEQUENCE_ADMINISTRATION I TERMINATE Termination After Processing of All Open Calls .
IF_WS_SERVER_SEQUENCE I GET_ID Gets ID of Sequence .
IF_WS_SERVER_SEQUENCE I GET_RETRY_COUNTER Gets Number of Remaining Retries .
IF_WS_SERVER_SEQUENCE I IS_LAST_RETRY Checks Existence of Last Retry .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I BACK_TO_ACTIVE_VERSION Deletes inactive version and reloads active data .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I CHECK_CLASS_FOR_GRP_OBJ_EXISTSCheck whether a taxonomy for Service Object in Group exists.
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I CHECK_CLASS_FOR_PRX_OBJ_EXISTSCheck whether a taxonomy for Proxy object exists .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I CHECK_CLASS_FOR_SRV_OBJ_EXISTSCheck whether a taxonomy exists .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I DELETE_CLASS_FOR_GRP_OBJ Delete a Taxonomy for a Service Object in a Group .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I DELETE_CLASS_FOR_PRX_OBJ Delete a Taxonomy for a Proxy Object .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I DELETE_CLASS_FOR_SRV_OBJ Delete a Taxonomy .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I GET_CLASS_FOR_GRP_OBJ Get Taxonomy data for Service Objects in a group/tbd .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I GET_CLASS_FOR_PRX_OBJ Get Taxonomy data for Proxy object .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I GET_CLASS_FOR_SRV_OBJ Get Taxonomy names and values .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I SET_CLASS_FOR_GRP_OBJ Create/Change/Overwrite a Taxonomy for Service Object in Grp.
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I SET_CLASS_FOR_PRX_OBJ Sets Taxonomy data for Proxy object .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_INST I SET_CLASS_FOR_SRV_OBJ Create/Change/Overwrite a Taxonomy .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I DELETE_CLASSIFICATIONS Deletes given or all classifications of a SD .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_CLASS_FOR_SERVICE_OBJECT Get classification names and values for SD .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_PUBLICATION_TIMESTAMP gets the publication timestamp for sd or config .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_SD_STATUS Returns StatusInfos for Service Definitions .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_USED_CLASS_SYSTEMS Returns all currently used Classification Systems .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_USED_CLASS_VALUES Returns all currently used Classification Systems Values .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I GET_USED_CLASS_VAL_FOR_CLASS Returns used values for classification based on ref. class. .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I QUERY_SERVICE_OBJECTS Query Service Objects by different Search criteria .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I SET_CLASS_FOR_BO Workaround: Set classification for Business Objects .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I SET_CLASS_FOR_SERVICE_OBS Set classification for different Service Objects .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I SET_CLASS_VIA_FILE_IMPORT Set classifications via file Import .
IF_WS_UDDI_CLASS_STATIC I SET_PUBLICATION_TIMESTAMP sets the publication timestamp for sd or config .
IF_WTY_CUST_BUFFERED_OBJ_CNTL I CREATE_INSTANCE Creates Instance of External Buffered Object .
IF_WTY_EXT_OBJECT_CNTL I CREATE_INSTANCE Creates Instance of External Buffered Object .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I BUTTONGROUP_CLICK "xhtmlb:buttonGroup" onClick .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I BUTTONGROUP_TOGGLE "xhtmlb:buttonGroup" onToggle .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TABSTRIP_EDIT "xhtmlb:tabStrip" onEdit .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TABSTRIP_HELP "xhtmlb:tabStrip" onHelp .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TABSTRIP_REMOVE "xhtmlb:tabStrip" onRemove .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TABSTRIP_SELECT "xhtmlb:tabStrip" onSelect .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TABSTRIP_VIEWSTATE "xhtmlb:tabStrip" onViewState .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TOOLBARBUTTON_CLICK "xhtmlb:toolbarBotton" onClick .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TOOLBARDDLB_SELECT "xhtmlb:toolbarDDLB" onSelect .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TOOLBARLINK_CLICK "xhtmlb:toolbarLink" onClick .
IF_XHTMLB_EVENTS I TOOLBAR_LAYER_SELECT "xhtmlb:toolbar" onLayerSelect .
IF_XI_WS_MESSMON_SELECT I CONVERT_EXT_FILTER_TO_INT Converted to external filter in select structure for DB .
IF_XI_WS_MESSMON_SELECT I SELECT_2ND_STAGE Selekcion 2. Level: Improved filter, additional data .
IF_XMB_ERROR_MONITOR I DELETE_ERROR Delete All Error Objects for Specified Message .
IF_XMB_ERROR_MONITOR I REPORT_ERROR AI - Report Error to Monitoring Architecture .
IF_XMB_RUNTIME_MONITOR I MESSAGE_COMPLETED End of Message Object Processing .
IF_XMB_RUNTIME_MONITOR I MESSAGE_STARTED Start of Message Object Processing .
IF_XML_DOCUMENT_POC I GET_DIALOG_SERVICE Instance for Dialog Service .
IF_XML_DOCUMENT_POC I GET_LANGUAGE Query Language of Document .
IF_XML_DOCUMENT_POC I GET_RESOURCE Query Resource .
IF_XML_DOCUMENT_POC I GET_SIGNATURE_SERVICE Instance for Signature Service .
IF_XML_DOCUMENT_POC I SYNCHRONIZE Synchronize .
IF_XML_SCHEMA I ADD_COMPLEX_TYPE Add XSD Complex Type .
IF_XML_SCHEMA I ADD_ELEMENT Add XSD Element .
IF_XML_SCHEMA I ADD_RESTRICTION Add Restrictions to Simple/Complex Type .
IF_XML_SCHEMA I ADD_SCHEMA_REF Add Reference to External Schema .
IF_XML_SCHEMA I ADD_SIMPLE_TYPE Add XSD Simple Type .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_EDIT_COMMENT Gets XML for Dialog: Enter Comment .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_INFO_DEVIATION Gets XML for Dialog: Deviation Occurred .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_SHOW_COMMENTS Gets XML for Dialog: Display Comments .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_SHOW_DEVIATIONS Gets XML for Dialog: Deviation History .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_SHOW_MESSAGE Gets XML for Dialog: Message Data .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_SHOW_PROPERTIES Gets XML for Dialog: Properties .
IF_XML_SRV_DIALOG_POC I GET_XML_SHOW_SIGNATURES Gets XML for Dialog: Signatures Executed .
IF_XML_SRV_SIGNATURE_POC I GET_CONFIRMATION_DOC XML Document for Process Step .
IF_XML_SRV_SIGNATURE_POC I GET_DEVIATION_DOC XML Document for Deviations .
IF_XML_SRV_SIGNATURE_POC I GET_EVENT_DOC XML Document for Event Log .
IF_XMS_ADAPTER I GET_ADAPTER_STATUS Gets Adapter Status .
IF_XMS_ENGINE I ENTER_ENGINE Integration Engine Call .
IF_XMS_FACTORY I CREATEMESSAGEFACTORY Generates a Message Factory .
IF_XMS_FACTORY I CREATEMESSAGEREGISTRY Generates a Message Registry .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I ADDATTACHMENT Appends Resource .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I ADDBODY Sets Body Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I ADDHEADER Sets Header Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I CLEARATTACHMENTS Deletes All Attachment Resources .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I CLEARBODIES Deletes All Body Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I CLEARHEADERS Deletes All Header Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEATTACHMENTATINDEX Deletes Attachment Resource with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEATTACHMENTBYNAME Deletes Attachment Resource with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEBODYATINDEX Deletes Body Property with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEBODYBYNAME Deletes Body Property with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEHEADERATINDEX Deletes Header Property with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I DELETEHEADERBYNAME Deletes Header Property with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETATTACHMENTATINDEX Gets Attachment with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETATTACHMENTBYNAME Gets Attachment with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETATTACHMENTS Gets Number of Attachment Resources .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETATTACHMENTSBYTYPE Gets Type Attachments .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETBODIES Gets All Body Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETBODYATINDEX Gets Body Property with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETBODYBYNAME Gets Body Property with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETBODYNSCONTEXT Gets Namespace Context for Body Part .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETHEADERATINDEX Get Header Property with Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETHEADERBYNAME Gets Header Property with Name .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETHEADERNSCONTEXT Gets Namespace Context for Header Part .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I GETHEADERS Gets All Header Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I INSERTATTACHMENT Inserts Resource into Index .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I INSERTBODY Inserts Body Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I INSERTHEADER Inserts Header Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I NUMBEROFATTACHMENTS Gets Number of Attachment Resources .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I NUMBEROFBODIES Gets Number of Body Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I NUMBEROFHEADERS Gets Number of Header Properties .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I REPLACEHEADER Replaces Header Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I SETBODYNSCONTEXT Sets Namespace Context for Body Part .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE I SETHEADERNSCONTEXT Sets Namespace Context for Header Part .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATEBINARYRESOURCE Generates a Binary Resource Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATEBLOBRESOURCE Generates a Blob Resource Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATEMESSAGE Generates a Message Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATENSCONTEXT Generates a Namespace Context .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATEPROPERTY Generates a Property Instance .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATETEXTRESOURCE Generates a Text Resource Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_FACTORY I CREATEXMLSOURCE Generates an XML Source .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I DELETEPROPERTYIMPL Deletes the Property Implementation Registration .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I DELETERESOURCEIMPL Deletes Resource Implementation Registration .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I GETPROPERTYIMPL Gets the Implementation of IF_XMS_PROP .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I GETPROPERTYIMPLS Gets All Property Implementation Registrations .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I GETRESOURCEIMPL Fetches Implementation of IF_XMS_RESOURCE .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I GETRESOURCEIMPLS Fetches All Resource Implementation Registrations .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I SETPROPERTYIMPL Sets the Implementation of IF_XMS_PROP .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_REGISTRY I SETRESOURCEIMPL Sets Implementation of IF_XMS_RESOURCE .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_RUN I COPY Copy Message Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_TRANSFER I DELETE_GROUP Signalizes that a group is to be deleted .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_TRANSFER I DETERMINE_RFC_DEST Determine RFC Destination .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_TRANSFER I FINALIZE_MESSAGE_TRANSFER Signalizes that there will be no further messages .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_TRANSFER I START_MESSAGE_TRANSFER Initiates Transfer Process .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I ADD_RECEIVER Add Receiver .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I APPEND_TO_MMF Add Message to AMF Object .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I CLEAR_RECEIVERS List of Receivers .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I DELETE_RECEIVER Delete Receiver .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_APP_ACK_REQ Read Application Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_APP_ERR_ACK_REQ Read Application Error Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_CONVERSATION_ID Read Conversation ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_DIRECTION To be deleted: Use MessageClass instead .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_DYNAMIC_HEADER Read Dynamic Header .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_FAULT Read Application Error Key .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_INBOUND_BINDING Read Sender Agreement .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_INTERFACE Read Interface .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MAIN_PAYLOADS Read Main Payloads .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_CLASS Read Message Class .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_FORMAT Read Messsage Format .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_HANDLE_INBOUND Read Message Handle (Inbound) .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_HANDLE_OUTBOUND Read Message Handle (Outbound) .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_ID Read Message ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_MESSAGE_SIZE_TOTAL Estimated Message Size .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_NOT_IN_ORDER_RECEIVERS Read receiver whose sequence is not relevant .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_OUTBOUND_BINDING Read Receiver Agreement .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_PROCESSING_MODE Read Processing Type .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_QUALITY_OF_SERVICE Read QoS .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_QUEUE_ID Read Queue ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_RECEIVER Read Receiver .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_RECEIVERS Read Receiver List .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_REF_TO_MESSAGE_ID Read Message ID Reference .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_SENDER Read Sender .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_SKIP_RECV_DETERMINATION Read Skip Receiver Determination Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_SYS_ACK_REQ Read System Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_SYS_ERR_ACK_REQ Read System Error Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_TIME_SENT Read Send Time Stamp .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I GET_VERSION Read Message Format/Protocol Version .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I INSERT_RECEIVER Insert Receiver .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I NUMBER_OF_RECEIVERS Number of Receivers .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_APP_ACK_REQ Set Application Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_APP_ERR_ACK_REQ Set Application Error Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_CALLERINFO WS Metering .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_CONVERSATION_ID Set Conversation ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_FAULT Set Application Error Key .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_INBOUND_BINDING Set Sender Agreement .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_INTERFACE Set Interface .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_MESSAGE_CLASS Set Message Class .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_MESSAGE_FORMAT Set Message Format .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_MESSAGE_HANDLE_INBOUND Set Message Handle (Inbound) .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_MESSAGE_HANDLE_OUTBOUND Set Message Handle (Outbound) .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_MESSAGE_ID Set Message ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_NOT_IN_ORDER_RECEIVERS Set receiver whose sequence is not relevant .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_PROCESSING_MODE Set Processing Type .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_QUALITY_OF_SERVICE Set QoS .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_QUEUE_ID Set Queue ID .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_RECEIVER Set Receiver .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_RECEIVERS Set Receiver List .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_REF_TO_MESSAGE_ID Set Message ID Reference .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_SENDER Set Sender .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_SKIP_RECV_DETERMINATION Set Skip Receiver Determination Property .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_SYS_ACK_REQ Set System Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_SYS_ERR_ACK_REQ Set System Error Confirmation Request .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_TIME_SENT Set Send Time Stamp .
IF_XMS_MESSAGE_XMB I SET_VERSION Set Message Format/Protocol Version .
IF_XMS_MONITOR I DISPLAY_MESSAGE Display Message .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I ADD_RECORD Add a Data Record .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I GET_MATCHED_RECORDS Gets All Data Records for a Specific Namespace .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I GET_NUMBER_OF_RECORDS Gets the Current Number of Data Records .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I GET_RECORD Gets One Data Record .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I GET_RECORDS Gets All Data Records (Name/Value) .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I REMOVE_MATCHED_RECORDS Deletes All Data Records for a Specific Namespace .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I REMOVE_RECORDS Deletes All Data Records .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_DYNAMIC I SET_RECORDS Sets Attribute for Dynamic Configuration Table .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I ADD_RECORD Add a Data Record .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I GET_MATCHED_RECORDS Gets All Data Records for a Specific Namespace .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I GET_NUMBER_OF_RECORDS Gets the Current Number of Data Records .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I GET_RECORD Gets One Data Record .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I GET_RECORDS Gets All Data Records (Name/Value) .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I REMOVE_MATCHED_RECORDS Deletes All Data Records for a Specific Namespace .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I REMOVE_RECORDS Deletes All Data Records .
IF_XMS_MSGHDR30_SYSTEM I SET_RECORDS Sets attribute system header table .
IF_XMS_MSG_TRANSFER_FINISHED I MESSAGES_WERE_TRANSFERRED Signalizes successful message transfer .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I ADDBODYPART Adds a Data Part to this Multipart .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I GETBODYPART Returns the Specified Data Part .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I GETBOUNDARY Returns Boundary String .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I GETCOUNT Returns the Number of Data Parts .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I READFROM Sets the Contents from Binary String .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I REMOVEBODYPART Deletes Specified Data Part .
IF_XMS_MULTIPART I WRITETO Gives Content (inc. All Subcomponents) as a Binary String .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I CLEARBINDINGS Deletes All Bindings .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I FREEZE Freezes Status .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I GETBINDINGS Gets All Bindings .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I ISFROZEN Gets Temperature .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I MAPPREFIXTOURI Gets the URI for the Prefix .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I MAPURITOPREFIX Gets the Prefix for the URI .
IF_XMS_NSCONTEXT I SETBINDING Sets the Namespace Prefix URI Binding .
IF_XMS_PARSER I APPEND_XML_ITEM Generate XML Tag .
IF_XMS_PARSER I GET_NEXT_XML_ITEM Read next XML element (Post-Order) .
IF_XMS_PARSER I INITIALIZE Initialize Parser .
IF_XMS_PARSER I RENDER_SAP_HEADER Render SAP Header .
IF_XMS_PARSER I SET_NAMESPACE_BINDING Set assignment (namespace, URI) .
IF_XMS_PART I ADDHEADER Adds Value of the Existing Values for Header Name .
IF_XMS_PART I GETALLHEADERS Gives All Header Values in Name Value Table .
IF_XMS_PART I GETBINARYCONTENT Returns Content as a Binary String (if possible) .
IF_XMS_PART I GETCHARSET Returns Charset .
IF_XMS_PART I GETCONTENTTYPE Returns Content Type (Mime Type) of Contents .
IF_XMS_PART I GETCONTENTTYPEPARAMS Gets Parameters of Content Type as Name Value Table .
IF_XMS_PART I GETDESCRIPTION Describes this Data Part .
IF_XMS_PART I GETHEADER Returns All Header Values for the Specified Name .
IF_XMS_PART I GETKIND Returns Type (Text, Binary, Multipart) .
IF_XMS_PART I GETMIMETYPE Returns MIME Type .
IF_XMS_PART I GETMULTIPARTCONTENT Returns the Contents as a Multipart Object (if possible) .
IF_XMS_PART I GETTEXTCONTENT Returns the Contents as a Text String (if possible) .
IF_XMS_PART I READFROM Sets the Part from Binary String .
IF_XMS_PART I READFROMCOMPONENTS Sets the Part from Components .
IF_XMS_PART I REMOVEALLHEADERS Deletes All Header Values of this Part .
IF_XMS_PART I REMOVEHEADER Deletes All Header Values of this Name .
IF_XMS_PART I SETBINARYCONTENT Sets Specified Binary String as Contents .
IF_XMS_PART I SETDESCRIPTION Sets a Name for this Data Part .
IF_XMS_PART I SETHEADER Sets the Value for the Specified Header Name .
IF_XMS_PART I SETMULTIPARTCONTENT Sets the Specified Multipart Object as Contents .
IF_XMS_PART I SETRAWCONTENT Sets Contents .
IF_XMS_PART I SETTEXTCONTENT Sets the Specified Text String as Contents .
IF_XMS_PART I WRITECONTENTTO Gives Content (inc. All Subcomponents) as a Binary String .
IF_XMS_PART I WRITETO Gives the Part (inc. All Subcomponents) as a Binary String .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETBINARYCONTENT Gets Binary Content (For All TYPE) .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETBLOBCONTENT Gets Blob Content (For All TYPE) .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETCONTENTTYPE Gets Content Type (MIME) .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETDATA Gets Attachment .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETDESCRIPTION Read Payload Description .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETDOCUMENTNAME Gets Document Name .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETLOCATION Gets Location (xlink:href) .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETPAYLOADTYPE Read Payload Type .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETREFERENCE Gets Reference .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETTEXTCONTENT Fetches Text Content (If TYPE = 'T') .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I GETTYPE Gets Payload Type .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I ISAPPLICATIONPAYLOAD Gets 'X' for application payload; '' for others .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETBINARYCONTENT Sets Binary Content .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETBLOBCONTENT Sets Blob Content .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETDATA Sets Attachment .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETDESCRIPTION Set Payload Description .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETDOCUMENTNAME Sets Document Name .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETLOCATION Sets Location (xlink:href) .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETPAYLOADTYPE Set Payload Type .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETREFERENCE Sets Reference .
IF_XMS_PAYLOAD I SETTEXTCONTENT Sets Text Content .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I INSERT_MESSAGE Generate message (version) in persistence .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I INSERT_MESSAGE_ARRAY Create message (version) in persistence (for AMF) .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I READ_MESSAGE Read message from persistence .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I SET_ADAPTER_STATUS Set adapter status .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I SET_ADAPTER_STATUS_ARRAY Sets Adapter Status for a List of Messages .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS Set message status .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I SET_MESSAGE_STATUS_ARRAY Sets Message Status for a List of Messages .
IF_XMS_PERSIST I SET_QUEUE_INFO Set Queue Information .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUP I ADD_DATA Append Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUP I GET_DATA Read Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUP_PART I ADD_DATA Append Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUP_PART I GET_DATA Read Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUR I ADD_DATA Append Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUR I GET_DATA Read Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUR_PART I ADD_DATA Append Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_CLUR_PART I GET_DATA Read Data Container .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_COLLECTION_FROM_DB A Specified Number of Messages (Not Yet Implemented) .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_COLL_FROM_DB_AS_NEW_VERA Specified Number of Messages (Not Yet Implemented) .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_FROM_ARCHIV Load Messages from Archive .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_FROM_DB Load Messages for a Root Item from Database .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_FROM_DB_AS_NEW_VERSION Load Messages from Database .
IF_XMS_PERSIST_LOAD_COL I CREATE_NEW Create New Message .
IF_XMS_PLSRV I ENTER_PLSRV Call for a Message to Be Processed by the Integion Engine .
IF_XMS_PROFILE I GETNAME Gets the Name (URI) of the Profile Scheme .
IF_XMS_PROFILE I PARSE Parses the External Message as an Internal Message .
IF_XMS_PROFILE I SERIALIZE Serializes the Internal Message as an External Message .
IF_XMS_PROP I GETLOCALNAME Gets the Local Name of the Property .
IF_XMS_PROP I GETMUSTUNDERSTAND Gets the Value of the "Must Understand" Flag .
IF_XMS_PROP I GETNAMESPACEURI Gets the Namespace URI of the Property .
IF_XMS_PROP I ISEXTERNAL Should the Header Appear in External Message Format? .
IF_XMS_PROP I READFROMXMLSOURCE Initializes Object from XML Source .
IF_XMS_PROP I SETLOCALNAME Sets the Local Name of the Property .
IF_XMS_PROP I SETMUSTUNDERSTAND Sets the Value of the "Must Understand" Flag .
IF_XMS_PROP I SETNAMESPACEURI Sets the Namespace URI of the Property .
IF_XMS_PROP I WRITETOXMLSTRING Serializes Object as an XML String .
IF_XMS_PROP_TEMPLATE I GET_ATTRIBUTE1 Reading Attribute Value 1 .
IF_XMS_PROP_TEMPLATE I GET_ATTRIBUTE2 Reading Attribute Value 2 .
IF_XMS_PROP_TEMPLATE I SET_ATTRIBUTE1 Setting Attribute Value 1 .
IF_XMS_PROP_TEMPLATE I SET_ATTRIBUTE2 Setting Attribute Value 2 .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I GETBINARYDATA Gets Data as Binary String .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I GETBLOBDATA Gets Data as Blob String .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I GETKIND Gets the Type of Data (T or B) .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I GETTEXTDATA Gets Data for Kind = TEXTRESOURCE .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I GETTYPE Gets Content Type of Resource .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I SETBINARYDATA Sets Data as Binary String .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I SETBLOBDATA Sets Data as Blob String .
IF_XMS_RESOURCE I SETTEXTDATA Sets Data for Kind = TEXTRESOURCE .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I CLEAR Reset Error Code .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I GET_ERROR_CODE Reading Error Code .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I GET_ERROR_CODE_CONTEXT Reading Error Code Context .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I GET_ERROR_TEXT Reading Error Text .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I GET_RETRY Reading flag, indicating whether to attempt to restart .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I LOOK_UP_ERROR_TEXT Reading Error Text for Code .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_ERROR_CODE Setting Error Code .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_ERROR_CODE_CONTEXT Setting Error Code Context .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_ERROR_TEXT Setting Error Text .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_PARAMETER_VALUES Insert Parameter Value in Error Text .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_RETRY Setting flag, indicating whether to attempt to restart .
IF_XMS_SYSTEM_ERROR I SET_SYSTEM_ERROR Set System Error .
IF_XMS_TRACE I APPEND Append Trace String to Existing Trace .
IF_XMS_TRACE I CLEAR Reset Trace Contents .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ENTERFUNC Trace Entry to Enter a Method .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ENTERFUNCBEGIN Trace Entry for Method Call: Start .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ENTERFUNCEND Trace Entry for Method Call: End .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ERROR Write Trace Entry for System Error .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ERRORSTANDARD Trace Entry to Cancel XMB due to a System Error .
IF_XMS_TRACE I EXITFUNC Trace Entry to Exit a Method .
IF_XMS_TRACE I GETCOPY Gets Copy of Trace Object .
IF_XMS_TRACE I GETTRACE Read Trace String .
IF_XMS_TRACE I GETTRACELEVEL Gets Trace Level .
IF_XMS_TRACE I GET_LENGTH Determine Trace Length .
IF_XMS_TRACE I GET_MESSAGE_ID Read Message ID .
IF_XMS_TRACE I INSERTTRACE Insert Return-Trace in Current Trace .
IF_XMS_TRACE I ISEMPTY Informs if Trace is Empty .
IF_XMS_TRACE I PLSRVBEGIN Trace Entry to Begin Processing a PL Service .
IF_XMS_TRACE I PLSRVEND Trace Entry to End Processing of a PL Service .
IF_XMS_TRACE I SETTRACE Set Trace String .
IF_XMS_TRACE I SETTRACELEVEL Sets Trace Level .
IF_XMS_TRACE I SET_MESSAGE_ID_BY_MO Set Message ID .
IF_XMS_TRACE I SYSTEMINFO Trace Information About Current System .
IF_XMS_TRACE I TIMESTAMP Write Time Stamp in Trace .
IF_XMS_TRACE I TODO Write Trace Entry for ToDo .
IF_XMS_TRACE I TRACE Write Trace Entry .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I GETELEMENT Gets Contents as DOM Element .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I GETREADER Reads Contents as XML Reader .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I GETSTRING Gets Contents as String .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I SETELEMENT Sets Contents as DOM Element .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I SETREADER Sets Contents as XML Reader .
IF_XMS_XMLSOURCE I SETSTRING Sets Contents as String .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I ADD_INTERNAL_MESSAGE Inserts Message .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_CALENDAR_SETUP Delivers Date Specifications for Generation of Calendar .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_CALENDAR_WEEK Get Calendar Week for Key Date .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_EMPLOYEE Gets Current Personnel Number .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_INPUT_CONVERTER Delivers Version-Specific Converter .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_MESSAGE Get Messages of Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_MESSAGES Get Messages of Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_PERIOD_INFO Delivers Calendar Information for a Particular Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_SCENARIO Gets Current Scenario .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I GET_VALUE_HELP_MGR Delivers Manager for Search Help .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_CORE I HAS_WORKLIST Gets Current Worklist Profile .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_RFC I GET_CORE Get Reference to Application Core .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_RFC I GET_UIA_OBJECT Delivers UIA Object for a Node ID .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_RFC I HANDLE_EVENT Processes Web Dynpro Event .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_UIA I HANDLE_MESSAGE Synchronous Message Processing .
IF_XSS_CAT_APPLICATION_UIA I POST_MESSAGE Asynchronous Message Processing .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I GET_CELL_TYPE Delivers Cell Type .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I GET_IS_APPR_SUM_CELL Is Cell the Totals Cell for Approval? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I GET_NAME Gets Name of Cell = Field Name of Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I GET_VALUE Gets Cell Value .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I HAS_CHANGED Has Cell Changed Since Last Time Point? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I IS_INPUT_CELL Is it an input cell? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I IS_MODIFYABLE_CELL Is cell modifiable, even if read-only? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I IS_READ_ONLY Can cell be changed? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I IS_TEXT_CELL Text Cell -" Cannot Be Changed via Grid .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I REFRESH Reset Change Indicator -" Synchronous with BL .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I RESET_READ_ONLY Resets Cell to Input Mode .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_APPR_VALUE Set Text Value from Approval .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_IS_APPR_SUM_CELL Flags a Cell as Approval Totals Cell .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_READ_ONLY_MODE Sets Cell to Display Mode .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_TEMPLATE_VALUE Set Value from Template .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_TEXT_VALUE Set Text Value .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_USER_INPUT Sets Value .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL I SET_VALUE_BY_WORKLIST Specical Handling of Worklist .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I GET_CELL_CONTEXT_TIME_RECORD Delivers Context for Cells Pointing to a Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I GET_CELL_CONTEX_TIME_RECORD Delivers Context for Cells Pointing to a Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I GET_CELL_TYPE Delivers Cell Type (= Column Type) .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I GET_IS_APPR_SUM_CELL Is Cell a Totals Cell for Approval? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I GET_XY_COORDINATES Delivers Item in Time Sheet .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT I IS_READ_ONLY Is the Cell Display Only? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT_TR I GET_TIME_RECORD_ID Delivers Working Time ID .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT_TR I HAS_DETAIL Does Detailed Info About Working Time Exist? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT_TR I HAS_ERRORS Does the Working Time Have Errors? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT_TR I IS_REJECTED Has the Working Time Been Rejected? .
IF_XSS_CAT_CELL_CONTEXT_TR I IS_RELEASED Was the Working Time Already Released? .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I CREATE_CELL Creates a Cell for Column .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I GET_COLUMN_TYPE Column Type .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I GET_SUB_COLUMNS Get Subcolumns If Any Exist .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I IS_CUSTOMER_COLUMN Is it a Customer Column? .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I IS_SUM_COLUMN Is it a Totals Column? .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO I IS_TEXTFIELD Is it a Text Field? .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I ADD_CLOCK_BEGIN_COLUMN Add Column for Start Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I ADD_CLOCK_END_COLUMN Add Column for End Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I ADD_SHORTTEXT_COLUMN Add Column for Short Text .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I CREATE_SUM_CELL Delivers Totals Cell for Target and Totals Row .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I GET_CLOCK_BEGIN_COLUMN Add Column for Start Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I GET_CLOCK_END_COLUMN Add Column for Start Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I GET_DATE Delivers Date for Day Cell .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I SET_ACTUAL_WORKDATE Set Information for Current Workday .
IF_XSS_CAT_COLUMN_INFO_DAY I SET_TITLE Set Column Header Anew .
IF_XSS_CAT_DAY_INFO I GET_PERIOD_INFO Delivers Calendar Information for a Particular Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_EMPLOYEE I DEQUEUE_EMPLOYEE Unlocks and Invalidates Employee .
IF_XSS_CAT_EMPLOYEE I GET_COSTCENTER Delivers Employee's Master Cost Center .
IF_XSS_CAT_EMPLOYEE I GET_COSTCENTER_TEXT Delivers Cost Center Text of Master Cost Center for a Date .
IF_XSS_CAT_EMPLOYEE I GET_NAME Delivers Employee's Formatted Name .
IF_XSS_CAT_EMPLOYEE I GET_TARGET_HOURS Delivers Employee's Target Hours .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_EMPLOYEE_MESSAGE Adds Message with PERNR Reference to Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_INTERNAL_MESSAGE Adds a General Message .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_PERIOD_MESSAGE Adds a Period Message to Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_RECORD_MESSAGE Adds a Record Message to Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I ADD_SIMULATION_MESSAGE Adds a Simulation Message to Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_ALL_MESSAGES Delete All Messages .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_EMPLOYEE_MESSAGES Deletes All Employee Messages According to Origin .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESG_FOR_EMPLOYEE Deletes All Employee Messages Accord. to Origin and Employee.
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESG_FOR_PERIOD Deletes All Period Messages Accord. to Origin and Date .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESG_FOR_RECORDS Deletes All Record Messages Accord. to Origin and Record ID .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESSAGE Deletes Message According to Message ID .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESSAGES Deletes Several Messages Flagged by ID .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_MESSAGES_FOR_ORIGIN Deletes All Messages from Originator .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_ONE_DISPLAY_MESSAGES Deletes All Messages with DISPLAY_ONLY_ONE = 'X' .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_PERIOD_MESSAGES Deletes All Period Messages According to Origin .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I DELETE_RECORD_MESSAGES Deletes All Record Messages According to Origin .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MAXIMUM_SEVERITY Maximum Error Severity .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGE Delivers All Messages in Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGES Delivers All Messages in Message Handler .
IF_XSS_CAT_MESSAGE_HANDLER I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_RECORD Delivers All Messages in Message Handler with Record Ref. .
IF_XSS_CAT_RFC_COMMAND I PROCESS_COMMAND Processes FCode .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I FINISH_CREATE Completes Structure of a Row .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I FLUSH Transfer Changed Data to Backend .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I GET_CELL Get a Cell .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I GET_CELL_TAB Delivers Cells in Row .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I IS_MARKED Is the cell selected? .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I REFRESH Preparation for Next Output .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW I SET_UI_ROW Sets Row to UI Values .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I CREATE_FIELD_INFO Get Object to Describe Column Info .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I CUMULATE_TIME_RECORDS Delivers Total Number of Working Times .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I FILL_CPRO_CELLS Gets Text Cells for cProject .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I FILL_TEXT_CELLS Fill Text Cells in a Row .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_CLOCK_TIME_ROLLNAME Delivers Data Element for Clock-Time Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_DAILY_SUMS Get Daily Totals .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_MESSAGES_FOR_RECORD Get Messages for Record .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_QUAN_OR_AMOUNT_ROLLNAME Delivers Data Element for Amount and Quantity Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_SHORTTEXT_ROLLNAME Delivers Data Element for Short Text .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I GET_TARGET_HOURS Get Target Hours .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I HAS_SUM_ROW Does the time sheet have a totals row? .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I HAS_TARGET_ROW Does the time sheet have a target times row? .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I IS_CELL_READ_ONLY_DEPENDENT Cell read-only due to other account assignments? .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I IS_EXCLUDED_FROM_TEMPLATE Can row not be included in templates? .
IF_XSS_CAT_ROW_VERSIONSPECIFIC I PROFILE_COPY_HOURS Check Profile Parameters .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I CALCULATE_SUM Calculates Total for a Quantity of Working Times .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I CHECK_BEFORE_CONFIRMATION Checks Time Sheet for All Known Personnel Numbers .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I CHECK_FOR_RELEASE Checks All Records for Release in the Buffer .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I CHECK_TIME_SHEET Checks Time Sheet for All Known Personnel Numbers .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I CHECK_TIME_SHEET_FOR_PERIOD Checks Time Sheet for Particular Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I DELETE_TIME_RECORDS Set Records Specified by RECID to 0 .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_CHANGED_RECORDS Delivers All Records Changed During the Session .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_CUSTOMER_TEXT_FOR_TS DISPTEXT1 and DISPTEXT2 for One Row in the Time Sheet .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_DEFAULT_UNIT_OF_HOUR Checks Time Sheet for Particular Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_NEW_TIME_RECORD Delivers a New Working Time Object with Only RECID + Pers.No.
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_RECORDS_FOR_RELEASE Delivers Records Designated for Release .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_RECORDS_WITH_ERROR Delivers a Table with RECIDs Whose Records Have Errors .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I GET_TIME_RECORDS Delivers Working Times for a Specific Period per Pers. No. .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I HAS_ANYTHING_CHANGED Does Data for Pers.No. Changed by User Exist in Buffer? .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I HAS_RECORD_ERROR Does the record have an 'E' or 'A' error? Yes = 'X' .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I IS_TIME_RECORD_INITIAL Can Record Be Displayed/Changed? .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I RELEASE_TIME_RECORDS Release of Working Times for a Pers. No. .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I SAVE_TIME_SHEET Saves Time Sheet for All Known Personnel Numbers .
IF_XSS_CAT_TIME_SHEET I SET_TIME_RECORDS Changes Working Times per Pers. No. .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I GET_DATE Return Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I GET_DATE_INTERVAL Return Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I GET_PERIOD_INFO Delivers Calendar Information for a Particular Period .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I GET_RECORD_MODE Returns Current View (Day, Week View) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I SELECT_CALENDAR_DATE Set End Date for Calendar Selection .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_CALENDAR I SELECT_DATE Set Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I CHECK_AND_CONVERT Check and Convert Value: From String to Value .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_CURRENCY_FIELD Get Name of Currency Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_DATA_ELEMENT_INFO Information About Data Element .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_QUANT_OR_AMOUNT_CONTEXT Get Context for Quantity_or_Amount .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_REF_TO_DATA Reference to Field of Current Type .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_TOOLTIP Delivers Tooltip .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I GET_UNIT_FIELD Get Name of Unit Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO I IS_NOT_MODIFYABLE Information on whether values from column are copied .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_ACCOUNTING_FIELD Sets Info for Account Assignment Fields .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_AMOUNT_FIELD Sets Flag + Corresponding Currency Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_QUANTITY_FIELD Sets Flag + Corresponding Unit Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_QUANT_OR_AMOUNT_CONTEXT Sets Context for Conversion of Quantitiy/Amounts Fields .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_READ_ONLY_MODE Sets Column to Read Only .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_TITLE Sets Modified Title .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_TITLE_LONG Sets Title with Max. 55 Characters .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_FIELD_INFO_INT I SET_TOOLTIP Set a Tooltip .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_MENUE I GET_CURRENT_RECORD_MODE Weekly or Daily Calendar .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_MENUE I SET_NEW_RECORD_MODE Weekly or Daily Calendar .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_MESSAGES I ADD_RFC_MESSAGE Add Message from RFC Layer .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_MESSAGES I GET_MESSAGE Get Error Messages in UI Format .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_MESSAGES I GET_MESSAGES Get Error Messages in UI Format .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_CELL_CONTEXT Context for Each Cell .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_FIELDLIST_DETAIL Delivers Field List for Cell Detail .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_FIELD_LIST Delivers Field List or Field Selection .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_HEADER Get Header (as Internal Table) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_IS_RELEASE_DISABLED If Release View Is Possible, Delivers ' ', Otherwise 'X' .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_RELEASE_STEP Delivers Information Whether Release Step Required .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_TIME_SHEET Get Time Sheet (as Internal Table) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I GET_WORK_AREA_FOR_TIME_SHEET Work Area .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I HAS_SUM_ROW Does time sheet have a totals row? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I HAS_TARGET_ROW Does time sheet have a target hours row? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I RELASE_TIME_RECORDS Release List of Working Times .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TIME_SHEET I SET_TIME_SHEET Sets Time Sheet .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_ID Get ID for Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_INTERNAL_VALUE Get Internal Display of Field .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_LONGTEXT Get Long Text .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_QUANTITY_OR_AMOUNT Sets Amount,... .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_STATISTIC_INFO Statistical information .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_VALUE Get Value for Field Name .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I GET_WORKDATE Delivers Date for Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I HAS_DETAIL Does the Record Have Details? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I HAS_ERRORS Error Status .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I IS_ENTIRE_ROW_READ_ONLY Is entire row read-only? (cPro + Scenario A) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I IS_MAINTAIN_VIA_GRID_POSSIBLE Can the Working Time Be Changed in the Grid? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I IS_READ_ONLY Can the Value Be Changed? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I IS_REJECTED Rejected Record? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I IS_RELEASED Is the Record Released? .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I PREPARE_DELETE Deletes Record .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I SET_LONGTEXT Set Long Text .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I SET_MARKER Sets Selection .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I SET_QUANTITY_OR_AMOUNT Sets Amount,... .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I SET_SORT_ID Sets Column Position .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_ACCESS I SET_VALUE Set Value of Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_DETAIL I GET_DETAIL Returns Current Detail Record to Fields .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_DETAIL I GET_FIELD_LIST Delivers Field Selection for Detail .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_DETAIL I GET_LONGTEXT Returns Long Text (Line Break = /n , / = //) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_DETAIL I SET_DETAIL Sets Detail Fields .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_DETAIL I SET_LONGTEXT Sets Long Text ( /n = Line Break, // = /) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I CHECK_TIME_SHEET Business Layer Data Check .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I CREATE_NEW_TR Create a New Working Time .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I FLUSH_TO_BUSINESS_LAYER Synchronize Data with Business Layer .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I GET_CHANGED_RECORDS Get Modified Working Times .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I GET_MARKED_RECORDS Get Selected Records .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I GET_RECORDS_TO_BE_DELETED Get Records with Delete Indicator .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I MARK_TIME_RECORDS_BY_IDS Selects List of Working Times in the List .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I RELEASE_TIME_SHEET Execute Release or Simulate .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_TR_FACTORY I RESET_CHANGED Reset Change Indicator (Records Have BL Status) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WL_ACCESS I GET_QUANTITY_OR_AMOUNT Sets Amount,... .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WL_ACCESS I GET_VALUE Get Value for Field Name .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I GET_CELL_CONTEXT Delivers Context for Cells .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I GET_FIELD_LIST Delivers Field List or Field Selection .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I GET_SUM_COLUMN Delivers Name of Total Column .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I GET_WORKLIST Get Worklist (as Internal Table) .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I GET_WORK_AREA_FOR_WORKLIST Work Area .
IF_XSS_CAT_UIA_WORKLIST I SET_WORKLIST Sets Worklist Selection .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I EXECUTE Delivers Hit List .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I GET_HEADER Delivers Header Description of Hit List .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I GET_SELECTION_FIELDS_DEFAULTS Delivers Values for Selection Fields .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I GET_SLECTION_FIELDS Delivers Selection Fields for Search Help .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I INITIALIZE Initializes Input Help .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_HANDLER I UPDATE_LINE_DATA Sets Selected Values in the Row .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_MGR I GET_VALUE_HELP Returns Instance of a Search Help .
IF_XSS_CAT_VALUE_HELP_MGR I INITIALIZE Initializes Search Help .
IF_XSS_CAT_WORKLIST I GET_CUSTOMER_TEXT_FOR_WL DISPTEXT1 and DISPTEXT2 for a Cell in Worklist .
IF_XSS_CAT_WORKLIST I GET_WORKLIST_DETAILS Delivers Worklist for Specified Period .
IF_XSS_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I FINALIZE Termination .
IF_XSS_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I HANDLE_MESSAGE Process output .
IF_XSS_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I INITIALIZE Initialization of Backend .
IF_XSS_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I IS_ACTIVE Active? .
IF_XSS_PT_APPLICATION_CORE I IS_VETO Veto triggered during message processing? .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I CALCULATE external system tax calculation .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I CHECK_ONLINE_UPDATE_SUPPORTED Check if online update is supported .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I DETERMINE_JURISDICTION determine jurisdiction code .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I FORCE force tax document to external tax system audit file .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I SET_TTXD Set the TTXD structure with external system parameters .
IF_XTAX_SYSTEM I UPDATE update tax document to external tax system audit file .
IHC_CL_APPL_LOG C ADD_MESSAGE Transfer Message to Application Log .
IHC_CL_APPL_LOG C DISPLAY_LOG Output Application Log .
IHC_CL_APPL_LOG C GET_LOG_HANDLE Read Current Log Handle .
IHC_CL_APPL_LOG C S_INSTANCE S_INSTANCE .
IHC_CL_DB C BREAK Log Handling .
IHC_CL_DB C END Log Handling .
IHC_CL_DB C END_LOG Read Messages and Close Log .
IHC_CL_DB C START Log Handling .
IHC_CL_DB C START_LOG Open Log and Write Messages .
IHC_CL_DB_LIM C LOCK Request Lock .
IHC_CL_DB_LIM C READ Request Lock .
IHC_CL_DB_LIM C S_INSTANCE S_Instance_Methode .
IHC_CL_DB_LIM C UNLOCK Request Lock .
IHC_CL_DB_LIM C UPDATE Request Lock .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C GET_CONTEXT_FIELDS Read Context Information .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C GET_CONTEXT_STRUCTURE Determine Structure for Context .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C GET_FIELD Read Field Information .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C GET_LAYER Read Layer Information .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C GET_REFERENCE Read Reference Information .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C S_INSTANCE Factory Method .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C _GENERATE_CONTEXT Generate Context Structure .
IHC_CL_DB_LOG C _SET_CONTEXT_STATUS Set the Status of a Context .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C COMMIT Trigger Commit Work .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C CREATE_CHANGE_DOCS Create Change Documents .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEYS Get Semantic Keys Based on Free Selection .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEYS_EXTREF Get Semantic Keys Based on Free Selection .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C INSERT Store New Payment Order on DB .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C LOCK Block Payment Order .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C READ Execute Create or Update on the Database .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C READ_GUID Execute Create or Update on the Database .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C ROLLBACK Trigger Work Rollback .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C SAVE_PN_ATTRS Payment Notes, Container Fields, Partner Address .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C S_GET_KEYS S_Get_Keys Method .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C S_INSTANCE S_Instance Method .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C UNLOCK Unblock Payment Order .
IHC_CL_DB_PN C UPDATE Change Payment Order on the Database .
IHC_CL_ENT C BREAK Log Handling .
IHC_CL_ENT C END Log Handling .
IHC_CL_ENT C END_LOG Read Messages and Close Log .
IHC_CL_ENT C START Log Handling .
IHC_CL_ENT C START_LOG Open Log and Write Messages .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C DELETE Delete Data from Database .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C FIND Search Archive Files .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C RELOAD Reload Archive Data (from File) .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C SELECT Select Orders for Archiving .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C WRITE Write Archive Data .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _CREATE_INDEX Create Archive Index .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _DELETE_FROM_TABLE Delete Data from DB Table .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _GET_CUSTOMIZING Create Reference for Customizing Class .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _INSERT_INTO_TABLE Write Data to the DB Table .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _LOAD_ARCHIVE_VARIANTS Load Archive Variants .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _READ_OBJECT Read Archive Object .
IHC_CL_ENT_ARCHIVE C _UPDATE_INDEX Change Archive Index .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C CHECH_IHC_ACTIVE Checks if new IHC is active .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check for Internal Action .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C CHECK_DUAL_CONTROL Determine Dual Control Amount .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C FIND_BANK Find Bank Key Using Bank Country, No., SWIFT and Name .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_BEST_MATCH_ENTRY Search for Table with Best Match Method .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_CLEARING_PARTNERS Delivers a list of all clearing partners in a bank area .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_CLEARING_PARTNER_DETAILS Get Details of Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_CONTAINER_FIELDS Search for Container Fields .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_DEFAULT_TRANSACTION Determine Default for Transaction Type .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_IDOC_CLEARING_DATA Get Communication Data for the Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_INSTRUCTIONS Read Instructions for Instruction Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_MAPPED_PAY_METHOD Maps the Payment Method and Payment Method Supplement .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_POSTING_DATE Return Posting Date .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_POST_BEHAVIOUR Final, Provisional or No Posting in Postprocessing .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_TRANSACTION_ATTR Bank Transfer, Check, Debit Memo, Foreign, ... .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_TRANSACTION_TYPE Determine Transaction Type on the Basis of the Payment Order.
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_TRANSACTION_TYPES Determine Transaction Types .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_UNIT_FROM_BANK_ID Return Posting Date .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_UNIT_KEY Return Posting Date .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_XBS_CLEARING_DATA Get Clearing Data for Bank Statement .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C GET_XBS_TRANSACTION_TYPE Determine Transaction Type on the Basis of the Payment Order.
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C LOAD_CUSTOMIZED_MESSAGES Read All Customizable Messages .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C LOAD_VARIANT Get Selection Variant .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C LOAD_WORKLIST Get Worklist .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C ORGANIZE_VARIANTS Manage Selection Variants .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C ORGANIZE_WORKLISTS Manage Worklists .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C READ_CUSTOMIZED_MESSAGE Determine Message Type for Customizable Messages .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C READ_POST_BEHAVIOUR Get Processing for Transaction Type .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C SAVE_VARIANT Save Selection Variants (Create/Change) .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C SAVE_WORKLIST Save Worklist (Create/Change) .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C S_INSTANCE Instance of a Multi-Instance Class .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C _CHECK_AUTHORITY Authorization Check for GUI Action .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C _GET_DESCRIPTION Determine Description of an Action .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C _ORGANIZE_VARIANTS Manage Selection Variants .
IHC_CL_ENT_CUST C _SELECT_VARIANTS Select Selection Variants .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C COMMIT Trigger Commit Work .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C GET_LIMIT_EQ_AMNT Get Equivalent Limit Amount .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C LOAD_OBJECT Supply Object with Persistent Data .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C ROLLBACK Trigger Work Rollback .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C SET_SEMKEY Set Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C SET_SINGLE_LIM_FIG SET All Payment Order Data as Structure .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C S_INSTANCE Instance of a Multi-Instance Class .
IHC_CL_ENT_LIMIT C S_STORE Place Object Data for MODIFY in Update Queue .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C CHECK_NUMBERRANGE_4_SEMKEY Set Up Semantic Key with Number Range .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C COMMIT Trigger Commit Work .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C COMPLETE_RINFO Fill RINFO with Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C COMPLETE_STATUS Fill STATI with Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C CREATE_GUID Provide GUID for Payment Order .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C DELETE_OBJECT Place Object Data for DELETE in Update Queue .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_ALL Get All Payment Order Data as Structure .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_ARCHIVE_DATA All Data for Payment Order for Archiving .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_CLEARING_PARTNER Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_CLEARING_TYPE Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_CL_PARTNER_LIST List of Clearing Partners Found .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_LAST_STATUS Shows the Previous Transition Between Two Statuses .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_LAST_TRANSITION Shows the Previous Transition Between Two Statuses .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_OUTBOUND_IDOC_NUMBER Get Outbound IDoc Number .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_OUTBOUND_PRT_TYPE Get Outbound IDoc Number .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_BLOCK Returns a Status with Document References .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_ERROR Returns a Status with Document References .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_KEY_CDOC Get All Payment Order Data as Structure .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEY Returns a Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEYS Get Semantic Keys Based on Free Selection .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEYS_EXTREF Get Semantic Keys Based on Free Selection .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_RCV_ACCT_AMNT_AND_CRCY Set amount in currency of AMS account of clearing partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_RINFO Returns All Reference Information for a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_SEMKEY_FR_NUMBERRANGE Set Up Semantic Key with Number Range .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_SND_ACCT_AMNT_AND_CRCY Set amount in currency of AMS account of clearing partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_STATI Returns All PO Statuses .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_STATUS Last Status and External Order, Block and Error Flag .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C GET_TRNS_TYPE Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C LOAD_OBJECT Supply Object with Persistent Data .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C LOAD_RINFO Supply Reference Info with Persistent Data .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C LOAD_STATI Supply Statuses with Persistent Data .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C MAPP_TO_GUI_STATUS Determine a PO GUI Status from a PO Status .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C ROLLBACK Trigger Work Rollback .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_ALL SET All Payment Order Data as Structure .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_CLEARING_PARTNER Set Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_CLR_BANK_DETAILS Clearing Partner Bank Details .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_CL_PARTNER_LIST List of Clearing Partners Found .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_NEW_REF Set Status Reference Documents .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_NEW_STATUS Adds a Status with Reference Documents .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_PN_BLOCK Sets the Block Flag .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_PN_ERROR Sets the Block Flag .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_RCV_ACCT_AMNT_AND_CRCY Set amount in currency of AMS account of clearing partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_RINFO Inserts a Reference Inf. in the RINFO Tables of the PO .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_SEMANTIC_KEY_ATTR Sets the Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_SEMANTIC_KEY_DATA Sets the Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C SET_SND_ACCT_AMNT_AND_CRCY Set amount in currency of AMS account of clearing partner .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C STORE_OBJECT Place Object Data for MODIFY in Update Queue .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_FLUSH_MEMORY Delete Memory .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_GET_KEYS Access to Semantic Key .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_INSTANCE Instance of a Multi-Instance Class .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_INSTANCE_FOR_CHANGE Singleton for Creating the Object Instances for Change .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_INSTANCE_FOR_CREATION Singleton for Creating the Object Instances for Storing .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_INSTANCE_FOR_DISPLAY Singleton for Creating the Object Instances for Display .
IHC_CL_ENT_PN C S_INSTANCE_FOR_TEST Singleton for Creating the Object Instances for Display .
IHC_CL_PROC C BREAK For Status-Independent Actions .
IHC_CL_PROC C BREAK_ACTION Close Log, Set Rollback and Error Flag .
IHC_CL_PROC C END For Status-Independent Actions .
IHC_CL_PROC C END_LOG Read Messages and Close Log .
IHC_CL_PROC C END_OF_ACTION Inserts correct status at end of action and closes log .
IHC_CL_PROC C GET_AUTHORITY_FLAG Read Authorization Error Indicator .
IHC_CL_PROC C GET_INSTANCE Get Instance of a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC C SET_AUTHORITY_FLAG Set Authorization Error Indicator .
IHC_CL_PROC C START For Status-Independent Actions .
IHC_CL_PROC C START_LOG Open Log and Write Messages .
IHC_CL_PROC C START_OF_ACTION Check if an action may be executed, open log .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C COMMIT Trigger the Commit .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_ITEMS Generation of Payment Items for the Acct Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_RECEIVERITEM Generation of Recipient Items for the Acct Management System.
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_REFERENCE_FOR_AMS Generation of Reference for the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_SENDERITEM Generation of Sender Items for the Acct Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_SPREADITEM Generation of Currency Conversion Items .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CREATE_SPREAD_AMOUNT Generation of Currency Conversion Revenue Amount .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CUST_GET_CLRG_PRT_BANK_DET Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CUST_GET_FX_RATE Read Secondary Settlement Rate .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CUST_GET_POSTING_PARAMS Read Posting Parameters for the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CUST_GET_PRELIMINARY_ACCT Generation of Reference for the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C CUST_GET_SPR_ACCT_FOR_AMS Determination of the Currency Conversion Revenue Account .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C DO_CONVERSION Foreign Currency Conversion .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_ACCT_CURR_FROM_AMS Determination of Acct Currency from Acct Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_ACCT_HOLDER_NUMBER Get Account Holder Number .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_CLEARING_TYPE Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_CLRG_ACCT_FOR_AMS Determination of NOSTRO/LORO Account for Clearing Partner .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_EXCHANGERATE_ROUND Rounding off decimals for the Exchange Rate .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_RCV_ACCT_FOR_AMS Determination of Recipient Account for Acct Man. System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_SND_ACCT_FOR_AMS Determination of Sender Acct for Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_TRANSACTION_DATES Determination of Relevant Date Details .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_TRANSACTION_TYPE Determination of the Transaction Type for the Acct Man. Sys..
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C GET_TRANSACTION_VALUES Determination of Amounts .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C MODIFY_ITEMS_BY_BADI Generation of Payment Items for the Acct Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C PN_AMS_POST Posting of a Payment Order in the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C PN_AMS_PREPOST Posting of a Payment Order in the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C PN_AMS_REWIND Offsetting Posting of a Payment Order in Account Man. System.
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C REVERSE_PAYMITEM_FROM_STATUS Reverse Posted Items in Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C ROLLBACK Formal Check, Determination of Recipient Data and Log Check .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C SET_LIMIT_FIGURES Save Limit Data for Limit Update Later .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C SET_PN_REF Add a Reference to a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C STORE_LIMIT_FIGURES Save Limit Data for Limit Update Later .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C S_INSTANCE Instance of a Singleton Instance Class .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C TRANSFER_ITEM_TO_AMS Transfer Payment Items to the Account Management System .
IHC_CL_PROC_CL C TRANSFER_NOTES_FOR_AMS Generation of Text Information for Account Management System.
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC C FILL_ERROR Fill Error Status and Return Variables .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC C FILL_RETURN_VARIABLES Fill Return Variable .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC C FILL_STATUS Fill Status .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC C GET_SEGM_SECTION Get IDoc Segments and Subsegments .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC C _READ_SUB_SEGMENTS Internal: Get Subsegments .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C CHECK_CONDITIONS Acceptance of an IDoc Under Certain Conditions .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C CREATE_NOTES Create a Payment Notes Line from a Line Item .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C CREATE_PN_FROM_IDOC Creates a Payment Order from an IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDK02 (1,1,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDK03 (1,3,0) Document Header Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDK12 (1,99,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDK14 (1,10,0) Document Header Organization Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDKA1 (1,4,0) Document Header Partner Information .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDP02 (1,4,0) Document Item Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1EDP03 (1,4,0) Document Item Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDB02 (1,4,0) Extended Bank Details (FII/CTA/COM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDBL2 (1,10,0) Correspondence Banks .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDBW1 (1,4,1) Special Instructions (INP) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDKU1 (1,1,1) Header Transfer Order/Payment Advice Note (BGM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDKU2 (1,1,0) Function of Trading Transaction (BUS) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDKU3 (1,1,0) Payment Instructions (PAI) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDKU4 (1,1,0) Payment Instructions (PAI) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDKU5 (1,1,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDLU5 (1,10,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDPU1 (1,200000,0) ITEM (DOC) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDPU5 (1,10,0) AMOUNTS (MOA/CUX) Child of PU1 .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDT01 (1,1,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C E1IDT02 (1,100,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C MAPP_PN PO Mapping from Segments .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PN C TRANSFER_IDOC_2_PN Transfers and IDoc to a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CHECK_IDOC Check if IDoc is Correct .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_POSITIONS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Generation .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_PRQ_DATA Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Generation .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_PRQ_FR_IDOC_STRUCT Generation of Payment Requests from IDocs .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SIGNS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Generation .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SINGLE_PRQ Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Generation .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SPLIT_PRQS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Generation .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_CLEARING_PARTNER Customizing: Derive Payment Order Attributes .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_PAYM_PARAMETERS Customizing: Derive Payment Order Attributes .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_POSTING_ACCTS Customizing: Derive Payment Order Attributes .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK02 (1,1,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK03 (1,3,0) Document Header Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK12 (1,99,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK14 (1,10,0) Document Header Organization Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDKA1 (1,4,0) Document Header Partner Information .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDP02 (1,4,0) Document Item Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDP03 (1,4,0) Document Item Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDB02 (1,4,0) Extended Bank Details (FII/CTA/COM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDBL2 (1,10,0) Correspondence Banks .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDBW1 (1,4,1) Special Instructions (INP) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU1 (1,1,1) Header Transfer Order/Payment Advice Note (BGM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU2 (1,1,0) Function of Trading Transaction (BUS) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU3 (1,1,0) Payment Instructions (PAI) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU5 (1,1,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDLU5 (1,10,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDPU1 (1,200000,0) ITEM (DOC) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDPU5 (1,10,1) AMOUNTS (MOA/CUX) Child of PU1 .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDT01 (1,1,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDT02 (1,100,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ADDRESS Fill the Participating Addresses .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_AMOUNTS Fill the Amounts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_BANKS Fill the Bank Details .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_CBANREP Fill the Central Bank Reporting .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_CORR_DOC Fill the Reference Information .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_DATES Fill the Date Details .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_INSTRUCTIONS Fill the Instructions .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ORG_AND_ACCTS Fill the Participating Accounts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ORIGIN Fill the Source .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_PAYM_CNTRL Fill the Payment Instructions (Individual, Rapid ...) .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_REFINFO Transfer Reference Information as Free Text .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_ADDRESS Fill the Participating Addresses .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_AMOUNT Fill the Amounts .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_CBANREP Fill the Central Bank Reporting .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_REFINFO Transfer Reference Information as Free Text .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C SET_ALL_POS_AS_TXT Creates a Payment Order from an IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C SET_PAYRQ_REFTXT Creates a Payment Order from an IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C SET_SINGLE_POS_AS_TXT Creates a Payment Order from an IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C S_INSTANCE Instance of a Singleton Instance Class .
IHC_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C TRANSFER_PRQ_TO_PS Generates a Payment Order from an IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C ARCHIVE_DELETE Archive Payment Order (Delete DB) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C ARCHIVE_LOAD Reload Payment Orders (Write DB) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C ARCHIVE_WRITE Archive Payment Orders (Write Archive) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C BLOCK Process Several Payment Orders from GUI .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CANC Reverse Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CANCEL Reverse or Delete Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CHECK_PN_CHANNEL Channel-Dependent Checks .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CHECK_PN_CHANNEL_MASS Channel-Dependent Checks, Mass Processing .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CLEAR_ERROR Delete Error .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C CREATE Generate a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DELETE Delete Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DETERMINE Process Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DET_HEADER Formal Check, Determination of Recipient Data and Log Check .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DISPATCH Process Until Route Determination (Inclusive) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DISPATCH_POST Process Until Route Determination (Inclusive) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DISPLAY_CHANGE_DOCUMENT Return Clearing Partners Found .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DISPLAY_SINGLE_PN Return Clearing Partners Found .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C DUAL_TO_PROCESSED Transfer from Suspend to Posting .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C EXT_ORDER_POST Generate a PAYEXT-IDOC from a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C FINAL_POST Post Finally .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_CLR_PRTN_DTLS Gets the Clearing Partner Details for Prima Nota .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_CL_PARTNER_LIST Return Clearing Partners Found .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEYS Free Selection of Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_PN_SEMKEY_EXTREF Free Selection of Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_REFERENCE Return Payment Notes for a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C GET_STATUS_HISTORY Return Status History of a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C POST Suspend Without Posting .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C PREPROCESS Process Until Route Determination (Inclusive) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C PROCESS Process Several Payment Orders from GUI .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C PROCESSED_TO_DUAL Prepare for Dual Control .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C PROCESSED_TO_STOP Suspend Without Posting .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C PROCESS_IN_BG Send Payment Orders to Background .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C READ Read Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C READ_CHANGE_DOCS Read Change Documents .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C READ_FOR_CHANGE Read and Block Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C READ_PN_FROM_CM Return Provisional Turnover .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C RELEASE Release Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C REPROCESS Revaluate Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C RESET Reset Several Payment Orders to Create Mode .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C ROLLBACK Rollback .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C SAVE Save Multiple Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C STOP_TO_PROCESSED Transfer from Suspend to Posting .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C UNBLOCK Process Several Payment Orders from GUI .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C UPDATE_ENTITY Update Entire PO in GUI PO Entity .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C UPDATE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENTS Read Cross-System References and Write to PO .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C _CHECK_PN_CHANNEL_DIRECT Channel-Dependent Checks for Direct PO Receipt .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C _CHECK_PN_CHANNEL_IDOC Channel-Dependent Checks for Payment Orders from IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C _CHECK_PN_CHANNEL_MANUAL Channel-Dependent Checks for Manual Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C _CHECK_PN_CHANNEL_XBS Channel-Dependent Checks for External Bank Statements .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN C _CHECK_PN_GENERAL Channel-Dependent Checks .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C COMPLETE_IDOC Completes the Generated IDoc .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C CREATE_IDOC_FROM_IDOC Creates an IDoc from the Inbound IDoc of a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C CREATE_IDOC_FROM_PN Creates and IDoc from a Payment Order .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDK02 (1,1,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDK03 (1,3,0) Document Header Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDK12 (1,99,0) Document Header Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDK14 (1,10,0) Document Header Organization Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDKA1 (1,4,0) Document Header Partner Information .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDP02 (1,4,0) Document Item Reference Data .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1EDP03 (1,4,0) Document Item Date Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDB02 (1,4,0) Extended Bank Details (FII/CTA/COM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDBL2 (1,10,0) Correspondence Banks .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDBW1 (1,4,1) Special Instructions (INP) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDKU1 (1,1,1) Header Transfer Order/Payment Advice Note (BGM) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDKU2 (1,1,0) Function of Trading Transaction (BUS) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDKU3 (1,1,0) Payment Instructions (PAI) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDKU5 (1,1,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDLU5 (1,10,1) Amounts on Header Level (MOA/CUX) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDPU1 (1,200000,0) ITEM (DOC) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDPU5 (1,10,0) AMOUNTS (MOA/CUX) Child of PU1 .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDT01 (1,1,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C E1IDT02 (1,100,0) Long Texts .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C FILL_SEG_LINKS Link the IDoc Segments .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C INSERT_SEG Inserts a Segment on Level 1 .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C MAPP_IDOC Segment Mapping from the PO .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_2_IDOC C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENTS Read Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_EXTERNAL_PAYRQ Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_EXTERNAL_PN Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_OUTB_IDOC_INFORMATION Get_outbound_communication_information .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_REMOTE_IDOC_INFORMATION Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C GET_RFC_DEST Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C READ_PN_VIA_IDOCNUMBER Read Payment Orders via Generating IDoc Number .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C REVERSE_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENTS Read Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C REVERSE_EXTERNAL_PAYRQ Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C REVERSE_EXTERNAL_PN Query of FI Payment Orders Created Remotely .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_PN_XDOCS C _GET_EXTERNAL_DOCUMENTS Read Several Payment Orders .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C COMMIT Trigger the Commit .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C CREATE_NODES_ID Assigns a Unique ID per Node .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C CREATE_RT_TREE Reads from Database to Routing Tree .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C DETERMINE_ROUTING New Solution: Runs Checks and Returns a Route .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C FILL_INSTR_TAB Fills the Static Instruction Table .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_CRITERIAS Generation of Attribute Checks .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_DATA_DEFINITION Generation of Definition Segment .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_RANGES_CHECKS Generation of Range Checks .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_RANGES_DEF Generation of Range Definitions .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_RANGES_FILL_FORMS Generation of Forms for Filling Range .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_ROUTING Generation of Routing Check .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C GENERATE_RT_SELOPT Fill Ranges with Selection Options .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C OUT_ROUTING_TREE Output of Routing Tree .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C REC_PARTNER_LIST Determine Route .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C REC_ROUTE_DET Determine Route .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C S_FLUSH_MEMORY Delete Memory .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_ROUTING C WRITE_INSTR Creates an Instruction and Inserts it in the Forms Table .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C CHECK_CHARGES Check if the item is a charge item .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C DETERMINE_RECEIVER Creates a Payment Order from an External Bank Statement .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C GET_CHARGE_AMOUNT Calculate Total Charges .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C GET_NEIGHBOURS Adjacent Object of Charge Items .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C READ_FEBCL Gets the bank area and bank account number from the FEBCL .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C S_INSTANCE Instantiate an Object (Singleton, Multi-Instanz) .
IHC_CL_PROC_XBS C TRANSFER_XBS_TO_PN Creates a Payment Order from an External Bank Statement .
IHC_CL_UTIL_AMS_FACTORY C S_GET_AMS_INTERFACE Gets Reference for Posting System Interface .
IHC_CL_UTIL_BCA C INITIALIZE Initialize BCA Systems .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C ADD_MESSAGE Write Messages to Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C CLOSE_LOG Closes (and Possibly Saves) a Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C DISABLE_LOG Switch Off Logging .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C DISPLAY_LOG Display Messages in Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C FIND_LOG Search for Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C GET_LOG_FOR_ARCHIVE Get Log Data for Archiving .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C OPEN_LOG Open (New or Old) Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C S_INSTANCE Factory Method .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _CREATE_EXTERNAL_NUMBER Generate External Number .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _GET_DB_REFERENCE Factory Method for DB Instance .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _OPEN_LOG Open Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _SAVE_CONTEXT Transfer Context to Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _SAVE_LOG Saves a Log .
IHC_CL_UTIL_LOG C _SET_CONTEXT Fill Current Context .
IHC_CL_UTIL_WORKFLOW C DISPLAY Display Payment Order .
IHC_CL_UTIL_WORKFLOW C EDIT Edit Payment Order .
IHC_CL_UTIL_WORKFLOW C EXISTENCECHECK Check Existence .
IHC_CL_UTIL_WORKFLOW C RAISE_EVENT Trigger IHC Workflow Event .
IHC_CL_UTIL_WORKFLOW C _RAISE_EVENT Trigger IHC Workflow Event .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I CHECK_IF_UNIT_EXISTS Check if Posting System Unit Exists .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I DISPLAY_ACCOUNT Display Account .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I DISPLAY_PAYMENT_ORDER Display Payment Item .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I F4_ACCOUNTS F4 Help for Posting System Accounts .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I F4_UNITS F4 Help for Posting System Units .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_ACCOUNTS_FOR_BP Determine All Accounts of a Business Partner .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_ACCOUNT_DATA Determine Data for Account .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_ACCOUNT_HOLDER Determine Account Holder .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_POSTING_DATE Get Current Posting Date .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_UNIT Determine Posting System Unit .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I GET_UNIT_DATA Determine Data for Posting System Unit .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I POST_PAYMENT_ITEM Post Payment Items in Posting System .
IHC_IF_UTIL_AMS_FUNCTIONS I POST_PAYMENT_ORDER Post Payment Order in Posting System .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CHECK_IDOC Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_POSITIONS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_PRQ_DATA Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_PRQ_FR_IDOC_STRUCT Creation of Payment Requests from IDOCs .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SIGNS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SINGLE_PRQ Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CREATE_SPLIT_PRQS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_CLEARING_PARTNER Customizing: Derivation of Attributes for Payment Requests .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_PAYM_PARAMETERS Customizing: Derivation of Attributes for Payment Requests .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C CUST_POSTING_ACCTS Customizing: Derivation of Attributes for Payment Requests .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK02 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK03 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK12 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDK14 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDKA1 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDP02 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1EDP03 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDB02 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDBL2 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDBW1 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU1 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU2 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU3 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDKU5 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDLU5 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDPU1 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDPU5 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDT01 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C E1IDT02 Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ADDRESS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_AMOUNTS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_BANKS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_CBANREP Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_CORR_DOC Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_DATES Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_INSTRUCTIONS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ORG_AND_ACCTS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_ORIGIN Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_PAYM_CNTRL Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_REFINFO Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_AMOUNT Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_CBANREP Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_SINGLE_REFINFO Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C FILL_STATUS Fill Status .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C GET_SEGM_SECTION Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C SET_ALL_POS_AS_TXT Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C SET_SINGLE_POS_AS_TXT Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C S_INSTANCE Instance of Singleton Instance Class .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C TRANSFER_PRQ_TO_PS Fill BAPI Structures for Payment Request Creation .
IHC_PI_CL_PROC_IDOC_2_PRQ C _READ_SUB_SEGMENTS Internal: Get Subsegments .
INT_FQST_CIN_SURCHARGE I CALC_INH_BASE_CEINV Inherit Base Enabled for Central invoice prop. .
INT_FQST_CIN_SURCHARGE I CALC_INH_BASE_CEINV_PP Inherit Base Enabled for Ceinv prop for partial payment. .
ISAUTO_XLO_CL_UTIL C BAL_LOG_CREATE Structure and Creation of Application Log from BAPIRET2_T .
ISAUTO_XLO_CL_UTIL C MESSAGE_COLLECT Format and Source of a Message in BAPIRET2_T .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNA1_GET Get KNA1 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNA1_SET Transfer KNA1 to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNB1_GET Get KNB1 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNB1_SET Transfer KNB1 to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNB5_GET Get KNB5 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNB5_SET Transfer KNB1 to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNVI_GET Get KNVI from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNVI_SET Transfer KNB1 to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNVV_GET Get KNB1 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C KNVV_SET Transfer KNVV to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C LFA1_GET Get LFA1 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C LFA1_SET Transfer LFA1 to CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C LFB1_GET Get LFB1 from CVI .
ISM_CVI_ADAPTER C LFB1_SET Transfer LFB1 to CVI .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C GET_HTMLTYPE Returns value for HTMLType depending on usage .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C GET_USAGE Sets the Caller (IKS, Export Services, and so on) .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C LOG_WRITE_MSG1 Write to Log: 1 Parameter .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C LOG_WRITE_MSG2 Write to Log: 2 Parameters .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C LOG_WRITE_MSG3 Write to Log: 3 Parameters .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C LOG_WRITE_MSG4 Write to Log: 4 Parameters .
IWB_XML_CONV_PARAMETER C SET_USAGE Fetches the Caller (IKS, Export Services, and so on) .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I CHECK_REGISTERED_DOC_TYPES Checks Whether the Required Applications Exist .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I DESTROY_CONTROL Destroys Control .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_CONTROL_HANDLE Obsolete: Use GET_CONTROL_OBJECT Instead .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_CONTROL_OBJECT Returns a Reference to the Control Object .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_DOCUMENT_PROXY Creates an Instance for Document Management .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_EXTENSIONS Get Extensions for ProgID from Registry .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_LINK_SERVER Creates an Instance for the Link Server .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_REGISTERED_DOC_TYPES Returns a List of All Existing Applications .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I GET_TABLE_COLLECTION Returns an Instance for Managing the Table Collection .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I INIT_CONTROL Creates and Initializes the Control .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I LINK_CONTROL Obsolete: Link Using Container Objects .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I RELEASE_ALL_DOCUMENTS Releases all Frontend Resources for All Documents .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I SET_FOCUS Sets Focus to the Control .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I SET_INPLACE_BORDER_SPACE Obsolete .
I_OI_CONTAINER_CONTROL I SET_WINDOW_PROPERTIES Obsolete: Use Container Methods Instead .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I ADD_MENU_BAR Creates an Extra Menu Bar in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I ADD_MENU_ITEM Inserts a New Menu Entry in a Menu .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I ADD_MENU_POPUP Insets a New Menu in a Menu Bar .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I CLEAR_SELECTION Clears Selection .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I CLOSE_ACTIVEX_DOCUMENT Closes a Visual Basic Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I CLOSE_DOCUMENT Closes a Document in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I COPY_SELECTION Copies a Selected Area to the Clipboard .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I CREATE_DOCUMENT Opens a New Document in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I CUT_SELECTION Cuts the Selected Area From the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I DELETE_MENU_ITEM Menu Entry Deleted in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I EXECUTE_MACRO Executes a Macro in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_APPLICATION_PROPERTY Gets the Attributes of a Desktop Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_DOCUMENT_COOKIE Returns a Document ID .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_DOCUMENT_HANDLE Gets the Automation Handle of the Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_DOCUMENT_TYPE Gets the Relevant Document Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_FORM_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_MAIL_MERGE_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_PIVOT_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_SCRIPT_COLLECTION Returns a Reference to a Script Collection .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_SPREADSHEET_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_TEMPLATE_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I GET_WORDPROCESSOR_INTERFACE Returns an Interface Reference .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_CHANGED Indicates Whether The Document Changed in the Office Appl. .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_FORM_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_MAIL_MERGE_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_PIVOT_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_SPREADSHEET_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_STANDARD_INTERFACE Indicates Whether There is a Standard Interface for Doc Type.
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_TEMPLATE_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I HAS_WORDPROCESSOR_INTERFACE Indicates Whether Interface Is Supported For This Doc. Type .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I IS_DESTROYED Indicates Whether all Resources Have Already Been Released .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I IS_OPEN Indicates Whether a Document is Already Open .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I OPEN_ACTIVEX_DOCUMENT Opens a Visual Basic Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I OPEN_DOCUMENT Opens an Existing Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I OPEN_DOCUMENT_FROM_TABLE Opens an Existing Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PAGE_SETUP Starts the Page Setup Dialog .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PASTE_CLIPBOARD Inserts the Contents of the Clipboard in Document (Fixed) .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PASTE_SPECIAL Inserts the Contents of the Clipboard in the Document (Link).
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PLAY_DOCUMENT Plays Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PLAY_DOCUMENT_FROM_TABLE Plays Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I PRINT_DOCUMENT Prints an Open Document in the Office Application .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I RELEASE_DOCUMENT Releases the Memory Used by the Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I REOPEN_DOCUMENT Reopens a Buffered Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SAVE_AS Saves Document Locally on Frontend .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SAVE_COPY_AS Saves Document Locally on Frontend .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SAVE_DOCUMENT_TO_TABLE Saves an Office Document in an Internal Table .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SAVE_DOCUMENT_TO_URL Saves an Office Document Under a URL .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SELECT_ALL Selects Entire Office Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I SET_BASE_URL Sets Base URL for Template Designer .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I UPDATE_DOCUMENT_LINKS Forces Link update After Opening .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I VIEW_DOCUMENT Display Presentation Data Saved in Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_PROXY I VIEW_DOCUMENT_FROM_TABLE Display Presentation Data Saved in Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_VIEWER I CLOSE_DOCUMENT Close the Document .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_VIEWER I DESTROY_VIEWER Destroy the Viewer Instance .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_VIEWER I INIT_VIEWER Initialize the Viewer Instance .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_VIEWER I VIEW_DOCUMENT_FROM_TABLE Display the Document from an Internal Table .
I_OI_DOCUMENT_VIEWER I VIEW_DOCUMENT_FROM_URL Display the Document Using a URL .
I_OI_ERROR I FLUSH_ERROR For Internal Use .
I_OI_ERROR I GET_MESSAGE Returns Error Data .
I_OI_ERROR I RAISE_MESSAGE Triggers Error Display for Error .
I_OI_FORM I ADD_FIELD Adds a Field in the Document .
I_OI_FORM I DELETE_FIELDS Deletes Fields in the Document .
I_OI_FORM I DISCONNECT_FIELDS Disconnects Fields from ABAP .
I_OI_FORM I GET_DATA Gets Data from Application .
I_OI_FORM I GET_FORM_FIELDS Gets Field Names .
I_OI_FORM I LOAD_LIB Load DLL .
I_OI_FORM I PROTECT Switches Between Protected and Unprotected .
I_OI_FORM I SET_DATA Sets the Data in the Application .
I_OI_FORM I SET_MODUS Switches Between Designe and View Mode .
I_OI_FORM I SYNCHRONIZE_FIELDS Synchronizes the Document Properties and the Fields .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I ADD_BINARY_ITEM Add a Binary Object (Graphic..) to the Link Server .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I ADD_STRING_ITEM Add a Data Field to the Link Server .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I ADD_TABLE_ITEM Add an Internal Table to the Link Server (Obsolete) .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I ADD_TABLE_ITEM2 Add an Internal Table to the Link Server .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I COPY_LINK_ITEM_TO_CLIPBOARD Places a Link to a Link Item on the Clipboard .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I EXECUTE_COPY_LINK_DIALOG Dialog for Selecting a Link Item .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I REMOVE_LINK_ITEM Deletes a Link Server Entry .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I START_LINK_SERVER Initializes and/or Activates the Link Server .
I_OI_LINK_SERVER I STOP_LINK_SERVER Deactivates the Link Server .
I_OI_MAIL_MERGE I VIEW_FIELD_CODES Show Field Codes .
I_OI_PIVOT I ADD_NEW_DATA Insert New Data .
I_OI_PIVOT I DRILL_DOWN Drilldown in Pivot Table .
I_OI_PIVOT I DRILL_UP Close a View .
I_OI_PIVOT I GET_ALLFIELDS Get all Entries .
I_OI_PIVOT I GET_ALLPIVOTTABLES Get Names of All Pivot Tables .
I_OI_PIVOT I INSERT_FULL Insert a Pivot Table .
I_OI_PIVOT I SET_FIELDTYPE Set Type of an Entry .
I_OI_PIVOT I SET_SOURCE_TABLE Set Data .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I ADD_SHEET Inserts a Worksheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I ADD_STYLE Add Styles .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CELL_FORMAT Sets Individual Cell Attributes .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CHANGE_RANGE Change Size or Name of an Area .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CHANGE_STYLE Change Styles .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CLEAR_ALL_RANGES Deletes the Contents and Formatting of the Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CLEAR_CONTENT_RANGE Delete Content of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CLEAR_HIERARCHY Delete Hierarchy .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I CLEAR_RANGE Delete Content and Formatting of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I DELETE_CONTENT_RANGES Deletes Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I DELETE_RANGES Deletes Entire Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I DELETE_SHEET Deletes a Worksheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I FIT_WIDEST Adapt to Widest Column .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_ACTIVE_SHEET Get Active Worsheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_CELL_FORMAT Get Format of a Line .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_CELL_FORMATS_TABLE Gets Information about Cells .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_DIMENSION Get Dimensions of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_DIMENSION_TABLE Returns a Table Containing Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_PROTECTION Get Protected Attribute of a Worksheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_RANGES_DATA Get Name and Data for Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_RANGES_NAMES Get Name of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_SELECTED_AREAS Returns a Collection of Selected Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_SELECTION Get a Selection .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_SHEETS Get the Names of Worksheets .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_STYLE Read Style of an Area .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I GET_STYLE_FORMATS Read All Style Names .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I HIDE_COLUMNS Hide Columns .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I HIDE_ROWS Hide Rows .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I INSERT_FULL Inserst Values .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I INSERT_ONE_TABLE Insert a Table .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I INSERT_RANGE Insert a New Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I INSERT_RANGES Inserts Several Ranges .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I INSERT_RANGE_DIM Get a Range Based on its Dimensions .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I LOAD_LIB Load DLL .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I PRINT Print a Worksheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I PROTECT Protect the Active Sheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I PROTECT_RANGE Sets the Protected Attribute for a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SCREEN_UPDATE Controls the Screen Update .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SELECT_RANGE Select a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SELECT_SHEET Activate a Sheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SETLOCALE Sets the Date and Decimal Format .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_COLOR Set the Color of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_DATA_TABLE Sets the Data Table .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FIXED_COLS Sets the Number of Fixed Columns .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FIXED_ROWS Sets the Number of Fixed Rows .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FONT Set the Font for a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FORMAT Set the Format of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FORMAT_STRING Set the Format of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_FRAME Set a Frame for a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_HEADER Sets a Header .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_HIERARCHY Sets Hierarchy .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_HIERARCHY_TABLE Sets the Hierarchies Using a Table .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_INFO_TABLE Sets the Info Table .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_RANGES_DATA Set the Data for a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_RANGES_FORMAT Set the Format of a Range .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_SELECTION Set a Selection .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_SHEET_NAME Sets the Name of a Worksheet .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_STYLE Set Style .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SET_ZOOM Set the Zoom Factor .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SHOW_COLUMNS Display Columns .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I SHOW_ROWS Display Rows .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I UPDATE_FRONTEND Change the Excel View Based on Data and Info Table .
I_OI_SPREADSHEET I VERSION Returns the Version of the Spreadsheet Interface .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I ADD_TABLE Inserts an Internal Table in the Table Collection .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I ADD_TABLE_BY_URL Inserts an Internal Table in the Table Collection .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I GET_TABLE Returns the Contents of an Internal Table .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I GET_TABLE_BY_URL Returns the Contents of an Internal Table .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I REMOVE_ALL_TABLES Removes all Tables .
I_OI_TABLE_COLLECTION I REMOVE_TABLE Removes all Tables .
I_OI_TEMPLATE_DESIGNER I ADD_SCHEMA Add Schema .
I_OI_TEMPLATE_DESIGNER I CHECK_BINDINGS Check Form Using Schema .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I CLEAR_TABLE Delete the Contents of a Table in the Document .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I GET_TABLE_INFO Get the Number of Rows and Columns in Each Table in Document.
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I GET_TEMPLATE_INFO Get the Name, Path, and Full Path of the Current Template .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I GET_VERSION Get the Version of the Word Processor Application .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I INSERT_TABLE Transfer Data from Internal Table to Document TAble .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I INSERT_TABLE2 Transfer Data to Document Table using Column Names .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I INSTALL_TEMPLATE Installs a Template for the Office Application .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I REMOVE_TEMPLATE Removes All Locally-Installed Templates .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I REPLACE Replaces a Character String in the Open Document .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I SEARCH Finds a Character String in the Open Document .
I_OI_WORD_PROCESSOR_DOCUMENT I SET_TEMPLATE Sets Template for the Current Document .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I CALC_AMOUNT Calculate Sales-Based Rent .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I CHANGE_LINE Change A Line .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I CHANGE_POS_CURSOR Change The Current Cursor Position .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I DISPLAY_LINE Display A Line .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I ENDE Exit Editing .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I FREE Release Memory .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I GET_CURRENT_MASTER_DATA Return Current Entry .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I GET_CURRENT_SKOART_DATA4EDIT Return Changed Values .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I GET_TREE_ICON What Icon Do You Want For This Tree? .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I HAS_ANYTHING_CHANGED Has Something Changed? .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I SAVE_VALUES Save Values .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I SET_CURRENT_SKOART_DATA4EDIT Transfer Change Values .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I SET_ZERO_OR_INITIAL Set To Zero Or Initial Value .
I_RE_UM_INPUT_VALUES I USER_COMMAND Execute User Command .
I_RE_UM_POSTING_TEMPLATE I ADJUST_AP Adjust Advance Payments .
I_RE_UM_POSTING_TEMPLATE I BOOKING_AP Post Advance Payments .
I_RE_UM_POSTING_TEMPLATE I BOOKING_RECEIVABLES Post Receivables .
I_RE_UM_VIMI25_READ I CLEAR_BUFFER Deletes Internal Memory .
I_RE_UM_VIMI25_READ I GET_VIMI25 Load VIMI25 for Single CONTYP .
I_RE_UM_VIMI25_READ I GET_VIMI25_MULTIPLE_SKOART Load VIMI25 for Multiple cost types .
I_RE_UM_VIMI25_READ I IS_PERIODS_SETTLED If All Periods Are Settled - Reset Flag .
I_RE_UM_VIMI25_READ I IS_PERIOD_SETTLED If Past Period Is Settled Reset Flag .
| *** End-of-List *** |
| All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. |
| last update: Sun, 21/03/10 13:53:44 |
|
Impressum |